§ § →
&. ，
∞
≡
º .
Pº „z* G1��
---- ،∞\, º “. № v .
------Ķſ| N-N， ） （?！\,
>& §
ſº ， ºg «№ ， ，
„~~~
| GQ ，
| –*≡ ~6
§ §NOEN|-
! № №ssae•
！
©G
- ae
Œ œŒ œ Œ
**_） :-）T__
A&J
（S__
§.，
~ŠŒ
►
t(

-> 3 Y-
||||||W ºx |U||||||||||||||U|| - . . . . . . ;
º § #,
a sº # - l
- § - (; º zº | s |ll * ||| º | * f Y ;
\ * SCIENTº: - - ?
invitsmºutings
º
t
tº E
#
º
}=
º:
#
º
Sº . . . . . .e. º. , RE -
- * Mººl, sº * / HE
-U Fº - Asº º t" E
H} ºf TANIAUNTAERUE, Rºſſºgºvºyºſ, RE
# E ºf Nºrrºw ºx-ºvery-ºrrºzºrrºr- Prº HE
R-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .”.” a 2-
- - - - * . . . . º
. - H - ... E .*
E. :=
-- - L -- º
-- * - ...'
º .# - | E -
~! - º: |->| || - Q = - :
*. - - - — E * -
. . -- :- * - . . HH § {
| - 3H8 - Tºº # . .
2 3 fil|I||||I||||IITITUTT.III.IIIſº # s
* : . . . * - - •ºº sº sº a sº º 3:…º…ºf +
- immlinſmºmºrpºrtinºminºrm.T.T.T.Tymºrmºmillinºiſ: i.
:
- i.
. . - t ſ ; : *- §
. . . Pº !!! Tº Lº Q. L. C. C. #
. . . . . . THI E G II"I OF :
Vibb §
.* w Mrs o C © V. ibs ert,
- t
tº.
- F. t;
§ - $º
*- - - }
$
it “
º ,-
“...º.º. 3 - a
- * V :
| :
4.
f **3,
º º









































A
HEBREW AND ENGLISH
LEXICON
THE OLD TESTAMENT,
INCLUDING THE
BIBLICAL CHALDEE.
FROM THE LATLN }F
/* WILLIAM GESENIUS,
LATE] PROFESSOR OF TEREOLOGY IN THE UNIVERSITY OF HALLE-WITTEMBLE.G.,
BY
EDWARD ROBINSON,
Professor in the Union Theological Seminary, New-York.
WITH CORRECTIONS AND LARGE ADDITIONs, PARTLY FURNISHED BY THE AUTHOR
IN MANUSCRIPT, AND PARTLY CONDENSED FIROM HIS LARGER
THESAURUS, AS COMPLETED BY ROEDIGER.
T H IIR, TIE T H E D IT IO N
REVISED AND STEREOTYPED. .
BOST ON :
HOUGHTON, MIFFLIN AND COMPANY.
ſitºr itibergipe àbregg, Cambridge,
p 7
4 & 3 &
.G 3 9 3
| 882 *
Entered, according to act of Congress, in the year 1854, by
CROCKER AND BREWSTER,
In the Clerk's office of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts.
CoPYRIGHT, 1882,
By EDWARD AND MARY A. ROBINSON.
All rights reserved
The Riverside Press, Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
Printed by H. O. Houghton & Company.
PREF ACE,
BY THE TRANSLATOR.
WILLIAM GESENIUS, the author of this work, was born at Nord-
hausen, Feb. 3d, 1786; and died at Halle, Oct. 23d, 1842, aged 56
years 84 months. His life was devoted to the illustration of the Hebrew
language; first, its Lexicography, and then its Grammar and the inter-
pretation of the Sacred Writings.
The works of Gesenius in the department of Hebrew Lexicography
were the following, arranged chronologically.
Hebräisch-deutsches Handwārterbuch des Alten Testaments, 2 vols.
8vo. Leipz. 1810–12. The first volume was published at the age of
twenty-four, in the same year in which the Author became Professor
of Theology at Halle.—Translated and published in England by Chris-
topher Leo : A Hebrew Lea icon, etc. 2 vols. 4to. Cambr. 1825.
Neues Hebräisch-deutsches Handwórterbuch, einer für Schulen um-
gearbeiteter Auszug, etc. 8vo. Leipz. 1815.-Translated and published
in this country by J. W. Gibbs: A Hebrew and English Lea icon of
the Old Testament, etc. 8vo. Andover 1824.
Bebräisches und Chaldäisches Handworterbuch iber das Alte Testa-
ment, 8vo, Leipz. 1823. A new and improved edition of the preceding,
introduced by a valuable Essay on the Sources of Hebrew Lexicography.
This essay was translated and printed in the Biblical Repository, 1833,
p. 1 Sq. -
The same work, 3d edit. Leipz. 1828. This edition received many
improvements, especially in the Particles.
Of each of the editions of the above Manual three thousand copies
were printed. t
Thesaurus philologicus criticus Lingua Hebroede et Chaldaeae Veteria
Testamenti, Tom. I. Fascic. 1. Lips. 1829. The printing was completed
two years earlier ; and this number was presented to Niemeyer, to
whom it was dedicated, on the day of his Jubilaeum, in April 1827.
Lewicon Manuale Hebraicum et Chaldaicum in W. T. Libros, 8vo.
Lips. 1833.
iy PREFACE.
Hebräisches und Chaldäisches Handwórterbuch, etc. Leipz. 1834
A new edition of the German Manual, conformed to the preceding
Latin edition.
Thesaurus philologicus, etc. Tom. I. Fascic. 2. Lips. 1835.--Tom. II,
Fascic. 1. ib. 1839. Fascic. 2. ib. 1840.--Tom. III. Fascic. 1. ib. 1842.
This last Part includes the root nºt; and its derivatives ; and here the
Author's labours terminated. The completion of this great work, in
another Part, was intrusted by Gesenius at his death to his friend and
colleague Roediger.
The above works are all distinguished by accurate and thorough
research, and by a skilful and judicious use of the materials collected,
which placed the Author in the first rank of modern philologists. In
them was first exhibited a complete specimen of what may be termed
the historico-logical method of lexicography ; which first investigates
the primary and native signification of a word, and then deduces from
it in logical order the subordinate meanings and shades of sense, as
found in various constructions and in the usage of different ages and
writers ; which, in short, presents a logical and historical view of each
word in all its varieties of signification and construction. This is
doubtless the only true method ; and it was ably followed out by
Passow in his admirable Greek Lexicon.
Of all the labours of Gesenius above enumerated, it will be seen
that, with the exception of the present work, only the two earliest hav
oeen translated into English.
The work of which the present volume is a translation, was com
menced by the Author in the year 1827; and was at first intended to be
nothing more than a Latin version of the German edition of 1828, for
the use of foreign students unacquainted with the German tongue.
But about this time, the views of comparative philology, especially in
respect to the Indo-European languages, developed by Bopp and Grimm
in various works, and applied to the Hebrew and its kindred tongues
by Hupfeld, Ewald, and others, appear to have given a new direction,
or rather a new impulse, to the studies of Gesenius; and these pur-
suits, together with official duties, caused a suspension of the Thesaurus,
and also protracted the completion of the Latin Manual until the close
of 1832. At the same time the character of the latter was greatly
changed ; and it became a new and independent work, drawn chiefly
from the materials collected for the Thesaurus under the influence of
these more extended views.
The work thus exhibited a great advance upon the previous labours
of the Author ; both in the wider range of scientific principles, and in
the skill and tact of their practical application. The main point of
distinction was, and is, a more careful and thorough investigation of the
PREFACE. W
primary signification of the Hebrew roots; the reference of whole fami.
lies of triliteral roots to single biliteral ones, which are mostly onomato-
poeetic ; and the illustration of these latter from the analogy of the
Indo-European tongues, viz. the Sanscrit, Zend, Persian, Greek, Latin,
Gothic, German, English, and other kindred dialects. Here it is found,
that the Hebrew and the Semitic dialects generally, in their primary
elements, (not in their grammatical structure,) approach much nearer
to the great family of Eastern and Western languages, than has usually
been supposed. From a similar comparison of other languages is also
given a more full and complete exposition of the power and use of the
Hebrew particles and pronouns. From all these sources, the Author
was able, both in the Latin Manual and especially in the later Parts
of the Thesaurus, not indeed to obtain a new basis for Hebrew
Grammar and Lexicography, but certainly to enlarge and strengthen
the old one by new courses of solid materials and a new and firmer
Cement.
The same remarks apply to the tenth edition of the Author's smaller
Hebrew Grammar, published in 1831; and reprinted in the eleventh
and twelfth editions, in 1834 and 1839, without great change. The
thirteenth edition, bearing extensive marks of further progress, was
published in 1842. Four subsequent editions have been since revised
and published by Roediger.
To Gesenius unquestionably belongs the high merit of having given
an impulse and interest to the cultivation of Hebrew Literature, far
beyond any thing which has been felt since the days of the Buxtorfs.
At the commencement of his labours, Hebrew learning in Germany, as
elsewhere, was at a very low ebb. In the autumn of 1829, the writer
was present at the opening of his course of Lectures on the book of
Genesis. He then stated, as illustrating the progress of this branch of
literature, that he was now about to lecture on that book for the tenth
time in course ; that when twenty years before he had commenced his
career in Halle with the same course, the number of his hearers was but
fourteen ; and that he had then felt gratified, inasmuch as his colleague,
the celebrated Water, had lectured on the same book the preceding year
to a class of only seven. This statement was made to a class of more
than five hundred hearers. But among the thousands who had been
his pupils, many of whom were now devoting their lives to Hebrew and
Oriental learning ; and also among others who had been led on by his
example and instructed by his labours; it would have been strange
\ndeed, had there arisen none to penetrate further than he into some of
the various departments and recesses of Hebrew philology. And it was
perhaps, in our days, a singular merit in Gesenius, that he was among
the first to admit and adopt, with full acknowledgment, every valuable
7] PREFACE.
tº
suggestion, from whatever quarter it might come ; and also every
result which would bear examination, however contrary it might be to
his own previous views. The following sentence is doubtless a fair and
candid exposition of his creed and practice on this point : “Unwearied
personal observation and an impartial examination of the researches
of others ; the A rateful admission and adoption of every real advance
and illustration of science ; but also a manly foresight and caution,
which does not with eager levity adopt every novelty thrown out in
haste and from the love of innovation ; all these must go hand in hand,
wherever scientific truth is to be successfully promoted.”* To the
sincerity of this language the following pages bear ample testimony, as
do all his later works, in the frequent references and acknowledgments
to the works of Winer, Ewald, and others.
If therefore it be true, that others have in various respects made
advances upon the earlier works of Gesenius, it may be said without
hesitation, that these advances bear no proportion to those which he
made upon himself, in the present work as compared with former
editions of his Manual, and in the later numbers of the Thesaurus as
compared with the first.
The master of a wide and useful movement in the human mind has
now for twelve years been removed from the sphere of his labours; but
those labours and their fruits live, and will long live, after him. Let
the present state of the study and interpretation of the Bible, and
especially of the Old Testament, be compared with what it was forty
years ago, when Gesenius commenced his career, and it will be seen
that in no department of theological or philological learning has the
advance been more rapid and great. The study of the Hebrew Scrip.
tures is no longer an isolated pursuit, repulsive from the want of scien-
vific helps, and the jargon of unmeaning technical terms. Indeed, it
may be safely affirmed, that, at the present day, the lexicography and
grammar of the Old Testament stand upon a higher step of scientific
philology, than do those of the New.f
Out of Germany and Denmark, the influence of this movement in
behalf of the Hebrew has been perhaps most, perceptible in this western
hemisphere. The good sense and ardour of Prof. Stuart early led him
to adopt the philological principles and results of Gesenius, and to apply
them zealously and successfully in the wide field of his own labour.
His Hebrew Grammar, first published in 1821, was founded on those
principles; and the successive issue of six editions testifies to the spirit
awakened, and the results produced, by his efforts in this department
* Pref. to Heb. Gram. edit. 11, p. 7.
# For a fuller account of the life, character, and labours of Gesenius, the reader
eferred to the BIBLIOTHEGA S4 URA, 1843, p. 361 Bq.
PREFACE, vii
of theºlogy. This was followed in 1824 by Prof. Gibbs' translation of
the Hebrew and German Manual of Gesenius, which removed many of
the difficulties still remaining in the way of the student. The publica-
tion of Hahn's Hebrew Bible in 1831, and the Latin Manual of Gesenius
in 1833, furnished great additional facilities; and large numbers of both
these works were constantly imported. The translation of this Manual
by the writer first appeared in 1836, in an edition of three thousand
copies; which were all sold at the end of six years. The later editions
comprised six thousand additional copies. Meanwhile the public received
the excellent Hebrew Grammar of Nordheimer in two volumes, 1839–41,
of which the first volume was reprinted ; and likewise Prof. Conant's
translation of Gesenius' Hebrew Grammar, Bost. 1839, Lond. 1840. Of
this last a new edition, revised and conformed to the seventeenth edition
of the original, as published by Roediger, is speedily to appear.
When it became necessary in 1841 to prepare a second edition of
the present work, Gesenius wrote proposing to furnish his own correc-
tions and additions, made during an interval of several years while
carrying at least four fascicult of his Thesaurus through the press.
The arrangement was entered into ; and the corrected copy of the first
portion of the Latin Manual, extending to the end of the letter Heth
(n), was transmitted in April 1842. It was a transcript of his own
copy prepared for a new edition of the same work, which he expected to
put to press near the close of the same year, The portion sent covers
nearly the whole of the first two fasciculi of the Thesaurus, which were
completed in 1827 and 1835; and comprises all his emendations to
those two earliest parts of his great work. With these his own revision
of the Manual ceased. The remainder of the copy was received after
his death. It contained, however, for the most part, only short hints
and references, noted down by the Author for future use ; but not
wrought out by him and incorporated into the work. The labour
therefore devolved upon the Translator of carrying out the remainder
of the Lexicon in the same spirit, by conforming it to the latest views
of the Author as exhibited in the Thesaurus. Under these circum-
stances it is a gratifying fact, that the Author was spared to revise just
those earliest portions of the work which stood most in need of correc-
tion, and as to which there is yet no printed record of his latest views;
while in the remaining portion, the Translator had only to follow those
Parts of the Thesaurus which had recently appeared, and of course
required comparatively very little correction. His effort was to make
the new edition a condensed copy of that great work; and perhaps the
tonformity is most complete in those portions not revised by the Author
aimself. A large nutmber of the articles, especially the most important.
bad to be entirely rewritten -
PRRFACE.
In preparing for a third edition, as the author of the Thesaurus
now rested from his labours, and the completion of that work by
Roediger was supposed to be near at hand, the publishers concluded to
stereotype the present volume, and thus give it a more correct and
permanent form. This was accordingly done, as far as to p. 103”
inclusive ; with the exception of pages 623–634. But the expectet,
final Part not having appeared, the remaining pages of the third and
fourth editions, in 1849 and 1850, were issued in letter-press.
In the final revision for the plates of the third edition, the Trans-
ator made numerous minor corrections ; and occasionally added new
information from later sources; the latter always preceded by a bracket,
and followed by the letter R. The most important change of this kind
was in the article tºº. Great care was taken to secure the utmost
correctness. The pages were first read over by Mr. W. W. TURNER,
the extent and accuracy of whose learning, as a Hebrew scholar and
general philologist, are well known ; and the last proofs always passed
under my own eye, and were laboriously compared throughout with the
originals. Various corrections in the work itself, and much of the mi-
nute filing, were contributed by Mr. Turner ; and occasionally a remark
added at his suggestion is distinguished by the letter T–The errors
since discovered during the five years in which the volume has been in
use, have been mostly corrected in the plates. A few corrections and
some additions, which could not well be made in the plates, are given
in the Addenda.
From various unforeseen causes, the sixth Part of the Thesaurus,
prepared by Roediger, was not published until 1853, nearly eleven
years after the decease of Gesenius. This Part completes the Text of
the Thesaurus.; and shows in itself throughout, that the work could
not have been entrusted to abler hands. The leading features of the
preceding portion of the work are of course retained ; though the com-
parison of the Indo-European tongues is somewhat less prominent
The general tone of the investigations manifests perhaps a deeper
philosophical spirit.
In now completing the present volume in its permanent form, in
accordance with this concluding Part of the Thesaurus, the Translator
has only followed out the same principles as in the former portion. The
more important articles have all been rewritten ; while most of the
others, have been corrected and enlarged. For the accuracy of the
printing in these pages, he alone is responsible.—The great effort of the
Translator has at all times been, to make the work a condensed and
faithful transcript of the latest views and labours of its distinguished
Authors, as comprised in the pages of the Thesaurus.
Indeed, it is not too much to say, that the present volume exhibits
PREFACE. ix
the only full summary of the latest labours and results of Gesenius in
the department of Hebrew Lexicography. No other work yet pub-
lished, of whatever pretensions, not even the later edition of the Latin
Manual itself, bears a like close relation to the Thesaurus and to the
later views and corrections of its Auxhor.
The beginning of Part VI, published by Roediger, corresponds with
the middle of p. 1033 of this work ; but the subsequent pages by no
means cover merely the same ground with that Part. The order of the
Thesaurus is etymological ; that of the Lexicon, alphabetical. Hence
the Part in question comprises only those roots which come after natº,
with their derivatives. But in the present volume, many of these deriv
atives are found under the letter 2, pp. 623–634; while, on the othel
hand, a large proportion of the articles under the letter n are derived
from roots which occur before hit. These last, of course, were all
prepared by Gesenius.--Wherever the name of Gesenius appears in the
text, the citation of it is by Roediger.
The preparation and printing of the Thesaurus were thus spread
out over more than a quarter of a century. In the long period of his
own labours, as is said above, the principal Author made constant pro-
gress in his studies ; and thus naturally was led to change his views
on various points. In respect to new expositions of various passages,
which Gesenius had formerly been led to propose, it was his own
remark, that the older he grew the more he was inclined to return in
very many cases to the long-received methods of interpretation. He
has often done so in the later portions of the Thesaurus, as compared
with the first two Parts ; and these changes are incorporated in the
present volume, partly from his own pen. Occasionally, Roediger also
has given an exposition of a particular passage, differing from a pre-
ceding one by Gesenius. Hence, in a few instances, the same passage
will be found differently explained in different parts of the work. In
most of these cases, if not in all, a reference is made from one place to
the other, either in the text or in the Addenda.
The Translator has added nothing of his own ; except an occasional
remark or reference, always with his signature. Nothing more seemed
to be necessary ; since the work is purely philological, and rarely pre
vents an allusion to theological views
E, ROBINSON.
UNION THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY,
New-York, October, 1854.
F OR T H E S T U D E N T.
The following are the full Titles of works by the Author (and one by the
Translator) often referred to in the following pages:
Thesaur. i. e. Thesaurus Philologicus criticus Linguae Hebraeae et Chaldaeae V. T.
See Pref. p. iii, iv.
Lehrgö, or Lgb. “ Lehrgebäude der Hebräischen Sprache, Leipz. 1817.
Heb. Gr. “ Hebräische Grammatik, 14th edition, revised by Roediger, Leipz
1845. English, with the same divisions, Hebrew Grammar, etc.
by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847; also by T. J. Conant, New-York,
1847.-The same work, 17th edition, Leipz, 1854, English
by T. J. Conant, New-York, 1854.
Gesch. der Heb. Spr. “ Geschichte der Hebräischen Sprache und Schrift, Leipz. 1815.
Comment, on Is. “ Der Prophet Jesaia, iibersetzt und mit einem Commentar begleitet,
4 Theile, Leipz. 1820–21. The first Part, containing the Trans.
lation, was reprinted separately in 1829. -
Monumm. Phoen. “ Scripturae Linguaeque Phoenicia Monumenta quotguot supersunt,
4to. Lips. 1837.
Biöl, Ras, in Palest. “ Biblical Researches in Palestine, Mount Sinai, and Arabia Petraea,
by E. RoeſNSoN and E. SMITH, 3 vols. Boston, 1841. Lond. 1841
The references to this work were made by Gesenius in all
those parts of the Thesaurus and Manual prepared by him
after its publication. In the other parts they have been
added by the Translator.—A new and enlarged edition of thi
work is soon to appear
A D D, E N D A.
The student is requested to mark the following Addenda in the proper places.
Page27. col.
' 32.
“ 38.
* 38.
“ 66.
“ 69.
** 84.
“ 104.
“ 144.
“ 150.
“ 151.
“ 170.
“ 183.
* 191.
* 211.
* 216.
* 222.
“ 285.
“ 333.
^ 371.
{{ {{
“ 484,
tº 486.
* 549.
* 664.
: 773,
1016.
{{
1, before Art. wins add this article:
2,
1,
1,
2,
2,
1,
2,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
2,
1,
2,
2,
2,
1,
1,
1,
1,
1,
2,
1,
2,
2,
nºis, see rººms.
l. 3 from bott. for ‘q. d. etc.' read: lit, soothes it, keeps it withil,
himself. 4
l. 25 sq. read: ksatrapa, pr. protector (representative) of the rega
power, viceroy; Lassen in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p 3
l, 6 from bott. read: khysyórsá, rea, pius, Lassen in Zeitschr. ſ. d
Morgenl. VI. p. 124. It is certain, etc.
l. 3 from bott. after to say; add; but see in hºt II. Note. Comp
l. 3, add at the end: See more in r. phy.
l. 15, after 166, add: Irby and Mangles p. 478.
bott. after [41]. add: In v. 6 [21] written hºrs' q.v.
l. 22, for come among us, read: fall upon us round about.
l. 20, for wounded, read: hurt, broken ;
l. 2, for Keri, read: Kethibh ;
l. 16 from bott. dele : Nah. 2, 3.
l. 3 from bott, add : See r. bºu; Hiph. p. 1102.
aſter Art. "h": add this article: -
T}^3 (garden, r. 12;) Ginath, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16, 21. 22.
l. 12, read: to speak; see more in r. nº II. Note.
before Art. Hºlin add this article:
pºsſ", see in Tº.
l. 4 from bott, after other, add: But see in r. Tºr, no. 1.
l. 11 from bott. add : See Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p. 684.
l. 7 from bott, after m. add: emphat. Rººn,
l. 15 from bott. dele : Zech. 10, 11.
l. 13 from bott. read: In two places only it is spoken of the Eu
phrates, Zech. 10, 11. Dan. 12, 5.6.7.
l. 20, before 1. add: also nº Job 38, 29.
before Art. Bºnº add this article:
nº, see nie?.
l. 3, end of the line, add: Russell's Aleppo I. p. 76. Biblicth. Sac.
1848, p. 473.
l. 16 from bott. before d) add: Also of the Holy Land, Jer. 2, 7
16. 18. Ps. 79, 1. Ex. 15, 7.
before Art. Bº’s add this article:
7:2 Chald. m. constr. )":; plur. Tºº, constr. *s; an eye, i. q
Heb. Ezra 5, 5. Dan. 4, 31. 7, 8, 20.
after Art, tº add this article:
ninº, see niºd.
I, E XI C () N.
The name Aleph, like those of the
o her letters, is of Phenician origin, and
signifies oa, bullock, i. q. Heb. FêS. So
Plutarch, Quaest. Sympos. IX. 2: Aleph
is put before the other letters duº tous
tolvino's owto workiv toy 60iv. The
name is derived from the form of this
letter in the most ancient alphabet, re-
presenting the rude outline of a bullock's
head, still found in the remains of the
Phenician dialect: 28, 282%. As a
numeral it denotes wmity or 1; and with
two points above (R), 1000.
Of all the Hebrew gutturals Aleph
has the softest pronunciation, being ut-
tered with a slight breathing from the
throat or rather lungs, like the Greek
spiritus lenis, and the French h in habit,
homme, which we are apt to neglect,
because we cannot give them correctly.
And since by a sort of common usage in
languages, especially in those of the
Semitic family, (comp. Ewald in Heb.
Sram. § 31,) the stronger and harsher
letters in the course of time become by
degrees softened and give place to
smoother ones, we hence see why in
Aramaean, in the later Hebrew, and in
Arabic, the stronger gutturals in and S
are softened into s. E. g. bºprºl,
S$22ſ; bºrn, $3-ºl, hºps; Tios
Jer. 52, 15 for Tior multitude, etc.
But, vice versa, s sometimes passes
over into n and S ; and in general,
these letters, being very similar in pro-
nunciation, are very often interchanged
with one another. Comp. Tº in the
ater Hebrew for the common TN; 5">IS
to p 7
ar of grain, comp. Syr. kazooi flower;
is? and nrº, risk and nrº; also P2S
and by to be sad; "As and ºthy to turn
hoth of then also in Ethiopic); PS3 and
P23 to pollute; ast, and ºr to abhºi
Rº and 925 to suck in, to drink; Psrin
suddenly, from sºng a moment, etc.
Where Aleph is to be still inore soft-
ened, it passes over into the quiescents
and ", as TriS and in to make one; Fºs
-as to learn; Esº, Rºn, buffalo; nin
for hs: a well. Hence it comes, that
many verbs SE accord in signification
with verbs #y, comp. Heb. Gr. § 76. 2;
e.g. użis and ujah; uſes, Syr. -i, to be
sick.
In respect to the forms of words it may
be noted: a) That R without a vowel at
the beginning of a word is often dropped
by aphaeresis, as Hirºs, Hirº, we ; muffs.
later 'u', who, which, what; Tris and in
one, Ez. 33, 30; Bºnnor for bººbs;
Ecc. 4, 14; comp. Lehrgeb. p. 135, 136.
b) But also at the beginning of words, a
prosthetic N is often prefixed, comp.
Lehrgeb. p. 139. See E-rºtºs, Bºeºs,
rshasas, Tionºs. This is done chiefly,
where a word otherwise begins with two
consonants separated in pronunciation
only by a movable Sheva, as sini, sings,
the arm; Bºs Aram. Sixt, grape (in
which both forms occur); also nines for
rtinº progeny; Fiºs for sin, the fist;
lºns for ºr a gift; arºs for air false.
Comp. Gr. 238; and Šx 3ès yesterday
and also similar examples in the transi-
tion from Latin to French, as spiritus,
esprit; status, état. In the Syriac man,
ner N is also added before the letter *
as "uº and "ujºs Jesse, 1 Chr. 2, 12.
>k Es m. constr. "Rs, c. suff, "as
Tºš, tººs, 1 pers. "as (from Es)
Plur, nins, constr. rins, c, suff, "nas
tºnes, Eras and prºnºs, father.
It is a primitive word, see note ; and is
common to all the Semitic dialects, Arabi,
i
º -N
-lS
§ 5 ** = , s
tºl constrºl, se'. Usi, Chald, and
Syr. sas, ſeſ.
1. In a proper sense, Gen. 19, 31 sq.
44, 19. 20. al., Sæpiss.-But the word
father often has a wider sense; see
Fesselii Adv. Sacra VI. 6. E. g.
2. i. q. forefather, ancestor, 1 K. 15, 11.
2 K. 14, 3.15, 38.16, 2. al. E. g. a grand-
father, Gen. 28, 13. 31, 42.32, 10.37, 35;
a great-grandfather, Num. 18, 1. 2. 1 K.
15, 11.24. al. Is. 43,27 Nºr; husºr Hºs
collect. thy first forefathers sinned.—
Very frequent in Plur. nins fathers,
. e. forefathers, Gen. 15, 15. Ps. 45, 17.-
For the phrase ni-s-bs Fes;, see un-
der Fies.
3. i. q. the founder, author, i. e. first
ancestor of a tribe or nation, Gen. 10, 21.
17, 4.5. 19, 37. 36, 9.43. Josh. 24, 3.—
Here we may refer Gen. 4, 21 the fa-
ther of all such as handle the harp and
the pipe, i. e. the founder of the family
of musicians, the inventor of the art of
music.
4. Of the author or maker of any
thing, espec. a creator; Job 38, 28 hath
the rain a father? i.e. creator. In this
sense God is called the father of men,
their Creator, Is. 63, 16. 64, 7. Deut. 32,
6; comp. Jer. 2, 27.-Here too may be
referred Job 34, 36 ai's rºº was, Vulg.
mipater, probetwr Jobus, i.e. my Father,
let Job be tried ; but the sense is lan-
&uid. Others not unaptly make "HN i. q.
*i-s wo I
The above tropical senses come from
he notion of source, origin ; others are
(Irawn from the idea of paternal love and
care, the honour due to a father, etc. E.g.
5. i. q. a nursing-father, benefaclor, as
doing good and providing for others in
the manner of a father. Job 29, 16 I was
a father to the poor. Ps. 68, 6 a father
to the fatherless. Is. 22, 21 a father to
the inhabitants of Jerusalem, spoken of
Eliakim the prefect of the palace. Is.
9, 5 is "as the everlasting father of his
people, i. e. the Messiah ; comp. pater
patriae among the Romans. By the
same metaphor God is called the father
of the righteous and of Kings, and these
Blso are called his sons, 2 Sam. 7, 14.
| Chr. 17, 13. 22, 10. Ps. 89, 27. 28.
6. For a master, teacher from the idea
of paternal instruction, 1 Sam, 10, 12
Hence priests and prophets, as teacher,
sent with divine authority, are saluted
with the title of father, out of respect
and honour, even by kings, 2 K. 2, 12.5,
13. 6, 21. 13, 14. (comp. 8, 9.) Judg. 17,10
be unto me a father and a priest. 18, 19.-
So the Rabbins are called ni-s fathers;
much as we use the honorary appellation
of fatha's of the church, the holy father
i. e. the pope.
7. Spec. father of the king, in a similar
sense, i.e. his chief adviser and prime
minister, whom the modern orientals call
Vizier. Gen. 45, 8 Hsneh ash ºniº
and hath made me a father to Pharaoh.
So Haman is said to be deitsgog to the
to Artaxerxes, Sept. Esth. 3, 13; comp.
1 Macc. 11, 32. Comp, also Turkish
Jºusſ Aldbek, father-prince, and Lala
father, spoken of the Vizier; see Ja.
blonsky Opusc.ed. te Water, T.I. p. 206,
Barhebraei Chron. Syr. p. 219. l. 15.--
Some of the ancient interpreters un:
derstand the same by the word This
Gen. 41, 43; explaining it father of the
king, or of the land, kingdom; so Luther.
8. As expressing intimate relationship,
close alliance. Job 17, 14 ºr sºp nrith
Firºs "ES to the grave I said, thou ari
my father ; and in the other hemistich,
to the worm, thou art my mother and
my sister; comp. Ps. 88, 19.
9. In Arab. and Ethiopic, the name
father is also put trop. for possessor, and
is spoken of one who excels in any thing,
and is distinguished for it, e.g. eL& e
father of odours, i.e. an odoriferous tree.
So in Heb. only in pr. names, e. g.
Dibujºs ſather of peace, i. e. pacific.
NoTE. The grammatical form of this
noun may be said to follow the analogy
of verbs Hº, as if for rºs, Lehrg. $118.
Still it is no doubt primitive ; since
both as father and ES mother imitate
the simplest labial sounds of the infant,
as also tºnus (totitáčo), papa, pappus,
avus, Turk. Lºlº —Besides the usual
form of the constr. 558 there is also
an ancient form as, or also as, (like is,
b=1...) found only in compound proper
names, as Erºs, Bibujºs, -rºls; al-
though even in these the form *-s is also
often employed, as lºgºs, hyºs.
>\
"ſº
Once in Gen. 17,4, 5, the form EN stands
alone, in order to render the etymology
of Erºs more distinct and obvious.
PS Chald. m.c. suff.1 pers. "as; this,
*nh-N ; plur. "rººs, the letter n being
.nserted (comp. Tºš), father, i. q. Heb.
as, Dan. 2, 23. Ezra 4, 15. 5, 12. Perh.
for grandfather, Dan. 5, 2.
28 m. (r. 5-8) greenness, green, ver-
dure, of a plant. Job 8, 12 ins: he is
while yet in its greenness, ... e. yet green
and flourishing. Cant. 6, 11 brier, "as
the greens (green things) of the valley ;
Vulg. poma, after the Chaldee usage.
& E.
Arab. el green fodder.
as Chald. (r. 538) fruit, c. suff. Fºs,
the Dag. ſorte being resolved into Nun,
Dan. 4,9.11. 18. In Targg, often for "nº.
st ==S in Heb. not used ; Chald. PA.
538 to bear fruit, espec. early ripe, pre-
cocious fruit. Syr. -a-, to blossom. In
Arab. and Heb. it seems to have signifi-
ed to be green, verdant, to sprout, etc. see
the deriv. HS greenness, 5*ES green ear.
The primary idea would seem to be that
of protruding, sprouting with impetus,
floºrp. Engl. to burst forth, to shoot,
Germ. treiben, whence HS pr. young
shoots; so as to have affinity with the
roots Tºš, HS', Eriš, which express de-
sire, eager impulse ; see HTS.
Sºś Abagtha, Pers. pr. n. of a eu-
nuch of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10.-It seems to
be i, q. Nº, and may be explained from
the Sanscr. bagadóta “a fortuna datus’;
from baga fortune, the sun. (Bohlen.)
* Tes fut. TEN", and at the end of a
clause Task". -
1. Prop. to lose onesel’ to be lost, to
wander about, espec. of a sileep wander-
15.
.ng from the flock and lost; Arab. 33ſ to
flee away wild into the desert, to lose
oneselfin the waste. So Taş nu, a sheep
lost and wandering, Ps. 119, 176; comp.
Jer. 50, 6. Ez. 34, 4, 16. Of men, Is.
27, 13 **śs ºns: Bºisri who are lost
in the land of Assyria, i. e. wander as
exiles. Deut. 26, 5 Tas "ºns a wander-
ing Syrian. Also of things, e. g. of
streams which lose themselv 2s in the
desert, Job 6, 18. Metaph. of wisdom
become extinct, Is. 29, 14.—Hence
2. to perish, to be destroyed ; Syr.
Samar. id. The Arabic in this sense
has the kindr. ŠU. Spoken of persons
and other living things as perishing, Ps.
37, 20. Job 4, 11; sometimes with ºn
Yºr, Deut. 4, 26.11, 17. Josh. 23, 13, 16.
Also of a land or houses which are laid
waste, Jer. 9, 11. Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of
hope, desires, vows, as failing, being dis-
appointed, Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10. Prov. 10, 28.
11, 7. Ez. 12, 22.-Constr. with h of pers.
1 Sam. 9, 3. 20; seq. Tº Deut. 22, 3. Job
11, 20 prº Taş bio? their refuge per-
isheth. Jer. 25, 35. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 7, 26
Pºpłº risy] rºº T-Nn nºir, the law
shall perish from the priest and counsel
from the aged, i.e. shall forsake them,
comp. Jer. 18, 18.49, 7. Hence Deut.
32, 28 nixx, Tºš his a nation whose
counsel is perished, void of counsel, Vulg.
consilii earpers. Jer. 4, 9 mººn ah Tas"
the heart of the king shall perish, i. e. for
fear and terror. Job 8, 13 ºr niprº
":Nm and [so] shall the hope of the im-
pious man perish. Ps. 9, 19. 112, 10.
Prov. 10, 28.
3. to be ready to perish, i. e. to be
wretched, miserable. Part. This one
wretched, miserable, unfortunate, Job
29, 13. 31, 19. Prov. 31, 6.
PIEL TEN 1. to lose, pr. to let be lost
to give up as lost, Ecc. 3, 6.
2. to make wander, to scatter a ſlock,
Jer. 23, 1.
3. to cause to perish, to destroy ; Ecc.
7, 7 Hyrº -º-ns Tash a gift destroyeth
i.e. corrupteth the mind. Seq. Tº , to de-
stroy out of anything, Jer. 51, 55.—Spec.
a) Of things, to destroy, to lay waste, 2 K.
19, 18. Num. 33, 52. Deut. 12, 2. Jin has
to waste one's substance, Prov. 29, 3. b)
Of men, to destroy, to kill, to put to death,
Esth. 3, 9. 13.2 K. 11, 1. 13, 7.
HipH. Tºši, i. q. Pi. to destroy, to cut
off, as men and nations, Deut. 7, 10.8, 20
sometimes with the addition of ºr anºx
Lev. 23, 30; bºr rring Deut. 7, 24,
also of a land, to lay waste, Zeph. 2, 5;
of hope, Job 14, 19.—Very rarely the
quiescent N in 1 pers, ſut. is dropped, as
nºns for Hºss Jer, 46, 8.
Deriv. Tºs-ºs.
"ºx
ºSR
4.
Tºš. Chald, ſut. Tºss, to perish, Jer.
10, 11.
Aph. Tain, fut. Thin, inf. Hºlin, to
destroy, to cut off, Dan. 2, 12. 18, 24.—
HoPh. Tººn, after the Heb. manner,
Dan. 7, 11.
"as m. 1. one wretched, unfortu-
nate ; see r. Taş no. 3.
2. Participial noun, destruction, Num.
24, 20. 24. See Lehrg. p. 488.
Tºš f (Tseri impure) 1. a thing
lost, something missing, Ex. 22, 8. Lev.
5, 22. 23.
2. 1. q. Tinas place of destruction,
abyss, i. e. Sheol, Hades, Prov. 27, 20
Chethibh.
777-8 m. 1. destruction, Job 31, 12.
2. place of destruction, abyss, nearly
synon. with bisu, Job 26, 6, 28, 22. Prov.
15, 11.
77-78 m. verbal of Piel for Tºs, hence
without Dag. lene in ", destruction,
slaughter, Esth. 9, 5.
jºins constr. This id, destruction
death. Esth. 8, 6.
2K HES ſut. rºs", pr. to breathe after,
to desire ; comp. the kindred roots injS,
as: ast), also Eriš, Bari, Lat. aveo.—
Hence
1. to be willing, inclined, disposed ; to
wilt, always with a negative partic. ex-
cept Is. 1, 19. Job 39,9. Constr. c. infin.
either simpl. Deut. 2, 30. 10, 10. 25, 7, Is.
30, 9; or with h, which however be-
longs rather to prose, Lev. 26, 21. 2 Sam.
13, i4, 16. Exod. 10,27 Dnº nas sº
he would not let them go. Job 39, 9
Tiny Dºn Tinsºn will the buffalo be will-
&ng to serve thee? Also c. acc. Prov. 1,
25; absol. Is. 1, 19 Dnypº isn Ds if
ge be willing and obedient, lit. if ye con-
sent and obey; see in Ys, Hiph. no. 2.
Prov. 1, 10. With dat. of pers. to be
willing towards any one, willing-mind-
ed, to obey (often with synon. § ypg),
Ps. 81, 12. Deut. 13, 9. Prov. 1, 30.
2. to desire, i. e. to want, to need, a
signif, found in the derivatives "ins,
liºns, n)iºns.
NOTE. In Arabic this verb has the
sense to be unwilling, to refuse, to loathe,
corresponding to He, Tºš sº. But this
must not be regarded as a contrary slg
nification; since the idea of inclining
which in Heb. implies towards any one
expressing good will, Germ. Zuneigung
is in Arabic merely referred to the oppo. "
site direction, i. e. from or against any
one, expressingill will,Germ. Abn figung
gº
i. e. aversion, loathing; whence
stinking swamp-water, pr. loathsºme,
sº
9 E.
§al ºf a reed growing in marshes, bul
rush; comp. Pºs, Tiºs.
Deriv. Hºs, and those under no. 2.
Tºš m. reed, bulrush, papyrus, i. q.
9 S. 35.
Arab. šelji, collect. glºi, see r. nº
note ; although the Heb. word might
come from the notion of a reed with its
top inclined, bowed down, comp. Is.
58, 5.—Once Job 9, 26 nºs niº skiffs
of reed, i.e. boats or skiffs made of the
papyrus of the Nile, in common use
among the Egyptians and Ethiopians,
and famous for their lightness and swift-
ness; see Comment. on Is. 18, 2. Others
translate ships of desire, i. e. hasting
with eager desire to the haven, Symm.
voval oſtsvöotooſuc. The reading Taºs,
which is exhibited in 44 Mss. is doubt-
less to be pronounced Hººs, and to be
explained of hostile or robber-ships
which likewise sail swiftly ; this gives a
very good parallelism to the eagle in the
other hemistich pouncing upon his prey.
So the Syr. The same sense would also
be expressed by the common reading, if
for its it were written nº.
*i-S m. (r. This no. 2) want, poverty,
wretchedness, once Prov. 23, 29; after
the form ºilop, prob, for the sake of
paronomasia with the words "is and
`in, comp. Lehrg. p. 374 note r, and
Is. 15, 4. 17, 1. 59, 13. So Abulwa-
lid, whom we do not hesitate to follow.
—Kimchi, who is followed by most in-
terpreters, makes it an exclamation
of pain, O / wo / like is and in.
Comp. Gr. algol, Arist, Pac. 1066.
tº-8 m. (r. Das) by Syriasm for
D*::$, whence constr. Dºns Is. 1,3; plur.
D"Dºns ; a stall, stable, barn, where cattle
are fed Job. 39, 9; and fodder stored
Prov. 14, 4. The signif. stall is also ap-
propriate in Is. 1,3; where however Sept
Tº
*=N
5
and Vulg. render praesepe, i. e. crib,
ºnanger, which both here and in Job
l. c. 1s not less apt and probable. Comp.
3 s
Arab. es), Chald. Rynºs, stall and crib.
So bias is also used in the Talmud.
Sk res a root of doubtful signif. perh.
i. q. His, Tºri, to turn, to turn about.
Hence
Triºs f once, Ez. 21 20 ºr rrºs
a turning of the sword, i. e. a sword
turning itself, perh, glittering, i. q. Eºr.
rººrinº Gen. 3, 24. But more proba-
bly it should here read: ºr, nrit, the
slaughter of the sword ; and this con-
jecture is supported by the Sept. Upºyto:
£oupolac, Chald. Rºn "hºp, and the
words on the text which follow, ah 1 it is
made bright, it is sharpened for slaugh-
ter, nat:%; comp. v. 14, 15. The Greek
words optºytov, a payń, are elsewhere
often put for the Heb. Haº, Triº, Tiaº.
D"Tú38 (r. nº, by transp. for
natº, 2-ºlo to cook) m. plur. melons,
Num. TI, 5. Corresponding is Arab.
9 w 9 w
3-ºla" by transp. for 2-3-ºlo from 2-
e sº e' ef
to cook, to ripen; like Gr. Tréſtov melon,
squash, from nétto, comp. buº. The
Hebrews prefixed the prosthetic N.—
From the above Arabic word comes the
Spanish budiecas, French pastéques.
":S pr. n. f. Abi, the mother of Heze-
kiah, 2 K. 18, 2. In the parallel passage
2 Chr. 20, 1, she is called more fully and
correctly rººs, which is also read in
some copies in 2 K. l. c.
Tiaºy"as (father of strength, i. e.
strong, from r. Jºë prevaluit) Abi-
albon, pr. n. of one of David's officers,
2 Sam. 23, 31; called also b8">S 1 Chr.
11, 32.
Şsºns (father of strength, 1. e.
strong) Abiel, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 32,
see Ti-º-ºs. b) The grandfather of
king Saul, 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. In the
genealogical table in 1 Chr. 8, 33.9, 39, sº
Ner is said to have been the grandfather
of Saul; but accord.ng to 2 Sam. 14, 5,
ſhe was his uncle. Tº e true descent was
as follows
Abiel
Kish Ner
Saul Abner.
Plºš":S (father of gathering. i. e.
gatherer,) Abiasaph, pr. m. of a Levite
of the family of Korah, Ex. 6, 24; called
also nºis 1 Chr. 6, 8, 22.9, 19.
P"38 m. (r. 5-s) an ear of grain, a
green ear, Lev. 2, 14. Ex. 9, 31 nºisºn
Hºs(a) the barley was in the ear;
comp. for the syntax Cant. 2, 13. It in
5*EST, the month Abib, i. e. of green
ears afterwards called jº". Nisan, be.
ginning with the new moon of April, or
according to the Rabbins, of March ;
the first month of the Heb. year, Ex.
13, 4, 23, 15. Deut. 16, 1.
ºas (whose father is erultation)
Abigail, pr. n. f. a) The wife of Nabal
and afterwards of David, 1 Sam. 25, 3.14;
called also by contr. 93-3S v. 32. 2 Sam.

of ..of
3, 3 Cheth. Comp. Arab. U% for U*!
what? b) A sister of David, 1 Chr. 2
16; called also b3"as 2 Sam. 17, 25.
7T">S (father of the judge) Abidan,
pr. m. of a phylarch or chief of the tribe
of Benjamin in the time of the exodus,
Num. 1, 11, 2, 22.
VT-S (ſather of knowledge, i. e.
knowing, wise) Abidah, pr. n. of a son of
Midian, Gen. 25, 4.
Tºš (i. q. ºnºs whose father is
Jehovah) pr. m. Abijah.
1. Masc. a) The second son of Sam-
uel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8, c)
1 K. 14, 1. d) 1 Chr. 24, 10. Neh. 10, 8.
e) i. q. ºn as king of Judah, see the
next article.
2. Fem.
was .
*Tºº S (whose father is Jehovah)
also Tºš (id.) pr. n. Abijah, king of
Judah, son and successor of Rehoboam,
2 Chr. 13, 1 sq. In the books of Kings
always written bºas Abijam, 1 K, 14
31. 15, 1.7. 8, i. e. father of the sea, vi
maritimus.
a) I Chr. 2, 24. b) See in
1%
*N
*=N
Nºrtºs (to whom He, i. e. God, is
father) pr. n. Abihu, a son of Aaron,
slain by fire from God for offering un-
'awful sacrifice, Lev. 10, 1 sq.
Tºš (whose father is Judah, i. q.
rººn: "Es) Abihud, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 3.
bºrºlas (perh, for ºn-as) Abihail,
pr. n. f. a) The wife of Rehoboam, 2
Chr. 11, 18, b) 1 Chr. 2, 29.
jºš adj. (r. nº no. 2) 1. needy,
poor, Deut. 15, 4.7. 11. Sons of the
needy, i. e. the needy, the poor, Ps. 72,
4; see 13, no. 8.
2. poor, i. e. afflicted, distressed,
wretched, often coupled with synon. "?" .
Ps. 40, 18 liviº ºx *s, and I am poor
and afflicted. 70, 6.81, 1. 109, 22.—Spec.
like "º, spoken of one who suffers un-
justly, with the accessory idea of humble
and pious feeling; whence in Am. 2, 6
pºx and Tinºs are joined. Also of a
whole people subjected to suffering and
calamity, e. g. the Israelites in exile, Is.
41, 17; comp. 25, 4. In the same sense
the sect of the Ebionites adopted this
name, as being oi trazol tº are ſuurt, div
£otiv ji Bogulsio, túy oigurðy Matt. 5, 3.
Tºšf pr. desire, appetite, lust, from
r. His no. 1; then the caper-berry, which
is said to be a provocative of appetite and
lust, Plut. Quaest. Symp. 6. 2. Plin. H.
N. 13. 23. ib. 20. 15. Once Ecc. 12, 5.
So Sept. Vulg. Syr. The Rabbins use
the plur. jºi"is not only for caper-ber-
ries, but also for the small fruits orberries
of other trees, as the myrtle, olive, etc.
bºrºs (ſather of might, 1. q. mighty)
Abihail, pr. n. m. a) Num. 3, 35. b)
1 Chr. 5, 14. c) The father of Esther,
Esth. 2, 15. 9, 29.
Pºtºs (father of goodness) Abitub,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.
Spºns (whose father is the dew) Abi-
tal, pr. n. of one of David's wives, 2 Sam.
3, 4.
bººs see nºs.
28%"as m. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 22,
Abimael, pr. m. of one of the descendants
of Joktan in Arabia, prob. the father or
"under of an Arabian tribe called by 2,
a tra ºf of which Bochart (Phaleg 2.24)
finds in Theophrasu. Hist. Plant. 9.4
where the name M6At prob. refers tº
the same wandering tribe in the vicinity
of the modern Mecca, which Strabo calls
Mswoſion, Mindei.
iſºs (father of the king, or fathel
king) in pause tººs, Abimelech, pr. n
a) Of several kings in the land of the Phi
listines at different periods of time, Gen.
20, 2 sq. 21, 22 sq. 26, 1 sq. Ps. 34, 1. The
same king who in Ps. l. c. is called Abi-
melech, in 1 Sam. 21, 11 bears the name
of u}^ES Achish ; and hence the former
might seem to be a common title of these
kings, like the slº elº Padishah (Pater
Rex) of the Persian kings, and C 3-4 Us!
Alalik (father, pr. paternity) of the
Khans of Bucharia. b) A son of Gideon,
Judg. 8, 31 sq. 9, 1 sq. 2 Sam. 11, 21.
c) 1 Chr. 18, 16, where the true reading
is prob. Tººrs, as in 2 Sam. 8, 17.
PºS (father of nobleness, or noble
father) Abimadab, pr. n. m. a.) A son
of Jesse, 1 Sam. 16, 8, 17, 13. b) A son
of Saul, 1 Sam, 31, 2, c) 1 Sam. 7, 1.
d) 1 K. 4, 11.
Pzºs (father of pleasantness or
grace) Abinoam, pr. n. of the father of
Barak, Judg. 4, 6. 5, 1.
T2">S (father of a light) Abiner, pr.
n. m. 1 Sam. 14, 50. Elsewhere -:N
Abner, q.v.
Tº":S (ſather of help, like Germ.
Adolf, from Atta father and Holf help)
Abiezer, pr. n. m. a.) A son of Gilead,
Josh. 17, 2; also meton. of his descend.
ants, Judg. 6, 34, 8, 2. Patronym. is
ºr "as the Abi-ezrite Judg. 6, 11, 24.
8, 32-An abridged form is nºs Iezer,
Num. 26, 30; and the patronym. ºntº's
ib. b) One of David's warriors, 2 Sam.
23, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 28. 27, 12.
Tºš m. subst. (r. --N) one strong
mighty, only in the formula aps: -->s
bsº hºs, the mighty One of Jacob, q
Israel, spoken of God, Gen. 49,24. Is. 1,24,
Tºš adj. (r. has) 1. strong, mighty
spoken of persons, and often as subst.
one strong, a mighly one, Judg. 5
22. Lam. 1, 15. Jer. 46, 15. Ps. 76,
5% ºn-as the strong of heart, stout
hearted.—Poetically xot' é$oxiv put: a)
*=Nº
5-N:
7
For a bullcck, Ps. 22, 13 ſº ºnºs strong
pnes of Iłasham, i.e. bulls of Bashan.
50, 13. Metaph. for princes Ps. 68, 31.
b) For a horse, only in Jeremiah, as 8,
16. 47, 3. 50, "1.-Comp. Heb. Gram.
§ 104. 2, note.
2. powerful, potent, noble, Job 24, 22.
34, 20. Bºnº's prº food of nobles or
princes, i.e. of superior quality, rich
and delicate, Ps. 78, 25; comp. Judg.
5, 25-5-shri -ºs chief of the herds-
men 1 Sam. 21, 8.
3, 5% h"As stout of heart, i.e. obsti-
nate, wilful, perverse, Is. 46, 12. Comp.
sh pin.
Enºs (father of altitude) Abiram,
pr. n. m. a.) Num. 16, 1. 12. 26, 19.
b) 1 K. 16, 34.
xtºns (father of error) Abishag,
pr. n. of a concubine of David, 1 K. 1, 3.
2, 17.
yºns (father of welfare) Abishua,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 4. b) 6, 4, 5, 50.
Ezra 7, 5.
nºjºs (father of the wall) Abishur,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 28. 29.
*:S (father of a gift, see huj) Abi-
shai, pr. m. of a son of David's sister
and one of his chief officers, the brother
of Joab, 1 Sam. 26, 6 sq. 2 Sam. 2, 18.
24; sometimes also written "ująS 2 Sam.
10, 10.
tºns (father of peace) Abisha-
lom, pr. n. of the father-in-law of Reho-
boam, 1 K. 15, 2. 10. But in 2 Chr, 11,
20. 21, it is written bibułºs.
nºis (father of abundance, for
wrºns) Abiathar, pr: n, of a son of Ahi-
melech the priest, and a faithful friend
of David, by whom he was made high-
priest along with Zadok, but was de-
posed by Solomon, 1 Sam. 22, 20 sq.
23, 6. 30, 7. 2 Sam. 15, 24.—For 2 Sam.
8, 17, see Tº?"ris.
Sk Taş prob, to roll, to roll up or wind,
to entangle. Kindr. roots are lºa, Jú,
o entangle, to be entangled, intricate,
tº to well or boil up, as a ſountain, Taº
to interweave, to braid; also the harsher
Tºri, Jºsſ, to turn.—Once
Hrthp. to roll wiself togethe" to be
rolled up, spoken of smoke rolling ºp
wards in a dense column; Is. 9, 17
Tº riss Hºsnº, so that (the thickets)
shall roll upwards as the mounting up
of smoke; comp. Syr. Vulg.—Syr, 9-2
is explained by the grammarians as i. q.
to be proud, to walk proudly, perh, pr.
to roll oneself forwards,” in the manner
of a corpulent man.
* I. Sas fut. BBS., to mourn, seq.
by over any thing Hos. 10, 5. Am. 8, 8.
Arab. Syr. id. The primary idea seems
to be, to be languid, to go with the head
hanging down, as do mourners; comp.
the kindr. roots bes, bos, also nº,
ba;, BB, all which are from the bilite-
ral stock bal, fal, and include the idea of
falling, sinking; comp. Gºptºlo, fallo,
Germ. fallen, Engl. to fall. It is trans-
ferred also from the dress and manner
of mourners to the voice and to lamen-
tation, see bas-Poet. of inanimate
things, Am. 1, 2 pººr-nās; abis the
pastures of the shepherds mourn. Is. 24,
4.7 Tex rººs Binºr has the new wine
(i.e. the grapes) mourneth, the vine lan-
guishelh. 33, 9.
HipH. Pºst, to cause to mourn, tº
make lament, Ez. 31, 15; of inanimate
things, Lam. 2, 8.
HITHP. pr. to show oneself as mourn-
ing, hence to mourn, i. q. Kal, but chieſ.
ly in prose, while Kal is more usual in
poetry, Gen. 37, 34. Ex. 33, 4; with PN
or by of pers. 1 Sam. 15, 35. 2 Sam
13, 37.
Deriv. bas I, bºs.
Sk II.32s, Arab. J3ſ and Jºi to be
moist, wet, sc. with the moisture o'
grass; hence Syr. Sla, grass. Kindr
is bºx, Jº, to water, bay to flow
Hence bas II.
I. bas adj, (r. bas I) mourning
Gen. 37, 35. Lam. 1, 4 nibas Yiºs "anº
the ways of Zion are mourning. i. e.
they mourn. Constr. Pºs Ps. 35, 14
Plur. constr. ºs Is. 61, 3, with Tsers
9 35.
impure; comp. Arab. Jºſ.
II. Sas m. (r. Pas II,) prob, a grassy
_* “e
place, pasture, meadow, Arab. J3 fregiº
5-N
|-N
and long grass, sea-weed. So 1 Sam.
6, 18, unless instead of Hººn bas it
should read nºr. Tº which the con-
text in v. 14. 15, seems to demand, and
which is expressed by Sept. and Syr.—It
is frequent in geographical pr. names:
a) Hº-nº bas Abel Beth-Maachah
i.e. situated near Beth-Maachah q.v.
[now called Abil el-Kamh, a town on the
west side of the valley leading from
Merj'Ayan to the plain of the Hūleh,
west of Paneas and Dan ; see Biblioth.
Sec. 1846, p. 213 sq.-R.] 2 Sam. 20,
14. 15. 1 K. 15, 20. 2 K. 15, 29. Else-
where tºº-bias Abel-maim 2 Chr. 16, 4,
comp. 1 K. 15, 20. Also simpl. Bas
2 Sam. 20, 18.
b) bºr, bas Abel-shittim (acacia-
meadow) Num. 33, 49; a place in the
plains of Moab, prob. the same which in
Num. 25, 1. Mic. 6, 5, is called simpl.
bºº.
c) tº bas Abel-keramim, (mea-
dow of vineyards) Judg. 11,33; a village
of the Ammºnites, according to Euse-
bius still rich in vineyards in his day.
d) rhinº Bas (meadow of dancing)
Abel-meholah, a village of Issachar, not
lar from Scythopolis, the birth-place of
the prophet Elisha, Judg. 7, 22. 1 K. 4,
12. 19, 16.
e) tº bas Gen. 50, 11 (meadow
of the Egyptians) Abel-Mizraim, name
of an area or threshing-floor near the
ordan. Here prob. we should read
with other points, and pronounce baş
ºnxº, i. e. mourning of the Egyptians;
sce the context.
238 m. (r. bes I.) c. suff, *ns,
mourning, lamentation, Esth. 4, 3.9, 22;
espec. for the dead, Gen. 27, 41. Bas
hºrſ: mourning for an only son, Am. 8,
10. Jer. 6, 26. Mic. 1,8 Hºn nix: Pasº
a mourning as of ostriches, which make
a wailing cry. has nº to make a
mourning for any one, Gen. 50, 10.
bas adv. 1) Affirmative, in the earlier
\{ebrew, truly, certainly, indeed, Gen.
42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 5. 2 K. 4, 14. Also
with a corrective sense, may indeed, may
rather, immo vero, Gen. 17,19. 1 K. 1,43.−
It corresponds to the Arabic corrective
partic. J3 but indeed, but more, nay
rather; and is derived from r. nº, pr
i. q. Heb. 54, so that its primary force
seems to lie in denying the contrary
The N is prosthetic.
2. In later writers, adversative, but
but yet, nevertheless, Dan. 10, 7. 21.
Ezra 10, 13. 2 Chr. 1,4. 19, 3. Arab. Já
but.—Other particles of this kind, which
are both affirmative and adversative, are
TS, TES. Comp. Lat. verum, vero.
23s see #3's.
>k TES obsol. root, prob. to build,
comp. Tº to build, and T2s to prop, to
support, to found, whence jºs artisan,
téxtov. Hence
738, in pause las, c. suff. ibis; plur.
bººs, constr. "3+8 ; comm. gend. most-
ly fem. and so even Job 28, 2; but m.
1 Sam. 17, 40.
1. a stone, of any kind, whether rough
or polished, large or small. Collect.
stones, Gen. 11, 3. Spoken of a founda-
tion stone, Is. 28, 16; of vessels of stone
Ex. 7, 19. Syr. in ºlid, but rare. Eth.
h'ſ)}.-Metaph. 1 Sam. 25, 37 and he
became stone, i.e. stiff, rigid like stone.
|-Sri = the heart of stone, i.e. hard, ob-
durate, Ez. 11, 19. 36, 26; also of firm
undaunted courage Job 41, 16. Th: THS
collect. hailstones Is, 30, 30; whence
Josh. 10, 11 nibº bººs large hail.
stones, called just afterwards Tºn "ºs.
2. Spec, a precious stone, gem, Ex.
28, 9 sq. 35, 27; more fully YEn lºs
Is. 54, 12; in Tºs Prov. 17, 8; Tºs
Hºp, Ez. 28, 13; which last is also said
of finer kinds of stones for building, as
marble, 1 K. 10, 2. 11.
3. stone-ore, ore, Job 28, 2. Comp.
Arabic dual 95% the two stones,
ores, i. e. gold and silver.
4. a rock, Gen. 49, 24 hsº. Tº the
rock of Israel, i. e. Jehovah ; comp. ºx.
5. a weight of a balance, even when
not made of stone ; since anciently, as
at the present day, the Orientals often
made use of stones for weights; comp
Engl. stone for a weight of 14 pounds
Germ. Stein. Tº as diverse weights
Deut. 25, 13, one *s weights of the
bag, i.e. carried about in a bag, Prov
|-
6, 11–Zech. 5,8 nºr lºs the leaden
weight. 4, 10 bººn HS.—Also a plum-
met, Is. 34, 11 he shall stretch out upon it
the line of wasteness ºria "gºs] and the
plummet of desolation, i.e. as if all things
are to be destroyed by line and rule; as
to the sense, comp. Am. 7, 8.
6. Sometimes a stone serves as a de-
signation in geographical names, e. g.
a) Tº HS (stone of help) Eben-ezer, set
up by Samuel at Mizpeh, 1 Sam. 4, 1.
8, 1. 7, 12. b) ºr jas (stone of de-
parture) 1 Sam. 20, 19; comp. nºr".
jºš Chald. St. emphat. Nºis, id. Dan.
2, 34.35. g
Tºš 2 K. 5, 12 in Chethibh for riggs
q. v. Comp. in lett. E.
7:8 i. q. Taş, a stone, only in Dual
Eºis pr: pair of stones, and spoken
1. Of a potter’s wheel. Jer. 18, 3
Bºisri-by Hºsº, Hüs in:r behold he
(the potter) wrought a work upon the
wheel. It appears to have consisted of
two stones, one above and the other
below, and is so depicted on Egyptian
monuments : i |
Monum. Civil. Tab. L. Wilkinson’s
Manners and Cust. of the Anc. Egypt. III.
p. 164. Originally, and also for potters
working in the open air, it seems to have
been made of stone; afterwards of wood.
A wooden wheel of this kind is called in
the Talmud Tº, pr. trunk, stem, then
cippus, then a potter’s wheel made of a
trunk, and also a cart-wheel made in like
manner.—Hence, from the resemblance,
it comes to signify -
2. a low seat, stool, on which the work-
man sat; made, it would seem, of a block
of wood, and frequently represented on
Egyptian monuments. A seat of this
kind was doubtless used by the midwife
while assisting a woman in labour lying
on a bed. So Ex. 1, 16 when ye do the
ºffice of a midwife to the Hebrew women
sºn a-ps cº-strºs Triºsº then shall
ye sce (while yet) upon the stool, whether
it be a boy, etc. The midwife is di-
rected, at the very moment of birth
while she yet sits on her stool and no
one else has seen or touchet, Ae infant,
o ascertain its sex by the sigh ox ra-
See Rosellini
p-N
ther touch, and, if it be a male, to kill it,
as she could easily do by the pressure
of her hand or finger, unknown to the
parents.
tº m. (for toº, Aleph prosthet.) a
suff. Tººls; plur. Bºis; a belt, gir.
| dle, worn by the priests, Ex. 28, 4.39.40
Lev. 16, 4; also by other persons of rank
Is. 22. 21. Comp. Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2.
Chald. Tºº, sºlº, RºPS, a belt. This
word both in Heb. and Chald. is derived
from the Persian, where Juº (Sanscr.
bandha, Germ. and Engl. band) denotes
any thing that binds, and also a girdle.
Tºš pr. n. m. (father of light) Abner.
Saul’s commander in chief. 1 Sam. 14, 51
17, 55. 57. 20, 25. Sometimes called
*}*BS q.v. 1 Sam. 14, 50. Sept.'Affévvm.g.
:k CBS as in Chald. and Talmud. to
fodder, to feed largely, to fatten ; pr.
prob. to stamp in, comp, kindr. bhā, and
hence to stuff, to cram; comp. Gr. 198-
q0, pr. i. q. Itſ/vvut. Only in Part, pass.
Prov. 15, 17; of geese, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23].
Deriv. ohns, on-Nº.
Tyśs plur. ſem. blains, pustules
rising in the skin, Ex. 9, 9.10. It is a
verbal from Chald. r. sha, Pilp. Saša
to boil up, to swell up ; hence Syr
iñºsº aº pustules. The Heb. pro
fixes N prosthetic. Comp. Sha, Sa;.
Sk yas obsol. root, perh. i. q. Yºa, to
be white; whence Chald. Nxis tin
Hence the two following:
7:S Abez, pr.m. of a city in the triba
of Issachar, perh, so called from tin, Josh
19, 20.
7:S (perh. of tin) Ibzan, pr. n. of v
judge of Israel, Judg. 12, 8, 10. R. Yas
:k PBS not used in Kal, prob. to pound,
to beat small, to bray, from the force of
the onomatopoetic syllables pa, Ta, E,
PE, which like p", "T", (see ppi, i=n,)
express the idea of pounding, beating
small; comp. Tº to distil, pººl, SºB,
uxº, also tryi, tryvio, Germ. pochen
boken, espec. Erz pochen. Hence PEN
dust, ripºs. >
NIPH. paş: Gen. 32, 25, 26; denom.
from pºs dust, recipr. pr. to dust each
other sc. by wrestling, and hence to wres-
p-N
10 XN
ſle, seq. bs. So in Greek, toºloºlely,
vvutokalew, ovynovuoio 3at, from to An,
kóvig. This rather unusual word seems
to have been chosen by the writer here,
by way of allusion to the torrent på v.
23.
PºS m. dust, spec. such as is fine and
light, comp. in r. pas; easily driven by
the wind, Is. 5, 24; or raised by horses
in running, Ez. 26, 10. Hence distin-
guished from nºw thick and heavy dust,
Deut. 28, 24. Poet. the dust of God's
feet, for the clouds, as if trodden of God,
Nah. 1, 3. Comp. prluj.
"P.S. f. id. whence bain npºs powder
of the merchant, i.e. aromatic, Cant. 3, 6.
k "as 1. pr. to strive upwards, to
mount, to soar, see Hiph. and the deriv.
"as and Finns. Perhaps kindr, with naº,
nax, comp. Pers., sieber, inég, super, all
which express the idea of above, over,
passing over, transcending ; see in nº.
2. Trop. of any force or évégyeuw, to be
strong, mighty, see deriv. ºnºs, nºs.
HIPH. to mount upwards in flight, to
soar, as the hawk, Job 39, 26.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.
Tºš m. a wing-feather, pinion, as the
instrument of flying, soaring, e.g. of the
eagle, Is. 40,21; the dove, Ps. 55, 7. Dis-
tinguished from the wing itself, Ez. 17, 3.
This f. id. Job 39, 16 [13]. Ps. 68, 14.
Poet. ascribed to God, Deut. 32, 11. Ps.
91, 4.
tº pr. m. Abraham, the founder
of the Jewish nation, son of Terah, born
in Mesopotamia, which he left to wander
through the land of Canaan with his
flocks in the nomadic manner; see Gen.
c. 12–25. In the book of Genesis as far
as to c. 17, 5, he is called Bººts ‘father
of altitude,” Abram. But in that place,
where a numerous posterity is promised
him, by a slight change of name he is
called Prºs ‘father of a multitude,”
23
(comp. Arab. *L*. a great number,
multitude,) or as the context explains it
Bºia lion as —So Brºns ºrbs the God
of Abrahan, i. e. Jehovah, 2 Chr. 30, 6.
Ps. 47, 10. Erºs ºf the seed of Abra-
\cm i. e. the Israelites, Ps. 105, 6. Is.
41, 8. In the same sense simpl. Brºº
Mic. 7, 20.
ºS a word cried by the heralds
before the chariot of Joseph, Gen. 41, 43
Were it a Hebrew word, it might be
infin, absol. Hiph, from r. Tº , for the
regular Thän, (comp. Eºs for Bººn
Jer. 25, 3,) here supplying the place of
the imperat. i. q. bow the knee ; Vulg. -
clamante praecome, ut omnes corºm ea
genua flecterent ; and so Abulwali l ard
Kimchi ; comp. Lehrg. p. 319.-More
prob, the word is of Egyptian origin, but
changed and inflected by the Heb. writer
so that, although foreign, it might yet
have a Heb. sound, and be referred to a
Heb. etymology; comp. Bri, Hugo, Hºn.
The true form of the Egyptian word
which lies hid in This, is prob. either
3. Ipek aſrek, i. e. let every one bow
himself, in an opt. sense ; so Jablonsky
Opusc. ed. te Water Tom. I. p. 4. Copt.
Vers. John 8, 8; or better &Itepek Ol
2-Iſºek, aperek, aprek, i. e. bow the
head, Rossii Etymologiae AEgypt. s. v.–
See also in as no. 7.
"tºns see hujras.
Bºujas (father of peace, i. e. pacific)
Absalom, pr. m. a.) The third son of Da-
vid, by Maacah, 2 Sam. 3, 3, celebrated
for his rebellion against his father; for
an account of his life and death, see 2
Sam. c. 13–18. As to the sepulchre near
Jerusalem which in modern times has
borne his name, see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 519, 520. b) i. q. Dibujºs q.v.
* ~ *
Sk NAS obsol. root, Arab. U&ſ to flee
—Hence
SAS (filgitive) Agee, pr. n. m. 2 Sam,
23, 11.
15.
* 238 obsol. root, Arab. iſ to burn,
to flame, as fire. Hence the two foll,
pr. names.
3AS and 338 (Num. 24, 7) Agag, pr. m.
of Amalekitish kings, Num. 24, 7, 1 Sam
15, 8.9. 20. 32. -
*A*S Agagite, gentile n. of Haman
Esth. 3, 1.10.8, 3. 5. Josephus explailip
it by Autºmºling, Ant. 11. 6.5
"...Nº
TXN
11
* Taş obsol. root, Chald. to bi,.d, to tie,
Romp. TES, "ps, and the remark under
r. "". In Arabic some of its derivatives
are used trop. of arched work, edifices
of arched and firmly compacted struc-
ture, in reference to the firm coherence
of all their parts; comp. Tris and riºs
no. 4.—Hence
Tºš f 1, a band, knot. Hºia nºs
bands of the yoke, Is. 58, 6.
2. a bundle, bunch, tied together, e.g.
of hyssop, Ex. 12, 22.
3. a band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 2, 25.
Comp. b3rſ. *
4, an arch, vault, e.g. of the heavens,
Am. 9, 6. Comp. Germ. Gat, Gaden,
story of a building, from the verb gaden,
gatten, which iniplies a binding; see
Adelung Lex. h. v.v.
Tºš m. a nut, Cant. 6, 11. Syr. and
Arab. > lie- Pers. »5. The
Heb. word seems derived from the Per-
sian, prefixing 8 prosthetic. Comp. in
lett. N.
Tºš Agur, pr. n. of a wise man, the
son of Jakeh, HP, to whom the 30th
chapter of Proverbs is ascribed, v. 1. If
the name be symbolical, like Koheleth,
it may denote an assembler, one of the
assembly, sc. of wise men, i. q, nººs bx2
Ecc. 12, 11. R. has.
Tºš ſ a small coin, piece of money,
penny, so called from the idea of coſlect-
ing, from r. nas; as Lat. Stips in the
phrase stipem, colligere, 1 Sam. 2, 36.
In the Maltese idiom, agar denotes the
same. [Or perh, pr. hire, wages, from r.
n2S no. 2, comp. Syr. 12+ Is. 23, 18;
then money, 1 Sam. 2, 36, where too Syr.
12- .—T.] Sept. Vulg. ôffológ, num-
mus. Rabb. Tº q.v.
Sk 52s obsol. root, pr. to flow together,
to be collected, as water, kindr. with r.
bº, which is also used of the rolling
r – 8
waves; comp. n nhs. Arab. Jº'ſ Conj.
II, to make flow logether, hence to collect
§ – #~
water; J-U^ standing water, a pond
'eservoir; comp. also "?.S.—Hence
Sys, Job 38,28 bº *As the reservoirs
of the dew, i. e. in the heavens; cymp. 14
v. 22 the storehouses of the snow and
hail.—Vulg. Chald. Syr. give it by d ops
of the dew, q. d. globules, comp. Sº ; but
the former is better.
nºs (two ponds) Is. 15, 8 Eglaim,
pr; n. of a village in the territory of Moab
the Ayakkelu of Eusebius, called by Jo
sephus "Ayoºla, Ant. 14. 1. 4.
>k ES obsol. root; in Arabic:
1. Mid. A, to burn, to be hot, cornp.
borº, Brº. Hence lions no. 1.
2. Mid. E, to be warm, spoiled, dead,
as water; hence PAS and links no. 2.
3. Mid. E, to loathe. to abhor, and
Chald. p38 to be pained, sad, to grieve ;
hence P2s.
P38 m. (r. 52s no. 2) absol. Is. 35, 7;
constr. 41, 18. Ps. 107, 35; plur. Rººs,
constr. "??s.
1. stagnant water, a pool, marsh, Is.
35, 7.41, 18.42, 15. Ps. 114,8. Spec. of
the pools of stagnant water left by the
Nile after its inundation, Ex. 7, 19.
8, 1.
2. i. q. Tiºs, a reed, cane, Jer. 51, 32,
with which fortifications (stockades, pa-
lisades) were constructed. Hence R.
Jonah explains it strong-holds ; comp.
9 - > *
ãº- the marshy lair of the lion, then
a refuge, strong-hold.
PAS adj. once in plur. constr. GE: *23s
sad, sorrowful in mind, Is. 19, 10. R.
DxS no. 3.
Tºš, ſºs, m. (r. Exs) 1. a caldron,
heated kettle, Job. 41, 12 [20]. Others
translate the words Tiºs. r14B, TA-3
as a boiling pot and a (burning) reed.
See the root no. 1.
2. a reed, bulrush, growing in marsh
es, from ES marsh, and the ending Ti,
Is. 58, 5. For Is. 9, 13. 19, 15, comp
nº.—Hence S
3. a rope made of reeds, a rush-cord,
like Gr. oxoivos, Job 40, 26 [41, 2].
Comp. Plin. H. N. 19. 2.
TS
*†s obsol root; Arab. 3.- i. q.
..}-, (see Tº) to tread with the feet,
to stamp, to beat ; then to wash clothes, ta
full, as a washer or fuller by treading
them in a trough.-Hence
lºs
12 *IN
§§ m. pr: a trough for washing gar-
ments, Aovtåg, from root *š q. v. then
any laver, basin, bowl ; constr. AS Cant.
7, 3. Plur, nºs Is. 22, 24. Ex. 24, 6.
G - - to p 7.
—Arab, and Syr. §Lºſ Hºl, id.
Eºs m. plur. (r. FP3) a word found
only in Ezekiel, hosts, armies, Ez. 12, 14.
17, 21. 38, 6.9. 39, 4. It corresponds to
the Chald. FAS, FA, wing ; hence pr.
wings of an army, comp. Dº Is. 8, 8.
The Arabic and Chaldee have the same
trop. use of the word wings ; comp.
Comment. on Is. l. c.
* *:S fut. Hås. 1. to gather, to col-
lect, e.g. the harvest, Deut. 28, 39. Prov.
6, 8, 10, 5. Comp. his no. 3, and n: , ;
also Gr. &ysigo). The primary idea seems
to be that of scraping together, comp.
nº. By softening the letter n we have
*As and Bº, which denote the rolling
and flowing together of water.
2. In the kindred dialects it has the
signif. to gain, to make profit, from the
idea of scraping together; and hence to
hire for wages ; see nºs.
Deriv. rºs, Hºias, pr. n. *has, and
according to most bººs.
Nºs Chald, stat. emphat. Rºss, a
letter, epistle, i, q, Heb. nº q. v. Ezra
4, 8, 11. 5, 6.
Riºs m. (for hina, Aleph. prosthet.
from r. Fin; no. 2) the fist, Ex. 21, 18. Is.
58, 4. So Sept. and Vulg. in both pas-
sages; the Rabbins also use this word
n the same sense.
ºs m. Ezra 1, 9 Fez, an ºnes
Sept. Vulg. Syr, basins, chargers of gold,
of silver. In the Jerus. Talmud this
word is said to be compounded from -2s
9 collect, and riºt; a lamb, and basins
are so called, because the blood of lambs
is collected in them. But there is here
no mention of blood. It seems rather a
'uadriliteral formed with 8 prosthet, and
cenoting slaughter-basin, for bºna, bº,
see under letter ºn ; and this is prob. i. q.
bºp, bºp, (comp. Zab. box for bop,)
a y * * *
from *-i-e to slaughter, Jaš to cut the
throat.—Some also hold it to be i. Q. Gr.
*gtokoç, ºgroños, which in the Sept.
signifies a basket, fruit-basket, whence
3 - ~
Arab. Āſī-s, Rabb. **p, sy,
ſº-ſº ; and it might perhaps in Ezra
l. c. be understood of baskets of the first-
fruits. But this Greek word itself seems
rather of Semitic origin, from the verb
bº to plait.
nºs f. plur. rinks, a word of the
later Hebrew, a letter, epistle, espec.
spoken of royal letters and edicts, writ-
ten by public authority and transmitted
by a public courier, &yyagos, to those to
whom they were directed, 2 Cllr. 30, 1.
The word comes most prob. from an
obsol. form hās, which denoted one
hired, spec. a letter-carrier, courier, from
r. nas no. 2; and was adopted by the
Greeks under the form &yyogog, see
Lex. N. T. h. v. Neh. 2, 7, 8, 9. 6, 5,
17, 19. Esth. 9, 26. 29.—Lorsbach, in
Ståudlin's Beytr. V. p. 20, supposes it to
be derived from the Persian; comp. mod.
Pers. cº UK? engariden, to paint, to
write, whence 893. engāreh, any writ-
ing.
T$ m. vapour, mist, rising from the
earth and forming clouds, so called be-
cause it surrounds the earth like a vei"
or covering, from r. ThS no. 1. This
etymology is also supported by the Ara-
9 * * *
bic, in which Šuši (from r. of mid. Ye,
to surround, comp, in Ths no. 1) is any
thing which protects and strengthens
as a bulwark, bark, a veil, also the atmo
sphere. Corresponding is also Chald,
"I"s vapour.—Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27.
nits see niºis.
>k ETS by transpos. i. q. Esº q. v. to
pine away, to languish. Found only in
Hiph, causat, inf = Tsh for nºsph
1 Sam. 2, 33. Comp. espec. Deut. 28.
63.
bsaris (perh, miracle of God, fre un
s o żº
ºšimiracle) Adbeel, pr. n. of a sch of
Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13.
35. º,
* TTS obsol. root, Arab. Šfi. q. Cº.
to befall any one, as misfortune; whence
sº ſº.
Šſ misfortune. Hence its and
TTS Adad, pr. n. of an Edomiſe, 1 K
11, 17; called also "in Hadad v. 14.
; TN 13
*TN
* ris obsol. root, prob. i. q. His and
** to pass.-Hence jºiš.
*Is pr. n. Iddo, Ezra 8, 17. R. Tis.
Bits see tºs.
7"TS m. (r. Tis q.v.) with suff and in
plur. defect. **ś, nºis; with pref
**sa, hºisy, "3-ish ; master, lord, do-
minus, Spoken a) Of an owner, pos-
sessor, 1 K. 16, 21 owner of mount Shom-
ron, i. e. Samaria. Hence of the owner
and master of slaves, Gen. 24, 14. 27.39,
2. 7; of kings as the lords of their sub-
jects, Is. 26, 13; of a husband as lord of
the wife, Gen. 18, 12, comp. Bºa and Gr.
kuguo; yuyouzós, Germ. Eheherr. Also
of God as the owner and governor of
the world, Josh. 3, 13 yºSr-92 ſits,
Lord of the whole earth ; hence called
kot &Soziv Ti-Isr; Ex. 23, 17, and with-
out art. Tits Ps. 114, 7; comp. ; is
in next art. b) Of a ruler, governor,
Gen. 45,8. So its my lordſ an honor-
ary title of address to nobles and others
to whom honour and reverence are due ;
e.g. to a father Gen. 31, 35, a brother
Num, 12, 11, to a royal consort 1 K. 1,
17. 18; espec. to kings and princes, as
jºr ºs 2 Sam. 14, 9. 1 K. 3, 17. In
respectfully addressing a person, the
Hebrews, instead of the second personal
pron. thou, were accustomed to say my
‘ord, and instead of the first person, thy
creamt, thy handmaid, Gen. 33,8. 13, 14.
–5, 44, 7, 9, 19 tºy-ns ºsu, *is my
lord asked his servants, i. e. thou didst
ask us. In a style of still stronger adu-
lation, this mode of speaking is also used
in the case of an absent person, as Gen.
32, 4.
PLUR. Bºis masters, lords, Is. 26, 13
with a verb plural; and so c. suff, *-, "nºis
i. e. my lords Gen. 19, 2. 18. Elsewhere
the plural ſorms bººs, "jºis, c. suff
**, *-, 53"--, etc. are always plur.
earcellentia, and of the same signif. as
the sing. Gen. 39, 2 sq. Hence joined
with an adj. in the sing. number, as Is.
19, 4 rup pºis a hard master, cruel
ord. Gen. 42, 30.33 Yºsri ºis lord
of the land. This thy master 2 K. 2 3.
5. 16. Ps. 45, 12; "yºs 'lis master Gen.
ł4, 9. 30, 2.3.40, 7. Job 3, 19. De it. 10,
17 Bºisri º Lord of lords, i. e. Je-
hovah. Ps. l36, 3. Spoker of idols
Zeph. 1, 9; comp. 592.
NoTE. This word is waiting in all
the kindred dialects, except the Pheni.
cian, where it is applied to princes,
kings, and gods, see Monumenta Phoenic.
p. 346 (comp. 46ay, "Adovic, Hesych,
*igios); and perhaps the Chaldean,
where a vestige of it seems to be pre-
served in the pr. n. Tºsha.
"*TS Lord, the Lord, spoken every
where x0 tº Śoziv of God, chiefly (in the
Pentat. always) where God is submis-
sively and reverently addressed; as in
the formulas is "a Ex. 4, 10. 13. Josh,
7, 8; ºis Rºs Neh. 1, 11, comp. Gen. 15,
2. 18, 30–32. Ex. 34, 9. etc. Then also
where God is spoken oſ, 1 K. 13, 10. 22,
6. 2 K. 7, 6, 19, 23. Is. 6, 8, 8, 7. Fre-
quently other divine names are added;
as nin' ººts (which the Masorites write
rtin; ºis) Is. 40, 10. Jer. 2, 22; *s
Enrºsri Dan. 9, 13–As to the ending "H
grammarians differ in opinion. Many
regard it as a plural form put for the
sing, as spoken of the divine majesty
(pluralis earcellentia), i. q. Bºis, the
Kamets Being put for Pattah to distin-
guish it from *is my lords; see Grain.
§ 86. 1. c. § 106. 2. b. Others consider
"+ i. Q. "+, and make it strictly a suffix
plural ; so that is is pr: my lords,
then as plur, excell. my Lord, and at
last, the ſorce of the suffix being by de-
grees neglected, Lord, the Lord, & Kū
Quog. Comp. Syr. •is• and Fr. Mom.
sieur. This latter view seems prefer.
able, for the following reasons: a) The
words of Ps. 35, 23 **Nº ºrbs. 16, 2.
b) The ancient usage of the Pentat.
where it is for the Voc. my Lord! c) A
similar usage in possessive pronouns,
afterwards neglected, in the Phenician
names of gods, as *is '46tavis, ºnby:
Boºtle, for which see Monum. Phoenic.
p.400. Heb. Gr. § 119. 6. n. 4. d) *is
never has the article, and so nouns with
a suffix.--To all this it might be an
swered: a) That "sºs is plural. But
in one place only is it coupled with a
plural, Gem. 19, 2; in the two remaining
passages it is singular, my Lord / Gen.
18, 3. 19, 18, 3) That God twice calls
himself "jºis, Is. 8, 7. Job 28, 28. Bul
2
*IN 14
in TN
this arose from the superstitious practice
of the Jews, who never pronounce rijn,
in the sacred text, but always substitute
for it "ºs in reading; whence in writers
of a later age this latter word was some-
times received into the text itself; Dan.
9 3, 7.8, 9, 15. 16. 19. See in nin'.
tº TS (two mounds or tumuli) Ado-
raim, pr. n. of a city of Judah, 2 Chr. 11,
9. Comp. "40090, Adigw, Jos. Ant. 8, 10.
1. ib. 14. 5. 3. Now 92.9 Diira, a village
W. of Hebron; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 2 sq.
tº Ts see tººls.
7:TS Chald, adv. of time, at that time,
thereupon, then, i. q. Heb. 7S, TIS, q.v.
T}an. 2, 15, 17. 19.--TTN3 pr. in that
time, thereupon, immediately, Dan. 2, 14.
35. 3, 13. 19. 21. 26. This ſº from then,
since that time, Ezra 5, 16, i. Q. Hebr.
WNY).
*IS adj. (r. "Ts) 1. large, great,
mighty, e. g. mighty waves Ps. 93,4; of
a large ship Is. 33, 21.
2. mighty, powerful, of kings Ps. 136, 18;
of nations Ez. 32, 18; of gods 1 Sam. 4,8.
3, a chief, a prince, plur. chiefs, nobles,
princes, 2 Chr. 23, 20. Neh. 10, 30. Bet?
tººs a princely bowl i. e. precious,
Judg. 5, 25. Nxr, ºn" is chiefs of the
flock i. Q. shepherds, cºn, Jer. 25,34 sq.
4. splendid, glorious, Ps. 8, 2.
5. Trop. of moral qualities, noble, ear-
cellent, excelling in piety and virtue.
Ps. 16, 3 the saints who are in the earth,
E: *ser-be "nºis, and the earcellent
[of the earth] all my delight is in them,
i. e. I delight in them alone.
TºTs Persian, Adaliah, pr. n. of a
syn of Haman, Esth. 9, 8.
^k pºs to be red, ruddy; Arab. mid.
E and O, and Ethiop, id. also to be beau-
tiful. Once in Kal, Lam. 4, 7 their prin-
ces ... are whiter than milk, exs Hots
bºº they are more ruddy in body than
torals. Whiteness and ruddiness belong
o the description of youthful beauty;
nence it is not correct to refer hots in
this passage to the idea of dazzling
whiteness, as Bochart has done in Hie-
oz. II. p. 688, and Ludolf in Comm.
ad hist. AEthiop p. 206; although the
Romans do indeed use purpureus oº any
shining whiteness, Hor. Od. 4 1. i0
comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. p. 750. But
these writers would hardly have fallen
into this opinion, had they not beer.
anxiºus to make out for tº the sign-
fication of peards.
PUAL Part. Bºsº made red, dyed red,
Nah. 2, 4. Ex. 25, 5. 33, 7. 23.
Hi PH, to be red, pr. to make oneself
red, to redden, Is. 1, 18.
HITHPA. to be red, e.g. wine in a cup.
to blush, to sparkle, Prov. 23, 31.
Deriv. ETS-27s; comp. also ej,
PTS m. 1. a man, a human being malo
or female pr. one red, ruddy, as it would
seem. The Arabs distinguish two races of
men; the one red, riddy, or perh. copror-
coloured, which we call while; the oºzer
black. This word has neither construtt
nor plural ſorm, but is very often collect.
for men, mankind the human race, Gen.
1, 26. 27. 6, 1. Ps. 68, 19, 76, 11, Job 20,
29; PTS-82 all men Job 21, 33. Some-
times put in the gen. after adjectives,
as ETS ºiºs the poor of men, among
men, i. e. poor men, Is. 29, 19, comp.
Hos. 13, 2; so with a intervening, as
ETS: tº Prov. 23,28.—Spec, a) For
other men, the rest of mankind, opp. to
those in question, Jer, 32, 20 ºn
ETS; in Israel and among other men.
Judg. 16, 7, 18, 28. Ps. 73, 5, Is. 43, 4.
b) Of common men, men of low degree,
opp. to those of higher rank and better
character; so cºs: like (common) men,
Job 31, 33. Hos. 6, 7. Ps, 82, 7. So in
antith. with tººs men of high degree,
nobles, Is. 2, 9, 5, 15; Enniº Ps. 82, 7,
comp. Is. 29, 21; and in Plur. Jºs ºn
Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4. c.) Of slaves, like
tº, Num. 16, 32. d) Of soldiers, like
Engl. men, Is. 22, 8. Comp. Ušns no. 1.l.
2. a man, not a woman, i. q. Uns.
Ecc. 7, 28 one man [worthy of the name.
among a thousand have I found, but a
woman among them all have I not found.
3. any man, any one, Lev. 1, 2. With
a negative, no man, no one, Job 32, 21.
Comp. Úns no. 3.
4. Adam, pr. n. a) Of the first mar:
Gen. 2, 7 sq. At least in these passages
PTS assumes the nature of a proper
name in a certain degree, designating
ETN
15 Ts
Whe man as the enly one of his kind;
comp. Bºri Baal, the lord zot Śoz.
Jºn Satan. Lehrg. p. 653,654. Hence
Sept. Aëtiu, Vuig. Adam. b) Of a city
near the Jordan, Josh. 3, 16.
5. BTS-13, with art. Bºsſ!"|3, son of
man, poet. for man, Num. 23, 19. Ps. 8,
5. 80, 18. Job 16, 21. 25, 6. 35, 8; so
very often in Ezekiel, where the prophet
.s addressed from God, PJS-73 son of
man, i. e. mortal | Ez. 2, 1.3. 3, 1.3.4.
10. 4, 16. 8, 5. 6.8. Often also in Plur.
tº "25 sons of men, i. e. men, Deut.
32, 8. Ps. 11, 4, al. and with art. "2:
Fºr; 1 Sam. 26, 19. 1 K. 8, 39. Ps. 145,
12. Ecc. -, 13. Comp. Syr. Paira SO]]
of man, for man.
ETS and BYTS adj, f ngºs, plur.
bºs; after the form bºp, rººf, which
is common in noting colours, see Lehrg.
§ 120. no. 21; red, ruddy, e.g. of a gar-
ment sprinkled with blood Is. 63, 2; of
ruddy cheeks Cant. 5, 10; of a chesnut
or bay-coloured horse Zech. 1,8. 6, 2;
of a red heifer Num. 19, 2; of the red-
dish colour of lentiles Gen. 25, 30.
Subst, red, redness Is. 63, 2.
ETSprin. Edom. 1. The son of Isaac
and elder twin-brother of Jacob, Gen.
25, 25; more freq. called Esau, hºx.
2. Collect. for the Edomites, the pos-
terity of Edom or Esau, and likewise for
their country, Idumea. Of the nation
Num. 20, 20; more fully pºſs tº Ps. 137,
7, and poet. ETS na daughter of Edom
Lam. 4, 21. 22. Of the country, ETs rºs
Gen. 36, 16. 21.31; PTS Amos 1,6; and
bºs nº Gen. 32, 3 [4]. Judg. 5, 4.
Where it stands alone, it is masc. when
spoken of the people, Num. 20, 20; but
em. when it denotes the country, Jer.
49, 17. The country of the Edomites,
Idumea, was the mountainous tract be-
ween the Dead sea and the Elamitic
gulf of the Red sea, afterwards called
Gebalene, Tefloºmi, now Jº- Jebál.
The gentile n. is "nºs Edomite, Idu-
mean, Deut. 23, 8; plur. Pºins 2 K.
16, 6 Keri. Fem. nºis, plur, niºis
Edomitish women 1 K. 11,
FTs a gem of red colour, perh, ºuby,
garnet Ex 28, 17 39, 10. Ez. 28, 13.
Sept. Vulg. Gºgovoy, sard, u.
Fºſs, f nºis, plur, f nºis
adj. reddish, e. g. spots in leprous per-
sons, which are described as nix;
niaTººls white and somewhat reddish,
Lev. 13, 19 sq. 14, 37. R. ETs.
Tºſs f. 1. earth, Ex. 20, 24. So
called from its reddish colour; see Cred.
ner on Joel p. 125 sq.-Spec, the earth,
ground, land, as tilled, Gen. 4, 2.47, 19.
22, 23. Ps. 105, 35. Is. 28, 24. nºis uns
a husbandman Gen. 9, 20; riºs aris a
lover of the ground, i.e. of husbandry,
2 Chr. 26, 10. Spoken of the produce
of the earth, Is. 1, 7.
2. a land, region, country, Gen. 28, 15.
Fijri, nº's land of Jehovah, i.e. Canaan,
Is. 14, 2. Plur, nio's lands, countries,
once Ps. 49, 12, q, d. in all lands.
3. the earth, orbis terrae, Gen. 4, 11.
6, 1. 7, 4.
4. Adamah, pr. n. of a city in Naph.
tali, Josh. 19, 36.
Tºſs Admah, pr. n. of a city de.
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah,
Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2, 8. Deut. 29, 22. Hos.
11, 8.
ºTs and ºn TS adj. (after the form
*3%"|p) red, i.e. red-haired, e. g. Esau,
Gen. 25, 25; David, 1 Sam. 16, 12. 17,
42. Sept. Tvågøms, Vulg. rufus.
*TS (pr. human) Adami, pr. n. of a
city of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33.
ºis see in Bºis.
SºTS Admatha, pr. n. of a Persian
nobleman, Esth. 1, 14.
Sk Ts obsol. root. 1. i. q. In , Arab
cole mid. Waw, to be low, humble infe-
rior. Hence rºs.
2. Transit. i. q. Tººl, to judge, to com-
mand, to domineer. Hence its domi-
nus, lord, and *; is the Lord; also
778 Addan, pr. n. of a man who re-
turned under Zerubbabel to Jerusalem,
Ezra 2, 59; in the parall, passage Neh.
7, 31 written jºins.
TTS m. plur, bºſs, constr. **s, a
foundation, e.g. ofa column, base, pedes
tal, Cant. 5, 15. Ex. 26, 19 sq. 27, 10 sq.
36, 38; of a building, Job 38, 6. R. Tº
no. 1.
}TN
*IN
16
*TS see after ſins.
prº-nºis (lord of Bezek) Adoni-Be-
rek, name or title of a king of the Ca-
naamitish city Bezek, Judg. 1, 5.6.7.
PTY". TS (lord of justice) Adoni-
zedek, pr. n. of a Canaanitish king of
Jerusalem, Josh. 10, 1.3.
*Tººls (my lord is Jehovah) Adoni-
jah, pr n. m. a) A son of David, who
attempted to usurp the succession, 1 K.
1, 8 sq. Called also rººs v. 5. 2 Sam.
3, 4, b) 2 Chr. 17, 8, c) Neh. 10, 17.
In Ezra 2, 13 the same person is called
Epº's Adonikam, i.e. lord of the ene-
my. Comp. Ezra 8, 13. Neh. 7, 18.
DPºis see nºis c.
Dºts (lord of altitude) Adoniram,
pr. n. of a man who had charge of the
public works under David and Solomon,
Y K. 4, 6. By an unusual contraction,
called pºiºs Adoram, 2 Sam. 20, 24.
1 K. 12, 18; also tyiºt, 2 Chr. 10, 18.
Sk -Ts in Kal not used, pr. to be large,
great, ample, see deriv. ºnºs, nºs;
35.
compje to have the hermia, pr. to be
o £ s
wollen; &iswollen, inflated, e. g.
the belly. Kindr. is nºr.—Trop. to be
great, splendid, powerful; see in nºis.
Ni PH. to be made great, to be magni-
fied, glorious. Part. Ex. 15,6 Hin' Tº
rºl ºnºs: thy right hand, Jehovah, is
magnified in might, is made glorious in
strength. The Yod in ºnºs, is para-
gogic.
HipH. to magnify, to make honourable,
IR. 42, 21.
Deriv.nºs, nºs, -ºs, and the com-
pounds Tººls, mºnºs.
"jS Adar, the twelfth Hebrew month,
from the new moon of March to that of
April ; or according to the Rabbins,
•om the new moon of February to that
cf March. Esth. 3. 7. 13. 8, 12. 9, 1. 15.
17. 19. 21. Gr. Atóðg, 1 Macc. 7, 43. Syr.
Ş A& 2. – # 2, r * 3 * ~ *
iſ Arab St. Sº, and 53, the
ixth month of the Syru-Macedonians.
Perh, from Pers. ;Sifire.
-7s Chald. id. Ezra 6, 15.
nºs see nº-nºr.
TTS m. pr. largeness, amp itule
hence
1. a wide cloak, mantle, i. q. nºs
Mic. 2, 8.
2, greatness, splendour, whence Zech
11, 13 nºr his splendour of the price
i. e. the splendid price, ironically.
nºis Chald. (r. 57; II) area, threshing.
floor, pr: a wide open place, Dam. 2, 3.
to º 9 • o?
Syr. 1521, Arab. XCX5i. Hence some
refer it to Arab. Sc)3 excidit granum ;
but in Arab. 303 the mal seems to be
for dal.
TºmTS Chald, plur. m. chief judges,
Dan. 3, 2.3. Compounded from his i. q.
thºs greatness, comp. hºas no. 3; and
Tº judges, comp. Ylä.
NTTTS Chald, adv. Ezra 7,2.3 right.
ly, diligently, carefully, Vulg. diligenter.
Prob. it is a Persian word, perh. i. q. Pers.
O O 9 9
•)° recte, vere, probe.
Tºnºs m. only in Plur. Bºis
1 Chr. 29, 7. Ezra 8, 27, i. q. Tiºnºi, a
daric, a Persian coin of pure gold, com-
mon also among the Jews while they
were under the Persian dominion. The
N is prosthetic; comp. in Mishna Tiznº
and Syr. lia a.º. The etymology is
not certain, although we can hardly
doubt that the word is kindred to the pr.
n. Darius, ºn 1. Others make it either:
a) Dimin, from T-1, daric, jaguijzms, if
the common reading is correct in Strabt.
XVI. p. 5874; or b) A compgund from
ble king (Darius) and wº appear-
ânce, figure.—The daric was equal in
value to the Attic Zg wooig, which, ac-
cording to our mode of reckoning, was
worth nearly 1, German ducats, or
about three Spanish dollars; see Boeckh
Staatsh. der Ath. I. p. 23. The coin
usually bears the image of an archer
with a tiara. Darics of 'd and silver
are extant in the Museums of Paris and
Vienna. See Eckhel Doctr. Num, P. I
Vol. III. p. 551.
#ºn is (contr. for Thºr -ºs splen
dour of the king) Adrammelech, pr. n.
a) An idol of the Sepharvites ºr Sip
*TN
iTN
I7
parenes orought from Mesopotamuia to
Samaria. 2 K. 17, 31. b) A son of Sen-
macher..., king of Assyria, who aided in
slaying his father, Is. 37, 38.2 K. 19, 37.
9.18 Chald. i. q. Sº, the arm, with
N prosthetic, Ezra 4, 23. Hebr. Sini.
In the Targums with Patah Shºs.
Hence
"y"TS (strong, mighty) Edrei, pr. n.
a) The former metropolis of Bashan,
situated in the territory of Manasseh,
Num. 21, 33. Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 12, 4.
Called by Eusebius Mö906, by Ptolemy
"Mögo, by Arabian geographers
Zer'a, now Ueye Der'a. [According to
Euseb, and the Peut. Tables, it lay 24
Rom. miles from Bozrah on the way to
Capitolias and Gadara. See Reland
Palaestina p. 547. Bibl. Res. in Pal. III.
App. p. 152.—R.] b) A city in Naph-
tali, Josh. 19, 37.
nºS 1. Fem. of adj. Hºls, large,
great, mighty, (comp. tºº, f nºt.)
Ez. 17, 8 nºis EA a large vine, i. e. full
of branches and leaves. Comp. Thººls
no. 1.
2. Subst. a wide cloak, mantle, pallium,
1 K. 19, 13. 19. 2 K. 2, 13. 14. Jon. 3, 6.
nyºu; nºis a Babylonish mantle Josh. 7,
21, i. e.variegated with figures, having
the figures of men and animals interwo-
ven in colours; comp. Plin. H. N. 8, 48.
So nº nyls a hairy mantle, shaggy
with hair, or (according to some) of fur,
Gen. 25, 25. Zech. 13, 4.
3. splendour, glory, Zech. 11, 3.
>k tº is i. q. ºn, to thresh, once inf.
absol. Is. 28, 28 ºu?", usins threshing
he threshes it.
* EIS and B.S fut.-ris, and aris,
pers, aris Prov. 8, 17 and aris Hos. 14,
5; inf =ns Ecc. 3, 8, also Hans q.v.
1. to breathe after, to long for, to de-
sire, c. acc. Ps. 4, 4.40, 17. 70, 5; seq.
*x Ps. 116, 1.—This sense of breathing
after belongs to the syllables an , an ,
and with the letters softened HN, S ;
tomp. the roots bar; ; Hari, Jºs to de-
e, to love; His and HS to desire, to
a willing.
2 to love in which signif it º
“lovers, paramours, Hos. 9, 10.
with Hay, &yotów. With acc. Gen. 37
3. 4. Deut. 4, 37; rarely c. * Lev. 19, 18
34. 1 K. 5, 15; c. : Ecc. 5,9. 1 Sam. 20,
17 intº iº ners he loved him as he
loved his own soul. Part. Hris a friend,
loving and beloved, intimate, different
from ºn a companion, Prov. 18, 24. Esth.
5, 10. 14. Is. 41, 8 ºr's Brºns sº the
seed of Abraham my friend.
3. to love to do any thing, to delight
in doing, seq. infin. c. , Hos. 12, 8 pº
His he loveth to oppress. Is. 56, 10. Jer,
14, 10. *
NIPH. part. Hris; lovely, winiable, wor-
thy of love, 2 Sam. 1, 23.
PIEL part, aris; 1, a friend, Zech
13, 6. -
2. a lover, but only in a bad sense, a
paramour, debauchee, Ez. 16, 33 sq. 23, .
5 sq. i. e. metaph. for an idolater.
Deriv. the three following.
PTS, only in plur. Bºris 1. loves,
spec. in a bad sense, amours, trop. of
intercourse and alliances with foreign
nations, Hos. 8, 9.
2. delight, loveliness. Prov. 5, 19 nºs
Bºris a lovely hind.
Bºš m. love, in sing, once meton, for
Sept.
oi yannuévol. Plur. Bºris loves, spec.
amours, Prov. 7, 18. º
Tººls f. 1. Inf ſem. of the verb-ris,
with # pref. Is. 56, 6 nin' Buj-ns Harish
to love the name of Jehovah. Deut. 10,
15. 11, 13. 22. Josh. 22, 5. 23, 11. With
# 1 K, 10, 9 °shºrns nin, rans: in
Jehovah's loving Israel, i.e. because he
loved Israel. In the same sense with
pref 2 Hos. 3,1, and Tº Deut. 7, 8 nºis?
tºns Hin' because Jehovah loved you.
2. love, espec. between the sexes, Cant.
2, 4, 5, 8, 8, 6.7; of God towards men
Hos. 3, 1; of friends towards each other,
1 Sam. 18, 3.
3. love, delight, concr. one beloved,
fem. Cant. 2, 7, 3, 5. So perh. v. 10
where others as adv. lovely.
sk Tris obsol. root, i. q. Tris to be one
united. Hence Thris and
Tris Ohad, pr. n. of a son of Simeon
Gen. 46, 10.
Sk Fris interj. expressing grief, sor
TN
brix
I8
row, and imitating the sound or cry, ah 1
- o'- 35.
alas ! comp. Arab. 8, gii, whence the
35 sº
verbs § and 81 to grieve, lament, like
Germ. ach, dchzen. Mostly in the con-
nection Hin, ºis Fris al. 1 Lord God,
Josh, 7, 7. Judg. 6,22; or *s ºr's 2 K.
6, 5, 15. Alone, 2 K. 3, 10; c. dat. Joel
1. 5.
Tººls (union, r. Tris) Ehud, pr. n. m.
a) A judge of Israel, Judg. 3, 15 sq. 4, 1.
Sept. 436, b) 1 Chr. 7, 10.
Sjús Ahava, pr. m. ofa river between
Babylon and Jerusalem, Ezra 8, 21. 31.
The same is probably meant in v. 15,
where we may render: the river that
runneth to the Ahava. It is hardly
doubtful, that the word signifies pr. wa-
ter, aqua, comp. Sanscr. ap, Pers. ab,
Goth. ahva, Lat. aqua. It is hard to
say what river is meant; possibly the
Euphrates, which was called xwt é$ozºv
the river; comp. hrſºrſ.
*S Hos. 13, 10, i. q. Hºs, *s, where 2
Elsewhere "ris is always 1 pers, ſut.
apoc. from r. Fºr to be ; and not improb.
it is here an error of transcription arising
out of v. 7. 14, instead of nºs. The
words are sies Tºº "ns where then is
thy king 2 the two words Nies "ris be-
ing closely joined, as elsewhere Ries “s.
—Ewald regards this word (Gr. § 444) as
compounded from S (i. q. H) and ºn i. e.
hic, here; comp. Ethiop. KJP ibi, THP
kic, huc. So too Hupfeld.
G
Sk bris perh. i. q ºr, Jº 1. to shine,
to glitter, from the mutual relation of
verbs SE and sº ; see Hiph.--Hence
bris tent, from the shining, glittering
appearance.
2. Denom. from bris tent, to tent, to
wnove one’s tent, in the manner of no-
mades, now pitching their tents in one
place and then removing to another.
Gen. 13, 12.18 pºis brºl, Sept. &ro-
axmvajoo's Affgºu, Vulg. movems taberna-
culum suum.
Piel, fut. Brºs. contr.ºrº, i. q. Kal no.
P, to pitch one's tent, in the nomadic man-
ner, Is. 13, 20. Comp. Féº for Fës”.
Hi Ph. i. q. Kal no. 1, to shine, pr. to
give light. Job 25, 5 -Nº riº-Tº r
bºrº to 1 even the moon, it shineth act
i. e. is not bright, pure, in the sigh of
God. Jerome : ecce 1 luna etiam mon
splendet. Sept. oix étiqovakst.
The deriv. follow.
bris c. suff, *ns, #hris (Óhölka),
with He parag. nºis; Plur. Bºrn
Syriasm for Bºris Lehrg. p. 152, 572;
with preſſ tº Judg. 8, 11. Jer, 35, 7,
10; constr. “his, c. suff, *ris, Flºris,
tººls.
1. a tent, tabernacle, Gen. 9, 27. al.
Tyin bris tabernacle of the congregation
or of assembly, comm. tabernacle of the
covenant, i. e. the movable and portable
sanctuary of the Israelites in the desert,
described Ex. -c. 26, comp. c. 36; also
called simply ºrišr 1. K. 1, 39. As to
the distinction in the tabernacle, between
bris and Tºujº, the former (bris) denoted
the exterior covering, consisting of
twelve curtains of goats’ hair, which was
placed over the proper dwelling (Tºº)
i. e. the twelve interior curtains or hang-
ings which lay upon the frame-work;
see Ex. 26, 1. 7. 26, 8, 14, 19.
2. a dwelling, habitation, house, Is.
16, 5 Tº bris the habitation of David,
1 K. 8, 66. Jer. 4, 20. Lam. 2, 4. Poet.
Ps. 132, 3 ºr "a bris: Nºs Es I will not
enter the dwelling of my house.
3. Spec. the temple, Ez. 41, 1.
4. Ohel, pr. m. of a son of Zerubbabel,
1 Chr. 3, 20.
Tºš Oholah, Aholah, pr. n. of a
harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbol
of Samaria, Ez. 23, 4 sq. Put for Fººls
(Mappik) i.e. she has her tent, her own
tabernacle, temple.
nºbºs see in tºns.
asºs (tent of his father) Aioliab,
pr. n. of an artificer, Ex. 31, 6. 35, 34.
Tºš Oholibah, Aholibah, pr.m. of
a harlot, used by Ezekiel as the symbo
of the idolatrous kingdom of Judah, Ez.
23, 4 sq. lit. my tabernacle is in her, h;
for Fiz. Comp. Hºs.
Tºš (tent of the height) Añoli
bamah, pr. m. of a wife of Esau, Gen. 36
2. 14; also of an Edomitish tribe, v. 14
tºrs Num. 24, 6. Prov. 7, 17, an
nºbºs Ps. 45,9. Cant. 4, 14, Plur, a spa
*:TN
*"Nº
ties of odoriferous tree growing in India,
called by the Greeks &yūkozov, later
$violón, in modern times lignum aloés,
also lignum paradisi, and lignum aquilae,
Eaccoecaria Agallocha Linn. See Diosc.
lib. I. 21. The Heb. as well as the Greek
name is derived from the Indian name
of the tree, Sanscr. agaru and aguru (the
r being softened into l), also agarukam.
See Celsius in Hierobot. T. I. p. 135–
170. Gildemeister de rebus Indicis, Wasc.
I, p. 65, 66. The Portuguese also would
scem to have heard the name under the
form agulu or the like ; since they call
this wood aquilae lignum.
Sk nºis a doubtful root; hence perhaps
jºinºs pr. n. m. (perh. i. q. Tinri moun-
taineer, comp. Arab, c) Use) Aaron, the
elder brother of Moses, Ex. 6, 20. 7, 7;
and the first high-priest, Ex. c. 29. Lev.
c. 8.—Tinºs "3+ sons of Aaron Josh. 21,
4. 10. 13; poet. Tinºs n^3 house of
Aaron Ps. 115, 10. 12. 118, 3, put for the
priests in general.
high-priest Ps. 133, 2.
"S, constr. is, a noun after the form
*s, *p, from r. His to will, to desire.
1. Subst, will, desire, appetite, once
Prov. 31, 4 Cheth. ºº is tº nor
for princes the desire of strong drink.
Keri nauj "s (to say) where is strong
drink 2
2. free-will, choice, and hence constr.
is as a Conjunction, implying the power
of freely choosing this or that, or, either;
comp. Lat. vel, apoc. ve, from velle.
TS •
Arab. 5. Deut. 13, 2 nEin is nis the
‘ign or the wonder. Job 3, 15. 2. K. 2,
.6 nisºn insi is bºrn ins; upon
some mountain or into some valley. Re-
peated i. q, sive—sive, whether—or, Lev.
5, 1 v.1, is ns) is whether he hath seen
or known. Ex. 21, 31. Sometimes it is
intensive, i. q. or rather, 1 Sam. 29, 3
who hath been with me now these many
days, tº riſ is or rather these years.
o? & .
So Arab. 3!, which they explain by J3.
—Sometimes also ellipt. for "5 N or (be
it) that, or (it must be) that, with fut. sub-
junct. where we may properly render
else, unless perhaps. (Comp A-ab.
So Aaron for any
o # 5 of:
3) c. fut. masb. ellipt. for & 3", wh:4. A
35 &
is explained by &! S! wnless.) Js. 27, 5
I would burn them all together, ptrº is
****, or else let them lay hold of my
refuge, i. e. unless they take hold etc.
Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 21, 15 [10].—Hence
3. As a conditional particle, pr. if one
choose, i. q. if, if perhaps, but if, Sept.
éðv, comp. Lat. sive, in which lies alsº
o?
the si conditional. So Arab. Aſ is often
explained by the Grammarians by *,1,–
With fut. 1 Sam. 20, 10 who shall :*7776
Hºp Taş Tºrriº is if thy father an-
swer thee any thing harshly 2 Sept. §§v,
Vulg, si forte. (Winer attributes to this
passage more than the context will bear,
in endeavouring to make out a disjunc-
tive sense, ad Sim. Lex. p. 26.) Ex. 21,
36 shri nº niu; z sºil is but if it be
known, that the oa, was wont to push
Sept. &v Öé, Vulg. sin autem. Lev. 4,
23. 28. 2 Sam. 18, 13.—Without a verb,
Gen. 24, 55 let the maiden abide with us
nips is tº some days, if perhaps ten,
q. d. ten days if she choose; Sept. iiuégo's
digs? §§za, Vulg. dies saltem decem. In
this example the primary sense of choice
remains; nor can it be well explained:
multos dies, aut saltem decem.
SNAN (prob. will of God, from TN, is,
r. nys) Uel, pr. m. Ezra 10, 34.
* His or EºN obsol, root, i. q. Arab.
- ? 5
Jºil for *5) ſº
1. to come back, to return ; also to
come to one’s senses, resipiscere, whence
9 gº
º resipiscens.
2. to go down, to set, e. g. the sun.
3. to come by might, espec. in order to
& e s , sº
get water. Conj. V, VIII, id. Jºlºf a
water-carrier, aquarius. Hence in He-
brew:
his, plur. nihis masc. comp. for the
gender of the plur. Job 32, 19.
1. a leathern bottle, pr. a water-skin,
for carrying water, see r. His no. S.
Spoken of skins for wine, Job l. c. ni-s:
spºº tºujºr like new bottles which burst,
i.e. like skins full of new wine.
2, vskgóuarris or rex véuovus, i. e. a
rººk
iTN
20
necromancer, sorcerer, a conjurer who
professes to call up the dead by means
of incantations and magic formulas, in
order that they may give response as to
doubtful or future things; comp. 1 Sam.
28, 7. Is. 8, 19. 29, 3.—Deut. 18, 11. 2 K.
21, 6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Plur, nins Lev. 19,
31. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Is. 8, 19. 19, 3.
Spec. put a) For the divining spirit, the
foreboding demon, python, supposed to be
present in the body of such a conjurer;
comp. Acts 16, 16. So Lev. 20, 27 wins
His Prº Tºrtº a nºs is a man or a
woman in whom is the spirit of divina-
tion, Eng. ‘familiar spirit.” 1 Sam. 28, 8
sis: * Nº-ººpp divine unto me by the
foreboding spirit; whence such a sorce-
ress is called -is nº nujs a woman in
whom is a divining spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 7.8.
b) For the dead, the shade or spirit
evoked. Is. 29.4 Thip Yºs? -is: Hyrº and
thy voice shall be like a shade out of the
ground.--The LXXusually render nins
by Éyyºo 19tuvēot, ventriloquists, and
correctly; since among the ancients this
power of ventriloquism was often mis-
used for the purposes of magic.--As to
the connection between these two signifi-
cations of bottle and mecromancer, it prob.
arose from regarding the conjurer, while
possessed by the demon, as a bottle, i. e.
vessel, case, in which the demon was
contained. Hence
nºis (water-skins) Oboth, pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 21, 10. 34, 43. It must be sought
In the desert on the eastern skirts of
dumea, not far from Moab.
Sºis 1 Chr. 27, 30, Obil, pr. n. of an
Ishmaelite, who had charge of the cam-
els of David. It signifies pr. chief of the
9 – 35. 9 35.
camels, like Arab. Júi and Jºel from
Jºl camel.--The form bºis is for bºis,
as Tºin for Tºin Ps. 16, 5.
ºs and 53s, m. (r. 93) a stream,
river, only in Dan. 8, 2. 3. 6.
*"N and TN obsol. root. 1. to bend,
to inflect, Arab. 3ſmid. Waw; then to
turn, to turn about or over, to stir, see
subst. Ths, nitis ; also to put around,
to surround, see "S. Corresponding in
Heb. *thy. Hence
2. to load, to burden, to press down with
9 -
weight; whence Cººl heavy, burden.
§ 2 of * º 5 *_
Some, $33. a load, weight, éx'U' mis-
fortunes, evils, calamities, by which one
is weighed down ; see "N.
– 3: L - #
3. i. q. Sli for Öği, o be strong, ro.
6 of
bust ; Conj. II, to strengthen, to aid, &:
and $f strength, might, force ; whence
Heb. 18%. Comp. Hºp and other verbs
which also connect the motions of weight
and strength.
"8 m. pr: a wooden poker, with which
a fire is stirred, see r. This no 1; hence
any burnt wood, a fire-brand, Zech. 3, 2.
Am. 4, 11. Is. 7, 4. Syr. and Chald. id,
Others make it i. q. ex-e wood.
n"TS plur, pr. turnings, turns, see r.
The no. 1; then circumstances, reasons,
- G - -
causes of things. Comp. Jw cause,
* ::
from r. Eaq to turn about; Jus way,
manner, cause, from JUs, bar, to turn
oneself; Germ. um for wegen; bºa be-
cause of from bº.—Found only in the
formula riºtis-by i. q. --- by, ºniº by,
for the causes, i.e. on account of, be-
cause of propter, Gen. 21, 11. 25. 26, 32.
Ex. 18, 8; c. suff, ºniºs by on my ac-
count, Josh. 14, 6, -uśs nins-bº by
for all these causes that, for this very
cause that, Jer. 3, 8.-In some editt. is
found 2 Sam. 13, 16 nins bs, which
has arisen from combining two readings
ritis-bs and ninis by.
* I. Hºs not used in Kal, pr. to bend,
to inflect ; comp. kindr. Fly. Hence
1. to turm aside, to take lodging, to
15.
lodge, to dwell ; i.g. Arab. es; Conj. I
8.
II; sº a lodging, dwelling. See
deriv. S.
º Tº:
2. i. q. Arab. es; to incline, to have a
bent, i. e. to desire, to long for, to wish
see Pi. Hithpa, and comp. YEr. Kindr
roots are näs, Lat. aveo, Arab. 53°
Sanscr. aw, to desire. *
iTYN 21
bºx
Pi El. His i. q. Kal no. 2, to desire, to
long for, ascribed mostly to the soul, u}}.
Prov. 21, 10 ºn Hrºs sujº º the soul
of the wicked desireth evil. Deut. 12, 20.
14, 26. Job 23, 13. 33, 20. 1 Sam. 2, 16.
2 Sam. 3, 21. Mic. 7, 1. Without UE
Ps. 132, 13. 14, Is. 26, 9 mºnºs uſe:
nº ty soul even I desire thee in the
night; comp. THz for I, with 1 pers.
{}en, 44, 32.
Hittipa. Hisrn, ſut, apoc. snº Prov.
23, 3.6, i. q. Pi. but pr. to desire for one-
self, to long ; absol. 1 Chr. 11, 17; c.
acc. Deut. 5, 18. Jer. 17, 16; c. dat. Prov.
23, 3.6. Hºn nºsrn to long a longing,
i. e. to long for with eagerness, to lust
nfter, Num. 11, 4. Ps. 106, 14. Hithpael
differs also from Piel, in that it is never
|oined with tº , which is the common
usage with Piel.
Deriv. is constr. is, nºs, "S, "s I,
Eºs2, Hyst.
* II. T.S obsol. root, onomatopoetic,
to cry, to howl, ululare ; so Arab. sº
to howl, as a dog, wolf, jackal ; see the
deriv. ix, *s.
* III. Hys, in Kal. not used, prob.
to sign, to mark, to describe with a mark;
kindr, with TNT, and nºr. Comp. His,
ITS I, Esº, to desire. Hence
HITHPA, id. Num. 34, 10 tº crºsnr.
ye shall mark out for yourselves a border,
etc. comp. v. 7. 8, where in the same
connection is read fut. 55% snr. Sept.
and Syr, in all three passages, autºus-
19%gets, “a”22, ye shall measure out,
deterinine.—Hence also nis for nºs, a
sign.
TºS f (r. His I. 2) 1. desire, long-
*g, e. g. after food, with SEZ, Deut. 12,
5. 20. 21. 18, 6; of sexual desire, Jer.
2, 24. Comp. in Hys I. Pi.
2. desire, pleasure, will, with ºx,
1 Sam. 23, 20; simpl. Hos. 10, 10. - -
*T*S (prob. i. g. *s, *y-, strong, ro-
• e \, *
bust) Uzai, pr. n. m. Nel. 3, 25.
brºs Gen. 10, 27, pl. n. 7 Izal, a de-
scendant of Joktºn, here taken in a geo-
graphical sense ſor a sity ano district of
the Joktanidae in Arabia, prob, the same
ruſºerwards callel Sanaa, the metrºpolis
of the kingdo.m of Yemen ; see B, chart
Phaleg. II. 21. J. D. Michaelis Spicil
Geogr. Heb. ext. T. M. p. 164 sq. Rut
ger's Hist. Jemanaº, p. 217.
*s (desire or dwelling, i. Q. "N) Evi,
pr. n. of a king of Midian, Num. 31, 8,
Josh. 13, 31.
"S (r. His II) 1. Subst, wailing
lamentation. Prov. 23, 29 ºh is ~2%
"ins who hath wailing, who hath want?
2. Interj. wo 1 a.) Of sorrow, grief,
c. dat. wo to me ! etc. 1 Sam. 4, 8. Is.
3, 9 °, 5; rarely c. acc. Ez. 24, 6.8;
absol. Num. 24, 23. b) Of threatening,
imprecation, Num. 21, 29.—Kindr. is "in
Tisi, q is, c, dat. Ps. 120, 5.
ºn is m. (r. 9:S) plur. Rººs I. fool-
ish, as adj. bºys ºs Prov. 29, 9. Hos.
9, 7. More freq. subst: a foolish man, a
fool, Job 5, 2. Is. 19, 11. 35,8. Prov. 7, 22.
10, 14. 11, 29. 14, 3. 15, 5. Opp. to a
prudent man (ºny) Prov. 12, 16; to a
wise man (53ri) Prov. 10, 14.
2. Impl. impious, wicked, Job 5, 3.
*S id, with adj, ending, foolish,
Zech. 11, 15.
Th? Sºns Evil-Merodach, pr. n. of
a king of Babylon, who set at liberty
Jehoiachin king of Judah after he had
been long detained in prison by Nebu-
chadnezzar, 2 K. 25, 27. Jer. 52, 31. He
succeeded Nebuchadnezzar, and reigned
two years, according to Berosus in Jos.
c. Ap. 1. 20.-As to the signification of
the name, Tº q. v. is the name of a
Babylonish idol, and bºls is in Heb.fool-
ish. But we may take it for granted
that some other name of Assyrian or
Persian origin lies concealed under this,
which the Jews thus wrested into the
analogy of their own tongue; pleasing
themselves perhaps with the idea of
calling the hostile and gentile king in
scorn Merodach's fool, i. e. his foolish
worshipper. - -
>k b's with Wav movable, obsol. root,
i. q. ºsy, bºy, to be foolish, pr. to be
turned away, perverse, comp. kindr. bºy,
and also bas. Hence bºs, **s, fool
ish, rººs folly.
$ tº
* > N and b's a root not used in
518
5"N
22
the verb, but of wide extent in the
derivatives.
1. Pr. to roll, te twist, to twirl, as in
kindr. Bari, bºr, bºx, bºs, comp. siléo,
silio, tºo, and see below under r. º.—
Hence bºs a ram, from his twisted
horns; also has belly.
2. Trop. to be strong, stout, powerfu, ;
for the connection comp. in bhri and bºr.
—Hence by the Strong One, God; nºs
terebinth, q. d. the strong tree ; Tibs
an oak, Lat. robur; also bºs, nºbºs,
strength, aid.
3. Trop. to be first, foremost, chief,
from the notion of strength and power;
.* P-
so Arab. J," to be foremost, to come out
tº 2
9
first, J; first, primus, (pr. princeps, like
jius",) comp. Heb. bs.-Hence tººls
Eºs, the mighty, the chieſ, this the
fiont part, q.v. Bºs no. 2, and phºs, a
projection on a building; nºs no. 3, the
first place, rank.
ºs m. 1. the belly, body, pr. a roll,
roller, from the round form ; r. bhs no. 1.
9 35 3-
Ps. 73,4, Arab Jū, Jr.
2. Plur. the mighty, the powerful, the
chief. 2 K. 24, 15 Cheth. Yºsri ºis
the chief of the land. The Keri has the
more usual form ºns. R. has no. 3.
I. *s compounded from "N constr.
is, and * i. q. *, Nº, Nº, not; comp.
ºrs, ºb.
1. if not, unless, once Num. 22, 33
*** *** Firt; ºns unless she had turn-
ed from me, surely now I had slain thee.
Sept. ei um. Aben Ezra well ºb.
2. whether not, Is. 47, 12; and hence
ellipt. [who knows] whether not, i. e. per-
haps, peradventure, expressing doubt,
fear, Gen. 24, 5. 27, 12. Josh. 9, 7; and
also hope, Gen. 16, 2. Am. 5, 15.—Hos.
8, 7 the stalk shall yield no meal, ºbhs
rºº tº nº [or iſ] perhaps it
yield, strangers shall devour it. Jer. 21, 2.
§ – r $ _
—In like manner Arah. JºJ and Jé
perhaps, is pr. whether not, ellipt. As to
35.
its origin, for Öſ. and its various forms
and use, see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe 1.
$867, and note. More nearly corre-
sponding are the Talmudic particles sº
and Nº", pr. whether not, annon, then
whether perhaps, if perhaps, fortasse
e.g. Pirke Aboth 2, 4 ‘ne dicas: cum
otiosus fuero, discam, fortasse (Nou) non
eris otiosus.” Berach 2, 1.9. Also bºx”
what if? perhaps, which is put for Heb.
*As Is. 47, 12.
II. *s pr. n. Ulai, Eulaus, a river
flowing by Susa in Persia, and émptying
itself into the united stream of the Eu-
phrates and Tigris, called by the Greeks
Choaspes, now Kerah. Dan. 8, 2. See
Holot. 5. 49. Plin. H. N. 6, 27 or 31,
R. K. Porter's Travels, Vol. II. p. 412,
and Map.
tºns, Eºs, (Kamets impure,) Plur,
Eºs, (r. His no. 3) pr. the anterior
part, front ; hence
1. vestibule, porch, portico, 1 K. 7, 6
sq. Ez. 40, 7 sq. Spec. of the vestibule
or porch erected on the eastern front of
the temple of Solomon, Gr. 6 Tigóvo,0s,
1 K. 6, 3. Joel 2, 17; more fully cºns
Hinº. 2 Chr. 15, 8. 29, 17. The altitude
of this porch is said (2 Chr. 3, 4) to have
been 120 cubits, while the height of the
temple itself was only 30 cubits, and its
length 60 cubits, 1 K. 6, 2. This would
give to the porch the form of a tower,
unless there is here an error in the text.
Perhaps for tºurs: HR2 we may read
with Meyer and others tºurs nos
twenty cubits.
2. Adv. pr. in front, and therefore op-
posite, on the contrary ; hence trop. as a
strong adversative particle, but, but yet,
may but, nevertheless, oi, uhy &Akö, as
Sept. well. Job 2, 5. 5,8. 13, 3. Often
also thºsh, Sept. oi, ahv 35 &A34, Gen.
48, 19. Ex. 9, 16. Job 1, 1]. 12, 7.33, 1.
Where two adversative propositions
stand one aſter the other, the Hebrews
repeat the adversative particle, as in
Engi. e. g. thºs —this Job 13, 3. 4.
Comp. º –ºx. Once in Job 17, 10
it is written phs, where some Mss.
falsely read Eks —It may be worth
inquiry, whether this particle also, as
well as ºs, may not be compounded
from N i. q is an, whether, and 5% i. q.
o C)
ises, KJ , not, in the ellipt. sense, [who
knows] whether not, i, q, but perhaps
This conjecture would seem to be
supported by the Syriac word fºssi
5 Nº
ps
23
which according to the ancient Syrian
exicographers signifies ‘annon, fortasse.”
3. Ulam, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 16.
D) 8, 39.40.
Fºs f. (r. bºs) 1. folly, very often
in Proverbs, as 5, 23. 12, 23. 13, 16. 14,
17. 18. 29. 15, 2. 14, 21.
2. Impl. impiety, wickedness, comp.
n;. Ps. 38, 6. 69, 6.
3. Perh. the first place, high rank,
power, from r. bhs no. 3. Prov. 14, 24
a source of foolish actions. There would
seem to be here a paronomasia or play
mºis (perh, eloquent, talkative, Syr.
ñ&l, r. *2N) Omar, pr: n. m. Gen.
36, 11.
k ths obsol. root. 1. Pr. to be n0-
thing, not to be, i. e. having a negative
power, like Nº. and kindred forms, as
ſº.
Gū, & 63, to hinder, 93%, sº ; the
same power which in most languages
is expressed by the letter n ; comp.
Sanscr. ma, no, an and 0 privative;
Pers. x3, US; Zend, and Copt an ; Gr.
wn in viſitios, wmusgriſe, and &vev; Lat, ne,
memo, non, also in priv. prefixed to ad-
jectives; Germ. nie, mein, and vulgar
né, also ohne and un prefixed to adjec-
tives; Engl. no, may, not, and un, in
privative; also Greek &volvouxt. Less
requently the negative power is ex-
pressed by the kindred letters m, comp.
Sanscr. ma, Gr, uſi; and l, comp. Nº,
Nº, N*, *, *, *s, bºs. Hence Tºs,
7"s nothing, not, TN nothingness.
From the idea of nothing come the
Yllowing tropical senses:
2. to be vain, empty, fruitless ; and
bence to be false, worthless, wicked, see
|s no. 1, 2, 3. Comp. in Engl. ‘to be
nothing worth,’ ‘there is nothing in
him;’ Lat. “homo nequam.”
3. to be deficient in strength, debilitat-
il, eachausted. Arab. &ſmid. Ye, to be
9 dº
weak, exhausted; tº weariness, trou.
ble, sorrow.—Hence T.S no. 4, EºNr.
abours.
4. to be light, easy, facile; since
things light and easy are to us jº
Engl. as nothing. Comp. ºn to be light
easy.—Hence TiN I, faculty (facility) of
doing any thing, ability, power.
7.8 m. (r. Ths no. 1) c. suff. This,
tºis Jer. 4, 14. Ps. 94, 23. Plur. Bºis
Prov. 11, 7.
1. nothingness, vanity, also a vain and
empty thing, Is. 41, 29. Zech. 10, 2.
Spec. of the nothingness of idols and of
everything pertaining to idolatry (comp.
bar:) 1 Sam. 15, 23; and so put for an
idol, idols, Is. 66, 3. Hence in Hosea
the city bºrn"; house of God, as being
given to idolatry, is scornfully called
TS-n": house of idols, Hos. 4, 15. 10, 5.
Here too are to be referred: a) repa
|Splain of Aven (idols), Amos 1,5, i.e. a
certain valley in the vicinity of Damas-
cus, perh. Heliopolis of Syria. b) \s
Aven for TiN i. e. Heliopolis of Egypt
Ez. 30, 17; but with the notion of an
idolatrous city.—Spec.
2. nothingness of words, i. e. false-
hood, deceit, Ps. 36, 4. Prov. 17, 4.
3. nothingness as to worth, naughti-
ness, wickedness, iniquity, comp. r. Ths
no. 2. Num. 23, 21. Job 36, 21. Is. 1, 13.
Tºš "nº, lºs ºs, wicked men, Job 22
15. 34, 36. TN hºp workers of iniquity.
evil doers, 31, 3, 34, 8, 22. Plur. Bºis
Prov. 11, 7, prob, for lys ºs, as in
Sept. Chald. Syr. Arab.
4. toil, trouble, evil, calamity, i. q.5%:.
Ps. 55, 4 they cast calamity upon me,
Prov. 22, 8 he that soweth iniquity shall
reap evil, calamity. Ps. 90, 10. Job 15,
35. Hab. 3, 7–Spec. sorrow, pain, Gen.
35, 18 ºis-13 Ben-oni, i.e. son of my
sorrow. Pºlis prº bread of sorrows
i. e. the food of mourners, which was
reckoned unclean, Hos. 9, 4; comp.
Deut. 26, 14.
Note. As TS with suffixes coincides
as to form with is, care must be taken
not to confound the two words.
I. 7's m. (r. As no. 4) faculty, ability,
hence -
1. strength, power, Job 18, 7.12.40, 16,
Spec. of manly vigour, power of procrea:
tion, Yisr; n-uśsº the first-fruits or first
ling of one's strength, the first-born, Gen
49, 3. Deut. 21, 17. Ps. 105, 36. Plu
pºis Is. 40, 26. 29. Ps. 78, 51
Ts
ETNS
24.
2. wealth, substance, Hos. 12, 9, Job
80, 10.
3. Om, pr. n. m. Num. 16, 1.
III. Tis Gen. 41, 50 and is 41,45. 46,
20, On, the domestic pr. m. of an ancient
Egyptian city, in Ez. 30, 17 written TN
q. v. no. 1. b. Called also by the He-
brews, prob. as a translation of the
Egyptian name, tº n** Beth-shemesh,
i. e. house of the sun, Jer. 43, 13; by
the Greeks Heliopolis, city of the sun;
by the Arabs U.--& Jºe 'Ain Shems,
i. e. fountain of the sun. Coptic UUII,
which signified light, and spec. the sun,
as there seems hardly a doubt; comp.
o'reiſt, oeiſt, ortoiſts, light, lumi-
nary; see Peyron Lex. p. 273. The city
stood on the eastern side of the Nile, a
few miles north of Memphis; and was
celebrated for the worship and temple
of the sun, and for its obelisks, one of
which remains to the present day;
Diod. Sic. I. 85. Hilot. 2. 59. Near the
ruins of the ancient city is a ſountain
still called 'Ain Shems, in the adjacent
modern village of Matariyeh. Comp.
Descr. de l’Egypte, Antiq. V. Pl. 26, 27.
Ribl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 36, 37.
isis (strong, for Tilis) Ono, pr. n. of
a city in Benjamin, Ezra 2, 33. Neh. 7,
37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12; with a valley
or plain of like name, Neh. 6, 2.
nºis f. plur. 2 Chr. 8, 18 Cheth, ſor
ni :S ships, with Vav as mater ſectionis
redundant.
Bºis (strong, stout) onam, pr. n. m.
a) Gen. 36, 23. b) 1 Chr. 2, 26.
7;TS (id.) Onan, pr. m. of a son of
J.Idah, Gen. 38, 9. 46, 12. Num. 26, 19.
TºS Uphaz, pr. m. of a gold country,
Jer. 10, 9. Dan. 10, b. It seems to be
corrupted out of "E"N ; since the letters
n and 1 are also elsewhere interchanged,
comp. Pº and pn: lightning, > and
-* to boast.
-ºpis 5 nºis, -nes, pr. n. Ophir,
a celebrated region, abounding in gold,
which the seamen of Solomon in com-
pany with the Phenicians were accus-
tomed to visit, taking their departure
from the ports of the Elanitic gulf, and
bringing back every three years gold.
precious stones, and sandal-wood, also
silver, ivory, apes, and peacocks; 1 K. 9
28. 10, 11. 2 Chr. 8, 18. 9, 10; espec. 1 K.
10, 22, where Ophir is to be understood,
although not expressly mentioned. The
gold of Ophir is frequently mentioned
in the O.T. as Job 28, 16. Ps. 45, 10. Is.
13, 12. 1 Chr. 29, 4; once also ""Eis
itself is put for gold of Ophi, Job 22, 24,
As to the geographical situation of
Ophir, there is the greatest diversity
of opinion among commentators. Ye.
among modern interpreters, the best
hesitate only between two regions, viz.
India, and some part of Arabia.-That
Ophir is to be sought in India, was the
opinion of Josephus (Ant. 8, 6.4), and
among the moderns, of Vitringa, Reland,
and others; and this view is supported
by the following arguments: a) The
countries of India abound in the arti-
cles of traffic above mentioned; and se-
veral of these, as ivory and sandal-wood,
are ſound only in India; also the words
for apes and peacocks correspond en-
tirely with the Indian words for the same
on the coast of Malabar, and are doubt-
less derived from these latter; see Flip,
E*R. b) The LXX have everywhere
(except once in Gen. 10, 29) for nºis
put 20 vpig, Sovgºsig, 20gig, 209sig, 20-
go.g6, 209.9%. But coqºp, according
to the ancient Coptic lexicographers,
(whose authority, however, is not very
great,) is the name for India. c) There
exists in India a district from the name
of which both the names Ophir and So-
phir may be readily explained, viz. 2'ov-
Titºgo, the Oünſtogo of Arrian, (Sanscr.
Uppara upper,) situated in the hither
Chersonesus where is now the celebrated
emporium of Goa, and mentioned by
Ptolemy, Ammianus, and Abulfeda.--
Of not less weight are the arguments
brought in favour of Arabia ; which
view is supported among the moderna
by Michaelis (Spicil. II. p. 184 sq.) Gos.
selin, Vincent, Bredow (Histor. Unters.
II. p. 253), T. C. Tychsen, Seetzen in
Zach’s Monatl. Corresp. XIX. p. 331 sq.
and others. It is said: a) That Ophir
in Gen. 10, 29, is enumerated among
other regions inhabited by the descend
EYN
25 *Nº
ants of Joktan; all of which, so far as
known to us, are to be sought in the
southern part of Arabia, and espec.ally
between Sabaea and Havilah, both of
which are rich in gold; although it can-
not be denied that Ophir, even if more
remote and situated in India, might have
been refetted, in this genealogical list of
dations, * > .he colonies of the Joktanidae.
b) Of the articles of traffic above men-
tioned, only certain ones, indeed, as gems
and apes, are now found in Arabia; and
in modern times no gold whatever is
found there. But that formerly certain
districts at least of Arabia abounded in
gold, and that too native and &nvgos, is
testified not only by the writers of the
O. T. e. g. Nun. 31, 22. 50. Judg. 8, 24.
26. Ps. 72, 15; but also by Diod. Sic. 2.
50. ib. 3. 44, 47, (comp. in tºº,) by
Agatharchides ap. Phot. Cod. 250, by
Artemidorus ap. Strab. 16.4. 22, and by
Pliny H. N. 6. 28, 32. The authority of
all these witnesses cannot well be im-
peached; since the mines may have been
exhausted or wholly neglected, as in
Spain; or the globules of native gold
formerly found in the sand may have
failed. c) Ophir is expressly mentioned
as an island of Arabia by Eupolemus ap.
Euseb. Praep. Evang. IX. 30; and at the
present day there exists a place called
el-Ophir in the district of Oman, a few
miles from the city Sohar towards the
interior.
However it may be as to the respec-
tive merits of these two hypotheses, (for
we cannot here exhaust the discussion,)
they are both far more probable than
that which assigns Ophir to the eastern
coast of Africa, making it to comprise
Nigritia and the Sofala of Arabian
writers, now Zanguebar and Mozam-
bique, where there is a gold district call-
ed Fura ; an opinion held by Grotius,
Huet, D'Anville, Bruce, Schulthess, and
Duhers.
Tºis m. (r. Es) constr. Eis, plur.
pºppix, a wheel, Ex. 14, 25, al. Prov.
20, 26 Tºis Brºs. Rºl and turneth over
hem the wheel sc. of the threshing-
pledge, i.e. he crushes then in pieces;
ree in Wºlºſ.
Y: Yºs 1. to press on, to urge, to hasten
any one, Ex. 5, 13. Comp. Chald. Yss
Kindr. both in sound and signif. are the
roots Yºs, Ynè, Yriº, comp. Tučko.
2. Intrans. to urge oneself to hasten, to
make haste, Josh. 10, 13. Prov. 19, 2. 28,
20.-With 72, to hasten from, 1.Q. to with-
draw oneself, Jer. 17, 16 Fish? "rºys N.
Tris, for ryn nitrº, I have not with-
drawn myself from being a pastor (pro
phet) after thee.
3. to press close, i. e. to be strait.
nurrow, Josh. 17, 15.
HipH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to press on to
urge, to hasten ary one; c. inf. et
Is. 22, 4; with 3 of pers. Gen. 19, 15.
ºs m. constr. ºxis, plur, ninsis.
R. hys.
1. Pr. what is laid up, a store, stock,
e.g. of fruits, produce, provision, 2 Chr.
11, 11. 1 Chr. 27, 27; espec. of gold,
silver, and other precious things, treas-
wre, e.g. of the treasures of the temple
1 K. 7, 51 ; of the king 14, 26. 15, 18.
ºnsis nº treasure-house, treasury, Neh
10, 39.
2. i. q. ºnsis 'a a store-house, garner
Joel 1, 17; a treasury 2 Chr. 32, 27.
* TN to be or become light, to shine, to
be bright, Gen. 44, 3; also of the eyes
of a fainting person when he recovers
1 Sam. 14, 27. 29. Praet. impers. His it
is light 1 Sam. 29, 10. Imperat. **is,
Is. 60, 1 shine, be bright, i.e. be sur
rounded and resplendent with light.
NIPH. His, fut. his, i. q. Kal, 2 Sam.
2,32. Job 33, 30 his for hismº to become
light, to be made light, to dawn. Part.
nis, bright, splendid, glorious, Ps, 76,5.
HIPH. nºSn 1. to lighten, to make
light, to illuminate, c. accus. Ps. 77, 19.
97,4. 105, 39. a) 'E *s h"Nri to enlight-
en the eyes of any one, which before were
dark, dim, i. e. to recall him as it were to
life, Ps. 13, 4; hence to refresh, to glad-
den, Prov. 29, 13. Ps. 19,9. Ezra 9, 8.
Comp. Ecclus. 31, 17. b) “E * **śr to
light up one's countenance, to cause it
to shine, i.e. to cheer, to enliven, Ecc.8, 1.
Comp. synon. Tº II. So of one's own
countenance, Tºp hºst to cause his
face to shine, spoken. espec. of God as
regarding men with a serene and propk
tious countenance, Ps. 80, 4, 8, 20; c.
hs Num. 6, 2; by Ps. 31, 17; a Ps. 12
3
*N
*N
26
:35, # 118,27; nº Ps. 67,2. Once omit-
ling tº Ps. 118, 27. c) Trop. to en-
ſighten, i. e. to impart knowledge and
wisdom, Ps. 119, 130.
2. to give light, to shine, absol. Gen. 1,
15, c. dat. Ex. 13, 21. Is. 60, 19.
3. to light, i.e. to kindle, to set on fire,
Mal. 1, 10. Is. 27, 11. Comp. "HN fire.
—gº
Arab, > to kindle.
Deriv. His, -ºs, nºis, pr. names "nºs
—anyºns, also his?, Hºsn, n°s.
"is m. (once f Job 36,32; see Lehrg.
p. 546) light, Gen. 1, 3.4. 5. Job 3, 9.
12, 25. The diff between it and his?
is apparent from Gen. 1, 3 comp. v. 14, 16,
1. e. nis is light as universally diffused,
e.g. the light of day and of the sün, while
nis? is pr: a light, luminary, which gives
light, and therefore admits the plural,
which his does not, except in one exam-
ple Ps. 136, 7, where bºnis is poetically
put for Pºsº.-Spec. a) day-light,
morning-light, dawn, Neh. 8, 3 misrī-12
tiºn nºsrº is from day-light until noon.
Job 24, 14 nish with the light, at dawn.
b) light of the sun, also the sun itself, Job
31, 26.37, 21. Hab.3, 4, Is. 18, 4; comp.
gºog for the sun Odyss. 3.335. Also light
of day, the day, Ecc. 12, 2. Evº mis
light of the wicked, i. e. their day-time,
put for the night, Job 38, 15. c) i. q.
lightning, Job 36, 32 his rigº Bºez-by
he covereth his hands with light, i. e.
lightning, q. d. his hands are red with
lightning. Job 37, 3.11. 15. d) the light
of life, life, Job 3, 16.20; more fully his
bºr Ps. 56, 14. e) Metaph. light as
he emblem of welfare, prosperity, hap-
Jiness ; either so that the proper sense
of light is retained, Job 22, 28. Is. 9, 1;
or trop. for prosperity itself, Job 30, 26.
Ps. 97, 11. In Is. 10, 17 Jehovah is called
the light of Israel, as the author and
source of prosperity and happiness to
them; comp. 60, 1.3.
ledge, instruction, doctrine. Is. 49, 6 'his
bºia a light of the Gentiles, i. e. an en-
ightener, teacher. 51, 4, 2, 5 let us walk
in the light of Jehovah, see v. 3. Comp.
Prov. 6,23 for the commandment (of God)
is a lamp, and the law is light, g) his
tº light of the countenance, i.e. a serene
And cheerful countenance, Job 29, 24
f) light for know-
(comp. Ps. 104,15). Prov. 16, 15 ºn His?
Tº in the light of the king's countenance
i.e. when his countenance is cheerful ang
pleasant. Ps. 4, 7. 44, 4.
"S m. 1. i. q. his, light, and hence in
Plur. Bºhs a) lights, i.e. region of light,
the East, Orient, Is. 24, 15. Comp. Hom.
tgös #6, #8Atów ts, Il. 12. 239. Od. 9. 26.
b) lights, metaph. for revelations, revela-
tion, spoken of the sacred lot of the He.
brews, Urim, Num. 27, 21. 1 Sam. 28, 6;
oftener more filly cºrn, Bºri Urim
and Thummim, light and truth, i.e. reve-
lation and truth, Ex. 28, 30. Lev. 8, 8;
once tº pººr Deut. 33,8. Sept. well,
Örüoug zoº &#9suº, Luth. Licht und
Recht. These sacred lots, which the
high-priest alone might consult in mat-
ters of great moment, were worn in his
breast-plate, as appears from Ex. 28, 30,
where bs in is to put into ; comp. Deut.
23, 25. Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. What .
they were, was already matter of dispute
in the time of Philo and Josephus. The
latter supposed that the augury was
taken from the twelve gems which deco-
rated the exterior of the breast-plate,
and from their degree of splendour; Jos.
Ant. 3.8. 9. But Philo teaches that the
Urim and Thummim were two small
images inserted between the double
folds of the breast-plate, one of which
symbolically represented revelation, and
the other truth ; Tom. II. p. 152. ed
Mangey. In this case, the Hebrews
perhaps imitated a similar custom of the
Egyptians, among whom the supreme
judge wore suspended from his neck a
small image of sapphire, as the symbol
of trulh, see Diod. Sic. 1. 48,75. AElian
W. H. 14, 34.
2. light of fire, Is. 50, 11 Üs nasa
Hence for fire itself, i. e. flame, blaze, Is.
44, 16. 47, 14. Ez. 5, 2. Comp. his
Hiph, no. 3.
3. Ur, pr. m. a.) Of Abraham's native
city, more fully Bººz -ºs Ur of the
Chaldees, Gen. 11,28. 31. 15, 7. Neh. 9, 8,
A trace of it seems to have remained in
the Persian fortress Ur, situated between
Nesibis and the Tigris according to Am
mian. 25. 8. But ilr as an appellativ
may perhaps have signified a fortress
castle ; so at least Pers. |x| castle
*N
27 TN
£eild and Sanscr. vara, fortification,
tomp, Sanscr. pura a fortified city, after
the analogy of punar, Pracrit. unar, etc.
See F. Benary in the Berliner Jahrbb.
1841. p. 146 sq. b) m. 1 Chr. 11, 35.
º's f. 1. light, Ps. 139, 12; metaph.
of welfare, happiness, Esth. 8, 16.
2. Plur. ninis greens, green herbs, 2 K.
4, 39, The idea of brightness, splendour,
is often transferred in the Semitic
tongues to verdure and flowers; comp.
Ys, Arab. |;3| lights and flowers.
Comp. also Samarit. "Nº Gen. 1, 11. 12,
for Nu; herb.-So Is. 26, 19 ninis bº "z
ºte for as the dew of herbs is thy dew,
i. e. God's quickening influence will raise
the dead to life, as the dew of heaven
refreshes plants. Comp. Ecclus. 46, 12.
49, 10. Others render dew of light, i. e.
of life, the vivifying dew, comp. iiN d.
ninºs by transp. for nivºs q. v. stalls,
cribs, 2 Chr. 32, 28.
"T"s (fiery, or perh. an abridged form
for Hºnas) Uri, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 31, 2.
b) Ezra 10, 24. c) 1 K. 4, 19.
*S*A*N (flame of God) Uriel, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 6,9. 15, 5. 21. b) 2 Chr. 13, 2.
Tºm’s (flame of Jehovah) Uriah, pr
n. m. a.) A Hittite, the husband of Bath-
sheba, treacherously slain by order of
David, 2 Sam. 11, 3, b) A priest in the
time of Ahaz and Isaiah, Is. 8, 2. 2 K.
6, 10.
Tººls (id.) Urijah, pr. n. ofa prophet
V aim by order of Jehoiakim, Jer. 26.20 sq.
töns see vºisnr. under tººs.
* nix or nºR a root not used in Kal.
NIPH. nis, fut. 1 plur. nis, 3 plur.
Anish, to consent, 2 K. 12, 9; with dat. of
pers. to consent unto any one, to gratify
him, Gen. 34, 15. 22. 23. In Arabic this
3S
sense is found under the form , Śl i, q.
"ins to come, Conj. III, ºff, Heb. Hris,
whence seems to have arisen the new
root nis ; unless by changing the points,
instead of nix, Anish, we prefer to read
nisi, Anish, which fºrms may then be
eferred to Poel of r -rºs.
I. Fis, plur.nirs, comm gend, comp.
*ng. Gen. 9, 12, Ex. 4, 8; plur. Ex. 4, 9.
Josh. 24, 17. Contr. for njs from Hys IIl
§ – 5 6 lº- § – of -
comp. 83ſ or §ſ sign, for 㺠ſrom
ess'. a o
1. a sign, Chald, nS, Syr. 121, plur
1232). Ex. 12, 13.Josh. 2, 12. Gen. 1, 14
Pºiº nins; ºr, and they shall be
for signs and for seasons, i.e. by Hen-
diadys, for signs of seasons.—Then
2, an ensign, flag, military standari
espec. of each single tribe, Nun. 2, 2 sq.
different from 53, the banner of three
tribes together.
3. a sign of something past, a token,
memorial, Ex. 13, 9. 16. Deut. 6, 8.
Hence a memorial, monument, Is. 55, 13.
Ez. 14, 8.
4. a sign of something future, a por-
tent, omen, túnos toū uéºlovros Rom. 5,
14, i. q. raio. Is. 8, 18 lo l I wed the
children whom Jehovah hath given me
are signs and portents in Israel from the
Lord of hosts, i. e. through the names
divinely given us, which are all of good
omen, (viz. Hyun salvation of Jehovah;
bsº God with us, 7, 14.8, 8; Shear-
Jashub 7, 3,) God has made us types of
future things to prefigure future deliver-
ance and prosperity. Comp. 20, 3. Ez.
4, 3
5. a sign or token of anything in itself
not visible or discernible; e.g. the token
of a covenant, as circumcision, Gen. 17,
11; the sabbath, Ex. 31, 13. He...ce
a token, argument, proof, Job 21, 29
comp. Lat. signum Cic. de Invent. 1.34
Gr, texuñgtov, a musiov, Sept. Job 21, 29.
So of the prophetic sign or token of the
truth of a prophecy, viz. when God ol
the prophet as his interpreter foretells
some minor event, the fulfilment of which
serves as a sign or proof of the future
fulfilment of the whole prophecy; Ex,
3, 12. Deut. 13, 2. 3. 1 Sam. 2, 27–34. 10,
7–9, 2 K. 19, 29. 20, 8.9. Is. 7, 11–14. 38.
7. 22. Jer. 44, 29.30; comp. Mark 13, 4.
Luke 1, 18. 2, 12. Comm. on Is. 7, 10. 11.
—Finally, a wonder, prodigy, miracle,
as a sign of the divine power, i. q. nEiºn,
Deut. 4, 34, 6, 22. 7, 19. 29, 2, 34, 11.
II. nis or ns only c. suff."ris, Tris.
etc. i. Q. TS I, pron. demonstr. commonly
as sign of the accus.
TS demonstr. part, originally of place
|NTN 28
5TN
in that place, there, kindred with Hi,
Arab. Sº ecce Then
1. Part. demonstr. of time, at that time,
then, Chald. TS. Spoken: a) Of time
past, Arab, şi, Gen. 12, 6. Josh. 10, 12.
14, 11. With praet. 1 K. 8, 12. 2 Chr.
6, 1.8, 12. 17; also with fut. in praeter
sense, Josl:, l.c. Ex. 15, 1. Deut. 4, 41.
Comp. Leh.g. p. 773. b) Of a future
time, them, thereupon, after that ; with
fut. in fut, sense, Ps. 96, 12 ºn, is then
shall they rejoice. Sometimes also with
praet. in a future sense, where a future
precedes, Judg. 5, 11. Ex. 15, 15.
2. Part. illat. then, for thence, there-
fore, on that account, Jer. 22, 15. Ps.
40, 8.69, 5.
3. With pref is? and ts-2, pr. from
that time, from them : hence a) Adv.
from ancient times, of old, long since,
2 Sam. 15, 34. Is. 16, 13. 44, 8.45, 21.
48, 3. 5. 7. b) Prep. and Conj. from the
time, from when, since, Fr. depuis, dés-
lors, c. inf Ex. 4, 10 Taº is? since
thou hast spoken. Josh. 14, 10. With
subst. Ruth 2, 7 hphri 18° from the time
of morning, since morning. Ps. 76, 8
Tºs Ts'º from the time of thy anger, i. e.
when once thou art angry. As Conj.
with a finite verb, pr. for hºsts?, from
the time that, since, Ex. 5, 23 ºns: 1s2
Hyne bs since I came unto Pharaoh.
Gen. 39, 5.
Note. Fuller ſorms from 18 are "is
q. v. and Chald. Tºls. The latter seems
to have come (by softening the letters)
from Tºri, ſººn, here, also there ; so
that its ending appears to be plural,
while in fact it is not so ; comp. Tº for
in-Ty. See, for these particles and their
etymology, Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d.
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 434.
>k sis and Tſs Chald. to light, to
35.
km).dle; comp. Arab Ki to be hot, to light
fire. Part. pass.’ His by Syriasm for
nis Dan. 3, 22; inf. Nº for Nixºn, c.
tuff. Fºr? 3, 19.
>k ETS obsol. root, whence hits q.v.
*:TS pr. n. m. Ezbai, 1 Chr. 11, 37.
* TS Chald. i. q. his to go away, to
Wepart. For the interchange of d and
l, comp. 6&ngvov, tacryma, and see undel
lett. 5 no. 2. Hence Dan. 2, 5.8 s.r.º.
Rºſs ºn the word has gone out from me
i. e. what I have said is ratified and can
not be recalled ; comp. 9, 23. Is. 45, 23.
The Heb. intpp. as Saadias and Tanchum
of Jerus. have long ago well compared
the Talmudic phrase Hºostok NT's abiit
in sententiam suam, i. e. to follow one’s
opinion. As to the grammatical form,
Nºs is part. fem. from masc. Its, after
the form bis, bºp. -
Birs m. (by Syriasm for sits,) to Jai.
Trog, hyssop, much used by the Hebrews
in their sacred purifications and sprink-
lings, Ex. 12, 22. Lev. 14, 4, 6. 21. 49.
Ps. 51, 9. 1 K. 5, 13.−Like the names
of many other oriental plants, that of
hyssop also seems to have come to the
Greeks from the oriental languages.
Under this name the Hebrews appear to
have comprised not only the common
hyssop of the shops, but also other aro
matic plants, espec. mint, wild marjoram,
etc.—Some derive it from BIS, which
Q3 ->
they regard as i. q. ºy to be hairy
shaggy; but the plants above named
hardly admit this epithet.
nits m. by Syriasm for nirs. R.
*ts.
1. a girdle, belt, Is. 5, 27. Jer. 13, 1 sq.
2. a band, bond, chain, Job 12, 18.
Vulg. funis.
*TS i. q. 1s, adv. at that time, then,
thereupon. Ps. 124, 3, 4, 5. Similar is
Chald. TTS. See in is, note.
Tºrs f (verbal of Hiph. from r ->!
in the sense of sacrificing Is. 66,3; comp.
Hiph. no. 1. b,) a memorial, a remem-
brance-offering, Sept. unluógvrov, Vulg.
memoriale. This name was given to
that portion of the vegetable oblation
(Hrú2) which was burnt with frankin-
cense upon the altar; the sweet odour
of which ascending to heaven, was sup-
posed to commend the person sacrificing
to the remembrance and favour of God.
Lev. 2, 2.9. 16. 5, 12. Num. 5, 26.- Ir
Lev. 24, 7 the frankincense sprinklet
upon the shew-bread, is also called
nºis.
Sk bis fut. bis: , whence ºr fo
57N
prs
29
**r Jer. 2, 36; prob. to roll, to -oll
fogether ; hence
1. to spin, from the rolling or twist-
.ng of the thread. So Talmud. bis,
whence Fish's weaver, Arab. J}= Conj.
30 o *
I, IV, J}= something spun, Syr. and
Chald. Słº, brº, id. comp. kindr. ht; to
spin, to flow, both from the idea of rolling.
See Pual.
2. Intrans. to roll off, i. e. to go away,
to depart, espec. quickly, suddenly;
comp. Germ. sich trollen, Engl. to troll,
Gr. 780 to spin, and Mid. véouxt to go
away, to flee. So in Chald, and Syr.
Comp. Arab. Jºe to put away, to re-
move.—Prov. 20, 14 where c. dat. pleon.
ib, like is Tºri. Jer. 2, 36. Metaph.
to be gone, to fail, as water Job 14, 11,
food 1 Sam. 9, 7; power Deut. 32, 36.
PUAL Part. Bºlsº something spun,
thread, yarn, Ez. 27, 19.
Deriv, bys.
*Is Chald, i. q. Heb. no. 2. 1. to go
away, to depart, Dan. 6, 19. So also in
Syr. and Samar. º
2. to go any where, to take a journey,
Ezra 4, 23. 5, 8, 15.
ºſs departure, see in THS no. 6. b.
* I. Ts in Kal not used, pr. accord-
ing to the probable conjecture of Simo-
nis, to be sharp, acute, pointed; whence
is the ear, (which espec. in animals
might be so called from its pointed
shape,) and IS, pºſs arms, pointed
weapons. Comp. &zon, &zowo, and ξ,
acies, acuo. Kindr. is perh. Tº q.v.
HipH. "Sri denom, from Tſs, q. d. to
make ears, i. e. to point or prick up the
ears, évotićso 3&4, a Greek word peculiar
-35
to the Sept. version, Arab. Gyöſ id.
Nence, to give ear, to hear, to listen, ab-
sol. Is. 1, 2; c. accus. Gen. 4, 23. Job 33,
i; ; Job 34, 2; Ps Ps. 77,2; by Prov.
7, 4 ; Ty Num. 23, 18, both of person
vnd thing. Spec. of God, to hear and
answer, Ps. 5, 2, 17, 1. 39, 13. 54, 4, Job
9, 16; of men, to hear and obey, c. dat.
Weh.9, 30. Ex. 15, 20–Fut. 1 pers. This
or "iss Job 32, 11; Part. Tº ſo Ints?
Prov. 17, 4. -
* II. IS, i. q. Arab. Ö, , to weigh
to poise; whence tºo balances.--
Found only in -
PIEL. Its to weigh, trop. to ponder, tº
consider, Ecc. 12, 9, where it is fol.
lowed by synon. -pr. Rabbin. Hs to
be weighed, proved.
778 m. (r. Its I) furniture, implement.
pr. weapon, arms, comp. Chald. Tºtº
arms, and see r. Tºš I. Deut. 23, 14 and
thou shalt have a little spade Tºys by
among thy furniture; where many Mss.
read Tºys by among thy implements,
which is preferable.—The same sense
of both utensil and weapon exists in
the word **.
Its ſ: dual pºſs (used also for plur.)
constr. Yºs, the ear, from r. Tºš I.
s & # s : #
Arab. Jê'. Jēl, Ethiop. h"H%,
Chald. Tºls, sºns, contr. Nºts; Syr.
lisſ, ji:ſ. Comp. Gr. ois, Lat. audio.—
Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. al. Phrases of
which this word makes part, see under
the verbs nº, nº: Hiph. ring, nº.
So ºr "ºſsil ºn to speak in the ears
of any one, i.e. before any one, in his
presence and hearing, Gen. 20, 8, 23,
16, 44, 18. Ex. 10, 2. So Is. 5, 9 'ºïs:
Hinº in mine ears (said) Jehovah, comp.
22, 14. 'E' ºs- tº co put or lay up in
the ears of anyone, i. e. to rehearse so
that one may hear with the ear and
lay up in his mind, Ex. 17, 14. Sºu;
Tºši, to hear with one's ears, emphat
Ps. 44, 2. Job 28, 22.
nºsu, Tſs (ear of Sherah, or She-
rah's corner) Uzzen-Sherah, pr. m. of
a small city founded by Snerah the
daughter of Ephraim, 1 Chr. 7, 24.
-i-º-nirs (pr. ears i.e. summits cf
Tabor) Azmoth-Tabor, pr. r. of a city in
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 34.
*TS (auritus) Ozni, pr. n. m. of a son
of the patriarch Gad, Num. 26, 16.
TºIS (whom Jehovah hears) pr. A
m. Azcmiah, Neh. 10, 10.
EºPIS m. plur. (r. py) manacles
chains for the hands, Jer. 40, 1. 4; 1. q,
tº with Aleph prosthetic, which some
Deriv. see in Kal, and the ſour after is. Mss. omit in v. 1.
3*
*TN
n&
30
* TTS filt is, Jer. 1, 17, c. suff, ºns:
Job 30, 18, to gird, to bind around ;
also to gird oneself, to be girded. Arab.
15.
5 to be strong, robust, but doubtful
whether also pr. to be girded; Conj. II
to gird, Conj. III to strengthen, to aid.
Kindred roots, which all have the force
of binding around or together, girding,
surrounding, are nes, hss [ºss], -sy,
"tºy, his ; nºr, "Try, "Tă.—Spoken:
a) Of a garment with which one is
girded, c. acc. of pers. Job 30, 18. b)
With acc. of the member girded, Job 38,
3 ºr sºn's gird up now thy loins.
40, 2. Jer. 1, 17. c) With acc. of the
girdle or garment with which one is
girded, only trop. 1 Sam. 2, 4 ºr ants
they gird on strength.
Ni Ph, part. Yºs; girded Ps. 65, 7.
Pi El, to gird, with acc. of pers. and
also of the girdle, Ps. 18, 33. 40 ºn snº
nºrº ºr thou hast girded me with
strength for the battle. 30, 12 ºsmy
nrºt, thou hast girded [or surrounded]
me with gladness. Is. 50, 11 nipºt wºrs?
girded i. e. armed with burning wea-
pons.—For the construction of such
verbs with two accusatives, see Lehrg.
§ 219. 1. Heb. Gr. § 136. 1.
HITHPA. to gird oneself, e.g. for bat-
tle, to arm oneself, Is. 8, 9; c. acc. trop.
Ps. 93, 1.
Deriv. Hits.
2This i. q. sini, the arm, (Aleph
prosthet. see p. 1,) Jer. 32, 21. Job 31,
22.
TTS m. for nºt with Aleph pros-
hetic. R. nº no. 2. c.
1. a native tree, growing in its own
Soil, not transplanted, Ps. 37, 35.—
‘Hence
2. Of persons, a native, one born in
the country, not a foreigner, Lev. 16,
29. 18, 26. al.
"TTS patronym. an Ezrahite, one
of the descendants of E . .h, nºis;
spoken of Ethan, 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31]. Ps.
89, 1; also of Heman Ps. 88, 1. In
1 Chr. 2, 6 both these are said to be
descendants of Zerah, rint, the son of
Judah; so that we may regard nºs as
another form of the same name, found
only in the patronymic
ſº
w
A
* I. ris consti. "ris, c. sufi, "ris (my
brother), Hºrs, Bºris; Plur, pºrts
(Dag, impl.) constr. *rīs, c. suff. Thris
tºns, c. suff, 3 pers. Thris for "ris
comp. Lehrg. p. 602.
1. a brother, undoubtedly a primitive
Ç
word, Arab. *
15. 9 * 35.
&l. St. COnStr. 2-1. se".
TS *
Usi; Syr. ºl, Chald. TN. It follows
partly the analogy of verbs rib, and
partly that of vel's $s; comp. Lehrg.
§ 118.-Spoken in a less exact sense of
half-brothers, e. g. those born to the
same father, but of different mothers,
Gen. 42, 15. 43, 3. Judg. 9, 21; or vice
versa those born of the same mother, but
by different fathers, Judg. 8, 19. These,
where there is need of greater definite-
ness, are called 58-73, DS-13, Gen.
49, 8, 43, 29.—Sometimes emphat.
of full brethren, by both the father's
and mother's side, Gen. 42, 4, 44, 20.
Comp. Gen. 49,5 Bºris º isºu. Simeon
and Levi are true brethren, i.e. not only
by birth but also in disposition.—The
word brother is eigployed by the He-
brews in other and wider senses, e.g.
2. a relative, kinsman, in any degree
of blood. Gen. 14, 16 Lot his brother, pr.
his brother’s son. 13, 8, 29, 12, 15.
3. One of the same tribe, contribulis,
2 Sam. 19, 13; e.g. of the Levites Num.
8, 26. 16, 10. Neh. 3, 1.
4. a fellow-countryman, popularis,
Judg. 14, 3. Ex. 2, 11. 4, 18. Spoken also
even of kindred nations, e. g. of the
Edomites and Hebrews, Gen. 9, 25. 16,
12. 25, 18. Num. 20, 14.
5. an ally, confederate, spoken of allied
nations, as the Tyrians and Hebrews
Am. 1, 9; or those of the same religion
Is. 66, 20.
6. a friend, associate; so of the friends
of Job 6, 15, and perh, also 19, 13; of
Solomon, whom Hiram calls his brother
1 K. 19, 13. Comp. Neh. 5, 10. 14.
7. any one of the same nature, a fel-
low-man, i. q. ºn, Le v. 19, 17.—Hence
preceded by ºns, one—the other; Gen
13, 11 tºns by? Jºs "nº and they
separated themselves one from the other
26, 31. This formula is applied also tº
inanimate things of the same kind in the
masculine gender, just as nins—ruja
HN
TriN
31
are used in the same sense for things
ſeminine, e. g. Ex. 25, 20 wins prº
*rīš-bs and their faces (i.e. of the
Cherubim, shall look) one towards an-
other. 37, 9.
8. Trop. as expressing likeness of dis-
position, habits, etc. Job 30, 29 I am a
brother to jackals, i. e. I cry and howl
like them. Prov. 18, 9.
Deriv, nins, Hºrs, and pr. n. ašris,
laris, “ºns, ºr's—bºhºrls.
* II. ris interj. expressing grief, com-
plaint, onomatopoetic, ah! alas ! c. dat.
Ez. 6, 11. 21, 20.—Hence the Arabic verb
- # of
Lºsſ to cry ah, ah, ah I repeatedly;
SČe below in nris.
82
III. TS f Arab. 2: l a large pot, a
portable furnace or stove, in which fire
was kept in the king’s winter-apartment,
Jer. 36, 22. 23. At the present day the
Orientals sometimes make use of such
pots or furnaces instead of fireplaces, for
warming rooms; they are called in Per-
sian and Turkish, » is tanniºr. They
have the form of a large pitcher; and
are placed in a cavity sunk in the middle
of the apartment. When the fire has
burnt down, a frame like a table is
placed over the pot, and the whole is
then covered with a carpet; and those
who wish to warm themselves sit upon
he floor and thrust their feet and legs
and even the lower part of their bodies
&mder the carpet. R. Tris II.
TS Chald, a brother; plur. c. suff.
Tºrºs Ezra 7, 18.
Fis only in plur. Bºris, pr. howlings,
shrieks; hence howling animals, doleful
creatures, (comp. "S II,) prob. howlets,
owls, Is. 13, 21. The word is onomato-
poetic, like Lat. ulula, Germ. Uhu,
Schubut, Fr. hibou. See nS II, and
rins.
BSTS (father's brother).Ahab, pr. n. m.
h) A king of Israel r. 918–897 B. C.
noted for his uxoriousness and idolatry
. K. 16, 28.—22, 40, b) Jer, 29, 21.
jºrs (brother of the wise, or for Tris
arotherly) Ahban, pr. n. of a man o’ he
ribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 29.
Tºš a verb derived from t e numeral
Tris, not used in Kal, its place being
there supplied by Triº to make one. ‘a
wnite.
HITHPA. to unile oneself, to collect one-
self. Ez. 21, 21 "Tristin pr. unite thyself.
[three-edged sword, i.e. ravage with
all thy force united; or, as the parallel-
ism permits, collect thyself, i.e. attend!—
The suggestion of C. B. Michaelis is not
to be contemned, who regards the four
first words of the verse as spoken in the
character of a military chief: “Conjunge
te, dextrorsum ! [aciem] strue, sinis-
trorsum !” i. e. Fall together, right ! to
Your post, left /
Sk Tris constr. Tris (and so before Yº
Lev. 13, 2; before nº Gen. 32, 23;
also Gen. 48, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 22. Zech.
11, 7) fem. nris for nºrs, in pause
nºis; a cardinal numeral having the force
of an adjective, one ; unus, a, win. Arab.
§ – # ~ 0.
Jºsſ, f se-l. Eth. Åff.P. ahadu,
Chald. and Syr. Tri, *. The same
radical letters are found in the Pehlvi
advek one ; and except the third rad.
Daleth, in Sanscr. eka, and Pehlvijek-
Gen. 42, 13 fin. Ex. 11, 1. Deut. 1, 23.
32, 30. Josh. 12, 9 sq.-Spec. also
1. one, i. q, the same, Gen. 40, 5. Job
31, 15. -
2. As ordinal, the first, primus, a, win,
but only in enumerating the days of the
month. Ezra 10, 16, 17 ºn Tris biº
on the first day of the month. Binh Tris:
on the first of the month Gen. 8, 5.13;
comp. uio, tújv go.33&taſy Acts 20, 7. In
enumerating years the construction is
nºs ngº, as sometimes in Engl. the
gear one, two, etc. for the first year, Dan.
9, 1.2. Ezra 1, 1–In other passages, as
Gen. 1, 5, 2, 11, Tris retains its common
signif. as a cardinal, and the numbers
follow each other as in Engl, one, second,
third ; Lat, unus, alter, tertius, Sueton.
Octav. 101.
3. some one, any one, Lev. 13, 2. Deut.
12, 14, 2 Sam. 7, 7. Esri Tris one of the
people, Gen. 26, 10. 1 Sam. 26, 15.
Tris Yºs, Nº, no one, Num, 16, 15. 1 K,
8, 56. Ps. 14, 3.—Hence often
4. i. q. the indef art. a, am, one, eſpec
in the later Hebrew. 1 K. 20, 13 x^2,
hn 32
ºn N
Tris a prophet, a certain prophet, agopſi-
tn; tıç. Dan. 8, 3 Tris bºs a ram. 1 K.
19, 4. Also where Tris precedes; e. g.
tjinp Tris a holy one, a certain angel, tig
iyysłog, Dan. 8, 13. Sometimes also in
the earlier books, as Ex. 29, 3. 1 Sam.
1, 1; seq. gen. as ninăn Tris one of the
cisterns, i.e. a cistern, Gen. 37, 20; comp.
Job 2, 10. *
5. one only of its kind, i. Q. only, alone,
sole, Job 23, 13. Ez. 7,5. Cant. 6,9. Arab.
8 So
Qel; unique, incomparable, Q+=5id.
A. Schultens ad Job l. c. et 9, 5.
6. Repeated, Tris—Tris, one—ano-
ther, whils—-alter, Ex. 17, 12. 18, 3. Also
thrice, 1 Sam. 10, 3. 13, 17. 18. In like
manner distributively, Num. 13, 2 tºns
Tris Jºs Tris one man to a tribe shall ye
send, i.e. a man for every tribe. 34, 18.
7. TriSE as one, i. e. together, at once,
Ezra 2,64 Tris: Brºn-52 the whole con-
gregation together. 3,9. 6, 20. Eccl. 11,6
Tris: Erſ"ju, both together, both alike.
Also together in company, Is. 65, 25–
In the same sense is used Tris Gºsz
Judg. 20,8. 1 Sam. 11,7. Chald. Nºrz.
8. Fem. nns ellipt. for nns bye one
time, once, 2 K. 6, 10. Ps. 62, 12.
9. nris: a) i. q. nris no. 8. Num. 10,
4. b) at once, i.e. suddenly, Prov. 28, 18.
c) i.g. Tris: together, altogether, Jer.10,8.
10. Tris Trish one after another, one by
one, Is. 27, 12; and so Ecc. 7, 27 nris
rrish.
NoTE. In the difficult and vexed pas-
sage Is. 66, 17, the common signification
is to be retained: those who sanctify and
purify themselves in or for the [idol-J
groves Tris nris after one, i.e. following
and imitating the one priest who directed
the sacred ceremonies. Comp. Com-
ment. on Is. l. c.
PLUR. E"Tris 1. the same, Gen. 11, 1.
Comp. Lat. uni, e.g. ‘unismoribusvivere”
Cic. pro Flacco 26. Terent. Eun. 2. 3.75.
2. joined in one, united, Ez. 37, 17
Bºrish hºr, and they (the two sticks)
shall become one.
3 some, a few, Gen. 27, 44.29, 20.
Deriv. the verb Tris, also pr. n. Thris.
TS (Milél) an Egyptian word signify-
ing marsh-grass, reeds, bulrushes, sedge,
Bvery thing green which grows in wet
grounds, Gen. 41, 2, 18. Job 8, 11. The
word was adopted not only into the He.
brew, but also into the Greek idiom of
Alexandria, where it is written &zt, &zet,
see Sept. Gen. 41, 2, 18. Is. 19, 7; like-
wise in Ecclus. 40,16, the author of which
lived in Egypt. Jerome in his Comment.
on Is. l. c. says: “quum ab eruditis
quaererem, quid hic sermo significaret,
audivi ab AEgyptiis hoc nomine linguà
eorum omne quod in palude virens nasci-
twrappellari.” The Coptic translator has
retained the same word, writing for the
Gr. &zet of the Sept. III-2.35s. Comp.
the same in Num. 11, 5. Kindred are
A.Ke, OKe, bulrush, reed. See De
Rossii Etymol. Ægypt. p. 24. Jablonski
Opusc, ed. te Water T.I. p. 45. T. II. p.
160. Peyron Lex. p. 16.
TS (for Thris union, from-iris) Ehud,
pr. m. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 6;
called in the parallel passage Gen. 46,
21 *rīs.
T]]& f declaration of one's mind, Job
13, 17. It is a verbal of Hiph. from r.
Hºrſ, used in Hebrew only in Piel, but in
Chaldee also in Hiph.
TºS f. brotherhood, Zech. 11, 14.
Denom. from ris q.v.
Tiris Ahoah pr. n.1 Chr. 8,4, for whicl
v. 7 nºns.—Patronymic "rins Ahohite
2 Sam. 23, 9. 28. -
T.J.S Chald, a declaration, showing,
explanation, Dan. 5, 12. Strictly inf.
Aph, from Hyr.
ºn 8 (brother of water, i.e. dwelling
near it) Ahumai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2.
-ins m. (r. "ris) 1. the hinder part,
9 * *
back-side, rear. Arab. 2 | id. Hence
a) ins? from behind, i.e. behind, in the
rear, opp. Dºº?, 2 Sam. 19,9. Arab.
#.
A- Öº. b) hirish backward, back,
És. 114, 3. 5; with averted face, Jer. 7.
24, c) hiris: backward, back. Prov
29, 11 a fool uttereth all his anger, tºrſ.
Hºratº "ins: but a wise man keepeth
it back, q. d. drives it backward, so tha
it comes back to himself. d) hins in acc
e - #
as Adverb, Arab. lºſ, behind, on the
*rīN
TriN
33
back-side, opp. to tº and tºp. Ez.
2, 10 and it (the roll) was written tº
hins, in front and on the back, i. e. with-
in and without. 1 Chr. 19, 1U. Ps. 139, 5.
—Also backward, Gen. 49, 17 intº bº
hºns and his rider falleth backward.
Jer. 15, 6. Often pleonast. after verbs
of turning or going away, i.e. of turning
back, Ps. 9, 4, 56, 10. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Ps.
35, 4, 40, 15; and so others. e.) Plur.
nºns the hinder parts, the back sides,
Ex. 33, 23. 26, 12. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 8, 16.
2. the west, the western quarter; since
the Hebrew, in speaking of the points of
the compass, always regarded himself as
looking towards the east. Job 23, 7.8.
Is. 9, 11 ninsº Bºrujº and the Philis-
times behind, i. e. in the west. Comp.
ETR, Tºº, ºr, bsº ; also C. B. Mi-
chaelis Diss. de locorum differentia rati-
one anticae, posticae, dextraº, sinistrae,
Halae 1735; reprinted in Pott's Sylloge
Commentt. V. p. 80 sq. § 8.-The Hin-
dus, Mogols, and Irish, follow the same
method.
3. after-time, the future, hirish here-
after, Is. 41, 23.42, 23.
nTS f (for rins, from masc. Ans,
which in Arab. and Chald. is i. q. *rīs)
plur. c. suff, mºniris Ez. 16, 55 from a
sing. Hris, also Triºrs Ez. 16, 52 from
a sing. Hºrs, which comes from masc.
*rīs; comp. Lehrg. p. cº,
1. a sister, Arab &i, Syr. º. for
ſºl, Chald, rris, id. Pr. a sister of
full blood, i.e. of both the same father
and mother ; but spoken also less accu-
rately of a half-sister, e.g. one born to
the same father but of a different mother,
ăuotatgirº, Gen. 20, 12. 2 Sam. 13, 2.5;
or one born of the same mother by a
different father, Öuouyrgitz, Lev. 18, 9.
11. 20, 17.—The word sister is also em-
ployed by the Hebrews in other and
wider senses; e. g.
2. a relative, kinswoman, Job 42, 11.
So Gen. 24, 60, where the mother and
brother say to Rebecca, ns ºrns thou
grt our sister. -
3. a countrywoman, one of the same
.ribe or country, popularis, Num. 25. 18.
4. an ally, a confederate cºv or state,
F z. 16, 46. 23, 31.
5. After nºs, one—the other, spoken
also of inanimate things of the fem. gen-
der. Ex. 26, 3 five curtains were coupled
Frris-bs nºs one to another. v. 5.6.17
Ez. 1, 9.3, 13. *
6. Metaph. sister is said of any thing
with which we are intimately connect-
ed; Prov. 7, 4 say unto wisdom, Thou
art my sister. Job 17, 14. Comp. othor
words expressing relationship, espec. 58:
no. 8. ris no. 8.
7. As a term of endearment addressed
to a spouse, Cant. 4, 9 sq. Comp. Tibull,
3. 1. 26.
* TTS fut. TriS", rarely ins; 1 K. 6
10. Ecc. 7, 18.
1. to lay hold of, to take, to seize, espec,
... 35.
with the hand. Arab. Jºsi, Chald, an
Syr. Tris, rººf. Constr, with acc. of
pers, or thing, Ps. 56, 1. Judg. 12, 6;
often also c. 3, Ex. 4, 4. Job 23, 11.2 Sam.
20, 9 and the right hand of Joab took
hold of Amasa's beard.—Metaph. ascrib-
ed also to terror, fear, (like laufftºvstv,)
Ex. 15, 14 rugº ºn tris bºr terror
hath taken hold on the inhabitants of
Philistia. v. 15. Ps. 48, 7. But also vice
versa one is said as in Engl. to take
fright, i. Q. to be affrighted; Job 18, 20
"sº arris Bºizºp the ancient ones took
fright, were affrighted, for: “terror seiz-
ed upon them.” 21, 6. Is. 13, 8 tºns
Tºrris' Bººrly they (the Babylonians)
take hold of pangs and sorrows, for:
‘pangs and sorrows seize upon them.”
2. to take, to catch, e. g. in hunting,
fishing, Cant. 2, 15.
3. to hold, to hold fast that which one
has taken hold of c. acc. 1 Chr. 13, 9.
2 Chr. 25, 5; a Gen. 25, 26. Metaph
c. acc. Job 17, 9, comp. x90, távo Rev. 2.
25; c. A Job 23, 11. Part, pass, with
active signif. Cant. 3, 8 ºn-ºrris hold.
ing the sword. Comp. on this deponent
use of passive participles, Lehrg. p. 309
310. Heb. Gram. § 49, n. 2.; also comp.
for this same verb Syr. tº holding
Ethiop, A'ſ. Hehāz, taken, held, also
holding.
4. to hold or fasten together, to join,
and in Pass. to be joined, to adhere.
Many verbs of taking and holding thus
pass over to the notion of joining and
Trix
34. *IN
adhering, these ideas being closely al-
lied; comp. Teº and npš in Hithpa. and
$zouxt twós to hold or depend from any
thing, &óusvos joined with any thing;
also origăto, whence Lat. haereo.—Ez. 41,
6 nºn Hºpa Entºrs ºr Nº, that they
might not be joined to the wall of the
temple, i. e. inserted in it. 1 K. 6, 6–
Hence
5, to make fast, to shut, e.g. to bar,
Neh. 7, 3. So Syr. *-f.
6. to join together timber, to cover
with timber, beams, boards, etc. conta-
bulare. 1 K. 6, 10 and he covered the
house with cedar-wood. Comp, wer
Hab. 2, 19.
7. to take out or away, sc. from a larger
number; whence Part pass. taken out,
taken, sc. from a lot or portion, (like sy-
non. Tzº,) Num. 31, 30 and from the
half which belongs to the children of Is-
rael, shalt thou take one [part] Tº Thris
Bºrn taken from fifty. v. 47. 1 Chr.
24, 6 tris tris, ºsh tans "ns as-nº
nºn-sº (where it should twice read
with many Mss. Thris Tris) one family
being taken for Eleazar, and one being
taken for Ithamar, i. e. in drawing lots
they drew first a lot for a family of Elea-
zar, and then one for a family of Itha-
Iſla, I’.
Niph. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, Ecc. 9, 12.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 3, Gen. 22, 13.
Ecc. 9, 12.
3. to make oneself possessor of any
thing, to take or have possession, Gen.
34, 10. 47, 27. Josh. 22, 9, 19. Comp.
Syr. ~f to possess, and deriv. Hºrts.
PIEL to shut up, as Kal no. 5. Job
26, 9 shutting up the face of his throne,
i.e. veiling his throne with clouds.
HoPH. to be joined, fastened, to any
thing, pass, of Kal no. 4, 2 Chr. 9, 18.
Deriv. the six following.
778 (possessing, possessor) Ahaz, pr.
n. m. a.) A king of Judah, contemporary
with Isaiah, Hosea, and Micah, r. 744
—728 B. C. noted for his weakness of
character and idolatry, 2 K. 16, 1 sq. 2
Chr. 28, 16 sq. Is. 7, 1 sq. 38, 8. Sept.
'Azog, b) 1 Chr. 8, 35.9, 42.
Flºr's f (r. Tris Niph, no. 3) posses-
espec. the possession of land,
etc. Lev. 27, , 1 nºr's is nºsh
Yºr, to whom possession of he land be.
longed, i. e. who had been its owner
v. 16, 21.22. --E rººs possession of a
sepulchre, i.e. a sepulchre belonging to
a family, their own, Gen. 23, 4. 9. 20.
49, 30. In the connection Hºrſ; rarº
Num, 27, 7, and nºr's rºrº 35,2. Spo.
ken of slaves Lev. 25, 45.46.
"Tºſs Ahzai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; for
which 1 Chr. 9, 12 Hºrtº. Prob. it
should read in both passages n}rls,
which see.
ºf TS and Tºrris (whom Jehovah
holds) pr. n. Ahaziah, a) A king of Is.
rael, the son of Ahab and Jezebel,897–
895 B. C. 1 K. 22, 40. 2 K. 1, 2. Sept.
'Ozogios. b) A king of Judah, the son
and successor of Joram, 884 B.C. 2 K.
8, 24, 9, 16. $
Płºś (their possession) Ahuzzam,
pr. n. of one of the descendants of Ju-
dah, 1 Chr. 4, 6.
FTS (possession) Ahuzzath, pr. n. of
a Philistine, the friend of king Abime-
lech, Gen. 26, 26.
Sk mns a root not in use. I. Arab.
– # o #
Us! onomatop. from the sound rs
interj. to cry ah, ah, ah / repeatedly,
in Heb. perh, to sigh, to groan, to howl,
whence pºrts.
II. In Arabic also to be warm, hot, to
glow, Sc. with anger, as in the words
s. 2 # s, 2 #
cºs' j cºs ; whence perhaps may
be derived Heb. ns, 4. a pot, furnace.
Better however to derive the signif. fur-
nace from r. º fo flame, to burn, as fire,
© s 3 & #
Conj. II to kindle, #j heat, etc. See
lett. 3.
"rins see rins.
"TS (perh, apoc. (rom nºns) Ahi, pr
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 15. b) 7,34.
*TS see Tºns.
PSTS (for ashris father's brothe
uncle) Ahiam, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 33
1 Chr. 11, 35.
"Tris Chald. 1. q. Heb. Hººn wit,
Aleph. prosthet, a riddle, enigma Dan
5, 12. R. Han,
*nix 35
briN
Tºlé (brother i.e. friend of Jehovah)
Ahiah, pr. m. m. a.) A priest in the time
pſ Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 3, 18. b) 1 Chr.
8, 7. c) 11, 36. d) 1 K. 4, 2. e) 1 Chr.
26, 20, f) 2, 25. g) 1 K. 15, 27. 33.
h) Neh. 10, 27. i) A prophet dwelling
at Shiloh in the time of Jeroboam, 1 K.
11, 29. 12, 15; for which nºr's 14, 6, 18.
2 Chr. 10, 15.
Tºrºs (brother i. e. friend of the
Jews, for Thri, "ris) Ahihud, pr. n. m.
Num. 34, 27.
iris (brotherly) Ahio, pr. n. m. a.)
2 Sam. 6, 3. 4. b) 1 Chr. 8, 14. c)
1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37.
Tris (brother i. e. friend of union)
Ahihud, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 7.
Pºtºs (brother i. e. friend of good-
ness) Ahitub, pr. m. m.
22, 9, b) 2 Sam.8, 17.
Neh. 11, 11.
Tºrs (brother of one born, for "ris
**) Allilud, pr. m. of the father of Je-
hoshaphat, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24. 1 K. 4,2.
Dºris see ris.
minºris (brother of death) Ahimoth,
pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 6, 10 [25]; for which in
the parallel passages stands nriº.
#ºris (brother of the king) Ahi-
melec, , pr. n. m. a.) A priest dwelling
at Nob, father of Abiathar, and the inti-
mate friend of David, 1 Sam. 21, 2, 22,9.
Ps. 52, 2; and on this account put to
death by Saul. Different from him ap-
parently is b) Ahimelech the son of
Abiathar, one of the two high priests in
the time of David, 2 Sam. 8, 17. 1 Chr.
24, 3.. 6. 31. But Korb, in Winer's
Theol. Journal IV. p. 295, very plausi-
bly conjectures that in 2 Sam. 8, 17 in-
stead of ‘Ahimelech the son of Abia-
thar,’ it ought to read Abiathar the son
of Añºmelech ; from which error he
supposes the reading in 1Chron. l. c. to
have flowed.
ºn S (brother of a gift) Ahiman,
pr. n. m. a) One of the Anakim Num.
23, 22. Joh. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10. b)
| Chr. 9, 17.
Yººns (brother of anger) Ahimaaz,
Ir, n. m. a). Sam. 14, 50. b) A son
c) 1 Chr. 5, 37.
a) 1 Sam. 14, 3.
of Zadok the high-priest n the time of
David, 2 Sam. 15,27.36, 17. 17, 20. 18, 19
sq. The same person seems intended
in 1 K. 4, 15.
7.78 (brotherly) Ahian, pr. n. m
1 Chr. 7, 19.
Pºš (liberal or noble brotler)
Ahimadab, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 14.
P25"TS (brother of pleasantness)
Alvinoam, pr. n. fem. a) 1 Sam. 14, 50.
b) 1 Sam. 25, 43. 27, 3. 30, 5, 2 Sam. 2,2
3, 2.
jºr S (brother of support or help)
Ahisamak, pr. m. m. Ex. 31, 6, 35, 34.
Tº"TS (brother of help) Ahiezer,
pr. n. m. a.) A phylarch or head of
the tribe of Dan, Num. 1, 12. 2, 25. 7,66.
b) 1 Chr. 12, 3.
PP"TS (brother of the enemy) Ahi.
kam, pr. m. of the father of Gedaliah,
whom the Chaldeans made governor in
Judea, 2 K. 25, 22. Jer. 39, 14.40, 5 sq.
PTTS (brother of the high) Ahiram,
pr. n. m. Num. 26, 38. Patronym. "..
ibid.
VTTS (brother of evil) Ahira, pr. n.
m. of a phylarch or head of the tribe of
Naphtali, Num. 1. 15. 2, 29. 7, 78. 83,
10, 27.
nTú"TS (brother of the dawn) Ahi-
shahar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10.
Tºrſs (brother of the singer, or for
ºntº "ris brother of the upright) Ahishar,
pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 6.
Sºnºrs (brother of folly) Ahithophel,
pr. m. of an early friend of David, who
conspired with Absalom against him,
2 Sam. c. 15–17.
nºr's (fatness, fertility) Ahlab, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Asher, Judg. 1,
31. R. abr; . . .
ºr's Ps. 119, 5, and hºrs 2 K. 5,3, a
particle of wishing, O that I would God!
with fut. Ps. l. c. without verb 2 K. l. c.
It is commonly derived from r. Fºr Pi.
nº Hºri to stroke one's face, to caress,
to court. But not improb. it may be
compounded from ns and * i, q. ºb.
*rīs (O that!) Ahlai, pr. n. m. and f
1 Chr. 2, 31; comp. 11, 41.
ºn N
36 ºn N
Tºris f. Ex. 28, 19, the name of a
gem, Sept. Vulg. &#169 votos, amethyst ;
but Josephus gives it by &ºrms, agate,
though there seems to be some confusion
in the order of his words. The form is
that of a verbal of Hiph. from r. Ehr to
dream; perhaps because it was worn as
an amulet to induce dreams. A similar
superstition is also the ground of the
name &aë9 votos, this stone being re-
garded as a charm against drunkenness.
Comp. Braun de Vestitu sacerdot. Heb.
ll. 16.
Sºs Ezra 6, 2, Achmetha, i. e.
Ecbatana, the ancient metropolis of
Media, the summer residence of the Per-
sian kings. The ancient orthography
»f this name is traced by Lassen (Ind.
Biblioth. III. 36) in the Sanscr. agwa-
dhana, i. e. in Tootagio. 5 the Sanscr. g
passing over sometimes into a guttural
and sometimes into s. The correspond-
ing modern name is Ispaham.
"3CTS pr. n. m. Ahagbai, 2 Sam. 23,
34. From Flyn nºr's I take refuge in
Jehovah.
* "TS to be after, behind; to stay be-
hind, hence, to stay, to delay, to remain,
in Kalonce, 1 pers, fut. *rīs. Gen. 32,5–
_ #
Arab. 2- Conj. II, to defer, to delay.
Syr. Aph. and Shaph. reſ and i-º-º:
id.
Piel, "ns, plur. Thris for thrs Judg.
5, 28, fut. *rīs. -
1. to delay, to retard, to hinder any
one, Gen. 24, 56; to delay, to defer any
thing Ex. 22, 28. Also ellipt. Deut. 7,
10 he will not delay (punishment) to
him who hateth him.
2. Intrans. i. Q. Kal, to stay, to delay,
to linger. Judg. 4, 28 why linger the
paces of his chariots 2 Ps. 40, 13 -bs
nrism delay not. 70, G. Gen. 34, 19.
3. to stay long, to tarry late in or by
any thing, with by, Prov. 23.30 tº-risº
ºn by who tarry long at the wine, i. e.
who drink till late in the night. Comp.
ls. 5, 11. Ps. 127, 2. -
Deriv. ºrs–nººns, and nins.
"TS (Dag, ſorte impl.) f nºr's, Plur.
pºrts, ninris, from an obsol. sing. -r's
with Komets pure.
1. Adj. pr. after, hinder, following
spec. next following, neart, second, (comp
secundus a sequendo,) Gen. 17, 21 Hºº:
nºr Sr. in the next year, the following
year. 1 K, 3, 22.-Hence genr. another
other; alius, alia, aliud ; Gen. 4, 25. 8
10. 12. 29, 19. al. saep. Arab. * id.
Syr. <--l. Hºl. plur. in;-l , Chald.
Tris —So tºrs E*rēs other gods,
i. e. idols, Deut. 6, 14. 7, 4. Jer. 1, 16,
7, 18. al. saep. Sing. *rīs by Ex. 34, 14;
without 9s id. Is. 42, 8 -sh wrish "Tinº
ins and my glory will I not give wmto
another god. 48, 11. Ps. 16, 4 hrs (nujs)
hºrſº who hasten to another god, i. e.
away from the true God after idols.
2. Aher, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 12.
TS pr. after, the after part, hinder
part, eactremity. Hence
1. Adv. a) Of place, behind, in the
back-ground. Gen. 22, 13 hrs bºs nºn'
Tºp: Tº tris; and lo! a ram in the
back-ground, caught in a thicket by his
horms. Abraham did not see the ram
behind himself, as the Vulgate renders,
and as it is usually taken; but in the
distant part, the back-ground, of what
lay before his eyes. [Yet he may
naturally be supposed to have looked
round on hearing the angel’s voice —T.]
Nor is it necessary to read Tris, with
the Samar. Sept. Syr, and 42 Mss. b)
Adv. of time, afterwards, them, Gen. 10.
18. 18, 5. 24, 55. 30, 21. al.
2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Cant,
2,9. Ex. 3, 1 behind the desert, back of
it, i.e. on the west of the desert, see in
-ins no. 2. Also after, as 'E -r's ºr
to go after, to follow any one, Gen. 37, 17.
Job 31, 7. *rīsº praegn. pr. from after,
Ps. 78, 71 isºar ribº ºr sº from after
the entes he brought him, i. e. from fol-
lowing the ewes, from being a shep-
herd. b) Prep. of time, after, Gen. 9
28. So Hèsri Bºn; in "ris after these
things, i. e. afterwards, a formula of
transition, Gen. 15, 1. 22, 1. With inſin.
after that, after, Num. 6, 19. 72 hrs
pr. after so, i. e. after it had so hap
pened, afterwards, Lev. 14, 36. Deut
21, 13.
3. Conj. *tjs ºns after that, Ez. 40, 1
and without hugs, Lev. 14, 43. Job 42, 7
*S
--N
37
- Note. Instead of the sing. "ins, the
plur. *rīs is far more frequently used;
see below. With suffixes the plur, form
is always used.
PLUR. Bºnris, only in constr. *rīs, c.
suff, ºnris, pºrts, Errºris, etc.
1. Subst, the hinder parts, 2 Sam. 2,
23 nºrm ºr's: with the hinder end of
the spear.
2. Prep. a) Of place, behind, Judg.
18, 12 where it is i. q. on the west of, see
in hºris no. 2. More freq. after, behind
any one, Lev. 26, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 37.
2 K. 19, 21. Errºris (nufts) those who
go after them, their flatterers, parasites,
Ps 49, 14. Hence, with verbs of going,
to follow ; also ‘E *hns Hºri to be after,
to go after any one, i. q to follow, to be
on one's side, Ex. 23, 2, 2 Sam. 2, 10.
Comp. 1 K. 1, 7. Prov. 28, 23 tºs rinzio
ssº in thris he that rebuketh a man
after me (i. e. after my precepts) shall
find favour. b) Of time, after, Gen.
16, 13. 17,8. With inf. after thal, after,
Gen. 5, 4.
3. Conj. ºffs ºris after that, Deut.
24, 4. Josh. 9, 16. 23, 1; rarely with nºs
omitted, Lev. 25, 48. Once nº "nris
Josh. 2, 7.
4. p-nnns pr. after so, after it had so
happened, i. e. afterwards, Gen. 6, 4.
15, 14, 23, 19. 25, 26. al. Comp. Syr.
sº and sº 5.2. With nufts added.
it becomes a conjunction, i. q. mugs "hris
after that, like Lat. posteaguam for post-
quam, Deut. 24, 4. 2 Sam. 24, 10. In the
later Hebrew we find also nºt "hris
after this, afterwards, Job 42, 16. Ezra
9, 10. Comp. Chald. Hº" ºr's Dan. 2,
29. 45.
5. With other prepositions:
a) ºr sº, once ºr's ſº 1 Chr. 17, 7,
pr. from after, from behind, from going
or following after; chiefly used of those
who abandon a person or party whom
they have before followed. Num. 14, 43.
Deut. 7, 4. 2 Sam. 20, 2. Also at or on
the back, behind, after, (comp. Tº no. 3.
h,) Josh. 8, 2. Ex. 14, 19. Jer. 9, 21.-
Of time, after, Ecc. 10, 14, and in Neh.
1, 7% "nris?, in the san-e sense. Hence
13 *rīsº pr. after so, . e. afterwards,
? Sam. 3, 28. 15, 1.
b) nºr's—bs after, with verbs of mo
tion. 2 K. 9, 18 "hris-bs so turn thee
after me, behind me, 2 Sam. 5, 23.
c) ºns-by i. q. ºrs, Ez. 41, 15.
Comp. by no. 3. b.
TIS Chald. plur. constr. hºrs, after
Dan. 2, 29; but by Hebraism. The
pure Chaldee preposit. is nni).
TTIS, ſem. Hºrs, from *rīs with
the adj. ending ji.
1. hinder, hindermost, latter, opp. to
foremost, former, (jiès" .) Gen. 33, 2.
Ex. 4, 8. Deut. 24, 3. i-rºst ºn the
hinder sea, i. e. western, the Mediterra-
nean, Deut. 11, 24, 34, 2. Joel 2, 20.
2. after, later, following, as jinns his
Ps. 48, 14. Tinns Ein after time, future,
Prov. 31, 25. Is. 30, 8. Plur. Bºhr's
those after, posterity, Job 18, 20. *
3. the last, latest, Neh. 8, 18. Is. 44, 6
I [Jehovah] am the first, and I the last.
Job 19, 25.—Fem. Hºr's adv. last, the
last, Dan. 11, 29. Also Hºnris: Deut.
13, 10. 1 K. 17, 13, and Hºrish Num. 2
31. Ecc. 1, 11, at last, last.
Thris (for risºns, after the brother
Aharah, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8, 1.
*TTS (behind the breast-work sc
born) Aharhel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8.
ºr S Chald. constr. see hris Chald.
ºn S Chald, adj. fem, another, alia,
Dan. 2, 39. 7, 5. 6; for the common
nºns, the n of the ſem. gender being
dropped by apocope, like "uish for
nºtish, sh? for nº-h2.
Tºmº Chald, adj. (fr. ln hrs) Dan.
4, 5 ſºns" is pr. at the last, at last, at
length; the Ts being pleonastic, see is
Chald. A 2–Keri Tris.
nºnris f (r. Ins) 1. the last or
eartreme part, uttermost part, Ps. 139, 9.
—Oftener of time: a) the end of a pe-
riod, Deut. 11, 12; the end, event of any
course of things, latter state, final lot,
Job 8, 7.42, 12. Prov. 5, 4 Hºº Finºrs
her end is bitter, i. e. the final lot of
those whom the adultress seduces ;
comp. 23, 32. Sometimes of a happy
end or result, Prov. 23, 18. 24, 14, b)
after-time, the future, espec. in the pro-
phetic formula tºn nºrs: in future
time, in the last days, Is. 2, 2. Gen. 49, 1
Mic 4, 1. Num. 24, 14. Dan. 10, 14.
4
ºnrº
"tº
38
2. Concr. those who come after, de-
scendants, posterity, Ps. 109, 13. Am.4,
B. 9, 1. Dan. 11, 4.
nºnris Chald. f. i. q. Heb. nºns no.
1. b. Dan. 2, 28.
Tºš Chald, adj. another, alius, Dan.
2, 11.
nºnñs adv, (r. ºns) backwards,
Gen. 9, 23. 1 Sam. 4, 18. Comp. hiriş.
Dºnºrs m. plur. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9.
9, 3. Ezra 8, 36, satraps, the governors
or viceroys of the large provinces among
the ancient Persians, possessing both
civil and military power, and being in
the provinces the representatives of the
sovereign, whose state and splendour
they also rivalled. Single parts or sub-
divisions of these provinces were under
procurators or prefects, nine ; the sa-
traps governed only whole provinces.
See Brisson de regio Pors. principatu I.
§ 168. Heeren Ideen T. I. p. 489 sq. ed.
4.—The genuine form of this name,
which has lately been found in the
inscriptions of ancient India, is kšatrapa
i. e. warrior of the host; see Benfey in
Gött. Gel. Anz. 1839. p. 805 sq. Lassen
Zeitschr. ſ. d. Morgenl. III. p. 161. To
this harsher form corresponds the Greek
ëurgtºrms, §§o.1996tme, (Boeckh Corp.
Inscr. no. 2691. c.) whence arose by
degrees the softer ogrgºing. The H is
appended. Comp. Bºrºris.
Tºrnººns Chald. m. plur. i. q. Heb.
Dan. 3, 2, 3, 27. 6, 2. 3.
tº tºſs Ahasuerus, the Hebrew
form of the name Xeraces, as it would
seem. It is found Esth. 1, 1, and often
in this book; also Ezra 4, 6, where the
order of time would require it to be un-
derstood of Cambyses; and further in
Dan. 9, 1, where it stands for Astyages,
the father of Darius the Mede. The true
native orthography of the name Xerxes
has recently been brought to light from
the cuneiform inscriptions; where it is
written kh-sh-y-4-r-sh-6, which seems
o correspond to the modern Persian
*L& A-3 i.e. lion-king ; since it is cer-
tain that for the softer pronunciation of
s and sh, as uttered by the modern Per-
sians, the ancient Persians had far harsh-
er sounds, as in the words khshayathiya
i. q. Shah king, khshatrap i. Q. Satrap.
From this ancient harsher form, the
Hebrews, by prefixing their prosthetic
Aleph, made ºnºrs Ahashverosh, and
the Greeks Zāgšng. See St. Martin in
Journal Asiatidue III. p. 85. Champol-
lion Précis du Système hiéroglyphique,
Tableau général, Tab. 7. 2. p. 24. Las.
sen üb. d. Keilschriſt p. 165; also in Zeit.
Schr. ſ. Kunde des Morgenl, WI. p. 124 sq.
Uniºns Esth. 10, 1 in Chethib, for
uji-jūns.
*nºtºns (prob. mule-driver, a name
of Persian origin, see next art.) pr. n. m.
Ahashtari, 1 Chr. 4, 6.
bºtºs plur. m. mules, Pers. Lºwl
estár, 2.x.) ester, a mule, Sanscr.’agwa-
tara. "Esth. 8, 10, where it is rendered
definite by the addition sons of mares.—
The H is appended, as in Bºris.
Tº see *rīs.
toS subst. m. (r. 1238) 1. a gentle
sound, murmur, whisper, and plur. bºx
concr. mutterers, whisperers, i. e. vskgo-
plºtsug, necromancers, ventriloquists, im-
itating artificially the supposed murmur
or thin voice of the shades or manes, Is,
19, 3. See under His .
2. a going softly, gentle motion;
whence often adverbially, tos, osh, tosh,
softly, gently, slowly, e.g. of the still slow
gait of a mourner, 1 K. 21, 27; of water
gently flowing, Is. 8, 6. So Yºsh pr. in
my slow gait, slowly, at my convenience
Gen. 33, 14.—Also of the manner of act-
ing and speaking; 2 Sam. 18, 5* tºsh
nºsº (deal) gently with the young man
for my sake Job 15, 11 Tº tosh nº
and words gently (spoken) towards thee.
Sk Tes a root not in use ; Arab. to be
fast, firm ; Conj. II, to make fast, to
confirm.—Hence
Tºšm. the southernbuckthorn, Christ'
thorn, Rhamnus paliurus Linn. so called
from the firmness of its roots, Judg. 9, 14,
93 – 35.
15. Ps. 58,10. Arab. JJoi, i. q. the more
usual &#.
Tºtºs m. (by Syriasm for intos, r. Tº
thread, yarn, of linen or cotton; in Chald
º
*N
39
inew, strºng. Once Prov. 7, 16 tapes-
‘ry, coverings, of Egypticn yarn, which
was distinguished for its firmness and
beauty. Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. 89 sq.
A. Schultens compares Gr. 596 vil, Ö96-
vtov, linen cloth.
tº 35.
:k tºs a root not in use. 1. i. q, loſ
to utter a gentle sound, to murmur,
spoken of the sighing of the camel when
weary; also of the rumbling of the
bowels when one is hungry, tºgetv.
See Comment. on Is. 19, 3.
3. to go softly, gently, see Ús no. 2.
Sk DºS to shut, to close, to stop, e. g.
the mouth, the ears, Prov. 1'', 28. 21, 13.
nicºs nisibn Ez. 40, 16. 41, 16. 26,
windows closed, sc. with bars or lattices,
which being let into the walls or beams
could not be opened and shut at pleas-
ure. Sept. 3 uglósg juxt votol, Symm.
rošuxoi. Comp. 1 K. 6, 4. Kindr. is Arab.
- , #
ºleſ to cover a window with a curtain.
HipH. id. Ps. 58, 5.
>k it’s obsol. root, perh. to bind, to bind
e G 3 ×
together, kindr. with pºs. Arab. J-2
ent-cords.-Hence Hes.
* -es ſut, hºs, to shut, to close,
once Ps. 69, 16. Arab. | to shut
in, to enclose. Kindred robts are nºs,
hºrſ, nº –Hence the two following:
Tºš (shut up, bound, perh. dumb)
Ater, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 16. Neh. 7,
21. b) Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45.
Tºš m. adj. (r. hºs) shut up, bound,
v. e. impeded. Judg. 3, 15. 20, 16 nºs
*** Tº impeded as to his right hand,
e. who cannot use the right hand free-
y, and hence i. Q. left-handed. Arab.
~ & ‘E
| Conj. V, to be impeded; comp.
Jºie to bind, to tie, transferred also to
the tongue, like Engl. tongue-tied.
>k “s, constr. "N 1. Interrog. adverb,
where 2 c. suff, Hiºs where art thou?
Gen. 3, 9. i*s where is he? Ex. 2, 20.
bºs where are they? Is. 19, 12. More
freq. with He parag. His q. v.–This
particle seems to have arisen by drop-
ping the Nun rom lºs I., (q.v. ... "Nº
whence 2 and this again seems to have
been originally the same as the nega
tive jºs I; just as many other negative
words have also passed over to an in-
terrogative power; comp.Lat. me, Germ.
nicht avahr 2 Engl. not so? Hence its
pr: he is not there, not present, i. q. 53°S,
comp. Job 14, 10; and interrog. is he not
there? q. d. where is he 2 In this way
TS no. I and II become closely related.
Comp. Heb. Gram. § 150. no. 1 ult. In
sº 15.
tº
Arabic Gl has passed over into an in-
-15 -
terrog. pron. who 2 f. ;i ; and the same
also is Eth. Å.B. Comp. Germ. wo?
Engl. who 2
2. As a mere sign of interrogation, put
before adverbs and pronouns in order to
give them an interrogative pc wer; just
as "tº gives them a relative sense.
Comp. Germ. wovom 2 for von welchem?
Engl. wherefore ? i. q. for what? Hence
a) H. "s, which? what? but always with
reference to place (except in Ecc. 11,
6), 1 K. 13, 12 ºn Tºri H 's what way
went he 2 (Or perh. i. q. Lat. ubi via 2
quorsum via 2 see under nº "s in lett,
b.) 2 K. 3, 8, 2 Chr. 18, 23. Job 38, 24,
Also without interrogation, Jer. 6, 16.
Ecc. 11, 6. Elsewhere i. Q. where 2
(from ng here,) Job 28, 12. Esth. 7, 5.
Sometimes written in one word, Hyºs,
q. v. b) Tº "s from what? whence 2
(from Tº thence,) Gen. 16, 8, 1 Sam.
30, 13. Jon. 1, S nrºs by nº "s from
what people art thou? 2 S \m. 15, 2 "S
rins nº rigº from what cu, y art thou?
strictly Lat. ‘undenam populiº undenam
urbis?’ as Plaut. unde gentium ? Odyss.
1. 170 Tóðsy &vögöy, c) rst, "s where-
fore? why? from nSth therefore, Jer. 5,7.
NotE. With certain other particles
*S is joined more closely, so as to coa-
lesce with them into one word, as T^s.
rººs, news, ribºs, q.v. The same use
of this particle is found in Syr. ilā.
in what way ? how 3 Lava-i whence
liºl who? Chald. jºins who then? pºs
id. Eth. Å. Bºts where 2 how 2–In Prov
31, 4 Keri-zuſ "s bºrº, render: nor
for princes [to say]. Where is strong
drink 2 See in "S no. 1.
I. "S contr. for *s, (as ºf for nºz, *
for "Y", comp. Lehrg. p. 510,) m. perhaps
*N
iT"N
40
'em. Is, 23, 2; plur, b^*s, once jºs Ez.
26, 18. R. Hys I.
1. Pr. habitable ground, dry land, opp.
to water, the sea, rivers; see the root
no. 1. Is. 42, 15 ºnes: ninri; “rºle I will
make the rivers dry lands ; comp. 43, 19.
50, 2. Hence -
2. terra maritima, land adjacent to
the sea, sea-coast, whether on the shore
of the main land, or an island; like the
East-Indian Dvipa, which signifies both
coast and island. Spec. a) the coast,
the sea-coast, Is. 20, 6. 23, 2.6. Ez. 27,
7 rººs ºs the coast of Elishah, i.e. of
Peloponnesus or Greece. b) an island,
Jer. 47,4-nee *s the isle of Caphtor, i.e.
Crete. Dºn: "*N the isles of Chittim, Ez.
27, 6. Jer. 2, 10; comp. Esth. 10, 1, where
ºr ºs are put in antith. with the main
land, continent. c.) Plur. Enºs very often
for coasts, maritime regions, espec. be-
yond sea, as in Jer. 25, 22 is added by
way of epexegesis ºn has: "tºs "Sri.
Hence genr. of coasts and islands far
remote, Is. 24, 15. 40, 15. 41, 1. 5. 42, 4.
10. 12. 49, 1. 51, 5; espec. those of the
Mediterranean Ps. 72, 10. Dan. 11, 18,
which also are called more definitely
ºr ºs Is. 11, 11, and pºism *s Gen.
10, 5. Zeph. 2, 11.—In Ez. 27, 15 the
Indian Archipelago is to be understood.
II. "S contr. for ºs (r. nºs II, see in
*S I) pr. a howling, wailing cry. Hence
1. Concr. the howler, i. e. the jackal,
Arab. es: J-', piur. ess' sºle, son,
daughters of howling, Pers. Jus-3,
whence Germ. Schakal, Engl. jackal.
So called from its nocturnal cry or howl,
which resembles the scream of a child.
Damiri ap. Bochart. Hieroz. I. p. 843.
Found only in plur. Enºs, Is. 13, 22. 34,
14, -
2. Interj. i. Q. "is ah 1 alas ! wo 1 c.
dat. Ecc. 10, 16.4, 10 is “s, which seve-
ral editt. read in one word, ibºs wo to
him 1
III. "8 adv. not, non, found Job 22, 30,
and in the pr. names Ti-3"N (Inglorious)
Ichabod 1 Sam. 4, 21, and bºy's Jeze-
bel. It is much more freq. in Rabbinic,
espec. as prefixed to adjective forms
with a privative signification, like Engl.
in, un, in the same usage ; and also in
Ethiopic, where h, is prefixed also tº
verbs. It is doubtless an abridged form
from Tºs, see r. ThN, TN. ; like the Greek
and Sanscr. a priv. from am.
Ti-F"s (inglorious) Ichabod, pr. n
1 Sam. 4, 21. See in “N III.
Sk Eºs to be an adversary, enemy, to
any one ; to persecute, to hate. The
primary idea is prob. to be sought in
breathing, blowing, puffing at or upon
any one, which is often referred to anger
and hatred, Germ. anschnauben. Kin-
dred is aris, in which the idea of breath-
ing after passes over into that of desire
and love. The finite verb occurs only
once, Ex. 23, 22; but very freq. is Part.
his as subst, an adversary, enemy, Gen.
22, 17. 49, 8, al. Sometimes it retains
the construction of a participle, 1 Sam,
18, 29 Tºrrs - is an enemy to David.
—Fem. nºis collect. enemies, Mic. 7,
8. 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 477.
Deriv. Riºs, and
Tºš f. (contr. for Hººs, as nº for
Hºns) enmity, hostility, Gen. 3, 15. Num,
35,21.
Tºš m. pr: a load, burden, by which
one is oppressed, crushed ; from r. This
no. 2. Hence
1. misfortune, calamity, Ps. 18, 19. Job
21, 30.
2. destruction, ruin, Job 18, 12. 21, 17
30, 12. bs "i"s destruction from God.
Job 31, 23.
T}s f (ſor nºis, r. His II) pr. cry, cla-
7mour ; hence
1. As the name of a clamo ous bird
of prey, unclean, Lev. 11, 14. Deut. 14,
13; also keen-sighted, Job 28, 7. Sept.
and Vulg. sometimes vulture, sometimes
kite. The opinion of Bochart is not im-
probable, Hieroz. II. p. 193 sq. that it is
the species of falcon called by the Arabs
2332 yºu, i. e. falco assalon, called alsº
smíirle, emerillon, Engl. merlin. Ol
perhaps the Heb. word is a general term
for hawk, falcon, etc. whence in Lev,
and Deut. ll. cc. is added Fººh.
2. Ajah, pr. n. m. a.) Gen. 36, 24.
b) 2 Sam. 3, 7.21, 8.
TºS i. q. “N where 2 with nº parag
as Här, from ºr, Gen. 3,9. 18,9, al. Alsº
*N
5°N
41
without interrogation, Job 15, 23 he wan-
Hereth about for bread, nº where-ever
It may be.
5*S pr. n. Job, an Arab of Uz or
Ausitis, distinguished for wealth and
also for piety and virtue, but tried of God
with the heaviest calamities. Besides
the book of Job, he is also mentioned in
§ 35.
Ez, 14 14, 20. Sept. 'Idiff, Arab. &#.
The name signifies pr. one persecuted,
from r. nºs, as "ib" one born, from tº ;
and refers to the calamities by which
he was ºfflicted.—Others render it: serio
G … ? º
resipisc, ms, i. q. Arab. eſ;', from r. nis,
3ſ, to return, to convert, comp. Cor.
Sur. 38, 40–44; but see against this,
Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 81. col. 1.
ºf (pr. non-cohabited, i.e. &o-
yog Plat, p. 249. B, Lat. intacta, chaste,
comp. Agnes ; an appropriate female
name, and not to be estimated from the
character and conduct of Ahab's queen;)
Jezebel, Isabella, pr. m. of a notorious
woman, the daughter of Ethbaal king
of Tyre. and wife of Ahab king of Israel,
infamous for her idolatry and cruel per-
secution of the prophets. 1 K. 16, 31.
18, 4. 13. 21, 5 sq. 2 K. 9, 7 sq.
Tºš where 2 Job 38, 19. 24. Com-
pounded from the interrog. part. "s, "N
q. v. no. 2, and Tº here.
#"S how 2 apoc. from Hººs, Gen. 26,
9. Without interrogation, Ruth 3, 18.
2 K. 17, 28.—Oſten as an exclamation
wf pain or grief, how ! Ps. 73, 19. Is. 14,
Ecc. 2, 16.
"F"s from *s no. 2, and nº i. q. He
FC, here.
1, how 2 in what way ? Deut. 1, 12.
Without interrogation, Deut. 12, 30.
2, whºre ? Cant. 1, 7.
3. Often as an exclamation of pain or
grief, how ! like TTS, Us. 1, 21. Lam. 1, 1.
75°S (id.) where, not interrogative,
once 2 K. 6, 13, where Keri has iS"Sid.
Tººs (Milél) how 2 Cant 5, 3. Esth.
B, 6 From *s and ne: i. q. Hz, rº, so,
ºns see : . bºs.
bºs m. 1. a ram, so called frºm his
wisted horns, q, d, rolled up; see . *s.
Gen. 15, 9. Plur. Bº’s Ex. 25 5, and
Rºs Job 42, 8–Hence intens. }}s q.v.
2. A term of architecture, referring
as it would seem, to a projection in a la-
teral wall, serving as a post or column,
i. e. a pilaster; either from r. bhs no. 3,
or like Lat. aries, capreolus, Germ. Bock,
used for a buttress. 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41,
3. Plur. tººs, Ez. 41, 1.40, 10. 14. 16.
38; comp. v. 26.31. 34.37. The ancient
versions render it sometimes posts, some-
times columns. See Boettcher's Proben
alttestamtl. Schriſterkl. p. 302.
bºs m. a stag, hart, male deer, Deut.
12, 15. 14, 5, Is. 35, 6. Plur. bºr Cant.
2, 9, 17. Always masc. but in Ps. 42, 2
joined with a ſem. in Ibe manner of
comm. gend, thus denoting a hind, which
elsewhere has the specific name nºs.
9
*s. Chald, and syr, id. Arab. Jºl
wild goat, mountain-goat, chamois. Eth.
*PA, by which orthography the affinity
of the roots his and bar is distinctly con-
firmed.—As to the etymology, ºs is a
sort of intensive of 578, therefore pr. a
large ram or buck, and nºs a large she-
goat or the like. Indeed the Hebrews
would seem to have called all the va-
rious species of deer and antelopes, which
in part are furnished with twisted horns
like the ram, by the general name of
large rams or wild rams; just as the
Germans call the same animals Berg-
ziegen, wilde Ziegen, and the Latins
caprede, from their general resemblance
to a goat, capra. Sept. every where
#Awqos.
bºs m. strength, might, once Ps, 88, 5.
R. PhR no. 2.
Sºs m. (r. Bºs) plur, tººs, pr. strong
Stout, mighty.
1. Plur, the mighly, the powerful, the
nobles of a state, city, Ex. 15, 15. Ez. 17
13, 2 K. 24, 15 Keri.
2. a strong, stout, mighty tree, like Ögüg,
spec. the oak, terebinth, and sometimes
also the palm, i. q. Hºs, jibs, which is
more usual. Sing. once Gen. 14, 6 in
the pr. n. Thº bºs, Sept. 1sgºw 90s tij;
Toggv. Plur. tººs, bºbs Is. 1, 29. 57
5. 61, 3.
nºs f a hind, female deer, and perh
also caprea, wild she-goat, these two ani
4%
5°N
42 Yo"N
inals being hardly distinguished in the
tommon usage of the Hebrew. Gen. 49,
21. Plur. riºs constr. nibºs 2 Sam. 22,
34. Cant. 2, 7. See in masc. bºs.
*2:8 (from bºs, q. d. Deerfield, from
the number of deer,) Ajalom, pr. m. a.)
A Levitical city in the tribe of Dan,
Josh. 10, 12. 19, 42. 21, 24. Judg. 1, 35.
See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. b)
A city in Zebulun, Judg. 12, 12.
Tib's (an oak, see Tibs) Elon, pr. n.
1. A city in Dam, Josh. 19, 43. 1 K.
4, 9.
2. Of several men:
36, 2. b) Gen. 46, 14.
a) Gen. 26, 34.
c) Judg. 12, 11.
nºbºs (trees, a grove, perh, palm-
grove, see under Hºs) 1 K. 9, 26. 2 K.
16, 6, also rººs (for rººs Lehrg. p. 467,
and that collect. for ribºs) Deut. 2, 8.
2 K. 14, 22. 16, 6 bis, Eloth, Elath, pr. m.
of a city of Idumea on the eastern gulf
of the Red Sea, which is called from it
Sinus AElanites, or Elamitic Gulf. The
Edomites being subdued, 2 Sam. 8, 14,
David took possession of it, and aſter
him Solomon, whose fleet sailed hence
to Ophir, 1 K. 9, 26. It was again recov-
ered by the Idumeans; and once more
subdued by Uzziah king of Judah, 2 K.
14, 22; but Rezin king of Syria took it
at length from the Jews, who seem never
again to have recovered it, 2 K. 16, 6.
Josephus calls it Likam, Ptolemy"LAuvo,
Pliny AElama H. N. 6. 32 or 38. See
Relandi Palaest. p. 217, 554 sq. Le
Quien Oriens Christ. T. III. p. 758. By
- .35
Arabian writers it is called Åſsi Aileh,
Ailat. The ruins of the ſormer city are
still visible near to the fortress of ’Aka-
bah, on the N. W. Rüppell’s Reisen,
p. 248 seq. Frankſ. 1829. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 241 sq.
nºbºs f i, q. Bºs pr. strength, might,
hen help, Ps. 22, 20. R. bhs no. 2.
tº's plur. nºbºs and nighs, an ar-
chitectural term, which the Sept. Vulg.
and Targums make i, q. Eºs porch;
from which however it is manifestly
distinguished, Ez. 40,7 sq. The Bºžº's
were carried lound an edifice, and are
usually inentioned along with the 5% s :
see Ez. 40, 16. 22.26. 29. Comp. Boett
cher Proben, p. 319.
cºns (trees, perh. palm-trees) Elim
pr.m. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, the second after leaving Egypt.
with twelve fountains and seventy palm-
trees, Ex. 15, 27. 16, 1. Num. 33,9. With
He loc. Tº Ex. 15, 27.—Geographers
rightly assume the place of Elim in the
Wady Ghūründel, a valley of that re.
gion; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. I. p. 100
105.
jºs Chald. m. a tree, Dan. 4, 7, 8 sq.
Syr, insºlid. It corresponds to Heb.
jºbs; but the Chaldee word is used in a
wider sense.
rººs see in nibºs.
nºs f i. q, nºs (to which it is also
st constr.) a hind, as a term of endear-
ment towards a female, Prov. 5, 19.-
More diſficult of explanation is it in the
inscription of Ps. 22-rºr rºs-by upon
(according to) the himd of the dawn.
These words seem to be the name of
Some other poem or song, to the measure
of which this Psalm was to be sung or
chanted; comp. nº 2 Sam. 1, 18. The
phrase hind of the dawn prob. stands for
the morning sun scatteriug his first rays
upon the earth; just as the Arabian po-
ets call the rising sun the gazelle, com-
paring his rays with the horns of tha.
animal; comp. Tº lett. e. See Schultena
ad Job. p. 1193; ad Har. Cons. V. p. 163.
>k Eºs obsol. root, Chald. and Tal-
mud, DºS, to terrify. The primary idea,
seems to be to strike dumb ; comp. r.
cºn, Enº ; perh, also Bºy q.v.–Hence
the two following:
E’s adj. f. Hººs, terrible, formidable
Hab. 1, 7. Cant. 6, 4, 10.
mºs and Tºs ſ (for Hºs) terror,
dread, Deut. 32, 25. With genit. of that
which inspires terror; Prov 20, 2 rººs
Tº the dread of a king, which one ſeels
before him. Job 33, 7 "rººs the terror of
me, i.e. which I inspire. With He parag
Hrºns Ex. 15, 16. Plur. riºs Ps. 55,5
PLUR. Bºx"N 1. terrors, Ps, 88, 16.
2. idols Jer. 50, 38, so called from the
terror with which they inspire the
worshippers. Comp. ryºz.
T's
T's
43
3. Emim, pr. n. of an ancient people
who originally inhabited the land of
Moab, Gen. 14, 5. Deut. 2, 11.
>k Ts obsol. root, i. q. HX q. v. Hence
I. TºS constr. 1's, pr. subst, nothing,
nothingness. Is. 40, 23 Tºsh Bºn Trºr
who bringeth princes to nothing. Hence
adverbially:
1. nothing, mought, usually including
the idea of the subst. verb to be, e. g.
1 K. 8, 9 Bºsn nin': º Pº ins; I's
nothing was in the ark save the two ta-
bles of stone. Ps. 19, 7. Ex. 22, 2. So
2 Sam. 19, 7 tº sºng tº Tºs nought
to thee are princes and servants.
2. no, not, including the idea of the
subst. verb, there is not, was mol; there
are not, were not, etc. i. q. E. Sº, Arab.
J-9. Aram. *~. nºb, nº, Nºſſ).
Num. 14, 42 pºp: Hin, Tºs ºr for
Jehovah is not among you. Judg. 21, 25
in those days bshuº tº Ts there was
no king in Israel. Gen. 37, 29 inpin jºs
nia: Joseph was not in the cistern. Ps.
–0, 4. Ex. 12, 30. Lev. 13, 31. In the
same phrases where tº is said affirma-
tively, "S is also used negatively, as
"T. bsh tº Gen. 31, 29, and #31: 9sh Ins
Neh. 5,5. Further: a) Where the sub-
ject of a sentence is a personal pronoun,
this latter is often appended as a suffix
to the word "s; e.g. "??"s I am not,
etc. Thºs thou art not, etc. tºs, hºws,
n?;"s, Dºns, Pºns; and also with plur.
form (as if from Dºs), io-2's, iºns
Ps. 59, 14. 73, 5. b) The substantive
verb being implied in this negative par-
ticle, as above, the latter is almost al-
ways joined with a participle; e.g. Dan.
8, 5 behold, a he-goal came from the west
over the face of the whole earth, sº "sº
YS3 and touched not the ground, i. q.
sº; Nº. Esth. 3,8. 7, 4 Ezra 3, 13. Ex.
5, 16 Jr.; TS 13, straw there is none giv-
en, i. q. Tº Nº. It often in this way
forms a periphrasis for mo one, mome, me-
mo, Josh. 6, 1 Nº. 7"s, ssin Ts mone went
out, and none came in. Lev. 26, 6. Is. 5,
29. Rarely joined with a finite verb,
Ex.3.2. Ecc.8, 11. Jer, 38,5 mººn I-s ºr
ºf cºns ban for the king cannot do
wny thing against you. Joo 35, 15; and
'o with the particle tº Ps. 135, 17 -7°s
triº, nºn º nor is there any breath in
their mouth. In both these passages sº
would be more correct. In like manner
the modern Arabs write U” ſor Y
c) *, *s there is not to me, i.e. I have
mot, I had not, etc. Lev. 11, 10. 1 Sam.
1, 2. So Arab. & U-9. Before an
infin. it is often i. q. mom licet, it is not
lawful, not permitted, like oiz ào tw for
oùx #$80 ru, and Arab. & ...US est mihi
for licet mihi, Cor. 4, 94. ib. 10, 100. So
Esth. 4, 2 Ninº Ts it is not lawful to en-
ter, none might enter. Ruth 4,4. Ps. 40,6
Tººs in: Ths there is nothing to compare
wnlo thee, i. e. nothing which can rightly
be compared, where Thy is poetic for
Th:8. d) Joined with various worus:
wins ins there is no man, Gen. 31, 50. Ex.
2, 12, h; I's Ex. 5, 11, and Tºsº its
1 K. 18,43, there is not anything. 8: TS
there is mothing at all, Ecc. 1, 9.
3. As ºn is sometimes i. Q. to be pre-
sent, to be here or at hand, so 7"s is not
to be present, not to be here or at hand
etc. Fr. il m'y a pas. Num. 21, 5 7"s "2
tº Tºsh Erſh for there is no bread here.
nor water. 1 Sam. 9, 4, 10, 14 and we
saw TºS "2 that they were nowhere. Gen.
2, 5. Num. 20, 5. Gen. 5, 24 of Enoch :
enrºs irs mph º ºsº. 1 K. 20, 40
#23's sºrt lo! he was not, i.e. he was
gone. So of death, Ps. 39, 14.
4. Sometimes it may be rendered
without, i. Q. "SE ; but the examples
strictly fall back under no. 2; e. g. Joel
1, 6 strong and without number, pr. ‘ and
there is no number.” Deut. 32, 4.
5. With prefixes: a) Tºsa pr. in not
in there not being, in defect of: 0) i. q.
‘when there was not.' Prov. 8, 24 T-s:
nizinn when there were no deeps, i.e. be-
fore the floods were yet created; comp.
sº. 3) Often i. q. Sº, without, Ez.
38, 11 nºin Tºsi, without a wall. Prov,
5, 23. 11, 14.
b) Tºsz as nothing, nothing wanting
i. e. almost, well-migh, Ps. 73, 2. Comp,
tovº little wanting, i. e. almost ; see
town.
c) Tºsh g) For lºs hºst to whom
there is no, nothing, Is. 40, 29. Neh. 8
10. 6) For ninr. 89% so that there should
be mo, etc. Ezra 9, 14.
d) Tºsº pr. from there being no i. ºf
Ts 44
tly"N
rº, but intensive, none, not one; see on
this idiom in T. 1. b. R. Jer, 10, 6, 7, 30,
7. So nºi" |"sº i. q. Buji" 7"s, Is. 5, 9.
6, 11. 50, 2.
NoTE. The absol. form ºs stands
only at the end of a clause ; while
the constr. TS everywhere depends on
something following; e. g. Num. 20, 5
Tºs tº there is no water, for which
might also be said tº "S.
II. TºS adv. of interrog, where? Arab.
35.
. j; found only with Tº prefixed, "Sº
iThen:ce? Gen. 29.4. Nah. 3, 7. al.—Ori-
ginally this was the same with the
negat. TºS I, and passed over into the
interrogative sense; hence by apoc. "N,
*s, *s III. See in his no. 1. Heb.
Gram. § 150. 1. fin.
7°S 1 Sam. 21, 9, i. q. Tºs, but inter-
rogatively for "St.
nºy's see nººs.
ºS, rarely ºs, f. an ephah, a
measure of grain, containing three seahs,
rist, or ten omers, nº, Ex. 16, 36.
According to Josephus, Ant. 8, 2.9, the
ephah contained 72 sextarii, equal to the
Attic (liquid) metretes, or 1993.95 Paris
cubic inches, about 1 & bush. English ;
see Boeckh Metrolog. Untersuch. pp.
259, 278. This is also confirmed by
other testimony; so that there is doubt-
less an error in another passage of Jose-
phus, Ant. 15. 9. 2, where the ephah
seems to be equal to 96 sextarii, or the
Attic medimnus. 1 Sam. 17, 17. Zech.
5, 6 sq. Judg. 6, 19. Ruth 2, 17. Also
*E*S, FE"s a double ephah, one just;
..he other false, Prov. 20, 10. Deut. 25,
14. Am. 8, 5.—The origin of this word
is to be sought in the Egyptian lan-
guage; where the Heb. nº corre-
ponds to try IIy measure, spec. of corn,
riodius, from r. (OTU, HIV, to number ;
wl ence Sept. oiqi, Arab. &#2, an Egyp-
tial measure. See Rüdiger in Allg.
£n yelop. art. Epha. Thes, Ling. Heb.
1 Append.
TETS (from *s and Hà here) where 2
s. 49, 21. Ruth 2, 19; how 2 what kind
of? Judg. 8, 18. In an indirect inquiry,
!er. 36, 19,
N*E*S i. q. Ries, q.v.
* tº S, c. suff, nºns, Tºjºs, ºujºs
Plur. Bºulºs only thrice, Ps. 141, 4 Prov
8, 4. Is. 53, 3; instead of which the com:
mon usage has substituted Evºs (from
obsol. sing. Mºs), constr. Wºs, c. suff
Tufts, trºufts; also as periphrastic plur
u}^s "33, comp. no. 6.
1. a man. Spec. a) a male, opp. to
a female ; Gen. 4, 1 I have gotten a man
with the Lord, i.e. a man-child. 1 Sam.
1, 11. So even of brutes, Gen. 7, 2
comp. 1, 27. 6, 19. So Lat. vir of beasts.
Virg. Eclog. 7, 7, b) a husband, opp
to a wife, Ruth 1, 11. Gen. 3, 6. 29, 32.
34. With suff, hiºs our men, i.e. our
husbands, Jer. 44, 19. So Gr &vig Il.
18. 291, Lat. vir Hor. Sat.1.2. 127. c)
As opp. to an old man, one of manly age,
vigour, 1 Sam. 2, 33. d) Emphat. of
namliness, warlike valour, comp. Hithpa.
below. 1 Sam. 4, 9 Entºsh H-H) prinn
be strong, and be ye men 1 K. 2, 2.
Comp. Hom. Il. 5. 529. e) a man, mor-
tal, opp. to God, Job 9, 32. 12, 10. Is. 31,
8; espec. in plur. Gen. 32, 29. Is. 7, 13.
Comp. Hom. tutºg &rögów tº 9 stºv re.
Opp. to beasts, Ex. 11, 7. Gen. 49, 6.
f) Joined in apposition with other sub-
stantives, as bºg ºns a man a eunuch
i. e. a eunuch Jer, 38, 7; irº Uns a
priest Lev. 21, 9; espec. with gentile
names, e.g. *nts tºns a Hebrew Gen.
39, 14. Comp. Gr. àvögs; Iºtheſiot, ëv-
Ögs, ſugumilitat, Acts 1, 11. 3, 12. g)
With genit. of a city, land, people, it de-
notes a citizen, inhabitant, etc. e. g. tºs
*Sº a man of Israel, i. e. Israelite,
*sº hºs I Sam. 7, 11; Hºnº nuis
2 Sam. 19,42; also nºr ºs Gen. 24,
13. In this signif the sing. Üns is mostly
put collectively, as bsnu" tºns for hºs
*Sº Josh. 9, 6.7. 10, 24. Judg. 7, 8.8,
22. al. h.) With genit. of a king, leader,
military chief master, etc. the men of
any one, for his companions, followers,
Soldiers, his people, 1 Sam. 23, 3, 12. 24,
5. 8. 28, 1. Once perhaps spoken ol
relatives. and near friends, like Syr
*** -ºil, e.g. Ez. 24, 17. 22, where
Bºs prº the bread of men, is the food
which relatives and friends were accus.
tomed to send to mourners. i.) So toº
Bºrºs ºjºs and with art t-nºsrºws
º"N
n”??
45
man of God, i. q. servant and minister
of God ; spoken of angels Judg. 13, 6.8;
of prophets 1 Sam. 2, 27; of Moses
Deut. 33, 1; of David 2 Chr. 8, 14. k)
With genit. of an attribute, quality, vir-
tue, vice, etc. it denotes one possess-
ing that attribute or quality; and in
this way the Hebrews form a peri-
phrasis for an adjective ; e.g. nºn ujºs
a man of form, i.e. handsome; tº wins
a man of blood, bloody; an: "uºs intel-
ligent, see in sº no. 1. e ; bºrn ºujis men
of name, famous, Gen. 6, 4; comp. Uš"N
H%ism, a husbandman, Gen. 9, 20. 1)
Collect. for men, i.e. soldiers, troops. Is.
21,9. Comp. ETS Is. 22, 6 m) ºns
marks also a man of rank, a great man,
noble, as opp. to DTS a man of low con-
dition; see in DIS no. 1. b. n) As joined
with numerals, we find after numerals
below ten tºs, as bºuys Hugºu: Gen.
18, 2; between ten and twenty some-
times ºnS, Num. 1,44; and above twen-
ty always tº "S, 1 Sam. 14, 14, 22, 2. 18.
al. saep.
2. With ris or sºn, one—another; see
ris and 97.
3. Put for any man, i.e. one, some one,
any one, Gen. 13, 16. Ex. 16, 29. Cant.
8, 7. So Syr. -ºil for ris, e. g. i. 22.
-a-il a certain Jew. Plur. Dºuji's men,
certain men, like Syr. <al 1 K. 20,
17. Jer. 37, 10.
4, each, every one. 1 K. 20, 20 ºn
iºns ºnS and they slew every one his
man, ºs ºs this and that man, each
and every one, Ps. 87, 5. Esth. 1, 8.
Once like be prefixed to another subst.
Gen. 15, 10 Arizºn rsºph i-na-uins nº
and laid each part of each (animal) one
over against the other, where inna-ujºs
.s i. q. inna-bz, but the sacred writer
puts tººs ſo be in order to correspond
with the following ºnx. So too lºs
hºris Gen. 9, 5.
5. Impers, like Germ. man, Fr. on,
Engl. one, plur. men, e.g. one says, men
way, etc. 1 Sam. 9, 9 m2 bºnuſ ºn tº
d's hºs formerly in Israel men said
§vus, i. Q. it was said.
6. É's "25 sons of men, as a peri-
hrastic plur, ſor men simply, Ps. 4, 3.
ike tºs ºn, see tº is no. 5.—Sometimes
emphat, for the noble, the high, opp, to
|
tº ºz., Ps. 49, 3. Prov. 8, 4; see nt 1
m, and Bºs no. 1. b.
NoTE. As to the etymology, we hºly
tºns to be a primitive word; yet soft-
ened from the harsher form uºs (ºs)
q. v. whence also Hús for Hufts, and
plur. Enºs. In like manner the Arabic
9 • O 9 * G
has Jº! and J-ºl.
Deriv. Tiu-s, prin. Tinºs, nºn-tºs,
also
t"S denom. verb, only in HITHPAL.
buisnr. to show oneself a man, &vºgt-
gro 3 at ; Is. 46, 8 hºsrn show your-
selves men, be men, i. e. be wise, cast
away the childish trifles of idolaters.
Chald. Jºsnr. and bºsnr. id.
nº="bºs (man of shame, i.e. sham-
ing himself, perh. bashful,) pr. n. Ishbo-
sheth, the son of Saul, who for two years
after the death of his father and brothers
reigned over eleven tribes in opposition
to David. 2 Sam. c. 2–4.
Tinºs (man of glory) Ishhod, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 18.
Titº's m. (dimin. from ºns) 1 a
little man, manikin, homunculus, and
with jºy the little man of the eye, i. e. the
pupil, apple of the eye, in which, as in
a mirror, a person sees his own image
reflected in miniature. Deut. 32, 10.
Prov. 7, 2. This pleasing image is
found in several languages; e. g. Arab,
* sº | Jº! homunculus oculi, Gr.
zógn, 209&otov, Mogwai3tor, Lat, pupa,
pupula, pupilla, Pers. Jew see inore
in Thesaur. p. 86.-More fully Ps. 17, 8
Tºy na jiujºs i. e. the pupil, daughter of
the eye ; see in na no. 7.
2. Metaph. the middle, the midst of
$ 285
any thing, like Arab. 5-553 apple of the
eye, for the midst, the summit.—Hence
Prov. 7, 9 in the eye-ball (pupil) of the
night, i.e. at midnight. 20, 20 in the very
eye-ball of darkness, i. e. in the midst of
darkness; where in Keri is read 'n Thus:
in the darkness of might.
*S Chald. for "Úº Jesse, 1 Chr. 3,
13.
Tinºs for ſºns m. Ez. 40, 15 Keri
| an entrance, from r. Firms i. q, sº is
n°N 46
Ts
home, to enter. In Chethibh the letter
Yod is transposed so as to read Îns".
"n"S Chald. i. q. Heb. tº there is,
35.
from which it is derived. Arab. U-3ſ,
out only in a few phrases; Syr. Mºi, in
Targg. nºs, Talmud. Nºrns.—Dan. 5, 11
Trººz -- "nºs there is a man in thy
kingdom. 2, 28. 30. 3, 25. With a nega-
tive partic. *nts sº Dan. 2, 10. 11, 3, 29.
With plur. Dan. 3, 12. In order to ex-
press the various persons of the substan-
tive verb to be, pronouns are suffixed,
mostly in the plural: "Hinºs he is Dan.
2, 11 ; Nºrns we are 3, 18; Tºrºs thou
art 2, 26; ji="nºs ye are 3, 14. These
forms construed with a participle, consti-
tute a periphrasis for the finite verb, e.g.
Dan. 3, 18 Tºrº syrºs sº we worship
not. Where it stands absolutely, it is
sometimes to be rendered there is, there
earists, il y a, Dan. 2, 10. 11. With dat.
* "nts there is to any one, he has, Ezra
4, 16.
*nns pr. m. see "ns.
bsºn's (for BN ºrns, God with me)
pr. n. m. Ithiel, Prov. 30, 1. Ithiel and
Ucal seem to have been children or dis-
ciples of Agur, to whom he addressed
his maxims.
TºS (palm-coast) Ithamar, pr. n.
of the youngest son of Aaron, Ex. 6, 23.
28, 1.
Trºs, also ins Job 33, 19, for in:
with Aleph prosthet. from r. In to be
perennial, constant.
1. perenmity, perpetuity, spoken espec.
of water. Ex. 14, 27 the sea returned
3ry"sh to its perpetuity i. e. to its perpet-
hal, ceaseless flow. Num. 24, 21 Trºs
Tº perpetuity (perpetual) is thy habi-
tation. Joined in the genit. with other
nouns; as Tryºs ri-H2 perennial streams
Ps, 74, 15; Inns nº perennial pasture
. e. ever verdant, Jer. 49, 19. 50, 44;
Tri-N bri; a perennial brook, ever flowing,
never failing, Deut. 21, 4. Am. 5,24; and
so without briz, 1 K. 8, 2 Bºrºst nº
he month of flowing brooks, elsewhere
Salled Tisri, the seventh month of the
Heb. year, from the new moon of October
..o the new moon of November. Prov.
13, 15 the way of transgressors Trºs is a
peremºrial stream, full of water, by which
one may easily be borne away and over
whelmed.—Job 33, 19 Tris ºxy ---.
and the strife in his bones is perpetuity
perpetual.
2, firmness, strength. Gen. 49, 24 ºr
intºp rºs: his bow abides in strength,
i. e. is strong, firm. Jer. 5, 15 irºs is
a people of strength, i.e. strong, mighty
Plur. Dºn"S the strong, the mighty, Vulg
optimates, Job 12, 19.
3. Elham, pr. m. an Ezrahite, (see
"This,) a wise man 1 K. 5, 11; to whom
Ps. 89 is attributed in the inscription.
#8 1. Part of affirmation, yea, sure.
ly, certainly, without doubt. Kindr. are
*z, 12, TFS, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. ſ. d.
Morgenl. II. 143.-Gen. 44, 28 Finº is
Finto surely he is torn in pieces. Judg. 3,
24. 1 K. 22, 32. 2 K. 24, 3. Ps. 58, 12. Job
18, 21.—Hence
2. Adv. of restriction, limitation, only,
merely. Ex. 10, 17 Exer. Ts only this once.
Lev. 11,215.5:Sn Hy-rs is only these may
ye eat. Ps. 37, 8 be thou not angry (which
is) only for doing evil, i. e. anger is the
frequent source of evil. Prov. 14, 23
empty talk hiorº is (tendeth) only to
pemºry, 11, 24, 21, 5.-Spcc. a) Before
adjectives, where only is equiv. to wholly,
altogether. Deut. 16, 15 rºº is rºrº
and thou shall be only joyful, i.e. shalt
wholly rejoice. Is. 16, 7 Eºs: is wholly
contrite. 19, 11. b) Beſore substantives,
only, nothing but, where we may render
it alone, merely. Ps. 139, 11 ºn is the
darkness alone, i.e. nothing but the dark-
ness. Ps, 39, 12 bar, Ts motning but
vamily, merely vanity. c.) Before ad-
verbs and verbs, only, i. q. wholly, comp.
above in lett. a. Ps. 73, 13 pºn Ts only in
vain, i. e. wholly in vain. 1 Sam. 25, 21.
Job 19, 13 ºz ºn is ºth mine ac-
quaintance are wholly estranged from me.
Judg. 20, 39. Job 23.6. Comp. Ex. 12, 15
jius-ri Eina is wholly the first day, i.e.
the very first day, on no other but the
first day. -
3. As a particle of exception, only, but
Gen. 20, 12 ºs re. Nº is only no
(uororovyi) the daughter of my mother
1. e. put not. Lev. 11, 4. Num. 26 55
Deut. 18, 20. Josh. 3, 4.
4. Of time, only now, i.e. just now
"ºx
55N
47
scarcely. Gen. 27, 30 ºpy: ss., & Ts
kä "r's hiº–and Jacob was scarce
gone out , ... when Esau his brother came
in. Judg. 7, 19.--So Lat. tantum quod,
Cic. ad Fam. 8. 23, “lanlum quod ex
Arpinati veneram, cum mihi a te lºtterae
redditæ sint.” Wellei. 2. 117.
>k TES obsol. root, i. q. "pº, TAS, to
bind; then to strengthen, to fortify a
city. Hence
"PS (ºrtress, castle) Accad, pr. n. of
a city built by Nimrod, Gen. 10, 10. Sept.
'Agzúð, comp. pººl and pººl. The
Targums and Jerome understand Nest-
bis a city of Mesopotamia.
PHPS (for aſz, Aleph. prosthet. r. st?)
pr. falsehood, deceit, but every where
concr. for ºs ºr a deceitful brook, a
failing torrent, soon drying up and dis-
appointing the hope of the traveller,
Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1, 14. Opp. Tryºs a per-
ennial stream. Comp. Lat. fundus men-
daac Hor. Carm. 3. 1. 30.
PºS (i. q =jas) Achrib, pr. m. a.)
A city on the sea-coast of Asher, be-
tween Acco and Tyre, Gr. Ecdippa, now
called ez-Zīb. Josh. 19, 29. Judg. 1, 31.
b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15,44. Mic. 1, 14. Comp. 5*13 and Tºº.
Tj;8 m. (r. ht?) pr. violence, but every
where as concr. violent, Lam. 4, 3. Job
30, 21. Of poison, violent, deadly, Deut.
32, 33.−Once in a good sense for bold,
brave, Job 41, 2,-Hence
"TI-8 fierce, cruel, Prov. 5,9. Jer, 6,
23. Also cruel, terrible; Prov. 17, 11 a
terrible messenger, who brings fatal tid-
ings, as of a sentence of death. Is. 3, 9.
Jer. 30, 14.
nºnres f (from *-jąs with the ens.
ing nº see Heb. Gram. § 85.6) fierce-
ness, cruelty, of wrath Prov. 27, 4.
mºs f, an eating, a meal, 1 K. 19, 8.
It. bes.
tºs (r. 528) Achish, pr n of a king
5f the Philistines in Gath, 1 Sam. 21, 11.
27, 2. 1 K. 2, 39,
× bes inf constr. 55s, with pref Bºsh,
$383 c. suff, #3's, ibºs; fut, bes", in
Jause Bºx", once ºbºi- Ez. 42, 5.
1 to eat, to eat up, to devour; absol,
Deut. 27, 7. 1 Sam. 9, 13; oftene with
acc. of food; rarely h Lam. 4, 5; # Ex
12, 43–45. Lev. 22, 11; Tº Lev. 7, 21.
25, 22. Num. 15, 19, comp. 809 isly twóg,
Spoken not only very frequently of
men, but also of beasts, Is. 11, 7 ; whence
basiſ the eater, in Samson's riddle
Judg. 14, 14, is the lion, comp. Arab.
9 -
JºSi-The following phrases are to be
noted: a) to eat of a land, a field, a vine,
i. e. to eat the fruit of them, Gen. 3, 17.
Is. 1, 7.36, 16, comp. 37, 30, b) to de-
vour sacrifices, spoken of idols in allusion
to the lectisternia, Deut. 32,38. Ez.1620.
c) Prº 928 to eat bread, i. q. to take food,
1 K. 21, 7. Ps. 102, 5; with Nº, not to
take food, to fast, 1 Sam. 28, 20. 30, 12.
Also, to take a meal, to dine or sup, to
feast, Gen. 31, 54.43, 16. Jer. 41, 1.52,33;
comp. paytiv ºg roy Luke 14, 1. Some-
times Eriº Bºs is simply i. q to live, Am.
7, 12. d) Hinº ºth bes to eat before
Jehovah, spoken of the sacrificial feasts
held in the temple, Deut. 12, 7, 18. 14, 23.
Ex. 18, 12. e) to eat the flesh of any one,
Ps. 27, 2, spoken of fierce and cruel ene-
mies, thirsting for one’s blood.—Differ-
ent is f) to eat one's own flesh, Eccl. 4, 5,
spoken of the ſool devoured by envy.
Comp. Hom. Il. 6. 202 by 9 vuòy wºréðay.
g) Gºy, ºr bes, to eat up or devour a
people, the poor, spoken of rulers or no-
bles who consume the wealth of a peo-
ple by oppression and extortion, Ps. 14,4.
Prov. 30, 14. Hab. 3, 15. Comp. Önuołó.
gos 300 list's Il. 1. 231. So also to devour
the flesh of a people id. Mic. 3, 3. Else-
where to eal, to devour, is i. q, to consume
in war, by slaughter, Hos. 7, 7. Is. 9, 11.
Deut. 7, 16. Jer. 10, 25. 30, 16. 50, 7.17.
51, 34. Comp. Judith 5, 24. h) to eat
or devour the words of any one, i. e. to
receive them greedily, to listen eagerly;
Gr. 90 yeiv Čijuatu, dicta devorare, Plaut.
Asin. 3. 3. 59. So Jer. 15, 16 Assº:
this, nºn- thy words were brought to
me, and I did eat them, i. e. devoured
them eagerly, made them wholly mine.
(Comp, ad Carm. Samarit. 4, 16.) Hence
is to be explained the vision of the roll
or volume given to the prophet to be
devoured, Ez. 2, 8.3, 1 sq. comp. Rev
10, 0 10.
2. to devour to consume, often spokes
box 48
*-N
of inanimate things, e.g. fire, Num. 16,
35. 21, 28. 26, 10. Job 1, 16. al. With a
Zech. 11, 1; comp. ignis edaa, Virg.
AEn. 2. 758; ſtºvtog tig óo 3ist Il. 23.
182. Also of the sword, 2 Sam. 2, 26.
18, 8 Deut. 32,42; of famine and pesti-
lence Ez. 7, 15; of deadly disease Job
18, 13; of the wrath of God Ex. 15, 7;
of a curse Is. 24, 6; of heat and cold
Gen. 31, 40; of ardent zeal Ps. 69, 10.
3. i. q to enjoy anything, e. g. good,
good-fortune, c. : Job 21, 25; the fruits
of good or bad actions, sensual pleasures,
Prov. 30, 20; comp. 9, 17. So Lat. vesci
voluptatibus Cic. Fin. 5. 20.
4. Perh, to taste, to have the sense of
taste, Deut. 4, 28.
5. to eat off, i. e. to take from, to di-
minish. Ez. 42, 5 the upper chambers
were shorter, Hºng tºp-ris bai" -- for
the galleries took away from them, i. e.
occupied part of the space.
NIPH. Bes:, fut. Pasº, to be eaten, Ex.
12, 46. 13, 3.7; also of what may be eat-
en, to be fit for food, Gen. 6, 21. Metaph.
to be devoured by fire, Zech. 9, 4. .
PIEL 52s i. q. Kal, like Arab. J&ſ,
to eat up, to consume. Job 20, 26 nº-sm
tis a fire consumes him, for nºsr.
The Dagesh forte extruded is com-
pensated by the long vowel Kamets;
though some Mss. read "nºs". See
Lehrg. § 72, n. 2. p. 251.
PUAL to be consumed, with fire Neh.
2, 3, 13; by the sword Is. 1, 20.
HipH. Pºst, ſut. bºss, once 1 pers.
bºis Hos. 11,4; inſ bºr for bºsſ Ez.
21, 33; pr. to make eat up or consume,
e. g. the sword Ez. 21, 33. Spec. to
give to eat, to feed with any thing, with
two acc. of pers, and thing, Ex. 16, 32.
Num. 11, 18. Deut. 8, 16. Is. 49, 26;
with 7% of food, Ps. 81, 17.
Deriv. the four following, and Hºnes,
bes?, rºº, nºs?, nº. g
bºs Chald. fut. bes", i. q. Heb. to eat,
ſo devour. " *nix P bes pr. to eat the
pieces of any one, to eat him up piece-
meal, metaph. for to slander, to accuse
falsely, to inform against, Dan. 3, 8, 6,
25. So in Targg. Tºxºp bºs for Heb.
**, *s, *n. Syr. tº $2ſ for Gr.
Juáða. Luke 16, 1; whence parts ºf
tº diabolus, Arab. ejº *4 Jsſia
See also in Chald. Yºº.
Sºs m. c. suff ibºs 1. an eating
devouring, i. e. act of eating, Ex. 12, 4
ibºs "Eh Ehs every one according to his
eating. 16, 16. 18. 21. Job 20, 21.
2. food, spec. a) grain, fruits, pro.
duce, provision, Gen. 14, 11. 41, 35 sq.
42, 7 sq. 43, 2 sq. 44, 1. b) prey, meat,
of wild animals, Job 9, 26. 39, 3.32. [38
41. 39, 29.]
Sps OT Sºs pr. n. m. Ucal, Prov. 30, 1;
see in Psºn's.
Hºrs f. (r. Bes) food, Gen. 1, 29. 6.
21; so of the meat or prey of animals
Jer. 12, 9; ſood i. e. fuel of fire Ez. 15
4. 6.
7-8 adv. pr. inf absol. Hiph. from r.
#2, for pr:, ºr ; firmly, Josh. 3, 17.
4, 3. Chald. Tºri, "Fr. Others, i. q.
12 with 8 prosthetic.
1. Strongly affirming, surely 1 truly 1
of a certain truth ! Gen. 28, 16. Ex. 2,
14. Jer. 8, 8.
2. Adversat. bul, yet, Ps. 31, 23. Is. 49,
4. 53, 4.
>k res 1. to load up a beast of bur-
den, pr. prob. to bend, to make bow down
under a load, kindr, with FE: q. v. Arab.
-āf II, to bind fast the pack-saddle ;
IV, to put on the pack-saddle. See de-
riv. FES.—Hence
2. to impel to labour, to urge on, like
Syr. -ašſ. Once Prov. 16, 26 thes ºr
*H** *** for his mouth urges him on,
i. e. his hunger drives him to labour.
The construction with by is to be ex-
plained from the primary signif. of lety-
ing on a load.
ºš m. a load, burden; hence me.
taph. weight, dignity, authority, like
Ti-2. Job 33, 7 tº Nº Tºby ners, ana
my dignity shall not weigh heavy upor
thee. So Chald. Syr. But Sept. Zsig
uov, and so Kimchi, regarding nºs i. q
F2 in the similar passage Job 13, 21
The ſormer sense is to be preſerred.
>k ºrs a root not in use, i. q. Arak
3i Conj. V, to dig, espec. the earth
*i-S
49 bN
9 o 35 92 o 35.
whence 51, 5.| a pit, ditch. Kindr.
roots arê Hºà, ºn 2, *p, ºp.–Hence
y Tú )
TºS m. a digger, husbandman, Jer.
£1, 23. Am. 5, 16. Plur. Bºs, c. suff.
bºs 2 Chr. 26, 10. Joel 1, 11. Is. 61, 5.
Chald, id Syr, and Zab, fºſ. Arab.
*Uží. Perh, from the same stock may
6ome Gr. &ygós, Lat. ager, Goth. akr,
Germ. Acker, whence Engl. acre as a
measure of land.
jk ºrs a root not in use, Syr. Nºol to
be angry. Hence tººs.
Fujºs (fascination, r. Fº) Achshaph,
pr. m. of a city in the tribe of Asher
Josh. 12, 20. 19, 25.
* I, 5N a negative word, like the
kindr. Nº, sh, *h, sº, ºb.
1. Subst, nothing, nought. Job 24, 25
who will bring my speech to mought 2
2. Conj. in the sense of prohibiting,
dehorting, deprecating, i.e. of wishing
that not, that something may not be done.
Joined always with the future, viz. with
fat. apoc. where this exists, and with 1
pers, paragog. Ex. 16, 29 wins Nº-bS let
no man go out. 1 Sam. 26, 20. In 2 pers.
Úen. 22, 12 TT. Hººr-bs stretch not
forth thine hand. Nºn-bs fear ye not
43, 23. Jer. 7, 4. In 1 pers. Ps. 25, 2
Fuji=S-28 let me not be ashamed, i. e.
God grant that I may not be put to
shame. Rarely is it separated from the
verb, Ps. 6, 2 ºn--in psi-bs not in
thine anger reprove me. Also in impre-
cation, Gen. 49, 4 nnin-bs earcel thou
not thou shalt have no privilege. In
entreaties sº is added, Gen. 13, 8 Nº-bs
*In let there not be now, I pray thee.
18, 3.30. 32.-The partic. Nº construed
with the fut. is a direct and absolute
legative; ſº me forte, lest perhaps, im-
tlies milder dissuagion.—But, a) As the
tit. apoc. which properly expresses an
ptative, subjunctive, or imperative idea,
is also put poetically for the simple fu-
ture (Heb. Gr. § 126. 2), so *s with
the fut, is put not only prohibitively,
but sometimes also poetically for the
simple idea of time future. So sºn-bs
pr: a command, let him not see, ne vi-
deat, but poet, for simple fut, he will
not see, non videbit, Job 20, 17; comp. for
a similar use of the imperat. Heb. Gr
§ 127. 1. So ºnry-bs will not keep
silence Ps. 50, 3, comp. 41, 3, 2 K. 6, 27
Hirt, Tºujin-bs Jehovah will not save
thee. Job 5, 22 Nººr-bs thou shalt (wilt)
not fear, there will be nothing tº fear .
b) The verb is sometimes omitted,
whether it has preceded or not. Am. 5,
14 seek good sº Psy and not (seek) evil.
2 Sam. 1, 21 tº -3% bs, bººbs no
dew and no rain (descend) upon you!
c) Absol. may / not so I like um for u%
toūro yémtow (Aristoph. Acharn. 458);
as Gen. 19, 18 ºziº's sº-ºs not so now,
my lord / Ruth 1, 13 *nix, bs not so, my
daughters 1 i.e. let it not be.
3. Interrog, like Gr. ºff, i. q. Lat.
num, whether, presupposing a negative
answer; see Passow Lex. uſ lett. C.
Buttm. Gr. Gram, & 148.5. Once, 1 Sam.
27, 10 piºn prºtº-bs ye have then not
made any incursion in these days? The
reply is: No, ſor on every side dwell the
Hebrews, my countrymen.
Deriv. perh. Bºhs, since the assumed
root Bºš I, is quite doubtful.
SS Chald, i. q. Heb. no. 3, but found
only in the biblical Chaldee, Dan. 2, 24.
4, 16. 5, 10.
* II. bs the Arabic article, i. q. Heb.
bH, prefixed to a few Hebrew words in the
O. T. which are either of Arabic origin,
or at least have been received through
the Arabic into the Hebrew; see bººs,
bººks, nºtizºs, tºphs. Kindred is the
demonstr. pron, plur. *s, Hès, q.v.
I. SS m. 1. Particip. of the verb
bhs, 5*s, no. 2, strong, mighty, a mighty
one, hero, champion; comp. 5"s no. 1.
(See note.) Sing. Ez. 31, 11 pºis ºs
the mighty one, hero, among the nations,
i.e. Nebuchadnezzar; Sept. §gxon éðvøv.
(Many Mss. read tº bºs, and so espec.
Babylonish copies.) Is. 9, 5 niaº BS the
mighty hero, i. e. the Messiah. Is. 10, 21
of God. Kindred to this is the phrase
in Plur. Ez. 32, 21 tºnia: "ºs (23 Mss.
*b*N) pr. the mighty among the heroes,
i. e. the mightiest heroes, comp. Lehrg,
p. 678. So Job 41, 17 pºs, where many
Mss. and editions read Enºs.
2. strength, might, power, comp.ºs">N
5
X
OU 5N
So in the phrase "T. bsh tº it is in the
power of my hand, in my power, e. g.
Gen. 31,29 Pisº Ezº rivy: "T. bsh tºº.
Prov. 3, 27. Mic. 2, 1; also negatively,
Deut. 28, 32 TT. bsh "s nothing is in
the power of thy hand, thou canst avail
nothing. Neh. 5, 5. The h here indi-
cafes state or condition. Some, with a
very slight perception of the nature of
this phrase, understand 2s of God, and
render: my hand is for God, i.e. instead
of God, comp. Job 12, 6. Hab. 1, 11; also
Virg. AEm. 10. 773 Deatra mihi Deus,
etc. Those passages are indeed paral-
iel among themselves; but have nothing
to do with this phrase. See in Fibs.
3. God, the Mighty One, the Almighty.
In order to illustrate how far 'he Hebrew
usage in respect to the nai.ies of God, as
Ps, Dºnºs, Hinº, Flº, is synonymous,
we note here the following in respect to
this word: a) In prose, when spoken of
God zai' Soziv, it never stands alone,
but always either with an attribute, as
Tºy Bs, ºu; ºs. ssp. bs,-r] by ; or with
another name of God, as bsº ºrbs bs
Gen. 33, 20; Tººls wribs bst; Gen. 46, 3;
Hinº Bºrºs ºs Josh. 22, 22. Ps. 50, 1,
where it may be rendered, God of gods,
Jehovah, comp. Dan. 11, 36 Enºs Ps; or
lastly with the genitive of a place or
person of which God is called the God,
as 58-nºa bs Gen. 31, 13. b) Far more
frequently it is the poetic name for God,
and stands in poetry very often alone,
sometimes with the art. BST, Ps. 18, 31.
33. 48.68, 21. Job S, 3. c.) It takes the
suff, of 1 pers. *s my God! Ps. 18, 3.
22, 2, 11. The other suffixes are never
lound with it; and for thy God, his God,
etc. is always said Tºrºs, Tºrºs. d) It
is also a general name for a divinity, and
is thus used of idols; either alone Is. 44,
10. 15; or with an epithet, as thrºs bx an-
other god Ex. 34, 14, h; by a strange
god Ps. 81, 10.
To God is said in Scripture to belong
whatever is excellent, distinguished,
superior in its kind; since the ancients
were accustomed to refer all excellence
directly to the deity as its immediate
author. Hence ºs ºs Ps, 80, 11 cedars
ºf God, i. e. the loftiest, most beautiful,
as if planted by Jehovah; comp. "Yº
njnº Ps. 104, 16, nin, a Gen. 13, 10.
So by ºr mountains of God Ps. 36,7
Comp. &Ag dio, Öio, Aozsözluov. See in
ºrbs no. 6.
PLUR. Bºhs 1. mighty ones, heroes
see above in Sing. no. 1.
2. gods, in a wider sense, spoken ol
Jehovah and also heathen gods, Ex. 15,
11, comp. 18, 11. Dan. 11, 36 Enºs ºs
God of gods, i.e. the supreme God. Also
Eºs º Ps. 29, 1. 89, 7, sons of the gods
by an idiom of Heb. and Syriac syntax,
poet. for sons of God, i. e. angels.
NotE. Following the example of most
etymologists, we have above referred by
to the root bhs; but to speak more accu-
rately, bs would seem rather to be a
primitive word, yet adapted in a certain
measure to an etymology from bºs, so
that to the mind of the Hebrew it always
presented the idea of strength and power
However this may be, we may note in
respect to Semitic usage: a) That from
9 -
the word by (Arab. Jºl. Ji, and Ji)
as from a root or stem, are formed several
other derivative words, e.g. nºs to invoke
L+*
<Ji , to wor-
ship God; also Hibs, Fiºs, $51, God;
God, espec. in an oath; Fºs
- Tº X
comp. ol ºf to be a father, 12cial fathers,
from -21. b) That in Hebrew, besides
bs, which follows the analogy of verbs
#y, there are two other forms follow-
ing the analogy of verbs H*, viz.
bs, ºbs, which are usual in pr. names,
comp. tºpºs, -ºs, thºs, etc.— .
Among the Phenicians, "IIA, 'ſloe, was
used zºt Soziv of Saturn; see Monum.
Phoenic. p. 406.
II. SS pron. plur. i. q. Hês these, Lat
hi, hap, ha-c, found only in the Pentateuch
and in 1 Chr. 20,8. Kindred is the form
o £
of the art. Bn, Arab. Ji.
III. bs ,-only in constr. Şs, almost al
ways with Makkeph, (without Makk,
2 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 7, 34,) rarely and poet.
in Plur. constr. *s Job 3, 22. 5, 26.
15, 22. 29, 19, (comp. Arab. JI) plur. c.
suff, *s, *s, *s, *s, tººs
triºs and tribs, once Enºs Ez. 31, 14
poet. ionºs Ps. 2,5; pr. a subst, implying
motion and direction to cr towards a
b
5N
5N
bl
place, but in common usage always
passing over into a preposition.
A) Prep. signifying in general to tend
or verge to or towards a place, whether
Une reaches and so enters that place, or
not ; whether spoken of motion or direc-
tion of the body, or of the mind, thoughts,
attention, etc. i. q to, into, towards ; Lat.
ad, versus, in ; Germ. zu, gem ; Greek
toés, sis. It differs from *, which is
bridged from it, chiefly in being nore
commonly used in the physical and pro-
per sense; see under * –Spec.
1. Of motion to a place, to, unto, to-
wards; espec. with verbs of going, Tºr,
sia, -ºu Gen. 8, 9, ‘Tº 2 K. 1, 15, nº:
Deut. 17, 8, Yin Gen. 24,29, anp Ex. 14,
20; of placing, casting, 1 Sam. 6, 11. I ev.
1, 16. Is. 5, 14; also of giving, delivering
over, Ex. 25, 16. 21; of selling, Joel 4,8;
and with other like verbs, where the Lat.
and Germ. use the dative, the French
and Engl. d, to. Sometimes in construc-
tio praegnans, as PS Hº to commit whore-
dom (by going in) unto, Num, 25, 1. Ez.
16, 29; PS ºn to seek an oracle (in
turning) unto any one Is. 8, 19. Opp. is
72, as nºn-bs nºn-pº from end to
end Ex. 26,28; rig-bs rigº Ezra 9, 11.
Of time, pin-ºs Bi-2 from day to day,
Num. 30, 15. 1 Chr. 9, 25.
2. Of a turning or direction to or to-
wards any thing, e. g. a) Of the body,
as after verbs of turning, Is 38, 2; of
looking, beholding, Gen. 4, 4 5. Ex. 3, 6;
of speaking, 19, 9; of commanding,
Num. 36, 13. b) Of the mind, as after
verbs of desiring, Lam. 4, 17; of expect-
ing, Hos. 12, 7; of accustoming oneself,
Jer. 10, 2.
3. Where the motion or direction is
hostile, against, contra, like sis, ºrgós,
oftener &ti. Gen. 4, 8 ºn-bs Tºp Epº
Thris and Cain rose up against Abel his
brother. Is 3, 8 ~ bs Erºx2 tºuš
their tongue and their doings were
against Jehovah. 2, 4. Josh. 10, 6. Judg.
12, 3, 20, 30. Hence aſter a verb of con-
tending, ſighting, Hos. 12, 5. Espec. be-
ongs here the phrase Eºs ºr lo! I
wm against you, (Targ. ecce mitto iram
mean contra vos,) Ez. 13, 8. 21, 8.34, 10.
Jer. 50, 31. 51,25. Nah. 2, 14; which also
wery rarely is taken in the opp. sense,
ſo I am for you, Ez. 3o 9.—So too bs
is taken in a sense of fayour, to pards
2 Chr. 16, 9 lºs Ebu, tº their hear.
is upright toward him. 2 Sami. 3, 8,
Comp. Ex. 14, 5.
4. Denoting also the reaching or at-
taining to any terra, limit, object, even to,
wsque ad, i. q. Tº . Jer. 51,9/vis judgment
(punishment) reacheth Bºzºr-bs even
unto heaven. Art"e-bs even unto his mouth
Job 40, 23. Metaph. Hos. 9, 1 rejoice
not, Israel, bºy-bs even unto joy. Job 3,
22. To these latter examples may not
unaptly be applied the remark of the
Arabian Grammarians, that J' includes
what is of the same kind, but excludes
what is of a different kind; see Cent.
Reg. p. 44, 45.-Here belongs also the
use of bs: a) As denoting measure
e.g. TºS-bs Gen. 6, 16, even to a cubit
a cubit long; comp. Gr. eig &vuxurów til
the completion of a year, a year long,
sig rgitº juéguy, Bast. Ep. Crit. p. 12,13
Schaef Ellips. p. 108. b) Compounded,
72-ºs even out of Job 5, 5 Bºx2-bs.
Herº" and taketh it even out of the thorns,
i. e. thorn-hedges which enclose fields,
etc. Comp. the like use of . Deut. 24,
5; also Ty Judg. 4, 16. In Arabic we
may compare &- utique ex, Cor. 26,
41, pr adeo ex. Indeed J seems to
have been derived from this signification
of bs.
5. As implying the entering or passing
into a term, limit, object, into, tis, i. q.
the filler Tin-bs. Deut. 23, 25 tº-bs
ºn Nh thou shalt not put (grapes) into
thy vessel. Tºrºn-bs six to come into the
ark Gen. 6, 18, 7, 1.8, 9; nºn-bs into
the house Gen. 19, 3.2 Sam. 5,8; Bºrſ"bs
(to cast) into the sea Jon. 1, 5; Yºsrºbs
into the land Deut. 11,29.—Hence, where
spoken of a number or multitude, it may
be rendered among, i.d. the fuller jº-bs.
Jer. 4, 3 sow not pºsip-bs among thorns,
1 Sam. 10, 22 lo, he hath hid himself
nºn-bs among the baggage.
6. As we have seen above (no. 1)
that by is used to denote giving, so also
it expresses an adding, superadding,
(comp. BS Frºbin 1 K. 10, 7.) to, i.e. ºn
addition to, together with, besides; comp.
Gr. Štú toigt besides these, and Arab,
J' for & Cor. 4, 2. Cent. Reg, p. 43
bN
£R
52
— Lev. 18, 18 nor shalt thou take a wife
Firºris-bs to her sister. Lam. 3, 41 sº
Ps-bs Pºez-bs ºn:h let us lift up our
heart witH our hands wnto God ; Sept.
ër Zsigów, Arab. After a verb of
*:nºng together, Dan. 11, 23.−But the
prep. bs is more frequent in this sense.
7. Metapl. of regarding, having re-
spect to anything; hence a) in respect
to, as to, Ex. 14, 5; comp. Gr. sis uév
to iro. b) on account of because of
propter. Ez. 44, 7 tºniºin-º-bs be-
cause of all your abominations ; comp.
v. 6 where in the same connection is
read Î2, and v. 11 where it is .. 2 Sam.
21, 1. 1 K, 14, 5, 21, 22. So BS Hº to
weep on account of for any one, 2 Sam.
1, 24; ºs priº, bs Erºn Judg. 21, 6.
c) about, concerning, of after verbs of
speaking, narrating, as nºS Gen. 20, 2,
-ຠJer. 40, 16, -po Ps. 69, 27; also of
hearing Ez. 19, 4, BS Hyºu tidings
about any thing 1 Sam. 4, 19. (Comp. in
N. T. sig Acts 2, 25. Eph. 5, 32.) See
also 1 Sam. 1, 27 ºnbºrn nºr ºn-bs
for (concerning) this child I prayed;
where 58 marks also the end or object
of the prayer.
8. Metaph. also of a rule or norm, ac-
cording to, secundum ; as "E-bs accord-
ing to the commandment Josh. 15, 13.
17,4; ji=y-bs according to the certainty,
for certain, 1 Sam. 26, 4; ribºrºn-bs ad
tibias Ps. 5, 1.80, 1. So too after verbs
of likeness, as Fºº, bºº, q.v.
9. When put before prepositions de-
noting rest in a place, BS gives to them
the signif. of motion or direction to, to-
wards that place; % Yinz, without, out
of doors, but h "nº-ºs to without forth
without Lev. 4, 12, comp. foris and fo-
ras; "a between, "A-bs in between Ez.
10, 2. 31, 10. Comp. Thris-bs, nº-bs,
% =::2-bs Josh. 15,3, nº-ºs rrin-bs.
B) Less frequently and in a less accu-
rate use of language, but yet in many
certain and definite examples, BS as
Prep. is used also of rest or delay at, on,
in a place to which one has come; comp.
* lett, B, and also Gr. sic, &, for év, as ég
Béuove uévely Soph. Aj. 80, oikoús uévely,
see Passow Gr. Lex. £vno. 6. Bernhardy
Gr. Synt. p. 215, 216. So in common
Fingl. to home, to bed; Germ. zu Hause,
zu Leipzig; comp. vice versa also Tº aſ
a place, no. 3. h. In all this, however
the idea of motion is not 'wholly lost
viz. a motion which preceded.—Hence
spec. *
1. at, by, near. Irºn-bs ºut to su
at table, Germ. zu Tische sitzen, 1 K.
13, 20; comp. § 996 wove £owto Od. 4.51,
Jer. 41, 12 b"an enz-bs irs assº they
found him by the great waters near Gä.
beon, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 13. Bibl. Rºbs. in
Palest. II. p. 136, 138.—1 Sam. 17, 3 the
Philistines stood by a mountain on this
side ; where the same sense would be
given by ºr r-12, see 12 no. 3. h. -ºs
Tº at the hill Josh. 5, 3. Ez. 7, 18
Hujia cº-º-ºs shame shall be on all
faces; comp. just after, Erºtish-bº.—
Here does not belong Gen. 24, 11 mºnº
tº -sh-bs... tººn, which Winer
inaccurately renders: bibendum dedit
ad puteum aquac, but which strictly sig-
nifies, “he made them kneel down to the
well of water,’ a verb of motion.
2. in, at, as in the phrase of Sophoc.
§§ 66aoug us sty. Deut. 16, 6 -ºs-Es ºr
ripen-ns ran tº... tipz- but in the
place which Jehovah shall choose... there
shalt thou sacrifice the passover. (Sa-
mar. Cod. Pºpºon.) Ps. 5, 8, 1 K. 8, 30
Eºn-bs annu; tip2-bs squin Hrs.
hear thou IN thy dwelling-place IN hea-
ven. Here by a slight change it might
be : ‘let our prayers come up into hea-
ven;' but as the words now stand, ºs
follows a verb of rest. Gen. 6, 6-s:nº
*A*-ºs it grieved him. At his heart, he
felt grief in his heart; not, as Winer
renders, ‘it grieved him to his heart;
since Bºrn as being intrans, does not
express the idea of penetrating into the
mind.—Hence also
3. Bs as sometimes put before parti-
cles denoting rest in a place, does not
always change the sense ; comp. anove
in A. 9. 1 Sam. 21,5 rrin-bs ºr Erb fºs
"Tº there is no common bread under "m!
hand. Bºo-bs for bºo q.v.
NotE. Other significations have been
ascribed to b8, which are foreign to its
true power; e. g. with, appealing te
Num. 25, 1. Josh. 11, 18, see in A. 1, 3
but comp. in no. 6; also by, with Joº
33, 4, etc.
NSN
H5N
53
sºs (terebinh, i. q. rºs) Ela, pr. n.
m. 1 K. 4, 18.
tººs m. 1. q. ºº ice, agüotº-
lo, whence ujºs ºs pr. stones of
ic, i. e. hail-stories, hail, Ez. 13, 11. 13.
3S 22. The word perhaps is rather
2 o 9 S.
Arab, c than Hebrew, viz. U-4 , which
the Camoos p. 742 explains by &l=4|
i.e. ccmcretum, spec. congelatum. See
in 58 II.
Eºs see bººks.
Tººs (whom God loveth, Theophilus)
Eldad, pr. n. m. Num. 11, 26. 27.
myºs (whom God calls, see n:º)
Eldaah, pr. m. of a son of Midian, Gen.
25, 4.
-35
*F±s a root not in use, Arab. Ji
to worship God, to adore ; mid. Kesra
to be astonished, affrighted. See note
under ºs I; comp. Hibs.
>k H}s I. pr. to be round, rotund ;
hence to be thick, fat, gross ; kindr, with
r. bºs, comp. espec. Phs abdomen, belly,
... f.
Ps. 73, 4. Arab. J.' to have thick but-
tocks, of a man; to have a fat tail, of a
sheep.–Hence Hºs.
II. Denom. from PS I, where see note;
pr. to call on God, to invoke God ; hence
-35. -35.
1. to swear, Arab. Yi for 3! Conj. IV,
V, pr. to call on God as a witness, to aſ-
firm by God. 1 K. 8, 31.
2. to curse, Judg. 17, 2. Hos. 4, 2.
3. to lament, to wail, pr. to call on God
for mercy, like Engl. ‘God hare mercy!”
Joel 1, 8.
NoTE. It may perhaps be worth in-
quiry, whether this root be not strictly
anomatopoetic, like Bº, Bº ; and then
the signification which we have here put
last (no. 3), would be the primary one.
Hi Ph, to cause to swear, to bind by an
oath, c. acc, 1 K. 8, 31. 2 Shr. 6, 22.
1 Sam. 14, 24.—Fut. apoc. bsºn from
nºs" for nºs: 1 Sam. l. c.
Leriv. Hºs and Hºsn.
mºs f. Kamets impure, from Hºs no.
II, for Hºss, which again is ſor Fishs
9 – ??
rººs, Arab. Šºl, see Lehrg. p. 509.
1. an oath. Hºs: Riz to come into ot
under an oath, i. e. to take an oath, Neh.
10, 30; hence rºs: sºn to put to an
oath Ez. 17, 13. So "rºs my oath, i. e.
sworn to me, Gen. 24, 41.
2. an oath of covenant, a swom a cove-
mant, Gen. 26, 28. Deut. 29, 11. 14. Ez.
16, 59.
3. an imprecation, curse, eacecration,
Num. 5, 21. Is. 24, 6, Hès-nºu, an oath
of cursing, i.e. joined with curses, Num,
5, 21. Hºsh riºr to be for an eacecration
Jer, 44, 12.42, 18. Plur. nibs curses,
eacecrations, Num. 5, 23. Deut. 29, 11.
TºS f an oak, Josh. 24, 26, i. q. Tibs.
R. Bºš III.
rts ſ (r. Pºs) i. q. Bºs no. 2, a strong
hardy tree, spec. a terebinth, Pistacia
Terebinthus Linn. a tree common in
Palestine, long-lived, and therefore often
employed for landmarks and in designa-
ting places, Gen. 35, 4. Judg. 6, 11. 19.
According to Pliny (16. 12) it is an ever-
green ; but this is contrary to the fact.
The ancient versions render it sometimes
a terebinth, and sometimes an oak ; see
more in Thesaur. p. 50, 51. Hence the
word would seem to have been taken in
a broader signification, for any large and
durable tree, like Gr. Ögüç. The modern
name is flat butm. ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 15.
Fºs Chald, m. emphat. Sº, i. q.
Heb. Hibs a god, generally Dan, 3, 28.
6, 8, 13; stat. emphat. spec. of Jehovah
Dan. 2, 20. 3, 32. With a prefix, Fºsh
2, 19; but also with suffix contr. Finks:
Dan. 6, 24. Plur. Tºnºs gods Dan. 2, 11.
5, 4, 11. 23. Tºrº "a a son of the gods
Dan. 3, 25. -
n?s pron. demonstr. plur.com.m. these,
Lat, hi, ha, hac, employed in common
usage as the plural of my this. The
simple form is as q. v. which is less
frequent ; the ending in ... has a de-
monstrative power, comp. Hºn. Arab.
~ * ~ * > s -é
Jºl, J', SI, ſem. Cºyſ, Ethiop. K.A.
hi, h^ he, Chald, Tºs-It refers both
to what follows, Gen. 2, 4, 6, 9, 11, 10;
and also to what precedes, Gen. 3, 19.
10, 20. 29. 31. Usually put aſler the
noun, as Tºsſ, bºn:ºr7 Gen. 15, 1; rare
5%
HºN
b4 bN
ly before the noun, where it is jeux tuxājs,
Ps. 73, 12. Comp. Hy. Sometimes it
is thrice repeated, Is. 49, 12.-Like T. it
refers also to space, Hès-Tx i. q. Fly is
Lev. 26, 18.—Some supposé Hºs to be
used also for the Sing. as 2 Chron. 3, 3.
Ez. 46, 24. Ezra 1, 9; but these passages
are uncertain. See on this pron. Hup-
feld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. 161.
Fººs, Dºnºs, see Hibs.
*s Chald, see, lo, behold! i, q. ºns
q. v. Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7, 7, 8. Comp. under
lett. 5.
*}s if, although, a particle of the later
Hebrew, Ecc. 6, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Syr.
&f. According to Hupfeld (Zeitschr.
f d. Morgenl. II. 130) it is i, q + with
the demonstr. TN prefixed.
Flºs m. a god, God, with pref. and
suff. Fºsh Dan. 11, 38, irºsh Hab. 1, 11.
Ç 2" Ç ..." 5 G3 35.
Arab. $SI. KJI, C. art. &ſji the true
God, Syr. ſets, Chald. Rhs. In uni-
son with Aramaean usage, the form of
the singular is employed only in the
poetic style and later Hebrew ; while
the pluralis majestaticus v. e.vcellentiae,
tºrºs, is the common and very frequent
form.
SING. 1. a god, i. e. any god, Dan.
11, 37. 38.39. 2 Chr. 32, 15. Neh. 9, 17.
So in the proverbial phrase, Hab. 1,
11 inbsº iris at this his strength is his
god, spoken of a self-confident person
who contemns God, and trusts to the
strength of his own hand and sword.
Comp. Job 12, 6 in): FibS sºar, mºs
who carries his god in his hand, i.e. his
sword, weapons. Comp. Virg. Æn. 10.
773 Deatra mihi deus, et telum ... Nunc
adsimt.
2. More comm. God, the true God ºf
as 35.
ésozºv, for FibSr., *Ji, Deut. 32, 15.
Ps. 50, 22; and often in the book of Job.
Constr. with an adj. sing. Deut. l.c. and
plur. Job 35, 10.
PLUR. Fºrºs with pref contr. Bºrºsa,
bºrºsz, t-nºsh.
A) In a plural sense: 1. gods, deities,
in general, true or ſalse. Bºšº *Hºs
the gods of the Egyptians Ex. 12, 12.
*ºr “rºbs strange or foreign gods Gen.
35, 2.4. Deut. 29, 18. Eºr bºnks new
gods 32, 17. Sometimes in the language
of common life, both Jehovah and idols
are included under this common appel-
lation; as Ps, 86, 8 among the gods
there is none like unto thee, O Lord!
Ex. 18, 11. 22, 19. But elsewhere the
attribute of deity is expressly denied to
idols, and ascribed to Jehovah alone, as
Is. 44, 6 besides me there is no god. 45
5. 14, 21. 46, 9. Idols are even called
bºrºs-sh mo-gods 2 Chr. 13, 9.
2. Once of kings, i. q. Bºrºs º-, Ps,
82, 1 ; espec. v. 6.
NotE. Many interpreters, both an-
cient and modern, assign also to 5"rºbs
the signif. angels, see Ps. 8, 6 ibique
Sept. et Chald. 82, 1.97, 7. 138, 1; and
also judges, Ex. 21, 6. 22, 7.8. For an
examination and refutation of this opin
ion, see Thesaur. Ling. Heb. p. 95.
B) In the sense of the Sing. spoken
of one God; see on this pluralis majes-
tatis s. earcellentia, Lehrg. p. 663, 664.
Heb. Gram. § 106. 2. b. Construed with
verbs (Gen. 1, 1.3 sq.) and adjectives
singular, as ºr bºrºs 2 K. 19, 4, 16;
pºx pºrºs Ps. 7, 10. 57, 3. 78, 56.—
Construed with a verb plural only in
certain formulas, retained possibly from
the usage of polytheism, in which Bºrº's
may perhaps be translated in the plural
and understood of the higher powers
or intelligences. Gen. 20, 13 "ns hºrn
Bºrº's q. d. the gods caused me to wan-
der. 35, 7. Ex. 22, 8. 32, 4.8. 2 Sam. 7
23. 1 K. 19, 2. Ps. 58, 12. Comp. Com-
ment. de Pent. Sam. p. 58.-Hence
1. any god, deity. Deut. 32, 39 there
is no god besides me. Ps. 14. 1. So
where the divine nature is opp. to the
human, Ez. 28, 2. Ps. 8, 6 thou hast made
him but little less than a god; comp
Heb. 2, 7.
2. an idol-god, god of the heathen
Ex. 32, 1 make us a god, i. e. an idol
1 Sam. 5, 7 Dagon our god. 2 K. 1, 2
3. 6. 16. So of a goddess, 1 K. 11, 5.
3. the God of any one, is the god
whom one worships, his domestic and
tutelary god, & sóg Éitiztiguog. Jon. 1, 5
they cried every one unto his god. Rutk
1, 16. Gen. 17, 7.8. 28, 21. So the Goo
of Israel is Jehovah, hence very often
called bsº wribs Ex. 5, 1. ^ 41, 14
ºbs
ºbs
55
ipsº "nº Ps. 20, 2.46,8; and connect-
ed ºrbs ninº Ps. 18, 29, Tºrºs Hin, in
Deuteronomy more than 200 times.
4. More rarely followed by a genit.
expressing that over which the deity
presides, or which he has created; e. g.
yºsº pººr ribs Gen. 24, 3; "rººs
nisºn the God of hosts, i. e. of the
celestial hosts, Am. 3, 13. So with an
attribute of God, as jºs ºrbs the God
of truth Is. 65, 16.
5. Bºrºș is put for a godlike shape,
apparition, spirit, 1 Sam. 28, 13, where
.he Sorceress says to Saul, I see a god-
like form ascending out of the earth.
6. With the art. Bºrºsº, GOD, waſ
f 2 * *
#Soziv, the one true God; Arab. & Ui in
% tº , º, -r, a
the well known formula &Ji SI &I S)
‘there is no god but God.” Comp. Ps.
77, 14.—Deut. 4, 35 p-nºr Rºn Hin' ºr
for Jehovah he is the true God. 1 K. 18,
21 if Jehovah be God, follow him ; if
Baal, follow him. v. 37. Deut. 7, 9.
Hence pºrºsſ very freq. for Jehovah,
Gen. 5, 22. 6, 9.11. 17, 18. 20, 6.17. al.
sapiss.—But the same is also pºrºs
without the art. Josh. 22, 34; and this
is very often used both in prose and in
poetry for Fijn', with scarcely any dis-
tinction ; either so that both names are
employed together, or the use of one or
the other depends on the nature of the
formula and a certain usus loguendi, or on
the taste and usage of particular writers.
Thus we find constantly pºrºs "3a, and
on the other hand Hiri riº, nin' Es: ;
while in other instances the usage is pro-
miscuous, as Hinº Tay and thriºsº, Tºy
Dan. 9, 11; Hinº nºn and pºrºs rth-
Gen. 1, 2, 41, 38. Ex. 31, 3. On the
special usage of different writers, see
ihe remarks in Thesaur. p. 97, 98.
To God is said in the Scriptures to
belong whatever is axcellent, distin-
guished, pre-eminent in its kind, or
which bears an august or divine appear-
ance, to 98tov; since this was regarded
by the ancients as especially proceeding
‘rom, or created of God; e. g. the moun-
tain of God Ps, 68, 16; river of God Ps.
55, 10; bºrºs rrr, terror of God, i. e.
suddenly inspired by him, q. i. panic ter-
or, Gen. 35.5. "am. 14, 15; tºrtºs ºs
fire of God, ligntning, Jol 1, 15. Comp.º.
p. 50. col. 1.-Similar is the force of the
phrase pºrºsh of or through God, like
Gr. tº 9 sq; after adjectives; Jon. 3, 3 nºis
Bºrºsh rºi"; a city great through God,
divinely great; and so Acts 7, 20 &otsios
º
tº 98%. Comp. Arab. *\! pr. A Deo,
divinitus, egregie, Har. Cons. IV. p. 38
ed. De Sacy.
For the phrases bºrºs ºs, Bºrſºs-i: ,
see under uj"S, 73, etc.
NotE. Some interpreters also sup-
pose 5-rºbs to be spoken of one king, for
t"nº-ja, (see as to the plural in A. 2
above,) and they appeal chiefly to Ps.
45, 7, where they translate: Pºrºs Tso:
Tº this thy throne, O God, (i. e. O King
divine,) is for ever and ever. But this
is to be construed as by ellipsis for:
Bºrbs sº Tsex thy throne shall be a
throne divine, i. e. established and pros-
pered of God, according to a very com-
mon rule of language, Lehrg. § 233. 6.
[The rule here referred to is not ap-
plicable; and there is no philological
ground whatever for taking Bºrſºs in
any other than its simple and direct
sense: Thy throne, O God, is for ever
and ever.—R.
ºs m. 1. i. q. bºš nought, vain,
Jer. 14, 14 Cheth.
2. Elul, the sixth Hebrew month, from
the new moon of September to that of
October, Neh. 6, 15. Syr. Hasli, Arab.
§ 3 of
Jºl. The etymology is unknown.
Tºs m. 1. i. g. rºs an oak, Gen. 35.
8. Ez. 27, 6. R. Bºs III.
2. Allom, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 37.
iºs m. (r. Sis) 1. Any strong, dura-
ble tree, spec. an oak, Gen. 12, 6, 13, 18.
14, 13. 18, 1. Deut. 11, 30. al. So the
ancient interpreters unanimously. Cel-
sius in Hierob. T. I. p. 34 sq. endeavours
to show that Tibs, like mºs, is the tere-
binth ; but see our remarks to the con-
trary in Thesaur. p. 50, 51.-Sometimes
single oaks are distinguished by pr.
names, e.g. the magicians' oak Judg. 9,
37; oak of Tabor 1 Sam. 10, 3; also in
Plur. oaks of Mamre Gen. 13, 18. 14 13,
oaks of Moreh Deut. 11, 30.
2. Elon, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14.
"bs
*5N
56
nºs adj. m. (r. Fºs) 1. familiar,
intimate, a friend, Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9.
Mic. 7, 5. Bºxin ºbs friend of one's
youth, i. e. a husband, Jer, 3, 4; comp.
tº Jer. 3, 20.
2. wonted, i.e. tame, gentle. Jer. 11, 19
and I was Fºs tº like a tamed lamb.
3. an oa, bullock, i. q. Fiºs no. 1, so
called as tamed and accustomed to
the yoke ; in gender it is masculine
epicame, so that under the masculine the
female of the ox-kind is also included ;
Ps. 144, 14 tºp? --Eºs.
4. head of a family or tribe, pilogxos,
a chief, chieftain, prince ; espec. of the
chiefs of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 15 sq.
1 Chr. 1, 51 sq. More rarely of the
Jews, Zech. 9, 7. 12, 5.6. Also genr. of
chiefs, leaders, Jer, 13, 21.
tº's (Talmud, turba homimum)Alush,
pr. m. of a station of the Israelites, Num.
33, 13.
Tºrºs (whom God hath given, 680
Öūgog, Theodore) Elzabad, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 26, 7, b) 12, 12.
>}. res in Kal not used ; Arab. Conj.
sº * -8.
VIII &l to become acid, sour, as
milk.
NIPH. nº trop. to be corrupt, in a
moral sense, Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4, Job 15, 16.
Tºrºs (whom God bestowed) Elha-
man, pr. n. of one of David’s warriors,
who according to 2 Sam. 21, 19 slew
Goliath ; see under pr. n. *xrº. The
one mentioned 2 Sam. 23, 24 does not
seem to be a different person.
=s*s (to whom God is father) Eliab,
pr. n. m. a.) A phylarch or chief of
Zebulun, Num. 1, 9. 2, 7. b) Num. 16,
1. 12. 26, 8, c) A brother of David,
1 Sam. 16, 6, 17, 13.28. d) 1 Chr. 16, 4.
ºsºs (to whom God is strength)
Eliel, pr. n. m. a.) Of two of David's
warriors, 1 Chr. 11, 46.47. 12, 11. b)
A phylarch of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 5, 24.
1) A phylarch of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8,
20. d) ib. v. 22. e) 15, 9, 11. f.) 2
Chr. 31, 13.
mºsºs (to whom God cometh) Eli-
alhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4; in v. 27
written rrºs.
Tºs (whom God loveth) Elidai
pr. m. of a phylarch of Benjamin, Num
34, 21.
yºs (whom God knoweth, i. e.
careth for) Eliada, pr. n. m. a.) A son
of David, 2 Sam. 5, 16, for which 1 Chr,
14,7 sº. b) 1 K. 11,23, c) 2 Chr
17, 17.
s lº
Tººs (r. rās I) i. q. Arab ºf the
fat tail of the common species of oriental
sheep, Ovis laticaudia Linn. the smallest
of which according to Golius, himself an
eye-witness, weigh ten or twelve pounds,
p. 146. Comp. Hüot. 3. 113. Diod. Sic
2. 54; and other writers quoted by Bo-
chart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 494 sq. See
Russell Nat. Hist. of Aleppo II. p. 147.
—Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 7, 3, 8, 25. 9, 19. 3, 9
the whole tail let him take off near the
back-bone.
rººs and "nºs (my God is Jehovah)
Elijah, Elias, pr. n. m. a.) A celebrated
prophet, the chief of the prophets in
the kingdom of Israel during the reign
of Ahab, distinguished by many mira-
cles, and received up into heaven, 2 K.
2, 6 sq. But comp. 2 Chr. 21, 12. The
Jews expected him to reappear before
the coming of the Messiah, Mal. 3, 23
[4, 5]. b) 1 Chr. 8, 27. c) Ezra 10,
21. 26.
Tºš(whose God is He, i.e. Jehovah)
Elihu, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 7, b)
1 Chr. 27, 18, c) i. q. Nºnº's lett. a.
sºnºs (id.) Elihu, pr. n. m. a)
The son of Barachel the Buzite, a friend
of Job and the fourth disputant against
him, Job c. 32–35. Sometimes written
*Hººs Job 32, 4, 35, 1. b) 1 Sam. 1, 1.
c) 1 Chr. 12, 20.
**inºs (towards Jehovah are my
eyes) Elihoenai, pr. n. m. a) Ezra 8,
4. b) 1 Chr. 26, 3. &
***s (id.) Elioenai, pr. m. m. a.)
1 Chr. 3, 23. b) 4, 36. c) 7, 8, d)
Ezra 10, 22. e) 10, 27.
sårºs (whom God hideth) Eliahba.
pr. n. of one of David’s warriors, 2 Sam.
23, 32.
Fºnº (God his recompense, from
• 35- Conj. III to recompense,) Elihe
reph, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 3
*SN 57
*5N
P"?$ ('. Bºs I) 1. Adj. of nothing,
wought, emply, vain, 1 Chr. 16, 26. Ps.
96, 5. Plur, the nought, i. e. idols, Lev.
19, 4, 26, 1. Comp, bar.
2. Subst. nought, vamily. Job 13, 4
}*š "SE" physicians of nought, nothing
worth, i. e. empty comforters; comp.
Zech. 11, 17.
ſºs (God his king) Elimelech,
pr.m. of Ruth's father-in-law, Ruth 1, 2.
2, 1.
Tºš and #8 Chald, pron, demonstr.
plur. comm. these, Lat, hi, hae, haec, i. q.
Heb. Hºs. Dan. 2 44, 6, 7.
nºs (whom God hath added) Elia-
Saph, pr. m. m. a.) A chief of the tribe
of Gad, Num. 1, 14, 2, 14. b) 3, 24.
nryºs (God his help) Eliezer, pr. n.
m. a.) A man of Damascus, whom Abra-
ham before the birth of Isaac had intend-
ed for his heir, Gen. 15, 2. According
to v. 3 he was a servant born in his house,
verna. b) A son of Moses, Ex. 18, 4.
c) 1 Chr. 7,8. d) 27, 16. e) 15, 24, f)
2 Chr. 20, 37. g) Ezra 8, 16. 10, 18, h)
10, 23. i.) 10, 31.
*yºs (perh, contr. from *xiºs)
Elienai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 20.
Dyºs (i. q. Esº's, isºs) Eliam,
pr. m. m. a.) The father of Bathsheba,
2 Sam. 11,3; for which 1 Chr. 3,5 bºx.
b) 2 Sam. 23, 34.
Tººs (God his strength) Eliphaz,
pr. m. m. a.) A son of Esau, Gen. 36, 4
sq. b) A friend of Job and one of the
disputants against him, Job 2, 11. 4, 1.
15, 1. al.
ºš (whom God judgeth, from ºº)
Eliphal, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 11, 35.
*nºs (whom God makes distin-
guished) Elipheleh, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 15,
18, 21.
tººs (God his deliverance) Eliphe-
let, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 6, 14, 7; for
which 14, 5 thºs. b) 2 Sam. 23, 34.
t) 1 Chr. 8, 39. d) Ezra 8, 13. e)
0, 33.
nºs (God his rock) Elizur, pr. n.
m. Num. 1, 5, 4, 10. 7, 30, 35. 10, 18.
Tºyººs (whom God protects) Eliza-
phan, pr. n. m. a.) Num. 3, 30; for
which jºbs Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 1, b)
Num. 34, 25.
spºs pr. n. m. Elika, 2 Sam. 23, 25.
The etymology is unknown.
FP}8 (whom God hath set up) Eli
akim, pr. n. m. a.) A prefect of the pa-
lace under king Hezekiah, 2 K. 18, 18.
19, 2. Is. 22, 20. 36, 3, b) A son of king
Josiah, set upon the throne by Necho
king of Egypt, who also changed his
name to 5-pºin' (whom Jehovah hath
set up) Jehoiakim, 2 K. 23, 34. 24, 1.
Jer. 1, 3. 1 Chr. 3, 15. c) Neh. 12, 41.
whº's (God her oath, q. d. worship-
per of God, comp. Is. 19, 18,) pr. n. f.
Elisheba, Elisabeth, Ex. 6, 23. Sept.
'LM004%t, as Luke 1, 7.
Tºš Elishah, pr. n. ofa region situ.
ated on the Mediterranean, whence pur-
ple was brought to Tyre, Gen. 10, 4. Ez.
27, 7. Most prob. Elis, a district of the
Peloponnesus, (comp. Cod. Samar. in
which it is written bºbs without n,) the
name of which seems to have been em-
ployed by the Hebrews as an appellation
for the whole Peloponnesus; as not un-
frequently whole countries, espec. if re-
mote, are designated by the names of
single provinces; comp. 7. The pur-
pura, or shell-fish producing the purple
dye, was ſound not only in Laconia (Hor.
Od. 2. 18.7), but also in the gulſ of Co-
rinth and the islands of the AEgean sea:
comp. Bochart Phaleg III. 4.—Others
understand by Huynhs, Hellas; see Mi.
chaelis Spicil. Geogr. Hebr. T.I. p. 78.
*š (God his salvation) Elishua,
pr. m. of a son of David, 2 Sam. 5, 15
1 Chr. 14, 5.
a"tºs (whom God restoreth) Elia.
shib, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 24. b) 1 Chr,
24, 12. Ezra 10, 6. c.) Neh. 3, 1.20. 12,
10. d) e) Ezra 10, 24, 27. 36.
yºs (whom God heareth) Eli-
shama, pr. n. m. a)2 Sam. 5, 16. b)
Num. 1, 10. 2, 18, c) 2 K. 25, 25. Jer,
41, 1. d) 1 Chr. 2, 41. e) 2 Chr. 17, 8,
vºs (for sujº º God his salva.
tion) pr. n. m. Elisha, a celebrated
prophet, the disciple as well as the coln.
panion and successor of Elijah, and dis
tinguished by many miracles. He flour
*5N 58.
Y-5N
shed in the kingdom of the ten tribes, in
the ninth century B.C. 2 K. c. 2–13. In
N. 'T. Eltoggio; Luke 4, 27.
tºujºs (whom God judgeth) Elisha-
that, pr. m. m. 2 Chr. 23, 1.
Tººs see Hrisºs.
#2S Chald, pron, plur, these, i, q. Heb.
nks. Dan. 3, 12. 13, 21. 22. Ezra 4, 21.
5, 9. al.—In 1: lurks the suff. 2 pers.
(tibi), as in Ti, Ti, Arab. Jič.
* I. Sºs a verb not in use, to be n0-
thing, to be empty, vain ; comp. under
*N no. 1. It is comm. derived from the
particle 5s I, merely in order to form
5*S, but is quite doubtful; see in bs fin.
* II. Sºs to wail, to howl, onomatop.
315.
i. q. Sº, and Arab. Ji Camoos p. 1391.
Comp. Gr. &Awkóšew.—Hence *śs.
* III. Sºs kindr, with bºs, Hès I,
pr. to roll, then to be round, swelling,
thick; whence H*s, Tiës, an oak, thick
tree.
*s interj. expressing grief wo:
alas ! Gr. Asksi, only with **, Job 10,
15. Mic. 7, 1. R. Bºs II.
Sk Ebs in Kal not used. 1. to bind, to
tie, see Piel and Tºks.
2. Pass. to be bound sc. as to the tongue,
i. e. to be mute, dumb ; see Niph. and the
nouns tºs, Eºs, "jºbs. Comp. Engl.
tongue-tied, Gr. 6soubs tiſs yiddons Mark
7, 35, also quoio 90.1, Pers. Jºw- J -
to bind the tongue, i.d. to be silent, dumb.
3. to be lonely, forsaken, widowed, since
solitary persons remain silent, mute;
: mp. Arab. ** to be mute, also to be
unmarried,—Hence are derived jºs,
nºs, jºbs, rººs.
NIPH. 1. to be mute, dumb, Ps. 31, 19.
39, 3. 10. Is. 53, 7.
2. to be silent, to keep silence, Ez. 33,22.
PIE.L. to bind sheaves, Gen. 37, 7.
Deriv. see in Kal. no. 1, 2, 3.
ths m. dumbness, silence. Ps. 58, 2
ºnair, pºt Bºs tºxrï do ye indeed
decree dumb justice? i. e. do you really
at length decree justice, which so long
has seemed dumb 2 So commonly; but
t may be worth inquiry, whether Eºs
should not be dropped, having arised
perhaps from a careless repetit on of
by N. This being dropped there arises
the sense which the parallelism requires:
do ye indeed decree justice 2 Maurer
gives to Bºs the signif of league, land
O
from the sense of binding ; as &#6
league, from "py ligavit.—Ps. 56, 1 nº
Eºpnº, Bºs the silent dove among stran-
gers, (i. e. perh, the people of Israel in
exile, comp. hin Ps. 74, 19.) prob. the
inscription of a song or poem, to the tune
or measure of which Ps. 50 was to he
sung. Comp, the remarks under nºs.
Dºs m. adj. mute, dumb, pr. tongue-
tied, see r. Ebs no. 2. Ex. 4, 11. Is. 35, C.
Ps. 38, 14. Plur. Eºs Is. 56, 10.
E?s porch, see Eºs. Once tº bui
Job 17, 10 in some editions; see in bºls
no. 2. -
Dºs m. plur. 1 K. 10, 11. 12, and
by transpos. Dºs 2 Chr. 2, 7, 9, 10.
11, almug-trees, a kind of precious wood,
brought along with gold and precious
stones in the time of Solomon from
Ophir, and employed for ornamenting the
temple and palace, and for making mu-
sical instruments; according to 2 Chr.
2, 7 growing also on Lebanon. It seems
to correspond to Sanscr. mićata simpl
mica (so Bohlen), with the Arab
o E
art. Ji, lignum Santalinum, Pterocar.
pus Santaliorus Linn. red sandal-
wood, still used in India and Persia for
costly utensils and instruments. Or it
may be compared with the Malabar
word malajaga, a name of the same
wood ; so Hoffmann. See Celsii Hiero-
bot. I. p. 171 sq.-Many of the Rab-
bins understand corals, and so the singu-
lar ºchs is used in the Talmud; but
these are not wood, bºx: ; although were
the Talmudic usage ancient, this wood
might have been so named from its
resemblance to coral, q. d. coral-wood,
Kimchi: rºl |, i.g. bºtsºn Bºazil-wood,
Tºš f plur. E- and ni-, a bundle
sheaf, of grain, Gen. 37, 7. Ps 126, 6
R. Ehs no 1.
Triºs Gen. 10, 26, 1 Chr. 1, 20, Al
modad, pr. n. of a son of Joktan, i.e. of a
ºbs
rºs
59
people and district of southern Arabia.
Assuming an ancient error in transcrip-
tion, " for n, i. e. Thiobs, we might
compare Morad, el,” OT el,” (s”,
the name of a tribe inhabiting a moun-
tainous region in Arabia Felix, near to
Zabid.
Hººs (perh. king's oak, for nºs
āºri) Alammelech, pr: n, of a place in
the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 26.
Tºš m. adj forsaken, widowed, Jer.
51, 5. R. BBS no. 3.
jºs m. widowhood, trop. of a state
deprived of its king, Is. 47, 9. R. Eºs
no 3."
3 + of
I. Tººs f a widow, Arab. &J,
Syr. ſºciſ. Gen. 38, 11. Ex. 22,
21. al. Metaph. of a state deprived of
its king, Is. 47, 8; comp. v. 9 and 54, 4.
R. EºN no. 3.
II. niºs f plur. Is. 13, 22, palaces,
i. q. mixºns, which latter is read in
some Mss. The letter ºn is here softened
into P, as is very often done; comp. in
liºns.—Others retain the idea of a
widow, and understand trop. desolate
palaces.
nº's plur. t"nºhs widowhood
Gen. 38, 15. Metaph. of the condition
of the Israelites in exile, Is. 54, 34. R.
tes no. 3.
"ºs m. a certain one, some one, Ö
5sivº, pr: one kept silent, whose name is
not mentioned, from r. Bºs no. 2. Al-
ways preceded by "º q.v.
j}s Chald. i. q. Tºs these, Q. V.
Pyºs (God his delight) Elnaam,
pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46.
jºs (whom God hath given, comp.
ºi", q. d. Theodore, Diodate) Elma-
ſhan, pr. n. m. a) The grandfather
of king Jehoiakim, 2 K. 24, 8; perhaps
he same mentioned Jer. 26, 22. 36, 12.
%5. b) Three Levites in the time of
£zra, Ezra 8, 16.
nº Gen. 14, 1.9, Easar, pr. n. of
1 country or district in the vicinity, as it
wou'd seem, of Babylonia and Elymais,
since is read between "yºu; and tºy.
Symm. and Vulg. Pontus. Targ. Hie.
ros. ººser Is. 37, 12. But the Assyro
Babylonish name of its king, Tinºs
would seem to indicate some province
of Persia or Assyria; comp. Dan. 2, 14.
Tºš (whom God applauds, from
Thy, comp. Job 29, 11,) Elad, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 7, 21.
mºs (whom God puts on, i.e. fills
with himself comp. użº Job 20, 14,)
Eladah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 20.
*Tºyºs, in some Mss. ºs (pr. God
is my praises, i. e. the object of my
praise) Eluzai, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5.
nºs (whom God helpeth) Eleazar
pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 23. 25. 28, 1. Lev.
10, 6 sq. Num. 3, 2.4. 32. Deut. 10, 6.
Josh. 14, 1. al. b) 2 Sam. 23, 9. 1 Chr.
11, 12. c) Sam. 7, 1. d) 1 Chr. 23,
21. 24, 28. e) Ezra 8, 33, comp. Neh.
12, 42. f.) Ezra 10, 25.—Sept. Eleº-
go.g. From 'Ekstºwgog was afterwards
made by contraction the name A&ogog.
sºs and Tºyºs (whither God as-
cends) Elealeh, pr. m. of a town or large
village in the tribe of Reuben, near
Heshbon, where, there are still ruins
called Juji el-Al. See Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria etc. p. 365. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 278.-Num. 32, 3.37. Is.
15, 14. 16, 9.
mºs (whom God made, i.e. cre-
ated, Job 32, 10,) Eleasah, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 2, 39. b) ib. 8, 37. 9, 43.
c) Jer. 29, 3.
sk res OT ths ſut. ºbs, Prov. 22, 25,
3&
Arab. Căll; to join together, to asso.
ciate, Arab. Conj. I, III, IV, whence
nºs a thousand, a family.—Kindred
senses are: to be accustomed, wonted,
to learn, Prov. 22, 25. Syr. Chald, id.
Hence Fºs, ºs ox.-R.
PIEL to cause to learn, to teach, like
Syr. Asſ, with two acc. of pers, and
thing, Job 15, 5. 33, 33; with acc. of
pers. only, Job 35, 11, where Pal. ºn
for h-Eºsº, comp. -ass.
Hi Ph, denom. from Fºs, to bring forth
* TS
thousa:\ds, Ps. 144, 13, Arab. Ji mille
fecit.
rºs 60
res
*S 1. an or or cow, as tame and
wonted to the yºke; comm. gend.
ike Gr. 60's, Lat. bos, Germ. Rind,
Engl. beeve, see Fºs no. 3. Only in
plur. B"Ehs oaren Ps. 8, 8. Prov. 14, 4;
fem. kine Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4. The sin-
gular is ſound only in the name of the
first letter of the alphabet, Aleph, Alpha.
g; of o v
2. a thousand, Arab. Ji, Syr, ka-
il, but Eth. AA+, a myriad, ten thou-
sand. Perh, pr. ‘conjunction of num-
bers.”—The nouns enumerated for the
most part follow the numeral word;
some in the singular, as uins Judg. 15,
16; others in the plural, 2 Sam. 10, 18.
1 K, 10, 26. Deut. 1, 11; and others
again promiscuously, as "zz 1 Chr. 19,
6, and tº 29, 7. Rarely and only in
the later Hebrew does the noun pre-
cede, J Chr. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 6. Comp.
Lehig. p. 695, 697, 699. The construc-
tion is different in the phrase Fºº Fiºs a
thousand (shekels) of silver, for which
see Lehrg. p. 700. Not unfrequently it
is put for a large round number, Job 9,
3. 33, 23. Ps. 50, 10–Dual Bºehs two
thousand Judg. 20, 45. 1 Chr. 5, 21.—
Plur. Eºs thousands, e.g. Bºeh's nºbu,
Ex. 38, 26. Put also for an indefinitely
large round number, H3+. *Ehs thou-
sands of myriads Gen. 24, 60.
3. a family, i. q. Firºušº q.v. as the
subdivision of a tribe (pauj, nº?) Judg.
b, 15. 1 Sam. 10, 19. 23, 23. Spoken of
a city, Bethlehem, as the residence of
such a family, Mic. 5, 1.
4. Eleph, pr. m. of a city of Benjamin
Josh. 18, 28. ty
F:S, F28, Chald, a thousand, Dan.
5, 1. 7, 10.
tººs see thºs.
bypºs (God his wages, comp. bºº,
rº, wages) Elpaal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
8, 1'ſ. 12, 18.
:k yºs in Kal not used, i. q. YHR q.v.
n:
PIEL Yºs to urge, to press any one,
Judg. 16, 16. More frequivat in Syriac
and Zabian.
jºyºs see Eºs
o lºº
ºpºs i. q. Arab. 9Bill, with the art.
*tained, the people, populace; see in
bs II. Prov. 30, 31 ins Ephs #2 a
king with whom is the people, i. e. who is
surrounded by his people, in the midst o'
his people. See Pococke ad Spec. Hist,
Ç
Arabump.207. Arab. tº oz. people seems
to come from the idea of living ; comp
Samar. tºp to live, Heb. Bºp, what lives
and Fºr people, from Fºr to live. Sept.
Ömuniyogān āv š918t.—The Heb. intpp
regard cºphs as a compound from PN
part. of negation, and tºp to rise up
(comp. ryº-bs Prov. 12, 28,) and trans
late: a king against whom there is no
rising up, i. e. who cannot be resisted.
But this does not accord with the con-
text.
mºs (whom God created) Elkanah
pr. n. m. a) 1 Sam. 1, 1 sq. 2, 11. 20.
b) Ex. 6, 24, c) 2 Chr. 28, 7. d) l
Chr. 12, 6. e) 1 Chr. 6, 8, 10. 11. 20.
21. 15, 23.
*Pºs gentile n. Elkoshite, spoken
of Nahum the prophet, Nah. 1, 1. Sept.
and Vulg. without 0, Exsobiog, Elce-
saius. As to a place Elkosh there are
two opinions; one, that of the ancient
fathers, makes it a town of Palestine
and spec. of Galilee, see Hieron. Prooem.
ad Nahum ; the other, that of the ori-
ental Jews, regards it as the village
&sji el-Kāsh, near Mosul. Both are
very doubtſul ; see Thesaur. p. 1211. B.
Tºrºs (perh. God its race or pos.
terity) Eltolad, pr. n. of a place in Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4. See "bin.
spnºs and ºppºs (God its fear)
Ellekeh, pr. m. of a Levitical city in the
tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44, 21, 23.
ipºs (God its foundation) Elekom,
pr. m. of a place in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 59.
* BS f constr. DS, c. suff. "?.S., plur,
nizs. a $. 3?
1. a mother, Arab. . and r!, Eth,
hº, Aram, sºs, ºcſ, Sam. #3A&
id. E. g. EN) as father and mother, pa-
rents, Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 27, 10. Esth. 2, 7
*%N-73, the son of my mother, my womb.
brother, Gen. 43,29. Poet. "gs "2+ i a
my brethren, genr. Gen. 27, 29. Cant.
6. With less exactness mother is alsº
EN 61
ºSR
put for a step-mother Gen. 37, 10; comp.
35, 16 sq. the later being more accu-
rately called as nºs Lev. 18, 11–But
mother has often a wider sense, e. g.
2. i. q. a grandmother 2 K. 15, 10;
also of any female ancestor, Gen. 3, 20.
3. Metaph. for a benefactress, Judg.
5, 7.
4. As expressing intimate relation-
ship, close alliance, Job 17, 14; see in
as no. 8.
5. Of a nation or people, as opp. to the
children i. e. individuals born of it, Is. 50,
1. Jer. 50, 12. Ez. 19, 2. Hos. 2, 4, 4, 5.
6. Thin Es, the mother of the way, i. e.
bivium, place where a way divides, pr.
the source, beginning, head of the way,
Ez. alº [21], i.g. pººr ºff ºs- ibid.
& & Q ©
Arab. s root, beginning of a thing; but
~ * *
Gº : the highway.
7. i. q. rºs, mother-city, metropolis,
i. e. any large and important city, al-
though not the capital. 2 Sam. 20, 19
bsº es: --> a city, even a mother in
Israel. So on the Phenician coins of
IC.
Tyre and Sidon; comp. Arab. : IQ62-
tropolis; also Gr, witng Callim. Fragm.
112, and mater Flor. 3. 7, 18. Ammian.
17. 13.
8. Metaph. of the earth, as the com-
mon mother of all, Job 1, 20.
NoTE. This word is without doubt
primitive; and like HS (see p. 2. n.) im-
itates the earliest sounds of the lisp-
ing infant; comp. Gr. ºuge, uéuum,
uguugio, udio, Sanscr. ma, ambá, Copt.
mau, Germ. Engl. Fr. Mama, Germ.
Amme. Deriv. ſem. is TºS, used only
ºn tropical significations. In Arabic
-35
Vº
there is a denom. verb i to be a moth-
er; then, to be related, to set an exam-
ple, to teach.
* Es mostly with Makkeph, a particle
àemonstrative, interrogative, and condi-
tional; the various significations of which
Fre distinguished in the more copious
of
Arabic by various forms, as El, Jl.
# * : , , -
&l, &l. J'; while ". the other hand
the Ethiopic and Syriac also have only
one, Aq9, J. Traces of this particle
exist also in the occidental languages,
as in Gr. ºv, lo, if, Lat. em, Germ. wenn,
TDO/270.
A) The primary power seems to bo
demonstrative, lo! behold! (kindr. T., Gr.
#v, Lat. en) Arab. &l truly, certainly,
&l id, see De Sacy Gramm. Arabe I.
* #:
35.
$889, & lo! as in the phrase &l; *L*.
he came and lo! Comp. Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. p. 130.—Hos.
12, 12 lºs Tº es lo! Gilead is wicked-
mess, i. e. wholly wicked ; where the
other member has is. Job 17, 13 ps
"nº bisu, Hºps lo! I wait for Sheol, my
house, vs. 16. Prov. 3, 34. Preceded by
tº in the same sense, Jer. 31, 20.—There
are some who deny the demonstrative
power of this particle in these passages,
and claim for it here the usual condi-
tional sense. But granting that it might
be here so explained, still analogy shows
that the former is the primitive and na-
tive power of the word—Hence
B) Adv. of interrogation, comp. Tº
II. 3, and the remarks there made ; also
15. 35
bri, H, I, interrogative, from bri, Jſ,
demonstrative.
1. In a direct interrogation, Lat. num?
o fº
an? corresp. with Arab. -i. 1 K. 1, 27.
Is. 29, 16. Job 39, 13. 31, 5, 16. 24. 25. 29.
33. From the whole of Job c. 31 is seen
the close connection between this inter-
rogative power of DS and its conditional
sense in lett. C, since between sentences
beginning with DS interrog. are interpos-
ed others beginning with DS conditional
followed by an apodosis; see v. 7.9. 13.
19. 20.21.25.-Far more frequent in dis-
junctive forms of interrogation, where
r; precedes, utrum—an 2 whether—or 2
15. 35. -
Arab. 1–1. Josh. 5, 13 -es nºs ºn
hºsh' art thou for us, or for our eme-
mies? 1 K. 22, 15 bºr, ps--Tºn shall
we go... or shall we not go 4 The same
is Esh–F, Gen. 17, 17. Job 21, 6; and
Esº-ºst, 34, 17.40, 8.9.-The two are
also used together in a question with
two clauses, though not disjunctive, as
EN —r Gen. 37, 8, psy—r 17, 17. But
DN 62
ºSR
where two questions follow each other
with a less degree of coherence, tº is re-
peated, 1 Sam. 23, 11. See Heb. Gr.
§ 150. 2. ſ
2. In indire it interrogation, whether,
if, after verbs of inquiring, examining,
doubting, Cant. 7, 13.2 K. 1, 2. So in a
double and disjunctive question, ps—tº
Gen. 27, 21, Num. 13, 20. The phrase
ES sºlin ºn Esth. 4, 14, who knoweth
whether, corresponds to the Lat. mescio
am, i. q, perhaps.
C) Conj. 1. Mostly conditional, if,
Gr. ei, Lat. Si, q d, supposing that, etc.
comp. in lo, num ? if; Syr. to lo, if. In
this signif. correspond Arab. &l. Sam.
3A&, JX, Eth. hqº.— Followed,
according to the sense, by the praeter,
th. 5, 8 H ºn in "nss? Es if I
have found favour in the eyes of the king.
Gen. 43, 9, 18, 3; and fut. Judg. 4, 8 ps
ºr=ºr, was ºr if thou wilt go with me,
I will go. Gen. 13, 16. 28, 20. Job 8, 4
sq. 11, 10; more rarely by a particip.
Judg. 9, 15. 11, 9; by the infin. for a
finite verb, Job 9, 27; also without a
verb, Job 8, 6.9, 19.-This particle dif.
fers from hb, in that ts implies a true
and real condition, where the fact is left
uncertain, whether a thing exists or will
exist, is or will be done, “si fecisti, si
facturuses; while tº implies that a thing
does not exist, is not or will not be dome,
or is at least very uncertain and impro-
bable, ‘siſhceres, si fecisses.” Gr, si sizey.
See ºb, and also for the like distinction
between .. l and ; De Sacy Gramm.
*Arabe I. §§§5. By an ingenious and
u elicate usage, EN is every where put
in conditional curses and imprecations,
where we might perhaps expectº ; e.g.
Ps. 7, 4–6 by tº Es rst "nºy Es
rººn. ... "rºz; Es: "gº if I have done
this, if there be iniquity in my hands, if
I have done evil to my friend, ... let the
enemy persecute me, etc. The Psalmist
here denies, (if we look at his object,)
that he had done such things; but, as if
bn trial, he leaves this point undecided,
or even assumes the truth of the allega-
lion, and then invoking the severest
punishment upon himself, he thus adds
great emphasis to the imprecation.
Comp. Ps. 44, 21. 73, 15. 137, 5.6. Job
31, 7 sq. Other examples, where more
accurately ºb would be put instead of
ps, are: Ps. 50, 12 ºns tºs if I were
hungry. Hoe 9, 12. Yet tº is here
not incorrect : since its usage has a
wide extent. — Spec. a) Conditicin or
supposition is modestly or timidly ex-
pressed by Nºrts, see in N}. b) tºs-— DN
disjunctive, if–if, i. q. whether—or, Gr.
site-sité, éév ts-à 18, Lat. sive–sive;
comp.si—si Gell. 2. 28. So Ex. 19, 13
lººs-es nºrth-ps whether it be beast or
man. 2 Sam. 15, 21. Lev. 3, 1. Deut. 18,
3; also preceded by a negative, neither—
mor, 2 K. 3, 14. The same is ps" –ts
Gen. 31, 52. Josh. 24, 15. Ecc. 11, 3, 12
14. Arab. &l;-&l and U.5–U:
c) By an ellipsis of the formula of an
oath, BS becomes in some connections
a negative particle. The full form
is read in 1 Sam. 3, 17 God do so to thee,
and more also, if thou, etc. 24, 7. 2 Sam.
3,35. Hence by ellipsis, espec. in oaths;
2 Sam, 11, 11 by thy life, [let God do so
to me, and more] riºr ºn-ns Huys Es
if I do this thing, i. e. I will not do this
thing. 20, 20. 1 K. 1, 51; also in obtes-
tations, Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5. Neh. 13, 25;
rarely elsewhere, and chiefly in poetry,
Is. 22, 14.62, 8. Judg. 5, 8. Prov. 27, 24,
where the other member has Nº.—In
the same manner the Arabs use &l
more filly &l U3, for not.
2. As concessive, though, although ;
Arab. .” 15, Gr. 3&n zwi, x&v. Followed
by the praeter, to express the idea ‘though
I am,” Job 9, 15. 29; more usually by
the ſut. expressing the idea ‘though I
were,' Is. 1, 18. 10, 22. Ps. 139, 8. Job
20, 6; but comp. Job 9, 20. Also with
a verbal noun, Nah. 1, 11. -
3. As a particle of wishing, oh if
would that 1 oh that 1 si yºg. Comp
ºb. With fut. Ps. 68, 14. 81, 9, 95, 7
139, 19. An anacoluthon occurs in
Gen. 23, 13 *** * rins =s would that
thou—oh that thou wouldst hear me.
4. It passes over also into a particle
of time, when, pr. if; comp. Germ. wenn
and wann. Followed by the praete,
which is often to be rendered by th:
pluperfect or by the filt. exactum ; IA
Fº
:Tº
24, 13 hºs: Hº Ds when the vintage is
dome, pr. if it shall have been ended.
Am. 7, 2 bes: Fºz t-s Hyrº and it came
to pass when they had finished eating.
Is. 4, 4 mºs-ni: rss rs is yr Es
when the Lord shall have washed away
the filth of the daughters of Zion. Gen.
38, 9. Ps. 63, 7. Job 8, 4. 17, 13. So also
in connection with other particles, as Ty
Es until when, until, Gen. 24, 19; "y
as hu's 28, 15. Num. 32, 17. Is. 6, 11.
5. Rarely for when causal, i.e. since,
35.
Arab ºf Gen. 47, 18 we will not hide
it from my lord, that bs... Fºr En ps
nsº: Nº ºis when (since) all our mo-
ney is spent ... there is nothing left for
my lord, etc. Is. 53, 10.
D) In composition with other parti-
cles:
1. EST, twice in the beginning of an
interrogation, i. q. Nºrſ, put affirmative-
ly, is not 2 nonne 2 i. q, lo 1 Num. 17, 28
[13]. Job 6, 13.
2. Nºrts a) is not ? nonne 2 pre-
ceded by NBr, Is. 10, 9, b) if not, un-
less, Ps. 7, 13. Gen. 24, 8. Hence after
formulas of oaths it appears as a strong
affirmation and asseveration ; comp.
above in C. 1. c. Num. 14, 28. Josh. 14,
9. Is. 14, 24; also in obtestations, Job 1,
11. 2, 5.17, 2.22, 20. 30, 25. Is. 5, 9, c)
After a negative partic. in the sense of
but, Gen. 24, 37.38. Comp, si um, nisi,
Chald, sks from Nº-ps.
>k Tºs f subst, plur.nirºs, the letter
r being inserted, comp. Chald. Trººs, and
Lehrg. p. 530; a maid-servant, hand-
maid, female-slave. Hence Triºs thy
handmaid, for I, spoken even by a free
woman in addressing her superiors, Judg.
19, 9, 1 Sam. 1, 11. 16. 25, 24 sq. 2 Sam.
14, 15. Comp, in Tiis. Also riºs"); son
of a handmaid, i.e. a servant, slave, Ex.
23, 12. Ps. 116, 16.—Hence is derived
35.
the Arab. Us! to be a handmaid. The
word TºS is prob. primitive ; least of all
35.
s it to be referred to a root Flºs, xoſ,
111to pacto indixit.
Tº pr. i. q. Es, but everywhere
metaph, the beginning, head, foundation
of any thing. Spec.
1 mother of the arm, i.e. the fore-arm,
below the elbow, cubitus, Deut. 3, 11
Hence
2. a cubit, ulna, a measure of length
comp. Lat. cubitus, ulna, Gr. 7tizvg and
Trvydºv, Arab. $53, Egypt. mahi. The
mode of enumerating cubits is as fa!.
lows: Bºngs two cubits Ex. 25, 10. 17
nias ºbuj 27, 1, and so on up to ter
cubits; in the later Hebrew ºbuj rigs
2 Chr. 6, 13. With numbers above ten
in the earlier Hebrew rigs Bººn Gen
6, 15, in the later niżs pººr, Ez. 42,2
or pºntº nins 2 Chr. 3, 4. Further, i.
is joined with numerals of every kind
both in the early and later Hebrew, by
means of 3, as Tºs: sans lit. four by
the cubit, i.e. four cubits ; nºs: ins? a
hundred cubits Ex. 27, 9. 18. 36, 15. 38
9. The common cubit of the Hebrews
(2 Chr. 3, 3) was reckoned at 6 palms, or
18 inches; though some without good
reason make it only 4 palms, or 12 inches.
A larger cubit of seven palms, Štraitſ.
A&lotos, is mentioned Ez. 40, 5. 43, 13,
which agrees with the royal cubit of the
Babylonians (Hdot. 1, 178) and Egyp-
tians; see Boeckh Metrol. Untersuch.
pp. 212 sq. 265 sq.-Metaph. Jer. 51, 13
thine end is come, the measure of thy
rapine, i. e. the time when God will
set bounds and measure to thy iniqui-
tous gain.
3. i. q. DS no. 7, a metropolis. 2 Sam.
8, 1 and David took the bridle (bit) of
the metropolis out of the hand of the Phi-
listines, i.e. he subdued the metropolis
of the Philistines. Comp. the Arabic
proverb: I give thee not my bridle, i. e. do
not subject myself to thee; see Schult.
ad Job. 30, 11, and Hariri Cons. IV. p. 24.
See also Gesch. der Hebr. Sprache p. 41,
4. a foundalion, Is. 6, 4 tº niºs
the foundations of the thresholds. Comp.
& Lºf &Lási, roots, beginnings,
5. Ammah, pr. n. of a hill, 2 Sam. 2, 24.
TºS Chald. f. plur. jºs, a cubit,
ulna, Dam. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 3. Syr. lºſ,
fiscſ, plur. <ſ.
TºS 1. q, nºns q. v. terror.
nºs f. (r. Fºs) a people, nation,
9 03
tribe, Arab. § ºf a people, Aram. srºn
NºN
t
64
12s
ſºcêl id. Found only in Plur, nias
Gen. 25, 16. Num. 25, 15; also pºs Ps.
117, 1. Syr, ſ2&ſ.
TºS Chald. f. id. Dan. 3, 29. Plur.
*N, emphat. Sººs, Dan. 3, 4, 7, 5, 19.
7, 14. Ezra 4, 10.
I. Toš m. 1. an architect, builder,
opifer, (r. 72S no. 1. b.) i. q. TºS 3. v.
Prov. 8, 30 spoken of the hypostatic wis-
dom of God as the architect of the world.
The word seems not to have admitted
the form of the fem, gender, any more
than the Lat. artifear, opifear, whence
Plin. II. 1 artifear omnium natura.
Quinct. 2. 15 rhetorica persuadendi opi-
fear.—Others understand son or foster-
child, from r. TºS no. 1. a.
2. Amon, pr. n. a) The son and
successor of Manasseh, king of Judah,
r. 644–642 B.C. 2 K. 21, 18–26. 2 Chr.
33, 20 sq. b) 1 K. 22, 26. c.) Neh. 7,
59, for which Ezra 2, 57 ºs.
II. Tios i. q. Tiorſ, a multitude of
people, Jer. 52, 15. R. Fiºr.
III. ToS Amon, pr. m. of the supreme
god of the Egyptians, worshipped at
Thebes with great pomp, Jer. 46, 25, see
Yios N. ; called by the Greeks "Muuou,
Ammon, and compared by them to Jupi-
ier, see Hilot. 2. 42. Diod. Sic. 1. 13.
On Egyptian monuments he is usually
depicted with a human body and the
head of a ram; and the name is there
written Amn, more fully Amn-Rei. e.
Amon-Sun ; see the figures as given in
Thesaur. p. 115. Comp. also Kosegar-
ten de Scriptura vett. AEgyptiorum, p.
29 sq. Wilkinson's Mann. and Cust. of
the Anc. Egyptians, Second Ser. I. p.
2 13 sq.
Tºš m. (r. 12s) by Syriasm for Thos,
,'aithfulness, fidelity, Deut. 32, 20.—
Plur. Eºs id. Prov. 20, 6 tº wins
a man of fidelity, faithful.
Tºš f (r. 12s) 1. firmness, sta-
bility. Ex. 17, 12 Hºos "Tº “rºl and
his (Moses') hands were firm, steady,
lit. firmness. s —?
2. security, Is. 33, 6. Arab. . .
s. 2.f !/ j Jºſ,
JUs", id.
3. faithfulness, fidelity, espec. in ful-
filling one's promises; so of God, Deut
32, 4, Ps. 36, 6. 40, 11; of men, Plur
nilºš Prov. 28, 20. Also faith, trust
confidence of men towards God, Hab. 2
4. Ps. 37, 3; see in Hy; no. 2.
yies (strong) pr. n. Amoz, the father
of the prophet Isaiah, Is. 1, 1. 2, 1. 13, 1.
20, 2.
ºS Ami pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 57. I;
seems to be a corrupted form for Tios
Neh. 7, 59.
Eºs see tºns.
Tixºs (faithful) Aminon, pr. n. i. q.
lions, a son of David, 2 Sam. 13, 20.
YºS m. (r. Yºs) adj. strong, mighty,
Job 9, 4. 19 ; more fully as joined with
rº, Nah. 2, 2. Abstr. strength, might,
Is. 40, 26. -
Tºš m. (r. 12s q. v. no. 1, and
Hithp.) the top, summit, e.g. of a tree,
Is. 17, 6 -ºs vis-à in the highest top.
Also of a mountain Is. 17, 9; see under
art. Hantz.
>k 52s OT Sºs to languish, to droop,
pr. to hang the head, kindr, with bes
q. v. In Kal part, pass. of a drooping
heart, Ez. 16, 30.
PUL. bººs only in poetry. 1. to lan-
guish, to droop, as of plants, Is. 24, 7;
hence of fields Is. 16, 8. Nah. 1, 4;
of a sick person Ps. 6, 3, where bººs
seems to be for %2ss ; so Maurer.
2. to mourn, to lament, Is. 19, 8; so
of a land laid waste Is. 24, 4. 33, 9; of
walls thrown down Lam. 2, 8.-Hence
in prose &
bººs m. languid, feeble, Neh. 3, 34.
* Eºs obsol. root, perh. i. q. Eº
tº q. v. to join together, to collect, to
TS
03
congregate. Arab. ºf to be near, relat-
ed.—Hence the noun rigs i. q, tº a
people, and
DºS Amam pr. n. of a place or city in
the southern part of the tribe of Judah.
Josh. 15, 26. -
* I. Tºš 1. pr. to prop, to stay
to support, a) Spec. with the arm,
to bear or carry a child, Num 11, 12
Lam. 4, 5. Part. Tºs, totôºyo-yôs, a
Tºs
65 12s
nursing father, one who carries a child
on his arm and takes care of it, Num.
l. c. Is. 49, 23; also a foster-father, Esth.
2, 7.2 K. 10, 1. 5. Comp. 82%2, Arab.
...Us sustentavit, aluit.—Fem. nººs a
hºrse, Ruth 4, 16. 2 Sam. 4, 4. b) to
found, to build up, kindr. with Hº, Tas;
hence Tºš, Jias, architect, Hºns a pil-
lar, prop.
2. Intrans. to stay oneself, to be stayed
up, supported ; hence to be firm, stable,
such as one may safely lean upon, me-
taph. to be faithful. Part, pass, tº the
faithful, two tol, Ps. 12, 2. 31, 24. Comp.
3 *
Tºo Is. 26, 3. Arab. ... of to be faith-
Tºog Af j J-"
ful, , , to lean upon and trust in an
} J”. y
One, Jºel to trust, to be secure.
NIPH. 1. to be supported, i. e. to be
borne in the arms as a child, Is. 60, 4.
Comp. Kal no. 1.
2. to be founded, i. e. to be firm, sta-
ble, sure, e.g. of a house 1 Sam. 2, 35.
25, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 K. 11, 3S, of a
firm place, where a nail holds ſust, Is.
22,23, 25; of a firm and stable condition
7, 9.
3. to be durable, lasting, permanent,
e.g. of waters which never fail (opp.
ałºs) Is. 33, 16. Jer. 15, 18; of diseases
Deut. 28, 59; of a covenant Ps, 89, 29.
4. Metaph. to be faithful, trustworthy,
sure, such as one can lean upon; so of
a servant 1 Sam. 22, 14. Num. 12, 7; a
messenger Prov. 25, 13; a witness Jer.
A2, 5. Is. 8,2; of God Deut. 7,9. Is, 49, 7.
Hos. 12, 1–Ps. 78, 8 ºs-rs Hºs; sº
inh- his spirit was not faithful towards
God. Part. Tºšº faithful, upright, Prov.
11, 13. 27, 6 =rſs "yse tººs; faithful
fire the wounds of a friend, i. e. his se-
were rebukes proceed from fidelity and
sincerity. Also of a man of tried wis-
dom, Job 12, 20.
5. to be sure, certain, true, Hos. 5, 9;
of the word of God Ps. 19, 8. Also to be
found true, to be verſied, confirmed,
Gen. 42, 20. 1 K. 8, 26.
HipH. Tºšº 1. to stay upon, to build
Mpon; pr. Is. 28, 16 he that buildeth
Thereon shall not flee away —Usually
2. Metaph. to trust to confide vn, like
A rab. Jºſe. º, Job 4, 18 º y
6
Tºš: Nº lo! he putteth no trust in his
servants. 15, 15. 39, 12. Ps. 78,22. 32. 19
66. Fiji"a jºr, to trust in Jehovah Gen
15, 6; Tºr1: 'n sº to have no trust in
one's life, i.e. to fear for one's life, Deut
28, 66; c. acc. et inf. Judg. 11, 20.
3. to believe, to receive as true, absol
Is, 7, 9; oftener with h of pers, and thing
Gen. 45, 26. Ex. 4, 1.8, 9. Prov. 14, 15.
Ps. 106, 24; 2. Ex. 4, 5. Job 9, 16. Also
withinfin. Job 15,22 he believeth (hopeth)
not to escape out of darkness i. e. terror,
4. Perh. intrans, to stand firm, still,
Job 39, 24 he standeth not still, when the
voice of the trumpel sc. is heard. Comp,
Virg. Georg. 3.83. According to a com-
mon idiom of speech, it might also be ex-
plained: “He so longs for the battle that
he scarce believes or trusts his ears ſor
joy,' etc. Comp. Job 9, 16. 29, 24.
Deriv. Tºš–Bºx, Tios, jºs, Hºrs
nºš, pººr.
II. Tºš HipH. Tºr, i. q denom,
jºr to turn to the right hand, Is. 30, 21.
728 Chald. APH. Tø"r to trust, c. 3
Dan. 6, 24; like Syr. Jo <- .—Part,
pass. Tºrſº faithful, trustworthy, Dan.
6, 5, 2,45. Syr.<a.º.
jºš m. an architect, artist, workman,
Cant. 7, 2; see r. TºS no. 1. b. Syr
Lissi, Chald. Tºs, id. To this Ara.
maean form inclines the orthography jºš
Ömman, which Kimchi and Judah Ben
Karish read in their Mss. IO
728 (r. 72's no.2) 1. Adj. verbal firm;
S3 35.
metaph. faithful, Arab. Jºl. Syr.
fixºi. Abstr. i. q. faithfulness, fidelity;
as jºs "rºbs the God of faithfulness Is.
65, 16. Comp. Rev. 3, 14.
2. Adv. amen, i.e. verily, truly, cer-
tainly, Jer, 28, 6. Yºsh Tºs Ps. 41, 14.
72, 19. 89,53. Its proper place is, where
one person confirms the words of another
and adds his wish for success to the
other's vows and predictions, amen, so be
it. Sept. well, yśvouro. 1 K. 1, 36. Jer
11, 5. Num. 5, 22. Deut. 27, 15 sq. Neh
5, 13. 8, 6. 1 Chr. 16, 36.
Tºš m. (r. TºS) faithfulness, verity
Is. 25, 1. -
2% N
"Yº
66
Tºš f. (r. 728) 1, a covenant, pr: a
confirmation, surety, Neh. 10, 1. Arab.
9 15.
ŠU.I.
2. Something fiaced, appointed, i. e.
un allowance, portion, i. q. pn, Neh.
11, 23; spoken of a daily allowance for
the subsistence of the singers.
3. Amanah, pr.m. of a perennial stream
(comp. Is. 33, 16) which rises in Anti-
Lebanon, and waters the territories of
Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. Hence also that
part of Anti-Lebanon bore the same
name, Cant. 4, 8. The Greek name was
Chysorrhoas ; now el-Barada.
Tººs for supporting; hence a pillar,
column, plur. nilºr. 2 K. 18, 16. R. 72's.
TºS f. (r. 12s) 1. a bringing-up,
tutelage, Esth. 2, 20.
2. verity, only as adv. verily, truly, in-
deed, Josh. 7, 20. Gen. 20, 12.
Tººs (faithful) Amnon pr. m. m. a.)
The eldest son of David, by Ahinoam,
slain by his brother Absalom, 2 Sam. 3,
2. 13, 1–39; once Tijºs q.v. b) 1 Chr.
4, 20.
E2%8 adv. (from 738 with the adv.
ending E-,) verily, truly, indeed, Job 9, 2.
19, 4.5. Is. 37, 18. "2 PºS true that,
it is true that, Job 12, 2. Ruth 3, 12.
Eºs id. Gen. 18, 13. Num. 22, 37.
“yºs fut. Yºs, to be alert, active,
firm; kindr. with yºri, bºr, to be
sharp, eager. Hence of the feet, to be
strong in the feet, to be swift-fooled, comp.
Piel no. 1, Y2S, and the Arabic usage.
Trop. of activity and alertness of mind,
a firm and undaunted spirit, 2 Chr. 13,
18; opp. Sº and snæ to have the knees
sink, to beſeeble-minded. With Tø to
be stronger than, to prevail over any
one, Gen. 25, 23. Ps. 18, 18. 142,7. Pir
yº be strong and of good courage, i.e.
brave and undaunted, Deut. 31, 7. 23.
~~#
Josh. 1, 6–18.-Arab. Laº' to be active,
9 15.
Heet, of a horse; whence Jº i. q.
yos, a fleet horse.
Piel 7:2s 1. to make firm, to strength-
en, pr. sinking knees, faltering feet, Job
4, 4. Is. 35, 3. Trop. to render alert, to
tncºurage Deut. 3, 28. Job 16, 5.
2. to strengthen, to make strong, Is. 41
10. Ps. 89,22. 2 Chr. 11, 17. Prov. 31, 17
24, 5.
3. to restore, to repair a building, i. q
Płr, 2 Chr. 24, 13. Also to found, to sel
fast, Prov. 8, 28.
4. to strengthen, i. e. to harden the
heart, to make obstimate, Deut. 2, 30.
15, 7. 2 Chr. 36, 13.
5. to set fast, i.e. to appoint, to choose.
Ps. 80, 18 whom thou hast chosen for
thyself, comp. v. 16. Is. 44, 14.
HIPH. intrans, to be alert, of good cour-
age, undaunted, Ps. 27, 14. 31, 25.
HITHPA. 1. to be alert, active, c. infin,
to do any thing with alacrity, eagerly
1 K. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 10, 18.
2. to make oneself strong, of conspira
tors, 2 Chr. 13, 7.
3. to make oneself firm, i. e. to resolve
firmly, to be resolute, Ruth 1, 18. Comp.
pºrt.
Deriv. Yºs, Yºs?, and the five fol-
lowing:
Yºs plur. E"sºs, active, spirited,
fleet, of horses Zech. 6, 3. It is read
also in v. 7, where the context demands
9 * s 23°
tººs red—Arab. Jael and Jº a C-
tive, fleet, of a horse. ”
Yºs m. strength, Jol 17, 9.
TºS f. strength, protection, i. q. tºº,
Zech. 12, 5. R. Yºs.
"Yº (strong) Amzi, pr. n. m. a.)
1 Chr. 6, 31. b) Neh. 11, 12.
Tººs (whom Jehovah strengthens)
Amaziah, pr. m. m. a.) A king of Judah,
son of Joash and father of Uzziah, r.
838–811 B.C. 2 K. 12, 22. 14, 1 sq. 2 Chr.
25, 1 sq. Written also ºnyxºs 2 K. 14,
1. 9, 11. b) A priest of the golden calf
at Bethel, hostile to Amos. Amos 7,10 sq.
c) 1 Chr. 4, 34. d) 6, 30.
* TºS, inf absol. nics constr. hos,
c. pref nosa Deut. 4, 10, hosz Josh.6,8.
but always hosh contracted; fut. --N-
nosºl, with conj. accent. --Nº, with
Aleph dropped ºnzº Ps. 139, 20.
1. to say, very freq. The primary
idea is to bear forth, to bring out to light
and hence to utter, to say, comp. Riº
sº, T: , and Gr. 9mul. Hence Hithpa.
q. v. also nºns top, summit, and "Tº
"Yº 67
"YON:
pr. mountaineer.—It differs from **, to
speak, in that nå" is put absolutely,
while nºS is followed by the words
spoken; e.g. Lev. 1,2 ºntº, "24-bs -aº
arºs ºn 28 speak unto the children of
Israel, and say unto them, etc. 18, 2. 23,
2. 10; or also Ex. 6, 10 -ºs Hinº -aºl
nose nº and Jehovchspake unto Moses,
saying, i. e. in these words. 13, 1. Also
c. accus. Jer. 14, 17 -ns Erºs rings
nºr ºn and thou shalt say unto them
this word. Gen. 44, 16 nº-no what
shall we say? 41, 54 ºpiº hos hugs?
according as Joseph had said. 22, 3
to the place pºrºs is nºs -uśs which
God had said unto him. Rarely with
*2, Job 36, 10.—In a few doubtful ex-
amples, and only in the later Hebrew,
ºn?S seems to be put absol. for naºſ; e.g.
2 Chr. 2, 10-bs nº arºz. ºn nº
Hºbu and Huram said (spake) by letter,
and sent it to Solomon; but here the very
words follow, so that the clause and sent
it to Solomon is parenthetic, and hºtº
refers to the words of the letter. 2 Chr.
32, 24 is nºs" and he (God) said unto
him, i.e. spake to him; but here we may
also render: and he promised him, since
after verbs of speaking, showing, etc. the
object it is very often omitted; see Lehrg.
p. 734. This remark also throws light
upon the vexed passage in Gen. 4, 8: and
Cain said (it) unto Abel his brother (i. e.
he told him that which God had said to
him in v. 7), but it came to pass when they
were in the field, etc. Samar. and Sept.
nsert HTwn H-55, 6téA&ousy sis to
nediov. -
The person to whom one says any
thing, is put with by 2 K. 22, 8; *s
Gen. 3, 16. 13, 14; and B Gen. 3, 17. 20,
5. 6. But both these latter particles,
although more rarely, serve to mark the
person of concerning whom one speaks,
g. bs 2 K. 19, 32. Jer. 22, 18. 27, 19;
, Gen. 20, 13 ** *-ºs say of me. Ps. 3,
3. 71, 10. Judg. 9, 54. The person of
whom is also put in the acc. Gen. 43, 27
your father, the old man ErnºS -gs
whom ye said, i. e. spoke of v. 29. Num.
14, 31. Deut. 1, 39. Ps. 139, 20.
Spec. a) to say to or of any thing
this or that, i. Q. to call it so or so, to
term, to name, Is. 5, 20, 8, 12. Ecc. 2, 2.
War, pass, hos called named, Mic. 2, 7.
Comp. Niph. no. 2. b) to say is some
times i. q to eachort, Job 36, 10; to pro.
mise, 2 Chr. 32, 24; to tell, to declare
Ex. 19, 25; and hence to declare c. acc
i. q. to proclaim, to laud, Ps. 40, . 1.
Is. 3, 10. Such examples are for the
most part readily determined by the
Context.
2. iaº has Gen. 17, 17. Ps. 10, 6.11,
14, 1. Is. 47, 8, (Arab. **ś é Jú,
** & Jú) also i-º, -ºs Hos. 7, 2
iaº-hs Gen. 8, 21, and simpl. nºs, to say
in or to one's heart or self, i. q. to think,
to suppose, to wish, to purpose ; see in
=º no. 1. f. Comp. Hºrſ, nº, Arab.
Jú, Gr. qmul in Homer and the tragic
writers. Forster relates that among
some of the savages of the Pacific ocean
they use the phrase to speak in the belly
for to think-1 Sam. 20, 4. Gen. 44, 28
and I thought, Surely he is torn in pieces.
Ex. 2, 14-2s rips ºr ºn thinkest thou
to kill me? Sept. ań &reſſiv M8 ov 98kets;
2 Sam. 21, 16, Sept. Šušvosiro. 1 K. 5, 5
[19]. 1 Sam. 20, 4. Absol. Ps. 4, 5 come
mune with your own heart upon your
bed. So simpl. -2S Ps. 16, 2. 31, 15
116, 11. etc. 15.
3. to command, like Arab. 13| , chiefly
in the later or silver age "of the Heb.
tongue; c. infeth, Esth. 1,17 sºrº Yos
"nºn-rs he commanded to bring in Wash-
ti. 4, 13. 9, 14. Also followed by and
a finite verb, Neh. 13, 9 Annº Hºyºs,
then I commanded and they purified. 2
Chr. 24, 8 Tris Ti-s ºn Tººn nºsº
the king commanded and they made a
chest. 1 Chr. 21, 7. Ps. 105, 31. 34, Jon.
2, 11. Job 9, 7. (In Chaldee we find the
former construction Dam. 2, 46. 3, 13;
and the latter Dan, 5, 29. The same is
common in Syriac, Samaritan, Arabic.)
Elsewhere also with acc. of thing, 2 Chr,
29, 24 for the king had commanded this
burnt-offering for all Israel, i.e. had ap-
pointed, instituted. 1 K. 11, 18 nos brº
is and commanded (to give) him victuals,
Job 22, 29. With dat. of pers. 2 Sam.
16, 11. Comp. Lat. jubere legem, foºdus,
Niph. Yºs, fut. -2S, and n2S.
1. to be said, with h and ºs of pers.
| Num, 23, 23. Ez. 13, i2. Also impera
*y-N 68
*:N
‘t is said, they say, Gen. 10, 9, 22, 14.
Num, 21, .4.
2. h "ns: to be said to any one, sc.
this or that, i. e. to be so called, to be
named, Is. 4, 3. 19, 18. 61, 6.62, 4. Hos.
2, 1. *
HIPH. nºr; to make say, to cause to
promise. Deut 26, 17 thou hast this day
made Jehovah, say or promise, 18 and
Jehovah hath made thee promise, i.e. ye
have mutually promised, have mutually
accepted and ratified the conditions of
each other.
HITHPA. ºsrn to lift up oneself, to
boast oneself, Ps. 94, 4. Comp. Kal no. 1.
Deriv.nºs–bººs, also nººs, nºs?.
Tºš Chald. 3 fem. nºs for nºns
Dan. 5, 10; ſut. Yºsh, inf. Hºsº and nº?
Ezra 5, 11 ; part. hºs; i. q. Hebr.
1. to say, with dat. of pers. Dan. 2, 25;
acc. of thing, Dan. 7, 1 ; also followed
by the words spoken, Dan. 2, 24, or even
written, Dan. 7, 2. See our remarks on
the oriental usus loquendi in Luke 1,63,
in the London Class. Journ. no. 54. p.
240–Plur. Tº pr: they are saying,
1. q, they say, put for the Pass, it is said,
proclaimed; Dan. 3, 4 sºns Tººns fish
to you it is proclaimed, O people, etc.
Theod. Aéystol. On the idiom see Lehrg.
p. 798.
2. to command, see the examples in
Heb. hos Kal. no. 3.
Deriv. Nº.
Tºš in sing. only c. suff, inos Job 20,
29; plur. Ennºs, constr. *nºs. For the
sing, absol, the form nºs is used.
1. a word, discourse, what is said, i. Q.
na; ; but, with the exception of Josh.
24, 27, only in the poetic style. Espec.
of the words of God, Ps--nºs Num. 24,
4. 16. nºs ºs Prov. 22, 21; ex; ºnºs
15 26. Ps. 19, 15. Prov. 6, 2. al. Gen. 49,
21 Naphtali is nrºbº riºs a slender
hind, -ºº ºnzs frin giving forth words
Of grace, i. e. pleasant, persuasive; prob.
so be referred to some poetic or oratorical
talent of this tribe, otherwise unknown.
If it be 2 xjected, that words cannot be
Bscribed to a hind, we may reply that
Tràn refers to Naphtali and not to Hºs
hund; and hence there is no necessity
ſor the conjecture of Bochart, following
the Sept. that it should read rººs and
"nºs. For this use of the art. H, see
Heb. Gr. § 107. init.
2. a command. Job 20, 29 inns när.
58% lit. the lot of his command from God
i.e. his appointed lot from God. Comp
*2S no. 3.
TGS Chald. m. plur. *-ºs, a lamb
Ezra 6, 9, 17. 7, 17. Syr. ſºi, Arab
2, #3, a lamb. The root is 2
5 *}^l. 8, 18.IIll). 16. I’OOt, 18
Conj. I, IV, to make much, to multiply
... ?
2 to be much, multiplied; hence pr
progeny of the flock. Or it may also be
‘progeny of the flock’ from the idea of
bringing forth, see in r. nºs no. 1.
\
Aſ
Tºš (talkative) Immer, pr. n. m. a
Jer. 20, 1. b) Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61.
nºs i. q. hºs, the forms of which it
|borrows in the plural ; a poetic word.
1. a word, discourse, Ps. 19, 4.
2. Spec. a song, hymn, Širos, Ps. 19, 3;
a song of triumph, epimicium, Ps. 68, 12.
3, a promise, from God, Ps. 77,9. In
a punitive sense, threat, Hab. 3, 9.
4, a matter, thing, like nº Job 22,
9 of
28. Arab. of id.
Tººs f. (r. -ºs) plur. rings, i. q.
nºs, nºs, and like them only poetic ; a
word, discourse, mostly of God, Ps. 18,
31. 119, 38. 0. 103. 140; also a song,
hymn, Gen. 4, 23. Deut. 32, 2, Ps. 17, 6.
Tºš f id. Lam. 2, 17.
*Tº according to the probable con-
jecture of Simonis pr. mountaineer, from
an obsol. nº height, mountain, see un-
der r. nº no. 1; hence as gentile n. an
Amorite, collect. the Amorites, Sept.
'Auodádiot, a Canaanitish people, appa-
rently the largest and most powerſul of
all, and whose name is sometimes taken
in a wide sense so as to include all the
other Canaanitish tribes ; Gen. 15, 16.
48, 22. Am. 2, 9, 10. Ileut. 1, 20. A part
of them dwelt in the mountainous tract
which afterwards belonged to the tribe
of Judah, and were subject to five kings
Gen. 14, 7, 13. Num. 13, 29. Another
part held the country beyond Jordan
north of the Arnon as far as to the Jab.
bok and even beyond this stream, Num
21. 13. 24, 32, 39. These were subjec
*YON 69
is
to two kings, viz. of Heshbon and Ba-
shan or Batanea, Deut. 4, 47. Josh. 2, 10.
"Tºš (eloquent) Imri, pr. m. m. a.)
' Chr. 9, 4. b) Neh. 3, 2.
T. Tºš (whom Jehovah said, i.e. pro-
mised, q. d. Theophrastus) Amariah, pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 33 [6, 7]. b) 1 Chr.
5, 37 [6, 11]. Ezra 7, 3. Comp. Arººs
a. c.) Neb. 10, 4. 12, 2. 13. d) Ezra
10, 42 e) Neh. 11, 4, f) Zeph. 1, 1.
g) See rººs b.
ºS (id.) Amariah, pr. n. m. a.)
2 Chr. 19, 11. b) 1 Chr. 24, 23, written
also nºn2S 23, 19, c) 2 Chr. 31, 15.
ºs Amraphel, pr: n, of a king of
Shinar, i. e. Babylonia, in the time of
Abraham, Gen. 14, 1.9. It seems to be
Sanscr. amarapala, keeper of the gods;
comp. Sardanapalus, Sanscr. Sridhana-
pala, keeper of the treasures; so Boh-
len and F. Benary.
tºs for nugºs from r. Hujº, U.g.,
vesperi fecit; comp. Tufts from Häu.
1. Pr. the past might, as adv. Vester-
night, last might, Gen. 19, 34, 31, 29.42.
Also yesterday, i, q, bion, 2 K. 9, 26.—It
implies strictly the last part of the pre-
ceding natural day, (not the civil,) i. e.
the evening and night of yesterday, and
is then transferred so as to denote even-
ing and night in general; just as the
words which signify to-morrow, are also
often referred to morning in general. Of
yesterday we remember the close; of to-
morrow the beginning is more impressed
o?
on our mind. See Arab. U23 adv, yes-
s of
terday, U.S. subst. yesterday, comp.
U.6 vesperi fecit; and for to-morrow,
see Heb. hpa morning and morrow, like
Germ. Morgen; Gr. oigtow to-morrow,
3 - -
from wigo morning air; Arab. 8&
9 . •
morning, CX& morrow, (33. to-morrow.
Hence
2. night, darkness, genr. Job 30, 3 they
flee Hsüº Hsiu tººs into the night or
darkness of desolate wastes, the pathless
desert being strikingly compared by the
Orientals to night and darkness; see Jer.
8, 6 31, and Is. 42, 16. Others: yesterday
of desolation, i. e. places long since deso-
lated; but against this it may be urged
f;
that Jºsſ according to Arabian gram
marians, is spoken only of time just past
Tºš f (for n32s, r. 12s) c. suff, "nos.
"nos.
1. firmness, stability, perpetuity, Ps,
19, 10, parall. Tº rºs. Is. 39, 8 Bibt
nºš, peace and stability, i. e. firm and
stable peace, by Šv Čuč, Švoiv, comp. no.
2. Also suremess, certainty; Josh. 2, 12
nº nis a token of sureness, i.e. sure
and certain.
2. faithfulness, fidelity, truth, i.e. firm-
ness and constancy in oneself, in keeping
and executing one’s promises, etc. As-
cribed to a people Is. 59, 14. 15; to a
king Ps. 45, 5; to God Ps. 30, 10. 71,22.
91, 4, Very freq. joined with Tºrº, Ps,
25, 10. 40, 11. 57, 4, 11. 108, 5. 138, 2,
all which passages, by Év Čuč, ćvoiv, are
to be understood of the faithful and con-
stant goodness of God. So Tori Hºy
Ex nºs, to deal kindly and truly with
any one, to show him sincere kindness,
Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29. Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam.
2, 6. 15, 20.
3. truth, as opp. to falsehood, Gen. 42,
16. Deut. 22, 20, 2 Sam. 7, 28. Bºnº's
nºs words which are truth Prov. 22, 21.
Ascribed to the word of God Ps. 119.
142; to prophecies Jer. 26, 15; to the
servant of God Is. 42, 3. Hence nº
nin, the truth of Jehovah, often put for
his true doctrine, the true religion, P
25, 5. 26, 3. 86, 11.
4. good faith, uprightness, integrity.
Ex. 18, 21 xx: "sº nº ºs men of
integrity, not eager for gain. Neh. 7, 2.
Judg. 9, 16. 19. Opp. vºn Prov. 8, 7.
Spec. of a judge, uprightness, justice;
Ps. 19, 10 the judgments of Jehovah are
wp:right, just. Is. 16, 5. Prov. 29, 14–
Also sincerity, opp. to hypocrisy, Josh,
24, 14. 1 Sam. 12, 24. 1 K. 2,4. Is. 10, 20.
nºns f (r. ring to expand) plur.
constr, ninrºs, a sack, Gen. 42, 27 sq.
43, 18. 21. 22.
"rººs (true, veracious) Amittai, pr. n.
of the father of the prophet Jonah, 2 K.
14, 25. Jon. 1, 1.
ºrºs Chald. f. (for nº-) strong
mighty, Dan. 7, 7. R. Inº, q.v.
jS interrog. adv. cortr. from. TS II pe
is 70
n:N
where? Sº whence? 2 K. 5, 25 Cheth.
Then, where? whither? 1 Sam. 10, 14.—
Also of time, "S"s until when 2 how
long 2 Job 8, 2. º
Hence T.S., with H local; but Milra
Deut. 1, 28. Ps. 139, 7. -
1. \phither? also without interrogation
Josh. 2, 5. Neh. 2, 16. Praegn. Is. 10, 3
b=Tinº ºn His whither will ye (carry
and, leave your wealth 2
2. where 2 Ruth 2, 19.
3. Of time, rºs-Tº until when 2 how
long 2 Ex. 16, 28. Ps. 13, 2. Job 18, 2
Tº "sºp 2-un rºs--is how long ere
we make an end of words 2
4. Without interrogation, rºs. His
hither and thither, any whither, 1 K. 2,
36. 42.
is i. q. TiN Heliopolis, q.v.
&S Chald. pron. 1 pers. I, Dan. 2, 8;
oftener His 2, 23. 3, 25. 4, 6. As genit.
Dan. 7, 15.
&#8 Milël (read anna, not onna) in-
terj. of entreaty, compounded from FIS
and N, pr. ah now 1 ah. I pray thee!
With an imperat. Gen. 50, 17; or fut.
apoc. as Opt. Neh. 1, 5; elsewhere ab-
sol. Ex. 32, 31. Dan. 4, 4. Written also
res Milél, 2 K. 20, 3. Is. 38, 3. Jon. 1, 14.
36.
* I. T.S (for rºs, Arab. 3ſ) i. q.
rºs, Pºs, 12S, onomatopoetic, to sigh, to
groan, Is. 3, 26. 19, 8. Hence the noun
rºs, Gr. &vio (&vić0, &vuºſo), and
Hºsn.
* II. rºs in Kal not used, to ap-
proach, to come to meet, to be present.
15. º
Arab. sº to be in good time, Gº! fit
time. Conj. W, X, to delay, to be pa-
tient, pr. to take time. IV, to retain.
PIEI, to cause to meet, to let fall in
with, spoken of God, Ex. 21, 13.
PUAL pr. to be made to meet, i. Q. to
be brought upon, to befall, e.g. evil, ca-
lamity, sent from God, Prov. 12, 21. Ps.
91, 10.
HITHPA. to seek occasion against any
ne, c. , 2 K. 5, 7.
Deriv. ºº, rº, ns II (for rºs),
nºn, Hysin.
rºs whither? when? see is.
Fºs Chald. I, see Nºs.
Tº see in sps.
*>S we, pron. i. q. Hºrºs, once Jer, 24.
6 Cheth. This unusual form, which is
found also in Rabbinic, is derived from
*s, as ºrºs from *-īs; and from i.
come the suffixes 5, 2-, 5-. In Ker
is read the common linx, but most
prob. "3R is the genuine reading.
738 Chald. pers. pron. 3 plur, ... q.
Heb. Dr., they, Dan. 2,44. Fem. Tº they,
7, 17, and in this passage strictly for
sunt, they are. The more regular fem.
form would seem to be "EN ; but "EN
stands in all the editions, so e. g. Ex.
1, 19 Onk.—The form jºbs comes from
jºnºs, and Tºs or "es from irºs, the
demonstrative syllable is (ecce 1) being
prefixed. So also in the Talmud, rºs
i. q. Shri. See under *=}s, note. In the
Targums also ºn, fem. Tºri. Syr
&la and <1% gº
tº m. 1. a man, (see below in
u:S,) i. q. ETS, but only in poetic style.
Rarely in the sense of the singular, Ps.
55, 14. Job 5, 17; more usually collect.
for the whole human race, man, Job 7,
17, 15,14. Ps, 8, 5. The same is ºils-12
Ps. 144, 3–Spec. a) Of a multitude,
the common people, vulgus ; hence Is. 8,
1 ºils ºrjã pr. with a man's stylus, i.e.
with common letters, not artificial, so
that the common people may read with-
out difficulty; see Comment. on Is. l. c.
and Rev. 13, 18. 21, 17; also ºwt& &vögo-
Toy Gal. 3, 15. b) wicked men, Ps. 9, 20.
56, 2. 66, 12. Comp. Bºs no. 1.
2. Emos, pr. n. of a son of Seth and
grandson of Adam, Gen. 4, 26. 5, 6.9.
*T28 in Kal not used, kindr, with the
roots Hºs I, pºs, ps?.
Ni PH. to sigh, to groan, pr. to bemoan
oneself, Fr. se plaindre, Ex. 2, 23. Joel
1, 18. Aram. Ethpa. id.—With by Ez.
21, 12, Tº Ex. 2, 23, of that on account
of which one groans.—Hence
"ºs f. plur, nings, a sighing, sigh
groaning, Ps. 31, 11. Lam. 1, 22. Is. 21
2 Finrºsº all the sighing on accoun:
of her i. e. Babylon. 35, 10. 51, 11.
*728 pers, pron. 1 plur, comm, we, the
common form; whence by aphaeresis
nº
*Dº N
71
rº. Arab. º. Gen. 18, 8. 29 4.
12, 31. etc. See "Ehs, note.
Nºn-S, fºr 28, Chald. id. Dan. 3, 16.
17. Ezra 4, 16.
*S, with distinct. accent *:S, pers.
pron. 1 pers, sing. of both genders, I, i. q.
*ES q.v. Pleon. joined with the 1 pers.
of verbs, espec. in the books of the silver
age of the Hebrew, as ºs "rºos Ecc.
2, 1.11. 12. 15. 18. 20. 3, 17. 4, 1.2. 4.7.
7, 25. Mostly in the nominative case;
and put for the oblique cases only where
these already precede, Heb. Gramm.
$119.3–Sometimes it includes the idea
of the subst. verb, i. q. I am, Gen. 15, 7.
24, 24.—See "Eis, note.
"2S comm. a ship, or rather collect.
ships, a fleet, navy. Arab. Al31, plur.
$3 – ~ 35.
&l and sº , a vessel, espec. for wa-
ter, a bucket, urn, pitcher, so called from
the idea of retaining and containing,
comp. sº Conj. IV. Comp. in Engl.
vessel for ship; also Gr, yovlás a milk-
pail, and yozülog ship, Hdot. 3. 136; oxo-
pig milk-pail and ship; Heb. Frºm and
Nº ºf Is. 18, 2–So 1 K. 9, 26. 27.
10, 11 where it is joined with a verb
masc. v. 22. Is. 33, 21, in both passages
with a fem. In all these passages it
seems to be a collective, to which the
corresponding noun of unity is Hºş,
bfter the analogy of the Arabic nomina
9
tº º + O • *
incis et singularitatis, as Kºš one stalk
SS © tº e
of straw, J-3 straw, see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe I. § 577; whence also
*º wants the plural. The author of
Chronicles by way of explanation has
twice put for it the plur, niºs; see 1 K.
9, 26, comp. 2 Chr. 8, 18; 1 K. 10, 22,
comp. 2 Chr. 9, 21. Vulg. always clas-
sis, Syr. ships.
Tºš f noun of unity corresponding
collect. *s, a ship, Prov. 30, 19 Jon.
., 3. 5. Plur. Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5, 17.
nrib niº's merchant-ships Prov. 31, 14.
ujhuinn riºs ships of Tarshish s. 23,
1; spoken genr. of any large merchant-
ships (see in u}^uinn) 2 Chr. 9, 21. Ps.
48, 8. Is. 2, 16, niº ºfts ship-men
sailors, 1 K. 9, 27.
Tºš f. sighing, mourning, Is. 29, 2
R. His I.
Eyºs (sighing of the people) pr. n
m. Aniam, 1 Chr. 7, 19.
Sk Tºs m. lead, Lat. plumbum, i. q
nº ; hence for a plumb-line, plummet
Am. 7, 7 Tis noir, a wall of the plumb.
line, i.e. built by rule, plumb. v. 8 I will
lay the plumb-line to my people Israel,
i. e. I will destroy utterly as if by rule
and measure; comp. Is. 34, 11. 2 K. 21,
13.−This word appears to be primitive;
35.
at least the Arabic verb 313| to be gross,
unwieldy, dull, is prob. a denom. derived
from lead, pr. to be leaden. Correspond-
g tº G 27- to 0
ing is Arab. Jºſ, Syr. ſail. Eth. by
transp. º AºA, also Armen. IIIFILIr
anak, which comprehends both black
and white lead.
"258 (Milra), in Pause with a change
of tone "Eis (Milél), 1 pers. pron. of both
genders, I, i. q. "3S. This is the pri-
mary and fuller form, and is in general
more rare than the shorter one; yet in
the Pentateuch it is more frequent, while
in some of the later books, as the Chroni-
cles and Ecclesiastes, it wholly disap-
pears. The Phenicians have the same
form written T-N, see Inscr. Citiens. 2, 1.
3, 1, in Monumenta Phoenicia ; the an-
cient Egyptians and Copts also have
it written ANoK, ANoG; while Aram.
_3:
fif, sis, Arab. Ül, Eth. Åſſ, accord
more nearly with the form ºs.
NotE. The striking resemblance of
the Hebrew personal pronouns to those
of the ancient Egyptian language, ap-
pears from the following table; in which
the capital letters are those found in the
ancient writing, and the smal. vowels
are inserted from the Coptic.
Pron, ep. Suffia.
1. ANOK A, I
2. m. eMTOK K
2. f. eMTO T
3. m. eIVTOF F
3. f. eNToS S
ps 7
2 p2N
Plur. 1. ANaN N
2. eINTO TelN TeM
3. eNTSeM Se]\
This table shows clearly the follow-
ing pºints: a) All the Egyptian sepa-
rate pronouns are compounded, by pre-
fixing to the proper kernel of the pronoun
the prosthetic syllable am, ant, ent, which
must have had a demonstrative mean-
ing, and served to give more body and
force to the pronominal word. b) This
prosthetic syllable, at least an, is found
in the Hebrew pronouns of the first and
second persons: 1. an-oki, an-i, 2. an-
ta (sometimes an-ka), f. an-ti, an-t.
Plur. 1. an-ahhnu. 2. an-tem, an-ten.
The third pers. has it not in biblical
Hebrew ; but the Talmud frequently
has ris he, ipse; Plur. This for nºs.
c) The demonstr. prosthetic syllable am,
in, (TN,) has a clear analogy to the
Heb. demonstr. in, ecce 1 lo 1 and may
originally not have been prefixed to the
third person in Hebrew, because this
could not be pointed at as present. But
we clea ‘ly find the same syllable in the
Nun epentheticum (so called) inserted in
the suffixes of verbs future; and there
is therefore scarcely a doubt, that this
Nun belongs strictly to the pronoun.—
For a fuller exhibition of the pronouns,
see Heb. Gram. pp. 293, 294, edit. 13.
Leipz. 1842.
>k lºs in Kal not used, Chald. |}s to
be grieved, to be sad, to mourn. Arab.
a. *
J' to groan, to sigh.
Hith Po. This nº pr. ‘ to show oneself
sad; hence to complain, to murmur,
Lam. 3, 39; with the notion of impiety,
Num 11, 1.
* C2S to urge, to press, to compel;
kindr. are Yºs, Yas, q.v. Once Esth.
1, 8 bºis T-N mone did compel sc. the
guests to drink.-This root is frequent
in the Targums for Heb. 913, Ygn, puys.
Syr. Ethpe. -i iſ 2i to be compelled;
Pa. -ºil for £26,4&ouw, Wisd. 14, 19.
C28 Chald. Id. Dan. 4, 6 [9] Tº
# bºs-sº no secret presseth upon thee,
troubleth thee.
sk r:S ful. Inis", to breathe; also to
breathe hard through the nostrils, to
snort; ſound in the verb only trop. to be
angry, comp. nºr. Ps. 10, 5–Constr
absol. Ps. 2, 12. 60, 3, 79, 5; or with a
of the object, Is. 12, 1.1 K. 8, 46. Ps. 85
6. Found only in the loftier and poetic
style; in prose the more common form is
HITHPA. pr. to show oneself angry
hence to be angry, i. q. Kal, c. : Deut
1, 37. 4, 21. 9, 8, 20.
Deriv, ris II.
F2S Chald. only in plur. c. suff."rip?s,
i. q. Heb. Bºbs, the face, visage, Dan,
2, 46. 3, 19. In the Targums we more
frequently find the contracted form Tºps,
with a plural termination, Targ. Gen,
32, 30. Deut. 1, 17.34, 10. Cant. 1, 11–
A Dual jºbs is not found in Chaldee.
TºS f name of an unclean bird,
to which are ascribed several species
(Fººh) Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Sept
zo.goºglöc, i.e. a bird haunting clefts and
chasms in the banks of rivers, perh, sand-
piper. Bochart in Hieroz. II. 335 sq.
renders it with the Rabbins angry bird
and understands the bird R9 ; i. e. the
wrathful, a species of eagle; which
would also accord with the Heb. etymo-
logy from F3s. Among the more irasci-
ble birds is also the parrot, and so both
the Arabic versions.
>k P:S 1. Pr. Lat. angi, to choke,
to be in anguish ; hence of cries extort-
ed by pain and anguish, to shriek, to
Sob, to groan, Germ. Angstgeschrey,
Jer. 51, 52. Ez. 26, 15.—Kindred are the
roots perſ, pºx, and words depending
from them, as &yzi, & 6/km, angere, an-
gustus, Germ. enge, Angst, Engl. an-
guish, anarious ; and more softened n2S,
rºs for F2s –Chald, pºs, Syr. -ji, id.
2. From the idea of choking (see
pyri) comes also the signif of collar
pº, and to adorn with a collar, see py
Ç
hence also the neck, # is. From its
slender neck, a she-goat or kid is called
in Arab. sue q. d, long-neck, in
Heb. perhaps anciently pºx, pºs, comp
ckie to have a slender neck. From
the goat, is derived the word for roe, i.e
ips; comp. Lat. caprea from capra.
NipH. i. q. Kal no. 1, Ez. 9, 4, 24, 1"
p-N
DoS
73
bº pºst, sob in silence, i. e. forbear to
cry out.—Hence
Tºš f. constr. npäs 1 a shriek,
cry, mourning, Mal. 2, 13, of captives Ps.
79, 11.102, 21; of the wretched Ps. 12,6.
2. Lev. 11, 30, a species of reptile,
prob. of the lizard genus, having its
name from the moaning cry uttered by
some species of lizards. Sept. and Vulg.
mus arame's or shrew-mouse. See Bo-
chart Hieroz. I. 1068 sq.
* º:S i. q tº, Syr. Ka, (comp. Gr.
vógos,) to be sick, ill at ease; found only
in Part, pass. Úhis, f. rufts, ill, des-
perate, incurable, fatal, of a disease or
wound, Jer. 15, 18. Mic. 1,9. Job 34, 6.
Trop. of grief Is. 17, 11, like nºir, Hārīz;
of a day of calamity Jer. 17, 16; of a
malignant disposition Jer. 17, 9.
NIPH. to be very sick, 2 Sam. 12, 15.
>k U}s m. a primitive word, not used
in the sing, pr: a man, vir, and then man
in general, homo. Instead of it the He-
brews used the contracted and softened
‘orm wins a man, comp. Gr. eig for Šus,
gen. §vés; and also the prolonged form
Dixº homo. From this primary form
comes fem. Hús for Tufts a woman, and
olur. Pºujºs men.—The signif. of sick-
ness and disease, which lies in the root
U.S., is derived from another source, the
primary syllable tº ; and has no con-
nection with this substantive root.
tº Chald. and tº Dan. 2, 10, stat.
emphat. Nºs Dan, 2,38, and Rºs 5,21,
also Rºjibs 4, 13 Cheth. man, homo,
and collect. men, mankind, Dan. 4, 29.
30. So in u}}s ha i. q =TS-13 son of man,
i. e. man, homo; Dan. 7, 13 lo! tº -->
one like the son of man came with the
clouds of heaven, i.e. the king of the fifth
empire, the Messiah. From this passage
in Daniel was derived the appellation of
the Messiah which in the times of our
Saviour was the most common of all,
viz. Son of man. Besides the N. T.
traces of it are found also in the apocry-
phal Book of Enoch, written about the
time of Christ's birth, but before the
death of Herod the Great. See c. 46, ed.
Oxon.—Plur. Nufts ºn Dan. 2, 38. 5, 21.
PLUR. Fºu:S after the Heb. form, Dan.
4, 14
vºy
Flºs Chald. i. q. Heb. Hris q.
Pron. 2 pers, Sing. m. thou, Dan. 2, 29
31. 37.38. 3, 10. 5, 13. 18. 22. 23. 6, 17
21 Cheth. This form is a Hebraism
peculiar to the biblical Chaldee, instead
of the usual ris, ris, comm. gend, and
for that reason not acknowledged by the
Masorites, who everywhere regard II as
redundant, and substitute in Keri Flås.
jºs Chald, ye, pron. 2 pers, plur
Dan. 2, 8. In the Targg. id. also jºins.
SPS (prob. physician) Asa, pr. n. m.
a) A king of Judah, son of Abijam and
grandson of Rehoboam, who died after
a reign of 41 years, 914 B.C. 1 K. 15, 9
sq. 2 Chr. c. 14–16. b) 1 Chr. 9, 16.
>k ITQs obsol. root, i. q. Arab. sèl
(; and b being interchanged, see under
T,) to be hurt, injured, and trans, to hurt,
harm, injure.—Hence jibs and NQS.
jºbS m. (r. Thb) pr. a vessel for hold-
ing ointment, an oil-flask, 2 K. 4, 2.
Tics m. (r. rigs) hurt, harm, mischief,
done to any one, Gen. 42, 4.38. Ex. 21,
22. 23.
ºbs m. (r. ºbs) plur. Bºnhos, a
band, bond, Ecc. 7, 26. Thosr; nº Jer.
37, 15 the house of bonds, i. e. prison.
"ºbs; Chald, id. Dan. 4, 12. Ezra 7,26.
Fººs m. (r. Fos) collection, ingather-
ing of fruits, Ez. 23, 16. 34, 22. Formed
after the analogy of the like mouns nº,
*2], ºri.
nºs m. (r. Yes) plur. Bºes, one
- bound, a captive, prisoner, Job 3, 18. Ps.
68, 7. It differs from "hos, in that the
latter retains the force of a participle,
while nºbs is a substantive; see Gen.
39, 20.
"Q8 m. (r. ºbs) 1. id. Is. 10, 4, 24,
22.42, 7.
2. Assir, pr. m. m. a) Ex. 6, 24. 1 Chr
6, 7, b) 1 Chr. 6, 8, 22.
* DeS obsol. root, i. q. bhū, biº, to
put, to set, to lay up ; comp. Aram. TGS,
yºn g e
sºi, (n and 3 being interchanged) to
heap up, to lay up, whence list and
12&lºwſ a heaping up, prºvision, Rººs
store-houses.—-Hence
YºCN 74.
res
PºS plur. store-houses, Deut. 28, 8.
Prov. 3, 10. In the East these are often
under ground, and are now called Mat-
milrdt, ey-law tº
2K Tes obsol. and doubtful root, Aram.
to lay up, to hoard, see in thos. Hence
TºpS pr. n. m. Asmah, Ezra 2, 50. It
is an appellative, signifying either store-
house, or thorn-bush i. q. Chald. Rººs,
Heb. Hºº.
"ExºS Asnappar, Sept. Augswoºpég,
Vulg. Assemaphar, pr. m. of an Assyrian
king or satrap, who is said to have led
out colonies into Palestine, Ezra 4, 10.—
Bohlen compares Sanscr. Semapa, leader
of an army; see also annºp.
Fºº Asenath, Egyptian pr. n. of the
daughter of Potiphar priest of Heliopo-
lis, the wife of Joseph, Gen. 41, 45. 46,
20. The LXX, whose authority is con-
siderable in Egyptian pr. names, write it
'Aosvé9, Ms. Alex. Agavvé9, which may
be written in Egyptian thus, a C-ſſeyT
she is of Neith, i.e. belongs to Neith the
Minerva of the Egyptians (3-C she
is); like Asisi, a C-HCe she is of Isis,
i. e. devoted to her. A different expla-
nation is given by Jablonsky in Opusc.
II. 209. Panth. Ægypt. I. 56. For the
goddess Neith, see Jablonsky l.c. and
Champollion Panthéon Egyptien no. 6.
:: FES, imper. Fibs, HEos Num. 11,
16, plur. Eos Ps. 50, 5; fut. Ribs, in
plur. et c. suff, Eos", *:Etsy, rarely
with N quiescent or dropped Foº, Fººl,
tºp& 1 Sam. 15, 6, 2 Sam. 6, 1. Ps. 104,29.
—Pr. to scrape, to scrape together, kindr.
with the verbs Fºo (whence Hºho
whirlwind), Hºp, also ºpy, and the
harsher nor q. v. Hence
1. to collect, to gather, as fruits Ex. 23,
10; ears of grain Ruth 2, 7; money 2 K.
22, 4. Also to gather together, to assem-
ble men, a people, nations, Ex. 3, 16.
Num. 21, 16. 2 Sam. 12, 28. Constr.
with acc. to which is sometimes added
bs of pers. or place to or at which ; Gen.
12, 17 hºujº-bs bris ºbsºn and he ga-
thered them together into prison, i. e. put
them all together in prison. 1 Sam. 14,
52. 2 Sam. 11, 27. Gen. 6. 21; also by
2 K. 22, 20.—Hence
2. to gather to oneself, to take, to receive
espec. to one’s hospitality and protection
Deut. 22, 2. Josh. 20, 4 nsh;? 'E Fes
2 K. 5,3 sq. to receive one from leprosy
i. e. to restore a leprous person, so tha.
he is again received into the society and
intercourse of others.
3. to gather up, i. e. to contract, is
draw up or back, to withdraw. Gen. 49,
33 he gathered up his feet into the bed
1 Sam. 14, 19 F. Fibs withdraw tºy
hand, i. e. desist. Joel 2, 10 the stars
Erl# EºN withdraw their brightness, i.e.
shine no more.—Hence
4. to take back or away, espec. that
which one has formerly given. Ps. 104,
29 ſº brºn Fºr thou takest away
their breath, they die. Job 34, 14. Gen,
30, 23 "nºir-ns tºrºs Fos God hath
taken away my reproach. Is. 4, 1.10, 14.
5. to take out of the way, to destroy,
Judg. 18, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 6 iſſy Hºps jº
lest I destroy thee with them. Ez. 34, 29
Ryº "Enos taken away by famine, con-
sumed. Jer. 8, 13. Zeph. 1, 2. Comp.
the roots Hºg, Flo.
6. to bring up the rear, to be a rear-
ward, agnen claudere, as collecting and
bringing together the stragglers, Is, 58
8. Comp. Pi. no. 3.
NIPH. 1. to be collected, gathered to-
gether, assembled, with PS of place, Lev.
26, 25; h 2 Chr. 30,3; by 2 Sam. 17, 11;
though more commonly by in this phrase
signifies against, Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 35, 15.
Also ºrbs nos: Gen. 49,29, *rias-bs
Judg. 2, 10, and simpl. Fes; Num. 20,
26, to be gathered to one's people, fathers,
etc. i. e. to depart into Sheol, Hades.
where the Hebrews supposed all their
ancestors to be congregated. The 5eing
gathered to one's people or fathers, is ex-
pressly distinguished both from death and
from burial, Gen. 25,8, 35,29.2 K. 22, 20.
Different are those passages in which
Foš, denotes the gathering of the dead
slain in battle for the purpose of burial,
Jer. 8, 2. Ez. 29, 5. Job 27, 19.
2. to be received, comp. in Kal no. 2,
e.g. a leprous person, i. q. to be restored
as healed, Num. 12, 14. Reflex. of a
sword, Jer, 47, 6 put up thyself into thy
scabbard
Fles
75 *ON
3. o be taken away, to depart, to perish
s. 16, 10.60, 20. Jer. 48, 33. Hos. 4, 3.
PIEL 1. i. Q. Ka, no. 1, to collect, tº
rather, Is. 62, 9.
2. to receive in hospitality, Judg. 19, 18.
3. i. q. Kal no. 6, to bring up the rear,
to be a rear-ward, Num. 10, 25. Josh. 6,
9. 13. Is. 52, 12.
PUAL pass. of Piel no. 1, to be collected,
gathered together, Is. 24, 22. 33, 4.
HITHPA. to gather themselves together,
to be assembled, Deut. 33, 5.
Deriv. Fººs, and the six here follow-
Ing.
Plºš (collector) Asaph, pr. n. m. a.)
A Levite, the chief of David's singers,
1 Chr. 16, 4, 5; in a later age celebrated
also as a poet and prophet, 2 Chr. 29, 30;
, to whom twelve Psalms (50, 73–83) are
ascribed in their titles; and whose pos-
terity, Fºs "3+, in the times of Ezra and
Nehemiah still occupied themselves with
sacred poetry and song. 1 Chr. 25, 1.
2 Chr. 20, 14, 29, 13. Ezra 2, 41. 3, 10.
Neh. 7, 44. 11, 22. b) 2 K. 18, 18. Is.
36, 3. c.) Neh. 2, 8.
FoS (after the form bºis) only in Plur.
E"Bºs collections, i.e. stores, store-hou-
ses, 1 Chr. 26, 15, 17. Bºstºn "Bºs the
store-chambers of the gates, Neh. 12, 25.
Fºs collection, ingathering, harvest,
espec. of fruits, Is, 32, 10.33, 4, Mic. 7, 1.
TºS f a gathering together, assem-
blage. Is. 24, 22 pleon. HºpS HE&N they
are gathered together with a gathering,
i. e. in one gathering, all at once.
TºS f only in Plur, niecs, assem-
blies, congregations, espec. of wise and
learned men to dispute on divine things.
Ecc. 12, 11 nipºs ººz masters of assem-
blies, i. e. members, associates of such
assemblies, i.g. bºrn in the other clause.
In Arabic Kolā, Ji -U> ; though the
Arabian consessus, & Uclic, are a diſ.
rerent thing from these Jewish assem-
hlies. [Others: masters of collections,
i. e. compilers, composers of books; so
(Cimchl.-T.
D"EQs see ºbs
Flºos m. pr. collected, ad, dimla.
used in contempt for a mired mºltitude,
rabble, vagabonds, scraped together from
every quarter and follow ing the Israel-
ites in their exodus; with art. R&Basr
Num. 11, 4, Aleph being quiescent.—
The same is called in Ex. 12, 38 an ºx.
SºnºS (Milél) Chald, adv. diligently
carefully, speedily, Ezra 5, 8.6, 8, 12. 13.
7, 17. 21. 26. Sept. §ſtuděštov, Šituškaig,
ăroiuag, Vulg. studiose, diligenter.—The
etymology is doubtless to be sought in
the Persian language, comp.sºs; but
in respect to the root and signification
there is little certainty. Bohlen, Symb,
p. 21, regards it as from Jº © 3' from
wisdom, i. e. wisely, diligently. Kose-
garten prefers with Castell to compale
exº~ and sy…", wholly, perfectly.
Sºś Pers. Aspatha, pr. n. of a son
of Haman, Esth. 9, 7. Prob. Sanscr.
Asvadata, Pers. Selºw), ‘ab equo
datus,’ (i.e. by Bramah under the form
of a horse,) comp. Gr. Agrajñs. So
Benfey, Pott.
* "ES fut. *bs, and ºbs, c. suff.
Annessy, Hºbsºn.
1. to bind, to make fast, to bind to any
thing, kindr. with his and other roots of
binding, which see in art. TIS. Chald.
15.
~es, Syr. ºf Arab. 2.1, Eth. Ariz,
and AUU/, id.—E. g. an animal, Gen.
49, 11; a victim, Ps. 118, 27; a sword
upon the thigh, Neh. 4, 12; a pe son
with cords, Ez. 3, 25.-Hence
2. to bind, to put in bonds, Gen. 42 24
espec. in ſetters, chains, Ps. 149, 8. Jer
40, 1.2 K. 25, 7. Part. Thos one bound
a captive, prisoner, Ps. 146, 7; metaph,
of a captive to woman's love, Cant. 7, 6.
3. to put in prison, to hold in confine-
ment, although not bound, 2 K. 17, 4 23,
33. Part, hios a prisoner, Gen. 40, S. 5.
Is. 49, 9. Bºnhosri nº the house of pri.
soners, i. e. prison, Judg. 16, 21.25; contr.
$. 93 $
Ennior nº Ecc.4,14. Arab 2. id. A.
captivity.
4. to make fast animals to a cart or
vehicle, i. e. to harness, to yoke. 1 Sam
6, 7 Hºxa rinºn-rs Ernes, and yoke
the kine to the cart. v. 10. Also with acc,
of the vehicle, to harness a chariot, Gen
46,2); or absol. 1 K. 18, 44 T ~bs har
mess vily chariot and go down. 2 K. 9, 21
*ON
FN.
76
5. Pr. to bind on, to join , hence ºnes
nºrth ºn-rs to join battle, to begin the
fight, 1 K. 20, 14. 2 Chr. 13, 3.
6, it'Ex-by hºs hos to bind a binding
(interdict) upon oneself, i. e. to bind one-
self by a vow of abstinence from the use
of any thing otherwise lawful, Num. 30,
3 sq. Different from -1; -1; to vow a
vow, which implies something to be per-
formed.--Chald. hes to prohibit, to for-
bid, Syr. ii-eo ºwl to bind and loose, to
prohibit and permit.
Nirh. 1. to be bowºd, Judg. 16, 6, 13.
2. to be kept in prison, Gen. 42, 16. 19.
PUAL to be made captive in war, Is.
22, 3.
Deriv. the two following, and nºbs,
--es, -es, rºbº, tºpia.
Tºš and nºS m. pr. a binding, pro-
hibition, interdict; hence a vow of absti-
mence, Num, 30, 3 sq. See in r. noS no.
3. The absol. state is every where nºs,
out c. suff. Frºš, plur. Frºgs, Num.
30, 6.8. 15.
Tºš Chald. a prohibition, interdict,
\ \an. 6, 8 sq.
jºr Tºš pr. n. Esar-haddon, a king
of Assyria, the son and successor of
Sennacherib, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38. Ezra
4, 2. Before his father’s death, he had
been made viceroy over the province of
Babylonia, with regal honours. See
Berosus in Eusebii Chron. Arm. T. I. p.
42, 43, where he is called 'Agogóðv, as
also in Sept. 2 K. et Is. l. c. elsewhere
20xegööv, 207sgöovós Tob. 1, 21.—This
name was perh. in ancient Assyrian
equivalent to Athro-dána, Pers. xsie Si
“gift of fire,” which comes near to Asor-
ian. Bohlen.
ºbs Esther, Pers. pr. m. of a Jewish
virgin, before called Hadassah, nºir,
Esth. 2, 7, who became the wife of
Ahasuerus (Xerxes) and queen of Per-
sia. The etymology is correctly given
in Targ. sec. ad Esth. 2, 7, as i. Q. Pers.
8,UK, sitareh, star, also good fortune,
tappiness, Zend. stara, Sanscr. Strž nom.
stſ, for står ; whence in the occidental
languages, Gr. &gt;9, Lat. aster, Germ.
Stern, Engl. star. See Lassen Ind.
Wiblioth. III. 18. In Syr. put for the
ar of Venus, (see R ºr Bahlúl Ms.) and
we recognise the same Persian name in
the Heb. nymus, for which see in it
place. This name therefore was part,
cularly appropriate to the character anº
circumstances of Esther.
3'S Chald. st. emphat. Nys, ºvood
Ezra 5, 8.6, 4, 11. Dan. 5, 4. It is soft.
ened from Heb. Yº!, the 9 being changeſ
into N, and y into S. See under the
letters N, y, x.
I. FS Partic. denoting: 1. addition
accession, espec. of something greate
and more important, pr. Jea more, be:
sides, even, adeo. Kindr. with rip, he
irs; Hupfeld in Zeitschr. f. d. Morg. II
p. 143. Corresp. are Syr-ºl, Chald, ºs.
Arab. CŞ.—Job 15, 4 HSº Her rins-Rs
Aſea more, thow dost bring to nought the
fear of God. 14, 3. 34, 12. So with a
partic. of interrogation, FST, is it even 2
shall even 2 followed by ES), e. g. Job
34, 17. 40, 8. Am. 2, 11. Before a pro-
noun repeated for emphasis, Prov. 22, 19
Hrs as Trºlin I make known to thee,
even to thee.—Hence i. q. Lat. medum,
much more, by impl. much less, how
much less, (more fully "2 FN, which see
in its order below, no. 2.) Job 4, 18. 19.
So "E FS separ, much less when, if, Job
9, 14 lºss "eis "z F8 how much less if
I should answer him 2 35, 14. Ez. 15, 5.
2. Simpl. marking accession in gene-
ral, also, Lev. 26, 16. 28. 2 Sam. 20, 14.
Ps. 93, 1. 108, 2. Job 32, 10. al. Often
Fish and also, Lev. 26, 39. Deut. 15, 17.
once even EA-7s, like Lat. etiam quo
que, Lev. 26, 44. Twice or thrice re
peated, Is. 40, 24. 41, 26.-Often put
poetically and with emphasis for the
more common and, also ; comp. Arab,
CŞ. Is. 48, 12. 13 I also am the last
my hand also hath founded the earth,
i. q. and I... and my hand, etc. 26, 8,
33, 2, 41, 10.
3. By ellipsis of the conditional parti-
cle, i. q. EN FS even if, although. Job
19, 4 "nº Bºstºs, although indeed
have erred. Syr. K -ºi, and cont-
saf —Also even though, when yet ; Ps,
44, 10 we praise God all the day ris
*::F) ºrº although thou hast cost u,
off and put us to shame. 68, 17.
FN
*EN
RS Chald, also, Dan. 6, 23.
"; FS 1. pr. yea more, that ; but
vlso, but even. Ez. 23, 40 yea further-
more, that ye did send for men from
far. Hab. 2, 5.—Gen. 3, 1 ngs "Z Fls
cºrbs, put for "2 FISH, is it even so,
that God hath said?—Hence
2. Lat. medum, pr. much mor, , how
much more, when preceded by an affirm-
ative, 1 Sam. 14, 30. 2 Sam. 4, 11; where
a negative precedes, how much less,
Job 25, 6. Sometimes with "2 omit-
ted, id.
II. FS m. (ſor F2s, r. F2S) c. suff.
"ES, iPs, dual Dºs, pr. ‘a breathing-
place,” the member with which we
breathe; hence § of
1. the nose, Arab. -ăși, Eth. Å34.,
id. Spoken of men Num. 11, 20, and of
animals Job 40, 24; anthropop. of God,
Ps. 18, 9. FS Finž pride, see F33. Also
FS nºn breath or blast of the nose, spoken
of the hard breathing of an angry per-
son, Job 4, 9. Hence
2. anger, which shows itself in hard
breathing. Fis by a Prov. 22, 24, and
ns ºns 29, 22, an angry man. Very
often of the anger of God, Deut. 32, 22.
29, 19. Job 36, 13.
DUAL Rººs 1. Pr. ‘the two breathing-
holes,’ i. e. the nostrils, Gen. 2, 7.
2. anger, chiefly in the phrases TN
bººs slow to anger, patient, and nxp
bººs short i. e. quick of anger, impa-
'ent; see in TS, ºp.
3. Meton. the face, countenance, Syr.
leſ, Chald. Theºs. Gen. 3, 19. Fre-
quent in the phrase to bow oneself DºS
nºns the face to the ground, Gen. 19, 1.
42, 6. Tº hesh before David 1 Sam.
25, 23, for the common "º.
4. two persons, as if dual from Sing.
as in the signif. of face, person ; comp.
11960 aſtov, tºº, and Syr. ièſ. 1 Sam.
1, 5-tºes nris Hº a portion of two per-
sons, i. e. a double portion. See more
fully in Thesaur. p. 127. Others, he
gave to Hannah one portion in anger,
i. e. with sadness, in a sad and sorrow-
tul spirit; words signifying anger being
rometimes transferred to express the
den of grief, sadness.
5. Appaim, pr. 1, m. 1 Chr. 2, 30, 31.
joined:
>k TES fut. Tºš, to gird on, to put or
sc. the high-priest's ephod, TEN, Ex. 29
5. Lev. 8, 7. 42
Deriv. the two following, and Tips.
Tes (i. q. "'EN ephod,) pr. n. m.
Ephod, Num. 34, 23.
Tºš f. 1. Inf of r. Tes, a girding
on, putting on, sc. of the ephod, Ex.
28, 8.
2. a covering, overlaying of a statue
with gold, plating, Is. 30, 22, i. q. ºx.
Idols ol' wood were often thus overlaid
with plates of gold or silver, itsgizgvaa,
ſtagićgyvgº, Ep. Jer. 6, 34.
jºS i. q. Syr. Hºsſa palace; Dan.
11,455, as "hº his palace-like taberna-
cles. – It is i. q. Arab. Ö33 a high
tower, castle, fortress, with Aleph. pros-
thetic followed by Dag. forte; comp.
Tiºnºs, also tºº, Chald. BTS, Eºs, blood;
jä, äs, AS, a garden.—R. Tº q. v.
>k HES, imp. HES for HES Ex. 16, 23;
fut. Hºs", once ºrian, 1 Sam. 28,24; to
cook, spec. to bake, e. g. bread or cakes
in an oven. Chald. Syr. id. Arab.
$2. whence sº oven, furnace. In
the occidental languages comp. Gr. Épo,
ôrréal, tétro, Lat. epulſe, epulari-
Gen. 19, 3. Lev. 26, 26. Is. 44, 15. 19.
With two acc. of the material and of
that which is prepared from it; Lev.24,5
nºr Hºº Bºnº Fins pres, and bake
[of] it twelve cakes; comp. Lehrg. $219.
Part. HEs a baker Gen. 40, 1. --Rsri -u,
chief of the bakers, chief-baker, an officer
of the Egyptian court, Gen. 40, 2 sq
The same dignity exists among the
Mogols.
NIPH. to be cooked, baked, Lev. 6, 10
7, 9, Plur. Hy"Esm Lev. 23, 17.
Deriv. HEN2, Bºer.
Tºš an ephah, see Hºns.
*ES and sies, Aleph paragog. like
ian, Niān; pr: here, hic, and of time.
now ; but always a particle postposi-
tive, which gives emphasis to the pre.
ceding word, like the Greek enclitics
Totá, tog, ſtov, Lat. tandem. It is sub-
a) To interrogative pronouns
7%
7EN
SER
78
and adverbs, Engl. now, Gen. 27, 33.
Ex. 33, 16 Nies nº otherein now 2
Is. 22, 1 Njºs º-rº what aileth thee
none 2 Job 17, 15 Nies nºs where now 2
Judg. 9, 38. Is. 19, 12. Gen. 27, 37 nº
*::, riºs rºº Nies and what now shall I
do for thee, my son 2 b) To negative
and affirmative particles or words. Job
9, 24 iss Nº DS if not now (God), i. e. iſ
t be not God, who is it? 24, 25. The
contrary is found Gen. 43, 11 iPS 73 DS
ºf so now. c) In exhortations and wishes.
Job 19, 6 sies as: know now, know there-
fore, Sept. yuáre oiv. 19, 23. 2 K. 10, 10.
Prov. 6, 3.—Corresponding is Chald. Tip
indeed, truly, now, etc. see Buxtorf
Lex, 1706. The primary force of iss
is demonstrative, as in ip, nº, here;
with S prefixed, which is also demon-
strative, like Nº ecce 1 Comp. Rabb.
Nºn-s, "nºs, Nrºs. i. q. Nºn, Nºrt. See
Hupfeld in Zeitschr, für d. Morg. II. p.
128, 137.—This iPN ſtov enclitic, and the
interrogative nºns Tuoi, are kindred.
TES m. (by Syriasm for Ties)
constr. also TiEN 1 Sam. 2, 18. Syr. 12.3
from the Heb. R. TES.
1. an ephod, a garment of the high
priest, worn over the tunic and outer
garment or pallium, Bº TiE's Ex. 28,
31. 29, 5; without sleeves, and divided
below the armpits into two parts or
halves, of which one was in front cover-
ing the breast and belly, and the other
behind covering the back. These were
joined above on the shoulders by clasps
or buckles of gold and precious stones,
and reached down to the middle of the
thighs; they were also made fast by a
belt around the body, TiESr. atºn; see
Ex. 28, 6–12.-Besides the high-priest,
the ephod was sometimes worn also by
other persons; e. g. by David as lead-
ng the sacred choir and dance 2 Sam.
6, 14; by Samuel as the high-priest's
minister 1 Sam. 2, 18. 28; and also by
wome priests of lower rank.-As to the
material, the ephod of the high-priest
was of gold, purple, scarlet, and byssus;
that worn by others was usually of linen.
2. an image, statue of an idol, comp.
*Rs no. 2. Judg. 8, 27; prob, also in
Judg. 17, 5. 18, 17–20. Hos. 3, 4.
3. Ephod, pr. n. m. Num. 34, 23.
Tºš (refreshed, from an obsol, roo
TES i. q. Tºp, 2, ls, to breathe, to blow
pr. n. m. Aphiah, 1 Sam. 9, 1.
Bººs adj. (r. Bes) late, slow of growth
long in ripening, spoken of fivºt and
grain, Ex. 9, 32–Pr. weak, tender, see
the root no. 2.
PºS or Pºs, m. (r. PEs) consit,
p"Es, plur. "pºs.
1. a pipe, tube, from the idea of hold.
ing, containing, see r. PES no. 1. Job
40, 18 mºn; "p"ES tubes of brass.-
Spec. a) a channel, bed of a brook or
stream, Is. 8, 7. Ez. 32, 6; also for the
bottom of the sea, 2 Sam. 22, 16. b) a
brook, torrent, Ps. 42,2. 126,4. Joel 1,20.
Bºrº PTEs a valley-brook, Job 6, 15.
Hence c) a valley itself as watered by
a stream or torrent, i. q. Prix, Arab. sel,
wddy, Ez. 6, 3.34, 13. 35,8. 36, 4, 6.
2. Adj. strong, mighty, see r. pps no.
2. Job 41, 7 [15] tº "pºes the strong
of shields, i. e. the strong shields or
scales of the crocodile. 12, 21 he looseth
the girdle of the mighty; parall. E-3-ºx.
—Ewald ad Cant. 5, 12, ascribes to this
word the notion of Swiftness; but arbi-
trarily.
PºS see in pes no. 1.
nºs see nºis.
Sk SES a root not used in Hebrew
- -15
Arab. J3 is:
1. Pr. to go down, to set, as the sun
comp, the kindr, roots B-S, 532, he:
hence to be dark, obscure.
2. to fail, to be weak, tender; spec. of
plants, to be late, of slow growth.
Deriv. from no. 1, bes, bes, rhes
*Es?, Hººps2; from no. 2 b"Es.
ºš dark, e.g. the day, Am. 5, 20.
Sps m. darkness, gloom, espec. thick
darkness, a poetic word, Job 3, 6. 10, 22
28, 3.30, 26. Trop. for misfortune, ca.
lamity, Job 23, 17; also of a place of am.
bush, Ps. 11, 2.
Tºš ſ (r. Wes) darkness, thick dark
ness, Ex. 10, 22. Comp. BES. Trop
for misfortune, calamity, Is. 8, 22. Plu
rºes Is, 59, 9.
SEN
peN
79
Sºs (judgment, r. bº) Ephlal, pr.
a. m. 1 Chr. 2, 37.
*k TES obsol. root, prob. to turn, to re-
volve, like Hºº.—Hence jºis a wheel, and
j#8 m. time, season, from the idea of
turning, revolving, see r. ES; comp.
him, Hºpm, regiojos, and other words
which denote a year, many of which
signify pr. a circle, as annus, whence an-
nulus a ring, Gr. Éviovtós. Hence Prov.
25, 11 lºss-by -ºº ºn a word spoken
in its times, i. e. in due season, timely.
(On the form ***N for "gºs see Lehrg.
p. 575.) So among the ancient intpp.
Symm. Vulg. Abulwalid, who rightly
9 , º,
compares Arab, just time. Or, if we
may take its as tº q."His a wheel, the
phrase TºS-by might be rendered upon
its wheels, as a proverbial expression
implying quickness, celerity in replying.
So Syr. Š-e and tie-, *s-, in
rota, i.e. quickly, rapidly.
Sk CES to cease, to fail, to have an
end, Gen. 47, 15. 16. Ps. 77,9. Is. 16, 4.
Kindred perh. is boº.—Hence
C#8 pr: cessation, a coming to an
end ; hence
A) Subst. m. 1. an end, eactremity.
Yºs "QBs the ends of the earth, poet. and
hyperbol. for the remotest regions, Ps.
2, 8, 22, 28. al.
2. Dual Pºpes pr. the eartremities i. e.
soles of the feet; e.g. Ez. 47, 3 types ºn
waters of the soles, i. e. not deep, not
rising above the soles. Comp. be.
Chald. Syr. Vulg. ankles.
B) Adv. 1. no more, no further, i. q.
‘’is "S, Is. 5,8. 54, 15. Am. 6, 10. Deut.
32, 36. Also, none besides, Is. 45, 6.46,
9. Once with Tiy 2 Sam. 9, 3; and so
with Yod parag. Tis ºbes Is. 47, 8, 10.
Zeph. 2, 15 is nees: **s I am, and
there is none besides.—With prep. bºss,
i. q. Tis TS3, with no more ; Job 7, 6
r.Fºr bºsã with no more of hope, i. e.
without hope. Prov. 14, 28. Also for
"s: Dan. 8, 25.
2. Tothing, mought, Is. 41, 12.29. bºsz,
for nothing, i.e. without cause, Is. 52, 4.
Sºº of or from nothing, i.e. something
from nothing, Is. 40. 17; see Tº 1. b >.
thing but, only, Num. 22, 35 comp. v. 20
23, 13.
4. Conj. "E bºss pr. only that, i, q
nevertheless, but yet, Num. 13, 28. Deut
15, 4. Am. 9, 8.
Eººl bºs Ephes-Dammim, pr.m. of
a place in the tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 17.
1; for which 1 Chr. 11, 13 Dºº-be.
928 found only once, and prob, a
wrong reading for bºs; spoken of the
nothingness of idols, Is. 41, 24 tº
S'Es?, where the other clause has
Tºsº. Some of the Rabbins regard
SES as being i. q. Hººs viper; and ren-
der, your work is worse than vipers : but
wholly against the context, in which
idols are said to be altogether nought.
Better therefore with Vulg. Chald.
Saad. to replace bºs?, which is read in
the similar passages Is. 40, 17. 41, 12.
29; and is also very frequent in these
chapters.
TºS comm. (ſ. Is. 59, 5) a viper,
adder, any poisomous serpent, Joel 20,
of
16. Is 30, 6, 59, 5. Arab sºil. R.
nº q.v.
>k FES i. q. 539, to surround, to en-
compass, but only poetic, c. acc. Ps. 18, 5.
116, 3. 2 Sam. 22, 5. Jon. 2, 6; by Ps.
40, 13.−It is not contracted in flexion,
whence HEES, ºpºs.
>k pes in Kal not used. 1. to hold, to
contain, i. q. pir, pºrt, Hiph. no. 1, b :
see p"ES no. 1, and Hithpa.
2. to be firm, strong, see p"ES no. 2; the
idea of holding, espec. of holding firmly,
being often transferred to strength. Arab,
~# _ （$
G3 to overcome, to conquer; Gáž! to
excel (pr. to prevail, to be strong) in
liberality, in eloquence, etc. Gl CX-
cellent, pre-eminent. -
HITHPA. to contain oneself, i.e. to with-
hold or refrain oneself from giving way
e.g. to affection Gen. 43, 31. 45, 1; to
grief Is. 42, 14; to anger Esth. 5, 10; to
conscience 1 Sam. 13, 12. So Gen. 45, 1
and Joseph could not refrain himself. Is.
63, 15 pºshni ºs Hºrn thy compas.
! ston toward me refraineth itself. 1 Sam.
3. Adv. of restricuon, limitation, no- ! 13, 12 of Saul, I forced myself and offered
PEN 80
*EN
a burnt-offering, i. e. did violence to my
conscience, since I knew that this was
forbidden.
Deriv. the two following and p"Es.
PºS (strength, a ſortress, strong city)
or. m. Aphek. -
1. A city in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
13, 4, 19, 30; also called p"Es Judg. 1,
31. This can hardly be any other than
Apheca, a city of Mount Lebanon near
the sources of the river Adonis, cele-
brated for a temple of Venus; the ruins
are still called Afka, and are situated
between Byblus and Heliopolis or Baal-
bec. See Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria
etc. p. 25, or p. 70 Germ. and p. 493 note.
2. A city near which Benhadad was
defeated by the Israelites, 1 K. 20, 26 sq.
To this corresponds the Apheca of Euse-
bius, situated east of the sea of Galilee
near Hippus, Onom. s. v. Agext. It is
called also by Arabian writers Gººl
and G3-3 Feik; and is described by
Seetzen and Burckhardt under this
name; see Travels in Syria etc. p. 279.
3. A city in the tribe of Issachar near
Jezreel, famous for several battles with
the Philistines, 1 Sam. 4, 1. 29, 1; comp.
28, 4. Either this or the Aphek in no. 1
was the residence of a Canaanitish king,
Josh. 12, 18.
TºS (strong place) Aphekah, pr. n.
of a city in the mountains of Judah,
Josh. 15, 53.
>k "Es a root of doubtful signification,
kindred with he: ; prob.
I. to cover, i. Q. /*: whence "Es a
covering.
II. to be whitish, Arab 23s; whence
g º } º * }
*ES ashes; unless this comes perhaps
Fºr the idea of grinding, pulverizing,
nes i, q, nº. Comp. Hey, nº.
Tºš m. (r. -Es) ashes, Num. 19, 9.10.
2 Sam, 13, 19. Used chiefly in reference
to mourning, Jer. 6, 26. Lam. 3, 16;
where also belong the phrases, Ps. 102,
10 I have eaten ashes like bread, and
Esth, 4, 1 -es, pt, ºzº; he put on
sackcloth and ashes, comp. 4, 3. Is. 58, 5.
So in paronomasia, nEs: "Ex dust and
ashes, Job 30, 19.42, 6.—Metaph. of any
lhing light, worthless, fallacious, Job
13, 12 "Es ºn marims of ashes, i.e
empty, fallacious. Is, 44, 20 "EN risin
feeding on ashes i. e. grasping after them
as driven by the wind, i. q. elsewhere
riº, nº to feed upon the wind, see in
Tº no. 3.-For the difference betwee:
"Es and jº, see in jº.
TºS m. (r. hES) a covering for the
head, head-band, turban, 1 K. 20, 38.41.
Sept. tskaptn. Chald, and Abulwalid
by the help of their respective lan-
guages, employ for it almost the same
word, the former nyes?, the lattel
#-- 9
Śrāº i. e. cap, helmet. The same
$ s tº ... •2 - Y .
word exists in Syriac, ſº asso i. e. the
turban or tiara of the priests and bish-
ops.-Others make it by transpos. i. q.
"Sº ornament of the head.
Tºš m. the young of birds, a brood,
Arab. ? 3, comp. Trinº. Deut. 22, 6.
Ps, 84-4. R. ring to break forth, to
Sprout, as plants; in Arab. also of the
young of animals.
7"TºS m. a sedan, litter, a portable
couch or palanquin, once Cant. 3, 9, i, q.
Tº in v. 7. Sept. goggiov litter, comp.
Athen. 5. 5; Vulg. ferculum. Talmud.
Tiºnes and Nºnº bed; and so also Syr.
Þjas-The root is Hº, Chald, sºn,
to be borne along, to run, comp. Hyº no.
2, Gr. 9590, Lat. fero ; like currus from
currendo, 196xog from 19ézsty, poggio,
ferculum from pågsw ferre.
P:Tºš (perh. double land, twin-land,
comp. Bºnsº) pr. n. Ephraim.
1. The youngest son of Joseph, and
founder of the tribe of Ephraim, "2:
bººs Num. 10, 22, and simpl. bºs
Josh. 16, 10; the territory of which lay
almost in the middle of the Holy Land,
Josh. 16, 5 sq. In this tract was nr.
Eºs mount Ephraim, or the mountains
of Ephraim, Josh. 19, 50. 20. 7. 21, 21
Judg. 2, 9, 3, 27–Different is the forest
of Ephraim 2 Sam. 18, 6, which ac-
cording to the context is to be sought
beyond the Jordan, comp. 17, 24–29
prob. So called from the slaughter o
the Ephraimites, Judg. 12. 1 sq. —2 Sam
13, 23 Dºs Es at Ephraim, i. e. in the
territory of Ephraim.
*EN
by:N
81
2. The kingdom of Ephraim, i.e. of
he ten tribes, or Samaria, so called be-
cause the tribe of Ephraim was the most
important, and also because the family
of Jeroboam the first king was of that
tribe, 1 K. 11, 26. So espec. in the pro-
phetical books, Is. 9, 8, 17, 3. 28, 3. Hos.
4, 17. 5,3 sq. 9, 3 sq. Is. 7, 2 Syria rest-
eth bººs by upon Ephraim, i. e. the
Syrians are encamped in the territory
of Ephraim.—When the land of Ephraim
is meant, it is fem. Hos. 5, 9; when the
people, masc. Is. 7,8. Comp. Tryºs no. 2.
Sºś Chald, plur. Apharsites, pr.
m. of a people from which a colony was
sent to Samaria, Ezra 4,9. Hiller under-
stands the Parrhasii, a tribe of eastern
Media; better the Persians themselves,
see in one. The Aleph is prosthetic,
as in the two names here following.
Nºs Ezra 5, 6, and Sºnomºs
Ezra 4, 9, Chald. plur. Apharsachites,
Apharsathchites, pr. m. of two Assyrian
tribes otherwise unknown ; unless per-
haps they are to be regarded as one and
the same. Not improb. the Paraetacemi,
between Persia and Media; comp. Hòot.
1. 101.
Flºs Gen. 48, 7, oftener
Tºš with He parag. Gen. 35, 16.
19. Ruth 4, 11, (land, region,) pr. n.
Ephrath, Ephratah.
1. A city in Judah, called also Bethle-
hem, Gen. 48, 7; more fully Bethlehem-
Ephratah, Mic. 5, 1.
2. i. q. Eºs Ephraim, Ps. 132, 6.
Comp. ºnºs no. 2.
3. As pr. m. f. 1 Chr. 2, 19.50. 4, 4.
"nºS m. 1. an Ephrathite, a Beth-
lehemite, 1 Sam. 17, 12. Plur. E"nºs
Ruth 1, 2.
2. i. q. an Ephraimite, Judg. 12, 5.
1 K. 11, 26; perh. 1 Sam. 1, 1. Comp.
in Hrºnºs no. 2.
thºs Chald. adv. perh. in the end,
at last, from the Pers, sic)-3 end, at last,
comp. Pehlv. Afdom end. Once Ezra 4,
13 pºrn tº thes, and so at last
bring damage to the kings ; corp. v. 15.
22, wherebrºs is wanting—Sept.-hºs:
koti toito, Peshito aci -alo. Aher, Ezra
Hnd others, by conjecture from the con-
text, render it revenue (of the kings); sº
the English version.
>k 5:S a doubtful root, perh. i. q. as:
to work, to toil.—Hence
Taşş Ezbon, pr. n. m. a) A son of
Gad, Gen. 46, 16; called also º q. v
b) 1 Chr. 7, 7; but comp. 8, 3.
93.8 f. (r. 9: I) c. suff, *::::::s, plur,
nisass; ſor sas, Aleph. prosthet.
1. a finger, Ex. 31, 18; espec. the fore-
finger, which is more usually dipped in
any thing, comp. r. 9:. Lev. 4, 6 sq.
14, 16. Ex. 8, 15 sºn nºrths sass this i.
the finger of God, i. e. this is done by the
power of God himself. Plur. the fingers
for the hand, Ps, 8, 4. 144, 1. As a mea-
sure, e.g. four fingers thick, Jer, 52, 21.
© 35.
Chald. id. Arab. º © l, Syr. *~$,
espec. of the fore-finger.
2. With ºn, pr. finger of the feet,
i. e. a toe, 2 Sam. 21, 20.—Chald. Syr.
Arab. id.
9:S Chald. f. id, plur. Tºss fingers,
Dan. 5, 5; toes, Dan. 2, 41. 42.
ºs m. (r. 9ss) 1. a side, i, q. 33s.
Is, 41, 9 Yºst, ºss the sides of the
earth, i. e. the extremities, remotest
countries, as elsewhere Yºst, nie;2,
Yºst, ºniº. In the other clause it
is Yºst, risp. 95 S.
2. Adj. i. q. Arab. Jºel pr. deep.
rooted, striking its roots deep and firmly
into the earth ; hence metaph. ‘sprung
from an ancient and noble stock,” noble,
Ex. 24, 11. See, for both the Heb. and
Arabic words, under r. 8ss no. 1. In
Engl. the corresponding metaphor is
drawn from the stock or trunk.
*#8 m. (r. 93s) a juncture, joint,
hence plur. tº nibºss, **ss joints
of the hands, i. q. the knuckles, Jer. 38, 12.
Ez. 41, 8. The same are to be under-
stood in Ez. 13, 18, where the sewing
of cushions ‘ſor all the joints of the
hands” is put hyperbolically to express
the extreme luxury of the females, since
usually cushions are placed at most only
under the elbow.
>k Sss 1. i. q. Arab. J-22, to join, to
connect; whence bºss joint, *s, **s
by N 82
="N
$3 ..., S.
no. 1, the side, nearby. Arab. Jºi root,
as that which joins a tree to the ground,
- 35
Jºi to take root deeply, pr. to be firmly
joined to the ground ; metaph. to be of
ºn ancient and noble stock, comp. Pºss
no. 2.
2. Denom. from bºs, pr. to put aside,
to separate, comp. 52; ; hence with 7% to
take from or of any thing, Num. 11, 17;
to keep back from, to refuse, Ecc. 2, 10.
With h, to reserve for any one, Gen. 27,
36; comp. ºr and tº c. h.
NIPH. to be drawn in, contracted, Ez.
42, 6.
HipH. fut. Bºsº, i. q. Kal no. 2. Num.
11, 25.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.
ºs (noble) Azel, pr. n. m. a) 10hr.
8, 37. 9, 43; in Pause bys 8, 38.9, 44.
b) A place near Jerusalem on the east
of the Mount of Olives, (in Pause bºs,)
Zech. 14, 5. Perh. appellat. side or root
S5 35.
of a mountain, i. q. Jºi.
Sys m. (r. 9ss) c. suff, **s 1. a
side, i. q. Bºss no. 1, so called from join-
ing, see r. BSS no. 1. 1 Sam. 20, 41
=}}r by sº from the south side, from the
south. 'E bºsº from one's side, 1 K. 3,
20; also i. Q. at the side of, by, Ez. 40, 7;
comp. Tº no. 3.-More freq. as
2. Prep. at the side of, i.e. by, near,
Gen. 41, 3. Lev. 1, 16.6, 3. 10, 12. 1 Sam.
5, 2, 20, 19. Joined also with verbs of
motion to a place, Gen. 39, 10. 2 Chr.
28, 15.
ºnºss (whom Jehovah reserved)
Azaliah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34, 8.
:k Exs an uncertain root, perh. i. q.
Ex:, to be strong.—Hence
Dys Ozem, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 15.
b) ib. 2, 25.
Tºš f. i. q. Hºys with Aleph pros-
thet. pr. step-chain, ankle-chain, i. q.
nº no. 2, q.v. Hence, without refer-
rence to the etymology, an arm-band,
bracelet, Num. 31, 50. 2 Sam. 1, 10.
Sk *::s to lay up, to store, to treasure
up, 2 K. 20, 17. Is. 39, 6. Am. 3, 10–
The primary idea is that of shutting up,
enclosing, restraining ; comp. the kindr.
roots hºrſ, hºs, also his, hes, and
* * 35
Arab. | to shut up, to restrain, kind
with which are /~! and /-a-
NIPH. pass. Is. 23, 18.
HIPH. ‘to cause to store up or treasure
up," i. e. to set one over the store-house or
treasury, to make treasurer; Neh. 13, 13
ning is by Hysis, and Imade treasurers
over the treasuries.
Deriv. -sis, and
T.S (treasure) Ezer, pr. n. m. Gen
36, 21. 30.
nys see ºxis.
Tºš m, a species of gem, precious
stone; prob. as the name would indicate,
a flaming, sparkling gem, from r. nip to
kindle. Once Is, 54, 12.
"P8 m. (r. pºs) a roe, roe-buck, Lat.
caprea, capreolus, from Pºs or PºS i. Q.
Arab. , su.e. she-goat, and Talmud.
NPN a goat, with the ending i i. q. Ti;
just as Lat. caprea is from capra. Deut.
14, 5. See more under r. p-S no. 2
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 900 sq.
his see is light, and -sº.
STS (perh. i. q. *s lion) Ara, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 38.
ºšns prob. i. g. bsºns lion of God,
hero.—Hence
a) ºbsºns (of heroic birth, son of a
hero) Areli, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16. Num,
26, 17.
b) Also the difficult word tºsºs Is.
33, 7, their hero, or rather collect. their
heroes, i. e. those of Israel, Engl. Vers.
their valiant ones; in which interpreta-
tion no change is required in the form,
except dropping the Dagesh from the
letter b, i. e. Bºsns. The common
reading with Dagesh has doubtless
arisen from another interpretation an-
ciently received, in which pºst-N was
regarded as contracted from Pºrris's
Prº-risºns, Symm. et Theod, ičováp3%.
gouot witois, Jerome ecce anidentes ; see
also Chald. Syr. See Comment. on
Is. l.c. and Thes. Heb. pp. 146, 1248.
* Ens fit. =hs. 1. to knot, to knit
to interlace, Lat. nectere; whence rººs
net-work, lattice. Kindr. is any to mir
-lºnx
83 ans
--ºf
€. Aſa D. Q.--> to tie a kno; 1Cl.
gle Arab. 35' ie a kno', II id
Glo?
Kº | a knot.
2. to lie in wait, to lie in ambush. Arab.
35.
•) to be cunning, astute, III to act
cunningly, pr. intricately. Verbs of
knitting or weaving, also of twisting,
spinning, sewing, are often transferred
to wiles and plots, opp. to upright and
open dealing; comp. Snº, Tºš, Gr.
ðóżow v. uitly tºpwively, xozº. v. Öółow
gºttew, nectere insidias v. scelera, suere
delos, Germ. Trug spinnen, Engl. to
weave plots.-Constr. c. : Ps. 59, 4.
Prov. 24, 15. Josh. 8. 4; acc. Prov. 12,
6; by Judg. 9, 34. Elsewhere also to
watch, to reconnoitre in ambush, Judg.9,
32. 21, 20; c. inf. et Prov. 1. c. Ps.
10,9. Part anis, Bºisri, a lier-in-wait,
often collect, liers-in-wait, an ambush,
a band of soldiers placed in ambush,
Josh.8, 14. 19. 21. Judg. 20, 33 sq. Hence
with plur. Judg. 20, 37.
PIEL i. q. Kal, c. by 2 Chr. 20, 22;
absol. Judg. 9, 25.
HIPH. to lay wait, to set an ambush,
fut, anºl for a sºn, 1 Sam. 15, 5.
Deriv. Rºs, -ºs, Häns, rºs, -782,
and pr. names anS, BSãºs.
ºš (ambush) Arab, pr. m. of a city
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 52.
Hence prob, the gentile n. *ans Arbite
2 Sam. 23, 35. -
5.8 m. 1. a lying-in-wait, ambush,
of wild beasts, Job 38, 40.
2. Place of lying-in-wait, covert, lair
of wild beasts, Job 37, 8.
5.8 m. c. suff, ians, wait, insidious
attempts, plots ; Jer. 9, 7 tº inºpah
ians and in his breast he layeth his
wait, his plots. -
SSãms see bsiºns nº in nº no. 12.d.
Tâns m. (r. Hän) a locust, Ex. 10, 4
sq. Lev. 11, 22. Joel 1, 4, Ps. 78, 46.
Spoken also of a particular species, prob.
#he gryllus gregarius or common migra-
tory locust, Lev 11, 22. Joel 1, 4.—On
she various species of locusts, see Bo-
chart Hieroz. II. 447.
Tºms fi. q =ys, Plur, constr, nºns;
only Is. 25 11 nians by injsa Bºguin
**): God will humble his (Moab's)
pride with the plots of his hands, i. e
the plots which his own hands have
woven, in allusion to the primary mean
ing of the root; see in r. ans; no. 1 2.
Tºš f. (r. ans) once in Sing. Hos
13, 3; elsewhere only Plur. rinº.
1. net-work, laced work ; hence a lat-
tice, a window, sc. as closed by a lattic f
and not with glass, Hos. 13, 3. Ecc. 12, C
2. a dove-house, dove-cote, as shut ºn
with lattice-work, Is. 60, 8.
3. a chimney, or hole for the smoke
covered with lattice-work, Hos. 13, 3
Comp. Voss ad Virg. Georg. 2. 242.
4. Eºn nians the windows of heaven.
i.e. sluices, flood-gates, which are opened
to let fall the rain, Gen. 7, 11. 8, 2. 2 K,
7, 19. Is. 24, 18. Mal. 3, 10.
5. nians Aruboth, pr. m., of a place,
prob. in the tribe of Judah, 1 K. 4, 10.
yans f and Tyāns constr. nyans m.
See Heb. Gram. § 95. 1.
1. Card. num, four, for sa" with Aleph
prosthet, which is wanting in the deriva-
tives, as in san, "sºn, sah, etc. With
suff, prºhs they four Ez. 1, 8, 10.
Dual Bºnsans fourfold, quadruple, 2
* * * *
& e
Sam. 12, 6. Plur. Evans forty Gen. 8,
6. The number forty, like seven and
seventy, is sometimes used by the Ori-
entals as a common and indefinite round
number; e. g. Gen. 7, 17. Jon. 3, 4. Ez.
4, 6, etc. Comp. Chil minár, the forty
towers, spoken of the ruins of Persepolis;
see more in Lehrg. p. 700. Thes. Heb.
p. 1258.
2. Arba, pr. n. of a giant of the race
of the Anakim, Josh. 14, 15, 15, 13. 21,
11. Comp. vans nºnp.
yans and Tyśms Chald. i. q. Heb.
four, Dan. 3, 25. 7, 2.3.6. 17.
* TS fut. *s. Is. 59, 5, ºsh Judg
16, 13. is tº º
1. to plait, to braid, Judg. 16, 13
Kindr. are ºntº, Thuy.
2. to weave, e.g. of the spider, whence
Gr. &gºyym, Is. 59, 5.—Part. Anis weav-
ing Is. 19, 9; and subst: a weaver Ex,
28, 32. Is. 38, 12. Bºns nix, a weaver's
beam, jugum teactorium, 1 Sam. 17, 7.
3.8 m. 1. anything plaited, a braid
Judg. 16, 14. R. AnN no. 1.
*N
84 -- . *N
2. a weaver's shuttle. Job 7, 6 bp no:
Mºš"º my days are swifter than a
weaver’s shuttle ; comp. 9, 25.
Pāºš (for ºn heap of stones, from r.
>3', i. q. Exm) Argob, pr. n.
1. A region beyond Jordan, containing
sixty cities, anciently subject to Og king
of Bashan, Deut. 3, 4, 13. 1 K. 4, 13. [A
vestige of it remains in the fortress and
eity Poyoff; beyond Jordan, Joseph.
Ant. 13. 15. 5; mentioned also by Euse-
bius as Egyū (read Egyvág), fifteen Ro-
man miles west of Gerasa. Now Jº-f
Rajib, with ruins; see Bibl. Res. III. App.
p. 166. Buckingh. Arab. Tr. p. 12.—R.
2. A man, 2 K. 15, 25.
t
Tºš Chald, purple, i. q. Tºns, Dan.
5, 7, 16. 29; also once by Chaldaism
c + 6 to y
2 Chr. 2, 6.--—Arab. &#5 Syr. Häröl º
For the root see under ſºns, note.
7378 m. a boa, chest, coffer, hanging
from the side of a cart or wain, 1 Sam.
6, 8, 11. 15. The form is for ºn with
Aleph prosthet, from r. 13) to be moved,
shaken; whence also Arab. Šlë) a sack
of stones suspended from a camel by way
of equipoise.
Tºš m. 1. purple, reddish purple,
a precious colour obtained from certain
species of shell-fish or muscles found on
the coasts of the Mediterranean, Gr.
Tog'pigw, Lat. purpura, 1 Macc. 4, 23.
Plin. H. N. 9. 60 sq. So Ez. 27, 7. 16.
Tºns tº a purple cloth or covering,
Num. 4, 13. Different is the cerulean
purple, nºr q. v.–Comp. under the
word Hººbs, and Bochart Hieroz. II.
740 sq. Braun de Vestitu sacerdo-
lum p. 201 sq. Amati de restitutione
Purpurarum, edit. 3. Cesenae 1784. Hee-
ren Hist. Werke XI. p. 84.
2. Any thing dyed with purple, pur-
ple cloths, Ex. c. 25. 26. 27. Ez. 27, 16.
Prov. 31, 22. Jer. 10, 9.
Note. The etymology of this word,
and of the kindred lºns, has been
traced with great probability by F.
Benary in the Sanscrit; Berl. Jahrbb.
1841. p. 141. The form Tºns is Sanscr.
ragaman, and lºs is Sanscr. rāgavan,
tinged with a red colour;' from raga
red colour, with the formative syllable
mat, vat, see Wilson's Sanscr. Dict, p
700. a. Ragaman and ragavan are pn:
in the nom. the primary forms being
Tāgamat, ràgawat.
sk Tºs obsol, root, perh, 1. q. Thri, Tºy
to flee.—Hence the pr. names Tins and
the two following:
ºS pr. n. Ard, a grandson of Benjº.
min Num. 26, 40, or a son Gen. 46, 21.-
The gentile n. is "ºns Num. l. c.
tiºns (fugitive) Ardon, pr. n. m
1 Chr. 2, 18.
* 1. Hºs 1. to pluck, to pull, to pluct
off, to gather, e.g. leaves, Cant. 5, 1.
grapes from a vine Ps, 80, 13–Ethiop.
h/P to pluck off, to gather, e.g. fruits
herbs; and KZZ to harvest.
2. to feed by pulling, cropping, in the
manner of flocks and herds. Hence
Hyns and nºns a crib, manger, rack
from which animals pull or crop their
fodder; "ms lion, pr. one pulling in
pieces; nºns a hare, pr. cropping the
grass. So other animals have their
names from the idea of plucking, crop-
ping, as **, *s-, º, ºner, Eshq, Arab.
G.2 ~ ©
--> lamb, from -ºr- to pluck.
3. to gather, to collect, see Ethiop.
above; hence ſins.
Deriv. see in no. 2, 3.
* II. TºS i. d. Arab. ºf * f :
* * * * (5) sy, tº
ſº
burn, to inflame, 5' to kindle; kindr.
with Heb. riºr, ºr, and the occidental
areo, ardeo, uro.—Hence BS^*S no. 2,
hearth or altar of God.
*s Chald, also ºbs q. v. lot behold t
Dan. 7, 6, 7, 13.—Not found in other
Chaldaic books; but kindred with it are
in Chald, and Talmud. ºn lo, ºns to,
them for, because, (like Chald. In lo,
if) and cºns because; also Samar. Nºn
lo, then for, because. This demonstra-
tive force exists elsewhere likewise both
in the syllables ºs, bri, (see bri, ps.
rºs, sºn, nsºr, Arab. Ji,) and also
in hs, ºr, (comp. Lºº, sºn, sºr
here, in this place,) so that it is hard to
Say, which form is the more ancient and
*N
Tºns
85
primitive.—Commonly his is held to be
by transposition from sº see ye.
TTS (for tº Aleph. prosthet, prob.
wandering, place of fugi:ives, from r.
Th" q. v.) Arvad, Aradus, a Phenician
city situated on a small island near the
coast, founded according to Strabo by
fugitives from Sidon, Strab. 16. 2. 13;
see the etymology above. Ez. 27, 8.
11.
ol, Tºuwdd, which is now the name of
the island. See Rosenmüller Bibl. Ge-
Ogr. II. i. p. 6 sq. W. M. Thomson in
Miss. Her. 1841, p. 98.—The gentile n.
is "ºns Arvadite Gen. 10, 18. 1 Chr. 1,
16.
+ins (perh. i. q. ‘Tiny wild-ass) Arod,
pr. n. m. Num. 26, .7. Gentile n. "Tins
Arodile Gen. 46, 16. R. Tºls.
Tins and Tºns f. after the form
nºr, Plur. absol. rºs 2 Chr. 32, 28,
(by Syriasm for ninns, as Bºris for
Bºrş,) plur, constr. nºns 1 K. 4, 26 [5,
6] and riºns 2 Chr. 9, 25. R. Hºs I.
1. a crib, manger, rack, whence cattle
in a stall pull out their fodder, see the root
nºs I. 2; hence for stall, stable, 2 Chr.
$3 o 3 *
32, 28.—Arab. (s)} stall, (s) crib.-By
transpos, nin's 2 Chr. 32, 28.
2. a stall of horses, i. e. a certain
number which usually stood in one stall,
or were harnessed to one vehicle; per-
haps two, as this was the number har-
nessed to a chariot, Engl. a pair, span,
team. 1 K. 4, 16 [5,6] and Solomon had
e-pºp rººs ºs Bºxins forty thousand
stalls | pairs?] of horses.
Tºš adj (denom. from rºs) of cedar,
cedrinus, Ezra 27, 24.—Others explain
it firm, stable; comp. r. ThS.
Tººns and Tºms f. in some copies
also Hiºs, but against the Masora, see
J. H. Michaelis ad Jer. 30, 17. R. Ths.
1. a long bandage, applied by a physi-
cian in order to heal a wound, see the
rootno. 1. E. g. h nºns Hirºs the band-
age is applied to any one, i.e. his wound
is healed, Jer. 8, 22. Neh. 4, I [7]. 2 Chr.
24, 13; also in Hip . . n=1-s Hºri to
apply the bandage to any one, i. e. to
beal his wound, Jer 30, 17.33, 6. Every-
where metaph. of he restoration of
The Arabian geographers write it
the state Jer, l.c. or the repairing of the
walls 2 Chr. Neh. ll. cc.—Hence
2. a healing, health; trop. welfare,
8 . . .35
prosperity, Is 58, 8. Arab. &) heal-
ing of a wound.
Tºš Arumah, pr. n. of a city near
Neapolis, Judg. 19, 41; perh, the same
with Tºn 2 K. 23, 36.
Pºins 2 K. 16, 6 Cheth, a corrup-
tion for tº iTS, which is read in Keri;
see in cºis.
7TS and 77S comm. gend. (m. 1 Sam.
6, 8. f. 4, 17. 2 Chr. 8, 11,) an ark,
chest, in which things to be preserved
are collected, from r. nºš I. 3. Arab.
3 - G ...?
Jºl and J} a wooden chest, espec.
a coffin. Spoken of a money-chest 2 K.
12, 10. 11; of a mummy-case or coffin
Gen. 50, 26; but most frequently of the
sacred ark, in which the two tables of
the law were deposited, called more fully
nºr jins the ark of the law Ex. 25, 22.
26, 33; nin', nºn: Tins Deut. 10,8. 31,
9.25; nº ſins Josh. 3, 6, 4, 9; ſins
Hinº. 1 Sam. 5, 3, 4, 6, 8 sq.
Tºm S 2 Sam. 24, 20 sq. Araunah,
pr. m. of a Jebusite, written in v. 16
Cheth. Hºis, in v. 18 Cheth. nºns; in
1 Chr. 21, 18 sq. Tºns Ornan.
~~#
* 7TS a root not in use, Arab.3, to
contract oneself, to shrink together, hence
9 of G_{s
to be compact, firm; » firm, stable,5' *
a tree firmly rooted. Hence A. Schul-
tens and many after him derive Part.
pass. This made fast, firm, Ez. 27, 24. But
most of the ancient versions here render
Bºrºs made of cedar, cedrini, as a
denom. from thS, after the form ºn:
brazen, see Lehrg. p. 512; and to these
we do not hesitate to accede.—Hence
7.8 m. plur. Bºrºs, constr. "Ins, a
cedar, so called from the firmness of its
roots, which is common to all trees of
the pine genus, Theoph. Hist. Plant. 2.7.
It is the cedrus coniferi, or pinus cedrus,
known as the cedar of Lebanom, a tree
uncommonly tall, Is. 2, 13. 37, 24. Am.
2, 9; and wide-spreading Ez. 31, 3,
formerly very frequent on Mount Leba.
**N
*N
86
non Ps. 29, 5, 92, 13. 104, 16, but now
greatly reduced in number; Bibl. Res, in
Pal. III. p. 440. The wood is odorifer-
ous, without knots, and exceedingly dura-
ble; and was therefore much used in the
temple and the royal palaces for orna-
mental work, and espec. for the wainscot
and ceiling, Hence put for cedar-work,
15.
wainscoting, 1 K. 6, 18. Arau. j', which
is still in use among the inhabitants of
Lebanon; Ethiop. ACTH, Aram. Sins,
ſeſ.—There is therefore no ground for
understanding TN to be the pine, and
not the cedar, according to Celsius in
Hierob. I. 106 sq.
ThS f denom. from rºs, cedar-
work, e. g. wainscoting, Zeph. 2, 14.
The fem. has the force of a collective,
ns in ris: wood, Lehrg. 477.
* I. rºs to go, to walk, to be on the
way, as finite verb once Job 34,8. Chald.
nºns id. Similar is Gr. Égyouwu, and
softer forms from the same stock are
mºr, Tºri.-Part. This a wayfarer, tra-
veller, Judg. 19, 17. 2 Sam. 12, 4. Jer.
14, 8. Plur. Jer. 9, 1. Fem. Hris col-
lect. a company of travellers, espec. of
merchants, a caravan, Juyoóitz, Gen. 37,
25. Is. 21, 13. See Lehrg. p. 477. Comp.
nºs, Hrºns.
Deriv. rºs—Hrºns.
* II. mºs to decree, to appoint, i. q,
pprl, whence Firºs i. q. pin, something
appointed, fixed. Corresponding is Arab.
S3
~-f - of
º to appoint a time; whence $5 a.
Q
35.
~ &
set time, era, epoch, 2 5 to date a letter,
9 *
&93 a chronicle, annals. Perh. kindr.
with r. Tº q.v.
TTS (perh. for ths wayfaring) Arah,
pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2,5. Neh. 7, 10. b) 1
Chr. 7, 39. -
rins , plur, ninths, constr. rinºs; c.
suff, ºrnºs, Tºrnºs, Errins, in place
of which sometimes in Mss. and editions
•rn-s, Hºrns, Ennis, see J. H.Mich.
ad Job 13, 27; comm. gend. e. g. masc.
Prov. 2, 15, comp. Job 6, 18, 19; fem.
Prov. 15, 19; a poetic word, a way,
path, road, i. q. Tº. Chald. rins, Syr.
º,531, Samar. Våſſ Nº id—Gen, 49
17. Judg. 5, 6. Ps. 19, 6. Bºº nin's the
paths of the seas Ps. 8, 9, comp. Ú/ga
xážsv50. Hom. Il. 1. 312. Dºn nºns the
path of life i. e. to life or happiness Prov.
5, 6–Hence: a) Metaph. way i. e.
manner of life and conduct, i, q. Thº. So
npº rins false way, i.e. false and deceit-
ful conduct, life, Ps. 119, 104, nin's
nin, the ways of Jehovah, i. e. a way of
life pleasing to God, Ps. 25, 4. 119, 15. Is.
2, 3. The idea of a way is often pre-
served, as Prov. 4, 14, 8, 20. b) i. q.
mode, manner, Gen. 18, 11 nitrº ºr
Bºz rins nºwh it ceased to be with
Sarah after the manner of women, by
euphemism for the menses, comp. 31, 35.
c) The ways or paths of any one, i, q, his
condition, lot, Job 8, 13. Prov. 1, 19.
Comp. in Engl. ‘the way it goes with
him.’ d) Poet. This is put for a way-
farer, traveller, Job 31,32. Plur, nin's
Nºn the travellers of Tema, the cara-
vans, Job 6, 19.
Ts Chald, plur. c. suff, Tºrºs,
Fºrms, i. q. Hebr. ways, i. e. metaph.
counsels of God, Dan. 4, 34; affairs,
destinies of any one, Dan. 5, 23.
TWTS f. company of travellers, cara
van ; see under r. nºs I.
WTS f. (r. riºs II) an appointed por.
tion of food or provision, an allowance,
delivered out daily or at fixed times, 2 K.
25, 30. Jer. 52, 34. Hence genr. a por-
tion of food, meal, Prov. 15, 17. Jer. 40,5.
"TS m. plur. Eºs 1 K. 10, 20, else-
where ninths 1 K. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 9, 18.
19, a lion, q. d. the puller in pieces, the
render (see r. Tºs I. 2). Num. 24, 9, 1
Sam. 17, 34 sq. 2 Sam. 23, 20. al. Hº:
niºns a young lion Judg. 14,5; riºs -55
a lion's whelp Jer. 51, 38. Trop. as the
emblem of strength and valour, Num. 23,
25; of fierceness and cruelty, Prov. 28,
15. See Bochart Hieroz. I. 715 sq.
Syr. £5i.
bsºns m. compounded from *s and
bN.
I. lion of God, i.e. lion-like champion
hero. a) Collect. 2 Sam. 23, 20 ºut
=Nio BS^ns two lion-like champions of
Moab; see BSTs and "ns 1 Chr. 11, 22
*N
Ts
87
Q3 -o _* & eo gº
Comp. Arab. &Ji & and &V & J
won of God, an epithet of heroic war-
riors; also Pers. Cº- A-3 Shiri khoda
lion of God.—Spoken "of Jerusalem, Is.
29, 1, 2, q, d. city of heroes, which should
never be subdued; though others refer
this passage to no. 2.-Hence b) As
pr. n. m. Ariel, Ezra 8, 16.
9 II. hearth i. e. altar of God, comp.
šl heal th, fire-place, from r. nº II;
spoken of the altar of burnt-offerings, Ez.
43, 15. 16.
"Tºm's Aridai, Pers. pr. n. of the ninth
son of Haman, Esth. 9, 9. Comp. Agt-
Öoſios i. e. the strong, from Pers. art, ard.
—Perh. from Airyadao ‘digna dans’
(Benfey), or Aryaday ‘donum Ariae’
(Bohlen). Comp, the next article.
sºns Aridalha, pr. n. of the sixth
son of Haman, Esth. 9, 8.—The etymo-
logy like the preceding article.
Tºms i. g. *s, with Hiſ parag. comp.
ÜN and nºs; more frequent than "ns,
but used only in the sing. a lion, Gen. 49,
9. Deut. 33,22. Judg. 14, 8, al. Spoken of
a powerful and cruel enemy, Is. 15, 9.
Jer, 4, 7. Is. 21, 8 nºns sºrº and he
cried as a lion. Comp. Rev. 10, 3.
Tºms Chald. id. Dan. 7, 4. Plur.
*mphat, sºns Dan. 6, 8.
nºns see Hyns.
Tiºns Arioch, an Assyrio-Chald, pr.
n. a) A king of Ellasar Gen. 14, 1.9;
comp. Judith 1, 6. b) A captain of the
royal guard at the court of Babylon,
Dan. 2, 14.—Sanscr. Aryaka veneran-
dus; Bohlen.
"pººls Arisai, Pers. pr. n. of a son of
Haman, Esth. 9, 9.—Sanscr. Aryasdya
sagitta Ariae ; Bohlen.
Sk Ts 1. pr. trans. to make long, to
prolong, to eartend in a straight line ;
kindr, with Thy, where see Heice
Tºns a long bandage. Comp. Syr.
y --f
, ºf to prolong, Arab. 9, to defer, to
delay.
2. Intrans, fut. This", plur. *-ºsh, to
be long, prolonged ; Syr. Arab. Samar.
ld, Aph. This, 93eſ, to prolong.—Ez.
31, 5. Gen. 26, 8 buſ b-º-º: * *nº
Fºr and it came to pass when the time
there was long to him, i. e. when he had
lived there a long time. Ez. 12, 22.
HipH. Tºns: 1. to make long, to pro-
long, Ps. 129, 3; to eartend or thrust out
the tongue, Is. 57, 4. ‘E ** Tºnsri to
prolong the days of any one, to grant him
long life, 1 K. 3, 14; also "?" ºn to pro-
long one's own days, to live long, to be
long lived, Deut. 4, 26.40. 5, 30. 17, 20.
22, 7, Is. 53, 10; and without tº Prov.
28, 2. Ecc. 7, 15. 8, 12.
2. Intrans. to be made long, 1 K. 8, 8.
Espec. of time, as Tºº Hºnºr; his days
are made long, i. q. to live long, Ex. 20,
12. Deut. 5, 16. 6, 2.25, 15. Comp. no. 1.
3. to retard, to delay, to defer, as Tºmșr.
iPS to defer one's anger, i. e. to be pa-
tient, u0,2969 vuos, Is. 48, 9. Prov. 19, 11.
So too ivº Tºns", id. Job 6, 11. Comp.
tºps Ts in Ths.
4. to remain long, to tarry, Num. 9,
19. 22.
Deriv. Hººns, and those here follow-
ing.
#TS Chald. i. q. Hebr. to make long ;
also to fit, to adapt. Part. This fit, meet,
Ezra 4, 14.—Talmud. id. Arab. Jap.
tissimus, dignissimus.
Ins adj. ſound only in constr. TS.
1. long, Ez. 17, 3 nasri Ts having
long pinions or wing-feathers.
2. tardy, slow, in the phrases rºm TN
slow of spirit Ecc. 7, 8, and Bºes TN
slow of anger, patient, uozgóðvaos, Prov.
15, 18. 16, 32. Ex. 34, 6. Num. 14, 18.
Comp. Syr, i.3% frºsa patient, Arab.
Jºle 29 long, i.e. long-suffering, longa-
nimis.-Once tºs TS is to uox969 v-
uoy, patience, Jer. 15, 13. Opp. Th "isp.
This adj. f. rºs, long, e.g. or space,
Job 11, 9; of time, 2 Sam. 3, 1.
ºš (length) Erech, pr. n. of a city
of Babylonia, Gen. 10, 10. Among the
ancient interpreters, Pseudo-Jon. Targ.
of Jerus. Jerome, and Ephrem under-
stand Edessa ; but Bochart, Phaleg IV.
16, more correctly regards it as Areca or
Arecca, situated on the confines of Baby-
lonia and Susiana; comp. Ammian. 23.
21.
Ts
88 - Ins
5.8 m. c. suff, iºns, length, Gen. 6,
15. Ex. 26, 2 sq. 27, 1 sq. º. This
length of days, long life, Ps. 21, 5.91, 16.
bºx; Tºsh as long as I live Ps. 23, 6.
Rºs This patience Prov. 25, 15.
Wºms Chald, fem. length, a lengthen-
ing spoken of time, Dan. 4, 24. 7, 12.
Tº see Hºns.
Tººns Chald. fem. the knee, Dan. 5,
6. In the Targums alsº, sººn, the
prosthetic Aleph being dropped. See
in r. Hen.
ºS Chald. plur. Nºns, gentile n.
Archevites Ezra 4, 9; from the city Tºš
Gen. 10, 10.
ºns gentile n. Archite, an inhabitant
of a city or district T's situated in the
territory of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 2, differ-
ent from the city of like name in Baby-
lonia. 2 Sam. 15, 32. 16, 16.
>k Ens a root not in use, i. Q. bºm,
bº, Enri, Eny, Esº, to be high 5 comp.
Arab. r); intumuit, extulit se.—Hence
Tians, and
P.S constr. ths pr. n. Aram, pr. high
region, q. d. Highlands, opp. 923 Low-
lands.
1. Aramaea, the Aramaºans, i. e. Syria,
the Syrians, constr. with a verb masc.
sing. 2 Sam. 10, 14, 15. 18. 1 K. 20, 26;
plur. 2 Sam. 10, 17. 19. 1 K. 20, 20;
rarely with sing: fem. Is. 7, 2. To the
Greeks also this ancient and domestic
name of Syria was not wholly unknown;
see Hom. Il. 2. 783. Hesiod. Theog. 304.
Strabo 13. 4. 6. ib. 16.4, 27. The name
Aramata however was of wider extent
...han Syria, and comprehended also
Mesopotamia; although Pliny and Mela
ascribe to Syria the same and even a
greater extent; Plin. H. N. 5. 15. 12.
Mela 1, 11. Where it stands alone,
bºs, it is for the most part to be under-
stood of Western Syria, or Syria strictly
so called, Judg. 3, 10. 1 K. 10, 29. 11, 25.
15, 18; espec. the territory of and around
Damascus, Is. 7, 1.8. Am. 1, 5; which
is more definitely called pººl ºns Syria
of Damascus 2 Sam. 8, 5. Where Me-
sopotamia is meant, the expression is
bºrº tºs Syria of the two rivers Gen.
24, 10. Deut. 23, 5. Judg. 3, 8; or jº
bºs Padan Aram, Plain of Syria, Gen.
25, 20. 28, 2.5. 6.7; and ellipt. Tº Gen.
46, 7; rarely simply EºN Num. 23, 7
where however it is made definite by a
description; comp. ºns.—The king.
doms of Western Syria in the time of
David, (not of Mesopotamia, as is often
supposed,) were the following: His E. S.
Aram Zobah, see Hºis; anºi nº tº
Aram Beth Rehob, see an’, nº in nº
no. 12, pp.; Hºn Ens Aram Maacah,
see Hº ; and also others; but these all
became afterwards subject to the kings
of Damascus, 1 K. 20, 1–Comp. gentile
m. ºns, ºs.
2. Aram, pr. m. m. a.) A son of Ke-
muel and grandson of Nahor, Gen. 22,
21. He seems to have given his name
to the region of Syria. Comp. b.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 34. ****
jºs m. (r. Ens) plur, constr.nixºns,
a fortress, castle, palace, so called from
its height, Is. 32, 14. Prov. 18, 19. al
Also ºr nº inºs the fortress of the
king’s house, the innermost part, as the
highest and strongest, q. d. the citadel,
1 K. 16, 18. 2 K. 15, 25. J. D. Michaelis
(Suppl. 128) and after him most modern
interpreters here translate it the women’s
apartment, comparing Arab.
9 3 3
92% .
E}| i q
conclavia, Gol. p. 78, and
Haram ; but there is no trace of this in
the ancient interpreters, nor is there any
reason for departing from the simple ex
planation above given.—Spoken of the
citadel of a hostile metropolis, Is. 25, 2.
ºš i q. ºns, fem. nººs, adv.
Aramaice, in Arama’am or Syriac, Dan.
2, 4, Ezra 4, 7. Is. 36, 11.
"ºns gentile n. an Aramaºan, Syri-
am, i.e. an inhabitant either of Western
Syria 2 K. 5, 20; or also of Mesopota-
mia, Gen. 25, 20. 28, 5. 31, 20. 24. Fem.
| Hyºns 1 Chr. 7, 14.—Plur. Dºs 2 K.
8, 29; and by aphaeresis ºr for
tºns, 2 Chr. 22, 5.
*ºns (q. d. Palatinus, from Tions
pr. n. m. Armoni, 2 Sam. 21, 8. 35.
Sk Ts a root not in use; Arab. 7,51, t
be active, nimble; whence ºf wild goa.
Hence
ins
89 yºs
7.8 (wild goat) Aran, pr: n, of a
Horite, Gen. 36, 28. 1 Chr. 1, 42.
7"s see ſins.
ins m. 1. the pine, pinus, Is. 44, 14.
In the Talmud of Babyl. (Para fol.96. 1)
are joined ºutnan Bºns bºrns "sy.
Sept. 7titug, Vulg. pinus.--So called,
because when agitated by the wind it
emits a tremulous sound; from r. 12'),
i. e. This contr. for pºs, as ºn for ºntº,
Tº from T2:... See Inn.
2. Orem, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 2, 25.
Fºns f epicoen. a hare, Lev. 11, 6.
Deut. 14,7. Arab ºf Syr. Paisſid.
See Bochart Hieroz. I. 994 sq. who re-
gards this quadriliteral as compounded
from Hys to crop, and aº produce, fruit.
Tins and ſins (for in a noise,
murmur; concr. a noisy or murmuring
stream,) Arnon, pr. m. of a torrent (273)
with a valley of like name, running from
the eastward into the Dead Sea, an-
ciently the northern boundary of Moab
and the southern of the Ammonites;
now called -->;-) el-Môjeb. Num. 21,
13 sq. 22, 36. DCut. 2, 24, 36. 3, 8 sq.
4, 48. Is. 16, 2. al. See Burckhardt’s
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372. Also
Comment. on Is. 16, 2. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 204.
mºns see nºns.
7;"|S (active, nimble, see r. Ins) Ar-
man, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 21.
Tºš (id.) Ornan, pr. n. of a Jebusite,
on the site of whose threshing-floor
Solomon built the temple. 1 Chr. 2, 15.
2 Chr. 3, 1. Comp. Hºns.
ShS Chald. st. emph, sºns. 1. the
earth, i. q. Heb. Yºs, 9 and x being in-
terchanged, see under 9. Dan. 2, 35. 39.
3, 31. al.
2. the ground, and as adv. low, be-
low. Dan. 2, 39 after thee shall arise
another kingdom. Tº sy-s lower than
ſhee, inferior to thee. Comp. Chald.
wns, "sºns, low; sh;2 for ºnsh?
Mt the lowest part, below —Hence
nºms Chald. f 'he ground, he low-
est part, bottom of a pit, Dan. 6, 25.
Tºms (prop, support, i. e. a strong
sity, for Tºn from r. TET,) Arpad, pr.
8
n, of a city and region of Syria, not fat
from the city Hamath, with which it
is often coupled, governed by its own
kings, and to be distinguished from
Tyns q. v. 2 K. 18, 34, 19, 13. Is. 10, 9,
Jer, 49, 23. [More prob, the same with
Tººls Arvad, i.e. the island Ruwad, with.
its territory on the adjacent coast;
which was contiguous to that of IHa-
math. The interchange of E and "
(like H and Y) is not unnatural.-R.
Tºš Arphaarad, pr. n. of the third
son of Shem, and denoting at the same
time a people or region of country,
Gen. 10, 22. 24. 11, 10–13. The con.
jecture of Bochart is not improbable
(Phaleg. 2, 4), that it is the province
Agéotºitus, Arrapachitis, in northern
Assyria near Armenia (Ptol. 6. 1), the
primitive country of the Chaldeans; see
Comment. on Is. 23, 13. Josephus, Ant.
I. 6. 4, 1990,560's 68 toug viv XoA6al.
ove zokovuévous 4990,500aiovg ºváuggsy.
Bohlen ad Gen. l. c. compares Sanscr.
Aryapakshata ‘(a land) by the side of
Asia;' comp. Borussia i. q. Po-rus, near
the Russians.
:k a * e g
yºs a root of uncertain signif Arab,
Go?
Ué i low, inferior; but this is derived
rather from the primary idea earth.
7.8 comm. gend. (rarely masc. Gen.
13, 6. Ps. 104, 6. Is. 9, 18; or when
the earth is put for its inhabitants, Is.
26, 18, 66, 8) c. suff, "sºs, c. art. Yºst,
c.15
He loc. risis, the earth, Aral. Jºſ,
Chald, sºns, Syr. lºsſ-spec.
1. the earth, orbis terrarum, upp to
the heavens; "Sº pººr Gen. 1, 1.
2, 1.4, and Bº Yº Gen. 2, 4, the
heavens and the earth, the whole uni-
verse. Synecd. for the inhabitants of
the earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11, 1. 19, 31.
2. the earth, land, opp. to the sea,
Gen. 1, 28.
3. a land, country, Ex. 3, 8, 13, 5.
Gen. 21, 32 tºrujº yºs. Ruth 1, 7 rºw
Hºrtº. So the land of any one is either
the country subject to him, as 'he land
of Sihon Neh. 9, 22; or consecrated to
any one Jer. 2, 7, 16, 18; or in which
one iwells Deut. 19, 2.10. 28, 12; or was
born, q. d. one's father-land Gen. 24, 4,
**N
90 ... ºn N
30, 25 Num, 10, 9, Is. 8, 9. Comp. /ī
uvog Acts 7, 3; and the words DS, h"y,
ºns.—Absol. Yºs and Yºr, often de-
note Palestine xut Šozi, Joel 1, 2; and
so in the formula YTS jau, uinº, Ps. 37,
9. 11. 22. 29.44, 4. Prov. 2, 21. 10, 30–
Synecd. for the inhabitants of a land,
Is. 26, 18; spec. of wicked inhabitants
Is. 11 4; comp. usins no. 1. b.
4. iand, i.e. a piece of land, a field,
Gen. 23, 15. Ex. 23, 10. Of the fields
or country around a city, Josh. 8, 1.
5. the ground, with He local righs
(Milél) to the ground, as Tººls intº
Gen. 33, 3. 37, 10. Hence poet. for rep-
tiles, as crawling upon the ground, i. q.
yºsri wºn, as Job 12, 8 Yºsh riºtº speak
to the ground, i. e. to the reptiles crawl-
ing thereon; followed by “the fishes of
the sea;’ comp. Gen. 9, 2. 1 K. 5, 13.
6. earth, i.e. the element, earthy par-
ticles, scoria of metals. Ps. 12, 7 silver
purified in a work-shop Yºsh as to the
earth, i. e. from its dross, scoriae.
PLUR. nisºs lands, countries, regions,
Gen. 26, 3. 4. So nix Sr.; the lands,
often espec. in the later Hebrew put zot
§oziv for heathen lands, foreign coun-
tries, comp. Enºs, Bºis; e.g. nisºsri º
the nations of the (heathen) lands 2 Chr.
13, 9, 17, 10. risis: ni-hº the king-
doms of the (gentile) lands 1 Chr. 29, 30.
2 Chr. 12, 8, 17, 10. The origin of this
usus loguendi is apparent from the fol-
lowing passages in Ezekiel, 5, 6, 11, 17.
12, 15. 20, 23. 22, 15. 20, 32. 22, 4.
Note. He paragogic in Tºns is for
the most part local ; but sometimes also
it is merely a poetic form, so that Hyºs
Joes not differ from Yºns, e.g. Job 34, 13.
37, 12. Is. 8, 23; comp. Tº for bº.—
Hence
Syms (earth) Arza, pr. n. m. 1 K.
16, 9.
PTS Shald. stat. emphat, spºns, i. q.
Rºns, the earth, the letter s being
changed into the harsher P, Jer, 10, 11.
Freq. in the Targums.
*TN ut, -st, imp. This Judg. 5, 23,
with He parag. rins Num. 22, 6, to curse;
a -
sorresponding is Arab. to abhor, to
4. 2 p
letest; and still more hearly Gr. 696,
#96 outa. (‘onstr. c. acc. Num. 22, 6.
23, 7. Mal. 2, 2. Judg. 5, 23. Job 3, 8
biº "his cursers of the day, i. e. a
class of magicians who were thought
to render particular days unfortunate
by their imprecations. Gen. 3, 14 cursed
art thou from every beast, i. e. all beasts
shall avoid thee as infamous and ac-
cursed. Deut. 27, 15 sq. 28, 16 sq.
NIPH. pass. Part. Dºns: Mal. 3, 9.
PIEL hºs, part. "Sº 1. i. q. Ka,
to curse, Gen. 5, 29.
2. to cause a curse. Num. 5, 22 Dºn
pººr the waters causing a curse, i.e.
which cause destruction to the adulterous
and perjured woman who drinks them.
HoPH. fut. "sh" pass. to be cursed, Num
22, 6. -
Deriv. Hºsº.
tº pr. n. Ararat, a region or pro
vince near the middle of Armenia, be-
tween the Araxes and the lakes Van
and Oroomiah, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37, 38;
still called by the Armenians Ararat,
upupuin ; upon whose mountains,
bºys ºri, the ark of Noah rested, Gen.
8, 4. It is sometimes taken in a wider
sense for Armenia itself, Jer. 51, 27.
That it is the name of a region, and not
strictly of a mountain, is affirmed also
by Moses Choremensis; see Schroeder
Thes. Ling. Arm. p. 55. Mosis Choren.
Hist. Arm. ed. Whiston, p. 289, 308,358,
361.—For an account of this region, see
Morier’s Second Journey, p. 312. R. K.
Porter's Travels Vol. I. p. 178 sq. Smith
and Dwight's Researches in Armenia,
Vol. II. p. 73 sq.-The root is Sanscr.
Aryavarta, “terra sancta; Bohlen, Ben-
fey, etc.
× tºns in Kal not used, but as is
noted by Manger ad Hos. 2, 21, pr i, q.
tons, U. , to erect, to build, whence
by a bed or couch, with a canopy,
Thence also Jº < a bed-ſellow, hus-
3 T 3 ->
band or wife, one betrothed.—
Hence U”ys
PIEL iºns to betroth a woman, pr. to
make her a spouse; c. acc, nºs tº
Deut. 20, 7, 28, 30; and rigs is bºx
Hos. 2, 21. 22. 2 Sam. 3 14. The price
paid for a wife is put with a 2 Sam. l.c
PUAL whis, fem. in Pause nºns, to be
Tijºn N 91
º
betrothed, Ex. 22, 15. Deut. 22, 28. Part.
-lºnsº Deut. 22,23, 25.27–Chald, ons
Pe. and Pa. id.
* tº S obsol. root, i. q. Arab. U*):
to desire, to long for. Hence
nºns f desire, longing, Ps. 21, 3.
Sept. §§m “g, Vulg. voluntas.
Nºrºns Ezra 4, 8, 11.23. 6, 14,
snºrirºns 7, 1.7, snºtrºns 4, 7.
Artaateraces, pr. m. of several Persian
kings; in Greek written Agtašéqsne, by
the Armenians upinuiqku Ardashes,
3-3 •),
/*e), Ardeshir ; by the ancient
by the modern Persians
Persians, in the inscriptions of Nakshi-
Rustam in Niebuhr's Reisebeschr. II.
tab. 27, according to De Sacy, hnuorinns
Artakhshetr, Artakhshatra ; whence by
interchanging the letters r and s, and by
transposition, arose the form Artakh-
sharta and the Heb. Artakhshast, Ar-
takhshasta, as above. Comp. Lassen in
Zeitschr. ſ. d. Kunde des Morgenl. VI.
p. 160.
This name is compounded from the
syllable art, strong, mighty, (comp. the
pr. names Agrošćgns, Agtºfftºns, Agro-
pégime,) and nnuri, which in the ancient
usage denoted king, like the Zend and
Sanscr. ksatra. Nor yet is Herodotus
to be taxed with error in rendering it
mighly warrior (6. 98), comp. ksatra
‘soldier;' since kings also were warriors.
See Lassen Keilschriſt p. 36.
Two kings of this name are mentioned
in the O. Test. a) Pseudo-Smerdes
Wºzra 4, 7.8. 23 comp. 24, who not improb.
took the name of Artaxerxes on his
accession. b) Artaa!eraces Longima-
nus, in whose seventh year Ezra led out
a colony into Palestine, Ezra 7, 1.7.11.
12. 21. 8, 1; and from the twentieth to
the thirty-second year of whose reign
Nehemiah was governor of Judea, Neh.
2, 1, 5, 14, 13, 6. See more fully in
Thesaur. p. 155, 156.
× ºps obsol. root, prob, i. q. hon to
#ind. Hence the two following:
bships (whom God hath bound sc. by
vow) pr. n. m. Asareel, 1 Chr. 4, 16
SSºnºs (vow of God) pr. n. m. As
riel, Num. 26, 31. Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr
7, 14. Patronym. is ºnus Asrielite,
Num. l. c.
* US c. suſ. it's Job 18, 5, Baujš Is
50, 11, comm. gend. (rarely masc. Job
20, 26. Ps. 104, 4. Jer. 48, 45; comp. on
the gender of words signifying fire.
Lehrg. p. 546 note,) fire, comp. Chald.
Nús, sºuls, fire, ſever, Syr. is ºf fe
3 – 5
ver, Ethiop. hrſ’t fire, Arab. 3.3ſ,
which however is rarely used. The
branches of this very ancient stock are
widely spread throughout the languages
of Asia and Europe; comp. Sanscr. ush
to burn, Pehlv. and Pers. U.S', perh
Lat. astus, Germ. heitzen, heiss.—Spec
1. the fire of God, often for the lightning
1 K. 18, 38. 2 K. 1, 10. 12. 14. Job 1, 16,
comp. Ex. 9, 23 and Pers. J- U.S.
Trop. for the anger and wrath of God,
(comp. Virg. Æn. 2. 575 eacarsere ignes
animo, subit vra, etc.) Deut. 32, 22
*Es: Hirº is a fire is kindled in mine
anger. Jer, 4, 4, 15, 14, 21, 12. Lam. 2,
4. Ez. 22, 21. In like manner fire is put
for ardour in men, q. d. burning zeal or
passion, Jer. 20,9. Ps. 39, 3.4.
2. Poet. fire for war, e. g. to be con-
sumed by fire, i. q to be consumed, wasted
by war, Num. 21, 28. Jer. 48, 45. Judg.
9, 15. 20. Is. 10, 16. 26, 11. Ps. 21, 10.
So us rip to kindle a fire, metaph, to
kindle a war, to excite the tumult of war,
Is, 50, 11.-The same figure is frequent
in the Arabian poets; comp. Cornment.
on Is. 7, 4.
3. Trop. for destruction, ruin, of any
kind, both of men and things, Job 15, 34.
20, 26. 22, 20. 31, 12. Is. 1, 31. 30, 30.
33, 11. 14.
4. heat, scorching, of the sun, Joel 1,
19, 20. 2, 3. 5.
5, a flashing, brightness, splendour, e.g.
of arms Nah. 2,5. US ºils stones of fire
glittering gems, Ez. 28, 14, 16; comp
Stat. Theb. 2. 276 arcano florentes igne
smaragdi.
Deriv. Hºs, q.v.
t’s Chald, st. emphat, sºs, d. Dan
7, 11.
tjS 92
TºjR
* US i. q. ºº, there is, there are, 2
~ e?
Sam, 14, 19. Mic. 6, 10. Arab. J.;I,
Chald. nºs, "nºs.
tº N (Ösh) Chald. plur. Tufts, founda-
lions, Ezra 1, 12.5, 16. R. GujS. Arab.
3 #
* - US . . . ;
+SS obsol. root, perh. i. q. 2-&l,
*º-º-, aujr., to mingle, to compute.—
Hence
Sãºs (for bs3\}s sententia Dei) Ash-
bel, pr. m. of a son of Benjamin, Gen. 46,
21. 1 Chr. 8, 1. Hence patronym. *aujs
Ashbelite Num. 26, 38.
jäts (i, q, ſaur) pr. m. m. Eshban,
Gen. 36, 26.
yātās (I adjure) pr. m. m. Ashbea,
1 Chr. 4, 21.
Svätýs Eshbaal, pr. m. of a son of
Saul, 1 Chr. 8, 33.9, 39; i. q, nuja-ujºs
p. 45.
>k TES obsol, root, i. q. Chald. and
Syr. ius, *f, to pour, to pour out.—
Hence the two following:
Tºš m. an outpouring. Num. 21, 15
bºrºri Tuys i. e. places where the tor-
rents from the mountains are poured out,
or flow down, into the valleys and plains
below, q. d. ravines.
Tſºs f id outpouring of torrents, a
ow place or ravine at the foot of a moun-
.ain where a torrent flows down, Josh.
10,40. 12,8. ryobri niºus the ravines
of Pisgah, for the foot or base of the
Jmountain, Deut. 3, 17. 4, 49. Josh.
So
12, 2.3. Comp. 25 ... foot of a mountain
or hill, from 25
Timºs (strong-hold, castle, for Tºu.
Yom TTÜ) pr. m. Ashdod, Gr. Agoróg, one
f the five principal cities of the Philis-
times, (assigned to the tribe of Judah
osh. 15,47.) Josh. 11, 22. 15, 46. 1 Sam.
:, 1. Is, 20, 1. It was a key of Pales-
.ine towards Egypt; comp. Is. I. c. and
Hdot. 2. 157. A village still stands upon
its site, called Esdūd; see Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. II. ii. p. 374 sq. Bibl. Res.
In Palest. II. p. 368.--The gentile n. is
"intºs, ſem. nº-, and this latter adver-
to pour out.
bially, in the dialect of Ashdod, Neb., 13
24.
e $5.
ºriºs obsol root, i. q. Arab. L., ſo
~!.
1. to prop, to support, i. q. º.
2. Metaph. to heal, to cure.
Deriv. Hºus and pr. n. Hºujśn.
Tºš fem. i. q. Es, fire, as in Chald.
Jer. 6, 29 Cheth, nº prºsº by their
fire the lead (is consumed). Keri Er wis's
consumed by fire.
TºS m. constr. Huss, plur. constr. *s
a sacrifice, offering, so called from the
fire (ºs) which consumes it, as a vgº,
from ſtig, q. d. the sacred fuel to be burn-
ed before God, with H+ parag. like *s,
Hºns; tı, nºr. Spoken of every kind
of sacrifice and offering, and once even
of those not burned, Lev. 24, 7.9. Most
freq. in certain ritual formulas, as Hūs
njnº rin": ri", a sacrifice of sweet odour
wnto Jehovah Lev. 1,9. 13.17. 2, 2.9.3, 5.
Hinº nºs rinº riºn; Ex. 29, 41. Lev.
8, 21; ellipt. Hinº Hús a sacrifice to
Jehovah sc. of sweet odour Lev. 2, 16.
Ex. 29, 18.25. Plur. Hinº ºs sacrifices
of Jehovah, i.e. offered to him, Lev. 2,
3, 10.
Tºš (for Hºs, fem. of the form
ujºs), constr. nºs (fem. of the form tººs,
for rugºs) which is sometimes also put
for the absol. Deut. 21, 11, 1 Sam. 28, 7.
Ps. 58, 9; c. suff, "ruis, Trus, inus,
etc. once intºs Ps. 128, 3; Plur. once
nºs Ez. 23,44, elsewhere always Bºº
(for pºulºs by aphaeresis, from sing
nu}}s), constr. º., c. suff, "tº, thuſ:
trº.
1. a woman, female, of any age or con-
dition, married or unmarried. Cant. 1,8
Bºujº Tºm O thou fairest among wo-
men 5, 9, 6, 1. Gen. 31, 35% Enº Tº
the way of women is upon me, i. e. I have
what is usual with women, the menses.
2 Sam. 1, 26 thy love to me was... pass-
ing the love of women. Job 42, 15. Of
unmarried females Gen. 24, 5, Is. 4, 1–
Spec. a) As the name of the sea, and
thus applied to a nimals, a female, Gen.
7, 2; so Lat. femina, French femelle, Gr
ywfi in Aristotle. See vºws no. 1. a.
With the artic. collect, women, the fe
male sex, Ecc. 7, 26, b) a wife, opp
YūjR
*ſjR
9
3
o a husband, Gen. 24, 3, 4, 25, 1. 26, 34.
.8, 1. 34, 4 sq. Tºš, nuš thy father's
wife, i. e. thy step-mother, Lev. 18, 8.11.
Comp. 1 Cor. 5, 1. Frequent in the
phrase rúsh tº riph to take to oneself a
woman for a wife, Gen. 4, 19. 6, 2. Spo-
ken also of a concubine, Gen. 30, 4 ; of
one betrothed, Gen. 29, 21. c.) As a
term of reproach for a man who is weak,
cowardly, effeminate, Is. 19, 16. 3, 12.
Jer, 51, 30. Nah. 3, 13. Comp. Hom.
Azwiłóss oix ét Ayatol. Virg. Æn. 9.
617. d) Joined in apposition with va-
rious nouns, e.g. nyir Hüs a harlot Josh.
2, 1; tº Hús a concubine Judg. 19, 1;
Hyºs Hūs a widow 1 K. 7, 14; Hºs
risºn, Judg. 4,4; nºbsºluxº 's Lev.24, 10.
e) With genit. of an attribute, instead
of an adjective, e. g. bºr, nu}s a capable
woman Ruth 3, 11 ; tº 12 nu}s a con-
tentious woman Prov. 27, i5; tº rugs
a prostitute Hos. 1, 2. f.) Emphat. of a
true woman, such as she should be,
Ecc. 7,28; see Bºs no. 2, comp. in ºshº
no. 1, and the saying of Diogenes, ‘I
seek a man.”
2. Followed by nins or rºl, one, an-
other ; altera, altera ; see under these
words.
3. every one, Ex. 3, 22. Am. 4, 3.
NotE. In Chaldec the word for woman
is sºs, st. emph. Rºns, snrºs, plur.
- o y an e o are
Yºu?. Syr. i2huſ, plur. ixi. Arab.
sºlº $53, ºf 8×e e'º
3; also,231 woman, plur, ºl.
Ethiop, A3 fit anest (not anset) which
also is put for plur. women.
Tºtºs see Hºus.
Thus m. (r. TºS) darkness, obscurity,
only Prov. 20, 20 Keri Tujri jºujśā; in
Cheth. Tºri jiu-si. The Targ. gives
the like orthography in Chaldee, TN
ssiºn jars.
nºis or nºtºs m. only c. suff inhuis,
plur. c. suff, hºus. R. huis.
1. a step, going, Prov. 14, 15. Ps. 40,
3. Metaph. in reference to virtue and
piety, e. g. to follow the steps of Jeho-
ah, Job 23, 11 ; also one's steps are
said to slide and fall, Ps. 37, 31. 73, 2.
Comp. Ty$.
2. 1. q. Hºsn, a species of cedar,
Arab. Sherbin Ez. 27, 6 ºff-ºx ºf
pººs-na thy benches (or decks) they
make of ivory, the daughter of the Sher.
bin-cedars, i. e. ivory inlaid in cedar
wood, bordered with it; comp. Virg
AEn. 10.136. See in nºr.
nºs (r. Yujs) 1, i. q. **ś, a step
constr. with a fem. Job 31, 7.
2. Rarely nºs 1 Chr. 5, 6, with He
local Hºus Gen. 25, 18, pr. n. Assyria.
Hos. 9, 3. 10, 6. Zech. 10, 10; more fully
nauss Yºs Is, 7, 18. Also the Assyrians,
constr. c. masc. Is. 19, 23. 23, 13. 30, 31.
31,8. Ps. 83,9. Hos. 14, 4. In the cunei.
form inscriptions it is written Asura ;
see Lassen über d. Persepol. Keilschr.
p. 71–79.-The name Assyria is va-
riously employed by the Hebrews, e. g.
a) Assyria proper, in the ancient sense,
Gen. 10, 11. 22, seems to have compre-
hended nearly the same countries which
Ptolemy (6.1) assigns to Assyria proper,
viz. those lying east of the Tigris, be-
tween Armenia, Susiana, and Media,
and espec. Adiabene. b) Usually it
stands for the Assyrian empire, which
comprehended also Babylonia and Me-
sopotamia, Is. 10, 9, 10, comp. Comment.
on Is. 39, 1; and extended to the Euphra-
tes, Is. 7, 20, which river therefore is put
as the emblem of the Assyrian empire
Is. 8, 7. So too the name Assyria com-
prehends also Babylonia in Haoſ. 1. 102
106. Strabo 16 init. Arrian Exped. Alex
7. 7. 6. Once also in the O. Test, the
provinces beyond the Tigris seem to be
left out of view, and the Tigris is thus
said to flow on the east of Assyria, nººp
Thus, Gen. 2, 14, c) After the over
throw of the Assyrian empire, the name
hºs Assyria continued to be sometimes
used of the countries over which that
empire had formerly extended, and of the
new kingdoms which had then taken its
place, e.g. of Babylonia 2 K. 23, 29. Jer,
2, 18 (comp. Is. 8, 8). Lam. 5, 6; also
Judith 1, 5. 2, 1.5, 1 ; of Persia Ezra 6,
22, where Darius is called nºtes tºº —
Hitzig attempts to show that "hus is put
also for Syria, Is. 19, 23. Ps. 83,9. (Begr.
d. Kritik p. 98. Jes. p. 235.) But his argu
ments are not convincing.
hºs plur. Enºus Asshurim, pr. 1,
of an Arabian tribe Gen. 25, 3; perh, the
rºjR 94.
Stºs
same which is called in 2 Sam. 2, 9
*Thus, to be sought in the vicinity of
Gilead. -
hºmºs (perh.blackness, black, r-rº)
pr. n. m. Ashur, 1 Chr. 2, 24. 4, 5.
Tºtºs f (r. Hús no. 1) a support, col-
umn; Plur. c. suff, riºriºus Jer. 5° 15
Keri, Sept. Štúššug witäs, Vulg. better
9- -
fundamenta ejus. Comp. Arab. Kººl
column. In Cheth, is rºrºus from
a form Hºus.
Sºujs Ashima, the domestic idol of
the city of Hamath, 2 K. 17, 30. The
name is of uncertain etymology; most
prob. it stands in connection with Pers.
J- asumán heaven, Zend, aginámó.
Tºm's see Hºs.
tººs m. (r. Guys) a foundation, Arab.
3 # 3 # 3 2
U.L.), U.l. Jº!.
§ 6.
WJ 9 *
|, U”. Found
only in plur. Pºujºus foundations, i. e.
ruins of buildings destroyed to the foun-
dations, so that those alone remain.
(Comp. E"Tºo Is. 58, 12 of ruins.) Is.
16, 7 runn-n-p suºus the ruins of Kir-
hareseth, i.e. of the city Kerak. In Jer.
48, 31, where there is an imitation of
this passage in Isaiah, is read "ufts
tºrt--"p the men of Kir-heres; but there
is no need of supposing an exact corre-
spondence in such passages. Later
writers employed the words of earlier
prophets only so far as they were appli-
cable to their purposes; and sometimes
added explanations, or even changed
them, e. g. substituting for difficult or
perhaps obsolete words others more easy
and in current use. See Gesch. der
Heb. Spr. p. 37 sq. and Comment, on Is.
l. c. -
Tºtº's f. 2 Sam. 16, 19. 1 Chr. 16, 3;
Plur. e-unus Hos. 3, 1, and niúnuis
Cant. 2, 5, a cake, cakes, Lat. liba, spec.
such as were prepared from dried grapes
or raisins, pressed or compacted into a
certain form, from r. Guys; so *s
B-52s raisin-cakes Hos. l. c. They are
mentioned as delicacies with which the
weary and languid are refreshed, 2 Sam.
| Chr. Cant.ll.cc. and were also offered to
'dols in sacrifice, Hos. l.c. They differ-
ed from Pºº. i. e. grapes dried, but no
compacted into the form of cakes ; and
also from nº. i. e. figs pressed into
cakes.—The etymology is doubtless to
be sought in the idea of pressing toge-
ther ; (see the root, and comp. Tº a
cake, from 72 to make firm, also nºrthex
from ne: to spread out;) and not in that
of fire, USN, as if cakes prepared with fire.
The same word occurs in Pseudo Jon.
Ex. 16, 31, where Tºujºu's is for Heb.
nºrthºt ; also in the Mishna, Nedarim
6. 10, where Bºulºus denotes a kind of
food prepared from lentiles, prob. cakes
made from boiled lentiles.
Tºš m. a testicle, Lev. 21, 20. Syr
Paci and Ethiop. Aft'ſ) ºr id. The
form is for nzuºs from r. n=1}, (as tººs,
w? ... " tº
U-3ſ, from U.o.) Ethiop. TI'ſ)P to in-
l
dicate, to inform, whence Ti"1P. index,
informer. So in Lat. testis, testiculus.
Sºtºs plur. nibzºs and niºus as iſ
from nºis, comp, jions; masc. Num,
13, 23.
1. a bunch, clutter, pr. the stem or
stalk of a cluster, Jat. racemus ; spoken
of berries or flowe s hanging in clusters
like grapes, e.g. ºf dates, Cant. 7, 8; of
the flowers of the henna, albenna, Cant.
1, 14; but chiefly of the vine, either fully
with ºr 7, 9; tı"::: Num. 13, 23. 24
or absol. Is. 65,8. Mic. 7, 1. Once Gen.
40, 10 ºuš is distinguished from ay,
and denotes the stem, racemus, strictly
so called, e. g. Bºx rºrºzu's bºr
i. e. and its stems (the cluster-stems of
the vine) ripened the grapes, the berries,
i.e. shot forth ripe grapes.—Correspond-
ing is Arab. Júl, Jºe, palm-
branch, Ethiop. Afi'ſ] A a grape, a vine,
whence the verb ſi'ſ) A to bear grapes
Syr. and Chald. iſeº, ship, a grape.
cluster. Among all this variety of or
thography, the etymology is doubtful,
Perhaps ºuis may be for bººs, from
}=le, J.K., to bind, to braid, to plain
q. d. a braid of grapes; comp. 33.
2. Eshcol, pr. m. a.) Of a valley
abounding in vines, in the southern par
of Palestine, Num. 13, 23. 24. 32, 9
bºx 95
ElijS
Jeut. 1, 24. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
1. p. 316. b) Oſa man, Gen. 14, 13.24.
7:3tº Ashkenaz, pr. m. of a people
and region in northern Asia, sprung
from the Cimmerians (n2%) Gen. 10, 3,
and situated in the vicinity of Armenia
Jer. 51, 27; unless perhaps it was a pro-
vince of that country itself. A similar
form is ºujs,—The modern Jews un-
derstand by it Germany, and even call
this country by the Heb. name; a rare
specimen of ignorance in geographical
ma ters.
ºuis m. for nºuă, Aleph prosthet, a
gift, present, Ez. 27, 15. Ps 72, 10. R.
neº II, i. q. melº, to hire, to reward.
4. e + 2 +
x bºs obsol. root, Arab. Jºši and
... 235. ~ - 35
J3; i, q. J-3 to strike deep root, to be
9 – 935.
deeply rooted, & CŞi a root, stock, origin.
Hence § 035.
ºffs (Kimchi bºs) i, q, Arab. J31,
a tamarisk, myrica, Tamariac orientalis
Uinn. 1 Sam. 22, 6 bºsſ, nrir, under the
tamarisk-tree. 31, 13, the parall. passage
o which in 1 Chr. 10, 12 has Hºsri nrir,
under a terebinth or tree generally.—
Then perh, any large tree, (like Hºs,
jºbs,) and collect. trees, a wood, grove,
Gen. 21, 33.−An accurate description of
the tree Jºši is given by J. E. Faber, in
Fab, and Reiskii Opusc. med. ex mo-
numm. Arabum, p. 137; see also R. K.
Porter's Travels II. p. 311.
* PºpS Lev. 5, 19. Num. 5, 7, also
EºN Lev. 4, 13, 5, 2.3.4.17; ſut. Bujs.
1. to fail in duty, to transgress, to
be guilty, Engl. Vers. to trespass. Arab.
.* ... f. L-f 9 ++
ºš' id. º causat, reum judicavit, ºus
and ºus fault, guilt, a mulct, comp.
Ethiop hUJº fault, guilt, KhUJoe
malefect. The primary idea seems to
be that of negligence espec. in one's gait,
whence ºl a camel of slow gait, falter-
.ng, weary. Comp, stºri, Hyuj.-Lev.
4, 13. 22, 27. 5, 2. 3. 4. 17. Jer. 50, 7.
The person towards whom one ſails in
duty is put with h Num. 5, 7. Lev. 5, 19,
that in which one is guily, with h Lºr.
5, 5, with a Hos. 13, 1. Ez. 22, 4 —
Others, in several passages, render tº:
to acknowledge oneself guilty, as Hos. 5,
15. Zech. 11, 5. Lev. 4, 22. But there
seems no good reason to depart from the
common acceptation of pujś; since we
need only render in Hos. l. c. unſil
they suffer punishment, as in no. 2; ºn
Zech. l. c. and are not punished ; in
Lev. l. c. when a ruler hath sinned
through ignorance . . . then he is guºty,
has contracted guilt; here pujś is i. q.
is's Nº in c. 5, 1. 17.
2. to bear one's guilt, i. e. its conse-
quences, to suffer punishment, to be pun-
ished, Ps. 34, 22. 23. Is. 24, 6. Jer. 2, 3,
3. i. q. Dujº and Ezº, to be laid waste
destroyed, spoken of altars Ez. 6, 6
Comp. Syr. &a-f a desert.
NIPH. to be punished; hence to be de-
stroyed, to perish, e.g. flocks, Joel 1, 18.
HIPH. to punish, and hence to destroy.
Ps. 5, 11.
Deriv. the three following.
Etºs m. c. suff. ious, plur. c. suff.
**qugs. *
1. fault, blame, guilt, which one con-
tracts, Gen. 26, 10. Jer. 51, 5.—Hence
2. Meton. trespass, i. e. the thing
through which guilt is contracted,
Num. 5, 7.8.
3. a sacrifice for fault or guilt, Engl.
Vers, a trespass-offering, 1 Sam. 6, 3 sq.
2 K. 12, 17. Is. 53, 10. Ez. 40, 39. In the
Mosaic law these sacrifices for fault or
trespass-offerings (ºs) are carefully
distinguished from sacrifices for sin or
sin-offerings (nistºrſ). Not only were
the rites and ceremonies of each differ-
ent; (see Lev. 5, 1–26, or 1–19 and 6, 1-
7; 7, 1–7, comp. 4, 1–35. 6, 17–23 or 24–
30;) but the different victims pertaining
to each were sometimes conjoined in one
and the same offering, (as Lev. 14, 10 sq.
Num. 6, 12 sq. comp. Lev. 5, 7–10,) and
the particular faults or sins are carefully
enumerated by the lawgiver, which were
to be expiated by this or that rite; see
Lev. c. 5, 14, 12. 24, 19, 20–22. Num. 6,
11. 12. Still, the precise point of distinc-
tion between the two kinds of faults or
sins, has hitherto been sought in vain
See Jos. Ant. 3.9. 3. Philo de Victim’
2. p. 247. ed. Mang. Rosenm. ad Lev. 5
6. Carpzov. Antiquit. S. cod. p. 707 sq.
DújR
96 Fu's
blºs m. adj. verbal 1. in fault, guilty,
Ben. 42, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 13.
2. bringing a trespass-offering, Ezra
10, 19.
Tººs f. 1. Inf of the verb buys (like
Hºrs, ris"), a being in fault, trespass-
ing ; Lev. 5, 26 [6, 7] Hex: nu}s $22
F; nºtish of all that he hath done in
trespassing therein, i. e. every thing in
which he is in fault. Lev. 4, 3 nºujsh
bºr, i. e. So that the people incur
guilt.
2. a fault, blame, guilt, Engl. Vers.
trespass, 1 Chr. 21, 3, 2 Chr. 24, 18. 28,
13. Am. 8, 14 Tinº nºus the guilt of
Samaria, i. e. its idols. Plur, nious
2 Chr. 28, 10. Ps. 69, 6.
3. the bringing of a trespass-offering,
see in Bºs no. 3. Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5] Biº
inºus in the day when he bringeth his
trespass-offering. Comp. Rºs no. 2.
Tºon's see Hºus.
Eºtºs m. plur. i. q tºº, Aleph
prosthet, pr. fatness ; hence fat fields,
fertile fields (comp. Gen. 27, 28); Is. 59,
10 Bºrº Bºuffs: in fertile fields we
are as the dead. The Rabbins and Je-
rome render it darkness, comp. Lam. 3,
6; but see Comment. on Is. l. c.
nºtºs, Tºotºs, f (r. You",) con-
str. nºoús (once absol. Judg. 7, 19),
Plur, ninºus, a watch, pvaani, a part
of the night, so called from the military
watches. Among the ancient Hebrews
there were only three night-watches;
the first or ni-zu's UN- Lam. 2, 19;
the middle Judg. 7, 19; and the third
"pār; nºuis Ex. 14, 24, 1 Sam. 11, 11.
Later and in the times of the N. T. there
were four, after the Roman manner.
>k TES obsol. root, perh. I. to be hard,
firm, strong ; Chald. Thus, "uis, hard,
9 . Hº
trong; comp. Twº, Arab. Jºš', hard,
trong, robust.
II, to be dark, obscure, see Yºujś.
Pºtºs m. a lattice, i. e. a latticed
window, through which the cool breeze
passes, Judg. 5, 28. Prov. 7, 6. R. Hyuj
H. V.
Tºtºs (the strong, fortified) Ashnah,
ºr. n. of two cities in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 33. 43.
jºs (prop, support) Eshean, pr 1,
of a city in Judah, Josh. 15, 52. R. Tº
Sk Eps obsolete root, Syr. *Aſ to
wise incantation, enchantment. Simonis
places the primary power in the notion
of covering, hiding; whence Syr. to use
incantation, pr. to practise hidden arts.
comp. ps; and ºb; also nºu}s a quiver.
so called a recondendo. Kindred with
the signif of incantation is Flº.
Deriv. the two following.
Flºs Heb. and Chald, an enchanter.
magician, Dan. 2, 10. Plur. Heb. Bºrºs
Dan. 1, 20, 2, 2; Chald. "Buš, emphat.
Nº (from a Sing. Fu's) Dan. 2, 27.
4,4, 5, 7, 11, 15. Syr. Leśi enchanter.
Tºtºs ſ. c. suff, inºs, a quiver, perh,
so called as covering and concealing
the arrows, see r. Fujs. Is. 22, 6.49, 2.
Jer. 5, 16. Ps. 127, 5. Job 39, 23. Lam.
3, 13 ineu's "23, the sons of his quiver,
his arrows.
Tºtº's Ashpenaz, pr. n. of a chief
eunuch in the court of Nebuchadnezzar.
Dan. 1, 3. Roediger well compares Pers.
--wi, Sanscr. aguas, horse, and nasa
nose; pr. ‘nose of the horse.’ A simi.
lar form is tººs.
Tººs an obscure word, found only
twice, 2 Sam. 6, 19. 1 Chr. 16, 3; where
Vulg. assatura bubulae carnis, deriving
it absurdly enough from us fire and he
bullock. Engl. Vers, a good piece of
flesh. But there can be little doubt
that it was a certain measure of wine
or drink, a, measure, cup, for hºu, with
Aleph. prosthet. from r. neu; no. 3, i. q.
Ethiop. TIA.Z, to measure, whence
*TIA.C. a measure, cyathus, see Lu-
dolph Lex. AEthiop. p. 187; comp. kindr.
"Et to number.—An approach to the
truth was made by L. de Dieu, who,
following the same etymology, under-
stands a portion of the sacrifice measurea
Out.
FEºs m. a dunghill, fimetum, fo
nº (Neh. 3, 13) with Aleph. prosthet.
from r. nº to put, to place, perh. also to
heap up, comp. Bºtº. So nºr "suſ
Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12, 31, contr. relºr ºst
3, 13, the dunghill-gate, dung-gate, in
pºx 97
*EN
Jerusalem, see in nºuj, Trop. put as
he emblem of deep and squalid poverty;
| Sam. 2, 8 he raiseth up the poor out
of the dust, liºns tº nºtºs? he lifteth
up the needy from the dunghill. Ps. 113,7.
3 9.
Comp. Arab. 2x dung, mire, put for the
deepest poverty.—Plur, ninpuis, from
a lost Sing. TºS or rºujs. Lam. 4, 5
they embrace dunghills, i.e. lie in the
dust, wallow in filth. Comp. the simi-
lar phrases “to embrace the rock” Job
24, 8; ‘to lick the dust,” etc.
NoTE. The signif dunghill, which
J. D. Michaelis needlessly calls in ques-
tion, Suppl. p. 137, is expressed by all the
ancient versions with once voice; and the
same is found also in the Mishna, where
occurs the Sing. HEUN dunghill, Chetu-
both 7. 5. Baba Mezia 5. 7; and Plur.
nºnpuos of dunghills in the fields, She-
biith 3, 1–3. According to this first form,
we might suppose the word to be de-
rived from the root FujR, but whence
then would come the Plur. nimbušN ?
Most prob, however this Sing, belongs
to a later age, and arose from an error of
etymology by which the earlier naºs,
was regarded as a Plur. Comp. Tºš,
plur. Things, and thence Chald. Sing.
nrºs.
Tºpºs (perh, migration, from r. ºpus
Aram. to migrate, comp. nu}º) pr. m.
Ashkelon, Askelon, a maritime city of the
Philistines, Judg. 1, 18. 14, 19. 1 Sam. 6,
17. 2 Sam. 1, 20. Arab. JX-i-e 'As-
kelan, which name is still retained by
the village which stands among the
ruins of the ancient city. The gentile
n, is *pus Josh. 13, 3.
*k TºS or TºS, see the pr. n. -uśs.
1. Pr. to be straight, right, i. q. mºno.
2, espec. of a way, and then also of what is
wp:right, erect ; whence comes the signif.
to be firm, strong, in the Talmud.
2. to go straight forward, and genr. to
go on, to advance, Prov. 9, 6.
3. to go well, to prosper, to be happy;
comp. the kindr. verbs nu}; no. 1, nu}},
huy.
PIEL hºs to cause to go straight, to
guide right, Prov. 23, 19. Is. 1, 17 intºs
l'ior lead right the oppressor, i. e. guide
him into the right path. Or it may
here be taken as the Act. of Pual no. 2;
and then we may render with the an-
cient versions: éðvø098 &ölzotºwsvov,
Vulg. subvenite oppresso, Eng. Vers,
relieve the oppressed. [More exactly:
right the oppressed.--R.] Part, nºis?
genr. leader, guide, Is. 3, 12. 9, 15.
2. Intrans, to go on, to advance, i q
Kal. no. 2. Prov. 4, 14.
3. to pronounce happy, to call blessed
Gen. 30, 13. Ps. 72, 17. Prov. 31,28, Cant
6, 9. Job 29, 11.
Pual nºs and nºis
guided, Is. 9, 15.
2. to be made happy, to be blessed, Ps.
41, 3. Prov. 3, 18.
Deriv. Hu's, Hºus, nºs, -uśs, naus,
*s, *Mesri, sºngs.
1. to be led,
Tºš (happy, blessed, comp. Gen. 30,
13) Asher, pr. m. a.) A son of Jacob
by Zilpah, Gen. 30, 13.35, 26; the foun.
der of the tribe of like name Num. 1, 40.
41, the territory of which lay in the north.
ern part of Palestine and is described
Josh. 19,24–31. The gentile n. is "ºuis
Asherite Judg. 1, 32. b) A city east.
ward from Shechem, Josh. 17, 7.
>k mºs A) Pron. relat. of all genders
and numbers, like Engl. who, which ,
also that, what. In the later Hebrew
and Rabbinic is found the abbreviated
form *, *, which was elsewhere used
only among the Phenicians; in the other
kindred dialects the relative has forms
derived from the demonstrative Fly, as
Chald. *, +, Syr. 2, Samar. ‘ī, Arab
s&J i. q. Hºri, Ethiop. H who, comp
"H he, this; see Thesaur. p. 165.--The
various uses of the relative belong strict-
ly to Syntax; and we give here only
the following:
1. Before the relative, the pron. for he,
she, it, or their plurals, is often omitted,
e.g. Num. 22, 6 ns) hugs" and he whom
thou cursest. Ruth 2, 2. Ex. 4, 12. Josh.
2, 10. The same pron. is also to be sup-
plied wherever prepositions are prefixed
to the relative; e.g. nu}sh to him who
Gen. 43, 16, to them who 47,24; hugs-ns
him who, that which ; hugs” from or of
those which Is. 47, 13. Sometimes the
pr: . implied refers to place, as ºbs
ºnjR 98
*NEN
to that place which Ex. 32, 34; hºs: in
that place which, i. e. where, Ruth 1, 17.
Lehrg. § 198.
2. Often nuys is merely a sign of rela-
tion, which serves to give to substantives,
adverbs, and pronouns, a relative sense;
as nº-rs nºs thich dust Gen. 13, 16;
nºn-ns ºuts which field 49,30; buff-nuys
where, from Eu, there; buº hugs whence,
from pu: thence; ib hugs to whom, from
% to him; in hugs in whom ; *çq →uys
from whom ; intº hugs whose tongue Deut.
28,49, etc. Indeed this is the usual mode
in which the Hebrews express the ob-
lique cases of the relative, Lehrg. p. 743;
with a very few exceptions not as yet
noted by any one, that I am aware of
viz. Wu Sa Is. 47, 12, for Prº hugs (Targ.
jina—i, Syr. &L=-2); and Huys tly
Gen. 31, 32, for iº9 nu}s with whom.
3. * *tjs serves to circumscribe the
genitive, like the Talmudic bug, espec.
where several genitives depend on one
governing noun, and in the later Hebrew;
e.g. 1 Sam. 21,8 bisºft -uśs sººnri was
the chief of Saul’s herdsmen. Cant. 1, 1
rºbush -uys Bºnºn Yºu; the Song o
songs of Solomon, i. e. Solomon's Song
of songs. See Lehrg. p. 672, 673.
4. In the later Hebrew hugs is some-
times redundant, like the Aram. **, *;
e.g. Esth. 1, 12 Tº Huys ºn niº
E"oºrſ; see v. 13, where hugs is omit-
ted; comp. 2 Sam. 7, 14. 9, 8. See in
art. "y.
B) It passes over also into a relat.
Conjunction, like Heb. *z, Aram. *, *,
ºthiop, H, Gr. 6tt, Lat. Quod, Germ.
dass, Engl. that. Its various uses, in
which it has a great resemblance to "?,
may be reduced to the following:
1. that, quod, after verbs of seeing,
healing, knowing, Ex. 11, 7; of finding
Ecc. 7, 29; of speaking Esth. 3, 4; con-
essing Lev. 5, 5; swearing 1 K. 22, 16,
etc. Also after nouns of like power, Is.
#8, 7. Ecc. 5, 4. The manner in which
the neut. of the relative passes over into
this power, is exemplified in the follow-
ing passages: Josh. 2, 10-mu}N ns Hºus
Bºb-º- ºrns Hirº tºxin we have heard
that which (how) Jehovah dried up the
waters of the Red sea. 1 Sam. 24, 11. 19.
2 Sam, 11, 20. 2 K. 8, 12. Deu'. 29, 15
Is. 38, 7 this shall be to thee a sign, that
etc. Comp. no. 9.
2. that, in order that, ut, denoting end,
purpose, aim, before the Fut. Deut. 4,40
and ye shall diligently keep his statuted
which I command you this day, Htºº huſs
Hºris Tºhº Tº that it may be well with
thee and with thy children. 6, 3. Ruth 3,
1. Gen. 11, 7. 2 K. 9, 37. Ps. 144, 12
Also after a verb of asking, Dan. 1, 18.--
More fully hugs Ty2% in order that, see
in Tºº ; once hºstns Ez. 36, 27.—Neg.
Nº hugs that not, lest, Ecc. 7, 21. Esth.
1, 19. 2, 10.
3. Causal, because that, because, be-
fore a Praet. Gen. 30, 18. 31, 49. 34, 27.
Josh. 4, 7. 22, 31. 1 K. 15, 5. Ecc. 4, 9.
8, 11. Rarely before a Fut. referring
to something still uncertain, 1 K. 8, 33;
comp. 2 Chr. 6, 24, where in the same
connection is "2." More fully nu's nrir,
Huys Tºº, see no. 9. Like "2 it is also
put at the beginning of an answer as-
signing a reason where one has been
demanded; 1 Sam. 15, 19 wherefore then
didst thou not obey the voice of the Lord,
but didst fly upon the spoil . . . 2 20 And
Saul said unto Samuel, because that
(nús) I have obeyed the voice of the
Lord, . . . and have brought Agag. . . .
and have utterly destroyed the Amalek-
ºtes, i.e. because, in doing as I have
done, I have obeyed (I think) the di-
vine command. Vulg. ‘imo audivi vo-
cem domini.”—Sometimes it may be
more conveniently rendered for, Deut.
3, 24; so Sept. Syr. Vulg. Here too
belongs nº hugs Dan. 1, 10 (comp.
Hºu Cant. 1, 7) pr. for wherefore? for
why? and hence i, q, ne, lest, Syr. §ass.
See under tº D. 3. b.
4. Conditional, if that, if Lev. 4, 22
comp. Es in vv. 3.27. Deut. 11,27, comp
Es v. 28. Deut. 18, 22. 1 K. 8, 31 (comp
2 Chr. 6, 22). 2 Chr. 6, 29. Before a
Fut. Gen. 30, 38. Is. 31, 4. Josh. 4, 21-
Rarely it is concessive, if that, i. q. al-
though. Ecc. 8, 12.
5. Of time, when, 6ts, pr. ‘ the time
that;’ before the Praet. Deut. 11, 6 when
the earth opened her mouth. 1 K. 8, 9.
Ps. 139, 15. 2 Chr. 35.20 Anºuis-Tºrºus
nºn-rs when Josiah had repaired the
*WCW
99 *YºjR
temple. Comp. Syr. 2 Mark 11, 3. Matt.
26, 54. 28, 1.
6. Of place, where, oi, pr: ‘the place
that,’ for Eu Yugs, Num. 20, 13. Ps. 95,
9. Is. 64, 10. Also for rigº; hºs whither,
whithersoever, Num. 13, 27. Ps. 84,4. Is.
55, 11. Comp. Syr. Heb. 3, 9 for oi.
7. i. q. hºs3, as, like as, in protasis
Ex. 14, 13, Sept. by 1967tov. 1 K. 8, 24.
Followed by 73, Jer. 33, 22. Also in
what way, how ; Job 37, 17 knowest thou
Bºar. Tº hugs how thy garments be-
come warm 2
8. As a sign of the apodosis, pr. ‘ then
ls it that,” etc. i. Q. them, like "? no. 5,
where see. With DS preceding, Is. 8, 20
"nº ib-ins nuis Hin ºr nºs" Nº Es
if they speak not thus, then shall there be
to them no dawn. Like "2 and (Lehrg.
p. 723) it is put where a nominative ab-
solute precedes; 2 Sam. 2, 4 the men of
Jabesh-Gilead bºxº~ns inap hugs then
they buried Saul. Also with other cases
absolute, espec. those marking time and
place; Zech. 8, 23 nºs rigºn Bºa
Apºrº in those days, then shall ten men
take hold, etc. Deut. 1, 31 hugs haza
r)"Sº in the desert, there thou hast seen;
comp. 2 Sam. 14, 15 ºns: hugs Firºs, and
now, so am I come. Chald. is: .—
This usage of the particle nuys is denied
by Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 650; but in so
doing he seems to have overlooked the
fact, that the Heb, and Aram. particles
*z, *, *, all have the like origin and
signification.
9. Prepositions to which huš is sub-
Joined are converted into conjunctions;
comp. "E. E. g. huis ºr's after that ;
hugs is until that, even to ; thugs? Tah
aside from that, except, Esth. 4, 11;
huºs Ty2% in order that ; -uśs nrin,
nºs -hiya, nºs by, -uśs nº by, Tº
nus, nušº, nºs "E2, his jºz, aps
nufts, on account of that, because; comp.
Lehrg. p. 636–Once nus is put first,
12 by nuys Job 34, 27, i. q. -uśs 12 by
and 7: By "2 on this account that, because.
C) With prefixes.
1. hºs: a) Pr. in what place, where,
wheresoever, Ruth 1, 17. Judg. 5, 27. 17,
9; followed by Duff there, Job 39, 30.
More fully buy-nuisa Gen. 21, 17, and
bu, nuis Bipº 2 Sam 15, 21 The
same sense may be retained in 1 Sam
23, 13. 2 K. 8, 1, where it is goinmonly
rendered whither, whithersoever, as if fol
Hººj nºs. b) in that, because, i. q. Syr.
r2, Gen. 39,9.23. Ecc.8,4 c): "ºss
on account of, because of, propter, where
it takes the nature of a preposition,
Jon. 1, 8. Contracted bujā ib. 1, 7, 12.
Both forms correspond to Syr. ^-re
propter.
2. hºs: see after 3.
3. nºsº pr. from that, ). e. since, le.
cause, Is. 43, 4.
Tºš m. (r. huis) happiness, blessed.
ness, found only in plur, constr. **s,
where it takes the nature and force of
an interjection; as u"ST *nºis lit. Othe
happiness of the man, i. e. Happy the
man I Ps. 1, 1.2, 12. 32, 1.2.33, 12. So by
an ellipsis of the relative, Ps. 65, 5 "huis
ºnnºr happy he whom thou choosest.
With suff. Thus happy art thou ?
Deut. 33,29; Thus for Thus Ecc. 10,
17, Yºu's Prov. 14, 21, and Hriºus for
innºt's Prov. 29, 18, Eºuis Is. 32, 20.
For the shorter plural form of Segholate
nouns, e. g. Thus for Tºs, see in
Lehrg. p. 575, 576. In the present word
this shorter form pertains to its use in
exclamation. Comp. the Gr. and Lat.
exclamatory phrases, touguoxégios, 1910-
6A510s, 1910.svöwituan, terque quaterque
beatus ; Germ. viel Glück 1
-us id. c. suff, et pref: "Túsà pr. with
my happiness, i. q. happy am I, Gen.
30, 13.
mºshūs Mile (upright towards God)
Asharelah, pr. m. of a Levite and singer,
1 Chr. 25, 2; in v. 14 written nºsº.
Thus f rarely Timºs Mic. 5, 13.
Deut. 7, 5; Plur. Bºnus and nints.
1. Asherah, a goddess of the Heb.
idolaters, to whom they made statues,
images, (rsºn,) 1 K 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15,
16; and whom they often worshipped
together with Baal, as at other times
Baal and Astarte (Judg. 2, 13. 10, 6.
1 Sam 7, 4, 12, 10). 1 K. 18, 19 prophets
of Baal... prophets of Asherah. 2 K.23
4 of Baal, of Asherah. and of all the host
of heaven. Judg. 3, 7 and served "nº
ninuſsº-rsh bºxin Baals and Ashe.
rahs, comp. 2 K. 17, 16. 2", 3, 2 Chr. 33
*Yºrk
nº Nº
100
3. Judg. 6,25. Once, where in the same
context mention is made of nº 2 K.
23, 6, 14. 15, and also of nºnux v. 13,
the lattel seems to pertain to the idola-
trous worship of the Sidonians, and the
former to that of the Hebrews.
2. a statue, image, of Asherah, made
of wood, a wooden pillar, of great size,
Judg. 6, 25–27; which on account of
its height was fixed or planted in the
ground, Deut. 16, 21. An Asherah or
statue of this sort stood near the altar of
Baal at Samaria from the time of Ahab,
1 K. 16, 32. 33. 2 K. 10, 26, 17, 16; on
the high place of Bethel, 2 K. 23, 15; at
Ophra, Judg. 6, 25; and even in the
temple at Jerusalem from Manasseh
until Josiah, 2 K. 21, 3. 7. 23, 6–Plur.
Bºnus, Asherahs, pillars, columns, often
coupled with the cippi or stone pillars
(ninsº) consecrated to Baal, 1 K. 14,
23. 2 K. 17, 10. 23, 14. 2 Chr. 14, 2.
Mic. 5, 12. 13. Ex. 34, 13. Deut. 7, 5. 12,
3; with tº Judg. 3, 7; with pººr
Is, 17, 8, 27, 9, 2 Chr. 34, 4.7; and with
other species of idols, Deut. 7, 5. 12, 3.
2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 9.—That these pillars
were of wood appears especially from
the fact, that whenever they are de-
stroyed they are always said to be cut
down and burned, Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25.
2 K. 23, 6, 15. etc.
Not E. Of the ancient versions some
render this word Astarte, others a wood-
en pillar, others a tree. Sept. very fre-
quently whoos, Vulg, lucus, (Engl. a
grove,) by which they seem to have
understood a sacred tree ; but see 2 K.
17, 10. In the Mishna too it is explained
by Tay: 75°N a tree that is worshipped.”
The primary signification of the word
may pertain either to the goddess, her
nature and qualities; or to the slalue or
figure of the goddess. The latter has
recently been maintained by Movers in
a learned dissertation on this word (Phoe-
nizier I. p. 500 sq. Bonn 1840); accord-
ing to whom nººs is pr: right, upright,
then a pillar, and at last a female divi-
nity of the Canaanites worshipped under
the figure of an upright pillar, often as
the partner (0 ºffoluos) of Baal in his
altars, but different from Astarte; comp.
the epithet of Diana, ’099 iw, 'Ogó watu.
The former idea was adopted by me,
(Thesaur. S. h. v. et in Append.) referring
Hºus to the nature and qualities of the
goddess herself; though I admit, tha
the proper and primary signification of
the word was afterwards neglected and
obliterated, as is not uncommon. Ac-
cording to this view nºuis is pr. For-
tune, happiness, (comp. -ºs no. 3, -ups
Gen. 30, 13, espec. *nts,) and hence
became an attribute of Astarte, or Venus
as Fortuma dalria, which was made
great account of among the Hebrew
idolaters; see the arts. "A, "yº. To
this we may add, that the Romans too
regarded Venus as the giver of good
fortune and a happy lot ; comp. the
expressions: Venerem jacere Suet. ve-
nereus jactus Cic. et al. And I am still
induced to regard this view with favour,
by the analogy of other similar names
derived obviously from the nature and
qualities of heathen gods, and very
rarely if ever from the form of their sta-
tues or images; e. g. Bºyz, ni-rºy,
Eºrl. It is however quite possible
that, the proper signification of Hºus,
Eºs, being afterwards neglected,
these words might come to be used of
rude pillars and wooden statues; just as
the Gr. Eguís was used of any human
statue which terminated below the
breast in a square column, although it
might represent anything or every thing
but Mercury.
Sºmºs Chald, a wall, so called as
being upright, see r. nu's no. 1. Ezra
5, 3. For the form, see in Tºuji.
# ******
UTS, obsol. root, pr. to cram or
press together, to make compact, either
by treading, stamping, or in any other
& 35.
way; comp. Arab. &.3ſ to tread, to
stamp, to subdue. Kindr. is lºss to press
to urge ; also Yūs and the roots there
adduced—Hence Hºus a pressed cake
of dried grapes; viºus a foundation, sc.
as made firm by stamping; also Arab
35.
J. Conj. II, to found, to make firm
comp. TºS to prop.
Note. Hithp. Dušisrn see under .
tºns p. 45.
nºs see Hús.
nujR
nN.
101
ºsºs (perh, recessus, as if Inf from
Syr. Six ºf to recede, to withdraw, 1
Tim. 5, 11) Eshtaol, pr. m. of a city
belonging to the tribe of Dan, situated
in the plain of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 33. 19, 41. Judg. 13, 25. 16, 31. Eu-
sebius places it fifteen Roman miles
north of Eleutheropolis on the way to Ni-
copolis.-Gentile n. *Nºis 1 Chr. 2, 53.
nºnujS Chald, rebellion Ezra 4, 15.
19; verbal of Conj. Ithpa. from r. "Tº
to strive, q.v.
Timºs (womanish, uxorious, from
ruys) pr. n. m. Eshton, 1 Chr. 14, 11. 12.
mºnus Josh. 15, 50, and 27.2Fu's
ſobedience, as if Inf of Arab. Conj. VIII,
from r. sºuj) Bshtemolu, Eshtemoa, pr: n.
of a Levitical city in the mountains of
Judah, Josh. 21, 14, 1 Sam. 30, 28. 1 Chr.
4, 17, 19, 6, 42. Still called Semā'a, a
large village south of Hebron; Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 194, 627.
nS Chald, comm. gend. i. q. Heb. This,
a sign, portent, synonym. Fºr). Dan. 3,
32, 33. 6, 28. R. H. S.
ºS i. q. Hris thou, q.v.
ms, with distinctive accent rº, pers.
pron. 2 pers, ſem, thou, often. The form
is apocopated from the fuller "ns, where
see. Sometimes joined with a masc.
Ez. 28, 14. Deut. 5, 24.
* I. ns, with Makk. "ns, c. suff
•rs, āns, in Pause Tns, irs, Fins,
Airls, (all which are just as often writ-
ten fully) tºns, rarely panis Josh. 23,
15, Ers, irs, Hºrs Ex. 35, 26, more
rarely prins Gen. 32, 1, Ennis Ez. 23,45,
innis v. 47.
1. Prom, demonstr. witóg, ipse, self, this
S (1,7706,
appears less in the early Hebrew ; but
would seem to have been preserved in
the language of common life, and after-
wards to have emerged and become
current in the later books, as also in
Rabbinic and Syriac. Josh. 22, 17 is it
too little for us nº ſix-rs this same ini-
quity of Peor? Hägg. 2, 17 ºbstºns "s
yet ye yourselves turned not to me, Dan.
9, 13 as is written is the law of Moses
tº Hsi rsºn Hyºri-92 ns all this
name evil is come upon us, e. g. as an-
C
This primary demonstr, power
nounced in Lev. c. 26 and Deut. c. 28,
Jer. 38,16 ºn-rs :: nº nu}s ns - ºr
i. e. the same who gave us this life. 2
K. 6, 5 as one was felling a beam, the
IRoN (binari-rs) fell into the water,
where the word iron is at least to be
pronounced with a certain emphasis.
Neh.9, 19.1 Sam. 17,34:nºn-rsiºns, sº
there came the lion and mamely the bear;
or perh, with the bear himself, comp. air;
ovy péguyyu Hom. Il. 9, 194. Others,
and with the bear.—Here belong also in
the O.T. the following: a) The reflexive
use of ns, as irs wutów, Prys &vtotº.
Ez. 34, 2 wo to the shepherds hºr; hugs
Drys E^* who do feed themselves, 1. q.
Bujº. v. 8, 10. Jer. 7, 19. Num. 6, 13.
b) In Ezekiel it is read four times with-
out a noun following, being put for witó,
this, it, itself; while every where else,
in a relaxed sense (see no. 2), it requires
a noun or suffix; so Ez. 43, 7 bipº rs
*An niez pip: rs, sp: this (witó) is
the place of my throne and this the place
of the soles of my feet. Ez. 47, 17. 18.
19; comp. v. 20, where rst is read in
the same context.*—Comp. the Rabbi-
nic formula, biºn in NE witji Tà juágº on
the same day, that very day; Finns-
Hsun in the same hour, that very hour;
also Syr. oil. •, comp. &q #ww.roi, a
se ipso.
NotE. Some have questioned the
above use of this particle, choosing ra-
ther to refer the passages cited, and
others like them, to its use with an ac-
cusative ; but with little success. See
Maurer's Comm. II. p. 608. The origin
of the word, which is treated of below, is
not contrary to the above view ; but
rather favours it.
2. By degrees nº lost much of its pri-
mitive force; so that as set before nouns
and pronouns already definite, it came
to add little of demonstrative power;
e.g. ºr rs, like Engl. the thing itself,
the same thing, often put redundantly
for simpl. this thing, the thing. As to
* Some have suspected the reading in v. 17.
18. 19 ; and have proposed to substitute n\;
as in v. 20. But the similar passage in c. 43, 7,
where nSI could not well be substituted, sup-
ports the common reading. Maurer supplies:
lo the place, etc. Sept. §69&xcag toy tenos
x. v. A.
nN.
TN
102
Sase, t is put : a) Rarely before the
nominative, e.g. 2 Sam. 11, 25 shºrbs
nºr ºn-ns Tºya let not this thing
displease thee. 1 Sam. 20, 13. Neh. 9,
32. Not to mention, further, the exam-
ples where nS is coupled with a passive
verb, as Gen. 4, 18 Tºy-rs Tirº. Tº
and there was born unto Enoch Irad,
for which construction see Heb. Gr.
$ 140, 1. a. For the examples, see
Lehrg. p. 682–685. Maurer Comment.
on Hagg. 2,5. b) Very freq. and chiefly,
before the object of a proposition, when
definite; comp. the pronouns &üróg, ipse,
which espec. in the oblique cases witow,
o:ürg, witóv, ipsum, ipsi, lose in a degree
their demonstrative power. Hence it
passes over into a particle designating
a determinate object; so that Heb. "ns
bºr, which would be pr. i. q. witby
toy oiggyów, becomes in common usage
i. q, toy oigovów, like Gr. with v Xgvonſtöv,
Il. 1. 143, without emphasis for Xgvonſtöv,
also Tris pr. witów as, a sovrów, and then
simpl. a.s. In this manner rs is put very
frequently before substantives made de-
finite by the article, as rs, Eºctºr, ns
Yºst, Gen. 1, 1, comp. Enzº Yºs 2, 4;
or by a genitive or suffixes added, Esth.
9, 14. Ruth 2, 15 ; also before proper
names, Jon. 2, 1. In all these construc-
tions it is far more frequent in prose than
in poetry. Very rarely is ns put before
nouns not made definite ; Ex. 2, 1. 21,
28. 2 Sam. 18, 18. Prov. 13, 21. Ecc. 3, 15.
Note. The origin of this particle is
still uncertain. Corresponding to it in
the Semitic languages are Chald. nº,
Syr. * , ipse ; but these are of rare oc-
currence. Kindred are Ethiop. enta who
(pr lemonstr. like all relatives), Egypt.
ent who ; and espec. the demonstr. Syl-
lable ent, which in the Egyptian lan-
guage is prefixed to the personal pro-
nouns, as ent-oten ye, ent-sen they, em!-of
he. Here the simple and genuine forms
are oten, sen, of The form ent-sen cor-
responds entirely to the Heb. Erns,
ºns, and ent-of to the Heb. ins; yet
all these forms express the nomina-
live. See the Table in "Ehs, note. Heb.
Gr. p. 293. edit. 13. From ent comes
both ns (as nr from nºr), and nis ;
comp. Sanscr. etat, Gr. oit-ös–Others
refer rs, nis, to the Arani nºs, ºn"N
i. q tº ; so Hupfeld. On the demonstr
power of the letter n, see Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. II. p. 135.
II. FS, with Makk. -rs, c. suff, "tºs
Fins, in pause and fem. TºS Gen. 6
18 comp. 20, 18, ins, ºr's, Ezris Gen.
9, 9. 11, crºs; more rarely and chiefly
in the books of Joshua, Kings, Jer, and
Ezek. Tris, Frys, Eris, where it might
seem to be confounded with ns as sign
of the accus. Strictly a Subst. denoting
nearness, vicinity, prob. for nºs from r.
rºs II, to approach, as rº: from riº.
In conmon usage it passed over into a
Preposition, of like force with by q. v.
1, with, apud, i. e. at, by, near, of
nearness and vicinity, comp. Dy. Gen.
19, 33. Lev. 19, 13. Job 2, 13. 1 K. 9, 26
Ezion-geber ribºs-rs hugs which is
near by Eloth; comp. Judg. 4, 11. "ns
'E ºn with i. e. in the presence of any
one, i. q. "E.B., see in Hºn. Unusual
is Gen. 30, 29, thou knowest what thy
flock has become "ms with me, i.e. under
my care as their shepherd; comp. 39, 6
he took care for nothing ins with him,
i.e. so long as he had Joseph for his
oizórouos. v. 8,-Spec. a) As implying
possession, like Lat. penes, comp. Gr. tº
tag #10i, Arab. (s” ejº, espec. of
what one has in mind; Job 12, 3 x-rs
Hès in: I's who knoweth not such things?
14, 5 the number of his months is with
thee, i. e. in thy mind, is determined by
thee; comp. By no. 2. c. b) Rarely of
motion to or towards a place, (like awg';
c. acc. and vulg. apud te Inscr. Grut.)
2 Sam. 15, 23. Ps, 67, 2 ºr's ºr -s:,
i. q. º. Ps. 4, 7, c) i. q, besides,
prater, (comp. Tog& Twitt, praeter ista,)
Ex. 1, 14. 1 K. 11, 1. 25. d) Ellipt. for
nsº Gen. 49, 25, where 7% is implied
from the preceding context, e) In
some phrases and examples ns might
seem to stand more laxly for in ; as in
Lat. apud villam, apud forum, apud
Hierosolyma Suet. Vesp. 93; apud Pa.
lastinam Eutr. 7, 13; see Handii Tur.
sell. p. 414, 415. But still, in all such
cases, the notion of nearness can and
ought to be retained; e.g. 1 Sam. 7, 16
and he judged Isreelrºsri niobº-by-rs
at all these places; the tribunals in
in&
Finx
103
which justice was administered being in
the gates of the cities, and thereſore at or
by the cities. 1 K. 9,25-tºs ins hºpril
*: "ºh and Solomon burned incense AT
that altar which was before Jehovah ;
comp. Suet. Aug. 35, ‘ut thure et mero
supplicaret—apud aram ejus dei etc.”
and Deut. 16, 6 narr, Eu ... Dipºn-bs.
Sacrifices were offered strictly at the all-
tar, and in 1 K. l.c. this phrase is employ-
ed as if the usual one for offering incense.
2. with, cum, comp. By no. 1; pr. of
accompanying, society, etc. Gen. 6, 13.
43, 16. Judg. 1, 16. Jer. 51, 59; of affi-
nity 1 K. 3, 1; of a covenant Gen. 15,
18; of help, aid, Gen. 4, 1 I have gollen
a man-child Hinº-ns with Jehovah, i. e.
with his help, through his aid. Jer. 1, 8.
15, 20. Also, to speak with any one 1 K.
8, 15; to fight or wage war with any one,
where ns can also be rendered against,
Gen. 14, 9. 1 Chr. 20, 5. Prov. 23, 11.
njnº-rs ºnrn to walk with God, q, d.
as the companion of God, to live a life
pleasing to God, Gen. 5, 24. Tor, nº
‘Erns to do kindness i. e. to act kindly
with any one, Zech. 7, 9. Deut. 1, 30;
comp. Ruth. 2, 20. 2 Sam. 16, 17.
For nsº see after jº.
NoTE. Noldius in his Concord. has
everywhere confounded the two words,
nx I and II.
III. FS c. suff, ins 1 Sam. 13, 20;
Plur. Pºns ib. v. 21, and Dºris Is. 2, 4.
Mic. 4, 3, Joel 4, 10; an agricultural
instrument of iron, having an edge and
requiring to be sometimes sharpened,
(1 Sam. l.c.) according to most of the
ancient intpp. a plough-Share or coulter,
though in 1 Sam. l. c. it is joined with
nu}ºriº plough-share ; according to
Symm. and the Rabbins, a matlock.
The LXX in Sam. l. c. use the more
general word oxeijos : comp Arab.
s , ºf
&L3 household-stuf, flocks and herds,
utensils, Better perhaps to regard ns
as contr. for nºs (as nº for nº from
. 6, # § {
Tº) I. q. Arab. 8|S| instrument, Jºel
upparatus, instrument, espec. Sf war,
‘rom r. Hºly |Si to help, also to be fur-
nished with instruments, apparatus ;
And then this general word is prob. put
for some particular kind of instrument
perhaps for the coulter of a plough 5 sed
the passages above cited from Isaiah
and Micah.
Svans (with Baal, i. e. enjoying the
favour and help of Baal) Ethbaal.
pr. n. of a king of Sidon 1 K. 16, 31. Jo-
sephus calls him ſööffokog, Eiðdiffeºlog,
(by: ins,) Ant. 8, 13. 1, 2, c. Apion. 1. 18.
* TºS Deut. 33, 2, and Nºs Is. 21,
12, plur. Hºris Jer. 3, 22 for hisms; Fut.
Firs. Job 37, 22, plur. Hºrs, Job 16, 22,
contr. and defect. First Mic. 4, 8, snº
Deut. 33,21 and nsºn for nr.sº Is. 41,
25; Imper. Hºrºs for hºrs Is. 21, 12.56
9. 12; most of which forms imitate the
Aramaean.
1. to come, poetic instead of Nin,
º:
Chald. Rºs, Syr. i2.ſ, Arab. Uši, in
these languages the common prose
forms. Constr. with 3 of pers, to whom
one comes Jer. 3, 22, and Ty Mic. 4, 8.
Part, plur, fem. niºnism; things to come
i. e. future, Is. 41, 23.44, 7, 45, 11. Arab,
ºl for & ſuture.
2. to come upon any one, to happen tº
him, e.g. evil, Job 3, 25, i. Q. Uši c. acc.
3. to go, to pass away, Job 16, 22.
Vulg. transeunt.
HIPH. to bring, i. q. Nº. Praet. plur.
same form for Imper. Jer. 12, 9.
Deriv. Tinºs.
TºS Chald. Dan. 7,22, inf. Nºnº Dan.
3, 2, i. q. Hebr. to come, with by of pers.
Ezra 4, 12. 5, 3.
Aph. "nºn, inf. rºrºn, by Hebraism,
to cause to come, to bring, e.g. persons
Dan. 6, 17.25; things Dan. 5, 2.23. Syr.
~5-f.
HoPH. borrowed from the Hebrew,
but anomalous, "nºri, 3 fem. nºn-ri Dan.
6, 18, plur. "rºr. 3, 13 to be brought.
TºS pers, pron. 2 pers. m. thou,
With distinctive accent rins (Milél)
Gen. 3, 11, 4, 11. 27, 32; without ºn five
times in Cheth, ris 1 Sam. 24, 19. Ps.
6, 4. Ecc. 7, 22. Job 1, 10. Neh. 9, 6.
In oblique cases: of thee, thine, 1 K. 21,
19; thee Prov. 22, 19; see Heb. Gr
§ 119. 3. Lehrg. p. 727–Instead of the ri
"insk
ºn Nº
104.
toubled, the Arabic and Ethiopic have
* of o?
ºt, ºil, f ºl, vulg. ex:l, 6%f, ſ,
Kłºf: ; the Syriac has Nūn, occult, All
f. •ºuſ; and the same letter appears also
in the Egyptian eNToR, f eNTO ; all
which are compounded of the demonstr.
syllable en and the simple pronouns ta,
ti, tok, comp. Indo-europ. tu. See in
*>38, note. Heb. Gr. p. 293. edit. 13.
fins f. (r. InS) a she-ass, so called
9 , ~3°
from its slow gait; Arab. Uši she-ass,
both domestic and wild, Aram. Nºns,
o
ſizī id—Num. 22, 23 sq. i2hs ºn son
of his ass i.e. his ass’s colt, Gen. 49, 11.
Plur. nºns Gen. 12, 16. 32, 16.
7"FS Chald. comm. gend. a furnace,
i. q. Syr. £32, Dan. 3, 6, 11.15 sq.-
The form iºns is for ſºns, from r. ºr
to smoke; like pºlº for pp. tº *
PºS Ez. 41, 15 Cheth, for pºrºs q.v.
"FS i. q. ms pers, pron. 2 pers, sing.
ſem. thou. This form is rare in the
O. Test. occurring only seven times in
Cheth. 1 K. 14, 2. 2 K. 4, 16. 23. 8, 1.
Judg. 17, 2. Jer. 4, 30. Ez. 36, 13; the
Yod being everywhere dropped through
the Özguolo, of the Masorites, and ms
substituted, so that in the text itself the
apparent form is "ns. Still, there can
be no doubt but that this ("ms) is a
genuine form, (comp. Arab. 23) and
Syr. •rai,) and even the more ancient
and primary form, which the negligent
pronunciation of common life afterwards
abridged into ris. Yod at the end of
words is a mark of the feminine, as in
-bºrn.
*FS (perh, near, from ns nearness,
and the ending *-,) Ittai, pr. n. m.
a) A Gittite, one of David’s military
chiefs, 2 Sam. 15, 19. 22. 18, 2. b) A
Benjamite 2 Sam. 23, 29; also written
"nºs 1 Chr. 11, 31.
PºS m. Ez. 41, 15 Keri, v. 16. 42, 3,
:, a term of architecture signifying in-
crement, projection of a story crportico,
wn offset, terrace, gallery. It is a verbal
Hiph. from pn; Hiph. to tear away, to
:ut off. So Böttcher recently, Proben p.
$50; but so too Abulwalid long before,
i. q. J.A. as augment, increment, etc. see
his words quoted in Thesaur. Append
S. h. v.
tºS pers, pron. 2 pers, plur. m. ye
joined less accurately with a fem. Ez.
9 of
13, 20. Arab. ñºſ, Aram. Thrºs.
DºS Ex. 13, 20. Num. 33, 6, Etham,
pr.m. of a place on the confines of Egypt
and the Arabian desert; from which also
the adjacent part of the desert as far as
to Marah had the same name, Num. 33,
8. Sept. 'O9diu. Jablonsky supposes it
to be i. q. Egyptian & TVO.M. i. e. bound-
ary of the sea; Opusc. ed. te Water II.
p. 157. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 80.
Sions 1 Sam. 4, 7, 14, 21. 19, 7.
2 Sam. 5, 2. Ps. 90,4; Bºons Mic. 2,8.
Is, 30,33; once Bºoms 1 Sam. 10, 11,
Adv. •.
1. aforetime, of old, spoken of time
long past, Mic. 2, 8. Is. 30, 33.
2. yesterday; so in all the other pas-
sages above cited.
NoTE. There exists likewise a form
bior q. v. Also Syr. S$22ſ, Chald.
bioms, *hºns. The form seems com-
pounded from ns with, at, and bin i. q.
tºº, fore-part, front ; hence of time.
antea, aforetime.
-35 2.35
*TS obsol. root, Arab, G-3ſ i, q, Jºsſ
to take short steps, to go slowly; Conj.
_2?
IV to stop, to stand still ; comp. ºl to
delay.—Hence Tins a she-ass.
Tºš in some Mss. and editions fo
Tryºs perennity, perpetuity, Mic. 6, 2
Job 33, 19. See jºyºs.
jºbs pers. pron. 2 pers. plur, fem. ye,
only once Ez. 34, 31, where some Mss
read Îns. Elsewhere with He parag
TºS, but only Gen. 31, 6. Ez. 13, 11.
34, 17; also Ez. 13, 20 riºrs after the
analogy of the forms nºr, Hºrſ. Nur
added at the end of words is a sign of
multitude, espec. in the fem. comp. 7"-
j7, rightºn.
Tºš f. a gift, reward, spec. as given
to a harlot, Hos. 2, 14 [12]. R. Fºr.
ºš (giving, munificent, from Hºrs,
T ||
Ethni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 26 [41].
In Nº
105 +
Tºš Ez. 16, 34.41, and jºš m. (for
º, Aleph, prosthet. from r. Fºr,) c.
suff, ºns.
1. a gift, hire, e.g. of a harlot, absol.
Ez. 16, 31. 34; and with Hit added
Deut 23, 19, Metaph. of fruits and pro-
auce of the fields, regarded by idolaters
as gifts from the idols, Hos. 9, 1. Mic. 1,
7; comp. Is. 23, 17. 18.
3. Ethnan, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 4, 7.
>k *ns Chald. subst. m. c. suff. Finns.
1. a place, Dan. 2, 35. Ezra 5, 15. 6, 5.
7. In the Targums freq. Syr. et Samar.
{2f id-Hence * *ns the place where
Beth, nº, the second letter of the
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral denot-
ing 2. The Hebrew name is contracted
|rom nº, house, tent, to which the ear-
liest form of this letter seems to have
borne a resemblance. See Heb. Gr. p.
391. edit. 13. Monumm. Phoen. p. 21.
It passes over into the other labials,
e.g. a) Into E, as nº and nº to dis-
Aerse; sp3 and “ae to cleave ; bina
Aram. brºg, ſiré, iron; hiº and **
b) Rarely into , as an:;h,
2.5-5, great; also into quiescent, as
Shuj-na for sº-na; comp. in the occi-
dental languages 360x60 vescor, pascor;
3600 vado. c) Into ?, the sounds of
these two letters being very nearly re-
lated in the mouth of an oriental; e. g.
Rºž and sºng ſat; TN-7 and TN-7
pr. n. of a Babylonish idol; in: J-s to
try Tº sal time; nº ſº to prune a
vine; Tin"; and ſix)", pr.m. of a stream;
Gºa i. q. Sº a writing, poem; Arab.
w w
$3 for & Mecca. Comp. 3%lt to ſor
uskirto from uéAt mel, honey; scammum,
scabellum ; marmor, Fr. marbre, Engl.
unarble, etc.
to be weak.
3, before monosyllables sometimes :
see Heb. Gr. § 100), c. suff, *z, ; Fä,
arely nº Ps. 141, 8, in Pause and fem.
i: ; "a, F: ; 15: ; P23, 133; Prº, Dž,
Ezra 6, 3, i. q. where, a pleomasm very
common in Aramaean, Syr. 52ſ; comp.
ºffs Bipº, in bipº. sº , s ºf
2. Perh, track, i. q. Arab. Al- Aſ J
Ethiop. AſiC. Hence hrs: for hrysa
Dan. 7, 6.7, after, i. q. /3 & /3 &e,
pr. in the track; with aff, Trº after
thee Dan. 2, 39. Syr. and Samar
%2.
Pººls (places, regions) Atharim, pr.
m. of a place in the south of Palestine.
Num. 21, 1 pºst. Tº by the way of
Atharim.
f in: ; Arab. -, rarely 3: Ethiop.
ſl; rarely ſh; Syr. Jº ; a prefix Prepo-
sition, for the origin of which see the
note at the end of the article; primarily
denoting the being and remaining in a
place, Gr. §v, Lat. in ; then transferred
to the ideas of nearness and society or
accompaniment, at, by, with ; and coupled
also with verbs of motion.
A) Pr. in, Lat. in c. abl. Gr. Šv.—Spec.
1. in, pr. of the being in a place,
(which might be more fully and pre-
cisely expressed by Tini, EºP: ,) as
h"sº in the city, nº in the house, ninz,
in the pit, Yºs: in the land or province,
nušša in (the place) which, i. q. where.—
Here belong also the following: a)
The formulas "º": in the eyes (pr. in
the sight of the eyes), "ºsæ, ºz. .
comp. Šv Öq9&Muois Hom. Il. 2. 587, in
oculis Q. Curt. 9. 4. b) The idiom
* Firyū ‘to drink in a cup,” as in Engl. i. e.
to drink what is in a cup, for ‘to drink out
of a cup,’ Gen. 44, 5, Am. 6, 6, comp.
Chald. Dan. 5, 2. So Gr. Šv Žgworé, é,
Totmgious Tulvety Xen. Anab. 6. 1. 4. Fr.
‘boire dans une tasse,” “pulser dams une
ſontaine.” The analogy of these other
languages speaks decidedly against the
explanation of Fasi, that the vessel is
here to be conceived of as an instru
ment, q. d. to drink with a cup.
º 106 >
2. As denoting the being in the midst
of a number or multitude, in, among ;
Lam. 1, 3 bºiſſa among the nations.
Gen 23, 18 inns -yu. "Nº-bºx, among
all that went in at the gate of his city,
i. q. In their presence, before them.
Spec. a) When a person or thing is
one individual or part from among a
large number. Cant. 1, 8 pºulºz, Hºrn O
thou fair (fairest) among women. 2 Sam.
15, 31 Ahithophel is among the conspira-
tors, e. one of them. Ps. 118, 7 nin'
"ºrs: Jehovah is among my helpers, i.e.
is my helper. Ps. 54, 6.99, 6. Judg. 11,
35. (Comp. Éy goqois gival.) Ps. 139, 16
my days were predestined tº Tris Nº.
and there was not yet one among them,
i.e. of them. 1 Sam. 11, 11 tº E two
among them, of them. Ex. 14, 28. Lev.
16, 36. Deut. 1, 35. Hence: b.) After
several verbs, when they relate only to
a part of a large number; e. g. = Hàn
to smile among i. e. of them, a part of
them, 2 Sam. 23, 10; diff from Fºr c.
accus. to smite them. A shri Ps. 78, 31.
Comp. ; bes, 5 Hruš, to eat of, to drink
of Prov. 9, 5. c) Gen. 7, 21 and all
flesh (animals) died... Tºrſåsh ais;
yºn-bºnº rºrº pr. which was among
the birds, and among the cattle, and
among the wild beasts, etc. i. e. even all
the birds, the cattle, and the wild beasts,
etc. 8, 17. 9, 2. 10. Hos. 4, 3.
3. As referring to the bounds, limits,
by which any thing is circumscribed, in,
within, intra, e. g. Tºux, within thy
gales Ex. 20, 10. "nicrº within my
walls Is. 56, 5.
4. Of high objects, spoken of being
upon them, in, on, upon ; as anna in or
on Horeb 1 K. 8, 9. Tziº brisa on the
tabernacle Num. 14, 10. Deut. 31, 15.
E"onea upon horses Is. 66, 20. So Gr.
év tº Öget, & innotg.
5. Trop. of a being or happening in
time, in, within ; as nºujsh: in the be-
ginning Gen. 1, 1. Rºnn njuša in that
ear Judg. 10, 8, thºu; ºbuji, in three
; ears, i. e. within three years, Is. 16, 14.
Comp. Bºtº, Tisa,—So of being in any
situation, condition; as Cibujā in peace
Sam. 29, 7. So in later Hebrew even
\efore adverbs, as 723, Hez, ; see Tº, nº.
6. Trop. of the mode or manner, the
aorm or rul , in, after ; comp. & 16, 196-
Trø, Św tº vöuq, Lat. “hunc in niodum,
Heb. bs no. 1. a. m. Thus Tº in (af
ter) the manner of Am. 4, 10. Is. 10, 24
26; and, after the same analogy, hai: in
(after) the commandment of nsya ºr
t"s ºn to walk in (live after) the coun
sel of the wicked Ps. 1, 1. Gem 1, 26
ºnnoia Hºg: in our image after
our likeness. v. 27. 5, 1. 3 Adam begat a
son inºs: inºſa. The original form
is here conceived of as the rule or
standard, within which the copy is
kept.—Hence, without further addition,
a takes the signif in, after, according to,
secundum; as Gen. 21, 12 Nº prº:
Sny ºth in (after) Isaac shall thy seed be
named; comp, by sº, zoºsivº) w śal
twog. Also in the manner of, as, like
as ; comp. in Greek én? 971968 in the
manner of beasts, like beasts, Arab.
U’s Ji & ‘in homine, i.e. in the man-
ner of men. So Job 34, 36 because of
his answers is nºsa in the manner of
wicked men ; Sept. digreg oi &q goves.
Two Mss. here read 3; and others
translate, “among wicked men,” contra-
ry to the context. Is. 44, 4 and they
(the Israelites) shall spring up jºi.
nºr. As among grass, i.e. joyously and
luxuriantly; parall. as (3) willows by
the water-courses ; Sept. (jg, and several
Mss. and editions read 2. (It would be
absurd to translate: ‘the Israelites shall
spring up in among the grass.’) Ps. 37,
20 by jujya ºf they (the wicked) shall
vanish away as the smoke; parall. as (2)
the beauty of the pastures. Against the
sense: they vanish away in Smoke, we
have here the parall. passage, Ps. 102,
4 "25 ºn be my days are consumed
as smoke, parall. "pizz. Zech. 10, 5,
parall. 2. Hos. 10, 15 as the morning-
dawn (nrº) shall the king of Israel be
cut off. Others, to-morrow, i.e. speedi-
ly.—The remarks of Ewald and others
against this signif. of E are not satisfac-
tory. (Ewald Gr. p. 607. Winer's Lex.
p. 109. Fasi in Jahn's Jahrb. I. p. 183
sq.) As has been shown, it is not only
susceptible of entire explanation and
has the clearest analogies in several
languages; but also in several Df the
passages above cited, (which those
writers do not notice or else interpre
j 10
7 -
> ntrary to the context and in a forced
manner,) it is necessary, and was there-
ore adopted in the ancient versions and
ºven by copyists, who sometimes wrote
* as an explanatory gloss.
7. Aſter verbs of motion, in the several
relations of no. 1–4, in, into, sis. So with
verbs signif. to go in, Gen. 19, 8, 31, 33;
to send, Lev. 16, 22. Deut. 7, 20; to
place, put, lay, ‘pomere in loco,” Gen. 27,
17. Also, into and through any thing,
so as to come out on the other side ;
l}eut. 15, 17 thou shalt take an awl and
thrust it nº ills: through his ear and
into the door; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 11. 19,
10,—So too im, among, Deut. 4, 27. 1 K.
11, 2; on, upon, 1 K. 2, 44 Jehovah shall
return thy wickedness Tºshi upon thine
own head. Lev. 20, 9. Comp. 3. Th; to
tread upon ; i, nº metaph. to put trust
upon or 177.
B) The other main signification is,
at, by, with, expressing nearness; used
also in several tropical senses, and put
after verbs of motion.
1. Pr. at, by, near, on ; Ts: at a
fountain 1 Sam. 29, 1; --> *rī;3 by the
river Chebar, Chaboras, Ez. 10, 15 (Gr.
Év notopuſ by the river); Dºtº on the
sky, Św oigtzvºj, Prov. 30, 19. Here be-
long also: a) The phrases, Biº Riº
day by day, every day, q. d. So that one
day touches the other; ºria ºn month
by month 1 Chr. 27, 1; Hºi Hº year
by year Lev. 25, 33. b) The formula
# 93% to swear by any one, i.e. appeal-
ing to him and invoking his name, Gen.
21, 23, 22, 16. So to curse by any one,
1 Sam. 17, 43. Arab. *Jus by God.
Here à may indeed be referred to no. 4
below, as expressing that to or towards
which one turns in taking an oath ;
omp. in Engl. “I swear to God.”
2. Closely connected with the pre-
ceding is the signif, with 5 spoken :
a) Of accompaniment, Num. 20, 20 Ex:
T-3 with much people. Is. 8, 16 "Tº:
vith my disciples, i. e. they taking part.
Jer. 11, 19 ionºi, Yº the tree with its
fruit. Hence NBA, insi, ***, without.
|Hence too 0.) Verbs of coming lollowed
by a denote a coming with something,
'. Q. to bring ; see Nin, Thy, tºp, ºpe,
pomp, Lehrg p. 818. De Sacy Gramm.
Arabe I. p 47, edii. 2. 3) As it is said.
Ps. 55, 19 they come with many against
me, and Deut. 28, 62 ye shall be left with
few, i. e. few of you shall remain; so
also it is said, Num. 13, 23 they bare it
(the cluster) upon a staff Bººz, with
two, i. e. by two at a time, Vulg, due
viri. b) Of help, aid, with, by ; Ps
18, 30 with thee (TA) i. e. with thy help
I have run upon a troop. 44, 10 thou (O
God) goest not forth with our armies
14, 5, 60, 14. Is. 26, 13. c.) Of the in-
strument; as Hºrº, with the sword Josh
10, 11; Rºni, with the feet Ez. 34, 11:
Yinxi Nºp to cry with the throat, i. e.
aloud, with full voice, Is. 58, 1; to burn
with fire, USA, Lev. 8, 32; Hugo Tºa
Tºni, by the hand of Moses, by Moses
# 733 to serve with any one, i. e. to im,
pose labour or service upon him, Lev
25, 29; see in Tay.—Sometimes also of
the malerial, regarded as an instrument,
with, of, out of Ex. 38, 8 he made the
laver . . . with (out of) the mirrors.
1 K. 7, 14 to work all works nºns:
vith copper, i. e. out of copper, or as in
Engl. in copper. Lev. 13, 52. 2 Chr. 9,
18. In like manner of the cause, author;
as, to punish with hunger Lam. 2, 19; to
prophesy by Baal Jer, 23, 13; and also
of the efficient cause or agent after
passive verbs, Num. 36, 2. Is. 45, 17.
d) With a noun of quality a forms a
periphrasis for an adjective; as Ps. 29, 4
the voice of Jehovah is (nº) with power,
i. e. powerſul. Also for adverbs; Titºrſ:
with haste, hastily, Ex. 12, 11. Hºara
understandingly, wisely, Prov. 3, 19.
e) rst-bºa with all this, i. e. for, in
spite of all this, Is. 9, 11. 16. 20. 10, 4.
47,9. The 3 here denotes something as
done with, along will, other acts; hence
pr. ‘ though all this has occurred or will
occur, yet along with it this other will
also take place.”
3. Spoken of price, wages, exchange
for, at, (derived from the local signif.
at, by, comp. loco,) Deut. 19, 21 tº
ujº, 'ife for life. Gen. 29, 18 ºn-3 for
thy daughter. Is. 7, 23 a thousand vines
at (3) a thousand shekels, i.e. worth so
much. 2 Sam. 23, 17 triujº, with jeo.
pardy of their lives.
4. As imply ng motion quite to a place
-, 108 >
or thing, to, unto, upon ; different from
bs towards a place, which does not imply
that the object is actually reached; this
latter idea being still more definitely
expressed by is even to, usque ad. Gen.
11, 4 a tower tº its n whose top may
reach unto heaven, comp. Jer, 51, 9 with
bs. 1 K. 16, 11 h"pa Tºrº mingens ad
parietem, upon (against) the wall; see in
nº.-With # in this sense are con-
strued a large number of verbs, which
denºte motion to or upon any thing, and
in Latin are compounded with in or ad 5
as a p-triri, a tris, to lay hold upon ;
2. s: to touch ipom; 3 sº to rush upon ;
3 paº to cleave to, or hang upon ; H sºp
to call to or upon ; also a hy; to chide
at ; 3 ºsu, a Unº, to ask or seek at, etc.
Especially: a) After verbs of sense; as
: ris), a nºr, to look upon or at ; ; sº
to hear or listen to ; a nºr to smell to
or at ; sometimes too with the accessory
idea of sympathy, usually complacent,
rarely painful, as Gen. 21, 16 HSTS-5S
Tºri nion I cannot look upon the death
of the child. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11. Lehrg.
p. 814 b) In a hostile sense upon, i.e.
against; as 523 in his hand is upon
(against) every man Gen. 16, 12. 2 Sam.
24, 17; a enº to fight against; H Hyº,
a bºº, a 7-3, to rebel or be faithless
against any one ; ; Fis nºr anger is
kindled against.
5. Implying a reference or respect to
any thing, e. g. a) in respect to, as to,
K. 5, 22 [8]. b) for, i. e. for the sake
of, because of; Gen. 18, 28 nušºra be-
cause of five. Ex. 10, 12. 2 K. 14, 6.
Jon. :, 14, c) about, concerning, after
verbs of rejo'cing, see Toº, bº, Yº: ;
speaking of or about, see n:º ; testiſy-
.ng, see Tºy.
C) Particular consideration is demand-
*d by that peculiar idiom of the He-
rew and Arabic called Beth pleomastic,
ious;]] º, or also Beth essentice. In
Arabic, where it is far more frequent, it
is commonly put before the predicate,
espec. where this is a participle or ad-
jective, and in negative or interrogative
sentences; rarely is it prefixed to a
substantive, Hamas, ap. Schult. ad Prov.
3, 26; never to the subject. This use
of it therefore approaches near to that
of the Accusative after the substantive
verb in Arabic ; so that one might say
promiscuously, Jºliº & Ui Uw, and
Sºlº & Uí Us, God is mot remiss ,
where the former construction may be
explained, ‘God (acts) not as if remiss;
Fr. en, e. g. vivre en honnéte homme.’
In the same manner most of the ex-
amples in the O. Test, may be explain-
ed; and thus this use of approaches
near to its use in comparison, see in A.
no. 6. Ex. 6, 3 I appeared unto Abraham
* Psi, as God Almighty, q. d. in the
character of God Almighty. Is. 40,
10 pyrº sin, "yº Her lo! the Lord will
come as a strong one. Ex. 32, 22 thou
knowest the people shri sº "2that they are
evil ; Vulg. promus ad malwm, bent on
evil. Ecc. 7, 14 sic: nºr nºit Einä in
the day of joy be thou joyful, pr. conduct
thyself as joyful. Prov. 3, 26 Flºriº Fijn:
Tº Jehovah shall be thy hope. Ps.
68, 5 ºu. Fºr his name is Jah. (Targ
Jon. Fºº F. Sept. Syr. Vulg, omit: ,
comp. Josh. 47, 4.48, 2.) Is. 26, 4 Flº: "=
Hinº for Jah (i. e. eternal, unchange-
able) is Jehovah.-Some of these and
other passages may indeed be differently
explained ; but it is in vain to deny the
existence of the idiom itself in Hebrew,
as has been done by Ewald, Heb.
Gramm. p. 607; and after him by Wi.
ner, Lex. p. 109. Still it is not less cer-
tain, that many examples which have
been referred to this idiom, do not belong
under it; but are to be otherwise ex-
plained. So Hos. 13, 9 ºz ºshº ºnru,
Tºy: *H, where Vulg. perditio tua, Is-
rael, tantummodo in me attacilium tuum ;
but, comparing c. 7, 13, it should be so
explained: This hath destroyed thee, O
Israel, that (thou art) against me thy
helper. 1 K. 13, 34 render: and for this
cause (nºn h:2) the house of Jeroboam
fell into sin.—In three examples, all in
the later Hebrew, a seems clearly to be
prefixed to the subject; e. g. Ezra 3, 3
En-b: riºs: "2, unless this is a min-
gling of two constructions, prºs Hºs
and En nº-s:... 1 Chi. Y. 33 pºin ºz
resºz, Eriºg nº, where yet we
might render, ‘it was incumbent on them
to be in the work.” 7, 23 nºr nºn: "a
in": because evil was in his house, i. e.
: 109 sº
*Nº,
salarnity. Perhaps this is a solecism of
the later age of the Hebrew.
D) With the Infinitive à forms a pe-
riphrasis for the Lat. gerund, Engl. in
with pres. particip. as priº in ridendo,
Engl. in laughing, Prov. 14, 13. More
commonly it may be better expressed in
Engl. by an adverb or continction with
B finite verb ; e.g. a) while, when, i. q.
wn that, of time, comp. in A. no. 5. Num.
35, 19 in-ixãº, when he lighteth upon
him. Prov. 30, 32. Cant. 5, 6. Esth. 2, 8.
b) when, after, with a past tense, of time
completed, comp. in A. no. 5; the infin.
here having the force of the praeter.
Gen. 33, 18 Dys Tºº isha when he had
come from Mesopotamia, after he came,
etc. 2, 4. Ex. 3, 12. Is. 20, 1. Job 42, 10.
c) though, even if, comp. in B. 2. e. Ps.
46, 3 y's nºr; though the earth be
changed. Is. 1, 15. d) because, comp.
in B. 5; bºx: because they had forsaken,
2 Chr. 28, 6.
Not E. The opinion of the ancient
Grammarians is not improbable, that 3
was originally apocopated from n°3, *z,
in the house, within, in ; as : from Ps, a
from I?. This view may be supported
on the following grounds: a) The
Chald. "E, Syr. -*, not only signifies
house, but also has the power of the par-
ticle 3 in, not unfrequently in the Tar-
gums, as Cant. 1,9. 2, 15. b) Even now
in the East the word cº-º house, in geo-
graphical names, is often abridged into
cº Lº S-9; tıs J.--> Beisdºm for Heb.
Tsuj nº: Beth-shean ; jº * for sº
UK, see note on Burckhardt's Travels
in Syria, I. p. 491. Germ. c) An ex-
ample of the same abbreviation occurs in
the O Test, itself, in the form Hºrus: for
nºnºy n°2, the house of Astarte; comp.
Bebelen in Euseb. and Jerome, for Beth
Beten. d) The Persian exhibits a like
analogy; in which are promiscuously
employed the separate forms < in, U;
with, and the inseparable - ...—Comp.
Arab. 3 prob. for sº, and also other
words not less violently abbreviated
as a , see a below ; and Nº, whence
ºr sº, tin "A, Chald. Bºrº Ara',
2 º' – 2.
sº-6-, G. yés”0.
* Chald. in, i. q. Heb. e. g. in heaven
in a dream, Dan. 2, 19.28, comp. Heb. A
1; to drink in vessels Dan. 5, 2, comp,
A. 1. b : to be given into one’s hand
Dan. 11, 11, comp. A. 7; with the hand
Dan, 2, 34, comp. B. 2. c.
- in proper names appears as a con-
traction for a son; as in "pºla i. q. “pºtſ:
son of stabbing ; see also brº, bºxin,
sºna, Bhuja. See Schol. ad Hamasa
ed. Freitag, p. 3. Roediger de Libb. H.st.
interp. Arab. p. 20, 21.
TSE, f an entrance, entry, Ez. 8, 5.
R. Nia to enter.
tºsa Chald, adj. bad, wicked, Ezra
4, 12. R. Us: .
35.
*TS; in Kal not used, Arab.3L. *
dig, e. g. a well, ditch. Kindred’ root,
are nºa, ºniº, also nsº, Lat. forare,
Germ. bohren, Engl. to bore. Comp.
*s-, -8a, nia.
Piel 1. to dig in, to grave, e.g. letters
on stone, to inscribe, c. By Deut. 27, 8.
Hab. 2, 2.
2. to earpound, to declare, pr. to dig
out, to dig out and explain, Deut 1, 5.
Deriv. -ia, ºnia, Hrina or "rina, and
those here following.
"Sº f. plur. ninsi, constr. nins:
Gen. 14, 10. G8.
1. a well, Arab. ſº Syr. ñº, fr=
• * * j
id. Gen. 24, 11. 20. 26, 19. 20. 21. al.,
Often more fully tº ns: Gen. 21, 19,
pºn tº ns: 26, 19.—Different from
a fountain (Tx) on the surface of the
ground or flowing from a rock; al-
though a well (nº) may also be called
a fountain (TS), as Gen. 16, 7 comp. v.
14. 24, 11. 13. 16. Spoken of pits of
bitumen Gen. 14, 10.
2. a pit, Ps. 54, 24, 69, 16.
3. Beer, pr. n. a) A station of the
Israelites in the confines of Moab, Num,
21, 16–18; prob. the same place which
in Is. 15,8 is called more fully Bºhs hº
Beer-elim, i. e. well of heroes, b) A
place in Palestine, Judg. 9, 21, Perh.
yau -sia, so Studer; more prob, the
place now called el-Fireh in the plain of
Judah; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p
132
pºs "Sº, see nº no, 3. a.
1()
*N-l
ºxin
110
*Nº ºn; TS: (well of life of vision,
i. e. a vision of God, comp. Judg. 6, 22
sq.) Beer-lahai-roi, pr. m. of a well on the
southern borders of Palestine, Gen. 16,
14. 24, 62.25, 11. The etymology above
given is that of the sacred writer, Gen.
16, 14. By neglecting the vowels, one
might also conjecture it to be for ns:
"Nº ºrth well f the jaw-bone (or rock) of
vision, i. e. well of the conspicuous rock,
comp. Judg. 15, 19; or also ‘well of the
G * *
far seen region,’ comp. Arab. ãºus
Jaw-bone, region. ze
Vat. TSE (well of the oath, i. q. hsi,
ryºu, according to Gen. 21, 31. 26,33)
Beer-sheba, pr. n. of an ancient city on
the southern border of Palestine, 2 Sam.
24, 7; whence the phrase, in describing
the limits of Pºlestine: sau; "Sã-19 Tº
from Dan to Beer-sheba Judg. 20, 1 ;
and of the wingdom of Judah : SEA?
set; asa-ºx from Geba to Beer-sheba
2 K. 23, 8.--Still called Bir es-Seba',
with two deep wells; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 300–3.
STS: (well, fountain) pr. n. m. Bee-
ra, 1 Chr. 7, 37.
ºns: (.d.) pr. n. m. Beerah, 1 Chr.
5, 6. -
nins" (wells) Beeroth, pr. n. of a
city of the Gibeonites Josh. 9, 17, after-
wards belonging to the tribe of Benja-
min Josh. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 4, 2. After
the exile it was still in existence and
inhobited, Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7, 29. Now
el-Bireh on the great road north of Jeru-
salem; Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 132.-
3entile n. *nºsa 2 Sam. 4, 2. 23, 37;
and contr. "nºn: 1 Chr. 11; 39. Comp.
& ºni-a.
"Py: "…, nins: , Wells of the sons
çº' Jaakam, prin. of a station of the Isra-
eites in the desert, Deut. 10, 6. In the
parallel pagsage Num. 33, 31 ellipt. "3:
pºs. See Pibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 583.
ºns; (q. d. fontanus) Beeri, pr. n. m.
a) The father of Hosea, Hos. 1, 1. b)
Gen. 26, 34. -
"Så (by Syriasm for -sz) i. G. -ia,
which ºf the more usual form, a cistern,
2 Sar). 23, 15. 16 20, Cheth, where Keri
has him, as also 1 Ch:. 11, 17, 18, 22
comp. Gesch. der Heb. Sprache, p. 40
not. 46. Plur. ninsa Jer. 2, 13.
Sk U.S., fut. Us: 1. to have a bad
smell, to stink, Ex. 7, 18. 21. 8, 10. 16
20. Comp. Usa.
2. i. q. Chald. to be bad, wicked, to be
of a bad disposition; see unsă, Rºsa
nuisa, and Hiph. no. 3. Alab. & to
be bold, audacious, pr. to be bad; comp.
Germ. bose.—Among Orientals the idea
of bad smell is often transferred to a bad
disposition; just as a good smell is put
for a good and pleasant disposition;
comp. Dip: to have a good smell, to be
fragrant, and Syr. >ile to be pleasant;
sº to be good, and Arab. Julo to have
a good Smell. © *
NIPH. to be made to stimk; metaph. to
become loathsome, hateful, with 3 and ns
(FS) of pers, 1 Sam. 13, 4, 2 Sam. 10
6. 16, 21. Comp. Engl. ‘to be in goos
or bad odour.”
HIPH. 1. to cause to stimk, Ecc. 10, 1.
Metaph. to make loathsome, hateful, with
3 of pers. Gen. 34, 30. More fully Ex. 5
21 ºr "nºrs trusiºn ye have made our
odour bad, i. e. ye have made us loath-
some, objects of hatred.
2. Intrans. to stink, pr. to make a stink;
Ex. 16, 24. Ps. 38, 6. Metaph. to be loath-
some, hateful, c. 3, 1 Sam. 27, 12.
3. to act badly, wickedly, like Syr.
-ieſ. Prov. 13, 5 a righteous man
hateth false words, "erº tººs: stº
but the wicked man acteth wickedly, and
causeth Shame, sc. by his falsehoods.
HITHPA. i. q. Niph. c. cy. 1 Chr. 19, 6
Deriv. those here following.
tºs: Chald. to be bad, evil, with by to
displease, Dan. 6, 15.
Deriv. ºhsil.
tºsa (bě0sh) m. a stink, stench, Amos
4, 10; c. suff, iusi, bºsa, Joel 2, 20
Is, 34, 3. -
Fºs: ſ a bad plant, weed, Job 31,40
D"tº only in Plur. Is. 5, 2.4, baa
grapes, unripe and sour, labrusca, Fl
lambrusques, i. e. wild grapes, worthless
as Jerome and Jarchi well. Kimch
nNº.
*]:
111
atusa) tººls, Saad. Bºyn Bºy, Aqu.
Jungwi, Symm. &tsai. The same use
of the word is found in the Mishna, Maa-
seroth I. § 2; where for Dºwns is to be
read Dºubsil, as appears from the gloss
of Tanchum of Jerusalem. See a full
discussion in Comm. on Is. I. p. 230. II.
p. 364; where it is shown that the
sense of aconitum or wolf’s bane, monk’s
hood, so commonly received among mo-
dern interpreters, rests upon a nere error
of Celsius, Hierobot. II. p. 199.
Tºsi, Chald, after, see in art. Hrs.
Tº f (Kamets impure, for rº,
nºsº, r. na;) pr. a hollow, hole ; and
9 : -
hence a gate, door, like Arab. ºù.
In Hebrew found only in the phrase
jºy rº, the gate of the eye, i.e. the pupil,
which is literally the door to the inte-
rior of the eye, Zech. 2, 12 [8]. Cor-
responding is H-sº i-aē, Chald. Nºa,
Nº.—Another etymology which I for-
merly followed, has perhaps no less
probability; namely, that n=3, may be
§ 28, 2
for ITN in Na i. G. bow, puellus, Svr.
p > "o: T Cl 2-ºxº !/, p ) y
kºa aa, from the onomatop. USU: Toºt-
tºgetv, and then this is transferred to
the pupil of the eye, like Titº's q. v.
":; pr. m. m. Bebai, Ezra 2, 11. 8, 11.
Neh. 7, 16.—Pehlvi bab signifies father.
333 Babel, i. e. confusion, for bah:
from r. bºx, Gen. 11,9; comp. Syr. lia-
confusion of speech, stammering ; and
for the dropping of the second letter
comp. Hººto for Tºº Lehrg. 134,869.
Others regard it as i, q, Arab. Jº --
gate i.e. court of Bel; comp. the Sub-
.ime Porte. Babel, Babylon, is the name
of the most ancient and celebrated city
of Asia, the metropolis of Babylonia,
Gen. 10, 10. 2 K, 17, 24. 20, 12 sq. Mic. 4,
10. al. It was situated in lat. 32° 32' on
both banks of the Euphrates. Its ruins
are still visible near the small city Hil-
lah, KA-, and have recently been ex-
plored and described with great accura-
cy and learning. See Hºlot. 1. 178, 183.
Strabo 16. 1. 6. R. K. Porter’s Travels
II, p. 283 sq. C. J. Rich Memoirs ºn the
Ruins o! Babylon. Ritter’s El llcunde
Th. XI. pp. 865–925. Berl. 1844 —The
name of the city is also applied to the
province Babylonia, Ps. 87, 4. 137, 1.
Is. 14,4; whence often 933 tº the king
of Babylonia, a title ascribed also to
the kings of Persia, as to Cyrus, Ezra
5, 13; and Artaxerxes, Neh. 13,6, Comp.
ºnhûs.
º Chald. plur. emphat. Rºaz Ba.
bylonians, Ezra 4, 9.
33 a Persian word signifying food,
Pers, sus, in Arab. 2-Lº, comp. pſyst,
and the Phryg. 3820s bread Haot. 2. 2.
Found in the compound 33rº q.v. and
also in Ez.25, 7 Cheth. Eliah xah Trºn:
I will give thee for food to the mations,
Here the Keri has 15% for a spoil, which
also the ancient versions express; and
this is likewise supported by the similar
passages in Jer. 15, 13. 17, 3, and espec.
Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. The reading 33% is
therefore prob, a mere error of transcrip-
tion, like FIA for Hi in Ez. 47, 13.
* T3:... fut. *śnº, once ºn Mal. 2, 10;
pr. to cover, whence tº a covering, gar-
ment.—Hence
1. to act covertly, deceitfully; to deal
falsely, faithlessly, treacherously. Verbs
of covering, concealing, are often thus
transferred to deceit and treachery;
comp. U-9 to cover, to clothe, to dis-
semble; Samar. **\) to defraud, c. *
Ex. 21, 8; sap 3 to cover, to hide
oneself, whence ºp; also to defraud;
comp, bºº, º, and Jº-e, J.X--
Constr. absol. 1 Sam. 14, 33. Job 6, 15;
oftener with 3 of pers. (comp. = B. 4.)
q. d. to treacherously desert any one
Judg. 9, 23. Lam. 1, 2; espec. towards a
friend Lam. l.c. a spouse Ex. 21, 8; God
Hos. 5, 7, 6,7. Rarely with Tº Jer. 3, 20;
acc. Ps. 73, 15 ºn 1: Tº -in nºr lo,
I should deal falsely with the generation
of thy children. Part. ‘izia, plur. Rºº,
treacherous dealers sc. towards God, the
ungodly, wicked, Sept. Togºvouot, trans-
gressors, Prov. 2, 22. 11, 3, 6, 13, 2. 15.
Ps. 25, 3. 59, 6. Jer. 9, 1. Part. plur.
fem, niº treacheries Zeph, 3, 4.
2. to oppress, to pillage, to spoil, i. q.
brå, pujy; c. 7, Is. 21, 2 Taia Triar
Tiiu; Tiºn, the spoiler spoileth and the
*]+,
NT-l
112
waster wasteth. 24, 16 tº hº tº
*:::: tº the spoilers spoil, yea, the
spoilers spoil the spoiling. 33, 1.—With
the idea of impudence, shamelessness,
Hab. 2, 5.
Deriv. the three following.
T}; in pause tº, c. suff, i-º, ºr,
as if from Tää, the T without Dag, lene,
contrary to the rule, Lehrg. p. 94; Plur.
E"Tºi, º, once Triº Ps. 45, 9; m.
once fem. Lev. 6, 20.
1. a covering, cloth, in which any thing
is wrapped, Num, 4, 6–13; also for a bed,
a coverlet, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 1 K. 1, 1.
2. a garment, robe, usually the outer
garment of the Oriental, Gen. 39, 12. 13.
15. 41, 42; espec. costly, 1 K. 22, 10.
2 Chr. 18, 9. in: sºn his lap-full 2 K.
4, 39. Sept. iuſtvoy, otoli).
3. faithlessness, treachery, Jer. 12, 1.
4. a spoiling, rapine, Is. 24, 16.
nº see in Tº no. 1, fin.
Tº adj. (Kamets impure, Lehig.
§ 120. 3) f. Frºixà, faithless, treacherous,
Jer. 3, 7, 10. R. 133.
"lº Bigvan, pr. n. of a man of rank
who returned with Zerubbabel from the
exile, Ezra 2, 2. 14, 8, 14. Neh. 7, 19.—
Perh. Chald. "Sº husbandman, Syr.
ke garden, which passed over also into
the Persian slº bágh, garden. Or i. q.
Pers. Buytſios Hlot. 3. 128; according
to Bohlen, Sanscr. bhagá, bhagasan,
happy.
Sºº (perh, garden, gardener, see
*:: ) Bigtha, pr. n. of a eunuch in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 1,10. For another
stymology see snæs.
jº (id.) Bigtham, id. Esth. 2, 21;
also strº Esth. 6, 2. Comp. Pers.
nnd Sanscr. bhagadána ‘giſt of for-
tune ;’ Bohlen.
I. T. m. pr. separation, thing sepa-
rated, from. r. Tº I-Hence
1. a part, Ex. 30, 34 THE 13. part for
par., i.e. like parts, equal portions. Plur.
bºº spec. parts of the body, the mem-
bers, limbs, Job 18, 13. 41, 4 ; of a tree,
the branches (comp. Gr. 26).o.) Ez. 17, 6.
19, 14; hence slaves, bars, poles, for
bearing any thing, Ex. 25, 13 sq. Num.
4, 6 sq. Metaph. bars of a city, its
princes, chiefs, Hos. 11, 6–Sing, with
prefix, tº a) Adv. apart, separately
by oneself. Ex. 26, 9 five curtains by
themselves (75%), sia, curtains by them-
selves (Tah). 36, 16. In this sense a
suffix is often added: Gen. 21, 28 and
Abraham set seven eve-lambs irºlah by
themselves. 30, 40. 32, 17. 43, 32. al.
b) Oſtener Tah c. suff, is i, q, alone; so-
lus, a, um ; Gen. 2, 18 tº Sri niºr sity-N
inah it is not good for man to be alone,
pr. man's being in his separation. "ES
* I alone Num. 11, 14; Tºah Firs
Ex. 18, 14; its; spy: Gen. 32, 25;
tº Bºrºr Gen. 44, 20. Also after
oblique cases, as Dat. Th;h ºth towards
thee alone Ps. 51, 6; Genit. Ps. 71, 16
Tººh anº's lit. the righteousness of
thee, of thee alone, i. e. thy righteous-
mess, thine only, c) Adv. of restriction,
limitation, only, in the later Hebraism,
Ecc. 7, 29. Is. 26, 13. d) With Tº it
passes over into a Prep. apart from, be-
sides ; Ex. 12,37 besides children. Num.
29, 39. Josh. 17, 5; with by Ezra 1, 6.
The same is Taº? Gen. 26, 1. Num. 17,
14; c. suff, in:#2 besides him. Deut. 4,
35; hugs +:#2 besides that which Num,
6, 21. -
2. Spec. a thread, collect. thread, yarn,
espec. of linen, comp. Tºtos; hence linen,
i. e. fine white linen, Ex. 28, 42.39, 28.
Lev. 6, 3. Plur. tº limen garments Ez,
9, 2 sq. Dan. 10, 5–Arab ; byssus.
II. T. m. plur. Bºla, from r. Tia II.
1. empty talk, lies, vain boasting, Job
11, 3, Is. 16, 6. Jer. 48, 30.
2. i. q tº hºs, liars, boasters, spo-
ken of conjurers and false prophets, Is.
44, 25. Jer. 50, 36.
Sk NT, 1. to form, to fashion, spoken
of a potter ; and this sense is preserved
in the Zabian iro.
2. to devise, to invent, to feign, with
izºº. 1 K. 12. 33 where Sept. well &rAſ-
garo. Neh. 6, 8, Part. c. suff. Esº by
Syriasm for Eslā Neh. I. c.—Arab.
15.
(J3 to begin; IV, to produce something
new, to devise and do first : comp. 89-
I, IV, to ſeign.
Tºl
5T-
| 13
* I. T. 1. pr. to disjoin, to divide,
to separate, like Arab. &–The notion
of cutting or learing apart, and hence of
dividing, lies in the primary syllable ºn,
as likewise with various modifications in
the kindred and harder syllables na,
"E, re; comp. 913, p.13; nr., bna,
hnà, pr: ; TTE, Hº ; rpg, ring, nrº,
snº, "nº. Kindred also are the sylla-
bles 75, Ya, YE ; for which see under
11, 9x3.
2. to separate oneself, to be alone,
solitary. Part. Tſia alone, solitary, Ps.
102,8. Hos. 8, 9. Is. 14, 31.
Deriv. Ta I, and 173.
* II. Tº: i. q. Nº q. v. 60ttokoyeiv,
blaterare, to babble, i. e. to talk idly.
Talmud, pºp, topºe —Hence 13 II.
77; m. separation, i. g. ‘a I. Hence
in Acc. as adv. separately, i.e. solitary,
alone, Lev. 13, 46. Is. 27, 10 nººs. -->
Tº the strong city is left solitary, i. e.
desolate. Deut. 32, 12 brº. Tº Hinº
Jehovah alone did lead him.—Also +H:
pr. in separation, i. q. Solitary, alone,
Num. 23, 9. Ps. 4, 9. Mic. 7, 14.
TT. (separation, part.) Bedad, pr. n.
m.Gen. 36, 35.
*Tº see ºn.
"...Tä (prob, i. q, nº servant of Je-
hovah, see T13) Bedeiah, pr. n. m. Ezra
10, 35.
*T. m. (r. 913) stannum of the an-
clents, i. e. -
1. alloy of lead, tin, or other inferior
metals, combined with silver in the ore
and separated from it by smelting, dross;
Pliny plumbum nigrum, H. N. 34. 16.—
Is. 1, 25 Tººla-bz Hººps I will remove
all thy alloy, i. e. all thy impure and
spurious parts. Comp. And b.
2. tin, plumbum album, Num. 31, 22.
Ez. 22, 18, 20. 27, 12.
>k ST: in Kal not used, kindr. brº,
Jº, to separate.
HIPH. 1. to separate, to divide, Lev.
1, 17; e. g. two places by a curtain or
wall, Ex. 26, 33. Ez. 42, 20; or things
mixed together, Gen. 1, 4, Part, bhºº”
dividing, a divider, Gen. 1, 6.-For
Jie construstion see no. 2.
2. Trop. of the mind, to discern be.
tween different things, to distinguish.
Lev. 10, 9, 10 ye shall drink neither wind
nor strong drink... that ye may discern
between what is holy and unholy. 11, 47.
20, 25.-In both these significations (no.
1, 2) constr. c. 7"ah-Tha Gen. 1, 4, 7.
Ex. 26, 33; ſº — "a Is. 59,2; *— "a
Gen. 1, 6. $
3. to separate from others, to select, tº
choose out, in a good sense; with 7%
Num. 8, 14. 16, 9. Lev. 20, 24. 26; also
with 3 of that to or for which one is des-
tined, 1 K. 8, 53. Without 12 Deut. 4,
41. 10, 8, 1 Chr. 25, 1; absol. Deut. 19,
7. Ez. 39, 14.
4. to separate out, to shut out, e. g. a
mixed multitude from a people, with Tº
Neh. 13, 3, bºx, Is. 56, 3. With nº
Deut. 29, 20.
NIPH. 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 3, to be
separated, to separate oneself, with 72
Ezra 6, 21. 9, 1. 10, 11. Also to be se-
lected, chosen out, Ezra 10, 16; with h to
or for any thing, 1 Chr. 23, 13.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 4, to be separated,
shut out, Ezra 10, 8.
3. Pr. to separate oneself from a place,
i. e. to go away, to depart, with 7% of
place, Num. 16, 21 ; with BS of pers, to
whom one departs, 1 Chr. 12, 8.
Deriv. ºvia, nºnº, perhaps n+:
also &
º m, a part, piece, e.g. of an ear
jºs, Am. 3, 12.
Tº a costly article of merchandise
mentioned along with gold and precious
stones Gen. 2, 12, and described as re-
sembling the Arabian manna Num. 11,
7; which latter consisted of white grains
and scales, and is elsewhere compared
to hoar-frost, see Ex. 16, 14. Num. l. c.
though according to Burckhardt, the
colour of the present manna is a dirty
yellow ; Travels in Syria, etc. p. 599 sq.
Most of the ancient interpreters, e. g.
Aqu. Symm. Theodot. Vulg. Josephus
(Ant. 3. 1. 6), understand 308AAtov balel-
lium, a whitish gum or resin which distils
from a tree growing in Arabia, India,
and Babylonia; pellucid, approaching
to the colour of frankincense, and with
grains like frankincense, but larger; Plin.
H. N. 12. 9 or 19. With this accord
10%
T-
bH-l
114,
the various names uéðslzov, 660Myów
(which latter rests on conjecture, see
Diosc. 1. 71 or 80), 365AA0, 668AAuoy.-
On the other hand, bdellium is not of so
costly a nature as to be properly ranked
among gold and gems, or as that the
region of Havilah should become cele-
brated for producing it. Hence, the
opinion of the Rabbins is not to be con-
temned, which also Bochart has learn-
edly supported (Hieroz. II. 674–683),
viz. that ribºia signifies a pearl, collect.
pe ºr's, which are ſound in great num-
bers on the shores of the Persian Gulf
and of India, and which may not unaptly
be compared with the grains of manna.
Bochart also gives the etymology, as
being quadril. nº from r. 873, i. q.
something selected, precious, and hence
a pearl ; comp. Arab. º a pearl,
from r. ex; i. q. Bºž. *
77; Bedan, pr. n. a) A judge of Is-
rael, 1 Sam. 12, 11; not found written
with these letters in the book of Judges.
Sept. and Syr. read pº ; the Targ. ex-
plains it by TI-73 a Danite; see a for 73,
p. 109. But Tă is doubtless i. q. This
Judg. 12, 13, 15; the s being dropped,
as was often the case among the Pheni-
cians in the word TDy; e. g. You) N'75 for
You'N Tºy, “nucsºn Bodostor for 1-y
ºnes. See Monumm. Phoenic. pp. 174,
175. b) 1 Chr. 7, 17.
sk pº 1. to sunder, to make a
breach ; whence pºž. Comp. under
r. TT, I.
2. Denom. from p.3, to repair breach-
cs, and genr. to repair, to rebuild, 2 Chr.
34, 10. Syr. -ār- and -era id.
P. m. c. suff, Tºa, a breach, gap,
chink, in a building 2 K. 12, 6.7. 8.9;
in a ship Ez. 27, 9, 27.
"P"ſ: Bidkar, pr. n. of one of Jehu's
raptains, 2 K. 9, 25.-The form is contr.
for "pº-13 son of stabbing, i.e. stabber;
see 5 p. 109.
sk --a Chald. PA. "ºla, to scatter Dan.
1, 11; i. q. Heb. h7+, ºp.
* ****
Hrº obsol. root, prob. to be clean,
pure; hence in Arabic trop. of neatness,
elegance, whence Lé to be neut, bright
beautiful; but also of emptiness, whence
sº gº to be empty, waste, of a house— -
*
Hence
*"a m. (for ºrjã, a Segolate form)
emptiness, voidness, concr. empty, void;
found thrice in paronomasia with him
Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4, 23. Is. 34, 11.
Sk tº, obsol. root, either i. q. Arab
tº-gº to lie, to feign; or i, q. Aram. orjã,
Heb. ulia, pr. to be white, shining;
Redslob.-Hence
tº Esth. 1, 6, a species of marble
used for pavements; Sept. Vulg. guo-
-- ©
90 yöirms, smaragdites. Arab. º , ac-
cording to the Camoos p. 176, is a spe-
cies of stone, either perh, white marble,
or imitation marble; so called as feigning
the appearance of marble; comp. r. prº.
*T* Chald. f. haste, Ezra 4, 23.
R. briz.
Tº adj. bright, shining, of the sun
Job 37, 21. R. hrſ.
Sk bria OT briz, in Kal not used, to
tremble, to be in trepidation; comp. by
transp. nº, and Ethiop. [10/.4 to in-
spire terror, b and n being interchanged.
NIPh. 1. to tremble, to shake, e.g. of
the bones Ps. 6, 3; the hands Ez. 7, 27;
trop. of the soul, Ps. 6, 4.—Hence
2. to be in trepidation, to be amazed,
confounded, to be struck with terror,
consternation; Ex. 15, 15.1 Sam. 28, 21.
2 Sam. 4, 1. Ps. 48, 6. Ez. 26, 18; with
*jºr Gen. 45, 3. Job 23, 15. Ecc, 8, 3.
Including also the idea of despondency,
Job 4, 5. Is. 21, 3.
3. to flee in trepidation, in consterna-
tion, Judg. 20, 41. Hence genr. to hasten
to or aſter any thing, c. : Prov. 28, 22
Yº-yº wins inh brº the man of evil eye
hasteth after riches, i.e. anxiously seekn
to be rich. Ecc. 8, 3 ºn tº brian-bs
be not hasty to go out of his sight, i.e
depart not arrogantly, perversely.
4. to perish suddenly, as with fright
to be destroyed; Ps. 104, 29 thou hides:
thy face, librº they perish at once, sc
thy creatures. So Ps. 90, 7, as required
brºn
'ºrº,
115
by the parallelism. Comp. Hºrº. Part.
'em, nºr; subst, sudden destruction
Zeph. 1, 18; comp. Tºr.
PIEL 1. to cause to tremble, to terri-
fy, to confound, to strike with terror and
consternation, Ps. 2, 5. 83, 16. Dan. 11,
44. Job 22, 10. Hence to cause to de-
spond, Ezra 4, 4 Keri.
2, to hastem, to quicken, Esth. 2, 9.
Hence with inf. c. , i. q. hrſ’, to hasten
to do any thing, i. e. to do it hastily,
rashly, Ecc. 5, 1. 7, 9.
PUAL to be hastened, quickened. Prov.
20, 21 Keri, rarian Hºrſ: a possession
hastily gotten, i. e. acquired with anx-
ious haste. Hence part. Bria? hastened,
quickened, Esth. 8, 14.
HipH. 1. i. Q. Pi. no. 1. Job 23, 16.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 2. Esth. 6, 14.
3. Caus. of Kal no. 3, to drive out in
haste, to thrust out, 2 Chr. 26, 20.
bria Chald. in Pe. not used.
ITHPE. Inf. Fºr Ann subst. haste, speed,
with pref # adv. in haste, quickly, Dan.
2, 25. 3, 24, 6, 20.
PA. to terrify, to put in trepidation,
Dan. 4, 2, 16. 7, 15.-ITHPA. pass. Dan.
5, 9.
Deriv. Abºri.
mºna ſ (r. briz) terror, Lev. 26, 16.
Plur. Jer. 15, 8. With the art, terror,
not Śoxiv, i.e. sudden destruction, Is.
65, 23. Ps. 78, 33.
\ms
Sk DITF, a root not in use, pr. to shut,
to close, spec. the mouth, hence to be
mute, dumb. Arab. -glº IV to shut, X
to be mute, dumb. The like significa-
tion is ſound in many roots ending with
the letter D, and denoting sounds pro-
duced with the mouth shut; as Enº,
bºs, 583, 52%, Bºn, Ezuº, comp. Lat.
hem, Gr. ºo). Other roots ending with
the same letter designate murmuring,
whispering, humming sounds, which
likewise are produced with the mouth
closed; as Eriº, Es?, Hºrſ, triº, Arab.
t-6+*. ſigºto, fremo, 69tugouot, rjº,
Germ. brummen, Engl. to hum.
Tº f constr. nona, c. suſ. inºria,
Hºnºr: (as iſ ſtom nºna); Plur. niññā,
tonstr. nior]: ; a beast, pr: a dumb
Weſtat, from r. En: ; spoken usually of
the larger land quadrupeds, opp tº
birds and reptiles; but see in Plur, no.
G_ sº
2. Arab, Kº-gº. Gen. 6, 7, 20. 7, 2
8. 23. 8, 20. Ex. 9, 25. Lev. 11, 2. Prow
30, 30 ſtºria hia: tº the lion, a mighty
one among the beasts.—Spec.
1. Collect. domestic beasts, cattle, Lat
pecus; opp. ºr nºr Gen. 1, 24, nºr.
nºr. 2, 20. 3, 14, Hºrn 7, 14.21. Lev.
25, 7, i.e. beasts of the field, wild beasts.
The word riºri, includes both Nx and
ºpº, Gen. 47, 18. Lev. 1, 2–Elsewhere
2. beasts of burden, as asses, camels,
opp. Hypº, Gen. 34, 23. 36, 6. Num. 32.
26. 2 K. 3, 17. Comp. Is. 30, 6.46, 1.
3. Poet. also for beasts of the field,
wild beasts; so in plur, nicrº Deut. 32,
24. Hab. 2, 17; espec. with Yisri Deut.
28, 26. Is. 18, 6, Hºri, "Tºº 1 Sam. 17,
44. Joel 1, 20, hy: Mic. 5, 7.
PLUR. niorſ: 1. beasts, quadrupeds,
see above.
2. Plur. majest.joined with sing. masc.
Behemoth, i.e. the great beast, huge quad-
ruped, by which name is designated the
hippopotamus, Job 40, 15. So Bochart,
Hieroz. II. p. 754 sq. Ludolſ. Hist.
AEthiop. I. 11. Others wrongly under-
stand the elephant; as Drusius, Grotius,
Schultens, J. D. Michaelis ad h. l. Scho
der in Hieroz. Spec. I. p. 2 sq.-Proba-
bly under the form nion: there lies
concealed some Egyptian name for the
hippopotamus, so modified as to put on
the appearance of a Semitic word; see
in this. Thus II-ege-ºpov's
P-ehe-mout would signify the water-ov ;
by which epithet (bomarino) the Italians
also designate the hippopotamus ; see
Jablonsky Opusc.ed. te Water, I.52. It
is true that this word’so compounded is
not now found in the remains of the Cop-
tic language; but the objection urge.
(Lee's Heb. Lex. p. 74), that it is formed
contrary to the laws of language, is not
valid. It is said indeed that ehe (ox) is
of the fem. gender, and that the word for
water is mou, not mout. But ehe is of
the comm. gender and is frequently
used as masculine, see Peyron p. 46
and the t in mout may be an article
postpositive, see Lepsius Lettre à Ro
sellini p. 63.
Ha
Nºl
116
sk TTF, obsol. root, prob. i. q. Eriš,
*-6- Conj. IV, to shut up, to cover.—
Hence the two following:
7.5 m. the thumb when followed by
* , so called as shutting and covering
the hand; also the great toe when fol-
lowed by bºn; so Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23
sq. 14, 14, 17.25.28. Plur. constr, nibºna
Judg. 1, 6.7, from a lost sing. Tina. Arab.
Fºl. and in vulgar Arab. º id.
Tā (thumb) Bohan, pr. m. of a son
of Reuben ; from whom also comes the
name Tria-HS Stone of Bohan, a place
on the confines of Judah and Benjamin.
Josh. 15, 6, 18, 17.
* Prº, obsol, root; Syr. —coºl to be
white, spec. with leprosy ; Chald. prºs
to be bright, shining, pºrta bright, shin-
ing. Comp. Tº –Hence
Pººl m. vitiligo alba, white scurf
morphew, an efflorescence on the skin,
not uncommon in the East, consisting
of spots of a palish white, rinz ninrìà
nixº, resembling the leprosy, but
harmless, and neither contagious nor
e -º
hereditary. Lev. 13, 39. Arab. Gé
ap. Avic. See more in Thes. p. 183.
Sk +: obsol. root, Arab. sº & to shine,
to be bright, trop. to be conspicuous.
Fthiop, ſløU to be light, bright, ſlē KJ
light, ſ\C9% a light, luminary. The
primary idea lies in being tremulous,
glittering, glancing; comp. Brº.—Hence
**Hz and
nº f. plur. nihri, a brightness,
i. e. a spot in the skin, for the most part
white. When such a spot is lower than
the rest of the skin, and has in it white
hairs, it is a symptom of the oriental
leprosy, Lev. 13, 2–4, 18–23, 24–28.
Otherwise it is harmless, whether it be
a scar, or arise from a burning, or from
the morphew, Priš, ib. v. 38. 39–Jahn
wrongly supposes the word nº to be
the name of a particular disease, the
is ºwn of Hippocrates; Archaeol. I. § 215.
Different is prº bohak q. v. the name of
a particular disease consisting of whitish
Spots.
* Nºla, praet. Nă, once º Mileſ fo
H5NF. 1 Sam. 25, 8; imp. Nin, Nº. twice
Fish Milél 1 Sam. 20, 21. 1 K. 13 7; inf
Nia, once Fish Milra 1 K. 14, 2; fut,
Ni-y, Nºl, once in?" 1 K. 12, 12 Cheth
with He parag. and suff, sometimes
irreg, Hrºšºr) Deut. 33, 16, insºn Job
22, 21, *nsºr, Keri ris-r, 1 Sam. 25,
34; see Index at the end of the volume,
1. to go or come in, to enter; Ethiop
ſlºh id. Arab. alº to return. Kin-
dred is SU, coèundi sensu. Correspond-
ing are Sanscr. va to go, Gr. 360,
whence 3vivo, vado, see signif. Ilo. 3,
which although less frequent is perhaps
the primary one. Opp. Nº Josh. 6, 1.
1 K. 15, 17.-The place into which one
goes, as a house, city, country, ship, is
put with a Gen. 19,8. Deut. 23, 25, 26;
bs Gen. 6, 18, 7, 1, 19, 3; h Esth. 6, 4;
with He local Gen. 12, 11. 14; and poet.
c. acc. Ps. 100, 4. Lam. 1, 10, comp. Lat.
‘ingredi urbem;’ whence Gen. 23, 10.18
inns hºu; "Sº those entering the gates
of his city. Prov. 2, 19.—The person to
whom one enters, is put with SS Gen. 6,
20. 7, 13; with 3, to enter into e.g. one's
body, Ez. 2, 2 nº- *: Nzº the spirit
entered into me (comp. uévos ūrūgo.g
£o ozstav Il. 17. 157). 2 K. 18, 21. —
Spec, a) Huis-SS Nia to go in unto a
gºoman, an euphemism for sexual inter-
course, Gen. 6, 4, 16, 2. 30, 3; rarely
with by Gen. 19, 31. Arab. EU, and SU:
id. b) to go or come into the house of a
husband, spoken of a bride. Josh. 15, 18.
Judg. 1, 14; with SS Dan. 11,6. Comp.
Hiph. no. 1. c) by cºujºn Ria to enter
into judgment with any one, i. e. to bring
before a tribunal, to arraign, Is. 3, 14.
Job 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2. d) sing ns's to
go out and come im, to go out and in, spo.
ken of one’s daily walk and life, 1 Sam
29, 6. Deut. 28, 6. Ps. 121,8. Different
is to go out and come in before the peo-
ple, i. e. to lead out a people to war,
spoken of a military leader, commander
Num. 27, 17. 1 Sam. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 1
10; also without ºr ºth Josh. 14, 11.
1 K. 3, 7; comp. Deut. 31, 2 of Moses
Comp. Hiph, e); Nia to enter in with
any one, i. e. to have intercourse with
Josh. 23, 7. 12. Hence nºs: Niz, et c
Nº-l
Nº.
117
Aco mºs, to enter into an oath, see
nºs, nºnia into a covenant, see nºz;
tion to enter into the secret counsels
of allv one, to become his confederate,
Gen. 49, 6. With BS, Gen. 15, 15
*niaş-BS Nia to gº unto one's fathers,
1. q to be gathered to one’s ſathers, to
enter into Sheol; see Fos Niph. f.) to
enter upon an office, duty, 1 Chr. 27, 1.
Opp. Nº. 2 K. 11, 9, g) to enter sc.
into his chamber Ps. 19, 6, spoken of the
sun, i. q to go down, to set, Sept. 650.
Gen. 15, 12, 17. 28, 11. al. Opp. Nº.
h) to come in, spoken of the annual pro-
duce of the earth, to be brought in, to be
gathered, Lev. 25, 22; hence of profits,
revenues, to come in, to he rendered,
| K. 10, 14, 2 Chr. 9, 13. Comp. Hsian.
Opp. Nº to go out, to be expended.
2. to cone, very often in O. T. Opp.
Tºri, Gen. 16, 8, 1 Sam. 20, 21. 22. Ecc.
5, 15. With by of pers, or place Gen.
37, 23; by Ex. 18, 23; 19 2 Sam. 16, 5;
* 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 18; also acc. and
hence Lam. 1, 4 Tºº "s: those coming
to the festival. Often of inanimate things,
Gen. 43, 23. Job 37, 9, 38, 11; espec. of
time, Jer. 7, 32. Ecc. 2, 16; whence
D"När, the coming days, adv. in the time
to come, Is. 27, 6; comp. Hr.S. Spec.
a) H. Nia to come with any thing, i. e. to
bring it, to offer, see a B. 2. 1 K. 13, 1.
Ps 66, 13. Ecc. 5, 2 an: Bibrin sº a
Tº for a dream brings much ado, i. e.
many and empty matters. Ps. 71, 16
*s ninzº, sins I will come with the
nighty deeds of the Lord, i. e. I will re-
ount and celebrate them; parall, hºs.
Comp. Pers. J° > to bear and to nar-
rate ; also Lat. ferumt. b) Nah Ty lit.
even unto the coming, whlil one come,
Judg. 3, 3, and ellipt, Nah Num, 13, 21.
34, 8, for even unto, usque ad, in geogra-
phical descriptions. The same is isã-19
until thou comest Gen.19,22; Tºsa, Tsä,
id. Gen. 10, 19. 30, 13.10. c.) With 19,
to come to a place or person Ex. 22,8; and
metaph. to reach or attain unto any one,
be equal to, 2 Sam. 23, 19; by 2 Sam.
23,23 Arab el to be equal, like; comp.
Germ. gleichkommen. d) to come upo'e
any one, to fall upon unexpectedlv,
*.g. of an enemy, to attack, Gen. 34, 2*
1 Sam. 12, 12. Job 15, 21; of calamity
Job 20, 22. In prose for the most par
constr. c. by Gen. 1 Sam. II. cc. by Gen
32, 8; in poetry with acc. and h Job
3, 25. Is. 47, 9. Rarely spoken of good,
something desired, c. 53 Josh. 23, 15
acc. Job 22, 21. Ps. 119, 41.77. Arab
º
Ušic, acc. to come upon any one, to fall
upon. e) i. q to come to pass, to be
fulfilled, accomplished, e.g. of desire,
Prov. 13, 12; espec. of prophecies 1 Sam.
9, 6. Deut. 13, 2, 18, 22. Judg. 13, 12; of
a sign given by a prophet, 1 Sam. 10, 7.
Opp. BE.2, au). () niou); Nia to come
with their names, i. e. to be enumerated
by name, 1 Chr. 4, 38.
3. Rarely simpl. to go, i. q. Tºr, the
place whither being usually expressed.
Gen. 37, 30 sq ºs ngs whither shall I
go 2 whither turn myself. Gen. 15, 17.
Jon. 1, 3 he found a ship Gºuinn -is:
going to Tarshish. Is. 7, 24. 22, 15. Num.
32, 6. Job 2, 11. With dat, pleon. Th
1 Sam. 22, 5.-Metaph. to walk, to live,
1. q. Tºri, Tºrinn; so with ns and by
'with any one, i. e. to have intercourse
with, to associate with, Ps. 26, 4. Prov.
22, 24.
Hiph. Nºrſ, 2 pers, risian, c. suff.
ºr sºn Ps. 66, 11, Bºrsºr Ez. 23, 22;
more freq. ºr sºn, Tºrs-àn, Bºnsºri;
plur. Ens: Lev. 23, 10, and Ensºn
1 Sam. 16, 17; inf. Nººri, once ºr Ruth
3, 15, with pref. Nºrth, twice Nº. 2 Chr.
31, 10. Jer. 39, 7; ſut. Sº, say, with
N dropped "ES 1 K. 21, 29 ; causat. of
Kal in most of its significations.
1. to cause to come in, i. e. to lead or
bring in, e.g. into a house Gen. 43, 17,
a ship Gen. 6, 19; a land Ex. 6,8. Spec.
a) to bring home a wife Judg. 12, 9, see
in Kalno. 1. b. b) tº sººn to bring
into judgment, i. e. before a tribunal,
Job 14, 3. Ecc. 11, 9, see in Kal no. 1. c.
c) Nºrth NTsiri to lead out and in a peo-
ple i.e. to and from war, spoken of a king
or other military leader, Num. 27, 17.
1 Chr. 11, 2; see in Kal no. 1. d. d)
Also to cause the sun to go down, to set,
Am. 8, 9; see Kal no. 1. g. e.) Spoken
of inanimate things, e. g. to bring in
fruits, produce, i, q, to bring home, to
gather, 2 Sam. 9, 10; to bring or bear
in, Sept. siggégo, Gen. 27, 10. Lev 4 »
Fºl
D'l-
118
16. to put in, to insert, e.g. the hand in-
to the bosom Ex. 4, 6; staves or poles
into rings Ex. 25, 14. 26, 11.
2. to bring to any one, to lead up, pr.
of persons or animals; with SS or to
any one, Gen. 2, 19. 22.43, 9, 44, 32; to
let Come, i. e. to call for, to admit, Esth.
5, 10. 12. Also of things inanimate: a)
to bring to any one, Gen. 27, 10. 30, 14.
31, 39. 33, 11. 2 Chr. 9, 10. Gen. 37, 2
Erºss-bs nº prº-rs sº he brought
to their father an evil report concerning
them. b) i. q to offer, e. g. a present
1 Sam.9, 7. 25, 27; a sacrifice Gen. 4, 4.
c) With by to bring upon one any evil,
destruction, e. g. the deluge Gen. 6, 17;
calamity Jer. 4, 6, 5, 15. More rarely
with Jer. 15, 8, and by 32, 42. d) to
bring to pass, to fulfil, to accomplish, e.g.
on 3 swords, purpose, a prophecy, Is. 37,
26.46, 11. Jer. 39, 16. Comp. Kal no. 2. e.
3. to bring with oneself, to bear, to
carry away, 2 Chr. 36, 7. Dan. 1, 2.
Sept. &rtoq,890. Hence a) Simpl. to
bear, to carry, i. q. Nº. Job 12, 6 who
carries his god in his hand, see in Hibs
no. 1, p. 54. Ps. 74, 5 Hººgh sººz
nizºp ... as one who beareth upward
aaces, i.e. lifteth up, as a wood-cutter.
b) to bring back, to let return ; comp.
Arab. alº to return, IV to let return.
Deut. 33, 7 hear, Jehovah, the voice of
Judah, Hesnan inx-bs, and bring him
back unto his people. c) to bring away
any thing, i. e. to get, to acquire, comp.
Arab. •ue c. - . Ps. 90, 12 55% sº
Fºr that we may acquire a heart of
wisdom, a wise heart.
HoPh. sºn 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1,
to be led or brought in, Gen. 43, 18. Ps.
45, 15; to be brought in, Lev. 10, 18. 2 K.
12, 10 sq. to be put in, inserted, Ex. 27, 7.
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be brought
or led to any one, Lev. 13, 2.9. 14, 2;
to be brought to any one, Gen. 33, 11.
Deriv, Hsa, Rizº, also sº, Tsºr.
** a root usually assumed for the
orms===; and H+3; which belong rather
or. 533 q. V.
* 7:3, fut. Thay, to despise, to contemn;
kindr. is nº. The primary idea is i. q.
bha q. v. to tread under foot, which also
s put for contempt, comp. Prov. 27, 7.—
Jonst'. c. acc Prov. 1.7; oftener c. *
Prov. 11, 12. 13, 13. 14, 21. 23,9. Cant.8
1.7. Prov. 6, 30 nº hiha, Nº men do not
despise a thief, i. e. do not overlook his
crime and let him go unpunished; comp.
30, 17. In Zech. 4, 10 Ta is read in prat,
3 pers. for 13, as if from 113.
Deriv. the two following:
Tº m 1, contempt, Job 12, 5. 31, 34
2. Buz, pr. m. a.) The second son cº
Nahor Gen. 22, 21; also as the name of
a people and district of Arabia Deserta
Jer. 25, 23. Gentile n. is "thi Buzite
Job 32, 2. b) 1 Chr. 5, 14.
Tº f. contempt, meton. one con.
temned, collect. despised ones Neh. 3, 36
[4, 4].
"Tºº (pr. a Buzite, see in tha no. 2. a,)
pr. n. Buzi, a priest, the father of the
prophet Ezekiel, Ez. 1, 3.
"33, Bavai, pr. m. m. of Persian origin
i. q. "33, Neh. 3, 18.
>k Tºº not used in Kal, prob, to roll up
to involve, to entangle, and hence to per-
~, -8
plear, comp. Tºš, Júl and Teri to turn,
to turn about, Arab. Juº to be confused
and perplexed, e. g. a business, Jº to
entangle oneself in evil.
Niph. Tia;, Part, plur. E"2: Ex. 14,
3; to be perpleared, disquieted, Esth. 3
15; to wander in perpleavity, in perturba,
tion, Joel 1, 18. Ex. l. c.
Deriv. Hºax.
ºn m. (ſor bi-º, r. b3?) 1. Pr. rain.
see the root no. 1; hence as the name
of the eighth Hebrew month, Bul, i. e.
rainy month, from the new-moon of No-
vember to that of December, 1 K. 6, 38
2. produce, increase, i. q. ITShari, Job
40, 20.-Hence Is. 44, 19 yx bha stock or
trunk of wood, as in Chaldee.
* Dº obsol. root, prob. to be high,
whence Tº high place, q. v. This
root is not found in the other Semitic
dialects, (yet see Syr. išare I Sam. 10
23 Pesh.) but obvious traces of it are
extant in the languages of the Indo-
european family; as Pers. -U, top of any
thing, roof; 3oués altar, 'tum ilus, and
(3oiniog hill; pomus, of tall trees; and in
the Teutonic tongues Bom, Boom Baltin
ma
ºl-
119
sk lºa with its deriv. see in jºi.
*** (discretion) pr. n. m. Buñah,
Chr. 2, 25.
*** see ºa.
* Cºil fut. ona, to tread down, to
'rample under foot, e. g. in neglect and
Sontempt, Prov. 27, 7. Also to trample
in pieces, to stamp upon enemies, i. e.
utterly to subdue them, Is. 14, 25. 63, C.
Ps. 44, 6, 60, 14. Part. Encia Zech. 10,
5,-The idea of treading is expressed in
many languages by the syllable pat va-
riously inflected; e.g. Sanscr. pati way,
pad, pada, foot, path to go; Zend peth0,
pâte, a path, (Pers. lº ſoot,) Gr. tºros,
twréo, and toi's for Troös, gen. Troöös,
Lat. pes, pelis, also petere, Low Germ.
padden, pedden, i. q. Tºrsiv, Pfad, Engl.
path, also to pad, lo pat; in Heb. t being
changed to a sibilant, pas, bas. In the
kindred sense of stamping in, cramming,
is bes; in that of despising, Thä, Fiji,
like Gr. Trotéo, Il. 4. 157. Comp. also
hºº!, Fetº.
PIL. opia to tread down a place, land,
i. e. to lay waste, with the accessory
idea of pollution, profanation, Jer. 12,
10. Is. 63, 18. Comp. x0 to Totòiv i. Q.
683)}otiv 1 Macc. 3, 45. 51. Rev. 11, 2;
also bºn.
HoPH. part. oººo trodden under foot,
e.g. a corpse, Is. 14, 19.
HITHPAL opiann to be cast forth to
be trodden under foot, Ez. 16, 6. 22.
Comp. oºhnn.
Deriv. righan, righ-ri, and pr. m. bha.
* 2°3, a root not in use, which with
kindr. Hya, ya;. signifies to swell, and is
then variously applied, e.g. to water as
boiling up, gushing forth ; to ulcers and
pustules as breaking forth, rising in the
skin. Hence ryayas.
•y'a obsol. root, i. q. Arab. U33
mid. Ye, to be white, c. acc. to surpass
in whiteness; II to make white ; IX
And XI to be of a white colour; whence
15.
9 • C) t º º
JẠwhite, bright. Kindr, are Chald.
yas, Yay, Yºsh, stannum, tin; also
tjia. Comp. also Pers. &#32 white
bright, Germ. weiss, High Germ. biess
Hence Tº egg, and
Yºº m. byssus, also cloth of byssus, so
called from its whiteness; see r. Yaz
and Rev. 19, 8, 14; comp. also further in
Thesaur. p 190. Spoken of the finest
and most precious stuffs, as worn by
kings 1 Chr. 15, 27, by priests 2 Chr. 5,
12, and by other persons of high rank or
honour Esth. 1, 6, 8, 15. The word is
of Aramaean origin, and is therefore used
spec. of the Syrian byssus Ez. 27. 16,
which seems to be there distinguished
from the Egyptian byssus or ujūj ib. v.
7. Elsewhere it seems not to differ
from uitº, and is often put for it in the
later Hebrew, 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 3, 14;
comp. Ex. 26, 31. So tº a and Chald.
yha in O. and N. T. for Heb. Gu, and
Gr. 600 gog.—After long inquiry and dis-
pute, whether the cloths of byssus were
of linen or cotton, (see Celsii Hierobot.
II. 167 sq. Forster de Bysso antiquor.
Lond. 1776,) recent minute investiga-
tions at London with the aid of the
microscope have decided the contro-
versy so far as relates to cloths found
around Egyptian mummies, and shown
that the threads are linen. See Wil-
kinson's Manners and Cust. of the Anc,
Egyptians, III. p. 115.
Yº (shining, glittering, from 933.
to shine) Bozez, pr. n. of a rock near
Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 4.
* pha i. q. pp: , to empty; hence
Hºan, and
TP* f emptiness, i. e. desolation, de-
vastation, comp. pp.3. Once Nah. 2, 11
Hpºn ripha intens. for uttermost deso-
lation, like risºn. Hsü, rigº rigº,
from the roots Niuj, Souj.
TP"a pr: a herdsman, keeper of car.
tle, denom, from nº q. v. In a wider
sense also of a shepherd, Am. 7, 14,
comp. v. 15. Vulg. armentarius, which
is like comprehensive ; comp. Virg.
Georg. 3. 344.
I. Tha and "a m. (for Na, -sz, r.
ns: ,) plur. nina. a 3
1. a pit, Arab. $5%, 1 Sam. 13, 6.
1 Chr 11, 22. .
2. Spec. & cistern, Gen. 37, 20 sq.
pºst nină cisterns hewn, sc. in the
rock, Deut. 6, 11. Cisterns when with
-]-,
120 7-l
out water were often used as prisons,
Zech. 9, 11. Jer. 38, 6 sq.-Hence
3. i. q. a prison, dungeon, Is. 24, 22;
more fully nian nº Jer. 37, 16. Ex.
12, 29.
4, a sepulchre, the grave; freq. in the
phrase hia-"Thin those who go down to
the sepulchre, i.e. the dead, Ps. 28, 1.30,
4, 88, 5. Is. 38, 18. 14, 19 -ºs-bs "Thin
*in who go down to the stones of the sepul-
chre, i. e. those laid in costlier sepulchres
hewn in the rock. Tia Ty even to the se–
pulchre Prov. 28, 17. Is. 14, 15-in-ºnzº
the recesses of the sepulchre.
II. Tia alkali, see Ha II.
* -º-, i. q. ºnº, to search out, to eaca-
mine, to prove, once Ecc. 9, 1 inf. *-*;
comp. 3, 18 Bºh.
Sk tºia, praet. Bia, "ruja ; part, plur.
thusia; ſut. Jiaº.
1. to be ashamed, to feel shame. So
Chald. Syr. r13, 2* = } comp. also
anº * • 2 >
Arab. Cº-6-2 cº-6-2 to be astonished,
•
amazed, struck dumb ; Lat, pudere, pu-
dor. The primary idea seems not to lie
in blushing, but in paleness and terror,
thus kindr, with Yūz and nº. [Or rather
perh. to be hot, to glow, and then to blush,
comp. tºº —T.] Ezra 8, 22 bºugh "ruja
I was ashamed to ask. 9, 6. Once fol-
owed by a finite verb, Job 19, 3 nujan-Nºb
*-i-zrin ye are not ashamed, ye stun me,
i.e. shameless ye stun me. With 7% of
that of which one is ashamed, Ez. 36,32;
comp. 43, 10. 11.-Hence
2. Spec. to be disappointed in one’s
hope or expectation, which is often con-
joined with blushing and shame, Jer.
14, 3. Job 6, 20. Ascribed to enemies
and wicked men who are put to flight
aſter vain attempts, Ps. 6, 11. 25, 3. 31,
18. 35, 4. Also to persons oppressed
with sudden calamity, Jer. 15,9. 20, 11;
to husbandmen disappointed of their
harvest, Jer. 14, 4; comp. Is. 19, 9, and
tjºin. On the contrary, it is said those
who trust in God shall never be ashamed,
disappointed, Ps. 22, 6, 25, 2. 3. With
1% of that which disappoints the hope,
Jer. 2, 36.
3. Trop. of the mind, i. q. to be con-
fused perpleared, troubled; comp. Arab.
~gº. So espec. in the phrase ºia Tº,
Judg. 3, 25 they waited tºia is until
they were ashamed, i. e. perplexed, trou
bled. 2 K. 2, 17. -
4. Once apparently spoken of tha
which disappoints the hopes of any one
comp. nuja. Hos. 13, 15 iniph Ui-º his
fountain shall be ashamed, i.e. shall dry
up, comp. Jer. 14, 3; followed by anº.
But more prob, ujinº is here equivalent
to ºn". -
NoTE. This verb is frequent in po.
etry, and rare in prose; see in no. 2, 4.
Kal is not found in the Pentateuch; see
Hithpal.
PIL. Üuja to delay, pr. to shame or
disappoint a person waiting; constr. c.
inf. et : Ex. 32, 1. Judg. 5, 28. Comp.
ujia is Judg. 3, 25.
HipH. Jºan, 2 pers, ribºr.
1. to shame, to put to shame, to frus-
trate evil designs, i. q to disappoint,
Ps. 14, 6; so of God, Ps. 44, 8, 119, 31.
116.
2. to bring to shame, to disgrace, Prov.
29, 15.
3. Intrans. to do shameful things, to act
shamefully ; comp. Rºtºr, ºn. Part.
ujº shameful, base, wicked, opp. 5"xºn,
Prov. 10, 5, 14, 35. 17, 2. The idea of
wickedness includes also folly; and else-
where words signifying folly (bºb:
Hºº) are transferred to wickedness.
Fem. Hugº Prov. 12, 4, opp. ºr rugs
Note. Another form of Hiphil, Öhrin,
see under the root u}:.
HITHPAL. to be ashamed, Gen. 2, 25.
This seems to have been the prose form;
comp. in basnin, ºsnr.
Deriv. nºš, nuja, tºº, and
Tº f shame, Ps, 89,46. Ez. 7, 18.
Obad. 10. Mic. 7, 10.
* nº Chald. to pass the night, Dan,
6, 19. In Targg, often for jºb. Syr
Nº id, also to sojourn, to remain; Arab.
©US mid. Ye, Ethiop, ſhT, to pass the
night, to remain.—Hence is commonly
derived the word nº house; but see in
nºz.
73 m. (r. 113) c. suff. Fjæ, prey, spoil
booty, spoken of men and beasts carried
away in war, (elsewhere "au, ripº
Nº.
*n-
121
and also of goods or property plundered
by an enemy; Num. 14, 3. Jer. 15, 13.
49, 32. 12, 113, see in 114. Very fre-
quently in the phrase 73: Tºri to become
a mºry, to be carried off as spoil, Num.
14, 31. . Deut. 1, 39. Is. 42, 22; some-
times c. dat. Ez. 26, 5. 34, 28. Also
tº in: to give for prey, as spoil, Jer. 17,
*. Ez. 25, 7 Keri.
3k NJ; &Ito's Asyóu. Is. 18, 2 a people...
isºs pººr; sº Huys whose land rivers
rend, i.e. break up into parts, sº i. q.
*: ; or perh. divide up, sº i. q. Hyłż fr.
Chald, viz. to cleave. The allusion is
to Ethiopia ; see Comm. on Is. l. c.
»k ITſ; i. q tha, to despise, to contemn;
pr. to tread under foot, see tº, bha,
Constr. c. acc. Num. 15, 31. Ps. 22, 25.
102, 18; more rarely with # 2 Sam. 6, 16,
and (suitably to the primary idea) by
Neh. 2, 19. Opp. Tº 1 Sam. 2, 30. Also
Prov. 19, 16 tº nyin he that despiseth
his ways, i.e. overlooks them, lives heed-
lessly. Esth.3,6 T. nº tº tº and
he despised to lay hands on Mordecai
alone, i. e. this was too little. Ps. 73, 20.
NIPH. part. Tº despised, contemned,
Is, 53, 3. Ps. 15, 4.
HIPH. i. Q. Kal, Esth. 1, 17.
Deriv. Tiºja, pr.m. Hyni-ja, nº, also
T7:... verbal adj. of the intrans. or pass.
form, despised, contemmed. Is. 49, 7 "nt:
tº despised of men, i. q. Es "ht: Ps. 22,7.
Tº i. q. Ta (r. 113) prey, booty, found
only in the later Hebrew; comp. Aram.
|212. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 28, 14. Ezra, 9, 7.
Neh. 3, 36. Esth. 9, 10 sq. Dan. 11, 24.
33. Often joined with the synon. Sº
and "au.
*Triº, plur. Atti, º, once bila; inf.
ſh, ſut. Tay; to prey upon, to spoil, i. e. to
size as prey, to plunder. Arab. º s Conj.
, VIII. Alam. 113, *, id. The primary
aotion seems to be that of pulling in
pieces, scallering ; comp. the kindred
roots Nyā, p13, nº. Hence Chald. Tara
to squander, to dissipate, from which is
commonly derived natº gif, q.v.–
Wonstrued : a) Absol. Num, 31, 53.
, Sam. 14, 36. b) With acc of the
prey, to seize as prey, to carry off as
spoil, Gen. 34, 29. Num. 31, 9. Deut. 2
35. 3, 7, 13, TI3 to prey the prey, i. e. to
take the prey, Is. 10, 6. 33,23; º; 113
id. 2 Chr. 28,8. c) With acc. of a city,
country, persons, Gen. 34,27. Ez. 39,10.
2 K. 7, 16. 2 Chr. 14, 13. Is. 42. 22.
NIPH. Taº, plur. Hº, inf. and fut. Tian,
Tiaº, to be spoiled, plundered, pass. of Kal
lett. c. Amos 3, 11. Is. 24, 3.
PUAL. id. Jer. 50, 37.
Deriv. 12, Hºà.
ſing: m. (r. Fiji) contempt, Esth. 1, 18.
Hºnºra (contempt of Jehovah) Biz-
jothfah, pr. m. of a place in the south of
Judah, Josh. 15, 28.
>}: PT: , osol. root, prob. to scatter, to
disperse, like Syr. -*. The Arab.
U}} is to spit, to sow seed; also to rise,
as the sun, pr. to scatter his rays; in
which sense of radiating, coruscating, it
would seem to be kindr, with pha; for
the interchange of 1 and n, see under ºn.
Hence
P!: m. &tas Asyóu. Ez. 1, 14, i. q. p73,
lightning, flash of lightning. So all the
ancient versions; also Abulwalid and
Kimchi.
Pſ: (lightning) Bezek, pr. n. of a Ca
naanitish city, whose king was Adoni,
bezek, Judg. 1, 4 sq. 1 Sam. 11, 8. As
to its site, see Studer on Judg. l. c.
>k -13 to scatter, to disperse, to dissi-
pate, i. q. htº, Dan. 11, 24. Arab. jº
Conj. II, and j93, to sow seed; comp.
Aram. - 13.
PIEL, to scatter enemies, to put to flight,
Ps. 68, 31.
SºTB Biztha, pr. n. of a eunuch in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Perh. i. q,
Pers. XX w.” beste ligatus sc. membro, i.e
Spado. $
Tinº m. verbal adj. i. q. ina, a trier of
metals, assayer, Jer. 6, 27. R. Trìà .
7/73 m. (Dag. impl.) a watch-tower
tower, built by a besieging army, Is. 23,
13 Keri. R. Tris, no. 2.
ºnº m. plur. phºna, constr. **nn,
(after the form Bhºp, Dag. f. impl. to
distinguish it from Ennini,) a youth
11
Tri-
ºn-
122
young man, pr. a chosen youth, i. e.
choice, one in the prime of manhood, etc.
See part. "Anā in r. ºr 3 no. 2. Or per-
haps the signif. may be derived from the
- R5
kindr. her no. 3, whence Arab. 2 K-3 vir-
gin.—E. g. Judg. 14, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 16.
It denotes pr. a young man of ripe vi-
gour, but unmarried, Ruth 3, 10. Is. 62,
5; often joined with Hºr: Deut. 32,25.
Lam. 1, 18. 2, 21. al. Spec. young mem
for young warriors, Is. 9, 16. 31, 8. Jer.
18, 21. 49, 26. 51, 3. Am. 4, 10. Comp.
nº and bº.
ninna See bºrº.
jº Is. 23, 13 Cheth. see Thria.
"Tº m. (r. -r]:\) verbal adj. chosen,
elect, &Msztós, found only in the phrase
Hinº ºria the chosen of Jehovah, spoken
of Saul, 2 Sam. 21, 6; of Moses, Ps. 106,
23; of the people of Israel, Is. 43, 20.45,
4, parall. Fijri. Tº ; of pious men and
prophets, or of the Messiah, Is. 42, 1.
Plur. of the righteous Is. 65, 9. 15. 22.
Ps. 105, 43.
.# briz I. i. q. 593 no. 3, with 3, to
loathe, to abhor ; comp. Syr. it...a hav-
ing nausea, sick at the stomach. Zech.
11, 8 ºn nºr: Duše: their soul abhorred
me.—This signification may be drawn
either from the kindr. 3 B23, or also
from Tris and 3 hrſ: in the sense of re-
jecting.
II. i. Q. Arab. Js: to be greedy, avari-
cious. Hence PUAL Prov. 20, 21 Cheth.
nºrth; nºn: wealth greedily gotten. See
Schult. Animadv. ad h. l. The ancient
versions express the sense of the Keri
nºn-z).
2k Trà fut. Triº 1. to try, to prove, to
out to the test, espec. metals, like the
ynon. Fºx; Jer, 9 6. Zech. 13, 9. Ps.
26, 10. Metaph. Job 23, 10 Brºz ºr 3
Rss let him try me. I shall come forth as
gold; also neglecting the primary force,
Job 12, 11 ran irº IIs Nºr doth not
*e ear try words 2 34, 3, a) Oſten of
God as trying the hearts or minds of
men, I's. 7, 10. 17, 3. Prov. 17, 3. Ps. 81,
8; espec. by scnding calamities upon
them, Job 7, 18. b) Of men as proving
or tempting God i, q. Tº , i.e. by doubt,
unbelief, Mal. 3, 10. 15. Ps. 95, 9.—
Chald. Tria, Syr. ***, to try, to exa
mine. The Arabic in this sense hat
Jºs Conj. I, VIII, G-2 and tº being
interchanged ; pr. to rub, to rub upon,
and hence to try metals, sc. by rubbing
them upon the lapis Lydius or touch
stone, Gr. 6&govog.
2. to keep a look-out, to watch ; whence
Triº, Tana, watch-tower.
NIPH. to be tried, proved, Gen. 42, 15,
16. Job 34, 36.
Pual raid. Ez. 21, 18 inh ºr for it
is tried, i.e. trial is made, comp. Schnur-
rer ad h. 1. Sept. §tt ösöuzolotov. Others
take Yrik as a moun, for trial sc. is made.
Deriv. the two following, and Tina,
lºna, ºria.
773 m. a watch-tower, tower, see the
root no. 2. Is, 32, 14 Trºy bºy the hil.
(Ophel) and the tower upon it; prob, the
tower upon the hill Ophel mentioned in
Neh. 3, 26. 27.
775 m. trial, proof. Is. 28, 16 ºria as
a tried stone, i. e. proved and found suit-
able for a foundation-stone. Ez. 21, 18,
see in r. r13 Pu.
Sk -n. ſut. *rīs. 1. to prove, I q. to
try, to eacamine; like Syr. **, i.g. Hebr.
irº. We place this signification first,
although it is rare and mostly ſound only
in the later Hebrew ; since trial must
precede choice. The primary idea is
either that of rubbing upon the lapis
Lydius or touch-stone, so as then to be
i. q. Tº q. v. or else it lies in cutting in
pieces and scrutinizing, comp. **, np:
no. 1. Corresponding are Gr. Itsgºw,
Lat. perior, whence experior, comperior,
periculum, peritus.-Is. 48, 10 Trºn:
*** *-* I have proved thee in the fur-
mace of affliction. Job 34. 4. 2 Chr. 34
6, where the Chethibh is to be thus read
tri-nā ºri: he proved their houses, i. e.
examined the houses of the idolaters.
2. to approve, i. Q. to choose, to select.
Comp. Arab/s VIII to choose out the
Ç Ç
...~ 3 - ...-92
best, to take the best part; sys. sys
thing selected, chosen.—Job 9, 14, 15,
29, 25. Often c. dat. 5% to choose for one
self Gen. 13, 11. F.X. 17, 9. Josh. 24, 15,
*
ºnrº,
nº-
123
The thing chosen is put in the accus.
see the examples already quoted ; also
more freq. with 3, (comp. A B. 4.) Deut.
7, 6, 14, 2. 18, 5. Num. 16, 5, 17, 20.
1 Sam. 10, 24. 16, 8, 9. al. Once with
Bs as marking desire, see by no. 4, Job
36, 21; also ſº implying preference, Ps.
84, 11.—Part ºria, plur. constr. ºnºria
1 Sam. 26, 2. a) chosen, select, Ex. 14,
7. b) choice, earcellent, Cant. 5, 15.
3. to choose, i. Q. to like, to delight in, to
desire ; c, acc. Gen. 6, 2. Is. 1, 29. 2 Sam.
15, 15 º's ºrº-nu's BB2 according to
all that my lord shall please. Prov. 1, 29.
3, 31; : Is. 14, 19sºa is -rºl and
he will yet delight in Israel. Zech. 1, 17.
3, 2; h 1 Sam. 20, 30, where yet many
Mss. read 3. Once praegn. with by of
pers. 2 Sam. 19, 39 why -nin-nºs $2
Tºrniºs whatsoever thou shalt desire to
lay upon me, that I will do for thee.
NIPH. 1. to be chosen, i. e. to be wor-
thy of choice, with 7% to be better, rather
to be chosen, Jer. 8, 3.—Part. "rº cho-
sen, choice, earcellent. Trº Fº choice
silver Prov. 10, 20. 8, 10. 19 ; with 7%
choicer than, rather to be chosen, better,
Prov. 16, 16. 22, 1.
2. With *, to be chosen by any one,
i. e. to be acceptable, pleasing to him,
Prov. 21, 3.
PUAL to be chosen, selected, only Ecc.
9, 4 Chethibh.
Deriv. ºria, nºna, ninºna, ºriº,
hirinº, pr. n. *rº, and the two here
following: e
Bºrlä (young men's village) Bahu-
rim, a small town of Benjamin, beyond
the Mount of Olives; Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. 103. n. 3.−2 Sam. 3, 16. 16, 5.
17, 18. 19, 17. 1 K. 2, 8.—Hence Simonis
derives the gentile n. *ºnna Baharu-
mile 1 Chr. 11, 33; and with the letters
transposed ºrna 2 Sam. 23, 31.
Dºnna (aſter the form pººl) m. plur.
Num. 11, 28, and nnnna Ecc. 11, 9.12,
l, youth, youthful age. Comp nºn: .
* Nº and Titº, i. q +13 II, Barro-
loysiv, blaterare, to babble, i. e. to talk
idly, unadvisedly, onomatop. like the
Greek, Latin, and English words. Part.
h;ia an idle talker, babbler, Prov. 12, 18.
PIE1, 1d. Lev. 5, 4. Ps, 186, 33. In
both these passages Bºnº is added
intensively, see Hºnºu, in nº no. 1.
Deriv. Nº.
* I. Tº: 1. to trust, to confide, to
place hope and confidence in any one.
Chald, and Samar. id. but rare. Arab
3 to throw one down upon his back,
to throw in his face; whence Heb. A nº
perh, pr: ‘to cast oneself or one's cares
upon any one ;’ comp. by Bº Ps. 22, 9.
—With a Prov. 11, 28. Ps. 28, 7; by 2
K. 18, 20. 21. 24; PS Ps. 4, 6, 31, 7.
With dat, pleon, Jer. 7, 4 ºnwar-bs
-pun wº-bs 53% trust not for Ayour-
selves in lying words. v. 8. 2 K. 18, 21.
Rarely in this sense absol. Job 6, 20;
but often
2. Absol. to be confident, i. e. to be se-
cure, without fear, Judg. 18, 7. 10, 27.
Jer, 12, 5. Job 40, 23 ſºn: nº-º: rig:
*T*E*bs he feareth not, though Jordan
break forth over his mouth, i. q. Engl.
over his head. Prov. 11, 15 p"spin ship
nºš he that hateth suretyship is sure,
i.e. secure, has nothing to fear. Opp.
Sinº sº. Further: a) In a good sense,
of the trust and security of the righteous,
Is, 12, 2. Prov. 28, 1. Job 11, 18. b) In
a bad sense, of those who place trust .
and confidence in the things of this
world, and have no fear of God nor of
his punishments, Is. 32, 9, 10. 11. Prov.
14, 16. Comp. Tsuj, Tºuj, Tºuj.-Part.
Tho: trusting, confiding, in an active
signif. Is. 26, 3 rºta T= *z for he is
trusting in thee. Ps. 112, 7.
HipH. fut. apoc. nº. 1. to cause to
trust, to persuade to trust, with BS and
59, Is. 36, 15. Jer. 28, 15. 29, 31.
2. Absol. to make secure, without fear,
Ps. 22, 10.
Deriv. rºa, nrita, Tinga, nint:a,
nº-2.
* II. Tº transp. i. q. n=3, 2 *-i- )
to cook, to ripen; whence rººs a me-
lon, where see more.
Tº m. (r. Hº: I) 1. trust, confidence,
2.s adv. confidently, boldly, Gen. 34, 25.
2. security, fearlessness, Is, 32, 17.—
Elsewhere always nº and nº adv.
a) in security, without danger, i.e. se.
curely, safely; so nº sus, nor aurº
nº-
124 --,
nº: Puj, to dwell securely, safely, 1 Sam.
12, i1. Lev. 25, 18. 19, 26, 5. Deut. 33,12.
b) securely, i. e. without fear, Mic. 2, 8;
also as implying too great security,
want of care and caution, Judg. 8, 11.
3. Betah, pr. m. of a city of Syria,
ich in brass, situated in the territory of
Hadadezer, 2 Sam. 8, 8. In the parall.
passage 1 Chr. 18, 8 written nriºt.
Tº f trust, confidence, Is. 30, 15.
7in7º m. trust, confidence, Is. 36, 4;
hope Ecc. 9, 4. R. Titº I.
nintº f. plur. Job 12, 6, security,
tranquillity. R. nº I.
* Sea to be vacant, comp. Tº ;
espec. to be free from labour; hence, to
cease, to rest from, Ecc. 12, 3. Arab.
Ja; and Ethiop, ſlſh A to be empty,
vain; more rarely, to cease.
Sºi Chald, id. Ezra 4, 24.
PA. to cause to cease, to hinder, to for-
bid, Ezra 4, 21. 23. 5, 5. 6, 8.
Sk Tº: obsol. root, pr. to be vacant,
empty, hollow, i. q. Sº, Jºlo. Hence
the three following:
jº, c. suff, *:::::, ſem. as being a
female member, see no. 2; comp. Arab.
© 5 and Lat. cunnus, both of which are
fem. for the same reason.
1. the belly, so called as being empty,
hollow; comp. Gr. xevedº, Agyan, kothio.
Arab. &la: id. Jé body, mostly dead
body, Ethiop. ſlº deadbody.—Spoken
of the external belly, both of man Cant.
7, 3, and of beast Job 40, 16. Mostly of
the internal belly, as the receptacle of
ibod Prov, 13, 25. 18, 20. Job 20, 20.
Rºcc. 11, 5. Ez. 3, 3.−Also as the place
the ſoftus, and hence
2. the womb, Gen. 25, 23.24. Tººn-12
adg. 13, 5, 7, Tºo Is. 48, 8.49, 1, and
more fully "As Tºº Ps. 22, 10. Judg.
‘5, 17, from the womb, i. e. as soon as
born ; hyperbol. i. q. from the tenderest
years Job 31, 18. Tº "hº fruit of the
womb, i.e., offspring, progeny, Gen. 30, 2.
Deut. 7, 13. Is. 13, 18. Mic. 6, 7, always
spoken of children already born, and not
of the ſoptus; also with gen. of the father,
Mic. l.c. Spoken of one child, "3ºz ha
son of my womb Prov. 31, 2, where the
suffix refers to the mother; but in Job
3, 10 "...tº my womb is for my mother's
womb. Also in Job 19, 17 tº: "º the
sons of my womb seem not to be the sons
of Job, for these had perished, 1, 19 comp.
29, 5; but prob. his uterine brothers,
&öslgol, comp. Ps. 69, 9.
3. Trop, the inmost part, i. q = p.
So Sisu. Tº the womb of Sheol, its deep-
est recesses, Jon. 2,3. Espec. the immost
part of man, where he thinks and feels,
like the heart ºreast, reins, etc. Job 15,
35. 32, 18. Prov. 22, 18. Tº ºr cham-
bers of the belly, depths of the heart,
Prov. 18, 8, 20, 27. 30, 26, 22. Hab. 3,
16 ºz. tanni and my bowels trembled.
Comp. xotAio, Ecclus. 51, 21. John 7, 38.
4. belly of a column, protuberance
1 K. 7, 20.
5. Belem, pr. m. of a place in Asher
Josh. 19, 25. Perh. valley, i. q. cº,
zotkóg.
tº plur. Gen. 43, 11, pistacia-nuts,
pistachios, a kind of nuts of an oblong
shape, so called from their form, which is
flat on one side and round or bellied on the
other. They grow on a tree resembling
the terebinth, Pistacia vera of Linn,
which is found in Syria, Plin. H. N. 13.
10. The kindred dialects have not this
9 o
word; but tº a, Rºtha, 3 Butm,
signify terebinth, i. e. Pistacia terebin-
thus of Linn. a tree often confounded
with the pistacia.
Fºtº (pistacias) Betonim, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 26.
* (for "sil, r. Hyº, as ºf for *:::)
entreaty, prayer, in common use in at -
cus. as a particle of entreaty, or rath, r
of asking leave; everywhere joined
with **s, *:Ts, pr. with entreaty, i. 1.
Engl. with leave, by permission. Gen. 44,
18 ºs ºs: -: Tº sº--ºr, ºis a
with leave, my lord, i. e. I beseech thee,
let mow thy servant speak one word in
my lord's ears. Ex. 4, 10. 13. Num. 12,
11. Josh. 7, 8, Judg. 6, 13.15. 13,8. 1 Sam,
1, 26. 1 K. 3, 17. 26. Also when severa.
speak, Gen. 43, 20 in: “is a nºr
*X" ºn" and they said, With leave, my
Zord, we came down indeed, etc. Of the
T-
ra
125
ancient versions, Sept. well 680/10t,
58ów890, Vulg. obsecro, oramus, Targg.
1933, Syr. asa= Judg. 13, 8 cwm roga-
tione, rogando ; all which correspond
exactly to the Heb. *z, and confirm
the etymology here proposed. Other
opinions see reviewed in Thes. p. 222.
* Tº praet. Firºz, Ps. 139, 2, also ſº
Dan. 10, 1, ºniº Dan. 9,2; inf. and imp.
7": ; ſut. "a", apoc. and conv. Tº, Tºº,
see note under Hiphil; pr. to separate,
to distinguish ; comp. Tºà, "A. and
Arab. &º mid. Ye intrans. to be sepa-
rate, distinct; metaph. Conj. I, W, X, to
be distinct, maniſest, easily discerned.
Hence to discern, to mark, to understand,
all which depend on the power of sepa-
rating, distinguishing, discriminating;
comp. xgivo Lat. cermo, intelligo for
inter-ligo, Germ. merken comp. Marke,
ºnx: , mp3, etc.—Spec.
1. to perceive, to discern, e. g. a)
With the eyes, i. q. to see, c. acc. Prov.
7, 7; a Neh. 13, 7; h Job 9, 11. 23, 8.
b) With the ears, i. q to hear, Job 23, 5.
Prov. 29, 19. c.) By the touch, i. q to
feel, of inanimate things, Ps. 58, 10.
2. As implying will, purpose, to mark,
to attend, to give heed to ; c. acc. Dan. 9,
2. 10, 1. Ps. 5, 2.94, 7. Deut. 32,7. Prov.
23, 1; with 3, which seems peculiar to
the later Hebrew, comp. in no. 1 above,
Ezra 8, 15. Dan. 9, 2.23; PS Ps. 28, 5;
73, 17. Job 14, 21. Deut. 32, 29. Is. 32,
4; by Dan. 11, 30.37; absol. Ps. 94, 7.
3. to discern mentally, to understand;
Dan. 12, 8 lºss Nº ºr yºu; I heard, but
I understood not. Is. 6, 9; with "æ 1 Sam.
3, 8. 2 Sam. 12, 19. Is. 43, 10.
4. To have understood, i. e. to know,
to be acquainted with, c. acc. Ps. 19, 13.
Job 38, 20; º Ps. 139, 2 tº "a to
know the right Job 32, 9. Prov. 28, 5.
nº "a Prov. 29, 7, comp. Hy"a wº.
5 Absol. to have understanding, to be
‘ntelligent, wise, Job 42, 3. 18, 2 be wise,
then will we speak. Hos. 4, 14. Part, plur.
="33, the wise, the prudent, Jer. 49, 7.
NIPH. Tin, to be intelligent, discreet,
knowing, Is. 10,13.—Part. Tin; as particip.
Adj. intelligent, discreet, knowing, often
joined with bºr, wise, Gen. 41, 33.39.
Deut. 1, 13. 4, 6. Is. 5, 21; opp. to words
signifying folly, Prov. 10, 13, 14, 33 li-
nº knowing of speech, eloquent, 1 Sam,
16, 18 -
PIL. jºia i. q. Kal no. 2. Deut. 32, 10
"nºia, rºb, he compassed him about
and gave heed to him.
HipH. "Bri, inf. Tºr, imp. Tºry, part
Tº ; see note below. .
1. Pr. causat. e. g. a) Causat. of Kal
no. 3, to cause to understand, i. e. to de-
clare, to eacplain, Dan. 8, 16.27. Neh. 8, 8
Nºnpºs ºn. b) Causat. of Kal no. 4.
to teach, to instruct, with acc. of pers.
Neh. 8, 9. Ps. 119, 34.73. 130. Is. 40, 14;
also with acc. of thing added, Ps. 119, 27
*::::::: Tºpº T' teach me the way of
thy precepts. Prov. 8, 5. Elsewhere also
with acc. of thing and dat. of pers. Job
6, 24. Dan. 11,33; and with acc. of pers.
and dat. of thing, Neh. 8, 7. Spoken
also of one who reveals future events,
Dan. 10, 14, c) Causat. of Kal no. 5,
to give understanding, to make intelli-
gent, Job 32, 8.
2. Like Kal, e. g. a) i. q. Kal no. 1,
to perceive, e. g. a rumour, report, Is. 28,
19. b) i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to give
heed, to attend to anything, with a Dan.
9, 23, 10, 11. Neh. 8, 12; by Ps. 33, 15;
absol. Dan. 8, 5. 17. c) i. q. Kal no. 3,
to discern mentally, to understand, 1 K,
3,9. d) i. q. Kal no. 4, to know, to be
acquainted with, Job 28, 23. Mic. 4, 12.
ns. Tº Dan. 1, 4. Prov. 1, 2, to be
knowing, skilled in any thing, c. 3
Dan. 1, 17; acc. Dan. 8, 23. Prov. 1, 6;
absol. Is. 29, 16. e) i. q. Kal no. 5, to
have understanding, to be wise, Is. 57, 1.
Part. Tº wise, intelligent, Prov. 8, 9. 17
10. 24, 28, 7. 11.
NotE. In the examples adduced under
no. 2, are found only the Praeter, Infin.
Imper. and Participle; which forms alone
can with certainty be referred to this
conjugation. The forms of the Fut.
jº, º, etc. we have assigned to Kal;
and only a few examples are found where
they have a causative power, e. g. Is.
28, 9.40, 14. Job 32, 8.
HITHPAL. Tianr. 1. pr. to show one-
self attentive, and hence for the most
part i. q. Kal no. 2, to mark, to attend,
to consider ; absol. Jer. 2, 10. 9, 16. Job
11, 11; c. 8s 1 K. 3, 21. Is. 14, 16; by
Job 31, 1. Ps, 37, 10; is Job 32, 12. 38
11%
Ta
}*-l
126
18; 3. Jer 30, 24. Job 30, 20, also, the
orce of the conjugation passing over to
a transitive sense, c. acc. Job 37, 14.—
WHence -
2. to perceive, e.g. with the ears, 1. q.
to hear, t. acc. Job 26, 14.
3. to have understanding, to be intelli-
gent, wise, pr. to show oneself intelligent,
Ps. 119, 100.
Deriv. Ta, Tā, Hºà, ar, Hºar,
and pr. n. 7">.
jº constr. Tº pr. subst. i. q. Arab.
9 a.
jº separation, interval, space inter-
posed, see Dual below; found only in
the constr. state T3, nij"3, and with
suffixes","ä, Tº", is":; also plur. Tºa,
**a, ººz, E="3"a, and ºniº, Bris-à.
In these forms it passes over into a Pre-
position.
1. between, betwiart, Lat. inter, Arab.
assº s . Bºris Tº between brethren Prov.
6, 19; thrº Tºa betwixt the bushes Job
30,7; Bº Tà between the eyes, i.e. upon
the forehead, see jºy no. 1. d. 7": ***N
between the Ulai, i.e. among its windings
and branches, Dan. 8, 16. Plur. nix": id.
Ez. 10, 7. After verbs of motion, i.d.-bs
jº, Judg.5,27.—In repetitions, between—
and, inter—et, we find Taº-Yº Gen. 26,
28. Ex. 11, 7. Josh. 22, 25; more rarely
h–7"a (pr. interval—even to) Gen. 1, 6.
Lev. 20, 25. Deut. 17, 8; jºb — ſº Is.
59, 2; ºn–7"a Joel 2, 17. Where it is
thus put after verbs of seeing, under-
standing, teaching, and the like, it gives
them the sense : to see, understand,
teach the difference between ; Mal. 3, 18
sº p-ºx Tº prº-sº ye shall discern
the difference between the righteous and
the wicked ; comp. 5–7"a sº. 2 Sam.
19, 36. Jon. 4, 11; B–"a ºn 1 K. 3,
h; H –Tº Hºin Ez. 44, 23.
2. within, Lat. intra. Job 24, 11 Tha
3rºus within their walls. Prov. 26, 13
ni-nºr. Tº within the streets, i. q. in the
streets; comp. Zech. 13, 6. Of time,
Neh. 5, 18 within ten days; comp. Arab.
43 cº-º.
3. Sometimesh – "a, and "ah-Ta,
are put disjunctively, i. q. whether—or,
‘ve—sive. 2 Chr. 14, 101-3 -is: Tº Ts
nº "sh an it is nothing with thee to help,
whether the strong or the weak ; pr. with
thee, O God, is no distinction in helping
between the strong and the weak. The
source of this idiom may be seen from
Lev. 27, 12 and the priest shall value it
(the beast) ºn Tººh -ito "a whether it
be good or bad, pr. deciding between the
good and the bad, Sept. sits zoºm, sits
oo:Trgº. 2 Sam. 19, 36. So in Rabbinic,
Th–7"> whether—or, as--so.
4. With other prepositions:
a) *a-bs pr. into-between, in amongst,
i.e. belween, after verbs of motion, Lat.
inter, c. acc. Ez. 31, 10.14; also nil-a-by
10, 2.
b) Tºà-by id. between, after a verb of
motion, Ez. 19, 11.
c) Tºñº from between, Fr. d’entre ;
Zech. 6, 1 there came out four chariots
t"nºr, ºu Thà? from between two moun-
tains. Ps. 104, 12 which sing Ense; "an
from between the branches, amid the foli-
age. Jer. 48, 45 Tirino Taº ellipt. from
the midst of the kingdom of Sihom.—So
tº 7-32 from between the feet, by
euphem. for from the womb ; Deut. 28,
57 the after-birth rººm Taº rsiºn
that cometh out from her womb ; comp.
Hom. Il. 19. 110 & 28, Šir ºwtt töðs
Téon ust& togul yvrozós. Also meton.
i. q. from the seed, offspring, posterity of
any one ; Gen. 49, 10 the sceptre shall
not depart... ºn "32 from his seed.
It is thus equivalent to Yºo, i-º-, "nº,
is hiº. Sept. §x 16m agón wirov, comp.
Gen. 46, 26.—Where two things are
mentioned, from between which anything
comes, Taº is repeated, "3%" — Tºº?
2 K. 16, 14. Ez. 47, 18.
d) + nix-a% between, in between, i. q
rix-a, Ez. 10, 2.6.7.
e) TE: in between Is. 44, 4; see : A. 6.
DUAL tº the interval between two
armies, ti, ustaizuto, Eurip. Phoen. 1285;
whence tº an ºns 1 Sam. 17, 4, 23, a
go-between, uscitys, i.e. a champion, w lin
decides between the two in single coil)-
bat, as Goliah.
T: Chald. between, Dan. 7, 5.8.
Tº f (r. Tha) 1, understanding
i. e. the act, Is. 33, 19 a people of a fo
reign tongue, nº lºs which thov; under
standest not. Dan. 8, 15.9, 22. 10, 1.
2. understanding, i. e. the facilty o
insight, intelligence, Prov. 4, 5, 7, 8, 14
*:
nº-
127
!o know understanding, i. e. to be or be-
come intelligent, Job 38, 4. Prov. 4, 1.
Is. 29, 24. Plur. nilº tº a people of
under standing, intelligent, Is. 27, 11.-
Spec. of skill in any art or science, 2
Chr. 2, 12. 1 Chr. 12,32 enrº nº ºth
i.e. skilled to judge of the times; comp.
Esth, 1, 13.
Tº: Chald. f. i. q. Heb. no. 2, Dan.
2, 21.
"Y"; f. an egg, so called from its
whiteness, see r. pha. Arab. £33,
Syr, is .2. In Sing, not found. Plur.
bºsº with adj. f. rintº Bºx": eggs left,
forsaken, Is. 10, 14. Deut. 22, 6. Job 39,
14. Is. 59, 5.
Tº a well, i. q. ‘is’, Jer. 1, 7 Keri.
9 8.
Comp. Arab. ſº
Tº f. a word of the later Hebrew.
1. a fortress, castle, fortified palace ;
see Chald. and Syr. below. If it be of
Semitic origin, it may be for nºtes
strong, fortified ; or, as some prefer, for
Hºa, from Ethiop. 40/, to sit, whence
S – a
d’%00 seat, tribunal, and /* seat
tribunal, metropolis, q. d. royal seat.
Perhaps however it is of Pers. origin;
comp. Pers. Lº baru, fortress, wall,
castle, Sanscr: pura, puri, pur. Gr. 7tug-
yos and 669tc.—Very often in the phrase
nºnari Tuºhu Shushan the palace, not
only of the royal palace or citadel, Neh.
1, 1. Esth. 1, 2, 2, 3.8. 3, 15. Dan. 8, 2;
but also of the whole adjacent city, Esth.
1, 5.2, 5.8, 14.9, 6. 11.12; comp. Ezra
3, 2. This city is elsewhere more defi-
nitely called Tºntº hºrſ, Esth. 3, 15. 8,
'5.—Where it refers to Jerusalem, the
‘ortress of the temple is meant, prob, the
same called B&gt; and afterwards Anto-
nia, Neh. 2,8. Comp. Jos. Ant. 15. 11.4.
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 632.
2. the temple, 1 Chr. 29, 1. 19.
º, Chald. f. emphat, sºn": id. a .
fortress, castle, palace Ezra 6, 2. Syr.
[4-5.
nº f twice in Plur, niºn for-
tresses, castles, 2 Chr. ...", 12. 27, 4.
9, 6.10. 16, 16. Job 28, 12. 20. Hjº sº.
Comp. on the nature of this ending
Lehrg. p. 516 note.
F. m. but fem. Prov. 2, 18? constr
nºa, with He parag. Hºa Gen. 19 10
constr. Firy"a 43, 17; Plur. Bºra bºutim,
c. suff. ºna, Dzºna, Brºnx, for tºrna
from a lost Sing. Trya, comp. Syr. ***
Lehrg. 604. a
S5 O ~~
1. a house, domus, Arab. evº, Syr,
o y tº
|A-2, Ethiop. ſhºt, Phenic. defective
na, see Monumm. Phoen. p. 348. It is
commonly referred to the root nº to
pass the night, to remain. But it may
be worth inquiry, whether nºa, nºz, is
not rather for the harder form nja from
r. nº.3, as Öógos, domus, from Öéuo. As
to the form, we may then compare u)"N
q. v. for u)}s, u}}s ; oºz purse, for o:2;
biz cup, for b3? ; Gr. eig (Évês) for £vç,
Lat, unus; eig prep. for £ve, see Schmidt
de Praepositt. Gr. p. 7; tvq?&sig for tv-
q9évç; Óðows for 6661's, Lat. dens. Adopt-
ing this conjecture, nº might then be
regarded as a secondary verb from the
noun rºa; and the plur. bºrn: as for
E"rº from a sing. nº. i. q. nº, after
the form Rºº, pººr, see Lehrg.
p. 575–E. g. nºn-13 son of the house
Gen. 15, 3. Ecc. 2, 7; also n** ****
one born in the house Gen. 17, 12. 27,
Jer. 2, 14, i.e. verma, a home-born ser.
vant or slave, whose fidelity was there-
fore greater. So nºn by hugs one over
the house, i.e. in private houses the oixo-
wóuos, steward, dispenser, a servant who
had charge of the household affairs and
of the other servants, Gen. 43, 16. 44, 1,
see also below in no. 3. hºn ºn: houses
of clay Job 4, 19, spoken of the human
body as frail and mortal; comp. 2 Cor.
5, 1, and the commentators. The house
of God is put once for the whole world,
Ps. 36,9. The constr. nº in acc. often
stands for nº in the house of any one,
Gen. 24, 23. 38, 11, also genr. in the
house; and Hrºan into the house Gen.
24, 32.-Spec.
2. A movable house or dwelling, a
tent tabernacle, Arab. evº, Gen. 27.
15. 33, 17; of tabernacles consecrated to
idols 2 K. 23, 7, comp. Hz; no. 3, 4. So
Hinº, enrºsſ rºa, of the tabernacle of
the covenant, Ex. 23, 13. Josh. 6, 24
nº-
nº-l
128
Judg. 18, 31. 1 Sam. 1, 7.24.3, 15. 2 Sam.
12, 20. Ps. 5,8. In other places nº and
hrs are opposed, 2 Sam. 7, 6.
3. House of a king, a palace, castle,
;itadel; fully ºr nº. 2 Sam. 11, 2.9.
1 K. 9, 1.10, 14, 26, 15, 18; nº-ººr nºa
Esth. 1,9. Also zví Šoxiv nºan, whence
nºan ºx hugs one over the palace, i.e. the
prefect of the palace, one of the king's
attendants and ministers, to whom the
key of the palace or royal castle was
committed, Is. 22.22; who also had charge
over all the household affairs of the king,
much like the mod. Maréchal du palais,
Marshal of the Court, 1 K. 4, 6. 2 K. 10, 5.
15, 5. Is. 22, 15, comp. Dam. 2,49. In later
Hebrew called nº an ºn Esth. 1,8; comp.
in no. 1.--Further, Tº nº the house i. e.
palace of David, Is. 22, 22; nºne nº
the palace of Pharaoh Gen. 12, 15.
Sometimes also of single parts of the
royal palace or castle, yet consisting of an
entire house, e.g. pººr nº3, the harem
Esth. 2, 3.9. nyºu; nº. 2 Sam. 20, 3.
4. House of God, i.e. a temple; spoken
of idol-temples, Is. 37, 38. 44, 13. 1 Sam.
5, 2. 5. Oftener of the temple of Je-
hovah at Jerusalem, called Hin, n°3.
Enribsº n°2, 1 K. 6, 5.37, 7, 12. Is. 66, 1,
and often. Comp. above in no. 1.
5. House of the dead, i.e. a sepulchre,
espec. one costly, sumptuous, Is. 14, 18;
comp. Tºujº Is. 22, 16. More fully called
also this; nº the eternal house, long
home, Ecc. 12, 5.
6. a dwelling, habitation, place of any
kind : a) Of men, e. g. Sheol, Orcus,
Tob 17, 13. Eyr; nº collect. houses of
the people, i.e. of the citizens, Jer. 39, 8,
1. q. Ebºn, ºr: 52, 13. Bºx n-2 house
yf servants, i.e. workhouse, prison, spoken
of Egypt, Ex. 20, 2. b) Of animals, Job
39, 6. Ps, 84, 4, 104, 17; comp. Virg. Ge.
2. 209 antiquasque domos avium. nº
Bjºy the spider's house, her web, Arab.
ºxº~! cº, Job 8, 14; howse of the
moth Job 27, 18. c) place, space, recep-
tacle for any thing; º; "tº perfume-
boxes, smelling-bottles, Is. 3, 20. Bºrlä
bºrºnaº, Bºb, places for the bars, Ex.
86,29. 36, 34.37, 14.38, 5.1 K. 18, 32 and
we made a trench sh; Bºrst nº about
Jie space (capacity) of two measures of
reed. tº nº place of stones, i. e.
stony place in the soil, Job 8, 17. Neh
2, 3, Ez.41, 9 rºah -uśs nisºs nº the
space of the side-chambers of the temple
7. In the house, i. e. the inside, immen
part, within, (opp. Yūri out of doors, with-
out.) Hrºa Ex. 28, 26, nº.32 Gen. 6, 14
Ex. 25, 11. 37, 2, and Hrºaq 1 K. 6, 15
inside, inward, within, opp. Yūrīn; comp.
12 no. 3. h. So h nº Ez. 1, 27, h nº?
1 K. 6, 16, h nºzzh Num. 18, 7, within a
certain space. }, r^32-bs to within, Lat.
intra c. accus. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp. BS
A. 9.—From this signification comes the
Chald, "3 in, whence also we have above
derived the prefix -: ; see p. 109, note.
8. Trop. of persons living together, a
house, i. q. household, family, comp. Arab.
5 2, 35.
Jºſ; i. e. including the wiſe, children,
and all domestics, Gen. 7, 1. 12, 17. 35,2.
36, 6.42, 19. So the king's household, i. q,
his court, courtiers, Is. 22, 18. rºle nº
i. q. Fishe "Tºy Gen. 50, 4.—Hence
9. Of those descended from one’s
household, house, for descendants, pos-
terity, lineage, race, i. q. Dº Sons, child-
ren (hence joined with a Plur. Is. 2, 5),
Gen. 18, 19. , "sh nº i, q. º. ºf Ex.
2,1. ºpin nº Josh. 17, 17; hsºn n-a,
rtºn, n°2, tº nº house of David, his
descendants, 1 Sam. 20, 16. Is. 7, 2.13. oi-
zog Awflić, Luke 1,27. Like "3+, used also
trop. as "nºrthº n*: i, q. "nºr:#2 *::, .
pr: my house of war, i.e. my adversaries.
enemies, 2 Chr. 35,21; ºn nº a stub-
born house, people, Ez. 2, 5; and vice
versa Fijn', nº the house or family of
God, i. q. Israel, Num. 12,7. Hos. 8, 1; as
oixos & soi, 1 Tim. 3, 15. In other phrases
the figure of a house is more distinctly
preserved: Ruth 4, 11 Leah and Rachel
did build the house of Israel, i.e. founded
the race of Israel. , nº Hº to build up
a house to any one, i. e. to give him pos-
terity; spoken of one who marries his
brother's widow (i. q. Eu tºpºl) Deut.
25, 9; of God 1 Sam. 2, 35. 25, 28. 2 Sam,
7, 27. The same is ; nº riº 2 Sam.
7, 11. Ex. 1, 21.
10. Trop. also of the things contained
in one's house, goods, substance, wealth
Esth. 8, 1 ºr nº3, Sept. §ow indoza
'Autºv, comp. v.2.7. Gen. 15,2. Ex. 1,21
So Gr. oizio, olzog
11. HŠ nº, pr: father's house Gen. 2.
nº-l
nº-
129
23; father's household 31, 30. In the
enumeration or census of the Hebrew
tribes, tºuj, niwa, they are divided
into families, ninº; and these again
are subdivided into households, ancestral
houses, ni-Sr; nº. 1 Chr. 7,40. In this
signification the Plural, instead of "rº
as, takes the form ni-Sri nº, as is com-
mon in Syriac; see in bain note. Heb.
Gram. § 106. 3. c. Num. 1, 2 number the
children of Israel Erias nº errºº
after their families and after their houses
of fathers. v. 18. 20. 22. 24.26 sq. 2,2 sq.
Over these households, or houses of
fathers, were Erins nº huſsº Ex. 6, 14,
Erins nº Bºsº | Chr. 5, 24; often
by ellipsis nins", ºs. Num. 31, 26.
Josh. 14, 1, or ni-sr; ºniº 1 Chr. 29, 6,
ni-Sri "sº 2 Chr. 5, 2, i.e. heads,
chiefs, princes of households, patriarchs.
12. Very often, espec. in later writers,
nº is put before the pr. names of cities
and places, sometimes necessarily, as
forming part of the name; at other times
more loosely, so that it can also be omit-
ted; see below in the letters, e, h, i, l,
v, x. So Syr. *a, comp. Germ. hausen
in Nordhausen, Mühlhausen.
the following:
Such are
a) TN nº (house of nothingness i. e.
of idols, see T.S no. 1,) Beth-aven, a city
in Benjamin, eastward from Bethel Josh.
7, 2. 1 Sam. 13, 5; with a desert of like
name Josh. 18, 12. The Talmudists have
confounded this city with the adjacent
Beth-El, (lett. b,) which also is some-
times called by the prophets in contempt
|S-n": ; see T's.
b) BS n°3 (house of God) Beth-El,
Bethel, a very ancient city of the Ca-
waanites, afterwards belonging to Ben-
lamin, in the tin,e of Joshua still called
tº Josh. 18, 13 comp. Gen. 28, 19and thb;
though once (Josh. 16, 2) it is more defi-
nitely called by both names. It lay upon
high ground, 1 Sam. 13, 2. Josh. 16, 1,
comp. Gen. 35. 1; and was for a long
time the station of the sacred tabernacle,
Judg. 20, 18. 26, 27. 21, 2, 1 Sam. 10, 3.
Afterwards one of the calves of Jeroboam
was set up here, 1 K. 12, 28 sq. Comp.
\S n°3 and T.S. Its ruins are still seen
near the high road north of Jerusalem,
find are now called Beitin ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 125–30.-For the
origin of the name, see Gen. 28, 10 sq.
35, 1 sq. 9 sq.-The gentile n. is nº:
*Sri Bethelite 1 K, 16, 34.
c) ºr nº (house of firm root, i. e.
fixed dwelling) Beth ezel, a town of Ju-
dea probably, Mic. 1, 11; where thera
is an allusion to this etymology.
d) bºns nº (house of God's am.
bush) Beth-arbel Hos. 10, 14; prob. i, q,
"Ag3.jäg in Galilee 1 Macc. 9, 2, situated
between Sepphoris and Tiberias, Jos.
Ant. 12. 11. 1. ib. 14. 15. 4. de Vit. § 60.
Now Irbid, a site of ruins, with a singu-
lar fortified cavern in the vicinity; see
Bibl. Res, in Palest. III. pp. 281, 282.
e) is? Byz nº Josh. 13, 17, elsewhere
lisz by: Num. 32, 38, and is? nº
(house of habitation) Jer. 48, 23, Beth-
Baal-Meon, a place or town assigned to
the tribe of Reuben, but which soon came
into the power of the Moabites. Its ruins,
still called J5-6 Mā'ūn, are mentioned
by Burckhardt, Travels in Syria, p. 365,
The same place seems meant by is:
(for ſix?) Num. 32, 3.
f) "sha nºa (house of my creation)
Beth-birei, a city belonging to the tribe
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 31; perh. corrupted
from nis; nº Josh. 19, 6.
g) nº n*a Judg. 7, 24, Beth-bara,
a place near the Jordan, prob. for nº
Hº (house of passage); comp. Bn 30-
60.9% John 1, 28 in many Mss.
h) - is nºa (house of the wall) Beth-
gader, a place in the tribe of Judah, 1
Chr. 2, 51, i. q. HTTA q. v.
i) bº nº Neh. 12, 29, Beth-Gilgal.
i. q. º q. v.
k) bºo; nº (house of the weaned)
Beth-gamul, a city of Moab, Jer. 48, 23.
1) Enhº nº Jer. 48, 22, see bºnº.
m) ſix: nº (temple of Dagon) Beth-
Dagon, a city: 0) of Judah, Josh. 15
41; 3) of Asher, Josh. 19, 27–Comp.
mod. Beit Dejan.
n) ºr nºz (house of the height, q.d.
mountain-house) Beth-haram, Josh. 13
27, a city of Gad, called intº n** Num,
32, 36, afterwards Julias and Livias; see
Jos. Ant. 18. 2. 1. Jerome Onomast. S. v.
Betharam.
o) Hºri nº (partridge-house) Beth
hoglah, a place in Benjamin on the com
nºn
nº-
130
fines of Judah, Josh. 15, 6, 18, 19. 21.
The ancient name is still preserved in
'Ain Hajlc near Jericho; Bibl. Res, in
Palest. II. p. 268.
p) ºr nºa (house of grace) Beth-
hanan, a place belonging to Judah or
Dan, l K. 4, 9.
q) Tinn nº (house of the hollow)
B: ‘h-horon, the name of two towns be-
longing to the tribe of Ephraim, called
Upper and Lower Beth-horon; both of
which lay in the western part of the ter-
ritory of that tribe, Josh. 16, 5. 21, 22;
and the latter near the western extremity
of Benjamin, Josh. 16, 3. 18, 13. Twice
Beth-horon simply is mentioned, Josh.
10, 11. 2 Chr. 25, 13; where at least in
Josh. l. c. the Lower Beth-horon is to be
understood.
their ancient names ; that on the moun-
tain being Beit ºr el-Foka (the upper),
and the other in the valley being Beit
"Ur el-Tahta (the lower). Between
them is a long, steep, difficult ascent or
pass; Jos. l. c. 1 Macc. 3, 16, 24. The
two towns and the pass lie on the present
camel-road between Ramleh and Jeru-
salem. See Bibl. Res, in Palest. III. p.
59 sq.
r) nºn n^3 (house of desolations)
Beth-jeshimoth, a town in Reuben near
the Jordan. Num. 33, 49. Josh. 12, 3, 13,
20. It afterwards became subject to
Moab, Ez. 25, 9.
s) inz n'a (house of pasture) Beth-
car, 1 Sam. 7, 11, perh. a guard-house
»r garrison of the Philistines in the ter-
citory of Judah.
t) ºr nº (house of the vineyard)
Jeth-halckerem, Jer. 6, 1. Neh. 3, 14, a
town of Judah situated on a hill between
Jerusalem and Tekoa, according to Je-
rome on Jer. l. c.
u) ris: rºa i, q, nisº, q.v.
v) nº rºa, see Hºrs.
w) Erſh n°3 (house of bread) Beth-
lehem, masc. Mic. 5, 1. 0.) A city of
Tudah, more fully Hºn: Erſh nº Judg.
7, 7.9. Ruth 1, 1.2; also Hrºs Erſh nº
Mic. 5, 1, since Ephratah was anciently
..he name not only of the city itself. Gen.
35, 19, but also apparently of the cir-
cumjacent region. It was the seat of
..he amily of David (Ruth l.c.) and the
birth-place of the Saviour; and is hence
These two towns still bear
still celebrated under the same name
co-º: Beit Lahm, lying six Roman
miles distant from Jerusalem, west of
south. The gentile n. is ºr ºn n^3
Bethlehemite 1 Sam. 16, 1. 18. 17, 58.
6) A city in the tribe of Zebulun, Josh,
19, 15.
x) Niên n^3, see sºn.
y) is a nºa, see lett. e.
z) nº nº (house of Maachah)
Beth-Maachah, a place situated in or
near Merj 'Ayān, not far from Mount
Hermon, 2 Sam. 20, 14. See in nº has
Hºº.
aa) priºr n°3 (house of remoteness)
Beth-merhak, a place near the brook
Kidron, 2 Sam. 15, 17.
bb) nieznºr, nº (house of chariots)
Beth-marcaboth, a place belonging to the
tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 5.1 Chr. 4, 31.
cc) Tº n*: (house of limpid and
sweet waters, see r. nº II) Num: 32,36
Josh. 13, 27, and Hyº Num. 32, 3, Beth-
mimrah, a city in the tribe of Gad, called
Bm970:39ts in the time of Eusebius, now
Nimrin ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. 279.
The waters in the vicinity are called
tº "º Is. 15, 6.
dd) is nº (house of pleasantness)
Beth-eden, a city of Syria, the residence
of a king, Amos 1, 5. Prob. the same
called by the Greeks IIuggðswog, Ptolem.
5. 15, [and mentioned with Iabruda now
Yebråd on the eastern slope of Anti-
Lebanon north of Damascus. Cellar.
II. p. 374. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App.
p. 171.—R.
ee) nyºs nº Neh. 7, 28, and simp.
nº ib. 12, 29. Ezra 2, 24, a village in
Judah or Benjamin, Beth-azmaveth.
f) pººr, n°3 (house of the valley)
Beth-emek, a place belonging to the
tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 27.
gg) nibs, n°3 (house of response, perh,
of echo) Beth-amoth, a place in Judah
Josh. 15, 59. Perhaps mod. Beit 'Aintºn,
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 186.
hh) nº n°3 (id.) Beth-anath, a place
in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38. Judg. 1, 33.
ii) Ensºr Tp: n°3 (house of the shep
herds' hamlet, comp. Arab. &#3 ham-
let, farm) a place near Samaria, 2 K.
10, 12; without 5"xºr v. 14.
kk) nº rºa, with art. riºr n°3.
nº-
non
131
Uhouse of the desert) Beth-arabah, a
place on the confines of Judah and Ben-
jamin, Josh. 15, 6, 18, 22; without nº
Josh. 18, 18.
Il) tº nº (house of escape) Beth-
pelet, a place in the south of Judah, Josh.
15, 27. -
mm) hist nº (temple of Peor, i. e.
of Baal-Peor, see nive) Beth-Peor, a
city of Moab assigned to Reuben, noted
for the worship of Baal-Peor, Deut.
3, 29.34, 6. Josh. 13, 20.
nn) tº n*ā (house of dispersion)
Beth-pazzez, a place in Issachar, Josh.
19, 2 .
oo) has nºa (house of the rock) Beth-
zur, . city in the mountains of Judah
between Jerusalem and Hebron, Josh.
15, 5.3 ; fortified by Rehoboam 2 Chr.
11, 7, and again also by the Maccabees,
1 Ma -c. 14, 33. [The spot is now called
Beit Sūr and ed-Dirweh : see Bibl. Res.
on Palest. I. p. 320. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843.
p. 56—R.
pp.) ann nºa (house or region of the
street) Beth-rehob Judg. 18, 28. 2 Sam.
10, 6; also ann Rehob, (unless perhaps
one denotes a district, and the other a
city,) a city or district on the northern
borders of Palestine Num. 13, 21, situ-
ated among the valleys of Lebanon not
far from the sources of the Jordan. The
adjacent part of Syria is called nº bºls
anº 2 Sam. 10,6; snº Bºs v. 8, [Prob.
the region of Wady et-Teim west of
Mount Hermon, and perh. including also
Meri’Ayūn.—R.
qq) su; nº (house of quiet) Josh. 17,
11. 16, contr. Tº nº. 1 Sam. 31, 10. 12,
and jº nº. 2 Sam. 21, 12, Beth-shean,
Beth-shan, a city in the tribe of Manas-
seh, but long subject to the Canaanites
Bnd Philistines; situated on this side the
'ordan, and afterwards called Scythopo-
s, Sept. Judg. 1,27. Rabb. Toºn. Now
called JU-83 Beisan; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 174.
rr) nºn n^a (acacia-house) Beth-
phitlah, a place near the Jordan between
Beth-shan and Abel-meholah, Judg. 7,
22. Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 219.
ss) jºu, n°3 (house of the sun) Beth-
themesh, the name of several cities
a) A Levitical city Josh. 21, 16, situated
in Judah on the confines of Dan and
Philistia, Josh. 15, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 12 sq.
2 Chr. 28, 18; large and populous, 1 Sam,
6, 19. 1 K. 4, 9. 2 K. 14, 11. Constr. c.
plur. 1 Sam. 6, 13, where it is to be un-
derstood of the inhabitants. Its ruins
are still visible, called 'Ain Shems : see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 18. The
gentile n. is nujºn nº Bethshemite 1
Sam. 6, 14. 18. 3) In Naphtali, Josh.
19, 38. Judg. 1, 33. y) In Issachar, Josh,
19, 22. 6) i. q. iiN, i. e. Heliopolis in
Egypt, Jer. 43, 13. Comp. Tis.
tt) Then nº (house of apples) Beth-
tappuah, a place in Judah, Josh. 15, 53.
Now called Teffith ; see Bibl. Res, in
Palest. II. p. 428.
nº Chald. m. st. emphat, snºa, Hirºa,
constr. nº, c. suff. Frºa, plur. Tºrº,
i. q. Hebr. a house, Dan. 2, 5. Nº nºn
Ezra 6, 4, 15%g n^a Dan. 4, 27, house of
the king, palace. Nº nº house of
God, temple, Ezra. 5, 2 sq. also simpl.
snº id. v. 3.9. 11.
Tº m. constr. in", a great house,
palace, Esth. 1, 5, 7, 7.8.
>k N: obsol. root, i. q. n=3, to drop,
Jº.
distil; hence to weep. Arab, UK, to
pour milk by drops.-Hence
SE: 1. weeping, lamentation, Arab.
*** • 22
gú3, gUK. So sºn pºx the vale of
Baca i. e. of weeping, valley of lamenta-
tion, pr. m. of a valley in Palestine, prob.
gloomy and sterile; hence the allusion in
Ps, 84, 7 nannu;. Tº sºn pºx: "º
passing through the valley of Baca (of
lamentation) they make it fountains, i.e.
it becomes so to the pilgrims.
2. Plur. B-siºn 2 Sam. 5,23, 24. 1 Chr.
14, 13. 14, the name of a certain tree, so
called from its weeping i. e. distilling,
q. d. weepers. According to Celsius,
Hierobot. I. p. 335-340, i. q. the Arab.
#UK, similar to the balsam-tree, and
distilling white tears of a pungent acrid
taste.
>k Tº fut. H3+", convers. Tººl, i. Q.
N53, to drop, to distil, to flow in drops,
see "ex. Spec. to weep, and in this sense
common to all the kindred languages
and dialects, Ex. 2, 6. Gen. 43, 3(1
iTººl --
---,
132
2 Sam. 19, 2; often of a people making
lamentation under public calamities,
Num. 11, 10. 25, 6; also of the sorrow
of a penitent, Ezra 10, 1. With acc. to
weep for any one, to mourn, to lament ;
espec. for one dead, Gen. 23, 2. 37, 35.
50, 3; also with by of pers, or thing
wept for, Lam. 1, 16. Judg. 11, 37; Ps
2 Sam. 1, 24. Ez. 27, 31, and h Jer. 22,
10. Job 30, 25. Further rº, c. by is to
tome weeping to any one, Num. 11, 13.
Jidg. 14, 16; also to weep upon any one,
i. e. in his embrace, Gen. 45, 15. 50, 1.
PIEL to weep for one dead, to mourn,
c. acc. Jer, 31, 15. Ez. 8, 14.
Deriv. rº, ni-, *-ā, n°23.
Tº m. a weeping, Ezra 10, 1. R.H33.
Tº m. (r. -E) 1. the first-born,
firstling, both of man Gen. 25, 13. 35,
23; and of beast Ex. 11, 5. 12, 29. 13,
15. It denotes the eldest son on the
father's side, Gen. 49, 3–The first-born
son enjoyed many rights and privileges,
see Hºi-, no. 2; hence
2. Metaph. i. q, the first, the chief of
its kind, whatever is most distinguished,
pre-eminent. Job 18, 13 ryº -i-3, the
first-born of death, i. e. the chief among
deadly diseases, the most terrible dis-
ease. By the common Heb. idiom dis-
ease is aptly termed the son of death,
as being its precursor and attendant;
so the Arabs call fevers &J' sºlº
the daughters of fate or of death; and the
most fatal and terrible disease is here
figuratively described as the first-born
among many brethren.—Is. 14, 30 *niº
tº the first-born of the poor, the very
poorest, the most wretched, q. d. the
chief among the sons of the poor; or
the first-born (next descendants) of the
present wretched and oppressed genera-
tion; see Comment. on Is. l. c.
Note. As Fem, the form T^2= q. v.
is in use, i. e. first-born daughter.
º, sing. Is. 28, 4 according to the
Masora, see in Hºnza; elsewhere only
n plur. Bººza, Bºzz, the first-fruits,
spoken of fruit and grain, the first
which is gathered from the trees or
àelds, Num. 13, 20; espec. of the first-
fruits offered to God Lev. 2, 14. 23, 17.
Neh. 10, 36. Sometimes nºs" is add-
ed, Ex. 23, 19, 84, 26. Bºnzar Prº
bread of the first-fruits, made of the firs
new grain, Lev. 23, 20. Bºhzar, nº
day of the first-fruits, the festival of
Pentecost, Num. 28, 26. -
Thiº, Tºbi, f. (r. 53) 1. Adj.
first-born, firstling ; Plur. nine: the
first-born offspring, of men Neh. 10, 37,
of beasts Gen. 4, 4. Deut. 12, 6.17. 14, 23.
2. Subst. earlier birth, seniority, opp.
Hºss, Gen. 43, 33. Hººn tº right
of primogeniture, birthright, Deut. 21,
17. Ellipt. for the same, Hºi-3. Gen.
25, 31. 34. 27, 36.
º, f. (r. he?) the first-ripe fig,
early fig, regarded as a delicacy Mic. 7,
1. Hos. 9, 10. In Is. 28, 4 it is better to
read with several Mss. Hº, with n
quiescent, instead of Fºzz, with the
Masora and editions; the suffix is pro-
saic.—In Mauritania the early fig is
still called/93, systs , boccóre, Span.
albacora.
Tº: id. Plur, ninºzzº ºst, Jer.
24, 2.
nic: (first-birth, first-born) Becho-
rath, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1.
F-3, f. (r. Hº) a weeping, mourning
Gen. 35, 8 nº Tiës oak of weeping.
*>3 m. in Pause "23, c. suff, *E.
R. riº. •
1. weeping, lamentalion, Gen. 45, 2.
Is. 15, 3. 22, 4, al. Bi-2 ºn nº to
weep a great weeping, to make great
lamentation, 2 Sam. 13, 36.
2. a weeping, dropping, trickling of
water in mines, Job 28, 11. Comp. fiere
for rorare, stillare, Lucret. 1. 350, Gr
ô&ngvov, and Hyº.
E"> (the weeping) Bochim, pr.m. of
a place near Gilgal, Judg. 2, 1. 5.
Tº adj. fem. the first-born daugh
ter, Gen. 19, 31. 29, 26. 1 Sam. 14, 40
It corresponds to hi-3.
m">} f a weeping, mourning, Gen.
50, 4. R. nº.
Sk --> in Kal not used, pr. to cleave
to open, to burst forth, i. q. kindr. mp3
hence to be first, to come or do first; also
to be early, seasonable; to do early, sea-
sonably. Referred
1. To the day, whence 28 to rise
---,
Nºn
133
3_ 9.2
carly, to do anything early, 8) K-5 early
time, morning; comp. kindri hpā.
2. To the year and its produce; hence
B-52s first-fruits, Hºa early fig,
§ – •
8 rºº early fruit.
3. To the time of life, espec. birth;
º § 9
hence ni-z, Hº-3, first-born, A3 and
9 o - e
º, * 4. tº
sº a virgin, a woman who has her
º 9 92.
first child, -33, * , young camel.
PIEL 1. to bear early fruit, as a tree,
Ez. 47, 12. Comp. Kal no. 2.
2. to make or constitute as first-born,
to give the birthright to any one, Deut.
21, 16. s
PUAL to be be treated as a firstling, to
be devoted as a firstling sc. to God, Lev.
27, 26.
HipH. part. f. Th": 2 one bearing her
first child, Jer. 4, 31.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3.
Tº m. (r. 523, no. 3) a young camel,
already fit for riding and light bur-
dens; comp. hºw and by. Plur. constr.
ºn=2| Is. 60 6. Corresponding is Arab.
N5 3 young camel, which they describe
as denoting the same age as ,-KàJi ado-
lescens in man. See Bochart. Hieroz. I.
p. 82 sq. See also more in Comment.
on Is, l.c. and in Thes. p. 206.
Tº: (i. q. hea young camel) Becher,
pr. n. m. a.) A son of Ephraim, Num.
26, 35. Gentile n. *n=3, ibid. b) A son
of Benjamin, Gen. 46, 21.
Tº ſ. a young she-camel, in heat
Jer. 2, 23. See -23.
Tºba see Hºisa.
*-ā (i, q, Nºn h5% the first-born is
he) Bocheru, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 38.9, 44.
"Tº: (youthful) Bichri, pr. n. m.
2 Sam. 20, 1.
ba (r. Hº no. 3) 1. nothing, Ps. 17,
3 try thow me, Nººn ba thou shalt find
nothing sc. of evil; unless like Sept. and
Vulg, we connect ºn 27 Nººn ba, thou
shalt not find my evil thoughts, i. e. those
which perh, lurk within me.
2. Adv. not, no, , q. Nº, but poetic
with praet. Ps. 10, 11. 21, 3; with ful'.
Ps. 10, 4.6, 49, 13. Prov, 10, 30. Is. 26
24. Also not yet, i. q. Scarcely, Is. 40,
24, comp. 2 K. 20, 4. Once for 933, i, q
Nº, Ps. 32, 9 be not as horses . . . to be
held in with bit and bridle Tººs airp ba
lit. in not coming near to thee, i.e. be-
cause otherwise they avoid thee.—Put
for is not, non est, the verb being omit
ted, Ps. 16, 3 Tº be "rºit.
3. Conj. that not, lest, Lat. me, i. q.
bs, c. ſut. Ps. 10, 18. 78, 44. Is. 14, 21.
33 Chald. m. the heart Dan. 6, 15.
syriſe heart, mind, Arab. Jºid for
quº from Hº, Jº III to care for; pr.
care, hence the mind as caring, full of
Care.
ba contr. from by: i. q. 233, Bel, Be-
lus, the chief domestic god of the Baby-
lonians, worshipped in the celebrated
tower of Babylon, Is. 46, 1. Jer. 50, 2.
51, 44; also Sept. Dan. c. 14. Greek
and Roman writers compare him with
Jupiter, Diod. Sic. 2, 8, 9. Plin. H. N.
37. 10. Cic. de Nat. Deor. 3. 16. Here
however we are not to understand Jupi-
ter as the father of the gods, of whom
the Orientals were ignorant; but, in ac-
cordance with the peculiar mythology of
the Babylonians, which was wholly con-
nected with the worship of the stars, it
stands for the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis,
Cic. de Nat. Deor. 2. 20. This planet
was regarded as a good genius, the
author and guardian of all good fortune
and felicity, hence called by the Arabs
3 St Jºs.J. Fortuna major; and,
together with the planet Venus, (see
Hºuis, nºrºx,) was the object of wor-
ship to the Semitic nations. Comp. Tº,
*2, and see by a no. 5.—Hence the fre-
quency of this name in the compound pr.
names of Chaldee men, as "ssuº,
*ssujº, Belesys, Belibus, etc.
sº chall.i.d. Heb. Rºs. PA to
afflict, to ver, Dan. 7, 25. Comp. Heb
Pi. no. 2.
Tºsº (contr. from Tishya i. e. Bel is
his lord, worshipper of Bel) Baladan,
pr. n. of the father of king Merodach-
Baladan, 2 K. 20, 12. Is. 39, 1.
- 12
:-
hb-
134
sº in Kal not used, Arab. * 3 to
be bright, to shine forth, as the dawn;
V, to be cheerful, to smile.
HipH. 1. to cause to shine forth, me-
taph. Amos 5, 9 tº-by “tº sººn who
causeth desolation to shine forth upon the
nighty, i. e. who bringeth it suddenly
upon them ; the figure being taken from
the swift and sudden diffusion of the
dawning light; comp. Joel 2, 2.
2. to make cheerful, to enliven one-
self, i. e. to be or become cheerful, joyful,
glad, Ps. 39, 14. Job 9, 27. 10, 20. .
Deriv. nºnº, and
Tຠ(cheerfulness) Bilgah, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 5.18; written in Neh. 10, 9 *::::.
Tº pr. n. (prob. i. q. Th a son of
strife, quarreller, from r. Tº q. v. see in
- p. 109.) Bildad, the Shuhite, the friend
of Job and the second disputant with
hum, Job 2, 11. 8, 1. 18, 1. 25, 1.
Sk Fº in Kal not used, prob. i. q. Brº,
to tremble, to be in trepidation ; comp.
Arab. &\; to be feeble, bashful, pr. timid.
PIEL ºn to terrify, to frighten; hence
to cause to despond, Ezra 4, 4 Cheth.
In Keri is read the more usual bºbrino.
Syr. Jolsº quadril, to terrify.
Deriv. Friša, and pr. names nriha,
Trºi.
>k Hºà fut. Hºº", to fall, to fall away,
to fail ; like *::, bes, where see.—
Spec.
1. Of garments, to fall away, to decay,
e.g. to be worn out, to war old; with by?,
Deut. 8, 4 thy raiment Tºº Hrº, Nº
did not fall from thee, did not wax old
or wear out. 29, 4; absol. Josh. 9, 13.
Neh. 9, 21. Trop. of the heavens and
earth as growing old and perishing like
a garment, Is. 50, 9, 51, 6. Ps. 102, 27.
Arab. 3- to be worn out, as a garment.
2. Of persons labouring under disease,
old age, cares, to fall away, to waste
away fail; comp. Gr. to Motög, and with
another flexion uého) to care. Job 13, 28
nº spºº sºn, and he (östatinâs for I)
as a rotten thing falleth away, is con-
sumed. Gen. 18, 12. Ps. 32, 3. Comp.
Jú to care, to be consumed with cares
9 @ * * - ... •
& consumed with cares, Jú, ſlº, the
heart, mind, as affected with cares, see
Chald. Ba. Ethiop, ſlēP to be or grow
old.—Hence
3. to fail wholly, to be reduced to no-
thing ; whence Ba, º, ºrºž, nothing,
not.
PIEL 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, Lam,
3, 4. Hence genr. to consume, Ps. 49, 15.
Is. 65, 22. Spoken of time, like Lat.
tempus terere, Gr. 193sty 6tor, Engl.
to wear out the time, i. q. to spend, to
pass, Job 21, 13 Erº size ºn they
spend their days in prosperity.—Hence
2. to afflict, to vear, 1 Chr. 17, 9. Arab.
Jº IV, id. 2S3 and sº SOI’I'OW
affliction, calamity–Comp. Chald, Nº.
Deriv. bas, #2, #3, Hº, ibi, ºi.
*rēa, Eºsiba, nºnn, and the com.
pounds ºn, "Tºi, nº.
Tº pr. m. see in nº lett. b.
n: adj. f. Hº, decayed, worn out,
old, e. g. garments, sacks, bottles, shoes,
Josh. 9, 4.5. Trop. of an adulteress,
E"ES: nº worn out with adulteries, ef.
fete, Ez. 23, 43. R. nº.
Tº f sing once Is. 17, 14; often
in Plur. R. Frº.
1. terror, terrors, Job 18, 11. 24, 17.
27, 20. 18, 14 niněž tº the king of
terrors; see in Tº: Hiph.
2. sudden destruction, comp. Hºrſ:
no. 2. Ps. 73, 19 nině2-72 ºn they
perish with sudden destruction. Ez. 26,
21 Tºs, Tºrºs niněa, Sept. &ndºstów
as jūgo, zal oiz intºssus Étu Vulg. in
nihilum redigam, te, 27, 36. 28, 19.
nº: (perh, bashfulness, see Fºº in
Kal) Bilhah, pr. m. a.) The hand-
maid of Rachel, the mother of Dan and
Naphtali by Jacob, Gen. 30, 3 sq. 35, 22
b) A place belonging to the tribe of
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; written also nº
Josh. 19, 3; sometimes nº q. v.
frºz (perh. bashful, modest) Bilhan,
pr. n. m. a. Gen. 36, 27. b) 1 Chr,
7, 10.
* Chald, tribute of some kind
prob. a tax on articles consumed earcise
*p-
-b=
135
Ezra 4, 13, 20, 7, 24. Comp. also Rºbi.
R. Piłł.
sº m. (r. nº) only in plur. constr.
"Sibi, Jer. 38, 12, and contr. ib., v. 11,
old clothes, rags. The latter form (pron.
belo-vé) is from a sing. ib., for tº: ; but
in some Mss. (see J. H. Michaelis) is read
**ibº, and in editt. Sibi, after the form
*ia, hia, from a sing. *ibi of the form
*ins.
nºsº (Bel’s prince, i. e. whom
Bel favours, compounded from Pä, tsha
an ending which in Zend marks the
genitive, and tsar i. Q. ºntº prince) Bélle-
shazzar, an Assyrio-Babylonish name
given to Daniel at the court of Nebu-
chadnezzar, Dan. 1, 7. 2, 26. 4, 5. 6. 15.
16. 10, 1.
** subst (r. riº) 1. consumption,
2.
destruction, Is, 38, 17. Arab. A3 id.
2. failure, nought, nothing ; hence as
Adv. of negation, i. q. Nº, joined with
verbs and nouns; Gen. 31, 20. Hos. 7, 8.
8, 7. Is. 14, 6, 32, 10.—Sometimes *z, is
so closely joined with a subst, as to coa-
lesce with it into one idea, like Engl. in,
wn; e. g. Bus "h: no-name, i. e. a bad
name, infamy, Job 30, 8.
3. For *%++, with no, i.e. without, only
in poetry; Job 8, 11 tº *z, without wa-
ter. 24, 10. 31, 39. 33,9. 34, 6. Ps. 59, 5.
4. With prepositions: a) tº pr; in
defect of with no, i. e. without, i. q. Nº.
So rºi º without knowledge, Job 35,
16; also i. Q. unknowingly, unawares,
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4; unea pectedly, Job 36,
12. Comp. in no. 2.
b) * id. comp.” lett. B. 3. Job 38,41
23s-ºh without food. 41,25. Is. 5, 14.
c) nº pr. from defect of from not,
e. g.) because not, c. infin. Deut. 9,
28 nin', nº ºn because Jehovah
was not able, E. from Jehovah's not
being able. Is. 5, 13. With particip.
jecause no one, none ; Lam. 1, 4 ºn
"sio "s: because no one came to the
solemum festival. Sometimes pleom. *3%
7"s, 2 K. 1, 3, 6, 16. Ex. 14, 11. Syr.
-->= <- and--> sº because not.
3) so that not; Job 18, 15 ibris: fºr
#5 *2 terror shall dwell in his tent, so
fhat it shall be no longer his, i. e. terror
Rhall take possession of the tent of the
wicked, and drive him out of it. Job 6, 6
Deut. 28, 55. With particip. so that no
one; au}* **, so that no one dwells there
so that there is no inhabitant, Jer. 2, 15.
9, 10; comp. Ez. 14, 15. With nu}s
forming a Conj. and with pleon. Nº,
Ecc. 3, 11 Bºsri Nyºrsº -uśs "haz, so
so that anan cannot find out, etc.
d) ** Tº pr. until ſailure, i. e. as long
as, quamdiu, Ps. 72, 7. Mal. 3, 10.
e) **-ºs because not, with Praet. Gen.
31, 20.
Sººn m. (r. 523) pr. mixed, a mixture,
spec. meslin, miaced provender, Lat. far-
rago, made up of various kinds of grain
as wheat, barley, vetches, and the like,
all mixed together, and thus sown or
given to cattle, Job 6, 5. 24, 6. That
grain is to be understood, is apparent
from Is. 30, 24. See Varro de Re Rust.
1. 31. Plin. H. N. 18. 15 or 41.
nº compounded from *3 and H2,
i. q. Tºsº Nº, not any thing, nothing,
Job 26,7. So at least Sept. Vulg. Syr.
Chald. The Rabbins refer it to r. nº.
and explain it by bridle, band.
by ** compounded from *: not, with-
out, and by: use, profit; comp. Pºin
to be of use, profit, and Arab. Jº; and
Je; i. q. -º-º: noble, prince. Not
from *z, and his yoke, q, d. impatient
of the yoke, obstinate, rebellious, as pro-
posed by Fischer, Prolus. de Verss. Gr.
p. 93.—Pr. wrprofitableness, worthless-
mess, nothingness, yielding no profit or
good fruit; comp. Arab. Jºule **
useless, without fruit, bad. See note
below.—Hence
1. worthlessness, badmess, wickedness
as by ºn tºns a worthless mºun, i. e. wick-
ed, abandoned, 1 Sam. 25, 25, 30, 22.
bysha tºs Prov. 6, 12, and bºn-13
1 Sam. 25, 17, id. Plur, often bº: "º
1 Sam. 2, 12, and bºb: "22 B-29s, ºs
by ºn ºn Deut. 13, 14. Judg. 19, 22, 20,
13. bºb: nia a wicked woman 1 Sam.
1, 16. Bºba -- an evil thing, wicked,
Ps. 41, 9. 101, 3; comp. Deut. 15.9 |g
byshi Hành es ºn nºr lest there be a
wicked thought in thy heart.
2. destruction. Nah. 1, 11 ºn Ysin
purposing destruction. Ps. 18, 5 *n,
55-
yºn
136
ºnyº bysh: floods of destruction ter-
rified me ; Sept. Zsiuočáot &voulog i. e.
torrents of iniquity, q. d. of wicked men,
enemies. Some of the moderns render
it incorrectly: torrents of the mether-
world or Sheol.
3. Ellipt. for bºº, ºs a wicked man,
see no. 1. 2 Sam. 23, 6. Job 34, 18. Also
a destroyer Nah. 2, 1; see no. 2.
NoTE. Hence was derived in later
usage and in N. T. the pr. n. Bekio/ or
Beliog, Belial, i. q. 6 town.966, Satan.
The Engl. Vers, also often gives Bºb:
in the O. T. as a pr. n. Belial ; but in-
correctly See Thesaur. p. 210.
>k Sº 1. to pour over, to oint, to wet
* Q
all over; comp. Arab. J3 to wet, to
moisten, Bay to flow, bhp, behe, Sass
to sprinkle.—In Heb. only of oil ; Part.
pass. Tºša bºb: poured over with oil,
e. g. oblations Lev. 2, 4, 5, 7, 10. 12.
14, 21. Num. 7, 13. 19.-Intrans. of per-
sons, to be poured over with oil, to be an-
ointed; Ps. 92, 11 ºn Tºujin "niba I am
anointed with fresh oil. Comp. the deriv.
bºbau, and bºar.
2. to pour together, Gr. ovyzé0, i. e.
trop. to mingle, to comfound, espec. lan-
guage. Gen. 11, 7 bus riº Hºn. Fºr
Brºº come, let us go down and confound
their lips i.e. speech, which is further
explained, so that they may not under-
stand one another's speech. The form
Hº is for Hāh; ; see v. 9, and Lehrg.
p. 372. Heb. Gr. § 66. 11. Comp. Bºž.
Arab. Jºe to be confounded, as speech,
e-S" Jº confusion of languages;
Conj. II, to stammer.
3 to smear, to soil, to stain ; comp.
behe, $3>3, cited in Kal. So in the
deriv. ºr, bºrn. Comp. Chald, bº:
to mingle, also to stain.
4. Denom. from **a provender, to
give provender to beasts, to fodder. Judg.
19, 21 cº-ºrth bºl, Vulg. et pubulum
asinis praebuit.
HipH. fut, plur. 1 pers. 53: Is. 64, 5 as
ſo form ; but the signification is from r.
}=2, we fade, we wither, prob. for Hiph.
fut. ºn ; see Index.
HIT ſpo. to mir oneself, to be miaced,
with a Hos. 7, 8,
Deriv. Bºž, bar, bºar, bºbº, and
pr. n. 233.
× E. to bind together, to shut fast, to
stop, spec. the mouth with a bit or muz-
zle, Ps. 32, 9. Syr. >> id. Ethpe.
to be shut, e.g. one's mouth, i. q, to be
dumb, issa a muzzle. In form and
signif Bºž is kindr. with tº ; see on
roots ending in t, under Brº.
© ...”
>k tº (denom. from Jºº. ſl/ATI, fig,
in Ethiop. also sycamore-fig,) to culti-
vate figs or sycamore figs, to gather figs;
comp. ovzºğsty and &ſtoo vºgely. Am,
7, 14 pºpu bºia, Sept. technically
xvić w ovzúauvoº, Vulg. vellicans sycami-
na, i. e. One who nips Sycamore-figs, a
process by which they were ripened.
Theophr. Hist. Pl. 4, 2 Tiêntsty oil 6&vo-
tol &y uh éirtzvigºń &AW #zovteg övvyog
otöng&g Šitizvićovow. § 6’ &y Šitizvio 9;i,
tstogtoſio téirtstow. Plin. H. N. 13. 7.
14. Bochart Hieroz. I. 384 sq.
:k sº fut. 98+ 1. to swallow, to de
vour, with the idea of eagerness, greedi
ness. Arab. & and quadril. ºil.
Ethiop, ſnå U to eat, to eat up. Kindr.
7
roots are 2°, -ašS., and many others
beginning with 95 –Spoken of persons
eating any thing greedily, Is. 28, 4; of
animals, Ex. 7, 12. Jon. 2, 1. Jer. 51, 34.
Gen. 41, 7, 24. In a proverbial expres-
sion, Job 7, 19 nor let me alone -sha-ng
"Fºº till I can swallow my spittle, i.e. not
for a moment, as in Engi. ‘till I can fetch
O o?
a breath.” So in Arabic sº) sº
let me swallow my spittle, i. e. give me a
moment’s time, Har. Consess. 15. p. 142.
ed. De Sacy. See more in Schult. ad
Job l. c. ši a
swallowing of spittle, for delay. Comp.
Pi. no. 1.
2. Metaph. a) to consume, to destroy
yet so that the figure of swallowing up
devouring, is preserved, e. g. to devour
substance, wealth, Job 20, 18; comp. ‘de
voratam pecuniam evomere’Cic. Pis. 37
Prov. 1, 12 let us swallow them up alive
as Sheol, i.e. consume, destroy them. Ps
124, 3. Comp. PES no. 1. g. b) Ascrib.
In like manner Pers.
yº-
º:-
137
Ed to inanimate things, e. g. a chasm of
the earth Num. 16, 30 sq. the sea Ps. 69,
16; comp. Ex. 15, 12.
NIPH. pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be swallowed
up, destroyed, vost, Hos. 8, 8. Spec. of
drunkards, Is. 28, 7 ºn 12 sh: they
are swallowed up of wine, i.e. overcome,
broken down. Comp. Bºri, Jºh, hay.
The Syriac Vers, retains the same word,
ſisa. sº as azſ: the Arabic in the
same phrase uses the verb A.M. º.
PIEL 1. i. q. Kal, to swallow ; once
ellipt. Num. 4, 20 nor shall they go in
to look at the holy things 9333 for a
swallowing sc. of spittle, i. e. not for a
single moment; comp. in Kal. no. 1.
Sept. well &nwo.—Metaph. Tº sº to
devour iniquity, to fill oneself with wick-
edness, Prov. 19, 28; comp. Tº Job 15,
16.
2. to destroy, spec. a) to give over to
destruction, to ruin, Job 2, 3, 10, 8. Is. 49,
19. Hab. 1, 13. b) to destroy utterly, to
exterminate, Ps. 21, 10. 35, 25; c. 7%
Job 8, 18, c) to lay waste a country
2 Sam. 20, 19. 20. Lam. 2, 8; also to
waste, to spend property, Prov. 21, 20;
to destroy counsel, i. e. to disappoint, to
render vain, Is. 19, 3, comp. Ps. 55, 10;
to destroy one's way, i. e. to lead him
into destruction, Is. 3, 12.
PIJAL pass. of Pi. no. 2, to be destroyed,
to perish, Is. 9, 15. Impers. c. *, de-
struction is prepared for any one, 2 Sam.
17, 10.
HITHPA. id. to vanish away, Ps. 107,
27.—-Hence
92.3 m. c. suff, “sha 1. a swallow,
ſhing swallowed, devoured, Jer. 51, 44.
2. destruction, Ps. 52, 6.
3. Bela, pr. m. of a city near the south-
ern extremity of the Dead Sea, called
also nys (the small) Zoar, Gen. 14, 2.8;
comp. 19, 20 sq.
4. Bela, pr. m. m. a.) A king of Edom
Gen. 36, 32. b) Gen. 46, 21, c) 1
Dhr. 5, 8.
*Tºa c. suſ. "Tsha, Tºsha, com-
pounded from Ba not, non, and is, *i;
to, even to.
1. Pr. mot unto, nothing to or for, a
partice of deprecating or declining any
thing. Gen. 14, 24 ºbºš Hu's ph "Tº
bºr, nothing for me, I ask nothing for
myself, only that which the young men
have eaten, etc. 41, 16 bºrº's "Tºa
rºle Biburns Hºz; it i not for me, God
will answer as to the welfare of Pharaoh.
2. without. Gen. 41, 44 without thee,
i. e. without thy knowledge and assent,
shall no man lift up his hand, etc.
3. besides, Is. 45, 6. Ellipt. for "Tº
ºuis besides that which ; Job 34, 32
ºn in Hris Hyr's ºa (if I have sin-
ned) besides what I see, show thou it me.
Syr. Fea, sº rea, id.
*Tº id, only with prefix ſº, i. e.
*19322.
1, without. Is. 36, 10 am I now come
wp without the Lord against this land?
i. e. without his will and permission. Jer.
44, 19. Comp. "Tsha no. 2.
2. besides, Ps. 18, 32. Num. 5, 20. Is.
43, 11.
By?: (compounded from *a and D.,
perh. non-popularis, i. q. a foreigner,
stranger) pr. n.
1. Balaam, a false prophet, Num. c.
22–24. Deut. 23, 5.6. Josh. 13, 22. 24, 9.
Mic. 6, 5. Sept. Boºkwºu.
2. Bileam, a city of Manasseh beyond
Jordan, 1 Chr. 6, 55 [70]; elsewhere
called Eshº (E: Hºº) Ibleam q.v.
Sk P23 to empty out, to make empty,
waste, i. q. pp.3, and like it onomato-
poetic, imitating the sound of emptying
out a bottle. Is. 24, 1. Comp. Arab.
G-3 I, IV, to open a bottle.
PUAL part. f. Hºº emptied out, e.
wasted, desert, Nah. 2, 11.—Hence
Pºº (emptier, spoiler) Balak, pr. n.
of a king of Moab in the time of Moses,
Num. 22, 2 sq. Josh. 24, 9. Judg. 11, 25.
Mic. 6, 5.
nºsº Dan. 5, 1.2. 9. 22.29. 30. 8,
1, and nxiºsº 7, 1, Belshazzar, pr. n.
of the last of the Chaldean kings, whom
the book of Daniel speaks of as the son
of Nebuchadnezzar, 5, 2, 11. 13. 18. 22;
comp. Bar. 1, 11. 12. Sept. Boltgorºg.
The last king of the Babylonians is
called by Herodotus Moffivºros, 1, 188;
by Berosus in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 20, No.66v.
vnºog.—It seems to be i, q. ºssulº q.v
12%
tºba
Tººl
138
jº (i.g. Tivº"; son of the tongue,
e. eloquent, see in E. p. 109) Bilshan,
pr. n. of a man of rank who returned
with Zerubbabel from the exile, Ezra 2,
2. Neh. 7, 7.
rā or rº, a subst, not in use, from
r. nº, after the form nº from rigº,
Lehrg. p. 507; pr. 70thing, a reducing
to nothing, i. q. Ba, º, . Hence, in the
construct state with Yod paragogic,
comes the form :
"rºz 1. Adv. of negation, i. q. Nº,
not, 1 Sam. 20, 26. -
2. Prep. for. "rººi, i. q. Sº, without
Is. 14, 6; eaccept, besides, where a nega-
tive precedes, Gen. 21, 26. Ex. 22, 19.
Num. 11, 6. 32, 12.—With suff, ºrha be-
sides me Hos. 13,4. Is. 10,4. Tº besides
thee 1 Sam. 2, 2. In Is. i. c. reuder: with-
out me (forsaken by me) they shall sink
down under the prisoners, and shall fall
beneath the slaim, i. e. part of them as
captives, exhausted with hunger, thirst,
and toil, shall sink down under the feet
of their companions, comp. Hºn 7":
Judg. 5, 27; and part of them slain in
battle shall be covered with the corpses
of their fellows.
3. Conj. for nugs ºrha besides that
Dan. 11, 18; eaccept that, unless, Gen. 43,
3 ye shall not see my face E2"ris "rhi
bars eaccept your brother be with you.
More fully Bs ºrºž, unless if, unless it be
that, Amos 3,4; also simply unless, save,
Judg. 7, 14. Gen. 47, 18.
4. With other prepositions: a) "rºah
c. Inſ: pr. to not, in that not, Judg. 8, 1.
The Hebrews use this particle whenever
the infin. with h (heph) is to be put
negatively (btop "rºah), and it may
usually be rendered so as not to do so
wnd so, in mol doing so and so, etc. Ex.
$, 25 [29]. 9, 17; e. g. after verbs of re-
sisting, Jer. 16, 12; of forgetting, Deut.
8, 11; of hindering, Num. 9, 7. Also, so
that not, lest, Gen. 38, 9.—With acc. and
inf. after verbs of commanding, Gen. 3,
11; of consenting, 2 K. 12, 9. Once
pleonast. * *nh-, 2 K. 23, 10. Thrice
º is followed by a finite verb ſor
•ºs "rºzh, Jer, 23, 14, 27, 18. Ez. 13, 3.
b) "rhiz from not, i.e. because not,
with Inſ. Num. 14, 16; before a verbal
unun Ez. 16, 28.
c) ºrºž is until not, until nome, with
Praet. Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3. Josh.8, 22.
10, 33; hence i. q. So long as, quamdiu,
Job 14, 12. Comp. ** 12.
Tº Kamets impure, (r. bha,) plur,
ning, constr. id. and ºnio: Deut. 32, 13.
Is. 58, 14. Mic. 1, 3 Chethibh, but in
Keri ºn?:, and so in the text Job 9, 8,
Is. 14, 14. Amos 4, 13, see note ; c. suff
"nios, etc.
1. a high place, height, a general word
comprehending mountains and hills, see
the root; 2 Sam. 1, 19. 25. hyº nio:
mountains with forests, Jer. 26, 18. Mic.
3, 12. Ez. 36, 2, comp. v. 1. lºs nio:
the heights of Arnon, i. e. through which
that river flows, Num. 21, 28.
2. a fastness, strong-hold, an inac-
cessible retreat; comp. Lat. ara, Germ.
Burg. Ps. 18,34 tº ºniº-bs he set
me upon my fastnesses, i. e. put me in
safety from the enemy. Hab. 3, 19.-
Whoever possesses the fastnesses of a
country has also secure possession
of the whole land; hence the poetical
phrase: Yºs "nº-ºs in he walketh
wpon the fastnesses of the earlh, spoken
of God as the Lord and governor of the
world, Amos 4, 13. Mic. 1, 3. Deut. 33,
29. Trop. tº-ºngº-by Job 9, 8 upon the
fastnesses of the sea; -º-ºn??-by Is. 14,
14 above the fastnesses of the clouds; all
spoken in like manner of God. Also-ºr
yºs "nº-ºx Deut. 32, 13. Is. 58, 14.
3. The Hebrews, like most other ºn-
cient nations, supposed that sacred rites
performed on high places were particu-
larly acceptable to the Deity; see Com-
ment. on Is. 65, 7, and Vol. II. p. 316.
Hence they were accustomed to offer
sacrifices upon mountains and hills, both
to idols and to God himself, 1 Sam. 9, 12
sq. 1 Chr. 13, 29 sq. 1 K. 3, 4, 2 K. 12,
2. 4. Is. 56, 7; and also to build there
chapels, fames, tabernacles, niºn "tº
1 K. 13, 32. 2 K. 17, 29; with their
priests and other ministers of the sacred
rites, niºn ºn 1 K. 12,32.2 K. 17,32.
And so tenacious of this ancient custorm
were not only the ten tribes, (see the
passages above cited,) but also all the
Jews, that even after the building of
Solomon’s temple, notwithstar.ding the
express law in Deut. c 12, they conti
iTººl
139 T-
hued to erect such chapels on the moun-
tains around Jerusalem, and to offer
sacrifices in them; and even those kings
who in other respects strictly observed
the law of Moses, until Josiah, did not
abolish these unlawful sacrifices among
the people, nor themselves desist from
them ; 2 K. 12, 14. 14, 4, 15, 4.35; comp.
2 Chr. 20, 33. 15, 17. 2 K. 23, 8, 9. 19.
Ez. 6, 3, 20, 29. Lev. 26, 30. Even
Solomon himself sacrificed in chapels of
this sort, 1 K. 3, 2, 3, comp. 11, 7. See
the author’s discussion respecting these
high places in Pref. to Gramberg's Reli-
gionsideen des A. T. Vol. I. p. xiv, etc.
4. Very often nº is i. q. Tºr, nº
house of the high-place, i.e. a hill-chapel,
erected to God or to idols upon a moun-
tain or hill, see in no. 3. 1 K. 11, 7. 14,
23. 2 K. 17, 9, 21, 3. 23, 15. Trans-
ferred also to any chapel or fame, e.g. in
the valley of Hinnom, Jer. 7, 31; comp.
Ethiop. RºſłC mountain, also cloister.—
Prob. these chapels or fames were some-
times tents or labernacles, decked with
curtains, Ez. 16, 16; comp. 2 K. 23, 7.
Am. 5, 26. Such tabernacles were in
use among the Carthaginians, and also
among the ancient Slavi; Diod. 20. 25.
Mone in Creuzer's Symbol. 5. 176.
5. Rarely a sepulchral mound, twmw-
lus, Gr. §ouðs, Ez. 43,7; comp. v. 8 and
the intpp. on Is. 53.9, where also this
signification is applicable.
Note. The form of the Plur, constr.
"niº, in which there is a double plural
ending, has its counterpart in ºniºsº
I Sam. 26, 12; comp. Lehrg. p. 541. The
Masorites reject this form, and substitute
or it "nº. This latter many pronounce
4-m°thé ; but i, as being immutable,
could not thus be shortened into Hateph-
Kamets. More correctly therefore it is
pronounced bo-mºthé, for "nna, from a
sing, nº after the form nu}=, the n
being retained in the plural, as in nº!,
ninº. But disregarding this judgment
of the Masorites, it should proo. every
where be read ºniº, ºrºž.
bryº (son of circumcision, i.e. cir-
sumcised, for Prº-73, see in a p. .09)
Rimhal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33.
tº see in.
FYº (heights) Bamoth, Num. 21 10
more fully by a niż (heights of Baal
22, 41. Josh. 13, 17, pr. n. of a town in
Moab on the river Arnon.
jº (for Hºà from r. Hº no. 3) constr
"T3, and so before the prefixes 2, 3, §
without Makkeph ; rarely 72, Prov. 30, 1.
Deut. 25, 2. Jon. 4, 10, and always be-
fore the pr. n. *; once "3+ (like "Es)
Gen. 49, 11, and is: Num. 24, 3.15. Plur.
P"33 as if from a Sing. T3; constr. º.
9 o 9.
1. a son. Arab. Jº!, plur. &xº,
constr. 5-º s”; in the Phenician re-
mains very often E. ; Aram. sing. "2.
fre, from sº to beget, but with plur,
Tº: , "24, i`ia.-Spoken xot Śozijv of
a king's son Is. 9, 5; comp. Tºº-Tº Ps.
72, 1. Plur. E": sons sometimes for
children of both sexes, Gen. 3, 16. 21, 7.
30, 1. 31, 17. 32, 12. Deut. 4, 10; though
this idea is more frequently put fully,
sons and daughters nix; tº Gen. 5,4.
7. 10. 13. 11, 11 sq. In the Sing. there
is also a trace of comm. gend. in n+1-13
(more correctly nº. 73) a man-child Jer
20, 15; comp. viðg &gény Rev. 12, 5–
Poet. sons of the Greeks for the Greeks
themselves Joel 4, 6, like viss Azalów i
also sons of the Ethiopians i. q. Ethiop-
ians Am. 9, 7; comp. Eºs: "Tº i. q
strangers Is. 2, 6, Tiºs "3+ i. q. the poor
Ps. 72, 4, Gr. Övotjºon ruióss II. 21.151.
This mode of speaking every where im-
plies a like condition of the father and
SOIl. e
The word son, like those of father and
brother (see HS, ris), is employed by
the Hebrews in various cther and wivler
senses, e. g.
2. a grandson, like as a grandfather,
Gen. 29, 5. Ezra 5, 1; comp. Zech. 1, 1.
More definitely a grandson is called
Tº-ji, Judg. 9, 22. Plur. tº grand-
sons Gen. 32, 1 [31, 55]. 31. 28; though
where greater accuracy is used grand-
sons are called tº "23, Ex. 34,7. Prov.
13, 22. 17, 6. Plur, also for children
i. e. descendants, posterity, as Psº ºs
children of Israel, Israelites; nºrt: "º
** **, the children of Judah, of Levi,
i.e. Jews, Levites; Tiº ºr Ammonites,
nn "º Hittites, ºssº: "ºi Islmaelites
Tº 140 T-
In the same Ferae is said bº n*,
nºrt; nº, see nº no. 9; also ºwn tºns
see u)"N no. 1. g.
3. As a name of age, i. q. a boy, youth,
iike Gr, toſis, comp. na no. 3. Cant. 2, 3.
Prov. 7, 7.
4. Put for a subject, vassal, yielding
obeſtience to a king or lord, as to a father,
2 K, 16, 7.--Hence metaph. son of death
A. e. one condemned to death, q. d. deliv-
ered over to the power of death, 1 Sam.
20, 31. 2 Sam. 12, 5; a son of stripes, i. e.
condemned to be beaten, Deut. 25, 2.
Comp. vios ye&vyns Matt. 23, 15; viðg
tiſs &Iroisic's John 17, 12.
5, a foster-sor, educated as a son, Ex.
2, 10, comp. Acts 7, 21. Also a pupil,
disciple, since leachers were regarded
and obeyed aſ in the place of parents,
and were also addressed by the title of
father, see in ES no. 6. Hence "22
p"sººn the sons i. e. disciples of the pro-
phets, spoken of the schools of prophets,
1 K. 20, 35. 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 7. 4, 38. al.
comp. Aſn. 7, 14. So among the Per-
sians the sons of the magi are their disci-
ples; comp. among the Greeks iotgów
viol, &ntógon viol, toſiósg uovolzón, pilo-
Jógov, for iorgot, uovauxoi, etc. Syr.
p 7 y 7 e ‘ & º
§-??--> <i> sons i. e. disciples of Bar-
desanes.—Hence also in the book of
Proverbs, the poet (teacher) addresses
the reader as his son, Prov. 2, 1. 3, 1.
21. 4, 10. 20. 5, 1. 6, 1. 7, 1; comp. n=
Ps. 45, 11.
6. With a genit. of place, a denotes a
native of that place, one born and brought
up there ; e. g. sons of Zion, Zionites, Ps.
149,2; sons of Babylon, Babylonians, Ez.
23, 15.17; sons of the East, Arabians, see
pºp no. 2; sons of the province Ezra 2, 1;
sons of a strange land Gen. 17, 12; som
of the house, i. e. a home-born slave,
terma, see nº no. 1; son of my womb,
e. born of the same womb, see in Tº:
no. 2. This arises from the more gene-
ral idiom, by which whatever is done in
any place or time is ascribed to that
Vlace or time itself, see Is. 3, 26. 8, 23.
Job 3, 3, etc. So too countries or cities
are regarded as mothers of the indivi-
dual inhabitants, see DS no 5; and also
natic ns or a people, as fathers ; whence
a said ikewise "øy "º the sons of my
people, i. e. my countrymen, my tribe's
men, see by ; and Eyr "33 are the com.
mon people Jer. 17, 19. 26, 23. Spoken
of animals, Deut. 32, 14 rams, the sons
of Bashan. Trop, also of things con-
tained in any place, as sons of the quiver
i. e. arrows, Lam. 3, 13.
7. With a genit. of time, it denotes a
person or thing born or appearing in that
time, or which has existed during that
time. So the son of one's old age, i. e.
begotten in old age, Gen. 37,3; the son of
one's youth, i.e. begotten in his father's
youth, Ps. 127, 4; sons of bereavement,
born of a mother bereaved, i. e. in exile,
Is. 49, 20. Also the son of five hundred
!years, i. e. five hundred years old, Gen.
5, 32; a lamb Hº-13 the son of a year
a yearling, Ex. 12, 5; of the ricinus, Jon.
4, 10 12s nº-º nºr Hº-jäu, which
came up in a night and perished in a
night. Poet. son of the morning for the
morning star, Lat. Lucifer, Is. 14, 12.
8. With a genit. of a quality good or
bad, or of a condition in life, a denotes a
man possessing that quality or brought
up in that condition; e.g. bºr-13 son of
strength or of the host, i.e. a warrior, hero,
see in bºn; also bºn-13 son of wick-
edness, a wicked man, Hº-ji, id. *::
Yºu Sons of pride, poet. of wild beasts;
*::"; i. q. Yºº afflicted Prov. 31, 5; son
of possession i. e. possessor, heir, Gen. 15,
2; sons of suretyship i.e. hostages, 2 K.
14, 14. Comp. viðg tis &n st&slog Eph.
2,2; tāzvo intoxois 1 Pet. 1, 14.—In other
figurative and poetical expressions of
this kind, which are also frequent in the
kindred languages, (see Gol, Lex. Arab.
art. (3-1, Castell and Buxtorf art. -2,
Jones de Poési Asiat. p. 128 sq.) that is
said to be the son of any thing, which is
similar to that thing, as sons of the light-
ning for birds of prey which fly swift as
the lightning Job 5, 7; or which is de-
pendent on it, as sons of the bow i. q.
arrows Job 41, 20; or which is in any
close connection with it, as sons of oil i. e.
anointed Zech. 4, 14; son of oil or fatness
i. e. fat, fertile, Is. 5, 1. Comp. ES, wins
by a .
9. Sons of God, an appellation given
in the O.T. a) To angels, Gen. 6,2 sq
Job 1, 6.2, 1.38, 7. Ps. 29 1, 89,7; either
T- 141
Hº-
is constituting the hosts and ministers of
God, see sº; or because of their greater
resemblance to the divine nature, al-
...hough a body is ascribed to them in
Gen. l. c. b) To kings, not only of the
Hebrews, but sometimes also to those
of foreign nations, comp. Ps. 89, 28; as
being the vicegerents of God on earth,
taught and aided by a divine spirit,
l Sam. 10, 6.9. 11, 6. 16, 13. 14. Is. 11,
1, 2; on th’s account called also by the
Greek poe's Avoyevsis 60mAñés. Ps. 2, 7
Jehovah said winto me, Thou art my som
this day have I begotten thee, i.e. con-
stituted thee king, comp. Jer. 2, 27. Ps.
82, 6. 7 I have said, Ye are gods, (O ye
kings,) and all of you sons of the Most
High ; but ye shall die like common men,
etc. Ps. 89, 28. 2 Sam. 7, 14. c) To
righteous men, the pious worshippers of
God, sainls, Ps. 73, 15. Prov. 14, 26.
Deut. 14, 1. Spec. to the Israelites, al-
though often ungrateful children, Is. 1,
2. 30, 1.9. 43, 6. Hos. 2, 1. Jer. 3, 14. 19.
In Sing. Israel is called the son of God
Hos. 11, 1; and also the first-born and
beloved son, Ex. 4, 22. 23, comp. Jer. 31,
20.
10. Spoken of the young of animals, as
iss-º: sons of the flock, lambs, Ps. 114,
4; inns ºn the son of his ass, i. q. his foal,
in-v, Gen. 49, 11; soms of the dove, i. e.
young doves, Lev. 12, 6; sons of the
raven i. e. young ravens, Ps. 147, 9.
11. Poet, son of a tree seems put for a
shoot, branch, bough,(comp. pºi", nºi",)
Gen. 49, 22 nºi" nº la Joseph is the
son of a fruitful tree; here i3 (or perh.
more correctly ~73) seems to be in the
constr. state, and nº to be i. q. Hºnº Is.
17,6, i. e. fruit-bearing, fruitful, sc. tree;
ree in tº no. 1. a-Tº-ji, Is. 21, 10,
see in Tºš.
12. Ben, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. Other
, bmpound pr. names are the following:
a) *xis-à (son of my sorrow) Ben-oni,
a name given by his mother to Benja-
min, Gen. 35, 18.
b) Tºri-ja (son or worshipper of Ha-
Jad or Adod, the chief divinity of the
Syrians, comp. Macrob. Swurnal. 1. 23,
and pr. n. *I*Tn) Ben-Hadad, pl. n.
pf three kings of Syria O. Damascus.
The first of them waged war with Raa-
sha king of the ten tribes, 1 K. 15, 20 sq.
2 Chr. 16, 2 sq. The second was the scr.
of the preceding and contemporary with
Ahab (1 K. 20, 34); he twice besieged
Samaria, and became more famous than
his father, 1 K. 20, 1 sq. 2 K. 24, 6 sq. 8, 7.
The third was the son of Hazael, and
lost most of the provinces acquired by
his predecessors, 2 K. c. 13.−The pa-
laces of Ben-hadad, i.e. of Damascus,
Jer. 49, 27. Am. 1, 4.
c) nrit"); Ben-zoheth, pr. m. m. 1 Chr,
4, 20. See nrit.
d) ºn-ja (son of strength, warrior)
Ben-hail, pr. m. m. 2 Chr. 17, 7.
e) Tºri"; (son of one gracious) Ben-
hanam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.
f) Tº-ja (son of the right hand, i. e.
of good fortune, see in art. Tºº, also
Tº: ,) Benjamin, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
7, 10. b) Ezra 10, 32. Neh. 3, 23.—
Where the patriarch Benjamin is meant
this name is always written as one word,
Tº q.v. except once in 1 Sam. 9, 1
Cheth.
g) phºtº (sons of lightning) Bena.
berak, pr. m. of a place in the tribe of
Dan, Josh. 19, 45.
h) jº º see " 'a nins.
7. Chald, id. ſound only in Plur. Tº
"33, the place of the Sing, being filled
by na —E. g. snºb. "34 sons of eacile,
i. e. exiles, captives, Dan. 2,25. Tºnin "23
young bullocks, Ezra 6,9. Syr. * , plur
<le id.
s?: Chald. c. suff, ºr: Ezra 5, 11,
infin, sº Ezra 5, 2, 17, rºzh 5, 9,
Nº. 5, 3, 13, i. q. Hebr. Hº, to build,
Dan. 4, 27.
ITHPE. pass. Ezra 4, 13, 21; with acc.
of material Ezra 5, 8.
:k iTº fut. Hº, conv. Tººl, and six
times Tººl, rºs. g
1. to build, to erect, to construct, as a
house, temple, city, walls, fortifications
Ez. 4, 2; an altar Gen. 8, 20; chapels or
tabernacles Jer. 7, 31; the frame-work of
ships Ez. 27, 5; once apparently of lay-
ing the foundation of an edifice 1 K. 6, 1,
comp. 2 Chr. 3, 1 where it is nijah brº.
Arab. Ue. Aram. lie, Rºż, id. Comp,
|HS and jºs -The material with, of
from which any thing is built, is mostly
put in the acc. 1 K. 18, 32 °ns nº
rºl
ºil
142
Halº Bºsr, and he built the stones
(in.o) an altar, i. e. with or of them;
cornp. Lehrg. p. 813. Ex. 20, 22. Deut.
27, 3. 1 K. 15, 22. More rarely with a 1 K.
15, 22 fin. Construed also: a) With
acc. of place on which one builds, to build
up or over, 1 K. 6, 15. 16, 24. b) With
acc. of person, where it is i. q. to build a
house for any one, i.e. to give him a fixed
abode, and trop. to make him prosperous
(for another sense of this formula see no.
3), Jer. 24, 6 I will bring them again
into this land, Bºrº chris Nº Bºrº
iris Nº) and I will build them and not
pull down, and I will plant them and not
pluck up, i. e. I will give them a fixed
abode and make them prosperous. 31, 4.
33, 7.42, 10. Ps. 28, 5. Arab. Uº bene-
ficiis auxit aliquem, c) With 3, to build
on any thing, to be occupied in building,
Neh. 4, 4, 11. Zech. 6, 15. With by, to
build against any one, to obstruct; Lam.
3, 5 God hath builded against me, ob-
structed me, shut up my way on every
side so that I cannot get out; comp. nº
v. 7.9-Trop, to construct, i. e. to form,
to make, with h, into a woman Gen. 2, 22.
2. to build up, to rebuild, to restore,
e.g. a house or city in ruins, Amos 9,
14. Ps. 122, 3 O Jerusalem, thow restored 1
147, 2. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34.2 K. 14,
22. Comp. niaºri nº under art. Hanri
no. 2. So of the fortifications of a city,
1 K. 15, 17.
3. * nº rº, to build a house to or for
any one, i. q to give him offspring, pos-
ferity; see nº no. 9, and Niph. no. 3.
|By a common oriental metaphor, house
s transferred to a family, and children ;
and whoever begets children, is said to
build a house. Hence 7: 80m comes
trom the idea of building. i. e. of beget-
ting. The same metaphor is elegantly
carried out in Plaut. Mostell. 1. 2. 37.
Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be built,
Num. 13, 22. Deut. 13, 17; with acc. of
material 1 IK. 6, 7. Persons are said to
We built up, when they are placed in a
fixed abode and rendered prosperous,
see in Kal no. 1. b. Jer. 12, 16. Mal. 3,
15. Job 22, 23.—A different metaphor
see in no. 3.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be rebuilt, re-
slored, Is. 44, 28. •
3. A woman is said to be built up when
her house (family) is built up, i. e. when
offspring is given her; see in Kal no. 3.
Gen. 16, 2 nºgº Hºs ºs perhaps 1
may be built up through her, i.e. obtain
children by her. 30, 3.
Deriv. 3, na, Hºa, Tºa, Hºnº, nºis,
...to which may be added many pr. names,
as "sa, º, ºa, Hºà, ºriº, nº
*sº, Hºnº, "sº.
*** (a building) Binnui, pr. n. m
freq. after the exile: a) Neh. 7, 15,
written º Ezra 2, 10. b) Ezra 10
30, 38, c) Ezra 8, 33. d) Neh. 3, 24.
10, 10. 12, 8.
Fiº, daughters, see ra.
"::" (built) Bani, pr. m. m. a) One
of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23, 36, b)
1 Chr. 6, 31. c) 1 Chr. 9, 4 Keri. d)
Neh. 3, 17. 9, 4.5. 10, 14. 11,22. e.) See
*** a. ſ.) Ezra 10, 29. 34.38. Neh. 8
7. 10, 15.
"?? (built, a verbal of Pual) Bunni,
pr. n. m. Neh. 9, 4. 10, 16.-Different is
*śna Bunni, pr. m. m. Neh. 11, 15.
T., (whom Jehovah hath built up,
see n:3 no. 1. b.) Benaiah, pr. m. m. a.)
1 Chr. 4, 36. b) 2 Chr. 20, 14, c) Ezra
10, 25.30. 35.43. d) See next art. c. e.
*Tº pr. n. m. Benaiah (i. Q. Hya)
a) 1 Chr. 15, 24, 16, 5. b) 1 Chr. 27, 34.
c) 2 Sam. 8, 18. 23, 20. 22 ; written also
Hº:: 20, 23. d) 1 Chr. 15, 18, 20. 16, 5.
e), 2 Sam. 23, 30; written also Hºa
1 Chr. 11, 31. 27.14, f) 2 Chr. 31, 13.
g) Ez. 11, 1, 13.
Tº f. a building, Ez. 41, 13. R.
H;3. Comp. 7:53.
jºº (son of the right hand i.e. of
good fortune, q, d. Felix, see Tºº, no. 4,)
pr. m. Benjamin, Sept. Beytowiv, the
patriarch, youngest son of Jacob and
Rachel, and founder of the tribe of like
name, Ivº: "2: Num. 1, 36, a rºº
Josh. 21, 4, 17, and simpl. Tº m. Judg
20, 39.40. Their territory, Tºa jºs
Jer. 1, 1, lay nearly in the middle of Pales.
time on this side Jordan, and is described
Josh. 18, 21 sq. A certain warlike dis.
position in this tribe is alluded to in Gen.
49, 27.—The Tºº Yºu; gate of Benja.
min was on the northern side of Jerusa
*5-
*ly-
143
em, Jer, 37, 13. 38, 7. Zech. 14, 10; prob.
the same called elsewhere the gate of
Ephraim,2K. 14, 13. Neh.8, 16.—When-
ever this name designates the patriarch
Benjamin, it is written in one word; see
in "º"): p. 141. The gentile n. is writ-
ten separately, "3"º-ja (comp. Lehrg.
p. 515) 1 Sam. 9, 21. Ps. 7, 1, Ben-
jaminite, Benjamite; with the art. -13
**ºn (like ºujºur n-a) Judg. 3, 15.
2 Sam. 16, 11. Plur. ***** **, Judg.
19, 16. Ellipt. ºº wins for -3 wins
"a"`, 1 Sam, 9, 1. 2 Sam. 20. 1; also
3 9.
*}^2, yºs 1 Sam.9, 4, like Arab. Jyº
Bekrite for Abubekrite, from /* >!.
7.3 m. (r. Hä) 1. a building, edi-
fice, Ez. 41, 12. Syr. ūla- a build-
ng, Arab. Jº id.
2. a wall, Ez. 40, 5.
7:53, Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, Ezra 5,4.
º, (our son, from the Segolate form
*::: Gen. 49, 11) Beninu, pr. m. m. Neh.
10, 14 [13].
>}: C: Chald. to be angry, indignant,
Dan. 2, 12. Often in the Targums.
Sy;3 (according to Simonis i. q. Hy:
a gushing forth, fountain) Binea, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 9, 43; also ris: ib. 8, 37.
Tº Tibi (in the intimacy of Jehovah,
see Tio) Besodeiah, pr. m. m. Neh. 3, 6.
"p: pr. m. m. Besai, Ezra 2, 49. Neh.
7, 52. Perh, Sanscr. bigaya victory, also
vir. n. So Bohlen.
Sk CE: a spurious root, see ohā Hithp.
* Tº a root not used in Hebrew,
proo. to be sour, i. q. "sº q.v. whénce
Arab. < to do any thing too soon ;
Also to look sour, to make a sour face.—
Hence
Tº c. suff, inpa Job 15, 33, and
Tº m. collect. unripe grapes, sour
grapes, Is. 18, 5. Jer. 31, 29, 30. Ez. 18,
2. Different from Bºe;Sa q. v. labruscae,
wild-grapes. Sept. §ugºś, Jhald. Sºpºa
d. Syr, ižaz sour grapes
Sy: Chald. see after H3+.
>k Ty: a root not used in Hebrew J
Arab. &#3 to be distant, allsent, re-
mote ; IV, to remove; Ethiop. pr. to be
other, different, and hence Praet A, trans,
ſl().R to change, to exchange, ‘I’ſ) J.R
to be made other, different, ſhù.R" and
ſlö.R other, another, different. Among
the Hebrews it would seem to have de-
noted: to be without (opp. to within), to
be near, close by. Hence
Ty; and Tya, c. suff, “isa et ºrga
Ps. 139, 11, Tºa in Pause Tºxa, iºn,
ºya, once Hºya Amos 9, 10, 53722,
cº: ; primarily a Subst, but in usage
always a Preposition denoting in general
the being without an object (opp. to
within), but near to it; and then spec.
the two following more definite relations
of place.
1. about, round about, which latter idea
is expressed more definitely by Hºg.
a) Genr. see for both particles (T3:.
and -ºp) Job 1, 10 ya rºº Hirºs Nºr:
sº is nuis-by ºxià in-a-viº last
thou not made an hedge about him, and
about his house, and about all that he
halh, on every side 2 Lam. 3, 7 "Tº Yº
he hath made a wall round about me.
Ps. 139, 11 ºz. His nº even the night
is light about me. Hence & With
verbs of shutting up, (pr: shutting up
around or upon any one,) as Dr. Tº Yºo
1 Sam. 1, 6, and prº is: -ss Gen. 20
18, to shut up the womb, i.e. to render a wo-
man unfruitful. Poet. Bºizri Tºa Brr;
God sealeth up the stars Job 9, 7. For
‘p tº ºxº and itsa haq, see no. 2.
6) With words implying protection; Ps.
3, 4 "Tº: 13% a shield round about me.
Zech. 12, 8, y) Put, like the Gr, inég,
for all that one does for, on account of
in behalf of any one ; e. g. to pray for
any one 1 Sam. 7, 9, see bºrn ; to
bring a sin-offering for, Job 42, 8, see
nº. So of consulting an oracle Is. 8,
19. Jer. 21, 2; bribing a judge Job 6, 22;
and of other like ideas, Ez. 22, 30.2 Sam,
10, 12. 2 Chr. 19, 12. Ps. 138,8. In Prov,
20, 16 to take a pledge for any one, ſo
whom one becomes security. Then
without a verb, Job 2, 4 his is: his skin
for skin. Prov. 6, 26 is nºiſ nºs is:
bnº -22 for a whore one comes to a piece
*ly:
Fly-
144
wf bread, i.e. he who yields to her, lives
for her and comes to want.
b) In a passive relation as surrounded
round about by any thing, i. e. in or
through the midst of, amid, among,
through ; like &ggi in the phrases &ugh
kłóðous, &pgi Ögvuois, &pgº tvg. otijoo,
1ginoëo, see Matthiae Gr. Gramm.
§ 583. b. Joel 2, 8 ºbº Hºri is: in the
midst of the weapons (missiles) do they
fall ; comp. Tsguſtintstv twi to rush into
the midst of any thing. Very often in
the phrase Tiênn is: through a window,
with a verb of looking, Gen. 26,8. Prov.
7, 6; of passing in or out, Josh. 2, 15.
1 Sam 19, 12. Joel 2, 9; of falling, 2 K.
1, 2. Bºis T33 surrounded with dark-
ness Job 22, 13. Is. 32, 14 mound and
watch-tower shall be amid caverms, i. e.
surrounded by them. Amos 9, 10 Nº
Hºri hºly: tºpnº ºr the evil will
“vot draw mear mor come among us.
*) As expressing indefinite nearness,
.ke Gr. 718gi, Engl. about, i. e. by, near.
1 Sam. 4, 18-stºr. Tº “ix: by the side of
the gate ; comp. -stºr, Tºrbs 2 Sam. 18,
4. Here T 1:3 is pr. ‘about the side,”
i. q at hand, mear by. > 0 - ~ *
2. behind, after; Arab. Cºx * , Jºsé,
after, spoken of time. This signif con-
nects itself directly with no. 1. a, b ; for
whoever is surrounded by certain limits
or objects, e. g. a wall, is behind the
same ; see 2 Sam. 20, 21. Cant. 4, 1. Job
22, 13. This sense is also clear and
necessary (though questioned by Fāsi)
in Judg. 3, 23 them. Ehud went forth
through the porch and shut the door of
the chamber (inga) after him. Here it
is impossible to translate its: "Abºl, he
shut himself in ; for Ehud shut up the
mi.rdered king in the chamber, and he
himself ſled; nor can tº be referred to
"Eglon, who is not mentioned in this con-
nection. [But see the Note below.] In
the same manner we may best construe
the phrases 'E -is: rººm -29, p +25 ºzº,
to shut to (the door) after one who enters
a place, Gen. 7, 16. 2 K. 4, 4, 5; and
iny? -zº, i-ya rººm -39, to shut to af.
ter oneself on entering a place or room,
Judg. 9, 51. 2 K. 4, 33. Is. 26, 20. It is
true, in both these cases, so far as the
sense is concerned, we might translate,
to shut in any one or oneselſ, pr. to shun
in round about, as in no. 1. a. o. 5 bu
against this is the construction with nº
since we cannot speak of shutting a door
round about any one, inasmuch as the
door does not surround the person.—
Judg. 3, 22 the fat closed ºn "ya be-
hind the blade. Cant. 4, 1 ings: iyan
behind thy veil, h "33% being i. q. Ty3.
v. 3, 6, 7. 2 Sam. 20, 21 his head shall
be thrown to thee H%inri Tº pr, behind
the wall, i.e. from behind the wall, where
the thrower stood; others, around the
wall, i.e. over it, since the thing thrown
describes a curve over the wall.—So in
Job 22, 13 bººs Tº might be rendered:
behind the darkness; see in no. 1. b.
NoTE.—See on this particle Ewald's
Gramm. p. 613; Fäsi in Jahn's Neue
Jahrbücher I. p. 187–9. Against the
latter we have here endeavoured to win-
dicate the sense : behind, after ; which
the former also at a later period ac-
knowledged, Schulgramm. § 550. [But
it is not easy to see why the passage
chiefly relied upon above, Judg. 3, 23,
may not be rendered as in the English
version: and shut the door inya upon
him. sc. Eglon, who is distinctly referred
to, both in the preceding and following
verse ; and to shut a door upon one in
this way, is to shut him up in an en-
closed space, and in so far to shut up
around him, as in no. 1. a. o. So too of
the other similar phrases above cited.
Further, in Judg. 3, 22 we may say, the
fat closed around the blade ; in Cant. 4,
1 the doves’ eyes are in the midst of the
veil, surrounded by it, or else seen
through it ; while in 2 Sam. 20, 21 it is
more easy to conceive that the head
may have been thrown through a win-
dow or hole in the wall, than to adopt
the explanation given above. There
seems, therefore, to be no necessity for
the sense no. 2; since all the passages
may be satisfactorily explained by the
different shades of the meaning no. 1
—R.
# - Ryº §
Tº fut. Hy: 1. to make swel.
to cause to boil, as water; Is. 64, 1 tº:
ujs nºr as the fire causeth the water te
boil Corresponding is Arab. ܺ spoken
Nyº
by-l
145
f a tumor or swelling Chald, sº to
boil. For the kindred roots sha, 9-3,
see under Shia. From the idea of swell-
ing and heat comes in Arab. the signif.
of absorbing, and also of ardently desir-
ing, longing; hence likewise in Hebrew:
2. to seek, to ask, to inquire, Is. 21, 12
bis. Aram. Nyā, ise.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be
swollen, tumid, and hence to swell out, to
be prominent. Is. 30, 12 rºº be? Yº
Hºu); Tºirſ: as a breach ready to fall,
swelling out in a high wall.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be sought out,
searched, Obad. 6.
Deriv. ºil, and "a for "sa.
Sº, Chald, fut. Nº. 1. to seek, to
search after, c. acc. Dan. 2, 13. 6, 5. In
the Targums often for Heb. ÜP3.
2. to ask, to petition, to entreat of any
one, c. Tº Dan. 2, 16, Pºp, 6, 12, tºp, ſº
2, 18, 9; sy: to ask a petition Dan. 6,
8.—Hence
*V. Chald. f. a petition, request, Dan.
ſi, 8. 14.
niya (a torch, lamp, r. nº.3) Beor, pr.
n. a) The father of Balaam, Num. 22,
5. Deut. 23, 5, Sept. Begg, Bouaig. 2
Pet. 2, 15 Bogóg. b) The father of Be-
la king of the Edomites, Gen. 36, 32.
1 Chr. 1, 43.
bºy... m. plur. (r. nº.3) terrors, Ps.
88, 17. Job 6, 4.
>k Ty: obsol root, Arab. }* alacer,
agilis fuit.—Hence
725 (alacrity) Boaz, pr. n. a.) A
Bethlehemite who married Ruth, Ruth
2, 1 sq. b) A column set up before the
temple of Solomon, so called either from
the architect, or, if it was perhaps an
ſºluº, from the name of the donor. 1
K. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 3, 17. See too Movers,
Phoenizier I. p. 293.
>k ty: ſut, os: 1. to tread down, to
'rample under foot. Chald. Pe. et. Pa.
d. Syr. iśāz a treading down, leap-
ng; comp. further under r. bha.-Me-
taph. to contemn, to neglect, (comp. Prov.
27, 7.) 1 Sam. 2, 29 ºrit: sºyan Hah
'nºx -ºs rrº why trample ye upon
my sacrifice and upon mine offering
which I have commanded? i. e. in con-
tempt. Sept. §rtéfflepo.g., Vulg. ‘quare
calce abjecistis victimam mean et mu-
mera mea 7 °
2. to kick, as an ox; trop. of obsti-
nacy and rebellion against God, Deut.
32, 15.
"y; m. (r. ryº, comp. Chald. Nya) en-
treaty, prayer. Job 30, 24 nº ºx: Nº
Tº yea, prayer is nought, when God
stretcheth forth his hand, nor in his
(God's) destruction doth their cry avail.
The * in "si is doubtless a radical let-
ter; and hence by contr. "3 q.v.
"X; m. (r. 33) cattle, beasts, so called
from feeding, grazing; comp. nº no. 2,
Only in Sing. collect. like Lat. pecus,
-oris, of every species of cattle, large
and small, Ex. 22, 4. Num. 20, 4.8. 11.
Ps. 78, 48. Spec. of beasts of burden,
Gen. 45, 17–Syr. ſº se with Ribbui
as a mark of the plural, Arab. }* id.
Sk Sº fut. by: 1. to be lord or mas-
ter over anything, to have dominion over,
to possess. Ethiop, ſlu A to possess
much, to be rich, ſhū-A rich.-Is. 26,
13 Trººt Bºis ºbs: lords besides thee
have had dominion over us. With
1 Chr. 4, 22.—Hence
2. to become the husband of any one,
to marry a wife, like Arab. JJCo to rule,
to marry. Arab. J33 , Syr. Šo id—
Deut. 21, 13. 24, 1. Mal. 2, 11. Is. 62, 5,
Part. act. Tº in Plur. majest, thy hus-
band, thy lord, Is. 54, 5. Part. pass. f.
rºsa Is. 54, 1, and by a nºs: one mar.
ried, married to a husband, Gen. 20, 3.
Deut. 22, 22. Metaph. of a land deso-
lated, but again filled with inhabi' ants,
Is. 62, 4.
3. * *** prob. to disdain, to reject,
Jer. 3, 14 ºs ºr ... Bºiu tº hand
tº "nº turn ye, O rebellious chil-
dren... for I have rejected you. 31, 32
they did break my covenants "ES"
tº "nº and I rejected them. Sept.
xâyd, huáAmgo, witän, comp. Heb. 8, 9.
So Syr. Abulwalid, and other ancient in-
terpreters. See Pococke ad Port. Mosis
p. 5–10, and comp. Arab. Jº c. Sº tº
13
by: wº
by-
146
fear, to disdain. In c. 31 the common
bignif might perhaps be adopted, q. d.
although I ("ºs") was their lord. But
this sense is not so easy; and besides,
the signif. of disdaining is not foreign
from the primary meaning of the verb.
In Arabic there are also other verbs, in
which the signif. of subduing, being
high, having dominion, is transferred
also to that of looking down upon, despis-
ing, contemming, as U” to subdue,
c. - to despise; C3-º- V, to be
high ; Conj. I, to look down upon, to
Contemn.
NIPH. to have a husband, to be mar-
ried, Prov. 30, 23. Metaph. Is. 62, 4.
Deriv. bsa–Hººsa, rºa.
Sya c. suff, *sa, Fºva; Plur. Rºsa,
constr. *sa, c. suff, 3 sing. Tº Ex.
21, 29.34, 36.22, 10–14. Ecc. 5, 12, and
rºa Job 31, 39. Ecc. 7, 12, sometimes
for Sing, like Yºts his lord, comp. Lehrg.
663; but c. suff, 3 plur. Triº Esth. 1,
17, 20, as plural.
1. lord, master, possessor, owner. Fre-
quent in the Phenician dialect; see
Monumen. Phoen. p. 348. Aram. Psa,
ar. 3 © .”
bºz, $$2, id. Arab. Jº in the dia-
lect of Yemen lord, master, elsewhere a
husband; Ethiop. QUA. Comp. also
Sanscr. pala lord.—Spoken of the mas-
ter and owner of a house, Ex. 22, 7.
Judg. 19, 22; of land Job 31, 39; of cat-
tle Ex. 21, 28. Is. 1, 3; of money lent,
i. e. a creditor Deut. 15, 2. Spoken of
the head of a family Lev. 21, 4; also
this ºn the lords of the nations Is. 16,
8, spoken of the Assyrians as the con-
querors of nations; or according to
others, of their princes.
2. a husband, Arab. Syr. Chald, id.
Comp. Sanscr. pati lord, also husband.
Ex. 21, 22. 2 Sam. 11, 26 nºs by a hus-
band of a wife, i. e. married Ex. 21, 3.
cºny: by a husband of one's youth, i. e.
to whom one was married in youth,
Joel 1, 8, i. q xovglöuog tôoug Il. 5. 414.
3. Plur. with gen. of a city, lords of a
tity, i. q. inhabitants, citizens, in" ºn
Josh. 24, 11, t2u, Judg.9,2 sq. º. ºa
"sh; 2 Sam. 21, 12, who also are called
in 2 Sam. 2,4, 5 x * *s. Some mod-
ern interpreters understand chiefs, no-
bles, princes, misled perhaps by the
words in Judg. 9, 51 bºnº pºulºsr 9%
ºr **a bºy, where also Sept. Itávts,
oi iyotusvow tis téAsog, Better, all the
men and women, even all the inhabitants
of the city, the latter expression compre-
hending the two former; Engl. Vers
and all they of the city.
4. With genit. of thing, lord or pos-
sessor of a thing, i.e. one having that
thing, one to whom that attribute or
quality belongs; thus often forming a
periphrasis for an adjective; comp. Ú"N
no. 1. k. as no. 9. E.g. ºn by a bºx
a ram having two horns, aries bicornis,
Dan. 8, 6,20; ºn by: the winged one,
poet. for a bird Ecc. 10, 20; -yu, bya tºwn
a hairy man 2 K. 1, 8; niºbryń by a the
dreamer, one who has dreams, Gen. 37,
19; tº 593 one who has a law-suit,
controversy, Ex. 24, 14, comp. "tºº '-
ºny adversary Is. 50,8. So too possessor
of my covenant, of my oath, i.e. joined
in covenant with me, confederate, Gen.
14, 13. Neh. 6, 18; Tiºn by: master of
the tongue, i. e. a charmer, enchanter
Ecc. 10, 11 ; bº: 893 given to appetite
greedy, Prov. 23, 2, comp. 29, 22; also
the receiver of a bribe Prov. 17,8.—Prov.
16, 22 *** Bºº Bºn Hip: a fountain
of life is understanding to its possessor,
i. e. to him who hath it, is endued with
it. 1, 19, 17,8. Ecc. 8, 8 sºn whº sh
***rs nor shall wickedness deliver its
possessor, i.e. him who is given to it,
the wicked man. 7, 12. Prov. 3, 27
***** -ie-wººn-hs withhold no good
from its lord, from him to whom it is due,
to whom it pertains, i. e. from the needy.
5. With the Art. Byari, and preſ. Byaa
9938, Baal, i. e. the Lord, not éozºv,
as the name of a chief domestic and
tutelary god of the Phenicians, and par-
ticularly of the Tyrians; worshipped
also by the Hebrews espec. at Samaria
with great pomp, along with Astarte;
see in Hºus, nºnus. Judg. 6, 25 sq.
2K. 10, 18 sq. Hence by an nº the tem
ple of Baal 1 K. 16, 32; by an "s": the
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 22.25, -sº
ºn the remnant of Baal, i.e. of his
worshippers, Zeph. 1, 4. Plur. Bºr
Baalim, i.e. images of Baal, Jadg, 2 1.
3, 7.8, 33. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 7, 4. 12, 10. al
by-
by-
147
Of the currency and extent of this wor-
ship among the Phenicians and Cartha-
ginians, we have one proof among others
in the frequency of the name Baal in
compound pr. names of Phenician men,
as ºsans q. v. Jerombalus (bº),
and also of Carthaginians, as Hannibal
(ºr grace of Baal), Hasdrubal
(ºnly help of Baal), Muthumballes
(893"nº man of Baal), etc. Among
the Babylonians the same god was
called in the Aramaean manner b3 Bel,
Belus, fol b2+, see ba. Among the Ty-
rians themselves the full name of this
divinity appears to have been nºnpº
ns bºx. (Inscr. Melit. biling.) i. e. Malke-
reth lord of Tyre; where again rºp;2
is for nº tº king of the city. The
Greeks, on account perhaps of some
similarity of emblems, constantly gave
him the name of Hercules, Hercules
Tyrius, and compared him with Jupiter;
see Inscr. laudat. See more in Ersch and
Gruber's Encyclop. Vol. VIII. p. 397 sq.
under the articles Baal, Bel, Belus.
Münter, Religion der Babylonier p. 16
sq. Movers Phoenizier I. p. 169 sq.
These writers suppose that under this
name the sun was worshipped ; but I
have elsewhere endeavoured by various
arguments to show that not the sun, but
the planet Jupiter, stella Jovis, as the
guardian and giver of good fortune, was
the object of this worship. See Com-
ment. on Is. Vol. II. p. 335 sq. Encyclop.
l. c. p. 398 sq. and so Rosenmüller in his
Bibl. Alterthumskunde I.ii. p. 11. Yet I
would not deny, that bºx, with certain
attributes, as ºr byz. (see ſºn), is also
referred to the sum.—In some cities
where the worship of Baal was preva-
'ent, a special epithet was added to the
..lame, e. g. a) nºn: by: Baal-berith,
i.e. lord or guardian of covenants, wor-
shipped by the Shechemites, Judg. 8,
33. 9, 4, comp. v. 46; q. d. Zsig ógxtoc,
Deus fidius ; or, according to Movers l.c.
‘Baal in covenant with the idolaters of
Israel.” b) =haſ bºx, Baal-zebub, wor-
shipped by the Philistines at Ekron 2 K.
1, 2; q. d, fly-Baal, fly-destroyer, 'ke
..he Zeus Artóuvios of Elis, Pausan. 5 14.
2; and the Myiagrus deus of the Ro-
inans, Solin. Polyhist. c. 1. c) nº bæ:
of the Moabites see hºst.
6. As denoting the possessor of a thing
it is trop. also applied to a place which
has or contains any thing, i. e. a place
at or in which any thing is or is found,
equivalent to nº no. 6. So in the pr.
names of cities and places:
a) by: Baal, 1 Chr. 4, 33, perh, the
same place elsewhere called "s: nºga
Baalath-beer (having a well) in the
borders of the tribe of Simeon, Josh,
19, 8.
b) Tº Byz, Baal-Gad, so called from
the worship of Gad i. e. Fortune, at the
foot of Hermon near the sources of the
Jordan, prob. i. q. 712ºr 933 in lett. e.
Josh. 11, 17. 13, 5. By some it is er-
roneously supposed to be the same with
the celebrated Ba'albek or Heliopolis;
see Thesaur. p. 225.
c) Tior bºx, Baal-hamon (place of
multitude, or i, q, Tios 5:3 sacred to
Jupiter Ammon) a place near which
Solomon had a vineyard, Cant. 8, 11. A
town Beloudy (Sept. Bukoudjv) situated
in Samaria is mentioned Judith 8, 3.
d) hisr, bya (having a village or
hamlet) Baal-hazor, a town or village
near the territory of Ephraim, 2 Sam.
13, 23; perh. i. q. hisr, Neh. 11, 33, in
the tribe of Benjamin, q.v.
e) Tianr byz, Baal-Hermon, a town
and an adjacent height near Mount
Hermon, 1 Chr. 5, 23. Judg. 3, 3. Comp.
lett. b.
f) lism by: Raal-meon (place of
dwelling), see Tisº by: nº p. 129
g) 5-sºº Bºa (place of breaches, de-
feats) Baal-perazim, a place or village
near the valley of Rephaim, 2 Sam. 5,
20. 1 Chr. 14, 11; comp. Is. 28, 21
h) Ties by a (place of Typhon, o sa
cred to Typhon) Baal-Zephon, a place
in Egypt near the head of the Red Sea,
Ex. 14, 2. 9. Num. 33, 7. The name
accords well with the site of this place.
near the desert tracts between the Nile
and the Red Sea, which were held to be
the abode of Typhon, the evil genius of
the Egyptians. See Creuzer in Com-
mentt. Herodoteis I. § 22. Symbolik I
317 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81.
i) nº ºxa Baal-shalisha 2 K. 4,42,
the name of a place prob, situated in the
district Hujºu, near the mountains of
Ephraim; comp. 1 Sam. 9, 4.
by-
ºny-
148
k) hºr, Psi Baal-tamar (place of
palm-trees) Judg. 20, 33. *
1) Fiºn, ºxa (cives Judge) 3 Sam. 6,
2, a city elsewhere called also nº
(civitas) Baalah and Kirjath jearim,
comp. 1 Chr. 13, 6 See nº no. 2. a.
7. As pr. n. of several men, e. g.
a) by a Baal a) 1 Chr. 5, 5. 3) 8,
30. 9, 36
b) ºr bºx, (lord of grace) Baal-ha-
nam, pr. n. x) A king of Edom Gen.
36. 38. 1 Chr. 1, 49, 3) A royal prefect
or overseer, 1 Chr. 27, 28.
º, Chald, m. i. g. Heb. bsa, lord;
for Ext; by: see tist. From this form
comes by contraction 53 q. v.
Tº f(corresp. toºsa) 1 a mistress,
nºr nº. 1 K. 17, 17. Metaph. mis-
tress of any thing, i. e. possessing or
endued with any thing, as six-nºyin a
woman having a divining spirit, see
ais; Bºuz rºa mistress of sorceries,
a sorceress, Nah. 3, 4.
2. Collect, civilas, i. q. bºx: cives, in-
habitants, see bºx, no. 3; as nă daughter,
for tº:3. So I explain nºz, Baalah as
the pr. n. of towns or cities, viz. a) One
in the northern part of the tribe of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 9. 1 Chr. 13,6; called also
nºrth ºz (cives Judae) see by a no. 6.
lett. I; tº nºnp q.v. and bºx-rººp.
It seems likewise to have given name to
a mountain Baalah Josh. 15, 11, lying
in the same region, but nearer the sea.
b) Another city was situated in the
southern part of the same tribe, Josh. 15,
29; and seems to be the same which
elsewhere is called nº Josh. 19, 3, and
Hriº 1 Chr, 4, 29, and was assigned to
Simeon, c) See in by a no. 6 a.
ribya (civitates, see Hºa no.2) Bea-
loth, pr. n. of a town in the southern part
of Judah, Josh. 15, 24; different from
rºa in v. 9. 29.
yºva (whom the Lord knows and
zares for, comp. Sºir") Beeliada, pr.
n. of a son of David, 1 Chr. 14,7; called
in 2 Sam. 5, 16 ºhs i. e. whom God
Knows, q.v.
nºza (whose lord is Jehovah) Bea-
ſiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 5.
bºyº (i. Q. oºº-ji, son of exultation,
see in 5 p. 10%) Baalis, pr. n. of a king of
the Ammonites, Jer. 40, 14. Some Mss
read Rºbsa; and so Josephus Ant. 10
9. 2.
rºy: (civitas i. Q. Hº: no. 2, after
the form nºt, nºx) Baalath, a city o
the tribe of Dan, Josh. 19, 44; rebuilt of
fortified by Solomon, 1 K. 9, 18. 2 Chr,
8, 6.
nsiºn:23, see in bºa no. 6 a.
79; see in nº no. 12. e.
Sº, (i. q. Nº-ji, son of affliction, see
in a p. 109) Baana, pr. n. m. a) 1 K.
4, 12. b) ib. v. 16. c.) Neh. 3, 4.
Tº (id.) Baanah, pr. m. m. a) 2
Sam. 4, 2. b) 2 Sam. 23, 29. 1 Chr. 11,
30, c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 7, 7, 10, 28.
Sk *:::: fut. "Sº 1. to feed upon, to eat
wp, to comsume, see Pi. and Hiph. no. 1,
also nº cattle, so called ſºom feeding.
Syr. ** to glean, lºsse a gleaning.
2. Spec. to consume with fire, to burn
up; comp. Bas no. 2. Chald, ºil to
burn, Pa.. to kindle.—Ps, 83, 15-yar usz
ºny: as a fire burneth a forest. Mostly
with 3, to set fire to, to burn up; Job 1,
16 the fire of God is fallen from heaven
tº Nsa hy:r) and hath burned up
the flocks and the servants. Num, 11, 1.
3. Ps. 106, 18. Is. 42, 25. Jer. 44, 6. Lam.
2, 3. Also to cause to burn, to kindle,
Is. 30, 33.—Elsewhere intrans. a) to
be consumed with fire, to be burned, Ex.
3, 3. Is. 1, 31. 9, 17. b) to burn, as fire
Jer. 20, 9; pitch Is. 34, 9; coals Ez. 1,
13; trop. of anger Is. 30, 27. Ps. 79, 5.
89, 47. c) to be set on fire, kindled.
Hos. 7, 4 as an oven HER2 Hºya kindled
by the baker. Also to kindle up, to in-
flame, as coals Ps. 18, 9; metaph, an-
ger, Ps. 2, 12. Esth. 1, 12.
3. Denom. from nº cattle, to be
brutish, Jer. 10, 8. Part. Dºn: a brutish
men Ps. 94, 8; savage Ez. 21, 36.
NIPH. to be or become brutish, Jer. 10
14, 21. 51, 17. Is. 19, 11 ny: Hy: the
counsel is become brutish.
PIEL-ya, inf constr. ***, ſut.-->.
1. to feed upon, to eat up, to consume
e.g. a field, vineyard, Is. 3, 14, 5, 5
with # Ex. 22, 4 [5].
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to cause to burn, tº
kindle, e.g. fire Ex. 35, 3; wood Lev. 6
ºny-
bºn
149
5 [12]. Also to burn, to consume, Neh.
10, 35. Is. 44 15, 40, 16; # Us ºn to
set fire to any thing, Ez. 39, 9.10.
3. to take or put away, to remove, to
destroy. 1 K. 22, 47 and the remnant of
the Sodomites Y. Sri-Tº hy: he put away
out of the land. Deut. 26, 13. 14. 2 Sam.
4, 11. 2 K. 23, 24, 2 Chr 19, 3. A usual
formula in Deuteronony, implying the
punishment of death, is: yºr ºns:
Tº thou shall put away the evil per-
son from the midst of thee, Deut. 13, 6.
17, 7. 19, 19. 21, 21. 22, 21. 24, 24,7; or
*Shºº 17, 12. 22, 22; comp. Judg. 20,
13. (For synon. formulas in Exodus,
Levit, and Numbers, see r. nº Niph.)
Is. 6, 13 although a tenth part remain in
the land, -33° Firºrº Hºu, yet shall this
be again destroyed. Num. 24, 22 nºr."
Tºp Tº the Keniles shall be driven out,
destroyed. Is. 4, 4 when Jehovah shall
have washed away the filth of the daugh-
ters of Zion ... nº ranº tºº rºni,
with a spirit of judgment and a spirit
of destroying, i. e. judging and destroy-
ing the wicked by his Spirit, his divine
energy or power. Construed also with
"ins, implying pursuit and destruction
from behind, 1 K. 14, 10 hºrls "nºxº
ºn ºn nuys? Exº-nº and I will
take away the house of Jeroboam, as one
taketh away dung. 21, 21.
PUAL to be kindled, to burn, of a fur-
nace or stove, Jer. 36, 22.
HipH. 1. to feed upon, to eat up, i. q.
Pi. no. 1, Ex. 22, 4 [5].
2. i, q. Pi. no. 2, to cause to burn, to
kindle, Ex. 22, 5 [6]; also to burn up, to
consume, c. acc. Ez. 5, 2. Judg. 15, 5.
With USA 2 Chr. 28, 3. A tºs ºn to
set fire to any thing Judg. 15, 5 init.
3. i. Q. Pi. no. 3, to lake or put away,
to destroy, with hºrls 1 K. 16, 3.
Deriv. the three following, also nº,
nºir, and pr. n. miyā.
Ty: m. pr. brutishness, stupidity, only
as concr. brutish, stupid, like cattle ;
spoken of men, Ps. 49, 11. 73, 22. Prov.
12, 1. 30, 2. Comp. r. nº no. 3, and
Niph.
Nºa (brutish) Baara, pr. º. f. 1 Chr.
8,8; written in v. 9 ºn, by a manifest
Errol".
ºf a burning, fire, conflagration,
espec. of produce in the field, Ex. 22, 5
[6]. Comp. r. nº no. 2.
nºvya (ſor nº work of Jehovah)
Baaseiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 25 [40]
Comp. under lett. 5.
>k ujº, obsol. root, Chald. Us: i, q.
tjS3, to be bad, offensive. Hence
stºa Baasha, pr: n, of a king of Is.
rael, r. 952–930 B.C. 1 K. 15, 16 sq. c.
16. 2 Chr. 16, 1 sq. Jer. 41, 9.
Tºtº (i. q, nºruffy nº house of
Astarte, see in a note, lett, c, p. 109)
Beeshterah, pr. n. of a Levitical city
in the tribe of Manasseh beyond Jor-
dan, Josh. 21, 27; called in 1 Chr. 6,
56 ninrºs.
>k ny: OH' nº in Kal not used. Syr.
AS2 to ſear, to be terrified.
PIEl nya ſut. nº. 1. to make afraid,
to terrify, only poetic, Ps. 18, 5. Job 3, 5.6,
4. 7, 14.9, 34. 13, 11. 21. 15, 24. Is. 21, 4.
2. to come upon suddenly, to seize sud-
denly. 1 Sam. 16, 14 ns? Hº ran anny:
Hinº an evil spirit from Jehovah came
wpon him suddenly. v. 15.-Arab. &#3
to come suddenly, to happen unexpect-
43
edly; III, to attack unexpectedly; &
suddenly.
Niph. to be afraid, terrified, Dan. 8,
17; with ºn 1 Chr. 21, 30. Esth. 7, 6.
Deriv. Bºnnya and
Tºy: f. terror Jer. 8, 15. 14, 19.
Yà m. (r. 7:3) mire, mud, in which
one sticks fast, Jer. 38, 22.
Tº f. (r. 1's 3) a marsh, fen, Job 8,
11. 40, 21. Plur. c. suff. Thryssä by an
incorrect orthography for Yºnisi, Ez.
47, 11.
*:::: (prob. i. q. *bz q. v.) Bezai, pl.
n. m. Ezra 2, 17. Neh. 7, 23. 10, 19.
nº m. (r. -sa no. 1) 1. a vintage
Lev. 26, 5. Is. 24, 13. 32, 10. Jer. 48, 32,
2. Adj. inaccessible, lofty, steep, i. Q.
-hsa, spoken of a forest Zech. 11, 2
Keri. Comp. r. ngã no. 2.
*śs: not in use, i. q. bsº, Arab.
e º sº * -
J-23 to strip, to peel; kindr., is nº,
comp. n sº, nºt.—Hence nºbia and
13%
by-
*y-,
150
by: pnly plur. Eºsi, onions, Num.
11, 5. Syr. Iſsa, Ethiop, ſh;8A, Arab.
Jas id. Comp. quadril. rºar.
ºsº (in the shadow of God, i. e. in
his protection) Bezaleel, pr. n. m. a)
Ex. 31, 2.35, 30. b) Ezra 10, 30.
nºxia (a stripping, nakedness) Baz-
luth, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52; in Neh. 7, 54
written nºsa Bazlith.
* X: fut, sº 1. to cut in pieces,
to break or dash in pieces. Chald. 93:
to cut in pieces, to divide, as bread; Syr.
*še to break, Arab. Sº- to cut, to
cleave asunder, to cut off, & ) $2.33
a part, piece. Kindr. is ºxº to wound ;
comp. in ns: -Amos 9, 1 smite the capi-
tals of the columns tº US-2, ºxº and
dash them in pieces upon the heads of
all ; Essa for Essa. Intrans. to be
wounded ; Joel 2, 8 of locusts, they rush
among the weapons, Hº Nº they are
not wounded; others less well, they break
not off their course. Comp, in Tº: no.
1. b.
2. to tear in pieces, i. q to plunder, to
spoil, pr. of enemies Hab. 2, 9. Ps. 10, 3.
Trop. in the formula S's; S33 to spoil the
spoil, to get unlawful gain, to be greedy
after gain, spoken of those who rob and
defraud others by extortion and oppres-
sion, Germ. Geld schneiden. Part. 33%
ssa Prov. 1, 19. 15, 27. Jer. 6, 13, 8, 10.
Inf. Ez. 22, 27. Comp. 913, and A.
Schult. Opp. min. p. 61.
PIEL, sº fut. Sºº 1. to cut off; Is.
38, 12 ºz. Hºº he (God) cutleth me
off from the thrum, a metaphor drawn
from a weaver, who, when his web is
finished, cuts it off from the thrum by
which it was fastened to the beam. Job
3, 9.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to plunder, to defraud
any one, Ez. 22, 12.
3. to bring to an end, to finish, to com-
plete, e. g. the temple Zech. 4, 9. Of
God, who eacecutes his judgment upon
the wicked Is. 10, 12; or fulfils his pro-
mise Lam. 2, 17.-Hence
5:3. m. in pause 933, c. suff Tºša.
1 spoil, plunder, prey, see the root no.
2; pr. of enemies Judg. 5, 19. Jer, 51, 13
Mic. 4, 13. Trop. of the rapine and
extortion of kings and nobles who de-
spoil a people, Jer. 22, 17. Ez. 22, 13
Hence r
2. unjust gain, lucre, e.g. from bribes
1 Sam. 8, 3. Is. 33, 15; or by other un-
lawful means, ‘Is. 57, 17. Also Ex. 18,
21 Prov. 28, 16. Is. 56, 11. Ez. 33, 31.
3. gain in general, profit ; sºng
what profit 2 Gen. 37, 26. Job. 22, 3. Ps,
30, 10.
*ys: obsol. root, Arab. 94; to flow
3 - -
gradually, to trickle, e.g. water, Ud-di: ,
9 ~ 1 - 2 § • * , ,
3.3Lój, Kºdiazā-e, little water.—Hence
ya, rise.
Sk P:: to swell; hence spoken of the
foot as unshod, to become callous, to have
callous spots or tumors, Deut. 8, 4. Neh.
9, 21. Sept. in Deut. well, étułóðngov.
Hence
P}; m. dough, so called from its swell-
ing, rising ; but spoken also of that not
yet fermented, Ex. 12, 34.39. 2 Sam. 13,
8. Jer. 7, 18.
FPX; (stony region, high, Arab.
šāºš) Bozkath, pr. n. of a place in
Judah, Josh. 15, 39. 2 K. 22, 1. Josephus
Booké9, Ant. 10. 4. 1.
Sk "s: 1. to cut off. Syr. Pa.. to short-
en, to diminish, firsz diminished, small,
low. Kindred roots are by 3, 933; see
on the primary power of the syllables tº,
ya, YE, under the roots 113, HSB; comp.
also under T1: I. 1–Spoken mostly of
the vintage of grapes, e. g. to gather
grapes, to hold a vintage, c. acc. Lev.
25, 5. 11; of a vineyard Deut. 24, 21.
Judg.9,27. Part. "sia a vintager, grape-
gatherer, Jer. 6, 9; Plur. Enºsh vinta-
gers, metaph. of enemies preparing de-
struction, Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5; comp.
nºsa. Metaph. Ps. 76, 13 nºn-s:-
E*T*:: he cutteth off the spirit of princes
q. d. cuts down their pride, breaks their
spirit. -
2. to cut off access, i. q. to restrain, to
prevent, see Niph. and nºsa; also to
make inaccessible. Hence Part. pass.
**** inaccessible, walled, spoken of hig
"Yº-l
"p-
151
walls Deut. 1, 28. 28, 52. Is. 2, 15; of a
lofty impervious forest Zech. 11, 2 Ke-
ri; of fortified cities, strong, Num. 13,
28. Deut. 3, 5. Josh. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 20, 6.
Is. 25, 2. Deut. 1, 28. Metaph. difficult
to be understood, Jer. 33, 3.
3. to cut out, to break or dig out, e. g.
metals, see n:º 3.
NIPH. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be cut
off or restrained from any one, to be
inaccessible, difficult ; c. 72, Gen. 11,
6 nibyº hol. Yuys B2 Erº is: Nº no-
thing will be restrained from them, will
be too hard for them, which they may
purpose to do. Job 42, 2.
PIELi. q. Kalno. 2, to make inaccessible,
e.g. a fortification, Jer. 51, 53. Also sim-
ply to fortify, to rebuild a wall, Is. 22, 10.
Deriv.ns: —nºsa, also nºxi, h;3%.
TX; Job 36, 19, i. q. h;3 q. v. no. 1.
TX; m. 1. ore of gold and silver,
precious metals, in the rude state, as cut
or dug out of the mines, from r. ns: in
the sense of cutting or breaking Ps. 76,
13; like Arab. 23 native gold or silver,
not yet subjected to the fire and hammer,
3 – CJ
5-3 noun of unity, i. q. a piece or par-
ticle of such gold, from 23 i. q. "Bº II,
to break; VIII, to be cut off, broken off;
comp. Germ. brechen as a technical
word in mining—Job 22, 24 ºrbs nºw;
nxi, cast upon the earth the precious ore,
parall. with gold of Ophir in the other
hemistich. Plur. v. 25 Tºys: "ºu, Hºrº
and the Almighty shall be thy precious
ores, parall, with nies in Fez. So
also nga, in pause ºns: Job 36, 19, id.—
This satisfactory explanation of an ob-
scure word we owe to Abulwalid ; see
more in Thesaur. p. 230. Winer ad
Sim, Lex. prefers the signif a piece, par-
‘icle of native gold or silver, from the
Ç
$º. 9
motion of cutting off, comparing *y-e
piece of gold. But the notion of piece,
varticle, in this word, does not come from
the root, but from the circumstance that
3_ © 8 * z:
$53 is a noun of unity. So from Jºe
9 ~ ºf e •º
gold, comes Kºeë a particle or bit o'
9 G. ... < *.. e -
go'd ; from U-3 straw, Kºš a bit o'
straw, chaff; although these feminine
forms do not always thus imply a part or
particle.
2. Bezer, pr. m. a.) A Levitical city
of refuge in the tribe of Reuben, Deut
4, 43. Josh. 20, 8. 21, 36. Vulg. Bosor
b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 37.
Ty; f. 1. a fold, sheep-fold, Mic. 2,
12; so called from the idea of restrain-
ing, see r. ns: no. 2; comp. Nº from
Nº. Chald. Nºnº an enclosure, stall.
2. Pr. a fortress, strong-hold, i. q.
*:::12; hence pr. n. Bozrah, one of the
chief cities of the Edomites, Is. 34, 6. 63,
1. Jer. 49, 13. 22. Am. 1, 12; comp. Gen.
36, 33. There can scarcely be a doubt
that it was the same with el-Busaire',
(sº-J dimin from *ra; Busrah),
a village and castle in Arabia Petraea
south-east of the Dead Sea ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 570. I formerly held
that Bozrah of the Edomites was identi-
cal with Bozrah of Auranitis or Haurán;
see Comm. ad Is. l. c. Burckhardt’s
Travels in Syria etc. p. 226 sq. Yet
I cannot but assent to the reasons urged
to the contrary by Raumer, Hitzig, and
Robinson l. c.
jYº m. a fortress, strong-hold, Zech.
9, 12. R. nº no. 2.
nºsa f. (r. 5x: no. 2) a cutting off of
rain, drought, Jer. 17,8; Sept. §§gozlo.
Plur. nins: Jer. 14, 1; comp. Lehrg. p.
600,—Some reſer hither the word Hºa
Ps. 9, 10. 10, 1; but 3 is there a prefix.
Pºp. m. (r. pp.3) 1. a bottle, so
called from the gurgling or bubbling
sound made in emptying; 1 K. 14, 3. Jer.
19, 1. 10. Syr. tº: 2, and Gr. 64-
6vłog, 60.6%m, also from the sound.
Comp. Maltese bakbjka, under r. pp.
2. Bakbuk, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh,
7, 53.
T.P.P. (emptying i. e. wasting of
Jehovah) Bakbukiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11.
17. 12, 9, 25.
TEP3 (perh. i. q. ºr papa wasting
of the mount) Bakbakkar, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 9, 15.
"På, i.g. ºnºpa, Bukki, pr.n.m. a)
N Im. 34,22. b) 1 Chr. 5, 31 [6, 5]. 6
36 [51].
"p: 1
2 yph
*P* (wasting from Jehovah) Buk-
kiah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4, 13.
3"P. m. plur. Bºy"pā, clefts, fissures,
breaches, Am. 6, 11. Is. 22, 9. R. Sp3.
Sk 3D: fut. Spº, inf. c. suff, espa.
1. to cleave asunder, to rend, to divide.
Kindred are spº, Syr. “ae. The sig-
nification of cleaving and opening, as
proceeding from a blow or violence (see
pas, nº.3) and inherent in the syllables
ph, pp., is found also in the kindred roots
ripp, ºpiº, n=3 –Spec. to cleave wood
Ecc. 10, 9; to divide the sea, spoken of
God, Ex. 14, 16; to rip up women with
child Am. 1, 13; to rend or wound the
shoulder Ez. 29, 7. Of a city, to rend
its walls, to break open, to take by
storm, to subdue ; 2 Chr. 32, 1 nºRº
*s Expº, and thought to subdue these
cities to himself 21, 17–With 3, to
cleave into or through any thing, to
break through, 2 Sam. 23, 16. 1 Chr. 11,
V8.
2. to cleave, to lay open anything shut,
so that what is enclosed may be set free
and break forth. Is. 48, 21 he clave the
rock, the waters gushed forth. Judg. 15,
19,-Praegn. and constr. with acc. of the
thing bursting forth ; Ps. 74, 15 ºp:
brº Tº thou didst cleave (and make
burst forth) fountains and torrents.
Comp. Niphal, Pi. no. 3, and Gr. §hy, vot
6&ngvo, trygg, to shed tears, to send
forth fountains.
3. to cleave eggs, spoken of a fowl,
i. e. to hatch, Is. 34, 15.
Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 1, to be cleft
asunder; intrans. to be divided, to open
itself, e.g. the earth Num. 16, 31. Zech.
14, 4. Also to be rent, ruptured, Job 26,
8. 32, 19. 2 Chr. 25, 12; to be broken in
upon, to be taken by storm, as a city 2 K.
25, 4. Jer. 52, 7.
2. Pass. of Kal no 2, to be opened, as
buntains Gen. 7, 11. Spoken also of
waters which break forth, Is. 35, 6. Prov.
3, 20; so the light Is. 58, 8. Comp.
synon. htºn, hp?, "23, in which the
idea of cleaving, rending, is also trans-
ſerred to the thing bursting forth.
3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be hatched, to
break foºth from an egg, as the viper's
rood Is. 59, 5.
4. to be rent hyperbol. for to be shaken
to tremble, e.g. the earth, 1 K. 1, 40.
PIEL SE3, fut. SP3, 1. i. q. Kal no
1, to cleave, as wood Gen. 22, 3, a rock
Ps. 78, 15; to rip up women with child.
2 K. 8, 12. 15, 16.
2. to rend, to tear in pieces, as wild
beasts, i. q. Finº, Hos. 13, 8, 2 K. 2, 24.
3. i. q. Kal no. 2, to open, to cause to
break forth, e.g. waters from a rock Job
28, 10; torrents Hab. 3, 9, comp. in Ka.
Ps. 74, 15; a wind Ez. 13, 11. 13.
4. i. q. Kal no. 3, to hatch eggs, Is. 59, 5.
PUAL SPE to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 4;
to be ripped up Hos. 14, 1 [13, 16]; of a
city, i. q. Niph. to be broken into, to be
taken by storm, Ez. 26, 10.
HIPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to rend or
break open a city, i.e. to take it by storm,
to subdue, Is. 7, 6.
2. With BS, to cleave or break through
to any one, 2 K. 3, 26. Comp. in Kal
no. 1 ult.
HoPH. Spºr pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to
be broken open, taken, as a city, Jer.
39, 2.
HITHPA. to be cleft, rent, Josh. 9, 13.
Mic. 1, 4. *
Deriv. ºpa, and the three here fol.
lowing.
XP. m. a part, half; spec. half a
shekel, Gen. 24, 22. Ex. 38, 26.
&P. Chald. Dan. 3, 1, i. q. Heb.
Hypz.
Tºº, f. (r. sp.) plur. nispº, a val.
ley, pr. a cleft of the mountains; opp.
to mountains Detº. 8, 7. 11, 11. Ps. 104,
8; to hills Is. 41, 18. Often also for a
low plain, a wide plain, level country,
Sept. Ts6tov, e.g. that in which Babylon
was situated, Gen. 11, 2; comp. Ez. 3,
23. 37, 1.2. Tixºn repº valley or plain
of Lebanon, lying at the foot of Hermon
and Anti-Lebanon around the sources
of the Jordan, Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7; not
the valley between Lebanon and Anti-
Lebanon, the Coelesyria of Strabo,
and el-Bülcá'a Uš Ji of the Arabs
Other plains take their names from ad-
jacent cities, as Tiny” rep: 2 Chr. 35
22; inn, '- Deut. 34, 3; TS repz, Am.
1, 5; see in Tiny”, is no. 1. a,—Sy”
3 – o 3 – o –
ſesao, Arab. &#. & and Kaše iu.
pp-
-p-
153
* Pp: 1. to pour out, to empty, Sc. a
O
vessel, bottle, see phapa. Arab. Gºś
pnomatopoetic from the sound of a bot-
tle in being emptied ; like Pers. Jºké
gulgul, Engl. to gurgle, to bubble. In
the Maltese dialect, bakbak is to boil, as
water, like Arab. A ºx: , sº ; bokka,
a bubble in water; bakbjka, beleb!)}ca, a
battle. Comp. also sha, saxº, pha-
Trop. a) to empty of inhabitants, to de-
populate a land Is. 24, 1; to spoil, to pil-
lage a people, Nah. 2, 3. b) Jer. 19, 7
rtºn, nº-rs "rea I will empty out,
pour out, the counsel of Judah, i. e. will
make them without counsel. Comp.
Niph. Is. 19, 3.
2. Intrans. to be poured out, i. q to
spread wide, spoken of luxuriant growth
and foliage. Hos. 10, 1 ppi. Tº a
spreading vine ; Sept. §utskog six}n-
uotoiſ00, Vulg. frondosa.
Niph. p53, infinit. pian, fut. pia".
1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. a, Is. 24, 3.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b. Is. 19, 3
in-pº bºx2 riºn rip: the spirit of
Egypt shall be emptied out from within
him, i.e. Egypt shall be wholly deprived
of spirit, understanding. The form rip:
is for Tºº!, see Lehrg. p. 372.
Po. ppia i. q. Kal 1. a, to empty a
land, to depopulate, Jer. 51, 2.
Deriv. phapa, and pr. names nºpapa,
"pa, nºpa, pay.
>k TP; in Kal not used, pr. i. q. Arab.
25 to cleave, to divide, to lay open,
kindr. with r. n=3. The notion of cleav-
ing, laying open, is in this root transfer-
red to signify:
1. to cleave the soil, to plough, Lat.
arare, comp. Úºr, ring, Tºny. Hence
"p: armentum qs. aramentum, cattle.
2. to burst forth, to break forth, as
\ight, see Spa Kal and Niph. no. 3.
Hence npa morning.
3. to search into, to vnquire ; Syr.
y Ty
ra’a to search, to examine, fºr and
ſºa search, inquisition. Also in the
sense to look at, to inspect ; so in
PIEI, nº: 1. to search, to inspect
carefully, to take note of any thing, with
* Lev. 13, 36; *—ºn (comp. "? no. 1)
Lev. 27, 33. With *, to look at with
pleasure, to behold with admiration, tº
admire, Ps. 27, 4. Comp. z. B. 4. a.
2. to look after, to take care of, c. ace.
Ez. 34, 11. 12.
3. to look at mentally, to consider, tº
think upon, 2 K. 16, 15. Prov. 20, 25.
4. to take note of any one, to animad.
vert, i. e. to punish ; comp. rºpa ©
The derivatives all follow.
"På Chald, in Pe. not used.
PA. ºpa, plur. Anpa, fut. "pº, inf
nºa, to search, to inquire, to eacamine.
Ezra 4, 15, 19. 6, 1; c. 99 7, 14.
ITHPA. pass. Ezra 5, 17.
Tº comm. gend. m. Ex. 21, 37; f.
Job 1, 14.
1. a beeve, Lat. bos, male or female,
oa or cow, so called as used for plough-
ing ; see r. mp3 no. 1. So according to
Varro de L. L. 4. 19, Lat. armentum for
3 ~ *
aramentum ; and Arab. 25.2, according
to Damiri so called as cleaving the
ground with a plough ; see Bochart
Hieroz. I. 280; or according to Ewald
from the cloven hoofs, Gramm. § 358.-
Plur. Am. 6, 12. Neh. 10, 37. 2 Chr. 4, 3.
Elsewhere always
2. Collect. oacen, cattle, herd of meat
5 : - . º
cattle, Arab. ſº id. and noun of unity
Ç
S5
§§ an ox. Syr, fraz, a herd, pr of
oxen, but in a wider sense also of other
herds and flocks. Comp. "pin.—So TNS:
"pºn sheep and oven, flocks and herds,
Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5. 20, 14. Deut. 32, 14
ºp: nsºr milk of kine. It is joined:
a) With numerals, opp. niuj an ox, etc.
comp. ru, and 78s. Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if
a man steal an or (niu)..."p: nºr.
niºr rrin cºu)" five oaren shall he re-
store for the one. Num. 7, 3 nº ºff
npa. v. 17 tºu, -pa . b) With verbs
and adjectives plural ; 2 Sam. 6, 6 ">
"Fºr tº for the oren were restive. 1
K. 5, 3. Also with fem. where kine are
understood, Job 1, 14. Gen. 33, 13.−
ºp3-13 by a young calf Lev. 9.2; nº
"pi, Is. 7, 21, and simpl. mp3-13 Gen.
18, 7.8, a calf. Of the figures of oxen
1 K , 29.
Hence the denom. *pil.
ºp-
tºp-
154
-ph m. plur. tºp: 1. morning, the
ſlawm, or even before light, Ruth 3, 14;
pr. day-break, from the breaking forth of
the light; see r. mp3 no. 2. Arab.
9 - * §- C) 9
3, 8) X- id. comp. r. ne; no. 1–So
npä his the morning light 2 Sam. 23, 4.
Acc. as adv. in the morning, early, (like
Arab. [. 3.) Ps. 5, 4; oftener ºph:
early Gén. 19, 27, and poet. "phº Ps. 30,
6. 59, 17; which elsewhere is also is
-ph Deut. 16, 4. Ps. 130, 6. Distribu-
tively -pha -pha Ex. 16, 21. 30, 7.36,
3. Lev. 6, 5; *paś -pâb 1 Chr. 9, 27;
E"npaº Ps. 73, 14. 101,8. Is, 33, 2. Lam.
3, 23; Bºnpah Job 7, 18; all signifying
every morning.—Metaph. morning, q. d.
dawn of prosperity, happiness, Job 11, 17.
2. Spec. the neart morning, Ex. 29, 34.
Lev. 19, 13. 22, 30. Num. 9, 12, Judg.
6, 31-pân--is nºw b =n-1, -uśs he that
will plead for him, let him be put to death
before morning ; Vulg. antequam lua,
crastina veniat, Sept. §og Trgoit.—Hence
the morrow, i. Q. ºrjº (comp. DºS), and
as Adv. to-morrow, Ex. 16, 7. Num. 16, 5
(comp. v. 16); i. q. ºpaz, 1 Sam. 19, 2.
Also for early, soom, speedily, Ps. 5, 4
init. 90, 14, 143, 8; nº id. Ps. 49, 15.
Tº f. (Kamets impure, pr. Inſ
Aram. in Paël) a looking after, care, Ez.
34, 12. R. -pa Pi. no. 2.
nºpa f. animadversion, i. e. punish-
ment, chastisement, Lev. 19, 20. R. hp?
Pi. no. 4.
xx Up: in Kal not used, to seek, to
search, (see Pi.) corresponding to Arab.
cº-sus, Chald. Eris, to inquire into, to
scrutinize, which is kindr. with tºr.
The primary idea seems to be that of
touching, feeling out; Syr. i-e a touch-
ing ; comp. Guy; to feel out, ºup to seek
pr. by feeling.
PIEL wºn 1. to seek, to search for, to
inquire after ; absol. 2 K. 2, 17; acc. of
pers. or thing Gen. 37, 15. 16. 1 Sam.
10, 14. With h, to search or inquire
into any thing, Job 10, 6; different is
Gen. 43.30 ri-zº upºn he sought where
to weep. i. e. a place where. Sometimes
t. dat. commodi ib, 1 Sam. 28, 7. Lam.
I. 19; hence, with this dat. to seek out
for oneself, i. q, to choose, 1 Sam. 13, 14
Is. 40, 20; comp. Ez. 22, 30–Spec. aſ
to seek the face, presence, of a king, i. e.
to go to him, to wish to see him, 1 K
10, 24; also to supplicate his favour.
Prov. 29, 26. b) to seek the face of Je-
hovah, pr. to turn unto him, to draw near
to him, espec. with prayer and supplica-
tion, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Ps. 24, 6, 27, 8, 105,
4; or to inquire of him, to seek a re-
sponse, 2 Sam. 21, 1; or in order to ap-
pease his anger, Hos. 5, 15. The same
is: c) Hinº-rs up: Ex. 33, 7, 2 Chr.
20, 4. Opp. Nº to find God, i. e. to be
heard by him, Deut. 4, 29. Is. 65, 1.
Hinº ºpen they who seek Jehovah, his
worshippers, Ps. 40, 17. 69, 7. 105, 3. Is,
51, 1. Comp. Unº, no. 2.
2. to seek, to strive after, to try to gain,
e.g. the priesthood Num. 16, 10, false-
hood Ps. 4, 3, love Prov. 17, 9; rarely
with h Prov. 18, 1. So ‘E) UE: EPE to
seek the life of any one, to plot against
him, Ex. 4, 19. 1 Sam. 20, 1. 22, 23. 23,
15. 2 Sam. 4, 8, 16, 11 ; once in a good
sense, to seek to preserve one’s life, Prov.
29, 10; comp. ÚExh tº Ps. 142, 5. Also
‘E nº ºn to seek the hurt of any one,
to strive to do him harm or to destroy
him, 1 Sam. 24, 10. Ps. 71, 13. 24. Up:
bs nº id. 1 Sam. 25, 26. With inf. c.
% to seek to do any thing, e.g. 1 Sam.
19, 2 Trºn: "as basu. Upºn Saul my
father seeketh to kill thee. Ex. 2, 15. 4,
24; inf simpl. Jer. 26, 21.
3. to require, to demand, Neh. 5, 18,
c. Tº Ps. 104, 21; Tº Gen. 31, 39.43, 9.
Is. 1, 12. Spec. ‘E Tº? 'E tº ºp: to re-
quire the blood of any one at the hand of
or from any one, i. e. to exact or inflict
punishment for bloodshed, 2 Sam. 4, 11.
Ez. 3, 18. 20.33, 8; without tº 1 Sam.
20, 16.
4. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask, to
reques!, with 7% of pers. Ezra 8, 21. Dam.
1, 8; also acc. of thing Esth. 2, 15. With
by to entreat for any one, to supplicate
for, Esth. 4, 8, 7, 7.
5. to inquire of any one, to interrogate
c. Tº Dan. 1, 20.
PUAL to be sought Ez. 26, 21. Jer. 5t
20. Esth. 2, 23.—Hence
Tºp- f. (Kamets impure) reques
entreaty, Esth. 5, 3. 7.8. Ezra 7 6.
--, I
5 Nºn-l
Ö
I. Ta m. c. suff, *.*, a son, from the
dea of begetting, being born, see r. Nº
no. 3, and Niph. no. 2; the common
word for son in the Chaldee, but in He-
brew only poetic. Twice, Prov. 31, 2.
Ps. 2, 12 -- Apº kiss the son sc. of Jeho-
vah, the king ; comp. v. 7, and 13 Is. 9,
5. Others here take nā in the sense of
chosen or pure (from nº, see na no. II),
and suppose the king to be saluted by
the title of the chosen, the pure, i. q. hºr:
Hirº but this is less satisfactory.
II. Tà f. Hya, adj. from r. ºn.
1. chosen, beloved. Cant. 6, 9 sºn nº
Frºith she is the beloved of her mother,
her mother's delight.
2. pure, clear. Cant. 6, 10 fair as the
moon, Tºrſe nº clear as the sun, i.e. of
purest brightness. Metaph. in a moral
sense: 53% ºz pure in heart, Ps. 24, 4.
73, 1. See r. nº no. 3. b.
3. clean, i. e. empty, of a stall or barn,
Prov. 14, 4.
III. ham. Am. 5, 11. 8, 6. Ps. 72, 16;
elsewhere hā, subst. R. nº.
1, corn, grain, pr. that which has been
cleansed, winnowed, (comp. Jer. 4, 11,)
and is stored up in garners or sold, Gen.
41, 35.49. Prov. 11, 26. Joel 2, 24. Once
of grain standing in the fields, Ps. 65,
3 2
14.—Arab. /* wheat; corresponding is
also Lat. far, whence farina.
2. the open fields, country, Job 39, 4.
Set: Chald. hia II.
I. T. Chald. m. c. suff. Fin: Dan. 5,
22. Plur. "??, see in 13 p. 139.
1. a son, Dan. 6, 1. Prº-ha son of
the gods Dan. 3, 25.
2. a grandson, descendant, Ezra 5, 1;
comp. Zech. 1, 1.
II. Ta Chald. m. emph. Sº, the open
field, campus, pr. campus purus Liv. 24.
14; i. e. the open country without woods
or villages, Dan. 2, 38. 4, 18, 22. 29.—
6.
vº w.”
sº
W .”
|Arab. ſº
fields, desert, Syr. lºº id.
campus, the open
": see pººl.
I. ha a pit, see nia.
II. "A m. (r. hnR) once nia Jo 9, 30.
1. cle.nness, pureness, mostly with
tº Ps. 18, 21.25, or tº Job 9, 30, 22
30, i.e. cleanness of hands, metaph, fot
innocence. Once nå simpl. in the same
sense, 2 Sam. 22, 25.
2. That which cleanses, salt of lye,
vegetable salt, alkali, e.g. potash cr soda,
i. q. nºnh q. v. Job 9, 30. The ancients
made use of alkali, both as mingled with
oil instead of soap for washing, Job 9, 30
and also in smelting metals to make them
melt and flow more readily and purely
Is. 1, 25.
2K Nº. fut. Nº. 1. pr. to cut, to cut
out, to carve, to form by cutting or carv-
ing, see Piel. Arab, ſº final Ye and
fut. I, to cut out, to cut or pare down, to
plane and polish. For the notion of
breaking, cutting, separating, which is
inherent in the radical syllable nº , see
under Thº. The same belongs also to
the softer syllable na; comp. Th;, Flºa,
ujº, nºn: ; Th: to scatter, Tha pr. to
break; also "E", 23.
2. to form, to create, to produce. Comp.
Gá's to smooth, to polish, then o form,
to create ; also Germ. schaffen, Dan.
skabe, which is of the same stock with
Germ. Schaben, Belg. schaeven, Eng. to
• *- # , ~ -
shave. Arab. º id. & creator. Syr.
Chald. fre, -*, sh: id.—Spoken of
the creation of the heavens and the earth
Gen. 1, 1; of men Gen. 1, 27. 5, 1.2. 6,7;
spec. of Israel Is. 43, 1.15. Jer. 31, 22
yºs; Huftºn Hinº sº Jehovah hath
created a new thing in the earth, a wo.
man shall protect a man ; comp. Num.
6,30. Is. 65, 18 tº-n-rs she ºr
Hº" behold, I create Jerusalem a re-
joicing, i.e. cause her to rejoice. Part,
Tºshia in Plur. majest, thy creator Ecc.
12, 1–In Gen. 2, 3 is read: nibsº sº
which he created in making, i. e. which
he made in creating. As to the construc-
tion, comp, the formulas nitrº **śrī,
nibyº ºn.
3. to beget, to bring forth, whence
"a son; see Niph. no. 2. Chald. Ithpe.
genitus est. -
4. to feed, to eat, to grow fat, from the
idea of "atting up food; hence Hiph. to
fatten, and adj. Nºni lattened, fat. Comp
--, l
{}{) in:
*_
nº no. 2. Kindred roots are 55 to be
filled with food, (55 and (e); to be fat,
Ryº to be well-fed, sºng i.a. Nº ſat-
tened, fat, and Gr. 6960 (316960x0),
whence 3096, Lat. vorare.
Ni PH. 1. to be created Gen. 2, 4, 5, 2;
to be made, dome, Ex. 34, 10.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to be born Ez.21,
35 [30]. 28, 13. Ps. 104, 30.
P:EL Nº. 1. to cut, to cut down, e.g.
with a sword Ex. 23, 47; wood, a forest
with an axe, Josh. 17, 15 get thee up to
the forest buy ºth "Nº" and there cut
thee down room; Vulg. well, ibique suc-
cide tibi spatia ; so v. 18 but the moun-
tain shall be thine, inshah Nàn v: -2
for it is a forest, and thou shalt cut it
down.
2. to form, to fashion, to make, i. q.
ºxy, Ez. 21, 24 [19].
HipH. causat. of Kal no. 4, to feed, to
fatten, to make fat, 1 Sam. 2, 29.
Deriv. Ya I, sº, nsºna, and pr. n.
nºsº.
sº, "Sº, see sº-nº p. 129.
Tºsº. TST: Berodach Baladan,
pr. n. of a king of Babylon, 2 K. 20, 12;
called also Merodach Baladan Is. 39, 1.
This latter orthography seems to be
more ancient, and accords better with
the etymology; see in TN-7.
T.S.E, (whom Jehovah created) Be-
raiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.
bººm: m. plur. fowls, which are said
to be fattened for the table of Solomon,
1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. Kimchi understands
capons; but more prob, with the Tar-
gum of Jerus, geese, so called from the
puremess and whiteness of their plu-
mage; from r. nºn; no. 3.
sk +: pr. to strew, to scatter, to sprin-
fle, comp. The and -13, }re ; hence
ſo scatter hail, to hail, Is. 32, 19. Eth.
ſh/R', Syr. ſº hail; Arab. & hail;
& to be cold, to hail ; but the signif.
of cold is secondary, and derived from
that of hail.
Deriv. Tºº-Tz.
Tº m. hail, Ex. 9, 18 sq. 10, 5 sq
Ps. 18, 13. 14. 78,47.48. Tº "gas hail
stones, i. q. hail; see T-S.
Th; adj. (r. Thz) plur. tºº, pr.
strewed or sprinkled with spots, spotted.
piebald, spoken of goats Gen. 31, 10. 12
of horses Zech.6, 3. 6. So Lat. sparsus
albo pelles, Virg. Ecl. 2.41. It differs
from "p; in Gen. l. c. in that the lat-
ter denotes smaller spots, speckled.—
Arab. § and is; party-coloured gar
ment; by transp. CV-3) Conj. II, to be
spotted, piebald, spokén of sheep. Syr,
isº a leopard, panther, so called from
his spots; and from this source have
doubtless come also Gr, and Lat. Trúgö0s,
pardus. From the above Arabic word
comes the Fr. broder, Engl. to broider.
T; (hail) Bered, pr. m. a.) A place
in the desert of Shur, Gen. 16, 14; comp.
v. 7. b) m. 1 Chr. 7, 20.
* Tº fut. Hº: 1. i. q. kindr. sº,
to cut, to cut asunder; comp. Arab. ſº
final Waw, to cut out or off, also Rºº ho
1. Hence nº covenant, so called from
cutting in two or dividing the victims.
2. to eat, i. q. Sº no. 4, from the idea
of cutting up food; like hi; no. 3, and
many verbs of cutting in Arabic, see
Thesaur. p. 238. Comp. 6960), 31396,-
oxy —2 Sam. 12, 17 Prº Hya, i. g. bes
Eriº, see bes no. 1. c. 2 Sam. 13, 3. 10.
3. to select, to choose out, likewise from
the idea of cutting out and separating
see hima no. 2. 1 Sam. 17, 8 tºns tº ºn:
choose you out a man. *
PIEL inf. rina i. Q. Kal no. 2. Lam.
4, 10.
HipH. causat. of Kal no. 2 to cause to
eat, to give to eat, with two acc. 2 Sam,
3, 35. 13, 5.
Deriv. ºna, nºna, nºns, nº.
ſºn; (blessed, Benedict) Baruch, pr
n. a) The friend and companion of the
prophet Jeremiah, to whom the apocry.
phal book of the same name is ascribed
Jer. 32, 12–16. 36, 4 sq. 43, 3–6. 15, 1.2.
b) Neh. 3, 20. 10, 7, c) Neh. 11, 5.
Pºin; m. plur. Ez.27,24, variegated
stuffs, damask cloths, in which threads
*-
nºn-l
157
of various colours are woven together
in figures, etc. comp. r. bhi, no. 2. So
Kimchi correctly. Arab. ſº a thread
3- 9 x
or cord of two colours, yº stuff woven
of such threads.
tº m. plur, cºin: 1. a cypress,
a tall and fruit or cone-bearing tree, Is.
55, 13. Hos. 14, 9; constituting along
with the cedar, with which it is often
joined, the glory of Lebanon, Is. 14, 8.
37, 24. 60, 13. Zech. 11, 2 comp. v. 1.
Its wood, like that of the cedar, was em-
ployed for the floors and ceilings of the
temple, 1 K. 5, 22, 24. 6, 15. 34. 2 Chr.
2, 7. 3, 5; also for the decks and sheath-
ing of ships Ez. 27, 5; for spears Nah.
2, 4; and for musical instruments 2 Sam.
6, 5. Once by Syriasm called nini,
Cant. 1, 17.-That the cypress and not
the fir-tree is to be understood, is apparent
from the nature of the case, as well as
from the authority of ancient interpret-
ers; although this name may perhaps
also have comprehended other trees of
the pine genus; see more in Thesaur.
p. 246. As to its etymology, the name
seems to come from the idea of cutting
up into boards, planks, etc. see r. º.
The cypress is not now indigenous on
Lebanon, while the species of pine
known as the Pinus bruttia is found in
large tracts; Schubert Reise ins Mor-
genl. III. p. 347, 353. Hence, if an in-
ference may be drawn from the present
Flora to that of ancient times, the
ujina was probably not the cypress, but
the pine.—R.
2. Any thing made of cypress [or
pine], e.g. a) a lance Nah. 2, 4. b) a
musical instrument, 2 Sam. 6, 5.
nină m. plur. bºrin: a cypress [or
..”ine], i. q. Ginz, q.v. a form tending to
Aramaism, Cant. 1, 17. R. nna.
nºna f. food, Ps. 69,22. R. nº no.2.
Trini, Ez. 47, 16, and "Tina 2 Sam.
8, 8, (my wells, for "nins: ) Berothah,
Berothai, pr. n. of a city rich in brass,
ormerly subject to the kings of Zobah,
and situated in the northern extremity
of Palestine. Some suppose it to be i. q.
Berytus, Beirāt, a maritime city of Phe-
nicia; but from Ez. ... c. it would seem
14
not to have been situated on the coast
but rather in the neighbourhood of Ha
math. See Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii
p. 292. Bibl. Res, in Palest. III. p. 441
sq. In the parallel passage 1 Chr. 18.8
it is ºr q. v.
× Tº obsol. root, Chald, and Talmud
to transfir, to pierce; also sº a hole
wound, made by piercing.—Hence quad.
rilit. Byna and nit-3 in next art.
nºrma (perh, nºt "s: well of olives)
Birzaith, pr. m. prob. ſem. 1 Chr. 7, 31
Keri. But Chethibh has inhº (holes
wounds, r. Tha) Birzoth.
ºn m. Deut. 19, 5, iron, a quadril.
from Chald, Thå to transfix, with 9 add-
ed; comp. Bºn: from Bºz, ºr from
sºr. Chald. Sina and ºne, Syr. Hirs.
—Gen. 4, 22. Ez. 27, 12. 19. etc. Often
put as the symbol of hardness and firm-
ness, as blº ºu; a sceptre of iron, for
stern dominion Ps. 2, 9. Is. 48, 4 tº
Tºny bina a sinew of iron is thy neck, in
allusion to the perverse obstimacy of a
people. Spec. an iron, i.e. an iron tool,
Deut. 27, 5. Josh. 8, 31; an axe 2 K. 6,
5. Is. 10,34; irons, iron fetters Ps. 105, 18.
fully by ha º 149, 8.
*T2 (iron, of iron, unless perh, we
compare Talmud. Nºtha herdsman,
Thºma princes,) Barzillai, pr. m. a)
A Gileadite distinguished for his hos-
pitality and liberality towards David,
2 Sam. 17, 27. 19, 32—39. 1 K. 2, 7. b)
A Meholathite, father of Adriel, 2 Sam.
21, 8, c) Ezra 2, 61.
>k nº fut. Th: 1. to pass through,
to reach across, as a bar or bolt; prob,
pr. to cut through, to break through ;
comp. Thà, and for the signif of cutting
and breaking which belongs to verbs
beginning with nin, nE, see above in
Nº.—Ex. 36, 33 and he made the mid-
dle bar nºn-pº bºrn mira nº
nºn-bs to pass through the middle of
the boards from one end to the other
Comp. Hiph. no. 1, and rº, a bar, bolt
—Hence -
2. to break away, to flee; Arab. ax
to depart, to slºp away, to escape into a de
sert place, cº &l the son of fligh'
nºn-
---,
158
a gazelle.—Absol. Gen. 31,2227. 1 Sam.
19, 18; acc. of place whither, 1 Sam.
27, 4; also Neh. 13, 10, by Num. 24,
11 ; with 7% of place whence 1 Sam.
20, 1. The person from whom one flies
is preceded by ºn Gen. 16, 8, 35, 1.7,
ºn Jon. 1, 3, 7% Is. 48, 20, 13% from
one’s hand i. e. his power Job 27, 22,
nsº from with 1 K. 11, 23.—It differs
from ºn to escape, e.g. 1 Sam. 19,
12 tº nº tº and he departed,
and fled, and escaped.—To the imperat.
is sometimes added the dat. Hºrrin: q.d.
in Engl. get thee away, flee, Gen. 27, 43.
Num. 24, 11. Am. 7, 12. Comp. Fr.
s’enfuir.
NotE. In one passage, Ex. 14, 5,
Michaelis and others assign to nº the
signif. of Arab. 2 33 to turn the left side
or to the left. But this is needless, for
it might well be said of a people, whom
Pharaoh had expected to return after ||
three days, but who were now prepa-
ring to pass into Arabia, that they fled.
HipH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, Ex. 26, 28.
2. to make flee, to put to flight, Job 41,
20. Also to chase away, Neh. 13, 28.
Deriv. rºa, riºnº, and
Th: Is. 27, 1. Job 26, '13, and Tºn:
plur. Bºrº Is. 43, 14; for rººm, after
the form pºx.
1. One who flies, a fugitive, Is. 43, 14.
Also fleeing, the fleet, as a poetical epi-
thet for the serpent, Is. 27, 1; likewise a
constellation Job 26, 13. -
2. Bariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 22.
"ºrna see in exºra.
** adj. (r. Hya) f. rºa, fat, i. q.
N***, comp. the root no. 2. Ez. 34, 20
nºn- His a fat sheep, where perh, it
should read nºna, or with three Mss.
rtsºn: –In Job 37, 11 is rivnº, ºn Fis,
many interpreters following the Chaldee
and Rabbins explain ºn: by puremess,
spec. clearness, Serenity of the heavens,
(Targ. srºn-ºn,) and then render the
whole clause: also serenity dispelleth the
cloud. But the interpretation given be-
ow in art. rinº is more satisfactory.
*ā (i. q. ºns: q. d. fontanus) Beri,
pr, n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 36.
Nº adj. fatted, fat, see r. Nº, no. 4;
of men Judg. 3, 17. Dan. 1, 15; of kine
Gen. 41, 2, 4, 18. 20; of ears of grain ib
v. 5. 7, comp. Hºrſ; of food Hab. 1, 16.
Fem. Fisºn collect, the fatlings, the ſa’
flock or herd, Zech. 11, 16. Ez. 34, 3.
"Sº, f. (r. 873) a creation, thing
created or performed of God, espec. new
and unheard of Num. 16, 30. Comp,
Jer. 31, 22.
mºna f food, 2 Sam. 13, 5, 7, 10. R.
Hº: no. 2.
Tº see n-2.
Tº m. plur. E"rººi, from r. nº
no. 1. g
1. a bar, cross-bar, which passed from
one side of the tabernacle to the other
through rings attached to each board.
and thus held the boards together; sc
called from passing through, as Lat,
transtrum ſor transitrum. Ex. 26, 26 sq.
35, 11. 36, 31 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31.
2. a bar, bolt, for fastening a gate or
door, Judg. 16, 3. Neh. 3, 3 sq. al. In
Jon. 2, 7 the bars of the earth are the
bars of the gate which leads into the
deep recesses of the earth, i.e. into Sheol,
i. q. Sisu, *a Job 17, 16.—Metaph. bars,
bolts, for princes, as aiding to protect and
defend a state (comp. Til Hos. 11, d); Is.
15, 5 -ss Ty Hºrſ"; his princes flee unto
Zoar. Jerome, vecles ejus. Yet perhaps
such an ellipsis of the verb to flee is here
too harsh, especially as there has been
no previous mention of flight; and I
would prefer therefore with Chald. Saad.
Kimchi, to render Hºrtºn- his fugitives ;
whether we read it rºrºna, or derive
r"rºz from nº with Kamets pure,
after the form hºus:.
Bºž (put for bºnsa, wells) Berim,
pr. name of a place or district in the
north of Palestine, 2 Sam. 20, 14.—R.
Tºmà (giſt, donation, r. sh;) Beriah,
pr. n. m. a.) A son of Ephraim; 1 Chr.
7, 23 and he called his mame Berial,
intº Firºr, nº "z because a gift was
wnto his house; so at least Michaelis
Suppl. 224. Better it would seem : be.
cause evil, calamily, was unto his house
Tº being for Hº, with Beth pleonastic
see : lett. C; comp. v. 21. 22. Sept. §r,
év x0x0ig éyéveto èv oikº) uov. Vulg. es
quod in malis domus ejus ortus esset, b
*-i-
T-
159
Gen. 46, 17. c) 1 Chr. 8, 13. d) 1 Chr.
23, 10–Patronym. from b, sº Be-
iite Num. 26, 44.
nº “ (r. Hºà) 1. a covenant, league,
usually referred to the cutting in pieces of
the victims which were sacrificed on con-
cluding a solemn covenant, and between
the parts of which the contracting parties
were accustomed to pass; see in r. nº
and Gen. 15, 9 sq. But the idea sug-
gested by Lee (Heb. Lex. h. v.) deserves
attention, viz. that nº is strictly no-
thing more than an eating together, ban-
quet, from nº no. 2; since among Ori-
entals to eat together is almost the same
as to make a covenant of friendship.
The Hebrews too were accustomed to
eat together when entering into a cove-
nant, see Gen. 31, 54; and in this way
we obtain an explanation of nº n*:
covenant (an eating 2) of salt, see n°2.
—Spoken of a league between nations
or tribes Josh. 9, 6 sq. or between private
persons and friends 1 Sam. 18, 3. 23, 18;
of the matrimonial covenant Mal. 2, 14.
'E nºn: ºya Gen. 14, 13, and hºs
'E nºn: Obad. 7, possessors or men of a
covenant, i.e. confederate with any one.
nºna ºs Judg. 9,46, i. q. nºna by: v.4,
god or guardian of covenants; see in by:
no. 5. a.-The verbs employed to express
the making and sanctioning of a cove-
nant, are: nº?, Bºp!, ſn}, Phip 2 Sam.
23,5,3 sin, a has Deut.29, 11, all which
see in their order. Those which denote
its violation, are: "En, ºr, atº, a "Puj.
The covenant of any one is the covenant
made by or with him, Lev. 26, 45. Deut.
4, 31; injn', nºn: the covenant entered
into with Jehovah Deut. 4, 23. 29, 24. al.
Spec. and very freq. spoken of the cove-
nant instituted between God and Abra-
ham Gen. c. 15, c. 17; confirmed with
Moses Ex. 24, 7, 8.34, 27. Deut. 5, 2; to
be renewed and ennobled in after times
through the intervention of prophets
and the Messiah, Is. 42, 6.49, 8. Mal. 3,
1; comp. Jer, 31, 33. The land pro-
mised and given to the people of Israel
by this covenant is called rºman Yºs
he covenant land Ez. 30, 5; and the
people itself, ºr nºn: the holy covenant
'people) Dan. 11, 28.30, nºr ºshº
the messenger of the (new) covenant
Ausaltmº, i. e. the Messiah, Mal. 3, 1.
2. Elsewhere it signifies also the com.
dition of God’s covenant with Israel, viz.
a) the covenant promise of God, Is. 59,
21. b) Oftener the precepts of God
which are to be observed by Israel, the
divine law, i. q. Thin. Hence rinhº
nºr Deut. 9, 9. 15; Hinº nº ſins
and nºr Tins the ark of the covenant
or law, i.e. in which the tables of the law
were preserved ; see Tins. So ºn",
nºr the words of the covenant or law
Jer, 11,2–8. 34, 18. Ex. 34,28 nºn ºn:
bºr, nº the words of the covenant
or law, the ten commandments. -Ed
nºr the book of the law, spoken both
of its earliest beginnings, Ex. 24,7; and
also of the whole collection of laws, 2 K.
23, 2. 21. 2 Chr. 34, 30.-For a covenant .
of salt, see in ribº.
3. Ellipt, a) i, q, nºnari Tsº themes
senger of the (new) covenant, its interpre-
ter, usairms, i. e. the introducer of a new
law and new dispensation, the Messiah,
Is, 42, 6.49,8; comp. Mal. 3, 1. b) i. q.
nºn: nis the sign of the covenant, i.e. cir.
cumcision, Gen. 17, 10. 13; comp. v. 11
nº f. pr. that which cleanses, any
thing used for cleansing and scouring;
from "a q.v. with the fem. adj. ending
n"+. Spec. salt of lye, vegetable salt.
alkali, (that ſtom minerals is called
"r, q.v.) obtained from the ashes of
various plants of a saltish or alkaline
3 : - o #. 9 . . 9
nature, Arab. Jººl, Jº!, Jº,
Salsola Kali Linn. The ancients made
use of this along with oil ſor washing
and scouring garments instead of soap,
Jer, 2, 22; and also in refining metals,
Mal. 3, 2.—See more on the various
names and uses of these plants, in Bo-
chart Hieroz. II. p. 43 sq. Celsius Hi-
erob. I. 449 sq. C. B. Michaelis Epist
ad Fr. Hoffmannum de herba Borith,
Halae 1728. J. Beckmann Beyträge zul
Geschichte d. Erfindd. IV. p. 10 sq.
:k Tà fut. Th: 1. to bend the knee
to kneel ; Arab. §3. Ethiop. ſh/'ſ),
Syr. **, id. The primary notion is
that of breaking down, comp. Phº ; and
for the connection of these two ideas,
T-
Ta
160
see under sº, sº —2 Chr. 6, 13 Thº
*:-by and he kneeled down upon his
knees ; comp. Dan. 6, 11. Ps. 95, 6 Oh
come... sºy Hin: "ºh nº let us
kneel before Jehovah our maker. See
Hiph. and Tº knee.
2. to invoke God, to bless; often in Piel,
but in Kal only Part pass. Tº adored,
blessed, Sept. siloymuswoc, sikoyntóg.
The fuller detail in respect to Tina is
given in Piel.—The forms Tina (inf.
absol. for Tina aſter the form Niep, nies)
Josh. 24, 10, and ºn: Gen. 28, 6.1 Sam.
13, 10. 2 Sam. 8, 10. 1 Chr. 18, 10, are
more correctly referred to Piel.
NIPH. reflex. i. q. Hithpa. to bless one-
self, Gen. 12, 3. 18, 18.28, 14. See fully
in Hithpa.
PIEL ina, once Thă Num. 23, 20; fut.
Tº, Tººl, with a distinctive accent
iniºn.
1. Spoken in respect to God, to invoke,
to bless God, i. e. to celebrate, to praise, to
adore, which is done with bended knees;
see 2 Chr. 6, 13. Ps. 95, 6. Dan. 6, 11, etc.
Arab. &rs Conj. V, to bless, to praise;
VI, God is praised with reverential mind.
—Constr. c. acc. (like yoyuſtersiv two,
Matt. 17, 14.) Ps. 104, 1. 26, 12. 34, 2.63,
5. 66, 8, 103, 1. 2. 104, 35; rarely c. *
4 Chr. 29, 20. So Part passive of Kal,
Sºrºs T-2, Hirº 3, blessed be Jehovoh,
i. e. praised, adored, Ex. 18, 10.1 Sam.
25, 32. 39. Ps. 28, 6. 31, 22.41, 14.—Job
2, 9 rº, E-rºbs in: bless God and die,
i.e. bless and praise God as thou wilt,
yet thou must now die; thy piety towards
God is in vain. The language is that of
an impious woman. For this use of two
imperatives, one of which is concessive,
while the other affirms, promises, threat-
ens, see Heb. Gram. § 127. 2. b.-More
‘ully Hirº tº Tha to bless the name of
Jehovah Ps. 96, 2 and nin' Bug: Tha
(like * tº sºp) Deut. 10, 8, 21, 5–
Once of the invocation of idols Is. 66, 3;
also of self-praise, Ps. 49, 19.
2. Of men towards men, to bless, pr. to
invoke blessings upon any one in the
name of God, Hirº tº Ps. 129,8. 1 Chr.
16, 2. Arab. 45°, Ethiop. 0/ſ), id.
—Gen. 27, 27. 28. Spoken of the vows
and prayers of a dying parent in behalf
of his family his last blessing, Gen
27, 4.7.10 48, 9; of a priest ſor a pet
ple, Lev. 9, 22. 23. Num. 6, 23; of one
or more tribes for others, Deut. 27, 12
Constr. usually with acc. rarely . Neh,
11, 2.-Once of the consecration of a
sacrifice, 1 Sam. 9, 13.
3. God too is said to bless men and
other created things, Gen. 1, 22. 9, 1
Often implying also the effect of the d.
vine favour and blessing, i. q. to prosper,
to make prosperous ; Gen. 12, 2 Hºs:
Tº rºs. I will bless thee, and I will
make thy name great. v. 3. 17, 16. 22, 17.
24, 1. 30, 27. Constr. with two acc. of
pers, and of that in or with which one
is blessed of God, Deut. 12, 7, 15, 14; or
3 of thing, Gen. 24, 1. Ps. 29, 11. Where
a blessing is invoked upon any one from.
God, the formula is: Hirºº rins ºn:
blessed be thou of Jehovah 1 Sam. 15, 13;
Hinº sºn Tina Ruth 2, 20; comp. Gen.
14, 19. Judg. 17, 2. Hirº Tºni blessed
of Jehovah Gen. 24, 31. 26, 29. Num. 24,
9.—God is also said to bless inanimate
things, i. q. to cause them to prosper,
thrive, be abundant, Ex. 23, 25. Job 1,
10. Ps. 65, 11. 132, 15. Prov. 3, 33. So
of the consecration of the Sabbath, Gen.
2, 3.
4. Of men, to bless, i. q. to salute, to
greet, implying the wish or invocation
of every good, 1 Sam. 15, 13; comp.
tigiºnigin, Arab. Jºe rº-J i. (This
of course is more emphatic than the mode
of salutation which merely asks after
one's welfare, h Dibujº bsu, see bibu.)
Prov. 27, 14. 2 K. 4, 29. 1 Sam. 25, 14
comp. v. 6. Spoken of a person who
comes to any one, Gen. 47, 7. 2 Sam. 6
20; of one who departs and bids fare-
well, Gen. 47, 10. 1 K. 8, 66; also of
those present who salute a person on
coming, 1 Sam. 13, 10; or bid farewell
to those departing, Gen. 24, 60. 28, 1.
Josh. 22, 6.7.
5. In the sense of invoking evil, 1. q.
to curse, to invoke a curse from God, to
wish destruction to any one ; comp. Job
31, 30. This is one of the class of inter.
mediate verbs, verba media, like Arab
e) &l, Ethiop. ſh/ſ), to bless and to
curse ; J-4- VIII, to supplicate, also to
wish one ill; see more in Thesaur. p
241.-Spoken strictly only of men bu
T-
>n-l
161
transferred also to curses and impious
words utte ed against God, 1 K. 21, 10.
Ps. 10, 3. Job 1, 5.11.2, 5.—Some inter-
preters, as Schultens, are not fully satis-
fied that the sense of cursing belongs to
this verb ; they therefore derive from
the idea of bidding farewell (see no. 4)
a signif. to demy, to renownce, which they
apply in the passages above cited ;
colnp. Gr. Zwigºw &v, zwigsw pg&gew
twº. But the signif. of cursing is sup-
ported both by the words in 1 K. 21, 10,
and by the analogy of the kindred lan-
guages as above exhibited.
PUAL Thä, part. Than, 1. Pass, of Pi.
no. 1, to be blessed, i.e. adored, praised,
sc. God, Job 1, 21.
2. Pass. of Pi. no. 3, to be blessed, i. e.
prospered of God, with 7% of the thing
with which ; Deut. 33, 13 Fijn', nº
* Bººn Tºº isºs blessed of Jehovah
be his land with the precious gifts of
heaven etc. Comp. ; Tina i. e. Tºn:
Hinº. The prep. Tº has here the same
ſorce as elsewhere after verbs of abun-
dance, Ex. 16, 32.
HipH. Than causat. of Kal no. 1, to
make kneel down, e. g. camels, in order
to rest and drink, Gen. 24, 11. Arab.
15.
Jºſia. Eth. &nzºn, sy. …" id.
See Hana, also This p. 10.
HITHPA. Thann reflex. of Pi. no. 2, to
bless oneself, Deut. 29, 18. Constr. with
* : a) Of God as invoked in blessing
oneself comp. "5 Buji Thà. Is. 65, 16
12s ºrbs? Thanº Yºs: Thanºn he that
blesseth himself in the land, shall bless
himself in (by) the true God. Jer. 4, 2.
b) Of a person or people whose happi-
ness one invokes for himself comp. Gen.
48, 20. Ps. 72, 17 spoken of the king
there celebrated: Bºia-b; in Hºnº
irinºs" in (by) him shall all nations
bless themselves, they shall call him
blessed. In a similar manner is to be
explained the formula occurring with
slight variation five times in the book of
Genesis: Yºsſ "sia-b; Tºntº Eninni
and in thy seed shal’ all the nations of
!he earth bless themselves, i. e. they shall
invoke for themselves the lot of Israel,
Gen. 22, 18. 26, 4, comp. 28, 14 where
Wiph, is read for Hith pael; also 12, 3.
‘8, 18, where for Tºntz is read Îli, is.
So Jarchi, Le Clerc, and others.-Bu
many interpreters, as I also formerly
prefer to follow the Sept. and Chald
(comp. Gal. 3, 8,) and explain this pas-
sively: and in thy seed shall all the
nations of the earth be blessed, i.e. pros-
pered, be brought by them to the know-
ledge and worship of the true God. See
Jahn Archaeol. II. ii. § 163 note. But the
analogy of the other examples in whic-
# Thä, ä Tºrr, are read, favour the
other interpretation.
The derivatives follow, except the pr
names Tina, nº ; comp. This.
º, Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to
fall upon the knees, to kneel down, Sc. in
prayer to God Dan. 6, 11.
2. to bless; Part, pass. Thai. Q. Heb
mºna, Dan. 3, 28.
PA. Tº for comm. Thà, to bless God,
to praise, to adore, with h Dan. 2, 19. 4
31. Part, pass. Dan. 2, 20.
º, a knee, once in sing. Is. 49, 23.
Syr. 93-2, -332, Ethiop, ſhe'a, id.
Chald, transp. sºns.
DUAL tº ha, constr. ****, knees, the
knees, spoken not only of two but also
of many, for the plural. Pºla-bz all
knees, every knee, Ez. 7, 17. 21, 12. tº
Dºna waters reaching to the knees Ez.
47, 4. tº: by wpon the knees, upon the
lap, where new-born children are re-
ceived by the parents or nurses, Gen. 30,
3. 50, 23. Job 3, 12; where also children
are ſondled by their parents, Is. 66, 12.
jº, Chald, id. Dan. 6, 11.
Şsiºn: (whom God hath blessed)
Barachel, pr. m. of the father of Elihu,
Job 32, 2.6.
Tº f once Hºn: Gen. 27, 38, constr.
nzºa, c. suff, "rā'īā; plur, ni-H. R.
Thä. º
1. a blessing, bemediction, as of a dy-
ing parent, Gen. 27, 12 sq. 33, 11, n2n+
bºnu; the blessing of the upright Prov.
11, 11. Hinº nzºni, the benediction of Je-
hovah, the divine blessing, the source of
prosperity and happiness of every kind
Gen. 35,9. Ps. 3, 9. Is. 44, 3; SO also
nº simpl. Is. 19, 24. Joel 2, 14; some-
times with genit. of him whom God thus
blesses, Gen. 28, 1 Brºs nºn: the
14%
---,
p--
162
blessing of Abraham, i. e. with which
God has blessed him. 49, 26 "hin ni---
"is the blessings of the everlasting moun-
tains, i. e. with which God has blessed
them. With gen, in another sense, Prov.
24, 25 air: nzh: benediction of good—
Plur, ni-º-, blessings from God, Prov.
10, 6, 28, 2; but oftener benefits, favours,
gifts, sent from God, Ps. 84, 7. Gen. 49,
25. Comp. Is. 65, 8 destroy it not (the
cluster) in nº "z for a blessing is in
it, i.e. a gift from God.
2. Concr. i. q. an object of blessing,
one blessed of God, one prosperous and
happy. Gen. 12, 2 Hºà Fiºrly. Ps. 21,
7 tº ni--- innºn thou dost make him
most blessed forever. Collect. Zech.8, 13.
3. a gift, present, as signifying kind-
ness and good-will, usually offered with
congratulations and good wishes, Gen.
33, 11. 1 Sam. 25, 27. 30, 26. 2 K. 5, 15.
nº tº the liberal soul, i. e. a munifi-
cent man, Prov. 11, 25. Syr. Lºa”,
Eth. ſh/"ſhºr, id.
4, i, q. Sº, peace, 2 K. 18,31 hrs by
Hayº make ye peace with me. Is. 36, 16.
5. Berachah, pr. n. a) A valley in
the desert near Tekoa, 2 Chr. 20, 26.
Still called Wady Bereikāt, near the
village Bereikill ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843,
p. 43. b) m. 1 Chr. 12, 3.
Tº f. constr. n=-3, a pond, pool,
pr. at which camels kneel down to drink;
9 -o
see r. Tº Hiph. Arab. & the basin
of a lountain or other like reservoir for
water, Span. alberca-2 Sam. 2, 13. 4,
12. Cant. 7,5; fully tº rena Nah. 2,9.
Ecc. 2, 6, There were two pools of this
kind on the western side of Jerusalem,
one at the head of the valley of Hinnom,
and the other lower down in the same
valley, intended to preserve the waters
of the rainy season and perhaps those
of Gihon ; viz. the upper pool Is, 7, 3,
:alled also the old pool Is. 22, 11; and
he lower pool Is. 22,9. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. I. p. 483-87.
º, (whom Jehovah hath blessed,
for nºna) Berechiah, Barachiah, pr. n.
m. a) A son of Zerubbabel 1 Chr. 3,
20 b) ib. 9, 16. c.) Neh. 3, 4, 30.
*) See Brºz a. *
*Tºº (id.) Berechiah Barachiah
pr. m. m. a) The father of the prophe
Zechariah, Zech. 1,7; but in v. 1 Hºà
b) 1 Chr. 3, 24, c) 2 Chr. 28, 12.
sk En: a root, not used in the verb
pr. onomatopoetic, i. q. 6940,6941&oux,
Lat. fremo, Germ. brummem, summem.
Engl. to hum, to buzz. In Arabic , t is
spoken:
1. Of the noise and murmuring of mo
rose and discontented men, to murmur,
to grumble ; whence in 1 Pet. 4, 9 fo
Gr. Zoyyvouág the Arabic version has
Ç
$9 & …”
r;-- ; comp. also º to be disdainful.
proud, pr. to be peewish, IQ OIOSé.
2. Of the sound made in spinning
and twisting a thread, to hum, to buzz
and hence ey: Conj. II, IV, to twist
threads together, e.g. of different col
ours. Hence Heb. Bºina.
3. Like other verbs of twisting and
binding, (see ban, pir],) this is also
transferred to the idea of firmness,
strength, as * to make firm ; comp
Lat. firmus. Hence perhaps
tº Chald, pr. adv. of affirmation,
Ayea, truly, certainly, as in the Targums
and Syr. ºr a but in the O. T. it is
every where adversative, but, yet, never-
theless, Dan. 2, 28. 4, 12, 5, 17. Ezra 5,
13. Comp. his no. 2–The possible
derivation of this word from r. tº is
denied by some ; who however do not
suggest any other. Kindred perhaps
with Chald. EA-s; see ins, ºbs.
yº see sºna tºp.
>k yº, obsol, root, Arab. cy: to ex.
cel; Conj. W, to give spontañeously.—
Hence pr. n. Fix"º. .
Tyni, 1 Chr. 7, 23, see in nºn-z.
Sº, (for sn-13, see - p. 109) Bera,
pr. m. of a king of Sodom, Gen. 14, 2.
>k pº, to lighten, to send forth light.
ning, as God, once Ps. 144, 6. Arab
Grº syr. * = id. Ethiop. ſ)/3
fulsit, A'ſ)/9p fulminavit.
Deriv. Bºº, nº, and
p--
---,
163
Pºž m.
**, G; , id. Dan. 10, 6. Collect
lightnings, Ps. 144, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 15.
Ezra 1, 13, Plur. Pºpº Job 38, 35
Ps. 18, 15. 77, 19. al. Trop. of the
brightness or glittering of a sword, Ez.
21, 15. 33. Deut. 32, 41 ºr pºſſ the
lightning of my Sword i. e. my glittering
sword. Nah. 3, 3. Hab. 3, 11 ; comp.
Zeuh. 9, 14.—Hence
2. Poet. for a glittering sword, Job
20, 25.
3. Barak, pr. m. of a leader of the Is-
raelites, who with the aid of Deborah,
obtained a great victory over the Ca-
1. lightning, Syr. Arab.
naamites, Judg. 4, 6 sq. 5, 1. 12. 15.
He is called Barak i. e. thunderbolt,
Lat. fulmen (Cic. pro Balb. 15), as
among the Carthaginians Hamilcar
was called Barcas.
Phi, see pººl, p. 141. g.
pipha (painter, for bipº-13, see =
p. 109; from Arab. U*) to paint with
colours; or from the quadril. U 3r: id.)
Barkos, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55.
EºPh3 m. plur. i. q. E", hio, thresh-
ing sledges, tribula, see in Anio. Judg.
8, 7. 16. The bottom or the rollers were
set with jagged iron or stone, prob. flint-
stone so common in Palestine, Gr. Tugi-
Tug fire-stone ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 143.−This name is perhaps de-
rived from an obsol. form Tºa lighten-
ing, giving out light, which prob.
denoted flint, firestone, Tugitts j comp.
92 o –
33-5 stony ground, perh, pr. abounding
in flint-stone, as is the case with a great
part of Palestine and Arabia. Hence
Sing. "Ena a threshing-sledge offlint,
Plur. Eºpna.
FP. f. Ex. 28, 17, and FPM. (Lehrg.
p 467) Ez. 28, 13, a species of gem, so
called from its glittering, sparkling, from
S. pn: . Sept. Vulg. and Josephus ren-
der it smaragdus, emerald, which Braun
also advocates, de West. Sacerdott. p.
517 sq. appealing to the Greek form utº-
•oyôog, outgoydos, which seems to come
°om the Heb. word. And not unaptly;
vince also Gr, uageyń, guageym, with
their derivatives, which have the signif.
of noise, thunder, correspond als, to the
Heb. pha; while uégoyöog, as the name
of a gem, would come from the notion of
brightness, sparkling, which is primary
in this root.
* T3, praet. 1 pers. ºrin: Ez.20,38,
inf. c. suff, tº Ecc. 3, 18 after the form
Tº from Tau}. Kindr. are Rºº, Hºà.
1. to separate, to sever out. Fºz. 20, 38
t"Th'ari tºº "riº, I will separate from
* º.
among you the rebellious. Arab. 2:
Conj. VIII, to stand separate from others.
2. to select, to choose out, comp. Hº:
no. 3. Part, pass. "Anā, selected, chosen,
1 Chr. 9, 22 pºnsº Bºnan tº all
those chosen for porters, as porters. 16,
41. Also select, chosen, choice, 1 Chr. 7,
40; animals Neh. 5, 18.
3. to separate and remove filth, impu.
rity, i. q to cleanse, to purge, to purify,
e.g. a.) An arrow from rust, to polish,
to make bright and sharp, Is. 49, 2. See
Hiph. Arab irº to cut or pare down,
to point a weapon. b) In a moral sense,
of words and actions, to cleanse, to pu-
rify. Part pass. Zeph. 3, 9 Hºn: Hºuſ
a pure lip, i.e. language. Adv. Job 33,
3 ºbº ºniº "reº rºl, and what I know,
my lips shall utter purely, i. e. with sin-
cerity, without falsehood. Ps. 19, 9
the commandment of Jehovah is pure,
i. e. true, just, holy. Comp. Niph.
Pi. Hithpa.—Arab. P mid. E, to be
just, true, 2. just, true. Syr. fºre
pure, neat, simple, 123-fe purity. In
the literal signification it corresponds
with Lat. purus, Engl. pure, Germ, bar,
Engl. bare ; and trop. with Lat. verus,
Germ. unahr.
4. to search out, to earamine, to prove,
which is done by separating and distin-
guishing, comp. "p: no. 3. Ecc. 3, 18
tº ; corresp. to inf. -i-. Ecc. 9, 1.
Q3. - O
See ºnna. Arab. Zººl scrutatus est
veritatem, 33 mid. Waw, exploravit.
5. to be clean, clear, i. e. empty, see
adj. Ha II. no. 3, and Chald. Ha II.
Niph. --> reflex. to purify oneself, to
be clean, sc. for the performance of a sa-
cred office, Is. 52, 11. Part. Tº purs
ºn-
ºntº-
164
- e. upright, pious, Ps. 18, 27. 2 Sam.
22, 27. See Kal no. 3. b.
PIEL to cleanse, to purify, morally,
Dam. 11, 35.
HipH. to cleanse, to clean, e.g. arrows,
to make bright and sharp Jer. 51, 11, see
Kal no. 3. a. Also grain in the thresh-
ing-floor, Jer. 4, 11.
HITHPA. 1. to purify oneself, Sc. from
the filth of idolatry and sin, to be purified,
to reform, Dan. 12, 10; comp. 11, 35.
2, to show oneself pure, i.e. just, up-
right, benignant, spoken of God, comp.
in Kal no. 3. b. Ps. 18, 27 na; tº
nºrr, with the pure thou will show
thyself pure. The form natºr, 2 Sam.
22,27, is for nºnn in Ps. l.c. see Lehrg.
p. 374.
Deriv. ºn II, -ā, nº, -º-º:.
+ º->
Tº ovsø, r ) , , prob. 1. q. A as
T
*> to cut, to cut in, see under r. sº, ;
9 o 5 * *
whence Arab. *}} axe.—Hence Diºn:
Cypress or pine, q.v.
Sº, (i. q. Suji-ji, son of wicked-
ness, see 5 p. 109,) Birsha, pr. m. of a
king of Gomorrah Gen. 14, 2.
>k nº obsol. root, prob. to cut, to hew;
see tºº. Hence nină cypress or pine.
Titº (cool, cold, comp. Arab. --> V,
to be cool, e. g. water,) every where
with art. hºn q. d. the cold, Besor, pr.
n. of a torrent emptying itself into the
Mediterranean near Gaza, 1 Sam. 30, 9.
10. 21.
Tºtº, and nº f(r. -º) 1. glad
tidings, good mews, 2 Sam. 18, 22. 25.
2 K. 7, 9; once with Hiro added, 2 Sam.
18, 27.
2. reward forgood tidings, 2 Sam. 4,10.
:# EU: obsol. root, to have a good
smell, to 2 fragrant. Chald. et Syr.
Epa, <ae, 18. but oſtener genr. to be
sweet, pleasant. Comp. ÚS3 ,
Deriv. the pr. names cº, tº ;
also the three following:
Diº r Diº (Kamets impure) m.
balsam, balsam-plant, frequent in the
gardens of the Hebrews, Cant. 5, 1.
8 . ~~ e is f
Arab. ...U.; a fragrant shrub, similar
o the balsam-plant; also with Lam
flºº, ejº
6&Auguog, balsam, balsam-plant or tree
Chald, and Talmud, ſººna, also Tinºs
l being changed into r.
tº and Fiji, m, both in Ex. 30, 23.
1. aromatic odour, fragrance, espec.
as diffused by spices; Syr. Some spice
Is, 3, 24. Bºž"Tºp spicy cinnamon,
aromatic, Ex. l. c. Plur. Cant. 4, 16.
2. spice itself, spicery, 1 K. 10, 10
Ex. 35, 28. Ez. 27, 22. Plur. Bºr
spices, aromatics, Ex. 25, 6, 35, 8, ºr
Dºº: mountains bearing spices, spice
mountains, Cant. 8, 14.
3. i. q. Dº, balsam-plant Cant. 5
inserted quadril.
13. 6, 2.
Fºllº (fragrant) Basemath, pr. m. f.
a) A wife of Esau, spoken of as a Hittite
Gen. 26, 34, and also as a daughter of
Ishmael Gen. 36, 3.4.13. b) A daugh-
ter of Solomon, 1 K. 4, 15.
*Tº in Kal not used, Arab. *
to be cheerful, joyful, espec. on account
of good news; mid. A and Conj. II, to
cheer by good news, with acc. of pers. and
Q- of thing. The primary idea seems
to be that of fairness, beauty, perh. rud-
diness or brightness, see BTS ; whence
9. sº
ſº ſair, beautiful; since the coun
tenance is made fairer by cheerfulness
and joy; (comp. Bio good, fair, joyful;
"nº cheek, from r. Firth to be fair;)
as vice versa it is deformed by stern-
Ç
3 - 2 :- - -
ness and anger. Hence 2.… , 8
the human skin, nº flesh, in both which
is the seat of beauty.
PIEL ºntº: 1. pr. to cheer with glad
tidings, i. e. to bring glad tidings, good
news, to announce (good news) to any
one, with acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 18, 19
* *z ºn-rs Hºns sy-righ-s let
me now run and bring the king tidings,
etc. Ps. 68, 12 ºn sº ni-tº-ºn (ſe-
males) announced the glad tidings to
the mighly host. 1 Sam. 31,9. Is. 40, 9
Absol. 2 Sam. 4, 10 ºn -tº-22 nºr
he thought to have brought good tidings
Also with acc. of the thing announced,
Is. 60, 6. Ps. 40, 10. Part. nº mes.
senger of good tidings Is. 40, 9; esp. of
*º-
bºn
165
68 13.
2. Rarely in a more general sense of
any messenger, to bear tidings, 2 Sam.
18, 20.26; even of evil, 1 Sam. 4, 17.
Hence twice more definitely and nº
1 K. 1, 42. Is. 52, 7.
HITHPA. to receive good tidings, 2 Sam.
18, 31. Arab. Conj. I, mid, E, and Conj.
IV, VIII, X.
Deriv. Hº, and
nº m. once plur. Bºnuſ: Prov. 14, 30.
1. flesh ; for the etymology see in r.
-už Kal. Syr, fraz, Chald, shea and
shua, id. Arab. 233 and $3.5 the
skin, but metaph, the human race, which
comes from the idea of flesh.-Spoken:
a) Of the flesh of the living body, both
of men and beasts, Gen. 41, 2, 19. Job
33, 21, 15. Once, it would seem, for the
skin, (comp. Arab.) Ps. 102,6-ºx nº
"tº my bones cleave to my skin, as
denoting extreme emaciation. b) Of
the flesh of cattle for eating, meat, Ex.
16, 12. Lev. 7, 19. Num. 11, 4, 13. So
Job 31, 31 in praise of his hospitality:
sau: Nº intº tº "? where is one who
is not saliated with his meat 2 i.e. his
feasts.—Also
2. Meton, flesh, i. q, the body, the whole
body, opp. tºº, Is. 10, 18. Job 14, 22.
Prov. 14, 30 senz, sº tºntº, ºn the life
of the body is a quiet heart. Sometimes
with the accessory notion of frailty and
proneness to sin, (comp. Matt. 26, 41,)
Ecc. 2, 3, 5, 5.
3. Spoken of all living creatures; as
nº-bz all flesh, i. e. all animate be-
ings, men and animals, Gen. 6, 13. 17.
10. 7, 15. 16. 21. 8, 17; all animals Gen.
S, 17. Spec. all men, the human race,
mankind, Gen. 6, 12. Ps. 65, 3. 145, 21.
Is. 40, 5. 6. Very often as opp. to God
and the divine Spirit, (E-rºbs run, rºnry,)
with the accessory motion of weakness,
frailty, mortality, Gen. 6, 3. Job 10, 4
Tº nº ºn hast thou eyes of flesh 2
i. e. mortal eyes, dull, not clear-sighted.
Is, 31, 3 the Egyptians are men, and not
gods; ran sº nº trºpºp their horses
are flesh, and not spirit, i.e. not endowed
with a divine spirit. Ps. 56, 5. 78, 39.
ſer. 17, 5; comp. 2 Cor. 10, 4. In. N. T.
peace 52, 7, of victory 1 Sam. 4, 9 Ps. .
gègš zoºl giuo are in like manner opp. to
God and his Spirit, Matt. 16, 17. Gal
1, 16.
4. **** ***, my bone and my flesh,
i.e. my relative, blood-relation, Gen. 29.
14. Judg. 9, 2. 2 Sam. 5, 1. 19, 13. 14
comp. Gen. 2, 23. Also simpl. ºntº: id.
Gen. 37,27 sºn ºntº ºr's “2. Spoken
of any other person, a fellow-mortal, Is
58, 7. Comp. "Su;.
5. By euphemism i. q. pudenda virt .
comp. Gr. orójuo, Gen. 17, 11 sq. Lev
15, 2.3.7. 19. Also rºy huà flesh of
nakedness Ex. 28, 42.
nº Chald. i. q. Heb.flesh, Dan. 7, 5,
in stat. emphat. Nºtº, spoken of man-
kind, mortals, Dan. 2, 11. Nºtºa-23 all
flesh, all living creatures, men and ani-
mals, Dan. 4, 9 [12].
mºn see Hºhº.
>k Stº Or bû to be cooked, ripen-
ed, i. e.
1. By fire, to be boiled, seethed, Ez.
24, 5.
2. In the sun's heat, to ripen, to be
ripe, e. g. a harvest, Joel 4, 13 [3, 13].
Syr.'s ºr, Chald. Buja, Eth. ſlſi A to
be cooked, to be ripe. In the same man-
ner the ideas of cooking and ripening
are united in other verbs; as in Arab.
, Pers. cº-º: and J-Kà bukhten
and pukhten, to which nearly corre
sponds Germ. backen, Engl. to bake;
Gr. Trānto, Táogo, Lat. coquitur wwa,
vindemia, Virg. Georg. 2. 522, i. q.
Germ. die Traube kocht.
PIEL causat. of Kal no. 1, to cook, i.e
to seethe, to boil, espec. flesh, Ex. 16, 23.
29, 31. 1 K. 19, 21; other kinds of food,
Num. 11, 8. 2 Sam. 13, 8, 2 K. 4, 38.
6, 29.
Pual pass. of Pi. Ex. 12,9. Lev. 6,21
HipH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to ripen.
to bring to maturity, Gen. 40, 10; see
under bºuffs.
Deriv. nibušan and
Sº m. Ex. 12, 9, nº f Num, 6
19, the boiled, the sodden.
tºta (for thui-la son of peace, see
Jh E p. 109) Bishlam, pr. n. of a Persian
officer in Palestine Ezra 4.7
Tra
in-l
166
* Tº: not used in Hebrew ; Arab.
$º. 2.
KiXX light and level soil, soft sand.
Hence pr. n. Tº and
jº (light sandy soil) often with art.
juśrī, Bashan, pr. m. of the northern
part of the country beyond Jordan;
bounded on the northwest by the region
adjacent to Mount Hermon 1 Chr. 5,
23; on the south by the Jabbok and
mountains of Gilead; and extending on
the east as far as to Salchah (Sülkhad)
Deut. 3, 10. 13. Josh. 12, 4. It was
taken by the Israelites from Og, king of
the Amorites; and given with a part
of Gilead to the half tribe of Manasseh,
Num. 21, 33. 32, 33. It is often cele-
brated for its groves of oaks, Is. 2, 13.
Ez. 27, 6. Zech. 11, 2; and for its rich
pastures and fat cattle and flocks, Deut.
32, 14. Ps. 22, 13. Am. 4, 1. Ez. 39, 18.
[Though comparatively a level region,
yet there are high mountains in its
southwestern part, Ps. 68, 16. — R.]
Chald. Enz, ºnia, Syr. sºlº, Gr, in
Josephus and Ptolemy Botovolo, Bata-
na'a, Arab. & Ji el-Bethenyeh; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p. 158.
sº
IA. O.
Tºtº; f. (r. Jia) shame, Hos. 10, 6.
Nouns cnding in the syllable H, N,
appended to the root, are found also in
Chaldee, see art, sºngs; and more fre-
quently in Ethiopic, see Ludolf Gram.
AEthiop. p. 90. It is analogous to the
ending H.
sk cº once read in Po. buºia ſor
bºia to tread down, to trample upon, c.
5: Am. 5, 11. For the interchange of
b and u), see under lett. o.
tº a spurious root, whence some
derive the form ºia Pil. of the verb
ºiz, q.v.
nºa f (r. ºia) c. suff, ºrºž, erºa.
1. shame, confusion, often with bº
added, where Engl. Vers, confusion of
face, Jer. 7, 19. Ps. 44, 16. Dan. 9, 7.8.
So nuja tº Job 8, 22. Ps. 35,26, and
nº rity Ps. 109, 29, to be clothed with
shame, to be covered with confusion.
2 shame, i. e. disgrace, ignominy, Is.
54, 4, 61, 7. Hab. 2, 10. Mic. 1, 11 nºn:
nºn in nakedness and shame ; others
having thy shame (pudenda) naked.
3. an idol, which only disappoints the
hopes of its worshippers, and puts them
to shame and disgrace, Jer. 3, 24. 11, 3.
Hos. 9, 10.
I. na f. (contr. from rº for rºl, r.
rº) c. suff, *nz from ngā ; Plur. nilº,
constr. niż as fr. a Sing. nº, comp.
tº sons. ©
tº 9
1. a daughter. Arab. cº, plur.
Ç
*Lºs Syr. izia, plur. ſºlº; Chald.
rā and sºn, constr. nº, c. suff. Frºna,
plur. nº.—So Pºst nº the daughters
of men, women, opp. to the sons of God.
Gen. 6, 2.4. Cant. 7, 2 [1] sº-na O
prince's daughter, a term of courteous
address to a high-born maiden. So the
queen herself is addressed as na, Ps. 45,
11 ; comp. Tº no. 4.
The word na daughter, like 13, is
employed also by the Hebrews in wider
SCIn SeS :
2. a grand-daughter, and genr. a fe-
male descendant. Sobsº ris: daugh-
ters of Israel for the Hebrew women,
Judg. 11, 40; Tºº ni-- doughters of
Canaan, the Canaanitish women, espec.
maidens, Gen. 28, 8; and so with the
name of a particular people, ni--
bºnujºn 2 Sam. 1, 20; ºy nix: my
countrywomen Ez. 13, 17. So also nix:
nºn. Ps. 48, 12, where some incorrectly
understand the towns of Judah; since the
small places around a city are called the
daughters of that city, and not of the
district. In this passage the daughters
i. e. women of Judah (no. 5) are put in
antith. with Zion, i. e. the sons or men of
Zion, and thus both together according
to the laws of parallelism designate the
inhabitants of Zion ar.d the rest of Ju-
dah of both sexes. Comp. Is. 4, 4.
3. a maiden, young woman, comp. 72
no. 3; Gr. 9 vyūtng, Fr. fille. Gen. 30
13. Cant. 2, 2.6, 9. Judg. 12,9. Is. 32, 9
Poet. Dºu?n na daughter of women, a
maiden, Dan. 11, 17.
4. an adopted daughter, foster-daugh.
ter, Esth. 2, 7.15.-Also a female pupi,
disciple, comp. Tº no. 5; here in refer
ence to a god, i. q. female worshipper
n-
in-
167
Mal. 2, 11 "3: Ps-na the daughter of a
strange god.
5. With a genit. of place, espec. of a
city or country, na denotes a native of
that place, one born and brought up
there, a female inhabitant, espec. of
youthful age; e. g. Rºjº nila Cant.
2, 7.3, 5, 5,8. 16; its ni: Is, 3, 16. 17.
4, 4; "Sri niya Gen. 34, 1.—By a pe-
culiar idiom of the Hebrew and Syriac
tongues, the word na daughter, like
(ither feminines (comp. Lehrg. p. 477.
Heb. Gram. § 105. 3. d) is used by the
poets as a collective, for Bº sons; comp.
Tº na Mic. 4, 14 for tº: "...a 2 Chr. 25,
13; and then the daughter of a city,
country, people, is put poetically for its
inhabitants. E.g. *s-na for -s ºn the
Tyrians Ps. 45, 13; tºujºn's Is, 37,
22; Tiºt-na Is. 16, 1. 52, 2. Jev. 4, 31;
Bºis-na Lam. 4, 22; tº-na Jer. 46,
11.19, 24; unujºn-na Is. 23, 10; ºrna
i. q. "99 hº my countrymen Is. 22, 4.
Jer. 4, 11. 9, 6. So also in Syriac,
<!-f 2:2 the daughter of Abraham,
for the sons or descendants of Abraham,
the Hebrews; see Comment, on Is. 1,8.
Hence has arisen the Trgogaſtoirotto, so
:ommon to the Hebrew poets, by which
he whole body of inhabitants in a place
s personified as a female, (Is. 23, 12 sq.
(7, 1 sq. 54, 1 sq. Lam. 1, 1 sq.) and thus
the daughter of a land is also said to be
a virgin, as it's-na rhina i. e. thou
virgin, daughter of Sidon, st. constr. in-
stead of apposition, Is. 23, 12 ; bºrna (a
Is. 47, 1, nºn-na 'n Lam. 1, 15,
bºsº-na 'n Jer. 46, 11. ºx-na 'a Jer.
14, 17. But as the name of a people is
often transferred to designate its land,
and vice versa, (Lehrg.p. 469,) so this use
yf n: , which strictly designates inhabi-
ants, is transferred by the poets to the
ity or country itself. Thus jinx"na
q. the city Jerusalem Is, 1,8. 10, 32;
233-na Ps. 137, 8; and so we find even
bº"ra nºujin inhabitant of the daugh-
ter of Babylon, i.e. inhabitants, dwellers
in Babylon, Zech. 2, 11. Jez.46, 19 48,18.
b. With genit. of time, as denoting a
female who has lived during that time;
e. g. Hºus pºstºn-na the daughter of
ninety years, i. e. ninety years old, Gen.
17, 17 Comp. 72 no. 7.
7. Trop, the daughter of any thing is
that which is dependent on, connected
with, or distil.guished for that thing
comp. 73, no. 8. Thus the daughters of
a city are the small towns and village.
lying around it and dependent on its
jurisdiction, Num. 21, 25. 32. 32,42. Josh
17, 11. Judg. 11, 26. So Tºrna daugh
ter of the eye, i. e. the pupil, Ps. 17, 8,
see in liºs; also nººn nix: the daughters
of song, songstresses, Ecc. 12, 4; na
º: a wicked woman, 1 Sam. 1, 16;
Pºs-na (ivory) the daughter of cedar-
wood, i. e. inlaid in cedar, Ez. 27, 6.
8. Once of animals, in the phrase "na
Hy”, &ladſ evº, daughters of the
ostrich, i. q, the ostrich, see under Hº.
Comp, 73 no. 10. &
9. Poet. daughters of a tree, for its
boughs, branches; Gen. 49, 22 nºg ni:
-hºj -hy its daughters mount over the
wall, i. e. the branches of the fruitful
tree to which Joseph is compared; see
nºt.
10. In a few feminine proper names
a) bºrnā (daughter of many) Bath.
rabbim, pr. m. of a gate in Heshbon,
Cant. 7, 5 [4].
b) Sºujºnº (daughter of the oath)
Bath-sheba, pr. m. of the wife of Uriah,
defiled by David, and then taken as his
wife after the murder of her husband;
known also as the mother of Solomon.
2 Sam. c. 11, c. 12. 1 K. 1, 15 sq. Called
also shujºna Bath-shua, 1 Chr. 3, 5. -
c) nºn: (daughter i. e. worshipper
of Jehovah) Bithiah, pr. n.f. 1 Chr. 4, 18.
II. Få (r. nn; no. 1) plur. tºrna,
comm. gend. m. Ez. 45, 10. f. Is. 5, 10,
bath, a measure of liquids, as of wine
and oil, equal to the ephah (Hºns q. v.)
in dry measure, i. e. about 8; gallons.
Ten baths made one homer (nºn, see
Ez. 45, 11. 14), 1 K. 7, 26. 38. 2 Chr. 2,
9. 4, 5. Ez. 45, 10 sq. Is. 5, 10.
F3 Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. II. Plul.
Tºrna Ezra 7, 22.
Tº f. (r. nna no. 2) desolation ; is,
7, 19 ninăn brº the desolate valleys, de-
serts Or perh. abrupt valleys, precipi
tous, craggy; comp. his: cut off, abrupt,
precipitous, and joy's from éâyvvut. But
the Iormer sense is preferable. Comp,
in Firº.
Finn
ºn-l
168
tº f. (r. nni) no. 2) desolation ; spo-
ken of a vineyard Is. 5, 6 rinº ºnnºis
q d. nº rinºs I will make it a deso-
lation, pr. a cutting off, consumption;
Vulg. pomam eam, desertam. The gram-
marians have not been consistent in re-
spect to this and the preceding form
Fina; they ought both to have been
pointed with the same vowels.
*S*T* Bethuel, pr. n. 1. Of a man,
(i. q. bsºn; man of God,) the father of
Laban and Rebecca, Gen. 22, 22. 23. 24,
15. 24. 47.50. 25, 20. 28, 2.5.
2. Of a place, (from Lº i. q. nail, pr.
abode of God,) belonging to the tribe of
Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 30; written by con-
traction bana in Josh. 19, 4. In the
same list of cities in Josh. 15, 30, we find
instead of it b oz. See Reland Palaes-
tina p. 152, 153.
ºri see in bsºn: no. 2.
nºr: f. (r. Prº q.v.) 1. a virgin,
pure and unspotted ; Arab. J;3, Syr.
jºr-2, id. Gen. 24, 16 nºni... nºn;
Fly". Nº tºs, and the maiden... was a
virgin, neither had any man known her.
2 Sam. 13, 2, 18. Hºn: nº a maiden
who is a virgin, intacta, Deut. 22, 23. 28.
Judg. 19, 24. 21, 12. 1 K. 1, 2–Hence
also
2. a virgin just married, a young
spouse, Joel 1, 8. Sept. viſuq.m. So Lat.
virgo Virg. Ecl. 6, 47. AEn. 1. 493;
puella Georg. 4. 458; also Arab. As
virgin.
3. By a Trgooonotoito, common to the
Hebrews, in which cities or countries
are personified as females, the same are
also called virgins, see the examples
cited in na no. 5. So too where na is
omitted, simpl. bsº nºr: virgin of
Israel, i. e. the Israelitish people, Jer. 18,
13. 31, 4, 21. Am. 5, 2. Chald. Vers.
correctly bººi Nºujº captus Israélis.
—Hence
Fºni m. plur. 1. virginity. Lev.
21, 13 mph nºn: rigs sºn, he shall
take a wife in her virginity, who is a
virgin. Judg. 11, 37. Ez. 23, 3 hº
Irºn: their virgin breasts.
2. signs, tokens of virginity, (comp.
nº no. 3, b, sign of a covenant,) i.e
the bed-clothes stained with blood on the
wedding-night, Deut. 22, 14 sq. Comp.
Leo Afric. p. 325. Niebuhr's Descript.
of Arabia, p. 35 sq. Germ. Michaelis
Mosaisches Recht II. § 92.
Tº see na I. no. 10, c.
P"º plur. houses, see n°3.
>k Snº, whence nºn: virgin. Arab.
Jº is to separate, i. q. Sº, hence
nºna is one separated and secluded
from intercourse with men. But it may
be worth inquiry, whether brº is not
i. q. Sº to ripen ; whence Hºn: one
ripe, mature. Comp. rºs.
Sk tº e
Prº in Kal not used; once in PIEl
Ez, 16, 40 priºr: Tºprah and they
shall cut (hew) thee in pieces with their
swords ; Sept. xxtaggóšoval as, Vulg.
trucidabunt te. Arab. J& to cleave
asunder, to cut in pieces, to cut off;
Ethiop, ſlºf'ſ] to break.
sk ſº e o g
nr= to cut in two or in pieces, to
divide, as victims in sacrifice, so in
KAL and PIEL, Gen. 15, 10. Arab. 2.
to cut off, to break off. Kindred roots
are -la. , 2X.0, "tºº, hº.
Deriv. ºnz, Yinna.
Tº Chald. after, for hrs: ; see art.
ps p. 105.
Tº m. (r. *na) c. suff, inna, plur
constr. ºnz.
1. a piece, part of a victim as cut up,
Gen. 15, 10. Jer. 34, 19.
2. section, i. e. the being cut up ; spo-
ken of a region cut up or divided by
mountains and valleys, rugged, craggy,
precipitous, comp. Tinna. Cant. 2, 17
nnn-nnn-by, Sept. ºn bgm woulouſtom,
i. e. mountains cut up with valleys.
Tinº m. (r. *na) pr.section, i.e. a re.
gion cut up with mountains and valleys
or better, a valley cutting into mountains
i. q. a craggy valley, mountain gorge
defile, xoliouo, like guy's from ényvío
2 Sam. 2,29. Comp. hrſ: no. 2.-Others
take it as the pr. n. of some particular
valley or region; but this would make
little difference, since even then it mus
nnn
"Nº.
169
have been derived from the nature of
the place.
- Q3 ->
>k nna obsol. root, Arab. ex: I, IV, to
tut, to cut off, to break off, comp. under
9 || 2:- t
r. Tº I; ºUK; something broken off
finished, destroyed, & and & Ji whol-
Gimel, bºy, the third letter of the
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral denot-
ing 3. Its name differs only in form
from 57% camel; and its figure in Pheni-
cian inscriptions (A, A,) bears a cer-
tain resemblance to the camel's hump
or neck; see Monumen. Phoen. p. 22.
As the softest of the palatal letters
(p553) except Yod, it is often inter-
changed: a) With the harder palatals
5 and p, both in the Hebrew itself,
and in the corresponding forms of the
& S o 5
kindred dialects; e. g. viº, U.O.-,
gº *
J-395. a heap of sheaves; nº,
fo ºr alº, 9 ©
|A-ºf-a-, º sulphur; 123 and 22
to cover, to protect; tº and Oz: , ) is ,
o collect, to heap up; ºn and P2, to run
3 - 9 x & *
up and down, sº, &As, calix of flow-
& 2 tº 2- e
ºrs; TTA, Q - and CX3 to cut; "Puff,
& to as
ºu, Tre , an almond-tree.
b) More rarely with the gutturals; as
y, e.g. 332, Chald. S: , xa, to burst
=; )
orth, nº, Arab Gjº to provoke; also n,
tº g. mºnºs, tºrs, young of birds;
comp. Tris.
83 m. adj. for ins: (r. HSA) elated, i. e.
haughty, proud, Is. 16, 6.
× Tsä fut. Hisy", a poetic word.
1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to increase,
8. g. of rising waters Ez. 47, 5; of a
plant growing Job 8, 11.—Job 10, 16
*xr, brinja nº and if it lift up its elf
sc. my head) thou * me as a lion.
ly, entirely. In Hebrew it seems to
have signified:
1. to cut or mark out, to define, and
hence to measure; whence na II, as a
measure of liquids.
2. to cut off anything, to make an end
of, to lay wholly waste, i. q. Hºz; whence
Firºz, Hrú.
2. Metaph, to be eacalted, majestic
glorious, spoken of God, Ex. 15, 1. 21.—
Hence in the derivatives also:
3. to be eminent, eacellent, splendid,
see deriv. Tiss no. 2.
4. to be elated, i.e. haughty, proud;
see deriv.ns; no. 2, TSA and ſis; no. 3.
Syr. Pa. ii. to decorate, to make
splendid, magnificent ; Ethpa. to boast
oneself; il-sº ill- decorated, elegant,
magnificent. In the signif. of pride it
corresponds with Gr. 70.10.
Deriv. Nº, nº I, and those here fo
lowing.
TS3 adj. 1. lifted up, high, lofty
Is, 2, 12. Job 40, 11. 12 RNA-35 ns:
*Hººn" look upon every high thing
and bring it low.
2. elated, i. e. proud, haughty, Jer. 48,
29. Plur. Bºss the proud, often with the
accessory notion of impiety, ungodli-
ness; as elsewhere gentleness and hu-
mility include also the idea of piety, see
hy. Ps. 94, 2. 140, 6. Prov. 15, 25. 16,
19. Sept. Únsgiſqoºyou, ü59to rol.
TS; f. pride, haughtiness, Prov. 8, 13.
SSAs; (majesty of God) Gewel pri n.
m. Num. 13, 15.
Tºš; f. (r. HSA) pr. elevation, exalta.
tion; hence
1. majesty, glory, as of God, Deut. 33
26. Ps. 68, 35.
2. ornament, earcellency, splendour
Job 41, 7. Deut. 33, 29.
3. pride, haughtiness; Ps. 73, 6 Tº
Hys: ionpºy therefore pride surroundeth
them like a neck-chain, i.e. clothes their
neck, as being the seat of pride. Ps. 3]
"N.
5N:
170
24. Prov. 14, 3. Is. 9, 8, 13, 3.11. 16, 6.
25, 11. Trop. of the sea, Ps. 46, 4 the
mountains tremble through its pride, i.e.
its proud swelling or heaving.
pºs: m. plur. (r. PS3, after the form
t"phus, E*TR,) redemptions, redemp-
tion ; Is. 63, 4 ºns: nzu, the year of my
redemption, i. e. in which I will redeem
my people. So Sept. Vulg. Syr. Usu-
ally: the year of my redeemed.
TS3 m. (r. HSA) constr. Tiss, once
plur. Bºis: Ez. 16, 56; pr. elevation,
exaltation; hence
1. majesty, grandeur, e.g. of God, Ex.
15, 7. Is. 2, 10. 19. 21. 24, 14 *rīg "... is:
they shout for the majesty of Jehovah.
Job 37, 4 isis: Bip the voice of his ma-
jesty, i. e. thunder. 40, 10 ſis; sº-nºis
Fºy deck thyself now with majesty and
grandeur. Mic. 5, 3.
2. ornament, earcellence, splendour, Is.
4, 2, 60, 15 I will make thee this ſis; a
perpetual earcellency, glory. 13,19 nºSEr
Bºuz is: the glorious ornament of the
Chaldeans, i. e. the city of Babylon.
14, 11. Ps. 47, 5 ap: Tis; the earcellency,
ornament, of Jacob, q. d. the pride of Ja-
cob, the Holy Land; also of God, Am.8,
7. Yanºn Tiss the earcellency, pride, of
Jordan, poet, for its green and shady
banks, clothed with willows, tamarisks,
and cane, in which lions make their cov-
ert, Jer. 12, 5.49, 19.50, 44. Zech. 11, 3.
Comp. Jerome on Zech. l. c. Relandi
Palaestina p. 274.
3. i. q. Hysa no. 3, pride, haughtiness;
Prov. 16, 18 pride goeth before a fall.
apy: ſis: the haughtiness of Jacob Am.
6, 8. Nah. 2, 3. Job 35, 12. Is. 13, 11.
16, 6. Hos. 5, 5. Ascribed also to waves,
Job 38, 11; see in nºśń no. 3. Comp.
**Nº, no. 4.
nºs; f. (r. HS:) Tsere impure.
1. a lifting up, any thing high. Is.
9. 17 Tuy rºss a column of smoke.
2. majesty of God, Ps. 3, 1.
3. ornament, earcellency, splendour, Is.
28, 1.3. Concr. Is. 12, 5.
4. haughtiness, pride, Ps. 17, 10. Trop.
of the sea, Ps. 89, 10; comp. in Tijšº no. 3.
Ti"S3 adj. (r. HSã) proud, haughty,
Ps. 123, 4 Cheth. In Keri Rºi" "s; the
mroud oppressors.
riº valleys, see sºa.
* I. bs: fut. Psy" 1. to redeem, w
ransom, e. g. a field or farm sold, by
paying back the price, Lev. 25, 25. Ruth
4, 4.6; any thing consecrated to God,
Lev. 27, 13. 15. 19. 20.31 ; a slave Lev
25, 48.49. Part. 58% redeemer, one who
redeems a field, Lev. 25, 26.—'Trop. and
very often spoken of God as redeem-
ing and delivering men and espec.
Israel, e.g. from the bondage of Egypt
Ex. 6, 6; from the Babylonian exile Is.
43, 1.44, 22.48, 20.49, 7. al. Constr. with
Tº Ps. 72, 14; Tºo Ps. 106, 10. Part, pass.
Eºsi, Hirt, ºù, the redeemed of Jeho-
vah, Is. 35, 9.51, 10. Part, act. Job 19, 25
ºr **śāºry: "ºs I know that myredeem-
er liveth, i.e. God himself, who will deliver
me from these calamities.—Job 3, 5 in
curses upon his natal day: Tºn ºriº
ryºs, let darkness and death-shade re-
deem it for themselves, i.e. recover
again take possession of it.
2. With tº, to redeem blood, i. e. to
avenge bloodshed, to demand or inflict
punishment for blood; found only in Part.
bir PS3 the avenger of blood, Num. 35,
19 sq. Deut. 19, 6.12. Josh. 20, 3, 2 Sam.
14, 11; without Eºrl id. Num. 35, 12.
3. As the right of redemption (no. 1)
and the duty of blood-revenge (no. 2) be-
longed to the nearest relative, hence bºth
denotes a blood relative, kinsman, Num.
5, 8. Lev. 25, 25. Ruth 3, 12. With the
art. 58%r the Goël, the neart of kin, near-
est kinsman, Ruth 4, 1.6.8; comp. 3, 9.
12. The one next after him is called
bS㺠Ruth 2, 20, comp. 4, 4. Plur. Bºš
blood-relatives, kinsmen, 1 K. 16, 11.-
So to Heb. *sū i.e. blood-relative, cor-
responds Arab A3 avenger of blood,
sº £
and $5 a friend, kinsman, also a pro-
tector, avenger.
4. Since also by the Mosaic law
when a man died without children, it
was the duty of the next of kin to marry
his widow and raise up children in his
name, (see tº, 535,) the verb BSA was
also transferred to denote this right and
duty of relationship, and is then denom.
from bs3. E.g. Ruth 3, 13, where Boaz
says: virt. Nº-Es, bºx" air, mºs: -es
ºs Triºs; ſº if he will perform
bx:
171 -lj
wnto thee the kinsman's part (i. e. marry
thee), well ; let him do the kinsman's
part but if he will not, ... then I will
do the kinsman's part to thee, i. e. will
marry thee. Comp. Tob. 3, 17.
NIPH. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be redeemed,
ransomed, e. g. a field or farm Lev. 25,
30; things consecrated Lev. 27, 20. 27.
28.33; a slave Lev. 25, 54.—Reflex. to
redeem oneself Lev. 25, 49.
Deriv. HèSA, Rºss, and pr. n. *S*.
T t
* ||. SSã, a verb of the later He-
brew, in Kal not used, to be defiled, pol-
luted, unclean, i. q. Chald, PS3, P3,
Ithpe. Byåns to be polluted. e
PIEL 9s to defile, to pollute, Mal. 1,7.
PUAL 1. to be polluted. Part. PS3%
polluted, unclean, of food Mal. 1, 7.12.
2. to be pronounced unclean, i. e. to
be removed as polluted from the priest-
hood, Ezra 2,62. Neh. 7,64. Comp. Syr.
~3 to cast away, to reject, and #2;
Hiph.
Niph. Ps: Zeph. 3, 1, and bs: Is. 59,
3. Lam. 4, 14, to be defiled, polluted.
The latter form is similar to the Arabic
- 20 É.
passive Conj. VII Jºël.
HipH. to soil, to stain, as a garment
with blood, Is. 63, 3. The form "rºsis
for "rºsari is by Syriasm.
HITHPA. to defile oneself, e. g. with
unclean food, Dan. 1, 8.-Hence
283 plur, constr. º, deftlement,
pollution, Neh. 13, 29.
n?s: f. (r. 983 I) 1. redemption, re-
purchase of a field or farm, Lev. 25, 24.
IRuth 4, 7.—Hence a) i. g. right of re-
demption, fully rºsan opujº Jer. 32, 7,
comp. v. 8 and see Hºi-3. Lev. 25, 29.
31. 48, this nº perpetual right of
redemption, in perpetuity, Lev. 25, 32.
3) With gen. of pers. a field to be re-
deemed by any one as next of kin, Ruth
4, 6 c) price of redemption, Lev. 25,
26. 51, 52.
2, relationship, kindred. Ez. 11, 15
Triºs: "ºs thy relatives, thy kindre’.
See r. bs; I. 3.
53 m. (r. 55; no. 1) c. suffº, plur
nº and nia; , see no. 5, 6; i.e. some-
‘hing gibbous, conver, arched; hence
1. the back, e.g. of animals Ez. 0
12; also of men, Ps. 129, 3 Hunt, "as 93
nººn the ploughers ploughed upon my
back, i. e. they made deep furrows on
my back with their blows.
2. the boss of a shield or buckler, i. e.
the exterior convex part; comp. Arab.
º: s shield, and Fr. bouclier from bow-
cle. So in the proverbial expression, Joh
15, 26 tº "22 ºz. ... inºs yan; he
runneth upon him. . . . with the thick
bosses of his bucklers, a metaphor drawn
from soldiers who join their shields to-
gether and so rush upon the enemy.
Comp. Schult. ad l.c. Har. Cons. 23, p.
231. 40, p. 454, ed. de Sacy.—Hence
3. a bulwark, intrenchment, strong-
hold. Job 13, 12 53°33 ºn "za bulwarks
of clay are your bulwarks ; here spoken
of weak and futile arguments behind
which his opponents intrench them-
selves; comp. Is. 41, 21. So Arab. 24%
back, also for bulwark.
4. a vault, fornia, spec. of a brothel,
arched cell, in which harlots prostituted
themselves, Ez. 16, 24, 31, 39. Sept.
oianu, Togvuzów, togveiov. So Lat. for-
miac Juven. 3. 156.
5. the rim of a wheel, the circum-
ference, felloes. Plur. Dº 1 K. 7, 33;
nia, Ez. 1, 18.
6. an eye-brow, q. d. arch of the eye,
Q
Plur, nian Lev. 14, 9, Arab. & the
bone which the eye-brow covers.
7. the back, i.e. upper part, top of an
altar, Ez. 43, 13. Sept. to tºpog to iſ 9 v-
quo.otoglov. So Gr. vätog for the surface
of the sea, of the land, etc. The same
is natºrſ as Ex. 30, 3. 37, 26; so that
one might doubt whether it ought not to
be so read in Ez. l. c.
23 Chald. i. q. Heb. the back ; plur.
for sing. like Gr. tº vö10, Dan. 7, 6
Cheth, it had four wings Fina; by upon
its back; Keri FAA. Sept. Širºva, with;,
Theod, itsgrºval wiris, Vulg. super se.
5% plur. tº 2 K. 25, 12 Cheth. see
r. nº, no. 3.
I. På m. (r. 5*) 1. a board, ſrom
the idea of cutting; plur. Dº 1 K. 6,9.
2. a well, cistern ; plur. E">; Jer. 14
3, 2 K, 3, 16.
-> 17
× . NTº
6:
II. Hà (for tº, r. riº) a locust, plur.
bºº Is. 33, 4 Sept. &xglösg.
Pā Gob, pr. n. see 5'5.
53 Chald. (r. 52; no. 2) emph, sax, a
pit, den, in which lions were kept, Dan. 6,
8 sq. In Targg. for Heb. hia. Syr.
o § 3 -
Peak, thea's Arab. -->, Eth. T-ſ),
id. -
Sk Sº obsol, root, i. q. Arab. U.- final
Waw and Ye, to gather together, to col-
lect, e.g. waters into a reservoir, tribute;
tº IV, to gather together, to collect.—
Hence
Sº, m. 1. a reservoir, cistern, Is.
30, 14. Vulg. fovea.
2. a marsh, pool, Ez. 47, 11.
*k PE. a verb of twofold signification,
one its own, the other derived.
1. Pr. to be curved, hollow, or also to
be gibbous, convea, in the manner of an
arch, vault; hence E. Q. v. Something
gibbous, the back, etc. The same pri-
mary idea lies also in the kindred roots,
as 13, Fij}, whence "#, "à ; FE; whence
Flå; th; whence Hº ; also in FE:
where see more, and HE: ; Esp, -Us,
and even FPrſ. Corresponding are also
Lat. gibbus, Engl. gibbous, Germ. Gie-
bel, Gipfel. Comp. also the roots Fº,
ITE; , T: , SE}.
2. The other signif. is borrowed from
CJ *
5*, sº, to cut in, to dig, Arab. J-
to cut, to cut or hew out; comp. &l=
mid. Waw and Ye id. Conj. VIII, to dig
a well. Hence Chald. Bå a well or pit.
3:
2k im º ºs & * *
iTº obsol. root, i. Q Arab. Lºs to
come forth out of the ground, to creep
forth, as a serpent from his hole; whence
assº # , .
ºlº- for Ge= a locust, so called as
ssuing from the earth when hatched;
comp. Eth. Å3ſ) ºn the great locust;
from lo-3 to emerge from the water.
Comp. Plin. H. N. 11.29 or 35. Bochart
Hieroz. II. p 4.3.−Hence as II, aim I.
• F-5 inſ. Fº, once Firſ: Zeph.
3, 11; ſut. Fºx", 3 plur. ſem. irregular
nº-rºr, Ez. 16, 50.
1. to be high, lofty, tall; comp. in has
no. 1. E. g. a tree Ez. 19, 11, the
heavens Ps. 103, 11; a man Sam
10, 23.
2. to be elevated, eacalted, to a higher
degree of dignity and glory, Is. 52, 13
Job 36, 7.
3. iaº Fº; one's heart lifts itself up, i.
lifted up, elated: a) In a good sense
i. q to take courage, 2 Chr. 17, 6 Fº
Hinº ºn in inh and his heart was en-
couraged in the ways of Jehovah, b) In
a bad sense, to be lifted up in pride, to be
proud, haughty, Ps. 131, 1. Prov. 18, 12.
2 Chr. 26, 16.—Hence
4. Of a person himself, to be proud
haughty, Is. 3, 16. Jer. 13, 15.
HipH. Fºr to make high, to eacalt,
Ez. 17, 24. 21, 31 [26]. Prov. 17, 19
inne Faxº who maketh his gate high.
Jer. 49, 16 ſtºp hu:2 Fiºn-º though
thou makest thy mest high like the eagle,
i.e. buildest thy castles upon the highest
cliffs; comp. Obad. 4, where Tºp is omit-
ted. Adverbially with an infin. Ps. 113, 5
rºugh *Hººr pr. who maketh high to
dwell, i. e. who dwelleth on high. Job
5, 7 Rhy inha; they fly on high, soar
aloft; so with Fºx impl. Job 39, 27 [30].
Also followed by a finite verb, Is. 7, 11.
Deriv. the four following, and pr. n.
Firº.
Fº; i. q. Fiº adj. high, lofty, proud,
only in constr. tº Fº Ps. 101,5; Fää
sh Prov. 16, 5; ran F-5 Ecc. 7, 8.
Faż adj. once ºn: Ps. 138,6; consti.
Fºl. 1 Sam. 16, 7, comp. Fº; f. Frº.
1. high, lofty, tall, e. g. a tree Ez. 17,
24; a tower Is. 2, 15 ; a mountain Gen.
7, 19. Is. 57, 7; a man 1 Sam. 9, 2.
Trop. powerful Ecc. 5, 7. Subst. height
tallness, 1 Sam, 16, 7.
2. proud, haughty, Is. 5, 15.1 Sam. 2,3,
rº m. c. suff, intº 1. height, alti-
tude, as of trees, buildings, etc. Ez. 1, 18
40, 42. 1 Sam. 17. 4. Am. 2,9. Job 22, 12
tº Fºà ºs-Sºri is not God in the
height of heaven 2 i. e. in the lofty hea-
vens. Plur, constr. Jon 11, 8 tº *nil;
**En-rip as the heights of heaven are the
mysteries of divine wisdom, what cams.
thou do 2 -
2. majesty, grandeur, Job 40, 10.
3. pride, haughtiness, Jer 48,29; more
Tº
'º
173
ully -h maſſ 2 Chr. 26, 16; rºn Hai Prov.
16, 18; ns ºf Ps. 10, 4. This latter
2xpression is also very frequent in Ara-
pic, see Thesaur. p. 257.
nº f. (r. Fº) pride, haughtiness,
Is. 2, 11. 17.
Sº m. (r. *::) c. suff, *-ā, º,
p'ur, tºº.
1. a bound, limit, border, as of a field,
listrict, country; pr: a cord or line by
which a limit is measured out ; see r.
53; no. 1. Deut. 19, 14, 27, 17. Prov.
22, 28. Judg. 11, 18. E. Bhai western
border Num. 34, 3. 6. Spoken of the
bounds of the sea, Ps. 104,9.—The idiom
Sº Num. 34, 6 etc. see in copul. no.
1. f.
2. The space included within certain
borders, territory, country, district, like
Engl. bounds, limits. Gen. 10, 19 bi-
*::::r the bounds, territory, of the Ca-
naanites. Eºs2 bºx-º the whole
bounds, land, of Egypt Ex. 10, 14, 19.
Psº ºn-y-bz 1 Sam. 11, 3.7; 9: bhi,
ſias Num. 21, 24, al. Plur. bounds, ter.
ritories, Jer. 15, 13. Is. 60, 18. 2 K. 15, 16.
Ez. 27, 4 thy borders, territories, are in
the midst of the sea, spoken of Tyre.
3. a margin, edge, e. g. of an altar,
Ez. 43, 13. 17.
Tº f (r. º) a border, margin. Is.
28, 25 in: nºgº" and spelt in the bor-
der of it, sc. of the field.—Plur. nibhina,
nibº, borders, bounds, as of a field, Job
24, 2; of regions, countries, Num. 34, 2.
12; of nations, Deut. 32, 8.
Tāā, Tââ, adj. (r. -->) 1. strong,
onighty, valiant ; spoken of a hunter, Gen.
10, 9; mostly of an impetuous warrior,
champion, hero, 2 Sam. 17, 10. Ps. 33,
16.45, 4, hia. Tº a mighty king, im-
petuous, i. e. Alexander the Great, Dan.
11, 3, hiza ºs the mighty hero Is. 9, 5.
10, 21, comp. Ez. 32, 11. Gen. 6, 4 riºr
pun ºuts this? -uśs E*ašn these were
the mighty men, heroes, who of old were
men of renown. Prov. 30, 30 the lion is
mighty among the beasts. Also genr. a
warrior, Jer. 51, 30. Ps. 120, 4, 127, 4;
> *r hia; a migh y man of valour, valiant
warrior, Judg. 6, 12. 11, 1. 1 Sam, 9, 1;
plur. bºr ºn, 1 Chr. 7, 5, 11.40. So
of God Ps. 24, 8 rin, -īās) tº Hiri-
Hºrſº "ins Jehovah strong and mights
Jehovah mighty in battle. Deut. 10, 17
Jer. 32, 18. Neh. 9, 32. Ironically, Is. 5,
22 ºbº ºn-nºs Tº ninth bºnia, ºn
"hæu wo unto those mighty to drink wine,
the valiant to mingle strong drink ; see
Comment. on Is. 28, 1.-Trop. spoken
also of ability, activity, in the transac
tion of business, etc. ºn hia; strong
in ability, i. e. active, capable, enter-
prising, 1 K. 11, 28. Neh. 11, 14;
also of wealth, ºn hia; magnty in
wealth, of great substance, Ruth 2, 1.
1 Sam. 9, 1.2 K. 15, 20; of power, Ger
10, 8.—Hence
2. Like Engl. warrior, put for a leader
in war, war-chief. Is. 3, 2 wins) -ian
Tºrº, the war-chief and the soldier,
comp. Ez. 39,20. The same is prob. to be
understood of those who are called "na;
Tº 2 Sam. 23, 8, 1 K. 1, 8, 1 Chr. 11,26.
29, 24. Genr. of any chief, prefect ; 1
Chr. 9, 26 Rºsièr, ºnia; the chiefs of the
porters.
3. In a bad sense, violent, an oppress.
G, G -
or, tyrant, Ps. 52, 3. So Arab. Uğ.
4. Poet, a man, i. q. hay, 2 Sam. 22,
26. In the parall. Ps. 18, 26 is nań.
Tº f. (r. -->) 1. strength. Ecc.
9, 16 nºn-A2 H2:r, Hºit, wisdom is bet-
ter than strength. 10, 17 O happy land 1
.... whose princes eat in due season
ºntº: Sº Hº-xx, for strength and no.
for drunkenness, i.e. in order to strength-
en the body. Plur. Ps. 90, 10 our years
are seventy years Hºuſ tº ninthia Es:
and if by reason of strength they be eighty
years, etc. Job 41, 4 [12]
2. Spec. valour, strength, might, sc.
for war, Judg. 8, 21. Is. 36, 5; ascribed
also to the horse, Job 39, 19. Once trop.
of the bold and intrepid spirit of a pro-
phet, Mic. 3, 8. Sometimes as concr.
might, for mighty deeds ; 1 K. 15, 23 and
the rest of all the acts of Asa inº-5-biº
Huy -ºs-bº" and all his mighty deeds,
and all that he did, etc. 16, 27. 22, 46.
Also concr. for bºnia: mighty men, he-
roes, Is. 3, 25.
3. power, might, Is. 30, 15; espec. of
God, Ps. 21, 14. 54, 3. 66, 7, 71, 18. 89
14. Plur, nin, ninº mighty acts, won.
ders of Jehovah, Deut. 3, 24, Ps. 106 &
Job 26, 14.
15%
'l-y
174, 5-3
4, victory, Ex. 32, 18; comp, the verb
in Ex. 17, 11.
º, Chald. emph. Nºnº-, power,
tnight, of God, Dan. 2, 20.
* Tº i. q. Fº, to be high 5 spec. of
stature and of the forehead. So Chald.
* 9 - O 35.
rºa; one who is too tall; Arab. <-
one who has a high broad forehead, Lat.
9 • G →
fronto, & 6-º- forehead. Hence the two
following:
133 m. adj. one who has the forehead
too high, fronto, since nouns of the form
bºp denote blemishes of the body;
hence, bald in front, forehead-bald, Lev.
13, 41. Sept. &vogºlovtog. Opp. nip
i. e. bald behind.
FT23 f (r. H-3) baldness in front, a
bald forehead, Lev. 13, 42. 43. Trop.
bareness, a threadbare spot on the outer
or right side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55. Opp.
rring baldness behind, also a threadbare
spot on the wrong side of cloth.
"E: (i. q. Syr. £ as tax-gatherer)
Gabbai, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 8.
Pºž (cisterns Jer. 14, 3, or locusts Is.
33,4) Gebim, pr. n. of a small place a short
distance north of Jerusalem, Is. 10, 31.
Tº f. (r. 1-3 no. 3) curdled milk,
cheese, Job 10, 10. Arab. U-- IV to
curdle milk; V, to be curdled, coagu-
lated ; &#. cº- Ethiop. Tſ). Zºr,
Syr. tº cheese.
2">} m. (r. 3:3: ) 1. a cup, goblet,
bowl, of a large size, Gen. 44, 2 sq. So
a bowl or goblet of wine Jer. 35, 5, distin-
guished from the nicº or smaller cups
into which the wine was poured from
the larger goblet.
2. cup, calia of flowers, as an orna-
fnent of the sacred candelabra, Ex. 25,
31 sq. 37, 17. 19. Comp. Arab. & calix
pf flowers, and Heb. near cup, calix.
":; m. (r. -->) a master, lord, from
the notion of might al.d power, Gen. 27,
29, 37.
Tº f. (ſem. of preced.) a mistress,
2 very where for a queen, e.g. the king's
consort, 1 K, 11,19. 2 K. 10, 13; the kung's
mother, 1 K. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 15, 16.
tºwn; m. (r. 1533) pr. ice, see Gººs
Trop. for crystal, which resembles ice
and was in fact supposed to be ice, Plin
H. N. 37. 2; comp. Gr. 29üo 19440s and
Eth. hºſ)4: ſla.JP hail-stones, also crys.
tal.—Once, Job 28, 18.
:k ºn tº º
3: 1. to twist, to wreatha, as a
cord or rope, wreathen work; kindr, bar,
Ç
baz, comp, also Jº- a rope. Hence
nibaa, nº wreathen work; also bal
pr. a cord, line, with which boundaries
are measured, and then for a bound ot
limit itself; comp. Lat. finis and funis
Engl. line i. q. cord and boundary. Then
from the signif boundary comes Arab.
9
Jº mountain, chain of mountains, as
the natural boundary of countries; comp.
890s and 690s, and Heb. 833, bº.
2. Denom. from Bº , to bound, to limit,
e.g. a) As a boundary, Josh. 18, 20
inis-bia; ſººn and Jordan shall be
its boundary. b) With acc. of bound-
ary, to set, to determine ; Deut. 19, 14
thou shalt mot remove thy neighbour's
boundary, Bºsn nº hºs which they
of old time have established.
3. With 3, to border upon, also denom.
from bºah. Zech. 9, 2.
HipH. to set bounds around any thing.
Ex. 19, 23 nºr-ris bºr, set bounds
around the mountain. v. 12 -ns Fºr
Fºr and set bounds to the people round
about.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.
º (i. q. Jºš Jebel, mountain, see
r. Pa; no. 1) Gebal, pr. n. of a Phenician
city between Tripolis and Beirat, situ-
ated on a hill, and inhabited by seamen
and builders, Ez. 27, 9; comp. 1 K. 5,32
[18]. Strabo XVI. p. 755 Casaub. It
was called by the Greeks Biff}oc, see
Strab. Ptol. Steph. Byz, rarely Bifflog
The Arabs still call it J.A.- Jebeil
i. e. little mountain—Gentile n. *:::
Giblite, plur. tº 1 K. 5, 32 [18].
93; m. (mountain, see in r. be: no. 1,
Gebal Ps, 83, 8, i.e. Gebalene, pr. n. of
the mountainous tract inhabited by the
Edormites, extending from the Dead Set
5-3
y->
175
woutnvards to Petra, and still called by
the Arabs JU- Jebal. In Judith 3, 1
Lat. Vers, and also in the writings of the
Crusaders, it is called Syria Sobal; by
Josephus, Euseb. and Steph. Byz. Toffo-
litus, I'sévānum, Tºffalo. See Bibl. Res.
n Palest. II. p. 552. -
SR; See bº- º
nºn: f. (r. 533) wreathen work, twist.
ed like cords, see the root Kal no. 1. Ex.
28, 22 and thou shalt make upon the
breast-plate art ray Hºya rāº niúnº
niñº wreathed chains (i. e. like cords),
praided or laced work of pure gold ;
Sept. well x900 woug ovuſtēſtisyuárovg.
Ex. 39, 15. The same thing is expressed
in Ex. 28, 14, and two chains of pure gold,
ray nº bris Fiºn nibºº wreathed
(like cords) shalt thou make them, braid-
ed work ; Sept. 20twasſuyuávº (Év &v-
3801). Most prob. we are to understand
small chains made of gold threads or
wire twisted or braided together like
cords; and then nº nº is added by
way of epexegesis.
>k TE: not used in Heb. 1. to be gib-
bous, curved, see under an: no. 1; so of
the body, see TE: ; of a mountain, see
Bºia; of the eye-brow, arch of the eye,
see Syr. and Chald. Nº.
2. Trop. of the body, to shrink together
from fear, terror, Arab. . º and, 5
to be timid, fearful; Act. to terrify.
3. Of milk, to curdle, to coagulate ;
comp. Germ. die Milch erschrickt, i. e.
curdles. Hence nº curdled milk,
cheese.
7.3 m. adj. gibbous, hunch-backed,
Lev. 21, 20. R. Tº no. 1.
tº m. plur. (r. Tº no. 1) heights,
summits, q, d. humps, hummocks of a
wountain. Ps.68,167 ºn-nnºna-nn O
mount of summils, mount of Bashan ;
and v. 17 Bºza Bºr by apposit. ye
"mountains, summits, i. e. abounding
in summits. – Comp. Talm. nº
, rown of the head, summit; Syr. O
summit of a mountain, arch of the eye-
°2, 3, 2
brow; Arab. KSU-->ugh uneven coun-
try; also a cemetery so called from the
Yepulchral mounds, tumu'i.
>k 9: not found in the verb, kindl
with the roots as q. v. Fº, ria, etc
and signifying to be high, like a moun.
tain, hill; and spec. to be archel, con-
vea, round, like a cup, the top of the
head, etc. see 2-33, 53:3, Hºn. Comp.
5
Arab. J.; head chief Gr. xspoºn, Lat.
caput, capo, all which flow from the same
primary source.
Deriv. 9">}, Hºà:2, and the six here
following.
92% (hill) Geba Gaba, pr. n. of a
Levitical city in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24.
21, 17; situated on the northern border
of the kingdom of Judah, 2 K. 23,8. Zech.
14, 10. More fully ſººn was 1 Sam.
13, 16. 1 K. 15, 22. It was near to
Gibeah (nº no. 2. a), towards the
northeast, Is. 10, 29. Josh. 18, 24, 28.
From these passages too it is evident
that Geba and Gibeah could not have
been the same place; although in Judg.
20, 10. 33, 933 is inaccurately put for
riº 3 comp, the context. [Now -->
Jeb'a, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
113, 114. Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq.
—R.
Sºº (hill) Gibea, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
2, 49.
Tº f (r. sas) plur. nivº 1. a hill,
2 Sam. 2,25. Is. 40,12.41,15. Cant. 2,8. al.
Eºis nº everlasting hills, i.e. ever the
same from the creation until now, Gen.
49, 26. Job 15, 7 rºbin nix; nº was
thou brought forth before the hills? Prov.
8, 25. Hinº ne: the hill of Jehovah, i.e.
Zion, Ez. 34, 26, comp. Is. 31, 4. Many
of the hills in Palestine were distinguish
ed by pr. names; as rigs, nº, nº-ºn.
2. Meton. a city on a hill; comp. the
termination dunum in the early names of
cities in Germany, France, and Britain,
which in Celtic signifies a hill, as Au-
gustodunum, Caesarodwmum, Lugdunum,
etc. Hence as pr. n. Gibeah :
a) Tº rºº. 1 Sam. 13, 2, 15, tº '.
Tº 2 Sam. 23, 29, Gibeah of Benja-
min; likewise called bºsº rs: Gibeah
of Saul 1 Sam. 11, 4; e-nºst rs3.
1 Sam. 10, 5, comp. 10; also woºt 'Soymn
nºr Gibeah, Hos. 5, 8, 9, 9. 10, 9
rºº. 1 Sam. 10, 26, ryº Josh. 18, 28
yº
*::
176
a city of Benjamin, the birthplace of
Saul, noted for the atrocious crime com-
mitted by its inhabitants Judg. 19, 12 sq.
20, 4 sq. Like Bethel it seems to have
been reckoned among the ancient sanc-
tuaries of Palestine, 1 Sam. 10, 5.6. [It
lay on and around a high and sharp hill,
now 3alled Tuleil el-Fºl, about three
miles north of Jerusalem, near the great
road; see Biblioth. Sac. 1844, p. 598 sq.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 144, 317. Jo-
seph. B. J. 5.2.1–R.] Gentile n. *ry:
Gibeathite 1 Chr. 12, 3.
b) prº-g rºº Gibeah of Phinehas, in
the mountains of Ephraim, Josh. 24, 33.
c) nº Gibeah, a place in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 57. Now called
as A- Jeb'ah, a village southwest of
Jerusalem near the foot of the moun-
tains; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 327.
7"yº (hill-city, i.e. built on a hill,)
Gibeon, a large city of the Hivites Josh.
10, 2. 11, 19, afterwards belonging to
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25. 21, 17; to be dis-
tinguished from the neighbouring cities
Geba sea, and Gibeah Hº, lying west-
ward of both, and northwest of Jerusa-
lem ; now called © e & i el-Jib ; see
Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 135–9. In the
reigns of David and Solomon the sacred
tabernacle was stationed here, 1 K. 3, 4.
5. 9, 2—Gentile n. *::::: Gibeonite, 2
Sam. 21, 1 sq.
ºvää quadril. m. the calia or corolla
of flowers, i. q. Sº calia, with 5 added,
which sometimes seems to have the force
of a diminutive, comp. 5272, Pann from
x-ri. Once spoken of flax, Ex. 9,31 for
the barley was in the ear bºº, nºrt;
and the flaa, in the calia, i.e. in flower.—
t is used also in the Mishna for the calia:
Jr corolla in the flowers of hyssop or ori-
gamum, which exhibits almost the ap-
pearance of ears of grain, e. g. Para 11.
$7,9. ib. 12. $2,3; where the more learn-
ed Rabbins have long ago explained it
correctly. See more in Thesaur. p. 261.
Ty: see in nº no. 2. a.
2}: ne: and --> 2 Sam. 1,23, fut. "33",
to be or become strong, mighty, to prevail,
The primary idea is that of binding,
kindr, with bº ; like Arab. 2.É.- I, VII,
VIII to bind up something broken, to
make firm and solid, which is also re.
ferred to strength and power, as in Conj
W, to be strong, strengthened, confirmed ,
Syr. +-ºſ, ++ ºf to show onesel
strong. Ethiop. T-ſh/, to labour, to do.
which seems derived from the idea of
force and strength. Kindred is also neº,
25–Absol. of an enemy Ex. 17, 11;
of waters rising and increasing, Gen. 7,
18. 19. 20. 24; of wealth Job 21, 7. With
7% to be stronger than any one, 2 Sam. 1
23; also with by, Gen. 49, 26.
PIEL to make strong, to strengthen,
Zech. 10, 6, 12. Ecc. 10, 10 nay, bºr
he puts to more strength.
HIPH. 1. to make strong, to confirm.
Dan. 9, 27 tº nº ºn he shall
make a firm covenant with many.
2. Intrans. to prevail, pr. to eacercise
strength, comp. synon. Yºr, pºrri,
and Lat. roburfacere Hirt. Bell. Afr. 85.
Ital, far forze.—Ps. 12, 5 -*:::: ****
with our tongue will we prevail. Comp
Is. 28, 15.
HITHPA. 1. to show oneself strong, to
prevail, with by Is. 42, 13.
2. to conduct oneself proudly, insolently,
iógićew, Job 36,9; with 58 against any
one, Job 15, 25. Arab. V, to be proud,
@:
contumacious, jº- proud, contuma-
ClOUIS.
Deriv. ºiaș, Hº-3, Yº!, Hº, and
those here following.
Tº m. plur. B"º 1. a man, so
called from his strength, i. q. EWN ; found
only in poetry except a few examples,
Deut. 22, 5, 1 Chr. 24, 4, 26, 12, comp.
tº ; but the usual word in Aramaean,
-33, raº ſia-—Ps. 34, 9 nºr *huis
i-rior. happy the man who trusteth in
him. 52, 9.94, 12. al. twº, Enº,
man by man, Josh. 7, 14, 17. 1 Chr. 23, 3.
Spec. a) Opp. to woman, a man, male.
Deut. 22, 5. Jer. 30, 6. 31, 22; and so even
of a man-child just born, Job 3, 3 the night
when it was said nº riºr a man-child is
conceived. Comp. użns 1. a, b) Opp,
to a wife, a husband, Prov. 6, 34, c)
Sometimes put for manly vigour, might
Is. 22, 17 behold Jehovah will cast the
out h; nº with a manly cast, i.e
-->
*12
177
mighty, viole it. Job 38,3. 40,7. Ps,88, 5.
Comp. urs 1. d. d) a man, mortal,
Dpp. to God, comp. uins 1. e. Job 4, 17.
10, 5, 14, 10. 14. e) a soldier, warrior,
comp. Ú"N 1. l. Judg. 5, 30; comp. Jer.
41, 16 nºrth% ºs Bºžň.
2. i, q, u}^S no. 4, each, every one. Joel
2, 8 ſº inºbº º they shall go every
one in his path. Lam. 3, 39 in the sec-
ond hemistich.
3. Geber, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 19, comp. 13.
Tº i. g. has, a man, a form imitating
the Chaldee, Ps. 18, 26. In the parallel
passage 2 Sam. 22, 26 is nins.
TE Chald, id. a man, Dan. 2, 25. 5,
11. Plur. *nix, sº (as if from Nº),
men, Dan. 3, 8 sq. 6, 6 sq.
T#3 Chald. m. i. q. hia, plur. constr.
*:::::.
1. a mighty man, hero, warrior, Dan.
3, 20.
2. Gibbar, pr. n. of a place, Ezra 2,
20; apparently for Tiwiłł, comp. Neh.
7, 25.
na; see nia.
*S*Hà (man of God) Gabriel, one of
the archangels, Dan. 8, 16.9, 21. Comp.
Luke 1, 19.
nº f (for nº from masc. *::)
c. suff, "nnai, a mistress, opp. to a
maid-servant, Gen. 16, 4.8. 9. 2 K. 5, 3.
Prov. 30, 23, ni-hº, nº mistress of
kingdoms Is. 47, 5.7.
>k tº not found in the verb, i. q.
Arab. J.-- and Jºsé to freeze, to
congeal ; whence tºs and us": .
But Chald, tºº is to collect, to gather;
hence pr. n. 9°33'2.
Thº, (a height, hill, r. nº, comp.
Chald. Nºrah) Gibbethon, pr. n. of a city
of the Philistines in the territory of
Dan, Josh. 19, 44, 21, 23. 1 K. 15, 27.
It is called by Eusebius Ioffo. 9am tăv
'Allogiſkov, by Josephus Tofft, 96.
- 3? m. constr. 53, c. suff, irº, with He
, Arag, nº Josh. 2 6, plur. riº.
1. a roof, the flat roof of an oriental
house, Josh. 2, 6.8. 1 Sam. 9, 25. 26.
Prov. 21, 9. al., Spoken of the roof of
a tower Judg. 9, 51; of a temple Judg.
\6, 27.
t
2. the top, upper part of an altar, E
30, 3. 37, 26.
NotE. The suggestion of Reds."ob is
not improbable, that 33 may be for #2.
*}}, and this from Tº as Hºuſ from
nº ; T-5, º from "2+2; Tokyo-
yoğ& Arab. *** from rāša. It
can also be for Hä, rº, from the root
dº ."
§
>, whence 2-- a plain, 'evel Sur.
e-ºe-
face; comp. roof, from e” to
expand.
T3 m. (r. 173) 1. coriander, the seed,
so called from the little furrows or stripes
on the grains, see r. 11; no. 1. Ex. 16,
31. Num, 11, 7 Sept. Vulg. xógtov, xogl-
ovov, coriandrum ; and so the other ori.
ental interpreters, except the Chald. and
Samar. This is also supported by the
Carthaginian usage; comp. Dioscorid.
3. 64 Aiyūſtriot &ztov, "Aggot (i. e. the
Carthaginians) yolò.
2. i. q.", no. 1, fortune, with the art.
spec. the god Fortune, Gad, worshipped
by the Babylonians and the Jewish ex-
iles, Is. 65, 11. He is elsewhere called
also Baal, Bel, bya, B3, i. e. the plane'
Jupiter, stella Jovis, which was regard-
ed throughout the east as the genius
and giver of good fortune, and is hence
called by the Arabs AºS cxx…Jibona
fortuna major; see more in art. 53. In
the other hemistich in Is. l. c. is also
mentioned ºn, prob, the planet Venus,
which is called in the east bona fortuna
minor, see in "3%. See more fully on
these superstitions in Comment. on Is.
II. p. 283 sq. 335 sq. Sept. well Tºwn,
Vulg. Fortuna. Comp. Tº by: p. 147.
T; m. 1. fortune, i. q. Tº no. 2, comp.
sº
r. Tº no. 3. Arab. º and Syr. frº
G -
id. Jº- to be fortunate, to be rich,
9 . .
JºJº fortunate.—Gen. 30, 11 Cheth.
*::... Sept. §y rizm, in fortune, fortunate.
ly, Vulg. feliciter sc. hoc mihi accidit,
Keri Tà Sà fortune cometh.
2. Gad, pr. n. a.) A son of Jacob,
the name being prob. derived from good
fortune, Gen. 30, 11; although another
="lº
13
178
significatijn is alluded to in Gen. 49, 19.
He was the head of the tribe of like name,
whose territory lay in the mountains of
Gilead, Deut. 3, 12. 16, between that of
Manasseh and Reuben, Josh. 13, 24–28;
comp. Num. 32, 34. 35. 36. Ez. 48, 27.
28. Tºn Prº the torrent of Gad, i. e. the
Jabbok, not the Arnon, 2 Sam. 24, 5.-
Gentile n. is "T. Gadite, (diff from **a,)
mostly collect. "At the Gadites Deut.
3, 12. Josh. 22, 1. b) A prophe twho
lived in the time of David, 1 Sam. 22, 5.
2 Sam. 24, 11 sq.
Tº Chald. see below in º.
Sk TAT: quadril. Ethiop. guadgwada
to beat, pulsare ; to thunder. Hence
Tຠ(perh. thunder) Gidgad, whence
"sºn ºn Hor-hagidgad Num. 33, 32,
pr. m. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, i. q, nº Gudgodah Deut. 10,7.
H-37; see in º.
* Tº fut. Th: 1. to cut or hew, to cut
in to make incisions, see Hithpo. Arab.
& to prune a vine, to cut cloth from
the loom; comp. Chald. Tº . Kindred
roots are nº , ST3 . This primary sig-
nification of cutting, hewing, is possessed
by the syllable TX in common with the
sibilated 15, see tº ; from which indeed
it has arisen by dropping the sibilation;
and both of them are only softened forms
from the harder syllables Yp, up, b-;
yn, In, and dropping the sibilation top,
"p, cri, in , to all which belong the
same idea of cutting ; see the roots T1:...,
ysp, Ysr, Tºp, Tºr. In the Indo-
European languages, comp. Lat. cado,
scimdo, Gr. oxigo for ozlów, Pers. Jºº-
o cut, to cleave, Jeº- i. q. Engl. to
cut.--Hence -
2. to penetrate, i. e. to break in upon
any one, to press or crowd upon, i. Q.
nº ; c. 92, Ps. 94, 21.—Hence +1; and
Hithpo. no. 2. -
3. From the notion of cutting off, de-
siding, comes also the signif. of lot, fate,
fortune, comp. ht: no. 2; whence Heb.
": , T: , fortune.
Hith po, 1. to cut oneself, to make
mcisions in the skin or flesh; e. g. in
mourning Jer. 16, 6.41, 5.47. 5; or as
a part of idol worship, I}eut. 14, 1. 1 K
18, 28.
2. Reflex. of Kal no. 2, to press or
crowd themselves together, sc. great num.
bers into one place, Jer. 5, 7. M. c. 4, 14,
Deriv. Ta, "..., Thº, and pr. n. *
*S*H, iºn.
"T; Chald. to cut or hew, to cut down
e.g. a tree, Imper. Hºà Dan. 4, 11. 20
8–5
Comp. Heb. Tº no. 1.
Tº see nº sri.
Sk Hjä obsol. root, prob. to cut, to cul
off, and hence to pluck, to crop, to tear
off; comp. kindr. Tº . Hence tº a
kid, so called from cropping; also
Tº or nº f plur. constr. nila
banks of a river, Josh. 3, 15. 4, 18. Is. 8,7,
so called as cut and torn away by the
stream, comp. r. nº. Comp. Fini, also
Sg sº
Fin, 83Us, shore, from Fºr to rub or
S. r sº
wash away; &A's bank, from rº-
Ç sº
to cut away, whence also R9 > a kid,
comp. Gr. &xth, &yń, from &yvvut; &n-
yuly, gºziº, from gºvvut.—Chald. sº
a wall, stone wall; also bank, shore, q, d.
sº
wall of the sea. Arab. CX- shore, coast,
also from the notion of cutting.
TT. m. plur. sºlº and niºn.
1. an incision, cutting, from r. ins Il().
1; e. g. in the skin Jer. 48, 37; in the
soil, a furrow, Ps. 65, 11.
2. a troop, band of warriors, (pr. a
cutting in,) so called from the figure as
intended to cut or break in upon the
enemy, like Lat. acies ; used mostly of
light-armed troops engaged in plunder-
ing and predatory incursions. Gen. 49.
19 ºn Tº"; "A Gad, troops shall press
wpon him, i.e. bands of wandering Arabs
from the neighbouring desert. 2 K. 5, 2
tº ass. Bºs the Syrians had made
an earcursion in bands. 1 Sam. 30,8. 15.
23. 2 Sam. 3, 22. Thºr ºn the sons of
the troop, i.e. soldiers, 2 Chr. 25, 13; poet.
"Ti na Mic. 4, 14. Of a band of robbers
Hos. 7, 1, 1 K. 11, 24. Hinº ºn, the
bands of Jehovah, his armies of angels
Job 25, 3; also hosts of calamities in
flicted by him, Jeb 19, 12–Syr. º.
troop. band of soldiers.
º Tº
>3
179
Si" m. adj. (r. 913) rarely defect.
27; Gen. 1, 16; constr. biº, ºil, thrice
in Keri-bº Ps. 145, 8, Nah. 1, 3. Prov.
19, 19; fem. rhi-1}, nº.
1. great, in magnitude and extent,
hiºn ºn Num. 34, 6; biºn tºsri
tºp:33, a large (tall) man among the
Anakim Josh. 14, 15 ; in number and
multitude, as biº his Gen. 12, 2; in
intensity, as joy Neh. 8, 12, mourning
Gen. 50, 10; in weight, importance,
Gen 39, 9. Joel 2, 11. Also Gen. 29, 7
Sin; Eiºn is it is yet great (high) day,
i. e. much of the day yet remains; comp.
French grand jour, Germ. hoch am
Tage. Sept. §tt éotiv juégo toºlſ. Subst.
Flyin: Bº the greatness of thine arm Ex.
15, 16. Plur. nibº, great things, mighty
deeds, espec. of God, Job 5, 9, 9, 10. 37,
5. Spec. a) Of greater age, matu ma-
: elder, eldest : Gen. 10, 21 rº, “rīs
iºn the elder brother of Japhet. 27, 1
bºrn is: his eldest son. v. 15.42. b)
great in power, dignity, rank, wealth,
powerful, high, noble, Ex. 11, 3.2 K. 5, 1.
Job 1, 3, biºn Triºr the high priest
Hag. 1, 1.12. 14. Plur. Enº, the great,
i. e. men of rank and power, Prov. 18,
16; nºr ºbºi, 2 K. 10, 6, 11.
2. haughty, proud, insolent, comp. Bº
Hiph. Hithpa. no. 2. Ps. 12, 4 rush
nibº rººm the tongue speaking proud
things, i. e. insolent, impious. Comp.
Dan. 7, 8, 11. 20. 11, 36. Rev. 13, 5;
also Gr. ºuéyo, sinsiv Od. 16. 243. ib. 22.
288.
rºl, or rººts, see Hºu.
Flº, only in Plur. Bºis Is. 43, 28.
Zeph. 2, 8, and nipnº Is. 51,7, reproach-
es, revilings. R. F.T.
Tº Tä f id. Ez. 5, 15.
"T: 1, a Gadite, patronym. from *;
see T no. 2. a. .
2. Gadi, pr. n. m. 2 K. 15, 14.
*T* (fortunate, from 13, "A) Gaddi,
or. n. m. Num. 13, 11.
"T. m. (r. Hº) a kid, so called from
ts cropping the herbage, see the root.
Arab. &= ld, & C\- a she-kid.—
Gen 38, 23. Ex. 23, 19. Deut. 14, 21;
more ally tº Tº a kid of the goats
Gen. 38, 17. 20. Plur. Bº 1 Sam 10
3; tºs º Gen. 27, 9, 16.
*S*H (fortune of God, i.e sent from
God) Gaddiel, pr. m. m. Num, 13, 10.
Tº or TT. f. (r. Hº) bank of a
river; Plur. **piºns or inniº 1 Chr.
12, 15 Cheth. In Keri "trying, see rºl
subst.
Tº f. a she-kid, plur. niº Cant, :
8. Comp. "A.
º m. only in plur. Bºb", pr: twisted
threads, see r. bTA no. 1. Chald. Nº
a thread, cord, Syr. iſe; plaited locks
Arab. JºJº a rein or halter of braide
thongs. Hence
1. fringe, tassels, i. q. Ins"X, worn by
the Israelites on the corners of the outer
garment, Deat. 22, 12.
2. festoons, on the capitals of columns,
1 K. 7, 17.
*T3 m. (r. 373) 1. a heap of
sheaves in the field, a shock or stack of
grain, Ex. 22, 5. Judg. 15, 5. Job 5, 26.
Syr. Chald, ºr, sº id. Arab.
espec, among the Moors, U-20+,
JºJº, comp. Jºſé to heap up.
2. a tomb, tumulus, sepulchral mound
Job 21, 32. Comp. Arab. &= sepul
chre.
>k $15 1. to twist, to twist together,
to bind together, like Arab. J.N- to turn,
to twist a cord, Chald. BT: , Syr. Sr. to
twist, to twine; hence Heb. 5*
twisted threads q. v. This primary
signification is in the kindred dialects
transferred, on the one hand to wrestling,
whence JSL- to wrestle, also Fthiop.
T.RA to wrestle, to contend ; and on the
other to strength and force, like other
verbs of twisting and binding, as ºn,
G
bari, Yaz, huip; whence J& strength,
might. And from this again comes the
intrans. signification alone current in
Hebrew, viz. *
2. to be or become great, to grow ; once
praet. E, bº, Job 31, 18; ſut. always
bºx”. (A trace of transitive power lies
5-3
yº
180
n the pr: n, rº, q.v.) Gen. 21, 8.
25, 27. 38, 14. Ex. 2, 10. 11. Job 31, 18
SSR º he grew up to (with) me as
with a father, i. e. the orphan, the suff.
being here for the dative.—Trop. of
wealth and power; Gen. 26, 13 bºx-ºx is
"Nº until he became very great, i.e. very
wealthy. 24, 35.48, 19. 41, 40 only in the
throne will I be greater than thou, i. e.
as possessing royal dignity.
3. to be great in value, i.e. to be greatly
valued, to be highly prized, 1 Sam. 26,
24; comp. v. 21. Also to be magnified,
i. e. praised, extolled ; Ps. 35, 27 bºy.
Hirt, let Jehovah be magnified. 40, 17.
70, 5. 2 Sam. 7, 26.
PIEL Bº Josh. 4, 14. Esth. 3, 1; at
Whe end of a clause bºls. 49, 21; comp.
(lehrg. § 93. n. 1. Heb. Gram. § 51. n. 1.
1. to make great, to cause to grow, to
let grow, i. q, to nourish, to train ; e. g.
the hair Num. 6, 5; so the rain nourish-
es plants, trees, i.e. causes them to grow,
Is. 44, 14. Ez. 31,4; to bring up children
2 K. 10, 6. Is. 1, 2. 23, 4.—Trop. to make
great, powerful, Josh. 3, 7. Esth. 3, 1. 5,
11. 10, 2. Gen. 12, 2.
2. Trans. of Kal no. 2, to value greatly,
to prize highly. Job 7, 17 what is man
ºn "> that thou shouldst so greatly
prize him 2 Hence to magnify, i. e. to
praise, to eactol, Ps. 69, 31; with h 34, 4.
PUAL pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be brought
up, trained up, Part. Ps. 144, 12.
HIPH. 1. to make great, to increase,
Gen. 19, 19. Is. 9, 2.28,29, rush ºn
pr. to make great in doing, i. e. to do
great things, wonders, spoken of God,
Joel 2, 21, and with nº impl. 1 Sam.
12, 24; see also below. So with the
ellipsis of a different infin. 1 Sam. 20, 41
and they both wept Tº bºn-19 (sc.
n°55%) until David wept greatly, vehe-
mently.—The like construction is also
taken in a bad sense: HE Bºr Obad.
12, HE: **śr. Ez. 35, 13, pr. to make
great the mouth, i. q. to speak great
things, i. e. proudly, insolently. Also
riush ºn to do proud things, to act
roudly, insolently, Joel 2, 20; and
simpl. bºr. Lam. 1,9. Zeph. 2,8; with
by Ps. 35, 26. 38, 17. 55, 13. Job 19, 5.
Jer 48, 26.42. Comp. Tº Hithpa.
2, to make high, to lift up, Ps, 41, 10.
Hitupa. 1. to show oneself great and
powerful, to magnify oneself, of God, Ez
38, 23
2. to magnify oneself In a bad sense
i. e. to act proudly, insolently, c. by Is.
10, 15. Dan. 11, 36, 37.
Deriv. biºs, B***}, bºº, and pr
n. Hitºhº, bºx, or biº?. The rest
here follow.
2T. m. part or verbal adj becoming
great, growing up, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Gen.
26, 13; great Ez. 16, 26.
37; n.c. suff, ibº, once ibº Ps. 15t
2. R. º.
1. greatness, magnitude, Ez. 31, 7.
2. greatness, i.e. majesty, magnificence
as of a king Ez. 31, 2, 18; of God, Deut
3, 24, 5, 21.
3. Sº Bjägreatness of heart, i.e. pride
insolence, Is. 9, 8, 10, 12.
ºś (perh, too great, giant, after the
form of adjectives expressing blemishes
of the body, as rº, rºp, rºº) Giddel,
pr. n. m. a) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49.
b) Ezra 2, 56. Neh. 7, 58.
Sº see bºg.
Tº f (r. 913) five times nºt; or
TºT (the copies differ, see J. H. Mich.
ad 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 19) a word
of the later Hebrew.
1. greatness, concr. great things,
mighty deeds, espec. of God, 2 Sam. 7,
23. 1 Chr. 17, 19. Plur. nº. 1 Chr.
17, 19. 21, also Ps. 145, 6 Chethibh.
2. greatness, i.e. majesty, magnificence,
of God Ps. 145, 3; of a king, Esth. 1, 4.
Ps. 71, 21.
nº (whom Jehovah hath made
great or powerful, seer. BT: no. 2) Geda-
liah, pr. n. m. a.) Of the governor of
Judea appointed by Nebuchadnezzar,
2 K. 25, 22 sq. Jer. 40, 5 sq. 41, 1 sq.
called also intº 39, 14. b) Ezra 16,
18. c) Zeph. 1, 1.
*Tºº (id.) Gedaliah, pr. n. m. a)
Jer. 38, 1. b) 1 Chr. 25, 3.9. c) See
nº lett, a.
"º Giddalti, pr: n, of a son of He
man, 1 Chr. 25, 4, 29. R. Bº Pi.
* >Tº fut. yº. 1. to cut or hew down
to cut off, to fell trees, see Pual. Trop
of persons slain, Is. 10, 33. Arah
yº
---,
181
£9-> to cut off the hands, nose, ears,
... 15.
£3+ mutilated. Kindr. is 91; ; see
imore under TTA –Once of the beard as
out offin mourning, Is. 15,2 nº Tºrº
every beard is cut off, mutilatetl. In the
corresponding passage Jer. 48, 37 is read
ryan; clipped which some 80 Mss. have
also adopted in Is. l. c. though without
good reason; since Jeremiah, in the man-
ner of later writers, substitutes a more
common word in the place of one less
usual. See Comm. on Is. l. c. comp.
Gesch. d. hebr. Sprache p. 37; see also
above under JºujS p. 94.
2. to cut or break asunder, as a staff,
Zech. 11, 10. 14. Trop. God is said to
break the arm of any one 1 Sam. 2, 31,
or the horn of any one Lam. 2, 3 (comp.
\'s. 75, 11), i. q, to break his power, to
take away his stength. So also in
Arabic.
NIPH. to be cut off or down, Judg. 21, 6.
Is. 14, 12. 22, 25. Also to be broken, e.g.
horns Is. 48, 25, statues Ez. 6, 6.
PIEL 9:13, with distinct. accent ºil, to
cut or break asunder, to break in pieces,
as bars, bolts, Is. 45,2; horns, Ps. 75, 11;
idols, images, Deut. 7, 5, 12, 3.
PUAL to be cut down, as a tree Is. 9, 9.
The derivatives all follow.
7.973 (perh, tree-ſeller, i.e. impetuous
warrior, comp. Is. 1033) Gideon, pr. n.
of a warrior and judge of Israel, who de-
livered the nation from the bondage of
Midian, Judg. c. 6–8. Sept. I'dediv.
E973 (a cutting down) Gidom, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Benjamin, Judg.
20, 45.
º, (id. after the form ****) Gid-
eoni, pr. m. m. Num. 1, 11. 2, 22.
>k º pr. i. Q. Arab. -5CN- to cut off.
comp. under TT; ; trop. to use cutting
words, verbis proscindere. Hence
PIEL tº to reproach, to revile; Arab.
Conj. II, Syr. Pa. id. So as to men, see
E"Ehº ; mostly of God, to blaspheme,
2 K. 19, 6. 22. Is. 37, 6, 23. Ps. 44, 17.
So also by actions, by presumptuous
end voluntary sins, with which men mock
and contemn Jehovah, Num. 15, 30. Ez.
30, 27.
Deriv. Rºº, sºns.
*K "Tà to wall, to wall in or around
also to build a wall. Arab. 99- id
The primary idea is that of surrounding,
enclosing, e.g. with a wall, hedge, etc.
comp. the kindr. roots nºr], hºrſ, etc.
and see under ºntº p. 30. Comp. also
nºs, hn?. The same stock of roots is
widely diffused likewise in the occidental
languages, designating now that which
encloses, and now the space enclosed.
Compare in later Lat. cadarum, Ita-,
catarata, Germ. Galler, Gitter; oftener
with the letter r transposed, as Gr. Zóg-
tog, Lat.hortus, cors, chors, cohors, Germ.
Garten, Engl. garden, also Germ. Gard
i. e. a fortified enclosure, fortress, as in
the pr. n. Stuttgard, etc. Slavic gorod
i.e. fortified city, comp. Russ, Novogorod,
Engl. yard, etc. etc.—Part. Bºnº ma-
sons, Germ. Maurer, 2 K. 12, 13. Trop.
a) by his nº to build a wall around any
one, i. e. to protect, to defend, Ez. 13, 5,
comp. 22, 30, b) 'E tº his to wall up
around any one, i.e. to obstruct his way
shut him up, Lam. 3, 7. 9. Job 19, 8
Hos. 2, 8. -
The derivatives all follow.
"Tà comm. gend. m. Ez. 42, 7; f. Ps
62, 4.
1. a wall Ez. 13, 5; spec. wall of a
vineyard Num. 22, 24. Is. 5, 5.
2. a walled place, enclosure, Ezra 9, 9.
Arab.5&- 53- a wall of a house
or enclosure, Ae- place walled in.
TT. m. 1. i. q. his, a wall of a court,
garden, etc. twice in constr. state, Prov.
24, 31. Ez. 42, 10. Comp. Lehrg. p. 565.
2. Geder, pr. n. of a Canaanitish city,
the residence of a king, Josh. 12, 13; per-
haps the same with HTT3.
"Tă (wall) Gedor, pr: n, a) A place
in the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 58.
Now called Jedièr on the brow of the
mountains; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 338. b) m. 1 Chr. 8, 31. 9, 37.
TT; f. (r. 13) constr. nº ; plur.
ninº, constr. ninja, c. suff, "rºº Ps.
89, 41.
1. a wall, as of a city Ps. 89, 41; ot
tener of a vineyard Jer. 49 3. Nah. 3
16
-->
-º-,
182
17. It differs from a hedge, riºto? Is.
5, 5.
2. a place walled in, enclosure ; hence
i. q. Arab. $294, a fold for flocks and
cattle, i.e. a stall in the open fields, open
above and surrounded with a wall; fully
'N's rinº, sheep-folds Num. 32, 16. 24,
36. For such folds, comp. Hom. Od. 9.
185.
3. With art. Hººn, Gederah, pr. n. of
... a city in the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 36;
perh, the same elsewhere called his nº.
Comp. Pun. "Tx i. e. Gades in Spain, see
Monumm. Phoen. p. 304 sq. also I'o.60.9%
a city of Peraea, Io.60.9myóg Matt. 8, 28.
al—The gentile n. is "rº Gederathite
1 Chr. 12, 4. *
nini, (folds) Josh. 15, 41, and with
art. niºn 2 Chr. 28, 18, Gederoth, also
a town in Judah. R. "Tă.
Hºninº; (two folds, comp. Hºnºujº)
Gederothaim, pr. m. of a town in the plain
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36. R. nº.
oniº gentile n. Gederite, from "n":
nº, or from º q. v. 1 Chr. 27, 28.
2k tºº i. q. Chald. tº:
º, to heap up.
Hence tº q.v.
T; Ez. 47, 13, a corrupt reading for
rt, which stands in v. 15, and is also ex-
pressed in the Sept. Vulg. Chald, and
Engl. Vers. So also in 14 Mss. See un-
der 32.
>k Trº pr. to thrust away, to remove,
sc. the bandage or dressing from a wound,
1. q. to cure. Hos. 5, 13 532 nº-sº
nitz nor remove from you the sore,
i. e., the king of Assyria could not cure
the wounds of the Jewish state ; as in
- - o
the other clause. Syr. lo-S to go away,
to flee; Aph. to give rest, to relieve, to
deliver; Arab. x= to repulse. The
Rabbins explain Hrº by NEn.—Hence
Tº f. pr. ‘removal of the dressings,’
i.e. a healing, cure of a wound. Prov.
17, 22 HR, 5-tºn rºu, -º a joyful heart
maketh a happy cure; comp. 16, 24.
Sept. ei extsiv Trouti.
th -rº to bow oneself down, to prostrate
pneself; spoken of Elisha as about
to raise the dead child, 2 K. 4, 34, 35
*** -rºl and he bowed himself upon
him. Also 1 K. 18, 42 nºns -rºl and
he bowed himself to the ground. This
signif. is demanded by the context, and
is also unanimously expressed by all
the ancient versions and interpreters;
except Chald. and Arab. in 2 K. The
Syriac has the same word under the
form oils Ethpe. with which corre-
sponds Chald. Tº ; the letters ºn and j
being frequently interchanged; see ex-
amples under lett. 3.
"3 m. (r. Hy: I) c. suff, *, the back;
only in the phrase in: ºr's Tººr to
cast behind one’s back, i. e. to neglect,
to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Ez. 23, 35. Neh.
9, 26. Comp. Tºuri. So the Arabic
sy-glas Jº- sy-gº y Cº.
"à Chald. m. constr. is and Ria, c. suff,
Flä, Fjä; the middle, midst, see r. nº
I. Syr. sºid. Arab. 3- the inside o
a house, º within.—Hence a) isz,
sixa, i. q. Tira; in the midst of, or
simpl. in ; as sº is: in the fire Dan. 3,
25. 4, 7, 7, 15. Fºl in it Ezra 4, 15.
Ezra 6, 2 Hinzº Fºx: a*rº 12 and in it
(the roll) was a record thus written. 5, 7
b) Nizh into the midst of, i. q. into, Dan
3, 6. 11.15. c) six-72 from the midst
of Dan. 3, 26.
h; for Hjä m. (r. Hº, as a for Hºà)
constr. 5, c. suff, "A, 7.
1. the back, Prov. 10, 13. 19, 29. 26, 3
Is, 50, 6, 51, 23. A nºr's Tºur Is. 38.
17, see in "3.
2. Trop. the middle, midst ; pr: the
belly, see r. ny. Job 30, 5 ºujº "A"Tº
they are driven forth from the midst of
men, from among men.
sº see "A Chald.
*** 1. i. q. -U> mid. Waw and
Ye, to cleave, to cut; whence as a board,
plank.-Hence
2. to dig a well, like Arab. Conj. VIII,
See Ela I. 2.
3. i. q. Exº, to plough, to cleave the
ground with a plough. Hence 2 K. 25
12 Cheth. Bºx (bº) ploughers; in
Keri tºi".
-".
183 -->
I. PTA m. (r. Hºº q.v.) a locust, Nah.
3, 17. Plur. or collect. "Eia and has
(for pºsia, Heb. Gram. § 86. 1. c)
Am. 7, 1. Nah. 3, 17 "ai. His locust of
locusts, denoting Swarms of locusts.
Chald. Nºis, Nää, hais, plur. "Nºia.
II. Bº and 53 pit, cistern, (r. 53 no.
2,) Gob, pr. m. of a place otherwise un-
known, where David fought with the
Philistines, 2 Sam. 21, 18, 19; in 1 Chr.
20, 4 hyā.
" * Gog, pr. n. a) The king of
the land Magog, Xixºn Yºs, Ez. 38,
2. 3. 14. 16. 18. 39, 1. 11; also of
Meshech and Tubal, Ez. 38, 2. 3; who is
described by the prophet Ezekiel as
about to come with a vast army from
the extreme north, 38, 15. 39, 2, after
the exile, 38, 8.12, in order to invade the
Holy Land; where, however, he is to
perish. See Xiàº.—In Rev. 20, 8 Iºy,
like Magog, seems to be the name of a
region, and not of a king; as also in
Arabic, >U. b) A Reubenite, 1
sº- }
* Tha i. q. IT; no. 2, to press or crowd
upon any one, to invade, Gen. 49, 19.
Hab. 3, 16.
>k T; and º a root not in use, hav-
ing the same general force as 55%, i. e.
to be rising, gibbous, like a back or belly.
The derivatives follow partly the ana-
ogy of verbs ss, as "a, º ; and partly
that of verbs H5, as a for Hys, Hys,
nº ; and have partly the signif of
back, see "A ; and also that of belly, see
"A no. 2. From the belly comes then
the word for body, see Hya, Hº ; and
this idea is then transferred to the
signif. of a people, see "is.
I, º f contr. for HjSA, from r. HSA.
1. a lifting up, earallation, Joo 22, 29
nº hasn'ſ bºun *z, when men humble
themselves, thou dost command eacalta-
tion, i. e. the humble and meek thou
uost exalt. Others: when they (thy
ways, v. 28) are cast down, them thou
shalt say, eacallation, i. e. thou shalt
soon pass from the -owest tº the most
prosperous condition.
2. haughtiness, pride, Jer. 13, 1", Job
$3 7
II. º. f. i. q. ‘A, the body, Job 20, 25.
See in r. nº. -
Tº Chald, pride, Dan. 4, 34.
* Tº kindr. with tº, pr. to cut in
pieces, to cut through ; hence
1. to pass through, to pass over or
away, i. q. Arab. 3- mid. Waw, Syr.
k to pass away, to fail. Ps. 90, 10
Hº! ºr 13-2 for it (life) soon passeth
over, and we fly away.
2. Causat. to cause to pass through or
over, to bring over. Num. 11, 31 there
went forth a wind from Jehovah, tº
bºn-Tº. Pºp and brought up quails
from the sea ; Sept. Šeſtágo,08v, Vulg.
detulit ; Heb. intpp. and cut them off
from the sea, comp. Tº —[Also to bring
or take out, e. g. an infant from the
mother's womb ; Ps. 71, 6 ºs ºn
"ſix ſtrºs thou didst take me out of my
mother's bowels, where Tiā is a less usual
form of the participle, Lehrg. p. 402;
comp. part. "nia Ps. 22, 10, and see in
n"; no. 2. But see also r. Hy; no. 2–R.
ºria m. (r. 81; II) a young bird, e. g.
a dove or pigeon Gen. 15, 9; an eaglet
Deut. 32, 11. So called from its peeping,
*
see the root. Arab. J; the young
of doves and other birds of the same
genus; Syr. transp. liºn e
Tº (r. Hjä, as his from Hº, perh.
quarry,) Gozan, Gauzanitis, a region of
Mesopotamia subject to the Assyrians
2 K. 19, 12. Is. 37, 12, situated on the
river Chaboras 2 K. 17, 6, 18, 11. 1 Chr.
5, 26; whither a part of the ten tribes
were carried away by Shalmaneser 2 K.
17,6; Gr. Iovšºvitig, Ptolem. 5, 18. Cel-
larius II. p. 603.−In 1 Chr. 5, 26 indeed,
in the words sºn, nian rºrº Esº
Tris -rºl, the Chaboras is separated
from the river of Gozan by the word
Rºrº interposed; so that these might
seem to be different streams. But thi
is prob. to be attributed to a laxness of
construction in the writer.
Tiå see n°3.
*i; m. (r. Hya) c. suff. 1 pers. once
* Zeph. 2, 9; plur. Bºis, consºr, "a
*hy 184
Yºlº
sometimes in Cheth. cº Ps. 79, 10.
Gen. 25, 23.
1. a people, nation, pr it would seem,
body, corpus, see the root; and then
transferred to a body politic or whole
people; comp. Lat ‘corpus reipublicas,
populi, civitatis” in Cicero and Livy. It
is a general word, spoken of nations
universally, and also of the Israelites,
notwithstanding the doubts of some
Interpreters; e. g. Is. 1, 4.9, 2, 26, 2.49,
7. Gen. 35, 11. 12, 2. Ps. 33, 12.—The
Plur. Bºia is spoken spec. of nations other
than Israel, foreign nations, Neh. 5, 8.
Comp. DºS no. 1. a, espec. Jer. 32, 20;
also nix's p. 90. Often with the ac-
cessory notion of hostile and barbarous,
Ps. 2, 1.8. 9, 6. 16. 20. 21. 10, 16. 59, 6.
9. 79, 6, 10. 106,47; comp. Bºny. Or also
as profane, aliens from the true God,
1. e. Gentiles, heathem, (see below,) Jer.
31, 10. Ez. 23, 30. 30, 11. Ps. 135, 15. al.
Elian bººs the circle of the Gentiles, Gali-
lee of nations, see bº. So Bºisri ºs
isles of the Gentiles, comp. "N. Collect. his
for Dºi Is. 14, 32. Sometimes opp. to ty,
tyrſ, which the Israelites usually ap-
plied to themselves; Is. 42,6 nºn:h Tºrºs
Eºis -ish Ex I will set thee as a covenant
for the people and a light to the Gem-
tiles, i. e. a teacher, enlightener, comp.
v. 1. 49, 6. Deut. 26, 18. 19. 32, 43.—
Very rarely found with a genit. or
suff, Hyn', ºia, is Zeph. 2, 9; usually
Hinº Dz, *29, i2x. The LXX com-
monly render tº by 20.6s, "is by #9 ros,
Vulg. gens ; whence also in N. T. 16.
#9 in opp. 6 Åoog 980i ſogoń Luke 2, 32.
2. Poet. of flights or troops of animals,
Joel 1, 6. Zeph. 2, 14. Comp. by Prov.
30, 25. 26; Gr. #9 vsc, zipów, yegºvan,
A viſion, ushtoo’ſov, Zoigon, Hom. Il. 2.87,
458, 469. Od. 14. 73; equorum gentes
Virg. Geor. 4, 430.
3. Sometimes pºi: Gentiles approach-
es nearly to the nature of a proper name.
Josh. 12,23 ºh Bºis tº the king of the
Gentiles at Gilgal, where apparently, as
afterwards in Galilee, Gentiles had set-
tled down among the Hebrews. In Gen.
14, 1 it is uncertain where the Bºia are
to be sought who joined in the war
Rgainst Sodom ; Le Clerc understands
the people of Galilee, comparing bº
Bºian Is. 8, 23; perhaps comparing Gen.
10, 5 we might understand nations of the
West. Not unaptly Interp. anon. 30.01.
Asus IIoggvälog.
Tº ſ. (r. Hy) 1. the body, pr. the
belly, as Syr. ** trunk. Ez. 1, 11
23. Dan. 10, 6. Gen. 47, 18 there we no-
thing left, ... ºnºs, ºniº-Es "rºz
but our bodies and our lands. Neh. 9,37
Hirºrº Bººz, Hºnº-by they have
dominion over our bodies and over our
cattle.
2. dead body, corpse, carcass, of men
1 Sam. 31, 10. 12. Nah. 3, 3; of animals
Judg. 14, 8, 9.
º, see bº.
Tº f. 1. Part. act. fem. of the verb
H%; no. 2; collect. exiles, company of ea-
iles, captives, (comp. sing. This an eacile
2 Sam. 15, 19,) Ezra 1, 11. 9, 4. Jer. 28,
6. Ez. 1, 1. 3, 11. 15. 11, 24. 25. ai.
Spoken also of those who have been
in exile and returned, Ezra 10, 8
Arab. šu. and Kºlº exiles.
2. Abstr. eartle, captivity, emigration.
1 Chr. 5, 22 Hºian-Ty until the eartle.
nºian *z equipment for eacile, vessels
or baggage for wandering, Ez. 12, 7.
nº mºr, to go into evile, captivity, Jer.
29, 16. al. Hºian ºil eaciles, captives, also
those who have been in captivity, Ezra 4,
1. 6, 19.8, 35.
ižiš (exile) Golan, pr: n, of a city of
Bashan, afterwards belonging to Manas-
seh, and assigned as a city of refuge to
the Levites, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20, 8, 21,
27 (where Cheth Tib;). 1 Chr. 6, 56.
Josephus mentions both the city, which
he calls Tavlºvn, B. J. 1.4.4, 8; and the
adjacent region, Tovkovirug, Ant. 8. 2. 3,
ib. 8, 13. 4; which latter he sometimes
distinguishes from Bashan and places
west of it on the Upper Jordan and Sea
of Galilee, though elsewhere he includes
it under Bashan. Its modern name is
Jaulán. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III
pp. 308, 312. App. 149, 162.
Yºº m. (r. 723) a pit, once Ecc 10
8. Syr. isºº id. Chald, sº
N$º, the letter a being interchanged
with 5.-The root yo: has in Syr, and
Chald. the signiſ to dig.
m: 185 -hy
* Tº a root not used ; Syr. &co.our,
Jhald. |}} to colour, to dye. Hence
*** (coloured, dyed) Guní, pr. n. m.
h) Gen. 46, 24; whence also patronym.
bſ the same form, ſor ºhā, Gunite, Num.
26, 48. b) 1 Chr. 5, 15.
* Sº inf ## and sº, fut. Sº, to
breathe out one’s life, to earpire, to die,
Gen. 6, 17. 7, 21. Num. 17, 28; mostly
poet. Job 3, 11. 10, 18. 13, 19. 14, 10. 27,
º, al. Sometimes with nº Gen. 25, 8.
*F. i. q. Arab. Jus to be hollow,
see in 53: no. 1; Conj. V, id. also to be,
or be hid, within any thing ; Conj. II,
to shut, to close a door or gate, pr. to
cause any thing to be or be hid within.
HipH. to shut, e. g. a door, Neh. 7, 3.
JHence
Tº ſ. a body, i. e. dead body, corpse,
so called from its hollowness, 1 Chr. 10,
12; i. q. Hº in the parall. passage 1
Sam. 31, 12. Arab. -> a hollow, the
belly, &= dead body. Rabb. Fº
body, person.
* I. Tha i. q. Arab. ** pr. to turn
aside from the way, likeºf; then, to turn
aside to any person or place, sc. in order
to lodge or remain ; and hence in com-
mon usage:
1. to sojourn, to dwell for a time, i. e.
as a stranger or guest ; e.g. of single
persons Gen. 12, 10. 19, 9. 20, 1. Judg.
17, 7; also of a people Ex. 6, 4. Ps. 105,
23. Ezra 1, 4. Poet. of beasts, Is. 11, 6.
With 3 of the land in which one sojourns
Sten. 21, 23. 26, 3.47, 4. The person or
leople with whom one sojourns is put
with by Gen. 32, 5; rs Ex. 12, 48. Lev.
19, 33 ; : Is. 16, 4; but poet. also in the
accus, Ps. 120, 5 tº "nº-º º-nºis
vo is the that Isojourn with Meshech, the
Moschi. Judg. 5, 17 riºs nº righ tº
and Dan, why abides he at the ships ?
i. e. why dwells he listless on the coast
tf the sea? as aptly Sept. Vulg. Luth.
Iob 19, 15 ºn": "º the sojourners in my
mouse, i. e. my servants, parall, with
maids in the other hemistich. Ex. 3,22
Fry"a nº the sojourner in her house,
Sept. ovaknvoc, Vulg hospita ejus ;
others understand neighbours, from the
Arabic usage. Is. 33, 14 lºs º ºx *z,
this "pin º ºxy-vº H.2s who among
ws shall dwell with devouring fire 2 who
among us shall inhabit everlasting burn-
ings? the language of sinners trembling
for themselves in sight of destruction and
overthrow from God, v. 12, 13. Brºs: -ºn
Hirº to dwell in the tabernacle of Jeho-
vah, i. e. to frequent the temple, to be as
it were the guest of Jehovah, and by
impl. under his care and protection, Ps.
15, 1. 61, 5, comp. 39, 13; also c. acc.
Ps. 5, 5 sº. Tº sº nor shall the wicked
dwell with thee; parall. God hath no
pleasure in wickedness. Arab. L=
Conj. III, to remain in a temple out of a
sense of religious duty, also to receive
Q3 -o *
under one’s protection; &Ji 'us' UleSt
p 2-19- g
of God, i.e. one who has sojourned in
the sacred city.—Part. "; a stranger,
foreigner, to be distinguished from the
verbal noun *: ; whence Lev. 17, 12
Bºžira ºr nån the stranger that so-
journeth among you. 18, 26. 19, 34.
Fem. nº Ex. 3, 22. Plur. tº stran-
gers, nomades, Is. 5, 17.-Job 28, 4 in
the description of a mine, tº Prº Yº
*; he breaketh a channel, shaft, from
where men dwell, i. e. from the surface of
the ground as the abode of man; here
- Ex2 is for the fuller tº h; hugs Exº
i. q. afterwards usiºn. So with R. Levi
would I interpret this passage.
2. to fear, to be afraid, like º and
>5. from the primary idea of turning
out of the way ; since he who is timid
and in fear of any one, yields the way
to him, gets out of his way. With 7%
(comp. Tº no. 3, b,) Job 41, 17; "zºº
Num. 22, 3. Deut. 1, 17. 9, 19. 18, 22.
1 Sam. 18, 15; once with acc. of the
thing feared Deut. 32, 27; with h of that
for which one fears Hos. 10, 5. Of fear
or reverence towards God, Ps. 22, 24.
33, 8.
3. to gather themselves together, to be
gathered together, a signification which
it has in common with kindr. YAS, nº,
q. v. pr. to scrape together; see more in
Thesaur. p. 274, where this meaning is
vindicated against J. D. Michaelis. Ps
56 7 ºnes: Anºx; they gather themselvet
16%
-hy
=l7.
186
together, they hide themselves, i. e. in
troops they lurk in ambush. With by
and nS against any one, Ps. 59, 4. Is.
54, 15. See Hithpal.—Once, it would
seem, trans. i. q. Chald. and Syr. Xº,
-º-º: Ps. 140, 3 nior ºn anºx, they ga-
ther together wars, i. e. multiply wars,
striſes.
HITHPAL. h.mianr. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1,
to sojourn, 1 K. 17, 20.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to gather themselves
together. Hos. 7, 14 tºinºr ºrby
*z, *-āb; anniarº for corn and wine they
assemble themselves, they rebel (turn
away) against ºne, i. e. they assemble to
supplicate idols in behalf of the fertility
of their fields.--For hºnº Jer. 30, 23,
see under nº.
Deriv. -a, -", nºna, Hixº, -ºxº,
rix, Rºxº, Hºng, pr. n. *::.
* II. -ms, a different root, perh. lo
suck ; whence nº , nia, a suckling, the
sucking whelp of a lion. Comp. nº,
Ethiop. Ú på, a young ass; by a suck-
s 2 -r º
ing child; ſº-> a young animal.
niä m. (r. has II) a whelp, sc. of a
tion, plur. Finns ºn; Jer. 51, 38; Tºrină
Nah. 2, 13.
nº m. (r. ** II) plur. Bºnº. 1 a
whelp, cub, so called as still a suckling ;
see the root. Spec. of a lion's whelp,
Ez. 19, 2, 3, 5, nºns nº Gen. 49, 9.
Deut. 33.22. Different from n"E: i.e. a
young lion already weaned and begin-
ning to seek prey for itself. Once of
the whelp of the jackal (in) Lam. 4, 3–
Ambº- 9- ) 5- whelp of the lion
and of the dog. Syr. #&
2. Pr. n. *x-rºº (ascent of the whelp
r whelps) Maaleh-gur, a place near
-bleam, 2 K. 9, 27.
by: Yº (sojourn of Baal) Gur-Baal,
pr.m. of a place in Arabia, prob. So called
from a temple of Baal, 2 Chr. 26, 7.
by 3 m. (r. bº) plur. nibºia, pr: a
small stone, calculus, x\igog, as used in
basting lots ; hence
1. a lot, Lev. 16, 8 sq. To express
he casting of lots the verbs used are
nº. 11:, Tºri, bºr, bºori, r,
which see; for the lot as cast, be: Jon
1, 7. Ez. 24, 6; of the lot as shaken from
the urn is said by Bºia rºy Lev. 6, 9
and bºi, sº Num. 33, 54. Josh. 19
1 sq. That as to which the lot is con
sulted is put with by Ps. 22, 19, his Joe
4, 3.
2. lot, that which falls to one by lot,
espec. a portion, inheritance. Judg. 1, 3
ºix- ºr's Fºx come up with me into
my lot, my portion. Is. 57, 6. Ps. 125, 3.
Metaph. lot, portion, destiny, as assigned
to men from God, Ps. 16, 5, Dan. 12, 13
Tº Thyry and arise to thy lot in the
end of days, in the Messiah’s kingdom ;
comp. Rev. 20, 6.
* Tºjº, tº, a clod, lump of earth or
dust; once Job 7, 5 Keri Hºn ºntº tº:
"E: tº (Cheth. ºº) my body is clothed
with worms and lumps of dust i. e. they
coverit, referring to the ashy skin of a sick
person, which, as being also rough and
scaly, has in a measure the appearance
of being sprinkled over with lumps of
dust. Sept. 66Auxes yie, Vulg. sordes
pulveris. The Talmudists also use this
word for a clod, or mass like a clod,
Mishna Tehor. 3. § 2. ib. 5. § 1. See
more in Thes. p. 276. From it they then
derive the denom. Dujºnry to wrestle,
pr. to raise the dust in wrestling; see
Pasº.-The etymology is very ob-
scure. Simonis regards tº and u)", as
put for º, ujº, from r. Jºš to be
unclean, filthy, whence &\º filth.
Better perh, to assume a root tº i. q.
U’s ; whence also pr. n. **ś.
Tà m. (r. 113) plur, cstr. º. 1. a shoar-
ing, meton. wool shorn, a fleece. Deu.
18, 4 lºss tº rush the first of the
jleece of thy sheep. Job 31, 20. Comp.
nº.
2. a mowing, e. g. a mown meadow,
Ps. 72, 6. Am. 7, 1 ºr "º the king's
movings, referring perhaps to some righ
of the Israelitish kings to exact the ear
liest grass. -
Tº m. Ezra 1, 8, a treasurer, th
keeper of the royal treasures among the
Persians; see in r. 124. Plur. Chald.
7"Tº Ezra 7,21; and dropping the sibi.
lation "HT: Dan. 3, 2.3. Corresponding
Hy
573
187
§ Syr, fººtº tº-v fºliº Pers.
3'-5, all which are compounded from
ra, 12%, and the Pers. syllable 9, 2.
Ulike Germ. bar in ehrbar achtbar,)
which seems to denote possession.
Sk Hjä pr. to cut, l'ke it; q. v. Spec.
1. to cut stone, to hew, to form by cut-
ing or hewing; whence nºt. Syr. •k.
to cut off, to shear
2, Metaph. to divide out to any one, to
nete out, to assign as a portion; comp.
Gr. topºlºg from tăuveuv. Espec. like
synon. 52%, spoken of benefits, kindness
bestowed; Ps. 71, 6 "ſix rins "gs ºn
from my mother's womb thou hast meted
out to me in kindness, i.e. hast been my
benefactor. [Better from r. Thă no. 2,
where see.—R.] Arab. 5* to retri-
bute, to repay, *}= retribution, pun-
ishment, reward.
Deriv. nº, and pr. n. Hīā, jiā.
Tº f (r. 773) i. q. Tà no. 1, a fleece,
Judg. 6, 39, 40; more fully nººn nº
9 g,
v. 37. Arab. 5-
Trà (r. Hya, after the form Hº, nº,
perh, quarry) Gizoh, pr. m. of a place
otherwise unknown, whence is derived
the gentile n. *xit. Gizonite, 1 Chr. 11,34.
Comp. ºbº from Hº, ºu from Hºu.
*Tº see preced. art.
Sk Trà to cut, e. g. grass, to moto, see
tº no. 2. Spec. to shear a flock, Gen. 31, 19.
38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 4.7. Also of the hair,
to shave the head in mourning Job 1, 20.
Mic. 1, 16. Syr. Chald. and Arab. ;
d. Kindred roots, all having the pri-
mary idea of cutting, are nº, D13, $13,
bº, nº , and transp. Th; ; see under
ysp, yºri, Tū, Tºri.-The form tº
Num. 11, 31, see under the root Thä.
NIPH. Tixº, plur. Hrix, to be shorn, to
he shaven, spoken of enemies, i. e. to be
but off, slain, Nah. 1, 12. Comp. as to
the metaphor, Is. 7, 20.
Deriv. 1, Hº, and
77% (shearer) Gazez, pr. n. q two
men, 1 Chr.-2, 46.
n"Tä f. (r. His) a cutting, hewing o
stone; hence nº "gºs hewn stones
espec. squared, 1 K. 5, 31; and simpl
nºt: id. Is. 9, 9. 1 K. 6, 36. 7, 9, 11. 12.
Ex. 20, 22.
>k I. 51: fut, bºº, kindr, with his
1. to strip off, as skin from the flesh,
to flay, Mic. 3, 2. Arab. J; of a beast
of burden, to be galled, wounded, flayed. .
Hence
2. to pluck off or away, to tear away,
to take by force, like Syr. transp. *:
a) By open violence, 2 Sam. 23,21 bºº
ºn 132 nºnr-rs he plucked the
spear out of the Egyptian's hand. 1 Chr.
11, 23. Job 24, 9 they tear the orphan
from the mother's breast. Gen. 31, 31 I
feared lest thou wouldst take by force thy
daughters from me. Deut. 28, 31. Of
the carrying off of women, Judg. 21, 23.
Trop. Job 24, 19 -ºº ºbt: tin-La Hºs
ahu, drought and heat carry of the snow-
waters, i. e. absorb them, dry them up.
b) Oftener by fraud or injustice of any
kind, e.g. the property or possessions of
others, to seize upon, to take by force,
Job 20, 19. 24, 2. Mic. 2, 2. Espec. of
the rich and powerful who seize upon
the possessions of the poor by fraud and
violence, Lev. 5, 23. Jer. 21, 12. 22, 3.
3. With acc. of pers. to strip, to spoil,
to rob any one, Judg. 9, 25. Ps. 35, 10.
Also by fraud and injustice, i. q. puš,
Lev. 19, 13. Prov. 22, 22. 28, 24. Part.
pass, bºth Deut. 28, 29.
NIPH. pass. to be taken away, e. g.
sleep, Prov. 4, 16.
* II. St. obsol. root. i. q. Arab. J}=
to peep, as a young bird. Hence bºis.
br; Iſl. robbery, concr. anything taken
by violence, plunder, Lev. 5, 21. Is. 61, 8.
by; by: Ez. 22, 29. R. Br: I.
ºf: m. (r. 9th I) a spoiling, violence
violation, Ez. 18, 18. Ecc. 5, 7.
nºr; f(r. by: I) constr. rhy: Is. 3, 14,
a spoiling, violence; nº by: Ez. 18, 7
12. ºr nºt; the spoil of the poor
i. e. goods taken from them by violence
and injustice, Is. 3, 14.
E7.
-:
188
*::: obsol. root, to cut off, like
- * > *...* * 6 o –
Arab. rº- and ry- whence f
Jesm, the cutting off of a syllable; comp.
under r. Tú. In Heb. trop. to crop, to
eat off, to devour, like kindr. Doz, Bºz,
comp. TI; no. 3.-Hence
P. m. a locust not yet winged, bru-
chus, Joel 1, 4, 2, 25. Am. 4, 9. Targ.
shri, a creeping locust; Syr. Ha-‘e
(exuens, detrahens) a locust without
wings; Sept. x&prim, Vulg. eruca. See
Credner ad Joel. l. c.
Ejā (devouring) Gazzam, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7, 51.
Sk ST: obsol. root, i. q. Sº no. 1, to cut
down a tree. Comp. &= Conj. II, and
8}= I, II, to cut off; VIII, to cut wood
from a tree.—Hence
973 m. c. suff, isłą, the trunk of a tree
cut down, the stump, Job 14, 8. Then,
genr, a trunk, stock, stem, Is. 11, 1 ; also
of a tree just planted and taking root, Is.
9 9
40, 24. Arab. 89- trunk of the palm,
Syr. islä- a trunk, espec. a slender
trunk.
*Tº ſut. nº see no. 3, and -t;" see
no. 4.
1. to cut, to cut in two, to divide, 1 K.
3, 25, 26. Ps. 136, 13. Arabji= to Cut
off, Syr. +. to cut away or around.
Comp. under the roots tº, T1:... Kindr.
are also "sp, hy?,
rº, Yºp, n-2.
2. to cut down trees, wood, 2 K. 6, 4.
See T1:2, and Tº axe, from kindr.
rº. w
3. to eat, to devour, from the notion of
cutting up food, see Nº no. 4, and nº
no. 2. So Fut. O, Is. 9, 19, trop. of war
and slaughter, parall, with bes. Arab.
> to eat quickly, to slaughter, to kill.
4. Trop. to cut off, i. e. to decide, to de-
ermºne, to decree, ſut. A, Job 22, 28. So
Chali. Syr. -13, º Comp. Hº.
5. Intrans. to be cut off, to fail. Hab.
3, 17 8s. Hººgº -1; though the flock
, and by transp.
fail from the fold; Sept. §§lurew ngé
60 to. Arab. Yºº spec. of failing water
NIPH. 1. pass. of Kal no. 4, to be de-
creed, Esth. 2, 1. -
2. to be cut off, i.e. separated, eaccluded,
2 Chr. 26, 21 nin, nº nº ºr for he
was cut off, excluded, from the house of
Jehovah. Is. 53, 8 ºr Yºs? -1; 2 for
he was cut off from the land of the living
Ps, 88, 6.
3. to be cut off, i. q to perish, Lam, 3.
54; c. dat. pleon. Ez. 37, 11 * ºnt; ºpa
9 * *
perish. Arab. 8) > calamity, destruc
tion
The derivatives follow, except tº
"Tº Chald. 1. i. q. Heb. no. 1, to cut
to cut off; see Ithpe. -
2. i. q. Heb. no. 4, to decide, to deter
mine, to decree, spec. of fate, destiny.
Part. plur. Tº pr. deciders, determiners
put for the Chaldean astrologers,diviners,
who by casting nativities from the place
of the stars at one’s birth, and by various
arts of computing and divining, foretold
the fortunes and destinies of individuals,
(numeri Babylonii Hor. Carm. I. 11. 2.)
Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4, 5, 7, 11. Comp. Chald.
Nº decree, in Rabbinic spoken of the
divine decree, ſate; Tintº the art of cast-
ing nativities, astrology; on which see
Comment. on Is. II. p. 349.
ITHPE. to cut off or out, 3 praet. fem.
nºns Dan. 2, 45; and in the Heb.
manner n'ºnn v. 34.
Tº m. (r. 13) 1. a piece, part, plur.
tº pieces of victims Gen. 15, 17;
parts of the sea as divided Ps. 136, 13.
2. Gezer, (prob. a steep place, preci-
pice,) pr. n. a) A city anciently the
seat of a Canaanitish king Josh. 10, 33.
12, 12; situated on the western border
of Ephraim and assigned to the Levites
Josh. 16, 3. 21, 21; although the ancient
inhabitants were not expelled, Josh. 16,
10. Judg. 1,29. It was destroyed by the
Egyptians, and again rebuilt by Solu-
mon, 1 K. 9, 15 sq. b) A place else-
where called Eä Gob, 1 Chr. 20, 4;
comp. 1 Sam. 21, 18.
TTä f once Lev. 16, 22 nºt; yºs-bs
into a desert land or tract. The same
is expressed in v. 10. 21. 22 fin. by
Hºrſ. Sept. sig yiv #fforov, Vulg ir
-13
N";
189
erram solitariam. Lit. into a land eaten
ºff, cropped, naked, without herbage,
3 e 5 9 e >
see r. ht; no. 3. So Arab. > >
see Camoos p. 699. Syr. isi-e- sterile.
Tº Chald. f. constr. nº, a decree,
sentence of God, of angels, Dan. 4, 14. 21.
Often in the Targums. Comp. r. ni; no.
4, and Syr. i4+.
Tº f. (r. 1.) 1. cut, i. e. form,
figure of a man, the body; comp. BSE
from Exp and Fr. taille. Lam. 4, 7.
3. -
Corresponding is Arab. Syc+.
2. Pr. a place cut off, a separate place,
prob, an area, enclosure, court, in the
middle of which the temple was built,
Ez. 41, 12–15. 42, 1. 10. 13.
"Tă 1 Sam. 27, 8 Keri (Cheth. *-x)
Gezrites, pr. n. of a people attacked by
David while sojourning among the Phi-
listines; prob. the inhabitants of the
city Gezer, nº.
jºrſ: m. (r. Trº) the belly of reptiles,
so called from its bent or curved form,
Lev. 11, 42; of a serpent Gen. 3, 14.
Comp. Germ. Bauch from beugen, bicken.
"Trä 2 K. 4, 31. 5, 25, oftener "T":
(valley of vision) Gehazi, pr. m. of the ser-
vant of Elisha, 2 K. 4, 12. 14, 25 sq. 5,
20 sq.
*5-; obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
*
š (b and 2 being interchanged) to
light a fire, to kindle ; mid. Damm. to
9 -
burn, to flame, whence ſº a great fire
burning fiercely, Gehenna; from the
primary root pri, bor.—Hence
rena f plur. Bºbrº, constr. ºria (ſ.
Ez. 1, 13) a coal, a burning coal, diff.
from prº a black coal Prov. 26, 21. So
Job 41, 13. Prov. 6, 28. Is. 44, 19; more
ully ºs ºria Lev. 16, 12. Poet. coals
%r lightnings, 2 Sam. 22, 9. 13. Hence
put for punishments to be sent from God,
Ps. 140, 11. Coals upon the head, a pro-
verbial expression denoting something
*xceedingly troublesome, which causes
the severest pains and torments so
Prov. 25, 21 if thine enemy be hungry,
give hinn bread to eat ; and if he he
thirsty, give him water to drink; 12 for
so thou shalt heap coals of fire on his
head, i. e. thou wilt overwhelm him with
shame and remorse for his enmity to:
wards thee; comp. Rom. 12, 20. In like
manner the Arabs speak of coals of the
heart, fire of the liver, to denote burning
care, anxiety, remorse, and shame. See
the author's remarks on this expression
in Rosenmüller's Repert. I. p. 140, and
in the Lond. Class. Journ. no. LIV, p.
244.—Further, a coal, as being kept in
order to preserve fire, is put for the last
hope or scion of a acº, Cr family, like
Gr. Cºnvgow, 2 Sam, 14, 7.
>k Erl# i. q. Arab. * e
flame, see brº.—Hence
PT3 Gaham, pr. m. of a son of Nahor,
loº
Gen. 22, 24; perh. appellat. i. q. si
having flaming eyes.
: to burn, to
*T. i. q. Chald. Irº, Syr. & to
incline, to bend.—Hence in.
* Tâ obsol, root, Arab. /* to hide
oneself, to lurk, } lurking-place. —
Hence
"Tă (lurking-place) Gahar, pr: n. m.
Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 49.
"à see Nº.
:k Nº or Nº to flow together, as wa-
ter.—Hence
sh; rarely sº. Zech. 14, 4, and Nº.
Is. 40, 4, without Aleph "; ; constr. Nºa
and *; ; Plur. pr. nºs” (nisjä) 2 K. 2,
16. Ez. 6, 3 Chethib, but oftener transp.
ninsa, c. suff, Tris". Ez. 35,8; comm,
gend. (m. Zech. 14, 5. f. v. 4,) a valley,
so called as the place where waters flow
together; then a level region, low plain ;
§
Arab. 5- valley, level tract, sº-
9 GT •
&- &=, place where waters flow
together, valley, depressed tract.—-It
differs from brix, which signifies a valley
watered by a brook or torrent; also from
Hypº and pºx, which denote plains of
greater extent; see Relandi Palaest. 348
sq. Hence it is spoken only of certain
particular valleys; just as others are
called brº, Hºpa, pºx. Thus
a) pārī-13 Nºa, a Jer. 7, 32. 19, 2.6
T-3
nº
190
sºr ºn a 2 K. 23, 10 Cheth. Ein a
Josh. 15, 8, valley of Hinnom, of the sons
of Hinnom, etc. on the south and west
of Jerusalem, through which passed the
southern boundary of Benjamin and the
northern of Judah, Josh. 15,8. 18, 16. It
was noted for the human sacrifices here
offered to Moloch, 2 K. Jer, ll. cc. and
was also called nºn and x&t £Soyāv
Nºr Jer. 2, 23. See Bibl. Res, in Palest.
I. p. 382, 402 sq.
b) Bºujºr "a, with Art, bºrn "a,
ralley of craftsmen (see wºr) near Je-
rusalem, with a village of like name,
1 Chr. 4, 14. Neh. 11, 35.
c) Ps"riº. "A (valley which God
hath opened) the valley of Jiphthah-el in
the northern part of Zebulun, Josh. 19,
14. 27.
d) rºº Nº. 2 Sam.8, 13. Ps. 60, 2, the
valley of salt, [prob. the very remarka-
ble Valley of Salt a few miles southeast
of Aleppo; see Russell’s Nat. Hist. of
Aleppo I. p. 55. Maundrell p. 213.−
Another valley of salt, nºt "a, is men-
tioned 2 K. 14, 7, in the vicinity of the
Dead Sea; see Bihl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 483.-R.
e) pººr, "a the valley of the passen-
gers, east of the sea of Galilee, Ez. 39, 11.
f) pººr: "A the valley of Zeboim i.e.
hyenas, in the tribe of Benjamin, 1 Sam.
13, 18.
g) Fires sº the valley of Zephathah
in the plain of Judah, 2 Chr. 14, 9 [10].
Comp, the mod, es-Safeh, Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 345.
h) sº, with Art. Nºrt, the valley, a
place in Mount Pisgah, opposite to Beth-
peor in the land of Moab, a station of
the Israelites, Num. 21, 20. Deut. 3, 29.
4, 46.
* Tā a root not in use, signifying to
bind, to tie together, to couple, like Arab.
els mid. Ye Conj. II to bind, to fetter,
3
&# a bond, fetter, thong, and with a
guttural prefixed "py, Tes, J31, Tas,
perh. Tris, tris. In the cecidental lan-
guages comp. the roots gaden, gatten,
'. e. to couple, whence Germ. Gatte, Gat-
tung, Kette, Lat. catema, etc.—Hence
"3 m. a nerve, sinew, tendon, Chald.
**s, Syr. ſr-e Gen. 32, 33. Plur.
Ez. 37, 8. Job 10, 11. 40, 17. Trop
Is. 48, 4 of a stiff-necked people: "",
Tºny ºth: a sinew of iron is thy neck.
*Tā and Tă Mic. 4, 10, fut. nº
conv. rºl.
1. to break or burst forth, spoken of a
fountain or stream of waters, Job 40, 23;
of an infant breaking forth from the
womb, Job 38, 8; of a warrior rushing
forth to battle, Ez. 32, 2.—Syr. ~to -
break forth, as water or as an infant.
Chald. id. and espec. to break forth to
battle.
2. Trans. to cause to break forth, to
bring or draw forth ; e.g. an inſant from
the mother's womb, Ps. 22, 10 hrs-nz
jºº "rā for thou didst bring me forth
out of the womb, where nå is a less usual
form of the participle, comp. Lehrg. p.
402. So of a mother, to bring forth,
Mic. 4, 10.
HipH. to break forth, to rush forth
from a place of ambush, Part. Tº Judg.
20, 33.
Deriv. in".
T]"; or Thà Chald. APH. to break
forth, to rush forth, e. g. the winds, as
if to battle, Dan. 7, 2. See the Heb.
root no. 1.
T]"; (breaking forth sc. of a fountain)
Giah, pr. m. of a place near Gibeon,
2 Sam. 2, 24.
Tin"; pr: a stream, river, so called as
breaking forth from fountains ; comp.
Job 40, 23. Corresponding is Arab.
Jºãº and Özºº, which is used
by the Arabs before the names of several
large Asiatic streams, as the Ganges,
the Araxes, etc. In Heb. it is a pr. n.
Gihon, e. g.
1. A fountain with a stream and pools
on the west and southwest of Jerusalem,
1 K. 1, 33.38. 2 Chr. 32, 30.33, 14. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 512.
2. The second of the four rivers of
Paradise, which is said to flow around
the land of u}º Cush, Gen. 2, 13. Some
follow here the Arabic usage of the word
mentioned above, and under.
stand the Araaces ; thus taking tº in a
sense different from the usual one. On
bº,
-53
191
3ſ the ancients is in favour of the Nile,
as Sept. Jer. 2, 18. Ecclus. 24, 37. Jo-
seph. Ant. 1, 1.3. On this supposition,
prob, the Ethiopian Nile is to be under-
stood, which may be truly said to flow
around Ethiopia. See Thesaur. p. 281 sq.
*Tº see ºns.
>k 5-3 rarely Sº, or bia Prov. 23, 25
Cheth, fut. Sº, apoc. 5: ; pr. to move
in a circle, to revolve, whence deriv. bhy,
comp. Bº ; also like Arab. JLº. mid.
Waw, to dance in a circle, comp. bar
and 33r.—Hence
1. to earult, to rejoice, poetic. Job 3, 22
*A*S Fºr ºr joyful even unto rejoic-
ing, pr. unto leaping for joy. Is. 49, 13.
65, 18; with 3 of pers, or thing in which
one rejoices, Ps. 9, 15. 13, 6.21, 2. 31, 8.
149, 2; also by Zeph. 3, 17. Hinº bºs
to rejoice in Jehovah, espec. in his good-
ness and mercies, Is. 29, 19. 41, 16. Joel
2, 23. Ps. 35, 9, 89, 17. Trop, joy is also
ascribed to inanimate things, Ps. 96, 11.
Is. 35, 1.
2. to tremble, to fear, which comes
from the leaping or palpitation of the
heart, see Job 37, 1. Ps. 29,6; comp. the
roots ºr and Shri. So Gr. Ögyśirot x0:9–
blo, q,664, AEschyl. Choēph. 164, 1022;
i Kagólo Trºst, TrøAst pó89, Seidl, ad
Eurip. Electr. 433; Lat. cor salit Plaut.
So vice versa Triº implies a trembling
for joy, Is. 60, 5. Jer. 33, 9.-Hence Ps.
2, 11 nºn: *** fear with trembling ;
others, rejoice with trembling, as no. 1.
Hos. 10, 5 for the people shall mourn over
it (the calf) bºx: why Tºyº and its
priests shall tremble for it.
The derivatives follow.
*A see bººs.
S-3 m. 1. pr. a circle, circuit ; hence
an age, avum, and meton. men of an age,
generation, i, q. min, comp. Es. Dan. 1,
10 tº was ºn the youths of your
*ge. Arab. Jº- or Jº- i. q. Hºa,
yevsº. In the Talmud bºx ºn is one
born in the same hour and under the
same star with me.
2, eacultation, rejoicing, glodness Hys.
P, 1. Is. 16, 10. Jer. 48, 33.
..he other hand, the constant testimony
nº f. i. q. Bº no. 2, erultation, re.
joicing, gladness, Ps. 65, 13. Is. 35, 2
Tºni nº rejoicing and shouting, i.e. st.
constr. for the absol.
º, see in nº.
*"; obsol. root, Arab.3Lºs mid, Ye,
prob. to boil up, to effervesce, whence
2+ a boiling of the breast, from an-
ger, hunger, thirst. Corresponding is
Germ. gahren, in some dialects gohren,
giehren. Hence
"3 or h; m. line, so called from its
effervescing when slacked, Is. 27, 9.
Arab. * andjº unslacked lime.
"3 Chald. emphat. Nº id. Dan. 5, 6.
Comp. Targ. Is. 27, 9, Am. 2, 1.
"à a sojourner, stranger, i. q. "A q.v.
2 Chr. 2, 16. R. nº I.
tº see Jºã.
Tºà (filthy, see tha) Geshan, pr.n.m.
1 Chr. 2, 47.
23 m. (r. 9%) plur. Bº 1. a heap
of stones, Job 8, 17; mostly with tº
added, Josh. 7, 26. Often of ruins Is.
25, 2. Plur. heaps, ruins, Jer, 9, 10 ºntº
tº tºº-rs and I will make Jeru-
salem heaps, ruins. 51, 37.
2. a fountain, spring, so called from
the rolling or welling up of the waters,
Cant. 4, 12. See Pº Niph. no. 1–Plur.
rolling waves, billows, Ps. 42, 8. 89, 10
107, 25. 29. Syr. ii. a wave, billow.
33 m. a bowl, reservoir for oil upon the
sacred candelabra, so called from its
round form, i. q. Hè no. 2. Zech. 4, 3.
R. Bº to roll.
sº see nº.
Sk Fº obsol. root, softened from anº
to scratch, to scrape, to shave ; kindr.
Arab. -ā- to scrape, to abrade, º
to shear wool. Hence
532 m. a barber, Ez. 5, 1. Syr. Pºss
a. Tà2,OT.
yaº (boiling fountain, from ba and
sia ebullition, see r. sha) Gilboa, pr. n.
of a mountain or mountainous tract in
25:
Fº:
192
the tribe of Issachar, where Saul was
defeated and slain by the Philistines.
1 Sam. 28, 4. 31, 1. 2 Sam. 1, 6, 21.—
From the etymology it would seem to be
strictly the name of a fountain (Tuba-
nia 2) or of a village near a fountain;
whence it was prob. transferred to the
neighbouring mountain. A village called
I'ºffová (r. TsAGové) is mentioned by Eu-
sebius; and the same exists upon the
mountain at the present day as Jelbón,
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 157, 170.
baº m. (r. 833) plur. tº 1. a wheel,
e.g. of a chariot, etc. Is. 5, 28. Ez. 10,
2, 6. 23, 24, 26, 10; of a well, for draw-
ing water, Ecc. 12, 6.
2. a whirlwind, Ps. 77, 19. Ez. 10, 13.
p
Hence
3. chaff, stubble, any thing driven
round before a whirlwind. Ps, 83, 14
***2 ionºus "ribs O my God, make them
as the chaff, etc. Is, 17, 13 *E* by:
nºt like stubble before the whirl-
wind ; parall. Yºo.—Aram. lſº, sº,
chaff dust, or the like, which is driven
3
round by the wind; Arab. Jº- id.
*śā Chald, a wheel, Dan. 7, 9.
*** m. (r. 9%) 1. a wheel, Is. 28,28.
2. With the art, ºr (circle, or ac-
cording to Josh. 5, 9 a rolling away)
Gilgal.
a) A place situated between Jericho
and the Jordan, Josh. 4, 19. 20. 9, 6. 10,
6. 7. 14, 6, 15, 7; where Samuel and
Saul offered sacrifices, 1 Sam. 10, 8.11,
14. 15. 13, 4–9. 15, 21. 33; and where
the prophets dwelt, 2 K. 4, 38, although
idols were also worshipped there, Judg.
3, 19. Hos. 4, 15.9, 15. Am. 5, 5. More
fully ºn nº Neh. 12, 29. Gr. Tº-
gºku, 1 Macc. 9, 2. No trace of the
name or site of Gilgal now remains;
see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II, p. 287.
b) [A place or region near the western
coast of Palestine, Deut. 11, 30. Josh. 12,
23. Fuseb, and Jerome speak here of a
Galgula, and the modern name Jiljūleh
is still ſound ; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
". 47.-R.
r:#; f (r. 833) a skull, cranium, so
alled from its round form, 2 K. 9, 35.
Also used like Lat. caput, Engl. head,
Syr. p
poll, where the individuals of a tribe or
people are enumerated or mentioned, as
Ex. 16, 16 nh㺠º an omer the
head, i. e. for each person. Num. 1, 2
Brºh ºrb: all the males according
to their polls, i.e. singly, man by man.
v. 18. 20. 22. Comp. UN." Judg. 5, 20.—
Among the Rabbins nºn Fºº is
‘poll-money,” a poll-tax. Syr. tº-a-e'.
id. Lamed being dropped in the first
syllable; Arab. ***, id. where the
second Lamed is dropped, comp. Tol-
yo5& Matt. 27, 33.
Sk +: obsol. root, signifying prob. to
be smooth, polished. Kindr. are Tºri, -bº,
q. v.–Hence
Tº m. c. suff. **, the skin, i. e. the
human skin, as smooth and naked, Job
16, 15. Arab. &l= Syr. ſº id.
>k Hº: fut. nº conv. 93*, pr. to be
naked, and trans. to make malced ; kindr.
with r. nº to be naked, bald, whence
with a softer pronunciation Fº, nº.
It is applied espec. to the ear as unco-
vered by removing the hair, or to the
face when the veil is removed. Comp.
Arab. Sºº- to put off a garment, to put
off a veil and so uncover the face ; me-
taph. to disclose any thing. Hence in
Hebrew:
1. to make naked, to uncover; and
then to disclose, to reveal ; espec. in
the phrase 'E II's Hº to make bare or
wncover the ear of any one by removing
the overhanging locks, as is often dyne
in whispering a secret to another; hence
to tell to any one, to disclose, to show.
1 Sam. 20, 2 my father doeth mothing ...
ºs-ns nº sº, but that he telleth me.
v. 12. 13. 9, 15. 22, 8. 17. Also in a
slightly different sense spoken of God,
Job 36, 10 he openeth their ear to disci-
pline, to instruction, i.e. causes them to
hear. v. 15. 36, 16. Hence trop. Tio tº
to reveal a secret, Am. 3, 7. Prov. 20, 19
—Also hºp Hº to unfold or open a
book, to unroll a volume. Jer. 32, 11. 14.
2. to inake bare a land of its inhabi’
ants, i. e. to migrate, to emigrate, (Arab
X- and > id.) either voluntarily as
2 Sam. 15, 19; or involuntarily, i.e. to be
H$3
ºbj
193
carried away captive, to go into captivity
or eacile, 2 K. 17, 23. 24, 14, 25 21. Am.
1, 5.6,7. al. Spoken of inanimate things,
Is. 24, 11 the joy of the land is banished,
gone. Job 20, 28. Prov. 27, 25,
NIPH. 1. to be uncovered, made na-
ked ; Is. 47, 3 thy nakedness shall be
uncovered. Ez. 13, 14. 16, 36. 23, 29.
Also of removing a veil, Jer. 13, 22.
2. to be revealed, i. e. a) Of men and
God, to discover oneself, to appear, as if
a veil were removed, i. q. Fish: , with as
Gen. 35, 7. 1 Sam. 14,8. 11; comp. Is. 53,
1, where c. 53. b) to be discovered,
manifested, to come to light, spoken of
what before was concealed, Is. 49, 9.
Hos. 7, 1. c) to be uncovered, with a
and bS, Is. 23, 1. 1 Sam. 3, 7.
3. to be carried away, removed, pass.
of Hiph. Is. 38, 12.
PIEL i. q. Kal, but oftener in the literal
and primary signification.
1. to make malced, to uncover, e.g. the
feet Ruth 3, 4. 7; the foundations of
a building Mic. 1, 6. Also with acc. of the
veil or covering removed, Is. 22, 8.47, 2.
Nah. 3, 5, Job 41, 5.—Spec. a) Hº
nºs nºns to uncover the nakedness of a
woman, i. e. to have carnal intercourse
with her, Lev. 18, 8 sq. 20, 17 sq. So
to uncover the nakedness of a man is to
have unlawful intercourse with his wife,
Lev. 20, 11. 20. 21, as is explained by
Lev. 18, 8; and in the same sense is used
the phrase to uncover one’s skirt or cover-
let, Deut. 23, 1. 27, 20. b) God is said
to wºmcover the eyes of any one, i. e. to
open the eyes, to discover secret things
to mortal eyes, Num. 22, 31. Ps. 119, 18.
Bºx **b, opened as to the eyes, having
the eyes open, spoken of a prophet, Num.
24, 4, 16.
2. Metaph. to reveal any thing hidden,
Job 20, 27; a secret Prov. 11, 13; to be-
tray a fugitive Is. 16, 3; to lay open, to
make known, e.g. God his attributes Ps.
28, 2. Jer. 33,6. So '-' by nº is i, q. Hè
" by nuis-ns to uncover that which is
upon any thing, to remove the veil from
upon it, Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22.
PUAL to be uncovered, made naked.
Nah. 2, 8 nº she is mode naked, i. e.
gnominiously, spoken of Nineveh.
HipH. nºr and nºir, fut, conv, bºl,
to carry away captive, to carry into earila
1 K. 15, 29. 17, 6, 11. 18, 11. al.
HoPH. pass. of Hiph. Esth. 2, 6. al.
HITHP. 1. to uncover oneself, Gen. 9,
21.
2. to disclose or reveal oneself, e.g. tha
heart, Prov. 18, 2.
Deriv. Hºis, nābā, jiº, and pr n.
#ia, nº, *::.
rº, sº, Chald. to reveal Dan, 2.
22, 28. 29.
APH. after the Heb. manner ºn, i, 4.
Heb. Hiph. to carry away captive, to
cause to migrate, Ezra 4, 10. 5, 12.
Tâ i, q. His q.v. exile, migration.
rº, (after the form hio"p, ribº;
exile, r. nº,) Giloh, pr. n. of a city in
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 51.
2 Sam. 15, 12–Gentile n. *ſh": Gilon.
ite 2 Sam. l. c. from a form Tibº, as
*:bºut from ribºu).
rº f. (r. 9%) 1. a fountain, spring,
i. q. bā no. 2. Plur. Josh. 15, 19. Judg.
1, 15.
2. a bowl, reservoir, so called from its
round ſorm; spoken of the reservoir for
oil above the sacred candelabra, Zech.
4, 3, comp. v. 2, where is masc. bā.
Trop. Ecc. 12, 6 in describing old age
and death: Fºr bar prº-Nºb Huys 1:
artin nº yº before the silver cord be
loosed, and the golden bowl be broken,
i.e. lamp-bowl, oil-cup.
3. a ball or globe, as an ornament on
the tops or capitals of columns, 1 K. 7,
41. 2 Chr. 4, 12. 13.
4. nº nibs and nºrm 's, Gulloth,
Upper and Lower, pr. m. of two towns,
not far from Hebron, Judg. 1, 15. In the
parall, passage Josh. 15, 19 it is niºs 'a
and nºnrip ‘a
tº m. plur. (r. bº note, lett. b)
pr. trunks, logs, blocks, which are rolled,
hence in derision, idols, Lev. 26, 30.
Deut. 29, 16. al. So in various phrases
as pººr wºrls ºr to go after idols
1 K. 21, 26; Eºn Tay to serve or wor
ship idols 2 K. 17, 12. 21, 21; bºx sº
ºn-bs to lift up the eyes unto idols Ez
18, 12. Often joined with other con-
temptuous names of idols, as t-shpu,
Deut. 29, 17, ni-sin Ez. 16, 36, bººks
30, 13; also very freq. in expressions in
17
*55
*53
194
which idol-worship is reprobated, as
bºx; sº to pollute oneself with idols
Ez.20,7; bºx ºr's nº 6,9; "ns FS:
bºr 23, 37; etc.
tº m. (r. Ehs) a covering, mantle,
pallium, in which one is wrapped, Ez.
27, 24, Chald. tº, sº, id.—Hence
Gr. Złopius, złowls, złoivo.
Tº Josh, 2,27 Cheth. i. q. This q.v.
nº f once né, Obad. 20, with Ka-
mets impure. R. nº.
1. a carrying away, captivity, eartle,
2 K, 25, 27. Jer. 52, 31. Ez. 1, 2. 33, 21.
2. Collect. captives, eaciles. Hºri, nº
the eaciles of Judah, Jer. 24, 5. 28, 4. 29,
22.40, 1. Hin, nº spoken of Israel
living in exile Is. 45, 13.
nº Chald, f emph. Rºbs, captivity,
exile, snºb; ºn the eartles Dan. 2,25. 5,
13. Ezra 6, 16. Syr. izè-º
‘nā in Kal not used, pr. to be
smooth, and hence to be bare, naked,
comp. Hº ; spec. to be bald, Arab.
*
yº to have a bald forehead. This
is a softened root from the harsher rinp;
comp. by transpos. perſ. In the western
languages correspond calvus, Slavic
goly, holy, Germ. kahl; also gelu, glacies.
PIEL to make bare, bald ; hence to
thave the head, Num. 6,9. Deut. 21, 12;
a person 1 Chr. 19, 4. Also to shave off,
to cut off the hair, see Pual; the beard
2 Sam. 10, 4. Once intrans. to shave
oneself, the hair and beard, Gen. 41,
14. Metaph. to shave a land, i.e. to lay
it waste with fire and sword, Is. 7, 20.-
Chald. Tº to shave, to shear, nº shave-
ling, spoken by the Rabbins of monks,
like Bohem. holy.
PUAL to be shaven, shorn, Judg. 16
17. 22.
HITHPA. 1. to shave oneself, Lev. 13,33.
2. to shave or cut off from oneself, c.
acc. Num. 6, 19. Comp. Lehrg. p. 284. d.
tiº m. (r. Hº, after the form iº,
liºn, Titº) a table, tablet, of wood,
stone, or metal, on which to write or
inscribe any thing, i. q. Tºb, so called
as being smooth, bare, naked, or empty;
wee the root. Is, 8, 1–In Talmudic
jiº is the empty margin of a page of
volume, roll.
PLUR. Dº Is. 3, 23, mirrors, i. e.
tablets or plates, laminae, of polisned
metal, which were used by the Hebrew
women as mirrors, Ex. 38,8. Job 37, 18;
and which were carried about by them
in the manner of other nations, being
mostly of a round form and furnished
with a handle; see Comment. on Is. l.c.
So Chald. Vulg. Kimchi in Comment.
Abarbenel, Jarchi.-On the other hand,
the LXX and Kimchi in Lex. under-
stand transparent garments, duo.gov;
Aoxoviziº, as if making naked the body;
comp. Schroeder de Westitu mul. Heb.
p. 311, 312.
º m. (r. 823) 1. Adj. rolling, turn-
ing, e. g. the leaves of a folding door,
1 K. 6, 34. Comp. Ez. 41, 24.
2. Subst. a ring, Esth. 1, 6. Cant. 5, 14
Jºnna Bºskº: ariſ whº tº his
hands are as gold rings set with gems of
Tarshish, i. e. the fingers when curved
are like gold rings, and the nails dyed
with henna or the like resemble gems.
3. a circle, circuit, region, i. q. ºz.
Spec. Bºiariº Is. 8,23°the circle of the
Gentiles,’ i. e. Galilee; and xor Šozów,
bºr, Josh. 20, 7, 21, 32; Hºàn (He
parag.) 2 K. 15, 29; bºr. yºs 1 K, 9,
11, i. e. the district with twenty small
cities, in the tribe of Naphtali, around the
city Kedesh (thrice called bº tºº),
inhabited mostly by Gentiles, espec. by
the neighbouring Phenicians. Sept. i.
IºMulwicz, Galilee.
nº f i, q. Sº no. 3, a circle, cir-
cuit, region. Bºrujºn nibº, the cir-
cles or districts of the Philistines Josh.
13, 2; rugº nº-h; Joel 4, 4; Tºuloio.
'Alloqūov 1 Macc. 5, 15. Tºhºn ribºº
i. q. Tºr, "22, the circuit or borders of
the Jordan, el-Ghor, Josh. 22, 10. 11.
The same region seems to be meant in
Ez. 47, 8.
Dº (fountains) Gallim, pr. n. of a
city of Benjamin, lying north of Jerusa-
lem, 1 Sam. 25, 44. Is. 10, 30.
nº (exile, an exile) Goliath, a Phi
listine giant, slain by David in single
combat, 1 Sam. 17, 4, 23. 21, 10. 22, 10
comp. Ecclus. 42, 5. On 1 Chr. 20, 5
see under art. "ariº.
55:
555
195
k Sº , I pers. "niba, but 3 plur. ºbhá
Gen. 29, 3.8; imp. bā, bia, once ba Ps.
119, 22; to roll, e.g. a stone Gen. 29, 3.
8. Metaph. with by? to roll off or away
from any one, e. g. reproach Josh. 5, 9.
Ps. 119, 22; with by and by to roll from
oneselſ to or upon another, Ps. 37, 5 bia
ºn Hinº-by roll or devolve thy way
upon Jehovah, i.e. commit all thy affairs
to him. Prov. 16, 3 Tºyº Hinº-bs Bā
commit unto Jehovah thy works, deeds.
Ellipt. Ps. 22, 9, where the poet intro-
duces his enemies as deriding his confi-
dence in God and saying: Hirº-bs bâ
*nº [roll all upon Jehovah, rely upon
tim; let him deliver him; comp. a like
change of person in v. 27.-R.] Or, bā
may be infin. put for the finite verb, he
rolleth, etc.
NotE. The genuine force of this
widely extended root, which imitates the
sound of a globe, ball, or other round
body rolling rapidly forwards, is ex-
pressed by the Germ. rollen, Engl. to
roll, each onomatopoetic like the Hebrew
word. Hence in the derivatives it is re-
ferred: a) To things round, rolling, re-
volving, as Bahá wheel, also a whirlwind,
*** a ring, ºn a roll, volume, nº
a skull, **, *a ball of dung, Bā, Hº a
bowl, reservoir. b) To things heavy,
which are rolled along, and not carried;
whence by a heap of stones, tº
logs, blocks, put for idols; º; weight, a
$3 -
large stone; Arab. JJ- a heavy busi-
ness, c) Also spoken of rolling waves,
like Germ. quellen, Engl. to well, whence
ba, tº , i. q. Germ. Wellen, Engl. waves,
billows.--From this most fertile mono-
syllabic stock have also flowed the
triliteral roots bas, Arab. J-1, B23,
whence nº wagon, wain; and as in-
creased at the end, tº to roll or wrap
up, Ribā, Bā, Lat. glomus, glomeravit,
globus, Germ. Klumpen, Engl. clump.
Other kindred roots in the Hebrew it-
self are: Sº to move in a circle; and,
changing the palatal to a guttural, bºr,
bºn, bas, bºs, q.v. Beside these, there
s also a multitude of shoots branching
off into the occidental languages, espec.
he Greek; comp. Kálko, willo (Valck.
ad Hāct. 7. 155), xviie, ºvkivö0 (553),
*ółłop, 46A1060s, kółąts, xiàlos (comp.
×oiáog), x64Avgo, a round cake (n22)
also, the palatal being dropped or trans.
ferred to the end, ižka, silo, siléo, silvo.
tin, oùos, iovios, ižty/og, ğıuş and Šâlogo.
etc. Lat. volvo, later Lat. callus i. q. Fr
gallet, caillou (ba), Germ. Galle, Gölle
i. q. Quelle, quellen, wallen, wälzen, ono-
mat. kullern, Swed. Kºula, low Germ.
Kaul, whence Kugel-Where anything
is rolled along or revolves on a rough,
Stony, gravelly soil, so as to cause a
harsh, grating, scraping sound, this is
expressed by similar roots made harsh
by the letter n, as ºn;, hº, ºnz, the
branches of which are no less widely
diffused.
Niph. 533, plur. 3 pers. #3, fut. b3.
1. to be rolled, to roll along, as billows,
Am. 5, 24. w
2. to be rolled together, as a scroll, e.g.
the heavens, Is. 34, 4.
HipH. fut. conv, bºl, to roll, to rell
away a stone, Gen. 29, 10.
PoAL, to be rolled, e. g. in blood, to be
stained with blood, Is. 9, 4.
HITHPo. id. 2 Sam. 20, 12. With by
to roll oneself upon any one, i. e. to rush
or fall upon him, Gen. 43, 18.
PILP. Paha i. q. Kal no. 1, to roll, to roll
down, Jer. 51,25.
Hith PALP. bºrn to roll oneself down
upon an enemy, i. e. to rush or fall upon
Job 30, 14.
Deriv. see in Note above.
º; m. 1. dung, ordure, so called from
its globular form, i. q. Sº ; see r. bº
note, lett. a. 1 K, 14, 10–Arab, & Cº.
the round dung of camels, sheep, etc.
2. a circumstance, cause, reason, Germ.
Umstand ; comp. as to this turn of the
etymology, não, niºis. Hence bºx: as
Prep.c. suff, Tºža, bºa,on account of
because of Gen. 12, 13. 30,27. Deut. 15,
10. 18, 12. Jer, 11, 17. Mic. 3, 12. Cor-
responding is Arab. JJ)-- i.
JJJ-ſ cº-º with Elif prosthet.
3. Galal, pr. n. m. perh, weighty
§ – 5
worthy, like Arab. Jºſ. a) 1 Chr.
9, 15. b) ib. v. 16. Neh. 11, 17.
º Chald. m. pr. a rolling then
weight, magnitude, see bº note, lett.
and
$53
196 EX
b. Ezra 5, 8 and 6, 4%; lºs great or
heavy stones, hewn stones, which must
be rolled along, not carried.—So Tal-
mud, sº without las, spoken of a
large stone, Buxt. Lex. p. 433.
*3 m. i. q. *:: no. 1, dung, ordure of
men; in Sing, once, Job 20, 7 ris; ibºº
*S*, Chald, and Vulg, well, sicut ster-
cus swum in aeternum peribit. Comp. for
this degrading figure of destruction, 1 K.
14, 10.—Plur. Bº balls of dung, dung,
Zeph. 1, 17; spec. human ordure Ez. 4,
12. 15.
* (perh. dungy) Gilalai, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 36.
Sk Eº ſut. Bºx", to roll or wrap toge-
ther, to fold, once 2 K. 2, 8. See r. bº
Kal and note.
Deriv. Bº, and
tº: m. pr. any thing rolled or wrap-
ped together ; hence an unformed mass,
substance, not yet wrought, the parts of
which are not yet unfolded nor devel-
oped; spoken of the embryo foetus, Ps.
139, 16.-Often in the Talmud for any
thing not yet wrought, elaborated, per-
fected, see Chelim 12. § 6; also trop. of
an unformed unlettered man, Pirke
Aboth. 5. § 7.
Sk Tºa quadril. not in use, formed
°om CN4 - and Q-a-, both which roots
signify to be hard.—Hence
Tº adj. quadrilit. hard, Arab.
9 3 3 ; hence sterile, barrem, as a hard
stony soil, comp. Gregóðs, sterilis; then
of a woman, Is. 49, 21. Poet. of a night
in which none are born, Job 3, 7. Trop.
lean, famished, emaciated with hunger,
Job 15, 34, 30, 3.
2k sº in Kal not used, Arab. Conj.
III, to quarrel with any one, espec. in a
game of dice, drinking, or in dividing an
'nheritance. So in Hebrew:
HiTHPA. to become angry, to be irri-
lated, to grow warm, sc. in strife. Prov.
30, 3 it is an honour to a man to cease
from strife, sºrº bºis-bº, but every
fool becometh angry. With 3 of thing or
cause, Prov. 18, 1.—Spoken also of strife
tself as growing warm, Prov. 17, 14.
Sk Tº obsol. quadrilit, comp Arab
9 - ? -
& hard, rough.-Hence
-yº: Gilead, pr. n. 1. Oſ several
men: a) A son of Machir and grand-
son of Manasseh, Num. 26, 29. 30
Patronym. "Tº Gileadite, Judg. 11, 1
12, 4. b) Judg. 14, 1. 2. c) 1 Chr. 5, 14
2. With the art. "shari, Gilead, Gilea.
ditis, (pr. hard, stony region, or i, q. Tº
hill of witness,) a district of Palestine be-
yond Jordan, strictly comprehending the
mountainous region south of the river
Jabbok, Gen. 31, 21–48. Cant. 4, 1; with
a city of like name, Hos. 6,8, comp. Sept.
Judg. 12, 7, apparently the same with
Tº nion. Here is the highest part of
the mountains east of the Jordan; and
one ridge is still named Jebel Jel'ád or
Jel’ild, from two ruined towns so called
upon it; see Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 348. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 243, 306. III. App. p. 167. But the
name Gilead was also employed in a
wider sense, so as to include the whole
mountainous tract between the Arnon
and Bashan, inhabited by the tribes of
Gad, Reuben, and part of Manasseh,
now called UšJi and Jzº Jº-
i. e. el-Belka and Jebel 'Ajlūn, Num. 32,
26. 29. 39. Deut. 3, 12. Josh. 12, 2.5. 13,
10. 11. 30. Am. 3, 13. Hence put for
the territory of the tribes of Gad and
Reuben Ps. 60, 9, 108, 9; for the tribe
of Gad Judg. 5, 17, comp. 5, 16; although
too this usage is not constant, and in 1
Sam. 13, 7 the land of Gad and Gilead
are joined.—Once it comprehends also
Bashan, and extends to the northern
extremity of Palestine, Deut. 34, 1.
Tº (i. e. is ºf heap of witness)
Galeed, pr. n. Gen. 31, 47. 48.
»k tº i. q. Arab. U2's to sit down
to lie down. Cant. 4, 1.6, 5 thy locks
are as a flock of goals tº -nº hºu,
which lie down upon Mount Gilead, i.e.
upon its side, as if hanging from it, see .
Tº no. 3. h.-Jerome Cant. 4, 1 qua ascen
derunt. Sept. Complut. Cant.6,5&vé6mgov
Comp. U”--> Conj. II, to ascend.
r: see nºbs.
tº Conj. (r. 52;) 1. Implying con.
junction, together, at once ; so in the
Nº
"Yº
197
phrases tº 5: two together, both, Gen.
27,45. Prov. 17, 15. 20, 10. 12; b% pa all
together, i. e. every one, cuncti, 2 Sam.
19, 31. Ps, 25, 3; Triº tº Ps. 133, 1.
2. Implying accession, also, etiam, Gen.
3, 6, 22. 7, 3. 19, 21. 35. 30, 15. 35, 17. al.
It is commonly put before the word to
which it refers; but where a word is re-
peated for the sake of emphasis, its place
is before the latter, e.g. with pronouns
Nºr by Nºr; she, she herself also, Gen.
20, 5; shri tº "E: in his mouth also,
2 Sam. 17, 5. Prov. 23, 15. Gen. 27, 34,
comp. Lehrg. § 191. Heb. Gr. § 119, 3.
With verbs, Gen. 46, 4 Ex #ys *-ºs)
rºy and I will also come up with thee.
31, 15. 1 Sam. 1, 6. Sometimes at the
beginning of a clause it refers not to the
next word, but to another more remote,
Prov. 20, 11. Repeated tº —tº also—
also, i. q, both—and, Gen. 24, 25. 43, 8.
Ex. 12, 31. Jer. 51, 12; thrice repeated
Is. 48,8; 53-55 Gen. 24, 44.
3. Intensive, even, see FS no. 1; Prov.
14, 20. 17, 26. Joel 3, 2. With a nega-
tive particle, not even, not so much as,
Ps. 14, 3. 53, 4, 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13, comp.
Tº C. 3. So tº Gen. 6. 4.—Often it
serves merely to give emphasis to the
owing word, and frequently cannot
be rendered into English, q. d. Jea, in-
deed, 1 Sam. 24, 12 Fish tº Fish see, yea
see / Gen. 29, 30 and he loved Rachel
more than Leah, where it shows merely
that the word Rachel is emphatic. Gen.
16, 13 "sh inns ºn-s: Ebrº tºn do I
then here see (live) after the vision, sc.
of God? i. e. in this place, just here, and
{ot elsewhere. Job 2, 10 what ' shall
we receive good at the hand of God, and
not etc. Hos. 9, 12 for wo to them 1
Gen. 42, 22. Job 13, 16. 16, 19. Is. 66, 4.
rims tº yea now, now then, Gen. 44, 10.
4. Adversative, even so, yet, meverthe-
less. Ez. 16, 28 yea thou hast played
the harlot with them, nºt sº tº and
even so (yet) thou art not satisfied. Ps.
129, 2. Ecc. 4, 16.—Hence "2 tº even
when, even if, although, Is. 1, 15; and
without "2 id. Is. 49, 15. Ps. 95, 9, 52 ºz.
id. Ecc. 4, 14.
Sk Nº. in Kal not "ised, to absorb, to
ilrink up, to swcllow, i. q. Chald.
Pirl poet. of the horse swallowing as
it were the ground in his eagerness and
fleetness. Job 39, 24 yº-sºº, he swal.
loweth the ground, q. d. he runs away
with it.—The same metaphor is common
in Arabic in the verb to drink, to
take a draught, as U}} KJI; see
Schultens ad h. 1. and Bochart Hieroz.
I. p. 142–148.
HipH. to let swallow, to give to drink,
Gen. 24, 17.—Hence
Sº m. a bulrush, spec. the Egyptian
papyrus, papyrus nilotica, paper-reed,
so called from its porous nature as ab-
sorbing moisture; comp. bibula papyrus
Lucan. 4. 136.-Job 8, 11. Is. 35, 7... The
Egyptians made from it garments, shoes,
baskets, vessels of various kinds, and
especially boats or skiffs, Plin. H. N. 13.
21–26. So Ex. 2, 3 Nº nar, an ark or
skiff of papyrus. Is. 18, 2.
*Tº a root not in use, Arab. Xº-
to cut off, to amputate ; Ethiop. Toº,
transp. tº , *r-sº Hence is derived
Tº a cut, i. e. a rod, staff, and then
cubit. The same verb is transferred to
brave warriors, who cut down the enemy
like trees; whence Arab. X. and Syr.
APH. to be bold, brave, fierce, of a soldier
—Hence
Tº m. (r. Tº q.v.) pr. a cut, i. e. a
staff, rod, as being cut from a tree; Zab.
li-scia", a staff, rod, the letter ºn being
inserted, and 7 and T interchanged;
Chald. Ryº. Then a cubit, the
measure of a cubit, Judg. 3, 16–Syr.
irºak cubit, irº irrerº id.
E"Tº m. plur. Ez. 27, 11 brave sol-
diers, fierce warriors, Jerome bellatores.
This word has given rise to endless
conjectures among interpreters ; seo
Thesaur. p. 292.
ºn; (weaned) Gamul, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 24, 17. Comp. bº n°3.
º m. (r. 523) 1. act, work, deed,
whether good or evil, q. d. desert ; more
fully tº bºº, Judg. 9, 16. Prov. 12, 14.
Is. 3, 11 ; in a good sense, benefit, Ps. .
103, 2 Hence h ibºº sººn to render
to any one his desert, to repay his doings,
works; Ps. 28,4 prº tº aujr. Prov
1-#
"Yº
*}}
198
12, 14; c. by Ps. 94, 2. St º tº
d. Ps 137, 8. Prov. 19, 17, c. by Joel
1, 4.
2. recompense, retribution., Is. 35, 4.
nº f (r. 523) 1. i. q bºº, no. 1,
Is, 59, 18; some copies read plur, ribº.
2. i. q. Sº, no. 2, 2 Sam. 19, 37.
Sk Tº obsol, root, prob. i. q. Tº to cut
Ç sº
off; whence Arab. }^*= acute-minded,
e S o a 2
Bagacious, and
the idea of cutting, see bº. Hence
sycamore, from
"Tºº (for Titº, place fertile in syca-
fmores) Gimzo, pr. m. of a place in the
plain of Judea, 2 Chr. 28, 18. Now
Jimzu, a village east of Lydda ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 56, 57.
>k Sº fut. Bº I. 1. to do, show, or
cause to any one, sc. good or evil, to deal
well or ill with him, with two acc. of
pers, and of thing (comp. Gr. ºi, zuzăs
ngàttsu tuº). 1 Sam. 24, 18 *rē2: Hris
rtºiter, thou hast done me good, hast dealt
well with me. Gen. 50, 15 all the evil
irs :hº -ºs which we did unto him.
v. 17. Prov. 3, 30. 31, 12. Is. 63, 7. With
% of pers. Is, 3,9 nº triº tº they have
brought evil upon themselves. Ps. 137, 8
* nº mºno; thy deed which thou
hast dome to us.
2. to do good to any one, to benefit;
Prov. 11, 17 it:E: 92; he doeth good unto
himself. With by Ps. 13, 6, 116, 7, 119,
17. 142, 8.
3. to reward, to render, to recompense
to any one good or evil; c. acc. Ps. 18, 21
"pºx: Hirº "ºº" the Lord rewarded
me according to my righteousness. With
by 2 Chr. 20, 11. Ps. 103, 10; ; Deut.
32, 6, unless by a diff division of the
words Hiri' ºr is here acc. of person.
Deriv. Sº, nº, bºrn, and pr. n.
by-hºa. • " -
II. 1. to wean a child, Is. 28, 9 where.
Bºrº is added. Is. 11, 8, 1 K. 11, 20
Hos. 1, 8.—Hence pr. n. Bºos.
2. to ripen fruit, to make ripe, Num.
17, 23. Intrans. to ripen, to become
ripe, Is. 18, 5.
Niph. pass. of no. II. 1, Gen. 21, 8.
Sam. 1, 22.
NoTE. The primary signification of
this verb, and the origin and conn ºction
of the other senses, are illustrated by A
Schultens (ad Prov. 3,30) by comparing
Arab. Jºe pr. to cover with fomenta-
tions so as to produce warmth and heat,
to cherish ; which idea of warming and
cherishing he supposes is then trans-
ferred : a) To the ripening of fruit
b) To a child as weaned; c) To be-
nefits done to any one, by which we as
it were cherish him ; and also even to
evils which we bring upon any one. But
the verb Jºë can refer only to the sig-
nifications in no. II; while for those in
no. I, we may compare bºx, Arab. Jºe,
to labour, to do.
º, plur. tºº, comm. gend, a ca-
mel, male or female, Gen. 32, 16. al.—
This word is found in all the Semitic
languages; also not only in Greek
and Latin, but likewise in Egyptian,
za.º.or?', 6% ºxora, and in San.
scrit under the form kraméla, kramé.
laka. Iſ the origin of the word is to be
sought in the Semitic languages, 5%;
is prob, bearer, carrier, from 92; i. q
Arab. J-- to bear.
Tº see Hºº.
*2; (camel-driver, or camel-rider)
Gemalli, pr. m. m. Num. 13, 12.
9sº (reward or benefit of God)
Gamaliel, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10. 2, 20. 7,55
:k * ©
E2. a root not used, i. q. E2: q. v.
to congregate, to conjoin, to heap up ;
Q3 -
comp. Arab. -- to heap up, to increase,
also intrans.' to be heaped up, to be
much.-Hence Pā and Tºº?.
* Wº a root not used in Hebrew, te
dig, see y%45.
$: nº ſut. H%; 1, to bring to an
end, to complete, to perfect. Ps. 57, 3 by
*** **ś God who will complete for me
i. e. will do all for me, will maintain my
cause; c. Tº Ps. 138, 8.
2. Intrans. to come to an end, to cease
to fail, Ps. 7, 10. 12, 2. 77, 9.-In the
Aramaean dialects this verb is very fre
quent in both significations.
Tº Chald, id. Part, pass. --2, per
fect, complete, finished, in skill or learn
ing, Ezra 7, 12.
º
199 7):
nº Gomer pr. m. 1. A northern
|eople sprung from Japheth, Gen. 10, 2;
rom which Togarmah or the Arme-
Tians are said to be descended, Gen.
10, 3; and who are mentioned along
with Togarmah in the armies of Gog,
Ez. 38, 6. Most prob. we are to under-
stand the Cimmerians, Kuuéguot, inha-
biting the Chersonesus of Taurica and
the adjacent regions as far as the mouths
of the Tanais and the Ister, and cele-
brated for their incursions into Asia Mi-
nor in the sixth century before Christ;
see Herodot. I. 6, 15, 103. IV. 1, 11, 12.
The Arabs call this people by transpos,
P}} whence the modern Krim, Crimew,
i. e. the Taurican Chersonesus; also
rxill /* the Cimmerian sea, for the
Euxine. Wahl compares Gamir, the
Armenian name for Cappadocia; Altes
and neues Asien I. p. 274.
2. The wife of the prophet Hosea, a
harlot, Hos. 1, 3. Perh, appell. 1. 42-
coals.
Tºº (whom Jehovah has perfect-
ed) Gendrial, pr. n. m. Jer, 29, 3.
º (id.) Gemariah, pr. n. of a
man of rank in the time of Jeremiah,
Jer. 36, 10–12.
73 c. suff, "º (r. 72%) comm. gend, (f
Gen. 2, 15,) a garden, espec. a park,
3rchard, place planted with trees; pr.
1 place surrounded and protected by a
ence or wall; Gen. 2, 8 sq. pºrn 13 a
garden of herbs, plants, Deut. 11, 10.
1 K. 21, 2, ºn n^3, a garden-house 2 K.
9, 27, or perh. pr. m. of a place. T. j.
he garden of Eden, planted of God, Gen.
3, 24. Joel 2, 3; also called Bºrºš la Ez.
28, 13. 31, 8.9; and Hin, A Gen. 13, 10.
Is, 51, 3. A garden enclosed, shut up, as
..he emblem of a chaste female, Cant. 4,
12.-Plur. E"?: Cant. 4, 13. 6, 2.
>k P2: ſut. Ex: 1. to steal, to take
by stealth, secretly. This verb would
seem strictly to be a denom. from Arab.
Jºs side, latus, Chald. EA , and hence
to signify pr. to put aside privily; comp.
Sanscr. parçvaka thie, from parçva
ride; and so Arab. Jºs- has several
significations drawn from the idea of
side, as fregit latus, duarit a latere.- 11
Heb, with acc. of thing, Gen. 31, 19. 30
32; acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 19, 42, Deut
24,7. Job 21, 18 Hºo ana; Yºsh and as
chaff which the storm stealeth (carrieth)
away. 17, 20. Part. pass. fem. with Yod
parag. "nº Gen. 31, 39.
2. to deceive, like Gr. xiántsuy. Gen.
31, 27 °rs ºn and didst deceive me.
Espec. with 52, pr. to deceive the heart
or mind of any one, as zléirtely vöow
Hom, Il. 14, 217. Gen. 31, 20 ºpy: ºn
j㺠Hºrns and Jacob deceived Laban.
v. 26. See L. de Dieu ad Gen. l. c.
NIPH. pass. of no. 1, Ex. 22, 11.
PIEL i. q. Kal. 1. to steal, Jer. 23, 30.
2. With 52, to deceive, 2 Sam. 15, 6
PUAL pass. i. q, to steal intrans. Job 4,
12 º' -- *s an oracle stole secretly
upon me. Inf absol. 533 Gen. 40, 15.
HITHPA. to do by stealth, with inf. and
%, 2 Sam. 19, 4 shrir Dina bºr -ganº
nºr; Rish and the people that day gat
them by stealth into the city. Syr.
~~ai -ai, to steal oneself away.
Deriv, the three following:
=33 m. a thief Ex. 22, 1.6.7.
Tº f. a theft, thing stolen, Ex. 22, 3.
Fºº (theft) Genubath, pr. n. m. 1 K.
11, 20.
Tää fem. of A, a garden, park, Job 8
16; Plur. niº Am. 4, 9.9, 14; a grove,
where idolatrous rites were performed
Is. 1, 29. 65, 3, 66. 17. R. 33.
Tº f id. chiefly in the later Hebrew,
Esth. 1, 5, 7, 7.8. Cant. 6, 11. R. p3.
>k 72: obsol. root, i. q. Arab, PA- and
Chald. 12%, to hide, to hoard, Ž lay up
in store. Kindred roots are b2:2, PAS,
U-5, ująż, and transp. b3?, 729, Tor.
o: S..—Hence
E"Tº plur, constr. 1: 1. treasures,
Esth. 3,9. 4, 7.
2. chests, treasure-chests, in which
precious goods or wares are stored, Ez
27, 24.
Tº Chald. plur. m. treasures, Ezra
6, 1, sº nº house of treasures, treas
wry, Ezra 5, 17. 7, 20. Comp. hałł.
Tº m. plur. 5-213a, treasury of the
temple, 1 Chr. 28, 11. The ending I-
TX 200 tjy:
fir, occurs also in other Chaldee words,
as Tº, Tºs; Lehrg. p. 516. R. Tº .
*k ºn tº *
|: to cover, to cover over, i. q.
Alab. J- kindr. 122, py. Trop. to
protect, everywhere of God as protecting
then, c. bs, like other verbs of covering,
see by no. 2. b. 2 K. 20, 6 nºn-by ºries,
-Nººr, and I will protect this city. Is. 37,
35. 38, 6; c. bs 2 K. 19, 34. Inf absol.
*: Is. 31, 5.
HipH. ſut. Tº i, q. Kal, c. by Is. 31, 5.
Zech. 9, 15; with Tºà Zech. 12, 8, see
is: no. 1. a.
Deriv. 3, Hº, Hº, 32, Hº, and
pr. m. ngº, ſings.
ſing: (gardener) Ginmethon, pr. n. m.
Neh. 10, 7. 12, 6. In v.4 is the corrupted
reading "in;.
>k Ty: to low, as an ox or cow, an ono-
matopoetic root, 1 Sam. 6, 12. Job 6, 5.
Talm. id. Syr. i-sto cry out, to exclaim.
Corresponding is Gr. 7060, Sanscr. and
Zend, gau-s, Pers. US, L; kau, gatt, OX
or cow, Lat. ceva cow, Columel. 6. 24
fin. Teut. Ko, Rºth, Engl. cow, so
called from their lowing. See Grimm’s
Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 327.—Hence
Hyä (lowing) Goah, with He local
Hrºš, Goath, pr. m. of a place near
Jerusalem, Jer. 31, 39.
>k Sy: to abhor, to reject with loath-
ing, to cast away. Chald. Ithpe. to be
polluted, impure, unclean, see Bs: II;
whence too the signif of loathing, ab-
horring may be derived, i. q to hold as
polluted, unclean, comp. BIT –Often in
the phrase ns tº Hº, my soul abhors
any thing, Lev. 26, 11.15. 30.43; c. :
Jer. 14, 19; also without tº Lev. 26, 44.
Ez. 16, 45.
Niph. to be cast antay. 2 Sam. 1, 21
cºnia; 13% ºxx; Duff "2 for there was cast
away the shield of the mighly ; Vulg. ibi
enim abjectus est clypeus heroum ; Sept.
ſig00079 to 9m.
IHipH. i. q. Kal, Job 21, 10 has init;
bºx sº his cow breedeth and casteth not,
i. e. does not suffer abortion; Vulg. bos
torum concepit, et non abortivit; and so
Aqu. Symm. Sept.
But Saadias, Kim-
chi, and others, his bull gendereth (p"
lets pass in, sc. membrum genitale) and
suffereth not to cast his seed. See in
->y Pi—Hence the two following:
223 (loathing) Gaal, pr. n. m. Judg
9, 26. 28. 30.
byā a loathing. Ez. 16, 5 Tºº byā;
with loathing of thy soul, i.e. so that thou
didst loathe thyself, i.g. #34. Not, as
some suppose, with loathing of thy life.
>k º fut. ***, to rebuke, to reprove
to chide, e. g. as a father his son, c. :
Gen. 37, 10 "as in nº and his father
rebuked him. Ruth. 2, 16. Jer. 29, 27.
Syr. * id. Ethiop. TUZ to cry out,
Kindred is Arab. L= to low, to ask with
a loud voice, to supplicate with wailing
and lamentation.—Often spoken of God
as rebuking his enemies, constr. with 3 or
accus. Is. 17, 13. 54,9. Ps. 9, 6. 68, 31
119, 21. Espec. as thereby restraining,
and deterring them from their wicket
purposes; Zech. 3, 2 ºr #3, niri, "sº
the Lord rebuke thee, Satan! i.e. restrain
thee, deter thee. Mal. 3, 11 tº "nº
bes: I will rebuke (restrain) for you,
sakes the devourer, i. e. voracious and
hurtful animals. 2, 3 "ns E3% hy; ºr
sººn behold, I will rebuke your seed, i.e.
will restrain it from coming into your
garners, will deny you the usual harvest.
Spoken also of the sea as dried up al.
God’s rebuke, Ps. 106, 9. Nah. 1, 4.
Deriv. ny, and
Tº f. constr. nº, rebuke, reproof
Prov.13, 1. 17, 10. Ecc. 7, 5. Is. 30, 17.
Spoken of the rebuke of God upon his
enemies, by which they are destroyed,
Ps. 76, 7, 80, 17; also as causing the
sea to become dry, Ps. 104,7. Is. 50, 2.
>k tº: pr. to push, to thrust, to shake
by a sudden impulse. Syr. ~~to push
with the horns, to butt ; and in the pas-
sive conjugations, to be shaken, to be
moved violently to and fro, to quake. Sc
Heb. once in Kal, Ps. 18, 8 ºn tºr.
Yºst, then the earth shook and trembled
In the parall. passage 2 Sam. 22, 8 Ker.
Hith pael is read, which is more frequent
in this signification; while in PB. l. c.
the writer seems to have employed Ka.
Tºy:
Nºn-
201
Intrans. for the sake of paronomasia in
the words ºr, ºn.
PUAL visã id. Job 34, 20 by huß.
*::::: the people shall be moved and
pass away, i.e. shall be troubled, shall
reel and perish.
HITHPA. to be moved, shaken, to quake,
of the earth Ps. 18, 8 and 2 Sam. 22, 8 fin.
Of waves, to be agitated, to toss them-
felv.2s, Jer. 5, 22. 46, 7.8.
HITHPo. to stagger, to reel, as one
drunken, Jer. 25, 16.—Hence
tº (a shaking, earthquake) Gaash,
pr. m. of a hill among the mountains of
Ephraim, Josh. 24, 30. Judg. 2,9. Hence
tº ºr the valleys of Gaash, around
that hill, 2 Sam. 23, 30. 1 Chr. 11, 32.
Dº (i. q. Arab. ſº- one puny
And thin) Gatam pr. n. m. of a son of
Eliphaz, Gen. 36, 11. 16.
53 m. (r. FEA) 1. the back, i. q. Hà ,
hence "E B2 upon the back of i, q, simpl.
upon, like Chald. "A Ps, Prov. 9, 3.
2. the body; hence in 23 pr. with his
body, i. e. by himself, alone, without
wife and children, Ex. 21, 3, 4, Sept.
uóvog.
Flā Chald, a wing, plur. Tº Dan. 7, 4.
3. Syr. Peº comp. Heb. bºs. It
Reems to come from Heb. Fºz, whence
F23, F23, and thence Fä.
* E. a root not used, i. q. Tº to
be bent, curved, arched ; hence Arab.
Ç
Jºſé the eye-lashes, also a young and
pendulous shoot, vine-branch, so called
from its bending. See more on this
root in Thesaur. p. 298.—Hence
jº, c. suff, "º, plur. Rºº, comm.
gender, (rarely m. Hos. 10, 1.2 K. 4,39)
a young and pendulous shoot ; hence a
\ant having such shoots, espec. a vime,
grape-vine (comp.salia, i.g. ēliē, pr: a rod,
switch), which where greater accuracy
is required, as in laws, is called fully E.
ºn Num. 6, 4. Judg. 13, 14. Rarely
spoken of other similar plants, as nº E.
2 K. 4, 39 a wild vine, bearing wild cu-
cumbers.--Most freq. it denotes simpl.
vine, i. e. grape-vine, Gen. 40,9. Is, 7, 23.
24, 7. 32, 12. Judg. 9, 13 sq. A noble
vine is put as an emblem of men of no-
ble and generous disposition, Jer. 2 2.
comp. Is. 5, 2; and vice versa a straing
vine, a vine of Sodom, stands for men ol
ignoble and degenerate character, Jer
2, 21. Deut. 32, 32. With the latter
comp. also the apples of Sodom, Joseph
B. J. 4.8, 4.
>k FE. obsol. root, i. Q. Baš, to be curv-
ed, gibbous, convex. Hence Fä, Enºs.
>k TE: obsol. root, prob. i. q. "Ex and
is to cover, to cover over—Hence the
two following:
Tº once Gen. 6, 14, pr. pitch, i.g. ne?;
hence nº "$3 pr. pitch-wood, resinous
wood, such as the wood of the pine, fir
cypress, cedar, and other trees of like
kind, which are used in ship-building;
see nº. Among modern interpret-
ers, Bochart in Phaleg. I.4, and Celsius
in Hierob. I. 328, not unaptly understand
the cypress-tree, ºvſtº guagog, cupressus;
appealing not without reason to the
similar letters and sound.
nº f. (r. -EA) prob. pr. pitch, but
transferred also to other combustible
substances, spec. brimstone, sulphur.
Gen. 19, 24. Deut. 29, 22. Is. 30, 33. 34.
9. Job 18, 15. Syr. fºras and fºras,
9. () • o 2
Arab. sº whence ©º to SII). Càr
with sulphur; Chald. snº, snº,
srºniº, id.
T}, f. riº, plur. Bºlā, Part of r. nº I.
1, q. v. p. 185.
"3 m. (r. his I) a sojourner, stranger,
a man living out of his own country,
Gen. 15, 13. Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. 22, 20. al.
Often joined with the synon. Rujin a
stranger (comp. Michaelis in Mos. Recht
II. § 38) Gen. 23, 4; opp. nºis a native
Ex. 12, 19.—With suff. Thà, ină, thy or
is sojourner, stranger, i. e. living in
thy or his land, (not in thy house,) Ex.
20, 10. Deut. 5, 14, 24, 14. 31, 12
"3 lime, see hºa.
"A lion's whelp, see nia.
Slä (i. Q. nº, a grain) Gera pr. 11.
a) A son of Benjamin Gen. 46, 21. b)
Judg. 3, 15. c) 1 Chr. 8, 7. d) 8, 3.5
e) 2 Sam. 16, 5.
-lºn.
H-5
202
4: En; obsol. root, pr. to scratch, to
ferape, a signif found also in several
other verbs beginning with nA, imitating
the sound of scratching, scraping ; see
ins, Phä, Th;, sº, nº ; and transferred
also afterwards to the idea of roughness,
see nº , bº. Arab. º;+ to be scab-
by, mangy, º, s the scab, mange, Syr.
Pi—. leprosy; comp. Germ. Krätze,
kratzen, Engl, with sibilant to scratch,
the scratches, scurf, scurvy.—Hence Fº,
pr. m. ºn; .
P. m. scab, scurf, scurvy, perh. of a
malignant kind, Deut. 28, 27; concr.
scabbed, scurvy, Lev. 21, 20. 22, 22. Sept.
yºga &yglo, Vulg. scabies jugis.
Pl: (scabby) Gareb, pr. m. a) One
of David's chief warriors, 2 Sam. 23, 38.
1 Chr. 11, 40. b) A hill near Jerusa-
lem, Jer. 31, 39.
Tână, m. (r. ºn; no. 5) plur. Bºna,
a berry, from its round and rolling
form, Is. 17, 6–In the Mishna id.
Arab. Ayr.
ninº plur. f. (r. ºn; no. 3) the throat,
gullet, (comp. Lat. gurges, Germ. Gur-
gel, Engl. gargle,) i. q. Tin: ; spoken
every where of the external throat,
neck, Prov. 1, 9.3, 3.22. 6, 21-A Sing.
n-X-X is read in the Mishna, Cholin 2.4.
ib. 3. 3.
"tº obsol. quadril. Chald, sºns
b.ay, loam, lump of earth, Syr. lè-º-º-º:
Arab. U”-> black mud. Hence
"tº (dwelling in clayey or loamy
soil) a Girgashite, collect. Girgashites,
a Canaanitish tribe, whose residence is
not distinctly specified in the O. Test.
Gen. 10, 16. 15, 21. Josh. 24, 11. Sept.
mnd Josephus Ant. 1. 6. 2 I'é9780 &ios.
Euseb. in Onom. s. v. Tºgyo.orsi affirms
|hat they dwelt beyond Jordan.
>k +: in Kal not used, Arab. Aram.
Th; to grate, to scrape, to scratch,
nomatopoetic ; comp. ºr, onry, ºr,
nºr, zagútta, Jº- Jºjº
mnd from the occidental languages, gral-
tare, graller, to grate, to scratch, kratzen
Comp. in an: .
HITHPA. to scrape oneself, e.g. with a
shell or sherd to allay an itching, Job 2,8
Sk Flº in Kal not used, pr. to be rough,
from the notion of grating, scraping
comp. roots beginning with na; spec. of
roughness of the throat, i. q. mini, no. 3,
whence jing throat. Thence transferred
to harshness, moroseness, proneness to
anger, Arab. Cers to give way to anger,
IV to provoke, e. g. a dog; Aram. * ,
** -º-, to irritate. Comp. Germ,
kratzig, griesgrämig, spoken of a morose
person.
PIEL. Hº to earcite, to stir up strife.
Prov. 15, 18 litº nº nºr ºs a wrath-
ful man stirreth up strife. 28, 25. 29, 22.
HITHPA. pr. to eaccite oneself, to be
stirred up to anger, strife, battle, etc
Hence
1. to be irritated, angry. Prov. 28, 4
tº hºnº nyin "Tº they who keep the
law are angry with them sc, the wicked.
Dan. 11, 10 init.
2. to contend with, to make war upon;
c. *, Deut. 2, 5, 19 tº nºnr-bs, no;
contend with them; so with Tºrº added,
to contend with in battle, v. 9.24. Thºrn
Hirina to contend with Jehovah, to wage
war against him, Jer, 50, 24. 2 K. 14, 10
Hynn Hºrn High wherefore shouldest
thou contend with calamily, q. d. excite
it to battle. Absol. Dan. 11, 10 Hºnº
Hixº-nº and shall wage war even to his
fortress. v. 25 Flºriº Hºn" he shall
be stirred up to battle, i.e. shall rouse
himself to war.
Deriv. Tins, Hºrn.
Tº f. (r. Th; no. 4) 1. rumination,
hence the cud, the food which ruminating
animals bring up and chew over again,
3a.
Arab. 85-. Of a ruminating anima
is said: Piº Fºr to bring up the cud,
i. q. to chew the cud, Lev. 11, 3 sq. Deut.
14, 6, 7; also nº nº Lev. 11, 7.
2, a grain, berry, i, q, n㺠; used as
the smallest weight and coin of the He-
brews, a gerah, equivalent to the twen-
tieth part of a shekel, Ex. 30, 13. Lev
27, 25. Num. 3, 47. 18, 16. Sept. Vulg
àffolog, obolus. So called either frºm
ºny
5-3
203
granule of lead (as Gr. §§olog accord-
.ng to Aristotle is from the figure of a
spit or needle, Chald, sº a little stone,
bbolus); or becauſe in weighing small
things the Hebrews used grains or ker-
nels either of barley (comp. Engl.
barleycorn), or perhaps the seeds of
the carob tree, ceratonia siliqua, like
the Greeks and Romans. But it must
be remembered, that the Mosaic gerah,
which is 13.1% Paris grains, is equal to 4
or 5 beans of the carob, and according to
the Rabbins to 16 grains of barley.—Of
Ç
°º .
a like origin are Arab. 8-2- grain, ber-
ry, and § is carob bean, Pers. Gºle
(Öováxn) i. i. Jºſe, &le, all of which
refer also to small weights.
ſing m. (r. Hº) constr. Yin, the throat,
so called as giving forth rough, harsh,
hoarse sounds; see the root, also nºn; no. 3,
ninº, comp. Ps. 69, 4. Spoken of as the
instrument of speech, Ps. 115, 7, 149, 6.5,
10 tº nºne ºf their throat is an open
sepulchre, i.e. they utter smooth speech-
es, while like an open sepulchre they
meditate destruction. Is, 58, 1 ſing: sºp
cry with the throat, i. e. with open throat,
aloud, with full voice coming from the
hroat and breast; while vice versa one
who speaks low uses only the lips and
tongue, 1 Sam. 1, 13–Of the external
throat, the neck; Is. 3, 16 in ni"ht;
with outstretched throat or neck, i. e. toss-
ing back the head. Ez. 16, 11.
nin, f. place of sojourning, habitation,
encampment, Jer. 41. 17. R. nila I. 1.
:k Tº in Kal not used, i. q. "I q.v.
Arab, > to cut, to cut off, to separate ;
also to devour, whence Samar. *\ſ(*nºr
ocust. Comp. in tº .
Niph. i. q. ht: Niph. no. 2. Ps. 31, 23
Fºy Tºº? ºntº: I am cut off from be-
fore thine eyes, excluded from thy sight
or presence; comp. Tº Ps. 88, 6. But
14. Mss. in Ps. 31 read also "nºnſ: 5.
The derivatives follow.
"Th; or "Tº (after the form ºne,
aweling in a shorn or desert land,
9 o .
tomp. Arab. X © > sterile land,) Girzite
yr Geriaite, pr.m. of a tribe in the vicinity
of the Philistines, attacked and subdued
by David, 1 Sam. 27, 8 Chethibh. In
Keri ºntº q.v.
Pºž, always tº ºr Mount (ſe
rizim, one of the mountains of Ephram
situated over against Mount Ebal, Deut.
11, 29. 27, 12. Josh. 8, 33; and over She-
chem Jos. Ant, 4.8. 44; on which after
the exile a temple was built by the Sa.
maritans as the seat of their national.
worship ; see Joseph. Ant. 11. 7. 2. ib.
11. 8. 2, 4, 6. On the reading of the
Samar. Codex Deut. 27, 4, see the au-
thor's Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 61.—
As to the etymology, nº ºn seems to
be pr. Mount of the Gerizites, see ºn: ;
so called prob. from some colony or set-
tlement of that people which anciently
dwelt there; just as the Amalekites their
neighbours also gave name to another
mountain in the same tribe, "pººr ºn
Judg. 12, 15. Now called Jebel et–Tür.
overhanging Nābulus; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 97 sq.
7.73 m. (r. Th:) an aare, for cut Sog or
chopping wood, Deut. 19, 5. 20, 19. Ms.
10, 15; for hewing stone, 1 K. 6, 7–Kin-
9 . * * 3 o G o
dred words are Jjº cº Jºjº
º, º an axe.
Sk 5-5 obsol. root, softened from hºs,
(as ºr from hºrſ to burn,) pr. to be
rough, espec. of a rough, gravelly, gritty
soil, in which the foot partially sinks
9 *
with a grating sound; comp. Arab. Jy-
Ç * *
a gravelly place, J3
gravel, grit.
Hence Heb. Bºis pr: a small stone, lapil-
lus, then lot, Gr. transp, KAn IPoç, Lat.
G|La Rwa , also Arab. J;+ to be stony,
gravelly, Camoos p. 1412, derived from
§
the noun J * q v, above.
Deriv. 5 is and
Sh; rough, morose, stern, comp. Gern
grollig, grillig, from the same stouk.
Prov. 19, 19 Cheth. nºn-by stern in
anger, i. e. rough, harsh, angry. Al
the versions express the Keri Tºri 575
which however is too feeble.
ºã see bºis.
Dºn:
y->
204,
º
§t º pr. to cut off or away, as Syr.
~f~, and Arab. ſº . Once in Kal,
c. dat. to cut off for any thing, i. q. to
reserve, to keep, to lay up. Zeph. 3, 3
npää º Nº they lay up nothing for
the morrow ; Sept. well oiz insalitovto,
Vulg. mom relinquebant ad mane. Comp.
* Pss Gen. 27, 36; also erº Koran
11. 87. ry-
Piel tº denom. from tº, to gnaw,
crush, craunch bones. Num. 24, 8 he
shall devour the nations his enemies,
tº errºriº) and shall craunch their
bones. Hence trop. Ez. 23, 34 thou shalt
drink and suck it out (the cup) "rs"
ºr rºtºr and thou shall craunch the
sherds thereof, i. e. hyperbol. thou shalt
lick it out clean, lest a single drop be
left therein.
P. m. 1. a bone, i. q. Exx, but rarer
and only poetic, Prov. 17, 22. 25, 15.
Plur. Job 40,18. Syr. Chald.<re lºrs,
Nº, Sam. *{{\'ſ id. Arab. º- the
body. The letters r and s being inter-
changed kindred words are Chald. Rºº,
9 o e
>, and even by: itself.
2. The body, as in Arabic. Gen. 49, 14
tº hion an ass of body, well-bodied,
i.e. strong, stout; Vulg. asinus fortis.
So also Arab. º body is used of a
beast of burden, e. g. rx- U-54 a horse
of body, large bodied, rx- 94- a.
strong ass. The same is expressed by
a special adj. rºy-
3. the very bone, substance, of any
thing, i. q. self, ipse, like tºº. 2 K. 9,
13 then took every man his garment and
spread them under him (Jehu) tººs
nibyºn upon the steps themselves, the
very steps.
tº Chald. a bone, Dan. 6, 25.
*cº (bony) Garmi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
# 19.
Sk in: obscl, root, Arab. Gré to make
smooth, level, to wipe or sweep off; kindr.
with tº and other roots beginning with
*"..—Hence
7.3 m. (but fem. Jer. 51, 33) c. sufi
****, He parag. Hº Mic. 4, 12; Pluſ
nº Joel 2, 24, constr. nilº Hos. 9, 1
a place made level, an area. Arab
O ~~ 9 * 3 - 0
&#. wº- coyº id.—Spoken .
a) Of the area or open place around
the gates of cities, called also ann, 1 K,
22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9, b) Mostly of the
area on which grain is trodden out or
threshed in the open field, a threshing-
floor, Ruth 3,2 sq. Judg. 6,37. al. nsºr
Tº the produce of the threshing floor,
i.e. grain, Num. 18, 30. Thà": id. Is. 21,
10 *º-Tă my son (grain) of the thresh-
ing floor, i. e. my country, my people !
now broken and trodden down, as grain
upon a threshing-floor; parall. "rujº
my threshing. Comp. Mic. 4, 12. 13.
Meton, for the grain itself, Job 39, 12.
>k tº pr. to break in pieces by scrap-
ºng, grating, rubbing ; and genr. to
grate, to break in coarse pieces, to
crush ; comp. Tº, Nº. So Syr. **
Arab. Uş- comp. Heb. bºy, whence
nº grits, groats, Germ. Gries, Grütze,
—In O.T. once intrans. Ps. 119, 20 nºn;
Hºsnº "ujº my soul is broken, crushed,
for longing.
HIPH. to break in pieces, to crush. Lam.
3, 16 "ºu; yºrº bºy he hath broken my
teeth with gravel-stones, trop. for a state
of calamity and wretchedness. See be-
low in toº.
>k sº fut. Sº", pr. to scratch, to
scrape, like many verbs beginning with
º, see in an:, hº.—Hence
1. to scrape off, to shave off the beard,
like Syr. si- Jer. 48, 37; also Is. 15, 2
in some Mss. see under 913. Corre-
sponding is Gr. x&iga, Germ. scheeren
Eng. to shear.—Then
2. Genr. to take away, to detract, to
withhold ; kindr. xiigog, and intrans. ca-
reo. Jer. 26, 2 ºf sºr ºs thou shall
not withhold aught therefrom ; with Tº
Job 36, 7. Often Tº sº is i. q, to take
away (aught) from anything, the accus,
of the part taken away being omitted.
comp. opp. nºbin no. 2. Deut. 4, 2, 13
1. Ex. 5, 8, 19. Ecc. 3, 14. Hence c. acc
to diminish, pr, to take away or with
Fºx
--5-
205
hold from, Ex. 21, 10. Ez. 16, 27. Job 5,
4 bx *E* Firº sºn, and withholdest
prayer (adoration) before God. With Ps
to take to or for oneself, i. e. to reserve, to
keep, to lay up for oneself, comp. Enă.
Job 15,8 hast thou listened in the council
of Jehovah, rigºr, Tºs sºn, and dost
thou reserve all wisdom to thyself? Simi-
lar is the Arabic usage, in which ©
is to absorb, to drink in." 85-
PIEL i. Q. Kal no. 2, to take to oneself.
to attract; Job 36, 27 ºz-"Etº sº; ºr
when (God) attracteth, draweth upwards,
the drops of water.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be
taken away, withheld ; construed so that
the thing to be taken away is either ex-
pressly mentioned, Num. 27, 4.36, 3; or
else it is implied, ſº sº; it (something)
is taken away from a thing, i. q to be
diminished, Num. 36, 3 fin. Ex. 5, 11.
U.ew 27, 18.—Hence
2. to be put back, to be made less of
Num. 9, 7.
Deriv.nixº~.
- ºn: 1. to snatch or hurry away, to
drag off, to pluck off; comp. Engl. to
grab, to gripe. There is something
onomatopoetic in this root, both in the
letters ºnx, which include the notion of
scraping, grating, see under r. ºn; ; and
also in the syllable ºn, comp. Lat. rape-
re, Germ. raffen. Arab. -5,- to scrape
away, to clear off, e.g. mire with a shovel;
Conj. II, to carry off, to wear away, as a
e 9 g » § 3. 5
stream a part of its bank; Grc-, -> 5
a shore eaten away by a stream. Ethiop.
TZ4: a drag-net, which sweeps all be-
fore it. Chald. and Talmud. to sweep;
Syr. ----of water sweeping away what-
ever it meets.-Once in O. T. Judg. 5, 21
tº jū"p brº the river Kishon swept
them antay ; Sept. §§évvgen, Vulg. traavit
cadavera eorum.
2. to grasp, to gripe, whence Finis
the fist. See also Hºyº.
* -nā an onomatopoetic root, express-
- r 3 *-
ing the idea of grating, scraping, drag-
ging, sawing, and other similar rough
and harsh sounds, such as are produced
in the throat; comp. Gr. ocago, Gogów,
Rºgo, Lat, sario, sarrio, serro, verro, gar-
rio, Germ, zerren, sch &rren, schiiren,
scheuern, kehren, Eng. to grate, to scrape,
to scour, to drag, to saw ; comp. also *:S
no. 1, ºn. Spec.
1. to drag or sweep away, Hab. -, 15.
Prov. 21, 7. See Hithpo. Syr. and
Arab, id.
2. to saw, to cut with a saw ; whence
Hº a saw. See Poal. In Syr. and
Arab, this signif. belongs to the kindred
form ºn 35.
3. Lat. gargarizare, to gargle, to gur-
gle, to give forth harsh orgurgling sounds
• * 9 -
from the throat. Comp. Arab. /*y-,
... - O -
/*}*. which denote various guttural or
gurgling sounds as made either by a
liquid or by the voice; also Germ. Schlür-
fen, schmarren, schmarchen, gurgeln, Gr.
yogyo.gigo, Fr. gargariser, Eng. to gur-
gle, to guggle, to gulp. Hence nin?"; ;
comp. Tin; throat.
4. to ruminate, to chew the cud, pr. tc
bring up again through the gullet, sc. the
food in order to chew it over; which is
usually attended with a gurgling noise.
So fut. "A" Lev. 11, 7. Arab. *A* > IV
and VIII; Syr. sia-2ſ. This firm -sº
may be either in Kal by Chaldaism, or
in Niphal; as also the Syriac and Ara-
bic languages express this idea by pas-
sive or reflexive forms, pr. to ruminate
with oneself.
5. Sometimes this verb remits some-
thing of its roughness of signification,
and expresses the softer sound to roll,
which elsewhere pertains to the kindr.
bº. So Ethiop. A310.1/ to roll one-
self. Syr. 14-$– i. q. 1-e-, a cha-
riot, and in O. T. "X" for Bahā a berry,
which latter form is read in the Talmud.
Comp. --2, -2.72, and Lat. currere,
NIPH. 1. to be dragged or scraped
together, collected, spoken of wealth,
riches; comp. kindr. "AS, which also is
used of wealth scraped together and
collected from every quarter.—So doubt.
less Part. plur. nin; after the Chaldee
form Job 20, 28, i. e. gathered riches, i. Q.
bº in the other hemistich. The whole
verse may then be rendered: The in-
crease of his house shall depart, his
riches shall depart in the day of his anger,
18
-->
206 Yºji
2 to ruminate, see in Kal no. 4.
PoAL to be sawed, to Je cut with a
2aw 1 K. 7, 9. Comp. Kal no. 2.
HITHPo. i. q. Kal no. 1, spoken of a
whirlwind sweeping all before it, Jer.
30, 23.
Deriv. nº, niºns, Hºº, nºt q.v.
Tº (according to Simonis, a sojourn,
lodging-place, from r. nºn: i. q. m., comp.
Gen. 20, 1; perh, also water-pots, Arab.
5 ~ - t º
55*) Gerar, pr. m. of a city, anciently
the residence of a Philistine king, and
in the time of the patriarchs subject to
king Abimelech, Gen. 20, 1, 26, 1. Priº
nº valley of Gerar Gen. 26, 17.
>k wn; i. q. on, q.v.–Hence
tº c. suff, "una, something crushed,
broken, pounded, Lev. 2, 14. 16.
>}: tºn; pr. to drive, to thrust, to carry
off or away, as in Chald. Spec.
1. to drive or cast out, to eacpel, as a
people from a land, Ex. 34, 11; but this
signif. is more usual in Piel. Spoken of
inanimate things, Is. 57, 20 the wicked
are like the troubled sea when it cammot
rest, tº ºn 1**** **** whose wa-
ters cast up mire and dirt, mud.—Also
to put away a wife, to divorce ; Part.
pass. Tºn; one put away, divorced, Lev.
21, 7.14, 22, 13. Num. 30, 10. Ez. 44, 22.
2. to plunder, to pillage, to spoil, Ez.
36, 5 tº Fu; ;2 7:2% to spoil it (the
land) as a prey, booty; here ºxº is
infin. after the Aramaºan form.
3. to drive out, i. e. to put forth fruit,
see bº.
4. to drive to pasture, e. g. cattle, see
tºº.
PIEL ºn: to drive or cast out, to earpel,
“ith acc. of pers. Gen. 3, 24. 4, 14, 21,
10; also 7% of place whence, Ex. 11, 1.
Judg. 11, 7. 'E *2 ºn to drive out
from before any one, so as to make room
for any one, e. g. God the Canaanites
before Israel, Ex. 23, 29. 31. Judg. 2, 3.
PUAL tº pass. of Piel, Ex. 12, 39.
NI ph. 1. to be driven or cast out, Jon.
2, 5.
2. to be carried off, swept away, by the
violence of waters. Am.8,8 rpº nu}^:
2"-sº "is": it shall be swept away and
drowned as with the flood of Egypt,
3. to be driven, agitated, tossed, e.g
the sea. Is, 57, 20 tº B. the tossed sca
troubled.
Deriv. ºn and those here following
tº m. pr. what is put forth, protrud-
ed; hence produce, product. Deut. 33, 14
Bºrn º the produce, products of the
months, that which each month produces
from the earth. Comp. r. ºn; no. 3.
Tº f a driving out, eapulsion; spec.
of a person from his possessions, e.vto
tion, eſcaction, Ez. 45,9. R. Gº.
Titº (expulsion) pr. n. Gershon, a
son of Levi and the founder of the Levi-
tical family of the Gershonites, Gen. 40
11. Ex. 6, 16. Num. 3, 17 sq. Once ºn:
q. v. lett. b. Hence patronym, "gº a
Gershonite,and collect. Gershonites, Num.
3, 23. 26, 57.
Ettº (expulsion i. q. iiº) pr. n.
Gershom. a.) A son of Moses and Zip-
porah, Ex. 2, 22. 18, 3. In the first of
these passages there is an allusion to
the etymology of the name, as if it were
for bú mà i. q. Duj h; a sojourner there
... }
(comp. 3 i. q. Duš); and hence the LXX.
in order the more clearly to express this
etymology, write it Tºlgogu. b) A son of
Levi, 1 Chr. 6, 1; elsewhere called jiu)";
q. v. c) Judg. 18, 30. d) Ezra 8, 2.
nº (a bridge, Arab. 2- Syr.
ſº-J pr. n. Geshur, a district of Syria
subject to king Tolmai, whose daughter
David married, 2 Sam. 3, 3.13, 37. 15, 8.
From 1 Chr. 2, 23, we may gather that
Geshur is to be sought in the neigh-
bourhood of Gilead, and that its inha-
bitants are not to be distinguished from
the tº ; see the next article.
*\tº Geshurite, a gentile name
a) Of a people dwelling at the foot of
Mount Hermon, near Maachah, on the
north of Bashan and Argob; included
indeed within the boundaries of the Holy
Land, but not subject to the Hebrews
Deut. 3, 14. Josh. 12, 5, 13, 13. 1 Chr. 2
23; comp. Thuja. [Perh, near the pre:
sent bridge in that quarter over the Jor.
dan, called Jisr Benát Ya'kób ; see
Burckh. Syr. p. 315. Bibl. Res. in Palest
III. p. 361–R. b) Of a people in the
bºx
*n:
207
neighbourhood of the Philistines, Josh.
13, 2, 1 Sam. 2", 8.
>k BE; in Kal not used, to rain, espec.
with violence, to powr.
PUAL Ez. 22, 24; see in Puja.
HIPH. to cause to rain, Jer. 14, 22.-
Hence the two following:
Pºž m. plur. tºº, constr. º.
1. rain, i.e. violent rain, heavy shower,
diff from "tºº, which denotes rain in
general. Hence tº nº shower of rain
Zech. 10, 1; also hº? Dº Job 37,6. The
same is apparent from the epithets, as
Biº Buy, 1 K. 18, 45, Fºilº 'A Ez. 13, 11.
13.
2. Geshem, pr. m. m. Neh. 2, 19. 6, 1.2;
written also hºuja Gashmu Neh. 6, 6.
Bºž c. suff, nº Ez. 22, 24, rain.
But it is better to write without Mappik,
rigº for rigº Pual of Bus, is rained
upon, Vulg. compluta est. R. Dujä.
Elº Chald. c. suff Fºx, Tirſº,
the body, Dan. 4, 30. 5, 21.-Syr. <-->
p b. 9 o S ~ : 9 tº
|<ears Arab. A we and & tº id.
See in Bº.
ºntº Gashmu, pr.m. see in tuft, no.2.
7tº pr. m. Goshen. 1. A region of
Egypt where the Hebrews dwelt from
the time of Jacob until Moses, i.e. during
ſour hundred and thirty years, Gen. 45,
10. 46, 28. 34. 47, 27. 50, 8. Ex. 9, 26.
As the name of this region is mentioned
by mone of the Greek geographers, in-
terpreters and modern geographers have
differed widely in respect to its site.
But it seems well ascertained, that Go-
shem was the name given to that part of
Lower Egypt lying east of the Pelusian
branch of the Nile, between Heliopolis
Dnd the extremity of the Sinus Heroëpo-
litanus or Gulf of Suez. This opinion
is supported: a) By several passages
of the O. Test. which indicate the same
not obscurely; e.g. Gen. 46, 29. Ex. 13,
17. 1 Chr. 7, 21. b) By the authority
pf the LXX, who render ſº by Tso su
'Agºfflug Gen. 45, 10, and ‘Iſgöow ſtółts
Éy yń Pºpisvoj 46, 28 Other opinions
are reviewed in Thesaur. p. 307. See
Bibl. Res, in Palest. p. 76 sq.
a A city with this neighbouring 'as-
trict in the mountains of Judah Josh. It
41. 11, 16. 15, 51.
*k Fº obsol. root, Syr. —a ~ tº
stroke, to caress, to flatter. Hence
sºlº (caress, flattery) Gishpa pr. n
m. Neh. 11, 21.
*-ū obsol. root, Arab. * to
bridge, to build a bridge, pr. to jºin,
comp. ºr ; also to be bold, daring ;
since the building of a bridge, espec. in
war or over a rapid stream, requires
boldness and energy. Syr. +-sid—
Hence hºuji.
2}: Dº, only in PIEL, to feel, i. e. tc
seek by feeling, to grope for, c. acc. Is.
59, 10.—Arab. Jºs, Aram. -“. and
id. but mostly trop. to examine, to
explore. Kindr. is tºp.
F} f (contr. from nº, after the form
n;3, na; for nº, r. Tº) plur. nina.
1. a press, wine-press, or rather trough,
vat, in which the grapes were trodden
with the feet, and from which the juice
flowed off into a lower vat placed near.
ap, intolºvtov. Joel 4, 13. n. Th; to
tread the wine-press Neh. 13, 15. Lam.
1, 15.
2. Gath, pr. n. of one of the chief cities
of the Philistines, the birth-place of Goli-
ath, Josh. 13, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 17. 21, 11. 1 K.
2, 39.40.-Hence patronym. "F:, Gittile.
3. "En na (wine-press of the well)
Gath-hepher, a city of Zebulun, with He
loc. ºr nº Josh. 19, 13; the birth-
place of the prophet Jonah, 2 K. 14, 25.
4. Tian nä (press of the pomegranate)
Gath-rimmon, a city of the tribe of Dan,
Josh. 19, 45.
"Fä Gittite, gentile n. *rom na no. 2,
2 Sam. 6, 10. 11. 15, 18. For nºrth see
in its place.
tºº (two wine-presses) Gittaim, pr
n. of a city in Benjamin, Neh. 11, 33.
Fºº, a stringed instrument of music,
Ps. 8, 1.81, 1.84, 1. So called from nº
nº for n}}} (r. 7:2) ‘music of stringes
instruments; hence similar to, if no"
identical with nº q. v. See Redslot
ºn:
208 --
de voc. nº, Lips. 1831.8.-The usual
derivation from nº a city or wine-press
is less probahle.
Daleth, nº, the fourth letter of the
Hebrew alphabet; as a numeral denot-
ing 4. The name signifies a door, and
the most ancient form of the letter (4)
obviously imitated the triangular door
of a tent.
In sound Daleth is kindred: a) To the
harder dentals, as to, n, with which it is
often interchanged; see -3, 53%, FE12;
913, Brà, Jºe: Pºž, pna. Rarely it
passes over also into b, see TIS, and
lett. 9 no. 2. b) To the sibilant 1, see
below under lett. f.
Sº, Chald. i. q. Heb. r1 and nºt, this,
fem. and neut. haec, hoc ; elsewhere Tº,
nº. Dan. 4, 27.5, 5 Nº sº this upon
that, together—In the Targg written
with n demonstrat. Nº, Nºrſ; Syr. f:3.
Sk Es: to melt away; hence to pine
away, to languish. This signif. of melt-
ing or pining away is widely extended
in the kindred verbs, as ETS, Nº, sºn,
Jº - . . ."
Tyi, Syr. -est, Arab. Gºlč, elê ;
und is variously transferred, both to the
anguor of sickness and old age, and to
he weakness of terror.—Spoken of the
2ye as pining away for grief Ps, 88, 10,
see buº, Hº ; of the spirit, tºº, Jer.
31, 25; of a person Jer. 31, 12.
Deriv. the two following:
"ºs", f. terror, dread, from the idea
of melting away, becoming weak, comp.
boº Niph. Job. 41, 14, 22.
Tins' m. (r. -sº) constr. Tias”, a
pining, languor, faintness of spirit, ujº,
Deut. 28, 65. Comp. Jer. 31, 25.
387, i. q, xi, a fish, Neh. 13, 16. Since
Kamets in this word (signifying a
fish, and not a fisherman) is pure, as
coming from rºl, the letter & which the
Masora notes as being omitted in very
"tº Gen. 10, 23, Gether, pr. n. of at
Aramaean region, otherwise wholly un
i known.
many Mss. is here a mater lectionis re-
dundans, as in thesºn 2 Sam. 11, i.
>k Xs: fut. Asº, to be anarious, to fear
to be afraid, not found in the kindred
dialects. Absol. Jer. 17, 8; c. acc. Jer.
38, 19. Is. 57, 11; Tº Jer. 42, 16. Also
with h of pers. for whom one fears
1 Sam, 9, 5. 10, 2; and 7% of that from
or on account of which one fears, Ps.
38, 19.
Deriv. the two following:
38" (fearful) Doeg, pr. n. of an Edom-
ite, the chief of Saul’s herdsmen, 1 Sam.
21, 8. 22, 9. Ps. 52. 2.—In Chethibh
1 Sam. 22, 18.22, it is written Xin, afte
the Syrian pronunciation. .
Tºšº f i, q. Hºsº, fear, dread, ana-
iety, Ez. 4, 16. 12, 18, 19. Prov. 12, 25
Ascribed also to the sea as agitated, Jer.
49, 23. R. Asº.
Sk Hs: ſut. HST", apoc. and conv.
Nº Ps. 18, 11, to fly, to dart, Sanscr. di
id. Spoken of the rapid flight of birds
of prey, Deut. 28, 49. Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22.
Trop. of the Deity, Ps. 18, 11 -by sº
rin "º and did fly upon the wings of
the wind—For 2 K. 17, 21, see Hº I.
Deriv. rºt and
"Sº, f only Lev. 11, 14, a species of
Tavenous bird, having a rapid flight,
Sept. yūy, Vulg. milvus. Comp. Bochart
Hieroz. II. p. 191—In the parall. passage
Deut. 14, 13 is read HS, by an error of
the copyists.
28; see rºsº.
"S" see in no. 3.
5* and sº masc. epicen. (r. haº) a
bear, so called from its slow gait; 1 San,
17,34, 36. 37. 2 Sam. 17,8. Prov. 17, 12
Hos. 13, 8 bºu; sº a bear bereaved of
her whelps. Plur, tº bears, she-bears
--! 209
b-i-
3 * * * *
2 K. 2, 24. Arab. -->, Kºe, bear, she-
bear.
Hº Chald, id. Dan. 7, 5.
P. >k Nº. a root not in use, i. q. Arab.
U.S to rest, to be quiet, kindr, with r.
Hsº q.v. A vestige of this root appears
in the pr. n. Nº Medeba, i. e. waters
of quiet.—Hence { }
Sº m, rest, quiet, i. e. a condition
of rest; once Deut. 33, 25 TSH, Tºž
as thy days, so shall thy rest be, i. e. as
long as thy life endures, so long shall
thy condition of rest continue, i. e. thy
prosperity. Vulg. Senectus tua ; but old
age cannot well be put in antithesis
with life.
>k PE, Arab. d5 1. pr. to go soft-
ly and slowly, to creep along, an ono-
matopoetic root like Germ. tappen, Fr.
tapper, comp. Engl. to tap, to step.
Similar is FEº, spoken of a light and
quick gait, which we express by the
verb to trip, Germ. dim. trippeln; comp.
also any whence ann?, Gr. otsiào). In
the signif. of treading the Semitic lan-
guages have by transp. pat, see under
. bha.-Hence ºr a bear.
2. to creep about, as a slanderer, tale-
bearer; then i. Q. to slander, to dispar-
‘ge, whence Hä” ; comp. by and ºr.
$ºn.
3. Of liquids, to flow softly, e.g. wine
Cant. 7, 10; for which passage see in
art. Tº adj.
Tº f. (r. 5-4 no. 2) slander, evil re-
port, e.g. Hä" Nºs in to bring out an evil
report, to spread a slander, Num. 14, 36.
Prov. 10, 18. The genitive which ſol-
lows is either active, i.e. of the slander-
er, as Ps. 31, 14 tº na" ºr yºu; tº for
I hear the slander of many. Jer. 20, 10;
or also passive, i.e. of the person slan-
dered, as Num. 13, 32. 14, 37. Gen. 37,
2. Prov. 25, 10 ºr Nº Triº" and let
thine infamy (ill report) turn not away,
9 .
e. not depart from thee.—Arab. &;is
A secret detractor, one who spreads slan-
Hers. Syr. pai report, rumor and -āºf
to spread a report. Chald. Hist, re-
proach, contumely.
Tin', f. (r. -- no.2) 1. abee, Is."
18; plur. tº Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 118
12–Syr. (2:32, a bee, wasp. Arab
9
Že collect, a swarm of bees, wasps,
comp. Lat. earamen, qs. exagimen, ab
exagendo; like agnen, qs. agimen, ab
agendo; comp. r. nilº no. 2. But in
Heb. this word is a noun of unity from
º 6 º'
an obsol. form hia", i. q. 29 e
2. Deborah, pr. n. f.
ess, Judg. 4, 4, 5. 5, 1.
nurse, Gen. 35, 8.
*Tºº Chald. to sacrifice, to offer
sacrifice, i. q. Heb. Taj. Ezra 6, 3–
Hence Haº altar, and
a) A prophet-
b) Rebecca's
Tºº Chald. plur. "rººi, a sacrifice
Ezra 6, 3.
Pººl m. plur. 2 K. 6, 25 Keri,
doves' dung, a softer expression for ºr
tºi", which stands in Chethibh ; pr.
the flowing, flux of doves, from the verb
Nº, nº, i. q. ES5, ahn, to flow. Comp.
geiſuo, yagrgós, òutºgéoux, flux, diarrhoea.
Tº m. (r. --- no. 3) 1. the inner
sanctuary, adytum, of the Mosaic taber-
macle and of Solomon’s temple, also
called cºujyº, tºp holy of holies, 1 K. 6,
5, 19–22. 8, 6.8. 2 Chr. 3, 16, 4,20. 5, 7.
9. Aquil. Symm. zgmugruatiguov, Vulg.
oraculum, from ºn to speak; but more
prob. it is pr. pars postica, the hinder
part, i.e. the western side; see in hiris
no. 2. See Iken, in Dissert. philol. theol.
P. I. p. 214.
2. Debir, pr. m. a.) A royal city of
the Canaanites Josh. 12, 13; afterwards
within the limits of Judah, lying on the
mountains not far from Hebron, Josh,
11, 21. 15, 49; and assigned to the
priests 21, 14. Called also nºt nºnp q.v.
b) A town of the Gadites, Josh. 13, 26.
c) A king of the Eglonites, Josh. 10, 3.
>k Taº Chald. obsol. root, prob. i. q.
paº to cleave, to adhere; trans. to join
together; see Taº.
sk $25 to press together, espec. into a
round mass; kindr. Bay. Hence Arab.
Jú3, £33 ball of dung (comp. bha)
18%
b-i-
---
210
* To 2 º’ſ o fº ºn § 1 c - ºr o 2
klºš, &\}, ſial, dung, &G3, &G3
buccella rotunda—Hence
nºn- f constr. nºt, plur, tºº,
round cakes of dried figs pressed toge-
ther into a mass, 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 Chr.
12, 40; with Bºsn added 2 K. 20, 7.
Gr, no.249m, from Aram. Rºº, iszt,
dropping the Daleth. See Celsii Hie-
robo". T. II. p. 377–79.
Tº:" Ez. 6, 14, doubtless a corruption
of the text for Hºh Riblah, a city in
the northern part of Palestine, q.v.
Fºnº (double-cake?) Diblaim, prin.
of the father-in-law of Hosea, Hos. 1, 3.
Bºrº (twin cakes, prob, so called
from the shape of the city) Diblathaim
Num, 33, 46, and Bºrº nº Jer. 48,
22, pr. n. of a city of Moab. Jerome in
Onomast. sub v. Jassa: “et usque hodie
ostenditur inter Medabam et Deblatai.”
*p: and Pº, fut. Paº, inf rip-º.
1. to cleave, to adhere, spec. with firm-
ness as with glue, to be glued, to stick
fast. Arab. (325, Syr. -a-, id. Con-
strued c. : Job 19, 20, PS Jer. 13, 11, h
Ps. 102, 6. Lam. 4, 4-9s priº jith pai
irr, the tongue of the suckling cleaveth to
his palate, for thirst, dryness. Ps. 22, 16.
The same expression is also used of one
who is silent from reverence and awe,
Job 29, 10. Ps. 137, 6; comp. Hiph. Ez.
3, 26. Also Deut. 13, 18 let nothing
cleave to your hands, i. e. take nothing
covertly. Job 31, 7–Trop. to cleave to
a person, i. e. to follow, to adhere to him,
Ruth 2, 8.21; c. 2, v. 23. Hence to be
attached or devoted to any one, to hang
upon, to love him, Gr. 20ÅÅſſo &ot twi,
e.g. a wiſe, a king, God, with 3 and h
Deut. 10, 20. 11, 22, 2 Sam. 20, 2. 1 K.
11, 2. Josh. 23, 12. Gen. 2, 24, 34, 3;
with inns, Ps. 63, 9 mºns ºf Hºnº
my soul cleaveth unto thee, is wholly
devoted unto thee.
2. to attach oneself to any thing, i. e.
to come upon, to overtake, to befall, with
acc. or a crºris Gen. 19, 19. Deut. 28,
50. Jer. 42, 16 tºns paſt" bu, there
(famine) shall overtake you, befall you.
Comp. Hiph. no. 3, Synon. with ºr
no. 1, see in Atº.
PUAL pass. to be glued together, to
cleave fast together, to cleave, Job 38, 38.
41, 9.
HIPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to cleave, to make adhere, Ez. 3
26. 29, 4. Jer. 13, 11. -
2. to follow close, to pursue, with acc.
Judg. 18, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 6; with "ºris
Judg. 20, 45 ºr's pºzº and they
pursued hard after him. 1 Sam. 14, 22.
31, 2.
3. to overtake, comp. Kal no. 2, Gen.
31, 23. Judg. 20, 42. Also causat, to let
overtake, to cause to come upon, Deut.
28, 21.
HoPH. to be made to adhere, i. e. to
cleave fast, Ps. 22, 16.
The derivatives all follow.
Paº, Chald, id. Dan. 2, 43.
Pº verbal adj. cleaving, adhering
2 K. 3, 3. Prov. 18, 24.
P. m. 1. a soldering, welding of
metals, Is. 41, 7.
2. Plur. tºp:%; 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18
33, prob. joints of a coat of mail; so
Chald. —Others understand armpits
comp. Chald. Tº "pā’īº Jer,38, 12 Targ.
}: --> mostly to speak ; a root of va-
rious significations, some of which in
Heb. are found only in derivatives, al-
though in the kindred languages they
still appear in the verb itself. E. g.
1. to set in a row, to range in order ;
comp. Thy. Hence
2. to lead, to guide, to drive, spec.
flocks and herds to pasture, see naº,
Hºnº, -㺠; also to govern, to rule a
people, Chald, and Syr. hai, **. to lead,
- Q3 -
to rule, Arab. 2: C ; further, to reduce
to order, to subdue, see Hiph. and comp.
9 o
Arab. /*e swarm of bees, earamen, q, d.
flock or herd of bees, also nºi-, a bee
q. v.–Hence as a shepherd who guide,
or drives his flock also follows it, there
arises also the sense : .
3. to follow, to be behind, like Arab
236 , whence Aé the hinder part, 29
---,
---
211
aindmost, last; Heb. hººl inner sanctu-
ary of the temple.—Hence also
4. to approach from behind, i.e. to way-
lay, to plot against, to destroy, comp. Bp.
9 o
Hence -34, ſº 3, destruction, death, pes-
tilence.
5. From the primary idea of ranging
in order, connecting, comes also the
most freq. signification of this verb, to
speak, pr. to set in order words ; comp.
sermo and dissero à serendo, and Gr.
sigo) to connect and to speak. In Kal
found in Part. act. nº Ex. 6, 29. Num.
32,27.36, 5. Ps. 5, 7, 15,2,28, 3. al. Part.
pass. Tº Prov, 25, 11. Inf. c. suff. Tº
Ps. 51, 6.—Far more freq. is
PIEL ºnzº at the end of a clause, else-
where na; ; fut. *a*.
1. to speak, diff from nºS to say (q.v.
no. 1), as also Germ. reden and sagen,
Gr. 10%iv and Méyéuv, Lat. loqui and di-
cere, Aram. Bºº and n2S. Construed:
a) Absol. e. g. Job 11,5 has ribs nº-nº
Oh that God would speak. 33, 2. Num.
12, 2. Ez. 3, 18. al. Sometimes emphat.
i. Q. to speak well, eloquently, Ex. 4, 14
sºn -a-, -㺠º ºx!". Jer. 1,6. Often
with nºs added, see examples under
has no. 1. b) With the acc. of that
which one speaks, utters, as pºſs nati,
sº, shū, nº, to speak or utter justice,
deceit, falsehood, etc. Ps. 101, 7. Is. 45,
19. 59, 3. Dan. 11, 27. hººl -ą, to talk
a talking, i. e. much and idly, Is. 58, 13.
tº ºn to speak words, i. q. Lat.
verba dedit, Hos. 10, 3. Ex. 6,29 -ºs had
Hºbs -a-, "is nuis-92 rs Hºng speak
‘how winto Pharaoh all that I speak unto
thee. 24, 7 Huy: Hirº -31-nºs Bº all
that Jehovah hath spoken will we do.
Jer. 1, 17. Dan. 10, 11. Jon. 3, 2, c)
Barely, it is immediately followed by
the words spoken, and Yosh is to be
mentally supplied, Gen. 41, 17. Ex. 32, 7
* Hºº-ºs Hinº ºn and Jehovah
spake unto Moses, Go, etc. 1 K. 21, 5.
2 K. 1, 7.9. Ez. 40, 4. Dam. 2, 4.
The person to or with whom one
speaks, is put mostly after the particles
bs Gen. 8, 15, 19, 14. 1 K. 21, 6; and
Judg. 14, 7; but also after by Gen. 31,
29. Deut. 5, 4; ns (ms) Gen. 23, 8, 42,
30, by Jer. 6, 10; "Eh Ex. 6, 12. Also
t ºn to speak to or with, is used of God
as making a revelation, communication
an oracle; Zech. 1, 9 ºz. "aºri Tsºgº
the angel who spake with me. v. 14. 2.
2. 7. 4, 1.4. 55. Hab. 2 1. Jer, 31, 20
Num. 12, 6.8. Once c. acc. to speak to
to address, Gen. 37, 4, comp. Aéyew two.
—To speak of any person or th’1 g is put
with acc. as Aéysty tw8. Ruth 4, 1 ºr
1sh-Haº Huffs Has the kinsman came by
of whom Boaz spake. Gen. 19, 21. 23,
16; with 4, 1 Sam. 19, 3 Ta Yaº's "Nº
"as-bs and I will speak of thee to my
father (v. 4), by Job 42, 7; by 1 K. 2,
19, the latter espec. of what God speaks
or promises to any one (see below in
lett. a) 1 K. 2, 4. Dan. 9, 12. Jer. 25, 13.
42, 19.—To speak against any one, with
by (pr. to assail with reproaches) Ps.
109, 20. Jer, 29, 32. Deut. 13, 6; with #
(see : B. 4. b) Num. 21, 7 Hinº ºnzº
Tº we have spoken against Jehovah and
against thee. Job 19, 18. Ps. 50, 20. 78,
19. But a n㺠is also to speak through
or by any one, to use one as an interpre-
ter (see : B. 2. c) Num, 12, 2. 2 Sam,
23, 2. 1 K. 22, 28.
Spec. to speak is also used in various
senses according to the context: a)
i. q. to promise, Deut. 19, 8. Jon. 3, 10;
with acc. of thing Deut. 6, 3; with Ps
and by oſ pers, see above; also of evil,
to threaten, Ex. 32, 14. Jer. 25, 13. b)
i. q to command, to prescribe, comp. Tºš
no. 3; with ºs Ex. 1, 17. 23,22; to warn,
to admonish, 1 Sam. 25, 17. c) to utter
a song, i. q to sing, Judg. 5, 12 ; comp.
Arab. Jus and Gr. Štos i. q song. d)
to speak for a woman, i. e. to ask her in
marriage, with h Judg. 14, 7; # 1 Sam.
25, 39. Comp. Arab. Ja.s and Puai
—Further to be noted are also the fe-
lowing phrases: e) ‘B =h-by ºn to
speak to one’s heart, i. e. to speak kindly
with any one, espec. to comfort, to co-
sole ; comp. Gr. Togo.uvēšouca, Lat. at-
loquium. Gen. 34, 3. 50, 21. Ruth 2, 13.
2 Sam. 19, 8. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 32, 6. f.)
iah-by, -ºs ºn to speak to one's own
heart, with oneself. Gen. 24, 45. 1 Sam.
1, 13 Fºº-by nºzºº she spoke in her
heart. Also inh ps, izhi, Rec. 1, 16, 2
15. Ps. 15, 2 g) by Hip, air, º, ot
God, to speak good concerning any one
to preoise good, Num. 10, 29. 1 Sam
---,
---,
212
25, 30, Jer. 18, 20. Also by nº ºn to
speak evil concerning any one, to deter-
mine evil, 1 K. 22, 23. Jer. 11, 17. 19, 15.
26, 19. 35, 14; with by 36, 31. In a
somewhat different sense, Esth. 7, 9
Tººn-by sit--ºf -ºs ºn? Mordecai,
who had spoken good for the king, i. e.
given him good information, comp. 6, 2.
h) by , ns ni- it haſ to speak kindly
with any one, 2 K. 25, 28. Jer, 12, 6;
also Ex tibu; hiº to speak peace with
any one, i.e. kindly, friendly, Ps. 28, 3;
rs Jer, 9, 7; with BS to speak peace
unto, i. e. to announce or promise welfare,
happiness, Ps. 85, 9; c. 3, Ps. 122, 8
Tº Bibº Nº-nºis i. e. I will now pray
for thy peace, prosperity; c. * Esth. 10,
3 is hi-bºh Bibl.; ºn and spake for the
peace, prosperity, of all his race. So
absol. Ps. 35, 20. 1) rs tºº -3° to
speak a judgment i. e. to pronounce sen-
tence upon ; see in toº.
NotE. In former editions, like A.
Schultens (Opp. min. p. 124. al.) I have
ascribed further to the verb ºl in Pi.
the significations to waylay, to plot
against, also to destroy; comp. hººl and
Arab. /* C. cº-e motitus est in ali-
quem." But the three passages usually
cited, do not necessarily make out this
sense. Thus Gen. 34, 13 Anziº and they
spake so, i.e. iTºº deceitfully, as before.
Ps. 127, 5 they shall not be ashamed when
they shall talk with the enemies within
the gate, i. e. when they combat with
enemies; corresponding to the Gr. phrase
ovåkołęiv twi Is. 7, 5 Alex. and Engl. ‘to
have something to say to any one,’ sc.
in fight; comp. also Heb. Hsºnr. 2 K.
14, 8, and see Comm. in Jes. I. p. 280.
More difficult is 2 Chr. 22, 10 and Atha-
ſiah arose Hºnºr ºn-º-rs -ā'irī, in
parall. 2 K. 11, 1 Tasri; here Sept.
àtºleo's, Vulg. interfecit. But it can he
rendered : and she talked with them, i. e.
made war upon them, comp. Ps. 127, 5;
3r it may be ellipt. for tº hatrºl
5°rs i. e. pronounced sentence upon
(hem.
Pual pass. Ps, 87, 3 12 ºn nitz:
glorious things are spoken of thee, i. e.
decreed of God. Cant. 8, 8 --zºu. Biºz
Fºl when she shall be spoken for, i. e.
asked in marriage. See in Piel. lett. d.
Niph. recipr. of Piel, to speak one with
another, to converse, Mal. 3, 16; c. 2, Ez
33, 30. Ps. 119, 23; by Mal. 3, 13.
HIPH. to subdue, see in Kal no. 2. Ps
18,48*nrn tº haºl who subdueth the
nations under me. Ps. 47, 4.
HITHP. 1. Pass, part. fem. nº
what one has spoken. So with Jarch
would I interpret Deut.33,37"nº sº."
they(Israel)receive what thou hastspoken.
i. e. thy words, precepts.
2. Recipr. to speak with, to converse
with, Part. "Fºx Num. 7, 89. 2 Sam, 4
13. Ez. 2, 2. -
The derivatives follow, except Frial,
nºi, -à-12 o
Tº m. 1. a word, verbum, Aóyog,
2 K. 18, 36. Job 2, 13. Gen. 44, 18. Col-
lect. words, speech, discourse, Job 15, 3.
Bºngº. --- lip-talk, vain words, Is. 36,
5. --- Tia: skilled in discourse, fluent,
1 Sam. 16, 18. Often in plur. Gen. 29, 13
Hisri Bºn-by all these words. 34, 18.
Ex. 4, 28. 18, 19, 19, 7.8. 20, 1, 24, 3, al.
tº bºa, Đns, a man of words, fluent,
eloquent, Ex. 4, 10. 24, 14–Spec. a)
a promise, 1 K. 2, 4, 8, 20. 12, 16. Ps. 33,
4. 56, 5; comp. Gr. tsāāv Širog, Engl. ‘to
give one’s word.” b) precept, command,
mandate, comp. r. naº Pi, lett. b. -->
nº a royal mandate, Esth. 1, 19. Josh.
1,13. 1 Sam. 17,29 Nºn -- Nºr was there
not a command? Is.8, 10. Ex. 34,28 nº
Eºin the ten commandments, the deca
logue. 1 Chr. 26, 32. 2 Chr. 29, 15. c)
a saying, sentence, maarim, as of a wise
man; Plur. Ecc. 1, 1 rººp *::::1. Prov.4,
4.20. 30, 1.31, 1; espec, an oracle, effa-
tum of the deity, Num. 23, 5, 16; comp.
£iros, 1670s. Soº's nin'. -a-, "nº and the
word, oracle, of Jehovah came to any one,
Jer. 1, 4, 11. 2, 1. 13, 8. Ez. 3, 16. 6, 1.
7, 1. 11, 14; c. by 1 Chr. 22,8. Job 4, 12
=::" -: *s a word, oracle, stole upon
me, i.e. a divine communication. Col.
lect. oracles, Hos. 1, 1. Mic. 1, 1. Joel 1, 1.
d) counsel, advice given, 2 Sam. 17, 6.
e) report, rumor, 1 K. 10, 6. With genit,
the report of any thing is what is to be
reported of that thing, what is to be said
of it; Job 41, 4 [12] I will not conceal . .
ninha; -- the report of his strength, i.e
what is to be said concerning his strength
1K. 9, 15. Deut. 15,2. 19, 4. Or we migh
---
ºn."
213
Klso render, the measure, manner of his
strength, comp. Hºw no. 1
2. thing, matter, affair, business; pr.
thvng spoken of, subject of discourse ;
comp. A670s in Passow, A. no. 11, Šilog,
§juo, from Šáo), Germ. Sache from sagen.
The same signif word and thing are
united in Aram. Hºz, tº-3, Pºrº,
as a 3× © …
Arab; and Jaš-E. g. Hºri ºr
this thing, Gen. 20, 10. 21, 11.26; -º
nksri ºn all these things Gen. 20,8.
nºr ºf Gen. 18, 25. 32, 20.44, 7, and
rºst, tº 24, 28. 39, 17. 19, i. e. in
this manner, so. Hºst ºn hris
(LXX usić, tº giustv, twiru) after these
things, afterwards, Gen. 15, 1. 22, 1. 39,
7. Hºbº ºn the things of Solomon, i.e.
his acts, deeds, 1 K. 11, 41. evºn whº
daily affairs, i. e. course of events,
chronicles, 1 Chr. 27, 24. Esth. 6, 1. Also
pi* -a daily matter, hence iziº Riº --
the daily task in its day, i. e. day by day,
every day, Ex. 5, 13. 19. 16, 4. Lev. 23,
37. 1 K. 8, 59; einz bin -à-la 2 Chr.
8, 13, and iziº Biº -a+ v. 14, 31, 16.
Often pleonast. like Gr. Zgiug, 1 Sam.
10, 2 ni:hºr ºn-º-ns Tºss tº thy
father hath left the matter of the asses,
i.e. has dome thinking of the asses. Ps.
65, 4 ºz ºn: niñº ºniº iniquities
prevail over me. Ps. 105, 27. 145, 5.—
Hence
a) cause, in a forensic sense, suit at
law. Ex. 18, 16 ºf triº Hºnº-º if they
have a cause, suit. v. 22. 22, 8, -52-53.
sujººna" in every suit of trespass, fraud,
etc. 24, 14 Bºnº. 993, one who has causes.
Fully ºpuſz -- 2 Chr. 19, 6.
b) something, any thing, Gen. 18, 1 1.
nº Tºs, nº! Nº, nothing; 1 Sam. 20,21
sº I's there is nothing sc. to fear. Judg.
.8, 7.28 pºis-ex prº-ins ºn and they
had nothing to do with other men. Yºº-biº
2very thing Num. 31, 23. Deat. 17, 1.
s?: º any unclean thing Lev. 5, 2.
* nº any thing filthy Deut. 23, 15.
24, 1. Sº Yº evil thing, harm, 2 K. 4, 41.
Also Plur. Enziº Bºn: 2 Chr. 12, 12.
3. a cause, reason, Josh. 5, 4. Hence
* by because of for the sake of Gen.
12, 17, 20, 11. 43 18. Ps. 45, 6, ºniº by
d. Deut. 4, 21. Jeº. 7,22, 14, 1. *-* by
hºs before a verb, because that, because,
Deut. 22, 24. 23, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 22. Comp
rººm no. 3.
"... m. plur. tº Hos. 13, 14, pr
• t 3 c >
destruction, death, like Arab. -3.5, see
r. Tº no. 4. Hence plague, pestilence,
comp. ny; ; often with the art. hºrſ
(Heb. Gr. § 107. n. 1) Lev. 26, 25. Deut.
28, 21. 2 Sam. 24, 13. 1 K. 8, 37; mur-
rain among beasts Ex. 3, 9. Sept.
mostly 3&votos, comp. Ecclus. 39, 29.
nº m. (r. -- no. 2) i, q, x2, a
pasture, whither flocks and herds are
driven; Mic. 2, 12. Is. 5, 17–Syr, fre:
and ſizī, Arab. 33 field, tilled field.
nini; plur. f. (r. "E"; no.2) pr. drifts,
i. e. floats, rafts, as driven by the sea,
1 K. 5, 23 [9]. Sept. ox86tww.
Tº or ºf a form assumed in
Deut. 33, 3. But see r. na; Hithp. no. 1.
Tº:" f. i. q. ºff, but mostly in the
later Hebrew.
1. thing, i. e. manner, mode, see in nº
no. 1 fin. Ps. 110, 4 thou art a priest for
ever pºx-ºº ºryzº-bs after the man-
ner of Melchizedek ; here the "+ is para-
gogic, see Lehrg. § 127. 2.
2. i. q, n:º no. 2. a, cause, suit at law,
Job 5, 8.
3. i. q. Tº no. 3, cause, reason; hence
nººn by because of Ecc. 3, 18, 8, 2. By
tº nºt for this cause that, to the end
thut, Ecc. 7, 14.
Tº Chald. f. a cause, reason. Dan.
2, 30 *n-nnnº 99 for this cause that, to
the end that.
"Tºº (perh. eloquent) Dibri, pr. n. m.
Lev. 24, 11.
nnn, Josh.21,28; with art. nºr 19,
12; Daberath, pr. m. of a town in Issa-
char; prob. now Debürieh at the foot of
Mount Tabor; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 210.
Sk tºº a root not in use, prob. i. Q.
ôépa, Lat. depso, to knead, to make soft
by kneading, working over, etc. Kindr,
are ºn, Unb, perh. uset; to be fat.—
Hence the two following.
tº m. c. suff, "uinn, honey, so called
as being glutinous, like a kneaded mass
Tij-"
by-
214,
8 iX ar.
Arab. J.;e, Syr, i.e., id. Maltese
dibsi yellow, i.e. honey-coloured. There
is now in the Semiti0 ianguages no verb
from which this noun can be derived; in
Greek however there is derived from
this word the verb tºo.136,000 to make
honey, Od. 13. 106.-Spec.
1. homey of bees, Lev. 2, 11. 1 Sam. 14,
26. 27. 29. 43. Prov. 16, 24. 24, 13. al.
Spoken of wild honey, i.e. from wild bees,
Deut. 32,13. Ps, 81, 17 Fly"au's was ºxº
with homey from the rocks I will satisfy
thee
2. honey of grapes, syrup, i. e. the
newly expressed juice of grapes, must,
boiled down to the half or third part, Gr.
#pmuz, Lat. Sapa, defrutum, Ital, musto
cotto. At the present day this syrup is
in common use in Palestine under the
Arabic name Uzºe dibs, and is export-
ed espec. from the district of Hebron into
Egypt; see Russell’s Nat. Hist. of Aleppo,
I. p. 82. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 442,
453.−Gen. 43, 11. Ez. 27, 17. Often
joined with milk, as the spontaneous pro-
ducts of nature; and hence the frequent
phrase: a land flowing with milk and
homey, Ex. 3, 8, 17. 13, 5.33, 3. Lev. 20,
24. Num. 13, 27. Honey and milk are
put also for pleasant discourse, Cant. 4,
11.
intº f. 1. the hump of a camel, Is.
30, 6. This signif. is sufficiently certain
from the context, and is expressed by the
Chald. Syr. Vulg, but the etymology
has long exercised the ingenuity of in-
terpreters. Perhaps so called from the
softness of the flesh or fat of which the
hump is composed; it being a mere mass
of fat, soft and yielding to the touch ;
comp. r. º. See Burckh. Notes on
the Bedouins II. p. 82 sq.
2. Dabbasheth, pr. m. of a place, Josh.
19, 11.
37 m. (r. Hºi) a fish, so called as mul-
tiplying abundantly (comp. Tº), Jon. 2,
1. 11. Plur. E"x", constr. *, Gen. 9, 2.
Num. 11, 22. 1 K. 5, 13. Hence comes
the denom. verb sº to fish. The form
:sº see in its order.
Tº constr. rºl, fem. of the preceding,
& fish, Deut. 4, 18. Jon. 2, 2; mostly col-
| `ect, fish, (comp. rtºo,) Gen. 1, 26. 28
Ex. 7, 18. 21. Num. 11, 5. Ez 29, 4.5
>k Fº pr. to cover, Arab. L=3; then
to cover over by numbers, to multiply, to
be increased ; once Gen. 48, 16.
Deriv. *, r*., jiàº.
7"x" (pr. little fish; then in endear.
ment and worship, “dear little fish, ;
comp. on this use of diminutives in sa-
cred things, J. Grimm's Deutsche Gram.
III. p. 665,) Dagon, pr. m. of an idol of
the Philistines worshipped at Gaza and
Ashdod, Judg. 16, 23 sq. 1 Sam. 5, 1;
having a human head and arms, but the
rest of the body like a fish ; see 1 Sam.
5, 2 sq. espec. v. 4. Judg. 16, 23. 1 Chr.
10, 10; comp. 1 Macc. 10, 83. 11, 4.—
Similar was the figure of Derceto, wor-
shipped at Askelon under the like form
of a fish; comp. Diod. Sic. 2, 4, witn 63
to uév ſigógonov &st yuvazós, to 68 &Año
adjut, túy ix3 iſos. See on the worship
of fishes in this region, Selden de Diis
Syris II. 3. Creuzer Symbol. II. § 12.
Movers Phoenizier I. p. 590.
>k b: perh. i. q. Arab. J-e, to cover,
to cover over; then also to act covertly,
to deceive, comp. TA3. Hence by a
flag, banner, standard, pr. a covering,
like Germ. Fahne from Trivos, pannus.-
The signif. of glittering, shiming, which
I formerly ascribed to this root, with
Nanninga Diss. Lugd. II. 916, and
Muntinghe ad Ps. 20, 6, now seems to me
hardly susceptible of proof–From the
noun 83% is then again derived the de
nom. sense of 5:4, to set up a banner, tº
erect a standard ; Ps. 20, 6 xºribs tº:
bā‘ī; in honour of our God will we set
wp our banners ; comp. the formu.as
* tº ºn, and *; tº; sºp. Sept.
usywāvy 97,06/1890, reading or conjectur-
ing 3725. Muntinghe (1, c.) from his
etymological conjecture, gloriabimur
eacultabimus. Part, pass. Sº lifted up as
a banner, i.e. conspicuous, distinguished
spoken of a noble youth, Cant. 5, 10.
NIPH. to be furnished with banners
Cant. 6, 4, 10 ribºz Fºs terrible as at
army with banners; Symm. dig typoto
twgsuffolón. The virgin is here repre
sented as victorious and triumphant bye
hearts. Comp. the simila“ figure drawn
by-
Priº
215
rom an army in c. 2, 4; he same is
very common in Arabian poets.
23 m. (r. **) c. suff. ib., plur. Bºx",
tonstr. **, a flag, bariner, standard,
i.e. of a larger kind, serving for three
tribes together; the smaller flags being
called nins. Num. 1, 52. 2, 2. 3. 10. 18.
25. 10, 14.55. Cant. 2, 4 Hans why by:
and his banner over me is love.
3|t º obsol, root, to cover, i. q. Hº ;
then, lo multiply, to increase. Hence
737 m. constr. 13", corn, grain, pr as
covering the ground, increase; Gen. 27,
28. 37, Num. 18, 27. Deut. 28, 51. Me-
ton, for bread Lam. 2, 12.—Samar. X",
}^2+, »Ts, id.
*k -zº, like Chald. hyºl, to brood, to sit
upon, as a bird her eggs or young. Jer.
17, 11 Tº sº, º simp the partridge
silleth on eggs she hath not laid, so is he
that gathereth riches and not by right.
Sept. 7tégéuš o vilyuysy & oix #tszsv. In
Is, 34, 15 spoken of a serpent brooding
its young, not eggs. Vulg. in each pas-
sage well, fovere—The rash assertions
of J. D. Michaelis in respect to this root,
have been well refuted by Rosenmüller,
ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. 632 sq.
* -- i. q. Tºj, Trn, q.v. breast, pap,
found only in the Dual, constr. hººl, c.
suff, rºl, breasts, paps, Ez. 23, 3.8. 21.
Prov. 5, 19.
>k HT to go slowly, softly. Talmud.
Fºl to lead slowly, gently, e.g. a child.
HITHP. Hººn for Hºnn, Is. 38, 15
"niº-biº nºis I will go softly all my
years, i.e. submissively, comp. tos ºr
1 K. 21, 27; q. d. I will walk humbly and
submissively all my life, I will never
cease to mourn.—Hence spoken of a
slow and solemn procession, Ps. 42, 5
Pºrºs nº Tº thºs I went with them
(in slow procession) to the house of God;
here the suffix -- is for Ertº, and this
dative is to be referred to the circum-
stance, that the poet as leader of the choir
rob. led the way for the procession.
7T" Dedan, pr. m. 1. A people with
N region of like name, descended from
Raamah, Gen. 10, 7. Ez. 27, 15. Raa-
Ruah, nºn, Sept. Péyuo, is to be sought
v 1 -
on the shore of the Persian Gulf (see
tº no. 2), and so also Dedan; in
which, with Bochart (Phal. IV. 6) and
J. D. Michaelis, we recognise ..., cle
D4den, an island of the Persian Gulſ,
called by the Syrians <-3 ; see Asse-
mani Biblioth. Orient. III. ii. p. 560, 564,
744. Most of the islands of this gulf
were anciently occupied by colonies of
the Phenicians; see Heeren's Ideen I,
2. p. 227, 419.
2. A people of northern Arabia, de-
scended from Keturah, Gen. 25, 3, adja-
cent to the Edomites Jer. 49, 8, 25, 23.
Ez. 25, 13; and also following traffic, Is
21, 13. According to Eusebius and
Jerome, they dwelt not far from the city
Phaeno; prob, a colony of the former
(no. 1), or vice versa.
P". Tº m. plur. Dodanim Gen. 10, 4,
pr. n. of a people descended from Javan,
i. e. from the Greeks. It is usually re.
ferred to the inhabitants of Dodona in
Epirus; but possibly tº may be for
Bºnº, i. e. Dardani, the Trojans. For
ºn thus softened into a vowel, see Mo-
numm. Phoenic. p. 432. Still we must
not overlook the reading Dºn Roda-
mim, the Rhodians, which is expressed
by the Samar. Sept. and by the Heb
text itself in 1 Chr. 1, 7. See in Bºh.
BIT, Chald. m. emph, sºns, Haris
gold, i. q. Heb. Brºſ. Dan. 2, 32. 3, 1. 5.
7.—Hence Hºnº.
Nº Chald. or in Cheth. Nº, In,
plur. Dahi, Dehavites, pr. m. of a people
from which a colony was led out into
Samaria, Ezra 4,9. Most prob. the Agou
Hdot. 1.125, (i.e. perh, pagani, villagers,
from Pers. 8.5 deh, dih, a village,) a Per-
sian tribe near the Caspian Sea, some-
times enumerated with the Scythians,
Strab. XI. p. 580. Plin. H. N. VI. 17.
Sk Enº in Kal not used, prob. to be
dumb, to be struck dumb, like Erl#, an
idea which is also kindred to stupor,
astonishment, as in Equj, Fior. Arab
Ö is to come upon suddenly, pr. ‘c
confound, to amaze, Rºe stupified
So - 5
stupid, fººd sudden calamity, p.
astounding, stupifying.
*FIT
Tº
216
Niph. part. Erº struck dumb, asto-
nished, by sudden calamity, Jer. 14, 9.
>k -H; i. q. ***, pr. to move in a cir-
cle, and espec. swiftly; comp. also nº.
Hence
1. to move swiftly, to press on rapidly,
to course, spoken of a horse and his rider,
Nah. 3, 2; pr. to rum, course, prance in
a circle, as is usual with horses in break-
ing and exercise. See the noun Hºrs.
2. to revolve in a circle ; then to en-
dure, to last. Hence -rºr; also
Tº f. rapid course of a horse, Judg.
5, 22. See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 97.
5* i. q = q. v. a bear.
* -º-; i. q. Esº q. v. to pine away, to
languish. Not used in Kal.
HIPH. causat. to cause to pine away,
to consume, Lev. 26, 16.
Deriv. pr. n. Tinº.
* Mºl and sº a secondary root, de-
nom. from *, to fish. Jer. 16, 16 tº
and they shall fish them.
Deriv. rº, ºn and ºn fisher.
3º m. a fisher, a fisherman, Ez. 47,
10 and Jer. 16, 16 Cheth.
Tº f. (r. *)a fishing, fishery; hence
nº nine fishing-hooks, harpoons. Am.
4, 2 he will take you away with hooks,
rºº nin-oil Priºrs, and your pos-
terity with fishing-hooks, a figure taken
from animals which are tamed by put-
ting hooks and rings in their noses;
comp. Is. 37,29. Why fishing-hooks are
here mentioned, may be understood from
Ez. 29, 4. Job 40, 26; comp. Oedmann
Verm. Sammll. aus d. Naturkunde V. 5.
The larger fishes when taken were again
let down into the water, suspended by a
ring or hook in their nostrils.
* Th: obsol. root, 1. i. q. Th", "t, to
boil, as water; hence tº a pot.
2. Trop. of the mind, to be moved,
agitated, Syr. 23: ; espec. to love, i. q.
gº — e e
*::, e3. Hence-in love, Hºi!, Bºstºn,
and prºnames tº , Tºhs, itin, "Tin.
Tiº m. c. suff, defect. i*, *, etc.
1. love, chiefly as between the sexes,
only in Plur. Bºth, loves, caresses, endear-
ments, Cant. 1, 2, 4, 4, 10. Ez. 16, 8, 23,
17 tº azuº Ued of love, Plov. 7, 18
tº Hyni rāh come, let us drink our fil,
of love.
2. Concr. object of love, one beloved
3_ $ 3 *
comp. 99 º' --> love and one
beloved, a lover, friend; nºlio acquaint-
ance, also an acquaintance ; Engl. my
love, my first love, etc.—Cant. 1, 13. 14.
16. 2, 3.8. 9. 10. 16. 17.
3. a friend, Is. 5, 1. Spec, an uncle, the
father's brother, Syr. iš. ×ot Śoyńv called
the friend of the family, as also Chald.
Nººr friend, then uncle; comp. Rºar!
mother-in-law, Germ. and Eng. Freund,
friend, for a relative, Lat, amita aunt,
qs. amata. Lev. 10,4. 20, 20. 1 Sam. 10,
14. 15, 16. Esth. 2, 15. Jer. 32, 7.8, 9;
in v. 12 it seems to be put for Tin";
uncle's son.
Tº m. 1. a boiler, pot, see r. Thº, no.
1. Job 41, 11. 1 Sam. 2, 14. Plur. E"Tº
2 Chr. 35, 13.—Syr. ižºf a large po
ſº kettle, Samar. Hºt" pots.
2. a basket, Jer. 24, 2. Ps. 81, 7. H aſ
tº 2 K. 10, 7.
Tºj, also Tº in Chron E. a,
Nehem. Zech. and rarely in the earlie”
books, Hos. 3, 5. Am. 6, 5.9, 11, (beloved,
verbal adj. from Tºº! i. q. Thº, no. 2,)
David, pr. m. of the son of Jesse, the
second king of the Israelites, r. 1055-
1015 B. C. renowned for his warlikº
achievements as well as for his sacred
songs. The account of his life is chiefly
contained in the books of Samuel, from
1 Sam. c. 16 to the end of the second
book; also 1 Chr. c. 12–30–By meton
David is put for "lº"); spoken of the
Messiah, the son of David, Ez. 34, 23.24
37,24; elsewhere also i. q. Tº ºil, Hos
3, 5. Tº Hºs the city of David i. e. Zion
1 K. 3, 1. 8, 1. 9, 24. Is. 22, 9 Tº r":
the house of David, i.e. the palace or cita-
del of his race, Is. 22, 22; elsewhere his ſa-
mily, posterity, Is, 7, 2, 13. Jer. 2' 12.
nº f. aunt, father's sister, Ex. 6, 20
also an uncle's wife, Lev. 18, 14, 20, 20
"T" (for liviº amatory) Dodo, pr. n
m. a) 1 Chr. 11, 12. 2 Sam. 23, 9 Ker.
b) Judg. 20, 1. c) 2 Sam. 23, 24. 1 Ch:
11, 26.
TT
ph-
217
anyin (for nº love cf Jehovah)
Dodavah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 20, 37.
*in 2 Sam. 23, 9 Cheth. See itin a.
*T*) adj. with Chald, ending "- i. q.
*—, from-r. Tº . In Sing, not used;
Plur. Bºstºn.
1. Pr. boiling; hence a boiler, pot, i. q.
* no. 1; then a basket, Jer. 24, 1.
2. loving, amatory, from r. Thº; no. 2;
plur. love-apples, Gen. 30, 14 sq. i. e. the
Dºpples of the mandragora, Atropa man-
dragora Linn, a plant similar to the
telladonna, with a root like a beet, white
and reddish fragrant blossoms Cant. 7,
14, and with yellow apples also fragrant,
which ripen from May to July. To these
apples the Orientals to this day ascribe
the power of exciting to venery; comp.
Gen. I. c. See Dioscorid. 4. 76, Movč90-
yógus... oi Śē Kugkalov zołoivu, ärtsión
ãozsi ji čić, piñrgan sival townrikh. . . . . .
zoº tag wité (piſºlº) uſiào, oious (sor-
bis) upsgil, Özgó, stºn, êy ois zui zog-
tés, dirtsg &nlov. Schulz Leitungen
tes Höchsten, V. p. 197. D'Herbelot
Riblioth. Oriental. p. 17. Sept. Auñko, wov-
Joyogóv. Chald. Trºn: which denotes
the same ; comp. Arab. prº and see
Sprengel Hist. Rei herbariae I. p. 215,
ed. 2. Tuch Comm. in Gen. l. c.
*"... i.g.: sº q.v. to be languid, faint,
• 35. .*
unwell, Arab. (52° and eſs for |25;
spoken espec. of women in their monthly
courses. Lev. 12, 2 the uncleanness of
her being sick, i.e. of her courses, comp.
15, 33.
2. to be sick at heart, sad; see Hyº
no. 2.
Deriv. ny, ºi, ºn, ryºz.
ºf f. Hº!, adj. 1. languid, faint,
mck, spec. of women in the menses, Lev.
15, 33 Firºz, Hyº. 20, 18. Hence Hyº
Is. 30, 22 a menstruous cloth, i. e. polluted
with menstrual blood.
2. sick at heart, sad, Lam. 5, 17; af.
flicted, unhappy, Lam. 1, 13. Syr. ſe:
to grieve, to be unhappy; Aph. to af.
flict, to make unhappy. i.e. afflicted,
wretchel; Élés, affliction, misery.
|
*T*) in Kal not used, i. q. Triº, nº;
to thrust away, to cast of; Arab. 2.13
to render abject; also intrans. to be ab-
ject, vile; WI, to project.
HIPH. nº. 1. to thrust away to cast
out, Jer. 51, 34.
2. to wash away, to cleanse, e. g. an
altar, 2 Chr. 4, 6. Ez. 40, 38; hlood.
guiltiness Is. 4, 4.
"Y" m. (r. ryº, after the form ºp)
constr. *.
1. languor, sickness, Ps. 41, 4.
2. Spoken of anything sickening, i. e.
insipid, loathsome, exciting loathing,
nausea. Job 6, 6 can that which is um-
Seasoned be eaten without salt 2 or is
there flavour in the tasteless herb 2 (7)
My soul refuseth to touch, ºr: "yº ngr.
these are as the loathsomeness of my
food ; i.e. heavy calamity is described
under the figure of insipid and loath-
some food (comp. in nººn), in accord-
ance with the common Oriental figure
by which one is said to eat or taste of
any thing, i. q, to experience it; comp.
nairºa has Job 21, 25, ysteobot 9ow&tov,
Syr. 12aso Xasº.
*] m. (after the form bºp) faint, sick
at heart, Is. 1, 5, Jer. 8, 18. Lam. 1, 22.
R. Hyº.
Tº see Tº.
× º i. q. Taº, to pound, to beat in
a mortar, to bray, Num. 11, 8. Chald.
Thº, Arab. ©13, id.
Deriv. natº a mortar.
Fºº; f. Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18,
a species of unclean bird, according
to Sept. Vulg. Saad. the hoopoe, Lat.
wpupa ; according to the Targum
gallus montanus, mountain-cock, a spe-
cies of large grouse, Tetrao wrogallus,
Perh. compounded from Thºi, 939, gal-
lus, and NE-2, one 5 being dropped.
The ending n- is for H+, see Heb. Gr.
§ 77. n. 2.
* Dº obsol, root, i. q tº no. 1, to be
dumb, silent, still Arab. , 15 to be still,
quiet, to remain; II, to quiet, to allay.—
Hence the three following nouns.
19
Yºhºl
-º-,
218
Tº f. 1. silence, land of silence,
poet. ſor Sheol, the region of the dead,
Ps. 94, 17. 115, 17.
2. Dumah, pr. m. of a tribe and district
of Ishmaelites in Arabia, Gen. 25, 14. Is.
21, 11. Prob, the same called at this
day Joºl & 29 Stony Dumah, and
***U.J. &e Syrian Dumah, situated
on the confines of the Syrian desert and
Arabia, with a fortified castle, marked
on D’Anville's map under lat. 299, 30',
long. 589; the Aovutztºo, of Ptolemy.
See Abulfeda ed. Paris, p. 82. Edrisi par
Jaubert I. p. 355. Niebuhr Arabien p. 344.
Tº f. 1. Adj, fem. (from an obsol.
masc. **) silent, mute; Ps. 62, 2 -bs
hujº, nº pºrºs my soul is silent unto
God, i.e. trusts in him. R. Eh".
2. Subst. silence, and adv. silently, Ps.
39, 3; quiet, remission of pain, Ps. 22,
3; trust, confidence in God, Ps. 65, 2
Hänn nºt tº to thee (belongeth) confi-
dence and praise.
Eºſ (r. 5*) 1. Subst, dumbness, si-
lence, Hab. 2, 19 tº Tas the dumb
stone, silent, lifeless. Or it could be
taken here adverbially, comp. Dºn.
2. Adv. silently, in silence, Is. 47, 5.
Lam. 3, 26 it is good that one wait Egº"
even in silence, quietly.
Piº pr. n. 2 K. 16, 10, a rare form
in Hebrew, but usual in Syriac for
pººl or pººl, Damascus.
"T" or mº prob. i. q. Glò mid. Waw
intrans, to be low, depressed, humble;
whence perh. Tº trans, to subject to
»neself, to rule, to judge. Kindred is
ITS q. v. whence Tits lord, master.
Once Gen. 6, 3 thish pºss ºrian i-º-Nº
my spirit shall not be made low in man
for ever, i. e. the higher and divine na-
ure shall not for ever be humiliated in
uhe lower, shall not ever descend from
heaven and dwell in flesh upon the
earth ; comp. v. 1. 2. Others here take
}*, as i. q.7", thus: my spirit shall not
rule in man for ever.—Most of the an-
tient versions give to Titº the sense of
remaining and dwelling ; Sept. oi un
korºuslyn to ſtreiuſ, uov ×. t. A. Vulg.
mon permanebit ; Syr. Arab. shall not
dwell. This is best adapted to the con-
text; whether they regarded the spiri
as the ruling and therefore indwelling
principle in man, or perhaps read jºb:
comp. Tº uévo Judg. 19, 9.
jº Job 19, 29 Keri, i. q. Tº Cheth
judgment.
* Ps. 97, 5, and *; m. war, Ps
22, 15. 68, 3. Mich. 1, 4. R. 33% q. v.
Sk yº to leap, to skip, to dance ; Job
41, 14 [22] Hºsº yºur tº before him
danceth terror. So the trepidation of
terror is compared to skipping, dancing
in Ps. 29, 6. . Corresponding is Arab,
Uele mid. Waw and Ye, see Schult. ad
l. c. Syr. sº in N. T. for ozºgtüv, Chald.
Yūn, whence Nsº capreº, Lacon. Ölgo,
Kindred roots are ušan, u}º.
* Pººl obsol. root, Chad, and Syr. to
look around, to keep a look-out. Chald.
hp Dan. 2, 35, see in r. ppt.—Hence
pººl.
** 1, i. Q. Arabjiš to move round
in a circle, to go round; whence;3 and
$213 circle, orb, 2's round. Kindr.
roots are ºriº, -nº, nº, -ºn, and the
dental being changed to a sibilant hºt,
"ho, inhu), all which express the idea of
going round, turning oneself, surround-
ing, variously modified. Hence nº no
1, and him.
2. to remain, to dwell, like Chald, hºw,
Ps, 84, 11. This sense comes perhaps
from the circumstance that the primitive
dwellings were usually erected in a cir-
cle (Simonis); or better, the signif of
moving round, turning oneself, is trans-
ferred to the idea of moving about in
a place, Lat. versari; comp. hºs, Hys.
"hºº Chald. to dwell, Dan. 4,9. 18. Part,
Tºsº, Keri Tºhº Dan. 2,38. 3,31, 6,26.
Deriv, nº, -itº, Hº, sººn.
* m. 1. a circle, Arab.;3. Is.
29, 3 nº.2 as a circle, i.e. round about.
2. a ball, Is. 22, 18.
3, a round pile of wood or bones for
burning, Ez. 24, 5; comp. nºn-in v. 9.
ni" and nº m. 1. an age, general
tion of men, q. d. the revolving period or
circle of the years of human life, from .
-h-
ºn 7
219
*hº no. 1. Comp. Arab. §§ time, from
,3 to go round ; also other words sig-
nifying time, see under Es. Corre-
9 & .
sponding to the letter is 283 time, age,
middle Waw and He being interchan-
ged, see lett. H.-Ecc. 1, 4 hit ºn him
Nº one generation goeth, and another
generation cometh. Deut. 23, 3. 4. 9
*** **, *nning -in, the third, the tenth
generation. Job 42, 16. Judg. 2, 10 hiº
*rīN another generation. Num. 32, 13
nitri-93 ºn--is until all the generation
was consumed. ht, hº generation and
generation, every generation, many gen-
erations, Al ages, for ever, Ps. 61,7. Joel
2, 2 * * *-ū-19 to the years of many
generalions, all future time. Ps. 45, 18
nity -it-be: through all generations, all
coming ages. So nº ** unto all gene-
rations, all future ages, Ex. 3, 15. Joel
4, 20; --, -º Ps. 10, 6. 33, 11. 49, 12;
simpl. nimb id. Ps. 22, 31.71, 18. Hå is
** 100, 5, Is. 13, 20; -- nº Ex. 17, 16
Elsewhere also of past ages or genera-
tions, Deut. 32, 7, Is, 58, 12, 60, 15; nº
nº Ps. 90, 1, Comp. Plur. below. With
genit. or suff, the generation of any one,
i. e. the men of his age, his contempora-
ries, Is. 53, 8. Gen. 6, 9 ºr pºor
Tºrinº, Noah was upright among his
generation.—The Hebrews, as we do,
seem commonly to have reckoned the
duration of a generation at from thirty
to ſorty years, comp. Job 42, 16; but in
the times of the patriarchs it was reck-
9med at a hundred years, see Gen. 15, 16,
comp. v. 13 and Ex. 12, 40. So among
dhe Romans the word seculum originally
signified an age or generation of men, and
was later transferred to denote a centu-
ry ; see Censorin. de Die natali c. 17.-
Dropping the notion of an age, nº sig-
'lifies also a race, class of men, e.g. of
he righteous Ps. 14, 5. 24, 6, 73, 15.
12, 2; of the wicked Deut. 32, 5 hit
brºn=A tips a deceitful and perverse ge-
neration, race. v. 20. Jer. 7, 29 in his hº
the generation of his wrath, i. e. against
which God is angry.
PLUR. with two forms in this sense,
tº in and ninº, both masc. Job 42, 16.
The former occurs thrice in the phrase
tº in "in ages of cºges, generations of
generations, signifying perpetuity, eter
mity, everlasting, Ps. 72, 5, 102,25. 1s. 51
8. The latter is very frequent for future
ages, generations to come, posterity,
Lev. 23, 43 B3"nº sº. Tºgh. 22, 3
Num. 9, 10 pºrnº is tº of you or
Myour posterity. 15, 14. Espec. in the
legislative formula pºrnº; this nºr a
perpetual law for your posterity, Lev. 3,
17, 23, 14, 31.41; comp. Gen. 17, 7.9.
12. Ex. 12, 14. 17. 16, 32. 33. § -
2. a dwelling, habitation, Arab. 13.
Is, 38, 12. Ps. 49,20 innins in the dwell-
ing of his fathers, i. e. their sepulchre.
3. Dor, pr. n. of the city of a Canaan-
itish king, Judg. 1, 27; written also nº
Josh. 17, 11; more fully him nº (height
of Dor) Josh. 12, 23; hsi re; 1 K. 4,11;
nNº nie; 1 K. 12, 2; Gr. Adigo, to 46.90,
# Adigo. It belonged to Manasseh ; but
lay in the territory of Issachar, on the
coast, near Mount Carmel. Now Ta t-
titra. See Reland Palaest. p. 738 sl.
Prokesch Reise p. 27.
ST'ſ Chald. pr. n. Dura, a town, it
would seem, in Babylonia. Dan. 3, 1
sººn repz, the plain or valley of Dura ;
comp. iriº rºpa, jinxº repº. Inter-
preters usually compare Dura a city
mentioned by Ammian. Marcell. 25. 6.
situated on the Tigris; or another of like
name in Polyb. 5, 48, on the Euphrates
near the mouth of the Chaboras.
* tºº, tº Mic. 4, 13, and tº
Deut. 25, 4, softened from uinº, q.v. -
1. to beat, to bruise in pieces, espec. by
treading; comp. Engl. to dash. Hence
to tread, to trample, to crush, Job 39, 15.
Hab. 3, 12; enemies, Mic. 4, 13. 2 K.
13, 7.
2. to tread out grain, to thresh, by
driving cattle round upon the grain, Jer.
50, 11. Hos. 10, 11. Spoken also of per-
sons who thus thresh with cattle ; 1 Chr.
21, 20 pººr tº Tºsi and Ornan was
threshing (treading out) wheat. Trop.
of a cruel punishment inflicted by the
Hebrews upon captives, by crushing
them with threshing-drays like grain on
the threshing-floor, Am. 1, 3. Arab.
Jºſé to trample the earth, to trample
upon enemies, to tread out grain. Syr
-** id. Comp. Jºs.
ºn-
220 *T
Niph. uſin, inf. constr. ºnºr, pass. of
Kal no. 1. Is. 25, 10.
HoPH. pass. of Kal no. 2. Is. 28, 27.
Deriv. ºº, jibº, nº.
tº Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 1, Dan. 7,23.
Sk Hrú to thrust, to push or knock
down, to overthrow. Arab. Use id. also
de coitu, like -j-3 and other verbs of
thrusting, pushing, see Tyrºl. Syr, and
Chald. [...?, sri, id. The idea of thrust-
ing, pushing, knocking, impelling, is
ſound in many verbs of which the pri-
mary syllable is nºt, as Thºi, Hrſ., Friº,
prº, rrr, wº--e. C; o, brº,
-a-2 ; comp. similar families of roots
under T-5 and pp.–Ps, 35, 5, 118, 13
bº ºnnrº, Hrſ., thou hast thrust me that
I should fall. 140, 5, 62, 4 Hºrtºn -º
a wall thrust down, overthrown.
NIPH, pass. of Kal, to be thrust down.
Prov. 14, 32 the wicked is thrust down in
his wickedness, i.e. rushes to destruc-
tion, perishes. Comp. Triº" from rinº,
Jer. 23, 12.—But Part. plur. constr.
ºriº, as bshtº: "ri", is more properly
referred to r. nº q.v.
PUAL praet. Anº, to be thrust down,
made to fall, Ps. 36, 13.
Deriv. ºri, nr. 12, and
Triº, Chald. f. plur. Triº, a concubine,
from r. Hriº, Arab. Usó and L&S sube-
git feminam.—Dan. 6, 19 ºr "sh Triº,
"riºt, and his concubines he did not
let come before him. Theodot, and Syr.
render it food, but arbitrarily. The
Rabbins, instruments of music, spec.
those which are struck.
3} rr; i. q. Hriº, to thrust; whence
ºut. Niph. Artº Jer. 23, 12. But by
simply writing it "nº", it may be re-
ferred to Firſt.
"r" in. (r. nnn) in Pause ºriº, a
thrust, push, so as to fall; hence a fall,
falling, Ps, 56, 14. 116, 8.
Sk Sr. Chald. to fear, to be afraid,
q. Heb. bry, pr. to creep along hesi-
latingly and timidly. Corresponding is
Syr.N-22 to fear, Arab. J-e to flee, to
get away, pr. to steal away, to withdraw
wovertly,–Constr. c. PTF, Tº (comp. Sºn:
**) Dan. 5, 19. Part bºrº fearful
terrible, Dan. 2, 31. 7, 7.
PA. bryº to terrify, Dan, t, 2.
“Tº not in use, Arab. J-9 le
smoke, and trop. of a smoky, tawny
colour. Hence probably
Tº m. Arab. 5-3, Ez. 4, 9, the
holcus dochna of Linn, a species of mil-
let of which several kinds are cultivated
in Italy, Syria, and Egypt, and used
partly as green ſodder, and partly for
the grain; which is of a dark smoky
colour, and is employed for bread, pot-
tage, etc. The ancient versions render
it milium, i. q. Panicum Italicum Linn.
panic-grass; see Celsii Hierob. I. 453 sq.
NK Frº to thrust, to impel, to urge, see
under r. Triº. Part pass, impelled,
hastened, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 14.
Niph. Friº to urge oneself, to hasten,
2 Chr. 26, 20. Esth. 6, 12.
Deriv. niprº.
>k pr; to thrust, to push, to press upon,
as is done in a great crowd, Joel 2, 8.
Arab. (3-e to repulse, to drive away,
ge y
Q 3-see rejected. Aram. -a-...?, Priº,
i. q. Heb. Comp. Gr. Övöx0.—Part, priº
oppressor of a people, Judg. 2, 18.
*], constr. **, c. suff, hºn, Tºº, tºº.
1. Subst, sufficiency, quantum sufficit,
enough 5 and hence as Adv. enough.
The form is as if from a verb hº. i. q.
nº (like ºri, G= from gº which ac-
cording to Simonis is equivalent to
35.
Arab. sé to be much. Or one might
also conjecture that * is put for "sº ; but
this is quite uncertain.—Esth. 1, 18 "Tº
Fºº Tinº and there will be enough of
contempt and strife. Mal. 3, 10 I will
pour you out a blessing "Tºba is until
there is not enough, i.e. until my abun-
dance shall be exhausted ; hence, ar.
this can never be, the sense is: pe.
petually, for ever; comp. Ps. 72, 6–-The
genitive or suffix which follows mostly
designates the person or thing to or for
whom any thing is sufficient. Prov. 25
16 Tº what is sufficient for thee, pr. thy
quantum sufficit. Ex. 36, 7 tº sufficient
for them. Obad. 5. Jer. 49, 9 Le v 5, "
* 221 --
nº ºn enough for a lamb, i. e. to buy a
lamb; not as Simonis renders, quot suffi-
ciunt ad agnum comedendum. 12, 8, 25,
26 inés; "Tº enough to redeem it. Neh.
5, 8 ºz. "Tº quantum in nobis erat, after
our ability. Rarely the genit. denotes
that of which there is enough ; Prov.
27,27 bºx ºr ºn enough of goat's milk.
2. To the construct "s, the preposi-
tions 3, 2, 3, are often prefixed, with
which it then forms new compound pre-
positions; in all of which, however, the
notion of sufficiency and abundance is
more or less preserved.
a) “12 according to the abundance
of, i. q. according to, as. Judg. 6, 5 they
came up anh Hàns "12 as the locust for
multitude. Deut. 25, 2 insºn "Tº ac-
cording to his fault.
b) "Tº id. according to the abundance
or multitude of, comp. Tº no. 2. g. Hence
with inf as often as, whenever ; 1 Sam.
18, 30 pris: "Tº “rºl and it came to pass,
as often as they went out, made an excur-
sion; comp. 1,7. 1 K, 14,28 sin "12 ºn".
Tººn and it was so, as often as the king
went, etc. Is. 28, 19. Jer. 31, 20. 2 K. 4,8.
Also before a finite verb, where suppl.
nu}s. Jer. 20, 8 naºs "12 as often as I
speak. In like manner before a noun,
where there is an ellipsis, as ºn "Tº
ilºrſ: Is. 66,23, i.e. as often as the new-
moon cometh in its new-moon, i. q. In 1ts
time, every month; and so Hyuji Hºt; "Tº
from year to year, every year, 1 Sam.
7, 16. Zech. 14, 16.
c) nº 0) according to the abun-
dance or multitude of, i. q. *T2 and "12,
•omp. F. A. 6; hence as often as, Job 39,
25 neit *T2, as often as the trumpet sc, is
sounded. 6) to sufficiency for any one,
(comp.: B.4) i.e. until he have enough,
i. q. for any one, usually where there is
mention of food; Nah. 2, 13 innină în
for his whelps, comp. in the other hemi-
stich Tºrsº. Hab. 2, 13 the nations
labour ºs "TA for the fire (i.e. they only
become food for the fire), yea, the nations
abour pºn "Tä for nothing, in vain. Jer.
51, 58, where the same words are read.
* Chald. A) Pron, relat. who, which,
what, that ; qui, quaº, Juod; i. q. Heb.
* . This form of the relative comes
from the demonstr. ny, A. 29, esò,
19
which latter is often rendered lord, mas
ter, possessor; e.g. Jºãº | 29 posses.
sor of two horns, bicornis ; but still it is
nothing more than a pronoun, and in
the Tayitic dialect is used for the relat.
s&J'. So plur. 2 and 4, COIIl-
monly lords, masters, but pr. iſ q. Yoſ,
rºs, qui; comp. arº " . Hence in Syri-
ac and Chald, the apocopated prefix * ,
On the use of the Chaldee relative the
following is to be noted:
1. It is often put for he who, that
which, Dan. 2, 23; more fully * nº 2
28.43. Comp. huis no. 1.
2. Often it is merely a sign of rela-
tion, comp. huis no. 2. Fign ºf where
Ez. 6, 1. jiriºn ºn whose dwelling
Dan. 2, 11. This ºn Dan. 7, 17.
3. Also as a sign of the Genitive, comp.
"uys no. 3; e. g. Rzh2 "" sº the
king’s captain, pr. who was of the king,
Dam. 2, 15. The preceding subst. is thus
put either in stat. emphat. as Dan. l.c. or
in the constr. * * *rī; Dan. 7, 10; or
c. suff, pleon. Firths ºn Fºu; the name of
God, comp. Engl. ‘God his name,’ Dan.
2, 20; sºn: “ Tinºp trop. accusa-
tions of the Jews 3,8. So with a genit.
of material, Dan. 2, 32 at: -ni º Fujsº
his head was of fine gold. Ezra 6, 4.
4. In the verbose manner of the Chal-
dee, it is sometimes redundant before the
prepositions: , 12; e.g. ºn": " shºr
the temple (which is) in Jerusalem Dan.
5, 2. *T2:.. " sº the palace (which
is) in Media Ez. 6, 2. Dan. 6, 14; espec.
Dan. 2, 34, comp. Esth. 1, 12 with v. 15.
B) It also passes over into a relat.
Conjunction, like Heb. huis lett. B, and
then signifies:
1. that, Dan. 2, 23; because that, since,
4, 15. Tº ºn Dan. 2, 9, i. q. Heb. bs 2,
but if ; Theodot, well &v oiv.
2. that, so that, ut, Dan. 2, 16.47.
3. Put before words directly quoted or
spoken, like "E, 3rt. Dan. 2, 25 and said
wnto him, has nrizºn ºn I have found a
man, etc. v. 37. 5, 7. 6, 6. 14.
C) With Prefixes. 1. *T2 i. q ºr,
as soon as, when, comp. huis: no. 3.
Dan. 3, 7, 5, 20. 6, 11. 15.
2. "Tº from what time, after, Dan
4, 23. Ez. 5, 12.
3) wº-ººp-bz, see in bºp, no. 2
* 222 T-
Bº " (of gold, i.e. a place rich in
gold, comp. under Chald. *H no. 1) Di-
zahab, pr. n. of a place in the desert of
Sinai, apparently so called from the
presence of gold, Deut. 1, 1. Now called
Dahab, on the western shore of the
Elamitic gulf, abounding in palms; see
Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p.
533. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 217 and
Map. II. p. 600. n.—Sept. Kotozgüoso,
comp. Euseb. et Hieron. in Onom. h. v.
7"-" (a pining, wasting, r. shº) pr.
n, Dibon.
1. A city in the borders of Moab, on
the northern bank of the Arnon, rebuilt
by the Gadites Num. 32, 34; hence call-
ed Dibon-Gad, Num. 33,45; afterwards
assigned to Reuben, Josh. 13, 9.17; and
ut last again occupied by the Moabites,
[s. 15, 2. Jer. 48, 18. 22. At the present
lay it is called Dhibán, see Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syria, etc. p. 372.-
Once by an interchange of the letters o
sund 5 it is written Tionº, for the sake of
narmonizing with the word tº, Is. 15,9.
2. A city in the tribe of Judah, Neh.
11, 25; also written Fijion: Josh. 15, 22.
* to fish, see sºn —Hence
Mººſ m. a fisher, fisherman, Is. 19 8
and Jer. 16, 16 Keri.
»k Hº: a root not in use and doubtful:
I. Perh. i. q. Chald. Firſt to be dark,
dusky; hence in ink.
II. to be enough, sufficient, much ; see
* .
ºf f. Deut. 14, 13. Is. 34, 15, a bird
of prey, inhabiting ruins. Bochart under-
stands the black vulture, comparing in".
Better, the kite or falcon, so called from
its swift flight; deriving nº from r. HSº,
the N when doubled being changed into
*, as Syr. Sls, Pa. Six. Vulg. milvus.
* m. (r. nº, after the form ibn)
ink, Jor. 36, 18. Aram, sº, i2a-2,
Arab. $156 ink-stand.
Tinº, Tºo", see Tians no. 1, 2.
sit Tº fut. "T, praet. Tº . 1. to rule, to
govern; pr. as it would seem, to subju-
gate, to subject to oneself, causat. of r.
lº q.v. at if for "ºn.—Constr, c. acc.
1 Sam. 2, 10. Zech. 3, 7th-n shalt then
rule my house. Gen. 6, 3, see in r. This .
2. to judge, i. q toº, but more fre-
quent in poetic style. The ideas of ruling
and judging are closely allied not Dnly
in Oriental practice and polity, but also
in their languages; comp. tºº, also
Gló and *K--Gen. 49,16ix ºr 13
Dam shall judge his people. Often of
God as judging the nations, Ps. 7,9. 9, 9,
50, 4. 72, 2, 96, 10. Is. 3, 13.—Spec. to
judge any one is i. q. a) to condemn, to
punish the guilty, Gr. ºwtwº.giyev, Gen.
15, 14. Job 36, 31; c. : Ps. 110, 6, b)
to protect the cause of any one, to defend
his right, to see that he obtains justice,
spoken of a just judge, espec. of God
Prov. 31, 9 Tinºs; "is nº defend the cause
of the poor and needy. Gen. 30, 6 º'
D-ribs God hath judged me, hath pro-
tected my cause. Ps. 54, 3 Triº:
*::"Tr) and in thy might defend me, i. e.
protect and avenge me. More fully Jer.
5, 28. 22, 16 Tiºns, "º-iºn in he judgeth
the cause of the poor and needy. 30, 13.
3. With tº, to contend with any one,
pr. before a judge, as in Niph. Ecc. 6, 10.
NIPH. Titº recipr. to contend together,
pr. before a judge, to strive together,
2 Sam. 19, 10. Comp. synom. topus.
Arab. to judge ; III, IV to strive
together.
Deriv. T., Titº, Bººn, Hy-Tº, and pr.
n. 7.7%, 7.7%, bsº ; also those here ſol-
lowing:
jº, and jº, Chald, id. part. Ezra 7,25.
Tº m. 1. judgment, Ps, 76,9. Tº sex
judgment-seat, tribunal, Prov. 20, 8.—
Spec. a) a judgment-seat, tribunal,
Is. 10, 2. b) a cause, right, which is
brought for judgment; Deut. 17, 8 ſº
Tºſh Tº between cause and cause, i. e.
between the rights of the parties. Prov
29, 7. Tº Hº Ps. 140, 13, i. q. Tº H
to judge or protect the cause of any one.
c) wrong, guilt, as being judged; Jºb
36, 17 and fillest thou up the guilt of the
wicked, guilt and punishment take hold
on each other. d) sentence of a judge
Ps. 76, 9, e) right, justice; Esth. 1, 13
"T, n. *-bº all who knew law and
justice.
T1 223
N--
2. controversy, strife, Prov. 22, 10; see
Tº no. 3, and Niph.
7". Chald. m. 1. judgment, and meton.
*ibunal, i. e. the judges ; comp. J'539
Diwan, the highest tribunal. Dan. 7, 10
an; sº the judges were seated. v. 26.
2. justice, right, righteousness, Dan. 4,
34 ºn Finrºns his ways are righteous-
ness, i.e. just, upright. Dan. 7, 22 s;"|
"...iº, "u"ph -n, and until justice was
endered to the saints of the Most High.
3. punishment, Ezra 7, 26.
Tº m. (r. Tºº)
24, 16.
2, a defender, advocate, Ps. 68, 6.
Chald. Ezra 7, 25.
"." (judged, acquitted) Dinah, pr. n.
bf the daughter of Jacob, Gen. 30, 21.
34, 1 sq.
Sº, Chald. m. plur. Dinaites, pr. m.
of an Assyrian people transferred to Sa-
maria, Ezra 4, 9.
1. a judge, 1 Sam.
Tº", 1 Chr. 1, 6, a various reading
for neºn in the parallel passage Gen.
10, 3. But many Mss. have nEºn also
in 1 Chr. l. c. and so Sept. and Vulg.
Riphat. See renº.
Pºſ m. (r. phi Chald. and Syr. q.v.).
pr, a watch-tower, specula ; then genr.
a tower, erected by besiegers to over-
look and harass a city; i. q. Trix, and Syr.
ºccº. Mostly collect. 2 K. 25, 1. Jer.
52, 4, Ez. 4, 2. 17, 17. 21, 27. 26, 8.
Freq. pºli Hº ; once " in: Ez. 26, 8-
J. D. Michaelis understands a wall or
line of circumvallation, Sept. in 2 K.
Trégirsuzog, and this I have formerly fol-
lowed; but see Rosenm. ad Ez. 4, 2,
and also Barhebr. p. 206, ‘exstruxit tur-
rim fee;-- ad speculandum.”
>}. wº i. q. ºr q. v. to tread out grain,
to thresh. Hence
tº m. threshing-time, Lev. 26, 5.
Tº" m. 1. A species of antelope,
so called from its leaping, springing;
from r. tº pr. to tread, but prob. also
'. Q. Yºº to leap, to spring, whence
A:am. Nyºn, ls- caprea, pygårg; comp.
Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 270, ibique Ro-
senm.—Deut. 14, 5 Sept. Itſyºgyok
Engl. Vers. pygarg, Syr. and Targ
>25, Arabs (both) s», all which
words denote a species of antelope, ga
zelle, etc.
2. Dishon, pr. m. a.) A son of Seir,
also of a region of Idumea bearing his
name, Gen. 36, 21. 30. 1 Chr. 1, 38. b)
A grandson of Seir, Gen. 36, 25. 1 Chr.
1, 41.
#7 m. adj. (r. Tº) crushed, broken;
hence dejected, afflicted, oppressed, un-
happy, Ps. 9, 10. 10, 18. 74, 21. Once
apparently in an active signification, i. Q.
crushing, i.e. chastising ; so with Litther
and Geier I understand Prov. 26, 28
Yº sº hpu. Titº a lying tongue (per-
son) hateth them that chastise it. Ver-
bal adjectives of the forms Tº, Th, and
also of the form bºp from which these
are contracted, are indeed for the most
part intransitive, and are derived from
intransitive verbs, as Erl, Bº, an , and
many others; yet there is nothing in the
nature of the case, why a form of this
sort derived from a transitive verb, such
as is Tºº!, should not also have a transi-
tive sense, Tº contr. Tº , T: , i. q. Tº ;
and that in some instances this is the
fact, is shown by the words Tºº!, Tºs.
Sept. well as to the sense, ylaſgow psvöhg
utosi &Amö stov. The other clause favours
the same sense, a flattering mouth work-
eth ruin.—Those who prefer to take
it intransitively, may render: a lying
tongue hateth those crushed by it, q, d.
its victims.
ºf Chald. m. this, hic, Ezra 5, 16. 17.
6, 7, 8; and ſº fem. this, hac, Ezra 4,
15. 16. 19.5, 8. Corresponding is Arab,
JS; and both have arisen fiom the
simple demonstrative |& (HI), with the
pleonastic suffix of the second person,
Jič pr. hic tibi, elsewhere J3; and
5 *
where one speaks with several, KJ13
hic vobis. In the Targums for Heb. Hy
are put 11, Tºº, "E", "5*.
* Nº. i. q. nºt, to be broken in
pieces, beaten small, crushed, in Kal not
used. Comp. Tºº.
Nº."
224 b-
PIE. Nº 1. to break in pieces, to
crush. Ps. 72, 4 puśiy Nº"; he breaketh
in pieces the oppressor. 89, 11. 143, 3.
Job 6, 9 'ºsº Hibs bsh; and would
that God might crush me! destroy me.
4, 19 those dwelling in houses of clay...
they are crushed (lit. they crush them)
as by the moth, in the manner of the
moth.-Infin. Nº as noun, a bruising,
bruise, wound, Is. 53, 10 is ºn yer, Hinº
*rīr; it pleased Jehovah, he made sick
his wound, i. e. it pleased Jehovah to
wound him severely, incurably; the con-
struction is &oiróstos. Others: it pleased
Jehovah that disease should crush him ;
hºrr, for ºr ; so Hitzig—Metaph.
Job 19, 2 tº: *sºn, and (how
long) break me in pieces with words?
2. to crush under foot, to trample upon,
Lam. 3, 34. Hence to oppress, e.g. the
needy, Is. 3, 15. Ps. 94, 5; espec. in the
forum, in court, Prov. 22, 22.
Ni PH. part. broken in spirit, contrite,
humble, Is. 57, 15.
PUAL 1. to be broken, crushed, bruised;
e.g. the arm, Job 22, 9; with plagues,
calamities, Is. 53, 5.
2. to be broken in spirit, afflicted,
humbled, Is. 19, 10; with penitence, con-
trite, Jer. 44, 10.
HITHP. fut. Nº, pass. of Pi. no. 1,
Job 5, 4, 34, 25.—Hence
Sº adj. intensive from r. sº, after
the form bºp.
1. broken very small, beaten fine ;
hence as Subst. poet. for dust. Ps. 90, 3
Nº-Tº ºils -uśr, thou turnest man to
dust.
2. broken in spirit, contrite, humble, Is.
57, 15. Ps, 34, 19.
Sk Hº: i. q. Nº, to be broken in pieces,
crushed; in Kal once, Ps. 10, 10 Cheth.
nº Hº and he is crushed, he sinks
down. Keri H2+" id.
Piel to break in pieces, to crush; Ps.
44, 20. 51, 10 rºzh rioxy nºr that the
bones thou hast broken may rejoice, i. e.
broken with the consciousness of guilt.
NIPH. to be broken, crushed, Ps. 38,
9; trop. of the mind, heart, Ps. 51, 19
nº hau; =% a broken and contrite
heart.
Ueriv. ºl.
ºf f. (r. Tºº) a crushing, Deut. 2,
2 rºº, sº wounded or mutilated by
crushing, sc. the testicles. The allusion
is to a peculiar kind of emasculation, stil.
practised in the East, as we have learn.
ed from Greek physicians; it consists in
softening the testicles of very young
boys in warm water, and then rubbing
and pressing them till they disappear.
The Greeks call a eunuch of this kind
940.6log, as Sept. h. l. Vulg. well, eu-
muchus attritis testiculis.
">. m. (r. Hºº) a crushing, dashing,
beating together of waves; hence a
raging, roaring noise. Ps. 93, 3 stº
tº ninri; the floods lift up their roar
ing, parall. Phip.–Arab. U.S.S to beat, to
thrust; VI to beat together, to collide;
comp. Jo VI to press upon each other
$2 3
in the tumult of battle, §§§ tumult
conflict.
“Tº obsol. root, Arab. J3. to beat
small, to break in pieces, to crush, i. q.
sº, HR1, Tºn, Chald. Tz'i'. Hence
* , H2+. Comp. ppt and the remarks
Under Triº. In the western languages
comp. Gr. 6&zo, ö&zvo.
73'ſ Chald, this, hic, i. q. Tº . Dan. 2
31. 7, 20.
*R --- Chald. i. q. Heb. hey, to re
member; whence Tina", Tººl, and
"E"; Chald, plur. ***, a ram, Ezra
6, 9, 17. 7, 17. It signifies pr: a male,
i. q. Heb. "3"; but is put spec. for a male
sheep, ram, like Gr. &gény male, &gny,
&gns, aries, a ram.
Tº Chald. m. (r.-21) emph. Hºs.
a record, register, in which any thing is
noted for remembrance, Ezra 6, 2.
Tº Chald. m. id. Ezra 4, 15 net.
Nºt the book of the records, i. e. the
public records of the kingdom kept by the
king's secretary or recorder, Heb. *zº
Syr. tijaš, record, memoir, e. g. me
moirs of the martyrs.
9: m. (for rºl, r. Hº) constr. bºl, pi
something hanging, swinging ; hence
valve of a door, a door, as hanging sus
pended and moving to and fro. Once
metaph. door of the lips for the mouth
51 225
$51
Ps. 141, 3; comp. Mic. 7, 5 and that
atóuotos Eurip. Hippol. 882–The fem.
nº door is far more frequent, q.v.
37 m. (r. 985) in pause ºn, plur. Pºs,
weak, feeble, powerless. 2 Sam. 3, 1 Da-
vid waaced stronger and stronger, nº
* Bººn bisu, and the house of Saul
waaved weaker and weaker, i. e. conti-
nually weaker.—Spec. a) lean, thin,
2 Sam. 13, 4 ºn Hº Hirºs ºntº why art
thou so lean? emaciated. Once plur.
fem. nº of kine, Gen. 41, 19. b) weak,
low, poor, of low estate, Ex. 23, 3. Lev.
14, 21. 1 Sam. 2, 8, Ruth 3, 10. Ps. 41,
2. 72, 13. Prov. 10, 15. Is. 14, 30. al. saep.
Sk sº to leap, to spring, in Kal once
Zeph. 1, 9.
Piel, id. Is, 35, 6 rigº bºsz ºr, ts
then shall the lame man leap as the
hart; with by Cant. 2, 8; acc. Ps. 18,
30 nauj-x} is "ribs, with my God have I
leaped walls.
Sk H}; 1. i. q. Bºº, to hang down, to
be pendulous ; comp. Arab. Jo Conj.
V, spoken of pendulous boughs, and Eth.
RA (D to wave, to hang down. See
nºbº —For the form A^* Prov. 26, 7,
see under bº. &
2. to let hang down, i. e. to let down a
bucket or pitcher into a well, to draw
water, Ex. 2, 16, 19. Arab. Se and Je.
Syr. iſ: id. Metaph. Prov. 20, 5 coun-
sel in the heart of man is deep water,
nºbº Hyº-ri ºns, but a man of under-
standing will draw it out.
PIEL to draw out, pr. from a well;
metaph. to deliver, to set free. Ps. 30, 2
*xrºn ºf Hºins I will extol thee, for
thow hast delivered me.
Deriv, bº, Hº, nº, whº, whº, nº,
and pr. m. nº, anyºl.
nº i. q. rº, a door, see in bº. Is. 26,
20 Keri. Hence Dual Bºnº, see under
nº.
nº f (r. Bºº) pr.something hanging
down, pliant, slender. Spec.
1. thread, spoken of the threads or
thrums which tied the web to the weav-
er's beam. Is. 38, 12 º' Fººd from
the thrum he cutteth me of an image of
death drawn from the weaver, who when
his work is finished cuts i out of the
loom. Chald. Sº filamentumn.
2. hair, locks, hanging down, Cant 7
6. Vulg. coma capitis.
3. slenderness, i. e. weakness, lowness
poverty; concr. the poor, 2 K. 24, 14.
25, 12. Plur. Fºr nibh id. Jer. 52, 15,
and yºr " v. 16.
Sk H: to trouble water with the fee",
to make turbid, Ez. 32.2.13. Syr.-->
id.
* m. (r. Hºº) a bucket, any vessel
ë G?.
for drawing water, Is. 40,15. Arab. 3) C.
*: m. (r. riº) id. Num. 24, 7 tº bº
Tº the waters stream from his buck.
ets, i.e. his posterity will be numerous;
a metaphor drawn from water as flow-
ing from a bucket, and applied to the
semen virile; comp. 22u5, Jºš, and Is.
48, 1. In the other hemistich nº isn'ſ
E"an. The form * (dol-yav) is from
Dual tº the two buckets (as was
usual), Metheg being retained in the
penultima.
Tº" (whom Jehovah hath freed)
Delaiah, pr. n. m. a.) Neh. 6, 10. b)
1 Chr. 3, 24. c) Ezra 2, 60. Neh. 7,
62.—The Phenicians had the pr. n. As-
Aouzotēgros, as read in Jos. c. Ap. 1. 18,
i. e. nºnus ºb" ‘freed by Astarte.”
nº (id.) Delaiah, pr. n. m. a) Jer,
36, 12. 25. b) 1 Chr. 24, 18.
Hº ſ (feeble, pining with desire)
Delilah, pr. m. of a Philistine woman
whom Samson loved, Judg. 16, 4–18.
nº f. (r. Hà) only plur, risks
(Kamets impure), boughs, branches, so
called as hanging down, waving; Jer.
11, 16. Ez. 17, 6. 23. 31, 7, 9, 12. Syr.
fºs: id.
Sk $37, praet. 3 plur. bhi Is. 19, 6, *s
Job 28, 4, and * Prov. 26,7 (see in no.
1), 1 pers. "nibº Ps. 116, 6.
1. to hang down, to be pendulous, to
swing, to wave ; e. g. as a bucket let
down in a well, the slender and pendulous
branches of the palm, willow, etc. which
wave to and fro. Kindr. is nº, also bºy,
JºJ), ºr, and bºrn q. v. Comp, in the
Indo-European tongues, Sanscr, tilla to
yº"
nº"
226
go, to be moved, Gr. ooksáo), goldogo,
Jºãog, to wave, to fluctuate, etc. To the
same family may be also referred bºr,
Jºlas, Jae, in all which the primary
notion is that of hanging down, laxness,
languor.—In Job 28, 4 spoken of miners
letting themselves down into the pits or
shafts: hy; usiºsº ºn they hang down
far from men, they swing to and fro.
Here too I would refer Prov. 26, 7 ºn
tºne: "El bujº rigº Pºpe the legs
hang down from a lame man (sc. as a
useless weight), and so is a sententious
saying in the mouth of fools. In this
passage if we read hºn (with Patah), it
may be for ºn ; so several Rabbins, and
comp. Jini Ezra 10, 16 for ujinº, gift-
Åoy folium, &Akog alius, and vice versa.
filia, fille. But it is easier with R. Ju-
dah, R. Jonah, and several Mss. to read
*: i. q. ºbj, from r. nº.
2. to be slack, languid, feeble, weak.
Spoken a) Of shallow and languid
waters; Is. 19, 6 his? ºns. Hanriº ºf
the streams of Egypt languish and are
dried up ; comp. ‘flumen languidum”
Hor. Od. 2. 14, 17, ‘aqua languida’ Liv.
1. 4. b) Of persons, to be brought low,
to be afflicted, oppressed, Ps. 79, 8, 116,
6. 142, 7. c.) Of the eye, to languish,
to pine with desire, Is. 38, 14 "2": **
Bingh.
NIPH. pass. of no. 2, to be enfeebled, to
be brought low, of a people, Judg. 6, 6.
Is. 17, 4.
Deriv. bºl, rºl, and pr. m. nº.
Sk s: obsol root, Arab. to thrust out
the tongue ; Chald. rºl a gourd, perh.
oblong, tongue-shaped. Hence
Tº (gourd-field) Dilean, pr: n, of a
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 38.
$. tº: ſut. Fibº 1. to drop, to drip,
to distil ; spoken of a house, Ecc. 10, 18
rºar. Fºr the house droppeth, i.e. leaks,
ets the rain drop through the roof.
2. to shed tears, to weep, as the eye,
Job 16, 20 *-x rºº ribs-bs my eye
weepeth unto God. Ps. 119,28 ºujº Hº:
my soul weepeth; comp. ÚE: no. 3. Aram.
id. Arab. -āJe to go slowly, to creep
along; VII, to be poured out, to flow ;
romp. 53.-Hence
.
Fºº m, a dropping, dripping, from
roof. Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15.
Tiº pr: n, of a son of Haman, Da.
phon, Esth. 9, 7.
Sk pº fut, pº 1. to burn, to flame
Aram. -&- id. Ps. 7, 14 ºphth ºn
**E* he maketh his arrows flaming, i. e.
shooteth burning arrows. With a to
inflame, to kindle, Obad. 18.
2. Trop. in various senses: a) Of
love, ardent friendship, to burn. Prov.
26, 23 cºphº bºrºuſ burning lips, i.e
discourse professing ardent affection,
burning love. b) Of burning anxiety,
to burn with anguish, often compared to
heat, Ps. 10, 2 through the pride of the
wicked "33 peº doth the poor man burn,
is troubled, anxious; comp. Is, 13,8. Ps.
39,4. c.) Ofburning persecution, whence
ºr's pººl to burn after any one, to pur-
sue hotly, Germ. machfeuern. Gen. 31,
36 ºr's nº "z that thou so holly pur-
suest after me. 1 Sam. 17, 53. With
acc. id. Lam. 4, 19 ºn Bºrry-by they
pursued us hotly upon the mountains.
HipH, to make burn, to kindle, Ez. 24,
10. Trop. to inflame, e. g. as wine, Is.
5, 11 Epº Tº wine inflames them.
Deriv. rpººl.
Pº, Chald, to burn, Dan. 7, 9.
nPººl f (r. pº) inflammation, fever,
Deut. 28, 22. -
nº f (r. Hº) comp, the masc. &to:
Asyóu. Sº ; pr. valve of a door, so called
as hanging and swinging ; then a door,
as hanging and turning on hinges Prov.
26, 14; as shut and opened Gen. 19, 10.
2 K. 4, 4. 9, 3; as knocked at, beaten,
Judg. 19, 22. Diff from ring, which.
denotes a door-way or opening for a
door. Where a double or folding doom
is meant, the Dual (q.v.) is for the most
part employed; but the Sing. also some
times includes both valves; e.g. 1 K. 6
34 tº nr.sri nººn bºx ºf the
two leaves of the one door were folding
turning. In Ez. 41, 24 nº is laxly pu’
both for the single valve and also for the
whole door: ºpuſ nirº rinº Bºrujº
"nº rris nº Expº 'rirº nine”
rºrish nirº, two leaves were to each
door, two turning leaves, two to the one
ºr, 227
iTººl
door and two to the other door. Spoken
of the lid of a chest, 2 K. 12, 10.-Me-
taph. Cant. 8, 9 if she be a door sc. our
sister, i. e. if she make herself easy of
access to suitors. e
DUAL Bºrº constr. “nh” (pr. from a
orm riº) folding doors, Lat. fores, es-
pec. large, as of a city, gates, Deut. 3, 5.
1 Sam. 23, 7. Is. 45, 1. Jer. 49, 31. Me-
tapl. doors of heaven, through which the
rain flows down, (elsewhere niaºs,) Ps.
78, 23. Job 3, 10 ºn "nºt the doors
of my (mother's) womb. 41, 6 "º "nº
the doors of his face, i. e. the jaws of the
crocodile. 38, 8 or shut up the sea with
doors, comp. v. 10.
PLUR. nirº constr. nirº f but in
Neh. 13, 19 masc.
1. doors, i.e. leaves of a folding door
or gate, 1 K. 6, 31. Ez. 41, 24; see Sing.
Hence
2. a door, gate, Judg. 3, 23–25. 19, 27.
Ez. 26, 2 tºr; ninº: Hyaº broken is
the gale of the nations, i. e. Jerusalem.
3. the columns of a book or roll, so
called as resembling a door in their
form, as in Lat. from their likeness to a
column, Jer. 36, 23. Others, chapters
of a book, like Rabb. *sū.
tº m. constr. tºl, c. suff. i25, tº
Gen. 9, 5.
1. blood ; prob. for ETS, r. bºſs to be
red, whence Talmud. BTN, ETs, Rººs,
Punic edom according to Augustine
9 – § 2.
on Ps. 136. Arab. re, rarely fee,
whence a new verb Geº to bleed, to
let blood; II, to wound.—So tº 5s bes
to eat (flesh) with the blood, 1 Sam. 14,
32.55. Ez. 33, 25; this was contrary to
the Mosaic law, Lev. 17, 11. Deut. 12,
23. *p, tº innocent blood 2 K. 21, 16.
Ps. 106, 38; spoken likewise of an inno-
cent person, Ps. 94, 21 Avºn: "p: tº
and condemn innocent blood also ºp: Dº
blood of the innocent Deut. 19, 10. 13.27,
25. Jer. 19, 4. 22, 17.
2. Trop. blood, for bloodshed, murder,
Lev. 19, 16. Also for the guilt. of mu-
der, blood-guilliness, Gen. 37,26. Lev. 17,
4. Deut. 17, 8 L'7: 55-7"A. Num, 35,27
sº ib T’s he is not guilty of blood, no
blood-guiltiness is upon him.
3. blood of grapes, poet, for wine, which
in Palestine is red, Gen. 49, 11 Dout
32, 14. Comp. Giuo, ris otogulī, Ecclus
39, 26.
PLUR. Bºº bloods, i.e. drops of blood
but put like the sing.
1. blood, espec. as shed, Gen. 4, 10.
Is. 9, 4. Hos. 1, 4. Ps. 106, 38.
2. bloodshed, blood-guiltiness ; tº
Enzº a man of blood, bloody man, Ps. 5.
7. 26,9.55, 24. Bºzº n*z, *s, house or
city of blood, i. e. guilty of bloodshed, 3
Sam. 21, 1. Ez. 22, 2, 24, 6, a "gº
Lev. 20, 9, Ez. 18, 13, and tº prinz'
Lev. 20, 11 sq. his blood be upon him,
their blood be upon them, i. e. they are
guilty of their own blood.
NotE. To Dº is once usually ascribed
the signif, likeness, similitude, i. q, nº,
in Ez. 19, 10 Tºy: EP Tºs thy mother
is like a vine after thy likeness, than
which nothing can be more languid,
especially as there follows: planted by
the waters. Most prob. we ought to read
with Calmet: Tº ſº like a vine of
thy vineyard.
* I. Tºº, Aram. Nºl, ise, to be or
become like, similar, to resemble, c. 8 Ps,
102, 7, 144, 4. Cant. 2, 9, 7, 8 ; PS Ez.
31, 8. With dat. pleomast. Cant. 2, 17
*::::: * Th"nº be thou, my beloved,
like a roe. 8, 14.
NIPH. to become like, to resemble, c.
acc. Ez. 32, 2.
PIEL FT%: 1. to liken, to compare, c.
bs Is. 40, 18.25; h 46, 5. Cant. 1,9. Lam.
2, 13 Tº-nºis Hº what shall I liken unto
thee 2—Hence to use similitudes, para-
bles, i. q. Sº, buša. Hos. 12, 11 tº:
riºts tº sºn by the prophets... I have
wsed similitudes ; so in accordance with
the context. Others, I have destroyed.
i. e. announced destruction.
2. to liken in one’s mind, i. q. Engl. to
deem, to think. Ps. 50, 21 -nì") rºº
Tinº riºrs thou thoughtest me to be like
thyself. Esth. 4, 13. Is. 10, 7.
3. to think, i. e. to purpose, to meditate,
sc. to do any thing ; Num. 33, 56. Judg.
20, 5 sºrº añº ºr's they thought to have
slain me. Is. 14, 24. 2 Sam. 21, 5 wins:
* Hºº Huſsy ºr nuis the man who con.
sumea us and who meditated against us
sc. destruction.
4. to think upon, to remember. Ps, 48
rºl
Dººl
228
10 ºr ºrbs ºn: we remember, O
God, thy loving-kindness.
HITHPA. fut. 1 pers. Fºgºs Is. 14, 14, to
make oneself like, to become like, with h.
Deriv. nº, Tivºl.
NoTE. This signif of likeness seems
to be the appropriate and primary one
in this verb ; but it has still another,
borrowed from the kindred family Fºº,
bh", as in the following article:
* II. Tº: 1. to be dumb, silent, still;
to rest, to cease. Jer, 14, 17 my eyes flow
down with tears might and day, and do
not rest. Lam. 3, 49.
2. Causat. to cause to cease, to make
an end of; hence to destroy, comp. Dº!,
Tºrºn, nºuri, Häz no. 3; espec. to lay
waste, to destroy a country, Hos. 4, 5
Flºs "nº I will destroy thy mother, i. e.
will lay waste thy country. Jer. 6, 2
Ting-r: "nº I will destroy the daugh-
ter of Zion, i. e. thee.
NIPH. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish;
of persons, Hos. 10, 15 nº rio", "rºz
bsº tºº to-morrow the king of Israel
shall be cut off. Is. 6,5 hryngº-ºº ºb-his
wo is me, for I perish 1 So of brutes Ps.
49, 13. 21; of nations Zeph. 1, 11. Hos.
4, 6; of cities, lands, Is. 15, 1. Jer, 47, 5.
Hos. 10, 7–In all the examples here
quoted, the Praeter only is read. For
the Fut. are used the forms º, ºr,
from the synon. 524.
Deriv. 24, 25.
Tº Chald, to be like, similar, Dan.
2, 25. 7, 5.
Tº f. (r. 52*) desolation, destruc-
tion ; also for concr. desolated, laid
waste. So commonly Ez. 27, 32 his: "º
Tº who is like Tyre, like the de-
stroyed; but probably it is better with
Hitzig to read rigº the desolated.
nº f (r. H^* I)
image, i. q. Syr. i2-cy. Gen. 1, 26 let
us make man... ºnºcº after our like-
mess; comp. 5, 1.3 he begat a son inho":
iºs: in his own likeness, after his own
image. 2 Chr. 4, 3 tºp: nº images
of oven, i. e. cast, molten. Is. 40, 18
* Hºnºr nºn-riº what likeness, image,
will ye compare unto him 2
2. a model, pattern, e.g. for an altar,
K 16, 10.
1. a likeness,
3. an appearance, form, shape. Ez
1, 16 rºsh Tris nº one shape was
to the four. With genit. the appearance
likeness, shape of any thing, i.e. some-
thing having that form; e. g. spoken of
what is indistinctly seen in dreams or
visions; Ez. 1, 5 vans nº Final
ninn and in the midst of it the appear-
ance, likeness, of four living creatures,
i. e. an appearance like four animals. v.
26 sº nºt the appearance of a throne,
v. 28. 8, 2. 10, 1.21. Dan. 10, 16. Comp.
risºn. Hence
4. Adv. like, as, Is. 13, 4; nºnº id.
Ps. 58, 5.
"º m. (r. Hº II) stillness, rest, qui-
et, i. q. "2:... Is. 38, 10 °2: "212 in the
quiet of my days, i. e. now when I might
reign in quiet. Sept. §y tº inpei tän jus-
Qöy Mov, either reading or conjecturing
"???. See more in Comment, on Is. I. c.
"... m. (r. Figº II) stillness, quiet;
Ps. 83, 2 mºbs enrºs O God, be
thou not quiet, i.e. look not in quiet in-
activity upon our persecutions, defer not
thy help; comp. ºrj, Hujr. Is. 62, 6.7.
Tº see Hºn.
Tº m. (r. nº I) i.g. nºt, a like-
mess, Ps. 17, 12.
>k Dº praet. Tººl, imp. and inſ: tº,
biº Josh. 10, 12. Ps. 37, 7; fut. Bº, plur,
hoº! in the Chald, manner.
1. to be dumb, silent, still, Lev. 10, 3.
Lam. 3, 28. Ez. 24, 17 tº pºst. Vulg.
ingemisce tacens. With h to be silent to
any one, i. e. to listen to him in silence;
hence Job 29, 21 ºrgy inh Hoº they
kept silence at my counsel. Hinº Egº
to be silent towards Jehovah, i.e. to wait
in silent patience and confidence for his
help, Ps. 37, 7. 62, 6.—Jer. 8, 14 why do
we sit still 2 assemble yourselves and let
us enter into the fenced cities cº-rºº:
and let us be silent there (i.e. remain
quiet), for Jehovah hath put us to silence
q. d. hath brought our affairs to such a
strait that we cannot resist. Here rºº
is fut. Kal with He paragogic,
2. to be struck dumb, i. e. to be asto.
nished, amazed, see note below ; i. q.
tº. E.g. with admiration and terror
Ex. 15, 16. Is. 23, 2 °s "su" ºn be asto
nished, ye inhabitants of the coast, sc. of
Dynº
229 tººl
Tyre. Lam. 3, 10.—The idea of silence
stillness, is also transferred from speak
ing to acting, comp. ºrj, Hujrī; hence
3. to rest, to cease, to leave off, Ps. 4,
5. 1 Sam. 14, 9. Job 31, 34. Lam. 2, 18
Tºrna Bºrrºs let not the apple of
thine eye cease sc. to weep. Job 30, 27
ia. Nº intº "sº my bowels boil, and
rest not. Also to stand still ; Josh. 10, 12
Ein ſix: tº Sun, stand thou still on
Gibeon I v. 13 ºn tº and the sun
stood still.
Not E. This root is onomatopoetic and
widely spread in other families of lan-
guages, imitating, like the kindred Pºri,
bºn, nºr, and Gr. ºutſo, the sound made
with the lips closed, him, dm. It is there-
fore pr. to be dumb, which is referred
either to silence and stillness, quiet ; or
also to stupor, astonishment ; or lastly in
the causative and transitive conjugations
to desolation and destruction, as implying
subsequent silence.—Most nearly kin-
dred to Ezº are the roots tº (the ob-
scure sound made with the lips closed,
comp. the Lat. and Teutonic words
below) and nºt, which see; and the
same primary force lies in the roots tºº,
Fiºr, Eriº, etc. not to mention those in
which the idea of the mouth, as closed
is referred to the taste (Pyº), to hun-
ger (DAS), to inarticulate or unmeaning
sounds (bº, Erl, ps;, nºr), or lastly
to the general sense of closing, shutting,
see tºs, Egy, etc. In the Greek lan-
guage a root of the same family is uto,
which is spoken of the mouth, lips, eyes,
as closed; and also of sounds made with
the lips closed; see Passow's Lex. in ui,
uño, and the citations there made; then
also 9 wituo, &cuffog, i. q. Heb. Bºuff,
Chald. Fior. In Lat. mutus from uíðog,
uña, ; and still more in the Teutonic
languages, Germ. dumm stupid, Anglo-
sax, and Engl. dumb, mute, which is
nearer the primary idea; also with a
sibilant, Germ. Stumm, comp. Lat. Stu-
por, stupidus, Germ. staunen, Engl. to
stun, Fr. 6tonner,
Po. tºº to silence, to quiet, Ps. 131,2.
HipH. bºrn to make silºt, Jer. 8, 14;
see in Kal no. 1.
Niph. 5:12, plur. 27; Jer, 25, 37; ºut.
Pººl", also ºn Jer. 48, 2; pass. of
Hiph. to be destroyed, cut off, to perish ;
spoken of persons, 1 Sam. 2, J ("suff"
º Tºrº, the wicked perish in dark.
ness. Jer. 49, 26. 50, 30. 51, 6. Of
region, to be laid waste, destroyed, Jer
25, 37. 48, 2.
Deriv. rº, Hºl.
Tº", f. silence, stillness, e.g. of the
winds, a calm Ps. 107, 29. nº bip a
voice of stillness, i.e. still, gentle, 1 K,
19, 12. So poet. by Hendiadys, Job 4, 16
wºuis bip, rigº I hear stillness and a
voice i. e. a still voice, light whisper.
Sept. and Vulg. lemis aura, gentle
breeze.
>k Tº obsol. root, Arab. Jºe to dung
8 o
to manure; perh. denom. from J-ce.
Hence the deriv. 1272, Hº'º, nº?,
and the two following.
Tºº m. dung, manure, 2 K. 9, 37. Jer,
8, 2. 16, 4, 25, 33.
3 : - -
Jºsé.
Tº Dimnah, pr. n. of a city in Ze-
bulun, Josh. 21, 35. But prob. we ough
here to read Hºn Rimmon, see Josh.
19, 13. 1 Chr. 6,62.[77] Comp. Mover's
Chronik, p. 72,73.
+ y 2. to weep, to hed tears, Jer. 13,
17. Aram. and Arab. id.—Hence the
two following. -
3 o
Arab. J-89 and
Xºſ m. a tear, collect. tears; me-
taph. tears of olives and grapes, i. e.
wine and oil. Ex. 22, 28 Tº Trisºn.
Sept. &reg;, &s &lowog zoº. Amoi...—Comp.
Gr. 66-gwov táv Šávögov Theophr. arbo
rum lacrima Plin. 11.6.
Tººl f (r. 324) a tear, but only col-
£º
3 o ~ ... -- Q -
lect, tears ; Arab. O tears, & Roº a
tear; and so Gr. 6&ngv is often used col-
lectively by the poets. Ps. 6, 7, 39, 13.
56, 9. Plur. nisº Ps. 80, 6. Lam. 2, 11.
For the poetic phrase in Jeremiah: Thr
Hy?" "Yº my eye flows down with tears,
see in r. Th; no. 1 fin.
>k wº obsol. root, whence nººn q v
“pºº quadril. not used; Arab.
| §3.$3 to be quick, hasty, active
20
*Dººl
230 y-
93 §3 o
us $33, G-32, quick, active, alert.
—Hence perh. pr. n.
- © O
Pººl, Arab. $3.3ge and ( §3.94.2
Dimeshk, (activity, alertness, perh. in
reference to traſfic,) sometimes pººl,
piºn q. v.
2. Damascus, the metropolis of west-
ern Syria, situated on the river Chry-
Sorrhoas, now Bārada, in a large and
beautiful plain at the eastern foot of
Anti-Lebanon, Gen. 14, 15. 15, 2. It
was subdued by David, but in the reign
of Solomon recovered its independence,
2 Sam. 8, 6. 1 K. 11, 24; and was gov-
erned by its own kings, until Tiglath-
pileser king of Assyria annexed it to his
empire, 2 K. 16, 9. Is. 7, 4 8.8, 4. 10, 9.
At the present day Damascus is one of
the most opulent cities of hither Asia.
2. Damascene, Gen.15,2, i.g. pugº ºns
or pººl-13 a man of Damascus; as Tº
Hos. 12, 8 for "3:23. The writer doubt-
less chose this form, and not "pººl, for
the sake of paronomasia with the pre-
ceding puj%. See more under pu:2.
Pºº (in very many Mss. pººl,
pººl, see De Rossi Schol. Crit.) a spe-
cies of cloth, stuff, of silk artificially
woven, silk stuff, manufactured at Da-
mascus, and still bearing in the western
languages the name of that city, Engl.
and Dan. damask, Ital. damasco, Fr.
damas, Germ. Damast. Amos 3, 12.
The same word with the letters various-
ly interchanged and transposed is found
§ o
also in Arabic, viz. U.S.oe silk, ac-
tording to the Camoos p. 760, espec.
that made from cocoons from which the
insects have broken forth, flos-silk ; or
according to others, white silk. Also
9, -o 3 o – 9, - o
U-läse, Jaśwe, Uelise. At the
present day there is still a great culture
of the silk-worm around Mount Lebanon.
77 (judge) Dan pr. n. 1. The son
• " Jacob and the tribe descended from
(.im, whose territories are described in
Josh. 19, 40–48.
2. A city in the northern extremity of
Pºlestine, formerly calleduº, but named
Dan from a colony of Danites, Josh. 19
47. Judg. 18, 29. It lay west of Paneas
at the spot now called Tell el-Kady,
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp. 351,358.
Biblioth. Sac. 1846, p. 196, 211. In the
words Tºº Hº; 2 Sam. 24, 6, there seems
to be an error in transcribing, for which
*y: should be restored. Vulg. silvestria.
—For TT, Ez. 27, 19, see in its order
under ".
7. Chald, st. emphat. nº, Pron. de
monstr. i. q. Heb. ny, nN1, comm. this
Lat, hic, hac, hoc ; Dan. 2, 18. 28. 30.36
43.47. al. Tº as this, so, thus ; Ezra
5,7-trº Fºx thus it was written. Jer.
10, 11. Dan. 2, 10 Fºº Fºx, a word like
this, such a word. Tº be on this account,
therefore, Dan. 3, 16. Ezra 4, 14. 15.
nº ºr's after this, afterwards, Dan. 2,
29–In the Targums mostly fully writ-
ten i-º, jºir, Tºr, for Heb. ny; Tºº
thus.
9s: see in bsº.
>k : obsol. root, prob. to melt, to be-
come liquid, like ASE, Ahº, túzo. See un-
der lett. Vav, Thesaur. p. 393.—Hence
Ajin wax.
Tº (r. 7:3) Dannah, pr: n, of a city in
Judah, Josh. 15, 49.
Tº:" (perh, for Hºr; ºn lord i. e.
place of plundering, q. d. robber's den
comp. J-63 to rob, to plunder.) Dinha.
bah, pr. m. of an Edomitish city, Gen. 36,
32. 1 Chr. 1, 43.
ºsº (judge of God, i. e. who judges
in the name of God, r. Tºº) Daniel, pr. n.
a) The celebrated Heb. prophet and saga
attached to the court of Babylon, whose
life and prophecies are contained in the
book bearing his name. Mentioned also
Ez. 14, 14, 20. 28, 3; where it is bº.
b) A son of David, 1 Chr. 3, 1. c) Ezra
8, 2. Neh. 10, 7.
Sk T2: obsol. root, Arab. Jé to whis-
per, to murmur. Hence Hºl.
yºſ m. pr. Infin. of r. sº, as Subst.
what one knows, knowledge, opinion. Job
32, 10 ºs-r's ºx: Hºris I also will show
my opinion. v. 6. 17. 36, 3. Plur. bºrº.
tº perfect in knowledge or wisdom
Job 37, 16.
Hy-
5p1
231
"yº (fem, of preced.) a knowing,
*nowledge, Ps. 73, 11, c. acc. Is. 11, 9
njnº-ns Hyº knowledge of Jehovah, pr.
a knowing Jehovah. 28, 9.-Plur. nivº
: San. 2, 3. Job 36, 4.
Tº Prov. 24, 14, see r. sº init. and
}ndex.
>}: Hy: obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Lee
tº :all. A trace of this root is found in
p, n. myºs, and in
• Sºyº (invocation of God) Deuel, pr.
n, ºn. Num. 1, 14. 7, 42; for which in
2, 14 ºn q. v. lett. d.
>k Ty: i. q. Tº and Syr. *S*, to go
out, to be quenched, eactinguished, as a
light, lamp. Prov. 13, 9 Ty T. Enyuj-, -}
the lamp of the wicked shall be put
out, i. e. their good fortune shall perish;
comp. the Arabic proverb Uśloſ *J
>|-will fortune has putout my lamp.
Prov. 20, 20. 24, 20. Job 18, 5.6. 21, 17.
Trop. of the destruction of enemies, Is.
13, 17.-Also of water drying up, see
Niph.
NIPH. to become eactinct, e.g. water,
to dry up, Job 6, 17.-Comp. eactinguere
aquam Liv. 5. 16, succum Curt. 6, 4,
mammas Plin. 23. 2.
PUAL to be quenched, destroyed, e.g.
enemies, Ps. 118, 12.
:K by: obsol, root, in Samar. i. q. Briº
•o fear. Hence pr. n. Byºr.
FXT inf fem. of r. vi., as Subst, like
** and nyl.
1. a knowing, knowledge sc. of any
thing; which is thus put as the object,
either in the acc. Gen. 2, 9 nºr ps
sh; Rip. Jer. 22, 16; or in the genit. as
bºrºs nº knowledge of God Hos. 4, 1.
$, 6; once c. art. nººn id. Hos. 4, 6.
With genit. of the subject, Job 10, 7.
Also nº ºnz, without knowing, un-
awares, (opp. on purpose, with intent,)
Deut. 4, 42. 19, 4. Josh. 20, 3. 5. b3?
ny'ſ Is. 5, 13 either: because of no know-
ledge i.e. because of their lack of know-
.edge of God, religion, comp. Hos. 4, 6
where once nyºn nº or: unearnect-
edly, suddenly, see r. 27. no. 1. a. Sept.
$1& Tö u', sióðvøw witowg toy Küglov.
2 intelligence, understanding 'nsight,
'pººl.
wisdom, i. q. Hºrſ, righam, Plov. 1, 4.7
2, 6, 24, 5, al. nº sº to have wisdom
Prov. 17, 27. nº wisely, discreetly
Prov. 13, 16; contra rºl: Nº unwisel,
indiscreetly, Job 34,35; nº ºr id. 38,2.
42, 3; nº ºn: id. 35, 16.
>k Hº obsol, root, Arab. 3 o', Use
to thrust, to push sc. so as to make fall,
G sº
comp, the similar roots Fir, Go, &#9,
Hence
"E. m. in pause "E", a stumbling-
block, cause of falling, Ps. 50, 20; Sept.
Vulg. oxlºvětºňov, offendiculum.—The
Rabbins, by a conjecture drawn from
the other hemistich, explain it by Tº
Hyº evil report, slander.
>k pº 1. to thrust, to beat, to knock
Sc. at a door, Cant. 5, 2. Comp. Hithpa.
2. to drive hard, to overdrive a flock,
Gen. 33, 13.-Arab. U3 bo to go swiftly,
pr. to be thrust forward, propelled.
Hith P. Part. Bºppºrº knocking in
rivalry at a door, i. e. emulously, eager-
ly, Judg. 19, 22. This seems here to be
the force of the conj. Hithp.—Hence
"Pºº Dophkah, pr. n. of a station of
the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33,12.
Comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 107.
Pº adj. (r. ppg) f. Hºt 1. beaten
small, fine, minute, spoken of dust. Is.
29, 5 p. p3s small dust, fine. Lev. 16,
12. Hence Subst. any thing small, m-
nute, q, d, small dust, atom, Ex. 16, 14,
Is. 40, 15.
2. slender, thin, lank, withered; e. g.
hair Lev. 13, 30; of kine and ears of
grain Gen. 41,3 sq. So of a person, tabid.
withered, dwarſ, or having a withered
member, Lev. 21, 20. Also small, light,
slight, of a sound or whisper, 1 K. 19, 12.
P" m. pr. inf. of r. pp: , fineness;
hence fine cloth, a garment, curtain, etc.
Is. 40, 22.
ºp: obsol. root, Arab. J33, Aram
shºº, lie?, palm-tree.—Hence
Tºp" f Gen. 10,27, Diklah, pr. n.of a
district of Joktanic Arabia, prob. abound-
ing in palm-trees; of such there are
several in Arabia. One famous place
of palm-trees existed at the very an
pp."
---
232
trance of Arabia Felix, called by the
Greeks powuxtów Ptol. 6.7; but this was
remote from the other territories of the
Joktanidae. With Bochart therefore
(Phaleg II. 22) I would understand the
district of the Minaei, which was also
rich in palm-trees, Plin. 6. 28.
* PP; praet. Pº, filt. pºrº, i. q. Tº
q. v. and Arab. Ge onomatopoetic.
Kindred are Hº, Nº!, also nrºl, nrº.
1. to beat small, to break in pieces, to
crush, espec. by pounding, stamping,
threshing. Is. 41, 15 behold I will make
thee as a new sharp threshing-sledge . . .
pºrº Bºr; ºr, thou shalt thresh the
mountains and crush them small. There
is a play upon a twofold usage in Is.
28, 28 ºn, ºits ris; sh z pian Erik
* Nº ... bread-corn is beaten out,
but yet one does not thresh it always ...
mor does he crush it. Here the first
pTh" is i. q. STh" in v. 27 (perh. it should
be so read) ‘to beat or tread out with a
dray or cattle, opp. parlº v. 27; while
º, implies the crushing of the ker-
nels, which the husbandman avoids.
2. Intrans. to be beaten small, crushed,
to be made fine. Ex. 32, 20 is intº
Pºuys and he brake it in pieces until
it was made fine, like powder. Deut.
9, 21.
HipH. pºli. i. q. Kal no. 1, to beat or
stamp small, to break in pieces, e. g.
altars, idols, 2 K. 23, 6, 15. 2 Chr. 15, 16.
34, 4.7. Inf, pººr adv. very small, fine,
like powder, Ex. 30, 36. Metaph. Mic.
4, 13 and thou shalt beat in pieces many
mations. Inf pir, 2 Chr. 34, 7. Fut. c.
suff. Ep"Ts for Epº's 2 Sam. 22, 43.
HoPH. pass. Is. 28, 28, see Kal no. 1.
Deriv. p7, pºi. -
PP"; Chald. id. to be beaten small,
broken in pieces ; in PEAL only ºp; for
"Pºl, Dan. 2, 35.
APH. pºſſ to beat small, to break in
pieces, in 3 praet. fem. nPºin Dan. 2,34.
45; ſut. pºn, pºn; part. pºrº, f. Hºº
Dan. 7, 7. 19.
**p, fit. ºp", to thrust through, to
puerce, to stab, as with a sword, spear,
Aram, i.e., -pº, id. Num. 25, 8. Judg.
9, 54. 1 Sam. 31, 4 —Metaph. to curse,
to contemn, Zech. 12, 10; comp. ap:
Fºr .
Niph. fut. "pº, to be thrust through
Is. 13, 15. -
PUAL id. Jer. 37, 10. 51, 4. Lam. 4, 9
happier those slain with the sword than
those slain with hunger, tº at Briº
"Tº ni-'ºrº for these pine away, being
thrust through (perishing) for want of
the fruits of the field; here Bºnº, by
the force of antithesis is put for those
perishing of famine, as in the preceding
member ºn ºr is opp. ºr ºr ;
comp. Is. 22, 2. Vulg. contabuerunt con-
sumti a sterilitate terrae.
Deriv. ºpia, ni-p12, and
"Pºl (a thrusting through) Dekar, pr
n. m. 1 K. 4, 9.
Tº m. Esth. 1, 6, commonly taken as
i. q. Arab. 53, §3, a pearl, espec, a
large pearl, from r. nºt to glance, to
glitter. Nor indeed would pavements
inlaid with pearls beforeign from Asiatic
luxury; see Bochart. Hieroz. II. 708 sq.
Yet we may perhaps understand a spe-
cies of marble resembling pearl; per-
haps a kind of alabaster called mother
of pearl stone ; or possibly mother of
pearl itselſ.
Tº Chald. i. q. hiº, age, generation,
Dan. 3, 33. 4, 31.
ºn” see nin.
35. * *...* º
*sº obsol. root, Arab. 56 i. q. 89° 3
a;9, to thrust away from oneself, to re-
pulse, espec. evil. Hence the two fol
lowing:
7"Nº, m. constr. is nº, repulse; hence
aversion, abhorrence. Dan. 12, 2 and
these to shame this is nº to everlast.
ing abhorrence. Sept. et Theod, giozú.
wn. Syr. Irm.
7"S. m. Is. 66, 24, an abhorrence, ob
ject of horror. R. Nº.
Sk ---, obsol. root, 1. q. Arab.
to be sharp, pointed,—Hence
jiaº; only in plur, nisian (dörbónóth.
comp. Lehrg. p. 43) goads, ox-goads
6otºsyrgo, Ecc. 12, 11.
jº m. (dörbön) a goad, ox-goad
6otºsyrgov, 1 Sam. 13, 21. It differs from
*jö
3-7
T.
233
Tºhº, the latter being strictly the staffin
which the goad is fixed.—As to the form,
Dag, lene is not more necessary in lº
than in Tjas Esth, 8, 6, or in nº-h%,
nº.
>k Xº, obsol. root, Arab. 9° to go on,
to advance, espec. by steps, and so to as-
cend by steps, kindr. Thº. Hence Hºnº.
977 (pearl of wisdom, compounded
95
from -1, 53, and sº i, q. Sº, nº wis-
dom,) Darda, pr. m. of a wise man con-
temporary with Solomon or a little be-
fore him, 1 K. 4, 31 [5, 11]. In the parall.
passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 by contraction or
corruption shº!.
Tº m. (r. -º no.3) a thorny plant,
caltrop, thistle, tribulus terrestris Linn.
growing in fields and among grain; col-
lect. Gen. 3, 18. Hos. 10,8. Syr. ſº
for Gr. 1giffołow Heb. 6, 8, and for &kov-
90. Matt. 7, 16.
Einº m. (for piºn, r. nº no. 2) pr.
bright sunny region, hence the south,
the southern quarter, Ez. 40, 24 sq. 42,
12 sq. Ecc. 1, 6. Poet, for the south wind,
Job 37, 17–Opp. Tips region covered
with darkness, the north, comp. Hom.
rigos IIG, f 'Héâtév tá, and Irgös $690).
ninº m. but fem. Ps, 84, 4. R. nº.
1. Pr. swift flight, a wheeling, a gyra-
tion; hence concr. for a bird which flies
in circles, wheels in gyrations, according
to the Heb. intpp. the swallow ; in the
other member is hiº, a sparrow. Ac-
cording to the ancient versions a turtle-
dove, i. q. hn, which is less suited to the
context. Ps, 84, 4. Prov. 26, 2.
2. spontaneous flow, a flowing freely
and abundantly, comp. r. nºt no. 3. Ex.
30, 23 Hinº-2 myrrh flowing sponta-
neously, q. d. pure.—Hence
3. a letting go free, freedom, liberty.
So "in" sº to proclaim liberty to any
vine, Is. 61, 1. Jer. 34, 8, 15, 17; c. :
Lev. 25, 10, hi-ºn rºu, the year of lio-
arty i.e. of the manumission of slaves,
... q. year of jubilee, Ez. 43, 17.
tº Darius, pr. n. of several Me-
ilian and Persian kings.
1. Darius the Mede, Dam. 6, 1.9, 1; of
whom Josephus says, Ant. 10. 11.4, in
401 väyovs viós, Štegor Ö3 togó, tois "Là-
Anow éxoletto èvouo. This was appa
ently Cyaxares II, the son and successor
of Astyages, and uncle of Cyrus; who
held the empire of Media between As-
tyages and Cyrus, yet so that Cyrus was
his colleague and viceroy, on which ac-
count he alone is mentioned by Herodo-
tus. See Xenoph. Cyrop. I. 5. IV. 5.8,
18, 27, 51, 53. V. 1. 5. See also Ber-
thold’s Daniel p. 842 sq. Against this
view see v. Lengerke ad Dan. p. 219 sq.
Hitzig Begriff der Kritik p. 141 sq.
2. Darius Hystaspes, king of Persia,
Ezra 4, 5. 5, 5. Hagg. 1, 1. Zech. 1, 1.
3. Darius Nothus, king of Persia, Neh.
12, 22.
NotE. The genuine form of this
name appears in the cuneiform inscrip-
tions of Persepolis, nom. DAR Ya WUS,
accus. DAR Ya WUM; see Lassen über
d. keilförmigen Inschriſten p. 158. Zeit-
schr, für d. Morgenl. VI. p. 9, 169 sq. Beer
in Allg. Lit. Zeit. 1838. no. 5. It is com-
pounded according to Lassen (p. 39)
from the root darh (dary), Zend, dere,
Sanscr. dhri, to preserve,with the afform-
ative awu, and s as sign of the nomina-
tive; all which accords sufficiently with
Herodotus (6. 98), who translates the
name by égssing, perh, coercer, con-
Servator.
tiºn: Ezra 10, 6, see win; Piel.
Sk Tº: fut. Th". 1. to tread, to tram-
ple with the feet. Syr. and Chald, id.
Kindred are sh;, g?” Gºjº a way,
Gr. 19éz0, and of the same family are
also und, U-ye, pr. to rub, beat, pound;
and from the occidental languages terſ,
Ögéuo, trappen, treten, to track, to tread;
in all which the initial letters or sounds
trimitate the sound of the foot planted
firmly upon the ground, espec. as in
stamping any thing in pieces, TReTen,
zertreten, Engl. to TRea B.—Spec. a)
sº, Thº; Job 24, 11, or rà, r3+, Lam. 1,
15. Is. 63. 2, to tread the wine-press, etc.
i. e. in order to crush the fruit and
express the wine or oil. Also Tº Thº
Pºpº Is. 16, 10, nºt Tº Mic. 6, 15, and
sº pl. Th; to tread sc. the grapes, etc.
Judg. 9, 27. Jer. 25, 30. Metaph. of ene-
mies trodden down as grapes Is. 63, 3
20%
T
T-
234,
and so also Judg. 5, 21 is "ujº ºr O
my soul, thou didst tread down strength
i. e. the mighty. b) nu;p Thº to tread
a bow, i. e. to bend a bow by placing the
foot upon it, as is usually done when the
bow is strong and stiff, comp. Arrian.
Ind. 16. Diod. Sic. 3.8. So Ps. 7, 13.
11, 2. 37, 14. 1 Chr. 5, 18, 8, 40. 2 Chr.
14, 7. Is. 5, 28. al. Trop. and without
reference to the origin of the phrase,
Engr. Th; to bend the arrows i. e. to fit
the arrows upon the bent bow, Ps. 58, 8.
64, 4.
2. Spec. to tread a way or place, by
going or walking upon it, entering into
it; hence to tread in or upon, to walk, to
enter a place, Mic. 5, 4; in a place, c. :
Deut. 11, 24, 25. Josh. 1, 3. 14,9. Is. 59,
8; c. acc. Job 22, 15; by 1 Sam. 5, 5;
c. 7% to tread forth out of a place, to come
forth, Num. 24, 17. by Thº is also to
tread upon, to walk or go upon anything,
Job 9, 8, Ps. 91, 13.
HIPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to tread, go, walk. Is. 11, 15
tº Thºr, and he shall make them
tread (the channel of the Euphrates) in
shoes, i. e. pass over dry-shod, scarcely
wet. With 3, to cause to tread in a
way, to lead, to guide; Ps. 107, 7 ER"Tº
Thuý, Tâ he caused them to go in a
right way, he led them forth in a right
way. 119, 35. Is. 42, 16. 48, 17. Prov. 4,
11. Ps. 25, 5 Hººsa ºn in cause me to
walk (lead me) in thy truth. v. 9.
2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to tread a threshing-
floor, i.e. to tread out the grain, Jer. 51,
33; also a bow, but metaph. Jer. 9, 2
"puff prºp Pºitº-ns --Tº they bend
(tread down) their tongues, as their bow,
for lies.—Also i. q. Kal no. 2, to tread a
way, to walk in it, poet. c. acc. Job 28, 8.
o º
3. i. q. Arab. Jºël and Syr. Aph, to
tº ad upon, i. e. to overtake in pursuing,
sº acc. Judg. 20, 43.
Deriv. Tº and the two following:
5. i. q. Thº, way, only in the Dual
pººl ºps perverse in his double way,
spoken of a double-tongued deceitful
herson. Prov. 28, 6.18.
Tº comun, gend. (m. 1 Sam. 21, 6.
. Ezra 8, 21,) C. suff. *znº, plur. Enzº
tonstr. º. R. Thº.
1. Pr. the act of tread... lg, walking
going ; a going, way, journey; e.g. Hº:
T.I., tougio 3 we 6ööv, to make one's wag
Judg. 17, 8, and Tº ſtºry to go one's way
Prov. 7, 19, i. e. to be on one's way, to
journey. 1 K. 18, 27 ib Tº lit. a way
is to him, i.e. he is jow, meying ; or perh.
he is gone out, is away from home. Tº
bin a day's journey 1 K. 19, 4 ; see Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 161. nºbu. Tº
tº three days’ journey Gen. 30, 36
comp. 31, 23. Ex. 5, 3.
2. a way, path, i. 6666, in which one
treads, goes; very freq. So Tºri by by
the wayside Gen. 38, 21. 1 Sam. 24, 3.
Also Tº Tºri, to go (by) a way, comp.
Engl. the way he went, Deut. 1, 31. Judg.
2, 17; and after other verbs of going,
Num. 21, 34. Josh. 13, 18. a) With
genit. of place, it is i. g. the way leading
to that place ; comp. on the Attic usage
Valck, ad Hippolyt. 1197. E.g. yx. Tº
the way to the tree Gen. 3,24; bisº ºn-
Prov. 7, 27; comp. Gen. 16, 7, 35, 19.
38, 14. Ex. 13, 17. Rarely another wort
is interposed, as Hos. 6, 9 arish. Tº
Tº they murder in the way to Shechem
In the Accus. it approaches to the force
of a preposition, the way to, i. q towards;
e.g. Einºr. Tº towards the south, Tº
Fºieș towards the north, Ez. 8, 5. 21, 2.
40, 20 sq. 41, 11. 12. Deut. 1, 19 we passed,
through the desert... "Yost ºn Tººl to-
wards the mountain of the Amorites. b)
With genit. of pers. the way of any one,
i. e. the way by which he is wont to go
or pass, e.g. ºn Tº the king’s way,
i. e. the public highway, military road,
Num. 20, 17. 21, 22; comp. , 660s float-
Mito. Herod, 5.53. i-º-h ºr to go on
in one's way, to proceed on one's journey
by the usual road, Gen. 19, 2. 32, 2.
Num. 24, 25. Josh. 2, 16. Yºsn-b: Tº
the way of all the earth i. e. of all man.
kind, the way to Sheol, 1 K. 2, 2. Josh,
23, 14.—Sometimes it includes a whole
region or district in or through which a
way passes; Is. 8, 23 ºn Tº the way
i.e. region of the 8ea, the coast of the sea
of Galilee.
3. a way, i.e. course, mode, mannel, I,
which one walks, lives, which one follows
like Grööós, Arab. Gºjk. J.
---
ºn-
235
Eth. 4:7, 4:4: ‘t’, ‘lo"H. Germ. einen
Gang nehmen.—Gen. 19, 31 -b: Tº
Pºst, after the manner of all the earth,
3fall mankind. Spec. a) way of living,
Scting, one's walk, conduct, life. Prov.
12, 15 ºn tº bºls Tº the way of a
fool is right in his own eyes. Ps. 107, 17
sujº. Tº sinful way. Prov. 1, 31 hº
52nd the fruit of their ways, the good or
evil resulting from their own conduct.
| Sam. 18, 14 and David acted wisely
*Fºrbº. Often the figure of a way
ls retained, comp. Tºr no. 2; Tº Tºri,
E ºn 13, to walk in the way of any one,
to imitate his conduct, 1 K. 16, 26. 22,
43. 2 K. 22, 2. 2 Chr. 17, 3. 21, 12. 22, 3.
Also ſijº "anº, Thº, spoken of men, a
way or conduct which Jehovah approves,
and in which men ought to walk, Ps. 5,9.
27, 11. 25, 4; spoken of God, his mode of
acting, agency, Ps. 18, 31. Deut. 32, 4;
spec. of the creation, as the effect of the
agency, operation of God, Prov. 8,22njn',
iºn: nºujsº ºf Jehovah created me the
beginning of his way, i. e. as the firstling
of his agency, work. Plur. ways of God,
i. e. his works, Job 26, 14. 40, 19 [14].
b) way of worshipping God, worship,
§ 2 o – tº ro
9
© 2 &MJſ Jº,
Pers. sly, 56óg Act. 19, 9.23. So Amos
8, 14 sing-hsil Tº the way of Beer-sheba,
i. e. idol-worship. Ps. 139, 24 agº Tº
idol-way, idolatry; ibid, this Tº the
way of old, i. e. the fathers’ way, the
true and genuine worship; comp. shºu;
cºis Jer. 18, 15. c.) Sometimes pass-
ive, way, manner of one's experience,
i.e. lot, how it goes with any one. Tº
bºx2 after the manner, lot, of Egypt,
ls. 10, 24. Ps. 37, 5 ºn: " by his com-
mit thy way, lot, fate, unto Jehovah. So,
retaining the figure of a way, Job 3, 23.
Amos 2, 7.
Tº m. Ezra 2, 69. Neh. 7, 70-72,
i. daric, a Persian gold coin, i. q. TºmTS
q. v. from which however it differs perh.
n its origin, being i. G. Pers. Jºyle
how of Darius, as bearing the image of
in archer.
Pºmº, i. q. pººl Damascus, 1 Chr.
8, 5.6. The Dagesh forte is by Syri-
vam resolved into ºn.
religion ; comp.
* 2°. Chald. i. q. Heb. xinſ the arm
Dan. 2, 32–Hence sys, "xnºs.
*Tº pr. n. see sºil.
>k pº obsol, root, Chald, i. q. phſ tº
strew, to scatter ; Arab. J)° to hasten
—Hence
ſiphº pr. n. m. Darkon, Fzra 2, 56.
>i; --- an onomatopoetic root, not in
use, imitating the sound of swift rotary
motion, like Engl. to drill, to twirl, to
whirl; comp. kindr. hººl and the roots
there quoted ; also tégvog, togysia,
Germ. dorl, drillen, trillen, trillern, Engl.
to trill. In Arabic spoken of a spindle,
9 - sº
...~Aw - g tº 2 e
555 a. spindle, 92% a woman turning
her spindle.—Hence in Hebrew:
1. to fly in circles, to wheel in flight
whence in the swallow, so called from
its gyrations. Also to run swiftly in a
circle, as a horse, comp. nº ; whence
$3 .
Arab. jºye a fleet horse.—From the
idea of swift motion comes the sense
2. to glance, to sparkle, to radiate.
tº º
$93 9
& w 2 © º
Hence ce).” radiant star, nº!, 99 a
pearl, (although this might also be so
called from its roundness,) and Dinº for
Einº bright region.—Also
3. to flow out like rays, to spout, as
Q -
milk, blood, rain; Arab. je ap. Gol. no.
Ç
1–3, §e abundance of milk. Hence to
flow freely, spontaneously, see nin, no.
2, 3. Trop. to grow luauriantly, eacube
rantly, as a plant; hence nºnſ.
Sk wº ſut. B-T, pr. Lat. terere, to
rub with the hands; to stamp, to tread
with the feet, like Syr. —º to tread or
beat a path, Arab. U-ye to rub, to beat,
to thresh ; trop. tereré libros, i. e. to use
books, to study. The kindred roots are
collected under Inº, all having the
common idea of treading. The letter"
being softened into a vowel, there comes
from this root the biliteral uyº ; comp.
Germ. dreschen, Engl. to thresh, Belg.
dorschen, low Germ. dischen.—Hence is
Hebrew:
ºn-
ºn-
236
1. Pr. to tread a place, i. e. to go or
come to it, to frequent, c. acc. 2 Chr. 1, 5.
Amos 5, 5; c. 58 Deut. 12, 5. Part.
pass. nºn; a city frequented, celebrat-
ed, Is. 62, 12.-The signif. of going or
coming to a place or person, is also
transferred to express the ideas of seek-
ing, inquiring, demanding, and also car-
ing for ; hence the following:
2. to seek, to search for, Ez. 34, 6; c.
acc. of thing, Lev. 10, 16; ; Job 10, 6;
*rīs to search after Jºb 39, 8.-Chiefly
In the phrase Hinº-ns tº Engl. Vers.
to seek Jehovah, pr. to go to him, to have
recourse to him for aid, by prayer, etc.
(Often coupled with synon. EEE q. v.
ino. 1.) 2 Chr. 16, 12 yet in his dis-
ease t-sº "? Hinº-rs wºrsh he
sought not the Lord (implored not his
aid) but to the physicians. Deut. 4, 29.
Ps. 34, 5, 88, 34. Lam. 3,25. al. saep. Of.
ten of the pious who habitually invoke
God, to worship, to adore, Ps. 14, 2. Is.
58, 2; Hinº ºn seekers of God, his
pious worshippers, Ps. 9, 11. 22, 7. 34,
11. al. Sometimes with ºrbº Ps. 109,
2. 10. 2 Chr. 22, 8. Also in the later
Hebrew with h, as ninº ºn 1 Chr.
22, 19. 2 Chr. 15, 13. 17, 4. Ezra 4, 2.
6, 21. Once with by Job 5, 8.—Spo-
ken also rarely of false gods of whom
their followers implore aid, 2 Chr. 25,
15. 20. Jer. 8, 2; with Deut. 12, 30–
Part. pass. Ps. 111, 2 the works of the
Lord are great, trººr-bºº tºujº
sought out of all those delighting there.
in, i.e. sought and obtained of God by
their prayers.
3. to seek from any one, i. e. to ask,
to inquire, Judg. 6, 29. Deut. 13, 15. 17,
4.9. With acc. of pers. or thing about
or into which one inquires; 2 Chr. 32, 31
rpiºn whº to inquire concerning the
miracle. 1 Chr. 28, 9 º' ºn ri-zh-bz
Jehovah inquireth into all hearts, i. e.
examines, searches them; also with h
2 Sam. 11,3; by 2 Chr. 31,9. Ecc. 1, 13.
Spec to inquire of any one, to ask an
oracle, to consult, e.g. God, c. acc. Gen.
15,22. Ex. 18, 15. 2 K. 22, 13; also idols,
magicians, with 3, pr. to inquire at or of
any one, 1 Sam. 28, 7.2 K. 1, 2, 1 Chr.
10, 14; 28, pr. to go with inquiry to any
»ne, Is. 8, 19. 19, 3. Deut. 18, 11; % Ez.
-4, 7; ** Hºº by? out of the book of
Jehovah Is. 34, 16. The prophet by ot
through whom one inquires of God, is
put with byz, 1 K. 14, 5, nNº. 2 K. 3, 11
8, 8, : Ez. 14, 7; e.g. 1 K. I. c. the wift
of Jeroboam cometh "bs Tºyº -3 ºniº
Fº: to ask an oracle of thee concerning
her son.
4. to ask for, to demand, to require
with acc. of thing and 7% tº of pers,
Deut. 22, 2. 23, 22. Mic. 3, 8. Absol,
to ask bread, to beg; Ps. 109, 10 Aujº
Priºrianriº let them beg far from the
desolations of their home. Also to re
guire or demand back, with "Yo Ez.
34, 10; and hence by impl. to avenge,
to punish, absol. Ps. 10, 4 ºn tº $2 God
will not punish. v. 13. Deut. 18, 19.—
Spec. Tºº, tº tº ºn to require blood
from or at the hand of any one, i.e. to
punish bloodshed, to avenge murder,
(comp. 883,) Gen. 9, 5, 42, 22. Ez. 33,
6. Ps. 9, 13.
5. to seek, i. e. to apply oneself unto,
to regard, to follow, to practise ; comp.
U”)° to apply oneself, to study, Eth.
JRZſ to compose a book with study.—
E. g. to seek or practise justice Is. 1,
17. 16, 5; good Am. 5, 14; the divine
law Ps. 119,45. 1 Chr. 28,8. Bibu; linº,
‘E neity ", to seek the good, the welfare
of any one Deut. 23, 7. Ezra 9,12; ſing
h Bºbº Jer, 38, 4; ‘E rºº win: Ps. 38,
i8. Prov. 11, 27. 31, 13 nºx ritºn; she
applieth herself to wool, etc.—Hence,
to care for, to take care of any thing;
comp. no. 1 and "pe. Deut. 11, 12 Yºs
Firs - whº hugs a land which Jehovah
careth for. Job 3, 4. Ps. 142, 5. Ez. 34,
8; c. : Ps. 112, 5. Jer. 30, 14, 17; by
2 Chr. 24, 6.
Niph. Enº, inf absol. Jºs for ºn
Ez. 14, 3; 1 fut. Enºs.
1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to let come to
oneself, to grant access to any one, with
h; hence of God, to hear and answer
any one, to listen to his prayer. Ez. 14, 3
Erik ºn is unism should I listen unto
them 2 i. e. to their prayer. 20, 3.31. Is
65, 1 ºbsº sº "ruin": I have listened
unto those that asked not. So with
accus. of the thing granted, Ez. 36, 37
comp. Tº c. acc. to bestow.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be sought out
mustered, i. q. "pe, 1 Chr. 26, 31.
Nºjº
237 nº
3 Pass. of Kal no. 4 to be required,
2. g. blood, Gen. 42, 22.
Piel inf usiºn Ezra 10, 16, if the
“eading be genuine, for ujinº, comp.
under r. bºº, no. 1.
Deriv. tºº.
+: Nº. to sprout, to spring up ; hence
to be green, Joel 2, 22.-Kindr. is Arab.
* * 9 -
U”95, w" once U”95 sprouts from the
sarth.
HIPH. to cause to sprout, to bring forth
herbage, e.g. the earth Gen. 1, 11; comp.
Nºsiri v. 4.—Hence
St. m. the first shoots from the earth,
tendergrass, young herbage, Gr. xión (so
Sept. five times), Is. 66, 14; as clothing
the meadows Deut. 32, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 4;
as the choice food of beasts Job 6, 5.
Nº phy greenness of the herbage, green
herbage, Ps, 37, 2.--Diff from nºr ripe
grass, ready for mowing, Prov. 27, 25.
Ps. 104, 14; and also from atº an herb
full grown and setting seed, Gen. 1, 11.
12. Chald. Hsnº, Syr. transp. iii.2,
Zab, tººl. -
2K Tº: to be or become fat, Deut. 31,
20. Arab. K.,& id. P and being in-
terchanged.
PIEL 1. to make fat, marrowy, e. g.
the bones. Prov. 15, 30 Hait, Hyºu;
Psy-jºin good news maketh the bones
fat, q, d. fills them with marrow, gives
strength.-Hence also to anoint, Ps.
93, 5.
2. to pronounce or regard as fat. Ps.
2", 4 rººt. Trºis, and pronounce fat
thy burnt-offering, i.e. regard it favour-
ably, accept it. For H+ parag. comp.
1 Sam. 28, 15.—Kimchi here takes it as
denom. from lºº, comp. no. 3, i. e. to
reduce to ashes sc. by fire from heaven,
comp. 1 K. 18, 24. 36.
3. Denom. from Tuft, to cleanse from
Qshes, to take away ashes, Ex. 27, 3.
Num. 4, 13.
PUAL pass. of Pi. no. 1, to be made fat,
spoken of the ground moistened with
olood Is. 34, 7; of men Prov. 11, 25. 13,
1. 28, 25, where it is metaph. i. q. to be-
tome rich-Trop. to be satiated, abun-
lantly satisfied, Prov. 13, 4 ºr UE;
jºr the desire of the diligent shall or
abundantly satisfied. 28, 5.
Hothp, ºr for Tºrr to be smeared
with fat, e. g. a sword, Is. 34, 6.
The derivatives here follow.
jºº adj. fat, comp. Tºº. 1. rich,
fertile, of soil Is. 30, 23.
2.full of sap, fresh, of a tree Ps. 92, 15.
3, rich, opulent, Ps. 22,30. Comp. Tºº,
Tº m. c. suff, *. 1. fatness, fat,
Judg.9,9. Meton. of fat food, i.e. sump-
tuous, Job 36, 16. Is. 55, 2. Jer. 31, 14,
Trop. fertility, abundance, Ps. 65, 12.
2. ashes, pr. fat ashes, from the vic-
tims consumed upon the altar, Lev. 1,
16. 4, 12. 6, 3.4. 1 K. 13, 3; also from
corpses burned, Jer. 31, 40. Diff from
"Es q.v.–Ashes were also used by the
ancients, as by us, for fattening i. e. ma-
muring the soil; see Plin. 17.9.
nº f. constr. nil, plur. constr. "nº, a
word of the later Hebrew ; see note.
1. a mandate of a king, an edict, de-
cree, Ezra 8, 36. Esth. 1, 8. 2, 8. 3, 14.
2. a law, statute, Esth. 1, 19. 2, 12. 3,
8. 4, 11.15. Here too we may refer the
difficult words, Deut. 33, 2 nº us is"?”
iº at his (Jehovah's) right hand fire
a law to them. sc. the Israelites, where
we may understand perhaps the pillar
of fire guiding their way in the desert.
Others render: a fire of law, referring it
to the law as given in fire. Vulg. lea:
ignea, Engl. Vers, fiery law.
NotE. The origin of this word is
doubtful. Many regard it as Persian,
comparing cle right, justice, from the
verb Jele ddden, to give, to publish,
to command, coll. Hºry". But it may be
Semitic, for nº, from r. nº to throw,
to cast, perhaps also to point out, to
teach, like the synon. Hº ; hence pr: a
pointing out, concr. one who points out,
a guide, leader, as in Deut. l.c. then i. Q.
Flyin law, mandate.
mº Chald. f. 1. an edict, decree, Dan.
2, 9, 13, 15. *
2. a land, collect. laws, law, Dan. 6.9.
13, 16. Frºs “ Nr.; the law of God, Ezra
7, 12. 21.
3. divine law, i. q, religion, system of
faith and worship. Dan. 6, 6 Firths rºl
in his religion, comp. 7 25.--So the
Nºn-
238 r
Rabbins call the Christian and Moham-
medan religions.
Sº, Chald, st. emph. Hsnº, i. q. Heb.
Rºº, tender grass, young herbage, Dan.
1, 12. 20.
Tºº Chald. m. (pr. Pers.) only
plur. emph. Nºnº Dan. 3, 2, 3, skilled
in the law, judges ; compounded from
nº law, and the ending nä, l, ; comp.
in nº. In Pehlvi datouber is a judge,
Pers. J},ele lawyers.
He, Rn, the fifth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 5. Its
original figure represented perhaps a
lattice or window, and the same seems
to be expressed by the word Nº lo! see /
Compare the German Hahá, a garden-
window opening upon a prospect. See
Heb. Gr. p. 291. edit. 13.
As a guttural, Fi holds a middle place
between the softer R and the harsher
n.—It is interchanged with N, see p. 1;
rarely with n, as Tā, *-ū Fº, n=3,
etc. Not unfrequently also it, as the mid-
dle letter of a root, is softened into Wav
quiescent; although in the present state
of the Semitic languages, the harder
form with H is more frequent in the later
dialects. Comp. Ušia, Aram. nna, 23-2
g 9 o –
to be ashamed; nin, ºc age; bºrn,
>nº to circumcise; nº, hrſ: to shine;
y &
rin, -joi) to run.
*s imms e
* , , , II, 1. Pron. demonstrative,
this, Lat, hic, hac, hoc ; like Ö, h, té in
Humer and oſten in Herodotus. So
of:
in the ſorms piºnſ, * ;II, this day, i. e.
to-day; Ever this time Ex. 9, 27; nºr.
this might Gen. 19, 34, comp. 35. Diºr,
wn a day, at a time, pr. at this time,
about this time.—Rarely: a) Prefixed
to the relative as in Engl. 2 K. 6, 22
Inuipa" mann: rºu, -uśsr, those whom
thou hast taken captive with thy sword
and with thy bow. b) Or it stands itself
r, the place of the relative, and is then
jº (two cisterns, dual of Talm. r.
a cistern, r. T.) Gen. 37, 17, contractec
Tººl 2 K. 6, 13, comp. Lehrg. p. 536
Dothain, Dotham, pr. m. of a place in the
north of Samaria. Gr. 21030 tu Judith
4, 6, 7, 18; 40twic, 3, 9.
jº (perh, fontanus, from nº. 1. q, nº
a well, see in Yºna) Dathan, pr. m. of
one of the conspirators with Korah.
Num. 16, 1. 26, 9. Deut. 11, 6. Ps. 106
17.
prefixed to the verb, but mostly only in
the later Hebrew. Josh. 10, 24 the chiefa
of the warriors irs sº-hºr; who had
gone with him. Ezra 8, 25 the vessels
*::::iº ºn honºrin which the king
and his ministers had offered. 10, 14.17.
1 Chr. 26, 28. 29, 17. Dan. 8, 1.—In like
of e
manner Arab. Ji for s&J is put before
verbs and prepositions; see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe I. § 793.−Hence
2. As the definite article, Engl. the,
like Gr. 6, j, té, in the insertion or omis-
sion of which the Hebrews and Greeks
and also the English and Germans ſol-
low similar laws, for which see the
usual grammars, e.g. Lehrg. p. 652 sq.
Heb. Gramm. § 107 sq. One topic how-
ever, which has latterly been much
discussed, although superficially and
carelessly, as is usual where the deduc-
tions are made from a few examples, it
will be proper here to consider, and to
give the result of recent and careful
investigations. See Winer's Lex. p. 239.
Gramm. Excurs. p. 57. Ewald Heb.
Gramm. p. 568. The question is raised:
Whether the definite article is used
indefinitely 2 This is wholly denied by
some, and affirmed by others. The
true answer is, that the definite article
cannot indeed be rightly said to stand
indefinitely; but yet the Hebrew con.
ceives and expresses many things defi.
nitely, which in Greek, German, En
glish, French, are expressed withou
the article. Just as the modern lan
r; 239 H
guages differ much in this respect among
themselves; and espec. the French lan-
guage by a peculiar idiom inserts the
article before very many words, which
in English and German do not admit of
it. Thus in French it is said correctly:
nous aurons aujourd’hui la pluie, soyez
le 6ien venu, il a la mémoire bonne, l'es-
prit inquiet ; in all which phrases the
idiom of the English and German does
not tolerate the definite article. The
Hebrew usage in this respect may be
reduced to certain classes; which how-
ever for the most part all flow from the
one principle, that the article is prefixed
to things well known. Apollon. de Synt.
1.6 to &g 9.gov Trgov.peardjoav Zvägw 6m-
Aoi, et ibid. &g 990, où Šulgérós éo twº
&yºyogº, comp. 2. 3 idioux &raq,09&g ngo-
20teukyuévov ſtgordinov je tº t e g o y v G-
0 t g. See the excellent remarks of Har-
ris in his Hermes, B. II. c. 1–Hence, in
a manner differing from English usage,
the article is put:
a) Before nouns which denote objects
and classes or species of things which
are known to all; such as Sºn, arºn,
Fiºn, Dººrſ. Gen. 13, 2 Abraham was
very rich arº F923 Tºrºa. Deut. 14,
26 and thou shalt lay out that money
nº lºaº Nsº pia. Ex. 31, 4
F923 arº; nibyº to work in gold and
silver. Lam. 4,2 ſea Bºshº. Is. 1, 22
vine Dºgz, bºrº. Ex. 2, 3 and daubed
it (the ark or skiff) nº nºna with
bitumen and pitch. 2 K.9, 30 Tºba sign.
r!";"; she put her eyes in paint, painted
them. Comp. Is. 28, 7. 40, 19. 43, 24.
Comp. Heb. Gramm, $ 107. m. 1.
b) Before abstract nouns, like Gr. 16
tolutizów, to initizów, espec. before the
names of virtues and vices; comp. Fr. ‘la
modestie convient à la jeunesse, la super-
stition engendre l'erreur,” where Engl.
omits the article. So nº Tºr, Jer. 23,
14, comp. 51, 19. 16, 4.5. Is. 29, 21. Prov.
25, 5 isoz, pºsiº ji=". Yet freq. in such
cases the article is omitted. Also before
words signifying evils and calamities;
P. g. Nºşa nho to perish of thirst Is. 41,
17. 50, 2. Judg. 15, 18; bºxer blind-
ness (which in Engl. is indefinite, though
we too say the plague, the small-pox)
Gen. 19, 11 he smote them bºxea. Is.
45, 16 rº ºr "ºr" i. e. into dis.
grace, shame; comp. 32, 19 bpur Hºx
**śrī into (the) lowness sinks the city.
46, 2 Fºr "quiz, Bujº. 47, 5 Tºrº "sa,
comp. Ö0, 2.
c) The most frequent use of the article
in this manner is after 3, the particle cf
comparison; since a thing can properly
be compared only with what is presup-
posed to be well known. See Heb. Gram.
§ 107. n. 1. a. Comp. in Engl. “quick as
the bird in the air, as the fish in the water;
white as the driven snow.’ So jS32 Is.
53, 6. Ps. 49, 15; nº Is. 53,7; ºpaz 11,
7. 65,25. Job 40, 15; hº? Is. 1, 18, 51,
8; 832 Job 17,8. 14,2; nº, vºnz, as
the coccus, as crimson, Is. 1, 18. How
very widely this usage is extended, is
apparent from the following examples
taken from the single book of Isaiah :
5, 24 nºrth p32. v. 25 Hrºz. v. 28 -sz
and nºho2, comp. 66, 15. Jer. 4, 13. Is.
10, 14 TP2. 13, 8 Taiº (and so always
in this word, Ps. 48, 7. Is. 42, 14. Jer, 6.
24, 30, 6.49, 24. Mic. 4, 9.10). 14, 17
**T22 (comp. 27, 10. Jer. 9, 11. Hos. 2,
5). 22, 18 nº as the ball, comp. 29, 3.
24, 20 nižujæ like the drunkard, etc. see
30, 17.29. 34, 4, 35, 6, 38, 14. 41, 15. 42,
13. 43, 17. 44, 22. Here it is to be noted,
that the article is mostly omitted before
the noun or object of comparison, when-
ever this is rendered definite by an adjec-
tive or in any other way; comp. Tº Is.
10, 14, but rºº tº 16,2; Yaz Ps. 1,4.
but new 723 Is.29,5; tığiº briz 30,28;
ūzia nºr-es: Ex. 16, 31. Add Bºz
and ins -hy biº Ps. 131,3; also Is. 17,
13. 24, 13. 28, 4. 29, 4.
The following usages with the article
are more commonly known:
d) Before Collectives, see Lehrg. p.
653. Heb. Gr. § 107. 1.
e) Sometimes the article is put before
a noun which more accurately would be
made definite by a suffix; comp. De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe II. § 482. 1; as when a
German woman calls her husband xot'
§§oziv, the husband; or a servant his
master, the master. So Is. 9, 6 nanº
nº ſor innºx, which the Engl. Vers,
expresses; v. 2 Hrºn for irrinº. So
too is prob. to be explained Tºri Is. 7,
14, which, with the Hebrew intpp. and
Grotius, I understand as for "nº.
After this exposition it is hardly ne
r 240 r
3essary to repeat, that every noun which
has the article, is, and ought to be taken
as, definite and demonstrative. As to the
examples which we have elsewhere cited
in support of the contrary opinion, Lehrg.
p. 655, they may be explained as follows:
1 Sam. 17,34 "Sº the lion, as the known
and perpetual enemy of flocks, comp. 6
likos John 10, 12, Arab.J.3&Ji, J, J1.
Ex. 2, 15 nsiºn the well of that région.
Num. 11, 27 nºn the young man, i. e.
the servant, minister; and so Gen. 14, 13
ºn the fugitive, the only one who
escaped. 1 Sam. 17, 8 lo, I am the Phi-
listine, "mººn, i.e. he who challenges
you to single combat. So in Is. 66, 3
sh: Finy Hºri riiſ Jºs H22 mitºn eniu).
Here it may be asked why the words
nieś, nº, take the article, while tºns and
sº omit it. The reason is, that the
slaughterers of oxen and sheep really
existed and could be pointed out by the
writer as with the finger; but homicides
and sacrificers of dogs are here only
supposed, for the sake of comparison;
the ox-slaughterer is as a homicide, etc.
—The precept is also correctly given
by Grammarians, that the predicate of
a sentence does not take the article;
comp. załstó, to 20% and tò zoºst&
zwäg. See Heb. Gr. § 108. 3.
NOTE 1. The vowels with which in
is to be written, may be specified as
follows:
a) Commonly before letters not gut-
tural, it takes Patah followed by Dag.
ſorte, ºri.
b) The gutturals do not admit Dagesh
'orte, and before them in therefore takes
different vowels; e.g. o.) Beſore N,
which wholly rejects all duplication, the
Patah is every where prolonged into
Kamets, as Ti-Isri, Tºsri, Yºst, Bujsſ.
So also before n, as ºri, Pºintſ; and
often also before s and H, as hºrſ, pyr
g e
T
3) On the other hand the harsher gut-
turals in and n admit a certain degree of
wuplication, although no Dagesh ſorte is
marked in them by the Grammarians;
just as Germ. sicher, verglichen, are pro-
nounced almost as if with double ch ;)
and the syllable being therefore more
acute, the Patah is mostly retained, as
shriri, u, Inn. But see nevertheless *rīr;
Gen. 6, 19. y) But whenever the gut-
tural has Kamets, the Patah passes over
into Segol, according to the general rule
Heb. Gram. § 27. n. 2. b. So espec. be
fore n, as wºrri, litriri, arr, Hyrr,
Before H and 9 in monosyllables the
vowel is Kamets, (see above in o.,) as
mºr, pyr; ; and Segol stands only in dis.
syllables or trisyllables, where the tone
is thrown forward towards the end, as
Bºrr (although-rr), ſizrin, rºni-rr.
jºr, Tºr.
NoTE 2. Corresponding to the Heb,
article in the kindred languages are:
a) Phenician s, more rarely n, once bs;
see Monumm. Phoen. p. 437. I.) Ara-
of.
bic Ji, rarely and in the vulgar tongue
Jºe, kindr, with Heb. bs, Hºs. Many
grammarians suppose therefore that ºn
o 15.
comes from bri i. q. bs, Ji; and this
not without reason, compare uxºr, the
36.
5 O G
sun, Arab. ź.Ji pron, esh-Shems.
)
On the other hand, it cannot be denied,
that the pure syllable ha has the same
demonstrative power; as in Chald. Tºº!,
jºr ; tºº, Arab. Jºse; and this sylla-
ble Hupfeld supposes to be the source
of the Heb. article, so that Dagesh in
wºn arises in the same way as in Hºn
for Hy-rig, tºº for nº-nº. See Zeit
schr. ſ. d. Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 449.
J, T, K, for the origin and use of
which forms see the note below; Adv. of
35.
interrogation, like Arab, ſ, a prefix put
before the first word of a clause, and apo-
copated from the fuller ºr (Deut. 32, 6
in the reading of the Nehardeenses, see
C,
Kennic. and De Rossi), Arab. J3.
1. In simple and direct interrogation,
i. q. Lat. -me? Job 2, 3 -ºs Tab ºn
Riºs "Tax hast thou observed my servant
Job 2 Ex. 10, 7.33, 16. etc. a) The in-
terrogation is often so put as to require a
negative answer; and then the question
itself has the force of a negative, i. q.
Lat. num? Gen. 4, 9 "sis "ris ºn am
I my brother's keeper? i. e. I am not his
keeper. Job 14, 14 Hºnºr -º nº Es
if a man die, shall he live again? i.e. ho
shall not revive. 8, 11. 21, 22. Comp
Job 23, 6.36, 19, where the negative an
swer is given by the speaker. A strik
r 241 5-r
ing example is 2 Sam. 7, 5 nºn Hºsn
nº º, which in 1 Chr. 17,4 is express-
ed without interrogation in the negative,
'n Hirºs Nº. b) Sometimes the inter-
rogation seems to have an affirmative
force, equivalent to a negative question
in Engl. Job 20, 4 ºr rst, knowest
thou (not) this? Ez. 20, 30. Elsewhere
Nºr, is put in the same sense; comp. Gr.
hydg; and hyög oil; for is not? and Lat.
-né for nonme? See also Heusinger ad
Cic Off. 3. 17. c) In disjunctive ques-
tions, where the latter clause is preceded
by EN and ps, see above on p. 61; e. g.
Es—r, utrum?—an? more rarely is—r.
Job 16, 3. But in the poetical books
Es—H and Psi-Fi are frequently em-
ployed, where two questions expressing
the same or a like sense in different
words, follow one another in poetic par-
allelism, i. q. num—an 2 num—et? (not
utrum—an 2) though even here there
is a sort of disjunctive relation, which
however lies more in the words than in
the sense. Job 4, 17 pº Hibsº usiºn
nº ºntº intº ps, comp. 6, 5.6, 8, 3.
10, 4.5. 11, 2. 7. 22, 3. Hence in such
parallelism, the second member is often
preceded merely by the simple copula,
as H-r; Job 6, 26. 10, 3, 13, 7, 15, 7, 8.
11. 18, 4; comp. espec. 13, 7. 8; and
even the copula is omitted 22, 4.
2. In indirect interrogation, whether,
(comp. DN B. 2,) after verbs of proving,
trying, Ex. 16, 4. Judg. 2, 22. Deut. 8, 2.
13,4; of seeing, Ex. 4, 18. Gen. 8, 8. In
a disjunctive proposition, followed by DS
Gen. 18, 21; or rº, Num. 13, 18 and see
the land and the people, nºt sºn pyrr;
aires sºn ºr whether they be strong
or weak, whether few or many. So too
is—r Ecc. 2, 19.
Prefixed to other particles, as tism,
see ps; ºr, see "2; Nºrt, see Nº.
NotE. As to the vowels under H, the
ibllowing may be noted: a) Before let-
ters not guttural, and which have not
Sheva simple, the interrogative FT takes
the Hhateph-Patah, as Hyr, nrinn; the
vividness of interrogation causing it to
be made still shorter than in the de-
monstrative ºn b) Rarely it takes the
Same form as the Article, as sººn Lev.
C, 19. Ecc. 3, 21; mostly before letters
with Sheva simple, as ºn Gen. 17, 17.
18, 21. 37, 32. c.) So too it sometimes
coincides with the Art. in form before
gutturals, as Tºshi. d) Also before
gutturals with Kamets, as "ºr, prºj.
Nº Chald, interj. lo! behold / Dan. 3,
25. Syr. ſo, Arab. Ušid.
87, Heb. and Chald. id. Gen. 47, 23.
Ez. 16, 43. Chald, pleon. Dan. 2, 4.
*-i- sn loas, etc. So Syr. fo often.
ITST) interject. onomatopoet. of joy
rejoicing, aha / Lat. eja 1 Is. 44, 16
Espec. in exultation over a fallen ene
my, Ps. 35, 21. 25. 40, 16. Ez. 25, 3.
Bº imperat. of the verb an: q.v.
Dºrjiºſ m. plur. Hos. 8, 13, pr.gifts,
offerings, here sacrificial, for Bºrº
R. any to give.
>k bar, fut, ban, 1. to breathe, to
breathe out, to eachale; for the idea of
breathing as connected with the syllable
an, see under aris. Hence bar, breath,
something vain, vanity; whence also
2. to be or become vain, to act or speak
vainly, i. e. idly, foolishly. 2 K. 17, 15
Abanºn bºrn inns ºn they followed
after vanity (i. e. idolatry) and acted
vainly. Jer. 2, 5. Job 27, 12 ºr nºnº
bºnº why then do ye thus act (or speak)
so vainly 2 Also to cherish vain hopes;
Ps. 62, 11 bann-bs by: place not vain
hope in robbery.
HipH. to make vain, to seduce to vant-
ty, i. e. to idolatry, Jer. 23, 16.
Sº, c. suff, ºr ; plur. Bººn, consºr.
*Hºn.
i. a breath, breathing, e.g. of air, a
gentle breeze, Is. 57, 13. Vulg. well,
aura ; Sept. less well x0 totyls.-Oftener
breath of the mouth, Kimchi 8s"uj "N
HE2, Aqu. &ruis, Symm. &ruás, which
word ºn Wisd. 7, 25 the Syr. Vers, trans-
lates liza. Prov. 21, 6. Ps. 144, 4. So
very often for any thing evanescent,
transient, frail; Job 7, 16 ºz. Bar; "> for
my days are a breath. Prov. 13, 11 ºn
tº bºrº wealth vanisheth more swiftly
than a breath. Ecc. 11, 10 for childhood
and youth are a breath. 21, 6. 31, 30.
Ps, 39, 6. Ecc. 1, 2, 14, 2, 11. 17. 23. 4, 4.
8.5, 9.6,9. al-Hence the signif vanity
21
bºr
Fºr
242
l, e something vain, empty, fruitless,
Lam. 4, 17. Jer. 10, 3.8; also as Adv. in
pain, vainly, Job 9, 29. 21, 34.35, 16. Is.
30, 7. Ps. 39, 7. Spec. of idols as things
vain and worthless, and also of their
worship, 2 K. 17, 15. Jer. 2, 5.—Plur.
tº vanities, espec. idols, Jer. 10, 8.
Ps. 31, 7, Jon. 2, 9.
2. an eachalation, vapour, mist, which
one cannot see through ; so of an abor-
tion, Ecc. 6, 4 for he cometh in mist and
departeth in darkness, seen by none.
11, 8 bºr, Nºujº all that cometh is mist,
i.e. shrouded in darkness. 8, 14.
3. Abel, pr. n. Sept. "Affek, the second
son of Adam, prob. So called from the
shortness of his life. Gen. 4, 2 sq.
bºn i. q. Bºr; no. 1, breath, hence va-
nity, with Chald. form tº bat Ecc.
1, 2, 12, 8.
>k TE: obsol. root, i. q. Taş ; hence
"???" m. (stony, qs, ºils from as i. q.
"as a stone) plur. Dººr: Ez. 27, 15 Keri,
in Cheth. Eºin, ebon-wood, ebony, q. d.
stone-wood, so called from its hardness.
This etymology is so obvious, that we
need not look for another, much less for
a foreign one. The Semitic name is
preserved in the Gr. and Lat. §38woc,
ebenum, ebony, see Bochart Hieroz. II.
p 141 ; and from the Greek it has been
transferred back with an epenthesis into
the Arabic and Persian, where it is
Nritten U”-el, Uººl . The Hebrews
ise the plural, prob. because this wood
was cut up into pieces or sticks for ex-
portation, called by the Greeks pºoyysg.
Comp. Bººks, Rºxx.
>k --n to cut, to cut up, to divide out,
'. Q: Arab. 22 Once Is. 47, 13 Keri
bºº "main sky-dividers, i.e. astrologers,
who divide up the heavens for augury,
or to take a horoscope. Sept. &o 190%6-
rol toi oigovoi, Vulg. augures cali.
Cheth. is 't H-ari (Tufts).--Others take
nºr; as i. q. ſº- to know ; and some
again prefer"to read ºn, comparing
mºnary v. 10.
S㺠Esth. 2, 3, and "ຠv. 8, 15, Hege,
Hegai, Pers, pr. n. of a eunuch in the
tourt of Ahasuerus. Benfey compares
ła eunuch, Monatsnamen p. 192.
*::: obsol. root, Arab. § IV tº
set on fire, to kindle, § heat
Hence ºr ,—Others, to Yoan, as nºr; I
1 ult.
* I. Hºrſ fut. Fºrt, 1. to murmur
to mutter, to growl, pr. to utter a low
rumbling sound, nearly i. q. Tºry. Spo-
ken of the growling of the lion over his
prey Is. 31, 4, Gr. inoffgwyðouxt (to roar
is sus, 6917&ougt); also of low thunder,
see Här, Job 37, 2; of the muttering of
enchanters, see Hiphil ; of the low tones
of a harp, see Ti"An Ps. 9, 17. 92,4; of
the murmuring or cooing of doves, Is.
38, 14. 59, 11 ; of the moaning and sigh-
ing of men, oiudſgeu, Is. 16,7. Jer. 48, 31.
2. Poet. i. q to speak. a) Absol. pr.
to utter a sound, Ps. 115, 7, b) With
acc. of thing, Job 27, 4. Ps. 37, 30. Is. 59,
3. Prov. 8, 7. Hence to speak of, i. q. to
sing, to celebrate, (comp. Yºs,) Ps, 35.
28 ſpºts Hārīr) "...ith my tongue shall
speak of (sing) thy righteousness. 71,24.
3. to meditate, pr. to speak with one-
self in a low murmuring voice, as is often
done by a person in deep meditation ;
comp. no. 1, and nºs, iah: Yºs. With
# to meditate in or on any thing, to think
upon it; Josh. 1, 8 Hºº cºin in nºrm
and thou shalt meditate thereon (the
law) day and night. Ps. 1, 2.63, 7.77,
13 Tºrbº: "rºar I meditate on all thy
works. 143, 5. (Synon. is rity.) Prov.
15, 28 niº Hºn. p-ºx sº the heart of
the righteous meditateth what to answer.
With acc. to think upon, to remember;
Is, 33, 18 rººs Hºn. Tº thine heart re-
membereth the time of terror. Also in a
bad sense, to devise, to plot ; Ps. 2, 1
pºn Art, Bºsh why do the nations devise
a vain thing 2 i. e. attempt resistance in
vain. Prov. 24, 2. Is. 59, 13.—Syr. tºº
to meditate, to read by syllables; Pa.. t
meditate, to contemplate; Ethpa, to read,
Comp. Eth. Żſlſ) to murmur, to utter
inarticulate sounds, to speak, to meditate,
Conj. IV, to read. Arab Jº to mutter
Poel inf inn i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 59, 13.
HipH. part. plur. bºrº, the mutter
ers, i.e. soothsayers muttering enchant
ments; or the sighing, the whimpering
Fºr 2
Tr;
M3
. e. jugglers pretending to imitate the
ow thin voice of the shades, Is. 8, 19.
Deriv. Hºrſ, nºr, liºn.
* II Hºrſ i. q. IT: , II, to be separated,
taken away, comp. Tºr, and Tº. Transit.
to separate, to take away; Prov. 25, 4
Fºº tºo isfy separate the dross from
the silver, where it is Inf abs. for the
imperat. Symm. 249 wigs, Vulg. aufer.
v. 5. Here too is apparently to be refer-
red Is. 27, 8 tºp piºn nºn innºn Hir
he taketh them away with his strong
wind in the time of the east-wind. Kim-
chi well hºo!.
NotE. Maurer not unaptly explains
the connection of this second significa-
tion with no. I, by supposing that Fºr II
is pr. to cause to puff or pant for breath,
then to drive (comp. Ari, &yo), to impel,
Is. 27, 8; and with 12, to drive off, to
separate, Prov. 25, 4. See Maurer ad
Prov. 1, c.
Tº m. (r. Har I) 1. a muttering,
growling of thunder, Job 37, 2.
2. a sighing, moaning, Ez. 2, 10.
3. a meditation, thought, Ps. 90, 9;
i. q, nºr.
nº f (Kamets impure) meditation,
thought, Ps. 49, 4. R. Fºr I.
"3" see in sºn.
Aºi. m. (r. 53r) heat, fervour of mind.
Ps. 39, 4 tºs -sin ºria in my fervour
the fire burned. Hence fer went cry,
prayer, Ps. 5, 2–Others, moaning.
Tiºn m. (r. Hari I) constr. iiºn, c.
suff, ºivºr: Ps. 19, 15. Lam. 3, 62.
1. murmur, sound of the harp or ci-
thara; comp. Hyºri Is. 14, 11–Ps. 92,4
-is-à liºn by with the murmur of the
harp, with its murmuring tones; Sept.
pºst $6ms & × 9 &gº. In Ps. 9, 17 liºn
nºt is a musical sign, Sept. §6) duo-
wºugros, and so Symm. Aqu. Vulg.
see in nºt.
2. meditation, Ps. 19, 15; device, ma-
chination, Lam. 3, 62; comp. Ps. 2, 1.
Tº m. adj. (r. 13r) convenient, com-
modious, suitable, i. q. Talmud. Tºxº and
triº. Ez. 42, 12.
Sk Twº to be convenient, commodious ;
but not "ound in this signification in aay
pſ the kindred languages.
*T2:..] obsol root, Arab. 13$ to flee
tº º * & } e º g
3.2 o g
whence 5* Hejrah, flight of Mo
hammed; kindr. ºrj.—Hence
TAT) (flight) pr. n. Hagar, the hand-
maid of Sarah, of Egyptian birth, the
mother of Ishmael ; so called as having
fled from her mistress. Gen. 16, 1. 25
12.-Also
Yº (fugitive) Hagri, 1 Chr. 11, 38
27, 31; Plur. Bºnan Ps, 83, 7, and
tº-sºn 1 Chr. 5, 10. 19, 20, Hagrim,
Hagarenes, pr. m. of an Arabian people,
with which the tribes living beyond Jor-
dan carried on war. It doubtless cor-
responds to the Arab. 23 , whence the
gentile n. Gers Ue, a people and region
adjacent to the Persian Gulf, called
'Aygoſiou in Strabo XVI p. 767 Casaub.
‘Aygés; Dionys. Perieget. 956, in the pro-
wince now called Bahreim.
T. m. i. q. Tºrº, shout of joy, rejoic-
ing, Ez. 7, 7; comp. Is. 16, 9. 10. R.
++.
Tº Chald. m. plur. counsellors of
state, ministers, viziers, Dan. 3, 24. 4,
33. 6, 8; also sº? ºniº 3, 27 the
king's counsellors.—It seems to be a
compound word; and if Semitic, may
be either Chald. Tºni (r. --) leaders,
governors, with the Heb. article pre-
fixed, which then coalesced with the
word itself, as elsewhere the Arabic
article also with several Heb. words,
see bS p. 49; or it may be compounded
from "nnºn-in, comp. Jºhns; so
Lee. º g
>k +H. obsol. root, Arab. & to break,
kindr. nnr ; in Heb. trop. to break forth
into joy, to shout for joy, comp. rigº,
Hºn. Hence in, Tºr.—The Arabic
root is likewise transferred to sound,
comp. C), so cry of the camel, a deep
hoarse voice, SU; the sound of waves
3 &
dashing upon the shore, 8 Jº a crash
ing, fragor.
TTT, Hadad, pr. n. 1. An idol of the
Syrians, and perhaps of the Edomites
see Tri-ji, and nºtºri.
Tr
--Ir,
244
2. Of several Edomites and ſshmael-
tes, a) A king of Edom, Gen. 36, 35.
1 Chr. 1, 46 comp. 50. b) 1 Chr. 1, 30.
t) 1 K. 11, 14; called in v. 17 TTS.
Ty"Tº pr. n. (Hadad i. e. Adod is
his help, see in TH-12) Hadadezer a
king of Syria-Zobah, contemporary with
David, 2 Sam. 8, 3 sq. Written nºir.
2 Sam. 10, 16. 19. 1 Chr. 19, 16, 19;
though some Mss. every where retain
the better and genuine form with ".
7Tºm'ſ Tº Hadad-rimmon, pr. n. of a
place in the plain near Megiddo, Zech.
12, 11 ; afterwards according to Jerome
called Maarimianopolis. Prob. so called
from the worship of the idol Hadad-
rimmon ; see Hitzig ad Jes. 17, 9. Mo-
vers Phoenizier p. 297. See Biblioth. Sac.
1844, p. 220.
>k HTTF q. Hº (comp. Fºr and Hy)
pr. to throw out the hand, i. e. to stretch
or put out the hand; once Is, 11, 8.-
Arab. s& to lead right, to show the
G – O ~
+ 7
way; Syr. ºol, & C\9, way, custom,
Gr. 6669.
* (for *H) Syr. •riº, Arab.
Jºse, India, Esth. 1, 1, 8,9. The form
Hidhus, is old Pers. for Sanscr. Sindhus
(omitting n), the land of Sind; Lassen
in Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. p. 62.
Emi Tº Hadoram, pr. n. a) A tribe
of the Joktanites in Arabia Felix, Gen.
10, 27. They would seem to be the
'A69tſuitou, Atramita, Ptolem. VI. 7, and
Plin. 28 or 32, on the southern coast of
Arabia, between the Homeritae (Him-
yarites) and the Sachalitaº. b) Masc.
i, q. Bºi-1s, tº is q. v. 2 Chr. 10, 18.
º Hiddai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 30;
for which in the parall. passage 1 Chr.
11, 32 is ºn.
>k T to tread down to the ground,
to trample under foot, once Job 40, 12.
Kindr. roots are sº, nº, 72%. Arab.
&\se to tear down Sc. a house, to de-
stroy.
× ET obsol. root, perh. to tread down,
htrans. to be trodden down ; whence
trop. to serve, to wait upon; Arab
re- Hence ºr footstool.
PT Chald. i. q. Syr. ſºcial me, brum
member. Dan. 2, 5 Tºr. Tº (Gr
AuéAm Trotsiº 2 Macc. 1, 16) pr. to make
into members, i.e. to cut or hew in pieces
a species of punishment common to many
ancient nations. Comp. 3rd Barhebr.
p. 218.
PTT. m. (r. Bºrº) a stool,footstool, every
where with Bºh. Only trop. Is. 66, 1
the earth is thy footstool. Ps. 110, 1 until
I make thine enemies thy footstool.—
Spec. the ark of the covenant is called
the footstool of God, because his pre-
sence was supposed to be always upon it,
1 Chr. 28, 2. Ps. 99, 5, 132,7. Lam. 2, 1.
× tºr, obsol. root. Talmud. to leap
to Spring, to hastem.—Hence
CT. m. plur. Bºri, the myrtle, so
called according to some because it leaps
or springs up rapidly and grows quickly;
like salia & saliendo according to Ver-
rius, though salia is from #15–Neh. 8,
15. Is. 41, 19, 55, 13. Zech. 1, 8, 10, 11,
See Celsius Hierob. P. II. p. 17 sq. Arab.
a member; comp. Pers.
U.Sº id. in the dialect of Yemen;
among the other Arabs this tree is called
J.T.
TºT (myrtle) pr. n. Hadassah, the
earlier Jewish name of Esther, Esth. 2,7.
* Fºr fut. Fºn. 1. to thrust, to push,
to smite, Chald. tºn id. Comp. nº, pe.
Num. 35, 20. 22. Ez. 34, 21. With 12, to
thrust away; Job 18, 18 nisa Hºn.
Túri-bs they shall thrust him from the
light into darkness. Is. 22, 19.-Hence
to thrust down, to overthrows Jer. 46, 15.
2. to thrust away, to repulse, 2 K. 4,
27. Prov. 10, 3.
3. to thrust out, to drive out, with ºn
*E*2, Deut. 6, 19, 9, 4. Josh. 23, 5.
2K --H 1. to cause to swell, to make
tumid, and intrans, to be swollen up, tw.
o #
mid. Arab. 3& tumid 90- to be
come tumid.—Hence part, pass. hºir.
swollen, tumid, raised. Is. 45, 2 bºnhin
--TH
NT
245
nºš the swelling (raised) places will I
make plain, level. LXX. Ögm, unless,
perh, they read on-nn. So tumidos
montes Ovid. Amor. 2. 16. 51. Comp.
Engl. a swell, i. q. a low hill.
2. Trop. of ornament and splendour,
in allusion to the wide and flowing robes
of Oriental pomp; hence to decorate, to
adorn, pr. of apparel, see nºr. Is. 63, 1
inji=b+. Thir decked, glorious, in his ap-
parel. Also to honour a person, with
'E "2B to honour the face, person, of any
one, to reverence, Lev. 19, 32; also in a
bad sense, to favour his cause, to be par-
tial in judgment, like Dº Nº, Lev. 19,
15; c. acc. of pers. Ex. 23, 3.
Niph. Praet, plur. in Pause inºriº, were
homolºred Lam. 5, 12. Comp. Kal no. 2.
HITHP. to show oneself proud, to carry
oneself proudly, Prov. 25, 6.
The derivatives follow.
"Tº: Chald. PA. hºrſ, to honour, Dan.
4, 31. 34.
TT. m. (r. Hºri no. 2) 1. ornament,
decoration, splendour, pomp, Ps. 45, 4.
96, 6. Ez. 16, 14, tºp ºn in holy orna-
ments Ps. 110, 3; see in Hyºri. Prov.
20, 29 Hanu, Bºp! ºr the ornament of
old men is the gray head. Lev. 23, 40
nºr; 79 ornamental trees.—Spec. of the
splendour, majesty of God. Ps. 104, 1
rºah "Try Tin thou art clothed with
splendour and majesty. Job 40, 10. Ps.
29, 4 ºria Hinº bip the voice of Jehovah
is in majesty, majestic.
2. honour, Ps. 149, 9.
"T, Chald. i. q. Heb. nºr, c. suff.
**ºn Dan. 4, 27 [30].
"Tº m. (r. Tri) ornament, splendour;
once Dan. 11, 20 nº-º nºr ºil -ºx2
sending forth an ea-actor of tribute
through the ornament of the kingdom,
Palestine, q. d. the best part of the king-
dom, like "asti Yºs v. 16, comp. Zech.
9, 8. For the historical allusion, see
2 Macc. 3, 1 sq.-Others understand tri-
bute, census, by a Graecism, like tum
But see in Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache p. 64
Thiſ f. (r. Tri) constr. nººn, q.
nºr, ornament, decoration, P >v. 14, 28.
*if nºir holy adornment, i. e. apparel
alorn on solemn festival occasions, (not
Sacerdotal as some suppose,) Ps 29, 8
96, 9. Comp. Bºp ºn Ps. 110, 3.
TºTº so written sometimes ſo.
nºir, q.v.
Fºl interj. expressing grief, onomato.
poetic, like Friš, ah I wo! Ez. 30, 2
y - )
"" interj. expressing grief onomatop
like "in, O / wo! alas ! Am. 5, 16.
Shri m. Sº, ſhe, she, is, ea, id; per-
sonal pronoun of the third person. The
same form dropping the N is found in the
pr. n. *riºs. Corresponding forms are,
Phen. Rn; Samar. Rºri, f. r1, and sºn,
ºn; Syr. ca, f. -ai, Arab.3, f Gº.
As to its origin, see Hupfeld on the Se-
mitic demonstr. Particles in Zeitschr. ſ. d.
Kunde des Morgenl. II. p. 127 sq. 147 sq.
—In the Pentateuch &ºn includes also
the feminine gender, and is put for Nºn,
which latter (according to the Masora on
Gen. 38, 25) is read only eleven times
in the whole Pentateuch. The puncta-
tors, who prob. did not notice this idiom
of the Pentateuch, wherever Nhn refers
to a feminine object, seem to have regard-
ed it as an error, and wrote it NTT, sig-
nifying that Nºr; ought to be read. Be-
sides the Pentateuch, Shri is found as fem.
in 1 K. 17, 15. Job 31, 11. Is. 30,33, where
it is also written by the punctators Nºri.
Like the Lat. is, ea, id, so the pronouns
Nhn, Nºn, point out a definite person or
thing already mentioned or well known
from the context. They thus differ from
rty, rst, which is i. q. oitos, this, point-
ing to a person or thing present and
near; and correspond rather to the Greek
witós, especially in the oblique cases, as
ib i. Q. wirg, inis i. q. oité). Hence Nin
and Nº are put:
1. Without emphasis, he, she, like Lat.
is, ea. Gen. 4, 20 and Adah bare Jabal,
bris -uj, was nºr sºn he was the father
of such as dwell in tents. v. 21. 10, 8.9.
12. 19, 36. 37. 20, 16. That its proper
place is where a person or thing is men-
tioned a second time, (see the remarks
above on the article,) is obvious from
passages where it refers to itſ preceding;
so Judg. 7, 4 lb., Hy Tºs-2s -ºs Hyril
n: Tºbs -ºs-nu's bº tºs tº shri ºn
Th: Nº sºn Tºy Tº Nº. where Sept.
21*
Nº.
Tr;
246
well: zoº $otoſt, Öw éðv sino tigos os,
oit os togetvetov gin goi, o, it be toget-
astow avy gol' ºwl tăç 6v by sitto "rgög
ré, oitos ot togetostal ust, goi, witóg
wi, togetostal ustó, goi. So too in the
same relation, näs and Fiºri, Gr. oitou
and witol, Ps. 20, S. 9.
2. With a degree of emphasis, as again
taking up a preceding noun. Is. 33, .22
Hyºu;in sºn ºzºg Hinº Jehovah our king,
he will save us. 38, 19. So in various
ways and examples; as Gen. 13.1 Abra-
ham . . . intºs, sºn, Sept. wiros zui à
yvvi, witoi, he and his wife. 14, 15. Gen.
4, 4 sºn tº b3rſ, Sept. "Afts, ºwl witóg,
Abel, even he. Gen. 20, 5* -2s sºrt Nºr
said HE mot unto me?—Spec. a) Some-
times shri i. q. wités is referred to God,
as HE who alone is to be adored, who
alone created and governs the world.
Ps, 33,9 "nº n2s sºn. Job 5, 18. Deut.
32, 39. So in the pr. names intºs,
*H"-s, etc. b) Put also by way of
contempt, 2 Chr. 28, 22; like Gr. oiros,
Lat, iste, c) Like 6 wirós, the same,
idem, Ps. 102, 28 sºn Hirºs thou art the
same. Is. 41, 4, 43, 13. 48, 12. d) Put
after a noun it is often i. q. witóg, ipse,
self. Is. 7, 14 nis tº sºn is nº ſº;
therefore the Lord himself (Sept. Kügto:
oirós) will give you a sign, i. e. of
himself of his own accord. Often and
emphatic after the pronouns "ES (Is.
43, 25), Hirºs, ºr ; as Jer. 49, 12 Firs.
rip?r rip; sºn and shalt Thou go un-
punished? Is. 50, 9 'ºu'. Rºn "º who
then shall condemn me? Gen. 27, 33.
3. Put with the art. after a noun having
the art. it expresses the remote demonstr.
that ; ille, illa, illud; and so Erin, jºin.
Job 1, 1 Nint unst that man. Gen. 28,
11 shrir, Bipº in that place. Mic. 3, 4
Nºrri rº, at that time. So very often
Núñn biº in that day, at that time ;
spoken both in the historical books of a
day just before mentioned, Gen. 15, 18.
26, 32. 30, 35. 33, 16; and also in the
prophetic writings of a day just before
announced, Is. 2, 17. 20. 3, 7. 18, 4, 1.2
(comp. 2, 12). 5, 30. 7, 18. 20. al. Sept.
év tí huégſ, ëzëiºn.—In Syriac cá, •º,
are used to correspond with Heb. Nºnn,
Rºnn. -
4. Like the other personal pronouns, so
Nhn, Nºrt, (also bri in,) involve the deu
of the verb of existence or substantive
verb, i. Q. he is, she is, it is. Gen. 24,65
what man is this? ... **IN Nºn he is any
naster. 20, 7 for he is a prophet. 2, 11
Hºrn yº-º-rs sºon sºn that is
it which compasseth the whole land of
Havilah. More frequently put last
as Gen. 25, 21 sºn Hºps *z for she
was barrem. Ps. 18, 31. Is. 41, 7. In
both genders it is not seldom put by
way of explanation, i. q. that is, etc
Gen. 14, 8 hy's Nºrt sº Bela, that is
Zoar, now called Zoar. v. 7. 23, 2, 19.
Josh. 15, 8, 9.-Hence it comes that
these pronouns frequently stand instead
of the substantive verb itself; as Gen. 7,
2 and of the beasts sºn HºHº. Nº nu's
that ARE not clean. Ps. 50, 6 pºrºs ºr
Nhn tº for God is judge. Gen. 41, 26
sº nºn tº sat rsiºn rhº sau
Fºr tº sau; rater tºur, the seven
good kine ARE seven years, and the seven
good ears ARE seven years ; comp. v. 27
fin. where instead of riºr, we have hºn".
Gen. 25, 16 9syºujº º Eri Hàs these
ARE the sons of Ishmael. Zech. 1, 9 I
will show thee n°s nºr. H% what these
ARE. Espec. Zeph. 2, 12, where nºr.
even refers to a different (the second)
person: rign "ann ºn tº bris tº
also ye Ethiopians SHALL BE slain with
my sword. Comp. Ezra 5, 11; also Syr,
Matt. 5, 13.
ST. m. Nº f. Chald. i. q. Heb. he,
she j is, ea, id., Dan. 2, 22. 6, 11. 17
Often as implying the verb of existence
or substantive verb, he is, she is, etc.
Dan. 2, 9. 20. 28. 32.47. 6, 5. Put also
for the substantive verb, Dan. 4, 27.
Nº Chald. i. q. Hyr, q.v.
TT aphaeresis for Tini (r. Triº) Arab.
CN-63 to swell, e. g. the flesh, the female
breast.
1. a swelling sc. in the exuberance
of health and strength; hence vigour,
strength, e.g. of the youthful body Prov.
5,9; of a noble steed Zech. 10,3. Dan. 10
8 n-rºck ºx ter; "in my strength was
turned within me to destruction, i. e. was
destroyed. Hos. 14, 7 "in nº like the
olive-tree his strength.-Trop.ofstrength
of voice, snorting, Job 39, 20 [23].
Thr
FTH
247
2. splendour, majesty, e. g. a) Of
Bod, often with hºrſ, Ps. 21, 6.96, 6.
104, 1. 111, 3. Job 40, 10. b) Of kings
and princes, 1 Chr. 29, 25. Dan. 11, 21.
Comp. Num. 27, 20.
3. Hod, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37.
nºtin (perh. i. q. Hººtin praise ye
Jehovah) Hodaviah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
5, 24. b) 9, 7, c) Ezra 2, 40.
Tº Tiri (id.) Hodaviah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 3, 24.
Tºri (splendour of Jehovah) Ho-
deiah, Neh. 7,43, i, q, nºir lett. b.
TºTim (id.) Hodijah, pr. n. of several
Levites, Neh. 8, 7. 9, 5, 10, 11. 24. 19.
>k Hy to be, to eacist, i. q. Hºrſ. In
Aramaean this is the usual form for
the substantive verb, Chald. Fiji, Syr.
ſco, in Hebrew it rarely occurs, and
only in the poets and later writers.
That it is however the primitive form
and earlier than Tºr, is apparent, be-
cause the form has obviously an onoma-
topoetic origin; and hence nºr comes
from rin, as nºr from Hºrſ. The ori-
gin of Hyr lies in the idea of breathing,
comp. Rºs, Arab. Gyº, and see in no.
2, 3. This idea is then transferred to
the breathing of persons and animals;
whence to live i, q, nºr], and so to be.—
Part. Hyn Neh. 6, 6. Ecc. 2, 22. Imp.
nºr, sºn, ºr, Gen. 27,29. Is. 16,4, Fut.
apoc. sºn, Ecc. 11, 3, for in from nº.
2. to breathe after, to desire, i. q. ITES,
Tºš I.2. Arab. sº to desire, to love,
vo will—Hence riºr no. 1, desire.
3. Intens. to strive eagerly, to rush
headlong ; hence to fall headlong, to fall
from on high, i. q. sº. Job 37, 6
yºs sºr -2N− x* *z for to the snow
he saith, Fall (rush down) upon the
earth; Vulg. ut descendat in terram,
Sept. as in no. 1, ylvov ćirl yńs.—Hence
Hºn no. 2, Hin. -
Tº and NY. Chald. to be, 1. q. Heb.
nºr. Often joined with the participle
yf another verb, e.g. nºr. Tir, thou wert
secing, i. e. thou sawest, Dan, 4 "... 10. 7,
| vah impels, r. Bºri,) Hoham, pr: n of a
2. 4. al.
V
of this verb, there occurs this singulari
ty, that in the third pers, sing, and plur
is found the prefix *, where we should
expect the preformative *; and this with
the regular and usual signification of the
future or subjunctive. Thus, Nºrth will
be Dan. 2, 28. 29.45. 4, 22. Ezra 7, 26;
be it, let it be, Dan. 3, 18. 5, 29. Ezra 7,
23, 4, 12. 13. 5, 8; plur. iii.; may be
Dan. 6, 2. 3. 27. Ezra 7, 25; fem. Tº
Dan. 5, 17; but in 3d fem. sing. Hºrn
Dan. 2, 40–42, 4, 24; Rºry 7, 23. Ezra
6, 8. Forms of the same kind are found
in the Targums, as Hieros. Ex. 10, 28.
Jonath. Ex. 22, 24; and more in the
Talmud, as youb for you)", inzº fol
Th?", "yºb for 197", see Fürst Chald
Lehrg. p. 114. From all this it appears
that these forms are not infinitives, as is
sometimes supposed; but that in such
examples either the 5 is put for the Nun
of the Syrians (so de Dieu, Beer Inscr.
et Papyri I. 19, 20), or else these forms
have arisen out of the Hebrew usage
which began to put bºth instead of
bºp", Heb. Gr. § 129. m. 1. Comp. Wi-
ner Chald. Gr. p. 67. edit. 2.
Tº f (r. Hyr) verbal of Pi. 1. desire,
cupidity, see the root no. 2. Prov. 10, 3
Fºrt, Bºstºn nºr he thrusteth away the
desire of the wicked; parall, pºſs tºº.
Comp. Hºs. Arab. sº desire, will.
2, fall, ruin, Arab. & O 5, see the root
no. 3. Only in the plur. calamities, de-
struction; Ps. 57, 2 niºn ºn-Ts until
these calamities are overpast. 91, 3 n+.
nian fatal pestilence. 94, 20. Prov. 19,
13. Job 6, 2. 30, 13. (In Job ll. cc.
Chethib Hyr.)—Hence also, ‘calamities
which one prepares for another,’ mis-
chief injury, wickedness; Ps. 5, 10 DºnP
nian their inward part (or mind) is
wickedness. 38, 13 niºn ºnzº they speak
mischief, mischievous things. 52, 4. 9.
55, 12. Prov. 11, 6, 17, 4 ligh-by Tº
nian giving ear to a wicked tongue. Job
6, 30. Sing, id. Ps. 52, 9.
Tin i. q. nºn no. 2, fall, ruin, cala.
mity, Is. 47, 11. Ez. 7, 26. R. Hºri no. 3
Erin (prob. for Erin", whom Jeho
NotE.—In the formation of the Fut. | king of Hebron, Josh. 10 3.
*H
Hir
248
nºr interj. onomatopoetic, like "is.
1. Of threatening, ho I wo! oval, oi,
with nominat. for the vocative ; comp.
Sept. Is. 1, 4 Nºn via "in wo, sinful
nation / 5, 8.11. 18. 20. 21. 10, 5. 28, 1.
29, 1.15. 30, 1, 31, 1; with by Jer. 48,
1; by 50, 27. Ez. 13, 3; ; 13, 18.
2. Of grief, O ! wo! alas ! 1 K. 13, 30
*rīs "in alas, my brother 1 Is. 17, 12.
3. Of exhortation, ho Zech. 2, 10
[6]. Is. 18, 1. 55, 1.
>k ºr. Chald. to go, a softened form
from tº ; comp. tº and unt, yºs and
yhs, pay and phy; and in modern lan-
guages Engl. to talk, to walk (in which
the l is not sounded), Fr. douac from Lat.
dulcis, faua from falsus. Fut. A (the
only instance in verbs is) Tº i. q. Tºº!,
Ezra 5, 5.6, 5, 7, 13. Infin. Triº. 7, 13.
—The same forms are found in the Tar-
gums.
nºir, f. (r. bºr Po.) plur, nibbin,
folly, Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 12. Then, impro-
bity, wickedness, Ecc. 9, 3.
nºn f id. Ecc. 10, 13.
Eºin (Milel) m. Is. 41,7; see in Eğrı.
* Dº to put in motion, throw into
commotion, consternation, to agitate ;
kindr. Fºr, Hºrſ. Deut. 7, 23 tºr
H%in: rigºrº, he will bring upon them
great consternation.—Hence Finn.
NIPH. see in nºr.
HIPH. to make commotion, to make a
noise, (comp. pºpujri to keep quiet) of
a noisy multitude Mic. 2, 12; of an un-
quiet mind, internal commotion, Ps. 55, 3.
Deriv. Hºriz, Binn.
tº (destruction, r. tºr) Honam,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 1, 39; for which in Gen.
36, 22 tºn.
**H i. q. Arab. &\*, to be light,
easy ; comp. kindr. RN, T.S.
HipH. to act lightly, with levity; Deut.
1, 41 nibyº Hºrrº ye acted lightly to go
up, went up heedlessly; comp. Num.
14, 44.
Deriv. ºn, and
7" m. 1. riches, wealth, substance,
Prov. 1, 13. 6, 31. 8, 18. Ps. 44, 13 Nºz
lin for nought, pr. for no wealth. Plur.
6 o ~
cºin Ez. 27, 33.-Arab. cº ease,
35.
comfort; comp. 9|| mid. Waw, to live
35.
in comfort and quiet, & quiet, com:
fort, is wealth, substance.
2. Adv. enough, Prov. 30, 15. 16. Sa
Sept. 392& Chald. Syr. Arab. Vers.
nin and nº. 1. An old and unusua,
word, i. q. ºrj, a mountain, Gr. 890s,
Gen. 49, 26 is "nºn (i. e. is hºir) eter.
nal mountains, parall. with this nivº
everlasting hills in the other hemistich,
—The Masorites direct it to be read
Tº "min, and seem to follow the inter.
pretation embraced by the Vulg. and
Chald. i. e. taking nºnin as particip. of
the verb nºr;, i. q. my parents, progeni-
tors, and referring "is to the words fols,
lowing. But against this is the compa-
rison of the similar passages in Deut. 33,
15. Hab. 3, 6; and also the parallelism
of the members.
2. Hor, pr. m. of two mountains: a)
One on the borders of Idumea, one and
a half days’ journey from the Dead Sea
towards the south ; at its eastern foot
lay the city Petra. At the present day
it takes its name from Aaron, who died
on it, exº sº Jº- Jebel Neby
Harin, Mount of the Prophet Aaron.
See Comment. on Is. 16, 1. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 548, 651.—Num. 20, 22.
33, 32. b) The other was perhaps a
spur of Lebanon at the northeastern
extremity, Num. 34, 7.8.
vºir (for Sºujinº, whom Jehovah
heareth,) Hoshama, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 3,
18.
yūſī (deliverance, safety, see r. vu}:
Hiph. and Niph.) pr. n.
a) Oshea, afterwards Joshua, the mi.
nister and successor of Moses, Num. 13
8. 16. etc. -
b) Hoshea, a king of Israel, 2 K. 15
30. 17, 1 sq. 18, 1 sq.
c) Hosea, a prophet, Sept. ºomé, Hos.
1. 1. 2.
nºin (whom Jehovah helpeth,
suft) Hoshaiah, pr. n. of several men
a) Neh. 12, 32. 33. b) Jer. 42, 1.43, 3
* nºr see nnn.
>k H; r to dream, to talk in one
*H 249
H-H
treams, Is. 56, 10. Kindr. is riºr ; and
the primary idea seems to be that of
nocturnal vision. Sept. §vvſtviešćuevot,
Aqu. powtogóuévot, Symm. Öguawtuato.i.
—Arab. sº and |&ge to talk at ran-
dom, espec. of one delirious; and nearly
the same in the Talmud.
ºn m. (for ºn, r. Frº, as bºx for bº)
wailing, lamentation, wo, Ez. 2, 10.
8" pron. of 3 pers. sing. fem she,
Lat, ea, neut. id; see fully in Nhn.
Sometimes in the Masoretic text it is
read sºn, where Nºr used in a neuter
sense is referred to the masculine, and
the Jewish critics expected NTT ; e. g.
Job 31, 11. Ecc. 5, 8. Ps. 73, 16.
Sº, Chald. i. q. Heb. she, Dan. 2, 9.
20. 21. 7, 7 Ezra 6, 15. See in Nhn.
"Tº m (r. Tiri) shout of joy, joyful
acclamation, e. g. a) Of vintagers
treading the grapes, vintage-shout, Jer.
2: 30, 48, 33. b) Of soldiers rushing
to battle, battle-shout, Jer. 51, 14. Is. 16,
9. 10, where these two senses are put in
antithesis.
n"Tº Neh. 12, 8, a corrupted form,
prob. for ni Tin choirs, as 1 Chr. 25, 3.
Comp. also Neh. 11, 17; where in a like
context is nitiºn. .
*Hºn. fut. Hºrtº, apoc. *rº, with
Vav convers. "rºl; inf absol. Hºr; and
ºr Num. 30, 7; inf constr. riºr, once
nºr. Ez. 21, 15, with pref ninrib, niºn: ;
imp. Fºr ; part. f. riºt Ex. 9, 3; signi-
fying i. q. Hºrſ, Chald. Hyn, Syr. fool,
ſea.
1. to come to pass, to happen, to be ;
for the origin and etymology see the
Note. Ex. 32, 1 we know not is nºr H2
what has happened to him. Ecc. 3, 22
Tºr's "riºus nº what shall be (happen)
after him. Is. 14, 24 Hrºn is "nº nuis-
as I have thought, so shall it come to pass.
1 K. 13, 32. So 'u; Hºri nº how comes
(is) it that ? Ecc. 7, 10, i. q. Gr. ti yś-
yovsy Ört John 14, 22. Often in the
phrase ºs " -- nºr the word of Jeho-
pah happened (came) to any one , see
txamples in n; no. 1, c, and comp. Lat.
fama accidit ad aures aiic. Liv.—Most
frequent of all is the form "rºl, Gr. ºw:
ſyéveto, and it came to pass, in historical
narrative, with a notation of time. Gen.
22, 1 ºrbsº ºr ºn tºns ºrn
rig: and it came to pass after these
things, and God did try Abraham. 23, 1.
26, 32 sº shrin Biº- "nº and it came
to pass on the same day, and they came
etc. Josh. 4, 1 nºsºl... ºr nuisa "nº.
5, 1 ozº... soujº ºn” and it came to
pass when they heard... then their heart
melted. The notation of time, as ap-
pears from these examples, is variously
expressed; e.g. with 3 and inſ: Gen.
24, 30. Ex. 16, 10; A and inſ. Gen. 35,
17, 18. Num. 10, 35; hºsz with praet.
Gen. 24, 22. 52. 1 Sam. 8, 1; he with
praet. Gen. 6, 1. 27, 1.-Corresponding
to this is also the form Hºrſ, and it shall
come to pass, referring always to a future
event, and usually followed by a nota-
tion of time. Is, 7, 18 sinn Bina nºr;
* phºn and it shall come to pass in that
day, Jehovah shall hiss, etc. Ex. 12, 25
brºnzº... Yºsr-bs sºn -- n:rn and
it shall come to pass when ye shall come
to the land... then shall ye keep, etc. So
with "æ Ex. 12, 26. Judg. 12, 5; DS de-
noting time or a condition Ex. 4, 8.
Deut. 8, 19; 2 and 4 with inſ: Deut. 17,
18. 20, 2.9. Judg. 2, 19.
2. to begin to be, i. e. to become, to be
made or done. Spec. a) To come into
existence, to begin, to arise, to be ; Gen.
1, 3 -is "nº is "nº let light be, and
light was. v. 6. Is. 66, 2 rºs-bº ºrº
and all these things have arisen, have
come into existence. With 72, of or
from any source, Gen. 17, 16 tº "Ehº
hºrt Hºº kings of nations shall be of
her, spring from her. Ecc. 3, 20, b) to
be dome, established, opp. to fall, to be in
vain. Is, 7, 7 nºrin Rºj Bºpp Nº it shall
not stand, neither shall it be done. With
h auctoris, Is. 19, 15 cºnsº nºn- Nºb
nº neither shall any work be done by
the Egyptians.—It is construed as fol
lows: 0.) With a subst, following, to be-
come or be made anything. Gen. 19, 26
nº? -"s; “rīrī) and she became a pillar
of salt. 4, 20. 21. So Gen. 1, 5 ans "rºl
Tris bin -ph "nº and the evening was
and the morning was one day, i. e. even-
ing and morning became one day. 6)
In the same sense, with h before the
subst. Gen. 2, 7 nºr UE; cºsm ºr:
and quan became a living soul, v 24. 9
H*H
Fºr
250
15. Is. 1, 22. 31.5, 9, 2) But h riºr, to
be or become to any one, as his posses-
sion, property, etc. Is. 17, 2 nºns ºns
nºrr tº the cities of Aroer shall
be for the flocks, i.e. be given up to them.
23, 18. Job 30, 31. So espec. of a wo-
man, Jºsh Firºr, she became to a man,
i.e. became his wife, (nºsh being often
added, Num. 36, 3,) Num. 30, 7.36, 3.
Deut. 21, 15. 24, 2, 3) = Hºri to be or
become as or like any thing. Gen. 3, 5
pºrºsz prºrº and ye shall become as
God. v. 22. Ps. 1, 3. Cant. 1, 7. Then
also, to be or become like any one, is to
have the like lot with him; comp. Fr.
‘je ne sais pas ce qu’il est devenu.’ ls.
1, 9 ºr B-52 we should have become
like Sodom, i.e. have experienced the
fate of its inhabitants. Gen. 18, 25. Num.
17, 5. Is. 17, 3. 24, 2. 28, 4. 29, 7. 30, 13.
Comp. Is. 10, 9, 20, 6; where nºr is
omitted.
3. to be, i. e. the substantive verb, like
Gr. eiul, Lat. sum. a.) As the copulative
connecting the subject with the predi-
cate; whether the latter be an adjective,
noun, numeral, or adverb; or whether it
stand alone, or in connection with a par-
ticle. So with an adjective, Gen. 3, 1
Bºy Hºr wrºr) and the serpent was
cunning. 2, 25. With a substantive,
Gen. 3, 20 ºn-by Es Pinºr sºn ºz for she
was the mother of all living. 5,32. 16,12.
With a subst. and numeral, Gen. 5, 5
and all the days of Adam . . . . were nine
hundred and thirty years. v. 8, 11. Job
1, 3. With an adverb, Gen. 15, 5 |z.
Tºny Hyrº so shall thy seed be. With a
subst, having the prefix 2, Ps. 22, 15 Fºr
sº "ah my heart is like war. Is. 1, 18.
30. 9, 18. In very many examples of
this kind the substantive verb may be
omitted; and indeed is more frequently
omitted than inserted; see Lehrg. p. 849.
But the rules laid down as to its use by
Ewald are too narrow ; Krit. Gr. p. 632.
Kl. Gr. § 571. 2. b) As expressing
the being or remaining in any place or
state; Gen. 4,8 Hºa triºn: "nº and it
came to pass when they were in the field,
pr. in their being in the field. 13, 3, 17,
13. Is. 7,23. Gen. 2, 18 tº Sri niºr sit Nº.
"Tºh it is not good for man to be alone.
Ecc. 7, 14, c) Emphatic, to be in exist-
ence, to eacist e.g. in some place, Gen. 2,5
yºs: nºrt: Elº riºr riºt, the plants of
the field were not yet in the earth, did not
yet exist. 6, 4, Is. 11, 16. Absol. Gen.
13, 7 sºn ºrº and there was strife. 15.
17 nºr; nº there was darkness. Zech.
14, 6, Is. 15, 6, Ecc. 1, 9, 10–Also, to
evist, to live; so Gr. eiul, e.g. śi sigi
Hom. Od. 15.432; oi Öy v Il. 6. 131.
Matt. 2, 18. So Job 3, 16 as a hidden
untimely birth Flºris Sº I had not been,
should not have existed, lived. Is. 23, 13.
Dan. 1, 21. Ecc. 2, 7. 18. 4, 16. 6, 12.
The following constructions and phra-
ses may also be noted: aa) Stºp Fºr;,
he was slaying, for he slew ; comp. Syr.
fool ^*. Gen. 4, 17 Fºº "rº and he
was building. 15, 17 risi, ºn "rºl
and the sum was going down. Is. 10, 14.
Often in the later writers, Job 1, 14.
Neh. 1, 4, 2, 13. 15, bb) riºr, to be to
any one, i.e. to belong to, and with a per-
sonal subject, to have. Gen. 12, 16 "nºt
npº Nx ib and he had sheep and oarero
Ex. 20,3 Bºnns Enrºs H. Hºrtº-sº tho.
shalt have no other gods. Gen. 13, b.
2 Sam. 12, 2, Is, 5, 1; h omitted 2 Sam.
4, 2. Comp. * **, Gr. §ott uot, Arab
J Jé est mihi, i. q. habeo, Cor. 10. 100
cc) Also º Hºrſ, to be for anything, i.e.
to serve as or for any thing, to be any
thing, Gr. sing, sis tº, yévêo 90 t eig tu.
Gen. 1, 15 nins* *rīſ; and they shall
be for lights. v. 14, 29. Is. 1, 14 *s hºr;
nºnth they are to me for a burden. With
+ c, inf. Is. 5, 5 -ynh Hyrº and it shall
be for consuming, burning, pr. Eng, it
shall be to burn. With a dat. of pers.
Gen. 6, 21 Hººsh triº Hº Hºrſ, and it
shall be to thee and to them for food. Ex.
4, 16 b Hºrn Hrs. He; ºth Hºn: sºn
pºrºsh he shall be to thee for a mouth,
and thou shalt be to him for God, i. e.
he shall speak in public whatever thou
shalt suggest to him in private.—
Sometimes à Fiºr, is i, q to show oneself
so and so, to acquit oneself as ; 1 Sam.
4, 9 Bºsh -rºl ºpinrn be strong and
quit yourselves like men. So with %
twice, 1 Sam. 18, 17 bºr-inh ºriºn be
thou valiant for me, pr. quit thyself for
me as a man of valour. dd) The ſor-
mula nilpº Fºr has a double signif
o:) to be about to do, to begin to do, as
Gen. 15, 12 sink ºr “rºl and the
H*H 2
5-HT
51.
si, n was about to go down was in going
down. 2 Chr. 26, 5 p-nºs ºntº "nº
and he began to seek God, applied him-
self to seeking God. (3) to be about "o be
done, implying necessity, it must, it ought,
etc. Josh. 2, 5 -ăch Hyºr ºrº and the
gate was to be shut, it was time to shut
“he gate. Is. 6, 13 a tenth part in her
... *** nºr shall be to destroy, i. e.
shall be destroyed. So with the pas-
sive, Ez. 30, 16 span; nºrr Sil and No
(Thebes) shall be to be rent asunder, i.e.
shall be destroyed. ee) ‘E DS. Try to
be with any one, in various senses:
w) to be on his side, of his party, 1 K. 1, 8;
see tº no. 1. Comp, sival us tº twog Matt.
12, 30, 3) Hús Es riºr to be with a wo-
man, i. q. to lie with her, Gen. 39, 10.
2 Sam. 13, 20. Comp. Syr. Xos loci
12Nii, Hist. of Susann. 14. Judith 12, 16.
y) to be in one's mind, heart, i. q. Es PTF,
ab 1 K. 11, 11; see tº no. 2. c. ff) nºr.
B ºn to be in the eyes of any one, i. e.
to seem to him, see Tºy no. 1. b. g.g.)
59 Hºri to be over any one, i. q, to protect
him; pr. ofa wall, 1 Sam. 25, 16. Metaph.
Zech. 12, 2 Triº Hºrtº be ex; and also
over Judah shall (God) be, i.e. he will
protect Judah.
NIPH. Hºrº only in Praet. and Part.
. q. Kal, but less frequent.
1. to come to pass, to happen, to be.
Judg. 19, 30 nst Hrisº-sby Hrºnº-sh
no such thing had come to pass nor was
seen. 20, 3. 12. Deut. 4, 32. Jer. 5, 30.
Fz, 21, 12. Neh. 6, 8. Dan. 12, 1.
2. to become, to be made or dome, to be
accomplished. Part, fem. Hyr; it is done!
"t is over ! Mic. 2, 4, So Hºrſ: Hysin a
desire accomplished, fulfilled, Prov. 13,
9; comp. paral, HS: v. 12. With to
t coome any thing, lit. for any thing,
Deut. 27, 9. With nSº noting the au-
thor, 1 K. 12, 24. 1, 27. 2 Chr. 11, 4.
3. to be, as the subst. verb, Joel 2, 2.
Twice emphat. implying the idea of
something finished and past ; as Lat.
fuimus Troes.' Dan. 2, 1 Hrºn, irº
** and his sleep for him had been, i. e.
sleep for him was over, existed no more;
rºy for hºs, ib. Theodot, well, à inrog
viroi; &n syāvsto &nt wiroi, Vulg, fugit
ab illo. Comp. 6, 19. Dan. 8, 27 and I
Daniel "nºbrº; “rºrº had been (vulg.
Engl. was done up) and was sick, Wu'g
langui et a grotavi.
NotE. As the motion of the substan-
tive verb is too abstruse and metaphy.
sical to be regarded as primitive, etymo.
logists have with good reason sought
after the origin of the Heb. verbs nºr;
and nºr. With some I formerly em-
braced the conjectural opinion, that the
primary idea was that of falling, comp.
Arab. (sy” ruit, decidit; and that the
sense of falling out, coming to pass, was
derived from this; in support of which
one might appeal to Pers. ...,e\xi' to
fall, to fall out, to happen. But I can-
not now regard this signification as the
primary one. The notion of eacistence
would seem rather to come from that of
living, applied metaph. evento inanimate
things; so that then the verbs Hyr, Hyr,
and Fiºri, Hyri, may all be referred to the
same origin. Of these Hºri and Hyr, sig-
nify primarily to breathe, to blow, (comp.
TS, HES, RHS, bari,) which notion then
passes over into the signif. partly of
breathing after, desiring, rushing, and
partly of living, existing. See more
under nºr. Some also regard the verbs
riºr, and Tºr, as very closely related to
the pronouns sºn and Nºrt.
ºn f. in Cheth. Job 6, 2. 30, 31, for
nº fall, ruin, calamity.
º, a form imitating the Chaldee, for
Ts how 2 1 Chr. 13, 12. Dan. 10, 17.—
Freq. in Chaldee writers; Samar. 3 ºf
id.
ºn comm. gend, once fem. Is. 44,
28. Plur. pº-, once ni Hos. 8, 14.
1. a large building, edifice, a palace,
Prov.30,28. Is. 39,7. Dan. 1, 4.—It comes
from r. b3, i. q. Sº, briz, to take, to hold;
espec. to be capacious, spacious. Syr.
Halá, Arab. J&s, Ethiop. U.P'ſ A,
id. also a temple.
verb J&#.
2. Hinº be ºn the palace of Jehovah,
i. e. the temple at Jerusalem, 2 K. 24, 13.
2 Chr. 3, 17. Jer. 50, 28. Hagg. 2, 15.
Zech. 6, 14, 15; elsewhere Hin' nº.
Spoken also of the sacred taberi,acle in
use before the building of the temple,
comp. nº no. 2; 1 Sam. 1, 9.3, 3. Ps
There is likewise a
5*H
N57
252
5, 8; not 2 Sam. 22, 7. Ps. 29, 9, where
the heavens are to be understood. Poet.
for the heavens, Ps. 11, 4, 18, 7 et 2 Sam.
22, 7. Ps. 29, 9. Mic. 1, 2. Sometimes
the epithet holy is added.
3. Spec. for a part of the temple of
Jerusalem, the outer sanctuary, or rather
the temple itself, 5 voog zot Śoyiv, as
distinguished from the holy of holies
(n^2+); so 1 K. 6, 5 nº bºnº. v. 17.
7, 50–But bºrn does not stand for the
boly of holies itself.
32"| Chald. m. emphatic. shºrt, c.
suff. Fºr, as in Hebr.
1. palace of the king, Dan. 4, 1. 26.
Ezra 4, 14.
2. the temple, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 5.
ºn Is. 14, 12, according to Sept.
Vulg. Targ. Rabbin. Luth. brilliant star,
i. e. Lucifer, the morning star. Aptly,
since it is followed by thruj-73 son of the
morning ; and in Chaldee also this star
Ç
$9 – 2
is called Hrº seiz, Arab. Sº, i. e.
splendid star. In this sense ºri would
be derived from r. bºr to shine, as a par-
ticipial noun from a conj. bººp, comp.
Arab. 3, Syr. i-s, and the like;
or rather it is ſor ºn verbal of Pi. light-
giving, radiant.—The form ºr is else-
where Imperat. Hiph. of the verb Bº
in the signif wail, lament, Ez. 21, 17.
Zech. 11, 2. This gives here a less apt
sense ; though adopted by Syr. Aqu.
Jerome.
Dº, see in pºin.
Tºº! (i. q. Tºrº Chald, and Syr.
faithful) Heman, pr. m. a.) A wise man
of the tribe of Judah, who lived before
th 2 times of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11. 1 Chr.
2, J. b) A Levite, of the family of the
Kohathites, one of David’s chief singers,
1 Chr. 6, 18 [33]. 15, 17. 16, 41. 42. Ps.
88, 1–Some have supposed these to be
one and the same person; but see Thes.
p. 117.
7", a hin, a measure of liquids con-
.aining the seventh part of a bath, i. e.
welve Roman sextarii, according to Jos.
Ant. 3.8. 3. ib. 3.9. 4; or about five
ruarts English.-Num. 15, 4 sq. 28, 5.7.
4. Ezra 4, 11. Sept. siv, iv, in.—This
word corresponds to the Egyptian hºn,
hºno, which signifies pr, vessel, and then
a small measure, sea-tarius, Gr. iv.ow.
See Leemans Lettre à Salvolini p. 154
Böckh Metrol. Untersuch. pp. 244, 260
But it is not certain that these Heb
and Egypt. measures were of the same
S12,62.
º; see ºz.
Sk -: once in fut. Kal (or perh, Hiph.
Heb. Gr. § 52. n. 4) Job 19, 3 ºujian Nº
* Hºrn, Sept. oix wiczvyóusyol us éirl
x8to 96 uot, Jerome : et non erubescitur
opprimentes me. Usually compared with
Arab. to be stupified, stunned;
Hiph, to stupify, to stun , whence in
Job l. c. shameless ye stun me. Better
perhaps i. Q. Arab. > to injure to
litigate pertinaciously; whence in Job
l. c. shameless ye injure me.—Several
Mss. read inzrin.
ºr f. (r. --, verbal of Hiph. after
the form nºr, Heb. Gr. §83. 28. § 84. I.)
a regarding; hence Eryº nºr the re-
garding of their persons, i.e. respect of
persons, partiality, in a judge, Is. 3, 9
Comp, the phrase tº hºr in -2; Hiph
no. 1.
35.
*ºn 1. The article, Arab. Ji, in
Hebr. 11, the letter h being assimilated
to the next letter and inserted in it; see
above on p. 240, note 2. Cy
2. Particle of interrogation, Arab. Jºe,
whence comes tº interrogative, q.v. The
full form is found once Deut. 32, 6, ac-
cording to the reading of the Nahar-
deenses; who separate Hinº bri, which
is elsewhere written as one word,
Hºnºr. In that case, 52A is to be con-
strued with the accusative, as is often
dome.
Ts'º (Milel, pron. ha-tah) adv. off.
afar off, pr. to a distance, thither away.
It is for rºrſ from bri that, as HRH Is. 8,
1 for hia. Corresp. are Chald. słrth,
Hành, Syr.Sci., §ºs, id. whence the
verb sº to prolong, to remove.
1. Of space, Gen. 19,9 Hshrºº stand
off, stand back, see in ºx; ; Sept. &négts
éxći, Vulg. recede illuc ; see Comment
on Is. 49, 20. (Others, come nearer, bu
inaptly.) 1 Sam. 10, 3 Fishr, tºº from
"bri
Tºr.
253
thence further 20, 22 nsºry tºº from
thee further, i. e. beyond thee. v. 37.
(Opp. Fºrt. Tº this side of thee.) Num.
32, 19. Is. 18, 2.7 rishn; sºn-Yº sºil ex
a people terrible and further off than he,
beyond; others here of time : from the
first and onward ; see Comm. on Is. l.c.
So HShrºp further off than, beyond, as
Am. 5, 27 pºſh Fishrºº beyond Damas-
*1/S.
2. Of time, further, forward, onward.
1 Sam. 18, 9 Fishr, shrin Biºrº from
that day forward. Lev. 22, 27. Is. 18, 2.
7, see in no. 1.
Hence as a denom. verb comes
Niph, part, fem. Fishtºn removed,
"emote ; collect. the far remote, Mic.
4, 7.
Fºr m. plur. (r. bºr) verbal of
Piel, days of rejoicing, thanksgiving fes-
tivals, after the ingathering of the fruits
and harvest, Judg. 9, 27. Lev. 19, 24.
Bºrn see Ebrº.
Tº pron, demonstr. comm. gend, this,
these. Masc. Judg. 6, 20. 1 Sam. 14, 1.
17, 26. 2 K. 23, 17. Zech. 2, 8. Dan. 8,
16. Fem. 2 K. 4, 25.—The fuller form is
Hºrſ, which is apocopated also in Ara-
a G 35.
G 35.
bic, ÖJi, Ji.
Tº m, this, Gen. 24,65. 37,19. It
is compounded from ITI and the full form
of the article bri, comp. Erºs for prºx;
or according to Hupfeld from Fly and sºn
i. q. Fish?", which is also ſavoured by
the Talmudic plur. *n for ºs sºn.
... tº
Corresponding is Arab. sºl, which
also takes the force of a relative.—Hence
9 ºf e
by apoc. ºri, Ji, by aphaeresis s&J.
*ſºn id. once Ez. 36, 35; joined with
yºs, and therefore ſem.
Tº or ſºn m. (r. Thr) a going,
step. Job 29, 6 "enºr, my steps.
ſººn f (r. Thr) only in plur. nisºn.
‘’’ 1. goings, progress, Nah. 2, 6. Spec
pomp, processions, in honour of God, Ps
68, 25.
2. ways, Hab. 3, 6 is this nisºn the
ancient ways are to him, i. e. is ways
are as of old, in ancient times.—Trop.
ways of life; Prov. 31, 27 ºr "a ni-ºr
(she looketh well) to the ways of her
household, i. e. to her domestic affairs.
3. companies of travellers, caravans.
Job 6, 19.
“Tº and T. (Heb. Gr. 577) filt.
Tº, Tºº!, from Tº, once with Yod
HR}^s Mic. 1, 8; poet. Tºrº from Tºri,
twice Tºrr, Ex. 9, 23. Ps. 73, 9; Imp.
Th, with He parag. Fish (see in no. 7),
or He being dropped ſº fem. "Eh, 15%
rarely ºn Jer. 51, 50, Inf abs. Tºri.
constr. reh, c. suff, ºr:#; part. Tºri.
1. to go, to walk, to go forth, also
rarely to come, etc. Chald. and Syr.
Pa. id. Arab. JJ sº to perish.-1 Sam.
17, 39. Gen. 3, 14. Is. 6, 8 ºh tº ºn who
will go for us? Sc. as our messenger,
prophet. Job 38, 35. Often before an
infin, with h, as tº Tºr, he went to
shear Gen. 31, 19, shph Tºr, he went to
call 1 K. 22, 13. Judg. 8, 1. In a differ-
ent sense, Gen. 25, 32 nº ºn 25s nºr
lo / I am going to die, am at the point
of death.-With another finite verb ºr
is often apparently redundant, mostly in
the language of common life ; as Job 1,
4 Hrušº tº 15%, they went and made
a feast. Gen. 35, 22. Ex. 2, 1. Josh. 9,
4. al.
The following constructions are to be
noted: a) With BS of the person to
whom one goes. Num. 22, 37 Nº righ
*s ºr wherefore wentest (camest)
thou not unto me? 1 Sam. 17. 44. Some-
times in a hostile sense; see Bs A. 3.
1 Sam. 17, 33. 2 Chr. 11, 4. Also of
place to which, Gen. 22, 2. Jon. 1, 2.
b) With h of place whither; as Tºr,
in-ah he went to his house, went home,
1 Sam. 10, 26. ibish 'n to his tend
Judg. 19, 9. inipº. Judg. 19, 28. c)
With an accus. and He parag. in the
same sense; Gen. 28, 2 Bºs nº tº
bSºn: nrº go to Padan-aram, to the
house of Bethuel. 1 K. 17, 9. W.thout
He, 2 Chr. 9, 21 ºn risºn risis
ships going to Tarshish. Judg. 19, 18.-
But with a simple accus. the sense is
also to go through, to pass through ,
Deut. 1, 19 ºn-ba rs nº we went
through all the desert. 2, 7. So too ºr
Tº ne went the way, see in Tº no. 2.
d) With Ty, Gen. 22, 5. Judg. 19, 18, al
22
TH
Tºr.
254,
e) Rarely with by, Jer. 3, 18. 2 Sam.
15,20 ºn "is -uśs by ºn "ºs" and I go
whither I go. Jer. 3, 6, f) The phrase
# Tºri has several senses: a) to go
i. e. move about in a place ; Josh. 5, 6
ºf Psº ºn ºr the children of
Israel went (walked) in the desert. 14,
10. Judg. 11, 16. 18. (3) to go into a
place, to enter, see E. A. no. 7. Is. 38, 10
bisu, nºsuº: Hºs I shall enter the gates
of Sheol. Hºisi ºr, and "Buša mºr. to
go into captivity, Is. 46, 2. Jer. 20, 6.
Lam. 1, 18. y) to go with a person or
thing, i. q. to take along, Ex. 10, 9. Jer.
46, 22. Hos. 5, 6, g) rs, by Tºri, to go
with any one, to accompany, Gen. 24, 58.
Ex. 10, 24; particularly as an ally in
war, Gen. 14, 24. Josh. 10, 24. Judg. 1,
17. 4, 8, 7, 4. More rarely to go in
company with, to company with, Job 34,
8; metaph. 31, 5. h) *** ºr to go
before any one, 2 Sam. 6, 4. So of God
and his angel as leading his people, Ex.
13,21. 23,23. 32, 1.21.34, i) "hris Tºr,
to go after a person or thing, to follow ;
comp. in N. T. §ozsoča àſtico). Gen.
24, 5 nºr's rº, Hüsri Hºsn Nº ºs
perhaps the woman will not be willing to
follow me. v. 8. 31, 17. Ruth 2,9. Often
in a bad sense; Hos. 2, 15 [13] Tº
phºnsº hºrs and she went after her
lovers. Ennris E-nºs ºrs ºn to go af.
ter other gods Deut. 8, 19. 11, 28. 13, 3.
Judg. 2, 12. Jer, 35, 15. Metaph. hris 'ri
sh nºn-nu; to follow stubbornness of heart
Jer. 3, 17. 9, 13. 11, 8.
2. Metaph. to walk, i. q. to live, to pur-
sue a way of life, see Tº, no. 3. Very
often in the phrase ‘E *="13, T3, Tºri
to walk in the way of any one, to imitate
his life and conduct, see in Tº, no. 3. a.
So nº ripra 'n to walk in the statutes of
Jehovah Ez. 5, 6.7. 11, 12.20. "tºº
*: Ez. 37, 24. Ps, 89, 31. *, nsºr. Neh.
5, 9 etc. etc. Also ‘E nº Tºri to walk
ºn the counsel of any one, to live and act
is he does, Ps. 1, 1, comp. Mic. 6, 16.
Ps, 81, 13. 2 Chr. 22, 5. Poet. c. acc.
like tº 'ri, Tºa 'n,) Is. 33, 15 ºn
nipºs walking in righteousness, living a
righteous life. Mic. 2, 11-pº] riº. Tº
walking in wind and falsehood. So
with an adject. subjoined, pººr ºn
wulking uprightly Ps. 15, 2. Prov. 28, 8.
3. Used often of inanimate objects;
thus ships are said to go Gen. 7, 8. 2 K
22, 46; wheels Ez. 1, 19. 10, 15; the
moon in the heavens Job 31, 26; rumours
2 Chr. 26, 8. Spec. of waters, streams,
to flow, to run; Gen. 2, 14 nº pººr sºn
naus which flows before Assyria. Josh.
4, 18. 1 K. 18, 35. Ecc. 1, 7. Is. 8, 6.7
Comp. Virg. AEm. 8. 726 “Euphrates ibit
jam mollior undis.”—Poet. of a land, to
go or flow with anything, i. e. to produce
it in abundance, see Heb. Gr. § 135. 1. n.
2; with accus. Joel 4, 18 Fºr nisºn
=ºr, the hills shall flow with milk, -bºl
tº 45%, nºrt; "p"Es and all the valleys
of Judah shall flow with water sc. in
abundance. So too Ez. 7, 17 et 21, 12
[7] Bºo Hºn B-27-93, Vulg. omnia
genua fluent aquis, Sc. for terror.
4. Spec. to go away, to depart; in this
sense opp. to Niz, q.v. no. 2 init. 1 Sam.
15, 27 and Samuel turned nº to go
away. 10,9. With 72 from any place or
person 1 K. 2, 41; Dxº 1 Sam. 10, 2. 14,
17; rsº Jer. 3, 1; ºr Ecc.8, 3; "-ºxº
Judg. 6, 21. So by euphemism for death,
Gen. 15.2 *** *H =}s I depart (die)
childlesſ. Ps. 39, 14. 2 Chr. 21, 20.—
Also to be gone, to perish, Arab. JJse,
of men Job 19, 10. 14, 20; to vanish, of
a cloud Job 7, 9, 27, 21; of the breath,
Ps. 78, 39.
NotE. In the preceding senses and
constructions, and espec. in no. 4, there
is sometimes appended to Tºr a pleo-
nastic dative of the subject, is mºr, i. q.
Fr. s'en aller, Ital. andarsene ; which
seems to have belonged chiefly to the
language of every-day life. Cant. 4, 6
-izri ºn-bs º ºs I will go (get me) to
the mount of myrrh. Jer. 5, 5. Imperat.
Th"Tº go for thyself, get thee away, Gen.
12, 1, 22, 2. Th-º-h Cant. 2, 10. 13.
5. A not unusual formula is the follow-
ing: -ā- Tºr. #r. he went on going
and talking, i. e. talking as he went 2 K.
2, 11. So 1 Sam. 6, 12 is: Tºri ºr
they went on lowing as they went. Is. 3,
16 Hºn Fiet; Tibr; they walk mincing
as they go. 2 Sam. 3, 16. Josh. 6, 9. In
this sense the same idiom is found in
other verbs of going, as nº rºy by
2 Sam. 15, 30; ºp? §s: ssh 16, 5
comp. 1 K. 20, 37. Jer. 12, 47.—But it is
peculiar to Tºr; that to go is also useu
Tºn
Tºr.
255
irop, for to go on in any thing, to in-
trease! 3 and that in a threefold construc-
tion: a) With the infin. pleonast. Tibr;
End a participle or verbal adj. of another
verb; Gen. 26, 13 blº ºr tº he
went on going and growing, i. e. grew
more and more. Judg. 2, 24 -ºº: Tº Tººl
nu;p} ſibri bºugh and the hand of the
Israelites went on going and being hard,
i. e. grew harder and harder upon Ja-
bin. 1 Sam. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 5, 10. 18, 25.
b) Instead of the first Tºri, is not seldom
put the verb itself which expresses the
action thus increased; as Gen. 8, 3 intº
aiu; Tibri Yºsr, By2 ºn and the wa-
ters returned (flowed) from off the earth,
going and returning, i.e. more and more.
12, 9. Rarely for the first Tºri is put
Hyr, as Gen. 8, 5 and the waters tºr; ºr
niorſ were going and decreasing, i. e.
decreased continually, more and more.
c) With the part. Tºn and a particip. of
another verb; 1 Sam. 17, 41 *Fºr ibºº
anph ºn and the Philistine went on, go-
ing and drawing near, i. e. drew nearer
and nearer. 1 Sam. 2, 26 bºot; hygrº
bº ºn and the child Samuel went on,
going and growing, i. e. grew more and
more. 2 Sam. 3, 1. Esth. 9, 4. Jon. 1, 11.
Prov. 4, 18. Comp. in Fr. ‘la maladie va
toujours en augmentant et en empirant.”
—See on the above idioms, Heb. Gr.
§ 128. 3, and notes.
6. Intensive, to go swiftly, to run, to
rush, also to rage; e.g. of lightning, EX.
9,23 Hºns Us Tºrn) and fire ran along
the ground. Ps. 73,9 Yºs: Thºr ºith
their tongue rageth through the earth.
91, 6 Tºrº bºsz has the pestilence that
walketh (rageth) in darkness. Comp.
Piel no. 4.—In Kal this signif. is marked
by the harder forms ºriº, Thºrn.
7. Imperat. Hºº with He parag. is not
Only: go, depart, etc. Num. 10,29. 1 Sam.
22, 5, al. saep, but it also passes over into
a particle of inciting, go to 1 come 1 come
now ! Lat. age 1 Gen. 31, 44. Num. 22,
5. Judg. 19, 11. It is even addressed to
females, instead of "ah, Gen. 19,32. So
without He parag. Na 'Tº go to 1 go, 2 K.
5, 5.—Plur. 2% id. Gen. 37, 20. 1 Sam.
P, 9. al. saep.
NIPH. º pr. to be made to go
hence, to be gone, to vanish away, like a
shadow, Ps. 109, 23. Comp Ki no. 4.
PIEL ºn i. q. Kal, but only poetic
except 1 K. 21, 17; in Chald, and Syr
the usual form.—Spec.
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to go about, to walk,
like Hithp. Ps. 115, 7. With an adjunct
of manner, Job 30, 28 38, 7. 1 K. 21, 27.
Ps, 38, 7. With a Ps. 131, 1.
2. i. q. Kal no, 2, trop. to walk, to live;
as " nºsa Ps, 86, 11; º; niprº. Ez. 18,
9; also Ps. 89, 11. Prov. 8, 20. Ecc. 11.9,
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to go, to flow, of
inanimate things; as ships Ps. 104, 23;
streams Ps. 104, 10.
4. Intens. i. Q. Kal no. 6, to go swiftly
to speed, to fly; spoken of arrows Hab.
3, 10; of God on the wings of the wind
Ps. 104, 3. Also to roam about, to rav-
age; Lam. 5, 18 the foaces ravage upon
it. Part. Tºrſº a rover, ravager, robber,
Prov. 6, 11; parall. Tº ºs.
HipH. Tºbin (fr. ºº), rarely Tºwn
Ex. 2, 9; part. plur. Dºrº Zech. 3,
7 from Tºri, formed in the Chaldee
Iſla, Il Ile I’.
1. Causat, of Kal no. 1, pr. to cause ’0
go, hence to lead, Deut. 8, 2. 2 K. 24,
15. Is. 42, 16. al. Part. Bºrº leaders,
companions, Zech. 3, 7–Of things, to
take away, to carry, Zech. 5, 10. Ecc.
10, 20. Ex. 2, 9 Hin ºn-ns "sºb-r
take away this child. 2 Sam. 13, 13
"nºnr-ns This ris whither shall I
carry my shame 2 whither shall I go
with it 2
2. Causat, of Kal no. 3, to cause to
flow, e.g. a river, Ez. 32, 14; to cause to
flow off or out, e. g. the sea or tide, Ex
14, 21. *
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to
perish, to destroy, Ps. 125, 5.
HITHPA. Tºrnr: 1. Pr. to go for one-
self, Fr. se promener, comp. Gr, togeto-
uot; hence to walk up and down, as for
exercise or amusement, Gen. 3,8. 2 Sam,
11, 2; to go about, to walk about, Ex. 21,
19. Job 1, 7. Zech. 1, 10. 11. 6, 7; to go,
to walk, Ps. 35, 14. With acc. (like Kal)
Job 22, 14 mºnn Bºzu ºn he walketh
the vault of the heavens.
2. Trop. like Kal no. 2, Piel no. 2, to
walk, to live, n2S3, Tºrinn, tha T, to
walk in truth, in uprightness, i.e. so to
live, Ps. 26, 3. 101, 2. Prov. 20, 7. 23, 31.
To walk before God Gen. 17, 1. 24, 40.
48 .5, also to walk with God 5,22, 24, 6
TH
Bºr
256
9, 1.e. to live in a manner wrell pleasing
unto God. ge
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to flow, e.g. wine,
Prov. 23, 31.
4. Part. Tenn? Prov. 24, 34, a ravager,
robber. Comp. Pi. no. 4.
Deriv. besides those here following,
are Tºri, Hºri, Tºry?, Hºbrin.
#T Chald PA. to go, to walk, Dan. 4,
26.
Aph. id. Part, plur. Tºrº Dan. 3,25.
4, 34.
Tº m. 1. a way, journey; then i, q.
ºn tºns a wayfarer, traveller, 2 Sam.
12, 4. Comp. Heb. Gram. § 104. 2. a.
2. a flowing, a stream. 1 Sam. 14, 26
tº ºn a flowing of honey, i.e. honey
was flowing. Comp. Tºr, no. 3.
#T Chald. m. a way-law, toll, Ezra
4, 13. 20. 7, 24.
Sk $n 1. to give a clear sharp sound,
an onomatopoetic root. In Ethiopia the
women on occasions of public rejoicing
are accustomed to repeat the sounds
ellellell-ellellell ; whence to make ellell is
i. q to rejoice; see Isenberg Amhar. Lex.
p. 112. Comp. Germ.hallen, gellen; Engl.
halloo, yell; and with a sibilant, Germ.
schallen, Heb. bºx.
2. Transferred to light, to be clear,
G
bright, to shine, Arab. Jº, Germ. hell
seyn. Job 29, 3 i-, ºria when his candle
shimed; for the pleonastic suffix, comp.
33,20. Ez. 10,3. See Hiph. and n. Bººrſ.
3. Trop. of persons to shine, to make a
show, i.e. in external things and in words,
i. q. to boast, to glory, Ps. 75, 5. Part.
Eºin boasters, the proud, Ps. 5, 6, 73,3.
75, 5–Hence
4. to be foolish; see Poel. In the minds
of the sacred writers the idea of boasting
and pride is always connected with that
of folly; as on the other hand modesty
and humility are the attendants of wis-
dom and piety. Comp. 33.
PIEL 1. to praise, to celebrate, mostly
spoken of God, c. acc. Fºrnbºrº praise
Jehovah, Hallelujah, Ps. 104, 36. 117, 1.
145,2. In the later books c. *, pr. to sing
unto Jehovah, 1 Chr. 16, 36. 25, 3. 2 Chr.
20, 21. 30, 21. Ezra 3,11; c. 2, Ps. 44, 9
Also of men, to praise, Prov. 27, 2, 28,4,
with Ps, to praise to any one, to com.
mend, Gen. 12, 15.
2. Intrans, to glory; Ps. 56, 5 pºrºs;
ºr's in God will I glory ; c. by Ps
10, 3.
PUAL to be praised, celebrated, renown-
ed, Ez. 26, 17. Part ºrº one to be
praised, worthy of praise, e.g. God, Ps.
18, 4.96, 4, 145, 3–Ps. 78, 63 Tºrºna
hbºr. Nº as the vowels now stand; and
their virgins were not praised, sc. in nup-
tial songs; comp. Chald. Nºr nuptia!
song. But this does not accord with the
parallel sentiment in v. 64; and there-
fore it is better to read Abhin for ºbhºn,
they made no lamentation; see in bº
Pu.
PoEL bºin, fut. Shinº, causat, of Kal
no. 4, to make foolish, Ecc. 7, 7. Also to
show to be foolish, to put to shame, Job
12, 17. Is. 44, 25%in' Bºop, and show-
eth diviners to be fools, puts them to
shame.
PoAL part. Bhinn pr. made foolish;
hence mad, raving. Ps. 102, 9%in:
those mad against me, like "ºp. Ecc.
2, 2.
HIPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to shine, Is. 13, 10. Job 41, 10.
2. to shine, pr. to cause light, to give
forth light, i. q. hºst no. 2, Job 31, 26.
HITHPA. 1. Pass. of Piel no. 1, to be
praised, Prov. 31, 30.
2. to boast oneself, to glory, 1 K. 20, 11.
Prov. 20, 14 ºrnº is is bis he goeth
away, and then he boasteth sc. of his gain.
With 3 of that in which one glories
Prov. 25, 14, 27, 1; espec. in God Ps. 34,
3. 64, 11. 105, 3. Once c. tº Ps. 106, 5.
HITHPo. 1. to be foolish ; hence to be
mad, to rage, Jer. 25, 16. 51, 7. Nah. 2,
5 ºr bhinn, the chariots are mad,
i.e. rage, are driven furiously. Jer. 50,
38 hºirinº Rººs: they are mad in (af.
ter) idols.
2. to feign oneself mad, 1 Sam. 21, 1.
Deriv, Bºbri, bººn, HHhin, rºbºn,
*12, Hérin, nºr; pr. names bshºrt,
bºrº, and e
33. Hillel, pr. n. m. Judg. 12, 13. 19
*ET fit ºn: Ps 74, 6, 1 to waſ
to strike,to smite. Judg. 5,26 shºe right.
she smote Sisera. Ps. 74, 6, 141, 5. Is
41, 7 Dye pair; who smote the anvil, pi
Ebr;
Fºr wº
257
pse tºir; for this change of accent see
Lehrg. p. 175, 308. Of a horse's hoof
Smiting the ground, Judg. 5, 22. Metaph.
Is. 28, 1 Tº ºbt, smitten of wine, drunk-
ards; comp. Gr. oivorràjíš, Lat. percussus
tempora Baccho Tibull. and for similar
expressions in Arabic see Thesaur. Heb.
p. 383.
2. to smite in pieces, to break, Is. 16,8.
3. Intrans. to break up, e. g. an army,
i. q. to disband, to scatter themselves.
1 Sam. 14, 16 Ebrº Tººl and they went
on and were scattered, i. e. dispersed
themselves more and more.
Deriv. the three following, and thrº,
rizºna.
tºn pr. a stroke or tap of the foot,
as if showing where to come ; hence
Adv. of place, hither.—Corresp. is Arab.
Ø 5 * gº fº t
*** come hither, declined as an imper.
tº 9 *
whence fem. sº. Ewald regards
it as from its ºf with 5- added, § 448;
but tº seems to be radical.
1. hither, to this place, Ex. 3, 5. Judg.
18, 3. 1 Sam. 10, 22. Bºrj--is hitherto,
thus far, 2 Sam. 7, 18. 1 Chr. 17, 16.
2. here, in this place, Gen. 16, 13.
E.T., (stroke) Helem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 35.
nºr f a hammer, mallet, Judg. 5,
26. R. Ehr.
tº or tº Ham, pr. n. of a region or
district otherwise unknown, the resi-
dence of the Zuzim, prob. in or near the
country of the Ammonites. Gen. 14, 5.
Dº or E. m. (r. nºr) only in Plur.
c. suff. Pryºr, for priºr their riches,
wealth. Ez. 7, 11 Sºl Bºrº sº. Erº sh
priºriº (there shall remain) oothing of
'hem, neither of their multitude, nor of
Wheir wealth. The paronomasia of the
words brº, Djiomº, Eryº, seems to
have given occasion for this new or at
least unusual form.
tº and Tº pers. Pron. 3 plur. masc.
they, Lat. ii; sometimes connected with
a fem. as if for Lat. eas, Zech. 5, 10.
Ruth 1, 22.—The general use of this
pron. is similar to that of Nºr q. v. viz.
1. Without emphasis, they, Lat. ii,
Gen. 37, 16 pºsh Br. Hers wh ºn tell
me where they are feeding. 44, 4. Often
with a particip. marking the present
time, Ex. 5, 8. 6, 27. 14, 3.
2. With a certain emphasis, i. q. oitol.
Ps, 37,9 yns Hun": nºn Hin: “ip those
that wait upon Jehovah, they shall possess
the land. 23.4.43, 3. Gen.14,24.—Gen.44,
3 the men were sent away, priºrly ºn
they and their asses. 7, 14. 42, 35.
3. Subjoined to nouns, and with the
article ; e. g. in the formula Dºr Dºº?:
in those days, Sept. §y to is juágous éxel-
woug, Gen. 6, 4, Ex. 2, 11. Deut. 17,9. al.
saep. More rarely ºr cºa Joel 3, 2
4, 1. Zech. 8, 23. See in Rºn no. 3.
4. As involving the idea of the sub
stantive verb, they are, Gen. 3, 7 and
they knew ºn Bºžº's “2 that they (were)
maked. 34,23. Ex. 15,23, Is. 37, 19. Saep.
—Hence tº, Fiºr, stand also instead
of the substantive verb itself; Gen. 25,
16 bºyº ºn tº riºs these ARE the sons
of Ishmael. 34, 21. Ps. 16, 3. Zech. 1,9.
So even with feminines, Cant. 6, 8 Dºº
ni-hº riºr there ARE threescore queens.
Also for the second person, Zeph. 2, 12;
see in NºiT no. 4.
5. With prefixes: a) nº by them
Hab. 1, 16, i. q. comm. Erjä. b) tº .
Hºnº, as they, i. q, such, like, 2 Sam. 24,
3. Jer, 36, 32; comp. 2 K. 17, 3. c.)
nºrth i. q. Erh, Jer, 14, 16. d) Tºrſº
from them Ecc. 12, 12. Jer, 10, 2. But
Erin Ez. 8, 6 is for Dr. H%; see Tº.
>k Hºr fut. Hº, omomatop. like
Engl. to hum, Germ. hummen, of bees,
whence Hummel humble-bee ; comp.
also Germ. brum men, summen, Arab,
j-"), and U.49; pr. spoken of
any murmuring, confused noise or sound;
similar to Hyr, q.v.–Pience:
1. Of the sounds uttered by certain
animals, e. g. to growl as a bear Is. 59,
11; to growl or snarl as a dog Ps. 59, 7.
15; to coo as a dove Ez. 7, 16. Trop. of
the sighing, moaning of men Ps. 55, 18.
77, 4; which also is compared with the
growling of bears Is. 59, 11, and the coo-
ing of doves Ez. 7, 16.
2. Of various sounds and noises, genr.
to sound, to make a moise; so of the hum-
ming sound of the harp, comp. Germ.
Hummel as the name of a species of harp
or guitar, Is. 16, 11, comp. 14, 11; also
22*
Hyºri
pºn
258
of other musical instruments Jer. 48, 36;
of rain 1 K. 18, 41; of waves, to rage, to
roar, Ps. 46, 4. Is. 51, 15. Jer. 5, 22. 31,
35. 51, 55; also of a tumultuous crowd,
to be noisy, clamorous, Ps. 46, 7, 59, 7.
83, 3. Is. 17,12.—Part. fem. nºir hºs Is.
22, 2. Hence niºin poet. noisy places,
i. e. the pub.ic streets, Prov. 1, 21.-
Prov. 20, 1 nau; nºn Tºr Yº wine is a
mocker, strong drink is raging, noisy.
Comp. Zech. 9, 15.
3. Trop. of internal emotion, tumult,
of a mind agitated and disquieted by
cares, anxiety, pity, and the like, i. q to
moan internally, to be disquieted, Ps. 42,
6. 12. Jer. 4, 19. 31, 20; comp. Cant. 5,
A.—This internal moaning or commotion
is sometimes compared by the poets to
the sound of musical instruments, comp.
no. 2; just as Forster relates of the na-
tives of some of the islands in the Pacific,
that they call pity ‘the barking of the
bowels. Is. 16, 11 horl. Yüzz -Sich "s?
my bowels sound (moan) like a harp for
Moab. Jer. 48, 36 Bºrz -Sich "ah
nzil, my heart shall moan for Moab like
pipes.—Hence
4. Of a person roving about from in-
quietude, q. d, to buzz about, to ramble,
e.g. an adulterous woman Prov. 7, 11.
9, 13.
Deriv. tr; or ºn, Hyºr, lior, pr. n.
r;ion.
Tº see tri.
iºn and Tiº Chald. pers. Pron. 3
pers. plur. m. they, i. q. Heb. Dr., Dan.
2, 34. Ezra 4, 10. 23.
Tº see Fºn.
Tº m. (r. nºr) once ſem. Job 31,34.
Comp. Tor.
1. moise, sound, e.g. of rain 1 K. 18,
41 ; of singers Ez. 26, 13. Am. 5, 23;
espec. of a multitude 1 Sam. 4, 14. 14,
19. Job 39, 7–Hence
2. Meton. a multitude, crowd of men.
Tior hip the noise of a multitude, Is.
13, 4. Dan. 10, 6; espec. a tumultuous
crowd, a tumult, Is. 33, 3. 2 Sam. 18, 29.
bºia ºr Gen. 17, 4, 5, tº 'ri Is. 17,
12, a multitude of nations. Ent; Tior, a
multitude of women, many wives, 2 Chr.
{1. 23. Espec. of troops, a host, army,
Judg. 4, 7. Dan. 11, 11. 12. 13. Also a
multitude of waters Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16.
3. multitude of possessions, i.e. abun.
dance, riches, wealth, Ps. 37, 16. Ecc. 5,
9. Is. 60, 4. Concr: the rich Is. 5, 13.
4. commotion of mind, disquietude. Is.
63, 15 Tºyº Tion pr: the sounding (moan.
ing) of thy bowels, i. e. thy compassion,
Comp. r. nºr; no. 3.
Tiên see iºn.
Tºº! (multitude) Hamomah, pro-
phetical name of a city in a valley
where the slaughter of Magog is to
take place, Ez. 39, 16. R. Tºr.
Tº f. sound of a harp, Is. 14, 11.
R. riºr.
>k bor obsol root, Arab. Jºš to rail
continually, kindr, with nor. The pri-
mary idea is prob. that of noise, sound;
comp. Tºr; spoken of rain 1 K. 18, 41.--
Hence -
nºn and ºf noise, sound, i.g.
Tior. Jer, 11, 16. Ez. 1, 24 hip prº
Hºriz bip: HºH (I heard) as they went
the sound of their moise as the sound of
a host. Comp. Tior bip Is. 13,4, 33, 3.
1 K. 20, 13. 28; espec. Dan. 10, 6.
* Dº filt. th;, i. q thri, pr. to put
in motion ; hence
1. to put in commotion, consternation;
to disturb, to discomfit, e.g. God his ene-
mies, Ex. 14, 24. 23, 27. Josh. 10, 10. Ps.
144, 6 earn Tºri nº send forth thine
arrows and discomfit them. sc. the ene-
mies. Ps. 18, 15. 2 Chr. 15,6 pººr pºrºs
Hyº-bº God did discomfit them with
all affliction.—Hence
2. to destroy utterly, to make extinct,
Deut. 2, 15. Esth. 9, 24 joined with TAN ;
Jer. 51, 34 joined with 52s.
3. to impel, to drive. Is. 28, 28 bor,
irº, º he driveth the wheels of his
car, i. e. threshing-dray.
NIPH. fut. BH., to be moved, disturbed,
e.g. a city, land, Ruth 1, 19. 1 Sam. 4,
5. 1 K. 1, 45.-Simonis wrongly refers
this form to Dºln.
jºr i. q. Tior q. v. hence Ez. 5, 7
bºian-Yº Ezºr. Tº because of your tu.
mult more ilian the nations, i.e. because
you have been more tumultuous than
the nations round about; comp. r. nor.
ſºn
Fºr
259
uo. 2. Here pººr is for pºor (from
Yiorſ), or perh, this latter form is the
true reading.
jº, Haman pr. n. of a Persian noble,
celebrated for his plots against the Jews,
Esth. 3, 1 sq.-Perh. Pers. Utº homam
magnificent, splendid; cr Sanscr. heman,
the planet Mercury.
Tºº Chald, or according to Cheth.
iſºl, Dan. 5, 7, 16. 29, a necklace,
neck-chain, Lat. momile. Corresponding
is Syr. |alised, parisca, and Gr, work
&ams, uoviarov, uévros, also uováxtov,
pºvyčxtov, all which are diminutives
from uºvos, utºvvos, uévvos, words chiefly
Doric, whence also Lat. monile ; see
Polyb. 2. 31. Pollux 5. 16; also the
LXX, in Biel and Schleusner. The ri
in the Chald. and Syriac words is pros-
thetic, and 1 or T"- is a diminutive
ending common also to the Persians and
Greeks. Comp. also Sanscr. mani, a
gem, pearl.
* Cº. obsol root, i.g. U-42, U-9,
which are spoken of any light noise,
comp. Hºrſ, bor, Tºr, hºr: ; e. g. as of
persons moving or walking; or of small
boughs or brushwood thrown together
and breaking, i.e. the cracking or crack-
ling of brushwood; comp. by transpos.
3, so to break any thing dry, as twigs,
brushwood, ſº brushwood.—Hence
tº m. plur. Is. 64, 1, brushwood,
twigs. Saadias well retains U-4 |.
Sk -ºn not in use in Hebrew; Arab.
/* to flow rapidly, to stream, to
pour ; 8 O rain, a heavy shower.
The primary idea is doubtless that of
moise, sound, (comp. Hºrſ, and see nº II,
note,) as in bor, which indeed comes
from this root, the ºn being softened into
b. Hence prob, also the Greek duć90s,
Lat. imber. Similar is nºn?.
Deriv, ni-ºrſº.
* 1. in pers. Pron. 3 pers. plur. fem.
they, ea ; ſound only with prefixes, as
in: Gen. 19, 29. 30, 26, 37; irº Ez. 18,
14; tº Ez. 16,47; nº therefore Ruth
1 13. As a separate pronoun it always
'akes n parag. as Fººl, q.v.
* II. T., with Makk.-in 1. Adv. o.
interj. demonstrative, lo 1 behold 1 Kin:
35. *
dred particles are Arab. & lo! Lº,
Uíš he e, Gr. ºv, vi i. q. Hºrſ, āviće, Lat,
en; also Chald, In, ºr, Tºš, pron, de-
monstr. hic, hac, hoc. Indeed, demon-
strative pronouns and adverbs are oſten
expressed by the same or similar words;
comp. išl, ël lo! and |Jºse this ; "N
s; 35.
where, and Gl who 7–Gen. 3, 22. 4,
14. 11, 6, 15, 3. 19,34, 27, 11. 29, 7.30,34.
39, 8.47, 23. Job 8, 19, etc. More fre-
quent is ºn q. v.
2. It passes over into a particle of
affirmation, lo l i. q, yea, surely, as in the
Talmud. Gen. 30, 34 where Saadias
well, Hence tº i. q =%.
3. Also into a particle of interroga-
tion, num? or at least of oblique interro-
gation, whether? Jer. 2, 10 Hryni, in Nº.
rštº see, whether there be such a thing.
Comp. Chald. ii. no. 2. This transition
of demonstrative particles into interro-
gatives is easy; comp. Heb. H., PN lett.
B; also Syr. is lo! which is used inter-
rogatively in some formulas, as ſo iſ is
not ? Lat. ecquid 2 for en quid or ecce
quid.
4. As a conditional particle, if, i. q.
Ps lett, C, like Chald, In, Syr. J.; but
chiefly in the later books which verge
towards Chaldaism. E. g. 2 Chr. 7, 13
where bS follows. Job 40, 23. Is. 54, 15
Jer. 3, 1. The manner in which this
signification has arisen, is apparent from
the following passages of the Penta-
teuch : Lev. 25, 20 what shall we eat the
seventh year 2 sh!: Nº in for lo! we
shall not sow, etc. i. g. unless we scw, if
we do not sow. Ex. 8, 22.
Tº Chald. 1. lo! surely, Dan. 3, 17.
2. whether, Ezra 5, 17.
3. if, Dan. 2, 5. 6. 3, 15. 18. Repeat-
ed, if—or, whether—or, Ezra 7, 26.
Tà (Mileſ) I. As pers. Pron. 3 pers.
plur. fem. they, eac, Gen. 41, 19; also
themselves, ipsae, wirgi, Gen. 33, 6; with
art, these 1 Sam. 17, 28.—Often as in
cluding the substantive verb, Gen. 6,
Fºr
TER
200
nºr nint: "2; or put directly for it, Gen.
41, 26 nºn tºu; yºu; ni-tºn ni-g sau;.
v. 27.—With prefixes, e.g. nº Lev.
5, 22. Num, 13, 19; Hºrſ? Lev. 4, 2. Is.
34, 16; nºrth Ez. 1, 5.23; nº as they,
such, Gen. 41, 19. Job 23, 14; Herº riºrſ:
such and such things 2 Sam. 12, 8.-See
bri, Nän.
II. Adv. of place: a) hither, to this
place, compounded from ſº II, lo, here,
and FT parag. local ; Gen. 45, 8. Josh. 3,
9. al. Hºrly Hºr hither and thither, this
way and that way, Josh. 8, 20. 1 Sam.
20, 21 nºn; 72% from thee hither, i. e.
on this side of thee, opp. Fishr, Tºº,
see Hsºr. — So ngri-ts hitherto in
place, thus far, Num. 14, 19. 1 Sam. 7,
12; hither 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 8, 7;
spoken of time, hitherto, as yét, Gen. 15,
16. 1 Sam. 1, 16, etc. Contracted into
Tºº, rºy, q.v. b) here, in this place,
G -
Arab. Use, where n is merely demon-
strative, Gen. 21, 29. Repeated, here...
there Dan. 12, 5; Hºn. Fºr here and
there 1 K. 20, 40.
Tārī, with Makk. Nº-nºr Gen. 19, 2,
i. q. Tº with T. parag. having a demon-
strative power, (like "S, TºS,) a demon-
strative particle, interj. lo! behold! For
the etymology, or rather analogy, see in
in II. It serves to point out both per-
sons and things, places and actions;
Gen. 12, 19 anús Her behold, thy wife.
16, 6, 18, 9 bris; nºn behold, in the tent.
20, 15. 16. 1, 29 ºn 52% "rºr: Her lo, I
give unto you every herb, etc. Espec. in
descriptions and in lively narration, ani-
mated discourse; Gen. 40, 9 Hºn. wºna
*E* ſº in my dream, and lo, a vine was
lefore me. v. 16. 41,2,3. Is. 29,8; comp.
Dan. 2, 31. 7, 5.6. Sometimes it serves
for incitement, exhortation ; Ps. 134, 1
*: rs ºn: nºn behold, bless ye Jehovah.
When the thing to be pointed out is
expressed by a personal pronoun, this is
appended to Hºri as a suffix; as in Plau-
tus eccum for ecce eum. The forms are:
*ºr behold me, the pron, being in the
accus. since the particle contains a ver-
bal idea, see Heb. Gr. §98, 5; in Pause
nºr Gen. 22, 1, 11. 27, 1, and "???. 22,
7. 27, 18. Tºn behold thee Gen. 20, 3.
nco nºr. 2 K. 7, 2; fem. Tºr Gen. 16.
. in behold him, ecc.um, Num. 23, 17.
ºr behold us Josh. 9, 25; in Pause ºf,
Job 38,35, ºr Gen. 44, 16. 50, 18. Bºr
Deut. 1, 10. Fºr Gen. 47, 1–The forms
*ºr behold me ! ºr behold us! are used
by way of answer when persons are call-
ed, and imply that they are present and
ready, Gen. 22, 1. 7. 11. 27, 1.8. Num.
14, 40. 1 Sam. 3, 8. Job 38, 35. Is. 52, 6.
58, 9. 65, 1–Further, Her c. suff, is
very often in animated discourse put be-
fore a participle standing for a finite verb,
and espec. for the future; Gen. 6, 17
'n rs sº ºr pr. behold me about to
bring a deluge, i.e. behold, I will bring,
etc. 20, 3 nº ºr behold thee about to
die, i.e. behold thou art a dead man. Is.
3, 1. 7, 14. 17, 1. Jer. 8, 17. 30, 10. Also
for the praeter, Gen. 37, 7. 1 Chr. 11, 25,
and the present, Gen. 16, 14. Ex. 34, 11.
Rarely a finite verb follows, the person
being changed; as Is. 28, 16 tº hiri,
behold me, who layeth, etc. 1 * ,
Tº f (verbal of Hiph. r. riº) per-
mission of rest, rest, quiet, Esth. 2, 18,
Sept. and Chald. understand a remis,
sion of tribute.
tº Hinnom, see in sº lett. a.
X'?...] Hena, pr. m. of a city of Mesopo-
tamia, otherwise unknown, 2 K. 18, 34.
19, 13. Is. 37, 13.
* CI an interject. onomatopoetic like
hist / hush / implying silence 1 comp. Gr.
gigo. Hab. 2, 20. Zeph. 1, 7. Zech. 2.
17. Judg. 3, 19. Amos 6, 10. Adv. si-
lently Am. 8, 3, Sept. own fiv. It was
declined like Imp. Piel ; so plur, her
Neh. 8, 11.—Hence the verb
Tº denom. only in HipH. f. t. Snº
to hush, to still, e. g. a people, Num,
13, 30.
Tº ſ. intermission, pause, Lam. 3
49. R. Xhº .
* † ſut. Herº, 1 pers, bris Zeph
3S.
3,9. Aram. *a, Arab. 313|
1. to turn, to turn about or over, e. g.
a cake Hos. 7, 8; a dish 2 K. 21, 13; &
bed, i. q to make, Ps. 41, 4. Tº Ten
turn thy hand sc. in driving a chariot, so
as to cause the horses to turn round
i. e. turn about, return, 1 K. 22, 34. 2
Chr. 18, 33; comp. 2 K. 9, 23. Fºy Ter
'E * to turn the back (neck) to any
TET
*H
261
ae, Josh. 7, 8.—Intrans. like Engl. to
wrm, also origéq8w in Hom. to turn one-
self, to turn about, 2 K. 5, 26; hence
to turn back, to flee, Judg. 20, 39. 41.
Ps. 78, 9.
2. to overturn, to overthrow, to destroy
cities, Gen. 19, 21. 25. Deut. 29, 22; c.
* 5.
# Ann. 4, 11–Arab. &: the
overturned, destroyed, kot &oziv of
Sydom and Gomorrah.
3. to turn, to convert, to change, Ps.
105, 25. With h to turn into any thing,
Ps, 66, 6, 105,29. Jer. 31, 13; without
Ps. 114, 8–Intrans. as in no. 1, to turn,
to be turned, changed, c. acc. into any
thing; Lev. 13, 3 Tº TEF, sº Hyu, the
hair in the plague (spot) is turned white.
v. 4. 10. 13. 20.
4. to turn away, to pervert, e. g. the
words of any one, Jer. 23, 36. Comp.
Tºri.
Niph. Tºrº, inf absol. Tierº, part. f.
in pause n:ºr1: Jon. 3, 40.
1. to turn oneself about, to turn back,
Ez. 4, 8. Lam. 1, 20. Prov. 17, 20 Tºn;
intº who turns about, is versatile, with
his tongue. With a to turn against any
one Job 19, 19; by to any one Is. 60, 5;
by Josh. 8, 20; h Lam. 5, 2–1 Sam. 4,
19 rººx rºy -erl, her pains turned
themselves within her, i. e. began to
cause writhings within her; see in by
no. 3. e.
2. to be overturned, overthrown, de-
stroyed, Jon. 3, 4.
3. to be turned, i. e. to be changed,
with h Ex. 7, 15. Lev. 13, 16. 17; acc.
Lev. 13, 25. Spec. to be changed for
the worse Dan. 10, 8, see in Tir no. 1;
to be changed, dried up, as moisture,
Ps. 32, 4.
Hoph. Terr, c. 9s to be turned or to
turn against any one, to assail, Job 30,
15.
HITHPA. 1. to turn oneself, Gen. 3, 24
neerino ºr a sword continually turn-
ing itself, i. e. brandished, glittering.
Of a cloud turning itselſ, i. e. moving
about on the sky, Job 37, 12.
2. to be turned, changed, Job 38, 14.
3. i. q to roll oneself, to tumble, Judg.
7, 13.
Deriv. those here following and also
rºwno, nºno, Hºenn.
ſº, or ſº m. the reverse, the con
trary, Ez. 16, 34.
#" m. trop. perverseness. Is. 29, 11
bºr; O your perverseness t
Tº f overthrow, destruction, Gen.
19, 29. R. Tºr no. 2.
jº, adj. turning, winding, crooked
Prov. 21, 8. Opp. nu}}. R. Tºri.
ºn f (verbal of Hiph. r. ºxy) a
snatching away, deliverance, Esth. 4, 14.
*Tº obsol. root prob, i. q. 3-as
| ", ) Cl J-a-
and 3-as, the letters H and r being
interchanged, to be firm, strengthened,
fortified; whence &a= defence, weap-
ons, Ethiop. 38% iron, plur. iron imple-
ments, weapons.—Hence
ºf Ez. 23, 24, weapons, arms, as the
Targums and Kimchi well. Many co-
pies read κn.
T] m. (r. --r q.v.) with He loc. nºr.
Gen. 14, 10; with art. hºrſ, and He lo-
cal nºnry Gen. 12,8. 19, 17. 19. al. Plur.
Bºri, constr. ºr, with art. Pºriri.
1. a mountain, mount, Germ. Berg ;
corresponding is Gr. 890s, Slavic gora.
Is. 30, 25. 40,9. 57, 7. al. saep. Often
with a pr. n. as "2"o hr Mount Sinai,
nian ºn Mount Tabor; and with the
art.jixºn -r, Mount Lebanon.—Further,
Bºrºșr ºn the mountain of God, i.e. a)
Sinai, as the place where the law was
given, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 27. 18, 5. b) Zion
Ps. 24, 2. Is. 2,3; which also is often call-
ed God's holy mountain, mostly "u"p hrſ,
it,"p ºn, where the suff, refers to God,
Is, 11,9. 56,7. 57, 13. Ps. 2,6. 15, 1.43, 3.
Obad. 16. Ez. 20,40. More fully Zion is
called ".. nº hrſ Is. 2, 2. c.) In plur, the
Holy Land, Palestine, as being moun-
tainous, the mountains of God, Is. 14, 25
49, 11. 65,9.—On the superstition of the
ancient nations and partic. of the He-
brews, by which they regarded moun-
tains as sacred and the seats of the
Deity, see Comment. on Is. Vol. II. p.
316 sq. Gramberg die Religionsideen
des A. T. Pref. p. XV sq.-nºrtúžn ºn
the mount i.e. citadel, castle, of the de-
strover, spoken of Babylon, Jer. 51, 25.
*H
H-H
262
2. Collect. mountains, mountainous re-
gion, Germ. Gebirge, Josh. 14, 12; e. g.
nºsuſ ºn the mountains of Seir; nºn; ºr
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15,48. *r
|º the mountains of Bashan, Ps. 68, 16.
With the art. hºr; the mountains, xat
ěšoxiv, viz. a) The high mountainous
tract extending nearly through Pales-
time between the plain on the sea-coast
and the valley of the Jordan, Gen. 12, 8.
Josh. 9, 1, b) The mountains of Judah,
i. e. the same tract south of Jerusalem,
(à ègewi Luke 1,39,) Num. 13,29. Deut.
1, 2, c) The mountainous region east
of the Dead Sea, afterwards the country
of Moab, Gen. 14, 10. 19, 17. 19. 30.
3. In proper names: a) bºr; ºr
(mount of the sun) Mount Heres, a city
of the Samaritans, Judg. 1, 35. b) nº
Bºx", see nº.
"T" see hiri.
Sºº (mountainous land) Hara, pr. n.
of a region of Assyria, 1 Chr. 5,26. Prob.
Media Magma, now called # Us!
'Irak 'Ajamy, also JL-4ſ el-Jebdºl the
mountains. See Bochart Phaleg III.
c. 14.
Şsºn (mount of God) put for the
altar of burnt-offering, Ez.43, 15; called
also there and in v. 16 BN'`s q. v.
no. II.
*i; 3-7 ſut. Annº, to kill, to slay, viz.
a) Men, spoken not only of homicide
between private persons (for which also
rism) Gen. 4, 8 sq. Ex. 2, 14; but also of
the slaughter of enemies in war, Is. 10, 4.
14, 20. Josh. 10, 11. 13, 23; and of any
killing, 1 K. 19, 10 sq. 2 K. 11, 18. Esth.
9, 6; whether done with the sword Ex.
22, 23. 2 Sam. 12,9. Am. 4, 10, or by a
stone thrown Judg.9, 54. Hence ascribed
also to the pestilence Jer. 18, 21; to a
viper Job 20, 16; and poet. even to grief,
vexation, Job 5, 2. b) Beasts, Is. 27, 1;
hence to slaughter for eating, Is. 22, 13.
c) Plants, like Engl. to kill. Ps. 78,47
tº Tºa ann: he killed their vines with
hail ; comp, nº Job 14, 8, and see in
no. Virg. Georg. 4. 330 felices inter-
fice messes.—Construed mostly c. acc.
rarely c. 8, 2 Sam. 3, 30. Job 5, 2; also
c. *, q. d. to slay among them, 2 Chr.
28, 9. Ps. 78, 31. Comp. ; A. 2.
Niph, pass, to be killed, slain, Ez 26
6. 15. &
PUAL id. Is. 27, 7. Ps. 44, 23.
Deriv. the two following:
A. m. a killing, slaughter, Is. 27, 7
30,25. Ez. 26, 15. Esth.9, 5. Prov.24, 11
Tº f id. Hºrn Nx sheep for the
slaughter Zech. 11, 4.7; comp. the verb
Is.22, 13. nº sº the valley of slaugh-
ter Jer, 19, 6. R. Anr.
>k ºm m ims ſº * *
Hºrſ fut. conv."nºnº ; inf. n-ri, ºr,
1. to become pregnant, to conceive,
spoken of a ſemale ; the etymology
seems to lie in the idea of swelling, kin-
dred with nºr, "nºn.—Gen. 4, 1, 17.
16, 4, 21, 2, 25, 21. 29, 32; with h of the
man to or by whom one conceives, Gen.
38, 18. Part. Thin she that conceives,
hence poet, for a mother, Cant. 3, 4. Hos.
2, 7.—The Heb. interpreters also affirm
that plur. Pºin is put as if by Zeugma
for both parents Gen. 49, 26; comp.
15.
Arab. 94' the two fathers, i. e. the
parents. But see under nin.
2. Metaph. to conceive in mind; hence
to meditate, to purpose any thing. Ps. 7,
15 -pus -hy bºx Fiºr, he conceived mis-
chief and brought forth disappointment.
Job 15, 35. Is. 33, 11. 59, 4.
NotE. Some ascribe also to this verb
the sense to bring forth, to bear, appeal-
ing to 1 Chr. 4, 17 Bºz-ris -rry. But
here the writer only omits to inention
the birth.
PUAL riºr pass. to be conceived. Job 3,
3 and (perish) the night which said Hºn
ºntº a man-child is conceived. Schultens
well: “Inducitur nox illa (in qua Jobus
conceptus sit) quasi conscia mysterii ct
exultans ob spem prolis virilis.”
Po. inf. absol. inn Is. 59, 13, i. Q. Kal
no. 2.
Deriv. Ti-H, ºr, Tinºn, and
Tº adj. only ſem. Hºri pregnant,
with child, Gen. 16, 11. 38, 24, 25. Ex.
21, 22. al. With h of pers, to or by
whom, Gen. 38,25. nº riºr, with child
near to be delivered 1 Sam. 4, 19. nºt
this ever pregnant Jer. 20, 17.—Plur
ni-r; Jer, ibid, with suff, rºrinº
priºr.inri (forms with Dag. f. impl. as
from Pi.) 2 K. 8, 12. 15, 16.
H-H
-->
263
Tº Chald, conception, thought, from
ºn to conceive in mind, to think, see
Chald. r. nº. Plur. Dan. 4,2, spoken of
visions in dreams, like the synon. Tiºn
2, 29.30. 4, 16. Syr. §asºn fancy, ima
gination.
jinn m. (r. Hºr.) conception, pregnan-
ry, Gen. 3, 16. Tsere impure.
ºnſ, i. q, nºr, fem. Hyºri, whence
*riºr Hos. 14, 1. R. riºr.
Tº m. (r. riºr) conception, Ruth 4,
13. Hos. 9, 11.
Tºnº f (r. bºr) something torn
down, a ruin, e.g. a house demolished,
Am. 9, 11.
nºbºnº. f. (r. bºr) a tearing down,
destruction, Is. 49, 19.
* ET obsol. root, i. q. Eºs, ºn, to
be high. Arab. to make great, to
º
lift up; whence º a pyramid, lofty
building.—Hence intº and
Dy" (height, after the form this; or
mountaineer, from nºn with the ending
5- ) Horam, pr. n. of a Canaanitish
king, Josh. 10, 33.
By (exalted) Harum, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 4, 8,
Tºmº, i. q. ions, a fortress, castle,
sc. of an enemy, Am. 4, 3. R. Enr.
jº (mountaineer, from hºſ) Haran,
pr. n. m. a.) The brother of Abraham,
Gen. 11, 26. 27. b) 1 Chr. 23, 9.—For
ºr nº see p. 129. n.
*bºl fut. bhºº Job 12, 14. Is. 22,
9, and bºnº Ex. 15, 7, 2 K. 3, 25.
1. to pull or tear down, to destroy.
The primary signif lies in the syllable
bn, which like y-, Gr. 6;000, girro,
Germ. reissen, is onomatopoetic, with
the notion of rending, tearing, pulling
in pieces, etc. Comp. Ys", ris, also
Yºr, Yºs, Yºp, one, etc. Arab. U“y”,
CŞy gº to tear in pieces, to lacerate.—Pr.
ańd mostly to tear down houses, cities,
walls, (opp. nº Ps. 28, 5.) . K. 18, 30.
9, 10. Is. 14, 18. Jer. 1, 10.45, 4. Lam
, 2, Ez. 13, 14. 16, 39. Mic. 5, 10. al.
Elsewhere also to tear out teeth, i. e. to
break out, Ps. 58, 7; to pull down from
a station Is. 22, 19; to pull or tear down
a people, to destroy, Ex. 15,7; and hence
of a kingdom, Prov. 29, 4 a king by jus-
tice establisheth the land, riºr, U-s:
Hºrſ, but he that loveth bribes pulleth
it down, i.e. an unjust king destroys it.
2. Intrans. to tear through, to break in ,
Ex. 19, 21 ºrbs honry-in lest they break
through wnto Jehovah. v. 24.
NIPH. to be torn down, overthrown, de-
stroyed, Ps. 11, 3. Joel 1, 17. Ez. 30, 4. al.
Also of mountains, Ez. 38, 20.
PIEL i. Q. Kal no. 1. Ex. 23, 24. Is.
49, 17.
Deriv. Hºnºr, nºbºn, and
Cº., ºtos Asyóu. and of doubtful au-
thority, destruction, Is. 19, 18; where
most Mss. and editions, as also Aqu.
Theod. Syr. read: nºsh Yºsh bºrn -->
one (of these five cities) shall be called,
The city of destruction, i. e. in the idiom
of Isaiah, one of these cities shall be de-
stroyed; comp. Nº Niph. no. 2.7. The
Jews of Palestine, who approved this
reading, referred it to Leontopolis in
Egypt and its temple, which they ab-
horred, and the destruction of which
they supposed to be here predicted.—
But the more probable reading is bºr;
q. v. no. 2. See more in Comment. on
Is. l. c.
Sk --H a root not in use, prob. to swell.
kindr. with Hºri to become pregnant, pr.
to swell, to become tumid; Chald. "Thri
to become pregnant.—Hence ºn, nº
ºr, mountain, nºr.
TT Chald. in Peal not used, kindr.
with Heb. Hºri to conceive; PAlp.-n-r
to conceive in mind, to think. Hence
-HºH.
Tººl, once c. suff *ºr Jer. 17, 3, and
Thiſ only c. suff, ºr Ps. 30, 8; Pluſ.
constr. ºnºn, c. suff, riºr Deut. 8, 9
i. q. hn, a mountain, but mostly poetic.
Jer, 17, 3 ms tº —itiºn ºn my
mountain (Zion) with the field ... will
I give as spoil; in the parallel clause
is nsterſ: Trio: thy high places with
their sin i. e. with their idols. R. ºri.
"nº 2 Sam. 23, 33, and "nº v. 11.
a mountaineer, inhabiting the mountain.
ous tract of Ephraim or Judah. R. htri
puji
264 h
Bºr (perli. i. q. Buºr fat) Hashem,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 34; in the parall.
passage 2 Sam. 23, 32 is jº.
nº verbal of Hiph. (r. 92;)
i. q. inf a causing to hear. Ez. 24, 26
bºls nºvºurth to cause the ears to hear.
Tº verb. Hiph. (r. Trº) a melting,
Ez. 22, 22.
iſº, Hatach, pr. n. of a eunuch in
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 4, 5. Bohlen
compares 8.X sº verity.
>k Sri a secondary root not used in
Kal, formed from Hiph. of the verb bºr).
Most of the forms exhibit manifestly an
origin from bºrº; while in others the
letter T acquires the nature of a radical.
The former is the case in Praet. Priº
Gen. 31, 7; inf. brºn Ex. 8, 25; fut.
*nnn Job 13, 9; pass. ºn in Is. 44, 20;
all which are real forms of Hiph. and
Hoph. from Bºº. The latter has place
in Brnº. 1 K. 18, 27; brº, Jer, 9, 4;
and the derivatives Bºrn, nºrrº; in
all which in is retained as if radical.
These forms signify:
1. to deceive, c. 3. Gen. 31, 7. Judg.
16, 10. 13, 15. Job 13,9. Jer. 9, 4.
2. to mock, to deride, 1 K. 18, 27. See
the derivatives above.
NotE. In the kindred languages the
root ºn is both primary and secondary,
and the guttural preformative (n) as-
sumes also the power of a radical letter.
º -
Thus Arab. J3 is to cause to fall, to
Wav, the sixth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet; as a numeral denoting 6.
The name Vav, *, sometimes written
\"), denotes a peg, rail, hook, see in its
order; to which its form in many ancient
alphabets bears a resemblance.
For the twofold power and office of
this letter, as movable and quiescent,
see the Grammars. As a consonant, it
is rarely ſound at the beginning of a root,
Yod (*) being mostly substituted for it,
prostrate; whence Hiph.ºrn to deceive
like Tºn, optºlo, fallo; which trop
CŞ.
sense also belongs to the kindr. Jo tº
defraud. Then from brº, the letter r.
being changed for a harsher guttural
G
comes Jºxs to deceive, to defraud, Jºs
fraud, cunning ; comp. Ewald, Heb.
Gramm. p. 487, where he errs enly in
denying that H is at all radical. Other
secondary roots of this kind, in which
one or another servile letter becomes
radical, are nº, nnu}, ast, q.v. Also
from the kindred languages we may
add: nº bow from r. Jip, and thence
-º-º: Tººn from Tºº, thence Rabb.
Tºrn; ^^ cº- before, from \-ac,
thence -aa- e
Deriv. nºnryº, and
Bºrn m. plur, mockings, derisions,
poet. for mockers, Job 17, 2.
Sk rrn in Kal not used, prob. i. q.
nnr, & , to break; whence to break
tn upon, to set upon, to assail any one.
Hence as &Ito's Asyóu.
Poel Ps. 62, 4 tºns by Anninn His is
how long will ye break in upon a man #
i. e. set upon him. Sept. Šitutiº 8038,
Vulg. irruitis.-Less well Abulwalid
assigns to this root the sense of talking,
prating. Others assume a root nºn,
comp. Arab. else to acclaim, to ap-
plaud. Simonis compares Arab, ºut to
harm, to injure.
as tº for th: QJ, in the middle of a
root it is sometimes movable, and is
there interchanged with = q. v. but
oftener it is quiescent, see Lehrg. p.
406; at the end of a root or word it is
quiescent, except in a few examples, as
**, r*). See Thesaur. p. 393.
|, or before Sheva movable and the
letters ºn-, also before monosyllables
and barytones espec. when marked with
* 265 *
a distinctive accent (see Heb. Gr. § 102.
2), the Conjunction copulative, and,
et, x0:l, Arab. 3 Waw and -5, Syr. o.,
Ethiop. (D. The use of this particle is
of wide extent; since the Hebrews, in
many cases where sentences are to be
connected, did not accurately distinguish
the exact manner of connection; but
in the simplicity of an early language
rested satisfied with this one copula,
where mole cultivated tongues employ
various particles, adversative, causal,
final, etc. To its very frequent use is to
be ascribed especially an appearance of
loose simplicity, which is characteristic
of the Hebrew.—Hence
1. Primarily and most frequently Vav
is merely a Copula, serving both to con-
nect words, as Yºsnº Pººr Gen. 1, 1 ;
hnny inn 1,2; and a so sentences, espec.
as continualive of discourse, e.g. Gen. 1,
2 na; inn Hrºn Yºsrº —Special uses
as connecting words, are the following:
a) Where three, ſour, or more nouns
or verbs are connected, the copula is
inserted, either before each one aſter the
first, Gen. 6, 21. Ex. 25, 4. Deut. 14, 26;
or only before the latter ones, as the
third, if there are three, Gen. 13, 2. Ex.
28, 19; the third and fourth, if four, Deut.
18, 10; the third, fourth, and fifth, if five;
2 K. 23, 5. Or, what is more remote
from our usage, it is inserted between
the first and second, and not before the
subsequent ones; as Ps. 45, 9 nºrms ºn
nis-sp myrrh and aloes and cassia. v.
5. Deut. 29, 22. Job 42,9. Is. 1, 13.—For
the omission of the copula, constructio
asymdeta, see Lehrg. p. 842. Ewald
Heb. Gr. § 354. 5.
b) Sometimes two nouns are connect-
ed by Vav, of which the first denotes a
genus and the other a species, or at least
the latter is included in the former; here
Vav is i. q. and especially, and particu-
larly, and namely. So tº Hºn.
Judah and especially Jerusalem, Is. 1, 1.
2, 1. In like manner, Is. 9, 7 Ephraim,
wnd among them the inhabitants of Sa-
way-ia. Ps. 18, 1–More rarely is the
special word put first, 2 K. 23, 2 Jerusa-
Jem and the rest of Judah. Is. 24, 23
Zion and Jerusalem, Jer. 21, 7. So
Lat. Paeni et Hannibal Just. 29. 3.; Hany
mibal et Paeni Liv. 21. 40.
c) The copula is occasionally inserted
between words strictly in apposition,
Engl. even, and that too. 1 Sam. 28, 3
intº nº in Ramah, even in his own
city. Chald. Dan. 4, 10 unºpy ºs a
watcher (angel), even a holy one.—Some-
times the copula thus adds emphasis to
the word to which it is prefixed; 2 Sam.
13, 20 rºº, ºr nºr) and Tamar
abode, and that desolate. Lam. 3, 26. Is.
57, 11 have I not held my peace Bºisº
even from of old? Am. 3, 11.
d) The copula sometimes connects
two words, whether nouns or verbs, in
such a way that they coalesce and form
one idea. 0.) In nouns this constitutes
the figure Hendiadys (Év Čuč, ćvoiv); in
which the latter noun depends upon and
serves to define the former, as elsewhere
the genitive. Gen. 1, 14 and they shall
be pºsiºn nirsh for signs and for sea
soms, i. e. for signs of seasons. Gen. 3,
16 I will multiply thy sorrow and thy
pregnancy, i. e. the sorrow of thy preg-
nancy. So nºS. Tº favour and fide-
lity, i.e. constant favour, see in nº no.
2. But the defining noun may also
stand first; as 2 Chr. 16, 14 nº tºº
odours and kinds, i. e. divers kinds of
odours. Job 10, 17. 3) Of two verbs
so connected by the copula, the latter is
dependent on the former, and elsewhere
is oftener put in the infin. or in a finite
form without the copula; see Heb. Gr.
$139. Esth.8, 6 ºr "sº bels nºns how
can I endure and see? i.e. endure to see.
Cant. 2, 3. Very often we may best
render the first verb in Engl. by an ad-
verb; as ripº Fºix, he added and took,
i. q. he again took, Gen. 25, 1. 26, 18
nerº atº, he returned and dug, i.e. he
again dug. Dan. 9, 25.
e) The copula is also used where to
the primary person there is subjoined a
person or thing less important; which
is expressed in Engl. more definitely by
with, and likewise in Heb. often by the
particles by, a. Esth. 4, 16 ºn hy?" "is
bºss I and my maidens will fast, i. q.
"nºns; tºs I with my maidens. Jer. 22,
7. Gen. 3, 24 Cherubim and the blade of
a glittering sword, i. e. with a glittering
sword. 1 K. 20, 20. Judg. 7, 10. In a
23
l 266 h
similar way the ancient interpp. under-
stood the difficult passage : 1 Sam. 14,
18 the ark of God was at that time ºn
*Sº Engl. Vers, with the children of
Israel; Vulg. cum, Syr. Chald. >,
Ex. Better to read tº "jºb as Sept. or
'on ºz.
f) In the following idiom peculiar to
the Pentateuch and Joshua, Vav is put
like Lat. etiam, simul, i. q. also as, even
ſº at the same time. Num. 34, 6
*:: biºn ºn tº nºrm ºr bi-x and
as for the western border, there shall be
to you the great sea even for a border ;
i. q. in Greek éotoi iuiv... kol guoy,
Arab. U.S. Deut. 3, 16 air fixºs brº is
bºx' brºn even unto the brook Arnon,
to the middle of the brook, which is even
ſº the border. v. 17. Josh. 13, 23 "nº
H-3 ºn Taºs', ºil bºx and the bor-
der of the children of Reuben was Jor-
dam, even for a border. v. 27. 15, 12.47.
See Thesaur. p. 394 sq.
g) When a noun is repeated, the in-
sertion of the copula denotes: cº) Pr. a
doubling, something two-fold; Ps. 12, 3
5%) =#3, with a double heart i. e. with
duplicity of mind, comp. 1 Chr. 12, 38.
Deut. 25, 13 TFS: THS double weights,
ne full and the other light. Heb. Gr.
§ 106. 4, 6) Single things of a kind,
distributively, each, every. Ezra 10, 14
nº hºw ºpt the elders of every city. 2
Chr. 11, 12 nº ºx-bºi, in every seve-
ral city. 28, 28. Jer. 48, 8. Esth. 1, 8.
nº" -in every generation, see in him no.
1. Esth. 3, 4 tiny bin and 2, 11 pin-ºil
Diº every day, daily.
h) Repeated —, i. q. Lat. et—et,
Engl, both—and. Ps. 76, 7 º' tº
bhoy both the chariot and horses are
stunned. Dan. 8, 13 Sºx' tºp; both the
sanctuary and the host. Num. 9, 14.
Josh. 7, 24. Is. 16, 5–Here too belong
the examples where it may be rendered,
whether—or ; e. g. Ex. 21, 16 and he
that stealeth a man iTº sº inzº
whether he sell him or he be found in his
hand, he shall surely be put to death ;
pr. and if he sell him, and if he be found
in his hand. Lev. 5, 3. Deut. 24, 7.
i) That Wav is put as a disjunctive
between words, i. q. or, is lardly sup-
ported by a single probable example ;
those usually referred hither not requir
ing such a signification. Thus in Ex.
21, 15. 17 he that curseth his father ANn
his mother shall surely be put to death,
here the verb refers not to one or the
other, but to both : he that curseth his
father AND he that curseth his mother
etc. Ex. 12, 5. For 1 Sam. 17, 34, see
in ns I, no. 1. [But in 1 K. 18, 27, it is
difficult to avoid the disjunctive sense
of Wav ; and so the author hinuself else-
where admits, see in º no. 2. a. y, fin.
Thesaur. p. 679.-R.
k) It sometimes connects two impera-
tives, and then the latter expresses a
promise or threat. Gen. 42, 18 do this
and live, i.e. and thou shalt live ; comp.
John 7, 52, also Lat. divide et impera.
See Heb. Gr. § 127. 2.
As to the use of Vav as a copula in
connecting sentences and giving continu-
ity to discourse, for which also Vav con-
versive serves, the following may be
noted:
aa) Sometimes, though rarely and for
various causes, the copula stands at the
beginning of discourse, e. g. 0.) At
the beginning of some books, Ex. 1, 1.
1 K. 1, 1. Ezra 1, 1. In these cases the
history is continued from a former book.
6) Twice, 2 K. 5, 6, 10, 2, rirº stands
at the beginning of an epistle; the salu-
tation and exordium being prob, omit-
ted. Comp. Arab. Jºaº Lºſ; also Lat.
et at the beginning of epistles, Cic. ad
Fam. 10. 1. ib. 13. 62 ; see Handii Tur-
sell. II. p. 494. y) Ex. 2, 20 and he
(Jethro) said unto his daughters, And
where is he 2 So Lat. et often ; Handii
Tursell. l. c. p. 493. no. 14.—See more
in no. 4 below.
bb) It serves to introduce the apodo-
sis, espec. where this is to be distinctly
marked ; Engl. then, Germ. da ; comp.
Arab. -}. So when preceded by DN,
Gen. 13, 9 ſººn es' rººs bxotºr Es
Hºsºs" if thou take the left hand, then
I will go to the right ; and if the right
hand, then I will go to the left. Ps. 78, 34
inhº ºr Es when he slew them, then
they sought him. Ruth 3, 13. Job 10, 14
Preceded by Tºº 1 Sam. 15, 23; Ep:
Deut. 7, 12; "2 Gen. 29, 15. Is. 28, 18
a c. infin. Gen. 3, 5, Ez. 33, 18 ants
h 267. h
, , , pºx. Comp. in N. T. dis... ww.
'öow Luke 7, 12. Acts 10, 17.—Wory often
it is put with a certain emphasis after
words and clauses which stand abso-
lutely, espec. those which mark time.
Ex. 16, 6 trºl") =y at evening, then
shall ye know. Prov. 24, 27 rºº hrs
Firy": afterwards, then build thy house.
Gen. 40, 9.48, 7. Jer. 7, 25.—Here too
belong examples where the copula is
inserted in a clause between the subject
and predicate, so as to take up a sen-
tence not yet completed ; e. g. 0.)
Where the subject precedes and the
copula is put before the predicate ;
Prov. 23, 24 in nº bºr. Thin he that
begetteth a wise son, and (then) he shall
have joy in him ; here the copula is em-
phatic. 31, 28 Fºrº Fºx: her hus-
band, and he praiseth her, i. e. he too
praiseth her. 1 Sam. 25, 27. Gen. 22,
14. Job 36, 26. (3) When the predicate
stands first ; 2 Sam. 15, 34 Finas Tº
*Nº has thy father's servant, and I was
so hitherto. Job 4, 6 Tºni phy in prº
thy hope, and it is the uprightness of thy
ways, i.e. in the integrity of thy life lies
thy hope. y) Where the object stands
first ; 2 Sam. 22,41 Enºs' "sº them
that hate me, and (then) I will destroy
them. Num. 23, 3.
cc) It has an intensive or cumulative
force, like Gr. x0, i, i. q. even, yea, yea
even, e.g. 0.) It augments; as Job 5,
19 in sia, troubles he shall deliver thee,
Sº yea in seven there shall no evil
touch thee. Ps. 74, 11. Prov. 6, 16. 30, 15.
18 sq. 21 sq. Am. 1, 3.6.9.11. 3) It di-
minishes; as Job 21,6°rbrº ºrnet Es)
yea even if I remember, I am afraid, i. Q.
if I only remember, if I barely think
thereon. So Nº not even, Deut. 28, 39.
dd) It is put between clauses which
are to be compared together, and marks
espec. an equality or likeness of lot, i. Q.
as, so, (So by q. v. no. 1. e, f. g.) This
is called by Grammarians rishnu-ri tº
Vav addequationis. Job 5, 7 man is born
to trouble, and the sons of lightning soar
on high, i. e. as swift birds of prey soar
mn high. 14, 19 the waters wear away the
tones, their flood washeth away the dust
of the earth, and (so) thou destroyest the
hope of man. 12, 11. 34, 3. Prov. 26, 9.
ee) It is put before clauses inserted
by way of parenthesis, where also the
relative often stands. Gen. 4, 25 ps:
:="3"| "º rs. Tº Tºns from the
God of thy father (and he hath helped
thee), and from the Almighty (and he
hath blessed thee), shall come the bless-
ings of heaven above. Job 29, 12 ſor 1
delivered the poor... + -is sº Einº
and the orphan, and there was none to
help him, i. q. to whom there was no
helper. Is. 13, 14. Ps. 55, 20.—On the
intimate connection between the copula
and the relative, see Harris’ Hermes,
B. I. c. 5 penult.
2. Vav is also put before adversative
clauses, and yet, but, since. But here the
antithesis lies in the thought or in the col-
location of the words, rather than in the
particle Vav ; and when it is to be luore
strongly expressed, the regular adversa-
tive particles are used, as Bºns, bas, Tes.
Cant. 1, 5 rºsy, ºs rrhinu, I am black,
and yet comely. Gen. 2, 16. 17 of every
tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat,
Hºgg besn Nº sº air, rsºn 7:25 but
of the tree of the knowledge of good and
evil thou shalt not eat of it. 17, 21. 42,
10. Judg. 16, 15 how camst thou say, I love
thee, ºr's 7's Taº and yet (since) thine
heart is not with me 2 Ruth 1, 21. Job
6, 26.--Where the subject of a clause in
this construction is a personal pronoun,
it is put first. Gen. 15, 2 * rin-nº
****: Tºn ºs', what wilt thou give me,
and yet (since) I depart childless 2 So
*=}s 18, 13, 27; ºs Is. 49, 21; rins
Neh. 2, 2; sºn, Is. 10, 7.42, 22; Brºs.
Gen. 26, 27; brº Is. 1, 2.—Sometimes
also it may be rendered though, al-
though, but here is in itself only and
the conditional particle being omitted.
Job 15, 5 for thy mouth teacheth thine
iniquity, tº jºb ºrian, although
thou choosest the tongue of the cºqfty.
Mal. 2, 14. Is. 32, 7.
3. Before causal clauses, i. e. those
assigning a cause or reason, 1. q. for
because of Gen. 20, 3 behold 1 thou art
a dead man because of the woman thou
host taken, bºa rºsh sºn, for she is a
man's wife. 6, 17. Ps. 7, 10. 60, 13 give
us help from the enemy, for () vain is
the help of man. Is. 3, 7. 39, 1.
4. Before inferential clauses, therefore,
wherefore ; then, so then. Ez. 18, 32 I
268 l
desire not the death of the sinner, . .
hºrn Maºri, wherefore turn ye and live.
Zech. 2, 10. Ps. 81, 13.—Here belong
most of the examples in which Wav
stands at the beginning of discourse
(see others in no. 1. aa); since there is
usually here some reason implied in the
preceding circumstances, from which the
proposition to which Vav is prefixed is a
conclusion; i. Q. them, so them. 3 K. 4, 41
rºop ºrph -2N-1 and he said, Then bring
meal, sc. since these things are so. Is.
3, 14 ºn Bºyz. Erºs, so then ye have
eaten up the vineyard. Ps. 4, 4 sº know
then. 2, 10. Bºº Hº, now therefore,
O ye kings, comp. v. 6. 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is.
47, 9, 58, 2. -
5. Before final and consecutive clauses,
marking end or aim and result, that, in
order that, so that ; followed by the fu-
ture, often apocopated or paragogic. So
where a sentence precedes including a
command, Gen. 27, 4. 42, 34. 1 Sam. 15,
16; or an entreaty, Job 10, 20. Judg.
16, 28; or an interrogation, 1 K. 22, 7.
Is. 41, 26; or a hope, Jer. 20, 10. Thus
Gen. 42, 34 and bring your youngest
brother unto me, risis, that I may know.
Judg. 16, 28 strengthen me only this once,
nºs, that I may be avenged. 1 K. 22,
7 is there not here a prophet of the Lord
besides, inis? Hºnº, that we might in-
quire of him 2
6. Before clauses dependent on verbs
of perceiving and witering, where com-
mon usage admits the relat. conjunction
*z that. So after a verb of knowing
Gen. 47, 6; of swearing Josh. 2, 12; of
augury Gen. 30, 27. Also without a
verb, Is. 43, 12 ye are my witnesses ºs.
bs that I am God; comp. v. 10 sin ºs "2
in the same connection. Lam. 3, 26 Riº
bºth bºrº good that one wait even in
ilence, comp. v. 27 º Bito. Num. 14, 21.
7. Pav conversive of the Praeter, (so
‘alled as converting the praeter into a fu-
ure,) is merely the Copula; and affects
ne Praeter simply by connecting it back
to a preceding future. Yet it also has
the effect, that in most verbal forms
having he tone on the penultimate, the
same is moved forward by it upon the
final syllable; e.g. "rºr, I went, whºrn
(with a preced. ſut.) and I will go, Judg.
l, 3. See Heb. Gr. 548 b. 1, 3.
º, and before a gutt. J, a particle
prefixed to the Future, and imparting to
it (when a praeter precedes) the sense
of the Imperfect; hence called Vav con-
versive of the Future; e. g. bºop” he will
slay, biopºl (with preced, praet.) and he
slew. It appears to be nothing more
than Vav copulative with a peculiar
punctuation; and affects the Future
simply by connecting it back to a pre-
ceding praeter. When a shortened form
of the Fut. exists, this is preferred; and
very often the tone is drawn back from
the last syllable to the penultimate; e.g.
ſut. nº, apoc. nº, with Vav convers.
nº. But in the first pers. especially
in the later books, the fut. paragog, is
sometimes employed; e.g. nºnºs: Ezra
9, 3. See Heb. Gr. § 48 b. 1, 2.
NotE. In former editions the preſer-
ence was given to another view of this
Vav ; according to which it was regarded
as a contraction or fragment of the verb
Flºri to be, put before the Future so as to
form by periphrasis the narrative tense,
viz. bop" Hºr; it came to pass (that) he
slew ; then dropping T as in Syriac
$typº-ny, and contracted bºº, like -no
5 *
ny, Hº ; comp. Jºãº G5 he was (that)
he will slay, for he slew.—But on the
other hand it is evident that the Copula
lies in this Vav, for the following rea-
sons: a) The Fut, conversive as con-
nected with what precedes always stands
before the noun, as annºs ºn ; and
where the noun is put first, the Vav is
separated from the verb, e. g. Is. 6, 4
Tº sº nºn' ... ºn and trembled
the foundations of the thresholds . . . and
the house was filled with smoke. 3, 16.
b) It never stands after the Relative or
Conjunctions, which exclude the copula.
c) In parallel passages there often stands
for it a simple , see Is. 59, 16; comp.
63, 3. 5.6; also in the same connection a
simple Is. 43, 28. d) When whole
sections or books begin with Wav con-
versive, as is often the case, this denotes
that they are connected with an earlier
narrative, Ex. 1, 1. Ezra 1, 1; or at least
are regarded as having such connection.
Ruth 1, 1. Esth. 1, 1. In 1 K, 1, 1 the
book begins with a simple . See in
nc 1. aa. Heb. Gr. l. c.
m
269 f
77, Vedan, pr. m. of an Arabian city,
whence cloths, wrought iron, cassia, and
other spices were brought to Tyre, Ez.
27, 19. Very prob. the prophet here
speaks of the city and mart TTS, Jºe,
'Aden, in connection with which Edrisi
enumerates these very wares, T.I. p. 51.
ed. Jaubert: “La ville d’Aden est petite,
mais renommée à cause de son port de
mer, d'où partent des navires destinés
pour le Sind, l’Inde, et la Chine. On y
apporte de ce dernier pays des marchan-
dises telles que le fer, les lames de sabre
damasquinées, ... le cardamome, la can-
nelle, ... les myrobalans, ... diverses élof.
fes tissues d'herbes, et d'autres riches et
veloutées, etc.”—The text ought there-
fore prob. to read ſº or ITV1; unless
perhaps TT is here for TTS".
Hº a doubtful word, found only in
Num. 21, 14 Brij-nS, pr. n. of a place,
Vaheb, in the territory of Moab on the
Arnon; according to Le Clerc i. q. Tº
v. 18, comp. Jºse, to give, i. q. Trº.—
Kimchi found it in some Mss. written in
one word artins, which would be Aram.
• Ethpa. of the verb Je, i. q. ET, Jeho-
rah dedit se in turbine. But the whole
passage is abrupt and fragmentary, and
therefore very obscure.
"... m. plur. Dº (Kamets impure) a
peg, mail, hook, spoken only of the pins
or hooks from which the curtains of the
tabernacle were suspended, Ex. 26, 32.
37. 27, 10. 11. 17. 36, 36.38, 38, 10 sq.
The etymology is unknown; see Thes.
p. 399.
Zayin, Tºt, the seventh letter of the
Elebrew alphabet; as a numeral de-
noting 7. The name is i. q. Syr. ſili
a weapon ; which the figure of this let-
her resembles in all the ancien alpha-
bets.—In Arabic there are twy corre-
sponding letters, differently pronounced,
riz. 3 dh (d, z), and 3 z, as tº 38 to
9 0.
slaughter; sh; 8) seed. For the for-
sk º Arab. 5 to bear to carry, por
tare; whence zº; Vizier, pr. porter of
public business ; comp. bajulus used by
writers of the middle ages for an
envoy, chargé d'affaires, whence Engl.
bailiff, Ital. bailo. Also in Pass. to be
laden with guilt, borne down with pun-
ishment; since sin and guilt in the Se-
mitic idiom are a burden laid upon the
wicked, Ps. 38, 4. Is. 53, 11. Comp. Nº.
orig0, to take off or away, i. q. to par-
don.—Hence
T. m. laden with guilt, guilty, Prov.
21, 8.
Sºl (Pers. 8 *2 pure, pr: white,
see Yºa) Vajezatha, Pers. pr. m. of the
youngest son of Haman, Esth. 9, 9.
Sk +: i. q. Tºº, to bear, to bring forth;
Arab. 99, .—Hence the two following:
º m. a child, offspring, Gen. 11, 30.
Tº m, id. 2 Sam. 6, 23.—Keri +",
and so the occidental Mss.
Tº pr. m. m. Vaniah, Ezra 10, 36.
"º) (perh. i. q. ºbº additamentum
meum) pr. n. m. Vophsi, Num. 13, 14.
*}) pr. n. m. Vashni, 1 Chr. 6, 13
[28]. Prob. a corrupted form for "ºr",
comp. 1 Sam. 8, 2. The passage should
read: nºns ºn by in Hi-zn; see Mo-
vers Chron. p. 54.
"nº (Pers. (s”; a beauty, labelle,)
Vashti, the former queen of Xerxes
Esth. 1,9.
mer the Aramaean has " : for the latter
it sometimes also has l; hence -*.
n=1, for n=1 to slaughter; &l, sºnſ,
for sh; to sow, etc. Comp. in lett. i.
But S and X are also interchanged;
e.g. ºntº, 56 and * to help; tº
rº- and ry- to cut off.
Further, t is interchanged:
a) With
23%
- N7
n-iſ
270
Y, in psy and psy to cry out; tº and
yº to exult, to shout; Ery gold, comp.
hits yellow, tawny. b) With o, ø, as
hºt and nºb to go away; tº and bºx to
exult; Fä, Syr. ima to despise; lios
harm, from nºs, Göl to harm... c)
With n, as phā and p13, etc.
tº: ENT obsol. root, prob. i. q. ET; , 51%,
to be yellow, tawny.—Hence
PS. m. (Tsere impure) 1. a wolf, so
called from its tawny colour; like Lat.
vulpes from fulvus, Goth. wulfs, whence
9 & . P .5:
wolf. Arab. Jºë, Syr. ſeiz.-Gen.
49, 27. Is. 11, 6, 65,25. Jer. 5, 6, "as"
By evening wolves, prowling at night,
Hab. 1, 8. Zeph. 3, 3; comp. Atzot ºv-
xtsguyol Oppian. Cyneget. 3. 266, vvºtt-
Tógot ibid. 1. 440.
2. Zeeb, pr. n. of a Midianitish prince,
Judg. 7, 25.8, 3. Ps. 83, 12.
FST this, hac, ſem, of the pron. H; q.v.
:k PE obsol. root, onomatopoet, prob.
i. q. D2 to murmur, to hum, to buzz.
Germ. summen; whence ºf a fly, from
its buzzing, like Lat. musca fr. Miſſo,
musso (mussito). Bochart compares
-&#3 to move up and down in the
air; but this is secondary.
Sk Taj once Gen. 30, 20, to give, to pre-
sent with any thing, to endow, Lat. do-
nare ; Sept. well Osódigmtow, Vulg. dota-
vit. Comp. Chald. Saad. Abulw. Arab.
c)-3, id. Syr. frei spec. dowry; see The-
saur. p. 401,–That this root was in fre-
quent use in Hebrew, is shown by the
many pr. names derived from it; e. g.
those which here follow, six in number,
and also in-j, nº-1, Tºi", Taºs.
Tº m. a gift, dowry, Gen. 30, 20.
Tº (whom God gave, as in: for bsºr;,
}rºin) Zabad, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 36.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 21. c) 1 Chr. 11, 41. d)
2 Chr. 24, 26. In the parall. passage
2 K. 12, 22 is nºi".
*HT (for rººt gift of Jehovah)
Zabdi, pr. n. m. a) Josh. 7, 1; in the
parallel passage 1 Chr. 2, 6 "hºt. b)
1 Chr. 8, 19. c) 1 Chr. 27, 27. d)
Neh. 11 17,
bsºn: (gift of God) Zabdiel, pr. n. m.
Neh. 11, 14. Comp. 20.66wjã 1 Macc.
11, 17.
T. Tº (Jehovah gave) Zebadiah, Ze.
bedee, Gr. Zeffºdwios, pr. m. of several
men: a) 1 Chr. 8, 15. b) ib. v. 17,
c) ib. 12, 7. 27,7. d) Ezra 8,8. e) 10, 20.
*Tºº (id.) Zebadiah, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 26, 2. b) 2 Chr. 17, 8, c)
19, 11.
5*-ī m. (r. 55; q.v.) a fly, Is. 7, 18.
Ecc. 10, 1 ryº ºn dead flies. For the
pr. n. al-' by: Beelzebub, see in bºx
§ 1 - ?
no. 5. b.-Arab. Jºlº, Chald. Sº, id
Tº (donatus) Zabud, pr. m. m. 1 K.
4, 5. R. Taj.
Tººl (id.) Zabbud, Ezra 8, 14 Cheth.
Tºſº (donata) Zebudah, pr. n. f.
2 K. 23, 36 Keri; but Cheth, is rºl.
ºn- and bat m. (r. 831) 1, a dwell-
ing, habitation, Ps. 49, 15. Hab. 3, 1'.
Hää Tº rin, ºu, sun and moon stand
still in their habitation, i. e. they hide
themselves, do not shine.—Of the habi-
tation of God, ls. 63, 15; so ºf nº id.
1 K. 8, 13.
2. Zebul, pr. n. m. Judg. 9, 28.
Tºmaſ, Tºº-T, Tºbºſ, (habitation
see Gen. 30, 20,) Zebulum, pr. m. of the
tenth son of Jacob, born of Leah ; also
of the tribe descended from him, the ter.
ritory of which is described in Josh. 19,
10 sq.-The gentile n, is "ºnal Zebulon-
ite, from a form Tibº, Num. 26, 27.
*ra; kindr, with naº, Arab. 233
Syr. ~~!, Zab. *22 and -*. , Eth.
H'ſ]ſh. Perhaps from the same stock
is Gr. oq &voo, oqºſo, i.e. 2000. T.
1. to slaughter, to kill animals, sc. for
eating, Deut. 12, 15.1 Sam. 28, 24. 1 K,
19, 21. Ex. 39, 17.
2. Spec. to kill for sacrifice, to sacri.
fice, to immolate victims, 1 Sam. 1, 4,
with of the deity to whom sacrifice is
offered 1 K. 8, 63, also ºth 1 K. 8, 62.
2 Chr. 7, 4. Lev. 9, 4.—This verb is no"
used of the priests as slaughtering vity
tims in sacrifice; but of private persons
offering sacrifices at their own cost
Num. 22, 40. Deut. 12, 21. 27, 6.
n=lf
271 Fif
Piel rat, fut. Ha!", to sacrifice, i. q.
Kal no. 2. 1 K. 12, 32. 2 K. 12, 4. Spo-
ken also of a multitude of sacrifices, 1 K.
8, 5; of repeated or customary sacrifice,
1 K. 3, 2. 3. 11, 8. Hos. 4, 14. al. So
... Gº 3’ ſº
Arab. 25 to sacrific, much, often.
Deriv. Tºº, and
Tº m. c. suff. *nit; plur. Bºrſal,
constr. "rat, once niriº Hos. 4, 19.
1. Pr. a slaughtering, e. g. a) Of
men, slaughter Is. 34, 6. Zeph. 1, 7. Ez.
39, 17. b) Of beasts, meton. the flesh
of slaughtered animals, i. q. a repast,
Gen. 31, 54. Prov. 17, 1 nºn-ºrial ban-
quets of slrife, quarrelsome feasts.
2. a sacrifice, i.e. the act of sacrificing,
Lev. 19, 6. Also the thing sacrificed,
victim, Is. 1, 11. Ps. 51, 18; opp. both to
nr;2 a bloodless offering 1 Sam. 2, 29.
Ps, 40,7, and to nºis a burnt-offering; so
that may denoted a sacrifice which was
only in part consumed by fire, such as
were the sin and trespass-offerings, the
thank-offerings, etc. Ex. 10, 25. Lev. 17,
8. Num. 15, 5. Bºhuš na; a victim of
thank-offering Lev. 3, 1. 4, 10. al.—Spo-
ken also genr. of any great and solemn
sacrifice and of sacrificial feasts, as na;
Bºrn the yearly sacrifice 1 Sam. 1, 21.
20, 6. Firſpºº rat a family sacrifice 20,
29, comp. 9, 12. 13. 16, 3.
3. Zebah, pr. m. of a Midianitish prince,
Judg. 8, 5. Ps. 83, 12.
"àf pr. m. m. Zabbai, Ezra 10, 28.
Neh. 3, 20 Cheth. Prob. a corrupt read-
ing for "21, as is read in Ezra 2,9. Neh.
7, 14.
That see Hº-1.
Sºº (bought, r. ſay) Zebina, pr.
n. m. Ezra 10, 43.
*Saſ 1. pr. prob. i. q. Baº to be
round, to make round, comp. Baš; whence
Talm. Sº, bºl, dung in balls, round
dung, as of goats, camels. Syr. and
\rab. liai, iſ, e
2. to dwell, see in ºn no. 2. Gen. 30,
20 ** he will dwell with me, sc. my
husband, with the accessory idea of on-
jugal intercourse, as in Eng’ to cohabit.
Other verbs of dwelling also take the
accus. in the sense ‘to dwell with; see
**, Tºuj.
Deriv. ºff, jºbs.
bar see bºat.
Tº see bi-l.
× Taj Chald. to get for oneselſ, to buy
to gain, as in Syr. and Samar. Dan. 2, 8
Tº ris sº *ſ that ye would gain
the time, i. e. make delay.
Deriv. pr. n. Nº.
A. m. Num. 6, 4, the skin of a grape
husk, as being transparent. R. 32: .
>k XXI to be clear, transparent ; comp,
Samar. 337 i. q. T-7 to be pure. Arab.
3 : -
gº glass, i. q. n°5">] ; Chald. Alt to
be clear, transparent.—Hence M.
T. m. verbal adj. (r. Thi) proud, arro-
gant, pr. boiling, swelling, inflated;
with the accessory notion of wickedness
and impiety, comp. in ºr no. 3, 4.—Is.
13, 11. Jer. 43, 2. Ps. 19, 14. 119, 21.51.
69. 78. 85. 122.
TT m. (r. Thi) constr. iiii as if from
a root riºt, c. suff. Tºm 1 Sam. 17, 28.
Jer. 49, 16; pride, arrogance, haughti-
mess, combined with insolence, Prov. 11,
2. 13, 10, 21. 24. Tº itſ the pride of
thy heart, proud insolence, Jer. 49, 16.
Obad. 3. Deut. 17, 12. Concr. spoken
of haughty Babylon, Jer. 50, 31. 32.
T. m. rarely put with a subst: fem,
Josh. 2, 17; with pref Piłł, FT% ; Fem.
nST, more rarely ºf Ecc. 2, 2. 5, 15.
18, 7, 23. 9, 13; so in the formula Fitz
Hº Judg. 18, 4. 2 Sam. 11, 25. 1 K. 14,
5; also iſ Hos. 7, 16. Ps. 132, 12 (here
relat.) once rins; Jer. 26, 6 Cheth. Plur.
nºs q. v.
1. Prom, demonstr. this, Lat, hic, hac,
hoc. Arab. 13, Jºe hic, Syr. ba, hac,
Eth. "H, fem. H., Hºi. Hence the
Aram. *, *, and Eth. H, which have
passed over into relatives. Corresp. are
Sanscr. sa—s, sd, tat ; Goth. sa, so, that ,
hic, haec, hoc.—It stands:
a) Absol. i. e. by itself, this, this one,
Gr. oitos, witn, toiro. Job 1, 17 nt is
**Tº this one was yet speaking. Ecc.
6, § 53r; nº tº this also is vanity, 9, 13
Hy
2 Hſ
27
Ex. 2, 6, 2 Sam. 23, 17. So in the ge-
nit. 1 K, 21, 2 Hi Hºrn tº money, the
price of it Dat. Tº to this one, to him,
1 Sam. 21, 12 [11]; nN.1% to this woman
Gen. 2, 23. Sometimes in contempt,
like Gr. oitos, Lat. iste; 1 Sam. 10, 27
n; hºw-rix, how shall this (fellow) save
us? Ex. 10, 7.
b) With a subst. and so that like an
adj, it is often put after the subst, and
both take the article; as nºr ºr this
word, nNir Hüsr; this woman, nºr Biº
on this day. Rarely without the art.
where the noun has it; comp. At hiºn Ps.
12, 8. Poet, also nºt ſº this vine Ps.
80, 15.—But it without the art, is also
put before a noun made definite, e. g.
0.) When the pronoun marks the sub-
ject or predicate of the sentence, the
substantive verb being implied. Ex. 35,
4 ºr FTI this is the word. Judg. 4, 14
Disri Hi inis is the day. 2 K. 6, 13. Ps.
118, 20. Is. 14, 16. 6) More rarely also
rºar Hi is i. q. Hyn nºn; yet so that
the former has a stronger demonstrative
force. So too in Aramaean and Arabic ;
comp. Chald. Nººr rºº this dream Dan.
4, 15; Syr. lizi jià this time ; (Jº
cºlºgi this book; also in Greek oitos
à oinos.-Ezra 3, 12 nºr HI this house,
this temple, Sept. toitov row oizov, opp.
Tivisºr rºar. 1 K. 14, 14 piºn n; this
day, Sept. twith ti juégº, Vulg. in hac
die. Ps. 49, 14. Josh. 9, 12 ºrth riſ this
our bread. Ps. 73, 12 E-sºº. His Fºr
lo 1 these ungodly.
c) The difference between rit, rst,
and shri, Nºrt, has been pointed out in
art. Rºn init. The former, HI, rst, refer
to a person or thing present, which one
can as it were point at with the finger;
and also to the present time. Gen. 38,
28 riºsº Rs. Hiſ this came out first, was
irst born. Is. 29, 11 HT-s: Rºp read
this, I pray thee. Very often in the
phrase Fir Biºz, on this day, i. e. this
day, to-day, Lev. 8, 34. Josh. 7, 25. Tº
rtin cinri unto this day, sc. this very day
when I am speaking or writing, Sept.
tag tiſs juágo.g to ſtals, Gen. 32, 33. 47,
26. 48, 15. Deut. 2, 22. 3, 14. 10,8. 11, 4.
—In historical narrative also the follow-
ing are regarded as present: 0.) That
which has just been n lentioned; Ger,
7, 11 on the seventeenth day of the month,
Hºn Biha on this very day, were all the
fountains, etc. v. 13. Ex. 19, 1. 3) That
which is immediately to follow, and
which is as it were pointed at ; Gen. 5
1 tº nithin net rit this is the book o
the generations of Adam. 6, 15 nu's n!
Fris Fiºn this is how thou shalt make
tt, i. e. So shalt thou make it; Sept.
oùto noumosus, comp. Ex. 29, 38. Gen.
45, 19. Ps. 7, 4.
d) These idioms are also to be noted:
w) Repeated, Hi-Fi, i. q. this—that,
one—another, Job 1, 16. 1 K. 22, 20. Ps.
75, 18; nºt—nst id. 1 K. 3, 16; Hy
ny-bs one to another Ex. 14, 20. Is. 6, 3.
6) Vividly demonstrative is it, when n;
is added to interrogatives to increase
their strength; Is. 63, 1 Nº ni º who
is this that cometh? Job 38, 2.42, 2.
The same is NHT *z, see in Nºri no. 2. d.
—A similar usage with Fly as adv. see
below in no. 3. c. &
2. Rarely and only in poetic style it
is put for the relative, like Engl. that,
which is both demonstr. and relative ;
see T no. 1. Comp. the relatives as
derived mostly from demonstratives, un-
der nºs A, p. 97. T no. 1.-Ps. 104, 8
Eriº ºp: nº bipº-bs unto the place
which thou hast founded for them, i. e.
destined. Prov. 23, 22. Job 15, 17. Ps.
78, 54. In this signif. it seems, like
nuš, to be indeclinable, and is put also
for the plur. Job 19, 19.-Also as a mere
sign of relation, like hugs no. 2. Ps. 74, 2
in ºu; nº jinx ºr mount Zion, wherein
thou dwellest. Is. 25, 9.
3. It passes over into a demonstr. Adv.
a) Of place, here, for nº in this place,
Gen. 28, 17. Num. 13, 17. al. Hiſ from
here, hence, Gen. 37, 17. Ex. 11, 1. Hyº
Tº hence and hence, i.e. on this side
and on that side, Num. 22, 24. Josh. 8.
33. It often corresponds to Engl. here,
there, Germ. da, Ösuztizög. Judg. 5, 5
*}^b TT this Sinai, Sinai itself. Dan.
10, 17 Fly ºis my lord here. So H. Her
lo here ! see here ! Cant. 2, 8, 1 K. 19
5. b) Of time, pr. at this time, now
Mic. 5, 4 Pibu ni Hºrſ; and now then
shall be peace. Hy Hry just now, even
now, this moment, Ruth 2, 7, 1 K. 17
24 tº ni nº now I know. In th
arly
273 Af
signif it is often put before numerals,
as Gen. 27, 36 tº ni now twice. 31,
38 rºº Bºnº rig this twenty years, now
or twenty years. v. 41. 43, 10. 45, 6.
Num. 14, 22. Judg. 16, 15. Zech. 7, 3 Hy
Sº rigº this (now) so many years, c)
Of Rianner, thus, so, Gen. 6, 15. Ps. 49,
14. It is often added to interrogatives
to augment their force; as Hi-nº how
so, how then, Gen. 27, 20; nº nº pr.
why so that, wherefore, Gen. 18, 13.
4. With prefixes: a) n; in this sc.
place, here, comp. no. 3. Gen. 38, 21. Ex.
24, 14. Trop. of time, then, Esth. 2, 13.
b) nº such, see in 3 B, 1. a, c) rsth
on this account, therefore; whence "S
nN.1% wherefore ? Jer. 5, 7. Comp. *H
nºn, ºn.
$: =T obsol, root, i. q aris, to shine,
to glitter, to be yellow, as gold; comp.ºs.
PTT m. constr. artſ, once -ni. Gen.
2, 12. G - r
1, gold. Arab. J.33, Syr. Chald.
foot, an: id. Gen. 24, 22.53. 36, 39.
Ex. 3,22. al. Where numerals precede,
the weight ºpuſ shekel is to be supplied,
e.g. Gen. 24, 22 ºr nº ten (shekels)
of gold.
2. Metaph. of the golden brightness
of the sky, perhaps for the sun itself, Job
37, 22. Also for golden oil, i. e. pure
and bright as gold, Zech. 4, 12.
>k Hiſ obsol. root, Arab. Use, to shine,
to be bright and beautiful ; also to be
8 G -->
proud ; zº) brightness, beauty, espec.
of flowers, and hence a flower; comp.
Å; flower, from /*) to shine. Syr.
tail to be proud, Ethpa, to be made
bright, splendid.
Deriv. 11, "1, and nº.
>k Briſ in Kal not used, Arab. sº to
stink, to be rancid, spoken of fat; Chald.
to be dirty, filthy. In the Zabian dia-
lect this verb is used of stinking water.
kindr. are Tris, T2, 2 3) tº
PIEI, to regard as filthy; hence to
oathe, Job 33, 20 Prº anon" he toath-
eth it, the bread. The suffix is pleo-
mastic; see Lehrg. § 195. 2.-Hence
PTT (loathing) Zaham, pr. n. m. 2 Chr
11, 19. -
* Tºll in Kal not used, i. Qi. /*); joi
to be bright, to shine, comp. hrs. Hence
*H".
HIPH. hºrrºr: 1. to cause to shine, to
nake light, i. e. metaph. a) to enlight-
en, to teach, with two acc. of pers. and
thing, Ex. 18, 20; acc. of pers. 2 Chr.
19, 10. b) to admonish, to warn, sc. to
beware of any thing 2 K. 6, 10; to desist
from any thing Ez. 3, 19, 20, with 12 to
warn from anything, Lev. 15,31 prºnin,
others Ennin. Ez. 3, 18 sºn --Hirth
Hºnº, i-hº to warn the wicked from
his evil way, to admonish him to turn
from it. But Ez. 3, 17 et 33, 7 rºnin
"??? Eris warn thou them from me, i.e.
in my name, by my authority. Syr. Pa.
et Aph. Chald. Aph. id.
2. Intrans. to give light, to shine, Dan.
12, 3, Chald. Hris id,
NIPH. to be taught, admonished, Ps. 19,
12. Also to receive instruction, admo-
milion, to take warning, Ecc. 4, 13. Ez.
33, 4, 5.6; to beware Ecc. 12, 12, where
Tº belongs to hnin.
Tº Chald. id. Part, pass. **ny ad-
monished, cautious, Ezra 4, 22. Syr.
Ethpe. to take heed, to be watchful
over any thing. -
Tº m. brightness, splendour, of the
heavens, Ez. 8, 2. Dan. 12, 3. R. Hill.
Tº m. i. q. "I which is read in many
Mss. (pr. for "r", r. Firſt,) brightness,
beauty, espec. of flowers; hence as the
name of the second Hebrew month,
Ziv, from the new-moon of May to that
of June, or according to the Rabbins
from the new-moon of April to that of
May; q. d, flower-month. 1 K. 6, 1, 37,
Chald. Nº intrº, the month of the
brightness of flowers. The same month
is called in Chald. Syr. Arab. *s.
ſ. 2; 91 ºf - e
irºl, jºl, also from brightness, splen-
dour.
iſ see H!.
ºf comm. gend. i. q. Hy and nSt.
1. Pron. demonstr. Ps. 12,8. Hab. 1, 11
inbsº ins ºf this his strength is his god
2. Oftener as relat comp. Ht no. 2
-h;
*h}
274,
Ex. 15, 13. Ps. 9, 16. 10, 2. 142, 4. Also
ms a sign of relation, Is. 42, 24 histºr ºf
ib against whom we have sinned.
NotE. In the Talmud "" is not un-
freq. put for TT, and also in compounds.
Among the Tayitic Arabs, 23 is often
used for s&J ; see Schult. ad Har. II.
p. 75.
* Flº'ſ 1. to flow, pr. of water, Ps. 78,
20. 105,41. Is. 48, 21. Often also of the
monthly courses in women, Lev. 15, 25;
of the seminal flux or gonorrhoea in men,
Lev. 15, 2–To flow with any thing, is
also by an idiom of language said of a
person or thing in or from which any
thing flows; so of a woman having the
menstrual flow Lev. 15, 19; of a man
having gonorrhoea Lev. 15, 4 sq. 22, 4.
Num. 5, 2.2 Sam. 3, 29. Espec. also of
affluence, abundance, with acc. of that
with which anything flows or overflows;
Ex. 3, 8 tº ºr r=1 yºs a land flow-
ing (with) milk and honey. v. 17. 13, 5.
33, 3. Lev. 20, 24. Num. 13, 27. 14, 8.
16, 14. Absol. Jer. 49, 4 HPºs =l thy
valley flows, sc. with blood.—Aram. -eń,
ahn, to flow, to flow down, to melt.
2. Trop. to flow away, i.e. to pine away,
to die, Lam. 4, 9–Arab. Jºſé to pine
away, sc. with hunger, disease. See
under r. nº.
557 m. (r. 511) a flowing, flua, as of
the semen in men, gomorrhaºa benigma,
Lev. 15, 1–15; of the monthly courses
in women, Lev. 15, 16 sq.
* Th; or TT 1. i. q. kindr. Tºm, to
boil, to boil over, as water; onomatopo-
etic, like Engl. to seethe, Germ. Sieden,
Gr. §6), whence Čij}og (Germ. Sud, Ab-
sud, Engl.suds); comp. the similar oić0.
See Niph. and Hiph. no. 1.
2. Trop. of the mind, to boil, to be fer-
vid, like Gr. £50 and Lat. ferved ; (comp.
triº and Arab. | #3, Schultens Opp. min.
0.80;) also of pride, insolence, wicked-
ness-Hence, to act proudly, wickedly
towards or against any one, c. 22 Ex.
18, 11, by Jer. 50, 29. In this signif it
is kindred with ITIS.
Note. Both the Arabic roots of
mid. Waw, and ol, mid. Ye, have sig-
nifications derived from the idea of boil-
ing; but only secondary. The forme,
ſor 92), signifies, to prepare provisions
for a journey, Šſ. provision for a jour.
ney, from the idea of cooking, boiling
The latter, for c)-3), is, to increase, ºn
exceed, from the idea of boiling over.
NIPH. part. Tºº (from the form tº
See Lehrg. p. 411, nor is it necessary to
assume a root T13), something seethed,
sodden, pottage, Gen. 25, 29. 2 K. 4, 38-
40. Hag. 2, 12.
HIPH. 1. to seethe, to cook, see Kal
no. 1; to prepare by boiling, seething.
Gen. 25, 29 tº ap: Tº and Jacob sod
pottage. Sept. #ymoré Öé ‘Ioxdiff Épmuo.
2. to act insolently, presumptuously,
wickedly, spoken mostly of those who
knowingly and purposely violate the
precepts of God and commit sin, Deut.
1, 43. 17, 13. Neh. 9, 16. 29; with inf. et
* Deut. 18, 20; by of pers. Ex. 21, 14
nºn ixºr. Hyn-by ºs iſ: "... if a
"man act wickedly against his neighbour
in slaying him with guile. Neh. 9, 10.
Deriv. 11, Titº, jiny.
TT Chald, id. APH. Inf Hºr; i. q.
Heb. Hiph. no. 2, to act proudly, wick-
edly, Dan. 5, 20.
:k Tº obsol, root, Arab. Caº to hide,
to conceal, by putting away, Gómp. Hyg;
VII to hide oneself, to get in a corner;
in Heb. also prob, to lay up, to hoard.
Deriv. nº, yº.
* 77 obsol. root. 1. i. q. Yix to glit-
ter, to sparkle, to throw out rays ; hence
of milk, to flow out like rays, to spout;
see tº no. 1. Comp. ºnº.
2. to move, to move about, from the
idea of sparkling, glancing; Talmud, id.
Hence tº no. 2, nºt?.
ºf Gen. 14, 5 Zuzim, pr. n. of a
people on the borders of Palestine. Sept.
#91m iozvg6, and so Syr. Onk. So called
perh. from the fertility of their country;
see 7": no. 1, and r. Tht no. 1.
Fºr Zoheth pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20,
A root nn is not found, either in He-
brew or the kindred languages.
nº f. (Kamets impure) only in plur
riºt, corners, from r. Hyſ. Syr. fºci
Arab. š25 , Spoken of the corners o'
blf
*
275
an altar, Zech. 9, 15. Meton. of the
corner-columns of a palace; Ps. 144, 12.
ningrº nºt; ºniº lit. that our daugh-
ters may be as corner-columns finely
sculptured, in allusion prob. to the Ca-
ryatides, or columns representing female
figures, so common in Egyptian archi-
tecture; Aquil, dig &ttyávio., Vulg. quasi
anguli. The point of comparison lies in
the slenderness and tallness combined
with elegance; comp. Cant. 5, 15. 7, 8.
4 ºf 1. i. q. Sº, comp. 913, to shake
out, to pour out ; once Is. 46, 6 tºn
o"?? -r]: they pour out gold from the bag,
lavish it. Arab. Jºš IV, to make light
of.
2. Pr. to shake off, i. q. to remove, to
put away or aside ; comp. Arab. Jič
mid. Waw and Ye, to remove, to put
away; intrans. i. q. to go away, to de-
sist, to fail.- . .Hence
ºf f. pr. removal, a putting aside;
only in constr. rºt, et c. suff, "nº",
Frºnt, with the force of a Prep. besides,
aside from, e.vcept. E. g. "nºt besides
one, aside from me, pr. by my removal,
I being removed, Is. 45, 5. 21; constr.
2 K. 24, 14. Sometimes with Yod, pa-
ragog. "nºt for nºt Deut. 1, 36. 4, 12;
comp. "nºn-Once as a Conj. for nºt
nºs eaccept that, save that, 1 K. 3, 18.
** in Kal not used; Chald. Syr.
and Sam. to mourish, to feed, to pasture.
Hoph. Jer. 5, 8 tº Bºb Cheth.
fed horses, i. e. well fed, fat.—Keri has
tºº, which, according to Schultens,
is derived from it, J)2 to weigh, in
the sense: ponderibus instructi, bene
vasati; pondera i. q. testes, see Catull.
62, 5. Stat. Silv. 3, 4, 77. Comp. Engl.
stone-horses. Sept. in ſtov 9 mºvaoysis.
Deriv. Titº.
757 Chald, id. ITHPE. fut. jºr pass
Oan. 4, 9.
Deriv. Titº.
ºf f. a harlot, prostitute, part, fem
of r. nºt, where see more.
Sk y", very frequent in Syr. Chald,
£ab. i. Q. Gr. otia), geiſo, (comp. 912
sia,) prºto shake, to agitate, see Pil.
and rºl. In Kal intrans, to be shaken
agitated,' hence
1. to move oneself, Esth. 5, 9.
2. to quake, to tremble, Ecc. 12, 3.
PIL. part. 91:12, to agitate, to dus.
quiet, to maltreat, Hab. 2, 7. Aram. and
Arab. id.
Deriv. pr. n. 9°t, and the two here
following.
yºf Chald. to tremble, to fear, c. c.
Part. "ss", or as in Keri Yº, Dan, 5.
19. 6, 27.
ºf f (r. 9:1) with Vav movable.
1. agitation, i. e. disquiet, ill treat-
ment. Jer. 15, 4 ni-hº b55 Hyº Bºrrº
yºsº I will give them over for ill treat.
ment to all the kingdoms of the earth.
24, 9. 29, 18. 34, 17. 2 Chr. 29, 8.—Keri
in all these examples has the form nºt
q. v. as being more easily pronounced.
2. a quaking, terror, Is. 28, 19.
>k Fºr obsol, root, prob. i. q. HTſ to flow
to become liquid; comp. —392, -> to
flow, to liquefy. —Hence nE! pitch, and
pr. m. nºt.
* I. ºf fut, conv. nº. 1. to press to,
gether, to press out. Syr. 5i 9 53), to press
- - Cº-
in the hand, to grasp, Arab. 25 to com-
press, to pinch, spec. the lip of a horse.
The primary idea is to straiten, to bring
into a narrow compass; comp. the kindr,
roots hºs, nins.—Fut. Judg. 6, 38 hº
nºn-ns and he pressed out the fleece,
wrung it out. Job 39, 15 by: "a nær
rºlin and (the ostrich) forgetteth that
the foot may press them, i. e. may crush
her eggs.—Intrans. Praet. htt (for which
intrans form see Lehrg. p. 401) Is. 1, 6
* Nº they have not been pressed out, sc.
the wounds, i. e. not cleansed from blood,
—Part pass. Is. 59, 5 of an egg: Hºrrº
Hyºs spar and being crushed it break-
eth out a viper, i. e. when broken a vipei
comes forth.
Deriv. nirº I.
* II. Tº kindr, with nºb and *A; 3
plur. praet. Int, also in Ps. 58,4, Lehrg.
p 401.
1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to
depart, like Arab. My mid. Waw Conj,
VI, VIII; with ſº from any one Job 19,
*
276 Th;
13. Ps. '8, 3U ; espec. from God Ps. 58,
4. So from the way of truth and right,
whence hit? II, falsehood, }: a false-
hood, lie, j} Conj. I, to speak falsehood.
Comp. his and Arab. j-.
2. to turn aside to a place or person,
Sc. in order to lodge, to take lodging ;
Arab. Sº, to visit any one. Hence to be
strange, to be a stranger, Arab. ſ: y
a visitor, stranger; only in
PART. h; st. ange, a stranger, foreign-
er. Spec. a) one of another nation,
not an Israelite, Ex. 30, 33. With this
is often connected the accessory idea of
an enemy, a barbarian ; just as Lat.
hostis was primarily a stranger, Cic. de
Off. 1. 12, and Gr. Ščivos also denoted an
enemy, Hdot. 9. 11; and vice versa Sa-
Iſla.I’. XI? pr. a hater, then a stranger.
So Is. 1, 7. 25, 2. 29, 5. Ps. 54, 5. Ez.
11, 9. 28, 10. 30, 12. Hos. 7, 9, 8, 7.
Obad. 11. " by a strange god, i. e. the
domestic god of another people, foreign
to the Hebrews, Ps. 44, 21.81, 10; ellipt.
n: id. Is. 43, 12. Plur. Bº Deut. 32, 16.
Jer. 3, 13. 5, 19.
b) one of another family, Deut. 25, 5;
then for another, any other, Prov. 11, 15.
14, 10. 20, 16. 27, 13. Fem. Hiſ a
strange woman, the wife of another,
(i. q. ºn nuys Prov. 6, 29,) spoken espec.
in respect to unlawful intercourse with
her, an adultress, prostitute, Prov. 2, 16.
5, 3.20. 7, 5. 22, 14, 23, 33. (Syr, and
Sam. rº *\{T, is to commit adultery,
pr. to lodge with.) So tº strangers,
i. q. adulterers, debauchees, Jer. 2, 25.
Ez. 16, 32. Bºn; tº strange children,
i.e. spurious, bastard children, Hos. 5, 7.
c) Opp. to true, right, lawful, strange,
i. q. unlawful, so nºt us strange fire
i. e. uniawful, profane, opp. to the sacred
fire, Lev. 10, 1. Num. 3, 4, 26, 61. nººp
nº strange incense, Ex. 30, 9.
d) Trop. strange, i. e. new, unheard
ºf Is. 28, 21. *
3. i. q. Arab. 13 mid. Ye, to loathe;
*trans, to be loathsome. Job 19, 17 "rh"
"rush riºt my spirit (as agitated, quer-
ulºus) is loathsome to my wife —Hence
*º loathsomeness, for riºt.
Niph. i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 1, 4.
HoPH. part. "To made strange es
tranged, Ps. 69, 9.
Deriv. riºt, hit? II.
te tº e
Sk ring * Kal not used, i. q. Arab c
and X to move, to shove, to displace,
Aram. -ºl , nºt.—Hence
NIPH. to be moved, shoved, displaced
Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21.
Sk $nſ 1. to creep, to crawl. Part.
-Ey-ºriº pr. crawlers of the dust, ser-
pents, Deut. 32, 24. Mic. 7, 17.—Hence
2. to fear, to be afraid ; pr. to creen
timidly along, see brº. Job 32, 6 12-hs
sh"s; “rºr therefore I was afraid and
feared.
nºr; (serpent) Zoheleth, pr. n. 7:8:
nºr in i, q, the stone of Zoheleth, near
Jerusalem, 1 K. 1,9. R. Brij.
nºt see ring no. 2. c.
TTI adj. m. (r. Thi) boiling, swelling.
raging, e.g. waters, Ps. 124, 5.
"f Chald. m. brightness, splendour,
(contr. from *ni, i. q. Heb. 11, r. Hrú
q. v.) Dan. 2, 31.4, 33. Plur. of a bright
and cheerful countenance, bright looks,
Dan. 5, 6, 9 °riby Tºuj ºniº his bright
looks were changed, i. e. his cheerful
countenance grew pale. v. 10. 7, 28.
Comp, the Heb. in c. 10, 8, Syr, fall
§ § - -
splendour, Arab. (5) and (5) Ornament.
7"ſ m. (r. Thi) 1. a full breast ; so,
retaining the image, Is. 66, 11 ºr Tººh
Frizz tºº brºnn) that ye may suck
and delight yourselves (i.e. suck with
delight) from her abundant breast, as
overflowing with milk. Parall. Tº
rººrºn.
2. any moving thing, whatever lives
and moves; so poet. "Tº 7"ſ what moves
on the field, i. q. beasts of the field, Ps.
50, 11. 80, 14. Comp. Gr. Zydówkov
beast, for zuòjokov, also awaitstov, xvºy,
from xuéo ſtgöffwtow from 1906&ivo.
ST" (full breast, abundance, i. q. º.)
Ziza, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 37, b)
2 Chr. 11, 20.
T'ſ (id.) Zizah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 29
11; for which in v. 10 s?".
yºf
*57
277
y" (motion) Zia, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5,
13. R. 917.
*" (a flowing, r. nºt) Ziph, pr.m. a.)
A city in the tribe of Jūdah, Josh. 15,
55. 2 Chr. 11, 8; also a desert of like
name in its vicinity, 1 Sam. 23, 14. 15.
Now Zif, a place of ruins between He-
bron and Carmel ; Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 191. Gentile n. *E*I Ziphite, 1
Sam, 23, 19. 26, 1. b) A man, 1 Chr.
4, 16.
nipſ plur. f. (for nipºt, rip!, r. Pºt)
burning arrows, fiery darts, Is. 50, 11;
, q. E"P" Prov. 26, 18, where many Mss.
read tºp". Syr. tail a weapon, thun-
derbolt.—On the form, comp. the exam-
ples collected in Lehrg. p. 145, and add
isºp for lisp, wins for ujºs.
FI m. (r. Hrºi) constr. nºt, plur.
E-nºt. -
1. an olive, olive-tree, Judg.9, 9; more
fully ſº nºt oil-olive Deut.8,8. nºt ſº
olive-oil, Ex. 27, 20. 30, 24. Lev. 24, 2.
bºrºn ºn the Mount of Olives, near Je-
rusalem, Zech. 14,4. 2 Sam. 15, 30; used
as a high-place for sacrifice, 1 K. 11, 7.
2. an olive, the fruit; nºn Y; the
olive-tree Hagg. 2, 19. nºt Th; to tread
olives, in order to express the oil, Mic.6,
15.
3. an olive-branch, Zech. 4, 11, comp.
v. 12.
NoTE. This word is current in all the
kindred dialects; Syr. fºLi olive-tree,
Arab. 3.35 olive-oil, &#5 olive, Eth.
H.Pºt olive and oil; hence it passed
into the Coptic 2007, Theb. 206).T.,
olive, and Span. azeyte oil. The ety-
mology is to be sought in the root
Q3- \\?
nºt to shine q. v. Arab gº (for sº)
to adorn, pr. to cause to shine ; V, to be
clothed (adorned); § ornament, pr.
splendour; see Castell p. 1040, and the
examples there cited ; Heb. Tº , Chald.
"t. Hence nºt would be pr. fem. of
§ -
a form "t, (5), and denote brightness,
shining. This migl t be referred either
to the freshness arā beauty of the olive-
free, comp ninis; or, better to the
shining of the oil, comp. ºryxº oil, from
nº to shine, also arī; spoken of shining
and transparent oil, Zech. 4, 12. After
the true etymology had become neglect-
ed or forgotten, the n came to be re-
garded as a radical letter; and hence it
is that nºt is of the masc. gender, and
the Arabs have thence formed a new
verb, Gºl; to preserve in oil; II, to pro-
cure oil.
9 x 92-
Tº" (olive-tree, Arab. coxº)) Ze.
than, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 7, 10.
iſ and #1, fem. n=1, adj. clean, pure
e.g. oil Ex. 27, 20, frankincense 30, 34.
Trop. in a moral sense of the heart and
life, Job 8, 6. 11, 4, 33,9. Prov. 16, 2.20
11. 21, 8. R. Taj.
Sk Fº i. q. Taj, to be clean, pure
every where in a moral sense, Job 15, 14,
25, 4. Ps. 51, 6. Mic. 6, 11.—Arab. l; M
Syr. Laz and i-l id.
PIEL to cleanse, to make clean, pure
e.g. one's way, heart, Ps. 73, 13. Prov.
20.9. Ps. 119, 9 inns-ns nº main-riga
how shall a young man cleanse his way?
i.e. keep himself pure.
HITHPA. Hair for Fºrnri, to cleanse
oneself, to make oneself clean, pure; Is 1
16 ºn make yourselves clean. Others
regard this form as Niph. of the verb
TE], which however is against the ac-
cent; for ºr (Milra) implies a verb
Hº, while Niph. of Taj would be ºr
(Milél).
ºf Chald. f. purity, innocence, Dar
6, 23. R. Hºl.
Fºr f. (r. 12) once Job 28, 1"
6, ºr b. , Arab. &#5. Syr.
lº-sº-J id. Comp. 27.
Tº m. i. q. ºf , a male, spoken both
of men and of animals, Ex. 23, 17.34, 23.
Deut. 16, 16. 20, 13. R. he".
*21 (mindſul) Zaccur, pr. n. of seve-
ral men, Num. 13, 4, 1 Chr. 4, 26. 25, 2
(in 9, 15 ºn:1). Neh. 3, 2. 10, 13. 13, 13.
R. He .
ºf (pure, innocent) Zaccai, pr, n,
m. Ezra 2, 9. Neh. 3, 20 Keri. 7, 14.
Prob. also Ezra 10, 38; see in "int. R
TE!.
9
glass or crystal.
24
Tº
->]
278
*K TE: i. q. Tº q. v. to be clean, pure,
physically of things Lam.4,7; in a moral
sense Job 15, 15. 25, 5. Comp, kindr. 33.
HIPH. to cleanse, to wash, Job 9, 30.
Deriv. T. or Ti, nºn-i, and pr. n. 21.
Sk neſ fut. ***, to remember, to recol-
lect, to call to mind ; Lat. meminisse, re-
cordari, reminisci, for the difference of
which words see Cic. pro Ligar. 12, 35;
Doederlein Lat. Synonyme und Elymo-
logien I. 166. Arab. S.S, Syr. *.
Chald. Yeº, id.—The origin seems to
lie in the idea of pricking, piercing,
comp. kindr. "pº ; whence ºf mem-
brum virile, which like the corresponding
fem. Tº seems to be derived from the
shape. The idea of memory then may
come from that of penetrating, infaring ;
comp. Ecc. 12, 11. A different etymo-
logy was proposed by me in Monumm.
Phen. p. 114, viz. that as in Athen. 1. 1,
*=p is written for n=1 memory, perhaps
ne; is primarily i. q. meg to shut up, and
then to keep, to preserve : comp. nº
no. 2. But the other view is favoured
by the noun hºt.—Hence -
1. to remember, to call to mind, as
above; with an accus. Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29.
al. saep. more rarely with 2 Ex. 32, 13.
Deut. 9, 27. Ps. 25, 7, 136, 23; # Jer. 3,
16; "E. Job 7, 7. 10,9. Deut. 5, 15. Part.
pass. hºº! remembering, mindful, Ps.
103, 14.—Spec. a) to call to mind, to
recollect, Gr. &vuuuvijokely, opp. to for-
get. Gen. 40, 23 P-pººr hiº -2. Nº
Arrºl ºpiº-ns. v. 14. 42, 9. Num.
11, 5. Ecc. 9, 15. Job 21, 6. Jer. 44, 21
synon. with 5% by Hºrſ. Often with
the accessory idea of care, kindness, to
renew one's care for any one, i, q. "pº,
Gen. 8, 1. 19, 29. 30, 22. b) to remem-
ber, i. e. to bear in mind, to be mindful
of Ps. 9, 13. 98, 3. 105, 5.42. 2 Chr. 24,
22. Ex. 13, 3 Hºn Biºn-rs -i- remem-
ber this day, be mindful of it. 20, 8.
nºn-ns -2 to remember a covenant,
to bear it in mind, Gen. 9, 15. Lev. 26,
43. Am. 1,9. c) to bear in mind, to con-
sider, to reflect. Deut. 5, 15 remember
that thou wast a servant in Egypt. 15,
15. 16, 12. 24, 18. Job 7, 7 ºr nºn ºr n=1
{) consider, that my life is a breath 1 Ps.
'03, 14. d) to recall to mind and con-
template, Lat. recordari. Hs. 119, tº
* Tº nº ºrna; I call thy name to
mind in the night, O Lord l i. e. I medl-
tate upon it. v. 52. 143, 5, 63, 7. e)
With dat. of pers. and acc. of thing, to
remember a thing to or for any one, i.e.
to bear it in mind either to his advantage
or disadvantage; e.g. for good, Neh. 5, 18
-nºus nuis bº nibh ºrbs º nºt re.
member to me for good, O my God, all
that I have dome, i.e. so that I may at last
obtain from thee reward. 13, 22; for evil
Neh. 6, 14. 13, 29. f.) Referred also to
things future, i. Q. to think wipon, to con-
sider, comp. Lat. memento mori. Lam.
1, 9 she remembereth not her latter end.
Is. 47, 7. Hence also i. q. to think of,
to meditate, to attempt, Job 40, 32 nº
nºrmºz, think of the battle, i. e. prepare
to attack. -
2. to mention, to make mention of, Gr.
&tuvēouot, Jer. 20, 9,
NIPH. 1. to be remembered, recollect-
ed, Job 24, 20. Jer. 23, 16. With dat. of
pers. h., to be remembered to or against
any one, to his detriment, Ez. 18, 22.
33, 16. Hinº-bs nzº Ps. 109, 14 and
* * : Num. 10, 9, to be remembered
with or before Jehovah, to be borne in
mind of him.
2. to be mentioned, Jer. 11, 19. Job 28
18.
3. Denom. from n=1, to be born a male.
Ex. 34, 19. Arab. Sº IV, to bear a
male.
HipH. nººn, inf.c. suff, Bºzºr. Ez.
21, 24. *
1. to cause to remember, to bring to re-
membrance, to keep in remembrance.
Construed: a) With an acc. of thing
2 Sam. 18, 18. So freq. is hºrſ to
bring to remembrance iniquity, 1 K. 17.
18. Ez. 21, 24, 28. 29, 16. Num. 5, 15
is nºt? Tinzi nriº an offering of me-
morial, bringing iniquity to remem-
brance sc. with God. 3) With an acc.
of object and bs of pers. Gen. 40, 14
Hºne-bs ºrniºn bring me to remem-
brance to Pharaoh. y) With an acc. of
pers. Is. 43,26 ºn put me in remem.
brance sc. of thy virtues and merits
3) Absol. --ºrth to bring to remem.
brance sc. oneself with God, in the inscr
Ps. 38, 1. 70, 1; comp. 38, 23.70, 2.6.—
Spec. a) memoriae prodere, i. e. tº
->]
->]
279
record, to register; Part. "212 as subst.
ſt recorder, register, i. q. historiographer,
the king's annalist, whose duty it was to
record the deeds of the king and the
events of his reign, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24.
1 K. 4, 3. 2 K. 18, 18.37. 1 Chr. 18, 15.
2 Chr. 34, 8. Is. 36, 3. 22. The same
office is mentioned as existing in the
Persian court, both ancient and modern,
where it is called Waka’ Nuwish ; Haot.
6, 100. ib. 7.90. ib. 8, 100. Chardin Voy-
age en Perse T. III. p. 327; T. V. p. 258.
ed. Langlès. So too in the time of the
Roman emperors Arcadius and Hono-
rius, under the name of magister memo-
ria, b) In the ritual language, to offer
as a memorial sacrifice, nºis q.v. Is.
66, 3 Hºsh Hºz;2 he that burneth incense
Sc. as a memorial sacrifice.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mention, to make
mention of; with acc. of thing, 1 Sam.
4, 18. Ex. 23, 13. Is. 49, 1. With ºs
of pers, added, Is. 19, 17; ; of pers. Ps.
87, 4-sºº biº inn nºis I will make
mention of Egypt and Babylon to them
that know me , and without an accus. of
thing, Jer, 4, 16 pºisº inºr, make ye
mention to the mations sc. of this, an-
nounce this to the nations. Spec. to
mention with praise, to praise, to cele-
brate ; with an acc. 1 Chr. 16, 4. Ps. 71,
16. Is. 63,7. Hinº buy nºr Ex. 20, 24.
Is. 26, 13. * tº 'n Josh. 23,7. Ps. 20,8.
45, 18. Is. 48, 1.63, 7. Hintº 'n 1 Chr. 28,
1 ; with "3 Is. 12, 4.—Once, to cause to
praise, to let be praised, Ex. 20, 21 [24].
3. i. q. Kal no. 1, to remember, to call
!o mind sc. with oneself, Gen. 41, 9.
Deriv. the five here following, and
nºis, nº-1, nº!.
Tº m. a male ; spoken of men, Gen.
1, 26. 5, 2. 17, 10 sq. 34, 15 sq. Also of
animals, Gen. 7, 3.9. 16. Ex. 12,8. Plur.
Bºn: Ezra 8, 4 sq. Compr. 52; Niph.
no. 3, also nºt. Arab. $5 - Š, Syr. frº,
'd. The Arabic word also denotes pr.
the membrum virile. For the etymo-
kogy, see r. nº init.
n>1 m. and Tº Ex. 17, 14. Is. 26, 14.
Prov. 10, 7, (where however other Mss.
* ave Tsere, comp. J. H. Michaelis Nott.
trit.) c. suff, "na". R. --!. © C)
I. remembrance, memory, Arab, Aº ©
Ex. 17, 14 I will utterly put out the re.
membrance of Amalek. De it. 25, 19
32, 26. Ps. 9, 7.34, 17. 109, 15. al.
2. memorial, i. e. name, by which one
is brought to remembrance, mentioned,
i. q. puj. Ex. 3, 15 nt) Bhish ºrny
* * *=1 this is my name for ever,
and this my memorial (name) to all
generations. Ps. 30, 5 ipºp math "in
praise his holy name. 135, 13. Hos.
12, 6.
3. praise, laud, Ps. 6,6. 102, 13. Arab.
33 laud.
4. Zecher pr. m. of a man 1 Chr. 8, 31,
called also Hyne 9, 37.
Tº m. (r. 521) constr. final, plur
Bºi-31 and risin;I.
1. remembrance, memorial, Ecc. 1, 11.
2, 16. inzth Hyr to be for a memorial
to any one, so that his memory shall not
perish, Ex. 12, 14. Josh. 4, 7. So Yºs
|infº stones of remembrance, memorial
stones, i. e. the two engraved stones
upon the shoulder-braces of the high-
priest's ephod, Ex. 28, 12. 39, 7 nrº
inz; a memorial sacrifice Num. 5, 15.
jinst they to set up a memorial, sc. of
oneself by procreating children, ſs. 57,8
2. a memento, record, Gr. intôunſuo,
Fr. mémoire. Ex. 17, 14 ſin-1 rs" an:
"Fºº write this as a memento vn the
book. Tinz Hºp Mal. 3, 16, and Plus
nixinºn Het Esth. 6, 1, book of records,
annals, register or journal, comp. Thº.
Also of a memorial sign, Ex. 13, 9.
3. i. q. Bujº, a memorable saying,
&Tóq9syuw, Job 13, 12.
4. a day of memorial, a celebration,
festival, Lev. 23, 24. Comp. the verb
in Esth. 9, 28. Ex. 20, 8.
"TET (remembered, renowned, comp.
9 9-. tº *- ©
X.Ś renown) Zichri, pr. m. of several
persons, Ex. 6, 21. 1 Chr. 8, 19.23. 9, 15
(in 25, 2. 10 nhæy). 2 Chr. 23, 1. Neh.
11, 9. al.
Tºneſ and Tºneſ (whom Jehovah
remembers, r. ne!) pr. n. Zechariah, Gr.
Zozogio.s.
a) A king of Israel, son of Jeroboam
II, put to death by Shallum after a reign
of six months, B. C. 773. 2 K 14, 24t
15, 8–11.
Nºt
rººf
280
b) A prophet who flourished after the
exile, whose writings are preserved in
the sacred canon, son of Berechiah and
grandson of the prophet Iddo, see in 13
no. 2. Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5, 1. 6, 14.
c) A son of Jeberechiah, contempo-
rary with Isaiah, prob. also a prophet,
Is. 8, 2; comp. v. 16.
d) A prophet, son of Jehoida the priest,
slain in the court of the temple during
the reign of Joash, 2 Chr. 24, 20 sq.
e) A prophet at Jerusalem in the reign
of Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 5–Also of several
other persons; see in n+1 no. 4.
>k sh; obsol root, perh. i. g. Hà, iſ,
to draw sc. water. Hence pr. n. HSºhº.
*::: obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
3 to draw up, kindr. Hºl. Hence
#72, Hyºjº, fork.
nºt f. &tas Asyóu. pr: a shaking,
trembling, earthquake, see r. Bºt Niph.
Hence a storm, tempest ; Ps. 12, 9 the
wicked walk on every side, "35% rºl tº
bºſs like the rising of a tempest upon the
sons of men.—[Others better, abjectness,
vileness, see r. be no. 3.-R.
ºf m. (r. 9%; Niph.) only in plur.
tººt, shoots, twigs of a vine, so called
from their waving and tremulous mo-
tion, Is. 18, 5. Comp. nibeke, bººp,
cºrºn. -
**I to shake, kindr, with ºn and
the roots there compared.
1. to shake, to make tremble or quake,
see Niph.
2. to shake out, to pour out, trop. to
squander, spoken of property, reputation,
etc. Part. Bºiſ a squanderer, prodigal,
Prov. 23, 21. 28, 7. Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23,
20 -ij-, *hiſ squanderers of their own
body, voluptuaries, debauchees. Comp.
bºt.—And as one shakes out and casts
away only worthless things, hence
3. Intrans. to be abject, vile, despised,
36 - & 5
Jer, 15, 19. Lam. 1, 11. Arab. Jö id. J3
wileness, abjectness of mind. Syr. si to
be vile. Comp. Hiph.
NIPII. Sº, to be shaken, to tremble, to
quake. Is. 64, 2 ºbt; Fºr Tºº? at thy
presence the mountains quaked. So also
Judg. 5, 5 blº ºr the mountains quak
ed, the form ºf being for h973, Lehrg
§ 103. n. 15. Sept. well éookstºmacy,
(the root ºf corresponding in etymology
also with 0.640s, owlstºw,) and the same is
expressed by Chald. and Arabs Polygl,
• - O $ _o
Arab. JJ, to shake the earth, J}}
earthquake. See Bººt.
HIPH. bºr, with Chaldee flexion,
causat. of Kal no. 3, to lightly esteem, to
despise, Lam. 1, 8.
* rºl quadrilit, not used, i. q. Fºr to
be hot, to glow, the letter h being insert-
ed, comp. Lehrg. p. 864.—Hence
nºt and rººf, plur. ni— Ps. 11,
6. Lam. 5, 10, violent heat, glow, espec,
of a wind Ps. 11, 6, prob, the wind called
| es-Similm, i.e. the poisonous-
Also of a famine, Lam. 5, 10; comp, Ez
5, 2 and v. 12. 16. 17; also Auðg wit}oy
Hes. Op. 361, ignea fames Quinctil.
Declam. 12. Arab. ;4 U3 fire of
famine, Hariri Consess.-Of anger, Ps.
119, 53.
>k rºl obsol. root, Chald. Pa.. to drop,
to trickle, i. q. Fºl.—Hence
Tºr (a dropping) Zilpah, pr. n. of
Leah’s maid, Gen. 29, 24. 30, 9.
"ºf f. (r. 52) 1. purpose, counsel,
plan, sc. for evil, Prov. 21, 27. 24, 8;
rarely for good, Job 17, 11.
2. mischief, wickedness, crime, Ps. 26,
10. 119, 150. Spec. of crimes arising
from unchastity, as rape, incest; Lev.
18, 17 sºn rig this is wickedness. Job
31, 11. Ez. 16, 27. 22, 9.11.
3. Zimmah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 5. 27.
2 Chr. 29, 12. -
ºf f. (r. 521) purpose, thought, i. q.
H%t, nº ; Plur. c. suff, "nºt for "nia:
Heb. Gr. § 89. 3. n. Ps. 17, 3 -º- ºrº
*E*:::: my mouth doth not pass over
(go beyond) my thoughts, i. e. my
language and thoughts are the same.
Or: my thoughts transgress not my con-
mand, i. e. do not swerve from the laws
of God and of virtue which I have im-
posed on myself; see Thesaur. p. 1087
fin. [Others take "nºt as infin. of tº
c. suff my thinking, thought, which
gives the same general sense.—R
hººf
-27
281
nº"aſ ſ. (r. 2: 1) Plur. E"— Nah.
8, 3.
1, a vine-shoot, twig, so called from
being pruned. Num. 13, 23. Is. 17, 10.
2. Genr, a twig, shoot, branch ; Ez.
15, 2, 8, 17 and lo, they put the branch to
their mose ; In allusion to the custom of
the Persians (Parsees), who adore the
rising sun holding in their left hand a
bundle of twigs called Barsom ; see
Strabo XV. p. 733 Causab. twº 6’ &ng-
5&g totoivtat ſtoliy Xgóvov ºfföon avgt-
kivov Āšittov Ščouny ºwn &outes. Comp.
Hyde de Rel. vett. Persarum p. 350.
Zendavesta ed. Anquetil du Perron, II.
532.
• Erºſ quadril. obsol. i. q. Arab.
•.” 0.”
prºj onomatop. like Germ. Summen,
i.e. to hum, to murmur, to make a noise;
9.
Ǽ & * O g e
whence *}^3 noisy multitude.—Hence
Fºr m. plur. (noisy people) Zam-
zummim, pr. m. of a race of giants dwell-
ing anciently in the territory of the Am-
monites, but extinct before the time of
Moses, Deut. 2, 20. Comp. Bºth".
ºf m. (r. 12; I, after the form nºsz,
ujºnry, Lehrg. § 120. no. 5) pruning-time
sc. for vines, Cant. 2,12; Sept. well x0.190s
tiſs Toujº, Symm. x. Tijg złośsiosos, Vulg.
tempus putationis. Others, time of the
singing of birds, but contrary to the
usage of the verb nºt and to the analogy
of nouns of the form bººp.
Tº m. Is. 25, 5, (r. 12; II) plur.
rinº, a song, Ps. 119,54. 2 Sam. 23, 1.
Spec. song of praise, hymn, Is. 24, 16.
Job 35, 10 who giveth songs in the might,
i.e. joy, rejoicing in misfortune. Also
song of triumph, Is. 25, 5.
Tºº (song, fem. of preced.) Zemi-
rah, pr. m. of a man, 1 Chr. 7, 8.
Sk Dº praet. "nº and ºriat; ſut.
Bt., plur. Tº for hat, see Heb. Gram.
$ 66. n. 11. Lehrg. p. 372; to meditate,
ſo have in mind, to purpose; Arab. 33 .
d. It seems to come from the idea of
mur inuring or muttering, i. e. the low
voice of persons talking to themselves
or meditating; comp. brºt to murmur,
ulso ast, nº!, Hăr; no. 1, 2, 3–With
accus. Prov. 31, 16 innºn Hº nº she
meditateth upon a field (purposes to buy
it) and acquireth it. With inf.c. : Gen.
11, 6; absol. Jer. 51, 12. Lam. 2, 17. For
"nºt Ps. 17, 3, see art. riºt.—Spec. in a
bad sense, to meditate evil Prov. 30, 32;
c. inf eth Ps. 31, 14. With % of pers, to
plot against Ps. 37, 12.
Deriv. riºt, nºt, rigº, and
tº m. a purpose, plan, device, sc.
for evil, Ps. 140, 9.
>k Tº not used in Kal, to determine,
to fiac, to appoint ; kindr. with 52: .
Chald. and Syr. Pa. id.
PUAL plur, part. Bºlº tºrs Ezra 10,
14. Neh. 10, 35, and ništº 's Neh. 13,
31, appointed times, stated limes.
Deriv. Tºt. -
Tº Chald. PA. to determine, to ap-
point, to prepare.
HITHPA. Tººr convenire inter se, to
agree together, pr. to appoint time and
place with each other, Dan. 2, 9 Keri;
comp. Am. 3, 3 Targ. The Chethibh is
to be read Îiniºn, and is Aphel; which
is used also in Chaldee and Samaritan.
Tº m. (r. 72) plur. Rººt, time, spec.
R9 - e.”
Ç
an appointed time, season : Arab. Jº),
Jºj, time. Syr. == ld. Ecc. 3, 1
Tº 52% to every thing a stated time, i. e.
every thing remains but for a time, all
things are frail and fleeting. Neh. 2, 6.
Esth. 9, 27. 31.—A word of the later
age, instead of the earlier ns.
Tº and ſº Chald. m. st. emphat,
sººt, plur. Tºº!.
1. time, an appointed time, season,
Dan. 2, 16. Nºt Fiz at that time Dan,
3, 7.8, 4, 33. Tº T2 is even jo a sea.
son and time. 7, 12. Spoken of sacrec
seasons, festivals, Dan. 7, 25. Comp.
"yix, no. 3.
2. Plur. times, Lat. vices, Dan. 6, 17
Frºm Tººt three times. So Syr. ==
and Arab. &#. time, plur. times, Lat.
wices
"I. Tº to prune a vine, Lev, 25, 3.4
Arab. Yº, id.
Ni Pſi. pass. Is. 5, 6.
Deriv. Thiol, ºvº, Hººpº, nºr?
24*
ºn'ſ
Flº'ſ
282
* II. º in Kal not used; but fre-
Auent in
PIEL to touch or strike the chords of
an instrument, to play, Gr. ºptºlely ; and
hence to sing, to chant, as accompany-
ing an instrument. Chald. Syr. id. Eth.
Hø’Z, to sing, c. ſl to strike an instru-
ment. Arab. Yºo, I, II, to sing to the
pipe.—With dat. of pers, to or in honour
of whom, i. q to celebrate, Judg. 5, 3. Ps.
9, 12. 30, 5, 47, 7. 66, 4. al. With Ps
Ps. 59, 18; accus. 30, 13. 57, 10. 66, 2.
68, 5. Sometimes with 3 of instrum.
Ps. 33, 2.98, 5. 145, 3.
Deriv. **21, hiº, and the seven
here following. e
Note. The origin of this root, no. II,
seems to lie in the hum, murmur, clang
of chords, of the harp, etc. which is else-
where expressed by the verb riºr, and
also by various kindred verbs, as referred
to the humming or buzzing of bees and
flies, to the murmur of water, the moise
of a multitude, and other like sounds; of
which the following comprises a large
family: a) tº and Prº to hum, to mur-
mur, Germ. summen, sumsen, whence
also the first means to meditate ; ºf id.
spoken of the buzzing of flies, whence
sh-ţ a fly; also with an aspirate in place
o 2.
of the sibilant, ºr in Arab. -6.3 to
hum, Germ. humºmen (whence Hummel
humble-bee), Tºry to clang as a harp,
to clamour as a multitude. b) nºt to
clang as a harp; Chald. Hºi-1, Arab.
9 : « » e
>). Heb. nyin", a bee, so called from
its humming, buzzing; ºn to speak
(comp. Här, no. 1, 2, also ES; comp. Priº,
Bºri, nºr); -ºc and nau; to meditate
(comp. in E21); *2: and hor, i. q. Tº to
give forth a tremulous vibrating sound,
as a rod or branch; and with an aspirate
in place of the sibilant or dental, nºr;,
, to murmur as water; and also
without much doubt, hºs to speak, which
then is of like origin with hiº. c)
With mid. radical n for m, nºt to make
a noise as the rushing of falling water,
Romp. Germ. schmarren, schnurren ; nº
..o clang, to clatter, as arms; n-2 to give
* quavering sound, Germ. kmarren,
whence hiºz harp. See Hupfeld in
Zeitschr. f. d. Kunde des Morgenl. III,
p. 394 sq. Thesaur. App. h. v.
ºf Chald. m. music of instruments,
Dan. 3, 5, 7, 10. 15.
ºf Chald. m. a singer, Ezra 7, 24.
Tº m. once Deut. 14, 5, an animal
of the deer or gazelle species, so called
from its leaping and springing; as Tiºjº
from ºn i. q. Yan. Arab. } saliit ca”
prea. The idea of leaping (i. e. danc-
ing) is connected with that of singing ;
comp. hºj II.
ºf f. (r. Hot II) song, music, e.g.
of the voice Ps. 81, 3. 98, 5; of instru-
ments, Am. 5, 23. 2 Sam. 23, 1–Meton.
Yºst nºt the song of the land, i. e. its
best and most celebrated fruits, Gen. 43,
11. Comp. Gr. &oiðuos sung, celebrated
in song, i.e. renowned.
"ºf m. (sung, celebrated in song, &ol.
Öquog) Zimri, pr. m. a.) A king of Israel
who slew and succeeded Elah, B.C. 930
1 K. 16, 9. 10. 2 K. 9, 31. Gr. Zºuffgl
b) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Simeon, Num. 25, 14. c) 1 Chr. 2, 6;
in Josh. 7, 1 *-1. d) 1 Chr. 8,36. 9,42,
e) Apparently also as patronym. from
Tºº! for ºf Zimranite, Jer, 25, 25.
Tºº! (id.) Zimran, pr. m. of a son of
Abraham by Keturah, and of an Arabian
tribe descended from him ; Gen. 25, 2.
1 Chr. 1, 32. We may compare perhaps
2abram, a city with a king, according
to Ptolemy, situated between Mecca and
Medina. See also "nºt lett. e.
nº'ſ f. (r. -zi II) i. q. Hººt, song
meton. for the object of song or of praise
Ex. 15, 2 Fr. nº "Tº Jehovah is my
glory and song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12, 2.
71 m. plur. Dº", form, sort, kind, man
ner; for the etymology see under r. 12;
Ps. 144, 13 I-hs #2 from sort to sort, of
every sort. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Chald. Syr, id
7ſ Chald. id. Dan. 3, 5, 7, 10. 15.
Sk Fº subst. m. plur. riºt, constr
G - ºr
nia;1, tail of an animal, Arab. J.36
£33, Syr. ſalé: id. The verb Jºº
to follow after, is secondary.—Ex. 4, 4.
Judg. 15, 4. Job 40, 17. Metaph. end
stump; thºsr; ni-, "ºu; these two tails
H27
283 127
stumps, of firebrands, Is. 7, 4.—Put also
for something small, mean, contemptible,
mostly in opp. to ºn. Deut. 28, 13 Jeho-
vah will make thee the head, and not
the tail. v. 44. Is. 9, 13. 19, 15. In the
same sense the Arabs put in antithesis
*ē, Că şi nose and tail; see Comment.
on Is. 9, 13.—Hence the denom. verb
PIEL ºf pr. to hurt or cut off the tail;
hence trop. 0 smite the rear of an army,
to cut of the rear-guard (Arab. J.S.,
comp. Gr. oigé, oignylo), Deut. 25, 18.
Josh. 10, 19.-Denominative verbs de-
rived from nouns signifying members
of the body, often have in the Semitic
tongues this sense of injuring or cutting
off those members; see Lehrg. p. 257.
Ewald's Heb. Gram. p. 200.
>k H; fut. H31", apoc, tº 1. to com-
mit fornication, to play the whore or har-
lot. Arab. sº coivit, scortatus est, Syr.
ºil id. Eth. Hø2(D, although Nun is
retained in TI?’t semen coitus—Pr.
and chiefly spoken of a female, whether
married (where it may be rendered to
commit adultery) or unmarried, Gen.
38, 24. Lev. 19, 29. Hos. 3, 3. Constr.
with acc. of the male paramour, Jer. 3, 1.
Ez. 16, 28. Is. 23, 17 unless here ns is
with ; also a with Ez. 16, 17; by Ex.
16, 26.28; very often with "nºis, pr. to
go a whoring after any one, to run after a
paramour, Ez. 16, 34. Lev. 17, 7. 20, 5.6.
Deut. 31, 16. al. On the other hand, the
husband from whom a woman departs
in playing the whore, against whom
she commits this crime, is put with 7%
Ps. 73,27, nºns? Hos. 1, 2, rrinº. 4, 12
and nnn Ez. 23, 5 (comp. Num. 5, 19.
29), by a Hos. 9, 1 and by Judg. 19, 2
where however the reading is doubtful.
Ez. 16, 15 by i. e. with a husband,
having a husband, in spite of him.—
PART. fem. Hiſ a whore, harlot, Gen. 38,
15. Deut. 23, 19. al. more fully rigit nu's
Lev. 21, 7. Josh. 2, 1. Judg. 11, 1. Plur.
*ist Hos. 4, 14. 1 K. 3, 16; also 1 K. 22,
38 where Sept. o.i frögvist. Nor is there
any ground o render Fiji" in Josh, l.c.
postess, one who keeps a public house, ºs
f from Th" to nourish.-Rarely this re ºb
's applied to men, e.g. with PS Num.
25, 1; comp. Arab. w) for 25 whole
monger. 2
2. Trop. and often spoken: a) Ofidol.
atry, to go a whoring, i.d. to commit idol.
atry; the relation existing between God
and the Israelitish people being every
where shadowed forth by the prophets
under the emblem of the conjugal union,
see Hos. c. 1. 2. Ez. c. 16. 23; so that
the people in worshipping other gods are
compared to a harlot and adulteress. For
the prepositions with which it is constru-
ed, see above in no. 1. A very frequent
formula is bºr's Bºnº's "ºris Hiſ to go
a whoring after other gods Lev. 17, 7.
20, 5.6. Deut. 31, 16. Judg. 2, 17; also
*rēs nnnn nºt to go a whoring from
their god, see in no. 1. Further, nº
Bºisri ºr's to go a whoring after i. e. in
the manner of the heathen Ez. 23, 30.
b) Of superstitions connected with idol-
atry, ni-sr, "ºris nºt to go a whoring
after wizards, necromancers, Lev. 20, 6.
c) Of the intercourse and commerce of
heathen nations among themselves, e.g.
of Tyre, Is. 23, 17 and commits formica-
tion with all the kingdoms of the world.
Comp. Nah. 3, 4, and Tºns.
PUAL nºt pass Ez. 16, 34.
1. to seduce, to fornication, to whore-
dom, Ex. 34, 16; to cause to commit for-
nication, to let be a whore, Lev. 19, 29.
2. Intrans. i. q. Kal to commit formi-
cation, Hos. 4, 10. 18, 5, 3.
Deriv. Bºi, nº, nºr.
Tiº (perh, marsh, bog, comp. r. nº
Hiph.) Zanoah, pr. n. of two places in
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34.56. Neh.
3, 13. 11, 30. 1 Chr. 4, 18.
Dºſ m. plur, abstr. from r. Hº!, with
formative Nun added, as "sp from Hgº
Tºns from Hºrn, Lehrgb. p. 508.
i. whoredoms, fornication, Gen. 38,24.
Hos. 1, 2 tº nº tº nuis a wife
of whoredoms and children of whore-
doms, i. e. a wife who is a whore and
bastard children. 2, 6. 4, 12. 5, 4, 2, 4
rºº rººt -prº and let her put away
her whoredoms from her countenance, i.e.
lay off her wanton countenance, “vultum
protervum’ Hor. Carm. 1. 19.7,8. Comp.
Ez. 6, 9.
2. Trop. spoken: a) Ofidolatry, 2 K.
hy 284
Ely;
9, 22. b) Of the intercourse and com-
merce of heathen nations, Nah. 3, 4;
romp. the verb in Is. 23, 17.
nº f. (r. Hy) plur. Bºrºi, whore-
dom, formication, only trop. a.) Of idol-
atry, Jer. 3, 2.9. Ez. 23, 27. 43, 7.9.
Hos. 4, 11. b) Of any breach of fidelity
towards God, e. g. of a murmuring and
seditious people, Num. 14, 33.
* T. 1. to be foul, rancid, to stink,
see Hiph. Anº £9. e”. Kindr.
are iris, try, CŞ*) foul water, turbid;
Gr, tºyos and rºyā rancidity, teyyás
rancid, Engl. tang ; also quºzós loath-
some, Guzzolvo.—Metaph. to be loath-
some, abominable. Hos. 8, 5 Tºy rºy
7in7º thy calf, O Samaria, is an abomi-
mation. Hence
2. Trans. to loathe, to spit out, i. e.
to reject, to cast off, comp. En; ; Hos.
8, 3 air, Psilº n; Israel hath rejected
good. Often of Jehovah as rejecting a
people, Ps. 43, 2 ºr ºf Hº why dost
thou cast me off? 44, 10. 24. 60, 3.12.
74, 1. 77, 8, 89, 39. With 12 to thrust
away, to repulse from any thing, Lam. 3,
17 ºujº cibºº riºry thow hast thrust me
far away from prosperity, hast destroyed
my welfare.
HIPH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, pr. to emit a
stench, to stink, Is. 19, 6 ninri; nºsri
the rivers stink, i.e. fail, become shallow
and foul. Sept. Vulg. deficient flumina.
—The form "nºs" is scarcely Hebrew,
and seems to be made up of two read-
ings, Ariºn and riºts, the latter of
which imitates the Chaldee.
2. i. Q. Kal no. 2, to reject, to cast off,
1 Chr, 28, 9; c. 7, 2 Chr. 11, 14.
Causat. to cause to cast away, i. q to
profane, 2 Chr. 29, 19.
Deriv. His pr. n.
2k 12] obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab. &
kindr. with Heb. Tº) to form, to shape;
Ç
3 - -
55
whence & form, appearance, J-i-w
ule, mode. Hence Heb. 71 form, sort,
species, (the origin of which has escaped
etymologists,) although afterwards, the
etymology being overlooked, it was in-
jected after the analogy of nouns from
verbs rib.
* Pº in Kal not used, Syr. <n tu
throw, to shoot an arrow, spec. to a
great distance. Talmud. to spring, to
leap forth ; and so by transpos. Arab
Jjº. The primary idea seems to be
that of binding ; comp. Arab. (3-3) to
bind underneath, Syr. iaii a cord with
which a load is bound. Spoken espec.
of animals, which draw their feet toge-
ther before a leap (comp. YER, ºffs)
pr. to contract the feet for a leãp, to
throw oneself forward; and so of an
arrow. Comp. Bºp".
PIEL to leap or spring forth with vio-
lence, of the lion Deut. 33, 22. Sept.
éxitmóñostol, and in other Mss. &tmöß-
ost. Kimchi 35".
Deriv. Bºp! for tºp:1, nip" for nipt,
Tyſ f. for Hyr (r. 91, as run from
sº) sweat, Gen. 3, 19; i. q. St.-Tal-
mud. Fix", sweat, ºr to sweat; Syr.
fºss: sweat, whence a new verb Kº
to SWeat.
ºf f by transpos. for nºt (as
nº for nºs) pr. a shaking, agitation,
i.e. oppression, ill treatment, in Cheth.
Deut. 28, 25. Ez. 23, 46; in Keri Jer.
15, 4, 24, 9, 29, 18, 34, 17.
7.3'ſ (unquiet, comp. Hºt) Zaavan.
pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 27. 1 Chr. 1, 42.
nº m. (r. 5xi) a little, Job 36,2; like
utzgóv. The form imitates the Chaldee,
nºr Chald. little, small, i. q. Heb.
-ºš, Dan. 7, 8. R. "xt.
Sk Tº i. q. Tºj, to be eactinguished,
eactinct, once in
NIPH. id. Job 17, 1; where three Mss.
read hovº, as if from Tººl. -
:k Dy fut, tº Num. 23, 8, and ext:
Prov. 24, 24, i. Q. Arab. sº Conj. W, to
foam at the mouth, spoken of a camel;
also, to speak in anger. Of the same
family is Germ. Schaum, schäumen,
Engl. to scum, to skim, Fr. Čcume; comp.
Fºl. Hence :
1. to be very angry, to be indignani
towards any one ; often with the idea
of punishment, to pour out one's ange"
upon any one, to punish with indigna
Dy?
"p
285
tion, c. acc. Mal. 1, 4. Zech. 1, 12 "my
"rººf ºuis Hºrſ, the cities of Judah
upon which thou hast poured out thy in-
dignation, etc. Is. 66, 14; 8: Dan. 11,
30. Part. Hin, pºst Prov. 22, 14.
2. to curse, c. acc. Num. 23, 7.8. Prov.
24, 24. Mic. 6, 10.
NIPH. as if pass. of Hiph, to be pro-
voked to anger, to be angry. Prov. 25, 23
Enzº tº an angry countenance, i. e.
inorose, ill-natured; Vulg, facies tristis.
Comp. nº no. 2–Hence
DX'ſ m. foam, as one angry foams at
the mouth, Is. 30, 27. Lam. 2, 6; then
trop. wrath, anger, Hos. 7, 16. Spoken
espec. of the indignation of God, as
manifested in punishment; so Is. l. c.
Ez. 22, 24 psi Binz in the day of God's
indignation. Absol. Dºn Dan. 8, 19;
without art. Dan. 11, 36 byt Hº Ty until
the indignation (punishment) be accom-
plished. Is. 10, 25.
•k º fut. Fºr". 1. to be angry, c. by
Prov. 19, 3; tº 2 Chr. 26, 19. The pri-
mary idea lies either in breathing, blow-
ing, Sam. JVºid comp. Chald, sº
a strong wind; or else in burning, comp.
Syr. --> Ethpe. to be burned, and
quadril. Fººt; or possibly in foaming, so
that nº is i. q. Ext, comp. Es Est Lam.
2, 6 and ns ºf Is. 30, 30.
2. to be morose, gloomy, sad ; the con-
nection of the significations lying in the
pain of mind; comp. in r. ºxy. Part.
t"Esº gloomy, sad, Gen. 40, 6, i. q tº
in v. 7. Dam. 1, 10 of the countenance
as fallen away from long fasting, and
also sullen and sad. Theod, aptly oxv-
990ſvög, comp. Matth. 6, 16.
Deriv. the two following:
Pºſ m. adj. angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4.
tºſ m. c. suff, inst, anger, rage,
2 hr. 16, 10. 28, 9. Trop. of the raging
sea Jon. 1, 15.
* P2’ ſut, pºrº, imp. psi, In, psy,
l, q. p33, to cry out, to evelaim, espec.
in pain, by way of complant and for
help. The form pys belongs more to
the earlier books of the O.T. while pri,
•l, is the common form in Aramaean;
the Arabic like the Heb. having both
forms, Q3-2 and Ge): also Geº-
The person to whom one cries, whom
one implores, is put with ºs Ps. 22, 6.
142, 6. Hos. 7, 14; ; 1 Chr. 5, 20; in
acc. Judg. 12, 2. Neh. 9, 28. The thing
or cause of complaint is put after by Jer
30, 15; h Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 31; "Jºzº
1 Sam.8, 18; also in acc. as Hab. 1, 2.
where both constructions are joined:
oºr, Tºs Psis (how long) shall I cry
out unto thee because of violence 2 comp
Job 19, 7.
NIPH, pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be call-
ed together, convoked, Judg. 18, 22. 23.
Hence to come together, to assemble, 1
Sam. 14, 20. Judg. 6, 34.35.
HIPH. 1. i. q. Kal to cry out, pr. to
make an outcry, Job 35, 9; to proclaim,
to make proclamation, absol. Jon. 3, 7.
2. to cry unto any one; to call upon, to
invoke, c. acc. Zech. 6, 8.—Hence, as
referring to many,
3. to call together, to convoke, 2 Sam.
20, 4.5. Judg. 4, 10. 13.
Deriv. psy, nº.
Py'ſ Chald. to cry out, Dan. 6, 21.
Pyl m. outcry, cry, Is, 30, 19. More
frequent is
Tº f. outcry, cry, espec. from pain
and sorrow, or as imploring help, Is. 15,
10. 65, 19. Neh. 5, 6.9, 9. Jer. 18 22, 20,
16. 50, 46. R. psi.
**yſ obsol root, Aram. isl, ºst, to
be small, i. q. Heb. hºs. Comp. in ps?.
—Hence nºt, ºn.
Šk ne; obsol. root, Arab. , $3 to emit
sweet odours, to be fragrant, e. g. a gar.
den.—Hence
Ther (sweet odour) Ziphron, pr. n.of
a city in the north of Palestine, once
Num. 34, 9.
FE. f. (r. rºt) pitch, Ex. 2, 3, Is 34, 9.
Arab. &#. Aram. fºei, Nºt, but also
Nº. -
Dºſ m. plur. for tºpºt, from a lost
sing. P. for p37, r. pºt.
1. bonds, fetters, chains, with which
captives are bound ; see the root in its
primary sense. Ps. 149, 8. Is. 45, 14.
Nah. 3, 10. Job 36 8. Chald. Tpr id
Comp. bººts.
pſ
--f
286
2. burning arrows, fiery darts, fitted
with combustibles; Prov. 26, 18. Comp.
3-2
nipºt. Arab. Gº the sharp point of
BI) a FITOW.
*ipſ subst. comm. gend. Is. 15, 2.
2 Sam. 10, 5, the bearded chin Lev. 13,
20. 30. Meton. the beard Lev. 19, 27.
9 - :
2 Sain. 20, 9.—Arab. Jºe the chin ;
[i.e. beard, chin.—Hence the verb
TPI denom, fut. prº to be or become
old, to grow old, to be aged; pr. to have
the chin hanging down, from Yº!, like
5 o e º e
Jºë an old man with a hanging chin,
decrepit ; whence perhaps may come
the Lat. semea, semectus, which some
absurdly suppose to be for seminea. But
jpt is spoken not only of decrepit, but
also of vigorous old age, Gen. 18, 12. 13.
19, 31, 24, 1. 27, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. al.
For the difference between this word
and the synon. Tuº, atº, ujº, see those
articles.
HipH. intrans, to grow old, to be old,
Prov. 22, 6; qs. to contract old age,
comp. Pºriri in Heb. Gram. § 52. 2. m.
Also of plants, Job 14, 8; as Pliny,
senescunt arbores.’
7P. m. (r. Ipt) constr. P. Gen. 24, 2,
plur. Bºp!, "ºpt, old, aged, an old man;
as adj. joined with a subst. Tºn u}^Sri
Judg. 19, 17; p. ES Gen. 44, 20; and
also separately as subst. Gen. 19, 4. Is.
20, 4. al. saep. With 72 older than some
one, Job 32, 4 tº #532 nºn-e-ºp! ºr
for they were elder than he.—bsº *śr }
sº-sº ", nºr ‘t, elders of Israel, of
Egypt, of the city, i. e. proceres, senators,
the chieſ men, magistrates, the notion of
age being neglected, Ex. 3, 16. 4, 29.
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 3. 4. 6. 22, 15. 17. 18.
S o ~
Ps. 105, 22. In like manner Arab. 2-3-3.
Sheikh, an old man, and then, “chief of
a tribe; also Ital. Signor, Fr. Seigneur,
Span. Señor, Engl. Sir, all which come
from the Lat. Senior elder; also Germ.
Graf, Count, is pr. i. q. graw, kravo,
gray-headed.—Metaph. of an old and
decrepit people, Is. 47, 6. Plur, fem.
nilp! old women Zech. 8, 4.
727 m. (r. pl.) old age, Gen. 48, 10.
ºf f. (r. pl.) old age, Gen. 24, 36
Ps. 71, 9. 18, Metaph, of a people Is
46, 4, comp. 47, 6.
bººſ m. plur. (r. Ipſ) old age, Gen.
21, 2.7. 44, 20. 5*RI-73 son of old age
i.e. born in one's old age, Gen. 37, 3.
On this form of denominatives, see
Lehrg. § 122. 13.
Sk EP; to raise up, e. g. those bowed
down, trop. to comfort, Ps. 145, 14. 146,8.
Syr. -aºl id.
RPT Chald, to raise up, to hang up,
e.g. a criminal upon a stake or cross,
Ezra 6, 11. Syr. Jacl to crucify.
>k PD) 1. i. q. ppt), to strain, to fil-
ter, to fine, e.g. wine, see Pual ; comp.
Arab. G; wine newly strained. Trop.
of metals, to refine, Job 28, 1.—In this
signif corresponding words are Gr. odºx-
zog, 0.6xos sackcloth, strainer, gazzéal,
oozzeto, oozzigo, Lat, saccus, Saccare,
Heb. Pty ; and of the same family are
Germ. Seihen, seigen, seigern, a form ap-
propriate to metals; stronger sickerm.
2. to make flow, i. e. to pour, to pour
out, genr. as Fr. couler from Lat. colare,
Job 36, 27.
PIEL PPT, to refine, to purify metals
Mal. 3, 3.
PUAL, to be strained, fined, e.g. wine
Is. 25, 6; to be refined, as metals 1 Chr.
28, 18. 29, 4. Ps. 12, 7.
Tº a stranger, enemy, see r. nºt II. 2.
TT m. (r. ºn I) a border, wreath,
crown, around a table, the ark of the
covenant, etc. Ex. 25, 11. 24, 25. 37, 2.
11. 26. Syr. ti-i necklace, collar,
Sº f for Hº! (r. Hiſ II. 3) loathsome
ness, once Num, 11, 20; Vulg. mausea.
* PT in Kal not used; Chald. Ithpe.
to pour out, to flow off or away; whence
=hant gutter, and by transpos. arº,
Arab. -
PUAL, spoken of streams, torrents, ful!
in winter, but drying up and failing in
summer; Job 6, 17 inºs: -i- ny:
what time they flow off, they fail, i.e
, channel.—Once in
in-f
*;
287
when the waters flow off the streams
iry up. See more in Thesaur. p. 428.
Sºnſ (prob, for $33, sºn sown i. e.
begotten in Babylon) pr. n. Zerubbabel,
Sept. Zogoff'ſſisk, one of the descendants
of David, who led out the first colony of
Jews into their own country after the
exile, Ezra 2, 2, 3, 2. Hag. 1, 1.
>k -- obsol, root, Aram. Th; to prune
trees, to remove the superfluous boughs
and foliage; Tº exuberant growth of
trees. Hence
TT Zered, pr. m. of a valley Num. 21,
12, and of the stream flowing through it
Deut. 2, 13. 14, in the territory of Moab
on the east of the Dead Sea. Targ, of
Jonath. brook of willows, willow-brook;
comp. tºr; brº Is. 15, 7. Prob. the
modern Wady el-Ahsy; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest II. p. 555.
* T-7
T T-
1. to scatter, to cast loosely
about, Ex 32, 20. Num. 17, 2 [16, 37].
Is, 30,22–Arab. (<53 to scatter, as the
wind dust; II, to winnow. Syr. and
Chald. 152, shºt.
kindred roots, all having the primary
idea of scattering, e. g. Shi, phy, hºly II,
The following are
35. *
also rint, Arab. 153 to sow. In the
Indo-European tongues correspond San-
scr. Sri to scatter, Lat. séro; and with p
or t added to the sibilant, Sanscr. stri,
Gr. Urogéo, Lat. sterno, Germ. Streuen,
Engl. to strew ; GTsigo, spargo, Goth.
spreihan, Germ. Sprühen, Sprew, chaff.
—Espec.
2. to winnow, by casting up and scat-
tering in the wind, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 4, 11.
Ruth 3, 2 Bºstºn Thà-rs nº sºn-nen
lo, he winnoweth the threshing floor of
barley.—Trop. of enemies as routed and
scattered, Jer. 15, 7. Is. 41, 16. Ez. 5, 2.
3. Genr. to spread out; whence nyl
a span. -
NIPH. to be scattered, Ez. 6,8. 36, 19.
Piel Hºt 1. to scatter, to strew, Prov.
\5,7; to scatter, to disperse, e.g. nations
dev. 26, 33. Ez. 5, 10. 6, 5, 12, 15. 30, 26.
Prov. 20, 8 the king ... scattereth all evil
with his look.
2. to winnow, i. q. Kal no. 2, Prov. 20,26.
thence trop. i. q to winnow out, to sift, i.e.
to search out, to prove; Ps. 139, 3 "nºs
nºt "sin" my walking and ny lying
down thow searchest out ; Jerome eventi-
lasti, Sept. §§lyvio.o.o.g. In Arab. trop
es).9 to know.
PUAL, to be scattered, strewed, Job 18
15; to be bestrewed, besprinkled, Prov
1, 17.—The form Hºt Is. 30, 24, which
some refer hither, is part. Kal impers.
The form int in Ps. 58, 4, is from r.
ºnhº II.
Deriv, nº!, nº?, Bºnjº.
*TT fem. rarely masc. Is. 17, 5. 51, 5.
Dan. 11, 15. 22, chiefly in signif no. 2.
Comp. Lehrgb. p. 470. Plur. Bºsny and
niºn. R. vºj no. 1.
1. the arm, Is. 17, 5, 40, 11. al. Spec.
the lower arm, below the elbow, in Lat.
also called brachium ×ot é$oyńy, diff.
from Tºp the upper arm, Job 31, 22. In
animals the fore leg, shoulder, 6.90%lov,
Num. 6, 19. Deut. 18, 3. Arab. 353,
Aram. Sº, £32, arm, also a cubit.—
Hence riºt» sin; a stretched-out arm,
ascribed to God and signifying his power
and promptness to protect or punish, Ex.
6, 6. Deut. 4, 34. Ez. 20, 33.34; in like
manner nº sin; Job 38, 15.
2. Trop. a) strength, might, power,
2 Chr. 32, 8 nº sinſ an arm of flesh
i.e. human might. Ps. 44, 4. Job 40, 9.
*::: *xi- the powers (might) of his
hands, Gen. 49, 24. Hence military
force, an army, Dan. 11, 15. 22. 31. b)
violence Job 35,9. Sint Jºs the violent
man Job 22,8. Here belongs the phrase,
to break the arm of any one, i. e. to de-
stroy his power, to put an end to his vio-
lence, 1 Sam. 2, 31. Job 22,9. 3S, 15. Ps.
10, 15.37,17. Comp. Arab. 8.X., c & 3.
c) strength as imparted to anyone, hence
help, aid, Ps. 83,9. Is. 33, 2. So Arab.
c)-dic, Pers. 2. Us arm, also help, Syr.
iš: tº son of the arm, i.e. helper; see
more in Comment. on Is. l. c. Meton.
a helper, ally, Is. 9, 19; comp. Jer. 19, 9
where it is sºn. Sept. cod. Alex. &ös?q.de.
Hence denom. Sints, with Aleph pros-
thetic. -
yºnſ m. verbal of Pi. (r. sni, after
the form phari,) sown, to be sown, Lev.
11, 37. Plur. Bºshº; things sown, garden
herbs, Is. 61, 11.
ºf
288 -ºr
FTT m. quadril. a pouring rain, vio-
lent shower, Ps. 72,6. Syr. fºadsi show-
er, Talmud. Nºo" "Ent-it adspersiones
aquae, guttae.—It comes from Fini to flow,
by repeating the first radical between
the second and third; comp. hºt from
r. nº ; also Zab. -eń, and -air a C-
cendit.
"[T] m. bound together, girded, ver-
bal Pilp. from r. nºn; I, q.v. Once Prov.
30, 31, where, among those comely in
going, is mentioned Bºrº nºt one
girded about the loins; by this some
understand a war-horse, as ornamented
with girths and buckles about the loins;
others a greyhound, as having the loins
contracted and slender; and others again
a wrestler, see Talm. Hieros. Taanith,
fol. 57. Maurer ad h. l.
>k n- fut, nº. 1. to rise, as the sun
Gen. 32, 31. Ez. 22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 4. Ps.
104,22. al. So of the light Is. 58, 10; the
splendour or glory of God Is. 60, 1.2.
Deut. 33, 2–Pr. to scatter rays, comp.
kindr. Hº, hºj II. In the kindred dia-
lects this root has undergone various
changes; in Arabic and Ethiop. there
have come from it Jyº, UZSp; in
Aram. Hººl, <!.
2. Trop. spoken: a) Of leprosy rising
in the skin, 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Further, in
the derivatives: b) Of a foetus break-
‘ng forth from the womb, see ring and
Úen. 38, 30. c.) Of a plant springing up,
germinating, i. Q. The ; see nºis.
Deriv.nºis, nº?, pr. n. nº, nºrint",
and the three here following.
TT. m. 1. a rising, of light Is. 60, 3.
2. Zerah, Zarah, pr. n. Gr. Zogº. a)
A son of Judah by Tamar, Gen. 38, 30.
Num. 26, 20.
36, 13. 17. c) Num. 26, 13, ſor which
in Gen. 46, 10 ºrig. d) 1 Chron. 6, 6.26.
e) A king or leader of the Ethiopians,
who invaded Judea in the reign of Asa,
2 Chr. 14, 8 [9]. See the conjecture of
Champollion, Précis p. 257; et contra,
Rosellini in Monum. Storici II. 87-91.
"TI patronym. a Zarhite, from nº
no. 2. a. Num. 26, 13.20. See "rris.
Tºrºnt (whom Jehovah caused to be
porn, r. riº; 1,0.2, b) Zerahiah, pr. n. m.
b) A son of Reuel, Gen.
a) 1 Chr. 5, 32.6, 36. Ezra 7, 4; for
which Hºrntº 1 Chr. 7,3. b) Ezra 8, 4.
Pºſ m. (r. Phy) i. q. Ey, a violen
shower, inundation, bursting of a cloud,
Is. 1, 7 Bhºj negrº as the destruction
of an inundation or overwhelming rain.
So Saadias, Aben Ezra, Michaelis, etc.
Better, Dºni is here plur, strangers; and
3 is the Caph veritatis so called, see in a
B. 4. -
‘E- to flow, to pour, i. q. Fini q. v.
With acc. to pour upon, to overwhelm, to
wash away, Ps. 90, 5.
Po. to pour out, c. acc. with anything.
Ps. 77, 18–Hence nºnt, perh. Sº,
also
P. m. a pouring rain, violent shower,
storm, Is. 4, 6, 25, 4, 28, 2 Tº by a
hail-storm. Is. 25, 4 hºp ºf a wall-
storm, i. e. which prostrates walls. Hab.
3, 10 tº by gush or flood of waters.
ºf f. (r. phi) a flowing, emission
of seed, spoken of seed-horses, Ez. 23,
20. .
*:- ſut, whº 1. to scatter, to dis-
perse, Zech. 10,9. See the kindred roots
beginning with nº under art. nº. From
the kindred sense of spreading out, ea:-
panding, comes sini arm; as nºt span,
from riºt. But a secondary form, and
derived from sini, e59, is the Arabic
verb cy& to attack violently, to seize,
IV to take in the arms.-Spec.
2. to scatter seed, to sow, Arab. cy
Syr. &l , Ethiop. HCU, id. Construed:
a) Absol. Job 31,8. Is, 37, 30. b) With
accus of the seed sown, e. g. Enter sº
to sow wheat Jer, 12, 13. Hagg. 1, 6.
Lev. 26, 16. Ecc, 12, 6. c.) With acc.
of the field sown, Gen. 47, 23. Ex. 23, 10.
Lev.25, 3. Jer. 2, 2 Hyºn NB Pºs a land
not sown. d) With two acc. of the seed
and field; Lev. 19, 19 pºsh: ºn Nh tì,
thou shalt not sow thy field with mired
seed. Deut. 22,9. Is. 30, 23. Judg.9,45.
To scatter its seed is said of a seed-bear-
ing plant or tree, Gen. 1, 29; comp. v. 12
Metaph. to sow righteousness Prov. 11
18; also to sow iniquity 22, 8, mischief
Job 4, 8, the wind Hos. 8, 7; i. e. genr. w
prepare for oneself the rewards or pun
yºn;
--f
289
!shments bf good or evil actions, which
in the same connection are also said to
be reaped, harvested ; comp. Gal. 6, 7.8.
In another construction, Hos. 10, 12 Hyº
ºr "Eh hºp ripºsº tº sow for your-
selves in righteousness, and reap accord-
ing to your piety, comp. in nº no. 6. b.
Trop. Ps. 97, 11 phºgº sº is light is
sown for the righteous, i.e. happiness is
prepared for him.—To sow a people, to
uncrease, to spread, to multiply, Hos.
2, 25. Jer. 31, 27.
3. i. q to plant, with two acc. Is. 17,
10.
NIPH.
Ez. 36, 9.
2. to be sown, scattered, as seed Lev.
11, 37. Trop. Nah. 1, 14 that no more
of thy name be sown, i. e. thy name shall
no longer be propagated.
3. Trop. to be sown, spoken of a wo.
man, i. e. to be made fruitful, to con-
ceive, Num. 5, 28.
PUAL pass. of Kal no. 2. Is. 40, 24.
HIPH. 1. to bear seed, as a plant; Gen.
1, 11 sh; ºniº -tº, comp. v. 29 where
in the same connection it is sºnſ sº.
2. to conceive seed, spoken of a woman,
to be fruitful, Lev. 12, 2; comp. Niph.
no. 3.
Deriv. the three following
$5 )
(sinis), vani, bsyn?", wºº.
; : gº tº • : : - / r t .
1. to be sown, as a field, trop.
and sin!
977, constr. id. once sh; Num. 11, 7,
c. suff, "sht; plur. c. suff, tº 1 Sam.
8, 15.
1. Pr. a sowing, then seed-time, time
of sowing, i.e. late in autumn in Pales-
time, Gen. 8, 22. Lev. 26, 5.
2. seed, which is scattered, sown, whe-
ther of plants, trees, or grain, Gen. 1, 11.
12. 29, 47, 23. Lev. 26, 16. Deut. 22, 9.
Ecc. 11, 1. Meton. of what springs
From seed sown, field of grain, harvest,
1 Sam. 8, 15; crop, produce of the fields,
Job 39, 12 [15]. Is. 23, 3.
3. semen virile, Lev. 15, 16 sq. 18, 21.
19, 20; comp. r. sh; Nip. no. 3. Hiph.
no. 2–Hence a) i. q. children, off.
spring, posterity, Gen. 3, 15. 13, 16. 15,
5. 13. 17, 7.10. 21, 13. a... Spoken also
of one child, when an only one, (whence
Gen. 3, 15 does not belong here,) Gen.
1, 25. 1 Sam. 1, 11 tº ºn a male
child. Tºni sº seed of thy seed, i. e.
children's children, grandchildren, Ia
59, 21. b) i. Q. a race, stock, family,
bsº sº Ps. 22, 24. Tººn vºy, ºn!
Hºrſ, the seed royal, royal line, 2 K.
11, 1. 14. c) a race or class of men, as
tºp ºn! Is. 6 13, *, *-ā sh; 65,23;
in a bad sense, i. q. breed, brood, sº
tº Is. 1, 4, nº sh; 57, 4. Comp,
Heb. 'nrºe, Gr. 7évvsuo, Matth. 3, 7,
Germ. Brut brood, Fr. race.
4. a planting, what is planted, Is. 17
11. Also a sprout, shoot, Ez. 17, 5. Set
the root in Kal no. 3.
XT Chald, id. Dan. 2, 43.
Bºynſ and Dºni m. plur. (r. 9:1)
pr. seed-herbs, greens, vegetables, i. e.
vegetable food, such as was eaten in a
half fast, opp. to meats and the more
delicate kinds of food, Dan. 1, 12. 16. So
Chald, and Talmud. Syr. iśi id.
× n; obsol. root, Arab. —5°, to
flow, to pour, of water ; to flow as tears.
Comp. On!. Hence the quadril. Fºl
>k PT to scatter, to sprinkle, kindr.
Hº!, sh!. a) Things dry, as dust, Job
2, 12. 2 Chr. 34,4; cinders, soot, Ex. 9,8
10; coals, Ex. 10, 2. b) Often of things
liquid, as water, Num. 19, 13; blood, Ex
24, 6, 29, 16. 20. Lev. 1, 5, 11. 3, 2. al.
sape. With by to sprinkle upon Ex. l. c.
—Intrans. Hos. 7, 9 in Hºn; Hºº tº
Jea gray hairs are sprinkled upon him.
Comp. Lat. spargere in the same sense
Prop. 3. 4. 24; and Arab. 93 to sprin-
kle ; mid. E, to be gray on the front
part of the head, pr. to be sprinkled with
gray hairs, to begin to be gray. *
PUAL pass. Num. 19, 13. 30.
Deriv. pºº.
* I. -- obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 5 to
bind or fasten together, as with buckles,
clasps, to buckle together, kindr, with nºt
I, and also with hºs, "hs. Hence the
nouns -t, -ºnt. Chald. tº to bind
around, to gird, comes from the quadril.
-º-, .
* II. -- pr. to scatter, like Arab. *ś,
kindr. with rºl, sºnſ, phy. Hence
Po. ºn it, to sneeze, which scatters the
mucus from the nostrils, 2 K. 4, 35.
25
tº-f
N-T
290
Comp. Chald, hºt a sneezing, see
Schult. ad Job. 41, 40.
tº (gold, from Pers. A gold, with
the ending U.) Zeresh, pr. n. of the wife
of Haman, Esth. 6, 13.
F. f. a span, Ex. 28, 16. 39, 9. 1
Sam. 17, 4. Aram, 25i, 23i, sºn, id.
R. Tº to spread out, to expand; whence
ni for rºl, ſ, nº!, as nº from Hºp,
nº from nº?.—According to the Rab-
bins nº is also the little finger (Tºp), for
nº ; and hence they derive the mean-
Hheth or Cheth, nºr, the eighth letter
of the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral
denoting 8. The figure of this letter on
Phenician monuments and on Hebrew
coins, is H E, whence the Greek
II; and the name nºr prob, signifies an
enclosure, fence, from r. lels, ---, to
surround, to enclose, n and t being inter-
changed. The name corresponds to that
of the Ethiopic letter ſh Haut. Comp.
Monumm. Phoen. p. 28.
As to pronunciation, this letter, the
harshest of the gutturals, seems ancient-
ly to have been uttered sometimes in a
softer manner, like a strong h or hk, and
sometimes more forcibly and harshly,
like the letters kh ; which double pro-
nunciation was afterwards marked in
Arabic and Ethiopic by different letters
or characters, viz, hit by 2-, ſh (Haut),
and kh by 2-, 3 | Harm); although at
a still later period this distinction was
neglected in Ethiopic, and both letters
softened down into the simple h. Hence
the same Hebrew root is often written
in Arabic in two ways, as, Tiš: to kill,
Arab. ') and 2-3') to break or dash
n pieces. Still more frequently, how-
ever, the various significations of one
Hebrew root are distinguished in Arabic
by this double manner of pronouncing;
ing span, as being terminated oy the
little finger.
$ Nº! obsol. root, perh. i. ( Aram
Nº i, q. Nº to sprout ; hence
Sººf pr. m. m. Zattu, Ezra 2, 8, 10
27. Neh. 7, 13. 10, 15.
tº (perh. i. q. prºt, rºt, olive) pr.
n. m. Zetham, 1 Chr. 23, 8, 26, 22.
Tºll (perh. i. q. hnu star) Zethar, pr.
n. of one of the eunuchs of Xerxes,
Esth. 1, 10. -
as per a) to be smooth, Arab. CŞle
trans. to make smooth or bare, to shear ;
b) to smooth, to form, Arab. G-Lā- to
form, to create ; also bºr a) to pierce,
º –
to perforate, Arab. Jºãº Conj. I, V;
Ú
b) to open, to loose, Arab. Js. Comp.
the roots harſ, stºri, Enri, ºnry.
It is interchanged chiefly with in q. v.
Besides the gutturals, it passes over also
on account of the similar sound into the
palatals, espec. 3, comp, the roots B-A and
bºn, bºr: ; b-; and bar; ; +1; and Tºri;
also 5, as rrr, rn: ; har, haz, ha: ;
barſ, baz, bº; so too with p, as nºt
Usy-3 to rise, as the sun, up; cºs to
seek, ºp Z8/, to be short.
Sometimes also, like N and n, it is
prefixed to triliteral roots, and thus
forms quadriliterals, as bºr, Bºgºr.
see Lehrg. p. 863. -
PT. m. (r. Ear, q.v.) c. suff, "ar, the
bosom, lap, so called from cherishing,
Job 31, 33. Chald. När, Nººn, Nºir,
id. Samar. ‘Abī.
>k s: in Kal not used, i. q. Tºr, to
hide, to conceal ; comp. the kindr. roots
Nºr, her. Arab. U- Eth. ºf ſlº,
to hide ; also Lº- for º- to put ou
fire, pr. to hide or cover it, Conj. X to
hide oneself.
==|r!
b-r
291
NIPh. to hide oneself to lie hid, Gen.
3, 10. Judg.9, 5. Job 29, 8 the young men
saw me and hid themselves, i. e. gave
place to me from reverence and modesty.
v. 10 the voice of the nobles lay hid, i. e.
they held their peace. With :, Josh.
10, 16. 2 Sam. 17, 9; by 1 Sam. 10, 22.
With infin. it may be rendered by an
adverb (like Awyðtºvstv with part.) Gen.
31, 27 nº rºsari; High wherefore hast
thou secretly fled away ?
PUAL id. pr. to be made to hide oneself,
Job 24, 4.
HIPH. to hide, to conceal, Josh. 6, 17.
25. 1 K. 18, 13.2 K. 6, 29.
HoPH. pass. Is. 42, 22.
HITHP. i. q. Niph. Gen. 3, 8. 1 Sam.
13, 6, 14, 11. al.
Deriv. sarº, Niariº.
* ==r to love, once Deut. 33, 3.
Arab - I, III, X. Syr. a. Pe. and
Pa. id. The primary idea lies in breath-
ing upon, wärming, cherishing; whence
sh lap, bosom, in which we cherish;
comp. further under the root aris. A
manifest trace of this origin is found in
7 to ſo
Syr. -a-, to burn, as fire, i.a.a., a burn
ing, heat, espec. from blowing.
Deriv. ºn and
537 (beloved) Hobab, pr. m. of the
father-in-law of Moses, Num. 10, 29.
Judg. 4, 11. Comp. ºr, inn".
Sk Hºr i. q. Nºrſ, to hide, to hide one-
self, in Kal once Imper. "Er Is. 26, 20.
Niph. inf. Harir id. 1 K. 22, 25. 2 K.
7, 12.
Deriv. Tihar, and pr. n. Hºar, Hair,
warp.
Tahar Chald. f. (r. Bºn) evil deed,
wrime, Dan. 6, 23; comp. Heb. bar no.
3, and Neh. 1, 7.
Tianj (joining together, r. nan) pr. n.
Habor, Chaboras, a river of Mesopota-
mia which rises in Mount Masius near
Rás el-'Ain, and flows into the Euphra-
tes near Circesium, 2 K. 17 6. 18, 11.
1 Chr. 5, 26. Arab. > * Iſhābūn'.
Gr. A606§og Strabo XVI. p. 748 Casaub.
Xoftdigo's Ptolem. Ritter's Erdk. Th.
XI. p. 253 sq. See more under nº.
Tºri and Tºri Is. 53, 5, f a stripe
weal, bruise, i. e. the mark or print of
blows in the skin, Gen. 4, 23. Is. 1.6. 53,
5. Ps. 38, 6. R. har, no. 3, q.v.
* tº fut. variº, to beat off or out
with a stick or club, Arab. laº- to beat
off leaves with a stick.-Hence
1. to beat off apples or olives from a
tree, Deut. 24, 20. Is. 27, 12.
2. to beat out grain with a stick or flail,
to thresh, Judg. 6, 11. Ruth 2, 17. See
Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 385.
NIPH. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 27.
Tºſſ (whom Jehovah hides, protects,
r. Tºri) Habaiah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2,61;
for which riºr Neh. 7, 63.
Tºr, m, a hiding, covering, veil, Hab.
3, 4. R. riºr.
>k Sir 1. to tighten a cord, to twist ;
and so to bind, to bind fast. Correspond-
ing is Arab. Jºe, for which see Camoos
p. 1219. Kindr. are the roots Bº, B52,
also nºr, bºr. Hence bar, a cord, rope.
—PART. bar pr. binding, a binder, bond,
poet. for a cord. So is prob. to be under-
stood the parabolic name of the staff or
crook, plur. Bººn bands, Zech. 11, 7.
14, i. e. a crook of cords, bands, which
being broken, the fraternal league be-
tween Judah and Israel is dissolved, v. 14.
Comp. Arab. Jºs league, covenant.
2. to bind by a pledge, to take a pledge
of any one, with acc. of pers. Job 22, 6.
Prov. 20, 16. 27, 13. Also with acc. of
thing, to take as a pledge or in pledge,
spoken of one who compels a debtor to
give pledges, Deut. 24, 6, 17. Ex. 22, 25.
Job 24,3. Ibid. v.9 binº ºx by for nuis
* * *ss gº
*::: *s and what is on the poor man (his
garment) they take as a pledge, comp.ºs.
Part, pass. bhan taken in pledge Am. 2,8.
Comp. Arab. Jºs debt, usury, Camoos
p. 1434; Syr. lies., Chald. sººn id.
3. Metaph. to twist, to pervert ; in-
trans. to be perverse, corrupt ; to act per-
versely, corruptly. Job 34, 31 baris Nº.
I will no more do corruptly. With
Neh. 1, 7. Syr. and Chald. Pa.. to act
corruptly. :
NIPH. pass. of Piel no. 2, to be d6
stroyed, Prov, 13, 13.
bºr
Az-in
292
PIEL 1. 1. q. Kal no. 1, to twist; hence
to writhe, to be in pain; and so of a fe-
male, to travail, to bring forth, Cant. 8,
5. Ps. 7, 15. -
2. to turn upsi le down, i. e. to destroy,
Ecc. 5, 5; spoken of persons Is. 32, 7.
Mic. 2, 1); of countries, i. q to lay waste,
Is. 13, 5, 54, 16.
Pual pass. Job 17, 1 nºr run my
spirit is destroyed, i. e. my vital powers
are spent Is. 10, 27 jºu;-25% by barº
and the yoke (of Israel) is destroyed
(broken off) for fatness, where Israel
is thus compared to a ſat and wan-
ton bullock which shakes off the yoke;
comp. Deut. 32, 14. Hos. 4, 16.
Deriv.ºr—Hārī, andnær, nibºrn.
bar: Chald. PA. 1. to overthrow, to
destroy, Dan. 4, 20. Ezra 6, 12.
2. to hurt, to harm, Dan. 6, 23.
ITHPA. to be overthrown, destroyed, e.g.
a kingdom Dan. 2, 44, 6, 27. 7, 14.
337 m. (r. 92n) Is 66, 7, mostly in
plur. Pººr, constr. ºr, writhings,
pains, pangs, espec. of a woman in tra-
vail, throes, (see the root in Pi.) Gr.
Göives, Syr. ſia, id. Is. 13, 8. Jer, 13,
21. 22, 23 tºr. Th-N-3, when pangs
come upon thee. Is. 66, 7. Hos. 13, 13.
Job 39, 3 Hºrëºr Brºar, pr: they cast
forth their pangs, i. e. they bring forth
their young with throes; and since the
pangs cease with the birth, the mother
may strictly be said to cast forth her
pains with her young. In like manner
the Greeks put dičić, dióives, for a foetus
brought forth with pain, Eurip. Ion. 45.
AEschyl. Agam. 1427.—Once of other
pains, Job 21, 17.
ºn m. once f Zeph. 2, 6, c. suff.
-bin; plur. E-bºn, COnStr. -bºr Ps. 18,
5, 116,3, and ºn Josh, 17, 5. R. bar.
1. a cord, rope, Arab. Jºs. Syr.
ſta., Eth, ſh'ſ A. Corresponding is
Gr. xduužog, Fr. and Engl. cable ; nor
s there any good reason why philolo-
gists should regard this Greek word as
purious, see Passow Greek Lex, art.
soutloc.—Josh. 2, 15. Ecc. 12, 6 bar.
Fºr the silver cord, i. e. made of silver *
threads. Spec. a) a measuring-line,
Am, 7 17. 2 Sam. 8, 2, Hence, a por-
tion measured out, as of land, and an
signed to any one by lot, Josh, 17, 14
19,9; and so genr. an hereditary portion
of land, possession, inheritance, Ps. 16, 6
tºº-yº: -º-º: tºn my portion has
fallen to me in pleasant places. Deut
32, 9 inhri, bºr ap: Jacob is his por.
tion of inherita we. Ps. 78, 55. Also
genr. a tract, district, region, Deut, 3, 4.
13.14. Fºr Bar; the region of the sea, sea-
coast, Zeph. 2, 5. 6. b) a smare, gin,
toil, Ps. 140, 6. Job 18, 10. bisu, ºr
n]? 'ri, toils of Sheol, of death, Ps. 18,
5. 6. 116, 3, c) A cord or thong used
as a bit, bridle, Job 40, 25 [41, 1].
2. As in Engl, a band of men, a
company, 1 Sam. 10, 5.10.
3. destruction, desolation, Mic. 2, 10.
So Syr. Vulg. See the root in Pi. no. 2.
357 m. a pledge, Ez. 18, 12, 16. 33.
15. Comp. r. bar; no. 2.
bar: Chald. m. hurt, harm, Dan. 3, 25.
ºr Chald. m. hurt, damage, Ezra
4, 22.
237 m. (r. Bar) mast of a ship; so
called from the ropes and stays by which
it is fastened. Once, Prov. 23, 34 thou
shall be as one lying ºr ºs-3 at the
top of a mast, at mast-head; the other
hemistich has, one lying in the heart of
the sea. Vulg. freely: sicut sopitus gu-
bernator omisso clavo.
ºn m. (denom. from bºr a ship's
rope,) a shipman, sailor, Jon. 1, 6. Ez.
27, 8, 27–29.
nºr f. (r. Bari) i. q. Sari, a pledge,
Ez. 18, 7.
nººn f Cant. 2, 1. Is. 35. 1, a flow-
er growing in meadows and pastures,
which the ancient versions render some-
times the lily, and sometimes the marcus-
sus. More accurate, however, is the
Syriac translator, who uses the same
word, fºssa.
the Syriac lexicographers (cited in full
in Comment. on Is. 35, 1) signifies the
colchicum, autumnale Linn, or meadow
saffron, an autumnal flower similar to
saffron, springing from poisonous bulb
ous roots, and of a white and violet
colour. This is favoured by the etymo.
, which according to
Nº-T
--Mr.
293
logy; the word being compounded from
Yºr; 1 cid, acrid, and by: bulb.
Tº pr. n. m. Habaziniah Jer.
35, 3–Appellative, perh, light or lamp
of Jehovah, from Chald. Nºns in lamp,
and Fr. Jehovah, the n being prefixed;
see in rì fin. p. 290.
* Paſſ in Kal thrice. 1. to fold the
hands, spoken of a sluggard, Ecc. 4, 5.
2. to fold in one’s arms, to embrace ;
c. acc. 2 K. 4, 16; absol. Ecc. 3, 5.
PIEL par, fut, part, part, parlº, to
embrace, c. acc. Gen. 33, 4. Prov. 4, 8.
5, 20; c. dat. Gen. 29, 13. 48, 10. To
embrace the rock, the dunghill, i. e. to
nake a bed of them, Job 24,8. Lam. 4, 5.
Deriv. the two following.
Pºſ. m. a folding of the hands, as
2haracteristic of the sluggard, Prov. 6,
10. 24, 33.
PPaſº (embrace, after the form
ninsuff) Habakkuk, pr. n. of a prophet,
Hab. 1, 1. 3, 1. Sept. Auffaxoia, after
the form pºp-ºn, and with a corrupted
into u at the end. R. pari.
>k --- pr. to bind, to bind together,
kindr, with bar; ; see Piel. Hence
1. to join together, but almost always
intrans. to be joined together, to adhere ;
Aram. * Eth. A ſlº, , id. Ex. 26, 3.
28, 7. 39, 4, Ez. 1, 9. 11. Spoken of
nations, to be confederate, allied, Gen.
.4, 3 ºn pºx-bs ºr rºs-bz all
these came together as allies in the valley
of Siddim. Part pass. Hos. 4, 17 nºr.
o"axy allied with idols.
2. to bind with spells, to fascinate, to
charm, spoken of a species of magic
which was practised by binding magic
knots, Gr. xixto,080, xotóðsogog, comp.
Germ. bannen, i. Q. binden, and other
words of binding, which are transferred
to magic incantation, as Eth. ÅUJA..
Spoken of the charming of serpents,
Deut. 18, 11. Ps. 58, 6.
3. to be bownd around with stripes, i.e.
to be marked with lines or stripes, to be
* * * 9 --
-triped, Arab. -->, whence 85-> 0.
© • 2 º º
striped garment, Pass. Pºe the skin is
striped i. e. covered with stripes and
marks of blows, see Camoos p 491. –
Hence rºar astripe, weal, and ninziar
the stripes and spots of a leopard. Comp.
Schult. ad Har. Cons. V. p. 156, 157.
PIEL ºr 1. to join together, to con.
nect, Ex. 26, 6 sq.
2. to join in a league, to confederate,
2 Chr. 20, 36 iº9 rºarº and he made
alliance with him.
Pual nar, once war, Ps. 94, 20.
1. to be joined together, Ex. 28, 7.39, 4,
Ecc. 9, 4 Keri. Ps. 122, 3 of Jerusalem
as restored, ºr F. Hºrū; ºr as a
city that is joined together, compac:ed,
i. e. whose stones and ruins, so ong
thrown down and scattered, are now
again brought together.
2. to be confederated, allied. Ps. 94, 20
nian sº Tºrºn shall the throne of
iniquity be confederate with thee?
HipH. to join together words, espec.
empty and false. (Comp. By Nºrt; ºr
Targ. Ps. 119, 69.) Job 16, 4 nº-ars
tºº tº I would join together (with)
words against you, i. e. I might heap up
vain and lying words against you, imitat-
ing your example. For this use of: see
Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3.
Hith P. Haririn and by Syriasm
Harris, to join oneself with any one, to
make a league with, to be confederate,
c. Es, 2 Chr. 20, 35.37. Dan. 11, 6. Infin.
in the Syriac manner is nº-Arnn Dan.
11, 23.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 3, also nºr?.
ni-ariº, pr. n. *i-ri, and those here fol-
lowing, -ăr—nnºn.
T}] m. an associate, companion, i. q.
ºr, Job 40, 30; where fishermen are
to be understood, who follow their voca-
tion in partnership; see in nº I.
Tº m. an associate, companion, Caut.
1, 7, 8, 13. Judg. 20, 11 Bºnan Tris Đ"s:
associated as one man, joined or knit to-
gether. Ps. 119, 63. Ps. 45, 8 Tºrſº
above thy companions, fellows, i.e. other
kings; comp. Barhebr. p. 328.
her Chald. m. id. Dan. 2, 13.17. 18.
Tº m. 1. society, company, commu-
nity, Hos. 6, 9. Prov. 21, 9 nºr r": a
common house. 25, 24.
2. spell, enchantment, Deut. 18, 11
Plur. Ennar. Is 47 9. 12.
25%
--In
294 --ºr,
3. Heber, pr. n. a) Gen. 46, 17, for
which hºr Num. 26 45. b) Judg. 4, 11.
17, c) 1 Chr. 8, 17. d) 4, 18.
nºir, f. plur. variegated spots of
the panther ; or rather, stripes, streaks,
of the tiger, Jer, 13,23. See r. nar, no. 3.
Tºº Chald. fem. an associate, com-
panion, and then fellow, other, i. q. nºn,
Dan. 7, 20.
ºf (r. Har) society, company, Job
34, 8.
Tinhº (conjunction, alliance, r. nar)
llebron, pr. n.
1. An ancient city in the tribe of Ju-
dah, first called sºns-nºp Gen. 13, 18.
33, 2, comp. Judg. 1, 10; and which for
a time, before the capture of Jerusalem,
was the royal residence of David, 2 Sam.
2 1.5, 5. It is now called JºJº'ſ el-
Khālil, fully Jºey'ſ Jº- i.e. [city
of] the friend of the Most Merciful sc.
God, i. e. Abraham. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 431 sq. 454 sq.
2. Of several men. a) Ex. 6, 18.
1 Chr. 5, 28, Patron. - Num. 3, 27. b)
1 Chr. 2, 42. 43.
"Tº patronym. a Heberite, from pr.
n. Har; lett. a. Num. 26, 45.
Fºr f. (r. har) a companion, wife,
Mal. 2, 14.
nº-h f. (r. har) a joining, junction,
Ex. 26, 4, 10.
2K ter fut. Early, once ºri, Job 5, 18.
1. to bind, to bind on, to bind around,
e.g. a.) As a head-band, turban, Ex. 29,
9. Lev. 8, 13. Jon. 2, 6 "uis-, ºr ºb
the sea-weed was bound around my head,
as if my head-dress, turban. Ez. 16, 10
tº Túzīrīs; I bound thee around with
fine linen, i.e. adorned thy head with a
turban. b) to bind up a wound, Job 5,
18. Is. 30, 26; c. : Ez. 34, 4, 16. Is. 61,
1. Part. użn a binder up, dresser, sc.
of the wounds of the state, Is. 3,7; comp.
1, 6.
2. to saddle an animal, which is done
by binding on the saddle or panniers,
1. acc. Gen. 22, 3. Num. 22, 21. Judg.
19, 10. 2 Sam. 17, 23.
3. to bind fast, i. q. to shut up; Job 40,
3 [8] Thoga bi-ri trººp shut up their
faces in darkness, in Sheol. See F e.
no. 2.
4. imperio coércuit, to bind to alle.
giance, i. e. to rule, to govern ; Job 34, 17
bar: ºpujº Niu FSH shall even he that
hateth right, govern ? Some here take
FS in the sense of anger; but less well,
on account of the parall. passage c. 40.
8, 9.
Piel 1. to bind up wounds, c. : Ps
147, 3.
2. to bind fast, i. e. to shut up, to stop
to restrain. Job 28, 11 car ninrº ºz
he stoppeth up the streams (rills) that
they trickle not, spoken of a miner shut
ting off water from flowing into the pits.
PUAL to be bound up, as a wound, Is
1, 6. Ez. 30, 21.
>k nar obsol. root, prob. to cook, to
bake bread, Eth. 3-ſlfi'i', Arab. s 3.
bread, Yºs. to bake bread. Hence rang
cooking-pan, frying-pan, and
Pººl m. plur, things cooked or fried
1 Chr. 9, 31. Comp. rerº.
M. m. (r. 53r) constr; ºr, and so be.
fore B Ex. 12, 14. Num. 29, 12; c. suff,
ºr ; with art. Arr; plur. Eºrl.
1. a festival, feast, Ex. 10, 9, 12, 14,
ar. Higy, ar; ºr, to keep a festival, Lev
23, 39. Deut. 16, 10. Spoken zot Śoyń,
of the passover Is. 30, 29; of the feast
of tabernacles, 2 Chr. 5, 3, 1 K. 8, 2
Comp. Arab. & pilgrimage to Mecca
2. Meton, a festival sacrifice, victii v.
Ps. 118, 27 tºnnaya an-n-t's bind the
sacrifice (victim) with cords. Ex. 23, 18
ºr nºr the fat of my victim. Mal. 2, 3,
Comp. Tº 2 Chr. 30, 22.
Sãº, or ºn, which is read ºn many
Mss. ſem. vertigo, i. Q. consternation, ter.
ror, Is. 19, 17. R. 33r; no. 3. -
>k *
E. obsol. root, Arab. Jºs to
hide, to cover over. Hence
537 m. 1. a locust, winged and edi-
ble Lev. 11, 22; also Num. 13, 33. Is.
40, 22. Ecc. 12, 5. So called, it is said
as covering the ground, hiding the sun
etc.—Another etymology is proposed by
Credner, ad Joel. p. 309. The Samar. in
Lev. l. c. for E:r has na:nri, which cat
Flºr;
295 -In
signify a leaper, comp. Arab. Jºr-
and from 53mm then might come the
triliteral ºr ; comp. Jº-y-, Pan.
2. Hagab, pr. m. m. Ezra 2, 46.
Tºº! (locust) Hagabah, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2,45; written also Nºr Neh. 7,48.
* 22 kindr, with sºn, pr. to move in
a circle. Hence -
1. to dance, pr. in a circle, 1 Sam. 30, 16.
2. to keep a festival, to celebrate a
holiday, sc. by leaping and dancing,
by sacred dances, Ex. 5, 1. Lev. 23, 41;
spec. of a public solemnity, Ps. 42, 5.
Syr. He', ~, ld. Arab. 2 to perform
©
the Haj, to make a pilgrimage to Mecca.
3. to reel, to be giddy, spoken of drunk-
ards Ps. 107, 27. Also to be astonished,
amazed ; whence Nār; terror, conster-
nation.
Deriv. Ari, När, and the pr. names
*Arı, Ari, Hyºri, nºr.
15.
sk ºf H e • *
Hºr obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Uš to
take refuge.—Hence tºr.
Tār; see sºn.
Fºr m. plur. (r. nºr) refuges, -ºn
sººn the asylums of the rocks, Cant. 2,
14. Obad. 3. Jer. 49, 16. Arab. gU#
efuge, asylum.
niãº, verbal adj. intrans. (r. -ārī)
rirded; Ez. 23, 15 -its-ºnian girded
with girdles; comp. 2 K. 3, 21.
Tº m. (r. War, after the form biºp)
* girdle, absol. Prov. 31, 24; constr.
2 Sam. 20, 8 ºr hiri; c. suff. 1 Sam.
18, 4. +-
Tiān f (r. War) a girdle 2 Sam. 18.
11. Also an apron Gen. 3, 7.
"åſ" (festive, from ar, with the ending
"= i, q, "-) Haggai, pr. m. of a prophet,
Hagg. 1, 1. Sept. 'Ayydios.
"#" (id.) Haggi, pr. n. of a son of Gad,
Num. 26, 15. Patronym. is the same, ibid.
Flºri (festival of Jehovah) Haggiah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 15 [30].
nºn (festive) Haggith, pr. n. ſ. 5f a
wife of David, the mother of Audnijah,
* Sam. 3, 4, 1 K. 1, 5
2k bar: obsol. root, Arab. Ji- to hop,
to advance by short leaps, in the mannel
of a bird, or of a person with his feet
shackled. This triliteral seems to have
come from the quadril. ºr q. v. by
dropping ºn.—Hence
º (partridge, like Arab. J#. Syr,
lis.) Hoglah, pr. n. f. Num. 26, 33, 27.
1. 36, 11.—Comp. Hºri nº p. 129.
k -37 fut. *śrīn, to bind around, to
gird, to gird up ; kindr. are Arab. , 5
to restrain, Syr. rea, to be lame. Con-
strued: a) With acc. of the part to be
girded, 2 K. 4, 29. 9, 1; and also with :
of that with which one is girded, trop.
Prov. 31, 17 she girdeth her loins with
strength. b) With acc. of the garment
or thing girded on, e.g. nºrth-ns när.
to gird on one's sword, 1 Sam. 17,39. 25,
13. Ps. 45, 4; pig har! to gird on sack-
cloth, to gird oneself with sackcloth, Is.
15, 3, Jer. 49, 3. Part. act. 2 K. 3, 21
nºr ºn bºx, from all who girded on a
girdle, i. e. who were able to bear arms.
Part pass. Ties nºr girded with an
ephod 1 Sam. 2, 18; with gen. Joel 1, 8
pº-nnºr girded with sackcloth, and so
sometimes ellipt. Joel 1, 13 ºr gird
tyourselves sc. with sackcloth. 2 Sam. 21,
16 nºr ºr sºn, and he was girded
with a new sword.—Metaph. Ps. 65, 13
nºrr nivº bhā the hills gird on
rejoicing, comp. v. 14. Ps. 76, 11. With
# of a girdle Lev. 16, 4, c) With two
acc. of pers. and that with which one is
girded, Ex. 29, 9. Lev. 8, 13; also F of
that with which, Lev. 8, 7. d) Absol
to gird oneself, Ez. 44, 18. 1 K. 20, 11
Here belongs 2 Sam. 22, 46 hºriº
priºtº they gird themselves (and go)
forth out of their strongholds; unless we
follow the Syriac usage, “they creep
or limp forth out of their strongholds;
comp. Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11.
Deriv. Hisri, Hyºri, nºrº.
I. Tº adj. (r. Tºri) ſem. Hºrſ, sharp
spoken of a sword, Ez. 5, 1. Ps. 57, 5
Prov. 5, 4.
II. T. i. q. Chald. Tri, Heb. *rīs
one, Ez. 33, 30.
Tn 296
bºr:
T. Chald, num. f. Rºri, nºr, one, i.e.
unus, a, win, for Heb. Tris, the N being
dropped by aphaeresis. Used: a) Often
for the indef article; Dan. 2, 31 ºr tº:
an image, a certain image, comp. 6, 18.
Ezra 4,8. b) Fem. nºr is put also for
the ordinal, first, espec. in the enumera-
tion of years, as ºi=% riºr nº Engl.
the year one of Cyrus, Ezra 5, 13. 6, 3.
Dan. 7, 1. c) Before numerals in im-
plies multiplication, times ; as Dan. 3, 19
* 5x nº-iri lit. one seven more than,
ë º y
i.e. one seven times more. So Syr. i-º, .
d) Hºriz as one, i. e. at once, together,
1. q. Heb. TriS3. Dan. 2, 35.
Sk ++. 1. to be sharpened, sharp,
Prov. 27, 17, see in Hiph. Arab. &
fut. I. Kindr. Tº, and the roots there
quoted.
2. to be quick, vehement, fierce; comp.
Gr. 65ig, Lat. acer. Hab. 1, 8. Comp.
ar. &
HipH. to sharpen. Prov. 27, 17 by a
trºn-ºn ºr Uns in: brina iron is
sharpened on iron, and a man sharpen-
eth the countenance of his friend; here
ºr, is ſut. A of Kal ſor -in' ; and Triº is
fut. Hiph, formed in the Chaldee manner
for Triº, Triº, as brº Num. 30, 3, bris Ez.
39, 7. See Lehrg. § 38. 1. § 103. n. 14.
HoPH. Triºn to be sharpened, e. g. a
sword, Ez. 21, 14. 15. 16.
Deriv. in I, Thºr, pr. n. Tºri, and
TT. Hadad, pr. n. of one of the
twelve sons of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15,
where many read ºr ; 1 Chr. 1, 50,
where most read Tºr ; and this should
probably stand in both places.
& Sk Hºr fut, apoc. Triº, to rejoice, to be
glad, Aram. fr”, Nºr: id. Correspond-
ng in the occidental languages are yº-
360, y0.980), gaudeo.—Ex. 18, 9. Job 3,
6 Hºu, *z, *nh-hs let it not rejoice
Umong the days of the year.
PIEl to make glad, joyful, Ps. 21, 7.
Deriv. Hyºri, pr. n. Psºrº, nºr.
Tºri (r. Tºri) sharp, and perh. subst.
sharpness, a point. Job 41,22 [30] "Thºr
bºr, sharp points of a potsherd, sharp
potsherds, broken pieces of earthen-ware,
out for the scales of the crocodile, Comp.
&El. Hist. Anim. 10. 24.
T.T. f. foy, gladness, 1 Chr. 15, 27
Neh. 8, 10. In Chald, context, Ezra 6
16. R. riºr.
"T" (sharp, r. Tºri) Hadid, pr. m. of
a city in Benjamin, situated on a moun-
tain, Ezra 2,33. Neh. 7,37. 11,34. Aëuda
1 Macc. 12, 38; comp. Jos. Ant. 13. 6.5.
7"T, Chald, plur, the breast, Heb.
Hir, Dan. 2, 32. In Targg. occurs
Sing. *n. See Heb. Gr. § 106. 2. a.
*S*H and Sin fut. bºrº, in pause
bºrº Job 10, 20. For the anomalous
form ºr hºrr, see Index.
1. to leave off, to cease, to desist. Arab.
Jós id. also to desert, to forsake, see
Scheid ad Cant. Hiskiae p. 53. Schul-
tens ad Job. p. 72. The primary idea
lies in becoming pendulous, languid, flac-
cid, which is transferred to slackening
and desisting from labour. It belongs
to the family of roots quoted under bºº,
which all express the idea of being pen-
dulous, flaccid, flabby.—Construed: a)
With infin. and h, Gen. 11, 8 bºrº
--ºr, niž and they left off to build the
city. 41, 49. 1 Sam. 12, 23. Prov. 19, 27;
poet, also with inf. Is. 1, 16 sºr; bºr
cease to do evil; or with a verbal noun,
Job 3, 17 tº bºr, they cease from tumult.
b) Absol, to cease from labour; 1 Sam.
2, 5 ºr tº the hungry do not labour.
Also to rest, Job 14, 6. Judg. 5, 6 the
highways rested, were not travelled.
c) Absol. i. q. to cease to be, to be at an
end, Ex. 9, 34 the rain and the hail
ceased. v. 29.33. Is. 24, 8. Also to fail,
to be wanting, Deut. 15, 11 the poor shall
never fail. Job 14, 7.
2. to cease from any person or thing:
a) With 7% of pers, to desist from any
one, to forbear from, to let alone, Ex. 14,
12. Job 7, 16 ºz ºr let me alone, per-
secute me no more. 2 Chr. 35, 21 for-
bear from God, strive against him no
longer. Without 7%, absol. Judg. 15, 7.
Job 10, 20. b) to cease from, to leave,
sc. a person or thing ſormerly loved, un-
dertaken, pursued, i. q, to desert, to give
up, Job 19, 14; with Tº 1 Sam.9, 5. Judg
9,9 sq. Is. 2, 22 tºr-72 tº bºr cease
Aye from man, i.e. leave the vain confi
dence ye have reposed in man. Abso,
Ps, 49, 9, c) With 7% and inf. to cease
5-in
ºjºn
297
from, to desist, 1 K 15, 21. Hence to
forbear from doing any thing, i. q. to
beware of Ex. 23, 5; see in at: no. 1.
3. to leave undone, to let alone, to for-
bear, not to do. 1 K. 22, 6.15 ps... ºn
Sºrº shall we go ... or shall we not go?
lit. or let it alone. Ez. 2, 5. Jer. 40, 4.
Job 16, 6. Zech. 11, 12. With infin. and
3, Num, 9, 13. Deut. 23, 23. Ps. 36, 4.
Deriv. the three following:
3T. m. verbal adj. 1. ceasing to be,
frail, Ps. 39, 5.
2. forbearing to do any thing, Ez.
3,27.
3. Intrans, left, destitute, forsaken,
comp. Arab. Jºës id. Is. 53, 3 ºr
bºuj's forsaken of men, comp. Job 19, 14.
ST. m. pr. place of rest, region of the
dead, hades, Is. 38, 11. R. bºr, no. 1. b.
*In (resting, r. bTr; no. 1. b) Hadlai,
pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 28, 12.
Sk pºr: obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Gº-
to prick, to sting, with which are kindr.
s&= to be sour, biting, as vinegar,
and USCX- to be sharp-sighted.—Hence
PT Mic. 7, 4, and Pººl in pause
pºſſ Prov. 15, 19, a species of thorn.
Arab. $33. nelongena spinosa, i. e.
solanum insanum Linn. prickly mad-
apple; see Abulfadli ap. Cels. in Hierob.
II. p. 40 sq.
Spºr in pause ºpºrt, pr. n. Hiddekel,
i. e. the Tigris, Gen. 2, 14. Dan. 10, 4. In
Y an 2 --
Aramaean sº, MS cº, Arab. Klºe,
9 -
£1.3; also Zend. Teger, Pehlv. Tege-
ra, stream, whence have arisen both the
Greek name Tigris and the Aram. and
Arab. forms. In Hebrew is prefixed "r
active, vehement, rapid ; so that brºn is
pr: the rapid Tigris ; comp. Hor. Carm.
4. 14. 46. The Hebrews seem not to
have been aware that the name Teger,
>pº, of itself signifies velocity; (so in
the language of Media, Tigris is an ar-
row, Strabo 11. 527. Plin. H. N. 6.27,
Wers. /* arrow, Sanscr. tigra sharp,
swift;) and hence arose a pleonasm,
such as we have in Fishe tº king Pha-
raoh and in Engl. the Alcoran.
**Tr; i, q, Syr. #- to surround, fa
enclose, e. g. with a wall or rampar
and in a hostile sense to beset, to besiege.
This root is of the same family with nºr.
and nº q.v. A secondary form is Arab.
jº- curtain, and j9- to hide behind
a curtain ; also Eth. FºEA, to dwell.
Hence Ez. 21, 19 [14] triº nºnn ºr
the sword which besiegeth them, which
besets them on every side. Abulwalid
derives the same sense of besetting,
lying in wait, from the idea of dwelling
or lurking; see Ethiop, and Arab. above.
The ancient versions render, the sword
that terrifieth them, as if i, q, nºn--
Hence
ºn m. in pause -Ir, constr. hiri, c.
suff, intrº; plur. Bºri, constr. wºn ſº
1. an apartment, chamber, espec. an
inner one, either of a tent or house, Gen.
43, 30. Judg. 16, 9.12. Hence, a bed-
chamber 2 Sam. 4, 7. 13, 10; female
apartment, harem, Cant. 1, 4, 3, 4 ; a
bride-chamber Judg. 15, 1. Joel 2, 16;
a store-chamber Prov. 24, 4; nºr; ºr,
a chamber within a chamber, i. e. an
inner chamber, 1 K. 20, 30. 22, 25. 2 K.
9, 2. Arab.5&#. curtain, hanging, by
which the inner apartment is concealed,
the inner chamber, private apartment;
p :r p
comp. Hy"nº tent-curtain, and Syr, is-i-
tent. -
2. Metaph. Yºn-ºnºr Job 9, 9, the
chambers of the south, the remotest re-
cesses of the south, comp. Ties; "ºn".
Also ſtºn in the chambers of the belly,
the inmost breast, Prov. 18, 8. 26, 22.
ryº ºr the chambers of death, i.e. the
grave, Sheol, Prov. 7, 27.
ºn &to's Asyóu. and very obscure,
Hadrach, pr. m. of a country; Zech. 9, 1
Thºr Yºs land of Hadrach, in the parall.
member is Damascus. Perhaps the land
of Hadrach is the region of Damascus
itself.
nºr pr. m. see in nºr.
k wºn in Kal not used, to be new
Aram. nºr: id. Arab. & J - to be new
recent; IV, to produce something new
*It Conj. III, IV, also to polish a sword
uj-In 298
Hºn
Perhaps the original idea is to shine, to
glitter, comp. tºp to be pure, holy.
PIEL to make anew, to renew, 1 Sam.
11, 14. Job 10, 17. Ps. 51, 12. Espec.
buildings, cities, to rebuild, to repair, Is.
61, 4, 2 Chr. 15, 8. 24, 4.
HITHP. to renew oneself, Ps. 103, 5.
Deriv. the three following:
tº adj. ſ. nºr, new, e. g. a cart,
threshing-dray, 1 Sam. 6, 7. Is. 41, 15 ;
a house Deut. 20, 5. 22, 8; a wife Deut.
24, 5; a king Ex. 1, 8; a song Ps. 33, 3.
40, 4; a name Is. 62, 2. Often also it is
i. q. fresh, of this year, spoken of grain
(opp. Tuº) Lev. 26, 10; unheard of Ecc.
1, 9. 10. So new gods i. e. not before
worshipped Deut. 32, 17. Huºr, a new
thing Is. 43, 19; plur. Is. 42, 9. For
nuºr, ºr 2 Sam. 21, 16, see in ºr
lett. b.
tº m. (r. ºrj) 1. the new moon,
day of the new moon, the first day of the
lunar month, which was a festival among
the Hebrews, Num. 29, 6, 1 Sam. 20, 5.
18, 24. Ex. 19, 1 ºujºuin ºria in the
third new moon, i.e. on the first of the
third month. Hos. 5, 7 ºn E::Nº rips
now shall the new moon consume them,
. e. in the time of the new moon they
shall be consumed.—Plur. Bºuïr new
moons, often coupled with sabbaths and
festivals, 2 Chr. 2, 3, 8, 13. Ezra 3, 5.
ls. 1, 13. 14. Ez. 45, 17. al.
2. a month, i.e. a lunar month, begin-
ning with the new-moon, Gen. 8, 5. Ex.
13, 15. al. tº ºr a month of time,
for the space of a month, (see tºº,)
Gen. 29, 14. Num. 11, 20. 21.
3. Hodesh, pr. m. f. 1 Chr. 8, 9.
*T Hodshi, metronym. of ºn no.3,
2 Sam. 24, 6.
:K rin Chald. to be new, i. q. Sir –
"Hence
F.T. Chald. adj. new, Ezra 6, 4, Syr.
ſarº.
NJT see Hyr.
* Flºr" in Kal nºt used, to be or come
wnder penalty, reum esse v. fieri, like
Syr. A., Arab. Us of debt (Ez. 18,
7) and of guilt.
PIEL ºr to bring under penalty, to
cause to forfeit, Dan. 1, 10–Hence
Ein m. debt, Ez. 18, 7.
Tºm (hidden, hiding-place, r. nºr)
Hobah, pr. n. of a place to the northward
of Damascus, once Gen. 14, 15; comp,
Yaffo, Judith 4, 4, 15, 4. Eusebius in
Onomast. confounds this place with Co-
caba, the seat of the Ebionites; see the
author’s note to Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, etc. II. p. 1054. Germ.
* Mºſſ to describe a circle, to mark out
with a compass, Job 26, 10. Syr. -*
to move in a circle, tº-3- circle. Kindr.
roots are ºr and Ahs.
Deriv. Flºriº and
*7 m. circle, sphere, e.g. the arch or
vault of the heavens, Prov. 8, 27. Job
22, 14; the circuit of the earth, orbis
terrarum, Is. 40, 22.
*Tºn 1. pr: i, q. Arab. SUs mid. Ye,
to turn aside ; II, to tie knots ; whence
may be derived Heb. Fºr an enigma,
riddle, parable.—Hence
2. Joined with Hºrſ, to propose a rid-
dle Judg. 14, 12 sq. to propose a parable
Ez. 17, 2. Comp. Yºº and risºn, also
Gr. §utközsty wiviyuoto. AEsch. Prometh.
Vinct. 610.
Deriv, nº-ri, Priºrs, Hºrn.
“Hyn in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to
breathe, comp. Piel. For this power in
the syllable art, as, TN, see under Brºs,
Hys, ber. Hence
2. to live, i, q. Hºrſ, comp. subst. Hºrſ.
PIEL Hºri pr. to breathe out ; hence
to declare, to show, a poetic word for the
prose Tºri. Chald. and Syr, ºr, Caº,
Arab. transp. ; like rºs, Arab.
.—Job 32, 10. 17; with dat. of pers.
Ps. 19, 3; also accus. Job 32, 6; c. suff,
15, 17. 36, 2.
Deriv. Hyrs.
Tº Chald. in Kal not used.
PA. Nºr; i. q. Hebr. Hºri, to declare, to
show, Dan. 2, 11; with h of pers. Dan.
2, 24; c. suff. 5, 7.
Aph. inf. Hºrn, fut. Flynn", id, with
h Dan. 2, 16. 24, 27; accus. 2, 6.9
Deriv. Hºrs.
Tº f i, q. Hºn. R. Hyr, i. q. ºr
comp. nºr and Hyn.
Thr 2
9 bºr
1. life, i. q. Hºn. Hence pr. n. of the
first woman, Havvah. Eve, as tºle mo-
ther of all the living ºn-b: Es, Gen. 3,
20. 4, 1. Sept. Eig, (comp. ºr Lützios,)
Vulg. Heva.
2. i. q. Tºr no. 2, a village, nomadic
encampment, (pr. place where one lives,
dwells; so Germ. leben in pr. names,
Eisleben, Aschersleben, etc.) Num. 32,
41. Hence nºs: nir. Havvoth-Jair,
towns or villages of Jair, i. e. Bashan or
A part of it, so called from Jair, a descend-
2nt of Manasseh, Num. l. c. Deut. 3, 14.
Josh. 13, 30. 1 K. 4, 13. In Judg. 10, 4
this name is given to thirty towns in
Gileud pertaining to Jair, one of the
judges; comp. 1 K. l. c.
* Thiſ obsol, root, prob. i. q. Thy to flee
to ; 9 and n being interchanged. Hence
finº.
"Tir" (seer, r. Hir) Hozai, pr. n. m.
| Chr. 33, 19. -
TT m. contr. for nºn, from r. nºn;
see other like forms in biz). Others de-
rive it from a root riºr of the like signif.
1. i. q. Tri, a hook, ring, or the like,
which was put through the nostrils of
large fishes in order to let them down
again alive into the water, Job 40, 26
[41,2].—A similar instrument was used
in binding captives, 2 Chr. 33, 11; comp.
Am. 4, 2.
2. a thorn, thorn-bush, Job 31, 40.
Prov. 26, 9, 2 K, 14, 9. Plur. Bºnin
Cant. 2, 2, and with Vav movable Bºrrºr
1 Sam. 13, 6, thorn-bushes, thickets.-
m the kindred languages are found
3 0 ->
ax- i.e. the sloe, sloe-thorn.
* tº Chald. to sew, to sew together,
Syr. -->, Arab, lous mid. Ye, id.
ApH, to mend, to repair, e. g. a wall,
Ezra 4, 12. Comp. Nº.—Hence
toºſ. m. a thread, Judg. 16, 12. Ecc.
: 12. Cant. 4, 3. Collect. thread, Josh.
2, 18. Proverbially, Gen. 14, 23 ºriº
by: Tintº Ts; from a thread tº a shoe-
latchet, i. e. neither a thread nor a sandal-
thong, not even the east thing. Torre-
sponding is the Lat. meque hilum Lucr.
3,784. Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 4. 22, for
have a similar proverb; see Hamasu ed
Freytag. p. 245. ed. Schult. p. 104.
*7 (perh, villager, from nºr i, q, nºr
no. 2.) gentile n. Hivite, often collect, the
Hivite, Hivites, Sept. Livios, a Canaani-
tish people dwelling at the foot of Her.
mon and Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3. Judg. 3
3; but living also at Shechem and Gi
beon, Gen. 34, 2. 2 Sam. 24, 7. 1 K. 9
20. Josh. 11, 19.
Hºnºr Havilah, pr. n. 1. A region of
Arabia, inhabited by descendants of Jok-
tan Gen. 10,29; eastward of the Ishmael-
ites and Amalekites, Gen. 25, 18. 1 Sam.
15, 7. Probably the Xovāoroſion of Stra-
bo are to be understood (XVI. p. 728
Casaub.) dwelling on the Persian Gulf,
on the coast of which Niebuhr mentions
a town and district *> Hawilah ;
Beschr. v. Arab. p. 342.
2. A region of the Cushites, Gen. 10,7.
1 Chr. 1, 9, which is to be sought in
Ethiopia. Most prob. the Avalilae, dwell-
ing on the Sinus Avalites, now Zeilah,
to the southward of the Straits of Bāb
el-Mandeb, Pliny 6. 28. Ptolem. 4.7. So
also Saadias apparently, who three times
in Genesis for nºr puts *2) i. q **)
Zeilah.
3. The first Havilah (no. 1) enables
us probably to ascertain the land of Havi-
lah, Flºrin Yºs Gen. 2, 11, abounding
in gold, pearls (comm, bdellium), and
gems, and flowed around by the river
Pishon (Indus?); since the Havilah of
Gen. 10, 29, is also enumerated among
gold countries, and, as being on the Per-
sian Gulf, was adjacent to India. In-
deed we are here probably to understand
India, in accordance with the ancient
usage, in so far as it also embraced-
Arabia. See Assemani Bibl. Orient. T.
III. P. II. p. 568 sq.-Those who regard
the Pishon as the Phasis, make Havilah
to be Colchis; so Reland Diss. I. p. 17.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 202. But
the name of the Colchlans is Bºrkºz.
* 5hn and Sºn. fut. Bºnº and bºrº
apoc. bryº Ps. 97, 4, brºn 1 Sam. 31, 3,
bnº, Jer. 51, 29; Imp. ºn Mic. 4, 10,
and bºr Ps. 96, 9; pr. to turn around,
to twist, to whirl; and intrans. to be turn.
neque filum, whence nihil. The Arabs ed around, to be twisted, to whirl or be
bºn
2 ºr
300
whirled. Arab. Jus. mid. Waw, to be
turned, converted, changed, J}< round
about, J.- a year, J:s full of turns,
wily. Kindred are bºs, Gr. siléo, silva,
ižāo; and with Vav as it were strength-
ened into Beth, bar.—Hence
1. to dance in a circle, to whirl in the
dance, Judg. 21, 21. Comp. Pil. no. 1,
and subst. Sin?.
2. to be whirled, to be hurled upon any
person or thing, pr. of a sword Hos. 11,
6; of a whirlwind, c. by Jer. 23, 19.
30,23. Trop. 2 Sam. 3, 29 ºn be brº
"x" asi" let it (the murder of Abner) be
hurled upon the head of Joab. Lam. 4,
6 tº Fº, ºr Nº and no (human) hands
were hurled upon her, i.e. laid upon her
with violence.—Often in the Targums,
see Buxt. Lex. Chald. p. 719. Arab.
Jus. to swing oneself upon a horse, to
mount a horse ; IV to rush upon one
with a scourge, with Jºe and º.
3. to twist oneself with pain, to writhe,
to be in pain, comp. 53r; ; espec. of a
woman in travail, Is. 13, 8. 23, 4, 26, 18.
66, 7.8. Mic. 4, 10. Hence to bear, to
bring forth, Is. 45, 10. Metaph. c. 8,
to be in pain for any thing, Mic. 1, 12–
Hence
4. to tremble, to quake, in allusion to
Jºe trembling or shuddering of a woman
in travail, Ps. 55, 5. 77, 17. 97, 4. With
7% of pers, before whom one trembles,
1 Sam. 31, 3, 1 Chr, 10, 3; ºn Deut.
2, 25. Joel 2, 6; ºn Ps. 114, 7.
5. to be strong, firm, stable, just as
also other verbs of binding and twisting
are transferred to strength, see En: , pir,
hºr. Arab. JU- mid. Waw, id. Aram.
Pa. ºn to make strong. Eth. W. PA
to be strong, able. Hence bºr strength.
—Ps. 10, 5 tº bºrº his ways are firm,
stable, i.e. all his affairs prosper. Job 20,
21 inhº bºrº, Nº his good shall not be
table, his prosperity shall not last.—
*Hence
6. to stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. q.
»rly, Gen. 8, 10. Judg. 3, 25.
HipH. causat. of Kal no. 4, Ps. 29, 8.
HoPh. ſut. brºn, pass. of Kal no. 3, to
be born, Is. 66 8.
PiL, ºr 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to dance
in a circle, Judg. 21, 23.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to bear, to bring
forth, Job 39, 1; things, to create, tº
form, Deut. 32, 18. Ps. 90, 2. Causau.
Ps. 29, 9.
3. i. q. Kal no. 4, to tremble, Job 26, 5
4. i. q. Kal no. 6, to wait for, c. : Job
35, 14.
PUL. Bºin to be born, Job 15, 7. Prov,
8, 24, 25. Ps. 51, 7.
HITHP. Shinrn 1. to whirl or hull
oneself, i. e. to rush with violence, i. q.
Kal no. 2, Jer. 23, 19.
2. to writhe with pain, Job 15, 20.
3. to wait for, c. , i. q. Kal no. 6
and Pil. no. 4. Ps. 37, 7.
Hith PALP. brºrinn to be pained
grieved, Esth. 4, 4.
Deriv. ºn, bin, bºr, bºr, bri, libri,
ban, Hºrn, ſºn, Hârân, binº, Hinz.
ºn (circle) Hul, pr. n. of an Aramae-
an region, Gen. 10, 23. Rosenmüller
compares the district Hilleh, Arab. U*)
&J,3. Ard el-Hilleh, near the sources
of the Jordan. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 252,
309.—R. bºn.
ºn m. (r. Bºr) sand, Syr. ſſ., from
its rolling and sliding motion, Ex. 2, 12
Deut. 33, 19. Jer. 5, 22. The sand of
the sea, ºr bir, poet. nº bin, is very
often put as the image of abundance,
Gen. 32, 13. 41, 49; also of weight Job
6, 3. Prov. 27, 3–In Job 29, 18 the Rab-
bins understand by ºn the bird phenia,
from a conjecture resting on the other
member of the parallelism, where there
is mention of a nest, and the Codd.
Babyl. for the sake of distinction even
read bºn. But sand is the frequent
emblem of numerous days; nor is there
any reason to depart from the common
signification.
* Dº obsol. root, pr. to be burned
scorched, and hence to be black. Comp,
kindr. tºrſ, Arab. ** to be black.--
Hence
Dºn adj. black, Gen. 30, 32 sq.
ºn f (r. H%r q.v.) a wall, Ex. 14
22, 29. Deut. 3, 5. 28, 53. Oſten for the
wall of a city, Is. 22, 10, 36, 11.12. Neh
3, 8, 33, al. rarely of other building
bºr
yır
301
lam. 2, 7. Metaph. of a maiden chaste
and diſficult of access, Cant. 8, 9.10.
PLUR. nivoir walls of a city, Is. 26, 1.
- Ps. 51, 20; with a verb plur. Jer. 50, 15.
So too Jer. 1, 18 lo, I have made thee this
day a defenced ctly... and brazen walls;
although in the same phrase in 15, 20,
it is in the singular.
DUAL ºnjon, formed from the Plural,
two walls; hence Dºnžonn jº, between
the two walls, 2 K. 25,4. Jer. 39,4. These
were near the king’s gardens below Si-
loam, [and may refer to the wall on the
east of Zion and the eastern wall of the
city; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. I. p. 460,
461. In Is. 22, 11 the same expression
seems to refer to the western part of
Jerusalem, and may perhaps denote the
first and second walls described by
Josephus, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Biblioth. Sacr.
1843, p. 199.—R.
*b*T fut, binº, on:, 1 pers, bºns
Jer, 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Jon. 4, 11.
1. to pity, to have compassion on, c.
by Ps. 72, 13; also to be grieved for any
thing, Jon. 4, 10 Ti"p"pri-by ºn Hºs
thou wast grieved for the ricinus which
perished; comp. Gen. 45, 20.—Hence
2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. 53,
Neh. 13, 22. Jer. 13, 14. Ez. 24, 14. Joel
2, 17. Aram. -war c, \sid.
NotE. In connection with this root,
it is to be observed that the ideas both
of pity and of sparing are attributed
more frequently to the eye than to the
person himself; as elsewhere weakness
and strength to the hands, comp. HET,
Pirſ ; longing or pining also to the eye,
see Fºº. Hence we may gather, that
..he primary idea of the verb is that of a
gentle and benign countenance; like Engl.
to overlook, Germ. machsehem, Nach-
sicht. So Deut. 7, 16 Tºny binn-Nº
Erº spare them not, pr. let not thine
ye have pity on them, i.e. behold them
not with a feeling of pity. 13, 9. 19, 13.
21. 25, 12. Is. 13, 18. Ez. 5, 11. 7, 4. 9.
Gen. 45, 20 tº by brin-bs tº be
not grieved for your stuff left behind,
pr. let not your eye grieve. Once ellipt.
1 Sam. 24, 11 Fºx orirº, but (mine eye)
spared thee. In like manner the Arabs
attribute pity to the eye; Vº. Timur. T.
... p. 542. l. 14.
kets.
Fin or ºn m. (r. Fºr II) a coast, shore.
as washed by the sea, Gen. 49, i3. Deut.
§ - -
* *
9a, -
1, 7. Josh. 9, 1.-Arab. &Ls, Q-R-R-1
margin, sea-coast. Of the same origin
gy o
are also JºeU, and frºm sea-coast.
Dºn (perh. coast-man, from Flin)
Hupham, pr. m. of a son of Benjamin
Num. 26, 39; for which Gen. 46, 21
bºr.—Patronym. ºn Huphamite,
Num. l. c.
* Wºn obsol. root, Syr. Pa. s” to
gird; comp. lel- ---, to surround.--
Hence yºri wall; also
Yºſ m. pr. wall, side of a building
then spec. the outside of a house; whence
the antithesis Yūnah nº.2% on the inside
and on the outside, pr. on the house-side
and on the wall-side or outside, Gen. 6,
14. Ex. 25, 11. Hence
1. Subst: whatever is out of doors or
abroad, i. e. a) Out of a house, the
street, Jer. 37, 21 Bºsri ºr the bakers'
street, in Jerusalem, Is. 51, 23. Prov. 7,
12. Plur. nishr streets Is, 5,25. 10,6, 15,
3. Jer. 7, 17. al. 1 K. 20, 34 and thou shall
make nighn streets for thee in Damascus,
as my father made in Samaria, i.e. build
whole streets of houses. Others, mar-
b) Out of a city, the country, the
fields, pastures, the desert, Aram. "3,
Job 5, 10, 18, 17. Hence in opp, y's
nisin; the (tilled) land and the deserts,
Prov. 8, 26; comp. Mark 1, 45.
2. Adv. out of doors, without, abroad,
Deut 23, 14; e. g. yºri-rºbin born
abroad, out of the house, Lev. 18, 9.
Also forth, forth abroad, Deut. 23, 13.
Also with H loc. Itsºn abroad, without,
1 K. 6, 6; forth abroad Ex. 12, 46; c.
art. Yuriri forth abroad Judg. 19,25. Neh,
13, 8, pr. into the street; and so rishnri
Gen. 15, 5.—With prepositions: a)
Yūnâ without, abroad, i.e. out of a tent
Gen. 9, 22; a house Ex. 21, 19; a city
Gen. 24, 31. b) Yurth poet, id. Ps. 41,
7, and nºrth 2 Chr. 32, 5. c) Variº
from without, on the outside, opp. nº.3%
Gen. 6, 14. Yarnº id. Ez. 41, 25, d.
* Yinz without, implying rest, e.g. yºrſ:
*** without the city Gen. 19, 16. 24, 11.
* Hºrtº Ez. 40, 40.44, e) ; vario-bs
26
pºn
-ºr
302
without, out of, after a verb of motion,
Num.5, 3.4 ngrigº yang-hs without the
camp Deut. 23, 11. Lev. 4, 12. f.) Me-
taph. Tº Yūri eveept, besides, i. q. more
than, Ecc. 2, 25. So Chald. Tº n2, Syr.
Samar. and Zab. sº +as.
Hence lis"ri.
:k tº º
pºn 1. root not in use, i. q. J-
to surround, to embrace. It seems to
have come fiom perſ, the H being soft-
ened, -Hence pºr, and
Piri or PTI, i, q. pºn, the bosom, Ps.
74, 11 Cleth.
Ppºn see pºr.
>k -ºr fut. Hºrſ. 1. to become white;
and hence of the face, to become pale
for shame Is. 29, 22; comp. Zeph. 2, 1.
Aram. **, nºr, id. Arab. Waw quies-
cent Us to be fulled white, as a gar-
ment.—Hence nan, in I, and nºr, ºn.
2. Trop. to be splendid, noble, i. Q. Yºr
no. 2–Hence pr. n. Bºri, Hyºri.
**T obsol. root, prob. to hollow out,
to bore, or the like, as appears from the
derivatives nin, hºr II, a hole, cavern,
and the pr. names ºri, Tºri. Comp.
some of the derivatives of r. j- a.S
9 -o :- t 9 o :*
J' 2- foramen ami, mouth of a
river, bay of the sea. Kindred are the
roots -- and Lé; whence Hºsn,
G_ * * 9 sº 2 r $
$33, jus, Cál Verll.
I. Thºr, and ºr m. (r. ºn) fine white
linen, Sept. §§goog, Esth. 1, 6. 8, 15.
II. ºn m. (r. -ºn) 1. i. q. in II, a
tole, as of a serpent Is. 11, 8; also of a
Marrow and filthy subterranean prison,
Is, 42, 22. Comp, the black hole of Cal-
Cüita.
2. Hur, pr. n. a) A king of Midian,
Wum. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) The hus-
‘and of Miriam, Moses' sister, Ex. 17,
10, 24, 14, c) 1 Chr. 2, 19, 50. 4, 1.4;
comp. 2, 20. Ex. 31, 2. d) Neh. 3, 9.
e) 1 K. 4, 8.
I. ºn in m. (r. Hºri) i.g. ºn I, white lin-
en, only plur. **n poet. for pººr, while
inens, cloths of linen or byssus, Is. 19,9.
3 .
Kindred is Arab. /*}= white silk; Eth
ſhAC cotton, according to Ludoſ in
Lex. AEth. p. 36. -
II. T. m. (r. -ºn) 1. a hole, 2 K
12, 10; spoken of a window Cant. 5, 4
of the socket of the eye Zech. 14, 12.
2. a cave, cavern Job 30, 6. 1 Sam. 14
11; of the dens of wild beasts Nah. 2, 13,
III. nin, plur. bºr nobles, see hr.
ºr Chakd. m. white, Dan. 7,9. R. ºrj.
anin see ann.
*Yºn (perh, worker in linen, fr. "An I
like Arab. (5): Hariri,) pr. n. m
Huri, 1 Chr. 5, 14.
"ºn (id. Chald.). Hurai, 1 Chr. 11
32; see "ºn.
"Yin see "ºn.
Eºn (noble, high-born, r. nºr no. 2)
Huram, pr. n.
a) A king of Tyre, contemporary
with David and Solomon, 1 Chr. 14, 1.
2 Chr. 2, 2, and so always in the Chroni-
cles. But in the books of Samuel and
Kings this name is written pººr Hiram,
2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 1–18. 9, 11. 12;
by Greek writers Ligouos, Jos. c. Apion,
1. 17, 18.
b) A Tyrian artificer sent by Hiram.
to Solomon, 2 Chr. 4, 11; elsewhere
binºr Hirom 1 K. 7, 40, cººr Hiram
2 Chr. l. c. Cheth. Also "as bºr
2 Chr. 2, 12, nº-S ºr 4, 16; where
however has and "as do not belong to
the name, but are appellatives: Huram
my (his) father, i.e. counsellor, master.
workman.
c) A Benjamite 1 Chr. 8, b.
Thiſ Hauran, pr.m. ofa region beyond
Jordan, eastward of Gaulanitis (jºin),
and west of Trachonitis or el-Lejah, ex-
tending from the Jabbok to the territory
of Damascus, Ez. 47, 16. 18. Gr. Aiguri-
tug, 'ſºgonius, Arab. Öº s Hauran, so
called prob. from the multitude of caves
(-in) ſound there, which even at the
present day serve as dwellings for the
inhabitants. See a full description of
this region in Burckhardt's Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 51 sq. 211 sq. 285,291 sq
ºpºrt
Hir
303
* Dºn 1 to haste, to make haste.
Arab. U%l- mid. Ye, to flee hastily.
This root is onomatopoetic, imitating
the sound of rapid and hasty motion,
like Germ. hºwschen, transit. haschen, also
hasten, Hast, helzen, Fngl. to haste, to
Cº -
chase. Kindr. are Arab. Tº i. q. Germ.
hissen, hetzen, to rouse up, to urge on, to
chase, }** id. ex* to rouse, to chase,
intrans, to be Swift, , -º- to fear, Heb.
nor to flee, to take refuge, uiny, thy,
ŚLe, q.v.–Constr. a) Absol. 1 Sam.
20, 38; also i. Q. to come hastily, to ap-
proach speedily, Deut. 32, 35. b) With
infin. and h, to make haste to do any
thing, Ps. 119, 60. Hab. 1,8. Also with
dat of a noun, Ps. 22, 20 nºr "nº
make haste for my help, i. e. to help me.
38, 23. 40, 14. 70, 2. 71, 12; and in the
same sense dat. of pers. Ps. 70, 6 Bºrſºs
* Hujhri O God, make haste for me, help
me quickly. 141, 1. Part, pass. with
active power, plur. Bºr, hasting, hasty,
quick, Num. 32, 17.
2. Trop. a.) Of vehement emotion,
internal haste or ardour. Job 20, 2 nº-yº
*: huàn because of my hasting within
me, i. e. the fervid impulse by which I
am driven. b) Of the passions, appe-
tites, lusts. Ecc. 2, 25 Jan: "ºh bºs" ºn
who doth banquet or who is hasty i. e.
eager therein? i. q. who doth gratify his
appetite, or enjoy the pleasures of life 2
ºn the Mishna it is not unfrequently used
f the feelings of pleasure and of pain.
Syr. -- and -- to feel, to perceive,
* e ſº ry (2 b.
[…. emotion of mind, passion, tº 23.
s
tº e^
lust, Arab. Jºs to feel, whence U.-->
9
and kindr. ãºus, Ethiop. Thºpil feel-
ing, sense. .
Hiph. 1. to hasten, to urge on, Is. 5,
19. 60, 22.
2. i. Q. Kal intrans, to haste, to make
haste, Ps. 55,9. Judg. 20, 37. Job 31, 5
unrº for ujrīrīn; see in r. vºs.
3. Pr. to make haste to flee, i. e. to flee
hastily, Is. 28, 16.
Deriv. ºn and the four following or.
fºſſles.
nºn (haste) Hushah, nr. n. 1 Chr
4,4; see Hryhuj. Patron, "rujan Husha :
thite, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 29. 20, 4
*T (hasting) pr.m. Hushai, David
friend and ally in the war against Absa.
lom, 2 Sam. 15, 32 sq. 16, 16 sq.
Fºr (the hasting) Hushim, pr.n.m.
a) A son of Dan, Gen. 46,23; see brºuj
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 8.11.
Bºn (haste) Husham, pr: n, of a king
of Edom, 1 Chr. 1, 45. Written defect.
Buir Gen. 36, 34, 35.
nºn a spurious root. For ſpºrt, Hab.
2, 17, see r. nnry Hiph. no. 2.
Dºn m. (r. Enri) 1. a seal, signet.
ring, Ex. 28, 11. 21. Job 38, 14. 41, 7.
Jer. 22, 24. al. The Hebrews, like the
Persians of the present day, sometimes
wore their signet-ring suspended upon
the breast by a string, Gen. 38, 18; to
which allusion is made in Cani. 8, 6.
Arab. ºus and **.
2. Hotham, pr. n. m.
b) 11, 44.
9sm and ºsmºn 2 Chr. 22, 6 (whom
God beholds i.e. cares for, r. Tyrº) pr. n.
Hazael, king of Syria, 1 K. 19, 15. 17.
2 K. 8, 9.12. ‘r nº house of Hazael, i. e.
Damascus, Am. 1, 4. Lat. Azelus Jus-
tin. 36. 2.
Sk Hir fut. Hirº, apoc. trip, Mic. 4, 11,
in Pause Tris Job 23, 9; to see, to look,
Engl. to gaze, the common verb in Ara
maean (ii., sir, ºſºti) for Heb,
HS', ; in Heb. mostly poetic, like Engl.
to behold, Germ. schauen, Ps. 46, 9, 58,
9. al.—Spec.
1. to see God, sometimes of the actual
vision of the divine presence, Ex. 24, 11.
Job 19, 26, comp. 38, 1 ; elsewhere spo.
ken of those who worship in the temple
Ps. 63, 3. So to behold the face of God
is metaph. i. Q. to enjoy his favour, to
find lim propitious, the figure being
drawn from the practice of kings, whe
admit to their presence only those whom
they favour, Ps. 11, 7. 17, 15.
2. Spoken espec. and as the usual
word ſor what is presented by a divine
influence to the prophet’s mind, either
in visions properly so called, or in reviº
a) 1 Chr. 7, 32.
Hºn
*In
304
ations, 3racles. Hab. 1, 1 huis Nººr:
n nºr; the oracle which Habakkuk saw,
i. e. which was divinely presented to his
mental vision, revealed to him. Is. 1, 1.
2, 1. 13, 1. Num. 24, 4. Am. 1, 1. Ez. 13,
6 Nºu. Arr; they behold lies, false revela-
tions. Zech. 10,2. With h, to announce
or declare visions or revelations to any
one, Lam. 2, 14 sº tº hiri Ts": thy
prophets announce unto thee lies, false
revelations. Is. 30, 10.
3, to look upon, to gaze upon, to con-
template, c. : Is. 47, 13; espec. with
pleasure, to delight in beholding, to feast
the eyes upon, Ps. 27, 4. Cant. 7, 1. Job
36, 25. Mic. 4, 11. With an acc. to look
upon with favour, to care for ; Ps. 17, 2
let thine eyes look upon the right, i. e.
regard justice. Also to look out for one-
self, to choose, to select, Ex. 18, 21. Is. 57,
8; comp. is HSº Gen. 22, 8.
4. Trop. to see, i.e. to perceive, to earpe-
rience, to feel, mentally; comp. HST no.
3. Job 15, 17. 24, 1. 27, 12. 34, 32. By
a bold metaphor ascribed to the roots
of a plant, which feel the stones, i. e.
meet with, strike upon the stones; Job
8, 17 it (thy root) seeth the stony place.
Deriv. Hir-rairi, 'ſiºn, Hinz, Hyriº,
and the pr. names bºr, bºr, Hyºri,
riºr.
Tº and STT, Chald. to see, c. acc.
Dan. 5, 5.23. 3, 19 run ºn by Hºnº-in
one seven times more than (ever was)
seen. Inf. Nirº Ezra 4, 14. Also ab-
sol. to behold, to look on, Dan. 2, 34. 7,
4. 9. 21.
Tº m. (r. Hyr) the breast of animals,
pr. the part seen, front. Ex. 29, 26. 27.
Lev. 7, 30, 31. Plur. nitri Lev. 9, 20.21.
—Chald. in plur. "Tr; q. v.
TIT. m. (r. Hīrī) 1. a seer, prophet,
a wore, mostly of the silver age of He-
brew, signifying i. Q. Nº.3, 1 Chr. 21, 9.
25, 5. 29, 29.
2. Segolate (like rish Is. 28, 7) and
abstr. i. Q. Thir, no. 3, q.v. pr: a vision ;
then tº league, covenant, agreement, Is.
£8, 15. See Comment on Is I. c.
in (perh. for nitri vision) Hazo, pr.
n. of a son of Naly)r, Gen. 22, 22.
Tº Chald. m. emphat Nºr, plur.
constr. ºrj, a vision, Dan. 2, 28 4, 2.7
7, 7, 13.20. Syr, fellº.
777, m. (r. nºr.) 1. a vision, spoken
of a night-vision or dream, Is. 29, 7
Spec. a vision from God respecting fu
ture events, prophetic vision, Lam. 2, 9
Mic. 3, 6. Ps. 89, 20. Dan. 1, 17.—Hence
2. an oracle, prophecy, Hos. 12, 11,
Hab. 2, 2. 3. Obad. 1. Nah. 1, 1. Col-
lect. Is. 1, 1, where it is for Titri "Ep.
3, a revelation, divine communication
1 Sam. 3, 1. Prov. 29, 18.
nitrº f a vision, revelation, 2 Chr. 9
29. R. Hyr.
mTL Chald, sight, view, prospect,
Dan. 4, 8, 17.
Fºr f Kamets impure, r. nºr.
1. look, appearance, espec. Something
conspicuous, remarkable, comp. Fish?.
Dan. 8, 5 nitri Tºp a horn of appear-
ance, i.e. conspicuous, large. v.8 Hºrº
sans nºr and there came up four con-
spicuous horns; for so the sense seems
to demand, on account of v. 5.
2. a vision, i. e. prophetic, Is. 21, 2.
3. a revelation, revealed law, Is. 29,
11 ; and hence, league, covenant, these
two ideas being kindred in the mind of
the Hebrew, whose whole religion was
a covenant with God, Is. 28, 18, comp.
Flyn v. 15.—Hitzig derives the signif of
covenant from the fact that in making a
covenant the prophets were consulted ;
comp. Tº libation and covenant.
Sk ºr. obsol. root, Arab. is to pierce
through, to transfia', e.g. with an arrow,
Q3 -
§ - to cut in, to perforate, to wound.
Kindred is yºri.-Hence tºr.
bsºr (vision of God) Haziel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 23, 9. R. Hyr.
F.T., (whom Jehovah beholds) Ha-
zaiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 5. R. Hyr.
film (vision) Hezion, pr. m. m. 1 K.
15, 18. R. ngr.
jºr m. (r. Hyr) constr. intri, plur
nºr.
1. a vision, Job 4, 13. 7, 14. 20, 8.
2. a revelation, 2 Sam. 7, 17. Tiºr "y
Is. 22, 5 (comp. v. 1) valley of vision, or
collect. of visions, . e. Jerusalem, as the
*H
pm
305
seat and home of the divine revelations,
comp. Is. 2, 3. Luke 13, 33; perhaps also
in allusion to linxin (whence Sept. Zutºv),
or to nºn?, which latter is explained as
signifying ‘vision of Jehovah,” Gen. 22,2.
2 Chr. 3, 1. The city is situated on the
side of a valley.
"T" or "Tº m. (r. Tyr) pr. arrow,
hence lightning, Zech. 10, 1; more fully
nibp Thtr, thunder-flash Job 28,26.38,25.
"Tº m. a swine Lev. 11, 7. Syr.
ſº-, Arab. * id. with Nun in-
serted; whence is perh. derived the verb
j- to have small eyes or swines’ eyes.
See r. nºr.
nº (swine) Hezir, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
24, 14. Neh. 10, 21 [20].
* PTT. fut, pyrº: 1. to bind fast, to
gird tight, e. g. bands, ligatures. Arab.
Jy- and J-- id. Syr. to gird. Of
the same family are Heb. Tºr, Gr.
toyo, toyiſo, toxic, both in the sense of
adhering and of being strong.—Intrans.
to be bound fast, made tight, Is. 28, 22.
Hence
2. Intrans. to hold fast to anything,
to cleave, to adhere firmly. 2 Sam. 18, 9
nës: ius" pirº and his head caught
fast in the terebinth. Trop. Hºlina 'n to
hold fast to the law, to be zealous in it,
2 Chr. 31, 4. With h c. infin. to persist
in any thing, to be constant, diligent in it,
Deut. 12, 23. Josh. 23, 6. 1 Chr. 28, 7.
3. to make firm, strong, to strengthen.
Verbs of binding, binding together, gird-
ing, are thus transferred also to the idea
of strength, because things are made
firmer and stronger by girding or bind-
ing together; as also persons with their
loins girded feel stronger and more ac-
tive; see the roots Enz, bar, ºn no.
5, -uśp; also the similar Arabic usage
wn Bochart Hieroz, I. p. 514 sq. and
Schultens Opp. Min. p. 101 sq.-Trans.
. Z. 30, 21; hence i. q to help, 2 Chr. 28,
20.-Oftener intrans, to be or become
strong ; spoken of a prosperous people
Josh. 17, 13. Judg. 1, 28; of a famine,
which becomes severe, Gen. 41, 56. 5".
2 K 25, 3. Jer. 52, 6; of a strong and
fixed purpose, will, 2 Sam, 24, 4, 1 Chr.
21, 4. With 7% to be strongeſ than, to
prevail over, 1 Sam. 17, 50; c. By id,
2 Chr. 8, 3, 27, 5; acc. 1 K. 16, 22.
Trop, a) Of bodily health, to grow
strong, to recover, Is. 39, 1. b) Of thi
mind, to be strong, firm, undaunted, a
in the formula Yº Fir (Hom. toxeo)
be strong and of good courage Deut.
31, 23, comp. Dan. 10, 19; also in the
same sense spoken of the hands of any
one, Judg. 7, 11. 2 Sam. 16, 21. Comp.
in bºr ult, c) to be confirmed, establish.
ed, e. g. a kingdom, dominion, 2 K. 14,5.
2 Chr. 25, 3. d) In a bad sense, to be
firm, hardened, obstimate, of the heart,
Ex. 7, 13. 22; comp. Mal. 3, 13.
4. to be strong upon any one, i.e. to be
wrgent, to press wbon, c. 5x Ex. 12, 33.
Ez. 3, 14; acc. Jer. 20, 7.
PIEL pir; 1 Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
bind a girdle around any one, to gird
with two acc. Is. 22, 21; with acc. of the
member girded Nah. 2, 2.
2. to make firm, strong, to strengthen ;
espec. to fortify a city, 2 Chr. 11, 11. 12,
26, 9; to repair ruins, to build anew,
2 K. 12, 8, 9, 13. 15; c. , 1 Chr. 26, 27;
comp. Neh. 3, 19.-Spec. a) to heal, to
cure, comp. Kal no. 3. a. Ez. 34, 4, 16,
b) to strengthen one's hand, i. q. to en-
courage him, Judg. 9, 24. Jer. 23, 14. Job
4, 3, 1 Sam. 23, 16; without 1: id. Deut.
1, 38. Is. 41, 7; with to or for any
thing 2 Chr. 35,2. Tº pºrt to strength-
en one’s own hands, i. q, to take courage,
Neh. 2, 18. c) to help, to assist one
2 Chr. 29, 34. Ezra 6, 22. 1, 6 and all
their neighbours ºp-ºº: Brºnx, pºn
aided them with vessels of silver, etc. i.e.
made them presents. d) In a bad sense,
with 58, to harden one's heart, to make
obstinate, Ex. 4, 21. Yºº pir to harden
one's face, i. e. to be obstinate, perverse,
Jer. 5,3. Ps. 64, 6 ºn ºf ich pºrt, they
are obstimate in wickedness. *
HipH. p"trir. 1. to bind fast to any
thing, i. q to fasten to or upon ; so in
the formula : it pºrn to fasten one's
hand upon any thing, i. e. to lay hold of
to take, comp. Gr. toya, to hold. Gen, 21,
18 in Tºrrs "pºrn fasten thine hand
upon him, i.e. take him, hold him.—So
with tº impl. with 3 of pers, or thing,
to lay hold of, to take, to seize a person
or thing, (comp. Gr. x90tsiy 1 uros,) F. v.
26*
pin
Firſ
306
4, 4 Deut. 22, 25. 25, 11; also c. *
2 Sam. 15, 5; by Job 18, 9; poet. c. acc.
Is. 41, 9. 13. Jer. 6, 23. 24. 8, 21. 50, 43.
Mic. 4, 9 bºr Tºrr, pangs have seiz d
thee, and in the like sense Jer. 49, 24
nFºrr, toº she hath seized on terror.
So in Lat. ignis comprehendit ligna,
and vice versa domus comprehendit ig-
men ; Engl. the fire seizes the house,
and the house takes fire. Comp. Heb.
iris Job 18, 20. 21, 6. Gr. Šzo, see Pas-
sow &0 no. l.b.-Spec. a) i. q to hold
jast, to retain, Ex. 9, 2. Judg. 19, 4.
b) to take in, to hold, as a vessel, 2 Chr.
4, 5, c) to take or get possession of
Dan, 11, 21.
2. to hold fast to any thing, to cleave
unto, e. g. integrity, innocence, with :
of thing, Job 2, 3.9. 27, 6; with by of
pers. Neh. 10, 30.
3. to make firm, strong, e. g. a) Of
buildings, to repair, to rebuild, Neh. 5, 16.
Ez. 27,9. 27. Nah. 3. 14, b) Of persons,
to strengthen Ez. 30, 25. Intrans, to be-
come strong, powerful, (comp. Lat. robur
facere, Ital, far forze,) 2 Chr. 26, 8.
Dan. 11, 32 c) to help, to aid, c. : Lev.
5, 35; comp. pºrº helper Dan. 11, 1,
c. acc. v. 6.
HITHP. 1, to be strengthened, estab-
lished, confirmed, as a new king, 2 Chr.
1, 1. 12, 13. 13, 21. Also to strengthen
oneself, i. e. to collect one's strength,
powers, Gen. 48, 2; to take courage,
2 Chr. 15, 8. 23, 1. 25, 11.
2. to show oneself strong, courageous,
rave, 2 Sam. 10, 12; "ºh against any
one 2 Chr. 13, 7.8.
3. to show oneself strong for any one,
i.e. to help, to aid, with 3, and by 2 Sam.
3, 6. 1 Chr. 11, 10. Dan. 10, 21.
Deriv. the eight following and rºpirº,
»spºrt.
PTT. m. verbal adj. 1, firm, in a bad
sense,hardened, e.g. -º-ºpyri, ris?"płr.
hardened in heart, forehead, i.e. obsti-
nate, pervense, Ez. 2, 4, 3, 7.9, comp.
8.
2. strong, vigorous, Num. 13, 18. Ps.
35, 10. Also powerful Is. 28, 2. Amos 2,
14; and in a bad sense, violent, Job 5, 15.
Freq. is the phrase nºr ºr a strong
hand; spoken of men i. Q. an armed
force Num. 20, 20 coupled with tº be.
Ex. 3, 19. 6, 1; oftener of God, his mighly
power, espec. exerted for the deliverance
of his people, Ex. 13,9. 32, 11. Deut. 3
24. Ps. 136, 12. al.
3. strong, i.e. vehement, violent, e. g.
wind Ex. 10, 19; disease 1 K. 17, 17
famine 1 K. 18, 2. -
Prº adj. strong, powerful, wavina
strong, Ex. 19, 19, 2 Sam. 3, 1. R. pyri.
PIT. m. c. suff: "pºrt, strength, in the
sense of help, aid, Ps. 18, 2. R. pyri.
P!n m. strength, might, Ex. 13, 3. 14
16. Am. 6, 13. R. pyri.
TPTT) pr. infin. fem, of the verb pir,
the being or becoming strong ; as 2 Chr.
12, 1 and 26, 16 irºrº in his becoming
strong, i. e. when he had strengthened
himselſ, had become strong. Is. 8, 11
ºn-rpºra in the being strong of his
hand, i.e. when God's hand was strong
upon me, when his Spirit impelled me;
comp. the verb in Ez. 3, 14. Jer. 20, 7.
Dan. 11, 2 intº inºriº in his being
strong in his wealth, i. e. trusting in his
riches.
TPT) f. (r. pyri) 1. strength, force;
Hºrſ: by force, violently, 1 Sam. 2, 16.
Ez. 34, 4; vehemently, greatly, Judg. 4,
3. 8, 1.
2. a strengthening, repairing, of a
building, 2 K. 12, 13. Comp. the verb
Pi. no. 2.
*PTN (strong) Hizki, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
8, 17.
Hºpfr; and ºn Pºr (for Hºppnº Hos.
1, 1. Is. 1, 1, and this for Hºpin' 'Jeho-
vah strengthens) pr. n. Hezekiah, Gr.
'Eğszlog, Lat. Ezechias. a) A pious king
of Judah 728–699 B.C. 2 K. c. 18–20.
2 Chr. 29, 18 sq. c. 30–32. Is. c. 36–39.
Prov. 25, 1. b) An ancestor of the pro-
phet Zephaniah, supposed by many to
be the same with king Hezekiah, Zeph.
1, 1. c) 1 Chr. 3, 23. d) Neh. 7, 21.
10, 18.
* "Tº obsol, root; Chald. hiri, Syr.
}}..., to return, to go about. Arab. x=
to have small eyes like a swine ; Thut
perhaps this is a denominative.
Deriv, nºr, pr. n. *tri, nºr.
Tº m. (r. nºr) c. suff, ºrn, plur
bºrn Dag. forte impl. Lehrg. § 38. ,
*Hn
Nºn
307
The form is contracted for nerſ, as rlin
for riºn, biz for bºº, etc.
1. a hook, “ing, inserted in the nostrils
of animals, to which a cord was fastened,
in order to drag them about, or subdue
and tame them, 2 K. 19, 28. Is. 37, 29.
Ez. 19, 4, 29, 4, 38, 4. Comp. Job 40,
26, and ruin no. 1.
2. a hook or clasp, according to Kim-
chi, for fastening the garments of fe-
males, Ex. 35, 22. Comp. Fr. 6pingle,
Germ. Spendel, from spinula, see Tacit.
Germ. 17.—Others understand a nose-
ring, elsewhere called by:, see Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 764.
*rīſ; i, q, nr., plur. bºrn Ez. 29, 4
Choth.
*str ſut, stºry, Inf, constr. Rør,
Nior, once iºr Gen. 20, 6; part. Rºin,
also stºn Ecc. 8, 12.
1. Pr, to miss, not to hit the mark,
spoken of an archer, slinger, see Hiph.
in Judg. 20, 16; also of the feet, to
iniss, to make a false step, to stum-
ble and ſall, Prov. 19, 2. The same
35 a -
primary idea lies in Arab. ga- to
miss, opp, GU2 to hit the mark; also
in Gr. &uográvo, spoken of a weapon
Hom. Il. 10.372. ib. 4. 491, of a way Od.
7. 292–So too as opp. 83% to light
upon, to find. Prov. 8, 36 ite; oºn "Nºn
whosoever misseth me (doth not find me)
harmeth his own life, opp. "Nº. v. 35.
Job 5, 24 thou musterest thy pasture
(flocks), stºrir. Nº and missest nought,
nothing is gone, all thy flocks are there.
in this sense corresponds Ethiop. 7??,
not to find, not to have.
2. to sin, i. e. to err from the path of
fight and duty; Syr. Chald. Arab, id.
Job 1, 22. 2, 10. al. saepiss, nNūrī Sūr) to
sin a sin Lev. 4, 3, 28.35. 5, 6, 10. 19, 22.
With h of him towards or against whom
one sins, e. g. Hinº, Ntºr Gen. 20, 6.9.
1 Sam. 2, 25. 7, 6, al. With 3 of pers.
and thing in which one sins, Gen. 42, 22.
Lev. 4, 23. Neh. 9, 29; by Lev. 5, 4.
Num. 6, 11. Neh. 13, 26. Praegn. Lev.
5, 16 Jºn-Tº stºr ºu's ns what he
hath taken sinfully of the holy things,
wº. through ignorance.
3. to sin away any thing, i.e. to forfeit
\y sinning, to incur as penalty, c. acc.
Lev. 5, 7, comp. v. 11. Prov. 20, 2 Nºin
icº; he forfeiteth his own life, i. e. ex:
poses it to danger, comp. Hab. 2, 10.
Gen. 43, 9 if I bring him not again,
"ºx" ºnsºrſ, then will I bear the blame
all my life.
PIEL Nºr 1. to bear the blame or
loss of any thing, to alone for, c. 8 cc,
Gen. 31, 39.—Hence
2. to offer as a sin-offering, as a sacri.
fice of atonement or expiation; Lev. 6,
19 [26] Fºrms Nºrtºn he who offereth it
for sin, as a sin-offering. 9, 15 instºry
and offered it as a sin-offering. Also
3. to make atomement, to earpiate, i. e.
to cleanse by a sacred rite, to purify, i. Q
º, as men Num. 19, 19. Ps. 51, 9; a
building, vessels, etc. Lev. 14,49; c. 2:
Ex. 29, 36. Sept. xix&txgigsty.
HipH. Nºrr, 1. Causat of Kal no.
1, to let miss, not to make hit the mark;
so a slinger Judg. 20, 16. Arab. Conj. IV.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to sin,
to lead into sin, c. acc. Ex. 23, 33. 1 K.
15, 26 bxº~rs stºrin -ºs irstrinº
and in his sin, which he made Israel to
sin, i. e. idolatry, as often. 16, 26. 2 K.
3, 3. 10, 29.
3. to cause to be accused of sin, Deut.
24, 4. Ecc. 5, 5. Also i. q. Shūnn, to
pronounce guilty, to condemn, as before
a tribunal, Is. 29, 21.
Hith P. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to miss one's
way, to lose oneself, spoken of a person
in astonishment and terror missing his
way in precipitate flight, Job 41, 17 [25].
Comp. Schultens Opp. min. p. 94.
2. Reflex. of Piel no. 3, to purify one-
self by a sacred rite, Num. 19, 12 sq. 31.
20.
Deriv. the five ſollowing.
stºr] m. c. suff, *sūrī; plur, Bºstºn,
constr. "Stºr, which latter is from stºr.
1. a sin, fault, Lev. 19, 17. 22,9. H. F.
a stºr, it is sin unto any one, he is guilty
of a sin, Deut. 15, 9,
2. punishment of sin, calamity, Lam.
3, 39.
Stºſ m. (Kamets impure) 1. a sin.
mer, not in the sense in which all are sin
ners, but as wont to sin, Gen. 13, 13. Is
1, 28. Ps. 1, 1.5. al. saep.
2. one held guilty, an offender, 1 K
1, 21.
Nºn
ren
308
"Stºr, f. (r. stºri) 1. a sin, Gen. 20
3. Ps. 32, 1.
2. a sin-offering, Ps. 40, 7.
T&T. f. (r. Nūrī) 1. Fem. of stºn,
a sinner, Am. 9, 8.
2. i. q, rstºn a) a sin Ex. 34, 7.
b) a sin-offering, Ezra 6, 17 Keri. c)
punishment, like nsiºn no. 4, Is. 5, 18.
Fistºr] f once nºr. Num. 15, 24,
constr. nstºn, plur. nister. R. Styr.
1. a miss, misstep, slip of the foot,
Prov. 13, 6.
2. a sin, Gen. 4, 7. Is. 6, 7, al. saep.
Rarely for the habit of sinning, sinful-
ness, Prov. 14, 34. Is. 3, 9.—Meton. of
that in which one sins, the cause or
occasion of sin, as idols, Hos. 10, 8.
Deut. 9, 21; comp. 2 K. 13, 2, nsºr º
water of sin, i.e. of expiation or puri-
fication for sin, Num. 8, 7.
3. a sin-offering, Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4,
1–35. 6, 18. 23. al. On the difference
between it and Bujs, see this latter, no.
3, p. 95. -
4. punishment for sin, Lam.4,6. Zech.
14, 19. Hence for calamity, misfortune,
Is. 40, 2.
sk Eter 1. to cut wood, to hew, Deut.
29, 10 sq. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 2 Chr. 2, 10.
G r ->
Jer. 46, 22. Arab. Jas wood cut or
hewed, Jas to go after wood. Kindr.
is ºr to hew stones; also Exp and the
roots there given.
2. Intrans. like Arab. mid. E, pr. to be
cut with a whip, rod, etc. Hence to be
marked with stripes, to be striped, varie-
gated; comp. Har; no. 3. Arab. Jaé-
to be variegated, versicoloured ; Syr.
tº-ai-º an embroidered garment, pr
striped—Hence Part pass, plur, ni-tºn,
Prov. 7, 16 I have decked my bed with
coverings Bºns? Thes risºn variegated
(striped) with the threadof Egypt; where
riatºr, as adj. is to be referred to Pºlanº.
PUAL pass, of no. 1, to be hewn out,
sculptured, Ps. 144, 12.
riºr see in ºr no. 2.
Fiºr, f. (r. ºr no. 3) wheat, as being
3r o
of a reddish tinge. Alab. late &laie,
Chald. Tºtºn. In the sing, mostly ot
the plant as growing in the fields, Ex
9, 32. Deut. 8, 8. Job 31, 9 Is. 28, 25
Joel 1, 11. But the follow ng formulas
are to be understood of the grain, e. g.
nºr =ºr, fat of wheat Ps, 81, 17, and ºr
Hºri nish: kidney-fat of wheat Deut. 32,
14; for here the ſat denotes the marrow
or flour, farina, uvskoy &régón, and is
also called pººr ºr Ps. 147, 14.
PLUR. Dººr, wheat, i.e. the grains, col-
lect, the grain. Sing. Ton of a single
grain, Mishna Chelaim 1. § 9. Hence
tºwn sº Jer. 12, 13; bºr -ºsp Gen.
30, 14. Judg. 15, 1 ; bºr ujhri 1 Chr.
21, 20; Enter - 2 Chr. 27, 5. By
Chaldaism Tºr Ez. 4, 9.
thtºn (prob. assembled, r. ººri) Hat.
tush, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 22. Ezra 8,
2. b) Neh. 3, 10. c) Neh. 10, 5, 12, 2.
Sk ter obsol. root, Aram. -** to dig,
& -
to explore, Arab, lºs to cut in, to write.
—Hence pr. n. Stºri.
"tº Chald. m. a sin, c. suff mºn
Dan. 4, 24. R. Stºr, i. q. Heb. stºry.
Tºm Chald, i. q. Heb. Hsiºn, a sin.
offering, Ezra 6, 17 Cheth. R. Rºr.
Stºtº (a digging, exploring) Hatita,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2,42, Neh. 7,45. R. Totºr.
ºntºr, (wavering) Hattil, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 57. Neh. 7, 59. R. bºr.
Sºtº (seized, captive) Halipha, pr
n. m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 56. R. Fºr;,
Sk ber obsol. root, Arab. Jas to be
pendulous, loose, to wave to and fro;
kindr. hºr. Hence pr. n. 9°tºr.
Sk tº
nºr to muzzle an animal; Arab,
3, ..~ -
rºla- whence rua- a muzzle. Kindr.
are cor, psy, also Enri; comp. on the
signif. of the syllables ET, tºo, En,
what is said in the note under art. 527.
Of a kindred power with this root are
Lat. domare, Germ. dimmen, 2wdām-
men, zähmen, Engl. to tame.—Metaph
Is. 48, 9 ºrpºrs pr. I muzzle (myse'f
towards thee, i.e. refrain myself.
>k nºr ſut. Fibrº, i. q. Frri, to catch
to seize, to make captive, Judg. 21 21. Is
-ºr
Tºri
309
10,9 bis. Aram. -a-, Arab. —ila-id.
—Hence pr. m. Sºnºr.
× -er obsol. root, to wave, to bran-
dish a rod, spear, etc. to wag the tail;
Arab. /*. Kindr. are the roots bºr,
}
Jºlas, JJae, and others, whose pri-
mary syllable is dal, tal, sal, implying
the idea of being pendulous, or waving,
or swinging to and fro; see under bº
p, 225. Hence
mºn m. a rod, i.e. slender and flexi-
ble, Prov. 14, 3; a shoot, twig, Is. 11, 1.
Arab." := twig, branch, Syr. frºë.
a staff, rod. Samar. *AWA; , Aleph and
(Heth being interchanged.
>k tº obsol. root, perh. i. g. U.K.-
to gather together, to assemble, as a peo-
ple.—Hence pr. n. Uhtºn.
ºr constr. ºr, ſem. riºr ; plur, thºr,
ſem. niºr. R. ºri.
A) Adj. 1. alive, living, Gen. 43, 7
ºn tºº “ſixn is your father yet alive 2
v. 27. 28.45, 3.20. 46, 30, ºn-b; all
living, every living thing, Gen. 6, 19, 8,
21. Job 12, 10; espec. all men, every
man, Gen. 3, 20. Ps. 143, 2. Plur. Fºr
living, alive, Num, 16, 30.33; and with-
out subst, the living, Ecc. 4, 2. 15. 6, 8.
Is. 8,20, bºr. Tº the land of the living,
opp. Sheol, Ps. 27, 13. Is. 53, 8. Ez. 26,
20; c. art. Bºrn 's Ps. 142, 6. Job 38,
13.--Very often of God, who is called by
ºn the living God, i. e. eternal, efficient,
true, (opp. to dead idols Ps. 106, 28.)
Josh. 3, 10. Hos. 2, 1; ºr, Bºrbs 2 K.
19, 4, 16; comp. 1 Thess. 1, 9, -ºn:
Bºisri by the living forever, i. e. God,
Dan. 12, 7. So in the usual formula of
an oath: Hinº ºr living is Jehovah, i.e.
as Jehovah liveth, Ruth 3, 13. 1 Sam.
14, 45. 2 Sam. 4, 9; Enrºsſ ºr 2 Sam.
2, 27; poet. bs ºn Job 27,3; also º ºr
us I live, where Jehovah himself speaks,
Num. 14, 21. 28. Is. 49, 18. Jer. 22, 24.
Ez. 5, 11, 14, 16, 18; so Deut. 32, 40.
Without oath, Ps. 18, 47. 2 Sam. 22, 47.
2. lively, vigorous, strong, 2 Sam. 23,
20 Cheth, in Keri ºr 5-s; comp. Hyn.
Also flourishing, prosperous, 1 Sam. 25, 6.
3. living again, reviving ; whence
metaph. Hºn rx: Gen. 18, 10. 14.2 K.
4, 16, 17, with the reviving year, i. e. the
coming spring, when the winter shall
be past and nature revives; ſtegutkowi.
vov čvuo, vºtov Od. 11. 247.
4. live, fresh, raw, of flesh, 1 Sam.
2, 15. Lev. 13, 14 sq.
5. living, fresh, e.g. of a plant, green,
not dry, Ps. 58, 10; of flowing water as
opp. to stagnant and putrid, which latter
is called in Arab. <!" U.J. dead wa-
ter, Gen. 26, 19. Lev. 14, 5. 20.
B) Subst. life, Lev. 25, 36. 1 Sam.
25, 6 ºri. H. Erinos, and thus shall ye
say : For life, a form of salutation, Lat.
salve ; ºr: in pause for "riº. Often in
the formula of an oath by things other
than God; in the accus. as Hyne ºr by
the life of Pharaoh Gen. 42, 15. 16; ºr
Fujº by the life of thy soul, by thy life.
1 Sam. 1, 26. 17, 55. Am. 8, 14. The
name Jehovah in the like formula is
preceded by "ri, see in A. no. 1; whence
Tºjº ºr nin' ºn 1 Sam. 20, 3, 25, 26
—Far more usual in this sense is the
PLUR. Dº!, once ºr Job 24, 22, life,
Gen. 2, 7. 3, 14. 15. 7, 15. al. Gººn ran
breath of life Gen. 6, 17; bºr -ºº book
of life, Ps. 69,29; bºrn Yy tree of life,
i.e. of long life, 980sizékos, of immortal-
ity, Gen. 2, 9, comp. 3, 22. 24.—Hence
a) living, sustenance, Élog, Prov. 27, 27.
b) refreshment, recreation, Prov. 3, 22.
4, 22. c) welfare, prosperity, happiness,
Ps. 34, 13. Prov. 4, 22. 23. 12, 28. 13, 14.
14, 27. Dºn Ths the way of life, of hap.
piness, Prov. 2, 19. 5, 6. Comp. Syr. ix.
Luke 3, 6, 19, 9, for Gr. 901 mgio.
"I Chald, emph. Sºri, plur. Tºri.
1. Adj. alive, living, Dan. 4, 31, 6, 21.
27. Plur. the living, Dan. 2, 30. 4, 14.
2. Subst. in plur. Tºri, life, Ezra 6.
10. Dan. 7, 12.
28-ri (perh, for bºrº God liveth)
Hiel, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16, 34.
Tº f. pr. something entangled in-
tricate ; see r. Tºri, espec. no. 2; comp,
Dan. 5, 12.—Hence w
1. trick, stratagem, Dan. 8, 23.
2. intricate speech, a riddle, enigma,
1 K, 10, 1; comp. Hyºn. To propose
a riddle is expressed by Thn q. v. tº
solve a riddle by "An Judg. 14, 14.
3. ... q. Bujº, a sententious saying
Hºrſ
Fºr
310
marim, Prov 1, 6; a parable Ez. 17,2;
a poem, song, Ps. 49, 5.78, 2, comp. Hab.
2, 6; an oracle, vision, Num. 12, 8.
Sk Hºn. inf absol. Hºr: Ez. 18, 9 and
iºr; 3, 21. 18, 28; inf. constr. c. suff.
priºr Josh. 5,8, with pref nitrº Ez. 33,
12; Imp. with pref nºr. Gen. 20, 7,
plur. *rī; 42, 18; Fut. Hyriº, apoc. ºr,
ºr.
1. to live, the usual and frequent word.
Arab tº , which form is also in Heb.
see ºr ; Eth. ſhip(D, Syr. i- id.
The primary idea is that of breathing,
as the manifestation of animal life, comp.
UE; ; and its more ancient form is n\r.
q. v. The same origin belongs to the
Gr. 60, £60, kindr. with &w, &nut, to
breathe, and used by AEschylus also of
the winds as breathing, blowing ; comp.
Passow in Ǻw.—Construed: a) With
acc. of time, Gen. 5, 3 and Adam lived
a hundred and thirty years. 11, 11 sq.
b) With 3 of place Lam. 4, 20; also of
ti,at on or from which one lives 2 K. 4,
7; and of that by which one lives and
prospers Hab. 2, 4, c) With by, to live
on any thing, see by 1. a. s.--Further,
nºr to live is also put: aa) i. q to live
well, to prosper, to thrive, Deut. 8, 1.30,
16. Neh. 9, 29. Thºr: "rº let the king
live, prosper, flourish, 1 Sam. 10, 24, 2
Sam. 16, 16. tºnah ºr let your heart
live, i. e. be lively, cheerful, joyful, Ps.
22, 27. 69, 33. bb) to live, to be pre-
served alive, Josh. 6, 17. Num. 14, 38.
Espec. in the formula ºr nºr my
soul liveth, I remain alive, Gen. 12, 13.
19, 20. Is. 55, 3. Jer. 38, 17. 20. Contra,
Hyrº Nº he shall not live, he shall die,
Gen. 31, 32. Ex. 19, 13. Zech. 13, 3, 2
K. 20, 1.
2. to live again, to revive, Job 14, 14.
Ez. 37, 5 sq. 1 K. 17, 22. Hence a)
tº become well, to recover one’s health,
Gen. 20, 7. Josh. 5, 8; with 7% of dis-
ease, 2 K. 1, 2, 8, 8. b) to recover, to
revive, spoken of one overcome with
grief or fatigue, Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15,
19.
Piel, riºr 1. to make live, to give life
to any one, Job 33, 4. A woman is said
to make live or to quicken the seed of a
man, when she conceives by him, Gen.
19, 32.34; and in like manner Hos. 14
8 : *rī, they shall quicken the corn,
make it live and flourish, sc. in the de
serted land, by tilling and sowing the
fields anew. Metaph. Hab. 3, 2 Jeho.
vah, let thy work live, i.e. accomplish it,
complete it. Also to make live prosper-
ously, to make prosper, to give life and
prosperity to any one, Ecc. 7, 12. Job
36, 6. Ps. 119, 156.
2. i. q. to preserve alive, to let live
comp. Kal no. 1. bb. Gen. 12, 12. Ex. 1,
17. Ps. 40, 3, 138, 7; 'E tº riºr id. I
K. 20, 31. Ps. 22, 30. Sº riºr to pre-
serve seed Gen. 7, 3. "F: Fºr to keep
cattle, lit. to keep them alive, Is. 7, 21.
3. i. q. to revive, to bring to life again.
to restore to life, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ps. 30, 4
Deut. 32, 39. Hence to revive, to com.
fort, to refresh, Ps. 71, 20. 85, 7, Trop
to revive a city, i.e. to rebuild, to repair,
1 Chr. 11,8. Neh. 3,34 pºst-rs hºrrºr
will they revive the stones again 2 i.e.
again build them up. So Syr. 3.5 sus.
citare ruinas.
HipH. nºr; 1. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pre-
serve alive, to let live, Gen. 6, 19. 20
with UE: Gen. 19, 19; to save one's life,
i. e. to preserve from death, Gen. 47, 25.
50, 20; c. , 45, 7. Also, to permit to
live, to grant one's life, Josh. 6, 25. 14,
10. 2 Sam. 8, 2.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 3, to restore to life, 2 K.
5, 7, 8, 1. 5.
Deriv. Hyr, Hºnº, and pr. n. *S*r
Hºrn, bsºn.
T.I., and Nº Chald, id. Dan. 2, 4
ºr. Tº sº? O king, live for ever !
a form of salutation towards a king. 3, 9.
5, 10. 6, 7, 22. Comp. Neh. 2, 3 ºr
Hyrº Bhish. 1 K. 1, 31.
APH. Part. Nº saving alive, preserv-
ing alive, Dan. 5, 19. Comp. Syr. i.e.
Tº adj. plur. ſ. nihri, lively, vigorous,
strong, Ex. 1, 19. See ºr no. 2. R. nºr.
ºf constr. nºr and poet. inºr wav
parag. Gen. 1, 24. Ps. 50, 10. 79, 2. 104
11, comp. Heb. Gram. $88, 3. b ; c. suff,
inºr Is. 40, 16; pr. fem. of adj. ºr, i. e.
living, where see ; then as subst. living
thing. Hence
1. an animal, beast, e. g. ryº nºr a
ravenous boast Gen. 37,20.3%. Plur, niºr
*r
bºr
311
Ps. 104, 25. Is. 35, 8. Ez. 1, 5; rºp nºr
the beast of the reeds, i. e. the crocodile,
Ps. 68, 31.
nºn-B; every living thing, al. beasts,
Gen. 8, 19.9, 5. Lev. 11,46. The word
is thus used: a) In the widest sense, of
all kinds of beasts, including also aqua-
tic animals, Lev. l. c. b) Oftener of
quadrupeds, as opp. to birds, Gen. 1, 30.
2, 19, 8, 19. 9, 2. Lev. 11, 2.27. 17, 3. Is.
43, 1 c) Oſwild animals, as opp. to tame
cattle (nºna) Gen. 1,25. 2,20. 7, 14.21.
8, 1. 9, 10; spec. of wild beasts, where it
is sometimes more fully riºr nºr Ex.
23, 11. Lev. 26, 22. Deut. 7, 22. Hos.
2, 14. 13, 8. Jer. 12, 9. Ez. 33, 27; also
Hyn Hºri collect. Ez. 14, 14, 34, 25.
*ix-inºr gregarious animals, Zeph. 2,
14. Arab. &s denotes spec. a serpent.
2. Collect. pr: the living ; hence a
band of men, troop, 2 Sam. 23, 11. 13.
Poet. a people Ps. 68, 11; and so Ps.
74, 19 Tin GE: nºrth ºn-bs deliver
Qot over to the bloody-minded troop thy
wrtle-dove, where tº signifies a desire
of slaughter and vengeance; see UE:
uo. 3.
3. life, but only poetic, i. q. Bºri, Job
33, 18.22.28. Ps. 143, 3. So in nºr ujº,
c. art. Hºrn tº E3, animal of life, i. e.
living animal, see tº no. 4.—Life is
also put for vigour, strength, Is. 57, 10
nRyº T1: nºr thou findest yet strength
in thy hand.—Hence
4. i. q, tº no. 2, life, vital spirit, ani-
ma, to which is ascribed hunger, thirst,
loathing, Job 33, 20. Hºri s㺠Job 38,
39 i. q. EE: sº, to fill the spirit, i. e. to
satisfy, to satiate.
Nyºn, Tºrº Dan. 7, 5, Chald. f. emph.
snºr, sºn, an animal, beast, Dan. 4,
12 sq. 7, 3.12. 17. It is for Hºrſ, the
foubic Yoi being changed into "".
nºr f life, 2 Sam. 20, 3. R. ºri.
>k *r i. q. Hºrſ, to live, a verb of the
fºrm sº, like Arab. g- Here belongs
s erast, ºr, Gen. 5,5-n-nºs ºs º-bz
at the days of Adam, which he lived. 3,
22 pºish ºr bes, lest he eat and live
for ever. Num. 21, 8.-From these are
wo be distinguished the passages in which
Oftener in the Sing. collect.
"n is an adjective, as ºn tº list, is
Ayour father yet alive? Gen. 43, 7.
Deriv. ºr, nºr, nººn.
ºr see ban.
ºn m. also ºr Is. 36, 2. Job 20, 18
constr. Pºri, c. suff, ºr, plur. Bºr,
R. bºr, no. 5.
1. strength, might, valour, Prov. 31, 3
Zech. 4, 6; espec. in war, Ps. 18, 33.40.
33, 16. ºr rºy to display valour, to do
valiantly, Num, 24, 18. Ps, 60, 14. "ujºs
ºr men of valour, valiant men, Judg. 3,
29. 1 Sam. 31, 12; metaph. Is, 5, 22;
Pºri ºil id. 2 Sam. 2, 7, 13, 28.—Hence
2. forces, a host, army, Ex. 14,28. 1 K.
20, 25. Pºrir "tº captain or leader
of the host, 2 Sam. 24, 2, ºr "gº,
ºn "tºs, men of the host, men of war, sol-
diers, Deut. 3, 18. 1 Sam. 14, 52. Ps. 110,
3 ºr Birž in the day of thy warfare.
i.e. of thy warlike expedition, campaign.
3. ability, i. q. Substance, wealth, riches
Gen. 34, 29. Job 20, 15. Is. 8, 5. Jer. 15,
13. Zeph. 1, 13. al. ºr nº to get
riches, to acquire wealth, Deut. 8, 17.18
Ruth 4, 11. Prov. 31, 29. bºr, ºnina 2 K
15, 20.
4. Trop. moral strength, good quality,
integrity, virtue, ºr "u"-s active, capa-
ble men Gen. 47, 6. Ex. 18, 21.25. nu}s
hºr a capable woman, well qualified for
her station, Ruth 3, 11. Prov. 12, 4, 31,
10. bºri-ji, an honest man I K. 1, 52.
5. strength of a tree, poet, for its fruit,
Joel 2, 22; comp. Tº Job 31, 39.
ºr Chald. m.
Dan. 3, 4.
2. forces, a host, army, Dan. 3,20. 4,32.
ºr and ºr m. strictly i. q. ºr .
Spec. -
1. a host, army, 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 36, 2.
Once ºr Obad. 20; also Ps. 10, 10 Ker-,
where thºs: -ºn may be rendered the
host of the afflicted but it is better to
follow the Chethibh, see Hºhn.
2. fortification, intrenchment, espec.
the exterior low wall or rampart which
surrounds and covers the trench, 2 Sam.
20, 15. Is. 26, 1. Nah. 3, 8. Lam. 2, 8.
Comp. 1 K. 21, 23. Ps. 48, 14. 122, 7
Sept. 190teizuouo, Tegitsuyog, Vulg. an-
temurale.—In the Talmud bºn is the ex-
terior space surrounding the wall of the
temple; see Lightfoot Opp. T. II. p. 193
1. strength, valour,
bºr
Flºr
312
ºr m. also once ºr f. Job 6, 10.
1. pain, pang, espec. of childbirth,
Ps. 48, 7. Jer, 6, 24, 22, 23. Mich. 4, 9.
R. bar no. 3.
2. trembling, terror, Ex. 15, 14. R.
blin no. 4.
fºr Ps. 48,14, according to the com-
mon reading i. q. bºr no. 2; but Sept.
Vulg. Syr. Chald. Jerome, and 18 Mss.
read with Mappik Pººr, from ºr q. v.
no. 2, and this is to be preferred.
ºn 2 Sam. 10, 16, and psºri v. 17,
Helam, pr. m. of a city near the Euphra-
tes, where David gained a victory over
Hadadezer. R. Bhn, subst, bºr.
fºr Hilen, pr.m. ofa city ofthe priests,
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 6, 43 [58].
Written also bri Holon, Josh. 21, 15. al.
7"T. m. (r. ºrj) i. q, r, grace, beauty;
Job 41, 4 [12] 2 is "r the beauty of his
trappings, armature, i.e. of the croco-
dile. The form is contr. for lºrſ, as
ū’s for tºs, bºx for b32. g
Yºr] m. (r. Yūn) a wall, side of a
house, Ez. 13, 10. Arab. laals id.
Tix.ºr, adj. (r. Yan) f. Hisºr, outer,
eacterior, Ez. 10, 5, 40, 17. 31. Hence
civil, as opp. to sacred, 1 Chr. 26, 29;
comp. Neh. 11, 16. Tix"nº without, on
the outside, 1 K. 6, 29, 30.
Pººl m. rarely Prº Prov. 17, 23, c. suff.
"pºri Ps. 35, 13, and "prl Job 19, 27. R.
phr q.v.
1. bosom of a garment, Ex. 4, 6.7.
Prov. 6, 27. 16, 33, priz, Trú a present
in the bosom, i. e. given secretly, Prov.
21, 14; comp. 17, 23. Comp. Lat. sinum
laarare v. earpedire, spoken of a person
expecting a gift, see Senec. Epist. 119.
Thyest. 430.
2. bosom of a person, as pºrº Reu, to
lie in the bosom, e.g. of a wife 1 K. 1, 2.
Mic. 7, 5; of a mother 1 K. 3, 20, spoken
ofa child; comp. Ruth 4,16. Hence of the
tenderest conjugal affection, Flººr nugs
the wife of thy bosom, the object of thy
ove, Deut. 13, 7. 28, 54, comp. 56. Pºu.
Pºrt-bs Jer. 32, 18, 'e p-n-bs sºuri Ps.
79,12, to repay or restore into one's bosom,
o requite, (as God the actions of men,)
q. elsewhere tº avºr, Judg. 9, 57.
1 Sam. 25, 39. Joel 4, 7. Comp, the simu
lar Arabic phrase 8 y- & °) ‘redit in
jugulum alicujus,’ Hist. Tim. T.I. p. 30
Mang.—Spoken of the internal bosom
the breast, mind, Job 19, 27. Ecc. 7, 9.
3. Metaph. the bosom of a chariot, the
inside, hollow part, 1 K. 22,35; the bosom
of an altar, the cavity or hollow in the
hearth, where the fire is kept burning,
Ez. 43, 13.
Tºr (noble birth, r. ºrj) Hirah, pr.
m. m. Gen. 38, 1.12.
by r, and phºn see bºn.
>k tºr i. q. ºn, to hasten, to make
haste, imper. Hºri Ps. 71, 12, Cheth.
Hence
tºr adv. hastily, soon, Ps. 90, 10.
ºn m. (r. Tºri) c. suff, ºr, the palate,
together with the corresponding lowel
part of the mouth, the inside mouth, the
jaws, like bºnpº . Arab. & the pal-
ate and corresponding lower part of the
mouth, beak, Syr. tal. palate.—Hence
Job 20, 13 iºn Tina in the midst of his
mouth. 33, 2. Spec. a.) As the organ
of taste, Job 12, 11, comp. 6, 30. Ps. 119,
103. b) As an organ of speech, Prov.
8, 7 ºr Härt; nº "z for my mouth (pal-
ate) speaketh truth. Job 31, 30 nor have
I suffered my mouth (palate) to sin ;
comp. Hos. 8, 1 the trumpet to the mouth /
Comp. Hºrſ.-In Cant. 7, 11, palate
seems put by way of delicacy for the
moisture which accompanies a kiss,
comp. 5, 16. Lette ad Amrulk. Moall.
p. 180: See fully in adj. Tº no. 1.
Sk Hºr to look, to look out ; hence with
* to look for, to wait for, to desire. In
Kal once Part. constr. is "air those who
wait for him Is. 30, 18.—More usual in
Piel Härl id. 2 K. 7, 9; c. acc. et
Job 32,4; espec. Hinº riºr to wait (ful,
of hope and confidence) for Jehovah, Ps.
33, 20. Is. 8, 17. With infin. and B, Is.
30, 18 bºrº *: Hºn. º and therefore
Jehovah waiteth, that he may be gracious
wnto you, he desires nothing more than
to favour you again, and therefore he
delays punishment. In the parallel mem
ber is thin, he doth arise sc, in order to
do this or that, which thus comes nea
Hºr
Dºn
313
o the Arab. -l, i. q &gsys~901,–Inf.
n the Chald. manner, ºr Hos. 6, 9.
ºn f(r. Tºri) a hook, angle, so called
as contracting the mouth of a fish, etc.
Job 40, 25. Is. 19, 8.
ºr (darksome) Hachilah, pr. n.of
a hill near the desert of Ziph, 1 Sam. 23,
19. 26, 1.3. R. ber.
pºſſ Chald, adj. wise Dan. 2,21; spec.
a wise man, magus, magician, Dan. 2, 12
sq. 4, 3, 5, 7.8. R. perſ.
Sk bºr obsol. root, to be dark, black ;
kindr, with brº, and spoken in the de-
rivatives of the dark flashing eyes of a
person excited with wine : a) In a
good sense Gen. 49, 12; see ****r.
b) In a bad sense and referring to the
fierceness arising from intoxication, Prov.
23, 29; see nºr. See Thesaur.
App.
Deriv. the three following:
ºr (whose eyes Jehovah enlivens)
pr. m. m. Hachaliah, Neh. 10, 2.
*>n adj. dark, dark-flashing, spo-
ken of the eye, see r. bar. Gen. 49, 12
Tº bºx ºr his eyes darkly flash-
ing from wine, implying abundance of
wine; dark eyes are here contrasted
with white teeth. Aquila well xotózogot
satiated with colour, dark; Sept. 2090-
motol.
nºr f. Prov. 23, 29 bºy nº-hin
dark flashing of the eyes, fierceness, as
arising from intoxication. See r. ber.
>k Ber fut. Early, to be or become wise,
to act wisely, Prov. 6, 6. 23, 19. Ecc. 2,
19, 1 K. 4, 31. Job 32,9. al. Arab &
e 9 G * g
to judge, to govern, KXs judgment,
9 2. $ 2. --
Rºs and ºus a judge; Aram. to
know, rarely to be wise. -
PIEL to make wise, to teach wisdom,
Job 35, 11. Ps. 105, 22.
PUAL part. made wise, i. e. taught
wisdom, wise, Prov. 30, 24; of a magi-
tian, Ps. 58, 6.
HipH. i. q. Pi. Ps. 19, 8.
HITHP. 1. to be wise in 2-we's own eyes,
Ecc. 7, 16.
2. to show oneself wise, i.e. cunning ;
with h to outwit, to deceive, Ex. 1, 1.
Comp. Gr. oopóg cunning.
Deriv. the six following, and Chald
bºzn.
PPT, adj. 1. q. Gr. oopós, wise—Spec
1. knowing, skilful, skilled in the arts,
Is. 3, 3. 40, 20. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 12; more
fully ah-eer. Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 35, 10. 36.
1. 2. 8. Comp. Hom. sióviot Trgoſtiósg.
Jer, 10, 9 pººr Hºyº the work of skil-
ful artisans. 9, 16 (rººp) niºr, i. e.
mourning women skilled in lamenta-
tion.
2. wise, i. e. intelligent, qigóvuos, sen-
sible, judicious, endued with reason and
using it, Deut. 4, 6. 32, 6. Prov. 10, 1.
13, 1. Hos. 14, 10. Often coupled with
jiaº Deut. Il. c.c. and opp. 93: ibid. Bºys,
bºb: Prov. 17, 28. Ecc. 6, 8. Also sa-
gacious, Shrewd, never at a loss, 2 Sam.
13, 3. Jer. 18, 18. Is. 19, 11. 29, 14; wise
from the experience of life and human
affairs Prov. 1, 6. Ecc. 12, 11 ; also skill-
ed in divine things Gen. 41, 8; and
hence spoken of magicians and enchant-
ers Ex. 7, 11 ; comp. Chald. Dººrſ. Fur-
ther, skilful to judge, wise in judging,
1 K. 2, 9; and hence cunning, artful, 2
Sam. 13, 3. Job 5, 13; firm and constant
in mind, consistent, Is. 31, 2.-The wide
circle of virtues and mental endowments
which the Hebrews comprised under
this word, is best gathered from the his-
tory and character of those whose wis.
dom became proverbial among the He-
brews, e.g. Solomon 1 K. 5, 9 sq. Daniel
Ez. 28, 3; the Egyptians 1 K. l. c.
Thus the wisdom of Solomon is mani-
fested in his acute judgment 1 K. 3, 16
sq. 10, 1 sq. in his knowledge of very
many objects, espec. of nature 5, 13; in
the multitude of verses and sentences
which he either composed himself or
retained in his memory 5, 12. Prov. 1, 1;
in a right judgment as to human affairs,
etc. Elsewhere wisdom also includes
skill in civil matters, Is. 19, 11 ; the fa-
culty of prophesying, and interpreting
dreams, Dan. 5, 11 ; and the art of en-
chantment and magic, Ex. 7, 11. A
higher and more enlightened wisdom is
ascribed to angels, 2 Sam. 14, 20; to
God, Job 9, 4, 28, 1 sq.-The seat of
wisdom is placed in the heart; hence
27
ºr,
-bn
314,
often tºr; sº Prov. 16, 23, and 5% per
11, 29, 16, 21.—Plur. Enzººr wise men,
magi, magicians, Ecc. 9, 17. Gen. 41, 8.
Jer, 50, 35. Esth. 1, 13.
Tº f. (r. per) 1. skill in an art,
deacterity, Ex. 28, 3. 31, 6. 36, 1.2.
2. wisdom, for the notion and extent
of which, see in ºr no. 2. Job 11, 6.
12, 2. 12. 15, 8, 26, 3. 20, 18. It com-
prises various learning Dan. 1, 17; also
reverence and piety towards God Job
28, 28; is attributed to a leader Deut.
34, 9; to a king Is. 11, 2; and in a
higher and more perfect sense to God,
Job 12, 13. 28, 12 sq.
Tºm Chald, id. Dan. 2, 20.
*ºn (wise) Hach moni, pr. m. m. 1
Chr. 11, 11. 27, 32.
moºr, f sing. (perh, for nºr) wis-
dom; constr. with sing. Prov. 9, 1, comp.
14, 1; perh. Prov. 1, 20, where however
nºr can also be plural. With plur.
Prov. 24, 7. Elsewhere only once, Ps.
49, 4. R. Perl.
nºr] id, with sing. Prov. 14, 1.
ºr see bºr.
ºn m. witholy, profane, common, opp.
to holy, consecrated, Lev. 10, 10. 1 Sam.
21, 5.6. R. bºr Pi. no. 3.
>k sºn to rub, to wear away, then to
be sick, i. q. Her no. 2, 3. Once fut.
sºriº 2 Chr. 16, 12.
Deriv. Nºbrº, and
Tsºn f 1, rust, on a brazen pot,
Ez. 24, 6. 11. 12.-Prob. pr. external
disease, scab, leprosy of metal. Arab.
B -
Qs is spoken of pustules on the lips,
on eruption.
2. Helah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 4, 5, 7.
pºsºr, see ºn.
asºn see thºr.
>k =}r obsol. root, to be fat. The pri-
mary idea lies in the smoothness and
slipperiness of ſat things; corresponding
are Gr. Altº, Autów, Aurów, &Aslipo, Lat.
ſippus-Hence pr. n. Bºris, and the five
here following.
Fºr m. c. art. =}rri, constr. ºr (as
if from sºr), c. suff, "aºri, milk, i.e. new
milk, different from HSºr, and so called
from its fatness, Gen. 18, 8.49, 12. Prov.
27, 27. Is. 7, 22. Yet in 1 Sam. 17, 18
it seems to be for curdled milk; see in
yººr. For the phrase ºr nº Yºs
tº see under art. ant. Poet. to suck
the milk of nations, i. q, to make their
riches one's own, to get possession of
their wealth, Is. 60, 16.—Arab. Jºſs,
J-ºks id. whence Jºs to milk, Eth.
ſhA.'ſ] milk. f
Fºr m. also ºr Is. 34, 6, c. suff
inºr ; plur. Bºri, constr. ºr Gen.
4, 4.
1. fat, fatness, of victims Lev. 3, 3.4.
9. 10. 15 sq. Is. 1, 11; of persons Judg.
3, 22. 2 Sam. 1, 22. Job 15, 27. Plur.
Gen. 4, 4. Lev. 8, 26. 10, 15.-Metaph.
a) For the best, richest part of any thing,
as Yºst ºn the fat of the land, i. e. its
best fruits, richest productions, Gen. 45,
18; nºn abri Ps, 81, 17, and pººr ºr
147, 14, the fat of wheat; also ninhº ºr
nºr Deut. 32, 14 (comp. Is. 34, 6) the
kidney-fat of wheat, i.e. the finest wheat,
the finest flour. b) For a fat heart,
i.e. covered thick with fat, and there-
fore torpid, dull, unfeeling, Ps. 17, 10;
comp. Ps, 73, 7; also Gr. toxic, Lat.
pinguis, for dull, stupid. Some have
9 9.
here compared Arab. Jºë pericar
dium ; but this seems rather to be so
called from its fatness; although under
the root J- the Arabs comprise al-
most every thing.
2. Heleb, pr. m. of one of David's mili-
tary chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 29; for which 1
Chr. 11, 30 ºr, and also 1 Chr. 27, 15
nºr.
nºr (fatness, fertile region) Helbah,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Asher,
Judg. 1, 31. R. abri.
Tºr (fat, fertile) Holbon, pr. m. of a
Syrian city, celebrated for its wine, Ez.
27, 18; Gr. XoAvédiv. On its excellent
wine, see Strabo XV. p. 1068 (al. 735)
The city is famous in Arabian history in
ſº 2°
the middle ages, under the name Js
Haleb, now Aleppo; see Freytag His
Halebi. Bochart Hieroz. I. 543. Abu.
-bn
Hºbn
315
"eda Syria, p. 118. Golius ad Alferga-
num p. 270 sq.-J. D. Michaelis, Sup-
plem. p. 748 sq. conjectures without
sufficient ground that the city Kennes-
rin, or Old Aleppo, is to be understood.
Tºr, f galbanum, Gr. Zºflºwn, a
gum of a strong odour, flowing from the
ferula galbanifera, which grows in Syria
and Arabia, Bubon galbanum. Linn.
Ex. 30, 34. Syr. Lasa, gum. Comp.
Celsii Hierob. T. I. p. 267.
•-ºn a root not in use, pr. to be
smooth, slippery ; then also of smooth
and Swift motion, to glide, to slip away,
to fleet; kindr. with abr, ºr, Flºri, Tº.
See Thesaur. p. 474.
Deriv. the five following.
+ºn m. in pause ºr 1. life, as fleet-
ing and transient, Ps. 39, 6. 89, 48. Job
11, 17.
2. this world, as fleeting, transient,
vain, Ps. 49, 2. 17, 14.
+ºn pr. n. See sºn no. 2.
Tºn m. a weasel, Lev. 11, 29. So
called from its swift gliding motion, or
from its gliding into holes; comp. Syr.
rS. insinuavit se. So Sept. Vulg. Targ.
Jon. and so Talmud. Hºbºr a weasel. –
o P. G 2 ſº e
Syr, it Sea, and Arab. &Ji- signify a
mole.
nºr (weasel) Huldah, pr. n. of a
prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22.
ºr (worldly, see ºr no.2) Heldai,
pr. m. m. a.) See ºr no.2, b) Zech.6,
10; and also to be read in v. 14 for tºr
>l: Hºr 1. to rub smooth, to polish,
kindr. Nºr ; intrans, to be polished; pr.
from the idea of smoothness, lubricity,
so that nºr (*rī) is kindred to the
verbs abri, ºr, pºr, and also ºr
q. v. Hence ºri, nºr, necklace, fe-
male ornaments, so called as being
oolished.—Syr. --> to be sweet, pleas-
unt, (pr. smooth,) Pa.. to adorn, i.e.
sweet. So of sweet and pleasant sounds,
as Eth. ZAP to sing, whence Heb.
*nº q.v
2. to be worn down in strength, to be
weak, Jig. 16, 7 sq. ſs. 57 10.
3. to be sick, diseased, Gen. 48, 1
* Hºrſ, as Gr. voosiv vögov, 2 K. 13
14, ºn-ns Fºr to be diseased in the
feet, lame, 1 K. 15, 23; of disease from
a wound or hurt, 2 K. 1, 2, nºir, ny:
a deadly evil, sore evil, i. e. scarcely
curable, Ecc. 5, 12. 15. Flºris nºir sick
with love Cant. 2, 5. 5, 8.
4. to be pained, hurt, Prov. 23, 35. Jer.
5, 3–Hence metaph. to be concerned.
anarious, grieved, c. by 1 Sam. 22, 8,
Comp. Eth. If AP to be anxious, for Gr,
usgluvºv Matt. 6, 28; see Lud. de Dieu
ad h. 1.
Niph. Fºr; 1. to be worn down in
strength, to be wearied, Jer. 12, 13.
2. to be made sick, to be sick, Dan. 8,
27. Part fem. Hºrº, e. g. Hºrº Hzº a
deadly wound, i.e. severe, scarcely cura-
ble, Jer. 14, 17. 30, 12; comp. 10, 19.
Nah. 3, 19. So ellipt. Hºrſ: id. Is. 17, 11.
3. to be concerned, anarious, grieved,
c. by Am. 6, 6.
Piel, Hārī, imperative bri 1 K. 13, 6.
1. Pr. to rub or stroke the face of any
one, ſrom the primary force of the root;
see in Kal no. 1, and comp. Gr. xmléw
to soothe, to caress. Always fully,
'E *E ºr to stroke one's face, i. q.
to soothe, to caress; spoken: a) Of
one who strives to please a king or
noble, i. q, to caress, to flatter, Ko court,
Job 11, 19. Prov. 19, 5. Ps. 45, 13 the
richest of the nations shall make court
to thee with gifts. b) Of one who
entreats God’s favour, i. Q. to beseech,
to supplicate, Ex. 32, 11. 1 Sam.
13, 12. 1 K. 13, 6. 2 K. 13, 4. Dan,
9, 13. al. Comp. Iliad 8. 371. ib. 10.
454 sq.
2. to make sick, to afflict with disease,
Deut. 29, 21. Ps. 77, 11 sºn ºniºn this
maketh me sick, ill.
PUAL pass. to be made weak, so of a
shade in Sheol, 1s. 14, 10.
HipH. praet. *rīr, by Syriasm for
Hºrn, Is. 53, 10.
1. to make sick, diseased, incurable,
e.g. a wound Is. l. c. Mic. 6, 13. Also
to make oneself sick ; Hos. 7, 5 in the
day of our king ºn nor tº brir, the
princes make themselves sick with the
glow of wine. -
2. Trop. to afflict, to grieve, Prov. 13, 12
Hºbn
6 ->r
3
1
HoPH. to be hurt, wounded, 1 K. 22, 34.
HiTHP. 1. to make oneself sick, to
fall sick, for grief, 2 Sam. 13, 2. -
2. to feign oneself sick, 2 Sam. 13, 5.6.
Deriv. from the signif. to polish etc.
see in Kal no. 1; from the signif. to be
sick, ºr, Hºrſe, Hºriz, ºbnº.
nºr f a cake 2 Sam. 6, 19; espec. as
offered in sucrifices, Lev. 8, 26. 24, 5.
R. ºr no. 1, to bore, to pierce; since
such cakes were perforated like bis-
cults, as among the Arabs and modern
Jews.
Dºn and Fºr m. plur. nizibri, a
dream, Gen. 20, 3. 6. 31, 10. 11. 24.
Dreams are put for trifles, follies, mugaº,
Ecc. 5, 6; comp. v. 2. R. Ehr.
Tºr. comm. Josh. 2, 18. Ez. 41, 16;
plur. E"—Joel 2,9, and ni– Ez. 40, 16; a
window, hole for the light, from r. bºr to
perforate. Tºrr. Tº through a window,
out of a window, Gen. 26, 8. Josh. 2, 15.
Judg. 5, 28.
jºr and jºin (sandy, comp. Bin) pr.
m. Holon. a) A city of the priests in
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 51. 21, 15;
the same called ºn 1 Chr. 6, 43. b)
A city of Moab, Jer. 48, 21.
Fºr m, (r. Fºr) a passing away, de-
parture, decease, as of parents. Prov.
31, 8 ºr "24 children of decease, i. e.
orphans. Symm. viol taſy & towouévoy.
Arab. -á) = II, to leave children at
death, Mark 12, 19. 20. Acts 18, 21.
nºr f overthrow, defeat, Ex. 32, 18.
R. ºri.
nºr Halah, pr. n. of an Assyrian
province, into which a part of the ten
tribes were transported by Shalmaneser.
Prob. Calacheme, JKołoymm Strab. XVI.
1, IGołoxwij Ptol. VI. 1, the northernmost
orovince of Assyria proper, on the east-
•rn bank of the Tigris. 2 K. 17, 6, 18, 11,
- Chr. 5, 26. Comp. nº no. 2.
ºr ºn Halhul, pr. m. of a town in the
mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 58. Jerome
places it near Hebron; and its remains
rtill bear the name Hillhill ; Bibl. Res.
n Palest. I. p. 319.
nºr ºn f. (r. Bhn Pilp.) 1. pain, pang,
of a woman in travail, Is. 21, 3
2. trembling, terror, Nak. 2, 11. Ea
30, 4.9.
>k tºn ūnūš Āsyóu in Hipl. i. q. Arab
ials 5 lays , to be quick a.º.d hasty in
anything, to press, to urge ; for the pri
mary idea see in kindr. Tºri. 1 K. 20,33
ºº: thrº hºrſº, and they hasted
and urged whether it was from (or of)
him. The form pºrt is for Hiph
Hºrºl, as piºn for p-zº. 1 Sam.14
22. 31, 2. Lehrg. p. 322.
ºr m. plur. E"shri for Bºr, Lehrg
p. 575. R. riºr no. 1.
1. mecklace, trinkel, so called as being
polished, Prov. 25, 12. Cant. 7,2, Arab
3-il. s
2. Hali, pr. n. of a town in the tribe
of Asher, Josh. 19, 25.
*7 m. in pause ºn, c. suff iºn,
plur. tºr. R. Hºrſ.
1. sickness, disease, both internal Deut.
7, 15. 28, 61; and external Is. 1, 5.
2. anariety, affliction, grief, Ecc. 5, 16
iºn for is ºn.
3. an evil, calamity, Ecc. 6, 2.
nºr fem. of ºr, a necklace, trinket.
Hos. 2, 15. R. Fºr no. 1.
*7 m. 1. Subst, a pipe, as an in.
strument of music; so called as being
perforated, see r. bºr, no. 1. Is. 5, 12.
30, 29. 1 K. 1, 40.
2. Adj. unholy, profane, see r. bºr Pi.
no. 3; also as Neut. Something profane,
whence with He parag. Hºri, nºr
(Milél), pr. ad profana, profane be it,
i. q. absit, far be it, Talmud. Tºbin
Th, an exclamation of abhorrence. So
1 Sam. 20, 2 nºr. Nº Hºnºr far be it !
thou shalt mot die, comp. 2, 30. Con-
strued a) * Hººr with 72 and inf.
far be it from me to do so and so,
Gen. 18, 25. 44, 7, 17, Josh. 24, 16 .
comp. Job 34, 10. b) With EN before
a fut. Job 27, 5.1 Sam. 14, 45 without h
2 Sam. 20, 20.—To both these construc-
tions there is sometimes added Hinº
1 Sam. 24, 7. 26, 11. 1 K. 21, 3 so tha.
the sense is: ‘profane or accursed be i
from Jehovah,” God forbid, Sept. an yá
votto, or, the primary signification being
neglected: ‘wo to me from Jehovah, it
-bn
bºn
317
etc. Josh. 22, 29 +hº #42 ºh Hºër,
ninº wo to us from him (Jehovah), if
"pe rebel against Jehovah. —A somewhat
different turn is in 1 Sam. 20, 9 far be it
jrom thee (for me), that yº I knew ... I
would not tell thee.
nººn f (r. Fºr) 1. a change, sc. of
morals, life, Ps. 55, 20. Espec. of gar-
ments, 2 K. 5, 5 tº niºr nº ten
changes of raiment, i. e. ten suits, so
that one can change himself. v. 22. 23.
Judg. 14, 12. 13. Gen. 45, 22; also with-
out tº Judg. 14, 19.
2. change, earchange, alternation, espec.
of soldiers keeping watch alternately
and relieving each other; hence metaph.
Job 14, 14 all the days of my warfare
will I wait ºne ºr Nin-Tº until my ex-
change come, until I am relieved by
others; the miserable state of the shades
in Sheol being compared to the hard
service of a soldier on guard. Also spo-
ken of new troops succeeding in place
of those fatigued; Job 10, 17 nieºr
** Nº by Hendiadys, changes and a
host are against me, i.e. hosts continu-
ally succeeding each other. So of simi-
lar changes or alternations of labourers,
adv. in alternate courses, alternately,
1 K. 5, 28 [14].
rigºr: f spoil, booty, stripped from the
dead bodies of the slain, 2 Sam. 2, 21.
Judg. 14, 19. R. Yºr.
>k #: obsol root, Arab. X/~ to be
black ; metaph. to be dark, sad, wretched,
as &L= a wretched liſe.—The
primary idea is prob. to burn, to scorch;
and then this root is a softened form from
Chald. Thri, Arab. USye, to scorch;
womp. ºr black, from r. ºn and tºr.
Hence
nºr Or sºn m. adj. quadril. (for in
or N added at the end, see Lehrg. p.
865) Ps. 10, 8; in pause riºr v. 14;
Plur. B-siºn v. 10 Cheth. wretched, af.
dicted, the poor; so the ancient versions
correctly —[The vowels belong to Keri,
which takes ºr as i, q, bºr host; hence
Tºr, thy host; also tºsz ºr the host of
the afflicted, see HS2. Hengstenberg
ad v. 8) regards nº as compounder
trom the two roots nºr to be weak, ill
and ris? to be afflicted.—R.
3k }: 1. to bore through, to pe fo
Q3
ºrate, to pierce, Arab. Jº- Conj. I and V
also reflex. or intrans. to be pierced
wounded, Ps. 109,22—Hence bºr, bºr,
nër, libri, Hârtº. Comp. Pi, and Po.
2. to lay open, to loose, to dissolve
º
Arab. Js; similar are Gr. Załów, Ava
Comp. Pi. and Hiph.
3. Denom. from bºhri, to play the
pipe, to pipe, comp. Piel no. 4. Part.
Eºn Ps, 87, 7.
PIEL 1. to pierce, to wound, Ez. 28 ).
2. to loose a covenant, i. e. to break : )
violate, Ps. 55, 21. 89, 35.
3. to lay open, to give access to ; hence
to make common, to profane, to defile,
since holy things were not open to the
people; e.g. a sanctuary Lev. 19, 8. 21,
9 sq. Mal. 2, 11 ; the sabbath Ex. 31,
14; the name of God 19, 22. Mal. 1, 12;
priests Is. 43,28; a father's bed by incest
Gen. 49, 4; also splendour, i, q, to pol-
lute, destroy, Is. 23,9.—Praegn. Ps. 89,40
int: yºsh Fºr thou hast profaned his
crown (casting it) to the ground, comp.
74, 7. Ez. 28, 16. ims, bºr to make
common (pollute) one's daughter, to pros-
titute her, Lev. 19, 29; comp. 21, 7. 14.
tº ºr to make common a vineyard
(which had been consecrated for the first
three years Lev. 19,23), i.e. to gather its
fruits for common use, Deut. 20, 6. 28
30. Jer. 31, 5–Hence bri, Hºrſ.
4. Denom. from bºr, to play the
pipe, to pipe, 1 K. 1, 40.
PUAL pass. of Pi. no. 1, Ez. 32, 26 :
pass. of no. 3, Ez. 36, 23.
Po. bhir to pierce, to wound. Is. 51, 9
jºr nºir', who hath pierced the great
dragon, i. e. Egypt. Pass, part. Bºn?
pierced, wounded, Is. 53, 5. Sept. §190 v-
uſztia 9m.
Niph. Brº from bºrº, inf brin (like
oxºn), fut. Priº, brº Lev. 21, 9, pass. of
Piel no. 3, to be profaned, defiled, Ez.
7, 24, 20, 9, 14. 22. Lev. 21, 4.
HipH. brin 1. to loose, to set free.
Hos. 8, 10 Tºº slºgº tºº brº and
they (the hostile nations) shall presently
set them free from the burden of the
king, i. e. from his oppressive rule.
2. to loose, i. e. to break one's wol i,
faith., Num. 30, 3.
27*
bºn
ºn
3.18
3. i q. Piel no. 3, to profane, to defile,
Ez. 39, 7.
4. to begin, like Engl. to open, as also
in many synonymous words, e. g. Arab.
X5 to open, to begin ; Syr. is a to
loose, to open, to begin; Germ, eroffmen.
—Constr, with h and inſ: Gen. 6, 1. 10,
8; without Deut. 2, 25, 31. 1 Sam. 3,
2. Rarely followed by a finite verb, as
Deut. 2, 24 tº briri. 1 Sam. 3, 12 briri
née beginning and finishing, i.e. from
beginning to end. Gen. 9, 20 ri; brº
nºsº wins and Noah began to be a
husbandman, was the first husbandman.
—Also to have a beginning, to be begun,
Num. 17, 11 [16, 46]. 2 Chr. 29, 27.
HoPH. pass. to be begun, captum est,
Gen. 4, 26.
Deriv. ºn, Hàn, bºr, Tiën, Hinz,
ºrr, and
ºr m. adj. 1. pierced, wounded, i.e.
mortally, Job 24, 12. Ps. 69,27. Jer. 51,
52. Often also killed, slain, in a private
feud Deut. 21, 1.2. 3. 6; oftener in battle
Josh. 11,6. Judg. 9,40. al. Collect. Deut.
32,42. Ez. 6,7. Enri ºr slain with the
sword Num. 19, 16. Ez. 31, 17. 18; and
trop. on account of the antith. Exº-hºr;
slain of famine Lam. 4, 9; comp. Is. 22,
2.—In respect to the active signif. of
slayer, i.e. soldier, which some have
unnecessarily proposed, see Comment.
bn Is. 22, 2. Thesaur. p. 478.
2. profane, polluted, Ez. 21, 30 [25];
see the root Pi. no. 3. Fem. nºr (joined
with nºiſ) one profaned, polluted, a pros-
...tute, Lev. 21, 7. 14.
‘tºn fut. Ebrº. 1. i. q. Arab. - ſ >
Conj. I, V, to be fat, full, rounded,
kindr. with abr; and as this takes place
3t puberty, hence to arrive at puberty,
to vecome ripe, manly, like tº, **
ouber, coèundi cupidus ſuit.—Job 39, 4
[7] their young ones ºriº grow up ripe,
puberes fivnt, ſull of manly vigour; spo-
Ken of the ibex.
2. to dream ; spoken primarily of the
93
sensual dreams of puberty; comp. º
nocturnal pollution, a dream; . s to
Buffer nocturnal pollution, to dream ;
VIII, to arrive at puberty; Syr, and
Ethiop. to dream; see Thesaur. p. 479
—Gen. 37, 5 sq. 42, 0, Is. 29, 8, bºir
bibr; a dreamer of dreams, i. q. Nº-;
since dreams were regarded as a me.
dium of divine communication, Deut. 13
2, 4. Comp. Joel 3, 1. Num. 12, 6.
HIPH. 1. Pr. to make fat, sound, well
hence to heal, to let recover, Is. 38, 16
Syr. Pe. Ethpe. to be sound, strong
robust.
2. to cause to dream, Jer, 29, 8.
Deriv. Bibri, nºr, Hºrs.
E.T. m. 1. Chald, emph. Rºhr, a
dream, Dan. 2, 4 sq. 4, 2 sq.
2. Helem, pr. n. m. see "ºr; b.
Bºr see Bibri.
nºr ſ &ngš Āsyóu. Job 6, 6, a
much vexed passage, where however all
agree that the context requires this word
to mean some kind of insipid, tasteless
food. The exact signification can be
determined only by the etymology. The
form nºr then (from r. Ehr, after the
form nºsºp) denotes pr. somnolency,
dreaminess, and hence faluity, simplici-
ty, folly (comp. Ecc. 5, 2.6), any thing
simple, foolish ; which may then be trop.
referred to tasteless food, just as vice
versa the notion of insipidness is trans-
ferred from food to discourse ; comp.
uagóg in Dioscorides, spoken of tasteless
roots. What this food was, is clearly
shown by the Syriac translator, who
renders it lºsa S., a word similar to
the Heb. name, and denoting portulaca,
purslain, an herb formerly eaten as
salad, and proverbial for its insipidity
among the Arabs, Greeks, and Romans;
... 1 o Q 2 - © 15.
comp. **) Jº Gá-> portulaca stul-
tior, see Meidanii Prov. no. 344, p. 219
ed. H. A. Schultens ; Golius ad Senten-
tias Arab. no. 81. So Greek uo.gov Adºza-
voy, 6%irov, whence 62irov, 6Autós, òAuto-
Auguo's Aristoph. Nub. 997, of a silly per-
son ; and so Lat. bliteus Plaut. Trucul.
+ o-' s : 1 $2 T
4. 4.1. Hence called Lää. & Giºl
olus fatuum, silly herb, which very word
the Arabic translator of Job puts for the
Syr. MscS, . Hence in Job l. c. **
nºr purslain-slime, prob. spoken con.
temptuously for purslain-broth, as in
25r
yºn
319
German any long and tedious discourse
is jestingly called Kohl-Brühe, cabbage-
broth. See Thesaur. p. 480.-The Rab-
bins and Targums regard nººn as the
same with Chald. Tinºr, and Tiahr, yolk
of an egg, from r. bºr, i. q =ºr, no. 1;
and slime of a yolk they explain by the
white of an egg, as a tasteless, insipid
food. This in itself is not ill; but the
former interpretation is to be preferred,
on account of the analogy of so many
languages.
tº m, quadrilit. flint, silea, any
hard stone, Job 28, 9. Ps. 114, 8; more
fully unºrin -às Deut. 8, 15. 32, 13.
The Arabic has Jººs, according
93 3 o 1 . g
to others Jº- pyrites. The pri-
mary idea seems to be that of smooth-
ness, which is found in several roots be-
ginning with bri, e. g. =ºr, Hºrſ, pºr: ;
comp. Lat. glaber, gladius, Germ. glatt.
Comp. also Gr. 2645 silex.
jºr (strong, r. bir) Helon, pr. n. m.
Num. 1, 9. 2, 7.
jºr see ibn.
>k Fºr fut. Fºrlì, to slip, to glide,
spoken of the swift motion of any thing
smooth; the primary idea being that of
smoothness and slipperiness, as of fat
things, comp. Hºrſ, also Tºri, ºr, Gr.
ūsiq,0; and so Germ. Schlüpfen, Engl. to
slip, with the sibilant prefixed.—Hence
1. to glide along, to pass by, Job 4, 15.
9, 11. 26. Cant. 2, 11. Also, to pass on
1 Sam. 10, 3; to pass away, to perish,
Is. 2, 18; to pass beyond sc. a law, to
transgress, Is. 24, 5, [Here too may be
referred: Ps. 90, 5, 6, of herbage, to pass
way, to wither and die; also Hab. 1,
1 Buſs, whº run ºr is then his spirit
passes over and he transgresses and is
guilty, i.e. his spirit overflows, becomes
proud and arrogant. The signif. to
flourish, to revive, given in no. 2, b, is
doubtful in Kal,—R.
2. to pass through , hence causat.
a) to pierce, to transfia, Judg. 5, 26. Job
20, 24. b) to let spring up, as new
shoots pierce the ground, i. e. to grow
green, to flourish, as a plant Ps. 90, 5.6.
Trop. of the mind, to revive, to be 1 no-
wated, Hab. 1, 11. But see in no. 1
3. Intens, to pass on agavnst any ne
to assail, Job 11, 10; to rush on, as the
wind Is. 21, 1; a stream Is. 8, 8.
4. to change, intrans. i. q to be changed
pass. of Pi. and Hiph. Ps. 102, 27.
PIEL to let pass away, to change, e.g
garments Gen. 41, 14. 2 Sam. 12, 20
Syr. Pa. id.
HipH. 1. to change, i, q Piel, Gen.
35, 2. Lev. 27, 10. Ps. 102, 37; to alter
Gen. 31, 7.41.
2. to change for new, to renew, to re-
vive, to make flourish again, e. g. a
tree Is. 9, 9. Also intrans. to revive, to
flourish again, pr. to produce new
sprouts, foliage, Job 14, 7. Hence with
riº, to renew one's strength, tº gain new
strength, Is. 40, 31. 41, 1; and so ellipt.
without rº, Job 29, 20.
Deriv. Fºr, Fibri, nºr, Flºriº,
nieśna.
Fºr Chald. to pass, spoken of time,
Dan. 4, 13. 20 29.
Fºr 1. pr. subst, exchange; hence
as Prep. in earchange for, instead of, for
Num. 18, 21. 31.
2. Heleph, pr. n. of a place in Naph-
tali, Josh. 19, 33.
>k y: ſuf. yºn: 1. to draw out e.g.
the breast to suckle Lam. 4, 3. Also to
draw off, to pull off, sc. the shoe, Deut.
25, 10. Arab. &= id. Y and s being
interchanged.
2. to withdraw oneself, to depart, with
72, Hos. 5, 6. Arab &= discessit e
loco.
3. Part, pass. Fºr ea peditus, stripped,
spoken of a warrior disencumbered from
all impediments ea pedite for war or
battle, i. Q. armed, ready, alert for con-
flict, comp. Lat. ‘expedire se ad pug-
nam ” Liv. 38. 21. Tac. Hist. 2.99. So
Josh. 6, 7.9. 13. Num. 32, 21. 27. Deut.
3, 18. More fully Hºrº Yabri Num.
32, 29; Nºsº ºn 1 Chr. 12, 23; plur.
sºs "sºbri Num. 31, 5. Josh. 4, 13.
asin "sºbri Is. 15,4, i.g. asiº ºnias Jer
48, 41.
PIEL intens. 1. to pull off garments
by force, i. e. to strip, to spoil, with acc,
X pers. Ps, 7, 5 and if I have spoiled him
that without cause is mine enemy. Svr
Pe. and Pa. id.
yºn
pbn
320
2. to draw out, to take away, e. g.
stones from a wall, Lev. 14, 40, 43.
3. to deliver sc. from danger, 2 Sam.
22, 20. Ps. 6, 5, 50, 15. 81, 8.
Niph. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 3, to earpe-
dite oneself for war or battle, to arm.
oneself, Num. 31, 3. 32, 17.
2. Pass. of Piel no. 3, to be delivered
sc. from danger, Ps. 60, 7. 108, 7.
HipH. to make alert, strong, vigorous,
e.g. the bones, Is. 58, 11.
Deriv, rigºr, nisbrº, and the two
l:ere following.
Yºr, only Dual ºr the loins, where
one girds himself for strength, vigour,
activity; seer. Yer, Kal no. 3. Hence to
gird up the loins, to prepare for an en-
counter, Job 38,3. 40,7; to come forth out
of one's loins, i. e. to be begotten of him,
Gen. 35, 11.—Chald. "shri, Syr. lº,
5 or n being dropped.
Yºr, in pause Yºr. (perh, loin, i. q.
yºr) Helez, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 39.
b) 2 Sam. 23, 26; for which Yºr; 1 Chr.
11, 27. 27, 10.
‘pºn fut. pºrº. 1. to be smooth.
Arab G4s and 31-il but Gº
act. to form, to make, pr. to smooth off;
to which is kindr. Gºs to cut off the
hair, pr. to make smooth the head or
chin. This signif. of smoothness is found
in several families of roots beginning
with gl, and espec. gle, in the occidental
languages also ; as Gr. Zºzós, zºlts
smooth silex, calculus; kółoś a smooth
man, flatterer, i. q. pºr, no. 2; yivkiſs of
which the primary idea lies in touch;
yloios, ykloygog, Lat. glacies, glaber,
gladius, glisco, gluten ; Germ. glatt,
gleiten, Glas, gleissen i. q. glänzen;
Engl. to glide, glass, glue, etc. comp.
Heb. rº, Sºº-, to polish.—Metaph, to
be smooth, bland, flattering, e. g. the
heart Hos. 10, 2; the lips, words, Ps.
55, 22.
2. to divide, to distribute, to appropri-
ate, espec. by lot, Josh. 14, 5, 18, 2.22, 8.
This signif. is derived from the noun pºn,
which denotes pr. a smooth stone used
as a lot, comp. Chald. pºr a reckoning-
* --, -
ityne, lot, 33) is id. Secondary forms
are Arab. cá's to destine, to pledes
tine, Eth. **A*Po to number, to reck
on among, “…A P. number, lot; comp
Aram. Pasº, spºr lot, spºr land di.
vided by lot, an inheritance.—2 Sam
19, 30. 1 Sam. 30, 24 pºrt. Tºrº they
shall divide (share) together, i. e. alike
in equal portions. Prov. 17, 2 he shal,
share the inheritance along with the
brethren, i.e. shall have an equal por-
tion, comp. Job 27, 17. With by to divide
with any one, to be partner with him,
Prov. 29, 24; with h to divide out to any
one, to impart to him, Deut. 4, 19. 29
25. Neh. 13, 13; with 3 of thing, Job
39, 17 Hºa Fºº pºr, Nb, nor hath he
imparted to her with (of) understand-
ing. Comp. pºrt no. 2.
3. to divide out as spoil, i. q to spoil
from pºr, no. 2. 2 Chr. 28, 21 Ahaz
spoiled the house of the Lord and the
house of the king and the princes. Sept.
well #103sy té, é, tº oikº, the house being
put for what is therein contained, see
nº no. 10.
NIPH. 1. to be divided out, distributed,
Num. 26, 53, 55.
2. to divide or distribute oneself, Job
and he divided himself against them,
i. e. divided his forces and attacked
them. Job 38, 24. - -
3. to divide, among themselves, like
Hithp. 1 Chr. 23, 6 ephrºl and he di-
vided them into courses. 24, 3. But the
better reading is Ephrºl, see Lehrg. p.
462. - -
PIEL 1. Like Kal no. 2, to divide out,
to distribute, e.g. spoil, prey, Gen. 49,27.
Ps. 68, 13; with h to distribute among,
2 Sam. 6, 19. Is. 34, 17. 1 K. 18, 6 hphrºl
yºsrº-rs triº they divided the land be.
tween them. Also c. , i. q to apportion,
to assign, Job 21, 17. Is. 53, 12 b-pºrts
tº: I will assign him a portion among
the great.
2. to disperse, Gen. 49, 7. Lam. 4, 16.
PUAL to be divided out, distributed, Is.
33, 23. Am. 7, 17. Zech. 14, 1.
HIPH. 1. Trans, of Kal no. 1, to make
smooth, to shape, as an artisan Is. 41, "
Metaph. to make smooth the tongue, i. d.
to flatter, Ps. 5, 10. Prov. 28, 23; and so
to make smooth one s words, id. Prov
pbn
p$n
321
2, 16. 7, 5; also without accus. Prov.
29, 5 nºn-by pºrº -23 a man who
flattereth another. Ps. 36, 3.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer. 37, 12
buša pºrº to obtain from thence his
portion, his inheritance; so Vulg. Targ.
But Kimchi: that he might slip away
from thence, a signif. which might easily
come from that of smoothness.
HITHP. to divide among themselves,
Josh. 18, 5.
Deriv. pºri-niphphri, npºrº.
pºr m. adj. 1. Smooth, opp. to hairy,
rough, Gen. 27, 11 ; hence bare, bald, of
a mountain Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7. Trop.
smooth, i.e. bland, flattering, of the pa-
late (i. e. mouth, words) of a harlot,
Prov. 5, 3 ; comp. 26, 26.
2. slippery, deceitful, false, Ez. 12, 24;
comp. 13, 7.
Pºr, Chald, lot, portion, part, Ezra 4,
16. Dan. 4, 12. 20. Comp. Heb. pºrt.
P37 m. c. suff phrſ; plur. Emphri,
constr. "Pär, once "Pºr Dag, euph. Is.
57, 6.
1. smoothness, polish, Is. 57, 6 spoken
of idol-worshippers: Tºri Prº *pśrī,
This ºn tº with the smooth (stones)
of the torrent is thy portion ; these, these
are thy lot, i. e. with idols formed of
smooth stones set up (comp. 1 Sam. 17,
40) is thy intercourse, these are thy
gods; as immediately follows: even to
them hast thou poured out a drink-offer-
ing, etc. So Targ. and most intpp.
Others: in the bare (smooth) places of
the valley is thy lot, i. e. in the open (not
wooded) places dost thou worship idols.
In either case there is a play upon the
double meaning of pºr: i. e. smooth-
ness, also portion.—Metaph, smoothness,
flattery, Prov. 7, 21.
2. part, portion, share, lot, Job 32, 17.
Josh. 18, 5.6, 9, pºrº pºr portion as
portion, like portions, Deut. 18,8. Spok-
en of the portion of the sacrifices allotted
to the Levites Lev. 6, 10; of a portion of
spoil Gen. 14, 24. Num. 31, 36. 1 Sam.
30, 24. Hence for spoil itself. Job 17, 5
bºy: Tº pºrt, who betrayeth friends to
the spoil, i.e. concr. spoilers. Hab. 1. 16.
Especially of a lot or portion by inheri-
tance, Josh. 14, 4, 15, 13. 18, 7 the Levites
‘thall have no portion (pºrt) among you.
"º pºr, the portion of my people i. e.
the land of Israel, Mic. 2, 4 ; comp. Is.
61, 7–In phrases: a) pºri ib ("s) wis
'E tº Hºrſ: he has (or has not) lot and
possession with any one, i.e. receives a
like portion, partakes with him (zouvováiv
tive) Deut. 10,9. 14, 27. 29. 18, 1; 'E ns
ib. 12, 12. Metaph. to participate with
to consort with, Ps. 50, 18; comp. Dan.
4, 12. b) → is pºr (Ts) tº he has (or
has not) part in anything, partakes in
it (kowováiv twos) Num. 18, 20. Ecc.9, 3.
Hence 'Em is pºr ins to have no part in
any one, i. q. to have nothing to do with
him, 2 Sam. 20, 1. 1 K. 12, 16. Gen. 31,
14. Josh. 22, 25. 27; also Neh. 2, 20.
c) =py: pºn the portion of Jacob, i. e.
Jehovah, whom it is allotted to Israel to
worship, Jer. 10, 16. 51, 19; comp. Deut.
4, 19. Ps. 16, 5, 142, 6. Vice versa, pºr.
Hjn', the portion of Jehovah, i. e. the peo-
ple of Israel, whom God has allotted to
himself to protect and cherish, Deut. 32,
9. d) lot, portion in this life, uoigo,
Ecc. 2, 10. 3, 22. 5, 17. Job 20, 29. 31, 2
Hibs pºr lot appointed of God.
3. a portion of land, q. d. fields, terri-
tory, 2 K. 9, 10. 36.37. So by transpos.
Chald, sºpr, and Ethiop. ſhipA field,
Hence the land, terra firma, as opp. to
the sea, Am. 7, 4.
4. Helek, pr. m. of a son of Gilead
Num. 26, 30. Josh. 17, 2–Patronym,
"pºr. Helekite Num. l. c.
Fºr adj. (r. pºr) smooth ; 1 Sam. 17,
40 pºis "Fºn ritºr five smooth ones of
the stones, i. e. five smooth stones. For
this idiom comp. Is. 29, 19. Hos. 13, 2;
see Lehrg. p. 678.
nºr f. i. q. pºrt 1. smoothness
smooth part, Gen. 27, 16. Plur. smooth
i.e. slippery places Ps. 73, 18. Metaph.
flattery Prov. 6, 24. Plur. nipºr smooth
things, flatteries, Is. 30, 10. nipºn reº
flattering lips Ps. 12, 3, 4.
2. portion, part ; with nº added,
portion of a field Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2, 3.
so without nº id. 2 Sam. 14, 30. 31.
23, 12.
3. Constr. rphr, as pr. n. Helkath. a)
A city of the Levites in Asher, Josh. 19,
25; written nºr 21,31, b) sººn rphr
Helkath hazzurim (field of swards) a
place near Gibeon, 2 Sam. 2, 16.
pºn
NYon
322
ºr f. plur. nipºrifialleries, Dan. 11,
32. R. Pêr; Hiph.
TÉ7 f. partition, division, 2 Chr. 35,
5. R. perſ.
"Pºr (for riºr, Jehovah his portion)
Helkai, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 15.
nºr and Tºri (portion of Jeho-
vah, i.e. specially assigned to God,) pr.
n. Hilkwah. a.) A high priest in the
reign of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 8, 12. b) The
father of Jeremiah, Jer. 1, 1. c) The
father of Eliakim, 2 K. 18, 18. 26. Is. 22,
20. 36, 3. d) 1 Chr. 26, 11. e) Jer.
29, 3. f.) 1 Chr. 6, 30. g) Neh. 8, 4.
nipºr, plur. f. (r. Pºr) 1. slippe-
riness, q. d. smooth or slippery places,
Ps. 35, 6. Jer. 23, 12.
2. flatteries, blandishments, Dan. 11,
21. 34.
Sk tºr 1. Fut. Shrin, to prostrate, to
overthrow, to discomfit, Ex. 17, 13; with
5: Is. 14, 12, like Engl. to triumph over.
sº * 9 *
Arab. U.--> to prostrate, U-4s Iſla, Il-
ful, brave.—Hence Hujibri.
2. Fut. Bºrº intrans, pr. to be pros-
trate, i.e. to be weak, frail, to waste away,
Job 14, 10. Syr. Ethpa. to be weakened,
to 7
|AS, weak-Hence
ºn m. weak, Joel 4, 10.
I. Dr. m. (r. Tºri) only c. suff. Tºr,
riºr ; a father-in-law, Gen. 38, 13. 25.
1 Sam. 4, 19. 21. Fem. is nior q. v.
ſt follows the analogy of the irregular
nouns as, ris, Lehrg. p. 479, 605, 606.
Ç
Arab. Es. > father-in-law, a rela-
five of husband or wiſe, Eth. ſhº’ father-
in-law, tº ſhoº’(D to contract affinity, to
accome a son-in-law, Samar.ºſ father-
in-law, also one betrothed. Correspond-
ing is the Greek youffgós for yousgós
father-in-law, son-in-law, bridegroom,
kinsman, from yºuog, youéo. See r.
hºrſ, also bºy.
Ii. Dº (r. Bºrj) 1. Adj. warm, hot,
e g. of bread just baked Josh. 9, 12.
Plur. bºr, Job 37, 17.
2, Ham, pr. m. a.) A son of Noah,
whose posterity are described in Gen.
0, 6–20 as occupying the southernmost
1égions of the known earth, thus accord
ing aptly with his name, i. e. warm, hot
b) A name of Egypt, prob. its domestic
name among the Egyptians themselves
but so inflected by the Hebrews as to
refer it to Ham the son of Noah, as the
progenitor of the Egyptians as well as
other southern nations. Ps. 78, 51. 105
23.27. 106,22—In the Coptic language
the name of Egypt is written 2CHLºſ
in the Sahidic dialect KHºle ; which
words, according to Plutarch, have the
signification of blackness and heat; de
Iside et Osir. VII. p. 437. Reisk. So
also according to their Coptic etymolo-
gy; see Peyron Lex. p. 66. In the hie-
roglyphic language it is written with
two letters, KM. The same name for
Egypt is likewise found in the Rosetta
Inscription, in which this word occurs
more than ten times, (line 1, 6, 7, 8, 11,
12, 13,) and is read by Champollion
Chimè. See Jablonski Opusc.ed teWater
I. p. 404 sq. Champollion l’Egypte sous
les Phar. I. p. 104 sq. Gramm. p. 152.
Akerblad Lettre à Silv. de Sacy sur l’in.
scription de Rosette p. 33–37.
Dr. m. 1. pr. inf of r. ºr to be warm,
e.g. Eºra Jer. 51, 39.
2. Subst, warmth, heat, Hos. 1, 6; of
the day Gen. 18, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 5; of the
sun 1 Sam. 11,9. Neh. 7, 3; comp. Gen.
8, 22. Is. 18, 4.
Sk Nºr; obsol root, Arab, U.S. to be.
come thick, to curdle, to coagulate, as
milk. The primary idea seems to be
that of growing together, coalescing ; see
Hºr, and the remarks on the syllables
En, Es, 55, under tºy.—Hence nºr.
HSºrſº, and rior no. II.
Sº, by Chaldaism for Hºri, anger
wrath, Dan. 11, 44.
Sººn, Sºri, Chald. f. i. q. Hebr
Tºri, heat, anger, wrath, Dan. 3, 13. 19.
"Sºn f (r. Nºr) 1. curdled milk
curds, Gen. 18, 8. Judg. 5, 25 where
comp. Jos. Ant. 5. 5.4 ydſko Öispêogb;
#öm, milk in this state having an inebri
ating power. Is. 7, 22. 2 Sam. 17, 29
Poet. also for milk in general, Job 20, 17.
Is. 7, 15. Deut. 32, 14. To eat cºrdles,
Tmilk and homey Is. 7, 22, i.e. by those
-ºr
Yºr
323
w flo remain in the ſand after it is deso-
lated by the enemy, without fruits and
grain; see in "2 B. 2. a.-Sept. §očtv-
pov, Vulg. butyrum, which in most places
is inept ; see Thesaur. p. 486.-Plur.
nisºr, see nisºrſ?.
2. cheese, Prov. 30, 33.
Deriv. by syncope Tºri II, q, y,
Y& Tºri fut. Tºrº and Tºrº, whence
plur. 1 pers. ArtTºrº Is. 53, 2.
1. to desire, to covet, Ex. 20, 17.34, 24.
Mic. 2, 2.
2. to delight in anything, to take plea-
sure in, Ps. 68, 17. Is. 1,29. Prov. 12, 12;
also with dat. pleon, ib, Prov. 1, 22-
Part, pass. Thor, pr. desired, delighted
in ; hence something desirable, pleasant,
a delight, what is dearest to any one,
Job 20, 20. Ps. 39, 12. Brºor. Is. 44, 9
their delights, i.e. idols, comp. Dan. 11,37.
Niph. part. Tºrº desired, i. e.
1. desirable, pleasant, grateful, Gen.
2,9. 3, 6.
2. precious, Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 21, 20.
PIEL i. q. Kal no. 1. Cant. 2, 3 ibs:
*Fºu: "Fºr in his shade I desire to
sit down. Heb. Gr. § 139. 3.
Deriv. Tºrº, Torº, and the four here
following.
Tº m, desirableness, pleasantness,
Weauty; Ez. 23, 6 Tºri ºria comely
young men. Is. 32, 12 Tºr, "Tº plea-
gant fields, comp. Am. 5, 11. Is. 27, 2 in
some copies; others nºr.
Tººn f (r. Tori) 1. desire, 2 Chr.
21, 20 he departed Flººr. Nº undesired,
i.e. regretted by none.
2. object of desire, a delight, 1 Sam.
9, 20. Dan. 11, 37 tº nºr; the delight
of women, where the context requires us
to understand some idol specially wor-
shipped by the Syrian women, as As-
tarte, Anaïtis.
3. pleasantness, excellence. Jer. 3, 19.
nºr ºns a pleasant land. Ez. 26, 12.
nºr ºf precious vessels 2 Chr. 32, 27.
36, 10. Nah. 2, 10. .
ritºn and mTºr, f. plur. precious
things, Dam.11,38.43. nivºr: ***, r*:::
goodly raiment, precious vessels, Gen.
27, 15. 2 Chr. 20, 25. nitºr, Erik sa-
toury food, delicacies, from which a per-
son fasting was wont to abstain, Dan.
10, 3, rºor ºs Dan. 10, 11. 9, and
without tº "N 9, 23, man of God's delight
i.e. beloved of God. R. Tori.
jº (pleasant) Hemdan, pr. n. m.
Gen. 36, 26. In 1 Chr. 1, 41 it is written
Tºri, by an error of the transcribers.
>k iTºr, obsol. root. 1. to join toge-
ther, spec. to join in affinity; hence Er
father-in-law, nior]. Comp. Rºri, und
also the force of the syllables ºn, as
pa, under Pº.
2. to surround with a wall; pr. to keep
or hold together things conjoined. Arab.
U-. Hence nºir", and pr. names
nºn, variº.
Tº f (r. Bºrj) 1. warmth, heat of
the sun, Ps. 19, 7.
2. Poet. for the sun itself, Job 30, 28.
Cant. 6, 10. Is. 30, 26. So often in the
Mishna.
I. Tº f once sºn Dan. 11, 44
constr. nort; for nºrt: from r. brº.
1. heat, sc. from wine, Hos. 7,5; hence
meton, for wine itself as heating, Hab
2, 15.
2. heat of anger, i. q. anger, wrath,
often coupled with synon. Fls, espec. in
the later books and in poetry, Gen. 27,
44. Deut. 29, 27. Jer. 7, 20. Esth. 2, 1.
3, 5. Ps. 37, 8. Prov. 15, 1. 21, 14. al.
nºr wins, Tºr BSA, a man of wrath, an
angry man, Prov. 15, 18. 29, 22. Often
of the wrath of God, Is. 27, 4, 34, 2.
Ez. 7, 8. Nah. 1, 6. al. Hºrn ºn bin
Jer. 25, 15, and Hºrn oiz Is, 51, 17, the
cup of wrath, of which Jehovah causes
the nations to drink; see in biz no. 1,
comp. Rev. 16, 19 and Job 21, 20 he shall
drink of the wrath of the Almighty.—
Plur, nior Prov. 22, 24. Ps. 76, 11.
3. poison, so called as causing inflam-
mation, Deut. 32, 24, 33. Ps. 58, 5. Job
6, 4. Arab &id.
II. Tº ſ. i. q, nsºrſ, the radical n
being dropped, milk, Job 29, 6.
bsºr, (wrath of God) Hammuel, pr
A. m. 1 Chr. 4, 26. R. Bori.
nitºr, see nitºr.
bºor (father-in-law or kinsman of
the dew, or perh, for bº nion) Hamu.
ta., pr. n. of the wife of king Josiah, 2 K
Yºr
E2F
324,
passages the Chethibh is hºnºr.
Sºon (pitied, spared) Hamul, pr. n.
m. Gen. 46, 12. 1 Chr. 2, 5.-Patron.
*or Hamulite Num. 26, 21. R. bor.
7TET (warm, sunny, r. bºr) Ham-
mon, pr, n. a) A place in Asher Josh.
19, 28. b) A town in Naphtali, 1 Chr.
6, 61.
Yºon m. (r. yºr, no. 3) a violent man,
oppressor, i. q. Yºn, Is. 1, 17–Accord-
ing to others, pass. one who suffers vio-
lence, oppressed, Sept. &ötzotusvos, Vulg.
oppressus; nor would I object, since an
intransitive form (Yior) may assume a
passive sense.
Pººr m. circuit, compass. Cant. 7, 2
tº-shri inz tº "pººr the roundings
of thy hips are like neck ornaments, i. e.
like the knobs or bosses of a necklace.
The maiden is here painted as x0AAitv-
yos. R. Pºri.
nºon, nº m. 1. an ass, so called
from the reddish colour, which belongs
not only to the wild ass, but also often to
the common ass in southern countries;
hence called in Spanish burro, burrico.
Gen. 12, 16. 24, 35. Ex. 13, 13. Judg.
10, 4. 2 Sam. 17, 23. al. R. ºr no. 2.
2. a heap, i. q. ºn ; and this rarer
form is chosen perhaps on account of
the paronomasia in Judg. 15, 16 ºrºž
cºnnºr Hior hiorr, with the jaw-bone
of an ass, a heap, two heaps, sc. have I
slain. R. ºr no. 3. -
3. Hamor, pr. n. of a Hivite, contem-
porary with Jacob and his sons, Gen. 33,
19. 34, 2. Josh. 24, 32. Judg. 9, 28.
Tºon ſ a heap, i. q.-ion no. 2, q.v.
nºon f (r. Hºrſ, after the form nins
q. v.) a mother-in-law, Ruth 1, 14. 2, 11.
See ºr I.
-Nººf niºr pr. m. see n.2n.
• cºn obsol. root, Chald. to bow
down, to lie upon the ground, in the Tar-
gums for Heb. 97.3.−Hence
tº m. Lev. 11, 30, prob, a species
of lizard. Sept. ovigo, Vulg, lacerta.
Tºrº (place of lizards, or i. q. Syr.
ſisa. bulwark.) Humtah, pr. n. of a
tity in Judah, Josh. 15, 54.
23, 31. 24, 18. Jer. 52, 1. In these latter
bºr see bºr.
Yºr. m. adj. salted, seasoned. Is.
30, 24 yºr 5%: salted provender, i. e.
sprinkled with salt, which is eaten so
greedily by flocks and herds as to have
occasioned the Arabic proverb: ‘Sweet
fodder (&M =) is the camels’ bread,
salted, it is their sweet-meats.” Sce
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 113.
nºon and mººr m. (fr. card. Bºri)
fem. F"-, Adj. ordinal, fifth, Gen. 1,
33. 30, 17. Lev. 19, 25. Num. 6, 36. al.
Fem. ellipt. the fifth, the fifth part, Gen.
47, 24. Lev. 5, 16. 17, 15. Plur. irreg,
"rujºr Lev. 5, 24; comp. Enrºn.
*327 filt, ºr, inf ºr Ez. 16, 5
to be mild, gentle, clement. Arab. by
transpos. º to be mild, clement, Re
Auſzkgo & vulo, ºs mild, gentle. The
primary idea is that of softness ; and
this is preserved in Gr. &uglós, òuglós,
&rakóg.—Hence
1. to pity, to have sympathy, compas.
sion, with by of pers. Ex. 2, 6, 1 Sam.
23, 21.
2. to spare, to treat with pity, c. bs
1 Sam. 15, 3. 15. 2 Sam. 21, 7. 2 Chr.
36, 15. 17; by Is. 9, 18 [19]. Also of
things, to spare, to use sparingly, c. bs
Jer. 50, 14; H c. inf. 2 Sam. 12, 4; };
Job 20, 13.−Ez. 36, 21 and I will spare
my holy name, i. e. have regard for its
honour.
Deriv. Bºrſº, unless this is from Arab.
Jº-; also pr. n. *on and
nºr f pity, mercy, Gen. 19, 16. Is
63, 9.
* Bºº, praet. Bn, fut. O ent, conv.
Erº Is. 44, 15. 16. Also fut. A brº
Deut. 19,6; Erin Ez. 24, 11; plur. Hºrlº
Hos. 7, 7; fut, impers. # Err, 1 K. 1, 1 ;
* Prº Ecc. 4, 11; see below. T.lese
forms of the fut. are by some referred
to Enº, but they belong rather here
comp. praet. Sh, fut. Shº. Inf En, ºr
see below.—To be or become warm.
Q - •
kindr. with trº. Arab. ſº- to make
sº sº
warm, mud. Kesr. to be warm ; 1C
be hot, e. g. the day.—Ex. 16, 21. Is. 44
ºn
yer
325
-6. Impers. is bri, fut. is triº, it is
warm to him, he is made warm, gets
warmth, 1 K. 1, 1. Ecc. 4, 11.-Trop. of
the mind as heated, excited, Ps. 39, 4;
and so of heat from wine Jer. 51,39;
from lust Hos. 7, 7. Also of cattle, to be
in heat, to conceive, Gen. 30, 38.39; see
in thri.-Inf tºn, c. suff. Dºra Jer. 51,
T T \ :
39. Once Bori, with pref in pause
tºrth for warming sc. oneself, Is. 47,14.
Ni Pri. part. plur. Bºrº, burning, in-
flamed, sc. with lust, c. 3; Is. 57, 5.
PIEL to warm, to make warm, Job 39,
14.
HiTHP. to warm oneself, Job 31, 20.
Deriv. Dr II, En, rigri, ºr, and the
proper names bºar!, Tiſſºr, ngr.
737, only in plur. Bºri, images, idols
of some kind for idolatrous worship, Lev.
26, 30, Is. 17,8. 27,9. Ez.6,4.6.2 Chr. 14,
4.34, 7; in which passages it is several
times joined with statues of Astarte,
bººs ; while from 2 Chr. 34, 4 it ap-
pears further that the Pººr stood upon
the altars of Baal. Arabs Erpen. and
Kimchi long ago explained the word by
suns, images of the sun; and both this
interpretation and the thing itself are
now clearly illustrated by ten Punic
cippi with inscriptions, consecrated to
Tori by: (125 bºa) i.e. to Baal the solar,
Baal the sun. See the subject fully
treated in Thesaur. p. 489. Monumm.
Phoenic. p. 170 sq.-The form ºn solar
is from Fºr the sun; and the plur.
pººr in the O. T. is put ellipt. for
pººr, Bº, and is found in the same
context as elsewhere tºº.
Sk bºr fut. bºrº 1. to do violence
to any one, to oppress, to wrong ; pr. to
be eager, vehement, and hence violent,
i. q. Yºr, no. 3. a. Arab. U--> in a
good sense, to be active, brave, con-
stant, K.U.s. warlike valour; comp.
"Tuj. Jer. 22, 3. Prov. 8, 36 he that sin-
neth against me, ivºr oºn wrongeth his
own soul, injures himself. Job 21, 27
Aborin "by nºt; the plans wherewith ye
think to oppress me, how ye may over-
tome me. Thir, or to violate a law
Ez. 22, 26. Zeph. 3, 4.
2. to tear away with violence, e. g. a
hedge, Lam. 2, 6. Also to tear off from
oneself, i. q to shake off; Job 15, 33
intº E#2 bºrº like a vine he shall
shake off his unripe grapes.
Niph. to be treated with violence, Jer,
13, 22; i.e. by impl. to be violently made
bare, as the other clause shows.
Deriv. oºrin, and
bººſ m. 1. violence, oppression, wrong,
Gen. 6, 11. 13. 49, 5. bºr ujºs Ps. 18,
49. Prov. 3, 31, and Bºbºr ujºs 2 Sam,
22, 49. Ps. 140, 2.5, a violent man, op-
pressor. oºr. Tº a wrongful witness,
i. e. false, Ex. 23, 1.—A genitive or suffix
after this word may refer either to him
who does the wrong, or to him who
suffers it. Of the former kind are io9.
his wrong i. e. which he does, Ps. 7, 17,
tº bºr. 58, 3, comp. Ez. 12, 19. Of
the latter, "bºr my wrong i. e. done to
me Gen. 16, 5, Hºhn' ºn bor, Joel 4, 19;
also Judg. 9, 24. Obad. i0. Hab. 2,8. 17.
Jer. 51, 35. So Lat. injuria, e. g. Caes.
Bell. Gall. 1.30 ‘pro veteribus Helveti-
orum injuriis populi Romani,’ i. e. done
to the Roman people; see the Commen-
tators, and comp. Heinrich ad Cic. part.
inedit. p. 21. -
2. Meton. what is got by wrong, ill-
gotten wealth, Am. 3, 10. Plur, id. Prov,
4, 17.
* Yºr, fut. Yanº, inf Hºr Hos. 7.
4, to be sharp, pungent.
1. As to taste, to be sour, acid, leav-
ened, e.g. fermented or leavened bread
Ex. 12,39. Hos. 7,4; or vinegar, see Yºn.
Also to be salted, seasoned, see Yºr.—
Arab 93 s, Syr. sie.
2. As to sight, colour, to be bright.
splendid, so as to dazzle the eyes;
spoken espec. of a bright red or scarlet
colour. Part pass. Yºor splendid, gor.
geous, spoken of the scarlet mantle or
pallium of a prince, Is. 63, 1 ; com p. 5ts
v.2, and Sept. Syr.—In the same manner
the Greeks say zgûuo. §§§ i.e. x3xxwoº,
togqūgot ôšūrotov, ēśvgºyyi góów, Set}
Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 114. Simonis Arc.
Formarum p. 66, 102.
3. Trop. of the mind: a) to be eage. ,
vehement ; to do violence, like kindr.
bor ; whence part. Yºn a violent man,
oppressor, Ps. 71, 4. Comp. Yºr; and
28
yer
-2n
326
rºr, no. 2. Eth. Udº to be unjust,
violent, to wrong. b) to be sharp, bit-
ter, spoken of pain, see Hithpa.
HipH. part intrans. ngºrº soured,
leavened, pr. what has contracted sour-
ness, Ex. 12, 19. 20.
HITHPA. to be embittered, pained,
... e. moved with anger, pain, Ps. 73, 21.
Chald. Pa. id.
Deriv. Yiori, Yºr, and the two here
following.
7%); m. 1. any thing soured, leav-
ened, Ex. 12, 15. 13, 3. 7. al.
2. Prob. i. q. oºr, what is got by wrong,
ill-gotten wealth, Am. 4, 5; see r. Yºr
no. 3. So Chald.—The common signifi-
cation of something leavened might also
serve; but the other is preferable.
737 m. vinegar Num. 6, 3. Ruth 2,
14. Ps. 69, 22. Sept. and Syr. render it
dugoś, sour grapes, in Ps. l.c. and Prov.
10, 26; and this Michaelis also endeav-
ours to vindicate, Suppl. p. 828. But the
common signification is not unapt.
2k pººr, 1. to go round, kindr. with
par. See Hithpa.
2. to turn about, to go away, to depart,
Cant. 5, 6.
HITHPA. to go or wander about, Jer.
31, 22.
Deriv. pººr.
:k: -27 1. to boil up, to ferment, to
Joam. Arab. ,--> Conj. I, II, VIII, to
ferment, to riseſ as leaven; Conj. VIII, to
ferment, as wine.—Spoken of the sea Ps.
46,4; of wine Ps. 75, 9, where others as-
sign to it the sense of redness, see no. 2.
Comp. Poalal, -ºr wine, ºr no. 1.
2. to be red, from the idea of boiling,
foaming, becoming heated or inflamed.
Arab. 2- Conj. IX, XI, to be red;
Conj. I mid. E, to burn with anger;
• G. 15.
Cenj. II to write with red ink; Jºsſ
3_ Q 9 • Q .
red, *> redness, £) vehement
ardour; > to blush, to feel shame.—
Spoken of wine according to some Ps.
75, 9; but see in no. 1. Hence nºr,
nior no. 1, ºn no. 2, nºrth.
3. to swell, to rise in bubbles or heaps,
from the idea of boiling up, foaming, as
the sea, leaven, etc. Hence ºn no 3
Hior no. 2, rior heap.
4. Denom. from nºr bitumen, to daul
with bitumen, to pitch, Ex. 2, 3.
PoALAL, pass. Yººn, doubling the
last two radicals.
1. to be made to boil, to be in a fer-
ment, to be troubled, Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11.
Comp. Fiºr, no. 3, rinº.
2. to become red, e.g. the countenance
as inflamed by weeping, Job 16, 16.
NotE. Forms of this kind, with the
radical letters doubled, are chiefly em-
ployed where rapid motion is to be ex-
pressed ; as has been abundantly shown
by Hupfeld in his Exercitatt. AEthiop. p.
27, 28.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2, 3.
Tº m. &ogwºtos, asphaltus, bitumen,
which boils up in the manner of boiling
oil or pitch, from subterranean fountains
not far from Babylon, also from the
bottom of the Dead Sea; afterwards it
hardens in the sun, and is collected even
on the surface of the Dead Sea, which
is thence called Lacus Asphaltites; see
Tac. Hist. 5. 6. Strabo XVI. p. 763.
Diod. Sic. 2.48. ib. 19.98, 99. Q. Curt.
5. 16. Comp. also Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 228 sq.-Gen. 11,3. 14, 10. Ex. 2, 3.
Arab. w 2 i el-Hummar. It is so called
either from its boiling up from fountains
(Gen. 14, 10) from r. nor no. 1; or fron
its redness, the best kind being of that
colour, Dioscor. 1.99 &vgºrog juxgågs.
# Iovězíxh tiſs Mouſtis' éorè 63 xuāh
To Q q v 9 o's t 66 g otläjovoo. . . Tsvyūtva
x0, €v (powian zwī āv Stöövt zoº £v Boſłv-
Aón't zoº & Zºxin'90).
Tº m. (r. ºr no. 1) wine, so called
as being fermented, Deut. 32, 14. Is
27, 2 in most editions; others Tºr,
Arab. 5- Syr. ſºa, id.
Tºº Chald. m. emph. sººn, id. Ezri
6,9. 7, 22. Dan. 5, 1.2. 4. 23.
nºr an ass, see hior.
Tºm m. 1. a boiling, foaming, e.g. o'
waters, waves, Hab. 3, 15. R. ºr no. 1
2. clay, loam, sc. of a reddish colour
see r. nor; no. 2. E.g. potter's clay Is
45, 9.64, 7; as used for sealing Job 38
ºr.
nºr
327
4; mortar, cement, Gen. 11,3; mire, Is.
J0, 6. Job 10, 9, 30, 19.
3. a heap, Ez. 8, 10 [14]; see r. nor;
no. 3.-Hence homer, chomer, a measure
for things dry, containing ten ephahs, or
113 bushels; Lev. 27, 16. Num. 11, 32.
Ez. 45, 11. 13. 14. Called elsewhere
**, q.v.
Tºm Hamran, pr. n see in Tºr.
* I. ºr obsol, root, to be fat,
whence ºn II, belly, abdomen. Arab.
9.
is U** fat, fatness, Camoos p. 826;
* Go 3.
but, far more usual is by transpos. º
e ... 3 ...’,
fat, ſatness, sº to be fat, corpulent;
also a 3- to become fat after leanness.
* II. tººr a root having affinity
with bor, and yºri, i. q. Arab. U-
to be fierce, active, brave in battle ; II,
IV, to provoke to anger; XII to be an-
gry ; W to show oneself stern and obsti-
nate in (religion and) war; Jºs.
5 - O 3S 9 e - sº sº. *
U.<! brave, warlike, &U.S. bravery,
valour; comp. U** to be angry, Jºs
to kindle with anger; all which senses
come from the primary idea of sharp-
ness, pungency; see r. Yºr, init—Hence
PART. pass, plur. Bºri, a word of
which the etymology was long sought
in vain, i. e. fierce, active, eager, brave
in battle, Ex. 13, 18. Josh. 1, 14. 4, 12.
Judg. 7, 11. (Comp. also the use of
B-skri in the same connection Josh. 4,
13 comp. v. 12. Num. 32, 30. 32.) Aquil.
évoſthuopiévot, Symm. x0.907IAuguévot,
Vulg. armati ; and so Onk. Syr.—Some
have referred this form to tºrſ III,
3omp. Jº- i. e. in battle-array, pr.
quinquepartitum, q. d. quinquefied, as
consisting of five parts, the centre, the
two wings, and the front and rear guard,
Theod. Itsuittoſígovtsg. Other solutions
have also been given; but the one above
presented is best suited to the context
9nd to the genius of the language.
* III. tiºn f constr. ºri; nºn In ,
c nstr. nujari, card. numera, five; Arab
3 o .
9
U”--> } ñºs, in the other kind-et
dialects dori. In the Indo-european fa.
mily, this numeral is Sanscr. pantshan,
Zend, and Pehlv, peamtshe, pandj, Pers
iš, Gr, tévre (AEol. itéans), all o
which have affinity with the Semitic form
in the last two radicals; and with a pal-
atal instead of the labial we have also
Lat. quinque (xãvks), like tåg zúc, it wo;
lupus, itſtos equus, Širouat Sequor, etc.—
Like the number seven, so also five is
Sometimes put as a round number, Is.
17, 6. 30, 17; especially, it would seem,
in what has reference to Egypt, Gen. 43.
34. 45, 22. 47, 2. Is. 19, 18. This usage
perhaps passed over to the Hebrews
from the religious rites of Egypt, India,
and other oriental nations; among whom
five minor planets, and five elements and
elementary powers, were accounted sa,
cred. Comp. the sacred itsvtos of the
Basilidiani, Iren. adv. Haeres. 1. 23. Epi-
phan. I. p. 68. Colon.
PLUR. Pººr fifty, c. suff. Tººr,
hºr, thy fifty, his fifty, 2 K. 1, 9–12.
pººr, "tº a captain of fifty sc. soldiers,
Trevtmzówtogzog, 2 K. 1, 9–14. Is. 3, 3.
Denom. ººr, ºn I.
tº PIEL denom. from ººr, q. d. to
fifth land, i. e. to eacact the fifth part,
e.g. of all the produce as a tax, Gen.
41, 34.
I. ºn m. a fifth, fifth part, from ºr
five ; as sºn a fourth, from san, sans.
Spec. the fifth of all produce, paid by the
Egyptians to the king as tribute, Gen.
47, 26.
II. wºn m. (r. ºr I) the belly, abdo-
men, 2 Sam. 2, 23. 3, 27. 4, 6, 20, 10.
Syr. Lºcal id. 2 Sam. 3,27. 4, 6. Eth.
rhºſi womb, Talmud. Fºr abdomen
ū and x being interchanged.—From
this Semitic word seems to have come
Lat. Omasum.
nºr see hujººr.
• 2 >
Sk nºr obsol. root, Arab. --> to be
warm, hot, as the day; mid. E, to be
spoiled, foul, rancid, as water, butter, etc
9 * $3 9 Q ſº
wh ºnce cº-º-º- and sex-s a bottle o
skin, and any thing becoming rancic
nºr
hºr
328
within it. Or perhaps this root is second-
ary, and derived from these very nouns;
while the primary root may be G= to
be warm, hot, whence cº-º-º- for $34-.
Hence perhaps
Fºr m. Gen. 21, 15. 19, constr. nor.
v. 14, a leathern-bottle, water-skin. R.
nor or riºr. But constr. ngr. Job 21,
20. Hos. 7, 5, is from riºr heat, anger.
Fºr (fortress, citadel, from r. nºr,
kindr. Tº in wall,) pr. n. Hamath, a large
and important city of Syria, situated on
the Orontes near the northern boundary
of the Holy Land, Num. 13, 21. 34,8. It
was anciently the seat of a powerful
king, the ally of David ; and was called
by the Greeks Epiphania, while the
Arabs retain the ancient name, šU.s.
Hamah. Fully Am. 6, 2 Hän nor Ha-
math the great ; also His nor. 2 Chr.
8, 3. The gentile name is “nºr Ha-
mathite Gen. 10, 18. nºr yºs 2 K. 25,
21 land of Hamath, i. e. the country or
district around. See Abulfeda, who was
a prince of this still noble city, Tab. Sy-
riae p. 108, 109. Relandi Palaestina p.
119 sq. Burckhardt’s Travels in Syria,
etc. p. 146.
h'ºn (warm springs, r. bor) Ham-
math, pr. n. of a town of Naphtali near
Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. Josephus calls
it Aucois, which he interprets by 959-
uć, B. J. 4.1. 3. Bibl. Res, in Palest.
III. p. 260. The same prob. is nº niºr
Josh. 21, 32.
77 m. (r. pri) c. suff, ºr 1. grace,
favour, kindness, Ecc. 9, 11. a) N3%
*E ºn in to find favour in the eyes
of any one, i. e. with him, Gen. 6, 8, 19,
19. 32, 6, 18, 3 Tºsa in ºns; sº-Es
if now I have found favour in thy sight,
if thou favourest me. Gen. 30, 27. 47,
29. 50,4. In the same sense, "x" in Niº
Esth. 2, 15. 17. b) 'E ºn 'E in Try to
give one favour in the eyes of any one,
with any one. Ex. 3, 21 in-rs "Frº
bºx2 ºz. Hyn Eyr, and I will give
this people favour in the sight of the
Egyptians. 11, 3, 12, 36. Gen. 39, 21–
Spec. compassion Zech. 12, 10.
2. grace, i. q. gracefulness, beauty, ele-
gance, Prov. 22, 11. 31, 30. 5, 19 in rhy:
the graceful chamois. Ps. 45, 3. Ecc. 10
12. ºr 7:S stone of beauty, i. e. precious
stone, Prov. 17, 8.
3. Hen, pr. n. m. Zech. 6, 14. But
comp. v. 10.
Tºrº (for ºr in favour of Hadad,
see Tºri) Henadad, pr. n. m. Ezra 3, 9,
Neh. 3, 18.
>k Hyn fut. Hyriº, apoc, nº 1. to
bend, to bow down, to incline ; kindr. pri,
rºy. Arab. L- to bend, to incline ;
metaph. to incline, to be favourably dis-
posed, comp. YErj.-Judg. 19, 9 nºn
Biºr nior lo! the declining of the day,
i. e. the day is declining—Hence nºr
a spear, lance, so called as being flexi-
ble.
2. to set oneself down in any place, to
sit down, i. e. to pitch one's tent, Gen,
26, 17; to pitch a camp, to encamp, Ex
13, 20. 17, 1. 19, 2. Num. 1, 51 nirtz
Tzºn where the tabernacle is set down.
i. e. pitched. Poet. of locusts, Neh. 3, 17
Spec. a) With by, to encamp against
a city, i. q. to besiege, Ps. 27, 3. 2 Sam.
12, 28. Is. 29, 3; with :, id. Judg. 9,50;
also c. acc. id. Ps. 53, 6, b) With h, to
encamp for or around any one, i. q. to
defend, Zech. 9, 8; comp. Ps. 34, 8.
3. Poet. i. q. to dwell, Is. 29, 1; comp.
Kris i, q. house.
Deriv, nºr, nºr, Hºnº, nirº, pr
n. Trin. -
ºn f (r. pri) 1. Plur, niºn, grace,
favour, compassion, Ps. 77, 10.
2. Perh, entreaty, supplication, prayer,
see the root in Hithp. Job 19, 17 ºniºr
*:::: * and my prayers (are loath-
some) to the sons of my womb, i. e. to
my brethren. The form ºniºn is then
for "nier, see Heb. Gram. § 89.3, n; not
1 pers. Praet. from 73rd, contrary to the
accent.
3. Hannah, pr. n. the mother of Sam-
uel, 1 Sam. 1, 2 sq.
ºr (initiated or initiating, r. pri,
pr. n. Henoch, Enoch. a) The first,
born son of Cain, whose name was also
given to a city founded by his father
Gen. 4, 17. b) The father of Methu-
selah, translated to heaven on account
of his piety, Gen. 5, 18–24. The later
Tyn
Tr
329
Jews, founding a conjecture on the ety-
mology of the name, make him out to
have been not only the most distin-
guished of the antediluvian prophets,
but also the inventor of letters and
learning; and have forged in his name
B spurious book, comp. Jude v. 12.
These fables are current also among the
Arabs; by whom he is called U-3 eſ
Idris, i. e. the learned. c.) The eldest
son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14.
Patronym. ºr Henochite Num. 26, 5.
d) A son of Midian Gen. 25, 4.
jºbſ (graciously regarded, favoured,
r. Tºr) Hanum, pr. m. a) A king of the
Ammonites, 2 Sam. 10, 1. 1 Chr. 19, 2.
b) Neh. 3, 30. c) Neh. 3, 13.
Tººl m. adj. gracious, merciful, com-
passionate, Ps. 111, 4, 112, 4. R. ºrj.
nºr f (r. Hºr) plur, niºr, a vault,
cell, so called from its curved or arched
form. Chald, and Syr, nºr;, tzalº, a
G 9, .
tradesman’s cell, stall, Arab. cººls,
šuls. Hence in Jer. 37, 16 the pro-
phet is said to be cast -ºs, hian nºn-bs
niºrin into the dungeon and into the
vaults, i.e. under ground. So common-
ly, and not unaptly.—An exposition per-
haps more suitable to the context is given
by E. Scheid in Diss. Lugdun. p. 988,
who understands curved blocks or stocks,
nervi curvi et obtorti, in which a prisoner
sat bent and distorted, elsewhere called
to, regrº, q.v. comp. Jer. 20, 2. 3.
39, 26; Gr. xúgow from xúnto. Comp.
9
Arab is a saddle-bow, saddle-tree,
i. e. the curved wood which constitutes
he frame.
* Tº not in use, i. g. Tºr, and pºr
•omp. Gr. &yzo, Lat ango), to straiten,
to choke, to suffocate ; intrans. to be nar-
ow, strait, close. Hence deriv, riri for
ngri, and riiri for nºn.
>k tºr to spice, to season with spices.
Hence
1. to embalm dead bodies 3en. 50, 2.
!. 26. Arab. Jake I, II, id.
2. Poet, the fig-tree is said to spice its
'ruit, i. e. to fill it with aromatic juice,
to ripen, Cant. 2, 13. Arab. la is to
ripen fodder; IV to be ripe, of the har
vest, grain.
3. to be reddish; Arab. Jake tº be
red, e.g. leather; see Hºri wheat.
Deriv. Hºrſ, also
Pºtºſ. m. plur. the embalming of dead
bodies, and hence time of embalming.
Gen. 50, 3. It follows the analogy of
other nouns designating time, as Rºº,
tºº.
7"tºſſ Chald. m. plur, wheat, Ezra 6.
9. 7, 22, i. q. Heb. Enter, q.v. in nºr.
ºn (grace of God) Hanniel, pr. n.
a) A phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Manasseh, Num. 34,23. b) 1 Chr. 7, 39
ºn m. (r. Tºr; no. 2) pr. initiated,
hence trained, proved, of tried fidelity,
3, g3.
Gen. 14, 14. Arab. $1.3 tried, proved,
33. experience.
Tº f grace, favour, mercy, Jer. 16
13. R. ºrj.
nºr f plur. Bºnºr; 2 Chr. 23, 9,
ninºr Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3; a spear, lance
so called as being flexible, 1 Sam. 18, 11.
19, 10. 20, 33. R. Fºr no. 1. *
Sk pr; 1. to straiten, to choke, Lat.
angere; also intrans. to be narrow, strait,
close, i. q. perſ, p38, q.v. Hence in ſor
T}rſ, Arab. tºs, the jaws, palate
Comp. Pºs neck, from kindr. p.3, and
perſ to choke. º
2. Denom. from Trì, ūs, the palate,
jaws, ſauces, pr. Šušūeiv, Lat. imbuere,
i.e. to stuff into one's mouth or jaws, to
give to taste, and then by a common me-
taphor transferred to the intellect; comp.
byū and Job 12, 11. Hence a) to im-
bue one with any thing, to initiate, to
train ; (comp. A 3.3 to put into one’s
mouth, also to teach, to train;) Prov.
22, 6 train up a child according to his
way, according to his disposition and ha-
bits. b) Of things, to initiate, i. e. to de-
dicate, to consecrate, e. g. a house before
taking possession, Deut. 20, 5; the tem.
ple 1 K. 8,63. 2 Chr. 7,5–Arab. Jis
to understand.
Der, v. Tri, rºr, Tºr, pr. name ºn
also
28*
>n
22n
330
Tº f dedication, consecration, e.g.
»f a house, altar, Num. 7, 11. Ps. 30, 1.
Also sacrifice of dedication Num. 7, 10.
Tºº! Chald. f. id. Dan. 3, 2. 3. Ezra
6, 16. 17.
tº adv. from in with the adverbial
ending b-.
1. gratis, gratuitously, for nothing, i.e.
without reward, Gen. 29, 15. Job 1, 9;
without price or payment, Ex. 21, 2, 11.
2. frustra, to no purpose, in vain, Prov.
1, 17; more fully Egri-bs q. d. for in
vain Ez. 6, 10. Comp. Öogs&v in N. T.
gratis, frustra; and frustra in Plautus
for gratis.
3. without cause, undeservedly, Job 2,
3. 9, 17. Ps. 35, 7. 69, 5. al. As genit.
1 K. 2, 31 ºr "gº blood without cause,
i. e. innocent blood. Prov. 26, 2.
bsºr (perh. i. q. ºrj) Hanameel
pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 7.9.
Sºr, quadril, found once Ps. 78,47,
where it is parall. with Tº hail, in the
other member, and the context implies
that it is something destructive to trees.
Sept. Vulg. Saad. Abulwalid render it
frost, which however cannot be support-
ed on etymological grounds. Michaelis
more prob. ants, i. q. Hºº, comp. Arab.
& ants, 3.05 an ant, the letter T be-
ing prefixed as in nººn, Spºri; Suppl.
846. See more in Bochart Hieroz. III.
p. 255 ed. Lips.
>k pr; fut. nº, also prl. Am. 5, 15;
the former c. suff, ºr, Ps. 67,2. i23, 2,
ºr Is. 27, 11; c. suff: 2 pers. Fºr for
ºr Gen. 43, 29. Is. 30, 19; inf absol.
Tiri Is. I. c. constr. c. suff, 52:21, Is. 30,
18, Fºr Ps. 102, 14.
1, to incline, to be favourably disposed,
comp kindr. Fºr ; hence to regard with
favour, to be gracious, merciful, to com-
passionate. Arab. is to feel desire,
compassion towards any one, c. J. } &e e
—With acc. Ex. 33, 19. Lam. 4, 16.
Prov. 14, 31. al. ºr, ºr, (once ºr
Ps. 9, 14.) be gracious unto me, have
mercy upon me, upon us, Ps. 4, 2. 6, 3.
; 1, 10.
2. to give graciously, to bestow in
mercy and kindness, with two acc. of
pers. and thing, Gen. 33, 5. Ps. 119, 29
Judg. 21, 22. Also to give in charity, to
be charitable, with accus. of pers. Prov
19, 17; absol. Ps, 37, 21. 26.—For Job
19, 17 see nºr no. 2. .
NIPH. Triº (after the form ºns: from r.
nºns, tr. from r. Dºrſ, see Lehrg. p.371)
to be compassionated, pitied, to be an ob-
ject of pity, pass. of Poel, Jer, 22, 23.
PIEL to make gracious, pleasant, fain
e.g. words Prov. 26, 25. Comp. Jr., Tºr,
PoEL i. q. Kal no. 1, Prov. 14, 21; to
pity, to grieve for, Ps. 102, 15.
HoPH. to be shown favour, mercy, i. q.
jr. Nº to find favour, mercy, Prov. 21
10. Is. 26, 10.
HITHP. to implore favour, mercy, i. e.
to entreat, to make supplication, with .
of pers. Esth. 4,8. Job 19, 16; by 1 K. 8,
33.47. Job 8, 5. Ps, 30, 9; * 1 K. 8,
59. 9, 3. 2 Chr. 6, 24.
Deriv, besides those here following
are in, ºr, Hºri, ºr, Hyºri, Esri, Herr,
Bºrn, and pr. names ºri, Psºri.
Tºrinº, hºrſ.
723 Chald. to show mercy, to compas.
sionate, inf. Tº Dan. 4, 24.
ITHPA. to entreat, to make supplication,
Dan. 6, 12.
7.I., (merciful) Hanan, pr. n. a) One
of David's officers 1 Chr. 11, 43. b)
1 Chr. 8, 39.8, 44, c) 1 Chr. 8, 23. d)
Jer. 35, 4, e) Others less known, Ezra
2, 46. Neh. 7, 49. 8, 7. 10, 11. 23. 27.
13, 13.
ºr (God has graciously given)
Hananeel, pr. m. of a tower in Jerusalem
Jer, 31, 38; comp. Zech. 14, 10. Neh.3
1. 12, 39.
º! (gracious) Hanani, pr. n. m. a.)
A prophet, the father of Jehu, 1 K. 16, 1.
2 Chr. 16, 7, b) A brother of Nehe-
miah Neh. 1, 2, 7, 2, c) 1 Chr. 25, 4,
25. d) Ezra 10, 20. Neh. 12, 36.
Tº (whom Jehovah has graciously
given) pr. m. Hananiah, Gr. Avovies, An-
anias. a) A false prophet in the time
of Jeremiah, Jer. 28, 1 sq. b) A com.
panion of Daniel, afterwards called Sha-
drach, Dan. 1, 6. 7. 2, 17. c.) Others
less known, 1 Chr. 3, 19. 8, 21. Ezra 10
28. Neh. 3, 8.30. 7, 2. 10, 24. 12, 12.4-
Jer. 37, 13.
22r.
Tor.
331
ºr (id.) Hananiah, pr. n. m. a.)
A military leader under Uzziah 2 Chr.
26, 11. b) 1 Chr. 25, 23; comp. Fºr
v. 4. c) Jer. 36, 12.
or once Is. 30, 4, Hanes, pr. n. of a
city of middle Egypt on the west side of
the Nile, called by the Greeks Heracleo-
polis, ‘IIgozléovg tôlug, Arab. U-Lºſ 5
*}gypt. gſtec, çIIHC, exith c, an-
ciently a royal residence. See Etienne
Quatremère Mémoires sur l’Egypte T.I.
p.500 501. Champollion l’Egypte sous
les Pharaons I. p. 309. Comment. on Is.
l. c.
>k Fºr fut. Fºl. 1. to pollute, to de-
file, i. q. Fºr?. Jer. 3, 9.
2. Intrans. to be polluted, defiled, as a
land with blood Ps. 106, 38. Is. 24, 5.
Jer. 3, 1 ; or persons with crimes Jer.
23, 11.
HIPH. to pollute, to profane, e.g. a land
Num, 35, 33. Jer. 3, 2; so of persons, to
make profane, i. e. to seduce to impiety
o o y
and apostasy, Dan. 11, 32.-Syr. Lai,
one unclean, a heathen, -ai, to apos-
tatize from the faith. Sept. well utoſive-
Gówl, uolijvsgöow; but Vulg. wrongly
renders Flºri by hypocrita, a meaning
drawn from the Talmudic and Rabbinic
usage.
Deriv. the three following:
Plº one profane, impious, godless, pr.
polluted ; Job 8, 13. 13, 16. 15, 34. .7,
B. al. Sept. &gsflis, &vouos, Trºgºvouog,
twice intongutis, see in r. Fºr Hiph.
nºn m. profaneness, impiety, wicked-
wess, Is. 32, 6.
Tºri f id. Jer. 23, 15. R. ºri.
Sk pºr in Kal not used, pr. to be strait,
close, to choke, of the same family with
pºs, Tºri, phy (phy), and in the occiden-
tal languages &yzo, &váyxm, ango, ang-
ustus, enge (Zange, Zwang), anarious.-
Hence
PIEL to strangle, to throttle, Gr. &yzo,
Irviyo, as a lion his prey, Nah. 2, 13.
Arab. Gº-, Ethiop. 349, Syr. -ai,
d.
NipH. to strangle oneself, to hang one-
Belf. 2 Sam. 17, 23.
Deriv. Prº
jºr (graciously regarded, r. jºr
Hannathon, pr. n. of a place in Zebului,
Josh. 19, 14.
>is Ten not used in Kal, but commonly
said to have the signif. of kindness, be-
nignity, and by antiphrasis that of re-
proach, disgrace. The primary idea
seems to be that of eager and earnest
desire, ardour, zeal, by which one is
actuated, i. Q. Nip, and then like Nºr:
transferred to the trop. senses:
1. to be zealous towards any one, i. e.
to feel desire, kindness, love towards him;
see Hithpa. and Tºr, no. 1.
2. to be jealous, envious towards any
one, to envy, Arab. J.s to envy, &z=
envy; and hence i. Q. to hate, to reproach,
to treat with reproach and contumely;
see Piel, and Tºr, no. 2.
PIEL to reproach, to disgrace, to treat
with reproach and contumely, Prov. 25,
10. Syr. ra. id. in Targ. Tºri for Heb.
Finn to reproach. Syr. tº-a- oppressed
with envy, also beloved, see in Kal.
HITHP. to show oneself kind, benign,
"merciful, Ps. 18, 26. Comp. Kal no. 1.
Deriv. Tori, Tori, Hºnor, and pr. n.
Hºnor.
Tº in pause "pri, c. suff, ºr ; plur.
bºr, constr. "Tori, pr. desire, ardour,
zeal, see r. Tor, Kal—Hence
1. In a good sense, zeal towards any
one, kindness, love. Spec. a) Oſmen
towards one another, kindness, good-will,
as shown in doing mutual favours, bene-
fits, Gen. 21, 23. 2 Sam. 10, 2. As re-
ferring to the afflicted, pity, compassion,
Sept. freq. §Asog, Job 6, 14. Frequent
in the formula, by Tºri nº to do or
show kindness with or to any one, Gen.
l. c. 2 Sam. 3, 8, 9, 1.7; also with ns
Zech. 7, 9; be 1 Sam. 20, 8; more fully
By nºs! Tºri rius Gen. 24, 49. 47, 29.
Josh. 2, 14. 2 Sam. 9, 3 Tºr ims ritºs
bºrº I will show him kindness like that
of God. Also "pr; nº to turn kind-
ness upon any one to procure favour
for him, Gen. 39, 21 ; more fully Ezra
7, 28 ºn 25% ºr nºr ºbs, and God
turred kindness upon me before the king
i. e. gave me favour with him ; also
Dan. 1, 9 "prº bsº-ns bºrº’sr tº:
| and God gave Daniel good-will favou.
Tor.
Dor
332
etc. b) Of men towards God, piety,
goodness, love of God. Tºr, "uys i. q.
Bºer, the pious, Is. 57, 1. Plur. Bºter
good deeds, goodness, 2 Chr. 6, 42. 32,
32. 35, 26. Neh. 13, 14. c.) Of God to-
wards men, goodness, mercy, grace, Ps.
5,8. 36, 6.48, 10. al. Very often coupled
with nº truth, fidelity, (q.v. no. 2,)
i. e. faithful mercy, constant goodness.
Here also occur the same formulas as
above in lett. a, as as ºr Hugº Gen.
24, 12. 14; c. : Ex. 20, 6. Deut. 5, 10;
By nºs" ºr *tº 2 Sam. 2, 6, 15, 20.
Trop. of God himself as a merciful bene-
factor, Ps. 144, 2. Jon. 2, 9.-Plur.
ºr mercies, benefits from God, Ps, 89,
2. 50. 107, 43. Is. 55, 3 Eºs: Tº “iºn
the sure mercies of David, i. e. the per-
petual benefits bestowed on David. d)
Once, like synon. 71, it seems to denote
grace, favour, i. q. elegance, beauty, Is.
40, 6. Sept. 6650, and so 1 Pet. 1, 24.
2. In a bad sense, zeal against any
one, envy, hence reproach, disgrace,
see the root in Kal no. 2. Prov. 14, 34.
Lev. 20, 17. Some also refer hither
Job 6, 14.
3. Hesed, pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 10.
Tºpº (whom God loveth) Hasadi-
ah, pr. n. of a son of Zerubbabel, 1 Chr.
3, 20.
* Tºri filt. nºr, Praet. 3 pers, fem.
before pause Hyºr Ps. 57, 2, see Lehrg.
p. 429. Heb. Gr. §74. I. 4; pr. to flee ;
see under r. Ujin no. 1. Spec.
1. to flee to a place, to take refuge or
shelter, with 3 of place, as 'E by: in the
shadow (protection) of any one, Judg. 9,
15. Is. 30, 2; " "Exz by: in the shadow
of Jehovah's wings Ps. 57, 2. 61, 5.-
Hence
2. to put trust in any one, to trust, to
confide, espec. in God, c. : Ps. 2, 12. 5,
12, 7, 2. 25, 20. 31, 2. 37, 40. al. Absol.
I's, 17 7. Prov. 14, 32 pºſs inion nºn
the righteous in his death trusteth, sc. in
3od.
Deriv. rhorſ, Herz, Hypnº, and
Tº" (taking refuge, or a refuge) Ho-
"ah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 16, 38. 26, 10.
Tier ad), strong, Am. 2,9; collect the
mighty, the powerful in a state, Is. 1, 31.
R. Jer
nºor, f. refuge, Is. 30, 3. R. ngr.
Tº adj. (r. Tori) 1. kind, merciful
benevolent, Ps. 12, 2. 18, 26.43, 1. Nº
"or malevolent, wicked, Ps. 43, 1–
Spoken in allusion to the stork, Job
39, 13; see in next art.
2. pious towards God, godly, e. g
Hirt, "Thor, the pious of Jehovah, i. e.
his pious worshippers, saints, Ps. 30, 5.
31, 24, 37,28; ib Tºor, Ps. 4, 4.
3. Of God, kind, merciful, gracious,
Jer. 3, 12. Ps. 145, 17. s
Tº f (r. Her) the stork, pr: the
pious, avis pia, so called from the affec-
tion and tenderness it manifests towards
its parents and its young, for which it
was celebrated in antiquity; see Plin.
H. N. X. 23. AElian. Hist. An. 3. 23. ib.
10. 16. On the contrary, the Arabs call
g 3 1 K. tº tº
the male ostrich ſºlº the impious, on
account of its neglect and cruelty to-
wards its young ; comp. Job 39, 13 sq.-
Lev. 11, 19. Deut. 14, 18. Ps. 104, 17.
Jer. 8, 7. Zech. 5,9. See Bochart Hie-
roz. II. 327 sq.-In Job 39, 13 Hºer
does not stand for the stork, but as an
adj. fem. pia, pious, affectionate, in allu-
sion however to the stork, thus: the
wing of the ostrich eacults, Hººs BS
risix nºner, but are her pinions and
feathers pious 2 i.e. she is not, like the
stork, affectionate towards her young.
but treats them with cruelty, v. 14. 15.
16.
ºr m. (r. ber) pr. devourer, put for
a species of locust, 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6,
28. Ps. 78, 46. Is. 33, 4. Joel 1, 4.—Sept.
&zgig and in 2 Chr. Ögoûzog, which how-
ever is rather the Pº.
Tº adj. strong, mighty, Ps 89, 9.
R. pri.
Tºm Chald, adj. wanting, deficient
sc, in weight, light, Dan. 5, 27. R. hºrſ
Sk ber to eat off, to devour, Deut. 28
38. Chald, id. Kindr. are the roots ns;
-13, her, q.v.—Hence bºori.
Sk per to muzzle an ox Deut. 25, 4
to stop the nostrils, Ez. 39, 11 nººn"
tºr-rs sºn (the valley) shall stop
the nostrils of them that pass by, i. e by
Ten
HEn
333
ts stench. Others render with the Sy-
riac: it shall stop the way to them that
pass by, sc. from the multitude of the
slain. Kindr. Dººr, where see ; comp.
also prº.—Hence bioriº.
Sk Ter 1. to be strong, mighty, like
Syr. and Chald. sta, , jer. The pri-
mary idea lies in binding together; comp.
in pyr; no. 3.—Hence libri, Thor, Tºr.
2. Trop. to be rich, wealthy, see ºn ;
nence to heap together, to lay up, to
3 ~ o ~
hoard, Arab. J}=, whence corº
storehouse, ..º. 5 s
NIPH. to be laid up, hoarded, Is. 23, 18.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.
Tej Chald. APH. or rather HIPh. after
the Hebrew manner, to possess, to have
in possession, Dan. 7, 18. 22.-Hence
ºf Cha.á. m. einphat. Nºon, strength,
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27.
jºr m. (r. Jor, no. 2) riches, wealth,
Prov. 15, 6, 27, 24. Jer. 20, 5. Ez. 22,
25; treasure, abundance, Is. 33, 6 ºn
nisius' abundance of deliverance, parall.
h;is treasure.—Chald. Tºns to possess.
>k rpm in Kal not used, i. q. Fºr, to
strip off bark, to peel, to scale, to scrape.
Arab. -à...- to peel dates, and transp.
uliº to scrape off; hence Chald. For,
3. -
Arab. -Sys and Lāºre, a scale, sherd,
fragment of an earthen vessel, Syr.
Pas- id. In the occidental tongues
words of the same stock are Gr. ozºtto,
Lat. scabo, squama ; Germ. Schaben,
schuppen, Schuppe, Scherbe, Schiefer,
schaufeln; Engl.scab, scale, shell, sher d,
in all which a sibilant precedes, as also
in Heb. and Arab. Frºg, e-à-º'-Hence
quadrilit, oper, part, pass, bºbrº; Ex.
16, 14 opertº pº something small scaled
off, like scales.—Hence
Fleſ Chald. m. sherds, burnt clay,
varthen-ware, Dan. 2, 33 sq.
bººm quadril, see in r. ner.
> -or filt. ner, plur. intrº, pr. to
zºminish, to be cut short, intrans.—
Kindr. are nº, niž, hºp, comp. ber,
273.—Hence
1. to be diminished, to fail, Gen. 8, 3
5. 1 K. 17, 14.—Also to fail, tº be want
ing, Ecc. 9, 8; with h of pers. Deut.
15, 8. -
2. to want, to lack, to be without any
thing, with acc. like other verbs of
plenty and want, Deut. 2, 7.8, 9. Ps. 34.
11. Prov. 31, 11. Gen. 18,28 nort: *s
Hººr, Bºpºn bºar, perhaps there
shall lack five to the fifty righteous, lit.
perhaps the fifty righteous shall lack
five. Absol. to want, i. e. to be in want,
to suffer need, Ps. 23, 1, Prov. 13, 25.
Neh. 9, 21. Comp. Arab. 2.É.- and
2- to suffer harm or loss.
PIEL to cause to want or lack. Ps. 8, 3
Pºrtºsz ºn Hºrrº thou hast caused
him to lack but little of a god; see in
pºrºs B. 1. p. 54. With 72 of thing,
Ecc. 4, 8.
HIPH. 1. Causat. to cause to fail,
with accus. Is. 32, 6.
2. Intrans. to want, to lack, i. e. to sixf.
fer want, Ex. 16, 18.
Deriv. Then, norº, and the five here
following.
Tº verbal adj. wanting, lacking, with
acc. 1 K. 11, 52; with 72 Ecc. 6, 2. hor
triº lacking bread 2 Sam. 3,29, 5% -er.
lacking understanding Prov. 6, 32. 7, 7.
9, 4. Subst, want of understanding
Prov. 10, 21.
nºr. m. want, poverty, Prov. 28, 22.
Job 30, 3.
-ph m. want, poverty, Am. 4, 6. Deat.
28, 48.57.
Tºm Hasrah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 34,22,
for which in the parall, passage 2 K. 22,
14 is brºnn.
minºr m. (r. hºrſ) deficiency, defect.
Ecc. 1, 15.
Fºl adj. m. clean, pure, morally, Job
33, 9. R. Fºr II.
ºn see tin.
Sk sºr prob. i. q. Hºr; and Fºr I, ts
cover; whence PIEL, to do covertly, se-
cretly, 2 K. 17, 9.
sk Hºr to cover, to veil, e.g. the head
2 Sam. 15, 30. Jer, 14, 4; the face Esth,
Flºr
yer
334
5, 12. 7, 8, Syr. A., Arab. Lää- id.
Comp. Fºr I.
PIEL to overlay with gold, silver, etc.
with two acc. 2 Chr. 3, 5, 7, 8.9.
PUAL to be covered, Is. 4, 5; see in
Her no. 1.
Niph, pass. of Pi. Ps. 68, 14.
Tº f. (r. Fer, I) 1. a covering,
protection, Is. 4, 5 nºr Tinz-bz-by over
all the glory shall be a covering, i. e.
protection. Others here take Her as
Pual of Hºrſ.
2. a canopy; hence a bed with a
canopy, curtains, bridal-bed, nuptial-
couch, comp. bºy. Ps. 19, 6. Joel 2, 16.
3. Huppah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13.
*TE: filt. Terº to leap or start up;
kindr. with TER, 5.53, comp. TIE, }s }
}*, }*-spec.
1. to start up, to rise up suddenly, in
order to flee, 2 Sam. 4, 4. Job 40, 23.
2 K. 7, 15 Cheth.-Hence
3. to be startled, alarmed, Deut. 20, 3.
Ps. 31, 23. 116, 11.
NIPH. to flee away sc. in terror, to
shrink away, 1 Sam. 23, 26. Ps. 48, 6.
104, 7.—Hence
Tiſº" m. haste, hasty flight, Ex. 12,
:1. Deut. 16, 3.
P"E" (coverings) Huppim, pr. n. m.
a) Gen. 46, 21, elsewhere ºr q. v.
b) 1 Chr. 7, 12. 15.—R. Fºr I.
sk Er obsol. root, Arab. 33s to take
with both hands, to fill both hands-
Hence, unless the verb itself be a de-
mominative,
Tºn only in dual pººr, the two fists,
Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12. Prov. 30, 4. Ez.
10, 2.7. Ecc. 4, 6. Aram. Head, Arab.
S_ © - *
kö-. By transpos. avyum, pugnus.
"º (perh, fister, fighter, from En)
\r. r. Hophni, one of the sons of Eli,
. Sam. 1, 3. 2, 34. 4, 4.
* I. EEI, i, q. nºr), to cover, with be,
comp. Fitz: ; hence to protect, Deut. 33,12.
Arab. —is to cover with a garment.
The idea of covering lies in the syllable
Fri, as also in the kindr. En, rº, rip,
25, F5; comp, besides nºr and Nºrſ, the
roots Nºr; and Hºrſ to hide; nº, , ;
s, and ºpe, to cover; Fºy Is. 3., 5
Hº, Hºy, etc. also F33, Fºy, in which
Nun and Lamed are inserted in the pri
mary syllable, as in Yºs, Yºs, etc.
Deriv. Herº, Bºer.
* II. Fer obsol. root. 1 to rub
scrape, wipe off. Arab. - is rasit, ſri.
cuit.
2. to wash off or away, to lave; hence
deriv. Flin, Fr.
Sk yer ſut. Perú and yertº Ps. 37
23. al. -
1. to bend, to curve; Job 40, 17 yertº
in; he bendeth his tail, etc. Arab,
U3 is to bend wood.
2. Intrans, and metaph. to incline, to
be favourably disposed: a) Towards
any one, to delight in, to favour, to love,
e.g. a person, c. 3. Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam
20, 11; God towards man, Num. 14, 8.
2 Sam. 15, 26. Ps. 18, 20. al. Also of
things, c. 3, 2 Sam. 24, 3. Is. 56, 4. Ps,
112, 1; acc. Ps. 40,7. Mic. 7, 18. b) To
doing any thing, i. q to will, to desire, to
please; absol. Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5; with a
finite verb Is. 42, 21. 53, 10; infin. c. b
Deut. 25,8. Ps. 40,9. Job 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2,
25; inf simpl. Job 13, 3. 33, 32 *rīser:
FET: I desire to justify thee, i.e. thy
justification. -
Deriv. the three following:
Yº! m. plur, constr. "ser. Ps. 35
27. 40, 15; but tri-ser. Ps. 111, 2; fem.
Fºr ; verbal adj. from r. verſ.
1. delighting in, loving any thing. Ps
5, 8 FIFs sujº yer ºs sº. 34, 13 yer.
E"ºn loving life. 35, 27. 111, 2. With
infin, and h Nah. 1, 11. Also desiring
Ps. 40, 15 ºns: "şEri. 35, 27. Mal. 3, 1.
2. willing, 1 K. 21, 6 hrs yer-Es iſ
thou art willing, iſ it please thee. 30, 33
1 Chr. 28, 9 FISEr; Gº; a willing mind.
Yº... m. c. suff "sºr. 1. inclination
to any thing, and hence favour, love
delight in any thing, Prov. 31, 13, ib tº
* Yºr, one delights in any thing 1 Sam,
15, 22. 18, 25. Ecc. 5, 3. 12, 1. Ps. 1, 2–.
Concrete, that which delights, please,
any one, 1 K. 10, 13. "... Yeri nº to d,
the pleasure of God, etc. Is. 44, 28. 46
NEET
335 -Er
10, 48, 14. 1 K. 5, 8, 9–Spec. desire,
Ps, 107, 30. Job 31, 16
2. beauty, elegance, as causing de-
light; so yºr ºs beautiful stones, i.e.
precious, Is. 54, 12. Yºr, Yº a pleasant
land Mal. 3, 12. Plur. Fºr precious
things Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11.
3. Any application or purpose of mind,
purpose, studium ; hence a business, a
matter, affair, Sept. 719öyuo.—Ecc. 3, 1
prºb:: ny, and a time to every matter,
1. e. all things are frail and fleeting,
nothing is stable and enduring. 5, 7 "bs
YErin by Fºrr marvel not at the matter.
8, 6. The transition to this signification
is manifest in passages like these: Is. 53,
10 rºs. iTºº Hirt, ºr the pleasure of
Jehovah (i.e. his cause, affair) shall pros-
per in his hand. 44, 28. 58, 3.13. Job 21,
21. 22, 3.—Similar is Syr. **, a mat-
o
ter, business, affair, from i-, i. q. Yºr
to will.
Fº"Yº (my delight is in her) Heph-
zubah pr. m. of the mother of king Ma-
masseh, 2 K. 21, 1. Also as a symbolic
qame of Zion, Is. 62, 4.
* I. -Er fut. Herº: 1. to dig, to eac-
cavate ; Arab. -ā- 1, VIII, X, to dig
§ 2 - 3 o –
the ground, 25-, -ā-, a well, pit;
y J-4- J-4-
Syr. raw to dig, lia. a pit, ditch.
Hence with mid. rad. softened nºn q. v.
In the Indo-European tongues the idea
of digging is expressed by transpos. in
ygoºpo, xglutto, Germ. graben, Engl.
grave; and with a sibilant prefixed Lat.
sCRi Bo ; with r softened yāºq0, yìíqo,
s Cal, Po, scul, Po.—Absol. Jer. 13, 7;
with acc. e. g. a pit, well, Ecc. 8, 8. Ps.
7, 16. Gen. 21, 30. Num. 21, 18. So to
dig for any thing, Ex. 7, 24. Job 3, 21.
Poet. of the war-horse pawing the
ground, Job 39, 21 pºss ºnºriº they paw
in the valley; comp. Virg. Georg. 3.87,
§ cavat tellurem.–Metaph. to dig a pit
or any one, i. e. to plot against him, c.
* Ps. 35, 7.
2. to dig out, i. e. to search or spy out,
Ab ea plore; Job 39, 29 from thence he
spieth out the prey. With acc. to earplore
* land, to spy out, Deut. 1, 22. Josh. 2, 2.
..—For Is. 2, 20 see nºr.
Deriv. rºgºr, pr: n, ºr, pººr.
* II. -Er fut. Herº, plur. Angry”, a
pause ingrº, Arab. 24- to become red,
to blush, kindr. perhaps with nar, no. 2
to be red. Hence to be ashamed, to be
put to shame, espec. as being frustrated
or disappointed in one's plans and ex-
pectations, Ps. 35, 4. 26. 40, 15. 70, 3.
83, 18. Is. 24, 23. Jer. 15, 9; with tº
Ps. 34, 6, Job 11, 18 =zur, nº ºnerſ
now thou art ashamed, then shalt thou
lie down in quiet. With 7% of that in
which one is disappointed, ashamed, Is
1, 29; comp. Úia.
HipH. to bring to shame, to cause dis-
grace, Prov. 19, 26.
2. Intrans. like Kal; comp. verbs of
colour, Heb. Gram. § 52. 2. n ; to be
ashamed, to be put to shame, Is. 54, 4.
Trop. of Mount Lebanon, as grieving
for the loss of its beauty, Is. 33,9. Also
to act shamefully, to come to shame, Prov,
13, 5.
nºr see Hºnºr.
Tºº! (a pit, well, r. ner, I) Hepher
pr. n.
1. A royal city of the Canaanites,
Josh. 12, 17; comp. 1 K. 4, 10.
2. Of several men: a) A son of Gi-
lead Num. 26, 32. 27, 1. Josh. 17, 2. Pa-
tronym. "Er; Hepherite Num. 26, 32
b) An officer of David 1 Chr. 11, 36. c)
1 Chr. 4, 6.
Pºº (two pits) Hapharaim, pr. n.
of a place in Issachar, Josh. 19, 19.
*Tº pr. m. Hophra, a king of Egypt, … . . .
contemporary with Nebuchadnezzar,
Jer. 44, 30. Sept. Oüoggi, in Mametho
Oilwgguº, the eighth king of the second
Saïtic dynasty; the same who is called
by the Greeks Angine, Hdot. 2. 161,162,
169. ib. 4, 159. Diod. Sic. 1. 68. See
Rosellini Monum. Storici II. 143.
ºr, f. (r. "Er I) an animal which
frequents houses, so called from its dig-
ging or burrowing ; Jerome, a mole,
better perhaps, a rat. In Is. 2, 20.
where we now read divided nint, herº
i. e. into the digging of rats, q. d. rats'
holes, the plural form of this noun ought
prob. to be restored, as better suited to
the context, viz. ninenerº to the rats
or moles. Comp, nº.
ºr,
-\ºr,
336
sº wer fut, plur. Hiberi”, pr. to dig,
Sept. ox&AAo Ps. 76, 7; Chald. and Sa-
mar. ber: id. Kindred perhaps with her,
l, the ºn and u) being interchanged. In
Heb. only trop. to seek, to search after,
to find out, e.g. wisdom Prov. 2,4; secret
things Prov. 20, 27; one's conduct Lam.
3,40. Also to devise, to contrive; Ps. 64,
7 nibis ºpertº they devise wickedness.
Niph. pass. to be searched out, Obad.6.
PIEL to seek, to search, absol. Gen. 31,
35. 44, 12. With acc. to search out,
1 Sam. 23, 23; to search through 1 K.
20, 6. Zeph. 1, 12. Metaph. once Ps. 77,
7 "rºn periº my spirit maketh search,
inquiry.
PUAL 1. to be sought, and so “to let
oneself be sought,’ i. e. to hide oneself,
Prov. 28, 12; comp. v. 28, and Hithpa.
2. to be searched out, devised, Ps. 64, 7.
HITHPA. pr. to let oneself be sought,
i. e. to hide oneself, see Pu. no. 1; hence
to disguise oneself, 1 Sam. 28, 8.1 K. 20,
38 ºrbs "Esº wennºn and disguised
himself with a bandage over his eyes.
22, 30. Job 30, 18 tº perin, nº-ºº:
through the violence (of disease) my gar-
7ment is disguised, i. e. my skin or exter-
nal appearance is changed; comp. v. 19.
—Hence
tº m. a device, purpose, Ps. 64, 7.
See r. per Pu. no. 2.
* per pr. to be loose, free, opp. to
what is bound, restrained. Hence
1. to spread out loose things, to spread
l-sely, see Sen. Arab. U-5-II, to
stretch out, to prostrate.
2. to lie prostrate, and hence to be
weak, feeble, exhausted. Comp. Bºri.
Arab. U.5-mid. E. Hence nºr.
3. to set free, e. g. a slave. Arab.
Jºãs to be poured out freely. Hence
rujer, ºri.
PUAL to be set free, to be freed, as a
slave, Lev. 19, 20.
Deriv. the four following.
tºn m. a spreading out, stratio; once
Ez. 27,29 Pizzº Ben-wºº tapetes stra-
taº and equitandum, i.e. cloths spread out,
carpets, for riding and driving.
nºr f freedom, Lev. 19, 20. R.
tº pr; no. 3.
nºtºrſ and nºr f weakness, in
firmity, disease, whence nºrr, nº
the sick-house, infirmary, hospital, 2 K
15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 21. R. ºr no. 2.
"tº adj. (pr. from a subst, ujºn i. q
Fluºr, with the adj. ending "+) plur
tºuri.
1. prostrate, weak, feeble, Ps. 88, 6
But see in no. 2.
2. free, opp. to a slave or captive, Jo
3, 19. "ujºr rºuj to let go free, e.g. a
slave, Deut. 15, 12. 13, 18; "ujirº nºt
id. Ex. 21, 26.27. “uſer; sº, "ujer?"
to go out free, to be set free, see under
Nº. [Ps. 88,6 ºr thrº free among
the dead, sc. from the cares and oppres-
sion of life; comp. Job 3, 19.—R.
3. free from public taxes and burdens.
1 Sam. 17, 25.
nºr; see rººr.
Yºlm. (r. Ygri).c. suff, ºr, plur. Bºsn;
also ºr (Milél) with Yod parag. 1 Sans.
20, 36. 37. 38 Cheth. 2 K. 9, 24.
1. an arrow, 2 K. 13, 17. 1 Sam. 20, 20.
bºr-hº arrow-men, archers, Gen. 49,
23. Trop, the arrows of God are light-
nings, Hab. 3, 11 ; also poet. evils, cala-
mities, inflicted upon men, Deut. 32, 23
comp. v. 42. Job 6, 4. Ps. 38, 3. 91, 5;
espec. famine Ez. 5, 16.-Num. 24, 8
yrº ºr he doth shake his arrows in
blood; comp. Ps. 68, 24, and YFT% no. 2.
2, an arrow-wound, wound, Job 34, 6.
—Vice versa, in Eurip. Iphig. Taur. 314,
missile weapons are called 190tuata
#7tuávra, flying wounds.
3. nºnr. ºn 1 Sam. 17, 7 Cheth. the
iron point of a spear. But in Keri and
the similar passages 2 Sam. 21, 19. 1 Chr.
20, 5, the reading is Ys wood, i. e. the
handle or shaft of a spear; and this
alone is suited to the context.
>k Ex. and EST Is. 5, 2, fut. asnº.
1. to cut, to hew, to hew out, espec.
stones; kindr. Eter. For the primary
idea of cutting, which lies in the sylla-
ble yn, see in yºr -Deut. 6, 11. 8, 9
Is. 5, 2. 10, 15. 22, 16. Prov. 9, 1. Part.
bºxin hewers of stone, stone-cutters, 2 K.
12, 13. 1 Chr. 22, 2. 15. 2 Chr. 24, 12
also hewers of wood, wood-cutters, 1 K
5, 29 [15]. 2 Chr. 2, 1.17. Metaph. Ps
29, 7 the voice of Jehovah cleaveth ou
Fºr
yºn
337
ſames of fire, i.e. senis forth forked
lightnings; comp. Pu.
2. Trop. to cut off, to destroy ; Hos. 6,
5 Bºsº, ºr, I cut them off by pro-
phets, i. e. I announce to them death
and destruction. The other member has
Enniºr.
Niph, to be cut in, to be graven, on
stones, Job 19, 24.
PUAL to be hewn out, formed, Is. 51, 1.
HIPH. i. q. Kal. no. 2. Is. 51, 9.
Deriv. agrº.
*Hºr fut. Hyriº, with Vav conv.
yrºn.
1. to cut in two, to halve, like kindr.
Yºr; q. v. Chald, and Syr. ss.,
to cut or dig out.
2. to divide, espec. a) Into two parts,
to halve, Gen. 32, 8. Ps. 55, 24 xr. Nº
Priº, they do not halve their days, i. e.
do not live out half their lives, With
Tº... Tº praegn. to divide and distribute
between, among, Num. 31, 27.42. Is. 30,
28 riºr. "Nºs is the stream divides him
even to the neck, i.e. rises to the neck
and there divides him as it were into two
parts. b) Also into several parts, Gen.
23, 1. Judg. 7, 16. 9, 43. Job 40, 30 [41,
6].
NIPH. to divide oneself, to be divided,
2 K. 2, 8, 14. Dan. 11, 4. Spec. into two
parts, Ez. 37, 22.
Deriv. ºr, nisri, nºrº, nºsrº,
and pr: names bºrº, bsºn.
"Tºº (enclosure, castle) Hazor, pr. n.
a) A city in Naphtali, fortified by Solo-
mon, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19. 19, 36. Judg. 4,
2. 1 K. 9, 15. 2 K. 15, 29. [It appears
to have been situated on the high
ground somewhere to the south of Ke-
desh; see Biblioth. Sacra, 1846, p. 212
sq.—R.] b) Another in Benjamin,
Neh. 11, 33. c.) Two cities in the
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 23. 25. One is
called also inst v. 25. d) A region
•f Arabia, Jer. 49, 28.
Tº see Hºsn, a trumpet.
Fºr f. sing, only in constr. nisri,
the middle, midst, as Hºº nixn mid-
night Job 34, 20. Ps. 119, 62. Ex. 11, 4.
R. risri.
ºn m. (r. Hºr.) constr. *xr, c. suff.
*śn
is-,
1. half, the half part, Ex. 24, 6. Num,
15, 9, 10. Josh. 22, 23. *śr, the half of
us 2 Sam. 18, 3; iºr, Is. 44, 16. 19.
2. the middle, midst, 2 Sam. 10, 4,
nºn "sº midnight Judg. 16, 3. Ruth
3, 8.
NoTE. For "sº signifying arrow, see
in yr.
rinºn "Yº (midst of resting.
places) Hatsi-hammenuchoth, pr n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 52. Hence patronym. *xr.
ºrrºr v. 54.
Tº m. 1. i. q. ºr, pr. an enclo.
: sure, court; then poet. a dwelling-place.
habitation, i. q. nº.
Is. 34, 13 nºr.
rºº nibah a dwelling-place for ostrich
es. 35, 7 a court for reeds and rushes.
R. hºr, no. 1.
2. grass, herbage, Job 8, 12. 40, .5,
Ps. 104, 14. al. Spec. a leek, collect.
leeks, Num. 11, 5. R. ºr no. 2.
>k Tºri a root not in use, having the
primary force of strength, firmness, like
the kindr. Tºr, jerſ, and Arab. J-as
to be firm, fortified, whence &a= for-
tress.-Hence the two following:
7%. m. the arm, fore-arm, as the seat
and symbol of strength. Ps. 129, 7, see
in nº Piel.
7.7 m. (r. Isr) the arm, on which
children are carried, the bosom, Is. 49, 22.
Hence also bosom of a garment, Sept.
&vo:30Åm, Neh. 5, 13. Arab. &-4- arm,
sº * * ſº
bosom ; denom. 1. to carry in the
arms or bosom. Eth. he 3 bosom.
>k Fºr Chald. to be hard, rough ,
hence to be harsh, severe; see Thesaur.
p. 510.
Aph, part. Hºrnº strict, severe, of a
royal edict, Dan. 2, 15. 3, 22.
>k yg: to divide, and intrans. to be
divided. Arab. Jas III, IV, to divide
- § &
one's portion with another, 8.2-par.,
portion. Talmud. to cut or hew in
pieces, whence Hyºr an axe or adze
trop. to distinguish. Kindred roots are
=sri, Hºri, Chald. Tºri. The primary
29
yºn
-º-,
338
force of cutting, hewing, sharpening to a
point, is possessed by the syllable yn in
common with the kindred tri, In, see
tyr, Tºri, ºr ; also yp, b-, *, +x,
see under Tº, Tū, Ysp.—Prov. 30, 27
the locusts have no king, #3 yºn sº
yet go they forth all of them divided, i. e.
in divisions, bands; comp. Gen. 14, 15.
Jerome: per turmas suas.
PIEL part. Fºxsnº Judg. 5, 11, either:
those dividing sc. the booty, spoil; comp.
Is. 9, 2. 33, 23. Ps. 68, 13; or, with the
Targg, and Rabbins, sagittarii, archers,
as denom. from yr an arrow ; comp.
Targ. Judg. 5, 8.
PUAL to be divided out, to be allotted,
e.g. the months of one’s life, Job 21, 21.
Deriv. Yri, and the two following.
7:T. m. 1. i. q. Yri, an arrow, poet.
for lightnings, Ps. 77, 18.
2, a small stone, gravel-stone, as cut
or broken small ; collect. gravel, grit,
Prov. 20, 17. Lam. 3, 16.—Syr. tº-
tº e
Arab. (s-a- Eth. * 8.
-ºr-ſºn, nºn-fixºn (pruning of
the palm) Gen. 14, 7. 2 Chr. 20, 2, Ha-
zezom-tamar, pr. m. of a city on the west-
ern shore of the Dead Sea, renowned
for its palm-trees; afterwards called Tºy
* En-gedi. On the palms of En-gedi,
see Plin. H. N. W. 7. Celsii Hierob. II.
491.
Tºxº and Tºxixº f. a trumpet,
Num. 10, 2 sq. 31, 6. Hos. 5,8. 2 K. 12,
14. Tilis was the straight trumpet,
different from the "Fiu; buccina or horn,
which was crooked like a horn ; see
Joseph. Ant. 3. 12. 6. Jerome ad Hos.
5, 8. Buxtorf Lex. p. 816.-The etymo-
logy has occasioned various conjectures.
With most interpreters, I have formerly
referred it to nigri, Arab. 23- to be
present, Conj. X to call together, to con-
voke; whence then the form nsisr after
the analogy of Arab. Conj. XII, i. Q. to
convoke sc. with the trumpet; and hence
Tºxºr trumpet, so called as used for
sonvoking an assembly. Others, as re-
cently, Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 242, sup-
pose the trumpet to be so called as being
narrow and slender; a meaning which
s not ſound in the root either in Hebrew
or Arabic. But there can be little doub"
that this is an onomatopoetic word, imi.
tating the broken pulse-like sound of the
trumpet, like the Lat. taratamtara in
the verse of Ennius ap. Serv. ad Virg.
AEn. 9. 503. Germ. trarara. Similar
to this is the Hebrew word, especially
if pronounced in the Arabic manner,
#5-6-4- hadáderah. —Hence the de-
nom. verb:
ºr to trumpet, to blow the trumpet,
found only in part. Bºxxn2 (Bºssra)
1 Chr. 15, 24, 2 Chr. 5, 13. 7, 6. 13, 14.
29, 28 Chethibh. In Keri, one s being
dropped, it is every where bºnxrix i. e.
Bºrſº Part. Pi. by a needless correc-
tion of what was an unusual form.—In
2 Chr. 5, 12 is pºinxn2, which seems
to be an error of the transcriber.
‘K -sº obsol. root. 1. to surround,
to enclose with a wall, hedge, etc. Arab.
a- to surround, to besiege, Eth.
ſh;82, to wall in. Comp. in nºr.—
Hence hºrſ, hºr, no. 1, and pr. n. Hisri,
Tingri, nºr.
2. to be green, verdant. Arab. **
to be green, sc. a field, grain, etc.—
Hence nºr; no. 2, grass.
NotE. Etymologists have usually as-
sumed here two different roots. But the
connection of the ideas is shown in the
Greek zögtog, which like nºr signifies
first an enclosure, court, especially for
cattle; and then a pasture, and by me
ton. pasturage, i. e. grass, green herbage,
etc. See Passow and other Gr. Lex.
art. zógros.
ºr constr. *sri, c. suff, **śrī; plur.
bºsm constr. **śrī, also ninsri constr.
ninsri, comm. gend. an enclosure, i. e.
an open place surrounded by a fence,
paling, wall, etc.—Spec.
1. a court, before or surrounded by a
building; e. g. a private dwelling, Ex
8, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 18. Neh. 8, 16. hyr
nºtºr court of the guard or prison Jer
32, 2. 12. 33, 1. Neh. 3, 25. Of a palace
1 K. 7, 8, 9. 12. Esth. 2, 11. Before tha
tabernacle Ex. 27, 12 sq. 35, 17. 18. 40
8. Also of the temple, which had twy
courts; one inner, ºn hºrr, Ez. 40
28. 32, and nº- 1 K. 6, 36. Ez. 10, 3
-ºr
npr.
339
sai.ed also the court of the pries's 2 Chr.
4, 9; the other the outer, Hºisºrin 'nr,
Ez. 10, 5.40, 17. 31. Plur. Is. 1, 12. Ps.
55, 5.
2. a village, hamlet, Lat. villa, pagus,
i. e. farm-buildings, farm-hamlets, usual-
ly erected around an open space or court,
often in the neighbourhood of cities,
Josh. 13, 23. 28. 15, 32 sq. 1 Chr. 4, 33.
Neh. 11, 25. Diff from nºr risi, Josh.
15, 47. Spoken also of the movable vil-
lages or encampments of nomadic tribes,
who usually pitch their tents in a circle,
or so as to form an enclosure, Gen. 25,
16. Deut. 2, 23. Is. 42, 11 ; comp. Ps. 10,
8.—Hence
3. As the name of several cities and
villages:
a) -ºs-nºr Hazar-Addar (village of
Addar) a place on the border of the tribe
of Judah Num. 34, 4; called shortly nº
Josh. 15, 3.
b) righb, ºr Josh. 19, 5, and nºr.
oncho 1 Chr. 4, 31, Hazar-susah or Ha-
zar-susim (village of horses) in the tribe
of Simeon.
c) Tºny ºr Ez. 47, 17, and tº ºr
48, 1. Num. 34, 9, 10, Hazar-enan (vil-
age of ſountains) on the northern bor-
der of Palestine.
d) byº-gri Hazar-shual (village of
jackals) Josh. 15, 28. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4, 28.
Neh. 11, 27, in the tribe of Simeon.
e) ji="rn hºr Hazer-hatticon (mid-
dle village) Ez. 47, 16, on the borders of
*Hauran, Auranitis.
f) Plur, ninsri Hazeroth, a station of
he Israelites after leaving Sinai, prob.
the fountain now called 'Ain el-Hildhera,
|-º-; see Bibl. Res, in Palest.I. p.223.
“Num. 11, 35. 12, 16. 33, 17. Deut. 1, 1.
inyº; Hezro, see in ºri.
Tiny" (enclosed, walled in, r. nºr)
Hezron, pr. m. a.) A son of Reuben
Gen. 46,9. Ex. 6, 14. Patronym. is "shºr
Num. 26, 6. b) A son of Perez Gen.
16, 12. Ruth 4, 18. Gr. 'Dogºu Matt.
1, 3. c.) A city in the south of Judah,
called also hisr, Josh. 15, 25.
ºr (id.) Hezrai, pr. r. of one of
David's military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35
Chethibh. In Keri ani 1 Thr. 11, 37,
Insri Hezro.
F}º (court of death) Hazarma,
veth, pr. 11. of a district in Arabia Felix
situated on the Indian ocean and abound
ing in frankincense, myrrh, and aloe,
but noted for the insalubrity of the
climate, whence the name ; still called
assº" sº 9 -
by the Arabs & , IHadramaw?
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. See Abulfe.
dae Arabia ed. Gagn. p. 45. Niebuſhr a
Descr. of Arabia, p. 283-294. Germ.
Prº see pºrt.
Prſ m. (r. ppr; no. 3) c. Makk. -pri, c.
suff. "pri, but ſpri Lev. 10,13, Espri Ex.
5, 14; plur. E"pr constr."pr and "pºn Ez.
20, 18; pr. something decreed, prescrib-
ed, appointed; e.g. "Pr; that which is
decreed or appointed for me, Job 23, 14.
—Spec.
1. An appointed portion, e. g. of la
bour, a task, Ex. 5, 14. Prov. 31, 15; of
food, an allowance, Prov. 30, 8. Gen. 47
22.
2. An appointed bound, limit, Job 26,
10. Prov. 8,29. Jer. 5, 22. pn ºrb with.
out bound, without measure, immeasur-
ably, Is. 5, 14.
3. An appointed time, set time, Job 14
13. Mic. 7, 11.
4. A prescribed statute, ordinance, law
Gen. 47, 26. 1 Sam. 30, 25. Ps. 81, 5. In
Sing. also collect. of a body of laws
(comp. Hºlin) Ex. 15, 25. Is. 24, 5. Plur
statutes, laws, espec. laws prescribed
from God to men, Deut. 4, 5.8. 14. 6,
24. 11, 32. 12, 1 ; of the laws of nature
Job 28, 26. Ps. 148, 6. Also: a) a de
cree of God Ps. 2, 7; comp. Job 23, 14.
b) a statutory portion, appointed portion,
as fixed by law, Ex. 29, 28. Lev. 7, 34.
10, 15. Num. 18, 8. c) a custom, having
the authority of law, Judg. 11,39. 2 Chr.
35, 25.
>k Hpr: in Kal not used, i. Q. ppm, pr.
to cut in, to hew, i. q, to hack ; hence to
engrave, to carve, see Pual no. 1 ; to de-
lineate, to portray, see Pual no. 2, comp.
Ppr; no. 2; also to hack up the ground,
to dig, see Hithpa.
PUAL part. Hºrtº 1. engraved, carv-
ed, 1 K. 6, 35.
2. delineated, portrayed, painted, Ez
8, 10; comp. 23, 14.
HITHP. to hack up the ground with 2
Hpn
-pr
340
hoe or pickaxe, to dig a trench, etc. So
fiom the primary signification I would
explain Job 13,27 Hºrrºr ºn ºnuſ-bs
around the roots (soles) of my feet hast
ſhow digged, i.e. hast made a trench, so
that I can go no further, thou hast stop-
ped my way; comp. 19, 8. Lam. 3, 7.
Usually, around the roots of my feet hast
thou drawn lines, i. e. made marks how
{ar I may go.
ºr fem. of pri no. 4, a statute, law,
ordinance. Sing. spoken always of a
single law; e. g. ripºn rer the law of
the passover Ex. 12, 43. Num, 9, 14. 19,2.
Lev. 3, 17. al.—Plur. statutes, laws, Lev.
18, 5. 26. 20, 13. Ez. 5, 6, 43, 18. Deut.
8, 11. 2 Sam. 7, 19. al. Of the laws of
the heavens, of nature, Job 38, 33. Jer.
31, 35. 33, 25. Also customs, 1 K. 3, 3.
Mic. 6, 16; of the heathen i. e. idolatry
2 K. 17, 8. Lev. 20, 23.
SºPrº (bent, crooked) Hakupha, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh. 7, 53. R. Fpri.
$: tip. i. q. Arab. -ă ş-> to bend one-
self to be crooked. Hence pr. m. sºpr.
NK ppr pr. to cut in, to hew, to hew in ;
comp. the kindred verbs (all of which
05 ~
also are onomatopoetic) Hºrſ, Gº and
3–6 5so to cut or hew with the sword,
and then also to stamp violently, to en-
counter violently; & and & Kº id.
Germ. hacken, Engl. to hack. We may
remark in passing, that espec. in verbs
39, which double the middle radical,
there are many which are onomatopo-
etic, and therefore common to several
languages, as pp: to lick, Raº, FEº, to
tap, to grope, běrî hallen, 823 tinnio,
schallen, pp: to beat, to pound, etc. and
also in doubled forms, as nº gargari-
zuvit, FYEx pipivit, psºs tintinnum edi-
lit, etc. Spec.
1. to cut in, e. g. a sepulchre in a rock,
to hew in, Is. 22, 16; letters and figures
or, a tablet, to grave in, to inscribe, y0690,
ſs. 30, 8. Ez. 4, 1.
2. i. q, y0%q'o), to grave, to trace, to
portray, Is. 49, 16. Ez. 23, 14.
3. to ordain, to appoint, Prov. 8, 27.
29; to decree, as a judge Is. 10, 1. Part.
Prºn poet. fol tºº, judge, leader, ruler,
Yudg. 5, 9
PUAL part. Pºrº pr: what is prescrib
ed, i. e. a law, statute, Prov. 31, 5.
Hoph, ſut. Prº (for prº Dag. f. be.
ing dropped) to be graved in, inscribed
Job 19, 23.
Po. i. q. Kal no. 3, to dec, ee Prov. 8
15. Part. ppm, a) a lawgiver, Deut
33, 21. Is. 33, 22; a judge, leader, ruler
i. q. Pººj, Judg. 5, 14. b) a sceptre, at
the badge of power, Num. 21, 18 Ps,
60, 9. Gen. 49, 10.
Deriv. Pri, nºr, pr. n. Fºr, and
PP. m. only in plur. constr. *ppr; de
crees Is. 10, 1; resolves, determinations
Judg. 5, 15, where it corresponds to the
similar word "mpri in v. 16. *
PPT Hukkok, pr. n. of a town on the
confines of Asher and Naphtali, Josh. 19
34; ſor which ppºrt 1 Chr. 6, 60. Perh
mod. Yakäk, Bibl. Res, in Palest. III
App. p. 133. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 80.
*"pr; fat. -prº Job 13, 9, to search,
to search out, to earamine, pr: the interior
of the earth, spoken of mining, Job 28, 3.
The primary idea lies in boring and dig-
ging ; kindred with hp?, Hº —Constr.
absol. Deut. 13, 15. Ez. 39, 14; with
acc. of pers, or thing, to search out, to
eaplore, e. g. a land Judg. 18, 2; food
and drink, i. q. to taste, to try, Prov. 23
30; wisdom Job 28, 27; the mind or
heart of any one 1 Sam. 20, 12. Ps. 139
1. Prov. 28, 11 the rich man is wise in
his own eyes, ºpriº Tºº $7, but the poor
'man who hath understanding searcheth
him through 5 Sept. xxtoyvöwston, Aqu
Theod. §§1zručast.
PIEL i. q. Kal, Ecc. 12, 9.
NIPH. pass. of Kal, Jer. 31, 37. 1 K. 7
47 nºrt: ºpuſz -prº sº the weight of
the brass was not to be searched out, as.
certained; comp. "pri jºs.
Deriv. -prº and
TPT) 1. a searching out, evamination
Job 34, 24; Prov. 25, 27 see in Tinz no
2 ; hence npr. 7"s no searching out
past finding out, unsearchable, Prov. 25
3; so of what is innumerable, Job 5, 9
9,10. 36,26. Also sº "nºr searchings of
mind, queries, deliberations, Judg. 5, 16.
2. What is known only by searching
out, a secret, the inmost part, Job 38, 16
Finn hºr, the secret recesses of the deep
-n 341
--r
Metaph. Hibs "pr; Job 11, 7, i. q. t.
6&9m to iſ 9 sov 1 Cor. 2, 10.
I. T. m. only in plur. Bºnn, nobles,
free-born, 1 K. 21, 8. 11. Neh. 2, 16. 4,
13; once fully written nºir Ecc. 10, 17.
R. ºr no. 3, q.v.—But ºn Horites
see in hºn II.
II. ºn a hole, see nin.
-r See *nºr, .
Tºr, -H pr. n. see in Tºº.
* Nyr, or sºn obsol. root, Arab.
15 -
sy- to ease oneself, the vulgar word
for this act. Hence, wherever a deriv-
ative from it occurs in the text, the He-
brew critics have placed in the margin
or Keri a less offensive expression. See
the deriv. nisºn?, and
Disºrſ m. plur, constr. ºr for "sºr
2 K. 6,25; c. suff. Brºsnri Is. 36, 12, and
contr. Eriºr. 2 K. 18, 27; eaccrements,
dung. In Is, l.c. and 2 K. 18, 27 is read
in Keri the less vulgar TSix, the vowels
of which are written under this word in
the text.—2 K. 6, 25 pºi" ºr doves'
dung, which may be taken literally ;
since it is not incredible that persons
oppressed by severe famine should de-
vour even the excrements of animals;
comp. Celsii Hierobot. II. p. 32. Rosen
müller ad Bocharti Hieroz. II. p. 573.
Still, it is not improbable, that some
kind of vegetable food is to be here un
derstood; just as the Arabs call the herb
Kali, sparrows' dung, Uzali > ;
and as in Germ. asafoetida is called de-
vil's dung. See Bochart Hieroz. II.
p. 580 sq. But comp. Celsius I. c. p. 233,
who clearly shows that Bochart was
mistaken in affirming that among the
Arabs doves’ or sparrows' dung is a com-
mon epithet for chickpeas or vetches
fried. In Keri 2 K. l.c. is pºi"=" q. v.
Y: --n and ann ſut. anry, once ºnrº;
Jer. 26, 9 in some copies; imperative
ann.
1. to be dried up, to be dry, spoken of
Water, streams, Gen. 8, 13. Hos. 13, 15.
Ps. 106,9. –It seems to denote merely
the absence or failure of water, and thus
differs from 93: to be fully dry, dried;
see Gen. 8, 13 comp. 14; also Job 14, 11
Is. 19, 5, where tº Enrº, ºr, ex
presses gradation. Of the same family
is Gr. x6990. -
2. to be laid waste, to lie desert, e. g.
lands, cities; since dry places quickly
become waste and desert (comp. Is. 42.
15. 48, 21); Is. 34, 10. Jer. 26, 9.; of
sanctuaries Am. 7,9. Also to be wasted,
destroyed, of a people, Is. 60, 12; and
trans. to waste, to destroy, Jer. 50, 21. 27.
—Arab. *}= to be laid waste, Conj. II.
to Waste to destroy ; kindr. with which
is Çrs I, III, IV, to wage war.
3. to be amazed, astonished, Jer. 2, 12;
since the silence and solitude of the
desert overpower the mind. See the
synon. Bºº.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be deso-
lated, to be laid waste, Ez. 26, 19. 30, 7
2. Recipr. to waste one another, to fight
together, 2 K. 3, 23.
PUAL pass. of Kal no. 1, to be dried,
Judg. 16, 7.8.
HiPh. 1. to dry up water 2 K. 19, 24.
Is. 50, 2. Jer. 51, 36.
2. to desolate, to lay waste cities, lands,
Ez. 19, 7. Judg. 16, 24; to destroy a peo-
ple 2 K. 19, 17. Is. 49, 17.
HoPH. pass. of Hiph. no. 2. Ez. 26 2.
29, 12. -
The deriv. all follow.
HTT, Chald. i. Q. Heb.
HoPH. to be laid waste, destroyed,
Ezra 4, 15.
anº adj. fem. Hºnr. 1. dry, Lev. 7.
10. Prov. 17, 1.
2. waste, desolate, Jel 33, 10. 12. Neh.
2, 3, 17. Ez. 36, 36.
Bºº. f. in pause ºri, c. suff “nºn.
plur, ni-ºri, constr. nºr.
1. a sword, as laying waste, destroy-
ing; Arab. ºrs, Syr. ter. whence
Gr. §gium, see Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 760.
So nºr. "Eh ºr to smite with the edge of
the sword, i. e. to slay with the sword,
Deut. 13, 16. 20, 13. Josh. 6, 21. 8, 24,
10, 28. ºrja anſ to slay with the sword
Josh. 13,22. ‘nā be: to fall by the sword,
Num. 14, 3, Is. 3, 25. Jer, 11,22, risis
a Jr., iniquities (worthy) of the sword i.e
29*
--n
T-in
342
of death, Job 19, 29. Metaph. of a false
and slanderous tongue, Ps. 57, 5.
2. Trop. of other cutting instruments,
e.g. a knife for circumcising Josh. 5, 2.
3; a knife or razor Ez. 5, 1; a graver
or chisel Ex. 20, 25; an aace Ez. 26, 9.
Poet. of the curved tusks of the hippo-
potamus, Job 40, 19.
3. dryness, drought, Deut. 28, 22; un-
less perhaps it should be written ºn.
ann and Shiri (dry, desert) pr.m. Ho-
reb, a lower part or peak of Mount Sinai,
so called at the present day, from which
one ascends towards the south the sum-
mit of Sinai properly so called, or Jºe
Jebel Músa. Ex. 3, 1. 17, 6.
Deut. 1, 2.6. 4, 10. 15. 5, 2. 18, 16. 1 K.
8,9. 19,8. Mal. 4,4. Comp. Burckhardt’s
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 566 sq. [But
Horeb seems rather to have been a
general name for the whole mountain,
of which Sinai was a particular summit;
see Hengstenberg Auth. des Pentat. II.
p. 396. Bibl. Res, in Palest. I. pp. 177,
551.-R.
Sºn m. 1. dryness Judg. 6, 37. 39.
Hence, drought, heat, Gen. 31,40. Hagg.
1, 11. Is. 4, 6. 25, 4.5. Also of the dry-
ness and heat of fever, Job 30, 30.
2. waste, desolation, Ez. 29, 10. Zeph.
2, 14. ºn "ny waste cities Is. 61, 4.
Tºr, f. plur.niºn, with art, niaºriri,
constr. ni-ºri. R. anri.
1. dryness, plur. dry places, deserts, Is.
48, 22.
2. wasteness, desolation ; concr. waste,
desolate. Lev. 26, 31 Džºrns ºn:
Hanri I will make your cities desolate.
Ez. 25, 19. 35, 4. Plur. waste places,
ruins, Ps. 102, 7. Ez. 13, 4, 33, 24. 27.
riºr nº to build up waste places, to
rebuild ruins, Ez. 36, 10. 33. 38, 12.
Mal. 1, 4. Is. 58, 12. 61, 4; also pºip
nºr: id. Is. 44, 26. Somewhat differ-
entis: Job 3, 14 kings and counsellors of
the earth i2h niºn bºar, who build up
ruins for themselves, i. e. who build up
splendid palaces which will soon be ru-
ins. Enrº niºr ruins of the rich, i. e.
their ruined houses, etc. Is. 5, 17.
nºr; f. (for nºr) only with art.
nzºrri, the dry, the dry land Gen. 7,
22. Ex. 14, 21. 2 K. 2, 8; comp. in tº
R. ºrj.
Tinº m. (r. anr) plur. constr. •;iºn
dryness, drought, heat of summer, Ps
32, 4.
s?iºn (prob. Pers. Juºrs ass-dri
ver) Harbona, pr. m. of aſ eunuch of
Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10; for which in 7, 9
Hinºr.
>k sºn &twº Asyóu. to tremble, to be in
trepidation, to fear. Chald. Nºnn fear
trepidation. The primary syllable is
An, which like yº denotes tremulous
motion, see 13, sº, sºn.—Ps. 18, 46
Priºri-Atº Anrº and they were dis.
mayed out of their strong-holds, they
came out trembling from their strong-
holds and delivered them up ; comp.
Mic. 7, 17. Hos. 11, 11. Others here
compare Arab. > to go forth, i. e.
they came forth from their strong-holds,
but this is languid. In the parall. pas-
sage 2 Sam. 22,46 is hºrrº; see in Här.
'bān- obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab.
Jºs to leap, to gallop, as a horse,
locust. It comes from the triliteral ºr
to tremble, to be in trepidation, which is
also referred to leaping, comp. **A. By
dropping the ºn from this root, there re-
mains the triliteral ºr q.v.–Hence
ºn m. a locust, so called from its
leaping; see r. bāºri, and comp. &ttaxóg,
&rtéâuffoc, from Štistv. Spoken of a
winged and edible species of locust, Lev.
11, 22.—Arab. £13. s a troop of horses
a flight of locus's, Jºys a kind oſ
locusts without wings, l aſid n being in-
terchanged. -
:k --- fut. Thrl. 1. to tremble, e.g
a mountain, Ex. 19, 18. Elsewhere
only of persons, to be in trepidation, to
be terrified, Ex. 19, 16. Gen. 27, 33
Ruth 3, 8. Is. 10, 29. al. Ascribed to
the heart, 1 Sam. 28, 5; with of cause
Job 37, 1. Praegn. a) Gen. 42, 28
-?sh "ris-bs ºs Triº, they trembled
one towards, another i. e. they turneo
trembling one to another, saying. b
With "ºris, to follow any one trembling
1 Sam. 13,7, c) With nsº, to trem
T-r
T-r
343
ble at meeting any one, to meet him
trembling, 1 Sam. 16, 4, 21, 2.
2. Trop. a) i. q. to come trembling,
to hastem, (comp. Lat. trepidare, Virg.
AEn. 9. 14,) with 7% from a place, Hos.
11, 10. 11, b) With Ps, to tremble for
any one, i. q to care for, 2 K. 4, 13.
HIPH. to terrify, to make afraid, Judg.
8, 12. 2 Sam. 17, 2. Lev. 26, 6. Job 11,
19. Is. 17, 2. al.
Deriv. prºn. Tinn and those here fol-
owing.
Tº adj. 1. trembling, fearful, Judg.
7, 3; with by of that for which one trem-
bles 1 Sam. 4, 13. -
2. Trop. of reverence towards God,
piety, i. e. fearing, revering. Ezra 10, 3
*ribs nºsº: Bºrn fearing, revering
the commandment of our God, comp. 9,
4. Is. 66, 2 ºniº by Thr, who trembleth
at my word; with PS v. 5.
nºr f. constr. nººn, plur. riºr
Ez. 26, 16. R. Tºri.
1. a trembling, terror, fear. Gen. 27,
33 and Isaac trembled Hºº riºr a
great trembling, i. e. was in great trepi-
dation and alarm. 1 Sam. 14, 13. Is. 21,
4. al. The genit. following refers to the
person feared, as ETS nºr fear of man
Prov. 29, 25; Bºrº's nºr a terror of
God, a great or panic terror, 1 Sam. 14,
15; comp. 9sotéotos pūgo, Il. 9. 2.
2. care, concern, 2 K. 4, 13; see the
root no. 2. b.
3. Haradah, pr. m. of a station of the
sraelites in the desert, Num. 33, 24.
*Tº fut. Hºrn, apoc. -in", "nº.
13ut hºr Is. 24, 6 is from nºr.
1. to burn, to be kindled, to glow, kindr.
ºr ; spoken only of anger, espec. in
the following phrases: a) E Fls riºr
Ex. 22, 23. 32, 22. Num. 11, 10; with a
against any one Gen. 30, 2, 44, 18. Job
32, 2. 3; often of Goa. Ex. 4, 14. Num.
11, 33. Josh. 23, 16. Is. 5, 25. Hos. 8, 5;
rarely with by Num. 24, 10; by Zech.
10, 3, b) Impers. is nºr; it was kin-
dled to him, i. e. he was angry, wroth,
where FS anger is usually supp.ed, Gen.
31, 36. 34, 7, 1 Sam. 15, 11. 2 Sam. 19,
13. al c) ****:: nºr (anger) w kin-
dled in his eyes, anger being chiefly
visible in the kindling eyes and inflamed
|
countenance. Gen. 31, 35.45, 5.—Some
times these formulas express the feeling
of grief, sadness, rather than anger;
and hence are rendered in Sept. by the
verb Avitéopol, as Gen. 4, 5. Jon. 4, 4.9.
Neh. 5, 6. On the affinity of these ideas,
see in Hs. -
2. to be angry, wroth, c. : Hab. 3,8.
NIPH. Part. plur. Bºr;, i. q. Kal no.
2, to be angry, wroth, with 3 of pers. Is.
41, 11. 45,24. The form Thrº Cant. 1, 6
is from r. nºr.
HipH. Hºrrſ, fut. "rºl 1. to let burn,
to kindle sc. anger, c. By Job 19, 11.
2... to be ardent, zealous, to do with
ardour, zeal, followed by a finite verb.
Neh. 3,20 Tºni pºrri Hºrn tºrs after
him Baruch zealously repaired, etc. or,
emulating him repaired, etc.
Tiph, fut. Hºrrº (after the form bºpr.)
to emulate, to rival, Jer. 22, 15; c. ns to
contend with any one, Jer, 12, 5.
HITHPA. fut, apoc. -nnn, to fret one-
self, to be angry, indignant, Ps. 37, 1.7.
8. Prov. 24, 19.
Deriv. Jinri, ºr, shrir.
Tººlſ (he was dry) Harhaiah, pr
n. m. Neh. 3, 8. R. nºr.
TT. (trembling, terror, r. Tºri) Ha-
rod, pr. m. of a fountain, or of a place
near by it, "inri Tºy Judg. 7, 1–Hence
gentile n. *Thr, Harodite, 2 Sam. 23, 25.
D"Tºnº m. plur. (r. Tºri) strings of
pearls, gems, corals, or the like, neck-
laces, Cant. 1, 10. Syr. fºal. and
Arab.5- a necklace of gems or pearls.
ºn m. Job 30, 7. Zeph. 2, 9; Plur.
sººri Prov. 24, 31, a thorn-bush, bram-
ble, so called from its pricking, burning ;
from a root ºnr. i. q. Thri. Comp. Eth.
Aſh AA to burn, for Kih/,2,.. See Cel-
sii Hierobot. T. II. p. 166.
Fºnº (i. g. Fis Bºnn snub-nosed)
Harwmaph, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 10.
Tinº m. (r. Hºr) a burning, something
burning, Ps. 58, 10. Of a ger, ES Tinº
glow of anger, burning wnger, fierce
wrath, Num. 25, 4. 32, 14. 1 Sam. 28, 18.
Hos. 11, 9. Job 20, 23. Jer. 25, 37–
Hence
2. Trop. anger, wrath, Neh 13, 18
*-n
--n
344
Ps. 2, 5. Ez. 7, 12. 14.
bursts of anger Ps, 88, 17.
I. Yºhº; m. plur. constr. nisºr Am.
1,3; part. pass. from r. Yºr, to cut in, etc.
1. Pr. Something cut in, dug out; hence
a) a ditch, trench of a fortified city, Dan.
9, 25; where the verb nº can be re-
ferred to Yºnr; only by Zeugma. Chald.
R$ºnn. b) Poet. for gold, pr. some-
thing dug out, fossil, Ps. 68, 14. Prov. 3,
14. 8, 10. 16, 16. Zech. 9, 3.
2. sharpened, pointed, see the root no.
2 ; hence as a poetical epithet for the
threshing-sledge, tribulum ; fully ºniº
Yanr, a sharp threshing-sledge Is. 41, 15;
and then without the subst. in the same
sense, Is. 28, 27. Job 41, 22. Plur.
nisºr Am. 1, 3. On the form of this
instrument see in Amio.
3. Trop. decided, see the root no. 3;
and hence decision, judgment. Joel 4,
14 Yinrir, Pºž in the valley of judg-
'ment, i. e. of punishment. Sept. §v tí
zoukºu tiſs Ölzms.
II. Yºnn, Kamets impure, for yºri,
r. Yºr.
1. Adj. eager, see the root no. 5;
hence active, diligent, strenuous, Prov.
12, 27. 21, 5. Plur. B'shºr; Prov. 10, 4.
12, 24. 13, 4.
2. Haruz, pr. m. of the father-in-law
of king Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19.
>k ſºn obsol. root, kindr. with Yºr,
to cut in, to puncture ; hence to bore
through, to perforate. Arab. 2 > to
bore through, e.g. pearls or géms, in
order to string them. Hence pººr.
crºſſ pr. n. m. Harhas, 2 K. 22, 14;
in 2 Chr. 34, 22 written riºr q. v.
TT m. (r. ºri) 1. inflammation,
burning fever, Deut. 28, 22. Sept. §gs-
9tguóg, Vulg. ardor.
2. Harhur, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 51. Neh.
7, 53.
* ºr obsol root, Syr. -º-, pr to
scrape, to scratch ; hence to cut in, to
grave, to unsculp, like kindr. bºr, Yºr,
tºry, ºnry, zo.gºogo, zogºtto). See
more under r. º.—Hence ºr a gra-
rer, ºnry.
tº m. 1. a graver, graving-tool,
"hisel Ex. 32, 4.
Plur. Bºhr
2, a stylus, style, with wh. Wh letters
were written or inscribed on wood o
stone; hence poet. of a manner of writ-
ing, Is. 8, 1 usins ºrjã with a man's
style, i. e. with the common letters, so
as to be read without difficulty by the
common people.
tºnn m. only in plur. Bººn, sacred
scribes, skilled in the sacred writing or
hieroglyphics, isgoygºumotsis, a class of
Egyptian priests; see Jablonski Proleg.
in Panth. Ægypt. p. 91 sq. Creuzer
Symbolik und Mythologie, I. p. 245-
Gen. 41, 8, 24. Ex. 7, 11. 22. 8, 3. 14. 15.
9, 11. The same name is applied also
to the Magi of Babylon, Dan. 1, 20. 2, 2.
—The word seems to be of Hebrew ori-
gin, and derived either from ºr style,
and E- formative, comp. Biº from
Hº, Einº from ºn: ; or else a quadrili-
teral made up from the triliterals ºr
to grave, and bºr to be sacred. See
Michaelis Suppl. 923. -
Etymºl Chald, id. Dan. 1, 20. 2, 10.
Plur. Bºgºr, Dan. 2, 27. 4, 4, 6, 5, 11.
"T. m. (r. Hºrſ) heat, glow, sc. ofanger.
with ns Ex. 11, 8. Deut. 29, 23. Is. 7, 4.
al. With the idea of grief, 1 Sam. 20,34.
I. T. m. (r. hºrſ) white bread, made
of fine flour; once Gen. 40, 16 ºhn ºp,
Vulg. canistra farinae, Sept. xxvi yovögt-
töv.–In the Mishna, Tract. Edaioth 3,
§ 10, inn is a species of bread or cake;
Arab. sº white bread, white flour.
II. ºn (a dweller in caverns, troglo-
dyte, from hin II, a hole, cavern, and
the ending "-) pr. n. -
1. Horite, Horites, a people who an-
cently dwelt in Mount Seir, Gen. 14, 6;
and were afterwards driven out by the
Edomites, Deut. 2, 12. 22.-Gen. 36
20–30. Plur. Dºnn id. Deut. 2, 12.
2. Hori, pr. n. m. a.) Gen. 36, 22.
b) Num. 13, 5.
Eºin ºr see in art. Ensºn.
tºr, m. (r. tºr) twice pl. Entºr
purses, bags, for money; prob. So calleg
from their long and round form, perh, like
an inverted cone, 2 K. 5, 23. Is. 3, 22
G.
Arab. Alaº- Comp. Schroeder dº
Vest, mul. Heb. c. 17.
**H
Enri
345
Fºr (Arab. -ºš the autumnal
‘ain, from ºn autumn) Hariph, pr. n.
Df a man, Neh. 7, 24, 10, 20.—Instead
of this is read nºi" (autumnal rain)
Ezra 2, 18.
Yºr) verbal n. (r. Yºr.) 1. a cutting,
Tujue, piece cut off, slice ; 1 Sam. 17, 18
shrir, ºr nº ten cuttings (slices)
of curds, new or soft cheese. Sept.
19vg.0%iósg i. e. according to Hesych.
ruñuxta toû &ngioi tugot. Vulg. de-
cem formella casei, Chald. Syr. Tºa.
Arab. UdayS soft cheese.
2. a thréshing-sledge, tribulum, i. q.
Yºr; no. 2; spec. for a sharp threshing-
sledge, 2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3.
tº m. (r. ºri) a ploughing, old
Engl. earing, 1 Sam. 8, 12; time of
ploughing, &goróg, Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34, 21.
1 Sam. 8, 12.
*Tº adj. (r. ºr no. 5) silent, still,
and hence sultry, spoken of the east
wind, Jon. 4, 8.
* † a root &ng: Asyóu. Prov. 12,
27 it's nº. Thrº sº, i. e. either: the
slothful man roasteth no game, comp.
Chald. Thri to burn, to scorch; or bet-
ter: he snareth no game, pr. does not
take it with a net ; comp. Bºhr net.
Kindr. is Ans.
#TT Chald. to burn, to singe, i. q.
Arab. US)--.
ITHPA. Thrins to be singed, e. g. the
hair, Dan. 3, 27.
tº m. plur. lattices of windows,
br. net, net-work, Cant. 2, 9; Sept.
Jixtvo. Chald. Rºhr, a lattice-window.
R. Thr kindr, with ans.
*BT see bºr.
Sk E-r pr. to shut up, to shut in ; see
Fºr net, no. 1.
1. Spec. to shut in the nose, to draw
in, to contract, comp. torſ. Hence part.
bºr, Lev. 21, 18 pr. drawn in as to the
nose, i.e. snub-nosed, flat-nosed; Vulg.
parvo naso. Arab. and ry- to
*ore through between the nostrils o. a
tamel and pass in a ring ; pr. to cºn-
tract the nose.
2. to shut up from common use, to
make sacred, to consecrule, to devote tº
God, opp. Shri. Arab. ...s to shut up
to prohibit, sc. from common use ; II to
9 - >
make sacred; IV to devote. à
sacred place, adytum; also the women’
apartment, harem. Ethiop. ſh/dº’ to
esteem unlawful, Åſh/dº to forbid, to
prohibit. See Hiph.
HipH. Ennºr. 1. to consecrate, to de-
vote unto God, so that the person or thing
thus devoted can never be redeemed,
Lev. 27, 28. 29. Mic. 4, 13. Ethiop.
Åh/.4° to anathematize, to put under
a curse.—In the exterminating wars
against the Canaanites, cities were often
thus devoted ; and these when taken
were razed to the foundations, and the
inhabitants, both man and beast, utterly
destroyed ; so as to prevent them from
ever being redeemed from this vow.
Hence
2. to devote to destruction, i. q to utterly
destroy, to eacterminate, e. g. cities and
their inhabitants, Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6. 7, 2.
20, 17. Josh. 8, 26. 10, 28.37. 11, 21.
Judg. 1, 17. Is. 37, 11. Jer. 51, 3. Some-
times with ºr "sh added, Josh. 11, 12.
1 Sam. 15,8. The formula's nºns ºn-nn
Jer. 50, 21, seems to denote the enemy
as pursuing after those who are to be
utterly destroyed; comp. hºris -s: 1 K.
14, 10. 21, 21–Poetically, God himself
is said thus to devote any person of
thing, i. e. to utterly destroy, Is, 34, 2.
Jer, 25, 9; also Is. 11, 15 Hinº tºrn
Bºx2-tº- ribº Fs and Jehovah will
wtterly destroy (dry up) the tongue of the
Egyptian sea; comp. Ps. 106, 9.
HoPH. Bºri to be consecrated, devot.
ed, Ezra 10,8; of persons i. q, to be put
to death Ex. 22, 19. Lev. 27. 29.
Deriv. the five following, and sººnry.
PT (devoted) Harem, pr. n.of a place
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38.
tº for enºr, (i, q, thºr flat-nosed)
Harim, pr. m. m. Ezra 2,32. 10, 31. Neh.
3, 11.
tº once tº Zech. 14, 11, c. suff,
wºn, ionn, plur. Bºnn. R. Enr.
1. a net, for fishing or fowling, so cair
ed from its shutting in the prey, see the
2-n
bºn
346
Noot init. Hab. 1, 15. 16. 17. Ez. 26, 5.
14. 47, 10. Metaph. nets, for female en-
ticements, Ecc. 7, 26.
2. devotion of anything to destruction,
utter destruction, Mal. 3,34. Zech. 14, 11.
ºr ujºs one devoted by me to destruc-
tion 1 K. 20, 42. Is. 34, 5-Often concr.
any thing devoted to God without power
of redemption, and, if animated, to be
put to death, Lev. 27, 21. 28. 29. Num.
18, 14. Deut. 7, 26. 13, 18. al. Sept.
generally &vá9suo.
Tºmº (place desolated, r. ºrj) Hor-
mah, pr. n. of a royal city of the Canaan-
ites, in the south of Judah towards Edom,
afterwards assigned to the tribe of Si-
meon, Num. 14, 45. 21, 3. Deut. 1, 41.
Josh. 12, 14. 19, 4. Anciently called nº
Judg. 1, 17. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 591.
tº o -
ſºn (i. 4. ;= &= prominent
Summit, peak, of a mountain; perh. pr.
nose of a mountain, comp. Căși) Her-
mon, the high southern part of Anti-
Lebanon, Josh. 11, 3.17. Ps. 89, 13. 133,
3. It lies around the sources of the Jor-
dan, and is now called Jebel esh-Sheikh,
-º-º: | J--. It has two or more sum-
mits, and is therefore spoken of in the plur.
tºr, Ps. 42, 7. According to Deut. 3,
9, 4,48, this mountain was called by the
Amorites nºtº, by the Sidonians innu,
and sometimes also it was named is nity;
but in Cant. 4,8. 1 Chr. 5, 23, Semir and
Hermon are distinguished. Probably dif-
erent summits or parts of the chain bore
different names, which were applied in a
wider or narrower acceptation at differ-
ent times. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III.
p. 357. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 13.
tº m. a sickle, Deut. 16, 9, 23, 26.
Prob. made up from Enrº sys to cut off,
and ºr to cut in. ry-
9 , a 2-
7T. (i. q. Arab. &;= parched, dry,
•. ºri) Haran, pr. n. a) A city of
Mesopotamia in the time of the patri-
urchs, Gr. and Lat. Kógão, Car-
G - a - p >
rap, Arab. and Syr. J' $*, after-
wards celebrated for the defeat of Cras-
sus; Gen. 11, 31. 12, 5. 27, 43. 2 K. 19,
12. Ez. 27, 23. See Golius ad A.ferg
p. 249. Schult. Ind. Geogr. v. Charraº
b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 46.
ET (two caves, dual of inn i. q
"hin) Horonaim, pr. m. of a Moabitish
city, situated upon a declivity, Is. 15, 5
Jer. 48, 3. 5. 34. Gentile n. *hn Horo,
nite, Neh. 2,10.19.—Differentis jinn nºz.
nºr (perh, for "Eºhr: fr. ºri; to
snort, to snore, and Syr. rºl to breathe
hard, to pant,) Harnepher, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 7, 36. *
* bºr and in-r obsol. root. 1. i. q.
Ušj-, to scrape, to scratch ; intrans
9
to be scratched, rough ; Jºe a sherd,
potsherd, so called from being rough
and scratching, comp. Job 2, 8.-Hence
bºr, potsherd, also by, noºn.
2. Perh, to be dry, arid, hot ; the idea
of roughness being transferred to wha
is dry, or shrivelled and cracked from
dryness, and so to heat as the cause of
dryness; see under r. nºr.—Hence bºr,
the sun. -
Onº m. (r. bºr) in Pause by Judg.
8, 13.
1. the itch, as the cause of scratching
Deut. 28, 27. -
2. the sun, a sense not frequent and
rather poetic, Job 9, 7. Judg. 8, 13; with
He parag. Henri Judg. 14, 18, like risis.
nº.5. Prob. bºr is here pr. heat, like
H%ri, see the root no. 2; unless one
chooses with Hitzig to take it as de-
noting the orb or disk of the sun, Germ
‘die Sonnen-scheibe,” from the idea of
scraping, forming, making, as Germ
Scheibe from the verb schobem to scrape ;
see Adelung h. v.–As to bºrn nºs Is
19, 18, (which is read in 16 Mss. and
some editions, and is expressed by the
Sept. Complut. 'Azegés, by Symm. Tółts
#Alov, by the Vulg. civitas solis, by Saa-
dias U-ye Kºrs, and has also the tes-
timony of the Talmudists in Menachoth
ſol. 110. A.) if we follow the certain and
ascertained usus loguendi, it denotes city
of the sun, i. e. Heliopolis in Egypt, else-
where called is and tº n°3; whateve"
we may determine as to the authenticitº
of the words: rºsh H2S. bºrn nºs
o-r
Enri
34.7
Or from the Arabic usus loquendi,
(comp. U-y- to defend, to preserve,) it
may be réndered, one shall be called, A
city preserve i, i.e. one of these five cities
shall be preserved. Whichever inter-
pretation may be chosen, this reading is-
to be preferred to the other, bºri Yºs,
for which see bºr, p. 263.
nonſ f (from subst, tºr) a pot-
tery, a potter's work-shop. Hence *yuj
nºbºrin the pottery-gate Jer. 19, 2 Cheth,
a gate of Jerusalem near the valley of
Hinnom; see in "su, no. 1. Keri nººn
id.
>k x-r a doubtful root, Syr. Ethpa. to
be cunning; whence ºr F.
* Fºr fut. Finn, Job 27, 6. Is. 18, 6.
1. to pull, to pluck, to gather fruit,
Arab. -5,--. Kindr. are Finž, F.T., FT%;
comp. in SE. Corresp. is Lat. carpo,
Engl. to carp.–Hence Fºn, Lāºri-
time of gathering fruits, autumn ; and
from this again:
2. Denom. to pass the autumn and
winter, to winter, zetuºſo. Is. 18, 6
Fºrº why yºsri nº-bº and all the
beasts of the field shall winter upon it,
as Chald. Jerome, Luth. Engl. Vers.
correctly. Opp. yºp to summer, to pass
the summer, from yºp.—The Arabic
verb Gris has also many denom. Sig-
nifications derived from Liºré-.
3. Trop. carpere conviciis, Engl. to
carp, i. e. to upbraid, to reproach, to
scorn, c. acc. Ps. 69, 10. 119, 42. Prov.
27, 11. Job 27, 6 ºz º. ºnrº, Nº my
heart reproacheth not one of my days,
i. e. my conscience upbraids me for no
day of my life.
PIEL ºr 1. i. q. Kalno. 3, to upbraid,
to reproach, to scorn, c. acc. 1 Sam. 17,
26. 36. 1 Chr. 20, 7. Ps. 42, 11. Zeph.
2, 8.10; spec. God, 2 K. 19, 4, 16. Is. 37,
4.17; also has anointed, Ps. 89,52. With
h 2 Chr. 32, 17; in 2 Sam. 23, 9. Fºr
nºr Ps. 79, 12. 89, 51. 52. Praegn.
Judg. 5, 18 nº ide: Fºr es jºb: Ze-
bulun, that people, scorned their life even
unto death, i.e. jeopardized their lives,
exposed themselves to instant death.
\m like manner the Arabs use the words
JLº. Jóº. U*, *, see Comment. on
Is. 53, . 2,
Ni PH. to be betrothed, spoken of a
woman; Lev. 19, 20 a handmaid nºr]}
ujºsh betrothed to a man. So in the
Talmud. Hºhnn is i. q. Hºns betrothed.
Pr. to be delivered over to a husband;
like Arab. Jóº. Ja-), pr. to esteem
lightly, and then to deliver over a wo-
man to a man; see Schultens Opp. min.
p. 145 sq.
Deriv. the three following, and Flººr.
Plº (plucking off) Hareph, pr. m. m.
1 Chr. 2, 51.
ºn m. (r. Fºr no. 1) autumn, the
season when fruits are gathered, Arab.
-º-, see Schult adjob 29.4. Not
unfrequently it includes also the winter,
so that Fºr Yºp summer and autumn
is put for the whole year, Gen. 8, 22.
Ps. 74, 17. Zech. 14,8. Finn nº win-
ter-house Am. 3, 15. Metaph. of ripe
manly age; Job 29, 4 "eir "º": in the
days of my ripeness, tis &nu;is uov, of my
manly vigour, in the flower of my age.
Comp. Gr. Ötögo, Pind. Isthm. 2.8. Nem.
5. 10; Lat. auctumnus Ovid. Met. 15.
200. Hor. Carm. 2. 5. 11.
Tº f. (r. ºr no. 3) 1. reproach,
cast upon another, scorn, contumely, Job
16, 10. Ps. 69, 21. 79, 12. Jer. 51, 51.
Lam. 3, 61. So by Henr, sº to take
up a reproach against any one, Ps. 15,
3; but also to bear reproach on account
of Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 15, 15; without by id.
Mic. 6, 16. For Zeph. 3, 18 see in nsiºn.
With gen. of him who casts reproach,
Zeph. 2, 8. Neh. 5, 9. Is. 51, 7; c. suff.
id. Neh. 3, 36. Hos. 12, 15, also of him
suffering reproach, Ps. 74, 22. Meton.
a reproach, i. e. the object of reproach,
a person or thing subject to scorn and
contumely, Neh. 2, 17. Ps. 22, 7. Joel
2, 17. 19.—Plur. nipºn reproaches, Ps.
69, 17. Dan. 12, 2.
2. reproach, which rests upon any one,
i. q. disgrace, shame, Gen 34, 14. 1 Sam.
11, 2, 17, 26. Ps. 119, 22. Is. 4, 1. With
genit. of that for which oue suffers, Ez.
| 36, 30. Is. 54,4 Tºnºs ‘r the reproach
of thy widowhood, i. e. which rests upon
widows. Josh. 5, 9 the reproach of Egypt,
yºn
*n
348
... e. the reproach of bcing uncircumcised,
resting on Israel as having dwelt in
Egypt. Is. 25, 9. Jer. 31, 19.
3. pudenda, Is. 47, 3.
Sk yºn fut. Ynry: 1. pr. to cut, to cut
in, kindr, with uyºri, nºr. The LXX.
sometimes render it by ovytčuvsw Prov.
21, 5, Is, 10, 23. 28, 22. Hence Yºr
a cutting, slice.—Spec. a) to cut into
the skin, to wound slightly; Part. Yūnr.
slightly wounded Lev. 22, 22. Arab.
93 º sº
to cut the skin, K2,\ is a wound
Jere Ç y 2
skin-deep, &= id. upon the head.
b) to dig, see yınri I. 1.
2. to cut to a point, to make pointed, to
sharpen, comp. Arab. vºys point of
a spear, Schult. ad Prov. p.251. Only in
the proverbial phrase, Ex. 11, 7 ºz, bº
intº -32 yºri, sº bsnº against all the
children of Israel not a dog shall sharpen
(point) his tongue, i.e. no one shall even
slightly offend or provoke them; Vulg.
mon mutiet canis. Josh. 10, 21. Comp.
Judith 11, 13 [19]—Hence yº-ri I.2.
3. Trop. to decide, to determine, from
the idea of cutting off. 1 K. 20, 40 such
is thy sentence, ºr rins thou thyself
hast decided. Job 14, 5 tº Bºxinri Es
if his days be determined. Is. 10, 22
yhºr, Tinº destruction is decreed. Comp.
Niph. and yº-ri I. 3.
4. Trop. to be sharp, spoken of the
taste, i. e. to be acid, sour; comp. Arab.
©
Jºsé alkali. Hence pººr grape-
kernels.
5. Trop. of the mind, to be sharp,
:ager, active. Comp. in Germ. ‘sich's
sauer werden lassen.’ Hence adj. Yºr
II, q.v. and once in the verb 2 Sam. 5, 24,
Yºr:r) is then be thou on the alert, i. e.
* * *
bestir thyself, make haste.—Arab. Uo
to desire eagerly, to be impelled by
eager desire, VIII to covet, to strive
gº
after, to be strenuous and ready, Jºe
studium.
Niph. part. f. rigºrº, constr. rºrº,
something decided, determined, i. e. a
lecision, decree, Dan. 11, 36; chiefly in
be phrase Fºrº nº destruction and
decree, by Hendiadys for destruction de
creed sc. from God, Is. 10, 23. 28, 22
Dan. 9, 27–Dan. 9, 26, niogiº nº
desolations decreed.
Deriv. Yºnri I, II, yºri, Bºxºn.
Yº, Chald. m. loin, lumbus, plur. the
loins, the lower part of the back around
which the girdle passes, i. q. Heb. bºr.
the letters 5 and ºn being interchanged
In Targg. Sing. Deut. 33, 11. 2 K. 1, 8:
Plur. Tºxºn Ex. 28, 42. Job 40, 11. Alsº
in Syriac, where Sing. lsº (Resh being
dropped) is often put for the back, Rom.
11, 10; see Castell Lex. Syr. ed. Mi-
chaelis p. 316.—So Dan. 5, 6 Fºr "nºr
Thrºux, the joints of his loins were loosed
i. e. the joints of his back, the vertebræ.
Sk =xºn obsol. quadril. i. q. Arab
• * G → -
transp. ºxy-3- to bind fast a cord, to
draw tight, comp. r; a- and *}lae.
—Hence
Exºn plur, niaxºn 1. tight bands.
cords tightly drawn, Is. 58, 6.
2. Impl. pains, pangs, torments, Ps,
73, 4, Comp. bar, and ºn no 3.
tº m. plur. (r. Yºr; no. 4) grape-
kernels, grape-stones, so called from their
acrid taste, once Num, 64. Syr, ſ2, .
Onk. Tºxºp, grains. So also the Tal-
mudists; see Mishna Tr. Nasir. 6, § 2.
R. Tanchum in Lex. v. Ah!. See The-
saur. p. 527–Others: sour grapes.
*pºr; ſut. pºrº, to grate, to gnash
with the teeth, onomatopoetic. Arab.
& © 2 o £ tº º £
ex- Syr. -on-º, i-oya, grating o
the teeth ; corresponding is also Gr
zglgo), aor. Šxglyov, from the old root
KPur. Construed, tºº pºr, Job 16
9; and pheuſ 'n Ps. 35, 16. 37, 12. 112, 10.
Lam. 2, 16.
Sk Tºº 1. to be dry, arid, parched
Job 30, 30 sºn ºn Hºf; ºxy my bones
are dried up with heat ; comp. Niph. no
1. Syr. +. to be dried up with heat
Kindr. are ºnry, onr; no. 2, Lat. argo.
30 -
9. to burn, to glow. Arab. to be
warm, hot, to glow, Ethiop, ſh/Z tº
be hot, to boil. For this signification of
--in
ºjºn
349
heat, burning, comp. Hºrſ, bºr, )
Lat. areo, ardeo, old Germ. har, hyr,
fire, Heerd, harstern to roast, Engl.
hearth. Spoken of glowing metal Ez.
24, 11; of persons as consumed, Is. 24, 6
Pºs Maujº anh.
3. i. q. Arab. Žs for;s to be of no.
ble birth, to be free, free-born ; whence
Heb. hn, hiri, free-born, noble ; Syr.
* to make free, Chald. hºr: id. The
primary idea seems to lie in the glowing
brightness, the purity of one whose rank
and character is obscured by no stain.
Niph. hrſ, also ºn; Ps. 69, 4, 102, 4,
after the form brº from bºr, and rn:
from nnri; fut, -r]: Ez. 15, 5.
1. to be dried up, Ps. 69, 4, 102, 4.
2. to be burned, scorched, Jer. 6, 29.
Ez. 15, 4. 5. 24, 10.
3. Trop. to burn with anger, to be an-
gry, Cant. 1, 6 ºn inn. Others make
this form from nºr.
PiLP. inf. riºr to kindle strife, Prov.
26, 21.
Deriv. ºn I, ºr ºn, ºr, and
tº m. plur. arid places, parched
by the sun, Jer. 17, 6.
Sk wºn i. q. onry q. v.–Hence
to T. m. in pause tonſ, a sherd, pot-
sherd, i. e. fragment of an earthen ves
sel, comp. in onry no. 1. Job 2, 8.41, 22.
Ez. 23, 34. Hence ºr nº an earthen
vessel Lev. 6, 21. 11, 33. 14, 5, 50. 15, 12;
'or which poet, simply ºr Prov. 26, 23.
Proverbially, a potsherd is put for any
thing mean and contemptible, Is. 45, 9;
also for any thing very dry Ps. 22, 16.
For ºr -ºp see in nºp no 2–Arab.
9 o – º * - - - -
U”ys a wine-jar, U*) => to make earth-
en wine-jars, Golius ex Maruph.
nºr hºp see in "p no. 2. '
K wºn ſut, unrº and thrº, see no.
§, 4.
1. to cut in, to grave, to inscribe letters
upon a tablet, Gr. Zwgºogo, z0.9%rto, Jer.
17, 1–Kindred roots are thri, whº, Yºr,
nºr, which see. Syr. --- to cut one’s
throat.
2. to grave, i. e. to form to make, to
fabricate. e. g. in neta. 1 K. 7, 14; in
wood, stone, see tºrſ, witn acc. of mate
rial 1 K. l.c.—Metaph, to work, to devise
to machinate evil, mischief, Prov. 6, 14
14, 22 where once by Zeugma also ºr
air, ; with by against any one 3,29. So
Lat. fabricari fraudem Plaut. Asin. I. 1.
89; doli fabricator Virg. AEn. 2. 264;
xxxi, tetzew, 36Aov reizsty, Hom. Hesiod.
tºxváčo to machinate, téxtov machina-
tor, textuived 9tzt wiftwº Il. 10, 19. In
Chald. Syr. Ethiop. spoken of magic
arts; see in ºr no. 2.
3. Fut, unrº to plough, Arab. és
Eth. ſha, ſlid. ějºsa ploughman, hus-
bandman, &;s a plough.--Spoken
of cattle ploughing, Job 1, 14; also of
the plougher, with 3 of the animal Deut.
22, 10. Judg. 14, 18. Am. 6, 12; with acc.
of the field 1 K. 19, 19. Ps. 129, 3 *E* by
Bºujin Đºr the ploughers ploughed
wpon my back, i. e. they ſurrowed my
back with stripes.—Metaph. to plough
in iniquity, as elsewhere to sow iniquity
(Prov. 22, 8), is to prepare for oneself
the punishment of it, Job 4, 8, Hos. 10,
13; opp. to reap calamity.
4. Fut. Únry, to be deaf, Mic. 7, 16,
comp. ºr deaf-Also
5. to be dumb, which often depends on
deafness and is joined with it, to be mute,
to keep silence. Syr. --- mid. E.
* * * ... 0 15.
Arab. U” > id. Jº- dumb. The
origin of this signif. lies in the idea of
cutting with repeated strokes, hacking,
beating; so that ºnr. is pr. blunted, dull,
as also zolpóg is both deaf and dumb
from x6ttsu, and Germ. stumn, dumb,
is of the same origin with stumpf, dull.
So obtusus from Lat. obtundere, tundere.
But the examples show that ºn im-
plies only voluntary silence, and so dif-
ſers from thes which refers to that which
is involuntary.—Spoken of God, Ps. 50,
3; as not listening to and answering
the prayers of men (opp. Hº), Ps. 35,22
unrin-bs nº Hirºsh thou beholdest all
things, O Lord, keep not silence. 39, 13.
83, 2. 109, 1. With Tº praegn. Ps. 28, 1
*72 unrir, by keep not silence from me
turn not away from me in silence.
NipH. pass. of no. 3, to be ploughed,
Jer. 26, 18. Mic. 3, 12.
30
ºnn
hiºn
350
HipH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 2, trop. to work,
!c devise sc. evil, c. by 1 Sam. 23, 9.
2. i. q. Kal no. 4, to be deaf, pr. to act
the deaf man, as if deaf, 1 Sam. 10, 27.
3. Corresp. to Kal no. 5. a) Causat.
to put to silence, to make one hold his
peace. Job 11, 3 will thy lies make men
hold their peace? So Chald. b) In-
trans. to keep silence, to be silent, to hold
one’s peace, Gen. 24, 21. 34, 5. 2 K. 18,
36. Prov. 17, 28. Job 6, 24; as abstain-
xng from complaint, 2 Sam. 13, 20. Job
13, 19. Is. 42, 14; or also from confession,
Ps, 32, 3. With h to be silent towards
any thing, to allow it silently, to let
pass in silence, Num. 30, 5. 8. 12. 15.
With 7% to be silent from any one,
i. e. not to interrupt him, Job 13, 13;
with BN id. to keep silence towards, Is.
41, 1. With acc. to be silent as to any
thing, to conceal, Job 41, 4, c) Often
by impl. to be still, quiet, inactive. Ex.
14, 14 the Lord shall fight for you, Brºs.
Yºu)"rn and ye shall remain quiet.
With 7%, to withdraw quietly from any
one, to leave him alone, Jer. 38, 27.
1 Sarn. 7, 8. Also with h and inf. qui-
etly to neglect doing any thing, comp.
Engl. ‘to say nothing of doing it,”
2 Sam. 19, 11. Spoken of God, to be
quiet as to sin, to bear it in silence, i. q.
to forgive, opp. to punishment, Zeph. 3,
17.
HITHPA. to keep oneself still, quiet,
Judg. 16, 2.
Derivat, ºr—nu;-ri, ºr, ºr,
nujºng, runrº. .
tº m. (for ºn) constr. ºr Ex. 28,
11. Is. 44, 12. 13; comp. tº constr. Enº
Ez. 26, 10. Plur. Bºri, constr. ºri.
1. a graver, engraver in stone, Ex.
28, 11.
2. a workman, artificer, craftsman,
C. g. a) In stone, fully as Unr. 2
Sam. 5, 11. 1 Chr. 22, 15. b) In wood,
a carpenter, Jer. 10, 3; fully pºss ºn Is.
44, 12; plur. 2 K. 12, 1. 1 Chr. 14, 1.
c) In metals, a smith, 1 Sam. 13, 19.
Jer. 10, 9. Hos. 8, 6. bina 'ri Is. 44, 12;
plur. 2 Chr. 24, 12. d) Metaph. ºr
r"ruja artificers of destruction, skilful
o destroy, Ez. 21, 36 [31].
tº adj. (for wºn after the form
׺p) plur. tºrſ, deaf, see r. ºr no.
4. Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19, 14. I's. 38, 14
Metaph. of those who refuse to hear the
prophets and obey the law, Is. 29, 18.
42, 18. 19. 43, 8.
tº m. 1. artificial work, work of
the ºr ; hence tºr: "A valley of arti-
ficial works, valley of craftsmen, near Je-
rusalem, Neh. 11,35; comp. 1 Chr. 4, 14.
2. In a bad sense, an artifice, art, spo-
ken of magic arts, like Syr. i-ºr- 5 i-º-º:
p to 7 - tº e
comp. Laº, Chald. ºr, magician, en-
chanter. Is. 3, 3 Pºujyri ten one skilled
in magic arts, a skilful magician; fol-
lowed by ºriº Tin, a skilful enchanter.
So Chald. But Sept. Vulg. Saad. un-
derstand a skilful artificer.
3. silence, comp. the root no. 5. Hence
as Adv. silently, secretly, Josh. 2, 1.
4. Heresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 15.
tºn m. pr. part. Kal of ºr no. 1, 2,
cutting, graving, forming ; hence a cut-
ter, graver, i. e. any cutting instrument,
tool. Gen. 4, 22 nur; ºn-by every
cutting instrument of brass.
tºſſ a thick wood, thicket, forest,
either as being to be cut (r. ºri), or
from Chald, ºn to be entangled, inter-
woven, sººn a wood, snººn thicket
of trees; comp. Samar. A:"º Aº a
wood.—Is. 17, 9. Ez. 31, 3. With He
parag. Huºn 1 Sam. 23, 16; so too with
prep. Hºriz v. 15, 18. Plur. Entºr
2 Chr. 27, 4.
St.T. (Chald. enchanter, magician)
Harsha, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 52. Neh. 7, 54,
nºnſ; f. (r. ºrj) 1. a work, working
in wood, stone, etc. Ex. 31, 5. 35, 33.
2. Dhiºr 'n Harosheth of the Gentiles
pr. n. of a city in the north of Palestine
Judg. 4, 2. 13. 16.
2k nºr i. q. Enr; no. 1, to cut in, to
grave, to inscribe, comp. zogóago, zo-
9&tto. Once Ex. 32, 16. Chald, nºr
id.—Hence -
F.T. (prob. i. q. ºn thicket) Hereth,
pr. n. of a wood in the mountains of Ju
dah, 1 Sam. 22, 5.
sºtor (stripped, r. Fur) Hasupha.
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46.
Fºr m. (r. Fºr) pr.something peele.
off, separated; hence a flock, i.e. a littl
Ten 3
1 -lºn
flock. 1 K. 20, 27 tº "Enter ºu; two
'ittle flocks of goats; Sept. Öto Toluvuo.
xiyâv, Vulg. duo parvi greges caprarum.
Abulwalid compares&salas a little flock,
so called from being cut off, separated
from a larger one.
>k Ter fut. Torº, once tors Job 7,
11; pr. to hold, to keep, kindr. with pir,
q. v. Job 16, 5 Torº "nº tº and the
comfort of my lips should hold you, i. e.
hold you up, ironically; parall. Bºss.
Üftener .
1. to hold or keep back, to withhold,
with 7% from any thing, e.g. a) Genr.
Gen. 20, 6 I also withheld thee * ion?
from sinning against me. 1 Sam. 25,
39. Ps. 19, 14, Job 30, 10. Absol. that
being omitted from which one is with-
held; 2 Sam. 18, 16 Joab held back the
people Sc. from pursuing. Prov. 10, 19.
17, 26. Job 7, 11. Is. 58, 1 cry aloud (pr.
with thy throat), hold not back. 54, 2.
b) With acc. of thing and 7% of pers. to
keep back or withhold a thing from any
one, Gen. 39, 9. 22, 12 and hast not
withheld thy son . . . from me ; comp. v.
16 where 7% is implied. Poet. Ps. 78, 50
he kept not back their life from death.
c) to keep from danger, i. e. to save, to
preserve, Job 33, 18.
2. to forbear, to spare, e. g. a)
Things, c. acc. Prov. 13, 24 idºu; Tºir
*: ship whoso spareth his rod, hateth his
son. With an inf 24, 11 miurim ths—bign
wf thou forbear... to deliver, etc. With h
to spare for any thing, to reserve, Job 38,
23. Absol. Prov. 11, 24. 21,26. b) Per-
sons, i. Q. to deal gently with, c. acc. 2 K.
5, 20. Absol. Ezra 9, 13 nº ºr
ºn thou hast forborne below our ini-
quities, hast punished us less than our
sins deserve. Is. 14, 6.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be
restrained, spoken of pain, Job 16, 6.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to be spared,
reserved, for any thing, Job 21, 30.
>k Fºr ſut. Fiori, i. q. For q.v.
1. to strip off bark, to bark, to peel,
2. g. a tree, Joel 1, 7. So of a forest, to
strip off the foliage, to make bare, Ps.
89, 9.
2. to strip off a covei ing, to uncover,
with acc. of cºvering, Is. 47,25;} ºn
wncover the train. Jer. 13, 26. With acc
of pers. i. Q. to make naked, bare, Jer. 49
10. Is. 52, 10 the Lord hath made baré
his holy arm. Ez. 4,7. Is. 20, 4 nu: "Enter;
with the buttocles uncovered.
3. to draw water from the surface, to
skim off, Is. 30, 14. Hag. 2, 16.—In Ara-
bic -j-...- is a well of living water in
sandy ground; hut the etymology is
different.
Deriv. Fºur, Floriº, and pr. n. Nºtor.
* Fºr fut. Hºrtº, but -aurº Ps. 40.
18, -ēriº Ps. 35, 20. &
1. to think, to regard as so and so.
The primary idea is that of computing,
reckoning, see Piel no. 1; Arab. J.-,
Syr. Ja..., Eth. ſhriſ) and ſhPIſ) id.
Or perhaps it may be that of mingling,
like Arab. --&- and Jºſ; whence
=ºr a weaver in colours, pr. mingling
threads of different colours.-Is. 10, 7
stºriº |2 Nº intº nor doth his heart think
so. Often, to think to be so and so, to
hold or count as, Gr. Aoyiğso 90.l. two sig
ti, c. acc. et à Gen. 38, 15 nºith rºujrºl
and he thought her a harlot, regarded
her as such. 1 Sam. 1, 13. Job 13, 24
# =>ish ºriri and holdest me for
(as) thine enemy. 19, 15. 35, 2. al. With
two acc. Is. 53, 4; acc. et E Job 19, 11.
—With acc. simpl. to think of, i. e. to
regard, to esteem ; Is. 13, 17 Fez hºs
haër. Sº who regard not silver. 33, 8.
53, 3. Mal. 3, 16. Comp. Rabb. Hujr
one esteemed, honoured.
2. to think of as belonging to any one,
to impute, to reckon to any one ; with
acc. of thing and h of pers. e. g. sin 2
Sam. 19, 20. Ps. 32, 2; a good deed Gen.
15, 6, comp. Ps. 106, 31. Ellipt. perh.
Ps. 40, 18, comp. Ps. 32, 3–5.
3. to think, to meditate, to purpose.
a) With acc. to think out, to invent, to
devise, e. g. musical instruments Am. 6,
5; artificial work Ex. 31, 4. Hence
PART. Hujr an inventor, artificer, as of
warlike engines 2 Chr. 26, 15; also an
inventive weaver, an artist, Vulg. plu-
marius, whose work is called auri nº
Vulg. opus plumarium. Ex. 26, 1. 31.
28, 6.15. 36, 8, 35. 39, 3.8. Here is to
be understood a fabric artificially woven
- ºn
-lºn
352
with figures of various colours, as also
of gold and silver, such as flowers, fruits,
and birds ; used mostly in Babylonia
(see ºu rºis Josh. 7, 21); and diff.
from tº, Tºpº, in Vulg. likewise opus
plumarium, which consisted of figures
embroidered or stitched upon the cloth,
and not woven into it; see in Eph. See
Braun de West. Sacerd. I. $267 sq. The-
saur, p. 531, 1310 sq. b) With 5 and
infin, to think to do any thing, to pur-
pose, to devise; Ps. 140, 5 Maur, hugs
ºf ninth who have purposed to over-
throw my goings. 1 Sam. 18, 25. Jer. 18,
8. Lam. 2, 8. Job 6, 26. c) In a bad
sense, to meditate evil against one, to
devise, to plot; so by niaºrſº -uśr to de-
vise devices against any one, to lay plots,
Esth. 8, 3. 9, 25. Jer. 11, 19. 49, 30. Dan.
11, 25; BN Jer. 49, 20, 50,45. Hsº ºr
by Mic. 2, 3, Nah. 1, 11; comp. Gen. 5,
20, where by antith. it is also put in a
good sense. TS Huºri, rigº 'ri, Ps. 10,
2. 21, 12. 52, 4, Ez. 11, 2, Mic. 2, 1. al.
NIPH. 1. Pass, of Pi. no. 1, to be com-
puted, reckoned, accounted, 2 K. 22, 7;
to be reckoned or counted to any one, c. :
Josh. 13, 3; by 2 Sam. 4, 2.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be regarded,
counted, esteemed as so and so ; c. acc.
Prov. 17, 28 even a fool, so long as he is
silent, -uśrī, per is counted wise. Gen.
31, 15. Neh. 13, 13. With 2 to be count-
2d as, to be esteemed like, Job 18, 3.41,
21. Hos. 8, 12. (Hence to be like Is. 5,
28.) With hid. 1 K. 10, 21. Lam. 4, 2;
: Is. 2, 22 sºn aujrī; nº to what is he
to be esteemed like? i.e. how is he to be
estimated ? tº Ps. 88, 5.
3. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be imputed to
any one, c. : Lev. 7, 18. 17, 4. Num. 18,
27. Ps. 106, 31. -
PIEL 1. to compute, to reckon ; see
for the primary signification as often
preserved in Piel, Lehrg. p. 242. With
acc. Lev. 25, 27. 50, 52. 27, 18. 23; ns
(ms) to reckon with any one, 2 K. 12, 16.
2. to make account of, to regard high-
ly, Ps. 144, 3. Comp. in Kal no. 1.
3. to think upon, to consider, Ps. 77, 6.
19, 59.
4. to think, to meditate, to purpose, i. q.
Kal no. 3; absol. Ps. 73, 16; c. acc. to
hink out, to plan, Prov. 16, 9. In a bad
sense, to devise, to machinate, Prov. 24,
8; with by of pers, by ri-url? -ºr Dan
11, 24; BN of pers. Nah. 1,9. Hos. 7, 15
—Metaph. of things, to be about to do ol
suffer. Jon. 1, 4 the ship was about to be
broken, wrecked.
HITHP. reflex. i. q. Niph. no. 1, to reckon
oneself, c. : among, Num. 23, 9.
Deriv. ºn, Hºrſe, and those here
following.
alºr, Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1, to repute
to regard, to count as so and so, c. : Dan
4, 32.
Pººl m. girdle, belt of the high-priest's
ephod, Tiest, ºr Ex. 28, 27.28. 29, 5.
39, 20, 21. Lev. 8,7; inºrs ºr Ex. 28,
8. 39, 5. So called from its being woven
in colours; see r. nurſ no. 3 a.
Tººn (for Hºa ºn thought in
judging, perh, thoughtful judge,) Hash.
badanah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4.
riºr (esteemed, i. q. Hºur, with art.
Aram.) Hashubah, pr. n. m. of a son of
Zerubbabel, 1 Chr. 3, 20.
Tiatºr. m. (r. auri) 1. Power of think-
ing, reason, intelligence, understanding,
Ecc. 7, 25. 27. 9, 10. Vulg. ratio.
2. Heshbon, pr. n. of a city, celebrated
for its fish-ponds Cant. 7, 5; formerly
the seat of an Amorite king Num. 21,
26 sq. afterwards within the bounds of
Reuben and Gad and assigned to the
Levites, Josh. 13, 17. 21, 39; and still
later ranked among the cities of Moab,
Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 2. Pliny mentions a
tribe of Arabs called Esbonitae, H. N.
5. 11; comp. Abulfeda Tab. Syr. p. 11.
Now called Hesbón, J--> according
to Seetzen and Burckhardt, Travels in
Syria etc. p. 365. Comp. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 278.
minºr m, plur. nisºn, Ecc. 7, 29;
pr. inventions, from r. ºur no. 3. a. Spec
1. warlike engines, for casting darts,
stones, etc. 2 Chr. 26, 15. Comp. Lat.
ſingenium, which in the middle ages
came to signify a warlike machine, ba-
lista, whence Engl, engine.
2. arts, devices, Ecc. 7, 29.
ºntº, ºtº (whom Jehovah re
gards) Hashabiah, pr. n. of several Le
vites: a) 1 Chr. 6, 30. b) 9, 14
Neh. 11, 15, c) 1 Chr. 25, 3. 19 Ezra
-ljn
bºn
353
8, 19. d) 1 Chr. 26, 30. 27, 17. e)
Ezra 8, 24. Neh. 12, 24. f.) Neh. 3, 17.
10, 12. 11, 22.
Tºri (id.: for *) Hashabnah, pr. n.
m. Neh. 10, 26.
Tºr (id.) Hashabniah, pr. n. m.
a) Neh. 3, 10. b) 9. 5.
* Tº fut. Húriº, to be hush, silent,
still, an onomatopoetic root, comp. Engl.
hush hist / Ecc. 3, 7. Is. 62, 1.6. Ps.
107, 29. Kindr. is on, Fiqri —Spoken
also of one not acting, i. Q. to be still,
quiet, to rest ; espec. of God as not af.
ſording help, Is. 64, 11. 65, 6. With 72
i. Q. to turn away in silence from any
one, not to render him aid, Ps. 28, 1.
Comp. ºr no. 5.
HipH. Hujrr, 1. Causat. to silence, to
still, to make quiet, Neh. 8, 11.
2. Intrans, to keep silence, to be still,
Hike Kal, (comp. Bºrrº, ºptºn,) 2 K.
2, 3. 5. 7, 9. Ps. 39, 3.—Also as in Kal,
to be still, quiet, inactive, Is. 57, 11. 1 K.
22, 3, Judg. 18, 9.
Note. The form tºrn in Job 31, 5
belongs to ºr ; comp. in r. phy.
Pºtºſ (thinking, r. nujrī) Hasshub, pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 14. Neh. 3, 23. 11,
15. b) Neh. 3, 11. 10, 24.
Titº Chald. m. emphat, sºivºr, dark-
ness, Dan. 2, 22. R. Tºri.
Dºphºr] see explºr.
mºn Chald. 1. to be needed, neces-
sa 'y. Fºzra 6,9}rºri-no whatever things
are necessary. Syr. ~ to be suitable.
2. to have need, c. inf. et B, Dan. 3,
6.—Hence
nºntºn f need, necessity, i. e. what is
necessary, Ezra 7, 20.
Plººr; see Hºrſ.
Sk Tºr. fut. Tºrº, to be dark, darken-
ed, obscured, to be shrouded in darkness.
Chald. Tºri, Syr. **, id. Spoken of
the light of the sun, Job 18, 6. Is. 5, 30.
13, 10; of the stars, Job 3, 8 the day,
Ez. 30, 18; of the eyes as dim, not able
to see, Lam. 5, 17. Ps. 60, 24, and so of
persons Ecc. 12, 3; of the colour of the
skin Lam. 4, 8 ; of the earth darkened
by locusts, Ex. 10, 15.
HipH. 1. to darken, to make aark ;
Am. 5, 8 Tºrr, Hº Pi, he maketh the
day dark even unto night ; with h Am.
8, 9. Metaph. Job 38, 2 Tºrº ni va
"X" nº who is this that darkeneth my
counsel by words without wisdom 2 i. e.
strives to hinder it.
2. Intrans. to be dark, pr. to keep dark,
Ps. 105, 28. 139, 12. Jer. 13, 16.
Deriv. the five following; comp. Tivºr.
§tºr, adj. plur. Bºzºr, dark, inctaph.
obscure, mean, Prov. 22, 29. Chald,
Rºitºr, sºur: id.
iſºſ m. c. suff, ºr 1. darkness
opp. to nis, Gen. 1, 2 sq. Ex. 10, 21. 22.
al. Also of a dark place, as of Sheol,
Hades, Job 17, 13. Ps. 88, 13 comp. Job
10, 21; qºri wº days of darkness, to be
spent in Sheol, Ecc. 11, 8; of a subter-
ranean prison, Is. 42, 7. 47, 5. 49, 9.
Túr rinsis treasures of darkness, i.e.
laid up in dark subterranean cells, Is.
45, 3.
2. Metaph. a) adversity, misery, ca-
lamity, Is. 9, 1. Job 15, 22 nº Tºsº sh
Túri ºn he hopeth not to return out of
darkness, destruction. v. 23.30. 20, 26.
23, 17. Mic. 7, 8. Am. 5, 18. 20. Ps. 18,
29. b) darkness of mind, ignorance, Job
37, 19; comp. 12, 22. 25. c) sorrow, sad.
mess, Ecc. 5, 16. d) wickedness, Prov
2, 13; comp. to oxótos Rom. 13, 12, and
see Job 38, 13. 15. Is. 29, 15.
Tººn f darkness, Gen. 15, 12. Is. 8,
22. Ps, 82, 5; once Hºur. Ps. 139, 12.
Plur. tºur, id. Is. 50, 10. R. Tºri.
Tºur, or Tºrº (Tsere pure) constr.
neur. Ps. 18, 12, darkness, sc. of waters,
clouds. R. Tºr.
Tºur, f id. Mic. 3, 6 tº Hºrº
toº? and darkness shall be around you
from divining, i.e. so that ye cannot
divine. Some editions read Tºur, as
if praet. 3 pers. ſem. impers, it shall be
dark unto you ; but the formeris to be
preferred on account of the subst, nº
in the other member.
>k bºr in Kal not used, to prostrate
to enfeeble; kindr. Wºr, no. 2.
Niph. part. Bºrº enfeebled, ex-
hausted, Deut. 25, 18. Sept. xorud wres,
Vulg. lassi.
bºn Chald. to make thin, small,
hence to crush, to beat fine, i, q Parl,
30*
DVDr.
pun
354
Dam. 2, 40.—Chald, and Talm. of Jerus.
to beat out thin, to draw out with a
hammer, shºrt pounded barley. Syr.
\º to draw out thin with a hammer.
• Eur obsol. root, Arab. *-º-c- to
be fat, transp. nu; ; metaph. to be rich,
Opulent, to have many servants. Hence
Touri, Hºur, Bººn, and
Bºr (rich, opulent, Arab. **- hav-
ing many servants,) Hashvim, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 19. 10, 33. Neh. 7, 22.8, 4.10, 19.
Dúr see tún.
Tour (fatness, fat soil) Heshmon, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 27. R. Puri.
Tºri (id.) Hashmonah, pr. m. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 29.
ºn m. smooth brass, i. e. polished,
burnished, Ez. 1, 4, 27. 8, 2–Bochart,
in Hieroz. II. p. 877 sq. supposes this
word to be compounded from brº for
nurt brass, and Talmud. Nº gold, so
that 'bour for boºn; would be a mix-
ture of brass and gold, or at least pre-
senting the splendour and colour of gold.
But this noun sº itself seems to be of
very uncertain authority. And since in
Ez. 1, 7 we read in the same connection
bºp nugrī; burnished brass, it would seem
that bour ought to be explained in the
same sense, viz. from drº, the being
dropped by aphaeresis, and 5%, a sylla-
ble which had the sense not only of soft-
ness but also of smoothness and polish,
as is manifest from many roots begin-
ning with it, e.g. ***, r**, JºJº,
Gº", uglógoo, mulceo, mollis, and
with a guttural prefixed bor; see Yºº.
The LXX translate it #48%rgov, Vulg.
zlectrum, by which words however they
do not mean amber, but a mixed metal
composed of gold and silver, and distin-
guished for its brilliancy; see Pausan.
5. 12. Plin. 33.4 or 23. Buttmann Úber
das Electron, in his Mythol. II. 337 sq.
In Rev. 1, 15 in a like connection is
read zoºlzollóðvov, which might be for
zoºxolitogov burnished brass, i. q. Pººr].
Dºctºrſ m. plur. (r. tºr.) &no's As-
rép Ps. 68, 32, pr: the fat, i. e. the opu-
lent, nobles, princes; comp. Arab. ***gº
a great man with a large train of serv
ants. So Kimchi well, bºb". Dºuxs
bn-i-A)".
>k jºr obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 3 =
to be fair, beautiful, Conj. II, IV to adorn,
In the occidental tongues accord perhaps
Goth, skeinan, Germ. scheinen, whence
skôni, schön, Engl. Sheen.—Hence
jºr m. pr. ornament; spoken of the
breast-plate or gorget of the high-priest,
woven in colours with figures, orna-
mented on the outside with twelve
gems, on which were inscribed the
names of the tribes, and hollow within,
where were deposited the sacred lots
Eºrl Bººs q.v. whence more fully
called ºujºn Tºri, Ex. 28, 15. 29, 30.
39, 5 sq. Lev. 8, 8. Comp. Bºnhs. Sept.
Moyáion, Philo à6/uoy, Ecclus. 45, 10 Mo-
7&iov ×giosos.
>k pººr pr. to join or fasten together
comp. pir, no. 1, 2. Also intrans. (for
purſ) to be joined or fastened together,
to adhere, see Piel. In Kal only me-
taph. e. g.
1. to be attached, to cleave to any one,
i. e. to love with warm affection; comp,
Engl. to stick fast to any one, Lat. af.
facus est, Cic. ad Q. Frat. 3. 1. So of
love towards a maiden, c. : Gen. 34, 8,
Deut. 21, 11; towards God Ps. 91, 14.
of God towards men Deut. 7, 7. 10, 15.
Comp. Arab, G-3, c to cleave to a
maiden, to burn with love for her.—
Prægn. Is, 38, 17 ºbi nriga º Fºr
in love to my soul thou hast delivered me
from the pit of perdition.
2. With infin. and h, to love to do any
thing, to delight in doing, to please, 1 K.
9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6.
PIEL trans. of Kal init. to join or fasten
together, to connect, Ex. 38, 28.
PUAL pass. of Pi. Ex. 27, 17.
Deriv. the three following.
Pººl m. c. suff. "pujr, delight, plea.
sure, desire, 1 K. 9, 1. 19. Is. 21, 4 tº:
"pur the night of my desire, i. e. long
desired.
tºpºn , EºPºtºſ m. plur. joinings
i. e. poles or rods which served to join
pºin
Enri
305
together the tops of the columns around
the court of the tabernacle, and from
which the curtains were suspended. Ex.
27, 10. 11. 36, 38. 38, 10 sq.
tºpºn m. plur. spokes of a wheel,
which connect the rim with the nave,
I K. 7, 33. R. Pujr.
•-wn obsol. root Arab. --> to
gather together, to assemble. Hence the
two following:
Tººr, f. constr. nººn, a gathering
of waters, poet. for clouds 2 Sam. 22, 12.
In the parall, passage Ps. 18, 12 it is
nºr.
ºntºn m. plur, the nave of a wheel,
into which the spokes are gathered, 1 K.
7, 33. R. nurſ.
tº º G *
* tº obsol, root. Arab. U-> is to
jodder with hay, but this is denom.
93
from U* hay, dry grass; while
the primary signif. is in Conj. IV, to be
dried up, to be dry.—Hence
tiºn m. dry grass, hay. Is 5,24 Jur.
nºrth the dry grass of flame, i.e. flaming,
burning. 33, 11.
nT m. (r. nnn) c. suff. Bºrn Gen. 9,2.
1. Adj. broken, e. g. a bow 1 Sam. 2,4.
Trop. broken in spirit, dismayed, terri-
fied, Jer. 46, 5.
2. Subst. dismay, terror, dread, Gen.
9, 2. Job 41, 25.
Hº (terror, dread, r. nnr.) Heth, pr. n.
of a son of Canaan, Gen. 10, 15; whence
rn ºn children of Heth, Gen. 23, 5 sq.
25, 10, also "rr plur. Bºnn the Hittites,
a Canaanitish tribe dwelling in the vi-
cinity of Hebron, Gen. 23, 7. Josh. 11, 3;
sometimes also further north, Judg. 1, 24
sq. They still remained in the times
of the kings, and also after the exile,
1 Sam. 26, 6. 2 Sam. 11, 3 sq. 23, 29.
Ezra 9, 1. p-nnn "Ehº 2 K. 7, 6, spoken
of all the Canaanitish kings.-Fem.
nnnn Ez. 16, 3. Plur. nimrºr; 1 K. 11, 1;
also nr nix, Gen. 27, 46.
Sk Hnn ſut. Finn", to take, to lay hold
of to seize ; perh, kindr, with Frri,
whence by softening the third radical
might come anr; and "nry. Spoken once
of a person Ps. 52, 7; elsewhere always
of taking up fire, coals, Is. 30, 14 niprº
Tºp:% us to take up fire from the hearth,
Prov. 6, 27. 25, 22 praegn. Firs bºrº, "a
ius--by nrn for thou shalt take up and
heap coals of fire upon his head; see
under nº.
Deriv. Flºriº fire-pan, and pr: n, nro,
TET. f. (r. nnn) terror, Gen. 35, 5.
ºn m. (r. Spr) a bandage, roller,
for binding up a wound, Ez. 30, 21.
nT adj, plur. Bºrnriri, timid, terri.
fied, dismayed, Ecc. 12, 5. R. nnn.
"ºr, see nn.
nºr f. (r. nnn) terror, dread, Ez.
32, 23.27. With suff. Pryºrr, the dread
of them, i. e. which they inspire, Ez. 26,
17. 32, 24. 25. 26.-Also as gent. n. fem.
see in nr.
>k inn in Kal not used, pr. to cut off;
trop. to divide, and so to determine, to
decree, as in Chald. and Rabbinic ;
comp. Yºhri, Thä.
NIPH. pass. Dan. 9, 24 seventy weeks
Tax by Tºrº are decreed upon thy peo-
ple. Theod, and Gr. Venet, overuñón-
oo:v, térunſwtoºt. Sept. &gt;9 monwy.
‘Snr. in Kal not used, to wrap in
bandages, e.g. a wound, see Bºnn; also
a new-born infant, to swathe, to swaddle,
see Pual and Hoph. Arab. Jºs pr. to
cover, also to hide, to deceive.
PUAL and HoPH. pass. Ez. 16, 4.
Deriv. bºrnri, and the two here fol-
lowing.
Hºrn f a bandage, swaddling-band,
Job 38, 9.
fºrm (wrapped up, hiding-place)
Helhlon, pr. n. of a city in northern Sy-
ria, Ez. 47, 15.48, 1. R. bºr.
Sk Enn fut. Enriº 1. to shut up to
close ; kindr. with other words of shut-
ting up, closing, as bºr, DºS, by: ; see
Piel, Hiph. Arab. rº- id. Conj. IV, to
shut fast, to lock. The general sense of
closing is found also in some forms of
the Ethiop, root '3'foº'; see Ludolph
col. 282.
2. Spec. to seal, to seal up, so close by
a seal. Chald. Syr. Zab, id. Arab
Enri
irr
356
sº I, II, Eth, 3’toº, id. So Gr.
wearis seal, from pg&ago to shut up.
a) With acc. Is. 8, 16 nº in thri seal up
the oracle. Part. pass. Bºnº sealed ;
Cant. 4, 12 nºnry Tº a sealed fountain,
metaph. for a chaste maiden. Deut. 32,
34. Job 14, 17. The ancients were ac-
customed to make fast with a seal many
things for which we use a lock, as doors,
gates, fountains, etc. Cant. l. c. comp.
Dan. 6, 18. Matt. 27, 66. See Lips. ad
Tac. Annal. 2. 2. Salmas. Exercitatt. c.
45–They also sealed up rolls or vol-
umes, espec. oracles Is. 29, 11. Dan. 12,
4. 9; bills of sale or purchase Jer. 32, 10.
11. 44. The seal also, as in the East
at the present day, was the token
and confirmation of signature, e. g. in
covenants Neh. 10, 1. 2; in letters 1 K.
21, 8. Esth. 8, 10. b) Absol. Jer. 32,
10.44; with 3 of the ring 1 K. l.c. Esth.
l. c. c) With Tº pr. to seal up around
any thing, Job 9, 7. d) With 3, e. g.
prºn: ETS-92 Tº he sealeth up the hand
of every man, i.e. binds up their hands,
hinders the use of them, Job 37, 7. Diff.
is Job 33, 16 trirº Bºgº: he sealeth up
Wheir admonition, i. e. admonishes them
in secret, q. d. under seal; comp. Arab.
c. - to reveal to any one; see
Schult. ad h. l.
3. As a letter or roll when completed
was sealed up, hence to complete, to fin-
ish ; Dan. 9, 24 sº ſirr Enrib to com-
plete the vision and the prophets, i. e.
until the prophecies are fulfilled. Ez.
28, 12.-Arab. & Xs to mark with finis
to finish. ſº-> finis,
NipH. pass. of no. 2, to be sealed, with
à of the ring Esth. 2, 12. 8, 8.
PIEL to shut up, see in Kal no. 1;
with *, q. d. to oppose a barrier to any
one, Job 24, 16 inh horr tºi" by day
they shut themselves up.
HipH. i. q. Pi. to shut up, to stop;
once Lev. 15, 3 inirº intº Bºrrºr, is
or whether he stop his flesh from the
issue, i. e. the part become so ob-
structed that the issue cannot flow off
freely.
Deriv. Erir, nºrn.
tº Chald. i. q. Hebr. to seal, to seal
rp Dan. 6, 18
tº see Erin a seal.
nºrm f a seal, signet, Gen 38,25.
“Inn to marry, i. e. 1. to give is
marriage, to marry away a daughter
Hence PART. Trin a father-in-law, i. e.
the father of the wife, one who gives his
daughter in marriage; the father of the
husband is called ºr q. v. So Hugo Jºr
the father-in-law of Moses Ex. 3, 1. 4,
18. 18, 1–27. Judg. 1, 16. 4, 11. Fem.
nºrn a mother-in-law, mother of the
wife, Deut. 27, 23.
2. to take in marriage, to marry a
wife; hence irri, Harri.
HITHPA. to mutually give and take
daughters in marriage, to contract af.
finity by marriage, with any one, c. nº
Gen. 34, 9. 1 K. 3, 1 ; # Deut. 7, 3.
Josh. 23, 12. 1 Sam. 18, 22. 23. 26. 27.
Ezra 9, 14; h 2 Chr. 18, 1.
Nore. In Arabic we find : Jº-
Conj. III, to contract affinity by marriage;
6 * *
J--> father-in-law, son-in-law, any af.
finis. Further, this root signifies: Conj.
G -
I, to circumcise an infant; Jºe cir-
9 - & o
cumcision; cº- an infant circum-
cised. That these two significations
are connected by a common bond, is
shown not only by Ex. 4, 25, see in Tºrſ
no. 1; but also by another signification
of . K-, viz. Conj. I, to give a feast,
both a nuptial feast and one at the cir-
9 - - 93
• *
cumcision of a child; J-K- Jº-,
a feast, either at a wedding or a cir-
cumcision. The primary idea is per-
haps that of cutting off, circumcising,
(comp. &#s a cutting off, also the
roots Tºp, Trry, and others beginning
with the syllable kal ;) and then the
word for the celebration of this rite was
transferred to the like celebration of
nuptial rites.
Tº m. (r. Trºr, no. 2) one who mar
ries the daughter of another, Gr. 20:14,
69óg.—Hence
1. In respect to the bride, a bride
groom, spouse, Ps. 19, 6. Is. 62, 5. Jer. 7
34, Joel 2, 16, al.—In Ex. 4, 25 an in
2nn
º:
357
fant son after being circumcised by his
mother, is called by her tº jnr., a
bloody spouse, in allusion probably, to
the signif. circumcision, i. e. an infant
circumcised; see r. ſnr., note. Aben-
Ezra: “mos est mulierum, filium, cum
circumciditur, sponsum vocare.” Others
regard these words as spoken not of the
child, but of Moses.
2. In respect to the parents, a son-in-
law, Gen. 19, 12. Judg. 15, 6. Neh. 6,
18. al.
3. a relative by marriage, affinis, 2 K.
3, 27.
Tº f. (r. Irr) espousals, nuptials,
Cant. 3, 11.
Sk Finn fut. Finrº, i. q. Fºr, to catch,
'o seize, in the manner of a lion, Job 9,
U2. Comp. Ps. 10, 9.—Hence
º! m. prey, rapine, then poet, ſor
Err wins a robber, Prov. 23, 28. Comp.
mºn for mºr, wins 2 Sam. 12, 4,
**nº filt. -nrº. 1. to dig or break
through a wall, kindr. with nºr, ºri.
Constr. c. acc. bºrº, hºrſ to break
through houses, as a thief, to break into
them, Job 24, 16. With *, as nºpa ºnr.
id. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5. 7. 12; also to break
through into, Am. 9, 2 bisºn hºrrº Es
though they break through into Sheol.
2. to dig through or plough the waves
by rowing, i. Q. to row, absol. Jon. 1, 13.
Comp. ‘arare aquas’ Ov. Trist. 3. 12.36;
scindere freta” Metam. 11. 468.
Deriv. nºrrº.
>k nnn fut, nr., plur. Annº 1 Sam. 2,
10. al. The same form is also fut. Kal
of nr., q.v. and Job 21, 13.
1. to be broken, weakened, destroyed;
kindr, with the other onomatopoetic roots
e & . º
nº, unz, JJD. Spoken of a king-
Teth, nºt, Sept. in Lamentations Th9,
the ninth letter of the Hebrew alphabet;
as a numeral denoting 9; whence it i. q.
9 + 6 ſor nº lo. The signification is
tº)
dom Is. 7, 8; of the justice of God Is
51, 6.
2. Metaph. to be broken with fear
to be terrified, dismayed, confounded
Other verbs of breaking are also trans
ferred to terror, as nau; Job 41, 17, Arab
Jyº, * * 2 Šá, Schult. Opp. Min.
p.93.--So Is. 8, 9. Obad. 9. Jer. 50, 36,
Often coupled with synon. Nº, as Deut.
31, 8 nrir, Nº sººn Nº fear not, neither
be dismayed. Josh. 1, 9, 8, 1. 10, 25.
With "3ºz before any one Jer. 1, 17. Ez.
2, 6. 3, 9; with 7% of that from which
one flees in dismay, Is. 30, 31. 31, 4. Jer
10, 2. Coupled also with ºia, ºn-in,
where it signifies to be confounded,
faint-hearted, sc. from fear, terror, Is.
20, 5. 37,27. Jer, 8, 9. 17, 18. 50, 2; also
from shame, Job 32, 15.
Niph. Trº (comp. brº from bºr, nr.
from nºr) i. q. Kal no. 2, with ºn Mal.
2, 5–Another rn, is from nr.
PIE.L. 1. Intrans. but with an inten-
sive power, to be broken in pieces, e.g. a
bow Jer. 51, 56.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to terrify, to
dismay, Job 7, 14.
Hiph. rin, fut, nr., c. suff, ºr,
once nºrth for Inn. Hab. 2, 17, see
Lehrg. p. 369; once in the manner of
regular verbs "nºrin Jer. 49, 37.
1. to break, to break in pieces, Is. 9, 3.
2. to terrify, to confound, to put to fear
and shame, Jer. 1, 17. 49, 37. Job 31, 34.
Hab. 2, 17 nºrm, nion: Tº and the
destruction of the beasts (which) terrifies
them, sc. shall cover thee, shall return
15.
upon thine own head.—Arab. º tra
be terrified, put to shame.
Deriv. nn, Finn, nºrm, bºrnnn
Firºrº, pr. n. nr., and
nº m. 1. terror, dismay, Job 16, 21.
2. Hathath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 13.
*incertain It is commonly explained tu
mean a serpent, Arab. laºlo; others
make it something rolled or twisted to
º 358
n-ºb
§s
gether, nº from r. nº, Arab. Ājo, so
Lee ; or perhaps it is Egypt. tot hand ;
all which views accord well enough with
the figure of this letter in the Phenician
alphabet; see Monumm. Phoen. p. 30.
As to the pronunciation, to is t pro-
nounced with a certain roughness or
scraping of the throat, (appropriately
written tº,) but differing from n whether
aspirated th, 9, or smooth n, t, t , just
as p, k', pronounced at the back part of
the palate near the throat, differs from
P whether aspirated ch, z, or smooth 2,
k, x-Ewald, in his Gramm. p. 26, main-
tains the opinion, that to is strictly an
aspirated letter; but in this he has been
ably met by Hupfeld, in his review of
that work in Hermes Vol. 31, p. 9, 10;
and more recently by Ehrenberg, in Ar-
chiv f. Philologie VIII. fasc. 1. Ewald
appeals: a) To the Greek 9, which
accords with to both in name (nºt 3ita)
and in its place in the alphabet; and
which is unquestionably aspirated. But
however much in general the Greek
letters may accord with the Semitic, yet
we are not warranted in deducing from
their nicer and more exact pronuncia-
tion, rules for the Hebrew pronunciation;
especially since some of them have man-
ifestly changed their nature and power;
e.g. n= E; n = H, S = O; N = A. b)
To the Arabic lo, which also has a semi-
guttural sound. Correctly; but this must
not be confounded with an aspirate.—
The common mode of pronunciation rests
also upon the authority of the LXX, who
with the exception of a very few exam-
ples (one only, 2 Sam. 5, 16, is quoted
by Hartmann in his Ling. Einleitung
page 63, and by Ewald l.c.) constantly
render it by t, as Tºtº 20tonºg, Hºit,
Toftius, sºnº Taggakuiot; and like-
wise upon the contrary usage of the
Syriac translators, who for the Greek t
everywhere put –, and for 3 always 2;
as Tuč980s -ºf-sa-, Titog -º-, te
In Arabic, the letters corresponding
to the Heb. 2 are lo and lo, more fre-
quently the former; snce the latter, as
approaching more to a sibilant, nearly
covresponds to Heb. x, see under S.
Comp. the roots nºt, bºº, 79%.
It is interchanged: a) With x, which
see. b) With n, as Fºr, Frr to seize
bºp Jºš to kill, riºr, ryū, is, to Wan.
der. c.) With "1, which see.
Sk Est; Chald. to rejoice, to be glad, c
*: Dan. 6, 24. Syr. ºeſ, id. See r
Ritº no. 3.
Stºst see after toº.
* Chald, good, i. q, Heb. Hito. Dan.
2, 32. Ezra 5, 17 nº sº?-by in if it
seem good to the king, if it be his plea-
sure. Comp. Hiro Esth. 1, 19. 3, 9.
*Sº in pause 28Hº (God is good,
by Syriasm for ship, comp. Tianzº
nºito) Tabeal, pr. n. Syr. a) A per-
son of low condition, whose son the Sy-
rians and Ephraimites were about to
make king in Jerusalem, Is. 7, 6; see
Comment, on Is. ad h. I. b) A Persian
governor or prefect in Samaria, Ezra
4, 7.
* Bºth obsol root. Syr. -as Aph, is
i. q. Heb. 5:... no. 2, to creep about, to
slander ; and also in a good sense, to
spread a good report.—Hence nate.
Bºat, m. plur, head-bands, tiaras,
turbans, Ez. 23, 15. Sept. Alex. tutºgo,
607ttoºl, Vulg. tiarae timetae.—The usual
etymology is from bat; to dip, to which
corresponds Arab. Jºlo to dye with co.
lours. Better perhaps from Ethiop.
ſIl'ſ AA to wrap or wind around ; so
Simonis.
That m. (r. 55%) the highest part
height, summit. Judg. 9, 37 tº pºin'
TSr. hºtº they come down from the
height of the land, in v. 36 tºrr "Ús-
Ez. 38, 12 yºr -ºxº-by ºntºn wha
dwell on the height of the earth, i. e. in
the Holv Land, which the Hebrews re.
garded as higher than all other lands
comp. Psº ºnly for the land of Israel
Ez. 6, 2. 33, 28. 35. 12. 38, 8. Corre.
sponding is Samar. “Aºy, Ethiop
JR'ſ) C, mountain.—Sept. and Vulg. ren.
der nºt by wºmbilicus, navel, as the tor
or height of the belly; comp. Talmud
ºnhind navel.
>k rate 1. to slaughter, to kill an
mals, Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1]. Deut. 28, 3.
nºnry
*:::)
359
Jer, 11, 19; espec. for eating, Gen. 43, 16.
1 Sam. 25, 11. Prov. 9, 2. To slaughter
'or sacrifice is expressed by the kindred
verb may q. v. — Ethiop. ſſh-ſhift to
slaughter, to butcher, Arab. 2-lo to
cook, to roast; comp. art. Bºrrºs.
2. to slay, to kill men, Ps. 37, 14. Lam.
2, 21. Ez. 21, 15.
Deriv. Taº? and the six following.
Tºtº m, pr: a slaughterer, slayer;
hence
1, a cook, 1 Sam. 9, 23. 24. Arab.
étº id. '
2. an eacecutioner, then a lifeguards-
man, body-guard of a king; since these
in the East act as executioners. So
bºrººn-Yig Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. 40, 3.4.
41, 10. 12, and later tºrſ an 2 K. 25, 8 sq.
Jer. 39, 9.11. 40, 1–5, the captain of the
body-guard, pr. the chief executioner.
In Egypt he had a public prison in his
house, Gen. 40, 3; in Babylon Nebuzar-
adan, who held this office, commanded
also a part of the royal army, Jer. 39, 13.
52, 15. -
Tºtº Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, an eacecu-
tioner, and hence lifeguardsman, body-
guard, Dan. 2, 14.
Tº m. in pause raº, c. suff. Frºnt.
1. slaughter, e.g. of cattle, Prov. 7, 22.
Is. 53, 7.65, 12. Also of men, Is. 34, 2.6.
Jer. 48, 15. 50, 27.
2. Meton. cattle slaughtered, meat,
futcher's meat, Prov. 9, 2. Gen. 43, 16.
Comp. n=1 no. 1.
3. Tebah, pr. n. of a son of Nahor,
Gen. 22, 24.
Tºtº f. a cook, 1 Sam. 8, 13. R. riºt.
Tºtº f (r. rats) i. q. masc.net.
1. slavghter of cattle, Ps. 44, 23. Jer.
2, 3.
)
2. cattle slaughtered, meat, 1 Sam. 25,
mit Tibhath, pr. n. of a city of Sy-
ia 1 Chr. 18, 8. In the parall, passage
2 Sam. 8, 8, it is written nº q.v.
$ Satº fut. Bàº, o dip, to dip in, to
immerse, with acc. of thing and in of the
liquid Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 9, 9. Deut. 33,
'84. Job 9, 31 Ruth 2, 14 ; also without
acc. Ex. 12, 22. 2 K. 8, 15. Intrans, fe
dip, to immerse oneself; 2 K. 5, 14 he
went down tº van; Thºa bhºº and
dipped himself seven times in Jordan.—
Chald. 82%, Arab. Jºlo, id.
NIPH. pass. Josh. 3, 15.
Deriv. Bºat, and
*Tºº (whom Jehovah has immers.
ed, purified,) Tebaliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
26, 11.
+ y =tº 1. pr. to sink, to press in, to
impress into any soft substance, as clay;
then to impress a seal, to seal, Arab.
Hence nyatº a seal.—Kindr. is
Saš, &c. to dip in, to immerse, Eth.
ſhºu id. as also bat. The primary
syllable is 50, which in the westerr.
languages also expresses depth and im-
mersion ; comp. Goth. diup, Engl. deep,
Germ. tief; also Goth. doufan, Germ.
taufen, Engl. to dip ; Gr. Öinto and
softened Östºw.
2. Intrans. to sink, to be sunk, immers-
ed, as in the mire, a pit, c. 3, Ps. 9, 16.
69, 3.15. Jer. 38, 6. Lam. 2, 9 yº: Saº
rºu; her gates are sunk into the ground.
Trop. 1 Sam. 17, 49 ins?: HST satrú
and the stone sunk into his forehead, wa
fixed in it. -
PUAL i. q. Kal no. 2. Ex. 15, 4.
HoPH. id. Jer. 38, 22; of the founda-
tion of the earth or mountains, to be
sunk, settled, Job 38, 6. Prov. 8, 25.
Deriv. the two following.
Tyat, f. plur. nivāt, constr. nisatº.
1. a seal, signet-ring, Gen. 41, 42.
Esth. 3, 10. Ex. 35,22. Is. 3,21. al. The
signet-ring was worn by the Hebrews
on the right hand, Jer. 22, 24; comp.
Ecclus. 49, 11 [13]. The person to
whom a king committed his signet-ring
became thereby prime minister, G 3n.
41, 42. Esth. 3, 10. 8, 2; comp. 1 Macc.
6, 15. Q. Curt. 10. 5.
2. a ring, of any kind, Ex. 25, 12 sq.
26, 24, 28, 28.
niyat (rings) Tabbaoth, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 43.
*-at: obsol. root, prob. i. q. mily tº
heap up. Hence nºt?, q.v.
Tianity (for Tian atº, good is Rim.
mon, comp. in Tizn no. 2.) Tahrimron
in-lº
Flººd
360
1 r. n. of the father of Benhadad king of
Syria, 1 K. 15, 18.
nºt perh. i. g. taxa, the cele-
brated, r. Hºº) Tabbath, pr. n. of a
place not far from Abel-meholah in the
tribe of Ephraim, Judg. 7, 22.
Fătº Tebeth, the tenth Hebrew month,
from the new moon of January to that
of February, Esth. 2, 16. So Jerome ad
Ez. 39, 1: “Decimus mensis, qui He-
braeis appellatur Tebeth, et apud AEgyp-
tios Túðt, apud Romanos Januarius.”
Copt. TU3M La Croze Lex. p. 107.
Arab. &le. The etymology is unknown.
ninº m. adj. constr. -Hº, fem. Hºint,
clean, pure, spec. a) In a physical
sense, opp. to filthy, soiled, of a garment
Zech. 3, 5; a place Lev. 4, 12; water
Ez. 36, 25. b) pure, unalloyed, spoken
of gold Ex. 25, 11 sq. 28, 36. al. c.) In
the Levitical sense, opp. to profane, pol-
luted, Lev. 7, 19. 10, 10. 1 Sam. 20, 26.
Is, 66, 20; and hence of animals which
might be eaten, Gen. 7, 2, 8, 20. d) In
a moral sense, Ps. 12, 7. 19, 10. 51, 12
-int, sº a clean heart. Job 14, 4.—See
also hit.
*-nº fut. *ntº 1. to shine, to be
bright, like kindr. "Hi, Hris. Syr. ſolº
noon, Chald. Nºrt, id.—Hence ºnto no.
l, nriº.
2. to be or become clean, pure, a) In
a physical sense, opp. to the filth of
leprosy, 2 K. 5, 12. 13. b) In the Levi-
tical sense, opp. Rºº, Lev. 12, 8, 13, 6.
34.58. Num. 19, 12. 19. al. c.) In a moral
sense, Ps. 51,9. Jer. 13, 27. Job 4, 17.
Prov. 20, 9.-Arab. to be clean,
pure, espec. from the monthly courses;
kindr. 2 to be manifest, conspicuous.
Ethiop. A^UZ, to purify, to wash one-
self with water.
PIEL ºria, fut. htº: 1. to cleanse, to
purify, a) Physically, as metals from
dross Mal. 3, 3; a land from corpses Ez.
39, 12; the heavens from clouds Job 37,
21. b) Levitically, e.g. things Ez. 43,
26. 2 Chr. 29, 15, 18. Neh. 13, 30; per-
sons Lev. 14, 11. Num. 8, 6.7. c) Mo-
rally, Jer. 33, 8. Ez. 24, 13. Mal. 3, 3.
2. to pronounce clean, spoken of per-
sons or things, a) In a Levitical sense
Lev. 13,6 sq. 16,30. b) In a moral sense
Ps. 51, 4.
PUAL to be cleansed, part. ſem. Ez
22, 24. r
HITHP. hººn and hºſter, to purify or
cleanse oneself, to make oneself clean,
a) Levitically, Gen. 35, 2. Lev. 14, 4 sq.
Num. 8, 7. Ezra 6, 20. Neh. 12, 39, 13
22, b) Morally, to cleanse oneself from
sin, c. 7%. Josh. 22, 17.
Deriv. the four here following, and
-ing.
Tº m. Holem pure, constr. --ryū
i. q. mºto, cleanness, pureness, e.g. of
hands, innocence, Job 17, 9; of heart
Prov. 22, 11 Keri.
Tº m. 1. brightness, clearness, pu-
rity of ether, Ex. 24, 10.
2. purification, cleansing, Lev. 12, 4.6.
"... m. brightness, splendour, see
r. nºt; no. 1. Ps, 89, 45 inn;2 ºn
thow makest his brightness to cease.
The verb nºr c. 2 is also found
thus construed Ez. 34, 10, according to
which it should here be rendered, thow
causest him to cease from his bright.
ness ; or, better, it is a construction
praegn. for, thou causest to cease and
takest away from his brightness. But
as nouns of the form *rīſ; are of very
doubtful authority, it may be worth in-
quiry, whether by transposing the Sheva
we ought not here to read intº from
the common nrit: . This strikes me now
more favourably, than the solution of
Aben Ezra and Kimchi which I have
formerly followed, Lehrg. p. 87, viz. that
Dagesh in the Ty is euphonic, and o is
formative, so that inrºg or i-rºº (as is
read in some Mss.) would be for i-rºº
from the subst. hrſºn.
Tº ſ. (r. Triº) 1. pureness, in a
moral sense, 2 Chr. 30, 19.
2. purification, cleansing, Lev. 13, 35
14, 2. al. Hºmº Yºº blood of purifica
tion, i. e. from which a lying-in womah
is to be purified, Lev. 12, 4, 5.
Sºto, see Nºst, after ºntº.
* Pht praet. Hat Num. 24, 5. Cant. 4
10; for the fut. is used the form intº”
from sº.
Flºt)
ºntº
361
1. to be good, well. Chald. Syr. 1d.
Arab. ëlle mid. Ye, to be good, Sweet,
pleasant, espec. of fragrant odour, comp.
tiss, us:... Always impers. in the foll.
phrases: a) tº aid it is well with me, it
goes well with me, etc. Deut. 5, 30. 15, 16.
19, 13. Num. 11, 18. Ecc. 9,4; also I am
well, 1 Sam. 16, 16.23. With bºid. 1 Sam.
20, 12. Job 13, 9 ºz. Hitoti is it well (for
you) that 2 etc. For Job 10, 3 see lett. b.
b) "gº aid it is good in my eyes, i. e.
it pleaseth me, is my pleasure, Num. 24,
1. In the later books with by, 1 Chr. 13,
2. Esth. 1, 19 Riº Tººn-by-ps if it
please the king. 3,9. 5, 4.8. 7, 3. Neh.
2, 5, comp. Ezra 5, 17; once with : Job
10, 3 ºth sier; doth it please thee? So
Vulg. Chald.
2. to be goodly, fair, pleasing, Num,
24, 5. Cant. 4, 10.
3. to be in good humour, i. e. to be
cheerful, joyful, the prevailing usage in
Syriac; espec. of the heart, 1 Sam. 25,
36. 2 Sam. 13, 28. Esth. 1, 10.
HipH. --ºr fut. Rºº. 1. to do well,
to act right, c. acc. 1 K. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 6,
8; inf. c. , 2 K. 10,30–Also to do good
to others, to confer benefits, Ez. 36, 11.
2. to make goodly, fair, Hos. 10, 1.
3. to make cheerful, to cheer, Ecc. 11,9.
NotE. More frequent is Hiph. anºn
from nº.
Deriv. the five following.
Pit. m. good. A) Adj. having fem.
rºle.
1. good, zulés, bonus, in various senses,
according to the character of the ob-
jects; e.g. of a land, field, pasture, i. e.
fertile, fruitful, Ex. 3, 8. Ez. 17, 8, 34,
14; of cattle, in good case, fat. (opp. Sh
Gen. 41, 26.27,) Lev. 27, 10 sq. Gen. 18,
7. 27, 9; of a tree, fruitful, 2 K. 3, 19; of
fruits, fresh, sound, Jer. 24, 2; of gold,
pure, Gen. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 3, 5.8.-Spec.
a) Spoken of what is grateful to the
*enses, good, pleasant, sweet, etc. o.) To
he sight, good to look upon, goodly, fair,
beautiful. Dan. 1,15"x" air, Eriºsº their
appearance was better, fairer, than, etc.
So of persons Gen. 6, 2. Ex. 2, 2. 1 Sam.
3, 2; often with a word added, as Fish?
Gen. 24, 16. Esth. 1, 11, 2, 3 7; hsin
1 K. 1,6; "s: 1 Sam. 16, 12. Of houses
Is, 5 9. §). To the hearing, pleasing,
well sounding, harmonious, spoken of a
poem Ps. 45,2. y) To the smell, plea-
sant, fragrant, sweet-scented; as ſº
Bio fragrant ointment Is. 39, 2. Ps. 133
2. Hirºn Hºp the fragrant came Jer. 6
20. 6) To the taste, good, pleasant,
b382% air good to eat Gen. 2, 9.3, 6,
Prov. 24, 13 eat thou honey, because it is
good, tastes good. Comp. Hiran jº, Cant.
7, 10. 8) To the senses and feelings
generally; Gen. 49, 15 he saw the rest,
that it was good, pleasant. Ps. 73, 28
but to draw near to God is good for me.
84, 11 a day in thy courts is better than
a thousand. 133, 1. So Eitº Din a good
day, i. e. joyful, Esth. 8, 17. 9, 19. 21,
Zech. 8, 19; comp. bonus dies Ovid.
Fast. 1.72. Also very freq. ‘E *y-, -it,
good in the eyes of any one, i. e. grateful,
pleasing to him, Num, 24, 1. Deut. 6, 18.
Gen. 16, 6 Tºny: =iºn Rih tº do to her
as it pleaseth thee. 19, 8. Is. 9, 25. Judg.
10, 15. 19, 24. Esth. 8, 8. Jer. 26, 14.
In the later books for "3"sº is put "º
Ecc. 7,26 pºrºsr 25% -it, whoso pleas-
eth God. 2, 26; also Deut. 23, 27;
comp. Job 10, 3.
b) good for a particular purpose, i. e.
well adapted, useful, profitable, etc. Gen.
1, 4 and God saw the light, that it was
good. 2, 18 it is not good that the man
should be alone. 29, 19. With *z, it is
good that, Ruth 2, 22. 2 Sam. 18, 3.
With dat, of pers, good for any one, Ex.
14, 12 º' ºngº...+as * -it, better for
ws to serve the Egyptians, than to die in
the wilderness. Num. 14, 3. Ps. 119, 71
Ecc. 2, 3, 8, 15; with # Ecc. 2, 24.
c) good in measure and quantity, i.e.
much, great, abundant; Syr. -ás very,
comp. Fr. bien. So a good profit Prov.
31, 18; good wages Ecc. 4, 9; a good
(ample) present Gen. 30, 20; Hip Hº"tº
a good old age Gen. 15, 15. 25,8. Ps. 69,
17 ºr -it, “2 for great is thy loving-
kindness. 63, 4, 109, 21. Comp. Hº in
Prov. 22, 1.
d) good in a moral sense: 0.) Of per-
sons, good, well-disposed, upright, Lat.
vir bonus, homestus, 1 Sam. 2, 26. Prov.
12, 2. 13, 22. 14, 14. Ecc. 9, 2. Espec.
kind, benevolent, benigm, of Jehovah Ps,
25, 8. 34, 9, 52, 11. 54, 8; with dat. to.
wards any one Ps. 73, 1. Lam, 3, 25
31
inhº
intº
362
Prov. 22, 9 Tº air good of eye, i.e. look-
ing with kindness, Sept. 6 &Asāīy tragóv.
Comp. also sit h; a kind word Prov.
12, 28. 3) Of actions, good, right, true ;
e.g. air. Tº the right way Jer. 6, 16;
opp. air. Nº Tº Ps. 36, 5. Prov. 16, 29.
Rio ºn the right path Prov. 2, 9. Job
34, 4 let us know among ourselves Elite"Tº
what is good, true. So air. Nº not good,
not right, wrong, Prov. 18, 5. 20, 23.−
Hence often as Subst, the good, to kołów,
see in B. no. 1, and Hip.
2. Spoken of the character or feelings
as affected by good, viz. a) glad, joy-
ful, joyous ; 1 K. 8, 6 as "air, glad of
heart. Ecc. 9, 7 air, 5%; with a glad
heart. b) well, prosperous, happy; so
of persons as made prosperous and
happy, Is. 3, 10. Jer, 44, 17. Ps. 112, 5
ujºs Bit happy the man ; comp. Syr.
2 &al_º Oh, the happiness of ! i. Q.
ºuis, see Matt. 5, 2 sq.-Of things as
making prosperous and happy, 1 Sam. 2,
24 Hip Hºu, a good report, pleasing.
Prov. 15, 30.25, 25. 2 Sam. 18,27 Hºip:
nziº glad tidings. Josh. 21, 45 air, hº
a good word, glad promise. 23, 14. 15.
B) Subst, for which also fem. Hip is
employed, q.v.
1. good which one does, the right, to
x0.461, in a moral sense, Prov. 11, 27.
air, Huº to do good, to lead a good life,
Ps. 14, 1.3. 34, 15. 37, 3.27; with by to
do good with or to any one, to deal well
with, Gen. 26, 29. Ps. 119, 65. So HHS
*ip to love good Am. 5, 15; air, F.T. Ps.
.S,21; -ito wºn; Am. 5,14; also air, sº
Mic. 3, 2; -it, ºr Prov. 14, 22; comp.
in ºr no. 2. Hence sº air, sº to
know good and evil, see in ST, no. 5. bb.
2. good which one receives; Job 2, 10
shall we receive good from God? Ps. 21,
4. Hos. 8, 3 -it, ºsmº H2, Israel rejects
the good sc. that is proffered.—Spec.
a) a good thing, a benefit, spoken of sin-
gle benefits; Ps. 34, 11 -it-bº anon. Nº
they shall not want any good i. e. any
benefit from God. 84 12. Prov. 18, 22
hit, sº rºs ss” whoso findeth a wife,
findeth a good thing. 3, 27. Collect. for
all good, benefits from God; Ps. 104, 28
ſhow openest thy hand, Rio Tºº" they
are satisfied with good, i. e. with thy
benefits. 107,9. Prov. 12, 14. b) goods,
wealth; Job 22, 18 air priºr; sex, he
filled their houses with goods, wealth.
1 K. 10, 7, c) good fortune, welfare,
prosperity; Ps. 25 13 ºr aitº its;
his soul shall abide in good, he shall
prosper. 23, 6. Job 21, 13. 36, 11. So in
the phrases: Hip HN) to see good, to
prosper, Ps. 4, 7. Job 7, 7; air-i nº id,
Ecc. 2, 1; Hip besid. Prov. 13, 2; Nsº
hit) id. Prov. 16, 20; etc. So too "h Rita
(it is) good for me Ps. 119, 71. Lam. 3,27;
also Ecc. 8, 12. 13. airch for good Deut.
30, 9. Ps. 119, 122; c. dat. Deut. 6, 24.
10, 13. Jer. 32, 39.
3. Tob, pr. m. of a region beyond Jor-
dan, Judg. 11, 3, 2 Sam. 10, 6. Prob.
i. q. Totºvov or Těštov 1 Macc. 5, 13.
C) Adv. good, well, zoºkajg, Ruth 3, 13.
1 Sam. 20, 7. 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2, 18, .
So too the phrase: nºr air, the thing
is good, i. q. well, 1 K. 2, 38.42. 18, 24.
*Tº TS Bºth Tob-Adonijah, pr. n. m.
2 Chr. 17, 8.
Pºt, m. subst. 1. goodness, the quall-
ty of being or doing good. Ps. 119, 66
Exº ahº goodness of understanding,
good insight. Often of the goodness or
benignity of God, Ps. 25,7. 31, 20. 145,7.
Is. 63, 7.-Concr. good things, i.e. things
good in themselves, wealth, Deut. 6, 11.
2 K. 8, 9; precious things Gen. 24, 10,
comp. v. 22. 30. With a gen, the good-
mess of any thing, the best, Gen. 45, 18.
20. Spec. a) Yºs and the goodness
of the land, its best fruits and products,
Gen. 45, 23. Is. 1, 19. Jer. 2, 7. Ezra 9,
12. b) rin, amº the good gifts of Jeho-
vah, which in his goodness he bestows
on men, e. g. the gifts of nature, fruits,
wine, oil, flocks, etc. Jer. 31, 12. 14. Hos.
3, 5. Ps. 27, 13. 65, 5.
2. goodness of appearance, fairness
beauty; comp. adj. air. A. 1. a. o. Hos
10, 11. Spoken of the divine majesty
and glory, Ex. 33, 19. Zech. 9, 17.
3. nº nºt gladness of heart, joy, Deut.
28, 7. Is. 65, 14. Comp. adj. Hip A. 2. a.
4. good fortune, welfare, prosperity
Job 20, 21. 21, 16. Prov. 11, 10. Comp
adj. Riº A. 2. b.
Tºp ſem.
lett. A.
B) Subst. i. q. Eito lett. B, good, a
good thing, opp. Hº ; so risiah for
A) Adj. fem. ofatt, q.v.
inhº
-hº
363
good, not for evil, Neh. 5, 19. 13, 31. Ps.
86, 17. Jer. 24, 6–Spec.
1. good which one does, confers, bene-
fit ; so in formulas: rºit, Hºy to do
good to any one Ex. 18, 9. Num. 24, 13.
Judg. 9, 17; Hºit, nrin Hyº Bºu; Gen. 44,
4. Ps, 35, 12; Hip Hºur, to requite good
1 Sam. 25, 21. 2 Sam. 16. 12. Hence
goodness, the doing of good, Ps. 68, 11.
2. good which one receives, viz. a)
welfare, prosperity, happiness, e.g. "Nº
Tºit to see good, to enjoy prosperity,
happiness, Job 9, 25. 22, 21. Ecc. 5, 17.
6, 6; Tºitº P2S to eat in prosperity, to
enjoy it, Job 21, 25. So Ps. 16, 2 "rºit,
Tº be my happiness is nought beyond
thee, i. e. I delight in nothing more than
thee, besides thee. b) goods, wealth,
riches, Ecc. 5, 10. Ps, 65, 12 Trio rºº
the year of thy riches, i.e. of thy rich
bounties; comp. Eito Ps. 104, 28.
3. goodness, sc. in any one; plur. nisia
good qualities Neh. 6, 19.-The signif.
goodness in the sense of kindness, benig-
nity, is by some ascribed to this word in
Ps. 65, 12. 68, 11 ; but see in nos. 1, 2.
nºit, and "nºit (i. q. Hinº nic
pleasing to Jehovah) pr. n. Tobiah, To-
bias, Gr. Toffice, a name common after
the exile. a) Neh. 2, 10. 4, 1. b) Ezra
2, 60. Neh. 7, 62. c) Zech. 6, 10. 14.
Sk Hyº 1. i. q. Arab. sº to roll up
or together, to twist; hence to spin, Ex.
25, 25, 26. Hence Hºº.
2. to be hungry, famished, to fast, i. q.
* * 2 * ~ *
,\rab. 32%, whence sºlº hunger,
2\º hungry, famished ; pr. to be con-
rolved, twisted, sc. in one's bowels; so
the Arabs ascribe to hungry persons
bowels convolved, twisted, e. g. Hariri
Cons. 3. p. 142. ed. Schult. U&-S)] es:-
sºla) Jºe to twist up the bowels from
hunger. Comp. Schult. l. c. Cons. 3. p.
136. Hence nº.
Deriv. ryū, Tºº.
* nºt to spread over, to daub, to be-
smear, e. g. a wall with mortar, to plas-
ter, Lev. 14, 42. 1 Chr. 29, 4; the eyes,
go as not to see, Is. 44, 18, where praet.
rº for rit: ; with two acc. Ez. 13 10–15.
B2, 28.—Arab. al- mid Ye, II ...) cover
over with fat, to besmear, see Camoos p
328. In the occidental languages, comp
täyyw, tingo, to tinge, Germ. tinchen.
NIPH. pass, infin. Lev. 14, 43.48.
Deriv. rºw, rinº.
* toºth obsol. root, Arab. 12: 3 to col.
lect, to gather. Hence ontº.
n"Bºth plur. f. bands, fillets, spec. the
prayer-fillets or phylacteries of the Jews
Tºšen, qvlaxtágu, Matth. 23, 5; i. e.
strips of parchment on which are writ.
ten various sentences from the Mosaic
law, e. g. Ex. 13, 1–10. 11–16. Deut. 6,
4–9. 11, 13–21, and which the Jews are
accustomed to bind around the fore-
head and the left wrist while they are at
prayers, Ex. 13, 16. Deut. 6, 8, 11, 18.
Chald. Nºir, Nºteiro, a bracelet, front-
let.—The form is for Hººt, as 533
for Baha; -2 = ſor -z-z ; nº, Syr.
tº-º-º: Lehrg. p. 869. The root is
Fºr q. v. not FEto, to which the signif.
of binding has been attributed without
good reason.
*ºnt) in Kal not used ; Arab. Jule
mid. Waw, to be long.
HipH. bºr, pr. to throw down at full
length, to prostrate, comp. Hoph. and
Is. 22, 17; hence to throw, to cast, Ez.
32, 4; a spear 1 Sam. 18, 11. 20, 33; to
cast out, as from a land Jer. 16, 13. 22,
26, from a ship Jon. 1, 5. 12; to send out
a wind Jon. 1, 4.
Hopi. Sººn, fut. Sº, bº.
1. to be cast down at full length, to be
prostrated, Ps. 37, 24. Job 41, 1.
2. to be cast, as the lot, Prov. 16, 33 ;
to be cast out Jer. 22, 28.
Pilp, bººt, i. q. Hiph. to cast down, to
prostrate, Is. 22, 17.
Deriv. Hºthº.
k ºt obsol root, Arab. -sulo mid.
Waw, to go around, to surround. Hence
nier; it q. v. bands, fillets.
* Tºtº obsol. root, prob. like kindr.
***, *m, to go round about, to surround,
—Hence
"tº m. 1. a wall round about, an em.
Go ->
closure, Ez. 46, 23. Arab. 33% border
bound,553 fence, enclosure.
*hº
º
364
2. a row, range, as of gems, Ex. 28,
17 sq. 39, 10 sq. Also a course of hewn
stones 1 K. 7, 12; of beams 6, 36, 7, 4 ;
of pomegranates 7, 42. etc.
Tºtº Chald. m. a rock, mountain, i. q.
Heb. hºs. Dan. 2, 35.45–Syr. ișā,
Arab. }* id.
**Dºt to fly swiftly, to pounce upon
the prey; as an eagle, Lat. tumdere;
comp. Germ. Stossen spoken of birds of
prey, whence Stösser, Stossvogel ; also
Engl. to toss. Job 9, 26 ºx whº hº
*::s.—Corresponding is Syr. -ai of the
flight of the eagle, vulture, for Heb. HSº
Jer. 48, 40. 49, 22; Pa. Deut. 32, 11. Job
30, 13; twº lofty and rapid flight.
nºt; Chald. f. a fasting; as Adv. fast-
ing, without food, Dan. 6, 19. R. nº
no. 2; the form is like nº from Hº.
>k Firſt in Kal not used, to stretch, to
extend. Arab, Usºlo to spread out.
PiL. part. nu;p-ºrſºn pr: those draw-
ing the bow, i.e. bowmen, archers, Gen.
21, 16.-For the form, comp. Hº, Hith-
pal. Tyrºn, doubling the last radical.
Tintº m. a mill, hand-mill, Lam. 5, 13.
R. int.
Dºminº m. plur. (r. ºntº) tumores ani,
i. e. the piles, hemorrhoids, so called as
protruded from the fundament, with
straining or tenesmus and a flow of
blood, 1 Sam. 6, 11. 17; also Deut. 28,
27. 1 Sam. 5, 6. 9. 12. 6, 4.3 in Keri,
for Chethibh tºº, which seems to
have been the more vulgar or less usual
word.
nine plur. f. the reins, according to
the IHeb. interpreters; so called because
overspread with fat, from r. The q. v.
Comp. Ehrl and 5%. Like 5% and riº:
it is put as the seat of the mind, feel-
ings, intellect; Ps. 51, 8 lo l thou lovest
truth in the reins sc. of a man. Job
38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the reins,
i. e. so that thou knowest and under-
standest all these things ; the other
member has "Etº the mind, intellect.
However this whole passage may be
understood, the same signiſ, must be
attributed to the word nint; as in Ps. l.c.
* "Tºº, see nº Is. 44, 18 in r. nºt
>k intº fut. intº , imper, fem, ºriº, to
crush, to beat small, c. acc. Ex. 32, 20
Deut. 9, 21; spec. to grind with a hand
mill, Judg. 16, 21. Num. 11, 8. Is. 47, 8
Arab. co-lo, Aram. *~, int, id.—
Trop. º. ºº intº to grind the person
(not face) of the poor, i. e. to oppress
him with exactions, Is. 3, 15; comp. Tº
Job 31, 10 "ruis -rish nºr let my wiſ.
grind for another, i.e. be his mill-wench,
his abject slave, (comp. Ex. 11, 5. Is. 47.
2.) and also his concubine, a sense re-
quired by the other clause and v. 9; so
Sept. Vulg. and Chald. The Rabbins
understood the phrase to grind for ano-
ther in a trop, and unchaste sense, q, d.
‘let her be ground, violated, by another
man;’ just as Gr. ºutſåkstv Theocr. 4, 58,
and Lat. molere, permolere, are spoken
of intercourse with a woman ; see the
commentators ad Petron. Sat. 23. Hor.
Sat. 1, 2, 35. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 188.
But in such instances the word for grind-
irg is every where attributed to the
II a.ſ.l.
Deriv. Tinº, and the two here follow-
Ing.
Tºrº f a mill, hand-mill, Ecc. 12, 4.
nine plur. f. grinders, for the double-
teeth, demtes molares, Ecc. 12, 3. Arab.
G - , :
Kielle id.
* "Tº obsol root, Syr. rºw to breathe
hard, to blow, as under a load ; also in
easing the belly with a great effort; to
have tenesmus; hence irº, bec, te -
nesmus with flow of blood; Arab. sºlo,
espec. =) , spoken of the same.—Hence
tºnnt, q.v.
Tº m. plaster, roughcast, spread over
a wall, Ez. 13, 12. R. rihø.
Onº m. (r. php) mud, mire, Eth. 8%
mire, Arab. &la=3-3 mud collected in
the bottom of a pool ; see the root.—
Spec. a) mud, mire, as in streets Ps
18, 43. Mic. 7, 10; at the bottom of the
sea Is. 57, 20; in a cistern or subterra,
Ilean prison Jer. 38, 6; on the banks o'
ſº
Ebro
365
the Nile Job 41, 22 [30]. Trop. for deep
palamity Ps. 69, 15. b) clay, potter's
slay, Is. 41, 25. Nah. 3, 14.
Hence the denom. verb :
St. Stº PILP. to remove mud or dirt, to
sweep away; comp. Tº to remove ash-
es, from Tºº. Once, Is. 14, 23 rºnstºst,
Tººn Rºstºn I will sweep her (Baby-
lon) away with the besom of destruction,
1. e. will wholly destroy her, so that her
site shall be as a place swept clean ;
comp. 1 K. 14, 14, 21, 21. 2 K. 21, 13.−
In the Talm. is the form hºst) ; Kimchi
has tº Nº, and also dist a sweeping
away. Heb. Nºst, is either for "Lost
adding N, or else by transp. for to"Nº.—
A derivation from a root Nht) is less cer-
tain.
Deriv. Rºsº a broom, besom.
> *
lºt, Chald. m. clay, potter's clay,
Dan. 2, 41. 43 Rººt, For earthen ware,
sherds of clay. Arab. and Syr. J-ºk',
tiº, id. whence the denom. verb Ju-
mid. Ye, to besmear with clay or mud,
to form from clay. Kindr. are jºb, sº,
Q. V.
Tºtº f(r. **) 1. a wall round about
a place, i, q, nºt no. 1. Ez. 46, 23.
2. A place surrounded by a wall, an
enclosure ; hence a) a fortress, castle,
Cant. 8, 9. b) A nomadic encampment,
rustic village, hamlet, usually enclosing
a space in which the cattle were secur-
ed, Gen. 25, 16. Num. 31, 10. 1 Chr. 6,
39 [54]. Ez. 25, 4. Poet. of a habitation
Ps. 69, 26. Syr. ti- enclosure, fold.
See ºr no. 2.
ºpm, (r. 9% I) in pausebº, c. suffº,
aew, Gen. 27, 28.39. Ex. 16, 13. 14. Num.
11, 9. Job 29, 19. Zech. 8, 12. nihis bº
Job 26, 19, see in This no. 2. The dew as
moistening plants is the emblem of fresh-
ness and refreshing, Deut. 32, 2. Prov,
17, 12. Hos. 14, 6. The drops of the dew
a e put for a multitude, 2 Sam. 17, 12.
So Ps. 110, 3 from the womb of the morn-
ing shall be to thee the dew of thy youth,
u e, the youths of thy people numerous
and fresh as the drops of the morning
dew shall go forth to fight thy battles.
Mic. 5, 6. Also, the morning dew is the
sy mbol of something evanescent, Hos.
£º
6, 4, 13, 3. Arab. JJo fine rain, dew
Syr. ſlº, Ethiop, ſh/A, id.
20 Chald, id. Dan. 4, 12.20. 5, 21.
>k Nºt; to patch, to mend ; see Pual
Chald. Nºt: id. In Kal only Part, pass
Rºbº patched, i.e. spotted, having large
spots like patches, Gen. 30, 32 sq.
PUAL part. patched, clouted, Josh. 9, 5
nisłº nibyº shoes clouted.
D"sº see ºu.
Sk rºº obsol. root, i. q. Syr. ſlº to be
new, fresh, young ; kindr. is nºt?, cc.inp.
Gr. 96%.-Hence hºt, and
Tº m, a lamb, young and tender
* . .e.
1 Sam. 7, 9, Is. 65, 25. Arab. Sºlo a
young animal of any kind, espec, a young
gazelle just born, Eth, ſh/A. kid, Syr.
i.e.: boy, tº girl.
nºt ſ, a casting down Is. 22, 17
See r. bºr Pilp.
* m. (r. Fºº) i. q. Hº, only in plur.
tºshº for tºº.
1. lambs, young and tender, Is. 40, 11.
Comp. Lehrg. p. 575.
2. Telaim, pr. m. of a place in the
tribe of Judah, 1 Sam. 15, 4. See also
tºº.
* I. 33°, Arab Ji, Eth. KºMA,
to moisten gently, as the dew, light rain.
Hence brº dew.
... II, 32% i. q ºs II, and Arab
Jº II, to shade, to overshadow ; hence
to cover, to cover over. Chald. Bºtº, Syr
W-i, id.
PIEL bºt to cover, espec. with beams,
timber, contignare, Neh. 3, 15; else-
where Hºp q. v. Comp. Gen. 19, 8 by
nnnip.
Pilp, bºt: is from bhp, q.v.
ºf Chald. i. q. Heb. ** II.
APH. Bºtºs to get shade, to lie in the
shade, Dan. 4, 9.
Sk Est; obsol. root, Aram. tºº, >.
Arab. *-Ub, Ethiop, ſhAdº’, to oppress
to do wrong. Hence the two following
tºº (oppression) Telem, pr. m. of a
city in Judah, Josh. 15, 24. According to
31%
Yºbt,
pºt
366
Kimchi and othels it is the same which
is called in 1 Sam. 15, 4 Enshū.
Tºp (oppressed) Talmon, pr. n. m.
Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. R. Bºt.
Sk Nºt, fut. Nºt", inf. HNºt: Lev.
15, 32; to be or become wrelean, impure;
to be defiled, polluted. Syr. ised to pol-
lute, ise, polluted; comp. Lat. conta-
7tino, attamino, intamino. The primary
idea is that of immersing ; see in Tºtº.
a) Chiefly spoken of Levitical unclean-
ness, both of persons and animals, (i. e.
animals not to be eaten, see Lev. 11, 1–
31,) and also of things, as buildings,
vessels, etc. opp. nºtº, Lev. 11, 24 sq.
12, 2.5. al. With 3, to be defiled with
any thing, Lev. 15, 32. 18, 20. 23. b)
Spec. to defile oneself sc. with idolatry,
guilt, c. = Ps. 106, 39. Ez. 22, 4.
NIPH. sºº, part. plur. E"Nº Ez.
20, 30, 31; pass, of Pi. no. 1, to defile one-
self, to be defiled, polluted, as a woman
by adultery, Num. 5, 13.14; a people by
whoredom or idolatry, Hos. 5, 3.. 6, 10.
With 3 of that with which one is defiled,
e.g. idols, Ez. 20, 7. 23,30; % Ez. 20, 31.
PIEL Nº. 1. to make unclean, to de-
file, to pollute, Lev. 15, 31. Hence a)
to defile, to profane, e.g. the name of
God Ez. 43, 7.8; the sanctuary Lev.
15, 31. Jer. 7, 30. Ps. 89, 1; a land by
wickedness and idolatry, Num. 35, 34.
Jer. 2,7. Ez. 36, 18; oneself, ibº, Lev.
21, 44. So of idolatrous high places,
nina, i. q. to destroy, 2 K. 23, 8, 10. 13.
16. Is. 30, 22; this was done by casting
unclean things, as dead men's bones, up-
in the places, in order that they might
not be rebuilt, 2 K. 23, 6, 14. 16. 20. b)
to deflour, to violate a woman, virgin,
Gen. 34, 5. 13. 27. Ez. 18, 6. 15.
2, to promounce unclean, e. g. as a
priest, Lev. 13, 3.8. 11 sq.
3, to let pollute oneself, to let be pol-
listed, c. acc. Ez. 20, 26.
Pu AL part. defiled, polluted, Ez. 4, 14.
HITH}. fut. Nºte: i. q. Niph. to make
ow.eself unclean, to defile oneself, Lev. 21,
4. Hos. 9, 4; with 3 of that with which
one is defiled, Lev. 11, 43. 18, 30; also
* Lev. 21, 3, 11.
Hoth p. Nºtºr, id Deut. 24, 4.
Deriv, the three following.
Sº adj. f. HSº, unclean, defiled
impure, opp. nint, Lev. 10, 10. 11, 47
Deut. 12, 15. 22. a) Levitically, as per.
sons Lev. 13, 11. 15. 36. 44 sq. 15, 2
Num. 19, 13. 15. 20; spec. GE: Nº de-
filed by a dead body Hagg. 2, 13; Nºt:
UE: id. Num. 5, 2. 9, 6, 7, 10. Of ani.
mals which may not be eaten, Lev. 5, 2.
7, 21. 11, 4, 5.7. Deut, 14, 8, 10; of food
Judg. 13, 4. Ez. 4, 13; of houses, from
leprosy, Lev. 14, 44. etc. b) Morally,
Job 14, 4, Is. 6, 5 Bºrºº Nºt unclean
of lips, i.e. sinning with the lips, utter-
ing blasphemies and falsehood, nNºt
bºr, the unclean of name, infamous, Ez.
22, 5. Of the gentiles, Is. 35, 8, 52, 11.
HSºtº nºs Am. 7, 17.
"Sº f Mic. 2, 10 (r. Nºtº) also
"Sºtº f uncleanness, impurity, pollu.
tion. a) In the Levitical sense, Lev. 5
3. 7, 20. 21. 14, 19. Num. 19, 13. 2 Sam.
11, 4. Fºr rs3% Lev. 15, 26. Ez. 36,
17. Also an unclean thing, Judg. 13, 7.
14, 2 Chr. 29, 16. b) In a moral sense,
impurity from crime, e. g. adultery, for
nication, idolatry, Lev. 16, 16. 19. Num.
5, 19. Lam, 1,9. Ez. 22, 15. Tsººn rºn
the unclean spirit, moving the false pro-
phets, Zech. 13, 2. Of the gentiles,
Ezra 6, 21. 9, 11–Plur, constr. rs:
Lev. 16, 16. 19. Ez. 36, 25. 29.
>k Tºº i. q. Sºtº ; at least some forms
of this latter verb follow the analogy of
verbs rib. Thus
NIPH. to be unclean, to be defiled,
Pryºr: Lev. 11, 43. Job 18, 3 x^2tº:
p3";": we are unclean in your eyes, i. e.
impious, wicked, comp. 14, 4, Wu.g. sor-
dwimus. Some of the Hebrew interpret
ers, favoured by the parallelism, here
make Tºt; to be i. q. Chald. Bºtº, tºº,
Heb. DºS, to be stopped up, i. q to be
stupid, foolish; and this sense perhaps
is better in Job l. c. we are foolish
(st ſpid) in your eyes.
*: Tºtº ſut. Totº", to hide, to conceal
Josh. 2, 6. Job 31, 33. The primary idea
is that of immersing, and is common to
several verbs beginning with the syllable
tº (Ed), some of which retain the idea of
immersing, while others pass over to tha
of hiding and also of defiling, pollutiny
comp. synon. TES, and see more
R}º
Fº
367
Thesaur. p. 552.-Spec. to hide under
ground, to bury, Gen. 35, 4. Ex. 2, 12.
Josh. 7, 21. 22. Jer. 43, 10. Hoº Pº: a
hidden abortion Job 3, 16. So ºne ſº
Ps. 140, 6, 142, 4; H nu}} 'w Ps, 9, 16.
31, 5, i. e. to hide a snare, met, for any
one, i. q. to lie in wait, to plot against
him; comp. Ps. 64, 6. Job 18, 10. With
h to hide for any one, i. e. to hoard up,
to reserve for him, Job 20, 26 ºn-biº
*E* ſhot; all darkness (calamity) is
hoarded up for his treasures, where ob-
serve the paronomasia in the kindred
words Tºo!, and TEs. Similar is Deut.
33, 19 bin "gºt ºn pr. the hidden of
the hid treasures of the sand, perh. glass.
Ironically, Prov. 19,24rriësa iTºº Tºº
the slothful hideth his hand in the dish,
i. e. he plunges it slowly and deeply
into the dish. Pass. part. Thoºl in the
hidden, i. e. in secret, in darkness, Job
40, 13.
NIPH. to hide oneself, under the earth,
Is. 2, 10.
HipH. i. Q. Kal, 2 K. 7, 8.
Deriv. liot;2.
* Nº m. c. suff, Tsº, a basket,
Deut. 26, 2. 4. 28, 5. Chald. Nº: id.
Kindr, are rººs basket, J-32 to weave,
Ç
$9. *
whence & basket; also Rºo, etc.
For the origin, see r. bºg no. 2.
* Flº in Kal not used, Aram. -ai,
to be soiled, dirty.
PIEL to soil, to defile, Cant. 5, 3.
>k Hy th i. q. myr, to go astray, to wan-
der, Aram. Nº, is, and Arab. Ušio,
©
HIPH. to lead astray, to seduce, Ez.
13, 10.
* P2: 1. to taste, as in all the kin-
dred dialects; e. g. a) to try the fla-
vour, Job 12, 11. b) to eat a little,
1 Sam. 14, 24, 29. 43. Jon. 3, 7, c) to
have the sense of taste, to perceive the
lavour, 2 Sam. 19, 36.
2. Metaph. to perceive by the mind, to
feel, Prov. 31, 18. Ps, 34,9 --> Ash host,
rjº =ie O taste and see that Jehovah is
good.
Deriv. those fol’owing, and Dºº?.
Pyº Chald, id. PA. to make taste, i. 6
to cause to eat, to feed, Dan. 4, 22. 5, 21
Bytºm. 1. taste, flavour of food, Num
11,8. Jer,48,11. Job 66. Arab. Aloid
2. Metaph. intellectual taste, i.e. judg
nent, discernment, understanding; comp
Lat. Sapere, sapiens, sapientia, et contra
insipidus. 1 Sam. 25, 33. Ps. 119, 66. Job
12,20. Byº nºng nušs an insipid woman,
i. e. without discernment, Prov. 11, 22,
bºº rºt he changed his understanding,
i.e. feigned himselfmad, Ps. 34,1. "a"tº
Exº who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16.
3. From the Chald. judgment of the
king, i.e. mandate, decree, Jon. 3, 7. See
Chald. Ext; no. 3.
By tº Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. no.3, man.
date, decree, Ezra 6, 14.—More frequent
is
tº Chald. m. 1. taste, flavour, espec.
pleasant. Dan. 5, 2 sºr Exº, in the fla-
vour of wine, i. e. while drinking.
2. judgment, discernment, reason, see
Heb. by tº no. 2. Dan. 2, 14. Hence,
reason as demanded or given, an ac-
count; sº ºn to render an account,
Dan. 6, 3; by Pºt, Bºb to make account
of, to regard, Dan. 3, 12.
3. judgment of the king, mandate,edict,
decree, Dan. 3, 10. 12. 29. Est, Bhuj to
give command Ezra 4, 19. 21. 5, 3.9. 13.
6, 1. 7, 13. Of a cause to be judged, de-
creed, Ezra 5, 5. Ext; by: lord of judg-
ment, the title of the Persian governor
in Samaria, Ezra 4, 8, 9. 17.
* I. Twº to thrust through with a
sword, Arab. Gº id. &º thrust
through, ài. a thrust. Chald. Pa. id,
PUAL pass. Part. plur. constr. º.
Is. 14, 19.
* II. Twº to load up beasts of burden,
Gen. 45, 17. Aram. Tºº, <!, to be
loaded, laden. Arab. cºal- VIII to sit
©
upon a camel, º ;3% a loaded camel,
& Axb camel's saddle i. e. with a tent
or canopy. Comp. Tºš.
Ft. m. (r. Flet) c. suff, tºº, collect.
little ones, little children, boys and girls,
so called from their quick and tripping
TEº
Tºº
368
gait, see the root; comp. Bºis. Gen.
34, 29. 43, 8, 45, 19. 46, 5. Opp. to
youths and maidens Ez. 9, 6; to men
above twenty years old, Ex. 12, 37; to
maidens, Num. 31,18. Often Flºriº Bºulºn
Deut. 20, 12; nº Fº Josh. 1, 14;
Fºl tºu, Bºs Jer. 40,7. etc.—Some-
times it is applied to a whole family, ex-
cepting only the father or head of the
family; 2 Chr. 20, 13 prº bºº-EA
Eriº also their families, to wit, their
wives and their children. 2 Chr. 31, 18.
Gen. 47, 12 Fºr "Eh according to their
families. Ex. 10, 10. Num. 32, 16.
24, 26.
*TE in Kal not used. Syr. <!,
to spread out, to earpand. Kindr. ITES.
PIEL nºt: 1. to spread out, to earpand,
trans. e. g. the heavens, Is. 48, 13.
2. Denom. from nºt; no. 1, to bear
upon the palms, sc. a child, in Engl. ‘to
carry in the arms,” Lam. 2, 22.
Deriv. rºtº, and the three follow-
Ing.
Tºtº m. plur, ninet: 1. Pr. the
spread hand, palm ; put as a measure
of four fingers, a hand-breadth, 1 K. 7,
26. 2 Chr. 4, 5, comp. Jer. 52, 21. Ps. 39,
6 *2: nºr; ninet, riºr lo! thou hast
made my days hand-breadths, i.e. very
short. -
2. As a term of architecture, plur.
mutuli, corbils, i. e. projecting stones on
which the ends of timbers are laid, 1 K.
7. 9. Sept. 16 ysiod.
Tºto m. i. q. nºt; no. 1, a palm, hand-
breadth, Ex. 25, 25. 37, 12. Ez. 40, 5.
13. R. retº.
E"Tºº m. plur, verbal noun (r. ret;
Piel no. 2) a bearing on the palms, nurs-
ing of children, Lam. 2, 20.
:k SET; fut. Bºt", pr. to patch, as in
Talmudic; then trop. to patch up false-
lood, i. e. to devise, to forge; comp. Ö6-
wo, 6&ntsu, Lat. Suere dolos. Ps. 119, 69.
Jeb 18, 4. Ellipt. Job 14, 17 -ºx bºnº
ºx thou devisest (falsehoods) upon my
iniquity, i. e. thou makest my sins more
numerous by false accusations in addi-
ion. Comp. the similar passage in Targ.
onath. Deut. 1,1 shºu; whº nº rhet:
Foncinnmastis cont" a eum verba memda-
tº
cia—Arab, Jºlo to arrange one's dis
course artificially.
Tºtº m. Jer. 51, 27, plur. c. suff
TºngHº Nah. 3, 17, a foreign word, a
satrap, military governor of a province
among the Assyrians and Medes. If we
may form a conjecture from the modern
Persian language, we may compare
/* /* , war-chief, prince. Boh-
len in his posthumous sheets compares
Sanscr. adhipačara king's legate. In
Targ. Jonath. Deut. 28, 12, it occurs as
the name of an angel of high rank.
Q3 2 º
*FEtº Arab. -ālo and -36 to take
short and quick steps, to trip, spoken of
the walk of children, whence Pº. Also
of the affected gait of coquettish females,
to mince ; once infin. absol. Is. 3, 16 ſibri
Hºn Fierº walking and mincing as
they go; Luth. well as to the sense: sie
treten einher und Schwänzen, i. e. wag,
waddle; so Saad. cylas , Chald. Tºrºž
Tºº?. Corresponding are ==7, Germ.
tappen, trappen, and its dimin, trippeln,
Engl. to tap, to trip.
Sk -Et, Chald. m. plur. "E", i. q
Heb. Thes, nail of a man, Dan. 4, 30
hoof of an animal, Dan. 7, 19.
Sk UEtº to be fat; metaph. to be dull,
stupid, like Gr. tozüg, Lat. pinguis, Ps,
119, 70. Comp. Tºujri Is. 6, 10.-More
frequent in Chaldee.
Fºº (for netº drop, r. Fº) Taphath,
pr. n. of a daughter of Solomon, 1 K.
4, 11.
>k Tºº to thrust, Lat. trud-o with the
same radical letters; hence to follow on
continually one after another; only Part.
Prov. 19, 13. 27, 15 into nº stillicidium
trudens, i.e. a continual dropping of the
eaves, one drop following another and
thrusting it forward; comp. Engl. “driv.
ing rain.”—Arab. Cylo trusit, propulit
IV, res consecuta est aliam ; see Schult.
ad Prov. 1. c. Chald. Tht, Syº. :4, to
extrude.
Deriv. pr. m. Thº?.
Tht, Chald. to thrust, to drive forth
Dan 4, 22, 29. 30.
Hºnº
E*\tº
369
* Tº obsol, root, i.g. nºt, to be fresh,
vew. Arab. 3rk and 5* id. Eth.
*A.P raw, uncooked. The primary
idea perhaps lies in plucking off, so that
rºº (Tºtº, anº) may be i. q. Finº q.v.–
Hence ºntº.
Einº i q. tº not yet, Ruth 3, 14
Chethibh.
Sk nº in Kal not used, Arab.
Conj. I, IV, VIII, to cast down, to prºject.
Hiph, once Job 37, 11 nº ºn-as
By also in rain, he (God) casts down the
thick cloud, precipitates it, implying the
descent and sudden fall of clouds through
the weight of water in them, the burst-
.ng of a cloud. But Arab. cy” C. Jºe
signifies also to cast upon, to lay upon
any thing, comp. nºt a load, burden;
and hence the passage might be ren-
dered : with rain he loads the thick
clouds; so some of the Rabbins. Symm.
étuffglorst. Still another interpretation
see in art. ***, p. 158.—Hence
nºt m. a cumbrance, trouble, Deut.
1, 12. Is. 1, 14.—Chald. Nrint; toil, weari-
ness, rint; to be wearied, Eth. ſiCſh id.
"Tº adj. fem. Hºnº, fresh, new, e.g. a
wound Is. 1, 6; the jaw-bone of an ass,
Judg. 15, 15. R. Hºº.
>k Ent; obsol, root, prob, i. q. Finº to
pluck off, comp. rj-e to cut off—Hence
tº pr. a cutting off the place where
a bough has just been cut from a tree;
then, beginning.—Hence, though this
etymology is doubtful: s
1. before, sooner than ; with fut. in a
past sense, Ex. 12, 34 the people took
their dough yºri, bºt; before it was
leavened. Josh. 3, 1. Ps. 119, 67; with
ſut. in fut. sense, Is. 65, 24. — In this
signif we more freq. find Enº.
2, not yet; with praet. Gen. 24, 15 ºt;
nath Hæ2 he had not yet done speaking.
1 Sam. 3, 7. Oftener with fut. in past
•ewse, Gen. 2, 5 and every plant of the
field was not yet in the earth. Ex. 10, 7.
Josh. 2,8. 1 Sam. 3, 3; fut. in fut. sense,
Ex. 9, 30.
3. With the prepositions + and 12, d.
a) tº when not yet, before; with
praet. Ps. 90,2. Prov. 8, 25. With ſut. In
the fut. signif. Is. 66, 7, Job 10, 21 tº:
#s before I shall go; but often in the
signif. of praet. Jer. 1, 5 I sanctified thee
Nsm tº before thou camest forth. Gen.
27, 33.41, 50. Ex. 1, 19. Ruth 3, 14. 2 K.
6, 32. With inf. Zeph. 2, 2 nº by:
Ibid. pleonast. Nia; sº tºº pr. before
it come not upon you, strictly a double
negation. With a subst. "p Enº be-
fore the harvest, pr. in there being yet
no harvest, Is. 28, 4.
b) ºn i. q. Enº, when not yet,
Hagg. 2, 15. Comp, ſo in the formula
nuish?, Bºº, Is. 46, 10.
>k Finº filt. Finº, once in pause ºntº
Gen. 49, 27.
1. to pull or pluck off, kindr. Tºtº, Enº,
comp. Gr. 999nto. Hence Arab. J. 9
to be fresh, new, i. e. freshly plucked,
Heb. Finº, nº no. 1.
2. to pull or tear in pieces, to rend, as
wild beasts, Gen. 37, 33.44, 28. Deut. 33,
20. Ps. 22, 14. Nah. 2, 13. Trop, of fierce
warriors and enemies, Gen. 49,27. Ps. 7.
3; even of God, Ps. 50, 22 Finºs"]º lest
I tear you in pieces. Hos. 4, 14. 6, 1.
Ascribed also to anger, as of God, Job
16, 9; of men Am. 1, 11. Job 18, 4.
NIPH. pass of no. 2, Ex. 22, 12. Jer, 5, 6.
PUAL id. Gen. 37, 33. 44, 28.
HipH. to tear up food, i. e. into small
pieces or mouthfuls, to cause to eat, to
feed a person, Prov. 30, 8.
Deriv. the three following.
Fºntº adj. fresh, new, of a leaf, Gen. 8.
11. See r. Fint; no. 1.
Finº m. c. suff. ibnº 1. a green leaf
fresh foliage, pr. freshly plucked off, Ez.
17, 9; comp. Gen. 8, 11. Chald, et Syr.
sºng, peri, id.
2. prey of a wild beast, pr. an animal
torn in pieces, Job 4, 11. 29, 17. 38, 39.
Is, 5, 29. Am, 3, 4. Nah. 2, 13. 3, 1.
Trop, ºntº ºr mountains of prey i. e
of plunderers, robbers, fastnesses whence
they sally forth for prey, Ps. 76, 5.
3. food, of animals Job 24, 5; of men,
Prov. 31, 15. Mal. 3, 10. Ps. 111,5, Comp
the verb in Hiph.
mºnth f. collect what w torn in pieces
flocks torn by wild beasts, Gen. 31, 39
f
E"tº
*N*
370
br 22, 12. Lev. 7, 24. Ez. 4, 14, Nah.
2, 13. R. Finº.
isºmº Chald. Tarpelites Ezra 4, 9,
the name of a people from which the
Yod, the tenth letter of the Hebrew
alphabet, as a numeral denoting 10.
The name of this letter, "i", is doubt-
less i. q. Tº the hand, comp. pin, plur.
tº from obsol. 5: ; and its figure in
the Phenician and Samaritan alphabets
and on Maccabean coins, still presents a
rude image of the hand; see Monumm.
Phoenic. p. 30, also Pl. 3. So too the
Ethiopic, where this letter is called Ya-
man, i.e. right hand. s
It is interchanged: a) With the other
feeble letters, N, H., 1, so that these three
aspirates are softened into Yod; e.g. with
N, see in R; with n, as ºr mº, Hºri nº,
see Thes. p. 360; often with 1. Indeed
most of the Heb. roots which have Yod
for the first radical, i.e. verbs "É, are in
Arabic and Ethiopic ſº, see Lehrg. p.
379 sq. as "º, º (DAR etc. For
the affinity of verbs “E with other bili-
teral roots, espec. verbs is and ss, see
Lehrg. § 112. 2. b) With the semi-
vowel 5, as HS; HS, etc. see in S. c)
With the other palatals; e.g. with 3,
as hºtº x204- Iturea; nº. Ethiop.
TUUA to chastise ; ºn Armen. gini
wine. Also with 5 and p, as hº and
ºu?; see Thesaur. p. 557.
>k Es: to long for, to desire earnestly,
c. * Ps. 119, 131; Sept. &rsitóðovy. Syr.
-a-24ſ and -aºlºzſ id. Kindr. are
rºs, ris ; comp. aris where see, ast.
:k ris: to be comely, becoming, i. Q.
tº (Ps. 33, 1. Prov. 17, 7). Impers.
with h, it is becoming, suitable for any
one; once Jer, 10, 7 nrys: # "z for thee
doth it become Sept. ed. Compl. ool
* r P . . . e
yāg ºrgâtel-Syr. ſp. it is becoming, c.
S. for any one, 7tgāitov.
"Nº see nº river.
.
Assyrian kings sent colonists to Sama
ria. Sept. Toggo:Aciot. Perh. the Ta.
pyri, Totovgol, dwelling on the east of
Elymais; Ptol. p. 148.
Tºšº (whom Jehovah hears, r. Its)
Jaazaniah, pr. n. m. a.) Jer,35, 3, b)
Ez. 11, 1.
ºf S (id.) Jaazaniah, pr. n. m.
a) 2 K. 25, 23. Contr. Mrlºr, Jezaniah
Jer, 40, 8; nº. 42, 1, b) Ez. 8, 11.
"S" (whom God enlightens, r. His;
pr.m. Jair, Gr. It sigos Mark 5, 22. a.) A
descendant of Manasseh, 1 Chr. 2, 21–23
comp. Gen. 50, 23; called also his son,
Num. 32, 41. Deut. 3, 14. b) A judge
of Israel, Judg. 10, 3. Patronym. *s.
Jairite 2 Sam. 20, 26. c) Esth. 2, 5.
* I. bs: for b8, in Kal not used, to
be foolish, i. q. Bºš q.v.
NIPH. Psi, to become foolish, to dote,
Is. 19, 13. Jer. 50, 36. Also to act fool
ishly, Num. 12, 11. Jer. 5, 4.
* II. bs: to will, to desire ; kind
with Sanscr. wal, Gr. 60üAouzi, Lat.
volo, Germ. wollen, Engl. to will. Found
only in
HipH. Bºsiri, fut. apoc. *sūl, to will,
in two senses: -
1. Of one who wºndertakes that which
he wills, however difficult, implying ac-
tive volition, i. q. to take upon oneself, to
assay; Sept. often &gyouot to begin,
With inf. c. * Gen. 18, 27. 31. Josh. 17,
12. Judg. 1, 27.35. 1 Sam. 17, 39. With
verb fin. &ovvöätog Deut. 1, 5.
2. Of one willing to yield to the re-
quest or entreaty of another, implying
passive volition, i. q. to be content, to
consent, to please, sc. to do any thing
Job 6, 28 "> * **sin be content, look
wpon me. 2 K. 6, 3. Spec. a) Of one
who yields and accepts a kindness offer-
ed; Judg. 17, 11 rºugh ºn Psiºn and
the Levite consented to dwell, etc. Ex. 2
21. 2 K. 5, 23. So Josh. 7, 7 would we
had been content, and dwelt on the other
*N*
lºn-
371
swale Jordan I b) Of one who yields to
sin; Hos. 5, 11 13-nºr's mºr, basin ºz
for he consented and went after vanity
i. e. idols; 13 being for *tj i. q. Nº.
c) Of God, who in his clemency yields
to prayer; Job 6, 9 'ºsi"" Hibs bs".
that it may please God, and he destroy
me. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam. 7, 29.—Con-
str. infin. c. : Judg. 17, 11; with verb
ſin. &ovvöšrog 2 K. 5, 23. Hos. 5, 11. Job
6,28; with verb fin. c. Josh. 7,7. 2 Sam.
7, 29. Job 6, 9.
is and his m. an Egyptian word,
signifying canal, channel, river 5 in the
dialect of Memphis 3-po, in that of
Thebes epo, see Jablonski Opusc.ed.
te Water T.I. p. 93,444. Peyron Lex.
Copt. p. 40. In the Inscription of Ro-
setta, l. 14, 15, it is written IOR ; see
Kosegarten de Scriptura vett. AEgypti.
orum p. 14. Among the Hebrews it
signified:
1. a ditch, canal, channel, Is. 33, 21,
where it is the fosse of a fortified city;
Sept. Övögvs. So of the canals of the
Nile, Ex. 8, 1 [5]. Nah. 3, 8; comp. in
no. 3.
2. a channel, shaft, sc. of a mine, Job
28, 10.
3. a river, koſt $$ožňv the river of
Egypt, the Nile; fully tº -sh Am.
8, 8.9, 5; often with the art. "Sºn, 6
ſtorouás, Gen. 41, 1 sq. Ex. 1, 22.2, 3.
7, 15. 18. So with prefixes: "Nº Ex.
7, 18, 20. Is. 19,8; sº as the Nile Jer.
46, 7.8. Am. 9, 5, once contracted his?
id. Am. 8, 8. Poet. also without art. Is.
19, 7. 23, 3. Ez. 29, 9. Zech. 10, 11;
whence nsº as the Nile Am. 8, 8.9, 5.
In one place only is it spoken of ano-
ther river, Dan. 12, 5.6.7.-PLUR. ºns:
tºnsº Is. 7, 18, and nix, *s, 2 K. 19,
24. Is. 19, 6, the rivers of Egypt, i.e. the
branches and canals of the Nile. So
with suff. Ez. 29, 3.4. 5. 10. Ex. 7, 19.
Ps. 78, 44. -
* TºjRh
T-
in Kal not used, Arab. Jºž
and transp. Uº l, to despond, to despair.
NIPH. visis id, with 7% praegn. to de-
spair of and desist from ; 1 Sam. 27, 1
his ºp:% bºsuſ ººz Usis, and Saul
shall desist from me to seek me any more.
—Part. visis one in despair, desperate
Job 6, 26. Impers. desperatum est, there
is no hope, it is in vain, Is. 57, 10. Jer. 2.
25. 18, 12.
PIEL inf us, with iah, to let despair
to give over to despair, Ecc. 2, 20.
Tºlºs" (see next art.) Josiah, pr.n.m.
Zech. 6, 10.
*Tºtºs" (whom Jehovah heals, r. nujs)
pr. n. Josiah, king of Judah 642–611
B. C. the restorer of the Mosaic law,
slain at Megiddo in battle with Nechc
king of Egypt, 2 K. 23, 23. 2 Chr. 34.
33. Gr. 'Ioglog.
"ºs", Jeatherai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 6
[21]; for which v. 26 ºns q.v.
>k Fº in Kal not used. PIEL, to call
aloud, to cry out, Judg. 5, 28. Aram.
id: spec. of shouts of rejoicing, in the
Targums for Heb. shºt, lºn; Syr. also
to blow the trumpet, Laza, sound of the
35. *-
trumpet. Arab. Jº id, chiefly of the
shout of battle; but from Jº is also
º desert, so called from the howl-
ing of wild beasts. Comp. bai".
Deriv. pr. n. Hºi".
*5 m. c. suff, Fºnº, once nº or
F#: Deut. 32, 22; produce, increase of
the earth, Lev. 26, 4, 20. Deut. 11, 17.
32, 22. Judg. 6, 4. Ps. 67, 7. 85, 13. Hab.
3, 17. Trop. Job 20, 28 in a biº by:
the increase of his house departs, disap-
pears, i. e. the wealth laid up in his
house.—R. Bay Hiph. i. q. Nºrt, as
HSharī proventus, from Nia.
tº (place trodden down, threshing-
floor, r. bha) Jebus, the ancient name of
Jerusalem among the Canaanites, Judg.
19, 10. 11. 1 Chr. 11, 4, 5.—The gentile
n. is "bºn, Jebusite, collect the Jebusites,
a Canaanitish tribe who inhabited this
city and the neighbouring mountains;
they were subdued by David, but still
existed in the time of Ezra; Gen. 10, 16.
15, 21. Num. 13 30. Josh. 15, 63. 2 Sam.
5, 6. Ezra 9, 1. The same gentile name
is sometimes put for the city itself (i. Q.
“phºr -'s Judg. 19, 11), Josh. 15, 8.
18, 16; also poetically in later times for
Jerusalem Zech. 9, 7, as tº for
Chaldea.
n-y-
pa"
372
Tº (whom God chooses, r. nrº)
Ibhar, pr. m. of a son of David, 2 Sam.
5, 15. 1 Chr. 14, 5.
7":... (whom God observes, r. Tº) Ja-
bin, pr. m. of two kings of Hazor. a)
Josh. 11, 1. b) Judg. 4, 2. Ps. 83, 10.
tº see tº.
* I. 32: 1. to well, to flow, Sc. copi-
ously and with impetus. Arab. Jº; to
flow copiously, to rain, whence J3.
Jºl; rain, a shower. Corresponding
are Germ. wallen, whence Welle ; Engl.
to well. Hence bºy, bº I, bºls a river,
Bºz, for bha', rain, blaz deluge.—Also to
flow, to run, sc. with matter, as a sore,
whence º sanie diffluens.
2. Poet. to go, to advance gently; as
in Engl. to flow, to glide, also Germ.
wallen, poet. for to go, the figure being
taken from water; chiefly spoken of
the waving motion of a crowd or of a
solemn procession; hence
Hiph. Bºnin, Syr. Sºeſ, Chald.
bºr], causat. of no. 2; poet, for Nººr.
1. to lead, to bring, to conduct, sc. per-
sons, chiefly in solemn pomp, Ps. 60, 11.
108, 11. Jer. 31, 9. Is. 23, 7.
2. to bring, to offer, e. g. presents Ps.
68, 30. 76, 12. Zeph. 3, 10.
Hoph. Behri 1. to be led, brought,
conducted, Is. 53, 7. Jer, 11, 19. So of
persons, mostly in state or solemn pomp,
Ps. 45, 15. 16. Is. 55, 12; of funeral
pomp, Job 10, 19. 21, 30. 32.
2. to be brought, offered, e. g. gifts,
presents, Is. 18, 7. Hos. 10, 6. 12, 2.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, also bha, and
She produce, bar.
* II. bº a root not in use, onoma-
topoet. like Lat. jubilare, i. q, to shout in
joy and triumph; other kindred forms
see in bain. Hence bain, bºth II.
bº Chald. i. q. Heb. I. Aph, ºr
to bring, Ezra 5, 14. 6, 5.
93 m. (r. ba, I) 1. a stream, river.
bºº-ºº: Is. 30, 25. 44, 4.
2. Jabal, pr. n. Son of Lamech, the
father of nomadic pastoral life, Gen.
#, 20,
** adj. f. rº, flowing, running, sc.
with matter as a sore, i.e. having run-
ning sores, ulcers, spoken of a flock Lev,
22, 22. Vulg. papulas habens, having
pimples, pustules; and so in Talmudic,
see Mishna Erubhin 10. 13. Arab. ãºl;
defluxus pilorum. *
SR see in bº.
Eyºn" (for tº nº he consumes the
people, r. nº) Ibleam, pr. m. of a city in
Manasseh, Josh. 17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 2 K.
9, 27; written in 1 Chr. 6, 55 Esha.
>k tº: m. c. suff, "ºº", a brother-in-
law, husband's brother, Lat. levir, who
by the Mosaic law, when a husband
died without heirs, was bound to marry
the widow, Deut. 25, 5–9. Hence the
denom. verb:
PIEL tº pr. to act the husband's
brother, to perform his duty, to marry a
brother's widow, Deut. 25, 5.7. Gen. 38,8.
Fºº f. c. suff. Tryºzº, inº, sisa.--
in-law, a brother's wife, Deut. 25, 7, 9.
Also the wife of a husband's brother,
Ruth 1, 15–Fem. of bº.
38:32 (God lets build) Jabneel, pr.
n. a) A city in Judah Josh. 15, 11.
b) In Naphtali Josh. 19, 33. R. H.;3.
Tººl (God lets build, r. Hº) pr. r.
Jabneh, a city on the Mediterranean,
taken from the Philistines by Uzziel,
2 Chr. 26, 6, comp. Josh. 15, 46. Sept
’Iguvio 1 Macc. 4, 15, and 'I'uveto. 5, 58
2 Macc. 12, 8. Strab. XVI. 2. Arab,
Lº Yebna, which name is still borne
by a village among the ruins of the
ancient city. See Bibl. Res, in Palest.
III. p. 22.
Tº:" (Jehovah will build) Ibneiah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 8. R. F.;3.
Tº (id.) Ibnijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
9, 8,
'ya: obsol. root, Arab. La-5 to
shine, to be bright. Hence pr. n. Yān.
Pal Jabbok, pr: n, of a stream or tor-
rent near Mount Gilead, flowing from
the east into the Jordan on the northeri,
border of the Ammonites, now calleq
Us) sel, Wady Zerka, i.e. cerulean
---
Fly"
373
Num. 21, 24. Gen. 32, 23. Deut. 2, 3". 3,
16. Josh. 12, 2. Judg. 11, 13. See Burck-
hardt's Travels in Syria, p. 347. Bibl.
Res. ip Palest. II. p. 121.—As to the
etymology, Simonis (Onomast. p. 315)
not unaptly derives pay from pp: to
pour out, to empty, by Chaldaism for
pay, i.e. a pouring out, emptying. Yet
in Gen 32, 23. 25, there is an allusion to
this name, as if it were ſor pias”, from
r. PES.
*Tºº (whom Jehovah blesses)
Jeberechiah, pr. n. m. Is. 8, 2.
Bºžº (pleasant, r. Bus) Jibsam, pr.
m. m. 1 Chr. 7, 2.
* tº fut. użnº, ºn", plur. hujº; inf.
constr. nu}=, Gen. 8, 7, with prep. Java
Is. 27, 11.
1. Perh. pr. to be hot, to glow, comp.
ujia ; then to be arid, to be or become
dry, to dry up, as plants, trees, grass, Is.
15, 6.19, 7.40, 7.8. Joel 1, 12 ; bread
Josh. 9, 5.12; fields tilled and sown Jer.
23, 10. ls. 27, 11; the earth after the
deluge Gen. 8, 14; bones as destitute of
marrow Ez. 37, 11; the hand as para-
lyzed 1 K. 13, 4. Zech. 11, 17, comp.
Mark 3, 1; hence of the vital strength,
Ps. 22, 16 rº pºrº tº my strength is
dried up like a potsherd.—The moisture
itself is also said to dry up ; hence of
streams and the sea Job 14, 11. 1 K. 17,
7. Joel 1, 20; a ſountain Hos. 13, 15.-
Aram, id. Arab. Uº-º: id. For the
difference between 5a, and ºr to be
dry, see under Hºrſ.
2. Like Jià, to be ashamed, to be put
to shame, see Hiph. no. 2. Arab. Jº
pudendum. [This signification comes
from the idea of heat, blushing ; comp.
in ujin no. 1 —T.
PIEL wº, to make dry, to dry up, Job
15, 30. Prov. 17, 22. Nah. 1, 4, where
inuinº is for nujāºl.
HipH. Jºin i. to make dry, to dry
up, as plants, trees, Ez. 17, 24. Is. 42, 15;
streams, the sea, Josh. 2, 10. 4, 23. Is. 44,
27. Jer. 51, 36.-Intrans, to become dry,
to be dried up, of plants, fruits, the har-
vest, Joel 1, 10. 12. 17. Metaph. v. 12
joy is dried up, withered away, from the
sons of men. -
2. to ghame, to make ashamed, see Kal
no. 2. 2 Sam. 9, 6.-Intrans. i. q. ºiz in
Kal, to be ashamed, to feel shame, Jer.
2, 26. 6, 15. 8, 12. Often of persons who
are disappointed in their hopes, Joel
1, 11. Jer. 2, 26. Zech. 9, 5. Poet. of
cities overthrown, to be put to shame,
disgraced, Jer. 48, 1. 20. 50, 2. Also to
act shamefully, Hos. 2, 7 [5].
tº adj. f. nuja. R. via; no. 1.
1. dry, Job 13, 25. Ez. 17, 24. 37, 2-4,
2. Jabesh, pr. m. a.) A city in Gilead,
fully written Tº us: Judg. 21, 8 sq.
also ºniº 1 Sam. 11, 1. 3. 5. 10, etc. dis-
tant a night's journey from Bethshean
1 Sam. 31, 11. It was prob. on the
Wady Yabes, which enters the Jordan
from the east not far below Beisãn;
Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 289. Accord-
ing to Eusebius, it was six miles from
Pella towards Gerasa. b) A man, 2 K.
15, 10. 13. 14,
tº adj. an intensive form, i. q. º.
found only in fem. Tº , dry; so nº
on the dry, i.e. on dry ground, Ex. 14, 16.
22. 29. Josh. 4, 22. Then for the dry
land, opp. the sea, Gen. 1,9. Ex. 4, 9.
Jon. 1, 9, 13. 2, 11. Ps. 66, 6. Comp,
Hºrſ.--So Gr. $ngſ, and to $ngów,
Matt. 23, 15, opp. i. 96,0.000. 1 Macc. 8,
32. Worstius de Hebraismis N. T. ed.
Fischer. cap. 2. § 2.
nº f id. Ex. 4,9. Ps. 95,5—Chald
st emphat. Nºuă" id. Dan. 2, 10.
283 (God will avenge) Igal, Igeal
pr. n. m. a) Num. 13, 7. b) 1 Chr
3, 22 c) 2 Sam. 23, 36. R. Bs3.
*::: i. Q. Sº, to cut sc. with a
plough, to plough, to till ; only Part.
plur. Bºi" plough men, husbandmen,
2 K. 25, 12 Keri. Jer. 52, 16.-Hence
PA. m. plur. Bºx", a field, as plough-
ed, Jer. 39, 10.
Tº (elevated, verb. fut. Hoph. r.
Fº; comp, nº) Jogbehah, pr. m. of a
place in the tribe of Gad, Num. 32, 35
Judg. 8, 11.
Tº (Jehovah will make great,
r. BTA) Igdaliah, pr. n. m. Jer. 35, 4.
Sk in e e
I. Hy in Kal not used, to grieve,
The primary idea lies either in being
pained, kindr. 93: ; or else in 1-anting
... º, ; , , ,] …
sighing, groaning, kindr. Här.
32
Hy
374, *
Piel tº, to afflict, to grieve, fut. nº
for rigº Lam. 3, 33. Comp. tº Pi.
Hiph nºir to afflict, to grieve, Job 19,
2. Lam 1, 5, 12, 3, 32. Is. 51, 23.
Niph. Part. Hyº for nail, afflicted,
grieved ; plur. Zeph. 3, 18 Tºiyaz. "All
those grieved as prohibited from the
sac, cd assembly. Fem. nish afflicted
Lann. 1, 4.
Deriv. ix, H:ºn.
*II. Hº i. q. Fºr II, to be separated,
cy art. #
HipH. nan for rigin, to take away, to
1 cmove 2 Sam. 20, 13. Arab. 2 Conj.
IV, id. Syr. ~f to expel, to eject.
Tº m. affliction, grief sorrow, Gen.
42, 38. 44, 31. Ps. 13, 3, al. R. H.;;
no. 1.
nº part, or adj. verbal (r. **) fear-
ing, used with pers. pronouns for a finite
verb, Jer. 22, 25. 39, 17.
"º (lodging-place, r. nº) Jagur, pr.
n. of a place in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 21.
yº. m. adj. wearied, weary, Job 3, 17.
R. 93.
yº m. (r. 925) 1. labour, toil, espec.
difficult and wearisome ; Gen. 31, 42
"e2 sº the labour of my hands.
2. Meton. the product of labour; hence
a work, Job 10, 3 Oftener earnings,
gain, wealth, Is. 45, 14. 55, 2. Jer. 3, 24.
20, 5. Ez. 23, 29. Ps. 109,11. Neh. 5, 13;
espec. as derived from tillage, Ps. 78, 46.
Job 39,11; thez sº Hag. 1, 11, id. Ps.
128, 2. Plur. *x-y: id. Hos. 12, 9.
3. As connected with suffering, labour,
pain, i.e. the effort and pain of parturi-
tion; spoken of the ostrich Job 39, 16.
Tº f. (r. 935) labour, weariness,
Ecc. 12, 12.
*::: (exiled, r. Hº) Jogli, pr. n. m.
Num. 34, 22.
>k y: fut. Sºº 1. to labour, to toil,
aspec. with wearisome and painful effort,
Arab. Ac 2 to pain; kindr. is n㺠I.
Constr. absol. Job 9,29 xx's bºr, Hy-righ
why then should I labour in vain? Is.
19, 4, 65,23; with c. inf. Prov. 23, 4;
with x, of that in which one labours,
Josh. 24, 13. Is. 43, 22 thou hast not ca.l.
ed upon me, O Jacob, so that thou has
laboured in me, i.e. so that thou has!
taken much pains about me (comp. v.
23. 24). 47, 12. 62, 8; once with acc. in
the same sense, v. 15; with "; for any
thing Hab. 2, 13. Jer. 51, 58.
2. to be wearied, faint, 2 Sam. 23, 18
| Is. 40, 31. With 3 of that in or with
which one is weary, Ps. 6, 7 "rºº
"rris: I am weary with my groaning.
Jer. 45, 3. Ps. 69, 4.
PIEL to weary, to make faint, Josh. 7
3. Ecc. 10, 15.
HipH. vºin to weary any one, to be
burdensome to him; with acc. of pers.
and 3 of thing, Is. 43,23 Trºin Nº
Hºi-ha I have not wearied thee with in-
cense, i.e. have not burdened thee by
demanding it. v. 24 Triniya ºryxin
thou hast wearied me with thy iniquities.
Mal. 2, 17. 'º.
Deriv. sº, sº, nº,
two which here follow.
and the
$ }\,
93 m. labour, i. e. product of labour,
earnings, Job 20, 18.
yº adj. verbal (r. 935) weary, ea-
hausted, faint, Deut. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17,
2. Ecc. 1, 8 tº Bºn-Bº all words
become weary, i. e. would fail in trying
to recount all those things.
"3 Chald. m. a heap of stones, Gen.
31, 47, where it is i. q. Heb. bs in Tsha.
Syr. º. id. Ethiop. D7G id. (DTz to
stone. Kindr. in Heb. is r. nºs.
* "X", only in 1 and 2 pers. "nº",
mº, i. q. **A no. 2, to fear, to be afraid
of c. acc. Job 3, 25. 9, 28. Ps. 119, 39;
with "3ºz Deut. 9, 19. 28, 60. Arab,
2-5 id.—Hence ---
"A. adj. see nix.
Tº £ (r. Hº) constr. T., c. suff, ºr
Tºº, but also E21, 1-1, (for tºº,
1575); Dual tº constr. "I", c. suff, nº
Plur, ni-, constr. riº.
1. the hand, strictly the whole hand
as extended, (and so diff. from ºf the
hollow hand,) from r. nº, espec. Hiph
no. 1; comp. Sinj arm, and ny span
both from the idea of expanding ; also
Goth. handus i. e. a hand, a prehend
Tº 375 --
p 9 asº *
•ndo. Syr. r., Arab. Jº, Eth. AR'id.
Strictly and usually only of the human
hand; once spoken of the feet of the
lizard as resembling the hand of a man
Prov. 30, 28.-The following are the
principal phrases in which the literal
signification is retained.
a) Erns "T, 'E tº "", my hand is with
any one, i. e. I aid him, am on his side,
1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 3, 12. 2 K. 15, 19.
b) E3 Firºr. "Tº my hand is upon any
one, i. q. against him (Gen. 16, 12), i.e. I
do him violence and harm, Gen. 37, 27.
1 Sam, 18, 17. 21. 24, 13. 14. Josh. 2, 19.
So a rinº. " "::, of the hand of God as
afflicting and punishing Ex. 9, 3. Deut.
2, 15. Judg. 2, 15. 1 Sam. 7, 13. 12, 15;
rarely in a sense of kindness, as aiding,
favouring, 2 Chr. 30, 12. Ezra 9,2; and
for avoiding the ambiguity of this phrase
there is added Hyºh Judg. 2, 15.—So in
a sense of disfavour only: H it in; (of
God) Ex. 7, 4, and : * T. Hss, Ruth
1, 13; but in a sense of favour, Is. 25, 10
run -r]: "... Tº riºr the hand of Jehovah
shall rest upon this mount.
c) 'E by "; Tº Hiryū, the hand of Jeho-
vah is upon any one, both for good and
for evil, but more usually in a good sense.
€. g. as aiding, favouring, Ezra 7, 6
tº Tºrºs " Tº when the hand of Je-
$ovah his God was upon him. v. 28. 8,
18. 31. (Hence to withdraw his hand,
}, q, to take away his favour, Ps. 74, 11.)
Twice it is added expressly, Pºrºs T.
riziºn Ezra 7, 9, Neh. 2, 8; also Haith
Ezra 8, 22. In a good sense further,
[s. 1, 25 Tº “... nºuis. But in a hos-
tile sense, Am. 1, 8 ſinpy by T. rºun
I will turn my hand upon i. e. against
Ekron; and so with BS for by, Ez. 13, 9.
Comp. in N. T. Acts 13, 11 zęg Kuglov
itl gé, ºwl on tvq?ds x. t. A.
d) The phrase, the hand of Jehovah is
upon (39) any one, is further used in the
*ense: the Spirit of Jehovah is upon a
prophet, the prophet is moved, inspired,
by the Spirit of God; since the divine
Spirit was communicated to men by the
laying or of hands, Ez. , 3. 3, 14. 22.
37, 1.2 K. 3, 15; with by fºr by, 1 K. 18,
46. The same is by * 1: npºr. Ez. 3,
14 (comp. Is. 8, 11), and be ". Tº Hº
Pz. 8, 1, comp. 11,5 where for T is ran.
Hence also Jer, 15, 17 TT ºn because
of thy hand, i.e. because of the divine
Spirit which rests upon me, by which I
am moved.
e) Tº jn; to give the hand, as a pledge
of fidelity, as confirming a promise, i. q.
to promise, 2 K. 10, 15. Ezra 10, 19.
Spec. of the vanquished giving their
hands as a pledge of submission and
fidelity to the victors, Ez. 17, 18. Jer. 50,
15. Lam. 5, 6. 2 Chr. 30, 8 Hinº +: ºn
give the hand i. e. submit yourselves to
Jehovah.-Similar is the formula T, in:
'E nnn to pledge fidelity under i. e. to
any one, 1 Chr. 29, 34. Here belongs
also the gloss of the Arabic lexicogra.
phers, &3, i.e. surety by a pledge, fide-
jussio; surrender, subjectio, zeig00 ug.
f) Tºri, THE hand, ºwt' é$ozny, is some-
times spoken : 0.) Of the hand of God
as nºr for nº rºn, bºr for Hinº Buſ.
So Is. 8, 11 ºn rpirº for * + nā
(comp. lett. d) with strength of the hand,
i.e. with the powerful hand of God. (3)
Without art. of the hand of man, i. e.
human help, as Tº sº Job 34, 20, and
T. bºsa Dan. 8, 25, without man's hand,
i. e. without human aid or interference.
Chald. Tº Nº Dan. 2, 34, 35. Corap
Lam. 4, 6.
g) The hand of God is put: 0.) For
the divine agency, mode of action, provi-
dence; Job 27, 11 BS-Tº: E2ns nºis I
will teach you concerning the hand of
God, his providence, how he acts. 6)
For the power, care, protection of God;
hence Hin. Tº in the power of God, Ps.
31, 16. 95, 4. Prov. 21, 1; in the care or
providence of God, Is. 62, 3; comp. Ps.
74, 11.
h) Tº T., hand to hand, from hand to
hand, i. e. through all ages and genera-
tions, ever, and with a negative particle
never. Prov. 11, 21 ºn Hip: Nº -1; Tº
through all generations the wicked shall .
not go unpunished. 16, 5. Similar is
the Persian formula, cº-wºº cº-wo,
Schult. Animadverss. ad Prov. l.c. Also
Syr. ſ. ſo irºſ i.e. sigillatim, one after
another. For a like reason Arab. Jº
i. q. Succession.
i) Heh Tº the hand to the mouth, i.e. lay
thy ...and upon thy inouth, i. q be silent
T- 376 --
hold thy peace, Prov. 30, 32. Comp.
Job 21, 5, 29,9. 39, 34. Mic. 7, 16. Pers.
Jºe º wº-we.
k) 1585 by T. Phip 2 Sam. 13, 19, i. q.
to smite the hands together over one’s
head, a gesture of despairing grief;
comp. Jer. 2, 37.
For other phrases see under the verbs
sºn, sº, nº, Riº, Hº, nº, Tºr,
9:r), etc. and the adjectives ºn, pyri.
With prepositions, where sometimes
the proper force of the noun itself is lost:
aa) ºr º) in my hand, often for
with me, after verbs of bearing, bringing,
leading, etc. as to bring in one’s hand,
i. e. with him, 1 Sam. 14, 34 -bº hujaº
tº iniu, uins ºr and all the people
brought every man his oar with him, etc.
Jer, 38, 10 pºulºs tº nº tº rip
take from hence thirty men with thee.
Gen. 32, 14. 35, 4. Num. 31, 49. Deut.
33, 3. 1 Sam. 16, 2. 1 K. 10, 29.-That
which one has in his hand, or takes with
him, he has in his possession; hence this
phrase is also referred to possession, like
nN, by, Lat. penes. Ecc. 5, 13 he beget-
teth a son riºsº, iTºº Tºs, who has no-
thing in his hand, i. e. possesses nothing;
comp. Heb. Yºº HS.3% "Tº under the art.
Ryº no. 2. c. Chald. Ezra 7, 25 the
wisdom of thy God which is in thy hand,
i. e. which thou possessest. 3) into my
hand, i. e. into my power, after verbs of
delivering over, Gen. 9, 2. 14, 20. Ex. 4,
21. 2 Sam. 18, 2. Hence it. Ns the
flock of his hand, i. e. delivered into his
hand, Ps. 95, 7 ; and here too belongs
Is. 20, 2 Jehovah spake nº Tºz, Sept.
tgög Horolov, sc. as about to deliver him
a revelation. y) by my hand, oſten for
by me, by my intervention. Num. 15, 23
whatever Jehovah hath commanded you
nuin-Tº by the hand of Moses, i.e. by
Moses. 2 Chr. 29, 25, 1 K. 12, 15. Jer.
37, 2. al. Often after verbs of sending,
1 K. 2, 25 and king Solomon sent Tº
anºn. Ex. 4, 13. Prov. 26, 6, 1 Sam. 16,
20. 2 Sam. 12, 25. Comp. Acts 11, 30.
15, 33. 6) at my hand, i.e. before me,
in my sight, i. q. º. 1 Sam. 21, 14 he
feigned himselfmad tº at their hands,
i.e. before them. Job 15, 23 he knoweth
ºn Ein in: i-, *z that the day of
iarkness is ready at his hand, impends
over him.—In thus sense the Arabg oſten
say, Jº Jº between the hands
of any one, see Korān Sur. 2. 256. Sur
3. 2. Sur. 20. 109. Schult. Opp. min. p
29, 30, et ad Job. p. 391. So the Greeks
Šv z890 iv Apollon. Rhod. 1. 1113; comp.
Trgo zergöv, Germ. vorhanden, at hand
du&zstgöv Šzew, Lat. ‘hostes sunt in ma
nibus’ i. e. in conspectu, Caes, Bell. Gall
2. 19. Sallust. Jug. 94. Virg. Æn. 11.
311 ‘ante oculos interque manus sunt
omnia vestras,’ i. e. tºčzeugſ, Šott.
bb) tº "a between the hands, i. e.
on the breast, on the front of the body
Zech. 13, 6. Comp. tº ſº on the
forehead.
cc) Tº pro manu, according to one's
hand, in the phrase mººr. Tº according
to the hand i.e. bounty of the king, 1 K.
10, 13. Esth. 1, 7. 2, 18. The phrase
denotes the open and liberal hand of the
king. Others less well: according to the
royal power ; but power and strength
do not here belong to the subject of dis-
course, but liberality.
dd) ‘E Tºº from or out of the hand of
any one, i. q. Engl. at his hand or out of
his power ; often after verbs of demand.
ing Gen. 9, 5. 31, 39. Is. 1, 12; of receiv-
ing Gen. 33, 19. Num. 5, 25; of delivering
Gen. 32, 12. Ex. 18, 9. Num. 35, 25.
Hence also we find : from the hand
(power) of the lion and the bear 1 Sam.
17, 37, of dogs Ps. 22, 21, of the sword
Job 5, 20, of Sheol Ps. 49, 16, 89, 49, of
the flame Is. 47, 14.
ee) 'E tº by, 'e "Tº by a) upon the
hand or hands of any one, i. q. into his
hand, after verbs of delivering over,
committing, Gen. 42, 37. 1 Sam. 17, 22
2 K. 10, 24, 12, 12. 22, 5.9. Ezra 1, 8
So to deliver ºr "Tº by into the hana
(power) of the sword Ps. 63, 11, Jer. 18
21. Aiso in the same sense is said
‘E Tº riºr,'E * 'n, under the hand of
any one, Gen. 16,9. 41,35. Is. 3,6, 6) by
"T" on or at the hands of any one, as in
Engl. under the hands of any one, i. q
under his guidance and auspices, his
hand guiding and directing, Germ. ‘ar
der Handjemandes. 1 Chr 25, 3-1, by
Erºs under the guidance or auspices
of their father. v. 2. 6. 7, 29. Also of
one absent or dead, whose ordinancer
-- 377 +
are followed by posterity, 2 Chr. 23, 18
ºr "T" by at the hands of David, i. e.
under his guidance, according to his or-
dinances. Ezra 3, 10. Of things, 2 Chr.
29, 27 the song began with the trumpets
*** * * by at or under the lead of
the instruments of David, i. e. it followed
the measures of the instruments appoint-
ed by David. Comp. on this idiom Lud.
de Dieu ad Jer. 5, 31, Criticae Sacrae p.
210. So Arab 823 sº, síð3
under the auspices or care of any one ;
a formula often used on Arabic coins to
denote the persons by whom they are
coined. See also below under no. 5.
f) Th, see no. 1. h; also no. 5.
Dual tº the two hands of a person;
also for the plural, Job 4, 3. Prov. 6, 17.
Is. 13, 7.
2. Plur. nity artificial hands, also of
things which bear resemblance to hands,
e.g. a) tenons on boards, Ex. 26, 17.
19. 36, 22. 24. b) aarles, aarletrees, for
wheels, 1 K. 7, 32. 33.—For the distinc-
tion between the dual and plural fem.
in nouns denoting members of the body,
T ~
5
$ .
see Lehrg. p. 539.-Arab. J.; handle, as
of a mill, axe. Syr. plur. 12% ºf han-
dles, tenons. Comp. nie?.
3. Metaph. power, strength, might, the
hand being regarded as the seat of
strength ; here too the proper force of
the word is sometimes lost, comp. above
in no. 1. dd. Tº with might, Is. 28, 2.
Ps. 76, 6 mone of the men of might have
found triº, their hands, i.e. they found
themselves without strength. (Comp. in
Vita Timur. I. 44, they found their hand
and side, i.e. had all their strength rea-
dy.) So of one powerful deed, mighty
work, Ex. 14, 31; comp. manus Virg.
Æn. 6.688. Spec. protection, help, Deut.
32, 36 tº rºls help is departed.—So
Arab. L-all c)-3 the force of the east-
wind, e- JJ Qº S) thou hast no power
Syr. Lºoooº irol
he power of the Romans. Pers, cº-wo
tower.—For the phrase a short or long
hand, see under the verb "sp
4. Meton. a stroke, blow pras given
with the hand. Job 20, 22 box ºrbs
insar every stroke of the wretched cometh
In this or that.
6, 3. Is. 56, 5, see in no. 8
wpon him, i. e. all that befalls the
wretched. Job 23, 2 my stroke, calamity.
—Comp. Lat. manus for blow, as used
of gladiators.
5, a side, pr. of the sides of the body.
where the hands and arms are situated;
comp. Engl. ‘on the right hand, left
hand,” Lat. ‘ad hanc manum' Terent.
Ad. 4. 2. 31. Hence Dual tº pr. the
two sides, chiefly in the phrase tº anº
large on both sides, on every side, i. e.
broad-sided, spacious, (comp. in Eriº,)
Gen. 34, 21. Ps. 104, 25. Is. 33, 21. al.—
Sing. of the side or shore of a river, Ex.
2, 5. Deut. 2, 37. Syr. iša, r: shore,
coast.—With prepositions: Tºº 1 Sam,
19, 3. 1 Chr. 18, 17. 23, 28. Prov. 8, 3;
Tº "s: 1 Sam. 4, 18; ‘tº bs 2 Sam. 14,
30. 18, 4; Tº by Josh. 15, 46. 2 Sam. 15,
2. 2 Chr. 17, 15. 31, 15. Job 1, 14. Nch.
3,2 sq. ºr by Num. 34, 3. Judg. 11,26;
all signifying at, on, by the side of any
one, near, Syr. P. \º near. 1 Chr. 6.
16 [31] n-a-nui-1, by Tºº Tºsh -uśs
niri, whom David appointed by the side
of the temple-singing, i. e. to whom he
gave an appointment in or by the tem-
ple-music See further on the partic.
"T" by in no. 1. ee.—Plur. nity sides,
e.g. a) Of a throne, i. e. lateral sup-.
ports, arms, 1 K. 10, 19. b) lateral
projections, side-borders of a base or pe-
destal, 1 K. 7, 35. 36.
6. a place, Deut. 23, 13. Num. 2, 17
it by uns every one in his place. Jer.
Is, 5’, 8 Tº
nºr; thou lookest out for thee a place.
Ez. 21, 24. Dual id. Josh. 8, 20 nºr. Nº
bººk tº prº they had no place to flee to.
7. a part, perh. pr: a handful, a part
of a thing taken up at once in dividing,
Dan. 12, 7. Plur. Finº, 2 K. 11, 7 "nu;
tº niºn the two parts of you, opp, the
third part. Gen. 47, 24 riºr sºns the
four parts, opp. nºnor, the fifth part
Neh. 11, 1. Comp. He no. 4. Also in
the connection: Dan. 1, 20 and he found
them sººnrin-bz by ni-, -ºx ten parts
above (ten times wiser than) all the ma-
gicians, etc. Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 19, 44.
8. a monument, trophy, i. Q. Cº. e. g.
of victory, 1 Sam. 15, 12; a sepulchral
monument 2 Sam. 18, 18. Is. 56, 5 to
them will I give a place within my wall.
32+
T- 378
hº
bº tº a monument (or portion) and a
name.—Perhaps this name for monu-
ment in the Hebrew language may
stand in some connection with the an-
cient custom of sculpturing upon the
cippi or sepulchral columns an uplifted
hand with the arm. See Hamacker
Diatribe de monumentis Punicis p. 20;
also Reuvens ad eadem Animadvers.
p. 5 sq.
DUAL see no. 1. 3. 5. 6. For. PLUR.
nit; see no. 2, 5.7.
Tº Chald, st. emph. Nº Dan. 5, 5.24;
c. suff, tºº, F.T., ent, Ezra 5, 8; Dual
Tº Dan. 2, 34.45; i. q. Heb. 1", the
hand. So Thă in one's hand, spoken of
what one has with him, in possession,
Ezra 7, 14, 25; comp. Heb. 1; no. 1. aa.
'E I: an" to give into the hand, power,
of any one, Ezra 5, 12. Dam. 2,35, 7, 25.
Also in 72 from or out of one's hand or
power, after verbs of delivering, comp.
Heb. Tº in T; no. 1. dd; e.g. from the
power of lions, Dan. 6, 28.
Nº Chald. i. q. Heb. Hº, to cast.
APH. to praise God, i. q. Heb. Hiph.
no. 2; Part. Niñº Dan. 2, 23; contr.
NTio 6, 11.
n:sº Idalah, pr. m. of a place in
Zebulun, Josh. 19, 15.-Perhaps from a
-:#.
doubtful root bsº i.Q. Arab. Jí3 and
235-
Jič to go softly and secretly. Or, ac-
cording to Simonis, for Fºº ‘what
º
God exalts,' by Syriac flexion from J&
to show. 1
tà" (perh, honied, comp. 531) Id.
bash, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3.
* I. +1. i. q. Hº!, to throw, to cast,
e.g. lots; only Praet. 3 plur. Tº Joel 4,
3. Nah. 3, 10. Obad. 11.
* II. 11: i. q. Thºi, to love, to esteem
G *
highly, Arab. 92. Hence "Tº one be-
oved, nº-nº, and the pr. names Tºº,
nºn, +1-2, in", *:::.
2k Hº: to throw, to cast, i. q. Tº I.
Kindr. is nºr. Eth. (DPP id—Imp.
* Jer. 50, 14.
Piel i. q. Kal, to cast e.g. stones. Fut.
rºl for ºn Lam. 3, 53. Inf. riº
Zech. 2, 4.
HipH. nyin, fut, riſin, sometimes
nºirſ: Ps. 28, 7.45, 18. Neh. 11, 17.
1. to profess, to confess, perhaps i. q
to point out, to show with the hand ex-
tended; as if with the hand thrown out,
projected; see Kal, and comp. Tº nºt
and nº Kal and Hiph, to cast, to throw
and then ‘to point out with extended
hand.’ Arab. (562 Conj. X. Syr. Aph
id.—Constr. c. acc. Prov. 28, 13; c. bs
concerning Ps. 32, 5.
2. to give thanks, to praise, to cele-
brate, since the acknºwledgment (con-
fession) of benefits is naturally followed
by thanksgiving and praise; with acc.
Gen. 29, 35. Jer. 33, 11. Ps. 7, 18, 30, 13;
also h of pers. Ps. 92,2. 106, 1. 1 Chr. 16
7, 8. Neh. 12, 46. al. So in the phrase
*: Duff nºir, to celebrate the name of Je-
hovah 1 K. 8, 33. Ps. 54, 8; * tº id,
106, 47. 122, 4; absol. id. Neh. 12, 24.
HITHPA. Hºrn, Vav being assumed
in place of Yod, i. q. Hiph.
1. to confess, pr. concerning oneself,
to point out oneself as guilty; Ethiop,
Afif ‘PRP to accuse, to criminate, pr,
prob. to object, Germ. vorwerfen, from
the sense of casting, i. q, to cast in one’s
teeth; (Dºt accusation, objection, Wor-
wurf–Dan. 9, 4; with acc. of thing,
Lev. 5,5. 16, 21. 26, 40; by Neh. 1,6. 9,2,
2. to praise, to celebrate, c. , 2 Chr.
30, 22.
Deriv. Tº hand, perh, nº law, Tºrº;
also nºin, riºr, and the pr. names
iºnitº, nº, Hºn"; likewise those
which again come from this latter, as
+H", "ºn, nººn, Hºrn.
iº (for in loving) Iddo, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 27, 21. b) Ezra 10,43 Cheth.
Tiº (judge) Jadon, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 7.
yº (known) Jaddua, pr. n. m. a.)
Neh. 10, 22. b) 12, 11. 22.
Tºntº, Tºrº, and Tinº. 1 Chr.
16, 38, (praising, celebrating, from obsol.
subst, rat, laud, with the ending in
r. HT Hiph.) Jeduthun, pr. n. of a Le-
vite, one of the choristers appointed
by David, 1 Chr. 9, 16. 16, 38, 41, 42
25, 1. Put also for his descendants ("33
Thrº) the Jeduthunites, who also were
musicians, Neh. 11, 17. Ps. 39, 1, 62. '
77, 1.
*T*
y Tº
379
"º" (i. q. in") Jaddai, pr. n. m. Ezra
10, 43 Keri. R. Tº II.
TT. m. (r. 11; II) constr. ***.
1. Adj. lovely, pleasant, Ps. 84,2. Plur.
ninº delights, as Ps. 45, 1 nitº -º
ſt delightful song. Others ‘a song of
love,’ i.e. an epithalamium.
2. Subst, one beloved, a friend, Is. 5, 1.
nin’ Tº the beloved of Jehovah Ps.
127, 2 sc of Benjamin Deut. 33, 12; of
Israel, Jer. 11, 15. Plur. of the Israelites,
Ps. 60, 7, 108, 7. Syr. irr. beloved.
TTT. (one beloved, fem.) Jedidah,
pr. m. of the mother of king Josiah, 2 K.
22, 1. R. Tº II.
nº f. something beloved, a de-
light, Jer. 12, 7. R. Tº II.
TTT. (beloved of Jehovah) Jedi.
diah, the name given to Solomon at his
birth by the prophet Nathan, 2 Sam. 12,
25. R. Tº II.
Tºº (praise God, r. nº) Jedaiah,
pr. m. m. a) 1 Chr, 4,37. b) Neh. 3, 10.
Şsº (known of God, r. vi.) Jedi-
ael, pr. m. of a son of Benjamin, 1 Chr.
7, 6, 10, 11.
Tinº see nº.
º (tearful, r. nº) Jidlaph, pr. n.
of a son of Nahor, Gen. 22, 22.
* >T. fut, sº, once sº Ps. 138, 6;
inf absol. xity, constr. Hyºl, nºt ; imp.
yº, with n parag. once nym for Hyº Prov.
24, 14; Part. sih, fem. nyih ; pr. to see,
and hence to perceive, to come to know,
to know ; corresponding to Gr, sióoy,
olów. It comprehends the action of
knowing, both as inchoative and com-
pleted, i. e. to come to know, to gain a
knowledge of, and also to know, to have
a knowledge of This root is widely
spread in the Indo-European tongues, in
ſhe sense both of seeing and knowing;
as Sanscr. wid, Zend. weedem, Gr. siów,
iów, oiów, Lat. video, Goth. witan, Germ.
weten, wissem, Engl. to weet, to wit ;
and so also in the Slavic languages, as
Pol. widze to see, Bohem. wedeti to see.
See Pott Etymol. Forschunger. ... p. 24.
n all these examples the first radical s
w and so sºlº is for sº.
A) The primary signif. to see in sº,
is apparent in these examples; Gen. 3.
7 and their eyes were opened "2 Hºlº
ºr bºx and they saw that they were
naked. Ex. 2, 4 and his sister slood
afar off is nº-nº nyºh to see what
would be dome to him. 1 Sam. 22, 3. So
too Deut. 34, 10 -3s tºp º is T. Yºs
tº ; elsewhere in the same connection
we find Fish Gen. 32, 31. Judg. 6, 22.
2 K. 14, 8, 11. So Esth. 2, 11 -ns st;
'E' Bibu;, i. q. ‘E biº-rs ris: Gen. 37.
14. Sometimes sº to see is coupled
with a verb of hearing, to indicate what
one perceives with his eyes and ears;
Is. 40, 21 wºuin sºn ºn shri have ye
not seen 2 have ye not heard? v. 28. 43
19.44, 18 tº sº sº, sº they see not,
they wriderstand not, for he hath daubed
their eyes from seeing, and their hearts
from understanding, where 9T and
HST are attributed to the eyes, as "a
and bººn to the heart or mind. The
LXX also often translate ST, by sióor
to see ; as 1 Sam. 10, 11. Job 28, 13. 31,
6. Ecc. 3, 21.—Hence
B) The verb sº signifies to perceive,
to know, pr. what follows seeing, or from
seeing, unless one is destitute of the
senses and of intellect, or obstinately
shuts up his understanding; as in Is. 6,
9 ºn 9s is sº seeing they shall see
and shall not perceive, understand. Eco.
6, 5–To be more specific, sº is
1. to know, i. e. to perceive, to discern
to become aware of, e.g. with the eyes Is.
6, 9, see above; often with the mind, and
hence to understand, to comprehend,
Judg. 13, 21. Gen. 8, 11. 1 Sam. 20, 33;
with nº by Deut. 8, 5. With # of that
by or from which one understands
knows, Gen. 15, 8 vis rigº whereby she'll
I know? 24, 14. Ex. 7, 17.—Spec.
a) Often with intent and purpose, to
take knowledge of any thing, to observe,
tº mark; 1 Sam. 23, 22 -ns sº ºn
ionpº observe and see his place. v. 23.
12, 17. 25, 17. Job 5, 27 tº sº mark it
for thee.—Hence by a peculiar poetic
idiom, not to know, not to mark, is said in
respect to things which happen whear-
pectedly, suddenly, as if before one
knows or marks them. Ps, 35, 8 le!
destruction come upon him sº 85 and
he know it not, i.e. unexpectedly un-
y-T-
y Tº
380
awares, Job 9, 5 God removeth moun-
tains hy. Nº they know it not, i.e. unex-
pectedly, suddenly. Cant. 6, 12-rºº; sh
"2" ºngº "ujº I knew not, my soul made
Whe etc. i. e. unexpectedly, before I was
aware. Jer. 50, 24. So sºlin ºn who
knoweth 2 who marketh ? i. e. no one
marketh, for
Prov. 24, 22; parall. Esnº.-Koran Sur.
{ •+: •%
15, 28 “evertit eos Deus Q95 * @ S),
st non animadvertebant.” Lokm. Fab. 28.
b) With the like idea of volition, often
to know, i. e. to see after, to care for, to
regerd. Gen. 39, 6 nºsº sº. Nº he
saw after nothing of what he had. Prov.
9, 13. 27, 23. Job 9, 21, opp. bs?. Is
51, 7 pºx "x" those who regard right.
With a Job 35, 15 sea sº, sº he re-
gardeth not imiquity.—Spec. aa) Of
God as knowing i.e. regarding men and
kindly caring for them, Ps. 144, 3. Nah.
1, 7; with Yº Am. 3, 2 you only have I
known, regarded, loved, of all the fami-
lies of the earth. Gen. 18, 19 ºz. "rºº
nº ºus him (Abraham) have 1 known,
regarded, chosen, that he may command,
etc. With a Ps. 31, 8, parall. Fish q.v.
ho. 2. d. Comp. Ps. 1, 6. bb) Of men
as knowing God, i.e. as honouring and
worshipping him, Hos. 8, 2. 13, 4. Ps.
36, 11. 9, 11 Tº ºth who know thy
name, i. e. who worship thee. Job 18, 21
Ps sº sh (ºs) who knoweth not God,
i. e. who careth not for him, an atheist.
1 Sam. 2, 12. Job 34, 4.
2, to know, i. e. to come to know), to
learn, to discover, e. g. by the sight, Ex.
2, 4, 1 Sam. 22, 3, see above ; or by
hearing, Gen. 9, 24. Deut. 11, 2. Neh.
13, 10; also to learn by experience, to
eaperience, Job 5, 25. With an acc.
Ecc. 8, 5; he Ex. 6, 7. Is. 45, 6. Ez.
6, 7, 13. 7, 4. 9. 11, 10. al. Oſten in
hi eats, comp. Engl. you shall soon know,
wearn, feel ; Lat. tu ipse videbis, sem-
ties. Hos. 9, 7 bºº, sº Israel shall
see and know, shall learn. Job 21, 19
sº Yºks tº God shall recompense
him, so that he shall know, feel. Is. 5, 19.
9, 8. Ps. 14, 4.—In the Korān a frequent
phrase is tº e -32"> then they
shall know, understand, learn, e. g. Sur.
26. 48; see Schult. Opp. min. ad Job
21, 19.
wnea pectedly, suddenly,
3. to know, i. e. to become acquainteſt
with, e. g. a person Deut. 9, 24; a land
Num. 14, 31; so Prov. 24, 14.—Oſten alsº
hy euphemism for intercourse with the
other sex, e. g. a) Of a man, to know
a woman, i.e. to lie with her, Gen. 4, 17.
25. 1 Sam. 1, 19. al. Also of unnatural
lust, sodomy, Gen. 19, 5.—This euphe-
mism is frequent also in verbs of know-
ing in other languages both oriental
and occidental ; e. g. Syr. xiii., Arab.
-5, e, Ethiop. Khº’A., Gr. Zwolowo
see Fesselius Advers. Sac. II. 14. Lat,
cognosco Justin 5, 2; and so even Ital
and Fr. comoscere, commaître, although in
these the usage is perhaps derived from
the Scriptures, b) Of a woman, rºl:
ujºs to know a man, to have laim with
man, Gen. 19,8. Judg. 11, 39; more full
-2' =zúzh tººs Hºl. Num. 31, 17. 16
35. Comp. Ovid. Heroid. 6, 133, ‘tur
piter illa virum cognovit adultera virgo.
4. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with,
any person or thing; with acc. of pers,
Gen. 29, 5. Ex. 1, 8. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Is. 45,
4. 5. Ps. 18, 44 ºn-s: "rººi, sº tº a
people whom I have not known shall
serve me. 81, 6 ºr sº, sº reu, the
lip (language) of one I knew not.
Job 11, 11. With acc. of thing, Deut.
34, 6 in ºf rs ºs sº sº no man
knoweth his sepulchre, where it is. Is.
29, 12 "Et ºn: T. Nº I know wot writing,
am unacquainted with writing and read-
ing. Ps. 104, 19, Job 21, 27. 28, 13. 23.
al. With h of thing Ps. 69, 6; acc. et
** 2 Sam. 17,8. Jer. 10, 23. Ps. 119, 75.
With acc. of pron. impl. Job 36, 26 be.
hold, God is great, sº sº, and we know
him not, sc. his greatness. 37, 5. Is. 1, 3.
Also tº ‘E sº to know one by name,
i. e. to know him well, to have familiar
intercourse with him, Ex. 33, 12. 17.-
PART. Act. Sº one who knows a person
or thing. Job 19, 13 ** those who know
me, my acquaintances. With a genit
of thing, knowing, skilled, skilful in any
thing, Gen. 25, 27 Tºx ºth skilled in
hunting, a skilful hunter. 1 K. 9, 27
ºr "º" skilled in the sea, in maritime
affairs. Am. 5, 16. Esth. 1, 13.—Part
Pass, sº known, with Deut. 1, 13 men
tººk tº known ºnto your tribes
dat, impl. v. 15, Poet, c. gen, Is, 53,
yºn
yºtº
38]
*r sº known of disease, i. e. familiar
with sickness, for the common prose
construction ºth ºntº. Comp. Syr.
Lºr: known, renowned.
5. to know a thing, to have a know-
ledge of it; followed: a) By a subst.
in the acc. as nº sº. (see Hºa), 91.
rºl, to know understanding, knowledge,
i. e. to excel in knowledge, wisdom, etc.
Prov. 17,27. al. Job 15, 9:7; sº ºria
what knowest thou and we know it not ?
20,4, 38, 18; with 3, to know of a thing,
Gen. 19, 33.35. 1 Sam. 22, 15. Jer. 38,
24; by id. Job 37, 16; h--a sºlº to
know (discern) between one thing and
another, Jon. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 36. b)
By a verb as the infin. Jer. 1, 6 hrs: Nº
naº. 1 Sam. 16, 18; infin. c. : Ecc. 4,
13, 10, 15; a finite verb, Job 32, 22 Nº
nzas ºr sº I know not to flatter. 1 Sam.
16, 16. Neh. 10,29; so with interposed
Job 23, 23. c.) By a clause, mostly
with **, Gen. 20, 6. 3, 5. Ex. 34, 29.
Num, 11, 16. Job 9, 2.28. al. rarely with
*z impl. Job 19, 25 ºr *s, *ns: 1
know that any redeemer liveth. Also
with H whether Judg. 18, 5; often with
interrog. pronouns, as "2 Gen. 21, 26.
43, 22; Tº Ex. 32, 1. 16, 15; nº Dan.
10, 20; Tºsº Josh. 2, 4, 5, etc. d) With
an acc. of a pron. Impl. as after verbs of
speaking; Gen. 48, 19 ºr ºr ºn ºns:
I know, my son, I know, i. e. I know it.
4, 13. Cant. 1, 8. Job 38, 5. 21. Ps. 139,
14–Spec. In phrases: aa) sº "? who
knoweth 2 i. e. no one can well know,
c. acc. Ecc. 6, 12. 8, 1 (comp. 3, 21);
with is—r. Ecc. 2, 19. So too as ex-
pressing desire and hope, i. q. ‘who can
tell but,' etc. with fut. 2 Sam. 12, 22 nº
Tinº ºn, sº who knoweth? perhaps
Wehovah may have mercy upon me. Joel
< 14. Jon. 3, 9. With DS and a praet.
Esth. 4, 14. bb) sº aid sº to know
good and evil, to know what is good and
what is evil, i. e. to be wise, prudent,
Gen. 3, 5, 22; whence sº -it, nºt ys
Gen. 2, 17, the tree of wisdom. Hence
young children are said not to know
good and evil Deut. 1,29, comp. Is. 7, 15;
*lso old and decrepit persons who are
n their second childhood, 2 Sam. 19, 36.
See Hom. Od. 18.228, oiów Śwooto, 'Eo 5%
re kwu Yégmº Trºgos 6’ #rt win voc io.
6. Absol, to know, to be knowing, to be
wise; Job 8, 9 we are of yesterday Nº.
ST, and know nothing, i. e. are not wise
Ps. 73, 22. Is. 32.4. 44, 9, 18. 45, 20. 56
10. Part. E-97', i. q. Evºr: Job 34, 2
Ecc. 9, 11. Hence nº wisdom, q.v.
Niph. 9Ti ſut. Sº, yº: 1. Pass, of
of Kal no. 1, to be perceived, known, with
the eyes; Gen. 41,21-9s is: "z sºli; sh;
Hºp and it could not be known that they
had come into their bellies, no one could
perceive it. 1 K. 18, 36. Ps. 77,20. 74, 5,
2. to be or become known, sc. to or by
any one, with h Ruth 3, 3; or by any
thing, with 3 Ex. 33, 16. Hence genr.
a) Of persons, with 3 of place where, Ps.
76, 2. 79, 10. Prov. 31, 23. Is. 61, 9; or
% of pers, to or by whom, Ex. 6, 3. Is. 19,
21. Ez. 20, 5; SS Ez. 20, 9, Comp.
1 Sam. 22, 6. Ps. 9, 17. b) Of things,
Ex. 2, 14, rev. 4, 14. Judg. 16, 9, Nah.
3, 17. Impers, it is known, with h of
pers. 1 Sam. 6, 3; "z Ex. 21, 36; hº
Deut. 21, 1.
3. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made to
know, to be taught by earperience, i. Q. to
be punished, comp. Kal no. 2. Prov. 10,9
sº nº tºps? he that liveth perversely
shall be made to know, shall be punished
Jer 31, 19 ºn "ºrs after I was taught
by experience; Luther well, ‘nachdem
ich gewitzigt bin,’ i. e. made wiser.
PIEL causat. to cause to know, to show
one something; with two accus. Job
38, 12.
Pual part, sº known, c. suff, “sº
my acquaintance Ps. 31, 12. 55, 14. 88,
9. 19. Fem. rsº, a known thing, Is.
12, 5 Cheth. -
Po. 9 Tin i. q. Pi. to show, and hence
to appoint, with acc. of pers. 1 Sam. 21, 3,
But perhaps it should read "rººin for
anyºn.
HipH, sºlin, imp. 91 in 1. Causat.
of Kal no. 1, to cause to see, to let per-
ceive, to show ; with two acc, Jers . 8, 21
"Tºrns tººlis I will cause them to see
my hand, i.e. my power. With h of pers
Ex. 18, 20 and shalt show them the way
2. to let know, to show any thing to
any one ; with two acc. Gen. 41, 39. Ex,
33, 12. 13. Ez. 20, 11. 22, 2; acc. of
tning and dat. of pers. Deut. 4, 9, Ps,
145, 12. Neh. 9, 14; acc. of pers, and a
whole clause, Job 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 2.1 K
yº-
=n-
382
| 27; comp. Josh. 4, 22; acc. of thing,
Ps. 77, 15. 98, 2. Job 26, 3.
3. to make known, to acquaint, to teach,
with acc. of pers. Job 38, 3. 40, 7, 42, 4;
dat. Prov. 9, 9; acc. of thing Ex. 18, 16;
two acc. of pers. and thing Is. 40, 14. Ps.
16, 11. 51, 8; acc. of pers. and infin. c. :
Prov. 22, 19, Spec. to teach by experi-
ence, or by punishment, i. q, to punish ;
comp. Kal no. 2. Judg. 8, 16 he took
thorns of the desert and threshing-sledges,
nizº ºfts rs prº sº, and with them
made the men of Succoth know, i. e. pun-
ished them, prob. by crushing them with
the drays upon a layer of thorns, see
ujº, no. 2. Sept. and Vulg. Atómo sy,
contrivit, as if from Heb. ºl, which
seems indeed better adapted to the con-
text, than is the common reading.
HoPH. viiri to be made lawown, to be-
come known, with 58 of pers. Lev. 4, 23.
28. Part, fem. nyºn Is, 12, 5 Keri.
HITHP. Sºnn to make oneself known,
to let oneself be known, Gen. 45, 1; to
reveal oneself, c. 8s. Num. 12, 6.
Deriv. ºº, si, Hyº, rºl, x12,
sh;2, vºio, nsin, and the pr. names
sº, nººn, sº, ºssº.
9T Chald, fut, sº Dan. 2, 9, 30. 4,
14; i. q. Heb. to know. Spec.
1. to perceive, to understand, Dan. 2,8.
5, 23.
2, to come to know, to learn, to discover,
Dan. 4, 6. 6, 11.
3. to know, to have knowledge of Dan.
5, 22. Part, pass. Szºh sº **Tº be
it known unto the king, Ezra 4, 12. 13.
Aph. vºin, fut, vºin, part. xiinz,
to make known, to show, with dat. of
pers. Dan. 2, 15. 17.28; acc. as suff.
Dan. 2, 23. 29. 4, 15. 5, 15. 16. 17. 7, 16.
Deriv. sºlº.
97 (knowing, wise) Jada, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 28. 32.
Tºyº (Jehovah cares for him) Jeda-
ah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 10. 24, 7. Comp.
Zech. 6, 10. 14.
*}” m. (r. 9:15) plur. tºº.
1. Pr. knowing, wise ; and hence a
wizard, sorcerer, Lev. 19, 31. 20, 6. Deut.
18, 11. 1 Sam. 28, 3.9. Comp. KJLé pr.
knowing, wise, magus; so Engl. wizard
ls pr. a wise man.
2. a wizard spirit, spirit of divination
by which wizards were supposed to be
attended, Lev. 20, 27. Comp. His no
2. a.
F: Jah, a poetic ſorm from Hinº Jeho.
vah, or rather from the more ancient
pronunciation Flºriº, whence by apocope
An' (as ºnrujº ſor Hºrneº), and then F:
by dropping the unaccented , see Lehrg
p. 157. Both these forms (ºriš and Fº)
are promiscuously used at the end
of many compound pr. names, as Hriºs
and rººs, nºn; and nºnº, nº
and Hyujº; the latter always in such
cases without Mappik. The form F} is
chiefly employed in certain customary
formulas or refrains; as Hº-ºhn halle-
lujah, praise ye Jehovah, Ps. 104, 35. 105,
45. 106, 1.48. 111, 1. 112, 1. 113, 1. al.
Further, e. g. Ps, 89, 9, 94, 7, 12. Is. 38,
11. Ex. 15, 2 F. nºt nº Jah is my
glory and my song. Ps. 118, 14. Is. 12,
2. Ps. 68, 5 ou; Fºz, Jah is his name, see
in a lett. C. Is. 26, 4.—This form is also
retained in the Syriac in a few doxolo-
gies, as in-s: ~~ glory to Jah ; As-
sem. Bibl. Orient. II. 230. III. 579.
* E. T. i. o. in . &
_ſ, i. q. Tº, to give, to set, to put ;
a verb defective and rare in Hebrew,
but very common in the kindred lan-
guages; Chald. EFI, Syr. --~. Arab.
Jº2, Eth. (DUſ!. Once in Praet. Ps.
55, 33 Tºrº Hinº-by ºr cast upon
Jehovah what he hath given (or laid up-
on) thee, i. e. thy lot, for Tº =riº hºs
The person to whom, is often thus ex-
pressed aſter a verb of giving, by a suffix
pron. e. g. "Prºn: Josh. 15, 19; comp. in
r. nº no. 1. Others here take =r, as a
subst. lot, burden, trouble.—Elsewhere
only in imper. an once Prov. 30, 15;
usually with He parag. Tºri, f. "Er Ruth
3, 15, plur. Hari Ps. 29, 2. a) give, give
here, Gen. 29, 21. Job 6, 22. 2 Sam. 16, 20
risy tº her give ye counsel ! b) set,
put, place, 2 Sam. 11, 15. Deut. 1, 13
tººs Esh War, set ye for yourselves men
i. e. appoint. Josh. 18, 4, c) Adv. p.
exhorting, of incitement, come, come on
go to 1 Gen. 11, 3.4. 7. 38, 16. Ex. 1, 9
Arab. Jº give, grant.—For War. Hos
4, 18, see Index. -
Deriv. Enarian
---
*H*
383
4. Chald. Dan. 3, 28, imp. En Dan.
5, 17; part. act. Hºly 2, 21, pass. Hºrſ'
arº, Praet, pass. n="ri", ha"r" Dan. 7,
11. 12. Ezra 5, 14. The fut. and inf. are
borrowed from in: ; comp. Syr. -es-,
ſut. Sº, from Šma i. q. In; –To give,
to set, i. q. Hebr.
1. to give, with acc. and dat. Dan. 2,
21. 23. 37. 5, 17. 19, 7, 4.6; to give or
deliver over Dan. 2, 38. Ezra 5, 12; with
acc. to offer, to yield, Dan. 3, 28. Enº
Nº to give account Dan.6, 3.
2. to set, to put, to lay a foundation,
Ezra 5, 16; in the fire Dan. 7, 11.
ITHPE. Brºns, fut. arſºn", part.
anºrº, to be given, to be deliverd over,
Dan. 4, 13. 7, 25. Ezra 4, 20, 6, 4, 8, 9.
Hº Ps. 55, 23, see in r. ar.
Sk +H: a secondary root, denom. from
"Ari", nºrth, Judah, r. nº.
HITHP. inºrin pr. to make oneself a
Jew, to become a Jew, by embracing the
Jewish religion, Esth. 8, 17. So Eth.
TPUR, Arab. SU3 to become a Jew,
G 3 9 p >
from exº Jews, for 22-62. See intºn.
Tº see Tin', no. 2.
*In or "Tºº (for Hºrº, whom Jeho-
vah directs, r. nºr) Jahdai, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 47.
*Tº Jehovah, see in Fr.
Nºnº (for sºn-Hº i, q sºnin. Jehovah
is He, comp. Rºriºs, shrinas, and the
same contraction in Shuj.) Jehu, pr. n.
a) A king of Israel who destroyed the
family of Ahab, r. 884–856 B. C. He
was hostile to idolatry, but of great cru-
elty, 1 K. 19, 16. 2 K. c. 9. 10. b) A
prophet in Samaria in the reign of Baa-
sha, 1 K. 16, 1, 2 Chr. 19, 2, 20, 34, c)
1 Chr. 2, 38. d) ib. 4, 35. e) ib. 12, 3.
TriST" (whom Jehovah holds, sus-
tains, r. Tris) Jehoahaz, pr. n. a.) A
king of Israel, r. B. C. 856–840, the son
of Jehu, 2 K. 10, 35. 13, 1–9. b. A
king of Judah, r. 611 B. C. the son of
Josiah, 2 K. 23, 31–35. 2 Chr. 36. 1;
written also TriSi", v. 2. Sept. 'Iowyðg.
tisin; (whom Jehovah best wed, ºffs
nrob. from obsol. ºx, J.f. Jonavit,)
Jehoash, pr; n. a) A king of Jadah 877
–838 B.C. the son of Ahaziah, 2 K. 12
1. 21. 14, 13; written also ºi" ib. 11,2
12, 20. b) A king of Israel 840–825
B. C. the son of Jehoahaz, 2 K. 13, 10-
25; written also by contraction usi ib
v. 9. Sept. 'Iogg.
Tº apocop. from Hºnº. 1. Judah,
i. e. the land of Judah, Judea. Dan. 2,
25 ºn: " Nrº ºn the captives of Ju-
dea. 5, 13. 6, 14. Ezra 5, 1. 8. Arab.
9 5 .
3, #. 3,3 , collect, the Jews. Hence
denom. Irºnn, see in Triº.
2. Jehud, written irº, pr.m. of a town
of the Danites, Josh. 19, 45.
Tº (pr. verbal from fut. Hoph. of
Hº, celebrated, lauded, comp. Gen. 29,
35. 49, 8) pr. m. Judah.
1. The fourth son of Jacob, born of
Leah, Gen. 29, 35. 35, 23; also the tribe
descended from him, Hºhn Hº Num.
1, 27. nº. 2 Sam. 2, 7, 10, " ":: Num.
1, 26; the bounds of whose territory
are described in Josh. c. 15. Hººn" ºr
the mountains of Judah, Josh. 15, 48.
After the secession of the ten tribes,
the name of Judah was given to the
subsequent kingdom, which comprised
the tribes of Judah and Benjamin with
a portion of Simeon and Dan, and
had Jerusalem for its metropolis. The
other kingdom was called ºu." Israel,
and also ºnes Ephraim; the latter
chiefly in the prophets. Hence nois
nºrth the land of Judah, the kingdom of
Judah, Is. 19, 17. nºn' -ºx the city of
Judah, i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr. 25,28, i. q
Tº hºs 2 K. 14, 20.—Aſter the carrying
away of the ten tribes and after the Ba-
bylonish exile, the name Judah, Judea,
was applied to the whole country of the
Israelites, Hagg. 1, 14. 2, 2.-Whcro
the land, Judea, is signified, nºrt" is
fem. Is. 7, 6. Joel 4, 20. Ps. 114, 2; where
the people is intended, the Jews, it is
masc. Is, 3,8. Hos. 4, 15. al. but also cou-
pled with a fem. Nah. 2, 1. Jer. 14, 2. al
2. Of several persons: a) Neh. 11
9. b) Ezra 3,9. Neh. 12, 8, c) Neh
12, 34. d) ib. v. 36.
"Tºm" plur. Bºnº, sometimestºn-
Esth. 4, 7.8, 1.7. 13. 9, 15, 18, Cheth.
1. As a gentile name, a Jew, the Jews
a) A member of the kingdom of Judah
Tri-
hrſ"
384
2 K. 16, 6, 25, 25. Jer. 32, 12. 38, 19. al.
b) In the later Hebrew, after the carry-
ing away of the ten tribes, put for any
Hebrew, the Hebrews, Neh. 1, 2. 2, 16.
Esth. 3, 4 sq. 4, 3 sq. 8, 1. al. Fem.
nºrt; a Jewess 1 Chr. 4, 18.
2. Jehudi, pr. n. m. Jer. 36, 14, 21.
"Tº Chald, a Jew, only in plur.
"sºn", st. emphat. Nºrt, the Jews,
Dan. 3, 8. Ezra 4, 12. 5, 1. 5.
n"Tºny f. 1. Gentile n.fem.of ºn,
as Adv. Judaicé, in Jewish, i. e. in the
Jews’ language, 2 K. 18, 26. Neh. 13, 24.
2. Judith, pr. n. of the wiſe of Esau,
Gen. 26, 34.
“Hyn; Jehovah, pr. n. of the su-
preme Deity, thºriºsº, among the He-
brews. The later Hebrews, for seve-
ral centuries before the Christian era,
either misled by a false interpretation
of certain laws (Ex. 20, 7. Lev. 24, 16),
or following out some ancient supersti-
tion, regarded this name as too sacred
to be uttered, as the ineffable name
which they scrupled even to pronounce;
see Philo Vit. Mosis T. III. p. 519, 529,
ed. Colon. Jos. Antt. 2. 12.4. Hence in
the sacred text, wherever this ovouo.
ūgóntov was written, they substituted
ſor it in reading, or pronounced for it
the word "jºis; and for this reason the
vowels of the name ":"is are in the Ma-
soretic readings every where written
with the four letters ñºr!". The initial
Yod, however, takes only a simple She-
va, and not the composite one, Hirt, not
rijn: ; while prefixes receive the same
points as if followed by *:Ts, e.g. Hinº,
rijñºz, Hin"?. This practice must al-
ready have existed in the time of the
LXX interpreters; since they uniformly
render Hºri" by 5 Küglog i. e. **s. The
Samaritans also followed the same cus-
tom; pronouncing however instead of
riºri" the word Nºuji. q. ptºr. Wherev-
er the sacred text has Hirin "x"N, in
order not to repeat is twice in suc-
•ession, the Jews pronounce ºrbs ºis,
and write nin; ºis. -
Hence it appears that the name Hirº
is furnished not with its own vowels, but
with those of another word; and the
Tuestion arises, what are its true and
genuine vowels' Many Interpreters
regard it as for Hinº, after the analogy
of apº, nsºp, justly appealing to the
authority of several ancient writers, who
relate that the God of the Hebrews was
called IAſ2, e. g. Diod. Sºc. 1.94, igro-
goigt ... tous vóuous judóvot—tºgó 6i
tois’ ſovëorious Mooijv toy IA'ſ £rixo low-
Ausyov 9sév, Macrob. Sat.1. 18. Hesych
v. ‘Oſsio.g. Clem. Alex, Strom. p. 666
Oxon. See more, Thesaur. p. 577. T
this may be added, that the same form
is conspicuous as the name of God on the
gems of the Egyptian Gnostics; Iren.
adv. Haeres. I. 34. Bellermann ilber die
Gemmen der Alten mit dem Abraxas-
bilde, I, II. Not very unlike is the form
IETſ of Philo Byblius ap. Euseb. Praep.
Evang. 10. 11; and IAOr ("n") ap.
Clem. Alex. Strom. V. p. 562.--Others, as
Reland in his Decad. Exercitatt. de Vera
pronunciatione nominis Jehova, Traj, ad
Rh. 1707, following the Samaritans, .
suppose it anciently to have been pro-
nounced Hyriº, and have a support for
their opinion in the abbreviated forms
*H, and F. So Theodoret Quaest. 15
in Exod. xuāoigt öö with 201109sito,
IABI, 'Iovödio 33 AIA (nºris); Cod.
Aug. H.A.—Even those who regard Hinº
as the true pronunciation, as Michaelis
in Supplem. p. 254, are not destitute of
some apparent grounds; for the abbre-
viated syllables in and in, which stand
first in many compound proper names,
can be so readily explained from no
other form.—But those only waste their
time and labour, who endeavour to refer
this name to a foreign origin, or assign
to it any special relation with Ju-piter,
Jov-is, or the like.
My own view coincides with that of
those, who regard this name as anciently
pronounced Hyriº, like the Samaritans;
since from this all the apocopated forms
can be more readily derived (ºr, Fly,
in, for triº, nº); and because allusion
is made in the O. T. to such an etymo-
logy; e. g. Ex. 3, 14 riºrs -uśs Hºrs
I shall be what I am, (comp. Rev. 1, 4.8.
6 Öy zoº 5 #y zoº. 5 ozáuevos) the name
nºrth being derived from the verb riºr.
to be, and regarded as designating God
as eternal, immutable, who will never be
other than the same. A like allusion is
*H*
Tri-
380
bund in Hos, 12, 6 inst nin, Jehovah is
his name, i. e. the Eternal, the Immuta-
ble. Comp. also the Inscription on the
Saltic temple of Isis, Plut. de Jside et
Osir. 9, §yö siut të yºyovos Koi by xvi égé-
w8voy. See Tholuck on the Hypothesis
of the Egyptian or Indian origin of the
name Jehovah, Vermischte Schriften I.
p. 377 sq. transl. in Bibl. Repos. IV. p.
89 sq. 1834. Hengstenb. Authentie des
Pentat. I. p. 204 sq.
As to the usus loquemdi of this name,
some of the differences of usage be-
tween it and ºrbs" or nºrths have
already been noted; see in bºrºs B. no.
6. It may be further added, that in the
prophetical books for the most part only
rtin' is employed, as being the more
august and venerable name; Bºrº's be-
ing there used of the true God only in
certain formulas, as Is. 13, 19, 53, 4, Jer.
35, 4. etc. On the other hand, in certain
other usual formulas, Fiji, alone is em-
ployed, e. g. rinº Esi, Hin, -2s H2,
nin, --, Hinº ºn, Hinº Häy, etc.
Thes, p. 578.-Spec. we may note:
a) Bºrºș Rijn', i. e. Jehovah God,
comm. the LoRD GoD, by apposition, and
not as some would have it Jehovah of
gods, i.e. chief, or prince of gods. This
is the customary appellation of Jehovah
in Gen. c. 2. 3; elsewhere less frequent,
as Ex. 9, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 22. 1 Chr. 28, 20.
29, 1. 2 Chr. 1, 9, 6, 41.42. Ps. 72, 18.
Jon. 4, 6; also E-rºr Hinº. 1 Sam. 6,
20. 1 Chr. 22, 1. 19. 2 Chr. 32, 16. Far
more frequent is this compound form
when followed by a genit, as "ribs Hirº
bsº Josh. 7, 13, 19.20, 8, 30. 9, 18. 19.
al. Trias "ribs Hirº Deut. 1, 21. 6, 3.
27, 3; Triºs nin", "rºs Hinº Deut. 1,
1. 31. 2, 7. 4, 5, 18, 16. 26, 14. al.
b) risis Hjn, Jehovah (God) of hosts,
i.e. of the celestial armies, see in sº:
no. 2. b.
c) Hirº is, for the points in nin:
See above at the close of the first para-
graph; 2 Sam. 7, 18. 19. Is. 50,4. Jer.32,
17; also very freq. in Ezekiel.
d) Hinº "zºº, see in ºth, under art.
nº D.
Tajiri' (whom Jehovah bestows, r.
Taº) Jehozabad, pl. n. m a) 1 Chr. 26,
i b) 2 K. 12, 22 c) 2 ºhr. 17, 15.
Tº m. (whom Jehovah bestows,
r. 37, q, d. 68066igos) Jehohanan, pr. m.
a) A military commander under Jeho.
shaphat, 2 Chr. 17, 15. 23, 1. b) 2 Chr.
28, 12. c) 1 Chr. 26, 3. d) Neh. 12, 13.
e) ib. 6, 18. f.) Ezra 10, 0, contr. Þrún
Neh. 12, 22. 23. g) Ezra .0, 23. h)
Neh. 12, 42–See Tºri". Hence Greek
Iowväg and ſoºvyng.
X'ſ. T. m. (whom Jehovah knows, ſa,
vours, r. 9...) Jehoiada, pr. m. m. a.) A
priest of great authority in the kingdom
of Judah, 2 K. 11, 4. al. b) 2 Sam. 8,
18. 20, 23, c) 1 Chr. 27, 34. d) ib. 12,
27—Hence contr, sº q.v.
7"> T. m. (whom Jehovah hath ap-
pointed, r. 2) pr. m. Jehoiachin, son of
Jehoiakim, king of Judah B. C. 600, 2 K.
24, 6.8–17. The same name is written
jºin Ez. 1, 2; nº Esth. 2, 6. Jer.
27, 20. 28, 4; nº for nº ſº; Jer. 24,
1 Chethibh ; and in: Jer. 22, 24, 28.
37, 1.
E"Pºiº m. (whom Jehovah hath set
up, r. bhp) pr. n. Jehoiakim, son of Jo-
siah, king of Judah 611-600 B.C. 2 K.
23, 34. 36. 24, 1. Jer. 1, 3. His former
name was 5"Pºs q.v.
Hºnºin, and Hºnºi" (whom Jehovah
defends, r. nºn) pr. m. Jehoiarib, Joiarib,
a distinguished priest at Jerusalem,
1 Chr. 9, 10, 24, 7. Ezra 8, 16. Neh. 11,
10. 12, 6, 19. Hence Gr. 'Iowgift 1 Macc.
2, 1.
Bºrº (potent, verbal ſut. Hoph, from
55%) Jehucal, pr. n. m. Jer. 37 3; for
which contr. 55" Jer. 38, 1.
Bºnº and 57; in (whom Jehoval,
impels, r. 51:) Jehomadab, Jonadab, pr.
n. a) A son of Rechab, an ancestor of
the nomadic Rechabites, who bound his
tribe by a vow to abstain from wine, 2 K.
10, 15. Jer, 35, 6. See alºn. b) 2 Sam
13, 5 sq.
jºin, and jºi" (whom Jehovah
gave, r. ſº, Gr. 6:006,90s,) Jonathan,
pr. m. m. a.) A son of Saul, celebrated
for his noble friendship towards David,
1 Sam. c. 13–31, b) A son of Abiathar,
2 Sam. 15, 27. 36. K. 1, 42.43–Also
of several others, called only jºin, viz.
! •) A son of Gershom, an idolatrous
*H*
N*
386
priest, Judg 18, 30.
1 Chr. 20, 7, 27, 32. e) 2 Chr. 27, 25.
f) 2 Chr. 1", 8, g) Jer. 37, 15. 20. 38,
26, h) Neh. 12, 18.--See more in jºin.
spinº i. q. Fºi" (by Chaldaism not
contracted, r. Foº) Joseph, pr.m. Ps. 81,6,
poetically for the nation of Israel. See
rtin
d) 2 Sam. 21, 21.
rvin (whom Jehovah adorns, r.
nº) Jehoaddah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 36;
for which 9, 42 riº.
rºyin: (fem. of preced.) Jehoaddam
pr. n. f. 2 Chr. 25, 1. 2 K. 14, 2 Keri ;
but "sºn" Cheth.
PſyT, and Pſy" (whom Jehovah
amakes just, r. p1:) Jehozadale, Jozadak,
pr. m. of the father of Joshua the high
priest, Hagg. 1, 1.12. Ezra 3, 2.8, 5, 2.
tº (whom Jehovah has exalted,
r. Dºn) Jehoram, Joram, pr. n. a) A king
of Judah 891–884 B. C. son of Jehosha-
phat, 2 K. 8, 16–24. b) A king of Israel
896–884 B.C. son of Ahab, 2 K. c. 3.
c) A priest 2 Chr. 17, 8.—Written also
contr. Eyi".
Sºlºmº (Jehovah is her oath, i. e.
worshipper of Jehovah, comp. 9aºhs)
Jehosheba, pr. m. of a daughter of king
Joram, and wife of Jehoiada the priest,
2 K. 11, 2; written in 2 Chr. 22, 11
rººin".
zºn, and zºn (Jehovah his help,
r. stº, comp. 94b*s, Germ. Gotthilf)
Jehoshua, Joshua, pr. m. m. a) The
minister and assistant of Moses, after-
wards his successor and leader of the Is-
raelites, the son of Nun, Ex. 17, 9, 24.
13; elsewhere called also ºujin Num. 13,
8, 16; see also shujº. b) A high priest
contemporary with Zerubbabel, Zech.
3, 1, 6, 11. Hagg. 1, 1. 12; see also
shū. c) 1 Sam. 6, 14, 18. d) 2 K. 23,
8.—Sept. 'Ingois, Vulg. Josua.
tº (whom Jehovah judgeth, i.e.
whose cause he sustains,) pr. n. Jehosha-
phat, a) A king of Judah, 914–889
B. C. son of Asa, 1 K. 22, 41–51. From
him the valley between Jerusalem and
he Mount of Olives is supposed to have
received the same name, Joel 4, 2. 12.
2 Chr. c. 20. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 396 b) The recorder or annalist
of king Dav d, 2 Sam. 8, 16. 20, 24
c) 1 K. 4, 17. d) The father of Jehu
king of Israel, 2 K. 9, 2, 14.
"Tº adj. (r. ºry) elated, proud, arro.
gant, Prov. 21, 24. Hab. 2, 5.—Chald
and Talmud. id. "nºns to be proud
nºn-ri, sººn, pride.
ºsº (who praises God, r. bār)
Jehalelel, pr. m. m. a) 2 Chr. 29, 2
b) 1 Chr. 4, 16.
tº m. (r. Bºri) a species of hard
gem, so called from beating, hammering
Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez. 28, 13. Severa
of the ancient versions render it byvá,
Övöztoy, the onya, which is not im-
probable. Others, adamant, but less
well; so Braun de Westitu Sacerdotum.
II. 13.
.. obsol root, Arab. Qase, to
tread down, to trample wpom.—Hence
7". Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 34, elsewhere
Tºº!, (place trodden down.) Jahaz,
Jahazah, pr. n. of a Moabitish city situ-
ated near the desert, afterwards reckon-
ed to the tribe of Reuben and assigned
to the priests. Num. 21, 23. Deut. 2, 32.
Josh 13, 18. 21, 36. Judg. 11, 20. 1 Chr.
6, 63. Jer. 48, 34.—In several of these
examples the final H in Hyrº is local :
as Num, Deut. l. c.
Sk -H: a root not in use, prob. to be
high, tumid, kindr, with nº, nºr. Arab.
9 3 O >
>-64% a prominent heap of sand.--
Hence nºns. -
PS" (whose father is Jehovah) pr. n
Joab. a) The nephew and chief mili
tary officer of David, 2 Sam. 2, 24. 1 K.
2, 5, 22. al. b) 1 Chr. 4, 14, c) Ezra
2, 6, 8, 9. Neh. 7, 11.
TS" (whose brother i. e. helper is
Jehovah) pr. n. Joah. a) A son of
Asaph, the recorder or annalist of He-
zekiah, 2 K. 18, 18. Is. 36, 3. b) The
annalist of king Josiah, 2 Chr. 34, 8
c) 1 Chr. 6, 6. 2 Chr. 29, 2. d) 1 Chr
26, 4.
Trisºn see Irisin".
*S*(Jehovah is his God, i.e. worship
per of Jehovah,) pr. n. Joel. a) A pro
4” NY"
-*
387
phet, son of Pethuel, Joel 1, 1. b) The
sldest son of Samuel, 1 Sam. 8, 2. c.) A
son of king Uzziah 1 Chr. 6, 21; for
which, by a maniſes, error in transcrib-
ing, is read in v. 9 bºsuj.-Aiso of seve-
ral other persons; see Thesaur. p. 582.
tus" (i. g. Usinº q.v.) Joash, pr. n.
m. a) See in USiri. a. b) See ibid. b.
c) The father of Gideon Judg. 6, 11.
d) 1 K. 22, 26. 2 Chr. 18, 25. e) 1 Chr.
12, 3, f) ib. 4, 22.
5* Job, pr n.oſason of Issachar Gen.
46, 13; perhaps an error in copying for
sºujº Num. 26, 24. 1 Chr. 7, 1 Keri.
Pºº (i. q. º desert, see in r. 533)
Jobab, pr. m. a) A people of Arabia,
descended from Joktan, Gen. 10, 29. 1
Chr. 1, 23. A trace of this tribe is to
be found perhaps in Ptolemy, who men-
tions a people on the eastern coast of
Arabia near the Sacalita”, whom he
talls Togo.gital, or as Salmasius and
Bochart conjecture Ioffo. 3irot, chang-
ing the 9 into 3. See Bochart Phaleg
II. 29. b) A king of Idumea Gen. 36,
33. 34. 1 Chr. 1, 44, 45. c) A king of
the Canaanites Josh. 11, 1. d) 1 Chr.
8, 9. e) ib. 8, 18.
* comm. see in no. 2, (r. 92; II)
onomatopoetic, i. Q. Lat. jubilum, Germ.
Jubel, comp. Engl. jubilee, signifying
a cry of joy, joyful shout, and then
transferred to the sound or clangour of
‘rumpets, trumpet signal, alarm, like
Tynnn q. v.–Roots of like sound and
signification denoting outcry, clamour,
as the expression both of joy and pain,
(since the two are often hardly to be
distinguished, and are frequently ex-
pressed by the same words, comp. Priš,
nt : ) are in the Semitic tongues bºº,
Jº bºs, also any, --"; Gr. ÖAoki-
- "r )
Čew, &Awłęsty, Lat. ejulare, ululare; in
the Teutonic dialects, Swed, jolen,
whence the ancient Scandinavian festi-
val called Jul (Engl. Yule), Dutch joelen,
comm. Germ jodeln. In all these syl-
lables jól, jobl, jodl, the primitive idea
s to cry io 5 comp. Lat. io triumphe.
Hence
1. Paiºr, Tºp the norm of jubilee, signal-
Worm, i.e. with which a signal of attack or
*laim is sounded, Jost. 6, 5; also ellipt.
ºniº Ex. 19, 13. Plur. tºniº ni-hit
Josh. 6, 6, with art. Bºniºn nº-Biº 6, 4.
8, 13, trumpets of jubilee (ſor the plur.
form see note) i. e. with which a signal
is given, alarm-trumpets, signal trum-
pets. Between Baiº Tip the signal-horn
and Baiºr, "Biu, the signal-trumpet, there
seems to have been no difference, see
Josh. 6, 4, comp. v. 5 6–baiºr, Túñx.
Ex. 19, 13, and baiºn Tºp: Tºº Josh,
6, 5, when the signal-horn is sounded
i.g. elsewhere nineiº Spr), comp. Josh,
6, 4 and v. 5.—The Chaldee translator
and the Rabbins by an absurd conjec
ture interpret pain a ram, and biºn ‘p
the ram's horn ; nor are several modern
conjectures much better, for which see
Fuller's Miscell. IV. 8. Carpzov. Appa-
rat. Antiqu. Cod. Sac. p. 449. Bochart
Hieroz. I. lib. 2. c. 43.
Note. The plural pºliºn ninpº
trumpets of alarms, which stands where
we should expect baiºn 'u), depends on
an idiom of the Hebrew language,
which has hitherto been overlooked by
Grammarians; see Heb. Gram. § 106.3.
In Hebrew, as in Syriac (Hoffmann
Gramm. Syr. p. 254), there are three
modes of forming the plural of compound
nouns, or nouns in construction, viz.
either: a) The governing noun alone
is put in the plural, and this is much
the most common method, as bºr hias,
plur. bºrn ºnias; or b) The Genitive
or noun governed is also put in the plu-
ral, as ºr "has 1 Chr. 7, 5, e-gº ºnly
for bºr ºntº Ex. 1, 11, thºs ºf Ps. 29,
2 for BS 24; or further; c) The gov-
erning noun remains unchanged, and
the Genitive alone is made plural, of
which a striking example is the phrase
nins nº ‘houses of fathers, for as "nº,
see in nº no. 11.—The example above
in question belongs to the second form
lett. b.
2. biºn nºj Lev. 25, 13. 15. 31. 40
and ellipt. Bain ib. v. 28, 30.33, (comm
gender, m. Num. 36, 4, but often ſem. on
account of the ellipsis of nºj Lev.25, 10,)
the year of jubilee, Vulg. annus jubileus.
annus jubilei, so called from the sound-
ing of trumpets on the tenth day of the
seventh month, by which it was an-
nounced to the people, Lev. 25, 9. It
occurred every fiftieth year, Lev. 25 10.
-*
Bh-
388
11. Jos. Ant. 3. 12. 3; not as some sup-
pose in the forty-ninth ; and according
to the Mosaic law, in this year all lands
which had been sold returned to their
first possessor, all slaves were to be set
free, and the lands lay untilled. Sept.
$tos &q&asos, &q’soug.
Sº m. 1. a river, stream of water,
Jer. 17, 8. R. Sº I.
2. Jubal, pr. n. of a son of Lamech, and
the inventor of music, Gen. 4, 21. The
name Jubal signifies perhaps pr. jubi-
lum, or the sound of trumpets and other
instruments, i. e. music, kindr, with bain;
and was afterwards applied to its in-
ventor.—R. b3. II.
Tºri. (i. q. Tºjinº) Jozabad, pr. m. of
several Levites, a) 2 Chr. 31, 13, b)
Ezra 8, 33. 10, 23. c.) 10, 22.
Tº" (whom Jehovah remembers)
Jozachar, pr. m. of the murderer of king
Joash, 2 K. 12, 22. In 2 Chr. 24, 26
written Tº, a manifest error in trans-
cribing.
ST" (perh, contr. from Hºnin whom
Jehovah revives, comp. H3-2 for nºvº)
Joha, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 16. b)
11, 45.
Tº" (i. q. Tºrin, where see) Joha-
man, pr. n. as contracted borne also:
a) By two of David's officers, 1 Chr. 12,
4. 12. b) A son of king Josiah 1 Chr.
3, 15. c) A priest ib. 5, 35. d) 2 K.
25, 23. Jer. 40, 8, e) 1 Chr. 3, 24. f.)
Ezra 8, 12.
nº see Hº.
97." (i.g. sºin, q.v.) pr. n. Joiada.
Neh. 3, 6. 12, 10.
Tºi" see ſºin.
tºp-in (1. q. E"Fin") Joiakim, pr. n.
m. Neh. 12, 10.
sºn-i- (i. q. Hººin") Joiarib, pr. n.
) See a-nºirr. b) Neh. 11, 5.
-->in (whose glory is Jehovah, r.
7:2) Jochebed, pr. m. of the mother of
Moses and wife of Amram, Ex. 6, 20.
Num. 26, 59.
22* Jucal, see bºn.
*P* a root not in use, prob. to be
warm, hot, like the kindred roots bºr,
bºn, enº, ; the n be ng gradually
softened into IT and so into "; see p.
370. And as there exist three roots
with the harsher guttural, Bºn, ºr
Hºrſ; so also with the softer letter, thin
tº, nº.—From the root biº come bi-
day, tº warm springs; from nº
comes plur. Dº constr. ** days.
Ein c. suff, *zi", Tºi", plur. Bº
constr. *z, poet, nic, ; masc. rarely
fem. as Ecc. 7, 14. Jer. 17, 18. Ez. 7, 10.
1. a day, so called from the dººr hal
heat, r. pin. Chald. Samar. id. Syr.
lºcal, Arab. º id. — Spoken of the
natural day, from the rising to the set-
ting sun, opp. the might, Gen. 1, 14, 16.
7, 4. 12. 8, 22. 31, 39; also of the civil
tlay or 24 hours, which includes the
night, Gen. 7, 24. 50, 3, al. Job 3, 6 let
not (that night) rejoice among the days
of the year. Tris Ei in or on one day
Gen. 27, 45. 33, 13. Num. 11, 19; the
same day Is. 9, 13. Hiri piºn assà in
the self-same day Gen. 7, 13, see in psy.
Gen. 18, 1 pian Enz in the heat of the
day, at noon, elsewhere called Eiºn is:
Prov. 4, 18, see in Th2 —rººr thin the
sabbath-day Ex. 20, 8. Ennºz Ein day
of atonement, expiation, Lev. 23, 28. Ein
rish-n Num. 29, 1. Prov. 27, 1 boast not
thyself of to-morrow, for thou knowest
not bin Tºrno what a day (to-day) may
bring forth–Put for the light of day,
day-light ; comp. Gen. 1, 5. So Zech.
14, 7 Hành sº ti sã . . . iris Ein nºn-
and there shall be a day . . . when there
will be meither day-light nor might. Job
3, 5. Also for a day's journey, i. q. Tº
Din, Deut. 1, 2; comp. Num. 11, 31.--
Adv. absol. Din i. q. Eºin, by day, in the
day-time, Ps, 88, 2. Also Ein Ein day by
day, daily, Gen. 39, 10. Ex. 16, 5. Is. 58,
2. Ps, 68,20; in genit. Ein bin `Tº daily
vows Ps. 61, 9; tiny bi- id. Esth. 3, 4;
pina thin pr. day by day 1 Chr. 12, 22.
Neh. 8, 18; Bi-2, Einh from day to day
daily, 2 Chr. 24, 11; but einz Eitz as
day by day 1 Sam. 18, 10; also biº?
ti-bs from day to day Num. 30, 15.
1 Chr. 16, 23–With a genit. of pers,
the day of any one signifies: a) In a
good sense, his festival day. Hos. 7, 3
*3232 pin the day of our king, his birth
day or day of inauguration. 2, 15 *
bh-
ph-
389
bºxin the festivals of idols. 2, 2 [1,11]
2syntº pin the day of Jezreel, i. e. when
the people shall be assembled at Jezreel.
Spoken of one’s birth-day Job 3, 1; not
1, 4. So juá90, twos Diog. Laert, 4.41;
comp. Cic. Att. 13. 42. b) In a bad
sense, day of calamity; Obad. 12 Diº
Tris the day of thy brother. Job 18, 20
posterity shall be astonished at his day,
inin, i. e. at his calamity. Ps. 37, 13.
137, 7. 1 Sam. 26, 10. Ez. 21, 30. Arab.
3 day of misfortune.—Also Is. 9, 3
Tº pin the day of Midian, when the
Midianites were defeated with slaughter.
Comp. dies Alliensis, Cannensis, Arab.
30- 2: dies pugna Bedrensis, Kor. 3.
119. c) the day of Jehovah, i. e. the day
of judgment and punishment which Je-
hovah will hold upon the wicked, Joel 1,
15. Ez. 13, 5. Is. 2, 12. 13, 6.9. Am. 5,
18. 20. Obad. 15. al. Plur. Job 24, 1. Gr.
juégo, toi, zvglov 1 Thess. 5, 2. 2 Pet.
3, 10.
2. time, like juágo, and Lat. dies, Judg.
18, 30. Is. 48, 7. Job 15, 32. 30,25.—See
the forms cinn, Riº, Binz, etc. below
in no. 3, under the letters a, b, d, e, f, g,
More frequent in this sense in Plur.
Bºny, see below in Plur. no. 2.
3. With the art. and prepositions pre-
fixed :
a) piºn this day, to-day, Gen. 4, 14.
Ex. 22, 14, 24, 12. 30, 32. 31, 48. al.
Arab. }Ji id.—Also : 0) by day, in
the day-time, opp. Hºër, by night, Neh.
4, 16 [22]. Hos. 4, 5, i. q. pºi". 6) at
this time, now, Deut. 1, 39. 1 Sam. 12,
17. 2 K. 6, 26. y) that day, at that
time, then, 1 Sam. 1, 4 piºn "nº. 14,
1. 2 K. 4, 8. Job 1, 6, where some ren-
der a day, a certain time, i. q. Us: 5
neglecting the force of the article.
b) tiri, with infin. o.) in the day
that, etc. Gen. 2, 17 Thºs biº in the day
that (when) thou eatest. 3, 5. Lev. 7, 36.
6) in the time that, i. q. when ; Gen. 2, 4
tºº yºs enrºs nº nilpº Binz when
Jehovah made the earth and the fieavens.
Ex. 10, 28. 32. 34. 1 K. 2, 8. Is. 11, 16.
Lam. 3, 57; after, 2 Sam. 21, 12. With
praet. Lev. 7, 35. 2 Sam. 22, 1.
c) biºz, w) in the day-time opp.
nºr Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30, 6) in
that same day, i. e. immediately, at once
Prov. 12, 16. Neh. 3,34, y) on that day
i. q. the other day, lately, Judg. 13, 10,-
For Nººrin thina see in Nºhn no. 3.
d) biºz (with 3 of time) this day, a
this time, now, 1 K. 1, 31. Is. 58, 4. Some-
times it refers to an action about to take
place, now, i. Q. before, first, Gen. 25, 31.
33. 1 Sam. 2, 16. 1 K. 22, 25.
e) Tin Pinz 0) as at this day, as at
this time, as things now are ; a phrase
marking the present state of things as
if pointed to with the finger. Gen. 50.
20 where Sept. dig amusgow. Deut. 2, 30.
4, 20. 38. 29, 28. 1 Sam. 22, 8.13. 2 Chr.
6, 15. Jer. 11, 5, al. So too nir bi-ria
Deut. 6, 24. Jer. 44, 22. Ezra 9, 7. 15.
Neh. 9, 10. 6) Once Fºr pianº, about
that time, then, 3 being taken as a parti-
cle of time, Gen. 39, 11.
f) piº from the time that, since, Ex.
10, 6. Deut. 9, 24.
g) biºlº &) all days, every day
daily, Ps. 42, 4.11. 44, 23. 56, 2.3.6. 71,
8, 15. 24. 73, 14, parall. Bºnpah every
morning. Sep', sometimes xx} xào tn:
huégov, y) the whole day, all the day.
Is, 62, 6 parall. Hººn-bº. Ps. 32, 3, 35
28. 37, 26. 38, 7. 13. Sept. 6Amy tºy juá-
gov. 7) at all times, always, continu-
ally. Ps. 52, 3 Eiºn-by ºs Tºr, the good.
ness of God is manifested continually.
Prov. 21, 26 Hysn Hisrn tian-bz the
wicked continually burneth with desire.
23, 17. Is. 28, 24 doth the ploughman
always plough 2 65, 5 pierſ-by riph us
a fire always burning. Often with Torº
added, Is. 51, 13. 52, 5. Ps. 72, 15. The
same is biº-bº every day, at all times.
Ps. 7, 12. 88, 10. 145, 2.—This formula
belongs to the poetic style; in prose the
corresponding expression is nºn-biº
q. v. below in no. 2.
DUAL pºi" two days Ex. 16, 29. 21
22. Num. 9, 22. Hos. 6, 2 bina tº
ºn after tº a days on the third day
i. e. soon ; comp John 2, 19. 20.
PLUR. tº as f from a sing. B; (r.
nº), by Chaldaism Tº Dan. 12, 13
constr. ***, poet. rvo, Deut. 32, 7, Ps,
90, 15. Comp. Aram. nºi", tºº.
1. days, e. g. tº nºuj seven days
Gen. 8, 10. 12. Bºris tº some days
i.e. some time, for a time, Gen 27 44,
33*
Eh"
ph"
390
n the same sense tº is put absol.
35.
(like U.Uji some days, some time, Syr.
ſº. 5:3 after some time, Barhebr.
Chron. p. 391, 418,) Neh. 1, 4, Dan. 8,
27. Gen. 40, 4 -ºº: tº "rºl and
they were for some time in ward. Bºn
after some time Judg. 11, 4, 14, 8, 15, 1.
Bº YP2 id. Gen.4, 3, 1 K. 17,7. ~ 7ph
id. Neh. 13, 6. The space of time thus
eignified, often several months, never a
whole year, is apparent from these ex-
amples: Gen. 24, 55 let the damsel abide
with us nity is tº some days, per-
haps ten, the indefinite tº being made
specific by the adjunct nity. Is. 65, 20
tº bºs an infant of a few days. A
longer time is implied in Num. 9, 22
tº is ºn is pºin two days or a
month or some longer it me. 1 Sam. 29,
3 he hath been with me Hi is tº ny
tº for these many days or rather
these years.
2. days, time, as consisting of a suc-
cession of days, very frequent. So 1 K.
2, 11 and the time (cºn) that David
reigned over Israel was forty years. 1
Sam. 27, 11. Gen. 47, 8 ºr "juj ºn
the time of the years of thy life. Bºa
bºr, in those days, at that time, Ex. 2,
11. 23. Josh. 20, 6. 1 Sam. 28, 1. Jer. 3,
16, 18. Joel 3, 2, al. E-ºn-b; for all
time, for ever, Fr. toujours, (juoto, Tróvto:
Hom. Il. 8, 593. ib. 12. 133.) Deut. 4,40.
5, 26. 6, 24. 11, 1. 1 Sam. 1, 28. 18, 29.
Job 1, 5. Jer. 31, 36. 32, 39. al. "Yº
pººr pr: the daily affairs, i. e. annals,
see in nº no. 2. Erºs ººz, in Abra-
ham's time Gen. 26, 1.15. 18; so espec. of
kings and princes, e.g. Pºsuš º in the
time of Saul, during his reign, 1 Sam.
7, 13 ; of David 2 Sam. 21, 1; Solomon
1 K. 10, 21; so Esth. 1, 1. Neh. 12, 26.
47. --rº z-z in the time of the
Philistines, during their rule, Judg. 15,
20–Is. 39, 6 p"s: Bºº Hºn behold
the days come, the time cometh, etc. a
phrase frequent in prophecies, espec. in
those containing threats; Jer. 7, 32. 9,
24, 16, 14. 23, 5.7. 31, 27. 31. 38. al.
comp. Is. 7, 17. –With a genit. or suff
time appointed to any one ; Gen. 29, 21
*z, *sh? my time is full, completed, out,
comp. v. 18.—Spec, a) Often i. q. time
of life, age. So tº Nº far gone in
days, advanced in age, Gen. 24, 1. Josh
13, 1 ; comp. Trgoffs&mºds év to is juégou;
Luke 1, 7. Dº nº great of age, 1. e
of great age, very aged, Job 15, 10
opp. Enº "sº short of age, short-lived
14, 1. Fºriº all one's days, one's
whole life, Gen. 43, 9, 44, 32. With
genit. Biºs º a man's days, life, Job
10, 5; "2: my life 7, 6; Tºº? all thy life
long, so long as thou hast lived, Job 38
12. 1 Sam. 25, 28. 1 K. 1, 6. Bºzºa wi
Your days, while ye live, Jer. 16, 9
*** Tºr, to prolong one's days, to live
long, see in Tºš Hiph. Poet. Job 32, 7
**T* tº let age speak, i. e. the aged.
Trop, of things, Gen. 8, 22 yºr ºb:
all the days of the earth, while the earth
endures. b) tº in accus, is often put
pleon. after words denoting a certain
and definite time, as tº Bºngº Engl.
two years of time Gen. 41, 1. Jer. 28, 3.
11; Bºº Bºx: nºbu, Dan. 10, 2, 3;
tº ºn a month of time, i. q, a month
long, Gen. 29, 14; tº nº id. Deut.
21, 13.2 K. 15, 13. See on this idiom,
Lehrgb. p. 667. In like manner the
Arabic subjoins cº) time, and the
Ethiopic d’‘PUA days, like the Hebrew;
see the Ascension of Isaiah by Laurence,
I. 11. XI. 7.
3. Sometimes tº marks a definite
space of time, viz. a year; as also Syr. and
Chald. (rs, Tºy, denote both time and
Wear ; and as in Engl. several words
signifying time, weight, measure, are
likewise used to denote certain specific
times, weights, measures; see in nº
—Certain examples of this idiom are
the following: 1 Sam. 27, 7 and the time
that David dwelt in the country of the
Philistines was Eºin Hyans tº a
Ayear and four months. Lev. 25, 20,
Judg. 17, 10. Fºr n=1 the yearly sac.
rifice 1 Sam. 2, 19. H3-2: B-25% from
wear to year, every year, Ex. 13, 10. Judg.
11, 40. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 3 (comp. Hºw
rºl v. 7). 2, 19. Hºuſ-by tº Is. 32
10, for which is read 29, 1 nº-ºx Hyuj,
—Also for Plur. Wears, with rumerals
added, (as tº plur. faces,) 2 Chr. 21
19 tº Bº Ypr: rss rºº ºfter the
end of two years—Am. 4, 4 Enzº nuºuſ;
is doubtful, either every three years o
ºn
yº.
391
better every three days, the latter in bit-
her irony.
P" Chald. m. i. q. Heb. day, Ezra 6,
15. Biº Riº day by day, daily, Ezra 6,
9. Emphat. Nºi" Dan. 6, 11.
PLUR. has a threefold form: a) jºin,
constr. "%in, emphat. Nºi", Dan. 2, 28.
5, 11. 6, 8, 13; and so in the Targums.
b) Constr. nº in Ezra 4, 19, like the Syr.
and Samar, c) Heb. constr. º. Ezra
4, 7.—Like Heb. 5-2, it denotes in Plur.
time, Dan. 4, 31. 5, 11. Ezra 4, 15; es-
pec. time of life, age, as Nºain pºrºs ad-
vanced in age, the ancient one, Dan. 7,22.
Dº adv. (from bin with the adv.
ending tº) by day, in the day-time, opp.
nº, Ex. 13, 21. 22. Job 5, 14. Bºi"
nº day and night, i.e. continually,
Ps. 1.2. Is. 60, 11. Jer. 8, 23. Once i, q.
tiºn-92, all the day, Ps. 13, 3; so with
genit. Bºi" ºn: every-day enemies, con-
stant, Ez. 30, 16. Once with 3, as pºi":
Neh. 9, 19. – Syr. išašaxi day-time,
išava, a daily.
Sk m (º) obsol. root, prob. to boil up,
to be in a ferment ; whence in mud,
mire, and Tº wine; as nºn mire, and
nºr wine, from nor; to boil up, to fer-
ment. Kindred roots are pin, nº, Tº.
Deriv. T., Hin, Tºº.
7... pr. m. Javan, i.e. 1. Ionia, the
name of which province as being adja-
cent to the East, and better known than
others to the orientals, was extended so
as to comprehend the whole of Greece,
As is expressly said by Greek writers
..hemselves; see Aristoph. Acharn. 104,
bique Schol. Æschyl. Pers. 176, 561.
Syr. Ha', &- *.. Greece ; Arab.
*: Greek.-Gen. 10, 2. Dan. 8, 21.
is, 66, 19. Ez. 27, 13. Zech. 9, 13. Pat-
•onym. is º an Ionian, Greek; hence
pººr ºn the sons of the Greeks, viss
4xºlov, i. the Greeks, Joel 4, 6.
2. In Ez. 27, 19, 1], is prob, a city of
, rabia Felix; comp. Öº Öğ. Ya-
wan, a town in Yemen; Camoos p. 18".
Tº m. (r. Tin) constr. Þ, mud, mire,
pr. prob, dregs, faces, Ps. 69, 3, 40, 3
nºn tº mire of clay, deep miry clay.
57;in see sºir".
"," f. (r. Tin) plur. bºxin 1, a dove
Gen. 8, 8 sq. Hos. 11, 11. Ps. 55, 7, al
nºi" ": young doves Lev. 5, 7, 12, 8, al
"ri" my dove, a term of endearment
Cant. 2, 14, 5, 2.6, 9. 1, 15 pºin T2-3
thine eyes are dove-like, i. e. like the
eyes of doves. 4, 1–Derived from r
Ti", referring to the sexual warmth of
the dove.—Another rigin cee as part.
fem, of r. nº.
2. Jonah, pr. m. of a prophet, Jon. 1, 1
2 K. 14, 25.
"...] see in T. no. 1.
e ºr v
p;", nºi", see r. pp: Part.
jº" pr. n. Jonathan, i. q. Trºin, q.v.
This contracted name was borne by se.
veral: a) 1 Chr. 2, 32. b) Jer. 40, 8,
c) Ezra 8, 6. d) 10, 15, e) Neh. 12,
11. f.) 12, 14.
Flº" m. (whom may God increase, r.
Fº) Joseph, pr. n. Once neirº, Ps, 81,6.
1. The son of Jacob, the youngest ex-
cept Benjamin, sold by his brothers into
Egypt and afterwards advanced to the
highest honours; see Gen. c. 37–50.-
The two sons of Joseph, Ephraim and
Manasseh, were adopted by Jacob, and
became heads of tribes in Israel; hence
npin and ºpin nº are put: a) For
these two tribes, Josh. 17, 17. 18, 5. Judg.
1,23.35; so also noi" ºr Num,26,28 sq.
Josh. 14, 4, 17, 14. b) Poet. for the
kingdom of Ephraim, i. e. of the ten
tribes, see Bºs no. 2. Ps. 78, 67. Ez.
37, 16. 19. Zech. 10, 6. c) For tha
whole nation of Israel Ps, 80, 2.81, 6.
Am. 5, 15. 6, 6. 4.
2. Several other persons,
25, 2.9. b) Neh. 12, 14.
42.
NotE. In Gen. 30, 23, 24, allusion in
made to a double etymology, both as if
for FibST he will take away, or also ſol
Fut. Hiph. apoc. from For he will add,
and this latter is also supported by the
Chaldaizing form ºpin: Ps, 81, 6.
ºpiº (id.) Josiphiah, p. n. m. Ezra
8, 10. -
rºsy" (perh, for Hººsi", whom Jeho
vah helps) Joelah, pr. n. m, 1 Chr. 12,"
R. Bs: Hiph.
a) 1 Chr
c) Ezra 16
yhº
ºn?"
392
Tºi" (his witness is Jehovah) Joed,
pr. m. m. Neh. 11, 7. R. Thy.
nº (whose help is Jehovah).Joezer,
pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 12, 6. R. hty.
Yº see r yº; no. 2, Part.
tº (to whom Jehovah hastens sc.
with help, r. bhy) Joash, pr. n. m. a) 1
Chr. 7, 8. b) 27, 28.
Pyin see pºin.
nxi see r. sº Part.
ºpiº (contr. from B"Pºiº) Jokim, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.
ni, (i. q. Hºlin) Jorah, pr. n. m. Ezra
2, 18. Elsewhere called Fºr q.v.
Tº m. (part, act. Kal of r. nº) pr.
sprinkling, watering, Hos. 6, 3. Hence
the first or early rain, which faſls heavily
in Palestine from about the middle of
October until December or January.
The first showers prepare the ground for
receiving the seed. Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 5,
24. Comp. Jiphº. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 97.
*T* (for nºi" whom Jehovah teach-
eth, r. Th; Hiph.) Jorai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
fi, 13.
tº" (i. q. pºint.) Joram, pr. n. m.
a) i. q. Jehoram king of Judah 2 K. 8,
23; comp. v. 16. b) i. q. Jehoram king
of Israel, 2 K. 8, 16; comp. 3, 1. c) 2
Sam. 8, 10; for which 1 Chr. 18, 10
byinri. d) 1 Chr. 26, 25.
Tºr, alº" (whose love is returned)
Jushab-hesed, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 20.
Tºntº" (whom Jehovah lets dwell, r.
nº) Joshibiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 35.
nºi" (contr. for rºujin q. v. or from
r. nu; after the form Hºis) Joshah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35.
Tºtº (for nºi", i.g. Hºusin q.v.)
Joshaviah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46.
Priº (Jehovah is upright) pr. n. Jo-
tham. a.) A son of Gideon, Judg.9, 5.7.
b) A king of Judah, son of Uzziah, r.
*59–743 B.C. 2 K. 15, 5.7. 32–38. Is. 1,
1. c) 1 Chr. 2, 47.
"ri" and nº act, part. Kal of r. nn.
1. Pr. ‘ that remaining,’ ‘what is over
and above; hence as subst, the rest, re-
sidue, 1 Sam. 15, 15. Also gain, profil
emolument, Ecc. 6, 8, 11.
2. Adv. a) more, further, of time
with TS Ecc. 2, 15; comparat. Ecc. 7
11. With 7% more than Ecc. 12, 12
Chald, ºniº, Syr. º. id. b) too much
overmuch, i. q. *: Ecc. 7, 16, parall,
Hāºri. c) besides; Esth. 6, 6 ºz ºri-
besides me. So tº hºniº Conj. besides
that; Ecc. 12, 9 ºr rārip riºry -ninº
and besides that Koheleth was wise.
nº, only defect. nºn", (ſem. of
"ni", pr. redundant,) in full -by nºn*H
Tºri Ex. 29, 13. Lev. 3,4, also ſº nºr ºn
Tºr. Lev. 9, 10, and ºn nºr." Ex. 29,
22. Lev. 8, 16. 25. 9, 19, i. e. collect.
the lobes of the liver, qs. the redundant
parts of the liver, the flaps. Sept. 40.
6ög toi ſtatos, Saad. $33, id. of like
origin with the Heb. from Sſ, i. q. -n.
See other views in Thesaur. p. 645 sq
>k HI. obsol. root, Arab. (5)2 intrans
to gather together, to assemble.—Hence
Şsº (assembly of God) Jeziel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 12, 3.
Tº" (for Fr. Hy", whom Jehovah sprin-
kles, r. ni:) Jeziah, pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 25.
7"ſ." (whom God moves, to whom he
gives life and motion, r. Th") Jaziz, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 27, 31.
Tisº (whom God draws out, pre-
serves, r. sº) Jizliah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr
8, 18.
la
>k E1. a root sometimes assumed for
the form ºn. Gen. 11,6; but see r. tº
2k 11: see in r. Tht Hoph,
Tº see Hºrs".
* >1. obsol. root, Arab. e°, to flow
to run, as water, Amhar. (DH for (DTHU
to sweat. Hence Fly" and
X'ſ. m. sweat, i. q. nºt, &no's Asyó
Ez. 44, 18. +.
Tº c. art. riºr the Izrahite 1 Chi
27,8; prob, for "nº", i. q, nºt, "nºs
Tºrº (whom Jehovah brings forth
r. nºn; no. 2,) Izrahiah, pr. n. m. a.)
Chr, 7.3, see nºrth!. b) Neh. 12,42
ºn?"
-In-
393
bsºntº, once ºsynt: 2 K. 9, 10 (God
lath planted) pr. n. Jezreel.
1. A city in the tribe of Issachar, Josh.
19, 18; the royal residence of Ahab and
nis successors, 1 K. 18, 46. 21, 1. 2 K, 9,
15; whence bsºr ºl Hos. 1, 4, the
blood of Jezreel, i.e. the blood there shed
by Ahab and Jehu. [The city lay in the
midst of the great plain, on the brow of
the descent into the lower broad middle
aim of it, which runs down eastwards to
the Jordan valley, between the moun-
tains of Gilboa and the modern Little
Hermon. This latter seems to have
been the Valley of Jezreel, Psyhi" pºx
Josh. 17, 16. Judg. 6, 33. Hos. 1, 5. The
great plain on the west is to usyo, teólov
Ločgmādīv the great plain of Esdraelon.
Judith 1, 8, 1 Macc. 12,49; now called
/* = J- * Merj Ibn 'Amir. The
town itself is called Jº)) Zer’īn, a
corruption of Psyhi". In the valley be-
low the city, about twenty minutes east,
is a large and fine fountain, 1 Sam.
29, 1. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. pp.
162 sq. 173, 227 sq. This great plain
has ever been a celebrated battle-field,
Judg. c. 4, 6, 33. 1 Sam. 29, 1. c. 31.—R.]
There too the prophet Hosea (1, 5) pre-
dicts a great slaughter of the people, Diº
bsyntº Hos. 2, 2. The same prophet
gives to his oldest son, then just born, the
name of Jezreel, 1, 4; and afterwards
nakes him, together with his brother
o-Ammi and his sister Lo-Ruhama (1,
9), emblems of the people to be re-
stored after punishment and dispersion
and augmented by new favours, 2,24, 25,
comp. 2, 2. In this way is to be under-
stood the vexed passage Hos. 2, 24, the
eſ.rth shall answer, and yield her corn,
*jime, and oil ; and these (gifts of the
*arth) shall answer Jezreel, i.e. the earth
12ndered fertile from heaven (v. 23) shall
again yield her produce to Jezreel, The
prophet then proceeds in the allusion
thus made to Jezreel, v. 25 tºrsº
yºsº I will sow her for mysel, in the
land, and I will again cherish Lt.-Ruha-
wna (the non-cherisned), and I will say
to Lo-Ammi (not my people), thou art
my people, i. e. the whole people of Is-
rael (whom t'\e prophet thus represents
emblematically by his three children) I
will again plant, cherish, and vindicate
as my own. Here Psyn?" is construe?
c. ſem, as a collect, like Ephraim İs. 17.
10, 11. al-The gentile n. is ºbsº
Jezreelite, 1 K. 21, 1; fem. nºbsºni"
nºniº, Jezreelitess, 1 Sam. 27, 3
30, 5.
2. A town in the mountains of Judah
Josh, 15, 56.
3. Masc. pr. m. a.) A son of Hosea,
comp. in no. 1. Hos. 1, 4, b) 1 Chr. 4, 3,
* T. fut. Triº, kindr. iris, iris, to
become one, to be united, joined; to unite
oneself, c. A Gen. 49, 6; ns (FS) Is. 14
20.
PIEL to make one, to unite, Ps. 86, 11
Arab. Q->> Conj. II.
Deriv. Tºrº, ºr also
Tº m. 1. a being one, oneness, union.
1 Chr. 12, 17 Irish =# tº * Hyr.
my heart shall be towards you for one-
ness, shall be one with you; comp. opp.
"ah apart p. 112.—Hence
2. Adv. in union, conjointly, together,
spoken :
a) Of united action, together. Ps. 2, 2
-in- anoi. they take counsel together. 31,
14, Ezra 4, 3 but we Israelites nº Triº
Hinº will together build unto the Lord,
with our united strength. So after verbs
of contending together; as "nº prº to
fight together 1 Sam. 17, 10; also Is. 43,
26. 50, 8.
b) As to place, together, in one place;
Triº auj, to dwell together Ps. 133, 1. 2
Sam. 10, 15. 1 Sam. 11, 11 so that two
of them were not left together.
c) As to time, together, at the same
time, Job 6, 2. Is. 45, 8. Sometimes
sameness of both time and place is im-
plied, 2 Sam. 14, 16. 21, 9.
d) It connects two or more moung
more closely by the idea of equality
likeness, together, alike, in like manner,
Ps. 49, 3 high and low, Tiras -ºuis Tri-
rich and poor together, alike. v. 11. Jot
34, 29. So also as connecting verbs, Is
42, 14. 44, 11 in hºnº Hºrſe: they shall
fear, they shall be ashamed together, i.e
shall Soth (alike) fear and be ashamed
Ps. 40, 15.
e) With nouns or pronouns it implies
oneness, a whole, all, all as one, Ps. 63
Tri-
ºn-
394
'0 Tri: barº nºr they all are swifter
than a breath. Job 40, 13. Ps. 74, 6
Triº Flºring all the carved work thereof.
v. 8. Is. 27,4. Also after 5%, all together,
all as one, wholly, Job 34, 15 Triº Huº-bz
all flesh together, all as one. Is. 22, 3.—
Hence
f) With Bº implied, altogether, all as
one, wholly, poet. for Bº itself. Job 38, 7
when the morning stars all sang toge-
ther, i. e. all as one. 3, 18. 24, 44.31,38.
Deut. 33, 5. So without a noun, Job
16, 10 sºn, ºs Triº all they have
gathered themselves against me. 17, 16.
19, 12. Ps. 40, 15. 41, 8. With a nega-
tive, no one, none at all, i. q. 55 NB;
Hos. 11, 7 pºin' Nº Triº none of all ea-
alts him.
g) As referring to a single thing, i. q.
bº, altogether, wholly. Ps. 141, 10 Tri-
Hays is "sis until that I wholly pass
over, escape. Job 10, 8 thine hands have
fashioned me nºt: Triº wholly round
about.
Tº Jer. 46, 12. 21. 49, 3, elsewhere
Yºrº, (from the preced.) pr. in his
unions, conjunctions, for Tºrº, i. e.
conjointly, together; so Is. 40, 5 hiº-biº
Tºrº all flesh together. Ex. 19, 8 Eyr-b=
*rīs. But by degrees the force of the
suffix was lost, so that Tºrº is referred
not only to the Sing. as in these exam-
ples, but also to nouns and verbs plural,
Deut. 33, 17. 2 Sam. 2, 16; and even to
those in the first and second persons, Is.
41, 1. 23. Ps. 34, 4. Job 9, 32, also Is. 45,
20. Hence it is i. q. "nº, but more fre-
quent. Opp. iTºº in "a no. 1. b.-
Spoken:
a) Of united action, together; Ps. 34,
O magnify the Lord with me, rººin}
Tºrº iot; and let us earall his name to-
gether. Is. 11, 4. So with reciprocal
verbs, as to consult together, etc. Job
2, 11. Ps. 55, 15. 83, 6. Is. 45, 21. Also
with verbs of contending, fighting, Is.
{ 1, 1. 23.
b) As to place, together, in one place,
Deut. 22, 10. 11; ºr: Rºº to dwell to-
gether Gen. 13, 6. 36, 7. Deut. 25, 5; to
go together Gen. 22, 6.8. 19. Job 9, 32;
to eat together Judg. 19, 6 Jer 41, 1;
,o gather together Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 6, 33.
Ps. 102, 23.
c) As to time, together, at the same
time ; Is. 1, 31 and they shall both burn
Tºrº together. 65, 7, 66, 17. 1 Sam. 31
6. 1 Chr. 10, 6.
d) With the idea of equality, likeness
together, alike, in like manner; 1 Sam,
30, 24 hphrº Tºrº they shall part alike,
share equally. Deut. 12, 22. Am. 1, 15,
2 Sam. 2, 17. In this way it often con-
nects more closely two nouns; comp.
Triº no. 2. d. Jer, 6, 12 ºr tº ring
fields and wives together, alike. v. 11 21.
13, 14. 1s. 41, 19. 60, 13. Also verbs, Ps
35, 26. Is. 46, 2.
e) Put with a plural, as if comprising
many in one, all, all as one ; Jer. 5, 5
Tºrº nºr they all, all together. Job 24,
17 rººs inh nº Tºrº the morning is
to them all the shadow of death, i. Q.
iº; Tºrº. So after 92, all together, all
as one, Is. 31, 3 ſº tº ºr they all
shall fail together. 43, 9.45, 16. Jer. 31,
24.
f) With Bº implied, altogether, all, all
as one; Is. 10, 8 Bºzº Tºrº ºnly shri are
not all my princes kings? Ps. 37, 38.48,
5. Deut. 33, 17. So without a noun, they
all, i. q =#3, Ps. 14, 3, 19, 10. Is. 18, 6.
48, 13. Jer. 51, 38. Prov. 22, 18.
*72 (his union) Jahdo pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 5, 14.
bsºn: (whom God makes joyful, r.
Flºr) Jahdiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 24.
*T.T., (whom Jehovah makes joy-
ful, r. Flºr) Jehdeiah, pr.m. m. a) 1 Chr.
24, 20. b) 27, 30.
bsºn, (whom God saves alive, for
bs nºrth, r. Hyr) Jehavel, pr. n. m. 2 Chr.
29, 14 Cheth.
*S*T* (whom God beholds) Jaha.
ziel, pr. n. m. of several persons, 1 Chr.
12, 4, 16, 6. 23, 19.
"...T., (whom Jehovah beholds) Jah-
ziah, pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 15.
SNPTT (for bs pin' ' whom God
makes strong,” Patah in a short syllable
being changed to Segol, as Th:S Ex.
33, 3 for #2s, Heb. Gr. § 27, n. 2. a.)
Ezekiel, pr. n. 2
a) A celebrated prophet, the third in
the prophetical canon, son of Buz, a
priest. He was carried into captivity
frin
2n"
395.
with king Jechoniah, and lived in the
Jewish colony on the river Chaboras;
Ez. 1, 3. 24, 24. His prophecies extend
..o the sixteenth year after the capture
of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnezzar, comp.
Ez.29, 17. Sept.’ Isſexuñā, and so Ecclus.
498 [10]. Vulg. Ezechiel. Comp. the
like forms in Hºpin', 'Egºzius, Ezechias.
b) A priest, 1 Chr. 24, 16.
Tºpºnº m. i, q. Hºppn, q.v.
*"...Priº pr. n. m. Jehizkiah, 2 Chr.
28, 12. For the form, see in Tºpyri.
TTT2 (whom God leads back, fut.
Hiph. parag. of Chald. hiri to return,)
Jahzerah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12. Better
perh, to read nºrth q. v. See also in
h?n Nº.
*Sºri" (God liveth, r. nºr) Jehiel, pr.
n. of several persons: a) 1 Chr. 15, 18.
16,5; called also nºrth 15,24. b) ib. 27,
32. c) 2 Chr. 21, 2. d) ib. 29, 14 Keri,
but Cheth. Psºriº. 31, 13, e) ib. 35, 8.
f) Of others Ezra 8, 9. 10, 2. 21. 26.—
From lett. a comes Patronym. *sºn,
1 Chr. 26, 21. 22.
Triº adj. (r. in.) f. Hºnº. 1. uni-
cus, one alone, only, espec. an only child,
only begotten, with Ta Gen. 22, 2. 12. 16;
absol. Am. 8, 10. Jer. 6, 26. Zech. 12, 10.
Prov. 4, 3–Fem. nºr Judg. 11, 34;
poet. the only one, put for life as not to be
replaced, Ps. 22, 21.35, 17. Comp. Ti-2.
2. alone, lonely, forsaken, wretched,
Ps. 25, 16. 68, 7.
Tºrº see in bsºn, lett. a.
ºn m. waiting, hoping, sc. in God
Lam. 3, 26. R. Prº.
>k SH: in Kal not used, i. q. ºr no. 3,
to be in pain, see Hiph. no. 2. Also to
stay, to delay, and so to wait, i. q. ºn
no. 6; see Pi. Hiph. Niph.
PIEI, briº 1. to wait, Job 29, 21 *:
*Tº sº; unto me they gave ear and
waited sc. for my opinion; the Dag ’s
euphonic, Lehrg. p. 85. Espec. with
hope, confidence; hence i. Q. to ea pect to
hope; Job 6, 11 brºs = ºrº-no what is
my strength, that I should (longer) hope?
.3, 15.—With an acc. of time, Job 14, 14;
; of pers. Job 29, 23. Mic. 5, 6; h of
hing Job 30, 26. Is, 42, 4, Frequent is
Hinº brº to hope in Jehovah, to awar
his aid, Ps. 31, 25.33, 22. 69,4; * *
130,7. 131,3; ; --Tº brº to hope in the
word of Jehovah, to trust in his promise
Ps. 119, 74.81. 114. 147; also Ps. 33, 18.
147, 11. 119, 43.
2. Causat. to cause to hope, Ps. 119
49; inf. c. : Ez. 13, 6.
HipH. 1. to wait, to tarry, i. q, P'el no.
1; with acc. of time 1 Sam. 10,8. 13,8;
absol. 2 Sam. 18, 14; ; of thing Job 32,
11. Also to wait with hope, to hope, c.
h, as Hinº pºrtin to hope in Jehovah, to
await his aid, Ps. 38, 16. 42, 6. 12. 2 K.
6, 33. Mic. 7, 7; * ~21k 'n Ps. 130, 5;
absol. id. Lam. 3, 21, comp. v. 24.
2. i. q. Shri no. 3, to be in pain; Jer. 4,
19 Keri º nin"p rººris I am pained
at my very heart. So too, many Mss.
in the text. Cheth. Hºrlis, made up
perhaps from nºr is and nºns which
is read in some Mss.
Niph. Prix fut. Brºº (for brº) i. q.
Piel and Hiph. to wait, pr. to be made
to wait; with acc. of time Gen. 8, 12;
absol. Ez. 19, 5.
Deriv. bºrº, nºrtin, also
*S*7 (hoping in God) Jahleel, pr. n.
of a son of Zebulun, Gen. 46, 14. Pa-
tronym. *shri Jahleelite Num. 26, 26.
:k En: i. q. Fºr to be or become warm
espec. as cattle in heat; Arab. to
be warm, as the day; V, to be in heat
9 o
as cattle ; ſº-3 heat, lust. The forms
usually referred to Kal of this verb, l
have referred above to ºr p. 324,
Thither too may be referred horiº ſo.
horiº Gen. 30, 39 and the flocks were in
heat, i.e. conceived; also nyºrº. v. 38,
which is 3 plur. fem. in the Chald. and
Arab. manner for the Somm. Hºrrº.
see Lehrg. p. 276. -
PIEL triº or triº, to be warm in lusu
of a flock, to be in heat, to rut, Gen. 30
41. 31, 10. Hence to conceive, of a wo.
man, Ps. 51, 7 "gs ºr grº strº and
in sin did my mother conceive me, where
*nor, is for "inºriº, as anns for Anns
or hºrs Judg. 5, 28.
Deriv, nºr for nºn:
nºon: Deut. 14, 5, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]
Arab. x++, a species of deer, of a red,
2n-
Fº
396
dish colour, (see r. nºr; no. 2) with ser-
rated horns which are cast every year;
prob. the cervus dama or fallow-deer.
See Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 913, or T.
II. p. 284, Lips. Oedmann Verm. Samml.
I. p. 30 sq.
"ºriº (for nyºrº, whom Jehovah
guards r. Tºri) Jahmai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 2.
* Fr. obsol. root, to be barefoot. Arab.
Gås id
take off one’s shoes. The ultimate root
lies in the syllable Frt, and the primary
notion is that of rubbing off, qs. peeling,
removing the bark or shell, etc. see r.
Syr. ...a.. unshod, -a.ji to
Fºr II. Hence G#- is also ‘to have
the hoof worn,” as a beast of burden ;
‘to have the skin rubbed, galled,’ as a
horse; IV, to cut off the mustachios, to
trim the beard.—Hence
tº adj. unshod, barefoot, 2 Sam. 15,
30. Is. 20, 2.3.4. Jer. 2, 25.
*S*7 (whom God allots, r. Hyr)
Jahzeel, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali, Gen.
46, 24; in 1 Chr. 7, 13 written bºrº.
—Gentile n. *Sºrº Num. 26, 48.
*-n: i. q. hrs, to delay, to tarry,
once 2 Sam. 20, 5 Cheth. “in”, i. e.
nnnn! fut. Kal. The Keri-riº is Hiph.
of r. ºn, or also of hrs by Chaldaism.
>k wn: obsol. root, prob. to protrude
ttself, to swell out, and hence to put forth,
to sprout, of plants. Comp. Arab. Udi-63
o shoot up, to grow, as a plant; also
Heb. bruj, whence bºrº; “what grows
ºf itself” and yrſuſ to lift up oneself, to
rise.—Hence
tº m. a word of the silver age, stem,
tineage, family ; once Neh. 7, 5 -Eº
brºm the genealogical table or register.
—Chald, on: and ohn” in Targg. are
pu: ſor Heb. Hrºz and niºbin Ruth
2, 1. Gen. 6,9. Simonis compares also
9
º nature, origin; but this word
strictly denotes brass, i. q, nºrth, and
Jhe formula J.L.-J. ſº ‘of a liberal
wnd generous disposition,’ is merely tro-
pical, pr. ‘of fine brass.’—Hence the
donom. verb in
HITHP. brºnn to enrol one's name in
the genealogical tables, to be registered
&roygºpsgºut, 1 Chr. 5, 1.7. 17. 9, 1
Neh. 7, 5–Inf. ibnºrm often as a noun
i. q. register, genealogical table, 1 Chr
7, 5.7. 9.40. 2 Chr. 31, 16. 17. 2 Chr
12, 15 the acts of Rehoboam, ... are
recorded in the ammals of Shemaiah ...
brºrinº in the manner of a register,
Vulg. ‘diligenter exposita.”
nn (perh. union, contr. for nºns)
- * QP
Jahath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2. 6, 5.28. al.
*=tº: i. q. Hit), used only in fut.
atº, -tº, once ºr Nah. 3, 8, Ir
the praet. only Hirº is used.
1. to be good, well, before 7% comparat.
to be better Nah. 3, 8.-Elsewhere im-
pers. a) * >tº it shall be well pith
me, Gen. 12, 13. 40, 14. Deut. 4, 40.
Praet. * =iº. b) ºr agº, it was
good in my eyes, i. e. it pleased me, was
my pleasure, Gen. 41, 37. 45, 16. Lev.
10, 19. 20; in the later books with "ººh
Esth. 5, 14. Neh. 2, 5.6; h Ps. 69, 32.
2. to be cheerful, joyous, i. e. the mind
or heart, 5%, Judg. 19, 6.9. Ruth 3, 7.
Ecc. 7, 3. 1 K. 21, 7.
Hiph. --ºr, fut. Sº, once ºntº:
Job 24, 21, conv. atºl.
1. Genr. a) to make or do well, sc.
what one does, Deut. 5, 25 [28] hawtºn
** Huſs-bº they have done well all that
they have spoken, i. e. have well and
rightly spoken. 18, 17. With infin. c.
%, Jer. 1, 12 nish: Fºr thou hast done
well in seeing, hast well seen. 1 Sam.
16, 17 13:h a tº who can play well,
and so being omitted, poet. Is. 23, 16
Inf absol. Bºnn, nºtºrſ, pr. doing well
or right, as Adv. well, carefully, dili-
gently, Deut. 9, 21. 13, 15. 17, 4, 19, 18
27, 8. So best Mic. 7, 3 pºez vºr, by
--tº-rº for evil are their hands dili-
gently, i. e. they do evil diligently, b)
**Rºº anºn Jer. 2, 33. 7, 3, 5, and 'r
*32 35, 15, to make good one's ways,
one’s doings, i.e. to conduct oneself well
to live uprightly, virtuously; also ellipt,
the acc. being omitted, Jer, 4,225°tºriº
is: Nº to do well they know not. 13, 28
Gen. 4, 7. Inf abs. Rººm, as Adv. well
right, Jon. 4, 4.9, c) to do good to any
one, to benefit ; absol. Is. 1, 17. Jer. 1ſ
5; with dat. of pers. Gen. 13 16. Ex. -
Flº"
rº-
397
80. Judg. 17 13; by of pers. Gen. 32, 10.
13. Num. 10, 32; ns (nis for ris) Jer.
18, 10. 32, 41; acc. of pers. Deut. 8, 16.
30, 5, Job 24, 21. Once in a bad sense,
Ps. 49, 19 they do praise thee intºn ºz
Tº because thou doest well to thyself, i. e.
indulgest thine appetites, etc. d) In-
trans. to be good, well, Mic. 2, 7. Hence
with BS, to please, as in Kal, 1 Sam. 20,
13.
2. to make well, comely, to adorn ;
Prov. 30, 29 bis; there are three nanº-2
"3; which make comely their going, i. e.
walk or run gracefully. Jer. 2, 33. So
to dress the head, to tire, 2 K. 9, 30; to
trim lamps Ex. 30, 7.
3. to make cheerful, joyous, Judg. 19,
22. Prov. 15, 13.
Deriv. Hººn, and those here following.
atº Chald. fut. Hº", id. with by to
seem good, to be pleasing to any one,
Ezra 7, 18.
Tºtº (goodness, pleasantness, r. atº)
Jotbah, pr. n. of a place elsewhere un-
known, 2 K. 21, 19.
Tºtº (id.) Jotbathah, Num. 33, 33.
Deut. 10, 7, pr. m. of a station of the Is-
raelites in the desert, with water.
Tº and Tº" (extended, r. nº filt.
Hoph.) Juttah, pr. n. of a city in the
south of Judah, assigned to the priests,
Josh. 15, 55. 21, 16. [Now Uaº Yutta
south of Hebron, see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 190, 195,628. Prob. the TróAug
'ſotºjo. of Luke 1, 39, the birth-place of
John the Baptist; see Reland Palaest.
p. 870.-R.
Tºtº (prob. i. q. hºt, Hººt, an enclo-
sure, nomadic camp, from r. nilº, after
the form tºp") pr. n. Jetur, a son of Ish-
mael, Gen. 25, 15. 1 Chr. 1, 31; put also
for his posterity, the Ituredns, dwelling
beyond Jordan east of Mount Hermon,
l Chr. 5, 19. Here was later the pro-
vince of Iturea, Luke 3, 1. See Reland
Palaest. p. 106 ; now called 99-º-
Jeidar, Burckhardt's Travels in Syria,
te. p. 286. The general boundaries of
.his province seem to have been Gaula-
hitis and Bashan on the south, Mount
Hermon on the west, the territory of
Damascus on the rort”, and Tracnomitis
(el-Lejah) and Haurán on the east; but
its limits appear to have varied at differ.
ent times. The inhabitants were skilful
archers and daring robbers; Cic. Phi-
lipp. 2. 8, 44. Strabo 16. 2. 10, 18, 20
x0xoigyot ſtövteg. See Thesaur. p. 548.
F. Münter Progr. de rebus Ituraeorum,
ad Luc. 3, 1. Hafniae 1824.
Tº m. (r. Jin) constr. Thº, once ºn
Cant. 8, 2, c. suff, ºn.
1, wine, so called from its fermenting,
effervescing; as nºr; from nºr. Arab,
$3 9
c)-33 collect. clusters turning black,
with the noun of unity &#5, Eth. (D.P3.
a vineyard, wine, Gr. oivos, Lat. vinum,
Armen. qtfit gini.-Gen. 14, 18. 19,
32 sq. Ex. 29, 40. Yºu; Tº wine and
strong drink Lev. 10,9. Num. 6, 3. Judg.
13, 4.7. The "Nº wine-bottle i.e. skin, 1
Sam. 16, 20. Hence Tºr, nº the house
of wine Cant. 2, 4, poet. for nºujº n*:
Tº the banqueting-hall Esth. 7, 8; and
the words in Cant. l. c. n-a-bs ºster.
Tºr, he brought me to the banqueting-
house, imply ‘he made me drunk with
love,' assignouxt gott. Vulg. cella vi-
naria. Others understand a vineyard;
but less well.
2. Meton. of cause for effect, wine, for
drunkenness, intoacication, Gen. 9, 24.
1 Sam. 1, 14, 25, 37.
iſ] 1 Sam. 4, 13 Chethibh, a manifest
error of copyists for Tº side, which stands
in Keri.
2K re: in Kal not used. 1. Pr. i. q.
ne; to be right, straight, direct; then
2. to be in front, right before the eyes;
and so to be clear, manifest. Kindr. is
Arab. P3 i. q. 9 to appear, IV
to be clear, manifest, of a way.
HIPH. Their 1. Pr. to make or set
right, e. g. a cause, to decide, to judge
comp. Gr. ei ºvo, iºvo. Is. 11, 3 Nº
rºi" tº sºugh nor decide after the
hearing of his ears, according to what
his ears have heard. Gen. 31,42–Hence,
to do justice to any one, to defend his
right, see Tº, tº ; so with Is. 11, 4.
Job 16, 21. Also to adjudge to any
one, to appoint, c. * Gen. 24, 14. 44
With "a to judge between parties, tº
34
rº-
bºº
398
ret right, to be an arbiter, Gen. 31, 37.
Job 9, 33.
2. to show to be right, to justify, to
prove; Job 13, 15 nºis ºrbs ºn TN
only I will prove my own ways before
him, show that they are right. v. 3 I de-
sire to prove my cause, to justify myself.
19, 5 prove against me my reproach,
show that I have deserved it. 6, 25 see
in no. 3.-Spec. to defend one’s cause
in court, to plead, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 10;
cºmp. Job 13, 3 above.
3. to set right from error, etc. to admo-
tlish, to warm; with acc. of pers. Lev. 19,
17. Prov. 9, 8. 28, 23; h of pers. Prov.
9, 7. 15, 12. 19, 25. Also to confute, to
convict, to show to be wrong ; Job 22, 4
Frºh TriSººr will he confute thee for
fear of thee? 32, 12. Ps. 50, 21; c. :
Prov. 30, 6.—Often with the idea of cen:
sure, i. q. to reprove, to rebuke, to chide,
Gr. Šlážsiv. Ps. 50, 8 not for thy sacri-
fices will I reprove thee. Job 625 -nº
E32 rizin rºsiº what doth your reprov-
ing prove? i.e. your censure (r.12in for
nºir). v. 28. 15, 3. Gen. 21, 25. Part.
rin-in a reprover, censurer, Prov. 25, 12.
Ez. 3, 26; tº 'o Prov. 28, 23; Hibs 2
Job 40, 2.
4. Intens, to set right by punishment,
i. q. to correct, to chasten, to punish.
(Comp. i*ivo 30 vºtº Hôot. 2. 177.)
Ps. 141, 5 let the righteous smite me . . .
let him chastise me. Prov. 24, 25. Hence
of God as punishing men; Job 5, 17 hap-
py the man whom God correcteth, chas-
teneth, comp. Heb. 12, 6 ſtatüsüet. Prov.
3, 12. Ps. 6, 2. 105, 14. Job 13, 10. 2 Sam.
7, 14. Hab. 1, 12. 2 K. 19, 4 it may be the
Jord thy God will hear all the words of
Rabshakeh . . . tº r"-in, and will
punish him for the words, etc. Is. 37, 4.
Hoph. pass. of Hiph. no. 4, to be chas-
tened, Job 33, 19.
NIPH. Teix 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3,
to be confuted, convicted. Gen. 20, 16
nr=}| and she (Sarah) was convicted,
Vad nothing to say in excuse.
2. Recipr. pr. to set right one another,
e. to argue or reason together, to dis-
9ute with any one, Is. 1, 18; c. by Job
23, 7.
Hithf. rºnr. i. q. Niph. no. 2, c. bs
Mic. 6, 2.
Deriv. rrºir, nr-in.
nº see in H}=}.
jº (whom God makes firm, r. Fºr
Jachin, pr. n.
1. Of men: a) A son of Simeon Gen
46, 10; for which 1 Chr. 4, 24 ann. Pai.
ronym. is "3">. Num. 26, 12. b) Neh. 11.
10. 1 Chr. 9, 10. c) 1 Chr. 24, 19.
2. The column on the right before the
porch of Solomon's temple, 1 K. 7, 21.
>k $55, rarely biº 2 Chr. 7, 7. 32, 14,
ºrº, Judg. 8, 3, Tºrº Ps. 13, 5; fut.
*2*, *=", pr: fut. Hoph." to be enabled,
see Lehrg. p. 460; (that it is not fut.
Kal is apparent from the fact, that the
pr. n. *-* Jer. 38, 1, is also written
bºr, Jer. 37, 3;) fut, plur. *R*, *::
Ps. 18, 39; inf. constr. nº. Num. 4, 16.
1. to be able, I can. Chald. et Samar.
id. Kindr. is bºx to take in or hold, to
contain to sustain. Constr. with acc.
Job 42,2; more freq. inf. c. , to be able
to do any thing, etc. Gen. 13, 6. 16.
45, 1.3. Ex. 7, 21. 24; inf. simpl. Ex.
2, 3. 18, 23; also with a finite verb
Esth. 8, 6 ºr "sº be's n=2"s how shall
I be able to see the evil; and without
Lam. 4, 14. Num. 22, 6 see in Hº Pi.
Absol. Is. 39, 11. Job 31, 23. 33, 5.—
Spec. a) to be able to effect, to accom-
plish, to prevail, stronger than Huy
1 Sam. 26, 25 ºr bºy Ex niºn nics tº
1 K. 22, 22. Jer. 3, 5. With negat. Ps
21, 12. Jer. 20, 11. Is. 16, 12. b) to be
able legally, I may, i. q. impers. it is law-
ful for any one. Gen. 43, 32 the Egyp-
tians could not eat with the Hebrews, sc.
by law, it was not lawful for them. Num,
9, 6. Deut. 12, 17, c) In a moral sense,
to be able sc. to bring oneself to do any
thing. Gen. 37, 4 they could not (bring
themselves to) speak kindly with him.
Job 4, 2. Hos. 8, 5 ellipt. Nº ºn?--Ty
*R* *-* how long will they yet not be
able (to show) cleanness of hands, suppl.
nicº, q. d. how long that they cannot
resolve to practise integrity ? d) to be
able to bear, for the fuller rstºº bºy Jer.
44, 22. Prov. 30, 21; so Is. 1, 13 bººs Nº.
Tº I cannot bear iniquity, etc. Ps. 101,5
2. to be able, strong, to prevail, to over
come, Sc. in battle or in any business, un-
dertaking, etc. Hos, 12, 5. Gen. 30, 8.32
29. With of pers, to prevail over any
one in contest, ſhen, 32, 26 Judg, 16, 5
55-
-15-
399
| Sam. 17,9. Jer. 20, 10. With a verbal
suffix, either as dat. or acc. Ps. 13, 5.
With dat. of thing, metaph. to master
any thing difficult, to comprehend it,
Ps. 139, 6.
Deriv. pr. names rºl, b2+, bºr.
22 or 22, Chald, fut. #3: Dan. 3, 29.
fi, 16; and with Heb. form biºin Dan. 2,10.
1. to be able, I can, with inf. c. , Dan.
2, 47. 3, 17. 4, 34. -
2. to prevail, to overcome, with dat. of
pers. Dan. 7, 21. -
Tº and "Tºº (able through Je-
hovah, r. 25.) Jecholiah, pr. n. of the
mother of king Uzziah, 2 K. 15, 2; also
2 Chr. 26,3 Keri, where Cheth, rhºid.
nº, nº, see rºin.
-->. 1 pers. "rº, c. suff. Thrºb"
Ps. 2, 7, ºntº, Jer. 1510, ºn 2, 27.
Patah changed to Hirek, Heb. Gr. § 27.
n. 3; Infin. absol. 75, constr. nº (nº
Is, 37, 3, Tºº Hos. 9, 11), usually nº.
once nº 1 Sam. 4, 19, c. suff, nr. Th; Fut.
*:; Part. Thi", fem. Hºbin, nºis and
tº Gen. 16, 11. Judg. 13, 5.7.
1. to bear, to bring forth, as a mother,
Arab. J5. Eth. (DAR, comp. +!, +h);
Aram. --> Tº, Tº. The primary
idea seems to be that of slipping or
gliding out ; so that Tºº is kindred with
ºr, comp. 28%, tºº. Spoken of man-
kind Gen. 4, 1. 17. 20. 25, and often ;
also of beasts Gen. 30, 39. 31, 8. Job
39, 1; and of birds, to lay eggs, Jer.
lſ, 11, comp. Gr. 6& tintsty. Constr.
absol. Gen. 17, 17. 1 K. 3, 17. Judg. 13,
2. Ecc. 3, 2; with accus. and often with
dat. of the father to whom a child is born,
Gen. 17, 21 with Isaac, Hºly Tº Tºn -uis
whom Sarah shall bear unto thee. 21, 3.
#1, 50. Judg. 8, 31. Hos. 1, 3, al. and
so ellipt. with the dat. alone Gen. 6, 4.
16, 1. 30, 2; comp. Niph. and Pual.—
|PART. fem. has three forms distinguish-
ed as follows: a) Hººi" as subst, a wo-
'nan in travail, a lying-in woman, Hos.
13, 13 Hºhi, whiri. Is. 21, 3. Jer, 6, 24.
Mic. 4, 9, 10. Ps. 48, 7. b) nº as
real particip. often put for a finite "erb,
Gen. 17, 19 in Th nº Trus ring. Is.
!, 14. Jer. 31, 8; rarely as a subst, a
woman in travail Lev. 12, 17. With
genit. genitria, mother of any one, Prov
17, 25. 23, 25 Tºh she that bare thee
thy mother. Cant. 6, 9. Jer. 50, 12. c)
tº like the Arabic (comp. Th? fol
#2), for the finite verb in the like for.
mula: a rºº, nºr ºr Gen. 16, 11
Judg. 13, 5, 7–Part pass. Thby born,
hence a child, som, just born, 1 K. 3, 26.
27. 1 Chr. 14, 4; with gen. Hús "nº
born of a woman, i.e. a man, mankind,
Job 14, 1. 15, 14, 25, 4.—Trop. to bring
forth deceit, wickedness, comp. in Flºry,
Job 15, 35. Ps. 7, 15; comp. Is. 33, 11.
By a like metaphor, Prov. 27, 1 for thou
knowest not what this day may bring
forth. Zeph. 2, 2 pri nº ºntº, before
the decree (of the Lord) bring forth, i. e.
take effect. -
2. to beget, as a father; so Arab. Ethiop.
as above, Gr. tixtsty, yevyāv, Lat. parere,
of both sexes. So nºth" Zech. 13, 3
parents, oi tszóvts; Hom. Gen. 4, 18
Methuselah begat (Tº) Lamech. 10, 8.
13. 15. 24. 26. 25, 3. Prov. 23, 22. al. saep.
Spoken of God in two senses: a) to
create, to produce, i. q. Nº.3, comp. Job 38,
8. 9. So Job 38, 28. 29 hath the rain a
father (creator)... iih" ºn tº nº
and the hoar-frost of the heavens who
hath begotten it 2 Deut. 32, 18. Comp.
HS father, also creator, no. 4. So of an
idol, Jer. 2, 27. b) to constitute, to ap-
point, sc. as son of God, as king; Ps. 2, 7
Thrºb" Biºr ºs rrºs ºn thou art my
son, this day have I begotten thee, con-
stituted thee as king. Comp. §yévvm.go.
1 Cor. 4, 15. -
Niph. This, twice plur. ** for thi:
1 Chr. 3, 5, 20, 8, (with Dag. euphon.
and 0 shortened to u, Heb. Gr. § 27. n.
1,) to be born, as iºn pin the day of
one's being born, his natal day, Ecc. 7, 1.
Hos. 2, 5; comp. Job 3, 3. This tº a
people to be born, yet unborn, Ps. 22, 32.
With h of father, Job 1, 2, 2 Sam. 14, 27.
Gen. 10, 1; impers. or with 73 impl. Gen.
17, 17, shall there be born (tº) unto
him that is a hundred years old 2 With
7% of the mother, 1 Chr. 2, 3. Ezra 10, 3;
* 1 Chr. 3, 1.
PIEl Tºº to help bring forth, to deliver
a woman, as a midwife, Ex. 1, 16. Part,
f nºn a midwife Gen. 35, 17. 38, 28.
Ex. 1, 15 sq.
Puau tº and * Judg. 18, 29, Joh
-5-
bºº
400
5, 7; to be born, i. q. Niph. Judg. 13, 8.
Ps. 87, 4.5. 6. With h of father Gen.
4, 26. 24, 15. Judg. 18, 29; with 13 impl.
Gen. 10, 21. So with h of a near rela-
tive, Ruth 4, 17 "ºh in º. Is. 9, 5;
h of thing Job 5, 7–Trop, to be brought
forth, created, e. g. the mountains, Ps.
90, 2.
HipH. Tºir. 1. to cause to bring
forth, as God a woman Is, 66, 9; a man
his wife, to make fruitful, to have chil-
dren by her, 1 Chr. 2, 18, 8, 8.—Trop.
of rain as fertilizing the earth Is, 55, 10.
2. to beget, as a father, i. q. Kal no. 2;
Gen. 5 4, 7. 11, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 2, 10 sq.
Ecc. 6, 3. al.—Trop. to create, Job 38,28
bº-hºs Tºbin-º who hath begotten
(created) the store-houses of the dew 2
3. i. q. Kal no. 1, to bear, to bring
forth ; but only trop. to bring forth
wickedness, Is. 59, 4; parall. Bºy nºr.
HoPH. pr. ‘to be begotten,' hence to
be born. Inf nºr Gen. 40, 20. Ez. 16,
5, and nºn Ez. 16, 4, a being born,
birth, nativity. Gen. I. c. -rs nºr Biº
Hyne the birth-day of Pharaoh, pr. the
accus. with passives, see Heb. Gr. § 140.
HITHPA. to declare one's birth or de- |
scent, pedigree ; to give one’s name to
be enrolled in genealogical tables, Num.
expressed by priºrin.
Deriv. ---, nºbia, rºbin; pr. names
Tºbia, nºio, thin, thinks; and the
'our here following.
Tº m. in pause *: ; plur. Bºº,
constr. ***, once tº Is. 57, 4.
1. one born, a son, poet. i. Q. Tº ; spoken
hoſt £Soziv of the king’s son Is. 9, 5.
Hence E-2: "Tº sons of strangers,
poet, for foreigners, see a no. 1; also
sons of transgression, for transgressors,
Is, 57, 4.—Plur. comm. children, i. Q.
E">3, Ex. 21, 4, Ezra 10, 1. Hos. 1, 2;
also for the young of animals, Is. 11, 7.
Job 38, 41.
2. a boy, child, recently born, an in-
ſant, Ex. 1, 17. 2, 3 sq. Ruth 4, 16.
2 Sam. 12, 15 sq. 1 K. 3, 25; as borne in
the 2.rms Gen. 21, 8; also as older and
mingling in childish sports 2 K. 2, 24.
Job 21, 11. Zech. 8, 5; but still of tender
bge Gºn. 33, 13. Is, 57, 5 Also as more
advanced, a youth, young man, Gen. 4
23 parall. uins. 37, 30. 42, 22 of Joseph
when 17 years old. Dan. 1, 4, 10. 1 K
12, 8, 10. Ecc. 4, 13.
nº fem. of Tº, a girl, maiden,
Gen. 34, 4, Joel 4, 3. Plur, niº Zech.
8, 5.
nº f. (denom. from Tº) childhood
!youth, Ecc. 11, 9, 10.-Concr. Jouth, fo
Ayoung men, Ps. 110, 3.
Tº adj. verbal, born, i. q. Tºby, Ex
1, 22. Josh. 5, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 14.
Tib: (passing the night, abiding, r
jºb) Jalon, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 4, 17.
Th; m. (r. Tº) 1. Adj. verbal, born,
chiefly in the phrase nºz. Tº one born
in the house, a house-born slave, verna,
Gen. 14, 14. 17, 12. 13. 23. Lev. 22, 11.
Jer. 2, 14. Arab. º, &\}, id.
2. Subst, a son, child, pººr; **** the
sons of Anak Num. 13, 22. 28; "Tº
riºr the sons of Rapha, i. q. 5"SE"
- Rephaim, 2 Sam. 21, 16. 18.
day of Pharaoh’s being born. On the
>k #: to go, see Tºri.
>k Ş. not used in Kal, onomatopoetic,
to yell, to wail, Arab. J%. Syr. and
1, 18–In the later books this idea is |
Zab. S-i, Chald. Sº Aph. Bºns.
Kindred roots are bºss II, Hºs, Gr.
ôłożugstv, Lat. ejulare, ululare, Engl.
to yell; also Armen. lal, Germ. lullen,
Engl. to lull.
HipH. bºhr; ; fut. bºb". Mic. 1, 8;
oftener Bºbº Is. 15, 2, 3, from the form
hbºriº Is. 52,5; H between two vowels
being softened to ".
1. to wail, to lament, Jer. 47, 2. Ez.
21, 17. al. With by of that over or for
which, Jer. 48, 31. 51,8. Mic. 1, 8; h id.
Is. 16, 7.—Ascribed also to inanimate
things, as trees Zech. 11, 2; places, as
filled with wailings, "su: "hºr Is. 14,31.
23, 1. Often in prophetic denunciations
Is. 13, 6. 23, 6. Jer. 25, 34. Joel 1, 11.13
Zeph. 1, 11. Amos 8,3 bººr, ninºuſ bºr.
the songs of the palace wail, are turned
to wailings.
2. Once of the exulting cries of
haughty victors, to yell, to shout, Lat.
ululare, Is. 52, 5. So Slſ of a warlik
55-
401 E"
try, Barhebr. p. 411, 413; Gr. ÖAoliſéew
pf a shout of Joy, AEschyl. Sept. ante
Theb. 831. Agam. 28 sq. Vice versa
ãoºkégsty of wailing. Eurip. Phoen. 358.
Comp. also ºn, sºnº, nº?, signifying
a cry of either kind. &
Hoph. Bºn (as nºn) to be made to
wail. Ps. 78, 63 the fire consumed their
young men ºn Nº ºrbinº and their
virgins made no wailing, comp. v. 64
‘their widows made no lamentation ;’
Sept. oix évévômorov, Vulg. non sunt la-
mentatae. So Schnurrer; but perhaps
it should be read ºbºin in the active
i. q. abºr.—More usually taken as Pual
of bºr, where see.
Deriv. Bhin and the two here follow-
ing.
º m. a yelling, howling of wild
beasts in the desert, Deut. 32, 10. Comp.
Arab. * howling, poet. for the
desert in which wild beasts howl; see
Willmet's Lex. Arab. s. v. Comp. also
Heb. bºs.
nº f (r. bº) constr. nº", wailing,
lamentation, Is. 15, 8. Jer. 25, 36. Zeph.
1, 10. Zech. 11, 3.
+ y b: 1. i. q. sº to lick up, to swallow
down ; see ºn shb. Hence vºin, nºin.
2. to speak rashly, to utter at random;
a signif connected with the former, and
frequent in the syllable sº ; see in shº,
note. Prov. 20, 25 tºp sh: ETS upi,
npah tº *rīs; it is the snare of a
man, that he rashly utters a vow, and
after the vow makes inquiry. Arab. , ei
id. chiefly of those who take rash oaths,
Kor. Sur. 2. 225.
Deriv. see in no. 1.
*::: obsol. root, Arab. S-4), Conj.
III, to stick fast, to cling. Hence
rº f a sort of itching scab, scurf,
tetter, so called as sticking fast. Lev. 21,
20. 22, 22. Sept. Aegip, Vulg. impetigo.
Sk ps: obsol. root, i. q. pp: to lick, to
lap, also to lick up or off, as an ox in
feeding, to feed off, comp. Triº Num. 22,
4 also sº. —Hence
P2 m. feeding, the feeder put for a
ſpecies of locust, winged Nah. 3, 16, and
Kairy Jer. 51, 27; so Ps. 105, 34 Joel 1,
4. 2, 25. Prob, the Öttážoffog, attelabus
a locust with small short wings, not yet
full grown, and therefore not yet able to
fly; so Jerome in Nah. l.c. See The-
saur. p. 597.
tº Pº: m, a sack, pouch, scrip, 1 Sam.
17, 40. R. pp: to collect.
B. m. (r. 52;) constr. -E, except in
Fºo-pº; c. suff. Fºº Jer. 51,36; with He
loc. rig: ; Plur. Bºº.
1. a sea, so called from its tumult
3.
and roaring. Arab. ſº, Syr. £a. a.I.10.
fºal, but the latter is more usually a
lake, Egypt. IOM., ejoº, id.—Where
the sea ×of Šozñy is spoken of the arti-
cle is usually added: ºr bin the sand
of the sea Gen. 32, 13 [12]. 41,49; nº
ºn Judg. 7, 12. 1 Sam. 13, 5; ºn "A"
Gen. 1, 26. 28. Job 12, 8; also in po-
etry Job 36, 12. 36, 30. Ps. 8, 9.33, 6.
78, 53. al. But in poetry the art. is
often omitted, Ex. 15, 8, 10. Job 9,8. 11.
9. 38, 8.16. Ps. 66, 6.68, 23. Is. 5, 30.
50, 2, 60, 5, al. saep. likewise in prose,
but more rarely, as tº Tºº towards the
sea 1 K. 18, 43; by-by on the sea, by
sea, 2 Chr. 2, 15 [16], comp. Byrºs Ezra
3, 7–Is. 11, 9 Bºgan tº ººz as the
waters cover the sea i. e. its depths, bot-
tom. Hab. 2, 14, by--is tº from sea to
sea, from the Mediterranean to the Per-
sian Gulf or Indian Sea, Am. 8, 12.
Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72, 8; comp. Mic. 7, 12
—Various parts of the ocean, and also
several lakes (for tº is used of these
Job 14, 11, comp. Syr. ſsaº), are deno-
ted by special names: 0.) The Medi.
terranean, as Jinrist, ºr the hinder or
western sea Deut. 11, 24, Joel 2, 20; by
Bºrušº the sea of the Philistines Ex. 23
31; biºn ºn the great sea Num. 34, 6.
7. Josh. 1, 4, 9, 1. Ez. 47, 10. 15. 20. 6)
The sea of Galilee, or lake of Tiberias;
nº by the sea of Chinnereth Num. 34,11.
y) The Dead sea: ribºr tº the salt sea
Gen. 14, 3; Fºr tº the sea of the Ara-
bah or desert Deut. 4,49; *327pm ºn the
eastern sea Joel 2, 20. Zech. 14, 8, Ö)
The Red sea : Filo"tº the weedy sea Ps,
106,7. 9, 22; tıºns” tº the Egyptian sea
Is. 11, 15–Absol. Fºr according to the
context is put for the Mediterranean
34%
D" 402
*}^*
Josh, 15, 47; the lake of Galilee Is. 8,
23; the Red sea Is. 10, 26; the Dead
sea, without art. Is. 16, 8,-Poet. the sea
sput for maritime regions; so ºr "Sº
the princes of the sea i. e. of countries
around and beyond the sea Ez. 26, 16,
i. q. Enºs "3 Is. 60, 5. Deut. 33, 19. So
Is. 23, 4 ºr ris? By nºs the sea hath
spoken, the fortress of the sea, i. e. Tyre.—
PLUR. tº seas Gen. 1, 22. Lev. 11,9.10.
Ps. 135, 6. Poet. often where the sing.
stands in prose; as tº bin the sand of
the sea Job 6, 3. Ps. 78, 27. Jer. 15, 8;
comp. sing, above. Dº Fin the coast
of the sea Gen. 49, 13. Judg. 5, 17 (comp.
ºn Fin Josh. 9, 1); tº 5% the heart
of the sea Ps. 46, 3. Jon. 2, 4; comp. also
Gen. 1, 10. Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 8, 9. al.—
The word by sea is also transferred:
a) To a large river ; e. g. the Nile
Is. 18, 2, 19, 5. Nah. 3,8. Job 41,23; the
Euphrates Is. 27, 1. (prob. 21, 1.) Jer.
51, 36. Plur. the branches of the Nile
sº
Ez. 32, 2–So Arab, sº of the Nile,
Kor. Sur. 20, 39. al. In like manner
A.J. the sea for the Nile, Elmac. I. 12.
Eutych, Alex. I. 86. II. 377,499. The
Egyptians still use & | the sea in
common parlance for the Nile; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 542.
b) By hyperbole, to a large vase or
basin; hence nºrtºn tº the sea of brass,
brazen sea, i. e. the great laver in the
court of the priests before Solomon’s
temple, 2 K. 25, 13. 1 Chr. 18, 8; also
px12 ºn 1 K. 7, 23; tºn v. 24, 29, 2
K. 16, 17. 2 Chr. 4, 3 sq.
2. the West, the western quarter, since
the Mediterranean sea lies west from
Palestine; see in -iris no. 2. p. 33. nºn
E, the west wind Ex. 10, 19; Ey-rsh the
west side Ex. 27, 12. 38, 12; nº west-
ward Gen. 28, 14. Ex. 26, 22. (But Fºr
is to or at the sea, Num. 34, 5. Josh. 16,
6.8. 24, 6; so rigº 19, 11.) tºº from
'he west, i.e. at or on the west, Gen. 12,
8. Josh. 11, 2, 3; # tº on the west of
any place, Josh. 8, 9. 12. 13.−Twice,
Ps. 107, 3. Is. 49, 12, E5 is joined with
*E: the north ; whence some have
preferred to understand it, at least in
these passages, of the south ; but else-
where too, other quarters are coupled
together not opposite but adju cert to
each other, comp. Am. 8, 12. Deut. 33
23.
P. Chald, emphat. Ngº the sea Dan.
7, 2. 3.
>k WTº obsol. root, i. q. Ein, tºº, q.v
to be aparm, to be hot. Comp. (s- et
*: ferbuit dies.—Hence tº and nin"
plur. of Di"; also
*Sºl (day of God, #2" i. q. E., Biº
comp. Touji, q, buff, inn i. q, nº man,)
Jemuel, pr. m. of a son of Simeon, Gen.
46, 10; for which BS”; Num. 26, 12.
nº poet. plur. of the noun Diº, q.v.
Dº id. see pin.
tº 'm. (r. tin) plur. &ngs Asyóu.
Gen. 36, 24, prob. as Vulg. aquae calidae,
warm springs ; such being actually
found in the region in question on the
eastern shore of the Dead sea, see in
sº. Arab. Rºe, Syr, ka-sae, id.
Jerome says, in Quaest. ad. l.c. “nonnulli
putant aquas calidas juxta linguæ Puni.
cas [Syriacae 2] viciniam, quae Hebraeae
contermina est, hoc vocabulo significa-
ri;” and this is not to be disregarded, nor
is it destitute of etymological grounds;
see under biº and nº —The Cod. Sa-
mar. reads bººst; the Emim or giants,
and so Onkelos and Pseudo-Jonathan
understand it. By a groundless con-
jecture from the context, some of the
Rabbins and modern versions render it
mules. º
R5 e
Tº (dove, Arab. Kºu..., r. E25,
comp. Hºi", r. Tin) Jemimah, pr. n. of
one of Job’s daughters, Job 42, 14.
7"º comm. gend, rarely masc. Prov.
27, 16. Ex. 15, 6; constr. Tºº. R. 2:.
1. the right hand, as the pledge of
good faith and as lifted up in swearing
2 K. 10, 15. Is. 62,8. Lat. fidissima dea.
tra Valer. Flacc. 5. 65. Arab. & y
G -- to - ºr y
U+3, Ethiop. Paž, Syr. ii. Sa. , the
right hand, the right.—Gen. 48, 8. 14.
Ex. 15, 6. Ps. 44, 4, al. saep. Ps. 144, 8.
11 hpu. Tº tº their right hand is a
right hand of falsehood, deceit. Is. 62, 8
the Lord hath sworn invºna by his righi
hand. (Comp, the Arabic oath Jºº-
*}^*
12.
403
kJi by the right hand of Allah; whence
9-3 ſem, oath.) Is. 41, 10 I will up-
hold them "pts tº with my righteous
right hand. Hence tº ºn the man
ºf thy right hand, whom thou sustainest,
aldest, Ps. 80, 18. So freq. ** Tº Ex.
15, 6. Ps. 118, 15. 16. Hab. 2, 16; Tºº
tiº Ps. 77, 11, al. Pleon. Tº T1:
Ps. 74, 11.—The following constructions
may be noted: a) On the right, at
the might hand, is ſº by Job 30, 12,
Tºn 1 K. 7, 39.49. b) On the right
of any one, at the right hand of any
person or thing, is 'E Ivº by Ps. 109, 6.
Zech. 4, 11, nº ſº bs 1 Sam, 23, 24,
'p Tºº Ps. 109, 31. Is. 63, 12, "'E Tºº
Gem, 48, 13. Ps. 16, 8, § Tº 2 K. 23,
13, 'e ſºn 2 Sam. 24, 5, 8, c) On or
at the right hand, after verbs of motion,
is jºb Neh. 12, 31, Ivº by Zech. 12,
6; of any one, ºr "zºº, as Ps. 110, 1 at
****** sit thou on my right hand. d)
To or towards the right hand, is ſººn by
2 Sam. 2, 19. Is. 9, 19, ºn-bs Ez. 1,
10, ºr Gen. 13, 9; also "?: Is. 54, 3.
Zech. 12, 3. So Tº chiefly in phrases:
bNou, is nº nº Num. 20, 17. 22, 26.
1 Sam. 6, 12, and bsº is ſº -ho, to
turn to the right or to the left, Deut. 2,
27, 17, 20. Josh. 1, 7. 23, 6–Further in
the phrases: aa) To stand or be at
one's right hand, i. Q. to aid, to assist
any one, Ps. 16, 8, 109, 31. 110, 5. Is.
63, 12. bb) To sit on the right hand
of the king, as the highest place of hon-
our, e. g. spoken of the queen 1 K. 2, 19.
Ps. 45, 10; of one beloved of the king
and vicegerent of the kingdom Ps. 110,
1, where see the Commentators. Comp.
Heb. 8, 1. Jos. Ant. 6. 11.9. Elsewhere
too the right hand is the place of honour,
to which there is allusion in Job 30, 12.
cc) To take or hold the right hand of
ny one, i. q. to sustain. to aid, Ps. '73,
3. Is. 41, 13. 45, 1.
2. the right, i. e. the right side, part,
quarter; comp. Tº signifying ooth hand
and side. In the genit, after other nouns
it expresses the adj. right ("yº"), as pit;
jºr the right leg Ex. 29, 22. Lev. 8,
*5; i3-2. Tº his right thigh Judg. 3,
6.21; Tºº lºs-be all your right eyes
1 Sam. 11, 2; also sº. Tº his right
\and Gen. 48, 17. Judg. 3, 15. 20, 16;
*}^2'. Tº my right hand Ps. 7. 23. Jer
22, 24; Pºº. Tº their right hand for
their right hands Judg. 7, 20, comp. ixiºn
Ps. 17, 10 their mouth for their mouths.
—The right part or side seems also to
be put for the right place, the proper
and legitimate position; Ecc. 10,2 a wisg
man's heart is is"?” at his right, i. e.
in its right and proper place, is itself
right; but a fool's heart is at his left
i. e. in the wrong place, perverse.
3. the South, the southern quarter, see
in hiris no. 2. p. 33. Ps. 89, 13. Acc.
Tº in the south Job 23, 9. 1 Sam. 23,
19 Tinºujºn Tºº", on the south of the de-
sert. v. 24. 2 Sam. 24, 5.
4. good fortune, prosperity, happiness,
since the right hand was of good omen;
hence Arab. c)-3 to be happy, &
happiness. So in the pr. name Yº:
q. v. p. 142.-Hence
5. Jamin, pr. n. m. i. q. Felix. a.) A
son of Simeon Gen. 46, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 24,
b) 1 Chr. 2, 27. c) Neh. 8, 7.—Hence
":"º Jaminite, patronym. from pr. n.
Tºº, Num. 26, 12.
º 1. Adj. 1. q. **, right, not
left, only 2 Chr. 3, 17 Cheth. Ez. 4, 6
Cheth.
2. ºnº-Ti, and ellipt. ºº, Benja-
mite ; gentile n. from Tº q. v. p. 142.
Nº and nº (whom God makes
full, r. Nº) Imlah, pr: n, of the father of
the prophet Micaiah, 1 K. 22, 8.9.
jº (whom God makes king, r. Tºº)
Jamlech, pr. n. of a phylarch or chief in
the tribe of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 34.
* nº obsol. root. I. i. q. ºr and
Tºry to make a noise, to rage crld roar,
as the billows of the ocean. Hence tº
$623. -
II. i. q bin, nº!, to be warm, hot, as
the day, whence Syr. isesa. day-time;
comp. in thin. Trop. of desire, love
whence rºº, dove, as pr. n.
*Tº in Kal not used, kindr. with
ps to be firm, also to be faithful
Hence Tº the right hand, as the pledge
of good faith, etc.
HipH. Yººn and ºn 2 Sam. 14, 19
denom. from jº.
yºn
p:-
404
1. to use the righthand, (opp. 9"Nººr,)
wart. plur. Rºº right-handed 1 Chr.
12, 2.
2 to take the right, to turn to the right,
Gen. 13, 9. Is. 30, 21. Ez. 21, 21. So
proverb. to turn to the right or left of any
thing, i. q to evade, 2 Sam. 14, 19.-
Arab. Gº and Gº a dextra acces-
sit. • -
Deriv. Tº see Kal, ****, *F,
perh. Nººn; also the two following.
Tº (good fortune, i. q. &#) Jim-
nah, pr. m. m. a.) A son of Asher, Gen.
46, 17. Num. 26, 44. 1 Chr. 7, 3. b) 2
Chr. 31, 14.
** adj. (r. 12) f nº, right, not
left, Ex. 29, 20. Lev. 8, 23. 1 K. 6, 8, al.—
The form is as if from a subst. Tº ,
Jº, the right side.
yº (whom God keeps back, r. sº)
Imnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35.
Sk -2: in Kal not used, i. q. ºnº, to
change, to alter, intrans. Hence
HIPH. nººn to change trans. to eac-
change, Jer. 2, 11; where several Mss.
read nºr from r. nan.
Hithe. Hºrr to change oneself with
any one, i.e. to substitute oneself for him,
to take the place of any one. Comp.
Arab. Jº to change, to exchange ;
Conj. V, to take the place of any one.—
Is. 61, 6 hºrr, Bºi-33 in their splen-
dour ye shall take their place, i. e. pos-
sess it in their stead. So Saadias and
Jarchi. Others, as Vulg. Chald. Syr.
in their splendour shall ye glory,’ as if
Tºº (refractory, r. Hy?) Imrah, pr.
q. m. 1 Chr. 7, 36.
>k tºº i. q. ºu?, to feel, to touch, in
Kal not used.
HipH. id. Judg. 16,26 Cheth. "Nuyºnºn,
read ºn, let me feel, touch.
× H; fut. Hº, part. f. rºi", to be vio-
lent, raging, cruel; the primary idea
being that of heat, so that nº is kindr.
with in to boil up, and also with pin,
tº:, Hº, see in ti".-Part. fem. Zeph.
1 riºr, ºr the violent or oppressing
'ity. Elsewhere as an epithet of the
sword, Hiºr ºr the cruel, the oppresswis
sword, sword of violence, Jer, 46, 16, 50
16; and without ºr id. Jer. 25, 38 Tinn
H;iºr the wrath of the cruel sc. sword
where the epithet is put for the thing
itself, as Schnurrer well ; or perhaps,
with Sept. Chald. and some Mss. It
ought to read riºr ºr..—With an ac.
cus. Ps. 74, 8 Triº tº"; let us maltreat
them all, destroy them.
HipH. rigin, fut. Hin, to the t with
violence, to maltreat, to oppress, with
acc. as princes a people Ez. 45, 8; the
Chaldeans Israel Is. 49, 26; espec. of the
rich and noble as oppressing the poor,
widows, orphans, strangers, Ex. 22, 20.
Lev. 19, 33. Deut. 23, 17. Jer. 22, 3. Ez.
18, 7. 12. 26. 22, 7. 29; of fraud and
overreaching in buying and selling Lev
25, 14. 17. With acc. of pers, and 7%
to thrust out of a possession by violence
to dispossess, Ez. 46, 18. Chald. Aph.
ºis id.
TT2. (rest, quiet, r. nº.) Janoah, pr.m.
of a place on the confines of Ephraim
and Manasseh, 2 K. 15, 29. With H
local Frix, Josh. 16, 6.7.
Dº (slumber, r. bºx) Josh. 15, 53
Cheth. for which Keri has bºy (flight,
r. bºx) Janum, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Judah.
oº: Janus, see in tº.
Sk n: a spurious root, assumed for
Hiph. riºr. But see rºº Hiph.
Tº f. i. q. npºi", a sucker, sprout,
Ez. 17, 4. It has the pass. form but ac-
tive power. Chald. Pº, pºº, suckling.
R. py.
>{< p: fut, prº to suck; Chald. Pº
Syr. -air, Sam. YIT. id. Absol. Job
3, 12; pr. to suck the mother's breast,
c. acc. Cant. 8, 1. Joel 2, 16; but also
other things, as Job 20, 16 he sucketh the
poison of asps. Trop. Is. 60, 16 thou
shalt suck the milk of the nations, and
shalt suck the breast of kings, i.e. thou
shalt be made rich with the wealth ol
nations and kings. Deut. 33, 19 sº "?
ºpy” tº for they shall suck the abun.
dance of the seas, i.e. of nations beyonc
the sea. Is. 60, 11. 12.—PART. P." a
a suckling, sucking child, (Syr. law.
ºj}-
To”
405
*i..) Num, 11, 12 Deut. 32,25. 1Sam.
15, 3. 22, 19. Is, 1-, 8. Jer. 44, 7. Ps. 8,
3. al. More fully tº "pi" Joel 2, 16.
b) Trop. a sucker, sprout, as drawing
the sap from the parent stock, Is. 53, 2.
More frequent in this sense is ſem. nºi",
Job 8, 16. 14, 7, 15, 30. Plur. nip;in
Ez. 17, 22. Hos. 14, 7. Ps. 80, 12.
HipH. pººr; also pººr, Lam. 4, 3, to
give suck, to suckle, as a mother her in-
fant Gen. 21, 7. Ex. 2, 7.9. 1 Sam. 1,
23; also of animals, Lam. 4, 3; absol.
nip".” (camels) giving suck, milch-
camels, Gen. 32, 16. Trop. to cause to
suck sweet things, i. e. to give to taste,
to let enjoy, Deut. 32, 13.−PART. fem.
rºº Ex. 2, 7, c. suff, impº 2 K. 11, 2,
giving suck, as subst: a wet-nurse. Plur.
nipºn? Is. 49, 23.
Deriv. rip".
Fºº m. once Fitº Is. 34,11, an un-
clean bird, prob. a water or marsh fowl
Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14, 16; frequenting
deserts or marshes, Is. I. c. Sept. and
Vulg. render it ibis, i. e. the Egyptian
heron ; Chald, and Syr, the owl, which
also Bochart adopts, Hieroz. P. II. p. 281
sq. and supposes it to be derived from
Fº; twilight. Most prob some species
of heron or crane is to be understood,
whose cry resembles the blowing of a
horn or trumpet, as the ardea stellaris or
bittern, the ardea agami or trumpeter-
bird, or the common crane, etc. and this
is supported by the etymology from nu}:
to blow. In the list of unclean birds in
Lev. l. c. this bird is followed by the
nºn, derived from the similar verb
bu}; i. q. Fºx.
. Te; inf with pref. Tionº Is. 51, 6,
Theº. 2 Chr. 31, 7 (as if from ſp.), c.
suff. "Tº Job 38, 4; pr. to set, to place,
to seat, comp. Niph. no. 1, and Tio
seat. The primary monosyllabic root is
Sanscr. sad to sit, Lat. sed-ere, Goth.
Sat-jan to put, Engl. to set ; the same
root with harder letters is Heb. nºuă,
Gr. attºo, totnut, and with softer letters
Gr. Šć– (§§ouxt). Arab. Q--> is spec. to
put or place under, e. g. a cushion, pil-
ow --Hence
1. to set, i.e. to place, put, lay the ſoul-
dations of any thing, to found, e. g. a
building Ezra 3, 12; a city Is. 54, 11
(Comp. Entº Is. 42, 4.44, 7; nº. 1 Sam,
2,8.) More freq. in this sense in Piel; in
Kal mostly poet. of God as founding the
heavens and the earth, Ps. 78, 69. 89
12. 104, 5. Job 38, 4. Is. 48, 13. Zech.
12, 1. Am.9, 6 Prº 7"s by irºs, and
hath founded his vault upon the earth,
i. e. the vault of the heavens as appa-
rently resting upon the earth. Ps. 24, 2
—Of a heap, to lay down sc, the bottom,
2 Chr. 31, 7.
2. to set, i. e. to appoint, to assign Sc. a
place to any one (comp. Dº Ex. 21, 13).
Ps. 104, 8 they go up mountains, they go
down valleys, Erſh rºo: n, Bipº-bs unto
the place that thou hast appointed for
them. So of a people, Is. 23, 13 lo the
land of the Chaldeans ; this people till
now was not, Bºsh Fºº hºws Assyria
appointed it for dwellers in the desert,
i. e. for the Chaldeans; see Comment.
on Is. ad loc. Hence to appoint or con-
stitute for some specific purpose, Hab.
1, 12 intº nº-inh for chastisement hast
thou appointed them sc, the Chaldeans.
i. e. hast called them forth ; parallel
inzº tºº.
3. to set laws, to ordain, Ps. 119, 152.
Comp. Bºy Gen. 47, 26, also Gr. voud-
3&tims.
Niph. Toil 1. to be settled, seated
down, i.e. a) to settle in a land, Ex. 9,
18 in Egypt tºn Biºn 72% since the
day of their settling in it until now, i. e.
since the Egyptians settled down in the
land. b) to sit down together for con-
sultation; hence to consult, to take coun-
sel together, with 53 against any one
Ps. 2, 2. 31, 14.
2. to be founded, as the temple Is. 44,8.
PIEL tº 1. to set, place, lay, e. g.
a foundation-stone Is. 28, 16; to found
an edifice Zech. 4, 9. Ezra 3, 10; a city
Is. 14, 32. Josh. 6, 26 rº insºn with
his first-born (i. e. with the loss of him,
3 of price) shall he lay its joundation.
Also acc. of material 1 K. 5, 17 [31]-.
Trop. Ps. 8, 3 out of the mouth of babes
and sucklings is nº hast thou founded
for thee praise, glory; so Arabic writers
compare glory to an edifice firmly found-
ed and fortified, see Muntinghe ad h. l.
Thesaur. p. 602.
2. to set, i. e. to appoint, to constitutº
Tch
ºp"
406
ſor any purpose, 1 Chr. 9, 22. Also to
set fast, i. e. to prescribe, to ordain, c.
Es Esth. 1, 8.
PUAL to be founded, e. g. columns
Cant. 5, 15; the temple 1 K. 6, 37. Ezra
3, 6. Hagg. 2, 18. Zech. 8, 9; with an
acc. of material, as in Pi. 1 K. 7, 10.
Hoph. i. q. Pual. Inf. Toºn ‘the being
founded,’ subst, foundation, Ezra 3, 11.
2 Chr. 3, 3. Part. Tºo (Dag. euphon.)
founded, Is. 28, 16 ºn 1942 a founda-
tion founded, i. e. firm, sure; comp. Dºrſ
wºrſº Ps. 64, 7, Bºº Bºº Ex. 12, 9.
Deriv. the three next following, and
Tio, Tºia, 1942, nº?, ign, pr. n.--Tip.
Tº m. foundation, metaph. begin-
ning, Ezra 7, 9, R. To.
The m. foundation, as of an altar Ex.
29, 12. Lev. 4, 7. 8, 15. 9, 9; of a build-
ing Job 4, 19. Ps. 137, 7. al. [Poet.
foundation of the sea, the ground or
bottom on which it rests, the depths,
Hab. 3, 13; see in nsis —R.]—Plur.
tºo, Mic. 1, 6, and nine, Lam. 4, 11;
also metaph. princes Ez. 30, 4, comp.
ninuſ. R. Toº.
To f foundation, Ps, 87,1. R. Toº.
The m. (r. ºbº) a corrector, reprover,
censurer, verbal subst. of the form niña.
Job 40, 2 [39, 32] -itº ºuj-Ex -ºr con-
tending shall the reprover of God contend
with the Almighty? an is here inſ: absol.
from 5" instead of the finite verb (comp.
Judg. 11, 25 ºntº. By a shri, where
the finite verb is added), and to nie'.
then corresponds in the other hemistich
ribs r">io, comp. Prov. 9, 7. The sin-
gle words of this clause have often been
correctly explained, (see for nie; Junius
and Tremellius, and for the form ºn
Aben Ezra and Kimchi,) but I have
found no one who has rightly appre-
hended the whole sense. The above
Interpretation was proposed in former
editions, and has been adopted by Um-
breit, Winer, De Wette, but neglected
by Rosenmüller.
nºbº (verbal of fut. r. nºb, as ann:
from 5") departing, one who departs;
Jer. 17, 13 Cheth. *b, those departing
from me. Keri "h"b.
sk TE: a doubtful root, i. q. Tº to pour,
out intrans, to be poured, comp. Phip and
tº ; once Ex. 30, 32 To" Nº it sha),
not be poured. Perhaps it should read
Tohº Hoph. of Tºo.
Tºº (she looks abroad, r. Hºg) Iscah,
pr. m. of the sister of Lot, Gen. 11, 29.
*Tºº (whom Jehovah upholds, 1
Tº) Ismachiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 31, 13
>k Ep. in Kal and Hiph. both of which
are defective, thus: Praet. Fo:, rarely
their 2 K. 20, 6. Ecc. 1, 16; Inf. rºbin.
Imper, twice Ed Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7, 21
though this form can be referred to
Hºg ; Fut. Frºbi”, apoc. Fein, in pause
Poin Job 40, 32, Fein-bs Prov. 30, 6
and by a wrong orthography Fºx" Ex
5, 7, 1 Sam. 18, 29 (as vice versa noin,
ne", from Fibs q. v.) convers. Fºl;
Part. noi" for ºpin Is. 29, 14.38, 5, plur.
tºppiº Deut. 5, 22; also nºt in Neh.
13, 18.
1. to add, Syr. and Chald. Aph. Fºix,
-assi. The primary idea seems to be
that of scraping, scraping together, like
kindr. Hºº, comp. Fºo.—With accus, of
the thing added and by of that to which
it is added, Lev. 5, 16 ºpiº inuinon-rs.
Tº and shall add the fifth part of it
thereto. Lev. 22, 14, 27, 13 sq. Deut. 19,
9; by 2 Sam. 24, 3. Often too the ac.
cus. of the thing added is omitted, Deut.
13, 1 [12,32] ºn vºn Nº ºx reh-Sh
thou shalt neither add thereto mor di-
minish therefrom, sc. any thing. Prov
30, 6. Ecc. 3, 14.—Hence
2. to add to, i. e. to increase, to en-
large, comp. French aftouter d. With by
Ps. 71, Tºrin-by-by "rºbin, I will
add to, uncrease, all thy praise ; comp.
Lat. ‘ detrahere (aliquid) de laud; bus
alic.” Ps. 115, 14. Ezra 10, 10; }s Ez.
23, 14; h Is. 26, 15; acc. Lev. 19, 25.
Job 42, 10 wins; nuis-by-rs Hinº Fºº
Figujº and Jehovah increased twofold
all that Job had. Ecc. 1, 18. Pro v. 9, 9.
16, 21. 19, 4. Job 17, 9. Is. 29, 19. Im-
pers. Prov. 9, 11 by me nisu º E-bi.
Fºr shall they increase the years of thy
life, i. e. thy years shall be increased;
comp. Heb. Gr. § 134, 3–To increase
any thing to any one, is scrimetimes i. q.
to give more, as Ps. 120,3 -nº ºth nº-ng
Hºh liush tº ºth what giveth to the
and what giveth more (adds to give) tº
rip-
407 y-
thee thy false tongue? i.e. what doth thy
false tongue profit thee? comp. Lev. 26,
21. Ez. 5, 16. Elsewhere to increase
is also i. q to surpass, to eacceed, as
2 Chr. 9, 6 Hºnoºn by rºo: thou ear-
ceedest (hast added to) the fame that I
heard; comp. 1 K. 10, 7. So Ecc. 1,
16. 2, 9.
3. to add to do any thing, with infin.
either simply or with pref. : ; more
rarely followed by a finite verb with or
without the copula, Prov. 23, 35. Is. 52,
1. Hos. 1,6. Hence a) i. q. to do again,
another time, so that it may be express-
ed in Engl. by the adverb again. Gen.
4,2 nº Fºnº and again she bare. 8, 10.
12. 18, 29 -ath is nº and he spake
yet again, 25, 21. Ex. 10, 28. 29. b) to
de further, longer; to continue to do any
thing. Gen. 4, 12 tº Frº-rº Figh-sº
the ground shall no longer yield to thee
her strength. Num. 32, 15. Josh. 7, 12.
1 Sam. 19, 8. 27, 4. Is. 47, 1. c) to
do the more; Gen. 37, 5 Nºu, Tis Poiº
ins and they hated him yet the more. v.
8. 1 Sam. 18, 29. 2 Sam. 3, 34.—Some-
times the action which is thus to be
repeated or continued is not directly
expressed, but is implied in the pre-
ceding words. Job 20, 9 Nº ºnejuj Tx
Fºbin the eye saw him, but shall not add
sc. Fºº, i.e. shall see him no more. 34,
32 if I have done iniquity, I will (do it)
no more. 38, 11. 40, 5. 32. Ex. 11, 6 such
as was never before, Flºon-Nº ºntº, sc.
niºriº, an I such as never more shall be.
Num. 11, 23 and when the spirit rested
upon them they prophesied, Bº Nº. sc.
Narrº, but never again or more after
that day; so Sept. and Syr. well. Here
elongs also the phrase: Bºrºș Riº Hº
rºbin no God do so and so add to do,
i.e. and more also, 1 Sam. 3, 17. 14, 44.
Niph. Foix 1. to be added, c. 8s. Num.
36, 3.4. Reflex. to join oneself Ex. 1, 10.
2. to be increased, i. e. intrans. to in-
crease, to grow, e. g. in wealth, Prov. 11,
24, Part. nieci Is. 15, 9 additions,
accessions, sc. of calamities, i. q. new
salamities.
Deriv. pr. names ºpin, ºpin", nºein.
tº Chald. in Kal not used. Hoph.
n the Hebrew manner Floºn to be added,
Dan. 4, 33.
Sk -p: rarely found in Kal, ſut. c. suſt
tºps Hos. 10, 10; part. "gº Prov. 9, 7
Ps. 94, 10. Elsewhere with the same
Seſh Se
Piel her, fut. Hº, inf. ryº Lev.26
18, hibº Ps. 118, 18.
1. to chastise or chasten, to correct, to
punish with blows, strokes, Deut. 22, 18.
1 K. 12, 11. 14 my father chastened you
with whips. Espec. of children as cor-
rected by their parents, Prov. 19, 18. 29
17; of men as chastened of God, Lev.
26, 18. 28. Ps. 6, 2. 38, 2. 39, 12. 118, 18.
Jer. 2, 19. 10, 24.—Eth. TUU/, to chas-
tise, to reprehend, to instruct; the pala-
tal" being changed into the harder 3.
2. to chasten with words, i. e. a) to
admonish, to eachort, Prov. 9, 7. Job 4, 3
(comp. Hos. 7, 15). Ps. 16, 7 nibºº-Fls
ºniº ºntº also by night my reins ad-
monish me sc. to praise the Lord. With
Tº to admonish or dehort from anything,
Is. 8, 11. Often of the admonition and
discipline which parents give to child-
ren, Deut. 21, 18; or which God bestows
on men, Deut. 4, 36. 8, 5. Ps. 94, 12.
b) to set right, to instruct ; Is. 28, 26
ºniº "ribs tº intº he doth instruct
him according to the right, his God doth
teach him. With two acc. Prov. 31, 1.
—It is often coupled with nºin, which
differs from nº only as it primarily de-
notes a milder discipline consisting in
admonition and confutation, and is trans-
ferred to the severer which employs
blows and punishment; while the latter
is used pr. of the severer discipline, and
trop. of that which is milder. Like the
former is also Gr. touësiſsiv, Germ. 2üch-
tigen, from Zucht, ziehen, erziehen;
like the latter, Heb. Tºº.
Hiph. i. q. Kal and Piel; once Enºs
Hos. 7, 12.
NIPH. nois to be chastened, awmonish.
ed, to take warning, Ps. 2, 10. Jen. 6, 8,
31, 18; c. : Lev. 26, 23. Prov. 29, 19.
Nith.p.A. intº Ez. 23, 48, to be in.
structed ; for intºn, see Lehrg. p. 249.
Yet the common analogy would be pre:
served by giving it the vowels of Niph.
as A-bºx.
Deriv. -ie, -tº, -92.
9. m. (r. Hº) plur. Sº, a shovel, ſo
i removing ashes, menſioned among the
Flyn
ſy-
408
urniture of the altar. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3.
Num. 4, 14. 1 K. 7, 40. 45, al. Vulg.
forceps.-In Arab. several nouns deriv-
ed from the root signify vessel ;
but the Arabic usage in this root seems
nevertheless to have differed from the
Hebrew.
Yº (he causes pain, r. Yaş) Jabez,
pr. m. a.) A man 1 Chr. 4, 9.10, where
the name is so explained. b) A place
in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 55.
>k Ty: fut. Twº 1. to point out, to ap-
point, to fia', to or for any one, with h;
espec. a place Jer. 47, 7, or time 2 Sam.
20, 5 ; also punishment, Mic. 6, 9–
Arab, c)-co to point out beforehand,
sc. good, but also evil; III, to appoint
a time or place. The primary idea is
that of commanding ; kindr. are Yº!,
73, q.v. Arab. , 2.
2. to fir upon as a wife or concubine,
to betroth, with acc. and h Ex. 21, 8, 9.
NIPH. nyi; 1. Reflex. to meet with
any one at an appointed place, by ap-
pointment, with # Ex. 25, 22. 29, 42.43.
30, 6.36; by Num. 10, 4.
2. Recipr. to meet together at an ap-
pointed time and place, by appointment,
Neh. 6, 2. 10. Job 2, 11. Am. 3, 3. Also
3. Genr. to come together, to assemble,
Josh. 11, 5.1 K. 8, 5. Ps. 48, 5; with by
against any one, of conspirators Num.
14, 35. 16, 11. 27, 3.
HipH. "Sin, to cause or appoint to
"meet at a certain time and place, espec.
before a tribunal, to cite before a court,
to arraign, c. acc. Job 9, 19 ºn "x"
who shall arraign me? Jer. 49, 19. 50,
44.
HoPH. 1. to be fiaced, set, Jer. 24, 1.
2. to be turned, directed, of the face,
Sz. 21, 21.
Deriv. Hºy, sin, Tsin, Hº, and
•r. names nºix, H:ºxi, and
iº 2 Chr. 9, 29 Keri (in Cheth.
*::::) Jedo, pr. n. m. elsewhere its Iddo,
J. V.
* T. &ros isyáu. to snatch away, to
sweep away; Is. 28, 17 Horſº T); tış:
-j- and the hail shall sweep away the
refuge of lies. Vulg. subvertet, Saad.
-By- abripiet.-Arab. Ge; to collect ;
IV, to lay up ; but the primary ided
seems to be that of snatching, which is
applied both to snatching or scraping
together and to snatching away; comp.
FibS, Foy, Fab, Hºº.
bºy, (perh, treasured of God, from
the Arab. see in r. nº) Jewel, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 9, 6–Elsewhere bººs, is ſound
only in Chethibh, where Keri has sº,
as: a) The founder or restorer of Gi.
beon, 1 Chr. 9, 35. b) A military offi-
cer of David, ib. 11, 44. c) A scribe of
Uzziah, 2 Chr. 26, 11. d) ib. 29, 13.
e) Ezra 8, 13.
Yº (counselling, verbal fut. r. Yºs)
Jeuz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10.
nºy; see in -ºs.
tº plur, woods, forests, i. q. cºns,
Ez. 34, 25 Cheth. See hy: no. 2.
tºyº (to whom God hastens, r. viny)
Jewsh, pr. n. a) A son of Esau, Gen.
36, 18; for which tº vv. 5, 14 Cheth.
b) A son of Rehoboam, 2 Chr. 11, 19.
c) 1 Chr. 7, 10. d) ib. 8, 39, e) ib.
23, 10. .
*72. in Kal not used, prob. i. q 11:
to be strong, firm, robust; see in y.º.
NipH. Is. 33, 19 tyi tº a firm people,
i. e. fierce, obstimate, sc. the Assyrians.
So Symm. &vouðñs shameless, Vulg. im-
pudens.
*S*T2 (whom God consoles, from r.
esye to console,) Jaaziel, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 15, 18; for which v. 20 bsºry e
Tº (whom Jehovah consoles, see
preced. art.) Jaaziah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr
24, 26. 27.
nº and nº. 1 Chr. 6, 66. 26, 31
(whom God helps, r. ºnly) Jazer, pr. n.
of a city in the tribe of Gad, on the bor-
der of the Ammonites, and for a long
time subject to Moab; Num. 21, 32. 32
1. 3. 35. Josh. 13, 25. 21, 37. Is. 16, 8, 9.
The sea of Jazer, nº tº Jer. 48, 32, is
of doubtful authority, as no such sea is
known to exist; see Comment. on Is
16, 8. Gr. ‘Iwºg 1 Macc. 5, 8.—Comp
Eusebius de locis Heb. voc. Iwºg. Re-
land Palaest. p. 825. It was perh, situa.
ted where now are found the ruins 'Ain
Hazir, or those of Sár or Sir ; Burckh
ty-
ly-
409
Travels in Syr. p. 355, 357. Seetzen in
Zach's Monatl. Corr. XVIII. p. 429,430.
* toy- a root &n w$ Asyóu. i. q. nº to
clothe Is. 61, 10.
tº Chald. i. g. Heb. Yºº to counsel.
Bart, tº counsellor of the king, plur. c.
suff, ºrity: Ezra 7, 14. 15.
IFHP. to consult together, Dan. 6, 8.
Deriv. Nºy.
Şsº (i. q. bsny') Jeiel, Jehiel, see
Keri in bºy". Elsewhere: a) A prince
of Reuben 1 Chr. 5, 7, b) A Levite
jb. 15, 18. 21. 16, 5. 2 Chr. 20, 14, c)
2 Chr. 35, 9, d) Ezra 10, 43.
TX] (whom God awakes, r. nºw) Jair,
pr. m. of a man 1 Chr. 20, 5 Keri ; in
Cheth, is nhy. In the parallel passage
2 Sam. 21, 19, there stands instead of
it ºns ºn: (forests of the weavers);
but nºns is prob. repeated from the
following nºis Hix; by an error of
transcription.
tº see in wjº lett. a.
jº (afflicted, r. 12s) Jachan, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 5, 13.
>k by: in Kal not used : 1. to go up,
to ascend, to rise above, kindr. with rºy,
Arab. Jº to rise above, to ascend a
mountain, to stand upon the summit,
Ji, eminent, noble, a prince. Hence
Sº rock-goat, ibex.
2. to be eminent, to have worth, to be
profitable ; comp. bsº in the compound
bºa, and see Hiph.
HipH. bºr 1. to be of use, to profit,
to help, absol. Prov. 10, 2. 11, 4, Jer. 2,
8 ºr ºbviº-sº "hris they go after those
that profit nothing, i. e. false gods, idols.
1 Sam. 12, 21. Is. 44, 10. Hab. 2, 18.
With dat. of pers. Is 30, 5. Jer. 23, 32;
or of thing, Job 30, 13 ºbºsh wrºn; they
help my fall. With suff. Tºbºs in Is. 57,
12.
2. Intrans. to profit, to receive profit,
Tom any thing. Job 21, 15 bºxin-nº
what profit should we have, etc. 15, 3
words tº bºxin Nº by which he is not
profited. 35, 3. Is. 47, 12. 48, 1" Jer.
2, 13.
Deriv. the two following. -
by ... m. plur. bºx. Constr. -by- 1. the
wild or mountain goat, ibea, Germ. Stein-
bock, Arab. Je; and Jºy. Ps. 104, 18.
Job 39, 1. Bºn ºx the rocks of the
wild goats, situated in the desert of En,
gedi, 1 Sam. 24, 3. See Bochart Hie.
roz. P. l. p. 915 sq.
2. Jael, pr. m. a.) A judge in Israel
before the age of Deborah, Judg. 5, 6.
b) The wife of Heber the Kenite, who
slew Sisera, Judg. 4, 17. 18, 5,24. Some
suppose the same to be meant in Judg
5, 6.
sº see next art. no. 2.
Tº: ſem, of the preced. 1. a wild
she-goat, the female ibea, , Prov. 5, 19
In nº the graceful ibea, an epithet for
a lovely woman. The Arabs say pro-
verbially Je;" J-9 Aſ more beau-
tiful than the ibex, Bochart Hieroz. I.
899.
2. Jaalah pr. n. of a man, Ezra 2,56;
written sº Neh. 7, 58.
tº (hidden, r. tº) Jaalam, pr. n.
of a son of Esau, Gen. 36, 5, 14.
Sk Ty- y 22ſ
i2 obsol. root, Syr. Ethpa. **
to be greedy, voracious, to be avaricious,
is: greedy, voracious. Hence jº,
rº, ostrich.
7?? (for rºl, r. His I. no. 4) pr. subst.
purpose, intent, aim. But it everywhere
passes over into a particle, viz.
1. Preposit. with a subst, on account
of, because of propter, Ez. 5,9. Hagg.
1,9. With inf. Is. 30, 12. 37, 29. Jer. 7,
13. 48, 7. Ez. 5, 7, 16, 36. al.
2. Conjunct. huis Tº because that, be.
cause, Gen. 22, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 22. 1 K,
3, 11. al. So less freq. ** Tº Num. 11,
20. Is. 7, 5. al. Both forms are followed
by a praeter. With fut. Tufts ºn to the
intent that, in order that, Ez. 12, 12.-
With hugs impl. i. e. Tº alone as Con-
junct. because, with praet. Num. 20, 12.
1 K. 20, 42. 2 K. 22, 19. al. Thrice it is
repeated emphat. Tº sº because, even
because, Lev. 26, 43. Ez. 13, 10; and
without copula º Tº Ez. 36,3. Comp
Tºx2.
7... m. (r. Tº) the ostrich, the male
so called from its greediness and glu’
35
y-
y»
410
lony; once in plur, tº Lam. 4,3 Kerl,
and there prob. §nuxoivos, ostriches. Sept.
is grgov3 lov, Vulg. sicut struthio. Com-
pare for the sense, Job 39, 16. 17.-Much
more frequent is
Tº ſem. of the preced. the female
ostrich, (for the form comp. by: fem.
nº, not rº,) always coupled with
ra, i. e. Hºri na the daughter of the os-
trich, i.e. the female ostrich herself, see
Bochart Hieroz. II. 230; opp. bºrn
the male ostrich, Lev. 11, 16. Deut.
14, 15—Plur. Hy" nila, &luxoivong for
both sexes, Is. 13, 21. 34, 13.43, 20. Jer.
5, 39. Mic. 1, 8. Job 30, 29; in which
passages they are said to inhabit the de-
sert and to utter a plaintive cry. The
Arabs also call the ostrich, without dis-
9 .* © tº ~~ 9 9
tinction of sex, ºlº, &L=3 Vºº --
—Others derive Hº from Hºy to cry
out, referring to the doleful cries of the
ostrich. Others again without good
reason render it an owl.
"º (for rºl, whom Jehovah an-
tºwers, r. Fºx) Jaanai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
5, 12.
* F. Jer. 51, 58.64, fut. Flynn, ºx",
to be wearied, faint, comp. Fºy, Flº ;
either with running, Jer. 2, 24 Hºugºn
*E****Nº, they that seek her will not be
wearied. Is. 40, 30, 31; or also with se-
vere labour, Is. 40, 28. Hab. 2, 13; and
also thirst, Is. 44, 12. Hence to be wea-
ried out, exhausted, Jer. 51, 64. Arab.
\ is, to run swiftly ; IV, to go with
'atigue, to loll as a dog; I, IV, to look
feeble. Thé primary idea seems to be
that of breathing hard, panting, like one
weary with running; so the syll. Fly,
comp. ET, PS, s.
Hop H. part, wearied, faint, eachausted,
Dan. 9, 21 ºz. Fºº wearied with a
pearisome course, i. e long and swift;
:omp. nievin no. 2. Sept. 1&st pegó-
wevos. Others following Theod. Vulg.
Syr. derive tºº from r. Fºy, and render
t flying ; but unaptly, since it is fol-
lowed by Fyº.
Deriv. niºin and the two following.
º. m. wearied, faint, Is. 40, 29; of a
people 50, 4.
R. m. weariness, fatigue, from a swift
course, Dan. 9, 21; see r. Fº: Hoph.
>k 2. ſut. Ys"; for imper, is twice.
*** from r. Yºs, Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10,
to consult, to advise, i.e. both to take and
give counsel. Phenic. Tºnys" bºx coun-
sellor of the king, Monum. Phoen. p. 152,
Chald, es: id. Arab. lae, to admon.
ish, to exhort, as prophets. The native
power of this root is prob, to command
which is kindred to that of taking and
giving counsel, of exhorting and pre-
dicting, comp. consul and consulo ; al
though the ultimate primary idea seems
to be that of strength, firmness, power,
which lies in the root ys, ty. Kindr.
roots are: nº to make firm, strong, to
be firm, whence yx, Lae, wood; (s-as
and ls- to be firm, obstinate ; Jae to
be hard, firm, strong; also psy, Iº;
further: *je, UHH, to strengthen;
and ÅHH to command; also is:
q. v. The LXX express the native
power of the root Ps. 32, 8; where they
render the Heb. **** Tº rººs by
&tuatmguá, éal as toūs ūqº wºuot's uov.–
Hence
1. to consult, i. e. to take counsel, to
purpose, to determine. Is. 14, 24 nºsz
tºpr, Nºr: "rºsy, as I have purposed (de-
creed) so shall it stand, v. 27. With an
acc. Nah. 1, 11 bººk: Yºº purposing de-
struction. Is. 32, 7.8. Tº Ys, to take
counsel, to purpose a purpose, Is. 8, 10.
14, 26. Ez. 11, 2. With infin, and .
2 Chr. 25, 16; with 89 against any one
Is, 7, 5. 19, 12. 17. Jer. 49, 30; by Jer.
49, 30–Sometimes to consult i. Q. to
devise, c. acc. Hab. 2, 10 thou hast con-
sulted shame to thy house, hast devised
it, prepared it by thy counsels. Mic. 6,
5; with inf. and h Ps. 62, 5.
2. to counsel, i. e. to advise, to give
counsel, Judg. 19, 30. 2 Sam. 17, 15
with acc. of counsel ris: Ys: ib. 16, 23.
17, 7. Prov. 12, 20; with by against
any one 2 Sam. 17, 21; followed by a
whole sentence v. 11. With dat. of pers
Job 26, 3; for which is put a suffix Ex
18, 19. 1 K. 1, 12. 12, 8, 13. 2 Chr. 10,8
Jer. 38, 15-Spec. a) Of God as coun
py-
ºny-
411
selling, admonishing, and persºading
men, by the law and prophets; Ps. 16, 7
I bless the Lord "xxx" nu}s who giveth me
counsel sc. to abstain from idolatry, comp.
v.4–6. Praegn. Ps. 32,8°ºy Tºº Fiºns
I will counsel thee and keep mine eye
upon thee, will be propitious to thee;
see in Tºw. Others refer this to the
psalmist, comp. Jer. 38, 15. b) Of future
things, to advise, to advertise, to predict,
Num. 24, 14; comp. Is. 41, 28. So Arab.
Jae, .—Hence
PART. yxin as Subst, a counsellor, ad-
viser, Prov. 11, 14. 15, 22. 24, 6. 2 Chr.
25, 16. Ezra 4, 5. Espec. a king’s coun-
sellor, royal adviser, 2 Sam. 15, 12. Ezra
7, 28. 8, 25, comp. 7, 24.25. Tºgº jºin
the king's counsellor 1 Chr. 27, 33. 2 Chr.
22, 4. Hºne ºxyin Is. 19, 11. Also
yºs ºxyi, Job 3, 14 and nºs • Is. 1, 26.
comp. Mic. 4, 9, the counsellors, chief
men (q. d. consuls) of a state or city;
and so simpl. Yºi Is. 3, 3. Job 12, 17.
In Is. 9, 5 yxi" is one of the attributes of
the Messiah, as mighty in counsel.—
Fem. nº a female counsellor to evil,
2 Chr. 22, 3.
Niph. Yvi, 1. Reflex. to let oneself
be counselled, advised; Part. Yºi, q, d.
well advised Prov. 13, 10.
2. Recipr. to consult or take counsel to-
gether; spoken of several, often with
ºrs. Ps. 71, 10. 83, 6 ºr ab Asyi:
they have consulted together with one
heart, mind. Is. 45, 21. Neh. 6, 7. Of
one, 1 K. 12, 28. With by, to consult
with any one, 1 Chr. 13, 1. 2 Chr. 32, 3;
with ns (ºs) id. Is. 40, 14. 1 K. 12, 6.8.
Also with BS, spoken of a king consult-
ng with his servants and giving them
nis commands, 2 K. 6, 8. 2 Chr. 20, 21.
3. to decide after consultation, to coun-
sel, to advise, 1 K. 12, 6.9 pºssi, prºs nº
what do ye advise 2 what is the result
of your deliberation ? 2 Chr. 10, 6. With
'nf, and h 2 Chr. 30, 23.
HiTHPA. i. Q. Niph. no. 2. Ps. 83, 4.
Deriv. Hss, Hºviz.
PPV (heel-catcher, supplanter, -ier-
n-wait, r. Eps, comp. Gen. 25, 26. 27.
36. Hos. 12, 4,) pr. n. Jacob, the young-
$st of the twin sons of Isaac, called also
Israel, bºº, the founder of the Israel-
tish nation, Gen. c. 25–50; hence ºbs
aps: the God of Jacob, i. e. Jehovah, Is
2, 3. Ps. 20, 2; and so prob. Ps. 24, 6
where "nº seems to have been dropped
in transcribing. Also apº nº the house
or family of Jacob, poet. for the people
of Israel, i. q. bsnº, ºshº ºn, Ex.
19, 3. Is. 2, 5.6. Am. 3, 13; and simpl.
Epº id. Num. 23, 7, Ps. 14, 7. Is. 27, 6.
9. al. Elsewhere put for the whole
people regarded as one individual, e. g.
Is. 44, 1. 45, 4. Jer. 30, 10. Obad. 10. al.
Put also later, like Israel, for the king
dom of Ephraim or the ten tribes, Hos
12, 3. Mic. 1, 5. Is. 17, 4; as likewise
afterwards for the one remaining king-
dom of Judah, Obad. 18. Nah. 2, 3.
Tºpº (id.) Jaakobah, Jacobah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.
Tº see ps.
>k -y: obsol. root i. q. Arab. 2: 2 pr.
to boil up and over ; then to be redun-
dant, spoken of any kind of redundancy
or exuberance, as of plants. Hence the
two following:
Tý m. c. suff, ºnyx, with He local
nº Josh. 17, 15. Piur. Bºx". Ez. 39,
10; nins: Ps. 29, 9.
1. redundance or overflowing of honey.
the droppings, i. e. honey flowing or
dropping of its own accord from the
combs, which the Greeks and Romans
call &xntov učāt, mel acetum, (Plin. H. N.
15. 11,) Cant. 5, 1. More fully nins:
ujair, 1 Sam. 14, 27, from the fem. form
riº. Some have wrongly rendered it
favus mellis, which signifies honey-
comb, i.e. the cells in which the honey is
contained; comp. Ovid. Fast. 4, 152 “ex-
pressis mella liquata favis.’ It is rather
i. q. 5"Bºx nº dropping of the homey-
combs, Germ. Honigseim, i. e. liquid
honey, Ps. 19, 11.
2. a thicket of trees, so called from the
eacuberance, lwaruriousness of trees and
shrubs. Syr. ti- thicket of briers, Arab.
sy #5 rugged tract, whence the verb 5
to be rugged, difficult of passage.—Is
21, 13. Ez. 21, 2, 3. Hence genr. a wood,
forest, Deut. 19, 5. Josh. 17, 15. 18. al.
sap. -ºn sº trees of the forest Ps. 96
12. Is. 44, 14; -s: inºr beasts of the
forest, wild beasts, Ps 50, 10, 104, 20
-y-
nE*
412
('ontrasted with "x" is bºnæ a park,
garden, as the smaller with the greater,
the cultivated with the wild, Is. 29, 17.
32 15; but the forest of cedars in Leba-
non, as being small and beautiful, is
called ibnº -s: the forest of his park
i. e. like a park, 2 K. 19, 23. Is. 37, 24.
nºn n^3, the house of the forest Is. 22, 8,
fully ſix:#1 ºn n^3, the house of the forest
of Leban ºn 1 K. 7, 2. 10, 17, i. e. the
armoury of arsenal of king Solomon,
cal ed also puſ; Neh. 3, 19, and having
its name from the cedar of Lebanon of
which it was built. Metaph. a forest of
enemies, Is. 32, 19, comp. 10, 18, 19. 34.—
Spoken of the sanctuary or tabernacle,
Ps. 132, 6 lo we heard of it at Ephratah,
we found it hy: "Tº in the fields of
the forest, implying a region of Ephraim
with forests where Shiloh was situated;
or perh. in allusion to the name of the
city tº nºnp Kirjath jearim, where
the ark was kept twenty years.
nº or Tºyº (r. -ss) 1. Fem.
honey, 1 Sam. 14, 27; see in hy: no. 1.
2. Jarah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 42; prob.
a corrupted form, see Hººin".
Eºns ºny: see in nº.
Tºtº (whom Jehovah makes fat,
tºns) Jaareshiah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 8, 27.
"tºy" (contr. for Hº!, whom Jeho-
vah has made, r. nºx) Jaasai, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10, 37 Keri. In Cheth. Huy: Jaasu.
*Sºy: (whom God has made, r.
nº) Jaasiel, pr. n. of one of David's
military officers, 1 Chr, 11, 47, comp.
27, 21.
"...Tº (whom Jehovah sets free, r.
nº) Iphedeiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 25.
* Tº fut. Hº", apoc, tº Ez. 31, 7.
1. Pr. to be bright, to shine, kindr. with
SE: comp. 92, and H3". Hence "E, no.
!, and nEizo splendid deed, miracle.
2, tº be fair, comely, beautiful, of a
woman Ez. 16, 13. Cant. 7, 2.7, comp.
, 10; of a tree Ez. 31, 7.
Piel to Seautify, to deck, with silver
and gold Jer. 10, 4.
Pu. Hº!, the two first radicals being
doubled, intens, to be very beautiful, Ps.
{5,3,-But this form is without analogy,
Jhere being ro C ther example of thus
doubling the first radicals. According
to some the letters E* at the beginning
are spurious; having arisen perhaps
from a mode of abbreviation practised
by the copyists, which has been the
fruitful source of errors; see Thesaur
Heb. p. 64. Others propose a different
punctuation, n°E"E" or ry"E"B", com
paring the adj. Hºnº" q. v. so that the
signif would then be diminutive rather
than intensive. But in all languages
diminutives are used to express strong
affection and praise. See Thes, p. 612.
HITHP. to beautify oneself, to deck
oneself, e. g. a woman, Jer. 4, 30.
Deriv. the three following, also "E",
*E., and nEio.
Tº adj. m. constr. nº, frº constr,
ne: ; plur, nie", constr. nie", re.
1. fair, comely, beautiful, of both men
and women, Gen. 12, 14. 2 Sam. 13, 1.
14, 25. Cant. 1,8. 16. 5, 9; often with
Fish? 1 Sam. 17,42, or "sn Gen. 29, 17;
of animals Gen. 41, 2 sq. Of a region
or country Ps. 48, 3; of the boughs of a
tree Ez. 31, 3; of a pleasing voice Ez.
33, 32. l
2. good, earcellent, zológ. Ecc. 3, 11
God hath made all things beautiful, i. e.
good, well, zoºlóg. 5, 17.
Fº"Tº adj. f. Jer. 46, 20, fairish,
tolerably fair. The form is pr. Hyerº,
a diminutive, Lat. pulcherula, Spam,
bomitina, and should be thus written as
one word, the letter n being quiescent
as in ºsmyr; 2 K. 8, 8. 15, bsnigº,
nºxnº ; or perh. Hºe"E" with many
Mss. which however savours of emend-
ation. The division into two words has
arisen from copyists, who did not per-
ceive the grammatical character of the
word; comp. also in Is. 2, 20. 61, 1.
is: (beauty) Josh. 19, 46. 2 Chr. 2.
15. Jon. 1, 3, also sie: Ezra 3, 7, pr. n.
Japho, Gr. 'I6ttn, Joppa, a maritime
city in the territory of Dan, with a har-
bour on the Mediterranean, now called
Lºlº Yºfa, and still distinguished for its
port. Reland Palaestina p. 864.
*TE i. q, ne, rºp, to puff, to blow
in Kal not used.
HITHP. to pant, to sigh, to bewail one
self, Jer, 4, 31.-Hence
nE-
Nº."
413
Tº adj. breathing, puffing out. Ps.
27, 12, oºr rº" and breathing out vio-
sence. Comp. Prov. 6, 19. Acts 9, 1.
Cic. Catil. 2. 1. ->
"E. Ez. 28, 7, elsewhere "º,
pause "E", c. suff, iº. R. Hº.
1. splendour, e.g. of a king Is. 33, '7;
of a city Ps. 50, 2. Ez. 27, 3.4.11; of a
people Zech. 9, 17.
2. beauly, of a woman Ps. 45, 12. Is. 3,
24, Ez. 16, 25. Esth. 1, 11. al.
Yº (splendid) pr. n. Japhia.
1. A place in the tribe of Zebulun,
Josh. 19, 12. Now Yafa near Nazareth;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 200.
2. Of persons: a) A king of the city
of Lachish, Josh. 10, 3. b) A son of
David, 2 Sam. 5, 15. 1 Chr. 3, 7. 14, 6.
tº: (whom God delivers, r. ºbº)
Japhlet, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 7, 32. 33. Pa-
tronym. with the syllable "+ added,
Josh. 16, 3.
Fºº (perh, for whom is prepared,
see r. nº Pi. no. 2.) pr. m. Jephunneh.
a) The father of Caleb, Num. 13, 6, 14,
6. b) 1 Chr. 7, 38.
**E. in Kal not used, to be bright,
to shine, kindr. with nº. Chald. Zab, id.
HipH. sº in 1. to cause to shine, said
of God, Job 37, 15.
2. to shine forth, pr. to give light, to
scatter light, (like nºst,) Job 3, 4, 10,
22. Espec. of Jehovah as appearing in
light and splendour, Deut. 33, 2. Ps. 50,
2. 80, 2.94, 1.—Trop. Job 10, 3, to shine
upon, i. e. to approve, to aid.
Deriv. pr. names sº, nº ; also
III, II]
Tº f. splendour, beauty, of a city,
Ez. 28, 7. 17.
nº pr. n. Japheth, the second son of
Noah, Gen. 5, 32, 7, 13. 9, 18 sq. whose
oosterity are described as occupying
-hiefly the western and northern re-
gions, Gen. 10, 2–5. This accords well
with the etymology of the name, which
wignifies pr. widely spreading, from r.
hrº; see Gen. 9, 27. Sept. 'Iſq.s3.
Tº pr. m. perh, ſor Hyriº, whom
3od sets free, r. ring; comp. Hyrne.
1. Jiphtah, a place in the tribe of Ju-
iah, Josh. 15, 43
2. Jephthah, a judge of the Israe.
ites, who by a rash vow bound him
self to immolate his daughter, Judg. c
11.12. 1 Sam. 12, 11. Gr. ſsp.9&e, Vulg
Jephte.
SSTER" (which God opens, r. ring)
Jiphthah-el, pr. n. of a valley in the ter.
ritory of Zebulun and Asher, Josh. 19.
14, 27.
% NY., praet, once ºns: Job 1, 21,
fut. Nº ; imp. Nx, with He parag, ris;
Judg. 9, 29, plur, once anomalous rººs
Cant. 3, 11; inſ: absol. Nxy, constr. ns:;
part. Rºi", f. ssh for Hssº Ecc. 10, 5.
nssº Ps. 144, 14, and N being dropped
n; in Deut. 28, 57.--To go out, to go
forth, Ethiop. (Dejã id. In Syr. and
Chald, the corresponding verb as to the
radicals is sy", is, to put forth, to ger-
minate, i. e. a plant; but of men and
other things the usual word for the idea
of going out is -aa. pe, and in Arabic,
gy- Opp. is 83 to go in, to come,
see in Nia no. 1. d ; and see there also
the phrase to go in and out.
Constr. o.) absol. Gen. 24, 11. Ex.
16, 4. Judg. 3, 24, al. saep. 3) The
place whence one goes out is put with
Tº , Gem. 8, 19. Job 3, 11 ; also with acc.
like Lat. egredi urbem, to go out of a
place, Gen. 44, 4 nºn-rs ass; ºn they
had gone out from the city. Ex. 9, 29.
33. Job 29, 7. Deut. 14, 22 nººn Nsih
what goeth forth from the field, its pro-
duce. Am.4, 3 Hºssr. E"sº ye go forth
from the breaches, ruins. So Part. *ssin
inºs "su: Gen. 34, 24. 9, 10. Ex. 1, 5–
The gate through or by which one goes
out is marked by Tº Judg. 11, 31; :
Jer. 17, 19. Neh. 2, 13; in acc. Job 30,
24. y) The person from whom one
goes out is put with by? Ex. 8, 26. 9
33; rs? Ex. 5, 20; ºn from the pre-
sence of a king, etc. Gen. 41, 46. 47, 10.
Esth. 8, 15. Ecc. 10, 5. So ºn ss:
nin' Gen. 4, 16; nº ºn ns? - Job 2,7
Poet, also c. acc. Jer. 10, 20 *}ºssº ºn
my children go forth from me, abandon
me. Different are those passages where
Tº Nº is to go forth from a people, i. e.
to go away, to depart from them ; Is.
49, 17 thy wasters is: Tº shall go
forth of thee, i.e. shall depart from thee
35*
Nº".
NN."
414
bomp. v. 19. Jer. 43, 12; trop. Lam. 1, 6.
5) The place whither and person to
whom, are put with BS, Ex. 33, 7. Ez.
3, 23. Jer. 19, 2. Deut. 23, 11; h, as Nº.
Nº Num. 31, 27.28; # 1 Sam. 28, 1;
c. acc. as nºr. Nº Gen. 27, 3. Num.
11, 26; Nº. 83, whence in part. "Sx"
Nº. 1 Chr. 5, 18. 7, 11. 12, 33; comp.
below in b. Also with BS of pers. Gen.
19, 6. Ex. 2, 11; rRhph to go out to meet
any one Prov. 7, 15–Both construc-
tions (y, Ö) are found trop. Jer. 9, 2.25,
32. 8) The time when one goes out
is put in regimen with the participle ;
2 K. 11, 7, 9 rºr: "Ssh who go out (of
duty) on the Sabbath. ...) Once poet.
with accus. of number or quantity with
which any thing goes forth ; Am. 5, 3
ribs rssºn nºr; the city that went forth
a thousand.
Spec. to go out, to go forth, is spoken:
a) Of those who emigrate out of a
land; e.g. persons or families, Gen. 10,
11. 12, 4. Ruth 1, 7. Jer. 22, 11. 1 Sam.
22, 3; also a whole people, Ex. 34, 18.
Num. 22, 5. Deut. 9,7. Hence Hºisa Ny.
to go forth into captivity Jer. 29, 16. 48,
7. Zech. 14, 2.; and so prob. Ps. 144, 14
nNº. 7"s nothing going forth sc. into
captivity, exile.
b) Of soldiers, as going forth, march-
ing out, e.g. from the city to war, from
the camp to battle, 1 Sam. 23, 15. 26,
20. 1 K. 20, 39. 2 K. 19, 9. Is. 37, 9. al.
or with riºrº Judg. 3, 10. 1 K. 8, 44;
nºrthºa 2 Sam. 21, 17; with rsºph
Num. 20, 18; 98 against Deut. 28, 7;
ºrs Josh. 8, 17. Trop. of God who
goes forth to conquer his foes, Is. 26, 21.
42, 13. Hab. 3, 13. Zech. 14, 3. Ps. 81,
6; of an angel warring for a people
Dan. 10, 20; of a war-horse Job 39, 21.
So Ext; ºth sº to go out before the peo-
ple to war, to be their leader, e.g. of a
king 1 Sam. 8, 20; of Jehovah 2 Sam.
*, 24. Judg. 4, 14. Ps. 68, 8.-On the
ther hand, sº is also spoken of soldiers
as going forth out of a strong city in
3rder to deliver it up, 1 Sam. 11, 3. 10.
K. 20, 31. Is. 36, 16. al.
c) Of persons going forth or out in
various ways; e.g. from a house abroad
Wrov. 7, 15. Job 31, 34; a shepherd to
hunt wild beasts 1 Sam. 17, 35; a hus-
oandman to his labour Ps. 104, 23; a
merchant or sailor to exercise his call
ing, Deut. 33, 18 Trissa jºbº riouſ re
joice, Zebulon, in thy going forth, i. e. in
thy voyages and commerce.
d) Of children, to go forth, to issue
from the mother’s womb, i. e. to be born
Gen. 25, 25. 26.38, 28. Ex. 21, 22. With
Tº added Job 1, 21. 3, 11. Ecc. 5, 14
prlºº Jer. 1, 5, 20, 18; comp. Deut. 28,
57. Trop. Job 38, 29.--So too a son is
said to go forth from the loins or bowels
of his father ; "shna Gen. 35, 11; Tºo
Gen. 46, 26; ºn Gen. 15, 4, 2 Sam
7, 12. Hence 7% Ns: to go forth from
any one is i. Q. to be descended from
him, Gen. 10, 14. 17, 6. 2 K. 20, 18. Is
39, 7. al.-Of animals Is. 14, 29.
e) Persons are said to go forth, who
are set free, escape, from prison, danger,
etc. e. g. from prison Ecc. 4, 14 (comp.
Ps. 88, 9); from trouble Prov. 12, 13.
danger Jer. 11, 11 ; fire Ez. 15, 7; ser-
vitude, i, q, to be delivered, 2 K. 13, 5.
So of slaves who go forth free, are man-
umitted, Ex. 21, 3, 4, 11. Lev. 25, 41.54;
more fully "uºr sº, as Ex. 21, 5.
Trop. of lands reverting free to their
former owner in the year of jubilee, Lev.
25, 28. 30.31. 27, 21. Once c. acc. Ecc.
7, 18 he that feareth God tâz-rs sº
goeth forth (escapeth) from them all. In
a like sense, to go forth free from a lot
1 Sam. 14, 41; from trial Job 23, 10;
contra suffy" to go out guilly, be con-
demned, Ps. 109, 7.
f) The soul, spirit, heart, is said to
go forth, when one is overwhelmed,
faints, with joy, Cant. 5, 6; or fear, ter-
ror, Gen. 42, 28.
Trop. also of inanimate things:
g). Of plants, to go or come forth, i. e.
to put forth, to spring up, to grow, 1 K.
5, 13. Is. 11, 1. Job 31, 40; flowers Job
14, 2; fruits Deut. 14, 22; also a horn
Dan. 8, 9. So Job 28, 5 the earth rºº
triº sº out of which cometh forth bread
—Hence tºs::ss. Comp. Syr. is to
germinate.
h) Of the sun, to go forth, i. e. to rise
Gen. 19, 23. Judg. 5, 31. Is. 13, 10. Ps
19, 6; the stars Neh. 4, 15; comp. the
dawn Hos. 6, 3. Poet. of deliverance
as compared with the sun or dawn. Is
51, 5. Ascribed also to fire Nunn, 26
R&"
N.V."
415
35 ºns? Hºº us. 21, 29; to light-
ining Ez. 1, 13; to the winds Zech.
à, 5.
i) Oſwaters, to go forth, to spring up,
Sc. from a fountain, source, Gen. 2, 10.
Ex. 17, 6. Deut. 8, 7. Ez. 47, 11. Comp.
5* Nsin Is. 41, 18.
k) Of the lot as going forth from the
urn, with h of pers. Num. 33, 54. Josh.
16, 1, 19, 17. 32.40. So of an arrow
that is sped, Zech. 9, 14. -
1) Of things earported 1 K. 10, 29;
comp. Nsiºn v. 28.
m) Of money as being laid out, ex-
pended, with by 2 K. 12, 13. Talm. id.
comp. the synon. verbs in Syr. Arab.
Ethiop.
n) Of a border, boundary, to go forth,
i. e. to run on, to pass on, Num. 34, 9.
Josh. "5, 3. 4. 9. 11. 16, 6. 19, 12. Jer.
31, 39
o) Uf a building or a part of it
which runs out, projects, Neh. 3, 25.
26. 27.
p) Of words, discourse, which go forth
from the mouth, Josh. 6, 10. Num. 30, 3.
Espec. of vows Num. 33, 24. Judg. 11,
36; also of a command Esth. 7, 8; pro-
mises Is. 45, 23; prophecies Is. 48, 3.
Ez. 33, 30.
q) Of whatever goes forth, is promul-
gated, to the public ; e.g. an edict of the
king or of God Esth. 1, 19. Dan. 9, 23;
a judicial sentence Hab. 1, 4, Ps. 17,
2; comp. Zech. 5, 3. So of rumours
Esth. 1, 17.—Comp. Ps. 19, 5 yºSH-53E
Pºp sy.
r) Of things which go or come forth,
from any person or thing as their author,
source ; e. g. physically, Judg. 13, 14
Tºri Tºyº sº. Yºs º any thing that
cometh forth of the vine. 14, 14. Also
morally, 1 Sam. 24, 14. Jer. 23, 15. 30,
9. Comp. Job 26, 4. Of the divine
counsel, Gen. 24, 50. Is. 28, 29; comp.
1s. 2, 3. 51, 4.
s) Of things which come to an end,
Whe outgoing or end of any thing. Ez. 7,
10 nºr Hss, the circle is out, the turn
is ended. So of the outgoing or end of
.ime, Ex. 23, 26 Fºr rssä at the end
lf the year; and hence of the end, de-
struction of a city Ez. 26, 18. Comp.
Chald. nºx for nºt end.
Hiph. Nºxin; fut, Nºxin, conv. Nsihl ;
imper. Nyiri, once Nºir Is. 43,8; part.
N"sio, once Nºix, Ps. 135, 7; to cause tº
go out or forth ; i. e.
1. to lead forth, to bring out, with act
of pers. and 7% of place whence, Ex. 13,
14, 16, 6. al. see below; also with bºx,
of pers, from whom Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam.
13, 9. With 58 of pers. to whom Gen.
19, 5. Jer. 38,23. Hos. 9, 13, also of place
to which Ez. 46, 21; h of place 2 Chr.
29, 16. The place through which is put
with : Ez. 12, 5–E. g. to bring out the
people from Egypt Ex. 18, 14, 16, 6, 18,
1. Deut. 1, 27. 7, 8, 16, 1; any one from
prison Gen. 43, 23. Is. 42, 7. Jer. 39, 14,
Ps. 68, 7; from distress Ps. 25, 17. 143
11, comp. 31, 5; from the power of
enemies, i. q. to deliver, 2 Sam. 22, 49
*::::sº "sºsio, for which in Ps. 18, 49
is "a sº ºn, which is more usual.
Also to lead forth to war Is. 43, 17; to
bring or lead forth for punishment sc
without a city Gen. 38, 24. Deut. 17, 5
22, 24. 1 K. 21, 10. In a stronger sense.
i. q to send forth, to put away, Ezra 10
3. 19.—Trop. of various things: a) to
bring forth out of the womb, i. Q. to let
be born Job 10, 18. Is. 65,9; see Kal lett.
d. Also of the magicians who brought
forth flies Ex. 8, 14; and of the artisan
who produces an instrument Is. 54, 16.
b) to bring forth, to produce, as the earth
herbage, trees, Gen. 1, 12. 24. Ps. 104,14.
ls. 61, 11. Hagg. 1, 11; also to put forth,
as a rod buds, shoots, Num. 17, 23 [8];
see Kal lett. g. c) to bring or lead forth
the stars, to cause to rise, Is. 40, 26. Job
38, 32; see Kal lett. h. d) to bring
forth to light, to make conspicuous, Job
38, 11. Ps. 37, 6. Jer. 51, 10, e) to bring
or take forth, i. q to separate, Lev. 26,
10. Jer. 15, 19 bhirº nº sºsin Es if
thou take forth (separate) the precious
from the vile.
2. Of things, with the idea of bear-
ing, to bring forth, to bear forth, to
carry out, e.g. from the camp. Lev. 4, 12.
21. 6, 4, 14, 45; from the temple 2 K. 23,
4; from a house Ex. 12, 46. Amos 6, 10;
into the field Gen. 14, 18. Deut. 24, 11.
Judg. 6, 18. Also of a report, rumour, to
bring out, to spread, to publish, with bº
of or about, Num. 14, 37. Deut. 22, 14.
19; with h, to report words to any one,
Neh. 6, 19. Comp. Is. 42, 1 pºisº toºd
NN.”
**
416
Rºsi" he shall bring forth (publish) law
to the nations. v. 3.
3. to take or draw out, as the hand
from the bosom Ex. 4, 6.7; a sword from
the sheath Ez. 21, 8, 10. So to take out
or bring forth from a coffer, etc. Gen.
24, 53. 2 Chron. 34, 14; from a pot Ez.
24, 6–Hence
4. to eacact money, and with by to im-
pose a tribute, contribution, 2 K. 15, 20;
comp. Kal lett. m.
Hoph. to be led forth, to be brought
out, Gen. 38, 25. Jer. 38, 22. Ez. 14, 22.
38, 8; of water flowing out Ez. 47, 8.
Deriv. Nº, Nyiro, Fissio, Fish II,
rissin, Bºs::sº, riss, risix, six.
S. Chald. in Kal not used. SHAPH.
NYºu, and "Yºu; in Targg, to bring to an
end, to finish, for Heb. Hà2. Hence
N"sº finished, Ezra 6, 15.
sk Eš. in Kal not used, to set, to put,
to place, i. q. Ex}, from which latter verb
Niph. Hiph. and Hophal, as also many
derivative mouns, are formed.
HITHP. Exºrn 1. to set or place one-
self, to take a stand, to stand. 1 Sam. 17,
16 pin Bºxins agºn” and took his stand
(for combat) forty days. 2 Sam. 18, 30
nº ºrn. Ex. 2, 4, 14, 13. Num. 22,
22. 1 Sam. 3, 10. 12, 7.16; i. q. to stand
forth Jer. 46, 4, 14. With 3 of place Ex.
19, 17. Deut. 31, 14. Judg. 20, 2; by Ps.
36, 5. Hab. 2, 1. Num. 23, 3.15.-Other
constructions are: 0.) With by of pers.
to set oneself to any one, to present oneself,
to resort to his party; 2 Chr. 11, 13 and
the priests and the Levites tº hasºrn
resorted to him, Rehoboam, i. e. went
over to his party, Vulg. venerunt ad illum.
So Hirt, by agºrr to present oneself un-
to Jehovah, to stand before him, spoken
of angels as his attendants, ministers,
presenting themselves daily, etc. Job.1,
6. 2, 1. Zech. 6, 5; comp. Luke 1, 19.
Once in a hostile sense, against, Ps. 2, 2.
6) With by to stand with, near, any one,
Ex. 34, 5. Num. 11, 16. y) With **,
is ºn 25% ºn to present oneself before
"he king, to attend upon him, Ex. 8, 16
[20]. 9, 13; comp. Tax Prov. 22, 29. So
*:: * 'n to present oneself before Jeho-
wah in the holy place, Josh. 24, 1.1 Sam.
10, 2\–It sometimes implies the idea of
rising up, c. 13% against, 2 Sam. 18, 13
comp. Ps. 2, 2 and Tº.
2. to stand, to stand forth, of things
Job 38, 14 unah ion hasºr" and (al
things) sland forth as in splendid attire,
see Un-h.
3. to stand firm, to endure, sc. before
any one, either as victor before an
enemy, "º Deut. 9, 2. Job 41, 2, ***
Deut. 7, 24. 11, 25, by 2 Chr. 20, 6; or
as upright and innocent before a judge
*** Tºh Ps. 5, 6. Absol. 2 Sam. 21, 5.
4. to stand up for any one, to stand by
him, with h of pers. Ps. 94, 16.
NotE. For the anomalous form ºntº
Ex. 2, 4 for Exºrn, see Lehrg. p. 386.
P. Chald. Pe. not used, to be firm,
Sure, certain.
PA. to speak the truth, certainty, Dan
7, 19. comp. v. 16.-Hence adj. ans.
>k X. in Kal not used, but kindr. with
the roots as: (>x5), ss, and psy Hiph.
HipH. Ansºn, comp. xx, Hiph. Sºgn,
pr. to cause to stand, i. e.
1. to set, to place, e.g. persons Gen.
43, 9.47, 2. Judg. 7, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Job
17, 6; things Gen. 30, 38. Deut. 28, 56.
al. Trop. to set up, to establish ; Am. 5,
15 establish justice, right, in the gate.
2. to put, to place, Judg. 6, 37.
3. to let stand, i. e. to let stay, to leave,
Gen. 33, 15.
Hoph. Asr pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be
left Ex. 10, 24.
Tº m. from r. hrs to shine; comp.
in arº no. 2. -
1. oil, espec. new and of this year’
growth, Num. 18, 12. Deut. 12, 17. 14.
23. Joel 1, 10. al. It is often coupled
with tºinºn must, new wine; and seems
to differ from Tºu, as Jinºn from T.
Hence hrysºn ºn the sons of oil, i. e. the
anointed, Zech. 4, 14.—Hence the de
nom. verb nºr ºr ; see in nºis.
2. Izhar, pr. n. of a son of Kohath
Ex. 6, 18. Num. 3, 19. Patronym. in "-
Num. 3, 27.
yº subst. m. (pr. part. pass. Kal, r
sº) any thing spread down or strewed
hence
1. a bed, couch, plur. Ps. 63, 7, 132, 3
Job 17, 13; of the marriage bed, sing
Gen. 49, 4
rº-
**
4.17
2 a floor, story, Vulg. tabulatum, 1
K. 6, 5, 6, 10; Keri sº. Constr. with
'em. v. 6; with masc. v. 10. In Solo-
mon's temple this name is given (l.c.)
to the three stories of side-chambers
(nisºº) which were built around the
temple on three sides, five cubits in
height, one above another. In v. 6,
shs: fem. is spoken of the single stories;
in vv. 5, 10, where it is joined with the
masc. it is put collect. for this whole
part of the building. See A. Hirt der
Tempel Salomo's p. 24, 25; who how-
ever Inakes these stories to have risen to
the height of the temple itself, following
indeed the testimony of Josephus, but
contrary to the express words of the
Hebrew text in v. 10; shºrt-ns ºn
inzip nias ºr nºn-by-by.
Pºº (sporting, mocking, r. prix, see
Lehrg. p. 500; to which etymology allu-
sion is made Gen. 17, 17. 19. 18, 12. 21,6;"
26, 8) pr. n. Isaac, Sept. 'Io wºx, the pa-
triarch, son of Abraham and Sarah, Gen.
c. 21. 22, 24–27. In the poetical books it
t tº º £2 sº
is four times Prº (Syr. Laata-i, Arab.
cºl ) Ps. 105,9. Jer. 33, 26. Am. 7,
9, 16. In Am. l.c. put poetically for the
whole nation of Israel, i. q. Sºº.
Tº Izhar, see nris.
Sºx. m. adj. verbal (r. Nº) pass, in
form but with active signif. plur. constr.
*S*s, gone forth, come out, 2 Chr. 32, 21.
Bºº Chald, adj. m. (r. hº) 1. es-
tablished, fived, valid, Dan. 6, 13.
2. certain, sure, true, Dan. 2, 45. 3, 24.
7, 16. 5*sº-Tº adv. certainly, 2, 8.
+ y : to spread down, to strew as a
bed, Lat. sternere. Arab. --& 2 to put
Wr place, to strew. Kindr. are as:, psy,
asy. In Kal only Part pass. Shs; as
subst, q.v.
HipH. sºn to spread down or under-
Feath, as a bed. Ps. 139 8 Bisui Hºss,
and if I spread down Sheol as my bed,
... e. make Sheol my bed. Is. 58, 5
Hoph, pass. Is. 14, 11 nº sº. Thºrn
worms are spread under thee, as thy
touch. Esth. 4, 3; comp. Is, 58, 5.
Deriv. ºns: , sºn,
*P*. fut ps", plur, ps" 1 K. 18.
34; once fut. E pººl intrans. 1 K. 22.
35; imp. P: 2 K. 4, 41, and ps, Ez. 24,
3; Inf. rps Job 38, 38.
1. to pour, to pour out ; kindr. is phs
II, comp. Tº –Spoken: a) Of liquids
Gen 28, 18, 35, 14. Ex. 29, 7.2 K. 3, 11,
al. Metaph, to pour out the spirit, Is
44, 3; also Part, pass. Ps. 41, 9 -º
in Płº Bºž his wicked deeds are
poured out upon him, i. e. the wrath of
God is poured upon him on account of
his wickedness; see also in pºx I. b)
Of melted metal for molten work or ves-
sels, to cast, Ex. 25, 12. 26, 37. 36, 36.
al. Part pass. phs; poured out, cast,
1 K. 7, 24, 30; hence hard, firm, solid,
as of cast metal, Job 41, 15. 16.
2. Intrans, to be poured out, to flow out
1 K. 22, 35. Job 38, 38 pºab -E3 rps:
when the dust flows into a molten mass,
i. e. when wet with rain it flows together
and becomes hard.
Piel to pour out, Part, fem, nex:
2 K. 4, 5 Chethibh.
HipH. Pºsin, Part fem. nºxio id.
2 K. 4, 5 Keri. But with another form :
HipH. Pºrt to set or lay out, to place,
i. q. Sººn, Josh. 7, 23. 2 Sam. 15, 24.
The idea of pouring out is kindred with
those of laying out, setting, placing, etc. ... a .
HoPH. psºn to be poured out, as
liquids Lev. 21, 10. Job 22, 16; trop. Ps.
45, 3; of metal, to be cast, molten, 1 K.
7, 23.33. Job 37, 18.-Part. Psº molten,
i. e. molten work, 1 K. 7, 16; trop. firm,
steadfast, intrepid, Job 11, 15. The
form psºn 1 K. 7, 37. Job 38, 38, see
in its order; also in Kal no. 2, above.
Deriv. ps”, ripsº, nº?, and
Tº f. a pouring out, casting of
metal, 1 K. 7, 24.
* Tº. 1. Pr. i. q, nºx, hºs, but in-
trans. to be straitened, narrow, scanty,
found in this signif only in fut. *s-, plur.
*:::, Prov. 4, 12. Is. 49, 19. Job 18, 7.
Elsewhere impers. * *xºn it is strait to
him, i. e. a) he is in a strait, in trou.
ble, Judg. 2, 15. 10,9. Job 20, 22. b) he
is in distress, in anariety, Gen. 32, 8; and
so in fem. is nºn] 1 Sam. 30, 6, c) hº
is grieved, takes it to heart, 2 Sam. 13, 2.
For the praet. is used ºns, from r, ºnx
º
nigh
418
2. to form, to fashion, to make ; from
the idea of cutting, see in nix. In this
signif we find praet. "s: ; part. "si"; fut.
ns", also ºxº Gen. 2, 7, ºxº. 2, 19, c.
suff, ºriº Is. 44, 12.—Spoken of a
workman in wood who carves statues, Is.
44, 9. 12; also in iron, who forges any
thing, Is. 54, 17; and of a potter who
moulds clay Is. 64, 7. Hence of God as
the creator, Gen. 2, 19 and the Lord God
formed out of (7% ºxº) the ground every
beast of the field; with acc. of material,
v. 7. Often without mention of the ma-
terial, Ps. 94, 9 Tºº "sin who formed the
eye. 95, 5. 104, 26. Am. 4, 13. Is. 45, 8;
whence, the idea of fashioning being
neglected, it is i. Q. to create, as Ps. 74,
17 thou hast created summer and winter.
Is. 45, 7. Ps. 33, 15. Zech. 12, 1; in all
which passages it differs little from the
synon. Nº, nº, with which it is often
coupled, Is. 43, 7.45, 7, 18. Am. 4, 13.
Jer. 33, 2–Further: a) With # it is
to form for any thing, to destime; Is. 42,
6 by nºnah Tºrºs, Thys I have formed
and set thee for a covenant with the peo-
ple, as the author or mediator of a cove-
nant. 49, 5.8, 45, 18 fin. Without h Is.
41, 21. b) Of things predestined, pre-
formed, purposed of God in his counsels,
to take place afterwards, (opp. nigy of
the actual event,) Is. 22, 11. 37, 26. 46,
11 Hºlºs Fis "rºx: I have purposed, I
will also do it. 2 K. 19, 25. c) With
52, to form in mind, to devise, to plot
against, Ps. 94, 20; of God Jer. 18, 11.—
Hence
PART. "si" as subst. 1. a potter, Is.
29, 16. 41, 25. Jer. 18, 2 sq. Lam. 4, 2.
*** ** a potter's vessel, earthen, Jer. 19,
11. Ps. 2, 9. 2 Sam. 17, 28; comp. Is. 30,
14.—Zech. 11, 13 cast it nsiºn-bs to the
potter . . . and I took the thirty pieces of
silver, and cast them -giºn-bs Hirº n*:
in the house of the Lord to the potter.
Here Grotius interprets nsiºn-bs to the
potters, to the pottery, or place where the
potters dwell, where was prob. a court
.nto which were thrown all the broken
vessels of the temple (comp. Jer. 19, 2.10.
11), and where it may be supposed that
other filth was cast out; so that the ex-
pression is i. q. ‘to cast upon the dung-
hill,’ & 26gozac. This pottery was ap-
parently on the south-east part of the
city, at the pottery-gate, nºbºr -suj
near to the valley of Hinnom, which
was polluted by various kinds of filth
and some understand here this valley
itself, Hengstenb. Christol. II. p. 249.
But the words rijn', nº seem not to
be reconcilable with this interpretation
[Yet such a place for refuse pottery may
well have been connected with the tem-
ple itself—R.] Hence the other ana
earlier explanation is preferable, which
here regards nyin as i. q. my is treasurer
from r. nigs; so Chald. and Syr. Vers.
Kimchi: Hsis on Nhn Hsiºn. Two
Mss. read ºnx"Nn PN. The letters N and
* are elsewhere not unfrequently inter-
changed; see in N, and Thesaur. p. 2.
2. a statuary, maker of statues, Is
44, 9.
3. a creator, spoken of God Is. 43, 1.
44, 2. 24. k
NIPH. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be formed
created, Is. 43, 10.
PUAL his pass. of Kal no. 2 b, to be
preformed, predestined, Ps. 139, 16.
HoPH. fut. "hy" to be formed, e. g.
weapons Is. 54, 17.
Deriv. the two following.
"... m. c. suff, ins: 1. formation,
frame; Ps. 103, 14 ºn: ºr sºn-ºz for
he knoweth our frame, i.e. he knoweth
how and whence we are formed. Hence
thing formed, work, e.g. of the potter
Is. 29, 16; spec. an image, idol, Hab.
2, 18.
2. Metaph. what is formed in the
mind, imagination, thought, purpose.
fully nº hºl, Gen. 8, 21. 6, 5. Deut. 31,
21. Tog nº staid in purpose, i. e. a
man of stable mind, firm purpose, Is. 26
3. Comp. Ps. 112, 8.
3. Jezer, pr. m. of a son of Naphtall
Gen. 46, 24. Patronym. is tº Jezerite
Num. 26, 49. This latter form aſter-
wards was also the pr. n. of another
person, Izri, 1 Chr. 25, 11, for which in
v. 3 ºnx.
tº m. plur. (r. 5x") pr. things
formed, forms, poet, for members, as
Vulg. well. Job 17, 7.—Others under
stand lineaments of the face.
* nº-
*., only in fut. ny", plur. in pause
ºn?" Is, 33, 12, Dag, euphon. for ºngº,
=p'
- "p"
419
1. to set on fire, to kindle, c. 3; Is.
9, 17.
. 2. Intraus. to burn, i. q. to be burned,
consumed, with wº, Is. 33, 12. Jer. 49,
2, 51, 58.
Niph. praet. nº. 1. to be set on fire,
to be burned, consumed, Neh. 1, 3, 2, 17.
Jer. 2, 15. 9, 9. 11. 46, 19.
2. Metaph. to kindle up, to burn, of
anger, with 4 against any one, 2 K. 22,
13. 17.
HipH. nººn, once nºxin 2 Sam. 14, 30
Cheth. i. q. Kal no. 1, to set on fire, to
burn, construed: a) nº us nºr to
set fire to any thing, Jer. 17, 27. 50, 32.
Lam. 4, 11. Am. 1, 14; c. 93 Jer. 11, 16.
b) us: -; nºn to burn any thing
with fire, Josh. 8, 8. 19. Jer. 32, 29.
2 Sam. 14, 30.31. With us; impl. Jer.
51, 36.
* Ep. obsol root, to hollow out, to ea-
Ç
Sº Q.
• T ...~
9 o
avate ; Arab. *5 and a hollow
in the rock, in which water collects; the
former also of any hollow in the body, as
of the eyes. Kindr. are Arab. Jú I,
II, to dig, to excavate, Heb. ap; to bore,
Chald. Hap to vault, and others which
see under FEE.-Hence
PP. m. c. suff. Tºpº Deut. 15, 14, 16,
13; plur. constr. "ap" Zech. 14, 10.
1. a wine-vat, in oliviov, the vat or
receptacle into which the must or new
wine flowed from the press (nA), Joel 2,
24. 4. 13 [3, 18]. Prov. 3, 10. Hagg. 2,
16. Jer. 48, 33. It was often excavated
in trie earth or even in the rock.
2. the wine-press, i. e. the upper vat
or receptacle in which the grapes were
trodden out or pressed, Job 24, 11. 2 K.
'', 27; comp. Hos. 9, 2. See nå.
9symph (which God gathers, r. Yap)
'ekabzeel, Neh. 11, 25, and ºssip
God’s gathering) Kabzeel, Josh. 15, 21.
* Sam. 23, 20, pr. m. of a place in the
“outhern part of Judea.
•-p: fut. "pº Is. 10, 16, also "p"
Deut. 32, 22; to set on fire, to burn, Is
5, 5. Arab. Xs, id. Syr. PA –Part.
pass. Thº as subst, a kindled or burn-
ing mass upon a hearth, Is. 30, 14.
Hoph, "pin, to be kindled, to burn,
e
Lev. 6, 2.5. 6; tıop. ºf angel Jer. 15.
14. 17, 4.
Deriv. Tip", "pio, Hºlpix.
: ) |: } !;
TP. Chald. id. Part fem emphat,
Nrip: and Rººp: burning, flaming,
Dan. 3, 6.15. 21. 23. 26.—Henre
STP Chald. f. constr. nip, a tºwn.
ing, conflagration, Dan. 7, 11
by TP (possessed by the people, r
Hºp) Jokdeam, pr. n. of a city in the
mountains of Judah, Josh 15, 56.
>k rip: obsol, root, Arab. &#5 to obey,
Hence Hrip.
*H 2. obsol. root, Arab. , 2.5, W, to
venerate; VIII, to fear God, to be pious.
Hence pr. n. *s-rººp, also
TP2 (pious) Jakeh, pr. n. m. Prov,
30, 1
TP. f. (r. Hipº) only in constr. nº
Dag, euphon. obedience, Gen. 49, 10
tº rip" ibi and until to him shall
be the obedience of the nations, i.e. until
the nations obey him. Prov. 30, 17.
TP. m. a burning, Is. 10, 16. R. p.
PP. m. (r. bhp no. 3) whatever exists
on the earth, living thing, Gen. 7, 4, 23.
Deut. 11, 6.
tº P. m. Hos. 9, 8, also tºpº Ps. 91, 3.
Prov. 6, 5; Plur. Bºp, Jer. 5, 26, a
fowler. The first of the above forms is
pr. intransitive ; the other is passive,
but with an intransitive sense.—R. Up!.
*S*n\P (perh, piety towards God, r.
rip") Jekuthiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 18.
Tº (who is made small, r. ſtºp) Jok-
tan, pr. n. of one of the sons of Eber, a
descendant of Shem, Gen. 10, 25. 26, the
progenitor of many tribes in southern
Arabia. In the Arabian genealogies he
is called Juasºs Kahtān; see Bochart
Phaleg II. c. 15. Pococke Spec. Hist.
Arab. p. 3, 38. A. Schultens Hist. im,
perii Joctanidarum in Arabia Felice
Harderov. 1786. 4.
t"P" (whom God sets up, r. tºp) Ja.
Rim, pr. n. m. a 1 Chr. 8, 19. b
24, 12.
"Pº adj. dear, beloved, i. q.-R no. 3.
Jer, 31, 20, R. "p.
"p"
"p"
420
"Pº Chald, adj. (r. p.)
difficult, Dan. 2, 11.
2. honoured, noble, Ezra 4, 10.
Tºp (whom Jehovah gathers, r.
*Tºp) Jekamiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
2, 41. b) 3, 18.
tºP (who gathers the people, r.
Tºp) Jekameam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 19.
24, 23.
by?P. (gathered by the people, r.
Tºp) Jokmeam, pr. n. of a Levitical
city in the tribe of Ephraim, 1 K. 4, 12.
1 Chr. 6, 53. For it is read in Josh. 21,
22 Bºx:p q. v.
by P (possessed by the people, r.
rºp) Jokneam, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 12, 22. 19, 11.
21, 34.
>k »p. only in fut. sp., 1. q. Sp; of
which only the praeter is used, to be rent
or torn away : hence
1. to be out of joint, dislocated, as a
limb Gen. 32, 26.
2. Metaph. to be alienated from any
one, with To Jer.6,8. Ez.23, 17; by? v. 18.
HIPH. Shpin to hang up on a stake or
cross, to impale, &vookolonišew, pr. to
dislocate the limbs, since this was an
accompanument of this punishment;
Num. 25, 4, 2 Sam. 21, 3.9.
Hoph. pass. of Hiph. 2 Sam. 21, 13.
Sk Yp: only in fut. Yp", "p", once
Ypº Gen. 9, 24, also yº" 1 K. 3, 15
in some Mss. and editions; intrans. to
awake, Gen. 28, 16. 41, 4. 7. al. For
the praet, is used the form yºprl Hiph.
of yºp. Arab. lhi: id.
* TP. fiat. -pº, 2 K. 1, 13, -pº Ps.
72, 14, and "pº Ps. 49, 9.
1. Pr. to be heavy, Syr. * Chald.
*p, Arab. #2 id.
2. to be weighty, i. e. to be dear, pre-
cious, costly; Ps. 49, 9 tº live ºp:
he redemption (Airgow) of their life is
precious, costly, i. e. they cannot be re-
leemed from death with money. With
"2"x: to be dear, precious, in the eyes of
any one, i.e. to him; 1 Sam. 26, 21 hugs
T}"s: "tº rºp, because my life was
precious in thine eyes, because thou didst
spare my life. 2 K. 1, 13, 14. Ps. 72, 14.
With. 5 d. Ps. 139, 17. Also with by?
1. hard,
to be highly estwmated, prized, by any
one, (comp. 7% pºſs, 7% Sºn,) Zech. 1]
13 the noble price Brºº "rip. Huffs
which I was prized at of them, i.e. which
I was held to be worth, ironically. 1 Sam.
18, 30.
HipH. nº pin to make rare, Is. .3, .2
Prov. 25, 17. Comp. adj. hp, no. 5.
Deriv. the three following, and nº
Tº constr. *p, ; fem. Hºp. 1. Pr.
heavy, weighty, see the verb ; only me-
taph. of demeanour, grave, calm; Prov,
17, 27 Keri, ran ºp” calm of spirit. In
Cheth, is nºn mp), see in hp. Arab.
• ?
ſº to be grave, quiet, patiel.t.
2. precious, costly, Jer. 15, 19. Tºš
Hºp" collect. precious stones, gems, . K.
10, 2. 10. 11. 1 Chr. 20, 2. Ez. 27, 22.
28, 13, also of the costlier kinds of
stones employed in building, as marble,
and even hewn stones, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Is.
28, 16; plur. nihp; tºs 1 K. 5, 31. 7,
9 sq. Metaph. Ps. 36, 8 ºr -pº-rº
t"ribs how precious is thy loving-kind-
ness, O God / 116, 15, comp. 72, 14.
Prov. 3, 15. 6,26. Also esteemed, prized,
Ecc. 10, 1.
3. Of persons, dear, beloved. Ps. 45, 10
kings' daughters are among thy beloved
ones, in the number of thy maidens;
where Tºrinº": is by Syriasm for
Trimp": Dag. euphon. Lam. 4, 2.
4. splendid, beautiful, Job 31, 26 ºn:
*H "p: the moon walking in splendour.
Plur. f ninpº the splendid, as an epithet
for the stars; as Zech. 14,6 Cheth, ninpº
*NER: the splendid ones are drawn in,
i. e. the stars grow pale, draw in their
brightness, comp. Joel 2, 10. —Subst.
splendour, beauty, Ps. 37, 20 tº "p":
like the beauty of the pastures, i. e. the
grass, verdure.
5. precious, i.e. rare, 1 Sam. 3, 1. See
the verb in Hiph.
TP. m. Kamets impure. 1. precious.
ness, costliness. ºp', º a precious ves.
sel Prov. 20, 15. Concr. "pº-bº what.
ever is precious, precious things, Job 28
10. Jer. 20, 5. Hence value, price, Zech.
11, 13.
2. honour, dignity, Ps. 49, 13. 2)
Esth. 1, 20. 6, 3.6, 9, 11.
3. splendour, magnificence, Esth, 1,4
-p-
N--
421
TP. Chald. m. 1. precious or costly
things, Dan. 2, 6; comp. Is. 3, 17. 10, 3
Targ.
2. honour, dignity, Dan. 2,37. 4,27.33.
>k tºp: (yakosh) 1 pers. "rºp; Jer. 50,
24, i. q. ºp; and tip q. v. to lay snares ;
with h of pers. to lay snares for any one,
i. e. to plot against him, Jer. 50, 24;
more fully ºne Up: Ps. 141, 9, Pärt.
wipin a fowler Ps. 124, 7–Fut. Tºp"
Is. 29, 21 is from tip.
NIPH. uspi) to be snared, caught in a
snare, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; c. 3. Prov. 6, 2.
Metaph. to be ensnared by avarice, to
be seduced, Deut. 7, 25.
PUAL part. plur. Bºp" for tºº
Ecc. 9, 12; see, for this dropping of 2,
Lehrg. p. 316.
Deriv. Jip, ºpio, and
Tú? (fowler) Jokshan, pr: n, of the
second son of Abraham and Keturah,
the ancestor of the Sabaeans and Dedan-
ites, Gen. 25, 2. 3.
ºsmº (subdued of God, r. Hrp) Jok-
theel, pr. m. a.) A city in the tribe of
Judah, Josh. 15, 38. b) Given by king
Amaziah to the city Sela or Petra, the
capital of Arabia Petraea, 2 K. 14, 7.
*S., praet, plur. Ensº Deut. 5, 5,
once Ersºy, Josh. 4, 24; Fut. Ryº,
sº, sº, plur. Rºº and sº. 2 K.
17,28; Imp. Sº, plur. *Nº by Syriasm
for ANY Lehrg. p. 417, 1 Sam. 12, 24.
Ps. 34, 10; Inf. Nº Josh. 22, 25, with
pref. Nº ſor Nº. 1 Sam. 18, 29, else-
where fem. Fish".—The primary signif.
is pr. to tremble, since Rn; is strictly a
softened form of snº and Fin: q. v. Not
ſound in the kindred dialects.-Hence
1. to fear, to be afraid, construed:
a) Absol. Gen. 3, 10, 18, 15. Nººr-bs,
*Nºn-bs fear mot Gen. 15, 1. 21, 17.
26, 24. al. saepe. Poet. of the earth Ps.
76, 9, b) With acc. of pers, or thing
feared, Num. 14, 9. 21, 34. Job 9, 35;
also Tº Ps. 3, 7. 27, 1. Job 5, 21; pr.
to be in fear from or before any person
or thing, in the manner of verbs of
fleeing, comp. Tº no. 3 b. With "3ºz.
2 K. 1, 15. Jer 1, 8, 2 K. 19, 6; ºn
1 Sam. 18, 12. c) With h, to fear for
any pers, or thing, Josh 9, 24 "sº tº
tº ºntºh we feared greatly for
our lives because of you. Prov. 31, 21
d) With h and 72 c. inf. , o fear to da
anything, to hesitate, Gen. 19, 30 Nº. 2
ºnys: nº for he feared to dwell in
Zoar ; oftener Tº Gen. 46, 3. Ex. 3, 6.
34, 30. e) With ſº, to fear lest, etc.
Gr. Ösióu) un, Gen. 31, 31. 32, 12.
2. to fear, i. e. to reverence, to honour
as parents Lev. 19, 3; a king 1 K. 3, 28.
Ps. 72, 5; a leader Josh. 4, 14; a prophet
1 Sam. 12, 18; a sanctuary Lev. 19, 30;
an oath 1 Sam. 14, 26.—Spec. sh:
Hinº-rs, Bºrºs-rs a) to fear God, pr.
because of his wonders, portents, Ex. 14
31. 1 Sam. 12, 18. Ps. 33, 8.40, 4. Is
41, 5. Mic. 7, 17. b) to reverence God,
as the punisher of wrong; hence to ab-
stain from evil, to be upright, pious, e.g.
Lev. 19, 14.32. 25, 17. Ex. 1, 17. Prov. 3,
7 fear God and shun evil. Job 1,9. Ecc.
12, 13. With "gº before God, Ecc. 8,
12. 13, c) to worship or serve God,
1 K. 18, 12; also of false gods 2 K. 17, 7.
35. 37. Deut. 3, 22.—In like manner in
Syr. and Arabic, verbs of fearing are
also transferred to religion and piety, as
s” 8); sº), sº->.
Note. The form "sºn ("sºn) Is. 60,5
is from HS. to see; comp. Is. 66, 14. Zech.
10, 7. Mic. 7, 16, etc. Thesaur. p. 622.
Niph, sºil to be feared, fut. Rºn Ps.
130,4. Elsewhere only PART. sºil, Öst-
yós, i. e.
1. fearful, dreadful, terrible, of a peo-
ple Is. 18, 2. 7. Hab. 1, 7; of a desert
Deut. 1, 19. 8, 15; of the judgment-day
Joel 2, 11. 3, 4,
2. deserving reverence, august, awful,
holy, of God Deut. 10, 17. 7, 21. Neh. 1,
5. Ps. 47, 3. 96, 4; the name of God
Deut. 28, 58. Ps. 99, 5. Mal. 1, 14; an
angel or celestial appearance Judg. 13, 6.
Ez. 1, 22; a sacred place Gen. 28, 17.
3. As causing astonishment and awe
stupendous, wonderful, great, Ps. 66, 3.
5. Ex. 15, 11. Plur. nishi; wonderful
acts, glorious deeds, of a king Ps. 45, 5;
espec. of God Deut. 10, 21. 2 Sam. 7, 23.
Adv. in a wonderful way, wonderſ.()
Ps. 65, 6, 139, 14; like nisºn.
Piel, sº to make afraid, to terrify, c.
acc. 2 Sam. 14, 15. 2 Chr. 32, 18. Neh
6, 9. 14.
Deriv. Nº-jish" shin.
33
Rºn"
---
422
sº m. constr. Rºº, plur. constr. "sh";
'em. nº, constr. rsh: Prov. 31, 30;
participial adj. r. Nº.
1. fearing, reverencing ; Joined with
pérsonal pronouns it forms a periphrasis
for the finite verb, as *-ºs sh; I fear
Gen. 32,12; nºs Nº. thou fearest Judg.
7, 10; Bºsnº Hirºs we fear 1 Sam. 23, 3;
negat. Nº. He;"s he feareſh not Ecc.8, 13.
Followed by the case of the verb; c. acc.
Prov. 13, 13. Ex. 9, 20. Ecc. 9, 2; also
freq. Hinº-rs sº fearing God 2 K. 4, 1.
17, 32 sq. Jon. 1,9. Oftener with genit.
-in sº, Bºrbs sº, fearer of God,
and therefore abstaining from evil, i. q.
upright, godly, pious, Gen. 22, 12. Job
1, 1.8. 2, 3. Fem. id. Prov. 31, 30. Plur.
t-nºs "Nº Ps. 15, 4, 22, 24. 115, 11. al.
Comp. Ovid, ‘timidus Deorum.”
2. fearful, timid, Deut. 20, 8.
Tišnº 1. Pr. inf of the verb sº, to
fear, to reverence, with pref # Neh. 1, 11
Tºu;-rs rismº to reverence thy name.
Deut. 4, 10. 5, 26. 6, 24. 10, 12. 14, 23.
1 K. 8, 43. al. With preſ. 72, 2 Sam.
3, 11 irs insºn because he feared him.
2. Subst, fear, terror; Jon. 1, 10 Asºº
Häin: risº Enûsû the men were afraid
with great fear. Ps. 55, 6, Ez. 30, 13.
With genit. of the subject, i.e. of him
who fears, Job 22, 4; also of the object,
i. e. that which is feared, e.g. ārśī, the
fear of thee Deut. 2, 25. Acc. as adv. Is.
7, 25 nº nº rsh: for fear of briers
and thorns. Comp. Ez. 1, 18 Erik Hsº
terror was to or in them, i. e. they were
terrible, dreadful. -
3. holy fear, reverence, awe; rsh:
bºrº's Gen. 20, 11. 2 Sam. 23, 3, also
ninº rs", reverence towards God, piety,
religion; Prov.1,7ns: nºujshrin, nsº.
Job 28, 28. Is. 11, 2, Ps. 34, 12. 111, 10.
Meton. precepts of piety, of religion, Ps.
19, 10. With njnº impl. Job 4, 6, 15, 4;
and so c. suff, "nsºn the fear of me, sc.
of God, piety, Jer. 32, 40. Ps. 5, 8. Ex.
20, 20. Rarely the suff, refers to the
subject, as “rs Erº their piety to-
apai ds me Is 29, 13. *
7"Nº (piety 2 r. sºlº) Iron, pr. m. of
a city in Naphtali, Josh. 19, 38.
Tºsº" (whom Jehovah looks upon,
r. Hsº) Irijah, pr. n. m. Jer. 37, 13. 14.
Writter Hºsº in some editions.
5. i. q ="..., an adre, sary; hence
an. Tº an adverse king, hostile, i.e
the king of Assyria, Hos. 5, 13, 10, 6.
. ---.
Svay m. (contr. for byz, a hy, with
whom Baal contends, r. nºn) Jerubbaal
a surname of Gideon, the judge of Israel,
Judg. 6, 2. In 2 Sam. 11, 21 he is called
nuº, q.v. Sept. Isg03&al.
tº (whose people is many, r. =::)
pr. Jarobeam, comm. Jeroboam, pr: n, of
two kings of the ten tribes, a) One
the son of Nebat, was the founder of
that kingdom, and introduced the wor-
ship of the golden calves, r. 975–54 B.C.
1 K. 11, 26–43. c. 12–14. b) The other,
the son of Joash, r. 825–784 B.C. 2 K.
13, 13. 14, 23–29.
nº (with whom the idol contends,
r. nºn, comp. nuja) Jerub-besheth, pr. n.
m. 2 Sam. 11, 21. See ºzº.
>k +: once by aphaeresis in Judg. 19,
11; Fut. Tº, Tºº!, in pause tº Ps.
18, 10; Imp. Th, Hºn, once tº Judg.
5, 13; Inf absol. Th; Gen. 43,20, constr.
nºn, c. suff, ºr Th, once Hºn Gen. 46,3.
1. to go down, to descend; Eth. (DZR
to descend; in Arabic comp. 9); to go
to drink, to go to water, pr. to go down
to the water, etc. but the word in com
mon use is Jºš.—Construed: a) Ab
sol. Ex. 19, 24. Is. 47, 1. (3) The place.
whence is put with 72, Ex. 19, 14. E2.
27, 29; by: 1 Sam. 25, 23. Ez. 26, 16.
also in acc. Jer, 13, 18 the crown shal
come down as to your heads, i. e. fron
your heads. y) The place whither with
by upon, e.g. from heaven upon a moun
tain Ex. 19, "S, also Ez. 47,8. Josh. 3, 16
Judg. 11, 37; with BS 2 Sam. 11, 10; }
Cant. 6, 2; E Ex. 15, 5. Is. 63,14; c. acc
with or without nº local Gen. 12, 10. Ps
55, 16. Job 7, 9, 17, 16. Hence 7 art. c.
genit. hia "Tºi" those going down to the
pit, i. e. about to die, see "in, Ps. 28, 1.
30, 4. al. Ps. 22, 30. Is. 42, 10. Also with
bs of pers. to whom Ex. 11, 8. Neh. 6, 3
ö) Poet, like other verbs of running down
flowing, (see Heb. Gram. § 135. 1. n. 2,
it is construed with an accus. of tha
which descends or flows down in ahun
dance; espec. of the eye as running
---
T--
423
down with tears, weeping abundantly;
.am. 3, 48 º’s Thr, tº "she my eye
runneth down with rivers of water, i. e.
pours them forth. 1, 16. Jer. 9, 17. 13, 17.
14, 17. Ps. 119, 136. The same idiom is
frequentin Arabic, G&J •e), co-ºx"
n y eye flows down with weeping, see
Schult. ad Prov. 20, 5. By a different
turn, Is. 15, 3 ºz. Tº running down
anth weeping, i. e. weeping abundantly.
Spoken of motion from place to place,
not only of descending from a mountain
Ex. 34, 29, but genr. of those who go
from a higher to a lower place or region.
Often of God as descending from hea-
ven, Gen. 11, 5. 18, 21. Ex. 3,8. Is. 31, 4.
Mic. 1, 3–Spec. a.) Of those who go
down to a fountain or river Gen. 24, 16.
45. Ex. 2, 5. Josh. 17, 9. 1 K. 2, 8; or to
the sea Jon. 1, 3. Is. 42, 10. Ps. 107, 23,
since the land is higher than the water;
but comp. Ez. 27, 29. b) Of those who
go out of a city, cities being mostly built
on hills and mountains for the sake of
security, Ruth 3, 3. 6. 2 K. 6, 18; or
who go down from a citadel (acropolis)
to the lower parts of a city 1 Sam. 9, 25.
27. 2 Sam. 11, 9, 10. 13. 1 K. 1, 25.38, al.
c) Of those who go out to battle, as oc-
curring in plains, Judg. 5, 14. 1 Sam.
14, 36. 2 Sam. 21, 15. 2 Chr. 20, 16. d)
Of those who go from a mountainous
district or country to one lower and
more level, as from Jerusalem or its
vicinity to Egypt Gen. 12, 10. 26, 2 sq.
46,3; or to the country of the Philistines
and the sea-coast (nºu) Gen. 38, 1.
1 Sam. 13, 20. 23, 4. 11; or to Samaria
1 K. 22, 2. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6. e.)
Of those who go towards the south ;
since the ancients regarded the northern
parts of the earth as the highest; 1 Sam.
25, 1. 26, 2. 30, 15. See the intpp. ad
Virg. Georg. 1. 240 sq. Húot. 1. 95.
1 Macc. 3, 37. 2 Macc. 9, 23. Comp. C.
R. Michaelis Diss. de notione superi et
Inferi, reprinted in Comment. Theol. a
Velthusen aliisque, V. p. 397 sq.
Often also of inanimate things, as
of a stream descending from a moun-
tain Deut. 9, 21; of the rºan Ps. 72,
tº; of a way and of boundaries which
tend downwards or towards the south,
Wum. 34, 11.12. Josh. 18, 13 sq Of the
| day as declining, Judg. 19, 11 ; of ea
lamity as sent down from God Mic
1, 12. etc.
2. to be brought down, cast down, thrust
down, to fall. 1 Sam. 23,6 it: Tºº TiEN
an ephod had fallen into his hand, i. e.
he had an ephod with him. So of a
crown falling from the head (see above
in 6) Jer. 3, 18; a wood cut down Is.
32, 19. Zech. 11, 2; a wall thrown down
Deut. 28, 52; a city destroyed Deut. 20
20; horses killed in battle Hagg. 2, 22.
So to be cast into the sea, to sink, Ex. 15,
5; into Sheol Ts. 5, 14; also trop. of
those who are cast down from a state of
prosperity into poverty and want, Deut.
28, 43. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 1, 9.
HIPH. Innin to make go down, to cause
to descend, in any way, either a person
or thing, to bring down, Gen. 42, 38. 44,
29. 31. Hence
1. Of persons, to lead or bring down,
cause to come down, Gen. 44, 21. Judg.
7, 4; to let down, as with a cord, Josh.
2, 15. 18; to bring or send down, as into
Sheol, 1 Sam. 2, 6. Ez. 26, 20. Also with
violence, to cast down, cause to fall, as
God nations Ps. 56, 8; or kings from
their thrones Is. 10, 13, comp. Obad. 3.
4; to subdue nations 2 Sam. 22, 48.
2. Of things, to bring or carry down,
Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11 ; to let or take down,
Gen. 24, 18.46. Num. 4, 5; to let descend,
fall, flow down, 1 Sam. 21, 14. Joel 2,
23. Lam. 2, 18. Ps. 78, 16. Also with
violence, to cast down, Hos. 7, 12. Prov.
21, 22.
HoPH. Thºrn pass. of Hiph. to be led or
brought down Gen. 39, 1; to be taken
down, as a tent Num. 10, 17; to be cast
or thrust down Is. 14, 15. Ez. 31, 18.
Zech. 10, 11.
Deriv. the two following, and Tin.
T]] (descent) Jared, pr. n. m. a.)
Gen. 5, 15. Gr. 'Iogéð Luke 3, 37. b)
1 Chr. 4, 18.
Tºmº, always with art. Tºnºn, except
Ps. 42,7. Job 40, 23, (pr. the flowing, the
river, from the idea of descending, flow-
ing down, r. Th", as Germ. Rhyn, Rhein,
from the verb rimmen ) the Jorºlam, Gr.
ô 'Iogöövms, the chief river o' Pales.
time, rising at the foot of Anti-Lebanon,
and flowing into the Dead Sea, wherd
H**
***
424
t terminates. Gen., 13, 10, 11. 32, 11.
50, 10. Arab. Je Sji el Urdun, and
at present also xx3-3.JI esh-Sheri'ah,
watering-place. On the character of
the Jordan, see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II.
p. 257. III. p. 309 sq. and for its sources
see ib. III. p. 347 sq. Biblioth. Sac.
1846, p. 187 sq. 208 sq.-Hence ºne?
Tºri, ii Tsgiyogog toi. 'Iogóðvov, the
valley and region through which it
dows, Gen. 13, 10. 12. 19, 17. 2 Sam.
18, 23; comp. Matt. 3, 5. Poet. without
art. Tº Yºs id. Ps. 42,7. In Job 40,23
Jordan is poet, put for any large stream;
as a Cicero, for any distinguished orator.
—On the etymology, see more in The-
saur. p. 626.
* FT. & to: Asyóu kindr, with the
roots sº, sº, pr. to tremble, and then
to be astonished, amazed, like Arab. 95.
Hence anºn, in 2 Mss. Annºn, Is. 44, 8.
Sept. whirlwv&o 9s, but the other ancient
versions express the sense to fear, to be
afraid, as if it were i. q. As hºr.
* T., inf absol. Hº, constr. ni-,
also sinº. 2 Chr. 26, 15; fut. Hº, plur.
1 pers. c. suff, tº Num. 21, 30; imp.
nº 2 K. 13, 17.
1. to throw, to cast, c. acc. Ex. 15, 4;
e.g. lots Josh. 18, 6; an arrow 1 Sam.
20, 36.37. Prov. 26, 18, hence absol. to
shoot 2 K. 13, 17; metaph. of plots Ps.
11, 2, 64, 5; acc. of pers. Num. 21, 30.
Part. plur. Enniº archers 1 Chr. 10, 3.
2 Chr. 35, 23. Eth. (D/CD id. -
2. to place, to lay a foundation, to
found ; comp. Gr. 3&Also 904 &gtv i. q.
n lay the foundation of a city, Syr. £25
o cast, also to lay a foundation. Job 38,
6 who hath laid the corner-stone thereof 2
Gen. 31, 51 lo this pillar "nºn: -uśs
which I have founded, placed, erected.
3. to sprinkle, to water, c. acc. Hos.
6, 3; pr. to throw water, to scatter
drops of water, comp. p.m.—Hence
Part. Hºi as subst, the early rain, see
above p. 392.
NIPH. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cast at,
shot through, with arrows; fut. Tº Ex.
19, 13.
HipH. nºir, fut. Hºi-, conv, -in' 2 K.
3, 17, plur. Nº 2 Sam, 21, 24.
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to throw, to cast, JDh
30, 19; spec. arrows, to shoot, 1 Sam
20, 20. 36. 2 K. 13, 17. 19, 32. The
person shot at is put with h 2 Chr. 35
23; in acc. Ps. 64, 5, 8.—Part. Hºlio an
archer 1 Sam. 31, 3. 1 Chr. 10, 3. By
Aramaism, written in the manner of
verbs sº, 2 Sam. 11, 24 Bºsnian shº
and the archers shot, etc. comp. 2 Chr
26, 15.
2. to sprinkle, to water, i. q. Kal no.
3; hence Part. Hºin i. q. Hºin the early
rain, Joel 2, 23. Ps. 84, 7.
3. to thrust out the hand, like T. rºuj
espec. in order to point out or show any
thing; hence to point out, to show, Gen.
46,28. Prov. 6, 13 ºnways: nº point.
tng with his fingers, i. e. making signs.
With two acc. of pers. and thing Ex. 15
25.—Hence
4. to teach, to instruct, comp. Gr. Öst-
xviſo, &voqoivo, absol. Ex. 35, 34, Mic.
3, 11; with acc. of pers. Job 6, 24. 8, 10.
12, 7.8; acc. of thing Is. 9, 14. Hab. 2,
18; with two acc. of pers, and thing Ps.
27, 11. 86, 11, 119, 33. Also with 3 of
thing, pr. to instruct in any thing, Job
27, 11. Ps. 25, 8, 12. 32, 8; once with
bS pr. to teach or form to any thing
2 Chr. 6, 27; with 7% as to any thing Is.
2, 3. Mic. 4, 2. With dat. of pers. and
acc. of thing Deut. 33, 10. Hos. 10, 12.—
Part. Thio, teaching, a teacher, see in its
order.
Deriv. Hnin, nºin, nºin, and pr
names Hºi-, "ni", bsºn", bs”, Hºn.
thujºn.
SSºn (founded of God, r. Hº) Jeruel,
pr. m. prob. of a town and of a desert
adjacent, 2 Chr. 20, 16.
rtin: (i. Q. Th; moon) Jaroah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 5, 14.
Pin. m. green thing, green herb, Job
39, 8. R. phy.
stºn and Tºnº (possessed sc. by
a husband, r. ºnº) Jerusha, pr. m. of the
mother of king Jotham, 2 K. 15, 33
2 Chr. 27, 1. e
ºn, according to the Masora
five times fully bºn" Jer. 26, 18
Esth. 2, 6. 1 Chr. 3, 5, 2 Chr. 25, 1. 32
9; fem. Is. 3,8. 10, 11. 40, 2.9, al. (poe.
thuſ Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3:) pr. m. Jerwº
**
H-)-
4.25
salem, Gr. Isgovgolju and Jegovo 6Avuo,
a royal city of the Canaanites Josh. 10, 1.
5. 15,8; after the accession of David, the
chief city of the Hebrews, and the royal
residence of David and his posterity,
situated on the confines of Judah and
Benjamin. For a full description of its
topography and antiquities, see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 371 sq. Comp. Re-
land Palaest. p. 832 sq.
As to the etymology and orthography
of the name, there has been much dis-
pute. In respect to the ſormer, Reland
Palaest. p. 832 sq. and recently Ewald
Heb. Gram. p. 332, hold ºn: to be
i. q. Bºrujºn’ possession of peace, one
tº being dropped. But this is contrary
to analogy; since where a letter is
doubled, the first in such case is not
dropped, but compensated by a Dagesh
forte in the other, as in Psay for nin,
bºx, ; and besides, the form ºn: I\O-
where occurs in the sense of possession
(i. q. riº) either separately or in com-
pounds. Hence it is better to regard
ºn as derived from r. nº no. 2, i. q. a
founding, foundation ; whence tº-
a foundation of peace, of prosperity;
comp. BST –As to the other part of
the compound name, there are some who
regard tºº; and tº as the dual of
tº quiet, and suppose the city to be
thus designated as double, or having two
parts, comp. 2 Sam. 5, 9; so Ewald and
Maurer. But in the passage cited there
is no mention of a double city; and that
the B in this word is a primitive radical,
and not servile, is apparent from the
forms thuſ Gen. 14, 18, Chald. Bºjanº,
Sr. 26Avua, Isg006āvuo. More proba-
bly, therefore, it was anciently pro-
nounced tº peace, safety, prosperity;
but in the later periods of the silver
age, some began to write it tº buy, and
to regard it as a noun plural or perhaps
dual which was to be pronounced bºuj;
and this in the seventh or eighth cen-
tury, when the points were added, had
vecome the established view, so that
..he grammarians supposed the same
pronunciation was to be restored in all
:ases. It follows, in bur view, that the
deſective form ough; every where to be
read and pointed ºn. In hke man-
her Samaria in Heb. and ancienly, was
36%
called Tinº, Chald. Tº and thence
as if dual, Tºº; comp. Lehrg. p. 538
See more in Thesaur. p. 628, 629.
ºn Chald. Jerusalem, Ezra 4,12
20. 24, 5, 1.2. 15, also ºn Ezra 5
14, 6, 9.
Sk nº obsol. root, perh. i. q. pº, to be
pale, yellow, ri and p being interchang-
ed; see under T, p. 290.--Hence the
two following, and nin.
TT. m. the moon, so called from its
paleness; in prose always with the arti.
cle, in poetry usually without it; Gen.
37, 9. Deut. 4, 19. 17, 2.2 K. 23, 5. Jer.
8, 2. Ecc. 12, 2. Ps. 8, 4. 104, 19. Job 25,
5. al. Ps. 72, 5 rin: "ºh in the sight of
the moon, i.e. so long as the moon shall
give her light; comp. v. 7.
T. m. plur. Bºrrº, constr."rins; de-
nom. from T.
1. a month, i.e. a lunar month, as was
customary among the Hebrews ; comp.
Germ. Mond and Momat, Engl. moon
and month, Gr, wipm and uſiv, Lat. mensis.
Syr. º.º. month. It is i, q ºn, but
less frequent, and used mostly by earlier
writers, Ex. 2, 2.; and in the poetic style
Deut. 33, 14. Job 3, 6, 7, 3. 29, 2. 39, 2.
Zech. 11, 8. But see 1 K. 6, 37. 38. 8,
2.—twº nº see in Piº Plur. no. 2. b.
2. Jerah, pr.m. of a people and region
of Arabia, of the descendants of Joktan,
Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20. Bochart in
Phaleg II. 19, not unaptly supposes this
name to be itself Hebrew, but yet a
translation from an Arabic name of the
same signification; and this being pre-
mised, he understands by it the Alilaei,
dwelling in a gold region on the Red sea
(Agatharchides c. 49. Strabo XVI. p.
277), whose true name he conjectures to
be JX*.sº sons of the m pon, so call-
ed from the worship of the moon or Ali-
lat, Hdot. 3.8. For a tribe bearing this
name in the vicinity of Mecca, see Nie-
buhr's Descript. of Arabia p. 270 Germ.
—More probable however is the opinion
of J. D. Michaelis in Spicileg. II. p. 60
who understands by it the Moon coast
( /**) | J-8) and Moon mountain
( 2-5) Jº-) near Hadramaut ; since
Hºn-
Th:
426
nº in Gen. l. c. is joined with the
and of Hadramaut, i. e. nyºr, q.v.
See Edrisi par Jaubert, I. p. 54.
Tº Chald. a month, Ezra 6, 15. Dan,
4, 26.
in see invº.
Dr.” (who finds mercy, r. priº) Jero-
ham, pr. n. m. a) 1 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr.
6, 12, 19. b) 1 Chr. 9, 12. c.) 27, 22.
d) 2 Chr. 23, 1. e) Neh. 11, 12. f.)
Other persons, 1 Chr. 8, 27. 9, 8, 12, 7.
*Sºrº (on whom God has mercy, r.
brº) Jerahmeel, pr. n. m. a). 1 Chr. 2,
9. 25. 26.42. Hence patronym. in *-
Jerahmeelite 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 29. b)
1 Chr. 24, 29. c.) Jer. 36, 26.
Wº Jarha, pr. n. of an Egyptian
slave 1 Chr. 2, 34, 35. The etymology
is unknown.
:k ºn, Arab. *), II, to throw head-
long, to precipitate, &le; a precipice,
destruction; hence in Kal once, to be
headlong, rash, perverse, Num. 22, 32;
in Cod. Samar. stands ºn as gloss.
PIEL ºn to throw headlong, to cast :
once Job 16, 11 ºn Bºstºn ºn by
God hath cast me into the hands of the
wicked ; Sept. §§upé us, Vulg. tradidit
$70,62.
Şsº (i. q. Esº, q.v.) Jeriel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 2.
PTT. m. (r. 5*) 1. an adversary,
Ps, 35, 1. Jer. 18, 19. Is. 49, 25.
2. Jarib, pr. n. a) See "E, no. 1. a.
b) Ezra 8, 16.
"3" (see ºn) Jeribai, pr. m. m. 1
Chr. 11, 46.
ºn and Tºmº (founded i.e. consti-
tuted of Jehovah, r. nº) Jeriah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 23, 19. 24, 23. 26, 31.
intº Josh. 2, 1.2.3, inn. Num, 22,
1, and Finº. 1 K, 16, 34, Jericho, a
celebrated city of Palestine, situated
near the Jordan and Dead Sea, in the
territory of Benjamin, and in a most fer-
tile region. Sept. Isguzú, Strabo ‘Isøt-
rows XVI. 2, 41, Arab, Usºſ Eriha,
called also Riha ; see Reland Palaestina
p. 383, 829 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
*79, 205 sq.-The form in” is prob.
the primary one, signifying place of fray
grance, from r. nºn.
nº see in nion.
niºn, (heights, r. bº) Jerimoth, pr
n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 8.
Fly". f. (r. 973) a curtain, hanging
so called from its tremulous motion
spec. of a tent Is. 54, 2. Jer. 4, 20. 10
20. 49, 29; of the sacred tabernacle Ex
26, 1 sq. 36, 8 sq. 2 Sam. 7, 2; of Solo,
mon's palace Cant. 1, 5. Syr. fºr:
tent-curtain, also tent itself.
niy" (curtains) Jerioth, pr. m. f. 1
Chr. 2, 18.—R. vº.
>k º obsol. root, of the same or a
similar power with the kindred tº, to
be tender, soft. Hence in, rº, pr. n.
Tº constr. T., c. suff, "an"; dual
tº ; fem. Num. 5, 21.
1. the thigh, so called from its soft-
2 9
ness, see r. Th: ; Gr. Aumgög, Arab. ë) sº
j | Y 2 Al 9 } ')2
$3 m.
and Ö thigh, buttock, haunch. How
far it differs from Bºrº the loins, Čopic,
is apparent from Ex. 28, 42: thou shalt
make for them linen drawers to cover
their shame, Bºzº is, Bºrgº from the
loins even unto the thighs ; as also from
the general use of the word. That is,
Bºnº denotes the lower part or region
of the back, while Thº, dual bºnº, sig-
nifies the thick and fleshy double mem-
ber which commences at the bottom of
the spine and extends to the lower legs
(ºpiº), i. e. the two thighs with the but-
tocks. So Tºn Plz the socket of the thigh,
by which the thigh is connected with
the pelvis, the hip-joint, Gen. 32, 26. 33.
Tº be on or at the thigh, where the
sword is worn, Ex. 32,27. Judg. 3, 16.21.
Ps. 45, 4. To smite the thigh, a gesture
of mourning and of indignation, Jer. 31,
19. Ez. 21, 17; comp. Hom. Il, 12. 162,
ib. 15. 397. Od. 13, 198. Cic, cl. Orat. 80.
Quinctil. XI. 3. Also, to put the hand
wnder the thigh, as the accompaniment
of an oath, prob. in some connection
with the sacredness of circumcision, Gen.
24, 2. 9. 47, 29; to come out from the
thigh of any one, i. e. to be begotten by
any one or descended from him, Gen. 46
-- --- f 427
p-
26. Ex. 1, 5. Judg. 8, 30; comp. Koran
Sur. 4. 27. Sur. 6.98. The butlocks are
prob. meant Num. 5, 21. 27. For Pius
Tºrby Judg. 15, 8, see in art. più. In
animals the thigh, haunch, ham, Ez.
24, 4. -
2. Trop. of things, in which sense the
ſem. form Hº is much more usual.
E. g. a) the shank of the sacred can-
delabra, where the stem (Tºp) separated
into the three ſeet, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17.
b) the side of a tent or tabernacle Ex.
40, 22. 24; of an altar Lev. 1, 11. 2 K.
16, 14.
DUAL Eº the two thighs Ex. 28,42,
see in no. 1, above. Cant. 7, 2.
Tº f (r. Th;) i. q. Th; no. 2 b, the
side, hinder part, e.g. of a country, c. suff.
intº Gen. 49, 13. Comp. Frº, tºº.
DuAL cºnsºn constr. "rºl, once
*nizº. 1 K. 6, 16 Cheth. pr: the two
thighs, buttocks, haunches, but used
only of things. E. g.
1. the hinder part, hinder side, rear,
Ex. 26, 22. 23. 27. 36, 27. 28, 32; of the
temple 1 K. 6, 16. Ez. 46, 19.
2. The interior of any thing, the hinder
or inner parts, recesses, penetralia, as of
a house Am. 6, 10. Ps. 128, 3 ; of a ship
Jon. 1, 5; of a cavern 1 Sam. 24, 4 ; of a
sepulchre Is. 14, 15. Ez. 32, 23. Hence
ſixth wrºn: the recesses of Lebanon, i. e.
the extreme and inaccessible parts of
the mountain, Is. 37, 24; also Judg. 19,
1. 18 tºnes--in ºnzº the recesses of
mount Ephraim. Hence
3. utlermost parts, remote regions, e.g.
Tiex "nº the uttermost parts of the
north, extreme northern regions, Is. 14,
13. So in Ps. 48, 3 beautiful in its ele-
vation, the joy of the whole earth is mount
Zion ; the joy of the remotest north is
the city of the great king, bio? being
“epeated, and the remotest north being
put by synecd. for the most distant na-
tions; so De Wette ed. 4. Yºs "nºn:
'he eartremities of the earth, remotest
ands, Jer. 6, 22, 25, 32; comp. nip;2
yºsr.
Tºm Chald. f. the thigh, Dan. 2, 32.
>k º obsol, root, prob. i. q. ſ"); bºn,
Phs, to be high. Hence pr. m. nion,
**on-- -27- alsº
nº (height) Jarmuth, pr; n, a]
A city in the plain of Judah, anciently
a royal city of the Canaanites, Josh. 10.
3. 12, 11. Neh. 11, 29. Vulg. Jerimoth,
Jerimuth, Euseb. and Jerome Jarimuth
Jermucha, ten miles from Eleutheropolis
towards Jerusalem; now * 2 Yar.
milk, see Bibl. Res. In Palest. II. p. 344.
b) A city of the Lev.tes in Issachar
Josh. 21, 29; called nº. 19, 21.
nº (heights, r. ºn.) Jeremoth, pr
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 14. b) Ezra 10, 26.
c) v. 27. d) 1 Chr. 23, 23, for which
nizhnº 24, 30. e) 25, 22, for which
riº v. 4, f) Ezra 10, 29 Cheth.
Keri nion.
Yº (dwelling in heights, r. phy) Je-
remai. pr. m. m. Ezra 10, 33.
Tººn" and "Tºm" (whom Jehovah
setteth up, r. Frºn Chald, no. 2) Jere-
miah, Sept. Iegsuing, pr. n. a) The
distinguished prophet, son of Hilkiah a
priest, Jer. 1, 1. 27, 1. Dan. 9, 2. etc. b)
1 Chr. 12, 13. c) 2 K. 23, 31, comp. Jer
35, 3. d) 1 Chr. 5, 24, e) 12, 4, f) 12
10. g) Neh. 10, 3. 12, 1.12.
>k sº to tremble, and hence to fear,
to be afraid, i. q. Finy, Nº. Arab.
and : id. This signification lies in
the primary syllable sºn, comp, the roots
Twº, bºy, esy. Once in praet. Is. 15, 4
* nº iº his soul trembleth within
him (Moab), sc. for fear, terror.—Fut
sº belongs to r. ss.
Deriv. Hy”, pr. m. nisºn".
bSºn" (what God heals, r. sen) Ir.
peel, pr. m. of a place in Benjamin, Josh,
18, 27.
* I. Pº. 1 to spit, i. q. pp.) II, Chald.
ph-, Ethiop. (DZ9P, id. Praet. Num. 12.
14. Deut. 25, 9. Inf absol. pn: Num,
l. c.—The fut. phy is borrowed from pp.).
* II. pn: obsol. root, to be green, pale
green, as a plant; comp. Tipº. Arab
º to put forth leaves, as a tree; IV
to sprout; both from the idea of green.
ness, verdure. Hence the six following
and pin.
Pº. m. adj. green, neut. something
green, green herbage, 2 K. 19, 28. Is
p-
Tj-"
428
37, 27. Spec. greens, herbs; pº is a
garden of herbs Deut. 11, 10. 1 K. 21, 2.
pº, nrºs a portion of herbs, vegeta-
bles, Prov. 15, 17. Syr. i-of-2, inaci.,
an herb.
P. m. greenness, nº phy-bº all
greenness of plants, every green plant,
Gen. 1, 30. 9, 3. Nujº phy greenness of
grass i. e. green grass, Ps. 37, 2. Else-
where concr. the green, the verdure, foli-
age, of fields and trees, Ex. 10, 15. Num.
22, 4, Is. 15, 6.
TP. m. (r. phº) greenness, paleness,
złogórns, dºzgórns. Spoken
1. Of persons, paleness of face, that
ghastly greenish-yellow tinge which
arises from sudden affright, Jer. 30, 6.
2. Of grain, paleness, yellowness, a turn-
.ng yellow from disease, Deut. 28, 22.
1 K. 8, 37. Am. 4,9. Hagg. 2, 17. Arab.
Jº id. Coupled with Tipº q. v.
ſiphº m. (r. phº) yellowness, see hº
Tipººn in art. "72, bºº, bb.
D.P. (paleness of the people, r. phy;
2r perh. ‘the people is spread abroad,”
for tº spº) Jorkeam, pr. m. of a town
of Judah, 1 Chr. 2, 44.
Pºp'n' plur. f. nipºpº. R. pn:.
1. Adj. greenish, yellowish, złogičov,
spoken of a leprous colour in garments,
Lev. 13, 49. 14, 37.
2. Subst. paleness, yellowness, of gold
Ps. 68, 14. Ethiop. (DCP gold itself.
Arab. CŞ; money, coin.
tº Jer. 49, 1, also wn. 2 pers.
ºn: Deut. 6, 18, but c. suff. Frºn: 30,
5, plur. 2. p. tº ; Fut, tºº, plur.
ºn”, “Unº, Imp. ºn Deut. 1,21, ºn ib.
2, 24. 31, and fully win, with He parag.
Hujº. 33,23; Inf, nº, c. suff, irºn.
1. to take, to seize, to take possession
of to occupy, mostly by force, 1 K. 21, 15.
16, 18.--That this, and not ‘ to inherit,'
is the primary signification, is apparent
ffom the derivatives nu}, net, and Ginºr
must, new wine; as also from the sylla-
ble ºn, which like on, Yºn, has the ſorce
of taking, seizing, see in bºr. The
secondary sense of inheriting is found
in Arab. *)2, Syr. 4P, Chald, nº,
Eth. (DZTi; and perhaps L at here.
for hered-s is from the same source.—
Construed: a) With acc. of thing
spoken very frequently of the occupa.
tion of the promised land, Lev. 20, 24.
Deut. 1, 8. 3, 18. 20. Ps. 44, 4, 83, 13
al. So of the whole earth Is. 14, 21;
houses Ez. 7, 24; the wealth of nations
Ps. 105, 44. Part, u) \in a possessor, coil
queror, Mic. 1, 15. Jer. 8, 10. b) With
acc. of pers. to take possession of any
one, i. e. to seize upon his possession, to
drive him out, to dispossess him, to suc-
ceed in his place. Deut. 2, 12 tº "::"
Eriºgº Ehiºn Bºy" and the chil.
dren of Esau drove them out (the Hor.
ites), and destroyed them from before
them. v. 21. 22. 9, 1. 11, 23. 12, 2. 18,
14. 19, 1.31, 3. Prov. 30, 23 a handmaid
who has dispossessed her mistress, has
succeeded in her place. Is, 54, 3. Jer. 49,
2. With "3ºz from before Deut. 12, 29.
Judg. 11, 24. The proper force of the
word is apparent in the following pas-
sages: Deut. 31, 3 the Lord will destroy
these nations from before thee, Bruin"
and thou shalt lake possession of them,
seize upon their possessions, succeed
them. Judg. 11, 23 Jehovah hath driven
out the Amoriles before his people Israel,
Hºnºr rºs, and will thou (Sihon) take
possession of their land 2
2. to possess, to hold in possession,
Lev. 24, 46. Deut. 19, 14, 21, 1. al. So
of a land Obad. 19. Ez. 36, 12. Judg. 18,
9; wealth Judg. 18, 7. Very frequent
in the phrase Yº Gº to possess the
(promised) land, spoken of the quiet
occupancy and abode of the Israelites
in Palestine, promised of old to Abra-
ham, and emblematic of the highest
prosperity and happiness, Gen. 15, 7.
Ps. 25, 13. 37, 9, 11. 22. 29. Is. 60, 21.
Comp. Matt. 5, 5.—Poet. of animals Is.
34, 11 ; plants Hos. 9, 6.
3. Spec. to inherit, to receive an inhe-
ritance, with acc. of thing Num. 27, 11
36,8; also, acc. of pers. (comp. no. 1. b.)
to inherit one’s estate, to be one’s heir
Gen. 15, 3.4. Absol. Gen. 21, 10 the son
of the bond-woman shall not inherit witk
my son, with Isaac. Part. Úniº an heir
Jer. 49, 1. 2 Sam. 14, 7.
Niph. ºniº to be dispossessed, to be
driven out of one's possessions, to coms
ºn-
*E*
429
!c pove, ly, pass. of Kal no. 1. b. Gen. 45,
11 Prov. 20, 13. 30, 9. In this sense it
has affinity with ºn to be poor.
PIEL ºn twice, i. q. Kal no. 1; with
acc. of thing Deut. 28, 42; with acc. of
pers. i. Q. to drive out from a possession,
to dispossess, to bring to poverty, Judg.
14, 15 tº Prsºr ºn have ye called
us to impoverish us? Here some Mss.
and editions omit Metheg, and the form
would then be Kal. But the regular
Inf Kal would be ruinh.
HipH. unmin 1. to cause to possess,
to give possession of anything to any one,
with two acc. Judg. 11, 24. 2 Chr. 20, 11.
Poet. Job 13, 26 ºnly; niñy ºn and
makest me to possess the sins of my youth,
i.e. still imputest them to me. With
of pers Ezra 9, 12.
2. i. q. Kal no. 1, to take possession of
to seize upon. a) With acc. of thing, e.g.
a land Num. 14, 24; a city Josh. 8, 7.
17, 12; a mountainous tract Judg. 1, 19.
b) With acc. of pers. to seize upon one's
possessions, to drive out of a possession,
to dispossess, to earpel, Judg. 1, 29 sq. 11,
23. Josh. 3, 10. Ps. 45, 3, al. Often of
God as driving out the Canaanites, Ex.
34, 24. Num. 32, 21. 1 K. 14, 24. 2 K.
16, 3. al. Trop, also of things, Job 20,
15 God shall drive them out from his
belly, sc. the riches swallowed.—Hence
3. to dispossess of wealth, to make
poor, 1 Sam. 2, 7. Comp. Niph.
4. to destroy, Num. 14, 12.
Deriv. Huynh, Hºnº, nu}, ºnio,
-lºniz, Jin-r , and pr. n. m. suft- or
ºn", nºniº.
Tº f a possession, Num. 24, 18.
nºn- f. 1. a possession, Deut. 2, 5.9.
Josh. 12, 6.7. Judg. 21, 17. Ps. 61, 6.
2, inheritance, Jer. 32, 8.
Priº see prº.
2Sºtº (whom God has set up, r.
Bºb) Jesimiel, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.
Sk nº: 1. i. q. Eat), to put, to place;
hence rººs, Judg. 12, 3 Cheth.
2. Intrans, to be put, placed, comp.
ns: and nºx. Fut. Bºnº Gen. 20, 26
also Gen. 24, 33 Cheth, where in Keri
s tº Hoph. of Bhuj.
ºbsº (for hs rinº, warrior or sol-
lier of God, r. Hºº, see Gen. 32, 29)
Israel, pr: n, given by Jehovah to thi
patriarch Jacob, see Gen. 32, 29. 35, 10.
but more frequently put for his pos.
terity, the people of lsrael.—Hence
1. For the whole people of Israel, the
twelve tribes, is put bsº "º the chil.
dren of Israel in the Pentat. Josh. Judg.
Sam. Kings and Chronicles; bºrº n*:
the house of Israel Ex. 16, 31. 40, 38,
also simpl. Sºº Israel, the Israelites
Ex. 5, 2. 9, 7. 11, 7; with sing. masc,
Josh. 4, 22. 7, 8, 11. Am. 7, 11.17; sing,
fem. Is. 19, 24. Jer. 3, 11 ; plur. masc.
Josh. 3, 17. 7, 25. Judg. 8, 27. So too in
the phrases bsº biºp, * ºrbs, i. e.
Jehovah; Psºi in Israel, 1 Sam, 9,9.
Judg. 11, 40. Ruth 4, 7. Deut. 17, 4,
bSºº Yºs the land of Israel, Palestine,
1 Sam. 13, 19. 2 K. 6, 23. Sometimes
the whole people is presented as one
person, Ex. 4, 22 Israel is my son. Num.
20, 14; and so Is. 41, 8, 42, 24. 43, 1.15.
22, 28. 44, 1.5; parall. Epsº.-Emphat.
bShº is sometimes put for the true
Israelites (&Am36); Ioganſitot John 1,48)
those distinguished for piety and virtue,
and worthy of the name, Is. 49, 3. Ps. 73.
1; comp. Rom. 9, 6 oi yog tºwts, oi és
'Iuguík, oirot 'Iagań.
2. In consequence of the dissensions
between the ten tribes and Judah aſter
the death of Saul, these ten tribes,
among whom Ephraim took the lead, as
being the majority, took to themselves
this honourable name of the whole na-
tion, see 2 Sam. 2, 9, 10. 17. 28. 19, 40–
43. 1 K. 12, 1; and on their separation
after the death of Solomon into an inde-
pendent kingdom, founded by Jeroboam
this name was adopted for the kingdom,
so that thenceforth the kings of the ten
tribes are called bºttº "Bºo, and the
descendants of David, who reigned over
Judah and Benjamin, Hºri, "sha. So
in the prophets of that period Judah and
Israel are put in opposition, Hos. 4, 15.
5, 3. 5. Am. 1, 1, 2, 6. Mic, 1, 5. Is, 5, 7.
al. Yet the kingdom of Judah was still
reckoned as a part of the people Israel,
as in Is. 8, 14 the two kingdoms are
called the two houses of Israel, comp. Is.
10, 20. And hence, aſter the destruction
of the kingdom at Samarie the name
Israel began to be applied to the who'e
surviving people; so in Jer. Ezek. Ezra
ºn
430 º
Nehemiah, see 2 Chr. 12, 1. 15, 17. 19,
8. 21, 2.4. 23, 2. 24, 5.
The gentile n. is ºbsº Israelite 2
Sam. 17, 25; fem. nºsº: Lev. 24, 10.
"Putº Issachar, pr. m. of the fifth son
ol' Jacob by Leah, Gen. 30, 18. The
tribe of Issachar (nzuº" "3+) inhabited
the region adjacent to the sea of Gali-
tee, Josh, 19, 17 sq. comp. Gen. 49, 14.
|Deut. 33, 18. Jos. Ant. 5. 1. 22.-The
name as it n w stands in the text, is
every where furnished with the vowels
belonging to the constant Keri nº
i.e. bought with a reward or price, see
Gen. 30, 16. The fuller form in Chethibh
may be read in two ways, either n:º tº
there is reward, or -ºº: for nº sº.
he brings reward, see Gen. 30, 18.
tº, with Makk. -uj, (r. Huffy, as a
from rº) pr. to sival, being, eacistence;
then what is, what eacists, there is.
Hence
1. Implying existence, presence, etc.
there eacists, there is ; so Arab. U”'.
Syr. Ali, Chald, "nºs q.v. a) Spec.
there evists; Ps. 58, 12 tº e-nºs-uś,
Yºs: there is (exists) a God that judgeth
in the earth. Is. 44, 8 "Tºº Hibs ºr
is (exists) there a God besides me 2
Ps. 14, 2. 2 Sam. 9, 1. Jer. 5, 1. Lam.
1, 12. b) Genr. there is, Fr. il y
a, Germ. es gibt, implying existence,
presence, readiness, etc. Ruth 3, 12 tº:
*22 airp bºš there is (here) a kinsman
nearer than I. Judg. 19, 19 there is (uº)
both straw and provender, i. e. here,
ready. 1 Sam. 21, 5 ºn tºp triº. Ecc.
1, 10. 2, 21. 7, 15. 8, 14. Prov. 13, 7, 18,
24. Hence comes in later Heb. the
phrase -uśs tº there are (were) who,
twice or thrice repeated, for some, others,
others, Neh. 5, 2, 3, 4 bººs Hugs us:
there were who said, i. e. some said.
Also nºrt" ºu;N tº there was that it was,
repeated for ‘it was (happened) some-
times,’ i. q. "E *rīºl, Num. 9, 20. 21.
Onk. Tºrº rºs. c) With a note of
place added, Gen. 28, 16 Hirt, tº 7:2S
riºr Bipº. 24, 33. Num. 13, 20. Judg.
4, 20. Job 6, 6; or a people, etc. in or
from which one is, Deut. 22, 17. 2 K
P, 16. Ezra 10, 44.
2. Put directly for the subst. verb to
be, i, q is, it is ; Judg. 6, 13 Hin' tº
*>3x and Jehovah is with us. Gen. 23, §
tºº-rs ºn as if it is in your mind
iſit be your mind. For "T. bsh tº see
in BS I. 2. Also with a suffix, which
then expresses the subject of the subst,
verb; as Huy thou art Judg. 6,36; tº
ye are Gen. 24,49; intº he (it) is Esth,
3, 8, 1 Sam. 14, 39. 23, 23; with a note
of place Deut. 99, 14. So with a parti.
cip. Judg. l.c. Gen. 24, 49 Bºy Bºº BN
Tºr if ye are dealing kindly, if ye deal
kindly.
3. * ºn there is to any one, he has,
genr. to have, i. q. . Fºr, see in Hyr; no,
3, bb. Syr. --> -ºi id–Ruth 1, 12
Hipnº ºn there is to me hope, I have
hope. Gen. 44, 20 ſpy as hºrus: we have
a father. 43, 7. 1 Chr. 29, 3. Job 25, 3.
Jer. 41, 8; so is ºn hºstbº all whatso-
ever he had Gen. 39, 4.5.8. 2 K. 4, 13
ºn-bs tº -2.7% ºn hast thou to speak
to the king 2 So with the dative impl.
Job 33, 32 ſº tº es for Tºº Fº. By ps
if thou hast words i. e. any thing to say.
Is. 43,8. 2 Chr. 25, 9. Prov. 8, 21.
NotE 1. It appears from the exam-
ples, that the subst. ºn corresponds, so
far as the common use of language is
concerned, to the substantive verb Hºrſ,
viz. to those significations of it given in
rtyr; no. 3; in such a way indeed as of
itself to mark no distinction of number
or time, but more commonly implying
the present time. Thus in very many
examples it is put for is, plur. are, 2 K.
2, 16. Ezra 10, 44. Ps. 58, 12. Ecc. 8
14; also Praet. was, were, Gen. 39, 4.5.8.
Num. 9, 20. 21. Neh. 5, 2. 3. 4; Fut. will
or shall be, Jer. 31, 6. So too in cols-
ditional clauses, after ES Gen. 23, 8
1 Sam. 14, 39; nº Num. 22, 29. Job
16, 4.
Note 2. For ºn N}, there is not, which
is found in Arabic and Aramaean con.
tracted into one word (U& 5 *—s.
nº), the Hebrews employ Tºs, jºs
the various uses of which correspond to
those of tº ; see above, p. 43. Strictly
therefore a form tº jºs is not admissi
ble; yet it is found twice, by a pleonasm
of the subst. verb, 1 Sam 21, 9, Ps. 134
17; see in 7"N no. 2. b.
-lj" 431
-lºj”
Sk intº", fut. Huº, conv. Rºi; inf abs.
=º 1 Sam. 20, 5, once Riº Jer. 42, 10;
constr. nau, c. suff, "nau; ; Imp. au},
nau; ; Part, fem. Hºi Nah. 3, 8, else-
where radiº, raû". For ºriuſ Ps 23,
6, see Index.
1. to sit down, to seat oneself; kindr.
with 53: to set, to place; intrans. to be
set, placed. Aram. an: , --i- id. The
Arab. verb J, has the signification to
sit, only in the Himyaritic dialect; see
the amusing story in Pococke Spec. Hist.
Arab. p. 15 ed. White; but this sense
is ſound in the common Arabic in the
9 : *.
subst. ºº: throne, couch, consessus.
The verb is frequent in the sense to lie
It wait, to spring upon the prey, and
genr. ºn the sense of leaping, springing.
—Construed: absol. Gen. 27, 19. Prov.
23, 1; with h of place Ps. 9, 5, 110, 1. Is.
47, 1. 1 K. 2, 19; c. dat. pleon. Gen. 21,
16 Fiº augm" and sat down for herself, by
herself—Also to be seated, to sit, to be
sitting, with F. Gen. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 7, 1;
by 1 K. 1, 35. 2 K. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 20,
24. Poet, with acc. of that on which
one sits, Ps, 80,2 ºr aujº who sitteth
upon the cherubim, i. e. upon a throne
borne by the cherubim. 99, 1. Is. 37, 16.
Impl. to sit up, Is. 52, 2.
Spec. Huffy to sit is spoken: a) Of
judges who sit to dispense justice, Is.
28,6 ºn by avºi" who sitteth at judg-
ment, at the judicial table (comp. By Ruſ'.
Prºn to sit at meat 1 Sam. 20, 24), i. e.
as a judge. Joel 4, 12. Mal. 3, 3. Hence
oºr, nau; the seat of violence, i.e. of un-
just Judgment, Am. 6, 3, b) Of kings
sitting either as judges Ps. 9, 5.8 ; or
upon the throne, Germ. thromen, Ps. 61,
8. 55, 20. Is. 14, 13. Zech. 6, 13; comp.
Rev. 18, 7. Hence in Is. 10, 13 B-suffin
are kings sitting upon thrones. Of God
as king and judge of the v-orld, to sit
enthroned for ever Ps. 29, 10. 102, 13.
c) Of those who sit in ambush, to lie in
wait, to lurk, fully ans i^* = tº Job 38,
40; with dat. of pers. Judg. 16, 9. Jer. 3,
8; absol. Ps. 10, 8, 17, 12. So * ,
See above ; comp. Gr. Aózog, Aoysilo, ko-
rtºo, from Aéyo to sit down, Lat. insi-
iliat. d) Of mourners, who sit upon
the ground Is. 3, 26. 47, ... Joh 2, 13; or
Solitary Lam. 1, 1. 3, 28; or who ard
said simply to sit, Ps. 137, 1. Neh. I, 4.
Deut. 21, 23. Hence of a widow. Gen.
38, 11. Is. 47, 8, e) Of those who sil
still, who are quiet, idle, opp. to those
who go out to war or to hunt, Jer. 8, 14,
Is. 30. 7. Gen. 25, 27 Dºris -uji" sitting
in tents i. e. remaining at home, occu.
pied in domestic affairs. So zºual
Walckn. ad Hāot. 2,86. f.) Oſan army
which sits down in a place, holds it, 1
Sam. 13, 16. Lat. ‘sedere contra aliq.”
g) by sº to sit with any one, to have
intercourse, to associate with him, Ps.
26, 4, 5; comp. Ps. 1, 1. Jer. 15, 17. h.)
The phrase to sit at the king’s right
hand see in Tºº, no. 1, bb. i.) Further
Huj is used also of things which else-
where are said to be set, put, placed,
comp. the primary idea above and also
Piel ; and where other languages em-
ploy either verbs of standing, being laid,
(comp. Toy, nº.) or like the Heb. those
of sitting, dwelling. Comp. Bujio site of
a city, 2 K. 2, 19; Chald. In to be situ-
ated, of a city, Targ. Is. 22, 1. Nah. 3, 1.
Eth. Żſl/, id. So of thrones as set,
placed, Ps. 122, 5 rises hau; nº "z
tº for there are set thrones for judg-
ment, as the highest seat of justice. Ps.
125, 1 as Mount Zion, which cannot be
moved, nº Phish but is set fast for ever.
Zech. 12, 6, 14, 10; comp. Jer. 30, 18.
Zech. 2, S. This last example can also
be referred to no. 4; to which also some
interpreters refer all these passages,
But the 1dea of inhabiting does not suit
the most of them ; while they all admit
and even require the signif. of being set,
placed.—Hence inf. rāº; as subst, seat,
see in its order.
2. to remain, to abide, to tarry; since
those who continue in a place sit down.
2 Sam. 10, 5 tarry (Mauj) at Jericho writil
tyour beards be grown. 1 Sam. 25, 13.
Gen. 24, 55. 29, 19. Num. 35, 25. Judg.
6, 18. al. With acc. of place, as in no.
1; Ruth 2, 7 ºn nºn Frau; her tarry-
ing in the house is little. With dat.
pleon. Gen. 22, 5 He tº Haug abide ye
here. With dat, of pers. Hos. 3, 3 "Rujr
* abide for me, i.e. remain true to me
also to stay for any one, to wait, Ex. 24,
-lºj”
-lº-
4.32
4 absol. id. Num, 22, 19.—Of things,
Sen. 49, 24 intºp rºs: Ruiry his bow
abides in strength, remains strong.
3. to dwell, to dwell in, to inhabit, Gen.
13, 6. Ps. 133, 1. al. saep. With 3 of
place, e. g. a land Gen. 13, 12. 45, 10.
Deut. 2, 10. 12. 20; a city Gen. 19, 29;
a house Deut. 19, 1; with by as nºs by
on or in a land Lev. 25, 18. 19. Jer. 23,
8. Ez. 28, 25; also with by at, by, Ez.
3, 15; a Judg. 5, 17; by Gen. 27,44; ns
with Gen. 34, 16; 'E *E* before a teach-
er, master, i. e. with, 2 K. 4, 38. 6, 1 ; c.
acc. as nº atº Is. 44, 13. 42, 11. Poet.
Ps. 22, 4 bsº nibrº auji inhabiting
(dwelling among) the praises of Israel,
in the temple, where the praises of Is-
rael resound before thee. But nº c.
acc. is also to dwell at, by, near a place,
to be neighbour, comp. mº, Tºuj; e. g.
in both senses Gen. 4, 20 Hºpº bris au;"
those dwelling in tents and by (with) the
flocks, i. e. nomades; also Ez. 26, 17 fin.
rºi" her neighbours, i. e. neighbour-
ing cities, nations. To dwell in the
house of God is to frequent his temple and
its worship Ps. 23, 6. 27, 4.84, 5; comp.
ºniº. Spoken often of God as dwelling
either in heaven Ps. 123, 4, 1 K. 8, 39.
43. 49; or the temple Ps. 9, 12. 2 Sam.
7, 6; so too of an idol Is. 44, 13; of
beasts Jer. 50, 39; and also of things,
as the ark 1 Sam. 7, 2; justice Is. 32,
16.-PART. Rºi" a dweller, inhabitant,
often as subst, as thujºnº ºn Jer. 17,
25; bºr - 51, 12; Yºst, “ 10, 18; "
ºn Is. 18, 3. Ps. 33, 8. Sing, often col-
lect. "Y" suffin inhabitants of Jerusalem
Is, 5, 3; Tinº aujin 9, 8; comp. 20, 6.
24, 17. Jer. 48, 43. al. Also in fem.
rºugh collect. for inhabitants Is. 12, 6.
Jer. 21, 13. 48, 19. Mic. 1, 11 sq. See in
na no. 5. p. 167.
4. Poet. also pass, or intrans. to be in-
habited, to be habitable, i, q. Hoph. with
which Kal often agrees in signif. Comp.
be fut. 5:15. So too Gr. volo, espec.
vote tºo Od. 4.404. Spoken of cities Jer.
17, 25, regions Joel 4, 20 Judah shall
be inhabited for ever, opp. ‘to be deso-
late” v. 19 ; Sept. 20 rotºfforetol, Vulg.
habitabilur. Zech. 7, 7. Often au: Nº
to be uninhabiled, not habitable, in the
Hescription of desolate cities and regions,
e.g. Babylon Is. 13, 20 comp. parall. Jer.
50, 40; also Jer. 49, 18, 33, 50, 13. 39
Of Tyre Ez. 29, 1.] no foot of man or
beast shall pass through it, neither shall
it be inhabited (Rºn N}) forty years
comp. Jer. 2, 6 and parall. Ez. 26, 20.
Of Askelon Zech. 9, 5; the cities of
Idumea Ez. 35,9. Of regions Jer. 17, 6
also of single houses Job 15, 28, where
Sept. oixovg &otzitovs. In all these pas-
sages the Sept. and Vulg. have the pass
xwtouxsio 90:1, habitari ; while the Chald
and Syr. mostly retain the active form,
which in those languages, as in Heh.
admits the passive or intransitive sense,
This signif therefore stands firm, al-
though denied by Hengstenberg, ad
Zech. 12, 6. Christol. II. p. 286.
NIPH. Fuji to be inhabited Ex. 16, 35
Jer. 6, 8, Ez. 12, 20. 26, 17 tº nauji.
inhabited from the seas i. e. frequented
by maritime nations. 38, 12.
PIEL causat. of Kal no. 1. i, to set, to
place, to pitch tents Ez. 25, 4.
Hiph. Hºuſin, once c. suff. Bºrizºir
Zech. 10, 6 for Bºrºujin as in some Mss
The writer prob. had in mind the similar
form p-ni-'ºn from r. shu).
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to sit,
to seat, to set, 1 Sam. 2, 8, 1 K. 21, 9.10.
12. Job 36, 7.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
dwell or inhabit, Ps. 4, 9. 68, 7. 113, 8;
with two acc. Ps. 113, 9; 3 of place Gen
47, 6. 2 K. 17, 6. Hos. 12, 10; by Hos,
11, 11. Also to let dwell with oneself, to
cohabit with, as a wife ; hence i. Q. to
take to wife, to marry, Ezra 10, 2, 10. 14.
17, 18. Neh. 3, 27. Comp. Eth. Å(Dºriſ)
id.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to be
inhabited, Ez. 36, 33. Is. 54, 3.
HoPH. 1. to be made to dwell, Is. 5,8.
2. to be inhabited, Is. 44, 26.
Deriv, nauj, Tºuj, Hujio, augin, pr
n nºi", Hºi-, -}; intº, Hugºu:
and the two following.
Fº: Bº' (sitting in the consessus,
Josheb-bashshebeth, pr. m. of one cf Da-
vid’s chief officers, 2 Sam. 23, 8; in the
parall. passage 1 Chr. 11, 11 Džº.
58+1} (seat of one's father) Jeshe
beab, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 24, 13.
Tatº (praising, r. neu) Ishbah, p
n. 1 Chr, 4, 17
-lºj”
433 ºff-
5:3 aſſº (his seat is at Nob) Ishbo-
benob, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Cheth,
=in ºath (my seat is at Nob) Ish-
bi-benob, pr. m. m. 2 Sam. 21, 16 Keri.
Priº "atº (r. Hº) Jashubi-lehem, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.
Dyºtº (to whom the people turneth)
Jashobe: , º, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 11.27, 2.
Pºº (leaving, r. pau) Ishbak, pr. m.
of a son of Abraham by Keturah, Gen.
25, 2.
nºpaujº (for nu;p-, -uś" seat in hard-
ness) Joshbekashah, pr: n. m. 1 Chr. 25,
q. 24.
*Hºº not in use, pr. to stand, to
stand out, to stand upright, and hence to
Şe , whence the moun tº being and
nºr a setting upright, uprightness.
Corresponding are Sanscr. as to be,
Pers. , Lat. esse ; comp. Syr.
ºff, Arab. G”2 Comp. as to signifi-
cation jº to stand, whence Jº to be.
Other traces of this root in Hebrew are
found in the pr. names Huji", "ujº.
Bºttº (he turneth, r. shu) Jashub, pr.
n. a) A son of Issachar, Num. 26, 24.
Hence patronym. "Ruº Num, l.c. b)
Ezra 10, 29.
Titº (even, level, r. Hº) Ishvah, pr.
m. of a son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17.
Tritº (whom Jehovah bows down,
r. nnº) Jeshohaiah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 4, 36.
* (i. q. Hyºjº) Ishvi, pr. m. a.) A
son of Asher, Gen. 46, 17. b) A son
of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 49.
yºtº pr. n. Jeshua, contracted from
shºrt, i. q suffin, Joshua q. v. common
in the later Hebrew; whence Gr. "In-
goig. --
1. Of men. a.) Of Joshua the suc-
cessor of Moses, Neh. 8, 17. b) Of the
high priest of the same name, see Şuşin.
no. 2. Ezra 2, 2. 3, 2. Neh. 7, 7. c) 1
Chr. 24, 11. d) Three Levites, 2 Chr.
31, 15. Ezra 2, 40. 8, 33. Neh. 7, 43. 8,
. 9, 4.5. 10, 10. 12, 8, 24, e) Neh 3,
19, comp. 7, 11. Ezra 2, 6.
2. Jeshua a city of Judah, Neh. 11, 26.
rightºn f. (r. Suj) with n parag, poet.
trº, Ps. 3, 3.80, 3. Jon. 2, 10.
1. deliverance, safety, salvation in a
temporal sense, Is. 56, 1. 59, 11. Ps. 14.
7. al. Ps. 3, 9 nºvºn Hinº to Jehovah
belongeth deliveraſ: ce, it cºmes from
him. "nshujº, "nºs God my deliverer
Ps, 88.2. Hyºusº º nºr; he is to me for
deliverance, is become my deliverer, Ex.
15, 2, 2 Sam. 10, 11. Ps. 118, 14, 21. Sc
of deliverance from guilt Job 13, 16 —-
Concr: a) a deliverer, Ps. 68, 20 ºst;
ºnyº. 62.3.7. Is. 33,2. Plur. Ps. 49
12 and 43, 5 riºsº ºp rºujº my deliv-
erer and my God; so too doubtless 42, 6.
b) delivered, rescued, (comp. Tº Gen.
12, 2, and plur, niº Ps. 21, 7,) Is. 26,
18 yºs Higº banshū, we have not made
the earth delivered, i. e. we have not
delivered the earth, wrought deliver
ance in it.
2. help, aid, espec. from God, Ps. 9, 15.
13, 6, 20, 6. 21, 6; fully nº rºº Ex.
14, 13. Is. 26, 1 br., nion nº Hyº-
his help will God set as walls and bul.
warks, i. e. God’s help will be to us
instead of walls, etc.—Hence, victory,
1 Sam. 14, 45. Is. 59, 17. Hab. 3, 8. Ps.
118, 15. Plur. victories, espec. those by
which a people are delivered from dan-
ger through the divine aid, Ps. 18, 51.
44, 5. 74, 12. Comp. the root Hiph.
no. 2. Arab. 243 help, alsº victory.
3. welfare, prosperity, happiness, Is.
51, 6. 60, 18. Job 30, 15.
'nº. obsol. root, Arab. transp,
U%-2 to be empty, spoken of a desert
and desolate region, also of a hungry
stomach. Conj. IV, to have an empty
22 O
stomach, to be hungry, L&s; fasting.
Hence
nº m. empliness, hunger, once Mic
6, 14.
* tº only HipH. tºujin, to stretch
T
out, to eartend, c. acc. et a Esth. 4, 11. 5.
2. 8, 4. Chald. toujis, Syr. Maol id.
* (perh, firm, strong, see r. Hº) pr
n. Jesse, the father of king David, who as
being of humble birth was often called
by his enemies in contempt "tº": the
son of Jesse, 1 Sam. 20, 27. 30.31. 22, 7
8, 2 Sam. 20, 1, 1 K. 12, 16. (1 Sam. 16
1 sq.) The stem of Jesse, poet, for th
37
*º-
jº.
l:34
hmily St David, Is. 11, 1; and the root
sproux) f Jesse for the Messiah, id.
v. 10. Sept. Isagol.
nº (whom Jehovah lendeth, r. nujº)
Ishiah, Ishijah, pr. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 3.
b) Ezra 10, 31. Also of several Levites.
* (id) Ishiah, Jesiah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 12, 6.
Tº f (r. Bujº) plur, niouſ, deso-
lations, ruins, destruction, Ps. 55, 16
Cheth. Comp. pr. m. niaºn-nº p.
130. r.
Tinº m. a waste, desert, Is. 43, 19.
20. Ps. 68,8. 78,40. 106, 14. al. R. Bujj.
tº m. (r. Bujº) an old man, pr. one
grey-headed, only poetic, Job 12, 12.
15, 10. 29, 8. 32, 6. In the kindr. dia-
to :r 7
lects the corresponding word is ka-a-o,
9 -
Užºvº, the letter " being changed to
a rough palatal, see under lett. 5.
"tºº (son of an old man) Jeshishai,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 14. R. Gui.
“tº i. q. Dºu to be laid waste,
"made desolate ; hence fut. Duºn Gen. 47,
19. Ez. 12, 19. 19, 7. But this form can
be derived from tº itself, as bp: from
bºp, see Heb. Gramm. § 66. n. I. 3.
Plur. Hyºr Ez. 6, 6.
Deriv. rºuj, Tinºujº, pr. n. Tinº,
and
sº (waste, desolation) Ishma, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 3.
bswº (whom God heareth, r. sº)
Ishmael, pr.m. a) The son of Abraham
by Hagar, the ancestor of many Arabian
tribes, Gen. 25, 12–18. Hence patronym.
*Nº. 1 Chr. 2, 17, 28, 3, plur. E--,
Ishmaelites, Arabs descended from Ish-
mael; they are spoken of as carrying on
a traffic with Egypt, Gen. 37, 25. 27. 39,
1; and living a wandering life as noma-
ães at the eastward of the Hebrews and
of Egypt as far as to the Persian gulf and
Assyria, i. e. Babylonia, Gen. 25, 18;
which same limits are elsewhere (1
Sam. 15, 7) assigned to the Amalek-
ites. Judg. 8, 24 comp. v. 22. Ps. 83, 7.
\,) The murderer of Gedaliah, Jer. 40,
B. 14 sq. 41, 2 sq.
c) Of several other
persons, 1 C hr 8, 38. 2 Chr. 23, 1. Ezra
10, 22.
Tºº (whom Jehovah heareth, r
you?) Ishmaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12, 4.
Tºtº (id.) Ishmaiah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 27, 19.
ºntº (for n:hºušº, whom Jehovah
keepeth, r. nº) Ishmerai, pr. n. m
1 Chr. 8, 18.
Sk Tºº, 1 pers. "rº Job 3, 13; ſut.
ju)", plur. º. Prov. 4, 16; inf jius,
Ecc. 5, 11; pr. to be languid, weary
Hence
1. Oſpersons, to fall asleep, Gen. 2,21
41, 5. Ps. 4, 9. Also to sleep, 1 K. 19, 5
Prov. 4, 16. Ecc. 5, 11 ; of beasts Ez. 34
25.—Arab. Gº to begin to sleep, to
slumber, & beginning of sleep. Vice
versa, the Arabs use the verb el 3 of
sleep itself, while the Hebrews 'denote
by it only slumber, see Dº.—Coupled
with th; in the phrase Tº" Nº tº Nº.
to neither slumber nor sleep, spoken of
an active soldier Is. 5, 27; of a sleepless
guardian Ps. 121, 4–To sleep is also
spoken poetically: a) Of the listless,
those who do nothing, whence &vögoſto-
uógqog of God, Ps. 44, 24 why sleepes'
thou, Jehovah 2 78,65. b) Of the dead,
Job 3, 13; more fully c. acc. Bºis nºt jº,
Jer. 51, 39.57, and nºn Tujº Ps. 13, 4,
2. Of things, to be flaccid, flabby, dry,
hence to be old, not new, comp. Baº,
nº. So adj. Tº, and
Niph. Tuji: 1. to be dry, spoken of old
grain of a former year, opp. to new or
of this year, Lev. 26, 10.
2. to be old, i.e. of leprosy, to be inve-
terate, Lev. 13, 11; of a person who has
dwelt long in a country, Deut. 4, 25.
PIEL causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to
sleep, Judg. 16, 19.
Deriv. Hºuj, rºuj, and the three here
following.
Tº adj. ſem. Hº, dry, i.e. old, no
new, spoken of grain of a former year
Lev. 25, 22. Cant. 7, 14; of an old or
former gate Neh. 3, 6. 2, 39; of an old
pool Is. 22, 11. See r. ſº no. 2.
Tº adj, fem. nº
#, plur. constr. **
Dam. 12, 2.
Sºjº
yºf-
435
1. Part. and verbal adj. sleeping,
asleep, 1 Sam. 26,7. Ps. 78,65. Cant. 7,
10 thy palate (i. e. its moisture) is like
sweet wine flowing straight to my belov-
ed, tº "neu ==in gently stealing over
the lips of the sleepers, i. e. those sleeping
together. The Arabian poets often thus
refer to the moisture of kisses, see Hug
ad Cant. p. 49. Doepke ad Cant. 4, 11.
p. 142. Trop. of death Dan. 12, 2.-In
the manner of participles it serves to
form a periphrasis for the finite verb,
1 K. 3, 20 rigº Triºs thy handmaid was
sleeping, i.e. slept. Cant. 5, 2.
2. Jashem, pr. m. m. 2 Sam. 23, 22; for
which 1 Chr. 11, 34 pujr.
Tºtº (old) Jeshanah, pr. n. of a city
in Ephraim or Samaria 2 Chr. 13, 19;
see Jos. Ant. 8. 11. 3. ib. 14. 15. 12.
+ yj * –
E. in Kal not used, Arab. cº, to
be broad, ample, spacious ; trop. to be
rich, opulent ; kindr. with Shū. See
Jauhari in A. Schultens Orig. Heb. T.I.
p. 20. To the Hebrews broad space,
unde room, is the emblem of liberty, de-
liverance from dangers and straits, comp.
art, nyn; as on the other hand narrow-
ness of space, straits, is put for difficulty,
distress, danger, comp. hºs, nºs. Hence
HipH. Shujin ; ſut, yºujin, rarely with
n retained sºujin', 1 Sam. 17, 47. Ps.
116,6, apoc. sujin, suffin], yujº Job 5, 15,
once c. suff. Pºu." Is, 35, 4.
1. to deliver, to save, Sept. Gajšo, with
acc. of pers. Ps. 3, 8 ºujin nº rºp.
Is, 38, 20. Jer. 17, 14. al. So a city
1 Sam. 23, 2. Is. 37, 35. Often with 72
of pers. from whom, Ps. 7, 2. 22, 22. 109,
31; also Tºº Ex. 14, 30. 2 K. 19, 9; Fºx,
2 K. 16, 7; also 72 of thing, as anriº
Iob 5, 15, bºrº 2 Sam. 22, 3, etc. Rare-
ty with :, or Tà of pers, or thing by or
through whom, 2 K. 14, 27. Hos. 1, 7.
The acc. being omitted, Is. 59, 1. Ps.
118, 25 Nº-nºnu;in save now ! whence
Gr. 60 ovyč.—PART. Shujio a deliverer,
saviour, Sept. oorig, Judg. 3, 9, 15.
1 Sam. 10, 19. Is. 19, 20; of God as de-
livering, saving his people Is. 43, 11.45,
15. 21. al. Sºujio Ts) and there is no
delive, er, no hope of safety, Deut. 22, 27.
* Sam. 22,42. Often coupled with bºsſ,
n a like signif. Ps. 6, 5. Jer. 15, 20 al.
2. to help, to aid, to succour, Sept
§om 980, with acc. of pers. Ex . 2, 17
2 Sam. 2, 19; c. dat. Josh. 10, 6. 2 Sam
10, 11. Absol. 2 Sam. 14,4 ºn Hyujir
help, O king 1 2 K. 6, 26. Often of God
as affording help, aid, c. acc. Ps. 12, 2.
28, 9.76, 10, though these examples car
also be referred to no. 1; c. dat. Ps. 72,4
86, 16. 116, 6. Prov. 20, 22; of idols
Judg. 10, 14. Jer. 11, 12. Hence, as hel;
from God brings victory, i. q. to give vic
tory, to let triumph, Deut. 20, 4. Josh
22, 22. 2 Sam. 8, 6, 14. 1 Chr. 1-, 14
nºit, ryūr vuji” and Jehovah gave
them a great victory, by which they
were delivered from their enemies.—A
customary phrase is "T, "h nºntin or
*** * Hyºujin, my own hand or arm
hath helped me, i.e. by my own might,
my own valour, have I gotten the vić-
tory, sc. without the help of another,
Judg. 7, 2. Job 40, 9 [14]; of God Ps.
44, 4. 98, 1. Is. 59, 16. 63, 5. But in a
different construction and sense, 1 Sam.
25, 26 m. Tº suffin to help thyself with
thine own hand, i. e. to avenge thyself
privately. v. 33. Here T. and "Ti v
33 is the accus. of instrument, which is
elsewhere coupled with this verb, Ps, 60
7. 108, 7, comp. 17, 13; for which see
Heb. Gram, S 135. 1. n. 3.
NIPH. Sujiº 1. to be delivered, saved,
Ps, 80, 4. Is. 30, 15. Jer. 4, 14. Zech.
9, 9; with 12 of pers. Ps. 18, 4. Num.
10, 9; 12 of thing Jer. 30, 7.
2. to be helped, succoured from God;
and hence, to gain the victory, to triumph,
Ps. 33, 16 where the parall. member has
bx?", showing that the primary force of
suyº is every where preserved. Deut. 33
29. Is. 45, 17.
Deriv. the four here following, also
nº, risugio, the pr. names su-hs,
swin, Hºsºin, suffinº, sº, sº,
su;-2.
yº and wº m. in pause yu), c. suff,
-su", tº Ps. 18,36, once tº Ps. 85,8.
1. broad place, wide room, freedom,
i. q =ring, opp. to straits, see the root.
Ps. 12, 6 sººn nºs I will set him in a
wide place, at liberty, i. e. I will deliver
him; comp. 18, 2-Hence
2. deliverance, help, with acc. cf the
kindr. verb, Hab. 3, 13 Tºujºrns sº
yºjº
-º-
436
for the deliverance of thine anointed.
So Yºu)" has my rock of deliverance,
through which I am secure from danger,
2 Sam. 22,47. Ps. 95, 1; "suº Tp id. Ps.
18, 3; "sui' ºrbs God of my deliverance,
i. e. God my deliverer, my helper, Ps.
18, 47. 25, 5. 27, 9. Mic. 7, 7. Concr.
*** my deliverer, helper, Ps. 27, 1.
3. safety, welfare, prosperity, Job 5, 4.
11. Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61, 10; comp. 2 Chr.
6, 17.
"Yº (saving, salutary, r. suffº) Ishi,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 31. b) 5, 24.
c) 4, 20.
Tytº (id.) Jesaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1
Chr. 3, 21. b) Ezra 8, 7. c.) v. 19.
d) Neh. 11, 7.
*Tºyº (help of Jehovah, r. sujº)
Isaiah, Sept. Hooftoº, Vulg. Isaias, pr. n.
a) The celebrated prophet who lived and
had great influence under the reigns of
Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah ;
see Is. 1, 1. 6, 1 sq. 7, 1 sq. 20, 1 sq.
22, 15 sq. c. 36–39. b) 1 Chr. 25, 3.15.
c) 26, 25.
sk Fº obsol, root, kindr. with Hºuj to
smooth, to polish, and ITES, s”, to
shine. Hence
Tºtº (in some Mss. Hº) Ex. 28.
20.39, 13. Ez. 28, 13, jasper, a precious
stone or gem of various colour, but
mostly green. Arab. -à-3-2, -ā-wºº,
ſº © •'. R •
mºtº (perh, bald, r. nº) Ishpah, pr.
n. 1 Chr. 8, 16.
Tºujº (id) Ishpan, pr.n.m.1 Chr. 8,22.
>k Tº fut. ***, plur. 3 pers. Hyºgº
1 Sam. 6, 12.
1. to be even, level, [which seems to
be the primary idea of this verb and its
derivatives.—T.] Arab. * facilis,
lenis, prosper fuit.—Metaph. of an even
mind, tranquil, composed, (comp. Tº
Is. 38, 13,) opp. to inflated, proud. Hab.
2,4 iaiuº rºux-Nº rººs Her loelated,
not tranquil is his soul within him.
Hence ºu; no. 2, -iù”, ſinu;.
2. to be straight, right, espec. of a way,
rindr. with nuis, and also hº?, nuš.-
1 Sam. 6, 12 Tºa ninen nº pr. and
the kine were straight in the way, i. e.
took the straight way; for the grammat.
form, see Heb. Gramm. § 47. n. 3. Me.
taph, only in the phrase "2"x: nu; it is
right in my eyes, i. e. is pleasing to me,
I approve it, Num. 23, 27. Judg. 14, 3.
1 Sam. 18, 20. 1 K. 9, 12. Jer. 18, 4.
PIEL 1. Causat. of Kal no 1, to make
even, to level, to make plain, e.g. ways
Is. 40, 3.45, 13; with ºf r any one. Sc
God is said to make plain the ways of
any one, i. e. to give him success, pros
perity, Prov. 3, 6, 11, 5, opp. PE;.
2. to make straight one's way, P-ov.
9, 15 who make straight their ways i. e.
who go straight forwards, the upright.
nzº hº pr. to make straight to go.
i. e. to go straight forwards, to walk up.
rightly, Prov. 15, 21. Hence to direct
to lead, e. g. an aqueduct 2 Chr. 32, 30
poet. the thunder Job 37, 3.
3. to esteem as right, to approve, Ps
119, 128. -
PUAL pass. of Pi. no. 1. Part. Brº
nº flattened gold, i. e. drawn out into
plates, fitted, 1 K. 6, 35.
HipH. nºujºn, also nºujin Ps. 5, 9 and
Is. 45, 2 Cheth.
1. to make even or level, to level, e. g.
a way Ps. 5, 9, uneven places Is. 45, 2
Cheth.
2. to make straight one's way; ellipt,
Prov. 4, 25 let thine eye-lids tº annur
make straight (their way) before thee,
i.e. look straight before thee.
Deriv. -iù”, -uś-2, pr. n. Ti-uś, and
the six here following.
"tº adj. fem. Hºº 1. even, level,
plain, of a way Jer. 31, 9; hence Tº
nº a plain way, not difficult i. e. pros-
perous Ezra 8,21. Trop. 57% "nujº plain-
minded, i. e. prompt, ready to do, c. inf.
et à 2 Chr. 29, 34. Comp. Arab. , wº
facilis, obsequiosus fuit. Conj. III, faci-
lem se praebuit alicui.
2. straight, right, Ez. 1, 7. 23. Job
33, 27 ºn-lºr, hu; I have made crooked
the straight, i.e. have acted perversely,
Mic. 3, 9. So espec. of a way 1 Sam.
12, 23. Is. 26, 7. Jer. 31, 9. Ps. 107, 7–
Metaph. a) ****, *, right in my eyes
i. e. pleasing to me, what I approve,
Judg. 17, 6 every one did nº hušn
what was right in his own eyes, what he
pleased. Josh, 9, 25. Deut. 12, 28 nuºr
-º-
Tr"
437
nin'. "A": i. e. what God approves. 1 K.
11, 33.38. 2 K. 10, 30, al. 2 Sam. 19, 7.
Rarely with *** Prov. 14, 12. 16, 25.
b) upright, righteous, just ; so of God,
Deut. 32, 4. Ps. 25, 8.92, 16; of God’s
judgments Ps. 119, 37. Neh. 9, 13; of the
divine word Ps. 19, 9.33, 4. Of men,
id. 1 Sam. 29, 6. Job 1, 1.8. 23, 7. Ps. 11,
7; often in plur. Bº the upright, the
righteous, Job 4, 7. Ps. 49, 15. 111, 1.
Prov. 2, 21. al. saep. More fully as "nuº
Ps. 7, 11. 94, 15; prizhi, Bºnuț Ps. 125,
4; also Tº ºu: Prov. 49, 27, in: *
Ps, 37, 14. So of a way of life, conduct,
Prov. 20, 11. 21,8. Subst. Huº upright-
mess, integrity, Ps. 37, 37. 111,8.—Hence
nuºr "Eº the book of the upright, (Vulg.
liber justorum, Engl. Vers. the book of
Jasher,) a collection or anthology of an-
cient Heb. poems, twice quoted in the
(). T. Josh. 10, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 18; so
-called as celebrating the praises of up-
right men, or perhaps for some other
cause ; since the Orientals often derive
the titles of their books from words or
things having little connection with
the argument. See various conjectures
in Wolf Bibl. Hebr. II. 219.
-tº- (uprightness) Jesher, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 18.
"tº" m. (r. hº) 1. evenness, smooth-
ness, rightness, of a way Prov. 2, 13. 4, 11.
2. Trop. a) equity, right, duty, what
is right and proper; Prov. 11, 24 who is
more frugal nujºn than is meet. With
suff, intº what is right for him to do,
his duty, Job 33, 23. Prov. 14, 2. Also
what it is right to speak, right, upright-
mess, sincerity, Job 6, 25. Adv. rightly,
Ecc. 12, 10 rººs ºn: nº ºniº, and
the words of truth are rightly written,
i.e. consigned to this book, as is right.
b) Of persons, uprightness, integrity, 1
K. 9, 4. Ps. 25, 21. ºn by because of
uţorightness, Prov. 17, 26. Often with
ah, ºh, Deut. 9, 5. Ps. 119, 7. Job 33, 3.
mºshū' (right towards God, r. nº.)
Jesharelah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 14.
| Tytº or Tytº ( (r. -ujº) constr
nnº, uprightness, integrity, K. 3, 6
Tºntº m. Jeshurun, a poetical name
'or the people of Israel, apparently ex-
pressive of affection and tenderness, and
ar-ºl.
occurring four times, Deut, 32, 15. 33, 5
26. Is. 44, 2. The origin is dc T.ptſu.
but prob. Finº is a diminutive (of the
form jºbºj, frº) from nº i q. Huº
(comp. Bibº and Bºº) q. d. rectulus, jus-
tulus, ‘the good little people ;’ Aqu,
Symm. sió iſs, Vulg. rectissimus et dilec,
tus.—Others, as Grotius, whom I for-
merly followed, make it a diminutive
from the name bºugh itself for jºbsº
but a contraction of this sort is withou:
analogy.
* tº obsol. root, kindr. ºntº, to be
white, hoary ; hence to be grey-headed
aged ; comp. Tºtº.
Deriv. ºntº, pr. n. *ujºu, and
tº m. an od man, pr: one grey-
leaded, 2 Chr. 3U, 17.
F: Chald. i. q. Hebr. rºs, a sign of
the accusative, c. suff. Tinn, them Dan.
3, 12.
* Pº Chald. i. q. Heb. º. 1. to st
down, to sit, Dan. 7, 9, 10. 26.
2. to dwell, Ezra 4, 17.
APH. Erin to cause to dwell, Ezra 4, 10.
>} Tr: obsol. root, Arab. CX3, to drive
in firmly, to fir fast, e. g. a piñ or stake
in the ground; comp. Cºle,. Hence
Tº constr. “in”, plur. rianº, Constr.
nitrº ; masc. Ez. 15, 3; ſem. Is. 22, 25.
Deut. 23, 14.
1. a peg, pin, mail, as driven into the
wall, Ez. 15, 3. Is. l.c. Spec. a tent-pin,
stake, driven into the earth to fasten the
tent, Ex. 27, 19. Judg. 4, 21. 22. Is. 33,
20. Judg. 16, 14 anSr. in the pin of the
web or braid, with which it was fastened
to the wall, etc. Hence, to drive a peg,
to fasten a nail, sc. in the wall, is to the
Hebrews an image signifying to render
firm, stable, Is. 22, 23; for which also
simpl. ºry, Ezra 9, 8, comp. his v. 9.
The Arabs have also the same figure,
see Wit. Timuri, I. p. 134, 228. ed. Mang.
—Further, a nail, peg, is put metaph.
for a prince, on whom the care and wel-
fare of the state depends, Zech. 10, 4
where the same person is also called
nº corner stone, on whom the state is
founded.
2. a little spade, spatula, paddle, Deu.
23, 14.
nn-
-n-
4.38
DT. m. (r. Enº) an orphan, Ex. 22,
23. Job 6, 27. 31, 17. al. Also of one
whose father only is dead, a father-
less child, Job 24, 9. With genit. Ps.
109, 12; so of a people Is. 9, 16. Jer.
49, 11. Hence the stranger, the orphan,
and the widow are named together as
forlorn and needing help from others,
Deut. 14, 29. 16, 11. 14. 24, 19. 20. 21.
26, 12. 13; so the widow and orphan
Ex. 22, 21.
"T. m. (r. ºn, after the form Elph)
a searching out, search, and meton. that
sought out, what is found by search,
Job 39, 8.
* Tº obsol root, Arab. 23., to beat
- r - } º e” }
with a club, & a club. Hence ririn
club, q.v.
"º (pre-eminent, r. nnº) Jattir, pr.
n. of a city in the mountains of Judah,
assigned to the priests, Josh. 15, 48. 21,
14. 1 Sam. 30, 27. 1 Chr. 6, 42.—Perh.
the mod. s: 'Attir; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II, p 194, 625.
"Tº Chald. (r. -n) 1. Adj. earcel-
'ent, pre-eminent, Dam. 2, 31. 5, 12. 14.
2. Adv. fem. nºn-, very, eacceedingly,
Dan. 3, 22. 7, 7. 19.
Tº (hanging, high, r. nºr) Jithlah,
pr. n. of a place in the tribe of Dam,
Josh. 19, 42.
*Pº. obsol, root, Arab. º and *33
to be lonely, bereaved. This signif. of
loneliness seems to come from the idea
of silence, so that this verb has affinity
with tºº, tºº, comp. in Ebs no. 3.
Hence binº an orphan.—The form Enºs
Ps. 19, 14 is from tºr.
Tºº (orphanage, r. Enº) Ithmah, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 46.
>k in: obsol. root, i. q. Arab. Jº to
be perennial, to flow constantly, of water;
8
III, to be assiduous, constant; c}} 5 any
‘hing perennial, permanent; kindr. perh.
15.
is 33ſ to stand. The primary idea
seems to be that of eactending, comp.
prº.—Deriv. Tryºs.
Şsºn: (whom God bestows, r. ngr.
Jathniel, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 26, 2
jº (bestowed, r. Fºrº) Ithran, pr. n
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15
23.
Sk -n. in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to hang
out over, to be redundant, see "r, no. 1
and "rºz. Hence
2. to be abundant, ic *e more than.
enough, see Hiph. no, L, ºr no. 2; also
to have over and above, to gain, Tilso-
ventéo, see Tiºn", "ni" no. 1.
3. to be over and above, to be eft, to
remain ; see Hiph. no. 2, Niph. no. 1,
*r, no. 3, nºn”.
4. to eacceed bounds ; and hence to be
very great, earcellent, pre-eminent ; see
Niph. no. 3.
PART, ºniº, nºriº, see in their order
p. 392.
Hiph. -nnin, fut. Yºniº, -nin, in pause
-ni", conv.-rº.
1. to cause to abound, to make abun-
dant, sc. a person in any thing, constr
with acc. of pers, and 3 of thing, Deut.
28, 11. 30, 9.
2. to let remain, to leave, with acc. of
thing Ex. 10, 15. 16, 19. 20. Ruth 2, 18.
Ez. 12, 16; and h of pers. added Is. 1,9.
Jer. 44, 7. Absol. in the phrase “to eat
or drink, and leave,’ sc. when satisfied
Ruth 2, 14, 2 K. 4, 43. 44; also Ex. 36.
7. Ez. 6, 8–Ps. 79, 11 Hryhor ºil -nin
let remain the sons of death, i. e. preserve
those appointed to die.
3. Intrans. to be more than others, to
earcel; Gen. 49,4 ºr in-bs thou shalt mol
earcel, i. e. shalt not be pre-eminent
among thy brethren according to thy
birthright.—Butºnin may also be Hoph.
for nnnn, as sººn from sº, Nºi" for
Hºn Prov. 11, 25.
Niph. -ni. 1. to remain, to be left
remaining, Gen. 44 2). Neh. G, 1 ; e. g.
after a slaughter or destruction of others
Num. 26, 65. Josh. 11, 11. 1 K. 17, 17
Is. 1, 8, 30, 17. al. saep. So of things Ex,
10, 15; with dat, of pers, added 1 Sam.
25, 34. With hºrs after 1 K. 9, 21; Tº
of out of any number, quantity, etc. 3
Sam. 13, 30. Zech. 14, 16. Lev. 14, 29
# in or of any thing Lev. 8, 32. 14, 18
also with a 'm a like sense 2 Sam. 17, 12
—Part. -ri, f nyril, that which is left
-in-
439 -)
the rest, remainder, remnant, Gen. 30,
36. Ex. 28, 10. 29, 34. I.ev. 2, 3, 10. al.
Sæp.
2. to remain, to be left, sc. after the
departure of others. Gen. 32, 25 and
Jacob (nº) was left alone. So also
many intpp. Dan. 10, 13 tº "nºni: "Äsº
and I remained there with the king of
Persia ; but the context favours a refer-
nce to no. 3.
3. to be more than others, to earcel ;
hence to get the victory, to be victorious.
Dan. 10, 13 ºn bys tº wrºni, ºs.
bº and I there obtained the victory with
the kings of Persia. Comp. Hiph. no. 3.
Syr. Ethpa. praestans, excellens ſuit.
Deriv.nni", nºriº, -º,-ria, ºryz,
and those here following.
Tº m. c. suff, innº 1. a cord, rope,
pr. something hanging over, redundant,
see the root ºn, no. 1. Judg. 16, 7, 8.
9. So Arab. 25; id. string of a bow, of
a lute, etc.—Spec. a.) Of the cords by
which a tent is fastened to the pins or
stakes; metaph. Job 4, 21 tº Hºn" sº
their cord in them is torn away, their tent
is thrown down, i.e. they die; comp. the
figure of a tent in v. 19, also Is. 38, 12.
b) The string of a bow, Ps. 11, 2, c) Of
a cord used as a rein or halter; Job 30,
11 Cheth, nine inrº, he letteth loose (lets
go) his rein, or collect. they let loose
their rein, i. e. are unbridled, impudent.
Keri ºn they loosen my rein, i. e. the
rein which I have put upon them, the
reverence due to me.
2. abundance, Ps. 17, 14; comp. Ex.
23, 11. hr., by abundantly, enough and
more, Ps, 31, 24. Adv. hr., abundant-
'y, eacceedingly, Is. 56, 12. Dan. 8, 9.
3. remainder, residue, the rest, hº
Caph, the eleventh leuter of the He-
blew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
60. The name F2 signifies the hollow
nf the hand, palm, to which the ancient
figure of this letter prob. bore a resem-
blance
bºr, the rest of the people Judg. 7, 6
2 Sam. 10, 10; tº ºniº ºn, the rest of
the acts of Solomon 1 K. 11, 41. 14, 19
al. saep. Spec. what is left after de-
struction, the remnant, residue, Deut. 3
11. Josh. 12, 4, 13, 12. Job 22, 20.—But
Joel 1, 4 Hansri ºr that which the lo-
cust hath left, his leavings. Ez. 23, 11.
4. Spoken of what exceeds bounds of
measure; hence a) earcellence, pre-
eminence, Prov. 17, 7. Concr. Gen. 49, 3
b) Adv. more than, besides, i. q. "ni" no.
2. c. Num. 31, 32.
5. Jether, pr. n. m. a.) The father-
in-law of Moses, elsewhere inrº, Ex. 4,
18. b) Judg. 8, 20. c) 1 Chr. 2, 32,
d) 4, 17. e) 7,38, for which Tºrº. v. 37.
f) 1 K. 2, 5, for which sºn 2 Sam. 17
26–Patronym. ºn 2 Sam. 23, 38.
sº see ºr no. 5. f.
Tº f i, q ºr, no. 2, abunda ce
wealth, riches, Is. 15, 7, Jer. 48, 36.
innº (i. q. Tinn.) Jethro, pr. m. of the
father-in-law of Moses, Ex. 3, 1. 4, 18
Comp. hn, no. 5. a, and Hºn.
Tinº m. (r. ºnº) a word of the later
Hebrew.
1. earcellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 2, 13.
7, 12 10, 10.
2, gain, profit, emolument, wha ºne
has over and above, Ecc. 1, 3. 2, 11 3, 9
5, 8, 15. Syr. ii;2aº gain.
Tº see -n, no. 5. e.
Dynº (residue of the people, r. nn.)
Ithream, pr. m. m. 2 Sam. 3, 5, 1 Chr. 3, 3.
nºn- see nºrin.
nº (for nºn' pin, nail, r. inº, so
Simonis) Jetheth, pr. m. of an Edomitish
chief, Gen. 36, 40.
It is a palatal of a middle character
as to roughness, and is therefore inter-
changed: a) With the softer 3, see p.
162; and even with *, as hujj and nujy
(2 x: y w
con.p. also tº and A-a-o senex b
º 440 -
With the harder palatal p, see Teº and
Pp: ; #27 and pp.); ºr, and pr; ºp:
and ne: ; and others almost innumerable
In the kindred dialects; see Schult. Clav.
Dialectorum p. 295. Scheid ad Cant.
Hiskiae p. 196. c) Less freq. it passes
over into the stronger gutturals n Č
ſº 9 * > § o 9
and S é, as +n, J.-, JJY, a mole;
nº and hiar >|-> Chaboras; yºri,
9, 2 9 . . sº .
Lydºrs cheese; ***,x* xià, young
lion; nº and nny to surround.
3. before monosyllables and bary-
tones often (Lehrg. § 151, 1), c. suff.
b3?, brº, Prº ; with the other persons
it takes the form inz, inz, q.v.
A) Adv. of quality, abridged from 72,
as TS for ES, and the like; see Heb.
Gramm. § 100. 1.
1. Pr. demonstr. thus, so, in this man-
ner, Gr. Ög. Hence repeated, 2–2, as
—so, where two things are compared.
Lev. 7, 7 buys? nstºria as the sin-offer-
ing so the trespass-offering. Num. 15, 15.
Hos. 4, 9, 1 K. 22, 4. Is. 1, 8. Some-
U.mes (though rarely) inverted, so—as ;
Gr. Ög—dig. Gen. 44, 18 risher Tioz
so thou, as Pharaoh. Ps. 139, 12. —
According to the various modes of com-
parison, this particle may also be va-
riously rendered, e. g. as well—as, Lev.
24, 16 all the comgregation shall stome
him, nº h;2 as well the stranger
as the native. Deut. 1, 17. Ez. 18, 4.
Also how great, so great ; quantus, tam-
tus; qualis, talis; 600s, tágos; oios,
toios; so Josh. 14, 11 ºr=2" is "rº
Firº, how great my strength then, so
great my strength now, or in Engl.
shorter, as–so. 1 Sam. 30, 24.—More
fully, 2–2 Ps. 127, 4. Joel 2, 4; also
*—z Josh. 14, 11. 1 Sam. 30, 24. Dan.
11, 29. Ez. 18, 4.
2. Relat. in what way, how, after the
verb 97 (as elsewhere Ts Ruth 3, 18),
Ecc. 11, 5 as thou knowest not what will
3e the way of the wind, Tºa Bºe;
Ts'º, nor how the bones grow in the
teeming womb, so, etc.
3. Indeſ, in some way, in some mea-
sure ; hence, where numbers or mea-
snres of space and time are expressed
without strict exactness. about, nearly,
Gr, dig (dig tsvtåkowto), dosi, Śroy. 1 K.
22, 6 º's nisº sans: about four hun-
dred men. Ex. 12, 37. Ruth 2, 17 nºsz
Bºstº about an ephah of barley. Num
11, 31 Bin Tjæ about a day's journey,
Ruth 1, 4 tº nº about ten years
Gen. 38, 24. Josh. 3, 4, al. saep. With 2
rarely, 1 Sam. 14, 14.—Also of a point
of time not exactly defined. Ex. 11, 4
nºr nºnz about midnight. 9, 18 rº
nrº about this time to-morrow. Dan, 9.
21 sº nº nº about the time of the
evening sacrifice. In all these exam-
ples, * may be taken adverbially, as is
here done; and the subst. is then in the
accusative of time when. But see in B.
no. 3.
B) Prep. 1. as, like, as if, denoting
resemblance of any kind, 1 Sam. 25, 36
ºn Hrušº inº: Hrušº. Gen. 9, 3
29, 20. Ps. 1, 3, Job 32, 19. Gen. 25, 25
So of the form, appearance, Cant. 6, 6
thy teeth are Bºrrºr: "Tºz like a flock of
sheep. Judg. 8, 18. Job 41, 10. Of mag-
nitude, Josh. 10, 2 for Gibeom was a
great city, n=h^2 * rºsz, like one of
the royal cities, i. e. as great as one of
them. Of number, Gen. 22, 17 ºz-i-3
Pººrſ. 13, 16 ºz. Also of time, Job
10, 5. Ps. 89, 37 ºzºa iNtº his throne
shall endure like the sun, i. e. as long
as the sun shall shine, comp. 72, 17.
Of lot, fortune, comp. 5 riºr to be as, like,
to experience the same as, etc. p. 250
col. 1. 6; also 2 in; see in in;. Oſten so
that the ‘tertium comparationis’ is sub-
joined, as Job 34, 7 who is like Job, who
drinketh in iniquity like water? Gen. 3,
5.—Spec. to be noted are the following
idioms: a) A subst, preceded by *
often denotes something like itself, a
person or thing similar to that which the
noun denotes. Dan. 10, 18 tºs Hsn23
(an appearance) like the appearance of
a man, (something) like the human form.
Deut. 4, 32 whether there hath been
Hiſ biºr, hºº any thing like this
great thing? Gen. 41, 38 nº sººn
*N can we find a man like this man
i.e. such a man. Hence nº rºsz
may often be rendered such, Judg. 13
23. Is. 66, 8 Hºsº Fish "2 rR13 wºu, *z,
who hath heard such a thing 2 whe
hath seen such things? Job 16, 2; a so
nN.13 (what) is like this, i. e. the same
º 441 º
in like manner, Judg. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 20.
Tº nº thus and thus, so and so, Judg.
18, 4. 1 K, 14, 5, nN131 nsiz id 2 Sam.
17, 15. b) With verbs of likeness 2 is
put by pleonasm, e.g. 3 Buyº Ps. 49,
13, 21; as in Engl. to be made like as
a person, etc. c) For the article so
fréquent after 3 of comparison, see
above under the art. ‘r no. 2. c. p. 239.
2. according to, after, Gr. kottº, im-
plying accordance and conformity with
some rule or model. Gen. , 26 ºn 212
after our likeness. 4, 17 Tiri is: tº
after the name of his son Enoch. Josh.6,
15 TT toº after this manner. 2 K.
1, 17 minº -312 according to the word
of Jehovah. 1 Sam. 13 14 innº Jºs a
man after his own h art, such as is
pleasing to him. Ps. 7, 18 I will praise
Jehovah iris: according to his right-
eousness, i. e. as his righteousness de-
mands. Zech. 2, 10. Ex. 8, 9. 27. Josh.
i, 7. Jer. 17, 10. Prov. 24, 12. al. Comp.
Tº according to one's hand, i.e. bounty,
see T no. 1. cc.—In this signif. also 2 is
ſollowed in the apodosis by 72; Gen. 6,
22 nº 12 Bºrbs ins Hºx ºus b-2.
3. From the adverbial use explained
above in A. 3, comes also the use of this
particle as a particle of time or space,
like Germ. um, Engl. about, at, as in the
phrase, “um (lrey Uhr,’ which means
not only about three o’clock, but also at
three o'clock. So thiujºu, bion= i. g.
biºus bior, yesterday and the day be-
fore, formerly, 1 Sam. 14, 21. 21, 6;
Dih2 to-day, at this time, now, see thin
no. 3. d, e ; sº in a moment, at once,
Num. 16, 21; ºne in a little while Is.
26, 20.-So too of space; 1 Sam. 20, 3
nºn Taº ºn sº there is as a step
(but a step) between me and death. Ps.
73, 2.
4. The notion of likeness and compari-
son is retained by 3 in those places also
where the Heb. grammarians give it
the name of Caph verivatis (nºnos F.5),
or also of Caph confirmationis et identi-
atis (bºrn 5-, psyn n>). Here, al-
though no comparison is actuallv ex-
pressed, yet 3 is not redundant, but
mplies a comparison with all other
Jhings of the same kind; see Lehrg. p.
846. Heb. Gr. § 151. 3. ... Nen. ", 2 ºz.
nº uns: Nºn for he was as a faithful
"man is and should be, i.e. he was wha
is called a faithful man. Ecc. 8, 1 ºr
bºrrº who is as the wise man? who is
such that he may be called wise? who is
truly wise? Is. 1, 7 tº reprinz rººm
desolation like the overthrow of stran
gers, truly such as enemies make.—Th’
comparison is so far from weakening the
force of the expression, that on the con.
trary it strengthens it: nº uns: ‘as
only a faithful man can be,” most faithful,
Lat. quam fidissimus; tº negrº ‘as
only foreign enemies can destroy,' th
utmost desolation; comp, the Gr. dig &Air
36s, Passow Lex. in Ög; also Goov Viger.
ed. Hermann p. 563. So espec. in the
phrase oxº very few 1 Chr. 16, 19;
very little Prov. 10, 20, comp. Gr. 6aoy
ÖAiyov. oºz Tºntº a very small rem-
mant Is. 1, 9.-But very many examples
usually referred to Caph veritatis, be-
long rather to the Caph of resemblance
or similitude (B. 1), though with various
relations; e. g. = nºr to be as any one,
to act like him; Ex. 22, 24 is nºrin sh
nºa thou shalt not be to him as an
usurer. Num. 11, 1 Bºsnº Byr; nº
sh and the people were as if complaining
of evil, complaining as if some evil had
happened to them. 1 Sam. 10, 27. Job
24, 14-332 ºn, nº and by night is as
the thief, acts the thief. Hos. 5, 10. 10,
4. Cant. 1, 7. So Lam. 1, 20 abroad the
sword bereaveth, nº nºzz, at home
there is as death, q. d. as it were death
itself, viz. famine and plague; see no.
1. a. Is. 13, 6 sin; ºn Túz like a de-
stroying tempest from the Almighty shall
it come, i.e. suddenly, as tempests are
wont to come. Is. 1, 8 see in A. 1.-In
Job 3, 5 ºnºmºz, the 5 is radical.
5. Prefixed to the Infinitive 3 is:
a) as, like, comp. no. 1, 2. Is. 5. 24.
Ironically, as if Is. 10, 15 on: ºnz
*****º-ns as if the rod should brandish
him who lifteth it up. b) as i, q after
whem, as soon as, a particle of time
(comp. no. 3.) where the time of twº
actions is compared, like Gr. dic for first
Passow in dig B.II. 5; counp, Ps, 89 37
38, in no. 1 above. Gen. 39. 18 ºn a
-tº ... ºbip as I lifted up my poice (i. e.
when, as soon as] . . . then he left, etc.
1 sata. 8, 10 enrºsn i-s six "nº
* prºj as the ark of God came, thes
- 442
- NE
*ey cried out, etc. 1 K. 1, 21. Also of
ſuture time, in a conditional sentence,
Gen. 44, 30 riºr'. ... "as-bs "sh; nº
n?]...inish? and it shall be as (when)
I come 'o my father . . . and as (soon as)
he seeth . . . then he will die, etc. comp.
Deut. 16, 6. Jer, 25, 12. Strictly of both
time and condition in Is. 28, 20 sººn hºp
bºrn: Hys Hººn, 2nnºrſº shorter is
the bed than that one can stretch himself,
and the covering is too narrow when
(iſ) he will wrap himself—In the same
sense 2 is prefixed also to verbal nouns.
2 Chr. 12, 1 inpyrº as his strength sc.
increased. Is. 23, 5 ns Sº when the
report of Tyre sc. is heard. 30, 19.
Rarely in like manner before a partici-
ple, Gen. 38,295-1, aºx "nº, for inºriz
Bºttº, as he drew back his hand. 40, 10.
C) Conjunct rarely, where 2 is then
. q. ht;82, and is put before a whole sen-
tence, as, like as. Is. 8, 23 ſits ºr nº
* +z=r innsm... ribs Hºns bpri
like as the times of old have brought
despite upon the land of Zebulum . . . so
shall future times bring honour, etc. for
nºr hºsz. 61, 11–For prepositions
thus converted into conjunctions by an-
nexing to them the relative conjunction
nºs or "2, (which also may be omitted
by ellipsis,) see Lehrgeb. p. 636. Heb.
Gr. § 102.1. c. Comp. also on the above
example Ewald Heb. Gr. p. 614.
NoTE. For the alleged ellipsis of
the prefix: after 2, which many inter-
preters have unnecessarily assumed,
see Heb. Gramm. § 116. note.
* Chald. i. q. Heb. B. 1, like, as, Dan.
7, 4, 6.9. 13; as, as if, as it were, Dan.
6, 1. H3+2 i. q. Hebr. rs13 as this, i.e.
"o, thus, see in Tº p. 230; such Dan. 2,
10. For "3 i. g. mugs?, as, when, see "ºl.
nºse (Aram. *T2, *) pr. as who,
as one who, Job 29, 25; but varying
according to the different significations
(f each particle.
1. according to what, i.e. a) accord-
*g as, as much as, Gen. 34, 12 and I
will give *s inz Sr. -uśss according as
we shall say to me. 1 Sam. 2, 16. b) ac-
fording to what manner, as, like as, i. q.
* A. 2, not prefixed to single words, but
o whole sentences only; Gen. 7,9 hº
Sºrºs irs Hºx as God h wa commanded
him. 34, 22. Is. 9, 2. 1 K. 8, 57; alsº
before an imperfect or elliptical sen-
tence, Josh. 8, 6 they flee before us nuisa
nºsº as at the first, c) because, pr
in accordance therewith that. Num. 27
14 "E prºnº hºsz because ye rebelled
against my commandment. 1 Sam. 28.
18. 2 K. 17, 26. Mic. 3, 4, Compare
the corresponding usage of the prefix *
in phrases like "pººl. d) Very often
nº is followed by a corresponding 73.
e.g. 73–Tujś2, as—so, Num. 2, 17. Is,
31, 4; even as—so, Judg. 1, 7; in what
manner—so, i. q. the more—the more.
Ex. 1, 12. Is. 52, 14. 15. Hos. 4, 7.
So where there is a double protasis,
|2–5ušš2—hujS2 Is. 10, 10. 11.
2. as if, as though, comp. huis B. 4.
Job 10, 19 rºris "nºr. Nº nuys? I should
be as though I had never been. Is. 29, 8.
Zech. 10, 6. -
3. Of time, as, so as, i. q, x before an
infin. (comp. 2 B. 5. b.) i. e. after, when,
as soon as. With praet. Ex. 32, 19 "nº
Hºp nuš and as soon as he came nigh
to the camp. Gen. 18, 33. 1 Sam. 8, 6.
Ex. 17, 11. Ps. 51, 2. Jer. 39, 4, al. Esth.
4, 16 "rººs ºr "as "tºsz when I perish,
I perish, the language of despair. Gen.
43, 14.—Before a future it acquires a
conditional power; Ecc. 4, 17 when (if)
thow goest to the house of God. 5, 3 when
thow vowest a vow, i. e. if thou dost vow.
Gen. 27, 40. Hos. 7, 12; so the verb
being impl. Is. 23, 5.
>k ES: (see Syr. and Arab.) fut
582 to have pain, to be sore, Gen. 34,25
Trop. of the mind, to grieve, to be sad
Prov. 14, 13. Ps. 68, 30. By hyperb
pain is attributed to a dead body, with
by of cause, Job 14, 22; comp. Is. 66, 24.
Judith 16, 7–Chald. =s*, Syr. Jai- to
be in pain, to be sad, Arab. Jºšto be
sad.
HipH. 1. to cause pain, to wound, to
make sad, Job 5, 18. Ez. 28, 24; acc. of
pers. Ez. 13, 22.
2. to afflict, i. e. to mar, to destroy, 2
K.3, 19 bººs: insºn Hiºr nphrin b5.
and every good field ye shall mar with
stones, by casting stones upon it so as tº
render it sterile, Sept. &zgsidiogts, comp
Is. 5, 2. Job 5, 23; by a similar figure
in N-
T-I-
443
and left untilled is said to die Gen. 47,
19; and vines destroyed by the hail are
poetically said to be killed Ps. 78, 47.—
Simonis regards has ºn as by Syriasm
ſor Maºri, from r. --2, Syr. -ā-, to
harm, comp. os?" for b%: Job 7, 5; but
this is unnecessary.
Jeriv. His32 and
PS3 m. (Tsere impure) constr. as:
Is. 65, 14, pain of body Job 2, 13. 16, 6;
so of calamity, adversity, Jer. 15, 18. Ps.
39, 3. Also of mind, grief, Is. 17, 11;
with nº added Is. 65, 14.
“ris: in Kal not used, to chide
fearshly, to upbraid, like Syr. iſe; then
intrans, to become dejected, desponding,
to be sad; comp. Firºz to rebuke,
sº Cº, *
to be ſaint-hearted, als to be sad, & to
terrify, to restrain, intrans. mid. E to
be timil, faint-hearted. The primary
idea ſles perhaps in Smiting, comp. Nº ;
whence intrans, and pass. to be cast
down, dejected, so that Niph. Tisº is i. q.
Nº.
HipH. to afflict, to make sad, inf. Ez.
13, 22 - nisiºn is:.
NIPH. to be dejected, desponding, hum-
ble, Ps. 109, 16. Dan. 11, 30. The form
isz, Job 30, 8 is Niph. of sæ-Hence
TS? m. dejected, sad, unhappy. Plur.
bºsz Ps. 10, 10 Keri. But the Cheth.
is to be preferred, see nºr.
nºs: see after 2, p. 442.
Sk Pº obsol. root; Arab. J.5. Eth.
'ſhſīſ), to roll up; ſhſh’ſ] bail, globe;
Syr. Laas something rolled up, a ball.
Hence Tiaz, 5352 star, pr. globule.
* TE: Is. 24, 20 and Tº Judg. 20,
34, ſut. Tº .
1. to be heavy ; Eth. 'ſlſ).R id. In
Arabic and Syr, traces only of this signif.
remain ; as & to be burdensome, trou-
olesome, as cold, raºzi to be indignant,
angry. Spoken pr. of weight Job 6, 3;
then trop. of any heavy guilt Gen. 18,
20; comp. in -1]. With by to b. Meavy
upon any one, as a victorious power,
which depresses and crushes an enemy,
Judg. 1 3f ; so of the punitive hand of
God Ps. 32, 4, 1 Sam. 5, 11, contp, alsº
Job 23, 2; of sin Is. 24, 20, comp, Ps
38, 5. Hence to be burdensome, griev.
ous, to any one, Neh. 5, 18. Ex. 5, 9, 2
Sam. 13, 25 tº 1222 sh; and let us
not be burdensome unto thee. 14, 26. Joh
33, 7. With by for by 1 Sam. 5, 6–
Usually trop. as in the ſoliowing senses
2. to be heavy in the sense of abun.
dance, i. q. to be great, abundant, to be
rich in anything, with 3, Gen. 13, 2 and
Abraham Hºpºa is; 133 was very rich
in cattle. See Niph. no. 1, "tº no. 1.
3. to be great in number, to be many y
see Hithpa. no. 1, adj. Tº no. 2, and
Tº no. 2.
4. to be heavy, i.e. vehement, sore, as
a battle Judg. 20, 34; with BS 1 Sam
31, 3, Comp. Tº no. 3, adj. Taz no. 3.
5. Of things as not easily moved, tº
be heavy, i. Q. to be dull, slow, sluggish,
e.g. of the senses, as the eyes Gen. 48,
10; the ears Is. 59, 1. Also of the mind
or heart, to be dull, stupid, hardened,
Ex. 9, 7. Comp. Piel no. 1, Hiph. no. 3,
adj. Tax, no. 4.
6. to be weighly, honoured, comp. Gr.
60 gig, Ez. 27, 25. Job 14, 21. Of God,
to be honoured, glorified, Is. 66, 5. This
signif. is more freq. in Piel no. 2; see
Hiph. Niph. Hithp.
PIEL ºr 1. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to
harden the heart 1 Sam. 6, 5.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to
do honour or reverence to any one ; spo-
ken: a) Of men, Ex. 20, 12 -rs Tax
Tºs-rs. Tº honour thy father and thy
mother. Deut. 5, 16. Num. 22, 17. 37.
1 Sam. 2, 29. Lam. 1, 8.1 Sam. 2, 30 -ºx
122s +1=2% for them that honour me I
will honour. Ps. 15, 4.91, 15. b) Of
God, 1 Sam. 2, 30. Prov. 14, 31 ; and
hence often i. q. to glorify, to praise, Ps,
22, 24, 50, 15. 23. Is. 24, 15; elsewhere
also to honour with oblations, c. Tº Prov.
3, 9; : Dan. 11,38 (of idols); with two
acc. Is. 43, 23. So Hinº Buſ Tāz Ps, S6
12; * tº v. 9. Poet, the beasts also
are said praise God Is. 43, 20. c)
Of things, e.g. the sabbath Is. 58, 13; a
sacred place 60, 13; of the olive, Judg.
9, 3 should I lecue my fatness, which in
me both God and men do honour 2
Pual 123 to be honoured, Prov. 13, 18
27, 18. Is. 58, 13.
-> 444
H-5
HipH. 1. to make heavy, e. g. a yoke
1 K. 12, 10. Is. 47, 6; a chain Lam. 3, 7.
Ellipt. Neh. 5, 15 the former governors
Eyr by Tºzart, sc. bs, had made heavy
. .he yoke upon the people, had heavily
oppressed them.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make abwm-
dant, to heap up, Hab. 2, 6. Comp.
Niph. no. 1.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 5, to make heavy,
riult, e. g. the ears Is. 6, 10. Zech. 7, 11 ;
to harden the heart Ex. 9, 34. -
4. Causat. of Kal no. 6, to honour, to
cause to be honoured, Is. 8, 23 [9, 1]. Jer.
30, 19. Also, to acquire honour, renown,
for oneself. 2 Chr. 25, 19.
NIPH. Taº, Part. plur. Rºla: Dag.
euphon. Prov. 8, 24. Is. 23, 8, 9. Nah.
3, 10; but with grave suff, Erºſ::: Ps.
149, 8.
1. to be heavy, from abundance, i. e. to
abound, to be rich in any thing, comp.
Kal no. 2. Prov. 8, 24 tº nº nilºyº
fountains abounding in water. -
2. Pass. of Piel no. 2, and Hiph. no. 4,
to be honoured, to be held in honour, to
enjoy honour, Gen. 34, 19. 2 Sam. 6, 20.
22. 1 Sam. 22, 14. Is. 49, 5 ºn Tºs
** ſet am I honoured in the eyes of Jeho-
vah. 43, 4, 2 K. 14, 10 ºn-a -u, Tºri
enjoy the honour and abide at home.—
PART. Tº honoured, honourable, distin-
guished, Num. 22, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19. 23.
1 Chr. 4, 9. Is. 3, 5, 23, 8.9 (opp. Spri),
comp. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 149, 8; so of the
name of God as honoured, glorious, Deut.
28, 58. Plur, fem. nitz: glorious things,
promises, Ps. 87, 3.
3. Reflex. like Hithp. to get honour to
oneself, to show oneself great and glori-
ous, Lev. 10, 3. Is. 26, 15. Ez. 28, 22.
Hagg. 1, 8; with E in or by any one
Ex. 14, 4, 17. 18.
HITHP. 1. to make oneself many, to
multiply oneself see Kal no. 3. Nah. 3,
{5.
2. to honour oneself, to glory, to boast,
Prov. 12, 9,
Deriv. 1:2–rataz, T-2, Hº-2.
Tº constr. 1-2 Ex. 4, 10, and Tºº Is.
4.
y
A) Adj. 1. heavy, e. g. a lº & Ps.
38 5; a yoke 1 K. 12, 4, 11; an old
man of large frame 1 Sam. 4, 13; of a
cloud charged with rain Ex. 19, 16; a
rock, i. e. great Is. 32, 2. In a bad sense
heavy, i.e. oppressive, grievous, sore, e.g
a murrain, Ex. 9, 3 ; locusts and flies
Ex. 8, 20. 10, 14; hail 9, 18. 24; famine
Gen. 12, 10. 41, 31. 43, 1. 47, 13. Trop
of sin Ps. 38, 5; hence Is, 1, 4 a reople
Tºy Tº heavy with iniquity, i.e. la-
den with heavy sin.—Also burdensome
troublesome, Prov. 27, 3; comp. Ecclus,
22, 17.
2, much, many, great, (comp. ‘graveſ,
pavonum greges’ Varro ap. Non. 4, no.
218,) spoken of an army Num. 20, 20.
Is. 36, 2; a retinue 1 K, 10, 2, Gen. 50
9; flocks Ex. 12, 38.
3. great, vehement, sore, see the root
Kal no. 4; e.g. lamentation Gen. 50, 10.
4. Of things as not easily moved
heavy, i. e. dull, slow, sluggish ; so of
the speech and tongue Ex. 4, 10; of the
heart, hard, Ex. 7, 14. ...
5. difficult, hard, sc. to be done, as a
business Ex. 18, 8. Num. 11, 14; ha, (i.
to be understood, as a language Ez 3
5. 6. Comp. Germ. schwer, schwierig
$3 ... - 9
B) Subst. the liver, Arab. Ö3, Q-3,
9 – 2
$325, as being the heaviest of the vis-
cera, both in weight and importance;
Prov. 7, 23. Ez. 21, 26 [21]. Lev. 3, 4,
10. Lam. 2, 11 "Tºº Yºsh Teº my liver
is poured out upon the ground, hyperbol.
expression for the severest mental suſ.
fering ; comp. Job 16, 13.
Tº see in Ti-2 and Hºax.
"7:15 1. heaviness, weight, Prov. 27, 3.
2. a great number, multitude, Nah.
3, 3.
3. vehemence, violence, e.g. of fire, Is.
30, 27; of war Is. 21, 15. See r. 123
no. 4.
FT23 f. heaviness, difficulty, Ex. 14,
25. R. Tº.
* Tº fut. H35", to go out, to be
quenched, pr. of fire Lev. 6, 5.6. Prov
#5, 20; of a light 1 Sam. 3, 3. Prov. 31,
18. Metaph. of the anger of God 2 K.
22, 17. Jer. 7, 20; of eremies who pe-
rish, Hs. 43, 17 like a wick are they
quenched.—Arab. U.5 to c. Yver with
ashes, not wholly to extinguish ; bu
"lº-
"lº-
445
-ºš to extinguish. The primary no-
tion is that of covering over, concealing ;
comp Nºrſ, Hºrſ.
PIEL, to put out, to quench, e.g. fire Is. 1,
31, a light 2 Chr. 29,7. Is 42,3. Metaph.
anger Jer. 4, 4, 21, 12; love Cant. 8, 7.
So 2 Sam. 21, 17 ºntº -j-ns Hazr. Nº
that thou quench not the light of Israel,
i. e. lest thou, the light of the nation,
perish. Comp. 2 Sam.14,7, and arº. nºr.
Tiº, defect. Th: twice Gen. 31, 1.
Nah. 2, 10; c. suff, "Ti-2, Elinº, rarely
defect. Tax Ex. 29, 43. 33, 22; m, but
ſem. Gen. 49, 6; pr. weight, but always
.rop. R. TH2.
1. abundance, substance, riches, wealth,
Nah. 2, 10, Ps. 49, 17. Is. 10, 3. Gen. 31,
1. al. See r. TE: no. 2.
2. honour, glory, Sept. 6650, see the
root no. 6. a) Of men, 1 K. 3, 13 nu}x
*i-3 tº riches and honour. Ecc. 6, 2.
Prov. 8, 18. 2 Chr. 1, 11.12.—Prov. 20, 3
sn-2 nau, uins, Ti-x it is honour for a
man to cease from strife. 11, 16. Ps. 8, 6.
Job 19, 9. 1 Sam. 4, 21 of the ark. —
Prov. 25, 27 to eat much honey is not
good, Tinz pºinz ºn and the search.
ing cºut of their honour is not honour, i. e.
to seek one’s own honour is not honour,
the negat, being repeated from the pre-
ced. member. Or it may be so divided:
*i-32 Tizz nºr the searching out of
honour is without honour; comp. for Tº
Is. 14, 19. Job 11, 15. 21, 9. See The-
saur. p. 515. b) Of God, Ps. 19, 2
bs +inz Bºpº pººr the heavens de-
clare the glory of God. 29, 1. Is. 42, 8.
48, 11. al. Tiny" Tº the King of glory
Y’s. 24, 7.8, 9.--To give or render ho-
nour to any one is : h Ti-2 in?, as to
men Prov. 26, 8, to God 1 Sam. 6, 5.
Ps. 115, 1; h Tinz tºo, to God Is. 42,12;
# 2 ºn to God Ps. 29, 1.9. 1 Chr. 16,
38; h > nùs to do honour to 2 Chr.
32, 23. 33, comp. Is. 14, 18–Concr.
aa) God is called bºnº Tinz the glory
of Israel, i. e. in whom Israel should
glory, Jer. 2,11. Ps. 106,20; genr.'E Ti-2
She glory of any pne, i. e. who restores
and protects his honour, Ps. 3, 4, 6", 9.
ab) Also bsnº Tinz collect. the glory
of Israel, the nooility, nobles, Is. 5, 13
(opp. ixion). 17.3.4. Mic. 1, 15. So too
the nobles of Assyria Is 8, 7, 10, 16; of \
Moab Is. 16, 14; comp. alsº Is. 22, 23
24. cc) "E Tiar the honour, glory, of
any one, poet, for the spirit, the heart
as the noblest part of man, Gen. 49, 6
where it is joined with a fem. like UE;
Ps. 7, 6 (parall. Sº, ºr, sº Ps. 16,9).
16, 3. 30, 13. 57, 9. 108, 2. Comp. G.
wikov #109. Some here assign to Tiaº
the signif. of liver, i. q. Tº ; but the
liver is never (like the heart and reins)
assumed as the seat of the mind and
affections.—Adv. with honour, glorious-
ly, Ps. 73, 24; comp. 149, 5.
3. splendour, glory, majesty. Gen. 45.
13 and ye shall tell my father -bºrns
Bºnsº "Ti-x of all my glory (splendour)
in Egypt. Is. 4, 5.11, 10. 22, 18. Tina Nez
a throne of glory 1 Sam. 2,8. Jer. 14, 21.
17, 12. Tixº, Tinz the glory of Leba-
non, its magnificence, beauty, Is. 35, 2.
60, 13. , Tinº riºr to be for glory (ho-
nour) to any one, Is. 4, 2; comp. Zech. 2,
9. Espec. Fijri Tiar the glory, majesty.
of Jehovah, Sept. 6650. ICvglov, Is. 59, 19
60, 1; pr. that fiery effulgence surround-
ed with dark clouds in which Jehovah is
represented as appearing, or Jehovah
himself as surrounded by this effulgence
(from which lightnings proceed Lev. 9
23. Num. 16, 35. Ps. 18, 13), such as he
manifested himself at Sinai to Moses
and the people, Ex. 16, 7, 10. 24, 16
comp. v. 17. 33, 18. Lev. 9, 6. 23; or ap-
peared in the tabernacle Ex. 40, 34; or
in the temple 1 K. 8, 11. 2 Chr. 7, 1,
comp. Ez. 43, 2.5. 44, 4; or was seen in
prophetic visions Is. 6, 3. Ez. 1, 28. 3, 12.
23.8, 4, 10, 4, 18; comp. in N. T. 6650.
Küguov Luke 2, 9, 9, 11. Acts22, 11. To
this corresponds the Hºu. Shelcinah of
the later Jews, Buxtorf Lex. Chald. h. v.
—God appears too in glory to punish
transgressors Lev. 10,2; and sinners are
said to provoke itin: "Any the eyes of his
glory, i.e. of him as thus appearing in
his glory for their punishment, Is. 3, 8,
nº f for nº, from a masc.ºx,
after the form Eºs, nºs. R. Taz.
1. Adj. ſem. splendid, magnificent,
e.g. a bed Ez. 23, 41; the attire of a
queen Ps. 45, 14.
2. Subst. precious things, wealth, Judg
18, 21; i. q. Tinz no. 1, comp. Is. 10, 3.
Gen. 31, 1.
38
lin-
-->
4.46
Sºn? (r. bar) Cabul, pr. n. a) A city
in the tribe of Asher Josh. 19, 27. It
seems to correspond to the village Xo-
30.46 mentioned by Josephus de Vit. s. §
43.44. B.J.3.3.1. Comp. Reland. Palaest.
p. 668. A fortress J $ & Kabūl is men-
tioned by Arabian writers in the district
of Saſed ; see Rosenm. Analecta Arab.
III. p. 20.
b) A district of Galilee comprising
twenty cities and towns, given by Solo-
mon to Hiram king of Tyre, 1 K. 9, 13;
so called by the latter in token of dis-
satisfaction, comp. v. 12. Josephus says,
prob. by conjecture from the context,
Ant. 8. 5. 3: us&egum'svöuevow y&g to
Xoftwków Kotě, ſpotvixoy yńdittow oi k
#9 & 0 x ov grucivet. The LXX have
&gtov border, as if Shazi. q. Shaş, and so
}}ochart; but this neglects the context.
Hiller, in Onomast. W. T. p. 435, takes
84-3 for bºarz part pass, of bar, as
something exhaled, as nothing.’ Some-
thing like this was perhaps present to
the mind of the sacred writer; though
the reading of the Sept. is in itself the
more natural.
Tº (Syr. Liaº cake, r. ==3) Cab-
bon, pr. n. of a place in the plain of Ju-
dah, Josh. 15, 40; perhaps the same
with Nº. 1 Chr. 2, 49.
Tº m. (r. "Ez) something braided
or plaited ; hence & quilt, mattress.
1 Sam. 19, 13. 16 bºr -nās the mat-
tress of goat's hair. Comp. Tºº?.
"32 m. adj, poet. mostly in Job. R.
haz no. 2 and Hiph.
1. great, vast, mighty, Arab. jº
So tºnnaz tº mighty waters Is, 17, 12.
23, 2. --zz ran a mighty wind Job 8, 2.
Spoken of great men, renowned, Job 34,
24; of God as great, mighty, Job 34, 17.
36, 5, nº hºax of great age, grand-
sevus, Job 15, 10; so Arab. -->5 > A-3
renex grandaevus.
\
*5-? obsol. root, Talm. Syr. Arab.
to tie, to bind, to bind together, kindr.
with bº and bar ; also nań, nº?, nar.
Hence the quadrilit. Panz q. v. pr. n.
bºx, and
º 932 m, a fetter, plur. constr. ***, Ps.
105, 18. 149, 8. Arab. and Syr. id.
Sk TE: obsol. root, Chald, and Ta.
mud, to bind, to bind together, i. q. kind
biº; Syr. to bind around. Hence pr
names sºa52, "Baº.
× CE: pr. to tread, to trample with
the feet, kindr, with tºº; on the syllable
ba, which is primary in this root, see
under art. bhā p. 119.—Hence to wash,
to cleanse, sc. garments by treading trem
in a trough, etc. differing from yrſ" tº
lave or wash the body, as Gr. Thursty
from Aoûsû. In Kal not found except in
PART. briz 2 K. 18, 17. Is. 7, 3. 36, 2, a
washer, fuller, Gr. 7thvytûg, xvogsvg
whose business it was to cleanse soiled
garments, and to full new ones. See
Schneider Ind. ad Scriptt. Rei Rustica)
p. 385. Schöttgen Triturae et fulloniae
Antiquitates, Lips.1763–The bºia Hºu,
fuller's field Is. l. c. was a place on the
west of Jerusalem, where the fullers
spread out the garments after washing
to dry.
PIEL ba: Gen. 49, 11. 2 Sam. 19, 25
elsewhere bar.
1. i. q. Kal, Ex. 19, 10. Lev. 11, 25
28.40. 13. 6. 34. Num. 19, 7. al. Part
bas? i. q. on 2 Mal. 3, 2.
2. Metaph. to cleanse, to purify the
heart from sin, Ps. 51, 4.9. Jer. 4, 14 :
yet so that the primary notion of wash-
ing is retained and alluded to, Jer. 2, 22.
Mal. 3, 2.
PUAL Pass. Lev. 13, 58. 15, 17.
HotHP. pass. bar: Lev. 13, 55, bo.
>k 9:: obsol. root, like kindr. Sº and
sºp, to be high, espec. with a round
form, as a tumor, a cup, the head.
Hence Vinº helmet.
*-2: in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to bind
together, to plait, to braid, i. q. 532 and
the verbs there compared, also nº II.
Hence nºzz plaited mattress, Fºx
sieve, hæº coarse cloth, "35% net.
work-Like many other verbs of twist-
ing, plaiting, brading. (313, Bºn, nu;p
nºp,) it is also transferred to the idea of
strength and magnitude ; hence
2. to be great, much, many, also to be
long, both in space and duration, se
... 9 2 sº sº
-:2, nynx. Arub. 33 to be great, Fº
to be advanced in years, Syr. 122 tº
*-ī-,
t;--
447
increase in wealth, Eth. "[]-ſ)/, to be
Yonoured, illustrious.
HipH. to make many, to multiply, Job
35, 16. Part. h"252 subst. (after the
ſorm nºrujº,) multitude, abundance,
with h pref n^2=2}, i. q =hº, abundant-
ly, Job 36, 31.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1 also n++,
**, *āz.
Tº pr. subst, length, both of space
and time, see the root n-2 no. 2. Hence
1. Chebar, pr. m. of a river in Mesopo-
tamia, called also hiar, q.v. Gr. and Lat.
Chaboras, Ez. 1, 3, 3, 15. 23. 10, 15. 22.
This orthography of the name approach-
es to Syriasm, Syr. Fae, * , while
the form hiari ( al-) imitates the
Arabic. Although each form admits
of a tolerable etymology (niºr conjoin-
ing, h;2 long river), yet in a river of
Mesopotamia the Aramaean would be
more likely to exhibit the genuine and
primitive orthography. See Ritter's
Erdkunde Th. XI. p. 253 sq. Berl. 1844.
2. Adv. of time, long ago, already,
formerly ; found only in the book of
Ecc. and belonging to the later Hebrew;
Ecc. 1, 10. 3, 15. 4, 2. 6, 10. 9, 6.7. 2, 16
nzu; bºr pºsiºn ºn tº since in
days to come all will have been long ago
forgotten ; here nº qualifies the verb.
Syr. ra- long ago, already.
Tº f. a sieve, Am. 9, 9. R. --2
no. 1.
Tº f. (r. --> no. 2) only constr.
nnnn, pr. length, and then a certain
definite measure of distance, like many
other words demoting measure, weight,
time, which are also used to designate
particular measures, weights, intervals
of time; comp. Heb. Hist, ºpus, H.2, 5*2.
a year; Aram. is *, '90, a short time,
spec. an hour; Engl. a measure of wine;
Lat. pondo, whence Engl. pound.—The
exact length of the nº cannot be
ascertained from the passages where it
pccurs, Gen. 35, 16. 48, 7. 2 K. 5, 19.
The Sept. once adds (Gen. 48, 7) by
way of explanation, inſtóðgouog, which
may be either a stadium, see Hody de
Bibl. Text. originalibus p. 115; or else
measure common ameng the Arabs,
- ~%? 2 o 2
Uº le;-& the course of a horse, i. e.
as far as a horse can run or travel
without fatigue, a stage or post; see
Koehler ad Abulf. Syriam in Addend,
ad p. 7. not. 27.
:k UE: obsol. root, pr. i. q. º and
bº to tread, to subdue, to force, spec. a
female, comp. tº no. 3. Arab. U-5
subegit semel puellam. Hence
tº m, a he-lamb, a young ram, from
one to three years old, already fit for
coupling, whence the name. Lambs of
this kind, chiefly a year old, were used
for the sacrifices; hence frequently with
the addition injuri; the son of his year,
one year old, Num. 7, 15. 21. 23.39.45, 51.
57.63. 69.75; also in plur. Hyu ºil ib. 7,
17. 23. 29. 35.41. al. Elsewhere lambs
(pºtº) are mentioned as feeding in
pastures Is. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 16; as yield-
ing wool Job 31, 20. Prov. 27, 26; as an
emblem of gentleness and patience Jer,
3 a ~
11, 19. Arab. ( . . a he-lamb of one or
two years; see the Arabian grammari-
ans in Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 421 sq.-By
transpos. sometimes sº, fem. Hº ;
but the other forms, as the more diffi-
cult, are doubtless primitive ; comp.
-zºn", transp. nanº.
Tº 2 Sam. 12, 3, 4, 6, and nigh-
Lev. 14,10. Num, 6,14, constr. nº, plur.
rºz; fem, of toº, an ewe-lamb, from
one to three years old. Plur. Gen. 21, 28.
29.30—By transpos. Huº, see in wº.
* tº ſut. uji== 1. to tread upon,
to trample under foot, kindr, with bº.
Zech. 9, 15 sºp-ºns tº and they
shall trample under foot the stones of the
sling, i. e. easily turn them aside as
harmless; comp. Job 41, 20. 21 [28].
Metaph. Mic. 7, 19 ºn:ly usias: he
treadeth wnder foot our iniquities, i. e.
disregards them, does not avenge them.
2. to subdue, to make subject to one-
self, e. g. a man the beasts Gen. 1, 28
enemies, slaves, a hostile land 2 Chr. 2S
10. Jer, 34, 16. Neh. 5, 5. Comp. Hº
3. to force a woman, Esth. 7, 8. So
Arab. Jº
PIEL, to subdue a people, i. q. Kal ne
2. 2 Sam, 8, 11.
}
tº->
nº
448
HiPh. i. q. Kal no. 2. Jer. 34, 11 Cheth.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 2. Num. 32,
22, 29. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Chr. 22, 18.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 3. Neh. 5, 5 fin.
Deriv. the two following.
tº m, a footstool, 2 Chr. 9, 18.
Chald. Bº, Syr. Leas, id.
jº m. a furnace, i. e. according to
Kimchi a lime-kiln, or also for smelting
metals, and different from hºn a kind of
oven for baking. Gen. 19, 28. Ex. 9, 8.
10. 19, 18.—So called from subduing
metals, from r. 1552; comp. igne ferrum
(lomatur’ Plin. H. N. 36. 27.
T2 f (r. 113 no. 2) 1 K. 17, 14, 16;
Plur. Dºz masc. Judg. 7, 16. 1 K. 18, 34;
a bucket, pail, both for drawing water
ſand carrying it, Gen. 24, 14 sq. Ecc. 12,
6; a tub for keeping meal, 1 K. 17, 12.
14. 16. Water was carried by women
upon their shoulders, Gen. l. c.—Corre-
sponding are Sanscr. ghada, Gr. 2660c,
zºööog, Lat. cadus, Slav. kad.
>k =1: Chald. PA. to lie, not to speak
the truth, i. q. Heb. 513. Hence
Tº Chald. f. a lie, falsehood, Dan.
2, 9 HR = n+2 by apposit, words, false-
hood, i. e. false words. Others make it
an adj. contrary to the form and usage.
--> obsol. root, kindr. nn?, Lat.
sudo, to beat, to pound; hence
1. to strike fire, whence Tinºx spark,
and tº sparkling gem, ruby. "
2. to labour severely, to toil hard, pr.
in the manner of Smiths and other arti-
sans, comp. cudo ; spec. to draw out a
well, to drau, water; whence T2. So
º, -º º
Arab, & to hammer or forge, toil hard,
to draw out a well. Comp. Eth. 'ſl.P.R
to tread with the feet, to triturate.
*Tº see ºn.
*TP Chald. see "ºl.
"372 m. (r. Tº) Ez. 27, 16. Is. 54,
12, a sparkling gem, prob. ruby.—Chald.
sºlz, Tºniziz id. Ex. 39, 11, Targ.
Comp. also Arab. $3.535 rubedo max-
Iſla.
>k -: obsol. root, kindr. hºp, Arab.
j63.and s&. to be turbid, troubled, as
water; metaph of life, 395 to be die
turbed, troubled, by adverse fortune, ca
lamity, comp. "23. By another meta-
phor the Hebrews transfer it also to the
tumults of war; hence hit-x. .
ºn 7; pr. m. Chedorlaomer, king
of the Elamites in the time of Abraham.
Gen. 14, 1. 9.--This name if Semitic
may be i. q. handful of sheaves, from
9- - -
5& handful, and nºs sheaf; but no
improb. the etymology is to be sought
in the ancient Persian.
Fis contr. for inz, Heb. Gr. § 57,2; pr
as this, i. q. Fitz, Arab. Jº Hence
1. thus, so, oùrog, referring pr. to what
precedes; Gen. 15, 5 tell the stars . . .
and he said unto him, Tºni nºrt: H2 so
shall thy seed be. Ex. 5, 15 comp. 14.
1 Sam. 17, 27 comp. 25. But more freq.
to what follows, Deut. 7, 5 but thus shall
ge deal with them : ye shall destroy their
altars, etc. Gen. 31, 8, 2 K. 12, 10. Oſ:
ten where the words of any one are re-
peated, Judg. 11, 15 and said unto him,
nº has n° thus saith Jephthah. Ex.
5, 10. 3, 15 ; also freq. in the formula
, Hinº -28 Hz thus saith Jehovah Jer, 2.
27, 20, 3, 16.22, 22, 6.49, 12. al. step.–
There are also examples, where Hº
stands without any thing to which it
can refer; as in the formula of swearing
and adjuring: (Hinº) pºrºs º Huy: Hz
Rºbin Hº God do so to me and more
also, where at first the words were prob.
accompanied by some gesture of chas-
tisement or punishment; since they im
ply: let God inflict dire punishment upon
me ; see Ruth 1, 17. 1 K. 19, 2, 20, 10.
1 Sam. 14, 44, 25, 22. Where this for-
mula implies a negative, it is followed
by DN, 2 K. 6, 31 God do so and more
also to me, IF (DN) the head of Elisha
shall stand on him this day, i. e. it shall
not remain on him. 1 K. 20, 10. 1 Sam.
3, 17. 25, 22; once EN "3 2 Sam. 3, 35
On the contrary, when the oath is affirm-
ative, Nº as follows, 2 Sam. 19, 14
oftener with "2 1 Sam. 14, 44. Ruth
1, 17. 2 Sam. 3, 9. 1 K. 2, 23. 19, 2
See in EN C. 1. c.
2. Partic. of placa, here, like Gr. 66A
but rarely, Ruth 2, 8; so r15—rº here
H-
in-
449
—there Num. 11, 31. He is to that place
c. before spoken of yonder, Fr. jusque
ld, Gen. 22, 5.—After verbs of motion,
hither, here, Gen. 31,37. Num. 23, 15. He
*; hither and thither Ex. 2,12. Syr. º.
aere, in comp. Pas hither, as hence.
3. Partic. of time, now ; re-Ty until
now, hitherto, Ex. 7, 16. Josh. 17, 14.
rº-Tº re--is till now and till then, in
the mean time, meanwhile, 1 K. 18, 45.
Tº Chald. i. q. He no. 3. Dan. 7, 28
rº-ºx hitherto.
>k Firſ; fut. Frº", apoc. Herº Job 17,
7, kindr, with HS2 and Hrip; to be weak,
feeble, faint, to be dispirited, to despond,
Is. 42, 4. Spec. of a light about to go
out, to be feeble, dim, Is. 42, 3. Also of
eyes, to be or become dim, either from
old age Deut. 34, 7. Zech. 11, 17. Gen.
27, 1; or from grief Job 17, 7.
PIEL nrº, also Hrº Lev. 13, 56.
1. Intrans. to become faint, pale, as a
spot on the skin, Lev. 13, 6. 56; comp.
adj. Hriz v. 21. 26. 28. Also to be faint-
hearted, timid, to despond, Ez. 21, 12;
comp. Is. 61, 3.
2. to chide, to admonish, to restrain,
with # 1 Sam. 3, 13 E3, Firſ- sº (be-
cause) he rebuked them mot, i. e. did not
restrain them. Comp. FTS?. Deriv. the
two following.
Tº adj. found only in the fem. Hrix
weak, feeble, faint, spec. of the dim wick
of a lamp just about to go out, Is. 42, 3;
of eyes bedimmed, dull, 1 Sam. 3, 2; or
of a faint or pale colour, Lev. 13, 21. 26.
28.39 spots nº ninz of a palish white;
comp. the root Pi. no. 1. So of a faint
heart, desponding, Is. 61, 3.
Tº f. mitigation, alleviation, sc. of a
wound, i. q. healing, Nah. 3, 19. R.
ºriz.
Sk SH: Chald. to be able, I can, kindr.
with bºº, bº; comp. on the affinity of
verbs ris and is under lett. H., p. 238.—
Part briz plur. Tºbriz, with inf.c.; Dan.
2, 26. 4, 15. 5, 8, 15.
>k TTE not used in Kal, whence in?
a priest. The etymology is doubtful
Arab. G-43 and 94% to presage, to
Q sº
livine ; Ü-96 a diviner, soothsayer,
1. 18, 1. al. sexcent.
often among the pagan Arabs; tº em, at
internuncio, envoy; Ethiop. 'A'(J% to be
a priest, to munister; Syr. &= to be
ministered, consecrated; in Bar Ali, ſo
be rich, opulent, to enjoy the comforts
of life; 12-i-º-; richness, riches, pros-
perity, happiness. But all these appear
to be secondary meanings, derived ſron
the station and power of the priesthood,
i. e. from Tº priest, which is found in th?
Heb. Chald. Syr. and Eth. languages.—
The native power of this word, there-
fore, is still to be sought by conjecture.
Hitzig supposes (ad Is. 61, 10) that THE
is i. q. jhi to stand, whence Triº pr. one
who stands by, an assistant. Maurer
regards Tº as i. Q. 773, inx, to incline,
to bend, i. e. to bow down, as is done
in worship, whence Tº pr. one bowing
down, making prostrations. Both of
these conjectures are worth attention;
in favour of the last, we might perhaps
also appeal to the Syro-Arabic gloss
W o e 7 7
U” &l=2f i. e. to bow down oneself
in worship. Other conjectures see in
Thesaur. p. 661, 662.
PIEL ſº denom. 1. to minister as
priest, to act as priest, to perform the
priestly functions, Ex. 31, 10. 35, 19.
Lev. 16, 32. Num. 3, 34; often with
ninº Ex. 28, 1.3.4. 29, 1.44, Lev. 7,
35. al. Sept. isgot stol.
2. to be or become priest, Deut. 10, 6.
3. Unusual is Is. 61, 10 Tº Tºrº
nsº as the bridegroom priests it with
his turban, i. e. decks himself with a
splendid turban such as the priests
wore ; q. d: ‘plays the priest wi.h. h.is
turban.” So Aqu, djs viſuquov isgorev6-
asvov otépévº, comp. Jare'.i, Symm,
Vulg. Syr.
in: m. plur. Eºrº, a priest ; Chald,
emph. Nirº, Syr. Hous, Arab. Jelš,
Eth.'ſ] (J%, id. For the etymology see
in r. nº. Very freq. in Ex. Lev. Deut
of the priests of Jehovah, as Ex. 2, 16. 3
Also of the priests
of idols, as Gen. 41, 45. 50, 46, 20. 47,
26. al. Constr. a) With genit. of the
divinity, as Hinº Triº 1 Sam. 14, 3; a
brari 2 Chr. 23, 17; ſix, ºniº 1 Sam 5
3S*
TH:
-º-,
º
400
t; ; Tº thy priests, sc. of Jehovah, Ps.
132, 9. Sometimes with a genit. of the
people or city where the priest officiates,
as is a priest of On Gen. 41, 45.50;
Tºº 's priest of Midian Ex. 3, 1. 18, 1;
bs nº 's Am. 7, 10; niºn ºn: the
priests of the high places 1 K. 13, 2.33; c.
suff, hºtº our priests sc. of Israel, Ezra
9, 7. Neh. 10, 1, etc. b) With h of the
divinity, as njnº irº Lev. 23, 20. 1
Sam. 1, 3, 2 Chr. 26, 17; Tiºg bsh 'z
Gen. 14, 18. Bºrº's Nº. 2 2 Chr. 13,
9. Sometimes h marks the person who
employs a priest, Judg. 17, 12. 13. 18, 4.
19. 2 Sam. 20, 26.—Among the He-
brews the High Priest, 5 &gzusgsås, was
called biºr, ºr Lev. 21, 10. Num. 35,
25. 28. Josh. 20, 6. Hagg. 1, 1. 12. 14. al.
also UN-r; † 2 K. 25, 18. 2 Chr. 19,
11. 26, 20; BN-ri ºn Ezra 7, b ; Triºr
rºu?n the anointed priest Lev. 4, 3. 5.
16. The next in dignity was called 'z
Fºr the second priest Jer, 52, 24; but
this phrase in the plur. Fºr ºniº 2 K.
23, 4 seems to imply all the other priests
in opp to the high priest.—Melchize-
dek, the earliest king of Jerusalem, is
also called a priest of Jehovah Gen. 14,
18. Ps. 110, 4; and several of the earli-
est Hebrew kings were in fact also
priests, as Solomon 1 K. c. 8; comp.
Uzziah 2 Chr. 26, 16. So Virg. AEn. 3.
80: “Rex Anius, rex idem hominum
Phoebique sacerdos.”
NotE. It is an ancient opinion of the
Heb. intpp. that irº signifies also prince.
Not only have the Chaldee translators
rendered it in several places by Nº.
prince, as Gen. 41, 45. Ex. l. c. Ps. 110,
4; but the author of Chronicles also
seems to have followed this view, since
he renders the words 2 Sam. 8, 18 ºzº
hºr ºrjī Tū, giving in his manner a
gloss 1 Chr. 18, 17 cºs-Fi Tºi ºn
mººr -sh and the sons of David, the
chiefs, were at the side of the king, i. e.
were the chief ministers of the kingdom.
The chief passages are 2 Sam. 8, 16–18.
P0, 23–26. 1 K. 4, 2–6; from all which
t appears that there were priests con-
nected with the court, partly exercising
..heir proper functions, and partly as
friends and counsellors of the sovereign;
as was also often the case with prophets
find priests in later times. The author
of Chronicles seems to have chos.1 this
interpretation of the more ancient con.
text, because priests of any other than
the Levitical family were unknown to
him. Of less weight is the authority of
Onkelos. Hence in all the passages re.
ferred to, the signif priest is the only
true one. Comp. the case of Solomon
above. See more in Thesaur. p. 663.
Tº Chald. m. st. emphat. Nºtº, plur
Tºrº, i. q. Hebr. Irº, a priest, Ezra "
12. 21. Plur. Ezra 6, 9, 16. 7, 16. 24
Tº f priesthood, the priests' office
Ex. 29, 9.40, 15. Num. 3, 10. 25, 13. 1
Sam. 2, 36. R. Tºº, jº.
TE Chald. plur. Tºz, a window, Dan. 6
y 3 2 9a, -
11. Syr. Izak, Arab. 5, §id. R.
Hyz II.
inº &ngs Asyóu. Ez. 30, 5, Chub, pr
n. of a country, coupled with Egypt and
Ethiopia. Some understand Coben, a
port of Ethiopia, or Cobium, a town near
the Mareotis. Perhaps it should be writ-
ten nº Nubia, which at least is followed
by the Arabic version, doubtless in ac-
cordance with the Septuagint, although
this word is wanting in our Mss. of the
latter. Thus the Arab. has ***!" Jºel
the people of Nubia; and a vestige of this
reading remains in Cod. de Rossi 409,
which for an=) has a prima manu sºon.
—Or perh, we might read Bºb Libya.
Xº3 (Milra) m. Ez. 27, 10, in pause
siz 38, 5; constr. Vaiž (Milél) 1 Sam.
17, 5. Is. 59, 17; plur. Bºiz Jer. 46, 4.
2 Chr. 26, 14, a helmet. Metaph. Is. 59,
17. R. vaz –Twice written with p, as
snip (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. Saip
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38.
NotE. There is in this word a singu
lar confusion of the Segolate and pena-
cute form tºp, bºp, with the acute form
tºis, which may be thus explained
Strictly, the word in either shape was
originally a Segolate, after the form
9
by?, like the Arab. #23 cup. Bu,
Holem, as strengthened by the tone, and
also as fully written, contrary to the com
mon Heb. usage and in the later He
brew and Syriac manner (comp. ºf
Dan. 11, 30, Taitº 2 Sam. 18, 9, Sy
Fºlº
T-
451
Patie), became so strong in this word
as to be retained also in the plur. Shy: iz
(instead of Bºss?, or Ens: kóbaim), as
ºf from a sing. Sºº, after the form this,
Hence it arose, that such a form (viz.)
can.e into actual use, at least in the ab-
solute state ; although in the construct
the primary segolate form was preserv-
ed; comp. Tºº, constr. 132. A lengthened
and secondary form is the Syr. iséâ2.
Intermediate forms fluctuating between
the two, are six Ez. 27, 10, viiip 23, 24.
>k Hy; a root not used in Kal.
I. to burn, Gr. xala (x0.00). Arab.
, Syr. ſae, to burn in, to brand, to
märk with cautery. Hence ºr II, nº,
Hyº.
II. Like the kindred asp, ap;, sp;,
also Fiji, º, prob. to hollow out, to
earcavate, of which there is a vestige in
Chald. Tº window, Arab. 5 hole in a
Ç sº
wall, §window.—Simonis refers these
to to pierce, to bore through ; but
the word has not this meaning. The
signif, given by the Arabic lexicons,
to prick or sting, as a scorpion,
comes from the notion of burning ; since
the scorpion injecting the poison with
his sting, may be said to mark the skin
as with a hot iron.
NIPH. pass. of no. I, to be burned,
scorched, with fire, Prov. 6, 28. Is. 43,2,
Ti2 strength, Dan. 11, 6, see n°.
Tº f. a burning, brand, i.e. a part
of the body burned, Ex. 21, 25. R. H. P.
52.2 m. (for-2+2, nºz, then aziz, r.
==3) constr. Heiß, a star, pr: a globule;
Arab. J.3% Chald. Heiz, Syr. faces,
Łth. 'ſhop'ſ]'ſ] and 'ſ 'ſh'ſ), id.—Gen.
1, 16. 37,9. Job 3, 9, 9, 7. Ps. 8, 4. al.
Am. 5, 26 prºnºs seiz, see in lºº.
Oſten spoken of as animated, see Nº. ;
as pure Job 25, 5; as praising God, 38,
7; also as innumerable Gen. 15, 5. 22,
17. Ex. 32,13. Deut. 1, 10, al.—Metaph.
pſ an illustrious prince Nºm. 24, 17 So
Arab. -3% see Camoos.
* * *
tº to measure, to vnclude or con-
aim in a measure, e.g. grain, as in Syr.
Chald. and Arab. JUS for Jº
only once, Is. 40, 12.
PiLP. 52%: 1. to hold, to contain, as:
a vessel, measure. 1 K. 8, 27 lo the
heaven and the heaven of heavens canno;
contain thee. 2 Chr. 2, 5. 6, 18.
2. to hold up, to sustain, a) i. q. to
bear up, to endure, to hold out, Mal. 3, 2.
Prov. 18, 14. Jer. 20,9. b) i. q to protect
any one Ps. 55, 23; to maintain one s
cause before a tribunal Ps. 112, 5.
3. to sustain, to mourish, to furnish with
the means of living, c. acc. Gen. 45, 11.
50, 21. 1 K. 4, 7. 17, 4. With two acc.
Gen. 47, 12. 1 K. 18, 4, 13.
Polp, pass. 52% to be furnished with
provisions, etc. 1 K. 20, 27.
HipH. bºar, 1. i. q. Pilp. no. 1. 1 K.
7, 26, 38. 8, 64. 2 Chr. 4, 5. Ez. 23, 32
*"Enh Hàn; i.e. containing much.
2. i. q. Pilp. no. 2. a. Jer. 6, 11. 10, 10.
Joel 2, 11. Am. 7, 10.
* tº obsol. root, Arab. st Conj II,
3 – 2
to heap up, Koo S a heap. This word
belongs to the widely extended family
of roots D5, by, Dy, DN, for which see
under r. Pºs –Hence Tºº.
Tº m. (r. 122, after the form nºs) a
globe, globule of gold, perh. collect. glo-
bules, drops, or rather a string of gold
drops like beads worn around the neck
or arm by the Israelites in the desert,
Ex. 35, 22. Num. 31, 50. Such are
found solid in Arabia according to Diod.
Sic. 3. 44 or 50. Strabo XVI. p. 777
Casaub. Thesaur. p. 692.
In Ka
Sk *: in Kal not used, pr. to stand up-
right; whence 2 upright, ji=% place
of standing, nºis’ base. Frequent in
the kindred dialects in various forms
and meanings: Chald. Pa. º. i. q. He 3.
This to set up, to establish ; Syr. <-f
to establish, to plant; Arab. Justo €X-
ist, to be ; II, to cause to exist, to create.
PIL. This 1. to set upright, i.e. to set,
to place, e. g. a throne Ps. 9, 8; espec. to
set up firmly, to establish, a throne 2 Sam.
7, 13. ] Shr. 17, 12. Ps. 48, 9. Metaph
Ps. 7, 10. 40, 3. 68, 10. 90, 17. 99, 4.—
Also to found, as a city Ps. 107, 3.
Hab. 2, 12; the earth Ps. 24, 2. 119 90.
Is. 45, 18; the heavens Prov. 3, 19
T-
T-
|
452
2. to form, to create, as God creates
man Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 119, 73; the moon
and stars Ps. 8, 4. So to form for one-
self, to prepare, sc. a people 2 Sam. 7,
24.—Here belongs Job 31, 15 hº
Tris brº and did (not) the same one
form us in the womb? for hºisy, the
firs' and second Nun coalescing into a
double ºne, and i being shortened to .
3. to fit, to direct, to aim, as arrows,
Ps. 11, 2 Esri ºz. 7, 13; with Engr.
impl. Is. 51, 13; with by of the mark
Ps. 21, 13.—Metaph. for 5% ºiz, i. q.
animum advertere, to apply one's mind,
with h Job 8, 8. Comp. in Hiph. no. 3.
a, (;.
Pol. piz 1. Pass. of Pil. no. 1, to be
established, metaph. Ps. 37, 23.
2. Pass. of Pil. no. 2, to be formed, pre-
pared, Ez. 28, 13.
HipH. Ten 1. to set up, i. Q. to set, to
place, e. g. a seat Job 29, 7. Ps. 103, 19;
a statue Is. 40, 20. Also to found, as the
earth, the heavens, mountains, Ps. 65, 7.
Prov. 8, 27. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15. Inf, ab-
sol. Tºr, and Tºr, as adv. firm, firmly,
Josh. 3, 17. 4, 3. – Hence a) to consti-
tute, to appoint any one, Josh. 4, 4. 2 Chr.
2, 6. Jer. 51, 12. Job 28, 27. So to set or
constitute as king 2 Sam. 5, 12. 1 Chr.
14, 2, 1 K. 2, 24. b) to establish, to con-
firm, e. g. the throne of a kingdom Is.
9, 6. 1 Chr. 22, 10; the kingdom of any
one 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 1 Chr.
17, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 5; one's posterity Ps.
89, 5; the heart Ps. 10, 17. 89, 5. c) to
repair, to restore, e.g. the temple 2 Chr.
35, 20; comp. 34, 10.
2. to set right, i. e. to make ready, to
prepare, Gen. 43, 25; e.g. wood and
stones for building 1 K. 5,33; a sacrifice
Zeph. 1 " comp. c. Is. 14, 21; a way
Deut. 19, 3; a net Ps. 57, 7; food Gen.
43, 16. Ex. 16, 5. Josh. 1, 11; the parts
of a building 1 K. 6, 19. 2 Chr. 31, 11 ;
a place for any thing, c. h Ex. 23, 20.
1 Chr, 15, 1.3. 12. Ps, 68, 11; war, i. q.
to fit out, to arm, Ez. 7, 14, 38, 7. Jer.
{6, 14. Metaph. Job 15, 35.-Also to
prepare, i. Q. to procure, to provide, often
with a dat. besides the acc. Num. 23, 1.
29. 1 Chr. 23, 5.14; e.g. food Job 39, 3
[38 41]. I's. 78, 2). Prov. 6, 8, 30, 25;
arms 2 Chr, 26, 14; garments Job 27, 16.
7 : to take care of a work, to transact
|
business, Prov. 24, 27. Of God, to creat?
to prep are, to provide, as fruits Ps. 65, 10
the rain 147, 8; the sun and light 74, 16
3. to set, i.e. to aim, to direct, to ad
just, e.g. weapons against, c. Ps. 7
14; one's face towards or gainst, c. bs
Ez. 4, 3, 7. So God directs the steps of
any one Prov. 16,9. Ps. 119, 133; a man
his own steps Jer. 10, 23; a man his
ways 2 Chr. 27, 6. Prov. 21, 29. Spec,
a) # = ſºar to set or fia the heart on
any thing, to apply the mind to do any
thing; 2 Chr. 12, 14 he had not applied
his heart to seek the Lord. 19, 3. 30, 19
Ezra 7, 10. With nº impl. 1 Chr. 28, 2
b) Hinº-bs =}| ſºn to set the heart upon
Jehovah, to apply the mind to the wor-
ship of God, 1 Sam. 7,3; with h to idols
2 Chr. 20, 33. With Hinº-bs impl. Job
11, 13. Ps. 78, 8. c) Ther; ellipt. for
5% ºn to apply the mind, to give
heed, 1 Sam. 23, 22. Judg. 12, 6. 2 Chr.
29, 36. \
Hoph. Tºhn 1. Pass, of Hiph. no. 1,
to be established, as a throne Is. 16, 5.
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be made
ready, prepared, e. g. a funeral pile Is.
30, 33; a horse for battle Prov. 21, 31;
mantlets Nah. 2, 6; to be set in order,
arranged, Zech. 5, 11.
NIPH. Ti5: pass. of Pilel and Hiphil.
1. to be set up, i. e. to rise up, e.g. the
breasts as becoming round and full Ez.
16, 7; to be made to stand, to stand, Mic.
4, 1 et Is. 2,2; to be founded, with 5: alpon
any thing Judg. 16, 26; to be established
confirmed, as a kingdom 1 K. 2, 12.45.
46. Hence i. q to stand firm, e. g. a
throne, kingdom, 2 Sam. 7, 16. 26. Ps
25, 5. 29, 14 comp. 1 Sam. 20, 31; the
world Ps. 93, 1; the moon 89, 38; of
men i. q. to flourish, to prosper, Job 21
8. Ps. 102, 29. 140, 12. Prov. 12, 3, 19.
Ps. 101,7 he that telleth lies -º jizº Nº.
"Jºy shall not abide in my sight, shall
not prosper; parall. ‘to dwell with.” Sa
of the counsels of men Prov. 20, 18, 16
3.—Peculiar is tier ſis: the firedness
(steadiness) of the day, Prov. 4, 18, i. e.
high noon, when the sun seems to stand
immovable in the zenith, Gr. o.º.o.9 sqów
f hung, otºsgö, usumuffglo, Ruhnken ad
Timaeum p. 236, Arab. U41) &#3
Schult. ad Prov l. c.— Trop. mostly ir
g
T-
-h-
453
Part. Tº a) to be firm, steadfast,
fired; Ps. 51, 12 Ti-; rhin a steadfast
spirit, a mind fixed in virtujus purpose.
Ps. 78, 37. b) to be firm, steadfast, in-
trepid, full of hope and confidence; so
the heart Ps. 57, 8, 108, 2. 112, 7, c)
Of things, to be firm, fired, established;
Gen. 41, 32 Eurºs bx2 ºr i-, the
thing is established from God, is cer-
tainly decreed. Hence, to be certain, sure,
Deut, 13, 15. 17,4. Hos. 6,3; and as subst.
Tº the certain, i. q. certainty, ji=}*bs
for certain, with certainty, 1 Sam. 23,
23; adv. certainly 26, 4. d) to be right,
true; Part. Yi-; right, true, Job 42, 7.
8. Ps. 5, 10, comp. 78, 37. e) to be
right, fit, proper, Ex. 8, 22 [26].
2. to be made ready, prepared, e. g.
a) Of business, to be taken care of trans-
acted, 2 Chr. 8, 16. 29, 35. 35, 10. 16.
b) Of things, to be prepared, to be ready
for any one, with h Neh. 8, 10. Prov. 19,
29. Job 18, 12 destruction isºsh ji=} is
ready at his side, impends over him. 12,
º, 15,23. But Ps. 38, 18 i-, sº ºs I
am ready to fall, am near to ruin. c.) Of
persons, to be prepared, ready, Ez. 38, 7.
Ex. 19, 11 (with an adjunct of time). v.
15. 34, 2. Josh. 8, 4. d) Intrans. or re-
flex. to prepare sc. oneselſ, Am. 4, 12.
HITHPAL. Tiznri Prov. 24, 3, else-
where jºir.
1. to be established, to be made firm,
strong, Prov. 24, 3. Num. 21,27. Is. 54,14.
2. to prepare oneself, Ps. 59, 5.
Deriv. 12, 12s, 12, Fºx, i-º, Hºi-º,
rº, Hºrn, and the pr. names jº,
rºº, jºin', and
7"> Chun, pr. m. of a Syrian city,
1 Chr. 18, 8; which in the parallel pas-
sage 2 Sam. 8, 8, is called "nºna. Perh.
the Comma mentioned in the Itin. An-
tonini p. 199 ed. Wesseling; situated
between Laodicea of Lebanon and He-
liopolis or Ba'albek
7.2 m. a kind of cake, wafer, offered
i. sacrifice, Jer. 7, 18. 44, 19. Sept.
kovdiv, zavºv, zoğan, the Heb. word in
Greek letters. R. Tº, Pi. Tºx, Chald.
ſº, to prepare.
bº f. plur. nibº Jer. 25 5; for tº
(r bº) pr. a receptacle, vessel; as bºx
for pºz, Dºs for uſes, ra for nº, nin
br riºr ; so Lebrecht.
j
\
1. a cup. Syl. Paº, Chald. Rºz
Nº.2, Nyiz, Sam. *\$3 and ºf
* * 8 - e” º
Arab. Jº, Jºš. % a cup, cup of
wine.—Gen, 40, 11. 13. 21. 2 Sam. 12, 3.
Ps. 23,5, al. Ps. 116, 13 Rºs nishū-biz
I will take the cup of deliverance, i. e. I
will pour out to Jehovah a cup of thanks-
giving for his aid.—In the prophets Je-
hovah is often represented as pouring
out for the nations a cup of intoxicating .
wine, Hºnºr biz, in order that reeling
they may rush into destruction: Jer. 25,
15 take this wine-cup of wrath at my
hand, and cause all the nations, to whom
I send thee, to drink it ; 16 and they
shall drink and stagger and be mad,
because of the sword that I will send
among them. Jer. 49, 12. 51, 7. Lam. 4,
21. Is. 51, 17. 22. Hab. 2, 16. Ez. 23, 31.
32. 33; comp. Rev. 17, 2. 4. For the
same usage in Arabic poets, see Comm.
on Is. 51, 17.--Further, cup is also put
metaph. for lot, portion, and is so coupled
with pºr portion, Ps. 11, 6, 16, 5; comp.
Matt. 26, 39. 20, 22, also pºr, no. 2. c.
See on this metaphor as employed by
Arabian writers, Comment, on Is. 51
17, also on Matt. l. c. in Rosenm. Re-
pertorium I. p. 130. Lond. Classical
Journal no. LIII. p. 159.
2. A species of unclean bird, Lev. 11
17. Deut. 14, 16; living among ruins, Ps.
102, 7. The ancient versions render it
an owl, but against the etymology. Bo-
chart more correctly, Hieroz. II. p. 267,
understands the pelican or cormorant, so
called from the receptacle or pouch un
der the throat, as Lat. truo from trua.
* 1. Tº a root, doubtful in the verb,
but so far as can be gathered from the
derivatives i. Q. to dig, to bore through
to pierce, like the kindr. Hº, nes, nºp
-p?. Arab. US to dig in the earth, also
to prostrate ; comp. Samsci. khur to
cleave, to cut. Hence Fºº, utºzoaga,
a sword, so called from its piercing, nº
executioner; also Hº, Hºi-, place
where metals are dug, then ‘native
place.”
The verb itself is found by many in
the vexed passage referred to the Mes:
siah, in Ps. 22, 17, where David as if
-->
454 ºn- , - we
aard pressed by the troops of Saul ex-
tlaims: for dogs do compass me about,
the bands of evil-doers surround me,
** "Tº "nsº. Here the simplest
interpretation seems to be that which
preserves the ordinary sense of the
words: as lions they gape upon my
hands and my feet, i. e. they threaten to
tear my limbs in pieces. The form ºns:
is pr. d’s 6 Aéov, i. e. as lions, comp. Is.
38, 13; and the notion of surrounding,
gaping upon, or the like, is then readily
derived in this manner by zeugma from
the preceding context.—Most of the an-
cient interpreters have taken ºnse as a
verb; and this is certainly possible, if we
regard "Sº as particip. Kal in the Chal-
dee manner (Pºp part, Esp) and in the
plural number for bºss, as ºn Ps. 45,
9 for Bºn; although to find two gram-
ma'ical forms of such extreme rarity
combined in this one word, is at least
remarkable; comp. Lehrg. p. 401, 523.
In this way it would be rendered: a)
piercing my hands and my feet, i. e. my
enemies wonnd me with darts and wea-
pons on every side. And it is hardly
necessary to remark, that all this ap-
plies as completely as possible to David,
to whom the Psalm is assigned in the in-
scription; and there is at least no necessi-
ty for understanding here directly Christ
as affixed to the cross. A verb of boring
through, in the sense of wounding, (comp.
G -
Bºr, and Arab. , s to pierce, to wound,)
is aptly attributed to hostile weapons;
and the hands and feet are put poetically
for all the members and so for the whole
body, comp. Hesiod Op. et D. 114. Sept.
digvšov, which word is elsewhere used
in Sept. for nº?, np. Vulg. foderunt.
Syr. asie.
apl. and Jerome in the reading vinare-
runt, attribute to this word the sense of
binding, which may also be defended on
philological grounds, (and this Hengst-
enberg ought not to have denied,
Christol. des A. T. I. p. 180,) comp.55
I, V, to ſold or bind around the turban,
b) Aqu. Symm. in Hex-
8 o 2 & C
5. a wreath, turban. But this is far
ess suitable to the context, c) Finally
Aqu. in the earlier edit. renders it joxv-
1 &w they disfigure, stain with blood, etc
prob. assigning to the root ºnse the sig
nif of Aram. -sz and nº.—That "ns:
was commonly held to Je a verb, is also
shewn by the reading found in two Mss.
viz. Ins- (m-sº) for inz.
* II. The or "h": obsol. root, prob,
1. q. h": to boil up, and then to cook
Syr. 53.52ſ to boil up, to be hot.—Hence
bºnº frying-pan, ºniº basin, and the
two following.
Tº m. (r. haz II) a furnace, for smelt-
ing metals, Ez. 22, 18.20.22. Prov. 17, 3
27, 21. Metaph. Is. 48, 10 I have triea
thee in the furnace of affliction. Deut. 4,
20 and hath brought you forth out of the
iron furnace of Egypt. 1 K. 8, 51. Arab.
S 2 © b.
5:3. Syr. 15a 2, id.
nix i. q. -- q. V.
jºy "2 (smoking furnace) Chor-
ashan, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of
Simeon, 1 Sam, 30, 30; elsewhere jºy
Q. V.
tº Ezra 1, 1.7, 8, also tºº, Cy-
rus, pr. n. of a king of the Persians, son
of Cambyses and grandson of Astyages
the Mede; Ezra 3, 7.4, 3. 5. Is. 44, 28.
45, 1. 2 Chr. 36, 22, 23. Dan. 1, 21. 6,
29, 10, 1. The Greek writers affirm
that this name in Persian signified the
sun, Ctesias ap. Plut. Artax. Opp. T. I.
p. 1012. Etym. M. Kógos, xoigog, #kog.
Correctly, for it is the Pers. Yºs., Zend.
hvaré Sun, gen. hirò comp. Sanscr
sitra, siri, and the more frequent sirya.
The º- is merely an ending, as in ºn:
q. v. [This signification is doubted by
Lassen, but wi.hout suggesting another
see Zeitschr. f. d. Morgenl. VI. pp. 152
154.—R.
tº Cush, pr n. " Of persons: a)
A son of Ham, and father of Seba. Ha
vilah, Sabtah, Raamah, Sabtecha, and
Nimrod, Gen. 10, 6.7.8. 1 Chr. 1, 8–10
b) A Benjamite of the court of Saul
Ps. 7, 1.
2. As the name of a country or region
Cush was of wide extent, and variously
employed. Of the descendants of Cush
(Gen. 10, 6–8, see no. 1. a), Nimrod peo
pled Mesopotamia and Assyria; Rag
ºphe
nº
455
man and his sons Sheba and Dedan had
heir seats in eastern and southeastern
Arabia (see these articles); while at
east Seba and Sabtah are properly re-
erred to Ethiopia. Hence the posterity
of Cush, the Cushites, occupied the im-
mense region stretching from Assyria
n the N. E. through eastern Arabia
nto Africa; carrying with them into
the latter country a branch of the Semi-
tic language, viz. the Ethiopic, which
stands in the closest affinity with the
old Himyaritic dialect of eastern Arabia.
The name Cush, Cushites, appears not
to have been used of the posterity of
Nimrod or their country in the north ;
hough some find such an application
uf it in Gen. 2, 13; see Tinº. But
these names were evidently applied to
the descendants of Cush both in Arabia
and Africa; and as a country Cush is
wherefore twofold:
a) As denoting Eastern Arabia, in
which were situated the descendants
and territories of Raamah, Sheba, and
Dedan; Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9. All
these, as merchants trading with Tyre,
are expressly coupled with Arabia, Ez.
27, 20. 21. 22. In 2 Chr. 21, 16 the Ara-
bians are said to be thºujº Tºrbs at the
side of the Cushites. When the Israel-
ites were at Hazeroth, in or near the ter-
ritory of the Midianites, Moses had mar-
ried a Cushite woman, prob. from eastern
Arabia, Num. 12, 1. In Hab. 3, 7 the
prophet sees the tents of Cushan (Cush)
and of Midian agitated, i. e. the noma-
dic tribes of both eastern and western
Arabia troubled, at the advance of Israel.
In Is. 11, 11 Cush is perh. doubtful, be-
mg mentioned between Egypt on the
one hand, and Elam and Shinar, Persia
and Babylonia, on the other. Perh. Job
28, 19; see nºte. See Ritter's Erd-
tunde, Th. XII. p. 56. Berl. 1846. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. III. p. 154 sq.
b) Put for Ethiopia, (fem. Ps. 68, 32,)
n part surrounded by the upper Nile,
and therefore understood by ancient
intpp. in Gen. 2, 13, see in Tiriº and
comp, Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; inhabited
by a people of dark colour Jer, 13, 23;
opulent Is. 43, 3.45, 14; situated on the
south of Egypt Ez. 29, 10; and there-
Rire often mentioned with Egypt Nah.
3,9. Ez. 30, 4, 5.9. Ps. 68, 32; will the
Libyans 2 Chr. 12, 3, 16, 8; with Phut
Jer. 46, 9. Ez. 38, 5; as the extreme
western limit of Xerxes' empire Esth.
1, 1.8, 9; also Ps. 77, 4.—Sept. Aiówo-
Trlo, Aióiotec, Vulg. Æthiopia, ACthio-
pes; Chald, and Syr, retain ºz, a.sa.
Josephus explains the ancient name :
Ant. 1. 6. 2 Xoiſorov učv oióēv #340 psy &
zgóvog, Aiólots; yºg z. t. A. The name
Kush for Ethiopia is also found upon
the hieroglyphic monuments of Egypt :
Champollion Gramm. Egypt. p. 150, 151
See more in Thesaur. p. 673. -
NotE. In the Thesaurus, art. Úhº, p.
673, the author strenuously maintains,
in opposition to Bochart, Walton, and
Vitringa, that the name Cush, Cushites
is applied only to Ethiopia in Africa.
In the art. Tººn, Thes, p. 1297, written
some years later, he admits that this
tribe (Raamah), as also Dedan and
Sheba, were Cushites, and dwelt in
Arabia.-R. for the whole article.
*3 m. 1. a Cushite, gentile n.from
ujh2 no. 2. a) Spoken of a native of
eastern Arabia, plur. 2 Chr. 21, 16. Fem.
nºujº Num. 12, 1 ; see in Ujaz no. 2. a.
b) i. q. an Ethiopian, see tº no. 2. b.
Jer. 13, 23. 38, 7.10. 12. 2 Chr. 14, 8,
Plur. Pºujhe 2 Chr. 14, 11. 12. 16, 8.
Dan. 11,43; also bºujhi Am. 9, 7.—R.
2. Cushi, pr. m. of the father of the
prophet Zephaniah, Zeph. 1, 1.
Tº Cushan, i. e. eastern Arabia.
i. q. ºr no. 2. a, where see. Hab. 3, 7.
-
º
Bºnytºn Tºº Chushan-rishathaim,
pr. m. of a king of Mesopotamia, Judg.
3, 8, 10.
nºis f. (r. huiz no. 2) prosperity,
plur. Ps. 68,7. Syr. ſºa, frate, d.
nº 2 K. 17, 30, and mºb v. 24, pr
n. Cuth or Cuthah, the land of the Cuth-
ites, who with others were brought by
the king of Assyria into the desolated
kingdom of Israel, and there amalga-
mated with the ancient inhabitants into
the Samaritan people; whence the lat-
ter are called by the Chaldee writers
and Talmudists bºnº. Nothing certain
is known o the site of this country; Jo.
-175
456 r:-
sephus places it in Persia, which is not
improbable, Ant. 9. 14.3; others seek it
in Phenicia, because the Samaritans
themselves professed to be of Sidonian
origin, Jos. Ant. 11. 8, 6. ib. 12. 5. 5.
See Michaelis Spicileg. P. I. p. 104 sq.
>k Priº, in Kal only part. 51% Ps. 116,
11 ; more usual in
PIEL six to lie, to speak falsehood ;
Chald. Hº, Syr. -eń, Arab. º
id. The primary idea lies perhaps in
breaking and cutting, so that arz may
be a softened form from Exp. ; and then
this idea is transferred to falsehood and
fraud; comp. vs.-Mic. 2, 11. Job 6,
28, 34, 6. Prov. 14, 5. With h to lie unto
any one, to deceive him, Ez. 13, 19. Ps.
78, 36. 89, 36 shall I then lie unto Da-
vid? i.e. break my faith, comp. Num.
23, 19; with # id. 2 K. 4, 16. Metaph.
Hab. 2, 3; so of waters which dry up
and thus deceive the hope of the tra-
weller Is. 58, 11, see Hyºs. Comp. Lat.
spen mentita seges’ Hor. Ep. 1. 7.87;
fundus mendax' Carm. 3. 1. 30.
HIPH. to make lie, i. e. to give the lie,
to convict of lying, Job 24, 25.
NIPH. pass. of Hiph. to be proved false,
fallacious, Job 41, 1 [9]. Prov. 30, 6.
Deriv. alº–5"12, also apºs, -ºs.
Pſº m. a lie, falsehood, Is. 28, 15. 17.
273 pºp lying divination Ez. 13, 6;
'2 top to divine lies Ez. 13, 7. 21, 34
29]. 22, 28. Bºyz river to utter lies,
to speak falsehood, Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5.25.
19, 5.9. Also deceit, fraud, guile; Dan.
11,27 =y+ -ā'i. Ps. 5, 7, 58, 4. Prov. 19,
22 ºz vºns a man of falsehood, a liar,
deceiver. 23, 3 tº prº deceitful food,
spoken of the banquct of a prince, which
allures his guests into danger.—Concr.
liars, deceivers, deluding with false hope,
e.g. idols Ps. 40, 5. Am. 2, 4.
8:12 (lying, alse) Cozeba, pr. n. of
a place 1 Chr. 4, 22; prob. the same
with sº and 5-15s b.
"ຠ(lying, false, r. six) Cozbi, pr. n.
of the daughter of a Midianitish prince,
Num. 25, 15. 18.
P"ſº (lying, false) Chezib, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Judah Gen. 38, 5;
prob. 1. q ="138 b.
Sk º obsol. root, kindr. with Araſı
2.5 (there being no Arabic root »”.
to break with violence, to rout an enemy
in Heb. transferred to the idea of vio
lence in general.—Hence hºs, "nºs
nºs.
T2 m. once Jº Dan. 11, 6, c. suff
*rī. R. rinz q.v.
1. strength, might, power, both to act
and to endure, Job 6, 11.12; spoken of
men, as of military prowess Judg. 16, 5
9. 19. Hab. 1, 11. Is. 63, 1; vital strength
Ps. 22, 16. 31, 11. 38, 11 ; might and
energy in business Gen. 31, 6. Is. 49, 4 ;
virile strength, and poet. for its fruit,
the first-born son, Gen. 49, 3; also of
animals Job 40, 16. Dan. 8, 7. Spoken
of the power and might of God, Jer. 10,
12 ins: yºs Hūy. Num. 14, 17. Job
23, 6, 24, 22. 37,23. Ps. 65,7—(nºr) wº
a nº there is strength, power, in any
one, he has power, 2 Chr. 25, 8, 1 Sam
28, 20, comp. 1 K. 19, 8; c. inf et h tu
have power to do any thing, i. q. to be
able, I can, 1 Sam. 30, 4 until trº, ins
nizah nº they had no power to weep.
could weep no more. 2 Chr. 20, 12. 25.
8. Dan. 8, 7. 11, 15. Is. 50, 2.—Some-
times it is put in the genit. after sub-
stantives and adjectives; as riz Yºs
mighty in strength Job 9, 4. Is. 40, 26;
r15 Rhaw Job 37, 23; r.s ºria; Ps. 103,
20; ris sº for ris sº -uśs: Job 26, 2.
—Further: a) In a bad sense, vio-
lence, Ecc. 4, 1. b) Trop. ability, i. e.
wealth, riches, comp. Bºri, Job 6, 22. 36,
19. Prov. 5, 10. Hos. 7, 9, c) strength
of the earth, its fruits, produce, brough?
forth by its viviſying power, Gen. 4, 12
Job 31, 39.
2. A species of large lizard, prob. So
called from its strength, Lev. 11, 30.
Sept. and Jerome the chamelion ; Arab
Vers. coyº the land crocodile, or a
species of it. [Not improb, as Bochart
supposes (Hieroz. I. p. 1069), Aral
Jy) the waral (vulg. waran), a spe
cies of lizard several feet in length
lacerta Nilotica, found occasionally in
Palestine ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II
p. 253.—R.
-in-
457 --,
Sk in: in Kal not used, prob, like wiriz
and brº having the signif to cover, to
hide ; which then passed over partly to
the idea of denying, deceiving, lying, as
in uriz, Trix; and partly to that of be-
smearing, painting, as in Brº. The
order of derivation is tiny, Triº, brix, ;
comp. medius, milieu. Eth. AhR to
deny, to apostatize; Arab. Jºs to de-
ny. -
PIEL inz, to hide, to conceal, with acc.
and 7% of pers. Jer. 38, 14. 2 Sam. 14,
18; acc. impl. Josh. 7, 19. 1 Sam. 3, 17.
18. Jer. 50, 2; different is ſº in Job 15,
18. With "2 Gen. 47, 18. By litotes,
"nº Nº not to hide is for to speak out
openly, to proclaim, Job 27, 11. Ps. 40, 11.
78, 4. Is. 3, 9; contra, not to hide what
is true, i. q. not to deny, Job 6, 10; comp.
wrº.
HipH. Tºrºn 1. to hide, Job 20, 12.
2. to destroy, to cut off, pr. to make
disappear, Gr. &govišew, e. g. men Ex.
23, 23. 2 Chr. 32, 21. Zech. 11, 8; with
12 1 K. 13, 34. Ps, 83, 5.
Niph. 1. Pass, of Piel, to be hidden,
'oncealed, with 72 from any one, 2 Sam.
18, 13. Ps. 69, 6. 139, 15. Hos. 5, 3.
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be destroyed,
to be cut off, Job 4, 7. 15, 28. 22, 20.
Zech. 11, 9, 16, Yºst, ſº Ex. 9, 15.
TT2 Chald, see in Chald, ºr p. 296.
*TTE obsol, root, prob. i. q. Syr. —s
to pant, Germ. keuchen, comp. the simi-
lar onomatopoetic roots na;, rigs; then
to eacert oneself, one's strength, etc.
Hence nº strength, power. The Arab.
US to prevail in battle, is apparently
secondary, and derived from the Heb.
rº.
>k bn; &n. Asyóu. i. q. Arab. J-5, to
paint the eyes with stibium, Ez. 23,40;
pomp. 2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. The pri-
mary idea is that of covering, besmear-
ing ; see in Triº. Chald. Syr. Arab.
Ethiop. id.—The paint of the Hebrew
women, called tº q. v. Gr. otiupu, otl-
$voy, was a powder producing a black
colour, commonly prepared from anti-
mony or from lead ore and zinc, which
they mixed with water, and spread by
means of a neede r probe of silver or
ivory upon the borders of the eye lids
so that the white of the eye might ap
pear still whiter by being surrounded
with a black margin. See Böttiger's
Sabina p. 22, 48. Hartmann's Hebräe-
rin II. p. 149, sq. III. p. 198 sq.
Sk Drº 1. pr. to lie, to speak lies, see
Piel. For the primary idea see in kindr.
Trz.
2. Trop. to fail, to waste away, e. g.
the body, Ps. 109, 24 ºz ºri: "Tº:
my flesh faileth from fatness, i. e. is
without fatness, pines away. Comp,
Ünæ, also Piel no. 3.
PIEL ºr 2 1. to deny what is true,
Gen. 18, 15. Josh. 7, 11. With 3 of
pers, to deny any one, as if not knowing
him, Job 8, 18; hence Fijn', ºr 2 to deny
Jehovah Is, 59, 13. Jer. 5, 12. Josh. 24,
27; H id. Job 31, 28; absol, id. Prov.30,
9. With # of pers, and 3 of thing, to
lie or deny to any one as to any thing,
Lev. 5, 21 [6, 2].
2. to lie, to speak falsehood, Lev. 19.
11. Hos. 4, 2. With h 1 K 13, 18 trix
is he lied unto him.
3. to deceive or disappoint hope, ex-
pectation; hence i. q to fail, spoken of
the products of the earth, Hos. 9, 2.
Hab. 3, 17. Comp. in Etz Pi.
4. to feign, to flatter, to fawn upon,
chiefly of the vanquished, who profess
devotedness and love towards their vic-
tors, c. h Ps. 18, 45. 66, 3. 81, 16.
NIPh. Deut. 33,29, and HITHP. 2 Sam.
22, 45, c. h; i. q. Pi. no. 4.
Deriv. the two following.
tº 1. a lie, deceit, Nah. 3, 1. Hos.
10, 13. 12, 1. Ps. 59, 13.
2. a pining away, leanness, Job 16, 8.
tº m, adj lying, false, e.g. children
who deny their father, Is, 30,9. R. ºriº,
* I. "? a primitive particle. A) Pr, a
Pron. relat. i. q. Huys, although in this
its primary sense it is extremely rare
and therefore uncertain in the Hebrew
writings. The use of this ancient and
primitive word is also widely spread in
the Indo-European tongues: comp.
Sanscr. relat. yas, y0, yat, (softened for
qas, q0, qat) Lat. Qui, qua, quod ; Pers
, poet. eS, and even Chinese khé he
and tshö who. Correlative to these are
39
-> 458 *-
demonstr. Rºn, , Gr. 7, is, Lat. is,
see Buttm. Ausf. Sprachl. I. p. 290;
demonstr. and relat. "I, (sê. comp.
Germ. die; interrog. "%, FT%, th–s, ti,
By dropping also the initial palatal from
the fuller and antique form qui, there
has arisen the Pers. and Zab. (52 ) ".
Germ. wie.—The most certain example
of the relat. use, is prob. Gen. 3, 19 till
thou return unto the ground nº "?
Frpº from which (whence) thou wast
taken, Sept. §§ is &#99ne, and so also
Onk. Syr. Saad. The same idea is ex-
pressed in v. 23 by tº nº hugs.
Causal it can hardly be in these words;
since the cause is immediately subjoined:
-ºr nº-ºs. rips -es "2. Soo too in
Gen. 4, 25 Tºp ixºr, ºr, Vulg. quem oc-
cidit Cain, Sept. Öy &réztews Köv, and
so Onk. Syr. since nothing could well
be feebler than the expression, “for
Cain slew him.” The same ancient
usage is again revived in Is. 54, 6 the
Lord calleth thee as a wife of youth "2
bsºn who hast been rejected, Sept. Ausul-
gmuávny, Vulg. abjectam, Chald. quae ab-
jecta eras. ſs. 57, 20 the wicked are
like the troubled sea beh" Nº epuśrī "z
which cannot rest, Vulg. quod quiescere
mon potest. Other examples which may
be referred to this usage, are Prov. 30,
23. Deut. 14, 29. Ps. 90, 4. Further, the
LXX take *z as a relative in 12-by *2,
translating 72-by Évéxo toirov, and "æ
*-ºs of Évéxey. Of the primary prono-
minal power of this word no one can well
doubt, who considers the analogy of
c ther languages, and compares the two-
‘old use of nuš as relat, and conjunc-
tion.
B) As a relative Conjunction, like
hugs, Gr. 6tt, (whence uti, ut,) Lat.
quod, Fr. que.
1. that, (which also is a relat. pron.)
beſore dependent clauses following an
active verb and standing in the place of
an accusative, as elsewhere nu}s and
fully -uśs rs, see hugs B. 1. Gen. 1, 10
ric ºz. Bºrbs snº pr. and God saw
this, that it was good. Job 9, 2 "rºº
|: "E I know that it is so. So after verbs
of seeing Gen. 1, 4, 10. 12. 3, 6; of hear-
.ng Gen. 14, 14. 29, 33.39, 15; of know-
wng Gen. 22, 12. 24, 14. 42, 33; of point-
ing out Gen. 3, . . 12, 18. Ps. 50, 6, 92
16; of demanding Is. 1, 12; of believing
Ex. 4, 5. Job 9, 16; of remembering Job
7, 7. 10, 9; of forgetting Job 39, 15
Repeated, "2-ºx Gen. 29, 12–In for
mulas with a verb (or verbal) intransi.
tive, the dependent clause with "2 is to
be regarded as in the nominative, e. g.
": Bito it is good that ; comp. Gen. 2, 18.
—Here also belong the following uses
of 52, viz.
a) After formulas of swearing, as ºr
** Fijri by the life of Jehovah (I swear)
that, 1 Sam. 20, 3, 25, 34. 26, 16. 29, 6.
Bºrſºsri ºn 2 Sam. 2, 27; bs ºn Job 27,
2; *s ºr Is. 49, 18; Bºrbs * nº rix
Rºbin ris, 1 Sam. 14, 44, 2 Sam. 3, 9.
19, 2. 1 K. 2, 23; see in Hz, no. 1. Hence
by an ellipsis of a like formula, *z is put
affirmatively even at the beginning of
an oracle, Is. 15, 1.
b) Where "X is put before a clause or
words directly quoted, like Gr. 6tt, Syr.
2, for which last see a host of examples
in Agrelli Otiola Syr. p. 19. Gen. 29, 33
*; sº *z, *28m and she said, Jehovah
hath heard, pr. and she said that Jeho-
vah hath heard. Ex. 3, 12. 1 K. 11, 22.
Ruth 1, 10. 1 Sam. 10, 19. al.
c) Subjoined to adverbs and interjec-
tions which have the force of a whole
clause, e. g. Job 12, 2 by Erºs "x bººs
no doubt that ye are the people. So Her
"> behold that, i. q. the simple Hºri, Ps.
128, 4; *z sibri id. 1 Sam. 10, 1; ºr sis
thereto that, see Fls; *z bºx only that
see bºs; in all which phrases *z car
be omitted in rendering.
d) ºr is it so that 2 is it the case
that? Fr. est-ce que 2 for whether? num?
Job 6, 22 ºrnºs ºr is it that I said 2
did I say ? 2 Sam. 9, 1. So also where
an affirmative answer is expected (comp.
r. no. 1. b), is it not the case that? Fr.
n’est-ce pas que? i. q. monne? Gen. 27, 36.
29, 15. 2 Sam. 23, 19; comp. 1 Chr
11, 21.
2. As a relative causal particle, 6tt,
quod, viz.
a) As marking the cause and reason
of any thing, because, since ; so where
the causal clause precedes, as Gen. 3
14 because thou hast done this, cursea
art thou, etc. v. 17 because thou has:
*> 459 ->
hearkened unto thy wife, .... cursed is the
ground, etc. So where it follows, which
is far more common; Gen. 2, 3 and God
blessed the seventh day.... because ("?)
in it he had rested, etc. Lam. 3, 28 he
sitteth alone and silent inºs Bº "z be-
cause God hath laid it upon him. Ps. 22,
9. Where the causal clause is thus put
last, *z may often be rendered hv a de-
monstrative causal particle, for, Gr. 7&g,
2. g. Ps. 6, 3 heal me, Jehovah, brû, ºr
oxy for my bones tremble greatly. 10,
14, 25, 16. Is. 2, 3. 6. 22. 3, 1. 10. 11.
3en. 5, 24. 30, 13. 41, 49. al. saepiss.-
Almost always *z stands at the begin-
hing of its clause ; very rarely it is in-
serted after one or more words, like Lat.
enim, Ps. 118, 10. 128, 2; so too Gen.
.8, 20.
Where two or more causal clauses
follow each other, "2 is repeated, as
**—"z, "al-"z, because—and because,
or for—and. Of such examples there
are several classes: 0.) Where more
than one cause of a thing is assigned, as
Is. 6, 5 wo is me ! for (*2) I am undone,
Tººn ns ºr....--is Bºnet, sº tººs ºr
*** *s-, nisºº; º; because I am a man
of unclean lips . . . . and because mine
eyes have seen the king Jehovah of hosts,
i.e. because I, a man of unclean lips
have beheld the Deity. Ps. 22, 12. 3)
Where the clauses are either less close-
ly connected, as Is. 9, 3. 4, 5, 15, 6.8. 9.
28, 19. 20. 21. Job 3, 24. 25. 8, 9 (comp.
ygg—yºg Matt. 6, 32. 18, 10. 11. 24, 27.
28); or one is, so to speak, continuative
of the other, as Gen. 33, 11 for (*2) God
hath dealt graciously with me, and ("2")
I have all things. Job 38, 20. Is. 65, 16.
y) When the latter clause depends on
the former; Gen. 26, 7 for (**) he feared
to say, she is my wife, lest the men of the
place should slay him; because ("?) she
was fair. 43, 32. 47, 20.—To the first
class (o) belongs also the ironical pas-
wage 1 K. 18, 27 cry aloud pºrºs "A
* Thi -> * * **, r* ºr sºn for
he is a god, and he is meditating, or has
gone aside, or has gone out, etc. the in
º, "a", being here evidently disjunc-
tive ; see in no. 1. i. p. 266.
Sometimes the causal power of "3 is
pot at once obvious, where yet on con-
wideling the connection of the sentences
it is ſound really to exist. E. g. Job 5,
22 at destruction and famine thou shalt
laugh, and of the beasts of the field thou
shalt not be afraid; 23 for (*2) with
the stones of the field shalt thou be in
league, and the beasts of the field shall
be at peace with thee, i.e. thou shalt fear
nothing, because thy field shall be fer
tile, not covered with stones nor infested
with wild beasts. Is. 5, 10 for ("E) ten
acres of vineyard shall yield one bath
and the seed of an omer (ten ephahs)
shall yield one ephah ; where the pro-
phet had just said, many houses shall be
desolate, without inhabitant, sc. because
of the impending sterility of the fields.
Is. 7, 21 in that day a man shall keep
a heifer and a couple of sheep, 22. . . .
ºn ºniºn-bz bas" tº Hsºr ºr for
curds and honey shall every ºne eat, etc.
i. e. those who remain in the desolated
land, for want of fruits and wine, shall
live only on curdled milk and honey, and
therefore turn their attention to the
keeping of cattle and flocks. Comp. Is. 17
3 sq. 30,9. In other examples "E refers
not to the words next preceding, but to
others more remote, as Is. 7, 14 therefore
the Lord himself will give thee a sign.
Behold, a virgin shall conceive . . . . 16
for (ºx) before the child shall know, etc.
i. e. in this very thing, contained in v. 16,
consists the sign and prophecy which
Jehovah will give; comp. 8, 4. 1s. 10, 25
fear not.... 26 for yet a very little while
and the punishment shall cease. Josh. 5,
5. 14, 12. 17, 18. Ps. 45, 11. 12. Comp,
for the like use of the particle yūg,
Herm. ac Viger. p. 846; and for enim,
Ramshorn’s Lat. Gram. § 119. 1. With
these particles "2 has also this further
in common, that it is put where one
appeals to a thing as known to all, as
matter of common notoriety, for surely,
for certainly, of course, e. g. Job 5, 6
lºs "Exº NY: Nº ºx for surely affliction
cometh not forth from the dust. Is. 32, 6.
13. So ironically, Prov. 30, 4 what is
his name and what his son's name 2 "3
sºn for thou knowest it of course. Job
38, 5. 1 K. 18, 27, see enc of preced,
paragr.
Finally, to this causal signification
belong the following uses of "2: ow)
After verbs implying an affection of the
*> 460 ->
mind, as marking the cause of that
affection; e. g. of rejoicing Is. 14, 29.
Ps. 58, 11. 105, 38. 107, 30; of being
angry Gen. 31, 35. 45, 5; of fearing
Gen. 43, 18. Ps. 49, 17; of respecting
Gen. 6, 6.' 7. 63) As introducing an
xplanation, or the application of a par-
able, etc. for, for indeed, Lat. atqui, Is.
5, 7. Job 6, 21.
b) As marking consecution, result, ef.
‘ect, i.e. the cause or reason why a thing
.s or will be so and so, i. q. that, so that,
80 as that ; comp. Gr. ti yśyowev 6tt.
Gen. 20, 9 what have I simmed against
thee, that (*2) thou hast brought on me
. . . . a great sin 2 40, 15 here also I have
done nothing, that ("a) they should put
me into the dungeon. Is. 36, 5 now on
whom dost thou trust, that (ºr) thou hast
rebelled against me? Ps. 8, 5 what is
man, that (*2) thou art mindful of him?
comp. Ex. 3, 11. Is. 29, 16 shall the pot-
ter be accounted as the clay, that (*)
the work shall say of the workman, He
made me not? Hos. 1, 6; also Gen. 20,
10. Ps. 44, 19. 20. 2 K. 8, 13. Job 6, 11.
10, 5.6. 15, 14. 21, 15. al.
3. From the preceding causal power
is derived the use of "x in various ad-
versative constructions. E. g.
a) Preceded by a negative it is i. q.
but, Lat. Sed, Germ. sondern. 1 K. 21,
15 Naboth is not alive nº "z' but dead;
pr. for he is dead. Gen. 24, 3 thou shall
not take a wife for my son of the daugh-
ters of the Canaanites . . . . 4 -bs "z
ºn ... "sms but thou shalt go unto my
towntry, etc. In v. 38 in the same con-
text we find Nºrts. Gen. 45, 8 it is not
you who sent me hither, but ("z) God,
mr. for God sent me. Gen. 19, 2 ºz. Nº
yº Hinn; nay / but we will abide all
night in the street. Gen. 3, 4, 5, 17, 15.
Ex. 1, 19. Josh. 17, 18. 2 Chr. 20, 15.
Ps. 44, 8, Is. 7, 8, 65. 6. Dan. 9, 18. al.
See below in DN "E B. 1. Once for
ps *z B. 2, 1 Sam. 27, 1 nothing is well
for me, tººs "2 unless that I flee, ex-
;ept I flee; Sept. §§y um.
b) Similar to this is the use of "2 in
- assages where a preceding negative is
Cot directly expressed, but yet a nega-
wive for ce lies in the sentence itself;
°, g, where in Latin the full construction
would be, ‘(minime vero) sed,” also sim-
ply enim, as in Cicero Tusc 2.24: “null:
tum ingemuisse Epaminondarm putas
quum una cum sanguine vitam effluere
sentiret 7 Imperantem enim patriam La-
cedaemoniis relinquebat, quam acceperat
servientem,” for: Minime vero, nam —;
Germ. nein somderm ; Engl. may but ; may
for; but no, for ; etc. Job 31, 17 have
I then eaten my morsel alone, and the
orphan hath not eaten thereof 2 18 Nay
but (ºx) from my youth he grew up with
me as a father. Mic. 6, 3 what injury
have I done to thee 24 None, for (but)
I brought thee up out of Egypt, etc. Ps.
44, 21 sq. if we had forgotten God . . . .
would not God have searched it out 2 24
But no (T2), for thy sake are we slaugh-
tered. Job 14, 13 Oh that thou wouldest
hide me in Sheol. ... until thy wrath be
past (and afterwards recal me to life,
though I know this cannot be ') 16 ">
-bor, "Tº Hris but not instead of this
thou mumberest my steps ; so far from
dealing kindly with me, thou even liest
in wait as it were against me. Ps. 49, 11.
130, 2. 2 Sam. 19, 23. Is. 49, 24, 25.
c) Rarely where no negative pre-
cedes, like &AA& yog, but truly, but yet,
yet, nevertheless ; comp. DS "z B. 3. Is.
28, 28 bread-corn is beaten out, Nº him
Hººt, wins ris; but yet one does not
thresh it always ; see in pp: no. 1. Is.
8, 23 Fh psº -uśsº rºo Nº. 2 never-
theless the darkness shall not abide •
where now distress is. Job 23, 10.
4. As a particle of time, like huis B.
5; pr. at which time, what time, when,
With a praet. Ps. 32, 3 ºbi, "rujºnry "a
*23; when (while) I kept silent, my
bones wasted away. Judg. 2, 18. Ez. 3,
19. Job 7, 13. Oftener with a fut. Gen.
4, 12 rºst-ns thyr ºr when thou
tillest the ground, it shall not henceforth
Ayield unto thee her strength. 24, 41. Is.
43, 2. Jer. 2, 26. 1 K. 8, 44. Job 27, 8.9;
and so with fut. as pres. Job 22, 2 is a
nan profitable unto God, when as a wise
man he is profitable to himself? Ps. 8, 4
when I consider thy heavens, etc. Job
4, 5. Ps. 11, 3, Is. 1, 12, Lev. 21, 9, al
With a participle Jer. 44, 19. So toº.
without a verb, Hos. 11, 1 bºnuſ" -s; “a
when Israel was a child. Job 39, 24
Very freq. in the construction *: "nº
*= nºr) and it came to pass, when, etc.
-> 461 ~5
Gen. 6, 1 and it came to pass when
("B "nº) men began to multiply, etc.
Sept. xxi śyśvsto ºviko. K. 1 A. 2 Sam.
7, 1. 19, 26. al. saep. Ex. 1, 10 and it
come to pass when (*= Prº) there fall-
eth out, etc. Judg. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 10, 7.
ls. 16, 12. Jer. 5, 19. 15, 2. See in rºr,
uo. 1. p. 249.-Sometimes this use ap-
proaches near to a conditiqnal power
(comp. huis B. 4) as in Engl. when for
if; so with a praet. Ex. 20, 25; or with
a fut. 2 K. 4, 29 when (if) thou meetest
any man, salute him not. Gen. 46, 33
where Sept. §§v. Ex. 7, 9. Deut. 14, 24.
Josh. 20, 5. At other times, a strict dis-
tinction is observed between this parti-
cle and the conditional DN, as Ex. 21, 2
when (**) thou buyest a Hebrew servant,
sia years shall he serve thee, and in the
seventh he shall go out free. 3. If (PS)
he came in alone, he shall go out alone ;
if (PN) with a wife, then his wife shall
go out with him. 4. If (DS) his master
have given him a wife ... 5 and if (DS)
the servant shall say, etc. So very often,
ps being every where used before the
particular conditions of a law, and "2 be-
fore the whole law. Comp. in the same
chapter, v. 7 "E, and v. 8, 9. 10. 11, DS.
v. 14. 18 ºz, and v. 19 DS. v. 20 ºz, and
v. 21 DS. v. 22 ºz and v. 23 DS. So v.
26. 27. 28, comp. 29. 30. 32. Also Lev.
1, 2. 3. In Arabic the same distinction
exists between 3. i. q. "E and the con-
ditional &l i. q. Es.—This º of time
sometimes stands in a clause after the
nominative, as Lev. 1, 2, 2, 1. 4, 2. Is.
28, 18. 1 K. 8, 37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Ez. 14,
13. al.
To the same conditional usage per-
tain the examples where "3 is for the
‘uller ºr på even when, even if, although;
ee by no. 4. p. 197. Ex. 13, 17 God led
"hem not the way of the land of the Phi-
‘istines, ninp sºn "x although that was
pear. Ps. 49, 19. 116, 10. Hab. 3, 17.
5. A less usual but certain use of "3
s in the apodosis, Engl. then, so. The
protasis then has a conditional particle,
F. g. ts, Job 8, 6 nº "z Hris hus: T. Ps
Ths -ºs, if thou art pure and upright,
then he will soon awake for thee. 37, 20;
k} EN Is, 7, 9 if ye will not believe, then
ge shall not be established ; #5 Job 6, 2
3; "Bºb Gen. 31, 42.43, 10; hºas Num,
22, 33; nº condit. Ecc. 8, 12; Huffs 12:
Gen. 22, 16. 17.-Some assume here an
ellipsis, e. g. I affirm that, sure it is that,
or the like. This accords with the like
usage in no. 1. a, and is not improbable;
although a demonstrative or affirmative
power, which some assume as the pri
mary one in this particle, is without any
certain traces.
6. Prepositions to which "æ is sub
joined, (like nujs B. 9.) are thus convert
ed into conjunctions, as "z Tº and "z by
on this account that, because ; "E-Ty un-
til that, until ; *2 =ps and ºr nrir, for
the reason that, because. Comp. Lehrg.
p. 637.-For 12-by "2 see in its order
after PN "3 p. 462. For "æ Fls see p.
77.
NotE. A remarkable example of the
various significations of "2 is found in
Josh. 17, 17. 18 Thou shall not have one
lot only, but (n2) the mountain shall be
thine ; since (º) it is a forest, so thou
shalt cut it down, and its utmost ends
shall be thine ; for (*2) thou shalt drive
out the Canaanites, because (n2) they
have iron chariots and because (*2) they
are strong, i.e. because otherwise they
will be a source of trouble and destruc-
tion to you. Comp. 14, 12.
PS "; a compound particle having a
twofold usage:
A) Where DN refers to an inserted or
parenthetic clause, and each particle
retains its own native force. Thus:
1. that if, see "E. B. 1. Jer. 26, 15 but
know ye tº--> *rs bris Bºnº-es ºr
E:ºx Bºrº Brºs "p: THAT, if ye put me
to death, (that) ye shall bring innocent
blood upon yourselves. 1 K. 20, 6. So
after a formula of swearing, 1 Sam. 14,
39 -- ºn insiºn isº-es-2...Hinº ºn
nº nix, as Jehovah liveth...(I swear)
THAT, IF it be even Jonathan my son,
(that) he shall surely die. Jer. 22, 24.
In these examples "x is repeated after
the parenthetic clause ; in others Wav
copulative is put instead: 1 Sam. 20, 9
far be it risºn Hrº-ºp sºis sº-cs ºr
* **śs Firs Nº. ... as tº that, in
I knew that evil were prepared of my
father... then I would not tell it thes
39*
*> 462 *>
Ex. 22, 22. Gen. 47, 18; comp. ; p. 266.
bb. -
2. because if, for if, see "2 B. 2. Ex.
8, 17 [21]. 9, 2. 10,4. Deut. 11, 22. Esth.
4, 14. Is. 10, 22. Prov. 23, 18. al. saep.
Also interrog. nam, num ? for whether ?
see Es B. 1, Lam. 5, 22 biº-ps "a
Arts” for wilt thou then utterly reject
us ; comp. Jer. 14, 19 where it is tº in-
stead of "2. ©
3, but if, aſter a negative, see "2 B. 3.
Tam. 3, 32 Erin rigin-es ºr but if he
cause grief, yet will he have compassion.
Also without a previous negative, see
in ºr B. 3. c, Ex. 23, 22.
NotE. In 1 Sam. 25, 34 "3 introduces
the apodosis, see "2 B. 5; while DN is
the negative after an oath, see EN C. 1.
c. In 2 Sam. 3, 35 "E continues the
clause after a formula of swearing, see
"2 B. 1. b ; and EN is negative as be-
fore. -
B) Where both particles are closely
conjoined and refer to the same clause.
1. but if, after a negative ; Ps. 1, 1
happy the man who walketh not (q. d. if
he walk not)... 2 but if (DS "2) his de-
light is in the law of Jehovah ; here it is
simply but, Germ. Sondern, after a mega-
tive, i. q. "? B. 3. a ; the force of the
other particle being attenuated and ne-
glected. So Gen. 15, 4 this shall not
be thine heir, but (es *z) he that shall
come forth, etc. 32, 29 thy name shall not
be called Jacob, but (bs "2) Israel. Josh.
17, 3 he had no sons, but (ps *z) daugh-
ters. 1 Sam. 8, 19 and they said, Nay,
but (DS "2) we will have a king over us.
2 Sam. 5, 6. 1 K. 18, 18. Is. 37, 19. 65,
18. Jer. 3, 10. al. saep.—Sometimes the
negative before DN ºr is to be supplied,
comp. *z B. 3. b. 1 Sam. 26, 10 as the
Lord liveth ºn Hinº Es "z (not I) but
the Lord smite him. 2 Sam. 13, 33 let
not the king take it to heart because they
say, All the king's sons are dead ; (not
wo) but Amnon only is dead.
2. but if, but when, i. q. unless, eaccept,
always after a negative. a) Before a
verb, Gen. 32, 27 I will not let thee go,
ercept (EN: *z) thou bless me. Am. 3, 7.
Gen. 42, 15. Lev. 22, 6. Ruth 2, 16. 3,
18. 2 Sam. 5, 6. Ecc. 3, 12. b) Before
a noun; Gen. 39, 9 he hath kept back
nothing from me earcept (PS º thee,
because thou art his wife. v. 6 Lev. 21
1. 2 there shall none be defiled for the
dead... eaccept (PN "3) for his kin. Nun.
26, 65. Josh. 14, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. 22
Esth. 2, 15. Jer. 7, 23. al. The preced-
ing negative is sometimes implied in a
question, Mic. 6, 8. Is. 42, 19.
3. Without a preceding negative, but
Germ. aber, comp. "3 B. 3. c. Gen. 40
14 ºf EN "2 but remember me, when
it shall be well with thee ; Sept. &AA6,
Syr. ſiſ. Num. 24, 21. 22 strong is thy
dwelling-place... but (PN "3) Kain shall
be wasted.
C) It is seen above, that one of the
two particles is often redundant and
might be omitted ; and so BS is four
times actually omitted in Keri, Ruth 3,
12. 2 Sam. 13, 33. 15, 21. Jer. 39, 12.
Still more is this the case, where 58 ">
stands in the following connections:
1. that, i. q. "3 B. 1. a, after formulas
of swearing, 2 Sam. 15, 21 where Keri
omits DN. 2 K. 5, 20; after a verb of
swearing, Jer. 51, 14; after bººs Ruth
3, 12. So where the words of an oath
or affirmation are implied, thus marking
a strong affirmation, Judg. 15,7 Thibºrn DS
*rºp; Es ºr rst? if ye have done thus
(know assuredly) that I will be avenged.
1 K. 20, 6.-For 2 Sam. 3, 35, see above
in A, note.
2. because, for, causal, i. q. ºr B. 2.
Job 42, 8.
Tººg "; a formula signifying lit for
therefore, and used to mark not purpose
and end, but rather the reason and cause
of a thing. The examples fall into two
classes, viz.
1. Where "z and Tºrbs are to be taken
separately, for because; so that ºrbs is
for hu's 13-9s on this account that, be-
cause, (see in 12 with Prep. d,) and in-
troduces the protasis, which the apodo-
sis then follows. So in these passages,
Gen. 33, 10 receive my present, 72-by ºr
*}xºn cºrbs ºn rsh: Tº “rºsºfor,
because I have seen thy face as though I
had seen the face of God, so thou will
receive me graciously. Num. 10, 31. 14
43 for, because ye are turned away from
Jehovah, so Jehovah will not be with you
2. Where the formula is i. d. 2-by
for hu's 12-by on this account that, be
*>
*>
463
cause, as above. Gen. 38, 26 she (Ta-
mar) is more righteous than I, because
(12-by ºx) I gave her not to Shelah my
son ; Vulg. quia. Judg. 6, 22 alas, O
Lord God 1 (I must die) because I have
- seen an angel of the Lord face to face ;
comp. 13, 22. Is. 6, 5. Sept. 6tt, Vulg.
quia.—2 Sam. 18, 20 Keri. Jer 29, 27.
28. 38, 4. Gen. 19, 8 only unto these men
do nothing ; because (12-by "2) they
have come whder the shadow of my roof.
NoTE. From the examples in no. 1, it
appears that in this formula "is origi-
mally retained its distinct native causal
power; and no transposition or trajec-
tion is necessary, such as I formerly as-
smmed. In the other examples 12 by ºr
seem to have coalesced into one com-
pound particle, in which two causal
particles are accumulated ; and the
power of the first became by degrees
so attenuated as to be nearly or quite
redundant; just like "ns in Chaldee
12-by ºns, which stands for the Heb.
formula in the Targums.
II. *: subst. (for "º, r. H;2, as "S
for "s, "s for "y) a mark burnt in,
brand, once Is. 3, 24. Arab. *śid.
*T"; obsol. root, Arab. 36 mid. Ye,
9 @ -
to use deceit, to overreach ; whence &
trick, fraud, also destruction, ruin, war.
Hence in Heb. Tº, Titº.
"3 m. destruction, calamity, Job 21,
20. See also Titº.
"Tº m. &n w$ Asyóu, a spark, Job 41,
11. R. Tiz.
7"T3 m. (r. Tºx) 1. a javelin, spear,
a smaller kind of lance, different from
nºr (1 Sam. 17, 6, 7, 45. Job 39, 23);
borne by soldiers suspended from the
shoulder, 1 Sam. l. c. and thrown after
brandishing Job 41, 21 [29]; common
Among the Babylonians and Persians
Jer. 6, 23. 50, 42; and so made as to be
conspicuous when lifted up Josh. 8, 18
:omp. 26, being probably decorated with
flag, like the lances of the modern
polish lancers or Uhlans. So Kimchi
bº lau, non-in sºn this is the spear with
a flag on it.” Bochart aptly derives it from
9 & .
.*z comp. anr, sword, and -> war.
2. Chidon, pr. m. of a place between
Kirjath-jearim and Jerusalem; 1 Chr
13, 9 Titº Tă the threshing floor of Chs
don; in 2 Sam. 6, 6 Ti5: Thä, see Yi-; .
ni-Tº m. (r. +13) tumult, espec, war,
like tumult, war, Job 15, 24. Vulg. prae.
lium, Syr. war.
7*2 &noš Asyóu, prob. a statue, image,
from r. Tº Pi. 7:2, after the form phar,
bhāb, etc. The prophet says of the Is-
raelites in the desert: Am. 5, 26 ye bore
the tabernacle of your king (idol), and
the statue (ſº, or statues, Heb. Gr.
§ 106. 3) of your idols, the star of your god
which ye made to yourselves; so Vulg.
tmaginem idolorum vestrorum ; comp.
Acts 7, 43. According to this interpre-
tation, the only one which the received
vowels well admit, the name of the idol
so worshipped by the Israelites is not
given; and it can only be inferred from
the mention of a star, that some planet
is to be understood, which Jerome con-
jectures to have been Lucifer or Venus.
—The Syriac translator gives a differ-
ent explanation, translating 55%bs T-5
by &ases: &l= Saturn your idol; pro-
nouncing the Heb. Tº prob. as lynx,
and regarding it as i. q. Syr. &l= Arab.
$3 ... o ż
Jºš the planet Saturn, which the
Semitic nations worshipped along with
Mars as an evil demon to be propitiated
with sacrifices; see Comm. on Is. II. p.
343.−The LXX held The to be the
proper name of an idol; although chang
ing 5 into n (comp. DNP Nah. 1, 6 Sept.
&gy&s as if for Us") they write it cor-
ruptly Pouqºv, Pmpºv, which by the fur-
ther corruption of transcribers became
‘Psuſpáv, Psagº. It has been assumed,
but cannot be shown, that Potſpºv or
‘Pnqºv was an Egyptian word denoting
the planet Saturn. It was so found in-
deed in two Coptic-Arabic Lexicons by
Kircher, Ling. Ægypt. restit. p. 49, 527;
but Jablonsky long since remarked,
that this word and the other names of
planets in these lexicons were of Greek
origin, and were drawn from the Coptic
version of Amos and the Acts. The
more recent lexicographers of the Cop.
tic tongue have been able to find no
*>
-->
464
5ther examples; Peyron. p. 184—See
more in Thesaur. p. 669, 670.
*E and nº m. plur. bºx. 2 Chr.
4, 6, and ni– 1 K. 7, 38.40, 43. R. haz II.
1. Pr. a basin, fire-pot, fire-pan, so
called from boiling or roasting, 1 Sam.
2, 14. So tº hiº a fire-pan, fire-basin,
Zech. 12, 6.
2. a basin, wash-basin, laver, from its
form, Ex. 30, 18. 28. 31, 9, 35, 16. 39, 39.
1 K. 7, 38. al-Further
3. a platform or pulpit, suggestus, for
speaking in public, so called from the
form, 2 Chr. 6, 13. The context does not
determine whether this suggestus was
round or square ; and the measure of
length and breadth given would rather
imply the latter. But as the name im-
plies a likeness to a basin, it was more
probably round.
** Is. 32, 5, and *2 v. 7, deceitful,
a deceiver, Vulg. fraudulentus ; by
aphaeresis for *=}, *2 (r. 9=}) the
adj. termination "- being added. Syr.
lixa) id. The prophet perhaps uses the
form ºr for ***, in allusion to the fol-
lowing lºº.
ninº f plur. (r. Fibº) sledge-ham-
mers or awes, Ps. 74, 6. Syr. ſasā-
a hammer, axe, mattock. Kindr. is
Chald. Rººp club, cudgel.
Tº f. (r. 552) pr. a heap, cluster,
espec. of stars, and hence for the con-
stellation of the Pleiades, or the Seven
Stars, consisting of seven large stars
closely conglomerated with other smaller
2
ones, Arab. lºš abundance, multitude,
more fully lº XJ &#e the binding to-
gether, bundle, cluster, of Pleiades; Syr.
like Heb. Saxe-Am. 5,8. Job 9,9.38,
31, in which latter passage we have the
similar figure nº nibºz ºpnri didst
thou bind the bands of the Pleiades 2
See more in Hyde on Ulugh-Beigh's
Tabb. p. 32. Niebuhr's Arabia p. 114
Germ. Ideler Ursprung und Bedeutung
jer Sternnamen, p. 146.
b'2 m. contr. for b: from r. bºx, like
biz q. v. ſor bº.
1. a bag purse, for money Prov. 1,
14, Is, 46, 6; used also by merchants to
carry their weights for money and mer
chandise, Deut. 25, 13. Mic. 3, 11; see
Chardin Voyage T. III. p. 420. Hence
one ºs Prov. 16, 11. Syr, and Chald. Id.
2. a cup, i. q, biz, Prov. 23, 31 Cheth.
where Keri biz. Hence onz and biz
are seen to be kindred forms
Tº only Dual Eº (r. Haz II) prob.
a cooking-furnace, range for pots, per-
haps of pottery, as it could be broken
and double, as having places for tw
pots or more, Lev. 11, 35, where it is
coupled with hºrn oven. So Kimch.
Syr. lºsz -> pot-house, hearth, Sept.
zvtgórodes pot-feet, supporters.
*** see ninz.
"tº m. (r. Hugº) a righter, director
sc. of a spindle, i. e. the whirl or twirl of
a spindle, fixed upon its lower end for
the purpose of twirling it; once Prov.
31, 19. So Kimchi. In the East the
spindle is held in the hand, often per-
pendicularly; and is twirled with one
hand, while the other draws out the
thread. Comp. Thes. p. 722.
Tº (Milél) contr. from nº Hz so so,
i. e. So and so, thus and thus, i. q. Simpl.
Fiz , but stronger. As referring to
what precedes, Ex. 29, 35. Num. 8,
26. 11, 15. Deut. 29, 23. Hos. 10, 15;
also to what follows Ex. 12, 11. 1 K,
1, 48. It is found in every age of the
Hebrew, and stands always absol. be-
ing never preceded by 2. Hence rººs
how 2 q.v.–In Aramaean the final H
is dropped, leaving the form tº so;
whence some have regarded H32 as de-
rived from 12 with He paragogic. This
opinion, though false, seems to have
been followed by the Hebrew gramma-
riang in placing the tone on the penult.
"33 f. Gen. 13, 10. Ex. 29, 23. 2 K. 5,
5, constr. 522, pr: a circle, orb, for ºr
from r. nº, Pilp.º. Plur. see in no.
2,3. In the occidental languages corre-
sponding words are circus, circulus, and
with the r softened zººlog. Comp. Tº.
1. a circuit, circumjacent tract of coun-
try, Neh. 12, 28. So Tººn ºr the cir.
cuit or tract of the Jordan, i. e. the tract
through which the Jordan flows into the
Dead Sea, Gen. 13, 10. 11. k K. 7, 46
*>>
465 >>
* Chr. 4, 17, Sept. 7, tºgizogos toū
'Iogöövov, and so Matt. 3, 5. Often also
kot Soziv ºr, id. Gen. 13, 12. 19, 17.
25. 2 Sam. 18, 23. Neh. 3, 22. Now
»all el-Ghor.
2. Priº her lit, a round of bread, a
round loaf or cake, Ex. 29, 23. 1 Sam.
2, 36. Prov. 6, 26. Plur. Erſh ni-zz
Judg. 8, 5. 1 Sam. 10, 3.
3. a talent, Syr, if a., a weight equal
to 3000 shekels of the sanctuary, as ap-
pears from Ex. 38, 25.26; comp. how-
ever 2 Sam. 12, 30. Brij haz a talent
of gold 1 K. 9, 14. 10, 10. 14; nº n22
2 K. 5, 22. 23, 33; nºw 'z Zech. 5, 7.
Dual tº two talents, 2 K. 5, 23;
tº tº two talents of silver, ib.
where ºnzz holds as it were the mid-
dle place between the stat. absol. Bºnzº
and constr. "Thiº; which latter would
not here mark the dual number. Plur.
bºnzz constr. **** f. talents 2 K. 5, 5.
1 Chr. 22, 14, 29, 7. Ezra 8, 26.
"23 Chald, plur. Tºnzz or jºz, a
talent, i. q. Hebr. no. 3. Ezra 7, 22.
55 m. once biº Jer, 33, 8 Cheth.
c. Makk. -53, pr. subst, the whole, to-
tality, from r. bº to complete. Arab."
§ 9 -
J3 Syr.'s B, Samar. 23, Eth.'ſ "A,
id. Corresponding are Gr. 3Åog, Lat.
ullus, Engl. whole. In the occidental
languages it is mostly to be rendered by
Bdjectives. -
1. Where it refers to a single thing
and includes the idea of oneness, totality,
whole, all, Lat. totus, Gr. 3Åog ; followed
y a substantive in the genitive, made
efinite either by the definite article, as
Gr. 7tógo. 7 yń, toute la terre, the whole
earth; or by the genit. of a noun or pro-
noun; unless it be a proper name which
is in itself definite. E. g. Yºst-bº all
the earth, the whole earth, Gen. 9, 19. 11,
1; tyr-bz all the people Gen. 19, 4;
|Nsn-bº all the flock 31, 8; b-sn-bº the
whole ram Ex 29, 18; pinn-k+ all the
day, the whole day, see thin no. 3. g. 6;
*Thºr -22-53 the whole tract of the Jor-
dan Gen. 13,10; ºz ºs-92 all the land
of Ethiopia Gen. 2, 13, comp. 14,7. 41,8.
45, 20; ºx-º all my people Gen. 41.
40; Wºº-ºº: Thih-bº: Deut. 4, 29.
2 Sam. 9, 9. Gen. 2, 2; ºniº-bº all
Israel, the whole people of Israel, 1 Chr.
11, 1. But even in this signif. there oc.
cur certain examples where the subst. is
without the art. (comp. in no. 2. c) e.g.
UE}-bºº ah-ºº: with all the heart and
with all the mind 2 K. 23, 3; so Ps. 111,
1. 119, 2, 34.69. 145. Also hºrrº all
flesh, all men, Gen. 7, 15; but -ºº-h2
6, 12. 13. Is. 40, 5, 49, 26.—With suff.
T.2, Tºr, thou while, Is. 14, 29.31, 22
1; #3 all of him Gen. 25, 25.—Rarely
bº is put in the genit. after a noun, (ir
the manner of the phrase tºn ºnn and
the like,) as bºr, nitr; the whole visior
or revelation, Is. 29, 11; oftener with a
suffix, as Fºr ºsº pr. Israel all of it,
i. e. all Israel, 2 Sam. 2, 9; Fºz tºº
for Bºngº-ba Ez.29,2; Fºz ºr Job 34,
13. For the similar usage in the Ara.
9
and &= see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe II. § 68.
2. Where it refers to several things,
many individuals, all, every, e. g.
a) Absol. 2) Without art. Bº all, i. q.
they all, but with verb sing. Is. 30, 5 bº
ujhsºn all were ashamed. Is. 44, 24 all.
things, sc. which exist. Ps. 8, 7. Job 13,
1. 42,2. 3) With art. bºr, the whole, all,
i.e. all men, i. q. Eſsrī-bz. Gen. 16, 12ity
be: his hand against all. Ecc. 9, 2 bºr
bºb ºujsz all things alike to all, i.e. the
same lot awaits all. Job 24, 24 ºz ºr
TºxER" they melt away, like all they die.
Joined with a verb sing. Ps. 14, 3. Ecc.
6, 6. So for all things, every thing, Ecc.
1, 2 bºr, ºr all is vanity. 3, 11. 7, 15.
12, 8. Ps. 49, 18. Dan. 11, 2.
b) Before a plur. subst. made definite,
comp. Fr. ‘tous les hommes.’ So -93
thism all the nations Is. 2, 2. 25,7; -º
nibºn all the nights, every night, 21, 8.
tºught-ba all the wicked Ps. 145, 20;
bic words
bºn-ºx all the falling 145, 14; -º
tiºn all the days, i. e. the whole time,
see in Ein no. 2; Eºs º-b: all the days
of Adam Gen. 5, 5; * *ā-bº all the
Levites Ex. 32, 26; ban *aujº-bº Is. 18
3; this “sº-by 14, 9; Trisher-by all
thy mighty works Ps. 9, 2. Poet. and in
the .ater books also without the art
tº-ºx Is, 13, 7, ni-rº-ºx 28, 8, comp
51, 18, 20; tı"tº-bº all the women Ezra
55 466 55
10, 3. With suff, plur. ** all of us,
we all, Gen. 42, 11; 5:#3 all of you, ye
all, Deut. 1, 22; tº they all Is. 14, 10.
18, 31, 3, also Erl# 2 Sam, 23, 6; f.
nºr Gen. 42, 36, riºr:#3 1 K. 7, 37–
Also before the relative, Gen. 6, 2 -º
Anri, ºtºs all (the daughters) whom
they chose. 7, 22 ºr nºn-nou, -ºs-bº
"gs: all in whose mostrils was the breath
of life. 39, 5 b tº hugs-bº all that he
had ; and ellipt. "risºn-ºx all that I
have prepared 1 Chr. 29, 3. So too be-
fore a periphrastic plural, nº nº-ºº:
in all generations Ps. 45, 18; Biº-bº:
biº Esth. 2, 11.
c) Before a noun sing. collective, with
the article, as bºr-by all men Gen. 7,
21. Judg. 16, 7; nºrr-B3 all living
things, animals, Gen. 8, 1; ºri-by all
sons, every son, Ex. 1, 22. Rarely
without art. though still definite, as
tº-b: all the souls Gen. 46, 15.22. Ex.
1, 5; rst-º all this Is. 5, 25, where the
demonstr. pron. does not require the art.
to make it definite. £2 they all Is. 1,23.
d) Before a noun sing. without the
art. 52 signifies all, every one, whoever,
whatever, Fr. tout homme; e. g. by-b:
every people, nation, Esth. 3, 8; "is-bº
id. 2 Chr. 32, 15; PTS-52 every man Job
21, 33. 37, 7. Ps, 39, 6; nº-bº every
house Is. 24, 10; us--by Jer. 48,37. Am.
8, 10; hºbº every male Gen. 17, 12;
rºtº-be; every year Esth. 9, 21; nº-biº
every mouth Is. 9, 17; and in the same
sense c. art. ngri-93 1 K. 19, 18; 2n-b:
every son Ex. 1, 22.
3. Before a noun not made definite, be
is also any one, anything, as nº-bº any
thing whatever Ruth 4, 7. Num. 35, 22.
Ez. 15,3. With plur.nixº Bº any of the
commandments, any commandment, Lev.
4, 2.—Hence with a negat, part. not any,
no ome, mome, nothing, e.g. a) Where bº
stands absol. Deut. 8, 9 m2 º' -prin &
thou shall not lack any thing in it, thou
shalt lack nothing. Prov. 30, 30. b)
With a genit, sing. Ex. 12, 36 resºn-by
hiº. Nº no work shall be done. 20, 4.
2 Chr. 32, 15. Gen. 3, 1. Lev. 3, 17. Prov.
12, 21. Dan. 11,37. With neg. part. "N,
Judg. 19, 19 -º-by ºbnº ins there is
no want of any thing, nothing wanting.
Ecc. 1, 9; c. 5N Judg. 13, 4, c) With
. plur. Dan. 8, 4 "Tosh Nº niºr-bº” and
ºno beast could stand before him, pr. none
of the beasts. Dan. 12, 10.—Different is
52 with neg. in the passage Ps. 40, 18.
bær rip! inion Nh (where be has the
article) dying he takes not twis all with
him, i. e. all these things; and also in
those passages where 52 before a defi-
nite subst. signifies the whole, totus, as
1 Sam. 14, 24 Prº Byrº-B2 Ext: Nº the
whole people did not taste food. Num. 23
13 Fishr, Nb #3 thou shalt not see the
whole sc. of Israel, but only a part.
4. all, i.e. of all kinds, of every kind
and sort, like Gr. 7&g for Toviolog, Toyto-
donóg Il. 1. 5; just as the Hebrews also
use the periphrastic plural for things
of various kinds, Heb. Gramm. § 106. 4;
comp. in Engl. many for many kinds,
Germ. Wiel for Wielerley. E.g. yx-by
all manner of trees, trees of every kind,
Lev. 19, 23; nº-º all manner of wares
Neh. 13, 16. 1 Chr. 29, 2.
5. Adv. for towtos, all, wholly, altoge-
ther, e. g. a) Before substantives, Ps.
39, 6 ETS-92 bºrrº every man is alto-
gether vanity, wholly a vain thing, i. q.
bºr, Ts. 45, 14, b) Before other ad-
verbs, chiefly in the later Hebrew, as
tº nº-bº wholly as, in all points like
as, Ecc. 5, 15; Tis-b; all the while yet,
wholly so long as, Job 27, 3. Comp.
Lehrgb. 626.
NotE. When Bº stands in connection
with a subst, fem. or plural, the predicate
usually agrees in gender and number
with the noun as the more important
word, e. g. bºrn rººm-bz Ps. 150, 6;
more rarely with Bº as the governing
word, Gen. 9, 29. Ex. 12, 16. Nah. 3, 7–
Once b2 is found separated from its
genitive, Hos. 14, 3 is stºr-bº; also
Is. 40, 12 according to some.
33 Chald, with Makk. -92, i, q. Heb.
1. With the sing. all, the whole, every;
Nº-ºn-by the whole kingdom Ezra 6,
11. 12. 7, 16.
2. With the plural, all, every, Dan. 3, 2,
5.7. With suff, ſinkx all of them, them
all, Dan. 2, 38. 7, 19. Absol. in st. em-
phat. Nº (Milél, as in Syr.) i. q. Hebr
52n, all, i.e. all things (not adverbially)
Dan. 2, 40 sº buir, grinding small all
things. 4, 9 F- sº it? food for al.
was in it sc, the tree. v. 25. Ezra 5. "
Rº:
4.67 ->
Before the relat. ellipt. Dan. 2, 38 in
every place where men dwell.
3. any one, whoever, Dan. 6, 8 mid.
With Nº, no one, Dan. 2, 10.35. 6, 24.
4. Adv. like the Heb. no. 5, wholly,
altogether, before other adverbs pleo-
nastically in the diffuse manner of the
Aramaean dialects, which delight in the
languid accumulation of particles. So
in the formulas: rºbºp-bº wholly for
this cause, "Tºap-by wholly because,
i. q simpl. because; see in bap.
>}: sº fut. Nº Ps. 40, 10. 12. Is. 43,
6; but both in praet. and fut. often so
inflected as to imitate verbs rib, as
ºnsº Ps. 109, 101, ºniº 1 Sam. 25, 33,
b: 1 Sam. 6, 10; Hº Gen. 23, 6. Vice
versa słº Dan. 9, 24 is for nº inf. Pi. -
from nº.
1. to close, and so to enclose, to shut up
any one Jer. 32, 3. Part pass, sº shut
up v. 2. Ps, 88, 9. Intrans. to be shut up
Hagg. 1, 10.
2. to withhold, to restrain, a person
Num. 11, 28. Is. 43, 6; the wind Ecc. 8,
8; the lips Ps. 40, 10; also 1 Sam. 6, 10.
With 7% from doing any thing 1 Sam.
25, 33. Ps. 119, 101. With 7% of pers. to
withhold a thing from any one, to prohi-
bit in respect to any thing, Gen. 23, 6.
Ps. 40, 12; comp. Hagg. 1, 10. Chald.
Syr. sº, tie, Ethiop.'ſ AK to prohibit,
..fº.
Arab. X5 to guard; II, to prohibit, to
constrain.
3. From the idea of separating con-
tained in no. 1, seems to come the no-
uon of diversity in Bºshi q.v. in sº
ino. 2. *
NoTE. This root is also widely spread
In the occidental languages, e. g. in the
signif of shutting up, as x\sio, whence
xàels, ºffic, złoſts, clavis, claudo, Engl. to
close ; in the sense of restraining. xolvo,
nokovo, comp. also celo, occulo.
NIPH. to be shut up, restrained, as wa-
ters Ez. 31, 15 ; the rain Gen. 8, 2.
With Tº and inf. to restrain oneself from,
to cease from doing, Ex 36, 6.
Deriv. Rºº, sº, nº.32 and plur.
wish-2, also
Nº.2 m. c. suff isºr Jer. 52, 33; p.ar.
a sº. R. Rºx.
W. a shutting up ; hence a prison, Jer.
... c. 2 K. 25, 29; elsewhere more fully
Nº nº. 2 K. 17, 4. Is. 42, 7; c. art
sººn nº. 1 K. 22, 27. Jer. 37, 15. 19
plur. E"sh; ºr: Is. 42, 22.
2. separation ; then things separated,
diverse, see the root no. 3. Found only
in Dual tº two things of diverse
kinds, heterogeneous, Lev. 19, 19. Deut.
22, 9–Corresponding is Eth. 318 h.
two, of two kinds; Arab. $3 both, SøQ
De Sacy Gramm. Arabe II. p. 155, 153
edit. 2.
as? (perh, like to his father) Chi-
leab, pr. m. of a son of David, 2 Sam,
3, 3.
Bºsº dual, see in Nº no. 2.
:k =3; obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr.
imitating the sound of striking, beat-
ing, like kindr. Fºx q. v. Engl. to clap,
Germ. klappen, as a door when shut or
the like ; hence nºbi q. v. Thence
transferred to the barking of dogs, as iſ
a series of pulses or claps; as in Engl.
also ‘the dog strikes up ;’ comp. Germ.
kläffen, French clapir, clabauder, Swed.
glaffa, to bark, Engl. to yelp. Hence
=%2 dog, where see.
sº (perh. dog, for aº) Caleb, pr. n.
a) The companion of Joshua, son of Je-
phunneh, Num. 13, 6, 14, 6 sq. Josh. 15,
14. Patronym, "aº 1 Sam. 25, 3 Keri.
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19, for which "nºbi v. 9.
c) 1 Chr. 2, 50.
nnnes sº Caleb-Ephratah, pr: n
of a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr, 2,
24. -
5.3 m. (r. 3:2) plur. Bºº constr.
*z, a dog, so called from his bark-
- $3 *
ing, pr. the barker. Arab. J5. Syr,
Pass, Eth. Th"A-ſ), d. Secondary
verbs, derived from the mature and ha.
bits of the dog, are: Jº to be mad,
rabid, to pursue enemies, -as a to be
rabid.—Among the Hebrews, dogs were
kept to guard houses and flocks Is. 56,
10. Job 30, 1; but throughout the East
they are mostly without masters, and
wander half famished and fierce in troops
around the cities and villages, 1 K, 14
rºbº
rib-
468
11. 16, 4, 2 K. 9, 10; whence dogs is
bften an appellation for fierce and cruel
enemies, Ps. 22, 17. 21. Further, as the
dog was to the Hebrews an unclean and
despised animal (Is. 66, 3), so by way
of reproach a person is said to be a dog
2 K. 8, 13; a dead dog 1 Sam. 24, 15.
2 Sam. 9, 8, 16, 9; a dog's head 2 Sam.
3, 8; just as at the present day in the
East, Christians are called dogs by the
Muhammedan rabble.—In allusion to
the lechery of this animal, the name dog
is also applied to a male prostitute, sod-
omite, Deut. 23, 19, comp. v. 18 where it
is usip. Comp. xúves Rev. 22, 15.
sk riº fut. Hº, once nº like verbs
§ 1 K. 17, 14; apoc. bº, Bº Job 33,
21; inf constr. nibº.
1. to be complete, perfect, finished;
Sept. often ovytskéio 90.1. The primary
dea is pr. to close up, to come to a close,
kindr. with sº and bºº, comp. Borº.
This root is almost peculiar to the He-
brew, few traces of it being found in the
kindred dialects.-Spoken of any work,
e.g. a building Ex. 39, 32. 1 K. 6, 38.
2 Chr. 29, 34. Hence a) to become
ready, to be ready, prepared, Sc. for a
person, to impend over him ; e.g. pun-
ishment, calamity, Ez. 5, 13 "BN rº,
mine anger is prepared, i. e. is ready to
be poured out. Prov. 22, 8. With bºx,
nsº, from or by any one, and b8 for any
one, Esth. 7, 7; comp. 1 Sam. 20, 7.9.
25, 17. b) Of a prophecy, to be accom-
plished, fulfilled, 2 Chr. 36, 22. Ezra 1,
1. Dan. 12, 7.
2. to be finished, ended, past, e. g. a
season or period of time Gen. 41, 53.
Ruth 2, 23. Is. 24, 13 nºs: nº Es when
the vintage is ended. 10, 25 Est nº and
the indignation will be past, i. e. the
time of punishment. 16, 4, 32, 10. Jer.
8, 20.
3. to be ended, spent, consumed, e. g.
food 1 K. 17, 16; c. 7% Gen. 21, 15.
Hence a) to be consumed, destroyed,
to perish, as by the sword, famine, di-
vine judgments; Jer. 16, 4 axºn ºria
sº they shall be consumed by the sword
and by famine. Ps. 39, 11. 71, 13. 90, 7.
Is. 1, 28. 29, 20. Mal. 3, 6. b) to waste
artwy, to pine away, to fail, as the flesh,
"yes, strength, Job 33, 21 intº bº his
flesh is wasted away. Prov. 5, 11. Ps. 73
26. Lam. 2, 11 "3": nisºn hº mine eyes
do fail with tears. Ps. 71, 9 "nº ribºz
So espec. in the phrases: *** *bz Ps
69, 4, 119, 82. 123; "nº by Job 19
27; ºr, nrº Ps, 84, 3, 119,81; Hryhi
"rh" Ps. 143, 7, i. e. my eyes, reins, soul.
spirit, pine away with desire, i. q. I my-
self pine away, languish, with the hope
of deliverance so often disappointed ;
constr. either absol. Ps. 69, 4. 143, 7; or
with h of thiug Ps, 84, 3. So the eyes,
as expressive of emotions, are said to
pine away, fail, from disappointed hope,
Job 11, 20. 17, 5. Lam. 4, 17; also of
beasts Jer. 14, 6; comp. Pi. no. 3. b. c.)
to pass away, to vanish, as a cloud Job
7, 9; smoke Ps. 37, 20. 102, 4; time Job
7, 6. Ps. 31, 11. Jer. 20, 18.
PIEl nº?, 1 pers. "nº Ez. 6, 12. 7,
8, and "rº Num, 25, 11. Is. 49, 4, nº
Ez. 4, 6; Inf, constr. nº, absol. and
constr. Hè2, once Nº.2 Dan. 9, 24; Fut.
Hä2, COIl V, bº *
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to complete, to
finish, to end ; Gen. 2, 2 and on the sev.
enth day God ended (bºy) his work.
Ex. 5, 14 p2pr; prº- Nº ship wherefore
have ye not finished your task 2 Ruth 3,
18. Lev. 19, 9 spº Tig rse rººn sh
thou shalt not finish reaping the corners
of thy field, i.e. shalt not wholly reap
the corners, but leave them for the
gleaners. 1 K. 6, 14. Ez. 42, 15. Ruth
2, 21. Dan. 9, 24 sººn shah to finish the
transgression; see on the whole passage
Thesaur. p. 538. In Gen. 6, 16 it differs
little from Hiº to make.—Hence, to make
ready, to prepare, sc. evil against any
one, Prov. 16, 30 he who biteth his lips
Hyn Fºx hath prepared evil sc. in his
heart. But 5 (inºri) ids rºº is to com-
plete one’s anger upon any one, to pour
it out, spoken of God Ez. 6, 12. 7, 8, 13,
15. 20, 8, 21. Lam. 4, 11.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to finish doing
any thing, i. q. to leave off, to cease; Gen.
44, 12 he began at the eldest and left off
(née) at the youngest. 1 Sam. 3, 12.
With inf. c. 2, Gen. 18, 33 as soon as he
left off speaking (n+1} rºº) with Abra
ham. 24, 19. 43, 1. 1 Chr. 27, 24 he be.
gan to number n}= Nº but finished not
sc. because of interruption. Deut. 31, 24
Josh. 8, 24, al. 2 Chr. 24, 10 nº-h 13
rºbº
rºbo
469
antil they had finished, done.
i. q to make an end of, to make cease ;
Num. 17, 25 [10] prºbri bºrº and thou
shalt make their murmurings to cease;
comp. v. 20.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to consume, to
spend, e.g. food Is. 27, 10; strength Is.
49, 4; arrows, i. q. to use up, Deut. 32,
23. Hence
e.g. men, nations, Gen. 41, 30 and the
famine shall consume the land. Often
of God as destroying a people with fa-
mine and pestilence, Num. 25, 11. Josh.
24, 20. Jer. 5, 3. Job 9, 22. Ez. 22, 31.
Of man 2 Sam. 21, 5. 1 Sam. 15, 18 ">
tryis bribe even unto the destroying of
them, until they be destroyed. Hºh is
id. 2 Chr. 31, 1. b) to make pine away,
to cause to fail, e. g. the eyes Lev. 26,
16. Job 31, 16. 1 Sam. 2, 33. c.) to
cause to pass away, to make vanish, as
time Ps. 78, 33. 90,9. Job 36, 11.
Pual n㺠Ps. 72, 20, fut. Sº Gen. 2,
1, to be completed, finished.
Deriv. Hº, Hº, *, r**, Tiº,
nibº, Hººr, nºr, and pr. names
minºr, "nºbs.
nº; adj. f. rº, pining, failing, of
the eye, Deut. 28, 32. See r. nº Kal
no. 3. b.
ºf 1. completion; hence acc. rº
as adv. completely, wholly, altogether,
Gen. 18, 21. Ex. 11, 1; also nº id.
2 Chr. 12, 12. Ez. 13, 13. t
2. consumption, destruction, Dan. 11,
16. So nº nº to make a destruction,
i. e. to destroy utterly, Jer. 4, 27. 5, 10.
Neh. 9, 31. Nah. 1, 8.9; with 3, Jer. 30,
11, and nS of pers. Jer. 5, 18. 46, 28.
Ez. 11, 13. 20, 17.—For nºr; nº see
in yºri Niph.
nº f (r.º. no.2) 1. a bride, spouse,
so called from her bridal chaplet, Cant.
4, 8 sq. Is. 49, 18. 61, 10. Jer. 2, 32. 7, 34.
16, 9, 25, 10. Syr. (AS-3, plur. iSE, id.
2. a daughter-in-law, Gen. 38, 11. 24.
Lev. 18, 15. Ruth 1, 6.7.8. 4, 15. Comp.
Trr.
sº: m. (r. Nº) a prison, i. q. Nº
no. 1, Jer, 37, 4 and 52, 31 Keri The
More
rarely with 12, Ex. 34, 33. Lev. 16, 20.
1 Sam. 10, 13. Ez. 43,23.—A-so to finish,
a) to consume, to destroy, ,
Cheth. has Rºº, which differs only in
form.
nº m. (r. 523) 1. a bird-cage sc. of
a fowler, in which he keeps a bird as a
decoy; furnished with valves or clap-
pers, which as soon as a bird has entered
shut to with a clap, q, d. a trap-cage;
see the root. Jer. 5, 27 as a cage (-º)
is full of birds, so are their houses full
of deceit ; comp. v. 26. The Greeks have
the same word adopted from the east,
*066s, whováós, whoffós; see Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 662. II. p. 90.
2. a basket, from its likeness to a cage,
as made of wicker-work; or perhaps as
having a clap-cover; Am. 8, 1. 2.
3. Chelub pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 11
b) 27, 26.
*a*b* see ºr lett. b.
"Tºb?, Keri Tº, Cheluhai, Che-
luhu, pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 35. R. H.2.
nº f plur. denom. from n+2, the
bridal state, the condition of a bride he-
fore marriage, Jer. 2, 2. R. 822.
. rib? obsol. root, perh. i. q. Hº to
be complete, finished ; comp. nu}p and
nu;p, nº and ring, rise and rigº.—
Hence
723 m. 1. old age, perh, a good or
vigorous old age; Job 5, 26 nº. Nint,
nap *s thou shalt come to the grave in
a good old age, as a shock of corn cometh
in its season. Job 30, 2 spoken of despi-
cable persons: even the strength of their
hands, whereto is it to me? Taş inºs
nº to them old age perisheth, i.e. they
are weak and exhausted, so as to have
no hope of old age. So Kimchi Hºpt ns.
* =s*
—Secondary forms are Arab. 2.15 to
look sullen, peevish, and * AS to con-
tract the lips, to show the teeth. Some
have compared here Syr. -->e ‘inte-
gritas, sanitas;’ but this rested on an
error of Castell in translating a gloss of
Bar-Bahlul. º
2. Calah, pr. n. of a city and province
of Assyria, Gen. 10, 11. 12, prob. the
same which is elsewhere written nºr
where see; comp. h;3 and hiari. See
Bochart Phaleg 3, 14, Michaelis Sup
plem. p. 767.
m 40
-b-
555
470
*3 m. (r. rāz) in pause *2; Plur.
bº (from an obsol. sing. Hº) constr.
*z, c. suff. Tº ; pr. ‘any thing com-
pleted, prepared, made,’ (comp. Tº
Gen. 6, 16,) q. d. apparatus, implement,
equipment, etc. Comp. Germ. Zeug
from zeugen, Gr. tsizew i, q, to make.
Spec.
1. Of furniture, utensil, vessel, Gen. 31, -
37.45, 20. =rſſ "º, ne: ***, vessels of
gold, vessels of silver, Germ. Silberzeug,
Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2. Fºix ºr vessels for
captivity, equipment for exile, Jer. 46, 19.
Spec. a vase, vessel ; ºr "º earthen
vessel Lev. 11, 33. Jer. 19, 11. nº: "º
rijn', the vases, vessels of the temple,
Ezra 1,7; * *** Is. 52, 11; also Num.
4, 15. Ex. 27, 19. 31, 7.38, 3.30.
2. Of clothing, equipment, i. e. dress,
garments, trappings, Germ. Zeug. **
*33 a man's garments Deut. 22, 5; of
bridal ornaments Is. 61, 10. Hence tº
impedimenta, baggage, of a person 1
Sam. 17, 22; of an army, 1 Sam. 25, 13.
30, 24. Is. 10, 28; Bºxrï hºtº the bag-
gage-master 1 Sam. 17, 22. Also of the
harness or yokes of oxen, 2 Sam. 24, 22.
3. a vessel for sailing, a boat, skiff, Is.
18, 2. So oxeijog.
4. implement, instrument, tool, Germ.
Werkzeug. -ºu º instruments of mu-
sic 2 Chr. 34, 12. Am. 6, 5; 19 ºz in-
struments of praise 2 Chr. 30, 21; -ºx
83; pleon. a harp-instrument Ps. 71, 22.
Metaph. Hirt, Ex1 ºr instruments of the
divine wrath Is. 13, 5. Jer. 50, 25. Is. 32,
7 tº ºz ºr the instruments of the
deceiver are evil, i. e. the means and de-
vices which he employs to accomplish
his purposes. Gen. 49, 5.
5. implements of war, weapons, arms,
Germ. Rüst2eug, Gen. 27, 3; more fully
nºrth? “º Judg. 18, 11.16. nº-ºxim-
plements of death, deadly weapons, Ps.
7, 14. Bºº Riº armour-bearer, much
like the mod. aide-de-camp, 1 Sam. 14,
1. 6.7 sq. 31, 4, 5.6. Dº nº house of
arms, armoury, arsenal, Germ. Zeug-
haus, Is. 39, 2.
*22 see b-2.
sº see in Rºbż.
nº; f only in plur. niº, constr.
ninºx. R. nº.
*... the reins, kidneys, Ex. 29, 13. 22.
Job 16, 13. Bºb's niºr ºn the fat of
the kidneys of rams Is. 34, 6; comp. Deut
32, 14. Chald, sing. Sº, Syr. plur
to O • * b. § – 2
lä-->~5, Arab. $43, rarely and less
well & id–As to the etymology.
Schultens supposes the reins to be so
called as being in two parts, double,
comp. tºshº, YS; but this is not well
founded, because Bºsºx signifies rather
things of different kinds, and the Arabs
use this word in the sing. dual, and plu-
ral. Aben Ezra and Bochart derive it
from Hº with the idea of desire, long-
ing, comp. Job 19, 27. Perhaps nº
may be simply fem. of the noun ***,
and so signifies pr. instrument, vessel,
just as physicians call the veins and
arteries vessels, vasa.
2. Meton. reins for the inward part,
mind, soul, as the seat of the desires, aſ
fections, passions, like 5% with which it is
often coupled; Jer, 11, 20 sh; niº inh
(God) trieth the reins and the heart.
Jer. 17, 10. 20, 12. Ps. 7, 10. Job 19, 27
"ninha º my reins pine away within
me, i. e. my soul pines. Ps. 73, 21.
Prov. 23, 16.
Tº m. constr. liºz. R. nº.
1. consumption, destruction, Is. 10, 22.
2. a pining, wasting away; Bº '2
a pining (failing) of the eyes, i. e. in
pining for one’s home and country,
Deut. 28, 65. See Hº no. 3. b.
ſº (a pining, r. Hº) Chilion, pr. n.
m. Ruth 1, 2, 4, 9.
*3 m. (r. 9ºz) 1. Adj. complete
finished, perfect, espec. of beauty; Ez.
28, 12 "El bºx perfect in beauty. 27, 3.
Lam. 2, 15. Ez. 16, 14.
2. Subst, the whole, Judg. 20,40 -ºº:
-*xr, the whole city. Ex. 28, 31 bºx
nºr the whole of blue, all blue. 39, 22.
Num. 4, 6.
3. i. q. Hº's no. 2, a holocaust, whole
burnt-offering, i. e. which is wholly con-
sumed, Lev. 6, 15. 16. Deut. 13, 16. Ps.
51, 21; espec. 1 Sam. 7, 9.
4. Adv. wholly, Is. 2, 18. Lev. 6, 15
[22].
º (perh, sustenance, ſºom ****
Pil. of bºx :) Chalcol, pr. n. of a wise man
555
H2-)
471
before the age of Solomon, 1 K. 5, 11
4, 31]. 1 Chr. 2, 6.
>k Sº 1. to complete, to make perfect,
Ez. 27, 4.11. Kindr. with sº and nº
q. v. Hence bºy bºx, bºº, biº?,
Bºº, pr. n. *2.
2. to deck, espec. with a crown, to
Q3 . at 7
crown. Arab, JS Conj. II, Syr. Sº,
Ethiop.'ſ] AA, id. Hence Hºz, ribºr.
º Chald, id whence Shaph. Shaº
to complete, to finish, Ezra. 5, 11. 6, 14.
Inf. Hºzu. Ezra 5, 3.9. Pass. Ishtaph.
bºnus Ezra 4, 13. Often in the Tar-
gums—Ezra 4, 12 Cheth. has bºws,
but a form of this sort is elsewhere un-
known.
%2 (perfection, r. ºx) Chelal, pr. n.
m. Ezra 10, 30.
*Eb: in Kal not used, Arab.
Conj. I, II, to wound. In Heb. 'it is
always referred to threats, reproaches,
injury, like other words of pricking,
piercing, cutting, as ºp;, Flº, etc.
Hiph. E-bºr, and E-hºr; 1 Sam. 25, 7.
1. to reproach, to revile, to insult, in
words, pr. to wound any one, 1 Sam. 20,
34. Job 19, 3.
2. to hurt, to harm, to injure, in word
or deed, 1 Sam. 25, 7. Judg. 18, 7. Ruth
2, 15.
3. to shame, to put to shame, Job 11, 3.
Prov. 25, 8, 28, 7. Ps. 44, 10.
NotE. This is a stronger word than
the synon. Ušia, Hiph. ººlin, comp. Is.
45, 16. 17. Jer. 31, 19. See Reimarus de
Differentiis ve. Heb. Diss. I. p. 67 sq.
Hoph. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be
hºurt, injured, 1 Sam. 25, 15.
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be made
ashamed, put to shame, i.e. disappointed
in one’s hope, Jer. 14, 3. Comp. Niph.
no. 2.
NIPH. 1. to be insulted, disgraced,
& Sam. 10, 5, 1 Chr. 19, 5.
2. to be affected with shame, i.e. a) to
ſe ashamed, to feel shame, i. q. viii, but
stronger, Num. 12, 14. Jer. 8, 12. Is. 54,
1. 2 Chr. 30, 15 With 1% of t. at of
which one is ashamed Ez. 16, 27. 54.
{3, 10. 11. b) to be made ashamed, to
be put to shame, 2 Sam. 19, 4. Is. 41, 11.
$Q, 7. Jer, 31, 19. Spoken often of one
who suffers disappointment, ſa,ks il
what he undertakes, Ps. 35, 4, 40, 15
70, 3. 74, 21 let not the oppressed return
ashamed (5:33) i.e. disappointed. With
Tº of cause, Jer. 22, 22; a Ps. 69, 7.
Deriv. righz, nº.
Tº Chilmad, pr. n. of a city or
region, mentioned along with Assyria,
Ez. 27, 23. Both the signification of
this quadriliteral name, if indeed it be
of Semitic origin, and the situation of
the place, are unknown. Sept. Xoguáv.
Tº f (r. Bºz) shame, reproach.
contumely, Ps. 69, 8. Jer. 51, 51. Ez. 16,
54. Is. 30, 3. Job 20, 3. Fºr tº to be
clothed with shame, i. e. wholly covered
with it as with a garment, Ps. 109, 29.
Plur. niñº Is. 50, 6. Mic. 2, 6.
nº f id. Jer. 23, 40.
The Gen. 10, 10, Tú?? Am. 6, 2,
is: Is. 10, 9, prob. also Tº Ez. 27, 23,
Calneh, Calno, Canneh, pr. n. of a large
city subject to the Assyrians, according
to the Targums, Euseb. Jerome, and
others, i. q. Ctesiphon, situated on the
eastern bank of the Tigris opposite Se-
leucia, and the winter residence of the
Parthian kings; Strabo XVI. p. 312.
Plin. H. N. 6. 30. Cellarii Not. Orb. II.
p. 774. See Bochart Phaleg. IV. 18.
Michaelis Spicileg. I. p. 228.-The nº
of Ez. l. c. Michaelis refers to the Kövm
of Ptolemy, a promontory and port of
Arabia Felix; but Arabia had already
been mentioned in v. 21. 22, and Tºº is
here coupled with Haran and Eden,
cities of Mesopotamia.
:k º a root not in use, onomato-
poetic, and imitating the sound of beat.
ing, striking, pulsation, i. G. Engl. to
clap, Germ. klappen, klopfen ; comp.
Gr. 20%tto, whence zółogos, colaphus,
Ital. colpo, Fr. coup. Verbs of a kindred
form are transferred, sometimes to the
beating of the feet, i. q. to leap or dance,
Gr. x&Airm, Engl. to gallop; sometimes
to hewing or scraping, as Fºº, yliºpol,
sculpo, scalpo; and also to the barking of
a dog, as if a series of pulses or claps, see
Fºx –Hence subst: niebºx hammers.
* Fºº to pine after any thing, tº
long for, once Ps. 63. 2. Arab. x.5 tº
Tºº-
ºnº-
472
become dark, as the eye, a colour, the
mind.
who changes or loses colour; hence pr.
to grow pale, and so metaph. of desire,
longing, comp. Fg2. Similar is Sanscr.
&am to desire, Pers. US desire; comp.
also Gr. x&go, Kºuvo).
Deviv. pr. n. Pryºr.
Tº see nº D. 2.
tº (pining, longing, r. Fºx) Chim-
ham, pr. n. of a son of Barzillai, 2 Sam.
19, 38.39. Jer. 41, 17; Chethibh triº.
Called also irº 2 Sam. 19, 41.
Tº, Tº, the former before simple
nouns, also before grave suffixes, as
baiº, Erior ; the latter before light
suffixes, e.g. *sio2 as I, Tiow, ºniº,
rioz, ºxio: ; a separate particle, used
chiefly in poetry, for the 2 of prose;
instead of which it is likewise almost
every where employed with suffixes.
For the force of iro, see in in I.
A) Adv. of quality, demonstrative, i. q.
2 lett. A, like Gr. dig, thus, so ; e. g. in
the difficult passage Ps. 73, 15: should I
say, io: Hºos I will speak thus, i.e. as
the wicked speak. Sept. oitos. Others
here take in: for prº as they ; but then
it should read ioz.-Repeated, as—so;
qualis, talis; Judg. 8, 18 trio: Ticº
as thou, so they ; also inverted, so—as ;
talis, qualis; 1 K. 22, 4 Tio: "Riº, so
I. as thou, i. e. I am as thou. 2 K. 3, 7.
2 Chr. 18, 3.
B) Prep. implying likeness, similarity,
as, such as, like Gr. &c. ºiº uns a
man such as I, like me, Neh. 6, 11. Ex.
15, 5 they sank into the depths as ioz
as a stone. Ps. 58, 9. Job 6, 15. i0, 22
BEN icº Fire"; Yºs a land of darkness
like thickest darkness. Ex. 15, 8, 11. Ps.
29, 6, 58, 5.9. al-Hagg. 2, 3 rºº Nºr;
b="2"x: Tsz is not a temple like this as
nothing in your eyes? nºs inz words
like these, i. e. such words, Job 12, 3.
*Hinz like it, such as this, Ex. 9, 18.
C) Conj. i. q. hušº, before a whole
sentence; pr. as that which, like what,
as how, i. e.
1. as, like as, Is. 41,25-oxºn: -si- ior
*I, as the potter treadeth the clay. tº
2. Of time, as, i. e. when, after, as soon
rs with priet. Gen. 19, 15 hruºn iop
According to Firuzabadi (Ca-
moos p. 1832) it is used spec. of a person
Hº: when (as soon as) the dawn arose
Is. 26, 18 riºn º 'º as we brough
forth, it was wind.
NotE. . In the kindred dialects corre-
sponding forms are: Arab. U.5, Chalá.
N??, Syr. Kaaſ, Eth. 'ſhoº, as.
Tº defect. 22 q.v.
tº m. (perh, subduer, vanquisher
r. uż) Chemosh, pr. m. of the national
god of the Moabites, 1 K. 11, 7.2 K. 23.
13. Jer. 48, 7; and of the Canaanites
Judg. 11, 24; the worship of which was
introduced at Jerusalem under Solomon.
1 K. 2 K. ll, cc. Hence diox tº people
of Chemosh, i.e. the Moabites, Num. 21,
29. Sept. Xºutóg, Vulg. Chamos.
>k Tº obsol. root, Arab. -4.5 to con-
globulate, whence tº q.v.
*Tº obsol. root, Syr. and Chald. to
lay up, to hide away; hence tº
treasures. Arab. Gº Gº, id.—In
Syr. also to preserve, to season, espec.
with salt, pr. to lay up in salt; hence
7a3 m. cumin, Germ. Kümmel, cumi.
num sativum Linn. used along with salt
as a condiment, Is. 28, 25. 27. See Plin.
9 & . g
H.N.19.8-Arabs,25, Chald, sº
Syr. Hasaº, Eth. ‘ºldºž, Gr. ºutvoy.
Sk Cº to lay up, to hide away, perh.
i. q. b3?, 73}. Once part, pass. Deut.
32, 34 "Tº pº sºn Nºr is not this laid
wp with me? i. e. their sins for punish-
ment; comp. Hos. 13, 12. Job 14, 17.
Cod. Sam. bºbº in the same sense.—
Hence pr. n. b%3%.
* I. º in Kal not used, kindr. with
-ar.
1. to be warm, to grow warm, to
burn ; see Niph. no. 1. Talmud. "?">
Nºnº, calefactio. *
2. to be burned, scorched, see Niph
no. 2; hence to be dark, obscured, comp.
thri and tºrſ; also to be gloomy, sad
like Syr. Hae, Aph. to go about in
black, i. e. in mourning. Comp. hº
bn-in-22. *
Nipii. 1. to be warm, to burn, e.g
one's affection, i. q. to yearn, with by
-25
473 p
| K. 3, 26, by Gen. 43, 30. So of pity,
tompassion, to be kindled, moved, Hos.
11, 8. Comp. Hom. Od. 1. 48 uoi &ug’
Oövoiſi 6&ſpgovt deletal #rog.
2. to be burned, scorched. Lam. 5, 10
our skin is scorched as with a furnace
from the glow of famine. Vulg. earusta
£St. -
* II. º i. q. *-*, to plait, to braid,
to interweave ; whence nº?, nº?,
nyºn, net.
nº m. (r. 122 I) only plur. tº
idol-priests 2 K. 23, 5. Hos. 10,5, Zeph.
1, 4, Syr. lºca- a priest, in general.
But this word, as well as other Syriac
words relating to divine worship, is re-
stricted by the Hebrews to idol-worship;
see Gesch. der Heb. Sprache p. 58.-As
e o b. e
to the etymology, nº?, fiscale, is pr.
blackness, sadness, and concr. ‘one who
goes about in black, in mourning;' hence
§ {* ...o =
an ascetic, a priest. Comp. Jºe |, i.2ſ,
gloomy, sad, mourning, also an ascetic,
monk, ecclesiastic. See Comment. On
Is. 22, 12. 38, 15.
bºnº plur. m. (r. 2: I) obscu-
rations, after the form hºnº, except
Hirek in the first syllable, as in nºne.
Once Job 3, 5 tin **** *nrº let
obscurations of the day terrify it sc. my
natal day, i.e. obscurations of the day-
light or of the sun, eclipses, which
were anciently supposed to portend evils
and calamities.—Some ancient versions
regard - as a prefix before the subst.
annºn?, and then the sense is, the bit-
termesses as of the day, i. e. the greatest
calamities which can happen to a day;
comp. on this 3 p. 441. no. 4. But the
turst sense is far better adapted to the
parallelism.
>k tº obsol. root, prob. i. q tº to
subdue, to depress, 5 and a being in-
terchanged, whence peasa- incubus,
p y
grape-husks, refuse, as being trodden
out. Hence Heb. Üior.
night-mare, Arab.
Sk rº obsol. root, perh, 1. Q. prº to
kide. Hence rºyº pr. n.
* I. Tº a particle in frequent use, from
r. Tºx.
A) Pr. participial Adj. upright, erect
metaph. upright, homest, plur. Dº Gen.
42, 11. 19. 31. Neut. right Ezra 10, 12.
With negat. TE Nº not right, wrong
2 K. 17, 9; empty, vain, Is. 16, 6 12 Nº
**ºn his lies are vain. Prov. 15, 7. Jer,
23, 10.-Adv. uprightly, right, well;
2 K. 7, 9 Bºx Hirºs = Nº we do not
right. Ecc. 8, 10. Ex. 10, 29 tº 12
thou hast spoken rightly, well. Num. 27,
7. 36, 5.
B) Adv. So, thus, Gr. dig, oitoc, pr.
right according to some rule or standard,
right so, just so. But Gusset, Danz, and
also Ewald (Kl. Gr. § 455. ed. 2 and 3)
make Tº so a different word, as if contr.
from #13 as they, like H2 from inz; but
comp. Tºš, and see Thesaur. p. 650, note.
With Makkeph "2 Gen. 44, 10. Josh. 2,
21. Prov. 23, 7. Almost always 13 re-
fers to what precedes: Gen. 1, 7 Tº “rºl
and it was so, as God commanded. v. 9.
11. 1 K. 20, 40 ºr Hris Hºgjº º so
(this) is thy judgment, thou hast thyself
decided. 1 Sam. 23, 17 and also Saul
my father 12 gº so knoweth, where there
is no need of reading Tº as a demonstr.
pron. this. Jer. 5, 31 12 Hans "º my
people love it thus, love to have it so.
Prov. 28, 2 but with prudent and wise
men, Tºns: 12 so shall he endure, i.e. the
prince (comp. the other clause) shall
prolong his reign; here 12 approximates
to a sign of the apodosis, comp. oito
Matthiae Gr. Gramm. § 565. 1,2. Ps. 61,9.
63, 3.90, 12.-Often as corresponding to
each other are 3–2, as—so, see in 2 A.
1; tı—nujś2, see nujsz no. 1. p. 442.
More rarely inverted, nuš2–-12, so—as
Gen. 18, 5. 2 Sam. 5, 25; inz—12 Ex.
10, 14. In other places 2 is omitted in
the protasis, Is. 55, 9 (comp. v. 10. 11).
Judg. 5, 15.
Further, this adverb may be variously
rendered, according as it refers to quali-
ty, to quantity, or to time, etc. a.) As
to quality or character, so, such, so con-
stituted, etc. Job 9, 35 ºs ºs = Sh
mon ego sic sum (as Terence often) apud
me, Engl. I am not so constituted with
myself, I am not so at heart. 1 K. 10, 13
Bººks "s; 12 s; sº there came after
40*
15 474 15
wards no such almug-wood. Also so very,
Nah. 1, 12 tº 12, tº Es although
they be secure and so very many; comp.
Lat. negat. mon ita multi, not so very
many. Jer. 14, 10 *** - IS Tº they have
so loved to wander. Ps. 127, 2. b) As
to quantity, i. Q. so much, so many. Ex.
10, 14 hrſor Häns 13 so many locusts as
these, in such multitudes. Judg. 21, 14
iz Erh iss? Sº, but they found not for
them so many, i.e. not so many women as
were needed, not women enough. c.) As
to time, i. q, so long. Esth. 2, 12 Nº. 72
Trºpinº º so long continued the days of
their purification. Also so often, Hos. 11,
2 prºpº =}|, |z Erº shº (as often as)
they called them, so often did they go back
from them.—Further, so soon, straight-
way, immediately, preceded by 3 of time
(as soon as), 1 Sam. 9, 13 ºr bºsh:
ins ||Nº'ºrº as soon as ye be come ... so
soon ye shall find him, i.e. straightway;
comp. Gr. Ös—āg Eurip. Phoeniss. 1437.
Hom. Il. 1.512. ib. 14, 294. In poetry
by a strong ellipsis º is sometimes omit-
ted, Ps. 48, 6 rº 12 sº as they saw,
so they were astonished, i.e. as soon as,
immediately.
NorB. This particle is found also in
the kindr. languages; but so that in its
form or signification it departs more from
its original than in Hebrew. Arab. only
e” Q3 *
in J-9, Jº, see below in c. Syr.
e refers to time, and is changed also
into $22. Chald. 12, also sea here,
lsº hither, 1822 hence. Zab. {= SO.
As connected with Prepositions:
a) Tº hrs, p-ºns, after so, i. e.
thereafter, after things have so hap-
pened, afterwards; see nºis.
b) Tºa in such a state or condition,
i.e. so, then, therein, Ecc. 8, 10. Esth. 4,
16.—In the Targums very often then, so.
c) 15% tº As causal adv. lit. ‘on ac-
count of so,” i.e. on that account, there-
fore, Ex. 6, 6. Judg. 10, 13. 1 Sam. 3, 14.
Is. 5, 24. Job 32, 10. al. Gen. 4, 15 12%
** Tºp sºn-b; therefore (lest it be as
hou fearest) whosoever slayeth Cain,
etc. Corresponding to each other are
bº-º ºr because—therefore Is. 8, 6.
; :-p's Is. 29, 13.14. Num. 20, 12–
Once it is for hugs 15% on this account
that, because, Is. 26, 14, where it has the
force of a conjunction; comp. 72-by for
nu}s ºrbs. 6). By degrees Tºh was also
deflected so as to assume an adversative
power, yet therefore, nevertheless, atta-
men, comp. TºS. So preceded by EN in
the protasis, Jer. 5, 2 although (Ps) they
say, As the Lord liveth; yet therefore
(Tº pr. for this very reason) they swear
falsely. Also Is. 7, 14, ‘although ye
impiously refuse the offered sign, yet.
therefore (nevertheless) the Lord him-
self will give you a sign. Often in the
prophets, where there is a transition
from rebukes and threats to consolations
and promises; as Is. 10, 24 nevertheless
thus saith Jehovah of hosts, ... fear not,
etc. Is. 27, 9, 30, 18. Jer. 16, 14. 30, 16.
Ez. 39, 25. Hos. 2, 11 [14]. In Job
20, 2, Zophar begins ºn"u" "exu, 12%
nevertheless my thoughts suggest to me
an answer, i. e. notwithstanding thy
vaunting and threatening words, I
have yet something to reply.—Cor.
responding to this is the Arab. & 9,
º *
Jº attamen, nevertheless, which is
prob. derived from the Heb. =h; but
see De Sacy Gr. Ar. I. p. 566.—This
adversative Tº many regard as another
word and of a different origin; and so
I have also formerly taken it, viz. as
made up from 8% (NB) and 12. This
view may indeed be supported by the
authority of the LXX, who have twice
rendered it oiz oitag, Gen. 4, 16. Is. 16,7;
and by the Arabic orthography, where
it is also written &=} &=5, See
Hamas. Schult. p. 312, 364, 412. But
the adversative use, as we have seen
above, is really connected with and de-
pendent on its causal power; and so too
in the Chaldee particle Tº q.v.
d) Tºrby on that account, thereford
i. q. Tºº, but more frequent both in
prose and poetry; Gen. 2, 24. 10, 9, 11.
9. Is. 5, 25. 13, 7, 16, 9. Job 6, 3. Ps,
45, 8, al. saepiss-In the poetic style 1
has also the force of a causal conjunction
for "Ús ºbs, on this account that, be.
cause; comp. 12% Is. 26, 14, and 12-by *2
p. 462; also the remarks on the ellips
15 47
*}-
Ö ſº
yf relative conjunctions Lehrg. p. 636.
Ps. 45,3 thou art fairer than the children
of men... Bºrº's ſºn: 2-by because
that God hath blessed thee for ever. Ps.
1, 5. 42, 7. Is. 15, 4. Jer. 48, 36.
e) Tº"is lit. until so, i.e. until now, as
yet, hitherto, Neh. 2, 16. Here 72 refers
to time as in Syriac ; see note above.
f) 12-inz like this, in like manner,
Is. 51, 6; comp. Engl. Such-like. Sept.
digitsg to.ito, Vulg. sicut hac ; and so
all the ancient versions. But see in 73
III.-R.
II. 73 m. (r. 12: I) c. suff, ºr, iºn.
1. a stand, base, pedestal ; 1 K. 7, 31
15-rºº in the manner of a base, like a
pedestal. Spec. of the base or foot of
the laver in the court of the temple, Ex.
30, 18. 28. 31, 9. Lev. 8, 11. Of the
base or socket of a ship's mast, Is. 33,23;
called in Greek usgööum Od. 15. 290,
irto66×n Il. 1. 494, to toiráðn Od. 12. 51.
2. a stand, station, place, Gen. 40, 13.
41, 13. Dan. 11, 20 isz by Tº, and there
shall rise up in his place, in his stead. v.
21. 38. So v. 7 is: rºught; nº? Tº
and out of a shoot of her roots (one) shall
rise up in his place, pr. stand in his place.
Sept. and Vulg. render isz by putów wi-
toū, plantatio ejus, taking it in the nom.
case; see in Tº.
III. 73 m. (r. 123 II) a gnat, in Sing.
once Is. 51, 6 Tºtion like gnats.
frigidly dateg twitt, Vulg, sicut hac,
see in 1: I. B. f. above. -
PLUR. Dº Ex. 8, 12. 14. Ps. 105, 31;
Sept. oxviq88, Vulg, sciniphes, a species
of small gnats, very troublesome from
their sting, and abounding in the marshy
regions of Egypt; culea, reptans Linn.
culea molestus Forsk. See Hölot. 1. 95.
Philo de vita Mosis T. II. p. 97 ed. Man-
gey. Other ancient and modern testi-
monies are collected in Bochart Hieroz.
II. p. 572. Oedmann's Verm. Sammll.
aus der Naturkunde, Fasc. I. c. 6.—The
Hebrew intpp. and Josephus (Ant. 2. 14.
) with lºttle probability explain it by
ice ; and the Talmudists also use the
wing. B; for a louse. Comp. Pº.
7: Chald. i. q. Heb. so, thus, but re.
terring always to what follows, where
the Hebrews use not 12, but Fiz ; so
Dan, 2, 25. 4 11. 6,7. Ezra 5,3 6.2. al.
Sept.
& Tº in Kal not used, Arab.
I, II, IV, to call a person or thing by
another and more honourable name or
title, to deck with a title ; see Tauriz.
ad Hamas. Schult. p. 320. Teblebi ad
Harir. Schult. II. 57. Chald. to address
one by his proper title. The primary
idea is perh, to cover, comp. 23.--In
Heb. only
Piel ſut. Hya. 1. to address in a
soothing manner, to speak kindly to any
one. Is. 44, 5 rigº ºntº Buº and
soothingly names the name of Israel.
45, 4 ºr Nº. #2s I called thee
kindly, though thou hast not known me,
2. to flatter, Job 32, 21. 22.
Deriv. subst. nº.
Tº f. (r. 122 I) a plant, shoot, as be-
ing set, placed; comp, as, bruj. Ps,
80, 16 Tºº Hyº Huis nº and (visit,
protect) the plant which thy right hand
hath planted. The ancient intpp. as-
sumed also the masc. 73 in the same
sense Dan. 11,7; see in 72 II. 2.-Others
here make Fºx imper. Kal with He pa-
ragog. from r. 123 in a signif. to cover, to
protect ; of which however there is no
other trace.
Tº &n. Asyóu. Ez. 27, 23, Canneh, pr.
n. of a city, prob. Ctesiphon, i. q. Hº
which also is read in one of De Rossi’s
Mss. Comp. nº for riph"; see more
in Hº.
nº see nº.
nº m. (r. 7:2) plur, niº 1 K. 10,
12, c. suff, ºninitz Ps. 137, 2, once
mºnix Ez. 26, 13; Gr. xwúgo, xwvigo,
a species of harp or lyre, Lat. cithara,
[whence the modern word guitar, a
stringed instrument of music, celebrated
for David’s skill in playing upon it, and
employed both in sacred and profane
music, in rejoicing and in mourning,
1 K. 10, 12. Is. 5, 12. 23, 12. Gen. 31, 27.
Job 30, 31; usually as an accompaniment
to the voice, Ps. 33, 2.43, 4, 49, 5. 71.
22. al. Josephus relates, Ant. 7. 12. 3,
that the xuégo, had ten strings, and was
struck with a plectrum; but this is con-
trary to the words in 1 Sam. 16, 23. 18,
10. 19, 9, from which it appears that this
instrument was played with the fingers
º
yº
476
- °-, - 2
Corresponding are Arab. šuš, Syr.
p to or
viºla,
etymology lies in the tremulous, stridu-
lous sound; comp. r. nº.
Fl;2 Chald, see nº Chald.
Tº pr. m. see jºin.
P#3 i. q. Bºx gnats, Ex. 8, 13; comp.
v. 12, 14. It is construed with the femi-
nine ; and seems to be a collective form
ſrom Sing. E. Cod. Samar. has plur,
t"35. Comp. Lehrg. p. 517.
Nº Chald. adv. so, thus, in this
manner, referring mostly to what fol-
lows, Ezra 4, 8. 5, 9. 11; but also to
what precedes, 5, 4, 6, 13. It seems to
be compounded from 2 and Nº", Nzº,
which is often negligently used in the
Talmud for nº", hºs, we say, dropping
the n; pr: therefore as we say, as is said,
referring sometimes to what precedes,
and sometimes to what follows. The
Heb. translator renders it in Ezra 4, 8
by noN P (read ºz), and in 5, 4 by
**Nºujo as is said. In like manner Syr.
y * e y ar,
Ascle namely, is contracted from 2; Solº
quasi dicas.
>k Tº I. i. q. Tº, but trans. to set,
to place; comp. nº, nº. Hence
12 stand, base, nº plant.
II. Perh, to mip, to pinch, Gr. ºvºo,
Ariëo, Avigo, Germ. kneipen, Engl. to
nip; comp. xviſtós, xylºpóg, ºvip, a nip-
ping insect; and with a sibilant prefixed
oxvlip, oxylºpes, a gnat, gnats. Hence
º, bº, gnats.
Deriv. Tº II, III, H:2, and the three
here following.
*323 (prob. for rtº, whom Jehovah
shath set) Chenani, pr. n. m. Neh. 9, 4.
*Tº (id.) Chenaniah, pr. m. m.
1 Chr. 15, 22. 26, 29; for which 15, 27
rº.
º (id.) Comaniah, pr. n. of a Le-
vite, 2 Chr. 31, 12. 13. 35, 9 Keri. In
Cheth, nºiz.
st tº 1. to collect, to heap up, as
stones Ecc. 3, 5; treasures Ece. 2, 8.
$6; waters Ps. 33, 7. Hence bºº, biº.
2. to gather together persons, to assem-
le, Esth. 4, 16. 1 Chr. 22, 2.
ſia, cithara, harp, lyre. The
3. to hide, see Hithp, and deriv. egº
Chald, by: id. but more freq. Jº
-aia, whence sº congregation, sy.
nagogue. Arab. RS to hide one-
self; but in the deriv. also to collect
G sº * ae 93 sº sº
as &Lö, 8.4% synagogue, church
temple; but rºS to collect, Eth. "ſlär
to assemble, ſh;fi church. See more
in 73}.
PIEL i. q. Kal no. 2, to gather together,
to assemble persons, Ez. 22, 21: 39, 28.
Ps, 147, 2.
HITHP. to hide oneself, to wrap oneself
in any thing, see the Arabic above. Is.
28, 20 bºrn: Hys nººn, and the
covering is marrower than that he can
wrap himself in it.
Deriv. oºz, biz, bºº, niºn.
º in Kal not used, pr. to bend the
knee, to fall upon the knees, kindr. with
sº q, v. This root is widely spread,
comp. yövv, yºv in yºvitéréiv, genu, San-
scr. ganu, Germ. Knie, Engl. knee; yo-
vlo, iyvio hollow of the knee; Aram. Nº,
(>
incubuit; also with the third radical
strengthened, Germ. knicken, einknick-
em. In Heb. spec.
1. to fold together, to lay together, and
hence to collect, to bind up, as packages,
bundles, see Hº ; comp. Arab. A S to
contract, be contracted, Conj. I, V, VII.
2. to be bowed down, to be low, de-
pressed, as a land, see ºr ; and trop.
of the mind, to be depressed, like Chald.
and Samar. 923. Arab. & Coni I
IV, id. -
Hiph. Sººn to bow down, to bring
low, to humble any one, Job 40, 12. Ps
107, 12. Is. 25, 5. So espec. enemies, tº
vanquish, to subdue, 2 Sam. 8, 1. 1 Chr.
17, 10. 18, 1. Ps, 81, 15; and sometimes
God is said to subdue enemies before
(**) any one, Judg. 4, 23. Deut. 9, 3.
2 Chr. 28, 19. Neh. 9, 24.
NIPh. sº 1. to be brought low, hum
bled, subdued, e.g. a vanquished enemy
with 'E tº rrr, Judg. 3, 30. Ps. 106, 42
ºn Judg. 11, 33; absol. 1 Sam. 7, 13
1 Chr. 20, 4. -
2. to humble onesetſ, to submit, espec
before God or a divine messenger, with.
y}-
r:-
477
ºth 2 Chr. 34, 27; ºn 1 K. 21, 29
seest thow hop Ahab haſh humbled him-
self before me? 2 K. 22, 19; ºn 2 Chr.
83, 12. 23. 36, 12; absol. Lev. 26 41.
2 Chr. 12, 7. 12. 30, 11.
ºf (r. 922) once c. suff, Tnºr Jer.
10, 17, a package, bundle, bale, so called
from folding and binding together. Sept.
by conject, itóatoats. Targ. wares.
772; pr. m. Canaan. R. Sº Kal no. 2.
1. Canaan, the son of Ham, and father
of the Canaanites, Gen. 9, 18. 22. 25–27.
10, 6.15. Sept. Xovoſtºv. . -
2. Canaan, the land of the Canaan-
tes, Ex. 15, 15; fully Tº Yº Gen.
13, 12. 16, 3, 23, 2, 19. 33, 18; pr. low
tract or region, from r. sº with the end-
ing - as in 72ns, opp. to the higher
land ETS or Syria, see "3:32 no. 1.—
Spec. a) The country on this side
Jordan, opp. to Gilead, Num. 33, 51.
Josh. 21, 2, 22, 9, b) Phenicia, Is. 23,
T1, i. e. the northern part of Canaan at
the foot of Lebanon, whose inhabitants
call themselves |V}> on coins; comp.
Cornment. on Is. l. c. Monumm. Phoenic.
p. 267. They are called by the Greeks.
Toivizes. The Carthaginians, a colony
of the Phenicians, also retained this an-
cient name ; as is testified by Augustin
(Expos. Ep. ad Rom. § 13) as follows:
“Interrogati rustici nostri (i. e. Hippo-
nenses), quid sint? Punice respondentes
Canani, corrupta scilicet, ut in talibus
solet, una littera, quid aliud respondent,
quam Chananasi 2" c) Philistia, Zeph.
2, 5 Bºrujº yºs ºr –Hence nila
1933 Canaanitish women Gen. 28, 1.6.
36, 2; '5 ºxy the idols of Canaan, wor-
shipped there, Ps. 106,38; ºr neu, the
language of Canaan, i. e. the Hebrew,
which was spoken by the Canaanites
And Hebrews, Is. 19, 18; comp. also Ps.
135, 11. Judg. 3, 1.
3. Put for 322 ºns a Canaanite, Hos.
2, 8; and so for a merchant generally,
s. 23, 8 rºº her merchants; comp.
Zeph. 1, 11, and see *323 no. 2.
º, fera. of the preced. Chenaanah,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 10. b) 1 K.
22, 11. 2 Chr. 18, 10.
*:::: Gen. 38, 2, ſem. nº. 46, 1).
Ex, 6, 15; Plur, alº Neh. 9, 24. Ob.
20, but far more freq. Sing. with a t
collect. "7:23:1, a gentile noun
1. a Canaanite, the Canaa). ites, i. e.
a) A single people who inhabited, be:
fore the Hebrews, the lower tracts of Pa.
lestine on the sea-coast and the Jordan
Num. 13, 29 the Canaanites dwell by the
sea and by the side of Jordan. Josh. 5, 1,
11, 3. Deut. 11, 30; see the etymology
in 1932 no. 2. Often coupled with the
names of other tribes ; and the sacred
writers, while intending to comprise all
the tribes dwelling in Palestine, some-
times by synecdoche mention only two,
the Canaanites and Perizzites, Gen. 13,
7; sometimes three, the Canaan.tes.
Hivites, Hittites, Ex. 23, 28; or again
five, the Canaanites, Hittites, Amorites,
Hivites, Jebusites, Ex. 13, 5; or six,
adding the Perizzites, Ex. 3, 8, 17. Josh.
12, 18; or seven, adding the Girga.
shites, Deut. 7, 1. Josh. 3, 10; or finally
ten, the Kenites, Kenizzites, Kadmon-
ites, Hittites, Perizzites, Rephaim, Amor-
ites, Canaanites, Girgashites, Jebusites,
Gen. 15, 19–21. In this number are
several which cansot be reckoned as
Canaanites, but as other aborigines; as
the Rephaim, the Kenites, etc. b) In
a wider sense put for all the tribes
dwelling west of the Jordan and in Phe-
nicia before the Hebrews, deriving their
descent from Canaan (Gen. 10, 15–18);
Gen. 10, 18. 19. 12, 6, 50, 11. Josh. 16,
10. 17, 12 sq. Judg. 1, 10. 28. 29; also
Ex. 3, 8, 17. Deut. 11, 50. Ez. 16, 3.
They are mentioned as Gentiles and
unclean Zech. 14, 21.—Sept. for Tºº,
*322, has usually Xovogy, Xowavoios,
but sometimes also powlam, poivuš, Ex.
6, 15. 16, 35. Josh. 5, 1. 12. Job 40, 25.
So Mark 7, 25 comp. Matt. 15, 22.-The
Canaanites were celebrated merchants,
and hence
2. Canaanite for merchant, generally,
Job 40, 30 [25]. Prov. 31, 24. So ºn
Chaldean, for astrologer.
*:::: i.g. Arab. -ākš to cover, to
protect ; whence nº covering, wing.
Comp. r. Fly. Not found in Kal.
NIPH. to cover or hide oneself. Is. 30,
20 ºnio is Fºrsb no longer shall
thy, teachers hide themselves, i. e. they
shall come forth openly, and no longer
rº-
º
478
be vexed by persecutors. So Abulwalid
and Jarchi; see Comment. on Is. l. c.—
Hence
Flº f. 1 K. 6, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12,
constr. F23; Dual tº constr. "Exz ;
but the same is used for the Plur. as uſu;
Bºx Is. 6, 2, tº sans Ez. 1, 6, 10,
21. Plur. constr. nip;2 fem. Leut. 22,
12. Is. 11, 12; but masc. in the signif.
no. 2. a. b, Ez. 7, 2. R. Fº.
1. a wing, so called as covering,
protecting. Arab. -āś wing, side,
region, protection. Eth. 'A34; wing;
Chald. Fºx, Sam. Slä, Syr. -aia,
to wº
|alº, id. Comp. FA Heb. and Chald.
from kindr. Fº; also bººs p. 12–Is.
10, 14. Job 39, 13. 1 K. 6, 27. Ez. 1, 8 sq.
al. Fºrris-by every fowl of wing, every
winged fowl, Gen. 1, 21; "> *ips birds
of wing Ps. 148, 10; - Hies-bz Deut.
4, 17; "--93 hips Ez. 39, 17 comp. v. 4;
'--92 -ies-Bº every bird of every wing,
every species of bird, Gen. 7, 14. Ez.
17, 23. So F32 bºa Prov. 1, 17, and
ºn by: Ecc. 10, 20, ‘one having
wings’ poet. for a bird. Poet, rºm "E2
the wings of the wind Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3;
ºriuſ "Eº the wings of the morning 139,9;
expressive of the swiftness with which
the winds and the dawn move onward.
—Metaph. with the idea of protection,
defence, Ps. 17, 8 ºn-ren TE32 by:
hide me beneath the shadow of thy wings.
36, 8.57, 2.61, 5.63, 8, 91, 4. Ruth 2,
.2. Comp. Arab. 23--, cº- and
—5.5 Schult. ad Job. 472.
2. an eartremity, corner, e. g. a) Of
a garment, a skirt, flap, trágvá, ºttegü-
yov, fully bºsºn F2: the skirt of the
robe 1 Sam. 24, 5. 12. Num. 15, 38.
Deut. 22, 12. Hagg. 2, 12 ; also, the
name of the garment being omitted,
Zech. 8, 23 ºn tºns ºf the skirt of a
Jew, i.e. of his upper garment. Ez. 5, 3.
—As the outer garment was used by
the Orientals to wrap themselves in
at night, hence Fºz is also put for the
eartremity or corner of a bed-covering,
coverlet, etc. Deut. 23, 1 ºz rºº Nº.
*::s nor shall he uncover his father's
(overlet, i. e. ne shall not violate his fa-
ther's bed. 27, 20, comp. Ez. 16,8. Ruth
3, 9 spread now thy covering over th;
handmaid, i.e. receive me to thy bed
comp. Theocr. Idyll. 18. 19, and &twkwy.
Çsuv Luke 1, 35. b) Spoken of a land,
the earth, etc. a border, corner, end ; as
the habitable earth is often compared
by the ancients to a garment spread out.
Is. 24, 16 Yºr. Fºr corner, end of the
earth. Mostly in the plur. Job 37, 3. 38
13 Yºr; nie;2 the corners of the earth,
eactrema terrarum ; also Is. 11, 12 and
Ez. 7, 2 Yºr, nie: nyans the four cor-
ners of the earth or land. c.) Of an ar-
my, wing, as in Lat. and Engl. whence
poet. for an army itself, Is. 8, 8. 18, 1.
Comp. Bºs p. 12. d) The highest
point, battlement, pinnacle of the temple,
Dan. 9, 27. Comp. It regiſ/low toi isgoi,
Matt. 4, 5.
>k º obsol. root, onomatopoetic, pr.
to give forth a tremulous and stridulous .
sound, e. g. the quavering sound of a
string when struck, Germ. schmarren,
knarren. Hence hiº harp, lyre, from
its stridulous sound.—Kindred are Greek
xivvgog, pr. whimpering, spoken of a que-
rulous, mournful tone, whence Gr. xlvii-
90 × also yiyygog, yiyygo, yiyygog, Lat.
gingrina, i. e. a pipe yielding a stridu-
lous querulous tone, and ging ritus the
cackling of geese.—Deriv. ºniº, and
Flº (i. q. hiº lyre) Deut. 3, 17,
ning? (plur. lyres) 1 K. 15, 20, rin;
Josh. 11, 2, Chinnereth, Chinneroth, pr
n. of a city in the tribe of Naphtali, situ-
ated on the lake of Galilee, which is
thence called nºz by Num. 34, 11.
Josh. 13,27; nin;2 tº Josh. 12,3. In the
Targums is found the later name ºnbº,
ºnbº, whence Gr. Tsvymoºg 1 Macc. 11,
67. Jos. Ant, 2.25. 3, 17; and in N. T.
Tsvymoogät Matt. 14, 34, Mark 6, 53.
Luke 5, 1. This beautiful lake is about
twelve miles long by six broad in its
widest part, with limpid water and
abounding in fish. See Reland Palaest.
p. 258 sq. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
261 sq. 312 sq.
>k D: Chald. to gather together, tº
assemble, i. q. Heb. b32, Syr. id. Inf
Dan. 3, 2.
ITHP. to be gathered together, assein
bled, Dan. 3, 3.27. Freq. in the Targg
rº-
Flo-
4.79
nº m. (r. ryº) only Plur, nº; pr.
a surname, cognomen, title. Meton. One
having the same surname or title as an-
other, i.e. sustaining the same office,
subject to the same king, i. q. Gºvāovlog,
colleague, associate in office. Correspond-
ing is Syr. isia plur. Izais, i.e. givov-
log, oivôovňot.—Once Ezrā 4, 7 -suft
Tºrº and the rest of his colleagues;
Sept. oi Motto, güvôovãot.—The form
rºº is for ns??, nºz, and the plural is
formed in the same manner as nisºn,
ni";%, from nº, see Lehrg. p. 509,606.
Tº Chald. id. a colleague, a úvöovãog,
only plur. c. suff. Finº his colleagues,
Ezra 5, 6; Tirinº their colleagues 4, 9.
17. 23. 5, 3, 6, 6.13. Comp. the Heb.
tº m. &r. Asyóu. in the suspected
reading Ex. 17, 16, commonly held to be
i. q. Nº throne, which is read in the
Samaritan codex. But the context and
the words of v. 15 he rijn', demand the
reading by a standard, banner, where
See. -
>k Rºž obsol, root, i. q. Hºº to cover;
whence Ngº and
Nº Prov. 7, 20, also Tº Ps. 81, 4,
the full moon, time of the full moon. Syr.
ſus, according to Isa Bar Ali, is ‘the
first day of the full moon,” and also ‘the
whole time of the full moon;” so also often
in Barhebraeus and Ephrem Syrus.—
The etymology is doubtful; unless we
may say that the moon at her ſull is whol-
ly covered with light, from r. nº, Ng: ;
comp. Ps. 104, 2 rºup2 his nº cover-
ing thyself with light as with a garment.
See Thesaur. p. 698, 699.
Sº m. twice Tº Job 26, 9. 1 K. 10,
19; c. suff, "soz (for "sex), Tser ; plur.
ristº for nisºz. R. sº.
1. a throne, i. e. an elevated seat with
a canopy and hang’ngs which cover it;
gº 9
Arab. sº Aram. Nº, Lºša, id.
the letter ºn being inserted instead of
doubling the o, i.e. rs for ss, see under
lett. ". The Samaritan has also in he
root Hyła $3 for Hº.—So ju, Nez a
throne of ivory 1 K. 10, 18; nºr =
the throne of the kingdom, royal throne,
Veut. 17, 18. 2 Sam. 8, 13; and so '-
nº-hºr; 1 Chr. 22, 10. 2 C1r. 7, 18. Esth
1, 2, 5, 1; righbºr '- 1 K. 1, 46. Hence
for the royal dignity or authority; Gen.
41, 40 only as to the throme will I be
greater than thou, i. e. I reserve to my-
self only the royal dignity. Ps. 15, 7,
see in Bºrſº p. 55, note. So to establish
one's throne, i.e. his kingdom, Is, 16, 5
Spoken of the throne of God, Ps. 9, 5.
47, 9. Is. 6, 1. Job 26, 9.—Also
2. For the elevated seat or cathedra
of the high-priest, 1 Sam. 1, 9. 4, 13;
the tribunal of a judge, Ps. 122, 5 (comp
Dan. 7,9). Ps. 94, 20 niºr '-' tribunal of
wickedness, i.e. unjust judges. Hence
for jurisdiction, district, Neh. 3, 7. Of
a military tribunal, Jer. 1, 15; also of
any seat, e. g. a stool or chair, 2 K.
4, 10. Prov. 9, 14; espec. an honourable
seat, "in: Nº 1 Sam. 2,8. Metaph. Is.
22, 23 and he (Eliakim) shall be for a
seat of glory to his father's house, i. e.
through him shall all his kindred be
honoured.
"Tº Chald, a Chaldean, Ezra 5, 12,
elsewhere "Tº q.v.
>k Tº to cover; kindr. are Rºz and
rº. Syr. ſa- id. also ‘to put on ;
Arab. L.5 to put on ; Chald. Hº to
cover, and hence to hide, lie concealed
—In Kal only in particip. ngº Prov,
12, 16. 23; and pass. constr. *bz Ps.
32, 1. Far more usual is
PIEL riºr, 1 pers, ºn-ex, ºne? Ps,
143, 9, "nº Ez. 32, 7; fut. Hg2+, apoc.
pººl.
1. to cover, c. acc. Ex. 10, 5. Num, 9,
15. 22, 5; or also be (like other verbs of
covering, e. g. T39, nº), q. d. to cover
over, Num. 16, 33 y Sr. Erºs bºrº the
earth covered them over, pr. was a cover-
ing over them. Job 21, 26 Figar rigº
prº and worms cover them. 2 Chr. 5,
8. Ps. 106, 17. Hab. 2, 14; c. Is. 11,9.
—So to cover a person or thing with any
thing, e. g. construed : a) With acc.
of pers, and of the covering, Lev. 17,
13 ºn ºngº, he shall cover it (the
blood) with earth. Job 15, 27. Is. 51, 16.
Num. 4, 5.8. 11. b) With two acc. Ez.
16, 10. 18, 7. 16. c.) With by of pers.
and 3 of covering, Ps. 44, 20. d) With
acc. of the covering and be of the thing
covered, Ez. 24, 7; comp. Job 36, 32.--
ricº
•b-
480
Trop. In the phrases: to cover any one
with shame Mic. 7, 10; confusion Ps.
44, 16. Jer. 51, 51; terror Ez. 7, 18. Ps.
55, 6; so God covers the faces of judges,
makes them blind, Job 9, 24. Also to
cover any one (a wife) with violence,
heap up injuries upon her, Mal. 2, 16-
Intrans. to cover oneself, to put on any
thing, c. : Gen. 38, 14. Deut. 22, 12;
c. acc. Jon. 3, 6 pig ball he covered him-
self with sackcloth, put on sackcloth,
Arab. U.5 to put on, c. acc.
2. to cover, i. e. to hide, to conceal,
comp. Chald. Prov. 10, 18. 12, 16. 23.
Job 31, 33; with by of pers. Deut. 13, 9;
with acc. of thing and 7% of pers. Gen.
18, 17. Job 23, 17 bºs-nez ºn and
because he hath (not) covered the dark-
ness from my sight, hath not freed me
from calamities.—Intrans. praegn. Ps.
143, 9 "rºes H*s unto thee do I hide, I
flee to thee for covert; Sept. 7tgög oš
xotéquyov.
3. Metaph. to cover sin, i. e. to pardom,
to forgive, i. q. mº, c. acc. Ps. 85, 3; by
Prov. 10, 12. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5]. Ps. 32, 1
Histºr "hor whose sin is covered, i.e. par-
doned. Comp. he?.
Pual, nº and ne? Ps, 80, 11. Prov.
24, 31, fut. Figº, part. Hºz; to be co-
vered, Gen. 7, 19. 20; with 3 of the
covering, 1 Chr. 21, 16. Ecc. 6, 4; also
with acc. Ps. 80, 11 Fºx Bºhr, Hez the
*mountains were covered with its shade.
Prov. 24, 31.
Niph. id. Ez. 24, 8; c. : Jer. 51, 42.
HITHP. to cover oneself, to wrap one-
self up, with 3 of the covering, Is. 59, 6.
K. 11, 29; once acc. Jon. 3, 8.
Deriv. ºbż, nºbº (and nºb), nº?,
ne-2, Hg2%.
Tº see sp2.
Tº i. q. Nº q.v.
Thee Is 5, 25, see Hrab.
*b* m. only constr. his "hor a cover-
&ng of skins Num. 4, 6, 14. R. riº.
nºb; f. (r. He?) 1. a covering,
cover, Ex. 21, 10. 22, 26. Job 24, 7. 26,
5. 31, 19. Metaph. Bº’s rhoz a cover-
ing of or for the eyes, i.e. a present offer-
ed as an expiation for some fault, in order.
that one may shut his eyes upon it, connive
tt it; or, a present made in the hope of
pardon, an atonement, a penalty. So in
the much vexed passage Gen. 20, 16
Tºs nºs 95% tº nºbº º sºn Her
bºrs, lo, this (the thousand shekels) is
to thee a penalty for all which has hap-
pened with thee and before all men.
Comp. Gen. 32, 21 Firºz, ** Hypes
pr. I will cover his face (appease him)
with the present. The Sept. though here
neglected or misunderstood by interpre-
ters, renders it correctly: to.ito. §otal gos
sis tuity toi Trgoodſtov gov, where tum
is a fine, penalty, price, Il. 1. 159, i. q.
elsewhere tumuo.—Most interpreters
understand this covering of the eyes to be
a veil, and the whole passage they arbi-
trarily render thus: lo, this shall be to
thee a veil for the eyes unto all who are
with thee and to all others, i.e. so it shali
be manifest to all that thou art a mar.
ried woman. They add further, that
only married women were accustomed
to wear veils; but this is contrary to
oriental custom, and is incapable of
proof.
2. w garment, Deut. 22, 12.
2K nº to cut off a plant, vine, etc. to
cut down, part, pass. Thor Is. 33, 12. Ps.
80, 17. Kindr. are risp, Hyp, ssp.,
yxº, also sº, nº, 11. Chald, and
Syr, no?, -º-, to prune vines.
Sº m. (r. Bož) 1. a fool, Ps. 92, 7.
94, 8. Prov. 1, 32. 10, 1. 18. 13, 19. 20.
14, 8, 24.33. 15, 2.7, and often in Prov,
and Ecc. The notion of impiety, un-
godliness, is often implied, Prov. 15, 20.
19, 1. al. comp. the synon. Bºis, bº, and
the opp. Pºrſ.
2. Chesil, as the name of a constella-
tion, Job 9,9. 38, 31. Am. 5,8; according
to most of the ancient interpreters the
constellation Orion, which the Orientals
caujº, traig shºe, i. e. the giant.
They appear to have conceived of this
constellation under the figure of an im-
pious giant (*bz impious) bound upon
the sky; whence Job 38, 31 canst thou
loose the bands of Orion?—Plur. Bºnez
Is. 13, 10, q. d. the Orions or giants of
the sky, i. e. the greater constellations
similar to Orion. So Lat. Cicerones
Scipiones, i. e. men like Cicero and
*C-
º
481
93
Scipio.--Abulwalid understands º:
or Canopus, a bright star in the rudder
of Argo or the ship, in the southern
hemisphere. See more in Comment.
on Is. 13, 10. Michaelis Suppl. p. 1319
sq. Hyde on Ulugh Beigh's Tables, p.
74. Ideler tiber Ursprung U. Bedeut. der
Sternenmamen p. 240,263.
3. Chesil, pr. n. of a city in the south-
ern part of Judah, Josh. 15, 30.
nºbi, f. folly, Prov. 9, 13. R. box.
Ak Se: a root found only once in the
verb, see no. 2, b ; but of various signifi-
cations in the derivatives. The primary
idea seems to be :
1. to be fleshy, fat; whence bºx loin,
flank.—Then
2. As a denom. from bºx, in a double
signification: a) In a good sense, to be
strong, lusty, the loins being the seat of
strength ; comp. Tºº, ſº ; metaph.
to be firm, confident, whence bºº, nº,
confidence, hope. b) In a bad sense,
to be dull, sluggish, languid, like Arab.
J-5 to be weak. Hence also as a
kindred idea, to be foolish ; comp. b3,
Płº, nº; and vice versa compare
words signifying strength transferred
to the idea of virtue, as bºrn. Or perh.
this sense may come by transpos. from
beg to be foolish.--So ence fut. A, boº
Jer, 10, 8, Hence the deriv. Bºer fool-
ish, nºbºe?, bez, folly.
*Q2 m. 1. loin, flank, lumbus, Job 15,
27. Plur. Bºº the loins, pr: the internal
muscles of the loins near the kidneys,
to which the ſat adheres, pów, poigu,
as Symmachus well.
self. Also for the viscera generally, the
bowels, inward parts, Ps. 38, 8. Comp.
Wochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 506 sq.
2. confidence, hope, Ps. 78, 7. Job 8, 14.
31, 24. Prov. 3, 26.
2. a.
3. folly, Ecc. 7, 25. See the root no.
2. b. -
See r. boſſ no.
job 4, 6. -
2, folly, Ps, 85, 9,
Lev. 3, 4. 10. 15.
4, 9, 7, 4, Job 15, 27 be: by right tº
and because he maketh fatness upon his
loins, i.e. the youtgiðovłog pampers him-
*3 m. Zech. 7, 1. Neh. 1, 1, Gr
3Cooehei 1 Macc. 1, 54, Chislev, the ninth
month of the Hebrews, beginning with
the new moon of December.—The ety-
mology is unknown; yet it might per-
haps be so called from the languor and
torpor of nature, from r. bºx no. 2. b.
Or it may be of Persian origin, as would
appear from a Palmyrene inscription
see Benfey, die Momatsnamen, comp.
Thesaur. p. 702. -
Tºº? (confidence, hope, r. box) Che-
Salom, pr. n. of a place on the border of
the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10; there
called also pººr.
Tibº (id.) Chislon, pr. n. m. Num
34, 21.
ribº (hopes, r. box) Chesulloth, pr.
m. of a place in the tribe of Issachar.
Josh. 19, 18; prob, the same w th the
next art.
ninº-nº (loins or flank of Tabor)
Chisloth-Tabor, pr. n. of a place near the
western foot of mount Tabor, on the bor-
der of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 12. [Prob. the
same 'as the preced. article, and both
identical with the mod. Iksal JU.51.
Gr. 20.269 Jos. B. J. 3. 3. 1. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 182.-R.
Dºrººz plur. Gen. 10, 14. 1 Chr. 1,
12, Casluhim, pr. m. of a people sprung
from the Egyptians; probably, as Bo-
chart supposes, Phaleg IV. 31, the Col-
chians, whom the Greek writers also
mention as being a colony of the Egyp
tians, Hdot. 2. 104. Diod. Sic. 1. 28, 55
Strabo I. 3 ult. The name Colchians
might readily come from the fuller
riboo, dropping the s.
Sk D.C., to shear, to poll the head, once
Ez. 44, 20. Kundred are Prš, and other
verbs beginning with 73; see 713–
Hence
nº f Ex. 9, 32. Is. 28, 25, plur.
tº Ez. 4, 9, a species of grain like
wheat, with a smooth or bald ear as if
shorn, Lat. far, adoreum, Gr. §§o, ölvgå,
the modern spelt, triticum spelta Linn.
| Arab. sº which as in fact the same
* f (r. 922) 1. confidence hope,
word as in Hebrew, m and n being intel .
changed and r inserted. See Comment
on ls, l.c.
41
bo-
O3-)
482
*be: 1. Pr. to divide out, to distri-
bute; kindr, with yśp and other verbs
begunning with YP, bº, 13. Hence
b3% tribute.
2. to number, to reckon, comp. Hº ;
once Ex. 12, 4 every man according to
his eating shall ye reckon for the lamb.
Sept. ovvo.gibunbiostol, Onk. Tishrir,
Syr. &a=2.
Deriv. b3%, rigº2, b2, Hºn.
& Fº fut. Foº 1. Pr. to be or be-
come pale, as in Chald. Comp. Niph.
no. 1, and Fºx silver.—Less near are
-ā.5 and Ciº-deficit sol, luna, ca-
ligavit oculus, diminutus est.
2. Trop. to pine or long after any
thing, to desire greatly, with h of pers.
Job 14, 15; inf c. * Ps. 17, 12.
NIPH. 1. to be pale, to turn pale, from
shame, since this feeling is indicated not
only by blushing, but also by turning
pale; see hyr, and Talmudic Tabri to
make ashamed, comp. Comment. on Is.
29, 22. Hence, to be ashamed; Zeph. 2,
1 Fº: Nº ºian O nation not ashamed,
i. e. without shame, shameless.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, Gen. 31, 30. Ps, 84,
J.—Hence
Riº m. c. suff: "Bºx 1. silver, so
called from its paleness, r. Fey, as Gr.
#97vgos from &gyós white, and arº gold
‘rom its yellow colour; comp. EFTs. Syr.
Samar. id—Gen. 23, 15-hpu, rs2 vans
nº four hundred shekels of silver. v.
16. Lev. 27, 3. 6. Josh. 7, 22. Often
with the word brº omitted, e. g. rºs
Fºz a thousand (shekels) of silver Gen.
20, 16. Fºx Ennºx twenty shekels of
silver Gen. 37, 28. Deut. 22, 19. Hos. 3,
2. Metaph. to purify silver, i.e. to
cleanse a people from their sins, Mal. 3,
3 comp. v. 2. Is. 1, 25.
2. money, which anciently consisted
of bars or pieces of silver weighed out
and not coined; comp. &gyūgtov, Fr. ar-
gent. Gen. 23, 13. 43, 15. 21. Ex. 22, 6.
Num. 3, 49.51. Deut. 23, 20. has nº
current money, see in nay no. 2. Also,
that which is bought with money, e.g. a
slave, Ex. 21, 21 sºn intº "a for he is
his money, his purchase; also Gen. 17,
12. Ex. 12, 44. Plur. pieces of silver,
inoney, Gen. 42, 25. 35. -
Fe: Chald, m. º. silver, st. emphal
Ngº Dan. 2, 35. 5. 2, 4, 23. Ezra 5, 4
6, 5. 7, 17. 18.
Nº Ezra 8, 17, Casiphia, pr. n.
of a place (Dipº) on the way between
Babylon and Jerusalem.—To this corre-
sponds neither the Pyla Caspiae nor the
city Kaswin, as held by some.
nº f. (r. Hº) plur, nine: cushions
pillows, Ez. 13, 18. 20. Sept. 1900x8
qºlow, Vulg. pulvilli, according to the
Rabbins long pillows, bolsters.-The
letter n, although not radical and mere-
ly the sign of the fem. gender, is never-
theless retained also in the plural; as in
nº, nu;p, comp. Lehrg. p. 474.
22; Is. 59, 18, see by lett, C. 1,
73; Chald, adv. of time, now, at this
time, Dan. 2, 23. 3, 15. 4, 34. 5, 12. Ezra
4, 13. al. Tº Tº until now Ezra 5, 16.—
It is prob. derived as a prolonged form
ſrom Heb. Tº so, also now, comp. 72-7:
Neh. 2, 16, and art. Tº lett. e. p. 475;
just as Samar. Pºp from Heb. php. In-
deed ſº seems also to have had the
signif so ; whence the following art.
Fº; Chald. ſem. of the preceding,
adv. So, thus, i. q. 73, but found only in
one formula nº and so forth, etcetera,
Ezra 4, 10. 11. 7, 12; contracted nº
id. 4, 17.
* C2; ſut. by: 1. to be indignant,
veaced, to take ill, Ecc. 5, 16. 7, 9. Neh.
3, 33 [4, 1]. Ps. 112, 10.
2. to be angry, Ez. 16, 42; with BN
of pers. 2 Chr. 16, 10.
PIEL by 2 to provoke, to irritate, i. q.
Hiph. Deut. 32, 21. 1 Sam. 1, 6.
HipH. bºx ºr 1. to ver, to grieve, to
trouble any one, 1 Sam. 1, 7. Neh. 4, 5
[3, 37]. Ez. 32, 9.
2. to make angry, to provoke, often of
men who provoke Jehovah by their sins,
espec. by idolatry, c. : Deut. 31, 29.32,
16. 1 K. 14, 9. 15. 16, 2.7. 13 sq. Ps. 78.
58. Jer. 8, 19. al. More fully oºr
*y-ns by: 1 K. 15, 30. 2 K. 23, 26; alsº
with the name of God implied, 1 K.
21, 22 ºr hugs byzn-bs because g
the anger with which thou hast made
me angry. 2 K. 21, 6, 23, 19. Hos. 13
15.-Hence
Oy-)
FP
483
tº m. 1. veration, trouble, grief,
Ecc. 1, 18. 2, 23. 11 10. Ps. 6, 8. Prov.
17, 25. 21, 19 by: Bºlº nujs a con-
ſentious and fretful woman. Deut. 32,27.
2. anger, Deut. 32, 19. 1 K. 15, 30.
Ez. 20, 28. Plur. tº bursts of anger,
2 K. 23, 26. -
ty2 m. i. q. b32, found only in Job.
1. veacation, grief, Job 5, 2. 6, 2. 17, 7.
2. anger, wrath of God, Job 10, 17.
FX; see in nº.
F2 f. (r. FE3) c. suff. "R2, pr. some-
thing curved, hollow.—Spec.
1. the hollow of the hand, the palm ;
3.
Arab. Jis, Syr. ſ.a. Lev. 14, 15 and
pour (the oil) upon the palm (n2 by) of
the priest’s left hand. v. 18.26. Fe Nº.
Tºp a handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12, comp.
F- Nº Lev. 9, 17. Ps. 129, 7; so Is. 28,
4. 2 K. 18, 21. At other times F2 is
used like Tº the hand ; as Deut. 25, 12
Fºrrs Hrisp and thou shalt cut off
her hand. Often of the hand as that
with which we lay hold of any thing,
Ez. 21, 16. 29. 29, 7; or with which we
labour, whence nºn F2 a slack hand
Prov. 10, 4. So espec. in the following
phrases: a) 'E tº out of the hand of
any one, after verbs of freeing, deliver-
ing, like Tº?, 1 Sam. 4, 3. 2 Sam. 14,
16. 19, 10. 22, 1. 2 K. 16, 7, 20, 6. Ps.
18, 1. Jer. 5, 21. al. b) by F2 tº to
lay the hand upon any one, i. e. to attack
him, Job 40, 32 [41, 8]; also n2 Bhū)
*E* to lay the hand upon one's mouth, sc.
in order to stop it, i. q. to be silent, Job
29, 9. But by n2 nºuj to put the hand
over any one, i. Q. to protect him, Ps.
139, 5; comp. Ex. 33, 22. c) Judg. 12,
3 ºn "ujº rººs, I put my life in my
hand, i. e. exposed myself to great dan-
ger; since what we thus take in our
bands is liable to be dropped, or to be
ast away. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 28, 21; comp.
Job 13, 14. Ps. 119, 109. The same pro-
verb occurs in Athenaeus Deipnosoph.
XIII. p. 569. C, Św tixsugi thy puzºv šzov.
So the Danes also say of a man in dan-
ger of his life: at gaae med Luvet v
Haenderne, i.e. he goes with his life in
bis hands. d) F.2 Flyn, F2 sprº, tº Rºjº,
to clap the hands, see under these verbs.
DuAI tºº, c, suff, "ex, TE2, both
palms, the two hands, the hands, Jol 36,
32. Is. 49, 16; very freq. also for the
plural. Hence, tº toº to spread put
the hands in prayer, etc. see in whº no,
2. c ; Bºº Riº to lift up the hands, Lam.
2, 19. Ps. 63, 5; Enez by Riº to bear
upon the hands, to deal kindly with, to
cherish, Ps. 91,12; 'E *ge: oºr violence
is in the hands of any one, i.e. he has
done violence, wrong, Job 16, 17. Is. 59,
6. Ps. 7, 4. 1 Chr. 12, 17. Jon. 3, 8; con-
tra, Pºpe "p, of clean hands, innocent, Ps,
24, 4; nº bye the work of one's hands
Ps. 9, 17; also Bºex sº the labour of
the hands, profit, Gen. 31, 42. Ps. 128, 2.
—PLUR. nip2 palms, used instead of the
Dual before tºº, as Bºlº's the palms of
the hands Dan. 10, 10; twice tº nies
of hands cut off and dead, 1 Sam. 5, 4.
2 K. 9, 35; see Lehrg. p. 539. Comp.
in no. 3, 4, 5, 6, below.
2. ºn tº the sole of the foot, Deut. 2,5.
11, 24. So in the phrase is by Fºº
("pºp) EN" from the sole of the foot even
to the head, i. e. the whole body, Is. 1, 6.
Deut. 28, 35. 2 Sam. 14, 25. Job 2, 7.
Deut. 28, 65 ºn Feh rix, rest for the
sole of thy foot, i. e. a quiet habitation,
comp. Gen. 8, 9.-Plur. always nie?
Josh. 3, 13. 4, 18. Is. 60, 14. Ez. 43, 7
ºn rip: Ripº, the place of the soles of
my feet, i. e. the ark as the footsiool of
God; comp. in nºr. Once with ºn
2 K. 19, 24.
3. the foot or paw of a quadruped hav-
ing toes, as the bear Lev. 11, 27. Sept.
sº
zeig. So Arab. Lāş,
4. a hollow vessel, a pan, dish, censer,
(so Syr. and Arab.) Num. 7, 14. 20. 26.
32. 38. al. Plur. nip: Ex. 25, 29. Num.
7, 84.86.—Hence shºrt tº the hollow or
dish of a sling 1 Sam. 25, 29. Thºr ºx.
the hollow of the thigh, socket of the hip,
Gen. 32, 26. 33.
5. Plur. niez handles of a bolt or bar
Cant. 5, 5. Comp. nity.
6. Fºr nipa Lev. 23,40, palms, i. e.
palm-branches, with green leaves, so
called from their bent or curved form.
See nº, and comp. Lat. palma.
Fl.; m. (r. Fez) a rock, pr. hollow or
arched, used only in plur. Jer. 4, 29. Job
30, 6. Syr. and Chald. Laks, NE-2, id
whence in N. T. Knºpós i, q IIštgoc.
TE-
Tes
484
*nº to bend, to bow, kindr. with
FE3 ; and hence to tame, to subdue.
Chald. and Talmud. NEP to bow, to sub-
due, to compel, to turn away, see Bux-
torf Lex. p. 1070; Arab. U.S to turn
away, to turn aside.—Prov. 21, 14 Tºº
ts nº ºrºž, a gift in secret tameth
anger. Sept. &vargāirst Ögyós, and so
Syr. Contra Symm. g6éost Ögyńv,Vulg.
eactinguit iras, comp. Fºz to extinguish.
Tº f. (r. FE3) 1. a palm, palm-
branch, the ſem. form being often em-
ployed for things without life, Heb.
Guam. § 105.3. Comp.º. no. 6. Chald.
se-2, Syr. iśa.-Is. 9, 13 and 19, 15
lions, nºw the palm-branch and the bul-
rush, proverbially for the high and the
low, noble and vulgar.
2. Genr. branch, bough, Job 15, 32.
"B. m. (r. hER) 1. a cup, goblet,
prob. covered with a lid, 1 Chr. 28, 17.
Ezra 1, 10. 8, 27.
2. hoar-frost, so called as covering the
ground, Ex. 16, 14. Ps. 147, 16. Job 38,29.
bº &t. Asyóu. Hab. 2, 11, prob, a
cross-beam, for binding together the
walls of a building, from r. bºx to con-
nect. Sept. ºvéogog, 1. q. cantherius
in Vitruv. 4. 2. Jerome: “lignum quod
ad continendos parietes in medio struc-
urge ponitur, vulgo iudvtools.” Comp.
Ecclus. 22, 16 [18].
"E3 m. (r. -E3) 1. i. q. Hº, a vil-
:-. )
tage, Neh. 6, 2. r
2. a young lion, old enough to roar
.udg. 14, 5. Ps. 104, 21. Prov. 19, 12. Jer.
2, 15. Am. 3, 4 ; going forth for prey Is.
5, 29. Mic. 5, 7, Jer. 25, 38. Job 4, 10;
ſerocious and bloodthirsty in his youth-
ful strength Ps. 17, 12. 91, 13. Is. 11, 6.
How --Ex differs from his whelp, ap-
pears from Ez. 19, 2. 3: she (the lion-
ess) brought up one of her whelps (Tris
rº), it became a young lion (nº),
...t learned to seize the prey, it devoured
men.—Trop. a) Of cruel and blood-
thirsty enemies, Ps. 34, 11.35, 17. 58, 7;
comp. Jer. 2, 15. Ez. 32, 2 Bºis -"Ez
a young lion of the nations, an enemy
prowling among them, sc. Pharaoh. b)
Of the young princes or warriors of a
state, Ez. 38, 13, comp, Nah, 2, 1 1,–The
etymology seems to be from r. nº no
3, to be shaggy, with special reference
8 -
to the lion's mane. Comp. Arab. 2.É
jū, hair upon the neck, back of the
head, jaws; Aé hairy on the neck, face
back of the head.
*Tºº (i. q. *E* no. 1, village) Che-
phirah, pr. m. of a city of the Hivites
assigned to Benjamin, Josh.9, 17 comp,
v. 7. Josh. 18, 26. Ezra 2, 25. Neh. 7,29,
**E* 1. to divide equally, to dis.
tribute, i. q. Ethiop, 'ſlz.A., whence
%)4:A part, portion, Arab. Jºš por-
>, 9 ,
tion, like part, equal, and Dual JX-3
tº two portions, double—Hence
2. to fold, to double, Ex. 26, 6. Part.
pass. Shez doubled, double, Ex. 28, 16.
39, 9.-Chald, bºp to double, to fold
around, Syr. Ethpe. $3.22ſ to be dou-
bled, infolded.
NIPH. to be doubled, i.e. repeated, Ez.
21, 19 [14].
Deriv. nº, and
º m, a doubling, Job 41, 5 intº be:
the doubling of his jaws, i.e. his double
row of teeth.
DUAL ºber 1. Pr. two folds, double
folds. Job 11, 6 nºujhr. Rºber 2 for
double folds hath God's wisdom, i.e. the
wisdom of God is complicated, inexpli-
cable. Others double, i. e. manifold,
infinite, is the wisdom of God.
2. double, twice as much, Is, 40, 2.
Arab. Jºãº,
*E*, Arab. Gº to roll up (comp.
be: no. 2), to twist, to spin ; whence
Aram. 22, eae, to be hungry, Nº,
ſia, hunger, sc. as accompanied by
a twisting and writling of the bowels,
see in nº no. 2. In Syriac with h it is
also to hunger or thirst for any thing,
to pine after, see Thes, p. 705. Hence
Heb E3 id. once praegn. Ez. 17, 7 lo
this vine tº rºujº; Hºº did thirst
(and bend) her roots towards hitn . . .
that he might water it. Vulg. mitten,
radices swas ad eam,-Hence
TE:
*E5
485
ſº m. hunger, famine Jch 5, 22. 30, 3.
* CE; a root of doubtful signif. prob.
to contract, to draw together, and so to
connect ; kindr, with Yep, TEP, yop,
to c \ntract, to compress, to gather one-
self or leaping; see also yºz. Syr.
y g
-taa.o according to Castell: to connect,
to contract, to abbreviate.—Hence oºz.
Sk FEE to bend, to curve, to bow. Chald.
id. Syr. -as to be curved, bent. This
root with its kindred ones is found ex-
tensively in the Semitic and western
languages, both in the sense of bending
curving, and in that of being hollow,
arched, vaulted ; see HE2, Eas no. 1,
riº II, Hºp, J.; , to hollow, to vault,
ap: to hollow out, excavate, sp: to bore
out; and comp. Gr. x&uito, kêutto,
yvdutto, also wünto, ziſłm, xúuffm, La-
con. xúð30, cask; Pers. Jºãº to bend
over, to incline, ;3 a hollow, a cavern;
Lat. cubo, cumbó, also cavus ; old Germ.
Gaff i. e. F2, kippen, umkippen, in the
sense of folding.—So Is. 58, 5. Intrans.
to bow oneself, to be bowed down, trop. Ps.
57, 7. Part. 5*E*Ex those bowed down,
depressed, Ps. 145, 14. 146, 8.
NIPH. to submit oneself to any one, c.
# Mic. 6, 6.
Deriv. He, F2, HB2.
**E* 1. Pr. i. q. Engl. to cover,
nence hier and nºt a cover, lid.
Arab. 23 filt. I, to cover, to hide; also
* * *
• *
to cover.—Spec.
2. to cover over, to overlay with any
thing, as pitch, i. q. to pitch, as the ark
Gen. 6, 14. Comp. Tº no. 2.
3. to be covered with hair, to be shaggy;
see n°E. Arab. * I, XI to be shag-
gy, e. g. cloth.
4. to cover over sins, i. e. to forgive,
comp. hEº no. 4, and Piel. Arab. 25
II to expiate a crime, /* to pardon.
Shald. Her id.
Piel Hez, found only with Vav neº,
2 pers, rºlez, fut. -pen. *
1. to cover over sin, to hide, spoken of
God as the offended party, i. e. to for-
give to pardon sin, com.p. rºe. With
acc. Ps, 65, 4, 78, 38; w th by, like
other verbs of covering, Jeſ. 18, 23. Ps,
79, 9; h Deut. 21, 8; also of pers, Ez.
16, 63; once is: 2 Chr. 30, 18.
2. Spoken of the offender or his repre-
sentative, to cover sin, to hide, i. e. to da
away by some expiatory act, to purge,
so that he may be pardoned; hence
a) to earpiate an offence, fault, to atone
for, c. acc. Dan. 9, 24; 2s. Lev. 5, 26
[6, 7]; is: for Ex. 32, 30; 12 Lev. 4,
26. Num. 6, 11. b) to make earpiation
or atonement for an offender, to free him
from guilt, comp. Rºn; with by of pers.
Ex. 30, 15. Lev. 4, 20; 13: Lev. 16, 6;
11. 24. Ez. 45,17; # Lev. 17, 11. Spoken
also of things without life which are
polluted, c. acc. Lev. 16, 33. Ez. 43, 20.
26. Deut. 32, 43; by Lev. 16, 18. Ex.
29, 36. 37. 30, 10. Examples of full
construction are: Lev. 5, 18 tº hº-
irº by Triºr and the priest shall make
expiation for him on account of his fault.
4, 26 instºriº inºr ºx -º and the
priest shall make earpiation for him from
his sin. 14, 19. Num. 6, 11. c) to ap-
pease, to placate the person offended,
with acc. of pers. Gen. 32, 21. Prov. 16,
14. So of impending evil, i. e. to avert
by expiation, Is. 47, 11.-The gift or
sacrifice by which expiation is made, is
put with 3, 2 Sam. 21, 3. Num, 5, 8.
Lev. 7, 7.
PUAL 1. to be covered, i. e. done
away, obliterated, pr. of letters, writ-
ing, which are covered or erased by
drawing the stylus over them ; Is. 28,
18 bºnº -e-, your covenant shall be
blotted out, i.e. cancelled, abolished, re-
ferring to the written law. Aram. **,
ºntº, abstersit, diluit, abolevit.
2. Pass. of Piel no. 2. a, to be hidden,
earpiated, purged, sc. iniquity, Is. 6, 7.
22, 14, 27, 9.
3. Pass. of Piel no. 2, b, to be freed
from guilt, i. e. an offender, to obtain
pardon, Ex. 29, 33; c. , Num. 35, 33.
HITHPA. fut. Hezrº to be earpiated
1 Sam. 3, 14.
N1 THPA. "Be Deut. 21, 8, to be earpi-
ated, forgiven, i. e. an offence. Set
Lehrgeb. p. 249, note.
Deriv. HE2–nºpy, also nº hº
and pr. n. Hº-E3.
41%
*Ex
nE-
486
Tº m. a village, hamlet, so called as
being a covering, shelter, to the inhabit-
ants, Cant. 7, 12. 1 Chr. 27, 25. Neh. 6,
2. Arab. 2 #5 Kefr id. very frequent.
*:Tºyº. Tº (village of the Ammon-
ites) Chephar-haammoni, pr.m. of a place
in Benjamin, Josh. 18, 24. In Keri
nºr; 2.
TÉ2 m. (r. "Ez) 1. i. q. Hº, a vil-
lage, hamlet, 1 Sam. 6, 18.
2. pitch, as a material for overlaying,
see the root no. 2. Gen. 6, 14. Aram.
O S- 9 o 2
Nº, frea o, and Arab. Aş, id.
*Y
3. i. q. Gr. Küngog, cyprus-flower, el-
Heyma of the Arabs, a shrub or low tree,
with fragrant whitish flowers growing
in clusters like grapes, Arab. alie,
3f a
#Lie, Lawsonia inermis Linn. So
called in Hebrew, as Simonis well sug-
gests, because the powder of the leaves
mixed with water into a paste, is used
by oriental females to cover or besmear
the nails, in order to produce the reddish
colour which they regard as an orna-
ment. Cant. 1, 14 ºr bºuis a cluster
of el-Henna. Plur. Bºnº Cant. 4, 13.
—Comp. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 222. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. i. p. 132.
4. Avrgov, ransom, price of expiation
or redemption, Ex. 21, 30. 30, 12 hº
itle: a ransom for his life. Is. 43, 3
Tº thy ransom. i. e. for thy redemp-
tion. Num. 35, 31. 32. 1 Sam. 12, 3. Job
33, 24. al.
P"Tº m. plur. (r. -E2) expiations,
atonement, Ex. 29, 36. 30, 10. Num. 29,
11. Bºrºn Riº the day of atonement,
Lev. 23, 27.28, 25, 9, ºr bºs Num. 5,8.
FºEP f. (r. -E2) a cover, lid, only of
the lid of the ark with cherubim upon ‘’
over which appeared i ö650, toi, Kvglov,
Ex. 25, 17 sq. 30, 6. 31,7, al. nººn nº
the holy of holies, where the ark of the
covenant was placed, 1 Chr. 28, 11.-
Sept. iMagtiguov, Vulg. propitiatorium,
Luth. Gnadenstuhl, Engl. mercy-seat, as
d from the signification of appeasing,
placating ; see "Bº Pi. no. 2. c.
* EEE &tw$ 1syău. perh. 1. q. U-3
ſo fill up, to cover, sc. with earth, e. g. a
8 o
well, channel; V, to be filed up; Urºš
earth with which a well etc. is filled up
So in HipH. Lam. 3, 16 -Esz ºr
he hath covered me with ashes.—The
Talmudists use it to express crowded
pressed, heaped measure ; also of the
Jewish church bowed down in ashes, or
covered with ashes, nEsil nujeono Ber
Rabba, sect. 75. Chald, depressit me
in cinerem. But Sept. and Vulg. śiyº-
ato's us otodon, cibavit me cinere, from
the context, because verbs of feeding
precede.
>k nE Chald. to bind, to fetter; Praet.
pass. hn"Ex Dan. 3, 21.
PA. id. Inf. Firºz, Dan. 3, 20; Part,
pass. "nº v. 23. 24.
Tº and him?? Am. 9, 1, a quadri-
lit. prob, compounded from the triliterals
"Ez to cover, and "nº to crown. Hence
1. a crown, chaplet, circlet. a) Of a
column, the capital, Am. 9, 1. Zeph. 2,
14. b) An ornament of the golden
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 33 sq. 37, 17 sq
Sept. Gqo.190Tijgsg, Vulg. sphaerula”. Jo
sephus pomegranates Ant. 3.6.7. Comp,
Syr. these blossom of the pomegranate.
2. Cap.htor, pr. m. of a country on the
sea Jer. 47, 4. Am. 9, 7. Plur. Bºnnex
Caphtorim Gen. 10, 14. Deut. 2, 23, the
inhabitants. These are described as a
colony of Egyptians and as ancestors
of the Philistines; so that in Gen. l. c.
the words Bºrº Etºº iss, Huys should
prob. stand after Bºnº, comp, the
other passages cited.—Almost all the
ancient interpreters understand Cappa-
docia ; but from Jer. I. c. it was clearly
an island, or at least on the sea-coast,
"N. ; to which indeed the ancient limits
of Cappadocia are said to have extended
on the north upon the Euxine. Some
have thought of Cyprus, and this is fa-
voured both by the situation of the
place, and a partial resemblance in the
name; but on the other hand it is next
to certain that the Cyprians were called
bºrº; comp. Michaelis Spicil. T. I. p.
292–308. Supplemm. p. 1338. Better
the island of Crete, which is favoured
by the circumstarce that the Philistines
are called "nº Cretans; see this word
The choice therefore would seem to lia
-- 487
H-5
between Cappadocia and Crete; but
..he weight of ancient, testimony is in
'avour of the former.
"2 m. (r. hº) plur. tº 1. a car-
“iage, litter, so called from runnvng ;
comp. Tinnes from sº, nº. Hence he
Pºr Gen. 31, 34, a camel's litter, sad-
dle, i. e. the small tent or canopy fas-
tened upon the back of camels, in which
females are accustomed to ride. Arab.
9 ©
jº and 53, also: id. See Jahn
Bibl. Archaeol. I. i. § 58. [Engl. § 49.]
Thesaur. p. 715.
2. a lamb, so called from its leaping
and bounding, see the root no. 2; espec.
as well fed and fat, feeding in rich pas-
tures, Deut. 32, 14. Is. 34, 6. Ez. 39, 18;
also Am. 6, 4, 1 Sam. 15, 9. 2 K. 3, 4.
Ps. 37, 20. Jer. 51, 40. Collect. Is. 16, 1
yºs-bºix, -e-Arū send ye the lambs
of the lord of the land, i. e. which be-
long to him, are his due ; comp. 2 K. 3,
4—Trop. a) a ballering-ram, Gr. xglog,
a warlike machine for making a breach
in the walls of cities (Arab. Jºš), plur.
Ez. 4, 2. 21, 27. b) pasture for lambs,
meadow, Is. 30, 23. Ps. 65, 14 nºn: huà:
"Nºn the pastures are clothed with flocks,
i. e. adorned. 37, 20. This word was also
adopted by the Ionians in the sense both
of lamb and pasture. Hesych. Kö.g...
irgöğatov. Kºgo. ... "ſoves tº 1963&to.
Kógvos... 360xmuo, Tigóðotov. Kºgos...
360 xmuo. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. I. 429.
T. m. (r. **2 I) pr. a digger through,
piercer; hence a stabber, eacecutioner,
a kind of body-guard or soldiers attach-
ed to the person of the king, whose duty
It was to execute capital punishment,
not only by beheading ("nº, see nº)
but also by stabbing. Thrice in Plur.
*** for nºnz Lehrg. p. 525; so 2 K, 11,
4, 19 bºsºn; ºn the executioners and
he runners, spoken of the guards of
Athaliah ; and 2 Sam. 20, 23 Cheth.
"rººn: ºr of David's guards; Keri
ºr ºn "x". See more in Thes, p. 671.
TP m. (r. Th: no. 1) cor, prop. a
•ound vessel, then a measure both of
.hings dry and liquid, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22].
Ez. 45, 14; containing ten ephahs or
baths, i. e. 11; bushels or 88% gallons,
i. q. hºn.—In Aramaean his , ſias, is
usually put for Heb. Hºn. It was also
adopted by the Hellenists, i.e. xógos.
>k sº Chald. to be pained, to grieve,
like Syr. ſia. &
ITHP. Dan. 7, 15 ºrº- nºns my
spirit was grieved.
* PT: a doubtful root, see al-2 fin.
"º quadriit i.d.º.º. Piła,
to gird, to put on, with h inserted; see
Lehrg. p. 864. Pass, part. Ban=2 girded,
clothed, 1 Chr. 15, 27; in the parall.
2 Sam. 6, 14 is nºr.—Hence
sº Chald. f. a mantle, pallium,
plur. c. suff. Dan. 3, 21.
* I. Hy; to dig; Chald. Rºz and Arab,
ſº to dig the ground. Kindr, are nºz I.
TES, also hºp, hp?.—E. g. to dig a well
Gen. 26, 25; a pit or sepulchre 50, 5.
Prov. 26, 27. Trop, a) Of plots, de-
vices against any one, to dig a pit, Ps.
7, 16; c. : Jer. 18, 20. 22. Ps. 119, S5;
* Ps. 57, 7. With by of pers, the
word for pit being omitted, Job 6, 27
cºnths ºr ye dig (a pit) for your
friend; and so in the vexed passage,
Job 40, 30 ºr "hy Hº do the com-
panions (the fishermen in company) dig
pits, lay snares, for him sc. the croco-
dile 7 do they part him among the mer-
chants 2 i. e. do they catch him and sell
him like fish 3 So by a bold figure
Prov. 16,27 Flyn Hº bºb: Wins a wicked
man diggeth (deviseth) evil, b) Ps. 40,
7 * r *nz Bºs pr. mine ears hast thou
digged out, a bold poetical figure for
the more common nº nº is my ear
hast thou opened, i.e. thou hast revealed
(this) to me.
Niph. to be digged, Ps. 94, 13.
Deriv. Hºz I, nº?.
* II. Hº 1. to buy, to purchase,
Deut. 2,6. Hos. 3, 2 rºs. c. Dag. euph.
—Samar. id. Arab. YS III, IV to lend
VI, VIII to hire.
2. to give a feast, to make a banquet,
2 K. 6, 23. For Job 40, 30 see nº I-
Arab.
the completion of a building; also (554
9 to make a feast, espec. at
gº
.0 entertain as guest, ſº entertainment
Hºno
hºn-
488
h spitality.—Perhaps splendid and cost-
ly entertainments are to be understood,
or which one’s own stores do not suffice,
so that he must purchase more.
I. Tº or T); f. (r. Hº I) only plur.
constr. nºn: , pits, cisterns, wells; Zeph.
2, 6 INs ninº Bºsh nº nº fields full
of shepherds' cisterns and folds for flocks.
In the word nº lies an allusion to Bºrnº
v. 5.
II. º f (r. Hº II) a feast, banquet,
2 K. 6, 23.
Bºn; m. plur. Bºnº, tº 1. Che-
rub, plur. Cherubim, in the theology of
the Hebrews, a creature of a sacred and
celestial nature; nºr Ez. 1, 5, 14 sq.
10, 17. 20; gºow a stewów, uoggy 6' oi-
Ösri tājy it’ &vögºnov šogouévoy to go.-
ſtājatov, Joseph. Ant. 3.6. 5. In the ear-
lier books they are represented as hav-
ing in great part the human form and
erect, 1 K. 6, 23–27; with one face Ex.
25, 20; two wings ib. 1 K. 6, 24; and
prob also with hands Gen. 3, 24. Eze-
kiel on the other hand (c. 1. 10), while
he ascribes to them the erect human
figure (Ez. 1, 5 nºrth ETS rºº), repre-
sents them as having four wings, of
which two covered the body and two
served for flying, 1, 6, 11. 23; with hu-
man hands under their wings 1,8. 10,
7.8. 21; and four faces (1, 6), viz. of a
man, a lion, an ox (nius ºn 1, 10, but ºn
Enzº. 10, 14), and an eagle; though in
(.4i, 19 only two are mentioned, those
cf a man and a lion ; having the soles
Yf the feet round like those of a bullock
-, 7; and the whole body full of eyes
1, 18. 10, 12, comp. Rev. 4, 6. Aboda
Sara fol. 20. 2. Most of the attributes
here assigned to them, go to imply the
power of looking, walking, flying in any
direction, without the necessity of turn-
ing the back.
The office ascribed to the cherubs is
wofo.d. The earliest mentioned is
where they are set to guard the ap-
proach to paradise, Gen. 3, 24; comp.
Ez 28, 14–16, where the king of Tyre
guarding his treasures is compared to
,he Cherub which covered with his
wings and protected radiant gems ("2+S
*N) in the holy mount of Eden. The
3ther consists in bearing the throne of
God upon their wings \hrough the
clouds; whence 2 Sam. 22, 11 by -ºº:
Fºl anni, he rode upon a Cherub and
did fly. Ps. 18, 11. 80, 2 pººr sºi-
who sitteth upon the Cherubim, i.e. upon
a throne borne by Cherubs. 99, 1. 1
Sam. 4, 4, 2 Sam. 6, 2. 2 K. 19, 15. Is
37, 16. These celestial bearers, again
were represented by the two wooden
images of Cherubs overlaid with gold,
with expanded wings, which stood upon
the cover of the ark in the holy of holies
both of the tabernacle and temple, Ex.
25, 18 sq. 37, 8, 9. 1 K. 6, 23 sq. 2 Chr.
3, 10 sq. Throned upon these Jehovah
is represented as communing with Mo-
ses, Ex. 25, 22. Num. 7, 89. Further,
the figures of Cherubs were woven into
the curtains of the tabernacle Ex. 26,
1. 31. 36. 8, 35; and were sculptured
among palms and flowers upon the walls
of the temple 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. 2 Chr.
3, 7, comp. Ez. 41, 18. 20. 25; and with
the figures of lions and oxen upon the
bases of the sacred lavers, 1 K. 7, 29.36.
As to the symbolic meaning of this
compound figure of the Cherubs, we are
not informed. Many suppose, the forms
of a man, a lion, an ox, and an eagle, de.
note valour and wisdom; and that these
figures are symbols of these virtues.
More prob, the attributes of the lion,
the ox, and the eagle are thus added to
the human figure, to mark partly the
strength and partly the swiftness of
these ministers of Deity.
The etymology is obscure. If the
word be of Semitic origin, and I may be
permitted to suggest a new derivation,
perhaps we may take the root anz as
having had a meaning like Enri, ºx-
‘to prohibit from a common use,” Conj,
II to consecrate; Ethiop. Ah/49 to
forbid, to prohibit; at least Ethiopic,
dº?"ſºza'ſ] is i. q. := a sanctuary.
adytum, comp. in r. bºr; p. 345. Hence
anº would be a keeper, warder, guard,
sc. of the Deity, to guard against all ap-
proach; a sense according perfectly witb
their office as above represented.—Or
as assumed by Gussett, de Dieu, Röd:
ger, it may be by transpos. any for 52.
and alº as if al-', steed or courser 0,
ºn-
D-->
489
!he sky (Ps. 18, 11) comp. Arab. **
navis vectoria.-Or, as Hyde supposes
(de Relig. vett. Persarum, p. 263), anº
may be i. Q. Binp one near to God, his
minister, one admitted to his presence ;
romp. —” i. q, ºys.-Others, as
Eichhorn (Einleit, ins’A. T. III. p. 80.
ed. 4), think the pºinz to be the same
with the youts; griffins of the Persians,
the guardians of the golden mountains,
comp. Gen. l. c. In this case the root
must be sought in the Pers. cº to
grasp, to seize, to hold.—See further
Thesaur. p. 710; also the article of RÚ-
diger in Ersch and Gruber's Encyclop.
XVI. art. Cherub.
2. Cherub, pr. m. m. Ezra 2, 59. Neh.
7, 61.
Tin: Chald. m. emphat. Rinz, a her-
old, Dan. 3, 4, Syr, fièrs. R. tºº.
Sk Tº Chald. to cry out, to make pro-
clamation, in the manner of a herald.
ApH. Dan. 5, 29.—Syr. lf- Pe. et Aph.
id. This root is widely diffused in the
In lo-European languages, e. g. Sanscr.
krus to cry out, Zend. khrasio crying out,
a herald, Pers. : Yeº j Jºyº
to cry out, Gr. ºngwood, also gigo, ſº-
go), Germ. kreischem, kreissen, Engl. to
cry. Comp. Rºp. Among the Christian
Arabs »º is to preach, for angüggely.
*T22 K. 11, 4, 19, see in hiº.
nº (a cutting, separation, r. nº)
Cherith, pr. n. of a torrent near the Jor-
am, 1 K. 17, 3. 5. [Perh, the modern
Wady el-Kelt, J&Ji, near Jericho;
ce Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288.—R.
nºn-ni and nºn: ſ (r. nºz) pr. a
ºutting in two of wedlock, separation,
wivorce. Frºz -ep bill of divorce
Deut. 24, 1.3, Is. 50, 1. Plur. c. suff.
ºrrºs "Be Jer 3, 8.
* Tº obsol root, Syr. st- to sur-
round ; also Syr. and Chald. to wrap
around. It would seem to be a second-
ary root from nº?, nanº to surround
whence ºf circuit, circle), one letter
being dropped. Comp Hujhº chain, for
*Yºnuſ, bar from ºr q. v.
Deriv. Tºn=r, mantle; comp. Jºnz.
sk =zº obsol. quadrill, Zal). tº sur jº
round, compounded from Tºº to sur
round, and 5-2 to roll up or together
Hence
5272 m. c. suff. inzh2 Ex. 27, 5. 38
4, a margin, border, surrounding the
middle of the altar over the brazen grate
or lattice, perhaps in order to receive
what fell ſtom the altar. -
DP72 m. crocus, saffron, both the com-
mon plant, and also crocus Indicus of In-
dian saffron; Cant. 4, 14. Sept. x9ózog.
Chald. Ezº, sº crocus, tº to
be dyed a crocus or saffron colour. Syr.
9 2. 2
iša-jas, Arab. ºßid.
tº Is. 10, 9. Jer. 46, 2. 2 Chr.
35, 20, Carchemish, pr. m. of a city on
the Euphrates, doubtless the same with
the Greek Kugkfiguov, Lat. Cercusium.
Arab. ºrs. The city is large and
strong, and is said to be situated on an
island formed by the Chaboras at its in-
flux from the east into the Euphrates.
—The Heb. name is compounded from
Tº, sº, Syr. Pers , fortress, and the
proper name wing: i. q. Biox pr. n. of an
idol, pr. ‘fortress of Chemosh.’
b272 Carcas, pr. n. of a eunuch of
Xerxes, Esth. 1, 10. Comp. Sanscr.
karkaga severe; Benfey p. 199.
nºn-n} f plur. (r. ºnx) dromedaries,
swift camels, Is. 66, 20. Comp. Hòot. 3.
103 wiyêg opt zºumkot itſtow oix judoves
㺠toyürmtſ sigu. So called from theil
bounding or heaving motion, from Pi'.
ºnx to dance ; their speed being a so
sometimes accelerated by musical in-
struments, according to Sadi Gulist. p.
190. See Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 90.
On the speed of the dromedary see
Burckhardt's Notes on the Bedouins
II. p. 76 sq.
* Bº obsol. root, Arab. rº to be no-
ble, of a generous nature, *}Y noble,
generous, spoken both of persons and of
e S. 2 s of *
things, as U}} good and fertile
soil, etc. Hence
EnE m. (ſem. Is. 27, 2, 3,) c. suff
*2-2; Plur. Sº, constr. "???.
E-->
2--
4.90
1. a field or park of the nobler plants
and trees, cultivated in the manner of a
garden or orchard. So nºt tº olive-
yard Judg. 15, 5; tº Tº the way to
gardens and orchards, i.e. leading to a
cultivated and inhabited land, opp. to
the desert, Job 24, 18.
2. Spec. a vineyard, Ex. 22, 4. Deut.
20, 6. 28, 30. al. saep. Fully nºr tº:
wine-garden Is. 27, 2. In the prophets
a vineyard is a frequent emblem of the
people of Israel, Is. 3, 14. 5, 1 sq. 27, 2
sq. comp. Matt. 20, 1 sq. 21, 28. Luke
20,9. In Cant. 1, 6 the spouse says:
my own vineyard have I not kept, i. e.
her beauty; comp. 8, 12. Chald. Nº.2,
Syr. isers , id.—Hence
E. m. (denom. from tº, as "pa
from hp3) a vine-dresser, Joel 1, 11. Is.
61, 5. Syr. ſº id.
"Yº (vine-dresser) Carmi, pr. n. a)
A son of Reuben, Gen. 46, 9. Ex. 6, 14.
Also as patronym. Carmite Num. 26, 6,
for ºz. b) Josh. 7, 1.
ºn2 m. crimson, a colour prepared
from insects inhabiting a species of oak,
coccusilicis of Linn. Also crimson stuffs,
2 Chr. 2, 6.13. 3, 14. It is a word of the
later Hebrew, for the earlier **ś, nshin;
see espec. in "juj.—The Hebrews adopt-
ed the word from the Persians or Arme-
nians. Among the latter it was called
karmir, from Pers. , Sanscr. krimi
worm ; and Pers. Jus;5.kermiel is ‘the
and Jſ bright
red; Lorsb. Archiv. f. morgenl. Lit. II. p.
305. Comp. Arab. }*}, also es; “rº,
dyed red ; whence Fr. cramoisi, Germ.
farmesin, Engl. crimson. In like man-
ner from vermiculus comes Fr. vermeil,
Engl. vermillion. See Thesaur. p. 714.
ºn 2 m. c. suff, ºr 2 K. 19, 23;
enom. from the noun tºº, with 5 ap-
ended, which perhaps may have a di-
minutive force; see in 5.
1. a garden, orchard, park, i. e. a
place cultivated like a garden and
\lanted with fruit-trees, herbs, corm,
etc. (Kimchi : nºun nº-hp nºbºs tºp?
nsºn,) opp. to the desert, and also to
he forest. Is. 29, 17 Lebanon shall be
red of worms,’ from
turned into a garden, and the gurden
shall become a forest. 32, 15. 16. Jer. 2, 7
I brought you bºr, Yºs-bs into a
land of gardens, that ye should eat the
fruit them eof. Is. 10, 18, 16, 10. Jer. 48
33. 2 Chr 26, 10. 2 K. 19, 23, of Leba.
non, iboº "sº his forest-garden, prob.
the nursery of his cedars in the deep
recesses of Lebanon.
2. Meton. most prob. garden-fruits
the produce of gardens, as earlier and
more valued than those of the fields;
just as with us the finer species of fruits
and herbs are cultivated in gardens
and are superior to those growing in the
fields. Thus bºx by Lev. 2, 14, i. e.
grits or polenta of early grain, and so
by an easy ellipsis in a word so common
simply Bºz Lev. 23, 14.2 K. 4, 42. In
both the passages in Leviticus ºn: 'a
is offered on the altar along with the
first-fruits, with which also it is coupled
in 2 K. l.c. and we may perhaps under-
stand grits or groats, polenta, śāqlto,
made from the new and earliest grain,
| i. e. fresh wheat or barley groats; in
preparing which as an offering to God,
the best and earliest ears were selected
from garden wheat or other grain.—The
Jewish interpretation therefore is notab-
surd, but opens the way to the true sense
viz. Trib' no-h nº-u, a young and tender
ear of grain; not a green ear.
3. Carmel, pr. n. a) A lofty promon-
tory, jutting out into the Mediterranean
on the south-western borders of the tribe
of Asher, beautiful for its forests and
flowers; often with art. 5% hat. Am. 1,2.
9, 3. Jer. 4,26. Cant. 7,6; fully ºn hr.
(the garden-mount) 1 K. 18, 19.20; with-
out art. Is. 33,9. Nah. 1, 4. Josh. 19, 26
Hence Cant, l.c. bqºzº Tºby Tºsh thy
head is like Carmel, i. e. adorned with
locks, as Carmel with groves of trees
See Reland Palaest. p. 327. Bibl. Res,
in Palest. III. p. 190. b) A city about
six miles south-east of Hebron, beyond
Ziph, Josh. 15,55. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 25, 5.40
y
Now Kurmul J% ; see Bibl. Res, in
Palest. II. p. 193, 196 sq. Biblioth. Sacr
1843, p. 60. Comp. Reland Palaes:
p. 695. —Hence gentile n. *%+2 Car
melite, 1 Sam. 30, 5. 2 Sam. 23, 35
ſem. nº Carmelitess, 1 Sam, 27 3
in-
ºn-
491
7); Cheran, pr. m. m. Gen. 36, 26.
Arab. el; i. q. miei cithara, lyre.
Nº Chall. throne, i, q. Heb. Nº,
where see ; Dan. 5, 20. With suff.
mºtº Dan. 7, 9; plur. Tº ibid.
• Epº quadrilit, for bºx, Piel of
tº q v. (see Roº, and letter n,) to
cut down or off, to lay waste, to de-
sour, as the wild-boar a vineyard Ps.
80, 14. Jerome vastavit, Syr. oil-el
comedit eam.
+ y mº to lend, to bow, intrans. spoken
of the knees. Kindr. is 92? q. v. Chald.
id. Samar. V*):3 to lie down. In Ara-
bic only some vestiges of the primary
signification remain, as ‘to drink stoop-
ing,” pr. to stoop down to drink; ‘appe-
ulvit congressum viri,’ pr. to stoop down
to him. By transpos. is ‘to be bent
with age, to bow in prayer,” etc.—Hence
Is. 45,23 Tºrº shar, every knee shall
bow. Job 4, 4. Then of a person, sº
bºz-z-by to bow down upon his knees,
to kneel, Judg. 7, 5.6. 1 K. 8, 54.2 K.
1, 13. Ezra 9, 5–To bend the knee or
to bow down upon the knees, to kneel, is
also spoken: a) Of those who do reve-
lence to a king, or who worship God, 2
Chr. 29, 29; in which sense it is coupled
with Hymnuin Ps. 95,6. With h of pers.
Esth. 3, 2.5. Is. 45, 23; "º Ps. 22, 30.
72,9. b) Of those whose strength fails
and their knees become feeble and sink,
where it is usually followed by Be?. Ps.
20, 9 ºbº Hyº they bow down and fall.
2 K. 9, 24 he sank down in his chariot.
Is. 10, 4. 46, 1.2. 65, 12. Judg. 5, 27.
So of the knees themselves, Job 4, 4
niv-2 bºna bowing i. e. feeble knees.
c) of those about to lie down for rest,
Gen. 49, 9 yan sº he bowed himself
cºnd lay down. Num. 24,9. Or who kneel
down to drink Judg. 7, 5.6, c) Of wo-
men in labour, who were delivered kneel-
ng, as is still the custom in Ethiopia
see Ludolf Hist. AEthiop, I. 15), 1 Sam.
4, 19; so of the hind Job 39, 4–Rarely
spoken of those who bow down with the
whole person, (comp. Arab.) 2 Chr. 7, 3
13-stºps Hyº-" and they bowed them-
seives their faces to the ground. Hesse
ngs by sº comprimere feminam Job
31, 10; comp. incurvare Martial 11, 44
inclinare Juvenal 9. 26. 10. 224.
HIPH. 1. to make bow down, to cast
down, to prostrate, e.g. enemies Ps. 17,
13. 78, 31. 18, 40 and 2 Sam. 22, 40.
2. to bring low, to afflict any one,
Judg. 11, 35.—Hence
Pºº dual fem. (Lev. 11, 21,) the
legs of quadrupeds, both the fore legs
and himú legs, from the knee to the an
kle, so called as being bent under in
kneeling or lying down; Ex. 12,9. Lev.
1, 13, 8, 21. 9, 14. Am. 3, 12; also of
locusts Lev. 11, 21. Chald, and Syr.
9 - ?
Tºz, sº id. Arab. £5.5%
CPTP m. fine white cotton, cotton stuff,
G 2 o 2
Esth. 1, 6.—Arab. U.5% Pers. Jºjº,
Gr. 2497agos, Lat. carbasus, a species
of fine linen, or more prob. cotton, which
the classic writers describe as produced
in Spain and in India and the East.
Sanscr. karpåsa cotton, cotton stuff. See
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 157.
---, in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to go
or move in a circle, comp. Yº no. 5, and
the kindred but softened root Bº, also
bº, bºr. Hence tº pr: a round vessel,
i. q. bā, Hès, from Bº , also -22.
2. to dance, sc. in a circle, comp. Shri
no. 1, (Gr. with a sibilant axwigo),) to
leap, to eacult ; whence ºn? lamb, from
its leaping and springing. Also to run.
as a wheel or carriage; whence ºne no.
2, camel's litter or riding tent, ni-272.
Comp. Lat. curro, currus, carrus, car-
rum, Engl. car.
PILP. nan: to dance around, e. g. the
ark, 2 Sam. 6, 14, 16; in the parall.
passage 1 Chr. 15, 29 is "ºn.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2.
>k tºº to bend, to be curved, i. q. kindr.
bºp. Hence
wn: the belly, Jer. 51, 34; so called
from its curved shape, like Germ. Bauch,
from beugen to bend, and Heb. Tiny from
r. T. Aram. -wra, ters, stºr, i. q
jº. Arab. gºverticle ºf ruminat-
ing animals, *L35. big-bellied woman
º pr. n. see Jºiº.
ºn-
n->
492
Nº.2 Carshena, pr. n. of a prince in
the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1, 14. Bohlen
compares mod. Pers. U.5-3. US belli spo-
liatio, or spoiler. Benfey suggests Zend
keresna, Sanscr. krishna, black.
"nº, 1 pers. Fºz, fut. nº. 1. to
cut, to cut off; not found in the kindred
dialects; comp. Sanscr. krit to spiit.
So to cut off part of a garment 1 Sam.
24, 5.12; a branch of a tree Num. 13, 23.
24; the prepuce Ex. 4, 25; the head
1 Sam. 5, 4, 17, 51; to cut down trees
Deut. 19, 5. 20, 20. Is. 44, 14. Jer. 10, 3.
22, 7.46, 23, whence tºssr, "nº wood-
cutters 2 Chr. 2, 9; to cut or hew down
Idol-images Ex. 34, 13. Judg. 6, 25. 26.
30; tº nº to cut in two parts Jer.
34, 18. Part, pass. nºn: Lev. 22, 24 and
more fully nº nº Deut. 23, 2, pr.
cut off as to the privy member.
2. to cut off persons, to destroy, Jer, 11,
19. See Niph. and Hiph.
3. Spec. nºn: nºz, Gr. 69%to téº-
vely, téuvstv aftovčág, icere foºdus, to
strike a league, to make a covenant, in
allusion to the victims offered in sacrifice
and cut in pieces on occasion of entering
into a covenant; see Gen. 15, 10. Jer.
34, 18. 19. Comp. Bochart Hieroz. T.
I. lib. 2. cap. 35. Danzii Interpres p.
255. Grotius ad Gen. l. c. Comp. also
Gr. oftovëſ) libation, league, whence
spondere.—Constr. c. 53 with any one,
Ex. 24, 8. Deut. 4, 23. 5, 3. 29, 11. 1 K.
8, 9.21; or ns (rºs) Gen. 15, 18. Ex.
24, 27. Deut. 28, 69. Jer, 11, 10. Ps. 105,
3. al. Mostly of the covenant of Jeho-
vah with his people; but transferred also
to other things, as Is. 28, 15 we have
made a covenant with death. Job 40, 28
[23]. Also c. dat. commodi Hos. 2, 20.
—But with b : a) Where the more
powerful party prescribes the terms of
the covenant, 2 K. 11,4; poet. Job 31, 1
**** "nº nºn: I made a covenant with
my eyes, i.e. imposed this law upon them,
comp. 2 Sam. 5, 3. 1 Chr. 11, 3, Espec.
where a victor grants to the vanquished
the benefits of peace and a league, Josh.
9, 6 nºn: ; Arnº Hºº make now a
league with us. v. 7 sq. 1 Sam. 11, 1.2.
WX. 23, 32. 34, 12. 15. Deut. 7, 2. Hence
of Jehovah establishing a covenant with
men, 2 Chr. 21, 7. Is. 55, 3.. 61, 8. Jer.
32,40. b) Where any thing is solent
ly promised to God, Ezra 10, 3 nry.
tº-bº Rºsin; ºrbs: nº-nºie,
ws now make a covenant with our God to
put away all our wives.—Further, nº
** nº is to make a league against
any one Ps, 83, 6–Instead of nºn:
we find once nº covenant Neb. 10,
[9, 38]; and once ºn word, promise
Hagg. 2, 5. But nº can also be onlit.
ted, as 1 Sam. 20, 16. 22, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 18.
Is, 57, 8 Prº Tºrrºr prob. and thou
didst covenant for thyself from them, i. e.
to receive from them the price of thy
whoredom. Vulg. foedus pepigisti cum
eis, i.e. cum quibusdam ear eis.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be cut
down, as a tree Job 14, 7.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be cut off, de-
stroyed, to perish ; spoken of persons,
Gen. 9, 11. Ps. 37,9. Prov. 2, 22. 10, 31,
Dan. 9, 26. al. saepe. Also of things, as
a land (people) perishing with famine,
Gen. 41,36; the name of any one, Ruth
4, 10; a dwelling Zeph. 3,7; hope Prov,
23, 18, 24, 14, comp. T-S Job 8, 13; with
Tº Joel 1, 5. Jer. 7, 28.—Not to be cut off
is said of those of whom there remains
a perpetual succession; as Josh. 9, 23
Tº: Ezº nº Nº there shall not be cut
off from you a servant, i.e. ye shall be
servants for ever. 2 Sam. 3, 29 let there
not be cut off from the house of Joab ome
having an issue or a leper, i.e. let there
never be wanting in the house of Joab
such a person. 1 K. 2, 4, 8, 25. 9, 5. Jer.
33, 17. 18, 35, 19.—Here too belongs the
frequent formula of the Mosaic law :
rºº shrin ºr Hryn: that soul
(person) shall be cut off from his people,
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 7, 20.21; Tºº Lev.
17, 9; Egy, ižs ºn Lev. 17, 4, 18, 29.
20, 18. Num. 15, 30; Psºr Ex. 12, 15.
Num. 19, 13; prºpri Tino Num. 19, 20
*sº nº? Ex. 12, 19; and simpl.
sºrin ºn nrº Lev. 17, 14, 20, 17,
where this phrase denotes the punish-
ment of death in general, without defin-
ing the manner, see Ex. 31, 14. 35, 2.
Num. 15, 32–36; comp. Tob. 6, 12. Heh
*', 28. It is never the punishment of
3xile, as is supposed by J. D. Michaelis
Mos. Recht W. § 237.
3. to be cut off from one’s city, i. e. (a
be carried into exile, Zech. 14, 2.
nºn-
-º-,
493
4 to be consumed, devoured, as food,
Nurn. 1 , 33.
5. to be cut asunder, divvied, as the
waters of the Jordan, Josh. 3, 13. 4, 7.
PUAL nº Judg. 6, 28 and nºz Ez.
16, 4; to be cut off, as the navel-string,
Ez. l. c. to be cut down, as a statue,
Judg l. c.
HipH. nºn-ri, 1 pers. "Fºr 1. i. q.
Kal no. 2, to cut off, to destroy; e.g.
single persons from a people irºs alſº
(comp. In Niph. no. 2) Lev. 17, 10. 20,
3, 6, Psyº Is. 9, 13; also whole races
and nations Josh. 23, 4, 1 K. 11, 16. 14,
14. Is. 10, 7. Ez. 25, 16. al. Here be-
long the phrases: nºpil Trujº ºrnan
1 K, 14, 10.21,21; Tº ſº, sº buy ºn
Is, 14, 22, comp. Jer. 44, 7.47, 4; nº 'r
Ps. 34, 17. 109, 15. Soo too of beasts
Ex. 8, 5. Lev. 26, 22. Mic. 5, 9; and of
things Zech. 10, 10, as idols Lev. 26, 30.
Mic. 5, 12; cities Zech. 9, 10. al. Some-
times from a place Am. 1, 5.8. See in
Niph. no. 2.
2. to cut off, to withdraw, Sc. favour,
kindness, jrom any one, c. tº 1 Sam.
20, 15.
Hoph. nºr to be cut off, to perish,
c. Tº Joel 1, 9.
Deriv. nºnz, nanº, and the two fol-
!owing.
Finº f plur, hewed beams, 1 K. 6,
36. 7, 12. R. nº.
"º m. (r. nº.3) 1. an eacecutioner,
see the root in 1 Sam. 5, 4, 17, 51; only
n the formula "rººn, ºr ºn 2 Sam. 8,
18. 15, 18. 20, 7.23. 1 K. 1, 38.44. 1 Chr.
18, 16, coll, the eacecutioners and the run-
ners or couriers, names applied to David's
body-guard (Jouxtogºwºss Jos. Ant. 7.
5.4), whose duty it was both to execute
vunishment and to convey the king's
Wommands as speedily as possible to his
Ufficers; comp. 53, nºt, nºs. See
1 K. 2, 25. 34. 36, comp. Dan. 2, 14. In
2 Sam. 20, 7 they are sent forth on an
urgent occasion without the king.—
Some understand here Cherethites i. e.
Philistines ; but it can hardly be sup-
posed that David would choose his own
ife-guard from a people at all times so
.ostile and odious tº the Hebrews.
2. Cherethite, a gentile name i. Q. Phi-
istine, 1 Sam. 30, 14; plur. Bºrº Chere.
thites, Philistines, Ez. 25, 16. Zeph, 2,8.
Sept. and Syr. render it Cretans, ſrom
which and the passages Am.9,7. Jer. 47
4. Deut. 2, 33, the conjecture would be
strong that the Philistines sprang from
Crete, were it certain that nº Caph.
tor signifies the island Crete; see "nº
Plº m. plur. Enaº, by transpos. of
letters i. q. D32 q. v. a lamb, from the
first to the third year, Lev. 3, 7.4, 35.
7, 23. Gen. 30, 32. 33.35. al.
Platº f by tranpos. for nigh: q v, a
lamb Lev. 5, 6.
>k Twº obsol. root, of doubtful signif.
3 – ~
Arab. J.3.5 to cut in, Q-35gain. Hence
Tº Chesed, pr. n. of a son of Nahor,
the brother of Abraham, Gen. 22, 22.
He is perhaps mentioned in order to de-
rive from him the origin of the Chal-
*2 only in plur. Bºuz the Chal.
deans, gentile n. Once Pºitº Ez. 23,
14 Cheth.
1. Pr. as the inhabitants of Chaldea or
Babylonia; Ez.2323 Bººz-b=1933-33,
where 533 refers only to the city. Oſten
also called 53: "auş", 2 K. 25, 4 sq. Is.
43, 14. 48, 14. Jer. 21 9. 32, 4, 24, 25.
28. 29. Ez. 23, 14. Hab. 1, 6–11; poet.
tº na Is. 47, 1. Their country is
called tº yºs the land of the Chal-
dees, Chaldea, often parall. with 533,
Jer, 25, 12. 50, 1.8.10. Ez. 12, 13. Is. 23,
13; and ellipt. Rºux f. (as Lat. Bruttii,
Samnites, for their district,) Is. 48, 20.
Jer. 50, 10. 51,24,35; with n loc. Hººtºz
wnto Chaldea Ez. 16, 29. 23, 16. In a
wider sense the name Chalata compre-
hended also Mesopotamia, which was
inhabited more or less by Chaldeans,
Ez. 1, 3, 11, 24; hence Dºux has Gen.
11, 28 Ur of the Chaldees, a city of upper
Mesopotamia. The Chaldeans in their
irruptions into Palestine are said to come
from the north, (not from the east,)
through Syria by way of Hamath and
Riblah, Jer. 1, 14. 4, 6, 6, 1 39, 5. 52, 9.
Ez. 26, 7; but this can be matter of
difficulty to no one, since they would
naturally march around the Arabian
desert, -Lº'ſ & Cº., nor indeed was
there any other way. — Besides the
42
Tºº
pºjº
494
Chaldeans inhabiting Babylonia, Greek
writers mention a people of this name
as dwelling among the Carduchian
mountains bordering on Armenia; Xen.
Cyr. 3. 1. 24. ib. c. 2. Anab. 4.3. 4. ib.
5. 5. 9. ib. 7, 8, 14; and also Chaldeans
adjacent to Colchis and Pontus, Strabo
12. 3, 19. Nor is the opinion improbable,
as held by many, that the primitive seat
of this people was in that mountainous
region (now occupied by the Kurds);
and that under the Assyrian sway a por-
tion of them migrated into Mesopotamia
and Babylonia, of which they afterwards
became the masters; see Is. 23, 13 and
the commentators, Vitringa ad Jes. I. p.
412 sq. Gesen. art. Chaldūer in Ersch
and Gruber's Encyclop. Others main-
tain the Semitic origin of the Chaldeans,
as implied in Gen. 22, 22; so Adelung
Mithridat. I. p. 31.4 sq. J. Olshausen
Emend. z. A. T. p. 41 sq. Comp. Comm.
on Is. II. p. 748.-Iſ the former opinion
be adopted, the forms º and Xwl-
ôdios may be easily reconciled. The
primary form was not improbably "º,
5
still preserved in the name CYS Kurd
(plur. e;1); and from this the He-
brews made ºz (putting u) for h),
and the Greeks Xolòoſiog, Gol. ad Al-
farag. p. 17. Rödiger in Zeitschr, für
die Kunde des Morgenl. III. p. 8. Las-
sen ib. VI. p. 49, 50–Syriºsº.
2. Meton. Chaldeans, for astrologers,
magicians, this nation being particularly
devoted to astrology, Dan. 2, 2.4. So
also in profane writers, Strabo 16.1. 6.
Arrian. Exp. Alex. 7. 16. Ammian. 23.
6. Juv. Sat. 6. 553. Comp. Comment.
on Is. II. p. 349 sq.
*Tºº Chald. m. emph. HSº, plur.
!"sº emph. Rºº?.
1. a Chaldean, Dan. 3, 8.
2. an astrologer, magician, Dan. 2, 5.
o. 4, 4, 5, 7, 11. See Heb. no. 2.
2k Tº prob. i. q. nº to cover; spec.
to be covered with fat, to grow fat, comp.
Job 15, 27 inhra º Hez. Once Deut.
32, 15 of Israel, as likened to a bullock:
º rºy rººt; thou art waren fat,
thou art grown thick, thou art covered
with ſatness.-We may compare Arab.
&#5 to be stuffed with food, Camous
p. 31; though here is a iotsgow tº 6tsgow
*2 m. an are, as a ſelling instru.
ment, Ps. 74, 6. See r. bºx Hiph.--
Chald. id. Jer. 46, 22 Targ.
Sk Stº fut. biº Prov. 4, 16 Cheth
Elsewhere fut. Niph. is used.
1. to be or become weak, feeble, to fail,
Ps. 31, 11 ; see Niph. Sept. often &0&e-
vão, also &övvoſtão, kotugal. Corresp.
is Heb. Sun, Arab. J.5 tº be weak
feeble, sluggish, pr. weak in the loins,
from bºx loin. It is one of a class of
verbs derived from the names of members
of the body and signifying an injury or
weakness of those members; e. g. Jºš
to be weak in the ankles, to waddle,
- • 2 * 2
from bone ankle; & and & to have
the liver affected, from & liver. Kin-
dred is box. *
2. to faint, to falter, to totter, as being
ready to fall ; e.g. the knees Ps. 109, 24.
Is. 35, 3. Oftener of persons who faint
and falter from weakness, e.g. as arising
from weariness and exhaustion, Is. 5, 27.
40, 30. Ps. 105, 37. Lam. 5, 13 tº:
hbºº Yº the youth faltered under the
wood sc. which they had to carry; or as
arising from wounds, followed by BE.2,
Jer. 46, 16. 50, 32. Is. 31, 3. Ps. 27, 2.
-ins bºx to falter backwards Is. 28, 13.
Trop. of one who falters in mind, is dis-
heartened, buffix Job 4, 4; of a city or
state tottering and falling Is. 3, 8. Hos.
14, 2.-Hence also
3. to stumble, as accompanying a faint
and faltering gait. Is. 59, 10 we stumble
(ºujº) at noonday as in the night. v. 14
With 3 of that upon or against which
one stumbles, Is. 8, 15. Lev. 26, 37. Jer.
6, 21. 46, 12.
NIPH. 1. i. Q. Kal no. 1, to be weak,
Part, bujº weak 1 Sam. 2, 4, Zech. 12, 8
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to faint, to falter.
Dan. 11, 19, with BE3. Also to falter sc
as to fall, Dan. 11, 14. Prov. 24, 16. 17
Ps. 9, 4, with Tes. Ez. 33, 12 where i
is nearly i. q. Taş. Of a state Hos. 5, 5
3. i. g. Kal so. 3, to stumble, Prov. 4
12. Is. 63, 13. Jer. 20, 11. Hos. 14, 1ſ
Nah. 2, 3; c. 2 Nah. 3, 2. Prov. 4, 19.
bujº
-in-
495
PIEL to make falter Ez. 36, 14 Cheth.
put the Keri is to be preferred, ºr
how shalt bereave, comp. v. 13. So too
in v. 15; see de Rossi Schol. crit. ad h. l.
HIPH. 1. to cause to fail, Lam. 1, 14.
2. to cause to fall, to fell, (comp. bºx),
to destroy, 2 Chr. 25, 8. 28, 23. Ps. 64. 9.
Metaph, to seduce into sin, Jer. 18, 15.
Mal. 2, 8.
HoPH. to be made to stumble and fall,
to be overthrown, Jer. 18, 23.
Deriv. Bººz, biº-2, Hºuſ;2, and
Tibºº m. a fall, ruin, Prov. 16, 18.
* Fºº in Kal not used. Syr. Ethpa.
-a, -2ſ to pray, to offer prayers or wor-
ship, e. g. Acts 4, 31. 13, 2, for Gr. 18t-
roveysāv; Phil. 1, 4 for Gr. Öénow tousiv.
Like many other Syriac words pertain-
ing to religious rites (as Bya, Bºnº,
"29, Pop, q.v.) this word also in the
Heb. language is limited to idol-worship;
whence
PIEL Fºx to practise magic, pr. to use
magic formulas, incantations, to mut-
ter, 2 Chr. 33, 6. Part. Fuja', a magi-
cian, sorcerer, Ex. 7, 11. Deut. 18, 10.
Dan. 2, 2. Mal. 3, 5. Fem. Hºº Ex.
22, 17. Sept. poguozós, poguoxeted 3al,
Vulg. maleficus, maleficis artibus inser-
vire.
Deriv. pr. m. mºs, and the two fol-
owing.
Flº only in plur. D'Eujº incantations,
sorceries, 2 K. 9, 22. Mic. 5, 11. Nah. 3,
4. Is. 47, 12. R. Fujz.
Fºr a magician, sorcerer, Jer. 27, 9.
R. Fu:2.
>k nº fut. muja" 1. to be right, like
Whe kindred roots nuis, hº. Constr. c.
**E*, Esth. 8, 5 Tººn *Eh nºn nº
and if the thing be right before the king,
i. e. if it be approved by, if it please, the
ong. Thald. id.
2. to prosper, to succeed ; and hence
! seed, to sprout, Ecc. 11, 6. Syr. id.
HipH. to make prosper, Ecc. 10, 10.
Deriv. Hivjºz, Hyujiz, and
finº m. Syr. ſº 1. success, pros-
verity, Ecc. 2, 21. 4, 4. See Tºjº.
2. profit, advantage, Ecc, 5 10.
sts an? fut. anº", "arº", o write,
Arab. Chald. Syr. Samar. 1d. Ethiop.
%it'ſ] letter, book. The primary des
is to cut in, to grave, comp. Hºrſ, Egrī;
since the earliest writing was probably
graven on stones.
1. Genr. to write. Ezra 4, 7 ºn:
nºš written with Aramaºan letters,
Construed: a) With an acc. of that
which is written ; as words, discourse,
Num. 5, 23. Deut. 10, 2. 17, 18. 31, 24.
Jer, 45, 1. Also "gº Finº to write a
book or record Ex. 32, 32; a fetter 2
Sam. 11, 14; a book or writing of accu-
sation Job 31, 35, which in Ezra 4, 6 is
by rººt arº. Further, Hēx, '-' to write
a roll, volume, Jer. 36, 27; though this
may also be referred to lett. b. b) The
material or book upon or in which one
writes, is often put after by, as by a
rānān Ex. 34,1; -ºp by 's Josh. 10, 13.
1 Chr. 29, 29 now the acts of David the
king.... bshou; ºn by Bºrz tºn lo,
they are written in the book entitled the
Acts of Samuel. 2 Chr. 9, 29. Deut. 6, 9.
Josh. 8, 32. Is. 8, 1 ; trop. 5% by Enz to
write upon the heart Jer. 31, 33. Also
after BS Jer. 36, 2. Ez. 2, 10; † Josh.
23, 6. Neh. 7, 5. 8, 14. 13, 1. So too
with an accus. to inscribe, q. d. to BE-
write any thing, to cover with writing ;
as part, pass. Ez. 2, 10 B-25 riºr: sºn,
"ins, and it was written on before and
behind. Ex. 32, 15 ºz. Bºrº rink
Erºnix tables written upon both sides.
31, 18. Deut. 9, 10. Here belongs Is.
44, 5 Hinº it; snº, he inscribes his
hand : I am Jehovah's, i. e. he writes
this upon his hand, (Sept. §tlygëpst weig,
witoi' toiſ & soi, siui,) in allusion to the
ancient custom by which tervants bore
the names of their masters, soldiers
those of their generals, idolaters those
of their idols, cut or burnt in upon the
forehead, hand, wrist ; see Rev. 13, 16.
Spencer de Legib. Heb. ritual. § 135. 1,
note 3. Others: he writes with his hand,
etc. c) The instrument, stylus, is put
with # Is. 8, 1. Ex. 31, 18. For Is..44,
5, see in lett. b. d) He to or for whom
one writes is put with hy, bs, h; as ‘a
bs ºt to write a letter to any one 2
Sam. 11, 14.2 K. 10, 6; by nºt ‘- id.
2 Chr. 30, 1. Ezra 4, 7; but net ‘-
% nºn-nz to write a bill of divorce for a
wife Deut. 24, 1, 3. So to write any
-lin-
*n-
496
thing for oneself, i. e. to write down, to
note any thing, is put with 3 of pers.
Jer. 30, 2 Deut. 31, 19; by Judg. 8, 14
he wrote down for him the princes of
Succoth. e.) To write of or concerning
any one is by an: Jer. 51, 60 fin, oranz
bº Ps. 40, 8; so Sept. and others, but
see in no. 6 below. Also for any one, in
his behalf or for his benefit, by an:
Esth. 8, 8.-Spec.
2. to write, i. e. to write down, to com-
mit to writing, Num. 33, 2. Judg. 8, 14;
e.g. acts, deeds, 1 K. 11, 41 and the
rest of the acts of Solomon ... lo, they are
written in the book of the Acts of Solo-
???O72.
3. to write up, to inscribe in a regis-
ter, e. g. men, inhabitants, soldiers; Ps.
87, 6 Jehovah counteth, when he writeth
up the people, when he enrols them. Is.
4, 3 nºrth annerſ-by every one who is
inscribed unto life, i. e. in the book of
life, the register of those predestined to
live. Jer, 22, 30; comp. Is. 10, 19. Part.
pass. Bºn: the inscribed, enrolled,
Num. 11, 26.
4. to write about, to describe, e. g. a
and Josh. 18, 4.6, 8.
5. to write or record a sentence, edict,
i. q, to decree, Is. 65, 6; with by against
3 : –
Job 13, 26. Arab. JºU: i, q. ºx- ju-
dicial sentence, Kor. 4, 104.
6. to write or record a law, i. q. to
prescribe; with by, 2 K. 22, 13 bº
hiº Shnºr, according to all that is pre-
scribed unto us. Ps. 40, 8 lo, I come with
the volume of the book ºx ahrz prescrib-
ed winto me ; where Sept. and others:
iv xsqolićt 613%lov yśygon roºt tag? §uoi
in the volume of the book it is written of
me, see above in no. 1. e. Also with BS
Esth. 9, 23; # 2 K. 17, 37. Prov. 22, 20.
7. to subscribe, "Epi, 's Jer. 32, 12.
Niph. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be
written Esth. 3, 12. 8, 5.8, 9. al. With
* of the book in which, etc. Esth. 1, 19.
2, 23.9, 32; trop. Yºs: -º-; to be writ-
!en in the dust, i. e. given over to obli-
vion, Jer. 17, 13. With by id. Ps. 139,
:6; B for any one Ps. 102, 19.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be written
down, committed to writing, Job 19, 23.
3. Pass. of Kal no. 3, to be inscribed,
enrolled, Ps. 69, 29
PIEL to write a sentence, edict, ts
decree, i. q. Kal no. 5, Is. 10, 1.
Deriv. arº, rah?, sººn.
an: Chald, fut, arº, to write, Dan
5, 5; with acc. as a letter Ezra 4, 8
with h of pers. to whom Dan. 6, 26; :
of the book in which Ezra 5, 7, 6, 2.
Also to write down, to commit to writ-
ing, Dan. 7, 1.
aſſ; m. (Kamets impure) a word of
the later Hebrew for the earlier ºngo,
R. an?. º
1. writing, a writing, 1 Chr. 28, 19.
2 Chr. 2, 10 arº pººr -2N-1 and Hu-
ram said in writing, by letter. So of
the kind of writing, the form of the let-
ters, Ezra 4, 7. Esth. 1, 22. 3, 12. 8, 9.
2. a prescript, precept, sc. as written,
2 Chr. 35, 4.
3. a document, book ; e. g. an edict,
decree, Esth. 3, 14, 8,8. 13; fully nºr (2
Esth. 4, 8; a register of names Ez. 13,
9. Ezra 2, 62. Neh. 7, 64; a book, arº
nº the book of truth, in which God's
decrees are written, Dan. 10, 21.—Syr.
tai-, Arab. Jú, Ethiop. %);f-ſ) a
book.
Pº Chald. m. 1. writing, a writing,
something written, e. g. an inscription
Dam. 5, 8, 15. 16. 24. 25.
2. a prescript, precept, Ezra 6, 18. 7,
22 ar); sº * without prescription, at will,
3. a document, edict, Dan. 6, 9, 10, 11.
nań; f. a writing, mark, Lev. 19, 28.
R. anz. -
Enrº and Dºn: Jer. 2, 10. Ez. 27,
6. Is. 23, 12 Cheth. a gentile n. plur.
Hittim, Chittim, Lat. Chittaei, viz.
1. Citienses, Cyprians, i.e. inhabitants
of the ancient Citium, Kltuov, Kirtuov,
Khuoy, now Chieti or Chitti, a city of
Cyprus founded by the Phenicians; as is
shown by the thirty-three antique mar-
bles with inscriptions in the Phenician
character dug out of the ruins by R.
Pococke, and first published by him,
and also published and explained in the
author's Monumm. Phoenic. p. 124–153
The sing. *nz does not occur in the O, T
but is ſound in a bilingual inscription a
Athens; where the pr. n.oſa man of Cit
um buried at Athens is written in Green
*n-
2n-
$97
Novuñvios Kutusis, and in Pł.eric. letters
ºn- us... p-n ja, i.e. ºr ujºs... ºn-13
Ben-Hodesh (son of the new moon). . . .
a man of Citium, ; see Boeckh Corp.
Inscr. Graec. I. p. 523.−Among the He-
brews the name Dºn: Chittim seems to
have comprised all the Cyprians, Gen.
10, 4. Is. 23, 12; Bºrº Yºs i. e. Cyprus
ls. 23, 1; "> *N the coasts of Cyprus Ez.
27, 6. Comp. Epiphan. in note below.
So in Gr. ICuttgiou, Menand. ap. Jos. Ant.
9, 14. 2.-Studer conjectures that "rº
is for nºr Hittite, and that Citium was
a colony of this Canaanitish people;
B. der Richter p. 44. This is supported
also by Inscr. Citiens. no. 33; see in
Monumm. Phoenic. p. 152, 153.
2. In a wider acceptation this name
comprehended the islands and coasts of
the Mediterranean sea, especially the
northern parts, and therefore stands for
the islands and coasts of Greece and even
Italy, (in the same manner as Dºs,
which also has a wider sense,) Num. 24,
24. Jer. 2, 10. Dan. 11, 30 Dºrr tº:
ships of Chittim, i.e. Roman ships, Sept.
'Poudiou, comp. Polyb. 29.11. App. Syr.
66. In the like sense also Perseus is
called Kittušov 300 listſ; 1 Macc. 8, 5,
and Alexander the Great is said to have
come éx tūg yńs Xettusiu ib. 1, 1.
NotE. The truth in regard to this
twofold signification is thus expressed
by Josephus, Ant. 1.6.1, Xéðuog 38 Xe-
9tuſ, thy vigov šozsv Kürgos witn viv
zoºsitat. xxi &It würijs vigoi te ſtûowl woº
t& theid tây tog& 9&Awqooy Xs&iu into
'E690.lov čvoutºstol. 169tvg 63 uov toi,
Żóyov ult, 16v čv Küngº toléov iozügwoo,
thy tgoomyoglºv pulºšot. Kirtos yūg
into tôy Šsłłmnogvray withy zoºksitat.
Also by Epiphanius, bishop of Cyprus, a
native of Palestine and acquainted with
Hebrew learning, e. g. adv. Haer. 30.
ł5, ſtovt. 68 jijków Śott, Ött Kirtov
Kvirglow vigos x&isitol ICitiou yog Kū-
Irguo, woº Póðuot. Hence it appears that
some included Rhodes as well as Cyprus
under this name. The Syro-Arabic
lexicographers mostly understand Greece,
so Bar-Bahlul ; Jerome and may of the
[Heb. intpp. Italy, and so Bochart Pha-
eg p. 157. Vitringa ad Jes. 23 ... But
the name deubtless included orth coun-
•ries. See Tvesaur. p. 726.
nº m. (r. nny) beaten ; hence
nºr? Yºu; beaten oil, Ex. 27, 20. 29, 40
Lev. 24, 2. Num. 28, 5. 1 K. 5, 25; i. e.
according to the Heb. intpp. such as
flowed from the olives when merely
pounded in a mortar and not put into a
press; hence, the purest and finest oil.
Celsii Hierob. II. p. 349 sq.
Sk Snæ obsol. root, Arab. Jºin unum
3 ºr o 2
coègit, also to enclose; & a com-
Hence -
brº m. a wall, c. suff, ºn: Cant. 2,9.
ºn: Chald, id. Dan. 5,5; plur, sºrº
Ezra 5,8. Comp. has plur. Nºnº.
pact mass, etc.
tºn: (prob. for tºns brº a man’s
wall) Kithlish, pr. n. of a town in the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 40.
>k En? in Kal not used; the various
significations may be thus brought to-
gether:
1. i. q. Enz, Hºrſ, Esri, to cut stones,
perh, to cut out or dig ore; hence prº
gold.
2. to cut in letters, to grave, to write,
see Niph. and prº –Kindr. is Syr.
>;- to make scars, to mark; also to
spot, to soil.
NIPH. to be written. Jer. 2, 22 for
though thou wash thee with nitre, and
take thee much soap, yet thine iniquity
is written before me; Kimchi buyin: -
But Sept. x8xmličogou, Vulg. maculata
eris, after the Syriac usage.
Deriv. trº, Brºº.
tº m. (r. Enz) a poetic word, gold,
Prov. 25, 12. Job 31, 24; nºis (2 gold
of Ophir Is. 13, 12. Job 28, 16. Ps. 45
10; tºs º id. Dan. 10, 5; also Lam. 4,
1. Job 28, 19. Cant. 5, 11.
* Tº obsol, root, Eth. Th.B3 to cover,
to hide, T'ſ).R3 to clothe oneself. A.R.?
tunic. Hence
ring f only absol. Gen. 37, 31. Ex.
29, 5. Lev. 8, 7; also nin; mostly as
constr. rarely absol. Ex. 28, 39, c. suff
"rºr: Gen. 37, 23; comp. Gr. zitºv,
Engl. coat ; pr: a tunic, i. e. the inner
garment next the skin Lev, 16,4; worn
also by females Cant. 5, 3, 2 Sam. 13
42*
sin:
nn-
498
.8; and espec. by the priests and Le
wites Ex. 28, 4. 29, 5. Neh. 7, 70.72;
commonly with sleeves, and reaching to
the knees, rarely to the ankles; see bºº.
Plur. nilº Ex. 28, 40. 29, 8.40, 14, also
nirº Ex. 39,27; constr. ni.rº Gen. 3,21;
c. suff. Prixtº Lev. 10, 5–The etymo-
logy is doubtful; Chald. Ini, Tº, Try”,
Ç e gº * *
syrºs, Arab Šuš, 5:5, 33 is
S 9 × 9 2 3
flaar, limen ; comp. Cy-las, Ujla 3, col-
tom, cotton cloth ; and the garment might
be so named from the material; see
Jos. Ant. 3. 7. 2. To the same effect
Bohlen compares Sanscr. katam some-
thing woven, linen. But it is easier to
derive nºnz from the idea of covering,
clothing; see r. Inż.
* Finž f constr. Frº; dual c. suff.
*Enz Ex. 28, 22; plur, niºn?, constr.
niºn?.
1. the shoulder, strictly so called, diſ-
ſerent from tºuš, where see. Chald.
Frº, Syr. ºenº, Arab. -áš. &. id.
whence is derived the denom. verb
Cáx5 to wound in the shoulder, etc.—
Burdens are said to be borne upon the
shoulder, ºn? by Is. 46, 7. Ez. 12, 6,
ºnza Num. 7, 9; also infants Is. 49, 22;
so of animals, Is. 30, 6. Hence metaph.
Neh. 9, 29 nºnio Friz ºriº and showed
a rebellious shoulder, refused to bear the
appointed burden, i. e. they refused to
obey, comp. Zech. 7, 11. "Erz "a be-
tween his shoulders, i.e. upon his back,
| Sam. 17, 6.
2. Trop. of things, the border, side,
e.g. of a building 1 K. 6,8. 7, 39; of the
sea Num. 34, 11; of a city or country
Josh. 15, 8. 10. 11. 18, 12 sq. Hence
poet. Deut. 33, 12 (Benjamin) shall dwell
between his shoulders sc. Jehovah's, i. e.
between the sacred mountains, Zion and
Moriah. Is. 11, 14 (the enemies) fly upon
the shoulder of the Philistines, i.e. rush
upon their borders, the figure being
taken from birds of prey.
PLUR. rien?, constr. nienz 1. ehoul-
der-pieces of the high-priest's ephod,
ties, Ex. 28, 7. 12. 39, 4.7. 18. 20. See
Braun de vest. Sacerd. p. 467.
2. sides of a gate, i.e. spaces on each
side of a gate, Ez. 41, 2, 26.
3. shoulders of an axle, 1 K. 7, 30
also v. 34 rººm?, as i, from the dual.
>k -n? in Kal not used, pr. to sur
round. Kindr. are hºs, nº, ni: ; ºr
-ºri, -73.
PIEL 1. to surround, in a hostile sense.
c. acc. Judg. 20, 43. Ps. 22, 13.
2. to wait, as in Syriac and Chald.
Job 36, 2; prob. from the idea of going
round and round, comp. Bºri no. 6, and
brº.
HIPH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1; in a hostile
sense, to circumvent, Hab. 1, 4; but alsc
In a good sense, c. : Ps. 142, 8.
2. Intrans. i. q to crown oneself with
anything, to be crowned, see nº. Prov.
14, 18 ns: ºn-rºº Bºzºng the prudent
are crowned with insight.
Deriv. nºrº, and
Tº m. diadem, crown, of the Persian
king Esth. 6,8; of the queen Esth. 1, 11
2, 17. Gr. xitoguc, zió0.919, comp. Quint.
Curt. 3. 3.
nº plur. ninrº, f. capital, chapiter
of a column, made of brass, sometimes
in the form of lilies 1 K. 7, 19; and some-
times with pomegranates or the like,
2 K. 25, 17; so 1 K. 7, 16–20. 2 Chr. 4,
12. R. nrº.
* prº fut. Erna" to pound in a mor-
tar, to bray, to mash, kindr. nna; Prov.
27, 22.-Chald. Unz to pound, also to
smite, to war.
Deriv. Brºº a mortar.
*Tº fut. nº Deut. 9, 21; imper
plur. *ne.
1. to beat, to hammer, to forge, Joel 4,
10. Comp. quatio, percutio; kindr. Tº
º, e.
to beat, Lat. cudo, Arab. Ö3 to pound
in a mortar.
2. to beat in pieces, to break e. g. a
vessel Is. 30, 14; the golden calf Deut.
9, 21. Part pass. nºr: crushed, i. e.
emasculated by crushing or bruising the
testicles, Lev. 22, 24. *
3. to beat down, to rout an enemy, Ps
89, 24.
PIEL nº 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, Mic. 4, 3
Is. 2, 4.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, 2 K. 18, 4, 2 Chr
34, 7
nn-
499 b
3. 1. q. Ka. no. 3, to Smite a land, i. e.
to lay it waste, Zech. 11, 6.
PCAL pass. to be dashed upon any
thing; 2 Chr. 15, 6 they dash themselves
nation upon nation, and city upon city,
spoken of civil discord and war.
HiPh. ſut, ºniº, to smite an enemy,
Lamed, the twelfth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting 30.
The name, Tºº, signifies the same as
Tºp ow-goad, in allusion to the figure
of this letter in the Phenician alphabet.
It is interchanged: 1. With the other
consonants of the class of liquids or semi-
vowels, of which it is the softest; e. g.
a) With 5, as yrth and yrſ; to urge;
nyl: Chald. Th, sº sheath; Hºuſ:
and rººh cell, chamber; in: Syr. $1.1
to give; in all which examples 5 seems
to be the primitive form. Vice versa,
sº
poºltiguov, Chald. Thºbº ; bºx, º
image, etc. where 5 seems to come from
b; comp. Dor. v&ov, 6&tio tos, for #49 ov,
ğältuotos, also the multitude of examples
from the Arabic collected by Ev. Scheid
in Diss. Lugdd. p. 953. b) With n,
mostly so that n as the harder letter
is softened into b, espec. in the later
books and dialects, e. g. Tºujºu, chain,
Chald, and Arab. Hº, &\"\", and
even & Lºw; niºns palaces, with a
softer pronunciation nixºs Is. 13, 22;
Q
ans and ºbs Chald, lo l = YE Js
midst; comp. Asiguov, lilium. Yet else-
where the b sometimes appears to have
gone over into the harder n, e.g. nººs,
$15, 1&osſ widow; bºx.hr, Chald.
Rºnn loins; ninjº Job 38, 32 for nibsº
2 K. 23, 5; pr. n. Hºo Arab. Q =re:
nºrth's Sam. nºn-N divinity; see also
..he paronomasia in u}^5% and u)= Mic.
1 13, c) Rarely with o, as nºt
Arab. *** skull.
2. Sometimes with ", as bis, Chald.
i. q. Kal no. 3; c. acc. Num. 14,45. Deu
1, 44.
Hoph, fut. nº, plur. Fay, to be beaten
in pieces, broken, e.g. of a gate, Is. 24,
12; idol images, Mic. 1, 7; metaph. of
persons, Job 4, 20. Jer. 46, 5.
Deriv. nºnz, nº?, pr n. Bºrº.
#18 and Tys, to go away, to depart, q.v.
comp. the kindr. viii and jºb; irº, brº;
T2), ºn ; pr. n. BSãºs, mod. Jº |
Irbid, see p. 129. Comp. also 'O6vogéºg
Ulysses ; 66-guov, lacryma ; odor and
oleo; joig Lat. levir; medius, Fr. mi-
lieu, etc.
Quadriliterals are occasionally formed
from triliterals by means of 5, viz. a.)
By inserting 5 after the first radical, as
Fºy, nºt to glow. b) By annexing a
at the end, by which form perhaps the
Semitic languages may have designat-
ed diminutives, like the Greek, Latin,
and German; comp. Matth. Gr. Gram.
§ 102. Ramshorn Lat. Gram. p. 236,257.
Grimm's Deutsche Gramm. III. p. 665.
Thus ºn to hop, to gallop, Germ.
huppeln ; Bº garden, boºp ankle,
Germ. Knöchel, knuckle ; bºis calix
of a flower, etc.
; , and before monosyllables and ba'
rytone dissyll. º (as a hº, nº, Lehrg.
p. 628); º see in its order; c. suff, *;
*, nº, in pause and fem. Th; is f. Fº;
* ; bºh f. Hº; Eriº, nºrth Jer. 14, 16,
poet, ink, f irº; Arab. J, Ethiop, A,
Syr. S.; a prefix préposition, abbrevi-
ated from bs, with which it is in a great
measure synonymous; but with this
distinction, that by is more usual in he
proper and physical signification, while
% is more commonly employed in a tro-
pical and metaphysical sense.
A) Pr. as denoting motion, or at least
direction towards any thing, a turning to
or towards any object.
1. to, towards, unto, Gr. sic, espec. af.
ter verbs of going, where it differs from
b b00 b
* in that his is put before the person to
whom one goes, and h before the place;
so by Tºr, and h ºr, see in Tºr, no. 1:
p. 253; Nia c. ºs of pers. Gen. 37, 23.
Judg. 3, 20, c. h of place 1 Sam. 9, 12.
2 Chr. 28, 9; shě c. bs of pers, and h of
place Ruth 1, 8; and so after Thº, -ºp
Job 33, 22, on 1 Sam. 4, 10. Also to be
led to, as natº Is. 53,7; -ºº Job 10, 19;
Ez. 5, 10 to scatter to all the winds, -9%
nºn. Job 12, 22. Mic. 7, 9. Also : Nº
to call to any one, see in Nº. Put also
before particles of place to intimate
direction, like Engl. -ward, -wards, as
ninsh backwards, Hºch upwards, nº.2%
downwards, etc. So in phrases like the
following: Ps. 99, 5 ºn Einh annºun
worship towards his footstool i. e. turning
towards it. Is, 51, 6 Ezº tºº slº
lift up your eyes towards the heavens.—
Trop. of a turning or direction of the
mind to, towards, upon any person or
thing; e.g. : Här, h nip to look to, to
wait for; % scu, ; jºist, to listen to ;
* \tº Firº Ps. 84, 3; 5 ans to lie in
wait for any one. Opp. is 7%, see Gen.
9, 10. , So Tº-h Neh. 3, 15.—Some-
times h differs little from is unto, even
unto; e. g. Hºº unto fullness, satiety,
Ez. 39, 19; Erich even unto their death
Ps. 73, 4; h-iº see in Ta no. 1.
2. into, sic, spoken of a passing into
another state or condition, e.g. to make
or change to or into any thing. Gen. 2,22
Tºsh... shºrt-ns bºrºs ºn tº and the
Lord God made the rib... into a woman.
2 Sam. 5, 3. Job 17, 12. Hence h iEr
o change into; # ºn, 5 Hºy, h Bºb, to
make or place a person or thing into or
for anything; # ºr to be for any thing,
to become any thing, see in Flºr; no. 2.
0, 6. So by hyperb. for ‘to become as
anything, 1 Sam. 25, 37 lish Hºri sºn,
and he became as a stone. With Hºr
impl. Job 13, 12. Lam. 4, 3. Is. 1, 5 -53
*Tº Us" the whole head is for sickness,
is sick; comp. 2 Chr. 21, 18. Job 30, 31.
So tº nº to cut into two parts, Jer.
34, 18; comp. Lev. 8, 20.
3. It serves to mark the dative, like
Engl. to and Fr. d prefixed to nouns,
where the Greek, Latin, and German
employ the dative case.—Thus
a) After verbs of giving, h in, h tº
Ex. 4, 11; of rewarding, retributing,
* Bº, ; 5% ºr ; of bringing, º Nºns
Gen. 27, 31; of forgiving, h Riº; ; of
giving over, leaving, h aſ: Ps. 16, 10
* Fºr Ecc. 2, 18; of consulting, h yx:
etc. So too la is nº she bare to him
a son Gen. 24, 36; ; nºn: nºz to make
(grant) a covenant to any one, see in
nº no. 3. a. Of a person to whom any
thing is said, h has Gen. 27, 31. 34.
Deut. 33, 9; or narrated, ; Tºri, h nee
or promised with an oath Deut. 6, 23.
26, 3.15. But for h hºs to speak of
any one, see below in no. 11.—Very
freq. verbs in Hiph. are followed by b
if they include the idea of giving, Im-
parting, causing to any one, e.g. : nºr.
to save life to any one Gen. 45, 7; nºr.
% to give rest to Ex. 33, 14. Is. 14, 3.
% ripušn 1 K. 19, 20; also Is. 53, 11.
Judg. 7, 2.
b) As marking the person (or thing)
to or for whose use, advantage, profit, a
thing is done or serves, Lat. Dat. com-
modi. Gen. 2, 20 For Adam there was
not found a help, etc. 24, 4 and take a
wife for my son Isaac. 45, 23. 50, 10.
Ex. 26, 7. Neh. 8, 4. Gen. 12, 7 he built
an altar unto Jehovah, in his honour.
Ecc. 1, 3, 6, 11. 12. 8, 15. So too con-
tra, as marking the Dat, incommodi,
Prov. 17, 25 a foolish son is a grief Yºsh
to his father. 19, 13.—A reflexive dative
of this kind is often added after verbs,
and espec. verbs of motion, e.g. of go-
ing, as Tºr, bys, shu: ; of fleeing, as
bºx, nº ; signifying strictly that one
does a thing for his own advantage or
pleasure, for himself; although by de-
grees it passed over into a pleonasm,
which cannot well be expressed in En-
glish. Cant. 2, 17 ºth "Tin Th nº
my beloved, be thou (for thyself) like a
roe. Job 15, 25 i2h -uś, sº tºrº houses
which mone inhabit (for themselves).
Ez. 37, 11. Prov. 13, 13. al. Gen. 12, .
#"Tº go for thyself. See Lehrgeb. p.
736 737. -
c As implying an effect, impression
influence, to or upon a person or thing
Prov. 24, 9 y? Bºsh rºyin the scorner
is an abomination to men. Cant. 1, 3
Job 10, 3 + -itor is it good to thee? sc,
in thine eyes; comp. * =t^* Ps. 69, 32
So sº nºr profane (be it) to me ! (a
be it from me, see in bºr, no 2. Hers
b 501 b
leo belongs Gen. 45, 1 then Joseph was
not able tº ºn 95% pasrºh to re-
frain himself to (before) all them that
stood by him, i.e. could not appear firm
and unmoved to those present.
d) Implying possession, or a dative of
the possessor, Lat. est mihi; as ** Trì,
* u, * *s, see in Hºri, º, lºs. Also
* -uśs what is to any one, what he has;
Gen. 31, 1 *ish nuis-by all that was to
our father, i. e. all that was our father's.
29, 9. 47, 4. See Lehrg. p. 672. "?"nº
# what is there to me and to thee 2
what have I to do with thee? see in nº
A. 1. c. So too # Ribuff, tº Dibuj, peace
(prosperity) be to thee, to you, i.e. be
thine, yours, see bibuš. Further: w)
Of him who comes into the possession
of any thing, to whom it becomes pro-
perty, etc. as "h nºr; it becomes mine,
see in nºr; no.2.7. 3) Of him to whom
any thing belongs as a duty, office, etc.
2 Chr. 26, 18 nºrth Hºts Tº sº it is
not unto thee (not thine), Uzziah, to burn
incense. 20, 17. 35, 3. Ps. 50, 16. Mic. 3,
1. So perh. "T. bsh tº it is permitted
to the power of my hand ; but see in Ps
I. 2. p. 50. y) Of that to which a per-
son or thing pertains; 1 K. 15, 27 and
Baasha, the son of Ahijah, hautº n*::
of the house of Issachar, pertaining to
that tribe.
e) As marking the cause and author
of any thing, like the dative in Greek;
also the instrument. Job 37, 1 nst;
* Thrº for (at) this my heart trem-
bleth. Ps. 18, 45% ºvº is sough at
the hearing of the ear they obey me, be-
cause of the report of my fame. Num.
16, 34, Is. 19, 22 prº hºs; he is entreat-
ed of (by) them, listens to their prayers.
Thus put: 0.) After passive verbs, Ex.
12, 16 tº nº inah Rºn this only may
be done by you. Prov. 14, 20. Neh. 6, 1
bºth you; it was heard by Sanballat.
Gen. 14, 19. Ex. 13, 7. Lev. 21, 11. 1
Sam. 15, 13. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 65, 1. So
Syr. S., Hoffm. Gr. Syr. § 143. 3)
After other verbs having a passive
sense; as % Flºr; to be done by any one,
Is, 19, 15; ; nºr to conceive by any one,
Gen. 38, 18, 25. y) In the inscriptions
of poems, Lamed auctoris so ca,-ed;
cºmp, the J auctoris ºf the Arabs in
the titles of books, see Praef. ad Goli
Lex. So Tºſh ºr psalm of or by Da.
vid Ps. 3, 1. 4, 1. al. 212 tº id. 24.
1; also without the noun, Tºjº of or by
David Ps. 25, 1. 26, 1. 27, 1. al. comp.
Ps. 86, 1. Hab. 3, 1. Is. 38, 9. etc. The
same Dat, auctoris stands alone on Phe-
nician coins; e. g. Ex-x} (exº) of the
Sidonians, i. e. struck by them ; "sº
of Tyre; in the corresponding Greek
2,000udy, Tügov. 3) In many other
examples, where often some passive
verb or the like is to be supplied ; Is. 2,
12 riss-by-by ninth bi- ºr for the day
of Jehovah, etc. i. e. the day of wrath
and judgment held by Jehovah. 22, 5
nin; ºise... nºnº pin ºr for a day
of confusion... sent by the Lord Jeho
vah ; Sept. Togé, Kuglov. 28, 2. Zech.
14, 1. Ps. 3, 9 Hyºri Hinº from (by)
Jehovah is deliverance. Job 33, 6. Jon.
2, 10. Is. 61, 2. 1 K, 10, 1. Jer. 10, 23. Ez.
1, 18 triº Hsº fear was by them, they
were terrible. 2 Sam. 3, 2. 3. 5. Hos. 6,
10–Also of the instrument, as "Eh Hàn
hºrſ to smite with the edge of the sword,
see in nº no. 3; so Tºº Fish to see with
the eye Ez. 12, 12. Ps. 12, 5 nº ºbh
with (by) our tongue will we prevail,
conquer.
f) Often after nouns signifying mas
ter, lord, God, or servant, minister, alsc
friend, enemy, and the like, as marking
those relations to any one ; comp. Gr
&voš &vögsgow Il. 5. 546, also Šroſigos,
qilos, Šzögös twl et twós. So espec.
where the first moun is indefinite, as 13
* A son of Jesse 1 Sam. 16, 18, contra
*H THE son of Jesse. h "ins Gen. 45.
8. 18; h Bºrſºsri Is. 37, 16; h Tºy Gen.
9, 25–27. 40, 12; also Gen. 14, 18. 1 K.
18, 22. 1 Chr. 27, 33. 1 Sam. 14, 34.
# =ns 1 K. 5, 15; h ºn Job 30, 29; sº
* Deut. 4, 42; H =xis Num, 35, 23, etc.
So the Phemicians; see Monumm. Phoºn.
p. 199, 351.
g) Sometimes also Hebrew writers,
especially the later ones, who inclined
to Chaldaism, employ h (the sign of the
dative) incorrectly after active verbs
for the accusative, as in Chaldee, Sy-
riac, and Ethiopic; e. g. h npº Jer. 40
2, # bes Lam. 4, 5, 8 ºr Job 5,2; comp
1 Chr. 16, 37. 25, 1. Ps. 135, 11, etc
Once h is thus put before a whold sen
b 502 b
.ence, which must be regarded as in
..he accus. Is. 8, 1 and write upon it with
a common stylus (these words), nº
tä ºr bºut hasting to the spoil, etc.
comp. v. 3, where h is omitted; see in
nrº Pi. no. 1.
4. Many of the examples above cited
(no. 3. d, and e.7) would properly be trans-
lated in Lat. by the Gemitive, in Engl.
by the Gen. or by of with its case ; and
hence in various other kinds of examples
also, h maybe taken as a sign of the Gen-
itive; comp. the like use of the Greek da-
tive for the genitive by the figure called
Kolopºvtov, e. g. i. zepańh tº &vögoing),
see Bernhardy’s Greek Syntax, p. 88;
also the Gascon idiom, le fils à Mr. A.
s'est marié avec la fille à Mr. B. for de.
Spec. a) Where several genitives are
dependent on one nominative, as "nº
º "Pººh pººr the chronicles, annals,
of the kings of Israel 1 K. 15, 31. rpºr:
tº nºr a part of the field of Boaz
Ruth 2, 3; also Judg. 3, 28. 1 K. 15, 31.
2 K. 5,9. Josh. 14, 1. So too where the
nominative has an adjective, as Tris 73.
#2"rish 1 Sam. 22, 20. In both these
kinds of examples the usual form of the
construct and absolute could not well be
applied. Comp. Lehrg. p. 673. b) Af-
ter numerals, Gen. 7, 11 in the sia, hun-
dredth year rº ºrth of Noah's life. So
b5% jius, the first of all 2 Sam. 19, 21;
Erſh nris one of them. Ez. 1, 6; Trºsa
ujinº on the first day of the month Gen.
8, 18. Ez. 1, 2, c) As marking the genit.
of the possessor, comp. in no. 3, d. Ecc.
5, 11 nº sººn the abundance of the
rich man. Ps. 37, 16 pºsh ºn the
little of the righteous man. Is. 34, 6. Jer.
12, 2. d) Where adverbs with h are
put before nouns, and thus take the force
of prepositions; as * 5":9 prep. also
+ nrirº, i. q. nnn preposit. So ºbs?,
h yºnº, h tºº, etc. Lehig p. 631. 3.
From the primary signification of di-
rection or turning to or towards any
thing, come also the following tropical
BëIn St S :
5. Spoken of time, it denotes: a) The
point of time to or until which something
s done, etc. i. q. Tº . Am. 4, 7 I have
withholden the rain from you when yet
three months ºn-sºº to the harvest. Deut.
16.4 shall not remain all night ºpinº un-
til the morning. Comp. tºsh sig oilſ, a
for ever i. q. this Tº ; also ris: sig wiri
for ever i, q. Ts; is . b) The point of
time for or against which a thing is done
Ex. 34, 2 be ready nphº for to-morrow
Num. 11, 18 sanctify yourselves ºrigh
against to-morrow. Esth. 5, 12. Is. 41
23. Prov. 7, 20. Also of an interval of
time ; 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22] and Solomon's
provision Tris Binh for one day, every
day.—Other significations relating to
time, see below in B. 2.
6. to, even to, until, usque ad; comp.
in no. 1 fin. So pn ºn even to no
neasure, i. e. without measure, Is. 5, 14;
nºnsu; "sh even to no remnant, until
none were left, Ezra 9, 14; also 2 Chr.
20, 25. 1 Chr. 22, 4; comp. 2 Chr. 36,
16. Judg. 16, 16 vered nº even unto
death, comp. Gen. 27, 46. Hence a)
Of a number to which any multitude
amounts, as Greek sis uvglove, ſtgög uv-
glovº. 2 Chr. 5, 12 tº ris?: Bºrº
priests to the number of a hundred and
twenty. But 1 Sam. 29, 2 belongs in
no. 13 below. b) Of degree, amount,
even; Deut. 24, 5 nº. 95% tº -hy: sh
there shall not pass over (be imposed)
wpon him even any thing, not the slight-
est charge ; comp. Tº in the phrase
Tris Ty-Rº. So 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecc. 9,
4 ** "An air sºn ºr -ººh for even a dog
alive is better than a lion dead.
7. Like B.S. A. 6, it implies an adding
superadding to, i. e. in addition to, upon,
besides. Is. 28, 10 p. p is is precept
wpon precept, line upon line. Ecc. 7, 27
nrish nns adding one to another. Ps.
135, 7 he maketh lightnings hº to the
rain, i.e. accompanying the rain in addi-
tion. Jer. 10, 13. Gen. 46, 26 all the souls
that came ap3?? in addition to (besides)
Jacob into Egypt.—In this sense by is
more frequent.
8. It marks a direction of mind to
wards any one, either to, for, or against,
e.g. : Tºor pious towards God Ps. 4, 4;
* Tºri nº see in Ter; no. 1. c.; H =it
good to any one Lam. 3, 25. Contra,
h stºrſ to sin against any one, see in
stºri; is nºr to be angry against, see in
rtyr; ; ; P2 to plot against Ps. 37, 12.
9. Here too it forms a Dat. commoa.
(comp. no. 3, b), for, in behalf of any
one, for his advantage, on his side, ete
5 503 5
3en. 31, 42 * nºr; bºrºs whº unless
God had been for me, on my side. Ps. 56,
10. 118, 6. Is. 6, 8 sº-Tº: "a who will
go for us? Judg. 1, 1. Deut. 30, 12. 13.
So Judg. 7, 20 the sword for Jehovah
and for Gideon 1 comp. v. 18. Job 13, 7
nº ºniºn ºr will ye speak wickedly
for God? i. e. in his behalf, to defend
him. Ps. 69, 22. 'E tº for one's life,
to preserve it, see in UER no. 2. c. Also
* Prº to fight for ; ; a` to contend
for; h hºnºr, to entreat for.
10. Spoken of a cause, reason, motive,
on account of, because of, for, Lat. prop-
ter; comp. Arab. &L.J. S. Lam cau-
sal. So in rº, rigº, wherefore 2 Gr.
sis ti; tıgös rl; Germ. wozu ? Also ſº,
Triº, propterea, therefore. Gen. 4, 23 I
have slain a man "sº for my wound
(because he wounded me), "rºarth tº
yea, a young man for my stripe. Is. 14,
9. 15, 15. 36, 9.60, 9 (comp. 55, 5, where
It is more fully sº). Hos. 10, 10. Lev.
19, 28. Josh. 9, 9. Ezra 3, 13.
11. As marking the object of discourse,
etc. of, for, about, concerning, Lat. de.
Lev. 14, 54 ya;-bzh nºirin nst this is
the law for (concerning) every kind of
plague. Ps. 22, 31 Hinh ";"sh neº, it
shall be recounted concerning the Lord
to the coming generation. So after
verbs of speaking Gen. 20, 13. Ps. 3, 3;
of commanding Ps. 91, 11. Esth. 3, 2; of
singing Is. 5, 1. 27, 2; of inquiring, as
* Dibujº bst:}; comp. Gen. 42,9. Hence
of the subject or argument of an oracle,
as tº concerning Egypt Jer. 46, 2.
48, 1. 49, i. 7. 23. 28. 23, 9. So Arab.
J Kor. Sur. 3, 162. Sur. 4, 64.
12. Of the end or final object; as
ºh for help either as sought or giv-
en, Is. 10, 3.20. 6. 31, 1; pºh, sº,
for nought, in vain. So nº for
nºnya. &
13. Spoken of a norm, rule, etc. ac-
cording to, after, by, Lat. Secundum.
Úen. 1, 11 iShoº after its kind. 8, 19.
10, 5 isè. *s every one according to
his language. Num. 4, 29 after their
ribes and families. 1 Sam. 10, 19.
Chr. 25, 5; pºsh according to right
and justice, i. e. Justly, righteously, Is.
32, 1. 11, 3, 2 Sam. 18,4 and all the peo-
ple came out 5"Ehsº, nisº by hundreds
and by thousands. 1 Sam. 29, 2. Is. 27
12. 1 Chr. 23, 3. Gen. 41,46 Bºxºph by
sheaves.—Hence also the idea of like.
ness, q, d. like, like as, as if, as though
Job 39, 16 [19] inh Nºh r";2 rºupn she
is cruel towards her young, as though
not hers ; Vulg. quasi non sint sui. Hos.
9, 13 Ephraim ... is planted in a pleas-
ant place ns' like Tyre, pr. as though he
were Tyre. "unrº, sº to go out (from
servitude) as free, i. e. free ; written
also without 3 in the same sense, sº
"uºr, see in ºri. So H = ºri to re-
gard as, see in -ºr no. 1.
14. As denoting reference or relation,
as to, in respect to, as for, in ; and thus
subjoined: a) Aſter adjectives, to mark
the nature or quality of an attribute;
e.g. rigºrº Yºsh biº great in (as to \
riches and wisdom, comp. 1 K. 10, 23
tº tºp; older in years Job 32, 4
Fish?” biº Josh. 22, 10. Comp. Lat
‘praestantior ad rationem sollertiamdue,’
Cic. Nat. Deor. 2.62. b) After verbs,
Gen. 17, 20 and Psyºujº as for Ishmael,
I have heard thee. 19, 21. Num. 18, 7.
Ps. 12, 7. Comp. Lat. ‘ad omnia alia
astate sapimus rectius’ Ter. Ad. 5. 3.45.
c) After substantives; 2 Chr. 21, 3 and
their father gave them great gifts Fe3%
arº in (as to) silver and gold. 16, 8.
Also before a subst. put absol. at the
beginning of a clause; as Is. 32, 1 tºniº
intº tºº and as for princes they
shall rule justly. Ps. 16,3-bi... tºuji-ph
5: "sºr, as for the saints... all my de
light is in them. 17, 4. 32, 6.
Note. It is affirmed by some (Ewald
Krit. Gramm. p. 603. Kl. Gramm. § 326),
and denied by others (Winer in Simonis
Lex. p. 509, 510), that % is also prefixed
even to the nominative case ; anol the
following examples are quoted: 1 Chr
3, 2, 7, 1. 24, 20. 22. 2 Chr. 7, 21. Ecſ.
9, 4. Ps. 89, 19. But it would seem that
most of these examples may be referred
to one or another of the acknowledged
senses and constructions of this parti-
cle; (although in particular examples I
would explain it differently from what
Winer has done;) while nevertheless
tne * in such instances stands before
what would otherwise have been the
nominative. Thus Ps. 89, 19 our shield
is of the Lo: i, and of the Holy one of
5 504 b
Isrºwel our king. For 2 Chr. 7, 21 and
Ecc. 9, 4, see above in no. 6. In 1 Chr.
7, 1 and 24, 20. 22 we may render: to
the sons of Issachar, to the Levites, sc.
beljnged, are to be reckoned, those who
follow. In 1 Chr. 3, 2 ºbºis; ºr
the third was Absalom, the reading with
* is indeed suspected, since it is wanting
be'ore the names of the other five sons
v. 1-4, and is not found in 20 Mss. of
Kennicott; yet h stands in the same
way before the predicate after nºr in
2 Chr. 16, 8 tº sº; sh; bºr; ºr
they were (for) a huge host in (as to)
chariots and horsemen. So too 2 Chr.
15, 3, for which see below in B. no. 3.
B) Less frequently h is spoken:
1. Of rest or delay at, on, in a place,
i. e. the being at a place to which one
has come ; comp. Lat. ad, also Šg 996-
vows Śowto Od. 4, 581; Germ. zu Hause,
zu Leipzig. E. g. ‘E Tº at one's side;
‘E jºb at one's right hand, see T-2: ;
ibis nnah at the door of his tent Num.
11, 10; nº--Eh at the entrance of the
city Prov. 8,3; tº: Fink on the shore of
the sea Gen. 49, 13; 'E *sh wn i.e. before
the eyes, in the sight of any one; "25% id.
This use of h is more extensive in the
poets and later writers, who sometimes
put it for the common â, e.g. yºrº Ps.
41, 7, and rishnº 2 Chr. 32, 5, i. q. yºna
foris ; nº.2% at Mizpah Hos. 5, 1;
nrº in the pit, i. e. in prison, Is. 51,14.
2. Trop. of time, and spoken of a
point of time to which an action has ap-
proached so as to coincide with it; comp.
in A. no. 5. Hence a) Of time when,
i. e. the moment or point of time at or
in which any thing is done; chiefly in
poetic style and in the later writers who
imitated this. E.g. *paś in the morning,
early, Ps. 30, 6. 59, 17. Am. 4, 4, for the
asual nea: ; so hish at day-light, dawn,
Job 24, 14; sº at evening Gen. 49, 27.
Ps. 90, 6. Ecc. 11, 6, for the usual -ºxº;
By rºb Gen. 8, 11, piºn rian: Gen. 3, 8,
bººri sã rºb at the time of sunset Josh.
0, 27; also conjoined nº ºpäh 1 Chr.
16, 40. 2 Chr. 2, 3, b) Of a time with-
in which any thing is done, e.g. rugbu);
tºr, within three days Ezra 10,8. nns
bºu ºugh once in three years 1 K. 10,
22, c) Of a space or interval of time
ºfter the lapse of which any thing is to
be done; comp. Gr. eig ºvuovtów both
“for a year, and “after a year,” and so
Engl. ‘in a year.’ Gen. 7, 4 is tº
nºt in yet seven days, i.e. after seven
days. Am.4,4 tº ruſhuº after (every)
three years. 2 Sam, 13,23 tº tºrºž
after two years. 11, 1.
3. Also of the state or condition in
which one is ; where espec. in the later
writings the partic. * is said to be used
in nearly the same sense as 3. The
examples however are doubtful ; and
most of those usually referred hither, ad-
mit of a different solution. E.g. *brº
see in A. no. 2; *Nºsh Ps. 69, 22, see in
no. 9; "T. bsh tº see in no. 3. d. 3. So
-3% apart, separately, may be referred
to B. no. 1; also nº in security, se-
curely; pºsh justly; ps; gently; for
Is. 5, 14 see in A. 6; and so Job 41,25.—
Contra, 2 Chr. 15, 3}sº Bºn Bº!
* Nº rºs ºrbs S$; and long time
to Israel (he hath been) without the true
God, and without a teaching priest, and
without law ; here it might be difficult
to say in what Nºh differs from Shā; un-
less we prefer to render it: and for a
long time was Israel without the true
God, etc. see in A. 13. fin. Further, we
have in 2 Chr. 20, 21 tºp nºrth in holy
ornaments, for tºp rhini, id. Ps. 29, 2.
96,9. 1 Chr. 16, 29. This analogy also
serves to strengthen the usual interpre-
tation of Ps. 45, 15 tº bºrn riº
tn embroidered garments (adorned with
these) shall she be brought unto the king.
C) The Infinitive with º prefixed has
in general the nature and signification
of a noun, or rather of the Engl. infin.
with to; e. g. Inf, nic:*:
1. Lat. ad faciendum, to do, denoting
end and purpose, like Engl. to before the
infin. Thus Cant. 5, 5 I rose up nº
to open. nº rs a time to bring forth,
Ecc. 3,2. bhy: Hººp near to flee to, Gen.
19, 20. nilpº nº what is to be done? 2
K. 4,13. Is. 5,4. Tº =}: (Hºr.) tier. His
get this day (he must) remain at Nob,
Is, 10, 32; comp. p. 251. dd. 3.
2. Lat. faciendo, for doing, nitrº Hºrſ
to be ready or disposed for doing (to do)
see Hºri no. 3. dd. Ellipt. "yºujinº nin"
Jehovah is ready to save me, i. e. wil.
save me, desires my safety, Is. 38, 20
21, 1.44, 14. So ellipt. and negat. Sº
b 505
Nº.
hipsh one may not do, Am. 6, 10; or,
rne cannot do, etc. Judg. 1, 19, comp.
Josh. 17, 12,
3. Lat. faciendi, of doing ; Num. 1, 1
in the second year Ersy; of their coming
out, i.e. qfter their departure from Egypt.
--In other examples ; c. inf signifies:
4. even to, until, Is. 7, 15. Comp.
above in A. 5. a.
5. on account of, because, Is. 10, 2 init.
3), 1 nibº. Num, 11, 1. Comp. in A.10.
6. as if, as though, 1 Sam. 20, 20.
Comp. in A. 13.
7. at a time, when ; any nilºh lit. ‘at
the turning of evening,’ when evening
brew near, at even tide, Gen. 24, 63.
D) Once h seems to serve as a Con-
junction, and is apparently prefixed to a
finite verb, in the sense of that, like
Arab. J for sº thus 1 K. 6, 19 in the
common reading, Yºrk that thou mayest
place. But as this sense is harsh in con-
nection with the context, we may per-
naps with Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 213,
regard ºr as a sort of reduplicated in-
fin. for Trºn, as also in 1K. 17, 14 Cheth.
; Chald. prep. i. q. Hebr. 1. to, ºnto,
towards, spoken of place, Dan. 2, 17. 4,
19. 6, 11. 7, 2.
2. As sign of the Dative, Dan. 2, 5.7.
9. Put often also with the Accusative
after active verbs, Dan. 2, 10. 23. 24, 25.
5, 4. Also as a sign of the Genitive,
Ezra 5, 11. 6, 3. 15.
3. Prefixed to the Infinitive, after
verbs of speaking, commanding, etc.
Dan. 2, 9, 10. 12.
Note. For Chald. as prefixed to the
forms of the fut. of Hºrſ, e. g. sº,
Virth, etc. see in nin, note, p.247. The-
saur. p. 734.
sh, and 35 times Nip according to
he Masora, e.g. Gen. 37, 13; Adv. of
negation, no, not. Antique forms were
sh, *h, whence shºb, **b, **s. Syr.
If and as, Chald, sº Arao. Y. The
ultimate root is Nº q.v. whence also
**b, *.
1. Like Gr. oil, oix, it expresses an ab-
solute negative, and is put: a) With a
Pºeter, unlike bs q.v. as Gen. 2, 5.4,
fi. 45, 1. 8. al. b) With Futures, as
Gen. 3, 4 nºr nix, sº hou shall no
surely die. Ps. 16, 10 atºn sº thou will
not leave. With the 2d pers. it often in.
terdicts, and thus stands for the negat.
imperative as Ex. 20, 15 ºr sº thou
shalt not steal. v. 5. Gen. 3, 1.2. 24, 37
Lev. 19, 4, 25, 17. Deut. 25, 4; here
differs from 8s which expresses dissua,
sion, but comp. Prov. 22, 24. With the
3d pers. Gen. 31, 32 riºry. Nº he shall not
live, i.e. let him die. So Arab. Y with
the Fut, condit. De Sacy Gr. I. § 419.
Whether Nº is put (like bs) with the
fut. in clauses marking purpose, may
justly be doubted; e. g. Ex. 28, 32 sh
STE" (so) it shall not be rent, not: ‘that it
be not rent.’ Is. 41, 7 he fasteneth it with
nails, pia. Nº thus it moveth not, stands
firm. Job 22, 11. c.) It stands also where
the substantive verb is omitted; as Ps.
5, 5 Hrs vu}, ºr by sº thou art not a
God having pleasure in wickedness. Ex.
16, 8, 2 Sam. 18, 12. Is. 63, 9. Very
rarely with a Participle, where jºs is
the usual negative; or with an Infini.
tive, where "nº is comm. employed.—
As to its place in a clause, Nº is always
closely connected with the verb, and
immediately precedes it; although oc-
casionally for the sake of emphasis a
word may be placed between the two,
as Gen. 32, 9 Tºu, is nºsº apº Nº.
1 Sam. 8, 7. Ez. 16, 47. Job 22, 7.34, 23.
The following uses of this particle
may likewise be noted:
2. Absol. in answer to a question, mo,
may, Zech. 4, 5, Job 23, 6 will he con-
tend with me with all his might 2 No
(Nº), but, etc. Also in declining an in-
vitation, Gen. 19, 2 may, but we will abide
in the street all night. 23, 11. Is. 30, 16;
comp. Gen. 18, 15.
3. In neg. interrogations, where an
affirmative answer is implied, (different
from bs no. 3.) for Nºr is not 2 nonne 7
like Gr. oix Hom, Il. 10. 165. ib. 4, 242.
Mostly in clauses coupled with a preced-
ing one; Job 14, 16 inster by ºur Nº
dost thou not watch over my sin 22, 10.
2 K. 5, 26. Jer. 49,9. Lam. 3, 36. Jon. 4,
11; also Jer, 49, 25.
4. Put for Nº with no, i. e. without,
1 Chr. 2, 30 and Seled died tº Nº.
without children. Ps. 59, 4, 2 Sam. 23, 4,
Job 34, 24. T. Nº without way Job 12.
43
Nº 506 N5
24. 5°N Nº without men, deserted, deso-
ate, Job 38, 26,
5. i. g. Bºt; not yet, 2 K. 20, 4. Ps. 139,
16.
6. Prefixed to nouns it gives them
a negative or contrary meaning, like
Engl un, in, im, a) Before adjectives,
Tºor. Nº not pious, i. q, ungodly, Ps. 43,
1; 1: Nº not strong, i. q. infirm, weak,
Prov. 30, 25; bºr, Nb unwise Deut. 32, 6.
b) Before substantives, as ºs Nº q, d.
non-deus, a no-god, i.e. an idol, Deut.
32, 21. Jer. 5,7; Ys. Nº not wood, spoken
of a man in opp. to a rod or instrument
of wood, Is. 10, 15; tºns Nº, ETS Nº,
spoken of God, as not to be brought into
comparison with mortals, Is. 31, 8. But
the sense is different in phrases like
r= Nº Job 26, 2 and nºr Nºh ib. v. 3,
where there is an ellipsis for: “he who
hath no power, no wisdom; see below in
C. 2. c.) For the phraseº Nº see under
Bº no. 3. d) With an adverb, as ºn Sh
no little, i. e. much, Is. 10, 7.
7. Ex-Nº not even, see in tº no. 2; not
much different is 19–Nº Judg. 4, 16.-
Also h-Nº Deut. 24, 5; see in A. 6. b.
8. By pleonasm sº is joined with Ins
1 K. 10, 21; with tº Zeph. 2, 2.
Note. Some assign also to Nº the
power of a subst, nothing, but the exam-
ples adduced are not certain. In Job
6, 21 the reading is doubtful; and Job
31, 23 bººs Nº may be rendered, I could
not sc. do any such thing. Comp. how-
ever Chald. Nº, nº, Dan. 4, 32.
With prefixes Nº is connected as fol-
lows:
A) Nº. 1. Prep. varying in signifi-
cation, according to the different signifi-
cations of the particle à. a) not in a
certain time, comp. 3 of time, A. 5; i. e.
out of beyond a certain time. Lev. 15, 25
Frº-rº Nº. beyond the time of her un-
cleanness. Also before, i. q. Enº, Job
15, 32 ini" sºn before his time, comp.
above Nºb for tºº, no. 5. b) not for
a certain price, comp. 3 of price, B. 3;
Is, 55, 1. Ps. 44, 13; also: Nº Is. 45, 13.
•) not with sc. any thing, i. e. without,
Chr. 12, 33 sh; 5% Nºb: not with a
double heart, i. e. with one heart, with
the whole soul, comp. Ps. 17, 1. Job 8, 11.
Ez. 22,29. 2 Chr. 30, 18 they did eat the
passover shrºº Nº without (doing) as
it was written. In the same sense is sad
: Nº, as Tº sº without (man's) Aama
Job 23, 20; Flº: Nº not with silver, i.e
not so as to obtain silver, Is. 48, 10. Syr
-- iſ, without. d) not by or with, comp
3 of the instrument and cause, B. 2. c ;
Job 30, 28 I walk darkened rigri Nºz
but not by the sun.—In some instances
also Rºž is put concisely for Nº -uś,
as Is. 55, 2 rºugh Nº for (that which)
satisfieth not. Jer. 2, 11.
2. Conj. with fut. in that not, i.e. so
that not. Lam. 4, 14 hyº ºbº Nºz
Eriº so that (men) cannot touch
their garments.
B) Nºr; nonne? is not? etc. Gen. 4,
7. 20, 5. Job 1, 10. Num. 23, 26; annon?
1 K. 1, 11; implying an affirmative an:
swer, and Nºr is often therefore nearly
i. q. ºr, riºn, lo! behold 1 1 Sam. 20, 37
rtshri, Tºº "srn Nºr lo! the arrow is
beyond thee 2 Sam. 15, 35. Ruth 2, 8.
Prov. 8, 1. 14, 22. 22, 20. Job 22, 12
(parall. Fish). Hence for Nºr in the
books of the Kings, we find in Chron.
often Hºrſ, e. g. 2 K. 15, 36 tº Nºbrº
"Et by Bºrz lot they are written in
the book, etc. comp. 2 Chr. 27, 7; so 2 K.
20, 20. 21, 17, comp. 2 Chr. 32, 32. 23, 18.
etc. Very rarely both particles stand
together; as ºn Nºr; 2 Chr. 25, 26
nºr Ribn Hah. 2, 13. See Gesch. d.
Heb. Sprache p. 39. The LXX also
often render Nºr; by ióoë Josh. 1,9. 2 K.
15, 21. In Samar. and Rabbinic sºn is
– 35 03
common for Hºn.—Arab. Yi, Yºs.
C) Nº. 1. in not, i. q. without, once
2 Chr. 15, 3, pr. in the not having,
2. as though not, Job 39, 10, see in *
A. 13. Elsewhere also for Nº Huish, Is.
65, 1. Job 26, 2. 3.
NotE. By a certain laxness of ortho-
graphy, Nº is occasionally written for
ib to him, according to the Masorites
fifteen times in all, Ex. 21, 8. Lev. 11
21. 25, 30. 1 Sam. 2, 3, 2 Sam. 16, 18
Ps. 100, 3. 139, 16. Job 6, 21. 13, 15.41
4. Ezra 4, 2. Prov. 19, 7. 26, 2. Is. 9, 2.
63, 9. Vice versa also ib is put for Nº
1 Sam. 2, 16. 20, 2. But several of
these examples are doubtful.
sº, once nº Dan. 4, 32 Chethibh
i. q. Heb. Nº º
Nº 507 -5
1. not, ru, non, Dan. 2, 5.9. 10, 11. 3,
ſ2. 14. Nºry annon? ib. 3, 24. 4, 27.
2. nothing, Dan. 4, 32.
"3" sº (no pasture) Lo-debar, pr. n.
of a town of Gilead, 2 Sam. 17, 27; writ-
ten in c. 9, 4, 5-3" ib.
*32 sº (not my people) Lo-ammi,
symb. name of a son of Hosea, Hos. 1, 9.
nºr $3 (not compassionated, r.
priº) Lo-ruhamah, symbolical name of
a daughter of Hosea, Hos. 1, 6.8. 2, 25.
>k as: obsol. root, kindr, with amb,
anº, to burn, and thence to thirst.
Arab. Jºy mid. Waw, to thirst.—Hence
nºisºn thirst.
>}. Fish in Kal only fut. Fish", apoc.
Rºny.
1. to be wearied, erhausted, i, q. Firſh,
where see for the origin. Chald. Fish
and rish id Syr iſ id. Aph. Jºsſ-
Job 4, 5 but now it (calamity) is come
upon thee, sº and thou faintest. With
* c. inf. to labour in vain, not be able,
Gen. 19, 11.
2. to be weary of any thing, to take ill,
Job 4, 2.
NIPH. i. Q. Kal, but more usual.
1. to be, weary, eachausted, to faint ;
Part fem. Fish: weary Ps. 68, 10. Espec.
to labour in vain, Is. 16, 12; c. inf. Jer.
20, 9. Also to weary oneself, sc. by vain
labour, Jer. 9, 4.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be weary of any
thing, to take ill, to be grieved, with inf.
Is. 1, 14. Jer. 6, 11. 15, 6; inf. c. , Prov.
26, 15 it grieveth him (the sluggard) to
bring his hand again to his mouth. In-
tens. to disdain, to loathe, Ex. 7, 18.
HipH. Fishr, 1. to make weary, Jer.
12, 5. Ez. 24, 12.
2. to weary out, to tire one's patience,
Is, 7, 13. Mic. 6, 3; comp. Job 16, 7.
Deriv. Hºsn, also
ris: (wearied) pr. n. Leah, the elder
daughter of Laban and wife of Jacob,
Gen. 29, 16 sq. 3ſ., 9 sq. 34, 1.
Sk ps: i. q. ºb and ºrth, to wrap
gº ound, to muffle, to cover, 2 Sam. 19, 5.
Comp. Sanscr. lud, Gr. 1690, Aarºvo,
Wat, lateo.—For tosh Job 15, 11, see un-
ler ºt.
ps: i. q tº part. Kal from r. tº q, v
ps; adv. Softly, gently, see 198.
*ish obsol. root; Arab. 45 Con.
IV, also Eth. AA'ſ), to send a messenger
TAA'ſ) (to be sent), to wait upon, tº
minister, Ah'ſ] a minister, servant.
Kindred are Tºri, Tº.
Deriv. Tºº?, Hºsºn, nº-sho, and pr.
n. *eshº.
9s; (of God sc. created, comp. Joly
33, 5,) Lael, pr. n. m. Num. 3, 24.
>k Es: obsol. root, of doubtful signifi-
cation ; Arab. j is to agree, to be
congruent. Perh. Esh may be softened
from triº, rº), signifying to make a
noise, whence bryº multitude, and pr. n.
prºs; comp. =riº, tº −Hence
ts: m. c. suff. *R*, "gºsh Is. 51, A
plur. Bºsh.
1. a people, nation, only poetic, Prov
11, 26. 14, 28; Plur. Gen. 25, 23. 27, 29.
Ps. 7, 8, 9, 9. al.
2. Plur. Leumimim, pr. n. of an Arab
tribe, Gen. 25, 3; supposed to be the same
with the AAAovuo.uºreſt of Ptolemy 5. 7.
52 m. (r. 53%) c. Makk. --, c. suff,
*a*, *, plur. riah ; also
5* m. constr. 52%, c. suff *:::
tº:-h; plur. ri-sh 1 Chr. 28, 9, c. suff
once innah Nah. 2, 8.
1. the heart, so called as being covered
s; 3
with fat; see the root. Arab. J , Syr.
£as, Eth. Aſ), id.—2 Sam. 18, 14. Ps,
45, 6. al. As the heart is the centra!
point for the blood, and the seat of life
it is often put:
a) i. q. UE: (Hom. pgåveg) anima, life,
the vital principle, Ps, 84, 3. 102, 5. Jer.
4, 18, comp. UE in v. 10. Hence the
heart is said to live, to recreate itself, Ps.
22, 27; or to be sick Is. 1, 5; and even
to sleep and wake Ecc. 2, 23, comp. 8
16. Cant. 5, 2. Also to stay the heart is
to refresh oneself with food and drink,
see “ist”. Ex. 9, 14 inh-hs upon thy
heart, i.e. upon thee, thyself
b) Further, with the Hebrews as in
Engl. the heart is the seat of the feel.
ings, affections, and emotions of various
-5 508 -5
kinds. e. g. of love, as Judg. 5, 9, 16, 15
thy heart is not with me, i.e. thou lovest
me not; (contra, to love with all the
heart, Deut. 4, 29. 6, 5;) of confidence,
Prov. 31, 11 ; contempt, Prov. 5, 12;
joy, Ps. 104, 15; sorrow, Neh. 2, 2. Ecc.
7, 3; contrition, Ps. 109, 16; bitterness,
Ps. 73, 21; despair, Ecc. 2, 20; security,
sh ji=; Ps. 57, 8, 108, 2. Poetically
there is also ascribed to the sorrowful
a heart sick, wounded, grieved, Prov. 13,
12. 14, 13. Is. 61, 1; to the timid a heart
which melts, Is. 13, 7. Deut. 20, 8; to the
inflexible and obstinate a hard heart (see
nu;p, nºn-nui) like a stone Ez. 11, 19.
36, 26, not circumcised Lev. 26,41. The
words too by which we utter or express
those feelings, are poetically ascribed
to the heart; and thus the heart is said
to cry out, Hos. 7, 14; to lament, Is.
15, 5; to pant, to sigh, Ps. 38, 9. Also
to pour out the heart is i. q. to pour out
one’s feelings in tears, Lam. 2, 19.—Es-
pec. heart is put for fortitude of mind,
courage; so taxas bold, courageous.
1 Sam. 17, 32 tº Bºs nº bººbs let no
man's heart fail, etc. Gen. 42, 28 Nº
e3% and their heart went forth, their
courage failed. 2 Sam. 7, 27. 17, 10.
Jer. 49, 22. Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6]. Firmness
of heart is also put for the same, Job 41,
15 [24]. Commotion, agitation of mind
seems to be implied in Job 15, 12: -n?
Taº Triº whither doth thy heart carry
thee away?
c) In reference to the mode of thinking
and acting, i. e. to disposition and char-
acter; in which sense there is ascribed
tº any one a clean heart, Ps. 51, 12;
sincere 1 K. 3,6; faithful Neh. 9, 8; up-
right 1 K. 9, 4; also on the contrary, a
heart perverse Ps. 101,4; contumacious,
froward, Prov. 7, 10; deep, i. e. hidden,
crafty Ps. 64, 7; ungodly Job 36, 13;
also double-minded men are said to
speak with a double heart or mind, Ps.
12, 3 -a-, -}} =#3; comp. contra, 1 Chr.
12, 33.5%) =}| sº with one heart, sincere-
ly. Further, a heart or mind that is
wide artn Prov. 21, 4, great Bº Is. 9, 9,
high Fºº Fz. 28, 5, signifies pride; but
he former also denotes joy, Is. 60, 5.
d) As the seat o' will, purpose, deter-
mination, 1 Sam. 14, 7 hºstbº Høy
Tº do all that is in thy heart, wha
thou wilt or hast determined. Is. 10, 7
inº: "ºrth to destroy is in his heart
Is. 63, 4 the day of vengeance "zºº is in
ny heart, i. e. I have decreed it, will
bring it to pass. So a thing is said to be
** Es in my heart, i. e. I have purposed
it, 1 K. 8, 17. 18. 1 Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2.
2 Chr. 1, 11. 29, 10. "Hºz i.e. after my
own heart, to my own pleasure, 1 Sam.
13, 14. Ps. 20, 5; so *:::: Jer. 3, 15
*:::::, 1 Sam. 2, 35. Also "ah-hs Neh.
7, 5. Ecc. 11, 9 Taº ºn 14 ºn walk in
the ways of thy heart, follow out your
own desires, will.
e) To the heart is also ascribed under-
standing, intelligence, wisdom, (comp.
§ 5
J heart, intellect, Lat. cor Cic. Tusc
1.9. Plaut. Pers. IV. 4. 71, also corda-
tus i. e. discreet, prudent,) and even too
the faculty of thinking, Is. 10, 7. 1 Chr.
29, 18.—1 K. 10, 2 she (the queen of
Sheba) spaire with him all that was in
her heart, i.e. all she knew. Judg. 16,
17 he told her all his heart i. e. all he
knew. Ecc. 7, 2. Hence one is said to
be nº per wise of heart Job 9,4, comp.
1 K. 10, 24; et contra 5% Her void of
wnderstanding, foolish, Prov. 7, 7. 9, 4.
5% ºu?& viri cordati, men of understand-
ing, intelligent, Job 34, 10. 12, 3 ºrph
Ezio: a: I too have understanding as
well as you. 5* r * strength of under-
standing Job 36, 5, spoken of the infinite
wisdom of God. A fat heart, i.e. cover.
ed over with fat, is put for a dull and cal-
lous understanding, Is. 6, 10; see in Touj.
—The consciousness of right and wrong
the Hebrews expressed by: the heart
knoweth, is conscious to itself. Ecc. 7, 22.
f) Trop. heart is put for self, like tº:
no 5, in the formulas iah: Yºs, innºh 's,
iaº-hs 's, to say in or to one’s heart.
i.e. oneself; see in nº no. 2, also in
nº Pi. no. 1. f.
2. Metaph. heart, for the middle, midst
inner part, e.g. of the sea, Ex. 15,8; of
the heavens, Deut. 4, 11. 2 Sam. 18, 14
Hºst; sº in the midst of the terebinth,
So negöld tâc yńs Matt. 12, 40.
5% and 53%. Chald. m. the heart, i. q
mind, intellect, Dan. 4, 13. 7, 4; c. suff
"ah 7, 28; Tºh 2, 30. 5, 22; Fºº. 4, 13
5, 20. 21.
N-5
-->
509
iſ: N: and Hi} obsol. root, whence
are derived sº, "sh, Nºah, lion, lioness.
Prob. onomatopoetic, imitating the sound
of lowing, roaring, like old Germ, livön,
leuen, Engl. to low, whence Germ. Leu,
I.Gwe, comp. Gr. Aéov, Lat. leo.
ris: (lions, see "ah) Lebaoth, pr. n.
of a city of Simeon, Josh 15, 32; more
fully nish nº 19, 6.
× ==} in Kal not used, prob. to be fat.
The primary idea lies in the slipperiness,
lubricity, of fat things; which notion is
expressed by the syllables ab, ºb; see
=ºr, to be fat, ºr, Fºg, thuj, to be
smooth, slippery; Sanscr. lip illinere.
Hence ah, Hº, Hàº, the heart, as
covered with fat, and therefore called
also ºr q.v. no. 1. b. Also ni-->h q.v.
NIPH. denom. from 55%, pass. of Pi. no.
1, to be without heart, i.e. to want under-
standing. Job 11, 12 nº ºn; tºs,
* Bºs she nº but man is hollow
(empty) and wanteth understanding ;
gea, man is born like a wild ass's colt,
signifying the weakness and dullness
of human understanding in comparison
with the divine wisdom. There is a
paronomasia in the words ºn; and nº.
—To this interpretation, which alone
accords with the context, I have formerly
objected, that there was no example of
the privative power of Piel thus transfer-
red to Niphal; but this objection is re-
... 2
moved by examples in Arabic, as &
in hepate lasus est, hepate laboravit,
3× in hepate lasus. Others com-
an y e e
pare Syr. -a-S. cordatum fecit, animum
addidit; Ethpa. cordatus, comfortatus
est; and render thus: but the foolish
man will become wise, (when) the wild
ass's colt is born a man, i. e. never;
contrary to the dignity of the Hebrew.
PIEl -a+ 1. Denom. from 53%, to rob
one of his heart, i. e. to ravish the heart,
spoken of a maiden, Cant. 4, 9. Comp.
on this species of denominatives, Heb.
Gramm. § 51. 2. c.
2. Denom. from niñº, to make fat
takes, 2 Sam. 13, 6, 8. See niaº
* heart, see under =%.
55% Chald, see in Chald. =e.
+: alone, see T3.
>k H: see r. Nº.
ºf contr. for Hårſh flame, Ex. 3, 4
as bººp” for bºtpriº.—Others derive i
from r. n=5, abaº Samar. to shine, to
give light, kindr. with anº.
Tº f (r. 52%) the heart, Ez. 16, 30
plur, niaº Ps. 7, 10. Prov. 15, 11.
Tºia, see Hºhh.
tº and tº: m. once with em.
signif. see no. 2. R. 93%.
1. a garment, vestment, i. q. "33 and
mostly poet. Job 24, 7, 10. 31, 19. 38, 9.
Ps. 22, 19. 45, 14. Prov. 27, 6. Jer. 10, 9.
Spec. a splendid garment, Job 38, 14
ūhah inz Hºrº and (all things) stand
forth as in splendid attire, i. e. the
earth as illumined by the morning sun
comp. Esth.6, 9.10. 11. Is. 63, 1. Trop
of the skin Job 30, 18; of the armature
or scales of the crocodile Job 41, 5.
2. Metaph. a wife, spouse, Mal. 2, 16,
Freq. in Arab. comp. Kor. Sur. 2, 183
wives are your garment, and ye are
theirs; so the words, 23.8 and <\},
to put on a garment, and also to lie with
a woman. See more in Schultens Ani-
madv. ad Ps. 65, 14.
tº Chald. i. q. Hebr. no. 1. Dan,
3, 21.
*tº in Kal not used, Arab. ia.
to throw upon the ground, to prostrate.
NIPH. to be thrown down, to fall, to
perish, Prov. 10, 8, 10. Hos. 4, 14.
** m. (r. sº) a lion, not found it
sing. Plur. m. PS3% lions Ps. 57, 5,
fem. nish lionesses, c. suff, "risº
Nah. 2, 13; see Nº.
sº a lion, pr: a lioness, so called
from their roaring, see r. sº ; a poetic
word, Gen. 49, 9. Num. 24, 9. Deut. 33,
20. Job 4, 11. 38, 39. Is. 5, 29. 30, 6. al.
$3 o “K ºs • $1s, f 3- olz
Arab. itſ, &J, $39, also $53, etc.
lioness; Copt. As flow lion, lioness, and
also a bear. Bochart, in Hieroz. I. p.
719, supposes this word to denote, not
the male lion, but the lioness ; and this
rests on good grounds, though differen
from those assigned by him, viz. a) It
43*
-->
5-5
510
ls coupled with other nouns denoting a
tion, where it can hardly be a mere sy-
nonyme, Gen. l. c. Num. l. c. Nah. 2, 12.
Is, 30, 6. b) The passages in Job 4, 11
and 38, 39, accord much better with a
'ioness than with a lion. c) In Ez. 19, 2
the letters Nº.55 certainly imply a lion-
ess, and the pointing Nºah savours of
grammatical artifice. d) The masc.
term nation is no objection, since there
are many names of female animals with
masc. endings; as Tins she-ass, brº, ewe,
*: she-goat.
sº f. Ez. 19, 2 a lioness; see Nº.
lett. c.
ria"3% f plur. (r. ==%) a species of
cakes prepared in a frying-pan, prob.
with fat, q. d. fat-cakes, perhaps a kind
of omelet or the like, fried in fat; 2 Sam.
13, 6. 7.8. 10. Sept. xoMAvglósg, Vulg.
sorbëtiumcula. Hence the denom. verb
Pi. Haº no. 2, q.v.
Bºzº, see Dººb.
• Sk TE: 1. to be white, in Kal not used,
5 - r
see 15%, nº. Hence Arab. Jº milk.
2. Denom. from Hyah, to make bricks,
Gen. 11, 3. Ex. 5, 7, 14. Arab. Gº! id.
HipH. 1. Causat. to make white, me-
taph, to purify, to cleanse from the filth
of sin, Dan. 11, 35.
2. Intrans. to become white, Ps. 51, 9.
Is. 1, 18. Joel 1, 7. On verbs of colour
in Hiph. see Heb. Gramm. § 52. 2.
HITHP. to purify or cleanse oneself,
Dan. 12, 10.
Deriv. Tah?, and the nine here fol-
lowing (without 12%).
Tº adj, fem. Hºh 1. white, Gen. 30,
B5. 37. Ex. 16, 31. Lev. 13, 3 sq. Zech.
1, 8. While raiment was worn on fes-
tive occasions, Ecc. 9, 8; comp. Hor.
Sat. 2. 2.60. Ep. 2. 2. 3, 4.
2. Laban, pr. n. a) The son of Be-
huel, an Aramaean, the father-in-law of
ſacob, Gen. 24, 29.50. c. 29–31. b) A
lace in Arabia Deut. 1, 1.
Taº i. q. Tº: no. 1, white, constr. -Eh
Gen. 49, 12.
Taº in the phrase Taº nº-bº Ps. 9, 1.
Were some take 13% as a pr. n. Labben,
of one o’ David’s enemies; others regart
5 as servile and Tº as the pr. n. of a Le
vite, as in 1 Chr. 15, 18. Some moderns
suppose Taº nº to be the name of a mu.
sical instrument. Better to read nanºs
jab as in many Mss. with virgins' voice
(nichy by Ps. 46, 1) for the boys, to be
sung by them ; IF being taken as col-
lective. See 73 no. 3.
n; f. (r. 73%) 1. the white, poet.
for the moon, as ºn for the sun, and
Arab. 3 moon, from /* to be white.
Cant. 6, 10. Is. 24, 23. 30, 26.
2. Lebanah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 45. Neh.
7, 48.
Tº f (r. 13%) a brick, a tile, dried
in the sun or burnt, Gen. 11, 3. Ez. 4, 1.
Plur. tº Gen. l.c. Ex. 1, 14, 5, 7 sq.
Is, 9,9, al. So called from the white and
chalky clay of which bricks were made,
as described by Vitruv. II. 3. Arab.
9 x 9 3 o tº
J-9. J-Jº Jº, id. Comp. Tahº tº
- 2 :- e sº" $
Tº m (r. 13%) a species of tree or
shrub, so called from the whitish colour
of its bark or leaves, Gen. 30, 37. Hos.
4, 13. According to the Sept. and Arab.
in Gen. Styraºr, storaar, called in Arab.
e O
ū-); according to the Sept. in Hos.
and Vulg. in Gen. Astºn, populus alba,
the white poplar. See Celsii Hierobot.
I. p. 292. Michaelis Supplem. p. 1404.
Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 263.
Tºº? f (r. 13%) 1. whiteness, clear-
ness, transparency, Ex. 24, 10.
2. Libnah, pr. n. a.) A city in the
plain of Judah, the seat of a Canaanitish.
king, afterwards assigned to the priests
and made an asylum, Josh. 10, 29. 12,
15, 15, 42. 2 K. 8, 22. al. b) A station
of the Israelites in the desert, Num. 33
20.
F;5% and Tºia' ſ Gr. 1600s, 16a.
votóg, Arab. $4. Syr. iśudas.
1. frankincense, Lev. 2, 1. 15. 5, 11
24, 7. Num. 5, 15. Is. 60, 6. al. So called
from the white colour which marks the
purest frankincense, Plin. H. N. 12. 14
or 32. It is found not only in Arabia, Is
60, 6. Jer. 6, 20; but also in Palestine
according to Cant. 4, 6, 14, unless in
5-5
Tij-i}
511
illese latter passages the wor? is to be
understood of other odoriferºus plants.
Used chiefly for burning incense. See
Celsii Hierobot. I. p. 231 sq. Rosenm.
Alterthumsk. IV. p. 153 sq.
2. Lebomah, pr. m. of a city near Shi-
loh, Judg. 21, 19. Now Lubban, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 90.
Tºº?, in prose always with the art.
Yizºn 1 K. 5, 6.9. Ezra 3, 7; poet.
without it, Ps. 29, 6. Is. 14, 8 (comp.
Ps. 29, 5); but also with it, Is. 29, 17.
33, 9. Cant. 4, 11. 15; pr. n. Lebanon,
3.
Libanus, Gr. Al30 wog, Arab. Jº,
p * g
Syr. sias, a celebrated mountain on
the confines of Syria and Palestine, de-
scribed as abounding in cedars (see
TN), vines Hos. 14, 8, and various kinds
of fragrant plants Cant. 4, 11. Hos. 14,
7. It consists of two lofty parallel ridg-
es, of which the western one is called
kot Śoyńv, Lebanon, Libanus ; while
the eastern ridge bears the name of
Anti-Lebanon, and in its high southern
part, that of Hermon, lioºr q. v. [The
whole eastern ridge is called by the
Arabs Jebel esh-Shirkiyeh, ; while its
southern part or Hermon, as having
upon it ice in its ravines for a great part
of the summer, takes the name of Jebel
eth-Thelj, snow-mountain ; but more
commonly that of Jebel esh-Sheikh.
The name Tixº, Lebanon comes from
the whitish colour of the limestone rock;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 439.-R.]
—The valley between the two ridges of
Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon is now call-
ed &ºli el-Büká’a ; different from
which is the jizºn rxp: the valley of
Lebanon Josh. 11, 17. 12, 7, see in Hyp3.
See Reland Palaestina I. p. 311. Burck-
hardt's Travels in Syria, p. 1 sq. Ro-
senm. Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 236 sq. Bibl.
Wes. in Palest. III. p. 344, 345, 439.
* (white) Libni, pr: n, of a son of
Gershon, Ex. 6, 17. Num. 3 18. Also
as patron. Libnite Num. 3, 21. 26, 58.
nº, see rºh -inº.
Sk ujah and tºº Lev. 16, 4. Ps. 93
; ſut. Bah", imper. Bah.
1. to put on a garment, i.e. upon one-
self; Arab. J-4) , Syr -->, Ethiop.
A ſhri, id. With acc. of garment, Lev
6, 4. Jon. 3, 5 5-pig tº and they pu
on sackcloth. Gen. 38, 19. 2 Sam. 14, 2
to wear 2 Sam. 13, 18. With by of th;
member Lev. 6, 3; once c. : Esth. 6, 8
as Lat. ‘induit se veste, and Arab.
*J c. acc. et Cº. Absol. to clotha
oneself, Hagg. 1, 6.—PART. pass. użhaº,
Jº, clothed, with acc. Ez. 9, 2. 3. Dan.
10, 5, Zech. 3, 3, comp. 1 Sam. 17, 5.
Prov. 31, 21; or with gen. having the
art. Bºlan Jºsh Ez. 9, 11. 10, 2.6.7.
Dan. 12, 6.7. .
2, Trop. in various senses: a) Ps,
104, 1 rººk Hºrſ, Tin splendour and
majesty hast thou put on, sc. as a gar.
ment. Job 7, 5 rign ºniº tº my body
hath put on worms, is clothed or covered
with worms. Ps, 65, 14 issm tº win.
the pastures are clothed with jlocks.
ºr tº clothed with slain, i.e. lying
in a confused heap of the slain, and
covered by them, Is. 14, 19. b) Often,
to put on or be clothed with shame, i. e.
to be covered with it, Job 8, 22. Ps,
35, 26. 109, 29; cursing Ps. 1U9, 18;
righteousness Job 29, 14; terror Ez. 26
16; astonishment Ez. 7, 27; salvation,
welfare, 2 Chr. 6,41. Ps. 132,9; strength
Is. 51, 9, 52, 1. etc. Comp. the Home-
ric formulas, Öysty &Axmy Il. 19. 36; £vvv-
a 90.1 &Axiv. 20. 381; Śituévvvo 90.1 &Axmy
Od. 9, 214. There is a play upon this
twofold use of the word in Job 29, 14:
º "rujah pºſs I put on righteous.
mess, and it put me on, i. e. without I am
clothed with righteousness as a gar-
ment, and within it fills me wholly. In
like manner the Spirit of the Lord is
said to put on any one, i. e. to fill him, to
come upon or enter into him, Judg. 6,34.
1 Chr. 12, 18. 2 Chr. 24, 20; comp. Luke
24, 49. Comp. the Syr. phrase in Mº
9-a-as Satan has put thee on, i.e. has
entered into thee, Ephraem Opp. Syr
II. 504, 505.
Pual part. Bujakº Ezra 3, 10, and
tº enuſzkº 1 K. 22, 10. 2 Chr. 18, 9
clothed in (royal or priestly) robes.
HipH. to put on a garment upon an
other, to clothe in or with any thing
with two acc. of pers. and garment
Gen. 41, 42 ºut ºn irs tº an
ciothed him with vest tres of fine linen
º
512 3-5
€x. 28,41. 29, 5.40, 13.14. 1 Sam. 17,38.
Ez. 16, 10. al. With acc. of garment
and by of the member, Gen. 27, 16 the
skins of the kids nº by nºr she put
upon his hands. With acc. of pers, only,
Gen. 3, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 15. Esth. 4, 4.—
Trop. Job 39, 19 nºn ins's wºrn
hast thou clothed his neck with shud-
dering? i.e. with a mane; see in Tºn.
Job 10, 11. Is. 50, 3. So to clothe with
‘emporal salvation, prosperity, i.e. to be-
stow it largely, Ps. 132, 16. Is. 61, 10 ;
to clothe (cover) with shame, Ps. 132, 18.
Deriv. ºn-h, ºhah?, nujahr.
wn: Chald, fut. Baº to put on a gar-
ment, c. acc. Dan. 5, 7, 16.
Aph. Jºhn, after the Heb. form, to
clothe, with acc. of garment and h of
pers. Dan. 5, 29.
tºº, see ºn-h.
55 m. (r. 55%) pr. as it would seem,
‘a deep cavity, basin;’ comp. Syr.
ſº-sº basin, dish, Gr. Adunos, Agnos,
Lat. lacus, lacuna. Then as the small-
est measure of liquids among the He-
brews, a log, containing according to
the Rabbins the twelfth part of a Hin
(ſºn), or six eggs; equal to about 3%
gills Engl. Lev. 14, 10. 12. 15. 21. 24.
*::: obsol. root. Arab. (º, ſº has for
one of its meanings, to be deep, e. g.
wwater, the sea; depth of the sea,
abyss-Hence Heb. 35.
-b (perh, strife, quarrel, r. 11%) pr.
n. Lod, a large village of Benjamites,
Neh. 7, 37. 11, 35. 1 Chr. 8, 12. Ezra 2,
33.—Gr. At 060, Mūjön, Lydda, Acts 9,
32, 35, 38. 1 Macc. 11, 34. Jos. Ant. 20.
w 3
6. 2.; afterwards Diospolis. Now &J
Ludd. See Reland Palaest. p. 877. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 49 sq.
iſ: +: obsol. root, in Arab. to strive,
to quarrel; hence pr. n. *, and Tºz,
brºth"; son of strife, q.v.
* Chald, nothing, i. g. Nº, Dan. 4,
#2 Cheth. See in Nº.
rtº Deut 3, 11 Cheth. ſhr Nº not.
$: Eriº obsol, root, Arab. <! , Eth
AUſ), to burn, to flame. The origin
lies in the notion of licking, lapping
gliding over, which is contained in
roots beginning with the syllables rib,
rth, 9%, and is variously transferred (see
under the verb shb); especially to flame
which seems like a tongue to lick, 1.e.
to be lambent; see tortº, and comp
yżógoo, tvgóg Acts 2, 3.
Deriv. the three following, and rº,
rºrº.
* *
ar: m. plur. Bºrº Is. 13, 8, constr.
ºrk Is. 66, 15. gº
1. a flame, Judg. 13, 20. Job 41, 13.
tºs =riº Joel 2, 5. Is. 29, 6. 30, 30;
tºs arº Is. 66, 15.—Is. 13, 8 Bºr; ºn
prº faces of flame are their faces,
i. e. red and burning (flushed) with
anxiety, agitation ; comp. Ps. 10, 2.
39, 4.
2. flame of a weapon, i. e. glittering
brightness, e.g. of a spear Job 39, 23;
of a sword Nah. 3, 3. Hence genr.
blade of a sword Judg. 3, 22.
Tº f (r. =nº) constr. nºrth Ez. 21,
3; plur. niarº Ps. 105, 32, constr. ni-Hº
Ps. 29, 7. $
1. a flame, i. q, ariº but more freq.
Num. 21, 28. Is. 5, 24. 10, 17. 43, 2.
47, 14. Joel 1, 19. 2, 3. Dan. 11, 23. al.
tº Hºrſ: fire of flame, i. e. flaming
fire, Is. 4, 5. Lam. 2, 3; niarº us id.
Ps. 105, 32; us ni-rº flames of fire Ps.
29, 7.
2. i. g. are no. 2, blade of a spear, its
point or head, 1 Sam. 17, 7.
Bºrº m. plur. &roš Āšyāu. Gen. 10,
13, pr. n. Lehabim, a people of Egyptian
origin, i. q. E"Bºb Libyans. Comp. on
the affinity of forms is and Hy under
let. IT, p. 238. This is prob, the primi-
tive form, since the roots ahb, ash, are
doubtless softened from arth.
*:::: obsol. root, Arab. asº pr. to
be eager, greedy, for any thing ; often
trop. to be eager, zealous, for any thing
to hear or learn diligently; nearly i. q
Engl. to study. The primary idea
that of languishing, fainting, sc. from
exertion; see Firth, ºrth, Enº. Hence
3rºp
Rºb
513
* m. study of letters, learning, as
Aben Ezra well, Ecc. 12, 12; parall.
with tºº nitrº, the making of books.
Sept. AusAétm, Vulg. meditatio.
.# +H: obsol. root, Arab. Q-4) to press,
to oppress. Hence.
Tº Lahad, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 2.
>k Hº to be languid, wearied, eac-
hausted, i. q. Fish ; comp. HS2 and Firºz.
The origin seems to lie in the idea of
fainting from thirst, when the tongue
is thrust out, and one burns and longs for
drink; comp. the verbs beginning with
nº, as arº, Firth, and see further under
the root ºb. Comp. Lat, langueo, also
Germ. lechen, whence the frequentat.
lechzen.—Once, Gen. 47, 13 yºs Fºnº
as ºr "gº tº the land of Egypt
languished, fainted, because of the fam-
ine. Chald. Firth often for Heb. rish.
>k HHH in Kal not used, prob. i. q.
rirº and snº, pr. to have burning thirst;
hence, as this is a trait of rabid dogs, to
be mad, rabid, like a dog; to be enraged,
frenzied. Thus.
Hith PALP. part. Hºnºnº, a madman,
one insane, Prov. 26, 18. Sept. Aldin.
and Symm. Treigdjusvow tempted, driven,
sc. by a demon. Venet. Śso raig.—A
secondary form, prob. derived from the
idea of insanity, is the Syriac *S*S2ſ
obstupuit, horruit.
* I. trº pr. to lick, to lap, see in
tº ; then to burn, to flame; Ps. 104, 4
torth us flaming fire. So Bºrº the
flaming i. e. those breathing out fire and
flames, trop. Ps. 57, 5. Syr. Chald, id.
Piel torth 1. to make burn, to set on
fire, c. acc. Ps, 83, 15. Is. 42, 25. So of
the breath, Job 41, 13 [21].
2. to burn up, to consume, c. acc. Joel
19. 2, 3. Ps. 106, 18.
Deriv, ºrth.
* II. trº i. q, whº, tos?, (comp. un-
der n, p. 238,) pr. to wrap up, to cover;
then to wse secret and magic arts ;
whence Etrº, q.v.
triº m. (r. orth I) pr. flame; hence
glittering blade of a sword Gen. 3, 24.
Comp. an? no. 2
tº m. magic arts, enchantments
Ex. 7, 11, i. q. Bºth in v. 22. R. ºrth II
“Erl# in Kal not used. Arab. º td
swallow greedily; whence * greedy,
an epicure, glutton. Kindr. is brº.
Hithe. part. Bºrjºnº ‘things gree-
dily swallowed,’ dainty morsels, Prov
18, 8. 26, 22.
jr. therefore Ruth 1, 13; see in ºn I.
p. 259.
jr. Chald. (in with h) 1. i. q. Heb
propterea, therefore, Dan. 2, 6.9. 4, 24.
Hence
2. As an adversative particle, by a
transition like that of Heb. 72%, see ºn
7: p. 474. c. 3, nihilominus, nevertheless,
i. q, but, Ezra. 5, 12; and so after a nega-
tive Dan. 2, 30; i. q, eaccept, Dan. 2, 11
3, 28. 6, 8.-Some regard this as a diſ.
ferent word, made up from sº and #1.
TET2 f only 1 Sam. 19, 20, prob, by
transposit. for nºtip (r. Prºp) an assem-
bly, company; comp. the form "nº
2 Sam. 20, 14 Cheth.--Others make it
from a doubtful root priº, Eth. A09
to grow old, whence A.'p presbyter,
prince; q. d. a senate.
* twice for sh not, see Nº note,
p. 506. col. 2.
*** **, see -nº Nº p. 507.
*, see in sºb.
* Nºb obsol. and perh, a secondary
root, to negative, i. q. Nº q. v. Hence
Nº not, also
sº 1 Sam. 14, 30. Is. 48, 18, 63, 19;
s: 2 Sam. 18, 12 Cheth. elsewhere *;
See note.
1. Interject. of wishing, i. q. Oh ifſ
Oh that 1 would that 1 Constr. with fut.
Gen. 17, 18. Job 6, 2. Imper. Gen. 23, 13.
Praeter, Num. 14, 2 ºn 2 b would that
we had died 1 20, 3 º ºb. Josh. 7, 7;
but with fut, signif. Is. 63, 19 ºne sh
Bºº Oh that thou wouldst rend the hea- .
vens ! Also as merely concessive, Gen.
30, 34 Tºº ºn, ºb i. q, let it be accord.
ing to thy word-Hence as
2. Conj. conditional, if, implying that
the thing supposed does not exist, is not
true, or at least is very uncertain aud
*
Hºb
b14
improbable; comp. EN C, and Arab. ;I 5
De Sacy Gr. I. § 885. It is followed,
Recording as the sense requires: a)
By the praeter, Deut. 32, 29 ºr *
nN.1 ºzº if they were wise (which
they are not), they would understand
this. Judg. 13, 23 ºn-ºrth º yer b
*Tº rip. Nº if the Lord were pleased
to kill us, he would not have accepted,
etc. 8, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 30. Mic. 2, 11. b)
The Future, Ez. 14, 15 if I shall send
evil beasts upon the land (which I do not
say will take place), ... 16... these (three
upright men) alone shall be delivered.
In v. 13 is "2 in the same sense; while
ºn vy. 17. 19, the conditional particle is
wholly omitted. c.) A Particip. 2 Sam.
18, 12 Fez ºs ºur by bpº =}s by
* **, riºtis Nº even if I should have
weighed out to me a thousand shekels
(which no one will do), yet would I not
put forth my hand, etc. Ps. 81, 14. d)
wº, Num. 22, 29.-Comp. Nºb. An
example of aposiopesis is Gen. 50, 15 hº
Fpiº hºtº if now Joseph should per-
secute us! what then 7 Sept. well as
to the sense, um ſtore.
NotE. As to the origin, Rºb and b are
prob. i. q. Rib, Nº, non, nonne? see Nº
no. 2; which latter was so pronounced
in interrogation as to express desire,
and thus passed over into a particle of
wishing; e.g. nºr ºb shall he not live?
i. e. Oh that he might live! ºn hº
nonne sit 2 i. q. sit 1 Comp. Gr. oi, in
entreaties, as Od. 7. 22 oix &v uot
6ówov čvágos fivāooto Alzwóov. ib. 22.
132–This view is confirmed by the
analogy of the Syriac ; in which the
various significations of the Heb. parti-
cle are expressed by particular forms;
thus the primitive negat. is es non,
also nonne? the optative is 2&S uti-
nam ; the conditional &f if.
* -lºb obsol. root, i. g. ash to thirst;
kindr. Enº. Arab. id.—Hence
tº gentile n. plur. 2 Chr. 12, 3, 16,
B. Nah.3,9, also Bºaº Dan. 11,43, Liby-
ans, every where joined with the Egyp-
tians and Ethiopians. Comp. Bºrth.
&
Arab &: Libyan, strictly, “inhabi-
tant of a dry and thirsty land.’ frºm
555. Comp, bºws.
* Thb Lud, . m. of two nations of
tribes, viz.
1. A people descended, from Shem
Gen. 10,22; not improbably the Lydians
in Asia Minor, according to the opinion
of Josephus, Ant. 1. 6.4.
2. A people of Africa, (perh. of Ethio
pia,) sprung from the Egyptians, and
accustomed to fight with bows and
arrows, Ez. 27, 10. 30, 5. Is. 66, 19; also
plur. tº Luqim Gen. 10, 13. Jer. 46, 9.
See J. D. Michaelis Suppl. 1418. Bochart
Phaleg IV. 26.
>k H} fut. Hºº 1. to fold, to wreathe,
to twine, whence nº and rºb a wreath,
garland, ſº a serpent coiling himself
in folds; comp. nº. Arab. sº to twist
a cord, & to be distorted, Conj. III to
coil oneself, as a serpent.
2, to join oneself to any one, to cleave
to him ; pr. to fold oneself around him.
Chald, sh, Syr. Zab, iss, id. Ecc. 8,
15 it is good for a man to eat and to
drink and to rejoice, ibº- ºr sºn,
for this will cleave to him (abide with
him) in his labour; Vulg. hoc solum se-
cum aufert de labore suo. Hence
3. to borrow, q. d. to bind oneself to
any one, Lat. nearus est, Neh. 5,4. Deut.
28, 12. Part. Hjh a borrower Ps. 37. 31.
Prov. 22,7. Is. 24, 2.-Comp. Lat. nearus,
i. e. a debtor given up, bound to serve
his creditor till payment is made, Varro
Ling. Lat. 6.5. Liv. 2. 27. ib. 8. 28.
NIPH. to join oneself to any one, like
Kal no. 2; either in society and friend-
ship Is. 14, 1. Dan. 11, 34. Esth. 9, 27;
or for aid Num. 18, 2.4; or, in respect
to the Deity, for worship Is. 56, 3. 6.
Jer. 50, 5. Zech. 2, 15 [11]-Constr. c.
by Num. 18, 2, 4, al. by Gen. 20, 34.
Is. 56, 3. al. by Ps. 83, 9.
HipH. causat. of Kal no. 3, to let bor.
row, i. e. to lend; with acc. of pers. pr
‘to bind to oneself.’ Deut. 28, 12.44,
Prov. 19, 17 rijn', Hºhº a lender to Jeho
vah ; also with acc. of thing Ex. 22, 24
Absol. Is. 24, 2. Prov. 22, 7. Ps. 112, 5
Sept. Öovslga), ázöovslºw.
Deriv. Hºh, rº, nº pl. niº, nº
and pr. n. ***. * -
º
sh;
515
* : jºb 1. to bend, to bend aside; Arab.
SY to bend, to incline. -
2. to turn away, to depart, fut. plur.
tº c. 12, Prov. 3,21.
Niph, part. Tiº perverted, i. e. per-
verse, wicked, (comp. ny, up: ,) Prov.
3, 32. Neutr. Tib; perverseness, wicked-
ness, Is. 30, 12. More fully Prov. 14, 2
"Bº Tib. perverse in his ways, and 2,
15 enºzz Enrib, id.
HipH. fut. htºn inflected in the Chal-
lee manner (like Hyº from hb), i. Q.
Kal no. 2, to turn away, to depart, Prov.
4, 21. See Heb. Gr. § 71. n. 9.
Tº m. 1. As the name of a tree or
shrub bearing nuts, Gen. 30, 37; either
9 or 9-o-r
the almond-tree, Arab. 3], §). Syr.
liès; or the hazel, Chald. Tº almond
or hazel. Interpreters are divided; but
the former seems the more probable.—
The etymology is hardly to be looked
for in the Semitic dialects. It seems to
be softened from a primitive form, which
the Armenian has preserved in engies,
Lat. nua, old Germ. hnuz; and which
the Heb. also exhibits in another man-
ner (dropping n) in Tixº, nut.
2. Luz, pr. m. a.) An ancient city of
the Canaanites, called also bs nº Beth-
el as the seat of a sanctuary, see nº
no. 12. b. Gen. 28, 19. 48, 3. Judg. 1,
23; with r, loc. ryºb Gen. 35, 6. Josh.
16, 2. 18, 13. b) Another in the dis-
trict of the Hittites, founded by an in-
habitant of the preceding, Judg. 1, 26.
Sk nºb obsol root. Arab. 2-3 to shine,
to glitter; comp. Asvkós, yāºvkós; *sūq-
go), yāoºooo; Lat. lua, Germ. leuchten,
Engl. to lighten. Hence to be polished,
smooth.
Deriv. rºb, nºrth.
Tº m. plur. ninth, rink, a tablet,
table. Syr. º.{S, Arab. sy ;I Ethiop.
A(D-O, id.
a) Of stone, on which any
thing is inscribed or cut in, as nº Ex.
24, 12. 31, 18, and Bººs rrº; 34, 1.4
" * \
ables of stone; nºn-in rrhb Deut. 9, 9,
15, nºr rhº Ex. 31, 18, the tables of
he covenant, of the law. b) Of wood,
a board; nin': ºn; hollow made with
A
boards Ez. 27, 8, 38, 7; sculptured 1 K.
7, 36. So of tablets for writing, covered
perh, with wax, Is. 30,8. Hab. 2, 2. Of
the valve of a folding-door Cant. 8, 9.
Dual Bºrn: the deck of a ship, which
seems to have been double, Ez 27, 5,
c) Trop. Prov. 3, 3 upon the table of thy
heart, comp. Jer. 17, 1. 2 Cor. 3, 3, and
the Öéktov pgsvöv of Æschyl, Hence
nºnº, with art. nºrtºn (m_ade of
boards, prob. having boarded houses,)
Luhith, pr. n. of a Moabitish city, Is. 15,
5. Jer. 48, 5.
trib, with art. Uniºn (enchanter, r.
ujrth) Lohesh, Hallohesh, pr. n. m. Neh.
3, 12. 10, 25.
* tº 1. i. q. ps?, prº II, to wrap
up, to muffle, to cover; Arab. Joy id—
Part. act. Piº covering Is. 25, 5.7; also
tº intrans. covered, clandestine, whence
tº privately, secretly, Ruth 3,7. 1 Sam.
18, 22. 24, 5; once tosła Judg. 4, 21.—
Part pass. f. Hººb wrapped up 1 Sam.
21, 10.
2. to do or act secretly ; hence Part.
plur. E"tº secret arts, magic arts, sor-
cery, Ex. 7, 22.8, 3.14; for which Bºrº
7, 11. See ºrth II.
HiPh. i. q. Kal no. 1, 1 K. 19, 13.
Deriv. ºb, pib, pr. n. Jºiº.
tº m. 1. a covering, veil; Is. 25, 7
tºry-bº-bº wiºn viºr the covering
(muffler) which covers all nations, which
covers their face, makes them sad.
2. Lot, pr. n. the son of Haran, Abra-
ham's brother, Gen. 13, 1 sq. 19, 1 sq.
the ancestor of the Ammonites and
Moabites, who are therefore called the
children of Lot, Deut. 2, 9. Ps. 83, 9.
3. As the name of a fragrant gum ;
see in ºb.
Tºb (covering) Lotan, pr. m. of a son
of Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 29.
* m. (a joining, r. nº.) Levi, pr. n.
of the third son of Jacob by Leah, Gen.
29, 34. 34, 25. 35, 23; the head of the
tribe of the Levites, * **, who were
set apart for the worship of God, and of
whom the family of Aaron (Tinns nºa)
possessed the right of the priesthood.--
Also patronym. (for *) a Levite, Deut.
12, 18. Judg. 17, 9, 11. 18, 3. Plur. Bº
Levites Josh. 21. 1 sq. al. Sæp.
nºb
516 ſº
nº Chald. plur, emphat. sº the Le-
vites, Ezra 6, 16. 18. 7, 13. 24.
Tº f (r. riº) a wreath, garland,
Prov. 1, 9.4, 9.
Trº (from nº with adj. ending 'H',
like Inuirº brazen fr. ruin, Tirºps fr.
rººps,) pr. an animal wreathed, gather-
ing itself in folds, see r. nº no. 1. E. g.
1. a serpent, espec. a large one Job 3,
8; see in r. ºnly Pil. So Is. 27, 1, as the
symbol of the hostile kingdom of Ba-
bylon.
2. Spec. the crocodile, Job 40, 25 sq.
3. a sea-monster, Ps. 104, 26. Trop.
for a cruel enemy, Ps. 74, 14; comp.
jºr Is. 51,9. Ez. 29, 3. 32, 2. 3. See
Bochart Hieroz. P. II. lib. W. cap. 16–18.
*S*b obsol root, kindr, with ºbs,
i. q. Engl. to roll, Germ. rollen, to wind.
Hence bºb, "bºb, bº.
bºb m. plur. Bºb, winding stairs, 1
K. 6, 8. Chald. id.
*** m. (r. 94b) only in plur. nisºb,
defect. nishk, constr. nishk (after the
form Ensº q.v.) loops, corresponding
to the hooks or taches (5"tºp) in the
curtains of the tabernacle, Ex. 26, 4 sq.
36, 11 sq. Sept. §yxviol, Vulg. ansulae.
sº Gen. 43, 10. Judg. 14, 18.2 Sam.
2, 27. Ps. 27, 13; elsewhere always
**, (comp. from * if and sh, ºh,
i. q. Nº not,) a conditional conjunct. ne-
gat. if not, i. e. whless, implying that
the condition has a real existence, and
therein differing from Nº ts; compare
also under Nh5 no. 2. With Praet. Gen.
31, 42 * Hyr... was ºrbs ºb unless
God.... had been for me. Is. 1,9. 1 Sam.
25. 34, 2 Sam. 2, 27. With Fut. Deut.
32, 27. With Part. 2 K. 3, 14 ºr ºb
Rú: "is pºin' unless I regarded the
presence of Jehoshaphat, etc. With Hyr
impl. Ps. 94, 17. 119,92. 124, 1.2. The
apodosis sometimes takes is, "TS, Ps.
119, 92. 124, 3; "2 Gen. 43, 10.
Sk * and Tº, praet. Tº Gen. 32, 22.
2 Sam. 12, 16, fem. Hº for nº Zech. 5,
4, 1 plur. ** Judg. 19, 13; inf. constr. c.
pref. Tºb% Gen. 24, 25 et sape, also ſº;
b. v. 23; Imper. Tº Judg. 19, 6.9, *,
tº Ruth 3, 13. Joel 1, 13; Fut. jºbs,
jºr, apoc. ºn 2 Sam. 17, 16, ºr, Judg.
19, 20. Job 17, 2; conv, tº Gen. 28, 11
32, 14. Part, plur. tº Neh. 13, 21.
1. to pass the night, to remain over
night, to lodge, kindr, with bºº, nº
night, 5 and 7 being often interchanged
see lett. b. Not found in the kindreu
dialects.-Gen. 19, 2 and often ; see the
examples above quoted. Spoken also
of things which are kept over right,
e.g. food, Ex. 23, 18, 34, 25. Deut. 16, 4,
Lev. 19, 13 the wages of the hireling
shall not remain with thee all might until
the morning. Poet. Job 29, 19 the dew
lay all might upon my branches. Cant. 1,
13. Also inchoat. to stop for the night,
to turn in ; Ps. 30, 6 at evening weeping
may come in, but in the morning there
ts joy.
2. to abide, to remain, to dwell, comp.
Arab. G.U., to pass the night, to continue
in any state. Is. 1, 21. Ps. 25, 13 his life
abides in good, he enjoys constant pros-
perity. 49, 13 Tº be "p"z Bºsh yet
(such a) man in honour abideth not, his
honour is not permanent. Job 41, 14 in
his neck dwelleth strength. 17, 2. 19, 4
yea, be it so, that I have erred, ºr "ns
"rººn with myself abideth mine error
i. e. I have erred, not you, and I alone
suffer the consequences. Prov. 15, 31.
NipH. to show oneself obstimate, to be
stubborn, from the idea of remaining and
persisting, taken in a bad sense; hence
to murmur, to complain, with 53 against
any one, as a people against their leader,
Ex. 15, 24. Num. 14, 2. 17, 6. Josh. 9, 18
Keri.
HipH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2. Jer.
4, 14 how long wilt thou let thy vain
thoughts remain with thee ? i.e. cherish
them.
2. i. q. Niph. pr. to show oneself obsti-
nate, to be stubborn, with by against any
one; hence to murmur. Praet. Erºr
Num. 14, 29; Fut. conv. º Ex. 17, 3.
elsewhere always with the first radical
doubled in the Rabbinic manner (see
Lehrg. p. 407. Heb. Gr. § 71. n. 9), as
***, ºr Ex. 16, 8. Num. 14, 36. 16
11 Keri; Part. Bºzº Num. 14, 27. 17
20. This mode of flexion is found only
in this signification.
Hitheal. pibrin, i. q. Kal no. 2, Ps
31, 1. Job 39, 28.
Deriv. Tibº rºbº, nºr.
yºb
ºb
517
* sºb to swallow greedily, to suck
town, Obad. 16. Hence sº gullet, swal-
low. Syr. “S and “s to lick, to suck
up.–For hy; Job 6, 3, see r. Hyº.
Pil, sº to suck up blood, Job 39, 30
[33], if we read hyºsh for "shy"; see in
r. shy.
NotE. J. D. Michaelis long ago appo-
sitely remarked, Supp. p. 1552, that the
syllable 95 expresses the sound of swal-
lowing greedily, sucking down ; and this
signification is found in many Semitic
roots in which sº constitutes the first or
primary syllable, e. g. sº to lick up, to
swallow, tº (Arab slax), e&aj) to
eat eagerly and daintily, --> Ethpe. to
9 o r
devour greedily, 3. greedy, an epicure,
-ī-J, Jax), Ga), to lick, to eat
eagerly; -ass, U.A.J., to eat; Syr.
|sas, ksasas, ksara-, -º-a-, the
jaw. A similar power belongs to the
kindred syllables:9, rib, Hº, as Exh to
taste, 34, e3, to lick; irº (Pº)
to lick, bºth to swallow down, and prº to
eat, G4. J4, U-4, U-4) to lick,
Briº and orth to lick, to be lambent as
flame, i. e. to flame ; comp. Sanscr. lih
to lick, Gr. Asiza), Aizutºw, Ayvevo, Lat.
Lin Go, Li Gurio, transp. Gu La, deglu-
tio, Germ. lecken, Engl. to lick, and with
a sibilant prefixed Germ. schlucken,
schlingen. See Pott Etymol. Forsch.
I. p. 283.
To these may be added a large class
of Semitic roots, beginning with the
syllables 95, nº, Hº, which denote va-
rious motions of the tongue; e. g. to
gape, sc, with open mouth and tongue
thrust out, as in burning thirst and mad-
ness, see Hrſ., Firth, arth, nsº, Germ.
lechen, lechzen, comp. 57%, ash, amb;
also to vibrate the tongue and hiss, in the
manner of serpents or of those speaking
in a whisper, see ºrth ; to stammer, to
speak barbarously (unintelligibly) and
ineptly, comp. 32% where see more, Hy?,
UJ, 1sh, ºsh. The Greeks expressed
the ideas of eating daintily, and of stam-
mering or senseless babble, by the syl-
lables la, lam, lao, lap, lal, comp. A60
to lick, A6690s, Aduvgos voracious and
oquacious, Aguág, Aqués gur,et, Aquio,
the voracious (Lamia, man-eater, 8.J. i
Ghūlah, see in nºbº), A&ºtto, Awqiſogo.
Comp. Lat. lambo, labium, Pers. J
lip, Germ. Lippe, Engl. lip, also to lip,
and vulgar Germ. labbern schlabbern,
Schlappen, Engl. to slabber; also Małów,
Germ. lallen. The signification to de-
ride, to mock, which comes from the
idea of stammering (see in r. ss., no. 2),
was expressed by a transposition, as in
yelito, zlein.
>k yº pr. to stammer, to speak uniº-
telligibly, comp. 32%, and the note under
shº. Hence
1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign
tongue, since those who speak in a ſor-
eign language seem to ignorant persons
merely to chatter unintelligibly. See
Hiph.
2. to deride, to mock any one, pr. by
imitating his voice or mode of speaking;
comp. Is. 28, 10. 11, and 33%. Corresp.
is Sanscr. lad, Lat. ludere, Gr. 20:09m
derision.— Prov. 9, 12. PART. yº a
mocker, scoffer, scorner, i.e. a frivolous
and impudent person, who sets at nought
and scoffs at the most sacred precepts
and duties of religion, piety, and morals,
(comp. Ty,) Ps. 1, 1. Prov. 9, 7.8. 13, 1.
14, 6, 15, 12. 19, 25. 22, 10. 24, 9. Is.
29, 20.
HiPh. 1. to act as interpreter, to in-
terpret, from the idea of speaking a for-
eign tongue, comp. Kal no. 1. PART.
Yºº an interpreter Gen. 42, 23, where
Sept. well $gumvsviñº, Onk. Tººna.
Hence also intercessor, internuncius,
messenger, 2 Chr. 32, 31 Is. 43, 27;
yº Tshº Job 33, 23 the interceding
angel, i. e. interceding with God for
men, usairms, tutelary, comp. Matt.
18, 10.
2. i. Q. Kal no. 2, to deride, to mock,
c. acc. Ps. 119, 51. Prov. 14, 9. Job 16,
20; c. dat. Prov. 3, 34.
Pil, part, plur. Bºssib scorners, for
Bºssib?, Hos. 7, 5. See Lehrg. p. 316.
Hithral yxibrn to show oneself a
mocker, i. e. frivolous, impudent, Is. 28,
22.
Deriv. lish, rigºn.
* Bºb prio knead with the hands or
feet; kindr. whº, also usai, Unº. Hence
1. to knead dough, c. acc. Jer. 7, 18.
ºb
prºp
518
Hos. 7, 4; absol. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam. 28,
24. 2 Sam. 13, 8. Syr. and Chald, id.
Ethiop. A“Piºlid.—Hence
2. to be firm, strong; whence tº lion.
— Arab. &J strength, &y mid. Ye
III, V, to be firm, strong.
tº Lush, pr. a. m. 2 Sam. 3, 15
Sheth. See tº no. 2. c.
nº Chald. (r. Hºh, like rºp, rº)
pr. adhesion, connection; but passing
over into a Preposit. by, with, like Syr.
2s. Ezra 4, 12 Try': Tº from with
thee, i. q. Heb. Tºº, Fr. de chez toi.
Tº see ºn.
>k Hi} obsol. and doubtful root, i. q.
*; whence perh, nºth.
Tº see nºn.
*Tº see ºn.
nº f. perverseness, frowardness,
Prov. 4, 24. R. nih or tº q.v.
Tº adj. (r. rink) plur. Bºrº with Dag.
forte impl. see Heb. Gram. § 22. 1; pr.
noist, and hence green, fresh, e.g. wood
Gen. 30, 37; Ez. 17, 24. 21, 3; grapes
Num. 6, 3; spoken also of new cords or
ropes, Judg. 16, 7, 8.
Tº m. (r. rink) freshness, vigour,
Deut. 34, 7.
>k Hº obsol. root. Eth. Aſhp to be
fair, beautiful; prob. pr. to be new, fresh,
nearly i. q. rinº, and spoken of the fresh
colour of the cheeks. Hence "rh cheek.
bºrº OI’ ºn: m. (r. Erik) 1. What-
ever is eaten, food, meat, Job 20, 23
ionºa in-hy nº?" and shall rain upon
them with his food, i. e. God will send
upon them what shall be their food, fire
and brinstone, the divine wrath; comp.
Ps. 11,6. The phrase to rain with food,
thrºa, is here poetic, 1. q, to send down
food in rain, as we also say: It rains in
or with large drops, iſ rains large drops.
2, flesh, body, Zeph. 1, 17; where for
pººrth other Mss. and editt, read cºrſh
As if from a form Enh. Arab. º flesh.
- st rº obsol. root, to be moist, fresh ;
Eth. Aihših to moisten, see Ludolf
Lex. in Syllab. p. 635 ; in both editions
of the Lexicon itselſ, this word -s omit
ted. Chald, nºrth id. Hirº, nºrth
nºrthbrº moisture, freshness, vigour
Kindr. is nrº –Hence nº, rh.
*nº f (r. nrº) in pause ºrº, c. suff
inn, Job 40,26; Dual bºrº Deut. 18, 3
constr. ºrjh Is, 30, 28, c. suff, Triº Ez.
29, 4, but errºr: Hos. 11, 4,
1. the cheek, so called from its fresh
colour, see the root; Cant. 5, 13. Lam,
1,2. So ºr by 'E. Hari and E ºrh rºn.
to smite one upon the cheek, or to smite
the cheeks of any one, in chastisement
or insult, Mic. 4, 14. 1 K. 22, 24. Job
16, 10; comp. Lam. 3, 30. Is. 50, 6.
2. the jaw-bone, Job 40, 26. Ps. 3, 8
*nº ºs-º-ns rººr thou hast smitten
all mine enemies as to the jaw-bone, an
image drawn from ravenous beasts,
which are thus rendered harmless. So
the jaw-bone of an ass, Judg. 15, 15–17.
Dual Deut. 18, 3. Ez. 29, 4, 38, 4.—
Arab sº a $3 beard.
3. Lehi, pr. n. of a district on the bor-
ders of Philistia, Judg. 15,9. 14.19; fully
v. 17 ºrth nº the height or hill of Lehi
(the jaw-bone), prob, so called from a
chain of steep, craggy rocks; just as
single rocks are called teeth, see Té.
So jaw-bone for a mountainous tract
in the Chald. pr. n. -sin nºrth for Heb.
-Six, -y, Michaelis Suppl. p. 1453. The
sacred writer himself (v. 17) seems to
refer this name to the throwing away of
the jaw-bone; as if written ºrth nº,
from r. nº to throw. wº
“Tº inf inh, i q. Pº, to lick.
Germ. lecken. Arab. J%, Syr. ºes
Pe. and Pa. id. In Kal once, of an or
which gathers the grass with his tongue
before biting it off, to lick up herbage,
to feed off. Num. 22, 4. -
PIEl Triº to lick, to feed by licking,
as the ox, see in Kal; comp. Arab.
to lick up pasture or ſodder, as
cattle.—Num. 22, 4; spoken of fire 1 K.
18, 38. "Ex Triº to lick the dust, hyper-
bol. of one who prostrates himself as a
suppliant, Ps. 72,9. Mic. 7, 17. Is. 49, 23.
* Prº fut. Prº 1. to eat, to take
ood, (kindr, with prº and 53% to taste.
Drºp
prºb
519
ree note under shb,) i. q. bes, but used
• Only in poetic style; with acc. of food
Prov. 4, 17. 23 6; with 3 to eat of any
thing, Prov. 9, 5. Ps. 141, 4; absol. of a
meal Prov. 23, 1. Metaph. to consume,
Deut. 32, 24 Fujº ºn; devoured by
pestilence.
2. to fight, to war; Part. Erſh one
fighting, i. Q. an enemy, foe; with ns
of pers, with whom Ps. 35, 1; c. , 56, 2.
3; more usual in Niph.-Soldiers in
war or battle are hyperbolically said to
devour their enemies, as Joshua the
Canaanites, Num. 14, 9 ºr ºrth they
shall be our bread ; and the sword
also is said to devour (bes) Ez. 21, 33.
9
Is. 1, 20. Arab. *3. to be slain in bat-
tle, pr. to be consumed; also jº-dio to
chew, Conj. II to fight, Persºx's rerº
man-eater, spoken of a fierce warrior;
also Hom. Ittokéuoto uéyo, otóuo, Il. 10.8.
Niph. Priº, ſut. Eriº, conv. Erº1, inf.
absol. Enhº, i. q. Kal no. 2, to fight, to
wage war, to contend, in a recipr. signif.
like Gr. Autºz80901, Fr. se battre. Absol.
Judg. 5, 19. 1 Sam. 17, 10 Triº Hºrº that
we may fight together. The pers, with
whom is put with 3, Ex. 1, 10. Num. 21,
26. al. saep. By 2 K. 13, 12. 14, 15; nº
(rºs) 1 K. 20, 23. Is. 37, 9; by Jer. 1, 19.
15,20; by Neh. 4,8; also in the acc. ac-
cording to some, but in part of the exam-
ples "ns with a noun signifies with, as
Judg. 12, 4. 2. K. 9, 15, and elsewhere
bris is for Brºs, as Josh. 10,25. 1 K. 20,25
comp. v. 23. Once c. suff, "horº they
war against me.—The pers, for whom
is put with º Ex. 14, 14.25. Deut. 1, 30;
by Judg. 9, 17.2 K. 10, 3.—So too, priº:
nºx; Judg. 9, 45 and nº by to fight
against a city, to besiege it, Is. 7, 1.
2 K. 19, 8, Jer. 34, 22. 37, 8; so with
ex Josh. 19, 47. Also nºrth? prº to
upar a war, to fight a fight or battle,
Sam, 8, 20. 18, 17. al.
Deriv. trº, Brih, nºrth, nºrth”, and
pr. n. *rē.
Drº verbal of Piel (r. brº war, siege.
Judg. 5, 8 tº prº is then was siege
of their gates, i. e. their gates, cities,
were besieged. Segol for Tsere, which
most Mss. exhibit, is perh, on account
of the co str. state; though other like
examples are wanting. Or, better, we
may read with some Mss. Prº, with tone
retracted; comp. nº rºº Prov. 17, 10.
Prº of both genders; m. Num. 21, 5
f. Gen. 49, 20. R. Brº.
1. food, meat, both for man Gen. 47,
12; and beasts Job 24, 5. Is. 65, 25
Ps. 147,9. al. saep. Prº Bºs to eat fooa
to take a meal, etc. see in bas no. 1. c
Erº tº to set on food Gen. 43, 31. Prº
t"ujºs see in u}^s no. 1. h. Poet. Obad.
7 Tºrº for Wºrth "uffs those who eat of
thy food, thy household. Num. 14, 9 see
in r. Erik no.2. 1 Sam. 20,24. E-rºbs Erl#
the food of God, spoken of a sacrifice
Lev. 21, 6.8. 17.21.22. So Jer. 11, 19 yx
ioriº: the tree with its food i.e. its fruit;
9 o ż.
comp. Arab. Jºel food, also for fruit.
—Further: a) provision, sustenance,
living, Ecc. 9, 11. H%buj Priº Solomon's
provision, supplies, 1 K. 5, 2 [4, 22].
Firºri prº the provision of the governor,
his table-allowance, Neh. 5, 14. 18.
b) a meal, feast, as Prº Bºs see in bes
no. 1. c. prº nº to make a feast Ecc.
10, 19.
2. Spec, a) bread, as in mod. Arab.
*
6 o
3. spec. flesh; Gen. 21, 14. 25, 34. 28,
20. al. saep. tº prº bread and water,
as daily and common food, 1 K. 18, 4.13.
Num. 21, 5. Is. 3, 1. triº -2° a cake
or loaf of bread Ex. 29, 23; but when
there is more than one loaf the word
ni-zº is omitted after the numeral (as
tºu, before nº and arº), e.g. *nt;
prº two loaves of bread 1 Sam. 21, 4, 17,
17. Erſh nº see in nº. For the phrase
triº Hºº Hºuſ see in nº no. 2. So
pººr. Erº bread of the presence, Sept.
ūgrow évºſtuou, Vulg. panes propositionis,
Engl. shew-bread, i.e. the twelve loaves
which were set out every sabbath before
Jehovah in two rows upon the table in
the sanctuary, Ex. 25, 30.35, 13.39, 36;
comp. Lev. 24, 5–9. Called in the later
books nºr triº Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr,
9, 32. b) wheat, as that from which
bread is made, bread-corn, grain ; comp.
Arab. Lºlo food, spec. wheat, and con
tra Gr. oirog wheat and also food. Gen.
41, 54.47, 13. 15. 17. Bºzº prº Is
36, 17; 28,28 pºin" prº, see in pp: no
Elriº
tºrp
520
Prº Chald, food, a feast, Dan. 5, 1.
th: see in nºrth no. 2.
won: a) Gentile n, see ºrºri nº
Bethlehemite, art. nº, no. 12. w.
b) Lahmi, pr n. of a man in 1 Chr.
20, 5, a passage perhaps corrupted from
2 Sam. 21, 19 sºns "nº-13 Tºrºs tº
"rºr nº ns "zºrišn nº Elhanan, son
of Jaare-Oregim (ºns is here doubt-
ful, see in nºs) the Bethlehemite, slew
Goliath the Gittite; where, in order to
remove the supposed discrepancy with
the account of David's victory over Go-
liath, the text in 1 Chr. l.c. stands thus:
"Fºr nº-ris variº-rs -º-; prºs tº
Elhanan, son of Jair, slew Lahmi, the
brother of Goliath of Gath. [Vice versa,
Winer and others suppose the true
reading to be preserved in 1 Chr. and
the passage in Kings to be corrupted ;
Realw, ed. 3, art. Goliath.-R.
bºrº Lahmas, pr. m. of a place in
the plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 40; where
32 Mss. read pºrº. Vulg. Leheman,
Engl. Lahmam.
>k †: Chald. a root not used in the
verb, to be longing, lustful, like Gr. 10-
yvos, pr. to be eager, greedy, like kindr.
Priº, Erth, and transferred to sexual de-
sire.—Hence
Tºrſº Chald. f. a concubine, Dan. 5, 2.
3. 23. More frequent in the Targums.
* yº fut. Yriº 1. to press, to crowd,
Sept. 3Al36). Num. 22, 25 the ass crushed
(yriºry) the foot of Balaam against the
wall. Hence to crowd out, to thrust forth,
2 K. 6, 32; a people into the mountains
Judg. 1, 34; comp. Am. 6, 14.
2. to oppress, to distress, e.g. persons
Ps. 56, 2; strangers Ex. 22, 20. 23, 9; a
people Judg. 2, 18. 10, 12. 1 Sam. 10, 18.
2 K. 13, 4, 22. Is. 19, 10. Jer. 30, 20.
yrſh 's prº Ex. 3, 9.
Kindred is yrſ; ; also yºs, Yºs, bºs.
Samar. T(H2, Arab. oak II, to
press, to distress; also ºrº- to press, to
limportune.
Niph. to press oneself, sc. against a
wall Num. 22, 25.—Hence
yrº m. oppression, distress, affliction,
e.g. of persons Job 36, 15. Ps. 62, 10; of
a people Ex. 3,9. With a genitive of
the object, bºº. Yriº the oppression of
Israel, which he suffers, 2 K. 13, 4; c.
suff. Deut. 26, 7. Ps. 44, 25. Also, with
genit. of the subject, axis yrº Ps. 72, 10.
—yně Eva, Yrth Erſk, bread and water
of affliction or calamity, one's food in
time of distress, 1 K. 22, 27. 2 Chr. 18
26. Is. 30, 20.
Sk Erh in Kal not used, to whisper.
Gr, pºvgi Çely, Germ. zischeln, all which
as well as the Heb. are onomatopoetic ;
comp. kindr. uiri. Syr. --> to whis
per in the ear, Arab. the serpent
vibrates his tongue, hisses; whence
9 *-*
Jºe's! hissers, i.e. serpents. Ethiop.
Aſhri id. also to mutter, to speak soft.
ly, for Gr. 79%, KA'ſ ſiſi to whisper
in the ear, TA:Tſiſi to whisper
among themselves.
PIEL ºriº to whisper, to mutter, spe
as magicians or sorcerers their incanta
tions; only Part. Bºurbº conjurers, en
chanters, also charmers of serpents, Ps
58, 6. Syr. --> Pe. to use enchant
ment, whence p.a.S. charmer of ser
pents.
HITHP. to whisper among themselves
2 Sam. 12, 19; with by against any one
Ps. 41, 8.
Deriv. pr. n. Úrib and
tº m. pr. 3 whispering ; hence
1. prayer, uttered in a low voice, Is
26, 16.
2. incantation, magic, also the charm-
ing of serpents, Is. 3, 3. Jer. 8, 17. Ecc.
10, 11. Comp. Enºs in art. PS.–Hence
3. Plur. Eºrth Is. 3, 20, pr. charms
remedies against enchantment, i.e. amw-
lets, superstitious ornaments, often gems
and precious stones, or plates of gold
and silver, on which certain magic for-
mulas were inscribed, and which were
worn suspended from the neck or in the
ears, by oriental females. According
to Kimchi ear-rings, amulets being of
ten so worn ; and so Luth. and Engl.
Vers, comp. Gen. 35, 4 and the com,
mentators, also Syr. º.º.o. But eur
rings had already been mentioned by
Isaiah in v. 19.
• tº b21
b-b
tº: part. Kal, see in ... ºb.
ºp (in Cod, Samar, and many Heb.
Mss. fully ºb) m. Gen. 37, 25. 43, 11,
Lat, ledum, ladanum, Gr. Mijóov, 1&öavoy,
a fragrant resinous gum, which is gath-
ered from the leaves of a shrub growing
in the island of Crete, Arabia, and Af.
rica, xlotos, Cistus ladanifera, Herod.
3, 112. So called perh. from covering
over, concealing, from r. ºb; comp. hº
pitch, from r. nE2. Sept. Vulg. Otowth,
stacte, Syr. and Chald. pistacia, Saad.
chestnut. See Celsii Hierob. T. I. p.
280 sq. /
>k Nº obsol. root, i. q. Chald. Nº.
i. q tº to hide; or Arab. Ula) and sa'
terrae adhaasit. Hence
risº"; a species of lizard, Lev. 11,
30. Sept. Zukoğditnº, Vulg. stellio. See
Boch. Hieroz. I. p. 1073. Zab. tº-
lizard.
ºntº (the hammered, the sharpen-
ed) Letushim, pr. n. of an Arabian tribe
descended from Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. R.
ºth.
× with fut, tº 1. to hammer, to
forge, Gen. 4, 22.
2. to sharpen by hammering, e. g. a
ploughshare 1 Sam. 13, 20; a sword Ps.
7, 13. Metaph. Job 16, 9 + iºns with:
he sharpeneth his eyes against me, be-
holds me with a stern and threatening
look. -
PUAL part. Gºº sharpened, sharp,
Ps. 52, 4.
Deriv. pr. n. Eujith.
nº for Hyb, contr. for rºº (r. nºb)
wreath; only Plur. niºb wreaths, fes-
Jons, in architecture, 1 K. 7, 29. 30.36.
* Is. 16, 3. Lam. 2, 19 Cheth, once
*: Is 21, 11 (in pause, as bºr, and bºn),
tonstr. 5* Ex. 12, 42. Is. 15, 1. 30, 29;
but far more freq. with He parag. nº;
(Milel, see note), in pause nº , Plur.
nºbº; masc. R. Bºb.a. 9 .
1. might ; Arab. JJ 2 £1.j, Syr.
L.S., i.SS, Eth. A.A.T., id. in all
which there is a vestige of the He parag.
as in Hº; see note. This word is by
many regarded as primitive; and the
etymology is at least very loubtful. Bu
as thin day comes from the idea of heat
so bº night may come from that of cold
viz. as causing one to roll or wrap him
self in his cloak or bed-covering, r. bhº
—So nº pºsiºns forty nights Gen. 7.
4, 12. 1 K. 19, 8; nº rºu; 1 Sam.
30, 12. Jon. 2, 1 ; nº-bº: every night
Ps. 6, 7, but nºn-52 the whole night
Ex. 14,20.21. Num. 11,32. al. Tris nº
in one night Gen. 40, 5, 41, 11. nº
shrin in that night Gen. 32, 14.22. *śrī,
rºën at midnight Ruth 3,8; nº ſigns
see in Tib's no. 2. nº is biº from
day-break even to might, i. e. in one day,
Is. 38, 12. 13. Hº-ji, see in 13 no. 7.
Hºh Tiºr vision of the night, noctur-
nal vision, Job 4, 13, 20, 8, 33, 15; rs"?
rºid. Gen. 46,2; nº Bibr; nocturnal
dream Gen. 20, 3. nº ºne nocturnal
terror Ps. 91, 5.-By night is expressed
in Heb. by Hº Gen. 14, 15. Ex. 13, 22;
whence Hº tºi" by day and night
Ex. 13, 21. Lev. 8, 35. Num, 9,21, and so
tiny nº might and day Is. 27, 3, nº
tº 34, 10. Jer, 14, 17. Poet. Hºz,
Job 24, 14. Ps. 42, 9, 77, 7.88, 2. 119,
55, nibº Ps. 16, 7, nibºia Cant. 3, 1–
Also with art. Fºr adv. this night, to-
might, (like Diºn this day, to-day,) Gen.
19, 5. 34. Hºz as by might Job 5, 14.
2. Trop. a) For calamily, adversity:
misery, comp. Tºn, Is. 21, 11. Job 35,
3 ...
10. Mic. 3, 6. Arab. JJ misfortune,
Schult. Opp. Min. p. 74, b) For Sheol
Hades, Job 36, 20.
Note. The form nº with He parag.
signifies pr. by night; but by degrees
came also to stand for ‘the time when it
is night,’ and so for night itself; in the
same manner as Hº, Hºips, pr. the
region towards the south, towards the
north, are then put for the south, the
north, whence Hºisºn, nºs; comp.
tºiº. Indeed the paragogic ending
became so closely united with this sub-
stantive, that in Chald, and Syr. it was
retained as a radical letter, and passed
over in the stat. emphat, into "..—Hence
sº Chald. m. might, Dan. 2, 19
5, 30. 7, 2.7. 13. Often in Targg.
nº f (from bºh, r. bºb) pr. noctur
na, a night-spectre, ghost, a creature
4
Tº
Tº .
522
pf Jewish superstition, frequenting he
lesert, Is. 34, 14. According to the
Rabbins it bore the form of a female ele-
gantly dressed, and lay in wait for chil-
dren by night. Similar are the Greek
And Roman fables respecting the female
"Euſtoùow, the ovoxévtwvgot, see Aristoph.
Ran. 293. Creuzer Comment. Herod. p.
267; the Lamiae, Striges ; and the Ara-
bian Ghill, Ghillah, (JºJº y &J, Ji ,) i. e.
female monsters dwelling in deserts and
tearing men in pieces. Comp. the other
names of spectres, in Heb. e. g. Hººbs,
Bºn-yu. See more in Bochart Hieroz.
T. II. p. 831. Buxtorf in Lex. Chald.
Talmud. p. 1140. Also Comment. on Is.
13, 22. 34, 14.
Sk Tº see jºb.
tº m. (r. Bºb) 1. Poet, a lion, so
called from his strength and courage,
Is, 30, 6. Job 4, 11. Prov. 30, 30. Arab.
&J, Chald, nº, Gr. is Hom. Il. 11.
239. ib. 15. 275.
2. Laish, pr. m. a.) A place in the
northern extremity of Palestine, called
also puſh and Tº Dan q. v. Judg. 18, 29;
with n loc. Hugº v. 7. b) Also with r.
loc. Huº Is. 10, 30, a place near Ana-
thoth, northeast of Jerusalem; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 149, c) A man,
1 Sam. 25, 44 and 2 Sam. 3, 15 Keri ; in
Cheth. whb.
# imper, see Tºr; init. and no. 7.
>k ->} fut. *** 1. to take, to catch,
sc. animals, e. g. in a net, snares, (pr.
‘to strike or hit with a net,” comp. Arab.
&K percussit) Judg. 15, 4. Am. 3, 5.
Ps. 35, 8; in a pit, Jer. 18, 22; of a lion
seizing his prey Am. 3, 4.—Metaph. Job
5, 13 he laketh (snareth) the wise in their
own craftimess. Prov. 5, 22. Jer. 5, 26.
2. to take, to seize, to get possession
of, viz. a) to take captive in war, Num.
21, 32. Josh. 11, 12. Judg. 8, 12. b) to
take a city by assault, storm, to capture,
Deut. 2, 34. Josh. 8, 21. 10, 1, 11, 10.
c) to take or occupy a land, Josh. 10, 42.
Dan. 11, 18; also single places, as the
ſords of Jordan, Judg. 3, 28. 12, 5. So
Judg. 7,24 tºr-ris Erl# Tº and seize
the waters before them, even Jordan.
d) Other things, as chariots of war,
1 Chr. 18, 4. 1 Sam. 14, 47 Saul took
(72%) the kingdom over Israel. Some.
times with 7% of pers, from whom, 1 Chr.
18, 4. 2 Chr. 13, 19; comp. ; Judg. 7, 24.
3. to take, to choose any one by lot;
comp. Tr's no. 7. Josh. 7, 14 Tºujs ºn
nin, sº the tribe which Jehovah
taketh, designates by lot. v. 17.
NIPH. 1. to be taken, caught, with
snares, Is. 8, 15. 28, 13. Jer. 48, 44. Ps,
9, 16.—Trop. Prov. 6, 2. 11, 6. Job 36, 8.
2. to be taken, captured; of men Jer
51, 56; a city 1 K, 16, 18. 2 K. 18, 10.
Jer. 13, 28. 50, 2. 51, 31. 41.
3. to be taken by lot, Josh. 7, 15. 16. 18.
1 Sam. 10, 20. 21. 14, 41. 42 [43.44].
HITHP. to take hold of one another, to
hold fast together, to cohere. Arab. JJJ
Conj. V, to be joined together, to have
the parts compacted. Job 41, 9 [17]
*Tººn" they hold together, sc. the scales
of the crocodile. 38, 30 Tºrº Eirin ºn
the surface of the deep coheres, is frozen.
Comp. Tris no. 4.
Beriv, nº? and
Tº m. a being taken, capture, Prov,
3, 26.
I. Tº imper, see in Tºr init. and no.7.
II. nº for ºth to thee, Gen. 27, 37.
Tº (a going, journey, for Hºb".)
Lechah, pr. m. of a place in the tribe of
Judah, 1 Chr. 4, 21. R. Tº.
º (either: the smitten, captured,
or : the tenacious, i. e. impregnable, r.
ujeh) Lachish, pr. m. of a ſortified city
(Is, 36, 2. 2 Chr. 11, 9) in the plain of
Judah, anciently the seat of a Canaan
itish king. Josh. 10, 3. 12, 11. 15, 39
Neh. 11, 30. 2 Chr. 11, 9. Is. 36, 2. Jer.
34, 7. Mic. 1, 13. Comp. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 389, 393.
Tº see 12 p. 474. c.
Sk tº: obsol. root, prob, i. q. kindr
Arab. <!, &KJ, & a) to strike
to smite. b) to adhere, to be tenacious
hence, to be difficult.--Deriv. pr.m. tº
ris: see "Bºb.
>{< Tº fut. Tch: 1. Pr. to beat with
a rod, to chastise, espec. beasts of bur
den; whence Tºhº an ox-goad. Arab
Q- i. q. rºl to strike, to beat with
H25
3yº
523
od. Hence to discipline, to train, to
:each, sc. beasts of burden, etc. see Pual
Hos. 10, 11; also troops to war, 1 Chr.
5, 18 nºrth? Tº trained to war, i. e.
practised, skilled. Comp. Pual no. 2.
2. Intrans, to be trained, taught, i. q.
to learn, e. g. war, Is. 2, 4. Mic. 4, 3.
With acc. Deut. 5, 1. Is. 26, 10. Prov.
30, 3. Jer. 12, 16; with infin. Is. 1, 17;
infin, c, Deut. 14, 23, 17, 19. 18, 9;
verb, fin, with Deut. 31, 12; see Heb.
Gr. § 139. 3. a. Also, to accustom one-
self, to be wont, c. 58 Jer, 10, 2.
PIEL Tºh "1, to train, to accustom,
Jer. 9, 4 they have accustomed their
tongue to speak lies. Ps. 18, 35.
2. to teach, absol. Ps. 60, 1. 2 Chr. 17,
7. With acc. of pers. to teach one any
thing, Ps. 71, 17. Cant. 8, 2. Jer. 32, 33.
Part. Tº a teacher, c. genit. Ps. 119,
99. Prov. 5, 13. With two acc. of pers.
and thing, Deut. 4, 5, 14. 11, 19. Ps. 25,
4. Jer. 2, 33 Tºrrs "nº nivºry-rs
wickedness hast thou taught thy ways.
Ecc. 12, 9. With acc. of pers. and dat.
of thing (pr. to train one to any thing)
Ps. 144, 1; with :, in any thing, Is. 40,
14; 7% of thing Ps. 94, 12; inſ; c. Ps.
143, 10. Is. 48, 17. Jer. 12, 16; so with
nitrº impl. Jer. 13, 21 Tºby ens "nº
Eºs thou hast taught them to be lead-
ers over thee, accustomed them to exer-
cise dominion over thee. With dat. of
pers. Job 21, 22.
PUAL 1. to be trained, accustomed,
taught, e. g. a heifer well trained, Hos.
10, 11 ; of troops (comp. Kal no. 1),
Cant. 3, 8 nºrth? Tº trained to war,
i. e. expert; comp. 1 Chr. 25, 7 "Tºº
**u instructed in song.
2. to be taught, spoken of that in which
one is instructed; Is. 29, 13 pºulºs nº
tººk? a mere human precept taught,
inculcated, which they are made to learn.
Deriv. 12%, 12%2, Tººhn.
Tº: see in Thyah.
Tº, Tºº, nº?, see in nº D. 3, 4.
in: poet, for h, as ion for 2 in: for
A, see in ; four times in the book of
ob, c. 27, 14, 29, 21. 38, 40, 40, 4.
bsiº (3f God sc. created, see bº)
Prov. 31, 4, also Şsº Prov 31, 1,
Łemuel, pr n, of a king otherwise un-
known, prob. not an Israelite, perh, an
Arabian, to whom the moral maxims
Prov. 31, 2–9 are directed.
Tº and Tº adj. 1. accustomed
wsed to any thing, Jer. 2, 24. 13, 23
practised, ea pert, Is. 50, 4 sºah Titº
the tongue of the practised sc. in speak.
ing, the eloquent.
2. one taught, a disciple, follower
Hinº "Tº the disciples of Jehovah
prophets, Is. 50, 4, 54, 13; pious men
8, 16.
*T2: obsol root. Arab. JJ to taste;
9, - ? ~
but tº a strong youth. Hence
Tºº Lamech, pr. m. a.) A son of Me-
thusael, a descendant of Cain, and the
first to misuse the arms invented by
his son, Gen. 4, 18–24. b) The son
of Methuselah, a descendant of Seth,
Gen. 5, 25–31.
ſº see after 7%.
Twº on account of, because, see 132.
yº m. (r. 94b) the swallow, gullet,
throat, Prov. 23, 2. Chald. Nº.
*:::: in Kal not used, Arab. *
to play, to sport, to jest; also to jest at
to mock. Kindr. are **, r**, see sº
note. Chald. Evº mockery, derision,
asºns to mock at to deride any one,
Syr. -asseſ id. Comp. Gr. A63m, Ao
6&ouxt.
HipH. to mock at, to deride, part. c. *
2 Chr. 36, 16.
>k xx; fut. xxº, pr. to stammer, to
speak unintelligibly, Syr. --> also
---, &#9, 34. Eth. AU AU
and AAAh stammering, comp. Tsh and
see whº note. Hence
1. to speak in a barbarous or foreign
tongue, see in Yūb, comp. Niph. By
$3
transpos. *s, Arab. gº barbare lo-
Quens.
2. to mock, to deride, pr. by imitating
the stammering voice of any one in de-
rºsion. Chald. * to mock. Comp, by
transp. Gr. 7:446), also złsim, zisvěšº,
Goth. hlahjan, lahhan, Pers. Jºël
3x5
*Eb
524
lo ,est, Germ. lachen, Engl. to laugh.—
E. g. absol. Job 11, 3; oftener with H of
pe, s. and thing Job 9, 23. Prov. 17.5. 2
K. 19, 21. al. Spec. spoken : a) Of
those who mock at others in distress,
Job 9, 23; c. : Prov. 1, 26; % of pers.
Ps. 22,8. Job 22, 19; also inh-hazº they
laugh among themselves Ps. 80, 7. b)
Of a scoffer, who mocks at God and reli-
gion, Job 11,3; comp. in Yūb no. 2. d)
Of one who contemns the threats and ef.
ſorts of enemies, Ps. 2, 4, 59,9. Is. 37, 22.
NIPH. to speak in a barbarous or for-
evgn tongue, Is. 33, 19.
HIPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to mock, to de-
ride, Job 21, 3 ; c. : Ps. 22, 8. Neh. 2,
19; # 2 Chr. 30, 10; by Neh. 3, 33
[4, 1].
Deriv. the two following.
322 m. 1. mockery, derision, scorn,
Ps. 79, 4. Ez. 23, 32. 36, 4. Meton. for
the cause of derision, Hos. 7, 16.
2. scoffing, i. e. impious discourse, Job
34, 7; comp. in Yº no. 2.
xy: adj. (r. 3x3) 1. speaking a bar-
barous or foreign tongue ; Is. 28, 11
nº "3:23 i. e. as barbarians, foreign-
ers, sc. the Assyrians.
2. a mocker, jester, buffoon. Ps. 35, 16
Aisº "Ayº pr. cake-jesters, table-buf.
ſoons, i. e. parasites ; Gr. pouokółoxes,
xviggozółoxes. So in the Talmud Tith
rºls cake-talk, i.e. jesting, buffoonery.
*-x} obsol. root, Arab. &J to put
in order. Hence the two following:
Tº (order) Laadah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr.
4, 21.
ſº (put in order) Laadan, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 7, 26. b) 23, 7. 26, 21.
* Tº i. q. Arab. Us!, s”, to speak
rashly, to talk at random, kindr. with
* q.v. Jrash discourse—Once pret.
3 plur. Job 6, 3 sº ºn 12-by therefore
were my words rash, sº Milél ſor ºxº
Milra on account of the pause ; like
trºs, in pause Hrºš.
Sk Ty; to speak in a barbarous or for-
eign tongue, part. Tº Ps. 114, 1. Comp.
23%, and see sº note. Syr. +S- to
speak in a barbarous (spec. the Egyp-
dan) tongue.
>k
tº to eat eagerly, to devour, tomp
sº note. Arab. quadril. Klasſ 1d. Jax
voracity.
HipH. to give to eat ; once Gen. 25, 30
s: "ºn give me now to eat sc. ea
gerly, hastily, to devour; spoken of one
hungry and greedy.
>k Tº obsol. root, Arab. Jº to curée
Hence
Tº f wormwood, Jer, 9, 14. 23, 15.
Prov. 5, 4. It was apparently regarded
as a noxious or poisonous plant, and
hence called the accursed; see the root,
and Deut. 29, 17. Rev. 8, 10. 11. Indeed
bitter herbs were commonly so regard.
ed by the Hebrews; see Heb. 12, 15.
Trop. of a bitter lot, calamity, Lam. 3
15, 19; bitter injury or injustice Am. 5
7. 6, 12.
>k TE: obsol. root, to flame, to shine,
Gr. Aduſtw. The origin lies in lap-ping,
being lam-bent, which likewise the
Semitic and Greek tongues express by
the syllable lab, lap, and apply also to
flame; e. g. as?, Briº, labium, -" lip,
see sº note. The common radix there-
fore of the Hebrew and Greek verb is
Fib, and the third radical " is added in
the same manner as in ps, Tºy, Gr.
§uos, Šurdog; a vestige of it appears
also in the Greek Mouſtºg, gen. Awungdog.
From the Semitic Teº, declined in the
Aramaean manner "pºh, came the Greek
Aſſuno, and from Tºgº, Syr. ſºakes,
Chald. Tºº, the Gr. Aquittºs, Aouſtºdos,
and not vice versa.—Hence -
Tº m. 1. a flame Gen. 15, 17. Ex
20, 8. Job 41, 11. Nah. 2, 5. Dam. 10.
6. al.
2. Gr. Aguage, Lat. lampas, a lamp,
torch, see r. Tº . Judg. 7, 16. 20. Zech.
12, 6. So according to sorne, Job 12, 5
Tha Theº a torch despised, i. e. thrown
aside because it ceases to give light
the emblem of a man once in high con-
sideration, but now vile and contemned
comp. Is. 7, 4, and Comment. in loc.
But it accords better with the parallel
ism to make Theº eorrespond to --siz;
ban in the other member: for misfortune
(Tºpº from b and "E) there is contempº
*Eb
mp5
525
in the thought of him that is at ease ; it
(contempt) is prepared for those who
slip with the feet ; see Tºp.
ni"gº (torches) Lappidoth, pr. n.
of the husband of Deborah the prophet-
ess, Judg. 4, 4,
*::: adj. anterior, front, in front, 1 K.
6, 17. It is formed from *E*, as "bib
from nºno, Heb. Gr. § 85. 5. Lehrg. p.
516. See * in nº lett. D.
>k nE; fut. nºn, pr. to bend, to turn
to fold. Arab. evº) to inflect, to turn
away the face; V, to look back by turn-
ing the head ; VIII, to turn oneself to
any one ; Kor. Sur. 11. 83. Wit. Salad.
p. 17, 22, 26. Hence, to enfold, to em-
brace, to clasp ; Judg. 16, 29 nº
* Titºu, and Samson clasped the two
middle pillars... the one with his right
Jiand and the other with his left. Sept.
7téguékoffs, Vulg. apprehendens ; Jarchi
Nºxºn-j-N i. e. Fr. embrasser.
NIPH. to bend oneself, i. e. a) to
turn oneself around or back, in order
to see, Ruth 3, 8. See Arab. above.
b) to turn aside from a way; Job 6, 18
tº ninns ºne; the wayfarers of their
way turn aside, i. e. those who travel
that way, and turn aside to find those
streams, are disappointed and perish.
Tix” m. (r. yūb) mocking, derision,
scorn, sc. of every thing good and noble,
Prov. 1, 22. Hence is: "tºs i. q. Rºsh
mockers, Is. 28, 14. Prov. 29, 8.
Sk y: to mock, a doubtful root, from
which some derive Part plur. Rºssº
mockers, scorners, Hos. 7, 5. But this
is rather for bºss?? Pil. of r. Yºb q.v.
tºp: (pr. way-stopper, i. e. a fortified
1 lace, r. Eph) Lakkum, pr. n. of a place
in the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. 19, 33.
>}: rip: once 3 praet. rip Ez. 17, 5; fut.
rips, plur. Anº, Arpº ; imper. npº Ex.
29, 1 oftener rip, with He parag. Firſt
Gei,. . $, 9; Inf absol. niph Deut. 31,
26. Jer. 32, 14; constr. rrip, once "nrip
2 K. 12, 9, with pref nnpº (to be distin-
guished from Friph 2 fern, praet.) c. suff
tºrp.
1. to take, i. q. Mouffévol. Comp. Arab.
g
£4 semen recepit camela; Malt. a-
gach, fut.jylqach to receive as a guest
Vassali p. 430. Also by transpos. Arab,
G4 to take hold of each other, to co-
here, see in Hithpael, also Gr. Aćzo), Aoy-
yºvo.—Pr. to take with the hand, to lay
hold of; Gen. 8, 9 Noah put forth his
hand ºr ºn and took her sc. the dove.
Ps. 18, 17. 1 Sam. 16, 23. 2 Sam. 22, 17
Job 40, 24. al. saep. With acc. of pers
and 3 of member or part, Ez.8, 3 ºriº
"ujśn nx"s; and took me by a fore-
lock of my head; in Greek it would be
tis zóums, comp. Hist, of Bel v. 36.
Rarely with h of pers. Jer. 40, 2.--Then
i. q. to take to omestif, w.th accus. of
thing or pers. Gen. 8, 20 and (Noah)
took of all beasts ... and offered burnt-
offerings. 2, 15 and God took Adam and
put him into the garden. v. 21 and ha
took one of his ribs. 12, 5, 16, 3. Deut.
4, 20. 2 Sam. 2, 8, al. saep. In these
and similar examples ripº, like the Ho-
meric 1630m (see Vigerus ed. He-m. p.
352), often appears as ff pleonastic ;
though it strictly serves to place the
action more fully and vividly before the
eyes. Here belongs also 2 Sam. 18, 18
nº-rs ºri ib--sºº riph Eibºns
and Absalom had taken a column and
erected it for himself in his lifetime. 1
K. 11, 37 and I will take thee and thou
shalt reign. But in Jer. 23, 31 they take
their tongues and promounce oracles, i'
seems to signify that the false prophets
misused their tongues.
To the object is often prefixed Tº par
titive, to take of a thing; e. g. tº rip:
to take of the blood i. e. some blood.
Lev. 4, 25. Gen. 6, 21. 28, 11. 43, 11.
The accus. of a pronoun is often omit-
ted, as also after verbs of speaking :
Gen. 12, 19 behold thy wife Thy np take
her and go thy way. 24, 51. 27, 14. 33,
11.-The person or thing from whom
any thing is taken or received, is put
with Tº Gen. 23, 13; Two Num. 5, 25. 1
Sam. 10, 4; ºn Lev. 7, 34. Ex. 25, 2;
so too the place whence, with Tº Gen.
45, 19. Josh. 4, 20; bºx, Is. 6, 6.
Sometimes also a Dat. commodi is
added, is ripº pr. to take to or for one-
self; Gen. 38, 23 ºth nºr let her take iſ
for herself. 14, 21 Num.8, 16. More freq
the force of the pronoun is so attenuated
npº
Frº
526
that t is apparently redundant; Job 2, 8
pyr ibnpº and he took him a potsherd;
espec. in the imperative, Lev. 9, 2 tº rip
by take thee a calf. 15, 14. 29. Ex. 30,
23. 1 Sam. 21, 10. Is. 8, 1. Ez. 4, 1.3.9.
al. saep. Plur. Bºº rip Gen. 45, 19. Ex.
5, 11. al.
Spec, a) Hujs npº to take a wife,
Gr. 1416&vely yvygizu, Gen. 6, 2, 19, 14.
1 Sam. 25, 43; more fully nºs is rip:
Gen. 4, 19. Ex. 21, 10; Hºsh nº is rip:
Gen. 12, 19. Ex. 6, 25. al. Also rip:
iº Hús he took a wife for his son, i. e.
the father gave his son a wife, Gen. 34,
4. Judg. 14, 2. 3. Ellipt. Ex. 34, 16
Hºh (sº) ºrºžº ºrph). In the
later books the more usual phrase is
nus Ntº q.v.
b) to take, i. q, to take away, sometimes
with force and violence (TRIrºn 1 Sam.
2, 16); 1 Sam. 12, 3. Gen. 34, 28. Judg.
5, 19. Jer. 28, 3. al. Hence to take cap-
live and carry away, Gen. 14, 12. 1 Sam.
19, 14. 20.—'E tº ripº to take the life
of any one, Ps. 31, 14. 1 K. 19, 10. 14.
Prov. 1, 19; comp. Jon. 4, 3. Job 1, 21.
Gen. 27, 35 thy brother hath taken away
thy blessing. Job 12, 20 he taketh away
the understanding of the aged. Gen. 5,
24 ºrbs ins riph "2 for God had taken
him away, i.e. translated him to heaven.
2 K. 2, 3. 5.
c) to take, i. q. to take possession of, to
capture, to seize upon, e.g. a city, hos-
tile country, Num. 21, 25. Deut. 3, 14.
29, 7. Metaph. Job 3, 6 that night, let
darkness seize upon it. Also to take or
captivate one by blandishments, wis-
dom, etc. Prov. 6, 25. 11. 30.
d) to take a person any where, to any
place, etc. i. q. to lead, to bring, to con-
duct, with acc. of pers. and 58 of place.
Num. 11, 16 and bring (ºrpº) them to
the tabernacle of the congregation. 23,
27. Job 38, 20. 2 K. 18, 32. Is. 36, 17;
bs of pers, to whom, Gen. 48,9; ; Prov.
24, 11; ; c. inf Ex. 14, 11. -
e) to take and bring to any one, to
fetch ; with acc. of thing Gen. 18, 5.7.8.
27, 13. 2 Sam. 4, 6 pººr ºrph as if
fetching wheat, as if in order to buy
wheat. 1 K. 17, 11 ; with acc. of pers.
2 K. 3, 15 ºn tº ºrp bring me a min-
strel. Gen. 42, 16. 43, 13. Judg. 11, 5.
A m. 9, 2. 3. Often to fetch by another,
to let come, 1 Sam. 16, 11. Gen. 20, 2
Jer, 37, 17,-With 7% of place whence
Am. 7, 15. Ps. 78, 70.
2. to take, i. q. 0&op10t, i.e. a) to ac.
cept, to receive, sc. any thing offered, as
gifts 1 Sam. 12, 3. Ps. 15, 5. Am. 5, 12
food, ‘E Tºº Judg. 13, 3. Also of a
buyer receiving wares Neh. 10, 22; of
God as accepting prayers Ps, 6, 10; of
a person receiving and following coun-
sel, Prov. 2, 1 ºngs nºr Es ºil. 4, .0.
10,8. 24, 32. Job 22, 22. b) to take in,
to receive; Gen.4,11 the earth, which hath
opened her mouth to receive (rriph) thy
brother's blood. So to receive a person
under one's care and protection, Ps. 49,
16. 73, 24. c) to receive, i. e. to get, to
obtain ; Is. 40, 2 for she hath received
(nrº) of the Lord's hand double, etc.
Prov. 9, 7. 22, 25. Num. 23, 20. So Pry,
31, 16 she considereth a field and taketh it,
i. e. gets it, buys it, Sept. §ngioto; comp.
2 Sam. 4, 6. Neh. 10, 32. d) to receive,
to perceive, sc. with the ears, Job 4, 12.
Niph. ripº 1. Pass, of Kal no.1.b, to
be taken away, 1 Sam. 21, 6 [7]; of the
ark as captured by the enemy, 1 Sam.
4, 11. 17. 19. 21. 22; of Elijah as taken
up to heaven, 2 K. 2,9. Also to be taken
away from life by violence Ez. 33, 6.
2. Pass, of Kal no. 1. d, to be brought,
c. *s Esth. 2, 8, 16.
Pual riph and Fut. Hoph. rips; the
fut. of Piel and praet. of Hoph, being
wanting.
1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be taken, with
7% of that whence, Gen. 2, 23. 3, 19. 23.
Job 28, 2. Ez. 15, 3. Trop. to be taken
wp, repeated, as a curse, Jer. 29, 22.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b, to be taken
away, of things, with 7% of pers. Is. 49,
24, 25; ; Judg. 17, 2; of persons e. g. to
heaven 2 K. 2, 10, comp. Is. 53,8. Also
to be taken captive, carried away, Is. 52
5. Jer. 48, 46.
3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. e., to be fetched,
as things Gen. 18, 4; to be brought, as
persons Gen. 12, 15.
HoPH. fut. see in Pual.
Hithe, part, rrºnz tº Ex. 9, 24
and Ez. 1, 4, a fire taking hold on itself
holding together, continuous, i.e. a mass
of fire. Comp. synon. "zºrr.
Deriv. nº, Hriº, riph?, Bºrphº
and the two following. g
mp5
hºp
b27
npº m. c. suff, ºrph 1. taking arts,
'air speecn, by which the mind of any
one is captivated, Prov. 7, 21; see r. mph
no. 1. c. -
2. doctrine, learning, knowledge, which
One receives, perceives, learns, see the
root no. 2. c, d. Prov. 1, 5.9, 9. 16, 21.
Comp. Chald. Pap to receive and to
learn, Hºp cabbala, learning; Gr. to-
90.4043%vo, Lat. accipio.—Hence so far
as this is communicated to others:
3. instruction, discourse of a teacher,
Prov. 4, 2. Deut. 32, 2. Job 11, 4.
"TP3 (learned) Likhi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 19. Comp. mph no. 2.
>k tp: fut. eph", to take up, to gather
wp, to collect, pr. things upon the ground;
as stones Gen. 31, 46; flowers Cant. 6,
2 ; manna Ex. 16, 4 sq. Num. 11, 8;
ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2, 8. Poet.
of animals gathering up the herbage,
pasture, etc. Ps. 104, 28. Usually with
accus, but also absol. as nº ºp; to
glean in a field Ruth 2,8.—Arab. In J
Ç e
to take up, laš) gleanings, etc. Syr.
--- id.
PIEL i. Q. Kal, to take up, to gather up ;
as ears of grain, to glean, Ruth 2, 16 sq.
Is. 17, 5; grapes scattered in a vineyard
Lev. 19, 10; wood Jer. 7, 18; herbs 2 K.
1, 39; arrows 1 Sam. 20, 38. Trop. of
money Gen. 47, 14. Usually with acc.
but also absol. as Tºa topº Ruth 2, 3.
.7; and so Judg. 1, 7, comp. Matt. 25, 27.
PUAL to be gathered, as a people dis-
persed, Is. 27, 12.
HITH.P. to gather themselves together,
with PS to any one, Judg. 11, 3.
Deriv. tºph: and
tp: m. a gleaming of fields or vine-
yards, Lev. 19, 9, 23, 22.
>k Eph obsol. root, Arab. §§J to stop
the way. Hence pr. m. php?'.
>k pph, 3 plur. *ppº fut. phy, OIMO-
matopoet. to lick, to lap, of dogs lapping
As they drink, 1 K. 21, 19 22, 38. Judg. 7,
5. Kindr, is nº q.v. and see sº note.
{\rmen. |ºthkl lakiel, to lick, Arab.
9 ºf G.e.
© e tongue.
Plei, id. Judg. 7, 6, 7.
Sk tºph in Kal not used; Syl - as
to be late ripe, of fruit. Hence Biphº
the latter rain, and upº after-grass.
PIEL to gather the late fruits, i.e. to
glean a vineyard; Job 24, 6 vuj, Bºž
hujº, they glean the vineyard of the
wicked. But some Mss. read hºpe.
tº m. lattergrass, rowen, after-math
Am. 7, 1. R. upº Kal.
>k Tº obsol root, Arab. X.J to luck,
to suck ; hence
Tº m. c. suff. "ºh, pr scimething
usually licked or sucked, something
Sweet, etc.
1. juice, sap, as being sucked ; spec.
vital moisture, life-blood, vigour, Ps. 32,
4 ** Tº my life-blood is changed,
i. e. is dried up.
2. a sweet cake. Num. 11, 8 ºn tº
a sweet cake made with oil. Sept. §yxgig
é$ ékolov, Vulg. panis oleatus. Comp.
nº from r. Ygº. -
Titº of both genders, but oftener fem.
Ps. 12, 4. Prov. 6, 24. al. masc. Ps. 22,
16. Prov. 26, 28; constr. iush, c. suff,
*ish, intº Ex. 11, 7; plur. niliuh, c.
suff, prºtº Gen. 10, 20. R. jugh.
1. the tongue, both of men and ani-
mals, as the instrument of licking, Ex.
11, 7. Ps. 68, 24. Job 20, 16. 40, 25 [41,
1]. al. Arab. ÜU.J., Ethiop. ATA,
Aram. Tºgº, <s. Comp. also from
languages not Semitic, Sanscr. rasana,
Armen. TEq.m., Copt. A&c.; and
even Gr. 726,000, in which the y is an
addition, comp. Asúogo, ykotovo; yuá-
qog, vågos; złoſivo, lama, and many others.
—Spoken with f w exceptions of the
human tongue as the instrument of
speech ; (exceptions are Ex. 11, 7. Ps.
22, 16. 68, 24. Lam. 4, 4. Is. 57. 4. Job .
20, 16. 40, 25;) thus Job 33, 2 nº
*2n: “ith. Ps. 12, 4, 45, 2, 39, 4;
but Ps. 109, 2 -pu, lich ºn they
speak with a lying tongue, (for which
accus. of instrum. see Heb. Gr. § 135
1. m. 3.) Prov. 15, 4, 18, 21. Is. 33, 19.
45, 23. al.-The words which one is
ready to utter, are said to be either upon
the tongue, 'P Tiºha Job 6, 30. Ps. 139, 4
‘p fish by 2 Sam. 23, 2, Prov, 31.26;
Tº
ſº
52C
or also under the tongue, 'E iº nrith Ps.
10, 7. 66, 17, comp. Cant. 4, 11; which
phrases seem not greatly to differ in
meaning; comp. “upon the lips’ Ps. 16,
4, and ‘under the lips’ Ps. 140,4—With
genit. "pºº Tiush a lying tongue Prov. 6,
17. (Meton. for a lying person, with
masc. Prov. 26, 28.) rºº Titº id. Ps.
52, 6, ni-Friº jiuſh id. Prov. 10, 31–
Also zot Śoziv for a spiteful, malignant
tongue, (or as in Chald, and Zab. ‘lingua
tertia,’ comp. Ecclus. 28, 15,) whence Ps.
140, 12 Trº tºns a man of tongue, i.e. a
tattler, slanderer. (But Tiuk bºx, an en-
chanter, charmer, Ecc. 10, 11.) Jer. 18,
18 come, let us smite him with the tongue,
i. e. as Chald. well, let us bear false
witness against him. Job 5, 21 Titº Liu;
the scourge of the tongue, comp. the simi-
lar figure in Germ. klatschen, Engl. lash,
Fr. coup de langue. Ez. 36, 3 ye go up
jius; reu, by upon the lips of the slan-
derer's tongue, i.e. are traduced in men's
mouths.—Meton. a) i. q. speech, Job
15, 5 Bºzº Titº crafty speeches. Prov.
16, 1. b) tongue, for language, dia-
lect. Dan. 1, 4 ºz Titº the Chaldee
tongue. Gen. 10, 5 iº užns every
Dme after his tongue, dialect. Deut. 28,
49. Is. 28, 11. Neh. 13, 24. Esth. 1, 22.
9 sº 93
3, 12. 8, 9. Arab. ÜU.J., & J, id.
Hence c) a nation, people, having a
tongue or language of their own. Is.
36, 18 riºr Bºian-bº all nations and
tongues; see Chald. Tºº.
2. Trop. of what resembles a tongue,
e.g. a) arº Titº a tongue of gold, i. q.
bar of gold, Josh. 7,21. 24. Vulg. regula
aurea. b) tº lith a tongue of fire, i.e.
a flame of fire, Is. 5, 24, so called from
its shape and motion, whence also it is
said to lap, to be lambent; see alſº,
tonº, and Virg. Æn. 2.684. Comp. Złó0-
got digel Trvgós Acts 2,3. Arab. J-
jLill, Pers. Jºsſ Jº zabáni àtesh.
c) ºr Tivº, a tongue of the sea, a bay,
Josh. 15, 5. 18, 19. Is. 11, 15; and simpl.
jitºr Josh. 15, 2. In Arabian geogra-
phers e | ejº). Comp. Engl.
‘tongue ºf land,’ Germ. Erdzunge.
it.
sk TE: obsol. root, perh. transp. i. q.
tºº, but int ansitive, to throw oneself
down, i.e. o lie, to lie down.
perhaps
rººf with He loc. Hrºugh 1 Sam,
9, 22; Plur. ni-tºº, constr. nisºº; a cell
chamber, pr. bed-chamber; spoken esp
of the cells or chambers in the courts o'
the temple, mostly at the gates, 2 K. 23
11. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 28, 12. Jer. 36, 10.
Ez. 40, 17. 44 sq. 42, 13 sq. in which the
treasure of the temple and every thing
necessary for the temple-service were
kept, 1 Chr. 9, 26. 28, 12. 2 Chr. 31,
11 sq. Ezra 8, 29. Neh. 8, 38 sq. 13
5. 9; where the priests, Levites, etc.
lodged, Ez. 40, 38.44 sq. 42, 1 sq. 45, 5.
Neh. 13, 4; (comp. 1 Chr. 9, 33;) and
where other persons were rarely admit
ted to dwell or as guests, 2 K. 23, 11.
Jer, 35, 4.5. Once of an eating-room
1 Sam. 9, 22; also of the chamber of
the king's scribe in the palace Jer. 36
12–Thrice written Hºuſ: Neh. 3, 30.
12, 44. 13, 7. -
NotE. The etymology is uncertain. If
the more common Fizuº be the primary
form, it may come from r. Tº as above;
and at any rate has no connection with
Hence
Gr. Aéozm, as has been suggested. But . .
as n is more readily softened into l than
the contrary, it may be that rºuj, is the
older form ; and this Bohlen derives
from Pers. U.) Kwº to sit, to sit down,
whence might come 8L&3 seat, though
this is not found. Others make it by
transpos. for Hºuſ dwelling, from r. Puj.
See Thesaur. p. 762, 763.
× tº obsol root, Arab. A.J to taste
pr. to lick; see in Tºh –Hence
tº: m. 1. A species of gem, Ex. 28,
19. 39, 12; Sept. Myūgton, Vulg, ligu-
rius, Engl. opal,—The Aiyūgton or Avy-
not guoy is described as a species of am-
ber, and also as a species of hyacinth ;
see Thesaur. p. 763.
2. Leshem, pr. m. of a city, elsewhere
called tº and 7: ; see T. Josh. 19, 47
.k TE: in Kal not used, prob. to lick, tº
lap, like the kindr. J – “J. rº
comp. Wºrth, º e
Po. Fujib denom. from Tºujº, pr. tº
tongue, i. e. to use the tongue freely
and by impl. to slander; see Titº no. .
Tº 529
"NY:
mid. , Part, with parag. *ſjibº Ps.
101,5; in Keri ºn for ºn part Pi.
Arab. . . to slander. -
HipH. id. Prov. 30, 10.
Tº Chald.m. tongue, and hence a na-
tion, having a tongue or language of its
own, see Jiush no. 1. c. Dan. 3, 4 sºns
Rºhº sº tribes, nations, and tongues.
v. 7. 31. 5, 19. 6, 26. 7, 14. al. Comp.
Rev. 5, 9, 7, 9.
“sº obsol. root, Arab. cº to
- _^
- 0. - & 9 © sº
puncture, to sting, as a scorpion;
a chink, fissure, perh. of chasms in the
earth, fountains, etc.—Hence
y tº Lesha, pr. n, of a place, Gen. 10,
19; according to Jerome (in Quaest.)
Callirrhoë on the eastern coast of the
Dead sea, celebrated for its warm
Mem, the thirteenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
40. The name tº probably signifies
water, i. Q. Dº?, and the antique forms
of the letter have a certain resemblance
to waves; see Monum. Phoen. p. 35, 36.
Its name accords with Gr. Mû i. e. Phe-
nic. ix, water; in Ethiop. also Mai water.
It is interchanged: a) Often with
other labials, as H and F, which see ;
rarely with 1, as Fior, Chald. Fºr, to be
astonished. b) With liquids, chiefly
an 15.
Nun, comp. tºs, Syr. Kl, Arab. &l. &l;
Ç * t? e
ºria, Arab. Kuči! thumb; tº pista-
9 aº.
c10s, comp. tº a pistacia tere-
binthus Linn. Tº, Arab. pºwe to be fat;
3 -9. e
i-in, 5: threshing-sledge, Tºº and
bºº to be hostile, 5'- and T- plural
tndings. Rarely with b, see in h no. 1. c.
For Mem dropped at the end of words,
see Lehrg. p. 138,524. Comp, the similar
Isage in the language of the Etruscans
and Umbri, in O. Müller's Etrusker T.
V. p. 56.
springs; see Plin. H. N. 5, 13, Jos. B. J.
1. 33.5. These springs were 71sited by
Irby and Mangles; Travels, Lond. 1844.
p. 144 sq.
Sk nº obsol. root, perh. i. q. ring
Samar. Tin, to spread out a garment;
whence Eth. AA:tº a garment, tunic,
perh, wide. Hence ririrh2.
>k inh obsol. root, prob. i. q. Tº to
be poured out. Hence
Tº m, a measure for grain, Hos. 3
2; so called from pouring. Sept. Aut.
×ogog, Vulg. corus dimidius, accommo-
dated to the context.
+ y r: obsol. root, i. q. & to strike,
also to bite, whence nisºº biters, teeth.
—To this root some refer the form sº
Job 4, 10; but it belongs rather to r. sn}.
''': prefix, for nº what? where see
note.
"º prefix, for 12, q.v.
Nº Chald. i. q. Hebr. nº what? also
without interrogation * Nº that which
Ezra 6,8. See H%.
bº-Šº m. (r. bºs) a store-house,
granary, plur. Jer, 50, 26. Sept. &no-
&#km.
Tsº. m. (r. As no. 3) c. suff, Alsº,
*Nº.
1. Subst, might, vehemence; Deut. 6
5 and thou shalt love Jehovah, thy God,
with all thy heart, with all thy soul, bººk
Tºšº and with all thy might. 2 K. 23,
25; comp. Luke 10, 27. Is. 47, 9 nºz
"Sº Tºrºn with (notwithstanding) the
great abundance of thine enchantments
where connect "sº nosy. Job 35, 15.
Hence a) Tsº isºz, with might of
might, i. e. mightily, very earweedingly,
Gen. 17, 2.6. 20. Ez. 9, 9, b) sº is
even to vehemence, i.e. very earceedingly.
Gen. 27, 33. 1 K. 1, 4. Dan. 8, 8; wholly
wtterly, Ps. 119,8; too much, too eacceed
ingly, Is. 64,8. c) iszº is i, q, kz is
45
Hsº
*Nº
530
but in later Hebrew, 2 Chr. 16, 14; comp.
P Chr. 17, 12. 26, 15.
2. Adv. pr. acc. as adv. a) mightily,
vehemently, eacceedingly, Gen. 4, 5, 7,
18. 13, 13. 19, 3. al. Often joined with
adjectives and adverbs, as "sº air very
good Gen. 1, 31. Isº Hº; 12, 14. Hann
"sº very much Gen. 15, 1. Emphat.
doubled "is", "Nº Gen. 7, 19. Num. 14,
7.—Ps, 46, 2 is sºn: rinx: nº he
in found a help in trouble mightily, i. e.
9 mighty helper. b) speedily, quickly,
as being connected with the exertion
of one’s strength ; 1 Sam. 20, 19 nºr
"sº come down quickly; Vulg. festi-
nus. Comp. Germ. bald from Lat.
valde; Low Germ. Swieth, Anglo-Sax.
swilhe, i. q valde, Germ. geschwind,
Engl. swift.
Sk Tsº f constr. r.sº, ; dual tºns?
for tºns?; plur. nis?, rs2.
31s § 2.
1. a hundred; Arab. Kºç and Kºlº,
Ethiop. <^%T, Syr. iśc. If an etymo-
logy be sought, we may compare Pers.
'ma, mah, meh, great, much ; of which
also some uncertain traces are found in
the Phenician, see Monum. Phoen. p.
152.—Lev. 26, 8 Ezº Hsº a hundred of
you. Ecc. 6, 3. al. With substantives it
is joined variously, and is put: a) Be-
fore substantives in the singular, usually
such as denote things often spoken of in
great numbers; as Hºu Hsº a hundred
years Gen. 17, 17; J’s HS2 1 K. 18,
13; also Gen. 23, 19. Josh. 24, 32. 2 K.
23. 33. 1 Chr. 18, 4. al. b) Before sub-
stantives in the plural, usually those
denoting things less frequently spoken
of in great numbers; as E*S*H: TS? a
hundred prophets 1 K. 18, 4; Bºyº ºn
2 Sam. 24, 3. 1 Sam. 25, 18. Gen. 26,
12. c) In the construct in like manner,
though rarely, before nouns sing. and
plur, as -32 ns? Ex. 38, 25; tºſs %
v. 27. But, on the other hand, nsº
ntands very frequently where the num-
ber one hundred is combined with others;
as rºuj tº nº nsº a hundred and
seventy years' Gen. 25, 7, 17. 35, 28;
nº ris?” tºº; ºr Gen. 5, 6, 18. 25.
28 7, 24. 47, 28. Ex. 6, 16. 18. Num.
33 39. al. d) Rarely and only in the
later books is HNº put after a noun plur.
as HNº B*** 2 Chr. 3, 16; comp. 4, 8
Ezra 2, 69. 8, 26.
2. Adv. a hundred times, Prov 17, 10
constr. rs", id. Ecc. 8, 12.
3. the hundredth or one per centum
Sc. of money or other things, exacted in
monthly usury; Neh. 5, 11 Fºr rs:
Tººl, Vulg. centesima. For the cente.
sima or one per cent. of the Romans,
see Ernesti Clav. Cic. Sub. v. and for
the usury still common in the East, see
Volney's Travels, II. p. 410. Bowring's
Report on Egypt p. 82.
4. Meah, pr. m. of a tower in Jerusa-
lem, Neh. 3, 1. 12, 39.
DUAL bºnNº two hundred ; put before
a noun sing. Hº Bºnsº Gen. 11, 23. 1
Sam. 18, 27; before a plur, tºpuſ ºn 2
Sam. 14, 26; after a plur. "7 bºx Gen
32, 15.
PLUR. nisº a) hundreds, as nisº} by
hundreds 2 Sam. 18, 4; risºn ºng the
captains of hundreds, centurions, Num.
31, 14. 48, 52. Hence ºn uju sir hum-
dred Ex. 12, 37; a rºuſ eight hundred
Gen. 5, 7. etc. b) a hundred, q, d. each
hundred, hundred by hundred, 2 Chr.
25, 9 Cheth. comp. v. 6. Keri rs? -A
rare form of the plur. is Cheth. ht"Nº
(ni sº) 2 K. 11, 4, 9, 10. 15. Comp. the
Arabic.
"Sº Chald. a hundred, Dan. 6, 2.
Ezra 6, 17. 7, 22. Dual ſºns: Ezra 6.
17.
"1872 m. (r. His I) desire ; once plur.
constr. Sº, "ºlsº the desires of the wick-
ed, Ps. 140, 9.
EºNº for bºsº, usually contr. tº q.v.
a spot, blemish, Dan. 1, 4. Job 31, 7. R.
Es?.
Tºsº Milé (prob. for nº H%, or
perh, for nº is nº, what or what ?
though the etymology is doubtful,) what
ever, something, any thing. Num. 22
38 have I now any power at all had
HºNº to say any thing 2 2 K. 5, 20
and accept of him nºisy, something.—
Oftener with a negatt. particle, nothing,
nothing whatever, nothing at all ; e. g.
with Nº Deut. 13, 18. Gen. 39, 6.9.
Sam. 12, 5. With "N, 1 K. 18, 43 "N
rtºsz, nothing at all. Judg. 14, 6, Ecc
5, 13; more fully Gen. 39, 23 ris". Tº
"Nº
ONº -
531
2-barrs not looking to anything at all.
With ºs, Jer. 39, 12 nºsº b (bºr-bs
yº. 1 Sam. 21, 3.
his? m. once "Sº Ex. 25, 6, constr.
his; ; plur. Bºnsº Ez 32, 8, and ni-sº
Gen. 1, 16. R. his.
1. light, a light, Ps. 90, 8, 74, 16; also
a luminary, as the sun and moon, Gen.
1, 14, 16, Ez. 32,8. How it differs from
his, see in h. v. nisºn-nniºn the sa-
cred candelabra, Num. 4, 9. 16.—Me-
taph. bºy his? the light of the eyes,
i.e. bright eyes, joyous, Prov. 15, 30.
2. a candlestick, candelabra, Ex. 25, 6.
27, 20. 35, 14.
Tºsº fem. of nisº (r. *is) pr. light,
then light-hole, sc. by which light en-
ters, and so meton. hole, den of a serpent,
Vulg. caverna, Is. 11, 8.—Or it may also
be taken for Hºyn, Hyn, 8, , o, a
cavern, N and 9 being iºnºi
Bºrsº m, dual (r. 7S II) balances,
a bala”ce, Arab. 35°. Is. 40, 12. 15.
Job 6, 2. Ps. 62, 10 so that they as-
cend in the balance, sc. for lightness.
pºs: º a just or even balance Lev. 19,
36. Job 31, 6; opp. Tº ‘o a false bal-
ance Prov. 11, 1. 20, 23. It differs from
bºº q.v.
Tºſsº Chald, id. Dan. 5, 27. *
ni"Sº, see HS2 Plur. fin.
22s2 m. (r. hes) food, Gen. 2, 9.3, 6.
6, 21; espec. of grain, 2 Chr. 11, 11.
52s2 y: a tree for food, fruit-tree, Lev.
19, 23. Deut. 20, 20. bºsº Rs flocks
for food, for slaughter, Ps. 44, 12.
rºsº f (r. 92s) plur ribºsº, a
knife, as an instrument for eating, Gen.
22, 6.10. Judg. 19, 29. Prov.30, 14. Arab.
JLº. spoon.
Rºbsº f (r. 92s) food, trop. Is. 9,4
t’s nºsº food for fire, fuel. v. 18.
>k Esº obsol. root, perhaps to spot, to
soil; whence this?, phºn, q.v.
bºsº m. plur. (r. Y?N) powers ;
trop. of wealth, Job 36, 19 ris "sºs?-??
all the powers (resources) of wealth.
Tºšº m. (r. hºs) an dict, mandate,
a word of the later Hebrew, Esth. 1, 15
2, 20. 9, 32. Chald. Ryºsº, sºng
Ryº, id.
Tºsº Chald. id. Dan. 4, 14.
78% Chald. m. vase, vessel, utensil
i. q. Hebr. **, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23. In
Targg. defect. Tº, Syr. kilº-It seems
to be for nº?, from r. His II, Arab.
sº IV, to retain; whence Usſ vase, *
a vessel, ship, q.v.
Sk Tsº in Kal not used, to refuse, see
adj. Nº. Syr. &e, every where impers.
-S ºilº tedet me ; Aph. cessavit,
destitit. Kindred is 93%; comp. in Rhi
PIEL |Nº to refuse, to be unwilling
(opp. nºs,) absol. Gen. 39, 8. Is. 1, 20
1 Sam. 28, 23; with inf. Jer. 3, 3. Ps.
77, 3; inſ; c. : Ex. 7, 14, 22, 16. 1 Sam.
8, 19. Jer. 25, 28. Hos. 11, 5. al.
Deriv. the two following.
78% adj. unwilling, refusing, used
with personal pronouns for a finite verb;
Ex. 7, 27 nrºs Is?"ps if thou refusest.
9, 2. 10, 4.
78% m. verbal of Piel, refractory, per-
tinaciously refusing, Plur. Rºsº Jer.
13, 10. R. Nº.
× ps? fut. Osº, inf. c. suff, tºº
Am. 2, 4.
1. i. Q. boº, to melt, to melt away,
to run ; see Niph. no. 1. Comp. Chald.
bs” i. g. boº, and Ts'º, i. g. Tºº.
Spec. of a sore which runs with matter,
see Job 7, 5; comp. Arab. Upºo late pa-
tet vulnus. Kindred is the idea of being
foetid and loathsome. -
2. to reject, to refuse, prob. from the
idea of loathing, comp. nº, (opp. ºri: to
choose,) Is. 7, 15. 16. 41,9. Job 34, 33.
Constr. c. acc. Ps. 118, 22. Is. 31,7; c. 1
Is. 33, 15. Ps. 78,67; acc. et inf. c. :
Job 30, 1; acc. et Tº c. inf. 1 Sam. 16,
1; absol. Job 6, 14. 42, 6. Chiefly spo-
ken : a) Of God, as rejecting a people
or individuals, Jer, 6, 30. 7, 29. 14, 19.
Ps. 53, 6, Job 8, 20. al. b) Of men re.
jecting God and his precepts, Num. 11
20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. Am. 2, 4. Job 5, 7. al.
3. to contemn, to despise, c. acc. Prov
15, 32. Job 9, 21; c. : Job 19, 18. Judg
9, 38; absol. nº tºº & despiteful
ENYº
º
532
ſcornful tribe, Ez. 21, 18. Infin. bkº
Lam. 3, 45 as subst. aversion, contempt.
NIPH. 1. to be melted, to melt away;
Ps. 58, 8 Bºº-inº ºbsº let them melt
away like water, i.e. let them perish.
Spec. of a running sore; Job 7, 5 "his
bsº sº my skin shrivels (cracks) and
runs with matter.
2. Pass, to be rejected, contemned, Is.
54, 6. Part. Ps. 15, 4 esq.
Tºšº m. (r. Hºs) a baking, some-
thing baked, Lev. 2, 4.
Sºsº m. (r. bes) darkness, Josh. 24,7.
rººps? f. (for F. BES2, compare
r:rºriº Cant. 8, 6) darkness of Jeho-
vah, i. e. thick darkness; Jer. 2, 31 yºs
nºes? land of thick darkness, spoken
of a pathless desert, in which men wan-
der as iſ in darkness. Comp. in v. 6
rºx yºs, and Job 30, 3.
•-sº in Kal not used, but prob.
kindred with -nº to be bitter, acrid;
fº.
comp. ps? and boº. Arab. jº TeCIUl-
• * >
duit vulnus, to excite hatred, ſº to
conceive hatred; all which may come
from the idea of bitterness.
HipH. part. Hºsº pr. making bitter,
and hence causing bitter pain; Fºz. 28,
24 h"Sº Tibe a thorn causing pain,
i. e. pricking. Fem. nºs” nº pain-
ful leprosy, i. e. fretting, malignant,
Lev. 13, 51.52. 14, 44.
nsº see nis?.
PTS2 m. (r. ans) ambush, i.e. place
of ambush Josh. 8, 9. Ps. 10,8. Concr.
troops in ambush, an ambushmeht, 2
Chr. 13, 13.
Tºsº f (r. -ºs) constr. nºs”, a
curse, eacecration, Prov. 3, 33. Mal. 2, 2.
Deut. 28, 20. Plur. Prov. 28, 27.
FSº, compounded of 72 and rs, pr.
from with, see next after Tº.
nº f plur. (r. 91a) separations,
... e. separate places; Josh. 16, 9 bºmyr,
nibºr the cities separately assigned.
stºº m. (r. six) constr. sian, Nan;
pl. nisian, constr. “Niñº, c. suff, "sian.
1. an in-coming, entering, Ez. 26, 10.
33, 71.
2 an entrance, place of entering;
Judg. 1, 24, 25 nºr. Ni-n the entranca
of the city, i. e. the gate. Prov. 8, 3 Nina
cºrrº in the entrance of the gates. 2 K.
11, 16. Jer, 38, 14.
3. tºr. Nan the going down of the
sun, the west, Deut. 11, 30. Ps. 50, 1
104, 19. Mal. 1, 11. Acc. towards the
west, westward, Josh. 1, 4, 23, 4.
Tº f. (r. Tºz) perplearity, Is 22, 5.
Mic. 7, 4.
ºn m. (r. 93: I, the radical Yod
being represented by the Daghesh in E,)
an inundation, deluge, spoken of Noah's
flood, Gen. 6, 17. 7, 6.7.10. 9, 11.28. 10,
1. 32. So of the floods above the firma,
ment, Ps. 29, 10; where others: the
Lord did sit at the flood, sc. of Noah, i.e.
did sit in judgment, comp. Ps. 9, 5.8.9.
tº 2 Chr. 35, 3 Cheth, for tº:
Keri ; if not a mere error in copying, it
is abstr. wisdom, for concr. wise teach.
ers. R. Tº.
Tº ſ. (r. bha) a treading down,
sc. of enemies by the victors; Is. 22, 5.
18, 2.7 a people.... righan of treading
down, i. e. treading their enemies under
foot.
2*2 m. (r. 9=}) a fountain, Ecc. 12,6.
Plur. constr. tºº "shaº Is. 35, 7.49, 10,
Arab. & id.
"Pºº f (r. pha) emptiness, Nah. 2,
11; see ripha.
minº m. choice, 2 K. 3, 19. 19, 23.
R. -nā.
nº m. (r. ºria) constr. -rºº.
1. choice, and hence whatever is
chosen, choicest, best; only in the constr.
Is 22,7 Tºpº -rºº thy choicest valleys.
37, 24 hºujina -ring its choice cypress-
trees [or pines]. Jer. 22, 7. Gen. 23, 6.
Ex. 15, 4. Ez. 23, 7, 24, 4. Inverted
Tºrº tº the people of his choice, his
chosen people, Dan. 11, 15.
2. Mibhar, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 38.
tº m. (r. 1253) earpectation, hope
Zech. 9, 5. Meton. for the object of
expectation, Is. 20, 5. 6. —With suffix
Fºº for nº? Zech. l. c. Patah being
shortened into Seghol, as "rººs fo:
nºns; comp. Heb. Gram. § 27. not. 2, a
tº-Yº
"3%
533
Sº, m. (r. Rºž) something rashly
uttered, as Bºrº 'º Num. 30, 7.9.
Tº m. (r. riº) constr. rigº, c.
suff, "nº and "rºº, plur. Bºrºo,
Dag. f. impl. in n.
1. trust, confidence, firm and certain
hope, Prov. 22, 19. Meton. of a person
or th ng in which confidence is placed,
Ps. 4.) 5. 65, 6, 71, 5. Job 8, 14. Jer. 17,
7. Plur. Jer. 2, 37.
2. Security, safety; Job 18, 14 his secu-
rity shall be torn from his tent, i.e. he
himself in his too great security. Plur.
Hs. 32, 18.
nº f. (r. *3) eachilaration,
cheerfulness, Jer. 8, 18. The form is pr.
denom. from the Hiph, part. Anºº ea:-
hiſ drans; see Lehrg. p. 514, where to
the examples ending in nº this in nº-
may be added.
Tº m. (r. Hº) a building, edifice,
Ez. 40, 2, .
"Bºº, see "238.
Tº m. (r. 533 no. 2) plur. Bºnº,
constr. ºn ; once plur, ninjº Dan.
11, 15.
1. a fortification, fortress, citadel, Is.
25, 12; then for a fortified city, i. q. hºs
nºxi, Is. 17, 3. Hab. 1, 10. The same
is sº nºs, e.g. *s nº lºs Josh.
19, 29, -is "siº 2 Sam. 24, 7, i. e. forti-
fied Tyre, or Palaetyrus, old Tyre; comp.
Comm. on Is. 23, 7.—Plur. Num. 13, 19.
Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2, 2.5, Nah. 3, 12. 14.
al. So nº "my Num. 32, 36. Josh.
19, 35; or with both words in Plur. **
Tº Jer. 5, 17; or the latter only,
ninsºn --s fortified cities, Dan. 11, 15.
See in art. Bain note. Heb. Gram. § 106.
3.—Metaph. Jer. 6, 27 I have set thee as
a watcher for my people, n:º a for-
tress, i.e. secure from the violence of
enemies; comp. 1, 18.
2. Mibzar, pr. m. of a prince of the
Edomites, Gen. 36, 42.
Tº m. (r. Thà) pr. flight, then as
toncr. fugitive, plur. Ez. 17, 21.
Eigº (sweet odour, r. blº) Mibsam,
pr.m. a.) A son ºf Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25.
D"tºº m. plur. ( ºr
Deut. 25, 11.
rºdenda,
nº f plur (r. 9ºz) boiler, bo.
ing-places, pr. part. Piel, Ez. 46, 23
comp. 24. Vulg. culina.
W2 m. Magus, plur. Magi, the name
for priests and wise men among the
Medes, Persians, and Babylonians, pr.
great, powerful; see Hyde de relig. vett.
Persarum, p. 372 sq. Compare Pers. ;
mogh magus, from 2.0 mih magnus,
dux ; Zend. meh, maé, mdo; Sanscr.
'mahat, mahd, in which Yes the Greek
root uéyog, Lat. mcgis, magnus.—So
3%Tan, in appos. the , rince Magus, chief
of the Magi, Jer. 39, 3.
º, see in 98% I. no. 3, and Tº no,
3. g.
tº (a gathering, r. sas) Mag-
bish, pr. n. of a place, or, according to
others, of a man, Ezra 2, 30.
nº f plur. (r. bº) cords, i. e.
wreathen work like cords, Ex. 28, 14;
see in nºbis.
Tº f (r. 9=}) a cap, turban, sc. of
the common priests, so called from its
round form, differing from the rºº or
mitre of the high priest; Exod. 28, 40
29,9. 39,28. Lev. 8, 13. Comp. Jos. Aut.
3.7.3,7–Syr. ºak cap; Eth. Pºſhū
mitre or cap of the priests and monks.
**:: obsol. root; Arab. & to be
honoured, renowned; &s nobility
honour, glory. Most prob. i. q. TX; (m
... 9°. tº
and n interchanged), Jºs, to be chief,
to be noble, whence Tº, CAA's, prince.
—Hence nisºn precious things, pr. n.
bsºn, and
"º m. plur. tºº, something most
precious, most eaccellent ; Deut. 33, 13
tº 13% the most precious things of the
heavems, i.e. rain, dew, as immediately
follows. Verse 14 tº nisian tº the
most precious products of the sun. v. 15.
16. Cant. 4, 13 tº "nº most precious
fruits. v. 16; and so without "nº, 7, 14
Rºyº-bº all precious or pleasant fruits
apples, etc. Vulg. every where poma
—Syr. trée fructus aridus.
iº see in jazz
45°
737-
"...ſº
534
tity of lower Egypt, Jer. 44, 1. 46, 14,
situated in the northern limits of Egypt,
Ez. 29, 10. 30, 6; according to the Itin.
Anton. p. 171, twelve miles from Pelu-
slum. In Egyptian the name is written
*Regrº (many hills); and the He
brews seem to have softened this foreign
word into biº? (tower); see Champol-
kon 1 Egypte sous les Pharaons, II. p. 79.
b) A place near the head of the west-
ern gulf of the Red sea, Ex. 14, 2. Num.
33, 7. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 81.
Tº Zech. 12, 11, elsewhere hº
(perhaps place of troops, r. TTA, Tºº)
Megiddo, pr. n. of a fortified city of
Manasseh, situated within the borders
of the tribe of Issachar, and formerly
a royal city of the Canaanites; Sept.
Moyedja, Vulg. Mageddo. Josh. 12, 21.
17, 11. Judg. 1, 27. 1 K. 9, 15; comp.
1 K. 4, 12. 1 Chr. 7, 29. [It is usually
mentioned along with Taanach; and ap-
pears to have been the place afterwards
called Legio, now Leijūn; see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. III. p. 177–180.—R.] Hence
inyº-rºp: the plain of Megiddo 2 Chr.
35, 22. Zech. 12, 11; this was part of
the great plain of Esdraelon, and here
king Josiah was slain 2 K. 23, 29. 30.
2 Chr. 35, 22. iºn ºn waters of Me-
giddo, [prob. the brook with mills, flow-
.ng by Lejjān into the Kishon, Judg.
5, 19; see Biblioth. Sac. 1843, p. 77.—R.
bsº (praise of God) Magdiel, pr.
n, of a prince of the Edomites, Gen. 36,
43. 1 Chr. 1, 54. R. “A”.
º m., (r. 91a) constr. 9:13: ; plur,
tºº, ribºz, constr. nibºº.
1. a tower, so called from its altitude,
Gen. 11, 4. 5; spoken chiefly of the
towers of ſortified cities and fortresses,
Judg. 8,9. 9,46 sq. 2 Chr. 14, 6; of a for-
tress itself, 1 Chr. 27, 25. Prov. 18, 10;
elsewhere of watch-towers, 2 K. 9, 17.
17, 9; of the watch-turret of a vineyard,
Is. 5, 2, comp. Matt. 21, 33.-Metaph. of
proud and powerful men, Is. 30, 25. 2, 15.
2. an elevated stage, pulpit, 3riuo, Neh.
B, 4; comp. 9, 4.
3. a bed in a garden, elevated in the
middle; Cant. 5, 13 thy cheeks are ... as
beds of spices.
Siºn and º Migdol, pr. n. a) A
4. In pr. names, it marks a own ſol
tified by a tower, Migdal, e. g.
a) PS-bºx” (tower of God) Migdal-el
a fortified city in the tribe of Naphtall.
Josh. 19, 38; prob. Moyö0.4% Matth. 15.
39, now Jºs Mejdel on the western
coast of the sea of Galilee, not far from
Tiberias. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. III
p. 298.
b) Tº-bº (tower of Gad) Migdal.
Gad, a town of the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 37.
c) nº-bº (tower of the flock) Mig-
dal-eder, a village near Bethlehem Gen.
35, 21; hence put for the city Bethle-
hem itself, and trop. for the royal line
of David, Mic. 4, 8. [Others, in Mic.
l. c. a tower so called on Zion; or perh.
for Zion itself—R.
Sº, see biº.
niñº, f. plur. (r. "3%) precious
things, Gen. 24, 53. Ezra 1, 6, 2 Chr.
21, 3. 32, 22.
375% Magog, pr. n.
pheth, Gen. 10, 2.
2. A region and also a great and pow-
erful people dwelling in the extreme
recesses of the north, who are to invade
the Holy Land at a future time; Ez. 38,
2. 15. 39, 2.6. Nearly the same people
seem to be intended as were compre-
hended by the Greeks under the name
of Scythians, Jos. Ant. 1, 6.1. Jerome
ad Ez. 38, 2; whom the Arabs call
1. A son of Ja-
2 3 # - 2 5 # -
#3; &z=3 Yajūj and Majāj,
and have embellished with various fa-
bles. Their king is called xià, q.v. See
Kor. Sur. 18. 94–99. ib. 21. 96. Asse-
mani Biblioth. Orient. T. III. P. II. p.
16, 17, 20. D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient.
arts. Jagiouge, Magiouge, Edrisi par
Jaubert II. p. 349. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr.
I. 1. p. 240. In the same manner are
joined cºlº 3-43- Chin and Ma-
chin, i. e. the Chinese. On the syllable
ma in these names, as signifying place.
region, Frähn has given a learned dis
sertation; de Musei Spreviziani num-
mis Cuficis, p. 95.
nix” m. (r. ** I. 2) plur bººz
Lam. 2, 22; fear, terror, Ps. 31, 14. Jet
6, 25. 20, 3. 10. Is. 31, 9.
"...º
º
535
Tº m. (r. hºn I. 1) once sing. c. suff.
bºx; Ps. 55, 16; elsewhere only Plur.
constr. ºn, c. suff. Tºº?.
1. Plur. journeyings, sojournings, in
breign countries; Gen. 17,8 Tºº Yºs
the land of thy sojournings, in which
thou art a stranger. 28, 4. 36, 7, 37, 1.
Trop. of human life, as a sojourning
on earth, Gen. 47,9. Ps. 119, 54; comp.
Ps. 39, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 15.
2. a dwelling, Ps. 55,16. Pl. Job 18, 19.
Tº f (r. His I. 2) i. q. His?, fear,
Prov. 10, 24. -
Tº ſ. (r. his I) 1. fear, also ob-
ject of fear, plur. Is. 66, 4. Ps. 34, 5.
2. a granary, storehouse, Hagg. 2, 19.
Tº ſ. an awe, 2 Sam. 12, 31. R.
*:: no. 2.
%2 m. (r. 9:3) a sickle, Jer. 50, 16.
Sº Cy o
Joel 4, 13. Arab. Jºãº, Syr. irº, id.
n??? f (r. 9%) a volume, roll, i. e. a
book, Jer. 36, 14 sq. Ez. 2, 9. Ps. 40, 8
*Ep-rºº; the volume of the book, zoº
§§oymy of the roll of the law. Syr. lies,
o a y § ºf 2- .
ſº, Arab &Msid.
n??? Chald. i. q. Heb. Ezra 6, 2.
Tº f. (r. 523) a gathering, host,
once Hab. 1, 9, of the invading Chalde-
ans: Hººp Brºº n22% the gathering of
their faces is forwards, i.e. all their faces
Are turned forwards, pressing on. Arab.
$g 2
3.3-, &, band, multitude—Kimchi
on Ps. 27, 8 uses this word for desire,
Q3 2. e e
longing; comp. Arab. ſº- appetiit, prope
uit instititaue res.
>k 73% in Kal not used; PIEL 73% to
Jeliver over, c. acc. Gen. 14, 20; with
two acc. of pers. and thing, Prov. 4, 9.
Also like in;, thb, to make one any
thing, to make as, Hos. 11, 8.-It seems
9
to be kindred with Arab. 33 potuit,
valuit; II, in potestatem ded.t; P and 3
being interchanged.
73% pr. part. Hiph (r. 12%) comm.
gend. (f. 1 K. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9. 16,) c. suff
*3% plur. Bºx, nº. 2 Chr. 23, 9,
consur. *:2; a shield, Judg. 5,8. 2 Sam.
21. 22, 3]. 36. 2 K. 19, 32. al.
}
Arab.
§ – 3 & 2.
J-s, šks, id.-The 32 was of less
size and weight than the n}s, see
1 K. 10, 16. 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16. Tº us"s
an armed man, spoken of a robber, Prov.
6, 11. 24, 34.—Metaph. a) Of God as
a protector, Gen. 15, 1. Deut. 33, 29. Ps.
3, 4, 18, 3.31. 144, 2. Ps. 7, 11-by ºxº
Fºrſby my shield is upon God, i.e. God
holds as it were my shield, protects me
with a shield; comp.89, 19. b) Y.S.-ºxº
shields of the earth or land, poet. for
princes, chiefs, protecting the people by
force of arms, Ps. 47,10. Hos. 4, 18. Once
of the crocodile's scales, Job 41, 7 [15].
Tº f. (r. 12%) a covering, once Lam.
3, 65 ºh-nº covering of the heart,
i.e. obduracy, stubbornness, comp. x6-
Avuuo, &ti tºp 20.96iov 2 Cor. 3, 15, and
$3 g; 35.
Arab. ex-ºil cº-e &A =l coverings
over the heart, Koran 6. 25. ib. 17. 48.
Kimchi also properly compares fatness
of heart, Is. 6, 10. But Jos. Kimchi, the
father, understands failure of mind, fatal
disease; comp. Arab. JJ &Lé
i.e. a veiling of the heart, failure of mind.
nº f. (r. hº) rebuke, curse, sc. of
God, fatal to men, Deut. 28, 20.
Tº f. (r. Fº) Tsere impure, constr.
neº Zech. 14, 15; plur. c. suff, "nº
Ex. 9, 14.
1. a plague sent from God, Ex. 9, 14.
Spoken chiefly of pestilential and fatal
diseases, Num. 14, 37. 17, 13. 25, 18.31,
16. 1 Sam. 6, 4, 2 Sam. 24, 21.
2. slaughter in battle, 1 Sam. 4, 17.
2 Sam. 17, 9.
tº (perh. for tº moth-killer,
r. n.) Magpiash, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 21.
Sk nzº i. q. ºxy, hºn, to cast before,
to deliver over; once Part, pass. Ez. 21,
17 anrſ-ºs ºn cast down before the
sword, delivered over to it. Syr. in-
trans. * to fall.
PIEL haza, to cast down, to overthrow,
Ps. 89, 45.
Deriv. pr. n. Tiny”.
º, Chald. PA. hyº id. to cast down,
to overthrow, Ezra 6, 12.
Tºn f (r. ºn; no.2) a saw, 1 K. 7, 9
2 Sam. 12, 31. 1 Chr. 20, 3.
ºn-ºn
T-12
536
finº (precipice, r. na?) Migº on, pr.
m. of a place in the tribe of Bonjamin
not ºr from Gibeah, 1 Sam. 14, 2. Is. 10,
28.
Fiºn f plur. (r. sº no. 2) contrac-
tions, drawings in of the wall, ledges,
rests, 1 K. 6, 6.
Tº f. (r. Fº) a lump or clod of
earth, as taken up and turned by a spade
tr like instrument, pr: a spadeful : Joel
1, 17 the seeds die beneath their clods, a
description of excessive drought. So
Aben Ezra and Kimchi.-Syr. ſerie,
92-9
** , Spade.
tº m. (r. Bºy constr. tºº; plur.
constr. ºn:2, once niujº Ez. 27, 28.
1. Inf after the Aram. form, to plum-
der, to spoil, Ez. 36, 5; see the root no. 2.
2. A place whither herds are driven
to graze, a pasture, 1 Chr. 5, 16. Ez.
48, 15 ; see the root no. 4. Spoken es-
pecially of the open country set apart
for pasture around the Levitical cities,
Num. 35, 2 sq. Josh. 21, 11 sq. 1 Chr. 6,
40 sq. Hence these cities are called
Bºujºº "ny, 1 Chr. 13, 2.
3. an open place, area, around a city
or building, Ez. 27, 28. 45, 2.48, 17.—
Plur. once niujº (as if from a sing.
rºyº), but masc. Ez. 27, 28.
Tº m. (r. 17%) c. suff, *2 Ps. 109, 18,
Fijº Job 11, 9; Plur. Bº Judg. 3, 16,
once Tºº Judg. 5, 10, c. suff. Tº Jer.
13, 25.
1. a vestment, garment, so called from
its fulness and width, see the root no. 1;
Ps. 109, 18. Lev. 6, 3. Also a carpet on
which the wealthy sit, plur. Tº Judg.
5, 10.
2. a measure, Job 11,9. Jer, 13, 25 rº
Tº the portion measured out to thee.
T3T3 Chald. m. emphat, sra42, an
altar, Ezra 7, 17. R. n=1.
"...Tº m. with H loc. nº Ex. 4,
27; constr. Yaº, with r, loc. once Hºlz
1 K. 19, 15. R. Haj.
1. pasture land, open fields, i. e. an
aninhabited tract or region, untilled,
nd adapted only to pasture, see the
root no. 2; like Germ. Trift from trei-
ten. Syr, ſizł, ſºario, id. Joel 2, 22
•
ºn nis; Nuft, the pastures of the field,
do flourish. Ps. 65, 13 ºn ris; hey"
the pastures of the fields drop, distil, fat-
ness, fertility. So the opp. Jer. 23, 10
**Tº ris: huà, the pastures of the fields
are dry. Joel 1, 19.-Is. 42, 11 let them
eacult tº ºn the open fields and their
cities, i.e. the open country together with.
the cities; comp. 1 K. 2, 34.—Often also
2. a desert, a sterile and solitary re-
gion, Is. 32, 15. 35, 1. 50, 2. Jer. 3, 2. i.
11. al. Also of a region desolated by
violence, Is. 14, 7, 64, 9, rigºu; naº
Joel 2, 3, 4, 19. With the art. --Tºr
everywhere the great Arabian desert
towards and around Sinai, Gen. 14, 6.
16, 7. Ex. 3, 1. 13, 18. Deut. 11, 24, of
which the different parts are distin
guished by separate pr. names, see jºb
**b, *d, *, r*Re. So too nºnº -2.7%
the desert of Judah, on the west of the
Dead Sea, Judg. 1, 16. Ps. 63,1; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 202 sq.-Metaph,
Hos. 2, 5-3132 Hºrºw I have made her
as a desert, i.e. naked, destitute of every
thing. Jer. 2, 31 bººk "rºr ººr,
have I been a desert to Israel 2 i.e. have
I commanded them to worship me for
naught, have I been barren towards
them 2 9, 11. Is. 27, 10.
3. Poet. instrument of speech, the mouth,
(r. 531 to speak,) Cant. 4, 3 Hys; Tºº
thy mouth is comely, parall. thy lips.-
Sept. A0Aio, Jerome eloquium, and so
the Rabbins; but the context almost
necessarily demands some member, as
A. Schultens justly remarks.
>k TT2, plur. 3 pers. Tºº, twice contr.
ºring Is. 65, 7, pring Num. 35, 5; inf.
To Zech. 2, 6; ſut. Tº, Tior, conv.
Tº.
1. to stretch, to eartend, i. q. Arab. & ;
see Hithp. and the nouns Tºo, nº.
2. to mete, to measure. Correspond-
ing are Sanscr. mad, mdº, to measure.
Zend. meðté, maté, Gr. uérgov, Auéðuvoc,
Lat. metior, meta ; Goth. milam, Anglo-
Sax. metan, Germ. messen, Engl. to
mete; see Pott. Etymol. Forsch. I p
194—Pr. to measure a thing by eartend.
ing a measuring line upon it. Ez. 40, 5
sq. 41, 1 sq. Dext. 21, 2. Zech. 2, 6
Then also of hollow measures, as o
grain, Ruth 3, 15.—Metaph. Is. 65, 7
T-12
*12
537
pill measure their deeds into their bosom,
. e. I will bring upon them just retribu-
tion.
NIPH. pass. of Kal no. 2, Jer. 31, 37.
33, 22. Hos. 2, 1.
PIEl Tºº, fut. Tºº 1. Intrans, and
mtens, to be eartended, to be long ; Job 7,
4 an: "Tº long is the night! So Saad.
—Others take Tºlº as a noun; see the
next art.
2. i. Q. Kal no. 2, to mete, to measure,
2 Sam. 8, 2. Ps. 60, 8 I will mete out the
calley of Succoth, sc. to my victorious
troops, who shall become its inhabitants.
Po. Tix, i. q. Piel no. 2; Hab. 3, 6
yºs Tº Tºy God stood and measured
the earth with his eyes, surveyed it. So
Vulg. Kimchi and others, and this is
best in accordance with the Hebrew
rusage. But Sept. and Chald, and shook
Jhe earth, from r. Th? q. v. and this ac-
cords best with the parallel clause: ‘he
beheld and madſ, the nations tremble.”
Bu’, a root 'Th? is elsewhere unknown in
Hebrew.
HITHPo. 11%rn to stretch oneself. 1 K.
17, 21.
Deriv. 12, nº?, Taº, pr. n. *T2.
Tº m. (r. 11;) flight ; Job 7, 4 when
I lie down, I say, When shall I arise 2
by Tººl and when the flight of the
wight 2 poet. for : When will the night
I e gone? But see in "Tº Pi. no. 1.
>k Hyº i. q. TT, to stretch, to measure,
a root not in use, Arab. (5.X-0 to extend,
G o 3 º
(sº a kind of measure.—Hence the
nouns tº and it? II.
Tº f. (r. 1.1%) 1. eartension, length,
nº wins a man of stature 1 Chr. 11, 23.
20, 6. Plur, nº ºs Is. 45, 14, and
nino ºs Num. 13, 32; comp. for the
double form of the plur. in compounds,
Heb. Gram. § 106. 3. Jer. 22, 14 nºr
ninº a large house, of ample extent.
2. 1. q. Tº no. 1, a vestment, garment,
plur. niñº Ps. 133, 2.
3. measure, Ex. 26, 2.8. 36, 9. 15. 1
K. 6, 25. Ez. 40, 10. 24, al, nº bºr.
a measuring line Zech. 2, 5. Hºº Hºp
a measuring reed or rod Ez. 40, 3. 5.
Also a portion, as measured ou. Neh. 3
. 19. 20. 21. etc.—Metaph. Ps. 39, 5.
4. From the Chald. tribute Neh. 5, 4.
Tº Chald. m. tribute, as if measured
out to each person, Ezra 4, 20. 6, 8.
Also with Dag. forte resolved, nºw
Ezra 4, 13. 7, 24. Syr. 1zlº.
Tºº &nt. Asyóu. Is. 14, 4. If this
be the correct orthography, it is a de-
nom. from Aram. arºl (q.v.) i. q =ry
gold, formed in the manner of part. Hiph.
fem. pr. gold-maker, i. e. eacactress of
gold, a not unapt epithet of Babylon
(parall. D35); or else heap or treasury
of gold, where 2 formative implies place.
comp. Tº dung, nº dung-hill,
Lehrg. p. 512, n. 14. With Kimchi
Aben Ezra, and others, I prefer the for-
mer.—But most of the ancient versions
(Syr. Chald. Sept. §nto ſtovöworms, Vulg.
tributum) give the sense of the Heb.
nºrthº, oppression, which is also read
in the edit. Thessalon. 1600, and ought
perhaps to be restored in the text; comp.
Is. 3, 5, where the similar verbs any and
U23 correspond to each other in parallel
members. -
"Tº m. (r. Frº) plur. c. suff, Erº12
a vestment, garment, 2 Sam. 10,4. 1 Cl:r
19, 4.
nº m. (r. Hjº) disease, sickness,
Deut. 7, 15. 28, 60.
tº m. plur. seductions, Ilam. 2,
14. R. riº; see Hiph. no. 3.
I. Titº m. (r. Tºº) plur. tº 12.
1. contention, quarrel, strife, Prov. 15,
18, 16, 28. 17, 14. al. Plur. Prov. 23,
29. 26, 21. 27, 15. al. So of an object
of strife, Ps, 80, 7.
2. Madon, pr: n, of a royal city of the
Canaanites, Josh. 11, 1. 12, 19.
II. Ti-Tº m, (r. Hº) eartension, tall.
mess ; 2 Sam. 21, 20 Keri Titº, u)"N a
tall man, i. q. Hºº uns 1 Chr. 20, 6.
The Cheth. is to be read Tº measures,
from sing. Tº .
yº (contr. from sº-nº w wat is
known, taught 2 i. q. for what reason 4
Gr, ti uo.96), ;) Adv. of interrog. why?
wherefore? Josh. 17, 14. 2 Sam. 19, 42.
1 K. 1, 6. Job 3, 12. 18, 3. Jer, 8, 5. ai.
In an indirect interrog. Ex. 3, 3–Im.
Job 21, 4, whº tºs are not to be closely
joined; for Es corresponds to n inter-
rog ºn the prior clause, and causes the
*12
2-12
538
whole verse to contain a double inter-
rogation: do I then complain of man?
ºrian spr Nº sºng es; wherefore then
should I not be impatient? See ps. B. 1.
-itº, Chald. (r. hº) habitation, Dan.
4 22, 29. 5, 21.
ºf (r. **) a round pile of fuel,
i. q. mºi no. 3. Ez. 24, 9. Is. 30, 33.
Fººtº see nujºn.
Tº m. overthrow, ruin, Prov. 26,
28. R. Hrú.
FETTº f. plur. (r. Frº) pr. ; thrust-
ings, impulses,’ sc. to a fall; hence, over-
throw, ruin; Ps. 140, 12 nierº to his
overthrow. Vulg. in interitum.
"Tº f. (Is. 21, 2) Media, a celebrated
country of Asia, lying on the south and
west of the Caspian sea, Esth. 1, 3.2 K.
17, 6, 18, 11. Jer. 25, 25. 51, 11. 28. Me-
ton. the Medes, Gen. 10, 2. Is. 13, 17. 21,
2. Dan. 9, 1. Syr. **. Gentile noun
*Tº a Mede, Dan. 11, 1–The etymo-
logy is perhaps from Pehlv. miavad mid,
comp. Sanscr. madhya medium ; imply-
ing that Media is in the middle of Asia,
or rather of the world; comp. Polyb. W.
44 y&g Mmöio, ksitat uév Trºgi uéony thy
‘Malov.
"Tº Chald. Media, Ezra 6, 2. Dan.
5, 28. 6, 13. Gentile n. emphat. HST? a
Mede Dan. 6, 1 Keri; but in Cheth. Nº.
*Tº (contr. for nº-no) pr. what is
enough, 2 Chr. 30, 3. See n, note.
"º see h; no. 2. b.
7.7% m. (r. Tº Niph.) 1. strife, con-
tention, only plur. Bººz Prov. 18, 18.
19, 13. Elsewhere in Keri, where Cheth.
E*::12, see Ti-12; also Prov. 6, 14 Keri.
2. Midian, pr. n. of a son of Abra-
ham by Keturah, and of an Arabian
tribe descended from him Gen. 25, 2.
They would seem to have occupied por-
tions of the tract of country extending
from the eastern shore of the Elanitic
gulf (where Arabian geographers still
place a town JºJº) to the region of
Moab on the one hand, and to the vici-
pity of Mount Sinai on the other, Ex. 2,
15. 3, 1. 18, 1. Num. c. 31. Judg. c.6–8.
Sometimes the Midianites appear to be
•eckoned among the Ishmaelites, Gen.
37, 25 comp. 36. Judg. 7, 12 comp 8
22.24; elsewhere they are distinguis, et
from them, Gen. 25, 2.4. 12–18. Thiſ
arose prob, from their being nomadic iſ
their habits; so that bands of them often
moved from place to place.—Hence "naz
Tº the dromedaries of the Midianites
Is. 60, 6. Tº thin the day of Midian Is.
9, 3, i. e. the victory gained over Midian,
see Judg. c. 7.8–Gentile n. ** Mi-
dianite Num. 10, 29, plur. pº- Gen. 37,
28; once contr. tº Gen. 27, 36; f.
nº- Num. 25, 15.
7"º (measures) Middin, pr. n. of a
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15, 61.
R. Tºº.
Tº"Tº f (r. Tºº) a word of the later
Hebrew, see the Chaldee; pr. judgment,
jurisdiction ; hence
1. a province, district, under the juris-
diction of a prefect or viceroy, as the
Persian provinces and satrapies, Esth.
1, 1.22. 3, 12. 14. al. e. g. Elymais Dan.
8, 2. riºr ºntº the viceroys, rulers of
the provinces, Esth. 1, 3, 8, 9.9, 3. "22
Hºnºr the sons of the provinces, i.e
Israelitish exiles dwelling in the Per
sian provinces, Ezra 2, 1. Neh. 7, 6.—
Syr. iśi-rº- id. Arº. &Q; city.
2. In a wider sense, land, region,
country, Dan. 11, 24. Lam. 1, 1. Ez. 19
8. Ecc. 2, 8 (comp. Ezra 4, 13). 5, 7.
Tº Chald. f. (r. Tºº) a province
district, Dan. 3, 2. 3. So of the province
of Babylon, 533 °, not the empire, Ezra
4, 15. 7, 16. Dan. 2, 48.49. 3, 1, 12. 30;
so of Media, Ezra 6, 2; of Judea, Ezra
5, 8.
Tº", f. (r. Thi) a mortar, Num. 11,8
Chald. Nºtz, id.
7%T2 (dunghill, r. 25) Madmen, pr.
n. of a town in the borders of Moab, Jer.
48, 2.
Tº f (r. 125)
dunghill, Is. 25, 10.
2. Madmenah, pr. m. of a town in the
tribe of Benjamin, not far from Jerusa.
lem, Is. 10, 31.
ºn (dunghill, r. Tºº) Madmannah
pr. m. of a town in the south of Judah
Josh. 15, 31.
1. i. q. Tºº, a
112
rtº
539
77% m. (r. 1") 1. contention, strife,
2nly in plur. Rºſº Prov. 6, 14, 19. 10, 12.
2. Medan, pr. m. of a son of Abraham
and Keturah, the brother of Mídian, Gen.
25, 2.
tº Midian.tes, see in 7.1% no. 2 fin.
yº m. also yº 2 Chr. 1, 10, a
w)rd of the later Hebrew. R. 91, the
" being represented by Daghesh forte,
as in verbs jº.
1. knowledge, intelligence, 2 Chr. 1,
10. 11. 12. Dan. 1, 4, 17. T
2. consciousness, thought; Ecc. 10, 20
curse not the king even in thy thought.
Sept. ovveiðmatc. — Chald. Sºº, Syr.
y 7 .
Srse, id.
vº, see Vºix).
ninpº f plur. constr. (r. *pi) pierc-
ings, thrusts sc. of a sword, Prov. 12, 18.
"Tº Chald. i. q. mitz, dwelling, Dan.
2, 11. R. has.
Tº f. (r. Anº) a steep mountain,
precipice, which can be ascended only
by steps or stairs, Cant. 2, 14. Ez. 38,
20. Comp. xliuſz$, e.g. xlluo: Tuglov.
#Tº m. (r. Thº) a treading, i. e.
space trodden upon, a foot-breadth, Deut.
2, 5. Comp. Deut. 11, 24. Josh. 1, 3.
tº m. (r. 9º, no. 5) a commentary,
9 .
as often in Rabbinic. Arab. Jºjº d
commentary, book. 2 Chr. 24, 27 ºniº
Enzººr -ºp a commentary on the book
of the Kings, i.e. an historical comment-
ary containing a supplement. 13, 22.
Comp. Caesar's Commentaries.
nººn or méºn f (r. Gº) pr. a
treading out; concr. trodden out, thresh-
td. metaph. of a people trodden down
and oppressed, Is. 21, 10.
Nº with art, snººn, Medatha,
Hammedatha, Pers. pr. n. of the father
of Hamam, Esth. 3, 1. 8, 5.
Sk Tº, -T2, H2, rig, º % for
ſhe difference of which forms see note at
..he end of the article.
A) As a Pronoun. 1. Pron. inte rog.
used of things, as "% of persons, what ?
Gr, ti, Syr. tºo , Arab. U. In a direct
interrog. Gen. 4, 10 rºº: Hº what has!
thou done? Is. 38, 15 naïs nº what shall
I say? Esth. 5, 6.1 Sam.4,16. 2 K. 4, 13.
al. saepiss. In an indirect interrog. aſter
verbs of asking, answering, speaking,
seeing, and the like ; 1 K, 14, 2 he shall
tell thee nº nºrth-nº what shall be to
the child. Ex. 2, 4. Neh. 2, 12. Job 34,
33. Num. 13, 18. al.—Put also in the gen,
after a subst. Jer. 8, 9 crº nº-nºr, the
wisdom of what thing is in them 2 ot
vice versa before a subst, which is to be
taken as a gen. as Ps. 30, 10 ºria
what of gain? Is. 40, 18 nº-rº what
of likeness 2 where in Engl. we say what
gain 2 what likeness 2 So with plur.
Zech. 1,9. Ellipt. Judg. 18, 8 prºs nº
what word bring ye?—Further:
a) Where nº refers to substantives, it
often expresses inquiry after quality, like
Lat. qualis, Engl. what, what kind of 2
1 Sam. 28, 14 inst Triº what form is he
of 22 K. 1, 7 **śrī toº. Tº what man-
ner of man 2 Num. 13, 18. 16, 11. So by
way of depreciation, Ps. 8, 5 usins"riº
what is man 2 144, 3. Job 6, 11. 7, 17.
1 K. 9, 13 Hºsn p' ºr nº what are
these cities? Hence also in reproaches,
Gen. 44, 15. Judg. 8, 1. Is. 36, 4. Josh.
22, 16.
b) Tº-nº what is to thee? i. e. what
wilt thou? Judg. 1, 14. So with "º,
what is to thee that thou doest so and so?
i. e. what aileth thee that, etc. Gr. ti
to 96, toğto toušig; Is. 22, 1; with "æ
impl. Is. 3, 15. Comp. Arab. JJ Lo,
Uo, Kor. Sur. 57. 8, 10.
c) Tº nº-no what is to me and thee?
what hast thou to do with me 2 Judg.
11, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 10. 19, 23. 2 K. 9,
18 Bºbº Hºrno what hast thou to do
with peace 2 Without the copula, Jer,
2, 18 sºns? Tº tº-rio. Hos. 14, 9.
So with rs, Jer. 23.28 ºn-rs prº-na
what is to the chaff with the grain? what
likeness is there between them?—Comp.
Syr. £ee Jº is Barhebr. p. 170. l. 8,
Arab. J Us, J Us, Gr. 1 uézalot ºuol
Anacr. 17. 4. Comp. Matt. 8, 29. Mark
5, 7. John 2, 4.
2. Pron.indefinite, whatever, something,
any thing; more filly nºsº for nº nº
q. v. Arab. Uo id. Prov. 9, 13 Hsin-bz
nº he careth for nothing. 2 Sam. 18,
rº
H2
540
22 nººns nº “r”; whatever there is, let
me run. Job 13, 13 nº ºx hay? and
ſet come upon me whatever will. v. 14.
Once put after the noun, as nº naº
whatsoevershing Num. 23,3–Alsou. Tº
that which (Syr. ºise) Ecc. 1,9. 3, 15.
22. 6, 10. 7, 24, 8, 7, 10, 14. Or with
the relat. impl. like Engl. what ; Judg.9,
48 "rººs Brºs., nº what ye saw that I
did. Sept. § sióstó Aus Totowto. Arab.
Uo id quod.
B) Adv. of interrog. 1. why? where-
fore 2 for the fuller rigº, as Gr, ti, Lat.
quid? Arab. Uo. Ex. 14, 15 pºst-rº
*bs why criest thou to me? Ps. 42, 12.
Job 7, 21. 2 K. 6, 33.
2. how, how much, in exclamations of
admiration, as ºften Arab. Uo. Gen. 28,
17 Hºn bipºn sºis-nº how dreadful is
this place! Ps. 8, 2 how glorious is thy
name 1 Num. 24, 5 Tºris H-to-nº how
beautiful are thy tents | Cant. 7, 2. Ps.
119, 97 annin wrºns nº how love I thy
law 1 Ironically, Job 26, 2 ºnly nº
H5-sb; how hast thou helped the weak!
v. 3.
3. how 2 in what way? Gen. 44, 16
tº-no how shall we justify ourselves?
4. when 2 Ps. 39, 5 let me know bºrrrºº
ºš when I shall cease to be.
C) Sometimes H% of depreciation and
1 *proach (see in A. 1. a) approaches
very nearly to a negative power; comp.
Lehrg. p. 834, and Lat. quid multa ? for
me multa. So Job 16, 6 if I speak, my
grief is not assuaged; and if I forbear,
ºn: "º-nº what goeth from me? i. e.
even so nothing of my pain departs;
Vulg. Non recedit a me. Prov. 20, 24
irº innº-nz Eºs, and man, how shall
he know his own way? i. e. he knows it
not; Chald. Rh. Job 31, 1 I have made
a covenant with my eyes, "by pians Tº
nºr: why should I look upon a maid?
Sept. oi, Vulg. me, Syr. iſ,. Cant. 8, 4
ºnsºrs a-nish-H2 ºn-sº-no why
awake ye. ... my love? i. e. awake him
not; comp. 2, 7.3, 5, where CN stands
in the same construction. Prov. 31, 2.3.−
Corap. below in H%a Is. 2, 22, nº.2 Job
11, 17, and nº lett. b. In Arabic, U.
has by degrees actually adopted this
negative power, the origin of which we
mere clearly see in the Heb.
D) With various prepositions, viz.
1. Figa, Hºa, pr. in what? wherein
Ex. 22, .26; in what thing 2 whereby
Gen. 15, 8; with what? 1 Sam. 6, 2; by
what? whereby ? Judg. 16, 5 latter part.
—Then according to the various uses
of 3, viz. at what price? see : B. 3. Is,
2, 22 sºn aušrº rigz at what price shai.
he be estimated 2 i.e. at an empty price,
he is nothing. So too on what account?
wherefore? 2 Chr. 7, 21; see : B. 5
2. H%2, H22, (for the art, after 3 seo
ºn 2. c.) Arab. º U.5, pr. as what? i.e.
with what shall it be compared ? Spo-
ken: a) Of space, how great, Zech. 2
6 Fºrth nº how great is the breadth of
it? Also how long 2 Ps. 35, 17. Job 7, 19.
b) Of number, how many ? Gen. 47, 8
2 Sam. 19, 35. 1 K. 22, 16 tº nº-ºx
how many times 2 how often ? So in an
exclamation, Zech. 7, 3 Dººj FT%2 Hy
this how many years / Also how often?
Ps. 78, 40. Job 21, 17, where how oft is
the question of one in doubt, for seldom.
3. nº Milel (for righ) also tº Mil.
ra, this latter form except in a few ex-
amples (2 Sam. 2, 22. 14, 31. Ps. 49, 6.
Jer. 15, 18) being used before the letters
N, F, 9, and the name nin' (see Nol-
dii Concord. Part. p. 904), thrice nº
1 Sam. 1, 8. e
a) wherefore 2 why? for what cause 2
Gen. 4, 6, 12, 18. 44, 7. Ex. 5, 4. Ps. 49.
6. al. Emphat. Hºrrº, see in Fly no. 3.
c. Gen. 18, 13. 25, 22 *-ºs Hi-righ why
then am I? why do I exist? the lan-
guage of an impatient woman. Jer, 6,20,
Prov. 17, 16. So in an indirect interrog.
after a verb of knowing, 1 Sam. 6, 3.
Dan. 10, 20.-Sometimes it expresses
dehortation, warning, prohibition ; as
Prov. 5, 20 why wilt thou, my son, be
ravished with a strange woman 2 i.e. be
not thus ravished. Ps. 44, 24. 1 Sam.
19, 17 let me go, why should I kill thee?
i. e. else I must kill thee. 2 Chr. 25, 16,
Gen. 27, 45.-Hence
b) In later writers, where it is chiefly
used by way of aehortation or prohibi-
tion, it often passes over into a prohibit-
ive or negative power of itself lest, les
perhaps; like Syr. ises, lies;, Chald
Rºh, sº ºn; Ecc. 5,5 enrºsſ, ºspºrº;
*T2
*:T2 .
541
*ip by wherefore should God be angry
at thy voice 2 for, lest God be angry;
Sept. well, ivo, am, Vulg. ne forte, Syr.
Kasi. Ecc. 7, 16, 17. Neh. 6, 3. To
the Syriac form ºf corresponds ex-
actly rºuj Cant. 1, 7, Sept. Aum Tots,
Vulg. ne; as also Fº; "uffs, which is
put aſter a verb of fearing, like Tº, as
Dan. 1, 10 I fear my lord the king nuis
* Fish" righ lest he should see, etc.
Theod, um Trots. -
4. Tº on account of what, on this
account that, i.e. because; from prop-
ter (see h A. 10) and Tº what? So
once, 1 Chr. 15, 13 contr. Hºsh;2%
for ryūshā-rich because that from the
beginning etc. Comp. "Tº enough,
2 Chr. 30, 3.
5. nº-ºx, Gr. 3s ti Il. 5.465, till when?
how long 2 Ps. 74, 9, 79, 5. 89,47. But
Num. 24, 22 how long till Asshur shall
carry thee away captive 2 i. e. he will
carry thee away shortly.
6. Hº-by pr. upon what? Is. 1, 5. Job
38, 6; them, wherefore, why? Num. 22,
32. Jer. 9, 11. Job 13, 14. In an indirect
interrog. Job 10, 2. Esth. 4, 5.
Note. On the use of the forms of
this particle, the following may be noted:
a) The primitive form FT% is found every
where in pause, and also before N and n,
Makkeph being inserted or omitted, as
rºs-Tº Zech. 1, 9, Enºsh nº Judg. 9,
48. More rarely before r Josh. 4, 6, 21.
Num. 13, 19. 20. Deut. 6, 20; H Josh.
22, 16. Judg. 8, 1; r. Gen. 21, 29; r.
1 K. 9, 13; also s 2 K. 8, 13; S. Gen. 31,
32. b) The form Trio is particularly
frequent before letters not guttural, with
Dag, ſorte conjunctive, as Tº-Hº Judg.
- 14, ižº-H2 Ex. 3, 13, Hºrtº-nº 1 K.
14, 3, al. saepiss. Also before the harder
gutturals, e. g. H with Dag. ſorte impl.
as Nºn-nº Num. 16, 11, Nºn-nº Num.
13, 18. Ps. 39, 5. But before H it can
also take Kamets; see above in a c)
Sometimes "nº wit'n Dag. unites with
Jhe foll word into one, as tº for "nº
==# Is. 3, 15, Hyº Ex. 4, 2, risºn: Mal.
1, 13, whº q. v. So with a foll, guttu-
ral, prº for or nº Ez. 8, 6; also he pr.
names "3252, "aºl. d) The form
nº is put before the letters H, s, n with
Kamets, according o the known canon,
Heb. Gram. § 27. n. 2. b. Lehrg. § 47
1. nº rº, bºr-riº Ps. 39, 5. 89, 48
also º nº 1 Sam. 20, 1. Very fire.
quently also it stands before letters not
guttural, chiefly at the beginning cf
sentences, Unst, opuja riº 2 K. 1,7. Ps,
4, 3. 10, 13. Is. 1, 5, Jer. 11, 15. Still
Anore frequently it is found after prefix-
es, as Tº. 1 Sam. 1, 8, Fizz 1 K. 22, 16.
2 Chr. 18, 15. Zech. 7, 3, also nº Ex.
22, 26. 33, 16. Judg. 16, 5, 1 Sam. 6, 2.
29, 4. Mal. 1, 7. al. Followed by Dag.
f '27.7%. Judg. 16, 5.
"2 Chald. once sº q. v.
rog, what? Dan. 4, 32.
2. Indef what, whatever, Dan. 2, 22.
Ezra 6, 9. "T rſ", whatever it is which,
Dan. 2, 28. 29.
3. With preſ: a) H%; how ! how ea-
ceedingly / Dam. 3, 33, b) Hºh where-
fore? in dehortations, and hence i, q.
lest, Ezra 4,22. High ºn id. 7,23. Comp.
Heb. Figh in nº D. 3. b.
Sk FIT? Or Torſº in Kal not used,
prob, to deny, to refuse. Comp. in Ara-
1. Inter-
Q sº sº
bic the particles &o, &o, Syr. olº, be-
ware, desist; whence x-6-0 to forbid,
to hinder; II, to abstain, to desist; comp.
• * G →
& 63 and with the final He softened
U43, abegit, prohibuit, interdixit; see
on negative verbs under Nh5. Hence
Hithe. Ferºnry pr. to refuse, to be
reluctant; hence to delay, to linger, Gen.
19, 16. 43, 10. Ex. 12, 39. Judg. 3, 26.
19,8. 2 Sam. 15, 28. Is. 29, 9. Hab. 2, 3
Tº f. (r. 5*H) 1. confusion, con-
sternation, Is. 22, 5. Deut. 7, 23. 28, 20
1 Sam. 5, 9, 11 nº-nºirin a deadly con-
sternation.
2. tumult. Ez. 22, 5 nºnz ran full
of tumult. Trop. of the unquiet and
troubled life of the rich, Prov. 15, 16,
Plur, nicºrin tumults Am. 3, 9. 2 Chr
15, 5.
Tºrtº (i. q. Syr. salºo faithful
then eunuch, r. TºS) Mehuman, pr. of a
eunuch in the court of Xerxes, Esth.
1, 10.
bsiºn: (whom God does good to
Chald. for PN anº) Mehetabeel, pr; n
a) m. Neh. 6, 10. b) f. Gen. 36, 39.
46
*::::
*H:
542
*Tº m. (r. ºnº I. 2) quick, hence
prompt, apt, skilled in business, etc.
Prov. 22, 29. Is. 16, 5. Ps. 45, 2. Ezra 7,
6. Syr. ii-ase id.
**Tº gras irºu. . . Chald Sna,
Heb. 55% (comp. under lett. H), to cut
off, to prune ; trop. to adulterate, to spoil
wine by mixing water with it, Is. 1, 22.
The Arabs have the like trope with
verbs of cutting, breaking, wounding,
killing, which they use for diluted wine,
etc. See Thesaur. p. 772. So too Mar-
tial foibids jugulare Falernum,’ Ep. 1.
28. [In Engl. also one might speak of
cutting down the wine, diluting it.—R.
#Tº m. (r. Tºry) 1 way, journey,
Neh. 2, 6. Jon. 3, 3. 4.
2. a walk, place for walking, Ez. 42,
4.—But Bºrº Zech. 3, 7 is part, Hiph.
of r. mºr, way fellows, companions.
ºn 2 m. (r. bºr Pi.) praise, applause.
Prov. 22, 21 as the crucible to silver....
so let a man be to the mouth of his praise,
i.e. let him try closely the mouth which
praises him.—Hence
bsºrpº (praise of God) Mahalaleel,
pr. n. a) A patriarch descended from
Seth, Gen. 5, 12. b) Neh. 11, 4.
rigºrº f. plur. strokes, blows, Prov.
18, 6, 19, 29. R. Ehr.
ninjarº f plur. (r. ºrj) &n. Asyóu.
Ps. 140, 11, streams, whirlpools, abysses
of waters. Comp, sºlº many waters,
whirlpools. The Rabbins, Symm. and
Jerome understand pits of water.
Tº f (r. Teri) overthrow, destruc-
tion, Deut. 29, 22. Jer. 49, 18. Is. 1, 7.
In the manner of verbals, constr. with
the case of its verb, e. g. acc. Is. 13, 19
tºrrs E*rºs rapn22 like God's over-
throwing Sodom. Jer. 50, 40. Am. 4, 11.
nº f. (r. Teri) pr. torsion, distor-
tion ; hence a wrench, stocks, Lat. ner-
pus, a wooden frame in which the feet,
bands, and neck of a person were so
ſastened, that his body was held bent;
Jer, 20, 2. 3. 29, 26. 2 Chr. 16, 10 nº
hºnºr, the house of the stocks, the pri-
son. 'Comp. To . Scheid in Diss. Lugd.
w. 986. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 694.
* I. -H; 1. to hasten intrans, it
Kal once, Ps. 16,4 intº hrs they hasten
after other gods,--The primary idea of
haste lies in the syllable nº ; comp
High Germ. hurjan to hasten, whence
Germ. hurtig, Engl. to hurry.
2. to be quick, prompt, ap!, skilled, in
any art or business. Arab. Solers,
ingeniosus ſuit; see Pi. no. 3 and nºnº.
PIEL ºrº fit. "Toº 1. to hasten, to
make haste, 1 Sam. 9, 12. Is. 49, 17. Jer.
48, 16. With 9s of place whither Prov,
7, 23; with H loc. Gen. 18, 6; impl.
Nah. 2, 6. Inf absol. in the symbolic
name, Is. 8, 1.3 tº ºr bºu; -tº Maher-
shalal-hasſi-baz, i.e. hasting to the spoil
he speeds to the prey; the subject is the
king of Assyria; comp. in no. 3. g.—
Often coupled with another verb, to dº
any thing quickly, where in the occi
dental languages we use an adverb,
hastily, quickly, etc. a) With a finite
verb and copula; Gen. 45, 9 ºbsº ºntº
haste ye and go up, i. e. go up quickly.
v. 13. 24, 18. 20. 46. 1 Sam. 4, 14. 23,
27. b) With a fin. verb without copu
la, Judg. 9, 48. Esth. 6, 10, c) With
inf and h, Gen. 18, 7 irs rips: -nº:
and he hasted to dress it. 41, 32. Ex. 10
16, 12, 33. Prov. 6, 18. d) With inf.
simpl. Gen. 27, 20 ssº rºtº-Hy-nz
how is it that thou hast found it so quick-
ly 2 Ex. 2, 18. Ps. 106, 13.—Inf, "nº as
adv. hastily, quickly, Ex. 32, 8. Deut. 4,
26. Judg. 2, 17. 23. Zeph. 1, 14. al.
2. Causat. to hasten, to let make haste,
of persons Esth. 5, 5.1 K. 22, 9; of things
Gen. 18, 6. So of God, Is. 5, 19.
3. to be quick, prompt, apt, Is: 32, 4.
NipH. nnº: pr. to be hurried, preci.
pitate; Job'5, 13 nºnzº Bºbrº; rs; the
counsel of the cunning is headlong, i. e.
hastily executed and therefore fruit-
less.-Part. "Tº hurried, hasty, i. e.
a) rash, headlong, Is. 32, 4, b) im:
petuous, rushing on in haste, Hab. 1, 6.
c) With Eh, timid, pr. hasting to flee,
Is, 35, 4.
Deriv. Hºnº, Hºnº, pr. n. *briz.
* II. -Hº to buy, espec. a wiſe for a
price (nrth) paid to her parents, Ex. 22
15.-Kindred are nº q. v. and with r
hardened, "nº, -2%. Hence
-Flº
="lº
543
ºn m. price, paid for a bride to her
parents, Gen. 34, 12. Ex. 22, 16. 1 Sam.
o 2
18, 25.—Different from the Arab. 8
giſt, dowry, promised by a bridegroom
to his future wife ; also from Lat. dos,
Engl. dowry, given by a father to his
daughter on her marriage.
Tº f. (r. hrſ’, I) haste, speed; hence
nºnna Ecc. 4, 12, Hºnº-Tº Ps. 147, 15,
and Hºrſº adv. quickly, speedily, Num.
17, 11. Deut. 11, 17. Josh. 8, 19. al.,
*Tºº (impetuous, see -nº I. Niph.)
Maharai, pr. m. of one of David’s cap-
tains, 2 Sam. 23, 28. 1 Chr. 11, 30. 27,
13.
tº wr Sº Tº , the symbolical
name of one of Isaiah’s sons, Is. 8, 1.3;
see in nº I. Pi. no. 1.
nºbrnº f. plur. (r. Brri) delusions, Is.
30, 10.
* I. Tº pr. i. q. H% what, Arab. Uw,
often annexed pleonastically to the pre-
posi ions à, 2, h, so as to form the sepa-
rate words ion, inz, ich ; as in Arab.
U- for ºr ; U.5 for 3. see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe, edit. 2. Tom. I. § 1037,
1047, 1048. II. § 117. These separate
forms belong almost exclusively to po-
etry; except that before suffixes in:
and inz are almost always used for 3.
—Hence in: poet. i. q. 3 a) in, Ps.
11, 2. Is. 25, 10 Keri. 43, 2, 44, 16, 19.
b) into, Job 37, 8, c) by, with, i. Q. A
of instrument, Job 16, 4, 5.—For iº and
inh see in their order. e
II. To for Nixo (r. Nixo) water; once
Job 9, 30 Cneth. Ahuj ion with snow-wa-
ter; Keri sº ºn.—Found also in the
pr. m. Hsia aqua (i.e. semen) patris, for
which figure see in no, Bº lett. c. Cor-
responding is Chald. "in like the form
*ia; and Phenic. mi., my, fem. nº muth,
found in pr. names, as Mysocarus npu) ºn
nqua mendax, Mutigenna mix "nº aqua
norti, etc. See Monumm. Phorn, pp.
18, 425. Thesaur. p 774.
* Nº obsol. root, prob. to be fluid, to
flow ; whence in for six water, and "?
for Rºº (as "A for sº) plur. Bº wa-
z
- ". .
ter.—From the r. Nixo Arah. |U, COſſ, e3,
sº 8 sº
Arab. guº, &elº, water; and in the
verb is found 3U to have water, Sc. a
well ; II, to pour out water. These roots
are softened forms from the harder sºn,
whº, e- mid. Ye, to flow, to be liquid
also ºn, Ts'º, TP2, pp2, all which
contain the idea of being fluid, flowing.
Kindred are also Arab. U4% aqua per'
fudit, and Hy? q. v. Compare in the
Indo-European languages, Sanscr. mih
to pour out, to void, Gr. 6alysiv, Lat.
mingere, mejere, and others; see Pott.
Etymol. Forsch. I. p. 283.
BST2 (semen patris, see in in II)
Moab, pr. m. a) The founder of the
Moabitic people, born of incest, Gen.
19, 37. See vv. 30–38. Also b) The
Moabites, descended from Moab, masc.
Num. 22, 3. 2 K. 1, 1. Jer. 48, 11. 13;
fem. Judg. 3, 30. 2 Sam. 8, 2. Put also
for their country, fem. Jer. 48, 4. The
proper territory of the Moabites, more
fully as in Hºu, the field of Moab Ruth
1, 1. 2. 6. 2, 6, 4, 3, lay on the east of
the Dead Sea and Jordan, strictly on the
south of the torrent Arnon, Num. 21, 13.
26. Judg. 11, 18; but in a wider sense i
included also the region anciently occu-
pied by the Amorites over against Jeri-
cho, called usually-six, ni- is the plains
(desert) of Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26, 3. 31,
12. 33, 49. 50, 35, 1. Deut. 34, 1 ; or
elsewhere simply -Sin Y.S Deut. 1, 5.
28, 69. 32,49. 34, 5; which latter region
was afterwards assigned to the Reuben-
ites, but during the captivity was again
occupied by the Moabites, see Is. c. 15.
16. Jer, c. 48. This region is now call-
ed the district of Kerak, from the city
of that name; see Hsin hºp. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 569–Gentile n. *ašić
Moabite Deut. 23, 4. Neh. 13, 1. Fem.
nºsin Moabitess 2 Chr. 24, 26; rºasin
id. Ruth 1, 22. 2, 2. 6. 4, 5, 10; plur.
nim-six, Ruth 1, 4, 1 K. 11, 1.
bNº. i. q. Sin, bºrn, q.v. over against,
Neh. 12, 38 Cheth.
sººn m. for sing (r. Rin) un-coming
entrance, Ez. 43, 11. 2 Sam. 3, 25 Keli
a word formed contrary to grammatica
jº
bºº
544
rule in order to correspond to the accom-
panying word Nºix, ; comp. Lehrg. p.
374, n. See also in pºº.
* 37%, 1. to melt, to flow down, see
Pil. and Hithp. It corresponds to Arab.
Lo mid. Ye.—Trop. to melt, to be dis-
solved, with fear and terror, comp. boº;
Ez. 21, 20. Ps. 46, 7. Am. 9, 5.
2. Trans, to cause to melt ; trop. to
cause to melt away and perish, Is. 64, 6.
NIPH. to melt away, of a host 1 Sam.
14, 16. Trop. to melt with fear and ter-
ror, Ex. 15, 15. Josh. 2, 9, 24. Ps. 75, 4.
Is, 14, 31. Jer. 49, 23. Nah. 2, 7 bºrn
àio; the palace melts with terror, i. e.
the king and his courtiers; or perhaps
better: the palace is dissolved, is bro-
ken down, sinks into ruin.
PIL. Axio trans, to cause to flow, to
soften, e.g. the dry earth with showers,
Ps. 65, 11 Fºr tº:..—Metaph.
Job 30, 22 Keri, nºr *:::ºn thou causest
ny health to melt away ; Cheth. *:::2n
nººn thou causest me to melt, thou terri.
fiest me.
HITHPAL. to flow down, to melt; Am.
9, 13 hyperbol. all the hills shall flow
down, as if into wine and oil.—Trop. to
melt with fear and terror, Nall. 1, 5. Ps.
107, 26.
* Tº obsol. root. I. i. q. "Tº to
stretch, to measure. Hence Tºr.
II. Perh. i. q. Arab. SUo mid. Ye, to
be moved, to be agitated, to shake, e. g.
of an earthquake; kindr. tºo, TX, T1:.
Pil. Tio is perhaps found Hab. 3, 6, he
stood Y S Trio" and shook the earth ;
so Sept. and Chald. But see in "Tº Po.
>Tº m. Ruth 2, 1 Keri, 97% Prov.
7, 4, acquaintance ; concr. an acquaint-
ance, friend. R. v T.
r21% f id. Ruth 3, 2. R. vi.
* tº ſut, cº, to waver, to totler,
to move Cr be moved; Chald. et Syr. id.
Arab, loud mid. Ye, to swerve from the
right, Ethiop. dºlºſſ) to incline; comp.
Syr. -** to vacillate. Kindr. are toº,
*h}.-Spoken of mountains, Ps. 46, 3.
ls, 54, 10; of a land or kingdom Ps. 46,
. 60, 4; of persons whose affairs are
not prºsperous who fail and are ruined,
Prov. 25, 26. Ps. 66, 9; in which sense
also we find 'F ºn nº the foot wavers
slides, Deut. 32, 35. Ps. 38, 17. So Lev
25, 35 if thy brother becomes poor nº?"
Tº it; and his hand wavers with thee
i. e. if he is threatened with ruin.
Niph. Ling, fut, viz., i. q. Kal, but
more freq. to be moved, shaken, i. e. to
shake, to waver, e.g. of the foundations
of the earth Ps. 82, 5; also of men, comp.
in Kal, Ps. 13, 5–With a negat. not to
waver, not to be moved, is said: a) Of
persons or things that stand firm, secure;
as things Is. 40, 20. 41, 7. Ps. 93, 1.96,
10; the earth 1 Chr. 16, 30; persons
Ps. 112, 6. Prov. 10, 30. 12, 3, b) Of
those who are of firm mind, intrepid,
fearing nothing, Ps. 21, 8. Job 41, 14.—
Metaph. Ps. 17, 5 ºr hein, ba let not
my footsteps waver, slip, sc. from the
paths of virtue.
HipH. to make totter over any one, by
impl. to cause to fall upon, to bring down
wpon, Ps. 55, 4, 140, 11 Cheth.
HITHP. i. q. Kal and Niph. spoken of
the earth Is. 24, 19.
Deriv. the two following.
tº m. 1. a wavering, a being
moved, of the foot Ps. 66, 9, 121, 3.
2. a staff, pole, bar, for bearing on the
shoulder, so called from its unsteady
motion, Num. 13, 23. Also, a frame
for bearing, Num. 4, 10. 12.-Hence
3. a yoke, Nah. 1, 12. See Hºix, no. 2
mºn f (r. Liz) 1. i. g. viz, no. 2, a
pole, staff, bar, for bearing, 1 Chr. 15,
15. Byr; nie? the bars of the yoke, i. e.
the ox-bows, of the same form as now,
Lev. 26, 13. Ez. 34, 27.
2. a yoke, Jer. 27, 2, 28, 10. 12. Ez. 30,
18.—Metaph. Is. 58, 6.9.
:k Tº i. q. Tº to pine away, trop.
to war poor, be reduced to poverty, Lev.
25, 25.35. 39.47. Syr. and Chald. id.--
Some absurdly refer to this root the pr.
names H.3%, rºº, nº, which see
in their places.
* bº fut, conv. 5%. , to cut off, spec,
the prepuce, to circumcise, tegutéuvstv.
Kindred are briz, bºx, II, bº. Constr
with acc. of pers. Gen. 21, 4. Ex. 12, 45
Josh. 5, 4.7; acc. of the pudenda Ger:
17, 23. Metaph. Deut. 10, 16 ns prº
5.1%
$1.2
545
be:h rººs and circumcise the fºreskin
of your hearts, put away impurity from
your hearts. 30, 6. Comp. Itsgatouhy
Kogălug, Rom. 2, 29. Arab. cir-
cumcidit, pr. purgavit, since the prepuce
is held as something unclean and pro-
ſane.—Imper. Bº Josh. 5, 2. Part, pass.
Bº Josh. 5, 5. Jer. 9, 24.
Niph. hia, by Chaldaism for bio?
Heb. Gramm. § 71. note 9; ſut. Biaº,
inf bian, part, plur. Bºixa); to be cir-
cumcised, to circumcise oneself, Gen. 17,
10. 13. 34, 15. 17. 22. Ex. 12, 48. Lev.
12, 3. Josh. 5, 8; usually of the person,
once of the genitals Lev. l. c.—Trop.
Jer. 4, 4 Hinº abºr circumcise your-
selves unto Jehovah, i. e. putting away
all impurity from your hearts, conse-
crate yourselves to Jehovah.
PIL. Bºio to cut down; impers. Ps. 90,
6 tº Bhiº, -yº in the evening one
cutteth it down and it withereth, i. e.
grass as the emblem of man.
HipH, to cut off a people, to destroy,
Ps. 118, 10. 11. 12.
Hitheal. Bºixonn to be cut off, sc. the
points of arrows, to be blunted; Ps. 58, 8
bºnº ion ºn intº when he fitteth
his arrows, let them be as if cut off,
blunted; comp. in Inº, no. 1. b.
Deriv. nº and
ºn, once ºn Deut. 1, 1, SNin Neh.
12, 38 Cheth. c. suff. *: Num. 22, 5;
pr. subst, the forepart, front, used always
As a preposition, before, in front of, etc.
The etymology is doubtful. In a former
edition I suggested that perhaps in the
verb bhºo to cut off, there lies the notion
of the forepart, i. Q. bºs; and then the N
in BNio might be inserted in order to
lengthen the syllable, as at the end of
sºp; for "p, comp. Germ. hohl, Huhn,
Eng, foal, seal. But I would prefer with
Redslob, to regard the form bsin as by
ranspos. for bisº (comp. isr, and sin)
from r. bhs; and this is better than the
etymology proposed by Ewald (Krit.
Gramm. p. 612), who derives brio from
bs, as if for Psiºn. See more in
Thesaur. p. 777–-Hence
1. before, in the presence of, sc. a per-
•on, Ex. 18, 19 pºrºr blo before God
Deut. 2, 19.
2. over against, opposite, e g. a place
or city, Deut. 1, 1. 3, 29. 4, 46. 11, 3).
Josh. 19, 46; the desert Josh. 18, 18.-
The force of a subst. seems to be retain-
ed in 1 K. 7, 5 riprº-bs Hyrº ºn the
face of a window to a window, i. e. win-
dow over against window.
3. Preceded by various prepos.tions:
a) Bºo-bs pr. to before, i. e. towards
any one, after verbs of motion, 1 Sam.
17, 30. Ex. 34, 3; also of rest, Josh. 8,
33 stood tº ºn bio-bs towards mount
Gerizim. 9, 1. Spec. ºn ban-bs pr. in
face or front of, after verbs of motion;
2 Sam. 11, 15 set ye Uriah "º bºo-bs
Harºn in the forefront of the battle.
Ex. 26, 9. 28, 25.37. Lev. 8, 9. Num
8, 2.
b) Psich as adv. over against, Neh
12, 38.
c) bºx, w) pr. from before, from the
front of, i. q. ºº, after verbs of mo-
tion, Lev. 5,8. 2 Sam. 5, 23 p"s: blizz
from before the trees called Bacha. Mic.
2,8 ye strip off the mantle of the trºveller
nºw bºx, pr. from before the robe of
upper garment, i. e. from over it. 6)
Of rest in a place, 1 K. 7, 39 =}} ºn
i. e. on the south side. Num. 22, 5 and
they abide ºzº over against me. With
* on the forepart, in front, Ex. 28, 27
39, 20.
Tſºn (birth, lineage, r. ºº) Mola-
dah, pr. n. of a town in the southern part
of the tribe of Judah, afterwards yielded
to the tribe of Simeon, Josh, 15, 26. 19,
2. 1 Chr. 4, 28. Neh. 11, 26. Gr. Moſko-
90, Joseph. Ant. 18, 7.2. [Perhaps the
mod. Milh, nine hours south of Hebron;
see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 621–R.
nº f (r. 135) 1. birth, nativity,
Esth. 2, 10. 20. Plur, ni-kio natales,
nativity, Ez. 16, 3. 4. So rºbio "N
native country, patria, Gen. 11, 28. 24,
7; simpl. rºbin id. Gen. 12, 1. 24, 4, al.
2. Concr. offspring, progeny, children,
Gen. 48, 6; so of one child, Lev. 10, 9.
11.
3. kindred, family, Gen. 31, 3, 43. 7;
race, countrymen, Esth. 8, 6.
nº f. circumcision, Ex. 4, 26. R.
bºo.
+bin (genitor, r. Tº) Molid, pr n
m. 1 Chr. 2, 29.
46%
thº
yº
546
tºo m. (for phs?, r. bs?) a spot,
blemish ; Syr. Écºse id. Arab. 3-8 ma-
cula, spec. of the small-pox, Gr. ºuágos.
—Spoken: a) Physically of any cor-
poreal blemish, Lev. 21, 17 sq. 22, 20.
24, 19. 20. al. It was essential to per-
sonal beauty to be without blemish,
2 Sam. 14, 25. Cant. 4, 7. b) Morally
Deut. 32, 5. Job 11, 15. 31, 7. Prov. 9, 7.
º obsol. root, Arab. ej" mid.
Ye, to tell lies; Ethiop. Toº?P3 to be
wily, cunning; Heb. prob. to wear an
appearance, to pretend. Hence Tº spe-
cies, Hºorn. *
Peº m. (r. 5-8) circuit, sc. around
an edifice, Ez. 41, 7.
Tºo m. (r. Toº) only in plur. nilpin
Jer. 51, 26, constr. "Toi, niºbin.
1. foundations, e.g. of a building, Jer.
51, 26; of the earth, Prov. 8, 29. Is. 24,
18. Mic. 6, 2; of the world, 2 Sam. 22, 16.
Ps. 18, 16; of heaven, i.e. lofty moun-
tains on which the sky seems to rest,
2 Sam. 22, 8; of the mountains, i. e.
subterranean rocks, Ps. 18, 8. Deut. 32,
22.—Is. 40, 21 have ye not marked the
foundations of the earth 2 i.e. how they
are laid, etc.
2. ruins, i.e. buildings of which only
the foundations remain, Is. 58, 12.
"ºn m. i. q. Teio, a foundation; Is.
28, 16 tº "gº a foundation well
founded, i. e. firm, lasting. Comp. r.
*p, Hoph.
Tº f. (r. Toº) 1. foundation,
plur. Ez. 41, 8 Keri, where Chethibh
nº-tonry.
2. appointment, decree, sc. of God; Is.
30, 32 nººn nº the rod appointed of
God, sent by him; comp. To Kal and
Pi. no. 2.
#9% m. (r. 128) a covered walk,
portico, 2 K. 16, 18 Keri, where Cheth.
ºp-2.
nº m. for nºsº (r. Hes) only in
blur. tºpio and ninthio.
1. bands, bonds, spec. of a yoke, often
metaph. Ps. 2, 3, 107, 14. 116, 16. Is. 28,
22. 52, 2. Jer. 5, 5. 27, 2, Job 39, 5.
2. As pr. n. Sing, c. n loc. Hºpio Mo-
perah Deut. 10, 6 also Plur. Moseroth
Num. 33, 30; a station of the Israeli tes
in the desert.
ºn m. (r. htº) 1. correction, chas
tisement, of children by parents, of a peo.
ple by kings, of men from God. Prov. 22
15-pº wº. 23, 13 nºn-sºº wºr-bs
withhold not correction from a child.
Job 12, 18 ring tº noºn he looseth the
chastisement i. e. discipline, authority
of kings ; others here take noºn as for
ºngio, i.e. band or girdle ; so Vulg. bal-
teum regum dissolvit, et pracing it fune
remes eorwm.—Job 5, 17 hºuj hoto the
chastisement of the Almighty. Hos. 5, 2
I will be chastisement to all. Prov. 15, 10.
2. discipline, i. e. warning, admoni-
tion, reproof, such as parents give to
children, God to men, etc. Ps. 50, 17.
Jer. 2, 30. Prov. 1, 8, 4, 1. 5, 12. 8, 33.
So of the reproof of other men, Job 20, 3
—Hence earample, by which others are
warned, Ez. 5, 15; comp. the verb 23,48.
3. instruction, learning, joined usually
with rºl, riºr, Prov. 1, 2, 4, 13. 23,23.
Tº m. (r. Tº) assembly, poet, for
troop, host, of soldiers, Is. 14, 31; comp.
Tyin Lam. 1, 15.
Tº m. Tº Deut. 31, 10 (r. 1:) c.
suff, i-tyin, iTºº Lam. 2,6; plur. Bºxin
nityiº 2 Chr. 8, 13, constr. "Txin.—But
"yix, Job 12, 5 is Part of r. Tº q. v.
1. appointment, of time; 2 Sam. 24, 15
"six ns, the time of appointment, i.e. ap-
pointed time. 1 Sam. 13, 11 Dººr, Tºix,
the appointment of days i.e. time appoint
ed; comp. Tyin bin in lett. b.-Hence, a
settime, appointed season; spoken: a)
Of a point of time, set moment, 1 Sam.
13,8. 2 Sam. 20, 5. Gen. 17,21 Hºri Tsizh
nºrs. Hºa about this set time another
gear. 18, 14, 21, 2, 2 K. 4, 16, 17. Jer.
8, 7 the stork rºyin Hyºl, knoweth her
seasons, sc. of migration. Hab. 2, 3 litr
"size the vision has respect to a set time,
sc. more remote. Dan. 8, 19. 11, 27.35
Ps. 75, 3, b) Spec. festival day, festi-
val, Lam. 1, 4. 2, 6; more fully Tsin bi"
Hos. 9, 5. 12, 10. Hinº ºn the festi.
vals of Jehovah Lev. 23, 2.4, 37. Hence
meton. spoken of the victims, festive
offerings, 2 Chr. 30, 22; comp. Ar; no, 2
c) Spoken of a space of time, appointed
and definite, i, q. Tºt, Gen. 1, 14. Poe'.
yº
Eº
547
n the prophetic style for a year, Dan.
12, 7; comp. Chald. Tº Dan. 7, 25.
2. a coming together, sc. at a timee and
place appointed, an assembly, congrega-
tion; comp. r. 19: Niph.
a) Genr. Job 30, 23 ºn-b; Twin nºa
the place of assembly for all the living,
where all convene, i. e. Sheol. Is. 33, 20.
Num. 16, 2 Tyin "sºp those called to the
assembly, elsewhere Hºr *Nºp. Zeph.
3, 18. Lam. 1, 15. Tyio bris the tent or
tabernacle of the congregation, spoken of
the sacred tent of the Hebrews, also
called the tabernacle of the covenant,
Ex. 27, 21. 28,43, 30,16.18.40, 6 sq. Lev.
1, 1.3. Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. 2, 22. 1 K. 8,
4. al. saep. It is so called, either because
God there met Moses, Ex. 25, 22. Num.
17, 19; or because the assemblies of the
people were held before it. Sept. oxmv)
row u0.9tvgiov, Vulg. tabernaculum testi-
monii, both taking Tsio as equivalent to
nº!, i. e. wagtiguov, testimony, it being
elsewhere also called natºr, bris Num.
9, 15. 17, 22. 23 [7.8]. 18, 2.—The place
mentioned in the words of the king of
Babylon Is. 14, 13, "yin-ºn the mountain
of assembly (of the gods), is prob. the
Persian mountain gy." 2 »". el-
Burj, el-Burz, (comp. Gr. Túgyog, Germ.
Burg,) called by the Hindoos Meru,
supposed to be situated in the extreme
north, and, like the Greek Olympus, re-
garded by the Orientals as the seat of
the gods; see Asiat. Researches VI. p.
£48. VIII. p. 350 sq. Hyde de Relig.
Persar. p. 102. Also Comm. on Is. II. p.
316 sq.
b) Meton. place of assembly, sc. as ap-
pointed, Josh. 8, 14. 1 Sam. 20, 35. Tsio
cºrbs the place of God’s assembly, the
temple, Lam. 2, 6; but Ps. 74, 8 -º
yms: BS-ºxin all the sacred places of
*ssembly in the land, i.e. other places in
certain sense sacred, as Ramah.
Bethel, Gilgal, etc. distinguished as
seats of the prophets and as high
places, nio: ; see n°3; no. 3.
3. an appointed sign, signal, Judg. 20,
38.
Tº f. (r. 133) an appointed place
where fugitives assemble, i.e. an asylum,
refuge; Josh. 20, 9 riºrſ ºn: cities of
refuge. Syr. fres portus; ſº *-*
asylum, perfugium.
nºviº pr. m. see n.13%.
nº see r. 12%.
Rºom. (verbal Hoph. r. Fºx) dark.
ness, Is. 8, 23.
Tº f (r. Yvº) i. q. Hss, ºnly ir
plur. nissio counsels, which one takes
or follows, Ps. 5, 11. 81, 13. Jer. 7, 24.
Mic. 6, 16. Prov. 1, 31 isºtº Brºns;zz
let them be satiated with their own coun-
sels, i. e. the fruits of them.
"Pºn f (verbal Hoph. r. phy) heavy
burden, Ps. 66, 11.
nyº, Jer. 48, 21 Cheth. see nye"?.
Tº m. (r. Hº) plur. Bºnnio, ºne?
Ex.4,21,2 miracle, prodigy. The etymo-
logy was long uncertain, but there is lit-
tle doubt that it belongs to the root Hºy,
and means a great and splendid deed, for
nSE in ; although, the etymology being
neglected, the Tsere of the syllable n-
is dropped in the plur. Another deri-
vation see in Thesaur. p. 143.
1. Spoken chiefly of miracles, wonders,
exhibited by God and his messengers
Ex. 4, 21. 7, 3.9. 11, 9, Ps. 78, 43. 105
5. 27. Often joined with nins, as nins
Bºnº signs and wonders Ps. 135,
Deut. 4, 34. 7, 19. 26, 8. 29, 2. 34, 11. Jer.
32, 21. Bºrº nirs in; he gave signs
and wonders Deut. 6, 22. Neh. 9, 10.
Also with the verb bhū, Jer. 32, 20.
2. a sign, token, proof, since prodigies
were accounted as tokens of divine au-
thority; e. g. of the divine protection,
Ps. 71, 7; of the divine justice in pun-
ishing the wicked, Deut. 28,46. Spoken
often of a sign given by a prophet in con-
firmation of his prediction or promise, i.d.
nis no. 5; 1 K. 13, 3. 5. 2 Chr. 32, 24.31.
Deut. 13, 2. 3.; see in niS no. 5. Hence
3. a sign of something future, a por-
tent, omen, i. q. miR no. 4. Is. 8, 18 lo
I and the children whom Jehovah hath
given me bºrº nirsh are for signs
and portents to Israel, i.e. our signifi-
cant names shadow forth future things;
see in nis no. 4. Is. 20, 3. Zech. 3, 8
nEin huās men of omen, who themselves
shadow forth future things. Ez. 12, 6, 11
24, 24, 27.
yº
-hº
548
* Wºn 1. to press; hence Part. Yº
oppressor Is. 16, 4, Kindred is nº to
press out. Syr. * to suck out.—De-
riv. Yºr,
2. Prob. in general, to separate out,
like Arab. KU mid. Ye—Hence
Yio Zeph. 2, 2, oftener defect. y?
m. Chaff, separated from the grain by
winnowing ; Chald. Tio, Njin, Nino.
So, Is. 17, 13. 41, 15. Ps. 35, 5 y?: Hºrtº
rth-hº they are as chaff before the
wind, driven, dissipated by the wind;
and so Ps. 1, 4. Job 21, 18. Is. 17, 13. al.
Nº. m. once sy” Job 38,27 (r. ss.)
Kamets impure, plur. constr. "S$io, c.
suff, crºssiz.
1. a govng out or forth, evit, 2 Sam.
3, 25; plur. Num. 33, 2. Ez. 12, 4. Nsin
*::: the going forth of an oracle Dan. 9,
25, comp. v. 23. So for the rising of the
sun Ps. 19, 7, comp. Hos. 6, 3; the ear-
portation (bringing up) of horses from
Egypt 1 K. 10, 28, comp. v. 29.
2. place of going forth ; e. g. R$ºn
tº fountain of waters, i.e. spring-head,
source of a stream, 2 K. 2, 21. Is. 41, 18.
58, 11. Ps. 107, 33; comp. 2 Chr. 32, 30.
tº Rsio vein, mine of silver, Job 28, 1.
sº, ssin a place springing up in grass
Job 38, 27.—Absol. for the east, whence
the sun goes forth, Ps. 75, 7; and by
zeugma, Ps, 65, 9 Tºm Hº -ph "Sxin
the outgoings of the morning and of
the evening thou causest to rejoice, i. e.
the east and the west. Comp. surgit
woa. Ovid. Met. IV. 92; surgunt tene-
bra Senec.—Also a way out, a gate, Ez.
42, 11. 43, 11.
3. that which goes forth, as Bºrº Rsin
whatever issues from the lips,’ i. e.
words, language, Num. 30, 13. Deut. 23,
24; promises, Jer. 17, 16. Ps. 89, 35 ; a
livine command, Deut. 8, 3.
4. Moza, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 8, 36.
9, 42. b) 2, 46
"Sº, f of the preced. only plur.
rissiºn, c. suff. Tºrºsio.
1. outgoings, i.e. origin, descent, Mic.
5, 1.
2. cloacae, latrina, sewer, by which
filth is carried forth, 2 K. 10, 27 Keri.
Comp. Hss, risis, and Mark 7, 19 sis
sow &geºgávo, #ktogetietal.
Pºo m. (r. ps?) something fused, a
melted mass ; spoken of dust wet by the
rain, which flows together and after
wards becomes hard, Job 38, 38; of fused
metal, a casting, 1 K. 7, 37.
Pºo m. in pause pººn (v ºrbal Hoph
r. phs: I) something narrow, straitness,
opp. =rin. Job 37, 10 pºor, Bº arº
the breadth of the waters becomes nar-
row, is contracted; comp. 36, 16, whence
it appears that Pºo in this place can-
not be referred to ps, to fuse.—Trop.
straitness, distress, Is. 8,23 ps” without
pause accent.
Tº f (r. psy) a tube, tunnel, for
pouring, Zech. 4, 2.
npx? f. (r. pg.) a fusion, casting, c.
suff. 2 Chr. 4, 3.
* Pºº in Kal not used. Arab. J"
mid. Waw, to be light, foolish.
HipH. pºor pr. ‘ to make light of.”
and so to mock, to deride, Ps. 73, 8.-
Aram. Pa.. pºº, -a-s, id. Comp. uá-
zoc, uozáo), -éouai, uozigo, uoxeto, Fr.
se moquer, Engl. to mock.
"Pºo m. (r. ºpy) a burntng, confla
gration, Is. 33, 14. Meton. fuel, faggot
Ps. 102, 4.
T'Pºn f (r. "pº) fuel, upon the alta
Lev. 6, 2 [9].
tºpºd m. (r. Up:) plur. Bºuipio,
tºpº, ; constr. huipio, "tºph, once
niušpio Ps. 141, 9.
1. a noose, snare, springe, by which
beasts and birds are taken, Am. 3, 5;
strictly here perhaps the stick or rod by
which the springe was set, see fully in
art. He no. 2.—Once of a ring or hook in
the nostrils of a beast, Job 40, 24; comp.
nin, nr.
2. Métaph.* tºp? nºt to lay snares
for any one, i. e. to plot against him,
Ps. 140, 6. 141, 9, nº ºpio the snares
of death, fatal dangers, Ps. 18, 6; so of
sins as causing destruction Prov. 13, 14.
14, 27. Also of a person or thing as a
cause of ruin, destruction to any one
1 Sam. 18, 21. Ex. 10, 7 23, 33. 34, 12
Deut. 7, 16. Prov. 18, 7, Job 34, 30, al.
nº see -a.
-Yº
-12
549
* "ºn in Kal not used, to change, to
alter, intrans. i. q. ha. The Syrians
include in this root the idea of buying ;
the Arabs in the form SU, mid. Ye, that
of selling ; both from the practice of
barter.—The form nº is softened from
"nº II, q.v. -
HipH. nº. 1. to change for some-
thing else, to earchange, c. acc. Lev. 27,
33. Ez, 48, 14. Mic. 2, 4. With 7 of the
thing for which exchange is made, Ps.
106, 20. Jer. 2, 11 Lev. 27, 10; also of
that into which any thing is changed,
Hos. 4, 7.
2. Absol. to change, intrans. Ps. 15, 4
he swears nº Nº. and changes not sc.
his mind, i. e. does not violate his oath.
46.3 yrs -ºry: sº-sº we will not fear
though the earth should change, i. e. pe-
rish, comp. 102, 27. r"
Niph. Yo: (as if from a root nºn?) to be
changed, Jer. 48, 11.
Deriv. nºon.
Nº.2 m. once Nº Deut. 26,8. R.
sº.
1. fear, Gen. 9, 2 tº in the fear of
you. Deut. 11, 25. Also reverence, Mal.
1 6.
2. object of fear or reverence, spec. of
God, comp. Triº, Is. 8, 12. 13. Ps. 76, 12.
3. Meton. a fearful and wonderful
weed, a miracle, Deut. 26, 8, 34, 12. Jer.
2,21. Ps. 9, 21 Keri; sº Hinº nºt
orth set forth, Jehovah, terrible deeds
among them ; Cheth. Thio. Plur.
b-six Deut. 4, 34.
Anºn m. (r. 372) Is. 41, 15, plur.
tºnio 2 Sam. 24, 22, and with the syl-
lable prolonged in the later manner
(comp. Lehrg. p. 145) pºlio 1 Chr.
21, 23, a threshing-sledge, Lat, tribulum,
9 -o-
Span, trillo, Ital. trebbio, Arab. g”
a rustic instrument for rubbing or beat-
ing out grain upon the threshing-floor.
It is of two kinds. The one is a sledge
of thick planks, having the bottom fixed
full of sharp stones or irons, and drag-
ged about by oxen over the grain; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 143. The
other consists of three or four rollers of
wood iron, or stone, made rough and
oined together in the orm of a sledge
or dray, drawn in like manner by oxes
over the grain; see Varro de R. Ft. 1,
52. Niebuhr's Reisebeschr. T. I. p. 151
Of these the former is pr: the Hebrew
anin; the latter is called rºy Is. 28,26.
Tº m. (r. Th;) 1. a descent, decli.
vity, Josh. 7,5. 10, 11. Jer. 48, 5. Mic. 1, 4.
2. 1 K. 7, 29 Tin Hºº hanging-
work, festoons.
ºn m. pr. part. Hiph. of r. nº,
1. an archer, see Hº Hiph. no. 1.
2. the early rain, see nº Hiph. no. 2
also in diph?.
3. teaching, Is. 9, 14. 2 K. 17, 28; a
teacher, Prov. 5, 13; plur. of prophets,
Is. 30, 20.-Job 36, 22 lo, God is mighty
in his power, Hºia intº "z, who is a
teacher like him 2 i. e. wise, and impart-
ing unto us wisdom; comp. 35, 11 ºn
ºn: Bººn Riyº yºs ninja2.
Sept. §vvčarms, perhaps from the analo-
gy of the Aramaean Rhº, frº, lord.
Others here make Hin i. q, nºio Ps. 9,
21, and Nºia, fear, object of fear and re-
Vere InCG.
4. Moreh, pr. m. a.) A Canaanite,
like Mamre, whence Hºlio Tibs Gen. 12,
6, and Finio "Riºs Deut. 11, 30, the oaks
of Moreh, not far from Shechem, so
called from their former owner. b)
rion-nºis the hill of Moreh (teacher's
hill) in the valley of Jezreel, Judg. 7, 1.
I. Thin m. (r. Hyº) a razor, Judg.
13, 5, 16, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 11.
II. Tº Ps. 9, 21 Cheth, i. q spin.
fear, terror, which stands in Keri by
way of gloss. See in sºlio no. 3.
Tºniº see Hºnº.
ºn m. (r. 5-5) Kamets impure,
possession, Is. 14, 23. Obad. 17. Trop.
Job 17, 11 *-* \º the possessions of
my heart, i. e. my delights, my pleasing
hopes, possessed and cherished in my
heart. -
nºn f (r. Jº) possession, Ex. 6,
8. Deut. 33, 4. Ez. 11, 15. 25, 4, 10. al.
n; nºnº (possession of Gath, r,
tº) Moresheth-Gath, pr. n. of a town
near Eleutheropolis, the birth-place of
Micah the prophet, Mic. 1, 14, See
Biol. Res. in Palest. II. p. 423.—Gentile
n. "Fºnizr. Mic. 1, 1. Jer. 26, 18.
º
nº
550
* I. Dº 1. to give way, to recede,
to depart ; absol. Is. 22, 25. 54, 10;
with acc. of place whither, Zech. 14, 4;
% of place whence, Num. 14, 44. Judg.
6, 18. Josh. 1,8. Is. 59, 21; ns? id. Is.
54, 10; ºn of pers. Jer. 31, 36.—Not
found in the kindred dialects.
2. Causat. to put away, to remove,
Zech. 3, 9.
HipH. 1. Trans. to let remove, to let
go, e.g. prey, Nah. 3, 1 ; to withdraw
from, c. 7%, Mic. 2, 3 from which ye
shall not withdraw your necks. v. 4.
2. More frequently i. q. Kal, to give
way, to withdraw, to depart, absol. Ex.
13, 22. Job 23, 12; with 7% of place, Ex.
33, 11. Prov. 17, 13 Cheth. Ps. 55, 12;
Tº c. inf Jer, 17, 8 ºne niusz tºº: Nº
and doth not withdraw (cease) from
yielding fruit.
* II. tº i, q ºn and 525, to feel,
to touch, to try by the touch, Gen. 27, 21.
HipH. id. Ps. 115, 7. Judg. 16, 26
Keri.
Deriv. pr. n. *ujºn.
Ptºn m. (r. Huy) constr. aujºo, c. suff.
*** : plur. constr. ni-ujio, once *aujin
Ez. 34, 13.
1. a seat, 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. Job 29,
7. Of things, as a city, seat, i.e. site,
situation, 2 K. 2, 19.
2. a sitting, session, an assembly of
persons sitting together, Ps. 1, 1. 107,
32.
3. seat, dwelling, Gen. 27, 39. Num.
24, 21. 1 K, 10, 5. Ps. 132, 13. -ujin-nna
a dwelling-house, Lev. 25, 19. Buſin -ºs
a city of dwelling, to dwell in, Ps. 107,4.
7, Meton, a time of abode, Ex. 12, 40.
C incr. dwellers, inhabitants, 2 Sam. 9,
2 sºns nº audio-bº.
"tºº (prob, for nº felt out by Je-
hovah, r. ºn II) Mushi, pr. n. m. Ex. 6,
19. Num. 3, 20; defect. "ujº 1 Chr. 6, 4.
—Patronym. also nujº for hºujº Num.
33. 26, 58.
nicº f plur. (r. Tú?) the drawers,
poet. for cords, bands, with which one is
Oound, Job 38, 31. Comp. Arab. #3
a ſetter, from J., firmiter tenuit.
niyºn f. pur. (r. su}) deliverances,
Vs. 68, 21
* nº praet. nº, "nº, plur. *ng
Hirº ; inſ: abs. nio, constr. rho; imper
nº ; fut. nº, 3 pers, nºr, conv. nº
1. to die, and so in all the Semitic lan-
guages; Arab. G. L. mid. Waw, Syr.
A-Sc. The middle radical 1, however
seems to be softened down from the liquid
", comp. ºnº, ºn ; so that the primary
root is probably mrt, comp. Sanscr. mru
to die, mrita dead, mrityu death, also
math, muth, mith, méth, mid, méd, to
kill; Malay mita to kill and tò die; Zend.
mreté, mereté, Pehlv. murdèh, mard, mor-
tal, man; Pers. t.3 or o to die, Gr. Auog-
tóg i. q. §gotóg, Lat, mors, mortis, Morta
in Liv. Andr. Germ. Mord, in old Germ.
used not only of killing but also for death,
Engl. murder.—Spoken of the death of
men or animals, Ex. 11, 5. Ecc. 9, 4 ;
both natural Gen. 5, 8, 11. 14. 17. 20. 27.
31, al. saepiss. and violent Ex. 21, 12.
15. Deut. 13, 10. 19, 11. 12. 21, 21. Joh
1, 19. al. The instrument or cause of
death is put usually with 3, Num. 35, 17.
18.23; as ºria Jer. 34, 4, 42, 17. Am,
9, 10; also Jer. 11, 21. 22. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 21,
19. al. Josh. 10, 11 more died ºn "gas:
of the hail-stones than, etc. Judg. 15, 18
Nºyz, rhos I die of thirst. Ez. 5, 12;
also "??? Jer. 38,9–Freq. is the phrase
rºº niº dying he shall die, i.e. he shall
surely die, Gen. 2, 17.3, 4, 20, 7. 1 Sam.
14, 39.44. 2 Sam. 12, 14. al. Slightly
different is the phrase nº nix, with fut.
Hoph. he shall surely be put to death,
used in the Mosaic law to denote punish-
ment, Ex. 21, 12. 15 sq. 22, 18. Lev. 20,
2.9 sq. 27, 29. Num. 15, 35. al. Alsc
rich riºr to be sick unto death, 2 K. 20.
1. 2 Chr. 32, 24; and hyperbol. Judg. 16,
16 nº.2% iº Hºx; his soul was vered
unto death, impatient—Trop, the heart
of any one is said to die, i. e. to faint, to
fail, 1 Sam. 25, 37; comp. opp. nºr
Gen. 45, 27. Judg. 15, 19. So the trunk
of a tree Job 14, 8, comp. ann; or land
untilled, Gen. 47, 19 why should we die,
we and our land, which is afterwards
explained by turn 88 riºsº. Comp.
Arab. G. Lo inculta, sterilis, deserta fuit
terra, Kor. 2. 159. ib. 25. 51. ..b. 29
63.—Spoken ironically Job 12, 2 p2%;
riºr nºr wisdom will die with you.-
nº
M7.
551
PART. nº a dead person, i.e. one about
to die, Gen. 20, 3; or actually dead, Num.
19, 11.13. 16; without distinction of gem-
der, like Germ. ein Todter, ein Kranker,
Gen. 23, 4; comp. Heb. Gr. § 105. 1. n.
--Plur. Bºnº the dead, spoken of idols as
opp. to the living God, ºn bºs, Ps. 106,
28; of men Is. 8, 19. Lam. 3, 6.
2. to perish, to be destroyed, of a state
or people, Am. 2, 2. Hos. 13, 1. See
ryº. .
PII nrio to kill, to slay, Ps. 34, 22.
Judg.9, 54. 1 Sam. 14, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 9 sq.
HipH. nººn, 2 pers. ºn, 1 pers. c.
suff, "nºr; 1 Sam. 17, 35, r"rºr Hos.
2, 5; fut. nº, conv. nº ; to put to
death, to kill, to slay, Judg. 16, 30. 2 Sam.
3, 30. 21, 1. Often of death through
diseases, famine, etc. sent from God, Is.
65, 15. Hos. 2, 5. Ex. 16, 3. 17, 3. Num.
.4, 15. 16, 13; and thus opp. to Air,
which implies a violent death by the
hand of man, comp. Is. 14, 30.-Part.
Bºnzº aestroyers, perh, angels of death,
Job 33, 22.
Hoph. nººn to be put to death, to be
slain, Deut. 21, 22. 1 Sam. 19, 11–For
the phrase nº nio see in Kal no. 1.
Deriv, niaº, Hryhor, and
nº m. constr. nio, with n parag.
nrºn Ps. 116, 15; plur, constr. "rio
Ez. 28, 10; c. suff. Tºry? Is. 53, 9.
1. death, Arab. ë;3, Syr. i2a3.
Spoken of both ns.tural and violent
death; so nyº º deadly weapons Ps.
7, 14; ny? it; to sleep the sleep of
death Ps. 13, 4; nº-1: 1 Sam. 20, 31.
26, 16, and nº-u5's, one worthy of death,
condenned, 1 K. 2, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 29.
ſº topujº sentence of death, q, d. capital
crime, Deut. 19, 6. 21, 22. nº nes the
dust of death, the sepulchre, Ps. 22, 16.
rº bar, nº ºp?, snares of death,
with which death lies in wait for mor-
hals, Ps. 18, 5. 6. Prov. 13, 14; comp.
the personification of death Ps. 49, 15.
Jant.8,6 Also Jon. 4, 9 nyº is ºb riºr,
comp. Ecclus. 27, 2. Matt. 26, 38–Poet.
the dead, Is. 38, 18.
2. place of the dead, Sheol. Hades, the
grave, Job 28, 22. Hence nº-ºst, th:
gates of death, i.e. of Sueol, of the grave,
Ps. 9, 14; nº-ºn in the chambers of the
grave Prov. 7, 27.
3. deadly disease, pl. gue pestulenca
Jer. 15, 2, 18, 21. 43, 11. Job 27, 15
Comp. 9&votos Rev. 6, 8, 18, 8. Chald
snia, Syr Haº, Arab 35.3, id.
also Germ. schwarzer Tod, the black
death, a pestilence which raged in the
middle ages.
4. destruction, ruin, opp. Bºn prosper,
ity, happiness; Prov. 11, 19. 12, 28. Ie,
25, 8. Ex. 10, 17.
nia Chald, death, Ezra 7, 26.
Tºo m. (r. hnº) pr. ‘what is over
and above ;’ hence
1. gain, profit, Prov. 14, 13. 21, 5.
2. earcellence, pre-eminence, Ecc. 3,
19.
Tº m. (r. na;) constr. nanº, c.
suff, "rā'iz, Triaſº 1 K. 8, 31, plur.
niñaſ?; an altar, Lev. 1, 9. 13. 15.
2 Chr. 29, 22. al. Sept. 3 votwo tiguov,
Arab. 2333, Syr. i.e...—To build
an altar is ‘o Hº Gen. 8, 20. 12,7; ‘a nu;
35, 1.3. 2 Chr. 28, 24; ‘a pºpr. 1 K. 16,
32. 2 K. 21, 3. Often followed by a geni.
tive: a) Of the materials, as riºs ºr
Ex. 20, 24; thºs ºn 20, 25. Josh. 8, 31.
b) Of the divinity to which the altar is
dedicated, as "... natº Lev. 17, 6. Num.
12, 27. Deut. 26, 4. al. by an ‘o Judg. 6.
25. 28.30, c) Of the species of sacri-
fice offered upon it; according to which
the altars in the sanctuary both of the
tabernacle and temple were: 0) ºn
nºisri the altar of burnt-offering Ex. 30,
28; or nºrtºn ºn the brazen altar Ex.
39, 39; this stood in the vestibule. 6)
nºt pri ºn the altar of incense Ex. 30,27.
31, 8; or arſºn ºn the golden altar 39,38.
40, 5. 26. 1 K. 7, 48; in the outer sanc-
tuary of the temple (bºrº)—Plur, of.
ten of idol-altars, Is. 17, 8, 27, 9, 2 K. 21,
3. 4. 2 Chr. 14, 2. 33, 3, 34, 4. al.
Sk XI? obsol. root, i. Q. Toº q. v. to
mingle, spec. to miar wine, to prepare it
with spices; see Thesaur. p. 808, and
comp. Gr. xsgövvvut. Chald. 31% id. Syr.
-º- Pe. and Pa.. to mingle; Pa. also for
Gr. 20. Itmāsūw 2 Cor. 2, 17. Arab. *}” to
mingle, spec. wine with water Abuk
Ann. IV. 468. Kor. 76. 17.— Hence
>7%)
572
552
Aſº m. wine sc. as mia!ed, i. e. pre-
pared with spices, spiced wine, Cant. 7,
3. Pliny mentions (H.N. XIV. 13 v. 15,
19) a ‘vinum aromatites,” made with
myrrh and fragrant cane ; and this
seems to be the kind of wine implied in
xyz, and also in Tºº, Tººn, q. v.–
Others, from the use of the verb 31%
in the kindr. dialects, understand wine
tempered with water. See in Thesaur.
p. 808.
Sk Hyº obsol. root i. q. myº, Ys?,
(1, V. Arab; to suck. Hence
Tº m. verbal adj. intrans, sucked
out, eachausted; once plur. Deut. 32, 24
as: "tº eachausted with famine. Sept.
trºuérot Muć, Vulg. consumentur fame.
Tºº (fear, r. 17%) Mizzah, pr. n. m.
Gen. 36, 13. 17. -
*T2 (for Hyz, r. ny) plur, tºº,
cells, garmers, Ps. 144, 13. Sept. topsio.
Tºrº f (r. At no. 2) a door-post, on
which the door moves on its hinges, Ex.
21, 6. 1 Sam. 1,9. Is, 57, 8. Ez. 41, 21.
al. Plur. rhithto Deut. 6, 9. 1 K. 6, 31.
Prov. 8,34; also ºr "nu; Ex. 12, 7.22.23.
Titº m. (r. 1) food, Gen. 45, 23. 2
Chr. 11, 23.
Titº Chald. food, Dan. 4, 9, 18.
I. Titº. m. (r. ** I) compression,
binding up, of a wound; trop. of reme-
dies applied to the wounds of a state,
Ier. 30, 13. Meton. a wound, sore, sc. to
be pressed and bound up, Hos. 5, 13.
II. hiſ? m. (r. ** II. 1) falsehood;
then treachery, plot, Ob. 7. So Sept.
vulg. Chald. Syr, well.—Others, a net,
snare, from Aram. "Tº to spread out.
:k T1? obsol. root i, q. boº, Chald.
rºtºns to flow down, to melt with fear.
Hence pr. m. Tº .
:k nº obsol. root, perh, to gird ;
whence are usually derived "Tº and
nº girdle. This sense of these words
's indeed certain, espec. from Ps. 109, 19;
out the etymology is doubtful. Thus
nº and rºyº may come from r. nº (af-
ter the forms nyl, rºujº); and also from
rint, nºt, in which case T1? would be
part. Hiph. of nry, and rºyº r rºrº
part. Hiph. of rºt. But none of these
roots, neither nº nor ring nor riºt, is
found in the Semitic languages with the
requisite signification. Still, we may
with probability ascribe to the monosyll.
root rit, T: , pt, Tuy, and transp. tri, the
signif to bind, to strengthen ; comp. Piri
º- Uj-, to bind, etc. Tºri pujr
Uj-, Cº-º-º-; CŞ'. etc. and there is
nothing to hinder us from assigning the
same power to the biliterals nry, rhy,
and to the triliteral n!?. Simonis, Jahn,
Hitzig, and others, follow the etymology
from nº ; the other from nry, riºt, ac-
cords better with the common analogy
77% m. a girdle Ps. 109, 19. Trop
of the bonds of a subject people, Is. 23
10. See in r. ny?.
TT2 m. constr. riºt?, a girdle, Jol
12, 21. See in r. ny?.
nº f plur. (see note) constella
tions, spec. the twelve signs of the zodi
ac, 2 K. 23, 5, Sept. u(x{ovg69, as iſ
reading nºnto as in Job 38, 32. Vulg
duodecim signa. Targ. snºº, Syr.
isiaº –The same word is frequent
in later Hebrew writers, and also in a
form slightly changed in Aramaean; e. g.
sºu; nº the constellations of heaven
Targ. Is. 47, 13; sº? neºn the twelve
signs Targ. Esth. 3, 7, al. The sense
signs of the zodiac, therefore, is sup
ported not only by the context, but also
by the Aramaean usage, as well as by
the almost constant tradition of ancient
interpreters. See Thesaur. p. 869.
NoTE. More difficult is it to determine
the origin and true signification of the
forms nibyº and ninjº, which are justly
regarded as identical, r and l being in
terchanged (see in 5); although it is
uncertain which form is the primary one,
Taking first the softer, nibº, these con-
stellations are held to be so called from
their influa, or influence upon the desti-
nies of men, from r. 813 to flow (comp.
Lat. influa.us stellarum Firmic.); or from
their going, revolving, from r. bis q.v. or
again the signs of the zodiac were re-
garded as the stations or lo dgings of the
Ç
() •
sun in his course ; comp. J;is station
brº
*7%
553
wight-quarter, from r. Jº to descend,
d.smount; as the Arabs in like manner
call the zodiac prºl JULs the circle
of palaces. More correctly, however,
the harder ninjº Job 38, 32, is assumed
by others as the earlier and primary
form, though they have not succeeded
in pointing out its true origin; for the
ninjº are not crowns, as if kindred with
*: diadem; nor zones, belts, from r. hts,
as implying either the belt of Orion or
the zone of the zodiac; but, in accord-
ance with the certain usage of the He-
brew and Arabic, the word signifies pre-
monitions, forewarnings, concr. fore-
warmers, presagers, (comp. praesaga
Stat. Theb. 8, 145) i. e. constellations
having a foreknowledge of future events
and foretokening them to mortals, ac-
cording to ancient and popular belief; |
See in r. nt; Hiph. no. 1, for the Arabic
usage.
*T2 m. (r. 38') a fork, flesh-hook,
with which flesh was drawn out of the
pot, 1 Sam. 2, 13. 14.
nº f (r. Ah!) a fork, flesh-hook,
enumerated among the utensils of the
altar, Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 4, 14. al.
Tº f (r. 52) with n parag. rirº,
Jer. 11, 15; plur. niſſatº.
1. meditation, cogitalion, thought; Ps.
10, 4 ºrian-bº Bºrºs I’s there is no
God 1 such are all his thoughts.—Spec.
counsel, purpose ; Job 42, 2 no purpose
is withholden from thee, i.e. thou dost
L'ccomplish all thy counsels. Ps. 37, 7
niatº Higs who evecuteth his purposes
(parall. i2h nº?). i. e. who prospers
in his plans. Oftener in a bad sense,
evil counsel, wicked purpose, Ps. 10, 2. 21,
12. Job 21, 27. Jer. 51, 11; inh niaº
Jer. 23, 20. 30, 24. Hence
2. machination, device, plot, Prov. 12,
2. 14, 17, 24, 8.-Also mischief, wicked-
ness, i. q. Hº!, Ps. 139, 20.
3. i. q, nižtº nyº (Prov. 8, 12), coun-
"el, prudence, sagacity, Prov. 1, 4, 3, 21;
plur. 5, 2.
nor. m. (r. 52; II) a song psalm,
§ept. wºuág, found only in the inscrip-
tions of the Psalms, e. g. Ps 3. 4.5. 6.8.
9 etc., 24, 47. 48, 68.98. etc.
º, f. (r. 2: I) a pruning-knife
pruning-hook, only plur. nin?!?, Is. 2
4, 18, 5. Mic. 4, 3; c. suff, Joel 4, 10.
nº f(r. 52; 1) only plur, ninny?
forceps, snuffers, 1 K. 7, 50. 2 K. 12, 14
Jer. 52, 18. 2 Chr. 4, 22.
Tº m. (r. *sj) smallness, fewness,
Is. 16, 14. 24, 6 ºn "tº few men.
Of time, hyº ºn emphat, a very littl
time, Is, 10, 25. 29, 17.
* "Tº obsol, root of uncertain signif
either i. q. 5% to be corrupt, foul,
9 . .
whence j94 rotten, as an egg, and
filthy, polluted, of a man; or else i. q.
jº (% and 5 being interchanged) to de-
spise, to contemn, pr. i. q. ºnt; to separate
out, to expel; and Syr. i-mºo to contemm.
Hence "Tºº bastard.
nº f plur. &res isyán. Job 38, 32,
i. q. niºn, the twelve signs of the zodiac.
See fully in nibº, and note. R. nº.
Tº m. (r. Thi) a winnower, winnow-
ing fork or shovel, Is. 30, 24. Jer. 15, 7.
2: 9 p 7
Arab. es).9% Syr. Þºrso, id. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. pp. 277. 371.
Tºº, see bºnº.
Tº m. (r. rint) the sun-rising,
only by meton. for the orient, the east,
Ps. 103, 12. Dan. 8, 9. Am. 8, 12. al.
Zech. 8, 7 riºtº Yºs the land of the east,
east country. Neh. 3, 29. 2 Chr. 29, 4.
With genit. inºrinº on the east of
Jericho Josh. 4, 19. 1 Chr. 4, 39. 6, 63;
c. * id. 2 Chr. 5, 12. 1 Chr. 5, 10-by-by
"sº riºtº ºr on all the eastern quar-
ter of Gilead.—With Prep, a) rºah
towards the east Neh. 3, 26. 1 Chr. 12,
15; once Firſº 2 Chr. 31, 14, b)
nº.12% from the east ſs. 41, 2, 43, 5, 46,
11. Dan. 11, 44. Ps. 107, 3; also at or on
the east (see in 72 no. 3 h) Josh. 11, 3.
17, 10. More fully tº rinº from
the east Judg. 11, 18. Is. 41, 25. I s. 50,
1; also on the east Num. 21, 12. Judg.
20, 43.—Further; c) Accus, nº to:
wards the east, eastward, 1 Chr. 9, 24
Neh. 12, 37; and tº rintº Deut. 4,47
Josh. 1, 15. 13, 5, al. d) With n+loca
4"
-12
Hinz
554,
hrºº towards the east, eastward, Ex.
27, 13. 38, 13. Num. 2, 3, 3, 38; Firºz
tº id. Deut. 4, 41. Josh. 12, 1. Judg.
21, 19.
Pºº m. plur. (pl. part. Pi. Hºrn, r.
nº) lit. the scattering, poet. for the
north winds, which scatter the clouds
and bring severe cold, Joo 37, 9; Vulg.
Arcturus, Sept. &zgorigw, perhaps to
be read &gargo, or &gktoigos. Comp.
*!) and sºlº)& dispergentes, of
winds, Kor. 51. 1.-Others make it the
same with ninjº Job 38, 31.
9. Tº m. (r. 971) constr. 9ºz. place
sown, a field; Is. 19 7 -s, wºn the
fields of the Nile, i. e. watered by the
Nile. Arab. key- id.
Pīº m. (r.png) plur. E"pºº constr.
"phia; also ripºſº, c. suff, ºrphin ; a
vase, vessel, from which was sprinkled
the blood of victims, a sacrificial bowl,
basin, Num. 4, 14. 7, 13. 19. 25 sq. Ex.
38, 3. al. Also of a wine-bowl Am. 6, 6.
Tº m. adj. (r. Firſ?) 1, fat, marrowy,
spec. of fat sheep, plur. bºrº, Ps. 66,15;
in some copies Enriº.
Arab. **• 2
marrowy, of a fat sheep. • e =
2. Trop, rich, noble, comp. jº, Is. 5,
17.
rºom. (r. nr/2) marrow, Job 21, 24.—
$2 3 § 3 O be
Arab. 2-0 and 2-3, Aram. LaSo, Nºrtin
*e "e". |-> .
* Nº i, q. Aram, snº, i.e., to
strike, to smite, in Heb. poet. for the
common Fºr ; comp. Firſ; no. 2. With
F2 i. q. Fe Fºr (2 K. 11, 12) to clap the
hands. Ps. 98,852-isrº riºr; let the
floods clap their hands, in exultation.
Is. 55, 12.
PIEl id. inf. c. suff. Tº Tsr 2, Ez.25, 6.
87% Chald. to strike, to smite, Dan.
2, 34. 35, and often in the Targums.
Comp. Gr. utºzouzi, udzn, Heb. 87%,
"rº, nº.—Some refer hither Nr.2 or
Rºd Dan. 5, 19; but this is part. Aph.
from Nºrſ, ‘saving alive.’
PA. Nr.2 d. with Tºà to smité upon
eve's hand, i. e. to stay his hand, to re-
strain. Dan. 4, 32 [35] none can stay
his (God’s) “and, and say unto him,
What doest thou ? This phrase is more
common in the Targums (comp. Ecc. 8,
3) and Talmud, for to restrain, to him.
der ; and in the same sense the Arabs
have the formula 8.X: &e *}” Ca-
I(\OOS.
ITHPE. to be affiaced, to be fastened up.
on, sc. by nails, Ezra 6, 11. -
Sººn m. (r. Rºry) a hiding-place, Is.
32, 2.
E"Shºº m. plur. (r. • Nºr) hidung
places, 1 Sam. 23, 23.
narrº f (r. War) c. suff, innarº,
junction, juncture, i. e. the place where
one thing is joined upon another, e. g.
of curtains, Ex. 26, 4.5; of the parts of
the ephod, Ex. 28, 27. 39, 20.
rinariº f plur. (pr. Part. Pi. r. nar)
conjoiners, couplers, i. e. a) beams
braces of wood, for joining and fastening
a building, 2 Chr. 34, 11. b) cramps,
hooks, of iron for joining, etc. 1 Chr
22, 3.
FºrTº f. Ez. 4, 3 (r. nar) contr. for
nºrº, a pan, frying-pan, Lev. 2, 5, 6
14. 7, 9. 1 Chr. 23, 29. Ez. 4, 3.
nºnº f. (r. ºrj) a girdle, belt, cinc-
ture, Is. 3, 24.
:k Hrº fut. Firſ?", pr. to stroke, to rub
over, to wipe. Hence
1. to wipe off to wipe away. a)
Genr. e. g. a dish 2 K. 21, 13 see below ;
tears Is. 25, 8; the mouth Prov. 30, 20.
So of letters, writing, to blot out, Ex,
32, 32. 33. Num. 5, 23. Trop. to blot out
sins, to forgive them, Ps. 51, 3, 11. Is,
43, 25. 44, 22. b) So to blot out, i. Q. to
destroy, as men from the face of the
earth Gen. 6, 7, 7, 4 ; the name and
memory of any one Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 9.
14, 25, 19. Ps. 9, 6. 2 K. 14, 27. So 2
K. 21, 13, where the native power is
preserved : I will wipe (destroy) Jeru-
salem as one wipelh a dish, he wipelh
and turneth it upside down.
2. to stroke, i. e. emph. to strike, to
smite, i. q. Nrº ; hence "rº stroke.--
Trop. c. 5s, to strike upon, in a geo.
graphical sense i. q, to reach wnto, to ea.
tend 'o, as a boundary Num. 34, 11.
3. *o rub over with a fat substance
Fºr 2
•riº
555
her.ce intrans. to be fat, marrowy, i. q.
nriº q. v. see below in Pual.
Note. From the primary sign.f. of
stroking, rubbing over, which is also the
usual one in this root, have arisen the
other two ; and these are more common
in the kindred forms Nrº and ring q.v.
Chald. Nº to wipe off to strike; Arab.
us to wipe or wash off, to blot out, to
destroy. In the Indo-European tongues
corresponding in signif. are uxo go uá-
{40%0, uiſgow, and with a sibilant outgo,
outſo, owizo, Gutózo.
PIEL privat. emedullavit, q. d. to un-
marrow, i. q. Arab. * - Conj. II; see
Kal no. 3. Hence e”
PUAL pass. emedullatus est ; Is. 25, 6
Bºrſº Rºquí fatness unmarrowed, i.e.
drawn out from marrow-bones and there-
fore the most delicate. The form is from
a sing. "nº, for the common Hrºn,
and corresponds to the form Pºpº, in
the other clause.
HipH. fut. apoc. rior Neh. 13, 14, also
*riºr masc. Jer, 18, 23 for Hrºn; i. q.
Kal no. 1, to blot out, to destroy, Neh. 13,
14, Jer. 18, 23.—Prov. 31, 3 Tºy!"
Tº ninah nor give thy ways to the
destroying of kings, ninº for niriºn: ;
so those who suppose a warlike spirit to
be here reprehended. Better, to the cor-
rupters, destroyers of kings, i.e. courte-
sans; either reading niriº as part, fem.
of Kal, or else regarding ninº as fem.
plur. of an adj. Hirº in an active sense.
Niph. rrº, fut, nryº, apoc, rigº for
nº Ps. 109, 13. Gen. 7, 23.
1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. a, to be wiped
away, to be blotted out, e.g. from the
book of life, Ps. 69, 29. So of reproach,
Wrov. 6, 33; of sin Ps. 109, 14. Neh. 3,
.7; comp. Ez. 6, 6.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 1. b, to be destroyed,
as men Gen. 7, 23; a tribe from Israel
Judg. 21, 17; the name of any one Deut.
26, 6. Ps. 109, 13.
"Tº adj. fem, nry, see in r. Hrº
Hiph.
Tº f. (r. Ahn) a compass, compass-
º, for drawing circles, Is. 44, 13.
finº m. (r. Thn) pr. a refuge hence
w haven, harbour, Ps. 107 30. So Chald.
Syr. Vulg.
bsºrſ; and SSºrſº (perh. smittes
of God, for by thrin, r. nrº) Mehujael,
pr.m. of a patriarch descended from Cain,
Gen. 4, 18.
tºº (r. Hyr) Mahavites, a gentilo
name 1 Chr. 11, 46, where we should
expect the sing. ºr 2. Elsewhere un-
known.
ºirſ, m. (r. bºn) constr. birth.
1. a dance, dancing, sc. in a circle,
Ps. 30, 12. 149, 3. 150, 4. Jer. 31, 4, 13.
Lam. 5, 15.
2. Mahol, pr. m. m. 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31].
nºirth or nºrth f (r. bºn) a dance,
i. q binº no. 1, Cant. 7, 1; Plur. nibnº
Ex. 32, 19. Judg. 11, 34. 21, 21. al.
TTTT2 m. (r. Hyri) a vision, Gen. 15, 1
Num. 24, 4, 16. Ez. 13, 7. -
Tºrº f (r. Hyr) a window, 1 K. 7, 4.5
nis"TTT2 (visions) Mahazioth, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 25, 4.30. R. nir.
•rn: obsol. root, i. q. Tº no. 3
Arab. 33 IV, to be marrowy, of a bone:
to be fat, of a sheep; whence Tº mai.
rowy, r1% marrow.—The primary notion
lies in rubbing over, besmearing, with a
fatty substance, comp. Tirº note. Kindr.
are ring and nº.
"Tº m. (r. Hrº no. 2) a stroke, per-
cussion. Ez. 26, 9 ºf "rº the stroke
of what is over against it, i.e. batter-
ing-rams or the like. See in Bap.
NTT) (perh. junction, r. Thri Pa. Tºri
to join) pr. m. m. Mehida, Ezra 2, 52
Neh. 7, 54.
nºrº f (r. Hºrſ) 1. preservation of
life, Gen. 45, 5. 2 Chr. 14, 12, Ezra 9.
8.9. Meton. means of life, living, suste-
mance, Judg. 6, 4, 17, 10.
2. Prob something live, the quick, a
raw spot on the body; hence a spot, the
quick; Lev. 13, 10 nsºr ºr "tº nºriº
and if there be a spot (the quick) of raw
flesh in the tumour. v. 24 and if the spot
of burning be a white spot. So Syr.
Chald.
"nº m. (r. ºnz) 1. price, for which
a thing is bought or sold, Prov. 17, 16.
27, 26. --rºi, at a price, for money, 3
brº
Yºrº,
556
Sam. 24, 24, hºrn: Nº not for price,
gratis, i. q. ºn, Is. 45, 13. 55, 1. al.
2. hire, wages, Mic. 3, 11. Deut. 23,
19. Dan. 11,39. Plur. Bºrº Ps. 44, 13.
3. Mehir, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 4, 11.
mºrrº m. (r. nºr no. 3,) constr. nºrº,
sickness, disease, Prov. 18, 14. 2 Chr.
31, 15.
ring (disease, r. nºr) Mahlah, pr.
s. a) Fem. Num. 26, 33. 27, 1. Josh.
17, 3. b) 1 Chr. 7, 18, where the sex
is uncertain.
Herº f i. q. Hºrº, disease, Ex. 15,
26. 23, 25. 1 K. 8,37. 2 Chr. 6, 28.
*Tº f (r. 9%r) a cave, cavern, plur.
Is. 2, 19.
nºrth f. see rhinº. -
Tºnº (sickly, from the form Hºrº
and ending ji) pr. m. m. Mahlon, Ruth
1, 2, 4, 9, 10.
ºrſo (sickly, r. nºr) Mahli, pr. n. m.
a) Ex. -6, 19. Num. 3, 20. b) 1 Chr.
23, 23. 24, 30.
Bºrº m. plur, (r. nºr no. 3) dis-
eases, 2 Chr. 24, 25.
Fºr? m. (r. Fºrſ) a slaughter-knife,
with which the victims were killed for
sacrifice, so called as gliding or passing
through the flesh; once in Plur. E"Bºrº
Ezra 1, 9. Syr. ſas..., Rabb. Fºr
knife ; hence r. -as to shave the hair,
comp. Thin nºr.
nitrº f. plur. (r. Fºr) braids,
plaits, of hair, Judg. 16, 13.19; so all the
ancient versions. The idea of braiding
differs little from that of changing, inter-
changing, see the root in Pi. and Hiph.
no. 1; and a trace of it is found also in
Arab. —iº- twisted, convolute.
rix}rº f plur. (r. Yºr) costly or fes-
five garments, holiday clothes, which
are put off at home, Is. 3, 22. Zech. 3, 4.
Üomp. Arab. S. exuit vestem, veste
P. Arab &= )
- ?
Boleinn, donavit; Kx. As a costly gar-
Then!.
npºrº f (r. Pºr) c. suff, "nºno,
lur. niphrº.
1. Simoothness hence a slipping away,
28, 9.
escape, comp. the root Hiph, no. 2. Su
in pr. n. nipºrºr, sº the rock of es:
capes, 1 Sam. 23, 28.
2. division, class, course ; spec. of the
24 classes of the Levites and priests
épmuegiou, xliigot, 1 Chr. 24, 1. 28, 13,
2 Chr. 8, 14, 31, 2, 35, 4. al. Also of the
people of Israel, Josh. 11, 23. 12, 7, 18.
10. Ez. 48, 29; of an army 1 Chr. 27
1 sq.
npºrº Chald, id. only plur. Ehriz
courses of the Levites, Ezra 6, 18.
rººm. (r. Fºr no. 1) 1. A string.
ed instrument, Ktşºgo, cithara, i. e. a
lyre, guitar, accompanied by the voice,
Ps. 53, 1.88, 1. Comp. Eth. Ø2%.A.T
song, also kubó90, see Vers. Æthiop,
Gen. 4, 21.
2. Mahalath, pr. m. f. a) The daugh-
ter of Ishmael, the wife of Esau, Gen.
b) The wife of Rehoboam
2 Chr. 11, 18.
ºn Meholathite, gent, n, from
nºirº has, see bas II. d. 2 Sam. 21, 8
Flsº Ps. 55, 22, commonly taken
as a noun derived from Pisºr, curdled
milk, q. d. milky words, but against the
context.—Better, if we take nisºrſº as
for nisºry, or nisºrſº (as Cod. R. 368),
Hirek or Tsere being changed to Pa-
tah on account of the foll. Hateph.
Patah; comp. Thris for hºrs Judg. 5
28, ºrºrº for ºrºrº Ps. 51, 7, and the
like ; and then we may render, smoother
than curds of milk is his mouth. Chald.
and Symm. also take the Mem here for
Tº ; and this accords too with the paral-
lelism. So Kimchi.
Tºnº m. constr. 12rz; plur. Bºrº
constr. "Tºrſº. R. Tºr.
1. desire ; then thing desired, a de-
light, e. g. Tº Tºrº the desire, de-
light, of thine eyes, 1 K. 20, 6. Ez. 24, 16
Is. 64, 10. Hos. 9, 16 the delights of their
womb, i. e. their dearest offspring.
2. loveliness, Cant. 5, 16.
3. something precious, costly, plur. Joe
4, 5. 2 Chr. 36, 19. Is. 64, 10. Lam.
1, 10.
E"Tºrºn m. plur. (r. Tºri) something
precious, costly, Lam. 1, 7; also fully
written cºnnorſº. v. 11 Cheth.
Yºriya
yna
557
2%Tº m. (r. 92n) constr, Barz, pr.
object of pity, sympathy; then of love
and affection, a delight : Ez. 24, 21
bº borº the delight of your soul.
The prophet employs the word in an
unusual signification, for the sake of
paronomasia in the nouns Tºrº and
Sºra; comp. Bujº Riº v. 25 in the
same context.
Fºrº f see r. Yar; Hiph.
Tºº (r. nºr) usually masc. but fem.
Gen. 32,9. Ps. 27,3; constr. Hºrſe; sing.
c. suff. Tºrº Deut. 23, 15. 29, 10;
Bºrſº Am. 4, 10; Prºrº Num. 5, 3.
Josh. 10, 5, 11, 4. Judg. 8, 10; perh, also
1 Sam. 17, 1. 53. 28, 1. 29, 1 (comp.
Heb. Gr. § 91. 9, n), which last pas-
Sages the ancient interpreters and
Kimchi take as in the plural ; see in
nsºo. For the plur, see after no. 2.
1. an encampment, camp, either of
troops Josh. 6, 11. Judg. 7, 10 sq. 8, 11.
12. 1 Sam. 4, 3. 14, 15. 19; or of noma-
des Gen. 32, 21. Ex. 14, 19; and so of
the encampment of the Israelites in the
desert Ex. 32, 19. 26. Lev. 14, 18. Num.
4, 5, 15. 5, 2. 10, 34. 11, 9.30. 31. al. saep.
—Hence -
2. an army, host; Psyº Hirº Ex.
14, 19. Josh. 6, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 19; Tºº?”
Judg. 7, 15; Bºrujº ºn 1 Sam. 17, 46.
28, 5; bºrºş "o God's host, of angels
Gen. 32, 3 (elsewhere Bºgºr, sº);
perh. also 1 Chr. 12, 22, comp. Dan. 7,
10; elsewhere of the Israelites 2 Chr.
14, 12, and poet. of locusts as sent of
God Joel 2, 11. So of any troop, com-
pany, band, Gen. 33, 8.50, 9.
PLUR. with a threefold form: a) ºr 2
camps, Num. 13, 19. But c. suff, Tºrº,
brºnz, are in the sing, see above.
b) ring m. whence o 'º two camps
or bands Gen. 32, 8, 11. Num. 2, 17. 32.
1 Sam. 17, 4. Ez. 4, 2. Zech. 14, 15;
but Hin, nºrtº the camps i.e. courts of
Jehovah, where the priests as it were
encamped, 2 Chr. 31, 2 c) Dºrº, as
from a sing. "2n?; comp. Bºrſº, in Firſ?
Pual. Cant. 7, 1 ºr ºn the heavenly
üosts, as in Gen. 32, 3, ... e. angels
\nisºs), to whom the poet here ascribes
lances, as elsewhere song, Job 38, 7;
comp. the pr. n. Bºrſº, which some very
ineptly apply in Cant. l. c.
7|Tººn (camp of Dan) Mahaneh
Dan, pr. n. of a place near Kirjath-jea.
rim in the tribe of Judah, Judg. 18, 12.
Pºº (camps, see Hºrſ? Plur. lett. c.
according to Gen. 32, 3 ‘camps or hosts
of angels,”) Mahanaim, pr. m. of a town
beyond Jordan on the confines of the
tribes of Gad and Manasseh, afterwards
assigned to the Levites, Josh. 13, 26. 30.
21, 38. 2 Sam. 2, 8. 12. 29 17, 24. 27.
1 K. 2, 8.4, 14. [In the same region
are still the ruins of a place called & As
Mahneh; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App.
p. 166.-R.
Pºº m. (r. Pºri) a strangling, para.l.
nyº, Job 7, 15.
Tº Ps. 46, 2, elsewhere Tiºnº m.
(r. ngri) constr. Herº, c. suff, "erº Ps.
62, 8 and herº. 71, 7; a refuge, shelter;
Is. 25, 4 bºº nºrtº a refuge from the
storm. Job 24, 8. Ps. 104, 18. Is. 4, 6, 28,
15. 17. Often of God, in various con-
structions, Prov. 14, 26. Joel 4, 16. Ps.
46, 2. 71, 7. 73, 28. 91, 9. 142, 6.
tiprº m. (r. Borj) a muzzle, fasten-
ing for the mouth, Ps. 39, 2.
micrº and herº m. R.-pri.
1. want, deficiency, sc. of any particu-
lar thing; nº-bº nioriº I's there is no
want of any thing Judg. 18, 10. 19, 19.
20; comp. Deut. 15, 8.
2. want, need, poverty, Prov. 6, 11. 11,
24, 14,23. 21,5, 17-iorº Bºs a poor man.
22, 16. Plur. Prov. 24, 34, comp. 6, 11.
Tºº (his refuge is Jehovah, r.
nor) Mahseiah, pr. n. m. Jer. 32, 12.
51, 59.
Sk yrº fut. Yrjº. 1. to smite through
and through sc. with a shock, to dash
in pieces, to crush, e. g. the head of
any one Ps. 68, 22. 110, 6. Hab. 3, 13:
the loins Deut. 33, 11; the temples Judg.
5, 26; enemies Ps. 18, 39. 2 Sam. 22, 39;
absol. Deut. 32, 39. Job 5, 18. Trop. Job
26, 12 by his wisdom he smiteth through
(crusheth) the pride sc. of the sea, i. e.
restrains its proud waves.—Arab. Ud.<!
to smite the earth with the foot, to stamp.
2. to shake, i.e. to move to and fro, to
stir, as the foot in blood, dipping it in
blood, Ps. 68, 24 tº #35 yr ºr sº
So prob. Num. 24, 8 (Israel as vic'or
47%
yº
ºjnº
558
doth sat up the nations his enemies, he
doth craunch their bones, Yrjº ºr
(Eji) and shake (stir, dip) his arrows
in their blood; comp. Ps. l. c. Some
ancient interpreters take *śrī as in-
strument: and with his arrows he doth
crush sc. his enemies; Sept. xvi twig
80klow wiroi Kotoroševast & 9969. Vulg.
et perforabunt sagittis. Others: his
(the enemy’s) weapons doth Israel crush.
—Arab. Ud sº to shake, to agitate, e. g.
a bucket in the water, milk in a skin for
butter; see Schultens de Defect. Ling.
Heb. p. 75. Origg. Heb. I. p. 100. ad Job
I. 153, 722.-Hence
7T2 m. a contusion, wound, Is. 30, 26.
Pºº m. (r. 5xrï) a hewing of stones,
perh. a quarry; BST2 "3+8 hewn stones,
quarried stones, 2 K. 12, 13. 22, 6. 2 Chr.
34, 11.
Tyrº f (r. nºr) the half, Num. 31,
36. 43.
nºrº f (r. Hºrſ) 1. the half, Ex.
{0, 13. Num. 31, 30. 42, 47. al.
2. the middle, sc. of a day, Neh. 8, 3.
>k prº to smile through, to crush,
once Judg. 5, 26–Arab. Q3 s delevit,
Conj. II, perdidit. Kindred are Rrº,
nryº, Yrjº.
nPrº2 m. (r. -pri) ‘what is known by
searching,” the in most depth, the recesses,
i. q. -pr; no. 2, Ps. 95, 4.
Sk -n; obsol. root, i. q. ºne? to buy, to
sell; see in ºriº II.-Hence nºrth price.
Tº subst, and adv.
he morrow, Syr. **, Samar. id. Judg.
20, 28. 1 Sam. 20, 5. Is. 22, 13. al. Biº
nrº id. Is. 56, 12. Prov. 27, 1. ºrigh
for the morrow Num. 11, 18. Esth. 5,
12; also to-morrow Ex. 8, 6. 19, comp.
ég wigwow. -rº rºto-morrow abowl this
time, see in nº no. 1. c ; more fully nº
nºr ry: Josh. 11,6. nºujºn nrº rº
about this time to-morrow or the third
day, 1 Sam, 20, 12, as Vulg. Chald, well;
others here join together nºujºn nrº,
as iſ crastinum tertium, the day after to-
morrow, but less well; so Syr.
2. in time to come, hereafler, Ex. 13,
14. Josh. 4, 6, 21. hrſ’, Biº- id. Gen.
B0, 33. Comp. rhinº.
1. to-morrow,
NoTE. Tu s word seeins not to come
from r. nr.ſº, but is rather connected
closely with r. nns. Not indeed for
*rīs; as if from Pi, hrs’, ; but it comes
more prob, from hr's cin, and nylº
from nºis Ein, contr. Hriº, nº ; as
in Targ. Jonath. often shriqin, Trºi",
see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. p. 941. In the
% therefore we have a vestige of pin.
See more in Thesaur. p. 784.
"Sºn f (r. Nºr) cloaca, a sink,
privy, 2 K. 10, 27 Cheth.
nºnrº and nºnrº ſ (r. Bºn)
Sam. 13, 20, two agricultural cutting
instruments, one of which perhaps is the
plough-Share, and the other the coulter
The plur. of both is nitºriº v. 21.—For
the form of oriental ploughs, see Paulsen
Ackerbau d. Morgenländer p. 52. Nie-
buhr's Descr. of Arabia p. 155 Germ.
On the Egyptian plough, see Descr, de
l’Egypte I. Plates 70, 71.
nº f (see ºrº note) constr. nnnº,
c. suff. Finniº, the morrow, to-morrow,
once with pin, viz. nººn bin the day
of the morrow, to-morrow, Num. 11, 32.
Elsewhere nºngº (comp. ºrigh) Jon. 4,
7, Erynnº 1 Sam 30, 17 (the suff, is
pleon.) and more freq. nºn??, on the
morrow, the meat day, Gen. 19, 34. Ex.
9, 6. Num. 17, 6. 23. Josh. 5, 12. Judg.
6, 38. al. nºn?--Tº even unto the mor-
row Lev. 23, 16. With genit. Biºr nºn:
the morrow of that day, the day after,
1 Chr. 29, 21. Lev. 23, 11. 15. 16 nºngº
nºr the day after the sabbath. Num,
33, 3. 1 Sam. 20, 27.
ºbſº m. (r. Fºr) a peeling, decorti-
cation, adverbially Gen. 30, 37.
nºtºrº and natiºn f: Ex. 35, 33.
2 Chr. 2, 13; constr. nºurſ?, c. suff,
innurº ; plur, niaºrſº, constr. niaºrº.
R. auri. º
1. work of art or skill, see the root no.
1. Ex. 31, 4, 35, 32. 33.35. 2 Chr. 26, 15.
2. counsel, purpose, plan, what ong
meditates or has devised, 2 Sam. 14, 14
Job 5, 12. Ps. 33, 10. 11. Prov. 15, 22. aſ
So of God’s counsels, Ps. 40, 6.92, 6. Je
29, 11. Mic. 4, 12.-Gen. 6, 5 every ima.
gination iaº ni-viriº of the purposes of
his heart, which his heart has medi
tated; comp. 1 Chr. 28,9. 29, 18–Spec
wn:
intº
559
pſwicked counsels, devices, machinations,
as Tº '? Prov. 6, 18. Is. 59, 7. Jer, 4, 14;
ny, ºn Ez. 38, 10. Esth. 9, 25; simpl.
Esth. 8, 3. 5. For the phrase ‘o Hujr
see in Hujr no. 3. c.
#Tº m. (r. Tujri) darkness Is. 29, 15.
Ps, 88, 19 Tºrº "sº my acquaintances
are in darkness, i. e. are lost from my
sight—Plur. bºrº darknesses, i. e.
dark places, Ps, 88,7. 74,20 y's "zuriz
the dark places of the earth. Spec. of
Sheol, Ps. 143, 3. Lam. 3, 6.
Fºº (apoc. for Hºriº taking, grasp-
ing, r. Firri) Mahath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 6,
20. 2 Chr. 29, 12. 31, 13. See niºrs.
Tºrº f (r. Hrr) plur. ninriº 1 a
fire-pan, fire-shovel, censer, in which
coals were taken up and incense kindled,
Lev. 16, 12. Ex. 27, 3. 38, 3. Num. 16,
6. sq. 1 K. 7, 50. al.
2. Plur. snuff-dishes, trays, Ex. 25, 38.
37, 23; Sept. Úto 95uoto, Vulg. vasa,
ubi quae emuncta sunt, earsting wantwr.
This accords with the context, which
treats of the lamps.
Tºrº f (r. nnn) pr. a breaking in
pieces; hence
1. destruction, ruin, Prov. 10, 14. 13,
S. 18, 7. Ps. 89, 41.
2. consternation, terror, Prov. 10, 15.
29. 21, 15. Is. 54, 14. Jer. 17, 17; comp.
48, 39.
nº f. (r. *nri) a breaking in, sc.
of a thief by night, Ex. 22, 1. Jer. 2, 34.
tº m. (for nº?, r. nº ; as bºx for
nº.2) inclination, depression, a low
place ; only with He local nº?, which
see below.
tº see win.
>k Stº Chald. Dan. 4, 25, Tºn 7,
.3.22; comp. Heb. 83%, in which how-
ever the usus loguendi differs. Freq. in
the Targg.
1. to come to any place or person, c. :
Dan. 6, 24, 25; is 7, 13.
2. to reach to, c. , Dan. 4, 8, 17. 19.
3. to come, to come om, as time Dan.
7, 22; with *s to come upon any one, to
vappen to him, Dan. 4, 21. 25.
NºStºa m. a bloom, besom, Is. " ., 23;
'ee NºNº under art tº p. 365.
Tºtº m . (r. rºº) slaughter, Is. 14,21
Tº m, but f: Mic. 6, 9, prob. Hab
3, 9; constr. Fºz, c. suff, nº?, Tºº
plur. nitº Num. 1, 16. Josh. 14, 1.2
once c. suff. Tºº Hab. 3, 14. R. Hº.
1. a branch, bough, shoot, Ex. 19, 11
sq. So called from its stretching or ex-
tending itself, comp. Huº from tºº.
2. a rod, staff, for walking, supporting
oneself, Gen. 38, 35 (comp. Hilot. 1, 195).
Ex. 4, 2.4. 17. 7, 15 sq. Num. 17, 21 sq.
1 Sam. 14, 43; with which grain is
beaten out Is. 28, 27; espec. for chas-
tisement, Is. 10, 5, 15. 24.9, 3 inau; rigº
the rod of his back, with which he is
beaten. 14, 5, 30, 32. Ez. 7, 11 barr;
sº nº tºp the violence (of the ene-
my) is risen up for a rod of wickedness,
i. e. to chastise it. v. 10 nººn Y; the
rod hath blossomed, sc. for your chastise-
ment. Hab.3,9-2s nitº nivāui sworn
are the rods of his word, i. e. the prom-
ised chastisements, he hath sworn the
overthrow of his enemies; but more in
accordance with the parallelism the Syr.
reads nivå, i.e. sated are the spears
sc. with blood, a song 1 Mic. 6, 9 squj
nº hear ye the rod, the chastisement,
punishment.—Trop. Erik Hø2 -aº to
break the staff of bread, i. e. to cause a
dearth of bread, which the Hebrews call
also ‘the strengthener of the heart”
(see in Tºº), pr: therefore i. q to break
the staff of life, which bread is, Lev. 26,
26. Ps. 105, 16. Ez. 4, 16. 5, 16. 14, 13.
—Spec. for a) a sceptre of a king Ps.
110, 2; hence as an emblem of power,
empire, Jer. 48, 17. b) a spear, lance,
1 Sam. 14, 27. Hab. 3, 14.
3. a tribe of Israel, (pr. a branch, no.
1,) i. q tºº, Num. 34, 11.15. 36, 3.4.
* rºº Num. 1, 49; nºrth ºn Num.
13, 2 sq. Josh. 20, 8 sq. 21, 4; also
Jisºº; ºn nº?, 17 ºn 2, Num. 34.
20. 22, 24 sq. Josh. 13, 29. 18, 11. al.
nitºr ºuts, the heads of the tribes
1 K. 8, 1; ritºn nins ºus, the heads
of the fathers (families) of the tribes.
Josh. 14, 1. 21, 1.
Fºº (Milél) adv. from tº q. v. with
H loc. down, downwards, beneath, Deut.
28, 43. Prov. 15, 24. Opp. nº up.
wards, above. With Prefixes:
a) Hºº: a) down, downward, ſheu:
intº
*\tº
560
28, 13. Ez. 1, 27. 8, 2. Ecc. 3, 21. 3)
below, beneath, 2 K. 19, 30. Jer. 31, 37.
1 Chr. 27, 23 twenty years old Hºchh
and under. With 72 Ezra 9, 13 nº;
*::1:2 below our guilt, less than our sins
Jeserve.
b) Hººn from below, underneath,
(opp. nº.2% from above, above,) Ex.
26, 24. 27, 5. 28, 27. 36, 29. 38, 4, 39,
20.
Tº ſ. (r. Hº) constr. nº?, plur.
nitº ; comp. Gr. xiivn from xàival.
1. a bed, genr. Gen. 47, 31. 48, 2.49,
33. Ex. 7, 28. al.—So for reclining at
table, Esth. 1, 6. Ez. 23, 41 ; for ease
and quiet, a couch, divan, Am. 3, 12.
6, 4, 1 Sam. 28, 23. Esth. 1, 6. 7, 8.
Prov, 26, 14.
2. a litter, palanquin, Cant. 3, 7.
3. a bier, for dead bodies, 2 Sam.
3, 31.
Tº m. (pr. part. Hoph. r. nº.) 1. a
spreading out, ea pansion, plur. nity? Is.
8, 8.
2. a stretching, bending, wresting of
right, i. e. wrong, iniquity, sing. Ez.9,9.
Tº see nºix.
"...tº m. (r. Hyº) a spinning, i. e.
thing spun, Ex. 35, 25.
ºn m. a hammered bar, as of iron,
once Job 40, 18. R. bºº.
*Stº to draw out, to make long,
kindr, with bºro; hence to forge, to ham-
mer sc. iron. Arab. part. Jºla…" ham-
mered iron.
Tº m. (r. 72%) plur. Bºtº,
constr. "gºº? Is. 45, 3.
1. Place where any thing is hidden
u-der ground, espec. a subterranean cell,
storehouse for grain, Jer. 41, 8. Such
subterranean storehouses for grain are
still common in Palestine ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 354, 385.
2. hidden stores, hid treasure, sc. un-
der ground, Prov. 2, 4, Job 3, 21. Is. 45,
3. So genr. treasure, Gen. 43, 23.
Sºº m. (r. Stº) constr. Sº ; plur.
constr. ***2 Mic. 1, 6; a planting, plan-
tation, Ez. 17, 7.34, 29. Is. 61, 3. 60, 21
Keri: **** **, the branch of my plant-
mg, planted by me.
bºytºn m. plur. (r. Estº) Gen. 27
4, and niegº f. plur. Prov. 23, 3.6
dainties, savoury dishes. A. Schultend
ad Prov. l. c. remarks that the Arab
6 - ? -- is used espec. of dishes from the
flesh of animals taken in hunting, which
the nomades esteem a great delicacy.
This accords well with Gen. l.c. Comp.
his Epist. 2 ad Menk. p. 78.
Friº, f (r. ripº) Ruth 3, 15, plur
ningtºn Is. 3, 22, a wide upper garmen
of a woman, a mantle, cloak. See
Schroeder de Vestitu mulier. Heb. c. 16.
Sk ntº in Kal not used, to rain, as
Chald. Syr. Arab. Ala'.
HIPH. to rain, i.e. to give or send rain,
so God, Gen. 2, 5, 7, 4. Am. 4, 7; the
clouds Is. 5, 6 (here more fully nºtºn
nº); with by upon any thing, Am. Is.
l. c. Trop. of other things which God
sends down from heaven in the manner
of rain ; as hail Ex. 9, 18. 23; lightning
Ps. 11, 6; fire and brimstone Gen. 19, 24.
Ez. 38, 22; manna Ex. 16, 4. Ps. 78, 24.
Constr. with acc. of the thing rained
down, and by upon any thing, see the
passages cited above. Once with 3 of
the thing rained down, Job 20, 23; see
in thrib.
NIPH. to be rained upon, Am. 4, 7.
Deriv. pr. n. *ntº and
"tº m. constr. hºn, plur, consu
ni-tor, Job 37, 6; rain, Ex. 9, 33. Deut.
11, 17. al. by nº in; to give or send
rain upon any one, so of God 1 Sam. 12,
17. 18. 1 K. 8, 36. 2 Chr. 6, 27. al. Also
Tºns -ºn the rain of thy land, i. e. ne-
cessary for watering the ground, Deut.
28, 12. 24. 11, 14; and so Tºnt ºn Is.
30, 23. To the rain is compared pleas.
ing and flowing discourse Deut. 32, 2
comp. Job 29, 23; also gentle and be.
neficent rule Ps. 72, 6.
"...tº (propelling, r. Thº) Matred, pr
n. f. Gen. 36, 39.
Tºtº f. also Sºº Lam. 3, .2. R.
nº.
1. place of guard, i. e. a prison, jai,
Neh. 3, 25. 12, 39. Jer. 32, 2.8. 33, 1 a.
2. scope, aim, hence mark to shoot aſ
º
56I *2
(see the .oot no. 3; like Gr. oxotóg from
0xéIttoua,) 1 Sam. 20, 20. Job 16, 12.
Lam. 3, 12.
*Tºº (for nºntº, rain of Jehovah)
pr. n. m. Matri, 1 Sam. 10, 21.
*2 for Nº.2 (r. Rio where see) a sing.
not in use, water. The only vestige of
it is in the pr. n. *cºris (brother of wa-
ter), Eth. º.B, Zab. J Norb. Lex. ed.
119.-Hence
PLUR. Dºo, constr. *% and rarely
*%”, (comp. on such reduplicated forms
Ewald's Krit. Gram. p. 508. n.) c. suff
*2-2, Tºº, nº?, trºº, with H
local nºr Ex. 7, 15. 8, 16; waters,
water, comp. Chald. Nº.2, Syr. tº,
sºs.-Sometimes the absol. Bºº is
found where we should expect the con-
s' ruct, as yr; tº 1 K. 22, 27. Is. 30,
20; also ºnz, Bº waters to the knees
Ez. 47, 4, comp. Bºrº "º waters to the
loins, which immediately follows; see
Heb. Gr. § 114, n. 6.-Joined with phur.
adjectives: bºrn tº living water Gen.
26, 19. Lev. 14, 5, 50. Pºuj"p Bºz con-
secrated water Num. 5, 17. than tº
Ps. 18, 17. With verbs plural, Gen. 7,
19. 8, 5. Ez. 47, 1. So also with verbs
sing. not only where the verb precedes,
Gen. 9, 15. Num. 20, 2. 24, 7, 33, 14. 2
K. 3, 9; but sometimes where it fol-
lows, Num. 19, 13. 20. Coupled also
with a suff, sing. fem. Job 14, 19; see
Heb. Gr. § 143.3.−Spoken of the waters
of the ocean Ps. 18, 6, comp. 2 Sam. 22,
16; of the waters above the firmament
Gen. 1, 7. Ps. 29, 3. 104, 3. 148, 4 ; of
water held in the clouds Job 26, 8. Ps.
18, 12; of rain Job 5, 10, etc.—Joined
with the name of a place, it denotes wa-
ters situated near that place, a fountain,
stream, torrent, lake, marsh, etc. So
iny; ºn Judg. 5, 19, either the river Ki-
shon or a stream flowing into it; so of
ſountains, tº ºn Jer,48,34, nºn-vº,
Hinº-nº, ºzº; jºy ºz Josh 15, 7; of a
brook, invº, ºn Josh. 16, 1. Tº "g Is.
15, 9, binº "? (q. v.) of a lake or
marsh ; comp. Dºnsº "?", the waters
if Egypt Ex. 7, 19.8.2. Esºtº -2°2-93
8 K. 5, 12. n. *n the waters of Noah,
the deluge, Is. 54, 9.
Trop. a) usin "º water of poppies,
i.e. the juice, Jer. 8, 14, b) tº ***
water of the feet Is. 36, 12 Keri, by eu,
phemism for urine, like Syr. liº &,
Talmid. Bºb:" "zºo; Pers. cy”. ºl.
Engl. to make water, c) the water of
a man is put for the semen virile, i. q
sh; ; comp. Arab. guo id. Kor. 86.5
Pers, cº-º: º aqua dorsi. Is. 48, 4
who have come forth from the waters of
Judah, are his offspring, Num. 24, 7. Ps.
68, 27. But not improb. for the word
"?? should here be read "sº, comp.
Gen. 15, 4. 2 Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11.
In poetry, wateris an emblem: 0.) Of
multitude, abundance, Ps. 79, 3.88, 18. Is.
11,9. Hab. 2, 14. 3) Of great and over-
whelming dangers, Ps. 18, 17 he drew
me out of many waters. 32, 6. 69, 2. 3.
16. Job 27, 20. Comp. also many exam-
ples from the Arabian and Greek poets,
in Dissertatt. Ludg. p. 960 sq. y) Of
terror, Josh. 7, 5 the heart of the people
melled tº "rº and became as water.
9, 2
Comp. Arab. SU, water-hearted, timo-
rous. Opp. is a heart like stone, Job 41.
16. 6) Of weakness, debility, Ps. 22, 15
I am poured out like water. s.) Of lust,
as likened to boiling water, Gen. 49, 4.
Further, as found in proper names:
aa) -r]: "º (water i.e. lustre of gold,
comp. Arab, glo) pr. n. m. Me-zahab.
Gen. 36, 39.
bb) ſiphºn "º (waters of yellowness)
Mejarkon, a town of the Danites, prob,
so called from a fountain or stream in the
vicinity, Josh. 19, 46.
cc) minº-vº Waters of Nephtoah
(opening), a fountain in the tribe of Ju-
dah, south-west of Jerusalem, Josh. 15,9.
18, 15. See Bibl. Res. in Pal. II. p. 334,
In other pr. names, nº with its gen,
coalesces into one word, as Nº Q. v.
** a primitive personal pronoun.
1. Interrog. tig; who? pr. of persons.
as H% of things. For the correlatives
ºn, Rºn, *, *z, see in ºz A. In the kin- .
dred languages the Eth. alone has dº
mi, but in the sense of what? spoken of
things; Aram. Tº , 72, <e, Arab. J3
—Gen. 24, 65 Hyºri ºnst; ºn who is this
man? Ruth 3, 9 ns ºr who art thou?
*2 562
T-2
Cant. 6, 10. Also where the question
fº
respects several, (Arab. &xi; .) Gen.
33, 5 HRs ºr who are these ? Is. 60, 8;
here too for the sake of explicitness we
find nº ºn, Ex. 10,8 Bºhr, "2 ºz. who
are the going? who shall go? comp. Eth.
dº., (Daºſ., Kłºroº’, quinam vos ?
Lud. Lex. p. 80–More rarely it refers
to things, bº; so that the idea of person
or persons is included. Gen. 33, 8 # *%
nºr Hºnºrſ-bº who to thee (what to thee)
are all these bands? Judg. 9, 28 tº "?
hºax? -- who (what) are the Shechem-
ites, that we should serve them 2 13, 17
Hºu; "2. 1 Sam. 18, 18 ºr "nº ºs ºn.
Mic. 1,5 nºrth nº ºn...:py: suyº ºn,
i. e. who is (the author of) the transgres-
sion of Jacob ... who (the authors of) the
high places of Judah 2 -
Specially to be noted are the follow-
ing uses: a) Put in the gen. as "% na
the daughter of whom 2 whose daugh-
ter? Gen. 24, 23.47. 1 Sam. 12, 3. 17,
55. Jer. 44, 28. With prefixes marking
the other cases: "ºh cui 2 to whom?
Gen. 32, 18, 38,25; for plur. Ex. 32, 24;
on account of whom 2 Jon. 1, 3, 2-rs
whom 2 1 Sam. 12, 3. 28, 11; "Yº Ez.
32, 19; ºn 1 K. 20, 14; ºn-by, etc. b)
For the Lat. quis eorum ? Engl. who of
or among them? is put Erl# *z, Is. 48,
14; or 12, Judg. 21, 8 ºujo Tris ºr
*Sº what one among the tribes of Is-
rael 2 c) Put also in an indirect interro-
gation, after a verb of knowing, Gen.
43, 22. Ps. 39, 7; of seeing 1 Sam. 14,
17; of pointing out, 1 K. 1, 20. d) As
made intensive, in the phrases in "º,
sºn ºz., n sºn ºn, see sºn, ny. e) Often
where the question implies a negative
answer, so that the interrogative form
assumes almost a negative power. Num.
23, 10 Yºst ne: Hºº “º who can count
he dust of the earth 2 i. e. no one. Is.
53, 1 'Fºsr 2 who hath believed? i. e.
no one, few. 51, 19. Also with fut. Job
9, 12 -285 ºz., who will say? who would
say ? (comp. tig &v with Opt.) for, no one
will say. Prov. 20,9. Ecc. 8, 4. 2 Sam.
16, 10. With part, in the formula ºn "x"
who knoweth 2 for no one knoweth, Ps.
30, 11. Ecc. 2, 19, (opp. 915 Nº ºn Job
2, 9,) in the sense of the Lat. mescio an,
e, perhaps, see 37 no. 5. aa. ; also un-
earpectedly, suddenly, see ibii. no 1. a
Put also with a following noun by way
of disparagement and contempt; Judg
9, 28 mºnas "z, who is Abimelech, that
we should serve him? Ex. 3, 11 *-ºs ºn
rivne-bs lºs "z who am I, that I should
go unto Pharaoh 2 for, I am not the
proper man to go to him. f.) With fut,
it often expresses wish, longing. 2 Sam.
15, 4 tº "ºº" "z, who will make m
judge 2 i. e. Oh that I were made judge
Is. 27, 4 ºn hºn who will give to me?
i. e. Oh that I might have Judg. 9, 29.
Ps. 53,7. 55, 7, Job 29, 2. Hence jr., ºn
is a usual formula in wishing, see in:
no. 1. i.
2. Indefinite, whoever, any one who,
Ex. 24, 14 Erºs ºn tº bºx ºn
whoever has a suit, let him come to them.
Judg. 7, 3 -tº, Tºrº, sº ºn whoever is
timid and fearful, let him return. Prov.
9, 4. Ecc. 5, 9, Is. 54, 15. In Gr. and
Lat. this may properly be rendered by
si tug, si quis, Eng. if any one.—2 Sam.
18, 12 nº "z, Anºt take care of the
Joung man every one of you. With hugs,
Ex. 32, 33 stºr -uśs ºn whosoever hath
simmed. 2 Sam. 20, 11. Comp. Syriac
• *.
NotE. Sometimes *% is said to be
put as an adv. for how 2 in what way?
like Tº B. 3. But in all the examples
given, it is better to retain the common
signification; Am. 7, 2.5 aps: tºp: "º
pr. who shall Jacob stand, concisely for
Who is Jacob, that he should stand? sc.
under these calamities. Comp, the for-
mulas above in no. 1. e. Is. 51, 19 "?
Tºrºs for the fuller Tºrºs = *-is "z.
Proper names beginning with "72, as
bsºn, Hº'º, nººn, etc. see below in
their places.
SETºº (waters of quiet, r. sº) Me.
deba, pr. n. of a city of the Reubenites
situated on a plain of the same name,
Num. 21, 30. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 1 Chr. 19
7. It was afterwards reckoned to Moab
Is, 15, 2. Gr. Mm60.6%, Mm663), Mſ.
Öovo, see 1 Macc. 9, 36. Jos. Ant. 13. 1
4, 9. ib. § 1. Euseb. h. v. Reland Pa
lastina p. 893. At the present day
ruins, called Madeba, are found in tha
region; Burckhardt’s Trav. in Syria
etc. p. 365 sq.
T-72
Tº"/.
563
+jº (love, r. Tº) pr. m. m. Medad,
Num. 11, 26, 27. *
tº see in nº.
intº m. (r. Etº) the good, and with
genit, the best of any thing, the best part.
1 Sam. 15, 9, 15 TNNº Eto'º the best of
the flocks. Ex. 22, 4 =t^2, nº agº
ion: the best of his own field, and the
best of his own vineyard. Gen. 47, 6
Yºst atº"?: in the best part of the land.
v. 11. Sept. §v til 384tloth yj, Vulg. in
optimo loco.
sº see nº” lett. b.
287% (who like God?) Michael, pr.
n. m. a') One of the seven archangels,
the advocate of Israel with God, Dan.
10, 13. 21. 12, 1. Gr. Muzon, Rev. 12, 7.
b) 1 Chr. 27, 18, c) 2 Chr. 21, 2. d)
Qthers, Num. 13, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 13. 14. 6,
25. 7, 3. 8, 16. 12, 20. Ezra 8, 8.
Tº (for nºvº, who like Jehovah?)
Micah, Sept. Mixºlog, pr. m. m. a.) The
sixth among the twelve minor prophets,
surnamed "ruinºr q. v. Mic. 1, 1. Jer.
26, 18 Keri, where Cheth. has nºvº.
b) 2 Chr. 34, 20, for which in 2 K. 22,
12 Hºn. c) and d) see n:º a, b.
e) and f) see nº a, b.
*Tº see in nº lett. b.
Tº (who like Jehovah?) Micaiah,
pr. n. m. a.) See Hä” a, b. b) Neh.
12, 35, i. q. Nº 11, 17. 22. c) Neh.
12, 41.
*Tºº (id.) Micaiah, pr. m. a.)
A commander under Jehoshaphat, 2
Chron. 17, 7. b) The wife of Reho-
boam, daughter of Uriel, 2 Chr. 13, 2;
but comp. 2 Chr. 11, 21. 22. 1 K. 15, 2,
where the same wriſe of Rehoboam and
mother of Abijah is called Maachah,
rizºn, the daughter of Absalom.
*Tºº (id.) Micaiah, pr. n. a.) A
Levite who set up idol-worship in the
tribe of Dan, Judg. 17, 1.4. Also more
shortly called Hººd, v. 5.8, 9, 10. al. b)
A prophet in the age of Jehoshapha:
und Ahab the son of Imlah, 1 K. 22, 8.
2 Chr. 18, 7; called also nº v. 24,
bnd nººn v. 8 Cheth, c) Jer. 36,
\1. 1.3.
I. bºº m. (r. 52%) a bro, t, 2 Sain
17, 20 ºr benz, the brook of water
rivulet. Sept. Mixgev toi tºotog.
II. Sºº (contr. for bºx, q, w
Michal, pr. m. of the daughter of Sat.
the wife of David, 1 Sam. 14, 49. 19, 11
sq. 2 Sam. 6, 16 sq. -
Pº2 constr. "% waters, see under "g.
jº (a dextra, unless it is rather
for jº,) Mijamin, pr. n. m. a) 1
Chr. 24, 9. b) Ezra 10, 25. Neh. 10, 8.
12, 5; also "???? Minjamin 12, 17. 41.
7% m. (r. 12) Lat. species, i. e. form,
but also kind, sort, Engl. species, comp.
Gr. ióšo, which also denotes form and
kind. Only with suffixes: i:"ºh, Hrºzh,
according to its kind, Gen. 1, 11. 12. 21.
25. Lev. 11, 15. 16. Fºch Gen. 1, 24.
25. Plur, once prº Gen. 1,21. Syr.
th. So family, tribe.
FP3% nurse, Part. Hiph. r. prº q.v.
ºn 2 K. 16, 18 Cheth. a very doubt.
ful orthography for Tºo q. v.
Fyº, Josh. 21, 37. Jer. 48, 21, also
myº, Josh. 12, 18, (splendour, r. sº, or
perh. lofty place, hill,) Mephaath, pr. n.
of a Levitical city in the tribe of Reu-
ben, afterwards belonging to Moab, Jer
l. c. where Cheth. nºiſ).
Y” m. (r. Yao) pressure, Prov. 30
33 ter.
sº (retreat, r. ºn) Mesha, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 8, 9.
*Sºº (who is what God is? from
**, *, *s, comp. PS3") Mishael, pr
n. m. a) Ex. 6, 22. Lev. 10, 4. b)
One of the companions of Daniel, Dan.
1, 6. 2, 17, afterwards called Tujº. c)
Neh. 8, 14.
nitº m. and niº Ps. 47,7. R.-uſ:
1. evenness ; hence a level region
plain, 1 K. 20, 23.25. Is. 40, 4.42, 16, al
Trop. Ps. 26, 12. 27, 11. 143, 10.—With
the art. Hiujºn, xxi Šoxiv, the plain in
the tribe of Reuben near the city Rºº?
Deut. 3, 10. 4, 43. Josh. 13, 9. 16. 17. 21.
20, 8. Jer. 48, 21; of the plain of Judah
2 Chr. 26, 10. So Jerusalem is ca leg
ºn his the rock of the plain Jer. 21, 13
Trop. peace, concord Mal 2, 6, where
ºjº
hº
o64
t is coupled with bibu; ; see in huin?
no. 1.
2. equity, righteousness, Ps. 45, 7, 67,
5. Is. 11, 4. -
Tºº Chald, pr. n. Meshach, see
2Nujº lett. b. Dan. 1, 6, 2, 49. 3, 12.
Pers. SU3 }* guest of the Shah.
wºn (deliverance, r. suffy) Mesha,
pr. m. of a king of Moab, 2 K. 3, 4.
* (id.) Meshar, pr. m. of a son of
Caleb, 1 Chr. 2, 42.
"tºº m. (r. Huy) only in plur. Bºujº,
once tº hugº Prov. 1, 3.
1. evenness, smoothness, of a way Is.
26, 7, as in the other clause. Adv.
Bºujº Prov. 23, 31, and bººk
Cant 7, 10, in smoothness, smoothly.
Trop. for peace, concord ; Dan. 11, 6
bºnº nibyº to make peace, lit. to
make things smooth.
2. equity, uprightness, Prov. 1, 3. Ps.
17, 2, 99, 4. Dºnºvº tºuš to judge
wprightly, equitably, Ps. 58, 2. 75, 3;
bºnuſ-23 'u' id. Ps. 9, 9, 98, 9. Also
uprightness, sincerity, in speaking or
acting, Prov. 8, 6. Is. 33, 15. 45, 19.
Cant. 1, 4, 1 Chr. 29, 17.—R. for the art.
nº see -iù”.
Tº m. (r. ºn:) i. q. ºr, no. 1, only
in plur. c. suff, "hry”; cords of a tent or
tabernacle, Num. 3, 37.4, 32. Jer, 10, 20.
Is, 54, 2. al. strings of a bow Ps. 21, 13.
Bishº, and 58.2% m. (r. as?) plur.
Braşºa, c. suff, *::$52 Ex. 3, 7, also
ni-Sºº Is. 53, 3; pain, Job 33, 19. Ps.
69, 27. 2 Chr. 6, 29. Metaph. pain of
mind, sorrow, grief, arising from adver-
sity, calamity, Ex. 3, 7. Lam. 1, 12. 18.
Ps. 32, 10. 38, 18.
Tº abundance, see r. naz Hiph.
Fºº (pallium, r. 22) Machbenah,
pr. n. of a place, 1 Chr. 2, 49; see Ti22.
":35% (i. q. ºp for “yº-nº what
like my sons?) Machbanai, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 12, 13.
Tº m. (r. 553) coarse cloth, i.e. of
a coarse texture, perh. hair-cloth, cili-
rium, 2 K. 8, 15.—The idea of xonorsiov,
By-net, proposed by J. D. Michaelis,
nes not seem adapted to the context.
"hºo m. (r. hº) constr. "25%, net
work, grate, of brass, Ex. 27, 4, 35, 16
38, 4.5. 30. 39, 39.
ºn f. (r. Hº) constr. ne?; plur
niz2, twice tº 2 K. 8, 29. 9, 15.
1. a beating, smiling, the act; Is. 30
26 inzº yria the wound of his smiting
with which he is smitten. Esth.9, 5 they
smote them ºr ne? with the smiting of
the sword, i. e. with the sword. Jer. 3C.
14. Is. 10, 26. 14, 6–Spec. a) a beat-
ing with rods Deut. 25, 3. b) a beating
out of grain; so 2 Chr. 2, 9 nix, pººr,
(in appos.) wheat, the beatings out, i. e.
wheat beaten out, threshed. But prob,
it should read: "Tº rºº Enter, wheat
as food for thy servants; as in 1 K. 5, 25
[11] intº rºº 'ri. So Sept. is 696.
uwto Öğazo, Girov Trºtal orov, Vulg. ser-
vis twis dabo in cibaria tritici, etc.
Syr. id.
2. a stroke, blow, either as inflicted by
a rod, Prov. 20, 30. Jer. 30, 17 (comp. Is.
14, 6); or by a sword or other iron in-
strument, a wound 1 K. 22, 35. Is. 1, 6.
Jer, 6, 7. Mic. 1,9. Nah. 3, 19. Zech. 13.
6; where it is sometimes trop. for the
wounds of the state, as Is. l. c. Spec.
strokes, i.e. calamities inflicted of God,
Lev. 26, 21. Deut. 28, 59.61. 1 Sam. 4.
8. Jer. 10, 19. 49, 17. al.
3. defeat, slaughter, 1 Sam. 4, 10, 14,
14; so in the phrase nºi"; n-2 'E Tºr
to smile with a great slaughter Josh. 10
10. 20. Judg. 11, 33. 15,8. 1 Sam. 6, 19
Tº f. (r. Hya) a burning, burnt
spot on the body, Lev. 13, 24, 25, 28.
Tiº m. (r. 2) constr. Tiº 1. a
foundation, basis, Ps, 89, 15, 97, 2.
Plur. Ps. 104, 5.
2. Genr. a place, e. g. the temple Is,
4, 5, Ezra 2,68; espec. in the phrases:
init; fizz the place of thy habitation,
for thee to dwell in, Ex. 15, 17. 1 K. 8, 13
innu Tian id. 1 K. 8, 39, 43.49; ji=%2
inauj Ps. 33, 14; and nau; being omitted.
*:::::: in my dwelling-place Is. 18, 4.
Dan. 8, 11. Arab. Ülº, 3UK, place
Eth. oo'ſ]% place, spec. temple.
Tº and Tº f (r. 2) c. suff
Firºz, Zech. 5, 11 (Heb. Gr. § 27, 1)
plur, ni-, ni:5%
‘lºº
jº
565
1. a base, stand, for the lavers in
the court of Solomon’s temple, 1 K.
7, 27–40. t
2. a place, Zech, 5, 11. Ezra 3, 3;
gomp. 2, 68.
3. Mekomah, pr. m. of a place in the
tribe of Judah, Neh. 11, 28, situated
between Jerusalem and Eleutheropolis
according to Jerome, Onomast, art. Beth-
macha. Reland Palest. p. 892.
This? and Tº f. (r. 52 I) c.
suff, Erº1=% Ez. 29, 14; plur. Thrº5%
16, 3, Tºnhº? 21, 35; nativity, birth,
pr: a digging out, a mine, whence met-
als are dug. The metaphor is here
drawn from metals (comp. Is. 51, 1),
as the German Abstammung is drawn
from plants; comp. also in Engl. ‘a
genealogical tree.”--Ez. 16, 3. 21, 35.
29, 14 prº-7 y.ºs by to the land of
their birth.-The Hebrew interpreters
take it as i, q. Hºº habitation.
"2% (sold, r. he?) Machir, pr. n. m.
a) A son of Manasseh, and father of
Gilead, Gen. 50, 23. Num. 27, 1; hence
poet. for that portion of the tribe of
Manasseh inhabiting Gilead beyond
Jordan, Deut. 3, 15. Judg. 5, 14. Pa-
tronym. **a* Machirite Num. 26, 29.
b) 2 Sam. 9, 5. 17, 27.
Sk Tº fut. Tº, to tumble down, to fall
in ruins; Chald, and Syr. Tºº, Ko, id.
Pa.. to depress, to humiliate. . Kindred
are Tºwn, Chald. is?, Arab. Jº to con-
sume away, to perish. The primary idea
is that of melling, pining away, comp.
pp., 352 –Trop. to be brought low, to
perish; Ps. 106, 43 ºn 22:1.
Niph. fut. Tº" to tumble down, to fall
in ruins, e.g. a frame, frame-work, Ecc.
10, 18. f
Hoph, plur. *-ºr a Chaldaizing form
for ºn, to be brought low, to perish,
Job 24, 24.
*bºº obsol. root; Arab. & spoken
of a well, to have little water, to have
muddy water; Jº, Jº, a well of
* O tº a tº º
this sort; Jºe a pool, with little water.
Hence bºº I.
ris??? see in nº II.
I. Tº f (r. rāz) completion per
fection, once plur. 2 Chr. 4, 21 nibºz
Firſt perfections of gold, i. e. the most
perfect, purest gold.
II. n: m. (for Nº.5%, r. Nº ; like
rio Ps. 9, 21 for sºiº) a fold, sheep-
fold, Hab. 3, 17. Plur. constr. nish-2
Ps. 50, 9, 78, 70. - -
º? m. (r. 9%) perfection, sc. In
beauty, splendour. Ez. 23, 12 and 38, 4
*** *** clothed in perfection, i. e.
splendidly, gorgeously.
%22 m. (r. 882) perfection, sc. of
beauty, Ps. 50, 2.
º m. plur. (r. 882) pr. perfec-
tions, beautiful things; hence costly mer-
chandise, espec. splendid garments, Ez.
27, 24; comp. 23, 12. 38, 4.
rºo ſ: food, once 1 K. 5, 25 [11],
contr. for nºsº. R. bes.
P"???? m. plur, treasures, once Dan.
11, 43. R. Tº to hide.
Cºn Ezra 2, 27. Neh. 7, 31, Dº?
1 Sam. 13, 2.5. 14, 31. Is. 10, 28, ºn
Neh. 11, 31, (something hiddden, r.
box,) Michmash, pr. n. of a city of
Benjamin situated on the east of Beth-
aven, 1 Sam. 13, 2.5. Gr. Mozuòg 1 Macc.
9, 73; Mozuº, Jos. Ant. 13.1.6. Still
called U---s Måkhmas, two miles
N. E. of Geba, with a deep and difficult
ravine between ; see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 115 sq. Comp. 1 Sam. 14, 1.
5 sq.
Tº m. Is. 51,20, and nº whence
plur. Bº Ps. 141, 10, a net, hunter's
net. Talmud. id. R. "?? II.
nº Is. 19, 8, c. suff, innºn (as
if from nººn) Hab. 1, 15. 16, a net, fish-
net. R. he? II.
tº and tºº, see bºx.
nº (perh, hiding-place, r. nº)
Michmethath, pr. n. of a town on the
confines of Ephraim and Manasseh,
Josh. 16, 6. 17, 7.
*:T35% (what like the liberal t) for
*::::= Hz) Machnadebai, pr n. m. Ezra
10, 40.
º
º
566
tº m. (r. b3?) only in plur. or dual
constr."p;3%, drawers, Vulg. feminalia,
worn by the Heb. priests in order to
hide the parts of shame, Ex. 28, 42. 39,
28. Lev. 6, 3. 16, 4. Ez. 44, 18. Josephus
describes them as follows, Ant. 3. 7. 1:
ôuggouo, asg: t& widoio. 607ttöv č, ćto gov
xãwatijs sigyviºusvov, Šušawóvtov sis witó
töv Troööv digitsgei &vo.svglögg. &totéuve-
twº 68 inég mutov, xvi televtågøy &zgi tìs
Aoyévos Tregi withy & too qiyystal. Comp.
Braun de Vestitu Sacerdot. Hebr. lib.
II. c. 1. p. 345 sq.
tº m. (r. box, as nº from hº?,) c.
suff. Dºº?, a portion, tribute, paid to
the Lord, Num. 31, 28.37. 38.39. 40.41.
Sept. 1820s, Vulg. pars.-Syr. imaše,
3 9.
Arab. U.K. census, tax; whence the
Q
new verb J.K. to collect tribute; also
o 93 *
denom. noun imaº, U.<=Us, publi-
can.—Contracted by q. v.
Tº ſem. of ozº (r. box) 1. num-
ber, as of persons Ex. 12, 4. Sept. &gt-
Suðs.
2. price of purchase, Lev. 27, 23.
Tº m. (r. Hº) constr. He-2, a
covering, cover, sc. of a tent, Ex. 26, 14.
36, 19. Num. 3, 25. al. of Noah’s ark
Gen. 8, 13.
Tº m. (pr. part. Pi. r. neº) constr.
nºzz.
1. a covering, coverlet, stragula, Is.
14, 11; in a ship, perh, an awning Ez.
27, 8. Hence clothing Is. 23, 18.
2. the caul, omentum, which covers the
intestines, Lev. 9, 19; fully riºr shrin
nºn-rs Ex. 29, 13. 22.
Tºº (portion, part, lot, r. be?, like
Eth. oº'AAA't") Machpelah, pr. n. of a
field or tract near Hebron, where Sarah
was buried, Gen. 23, 17. 19. 49, 30. 50,
13; ºr nº the cave of Machpelah
Gen. 23,9. 25, 9–The ancient versions
render it as an appellative from r. be:
no. 3; Sept. to othºlotov to ÖuſtAoûy,
Vulg. spelunca duplear.
* Tº fut.-22", to sell, kindr. with
*nº, -rº II, perh Arab. 2: III, IV, to
sell on interest. The primary root is
perh, the syllable ha, as in Hº I; San-
scr. kri-Constr. with acc. of thing Gen
25, 31. 37, 28. 36.47, 20.22. Lev. 27, 30,
with 7% partit. Lev. 25, 25. With 5
added of pers. to whom, Lev. 25, 27. Joe
4, 6; or 3 of price Deut. 21, 14. Ps. 44
13. Joel 4, 3. Am. 2, 6; or acc. of place
whither Gen. 45, 5. Joel 4, 7–Spec.
a) to sell a daughter, i. e. to give her in
marriage for a price, nº?, Gen. 31, 15.
Ex. 21, 7. Syr. * to give in mar.
riage. b) Of God, to sell a people,
i. e. to give them over to the power of
their enemies, Deut. 32, 30. Ps. 44, 13
in Nº: Tº ºr thou sellest thy people
for nought. Judg. 2, 14 tº tºº
Erºs and he sold them into the hand
of their enemies. 3,8. 4, 2.9. 10,7. 1 Sam.
12, 9. Ez. 30, 12. Comp. Judith 7, 25
térgoney juāg & sós sistószéigog witóv.—
So of a nation, Nah. 3, 4 the beautiful
harlot, the sorceress, riº: this nººn
that selleth the nations through her
whoredoms, i.e. reduces them to slave-
ry, makes slaves of them.
Niph. 52%: 1. to be sold Lev. 25,34;
with dat. of pers. Neh. 5, 8. Jer. 34, 14.
Tºsh -2%; to be sold for a servant, slave
Ps. 105, 17. Esth. 7, 4. Trop. see Kal
lett. b, Is. 50, 1. 52, 3.
2. to sell oneself for a slave, Lev. 25,
39, 47. *
HITHP. 1. to be sold, Deut. 28, 68.
2. Trop. to sell oneself to do evil, to
become a slave to the doing of evil, 1 K.
21, 20. 25. 2 K. 17, 17.
Deriv. -->%, ’ºn, ºzºº, nº?, and
Tº m. c. suff, *-*. 1. ware, any
thing to be sold, Neh. 13, 16.
2. price, value, Num. 20, 19.
Tº m. (r. he?) pr. acquaintance;
concr. an acquaintance, friend, 2 K. 12.
6. 8.
Tº m. (r. nº I) a pit, Zeph. 2, 9
nº rin-2 a salt-pit.
Tº ſ. (r. Hºz I, Tsere impure)
& twº Asyóu. perh. Sword, so called as
piercing; hence Gr, uſzolgo. Once
plur. Gen. 49, 5 trººrººz. oºr, whº weap-
ons of violence are their swords; Jerome
arma eorum. Among the Rabbins thi
interpretation is followed by R. Elieze
in Pirke Aboth. c. 38, thºr ns bºp spy"
n":" ſub- Jacob cursed their sword.
º
Nºbyn
567
(i.e. of Levi and Simeon) in the Greek
tongue.—Another view deserving atten-
tion is that of L. de Dieri in Critici Sa-
cri ad h. 1. and of Ludolf in Lex. AEth.
p. 87, who translate machinations, wick-
ed devices, comparing Arab. machi-
natus est, and dº'ſ/, consultavit, Qº'AC
consilium. The Tsere impure in this
case would create no difficulty, comp.
Lehrg. p. 595.
º, (for nºn-2 price of Jehovah)
Michri, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 8.
Tº Mecherathite, gentile n. from
tºº, a place otherwise unknown 1
Chr. 11, 36.
biº? m. also biº? Lev. 19, 14 (r.
buja) plur. Rºº?, a stumbling-block;
Is. 8, 14 biº? *As a stone of stum-
bling. 57, 14. Trop. a) a cause of
falling, cause of ruin to any one, Ez. 3,
20 ºn tº biº-2 ºrn; I lay a stum-
bling-block before him, and he shall die.
Ez. 18, 30.44, 12. Jer. 6, 21. Ps. 119, 165.
b) In a moral sense, cause of offence,
enticement, incitement to sin, (comp.
the root Mal. 2, 8,) Ez. 7, 19. 14, 3 biº?
tº their enticements to iniquity, i. e.
idol-images, c) as "o offence of mind,
scruple of conscience, 1 Sam. 25, 31.
Tº f (r. buiz) 1. ruin, i. e. a
state in ruins, Is. 3, 6.
2. cause of offence, incitement to sin,
i. q biº-2 lett. b ; plur, nibºº of idols,
Zeph. 1, 3.
Bºº m. (r. anz) 1. writing, Ex. 32,
16. 39, 30. Deut. 10, 4.
2. a writing, thing written ; hence
a) a rescript, edict, 2 Chr. 36, 22. Ezra
1, 1; a prescript, 2 Chr. 35, 4. b) a
letter, epistle, 2 Chr. 21, 12, c) a poem,
psalm, Is. 38, 9. Comp. brº.
Tº f. (r. nni) fracture, a break-
ing in picces, Is. 30, 14.
tº m. (r. Enº Nipb.) i.d. arº no.
2. c ; in and ºn being often interchanged,
comp. in a lett. c ; a writing, espec, a
poem, psalm, song, found only in the in-
scriptions of Ps. 16 and Ps. 56–60, comp.
(s. 38, 9.-Others translate brº as if
rom prº gold, viz. golden psalm ... e.
prerous, pre-eminent
tºº m. (r. Unz) 1. a mortar
Prov. 27, 22. -
2. Prob. socket of a tooth, Judg. 5, 19
Lat. mortariolum, Gr. ÖAuioxog. See
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 202.
3. Maktesh, pr. n. of a valley near
Jerusalem, prob. So called from its re
semblance to a mortar, Zeph. 1, 11.
% see bºo.
Sk Nºg, OIlC6 sº trans. Esth. 7,5;
praet. 1 pers. *nsº, rarely without
Aleph “nh” Job 32, 18, b% Ez. 28, 16
infin, nºb? Lev. 8,33, nisby, Job 20,22'
fut. Nº.
1. Trans, to fill, to make full. Arab,
35.
Xº, Syr. lic id. This root prevails
widely also in the Indo-european lan-
guages, where however p is put for m,
as Sanscr. plá to fill, Gr. 7tléa (tängig,
tiunºnut), théog, perh. udio very, pr.
fully, comp. Nº Jer. 12, 6; Lat, plere,
whence implere, complere, plenus; Goth.
fulljan, Germ. fillen, voll, Engl. full, to
fill. Further, Polish pilny, Bohem. plny.
The primary idea seems to be that of
abundance, overflow, Germ. Úberfliessen,
as we may infer from the kindred words
tléo, theio to sail, and also plea, pivo,
fleo, fluo, pluo.—Spec. a) to fill up or
out an empty space with one's own bulk
or abundance, with acc. of place, Gen. 1,
22 tº prºgn-rs Ashº fill the waters
in the sea. v. 28. 9, 1. Ex. 40,34 º Tinz
jºr-rs sº the glory of Jehovah
filled the tabernacle. 1 K. 8, 10. 11. Ez.
10, 3. Jer. 51, 11 ºn sº fill out
the shields sc. with your own bodies, put
on your shields. b) to fill a place with
anything, with two acc. of place and of
thing; Ez. 8, 17 oºr, Yºsr-rs sh?
they fill the land with violence. 28, 16.
30, 11. Jer. 16, 18. 19, 4; rarely with 72
of thing, Ex. 16, 32, c) Often with the
accus. of thing implied, Ex. 32, 29 Nº
Hinº Bº fill your hand unto Jehovah,
sc. with offerings. Esth. 7, 5 who is he
Tº nilpº inh is?? -uśs that hath filled
his heart (sc. with boldness, audacity) to
do this? i. e. who has dared, presumed,
to do it? The suffix in isºn is pleomas.
tic, as in Job 29, 3; comp. also Ecc. 8, 11.
| Acts 2, 5–Job 36, 17 risºn suº jº
Rby:
Nºx2
568
and fillest thou up the guilt of the wicked,
'. e. the measure of a wicked man's sins;
comp. Gen. 15, 16.
2. Intrans, to be full, to be filled, Josh.
3, 15; with acc. of that with which any
thing is filled, Gen. 6, 13 Yºr. Fish?
eqr the earth is filled with violence.
Judg. 16, 27 the house was full tºušSr.
of men. Job 32, 18 I am full tº of
words. Ps. 10, 7. 26, 10. 33, 6. 48, 11.
65, 10. Is. 11, 9. al. With Tº Is. 2, 6–
Spec. a) up: Fish? my soul is filled,
my desire is satisfied, e. g. with ven-
geance, Ex. 15, 9, b) Of a space of
time, to be fulfilled or completed; Gen.
25, 24 nº rºº shº! and her days
were fulfilled to bring forth, her time to
be delivered was come. 50, 3 sh?" Tº
Eºrº, º so were completed the days
of embalmyng, i.e. so many days did the
time of embalming continue, comp. Esth.
2, 12. Also Gen. 29, 21. Lev. 8, 33. 12, 4.
6. Lam. 4, 18. Jer, 25, 34. Syr. Jºse?
often of time; comp. Tilmgoijo 90.1 in N. T.
NIPh. chiefly in the ſut. Nº, i. q. Kal
no. 2, to be filled, to be full ; with acc. of
thing, Gen. 6, 11 oºr, Yºst sººn and
the earth was filled with violence. Ex. 1,
7 Prs Yºst sººn and the land was
filled with them. 1 K. 7, 14.2 K. 3, 17.
Also with 7% of thing Ezra 32, 6. Ecc.
1, 8; a Hab. 2, 14.—Spoken of desire,
to be filled, satisfied, Ecc. 6, 7; of a time
completed Ex. 7, 25. Job 15, 32. So
by n= Nº to be filled with iron i. e. with
armour, q. d. to be fenced with armour,
to be armed, 2 Sam. 23, 7.
Piel sºn, rarely sº Jer. 51,34; inf.
słº and nisł2; fut. Sº, once Hàº.
Job 8, 21; to fill, to make full, to fill up
Dr Out.
1. Constr. with acc. of the place or
thing filled, i. q. Kal no. 1. c. Thus in
phrases: a) to fill the hand of any one,
i. e. give over the priesthood into his
hand, Ex. 28, 41. 29, 9. Lev. 21, 10. al.
b) to fill one's hand to Jehovah, sc. with
abundant offerings, 1 Chr. 29, 5. 2 Chr.
13, 9. 29, 31. Comp. in Kal Ex. 32, 29.
3) Trop. of time, to fulfil, to complete,
womp. Kal no. 2. b. Gen. 29, 27 complete
this work, finish it. v. 28. Job 39, 2 [5].
Dan. 9, 2 comp. 2 Chr. 36, 21. d) to fill
up to complete, sc. a number; Ex. 23, 26
I will complete the number of thy days
comp. Is. 65, 20. 1 Sam. 18, 27 David
brought the foreskins tº Ehshº and
completed them to the king, i. e. gave
them in full number. 1 K. 1, 14 ºnsºº
Thºrns and I will complete thy words
i.e. supply what may be wanting. e) to
Julfil, to satisfy, e.g. one’s desire, hun-
ger, etc. Jer. 31, 25. Job 38, 39. Prov. 6,
30; comp. under nºr subst. no.4. The
opp. is an empty, famished soul Is. 29,8;
comp. Kal no. 2. a. f.) to fulfil a promise
1 K. 8, 15; a petition Ps. 20, 6; a pro-
phecy 1 K. 2, 27. g) Joined with ano-
ther verb it has an adverbial force, fully,
i. e. strongly, much, etc. Jer. 4, 5 Nºp
"sº cry fully, aloud, fortiter, as Vulg.
well. Comp. Arab. J. Alaº Sº
35. * 1 - ~
to look fully at any one, SCs; Jºsé
to do fully. So in elliptical construc-
tions, the other verb being suppressed,
nºr] sº to fully bend the bow, for
nººn Thºh Nº, Zech. 9, 13; comp,
o -ºo ºr of - o tº º
Arab. Jºdi 3 Sºl, fully ășiſ Yºol
U-35) 3, Schult. Opp. Min. pp. 176,
355. Syr. A 3 lic. Also"; ºr's sºn,
for "" ºr's nº sº, to follow God
fully, to yield him full obedience, Num.
14, 24, 32, 11. 12. Deut. 1, 36. Josh. 14
8. 9. 14. 1 K. 11, 6. al. saep.
2. With acc. of that with which one
fills any thing, to fill up, e.g. libations.
Is. 65, 11 1972 ºh Bºshoºr they fill
wp libations to fortune, i.e. they fill the
goblets with libations in honour of good
fortune. So B-33s sº to fill in gems,
i. e. to set them in sockets, chasings, Ex.
28, 17. 31, 5.35, 33. Once absol. 1 Chr.
12, 15 ºrity-º-º: s??? sºn, and (Jor-
dan) filled up to all its banks, i.e. ran with
full banks, was brim-full ; see Bibl. Res,
in Palest. II. p. 262.
3. With two acc. of the thing filed
and that with which it is filled, see Kal
no. 1. b. Ex. 35,35-h-nºr Ers sº he
hath filled them with wisdom of mind.
Job 3, 15. 22, 18. Is, 33, 5, al. More rare.
ly with 7% of the thing with which, Ps
127, 5. Jer. 51, 34. Lev. 9, 17. Also with
* in the phrase nu}º it, sº to fill the
hand with the bow, i.e. to fully draw tº
bow, 2 K. 9, 24; comp, in no. 1, g.
N5%:
NS:
569
Pual Part. Bºškºn filled, set, with
gems inserted, c. 3 Cant. 5, 14. Comp.
Pi. no. 2. &
HITHP. pr. to fill out each other mutu-
ally, i.e. to stand by each other, and each
fill out what others lack; hence with by
to stand together against any one, to as-
sail together, Job 16, 10.
Deriv. sh?—E-sºº, sºn, nº?, and
pr. names shº, nºn”.
sºn Chald, to fill, Dan. 2, 35. Ithp.
pass. Dan. 3, 19.
Nº m. Fish? fem. A) Adj. verbal:
1. Trans. filling, with acc. of place,
Is, 6, 1 bºnn-ns E-sºº Yºu, his train
was filling (filled) the temple. Jer. 23, 24.
Comp, the verb Rºz Kal no. 1. a.
2. Intrans. full, filled, as sº tº the
full money, i. e. full price, value, Gen. 23,
9. 1 Chr. 21, 22, 24. With acc. Deut. 6,
11 -ia-bz E-sºº Bºrº houses filled with
all good things. 34, 9. Is. 51, 20; with
genit. Jer, 6, 11 tº Nº full of days,
advanced in age. Is. 1, 21; once with
dat, pleonast. Fºº Fish? Am. 2, 13. So a
full wind is strong, vehement; Jer. 4, 12
Hºs? Nº, nºn a wind stronger than for
these, i. e. than is necessary for winnow-
ing grain. Of a female, one pregnant,
Ecc. 11, 5.
B) Subst, fulness, Ps. 73, 10 sh? Yº
waters of fulness, i. e. full, abundant.
C) Adv. fully, i. e. in full number,
Nah. 1, 10. Jer. 12, 6. Comp. Thesaur.
p. 788.
Sº m. also sºn, once ºn Ez. 41,
8. R. Nº.
1. fulness, i.e. that which fills, or with
which any thing or space is filled. Is. 6,
3 itin: yºri-bº Nºn the fulness of the
whole earth is his glory, i. e. the whole
earth is full of his glory. 8, 8. So ºn
isbºn the sea and its fulness Ps. 96, 11.
98, 7, Is. 42, 10; Fish? Yºs the earth
and its fulness Ps. 24, 1. Is. 34, 1. Jer. 8,
16. Mic. 1, 2; Fish?" bar. Ps. 50, 12. 89,
2; Fish?" --> Am. 6,8.—With a gen, of
space or measure; often best expressed
n English by the syllable full appended;
as tº ºr 85% your hands (fists) full,
handfuls. Ex. 9, 8. Lev. 16, 12; sº 'º
his handful Lev. 5,12; nº Nºn an omer-
full Ex. 16, 33; nºrtºn Nº a censer-
'ull Lev. 16, 12, So too in measures of
length, HEIT ib% the fulness of a ſeed,
i. e. a full reed, Ez. 41, 8; bºrn Nº a
full line 2 Sam. 8, 2; inzip sº the ful.
ness of his stature, at full length, 1 Sam,
£o * *
28, 20.—Arab. Sº, fulness, that
which fills; -š. Sº handful; Syr.
is lic robs gay a moment, Gal. 2, 5.
—The thing so measured, as after other
words of measure, is put in the accus.
Heb. Gr. § 116. 3; so nºt tº Nºz, a
handful of meal 1 K. 17, 12; been 8.9%
tº a bowl-full of water Judg. 6, 38; so
Num. 22, 18. But Ecc. 4, 6 better a
handful with quiet, than both hands
full with travail.
2. a multitude, company. Gen. 48, 19
Bºian sº, Is, 31,4–Arab.S.C., id.
nsºn f (r. sh?) fulness, abundance,
spoken espec. of that portion of the corn
and wine which was to be offered to
Jehovah as a tithe or first fruits; the
lawgiver thus signifying to the Israel-
ites, that such things only were required
of them as they possessed in abundance
Of grain, Ex. 22,28 fly?" Trisºn, Sept.
&toozèg &Movoc zaï invoiſ. Deut. 22, 9
bºr, nsºn"...sººn risºn; see Heb.
Gr. § 116. 3. Of wine, Num. 18, 27
apºn-Tº Fish?” as the abundance of the
wine-press, Sept. &qozigeux &to invoiſ.
ris? f filling, i.e. setting of gems,
Ex. 28, 17. Plur. niskº v. 20. 39, 13.
See r. Nº no. 2.
Bºss? m. plur, also Rºsº Lev. 7,
37. 1 Chr. 29, 2. R. Nº.
1. consecration to the priest's office.
pr. the delivering over of the office;
Lev. 8, 33. Ex. 29, 22. 26. 27.—Meton.
the sacrifice of consecration (comp. hNtºn
sin and sacrifice for sin) Lev. 7, 37.8,
28, 31.
2. i. q. Hskº a setting of gems, Ex,
25, 7, 35, 9, 1 Chr. 29, 2.
Tsºn m. (r. Tsh) constr. Tshº, c.
suff, "asºn ; plur. Bºshº, constr
*sºn. º
1. one sent, a messenger, e. g. from
private persons Job 1, 14. 1 Sam. 11, 3,
2 Sam. 11, 19 sq. 2 K. 5, 10; also from
a king 1 Sam. 16, 19. 19, 11, 14. 20. "
K. 19, 2. Prov. 17, 11. al.
48*
N52
Nºbyn
b'70
2. Spec. a messenger of God, viz.
a) an angel ; Syr. fºliº, Arab.
9 35 o
J}\º, Eth. JºA8%, id. Fully shº
nin' Gen. 16, 9, 10. 11. Ex. 3, 2. Judg.
2, 1. 4. al. more rarely nºrths ºn Gen.
21, 17. Ex. 14, 19. 2 Sam. 14, 7. al. but
also zot Śoziv simply Tshº an angel,
Tshºr: the angel, Gen. 48, 16. Ex. 23, 20.
33, 2. 1 K. 19, 5. 1 Chr. 21, 9. Hos. 12,
5. Zech. 1, 9. al. Job 33, 23 y” ”,
see in r. Yºb Hiph. nºrtúz ºn the angel
destroying, sent from God to destroy,
2 Sam. 24, 16.--To angels there is at-
tributed, when they appear on earth, a
human form, Gen. 18, 2. Judg. 13, 15.
20; but more august and sublime, 2
Sam. 24, 16. Dan. 8, 15. 16. 10, 5. 6;
without wings Gen. 28, 12 (on Dan. 9,
21 see in r. Flº); in habiliments like
the sacerdotal costume, Dan. 10, 5, 12,
5. 6; and of the moral virtues there is
ascribed to them superior wisdom 2 Sam.
14, 20. 19, 28; justice 2 Sam. 14, 17;
clemency 1 Sam. 29, 9; integrity, though
not wholly free from imperfection, Job
4, 18. 15, 15. The office of angels is to
assist God in the government of the
world Job 2, 1 sq. chiefly as his messen-
gers to execute his wiłł and his decrees.
By their agency are wrought the phe-
nomena of nature, Ps. 104, 4; it is their
office to protect the righteous from dan-
ger, and save them from destruction,
Gen. 24, 7, 40. Ex. 23, 20. 33, 2. 1 K.
19, 5. Ps. 34, 8, 91, 12; to plead their
cause with God, Job 5, 1. 33, 23. Dan.
10, 13. 21. 12, 1 ; to bear the divine
commands and revelations to men, Judg.
13, 3 sq. Dan. 9, 21 ; and on the other
hand to execute the divine judgments,
and bring punishment upon the guilty,
Is, 37, 36. 2 Sam. 14, 6. Ps, 35, 5.6. 78,
49. See on the angelology of the O.T.
von Coelln Bibl. Theol. I. p. 187 sq.
Steudel Theol. des Alt. Test. p. 215 sq.
Stuart Sketches of Angelol. in Biblioth.
Sacra, 1843, p. 88 sq.-Sometimes the
same divine appearance, which at one
time is called Hinº Tshº, is afterwards
railed simply Pliny, as Gen. 16, 7 sq.
tomp. v. 13; 22, 11 comp. 12; 31, 11
toml), 16; Ex. 3, 2 comp. 4; Judg. 6,
14 comp, 22; 13, 18 comp 22. This is
to be so understood, that the angel of
God is here nothing else than t \e nv.
sible deity itself, which thus unveils it
self to mortal eyes; see J. H. M. chaelis
de angelo Dei, Hal. 1702. Tholuck
Comment. zum Ev. Johannis c. 1, 1. p.
52. Ed. 6, 1844. Hence oriental trans-
lators, as Saadias, Abusaides, and the
Chaldee-Samaritan, wherever Jehovah
himself is said to appear on earth, al-
ways put for the name of God the angel
of God.
b) a prophet, Hagg. 1, 13. Mal. 3, 1 ;
perh. Judg. 2, 1.
c) a priest, Ecc. 5, 5. Mal. 2, 7.
d) Once of the people of Israel, as the
messenger of God and teacher of the
nations, Is. 42, 19.
Ts'º Chald, an angel, c. suff, mºsº,
Dan. 3, 28. 6, 23.
Tºsºn f (r. Ts'º, by Syriasm ſo
Hºsh?,) constr. resºn, c. suff. Triºsº,
plur. constr. ni-sºº. 1 Chr. 28, 19. &
1. ministry, service, pr. on which one
is sent; then work, labour, business,
Sept. §oyov, Šoyogic. Ex. 20, 10 Nº
Hºshº-bº niºn thou shalt not do any
work. 12, 16. 31, 14. 15. 35, 2. Lev. 16,
29. Num. 4, 3. Deut. 5, 14. al. More
fully Lev. 23, 7 Nº Hºly resºn-b:
ºr ye shall do no work of labour, no
servile work; Sept. Trúv Šgyov Morgsvtów
où ſtovíosts. v. 8. 21. 25. Num. 28, 18.25
26. 29, 1.12. So nºr r=shº work of
the field, tillage, 1 Chr. 27, 26. Ps. 107,23
tº tºo: Hash; "tºy they that do busi.
mess on the great waters, i. e. sailors,
merchants, who follow business on the
sea.—Spec. a) work, labour of an ar-
tisan, chiefly of an architect or others
employed in building, Ex. 31, 3. 5. 14
Jer. 18, 3; ºr ‘o work of the artificer
Ex. 35. 35; n=shºn "tº the doers of
the work, the workmen, Ex. 36, 8, 2 K.
12, 12. 15. 16. Ezra 3,9. Neh. 11, 12;
comp. Hagg. 1, 14. Hºsºn by nuis
the overseer of the works 1 K. 5, 30 [16].
* nº resºn work upon the house of
Jehovah 1 Chr. 23, 4, Ezra 3,8. Neh
10, 34, b) business of the public, of the
king, etc. Hºsºn nº to do the king's
business Dan. 8, 27; ºr nº one doing
the public business, espec. a quaestor
procurator in fiscal matters, Esth. 3, 9
9, 3. Neh. 2. '6; Vulg, arcarius. S
N52
hº
57.1
mººn rash” ºn 1 Chr. 29, 6 :omp.
79&yuo. to iſ 60,0théog 2 Macc. 3, 8. Fes-
selii Adv. Sacra lib. I. c. 1. c) service,
ministry, of the Le zites, 1 Chr. 9, 13.
28, 13. 20. 2 Chr. 24, 12. d) work of
God, e. g. in the creation, Gen. 2, 2;
so of divine judgments, like º nº?,
Jer. 50, 25. Plur. of God's works Ps.
73 28.
2. work sc. as wrought, thing done
or made, Ex. 13, 3. 5. his nasºn a
work of skun, made of skin, Lev. 13, 48.
3. That which is acquired by work,
labour, business, as goods, substance,
property, 2 Chr. 17, 13. Spec. house-
hold goods, stuff, Ex. 22, 7.10; cattle,
herds and flocks, Gen. 33, 14. 1 Sam.
15, 9; comp. Hypº.
nºsº , f. constr, nº-shº, a message,
Hagg. 1, 13. From Tsºn.
*sº (apoc. for nº-shº messenger
of Jehovah, comp. This for rººs,) Ma-
lachi, pr. n. of the latest prophet of the
O. T. Mal. 1, 1. Sept. Moſkozlog, Vulg.
Malachias.
nsºn f (r. sº) fulness, sc. of wa-
ters; concr. full streams. Cant. 5, 12
his eyes as of doves by the rivers of wa-
ters, washed with milk, nsºn by ni-uj-
sitting in fulness, i.e. by full streams.
Sept. Alex. Ald. Širi tāmgauxto, ööörov,
Vulg. superfluenta plenissima.-Others,
not unaptly, i. q. Fis??, a setting, bezel
of a ring, so that the eyes are compared
to a gem filling the socket of a ring ;
though niauí" cannot so well be refer-
red to the eyes.
tº m. (r. 55%) a garment, west-
ment, i. q. Unah, 2 K. 10, 22. Ez. 16, 13.
Zeph. 1, 8; collect. raiment Job 27, 16.
Plur. Bºuſhah? 1 K. 10, 5, 2 Chr. 9, 4.
Is. 63, 3.
Taº? m. (denom. fr. rºah brick,) a
brick-kiln, place where bricks are made,
Jer. 43, 9. Nah. 3, 14. Erroneously
witten ºn 2 Sam. 12, 31 Cheth.
nº f. (r. 88%) c. suff, ºrhº; plur.
tºo, Tºº, see beiow.
1. a word, i. Q. Tººl, or y poetic, 2
Sam. 23, 2. Ps. 139, 4. Chald, and Syr
'Sºo, Zab, Aslee, word, thing, cause.
—Oſten in plur. Bºn and more freq.
Tº (Syr. <>) words, but excepting
Prov. 23, 9 and Ps. 19, 5, only in the
book of Job ; as Job 6, 26. 33, 32 wº, ps
*:::"ujri jºz, if thou hast words, answer
me. 36, 2 tº Hibs', 'Tis there are ye.
words to God, God has yet wherewith
to answer. 4, 4, 8, 10. 12, 11. al
2. speech, discourse ; in sing. Job 13,
17. 21, 2, 24, 25. 29, 22. Plur. discourses
Job 32, 11.-Meton. object of discourse
or of talk, q. d. by-word, proverb, Job 30
9 rºah Erſh ris.
T}% Chald. f. Dan. 2, 9; emphat.
srºn, once Firºz, Dan. 2,5; Plur. Tºº,
emphat. Nº ; i. q. Heb.
1. a word, Dan. 4, 28; spec. command
Dan. 3, 28. Plur. Dan. 7, 11. 16. 25.
2. speech, discourse, Dan. 2, 9, 10.
3. a thing, matter, Dan. 2, 5.8. 15. 17.
Comp. Heb. "3".
ºb%, sºn, see sºn.
Bºsºn, see e-ska.
sº m. (r. sºº) a mound, rampart,
so called as filled in with stones and
earth ; hence fortress, castle. Chald.
Nrºn, srºn, snºº, sº .—Spec,
a) A part of the citadel of Jerusalem,
prob. the rampart, intrenchment, 2 Sam.
5, 9, 1 K. 9, 15. 24. 11, 27. 1 Chr. 11, 8.
2 Chr. 32, 5. Sept. thrice &ngo. Targ.
snºº, snººn, vallum. See Lightfoot
Opp. II. p. 189. Hamelsveld Bibl. Geogr.
II. 46 sq.-The same with Niên, or a
part of it, is prob, also Rºbº n**, where
Joash was killed, 2 K. 12, 21.
b) A fortress in Shechem; Judg. 9, 6
Riº nºn-bº tº ºxa-b; all the men
of Shechem and all that dwelt in the
castle ; also v. 20 bis.
nº m. (denom. fr. rhº salt.) Gr.
&Aluos, atriplea halimus Linn. Grach,
sea-purslain, a marine plant, the buds
and leaves of which were eaten by the
poor both raw and boiled, Job 30, 4.
Comp. Engl. Fr. Ital. Germ. salad
salade, Salat, pr. salt-plant.—Athen.
Deipnos. IV. 16. See Abenbitar in
Bochart Hieroz. T. I. p. 873 sq. The-
saur. p.791.
jº (reigning, r. Th? ; or i, q, Syr
93- counsellor,) Malluch, pr. n. In
a) 1 Chr. 6, 29 [44]. b) Neh. 10 5
hº
n>}º
572
2, 2. Called also ºn Malluchi Neh.
12, 14 Cheth, where Keri Haº, Melicu.
t) Ezra 10, 29. d) Neh. 10, 28.
Tº f also ſºn 1 Sam. 10, 25
(r. Tºº) a kingdom, 1 Sam. 10, 16. 11,
14. 1 K. 2, 15.22. a. Often in the genit.
e.g. rºbºr Fºx the royal diadem Is.
62,3; Hºbar -ºs the royal city 2 Sam.
12, 26; rºbºr, sº the royal throne
1 K, 1,46; niºbºr, sº the seed royal,
royal line, Jer. 41, 1. Dan. 1, 3; nº
rºb% to administer the kingdom, to
reign, 1 K. 21, 7. Of Jehovah's king-
dom, Ps. 22, 29. Obad. 21.
"º see Tºz b.
Tº m. (r. 8) pr. place where trav-
ellers lodge, either in the open air or
under a roof, lodging-place, inn, cara-
vanserai, Gen. 42, 27.43, 21. Ex. 4, 24.
Of an encampment of troops for the
night, Is. 10, 29.
Tº fem, of the preced, a lodge, hut,
of the keeper of a garden or vineyard,
Is. 1,8. Also a hanging-bed, hammock,
suspended from trees, in which travel-
lers and also the keepers of gardens and
vineyards sleep for fear of wild beasts,
Is. 24, 20. Arab. and Aram. Jye,
jirs, sºns. See Buxtorf's Lex.
Chald. h. v. Niebuhr's Arabien p. 158
Germ.
* 1. r: prob. i. q. Th? (r being
softened to l), to rub in pieces, to pul-
verize. Once in
NIPH. to be rubbed small, to vanish in
dust. Is. 51, 6 inhº jºxx Enzº "z for
the heavens like smoke shall vanish away,
be dispelled; parall. Fºr 1332 ºr
the earth like a garment shall war old.
Hence it appears that there lies a simi-
lar power in the two roots nº and nº,
whence bºrhº (see rºº II) and tº
old clothes. But it also marks a distinc-
tion between the two roots, that nº is
here referred to smoke, and nº to a
garment; so that he former seems to
imply a vanishing away as fine dust,
Germ. zerstieben, i. e. the being dis-
elled as dust or smoke.
II. Tº denom. from ribº salt, to salt,
to season with salt, nºzz, Lev. 2, 13.
3yr. Arab. Ethion, id.
PUAL pass. Ex. 30, 35.
Hoph. rººr, inf absol. rhºr, to be
salted, i. e. touched or sprinkled with
salt, as a new-born infant, Ez. 16, 4. Je-
rome in h. l. “tenera infantium corpora
... solent ab obstetricibus sale contingi
ut sicciora sint et restringantur.” Galen
de Sanit. I. 7.
* I. rº, in pause also nº? Gen. 14
3, salt; Chald, nº?, Syr. ſſ. Sº, Arab
9 9
If an etymology be sought, nº?
salt may be something rubbed small,
pulverized, from r. nº I; comp. Syr.
** to preserve in salt and spices, with
ſº contritum, and r. 9: contrivit.—
Job 6,6. Judg.9,45. riºr tº the Salt sea,
i. e. the Dead sea, the waters of which
are very strongly impregnated with salt,
and deposit it in the low places along
the shores, especially in the southern
part (Ez. 47, 11. Zeph. 2, 9); Gen. 14,
3. Num. 34, 12. Deut. 3, 17. Josh. 3, 16.
18. 19. al. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
pp. 223-26. Tº sº the valley of salt, see
art. Nº lett. d. nºr his the city of salt.
see in nº no. 1. aa-Also nº nºn: a
covenant of salt 2 Chr. 13, 5, i. e. a
league for ever sacred and inviolable,
whence this rºº nºn: Num. 18, 19.
This formula arose from the circum-
stance, that salt as preserving from de
cay is a symbol of duration and perpe.
tuity, see Philo Opp. II. p. 225; and
hence the Arabs are said by some to eat
bread and salt together in making a
covenant; Steph. Schulz V. p. 246. A :
any rate they have the phrase Luº
there is salt between us, i. e. a
covenant ; whence lexicographers ex-
plain , 8 , by covenant, oath.
But see also the conjecture of Lee in
nºn: no. 1. Hence we may understand
why the offerings of the Hebrews were
to be seasoned with salt, as in Lev. 2, 13
ºnrº by? Tºrºs nº nº nauin sh:
mor shalt thou let lack the salt of the cove-
nant of thy God from thy offering, i. e.
the offerings are to be seasoned with
salt, because salt is the symbol of the
perpetual covenant between God and
Israel, which he thus daily renews and
rºbº
tº:
573
..onfirms. With other nations, too, salt
was a symbol of friendship, and was
added to their sacrifices; see Syke's
lºssay on Sacrifices. Rosenm. Schol.
ad Lev. 2, 13.—Further, Gen. 19, 26
nº ans; a pillar of salt, i.e. statue of
fossil salt, bearing the appearance of a
pillar or cippus; see, for the fossil salt
at the south end of the Dead Sea, Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. pp. 482 sq. and for the
legends of the Arabs respecting Lot's
wife, see ibid. p. 589.
Deriv. nº II, riša, Hrºn, nº?.
II. Tº only in plur. bºrº, old
clothes, worn out garments, Jer. 38, 11.
12. R. nº I. q.v.
Fºº Chald, salt, Ezra 4, 14.
Tºº Chald. (denom. fr. subst. nºn) to
eat salt; Ezra 4, 14 because we have eaten
the salt of the palace, i. e. are the ser-
vants of the king, have our maintenance
from him. Syr. -->2/ to take salt
with one, to eat at his table. Arab.
L. to eat with one. Comp. “men of
thy bread” Obad. 7. So with the Per-
sians and Hindoos to eat one’s salt is
said of servants who are fed by their
masters; see Rosenm. Morgenl. no. 688.
T}% m. a seaman, mariner, Ez. 27,
9. 27. 29. Jon. 1, 5. Arab. & Syr.
to y &
lºss. id.—It is a denom. of the form
bºp, from nº in the signif. sea, like
Gr. ) &ls, Lat. sal, put poet, for the sea,
whence &Aust's seaman; comp. Arab.
iſ /* salt sea, the ocean.
Tº f (denom. f. rºº) a land of
salt, and therefore barren, a desert, Job
39, 6. Ps. 107, 34; fully nrº Yºs Jer.
17, 6. Comp. Ecclus. 39, 30. So Virg.
Georg. 2, 238 ‘Salsa tellus—frugibus
infelix.” Plin. H. N. 31. 7.
mºnº f once nonº 1 Sam. 13,
22, c. suff, inºrhº; plur. riorh2, constr.
ninnb2. R. Erth no. 2.
1. As a verbal noun, warring, fight-
ng, i.e. the act, Is, 7, 1 rºy nºrth%2 tº
war against it (the city), to besiege it.
hence fight, battle, Ex. 12 1". Job 39,
35. Is. 28, 6. Ecc. 9, 11. nºrth? Tº see
9 ––f *
in Th: no. 1. a. Arab. & battle
overthrow.
2. war; so Tºrº Higs to make waſ
Prov. 20, 18; Ex with any one Deut. 20
12, 20; ns (ris) id. Gen. 14, 2. Firºr,
= 'o there was war with 2 K. 21, 20;
Tº "a between—and, 1 K.14, 30. 15, 6.7.
riºrºzh sº see in Nx, lett. b. 'ºh ºr
id. 1 K. 22, 4, ºn tºp see in tºp Piel
no.3—Hence Harº wins, plur.” “ufts,
a man of war, warrior, Num. 31, 28. Is.
3, 2. Joel 2, 7. Jer. 38, 4. al. Poet. of Je-
hovah Ex. 15, 3; comp. ‘a hias of the
same Ps. 24, 8. Also nioriº wins id.
1 Chr. 28, 3. Is. 42, 13. So with genit. of
the adversary, 2 Sam. 8, 10 nºrth” ºns
"ºn. 1 Chr. 18, 10; so too "Fariñº n":
the house of my war, i. e. with which I
wage war, 2 Chr. 35, 21. ‘o Ex people
of war, troops, Josh. 8, 11. 11,7; ‘o sº;
id. Is. 13, 4. Also ºn ºr weapons of
war, see in 183 no. 5; and so poet.
nºrth: id. Ps. 76, 4.
>k tº: in Kal not used, pr. to smooth,
to smooth over, as in Arabic ; then in-
trans. to be smooth, slippery; and hence
trop. to slip away, to escape, i. q. º.
Syr. --> to smooth over; Arab la L.
to smooth over a wall with mortar
(whence tºº), to shave the head; ſalº
to be smooth, to be without hair; then
Conj. I, IV, to cast (let slip) the foetus.
Kindr. are Yºº to be smooth, Jal id.
V, VII, to escape, U”--- to be smooth,
}* to escape, sºlº to Smooth, tº
3 * ~ o?
soften; & & Cº. tender, soft, comp,
Gr. ºuáków, Germ. and Engl. mild ; also
with the third radical a guttural or pa-
latal G^* to smooth, e” III to ca-
ress, to flatter, Gr. uwkoxós, òučkyo, uéll,
Lat. mulgeo, mulceo. The mid, radical
being hardened, we have ºn? q.v.
Piel tº Ecc. 9, 15, in pause tºº,
fut. tºº?", to let slip away, i. e.
1. to let escape, to save from danger, to
deliver, with acc. of pers. Job 22,30.29, 12.
Jer. 39, 18; acc. of thing 2 K. 23, 18.
Ecc. 9, 15. Is. 46, 2. So ‘E UE tº ts
save the life of any one 2 Sam. 19, 6. Ps
116,4; ibº tº id. 1 Sam. 19, 11. Jer
48, 6. Ez. 33,5. Am. 2, 14. 15. Once with
tobyn
Tºº
574
§ of thing partitively (see F. A. 2, b);
job 20, 20 tº Nº inhora he shall not
wave aught among his delights. Some-
times with Tºº from the hand or power
pf any one Job 6, 23. Ps. 89,49; Fºr 2
Sam. 19, 10; Tº Ps. 107, 20. Absol. Ps.
33, 17. Is. 46, 4.
2, to lay eggs, Is. 34, 15; comp. in Kal
93 sº
and Hiph. no. 2. Arab. laº!” foetus.
HipH. 1. i. Q. Piel no. 1, to save, to de-
liver, Is. 31, 5.
2, to bring forth, as a woman, c. acc.
Is. 66, 7. Comp. Piel no. 2.
NIPh. 1. to be delivered from danger,
to be saved, Ps. 22, 6. Job 22, 30. Prov.
11, 21. Ez. 17, 15. Oftener reflex. to de-
liver oneself, to escape; with tº 1 Sam.
27, 1. Jer. 34, 3. 38,23; ºrpº 1 K. 19,
17; 7: Ecc. 7, 26; also with 7% of place
whence, 1 Sam. 23, 13. 2 Sam. 1, 3; acc.
of place whither Is. 37, 38; with in loc.
Gen. 19, 17. Judg. 3, 26. Absol. Ps. 124,
7, 1 Sam. 30, 17. Coupled with rinz to
flee, 1 Sam. 19, 12. 18.
2. to hasten away, without the idea
of escape or flight, 1 Sam. 20, 29.
HITHP. i. q. Niph. no. 1; Job 19, 20
* -is: Ht:#2nsº I am (scarce) escaped
with the skin of my teeth, proverbially
for ‘there is no soundness left in all
my body. The Arabs have a similar
proverb, & wi e Us he escaped with his
head, i.e. just saved his life, Wit. Tim. 1.
180–Poet. of sparks emitted, Job 41, 11.
Deriv. the two following.
tºº m. mortar, cement, from smear-
ing or smoothing over, Jer. 43, 9; see
the Arabic usage in r. tº Kal,—Arab.
lºs, Syr. lºsse, id. Comp. also Gr.
|1649m, Lat. maltha, Ital, malta,
nº (whom Jehovah delivers) Me-
ſatiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 7. R. toº?.
*E* see Tº lett. b.
n?” f. (r. 55% II) an ear of grain,
or, an ear cut off; once Deut. 23, 26.
Tomp. Job 24, 24.
myº f (r. 71b) 1. Pr. interpreta-
‘ion ; meton. what needs interpretation,
wn enigma, obscure maarim, aphorism,
Prov. 1, 6. Sept. oxotstvös käyoç.
2. a song of derision, taunt, Hab. 2, 6.
>k Tºº, fut, tºº, inf c. suff, i-hº
1. to reign, to be king. Eth. Ø'A'ſ]
id. Arab, JUL, to possess, to reign
Syr. to consult; Chald. and Samar. to
consult, to reign. So in other languages
, the words for consulting, judging, and
reigning, are the same, comp. Lat. con-
sul, and Germ. rathem, Anglosax. raedan
and Swed. rāda to command.—Constr.
with by of persons and people Gen. 37,
8. 1 Sam. 8, 7. 1 K. 6, 1; or of a land
2 K. 11, 3; rarely with # 1 K. 11, 37.
2 Sam. 3, 21. Oftener with # of the
royal seat, or residence, where the king
dwells, 2 Sam. 5, 5. Josh. 13, 12. 21.
Judg. 4, 2. al. saep. With an acc. of
time how long, 1 K. 11, 42. 14, 20. 2 K.
10, 36. 12, 2. Absol. as i-hº, nº rº:
in the eighth year of his reign 2 K. 24,
12. 25, 1. Esth. 1, 3. Jer. 1, 2. Ps. 93, 1.
96, 10. 97, 1. So of Jehovah, Ps. ll. cc.
Ex. 15, 18. Mic. 4, 7. Of the rule of the
wicked Job 34, 30.
2. to begin to reign, to be made king,
2 Sam. 15, 10. 16, 8, 1 K. 1, 11. 13. 22,
41. 2 K. 9, 13. 2 Sam. 2, 10 Ishbosheth
was forty years old irº when he began
to reign, was made king. 1 K. 16, 15. 23.
29. 2 K. 3, 1.
Niph. recipr. to consult, to take coun-
sel, Neh. 5, 7. Comp. the Syriac and
Chald, usage in Kal above.
HipH. to make king, to constitute as
king, e. g. as done by a people 1 Chr.
11, 10, or by a more powerful king 2 K
23, 34. 24, 17. Jer. 37, 1, or by Jehovah
1 Sam. 15, 35. 1 K. 3,7; constr. usually
with the accus, rarely the dat. ‘to give
the kingdom to any one,’ 1 Chr. 29, 22.
Sometimes with tº pleonast. 1 Sam,
12, 1. Is. 7, 6; Tºh Judg. 9, 6, 1 Sam.
15, 11. With by of the people over whom
2 Sam. 2, 9, 1 Chr. 28, 4; BS 2 Sam. 2,
9; h 1 Sam. S, 22. Absol. Hos. 8, 4.
Hoph. pass. of Hiph. Dan. 9, 1.
Deriv. Hºbº, nº?, nº-h%2, and the
nineteen here following (except rºº).
º m. in pause also tºº, c. suff."zºº;
plur. tºº, once Tºº Prov. 31, 3, and
with s as mater lectionist">Nº. 2 Sam
11, 1, constr. "Rhº. 6 Ç
1. a leing, Arab. & A3, JU, rarely
Ja; Syr. LAS- id. Ethiop. JºA'ſ,
Tºz
Tº:
575
moderator. Coupled often with a gen.
of people or country, as Hºn. Th2,
2Sºul" 'o, tºº 'p, ºus ‘n, bºx. 2,
etc. But "zºº, i-º, my or his king,
i. e. Jehovah's king, the king of Israel
constituted by Jehovah, Ps. 2, 6, 18, 51.
Where the king of any people is spoken
of x&t éoziv, the article is often prefixed
Tººn, 6600 tists, e.g. ºn "nº long live
the king 1 1 Sam. 10, 24; also in poetry
Ps. 20, 10. 45, 6, 12. Cant. 1, 4.3, 9; but
not seldom the art. is omitted in such
case in both prose and poetry, as 1 K.
21, 10. 13. Is. 32, 1. Prov. 24, 21. Ps. 21,
2. 45, 2. 16. 61, 7. In Ps. 72, 1 #2-13
the son of a king is said by way of honour
for a king descended from kings, parall.
with #2 in the preced, clause, opp. to
one of ignoble birth or without royal
ancestors; comp. 660 whetis Šk Čoathéon,
Xen. Agesil. 1.2. Comp, also in the title
of the modern kings of Persia the phrase
Julak- J-2 Jua).” the Sultán
son of the Sultán.—As in the East infe-
rior princes and likewise the viceroys
and satraps of powerful monarchs were
often dignified with the title of kings,
(comp. Is. 10, 8 are not my princes allo-
gether kings?) so the great sovereigns
of Asia took loftier titles, viz. c.) ºr
Siºn the great king, put xof Šozºv for
the king of Assyria, Is. 36, 4. So the
king of Persia in the arrow-headed in-
scriptions, see Lassen die Altpers. Keil-
inschr. 4, 140, 146, 165, 174; and also
among the Greeks, uéyo's 300 theiſe, ó flo-
Julsus ó uśyog, Aristoph. Plut. 170. Plat.
Gorg. p. 470. E. Menex. p. 78. D. So
too the emperor of Germany by Syrian
writers of the middle ages, Loš i asso
Barhebr. 334. 6) bººk: Tº king of
kings, so the king of Babylon Ez. 26,
7, and Chald. sº #2 Dan. 2, 37;
also the king of Persia, Ezra 7, 12 Chald.
So too the king of Persia in the arrow-
headed inscriptions, Syr. tºº >
Barhebr. Gr. 30.01% suggo,711éon, see Bris-
son de regio Persarum princ. § 3. See
also Lassen l. c. Thesaur. p 794.—
Plur. Sººn kings is sometimes put for
oreign and therefore hostile kings, Ps,
1, 10. 68, 15. 30. 110, 5; i. q. Enix *
g. 14, 9, 18.
Trop, the title of king is applied: a)
To Jehovah, as king both of the whole
nation of Israel (Epsº 'o Is. 41, 21, 2
*Sº 44, 6), and of each individual,
Deut. 33, 5 #2 ºntº “rºl and he
was king in Jeshurun i. e. Israel. Ps.
5, 3. 10, 16. 29, 10. 44, 5, 98, 6. 145, 1.
Is. 33, 22. 43, 15. 1 Sam. 12, 12. al. So
with art. Tººn the king Jer. 46, 18, 48
15. 51, 57, comp. Is. 57, 9. With epi-
thets, an ºz Ps, 48, 3; it-ºn 2 24
7–10; nisix * 12%r Is. 6, 5. So Eth,
and Arab. of God. b) To idols, in the
language of their worshippers, Is. 8, 21.
Am. 5, 26. Zeph. 1, 5. Comp. Gr. &vuš,
floorule iſs, Hom. Il. W. 351. t. 233, c)
To animals, e. g. the crocodile Job 41,
26 [34]; of locusts, Prov. 30, 27. Here
it is put for chief, leader; since kings
are often introduced as the chiefs and
leaders of armies, Job 15, 24. 18, 14. 29,
25.
2. Melech, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35. 9,
41. Also with the art. Thºr Jer, 36,
26. 38, 6.
º Chald. m. emphat. Nzºº, plur.
in-hº (Kaph without Dag.) Dan. 2, 21.
47. al. and by Hebraism tº Ezra 4,
13, emphat. Nº-hº Dan. 2, 44; a king,
Ezra 5, 6.7. 6, 3, 4, 23. Dan. 2, 46, 4,
15. For the king zot Śoxiv, emphat.
Rºhº Dan. 2, 5 sq. 3, 2 sq. Also ſº?
sº king of kings, spoken of the king
of Babylon Dan. 2, 37, and of Persia
Ezra 7,12; see above in Heb. Tºº 1. 3.
Dan. 4, 34 [37] sº tº the king of
heaven i. e. Jehovah. —Dan. 7, 17 four
kings, i. e. four kingdoms, as Theod,
and Vulg. comp. v. 23. 24; so 8, 2",
comp. v. 20. 22.
#2 Chald. m. c. suff, "zºº, counset,
Dan. 4, 24.
iºn 1 K. 11, 7, elsewhere with art
mººn, tºº, Lev. 18, 21. 20, 2 sq. 1 K.
11, 7. 2 K. 23, 10. Jer. 32, 35, Molech,
pr. n. of an idol of the Ammonites, Aqu.
Symm. Theod. Możóz, Vulg. Moloch,
Sept. appellat. § &oxon, 30atists; called
also tº Milcom 1 K. 11, 5 (comp. v.
7). 33. 2 K. 23, 13; and tº Malcam,
Sept. Mºzág, Jer,49, 1.3. Syr.<āass.
comp. Zeph. 1, 5. To this idol the He
brews from the time of Solomon sacri
ficed infants on rinx, erected in the
752
6
5
55:
pº,
{
alley of Hunnom ; see nº no. 4. Ac-
Cording to the Rabbins, its statue was of
Drass, with the members of the human
body, but the head of an ox; it was
hollow within, was heated from below,
and the children to be immolated were
placed in its arms, while drums were
beaten to drown their cries; see Jarchi
ad Jer, 7, 3. Lund Jüd. Heiligthtimer p.
63S, Carpzov. Antiq. 87,404. Such a
tradition is strongly confirmed by a pas-
sage in Diodorus Siculus, respecting
human sacrifices offered by the Cartha-
ginians to Kgovos i. e. Saturn, Diod. Sic.
20. 14. Hence it has been commonly
held, that the Molech of the Old Test.
was also Saturn, and indeed the planet
Saturn, which the ancients regarded as
a xotroëtzluov to be appeased with human
sacrifices; see Comm. on Is. II. p. 343,
and comp. in Flº p. 463.−But from the
language of Jeremiah, e.g. 32, 35 and
they built the high places of Baal which
are in the valley of the son of Hinnom,
to cause their sons and their daughters to
pass through the fire to Molech, comp.
19, 5 they have built also the high places
of Baal, to burn their sons in the fire for
burnt-offerings unto Baal, it would seem
to follow that the idol Molech (Tººn)
was no other than Baal (bºrn), to whom
also in the region of Carthage and Nu-
midia children were immolated ; see
three Punic inscriptions, Monumm. Phoe-
nic. pp. 448, 449, 453. It may be sup-
posed that tºo, tºº, E3b2, was an
epithet of Baal in current use chiefly
among the Ammonites, as nº was
an epithet of the same god among the
Tyrians; see in bx2 no. 5. Among the
Phenicians also a customary epithet of
Baal was Eby Tºo king eternal, and also
simply Tºo king ; see Monumm. Phoen.
. c. The forms tºo, tºo, may be
compared with Tixº, p. 214; i. e. the end-
\ngs B- and tº may be regarded as di-
minutive forms of endearment affixed to
the names of gods; although in these
syllables there may also lurk a suffix,
the force of which was by degrees lost,
as in the names of the gods "400 vic,
*is ; Bowātig, "rhya, Monumm. Phoe-
nic. p. 400; see also art. *is p. 13
hbove.—For the apologetic comments
of the Rabbins see in nay Hiph. no. 4.
sºn Chald, f emphat stººz, a
$
queen, i. q. Heb. Hzºº, Dan, 5, 10.
nº f. (r. 12%) c. suff, intrº, a
noose, snare, springe, Job 18, 10.
Tº f(r. Tºº) constr, nº?, a queen
i. e. the consort of a king Esth. 1, 9 sq
7, 1 sq. or as reigning in her own right,
e.g. the queen of Sheba 1 K. 10, 1, 4,
10. 13. Plur. nisºn of the wives of
Solomon who were of royal birth, opp.
to concubines (Bºb) Cant. 6, 8, 9.
Tºn (id, or Chald, counsel) Milcah,
pr. n. of the daughter of Haran, the wife
of Nahor, Gen. 11, 29. 22, 20.
rººm, see Hºb%.
*5% Chald, f constr. nº-h2, emphat.
snº=%2, i. q. Heb. nº-hº, a kingdom,
l. 6.
a) dominion, reign, the exercise of
kingly power, Dan. 4, 28. 6, 2. 7, 14, al.
In the genit. as adjunct for an adj. roy-
al; as #5%g nº the royal residence,
metropolis, Dan. 4, 27; snºº bºr.
the royal palace 4, 26, ºn; ºn the
reign of Darius Ezra 4, 24, 6, 15. Spo-
ken of the kingdom or dominion of God
Dam. 3, 33; and of the future reign of
the saints 7, 18. 22. 27.
b) realm, a country under kingly rule,
Dan. 2, 39. 44. 7, 23. Plur, emphat.
sº Dan. 2, 44. 7, 23. Syr, asso,
9 2–? .
fzaisº, Arab, e. º, id.
nº f (r. 18%) plur, nº?, a word
of the later Hebrew, freq. in the books
of Chron. Esth. and Daniel, but rare in
the earlier books, as Num. 24, 7. 1 Sam,
20, 31. Ps. 45, 7, 103, 19. 145, 11 sq.
1. a kingdom, i. e. the royal dignity,
dominion, reign, Dan. 11, 21 comp. v. 4.
Esth. 1, 19. Basuj ºn the kingdom (do-
minion) of Saul 1 Chr. 12, 23. 2 Chr
12, 1. Often in the following phrase:
Dan. 1,1 in the third years-pºin' nº-hº,
of the reign of Jehoiakim. 2, 1. 8, 1. 1
Chr. 26, 31. 2 Chr. 15, 10. al. comp. the
earlier phrase tº Tººh 1 K. 15, 1.9
Often in the genit. as adjunct for the
adj. royal, e. g. rhººr, nº the roya.
house, palace, (i, q. Tº n°3,) Esth. 1, 9
2, 16. 5, 1; nº-h2 -jº (i. q. Thºr -zº
a royal mandate Esth. 1, 19; a Nº.3
55%
25%
.57'ſ
the royal throne 1 Chr. 22, 10. Esth. 1, 2.
5, 1. al. 2 ºu; Ps. 45,7; ” Tin 1 Chr.
29, 25. Dan. 11, 21; also ºn 7": royal
wine Esth. 1,7—Ellipt. Esth. 5, 1 nuja;
nº.532 she put on royal apparel.
2. a kingdom, i. e. a realm, a people
under kingly rule; e. g. riºn’, ‘o the
kingdom of Judah 2 Chr. 11, 17; ºn
Bºttº the kingdom of the Chaldeans
Dan. 9, 1; one ºn the kingdom of the
Persians 2 Chr. 36, 20. Dan. 10, 13. etc.
'o "sº the half of the kingdom Esth. 5,
3. 6, 7, 2. Plur, niºg Dan. 8, 22.
38% (God's king, i. e. appointed
by him, fr. Th?,) Malchiel, pr. n. m.
Gen. 46, 17. Num. 26, 45. 1 Chr. 7, 31.
—Patron. in "- Num. 26, 45.
nº and "nº (Jehovah's king)
Malchiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 9, 12.
Neh. 11, 12. Jer. 38, 1. b) Ezra 10,
31. Neh. 3, 11. 14. 13. c.) Neh. 8, 4.
10, 3. d) Jer. 38, 6. e) Ezra 10, 25.
Pix-sº (king of righteousness) pr.
m. Melchizedek, king of Salem (Jerusa-
lem) and a priest of Jehovah, Gen. 14,
18. Ps. 110, 4. Comp. Heb. c. 7.
Dº (king of altitude) Malchiram,
pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18.
yºn (king of help) Malchishua,
pr. m. of a son of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 49.31,
2. Also written separately shuj-"zºº
1 Chr. 8, 33.9, 39.
º (their king) Malcam, pr. n.
a) An idol of the Moabites and Ammon-
ites, i. q. ºn and Tºo, Jer. 49, 1.3;
see in Tºo. But in Zeph. 1, 5 and Am.
1, 15 tºº is their king, b) A man, 1
Chr. 8, 9.
tºº Milcom, i. Q. Molech, an idol of
the Ammonites, 1 K. 11, 5. 33. 2 K. 23,
13. See in Tºo.
Tº an error for tºº q.v.
nº fem. of the Chald. form tºº,
(as Hzºº, fr. Th2) a queen, found only
n Jer. 7, 18. 44, 17. 18. 19.25; in which
Qassages ºn rahº the queen of
weaven, which the Hebrew women wor-
shipped, is either the moon, or Astarte
(nºnus) i. e. the planet Venus. So
Sept. in c. 44, and Vulg. everywhere.
Rut several Mss, read the word fullv
written ºr rºshº the service or worship
of heaven, as also the Syr. renders i
o 7 y
i-Saaz <ae cultus cali, i. e. abstr,
for concr. the gods of heaven.
rºº f with art. nººn (the queen)
Moleketh, Hammoleketh, pr. n. 1 Chr
7, 18.
* I. Sºº to speak, mostly poet. for
the comm. º. Chald, and Syr. Bºg
Š-6, id. It has something of the ono-
matopoetic character, like Gr. AoAša,
Germ. lallen.—In Kal once part. Bºin
Prov. 6, 13.
PIEl Bºº, to speak, c. acc. Job 8, 2
hou, long wilt thou speak such things 3
33, 3. Ps. 106, 6; with dat. of pers, and
a direct clause following, as Gen. 21, 7
** Brºns; bºx, ºr who would have said
to Abraham, Sarah shall give children
suck 2 Comp. ºn no. 1. c.
Deriv. Hຠword, pr. n. *}”.
* II. Sº? i. q. Sºo, brº, to cut off, or
to be cut off, espec. of grass, herbage,
ears of grain. Fut. in the Chald. form,
ba" Job 14, 2, 18, 16, plur. in pause ºbgº
24, 24. Ps. 37, 2, to be cut off; see Bleek
on these forms, in Rosenm. Repertor.
I. p. 80–Job 14, 2 bºy ss, Yºsz, like
the flower he cometh forth and is cut
down. 18, 16 beneath, his roots are dry,
in-sp brº by gº above, his branches are
cut off—Others, as Kimchi and Simonis,
derive these forms from 52, which
seems to be supported by the noun
nº ; but the preceding noise is better
established.
NIPH. to be circumcised, 1. q bin; or
binº from r. bºx. Praet. Erl#2; for Brºº,
Gen. 17, 11.
Po. Bºio, fut. bhiº, to cut off, Ps. 90,
6; see bºx, Pil.
Deriv. rºbº.
% Chald, Pa. ººz, to speak, Dan.
7, 8, 11. 20. 25; c. 5s with any one Dan,
6, 22.
* (eloquent, r. Sº I) Milalai, pr
n. m. Neh. 12, 36.
Tºº OT Tºº m. (r. 72%) once in
constr. Judg. 3, 31 "pºn Tºº? an or
goad, a stout staff with an iron point at
one end for urging on oxen; see Mann
49
yº
52%
578
irell's Journ. Ap. 15. Gr. 60 witäſs Il. 6.
135, and Éownsvigov. See Schöttgen de
Stimulo boum, Francof. 1774.
>k Y?? in Kal not used, to be smooth,
l, q, tºº q.v.
Nil H. Ps. 119, 103 how smooth (sº)
to my pulate are thy words, i.e. pleasant,
SWeet.
nxº with art. ºxºn Dan. 1, 11. 16, a
name of office in the Babylonian court,
prob. Pers. master of wine, chief
butler; so Bohlen Symb. p. 22.
Sk Pº to mip, to nip off, to crack, e. g.
the neck of a fowl Lev. 1, 15. 5,8. Sept.
âtoxvišo. Kindr. is png, the - being
softened into 5, and E interchanged
with 2. Syr. and Chald, ºn to pluck.
Tipºp m. (r. Tek) 1. prey, booty,
espec. of cattle and animals. Num. 31,
12 ºn-rs, niphan-rs, nºn-rs the
captires, and the prey, and the spoils;
but in v. 11. 27. 32, the captives also are
included under this word. Is. 49, 24, 25.
2. DUAL Bºniphº the two jaws, with
which food is taken, Ps. 22, 16.
tipºp m. (r. Up?) the latter rain,
i. e. the vernal, the showers which fall
n Palestine in the months of March and
April before the harvest, Prov. 16, 15.
Zech. 10, 1. Hos. 6, 3; often coupled
with nºi", nºio, the early or autumnal
rain, Deut. 11, 14. Jer. 3, 3. 5, 24. Poet.
of eloquent discourse, Job 29, 23.−On
the rains of Palestine see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 97.
nºnpº m. dual (r. mph) tongs for
the fire, Is. 6, 6. So of small tongs or
the like, snuffers, for lamps, etc. 1 K. 7,
49. 2 Chr. 4, 21. With suff, ºrphzid.
Ex. 25, 38 37, 23. Num. 4, 9.
nrºg f (r. Tinº) a wardrobe, ves-
try, sc. of the king, 2 K. 10, 22. So the
context demands, and so Vulg. Chald.
Arab. Kimchi.
"rºº (perh, for "nº my fulness, r.
Rºž) Mallothi, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 25, 4, 26.
rivº f plur. (r.srb) constr. nisrºº
Ps. 58, 7; also with the letters transp.
hisºn? Job 29, 17. Prov. 30, 14. Joel
6; the biters, the grinders, poet. for the
teeth. Comp. Ethiop. dº’A:thºr the
jaw, pr. that with which one bites
Ludolf p. 19. There seems to be no
reference to a particular class of teeth
as the incisors, maxillary, etc.
Tº f. (Dagesh euphonic) plur
ning?? Joel 1, 17, garmers, storehouses
places or buildings where grain is laid
up, i. q. minº. It is a denom. from
nº Hag. 2, 19, with a local prefixed;
comp. nius”, nº?, and Lehrgeb.
§ 122. 1. no. 14. R. "A I. 3.
tº m. plur. (r. 77%) measures, sc.
of the earth, Job 38, 5.
jº Memucan, pr. n. of a prince or
satrap in the court of Xerxes, Esth. 1
14, 16, 21. Also Pono v. 16 Cheth.
nº m. (r. nº.2) only in plur. Bºrion
deaths, Jer. 16, 4. Ez. 28, 8.-In 2 K. 11,
2 Cheth. concr. the dead, the slain, where
Keri Bºrºn.
"Tºº m. (r. ht?) filthyness, concr.
filthy, polluted ; hence
1. one spurious, & bastard, Deut. 23, 3.
Sept. §x togvijº, Vulg. de scorto natus,
and so the oriental intpp. as also the
Rabbins, who use this word of a bas-
tard. -
2. Metaph. a stranger, foreigner,
Zech. 9, 6. Sept. &Aloysvåg. In like
manner, foreign nations are often com-
pared to harlots by the Hebrew poets,
comp. Is. 23, 17. 18.
ºn m. (r. 52%) 1 sale, Lev. 25,
27. 29. 50.
2. Concr. thing sold ; Lev. 25, 25
inns ºn that sold by his brother. v.
28.33. Ez. 7, 13. Plur. Deut. 18, 8.
3. something for sale, ware, etc. Lev
25, 14. Neh. 13, 20.
nº f. (r. -2%) sale, a selling, 1. q.
ºn no. 1, Lev. 25, 42.
nº f. (r. Tºº) constr. nº???, c
suff, ºr=#72; plur, ni-???, constr.
nish? ; i.g. nº-h2, but of an earlie
age, though also ſound in the late
books, as 2 Chr. 11, 1. 14, 4, 17, 5. al.
1. kingdom, i.e. the royal dignity, do
minion, reign, 1 K. 11, f1. 14, 8, 1 Sam
28, 17. In genit. for the adj. royal, as
n:hºr -ºs the royal city Josh. 10, 2
52%
579 72
! Sam. 27, 5; 22 nºz, Am. 7, 13; also
2 Ch .23, 20. 2 K. 11, 1. Abstr. for concr.
1 Sam. 10, 18 ni-h%2n-bz i.e. all kings.
2. a kingdom, i.e. a realm, a people
urider kingly rule; Num. 32, 33. 1 Sam.
24, 21. Ex. 19, 6.
nº ſ (r. Tºº) only constr. nº-h%2
a kingdom, i. q. Tºº? no. 2; Josh. 13,
12 sq 1 Sam. 15, 28. 2 Sam. 16, 3. Jer.
26, 1.
jº, see 12 and 7% init.
ſº m. (r. 19%) miced wine, spiced
wine, i. q. Tº q. v. Prov. 23, 30. Is. 65,
11. See in 372.
Tº m. grief, sorrow, Prov. 17, 25.—
R. "Yº, as ozº, r. be?; bºr, r. boº;
93F, r. 883.
Sºo (pr. fattening, then concr. fat,
r. Nº) Mamre, pr. m. of an Amorite who
made a league with Abraham, Gen. 14,
13. 24. Hence Nº. 22 ºibs the oaks of
Mamre, Gen. 13, 18. 18, 1; and simpl.
Rººz Mamre 23, 17. 19. 35, 27; the
name of a grove of oaks not far from
Hebron. [Mamre is said to be Hebron,
Gen. 23, 19. 35, 27. But the oaks or
terebinths of Mamre are distinguished
from Hebron or Mamre itself, Gen. 13,
18. 18, 1. They are placed by a tradi-
tion older than Josephus at some dis-
tance from Hebron towards Jerusalem ;
. Jos. B. J. 4. 9. 7. See Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 454. I. p. 318. Bibliotheca
Sacra, 1843, p. 52.—R.
tº m. plur. (r. ºnº, Dag. eu-
phon.) bitternesses, calamities, Job 9, 18.
mº m. (r. Tºº) earpansion ; Ez.
28, 14 run? ann: cherub of earpansion,
Vulg. cherub eartentus, i.e. with expand-
ed wings; comp. v. 16 and Ex. 25, 20.
bº m. (r. Bujº) dominion, rule,
Dan. 11, 3. 5. Plur. Bºnº concr.
princes, lords, 1 Chr. 26, 6.
Tº f (r. Bujº) Mic. 4, 8; constr.
nº Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136, 8; c, suff.
Tºº? Is. 22, 21; Plur. constr. nibujº
Ps. 136, 9, c. suff ---ibuzz Ps. 114, 2;
dominion, rule, Mic. 4, 8. Dan 11, 5
also 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 6. Jer. 51, 25.
34, 1; of Jehovah's dominion Ps. 114,
8. 145, 13; also the off se of a prince of
the court, Is. 22, 21. Trop. of the rule of
the sun and moon, Gen. 1, 16. Ps. 136
8.—Hence concr: a) dominions, juris.
diction, realm, 2 K. 20, 13. Ps. 103, 22.
b) rulers, princes, chief ºfficers, 2 Chr
32, 9. Less well Sept. Vulg. power,
army. Comp. 1 Chr. 26, 6. --
Ptºº m. (r. Pujº) possession; once
Zeph. 2, 9 bººri pujºn the possession of
the bramble, a place overgrown with
brambles. Comp. Is. 14, 23.
E"Pºº m. plur. (r.pnº) sweetnesses,
sweet things, Cant. 5, 16. Neh. 8, 10.
7% m. (r. 12%) c. suff, #2 Neh. 9, 20
but in other Mss. without Dag. manna,
which some regard as identical with the
manna Arabica, a sweet resin similar
to honey, which in Arabia and other
oriental regions exudes chiefly in July
and August, before sunrise, from the
leaves of several species of trees and
shrubs, but principally from the tama
risk genus. Ex. 16, 15–35. Num. 11, 6
sq. Deut. 8, 3. 16. Josh. 5, 12. Ps. 78,24.
Within the present century English
naturalists first proved that a certain
insect, similar to the coccus, is coopera-
tive in producing the manna; see Hard-
wicke in Asiatic Researches XIV. p.
182 sq. Frederick in Transact. of the
Lit. Soc. of Bombay, Lond. 1819. Vol. I.
p. 251 sq. This has more recently been
confirmed by Ehrenberg, who has shown
that the manna flows out of the leaf in
consequence of the punctures of this
insect. The tree which produces it at
Sinai is the Tamaria gallica mannife.
ra, Arab. Uš, lo Türfa; and the insect
is called coccus mammiparus. See Eh-
renb. Symbol. Phys. Berl. 1829. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. pp. 170, 550. Comp,
Niebuhr's Descr. of Arab. p. 145, Germ.
J. E. Fabri Historia Mannae in Fahri et
Reiskii Opusc. med. Arab. p. 121.--Arab,
& id. pr. a portion, gift from heaven,
fully L.J U-2. But allusion is made
to another derivation Ex. 16, 15. 31 ;
comp. Chald. Tº . [Of all the charac-
teristics ascribed in Scripture to the
manna, not one belongs to the present
marina; nor could there ever have been
a supply of it sufficient for the consump
12 580 12
tion of 8 host like that of Israel, contain-
ing at least two millions of people; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. l. c.—R.
7%, Chald. Pron. 1. Interrog. who?
what ? Ezra 5, 3.9. Dan. 3, 15. Also
in an indirect ºnterrog. Ezra 5, 4.
2. Indef. "Tº whoso, whoever, Dan.
3, 6, 11. 4, 14.
73 m. (r. 12%) 1. part, portion. The
proper subst. force of this word does not
indeed occur in common use in the O. T.
since the form ºngº Ps. 68, 24, which
Simonis explains by: the portion of him
(them), i.e. of the dogs, is more readily
solved another way, viz. by rendering
it: that the tongue of thy dogs may lap
(yrºn) of it. But the primary subst.
power is manifest in the forms ºn pr.
a parte mea, Fr. de ma part, Engl. for
or on my part, (comp. Ez. 3, 17 warn
them "º on my part, from me,) and
*2%% a parte ejus, on his part; and hence
the prep. Tº is pr. originally nothing but
the constr. state sing, of Tº ; and "3% Is.
30, 11 is its constr. plural.
2. Plur. tº strings of an instrument,
pr. slender threads, from their being di-
:r arº.
vided, Ps. 150, 4. Syr. sºise id. Prob.
also we may refer hither Ps. 45, 9: out
of ivory palaces Tºrtºº "sº the strings
(resounding music) have made thee glad.
On the plural ending "-- for p"--, see
Lehrg. p. 525, 526. Ewald's Gram. § 359.
Tº and *, before a guttural ºn, rarely
% (as thrº Gen. 14, 23, Finº. 2 Sam.
18, 16, and constantly in the forms yariz,
nitrº), poet. "3% with Yod paragog. as
annexed to the constr. state Judg. 5, 14.
Job 6, 16. Ps. 44, 10. 11. Is. 46, 3. al.
once ºn plur. constr. Is. 20, 11 ; c. suff
*% (see Tº no. 1), poet. "?? and "??
(by Syriasm); Tºº in pause Tºº, f.
Taz, ; 22% for in:2% from him, poet.
*nz, ºniº, f. Hº ; plur, ºr for ºr
from us; tº; prº poet. Brºº, f. Triº.
Syr. *; Arab. (9°, usually joined to
the next word by dropping Nun, as
with the art. Jº for Ji Jº De Sacy
Gram. I. § 838. Strictly 7% is constr.
state of the noun Tº, (as a constr. 14,)
pr. part of any thing, and hence a Pre-
position; see 72 no. 1.
1. Strictly as a Prep. partitive, (tº
nºr ºr Mem partitive as the Hebrews
call it,) denoting a part taken from ol
out of a whole, which in Gr. and Lat, is
expressed by the prepositions §§, éx, ew
e, and also by &ld, ab, a, rarely by de.
a) Put after numerals; Ruth 4, 2 ten
men nºr ºn of the elders of the city
2 K. 2, 7 fifty men Bºsºn ºz of the
sons of the prophets. Neh. 1, 2 ºr Nº Tris
one of my brethren. Job 5, 1 pºul-pº “º
who of or among the holy? Jer. 45, 28
all.... shall know ºn tºp: *z, *::
prºh whose word shall stand, of me or
of them, mine or theirs, where Tº refers
to "?, as in Job l.c.—So after substan-
tives which denote a part ; 2 Chr. 31, 3
the king’s portion from (7%) his sub-
stance. Is. 21, 11 nº rig what of the
night 2 i. e. what part (time) of the
night?
b) Indefinitely, the noun being omit-
ted. 0.) As referring to number or mul-
titude, it implies some out of a whole
number; Ex. 17, 5 take with thee ºn
'u)" (some) of the elders of Israel. 16, 27
tºr; Tº ass; there went out (some) of
the people. Gen. 33, 15. Num. 13, 23. 2
Sam. 11, 17. Ez. 5, 4. Am. 2, 11. Cant.
1, 2 nº rip-ºº ºptº let him kiss me
(with some) of the kisses of his mouth.
So Arab. ſº some of them Kor. 57.
26; also Jºsé c. genit, a part, some ;
Syr. <e. Comp. the Fr. indef art. des
anciens, des baisers.-More rarely it
marks one out of a number; Gen. 28, 11
and he took tip ºr "ºsº one of the
stones of the place, comp. v. 18. Ex. 6,
25 Eleazar took him one of the daughters
of Putiel to wife. Jer. 1, 1. Dan. 11, 5 the
king of the south Yºu Tºh and one of
his princes, Sept. eig & rév čvyootöv. So
Arab. Udia. , Syr. <e, of one. 6) As
referring to a whole, something, some of;
as tºº (some) of the blood, some blood,
Ex. 12,7. 29, 21. Lev. 5,9. (So clºse
Barhebr. 529.) Job 11, 6 God will remit
to thee Tºº? (something) of thy guilt.
Ps. 137, 3. With a negat. part. nothing
none at all; 1 K. 18, 5 ſº nº Nib"
nºrtz, and that we destroy none of the
beasts. 2 K. 10, 10. Deut. 16, 4. Nah. 1
14 Tis Tºº sº. Sº there shall be sows
Tº 581 nº
|
nothing of thy name more, nothing which
bears thy name, y) Hence is manifest
the proper force of the Arab. t.)-0 ‘pleo-
nastic,” treated of by Agrell, de Variet.
gen. et num, in Lingg. Orient. p. 142 sq.
and corresponding to which there are
S.r.l...ar phrases in Hebrew. In these
Arabic formulas, &Ji Yi Ji J-0 Lº,
l.t, nothing of God but God, i. e. there is
no God but God, Kor. Sur. 3, 55. 5, 77.
38, 65 (comp. the same words without
Jº Sur. 3, 1. 11, 27. 20, 7); Jº Us
&=l nothing of one, not even one, Sur.
2,96. 19,98; Jº r-4) Uc lit. no-
thing to them of knowledge, i. e. they
have no knowledge, Sur. 18, 4 (comp.
without 1.5-0 22, 70. 24, 14); in these and
many other like instances, ſº is not pleo-
masºic, but partitive: not a single part
of God, i. q. no god; not a particle of
one, not even one ; not a particle of
knowledge, etc. In Syriac the corres-
ponding form is xº~ sº iſ and contr.
»ssas, iſ nequaquam, Gal. 5, 16–
Hence in Heb. 8) "ris? lit. any part
of ome, i. e. even one, ullus. Deut. 15, 7
if there be a poor man among you "ins?
7"rls any one of your brethren. Lev. 4,
2 and if he doeth Herº nr.sº any one
of them ; comp. Ez. 18, 10 where ris
seems to be spurious. Dan. 8, 9 see in
Hºsº. 5) In the negative phrases
Tºsº, bºº, Is. 40, 17. 41,24, i. e. (some-
thing) from nothing, nihili quid, as if
diminutive of nothing, q. d. less than no-
thing, though there is here no compara-
tive force in To. Is. 40, 17 all nations be-
fore him are ins: as nothing, and they are
counted to him. bºsº less than nothing.
41, 24 bes? tº Tsº Prs ye are
from (less than) nothing, and your work,
from (less than) nought; comp. v. 12.29.
The rendering less than nothing is ra-
ther mathematical than poetical, though
it correctly expresses the fact that the
idea of nothing is diminished by prefix-
ing this particle. Nor is this usage pe-
culiar to Isaiah; to it indeed belongs the
form "Nº not one, not even one, mone, as
Jer, 10, 6 º' Tiº Ins? not one is like to
thee, Jehovah. v. 7. So toe I would ex-
plain the phrase Huffin TNº q. ITN Buji",
tee in 7"N no. 5. d. p. 48–But to this
idiom do not belong several passages
in which interpreters have thought they
discovered the Tº pleonastic; Storr Ob-
servatt. p. 450. Thus Gen. 7, 22 all
in whose nostrils was the breath of life,
nušš B2% of all that was on the dry land,
died; i.e. all animated beings died. So
in the anacoluthon Judg. 10, 11. 12.
e) After verbs of taking or receiving
of or from any thing, i. e. a part from a
whole ; e. g. Gen. 2, 22 the rib which
the Lord took 57.8% from the man. Ex
29, 22 thou shalt take of the ram the fat
Job 23, 6. So after verbs of a simila.
sense ; as verbs of eating, Tº bas Gen
25, 20. Job 31, 17; of satiating, ſº vity;
of choosing from a number Ex. 18, 25.
2 K. 10, 3. Vice versa also after verbs
of giving Gen. 25, 30. 30, 14; so too
after verbs of filling, as Tº sº?, ? Nº?;
of leaving Ex. 10, 5. Lev. 6, 9; of teach-
ing Is. 2, 3. Ps. 59, 13. In all these ex-
amples Tº denotes a part, portion, some;
which the Greek, French, and German
express also by the genitive, as Šo 9 issy
xod ſtively twós, premez du sang, nimm
des Blutes.
2. From the above partitive significa-
tion comes the notion of proceeding out
of any thing, i.e. out of, of from, Gr. §n,
Lat. ear, implying that a thing has been
in another and made as it were part of
it. So very freq. in the proper sense
after verbs signifying to go out e. g.
from a people, city, land, gate, and the
like, see in NY: ; to draw out sc. from
the water, a pit, Ps. 18, 17. 40, 3; to
draw water out of a well Is. 12, 3; to
deliver or save from the power of any
one; see the verbs bºsn, nº?, nauj;
e.g. sº Ps. 17, 13, nº 33, 19, shrºº
22, 21 ; also to help (save) from Deut.
33, 7. Ps. 43, 1; to drive out from a land
Ps. 10, 18; to cut off from a land Ez. 14,
17; to remove out of Deut. 26, 13. al.
Further, to take or receive from, see
npº ; to cry out from any place Jon. 2, 3,
Hab. 2, 11. al. Trop. to pass from one
state to another, e.g. to be turned from
sorrow to joy, Esth. 9, 22 comp. Is. 17, 1.
—Hence spoken :
a) Of the material out of which any
thing as it were proceeds, is formed or
made. Gen. 2, 10 and the Lord God
formed riºr nºn-bº rºst: Tº out of
49%
12 582 12
the ground every beast of the field. v. 23.
Cant. 3, 9 Solomon made a litter (pa-
lanquin) Tixºn "sº of the wood of
Lebanon. Ps. 16, 4, 45, 14. Hos. 13, 2.
b) Of source or origin, e.g. o.) Of
parents, Gen. 17, 16 kings shall be nº?
of her. 16, 2. 1 Sam. 2, 20 the Lord give
thee seed of this woman. Judg. 11, 34
she was his only daughter, Mºgº ib T’s
he had no other of himself of his own
body. Gen. 35, 11. Lev. 21, 17. Job 14,
4 Nºº nint. Tº ºx! who will show one
pure born of the impure 1 see in Trº
no. 1. i. Is, 58, 12 Tº those from thee,
thy children, descendants. (3) Of a
people or native place; 1 Sam. 9, 1
Tº uns a man of Benjamin. Judg.
13, 2 Flynx2 dºs a man of Zorah. 12,
8. 17, 7. 2 K. 21, 19. Am. 1, 1. Jer. 1, 1.
Neh. 7, 6. So of beasts and things;
Ps. 80. 14 -ºº ºr the boar of the for-
est. Jer. 5, 6. Ps, 80, 9 cºns?” E3 a vine
of Egypt. Comp. Ps. 72, 16. Trop. Neh.
6, 8 thou feignest them 7.3% out of thine
own heart.
c) Of the author or agent from or by
whom any thing proceeds or is done;
so Gr. &nd i. q. in 6 Hilot. 2, 54. Thuc.
3.36. E. g. Tº Pinºr to conceive by any
one Gen. 19, 36. Hos. 7, 4 an oven Hºra
HEsº heated by the baker. Ps. 9, 14
"sº º my sorrow from (caused by)
them that hate me, 31, 12, 62. 2. Judg.
14, 4. Job 6, 25. Prov. 16. 1. 1 Chr. 13, 2.
Hos. 8, 4. So with passive verbs, Ps.
37, 23. Ecc. 12, 11.—Oſten as marking
the author of a judgment or estimate ;
Job 4, 17 shall mortal man be accounted
just of God (Bºrſºs?), a man pure of
his maker 2 i.e. can he be just and pure
in the judgment or sight of God 7 Num.
32, 22 Hinº pºp; guiltless before Jeho-
vah. Zech. 11, 13. Contra, Ps. 18, 22 kb
"rºbsº "nº I have not dome wickedly
before my God, he being judge; but
others take it here as constr. praegn. I
have not wickedly departed from my
God. Jer. 51, 5. Deut. 32, 47.—To the
same idiom may be referred Gen. 3, 14
rºman-ºzº Hris -ºns, i. e. -b: ºn
Hºrii, cursed art thou of all beasts, their
curses follow thee; Sept. &ro ſtºvtov
rów Kujvan, i. e. &nd for irró, see above.
Gen. 4, 11. So on the other hand Tºn:
in Deut. 33, 24. Judg. 5, 24; though
both these passages may be referred te
no. 5 below.
d) As the efficient cause ; e. g. afte:
active verbs, Is. 6, 4 and the posts of the
door trembled at (7%) the voice. Job 4, 9.
14, 9. Ps. 6, 8, 73, 19. After passive
verbs, Is. 22, 3 nº ºnes they are cap-
tured by the archers. 28, 7. Ps. 78, 65.
Ez. 27, 34. After substantives, Hos. 7,
5 ºr nºr heat from (by) wine. Job 4,
13 thoughts from the visions of the might.
After an adject. Gen. 49, 12 see in ***n.
e) Of the instrument; comp. Soph.
Trach. 1133 Å; duijs Gováiv zsgög. Gen.
9, 11 neither shall all flesh be cut off any
more by the waters of a flood, bhagri ºn.
Job 7, 14. Ps. 28, 7. So praegn. Lev. 14,
1672*n-Tº... isºss-rs ºr batº, and
the priest shall dip and moisten his finger
with the oil.
f) Of the remote cause, the ground or
motive on account of, because of, for
which any thing is done. Joel 4, 19 [3,
19] riºn' ºn borº for the violence to
the children of Judah. Is. 53, 5 ºz.
for (on account of) our transgressions.
Prov. 20, 4. Deut. 7, 7. Josh. 22, 24.
Cant. 3, 8, Zech. 8, 10. So to rejoice
(notº) or grieve on account of, at any
thing, Ruth 1, 13. Ex. 2, 23. Mic. 7, 16.
Also where the reason is assigned why
something is not done, Lat. prae, Engl.
for ; Gen. 16, 10 = h^ -Egº sº it shall
not be numbered for multitude. Ex. 15,
23 they could not drink of the water for
bitterness. 6.9—Hence nu;sº because,
see in nºs C. 3.
g). Of a law, rule, precept, according
to which, in conformity with or by which,
any thing is done, comp. Lat. ea more,
ea lege, ea foedere; nin'. "Ex, by com-
mand of Jehovah 2 Chr. 36, 12. Jon. 3, 7.
Hence genr. according to, after, Lat.
secundum ; Ez. 7, 27 er's Huº's E:nº
according to their ways will I do wºnto
them. Job 39, 26. "To according to the
number, as often as ; see "ºl.
3. Very frequent, though not as is
usually supposed the primary idea, is
the notion of receding, departing, o'
motion from a place, e.g. from a place
hither, from a place away, out from, off
from, and the like, in any direction
whatever, whether upwards or down
wards; e.g. thºujº from heaven Is. 14
i. 583 72
.2. Ps. 14, 2. 33, 14; 7% tº to descend
from a mountain; and vice versa nº
p: to ascend from ; 7% tºpº 1 Sam. 2,8.
So also of the voice and the senses, as
exerting themselves or called into exer-
cise from any place or distance ; comp.
Judg. 5, 20 the stars fought from heaven.
Thus of the voice Is. 24, 14. 16. 42, 10;
of the hearing 2 Chr. 6, 21. 25. 30. 33.
7, 14 ; of the sight Cant. 2, 9 comp. 5, 4.
—As opposites we find : 0) Ty–72,
and Tº-72. Lev. 13, 12 tº its nº
*** from his head even to his foot. Is.
1, 6. 1 K. 6, 24, 7,9. The same formu-
la is often used so as to comprehend
every thing without distinction, from
beginning to end, from head to foot, etc.
Jon. 3, 5 Pºp Tº thiºn from the great-
est to the least, i. e. all. Esth. 3, 13. Ex.
11, 5. 12, 12. 1 Sam. 5, 9. So too for
whether—or, i. Q. both—and, Ex. 9, 25.
32. 3. Deut. 29, 10. 1 Sam. 30, 19. With
a negative particle, neither—nor, Gen.
14, 23 by:-Tintº Tº thrº Es neither
thread nor shoe-lachet, i. e. nothing at
all. 31, 24, 3) by —ſº from—to, see
>s A. 1. p. 51; Ps. 144, 13 I-9s 71%
from kind to kind, i.e. of every kind.
So h-12 id. Gen. 9, 10. y) H--Tº
id. Ez. 25, 13 H;771–72°nº from Te-
man—even unto Dedan. For Tºri. Tº
and risºn. Tº see in Fishr, no. 2–In
all these constructions 72% is more com-
mon, for which see below.—Specially
a) After verbs of going away from a
place, see Tºry; of coming Gen. 16,8; of
returning, see au; ; of sending, as nº;
Yſſetching, as riph Jer, 13, 7. Also after
verbs of departing, receding, so inho, nhã,
and others of kindred meaning, as Tº TES,
'º -: , ſº Tº, Tº stºry pr. to err from a
law I.ev. 4, 2. Further, of removing,
nºbº: , phrºn; of repulsing, ºur Ps. 44,
11; of driving out, wins; of withholding,
sº ; of restraining, Tºr ; of dehorting,
*rīſ. So too aſter verbs of desisting,
ºr ; of ceasing, leaving off. Esth, 9, 28,
end Tº Toy Gen. 29, 35; of resting, nº,
nºt; ; also of (orgetting, ſº natº Ps. 102,
5. Here too may be referred 1 K. 12
28 nibyº tº an enough to you (i. e.
desist) from going up. Joel 1, 12 joy is
withered away from the sons of men. Pi
101, 35. Prov. 25, 17. So nº nºr,
ree in bºr, no. 3. a.
b) From the notion of departing, le
ceding, comes the use of 7% aſter verbs
of fleeing, nº, bºx ; of hiding oneself
ºne, Bºy, Trº ; of fearing, sº, Trº;
of trembling (comp. in no. 2. d) Is. 6, 4,
Nah. 1,5; of being aware, guarding, nº
ºuj; ; of defending, protecting, Ps,
43, 1. 107, 41. All these verbs take 72
of the person from whom we flee, hide,
guard, defend, r of whom we are afraid,
beware, etc. Comp. zgürto, &tó, xuāūnto:
&tó, Matt. 11, 25. Luke 9, 45. 19, 42.
Lat. ‘custodire v. defendere ab,” “tutus a
periculo.”—Similar to these are: Tº Wujer,
free from a master Job 3, 19; Enix? tiºn
a refuge from the enemy Nah. 3, 11 ;
anriº by a shadow from the heal, which
protects from the heat, Is. 4, 6. 25, 4.
Job 21,9. So Esth. 5, 9 he stood not up
º, sº Sb] nor moved for him, i. e. for
fear or reverence of him. Job 31, 23.
c) After words of receiving, ſº mph,
Tº rip: ; of giving, Ecc. 12, 11; of
seeking, tº ; of asking, ºsu, ; here jº
marks the person from whom one re-
ceives, etc. So too after a verb signiſy-
ing to take vengeance of or from any
one, 7% EP; 1 Sam. 24, 13. al. Also Is.
57, 8, see in nº no. 3. fin.
d) After verbs of rising or raising up
from a place, Bºp, pºpf, Judg. 3, 20.
2 Sam. 12, 17. So also aſter verbs of
consoling, comforting ; Gen. 5, 29 this
one shall comfort us from (under) our
work and the toil of our hands.
e) Often jº is prefixed to particles of
place, (most of them being mouns,) and
signifies departure from the place de-
noted by the particle. Thus: 0) Before
adverbs, nins? from behind; twº from
there, thence; Tºsº whence? Firº, ripº,
hence; and so avagº, Hºbº ; nº.
6) Before prepositions, ºrsº from af
ter; 19.3% from amid, from within ;
*E*, *, Tºº, from before; rs?,
tºº, from with ; bºrn from above, rring
from beneath ; "3% from between, etc.
Comp. Fr. de chez, d’auprés.
f) Put without a preceding verb, it im-
plies distance or absence from any place
or thing, far from, antay from, comp. Gr.
àit "Igyeos far from Argos, qilms &n &
twiglö0s wing Il. 2. 162. So Prov. 20, 3
-** rau, to sit away from strife. Num
15, 24 nºr "h":2 away from the eyes
12 - 584 jº
of the congregation. Is. 14, 19. Hence
w) i. q, without ; Job 11, 15 for then shalt
thow lift up thy face Bºo without spot.
Gen. 27, 39. Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 48, 45. 6)
besides, praeter, 2 Sam. 13, 16. 1 Chr.
29, 3.—Contra
g) It implies also a connection, a de-
pendence of one thing from another, so
as to seem to proceed from or out of it.
Is. 40, 15 ºz ºn a drop from the bucket,
Sept. otoydy & to x600 v. Cant. 4, 1. See
in u}}}, and comp. & diggoto zoºijuevos
Od. 21. 420. Arab. Jº *}} prope
abesse ab aliqua re.—Perh. Ruth. 2, 20
sºn ºbsä2 he is neart from our Goel see
in bs: I. 3. p. 170. For Tºº Dan. 8,
9, see in its order.
h) Often Tº marks the place or region
in or at which a thing is; as DTP% from
the east, Eyº from the west, where in
Engl. we say on the east or eastward, on
the west or westward. The mind of the
oriental passes from the place specified
to himself; we from ourselves to the
place specified. So Gen. 2, 8 and the
Lord God planted a garden in Eden
tº eastward, i. e. in the eastern part
of Eden. 12, 8 tº ºr tº bs-nº
IBethel on the west and Ai on the east, i. e.
those coming from the west would pass
by Bethel, and those from the east by Ai.
So TiEgº on the north Judg. 7, 1. In
like manner the following: nº on the
inside, within; Yano on the outside, with-
out, as Gen. 6, 14; ºn from before, i. e.
in front; nnnn from beneath, i.e. below.
So Gr. Irgög vörov, Lat. a fronte, a tergo;
Fr. dessous, dessus, dedans, dehors, der-
-ière for d’arrière.—When followed by
a genitive or by h, the following forms
arise : Tsº at the side of any one ;
# Tºº? at or on the right of any one,
*Nº on the left ; ; 29% above, upon,
i, q. 92; # nnn, beneath, under, i. q.
rrin; H ying i, q, yan, etc. see in A.
4. d. p. 502. Thesaur. p. 805.
i) Any thing at which we look, may
also be said to look towards us, e. g.
a place at some distance; hence in Lat.
a regione, ea adverso, over against. So
also in Hebrew, Tºº e regione, over
against, Gen. 21, 16. Num. 2, 2; pinyº
a longinquo, afar off, 1 Sam. 26, 13.
Comp. $otnºśval uangóðey.
k) Sometimes forms of this sort, as
tº from the east for in the east, and
- pinyº from afar for afar off, are even
put after verbs of motion to mark the
terminus or place whither; so Is. 22, 3
ºriº pinyº they have fled afar off, ſar
away. 23, 7 her own feet shall carry her
pinyº afar off to sojourn. Gen. 13, 11
tº toº sº] and Lot journeyed east.
ward. Such phrases seem to be taken
as in the accus, of place whither, q. d.
pinyº-bs.
4. Of time, as marking: a) The ter
minus a quo, a time from which onward
as sºrin rer, ſº from that time fort)
Neh. 13,21; 18% from times of old; nº
from now, henceſorth ; Bºº from
childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18, 12; so
too "As Tºº from my mother's womb,
from my birth, Judg. 16, 17. Is. 46, 3.—
When prefixed to a word implying a
space or period of time, the reckoning is
always from the beginning and not from
the end, like the Gr. &q juégo.g., áith
vvztóg, Lat. de die, de nocte, Lev. 27, 17
bºr rºº Vulg. well, statim ab initio
incipientis jubilei, opp. bahn hris v. 18.
Is, 38, 12 nº. Tº Einº from morning
till night, i. e. the whole day. Tº
since thy days, i.e. since the beginning
of thy life, Job 38, 12. 1 Sam. 25, 28.
biº from time on, from the beginning
of time or of the world, Sept. &n &gyńs,
Is. 43, 13.
b) Of the time in or at which any
thing takes place, comp. Tº no. 3, h;
Ps. 94, 13. 1 Sam. 25,28. So nºngº on
the morrow Gen. 19, 34. Ex. 9, 6. this?
a long time ago, i.e. of old, Is. 42, 14.
Prov. 8, 23. BTP2, nºsº, Is. 46, 10.
c) Of the time which next follows an-
other, immediately after, comp. in no. 3.
g; so Gr. §§ &givtov, Lat. ab itinere, ea.
consulatu. Ps. 73, 20 yºpriz Eibnz ClS Q
dream after (when) one awakes. Prov
8, 23 yrs ºlpº immediately from
(aſter) the beginnings of the earth; bºrºz
after two days Hos. 6, 2; Yºº at the end
see Yp. Simply after, tºº after a
time, in process of time, Judg. 11, 4, 14
8; than tº Josh. 23, i. tº sº Is.
24, 22; pººr ºbujº after three months
Gen. 38, 24. Here too may be referred
"yixar. Tº beyond (after) the appointed
time 2 Sam. 20, 5.
Tº 585 72
5. From the idea of proceeding from
Dr out of (see no. 2), in which is included
the notion of taking or choosing out of
comes the use of 7% as a comparative, to
mark any thing as prominent or pre-emi-
ment in any way above other things from
or out of which it is taken. Comp. Lat.
egregius, eacimius ; Gr. & tºwtow ught-
ano, Il. 4, 96; also & two £ov Il. 18.431.
Hebr. 7% "nº Ps. 84, 11. The same
usage is found in the Syriac and Arabic.
—So Deut. 14, 2 a people nºr-52%
out of all nations, q. d. chosen out, supe-
rior to them. 1 Sam. 9, 2 Bºrj-bzº Fº
taller than any of the people, pr. in this
respect eminent out of, above, all the
people. 10, 23. Bºx Epy deceitful above
all things, i. e. the most deceitful of all,
Jer. 17,9; comp. 1 Sam. 18, 30. 2 K. 10, 3.
2 Chr. 9, 22. Ez. 31, 5. Ps. 45,8. al.—In
other examples a thing is said to be in
some way eminent, distinguished, above
another, to surpass it, e. g. Pºžº Riº
better than Balak, distinguished above
him for goodness, Judg. 11, 25; pinº
ºlº sweeter than honey 14, 18; 53r
bsº wiser than Daniel Ez.28, 3. Also
with a verb implying virtue or vice,
Judg. 2, 19 tri-sº nºrtún they did
worse than their fathers. Gen. 19, 9. 29,
30. 38, 26. Jer. 5, 3, al. So too the
phrases: 72 horſ to have less than an-
other Ps. 8, 6; Tº be: to fall more than
another, to yield, Job 12, 3; Tº T.23 to
sland more than another, not to yield,
Dan. 11, 8.—Not much different is the
view of those who refer this comparative
use of 7% back to the idea of receding ;
see Thes. p. 806.-The following uses
aay also be noted: a) The tertium com-
parationis is sometimes omitted, but
may be easily supplied: Is.10,10 Prºbº
tº their idols surpass those of Je-
rusalem. sc. in multitude and power. Mic.
7, 4. Ps. 62, 10. Job 11, 17. b) A thing
is said to be above or greater than any
che, when it surpasses his powers; as
Deut. 14, 24 Thºr #22 nanº the journey
is greater than thou, i. e. exceeds thy
powers, is too long for thee. Gen. 4, 13.
18, 14. Job 15, 11. 35, 5. Is. 49, 6. Num.
16, 9. Judg. 7, 2. See Lehrg. p. 590.
1) There is a close connection between
the comparative use of Tº and its nega-
tive power (no. 6. b); e. g. Hos. 6, 6
ribºz bºmbs nº may sh; ºr nºr;
I delight in goodness, and not sacrifice
in the knowledge of God MoRE THAN in
burnt-offerings.
6. Before an infinitive, 7% signifies
a) on this account that, because ; comp
no. 2. f. Deut. 7, 8 Bºris narlsº be
cause Jehovah loveth you. b) Most fre-
quently, so as not, so that mot, lest, with a
negative sense, from the signification of
receding (no. 3), after verbs which in
any way imply restraint, hindrance, etc.
e.g. verbs of restraining, Nº. Num. 32,
7; of guarding, of caution and care, Ps.
39, 2. Gen. 31, 29; of dehorting Is. 8, 11;
of rejecting 1 Sam. 8, 7; of shutting up
Is. 24, 10. Zech. 7, 12; (comp. Gen. 27.
1. Ps. 69, 24;) of dismissing Ex. 14, 5;
of forgetting Ps. 102, 5. Is. 49, 15. Thus
Num. 32, 7 wherefore turn ye the heart
of the children of Israel Yºr-bs hæº
from going over, etc. i.e. so that they go
not over. Gen. 27, 1 his eyes were dim
nsº, so that he could not see. Is. 49, 15
can a woman forget her sucking child
Fºº-ji, Prinº so as not to have com-
passion, etc. So Is. 54, 9 I have sworn
Tºy Fºx, not to be wroth with thee, i. e.
the oath restrains me from it.—In this
sense, a noun is often found instead of
the inf. and then jº is for the fuller
ninnº ; so 1 Sam. 15, 23 he hath rejected
thee Tºº from being king, i.e. so that
thou art no longer king. Jer. 48, 2 we will
destroy it hiº, so that it shall be no more
a nation. Is. 52, 14 B-s? nrºn dis-
gured so as to be no man, so as scarce.
ly to have the appearance of a man
Also Is. 17, 1. 23, 1. 25, 2. Jer. 2, 25. 1
K. 15, 13. Job 34, 30, c) Of time, e.g.
from which, since, see no. 4. a. Is. 44, 7
since I created the ancient people. Num.
24, 23. Job 20, 4. 1 Chr. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 31, 10.
Also after, when, see no. 4. c. Ps. 73, 20.
7. Once Tº is found as a Conjunction
before the future, i. q. Syr. 2 <e. Arab.
15.
& Jº, in the sense of lest, comp. no,
6. b. Deut. 33, 11 lººp"-12, Sept. u%
&vgorijgovtov, Vulg. non consurgant.
Comp. "...ehrg. p. 636.
Tºº, *, *, i. q, x (which is only
‘ound in certain forms, as rºszºr
nº?, Bºº), and corresponding en
12 - 586
Tºyº
wirely to the Lat, inde for de-in. It is put
for 7% in the signif no. 3. 0–6, marking
a terminus a quo, from ; so of place,
pinyºh from afar Job 26, 3, 39, 29;
also of time 2 Sam. 7, 19. 2 K. 19, 25.
1 Chr. 27, 23 nº rigº tº 22%
from twenty years old and under. 1 Chr.
17, 10. Mal. 3, 7–Most frequently ſol-
lowed by is or "y", from—to, even to,
Zech. 14, 10. Mic. 7, 12; of time, Judg.
19, 30. 2 Sam. 7, 6. Jer. 7, 7. Also i. q.
whether—or, 2Ghr. 15, 13 riºs Ts) tº Nºh
whether man or woman. Esth. 1, 20;
and so with a negative particle, neither
—mor, Ex. 11, 7, 2 Sam. 13, 22.—Here
however does not belong n^32% Num.
18, 7, nor ºrnº. 1 K. 7, 32, which are
for nº?, a nnnn, including the idea of
motion to a place; comp. Yºnn-bs.
FSº, i. q. Exº, pr. from with, from
near tº any person or thing, Syr. sº
2a- Arab. Cº-c Jº
from, of a terminus a quo, 1 K. 6,33;
espec. after verbs or nouns of departing
or sending from any place, Gen. 8, 8.
26 31; also of receiving Job 2, 10; of
buying Gen. 17, 27. 23, 20; of asking
from any one 1 Sam. 1, 17; of perform-
ance from (by) any one, Ex. 29, 28 this
shall be to Aaron a perpetual statute
'tº "º rsºn from the children of Israel,
i. e. to be performed by them. Josh. 11,
20 Hrºi, º, rs2 from Jehovah is this.
Ps. 22, 26 ºrérin ins? from thee is my
song, i. e. I owe to thee my deliverance,
the cause of my song. In Is. 54, 15
*nis? is for "nsºn v. 17; see in rs II.-
In Is. 44, 24 Keri, "ns? is i. q. Gr. &n
fuuutoi John 5, 30, of myself, by my
own authority, Arab. (sºc J-9, Syr.
-> <so, Heb. "??? Hos. 8,4. Comp.
on this idiom Gesen. Anecdota Orientt.
I. p. 66.
7%. Chald. Ezra 6, 14, c. suff, º,
#2, #32, Fºz, Tinº, i. q. Heb.
1. part of any thing, pr. constr. state
pf the noun 72. Its partitive power
s apparent in examples of this sort :
Dan. 2, 33 as to his feet by E * ſing?
For -º jinx, a part of them was iron
and a part of them clay. Comp. Syr.
cause-ºcuse 2 Tim. 2, 20. Barhebr.
p. 171, 200.
; hence genr.
after the passive, Ezra 4, 21.
2. from out of pr. proceeding out of
etc. Hence: a) Of the author, from
whom as a source any thing proceeds
b) Of the
moving cause, motive, on account of
because of Dan. 5, 19; "Tº because,
Dan. 3, 22, c) Of a rule or law ac-
cording to which anything is dome, Ezra
6, 14, 7, 23. Hence tºp 7% of a truth,
in truth, truly, Dan. 2, 47; Eºs: j% of
a certainty, i. e. certainly, Dan. 2, 8.
Comp. Gr. & as used in periphrasis for
adverbs, e.g. ēš Šuqºzºoijs i., q. Šuqºwös,
§§ to ov.
3. from, with the notion of receding,
departing, see Heb. Tº no. 3; hence to
require pur.,shment from any one, Ezra
7, 26; to be in fear of any one Dan.
5, 19. Of time, from a time onward,
Dan. 4, 23 [26]. Ezra 5, 12.—Oſten fol-
lowed by other prepositions, e.g. nº. 72
i. q. Heb. Exº, nsº, see nº. Bºp. Tº
i. q. Heb. "???, ????. jºš jºi. q.
Ts'º from then, from that time, see jºis.
—Here too belongs the privative on
negative signification, on which see in
Heb. 72 no. 6. b. Dan. 4, 13 Tº Fianº
Tºujº Nufts his heart shall be changed
from a man’s heart, i.e. so as to be no
longer the heart of a man.
4. Comparat. above, more than, Dan.
2, 30.
s:% Chald, see Hºn.
ris; parts, plur. of r:% q.v.
Tº ſ. (r. 7:2) i. q. Hy"; no. 3, a
song, espec. of derision, a satire, Lium
3, 63.
Tºº Chald. f. tribute, i. q. Chald,
nº q.v.
yº Chald. m. i. q. Heb. Sº, the
Dag, being resolved in the Chaldée
manner into 5. R. ST; , fut. Sºº.
1. lemowledge, Dan. 2, 21. 5, 12.
2. understanding, intellect, Dan. 4
31. 33.
:k Tºº fut, nºr, pr. to divide out, tº
"measure out ; kindred are 72% and rºº
Comp. by transpos. Gr. ºutd.—In Kal
1. to allot, to appoint, c. Is. 65, 12.
2. to number out, to count, e. g. money
2 K. 12, 11; the stars Ps. 147, 4 ; the
dust Gen. 13, 16. Num, 23, 10; 0 people
Hº
hy:
587
y a census 2 Sam. 24, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 1.
17, 27, 24 (c. 5). 1 K. 20, 25 and number
ſhee an army, etc. Part. Hºin the num-
Serer, counter, i. e. inspector of flocks,
Jer. 33, 13.—Chald, and Syr. ise id.
NipH. pass. of Kal no. 2, to be num-
bered, Gen. 13, 16. 2 Chr. 5, 6. Ecc. 1,
15; to be numbered with, c. ns Is. 53, 12.
PIEL Fºº, fut. apoc. Tººl, imp. apoc.
jº. Only in the later Heb.
1. to allot, to appoint, i. e. to divide
out to any one, Dan. 1, 10; with h of
person, Dan. 1, 5. Job 7, 3.
2. to appoint, i. e. to constitute, to pre-
pare, spoken of God, Jon. 2, 1. 4, 6, 8.
Followed by a finite verb &ovvöštajg, Ps.
61, 8 Tº Tº appoint (cause that)
they may preserve him. With by, to
appoint over, to set over, Dan. 1, 11.
PUAL pass. to be appointed, to be set
over, 1 Chr. 9, 29.
Deriv. 3%, nº?, pr. n. Fºr, and the
four following.
Tº and Sºº Chald. to number ;
Dan. 5, 26 God hath numbered thy king-
dom, i. e. the years of thy reign. Part.
pass. sº. v. 25, 26.
PA. "??, to constitute, to appoint to an
office, Dan. 2, 24. Ezra 7, 25; c. by over
Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Imper. "?? Fzra 7,25.
Deriv. 1:2.
Tº m. (r. Hº) plur. tºº, pr. part,
portion, number ; spee. maneh, mina,
5
Gr, uvâ, (syr, Paso, Arab. J3) a
weight of a hundred shekels, as we may
gather from 1 K. 10, 17. 2 Chr. 9, 16.—
Another and somewhat obscure specifi-
cation is given Ez. 45. 12: twenty shekels,
twenty-five shekels, fifteen shekels, shall
be your mina ; spoken either of a triple
mina of 20, 25, and 15 shekels; or of a
single mina of sixty shekels, distributed
into three parts, 15+20+25. The lat-
ter is best.
ºf (r. Hyº) constr. ryº, plur. nix,
suff Kamets impure r"nº Esth. 2,9.
1. a part, portion, Ex. 29, 26. Lev. 7,
$3; mostly of food, 1 Sam. 1, 4.5. 9, 23.
*i; nº to send portions from a feast,
Neh. 8, 10. 12. Esth. 9, 19 22.
** a lot, i. q. pºr, Jer. 13, 25. Arao.
! vo ſate,
Tº only in plur. tº parts, i, a
times, Gen. 31, 7.41. R. riº.
Wº% m. the driving of a chariot, 2 K
9, 20. R. Arlº.
Tº f (r. ºn, to flow,) a fissure
cleft, in mountains or rocks, hollowed
out by the water; such were used by
the Israelites in times of distress as
dens, recesses, retreats, once Judg. 6, 2.
3 ~ e
See Thesaur. p. 858.—Arab. /-4” and
Ç
R5
... - 9
85-6-5-2 fossa aquae ; see Schult. ad Job
p. 49.
"2% m. (r. 13) a nodding, shaking.
Ps. 44, 15 JNº Tix, a shaking of the
head, i.e. concr. one at whom men shake
the head, an object of derision.
Tº m. (r. riº) plur. c. suff. *Fºnº
Ps. 116, 7.
1. a resting, a settling down in a fixed
place; e.g. of the ark 1 Chr. 6, 16 [31].
See the root Kal and Hiph. no. 1.
2. rest, quiet; nie? Nº? to find rest
Gen. 8, 9. Is. 34, 14. Lam. 1, 3; comp.
Deut. 28, 65. h "o ºp: to seek rest for
a female, sc. in matrimony, Ruth 3, 1 ;
comp. Liv. 3, 45.
3. Manoah, pr. m. of the father of
Samson, Judg. 13, 2 sq.
Tº f also nº Gen. 49, 15 (r.
nº) c. suff, ºnrº, irrº Is. 11, 10;
plur. ritº Is. 32, 18.
1. a resting, a settling down for rest
(comp. nn; no. 1); hence, ‘place where
any thing settles down;’ Zech. 9, 1 the
oracle of Jehovah is against the land of
Hadrach, and Damascus is the resting
thereof, i. e. Damascus is the place where
it settles down, on which it rests; comp.
Num. 11, 25. 26. Is. 11, 2.
2. rest, quiet ; ºn wins a man of quiet,
i. e. pacific, 1 Chr. 22, 9; niriºn ºn wa-
ters of quietness, i.e. still, placid, Ps. 23,
2. Adv. quietly, without noise or tumult,
Judg. 20, 43.—Also i. Q. comfort, conso-
lation, 2 Sam. 14, 17. Hence ºn 83% to
find comfort Jer. 45, 3; but also of a fe-
ma.e to find rest sc. in matri'uony, Rutn
1, 9 comp. 3, 1.
3. place of rest, resting-place, Num,
10 33. Mic. 2, 10. Plur. Is. 32, 18. Spec,
of the temple, as the abode of Jehovah
º
*2%
588
Ps. 132, 8, 14. 72 nº 1 Chr. 28, 2. Is.
66, 1; comp. Is. 11, 10. Also of the
Holy Land, in which the people of God
found rest, Deut. 12, 9. 1 K. 8, 56. Ps.
95, 11 "rrºn my rest, i.e. conceded by
me (God) to them. Is. 28, 12. Gen. 49,
15.-Jer. 51, 59 nrºn hiº, an officer of
Nebuchadnezzar's court; according to
Kimchi, chamberlain, who attended the
king when he retired to rest; better
perh. chief of the quarters for the king and
his army, q. d. quartermaster-general.
Comp. Num. 10, 33. Syr. iśrº 25
chief of the camp.
Tº m. (r. 715) a child, offspring.
Once, Prov. 29, 21 when any one bring-
eth up his servant delicately from child-
hood, ſix, Flºriº inºrs, he will after-
wards be as a child. So the Heb. intpp.
and many early commentators. Others,
abstr. condition of a child.
tº m. (r. bºx) c. suff, ºn 2 Sam.
22, 3; see Lehrg. p. 161. e
1. flight, Jer. 46, 5.
2. refuge, i. e. place of flight or re-
treat, Ps. 142, 5. Job 11, 20. al. Of God
as the refuge of man, 2 Sam. 22, 3. Jer.
16, 19.
Tº fem. of the preceding, flight
Lev. 26, 36. Is. 52, 12.
mix; m. (r. **) a yoke, jugum, pr: a
ploughman's yoke; hence trop. mix:
bºx's jugum teactorium, a weaver's beam,
1 Sam. 17, 7. 2 Sam. 21, 19. Syr.
ſi-j id. Arab. As jugum aratorium,
$2.
Brº jugum textorium. But in this
latter signif Syr. and Arab. have more
commonly ſai, J;3, Jºe, with r
soſtened.
Tixº, and Tººn f (r. *) a candle-
&tick, candelabra ; spoken of the great
chandelier in the tabernacle, Ex. 25,
31 sq. 30, 27. 37, 17. 40, 4, 24. al.
Plur. of the candelabras in the temple,
1 K. 7, 49. 1 Chr. 28, 15. Jer. 52, 19.
3_ sº sº
Arab. šu.” id.
tºnſºn m. plur. (r. 1, Dag. euphon.)
ovinces, i q. Bºnº, Nah. 3, 17.
2K T2% obsol, root, Arab. 23.2 I, II, to
give, to bestow, pr. to divide out, to dis
tribute, kindr, with nº?, 73%. Hence
Tº f. constr. rrºº, c. suff, ºr rºº
plur. c. suff, Trinº Gen. 32, 14.
1. a gift, present, Gen. 32, 24. 19. 21
43, 11.15. 25.26. al. Espec. of presents
offered to nobles and kings, Judg. 3, 15.
1 Sam. 10, 23. 2 Chr. 17, 5. 11. Ps. 45,
13. Is, 39, 1. 1 K. 10, 25.
2. tribute, which was extracted from
a subject nation under the milder name
of a present, see Diod. Sic. 1. 58. So 2
Sam. 8, 2.6. 1 K. 5, 1 [4, 21]. 2 K. 17,
4. Ps. 72, 10.
3. an offering to God, a sacrifice, Is.
1, 13. 1 Chr. 16, 29. Spoken espec. of a
bloodless offering, meat-offering, opp. to
na; a bloody sacrifice; it consisted of
flour, meal, or cakes, with oil and fran-
kincense, and was burned upon the altar
either by itself or in connection with the
bloody sacrifice ; so Lev. 2, 1.4. 5. 6. 6,
7 [14] sq. 7, 9, al. Hence Pirºº ris.
Ps. 40, 7. Jer. 17, 26. Dan. 9, 27; Hrºz
Tº Joel 1, 9, 13. 2, 14. As offered to
idols, Is. 57, 6. 66, 3.
Tº Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 3, Dan 2,
46. Ezra 7, 17.
Trº see Hrºn.
bº (consoler, r. priº) Menahein pr.
n. of a king of Israel, r. 772–761 B. C.
2 K. 15, 17–22. Sept. Movemu, Vulg.
Manahem.
nº (rest, r. riº) Manahath, pl. n.
a) Of a man Gen. 36,23. b) Of a place
otherwise unknown 1 Chr. 8, 6.
*3% m. (r. nº, see Is. 65, 12.) fate,
2 ...” § a * º
fortune, destiny, Arab. Ukº, Kºo; with
the art, ºr, Meni, as the name of an
idol which the Jews in Babylonia wor-
shipped along with Gad (see "A), by
lectisternia, Is. 65, 11. Probably the
planet Venus is intended, which, as the
source of good fortune ( SM Cºx.
bona fortuna minor), was regarded by
the ancient Semitic nations as coupleu
with Gad or the planet Jupiter. I
seems to be the same as the goddess
§ULc of the heathen Arabs, mentione,
*2%
º
589
tº the Koran, Snr 53. 19, 20.
hese points, Cornm. on Is. l. c.
1. "3% Jer. 51, 27, Minni, pr. n. of an
Armenian province, coupled with roºms.
According to Bochart, Phaleg lib. I. c.
3. p. 19, 20, it is 1. q. Muvé, a region
of Armenia, Nicol. Damasc. ap. Jos. Ant.
l. 3. 6; perh, the region of the Mana-
vasaei near the centre of Armenia, see
St. Martin Mém. Sur l'Arménie I. p.
219.-For Ps. 45, 9, see in Tº no. 2.
II. "?? poet. for 12 with Yod para-
gogic, Judg. 5, 14. Is. 46, 31; see Tº init.
For the form "º Is. 30, 11, see Tº no. 1.
nº?, see nº.
tºº, see 12.
Tºº, see Tºyº.
7.2% Chald, In, number, Ezra 6, 17.
Syr. Liaº. R. Hº.
nº (r. 7:2) Minnith, pr. m. of a
place in the territory of the Ammonites,
Judg. 11, 33. Hence wheat was brought
to the Tyrian market, Ez. 27, 17.
Tº m. (r. Hº) c. suff, tºº, once in
Job 15, 29 tº Yºsh nº sº their pos-
sessions spread not abroad ºn the land,
i. e. their flocks. Thus usually ; but
the root nº is very doubtful, see in
art. nº.—The reading tºº is also
doubtful, and we ought perhaps (with
one Ms.) to restore 5:22 from nº i, q.
sh;2, their fold, poet, for their flocks.
*1: obsol. root, Arab. 33. to di-
vide out, to allot, kindr, with nº? and
rigº –Hence 12, 7, constr. 12, plur.
tºº, and pr. n. *%, nº.
See on
>k y2% ſut. Sº, to keep back, to with-
hold, to restrain. Arab. A.Lo id. Chald.
id. The primary syllable is sº, which
has a negative power, see r. Nº.—Con-
strued: a) With acc. of thing and Tº
of pers. to withhold from any one ; Gen.
30, 2 tº: *** Tº sº hugs who hath
withheld from thee the frºit of the womb.
Job 22, 7 thou hast withholden (sºn)
bread from the hungry. 2 Sam. 13, 13.
1 K. 20, 7. Prov. 3, 27. Neh. 9, 20. Am.
1, 7. al. Rarely with h of pers. Ps, 84,
12; absol. Ps. 21, 3, b) With acc. and
to of thing, to restrain or withhold from
any thing. Jer. 31, 16 ºz. Thip ºn
refrain thy voice from weeping. A8, 10
bºº ia in 32% who keepeth back his sword
from blood. Prov. 1, 15. So with 12
beſore an infin. 1 Sam. 25, 26.34 hugs
Tris Sºrſº ºn; also concisely, Jer. 2,
25 Friº ºn ºz withhold thy foot
from being unshod, see in Tº no. 6. b.—
But to withhold a person from a thing
is the same as to withhold any thing
from him, as in lett. a. So Num. 24, 11
Tiny” ". Tº the Lord hath kept thee
back from honour, i.e. hath withheld
honour from thee. Job 31, 16. Ecc. 2, 10.
—Absol. Ez. 31, 15 riºrinº sºns I re-
strained the floods thereof. Prov. 11, 26.
Job 20, 13.
NIPH. to be withheld, restrained ; e.g.
the rain Jer. 3, 3; with 7% of pers. Job
38, 15; Tº c. infin. Num. 22, 16.
Deriv. pr. n. Sº, sººn.
ºn m. (r. 993) a bolt, bar, Cant. 5
5. Neh. 3, 3.. 6.
33% m. id. Deut. 33, 25.
D"º m. plur. dainties, delicacies,
Ps. 141, 4. R. Ex}.
tº m. plur. (r. 915) Vulg. sistra,
2 Sam. 6, 5; a musical instrument or
rattle, which gave a tinkling sound on
being shaken; so Gr. orsiotgo., from a slo.
The sistrum was used in Egypt in the
worship of Isis; see the description and
figures of it in Wilkinson's Mann. and
Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians II. p. 323 sq.
FP2% f (r. Hp: q.v.) only in plur.
riº sacrificial dishes, bowls for liba-
tion, Ex. 25, 29. 37, 16. Num. 4, 7–Syr
in-axis, id.
FP3% for rp}^2, see py: Hiph.
Tº see Hyº.
Tú?? (who makes forget, r. Hú: 1.
see Gen. 41, 51,) pr. n. Manasseh, Gl,
Movo.goºg. a) The son of Joseph,
adopted by Jacob, Gen. 48, 1 sq. For
the territories of the tribe of Manasseh
which were partly beyond and partly
on this side the Jordan, see Num. 32
39 sq. 34, 14. 15. Josh. 13,29–32. 17, 7 sq
Patronym. "Szº Manassite, Deut. 4, 43.
b) A king of Judah, r. 699–644 B.C.
son of Hezekiah, and notorious for his
50
nº
Fic):
590
dolatry, superstition, and cruelty to-
wards those who worshipped God, 2 K.
21, 1–18. 2 Chr. 33, 1–20. c) Judg. 18,
30 Cheth. d) Ezra 10, 30, e) v. 33.
Fºº ſ (for rsy, rsyn, r. ny?) constr.
nº ; plur. nisºn Neh. 12, 44, and niºn
12, 47. 13, 10, (Kamets impure,) a part,
portion, 2 Chr. 31, 4, comp. v. 3. Ps. 63,
11 E-bºº nº the portion (prey) of fores.
Ps. 11, 6 a scorching wind is Epix nº
the portion of their cup, i. e. is poured
out to them. 16, 5. So of portions of
food, Neh. - c. Syr. fic id—For the
form see I.2hrg. p. 509,606.
tº m. 3 Ye pining, consumed, sc. un-
der calamities, one afflicted, Job 6, 14.
R. boº, see Niph. lett. b.
O)3 m. plur. Bºx, tribute; common-
ly derived from r. boº to pine away,
because tribute is “a consuming of
strength,’ comfectio virium, which is
hardly tolerable. Better to regard oz
as contr. from b2% tribute, taw, from r.
box to number, like fem. Hºº number,
for nº?. Instances of the letters ks or
§ at the end of words being softened by
dropping the k, exist in multitude in
Greek and Latin, as Ajaa, Aias; pistria,
pistris, tio 1919 × Ögvig, Dor. Ögviş 5 mix-
tus, mistus; sestertius for sextertius;
also of a and ss between two vowels,
like Heb. micsa, missa; Ulixes, Ulysses;
uwkºvoo, malaxo ; further, marimus and
Ital. massimo ; Alearander and Alessam-
dro.—Spoken, mostly of tribute to be
rendered in service, tribute-service, fully
Taş on “tribute of one serving’ 1 K, 9,
21; and concr. of a levy of men as labour-
ers; 1 K. 5, 27 [13] and king Solomon
let come up a levy (bº) out of all Israel,
and the levy (oxºn) was thirty thousand
men ; comp. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 8. Fre-
quent in the phrases: oº riºr Deut.
20, 11. Judg. 1, 30.33. 35. Is. 31, 8, also
ths och riºr Gen. 49, 15. Josh. 16, 10,
to become subject to tribute-service. So
tº in; Josh. 17, 13 ozº tº Judg. 1,
28 and by bº the Esth. 10, 1, to impose
'ribwº-service upon any one. Also hugs
pºn by “the prefect over the tribute-
service,” tribute-master, 2 Sam. 20, 24.
1 K. 4, 6, 12, 18; plur. Even ºntº ser-
pice-masters task-masters, Ex, 1, 11,
at? m. (r. 5-8) c. suff, intº; plu
niatº, constr "zºn.
1. Subst. consessus, triclinium, diran
of the orientals, i. e. a company of per-
sons seated round about a room, Cant
1, 12. Comp. r. Eaq 1 Sam 16, 11.
2. Adv. round about, 1 K. 6, 29. Plu,
rizon id. Job 37, 12.
3. Plur. constr. as Prep. round about
2 K. 23, 5 tº "apº round about Je
rusalem.
Tຠm. (r. 52(3) pr. part. Hiph
‘shutting up ;’ hence
1. Of a person who shuts up, closes
etc. a locksmith, smith, artisan, 2 K. 24
14, 16. Jer. 24, 1. 29, 2.
2. That which shuts up, a prison.
Ps. 142,8. Is. 24, 22. 42, 7.
nº f (r. -º) c. suff, innsbº
plur. ninson.
1, close places, i. e. Strong-holds, poet,
of fortified cities, Ps. 18, 46. Mic. 7, 17.
2. a border, margin, so called as sur-
rounding and enclosing any thing Ex
25, 25 sq. 37, 14.
3. 1 K. 7, 28. 29. 31. 32. 35. 36. 2 K.
16, 17, ornaments on the brazen stands
or pedestals of the lavers, which appear
from v. 28. 29.31, to have been square
shields decorated with sculpture upon
the four sides of the stand.
Tº m. a foundation, sc. of a build-
ing, 1 K. 7, 9. R. Toº, in the manner
of verbs 15. -
Tintº m. (r. hºtº) a porch, portico,
so called from the rows of columns
which inclose it; comp. "Tº , Hºnº,
row. Once Judg. 3, 23, where it is the
open gallery or balcony, from which
there was access to the nº or private
apartment.
- - >k rtº i. q. oor, and b8?, to melt,
to flow down. Chald, sºn, Syr. las.
dissolutus est, computruit; Eth. Jºſiº)
to melt.
HipH. fut. apoc. borº Ps. 39, 12, to
cause to flow, to dissolve, to melt; Ps. 6, 7
rººs tº "rººi, with my tears Imake
my couch to flow. So of ice Ps. 147, 18
—Trop. to cause the heart to melt sc
with fear, plur. *tºr by Chald, ſo
hoºn Jonh. 14, 8,
Toyº &D
*
-Yº,
9]
Tº f. , r Hº) constr, nº?, plur.
nº.
1. temptation, trial, e. g. a) Of men
‘rom God, viz. the mighty works of God
intended to excite and prove the faith
of his people, Deut. 4, 34. 7, 19. 29, 2.
So too when these consist of calamities
sent upon them ; hence calamity, evil.
Job 9, 23; so telgoguós in N. T. b) On
the other hand, temptation of Jehovah
ls i, q. complaint, murmuring against
him, Ps. 95, 8.-Hence
2. Massah, pr. n. of a place in the
desert, Ex. 17, 7. Deut. 6, 16. 9, 22.
33, 8.
Tº f. (contr. for rigº2, as on for
b32, r. bº) pr. number; hence constr.
nº as Prep. pr. ‘according to the num-
ber,’ i. e. according as, pro ratione ;
once Deut. 16, 10 T. na"; nº accord-
ing as thy hand is able to give ; Sept.
x0,909 m weig gov iozüst.—Syr. Miss.
Chald, neº for Heb. *t, *T2. See in
b%.
T]ºº m. (r. Hyp) a covering, veil, ſor
the face, Ex. 34, 33. 34.45. So all the
versions, and so the context seems to
demand; and Jarchi remarks that nºo?
is used also in the Gemara of a veil.
Tºo?. f. for nation, a hedge, thorn-
hedge, Mic. 7, 4. R. Tºto.
Tº m. (r. ricº) a keeping off, remov-
ing, sc. of people, a crowd, 2 K. 11, 6.
nº m. (r. ºrg) trade, traffic, 1 K.
10, 15.
*Tºº to mir, to mingle, i. q. 31%.
This root is widely spread both in the
Semitic and Indo-European languages,
and also in the Slavic. See Arab.
e”. e”. gy”. U.L. mid. Ye
9 . ~ 0 - : • * 0 .
miscuit, U.Lº &w-º-wºo, Engl.
v
mishmash; Aram. —Jºo, 313, Tº San-
scr. malesh, mig, migr, Pers. J9. :*A !, -
.* **!, Gr. ºuio ya), Lat, misceo, Po-
lish mieszam, Bohem. smisseti, Germ.
mischen, Engl. to mia!.-Ps. 102, 10. Is.
19, 14 tº ran Hººpa Toº Hinº Je-
hovah hath miacea in the midst of her
(Egypt) a spirit of perverseness i. e. Je-
aovah hath implanted in the Egyptians
a perverse disposition.—Spec. to mit
wine, i. e. to prepare it with spices, Prov
9, 2.5. Is. 5, 22. So the Mishna, Maasei
Sheni 2, 1; see fully in Thesaur. p. 808.
Deriv. Toº?, and
sº m. miaced wine, i.e. spiced, Ps,
75,9. Comp. in 3:2.
#ſº m. (r. 128, Kamets impure)
constr. To?, a covering, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
Ps. 105, 39. Spec. of the ve; or curtain
before the entrance of the tabernacle,
Ex. 26, 36 sq. 39, 38. 40, 5, and of the
court 35, 17. 39, 40; more fully nanº
ºn 35, 12. 39, 34, 40, 21–Trop. Is.
22,8 nºn: Toº rs ºn and he uncovers
the covering (veil) of Judah, i. e. exposes
Judah to reproach ; the figure being
taken from a virgin whose veil wanton
and violent men have torn away. The
Arabs make use of the same figure,
Schult. de Defect. § 258. See Thesaur.
p. 953.
Tº f (r. 128) a covering, that
with which one is covered, Ez. 28, 13.
I. Tº f (r. To: I) constr. n=92,
plur. c. suff. Dryeº ; a pouring out,
effusion.—Hence
1. fusion of metals; e. g. Hºº Pº, a
molten calf Ex. 32, 4, 8. Tºº "ribs
molten gods Ex. 34, 17. Lev. 19, 4,
Spec. a molten image, Deut. 9, 12. Judg.
17, 3. 4. al. saep.
2. a truce, league, otovëi, made with
libations, Is. 30, 1.
II. Tº f. (r. 10; II) a covering,
Is. 25, 7, 28, 20.
7.25% m. (r. 758 no. 4) poor, needy,
wretched, Ecc. 4, 13. 9, 15. 16. Chald.
9 © .
e
e e sº
id. Syriac ū-aase, Arab. Jº,
&º. Eth. Qin'ſ).3. Hence the
new verbs ºft'ſ]? to be poor, 252,
saas, ſo make poor. Several modern
languages have adopted this word, prob
through the Arabic, as Ital, mesching
meschinello, Portug. mesquinho, abstr
mesquimhez, Fr. mesquin, abstr. mesqut
merie. Hence
nº f poverty, misery, Deut. 8, 9
See the preced, art,
50%
Eoº
592
Fºº f. plur. stores, magazines, by
ansp. for a form nib:3% from r. bºx.
} x. 1, 11. 1 K. 9, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 4, 16, 4.
1 / 12. 32, 28.
Fiºn f (r. Te; II) thread, the warp,
in weaving, Judg. 16, 13. 14.
nººn f (r. bºº) constr. nºon, plur.
#62. º
1. a raised way, causeway, highway,
for public use, Judg. 20, 31. 32. 1 Sam.
6, 12. Is. 40, 3. 49, 11. Jer. 31, 21. al.
Ps, 84, 6 Pººh: ništº in whose hearts
are tº ways sc. to the sanctuary, comp.
v. 7.8, Poet. of the paths of locusts Joel
2, 8; G: the courses of the stars Judg. 5,
20. —Trop. way of life Prov. 16, 17.
2. a staircase, stairs, i. q. Ełº, 2 Chr.
9, 11 ; Sept. &vg|300 ug. See Biblioth.
Sac. 1846, p. 612.
bºº m. (r. 888) a raised way, high-
way, Is. 35, 8
Tº m. (r. 529) only in plur.
Bºnº Is. 41, 7, nin?02 Jer, 10, 4, also
Bºntº 1 Chr. 22, 3, ninzº, 2 Chr. 3,
3, … o -
9, nails ; comp. Arab. jº nail,—
Once written with tº, i.e. ninnº trop.
Ecc. 12, 11 the words of the wise are ...
nails fastened, i. e. they sink deep into
the heart.
:k cº to melt, to flow down ; in Kal
once trop. of a person wasting away by
disease, Is. 10, 18.—Chald, oc?. Kin-
dred are nº?, osº, also &L to dis-
solve, to macerate; comp. too r. Nio,
XY).
Niph. oº, in pause oº and b%; ;
fut, b%" ; inf. oºr. 2 Sam. 17, 10; part.
b%; Nah. 2, 11; to melt, e. g. as manna
Ex. 16, 21; wax Ps. 68, 3; hyperb. of
mountains flowing with blood Is. 34, 3.
Judg. 15, 14 the bands melted from his
hands, were loosened and fell from his
hands. Of diseased or mangy cattle
and flocks 1 Sam. 15, 9–More freq.
zrºp. to melt, to faint. a) For fear,
2 Sam. 17, 10. Mic. 1,4. Ps. 97, 5; often
of the heart, Deut. 20, 8. Josh. 2, 11. 5,
... al. The primitive force of this con-
structic n is preserved in Josh. 7, 5: the
Weart of the people melted tº “nº and
became as water b) For grief, sor-
row, Ps. 22, 15. 112, 110. Comp. Ovia
ex Ponto 1. 2.57: “sic mea perpetuis
liquescunt pectora curis, Ignibus admo-
tis ut nova cera solet.” -
HipH. causat of Niph. lett. a, to make
faint-hearted, to discourage, Deut 1,28
Deriv. oº, bºr.
Xº3 m. (r. sp.) 1. a stone-qua-rr,
see the root Hiph. no. 3. 1 K. 6, 7 is
sº nºt stones whole (not hewn) from
the quarry; comp. Heb. Gr. § 112. 1. n
Sept. Alºots &xgotóuois & 9 y oig.
2. a dart, arrow, Job 41, 18. Arab
㺠id. from 85° attraxit s, tendit an
cum, Kor. 79. 1; the letters b and 7 be
ing interchanged. See Thesaur. p. 892
99% m. (r. 9p; no. 2) plur. consti
*:32, c. suff. Tºº?, a breaking up, de
parture, journeying, pr. of a nomadic
or other encampment, and also of single
persons, as of Moses Deut. 10, 11 seah
tºr, º for departing before the peo-
ple. Num. 10,2 nºr ºn-rs sº for the
breaking up, departure, of the camps—
Plur. of the breaking up of different
tribes or bands successively (Num. 10,
4 sq. 14 sq.) Ex. 40, 36. Num. 10, 6, 12.
28–Hence ‘place of breaking up,” sta-
tion, Ex. 17, 1. Gen. 13, 3. Num. 33, 1.2.
Tº m. (r. Tse) a support, balus.
trade, 1 K. 10, 12; comp. 2 Chr. 9, 11.
Tº m. (r. Tee) constr. tºº, c
suff, "Tºº Ps. 30, 12, wailing, lamenta
tion, Gen. 50, 10. Am. 5, 16. 17. al. Sep'
xon stóg.
Nippº m. (r. NEg) fodder for cattle
Gen. 24, 25. 32, 42, 27. 43, 24. Judg
19, 19.
Fºº f. i. q, nºt q. v. scurf, scab
an eruption not dangerous, Lev 13, 3
7. 8. R. net.
minº f. plur. (r. rep) cushions,
quilts, mattrasses, so called from being
spread, Ez. 13, 18. 21. Symm. inovyš.
vuo, Vulg. cervicalia.
nº m. (r. Yeº) constr. Yet?, c
suff, Rºbº ; plur. constr. *Bºx.
1. a telling, narration, Judg. 7 15
comp, the root in Pi.
2. numher, Num. 1, 2, 9, 20, al. saep
EO'º
j%)
593
Freq. in acc. adverbially for: according
to the number, Ex. 16, 16 E3"nº negº
according to the number of your persons.
Job 1, 5, Elsewhere, like Gr. &gt;9 uð,
&gt;946v, used pleonast, with numerals,
as 2 Sam. 21, 20 negº vans, Bºuy
wenty-four in number—Hence netº jºs
Gen. 41,49. Cant. 6, 8, nºbº Ts; 1 Chr.
22, 4, and nºbº Tºs-Tº Job 5, 9, 9, 10,
without number, innumerable. Contra,
tºº "nº, nº ºfts, men of number,
i. e. Jew, easily numbered, Gen. 34, 30.
Deut. 4, 27. Ps. 105, 12. Jer. 44, 28. 1 Chr.
16, 19; and by apposit, hºtº Evº days
which are a number, which may be
numbered, few, Num. 9, 20. In Deut. 33,
6 hºtº Tºryn "ri", a negative particle
is implied from the preceding clause, so
as to translate: and let not his men be a
number, i.e. let them be many, innumer-
able. Comp. Arab. ele,Qa. rugſ
dies numerati, i. e. few, Kor. 2. 180.
3. Mispar, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2; for
which nº Neh. 7, 7.
nº Mispereth, pr. n. m. see in
nºbº no. 3. R. E.g.
•-p? a doubtful root, found only
twice, Num. 31, 5, 16; prob. i. q. ht; (or
perh. "Tº q.v.) to separate, to separate
oneself. Hence in Kal, Num. 31, 16
nin-a bºx-ºgºh to fall away treache-
rously from Jehovah, i. q. By2 bººk
which occurs in the parallel passages
Num. 5, 6. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 4, 13; un-
less perhaps the same reading is to be
restored in Num. l. c.—Others: to ven-
ture defection from Jehovah, comp. Syr.
rºse ausus est, opus aggressus est—In
a different connection is
Niph. Num. 31, 5 'º', "Ehs? intº
nºch Fºs and there were separated (set
apart) out of the thousands of Israel, a
thousand for every tribe, as Saadias well
renders. More freely Onk. and Syr.
vlecti sunt. Sept. §§nglöumorov, perh.
from a reading inº, or according to
the Samaritan usage, in which ºnbo is
i. q. Heb. "pº.
NotE. In Talm. hon is tradidit, pro-
didit ; Svt. Ethp. accusatus est : nei-
her of which is applicable to the pas-
wages in the O. T.
nº? i. q. "952, admonition, instrt,
tion, Job 33, 16. R. Hoy.
ninº, Job 39, 5, see ºpio.
nºb% f contr. for nybsº (r. Hes) a
band, bond, Ez. 20, 37.
ninº m. (r. ºng) a hiding-place,
refuge, Is. 4, 6.
Tº m. (r. ºne) plur.c. suff. Tººntº,
a hiding-place, lurking-place, Ps. 10, 9.
Hab.3, 14; elsewhere only plur. Bºrºz,
Jer, 13, 17. 49, 10. ” *3232 hidden
treasures Is. 45, 3. Spec. a place for
lying in wait, Ps. 10,8. 64, 5. Hab. 3,
14; of the dens of wild beasts Ps. 10, 9
17, 12. Lam. 3, 10.
Tº see in r. ºne Hiph. no. 1.
Nº Chald, see Hyn.
Tºº Chald. m. (r. His ) c. suff
*ni+232, work, i. q. Heb. Huy?, byp
Dan. 4, 34. Once by Chaldaism in Heb
context, Job 34, 25.
Tº m. (r. Hºs) density, compact-
ness. 1 K. 7, 46 rºst, Haszą in the
compact soil, prob. clayey.
Tº m. (r. 7:y)
place of passing, viz. a) a ford of a
stream, Gen. 32, 23. b) A narrow val-
ley, pass, gorge, in mountains, 1 Sam,
13, 23.
2. a passing over, overwhelming ; ls.
30, 32 nºgº nº? -->2-bz so often as
the appointed staff shall pass over them,
i.e. so often as punishment from God
overwhelms them.
Tº f (r. -ay) plur. ninzyz, also
ninnyº (from nº.2) as absol. Josh. 2,
7, and as constr. Judg. 3, 28; i. q, nº
no. 1, viz. a) a passage, ford, Is. 16,
2. Jer. 51, 32. Judg. 3, 28. al. b) a
"mountain-pass, gorge, Is, 10, 29. 1 Sam,
14, 4.
º m. (r. bºx) constr. ºr ; plur,
constr. Why?, c. suff. Tºº Ps. 65, 12
oftener Tºribºº Ps. 17, 5. al.
1. a track, rut, in which wheels roll
Ps. 65, 12.-Hence, a way, path, Ps
140, 6. Prov. 2, 18. al. Often metaph.
like Thº, way or path of life and con
duct, Ps. 23, 3. Prov. 4, 11. Ps. 17, f
Is. 59, 8.
1. transit, then
50+
•ly:
hy?
b94
2. Denom. from Fºx wagon, a wagon-
rampart, a defence or bulwark formed
of the wagons and other vehicles of
an army, 1 Sam. 26, 5.7. With n loc.
nº id. 1 Sam. 17, 20.
>k Ty? to waver, to be unsteady, to
fotter ; not found in the kindred dia-
lects; kindr. are dio, Thyn, Arab. els.
Spoken of the ankles 2 Sam. 22, 37. Ps.
18, 37; of the step Ps. 37, 31; of the
whole man Ps. 26, 1. Job 12, 5%: "Tºº
whose feet waver, are not firm. Prov.
25, 19 nºn by a wavering foot, un-
steady, for nºxio, the i being shortened
into A, comp. Lehrg. p. 309.
HipH. to make waver, to cause to shake,
e g. the loins Ps. 69, 24.
Tº see +xix.
"Typ (ſor Tº q.v.) Maadai, pr.
n m. Ezra 10, 34.
TT22 (for Fºxx, ornament of Jeho-
vah, r. nºx) Maadiah, pr. n. m. Neh.
12, 5; for which in v. 17 riºtsio (fes-
tival of Jehovah). The passages are
consistent if we point the former as
Hºsº.
I. Tº m. (r. 7: ) only in plur.
Bºy?, c. suff, ºn Jer. 51, 34, also
niñºly? adv. 1 Sam. 15, 32.
1. delicacies, dainties, Gen. 49, 20.
Jer. 51, 34. Lam. 4, 5.
2. delights, pleasures, Prov. 29, 17.
Acc, ni-Tº as adv. with delight, cheer-
fully, 1 Sam. 15, 32.
II. F.3T32 m. by transp. for rºyº
(r. 12:) bands, ligatures ; Job 38, 31
nº ribºº the bands of the Pleiades ;
see in H^*E.
Tº m. (r. HTs) a weeding-hook, hoe,
{g. 7, 25.
>k Hy? obsol. root, prob. to be soft,
like Arab. V, to be soft, as the skin,
y
Jo soft, tender, as food, from r. (s”;
kit.dr. perh, are clo to flow, sºn, and
also 8U. ; see in F. Rio.—Hence
Tº m. only plur. E"yº, constr. ºn,
3. suff. Tºº?, also Eriº (for erº)
Ez. 7 19, once nº Is. 48, 19. See
tlote.
l, the bowels, intestines, 2 Sam. 20, 10.
2 Chr. 21, 15. Jon. 2, 1. Chald, sº the
belly, plur. "Sº, yº. Syr. i.sº in
testine. Arab #3, s”, plur, Laoſ,
id. Eth. KQU-'t id.—Spec. put for :
a) the stomach, the receptacle of the
food, Num. 5, 22. Job 20, 14. Ez. 7, 19,
comp. Jon. 2, 1. 2. b) the womb, Gen.
25, 23. Ruth 1, 11. Is. 49, 1. Ps. 71, 6
c) As the seat of generative power in
the father; whence 'e "sº sº to
come forth out of the bowels of any one,
i. Q. to be begotten of him, Gen. 15, 4, 2
Sam. 7, 12. 16, 11. d) Trop. like the
breast, heart, etc. for the inmost part, as
the seat of grief pity, affection, Job 30
27. Lam. 1, 20. 2, 11. Cant. 5, 4. Is. 16
11. 63, 15; or of piety, Ps. 40, 9. etc.
2. the belly, externally, Cant. 5, 14,
comp. Dan. 2, 32.
Note. The plur. f. nivº occurs in the
vexed passage Is. 48, 19, which I would
explain thus: thy seed shall be as the
sand, Tºriyº Tºº "sys; and the off.
spring of thy bowels like the offspring
of its bowels sc. the bowels of the sea
(v. 18), for the fuller "ris; "Sº, i.e.
like the fishes of the sea generated in its
bowels. Plur. nivº is i. q. Enyº, but
the fem. form implies a figurative use.
—The ancient versions render hºrisºn:
incorrectly: as the stones thereof, sc. of
the sand. This is hardly supported by
referring to the Chald. Nº nummulus,
obolus, perh, lapillus, and Arab. KºsU.
minutim trita res.
º, or Sºh Chald. only in plural
i. q. Heb. Dº no. 2, the belly, i. e. the
exterior, c. suff, *nixx, Dan. 2, 32.
37% m. (r. 34.9) i. q. Fix: a round of
bread, bread-cake, 1 K. 17, 12, comp. v.
13. Hence Ps, 35, 16 xis: "xxh scurra
placentaº, cake-buffooms, i. e. parasiles ;
see adj. 33%. Gr, pouox640x88, Avtooo-
zóżoxes.
Tivº m. rarely 73% (r. 119) Kamets
impure, c. suff, "tºº, "tºº, plur. Bºz,
constr. ºn Dan. 11, 19, c. suff, riºts?
for rºº Is. 23, 11 (like Hºly for
ſtºry, see art. Fºx and Thesaur, p
340); a strong or fortified place, for-
tress, Judg. 6, 26. Dan. 11, 7. 10. al
Tixº, º fortified cities Is. 17, 9, 23, a
15%
tºyº
595
bºrn Tisº the fortress of the sea, i. e.
Tyre. Ez. 30, 15. Bºx: mºbs the god
of fortresses Dan. 11, 38, a deity of the
Syrians obtruded upon the Jews, prob.
Jupiter Capitolinus, for whom Antiochus
built a temple at Antioch, Liv. 41. 20;
others Jupiter Olympius, comp. 2 Macc.
6, 2. Liv. l.c. Trop. Ps. 60, 9 Ephraim
is "us" tº the fortress of my head i. e.
my helmet. Prov. 10, 29 a fortress to
the upright is the way of God, i.e. reli-
gion, piety. Often of Jehovah, as Ps.
27, 1 Jehovah is the fortress (bulwark)
of my life. 31, 5. 37, 39. 43, 2. Is. 25, 4.
Joel 4, 16. Nah. 1, 7.
Tiyº (breast-band? r. Ty?) Maoch,
pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 27, 2; comp. Tº no.
2. a.
Tº m. (r. 9) constr. iv., c. suff.
isiºn; plur. Bºyz, 1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri.
1. a habitation, dwelling, e.g. of God,
the temple, Ps. 26, 8, 2 Chr. 36, 15;
heaven Ps. 68, 6. Deut. 26, 15. al. Of
men Zeph. 3, 7. Also of wild beasts, a
den, lair, Nah. 2, 12. Jer. 9, 10. 10, 22.
51, 37.—Acc. in one's dwelling, at home,
like nº.3, 1 Sam. 2, 29. 32.
2. a refuge, Ps. 71, 3.90, 1.91, 9.
3. Maon, pr. m. a.) A town in the
tribe of Judah, southeast of Hebron,
Josh. 15, 55. 1 Sam. 25, 2; in its vicin-
ity was the isº-natiº 1 Sam. 23, 24, 25.
Now Ma'in (3-ºxºo, see Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 193 sq. b) An Arabian tribe
coupled Judg. 10, 12 with the Amalek-
ites, Sidonians, and Philistines, and 2
Chr. 26, 7 with the Arabians properly
so called; Plur. tº 2 Chr. l.c. and
1 Chr. 4, 41 Keri. At the present day
there exists a town Ma’an, Jº, with
a castle, in Arabia Petraea to the south
of the Dead Sea ; see Seetzen in Zach's
Monatl. Corresp. XVIII, p. 382. Burck-
hardt’s Travels in Syra, etc. p. 437 sq.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 572.--That
the Mimapi of Arabia are a different peo-
ple, has long since been shown by Bo-
chart, Phaleg. II. 23. c.) A man, 1 Jhr.
2, 45.
Tiyº see Tixº, by a n°2, in rºw no.
12. e. p. 129
Tºiyº and Tº f (r. 9) a habita-
tion, dwellung, Jer. 21, 13; e.g. of Jeho-
vah, the temple, Ps. 76, 3. Also of wild
beasts, den, lair, Ps. 104, 22. Am. 3, 4,
Nah. 2, 12. Job 37, 8, al. Of an asylum.
refuge, Deut. 33, 27
tº Meunim, pr. n.
no. 3. b.
7, 52.
"rhizº (my dwellings) Meonothai,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 14.
Fºº m. (r. Phy) darkness, Is. 8, 22
rip's Flyn.
a) See is?
b) Masc. Ezra 2, 50. Neh.
niy? m. (r. his II) only plur. Bºis?
pudenda, Hab. 2, 15.
niyº see Hy?.
Tº see rivg.
º, and ºn (consolation of
Jehovah, r. sº-c to console) Maaziah,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 24, 18. Neh. 10,9. Comp.
in bºys.
>k tº fut. tº 1. i. q. Arab. ſax.
to be smooth, naked; then, to be polished,
to be sharp, see tºº. Trans. Jaxx, pr.
to scrape, to scrape off (comp. U-sº
fricuit, also ºn”, since the letters s and
* are kindred), whence tº pr: a scrap
ing, scrap, and then a little. From this
comes the denom. signif.
2. to be little, few ; Lev. 25, 16 "Eh
pººr tº according to the fewness of
years. Ex. 12, 4. Also to be made few,
to be diminished, to vanish away, Ps
107, 39. Is. 21, 17. Prov. 13, 11. al.
3. to be light, Neh. 9, 32.
PIEL tº intrans. i. q. Kal, to becomte
few, Ecc. 12, 3.
HipH. pºsºn 1. to make small on
feud, to diminish, Lev. 25, 16. Num, 28
54. 33, 54. Jer. 10, 24 ºn-jū lest
thou make me (the people) few, bring
me to nothing. Ez. 29, 15.
2. to make or do little, i. e. to do any
thing in a slight degree, to a small
amount. Num. 11, 32 nº ºps ºn
t"nºr, he who did little (i. e. gathered
little) gathered ten homers. Ex. 16, 17.
18. 2 K. 4, 3 borrow empty vessels, -ºs
(bsu.b) "tººn and make not scant sc
to borrow, i.e. borrow not a few. Spec,
to give little, few, Num. 35,8. Ex. 30, 15
>}º 596
Tºº
tºº, in pause tº Deut. 7, 22. al.
plur. Rºº, pr: a scraping, scrap, see
r. tº no. 1 ; hence a little, a few.
1. Subst: a) Absol. a little, not much,
àAlyov. Gen. 30, 30 * riºr Huys tº it
was little that thou hadst. Ps. 37, 16.
Prov. 16,8. Hagg, 1,9. Opp. to Hann
much Ecc. 5, 11. Jer. 42, 2; tın Num.
13, 18. Also few, Gen. 47, 9 few and evil
have been the days. Josh. 7, 3. 1 Sam.
14, 6. Job 10, 20. al. With the art.
tººl, oi ÖAlyot, c. # pref. Num. 26, 54.
33, 54. b) With other nouns, e. g. be-
fore a genit. tº tº a little water Gen.
18, 4, 24, 17. Prs tº a little food 43,2.
Also put in the gen. after a noun, as
toº "nº men of fewness, few men,
Deut. 26, 5; ºn His little help Dan. 11,
34. Joined also with nouns by apposi-
tion, Is. 10, 7 ºn Nh tºia nations not a
few, i.e. by litot. many. Neh. 2, 12. Ecc.
9, 14.
2. Adv. a little, not much, Ps. 8, 6;
of space, 2 Sam. 16, 1. Often of time,
for a little, a little while, Job 10, 20. 24,
24. Hagg. 2, 6. tº "is yet a little
while and, i. e. Soon, shortly, Ex. 17, 4.
Ps. 37, 10. Hos. 1, 4. Repeated tº
ºn little by little, Fr. pew d pew, by de-
grees, Ex. 23, 30. Deut. 7, 22–Spec.
pººr is it little? is it not enough 3 Gen.
30, 15. Num. 16, 13; with 7% of pers.
E32 exºn is it little for you ? not
enough 3. Num. 16, 9. Job 15, 11. Is. 7,
13. al. h of pers. id. Josh. 22, 17. But
Ez. 16, 20 Tºrºn2 ºr was it little
this of thy whoredoms?
3. Adj. rarely, small, few ; plur. Dº?
few, Ps. 109,8. Ecc. 5, 1.
4. With Prefixes: a) tº in a lit-
tle, i. e. d) nearly, almost, little is
wanting, Gen. 26, 10. Ps. 73, 2. 119, 87.
tº p22> little that, shortly that, for
scarcely, Cant. 3, 4, 3) Of time, shortly,
soon, Ps. 81, 15. 94, 17; quickly, swºl-
denly, Ps. 2, 12. Job 32, 22. Comp. in
art. 2 B. 3. fin. y) i. q. (23% but inten-
sive, Šoov Šliyov, very little, see art. 3
B. 4. Prov. 10, 20. 1 Chr. 16, 19 a few
men, yea, tº very few. Ps. 105,12;
of space, a very little, 2 Sam. 19, 37. In
apposit. Is. 1, 9. 26, 20. Ezra 9, 8.
b) toyzh (pr. ‘according to the ſew-
ness,’ comp. Tah) i. q. ºsz, Hagg, 1,9.
2 Chr. 20, 34.
tº adj, fem. Hºn once E2. 21, 20
smooth, bare, and hence polished, sharp
of a sword, i. q. ºn v. 15. 16. R. py?
no. 1.
Tº m. (r. Høy) constr. Høya, a
vestment, garment, Is. 61, 3.
ºn f (r. Rºy) a cloak, mantle,
9+ o
9 -
Is, 3, 22. Arab. Gulae and Călajº, d.
See Schroed. de West. mul. Heb. p. 235.
ºn m. (for "yº, r. ny) a heap of
rubbish, ruins, i. Q. "Sº, Is. 17, 1. The
prophet here employs an unusual form
in allusion to the preceding nº.
"2% (perh, on Moyzvºus,'oc, comp
nº) Maai, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 36.
Sººn m. (r. 53%) an upper garment,
robe, spec. an exterior tunic, fuller and
longer than the common one, but with-
out sleeves; that of kings' daughters
was with long sleeves, tº bºyz, 2 Sam
13, 18. It was worn by women, 2 Sam
l. c. by men of birth and rank Job 1, 20.
2, 12 ; by kings and princes 1 Sam. 18,
4. 24, 5, 12; by priests 1 Sam. 15, 27.
28, 14. Ezra 9, 3. 5; and especially by
the high-priest under the ephod, whence
TiEsri bºsz, Ex. 28, 31. 39, 22. Comp
Ex. 28, 32 sq. Lev. 8, 7. See Braun de
West. Sacerd. II. p. 436 sq. Schroeder de
West, mulierum Heb. p. 267. Hartmann.
Hebråerin III. p. 312 sq.
tº bowels, see Hy?.
Tº m. (denom. from Tºy) constr.
Tºsº, poet. c. Vav parag. i2.sº Ps. 114,
8; c. suff iº Hos. 13, 15; Plur
tºº, constr. *śsº : also plur, niºsº
constr. nilºº.
1. a place of fountains, watered with
springs, Ps, 84, 7; see more under art,
Nº. :
2. a fountain, i. q. Tºy, Gen. 7, 11. 8
2. Ps. 74, 15. 114, 8, Joel 4, 18. 2 K. 3
25. al. Syr. liº id.—Metaph. source
of the highest delight, pleasure, bliss
Ps. 87, 7; comp. Is. 12, 3.
tº 1 Chr. 4, 41 Cheth. i. G
tºyº, see Tisº no. 3. b.
>k Tº to press, to compress, onl
Part pass. 1 Sam. 26, 7 -rºwn in ºr
>y).
- by?
597
Yºš: his spear was pressed (i. e. fixed,
stuck) into the ground. Hence Tsz
spoken of an animal emasculated by
^ompressing, bruising the testicles,
Lev. 22, 24; Sept. §xts&Auuévos, Vulg.
contrilis testiculis.
PUAL to be pressed, handled, e.g. the
breasts of an immodest woman, Ez.23, 3.
Deriv. pr. n. Tixº, also
Tºa and Fºº Josh. 13, 13 (op-
pression) Maachah, pr. n.
1. Of a City and region at the foot of
Hermon, not far from Geshur a district
of Syria (see nº and "nº), 2 Sam.
10, 6.8. 1 Chr. 19, 6. 7. Josh. 13, 13.
Hence the adjacent portion of Syria is
called 13x2 PºS Syria of Maachah
1 Chr. 19, 6. [It prob. stretched from
Mount Hermon eastwards on the south
of the plain of Damascus.-R.]—The
gentile uoun is "nº Maachathite, put
also for the people, Deut. 3, 14. Josh.
12, 5. 13, 11. 2 K. 25, 23.—Comp. nº
Hisz, also nº nº bas. *
2. Of several persons, male and fe-
male. a) A man 1 K. 2, 39. 1 Chr. 11,
43. 27, 16; also called Tisz q. v. b)
Gen. 22, 24, where the sex is doubtful.
c) The wife of Rehoboam, 1 K. 15, 2.10.
13. 2 Chr. 11, 20. In 2 Chr. 13, 2 she
is called Inyº. d) A wife of David,
2 Sam. 3, 3. e) Fem. 1 Chr. 2, 48. f.)
Fem. 1 Chr. 7, 15. 16.
*Byz, fut, bºº. Prov. 16, 10, bºn:
Lev. 5, 15.
1. to cover, whence bºº.
2. Trop, to act covertly, treacherously,
to be faithless, Prov. 16, 10. 2 Chr. 26,
18. 29, 6. Neh. 1,8; more fully ºvº by?
Lev. 5, 15. 2 Chr. 36, 14. Ez. 14, 13.
Spec. a) With # of pers, to deal trea-
cherously, faithlessly, with any one, e.g.
an adulterous woman against her hus-
band, Num. 5, 12, 27; so too Hinº by?
to deal treacherously with Jehovah, to
sin against him, Deut. 32, 51. 2 Chr. 12,
2. 30, 7. Neh. 13, 27. al. Often in the
construction Hinº by? by: 1 Chr. 10,
13. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Ez. 1", 20, b) With
à of thing, to take by stealth, to stead any
thing, Josh. 7, 1. 22, 2^, 1 Chr. 2, 7.—
Comp. under the verb 123. Correspond-
ng are Arab. Jºãº to whisper, to back-
$3. * * • *
bite, &JLº, perfidy fraud; also Jº
to steal.
Deriv. bºx; and
I. 22.2 m. c. suff ibºº, treachery
against God, transgression, sin, Job 21
34. 2 Chr. 29, 19. 33, 19. Ezra 9, 2; “a
rhiari Ezra 9, 4, 10, 6; Hjnº 'z Josh.
22, 22. Also in the formula 3 bºº by?,
see the examples in r. 82% no. 2. For
Num. 31, 16 see in ho?.
II. By2 m. (apoc. for nº?, r. Hºº)
pr. the uppermost, upper part, and then
as Adv. above, over. Found only with
prefixes and affixes.
1. 532% from above Is. 45,8. Job 3, 4;
also simply above (comp. Tº 3. h), Deut.
5, 8. Am. 2,9. Ps. 78, 23.−With 2, i.e.
* Bººn, i. q: ; bºx and simpl. bs, above,
wpon, (on the upper part of any thing,)
as Gen. 22,9 Rºssº by?? upon the wood.
Dan. 12, 6 nsºn "ºh by gº upon the
waters of the river. Also near by, Is. 6,
2 the Seraphs stood is 9x22, Sept. xú-
xkºp witow. Comp. by of a multitude
thronging around a chief or prince, Ex.
18, 13. 14. Judg. 3, 19; espec. Job 1, 6;
and see in by no. 3. a, b.
2. With H loc. Hºº upwards, opp.
Hºº. Deut. 28,43 Hºº Hºº upwards
wpwards, higher and higher. Judg. 1,
36. Of space, 1 Sam.9,2 from his shoul-
der and upwards. 10, 23. 1 K. 7, 31.-
Of time, upwards, above, over; Ex. 30,
14 from twenty years old and above.
Num. 1, 3, 18. 20. 3, 15. 22. al. Also
onward, forward; 1 Sam. 16, 13 from
that day forward. 30, 25. Hagg. 2,
15. 18.
3. nº a) upwards ; opp. Hººh.
Ex. 25, 20. 37, 9. Is. 8, 21. Ps. 74, 5.
With verbs 'ah sº to liff upwards, on
high, 1 Chr. 14, 2; 'oh Hºy to ascend
upwards Ecc. 3, 21; "oh bºſs to let grow
wpwards, to greatly magnify, 1 Chr. 29,
25. 2 Chr. 1, 1. Judg. 7, 13 and over-
threw it (the tent) nºch upwards, i. e.
by tearing up the tent-pins, etc. Deut.
28, 13. nº.2% Hºch Ez. 41, 7. Of
time, upwards, above, over, 1 Chr. 23, 27.
2 Chr. 31, 17. b) With a subst. fol-
lowing, above, over; Ezra 9, 6 US- ‘ch
over our head. With 7%, above, over
and above, 1 Chr. 29, 3. Also Hººk is
even to the highest point, to the utmost
5y?
by:
598
i. e. exceedingly, 2 Chr. 16, 12, 17, 12.
26, 8.
4. nººn a) from upwards, from
above; Gen. 7, 20 fifteen cubits nº
from above, i. e. measured from the sur-
face of the waters downwards to the
tops of the mountains. 6, 16. Josh. 3, 13.
16. So Hºch?" by in: to place upon
any thing from above, q, d. above upon
any thing, Ex. 25, 21. 26, 14. 40, 19;
comp. 1 K. 7, 25. Ez. 1, 26. 10, 19. b)
above, on high, 1. q. Sººn, Jer. 31, 37.
Sy? for by 12, see in by C. 2.
ºn Chald. m. (r. Bºy to go in) the
going down of the sun, plur. constr. ****
Dan. 6, 15.
ºn m. (apoc. for rºy?, Hºy?, r.
rºy) a lifting up of the hands, Neh. 8, 6.
Tº m. (r. Hºy) constr. Hºº, sing.
c. suff. Twº:2, Heb. Gr. § 91.9. n; comp.
in HSºn.
1. ascent, place of ascent; Neh. 12,37
nºirth ºn the ascent to the wall. With
suff, *** sing. Ez. 40, 31 the ascent of
(to) it had eight steps. v. 34.37.
2. Spoken of any elevated place: a)
a platform, suggestus, for speaking, Neh.
9, 4. b) an ascent, acclivity, cliff, Josh.
10, 10. Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 5. 1 Sam. 9, 11
nºr; 2. Hence the pr. names of ac-
clivities or hills:
a) Enrºn ribsº the ascent or mount
of Olives 2 Sam. 15, 30.
6) bºs” the hill of Adummim (the
red), on the confines of Judah and Ben-
jamin, Josh. 15, 7, 18, 17.
y) Yºst ºn the cliff of Ziz (blossoms),
prob, the difficult pass of En-gedi, 2 Chr.
20, 16; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
208, 215. Also 2 Chr. 32, 33.2 K. 9, 27.
6) cºpy ºn (cliff of scorpions) Maa-
!eh-akrabbim, south of the Dead Sea,
Num. 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3. Judg. 1, 36; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 501, 611.
s) bºrr: ‘o (cliff of the sun) Judg.
8, 13.
rºyº f (r. Hºs) plur. nibyº 1. a
going wo, ascent, to a higher region,
e.g. from Babylon, Ezra 7,9.—Metaph.
Ez. 11, 5 tºrian ribsº the risings of
your mind, i. e. the things, thoughts,
that arise in your mind; comp, the
phrase sº by Hºy Ez. 38, 10,
2. a step, stair, by which one ascends
plur. 1 K. 10, 19 nibsº usu; sia, steps
Ex. 20, 26. Neh. 3, 15. Ez. 40, 20 al.—
Trop. plur. put for the degrees of a dial
2 K. 20, 9–11. Is. 38, 8; hence nibyº
Tris the degrees of Ahaz, for the dial of
Ahaz, sc. as divided into degrees, 2 K.
20, 11. Is. l.c. Others here understan,
the steps of a staircase, but less well:
so Sept. Syr. and Jos. Ant. 10. 11. 1.
3. Any elevated place, as an upper
chamber, i. q. Hº, Am. 9, 6. Also in
the difficult passage 1 Chr. 17, 17 and
hast regarded me nºr Bºst; "irr in
the manner of men on high, i. e. in hea-
ven, from heaven; comp. the parall. 2
Sam. 7, 19 tº Sri nºir rst, and this is
the manner of men, not of God.
4. The phrase nibyºr, hºuj, found in
the inscription of fifteen Psalms (120–
134), is of doubtful meaning. The inter-
pretations proposed may be arranged un-
der three classes. a) a song of degrees
or steps?Sept. Óðwi tājy &vuffwºuán, Vulg.
carmina graduum ; referred by later
Hebrew intpp. to the place where they
were supposed to be sung, viz. the steps
leading up from the outer to the inn.er
court of the temple. b) Others with
better reason refer this name to the ar-
gument of these Psalms, viz. a song of the
ascents (comp. no. 1), Theod. &out 16,
&voffavčov, Symm. Aqu. 60% sistêg &vo-
6&wsug. These ascents or ascendings are
explained in a twofold manner: w) As
referring to the return from the Babylo-
nish exile under Zerubbabel and Ezra;
comp. Ezra 7, 9 in no. 1. So Syr. This
can mean only that these Psalms were
composed at or about the time of the
return, for the contents have no allusion
to the return itself. (3) As referring to
the annual journeys of the Israelites up
to Jerusalem (q. d. pilgrim songs), in
respect to which nº is used Ex. 34, 24.
1 K. 12, 27. 28. Ps. 122, 4; and to which
Ps. 122 evidently refers. So Herder,
Eichhorn, and others. The contents of
Ps. 124–128 suit well to these journey-
ings as undertaken aſter the exile; but
some of the rest, as Ps. 120, 132, 134, dc
not favour this hypothesis, c) Others
again suppose them to be so called
because of a certain number or rhythm
which they exhibit. Thus Saadial
by:
Twº
599
Gaon, Aben Ezra, and other Jewish
Intpp. regard them as having been sung
with an elevated voice. But more prob.
the name refers to that peculiar rhythm
obvious in some of them, by which the
sense advances by degrees or steps,
some words of a preceding clause being
repeated at the beginning of the suc-
ceeding one with additions and ampli-
fication, so that the sense as it were
ascends. E. g. Ps. 121, 1 I will lift up
mine eyes wmto the hills from whence
cometh MY HELP. 2. MY HELP cometh
from the Lord.... 3. He will not suffer
thy foot to be moved; THY KEEPER will
Not SLUMBER. 4. Lo, NoT SLUMBER nor
sleep will THE KEEPER of Israel. 5. Je-
hovah is THY KEEPER. Ps. 122, 2 our
feet shall stand within thy gates, O JE-
RUs A LEM | 3. O JERUs A LEM | builded...
4. Whither the tribes go up, etc. See
also Ps. 123, 3.4. 124, 1–5. 126, 2. 3. 129,
1. 2. 130, 5–8. 131, 2. 133, 2. 3. To the
same class belongs the song of Debo-
rah, Judg. 5, 3. 5. 6.9. 12. 19, 20. 21. 23.
24. 27. 30; comp. Is. 26, 5.6. Similar
m character was the xliuſzs or gradatio
of the Greek and Roman rhetoricians,
except that this was more artificial.
That some of these Psalms do not exhibit
this structure (e. g. Ps. 120), however
it may invalidate the position, does not
overthrow it; these fifteen Psalms ap-
pear to have formed a particular collec-
tion, and may have been so named from
the peculiarity obvious in most of them.
Sº I q. Bºyz, Zech. 1, 4 Cheth.
ºn m (... bºx) only in plur. Bºyz,
constr. *Bºx2, c. suff. Tºº?, tºo;
works, deeds, e.g. of God, facinoma Dei,
Ps. 77, 12. 78, 7; of men Prov, 20, 11.
Hos. 12, 3, and in a bad sense Zech. 1, 6.
ſer. 7, 5, 11, 18. 21, 14. Tºgº sºn,
ºn Evºri!, to make one's deeds good or
tvil, o do well or ill, Jer 35, 15. Mic. 3, 4.
Tº m. ( . 12s) station, post, 1 K.
0. 5. Is. 22, 19. 1 Chr. 23, 28. 2 Chr.
*, 4.
Tº m. (r. Tcs) a standing place,
'nundation, Ps. 69, 3.
nº f. (r. boy) burden; Zech. 13,
3 I will make Jerusalem "2" nºs? 13s
a stone of burden to all nations. This
Sept. Úſtóg two ic.
|
is finely illustrated by Jeroine ad h, ı,
“Mosest in urbibus Palaestinae, et usque
hodie per omnem Judaeam vetus consue-
tudo servatur, ut in viculis, oppidis et
castellis rotundi ponantur lapides gra-
vissimi ponderis, ad quos juvenes exer-
cere se soleant, et eos pro varietate
virium sublevare, alii ad genua, alii
usque ad umbilicum, alii ad humeros et
caput, nonnulli super verticem, rectis
junctisque manibus, magnitudinem viri-
um demonstrantes pondus extollant.”
D"Pº2 m. plur. (r.p2*) deeps, depths,
Is. 51, 10. Ps. 69, 3, 15. 130, 1. Ez. 27, 34.
72% (for ryº no. 2, r. Fºx I. 4) pr.
subst. ‘counsel, purpose ;’ found only
with pref, h, i. e. Tººh, c. suff ºah,
Tºyºh, Pººh, and every where as a
particle.
A) Prep. propter, on account of, be-
cause of for the sake of e. g.
1. Of the motive or moving cause, Ps.
48, 12 let mount Zion rejoice... Tº
Tºujº because of thy judgments. 97,8.
122,8. So God is often said to have
done something iºns. Tº Tººh because
of (for the sake of) David his servant,
i.e. because of his memory and the pro-
mises made to him, Is. 37, 35. Ps. 132,
10. 2 K. 8, 19. 19, 34; intºn Tºoh for
his mercy’s sake, i.e. because of or ac-
cording to his known mercy, Ps. 6, 5
25, 7. 44, 27. (See in the same sense
Tºrº Ps. 25, 7, 51, 3, 109, 26.) Izzº
intº for his name's sake, according to his
name or character, i. e. what this au-
thorizes us to expect (which, as Winer
observes, is always goodness, mercy).
Ps. 23, 3. 25, 11. 31, 4. This meaning
of the phrase is apparent from the foll.
passages: Ps. 109, 21 x2% "rºs nº
Then ait, "2 Tº do thou with me ac-
cording to thy name, FoR great is thy
goodness. 143, 11 ºriri º Taº Tzah
ºn inºis: for thy name's sake, Jeho-
vah, preserve me, according to thy right-
eousness or goodness, etc. Another use
of this phrase see in no. 2–ip is 73.2%
(Jehovah) for the sake of according to
'his righteousness, Is. 42, 21.
2. Of the purpose, object, end, at which
! one aims, on account of for the sake of ,
e.g. tº for your sake, for your be
nefit and advantage, Is. 43, 14 coup
ly?
AZ})^
600
15, 4, 63, 17; "33%h for my own sake,
i. e. in order to vindicate my name, Is.
43, 25. 48, 11. In this sense we find the
fuller construction: (Tºzh) —”uj Tx2%
"nºnr, for my name's sake—and for my
glory's sake Is. 48, 9; comp. Thuj Tx2%
Ps. 79, 9, which is immediately explain-
ed: Tºu; Tiaº Haº by for the glory of
thy name, and 106, 8 sºlin; izu; is??
innº-ns for his name's sake, that he
might show his power. A different sense
of this phrase occurs 1 K. 8, 41 : the
stranger who cometh from a distant land
Tºuj Tx2% for thy name's sake, i. e. to
behold thy glory.—In the Psalms, God
is often said or besought to do something
because of his enemies Ps. 8, 3, or because
of the psalmist’s enemies Ps. 5,9. 27, 11.
69, 19, i. e. in older that these may be
put to shame, q, d. Mujº Tººh –With
an infin. in order that, Am. 2, 7. Jer.
7, 10. 44, 8, Deut. 29, 18. al. In some
passages interpreters have preferred to
understand 122% of the event or result.
and render it so that, i. e. with such and
such a result ; which however is to de-
stroy the force of language. The idea
of purpose or aim is every where to be
retained, e. g. Amos l.c. a man and his
father go in unto the same maid (harlot)
"tºp puj-rs bºrn 122% in order to pro-
fame my holy name, i. e. with such wan-
tonness and atrocity of iniquity do they
purposely provoke the divine punish-
ment; or, to use a Heb. proverb, with
such cords of sin do they draw down
prinishment, Is. 5, 18; comp. below in
B. [Yet the frequent and undeniable
ecbatic use of ivo, and Öſtos in the N. T.
not improbably arose from their sup-
posed correspondence to Heb. 13.2% etc.
for which they are put in the Sept. To
assert for sº in all cases a telic power
is equally to destroy the force of lan-
guage ; e. g. Am l. c. Jer. 44, 8, etc.—
R.
B) Conj. Huis Tºzº Gen. 18, 19. Lev.
17, 5. Num. 17, 5. Deut. 20, 18. 27, 3.
Josh. 3, 4, 2 Sam. 13, 5. al. also simply
Tººh, to the end that, in order that, with
a fut. Gen. 27, 25. Ex. 4, 5. Is. 41, 20, al.
sap. and so in all the examples. lsº
R} that not, lest, with fut. Ps. 125, 3.—
We subjoin here some examples as to
which interpreters have hesitated ;
Gen. 18, 19 nº ºffs sah "Esº a
for I have chosen him (Abraham, in or-
der) that he may command, etc. see 9.T.
no. 1. b. Is. 66, 10. 11 rejoice ye with Je-
rusalem.... bryº Piºn. Tº that ye
may suck, etc. i. e. declare your joyful
sympathy with Jerusalem, in order that
ye may partake of her rejoicing and
abundance. Hos. 8, 4 they have made
them idols nº lººk that they may be
cut off, i. e. they rush headlong as it
were to their own destruction. Ps. 30,
12 thou hast turned my mourning into
dancing ... 13 to the end that my heart
may eactol thee, sc. God. Is. 28, 13. 30,
12. 44, 9. Jer. 27, 15, where some under-
stand 192% of the event; see at the close
of A. 2. above. So also teluxtàg, Ps. 51, 6
against thee only have I sinned... 1925
Tº pººr that thou mightest be just
wn thy sentence, i. e. to this end have I
been left to sin, that thy justice might
be manifest.
Tº m. (r. His I. 3) constr. Hy?.
1. an answer, response, Prov. 15, 1
23. Hence a) answer of prayer, i. e.
the hearing and granting of prayer,
Prov. 16, 1, b) reply, refutation, Job
32, 3. 5.
2. counsel, purpose, whence apoc. 1972,
Prov. 16, 4. Comp. Arab. , ic intendit.
See r. nº. I.4. (sº
Tº f. (r. Hºy II) a furrow ; 1 Sam,
14, 14 there fell.... about twenty men
rtº Tax rºº "snaz in about half the
furrow of a yoke of land, i. e. a ſurrow
drawn through the length of a yoke of
land.—Plur. Ps. 129, 3 Cheth.
nº f id. Ps. 129, 3 Keri.
Tº f dwelling, see Hixºn.
•y: obsol. root, i. q. Jazº, to be
angry, whence
Yº (anger) Maaz, pr. T. m. 1 Chr
2, 27. Comp. Yºº-ris.
Tº f. (r. asy) pain, sorrow, Is.
50, 11.
Tý2 m. (r. Tsy) an ave, adz, Is. 44
8 • C)
12. Jer. 10, 3. Arab. Cºx & id.
nizya m. (rºss) restraint, hindrancº
1 Sam. 14, 6.
Nº
Tºyº
601
Tº m. (r. ºxy) restraint, i. e. power
of restraint, Prov. 25, 28.
TP%2 m. (r. Hº) a ledge, parapet,
Around the flat roof of an oriental
house to prevent persons from falling
off, Deut. 22, 8.
EºPº2 m. plur. (r. ºpy) crooked
ways or places, opp. niujºz, Is. 42, 16.
Tº m. (for Hºsz, r. ny) 1. naked-
ness, pudenda, i, q. Hº, Nah. 3, 5.
2. naked space, empty room. 1 K. 7,
36 wins "sº according to the room of
each border.
I. By 2 m. (r. Sº I) a mercantile
word, found only in Ez. c. 27 in several
senses: a) Pr. barter, and so trade,
traffic, v. 9. 27. b) Place of barter,
market, mart, v. 12. 13.17. 19. c) gain,
wealth, acquired by traffic, i. q. "no and
ji=jy no. 2; or perh. precious wares ; v.
27. 34. Plur. v. 33.
II. By 2 m. (r. any II) the occident,
he west, place where the sun goes
down, Ps. 75, 7, 103, 12. 107, 3. Is. 43,
5. al. With n loc. Hºyº westward 1
Chr. 26, 30; with %, on the west of 2
Chr. 32, 30. 33, 14.
Tº f i, q =yz II, the occident,
the west, Is. 45, 6. R. any II.
ºn m. (r. Hy) a naked place, i. e.
a field or plain without trees and dwell-
- 9 o 5
ºngs, Judg. 20, 33. Comp. Arab. 85 s
he environs of a city, pr. a naked tract
wround it.
rºyº f (r. Why III) constr. nº
Gen. 23, 9, plur, ninº, a cave, cavern,
Gen. 19, 30. 1 Sam. 24, 4, 8, 9. 1 Chr.
1, 15. Is. 32, 14. al. Arab. 533–In
osh. 13, 4 some take it as a pr. name,
Vulg. Maara, Engl. Mearah.
nnnyºn f. plur. 1 Sam. 17, 23 Cheth.
prob. an error for the Keri niº,
which is expressed by all the ancient
nterpreters.
Tº m. (r. Thy) arrangement, dis-
position. Prov.16, 1-º-º-ºp disposings
tf the mind, counsels.
rºº F. (r. This) 1, arrangement,
Hisposition, order, e. g. riºr nºn; the
lamps set in order sc. upon the sacred
candelabra, Ex. 39, 37.
2. Spec, a heap, pile, of wood arranged
on an altar Judg. 6, 26; comp, the verb
Gen. 22, 9.
3. array, i.e. an army in battle-array
host, 1 Sam. 4, 2. 12. 16. 17, 22. 48
1 Chr. 12, 38.
nº f. (r. Ins) plur. ni-ya
constr. niaº.
1. a row, pile, arranged in order, as c,
the shew-bread or loaves set out in rows
before Jehovah in the temple, Lev. 24, 6
bis. Hence rººr prº in the later
books, the shew-bread, pr. ‘the bread of
arrangement” Neh. 10, 34. 1 Chr. 9, 32.
23, 29, i. q. pººr brº in the earlier;
also without triº 2 Chr. 2, 3. So too
brº rºº 13, ii. rāºri inhu, the
table of the shew-bread, on which the
loaves were arranged, 2 Chr. 29, 18.
2. Plur. ranks of an army, array, army
in battle-array, host, 1 Sam. 17, 8, 10.
23, 26. 36.45.
tº m. plur. (r. Bºx 1) naked-
mess, ſor concr. the naked, 2 Clir. 2S, 15.
Tº ſ. (r. Yºs) terror, sudden vio-
lence, Is. 10, 33.
nº (i. q. Hºº, r. nºs) Maarath,
pr. m. of a place in the mountains of Ju
dah, Josh. 15, 59.
Hipy? m. (r. Hº) constr. Hºo, c.
suff, intº ; Plur. Rºº? Gen. 20, 9,
c. suff, "tº Ecc. 2, 4, 11, which same
form is also sing. Ps. 45, 2 (comp. in
Hsnº, and Heb. Gr. § 91, 9, n); Tºº?
plur. Ps. 92, 6, also sing. Ex. 23, 12. Ps.
66, 3; "-ºx, plur. Ps. 103, 22, sing.
1 Sam. 19, 4; tº plur, also sing.
Gen. 47, 3.
1, work, i.e. labour, business, occupa-
tion, pr. noun of action of the verb nº.
Gen. 47, 3 tºº-riº what is your oc-
cupation ? 1 Chr. 23, 28 nºis Husz
pºrºsri nº the labour (doing) of the
temple-service. Ex. 5, 4 why do ye call
off the people intº from their labour?
Ez. 46, 1 nººn "º the days of labour,
as opp. to the sabbath.-Hence spoken
of any general mode of acting, conduct,
almost i. g. ºn: ; Ex. 23, 24 Hºn Nh
trinity?: thou shalt no do according to
their works, e. thou shalt not do as
51
tºyº
Fº
602
they do, sc. the gentiſes. 18, 20. Lev. 18,
3. Mic. 6, 16. Ecc. 4, 3 who hath not seen
tººr rrr, riºs: -uśs ºr nºn-rs
the evil work, conduct, wickedness, that
is done under the sun. Absol. of evil
works, wicked conduct, Job 33, 17.
2. a work, i.e. a deed, act, something
dome, e. g. a) Of God, Judg. 2, 10. Ps.
86, 8, b) Of men, deed, action, chiefly
in a bad sense; Gen. 44, 15 riºr nº
Enºus miºs Fún what deed is this that
ye have dome? Plur. Gen. 20,9. 1 Sam.
8, 8. 2 K. 23, 19. Ecc. 1, 14. Absol. of
an evil deed, 1 Sam. 20, 19 nigº Riº in
the day of that deed, sc. when Saul was
on the point of killing David ; others,
working day, opp. to a festival day.
3. a work, i.e. something made, creat-
ed. a) Of God, *, *, *wyz, the works
of his hands, (fingers Ps, 8,4,) which he
created, e. g. heaven, earth, all living
things, Ps. 8, 7. 19, 2. 103, 22. In sing.
nin' Fitº the work of Jehovah, spec. of
the judgments of God upon the wicked,
Is. 5, 19. 10, 12. 28, 21. Ps. 64, 10; also
": "Tº Hirºº id. Is. 5, 12. 29, 23. Ps. 28,
5. Comp.ºsiº. b) Of men, "Tº Hº
BTS the work of men's hands, often said
of idols, Deut. 4, 28. Ps. 115, 4, 135, 15.
Spec. of works of art, as ºr nº da-
mask-work Ex. 26, 1.31; 2ns Hirºº wo-
ven-work 28,32; nºn Huy? net-work 27,
4. Inverted, 2 Chr. 16, 14 nº rr.pn2:
with spicery-work. Once of the work of a
poet, toimuo, Ps. 45, 2—Metaph.of the
fruit, effect, of anything, Is. 32, 17 Fºx,
Bilu; HRTs the work (fruit) of righteous-
mess is peace. Hab. 3, 17.-Diſficult is
ſob 37, 7 intº ºu?s=bº rººk that all
men of his (God's) work may know him,
i. e. that all men as his creatures may
know him. But it is better with Reiske
and A. Schultens to divide the words
differently: ºnus tºs-by rºº that
all men may know their Maker.
4. work, i. e. the fruit of one's labour,
goods, effects, property, i. q. Hºsº, no. 3.
Is. 26, 12 *lºg2-93 all our goods. Jer.
18, 7. Spec. of fruits, produce, Ex. 23,
6; of cattle 1 Sam. 25, 2.
wº (contr. for nº work of Je-
povah) Maasai, pr n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 12.
nº and nº (work of Jeho-
ah) Maaseiah, pr: n, of several men,
Jer. 2. comp. 37, 3). 29, 21. 35, 4.
1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 2 Chr. 23, 1.
nºy? m. (denom. from hiº ten)
constr. Hugº Num. 18, 24, also nºz
Lev. 27, 30. 32, c. suff, intº ; plur.
nintº Neh. 12, 44, c. suff, bºrinºx.
Num. 18, 28; a tenth part, tithe, of fruits
and produce, of flocks and herds, to be
paid to the Levites, etc. see Lev. 27
30–33. Num. 18, 21. 24. Neh. 13, 5, 12%
also Num. 18, 26 sq. Neh. 10, 38. al.
Genr. Gen. 14, 20. 28, 22. Hiºr Huy:
the tithe of the tithes Neh. 10, 39. Alsc
ºn-rºu; the tithe-year, every third
year, in which the tithes were to be
applied in giving entertainments at
home, Deut. 26, 12; comp. 14, 22–28.
niPºº f plur. (r. Puy) oppressions,
earactions, Prov. 28, 16.
ºn Moph Hos. 9, 6 and F. Noph Is.
19, 13. Jer. 2, 16. Ez. 30, 13. 16, pr. m.
Memphis, a very ancient and splendid
city of Egypt, the royal seat of four
dynasties, and from the time of Psam-
metichus the metropolis of all Egypt :
surrounded with lofty mounds to guard
against the inundations of the Nile and
also against hostile assaults; and em-
bellished with splendid edifices, among
which was a celebrated temple of Vulcan
or Phtah enlarged and decorated, by
many kings, Hdot. 2.99, 136, 153. Diod.
Sic. 1. 50, 51, 67. Not far distant are
the pyramids; and the long ranges of
tombs stretching far to the south of these
were doubtless once the necropolis C J the
ancient city, which lay between them,
and the Nile. After the ſounding of
Alexandria, Memphis fell into decay,
and in Strabo's time was partly in ruins,
XVII. p. 807. In the thirteenth cen-
tury there were still here extensive and
splendid remains; see Abdallatif p. 184
ed. De Sacy. At present the site is
marked by large mounds and a few
slight architectural remains. It bears
the name of the nearest village, Mitra-
heny, fully **) &A Ro Minyet Ruhi.
neh. See Jonnard in Descr, de l’Egypte
V. 1 sq. 531 sq. Champollion l'Egypte
sous les Pharaons I. 336 sq. Comp
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 40, 41.-The
ancient hieroglyphic name is read MA
AEYº
ºppº
603
w PHTAH, the place of Phtah or Vulcan;
find later IIA ſtorq PANouf, the tem-
ple of the good god. From the ancient
form Ma-m-phtah came the Coptic
Uesuge, Uesugi, Gr. Méuqug, Arab.
J. Jo Memf, and prob. Heb. Fo; while
ſrom Panowf came Heb. Fºl. The true
signif. of the name was known to Plu-
tarch, de Isid. et Osir. p. 369: thv učv
nółw Méugu ci uév Šgu o y & y & 3 div
igumvsöovow, oi Ös àg tºgov 'Oglgudog,
i.e. both these interpretations arose out
of the proper signif the place of the good
god i. e. Osiris, or place (sepulchre) of
the good. Comp. Lepsius Lettre à Ro-
sellini p. 52. See Thesaur. p. 812.
nº pr: n, see in nujangº.
e
Włº m. (r. 539) attack, assault ;
concr. object of assault, mark, Job 7, 20.
Tº m. (r. He;) constr. Job 11, 20
§E: Tºo, a breathing out, eaſpiration
of the soul, i. e. death. Comp. GE, nº;
Jer. 15, 9. Job 31, 39.
Tº m. (r. re;) the bellows of a forge,
Jer. 6, 29. Arab. àº. id.
nija"ºn and nº? (contr. for
nu}= mSE2 “extermination of idols' acc.
to Simonis, r. rº) Mephibosheth, pr. n.
m. a)2 Sam. 21,8. b) 2 Sam.4,4.9, 6.
E"E"; see in tºu.
Yºº m. (pr. part. Hiph. r. Yip) a
mallet, maul, war-club, Prov. 25, 18.
Comp. Yºº.
ºn m. (r. Bey) 1. a falling, i.e. that
which ſalls off or away, refuse. Am.
8, 6-a ben the refuse of the grain, chaff,
St.Ta, W.
2. Any thing pendulous, a flap ; Job
41, 15 intºn whº the pendulous parts of
his flesh, i.e. on the belly of the croco-
ăile, the flabby parts, flaps.--So the
latin poets employ cadere of any thing
pendulous, see Gronov. ad Stat. S.lv. 38.
Sil. Ital. Pun. 13. 333.
risºn f (r. sº) once plur. constr
nisbrº, miracles, wondrous works, Job
37, 16, 1. q. nisº. The poet prob. chose
this unusual form because o' the like
sounding ºº in the other clause.
Tº f (r. **) a division, class
2 Chr. 35, 12.
Tº f Is. 17, 1, and Tºº? Is. 23, 13.
25, 2 (r. 923) fallen buildings, ruins,
Syr. lººsa aso id.
tº m. (r. ºe) escape, Ps. 55,9.
nxº f. (r. Yº) pr. terror; then
an idol, as inspiring terror, 1 K, 15, 13.
2 Chr. 15, 16.
tº m. (r. tº i, q. oº) a pois-
ing, balancing of the clouds, Job 37, 16,
rº f (r. be:) c. suff inheo.
1. fall, ruin, of a man Prov. 29, 16; of
a kingdom, Ez. 26, 15. 18. 27, 27. 31, 16.
2. a ruin, spoken of a fallen tree, Ez.
31, 13.
3. a carcass, as cadaver from cadere,
Tteºuſ, from Tiltra), Judg. 14, 8.
by?? m. Prov. 8, 22, and Tºyºn f
Ps. 46,9. 66, 5, work, sc. of God. R. bsg
hyº see nye-2.
Yºº m. (r. YE) a smiting in pieces;
Ez. 9, 2 Yºº ºb: i. e. a deadly weapon,
i. q. nºrujº º v. 1. Comp. v. 5. 6.
Yºº m. (r. YE) a mallet, maul, war-
club, Jer. 51, 20. Comp. "E2.
"Pºº m. (r. "pº) 1. a review, num
bering, census of a people, 2 Sam. 24, 9.
1 Chr. 21, 5.
2. an appointment, mandate, 2 Chr
31, 13.
3. an appointed place, Ez. 43, 21.
4. Miphkad, pr. n. of a gate of Jeru
salem, Neh. 3, 31.
Yºº m. (r. 7thp) haven, harbour, pr
a rent, opening in the coast, Judg. 5, 17,
—Arab #33 inlet from a river where
water is drawn up, also an anchorage
for ships.
nº f (r. pºp) the neck, pr: the
joints or vertebrae of the neck, 1 Sam.
4, 18. Chald. nºpne, sphe, id. Syr.
fº-fé vertebra. -
tº m. (r. Une) a spreading ow
erpansion. Job 36, 29. Ez. 27, 7.
Tytº f. (r. step) a step, stride,
meton. for the upper part of the legs or
the buttocks 1 Chr. 19, 4; by euphemism
for nint in the parall. 2 Sam. 10, 4.
nº
RVº
604
Errºº see neiro.
Tº m. (r. ring) a key, pr. the
opener, Judg. 3, 25. Is. 22, 22. 1 Chr.
5,37. Arab. Lºis id.
Tº m. (r. ring) an opening; Prov.
8 6 the opening of my lips, what my lips
lºtter.
jº m. (r. 1nº) the sill, threshold,
1 Sam. 5, 4.5. Ez. 9, 3. 10, 4, 18. al.
7%h see yiz.
* Nyº, 1 pers, "nss?, also "nº
Num. 11, 11; fut. Rºº, imp. Rºº, inf.
constr. Nsº, c. suff. "Nº, but Bºss?
(for bºss?) Gen. 32, 20; part. Nºa,
once sº like verbs Hº Ecc. 7, 26, fem.
nssº, nsso 2 Sam. 18, 22. Cant. 8, 10.
1. to come to, i. e. to attain to, to ar-
rive at, to reach any thing, c. 19 Job 11,
7. Chald, and Syr. sº, tºo, Eth.
dº?88, id. Arab. G-4 to go away,
kindr.
to get, to receive ; with acc. of thing,
Gen. 26, 12 Isaac in this year received
a hundred measures, i. e. he harvested
a hundred-fold. 2 Sam. 20, 6 is sº jº
ninº: Bºs lest he get possession of for-
tified cities.
2. to find, to find out, a person or
thing, Sept. sigioxo, and this is the most
freq. usage of the word; pr. to come
upon, to fall in with. So of persons Gen.
38, 20. 23. Num. 35, 27. Deut. 22, 27.
1 Sam. 10, 2. al. Of things Gen. 36, 24.
2 K. 23, 24; espec. things lost Lev. 5,
22. 23. 1 Sam. 9, 4; either with search
Gen. 31, 33 sq. Ex. 15, 22. 16, 27. al. or
without Gen. 11, 2, 26, 32. Deut. 24, 1.
al. 1 K. 13, 14 and found him sitting
wnder an oak. 2 K. 19, 8.—Hence in
V8. I’ſ Cºl S Sé InSes :
a) to find, i. Q. to attain unto, to get, to
gain, comp. in no. 1; so in a good sense,
(like Lat. ‘invenire laudem, cognomen,”)
t. g. to find good, happiness, Prov. 8, 35.
8, 22; wisdom 3, 13. 8, 9; favour, see
In Tr; no. 1; wealth Hos. 12, 9; a vision
from 3od Lam. 2, 9, comp. Ez. 3, 1; the
grave 1. e. death Job 3, 22; rest Jer. 6,
6. 45, 3. Lam. 1, 3, (But in Ruth 1, 9
to find rest is said of a woman in respect
to marriage, i, q. Sibu. Nº Cant. 8, 10.)
3-0 to go.—Hence to acquire,
e
Job 33, 24 hº "rissº I have found a
ransom, Airgov, comp. Od. 19, 403 ©ovº
tov iſow sigoluny, also Heb. 19, 12
Absol. 2 Sam. 18, 22 nss? nºw: Ts no
tidings finding sc. favour, i.e. no grate-
ful message, none which will bring re.
ward to the bearer. Also in a bad sense,
(like Gr. sigioxsly zozów Od. 21.304, ib.
24. 462,) e. g. to find evil, trouble, sor-
row, i. e. to fall into adversity, calamity,
Ps. 116, 3. Prov. 6, 33. Hos. 12, 9.
b) to find out sc. by thinking, men-
tally, e. g. an answer Job 32, 3. Neh.
5, 8. Ecc. 3, 11. 8, 17. (See Ecc. ll. cc.
in this B.) So to find out a riddle, to
solve it, Judg. 14, 12.
c) The phrase nº riss? "Tº my hand
findeth any thing, is found in a threefold
sense: 0) to get for oneself, to acquire,
i. q. to possess any thing. Lev. 25, 28
is =ºr, ºn it; riss? Nº Es if he cannot
get enough to restore it to him. 12, 8
comp. 25, 26. Job 31, 25; c. Is. 10, 14
and my hand hath found (possessed), as
a nest, ºr ºrth the riches of the na-
tions. (3) Spoken of what happens in-
cidentally, what comes to hand; e. g.
1 Sam. 10, 7 Tº sººn -uis Ah nº
do what thy hand shall find, i.e. act as
occasion shall serve. 25, 8. Judg. 9, 33.
Similar is Ecc. 9, 10 whatsoever thy hand
findeth to do, do it with thy might, i. e.
whatever is incumbent"upon thee. y)
Of enemies, to find out, to get into one’s
power; 1 Sam. 23, 17 the hand of Saul
shall not find thee out, i.e. shall not get
thee into his power. With h of pers,
Ps. 21, 9. Is. 10, 10.
d) to find or discover a fault or wrong
of which one is accused; c. 3 of pers.
1 Sam. 29, 3 Hzºsº in ºnssº NB I find
in him nothing, no fault. Ps. 17, 3; more
fully Job 19, 28, comp. Luke 6, 7. Diſ.
ferent is 2 K.9, 35 Fli iss? Sº they found
nothing of her but the skull, etc. here +
is partitive, comp. Job 20, 20.
e) to find God, i. e. to find him. propi-
tious, ready to hear and answer prayer
Deut. 4, 29. Here belongs Ps. 32, 6
one shall pray unto thee Nsº rsh in a
time of finding thee, i. e. a time when
thou art propitious; see Niph.
f) inh-ns Rºº to find one's heart, tº
take heart, to take courage, 2 San. 7
27; comp. Ps. 76, 6.
Rºº
-Xº
605
g) As in Engl. to try to find, to seek ;
1 Sam. 20, 21 ºriri-nº Rºn Tº go,
find (seek) the arrows. v. 36. Job 33,
10. Ecc. 7, 27. So of pleasure, to find
out, to seek after, Is. 58, 3. 13.
3. to come upon any one, to befall, to
happen to, with acc. of pers. (comp. Nia
r acc. no. 2. d.) Ex. 18, 8 all the traval
Tº prº hºs that had come upon
(befollen) them in the way. Gen. 44, 34.
Num. 20, 14, 32, 23. Josh. 2, 23. Judg. 6,
13. Ps. 116, 3. 119, 143. Comp. sigioxo
twº Tob. 12, 7.
4. to suffice for any thing, c. dat. Num.
11, 22. Judg. 21, 14. Comp. Engl. to
reach, Germ. hinreichen, hinlangen, hin-
länglich seyn, Gr. ixvoúusvos, ixcºvós suffi-
cient, from ixvšouot.
NipH. Syº, 2 pers, rissº; ſut, sº :
part. Rºº, plur. Bºss?, 1 Sam. 13, 15,
in pause 5-S#2; Ezra 8, 25.
1. Pr. a) Pass. of Hiph. or i. q. Kal
no. 1, to come to any one, to be brought.
Jer, 15, 16 TF1 assº; thy words were
brought sc. to me. b) Pass. of Kal no.
1, to be acquired, with h of pers. Deut.
21, 19 is sº hugs-bz all that has been
acquired by him, all that he hath. Josh.
17, 16. Praegn. Job 28, 12 wisdom, Tsº
Nºr whence shall it be acquired 2
2. to be found, pass. of Kal. no. 2,
1 Sam. 10, 2.16, 21. Gen. 41, 38. Ps. 37,
36. Josh, 10, 17, al. So of a thief to be
detected, caught, Ex. 22, 1.6. 7. Deut.
24, 7. Jer. 2, 26. Often with an adjunct
of place where, Gen. 18, 29 sq. 44, 16.
17. 2 K. 20, 13. Is. 39, 2. al-Spec. a)
With 7% to be found and selected out of
a number, i. q. Engl. to be found among,
Dan. 1, 19. Ezra 10, 18. b) Of good
and evil; 1 K. 14, 13 air, he in Rºº?
there is found in him some good thing.
1, 52 in sººn Hyn ps. 1 Sam. 25, 28.
Ez. 28, 15; also with px 2 Chr. 19, 3;
by 36, 8; ; Deut. 22, 20, c) God is
Maid to be found of men, when he is pro-
pitious, or hears and answers prayer
C. h 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15, 2. 4, 15. Jer.
29, 14. Is. 55, 6, 65, 1. Comp. Rom, 10,
20 eigé0 mu rois &ué un ºntojou.
3. to be found, i. e. to be, to eacist, to be
present in any place. a) With an ad-
§: of place where ; 1 Sam. 13, 19
sº: bbº sº. Nº ºr there was no
mith (found) in all Israel, i. e. none
existed. 1 Chr. 29, 17 HE-issºn Tº
thy people which are here present. 2 Chr.
34, 32. 2 Sam. 17, 12. 13. Is. 65, 8, al.
Of things, Gen. 47, 14 all the money that
was (found) in the land of Egypt, b)
Absol. Gen. 19, 15 nisºn Trix: "º
thy two daughters present, opp. to those
absent v. 14. Ezra 8, 25. Is. 22, 3. 1 Sain.
13, 15.—Dan. 11, 19 and he shal; stum.
ble andfallssº Rº and shall be (found.
no more, i. q. º.
HipH. Rºsºr. 1. Causat. of Kal no
1, to make come to ; with Tºñ to delive
wp or over, 2 Sam. 3, 8, Zech. 11, 6
Also to bring to, to present, with by
Lev. 9, 12. 13. 18.
2. to let acquire, to let receive, 1, e. to
allot to any one, Job 34, 11. 37, 13.
sy? see Nºiz.
*2 m. (r. 5x;) constr. 5x2, a sta-
tion, i. e. place where one stands, Josh.
4, 3.9; a military post, garrison, 1 Sam.
13, 23. 14, 1.4. 2 Sam. 23, 14; office,
post, Is. 22, 19.
Bºº m. (part. Hoph. r. 5x3) a station
of troops, post, Is. 29, 3. Here too we
may refer Judg. 9, 6 ºz ºffs agº Tibs
the oak of the garrison which is at She-
chem, so called prob. from a military
post established there. Others here
take agº in the sense of a monument,
pillar, i. Q. Tºgº.
Tºšº 1 Sam. 14, 12, and Tº
Zech. 9, 8, i. q = {2, a military post. R.
532.
Tº f. (r. 5x;) constr. nasº ; plu
ning?, constr. ni-sº, pr. ‘something
set upright.” Spec.
1. a pillar, cippus, of stone, Gen. 28,
18. 22. Ex. 24, 4. Is. 19, 19. Jer. 43, 13
wºu; nº ninsºn the columns of Beth-
shemesh, i. e. the obelisks of Heliopolis.
2, a statue, idol-image, e. g. nº
byar, the image of Baal 2 K. 3, 2. 10,
26. 27. 18, 4. 23, 14; genr. Mic. 5, 12.
Hos. 10, 1. al. -
nºxº Mezobaiah, pr. m. of a place
otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 47.
Fºº f. (r. 5x5) 1. i. q. His?, c
monument, cippus, Gen. 35, 14.20. 2 Sam.
18, 18. In this sense it is also found ir
Phenician inscriptions.
2. trunk, stump of a tree, Is. 6, 13.
51*
"Tºº
*Nº,
606
Tº m. (r. 5x) plur, niºn, Kamets
impure, a fastness, castle, stronghold, on
a hill or mountain, so called as a place
of lying in wait and watching. 1 Chr.
11, 7 and David dwelt "sºa in the
stronghold (castle, citadel); ... therefore
it was called, the city of David. Plur.
strongholds, fastnesses, 1 Sam. 23, 14.
19, 24, 1. Is. 33, 16 pºt, niºn. Jer.
18, 41. 51, 30. Coupled with caverns
Judg. 6, 2. Ez. 33, 27. Chald. Rºsº
8 . . ~~
id. Arab. SLaw mountain-top; comp.
Mooºo, the name of Herod's strong
castle Jos. B. J. 7.8. 2.
mix?, nº?, see nºis?, nºsº.
Sk Tý fut. conv. Yºº Judg. 6, 38.
1. Pr. i. q. Ysº, nº?, to suck, then to
Buck out, to drink out greedily, to drain.
Is, 51, 17 the inebriating cup thou hast
drunk, thou hast sucked it out, i. e. hast
drunk it greedily even to the dregs. Ps.
75, 9. Ex. 23, 34–Syr. ſsic id. Lºc
epotatio.
2. to press or squeeze out moisture,
with 7% from any thing, Judg. 6, 38.
Chald. Syr. Pa. id.
Niph. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, Ps. 73,
10.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9.
I. Tº f (r. 7:2) pr.sweetness, concr.
sweet, i. e. not fermented, unleavened,
ūguov. Lev. 2, 5 Hºrr rise it shall be
unleavened. Often in genit. ris? ren
an unleavened cake Lev. 8, 26. Num. 6,
19; ‘o pºp'. Num. l. c. In plur, niºr
his? unleavened cakes Num. 6, 15 (for
the double plur. see in Pain no. 1, note.
Heb. Gr. § 106. 3); % “pºp” Lev. 2, 4.
, 12 ; nix? riss Ex. 12, 39. Here be-
ſongs also nix” prº unleavened bread
Ex. 29, 2, and simpl. nisº id. Gen. 19,
3; also often nix” bes to eat unleavened
bread Ex. 13, 6, 7. 23, 15. Lev. 6, 9.
Deut. 16, 3. 8; comp. Lev. 10, 12. 1
Sam. 28, 24. So nixºn ar, the festi-
Sal of unleavened bread, the Passover,
£x. 23, 15. 2 Chr. 8, 13. 30, 13. 21;
\lipt. nisºn id. Gr. tº &guo, Ex. 12,
7, comp. 23, 15.
II. Tº f (r. Hº) contention, quarrel,
*rov. 13, 10. 17, 19. Is. 58, 4. -
Hy? (perh, for Nºix, founta n) Mo
zah, pr. m. of a place in the tribe of Ben
jamin, Josh. 18, 26.
Tº f (r. 913) a neighing, snor:
ing, Jer. 8, 16. 13, 27.
Tixº, m. (r. Tºx) constr. Tixº, c. suff
ints? Job 19, 6; plur. Pºlis”.
1. capture, i. e. prey, gain, Prov. 12
12.
2. a net, sc. of a hunter, Ecc. 7. 26,
Job 19, 6. Syr. ſºrse, Arab. Jºaº
net. g
3. i. q. ‘is’, a fortress, bulwark, a
besieging tower, Ecc. 9, 14. Two Mss.
read ºn-ºxo, which accords better with
the context; comp. Deut. 20, 20. Ez, 4,
2. Mic. 4, 14.
"Tºº f (r. Tºx) i. q. masc. Tisº.
1. a met, sc. of a fisherman, Ecc. 9, 12.
2. a fortress, castle, on a hill or moun-
tain, Is. 29, 7. Plur, ni- sº Ez. 19, 9.
Tºxº f also nº Ez. 13, 21 (r.
Tºx) constr. nºxº, c. suff, inºx'.
1. capture, prey, Ez. 13, 21.
2. a met, of a hunter, Ez. 12, 13. 17,
20. Ps, 66, 11.
3. i. q. Tºº, nºis?, a fortress, castle,
stronghold, Job 39, 28. Tiºs ºn the cita-
del of Zion 2 Sam. 5, 7.9. 1 Chr. 11, 5;
genr. 1 Sam. 22, 4, 5. 24, 23. So with
art. ‘ºn of a ſortress near the plain of
Rephaim north of Bethlehem 2 Sam. 5,
17. 23, 14. 1 Chr. 11, 16.-Trop. God is
said to be a fortress, i. e. a defender,
protector, Ps. 18, 3. 31, 4, 71, 3. 91, 2.
144, 2; and so ni-tºx, nº Ps. 31, 3.
Tº f (r. Hys) constr. nyx2, c. suff.
"nº ; plur. nisº, once nins? Neh. 9,
14, c. suff, "nºsº; a command, precept.
law, Sept. Évrožň. Spoken: a) Of
human commands, ºn nºx” Is, 36, 21.
Esth. 3, 3. 2 Chr. 8, 15. 30, 12; also
Jer, 35, 18. Is. 29, 13. b) Of the divine
commands, either singly or of the whole
divine law, comp. Thin, toº?. Lev
4, 13 one of the commandments of Jeho.
vah that are not to be done, i.e. a prohi.
bitory command, interdict. Most freq.
in plur. * : nºsº the commandments of
Jehovah, often coupled with the synor,
bºr, niprº, ni-in, tºo, ris
Gen. 26, 5. Ex. 16, 28. Deut. 6, 2. 1 K
"lºn
yNZY-
607
8, 3. al. saep. Collect. the law, Deut. 5,
28, 6, 1. 8, 1. 17, 20. 27, 1. al. Meton.
5**śn nº the commandment of the
Levites, i. e. what was commanded to
be given to them, Neh. 13, 5.
Tºxº f. Ex. 15, 5. Neh. 9, 11. Ps, 88,
7, also nºwn f. i. q. Hºx, a depth, deep
place, e.g. of the sea, Jon. 2, 4. Mix. 7,
19; trop. Ps. 88, 7; of a river, Zech. 10
11; of mire, Ps. 69, 3. R. bºx q. v.
Pºº m. (r. phs I) straitness, distress,
Ps. 119, 143. Jer. 19, 9. Deut. 28, 53.
55. 57. '72 w"s one in distress 1 Sam.
22, 2. -
Pºº m. (r. phs II. 2) plur. constr.
"px?, a pillar, column; Kimchi well,
nºx, Tºyº. 1 Sam. 2, 8 yrs “px?
the pillars of the earth i. q. yºs "Tºx.
Trop. of a rock or cliff isolated like a
column ; 1 Sam. 14, 5 the one crag pºs?
'o bºo Tipsº a column on the north over
against Michmash. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 116–In the Talmud phs
is a high and steep mountain.
Tº f (r. phs I) straitness, distress,
Job 15, 24. Zeph. 1, 15. Plur. Ps. 25,
17. 107, 6, 13. 19. 28.
1. Tixº, m. constr. -isº, c. suff. Thºs”
Ez. 4, 8. R. has I.
1. straitness, distress, Deut. 28, 53 sq.
Jer. 19, 9.
2. siege, Ez. 4, 2.7. Zech. 12, 2. Nia
his ºn to be besieged, of a city, 2 K. 24,
10, 25, 2. al.
3. a mound, bulwark, of besiegers,
Deut. 20, 20. Mic. 4, 14. Ez. 4, 2.
Hence
4. a fortification, fortress, Hab. 2, 1.
nigº nºw a fortified city Ps. 31, 22, 60,
11; plur. 2 Chr. 8, 5. Mic. 7, 12.
II. Tixº, pr. m. for Egypt, and appa-
ently for Lower Egypt; thrice ºns"
nigº the streams or canals of Egypt, the
oranches of the Nile, Is. 19, 6. 37, 25. 2
K. 19, 24.—Under the name nisº there
seems to lurk the Egyptian ºxe'WO?po
kingdom, as in risme the word boºpo
wing. But the Hebrews doubtless as-
Sribed to it a domestic origin, prob. as
signifying a border, limit, (r. "Sº,) i. q.
Ç
Arab. . ão, perh, as sing of the dua.
r y-aº. p &=>
tº the two Egypts, q.v. Ot ers
e.g. Bochart in Phaleg IV. 24, suppose
Egypt to be so called as being strong
and fortified, i. q. his? I. 4; see Diod
Sic. 1. 31.
Tºxºf Gr-ºs I) plur.ninºsa, nºngº.
1. a mound, bulwark, of besiegers, 1. q.
nis? no. 3, Is. 29, 3.
2. a fortress, fortified city, 2 Chr,
11, 11; more fully Hºsº ºly 14, 5; º;
ninºx. 11, 10. 11.23. 12, 4, 21, 3.
nº f. (r. riº) i, q, nº II, quarrel
strife. Is. 41, 12 Tºxº "lºs thy ad
versaries, enemies. i
Sk rigº a root not in use, perh, to Shine,
y
i. q. -sa and $, comp. -sa to be
cheerful, and by transp. —sº to shine
Hence the two following:
Tº m. (Is. 48, 4 proves nothing ſor
the fem.) c. suff, ºr sº, plur. constr.
nins? ; the forehead, 1 Sam. 17, 49.
2 Chr. 26, 19. Hiſ Hu's rigº the (shame-
less) brow of a harlot Jer. 3, 3. Ez. 3, 7
Tisº "Pºr of an impudent forehead. v.8.
9. Is. 48, 4 nujarī; Trisº thy brow is
brass, brazen. Plur. Ez. 9, 4.
"Tºº f. a greave, greaves, armour for
the legs, q. d. frontlets of the leg, constr.
rrisº 1 Sam. 17, 6. R. rigº.
Tº f (r. 9%; I) only plur. ribsº,
bells, upon horses and camels for orna-
ment, Zech. 14, 20. See in rºº.
rºx? f. (r. Bºš II) a shady place,
shade, Zech. 1, 8.
nº f(r. 9%; I) only in dual bºsº,
cymbals, for accompanying music, 1 Chr.
13, 8. Ezra 3, 10. Neh. 12, 27. al. So
in Greek, dual xvuffºlo, -ow. See in
bºx.
mºn f (r. Fºs) turban, tiara, of the
high priest Ex. 28, 4.39. 29, 6. Lev. 8,
9. 16, 4; of a king Ez. 21, 31. For the
form of it, see Braun de Vestitu sacerd.
Heb. p. 624 sq. Jos. Antiq. 3. 7.3. 3. J.
5. 5. 7.
9:2 m. (r. ss") a couch, bed, some
thing spread down, Is. 28, 20.
Tº m. (r. Tºx) plur, constr. ºxº
step, walk, Ps, 37, 23. Prov. 20, 24
y Vº
ºnxº
608
rºl in his steps, i.e. in his com-
pany, Dan, 11, 43. Comp. Tº Judg.
4, 10. -
Tº f (nºs and 2) pr. ‘what
is next to a little,’ i.e. subparvum, par-
vulum, a little thing, ºn rris TE Dan.
8, 9; see Lehrg. § 123, also art. Tº no.
3. g.—Better: even a little one, accord-
ing to the idiom noted in Tº no. 1. a. 77 ;
see Thesaur. p. 805. g.
º, m, (r. -ss) constr. º.º.
1. Pr. smallness ; hence any thing
small, little, Gen. 19, 20. Job 8, 7; of a
small number, 2 Chr. 24, 24 Pºujś º? |
few men ; of a short time, Is. 63, 18
nº for a little while.
2. Mizar, pr. n. of a summit prob. in
the ridge of Anti-Lebanon or Hermon,
Ps. 42, 7.
Tº m. (r. Hºs) constr. HExx.
1. a watch-tower, Is. 21, 8. Also a
lofty place, whence one can see far and
wide around, whether furnished with a
watch-tower or not, 2 Chr. 20, 24.
2. Mizpeh, pr. n. of several towns and
cities, in elevated situations: a) In the
plain of Judah, Josh. 15, 38. b) In Ben-
jamin, Josh. 18, 26; see Tºšº no. 2, c)
In Moab, 1 Sam. 22, 3. d) In Gilead
Judg. 11, 29, see HR3% no. 1. This may
be the same with Hºri nº Josh. 13,
26. e.) A valley in the high region of
Lebanon Josh. 11, 8, comp. 11, 3.
Tºyº (watch-tower, lofty place, r.
nex) always with the art. Hºsºn, with
n loc. Hrºn, Mizpah, pr. n.
1. A town or city of Gilead, Judg. 10,
17. 11, 11. 34. Hos. 5, 1. Some refer
hither Judg. 11, 29 +sh-resº, but see
in Hºsº no. 2. d. For the origin of this
place, see Gen. 31, 49.
2. A city of Benjamin, where the peo-
ple were wont to convene, Judg. 20, 1.
3. – Sam. 7, 5–16. al. It was afterwards
fortified by Asa to protect the border
against the kingdom of Israel, 1 K. 15, 22.
2 Chr. 16, 6. Later it was the residence
of the Chaldean governor, Jer. 40, 6 sq.
comp. Neh. 3, 7, 15. 19. Once written
hexºn Josh. 18, 26. [Prob. the high
point two hours north-west of Jerusa-
em, now called Neby Samwil; see Bib.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 143, 144.—R.
tº m. plur. (r. Et) hidden places
Obad. 6.
2k Yº fut. Yº: 1. to suck to such
g tº ~
out, i. q. Tº and nº. Arab. Udio
Chald, Ysº, Syr. sº, id. all of which
imitate the sound, as also Gr. Müšo,
wv&o, uégos. Hence to draw out with
relish, to taste, Js. 66, 11; comp. p. v.
12.-Things sweet and pleasant are
wont to be sucked out, hence
2. to be sweet, whence Hºº sweet i. e.
unleavened. Comp. prº, which also
has both significations.
Pº see in phs?.
sk ºr nº º
"s: obsol. root, which seems to
have had the same power as the kindr.
*:::, to shut in, to restrain; whence
Chald. "Nº, Arab. * limit, border.
and Heb. His? II, tºº.
º, m. (r. hºs, as apº from nºt)
straitness, distress, Ps. 118, 5. Plur.
tºº, constr. ºn, Lam. 1, 3. Ps.
116, 3.
rºyº, see in Hºxn.
tº dual pr. n. for Egypt, Gen. 46,
34, 50, 11; often more fully tºº yºs
the land of Egypt, fem. Gen. 45, 20. 47,
6. 13. Also for the people, the Egyp
tians, in prose, and mostly with plur
Gen. 45, 2. 47, 15. 20. 50, 3. Ex. 1, 14.
rarely with sing. masc. 14, 25.31; poet.
with sing. masc. Is. 19, 16. 25. Jer. 46, 8,
and fem. Hos. 9. 6. Joel 4, 19. With
n loc. Tºnsº Gen. 26, 2. al. —Sing.
*is? Lower Egypt q. v. Hence the
dual bºnº seems to have originally
denoted the two Egypts, i. e. Lower and
Upper Egypt (the latter pr. pinne) by
zeugma, as we now say the two Sicilies,
for Sicily and Naples; although this
origin being afterwards left out of view
the dual cºnsº is sometimes so employed
as not to include Pathros or upper Egypt
Is. 11, 11. Jer. 44, 15. Othets ineptly refe.
the dual form to the two parts of Egyp
as divided by the Nile. The Arabs have
9 o
the sing. /~~~ Misr, Egypt, pr. lini
border; Syr. has the dual, although rare
*xº
"p:
609
n this language, <sº ..—The gentile
noun is "ns? an Egypticºn Gen. 39, 1 ;
f nºns? Gen. 16, 1. Plur. m. Bºx2
Gen. 12, 12. 14; f, niºns? Ex. 1, 19.-
[Engl. Vers, as pr. m. of pers. Mizraim,
Gen. 10, 6, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 8.—R.
F.2 m. (r. Fins) a fining-pot, cruci-
ble, Prov. 17, 3. 27, 21. -
P2 m. (r. ppg) rottenness, putridity.
Is, 3, 24 Hºrtº P2 tº a rrr, instead of a
sweet smell there shall be rottenness, i. e.
the foetor of putrid ulcers. 5, 24 the root
shall be as rottenness i.e. rotten wood.
Tº f (r. 5p3) a hammer, mallet,
pr. the pointed hammer of the stone-
cutter and smith, 1 K. 6, 7. Is. 44, 12.
Jer. 10, 4.—Hence prob. the name Mox-
koğoſios, "sº, the hammerer; comp.
the French name Charles Martel.
F#22 f. (r. 5p;) 1. i. q. rºg, a
hammer, Judg. 4, 21.
2. a mine, quarry, broken in the rock,
Is. 51, 1.
Fºº (place of shepherds, r. ſp.)
Makkedah, pr. m. of a place in the plain
of Judah, anciently a royal city of the
Canaanites, Josh. 10, 10. 12, 16. 15, 41.
tº m. (r. ºp) once tº Dag.
euph. Ex. 15, 17; c. suff. ibºº, once
irreg. iliºpº Num. 18,29; plur. Rºujº,
constr. º.
1. any thing sacred, hallowed, Num.
18, 29.
2. a holy place, sanctuary, espec. the
sacred tabernacle of the Israelites, Ex.
25, 8. Lev. 12, 4, 21, 12. Num. 10, 21.
18, 1; the temple 1 Chr. 22, 19, 2 Chr.
29, 21. Dan. 11, 31. al. Often more fully,
* Sºrº bipº Is. 60, 13; nº tºp? Tº
Dan. 8, 11. Tº unpº the king's sanc-
tuary, i.e. set apart and sacred to him-
self. Am. 7, 13. Plur. *: nº ºn Jer.
51, 51 sanctuaries (sacred places) of the
temple; ºs ºp? Ps. 73, 17 id. But
bsº hºp” the sanctuaries of Israel,
i.e. idolatrous and unlawful, Am. 7, 9.
3. an asylum, the temple and sacred
places among the Hebrews having the
privilege of an asylum, as also among
the Greeks, Is. 8, 14. Ez. 11, 16; comp.
K. 1, 50. 2, 28. See 3 Macc. 4 34.
Paºsan. Corinth. 13.
tº m. plur. Ps. 26, 12, and
nº f. plur. Ps. 68,27. R. Brip.
1. assemblies, chiefly of those praising
God, choirs, Ps. ll. cc.
2. Makheloth, pr. m. of a station of the
Israelites in the desert, Num. 33, 25.
T]2% m. also SP%, 2 Chr. 1, 16
Cheth, once Tºº 1 K. 10, 28; constr.
nipz, 2 Chr. 1, 16. R. Hyp.
1. eacpectation, hope, confidence, 1 Chr.
29, 15. Ezra 10, 2. Also one in whom
confidence is placed, of God Jer. 14, 8,
17, 13. 50, 7.
, a gathering together, collection, see
r. nip Niph. a) Of waters, Gen. 1, 10.
Ex. 7, 19. Lev. 11; 36. b) a band,
company, of men and animals, e.g. of
horses, a caravan ; so prob. in 1 K. 10,
28 -nnnn nº nº ºn ºrb Hºpa,
and a company of the king’s merchants
brought from Egypt a company of horses
at a price; also 2 Chr. 1, 16. There is
a play of words in the double use of the
word nº for a band of merchants and
a troop of horses. So Piscator and Wa-
fablus; but interpreters have here very
widely differed; see Bochart Hieroz. T.
I. p. 171. 172. Michaelis Supplem. p.
1271. Mos. Recht III, p. 331.
ºf (r. Hyp Niph.) gathering-place
for waters, a pool, reservoir, Is. 22, 11.
Bipº, also ºp? Ex. 29, 13 (r. Bºp)
constr. Bipº, c. suff, icip;, Flºpm Gen.
29, 3; plur, nioipº, c. suff, Eriop?;
comm. gend, rarely fem. Gen. 18, 24.
Job 20, 9, in plur. 2 Sam. 17, 12 Cheth.
1. place, pr. station, from standing,
etc. Arab. Lás, Eth. ºppº, id.
Phen. Epo place, town.—Gen. 1, 9. 13.
3. 14. 22, 3. 28, 11. 17. Ecc. 3, 20. 6, 6.
al. saep. Gen. 24, 23 a place for us to
lodge in. v. 25. 31. "x bipº a marrow
place Num. 22, 26; tºi"p ºn a holy place
Ex. 29, 31; hintº ºn a clean place Lev.
4, 12. 6,4; Nº. 2 an unclean place Lev.
14,40. Bipº-bºx, in every place, every
where, Num. 18, 31. Prov. 15, 3. Tr;
h Bipº to assign a place to any one, e. g.
for sitting 1 Sam. 9, 22, or dwelling
Josh. 20, 4, 1 Sam. 27, 5; but also to
give place to any one, i. e. to give way
to yield, Judg. 20,36. A pºp? ship to au.
hp?
Sp?
610
point a place to any one, sc. as a refuge
Ex. 21, 13, or for dwelling 2 Sam. 7,
10. 1 K. 8, 21. With genit. ºn tip?
the place of ashes Lev. 1, 16; Tºpº 'o a
place of (for) cattle Num. 32, 1; Tº ‘a
David's place, seat, 1 Sam. 20, 25.27.—
Spec. the place of any one, i. e. a) a
ilwelling-place, habitation, home, Gon.
29, 26. 30, 25. Num. 24, 11. Judg. 11, 19;
also Ex. 3, 8. Ps. 44, 20. Is. 18, 7. Pro-
verbially Job 7, 10 izip2 is ºn 2: Nº
his place shall know him no more, i. e.
he shall be wholly forgotten. Ps. 103, 16;
comp. Job 20,9. Ps. 37, 10. Also Job 16,
18 ºrpºr; bipq ºr, bs let there be no
abiding-place for my cry, i.e. no delay,
but let it ascend at once to God. b) A
place where any thing is found, finding-
place, as arº "o Job 28, 1 (parall. Nixº).
v. 6. Comp. v. 12.23.—The constr. state
is often found before nuis, espec. in the
phrase nu's pipzz, in the place where,
Lev. 4, 24, 33. 6, 18. 2 Sam. 15, 21. 1 K.
21, 19. Jer. 22, 12; also ºff bipº-bs id.
Ecc. 1, 7; and with Fly as relat. Ps. 104,
8. Sometimes the absol. is retained, as
hu's bipº-bz Josh. 1, 3. Deut. 12, 13.
Ex. 21, 13. al. In the later books cip?
nufts, or 'u' bipº, the place where, is some-
times used redundantly for where (nuisa,
huſs), wherever; Ecc. 11, 3 bºu; bip?
sºn, but Yºr, where the tree falleth there
it shall be. Esth. 4, 3, 8, 17. Ez. 6, 13; so
toe Gen. 39, 20. 40, 3.−Adv. with genit.
i. q. in place of instead of, Is. 33,21. Hos.
2, 1 [1, 10]. Ecc. 3, 16. Comp. Arab.
J°, Syr. Noo?, locus et adv. loco.
2. a place, i. e. a town, village, Gen.
18, 24. 19, 12. 14, 29, 22. 23, 17. Tufts
bipºn the men of the place, the inhabi-
tants, Judg. 19, 16; inipº -stº Ruth 4, 10.
Also a region, district, Judg. 18, 10. Pipº
tº the region of Shechem Gen. 12, 6.
-ipº m. (r. Hºp) constr. ºp? Lev.
12, 7; c. suff, inipº, Flºp? Lev. 20, 17;
a fountain, pr. opened by digging, Hos.
13, 15. Jer. 51, 36. Zech. 13, 1. nip?
sººn tº a fountain of living waters
ſer. 2, 13. 17, 13.—Trop. fountain of
tears, i. e. the eye, Jer, 8, 23; fountain
of blood, by euphemism for pudenda mu-
liebris, Lev. 12, 7, 20, 18 (where nº is
omitted); fountain of life or happiness
Ps. 36, 10. Prov. 10, 11. 13, 14. 14, 27.
16, 22; fountain of wisdom Prov. 18, 4.
In a different sense, Ps. 68, 27 hipzz
bsº ye from the fountain of Israel
i. e. who are the posterity of Israe.
comp. By? Is. 48, 1.
TP% m. (r. riph) a taking receiving
of gifts 2 Chr. 19, 7.
ninP2 f plur. (r. riph no. 2) waves
merchandise, Neh. 10, 32, comp. v. 31
Talm. Tº emtio.
Tº m. (r. htºp I) incense, Ex. 30, 1
nºtºn f. (r. hºp I) a censer, to
burning incense, 2 Chr. 26, 19. Ez. 8, 11.
Sk Sp? obsol. root, prob. i. q. Ethiop.
ſlºpe A and ſlºp"A to germinate, to
sprout, (a and a being interchanged,)
whence ſlºp"A a sprout, scion, twig.
From this again comes the secondary
verb 'f'ſ] PA to punish, pr. obviously, to
smile with a rod, although Ludolf sepa-
rates these roots in his Lex. p. 238.
Comp. also Syr. ifesa. The Lat, bacu-
lus is not here to be drawn into compari-
son; for this comes from 360, and is
pr: a walking-stick, comp. 60xtigtow.—
Hence the two following:
BP2 m. constr. 9p2 Jer. 1, 11, and
*pº Gen. 30, 37, c. suff. ibp2, tºº
plur. nihp?; a shoot, rod, Gen. 30, 37 sq.
Jer. 1, 11. Then, a staff (comp. htºn)
which one carries in his hand, Gen. 32.
11. Ex. 12, 11. 1 Sam. 17, 40, 41; with
which an animal is beaten Num. 22, 27;
the crook of a shepherd Zech. 11, 7 sq.
Tº bpo a dart or javelin Ez. 39, 9
Chald. Tº bpo spiculum, Castell.—Of a
divining rod, ćufföouww.telo, Hos. 4, 12.
nºpº (perh, for nibpºp staves) Mik-
loth, pr. m. m. a) 1 Chr. 27, 4. b) 1 Chr.
8, 32. 9, 37. 38.
tº m. (r. tºp no. 2) a refuge, asy
lum, Num. 35, 12. 15. Josh. 20, 3. his
tº a city of refuge, for homicides to
flee to, Josh. 21, 13. 21. 27. 32. 36; plur
thp? ºny Num. 35,6. Josh. 20, 2. 1 Chr
6, 42. 52.
rººf (r. shp II) sculpture, carva,
work, sc. in relief. 1 K. 6, 18. Plur
nishp?, constr. Fishp?, 1 K. 6, 29.3a
7, 31.
Ep?
-p:
Ol 1
tPº see in Bipº.
T.P. m. (r. Hºp) once fem. Ex. 34,
19; constr. H2F%, c. suff. Tipº, ºn-pº,
12-pº; also sing, with rad. Yodh re-
tained (see under nºz, Hs 12, Heb.
Gr. §91.9 m), as "Epº my flock Num. 20,
19, Tº thy flock Is. 30, 23; but plur.
where the suff, is plur. and refers to more
than one, as Dzºº your flocks 2 K. 3,
17. Josh. 1, 14; thrºp, their flocks Gen.
36, 7.46, 6, 47, 17. Jer. 49, 32.
1. a purchase, i. e. things bought,
Gen. 49, 32.
2. possessions, riches, wealth, but al-
ways of cattle, in which alone the wealth
of nomadic tribes consists; comp. Gr.
*tjv0s, pr. i. q, xrïux, possession; big
i. q. Lat. ovis and ops (whence opilio),
plur. opes ; Arab. Jº, Syr. <aai,
opes et oves; comp. also Germ. das Gut
used in Holstein for cattle, see Voss on
Virg. Ecl. 10. 19.—So Gen. 13, 2. 7. 29,
7. Ex. 9, 4, 6, Is. 30, 23. al. saep. "uºs
nº men of cattle, herdsmen, shep-
herds, Gen. 46, 32. 34. Hypº Yºs a
land for cattle, adapted for pasturage,
Num. 32, 1.4. The word Fiºn is strict-
ly used only of sheep, goats, and neat
cattle, (nº jRs,) excluding beasts of
burden; Gen. 26, 14 Hipº TNs Hºp?
"E: . 47, 17 and Joseph gave them
bread-par. Hypº issn Hypº ºbºea
bºrº. Ecc. 2, 7. 2 Chr. 32, 29. Gen.
36, 6. Num. 31, 9. More rarely asses
and camels are also comprehended, e.g.
Job 1, 3.
Tº fem, of nºpº 1. purchase Lev.
27, 22; Hººn "Etº a bill of purchase
Jer. 32, 11 sq. Concr. thing purchased,
as nº nº purchase of money, a slave
bought with money, Gen. 17, 12. 13.23.
Ex. 12, 44. Also price of purchase,
Lov. 25, 16. 51.
2. a possession, Gen. 23, 18
*Tºº (possession of Jehovah) Mik-
ceiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 21.
tº m, (r. ber) divination, Ez. 12,
B4. 12, 7.
YPº (end, r. "'sp, like men from Tºº)
|Iakaz, pr. m. of a place in Dan or Ju-
Hall 1 K. 4. 9.
2ix}% m. also 3% Ez. 46, 21 (r
ssp.) plur, nºxP2, constr. **ispº, c.
suff, Yºryis sp?; an angle, corner, Ex
26, 24, 36, 29. Neh. 3, 19. 20. 24. 25.
Mostly an internal angle, Ez. 46, 21. 22.
Neh. 3, 24.
Tº f. (r. ssp.) a chisel, carving-
tool, with which wooden images were
carved out; Plur. nisºpº Is. 44, 3.
Targ. Bºys a knife, cutter.
Fºº, see in nº no. 2.
>k PP% in Kal not used, to melt, to p.ne
away, comp. kindr. 12%, tºo, Ahn, q.v.
Chald, id. Comp. among occidental
roots maceo, macer.
NIPH. pp: fut. "Pa" 1. to be melted,
to melt. Is. 34, 4 Bºn-sº-bz P2: .
and all the stars of heaven shall melt, be
melted, sc. like wax candles, to which
the poet thus compares them ; so Wi-
tringa well explains this image. Hence
to flow, to run, of ulcers, Ps. 38, 6 hp??
"...hhan my sores run sc. with matter.
2. to pine away, to consume away, of
the eyes and tongue, Zech. 14, 12; of
men, Lev. 26, 39. Ez. 24, 23. 33, 10.
HipH. pºſſ causat. to cause to pine
away, Zech. 14, 12.
Deriv. p72.
TP2 see in nipº.
STP2 m. (r. sºp) plur. constr. "Nºn
1. a calling together, convocation,
Num. 10, 2 nºr sºprah for convoking
the assembly. Hence a) a convocation,
assembly, sc. of the people for worship
and for the performance of the sacred
rites, Trovãyvets, Is. 1, 13. Often Nºpz
tºp Lev. 23, 3, 7.8. 24. 27. Num. 28.
25, 26. b) place of convocation, plur.
holy places, Is. 4, 5.
2. a reading, reading aloud. Neh. 8,
8 they gave attention to the reading.
TP% m. (r. Hºp) 1. hap, chance,
accident, 1 Sam. 6, 9, 20, 26. Ruth 2, 3.
2. lot, fortune, event, which happens
** any one. Ecc. 2, 14 rps Tris rinpº
tº-rs the same event happens to them
all. v. 15. 3, 19. 9, 2, 3.
nº m. (r. Hºp) pr. part. Pi. frame,
frame-work of beams, joists, etc. Ece,
10, 18.
-p?
Nº.
612
TP% f (r. hºp) a cooling, refreshing,
'udg. 3, 20. 24.
tº see ºpin.
T.P. m. (r. nu;p II) pr. turned work,
opus tornatum, i. q. fem. Tºrº. Once,
Is, 3, 24 Hºrº nº turned work, lit.
‘work of turned work,' ironically of the
hair dressed in artificial curls. Other
interpretations see in Thesaur. p. 1243.
1. Tº f of the preced, turned work,
opus tornatum, both of wood Ex. 25, 18,
and of gold and silver Ex. 25, 31. So
of the golden candelabra Ex. 25, 31. 36.
37, 17.22. Num.8,4; of the silver trump-
ets, Num. 10, 2; of a column, Jer. 10, 5;
of the cherubim, Ex. 25, 18 nºn Húr?
Ens with turned work shalt thou make
them, sc. the cherubs. These were of
oleaster-wood covered with gold, as
appears from 1 K. 6, 23, comp. v. 28;
hence the signification of solid, beaten
gold, assigned by some to nuºpº, as
if from r. nu;p no. I, is false.
II. Tº m. (for sujºº, denom. from
Nºp cucumber) a field of cucumbers, Is.
935. 9.
1, 8, Arab. §UKão.
Tº m. (r. ºn?) A) From the root
ino. 1, subst, a drop, Is. 40, 15.
B) From the root no. 2. 1. Adj. with
ſem. ny, bitter, Is. 5, 20. Prov. 27, 7;
of brackish water, bitter, acrid, Ex. 15,
23.—Metaph. a) sad, sorrowful, Ez.
3, 14; often of the mind Job 21, 25; nº
tº bitter in spirit, sad at heart, 1 Sam.
1, 10. 22, 2. Job 3, 20. Prov. 31, 6. b)
biller, of a cry, of grief, etc. i. e. vehe-
ment; Hºº Hºi"; rips: a great and
bitter cry Gen. 27, 34. Esth. 4, 1. Ez. 27,
31-2 "Poo bitter lamentation i.e. vehe-
ment. Also of a bitter or cruel fate,
Jer. 4, 18. Prov. 5, 4. Am. 8, 10, c)
For fierce, vehement, raging, i. q. Arab.
3ro, (whence also we see how ty
strong can stand in antithesis to sweet
Judg. 14, 14.) Hab. 1, 6; º; hº id.
Judg. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 17, 8. d) deadly,
destructive, Ps. 64, 4. Jer. 2, 19. Ecc. 7,
26; comp. in no. 2. c.
2. Subst: a) bitterness, as of death
| Sam. 15, 32. b) "tº nº the bitter-
ness of my soul, sadness, Job 7, 11. 10, 1.
lº, 3%, 15, c) bitter lot, calamity, Is.
38, 17. Hence deadliness, destruction
Num. 5, 24, 27; tınºr "g the deadly
waters v. 18. 19. 24.
3. Adv. bitterly ; so ºn Is. 33, 7. Zeph,
1, 14; nº Ez. 27, 30.
nº m. fully nio Cant. 4, 6, 5, 5, c.
Makk. Th? Ex. 30, 23; myrrh, so called
from its flowing, distilling, see r. nº
$º
no. 1, Arab. 2. , Gr. avgéo (as if from
a ſem. Hºº) also guigva, a substance
which distils in tears from a tree grow-
ing in Arabia, resembling the Egyptian
thorn according to Dioscor. I. 17. These
tears then harden into a bitter aromatic,
gum, which was highly prized, and used
in incense Ex. 30, 23; in perfumes Ps.
45,9. Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 3,6; in unguents
Esth. 2, 12. Cant. 5, 5 ; and among the
Greeks for strengthening wine, Mark 15,
23. 36. The best kind, was called ºn?
*::: Cant. 5, 5, and -i-, -}. Ex. 30, 23.
as distilling of itself ſrom the tree, and
therefore most highly prized, outgvo.
growth, Sept. opigyo &lsztá. So nins
niñº, a bag of myrrh, worn for the sake
of its perfume (as UE: nº Is. 3, 20) sus-
pended from the neck of a female, Cant.
1, 13. (Others understand here a bun-
dle of the flowers or leaves of myrrh,
against the common usage of the words.)
Of the tree, however, which produces
the myrrh, we have had until recently
no accurate account. Ehrenberg dis-
covered it in Arabia, and has fully de
scribed it. The name is balsamodendrom
myrrha ; see Nees v. Esenbeck Plant.
Officin. Tab. 357. Comp. Dioecor. l. c.
with Sprengel’s commentary. Celsi
Hierobot. T. I. p. 520.
* I. Ryº i. q. Tºº, sº 1. to lash,
to whip, e. g. a horse into a mole rapid
course ; see Hiph.
2. to be perverse, rebellious. Part fem
Hsnin, i. q. Hºin, rebellious, Zeph. 3, 1.
HipH. once of the ostrich rising from
her nest, and by the flapping of her
wings lashing herself up into her course
Job 39, 18 sºnºr Binga nºz yet now
she lashes herself up on high. Comp
tohuš and piuj.—All the ancient intpp
to raise oneself up, to rise up, as if sº?
were by transp. for ts, pin.
Nºnº
Nºnº
613
* II. Nº or N.Y., a root not
ºund in the verb, to be well fed, to be
*~. 15 -
fat. Arab, ſº and Grø bene profecit
..".
s. bene cessit cibus, > ortis (pr. pin-
guis), virilis ſuit, whence 23, Chald.
Nº?, a man. Kindred are Nº Hiph. to
ſeed, to fatten, Nº fat, which we have
reſerred (see sº) to the idea of cutting
up, and so of eating. But perhaps this
signif may corne rather from the notion
of filling, since Ninº, Nº, approach near
to sº? q. v. Comp, the Sanscr.pri, pri,
to fill, nourish, sustain.—Hence sºn?
fat. Fish? crop. of a bird, and pr. n.
Rººg.
87% (i. q. rºyº sad) Mara, pr. n.f.
Ruth 1, 20 Cheth. See in Hyº II. 2. b.
Sº Chald. m. dominus, lord, Dan.
2,47. 4, 16.21, 5,23. Syr. º.º., Arab.
º, id. pr. man. R. Ryº II.
Nº see sºlio.
#Tº Merodach, see Th?.
Tisha Tsºn (Merodach i. e. Mars
his lord ; according to Bohlen i. q. Pers.
cle) → <ers vir laudatus, but less
well.) Merodach-Baladan, pr. n. of a
king of Babylon, Is. 39, 1, according to
Berosus (in Euseb. Chron. Vers. Arm.
ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43), a viceroy
of the king of Assyria, who rebelled and
seized the kingdom of Babylon for him-
self; see Comm. on Isa. l. c. Hitzig
supposes the Merodach-Baladam of Be-
rosus to have been a different person.—
He is also called Tºshi, Tºs-à q v, the
tº being exchanged for 5.
TST2 m. (r. HST) constr. His nº, c.
buff. Tºsnº Cant, 2.5, Tsna 2, 14, insº
Lev. 13, 34, rſsºnº v. 4. 20; more fre-
quently with suffix forms apparently
p”ural, but of which the Yod is never-
theless radical (see Hºyº, Hypº, and
Heb. Gr. §91. 9, n), as insºn Cant. 2,
14, T-sho Job 41,1, and Brºsnº, irºshº,
which are construed with the sing. Gen.
41, 21. Lev. 14, 37. Dar. ..., 15; but
$5"Nº Dan. 1, 13 constr wººh a plur.
verb. Plur. constr. "snº Ecc. 11, 9
Cheth, in Keri HST2.
1. sight, aspect, view, the act of looking
upon, Gen. 41, 2, Cant. 2, 14. al. saep
9-v.
Arab #1; id–Lev. 18, 12 sº-º:
Tºri º according to all the viewing
9f the priest, i.e. so far as the priest can
see. Deut. 28,34 Tºny Hsnº what thine
eyes behold. v. 67. Is. 11, 3, Ez. 23, 16
Ecc. 11, 9.
2. appearance, form, Engl. looks, Ex.
24, 17. Ez. 1, 16. 28. Often in the gen.
after an adj. Fish? re'. Gen. 12, 11. 29.
17, HSº naio 24, 16. 26,7, i.e. of a fair
appearance, fine form; and so with #
as "Shºh Tºrº of a pleasant appear-
ance, form, Gen. 2, 9; Fishgh bins Josh.
2, 10; hence put simpl. for comeliness,
beauty, Is. 53,2–In the prophetic style,
the form of a thing is something like
that thing, comp. in nº no. 3. Dan.
10, 18 as Fish?: "A-ºn there touched
me something like the form of a man
i.e. having the semblance of a man.
Ez. 8, 2, and so Ez. 1, 26 nsnº rºl.
3. sight, thing seen, vision, Ex. 3, 3.
Ez. 8, 4. 11, 24. 43, 3. Dan. 8, 16.
"Sº f (r. Fish) 1. a vision, Num.
12, 6. 1 Sam. 3, 15. Dan. 10, 7.8. 16.
Fºr rsh? nocturnal visions Gen.
46, 2. bºrºs nish? visions from God
Ez. 1, 1.8, 3. 40, 2.
2. a mirror, i. e. a polished plate of
metal, i. q. "Sh, plur. Ex. 38, 8.—Arab,
3-o
$';* id.
"Sº f. (r. Ryº no. II) the crop.
% -
craw, of birds, Lev. 1, 16. Arab. s?;"
id.
Tºsnº, Josh. 15, 44, (i, q. Hüsna,
q. d. on the top of a hill, denom. fr. ºn)
contr. Tº 1 Chr. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 11, 8
14, 8.9. Mic. 1, 15; Mareshah, pr. m. a.)
A fortified city in the plains of Judah,
Josh. Chr. ll. cc. Gr. Magnut. Jos. Art.
8. 10. 1; Mogwood, 12.8, 6. Euseb. and
Jerome place its ruins “in secundo la-
pide Eleutheropoleos,” Onomast. art,
Mogmotº, and the remains of an ancient
site are still visible on a hill about a
Roman mile and a half southeast from
Beit Jib-ºn, the ancient Eleutheropolis
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 422, comp
p. 397. b) A man, 1 Chr. 2, 42.
52
Nº.
T-72
614
Tºšº ſ. (denom. fr. UN-) pr. at the
head, what is at the head, comp. nibsºn
at the feet. Plur. nilºsº id. and
poet, the head itself; Jer. 13, 18 tº
bºrinser, nº ºntºshº (from) your
heads shall come down the crown of your
glory; here in is followed by the acc.
of that from which, like Nº, Hºy.
Sept. Vulg. and Syr. seem to have read
tºniºsº from at your heads, with the
same vowels as "núsºn 1 Sam. 26, 12,
which is also well. See the next art.
mºsº, f. plur. (denom. fr. UN-) i. q.
nujSh?, pr. place at the head, as 1 Sam.
19, 16; opp. niºn?. Put in the accus.
as Adv. at the head of any one ; c. suff.
**rēsnº at his head 1 K. 19, 6, 1 Sam.
26, 7, 11.16; also under the head of any
one, 1 Sam. 19, 13. 16. Gen. 28, 11. 18.
With a genit. 1 Sam. 26, 12 he took
the spear... bisu, *rēsnº from at the
head of Saul, where 2 seems to imply
removal, diff from v. 11 -uys nºrr-ns
"o ; and we must suppose, either that
"nèsº? is here ſor ºntºs-22, one o
being dropped; or that "ribsºn is here
put for "nºsºn. For the double plur.
comp. ºnio; p. 139, note.
57% (increase, r. n=1, as ap? from
E:º) Merab, pr. n. of a daughter of Saul,
1 Sam. 14, 49. 18, 17. 19.
pºſ:72 m. plur. (= without Dag.) co-
verings, coverlets, as spread upon beds,
Prov. 7, 16. 31, 22. R. Tan.
Tº m. (r. Hº) 1. enlargement,
increase, Js. 9, 6.
2. greatness, abundance.
rianº ºff a great spoil.
Tº ſ. (r. Hºn) largeness, ampli.
tude, concr. ample, large, Ez. 23, 32.
nº.2 ſ (r. Hºn) 1. greatness, mul-
litude, 2 Chr. 9, 6. 30, 18. With suff.
Er"zºº the multitude of them, i. e. the
greater part, 1 Chr. 12, 29.
2. increase of a family, offspring, 1
Sam. 2, 33,
3. increase on money, interest, usury,
Lev. 25, 37. Comp. Gr. 16xos from
alºra, Lat. femus from feo i. e. fero, pa-
rio, whence fetus, ſecundus; see Gellius
Is, 33, 23
18, 13. Arab. Us) ſenus, U.5 IV fenera-
rit. Syr. Ješ.
7.7% m. (r. Yaº) crouching-place
lair, of anima's Zeph. 2, 15; of flocks
constr. Yanº Ez. 25, 5. See Lehrg.
p. 578.
Pº2 m. (r. pay) stall, stable, in
which cattle are tied, Am. 6, 4. ‘n by:
a stalled calf, ſatted, 1 Sam. 28, 24. Jer
46, 21. Mal. 3, 20.
**Tº obsol, root, prob. ...q. an?, Arth
quadril. 23, so far as can be gath-
ered from the derivatives, viz.
1. to roll rapidly, to revolve, whenca
Anio threshing-roller or sledge ; unless
perhaps 3-2 in this noun is i. q. ring,
pº, to rub, to rub in pieces.
2. to talk rapidly, pr. ‘ to roll out dis-
course,’ as babblers, tale-bearers, whence
º Tân, a whisperer, tale-bearer.
2"57% m. (r. 93) rest, place of rest,
Jer. 6, 16.
nº f plur. (denom. f. bºn) place
at the feet of any one, opp. nilº q. v
Ruth 3, 4.7. Dan. 10, 6. Acc. as adv.
at the feel of any one, Ruth 3, 8, 14.
Tº f (r. Exh) a heap of stones;
Arab. º a heap of stones to mark a
grave, tumulus. Prov. 26, 8 as hinx:
Hºnº, as a bag of gems in a heap of
stones, a proverbial expression similar
to that in Matt. 7, 6–Sept, a sling, as
if from r. b3 to throw stones; hence
the version: Ös &toësourist Alòow Św
agsröövm.
Tº f. (r. 927) rest, quiet, Is. 28, 12.
* Tº fit. Th?" to be disobedient,
perverse, to rebel, to fall away from re's
allegiance; absol. Gen 14, 4. Neh.6, 6
with a oſ pers. against whom 2 K. 18, 7.
20, 24, 1.20. Is. 36, 5, Jer. 52, 8; by
Neh. 2, 19. 2 Chr. 13, 6 ; rarely with
acc. (comp. Hºº) Josh. 22, 19. Job 24
13 -is-Tº rebels against the light
enemies of the light. Hinº tºº to rebe
against (fall away from) Jehovah, by
idolatry, Josh. 22, 16 sq. Ez. 2, 3. Dan
9, 9 -Syr. 2: So id. Arab. Cy-o perv
cax, contumax ſuit. Kindred is nº?.
Deriv. the ſour fo lowing, and pr. n
*i-2).
1-2
;I-2
615
Tº Chald. m. rebellion, .
T2, Ezra 4, 19.
Tºº Chald, adj, rebellious & Nºyº,
Amphat. Rºº, Ezra 4, 2. 15.
Tº m. (r. Th?) 1. rebellion, defec-
lion, Josh. 22, 22.
2. Mered, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 1". 18.
mºn f (r. Th?) rebelliousness, con-
fumacy, 1 Sam. 20, 30.
#Tº Jer. 50, 2, Merodach, pr. n. of
An idol of the Babylonians, prob. the
planet Mars, to which, as the god of
blood and slaughter, as well as to Sa-
turn, the ancient Semitic nations offered
human sacrifices; see on this worship
among the ancient Arabs, Comm. on Is.
II. p. 344 sq. The name which this divi-
nity has among the Arabs and Zabians,
I. Heb.
ejº, —ei-1, seems to have come
from the Heb. or Aramaean (Mirrikh
from Mirdich), and the origin of this
latter comports well with the god of war
and slaughter, viz. Merodach, from the
general root Mord, Mort, which in old
Germ. signifies both death and murder
(see in nº no. 1), and the formative syl-
lable ach, och, so frequent in Assyrian
and Chaldean names, comp. Tº, Tiºns,
Thox. So too Mars, Mavors, mors,
seem to have a kindred origin.—Others,
as Hitzig, suppose Merodach to come
from Pers. Je man, pr. little man,
manikin, used in endearment; see in
Tixº, --Of the worship of this idol by the
Assyrians and Babylonians, besides the
passage of Jeremiah above cited, we
have testimony in the proper names of
the kings of Assyria and Babylonia,
which are often compounded with this
name, (see Comm. on Is. I. p. 281,) as
minº bººs and Tºshi, TN-7, q.v. also
Mesessimordachus, Sisimordachus.
"ºnº (Pers. Gºrº little man,
manukin, or else, worshipper of Mars, fr.
Th: q. v.) Mordecai, pr. n.
of the tribe of Benjamin, living in the
metropolis of Persia, the foster-father
of Fsther, and afterwards chief minis-
ter of state, Esth. 2, 5 sq. Sept. Mog-
Jozºios. b) It is uncertain, whether
h9 Mordecai who returned with Ze-
a) A Jew
rubbabel is the same person, Ezra 8, 2
Neh. 7, 7. -
Riº m. Is. 14, 6 (pr. part. Hoph. of
r. FT) subst. persecution. So, if the
orthography is correct; but there is lit.
tle doubt that with Döderlein we ought
for Fitno to replace nº dominion, from
r. nº. See Comm. on Is. l. c.
•ry, 1. pr. i. q sº? I, Arab. (5
to stroke, to stripe, espec. with a whip, to
lash, as Nyº ; or the skin with a razor,
whence Hºin razor, see Schultens ad
Harir. Cons. I. p. 24. De deſect. ling.
Hebr. p. 117. Kindred is ring to rub, to
rub over, etc.—Hence
2. to be perverse, refractory, to rebel;
pr. to resist, to repel by striking and
fighting with the hands and feet. Arab.
(3) × to refuse one's duty, Conj. III to
dispute.—Constr. with 3 of pers. against
whom Ps. 5, 11. Hos. 14, 1. Also with
acc. (pr. to repulse any one) Jer. 4, 17.
Ps. 105, 28. Often in the formula Hyº
Hjn', "Erns to rebel against (resist) the
divine command, Num. 30, 24. 27, 14.
1 Sam. 12, 15. Possibly this may have
been taken originally in its proper sense,
‘to strike or smite upon the mouth of
any one,’ i.e. to refuse to hear his words,
to treat him with contempt ; comp.
r. Nrº Chald. Piel.-Absol. Deut 21
18. 20 Hºliº ºnio in a stubborn and
rebellious son. Ps. 78, 8. Jer. 5, 23. Is. 1,
20. 50, 1. Lam. 3, 42. Metaph. 2 K. 14,
26 sº nº ºsºtº ºxy the affliction of
Israel was very perverse, i.e. stubborn,
incurable. The ancient versions render
it bitter; either reading Hyº (fºr nº?)
as adj. or assigning this sense to the
verb Hyº.
HipH. nyºn, fut. Hº, apcc. ºr
Ez. 5, 6, i. q. Kal no. 2, to resis, to op-
pose, to rebel. Job 17, 2 ºr prº-ºn-
"3"x pr. on their contradiction rests mine
eye, i. e. they surround me with contra-
diction and reproach in their mouths.-
Also freq. of those who rebel against
God; constr. a) With a against, Ps.
106, 43. Ez. 20, 8, 13, 21; once nºn-bs
in Ex. 23, 21 for nºn-bs, see in r. nº
Hiph. note. b) With Es Deut. 9, 7
24, pr. to contend with any one. 37, 24.
c) With accus, as in Kal. Ps. 78, 17. 40
H-2
1-2
... 616
50. 107, 11. Ez. 5, 6. Oñen in the for-
mula Hirº "E-rs nººn for which see
in Kal, Deut. 1, 26.43. Josh. 1, 18; and
in the same sense E rººrs nyºn Ps.
106, 33, also nº "gº 'n q. d. to provoke
the eyes of Jehovah Is, 3, 8.
Deriv. Hºg I, nºix, ***, and pr. n.
nº, nº?, niºn, Bºnn, Hºo, nºniz.
I. Tº f (r. Hyº) only dual, Jer, 50,
21 bºnº Yūs land of double rebellion
or contumacy, i. e. Babylonia, in which
first the Assyrians and then the Baby-
lonians detained and afflicted the people
of God. Others Merathaim, as a sym-
bolic pr. name.
II. Tº f (r. ºn?) 1. Adj. fem, of
nº, bitter; hence as subst. bitterness,
i.e. calamity, misfortune, 2 Sam. 2, 26.
Adv. bitterly, Ez. 27, 30.
2. Marah, pr. n. a) A bitter or
brackish fountain in the peninsula of
Sinai, Ex. 15, 23. Num. 33, 8. Most
probably, as Burckhardt supposes, the
same which is now called 8,
'Ain Hawarah ; not the 'Ayān Misa
s”y-º cº-º; as Pococke and Niebuhr
thought. See Burckh. Trav. in Syria,
etc. p. 472. Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 96
sq. b) A name assumed by Naomi,
Ruth 1, 20 Keri.
Tº (morrah) f. bitterness, grief,
Prov. 14, 10. R. --2.
ºn f id. Gen. 26, 35 run nº grief
of mind. R. nº.
Tº m. (r. 15-) c. suff, *-2, plur.
E"Tºny, pr: a wandering, the condition
of a person driven from home and
wandering about destitute and afflicted.
Lam. 1,7. 3, 19–Concr. one wandering,
having no home; Is. 58, 7 to deal thy
bread to the hungry, and to bring home
E"Tºnº tº the needy wanderers. Sept.
well &oreyol, Vulg. vagi. c. *
7T", (prob. for ins?, Arab. 5us
ſefuge, r. Tºns) Meroz, pr. n. of a place
in the northern part of Palestine, Judg.
5, 23.
nº m. (r. riº) pr. one bruised,
trushed; Lev. 21, 20 Tufts rinn crushed
as to his testicles, i. e. emasculated by
trushing, Gr. 940.6log, 940.orlog. But
Sept. uávogzig. Vulg. herniosus.
tº m. (r. Bºn) constr. Einº, pluſ
bºi-n.
1. height, altitude, elevation, e.g. of a
mountain, hill, Is. 37, 24. Jer. 49, 16
Put in the gen, after nouns; pinn ºr
bsº the high mount of Israel, i. e.
Zion, Ez. 17, 23, 20, 40. 34, 14 ting:
on high Job 39, 18, and bing in acc. id.
Is, 37, 23 Tºny Einº stºry and liftest
wp thine eyes on high. Concr. the Most
High, earcelsus, of God Ps. 92, 9; and
collect, the high, i. e. princes, Is. 24, 4.
Poetically, height, a high thing, said
of what is far above ; Ps. 10, 5' binº
iny? Tºujº high above him are thy
judgments.
2. a high place, height, Hab. 2, 9;
nº "zing the high places of the city
Prov. 9, 3, 14; nº ºn Judg. 5, 18. Acc.
in a high place Is. 22, 16. Spec. ºf
heaven, Ps. 18, 17. Is. 24, 18. 21. 40, 26.
57, 15, 58, 4. Jer, 25, 30; plur. Eºinz,
id. Job 16, 19. Of the lofty seat of Je-
hovah in Zion, Ps. 7, 8; of an inacces-
sible fortress Is. 26, 5. Trop. Ps. 73, 8
they speak binº loftily; also of high
condition Job 5, 11 ; plur. id. Ecc. 10, 6.
3. elation of mind, pride ; as adv.
proudly, Ps. 56, 3.
Einº (height, high place, r. Bºn)
binº-º the waters of Merom Josh. 11,
5. 7, pr. n. of the upper or highest lake
on the Jordan; Gr. 2'susyamitug Jos. Ant.
5. 5. 1. Arab. &J.-i el-Hāleh. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 339 sq.
Yinº m. (r. yºn) a race, running.
Ecc. 9, 11.
I. ryºnn f (r. Yºn) i. q, yin”, a
running, 2 Sam. 18, 27. Jer. 8, 6. 23, 10.
II. Hymn f (for rigº, r. vs. op.
pression, Jer. 22, 17.
Eºpºnº m. plur. (r. phº) purifica-
tions, Esth. 2, 12.
ninº (bitterness, bitter fountains)
Maroth, pr. m. of a place in the tribe of
Judah, once Mic. 1, 12. R. hº?.
Tº Jer. 16, 5, constr. rinº comp
Lehrg. p. 578; an outcry, either for joy
shouting, Am. 6, 7; or also in sorrow
wailing, Jer, l, c. Comp. Bº and 3.
used both of joy and sorrow. R. "I'm
nºny,
*-2
617
nº 1. to rub, to bruise, to crush
ly rubbing, see ring. Kindred are
ph?, Hyº, and with n softened nº II.
Arab. º 33 a tree from which fire is kin-
dled by rubbing.
2 i. q. Arab. 2:
anoint, e. g. the body with oil; IV. to
soften. Kindred is nuj%. the ºn being
changed for a sibilant. In Heb. once
of a cataplasm or plaster laid upon a
sore; Is. 38, 21 Isaiah had said, let
them take dried figs, Tºrºn-by nº
praegn. and lay them softened upon the
ulcer. Sept. xvi rgipov zoºi Motörlogo.u.
PTT. m. (r. Erin) wide place, breadth,
plur. constr. Whs "arrº Hab. 1,6. Often
metaph. of freedom and deliverance, opp.
to straitness, straits, ns; see in r. vuj.
Ps. 18, 20 arº ºs"siºn he brought
me out into a large place, delivered me
out of straits. 31, 9, 118, 15. Once in
a bad sense, Hos. 4, 16 Eringa tº as
a lamb in a wide place, where it can
easily wander from the flock.
to rub over, to
Prinº m. (r. priº) plur. E"prinz and
t"pring Is. 33, 17. Jer. 8, 19; farness,
remoteness, distant place, e.g. prºnº Yºs
a distant land Is. 13, 5. Plur. E-Prinº
Zech. 10, 9, 5-prinz ºs Is. 33, 17. Jer.
8, 19, Yºs--pring ls. 8, 9, far countries,
distant lands.—Also prºnº a) from
afar Ps. 138, 6; after verbs of coming
Is, 10, 3. 30, 27. b) afar off Jer. 31,
10; comp. Tº no. 3. h. c) i. Q. Pinyº,
see in pinº aa. 3; Is. 17, 13 pring2 by
and they shall flee from afar, i. e. while
yet afar off.
-
Woil ng, Lev. 2, 7, 7, 9.
* tº kindr, with tºº q. v. pr. to
•take smooth ; hence
1. to polish, to sharpen, e. g. a sword,
Ez. 21, 14.33.
2. to make smooth the head of any
ne, to make bald, i. e. to t34° out the
hair, to pluck, e. g. in chastisement
Neh. 13, 25; in scorn Is. 50, 6 (where
b"tºo are those why pluck the beard);
in grief Ezra 9, 3–Ez. 20 18 ºn:-b:
tº every shoulder is made bald, i. e.
by bearing heavy burdens.
nºrnº f. (r. uirin) a pot, kettle, for
NIPH. to become bald, Lev. 13, 40. #1
PUAL 1. to be polished, of metal 1 K
7, 45.
2. to be sharpened, i. e. to be sharp, of
a sword; Part, ſem. nº for rºoq
(Dag. euphon.) Ez. 21, 15. 16.
3. Is. 18, 2. 7 anion Tºº? Ex (ſo.
tº) a people drawn out and smooth,
i. e. tall and naked, sc. the Ethiopians.
Others sharp, fierce, as hºr, Hab. 1, 8.
tº Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, to pluck;
praet, pass. to be plucked, e g. wings
Dan. 7, 4.
Tº see in r. ºn? Pu. no. 2.
"Tº m. (r. Hyº) in pause ºn?, c. suff,
Th? Deut. 31, 27, By2 Neh. 9, 17.
1. contradiction, outcry, as the ex-
pression of discontent and indignation,
q. d. protest; Job 23, 2 "nº ºn; Eiºn tº
even now is my speech outcry, i. e. I can-
not but cry out or complain of injustice.
Others: even now doth my complaint
seem rebellion ? Or : even now is my
complaint bitterness ; so Targ. -ºn, as
if r. Th? were i. q. hnº. Neither is
appropriate, much less necessary.
2. perverseness, rebelliousness, sc.
against God, Deut. 31, 27. 1 Sam. 15,
23. So "nº n^3 a rebellious house, i. e.
people, Ez. 2, 5.8. 3, 9. 26. 27. 12, 2. 3.
9; ºn? "º rebels Num. 17, 25 [10];
"nº by Is. 30, 9. Also concr. ºn rebel-
lious Prov. 17, 11; for plur. Ez. 2, 7
44, 6–Hence
22: "Yº Meri-Baal, pr. n. of a sol,
of Jonathan, 1 Chr. 9, 40; just before
called by a nºn? Merib-Baal (contender
against Baal), which seems to be the
correct form.
Sº m. adj. (r. Ryº) fat, fatted, Ez.
39, 18. Subst, a fatling, spec. a fatted
calf uéoxog outsvtós; often coupled with
the words hit and ºpiº, 2 Sam. 6, 13. 1
K. 1, 9, 19.25. Is. 11, 6. Plur. Bºsºn
Is. 1, 11. Am. 5, 22.
ºn f (r. ---). 1. quarrel, strife
Gen. 13, 8. Ex. 17, 7. Num. 27, 14.
2. Meribah, pr. m. a) A fountain
flowing from a rock in the desert of Sin
on the western gulf of the Red Sea, Ex.
17, 1–7. b) nºn? "º waters of strif.
another fountain of the same kind in the
desert of Zin at Kadesh, Num 20, 13
52%
-->
yºnº
618
24. Deut. 33, 8. Ps. 81, 8. 106, 32; fully
tºp ni---Yº ºn Num. 27, 14. Deut. 32,
51. Ez. 47, 19. Simpl. Ps. 95,8. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 581 sq.
223 ºn see next after *nz.
Tºº (rebellion against Jehovah, r.
nº) Meraiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 12, 12.
Tºnº Gen. 22, 2 and Tºnio 2 Chr.
3, 1, Moriah, pr. n. of one of the hills of
Jerusalem, on which Solomon built the
temple. It lay northeast of Zion. from
which it was separated by the valley
Tyropoeon, Jos. Ant. 8, 3.9. B. J. 5. 5.1.
Most commonly the name Zion embra-
ced also the temple on Moriah ; and the
latter name seldom occurs, not even 1
K. 6, 1. See genr. Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. pp. 393, 413, 416.-Gen. 22, 2 y's
Hºnºr, the land of Moriah, i. e. the re-
gion around that mount, its vicinity, q. d.
the fields of Moriah, comp."<r, Yºs Josh.
8, 1.—As to the etymology of the word,
the sacred writers themselves (Gen. 22,
8. 14. 2 Chr. l. c.) refer it to the root
HS, and this is confirmed by regarding
rº, as for Fºrºsº the chosen of Jeho-
vah, an appropriate name for a place of
sacrifice or sanctuary. But so far as
the form is concerned, Hºn? may be
part, fem. from r. nº pr, the resisting,
i. e. a fortress, castle.
Fºº (rebellions, r. nyº) Meraioth,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 5, 32.6, 37. Ezra
7, 3. b) 1 Chr. 9, 11. Neh. 11, 11. c)
Neh. 12, 15; but this is apparently for
nion” in v. 3, the letters " and 2 in the
ancient character being similar.
Eº (rebellion, i. q. "Yº with the
'ormative syll. D+, as in Ełº, tºns) pr.m.
| Miriam, Gr. Mogudu, Mogio. a) The
sister of Moses, a prophetess, Ex. 15, 20.
Num. 12, 1 sq. Mic. 6, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 17.
nºn-ºn f (r. --?) bitterness, bitter
grief Ez. 21, 11 [6].
"T"Tº m. adj. (r. --?) bitter, then poi-
tomous, Deut. 32.24. Comp. in Finn? no.2.
Dºnºn, see in bººz.
nº m. (r. Tº , as -22 from -nº)
pr. softness, trop. timidity, fear, Lew.
26, 36; Sept. §sukia, Vulg. pavor.—The
Rabbinic Thor; mollescere, is a secon-
lary ſorm, derived from this noun.
*7% m. (r. Hen) 1. a chariot, 1 K
5, 6
2. a seat in a chariot or other vehicle
Cant. 3, 10. Lev. 15, 9.
Tº f (r. 52') 2 Sam. 15, 1. 1 K
7, 33; cstr. nºn? Gen. 41, 43; c. suff
innzº Gen. 46,29. 1 Sam. 8, 11; Pºur
ninzºng Zech. 6, 1. Joel 2, 5; constr
niniº Ex. 15,4; c. suff, Tºrºn? Mic
5, 9; a chariot, either for war, Ex. 14
25. Josh. 11, 6.9. Judg. 4, 15. 1 K. 10
29; or as used by persons of high rank,
etc. Gen. 41, 43. 46,29, 1 Sam. 8, 11. al
Sing. collect. Hagg. 2, 22.
nº f. (r. 92) a market, mart, Ez
27, 24.
Tº f (r. Hº Pi.) 1. deceit, fraud
Gen. 27, 35. 34, 13. Prov. 12, 5. 17. 20
14, 8, 24, 24. Ps. 36, 4, al. rºyº wins a
deceitful man Ps. 5, 7. Tºnº "zis false
weights Mic. 6, 11. nºnº ºso a false
balance Prov. 11, 1. So to work or frame
deceit Dan. 11, 23. Ps. 50, 19; to speak
deceit Ps. 34, 14; comp. also Ps. 17, 1.52
6. 109, 2. So to swear rºzh deceit
fully, falsely, Ps. 24, 4. Meton. wealth
got by fraud Jer, 5,27. Plur, nion? Ps.
10, 7, 35, 20.
2. Mirmah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10.
Fºº (heights, r. phº) Meremoth
pr. n. m. a) Ezra 8, 33. Neh. 3, 4, 21.
10, 6, 12, 3; for which niºn v. 15. b)
Ezra 10, 36.
Cº. m. (r. oº) a treading down,
something trodden under foot, Is. 5, 5
7, 25. 10, 6. Ez. 34, 19. al.
"ºn"., n. Meronothite, a gentile name
elsewhere unknown 1 Chr. 27, 30. Neh,
3, 7.
Cº., Meres, pr. n. of a Persian prince
Esth. 1, 14. Comp. Sanscr. marsha
dignus, from r. mrish, Zend. meresh ; so
Benſey p. 200.
S㺠Marsena, pr. n. of a Persiar
prince, Esth. 1, 14. Comp, in ong
Sanscr. marsha, with the ending na
Zend. nominat, nar, man; so Benfey
l. c.
27% m. (apoc. for rynx, r. nº no. 5
as ºn for ryn) pr. friendship, then concr
i. q. ºn, a friend, companion ; alway
c. suff, Tºnº Judg. 15, 2, nº 14, 21
y-2
--2
619
‘5 6. Gen. 26, 26. al. Plur. tº Judg.
14, 11 ; c. suff. Hrisºnº for innyº Prov.
19, 7.
Tynº m. (r. Hyn) c. suff. Anyº Job
39, 8, 53"x7% Ez. 34, 18 pasture, i. e.
place of pasture Is. 32, 14; also pasture,
feed for cattle, Joel 1, 18, Gen. 47, 4, 1
Chr. 4, 39 sq. air, Hynº Ez. 34, 18.
Yºº ºn v. 14. Of wild beasts, a feeding-
2 Q .
jla s e e iº
{ * Nah. 2, 12. Arab sey",
sus;, id.
nº f (r. Hyn) 1. a pasturing,
feeding, Hos. 13, 6; ºn-shº iss sheep
of my pasturing, which I tend, Jer. 23,
1. Ps. 74, 1.79, 13. 100, 3, inns"? By
the people whom he (God) feeds Ps. 95, 7.
2. a flock, Is. 49, 9. Jer. 10, 21. 25, 36.
Tºo (trembling, perh, earthquake,
r. bº) Maralah, pr. n. of a place in the
tribe of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 11.
Sºnº m. once TET2 Jer. 8, 15. R.
Rºn to heal.
1. healing, cure of diseases, 2 Chr. 21,
18. 36, 16. Jer. 14, 19; remedy, means
of cure, Jer. 33, 6–Hence a) refresh-
ment, health, Prov. 4, 22. 12, 18. 13, 17.
16, 24. b) remedy, help, deliverance,
sc. from calamity, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1.
Mal. 3, 20.
2. tranquillity, placidness of mind;
see r. Nº, no. 3. Prov. 14, 30 Nº.2 ºh
a placid mind. 15, 4 Titº Nº.2 quiet-
ness of tongue, i. e. gentle and quiet
speech. Ecc. 10, 4 for quietness hinder-
ºth many offences.
wºn? m. (r. DE', bºn) pr. a tread-
wig, concr. water made foul by treading,
Ez. 34, 19.
× yº, in Kal not used, and of doubt-
ful signification. Kimchi, to be strong,
forcible, vehement, and this is not ill.
Better, with Cocceius and Simonis, to
be sharp, active, vehement ; comp. Arab.
ransp. 2-dio to be acrid, sour.
HipH. ‘to make vehement,” i. e. to
provoke, to irritate. Job 16, 3 Tsº-rº
phat so provoketh thee?
Niph. to be strong, vehement, sore.
Job 6,25-un-ºnºs ºxº-nº how forci-
ble are right words? 1 K. 2, 8 Hºp
nº a vehement curse, Mic. 2, 10 ºr
Yºyº sore destruction.
2% m. (r. 937) an awl, for boring
piercing, Ex. 21, 6. Deut. 15, 17.
Tº f (r. Fºl) a pavement, paved
floor, 2 K. 16, 17.
:k pº pr. to rub, comp, kindr. ring
and Gr. &uágyo, öuogyvio. Hence
1. to polish, to scour, as metal; 2 Chr.
4, 16 ping nu}n} polished brass. Imper.
Jer. 46, 4 Enrºn, ºpin furbish the
spears.
2. to cleanse, to purify, by washing,
anointing, comp. Rºpnººn. Syr. -**
abstersit.
PUAL P.1% pass. of no. 1, to be scoured,
Lev. 6, 21.
Deriv. Bºphºn, pººr, pººn.
P. m. broth, soup, Judg. 6, 19. 20.
Is. 65, 4 Karl Arab. Grº and s; id.
—The native form of the word is pºp
q. v. from the root pºp, the letters E
and ºn being interchanged.
TPT2 m. (r. rip) plur. aromatic
herbs, Cant. 5, 13.
Tº f (r. ripº) 1. a spicing, sea-
soning, Ez. 24, 10.
2. unguemt-kettle, for preparing oint-
ment, Job 41, 23.
TPT) f. (r. ripº) 1. ointment, un-
guent, 1 Chr. 9, 30.
2, unguent-kettle, i. q. Hirºº no. 2,
Ex. 30, 25. 2 Chr. 16, 14; comp. Job
41, 23. Or, it may be unguent-shop, but
less well.
* Tº praet. -2, 3 fem. rty; ; ſut.
ºn?: Is. 24, 9, see Heb. Gr. 66. n. 3. º
1. to flow, to distil, whence ºn a drop,
ºn myrrh, and prob. Tºº bile. Arab.
• - 9 - 3_ • O ~
Śrºrs frequent
/*}” to make flow,
sº
* * (J -
rain, a canal. The trilit. /* often
has the sense of going, passing away,
which in many roots is connected with
that of flowing ; see ºr no. 4, 53.
(ex- to run, to flow, Aram. on to run
whence bºrn canals. CG .
2. to be bitter. Arab. fut. A, id
and so in all the kindred languages
-->
Nily,
620
somp. Lat, amarus, likewise moereo.
How this signification connects itself
with the preceding is not clear. Per-
haps it is denom. from no myrrh, and
nº bile, as the most bitter things.--
Fut. A, nº Is. 24, 9, see above. Trop.
1 Sam. 30, 6 ºr -ºº º nº the soul
of all the people was bitter, i. e. grieved.
2 K. 4, 27. Impers. * **, it grieves me
Lam. 1, 4; also it goes bitterly with me,
I am afflicted, c. 7%. Ruth. 1, 13.
NIPH. nº, see r. nººn.
Piel fut. "Yº 1, to make bitter, to
imbitter any thing, Ex. 1, 14. Also to
act billerly in any thing, as Is. 22, 4
*>3a ºnºs I will weep bitterly.
2. to imbitter any one, i. e. to irri-
late, to provoke, comp. Hithp. Gen. 49,
23.
HipH. Tør, infºr; 1. to make bitter,
to imbitter life, Job 27 2. With h to deal
bitterly with any one, to cause him great
sorrow; Ruth 1, 20 "sº ºu º ºn the
Almighty hath dealt very bitterly unith
me. Comp. ; shri v. 21.
2. Intrans. to be in bitterness, to grieve,
to mourn, c. by Zech. 12, 10.
NotE. The form nºn-bs Ex. 23, 21,
although apparently a fut. Chald. of
hº?, does not belong to this root, but to
r. nº to disobey, to rebel ; Sept. wh
àitslöst wité). The ancient intpp. all
read it as belonging to nº?, prob. for
hºr), see in r. nº Hiph. a.
Hith PALP. honºrr to be imbittered,
eacasperated, with as of pers. Dan. 8, 7;
absol. Dan. 11, 11.-Syr. ** € XàCCT-
º ſº tº • - O - . º
bavit, lacessivit, Arab. iratus ſuit.
Deriv. -2, -2, Hyº II, nº?, nº?,
*****, r*-**2, -92, cº-hº?, Bºnan,
pr. n. Ryº, ning, and the four which
nere follow. -
Tº f (r. ºn?) bile, gall, so called
rom flowing or as bitter, Job 16, 13.
Şa, *~...~~ (2 O p : * .
Arab. $54, $553, Syr. 15; so, i2; so, id.
rhº. f. (r. --2) constr, nº inn; plur.
nini-2, nin-2.
1. bitterness, acridness; Deut. 32, 32
ninº nibzu's clusters of bitterness, i. e.
-itter clusters. Metaph. bitter things,
severe punishments, Job 13, 26 anºn ">
ninº; +3 that thou writest (layest) bit-
ter things upon me, inflictest such heavy
punishment.
2. bile, gall, Job 20, 25. Also nº-2
Bºrº the gall of vipers v. 14, for the
poison of vipers, which the ancients sup-
posed to lie in the gall (Plin. H. N. 11.
37 or 62); although in other forms also
of this root the notion of bitterness is
connected with that of venom ; see
"nºnº, Syr. 14s, Zab. Nºnº, venom;
glºw Tuxglo's Heb. 12, 15, i. e. poisonous.
Comp. nº, ÚNT no. 5.
E"Tº m. plur, bitter herbs, Ex. 12,8
Num. 9, 11; Sept. Truxglösc, Vulg. lactit-
ca: agrestes.—Trop. bitter loſſ, Lam. 3,
15, where in the other member is nº
wormwood. R. ºn?.
"º (bitter, unhappy, r. nº) Mera
ri, pr. n. of a son of Levi Gen. 46, 11
Ex. 6, 16. Also as patron. Num. 26, 57
Tºnº, see nu;sº.
ny tºº f. (r. Sºn) wickedness; congr
a wicked woman, as scelus for Scelesta, 2
Chr. 24, 7.
"nºnº, see in na nu}ºin.
sº m. pr. infin. of r. sº, after the
Chald. manner; c. suff isºa.
1. a lifting up, elevating, from the
signif. to lift up, see the root no. 1, viz.
a) Of the voice, see Riº; no. t. e, f;
hence song, singing ; 1 Chr. 15, 22. 27
stºry ºr the master of the song, leader
of the choir. Sept. cod. Vatic, oxom
töv 666 v.
b) Far more freq. effatum, an uttering,
something uttered; e. g. a saying, pro-
verb, Prov. 30, 1; collect. 31, 1 nu}s Riº
iºs innº, the sayings which his mother
taught him.—Spec. effatum divinum, an
oracle, prophecy, a divine declaration,
2 K. 9, 25. Is. 14, 28 in the year that king
Ahaz died rijn stºn Hyr was this ora-
cle. Hab. 1, 1 'n Hir, "tºs stºr the ora-
cle revealed to Habakkuk. Fully "... "
Jer. 23, 33.34. 38; " -- ºn Zech. 9, 1.
12,1. Mal. 1, 1. Sometimes followed by a
gen. of the object, as ºn stºº the oracle
i. e. prophecy, declaration, against Ba-
bylon Is. 13, 1; his "o 23, 1 ; also 15, 1
7, 1. 19, 1.30, 6. Nah. 1, 1. al. With
à of object Zech. 9, 1. Is. 21 13; by
Zech. 12, 1; by Mal. 1, 1. As sºn is
NTD):
5%:
621
often found in the inscriptions »f threat-
ening oracles or denunciations, Jerome,
Luther, the Engl. Version, and others,
have rendered it, even in the above
cases, burden (see no. 2, c), meaning a
prophecy which is burdensome or threat-
ening; see Jerome Prol. ad Habac. et
ad Jes. 13, 1. But it is used also in re-
ference to good, Zech. 12, 1. Mal. 1, 1.
Allusion is made to both the significa-
tions, burden and oracle, in Jer. 23, 33 sq.
Ez. 12, 10.
c) tº Riº, the lifting up of the soul,
i. e. that which the soul desires, longs
ſor, Ez. 24, 25; see r. sº; no. 1. g.
2. From the signif. to bear, r. Nº no.
4. a) Inſ: to bear; Num. 4, 24 Tax:
Nºah" to serve and to bear, for serving
and for bearing Sc. burdens, as porters.
2 Chr. 20, 25; comp. 35, 3. b) Subst.
a bearing, the act or service of bearing
burdens, porterage, Num. 4, 19. 27. 31.
32, 47. c) What is borne, a burden,
load, 2 K. 5, 17. Neh. 13, 15. 19. Is. 22,
25. Jer. 17, 21 sq. 2 K. 8, 9. Rººh riºr
by to be a burden to any one, 2 Sam. 15,
33. Job 7, 20; with by 2 Sam. 19, 36.
Metaph. of heavy care, Num. 11, 11.
3. a gift, see Nº Pi. no. 2, 3; hence
tribute, i. q. Firºz, no. 2, 2 Chr. 17, 11.
4. Massa, pr. n. of a son of Ishmael,
Gen. 25, 14. 1 Chr. 1, 30.
sº (pron. massó) m. , 2 Chr. 19, 7
bºº stºn respect of persons, partiality;
see r. sº no. 3. b.
ristº f (r. Rºº) a burning, confla-
gration, so called from the rising of the
smoke, Is. 30, 27. Comp, nsº no. 1.b.
nisºn f. plur. Ps, 74, 3 in some edi-
ons; see nishū?.
nsºn f. (for nsºn, r. slº) constr.
hsuyº Gen. 43, 34; plur. Insujº.
1. a lifting up, e. g. a) Of the hands
*s, 141, 2, b) a rising, ascending, as
sf smoke in burning, Judg. 20, 38.40;
omp. TNº. c) Concr. a sign, sig-
rial, which is elevated, i. Q. b3, Jer. 6, 1.
Perh, a signal given by fire ; comp. also
the Talmudic nhs"uyo of signals by fire
given at the time of the new moon;
see M shn. Rosh hashana 2. § 2. d) i. q.
sº no. 1, b, effatum, oracle, Lam. 3 14.
») Zeph. 3, 18 riºr, nson a lifting up
of reproach, concr. for ‘those on whom
reproach is lifted up or cast,” i. e. the
objects of reproach.
2. a gift, present, i. q. Nº no. 3.
Esth. 2, 18. Jer. 40, 5. Am. 5, 11. Spec.
a portion of food presented to a guest
(Hom. Zágo.g.) Gen. 43, 34. 2 Sam. 11, 8,
Also tribute, 2 Chr. 24, 6.9. Ez. 20, 40
NotE. nisº Ez. 17,9 is infin. Aram
of Kal, for Rºº, ending irregularly in
ni like inf. Pi. nish? for sp2 ; see in
Niº Kal no. 2.
Pătº m. (r. 52%) constr. Baujº, c.
suff, "astº2.
1. height, altitude, as of walls, Is. 25, 12.
2. a height, rock, crag, affording se-
curity and refuge, and hence absol. a
refuge, Is. 33, 16; often of God, Ps. 9, 10.
18, 3. 48, 4, 59, 10. 18. 94, 22. al.
3. With the art. Misgab, pr. m. of a
town (on a height) in Moab, Jer. 48, 1.
rººm f. (r. Tºtº) Prov. 15, 19, also
Tºwn Is. 5, 5 in some editions, a hedge
thorn-hedge. The latter form would be
from r. Taº. +
Titº. m. a saw, Is. 10, 15. R. nu;
Tºtº, f measure, sc. of liquids, Lev.
19, 35. Ez. 4, 11. 16. 1 Chr. 23,9. R.
*igº.
thtº m. (r. bhu) constr. vion, joy,
rejoicing, Is. 24, 8, 32, 13. 66, 10. Me-
ton. the object and ground of joy, Ps. 48,
3. Is. 60, 15. al. Also Job 8, 19 pion
isºl the joy of his way i.e. his joyful
lot.—Poetically Is. 8, 6, subst, for the
finite verb.
Pºtºº m. (r. priº) derision, meton.
the object of it, Hab. 1, 10.
Tº f. (r. Etº) 1. a snare, trap,
for the feet, prob. of iron, parall. re.
Hos. 9, 8. Hence
2. destruction, Hos, 9,7; comp. ºpin
bºº m. (pr. part. Hiph. r. bºº)
subst: a poem, song, Ps. 47, 8; and so in
the titles of Psalms 32.42. 44.45. 52.53.
54, 55.74. 78. 88.89. 142. Here bºuyº
prob. implies a poem or song enforcing
intelligence, wisdom, piety, (see the root
Hiph. no. 3, 5,) which is true of all these
Psalms; not excepting Ps. 45, in which
every thing is referred to the goodness
of God, v. 3, 7.8.
>iºn
Nujº
622
Tºtº f. (r. Hºus) 1. an imag, fig-
ure; Ez. 8, 12 nºzºº ºr chambers
of imagery, i.e. of images, chambers of
which the walls are painted with the
figures of idols, comp. v. 10, 11. Tºš
n"zºº a stone or cippus with the image
of an idol, as Baal, Astarte, or the like,
Lev. 26, l; and so plur, niºn Num.
33, 52. I'vov. 25, 11 ninzuºza arº ºrther
Fºx apples of gold with figures of silver.
Others, in baskets of silver, assigning to
nºzºº his signification as if from Taº
to braid
2. imagination, conceit, Prov. 8, 11.
Plur. Ps. 73, 7.
nºtiºn f (r. -->iº) wages, Gen. 29, 15.
31, 7 41; reward Ruth 2, 12.
nº ºn f. plur. nails, Ecc. 12, 11.
See Yºtº. R. Yºu, i. q. ºng.
rºº m. a shedding of blood, blood-
shad, Is. 5, 7. R. Tº i. q. nEq.
- nº obsol. root, of doubtful signif.
perhaps i. q. Arab. 23.3 II, to divide.
Hence Hºn.
Tº f dominion, empire, Is. 9, 5.6.
R. Hºu, no. 2.
Tº f (r. ºntº I) only plur. constr.
nºngº.
1. burnings, e.g. of spices at funerals
Jer. 34, 5, see in r. Fintº no. 1, b ; of lime
in a kiln Is. 33, 12.
2. tº nirºyo Misrephoth-maim, pr.
n. of a place or district near Sidon, Josh.
11, 8. 13, 6.—The name signifies pr.
‘burnings of water,’ which Kimchi un-
derstands of warm baths. More prob. it
means “burnings by the water,” either
lime-kilns or smelting-furnaces situated
near Water.
TPhiº (vineyard of noble vines, see
ºntº) Masrekah, pr. n. of a place appa-
'ently in Idumea, Gen. 36,36. 1 Chr. 1,47.
rºº a frying-pan 2 Sam. 13, 9.
Chald, rºbº, snºº, snººz, id.
The etymology is uncertain, and it is
even doubtful whether n is radical or
servile. But prob. it is servile, and then
the root may be Flº or nº i. q. sy %
ſo shine, to glitter; whence then line
oriº, and nºtºn a metal pan, so called
jam beng kept bright. See r. nº.
tº Mash, pr. n. of a people (and le.
gion) sprung from Aram, and therefore
to be sought in Syria or Mesopotamia,
Gen. 10, 23. Most interpreters, follow
ing Bochart (Phaleg II. 11), understand
the inhabitants of Mount Masius, Arab,
(sex=} which lies north of Nesibis
and forms part of the chain of Taurus
separating Mesopotamia from Media,
Josephus confounds this name with
Nujº, Ant. 1, 6.4.
Sº m. (r. Nu; II) 1. usury, Neh.
5, 7, 10.
2. debt, loan, money borrowed, i. q
HSºº. Neh. 10, 32 T-53. Nºn the debt
of every hand, i. e. every debt, perh. so
called either because the debtor prom-
ised to pay by giving his right hand,
or because the hand is the instrument
and emblem of deposit, trust. Some
editions read here Nº burden, which
is less well.
Stº, Mesha, pr. m. of a place men-
tioned in describing that part of Arabia
inhabited by the descendants of Joktan;
Gen 10, 30 their dwelling was Nujºº
Bººn ºn Hºt Hºsh from Mesha even
wnto Sephar (and beyond even unto)
the mountains of Arabia. Here Mesha
might be taken as Moijoo, or Moûgs, a
celebrated city and harbour on the
western coast of Arabia, not far from
Mocha, where now lies 8}x^ Müza'a,
or perhaps flºw Músij, Niebuhr Ara-
bien p. 223, 224, 225. Mesha would
then constitute the western limit of the
Joktanidae. Sephar is the city jºb,
the chief place of the district Shehr in
the province of Hadramaut; see in art.
-ºp. The mountains of Arabia are
prob, the chain running across the mid-
dle of Arabia, from the vicinity of Mecca
and Medina to the Persian gulf, called
9 o'
at the present day cy's Nejd, highlands
see Jomard Notice sur le Pays de Nedja
ou l'Arabie centrale, Paris 1823. 8vo.—
But as the Arabic names above given.
Mūsa'a, or Músij, cannot well be com
pared with Mesha, it may be better
with J. D. Michaelis (Suppl. 1561. Sp'
cileg. II. 214), to understand Mesene
Nujº
Hºjº
623
Among the mouths of the Pasitigris,
where this river empties into the Per-
sian gulf. The sacred writer would
then begin with the eastern limit of the
Joktanidae, and end with the western
and northern ; so that hºt, must be
sought between them. See nºt.
astº2 m. (r. asuj) only plur. Pºujº,
troughs, watering-troughs, into which
water is drawn for cattle, Judg. 5, 11.
Ts'º f. (r. Ruft II) debt, loan, money
lent, j. q. Rºjº no. 2, Deut. 24, 10. Prov,
22, 26.
Tisº. m. deceit, dissimulation, Prov.
26, 26. R. Ruft I.
ristº Ps. 74, 3, see nishū2.
SSºº (entreaty, r. bsº) Mishal,
pr. m. of a Levitical city in the tribe
3f Asher, Josh. 19, 26. 21, 30. Contr.
bujº Mashal 1 Chr. 6, 59 [74], as if from
*Suja.
nësº f. (r. 5suff) a petition, request,
Ps. 20, 6. 37, 4.
nºst” f (r-sº) a kneading-trough,
in which also the dough is leavened
and swells, Ex. 7, 28. 12, 34. Deut. 28,
5. 17.
Tºº, see Hºuſ?.
nº f plur. (r. Yeº) 1. teatures,
and with arº, teactures of gold, i.e. stuffs
inwrought with gold, in which threads
5f gold are interwoven, brocade, Ps. 45,
.4; see the root in Piel.
2. settings, bezels, in which gems are
set, Ex. 28, 11. 13. 14. 25. 39, 13. 16.
See the root in Pual.
"àtº, m. Is, 37, 3.2 K. 19, 3, constr.
haujº Hos. 13, 13, pr. ‘place of break
ing forth,’ spoken of the mouth of the
womb, which the foetus breaks open at
birth. R. Hauj.
"...tº m. (r. Hºº) only in plur.
bºuja, waves which break :pon the
shore, breakers, billows, Ps. 42,8. 38, 8.
Jon. 3, 4, bºrºujº billows of the sea
Ps. 93, 4, nº ºn 2 Sam. 22, 4. Somp.
Gr, wituatos &yń from Öyvio, &yvvut, to
hreak.
- tº-3, ejº Meisan) situated
natº m. only in plur. c. suff, rººt
destructions, calamities, Lam.1,7. Comp
r. rat; Hiph. no. 4.
Tº m. (r. rºº) an error, oversight
Gen. 43, 12.
* I. Twº 1. to draw, to draw
out, e. g. from the water, Ex. 2, 10.
Syr. Lºo id. Arab. gº. Kindr, is
Hiph. i. q. Kal, 2 Sam. 22, 17. Ps.
18, 17.
Deriv. ºº, pr. n. Hugo, tºº.
*II. Tºº obsol, root, Arab. L.,
vesperi fecit, whence the subst. Úº
evening, yesternight, q.v.
Tº pr. n. Moses, Sept. and Josephus
Moigis, the great leader, lawgiver, and
prophet of the Hebrews, the son of Am-
ram and Jochebed, of the tribe of Levi,
Ex. 6, 20. The narrative of his life and
actions occupies the four last books of
the Pentateuch. A common appellation
is, the servant of God, of Jehovah, Josh. .
1, 1. 2. 15. 1 K. 8, 53.56. 2 Chr. 1, 3.
Dan. 9, 11; once in Pentat. Deut. 34, 5;
also the man of God Ps. 90, 1. His law is
called: riujo nº in the law of Moses Ezra
3, 2, 7, 6, 2 Chr. 23, 18; nº nºir. -Eg
the book of the law of Moses Josh. 23, 6.
2 K. 14, 6. Neh. 8, 1; also simply nºg
Hugo 2 Chr. 25, 4. Neh. 13, 1. (Chald.
Hugº -et. Ezra 6, 18.) Hugº ninth the
tables of the Mosaic law 1 K. 8, 9.--Is.
63, 11 he remembered the days of old
ios nujº Moses, his people, i. e. Moses
and his people.
As to the etymology, in Ex. 2, 10 the
name nºn is expressly derived from the
idea of his being drawn out of the water.
But the form of the name is active, draw-
ing out ; not pass. drawn out ; and fur-
ther, it is hardly probable that tha
daughter of Pharaoh would have given
him a name derived from the Hebrew
language. Hence the Alexandrine Jews
assigned to the name Majio is an Egyp-
tian origin with a Greek flexion, viz
35.00, uð, water, and O‘ſ’23.) or
O%2tey, iojº, saved, i. e. water-saved,
saved from the water; so Joseph, Ant,
2.9. 6. c. Apion. 1. 31. Philo T. II. p
rujº
hujº
624
83 Mang. Some such derivation may
also lie in the Heb. form nuja. Other
etymologies proposed, see in Thesaur.
p. 824.
nºn m. (r. Huº II) a debt, loan,
i)eut. 15, 2. See in Nºº no. 2.
Fishbº f (r. Riº) i. q. Hsiuſ with
which it is every where coupled, desola-
tion, ruin, Zeph. 1, 15. Concr. desolate
places, wastes, Job 30, 3. 38, 27.
n"Sº, f. plur. desolations, ruins, Ps.
73, 18. 74, 3. The etymology is doubt-
ful, and hence the orthography varies;
e.g. Ps. 74, 3 in the edition of Athias
reads nisiºn with Sin. Most prob.
nisºn is merely a Chaldaizing or
Rabbinic form for nisiun (see risiusz,
r. Nius); comp. the futures ſº for jº,
tº for tºº, and subst, 2.15% i. q. piºn;
Heb. Gr. § 71. note 9.—The form risis?
(with Sin) would be from Niº in the
sense to destroy, as Job 32, 22. Ez. 17,
9; see in sº no. 2.
55th (returned, r. sºlº) Meshobab,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 34. -
Thºu?, Tºº?, f (r. 5*) c. suff,
"nºujº, a turning away, defection, apos-
tasy. Prov. 1, 32 ºne rººm the
turning away of fools from wisdom.
Spec. defection from Jehovah, Jer. 8, 5.
Hos. 11, 7 "rººn defection from me.
Plur, niaº Jer. 2, 19–Concr rºup,
Psº apostalizing Israel Jer. 3, 6.8.
11. 12.
ºth f c. suff, "rā'un, error, once
Job 19, 4. R. Ahuj. -
biº Ez. 27, 29, and piºn ib. v. 6,
an oar. For the Dagesh in piºn see in
nixhujo. R. Tontº.
Tºtº Is. 42, 24 Cheth, for nº
q. v. a spoiling, plundering.
njº, see r. nº.
*"ºp', fut. nº, inf absol. nivº,
constr. Tú?, once Hrušº Ex. 29, 29, pr.
tº stroke, to draw the hand over anything.
Arab, 2, … id. also to wipe off with the
hand, to stroke the face, to strike with a
sword. Chald. Syr. id. Monosyllabic
roots are: tºo whence buy?, and rio
whence Firſº, Nºrſº, to stroke, to w pe
off, to strike.—Hence
1. to spread over with any thing, to
smear, e.g. with colours, to paint, c. 3
of colour, Jer. 22, 14. Spec. to rub ove,
with oil, to oil, to oint, (Arab. }
Syr. ~~, id.) e. g. cakes Ex. 29, 2.
Lev. 2, 4, 7, 12; so too a shield, to ren-
der the leather more tough and less
penetrable by weapons, Is. 21, 5. 2 Sam
1, 21.-Mostly to anoint, as a sac, ed
rite, to consecrate by unction to any of
fice or use, e. g. a priest Ex. 28, 41. 40.
15; a prophet 1 K. 19, 16. Is. 61, 1; a
king 1 Sam. 10, 1, 15, 1. 1 K. 1, 34.
Also a stone or column as consecrated
to God Gen. 31, 13; an altar Ex. 29, 36.
Lev. 8, 11; a sanctuary Ex. 30, 26. 40,
9. Dan. 9, 24; vases and utensils conse-
crated to God Num. 7, 1. The full con-
struction is tº E nu; to anoint (i. e.
consecrate) any one as king, Judg. 9, 15.
1 Sam. 9, 16. 1 K. 19, 15. 2 K. 9, 3;
with by, Judg. 9, 8, 2 Sam. 19, 11 Absa.
lom º ºrujº nu}s whom we anointed
(constituted king) over us. Is. 61, 1 be-
cause Jehovah hath anointed (i.e. cc n-
secrated, appointed) me hºah to an-
nounce. 2 Chr. 22, 7.—That with which
one is anointed, as oil, ointment, etc. is
put with F. Ex. 29, 2. Ps, 89, 21; accus.
Ps. 45, 8. Am. 6, 6.
2. to spread out, to earpand, by rub-
bing or smoothing with the hand, see
nu}^2. Hence also to measure, e. g.
things long or broad, as cloth by mov-
ing the hand over it. Syr. ~,
Chald. Hujo, Arab. . Hence
nriuſz Hrujº. &
Niph. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be amoint-
ed, i. e. to be comsecrated by unclion,
Lev. 6, 13. Num. 7, 10. 84.88. 1 Chr.
14, 8.
Deriv. rºujº, nujºn, and the thre
here following. -
Titº Chald, m oil, Ezra 6, 9, 7, 22.
Often in the Targums. to as
Syr. L.A.Sc.
Tº f (r. nu:2) 1. an anointing
wnction; Hrušºr Yºu; the anointing-oil
Ex. 25, 6. 29, 7.21, al. tºp nrºn ºf
an oil of sacred unction, holy amointing
oil, Ex. 30, 25. 31; comp. Lev. 10, "
21, 12.
rºjº
TE:
625
2 a part, portion, as measured out,
Lev. 7, 35; see the roo: no. 2.
rinº f: 1. Inf of the root Hujº to
anoint; see above.
2. a part, portion, Ex. 40, 15. Num.
18, 8' see Trujº, no. 2.
nº pr. part. Hiph. (r. nnu}) plur.
sºrrº, destroying, which destroys ;
hence Subst.
1. a destroyer, desolater, Jer. 22, 7.
Spec. in war, collect, nºrtúžn the de-
stroyers, troops in ambush rushing forth
to destroy, 1 Sam. 13, 17. 14, 15.
2. destruction, Ex. 12, 13. 2 Chr. 20,
23. 22, 4. Dan. 10, 8. Ez. 5, 16. 25, 15.
21, 36 [31] nºrmºz ºr artificers of de-
struction, skilled to destroy. Spec. of
arms and weapons for destroying, Is. 54,
16; also of snares, traps, Jer. 5, 26.-So
nºrtún G-s a man of destruction, a de-
stroyer, Prov. 28,24. But 'ujº byz. Prov.
18, 9 is one who brings destruction on
himself, a waster, prodigal.—Also nº
'tººn the mount of destruction; spoken
of the mount of Olives or its southern
part, on account of the idol-worship set
up there by Solomon, 2 K. 23, 13, Vulg.
mons offensionis. Also of Babylon for
the like reason, Jer. 51, 25.
-nº m. i. q, nrº, the dawn, aurora,
Ps. 110, 3; see in art. Bº. R.-nu; I.
rrºº i. q, nºrtún no. 1, destruction,
once Ez. 9, 1. R. nrū.
nº m. (r. nrº) constr. nrº,
destruction, defacement ; for concr. de-
stroyed, disfigured, once Is, 52, 14.
rrºº m. (r. nnu) c. suff, Errujº,
destruction, i.e. something destroyed or
disfigured, i. q. defacement, blennish, Lev.
22, 25.
ribºº m. (r. riº) Ez. 47, 10, constr.
rºux, Ez. 26, 5, 14, a spreading, i. e.
ace for spreading.
"hºtº2 m. c. suff, intºux, dominion,
empire, influence. Job 38 33 pºor ps
yº intº dost thou assign the domi
nion (of the heavens) prer the earth 7
R. Yºuj.
"tºº m. Ez. 16, 13, in pause ºv. 10
•ccording to the Heb. intpp. silk, a gar-
ment of silk. Sept. 19% on toy i. e. ac-
cording to Hesychius to 3ouffixuvcı
iſqoqua, Jerome, ‘a garment so fine as
to seem equal to the finest hair.” From
the root (nº to draw) we can derive
no other sense than ‘something finely
drawn,” e. g. a fine thread, stuff com-
posed offine threads.
"tº see ºn.
28-rººm (delivered of God, r, alſº
Chald.) Meshezabeel, pr. n. m. Neh, 3, 4.
10, 22. 11, 24.
Tº m. (r. nº) constr. rºujº, 3.
suff, ºr nun.
1. Adj. verbal pass, zolotóg, oiriel,
anointed, of a shield 2 Sam. 1, 21; rºujº
Tº the anointed prince i. e. Cyrus,
Dan. 9, 25; rºujºr irºn the anointed
priest, the high priest, Lev. 4, 3. 5. 16.
6, 15.
2. Subst. § Xguatág, the Messiah, the
anointed, the prince consecrated by unc-
tion, Dan. 9, 26.-More fully "º run
the anointed of Jehovah, Sept. § Xquato;
Kvglov, a name of honour g’ven to the
Jewish kings, as being consecrated by
anointing, and therefore most sacred,
1 Sam. 2, 10.35. 12, 3. 5. 16, 6. 24, 7, 11.
26, 9, 11. 23. 2 Sam. 1, 14. 16. 19, 22.
23, 1. Ps. 18, 51. 20, 7, 28, 8. al. Once
of Cyrus king of Persia Is. 45, 1. Not
used of the great Deliverer predicted
by the prophets; although his usual
name (srºn 3 Meggios) among the
later Jews and in the N. T. is drawn
from passages like Ps. 2, 2. Dan. 9, 26;
comp. John 1, 42. 4, 25. Buxtorf. Lex.
Chald. art. Rrºz. [Yet Ps. 2, 2 is re-
ferred directly to the Saviour in Acts 4,
26 sq.-R.] Plur, the anointed of Jeho-
vah, spoken of the patriarchs, Ps. 105.
15. 1 Chr. 16, 22.
>k Tú?, fut. Tº ; imper. Tº
plur. Puyº Ex. 12, 21, and ºn Ez.
22, 20.
1. to draw, to drag, Arab. & wo id
see Lette ad Cant. Deb. pag. 96; in
Golius and Freytag this signification is
wanting. Kindred is nujº.—With an
acc. of pers, to draw any one to a person
or place, with 3 or BN of place, Judg. 4,
7. Ps. 10, 9; comp. Cant. 1, 4. Contra,
to draw out of a pit, of the water, with
Tº Gen. 37, 28. Job 40, 25. Jer. 38, 13.
53
Tºº
- Tºyº
626
Absol. to draw to oneself, co draw down
apon oneself, Is. 5, 18. Hos. 11, 4. So
with 3 of manner, to draw in the yoke,
Deut. 21, 3.—Spec.
a) rušº, Tºº to draw the bow, 1 K.
22,34, 2 Chr. 18,33, Is.66, 19 nup ºn.
Eth. O'ºri'ſ) id.
b) sºn Tujº to draw out the seed,
i. e. to scatter it regularly along the
furrows, to sow, Am. 9, 13; comp. in
Tº no. 1.
c) Baier. Tº Ex. 19, 13, and Tºº
Saiºn TE: Josh. 6, 5, to draw out the
trumpet, i. e. to sound, i. q, ni-Eiða spri
in Josh. 6, 4, 8, 9. 13. 16. 20, comp. v. 5;
pr. to draw out the breath (to blow)
with force into the horn or trumpet of
jubilee ; comp. Germ. heftig losziehen.
In both places it is spoken of a signal
given with the trumpet of jubilee or
rejoicing ; see in bai" no. 1. Compare
Arab. --> traxit, also Conj. I, II, IV
clamorem extulit, inclamavit, increpa-
Vlt.
d) Hos. 7, 5 Bºssh-ns in: měº he
draws out his hand with scorners, spoken
contemptuously of intercourse with im-
pious men; comp, in Engl. to give the
hand, to join hands with.
e) to draw out, i.e. to protract, to con-
tinue, to prolong, Ps, 36, 11 Tºor Tºº
H-sº prolong thy loving-kindness wnto
them that know thee, thy worshippers.
85, 6, 109, 12. Jer 31, 3 or Trºº I
have prolonged loving-kindness towards
thee. Ellipt. Neh. 9, 30. Comp. Syr.
re to draw, whence subst. ſ:-- long
continuance.
f) ºntº Tú? to prolong the body, i. e.
to make it durable, robust, firm ; to
strengthen. Ecc.23 ºntº-ns ºn Titº
to strengthen (cherish) my body with
wine. Syr. 9-a-so arefecit.
g) Intrans, like Engl. to draw on, to
draw towards, i. e. to move, to march, to
advance, Germ. ziehen. Judg. 4, 6 go
and draw towards Mount Tabor; Sept.
&nelsium tig ógos Ouédig. 20, 37 the am-
bush drew out, advanced. Prob, also Job
21, 33. Ex. 12, 21. &
2. to lay hold of to take, to hold, c. *
Judg. 5, 14. Arab. - Jºo id—In-
tens to take away, i.e. to remove, to
destroy, Job 24, 22. Ps. 28, 3. Ez. 32
20.
Niph. to be protracted, delayed, da
ferred, Is, 13, 22. Ez. 12, 25. 28.
PUAL 1. i. q. Niph, spoken of hope
deferred, Prov. 13, 12. -
2. The Ethiopians are called, in Is
18, 2.7, Tºº? is a people drawn out,
extended, i. e. tall of stature, a quality
ascribed to them in Is. 45, 14. Hilot. 3
20, 114.—Arab. GX w.o X, to be firm, ro
bust, is also spoken of the body, but in a
different sense, Vit. Tim. I. 420.
Deriv, ni-tºix, and
§tº m. (r. Tº?) 1. a drawing; Ps.
126, 6 sºn Tº the drawing out of seed,
i. e. the scattering it regularly alcng
the ſurrows; see in Tuj% no. 1. b. Comp,
Am. 9, 13.
2. possession, from the signification
of holding, Job 28, 18; see the root
no. 2.
3. Meshech, pr. n. prob, the Moschi, a
barbarous people inhabiting the Mos-
chian mountains between Iberia, Arme-
nia, and Colchis, Ps. 120, 5, (Strabo XI.
p. 344, 378,) usually coupled with the
neighbouring Tibareni (bºr, bahn) Gen.
10,2. Ez. 27, 13. 32,26. 38, 2.3. 39, 1. So
too Herodotus, 3.94 and 7.78, Móoyot
xoi Tiffagnvol. The Sam. Cod, exhibits
a pronunciation approaching nearer to
the Greek form, Tunn, Tuº, Sept.
Moody, Vulg. Mosoch.
Pºtºº m. (r. 52) constr. 52%, c.
suff, "Hº ; plur, constr. ****, c. suff.
prinzºº.
1. a lying down, reclining, e.g. for
sleep, 2 Sam. 4, 5 ºn azuyº sleep
at noon ; also of a sick person Ps. 41, 4
—Spec, a lying with, concubitus ; Lev,
18, 22 thou shalt not lie with a man
nus-ºn the lying with a woman, i.e
as with a woman. Lev. 20, 13. Num. 31
17. 18. 35. g
2. a couch, bed, Ex. 7, 28. Lev. 15, 4,
5. 6. Job 33, 15. 2 Sam. 17, 28.-Fo
the dead, a coffin, bier, 2 Chr. 16, 14.
Is. 57, 2.
52%. Chald. m. a couch, bed, i. q
Heb. no. 2. Dan. 2, 28. 29. 4, 2.7. 10
7, 1. R. 52u.
niºn, see ni-mia.
5ujº
5v5%
627
rººm f (r. 98) 1. Part. Piel, see
the root, Pi. no. 2.
2. abortion, miscarriage, 2 K. 2, 21;
see the root as above.
Tºtº m. (r. 12%) constr. 12%, c. suff.
ºu;2; plur, constr. ºn ; often plur.
niñº, constr. niszºº; construed c.
ſem. Ps. 84, 2.
1. a habitation, dwelling, as of men
Job 18, 21. Ps. 87, 2. Once of man’s
ong home, the grave, sepulchre, Is. 22,
16; comp. 14, 18. Of animals, a haunt,
lair, Job 39, 6. Plur, poet. of God, i. e.
the temple, with its courts, Ps. 46, 5, 84,
2. 132, 5.
2. Spec, a tent, tabernacle, 2 Sam. 7,
6. Cant. 1, 8. Often of the sacred tab-
ernacle of the Israelites, Ex. 25, 9, 26,
1 sq. 40, 9 sq. Fully nºr ºn the
tabernacle of the law Ex. 38, 21. Num.
1, 50. 53. 10, 11. For the distinction in
the descriptions of the tabernacle be-
tween ºº and bris, see in Bris; hence
Twin bris ºn the framework of the
sacred tent, over which the covering
of skins was spread, Ex. 39, 32, 40, 2.
6. 29.
72% Chald, the dwelling of God, the
temple, Ezra 7, 15. R. Tºº.
Sk bujº fut, bū?" I. to rule, to have
dominion ; not found in the other Semi-
tic dialects, except Phenic. buy? prince,
Monumm. Phoen. p. 448. Corresponding
is Gr. 3 & 0 t M - sis.—Constr. a) Absol.
of a king Prov. 12, 24. 29, 2. Dan. 11, 3.
4. 5; of God Ps. 66, 7; with an adjunct
of place where Zech. 6, 13. Josh. 12, 2;
c. dat. comm. Is. 40, 10. b) With n, to
rule over any one, as a king over his
people Deut. 15, 6. Judg. 8, 22.23. 2 Sam.
23, 3. Is, 3, 4. 12; or over a land or king-
dom. Josh. 12, 5. 1 K. 5, 1. 2 Chr. 9, 26;
also of a viceroy or prefect Gen. 45, 8.
26; a man over his wife Gen. 3, 16; a
ervant set over household affairs Gen.
24, 2. Ps. 105, 21; of a people over an-
other people Judg. 14, 4, 15, 11 ; and
of God who rules over all things Ps.
103, 19. 1 Chr. 29, 12. Ps, 89, 10. Spoken
wlso of rule over incorporeal things, as
one's own spirit Prov. 16, 32, sin Gen.
1, 7. Ascribed likewise to things, as to
the sun and moon, Gen. 1, 18 Riº bºnº
nº ; comp. Plin. 2, 4, Cic. Tuscul,
1. 68 “omnium moderator et dux sol.
c) Rarely with by over Prov.28, 15. d\
With inf. c. , to have power to do any
thing, Ex. 21,8 hººk bijn: Nº ºn: Es:
unto a strange nation he shall have no
power to sell her.—PART. busin a ruler
prince, Prov. 6, 7, 23, 1. 28, 15. Ecc. 9.
17. Jer. 51, 46. Ez. 19, 11; also Is. 16, 1.
Ps. 105, 20; of the Messiah Mic. 5, 1;
of animals Hab. 1, 14. Also in a bad
sense, a master, tyrant, Is. 14, 5. 49, 7.
52, 5; comp. Bºt; Is. 13, 2.
Il. to liken, to make like : intrans, to
be like ; see Niph. Hiph. and the nouns
bujº, buy? ; Arab. J& to be like, to
9 o
make like, J& likeness, simile, Jº
like. Ethiop. 0°ri A to deem, to seem
to any one, qºri A, likeness. Aram.
7 º
\\Sc id.—The various senses of this
verb in Kal are all drawn from the
noun buy?, viz.
1. to propose a parable, with 58 to
any one, Ez. 17, 2. 24, 3.
2. to use a proverb Ez. 18, 2; with by
concerning any one Ez. 16, 44.
3. to use a by-word or song of derision,
Ez. 12, 23; with E. Joel 2, 17.
4. Part, plur. Dºbujo poets, as using
the diction of parables, proverbs, etc.
Num. 21, 27.
Note. Various attempts have been
made to show the point of connection
between the two significations, to rule
and to liken ; see Schultens ad Prov.
1, 1. Michaelis ad Lowth de Sacr. Poesi
p. 41. Simonis Lex. etc. Two conjec-
tures formerly proposed by me, see in
Thesaur. p. 828. But not improbably
two roots of different origin have coa-
lesced under this form; one, correspond-
& w •
ing to the verbs Jºo, sîse, to liken;
the other, in Arabic J-8, having perh.
the signif. to be strong, valiant, which is
still ſound in Jºº ſortis, strenuus ſuit,
* ... y
Jºlº vir strenuus, in Gr. 30. J t A-sis
NIPH. pr. to be made like ; hence to be
like, to be similar to any thing, c. bs Is
14, 10; 2 Ps. 49, 13, 21; Es Ps. 28, 1
143, 7.
PIEL i. Q. Kal no. II. 1, to use parables
Ez. 21, 5 [20, 49].
51.5%
Youjº
628
HipH. I. to cause to rule, to give do-
minion to, with acc. of pers, and 3 of
thing, Ps. 8, 7. Dan. 11, 39. Inf, subst.
Sunri dominion Job 25, 2.
II. to compare, c. dat. Is. 46, 5.
Hithe, i, q. Niph, to become like, c. 3
Job 30, 19.
Deriv. ºn, nº?, and the three
following.
I. Sº m. (r. 90%) c. suff, bºº,
plur. Bºhujº, constr. ***.—Arab. Jº,
jº, Chald, sººn.
1. a similitude, parable Ez. 17, 2, 24,
3.—See too Judg.9, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 12, 1 sq.
2 K. 14, 9.
2. a sentence, yydium, a sententious say-
ing, apothegm, such as consists in the in-
genious comparison of two things, sen-
timents, etc. see in Prov. 25, 3, 11.12. 13
sq. 26, 1. 2. 3. 6. 7, 8, 9, 11. 14, 17–
E. g. Prov. 1, 1.6. 10, 1. 25, 1. 26, 7.9.
Ecc. 12,9. Job 13, 12. 1 K. 5, 12.-As
this sort of sayings often pass into pro-
verbs (1 Sam. 24, 14), hence bug? is
also
3. a proverb, Togoulo', e. g. 1 Sam.
10, 12. Ez. 12, 22, 18, 2. 3. Comp. Togo-
3o4m Luke 4, 23.
4. Genr. a poem, song, verse, the mem-
bers of which, by the laws of parallel-
ism, consisted of two hemistichs similar
in form and sense. Spec. of prophecy
Num. 23, 7, 18. 24, 3, 15. 20 sq. of a di-
dactic discourse or poem Job 27, 1. 29,
1. Ps. 49, 5. 78, 2; often of a satirical
poem, song of derision, Is. 14, 4. Mic. 2,
4. Hab.2, 6. So Hºujº buyº... Hyr, to
become a song and a by-word, Deut. 28,
37. 1 K. 9, 7. Jer. 24, 9. Ps. 69, 12; also
Ps. 44, 15. 2 Chr. 7, 20; comp. Ez. 14,
9 T.
3.—Arab. Jº parable, fable, sentence,
3, … o?
plur. Jºi fables, verses.
II. Sº pr. n. see bsºn.
ºn m. (r. buyº) I. rule, dominion,
Zoch. 9, 10. -
II. likeness, similitude, for concr. like,
Job 41, 25.
ºn inf as subst. i. q. Sº, no. 4, a
song of derision, Job 17, 6.
Tº m. (r. rhº) only in constr.
-buiz.
1. a sending forth, i. e. place to
which anything is sent. Is. 7, 25 rºuz
ºniu) i. e. a place to which cattle are
driven. -
2. With "; or tº ‘that to which the
hand is put,’ business, Deut. 12, 7, 18. 15,
10. 23, 21. 28, 8. 20.
nºtºn, Tºbuº, m. (r. rhus) 1. a
sending, Esth. 9, 19. 22.
2. With Ty, ‘that on which hand is
laid,” prey, booty, Is. 11, 14.
nº fem. of the preceding.
1. a sending, i. e. a troop, host, of an-
gels, Ps. 78, 49.
2. a sending away, discharge from
war or captivity, Ecc. 8, 8.
tºn (friend sc. of God, r. tº Pu.
no. 3) Meshullam, pr. n. of several per-
sons, Ezra 8, 16, 10, 15. 29. Neh. 3, 4, 6.
30. al.
nº (for niºn retribuentes
r. Ebu, Pi.) Meshillemoth, pr. n. m. a.)
2 Chr. 28, 12. b) Neh. 11, 13; for wilich
nº. 1 Chr. 9, 12.
Tººn and Tºtº (for nº3,
whom Jehovah repays, or whom Jeho-
vah treats as a friend, r. bhu; Pi.) Me-
shelemiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9, 21. 26, 1.
29; for which nº 26, 14.
nºtº, see in riº.
rºº (friend sc. of God, r. bhu; Pu.)
Meshullemeth, pr. n. of the wiſe of king
Manasseh, 2 K. 21, 19.
tº ſor ºbuº, see ºbu.
Tº f. (r. 52*) plur, nižūz.
1. astonishment, amazement, Ez. 5
15.
2. desolation, as Tºº rigºu, Ez. 6
14. 33, 28. 35, 3. Plur. Is. 15, 6. Jer
48, 34.
Tº m. (r. 72%) fatness ; Is. 17, 4
intº: Tº the fatness of his flesh, his
body.—Plur. Bºx, a) fat places,
fertile fields, Dan. 11, 24. b) Concr
fat ones, i.e. stout, robust warriors, Al-
togol, Ps. 78, 31. Is. 10 16. Comp. Tº
Judg. 3, 29.
rºº (fatness, r. Tºtº) Mishman
nah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 12 10.
Youjºn
jºjº
629
tºº? m. plur. (r. Tº) fatnesses,
... e. the fat pieces of flesh, delicacies,
tidbits, Neh. 8, 10.
yºu? m. (r. Sº) 1. a hearing, i. e.
the thing heard, Is. 11, 3.
2, Mishma, pr. n. m. a.) Gen. 25, 14.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 25.
rº f (r. 92\}) 1. a hearing,
audience, i. e. admission to the private
hearing of a king. 1 Sam. 22, 14 nº.
Trºquya-bs and hath access to thy pri-
vate audience 2 Sam. 23, 23. 1 Chr.
11, 25.
2. obedience, for concr. obedient, sub-
ject, Is. 11, 14.
nº? m. (r. Yºu!) constr. hoºº;
plur. c. suff. Tºujº.
1. watch, guard, i.e. a) ward, pris-
on, imprisonment, Gen. 40, 3 sq. 42, 17.
Lev. 24, 12. Num. 15, 34, b) The sta-
tion of a watch, post, Neh. 7, 3. Jer. 51, 12.
Concr. the watch or guards themselves,
Neh. 4, 3. 16. Job 7, 12. c) Meton.
what is guarded, kept ; Prov. 4, 23 keep
thy heart hºujº-bzº above all that is
kept, above all things else.
2. observance, what is observed or
kept, usage, rite, Neh. 13, 14. Concr.
one who is observed, treated with rever-
ence, spoken of a prince, Ez. 38, 7.
FYºu?, fem. of the preceding, c.
suff, "nnºuz, ; plur, ninº, constr.
rinº.
1. watch, guard, custody, i.e. a) The
act of guarding, 2 K. 11, 5.6. b) Place
of a watch, station, post, Is. 21, 8. Hab.
2, 1. Concr. of the watch, guards, them-
selves, Neh. 7, 3. 12,9. 13, 30. c) Con-
cr. an object kept, preserved in safety,
1 Samu. 22, 23.
2. a keeping, preservation, Ex. 12, 6.
16, 32. 33.34.
3. a keeping, observance, performance
of a duty, office, charge, Neh. 12, 45.
1 Chr. 23,32. Num. 4, 27.31 nºujº nºt
Psº this is the observance (charge) of
their porterage, this is what they have
to bear. 3,31 inst; Brºº their charge
was the ark. Plur. of the single duties
of the sacred office, etc. Num. 8, 26. 2
Chr. 7, 6, 8, 14 —Hence nº? Yºu;
Bººn Num, 1 53. 31, 30.47, or ºn 2
- 53”
3, 28. 32. 38, or Hin' 'n Lev. 8, 35, to
keep the charge of the tabernacle, etc.
i. e. to perform the service in the sacred
tabernacle.
4. The object of observance, a charge,
law, usage, rite, Gen. 26, 5. Lev, 18, 30.
Josh. 22, 3. 1 K. 2, 3. Zech. 3, 7. Mal. 3,
14. al.
5. ‘E nº? Yºu) pr. to observe the
observance of any one, i. e. to keep
one’s duty to him, to follow the party
of any one. 1 Chr. 12, 29 prºº
bisu nº nyºn Bºnzº, Vulg. magna
pars eorum adhuc sequebatur domum
Sawl.
Tº m. (r. riº) constr. rºº, c.
suff. Tºujº.
1. twofold, double, the double, Ex. 16,
22. Is. 61, 7. Job 42, 10. Zech. 9, 12.
Fº-rºº the double in money, double
money, Gen. 43, 15. But nº Fºx v. .
12 is a second money, i, q, nr.s (2 other
money v. 22. ,
2. a duplicate, a copy, of an original,
Deut. 17, 18. Josh. 8, 32.
3. second rank, second place, in order,
dignity, honour, etc. Often in the gen.
after a noun, as Tºujºn Tº the second
priest, who stands next to the high
priest (UN-r; Triº) 2 K. 25, 18. Jer, 52.
24. Plur. Hºuºn prº the priests of the
second order, 2 K. 23, 4. So naziº
rigºr, the second chariot in order Gen.
41, 43. Hºuz ºr the second part of
the city Neh. 11, 9, and simpl. n}\}º id.
2 K. 22, 14. Zeph. 1, 10.
4. Concr. the second, one who holds
the second place, c. gen. of the person
to whom he thus stands next, the neart,
e.g. mººn rºux, the meat to the king
2 Chr. 28, 7, comp. 1 Sam. 23, 17. Esth.
10, 3. Tob. 1, 22. Spec, the sceond or
neart brother, 2 Chr. 31, 12. Neh. 11, 17.
1 Sam. 8, 2; fully nº ºn"ris his sec-
ond or meat brother 2 Chr. 31, 12. Plur.
Bºujan Priºrs their younger brethren.
opp. to the first-born 1 Chr. 15, 18.-
Also Rºz Fe: "nº silver cups of a
second quality Ezra 1, 10. So 1 Sam.
15, 9 Bºuyºn cattle of a second qual-
ity, (opp. Rºº,) or perhaps lambs ol
the second birth, i. e. autumnal lambs,
and therefore weaker and less valua.
ble.
buºy
Elij%
630
ngtºn f (r. bou) plur, nº?, plum-
der, prey, booty; nguynh Hyr; Jer, 30, 16.
2 K. 21, 14. Hººk in; Is. 42, 24 Keri.
Plur. Hab. 2, 7.
**tº obsol root, perh. i. q. &",
G
(comp. Jujº, Arab. U-3 abstersit,) to
make clean, to cleanse, e. g. cotton by
picking; then also to pour out clean, to
milk clean, to eat off clean (from a plate);
also to plunder clean, i. e. to desolate,
comp. Tº Is. 3, 26. Not found in the
Heb. verb; but adduced by Abulwalid
and many intpp. as the root of "suº q.v.
See Thesaur. p. 829.
bºy tº m. (r. º) a narrow path,
hollow way. Num. 22, 24 pººr bivº
a narrow way between two vineyards.
ºn &res Asyóu. Ez. 16, 4 nºrth Nº
***, of a new-born inſant. Here
"suº is referred by Abulwalid and many
others to r. Sujº q. v. as if a cleansing,
q. d. 770r wast thou washed to cleansing
i.e. clean, the form "suº being taken
for nº. But no such form can be
derived from su)? ; and I would there-
fore rather refer it to r. Hyu; to look, i. e.
"sºn i. q. Hyu;2, Yod radical being
preserved, comp. Bºrſº 2 Chr. 24, 25;
and then the sense would be: nor wast
thow washed for looking upon, i. e. for
presenting to thy parents and others,
which is not done until after the inſant
is washed and swathed.
pyº (swift-going, r. Esu") Misham,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 12.
Tº m. (r. Tº) constr. 1952, a
stay, support, prop, Is. 3, 1. Trop. Ps.
18, 19. 2 Sam. 22, 19.-
Tº m. id. Is. 3, 1 rºzh stºº stay
and support, i.e. support of every kind,
as immediately explained, e. g. food
and drink v. 1, comp. Twº ; also the
chieſ persons of the nation on whom
the people lean, v. 2. 3, comp. Tºº.
For this use of the masc. and fem. in
connection to express universality, see
Comm. on Is. l. c.
my tºº fem. of the preced. stay, Sup-
port, Is. 3, 1; see in Tºujº.
nylº f. 2 K. 4, 31, constr. ib. 18, 21,
r. suff, "rºº; plur c. suff, Erixsºn ;
a staff, on which one leans, Judg. 8
21. Ez. 29, 6. Zech. 8, 4. Ps. 23, 4. R
Tsuj.
Tºtº, f (r. neu) constr. nnºn
c. suff, “rīrīpūz; plur, ninpuº Ps. 107
44, constr. ninpºx.
1. gems, i.e. a tribe, clan, Gen. 10, 18
20, 31. 32. 12, 3. Also of a whole peo.
ple, nation, Ez. 20, 32. Jer. 8, 3. 25, 9
Mic. 2, 3.
2. In the subdivisions of the Hebrew
people, spec. a family, several of which
were comprehended in one tribe (toº,
Hºº), as on the other hand one family
contained several households, fathers'
houses, (nins nº, see nº no. 11,) Ex.
6, 14 sq. Num. 1, 20 sq. 26, 5 sq. Lev.
20, 10. 41. Josh. 21, 4, 20 sq. 1 Sam. 9,
21. 10, 21. 20, 29 º' Firºz net we
have a family (subdivision) sacrifice,
comp. v. 6.-Used rarely and laxly for
tribe, cº, as Josh. 7, 17 riºn, nreuz,
for nººn, tº in v. 16. Judg. 13, 2, 18.
2. 11.
3. genus, kind, of animals Gen. 8, 19;
also of inanimate things Jer. 15, 3.
tº m. (r. Leu) constr. tºº, c.
suff, "tºº ; plur. Bºtºujº, constr.
hºujo. *
i. judgment, i. e. a) The act of
Judging, Lev. 19, 15 ye shall do no injus.
tice toº in judgment. Deut. 1, 17
sºn bºrºsh wºujºn 2 for to God be
longeth judgment. Is. 28, 6 by Ruyi',
toºr, who sitteth in judgment. Ez. 21,
32 bºuyºri is hugs Ra-TV until he shall
come to whom judgment belongeth, b)
The place of judgment, i. q. ºr bip”
Ecc. 3, 16. So Ex toº six to go into
judgment with, to summon before a
judge, Job 9, 32. 22, 4. Ps. 143, 2; comp.
Job 14, 3. Ecc. 11, 9, c) a cause,
suit, before a judge, Num. 27, 5. Th:
ºn to order or set forth a cause,
Job 13, 18. 23, 4, 'B topºzº (º) riº
to carry on (judge) the cause of any
one, to be his patron, Deut. 10, 18. Ps.
9, 5. (Comp. Tº and ann.) Bººz -ā-
ns to litigate or contend with any one
Jer. 12, 1. "tºº by a my opponent, ad-
versary, pr. who has a suit with me, Is
50, 8, d) the sentence of a judge, 1 K.
3,28, 20,40. Ps. 17,2. Plur. Fin, ºpuſz
the judgments of Jehovah Ps, 19, 10, 119
Eujº
pujº
631
5. 137. Sometimes tºº is (God's) fa-
yourable sentence, kindness, Is. 59,9. 14.
Oftener unfavourable, inflicting punish-
ment, Is. 53, 8. Jer 1, 16. 4, 12. 39, 5.
2 K. 25, 6. e) charge, guilt, crime, for
which one is judged, Jer. 51,9. Ez. 7, 23
tº wºn a capital crime. So wº
nº guilt worthy of death, capital, Deut.
19, 6. 21, 22. Jer. 26, 11. 16.
2. right, reclitude, justice, what is just,
lawful, conformable to law, Is. 5, 7. 32,
1. 33, 5. Ps. 30, 5, 111, 7. Prov. 1, 3. So
toº nºr to wrest justice Deut. 16, 19.
27, 19. 1 Sam. 8, 3. nº ºn nºw to
do right and justice Jer, 22, 15. 23, 5.33,
15. Deut. 32, 4 pºujº ºrbiº all his
ways are reclitude i.e. right, just. "21sº
tºušº a just balance Prov. 16, 11. Also
tº according to justice Jer. 30, 11;
according to right, as is right, Jer. 46,28;
and so the opp. tº 853, without right
Jer, 22, 13.−Spec. a) a law, stalute, as
a rule of judging, i. q. pri, Ex. 21, 1. 24, 3.
Plur, often " "tºº of the divine laws,
Lev. 18, 4.5. 26. 19, 37. 20 sq. Deut. 4,
1. 7, 11. 12. So collect. the law, the
body of laws, as we say: ‘the Mosaic
law,’ ‘the common law; e.g. º. apujº
Is. 51, 4, 58, 2, and simply toº. 42, 1.
3. 4, the divine law, (i. q. nyin,) the
religion of Jehovah, b) That which
belongs to any one by law, a right,
privilege, due, e. g. genr. as "tºujº my
right Ps. 17, 2. Is. 49, 4. Job 27, 2.40, 8;
so ‘E paujº B13 to take away one's right
Is, 10,2. In a stricter sense, HèNär vetº
the right of redemption Jer. 32, 7; 'wo
*Thºr, the right of primogeniture Deut.
21, 17. Collect. Tººn topº, the royal
privilege, i. e. the rights and preroga-
tives of the king, 1 Sam, 8, 9.11. 10, 25.
Spec, what one receives by right; weujº
tºr: rs2 ºn the priests' due from
the people Deut. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 13.
c) Since laws proceed not only from the
will of the lawgiver, but often also from
the manners and customs of a people,
hence tºujº is also manner, custom, pre-
scription ; as 2 K. 11, 14 and lo! the
king stood upon a sland toº accord-
ng to custom. 17, 33. 34. 40. Gen. 40,
13 ſius ºr toº in the former man-
^er. Comp. Arab. &e and Gr. Öixm.
H ºnce d) manner, i. e. fashior, sort,
kind. 2 K. 1, 7 ºr tº nº that was
the fashion of the man? what sort of a
man was he 7 Judg. 13, 12 Hyº-nz
*Hºº hºr ºujº what will be the
manner of the child (i. e. what sort of a
child will he be) and what will he do 3
Also manner, way, Ecc. 8, 5.6.
Pºtºº dual, folds, enclosures, open
above, often made of hurdles, in which
during the summer months the flocks
are kept by night; Gen. 49, 14. Judg. 5
16; i. q. Eºreu, no. 2, where see fully.
R. new;.
* Pº obsol. root, prob. i. q. Tú? to
hold, and then to possess, 5 and p be-
ing interchanged; comp. Tº?.-Hence
pujº possession, and
Pº2 &n. Asyóu. possession, Gen. 15, 2
i. q. Tú?. The interpretation of this
vexed passage may then be thus pre-
sented: nºbs pººl sºn "r"a puz-Taº
and the son of possession (i. e. the pos-
sessor) of my house or of my domestic
property will be Eliezer of Damascus
The sacred writer seems to have chosen
this less frequent form pu:2, in order
to form an assonance with the word
pººl; a kind of play upon words not
unknown even to the prose writers of
the O.T. see in Hypº no. 2. For a like
reason he puts simply piºn for "à
pººl a Damascene; comp. Tº no. 3–
Others derive puj% from the root ppuſ
to run, (as hº? from nº?,) and trans-
late: filius discursitationis, i. Q. house-
steward. But in this connection there
would be little force in the words: 1
am childless and the steward of my
house (or my head-servant) is Eliezer
of Damascus. See more in Thesaur.
p. 829.
Pº2 m. constr. pujo, a running about
Is. 33, 4. From r. ppuj, formed in the
Chaldee manner for pujº.
riptiº m. (r. Hº) constr. ripºd, c
suff. "puz sing. 1 K. 10, 5, see Heb
Gr. § 91, 9; plur. Pºpujº ; pr: part
Hiph.
1. a cup-bearer, butler, Gen. 40, 1, 2
5 9. 41, 9. Chald. "Pujº, also "pu.
sºpuſ, Syr. £ as Arab Jº, id.
puº
nº
632
2. drink, espec. wine, Gen. 40, 21.
Lev. 11, 34, 1 K. 10, 21 ripuja ºž
drinking-vessels.
3. a well-watered region, Gen. 13, 10.
Ez. 45, 15.
Sipº m, (r. Spº) weight, Ez. 4, 10.
FTPº2 m. (r. Epu) a lintel, the up-
per part of a door-way, Ex. 12, 7. 22.
23.
3Prº2 m. (r. ºpus) constr. bpºn.
1. a weighing, act of weighing ; 2 K.
25, 16 nujrūh ºpujº riºr sº there was no
weighing of the brass, i. e. it could not
be weighed for abundance. 1 Chr. 22, 3
ºpº T's so that there was no weighing
it. v. 14.
2. weight, definite weight, Gen. 24, 22.
Josh. 7, 21. Judg. 8, 26. 1 K. 10, 14. Lev.
26, 26.
nº Is. 28, 17, and n=pûº 2 K.
21, 13, f. a plumb-line, plummet, used
in levelling; so called from its poising.
R. Spuy.
92% m. (r. spº) constr. spºº, de-
fecation, settling, of waters. Ez. 34, 18
Arnºr tºo-spºº, Vulg, aquam purissi-
777 CE,770.
nº, see nºvº.
Tºtº f. (r. Hºu; I) maceration, steep-
ing. Num. 6, 3 Bºrnhº, the steep-
ing of grapes, i.e. a drink prepared from
macerated grapes.
Nºn-Pinº Chald. m. (r. pºu) a pipe,
syrina, Dan. 3, 5. 7. 10, 15. -
"yºtº, Mishraite, gentile n. from
sº Mishra, a town or district else-
where unknown ; collect. 1 Chr. 2, 53.
The latter name might signify, “slippery
alace,’ i. q. Chald. sinu;2.
:k Utº fut. użny to touch, to feel, c.
acc. Gen. 27, 12.22; prob. also Tººs v.
21 (Dagesh being dropped), which is
commonly referred to r. Uno.—Chald.
***, egº, Zab. -º, Arab. J.,
Ethiop, with h inserted, d’Criſi id.
Gr. ºudogo. Kindr. are ushº II, tº ,
. V.
l Piel tºo, to feel in the dark, to
grope, Deut. 28, 29. Job 5, 14; c. acc. to
feel out, to explore with the hand, Gen.
31, 34, 37. Job 12, 25 ºn tº they
feel out the darkness. -
HipH. id. c. acc. Ex. 10, 21.
Tº m. (r. Hruš) constr. Hrušº, c.
suff. Thrºujº Dan. 1, 5.8; and tº v,
10, Brºnu;% v. 16; all in sing. Heb. Gr.
§ 91.9.
1. a drinking, Esth. 5, 4, 7, 2. So
Ten Hrušº, nº the chamber of drinking
wine, the banqueting-hall, Esth. 7, 8;
Thrºujº Tº the wine of his drinking,
i. e. which the king drank, Dan. 1, 5,
8, 16.
2. drink, Dan. 1, 10. Ezra 3, 7.
3. a banquet, feast, ovutóo wow, Esth. 1,
3. 2, 18, 8, 17. Is. 5, 12. al.
"Fºº Chald. m. emphat. Rºrºn, id.
Dan. 5, 10 ºn nº the banqueting-hall;
see in Heb. Hrušº, no. 1.
F2 in sing, not used, a man, Lat.
mas, commonly referred to the root
nry, pr. extended, grown up, adult, see
Ewald's Gram. § 382; comp. Hºº tººs,
Eth. QRT vir, spec. maritus; comp. Lat.
mas. In the Hebrew itself there are
traces of the singular number in the pr.
names bºrº, rºughnn, (ann being a
construct form, like HS Chald. constr.
has ; Eug, hou, whence bshou; ; Bºº in
sing. constr. Þº, whence bºº,) as also
in Punic words e. g. Metuastartus ºn?
nºnnuºy i. e. a man or worshipper of
Astarte, Methymalnus ºº inn i. e. a
gift-man, comp. Theodorus, Diodorus.
See Thesaur. p. 830.
PLUR. Bºrn m. twice defective Enn
Deut. 2, 34. 3, 6, men, i. e. males, opp.
to women and children, Deut. 2, 34 En?
nºn, thºujºn, the men and women and
children. 3, 6. Job 11, 3. Is, 3, 25. Often
c. genit. hºoz. ºryx, a few men Gen. 34
30; sº "nº men of falsehood Ps. 26, 4;
*is "nº my tent-companions Job 31,
31, etc.—In Is. 41, 14 the words *nz
bsº are well rendered by Sept. Śāt-
yootög 'Iogoń4, Luther du armer Haufe
Israel; though this notion of ſewness
and misery lies not in the word "nº
but comes from the preceding nººn.—
For Judg. 20, 48 see in art. Enº ; and
for the phrase Bºrº hºs see in nºs .
1. b. -
inº dead, part. of r. nºo, where see
ºn?
jn?
633
Tânº m. (from subst. Hr.) collect.
traw, heap of straw, Is. 25, 10.
Sk An? obsol. root, perh, either to
stretch, to eartend, comp. kindr. ring,
nrº ; or else i, q. Tºº, to draw, to
drag.—Hence
3.2 m. c. suff, "anº, a bit, curb, 2 K.
19, 28. Is, 37, 29. Ps. 32, 9. Prov. 26, 3.
Metaph. 2 Sam. 8, 1; see in rigs no. 3.
>k Tryº obsol. root, prob. i. q. (s”,
[x, and cº-w, to stretch, to eartend, e. g.
a cord. Kindred is rinº, also T12, Hºº.
Deriv.nº (Bºnn), ºn?, pr. n. *sūhnº,
ribºnn.
pinº m. adj. (r. pn?) fem. Hpºn”,
plur. Bºphrº, see Heb. Gr. § 27. n. I;
sweet, Judg. 14, 18. Ps. 19, 11. Prov. 24,
13. 27, 7. Cant. 2, 13. Neut, sweet,
sweetness, Ez. 3, 3. Judg. 14, 14.—Me-
taph. pleasant, Ecc. 5, 11. 11, 7.
ºsºnº (man of God, comp. from
ºnn man, see in nº, u) i. Q. mugs, and
bs) Methushael, pr. n. of one of the
patriarchs, descended from Cain, Gen.
4, 18. *
Tººn? (man of the dart, see pre-
ceding art.) Methuselah, pr. n. of a pa-
triarch before the flood, the son of Enoch
and grandfather of Noah, who died at
the age of 969 years, Gen. 5, 21 sq.
>k nn? fut. nnn", to stretch, to ea-
tend, as a tent, the heavens, Is. 40,
22.—Syr. Chald. id. Eth. Tºſh for
0°CD’?ſh induit, velavit; whence de-
ivatives signifying pallium. Kindred
loots are rinº, Sam. nn , to expand;
also ſinº, Axx provectus fuit dies.
Deriv. nnnns a sack.
"º pr. subst, eartension, space of
time; then as an interrogative adverb,
when 2 Arab. sº Syr. -íseſ, Chald.
"nºns.—Gen. 30, 30. Ps. 42, 3. 94, 8.
119, 82.84. Am. 8, 5. al. Without inter-
rogation (Syr. 2-&f) Prov. 23 35
yºps "nº when I awake. Ps. 101, 2.
With prefixes: a) ºn?', i. q "nº
(see : B. 2. a), at what time, when,
without interrog Ex. 8, 5 [9]. Sept.
f
TOT S.
b) "nº-Tº until when 2 i.e how long-
1 Sam. 16, 1. Ex. 10, 3.7. Ps. 80, 5. Jer
4, 14, 21. al. Poet. in aposiopesis: Ps. 6,
4 and thou Jehovah, "nº-º how long
sc. wilt thou delay to help. 90, 13; comp,
Is. 6, 11.
c) "nº "hris after how long 2 i. e.
when 2 Jer. 13, 27.
tº plur. of no q.v.
32nd f (r. 12r) c. suff, irºn?
measure, Ez. 45, 11; a daily task, tale
Ex. 5, 8, comp. Tºn v. 18. Ex. 30, 32
injarº: according to its measure, i. e.
the proportion of the parts of which it is
composed. 2 Chr. 24, 13 and they rebuilt
the house of God in:nº by according to
tts former measure.
Tºº Mal. 1, 13 for risºn-na; see
nº note, lett. c. p. 541.
niyºnº f. plur, by transposition for
nisrºº, biters, teeth, only constr. Job
29, 17. Joel 1, 6. See risrºº.
Bºrn Nah. 2, 4, see in r. ser, Pu.
anº m. (r. tºº) wholeness, sound-
mess, e.g. of body, Ps. 38, 4.8. Is. 1, 6.—
In Judg. 20, 48 instead of phy, is to be
read Enº men, as found in several Mss.
See in nº.
2.
Sk in? obsol. root, Arab. XX.o, to be
strong, firm; comp. kindr. Jnº.—Hence
ºrºs, Bºry?.
jº m. (r. In:) constr Tºº, Kamets
impure, Prov. 18, 16.
1. a gift, Gen. 34, 12. Num. 18, 11.
Prov. 18, 16. Tºp 5"s a liberal man
Prov. 19, 6,
2. Mattan, pr. p a) A priest of
Baal 2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. 23, 17. b)
Jer. 38, 1.
Sºº Chald. f. 1. q. Hebr. ring, a
gift, plur. Tºrº Dan. 2, 6.48, 5, 17.
Tº f. (r. 1n) constr. ring; plur
| nirº, constr. nilrº.
1. a gift, present Esth. 9, 22. 2 Chr
21, 3. Gen. 25, 6; spec. a bribe, i. q
ºntº, Ecc. 7, 7. Also a gift offered to
God Ex. 28, 38. Lev. 23, 38. Num. 18
6. 7. 29. Ps. 68, 19; to idols Ez. 20
31. 39.
2. Mattanah, pr. n. of a place between
Enº
innº
634.
the desert and the borders of Moab,
Num. 21, 18, 19.
ºn (apoc. for nºn2) Mattenai, pr.
n. m. a) Neh. 12, 19, b) Ezra 10, 33.
2) Ezra 10, 37.
*2nº Mithnite, a gentile name else-
where unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 43.
Tº and Tºº (gift of Jehovah,
r. n.) Mattaniah, pr. n. of several men,
K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 9, 15. 25, 4, 16. 2 Chr.
20, 14. 29, 13. Ezra 10, 26. 27. 30, 37.
Neh. 11, 17. 12, 8. 25. 13, 13.
tº m. dual, (r. Trº) the loins, the
lower part of the back, so called as the
seat of strength, Gr. Öoºpús, to be distin-
guished from Th: the thigh, see in Th:
no. 1.-1 K. 12, 10. Bºn? "º waters to
the loins, reaching thus far, Ez. 47, 4.
Spec. the loins are that part of the body
around which the girdle is worn 2 K.
1, 8, 9, 1. Is. 11, 5. Jer. 1, 17. Gen. 37,
34; on which burdens are sustained Ps.
66, 11; in which is the seat of the pains
of travail Is. 21, 3. Nah. 2, 11. Also the
seat of strength, (see above and comp.
Lat. elumbis, delumbare for debilitare,)
whence E "prº Yriº to shatter the loins
of any one, i. e. to crush him wholly,
Deut. 33, 11, comp. Ez. 21, 11; to cause
the loins to waver, shake, of one verging
to ruin, Ps. 69, 24. Ez. 29, 7. Arab.
• O – o
Juxº and Syr. fins, id more rarely
* 3 o –
also sing. t.) Ko one side of the loins or
lower region of the back protuberant
with flesh and muscles.
Sk prº fut. prº 1. to suck, i. q. Syr.
-oise to suck as a child; hence to feed
upon with relish, comp. Ys?. Job 24, 20
nº pry, when the worm feeds sweetly
on him.
2. to be or become sweet, sweet things
oeing wont to be sucked; Prov. 9, 17.
Ex. 15, 25. Metaph. Job 21, 33 prº
brº-ºh is sweet to him are the clodi
of the valley, the earth is light upon
him.
HiPh. 1. to make sweet or pleasant
Metaph. Ps. 55, 15 Tio pºrº tºrt. Hugs
(we) who made sweet together our fa-
miliar discourse, i. e. who as familiar
friends held sweet discourse together.
2. Intrans, to be sweet, (pr. to cause
sweetness, see Heb. Gram. § 52. 2. n.)
Job 20, 12.
Deriv. pinº, Pºpºº, and the threa
here following.
Pº2 m. sweetness, trop, pleasantness
Prov. 16, 21. 27, 9. R. prz.
Prº m, sweetness Judg. 9, 11. R.
pr?.
"Pºº (sweetness, r. prº ; prob
sweet fountain, opp. Hyº) Mithlcah, pr
m. of a station of the Israelites in Arabia
Petraea, Num. 33, 28. 29.
nº Persian pr. n. Mithredath,
Gr. Murgo.6%tms, Muğguóðrms, Mithrida
tes, i.e. a Mithra datus, Mithra being the
genius of the sun. a) A treasurer of
Cyrus the king, Ezra 1, 8, b) An offi-
cer of Artaxerxes in Samaria, Ezra 4,
7.—See more in Thesaur. p. 832.
nº f (contr. for rºng, r. n.) a
gift, present, 1 K. 13, 7. Prov. 25, 14. Ecc.
3, 13. 5, 18. in nº the gift of his hand,
i. e. as much as he is able to give, Ez.
46, 5, 11. Only in the constr.
Tºº? (contr. for Hºrnº) Mattathah,
pr, n. m. Ezra 10, 33. Gr. Motto:96.
Luke 3, 31.
nº and Tºrº (gift of Jeho-
vah, r. ſn}) pr. n. Mattithiah, a frequent
name after the exile: a) Ezra 10, 43.
b) Neh. 8,4, c) 1 Chr. 9, 31. 15, 18
21. 16, 5.—Gr. Motto.3 log 1 Macc. 2, 1
Motölog Acts 1, 23. 26; also Motöotoſ
the evangelist.
2 635 Nº
Nunz, the fourteenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
50. The name jºb signifies in Syriac,
Ohaldee, and Arabic, a fish, which seems
to lave been represented by the primi-
tº wo form of this letter; see Monumm.
Phoen, p. 37 sq.
It is interchanged: a) With other
liquids, as Lamed, see lett. 5; Mem, see
lett, a ; more rarely Resh, as -xsºn-
and -ºxº-, ; ring, Chald. Hº, the
sun is risen; Bºzº, Aram. Thr, two ;
Arab. /*} and Jºjº purple. b)
As the weakest of the liquids it is often
softened into Yod, so that very many
verbs in and “E exist side by side with
the same signification, as HS; and ris:
to be beautiful, Es; and as to set, ºp;
and up to lay snares, comp. Lehrg.
§ 112. 2. a ; and for the affinity of verbs
it with other biliterals, as ſy, sy, H5,
see ibid, no. 2. 3. The primary mono-
yllabic root of verbs jº, and also of
rbs “E, is often the last syllable,
hence Eri. i. q. Fºr to roar; nº. i. q.
nºn, Firſ; ; Ap; and sho to depart; na;
and The to blow; ap; and nap to curse;
bu; and Bhuj, etc.
Nun is very often dropped at the be-
ginning and in the middle of words; also
sometimes at the end. On the other hand,
in Chaldee, Arabic, and Ethiopic, in-
stead of doubling a letter, Nun is fre-
guently inserted before the letter which
would otherwise be doubled, e. g. Fºs
br Fias, see as ; sº for sºlº ; also
3 - o
rºuj, Arab. & ear of grain;
nauſ, Eth. Túſlºt, etc. see Thesaur.
[.., 833.
I. S., a particle of incitement and also
of request, entreaty, Engl. now, often
rendered I pray thee, Lat. quaeso, Gr.
5% Germ, doch-Syr. H, -i, id. al-
though rarely used and sometimes mis-
anderstood by the Syrians themselves
Sam. Al. ſtil. In Ethiopic the co-
espending word is #U go to, come. ! 13.
(1)
usually declined like an imperative, f
3%, plur. ŽU., 39; comp. FU., 342,
ŽP, lo! Amhar. £8. The whole verb
is prob. preserved in the Egyptian ſið,
to come. See Thesaur. p. 833.- The
particle sº is joined
1. With the Imperative, both simple,
as N.Trip Gen. 22, 2; and paragogic or
intensive, as Nºrrish Judg. 19, 11. Num.
22, 6. It thus expresses: a) Incite-
ment, as T. sº-nº put forth now thy
hand Job 1, 11. 2, 5. b) Command, but
gently and mildly, as we say: “do now,'
‘do now this or that.” Gen. 24, 2 put now
(Nºrtº) thy hand under my thigh. 13
14. Num. 22, 6. Job 4, 7 sº-na] remem.
ber now. 12, 7 Nº-bsu; ask now. 33, 1.
So in the language of God; Gen. 22, 2
Flººrs Nºrrip take now thy son. Is. 7, 3.
Ex. 11, 2, c) Admonition, and even
rebuke and threat ; Num. 16, 26 depart
now (Nº-hºp) from the tents of these
wicked men. 20, 10 hear now (sº-Asqui),
ye rebels. Ps. 50, 22. d) Entreaty, very
often; Gen. 27, 19 nau; sº-ºp arise
now, sit and eat. 24, 45 let me drink, I
pray thee. 12, 13. 13, 9. 32, 30. 37, 16.
50, 17. Judg. 19, 9. al. saep. With a
certain degree of asperity, Is. 47, 12
Tººra sº-Tºx persist now in thine en-
chantments.
2. With the Future. a) In the first
person often together with n paragog.
which has a like power; here it serves
chiefly for incitement. Jer. 5, 21 Nº sº">
ºrns let us now fear Jehovah. So sing.
also of oneself. Gen. 18, 21 Nº-nºns 1
will go down now, i. q. come, I will go
down. Ex. 3, 3. 2 Sam. 14, 15. Cant. 3,
2. 1 Chr. 22, 5. The same form is used
by those who speak with others and ask
their leave; 1 Sam. 20, 29 s? Tººs let
me hasten away, I pray thee. Num. 20,
17. 1 K. 1, 12. Ex. 4, 18. Is. 5, 1.5.
Ruth 2, 2. Once sº is found separated
from its verb, or rather the verb is to be
repeated before it, Nº....thuis Ps. 116.
h). In the third person, and here
N. 636
"Nº
t expresses: 0.) Incitement, provoca-
tion; Jer. 17, 15 where is the word of
the Lord 2 N, Ninº let it come now, at
last ; comp. Is. 5, 19. 3) Wish and en-
wreaty ; Gen. 47, 4 let thy servants dwell
now (sº-hau:), i.e. suffer us to dwell.
Ps. 124, 1. 129, 1. Cant. 7, 9, 2 K. 2, 9.
y) Asking leave; Gen. 18, 4 sº-nº let
there be brought now, permit me to bring.
44, 18.
3. Once with the Praeter; Gen. 40, 14
ºr "Tº s?-rºuy, and show kindness,
1 pm ay ſhee, unto me, deal now kindly
with me, where s: gives to the Praeter
the force of the Optative; comp. in EN "E
B. 3. p. 462.
4. With Interjections: a) Nº-nºr,
behold now 1 lo now ! Gen. 12, 11. 16,
2. Job 40, 15. 16. al. b) sº-his wo now 1
Jer. 4, 31. 45, 3. Lam. 5, 16. c.) From
Nº-Fis comes contr. Nº and nº ah
now ! see p. 70.
5. With an interrog. Adverb, sº-nºs
where now 2 Ps. 115, 2.
6. With Conjunctions: a) Nºrbs may
70 w; not, I pray thee : with fut. and
implying a wish or asking leave that
something may not take place. So with
the first pers. Job 32, 21 ºf NºN sy-bs
ujºs let me not, I pray, accept any man's
person, i.e. let me now remain impar-
sial. With the second pers. Gen. 18, 3
nºn Nºrbs pass not away, I pray thee.
19, 7. Num. 10, 31. Also with the third
pers. Gen. 18, 32 "3"Nº ºn” sº-bs. Ab-
sol. Nº-hs not so now, Oh not so I Gen.
19, 18.
b) Nº-EN if now, if indeed, Gr. si Trots,
flow note, used by those who modestly
and timidly presuppose any thing. So
in the phrase Tºya in "nssº sº-cs
if now I have found favour in thine eyes,
which I hope rather than venture to
assume, Gen. 18, 3 (Sept. si ègo). 33,
10. 47, 29. 50, 4. Ex. 33, 13. 34, 9. In
Gen. 30, 27 the apodosis is wanting after
this phrase, q. d. ‘tarry, I will do all that
thou requirest.”—Once Ng is separated
from the conjunct. Gen. 24, 42 mujres
"º rºº sº if now thou do prosper
Wvy way.
NotE. In the language of courtesy
and submission this particle is often used
repeatedly; e.g. Gen. 18, 3. 19, 7.8. 18.
9. 50, 17.2 K. 20, 3, Is. 38, 3.
II. S. m. adj. (r. sº) raw, half
cooked, rare, as flesh, Ex. 12, 9, Arab
&id.
S. Ez. 30, 14, 15. 16. Jer. 46,25, fully
fins-N: Nah. 3, 8, No, No-Ammon, p:
n, for the Egyptian Thebes or Diospo-
lis, the ancient and splendid metropolis
of Upper Egypt, called by Homer Ško.
tóutvlog Il. 9. 383, one hundred and
forty stadia in circuit, situated on both
sides of the Nile, and celebrated for the
multitude and splendour of its temples,
obelisks, statues, etc. see Diod. Sic. 1
45–50. Strabo 17. 1. 45. p. 816 Casaub.
In the time of the prophet Nahum (l.c.)
it was already destroyed, before Nine-
veh, probably by the Assyrians, Is. 20,
4; it was afterwards in part restored by
the Ptolemies and the Romans. Its
splendid ruins, which are named after
the modern villages Medinet Abu, Luk-
sor, Karnak, are depicted in the great
work: Descr, de l’Egypte T. II. III
Wilkinson's Topography of Thebes, etc
Lond. 1843. Comp. Bibl. Res, in Palest.
I. p. 28 sq.-Sept. in Ez. l.c. Atógtolic,
in Nahum l. c. usgig Aututów, which last
is a literal interpretation of the suppos-
ed Egyptian form No-Ammon, viz. Nº,
Egypt. JIOC or ſIO*C, i. e. Ozoivog, a
measuring line, then part, portion mea-
sured, and ſins 3.38.0°II (Jupiter)
Ammon, see Tios III; whence ſins N.
the portion of Ammon, i. e. the possession
of the god Ammon, as the chief seat of
his worship ; see Jablonski Opuscula
ed. te Water, T. I. p. 163–168. But
the ancient Egyptian form was more
probably ſI& -2.85.0°ſſ quod Ammonis
est, or better 33.3—3.03.0°II the place
of Ammon, since m and n were often
interchanged, as in Moph and Noph.
>k Ts; obsol. root; either i. q. Arab,
_{*~
SU5 to give forth water, i. e. the earth.
whence SU3 a land yielding water; o
better i. q. Tº , to be shaken, agitated.—
Hence
TN. m. also TS5 for Tis: Judg. 4, 19
plur. ni"Nº, a bottle, i. e. a skin or lea,
thern sack, for milk Judg. 4, 19; for win
TINE
FN:
637
a Sam. 16, 20. Josh. 9, 4, 13. The skins
for preserving wine were suspended in
the smoke, Ps. 119,83.—So called either
as being used for liquids; or better, from
being shaken in order to make butter
from milk; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
v. 180, 440.
4: Ts; in Kal not used, i. q. nº, to
bit, to dwell, comp. Gr. vulo, vuòg. The
primary notion seems to be that of rest,
quiet, see Hab. 2, 5, comp. Eth. ŻKJP
respiravit, requievit; and it therefore
has affinity with riº.—Hence ris?, plur.
constr. nisi.
Pil. His: Ps. 93, 5 (comp. Hruj Hith-
pal. Hºrrºr), plur, contr. His; for his?.
1. With h, to be proper, suitable, be-
toming to any one ; pr. ‘to sit well’ on
any one, comp. Plin. Panegyr. 10 quam
bene humeris tuis sederet imperium, the
metaphor being drawn from a garment.
So in Engl. and also Germ.jemandem
gut sitzen, formerly taken in the widest
sense, whence the word Sitte. (Others
take rijs, as Niph. of the verb nºs, pr.
to be desired, and hence to be agreeable,
decorous, etc.) Ps. 93, 5 nys: Trì"āh
ºſpholiness becometh thinehouse. Comp.
adj. rºs;.
2. Absol. to be decorows, becoming, i.e.
to be comely, beautiful, Cant. 1, 10. Is.
52, 7.—Hence nºs;.
Tº f. (r. HS:) i, q, nº?, nº, only in
plur. constr. nisi, a poetic word, seats,
dwellings, habitations, viz. a) Of men
or of God, as sps: nis: Lam. 2, 2; ris;
bºr Vulg. domus iniquitatis Ps. 74, 20.
t-nºs nis; 83, 13. b) Of flocks and
Werds, pastures, in which they remain,
1'e down, rest; see the root ins;. Jer.
25, 37. Am. 1, 2, -3.1% ris; pastures
of the desert Ps. 65, 13. Jer. 9, 9. al.
Nº ris; green pastures Ps. 23, 2.
Tūs; adj. (for Hys, r. n.s.) fem.nºs.
1. becoming, suitable, proper, c. h Ps.
33, 1 Härin Hys; Bºnº praise becometh
Whe upright, i. e. praise to God. 147, 1.
Prov. 17, 7. 19, 10. 26, 1.
2. comely, beautiful, Cant. , 5. 2, 14.
4, 3.6, 4.
* B.S. i. q. Enº, nºr, Gr, uſe to
murmur, to mutter, to whisper, to speak
P.
in a low voice; Arab. -L3 id. Spec. of
the supernatural voice which was sup
posed to whisper oracles in the ear of a
prophet; see ps. and comp. Its nº p.
192.-Once of false prophets, Jer. 23, 31
DN: Tošº they mutter (false) oracles.—
Hence
º
PS. m. (r. 5s, after the form bass)
effatum, a declaration, revelation, oracle
a) Of God; once in st. absol. Jer. 23, 31.
Very freq. in the phrases: nin, ER,
nis: "... psi, (so is) the oracle of Jeho.
vah, so is it revealed from Jehovah ;
usually inserted in the words of the
prophets themselves, as in Engl. saith
Jehovah, saith the Lord, Am. 6, 8. 14. 9
12. 13. al. or else added at the end of a
sentence Am. 2, 11. 4, 3, 5, 8–11. Is. 3,
15. 14, 23. So very often in Ezekiel,
e.g. 5, 11. 12, 25. 13, 16. 14, 11. 14. 16.
18. 20. 15, 8, 16, 8; constant'y in Jere-
miah, e.g. 2, 9. 12. 22. 29. al. in Isaiah
less frequently, e. g. 3, 15. 14, 22. 23.
More rarely found at the beginning of a
sentence, 1 Sam. 2, 30 bis. Is. 1, 24. Ps.
110, 1. On this and similar phrases see
Kleinert üb. die Echtheit der Jes. Weis-
sagungen T.I. p. 246. b) Rarely spok-
en of men, e. g. Num. 24, 3 ºz tº
the saying (oracle) of Balaam. v. 4, 15.
16. So of poets, a saying, song, puem,
2 Sam. 23, 1. Prov. 30, 1. Ps. 36, 2 es:
swig a song of wickedness, i.e. concern-
ing the wicked. Or perh. in such in-
stances this genit. may be taken pas-
sively, e. g. a revelation to Balaam,
which he received by inspiration.
*ns; ſut. Flsº, and PIEL F.S., pal
Flsº, to commit adultery, spoken both
of man and woman, absol. Ex. 20, 14.
Deut. 5, 17. Hos. 4, 2. 13. 14. Part. Fish
Job 24, 15 and FN3% an adulterer Is, 57,
3. Ps. 50, 18; fem. nes; Ez. 16, 38 and
nES; an adulteress Prov.30, 20. With
acc. to commit adultery with a woman,
Prov. 6, 32. Lev. 20, 10. Jer. 29, 23.
Contra, with accus. of the adulterer, trop.
Jer. 3, 9 see below.—Like rºy it is cften
transferred to the apostasy of Israel
from the true God to idolatry; Jer. 3, 8
bsº Hºn Hes; ºuts because rebel-
lious Israel commits adultery. 5, 7, 9,
11. 23, 14. With acc. Jer. 3, 9 Fisºn
END
Nin:
638
Pºrºrs, ºst-rs and commits adultery
with stone and wood. Ez. 23, 37.
Deriv. the two following.
E"ES. m. plur, adulteries Jer. 13, 27.
Ez. 23, 43. R. Fis?.
EºPS2 m. plur. (r. Ins}) adulteries;
• Hos. 2, 4 rºº ran rºles?.... her let
her put away her adulteries from be-
tween her breasts. Here the open bosom
of an immodest woman stands for the
seat of lust and unchaste solicitation ;
as elsewhere the collum resupinum is
the seat of pride Ps. 73, 6, and the neck
the seat of strength Job 41, 14.
Sk ys; fut. Ys;", to deride, to despise,
to reject with derision and contempt, as
instruction, admonition, c. acc. Jer. 33,
24. Prov. 1, 30. 5, 12. 15, 5; the divine
counsel Ps. 107, 11. Often of God as
rejecting men Deut. 32, 19. Lam. 2, 6;
absol. Jer. 14, 21 reject not, for thy name's
sake 1 Comp. Yuh and os?.
Piel 7's, fut. Ys: 1. i. q. Kal to
despise, to contemm, Is. 60, 14; chiefly
God Ps. 10, 3, 13. 74, 18. Is. 1, 4, 5, 24.
Num. 14, 23. 16, 30. al.
2. Causat. to cause contempt, to give
occasion for calumny or blasphemy, 2
Sam. 12, 14. -
Hiph, fut. Ys: (by Syriasm for yº)
intrans. to eaccite disgust, to be spurned ;
Ecc. 12, 5 "pºri Ys?: the almond is
spurried, rejected, by an old and toothless
man; comp. "pº no. 2–Sept. Vulg.
Syr. to flourish, as if from yº, but against
he context.
Hitheo. part. Ysº for yºrº Is, 52,
5, despised, contemned, pr. exposed to
ntempt, one who must put up with
:ontempt.
Deriv. the two following:
Tºš; f, reproach, reviling, Is. 37, 3.
2 K. 19, 3. R. Ys;.
Tyś; f. (verbal of Pi. r. 78;) plur.
nigs, reproach, reviling, Neh. 9, 18.
tº ; c. suff. Triss: Ez. 35, 12.
:k ps; onomatopoet. i. Q. kindr. pºs
q v. to groan, to cry out from pain and
pr guish, Ez. 30, 24. Job 24, 12.—Hence
TPS. f. constr. rps, a groaning, out-
try of the oppressed, Ex. 2, 24. 6, 5.
Judg. 2, 18. Plur. constr. nips: Ez. 30,
44.
Sk "s; in Kal not used ; kindr. with
ºns to curse. Arab. Uš mid, Waw
abhorruit ab aliqua re, fefugit, /* ad-
versatus est, restitit, moluit.
PIEl ns: , to abhor, to reject, Lam. 2
7. Ps. 89, 40.
a; (perh, for rº; a height, hill, r. n=1)
Nob, pr. n. of a city belonging to uh.6
priests in the vicinity of Jerusalem, 1
Sam. 22, 11. 19. Neh. 11, 32. Is. 10, 32.
With He parag. riº (for H35) towards
Nob, 1 Sam. 21, 2, 22,9. See Bibl. Re
in Palest. II, p. 149, 150.
>k Nº. in Kal not used, pr: i, q, y=}
the 9 being softened into N, to boil up,
to boil forth, as a fountain; hence to pour
forth words, like those who speak with
fervour of mind or under divine inspira-
35 -->
tion, as prophets and poets. Arab. U3
I, II, indicavit, nunciavit, i. q. ,--
Conj. II, spec. of a prophet who an-
nounces, reveals, to men the words of
God. It is a wrong etymology to make
the primary notion that of extolling, ce-
lebrating.
Niph. Nº, 2 pers. Tysz; and once ryºz:
(like verbs #%) Jer. 26, 9; part, sº,
plur. 5"S32, also Rºsº Jer. 14, 14. 16,
as if from sing. Nº after the analogy of
verbs #9; which is also followed by the
infin. c. suff, insºn Zech. 13, 4.
1. to speak under a divine influence
as a prophet, to prophesy, Gr. 1909m-
tewo). The Hebrews used the passive
forms Niph. and Hithp. in this verb, be:
cause they regarded the prophets as
moved and affected by a higher influ-
ence, rather than by their own powers,
The same class of notions the Romans
also expressed by deponent verbs; see
Ramshorn De verbis deponentibus La-
timor. p. 24; comp. also the Lat. verbs
of speaking passively expressed, as lo-
qui, ſari, vociferari, concionari, vaticinari,
etc. Ramshorn l.c. p. 26.—This is the
usual word for the utterance of the pro-
phets, whether as reproving the wicked
or as predicting future events, or as an:
nouncing the commands of God. Con
strued: a) Absol. Jer. 23, 21 ºrna" sº
"sº erº erºs I have not spoken tº
(commanded) them, yet do they prophesy
Nº
*->
639
Am. 3, 8 if the lion roars, who doth not
fear? if Jehovah speaks, sº Nº. "… who
sh all not prophesy 2 Joel 3, ... Ez. 11, 13.
37, 7. 1 K. 22, 12. Jer. 19, 14. b) With
the name of the people or country to
which the prophecy refers, c. * Jer, 14,
16. 20, 6. 23, 16, 27, 16. 37, 19. With
5s often in a hostile sense, of threats,
Jer. 25, 13. 26, 20. Ez. 4, 7. 11, 4, 13,
17. 25, 2. 29, 2. 34, 2. 35, 2. 39, 1 ; also
in a good sense where the prophecy
holds out consolation and hope of future
good, Ez. 37, 4. With BS in a bad
sense Jer. 26, 11. 12. 28, 8. Ez. 6, 2. 13,
2. 16. 21, 2; in a good sense Fz. 36, 1.
37, 9, c) With acc. of that which the
prophet utters, Jer. 20, 1. 25, 13. 28, 6;
e.g. "E"; N32 to prophesy lies Jer, 14,
14. 23, 25. 26, 27, 10. 14; ºpuſ niºr
Jer, 23, 32; and with :, as "Puja pr. to
‘prophesy with a lie, as a false prophet,
Jer. 5, 31. 29, 9. The words of the pro-
phet are often given after nosº Jer, 32,
3, or -2s; Ez. 21, 33. 30, 2. d) With
# of the source whence the prophet is
inspired; hence the prophets of God are
said to prophesy"; bº: Jer, 11, 21. 14,
15. 23, 25. 26, 9, 27, 15, 29, 21; and the
prophets of Baal, Byº Jer. 2, 8, e)
With h referring to the object of the
prophecy (as in lett. c.) Jer. 28, 9; also
to the time to which the prophecy re-
lates Ez. 12, 27.
2. to chant, to sing sacred songs, to
praise God, sc. while under a divine
influence, 1 Sam. 10, 11. 19, 20. 1 Chr.
25, 2. 3; comp. Luke 1, 67.
HITHPA. Nºnn, also sayr. Jer. 23,
13. Ez. 27, 10; 2 pers, once rºnr. 1
Sam. 10, 6, also infin, niaºrn 1 Sam.
10, 13, both imitating verbs rib. Syr.
-ai.21, Eth. Tºſhp.
1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, to prophesy, absol.
Num. 11, 25–27. 1 K. 22, 10. Ez. 37, 10;
with acc. of thing and by of pers. 1 K.
22, 8, 18; by of pers. Jer. 14, 14. 2 Chr.
20, 37 bºº, sainn to prophesy by au-
thority of Baal Jer. 23, 13; he? 'n to
prophesy out of one's own heart, without
inspiration, Ez. 13, 17.
2. to chant to sing, to praise God,
while under a divine influence ; spoken
of the sons of the prophets and of Saul
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. 13, comp 1 Sam. 19,
20–24. Of the ſºantic ravings of the
prophets of Baal, 1 K. 18, 29; comp. v
28.-Hence
3. to rave, Gr. wolved 904, to be or be-
come mad, 1 Sam. 18, 10. The pro-
phets, when under the power of inspira-
tion, appear to have been greatly agi-
tated and to have exhibited writhings
and spasmodic affections of the body
like delirious persons; hence the true
prophet in 2 K. 9, 11 is called in scorn
insane, a madman ; and in Jer. 29, 26
the two ideas are conjoined, sarº sº?
raving and prophesying, spoken of a
pretended prophet. For a like reason
the Greeks and Latins apply words con.
nected with raving, as udºvtus from uai.
vouca, furor, furere, to the frenzied man
ner of soothsayers, poetic oracles, etc.
Deriv. Nº, HS-34, risºn, also a
no. 1, and its compounds.
Sº Chald. IthpA. "zºrr to prophesy
Ezra 5, 1.
>k Fº to bore through, to make hollow,
i. q. Bºri. Only Part pass, an=; hollow
Ex. 27, 8, 38, 7. Jer. 52, 21. Metaph.
hollow, empty, foolish, Job 11, 12 where
see under 55% Niph.
Deriv. Tº for nº gate, pupil of the
eye. Others refer both forms to r. Hºa.
*Hz: obsol. root, prob. i. Q. Arab.
3 to be prominent, high. Hence pr
n. 5; for H35, niº, perh. i-, no. 2.
nº f see in r. brº Niph. no. 4.
in, Nebo, pr. n. 1. The planet Mer
cury, (Syr, and Zab, azu,) which the
Chaldeans (Is. 46, 1) and ancient Arabs
worshipped as the celestial scribe or
writer; see Comm. on Isa. II. p. 344,
366. The etymology of the name ac
cords well with the office of Mercury,
viz. in; for sin; i. q. Nº interpreter of
the gods, from the root Nº. The divine
worship paid to Mercury by the Chal-
deans and Assyrians is attested by the
many compound proper names of which
this name forms part, as Nebuchadnez-
zar, Nebuzaradan, Nebushazban, see
below ; and others mentioned in classic
writers, Nabomedus, Nabomassar, Nabu-
rianus, Nabonabus, Nabopolassar, etc.
2. Of places, e. g. a) A mountain
'l-l:
nº
640
a the confines of Moab, Deut. 32, 49.
#4, 1; and of a town near it, Num. 32,
3. 38. Is. 15, 2. al. Prob. not the Jebel
Atláriºs of Burckhardt and others; see
Bibl. Res, in Palest. II, p. 306. b) A
town in the tribe of Judah, Ezra 2, 29.
10, 43; more fully, in order to distin-
guish it from the preceding, -rls in:
Neh. 7, 33.—Both this and the preced-
ing place may have been so called from
the worship of Mercury; or better, the
name may here come from r. nº to be
high.
TS">} f (r. Nº) a prophecy Neh. 6,
12. 2 Chr. 15, 8. Also of a prºphetic
writing or book, 2 Chr. 9, 29.
"Sº Chald, id. Ezra 6, 14.
77Sm tº Chald, pr. n. Nehuzaradan,
(Mercurii dux dominus, i.e. chief whom
Mercury favours; from in:, h; i. q. mi.)
prince, and TIS i. q. Tits lord; comp.
Sardanapalus, i. e. princeps dominus
magnus), a general of Nebuchadnez-
zar's army 2 K. 25, 8. Jor. 39, 9 sq. 40,
1. 41, 10. al.
Tºsºn, Nebuchadnezzar 2 K. 25,
22. 2 Chr. 36, 6.7. 10. Ezra 2, 1; rarely
"şNº, Nebuchadrezzar Jer. 39, 1.
11. 43, 10. Ez. 29, 18, pr. n. of the king
of Babylon who destroyed Jerusalem
and carried the Jews into exile. Other
less usual forms are: defect. `ss;123;
2 K. 24, 1. 10; with N dropped hºleh-
Esth. 2, 6. Dan. 1, 18; also twice
*ixsºn, Cheth. Jer. 49, 28. Ezra
2, 1. Sept. Nuffouzoöovógog, but No-
flowzoöovóorogo; in Beros, ap. Jos. c.
Ap. 1. 20, 21, Nuffoxočgógogos Strabo
XV. 1. 6; Vulgate Nabuchodomosor;
Q9 ~ 2 o’
5 e
Arab, contr. ! —The significa-
tion (ºf the name seems to be : Mercurii
rear princeps, compounded of i=}; khod-
na or khodan gods, in plur. majest. like
Pers, Cºlº-3 and zar prince; comp.
the other names beginning with Nebu.
Lorsbach explains it: J'é- 2-º
Nebo deorum princeps, Archiv. für mor-
genländ. Iitteratur II. p. 247; Bohlen
vöf ſex- 2-3 Nebo deus ignis. See
Thesaur. p. 840. [In the cuneiform in-
ycription at Behistun this name is wr’t-
ten Nabukhadrachara, Rawlinson in
Journ. of Asiat. Soc. Vol. X. P. I. pp.
v. xxxix.-R.
Tºrº, Nebushazbah (comp. of in
and Pers. Jº”- chespán, adherent of
Mercury,) pr. n. of a chief of Nebuchad.
nezzar's eunuchs, Jer. 39, 13.
Flº (fruit, produce, r. sº) Naboth.
pr. m. of a Jezreelite put to death ty
the arts of Ahab, 1 K. 21, 1 sq. 2 K. 9
21. 25. 26.
Tºº Chald. f. a gift, present, lar-
gess; Dan. 2, 6 rº Tºrº gifts and
largess, Theod. Jówoto ºwl dogs&v
Vulg. praemia et dona, Syr. and Heb.
intpp. “gifts and riches.’ Plur. c. suff.
Dan. 5, 17 Tºº ... Trºnx, thy gifts
. . . . and thy largesses.—There can be
little doubt, but that the ancient intpp.
have rightly referred this word to the
root 773, Chald. Pilp. 73): to make great
expense, to squander, see in 113 p. 121;
hence pr. earpense, largess, in honour of
any one. For the Nun formative, comp.
Tā’ī; i. q. Tato ; Pitirº and ſlo A.Sc.;
and for the omission of the second 7 in
the last syllable, comp. Huºnº chain for
Hºnº; Fºx, Tokyo06, Arab. Kºº,
Syr. lès-Nº-º: tººls for bºy, etc.—
There is then no need of appealing to
the Persian; much less to the Greek
vöutouw.
“na, to bark, as a dog, onomato-
poetic, once Is. 56, 10. Arab. 23,
Syr. Jai, id. The primary syllable is
r15, which (like Ta, pa) expresses the
idea of striking, pulsation ; comp. Hºz,
5:3. So Sanscr. bukh, Engl. to bark-
Hence
Tº (a barking, r. rex) Nobah, pr. n.
of a man Num. 32, 42; from whom the
city Kenath (rip) also received the
same name, Judg. 8, 11. See Tº.
Tº Nibhaz, pr. n. of an idol of the
Avites 2 K. 17, 31, to which the Hebrew
interpreters have chosen to assign the
figure of a dog, prob. deriving it by
conjecture from r. Tº to bark, although
there are no traces of any idol with this
figure anciently worshipped in Syria
see Iken Dissert. de idolo Nibchas, it
tºº
1 *-l:
6
4.
y
mºs Dissertations, Bremen 1743, p. 143
*q-In the Zabian books lºad (i.e. tsas)
is the name of an evil demon, who sits
on a throne upon the earth, while his
feet rest on the bottom of Tartarus;
but it is doubtful whether this is the
same name with triº: ; see Norberg
Onomast. Cod. Nasar. p. 100.
* tº in Kal not used, and not
known in its Heb. signif. in the kin-
dred dialects.
PIEL was to look, once c. * to look
upon, Is. 5, 30.
HipH. ºn to look, to behold, to look
at. It differs from nS) to see, as has to
speak ſtom has to say, 1 Sam. 17,42
Çnd the Philistine looked (paal), and
saw (risºn) David. Lam. 5, 1 rºar
Minºr-ris rish look now, and see our
reproach. 1, 12. Ps. 22, 18. Is. 42, 18;
contra, Lam. 1, 11 nºn': º ns.
Rarely it is so used as not to differ
from HS-15 as Num. 23, 21 11s ºr Nº,
ap:::, parall. HS) Nº. 1 Sam. 2, 32-
Construed : u) Absol. Is. 42, 18 htoºn
nisºº look, that ye may see. 63, 5 tonas
nº lºs I looked (about), but there was
no helper. Is. 18, 4. 3) With acc. some-
times with n local appended, to look at,
to look towards; Job 35, 5 cºuj toan
rish look unto the heavens and see 1 Ps.
142, 5. Gen. 15, 5 nºr. Nº-ºn look
now towards the heavens, y) With 4,
to look upon with pleasure Ps, 92, 12,
comp. A B. 4, a 6) With BS Ex. 3,
3. Num. 21, 9; h Ps. 104, 32; by of the
place towards or on which one looks
Hab. 2, 15. 8) With Tº of the place
whence one looks Ps. 33, 13. 80, 15. Is.
63, 15. §) With "ºris to look after
any one departing, to follow with the
eyes, Ex. 33, 8; but lººrs to look be-
hind oneself, i. e. to look back, 1 Sam. .
*4, 9. Gen. 19, 17. With hºrls?, Gen.
19, 26 hºrsº intºs zanº and his
(Lot's) wife looked from behind him;
Vulg, well, post se. She was directed
to follow her husband and not to look
back, and ought therefore to have look-
ed ever forwards and kept her eyes
upon her husband; so that "nrisºn is
here equivalent to rººms.
Trop. a) to look upon, i. e. to re-
gard, to have respect to, to care for a
person or thing, c. acc. e. g. Gruu to
men Ps. 84, 10. Lam. 4, 16; for a peo
ple Is. 64, 8; sacrifices Am. 5, 22; a
man for laws Ps. 119, 15. With by id.
1 Sam. 16, 7, 2 K. 3, 14. Is. 66, 2. Ps.
119, 6; % Ps. 74, 20; absol. Ps. 13, 4.
b) to look to any one sc, with hope, to
hope in, c. Bº Ps. 34, 6. Is. 22, 11. 51,
1. 2; absol. Job 6, 19, c) to look wroa
with indifference, q, d. to suffer patient-
ly, e.g. wickedness, c. acc. Hab. 1, 3. 13
bis. Absol. Is. 18, 4.—But, contra, in
Ps. 10, 14 to look upon iniquity is to not
overlook it, i. e. to punish it.
Deriv. ºº, also
tº Nebat, pr. n. of the father of
Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 26. 12, 2. 15. al.
sº m. (r. sº) c. suff, ſis": , plur.
t"S"Hi, constr. *S*H: ; a prophet, vates,
one who impelled by a divine influence
or by the divine Spirit rebukes kings
and nations, and predicts future events.
Arab. * for * Syr. i-au, Eth.
Žſl.h., id.—Deut. 13, 2. Judg. 6, 8, 1
Sam. 9, 9. 1 K. 22, 7. 2 K. 3, 11. 2 Chr.
28, 9. al. saep. Found often with a ge-
nitive : 0) Of the divinity in whose
name the prophet speaks, as "... *S*H:
1 K. 18, 4, 13. al. saep. bsan 3 1 K,
18, 19. 40. 2 K, 10, 19; Hºsn 1 K.
18, 19. In Sing, often c. dat, as nintº 'i
1 K. 18, 22. 22, 7. 2 K. 3, 11. al. saep.
6) Of the people and country where
the prophet belongs, e. g. a prophet of
Jerusalem, of Samaria, Jer. 23, 13. 14;
of Israel Ez. 13, 2; your prophets Jer.
27, 9, 16. 29, 8. al. y) Of the king un-
der whom a (false) prophet lived, 2 K.
3, 13.—Num. 12, 6 nin, Ezsº Hºrtº es
if your prophet (i. e. a prophet among
you) be of Jehovah, spoken to Aaron
and Miriam ; Vulg. si quis vestrum fue-
rit propheta Domini-Sing, as collect.
prophets Dan. 9, 24. So some under
stand also Deut. 18, 15. 18; which pas-
sage however is referred to the Messiah
in Acts 3, 22. 7,37.
With the idea of a prophet there
was also primarily connected the idea
that he spoke not his own thoughts, but
what he received from God, (comp. Philo
T.IV. p. 116 ed. Pfeiff. Irgopijrms yºg duo,
uāv oãèv &nopóšyyeral, &kköiguo, & Rºw
54*
*-i-
55:
642
to innzoivtos érégov. 2 Pet. 1, 20. 21,)
and that he was the ambassador and
interpreter of God; as is evident from
the passage, in this respect classic, Ex.
7, 1, where God says to Moses: Tºrºn;
Hsº Hyrº Tris Finns, rivne; Bºrbs
I make thee as God to Pharaoh, and
Aaron thy brother shall be thy prophet,
i. e. in your intercourse with Pharaoh,
thou, as the wiser, shall act as it were
the part of God, and suggest to thy bro-
ther what to say; while thy brother, as
more fluent of speech, shall be to thee
as a prophet, and utter what he receives
from thee. In the same sense it is said
Ex. 4, 16 HEh ºth Hºrtº sºn he shall be to
thee for a mouth, comp. Jer. 15, 19. Those
who were educated for the prophetic oſ-
fice were called 5-sºn "::" the sons of
the prophets, i.e. disciples, pupils, 1 K. 20,
35. 2 K. 2, 3. 5. 7. 15. 4, 1. 38.5, 22. 6, 1.
9, 1. Comp. Pers. ‘the sons i.e. disciples of
the Magi."—There were also frequently
among the Israelites false prophets, who
pretending to have inspiration from God
flattered the ears of the people with
bland promises, and were therefore se-
verely rebuked by the true prophets, e.g.
Is. 28,7–13. Jer. 14, 13 sq. 27, 9 sq. 28, 10.
sq. For these too is often put Nº sim-
ply Hos. 4, 5.9, 7.8. Zech. 13, 2 comp.
v. 3. 4.—The idea of a prophet is also
frequently taken in a wider sense, so as
to include any friend of God to whom
God makes known his will ; so of Abra-
ham Gen. 20, 7; of the patriarchs Ps.
105, 15.
Sº Chald. a prophet, Ezra 5, 1.6, 14.
"Sº f (r. 833) 1. a prophetess,
Judg. 4, 4. 2 K. 22, 14. 2 Chr. 34, 22.
Neh, 6, 14. So of a poetess, female min-
strel, e.g. Miriam Ex. 15, 20; who was
not in the strict sense a prophetess, see
Num. 12, 1–6.
2. a prophet's wife, Is. 8, 3. So Lat.
episcopa, presbytera, are used for the
wife of a bishop or presbyter.
nº (heights, r. nº) Nebaioth,
pr. n. a) The eldest son of Ishmael,
the brother of Kedar; Gen. 25, 13. 28,
3. 36, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 29. b) A people,
Nabathai, Nabathapans, descended from
Nebaioth the son of Ishmael, inhabiting
northern Arabia and Arabia Petraea,
abounding in flocks, Is. 60, 7; and living
otherwise by traffic and plunder, Diod
Sic. 2, 48. ib. 3. 42. ib. 19.94.—-Arab.
§ -- $3 .
Joº and Jºš, where the lo comes
from the n servile of the Hebrew. See
Reland Palaestina p. 90 sq. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 558, 573.
>k †: obsol. root, i. q. SE, and 2.
Chald. 355, to spring, to gush forth, as a
fountain.—Hence
#3, once in plur. Job 38, 16 by-ºn-
the springs of the sea. Sept. Anyh 30-
A&ooms.
Sk SE; Is. 407, ſut. Bay, inf.constr.º.
1. to wilt, to wither, to fade ana
fall away; kindr. with nº, bas, also
*E. Spoken of leaves and flowers wi-
thering and falling, Ps. 1, 3. 37, 2. Is. 1,
30. 28, 1. 40, 7.8. Ez. 47, 12. Poet. of
the stars, Is, 34, 4 and all their hosts
shall fall, as the leaves fall from the vine.
2. Trop. of men, to wither, to faint, to
fall away, Ps. 37, 2. 18, 46. Ex. 18, 18.
Of a land Is. 24, 4; of a mountain Job
14, 18 biaº bºil-ºn the mountain which
falleth, faileth, comes to nought, cannot
rise again, like one dead. Comp. the
deriv. Hº, corpse, carcass.
3. to be foolish, to act foolishly, wicked-
ly, Prov. 30, 32; see bº. The idea of
withering and decay is here transferred
to folly and wickedness, as elsewhere
that of strength and vigour to virtue
and piety; comp. Arab. J. gº.
&=ls , all which have the signification
of flaccidity and imbecility, transferred
also to dulness, stupidity.
PIEL bas, to lightly esteem, to despise.
Deut. 32, 15. Mic. 7, 6. Comp. Arab
G3-- stultus ſuit; VII, vilis, abjectus
fuit.
2. to disgrace, to treat with contumely
Nah. 3,6. Jer. 14, 21 Trini, sº ºn-ºn
do not disgrace the throne of thy glory
Comp. nºbº.
HipH. see in bº: Hiph. p. 136.
Derive the six here following.
27, adj. ſem. nº. 1 stupid foolish
Prov. 17, 7. 21. Jer. 17. 11, al
5-12
y-l.
643
2. As among the Hebrews the idea
if wisdom included also virtue and piety
(see in ºr, nºr), so a foolish person
is often put to express the idea of one
upicked, abandoned, vinpious, (comp.
5*S,) 1 Sam. 25, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 33.
3, 13. Job 30, 8. Is. 32, 5.6. al. Spec.
impious, ungodly, Job 2, 10. Ps. 14,
1. 53, 2 Bºrº's I's iaba bºy -2s
the ungodly hath said in his heart,
There is no God. 39,9. 74, 18. 22.
3. Nabal, pr. m. m. 1 Sam. 25, 3 sq.
332 and 232 m. (r. baſſ) plur. Bº
constr. Wºº, c. suff. Brºn; Jer. 48, 12.
1. a bottle, i.e. a skin, leathern sack, so
called perh, from its flaccidity, see the
root P: ; Sept. twice &oxós 1 Sam. 10,
3. Jer. 13, 12. Used for wine 1 Sam.
1,24. 10, 3.25, 18. 2 Sam. 16, 1. Poet. Job
38, 37 the bottles of heaven, for the clouds,
a metaphor common among the Arabs.
2. As bottles of skin were used for
water, milk, wine, hence 533 is trop, put
for any vessel for liquids, of whatever
material, e.g. genr. a vessel, pitcher, flask,
water-pot, etc. Is. 30, 14 tºns" by a
potter's vessel. Lam. 4, 2 bºr, ºn:
earthen vessels, comp. Jer. 13, 12. 48, 12.
More fully nºr ºf utensils of bottles
Is. 22, 24, opp. nil; Sri tº basins.
3. An instrument of music, Greek
vºw (sº), waiſle, Lat. nablium, a
species of harp, or lyre ; see Strabo X.
p. 471 Casaub. Athen. IV. p. 175 Ca-
saub. Ovid. A. A. 3. 327. Often joined
with the nie?, Ps. 57, 9, 81, 3, 92, 4.
108, 3. Is. 5, 12. Am. 5, 23. 6, 5; pleon.
º, º Ps. 71, 22, plur, tº ºb:
1 Chr. 16, 5–Josephus describes this
instrument, Ant. 7. 12. 3, as having
twelve strings, and as played with the
fingers and not with a plectrum; but
the Hebrew words -ivy blº Ps. 33, 2.
144, 9, would seem to indicate an instru-
ment with ten strings. Jerome says its
figure was triangular, resembling an in-
verted Delta, p, which also was the form
of the sambuca or harp, Vitruv. 6. 1; and
Tarps of this form are often found upon
Egyptian monuments; see Wilkinson
Mann. and Cust. of the anc. Egyptians
pp. 230, 282, 287.
Tº f. (r. 92) 1. Adi, fem. oolish,
Job 2, 10.
2. Subst. folly, with the notion of win.
probity, wickedness, see in 5: no. 2
Is, 32, 6. 1 Sam. 25, 25. Hence a
a shameful deed, crime, as rape, incest,
Judg. 19, 23. 24. 2 Sam. 13, 12. The
usual formula is ºntº Hº Hº Gen.
34, 7. Deut. 22, 21. Judg. 20, 10. Jer. 29.
23; more fully bºº, nº riºt nigº,
Judg. 20, 6. b) Méton. punishment of
folly and wickedness, comp. ii: ; hence
By nº nº pr. to do punishment with
any one, i. e. to inflict upon him the
punishment of his folly, Job 42,8; cc mp.
by Tºr Higy in art. Tºr.
rºl, f. (r. 9:) constr. nº, c. suff
"rºº Is. 26, 19, elsewhere Triº, inº
a corpse, carcass, (see r. 2: no. 2, comp.
rº from r. be:..) e.g. of men Deut. 21,
23. 1 K. 13, 24 sq. Ps. 79, 2; of beasts,
Lev. 5, 2, 7, 24. Deut. 14, 21. al. Trop.
of idols as broken, Jer. 16, 18; comp.
nº Lev. 26, 30. Collect. for carcasses,
corpses, Jer. 7, 23. 16, 4, 19, 7. Is. 26, 19;
of beasts, Lev. 11, 11. 24.—Arab. &\º
id. *
nº f disgrace, shame; hence parts
of shame, Hos. 2, 12 [9]. See the root
ba: Pi. no. 2, and Chald. Shaº obscene-
Ilê SS.
tº: (perh, for tº bº) Neballat, pr
n. of a town in the tribe of Benjamin
Neh. 11, 34.
+ y 22 to boil forth, to gush out, to flow
as a ſountain. Part. Prov. 18, 4 sº briz
a gushing stream.--Syr. *-au, Arab.
& and & id. The primitive syllable
is 95, jº, imitating like ph the sound
or murmur of boiling, bubbling; comp
sha, Hyä.
HipH. Sººn, fut. Sna: 1. to gush ox:
with, to pour forth copiously, e.g. praise
to God Ps. 119, 171. Prov. 1, 23 nº-as
*rīn Bº I will pour out upon you my
spirit. Espec. words, 15, 2.28 Bºstºn ºn
nix", sº the mouth of the wicked belch.
eth out wickedness. Hence absol. to
belch out wicked words, Ps. 59, 8, 94, 4.
2. to give out, to earkale ; Ecc. 10, 1
dead flies sº us"sº cause the ointment
to stink, to give out a bad smell.
3. to utter, to publish, to declare Ps
-->
->
644
19, 3.78, 2. 145, 7, Comp. Nº which
has sprung from this root, 9 being soft-
ened into S ; also Fº.—Syr. *-al Aph.
vulgavit, Arab. A sº id.
Deriv. Shaº. &-
sº Chald, femph, a candlestick,
3 ... v
candelabra, Dan. 5, 5. Arab. U-54°,
Syr. A.; aj, Rabb. nº, id It is a
quadrilit. formed apparently from his
i. q. ºnº to shine, and US fire.
Tºº? (light soil, r. juja) Nibshan, pr.
n. of a town in the desert of the tribe of
Judah, Josh. 15, 62.
>k P: obsol. root, Syr. Chald. and
Sam. to be dry, to be dried up. Hence
Pºº m. in pause also 52, the south,
the southern quarter, so called from its
dryness; Ex. 27, 9. Is. 21, 1. Ps. 126, 4.
al. 5; bºn, the southern border Josh.
15, 4, 18, 19; 53 ºut the southern gate
Ez. 46, 9, etc. With genit. nºr =}}
the south of Judah, southern part, 2 Šam.
24, 7. 1 Sam. 27, 10. 30, 14 ; in accus.
outh of as pºin' ', south of Jerusa-
ſem Zech. 14, 10. Josh. 11, 2. So yºs
5321 a south land Josh. 15, 19; spec.
the south of Palestine Gen. 20, 1. 24,
62. Num, 13, 29. Also ºr id. Gen. 13,
1. Num. 21, 1. Deut. 34, 3; and -2, 1
Sam. 30, 1. ºr "ny the cities of the
south of Palestine, Jer. 32, 44, 33, 13.
Obad. 20. Poet. 5; and ºn the south
put for Egypt Is. 30, 6. Dan. 11, 5–40.
With n parag. Hz; southward Gen. 13,
14. 28, 14. Ex. 40, 24. al. and so with
jº, as nºr. Tº Hz; southward from the
hill Josh. 18, 14. With prefixes: nzº
in the southward region Josh 15, 2i;
rº. 1 Chr. 26, 17.
•+3; in Kal not used, pr. to be in
front (T^2}, 1:2), to be in sight ; hence
to be clear, manifest. Arab. & to be
9 ...
clear, manifest, pr. to be in sight; &
high land, conspicuous; Syr. rº to go
n front, to be a leader. Comp. in Tº.
Hiph. ""An pr. to bring to light ; so
Job 21, 31 irº Yºº by 1-3: *% who
shall bring to light his way to his face 2
i e, the life and ways of the prosperous
wicked man, so as to reprove them - .
Hence
1. to show, to exhibit before any one
with two acc. Ez. 43, 10 -nº-rs ºn
nºn-rs ºntº show this house to the
house of Israel. Also to show openly
praese ferre, Is. 3, 9.
2. Freq. to show, to declare, to tell, to
announce, Sept. &voyyážka, &ncyyākāo.
That which is made known is put : a)
In the acc. Gen. 32, 30 Hºuſ sº-nºr
tell, I pray thee, thy name. Esth. 2, 10
20. Job 26, 4. b) With by, to tell of
any thing, 1 Sam. 27, 11. Fsth. 6, 2
Job 36, 33 is: why Tº his noise (thun.
der) showeth concerning him. sc. God.
and then follows: Hºis by FN nº yea
to the herds concerning him who goeth up
on high, i. e. the thunder proclaims God
even to the herds as he ascends in the
tempest. c.) With hosh and its clause:
1 Sam. 25, 14 Yºsh Tris ºn Tºr a
young man told, saying. 2 Sam. 15, 31,
Lev. 14, 35; also with nuš that Esth.
3, 4 ; *= that Gen. 3, 11. 31, 20. 1 Sam
10, 16. 2 Sam. 7, 11; H whether Gen.
24, 23. 43, 6; Tº what Judg. 16, 6. Mic
6, 8; HE"s where Gen. 37, 16. d,
Where a thing before spoken of is im
plied and would be expressed by the
pron. it, or the like, this is omitted;
comp. in nº no. 1, and so after Engl.
he told. Gen. 9, 22 ºr's "gº ºn and
he told his two brethren. 14, 13. 24, 49.
1 Sam. 14, 1. 2 Sam. 17, 17. 2 K. 4, 27.
Job 1, 15 sq. Different are: Job 38, 4
Hynn rºl: es ºn, where Hºz, is pr. the
object of the first verb, q. d. PS Hºz Tºri
ºn: ; and Job 42, 3 ſºns sº "nºn,
i. q. This sº -uſs "nºr. I have uttered
what I understood not.—The person to
whom any thing is told, is put often with
* , and then the verb is mostly construed
with the acc. of thing and dat. of pers.
Judg. 13, 6 + -īnār; 8% tou;-rs he told
me not his name. 14, 6. Gen. 41, 25. 1
Sam. 9, 8. Is. 21, 10. Mic. 3, 8. Job 33
23. al. More rarely with double acc
of pers. and thing, as in no. 1 ; Jo', 31.
37 ºs "Tºx -go” the number of my
steps will I declare unto him sc. God, i.e
tell him all my steps. Job 36,33 see above
in lett. b. So acc. of pers. 2 Sam. 15
31 Yºsh Tºr. Tº and one told David
saying. But in Job 26, 4 ºn-rs is no
+3)
645 º
ſo whom, but with or by whom 2 by whose
spirit, etc.—Sometimes à of place where
is added Jer, 5, 20. 1 Sam. 4, 13. 2 Sam.
1, 10. Mic. 1, 10.—PART. Tº a messen-
ger 2 Sam. 15, 13. Jer. 4, 15. 51, 31.
Spec. aa) to denounce, to inform
against, to betray ; with acc, of pers.
Jer. 20, 10 ºn Tºri denounce and
we will denounce him, i. e. we will ac-
cuse him, inform against him. With
acc. of thing and dat. of pers. Job 17, 5
tºwn tº pºrt; who betrayeth friends
to the spoil, i.e. spoilers, see in pºrt no.
2. With acc. of thing to betray a mat-
ter, Josh. 2, 14. 20. Ecc. 10, 20; acc,
impl. Prov. 29, 24. h5) Of a prophet,
to show, i. e. to foretell future events,
found chiefly in the latter part of Isai-
ah, Is. 41, 22. 23. 26. 42,9. 43, 9.44, 7.
8. al. comp. Is. 19, 12. Hos. 4, 12. Dan.
11, 2. cc) to tell a riddle, i. Q. to solve,
Judg. 14, 12. 13. 14. 19. 1 K. 10, 3. Also
of a dream, i. Q. to interpret, Gen. 41, 24.
Dan. 2, 2. dd) to declare one’s sins,
i. q to confess, Ps. 38, 19; comp. Ps.
142, 3. Is. 3, 9 in no. 1. ee) Emphat.
to declare, i. Q. to proclaim, to praise ;
with acc. of thing, Ps. 9, 12. 19, 2. 22,
32. 51, 17. Is. 42, 12. 57, 12. al. saep.
Acc. impl. Ps. 40, 6. 75, 10.
Hoph. "Art, fut. "A", inf absol. Tºr
Josh. 9, 24. Ruth 2, 11, pass. of Hiph.
no. 2, to be shown, to be told, c. dat. Gen.
22, 20. 27, 42. Is. 7, 2. 21, 2. al. saep.
Deriv. Tºx, Tº.
T3, Chald. to flow Dan. 7, 10.
"... m. (r. 133) in pause also Tº, c.
suff, *.x, Tºº, in: ; with r, parag.
nº Ps. 116, i4; pr.subst, the front, the
front part, next to the spectator. Used
in the accus, as a Preposition.
A) Simply. 1. before, in the presence
of, wm the sight of, i. q. ºº, as -º 133
Tº before all thy people Ex. 34, 10; Tº
nin, before Jehovah 1 Sam. 12, 3 ; 13:
tiºn before the sun, i.e. so long as the
sun is above the horizon, Num. 25, 4
(comp. 5*, *E* Ps. 72, 17). Am. 4, 3
and ye shall go forth Fºx nºs each one
before herself, each her own way, comp.
Josh. 6, 5, 20, and ºth ºns Jer, 49, 5
And as things which are beſore us and
afford us delight become the objects of
our regard and care, hence Is. 49 16
thy walls are continually "º, before me
are objects of my constant regard and
care. Ps. 38, 10; comp. * *** Ps. 19
15. Gen. 10, 9.
2. in front of over against ; Ex. 19, 2
nºr. Tº over against the mountain. Josh.
3, 16. 6, 5, 20. And as things to be
compared are set over against each
other, hence Is. 40, 17 all nations ard
as nothing in; over against him, in com
parison with him; comp. Th;2.
B) With Prepositions: 1. Tº pr
as over against ; and as things to be
compared are set over against each
other (Is. 40, 17), i. e. things corre-
sponding to or like each other, counter-
parts, hence Gen. 2, 18 I will make for
him (man) a helper iº corresponding
to him, his counterpart. v. 20. Sept.
well in v. 18 xot witóv, v. 20 Suotog ori-
tº, comp. Tºh Neh. 12, 9 By the Rab-
bins T355 is often used of things corre-
sponding to one another ; see Lud. de
Dieu ad. h. l. Comp. Perºxºlº € re-
gione, similis, conveniens.
2. Tººh, c. suff, *.x:h, Tºº, etc. a)
before, in the presence of, i. q. Tº no. 1.
2 K. 1, 13. Hab. 1, 3; ‘E *** Tº 2
Sam. 22, 25. Job 4, 16. b) over against
Josh. 5, 13. 1 Chr. 5, 11. Hence against,
contra, in a hostile sense, Dan. 10, 13.
Praegn. Neh. 3, 37 [4, 5] for they have
provoked God to anger cºar. Tº set-
ting themselves against the builders. c)
like, instar, (comp. Tº.) Neh. 12, 9
tº errºris their brethren like them
selves. d) for, over, i.e. before ; Ne! .
11, 22 the prefect of the Levites.... fr
or over (Taº) the service of the house of
God. -
3. Tº a) pr. from before, i.e. away
from before, e. g. after verbs of remov-
ing, Is. 1, 16 put away your evil doings
*}^* +33% from before mine eyes. Jon. 2,
5; (also with a noun of remoteness Ps.
10, 5;) of averting Cant. 6, 5; of cast-
ing away Judg. 9, 17; of hiding Jer, 16,
17. Am. 9. 3.; of departing Prov. 14, 7
(h Tºº), etc. So H ºn Judg. 20, 34.
—The construction in Judg. 9, 17 is un-
asual : he cast his life away (Tºº for
the fuller in:2) from him, or as we
might say, he cast it off instead of from
him, ; comp. below 2 Sam. 18, 13.
'o) from over against, Šx toiſ Évortlets
º
*::
646
Adv. 2 K. 2, 15 and the sons of the pro-
phots at Jericho saw him "33% from over
against, i. e. from the opposite side.
Deut. 32, 52. Then also over against,
opposite, since a place at some distance
may be regarded as likewise looking to-
wards us from that distance; see pinyº
in ſº no. 3. i. k. Lat. e regione, ea adverso,
Gr. §§ £vuvriwg. 2 K. 3, 22 and the Mo-
abites saw Tº over against them water
red like blood.—And as whatever is over
against, is necessarily at a certain dis-
tance, hence 133% takes also the sense,
at a distance, afar off; so Gen. 21,
16 and she went and sat down Tºº
priºr far over against (afar off), about
a bow-shot ; Sept. Auox969 sy, 2 K. 2, 7.
4, 25 and when the man of God saw
her "33% afar off. Num. 2, 2–With
genit, as Prep. Over against any place or
thing; Neh. 3, 19, 25. 27. 1 Sam. 26, 20
rijn', ºr Tºº over against the face of
Jehovah, i.e. before his face. Ps. 38, 12
my friends stand "s: Tº over against
ºny plague, i.e. aloof from me, as above;
parall. pinyº. Deut. 28, 66 and thy life
shall hang in doubt Tºº Tº before thee,
pr. to thee over against.
c) In a hostile sense, over against, op-
posite, on the enemy's side, Ob. 11.2
Sam. 18, 13. Comp. 5 §§ &ovtluç, Tit.
2, 8.
Tº Chald, prep. over against, oppo-
site ; Dan. 6, 11 over against Jerusalem,
i. e. in a direction towards Jerusalem, so
that Jerusalem was over against him.
Sk F: fut. Fº, to shine, to give light,
Job 18, 5. 22, 28. Is. 9, 1.—Syr, id.
HipH. 1. to cause to shine, e.g. one's
light, Is. 13, 10.
2. to enlighten, to illuminate, Ps. 18,
29. 2 Sam. 22, 29.
Deriv. the three following.
F33 ſ. Hab. 3, 4, c. suff, pr; 1, a
shining, brightness, e.g. of fire Is. 4, 5.
Ez. 1, 4; of the light Is. 50, 10. Am. 5,
20; of the sun 2 Sam. 23, 4, and of the
lising sun Prov. 4, 18; of the moon Is.
50, 19; of the stars Joel 2, 10; of a
sword Hab. 3, 11 ; also the light and
glory by which God is surrounded (Tia:
ninº) Ez. 10, 4. Hab. 3, 4, Ps. 18, 13.
2. Nogah, pr. n. of a son of David,
* Chr, 3, 7. 14, 6.
F3; Chald, emphat. Sº, the mor a
ing light, dawn, day-break, Dan. 6, 20
So Targ. Esth. 10, 3, Is. 14, 12. Syl
cº, to-3, the earliest dawn.
Hrú, f brightness, splendour, plur
Is. 59,9. R. Fix.
Sk TX; fut. ITA” to thrust or push with
the horns, spoken of horned animals
Ex. 21, 28. 31. 32.-This is one of the
onomatopoetic roots. The idea of strik-
ing, pushing, thrusting, lies both in the
syllable 22, 52, comp. 932, F22, 132, PA;
FT3;, and also in the other which end
in n, comp. Tº to bark, pr. to strike
(see Tº and =23.) nº and e” tº,
push with the horns. --
PIEL id. Ez. 34, 21. Dan. 8, 4.—Trop
of a conqueror prostrating nations be-
fore him Deut. 33, 17. 1 K. 22, 11. Ps.
44, 6. Comp. Dan. 8, 7 sq.
HITHPA. to push at, i. e. to wage war
with any one, Dan. 11, 40. Comp.
Chald. Rººp rººs c. 5x to wage war
with. Arab. 3 Conj. III, id.—Hence
Tº m. adj. apt to push with the
horns, Ex. 21, 29. 36.
Tº m. (r. 12;) constr. Tº, TX; 1 Chr.
9, 11. Neh. 11, 11; plur. E";, constr.
*:: ; pr: the foremost; hence a leader,
prefect, prince, etc. See the root, and
comp. Syr. re praeivit Ephr. I. 114,
also Germ. Fürst i. Q.-Engl. first. Chald.
*::, Hix;, id. Arab. º prince, also
brave, valiant, whence º to be
brave, magnanimous, noble. Spoken
1. Of any prefect, overseer, e.g. of the
treasury 1 Chr. 26, 24. 2 Chr. 31, 12,
of the temple 1 Chr. 9, 11. 2 Chr. 31,
13; of the priests 1 Chr. 12, 27; of the
palace 2 Chr. 28, 7; of military affairs,
a leader, chief. 1 Chr. 13, 1. 27, 4. 2 Chr.
32, 21.
2. Absol. prince of a people, a general
word comprehending also the royai dig-
nity, 1 Sam. 9, 16. 10, i. 13, 14, 2 Sam.
6, 21. 7, 8, 1 K. 1, 35. 14, 7, al. Tº
Tº the anointed prince i. e Messiah
Dan. 9, 25. nºn: Tº the prince o
the covenant, i.e. confederate, Dan. 1"
22. Plur. princes, Job 29, 10. Ps 73, 13
—Hence
Jº 647
yº
3. noble, honourable, in general; Plur.
neutr. mobilia, noble things, Prov. 8, 6.
Comp, the Arabic usage above.
Tº f. (r. 12;) constr. nº": , plur.
-iº.
1. music of stringed instruments, Lam.
5, 14 Is. 38, 20.
2. a stringed instrument, in the titles
of the Psalms, Pss. 4. 6.54, 55.61. 67.76.
Hah. 3, 19.
3, a song, psalm, to be sung with the
accompaniment of stringed instruments,
Ps, 77, 7. Spec, a song of derision, sa-
tire, epigram, Lam. 3, 14. Job 30, 9. Ps.
69, 13. -
>k 53; obsol. root, Arab. Jº, pr. to
cut, to pierce with a spear.—Hence by?
sickle.
:k 12. prob. pr. to strike in pulses, to
beat, kindr, with nº?, sº, F2, see in
n: -—Hence
1. to strike the strings, to play on a
stringed instrument; Part. Bº players
on instruments Ps. 68, 26. wº
2. i. q. Arab. U.)-->2 with m softened,
to beat, to ...?. a ſuller beats or
treads cloth; in Heb. to tread grapes, to
press; whence nº for n}}.
PIEL ]:\} to strike the strings, to play
on a stringed instrument, 1 Sam. 16, 16.
17. 18.23. 2 K. 3, 15. Ps. 33, 3. Is. 23, 16.
38, 20, al. Chald. id. Sept. pt.440, w80-
pléo.
Deriv. Hº, nº?, nº, nºrs, tºº.
**22 ſut, sº ; inf sāi, c. suff, ivy,
tº ; also nº 2 Sam. 14, 10. Ez. 17
10; imper. SA. .
1. to strike, to smite; kindr. are N=3,
Tº , also na; , T: , P: . The primary
syllable is 35, 55, which seems to have
had the signif. of striking, beating in
pulses, smiting, see in Tº: ; comp. Piel,
Niph, and 933. So Lat. tango, r. tag,
comes from Gr. tºy-0, 9ty-o, pr. pul-
ware.—With 2, , q, d. to smile upon ; Gen.
32, 6 i-- Fam S㺠and he smote the
hollow of Jacob's thigh, which in conse-
\uence was dislocated. v. 33. Job 1, 19
it great wind from the desert smote upon
the four corners of the house ; Syr. con-
russiº, Hence of God, to smile with
plagias, etc. 1 Sam. 6, 9. Job 19, 21.
So Part, pass, sº smitten sc, with a
plague from God, Is. 53, 4, Ps. 73, 14.-
Trop. of the wind, to smile, to blast, e.g
a plant Ez. 17, 10. Arab. --ó.
2. to touch, Sept. §ttsa'901, construed
very often with 4, q. d. to touch upon,
Gen. 3, 3. Lev. 5, 3. 6, 11.11, 24 sq. Dan,
8, 5. al. With by Is. 6, 7; PS Num. 4.
15. Hag. 2, 12; is, Job 4, 5 it toucheth
thee, pr. 7tnto thee. Also c. acc. Is. 52,
11. Job 6, 7. Lam. 4, 15–Spec. a) to
touch any one, i. e. to do him harm or
violence, Gen. 26, 11 Hºn Jºsi ºr
inúsà whoever toucheth (injures) this
man or his wife. v. 29. Josh. 9, 19. al.
b) to touch a woman, to lie with her, c.
: Prov. 6, 29; by Gen. 20, 6. So tºt-
teq 00:1 yvywuxós I Cor. 7, 1, c) to touch
the heart, i. e. to move, to affect the
mind of any one, 1 Sam. 10, 26.
3. In a local sense, to touch upon, to
come in contact with, to reach to any
thing, c. : 1 K. 6, 27. Hos. 4,2; Tº Mic.
1,9. Is. 16, 8. Jer. 4, 10; by 51, 9; by
Judg. 20, 34, 41.—Hence
4. to reach to, to come to any person
or thing, c. 3, 2 Sam. 5, 8; by Jon. 3. 6.
Dan. 9, 21. Absol. to have come, of
time, Ezra 3, 1. Neh. 7,73 [8,1]. Comp,
sºn no. 5.
NipH. fut. Sº, Pass. of Kal no. 1, to
be smitten, to be beaten, of an army, or
rather to feign oneself beaten Josh. 8, 15;
comp. Härinn, nºnr.
PIEL i. Q. Kal no. 1, to smite, spokeit
chiefly of divine judgments, Gen. 12, 17
2 K. 15, 5. 2 Chr. 26, 20.
PUAl pass. of Pi. Ps. 73, 5.
HipH. Sººn, ſut. Sº, apoc. 9aº; Is.
6, 7.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
touch; Is. 6, 7 "E by sº and he ſet (the
coal) touch my mouth. 5, 8 nsº "in
nº nº wo to those who join house to
house, i. e. acquire longs rows of houses
unjustly. Often in the phrases: 9"An
yºsºrbs Ez. 13, 14, Yºsh 'n Lam. 2, 3,
-by--is 'n Is. 26.5, also nes--is yºsh 'n
ib. 25, 12, to cause to touch the ground
the dust, i. e. to raze to the ſoundations
as blºldings, a city, etc.
2. to touch, i. (1, Kill no. 2; c. * Ex
4, 25, 2 Chr. 3, 11. 12; BS Ex. 12, 22
by Jer. 1, 9. -
3. i. q. Kal no. 3, to reach to any playa
yº
º
648
or thing, to touch; with Ty, Is. 8, 8 "is
tº "Nº! (the water) shall reach even
unto the neck. With his 2 Chr. 28,9; ;
Job 20, 6; accus. c. in loc. Gen. 28, 12.—
Trop. of prosperity or calamity, to hap-
pen to, to come upon, Ecc. 8, 14; with Ps
Rsth. 9, 26.
4. to reach or come to a place, q, d. to
draw near to, to arrive at a place; with
hy, Ps. 107, 18 nº-nº-is sººn and
they draw near to the gates of death,
are exposed to death. With by 1 Sam.
14, 9; º Ps. 88,4; acc. Is. 30, 4. Esth. 4.
3. 8, 17. Hence i. Q. to attain unto, to
obtain, c. : Esth. 4, 14; inf. c. * Esth.
9, 1. Also in the phrase "Tº sºn my
hand attains to anything, i.e. I am able
to get it, Lev. 5,7; comp. in NSº no. 2. c.
5. Absol. to come, to be present, e.g.
men, Esth. 6, 14; oftener of time, Ez. 7,
12 Eiºn ºr nºr; sº the time is come,
the day is present. Ecc. 12, 1. Cant. 2,
12. Esth. 2, 12. 15.
Deriv. the following.
932 m. in pause 93, c. suff, is??,
plur. Bºx: , "º.
1. a stroke, blow, Deut. 17, 8. 21, 5.
2 Sam. 7, 14; collect. Prov. 6, 33. Spec.
of strokes, i.e. judgments, calamities,
which God sends upon men, Gen. 12, 17.
Ex. 11, 1. Ps. 38, 12. 39, 11. 91, 10. al.
2. a spot, mark, blemish, in the skin,
whether eruption, scab, or leprosy, Lev.
13, 3 (comp. v. 2). 5.6. 29.30.42; hence
priºri sã; a spot of scurf, scab, v. 31. S3;
nºnst; the spot of leprosy v. 3.9. 20. 25,
and without nºns v. 22 id. Also of the
leprosy of garments Lev. 13, 47; and
»f walls 14, 34 sq.-Meton. for a person
*ffected with such spots, Lev. 13, 4, 12.
3, 17; hence prºr, sº one affected with
spots, scall, v. 31; comp. v. 33. Also of
* leprous garment, v. 50.
* F3; ſut. Fäº 1. to smite, usually
of Je ovah as inflicting judgments upon
men, to plague, Ex. 7, 27 [8, 2], mostly
with some fatal disease or death Ex. 12,
23 sq. Josh. 24, 5. 1 Sam. 25.38. 2 Sam.
12, 15. Ps. 89, 24. 2 Chr. 21, 18. In an-
other sense God is said to smºte a peo-
ple before their enemies, i. e. to give
them up to defeat and slaughter; 1 Sam.
4, 3 wherefore hath Jehovah smitten us
to-day before the Philistines? Judg. 20,
35. 2 Chr. 13, 15. 20. 14, 11.
Niph.
2. to thrust, to push, e. g. as a horned
animal Ex. 21, 35; of a man 21, 22.
Comp. TX. . .
3. to strike against with the foot, to
stumble, Prov. 3, 23. Ps. 91, 12.
NIPH. F.A., to be smitten, defeated, of
an army Judg. 20, 36. 1 Sam. 4, 10. Of
ten with "ºh, to be smitten (and flee)
before the enemy Lev. 26, 17. Deut. 28.
25. Num. 14, 42. Judg. 20, 32. 2 Sam
2, 17. 1 Chr. 19, 16. 19. al.
Hithf. i. q. Kal no. 3, to strike against
to stumble, with the foot, Jer. 13, 16.
Deriv. Tºº, and
Comp
P. m. in pause n}. 1. a plague, a
divine judgment, mostly of a fatal dis-
ease sent from God, Ex. 12, 13. 30, 12
Num. 8, 19. 17, 11. 12.
2. a striking of the foot, stumbling,
Is, 8, 14 F3; H8; comp. Rom. 9, 33.
1 Pet. 2, 7.
Sk *:: in Kal not used pr. to flow, i. Q.
Heb. "3% and Chald. *z, ; comp. Arab.
(5)-- to flow, also Heb. hrſ.
Niph. "A: 1. to be poured out, to flow
out ; of water 2 Sam. 14, 14; of the eye
Lam. 3, 49.
2. to be stretched out, e. g. the hand
in supplication, Ps. 77, 3. For nin; Job
20, 28 see nº Niph.
HipH. **śr 1. to pour out, Ps. 75, 9.
Hence also to pour down, to thrust down,
as stones from a mountain, Mic. 1, 6.
2. Trop. to deliver up, to give over ;
comp. Fiºr, to pour out, deliver, Is. 53,
12. So in the phrase: ºr ºrbs 'E --ar
to deliver one into the hands (power) of
the sword, Ez. 35, 5. Jer. 18, 21. Ps. 63,
11. See in T; no. 1. ee.—The common
rendering is wrong: ‘to shed by the
hands of the sword.”
Hoph. har! to be poured døn, to be
precipitated, spoken of water siſic. 1, 4,
* tº fut. Gaº, once ºn Is, 58, 3
1. to urge, to impel, to drive; kindr,
perh, with yrº, Ynè. Arab Užiš to
drºve up sc. animals for hunting; to urge
on camels; intrans. to be driven, hurried
—So of labourers urged to their work
Is, 58, 3; but see in no. 2. Hence Part
º
NT:
649
bai & task-master, égyoówººtnº, Ex. 3, 7.
5, 6, 10. 13, 14. Job 3, 18; also with a
as in tº Is. 9, 3. Of a driver of ani-
mals, an ass-driver, Job 39, 7.
2. to urge a debtor, to eacact a debt,
with acc. of pers. Deut. 15, 2.3; to eacact
tribute, with two acc. 2 K. 23, 35; here
too best, Is. 58, 3 ye eacact all your la-
bours; see in no. 1. Part. Dais an eacactor
of tribute, Dan. 11, 20. Zech. 9, 8.
3. to rule, to have dominion, and Part.
bail a king, tyrant, Is. 3, 12. 14, 2.60, 17.
Zech. 10, 4. Ethiop. 3TUU id. whence
%T.VU OI’ 3.]UI. king, %T.UU. 3TUUT-
king of kings, the title of the king of
Ethiopia.
NIPH. tº 1. to be pressed, harassed,
1 Sam. 13, 6. Is. 53, 7. Recipr. to vear,
harass, one another, Is. 3, 5.
2. to be harassed with toil, to be wearied,
distressed, spoken of an army, 1 Sam.
14, 24.
>k to: praet. Kal not used, but instead
of it praet. Niph. Wº Gen. 33, 7. Ex.
22, 21. al. Fut. Kal tº ; imp. ÚA,
also Tuº Gen. 19,9, fem. Tuº Ruth 2, 14,
plur. Hua Josh. 3, 9, c. r. parag. Huº
Gen. 27, 21; inſ: nu}, c. suff, inușă.
1. to touch, to join ; with 3, Job 41,
8 [17] they join one upon another, sc.
the scales of the crocodile. Am. 9,
13.—The primary idea seems to be that
of impinging, rubbing upon ; comp.
kindr. Chald. Up, , also tºº. The sig-
nif of joining is found also by transp.
in puj}.
2. to near, i.e. to come or draw near,
to approach, with bs to any person or
thing Gen. '27, 22. 44, 18. Num. 8, 19.
Josh. 14, 6, Jer. 30, 21; # Is, 65, 5; h
Judg. 20, 23; 19 Gen. 33, 3; by Ez. 44,
13; acc. Num. 4, 19 tºp-ns prºx:
cººr when they approach unto the
holy of holies. 1 Sam. 9, 18; absol. Gen.
V7, 21. 26. 29, 10. 2 K. 5, 13.—Spec. a)
to approach one's wife, in conjugal inter-
course (comp. anp), c. 9s Ex. 9, 15.
b) to come mear, to draw near to Jeho-
rah, spoken of the priests who approach
his altar Ex. 30, 20. Ez. 44, 13; of the
tious who approach him with prayer
and obedience, Is. 29, 13. Jer. 30, 21.
t) to draw near to an enemy for attack,
| Sam 17, 40, 2 Sam. 10, 13
3. to near way, i. e. to approach some
other place or object and so recede from
us; hence to recede, to stand back ; Gen.
19, 9 Fish ſtuji stand back; Sept. well
&Itdo to €28i, Vulg. recede illuc. Is. 49,20
*-nu; give place to me, Sept. Tolm'rów
uot tortov, Jerome fac mihi spatium. In
many languages, ancient as well as mo-
dern, there is a want of accuracy in the
use of words signifying approach and
departure, so that they are often used
of the contrary motion, e.g. Enº for re-
ceding, "Ab and Arab. of ap-
proaching ; comp. also Germ. herab,
herum, used by the best writers for himab,
hinum, which last indeed is hardly ad.
missible.
HipH. Jºn, fut. tºº, apoc. tºº.
1. Causat. to cause to come near, to bring
near, Am. 6, 3. So of persons, c. 58 Gen.
48, 10. 13. Ex. 21, 6. Lev. 2, 8. al. Oſ
things, with h of pers. 1 Sam. 30,7.2 Sam.
17,29; by of pers. 2 Sam. 13, 11.2 K. 4,6;
* 1 Sam. 28, 25; acc. impl. Gen. 27,
25; c. dat. impl. 1 Sam. 23, 9. Also to
bring forth, to produce, as arguments
Is...4.1, 21; persons impl. 45, 21. Hence
to offer, to present, Job 40, 19; espec.
sacrifices to God, c. 8 Am. 5, 25. Mal.
2, 12; by 1, 7.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, to approach, Am.
9, 10.
Hoph. JAR pass. of Hiph, to be brought
near, i.e. to be put into, 2 Sam. 3, 34;
to be offered, c. * Mal. 1, 11.
HITHPA. i. Q. Kal no. 2, to draw near,
Is. 45, 20.
3 m. (r. Thi) a heap, mound; so called
perhaps from the waving and trembling
motion of a heap of clay, mud, etc. Arab.
c)3 a high mound, hill.—Only poetically
of the waves of the sea heaped up like
mounds, Ps, 33, 7 ºr "g Tez bzz who
heaped together as a mound the waters
of the sea ; and so Josh. 3, 13. 16 the
waters rose (flowing backwards) "ris iſ
in one heap. Ps. 78, 13. Ex. 15,8; comp
Ex. 14, 22 where in the same connec
tion is rigin a wall. Perh. Is. 17, 1]
but see in Th; no. 2. Comp. Virg. Geo.
4. 316.
Nº, see in nº I.
55
-T)
T-12
650
•=1; fut. Hºº 1. i. q. Arab.
& Cº to impel, to incite to any thing,
kindr, with F.T. A. Schultens finds the
primary idea of this root in humidity,
flowing moisture ; which is often trans-
ferred by the Orientals to express libe-
rality, munificence; comp. Jº to be
humid, moist, also to be liberal; 30.3
Jºãº) having moist hands, i.e. libe-
ral, opp. to dry, avaricious; Schult. ad
Hamas. p. 309–11, et ad Menken. Ep. I.
p. 31 sq. Comp. Lette ad Cant. Deb.
p. 19–23. But all this is doubtful.—
Found only in the phrase hugs tºs-bº
inh Đຠwhomsoever his heart impels,
i. e. who acts willingly, of his own ac-
cord, Ex. 25, 2, 35,21.29. , , .
2. Intrans, like Arab. Cºcº to impel
oneself; and hence to be willing, liberal,
generous; see 5*, and Hithpa.
HITHPA. 1. to impel oneself, to show
oneself willing, to offer voluntarily, with
inf. c. , Neh. 11, 2, 1 Chr. 29, 5.6. Spec.
of soldiers to volunteer, Judg. 5, 2, 9,
comp. Ps. 110, 3; so of those who volun-
teered for the sacred military service
2 Chr. 17, 16. Comp. for the same
usage in Arabic A. Schult. ad Ham.
p. 308.
2. to give willingly, to offer sponta-
neously, e. g. gifts to Jehovah, c. acc.
1 Chr. 29, 9. 14. 17. Ezra 1, 6. 2, 68.
3, 5.
Deriv. Hº, sº, Hº", and the
pr. n. 273, a ſix, H: T.
PTP Chald. ITHP. i. q. Heb. 1. to be
willing, recdy, for any thing, c. : Ezra
7, 13.
2. to give willingly, to offer sponta-
neously, Ezra 7, 15. Inf, by Syriasm
rhºrn subst: free-will offering, v. 16.
2T (spontaneous, liberal) Nadab, pr.
m a.) A son of Jeroboam I, king of the
en tribes 954–952 B.C. 1 K. 14, 20.
5, 25. 31. b) The eldest son of Aaron,
Ex. 6, 23. 24, 1.9. 28, 1. Num. 3, 2.4.
Ž6, 60. 61. c) 1 Chr. 2, 28. d) 1 Chr.
8, 30. 9, 36.
Tº f. (r. 51:) constr. nº ; plur.
niñº, constr. ni---.
1. willingness, voluntariness, sponta-
neousness; whence Hºa Num. 15, 3.
Ps. 54, 8, and acc. Hº: Deut 23, 24
Hos. 14, 5, spontaneously, voluntarily
with a willing mind.
2. a voluntary gift, Ex. 35, 29. Ezra
1, 4, comp. v. 7; chiefly a free-will offer.
ing, voluntary sacrifice, opp. to a sacri-
fice in consequence of a vow (n.3), Lev
22, 23 ins riºr Hº as a free-wril.
offering thou mayest offer it. Ezra 3, 5.
8, 28. Ez. 46, 12. Plur. 2 Chr. 31, 14.
Lev. 23, 38. Am. 4, 5. Metaph. Ps. 119,
108. [Ps. 110, 3 niaº Fºx thy people
are free-will offerings, i. e. they presen
themselves a voluntary offering to God
for the war.—R.
3. By impl. liberality, abundance, Ps.
68, 10 ni-7, buº plentiful rain, abundant
showers.
nº (whom Jehovah impels, r. 51:)
Nebadiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 8.
#Tº Chald. m. (verbal Niph. r. Tºº)
a layer of stones, from the idea of join-
ing; or a wall, i. e. the side of a room
or house, once Ezra 6, 4. It has both
of these significations in the Targums,
as Ez. 46, 23. Zech. 4, 10.
---, praet. not contr. Hºl. Is. 10,
31, tº 22, 2.33, 3; inf. 11; ; fut. Aram
Tiº Nah. 3, 7, and Hº Gen. 31, 40.
1. Trans. to move up and down, to ana
fro, e. g. to flap, as a bird its wings
Is. 10, 14.—Kindr. are "hy, Hº, tº ;
comp. also Sanscr. nat to move, to be
moved.
2. Intrans, to move oneself; hence to
wander about, of a bird Prov. 27, 8. Is.
16, 2; of men Hos. 9, 17. Job 15, 23,
Part. Tis a wanderer, fugitive, Is. 16,3,
21, 14. Jer. 49, 5.
3. to flee, to flee away, Ps, 55, 8, 68,
13. Is. 10, 31. 22, 3; c. 7%, to flee frons
any one Nah. 3, 7. Ps. 31, 12. Hos. 7, 13;
"º Is. 21, 15. Of a bird, to fly arbay,
Jer. 4, 25. 9, 9. Trop. of sleep Gen.
º
- 31, 40. Esth. 6, 1. – Arab º fugit,
aufugit.
4. Causat. to make flee (see Hiph.
i. e. to remove, to put away, and hence
by Syriasm to abominate, to abhor, see
nº. Syr. º Pe. et Aph. abominatus
est. .
PoAL "Til to flee away, to fly away
Nah. 3, 17.
T-12
-->
651
HiF H. ºn to cause to flee, to chase
gway, Job 18, 18.
Hoph. pass. of Hiph. to be put to flight,
to be chased away, fut. Tº (Tº) Job 2.
°. Also to be thrust away, part. Tº by
Jhaldaism for Tºo, 2 Sam. 23, 6; but
others read 13% from r. Th;. -
HITHPO to fiee, Ps. 64, 9. See also in
r. *Thx.
Deriv. Bºtº, Hº (HT”), perh. Túa.
Tº Chald. to flee, praet. nº Dan. 6,
13. So in the Targums, but rarely.
E"Tº m. plur, uneasy motions, toss-
ings, of a sleepless person on his bed,
Job 7, 4. R. Tº .
* I. Hº: in Kal not used, i. q. Tº , to
flee, to recede. Syr. et Sam. id.
PIEL Hº, to remove, to put away, c.
* Am. 6, 3; to thrust out, to cast out, Is.
66, 5–With the Rabbins "hº signifies
excommunication.
HIPH. to drive away, to seduce, 2 K.
17, 21 Cheth. Nº for rºl; in Keri
nº.
* II. Hº: obsol. root, i. Q. Arab.
I.N.5 mid. Kesri, tó be humid, moist ;
then to be liberal ; see in r. 51: .-
Hence T, II, also
"... m. a liberal gift, as the wages
9f prostitution, Ez. 16, 33.
Tº f (r. TT no. 4) pr. abomination,
i. e. wincleanness, impurity, Zech. 13, 1.
nºn-vº Num. 19,9. 13.20. 21, the water
of uncleanness, i. e. water by which the
unclean were purified, 31, 23–Spec.
a) filth, uncleanness, of the female men-
i es Lev. 12, 2. 15, 19. 20; and hence of
he menstrual discharge Lev. 15, 24. 25.
\}. Ez. 22, 10. 36, 17. Concr. nº Hús
a menstrous woman, Ez. 18, 6. b) any
unclean thing, an abomination, e.g. of
dols or things pertaining to them, Ez.
7, 19. 20. 2 Chr. 29, 5. Ezra 9, 11. Lam.
, 17. c) an abomination, abominable
Ivime, e. g. incest Lev. 20, 21.
Sk ni, fut. Tº pr. to thrust, to im-
pel, sc. forwards, from oneself; comp.
Kundr. Firſ; and what is there said.
1. to thrust out, to earpel, c. 12 2 Sam.
4, 14. See Hiph.
2. to thrust forth, to impel, Sc an axe
into a tree, to strike an axe into a tree
c. by Deut. 20, 19.
HIPH. nººn, fut. apoc. nº. 1. to
to thrust down, to cast down, Ps. 5, 11; c
7%. 62, 5.
2. to thrust out, to drive out, to earpel
i. q. Kal no. 1, 2 Chr. 13, 9. So God the
Israelites into other lands, Deut. 30, 1.
Jer. 8, 3. 23, 3.8. 29, 14. 18. 32, 37. 46,
28. Ez. 4, 13. Also to disperse a flock
Jer. 23, 2, 50, 17.
3. to impel any one away, to seduce
absol. Deut. 13, 14. Prov. 7, 21; with
7% to seduce or draw away from any
thing, Deut. 13, 6; nin, bºx v. 11.
4. to thrust evil upon any one, to bring
upon, c. 23, 2 Sam. 15, 14; comp. Kal
no. 2.
Niph. Hº ; part. riº, c. suff, irº,
Firſº, 53rº.
1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be thrust forth
or out ; Deut. 19, 5 if a man go with his
neighbour into the forest to cut wood,
Yºr, nº tº it; Prº and his
hand be thrust out with the aave (i. e.
make a stroke with the axe) to cut down
the tree.
2. Pass. of Hiph, no. 2, to be earpelled,
driven out, Jer. 40, 12. 43, 5. 49, 5; of a
beast gone astray and wandering, Deut.
22, 1. PART. nº one earpelled, an out-
cast, Is. 16, 3.4. 27, 13. Jer. 49, 36 ; fem.
30,17. Collect, masc. Deut. 30, 4. Nell.
1, 9, and ſem. Firº Mic. 4, 6. Zeph. 3,
19, outcasts, fugitives. With suff, intº
his fugitive, banished by him, 2 Sam,
14, 13. Also fem. nº of a flock dis-
persed and driven away, Ez. 34, 4.
16–Trop. Job 6, 13 ºn Firº nººn
deliverance is driven from me. Arab.
c)3 V, id.
C. Pass. of Hiph. no. 3, to be impelled,
seduced, Deut. 4, 19. 30, 17.
PUAL, to be driven forth, to be thrust
out; Is. 8, 22 rºº Hºes thrust forth to
darkness ; comp. Jer. 23, 12.
Hoph, part. Tº driven up and down
chased, Is. 13, 14.
Deriv. Bºrſº.
PTT. m. (r. 51:) 1.. willing, volunta
ry, ready, prompt, 1 Chr. 28, 21; more
fully inh -º-; of a willing mind Ex. 35.
5. 22. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Ps. 51, 14 nº rº-
a willing spirit. See 51: Kal and Hithp
-->
-->
652
2. giving willingly, of one's own ac-
cord, i.e. liberal, Prov. 19, fi. Hence
3. generous, noble-minded, noble, which
in the mind of an Oriental is closely
connected with liberality in giving ;
spoken of character and conduct, Is. 32,
. 8. Prov. 17, 7.26. Cant. 7, 2 nº ra
daughter of the noble, i. e. herself no-
ble, generous, comp. in a no. 8. Plur.
nia", generous, noble things, Is. 32, 8.
3 .
Arab. º to be generous, beautiful.
4. Trop. of noble birth ; and as Subst.
a noble, a prince, Ps. 107, 40. 113, 8.
118, 9. Prov. 25, 7, 1 Sam. 2, 8. Plur.
Job 12, 21. 34, 18. Num. 21, 18. Ps. 47,
18. Also in a bad sense, a tyrant, Job
21, 28. Is. 13, 2. Comp. tºo.
NOTE. In most of its significations
this word accords with the synonymous
"", but the order is different. The
one, 5"; , sets out from the idea of a
willing and liberal mind, and is tropical-
ly used for nobility of birth; the other,
"33, is primarily spoken of a leader
and prince, and tropically of those good
qualities which belong to his station.
"º", f. (r. 51:) nobility; trop. ele-
vated and happy state, earcellency, Job
30, 15.
I. T. m. sheath of a sword, 1 Chr.
21, 27. The etymology is uncertain;
see in nº note.
II. 772 m. (r. riº) i. q. Hº, liberal
gift, as the wages of prostitution, plur.
c. suff. Tº Ez. 16, 33.—Cod. Ross. 409
has Tº for Tº.
T.T., Chald. m. a sheath ; trop. of the
body, as the sheath or envelope of the
mind. Dan. 7, 15 my spirit was grieved
nº inz in the sheath i. e. in my body.
The same metaphor is used by Pliny,
H. N. 7. 52 or 53: “donec cremato eo
inimici remeanti animae velut vaginam
ademerint.” So too a certain philoso-
pher, who was slighted by Alexander
the Great on account of his ugly face, is
said to have replied: “corpus hominis
nil est nisi vagina gladii, in qua anima
reconditur ;” see d’Herbelot Biblioth.
Orientale p. 642. The word oxejog is
used in the same way, AElian H. An.
17. 11.
Note. The etymology both of nº
and ſº I, is doubtful. I have formerly
referred them to a root TT, as if i. q
Arab. J99 to be soft, flexible, as lea.
ther; but this is hardly tenable. With
Fürst, we might assume a root TT, T1:
to be hollow, deep, if this could but have
a better ſoundation than Talm. Nº cask.
Pers. cle vase, Fr. tonneau.
>k ni, fut. nº Ps. 68, 3, and nº Ps.
1, 4, to drive away, to disperse, to scatter,
as the wind scatters chaff, straw, smoke,
Ps. 1, 4, 68,3; to put to flight an enemy,
i. e. to vanquish, metaph. Job 32, 13.—
The primary idea is to thrust, to push ;
kindr. with Fir, Tºj, q, v. Arab. -ścV3
to urge on an animal. Eth. Ż.R.A. to
strike, to push.
NIPH. Flº pass. to be driven away,
scattered, Is. 41, 2, Ps. 68, 3. nº rºy a
leaf driven by the wind Lev. 26, 36. Job
13, 25. Inf constr. Fºr Ps. 68, 3.
* I. Tº fut, ºr, conv. ºn Gen. 28,
20, al. once hºrn 1 Sam. 1, 11; to vow,
i. e. to promise voluntarily to give or do
something; opp. noS to bind oneself
not to do, etc. In Phenician is found the
frequent formula: --> UN i. e. nº wins
one vowing, i. e. devoting or consecrat-
ing a cippus, see Monumm. Phoen. Melit.
1, 1. Carth. 1, 2, 2, 3, al. Syr. sº id.
Chald. Sam, id. Arab. 5& id. The
primary idea is that of setting apart,
consecrating, which is expressed in Heb.
by the kindr. ht: . Arab. &3 includes
both. Sept. eizouxt.—Coñstr. with acc.
of thing, Num. 6, 21. *T2 -T to vow a
vow Deut. 12, 11. Judg. 11, 39. 2 Chr.
15, 8. Jon. 1, 16; acc. impl. Num, 30, 11
Ecc. 5, 4. With dat. added, Gen. 31
13. Deut. 23, 24; Hirº Num. 21, 2, 30
4. Judg. 11, 30. Sometimes the words
of the vow are subjoined, with nºsh
Gen. 28, 20. 2 Sam. 15, 8; with nº Nº.
Num. 21, 2.
* II. --, i. Q. Arab. 303, to fall out
to drop down, as the grain from the win.
nowing-fork upon the threshing-floor
Hence Chald. his threshing-floor.
TT, and nº m. in pause also nº, a
suff, *; plur. Bºnº, const; nº. A
-1, I.
H2 653
*H:
1. a vow, Gen. 28, 20. 31, 13. Num. 6,
21.30, 10. 14. al. tº "Tº to vow vows,
see in r. nº I. tº tºuj Ps. 22,26, and
tº rºy Judg. 11, 39, to pay or per-
form vows.
2, a thing vowed, votive offering or
sacrifice, Lev. 7, 16. 22, 18. 21. Deut.
12, 6–Opp. nº free-will offering.
F: m. (r. Fºx) something eminent, or-
namental, splendid; once Ez. 7, 11 Nº
Prº Fº; nor shall aught splendid remain
among them, i. e. all will be spoiled and
plundered by the enemy. Sept. Cod.
Alex. ovdé àgoſiouðg év witois-Accord-
ing to the Jewish intpp. lamentation,
wailing, for Firſ; from r. Firſ; (form like
ºp); but not suitably to the context.
**Tº fut. Anº 1. to lead, to drive,
to conduct, Lat, ago; Sept. §yo, &ndyo,
Hirºyo, siggyo, &vºyo. Arab. 2-43 to
go, tº ~ * ~ way; Rabb. Any to lead, to
*
conduct, Anjº way, habit. Correspond-
ing in the Indo-European tongues are
Gr. &yo, ixãouai, Lat, ago, Pers. (.xx-l.
—Spec, a) to lead out or drive a flock,
c. acc. Gen. 31, 18. Ex. 3, 1. 1 Sam.
23, 5. 30, 20; c. 3, Is. 11, 6. Comp. Ps.
80, 2 who leadest Joseph like a flock, b)
to drive, to urge on, e. g. horses or other
animals in their course ; absol. 2 K. 4,
24 tº an: drive on, and go forward. 9,
20 arº Tivºli: "z for he driveth like a
madman, furiously. Also nºx art to
drive a wagon or cart 2 Sam. 6, 3, c. :
1 Chr. 13, 7; comp. Is. 11, 6, c) to
drive off, to carry away, as beasts by
violence Job 24, 3; to lead away cap-
tives 1 Sam. 30, 2. Is. 20, 4 ; and so Is.
60, 11. d) to lead forth an army 1 Chr.
20, 1, 2 Chr. 25, 11. e) to lead one to
a person or place Cant. 8, 2. Lam. 3, 2;
acc, impl. 1 Sam. 30, 22.
2. Intrans. to lead on, i. Q.
to conduct oneself; comp. Arab.
to act,
to go, Germ. sich aufführer. So of a
way of life, conduct; Ecc. 2, 3 **)
nºra art; at d my heart acted in wis-
lom, wisely; the cause being paren-
thetic.
Piel, aris, ſut. Anº 1. i. q Kal: -,
to drive a chariot Ex. 14, 25. b) to
lead a person, as God his people, Is. 49
10. 63, 14. Ps. 78, 52; men Ps. 48, 15
with an adjunct of place whither Deut.
4, 27. 28, 37. c) to bring, to cause to
come, e. g. a wind Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 78,26,
d) to lead off, to carry away, Gen. 31, 26.
2. to pant, to breathe hard, to moan ;
Arab. eº to pant from exhaustion by
running. Syr. -ºu id—Nah. 2, 8 and
her maidens moan as the voice of doves ,
comp. Is. 38, 14. 59, 11, Ez. 7, 16.
NotE. Some refer the significations
to lead or drive, and to pant, to different
roots. But they stand nearly related,
since driving and panting go together,
Comp. Fºr ; also Firſ; , Syr. fou, Eth.
3UP, to sigh; further priº, ps: , Eth.
ŽU'ſ), to be anxious, solicitous.
Deriv arº.
>k +H: a root not in use ; Arab. C-4-
to swell, e. g. the female breasts; mid.
Damm. to be fleshy, large, beautiful, as
a horse, comp. Zech. 10, 3; &# swell-
ing breasts, a fleshy horse, something
high.-Hence "in q. v.
>k Hrſ; to wail, to lament, (pr. to cry
Firi, Firs,) Ez. 32, 18. Mic. 2, 4 ºr, nr.,
to wail a wailing, i. e. to make lamenta-
tion. Syr. Ethiop, id.
2. to cry, aloud, to proclaim ; whence
NIPH. pr. to be convoked, to come to-
gether, to assemble, like Chald. "rºrs.
Comp. psi Niph. to assemble. 1 Sam.
7, 2 all the house of Israel assembled
themselves after Jehovah, praegn. for ‘they
all with one mind followed after Jeho-
vah, comp. * *nns Tºri, also ºr's Nºz
"... So the Targ. h. l. comp. the same
formula Targ. Jer. 3, 17. 30, 21. Hos. 2,
16. 3, 3. 5.
Deriv. ºr, ºr ; comp. "..., nºrt:
"Tº Chald. m. light, emphat. Nºir:
Dan. 2, 22 Keri, the usual form in Chal.
dee. The Chethibh has shºrt, as in
Syr, fºoli. R. Tº II,
º; m. (r. Hriº) in pause ºri, a la-
ment, elegy, song of wailing, Jer. 9, 17
sq. 31, 9, 15. Am. 5, 16. Mic. 2, 4.
Tº f. part. Niph. from r. nºr, Mio
2, 4. Prov. 13 19. See nºr; Niph, nº
55*
*:Tº
-Flº
654
B.--Others here make it fem. of preced.
art. lamentation ; but less well.
nº, see r. nin.
*"Tº Chald. f. (r. "rº II) illumina-
tion, wisdom, Dan. 5, 11. 14. Syr.
ſzei-ai id.
*K bri; not used in Kal, prob. to flow,
to go, like kindr. hrſ: I. Comp. brº
Jrook.—Hence
Piel brº, fut. Prº 1. to lead, to
conduct, Ex. 15, 13. 2 Chr. 28, 15 ºbrº
pºorla and conducted them upon asses.
Ps. 23, 2 ºrº ninhyº ºrbs he leadeth
me by or to still waters. 31, 4, Is. 49,
10–With the notion of care and pro-
tection Is, 51, 18; and hence
2. to protect, 2 Chr. 32, 22 (comp.
nºr; 1 Chr. 22, 18); to provide for, to
sustain, Gen, 47, 17, comp. Pºº in v. 12.
HITHP. to lead on, to go on, Gen. 33,
14.—Hence
Sº m. 1. pasture, whither flocks
are led forth, Is. 7, 19. So n㺠from
*::.
2. Nahalol, pr. m. of a city in Zebulun
Judg. 1, 30; which in Josh. 19, 15 is
called bºrº Nahalal.
Sk Dr. fut. BH;", to growl, to snarl,
the usual word applied to the noise of
the young lion (n°E) Prov. 19, 12. 20,
2; distinguished from roaring (ASuW),
although sometimes also attributed to
the full-grown lion, Prov. 28, 15.—Trop.
of the roaring of the sea Is. 5, 30; of the
cry, groaning, of those who mourn
(comp. nºr), Ez. 24, 23. Prov. 5, 11.
—The root is onomatopoetic. Arab.
and Syr. id. See under nºr.
Deriv. the two ſollowing.
PT2 m. a growling, snarling, of a
woui.g. lion, Prov. 19, 12. 20, 2.
Tº f. constr. nºn-, roaring of the
sea, Is. 5, 30; groaning of the afflicted,
Ps 38, 9. R. Dr.
3. Pºl; ſut, prº, to bray, spoken of
the ass when hungry Job 6, 5; trop. to
try Sºul, as wretched and famished per-
sons, Job 30, 7.-Chald. and Arab. id.
Kindred roots are ps: , P:S, n2S.
* I. -H; fut. Hºrº, to flow, to flow
together, Arab. 24° id. hence ºr; river,
The verb is used in Heb. only trop. 3'
a confluence of nations; Is. 2, 2 ºn 3
tºian-bz lºs and all nations shall flow
wnto it. Jer. 31, 12. 51, 44; c. by Mic
4, 1. . .
Deriv. ºr, hill, nºr;2.
* II. -H; to Shine, to be bright ,
Chald. Syr. Samar. .d. The same is
**, Arab, US, q.v. comp. in lett. r
p. 238.-In Heb. only trop. to brighten
tºp, to be cheered, to rejoice, strictly of a
bright and cheerful countenance (comp.
"is lett. g), Ps. 34, 6. Is. 60, 5.
Deriv. Hºrº, -in, nºr.
Tº m. (r. hrſ: I) constr. -r]: ; plur.
cºnrº, constr. "Hº ; also plur. ni-rº (m.
Ps. 93, 3), constr. ninny.
1. a stream, current, flood; Jon. 2, 1
*:::Ho, ºrº and the floods (of the sea)
surrounded me 5 comp. Özsovoi gés-
990, Il. $, 245. Ps. 24, 2. Job 20, 17
HSºrº, u)= ºriº ºn; the streams of the
milk-and-honey brooks.
2. a stream, river, Gen. 2, 10. 14. Job
15, 11. 22, 16.40,23. al. Arab. $3,245.
Syr. ișoi, id—With gen. of region, as
Bºnsº hºl, the river of Egypt, the Nile,
Gen. 15, 18; ſº ºn; the river of Gozan,
the Chaboras, 2 K. 17, 6; ºne ºn: the
rivers of Ethiopia, the Nile, Astaboras,
Is. 18, 1. Zeph. 3, 10; bº nintº the
rivers of Babylon, the Euphrates with
its canals, Ps. 137, 1 ; Piº ni-Hº 2 K.
5, 12. Also with the pr. m. of the river
in the genit, as nº ºn; the river Eu.
phrates Gen. 15, 18; nº ºn, the river
Chebar Ez. 1, 1.3. With the art. -rºr,
the river kot &oziv so called, i. e. the
Euphrates, Gen. 31, 21. Ex. 23, 31;
more fully nº ºn; biºn -rºr Gen. 15,
18. Deut. 1, 7, Josh. 1,4; comp. 1 Chr.
5, 9. Deut. 11, 24; also poet. without
the art. Is. 7, 20. Jer. 2, 18. Mic. 7, 12.
Zech. 9, 10. Ps. 72, 8. Once the coa-
text requires nº to be taken as the
Nile, Is. 19, 5. In Ps. 46, 5 many under-
stand Siloam, and not unaptly, since
"rº is also used of smaller streams, as
of the waters of Damascus 2 K. 5, 12
espec. Job 28, 11. A river is put as the
emblem of abundance and prosperity
Is. 48, 18, 66. 12,
-Hº
Th:
655
"Tº m. (r. *rī; I) a , iver, i. q. ºr,
93 9 °
Arab. 133. Hence dual tº the two
‘ivers, Tigris and Euphrates, whence
Bºrº Ens Syria of the two rivers, i. e.
Mesopotamia; see bºs.
Tº Chald, m. emph. Nyrº, Hºrº, a
river, Dan. 7, 10; also ºwt ésoziv, the
Euphrates, Ezra 4, 10. 16. 17. 20. 5, 3.
6, 6 sq. 7, 21. 25.
Tº f. (r. *rī; II) light, day-light,
Job 3, 4. Arab)\{3.
*S*2 in Kal doubtful, Num. 32, 7
Cheth, see Hiph. no. 2; pr. to say No,
to negative, like many other roots whose
primary syllable is R3, S2, n.5, as also the
kindred N2, no, Nº, and transp. is; e.g.
£-8. * A, e -
Usus and & to forbid, to hinder; U.4°
e Q -
d. k= to repel ; Ko ; alsº beware;
Tºrº to deny, etc. transp. is and 7"s,
whence 7"s, "s, etc. Hence too r. Rib
to negative, and part. Nº not, by chang-
ing liq. into *. If a Semitic etymo-
logy be sought, we may find it perh. in
r. She to nod, to shake the head, as a
sign for no. But the syllables, me, na, an,
in, un, have the same force in the Indo-
European tongues; see in TN. p. 23.
Thesaur. p. 859.
HipH. Nº. 1. to deny, to refuse,
ſut. with N dropped º Ps. 141, 5; where
36 Mss. read in full Nº.
2. to disallow, to hinder; Num. 30, 6
Fins rinzs sºn-es if her father held
her back. v. 9. 12. With Tº to hinder
from, to avert, to dissuade from any
Jhing, Num. 32, 7; "rºah v. 9.
3. to bring to nowght, to render vain,
Ps. 33, 10.
Deriv, Hsºn.
* -º) fut. 553 to sprout, to germinate.
The primary idea is that of gushing
forth, boiling up, a power contained in
the syllable in) and in the roots springing
from it, as >>}, sº ſº; laº; ~º
And trop. ..º.º. of sprout.
ing, as Lº cº; or in that of uttering,
as sº, Eth. 552, Arao. U-85, Ud-º;
ar also in that of rising above, being
aigher, as nº, &A3 Conj, SIII enli-
nuit, ,-3 extulit, accrevit.—In Ka oily
trop." a) Of men as flourishing in a
green old age, Ps. 92, 15. b) Of wealth
to grow, to increase, Ps. 62, 11. c.) Of
the mouth, as sprouling with, putting
forth words, etc. Prov. 10, 31.
PIL. Hail, to cause to sprout, to pro-
duce, Zech. 9, 17.
Deriv. 3", Hºrn, and pr. n. *a*s,
ni-2.
His Is. 57, 19 Cheth ... q. 5"; q.v.
*Tº fut. Tº: 1. Engl. to nod, i. e.
to move up and down, to and fro, to be
shaken; comp, kindr. T. Arab els
mid. Waw id. Syr, ri to be moved,
shaken, terrified. Sanscr. mud to agi-
tate.—Of a reed shaken by the wind
1 K, 14, 15.
2. to be driven about, to wander, to be
a fugitive, e. g. a bird Prcv. 26, 2; a
person, Jer. 4, 1. Gen. 4, 12. 14. Ps. 56,
9. Also to flee Ps. 11, 1. Jer. 49, 30–
Trop. Is. 17, 11 -"sp I; the harvest
fleeth; here tº is 3 pers. praet. like nº ;
but see T subst.
2. With a dat. to pity, to commiserate,
as signified by the motion of the head,
comp. Job 16, 4.5. Hence a) to com-
fort, to console the afflicted, Ps. 69, 21;
with h of pers. Job 2, 11. 42, 11. Is, 51
19. Jer. 16, 5. Nah. 3, 7. al. b) to de
plore, to bemoan the dead, Jer, 22, 10.
Syr. 12: SOTPOW.
HiPH. Tºº. 1. Causat. to cause to
wander, to drive out, 2 K. 21,8. Ps. 36, 12
2. i. Q. Kal to move, to shake, to nod
with the head (JN-3) in scorn, Jer. 18, 16.
Hoph. part. Tº 2 Sam. 23, 6 shaker
out, thrust out. But R. Ben Asher has
“gº, from r. Tº q. v.
Hith PAL. Tirr 1. to be moved to
and fro, to reel, of the earth Is. 24, 20.
to shake oneself, i.e. one’s head in scorn
Jer. 48, 27.
2. to bewail, to bemoan, Jer. 31, 18,
Deriv. ix, *, Ti, Tisº.
Tº Chald, to flee, Dan. 4, 11.
Tº m. (r. Th;) 1. flight, wandering
Ps. 56, 9.
2. Nod, pr. m. of the region to whics
Cain fled, Gen. 4 16.
Th:
nº
656
5Ti (nobility) Nodab, pr. n. of a son
FIshmael, 1 Chr. 5, 19. R. 31.
*:::A; obsoſ. root, Arab. st; to te
tigh, lofty, tall, as an edifice, the neck
and head of a camel, a plant, or the like.
Trop. of honour and dignity, to be high-
minded; S3e examples from the Arab. in
Thesaur. p. 860.-Hence Flå.
* T. i. q. Hs: 1. to sit, to rest, to
remain tranquil; Hab. 2, 5 hºrſ: "º
nº Nº, the proud man, he resteth not,
he cannot live in peace and quiet, but
seeks tumult and war. Also to dwell,
see Fly, nº.
2. to be decorous, becoming, for the
connection of which with the idea of
sitting, see under ris; Pil.
HipH. to decorate with praises, to cele-
brate. Ex. 15, 2 riºs, Sept. Šoščgo oi-
wów, Vulg. glorificabo eum.
Deriv. the two following and nº.
T. m. constr. Hl, c. suff, ill, nº,
Eriº. R. Hy;.
A) Adj. 1. inhabiting, dwelling, fem.
rº, cstr. nº. Ps. 68, 13 na nº the
dweller in the house, i. e. a matron who
remains at home, oixoigos Tit. 2, 5.
2. becoming, i.e. comely, f. Tº Jer. 6, 2.
B) Subst, seat, only poet. 1. a dwell-
ing, habitation, home, e.g. of men Is. 27,
10.33, 20. Job 5, 3. Jer. 10, 25. 50,44; of
God Ex. 15, 13. 2 Sam. 15, 25. Jer. 25,
30. Of animals, den, Is. 34, 13. 35, 7.
2. a pasture, where flocks and herds
remain, lie down, and rest, once in prose,
1 Sam. 7, 8; elsewhere poet. Hos. 9,
13. Job 5, 24; with genit. TNs Hº Is.
65, 10; tº Hº; Ez. 25, 5; Eºn nº
Jer, 33, 12. Plur. Jer. 23, 3. For plur.
constº, the form nºs; is used, see in
nN.
Tº f. (r. Hy;) A) Adj. f. inhabiting,
comely, see nº A.
B) Subst. i. q. Tº B, seat, dwelling,
home, of men Job 8, 6; of flocks and
herds, pasture, plur. Zeph. 2, 6.
2k Th; fut, rº, conv. rºº Ex. 10, 14.
1. to rest, i. e. to set oneself down, to
settle down in any place for rest. The
primary idea is to breathe, to take
oreath nº anºr, comp, kindr. Arab.
tº I, II, IV, X, requievit, quievit, pr.
to draw breath. From the same primary
idea comes Germ. ruhen (ruchen), and
from the same root also riechen (Low
Germ. ruken, riiken, comp. rudhem to
desire). Arab. 2-L3 spec. to kneel down
of a camel, Conj. IV causat. * Lº place
for a camel to kneel down. Syr. and
Chald. i. q. Heb. Eth. 30P to respire,
to rest, comp. under H.J.-Spoken e.g
of the sole of one's foot Josh. 3, 13; o
an army Is. 7, 2. 2 Sam. 21, 10 (Arab.
-US IV to encamp); of a flight of lo-
custs or flies Ex. 10, 14. Is. 7, 19. Also
of things, as the ark of Noah Gen. 8, 4;
of the ark of the covenant Num. 10, 36.
Constr. absol. Num. l. c. with : Ex. l.c
hs of place Gen. 8, 4. Is. 7, 2. Metaph.
of the divine Spirit descending and rest-
ing upon any one, c. By Num. 11, 25.26;
comp. no. 2. c.
2. to rest, to be at rest : absol. of men
and beasts Ex. 23, 12. Deut. 5, 14. Job
3, 26. Is. 57, 2; of God Ex. 20, 11 ; the
earth Is. 14, 7. So of the rest of death
Prov. 21, 16. Job 3, 17. Dan. 12, 13. Im-
pers. ** Tº there is rest to me, i. e. I
rest, I have rest, Job 3, 13. Is. 23, 12.
Neh. 9, 28.-Spec. a) to rest from la-
bour, i. q. nauj, Ex. 20, 11. 23, 12. Deut.
5, 14. b) Also from vexation and cala-
mities Is. 14, 7. Job 3, 26; c. 7% Esth.9,
22. c) i. q. to reside, to abide ; Ecc.
7, 9 anger resteth (dwells) in the bosom
of a fool. Prov. 14, 33. Ps. 125, 3 the
sceptre of the wicked shall not abide upon
the lot of the righteous. So of the di-
vine Spirit, which rests or abides on any
one, c. by 2 K. 2, 15. Is. 11, 2; of God's
hand Is. 25, 10. d) to be quiet, silent,
i. e. to rest or cease from speaking, I
Sam. 25, 9; with q. d. to bear in si-
lence, to look on, Hab. 3, 16.
HiPII. has a twofold form and signifi
cation.
A) riºr, fut. riº: 1. to set down, to
put down one in any place, with acc.
and z, ºs, Ez. 37, 1. 40, 2; to let down
the hand Ex. 17, 11 ; to let fall upon, tº
lay upon any one sc, blows, a scourge
Is. 30, 32; also bs rºº riºr. Ez. 44
30. Metaph. : inºr riºr to allay one's
anger, i. e. to satiate it, on any one Fz
5, 13. 16, 42. 24, 13. Zech. 6, 8.
rº
rº
657
2. to cause to rest, c. dat. to give rest
to any one Is. 28, 12. 14, 3. Often of
Jehovah, who is said to give his people
rest, i. e. the qui t possession of the pro-
mised land, Ex 33, 14. Josh. 1, 13. 15.
Deut. 3,20, 12, 10 bººs-ºn tº riºrſ'
anº and he shall give you rest from all
your enemies round about 25, 19. Josh.
21, 44, al. Comp. in N. T. Kototovo,
worſtovolc.
Hoph. right impers, rest is given, c.
dat. Lam. 5, 5; pass. of Hiph. no. 2.
B) riºr, fut. nº, apoc. rºl; part.
nº?; like nº from nºb, ſº from Tºº,
and the noun piºn i. q. Piujº from tohuì;
see Heb. Gr. § 71, note 9.
1. to set or put down, to lay down, to
deposit in any place, with by or A of
place, e.g. stones Josh. 4, 3, 8; a corpse
in the grave 1 K. 13, 29–31. Spec. to
lay up for safe-keeping. Ex. 16, 34. Ez.
42, 14. 44, 19; before Jehovah Ex. 16,
33.34. Num. 17, 22. Deut. 26, 4, 10. 1 K.
8, 9. Also to place, to set, as an image
Is. 46, 7.2 K. 17, 29; a table 2 Chr. 4,
8; a people or troops in another land,
to transfer, Is. 14, 1. Ez. 37, 14. 2 Chr.
1, 14. Yºujº riºr to put in ward, cus-
tody, Lev. 24, 12. Num, 15, 34. Also
stronger, to cast or throw down, Num.
19, 9, Is. 28, 2 Tº Yºsh riºr, he casteth
it to the ground with might. Am. 5, 7.
Ez. 22, 20.
2. to cause to rest, to quiet, to pacify.
Ecc. 10, 4 gentleness tºi"; Bºstºn riº
quieteth (hinders) great offences. Hence
a) to give rest to any one, i. e. to let rest,
to leave in quiet, to let alone, c. acc.
*ns Hrºn let me alone that, i.e. suffer
me, Judg. 16, 26. Esth. 3, 8. Often c.
dat. * Hrºn 2 K. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 17;
also with c. fut. Ex. 32, 10. 2 Sam. 16,
11 bºp" is nºr let him alone that he
may curse, let him curse. b) With acc.
of pers, and inf. c. , to permit or suffer
one to do any thing, pr. to let him alone
that he may do it, Ps. 105, 14; with dat.
of pers. Ecc. 5, 11 jiujºb tº nº hºs
ſloth not suffer him to sleep. pr. does not
leave him in quiet so as to sleep. 1 Chr.
16, 2... Comp, the verbs with: and in; in
he sense of conceding, permitting, con-
strued in the same manner.
3. to let, to leave, Sept. &qlnut, zoro-
lelno, in various senses. a' . q, to let
Yemain, to leave behind in any place,
Gen. 42, 33. Deut. 14, 28. Josh, 6, 23,
e.g. a people in a land Judg. 3, 1. 2
Sam. 16, 21. 20, 3. Jer. 27, 11 ; of a
thing Gen. 39, 16. b) to leave remain-
ing, Ex. 16, 23. Lev. 7, 15. With acc.
of thing and dat. of pers. to leave behind
to any one, to bequeath to one's heirs,
Ps. 17, 14. Ecc. 2, 18; so Is. 65, 15. c)
to leave or give over to any one, Ps. 119,
121. d) to let leave off; as 12 tº riºr
{ to let the hand rest, i. e. to withdraw it
from any thing, Ecc. 7, 18. 11, 6. e)
i. q. to forsake, to abandon, Jer. 14, 9.
Ecc. 10, 4.
Hoph. riºr to be set down, placed,
Zech. 5, 11 (comp. the Chald. form p"p.
Dan. 7, 4). Part rigº something teſt
vacant, vacant place, Ez. 41, 9.11.
Deriv, Hrºn, riº, nrº, rrº, rinº,
and the pr. names rº, ni-, niž, nriº.
Also the two following:
Tib m. 1. rest, quiet, Esth. 9, 16 '7.
18; c. suff. Triº 2 Chr. 6, 41.
2. Noah, pr. m. see riº.
Trix (rest, r. nº.) Nohah, pr. n. of a
son of Benjamin, 1 Chr. 8, 2.
* tº to be moved, to quake, i. q. Pio
once Ps. 99, 1; Sept. ookevöäto yń,
Vulg. moveatur terra ; and so Syr. and
Chald. Kindr. is Arab. c. US vacillavit
in incessu.
nº (r. Hy) in Cheth. for pr. n. ni",
Naioth in Keri, 1 Sam. 19, 18. 19. 22.
23. 20, 1.
*º Chald. Pa. º. i. 3 #, to soil
to foul. Hence
*]; Chald. f. Ezra 6, 11, and
*]; Dan. 2,5. 3,29; a dunghill. Dan.
2, 5 and your houses shall become dung-
hills, i.e. sinks, cloacae; comp. 2 K. 10,27,
* Bº to slumber, to fall asleep from
weariness and lassitude, and thus differ-
ing from lº to sleep. The primary
idea seems to be that of nodding, like
Gr, vvoſtºgo, which the LXX put for it.
—Of watchmen, guards, Ps. 121, 3, 4,
Is, 5, 27. Trop. of inactive and slothful
leaders, prophets, Nah. 3, 18. Is. 56, 10
Ps, 76, 6 arºu, º, they sleep their sleep.
are fallen asleep, perish-Syr. ×i id
Yº, 6
8 yº
O
pe
Contia Arab. CU3 signifies to sleep, and
J-3 to slumber.
Deriv. riºr, pr. n. tº, and
Tº f. slumber, light sleep, Prov.
23, 21. -
**: not found in Kal; HipH. fut.
Yº, to sprout, to put forth, subolescere.
Ps. 72, 17 Cheth, izu; Tº jº-º: so
long as the sun endures shall his name
flourish, In Keri, NIPH. Tiº shall be
spread abroad. Sept. Öuousvei. Hence
Yº, Tixº, also .
7"> pr. Syr. and Chald, a fish, so called
from its prolificness, see the root. In
Heb. Num, pr. m. of the father of Joshua,
Ex. 33, 11. Num. 11, 28, and so con-
stantly in the book of Joshua. Sept.
everywhere Novň, obviously from an
error of the earliest copyists (NATII
for NATN). From the forms No.3% and
Nuffi found in some Mss. (see Holmes,)
we may gather that later transcribers
supposed this Novň to be the pronuncia-
tion, according to Itacism, of the Hebrew
Nº.—Once ſix id. 1 Chr. 7, 27.
tº fut. bºy, conv, bºl; inf con-
str. oº, ogh.
1. to move swiftly, to haste, to fly;
the radical idea being that of flying,
(comp. to fly and to flee,) although
this again is itself secondary, coming
from the idea of radiating, glittering ;
see under Y-3, and comp. Schroeder
Origg. Heb. p. 150.—Spoken of the ra-
pid course, flight, of a horse and his
rider; Is. 30, 16 onb-by *2 Nº Anzºri
jºbºrn 12-by bºx, but ye say, ‘No, for
we will fly on horses;’ therefore shall ye
flee; parall, -2-3 ºp-bs. There is here
a paronomasia arising from the double
meaning of the verb on).
2. to flee, similar to synon. nº with
which it is often coupled ; though some-
times put absol. to flee away, to escape,
as Am. 9, 1 by crº ohº Nº. Jer. 46, 6.
Spoken of single persons, and also of
inations, armies, Judg. 7, 22; also of
things which flee away, e.g. waves Ps.
104, 7, 114, 3; sorrow Is. 35, 10. 51, 11;
vigour Deut. 34, 7. So Cant. 2, 17 and
4, 6 in describing the evening : *b,
pººr, the shadows flee, i.e. become
lengthened, as it were flee from.) us and
are lost. Once it by, Fr. il senſuit, Is
31, 8; see in h A. 3. h.-The pers. o
thing from which or through fear of
which one flees, is put after "º Ex. 4
3. Num. 10, 35. Josh. 10, 11. al. Tº Is.
24, 18. Ps. 104, 7; "ºh Deut. 28, 25.
Josh. 7, 4, 1 Sam. 4, 17; once h Num
16, 34, comp. in A. 3. e. The place
whither one flees is put with by Deut
19, 5. 1 K. 2,28; h 2 K. 8,21. Jer, 15, 16
acc. with r, loc. Gen. 39, 12. 18. 2 K, 14,
19; acc. simpl. 2 K. 9, 27. With by of
pers, to flee to any one for help, Is. 10, 3.
PIL. opi to impel; Is. 59, 19 as a
confined stream in rigº Hirt, nºn which
the wind of Jehovah drives onward.
HipH. oºr. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2,
to cause to flee, Ex. 9, 20; to put to
flight, Deut. 32, 30.
2. to place in safety, to secure, with
acc. of thing, Judg. 6, 11.
HITHPAL. beinn to betake oneself to
flight, to flee, Ps. 60, 6; so the ancient
versions, but see in op: II.
Deriv. oº, biº?, nº?, pr. m. bº.
* 2°2, also 2"; as inf absol. Is. 24,
20. Ps. 109, 10, but also constr. Is. 7, 2.
1. to mod, to waver, to reel, to move to
and fro unsteadily, Gr. veto, Germ, nick-
en. Chald. id. but rarely; Arab. sº
mid. Waw, to be moved; II. to move to
and fro, to make wave, as the wind a
bough, etc.—Spoken : a) Of drunken
persons, to reel, to stagger, Is. 29, 9. Ps.
107, 27; and hence of the earth Is. 24,
20; of the blind, Lam. 4, 14; one’s paths
Prov. 5, 6. b) Of a tremulous motion,
to tremble, e. g. as leaves agitated by
the wind Is. 7, 2; also of persons or
things moved with fear, to quake, Is, 6,
4. 19, 1. Ex. 20, 18, c) Of the tremu-
lous motion of any thing suspended in
the air, to vibrate, to wave, to sway to
and fro, as of miners suspended in the
pits, Job 28, 4 hy, ºilsº ºn they hang
down far from the dwellings of men
and swing to and fro. So of a tree, to
wave over other trees, metaph. for to
rule over them, Judg. 9, 9, 11. 13. d
Of the lips of a person speaking softly
to move, to vibrate, 1 Sam. 1, 13.
2. to wander about, comp. Tº and Tº
Am. 4, 8, 8, 12. Lam. 4, 14, 15. Jer. 1A
yº
r":
G59
0. Ps. 109, 10. Gen. 4, 12 tº sº a wan-
derer and a fugitive.—Causat. to cause
!o wander to and fro,2Sam, 15,20 Cheth.
NIPH. pass. of Hiph. to be shaken, as
a tree in order that its fruit may fall, Nah.
3, 12 ; in a sieve, to be sifted, Am. 9, 9.
HipH, ºr 1. to move to and fro, to
Shake, e.g. in a sieve, to sift, Am. 9, 9;
the hand, as a gesture of scorn, to wave,
Zeph. 2, 15. More frequent in this
sense is the phrase UN" ºn to move the
àead to and fro, to nod or wag the head,
Sept. xivéiv thy aspoºjv, Vulg. movere
caput, a gesture of scorn, insult, con-
tumely ; prob, not the shaking of the
head, the usual token of denial, refusal;
out a continued nodding to or at any one,
which, although a usual sign of assent
and approval, may also imply assent and
Joy in one’s adversity and calamity;
just as the clapping of hands implies not
only assent and approbation, but also
scorn; comp. Lakemacher Observv. VII.
p. 56 sq. Thesaur. p. 865. Ps. 22, 8 all
they that see me laugh me to scorn, they
gape with the lips, UN- sº they nod the
head. 109, 25; with 53 of pers. Lam. 2,
15; Ҽris Is. 37, 22. 2 K. }9. 21. Here
too some refer us" ion’s":r" to mod
with the head, E (ion) here marking
the instrument, Job 16, 4 ; but it seems
here rather to imply pity. Yet Tºri
\ºs-à implies insult, Jer, 18, 16; comp.
48, 27. Ps. 44, 15. Ecclus. 13, 7. Matt.
27, 39.-Also to move, i. Q. to disturb, to
disquiet, e.g. one's bones, 2 K. 23, 18.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a. b, to cause
o reel or stagger ; Dan. 10, 10 lo! a hand
touched me “Tº nie?! -2-a-by ºn
and made me reel (stand reeling and
trembling) upon my knees and the palms
of my hands.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
wander about, thºgo, Num. 32, 13. Ps.
59, 12. 2 Sam. 15, 20 Keri.
Deriv. tºº and pr. m. Hy;.
nºi: (with whom Jehovah con-
venes, r. 19.) Noadiah, pr. m. a) m.
Ezra 8, 33. b) ſ. Neh. 6, 14.
>k *: 1. to lift up, to elevate, see this,
Yº. Arab. GU5 I, IV, intrans, to be
nigh, lofty; Jº; the highest part of a
famel's hump. Hence
2. to lift up the hand repeatedly, ts
"move or wave the hand up and down
see Hiph. Spec. to sprinkle, which is
done by such a motion, with two acc.
Prov. 7, 17 nº ºffz, "rº, I have
sprinkled my bed with myrrh. Comp,
Hiph. no. 3, and nº –More freq. is
HipH. Flºri, inf. Fºr, once by Chald.
Hºri Is. 30, 28.
1. to lift up repeatedly, to move or
wave up and down, Sept. orig0, Šitalpo.
Spec. a) Tº Fºr to wave the hand, as
one beckoning Is... 13, 2; to shake the
hand or fist, e. g. in threatening Is. 11,
15. 19, 16. Zech. 2, 13 (c. 99); ſor
punishment, c. 59 Job 31, 21. So of
the hand as applied for soothing, heal.
ing, c. bs 2 K. 5, 11. Comp. xorgosia
thy zéigo, Syr. fº -axiſ Acts 13,16. 19,
33; comp. 12, 17. b) to lift up and
shake, or wave, e.g. an iron tool, a sickle,
wpon any thing, i. e. to apply an iron
tool, sickle, to any thing, Sept. §tić6240,
c. by Ex. 20, 25. Deut. 23, 26. 27, 5.
Josh. 8, 31.
2. to move to and fro, to shake, to wave,
spoken of a motion not necessarily up
and down, but also from side to side, e.g.
of a saw Is. 10, 15; a sieve, to sift, Is. 30,
28, Chald. Fix and HE2, Eth. 3 A.P,
to sift.—Spec. of a certain ceremony in
sacrifices, by which portions of the vic-
tims or offerings, before being placed
upon the altar, were waved to and fro,
as if to show and present them on every
side. Lev. 7, 30 the fat with the breas:
shall he bring, and the breast shall be
** *** Hººn ins Fºrth for waving it
with a waving before Jehovah. 8, 27.29.
9, 21. 10, 15. 14, 12. 24, 23, 11. 12. 20.
Ex. 29, 24, 26 Num. 5, 25. 6, 20.
Joined also with the rite of elevating, or
the heave-offering, nºnn Bºnn, Ex. 29.
27. Lev. 7, 34; between which rites the
Rabbins justly distinguish thus, viz.
that the heave-offering is presented with
a motion up and down, and the wave-
offering with a motion from side to side :
see Carpzov. Apparat. p. 709 sq. In
the case of living victims and in the con-
secration of the Levites, the waving
would seem to have consisted in lead-
ing them about to and fro, Num. 8,
11–21. Saadias renders well. in re-
m:
*f;
660
º o: ~ * *
spect to offerings, by Lºs Ös
agitando agitavit ; and, of living vic-
&- G -
tims and persons by Uš, Jº, circum-
duarit circumducendo. Among the Ro-
mans the porrectio was a similar rite ;
as also the elevation of the host (mon-
stratio) in the Latin church.-Rarely of
offering in general, Ex. 35, 22.
3. i. q. Kal no. 2, to sprinkle, to scat-
ter, as God the rain, Ps. 68, 10.
HoPH. Flºri pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Ex.
29, 27.
PIL. Fºix i. q. Hiph. no. 1, to shake the
hand or fist at any one, as a gesture of
threatening, c. acc. Is. 10, 32.
Deriv. Hº, nº, nº?, Hºri, and
F.T. m. elevation, height, see r. º.
Ps. 48, 3 beautiful for elevation is mount
Zion, i. e. it rises gracefully.—But Fë
Memphis, is of Egyptian origin, q.v.
»lt yº: 1. Pr. to send out rays, to spar-
kle, to glitter, as Arab. Užū mid. Waw;
comp. Ys; and Yix"; a spark. Hence
2. Trop. to flourish, see Hiph.
3. Trop. to fly, to flee, as in kindr. bhy.
The idea of sparkling, radiating, is oft-
en transferred to other kinds of swift
tremulous motion; comp. Fºl "::" sons
of the lightning, i.e. swift birds of prey;
also hººl no. 2, 3; Lat. micare, emicare;
see Schroeder Origg. Heb. p. 144.—So
perh. Lam. 4, 15 hy: E2 is; they flee
away and wander; but see in nº no. 1.
HipH. Yºr, to flourish, Cant. 6, 11. 7,
13. In Targg. Yºs id.
Note. The nouns Yº, Hº, ſº are
derived from the kindred verb yx;
q. W.
Tº f. (r. His3) a wing-feather, pin-
won, Ez. 17, 3.7. Job 39, 13.—For the
form Fish Lev. 1, 16 see below in its or-
der.
*P*2 a doubtful root, prob. i. q, p}; to
ruck ; whence fut. Hiph. Hrpºral and
the suckled him, Ex. 2, 9. But a very
ght change of the vowels gives
Tipºn, from py.
* Tº obsol. root, to shine, i. q. hrſ: II.
• * 8, - G 2
Arab. 33 mid. Waw, id. jº fire, 323
9 wer b.
and jº light. Syr. fºu fire, Sam
‘axiid.
Dériv. Hº, nº, nix, nºix, pr. n.
nºn.
Tº Chald. f. emphat. Nº, fire, Dan.
3, 6.11. 15. 17. 27. 7, 9, al.
* tº i, q, was, to be sick, ill at ease
once trop. of the mind Ps. 69, 21. Sj r
- id. Gr. 9600s, voivos.
>k Hy; fut. Hy", apoc tº Is. 63, 3, conv
tº 2 K. 9, 33. \ -
1. to leap for joy, to eacult, to spring.
The primary idea is that of sparkling
flying out, so that nº with the sibilan;
softened is kindr, with Hº, Ys;, ]”.
Arab, ſº to leap, to spring has a wide
usage ; see Thesaur. p. 868.
2. Of liquids, to leap forth, to spout, to
spirt, to be sprinkled, with by, bs, on,
upon any thing Lev. 6, 20 [27]. 2 K. 9,
33; also Is. 63, 3.
HipH. Flyn, fut Hy), conv. tºl. 1. to
cause to leap for joy, to cause to eacult, to
make rejoice, with acc. and by in or be-
cause of any thing; Is. 52, 15 His 13
º D"En bºix so shall he cause many
nations to rejoice in himself; comp.
rinº. 5".A. Sept. oito 9 wºuégovros
#3 ºn toàkè $n witó.—Gr. Syr. Vulg.
Luth. Engl. so shall he sprinkle many
nations, see no. 2, i. e. my servant the
Messiah shall make expiation for them ;
but this accords less well with the
parallel verb tºº.
2. to sprinkle, e.g. water, blood, also
oil Lev. 8, 11; c. by Ex. 29, 21. Lev. 5,9.
8, 30. Num. 8, 7; by towards Lev. 14,
51; ºn-by Lev. 16, 14; 25% ib. et v.
15; "-ºrs Lev. 4, 6, 17. Acc. impl.
Num. 19, 18. 19.
Deriv. Hº pr. n.
TT. m. see in r. Thi Niph. p. 274.
TT. m. (r. 51:) constr. ***, one con.
secrated, devoted, spoken of persons.
1. a Nazarite, a species of ascetics
among the Hebrews, who bound them-
selves by a vow to abstain from certain
things (see the law Num. 6, 2 sq.) Am,
2, 11.12; more fully pºrºs -º conse.
crated to God, Judg. 13, 5, 7, 16, 17. Sº
**t, *T2 the vow of a Nazarite Num, ſ,
$75
661 H:
z.--From the Nazarite, who left his
'ocks unshorn, the word was transferred
to the vine, which every seventh and
also every fiftieth year was left unprun-
ed, Lev. 25, 5, 11. Comp. Talmudic
*tops) nºne virginitas sycomori, a syca-
Iºnore not yet pruned.
2. a prince, as consecrated to God,
Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16. Lam. 4, 7.
Comp. nºujº,
Sk 51; fut. by 1. to flow, to run, kindr.
º, * ; e.g. liquids, Num. 24, 7. Ps.
147, 18. Part. plur. Bºri, the flowing,
an epithet of waters Jer. 18, 14; hence
Voet. for floods, streams, Ex. 15, 18. Is.
44, 3. Ps. 78, 16. Prov. 5, 15. Metaph.
of language, Deut. 32, 2 my speech shall
flow (distil) as the dew. Of fragrant
odours distilling and flowing through
the air, Cant. 4, 16.-In poetry also to
flow with any thing is put to express
abundance, with acc. (see in ºr no. 3.)
Jer, 9, 17 ºz-hº ºngº, and our eye-
lids flow with waters. Is. 45, 8. Job 36,
‘88.
Note. The form ºbº Judg. 5, 5 is for
*b", Niph. of bºy q. v.
HipH. bºr, causat. of yo. 1, to cause
to flow Is. 48, 21.-The same form is
found in bºy.
Deriv. nibjº q.v.
>k E1. obsol. root, either i. q. Arab.
25 to perforate, to string pearls, whence
6 to a string of pearls; or better, i. q.
Chald. 527 to muzzle, whence Syr.
Écºl nose-ring, and Ethiop. Hºº
a ring in the nose of animals to be tamed,
1. q. mr.—Hence
ET. m. c. suff. Fº, plur. Sº, cstr.
"???, a ring, i. e. a) a nose-ring, a fe-
male ornament common in the East;
Gen. 24, 47. Is. 3, 21. Prov. 11, 22. Ez.
16, 12. See Jerome on Ez. 16, 12.
Hartmann’s Hebråerinn II. 166. III.
205 sq. b) an ear-ring, Gen. 35, 4.
Ex. 32, 2.—Genr. and without specifica-
tion, Judg. 8, 24, 25. Job 12, 11. Prov.
25, 12. Hos. 2, 15.
>k pr; Chali. to suffer loss »r detri-
ment, Part. Pt Dan. 6, 3. Freq. in
Targg.
ApH. Pºrt to bring loss upon, to en
damage, Ez. 4, 13. 15. 22. Hence
P!: m. loss, da wage, Esth. 7, 4.
•-1; in Kal not used, Arab. Yū
to consecrate, to vow. The Arabs thus
embrace in this one word what the He-
brews express by the two kindred verbs
*13 and n73. The primary idea is that
of separating.
NIPH. 1. to separate oneself from any
one, e. g. rijn "hris? i. e. to fall away
from the worship of Jehovah, Ez. 14, 7.
2. to abstain from any thing, with 7%
Lev. 22, 2; absol. spoken of abstinence
from food and drink Zech. 7, 3, comp. v.
5.—Syr. Ethpe. id.
3. to consecrate or devote oneself to
any thing, e. g. Hinº Hos. 9, 10.
HipH. nºn 1. to separate one from
any thing, i. e. to restrain from, to ad-
monish against. Lev. 15, 31 °rs Ernºr,
prisºn bsº-º: cause ye the children
of Israel to separate themselves from their
wncleanness, i. e. admonish them not to
make themselves unclean. Comp. Arab.
jº IV to premonish, to admonish.
2. Trans. to consecrate, c. : Num. 6,
12.
3. Intrans. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to abstain,
c. Tº Num. 6, 3.
4. i. q. Niph. no. 3, to consecrate or de
vote oneself, Hyriº Num. 6, 2.5. 6.
Deriv. ºr, tºº, and
Tº m. c. suff, intº 1. consecration
of a priest Lev. 21, 12 ; spec. of a Naza-
rite (see hºtº) Num. 6, 4, 5, 9 intº UN-
his consecrated head. v. 12. Hence me-
ton, consecrated head sc. of a Nazarite,
Num. 6, 19. Also, the primary idea
being dropped, winshorn hair, long hair,
e.g. of a woman, Jer. 7, 29.
2. a diadem, worn as the mark of con
secration, e. g. by the high priest, whose
diadem was called ºn hy, Ex. 29, 6.
39, 30. Lev. 8, 9; a king 2 Sam. 1, 10.
2 K, 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11. al. hy: "2:s
the gems of a diadem, put for any thing
precious, Zech. 9, 16.
T; Noah pr. n. Gr. Nús, Noé, (1 q.
nix rest, r. nº,) the son of Lamech,
preserved from the deluge for his right-
eossness, Gen. 5, 29. 32. c. 6–9. 10, 1. 32.
1 Chr. 1, 4, 9, 2, Ez. 14, 14, 20. So nº
50
-In)
bn:
662
n; the waters of Noah, the deluge, Is.
54, 9.--On the etymology see Thesaur.
p. 862.
**Tº (b.dden, verbal of Niph. r. nºr.)
Nahbi, pr. m. m. Num. 13, 14.
Sk Firſ; in Kal praet. Hrſ., imper. Triº,
and in HipH. Piriri, fut. nrº, inf.
nurſin
1. to cead, to conduct, to guide ; kindr.
are an: , Prix. Sept. often, 60myšo, zoºm-
ão, sometimes &yo, Štúyw.—Constr. c.
§ to any one, Ex. 32, 34; 19 Ps. 60,
11; ºrns 1 Sam. 22, 4; ºth Prov. 18,
16; also with 7% of place whence Num.
23, 7; absol. Job 38, 32.—Often of God
as leading or guiding a people or per-
sons; Gen. 24, 27 ºr's nº nº ºri; Tºa
"3"s the Lord hath led me in the way to
the house of my master's brethre” v. 48.
Ex. 13, 17. 21. Neh. 9, 12. Ps. 78, 14;
with bs Ps. 107, 30; : Ex. 15, 13. Deut.
32, 12. Ps. 31, 4, 139, 10. Is. 57, 18. al.
Trop. God is said to lead any one in a
way of righteousness Ps. 23, 3 ; in the
old way, the religion of the forefathers,
Ps. 139,24; in his counsel 73,24; comp.
also Ps. 5, 9, 27, 11.
2. to lead out or away, to carry away
to any place. 1 K. 10, 26 ºn trºl
==Tr; and brought them out into the cities
for chariots. So to lead or carry away
a people into exile, coupled with Hºàn,
2 K. 18, 11. Job 12, 23 he enlargeth the
nations and (again) leadeth them away
into captivity.
Fr. Neh. 7, 7, see bºnº lett, c
Pºrº (consolation, r. priº) Nahum, pr.
n. of a prophet, Nah. 1, 1.
Pºrſ, m. plur. (r. Eriº) 1. consola-
tions Is. 57, 18. Zech. 1, 13 where many
Mss. and editions have nºrth, but
against analogy. *
2. compassion, Hos. 11, 8.
nin; (snorting, Snoring,) Nahor, pr. n.
a) A postdiluvian patriarch Gen. 11, 22.
b. A brother of Abraham Gen. 26, 27.
tºr; m adj (denom. from nºr;)
3razen, trop. Job 6, 12. Also
Tºrº pr: fem. of the preced. a)
orazen, as ‘a nu;p a band of brass, bra-
xen, Ps. 18, 36, Job 20, 24, b) Neut. any
thing made of b, ass, a brazen thing
Lev. 26, 19. Job 41, 19. Is. 48, 4. Mic
4, 13. Hence poet, for brass, i. q, ruśrī,
Job 28, 2. Is. 45, 2 riºn; rinhº doors
of brass, brazen doors. Job 40, 18 "P"EN
Hujhr. tubes of brass.
nºr; f. plur. Ps. 5, 1, an instrument
of music, prob. tibiae, pipes, flutes, i. q.
bºr. It is for nºr; the perforated pr
part. Niph. of r. bºr.
tº dual (r. hrs) the nostrils, from
snoring, Job 41, 12 [20]. Syr. sing
tº ºr 3-9: g
li nose, Arab. 8 ris' nostril.
Sk $n, fut. Prº 1. to take, to get as
a possession, to possess, nearly i. q. ºn.
The primary idea seems to be that of
leading, drawing ; so that bri; is of like
signif with brº. From the idea of
leading, comes, on the one hand, that
of flowing, whence brº stream; and, on
the other, that of taking, receiving, as
we also say, ‘to draw money, to draw
profit,” etc. for ‘to get, take, receive.”—
Spoken : a) Often of the Israelites as
acquiring and enjoying possession of
Canaan, c. acc. Ex. 23, 30. Josh. 14, 1.
Is. 57, 13. Ps. 69, 37. al. Without acc.
to take possession, to have possession, to
possess, Josh. 16, 4. Num. 32, 19; with
3 of place Num. 18, 20. Deut. 19, 14.
Num. 18, 23. 24. Josh. 17, 6, 19, 9, b)
Of God who takes Israel as his own pos-
session, and therefore protects and de-
fends them; Ex. 34,9. Zech. 2, 16 [12];
with 3 of place Ps, 82, 8, c) Genr. to
get, to gain, to acquire, as a possession,
e.g. glory Prov. 3, 35; wealth 28, 10;
also folly 14, 18; the wind 11, 29. So
Jer. 16, 19 our fathers brº hpu, have
possessed lies, i. e. idols for worship.
Ps. 119, 111 thy precepts have I taken
as a possession for ever, d) With acc,
of pers. to take possession of any one,
i.e. to seize upon his possession, to drive
out, to dispossess him, Zeph. 2,9. Comp.
tº no. 1. b.
2. to get by inheritance, to vnherit, with
a of place, Judg. 11, 2 nº brºn Nº
**as thou shalt not inherit in our fa.
ther's house.—The LXX render by
ximgovoſuša also many passages cited
under no. 1 ; but the specific idea of
tnheritance in this verb is rare
brº
bnº
663
3. Causat. i. q. P. to give to be pos-
essed, to distribute any thing, with acc.
5f thing and h of pers. Num. 34, 17
rºsri-ns tº brº-nºs who shall distri-
bute the land wnto you. v. 18. Josh. 19, 49.
PIEL brº to give to be possessed, to
distribute, Josh. 13, 32; with two acc.
of pers, and thing Josh. 14, 1. Num. 34,
29; ; of pers. Josh. 19, 51.
Hiph, barºn, ſut. bºrº. 1. to give as
a possession, to cause to possess, often
with two acc. of pers, and thing, 1 Sam.
2, 8. Zech. 8, 12; often spoken of the
distribution of the land of Canaan, Deut.
1, 38. 3, 28. 19, 3.31, 7. Jer. 3, 18. 12, 14.
Josh. 1, 6. With acc. of thing impl.
Deut. 32, 8 Bºia liºs brºnz when the
Most High gave (divided out) to the na-
tions their possession. Prov. 8, 21. Acc.
of pers, impl. Is. 49, 8.
2. to cause to inherit, i. e. a) to leave
as heir Prov. 13, 22. b) to leave as
an inheritance, with dat. of pers. 1 Chr.
28, 8. c) to distribute an inheritance,
with two acc. Deut. 21, 16.
HoPH. to be made to possess, i. e. to
have allotted or appointed as one's por-
tion, although by compulsion and un-
willingly; hence with acc. (Heb. Gr.
$ 140. 1. a,) Job 7, 3 sº-ºrº ºh ºn:
I have been allotted months of misery,
such are appointed as my portion.
HiTHP. i. q. Kal, to receive as one's
wn, to possess oneself of c. acc. Num.
32, 18. Is. 14, 2. With dat. of pers. to
possess for oneself and for one’s heirs,
i.e. so as to transmit to one’s heirs;
Lev.2546 tºnns tº bris prºrºnn,
and ye shall possess them for yourselves
and for your sons after you ; so all the
ancient versions. In the same manner
Bre to be explained Num. 33, 54. 34, 13.
Ez. 47, 13. Comp. Ewald's Krit. Gramm.
p. 204.
Deriv. nºr; and the four following.
Sr. m. with He local Num. 34, 5, and
poet. Hºrº Ps. 124, 4; dual tºr: Ez.
47, 9; plur. Bºrº, constr. *brº, c. suff.
Hºn.
1. a stream, brook, torren', so called
from its flowing, see r. brº Kal n. 1.
Lev. 11, 9, 10. Deut. 8, 7. 10, 7, 1 Sam.
17, 40. 2 Sam. 17, 13. Is. 11, 15. Ps. 78,
20. al sarp. in"s bri, a perennial brook,
see in Tryºs no. 1. nºiu brº an overflow
ing stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12. Jer. 47, 2
Bºrº nix stones of the brooks Job 22, 24,
comp. 1 Sam. 17, 40. Is, 57, 6. So "an:
brº willows of the brook Lev. 23,40. Job
40,22; and hence pººr brº the brook
of willows Is. 15, 7, as pr. n. of a stream
on the east of the Dead Sea, perh. the
present Wady el-Ahsy, s”--> sel,
which descends from the eastern moun-
tains and enters the south end of the
Dead Sea; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II.
p. 488, 555. Most of the streams in Pa-
lestine are torrents flowing only in win-
ter, Zsiuoggot, and such an one is meant
in Job 6, 15: my brethren are deceitful
like the torrent, which dries up unex-
pectedly and so disappoints the traveller.
The torrents (pºrº) of Palestine named
in the O. T. are: Tinºs ?, hiºn '5,
phy '5, called also ºri '; 2 Sam. 24, 5,
nºn: ‘i, i-ºp 2, Tië"p 2, HP 2, see
under these words.--Further, Hayri º
the brook of the desert i.e. of the Arabah,
put perh, for the Kidron, which falls into
the northern part of the Dead Sea,
comp. 2 K. 14, 25. Bºnsº Prº the brook
or torrent of Egypt, on the confines of
Egypt and Palestine, later Pivozógovgu,
now Wady el-Arish, U-3 i, Num.
34, 5. Josh. 15, 4.47; comp. 1 K. 8, 65.
2 K. 24, 7. Is. 27, 12; called also xxi.
§§ozºv simply bril Ez. 47, 19. 48, 28.
But the river of Egypt, bºnsº ºn, is
the Nile, Gen. 15, 18–Poet. nº bri,
a torrent of sulphur Is. 30, 33; streams
of honey Job 20, 17; streams of oil Mic.
6, 7; bº: ºr, torrents of destruction
Ps. 18, 5.
2. a valley, ravine, watered by a brook
or torrent, Arab. sel, Wady, Syr. ii.
for Gr. 9%goyś Luke 3, 5–Gen. 26, 19.
Num. 24, 6, 2 K. 3, 16. Ps. 104, 10. Cant.
6, 11, al. The vallies enumerated of
this kind are: bºs’, philo's, Bºnº,
Tº 2, nº '2, see under these words.-
Since bri: signifies both a brook and the
valley in which it flows, the same ex
pression may be understood of either.
as Tº of the brook Deut. 2, 13. 14
and of the valley Num. 21, 12 ; and it
some examples it may be doubtful which
is meant, as Josh. 15, 7, 19, 14, comp
11. See Thesaur. p. 873.
bn:
Eriº
664
3. Prob. shaft or adit of a mine ; Job
28, 4 brº Yºº they break (pierce) a shaft.
Tºrº Mile Ps. 124, 4; see in brº
nit.
Tºri, f. (r. brº) constr. rerº, c. suff.
*rēn; ; plur. nibrº Is. 49, 8.
i. a taking possession, occupation ;
Is. 17, 11 Fiºrº tº in the day of occu-
pation, i.e. of gathering the harvest.
But on account of the following as:
ujºls, it is better to read Hºri, a deadly
wound ; see in r. Fºr Niph.
2. a possession, estate, property, that
which is possessed. Ps. 2, 8 I will give
thee the heathen as thy possession, Trºr.
So of wealth Prov. 20, 21. Ecc. 7, 21;
oftener of a possession of land, real es-
tale, Num. 16, 14. 36, 7, 8, 9. Ruth 4, 5.
6. 10. Josh. 19, 49.—Spec. a) Of the
territory assigned by lot to each tribe,
Josh. 23, 23. 28; comp. 18, 20. 28. 19, 1.
8. 9, 16. 23. 31. 39. 48. Hence of the
Levites it is said, Num. 18, 23 among
the children of Israel they shall have no
possession. v.24, 26, 62. Josh. 13, 14.33.
14, 3, b) Of the whole land of Pales-
time, given as a possession to the Israel-
ites, Deut. 4, 38. 15, 4. 19, 10. 20, 16.
21, 23. 24, 4, 26, 1, Epyx rºrº Is. 58,
14. al. c) Hirt, nºr; the possession of
Jehovah, his property, i. e. the children
of Israel, whom Jehovah cares for and
protects as his own cherished people,
Deut. 4, 20. 9, 26. 29. 1 Sam. 26, 19. 2
Sam. 14, 16. Is. 19, 25. Joel 2, 17. Jer.
12, 7–9. Ps. 28, 9. 106, 40. al. But in
Ps. 127, 3 *, r*rī; is a possession from
the Lord, bestowed by him. d) For
the phrase tº Hºrº pºri º wº, see in
pºrt no. 2. a. s
3. Spec. an inheritance, patrimony,
Num. 27, 7. Job 42, 15. 1 K. 21, 4. Prov.
19, 14; also Prov. 17, 2.
4. a portion, lot, assigned of God, i. Q.
pºr, no. 2. d. Job 27, 13. Is. 54, 17. Job
20, 29 bºº inns nºr; the lot appointed
unto him from God. With genit. id.
Job 31, 2; comp. Ps. 127, 3 in no. 1. c.
*S*72 (valley of God) Nahaliel, pr.
m. of a station of the Israelites in the
desert, Num. 21, 19.
*}Y]: Nehetamite, patronym. other-
wise unknown Jer, 29, 24, 31. 32.
nºr; f. i. q. Hºrº, a possession, por.
tion, lot, with the less frequent feminine
termination n+, Ps. 16, 6. R. Brº.
sk Eriº in Kal not used, pr. onoma
topoet. to draw the breath forcibly, to
pant, to sigh, to groan, like Arab. **
Kindred roots are brº, Tºry, pp: , q.v.
Niph. Prº, fut. Prº, conv. Brºſ.
1. to lament, to grieve ; for the use of
the passive and middle in verbs of emo-
tion, comp. nº, öðūgouot, contristart
also sº; Niph. Spoken: a) In regard
to others, hence i. q. to pity, to have
compassion, absol. Jer. 15, 6 priºr ºn-sh;
I am weary of having compassion ; c. bs
Ps. 90, 13; by Judg. 21, 6; ; v. 15; 12
Judg. 2, 18. b) In regard to one’s
own doings, to grieve , hence to repent,
(comp. Germ. reuen which in Switzer.
land means to grieve, Engl. to rue,) Ex,
13, 17. Job 42, 6. Ps. 110, 4 ; with his
Gen. 6, 6.7. 1 Sam. 15, 11. Often of
one who repents, grieves, for the evil he
has brought upon another, Ps. 106,45.
Jer. 20, 16. Jon. 3, 9. Joel 2, 14; c. by
Ex. 32, 12, 14. Jer. 8, 6. 18, 8, 10; }s 2
Sam. 24, 16. Jer. 26, 3.
2. Reflex. of Piel, to console oneself, to
be comforted Gen. 38, 12; with by con-
cerning any thing 2 Sam. 13, 39; with
"mºs i. e. for the loss of any one Gen.
24, 67.—Hence
3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance,
since, to use the words of Aristotle, Rhet.
II. 2, ti 697; £nstow jöorm tug &nd tiſs
#Anió0s toū ſtudgſoo,0904. With 7% Is.
1, 24; comp. Ez. 5, 13. 31, 16. 32, 31.
See Hithp. no. 3.
Piel Prix, fut. Eriº, to console, to conv.
fort, pr. to express grief, compassion;
Job 16, 2. Ecc. 4, 1 erº, Erik I's they
had no comforter. Lam. 1, 2.9. 16. 17.
With acc. of pers. Gen. 37, 35. 50, 21.
Ruth 2, 13. al. With by of things con-
cerning which, 1 Chr. 19, 2. Is. 16. 7
22, 4, Ez. 14, 22. Job 42, 11. So God is
said to comfort any one by restoring to
him his favour, Is. 12, 1. 49, 13. Jer. 31
13. Zech. 1, 17. Ps. 23, 4. al.
PUAL prº, to be consoled, comforted
Part, nºr; for nºrºº Is. 54, 11.
Hithe. Brºnn, once triºr Ez. 5, 1:
i. Q. Niph, but less frequent.
Dr.
lºn,
665
1. to lament, to grieve: a) For ano-
her, i. e. to pity, to have compassion, c.
he Deut. 32,36. Ps. 135, 14, b) to re-
pent, Num. 23, 19.
2. to console oneself, to be comforted,
Gen. 27, 35. Ps. 119, 52.
3. to avenge oneself, to take vengeance ;
Gen. 27, 42 + Brºnx, Tris tº riºr
Hºrſ, lo, Esau thy brother will avenge
himself by slaying thee.
Deriv. Bºnº, bºrº, niºn ºn,
the pr: names Bºnz, Priº, nºrºn, and
the five here following.
Pºle (consolation) Naham, pr. n. m.
i Chr. 4, 19.
Enº, plur. bºrº, see in bºrº.
Prſ; m, repentance, Hos. 13, 14.
Tº f (r. Brº) Kamets impure, con-
solation, Job 6, 10. Ps. 119, 50.
Flº (whom Jehovah comforts) Ne-
hemiah, pr. n. a) The son of Hacha-
liah, governor of Judea under Artaxerxes
Longimanus, Neh. 1, 1.8, 9, 10, 2. 12,
26. Sept. Nesuloc. Comp. Nººr –
Different are b) Neh. 3, 16. c.) Ezra
2, 2. Neh. 7, 7.
*3272 (compassionate, r. Bº) Naha-
mani, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 7.
*Sº i. g. hºrºs, we, found only Gen.
42, 11. Ex. 16, 7.8. Num. 32, 32. 2 Sam.
17, 12. Lam. 3, 42.
bº i. q. Chald. Erº brass, see in
brºne.
>k yn; i. q. Yriº, to urge, to press, see
under the letter b. Part, pass. Yan,
urged, i.e. urgent, pressing, 1 Sam. 21,
9.—Arab. Udis id.
* "T. onomatopoetic root, Arab., #,
Syr. º.1, to breathe hard through the
nose, to snort, to smore, comp. Eth. Žih/,
to snore, Gr. §§yzo, 66/zos — Hence
bºrº, pr. n. Hinº, also the wo follow-
ing.
"T. m. Job 39, 20, and Tºrº f Jer.
r -: -
8, 16, a smorting, e.g. of a horse.
"nº 2 Sam. 23, 37, and ºri, 1 Chr.
11, 37 (snorer, r. nri;) Naharai, pr. n. m.
* I. pr; in Kal not used, an onoma-
opoetic root, i. q. urſº, expressing a low
hissing sound, to hiss, to whisper, espea
of the whispering or muttering cf sorce.
rers, see win. Pi. Ps. 58, 6. Comp. Zab
-a al to whisper, see Cod. Nas. III. p. 88
line 16, 18. Syr. -“, to practise en.
chantments.
PIEL win, fut. Wirº, to take auguries,
to practise divination, to divine, Lev.
19, 26. Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. 21, 6
—Some here understand Öquavtsio of
divination by serpents, as if denom. ſrom
wirl: ; see Bochart Hieroz. T.I. p. 21–
Hence
2. In a wider sense, to divine, to prog-
nosticate, to augur, i. e. to feel a pre-
sage; Gen. 30, 27 nin' ººl "nºn-
#3: I augur that Jehovah blesseth me
for thy sake. 44, 15 know ye not ºn: "a
"yinz Huffs unsuinº, that such an one as
I could certainly divine such things? v.
5 whereby indeed he divineth 2 i. e. the
cup, zvätzourºvisio. 1 K. 20, 33 Enºsº
hūr; and the men took as a good omen
sc. the words of Ahab in v. 32. See
more in Thesaur. p. 875.
Deriv. Eriz, Jr., pr. m. iuri.
* II. ton; a root assumed to furnish
an etymology for nºn; brass; perh, to
be bright, corresponding to Tºr. But
the Semitic languages afford no trace
of such a usage.
tº m. (r. Eri, I) 1. incantation, en-
chantment, Num. 23, 23.
2. augury, omen, which one takes,
Num. 24, 1; comp. 23, 3.15.
tº m. (r. win; I.) 1. a serpent, so
called from its hissing, Gen. 49, 17. Ex.
4, 3. 7, 15. Deut. 8, 15. Ps. 58, 5. al.
Frequent mention is made of its deadly
bite, Num. 21, 17 sq. Am. 5, 19.9, 3. Ecc.
10, 11. Prov. 23, 22; also of its cunning,
Gen. 3, 1 sq. comp. Matt. 10, 16, and Bo-
chart Hieroz.III. p.246 Lips.-Put for the
constellation of the serpent or dragon in
the northern quarter of the heavens, Job
9 & .
26, 13. Arab. XA-.
2. Nahash. pr. n. a) A place other.
wise unknown 1 Chr. 4, 12. b) A king
of the Ammonites 1 Sam. 11, 1. 2 Sam.
10, 2. c) 2 Sam. 17, 27. d) 2 Sam.
*", 25.
56%
ºn:
tºº
666
tº Chald. m. brass, co, per, Dan. 2,
32.45. 4,20, al. Syr. Lºu, Heb. rurº.
Titirº (enchanter, r. Uri, I) Nahshon,
pr. m. of a son of Amminadab, Ex. 6, 23.
Num. 1, 7. Ruth 4, 20.
nºrth (r. Grº II) comm. gend. m.
Ez. 1, 7 Dan. 10, 6, f. 1 Chr. 18, 8; c.
suff. Tºur: Ez. 16, 36, "rujri Lam. 3,7;
ual Bºrurº.
1. brass, zoºxés, pr. copper, mostly as
hardened and tempered, and so used ſor
arms and other implements, Gen. 4, 22.
Ex. 26, 11.37. al. saepe. Metaph. Jer.
6, 28 brass and iron are they all, i. e.
base, vile, of less precious metal.—Syr.
and Chald, id.
2. Any thing made of brass or cop-
per, e. g. a) money, brass or copper
coin, Ez. 16, 36 Trurº Tºri ºr, Vulg.
quia effusum est as tww.m. b) a chain,
fetter, of brass or copper, Lam. 3, 7. So
dual Bºrujrūfetters Judg. 16, 21. 2 Sam.
3, 34. 2 K. 25, 7, Jer. 39, 7. 52, 11.
sºrº (brass) Nehushta, pr. n. f.
of the mother of king Jehoiachin, 2 K.
24, 8.
jºr; m. (from nurt, and the end-
ing jº) Nehushtan, i. e. the brazen ser-
pent, erected by Moses, and broken in
pieces by Hezekiah because the Israel-
ites made of it an idol and worshipped
it under this name, 2 K. 18, 4.
* nº fut, nrº Ps. 38, 3, and rn:
Prov. 17, 10, to go or come down, to de-
scend, a root common in Aramaean, i. Q.
Heb. Th: ; so Chald, rrr, fut. nºns, Syr.
* ſut. 23.3.
perhaps denom. from the noun nr 2 (r.
Th2), the n passing over into a radical.—
Jer. 21, 13 ºnes nnn-nz, who will come
down against us? sc. to attack us. Ps.
38, 3 T.I., ºnrºr" and thy hand cometh
down upon me in chastisement. Plur.
inrº Job 21, 13, for inrº, Dag. euphon.
comp. Lehrg. p. 85. Trop. Prov. 17, 10
tº nº nrir reproof goeth down
sinketh deep) into the mind of the wise,
comp. 18, 8. 26, 22. The form nrith is
penacute, comp. Lehrg. § 51. 1. n. 1.
Niph. rrſ; i. q. Kal, Ps. 38, 3 Tºry-º
ºn Ann; for thine arrows come down
upon me, pierce me.
In O. T. only poetic ;
PIEL nº to press down, e. g. a bow
i. e. to bend, Ps. 18, 35; furrows, i. e. to
level, spoken of rain Ps. 65, 11.
HIPH. to lead down, i. q. "I"-in. Im
per. Joel 4, 11 Hºlia: º nrir rigº the
ther lead down, Jehovah, thy warriors
comp. v. 2. Others: prostrate, but con
trary to the parallelism.
Deriv. Bºrrº.
mºl, Chald. to come down, to descend
part. nri; Dan. 4, 10. 20.
APH. fut, nr., imp. nris, part. nnnn
1. to bring down or away, Ezra 5, 15
2. to lay down, to deposit, for safe-
keeping, Engl. to lay up, Ezra 6, 1.5.
Hoph, nºr after the Heb. to be
brought down, to be deposed, Dan. 5, 20.
FYI, f (r. riº) as nnu, from rºuj.
1. a letting down, e.g. of the arm for
punishment, Is. 30, 30, comp. v. 32.
Concr. that which is let down, set on
upon a table; Job 36, 16 Tºrº nr.
the food of thy table.
2. rest, quiet, 1s. 30, 15. Job 17, 16,
Prov. 29, 9. Ecc. 6, 5. Acc. as adv.
Ecc. 4, 6 nrº F2 sº a handful with
quietness. -
3. Nahath, pr. n. see rifl.
E"º adj. plur, (r. nni) coming down.
descending, Dag. euphon. 2 K. 6, 9.
>k iTº fut. Fits", apoc. tºº, ton, conv,
toºl, c. Mak. "ºl.
1. to stretch out, to eatend, Arab. Ulaş
extendit fila. Kindred roots are rin,
rinº, nr., q.v.–Spec. a) to stretch
out, to earlend, e. g. the hand Ex. 8, 2.
13. 10, 12. 21; the hand with a spear
Josh. 8, 26, and ellipt. v. 18; often of the
hand of God in threat Jer. 51, 25. Ez
6, 14. 14, 9. 13. Is. 5, 25; or of man as
if to assail God, Job 15, 25. So a mea-
suring line, c. by , to stretch the line
wpon any thing Job 38, 5. Is. 44, 13
Lam. 2,8. Also to stretch out in length.
to elongate; Is. 3, 16 in ninhº; see in
jins. Ps. 102, 12 ºntº; by a lengthened
shadow, i.e. lengthened in the declining
sun, at the approach of evening; comp
109, 23. b) to stretch, to spread out, to
eapand, e.g. a tent Gen. 12, 8, 26, 25
the heavens Is. 40, 22 cºu; pºre nºirr
who spreadeth out the heavens as a cur
rº
hº
667
:ain, awning. 45, 12. Jer. 10, 12. 51, 15.
Job 9,8. Metaph. by Hyº nº to spread
out evil against any one, a metaphor
drawn from nets, Ps. 21, 12.-1 Chr. 21,
10 Tºky High ºs bibu; I spread out three
things before thee (i. e. I propose to
thee), choose one ; comp. 2 Sam. 24, 12,
where for nºis is bºi...—Intrans, to
spread oneself out, e.g. as flocks in the
land, Job 15, 29.
2. to incline, to bow, i. e. to make tend
downwards; e.g. the shoulder for bear-
ing Gen. 49, 15; the feet for a fall Ps.
17, 11 (comp. 73,2); the mind Ps. 119,
1.12; the heavens, spoken of God, Ps. 18,
10. Part, pass. Ps. 62, 4 ºntº hºp a wall
inclining, leaning, ready to fall.—Intrans.
of feet inclining to a fall Ps. 73, 2; the
declining day Judg. 19, 8; the shadow
on a dial moving downwards 2 K. 20, 10.
3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, i. e.
to make tend to one side ; Is. 66, 12 lo, I
will turn peace upon her like a river, i. e.
as a stream is turned in its course. Gen.
39,21 Tºri lºs tº and turned upon him
favour, i.e. conciliated favour towards
him.—Oftener intrans. to turn away, to
decline, Num. 20, 17. 22, 23. 26.33; with
bs to any one Gen. 38, 16; with 72 and
tº from any one, from a way, Ps. 44,
19. 119, 51. 157. Job 31, 7. 1 K. 11, 9;
with "ºris to turn away cºſer i.e. to the
party of any one Ex. 23, 2. Judg. 9, 3.
1 K. 2, 28; comp. 1 Sam. 8, 3.−Hence
4. to go away, to go, 1 Sam. 14, 7.
NIPh. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be stretched,
eartended, as a measuring line Zech. 1,
16; of a stream, to spread itself out Num.
24, 6; of evening shadows, to be length-
ened, Jer. 6, 4; comp. Virg. Ecl. 1.84.
HipH. Hºrſ, fut. nº, apoc. 1 pers. tos
Hos. 11, 4, in pause tos Job 23, 11, os.
Jer, 15. 6; 2 pers. Ton Ps. 27, 9, 141, 4;
3d pers. Tº 2 Sam. 19, 15; imp. apoc.
or Ps. 17, 6.
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but less usual, to
stretch out, to eartend: a) E. g. the hand
Is, 31, 3. Jer. 6, 12. 15, 6; the limbs upon
couch or bed Am. 2,8. b) As a tent
t Sam. 16, 22. Is. 54,2; sackcloth 2 Sam
21, 10.
2. to incline downwards, to bow, to de-
press, Gen. 24, 14; the heavens, spoken
f God, Ps. 144, 5. Spec. the ear in or-
der to listen, Jer. 7, 24, 26. 11, 8; with
% to any one Ps. 17, 6, 116, 2. Prov. 4
20. 5, 1. al.
3. to turn, to turn away, to deflect, sc,
towards one side, i. Q. Kal no. 3. Num,
22, 23. 2 Sam. 3, 27. Metaph. Job 36, 18
a great ransom cannot turn thee away,
Sc. from the divine punishment, so as to
avoid it.—Spec.
a) 'E =% nºn to turn the heart of any
one, 2 Sam. 19, 15; with by to anything
Prov. 21, 1; ºs Ps. 119, 37; # 141, 4
"ºris 1 K. 11, 2.3.4. In a bad sense,
to turn away, to seduce any one, Prov. 7,
21. Is. 44, 20.-Also bs iah Hºn to in-
cline one's heart to, Josh. 24, 23. 1 K. 8,
58; to wisdom Prov. 2, 2.
b) 'E by Tor, nºr to turn favour upon
any one, to procure favour for him, Ezra
7, 28, 9,9. Comp. Kal Gen. 39, 21.
c) ºujº Fiºn 1 Sam. 8, 3, to turn
aside right, to pervert justice, right being
compared to a straight path from which
it is wrong to turn away on either side.
Hence, to pervert the ways of justice
Prov. 17,23. With genit. 'E tº Hºn
to pervert or wrest the right of any one,
spoken of a judge, Ex. 23, 6. Deut. 27,
19. Lam. 3,35; and, in the same sense.
to pervert the way i. e. the right of any
one, Am. 2, 7. Acc. impl. Ex. 23, 2.
d) to turn away, to thrust out sc. from
a way, Job 24, 4 they turn the needy out
of the way. Hence metaph. of the way
of right and justice (comp. in lett. c.)
Is. 10, 2; and so without mention of a
way, Is. 29, 21. Am. 5, 12. Prov. 18, 5.
e) to turn away anything from a per
son, to avert, e. g. good Jer. 5, 25.
f) to turn away a suppliant, to repulse,
Ps. 27, 9.
g) Intrans. to turn aside, to decling
from a way, to swerve, c. Tº Is. 30, 11.
Job 23, 11. With acc. of place whither,
Ps. 125, 5.
Deriv. 22 (nº), nº?, nº?, nº or
Hº, and pr. m. nº.
º; m. verbal adj. (r. bº) laden
Zeph. 1, 11.
ºt, see Bºstº.
nipºt: f plur. (r. Fº) drops, pen-
dants for the ears, ear-drops, especially
of pearls, Judg. 8, 26. Is. 3, 19. Arab
93 – e’ *
Kālaš id. Comp. Gr. ºrtal&yutov a kind
º
*
668
nº:
aſ ear-pendant, from otolºgo to drop,
tlistil.
nº f plur, tendrils, twigs, Is. 18,
5. Jer. 5, 10. 48, 32. R. uitº, see Niph.
ls. 16, 8.
:K St. fut. bits: 1. to take up, to lift
up. Chald id. Syr. Si- to be heavy,
from the idea of lifting. Kindred roots
are bºrº Hºr); comp. Sanscr. tul, i. q.
Lat. tollere.—Is. 40, 15 biº pº phºs he
taketh up the isles as dust, as an atom.
2. to lay upon, to impose upon any
one, c. by, 2 Sam. 24, 12 bºil "25s ºbuj
Tº three things I lay wbon thee, i. e.
propose to thee; comp. the parallel pas-
sage in 1 Chr. 21, 10 where it is nºis,
and in the same sense wºrk jn; Jer. 21,
8.—Lam. 3, 28 tº be; "a for God hath
laid upon him sc. calamity.
PIEL i. q. Kal no. 1. Is. 63, 9.
Deriv. Bºtº, bºx.
ºp; Chald, to lift up, Dan. 4, 31. Praet.
pass. Dan. 7, 4. -
º m. (r. 922) a burden, load, Prov.
27, 3.
3k yº ſut. Sº, inf. Sº, and rst, pr.
to set upright, tofia in the ground. Kindr.
are 93; a 32 to set, 33. Hiph. Mºst id.
also 5.x: Tax. Comp. Sanscr. dhā, Gr.
tlómuu.—Spec.
1. to plant, as a tree, garden, vineyard,
Gen. 2, 8. 9, 20. Lev. 19, 23. Num. 24,
6. al. So God is said to plant the forest-
trees Num, 24, 6. Ps. 104, 16. The place
where is put with a Jer, 32, 41; by Am.
9, 15; in acc. to plant a field, etc. Ez.
36, 36. Hence with two acc. to plant a
garden, etc. with any thing, Is. 5, 2. Jer.
2, 21.-Trop. a) to plant a people, i. e.
to assign them a fixed and permanent
residence ; comp. in Engl. ‘to plant a
colony;’ Am. 9, 15. Jer. 24, 6 I will
olant them, I will not pluck them up. 32,
41. Ps. 44, 3. Ex. 15, 17. 2 Sam. 7, 10. al.
Comp, opp. uinº, also wºn and in: Ezra
9, 8, b) Ps. 94, 9 God who planted the
rar, i.e. created, formed it.
2. to fir, to fasten, as a nail, Ecc. 12,
1. Comp in Engl. ‘to plant a nail.’
3. to plant, i. e. to pitch a tent, Dan.
1 45, and so o’ ‘the tent of the heavens
Is. 51, 16; to set up an image Deut, 16
21. -
NIPII. to be planted, metaph. Is. 40, 2A
Deriv. Sº? and the two following.
»tº m. in pause sº, constr. Sº Is. 5
7, c. suff, "sº: ; plur. Bºstº, "yº.
1. a planting, i. e. what is planted, Is.
17, 11.
2. a plant, sc. recently planted, Joh
19, 9. Sept. well vsöq.vtov. &
3. a plantation, place planted, Is. 5, 7, ,
17, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 23.
bºth m. plur. (r. 972;) plants, Ps. 44,
12
*ne, fut. Fº, to drop, to fall in
drops, to distil. Aram. and Arab. -ălaj
id. Eth. Żſilſ] stillavit, and ŽſhA, per-
colavit, which comes from the idea stil-
lare. The primary syllable Fºo is ono-
matopoetic, as in Engl. and Germ. with
r inserted, to drop, tropfen. Metaph. of
discourse; Job 29, 22 my speech distilled
wpon them, was grateful to them as the
rain.—Often trans, like Engl. to drop,
with acc. to drop or distil any thing, to
let fall in drops, comp. Bº no. 1, ºr
no. 3. Joel 4, 18 bºx tºrr, Etº the
mountains drop down new wine. Cant. 5,
5. 13. Judg. 5, 4 ; acc. impl. Ps. 68, 9.
Trop. Cant. 4, 11 Tºnirºu, nºtºr rºl
thy lips distil honey. Prov. 5, 3.—-In a
similar manner the Arabs transfer the
idea of watering, irrigating, to flowing
and pleasing discourse ; comp. (52) and
other synonymous verbs.
HIPH. to let fall in drops, to drop, c. acc.
Am. 9, 13. Spec. of discourse, and the
accus, being omitted, simply to speak, to
prophesy, Mic. 2, 6, 11. Ez. 21, 2, 7 [20,
46.21, 2]. Am. 7, 16. Comp. Sº, Nº.
Deriv. nie"º, pr n, nºt, and the
two ſollowing.
nº m. 1. a drop, Job 36, 27.
2. An aromatic gum or resin, used for
incense, so called from its flowing out in
drops, distilling, Ex. 30, 34. Sept. oto-
xtii (from attºo), i. e. either myrrh flow.
ing spontaneously, Dioscor. 1. 74; or
the resin of styraa (H3+) used for in
cense, Salmas. Exerc. 1. 540. The lat
ter is here to be understood. Eng
Vers. stacte.
Eº:
Tºrº,
tj69
Tºtº (distillation, r. ºº) Netophah,
Sr. n of a place not far from Bethlehem
Jn Judea, Ezra 2, 22. Neh. 7, 26.—Hence
the gentile n. *nºia; Netophathite 2
Sam. 23, 28. 29. 2 K. 25, 23. al.
*"tº, fut.-iº, -itº, and niº Jer,3,5,
to guard, to keep, i. q, ns; and also houj,
but usually poetic. Syr. Chald, and
Arab. 3 id.—E. g. to keep a vine-
yard, Cant. 1, 6, 8, 11. 12.
2. Spec, to keep anger, to continue
one's anger, the acc. being implied. Ps.
103, 9 hitº Bhish Nº he will not keep his
anger forever, Jer. 3, 5, 12; with h of
pers. Nah. 1, 2; ns Lev. 19, 18. Comp.
ºu; Jeſ. 3, 5, Job 10, 14.
3. i. Q. Arab. ,-lº, to keep watch,
drawn from the" notion of guarding ;
whence riºtº no. 2.
Tº Chald. to keep, to preserve, sº
in one’s mind Dan. 7, 28; comp. Luke
2, 19.
>k tºp: fut. uitº, ujitº. 1. Pr. to
pownd, to beat, to smite ; espec. to beat
small, to break in pieces ; whence also
to thrust out, to cast off to reject. This
primary force of the syllable too is
found in the monosyllable the to pound,
comp. Engl. to dash; and in the dissyl-
lables U“le, to break, to break in pie-
ces, with to hammer, Chald. to scatter,
U-la) to pound to break in pieces, U“le)
to smite, Ujºn Heb. and Chald. to break
in pieces, in Chald. also to thrust out, to
leave, to abandon, and Heb. Üte;. Sept.
6&ogo, &rotutºroo, &#yvvut, etc. Most
lexicographers take the sense to leave
as primitive ; but against the analogy.
Hence
a) to smile, in battle, comp. nº. 1
Sam. 4, 2 Tºrºn ujørn) and the battle
smote, i. e. the warriors on each side
smote or thrust each other. Chald.
well sºp ºujis hujºnrºs ‘the men of
war smote each other; Vulg. more
freely, but rightly as to the sense, inito
Certamine.
b) to cast out, and then to disperse, to
Rcatter. Part. pass. 1 Sam. 30, 16 nºr:
y:sn-bº ºn-bs tºº lo, they were scat-
tered upon the ground. Sept. Juxxezvuč.
wo., Theodot. Šaxogtuous vot.
See Niph.
c) to cast or thrust down, to let fail.
Num. 11, 31 a wind from the Lord
brought quails from the sea and let them
fall (cast them down) by the camp; Sept.
étéfloºkev. Ez. 31, 12 of a tree : stran
gers.... have cut it off and cast it down
Sept. xotéffolov. Ez. 29, 5. 32, 4, Hos.
12, 14 wit,” Tº Yº God will cast his
(Ephraim's) blood upon him.
d) to thrust out, to cast off, to reject.
0.) As God his people, Judg. 6, 13 but
now Jehovah hath rejected us (ºujº)
and delivered us into the hands of the
Midianites; Sept. §§égéupsy, Theod, &lro-
ooto. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 1 K. 8, 57. 2 K.
21, 14. Ps. 27, 9.94, 14. Is. 2, 6. Jer. 7,
29, 12, 7. 23, 33. Once a sanctuary Ps.
78, 60; Sept. &ndigoto. 6) Man is said
to reject God; Deut. 32, 15 he rejected
God his Creator. Jer. 15, 6. Also to re-
ject the precepts of a parent ; Prov. 1,
8 reject not the law of thy mother ; Sept.
ań &ndſon. 6, 20, y) to cast off care,
business; 1 Sam. 10, 2 thy father hath
cast off the matter of the asses, etc. Sept
well, 6 totăg gov &noretivºxtai to giuo
tújv čvov.–In former editions I have
given in the examples here cited in lett.
d, the sense to forsake, to abandon ;
which is adopted by most modern inter-
preters, and is indeed in itself appropri-
ate, and is sometimes admitted by the
Vulg. Syr. and more rarely the Sept.
But the stronger sense to cast off, to re-
ject, is here admitted if not demanded,
not only by the primary force of the
root, and by the authority of the ancient
versions; but also by passages like Jer.
7,29, where tº corresponds to Tºbuir, ;
and Jer. 23, 39, where the words tº
"º by? do not admit the sense to for-
sake.
e) to thrust out, to draw out a sword ;
part pass. Hujºto: ; Is. 21, 15 from the
drawn sword and from the bent bow. So
Targ, sº sºn.
f) With by, to cast upon any one, i.e.
to commit to any one ; 1 Sam. 17, 20 and
committed (ujº) the flock to a keeper,
Sept. &qixe to 1963&ro, qºlozi. 1 Sam.
17, 22. 28.
2. to let, to leave, from the sense of
casting off; e. g. a) to leave, to let lie
as a field untilled Ex. 23, 11. Neh. 10
32 [31]; strife Prov. 17, 14. So of ded
º 670
bº
to remit, Neh. l. c. b) With acc. of
pers, and inf c. 8, to leave to do any
thing, i. e. to permit, to suffer; Gen. 31,
28 and hast not suffered me to kiss (Nº.
pºh "rujº) my sons and my daughters.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be
broken in pieces; Is. 33, 22 thy tack-
lings are broken in pieces (º), they
strengthen not the mast; Sept. §§§ºyn-
wov, Symm. §§eggiqn.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 1, b, to be dis-
persed, scattered; hence of a multitude,
to spread themselves ; so the branches
ºf a vine Is. 16, 8; an army Judg. 15,
9 where Sept. §§sgéiq moov. 2 Sam. 5,
18. 22. -
3. Pass. of Kal no. 1. c, to be cast down
to be prostrated; Am. 5, 2 the virgin of
Israel... is cast down prostrate upon her
land; Vulg. projecta est in terram suam.
PUAL pass, of Kal no. 1. c, to be cast
down, destroyed, Is. 32, 14.—Others, to
be forsaken ; see in Kal 1. d.
Deriv, nºntº.
": a word of doubtful authority, which
the Heb. intpp. regard as for "nº (r.
Firº), Ez. 27, 32 prº in their wailing,
according to the Masora. But 11 Mss.
and several printed editions, Sept. (and
Arab.) Theodot. and Syr. exhibit the
reading Ery": their sons, which is bet-
ter; comp. Ez. 32, 16. 2 Sam. 1, 18.
*S*; obsol. root, Arab. als mid. Ye,
to be raw, uncooked, as flesh; II, IV, to
%
be not well cooked; sº raw, half-cook-
ed. Hence sº II.
P". m. (r. 515) produce, fruit, Mal. 1,
2. Metaph. Bºne", =4; the fruit of the
laps Is. 57, 19 Keri, i.e. offerings pre-
sented to God with the lips, thanksgiv-
ings; comp. Hos. 14, 3, and xxg7tós Yst-
isov Heb. 13, 15. Chethibh in Is. l.c.
has nil, comp. Chald. His fruit.
"3". (perh. fruit-bearer, r. sº) Nebai,
pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 20.
T. m. (r. Th2) consolation, comfort ;
ice Job 16, 5 pºu, Tº my lip-condo-
lence, i. e. empty, insincere; see Tºº.
TT. f. (r. Tº , for Hº, see Lehrg.
- 145) a homination, uncleanness, Lam.
, 8, i. q n : v. 17.—Others a wander-
ng, from the ‘oot Thº.
m", also Cheth, niº (haolations
Naioth, pr. n. of a place near Ramaf.
1 Sam. 19, 18. 19, 22. 23. 20, 1. R. Hyº
rin". m. (r. riº) pr. rest, acquiescence
$3 – * * A * º: 2 o Aº
as Arab. #3, #6 from r. eſs, &:
from r. ejº, De Sacy Gram. Arabe, I,
p. 561. Then, sweetness, pleasantness,
delight, like the Lat. acquiescere in ali,
qua re for delectari, Syr. -- -j42.
delectatus est aliquare, Barhebr. p. 221,
i...º deliciae, ibid. p. 38, Talmud. Nn".
Tº placetne tibi 3—Found only in the
phrase rinº rººm an odour of delight,
i. e. pleasant odour, sweet savour; Gen.
8, 21 rinºn nºn-rs Hin, nº and God
smelled the pleasant odour. Lev. 2, 12.
26, 31. Ez. 6, 13, 20, 41. To the Mo-
saic precepts concerning sacrifices is
very often added the phrase rinº-r]".
ninth a sweet odour to Jehovah Lev. 1,9.
13.17. 2, 2.9. 3, 5, 6, 14. Num. 15, 7 sq.
28, 8; also Hinº nºs rinº nº Num,
28, 6. 13. 29, 6. al. Plur. Ez. 20, 28.—
Hence
7"T". Chald. m. plur. from the Heb,
usage in the preceding article, omitting
rºl, sweet odours, incense, Dan. 2, 46.
Ezra 6, 10. -
7"? m. (r. 5) progeny, offspring, al
ways coupled with 7:3, Gen. 21, 23.
Job 18, 19. Is. 14, 22.
Tº pr. n. Nineveh, the ancient capi
tal of Assyria, situated on the eastern
bank of the Tigris opposite to where
Mosul now stands upon the western
bank, Gen. 10, 11. 12. Is. 37, 37. Nah. 2,
9. Jon. 1, 2, 3, 3. al. By the Greeks
and Romans it was usually called Nivos,
Ninus, after the name of its founder,
Holot. 1, 193. ib. 2. 101. Diod. Sic. 2. 3.
In Ammianus however, Nineve, 23. 6.
In respect to its site, see the discussion
of Bochart, Phaleg lib. 4. cap. 20; also
Niebuhr Reisebeschr. II. p. 353, 368
and Tab. 46. C. J. Rich Residence ir
Koordistan, and on the site of ancien
Nineveh, II. p. 29 sq.
oº: Jer. 48, 44 Cheth. i. q. by in Keri
fleeing, i. e. pass. made to flee, fugitive
Tº m. Nisan, the first month of the
Hebrews, Neh. 2, 1. Jºsth. 3, 7; called
**)
nº
671
in the Pentateuch anasri ºn q. v. Syr.
Chald. and Arab. id.—The name Tºº,
if Semitic, would seem to be for Tºº,
lº, i. e. month of flowers, from Y, a
flower. But Benfey with probability
refers it to a Persian origin, from Zend.
navagan new day; made up of nav new,
and agan i. q. Sanscr. ahan day; die
Monathsnamen p. 131 sq.
Yix"; m, a spark, once Is. 1, 31.
Talmud, id. R. Ys;, after the form
nia"p.
"", see n.
* "", to break up with the plough, to
till, Hos. 10, 12. Jer. 4, 3. This root has
prob. sprung from Hiph. of the verb nºb,
comp. Ewald's Gramm. § 235; and sig-
rifies pr. to make glisten.
Deriv. -- II, nº?.
I. T. m. once "2 Prov. 21, 4 (r. **)
i. q. ", , a light, lamp, only metaph.
e.g. of offspring; 1 K. 11, 36 Tººh
Eºn-by ºx-º-º-º-riºr that there
'may be a light to David my servant for-
ever, i.e. that his posterity may conti-
nue forever. 1 K. 15, 4. 2 K. 8, 19.
2 Chr. 21, 7. Once the light of the
wicked, that in which they glory, Prov.
21, 4 ; comp. in n; no. 1. b.
II. T. m. (r. hº) fallow ground, a
field recently broken up, Prov. 13, 23.
Ier. 4, 3. Hos. 10, 12.
* Nº. to beat, to smite, i. q. Tº .
Arab. aš-š id.
Nipfil to be beaten; Job 30, 8 ſº is:
Yºšr they are beaten from the land,
driven out with blows.
Deriv. the three following.
SP. m. plur. E"sº smitten, trop, af.
flicted, Is. 16, 7.
& adj. (r. 8:3) afflicted; ſem. nºn
"Sº a smitten spirit, afflicted mind.
"rov. 15, 13. 17, 22. 18, 14. Comp. Hz;
rS5, ſ (for rst, r. ss.) Gen. 37,25.
11, strictly infin, after the form rsºn,
rººp, nNot; ; pr. contusion, a breaking
in pieces. Hence aromatic powder, and
then this general name seems to have
been transferred to some certain kind
of spice or aromatic substance. Sept.
ºvulous, Aqu, atügaš, Vulg, styraw.
35 2. 9-2-
Arab. §UK is i, q & gum, gum
tragacanth.-Here seems also to belong
the phrase rins; nº. 2 K. 20, 13. Is.
39,2, which literally perhaps may be ren-
dered his spicery-house, as Aqu. Symm.
Vulg. but more correctly as to the sense,
treasury, store-house, as Chald. Syr.
Saad. and Arabs Polygl. (also Is...l. c. for
Gr. vsza 36.) In this house there seems
to have been laid up, as is said imme-
diately aſter, “silver, and gold, and spices,
and precious ointments;” so that it took
its name from the latter rather than
from the former. Less probable is the
suggestion of Lorsbach, that nº is a
Persian word from Jºaºlº deponere,
803 custodia ; Jenaische Lit. Zeit.
1815, no. 59. -
>k Te; obsol. root, whence
Tº m. progenies, as the Vulg. cor-
rectly renders it, i. e. progeny, always
coupled with the synon. Tº q. v. Simi-
lar is Ethiop. 31% genus, cognatio, tri-
bus, 5 and 3 being interchanged; comp.
Tº for 755 Gen. 21, 23 Cod. Sam.—In
Job 31, 3 in some Mss. and editions 723
is read for the common n=3, and might
9 @
then be i. q. Arab. & calamity ; but
the common reading is preferable.
>k Tº: in Kal not used, to strike, to
smite. Arab. and Ethiop. sº &.
Ž'ſ] P, id. but rarely used and chiefly
with the idea of harm. Syr. tau Pe.
and Aph. to harm. Kindred are verbs
beginning with 25, as rº, 73}, F2: ;
comp. Lat, nec-o, noc-eo, Engl. to
knock. -
NIPH. pass. of Hiph. to be smitten,
slain, once 2 Sam. 11, 15.
PIEL does not occur, since what some
have regarded as the infin. of Piel, viz.
the form n+2 Num. 22, 6, is there as
elsewhere (Josh. 10, 4) 1 plur. ſut. Hiph.
thus: Aºsº in-nzº bººs ºs perhaps
I may be able that we smite him (Israel) ,
and I drive him out ; see Hiph. no. 3
The verb bº is here construed with a
finite verb, &o vyösrog, comp. in Esth. 8, 6.
PUAL pass. to be smitten, e. g. grain
Ex. 9, 31. 32. But Hoph. is far more
usual, q.v.
rº
Hº:
672
Hiph. Fºrt, 2 pers, riºr, but 1 pers.
nºr and with suff, Hºnºr. 1 Sam. 17,
46, Triºr Is. 60, 10; infin, niºn, ab-
sol. Fºr Deut. 13, 16; imp. Hzr. Ez. 6,
11, apoc. Tºl; ſut. conv, nº, oftener Tºl.
1. to strike, to smite, Gr. Tºgoo, e.g.
a) With blows, as with a rod, with acc.
of pers. and 3 of instrum. Num. 22, 23.
27 ; with the fist or a stone in the hand
Ex. 21, 18; instrum. impl. Ex. 2, 11. 13.
1 K. 20, 35.3". Deut. 25, 3 forty times he
'may strike him, i. e. give him forty
blows or stri pes; hence to chastise Jer.
2, 30. Neh. 13, 25. Also to smite the
cheek, to buffet, Job 16, 10, comp. Mic.
4, 14. 1 K. 22, 24; a rock, acc. Ps. 78,
20; with a to smite upon the rock Ex.
17, 6; to smile the water with a cloak
2 K. 2, 8. With 72, 1872, to smite out
of one’s hand Ez. 39, 3; c. acc. to smite
out an eye Ex. 21, 26.
b) With any thing sharp or pointed,
to smite, to thrust, e.g. with the horn
Dan. 8, 7; a flesh-hook 1 Sam. 2, 14; a
spear 2 Sam. 2, 23. 4, 6, 20, 10, c. acc.
2 Sam. 3, 27. In a weaker sense, to
smite as a worm a plant, to puncture Jon.
4, 7; the rays of the sun, comp. Engl.
stroke of the sun, with acc. of pers. Is.
49, 10; also of the moon Ps. 121, 6, i. e.
to the moon is ascribed the effect of the
nocturnal cold, comp. Gen. 31, 40. Hos.
9, 16. So Arab. -)-3 to smite, to sting
as a scorpion; also mid. Kesri to be cold,
chilled.
c) With any thing thrown, to smite,
to hit j as with a stone from a sling 1
Sam. 17, 49.50, comp. 2 K. 3, 25; or an
turrow 1 K. 22, 34. 2 K. 9, 24.
The following phrases are to be noted:
aa) tº Fºr to strike the hand 2 K.
11, 12. Ez. 22, 13, and F2: Fºr to strike
with the hand Ez. 6, 11, fully -ºs F.2 Fºr
nz to smile hand upon hand Ez. 21, 19.
22, i. e. to smite the hands together, e. g.
either in exultation, to clap the hands,
2 K. l. c. or in indignation Ez. 22, 13, or
in lamentation Ez. 6, 11. 21, 19.
bb) 1 Sam. 24, 6 irs Tºrah nº and
David's heart smote him, i.e. as in com-
mon Engl. ‘beat against his ribs.’ 2 Sam.
24, 10. Comp. AEsch. Prom. 887 ×gwóio.
yó30 pgévo, Moztlást.
cc.) Often of Jehovah or his messen-
gers, who are said to smile a person or
people or land with disease or plagues
i. e. to inflict a plague upon them, comp
sº, nº. E. g. Bºº Hºri to smite
with blindness Gen. 19, 11. 2 K. 6, 18
pestilence Num. 14, 12; haemorrhoids
1 Sam. 5, 6 ; comp. Zech. 12, 4. Am. 4,
9. Hagg. 2, 17. Also to smite a land
with destruction, with two acc. Mal. 3,
24; and impl. Is, 5, 25. Ex. 7, 25 after
Jehovah had smitten the river, i.e. had
turned it into blood, comp. v. 20. So
Ex. 8, 13. Zech. 10, 11. Is. 11, 15.
dd) tº niºr to strike roots into
the ground, to shoot forth roots, Hos.
14, 6, Comp. 'wº new Jer. 17, 8.
2. In a stronger sense : a) to smite
in pieces, to destroy. Ex. 9, 25 and the
hail smote all that was in the field. Ps.
3, 8 thou hast smitten all my enemies as
to the jaw-bone, a figure drawn from wild
beasts. So houses, Am. 3, 15; two acc.
Am. 6, 11.
b) to smite or thrust through, comp.
no. 1. b ; e. g. with a spear 1 Sam. 19,
10. 18, 11. 26, 8.
c) to smile down, to overturn, to over.
throw, as a tent Judg. 7, 13. 1 Chr. 4,
41. 2 Chr. 14, 14. Praegn. Zech. 9, 4
fºr tº Hºr; he doth overturn her ram-
part into the sea.
d) to smite fatally, to kill, to slay, c.
acc. Gen. 4, 15. Ex. 2, 12. Josh. 20, 5.
1 Sam. 17, 36. al. saep. With ºria
Josh. 11, 10. Jer. 26, 23; oftener anr, "Eh
Josh. 8, 24. 10, 39. Judg. 1, 25. 2 K. 10
25. al. Coupled with nºon, and then
rºr refers to the deadly blow, and the
former to the actual death, 1 K. 16, 10
2 Sam. 18, 15. 2 K. 15, 10. 30. Josh. 10,
26; also 2 K. 25, 25. With UE; added,
UE: ‘p Fºr to smite one as to his life,
i.e. so as to touch his life, fatally, Gen
37, 21. Deut. 19, 6.11. 27, 25. Jer, 40
14. 15; comp. Lev. 24, 18. So of God
as smiting men, 2 Sam. 6, 7. Ps. 78, 51.
105, 36; of the angel of God 2 K. 19,
35.--Where only a part of a whole num,
ber are slain, this is marked by 12, Judg.
14, 19. 20, 45. Josh. 7, 5; or by a parti-
tive, 1 Sam. 18, 27. 6, 19. 2 Sam. 8, 5.
Judg. 15, 15. So without an acc. of
number, tººs: Fºr to smile of the ene
mies 2 Sam. 23, 10. 24, 17. 2 Chr. 28, :
17. Num. 22,6; and so 1 Sam. 18, 7 nºr
Fº
#5.
673
rº bºsuj. 21, 12. 29, 5.--Spoken also
Dfwild beasts, to slay, by tearing in pieces,
1 K. 20, 36. Jer. 5, 6–Trop. to smite
with the tongue, to bring into reproach
and punishment by slanders, Jer. 18, 18.
3. In a weaker sense, to Smite enemies
is often simply to overcome them in bat-
tle, to vanquish, to put to flight, fully
nins nºr Ps. 78, 66. So Gen. 14, 15
he smote them and pursued them unto
Hobah. v. 5. 7. Num. 22, 6, see in Piel,
Josh. 13, 12. Judg. 1, 5. 1 Sam. 13, 4, 2
Saun. 8, 1. 2. 3. 10. al. With an adjunct
of distance, Gen. 14, 15. 2 Sam. 5, 25.
Josh. 10, 10. 41; of time how long 1
Sam. 30, 17. 2 Sam. 23, 10; of numbers
Judg. 1, 4, 3, 31. 1 Sam. 4, 2. Ps. 60, 2.
Also to smite a city, to take it by storm,
Josh. 7, 3. 10, 4, 1 Sam. 30, 1. 1 K. 15,
20. 2 K. 3, 19. al. But ºr "Eh nº Hän
is to slay the inhabitants of a city Judg.
20, 37; comp. no. 2. d.
Hoph. Fºr and nzºn Ps. 102, 5.
1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be smitten,
i. e. a) to be beaten Ex. 5, 14, 16. Num.
25, 14. b) to be smitten of God, with a
plague, etc. 1 Sam. 5, 12. Is. 1, 5. 53, 4.
Hos. 9, 16.—Ps. 102, 5 ºn nigy; nºn
*2% my heart (vital strength) is smitten
and drieth up like the herbage.
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2. a) to be smit-
ten, slain, Num. 25, 14. 15. 18. Jer. 18,
21. b) Of a city, to be smitten, to be
taken by storm, Ez. 33, 21. 40, 1.
Deriv. Tºº, and the two following.
† = }
Tº adj. smitten, only in constr. Fº:
tº smitten in the feet, lame, 2 Sam.
4, 4.9, 3; r." Hz; smitten in spirit, af.
flicted, contrile, Is. 66, 2.
Tº m. (r. Hº) only plur. E">; Ps, 35,
15, smiling sc. with the tongue, i.e. rail-
ers, slanderers; comp. Jer. 18, 18.
Tº and 5; pr. n. Necho, king of
Egypt, son of Psammetichus, 2 K. 23,
29. 33. 2 Chr. 35, 20. 36, 4. Jer. 46, 2.
According to Manetho in his book of
dynasties, he was the sixth of the sec-
ond Saitic dynasty, and was called Ne-
cho II, to distinguish him from his
grandfather of the like name; see Jul.
Afric. in Routh's Reliq. Sacr. II. p. 147.
Herodotus calls him Nexøs, 2. 158, 159.
ib. 4.42. Sept. Nºzooi. The etymology
's unknown, but is doubtless to be sought
in the ancient Egyptian , see Thesaul
p. 885.
Tiº (prepared, r. 2) Nachon, pr. 1,
of a threshing-floor 2 Sam. 6, 6. In the
parall. passage 1 Chr. 13, 9 it is Titº.
× ne; obsol. root, pr. i q. nº to be in
jront, before the eyes, over against, (see
rº,) to go straight forward.-Hence
r;53, reș, re.
Tº m. adj. in front, straight, right pr.
of one who goes straight ahead. Is, 57.
2 ins; ºn who walketh straight before
him, goes straight ahead, i.e. an upright
man. With 3, right, just to any one,
Prov. 8, 9–Fem. Firs; as subst. right,
justice, Am. 3, 10. Is. 59, 14; plur, nine;
id. Is. 26, 10. 30, 10.
Tº pr. subst. (r. re?) ‘the front, what
is before the eyes;' but used only as a
Preposition. -
1. opposite to, over against, Ex. 26.
35. 40, 24. Josh. 18, 17. 1 K. 20, 29. al.
* re; id. Josh. 15, 7.
2. before, in presence of; Hin, re;
i. q. Hin' ºº, before Jehovah, i. e. ac-
ceptable to him Judg. 18, 6. * re;
Fijn', before Jehovah Lam. 2, 19; me-
taph. known to him Jer. 17, 16, and so
Prov. 5, 21. Tº re; Bºb to set before
one's own face, i. e. to regard with fa-
vour, to delight in, Ez. 14, 7; comp. v.
3 where for Bºb is Try.
3. With Prefixes: a) nº-bs pr.
towards the front” of any thing, i.e.
towards Num. 19, 4.
b) n=5% oy Adv. ‘to the front, i. e.
straight forwards, Prov. 4, 25. 3) in
front of, before Gen. 30, 38; whence
y) on account of, for, after a verb of
interceding, Gen. 25, 21; Sept. 7tegi.
Comp. Germ. vor and für, the last of
which has also a local sense.
c) n=5 is unto the front of i. e. to
the place over against, Judg. 19, 10. 20
43. Ez. 47, 20.
Tº c. suff, in: the front; adv. in
front of over against, Ex. 14, 2. Ez
46, 9. R. He;.
Sk Se; to deceive, to deal fraudulently.
part, bai, Mal. 1, 14. Syr. Chald. Sam, id.
FIEL id, with h of pers. Num. 25, 18.
Hithe, id. c. : Ps. 105, 25; and so
57
55:
-->
674,
with acc. to act deceitfully with any one
Gen. 37, 18.
Deriv. ***, *z, also
Sº m. plur. c. suff prº-3, deceit,
wiles, Num. 25, 18.
Sk be: obsol. root, i. q. b3?, 73}, q.v.
to collect, to accumulate. Hence
tº m, plur. Bºº goods, riches,
wealth, a word of the later Hebrew,
2 Chr. 1, 11. 12. Ecc. 5, 18. 6, 2. Josh.
22 8. Syr, sº mai id.
tº Chald. m. plur. "tº id. goods,
wealth; Ezra 6,8. 7, 26 intº tºº mulct
of goods.
*-2; in Kal not used. Arab. 23
a) to be of acute intellect; contra b).
not to know, not to understand, and
hence to disallow, to reprobate; Conj.
IV, not to know, to deny, to reject. See
Thesaur. p. 886.
HipH. nºn is most in use, and is of
like signif, with 97.
1. Pr. to look upon, to behold; Gen.
31, 32 "Tº Hz. Th"-ºrſ behold for thy-
self what is with me. 37, 32. 38, 25. 26.
Nell. 6, 12. Jer. 24, 5-Spec. a) nºr.
bºº to look upon the person of any one,
to have respect of persons, to show par-
tiality, i. q. Dº Nº in Niº, no. 3. b. 6;
spoken of a judge, Deut. 1, 17. 16, 19.
Prov. 24, 23. 28, 21; comp. Is. 3,9. b)
to look upon with kindness and favour,
... e. to care for, Ruth. 2, 10. 19. Ps. 142,
5; also to reverence as a god, to worship,
Da.m. 11, 39.
2. to know by sight, to recognise a
person or thing, Gen. 27, 23. 37, 33. 42,
7. 8. Ruth 3, 14. Judg. 18, 3. 1 Sam. 26,
17. Job. 2, 12. al. Also to acknowledge;
Deut. 21, 17 he shall acknowledge the
son of the huled as the first-born. 33, 19;
with "2 Is. 61, 9; absol. 2 Sam. 3, 36.
3. to know, i. e. to be acquainted with,
1. q. Sº, no. 4. Job 4, 16 but I knew not
its form, i. e. was unacquainted with it.
7, 10. 24, 13. 17. 34, 25. Ps. 103, 16. Is.
63, 16.
4. to know, i. e. to have a knowledge of
i. q. Sº, no. 5, but rare and enly in the
ater books; itſ c. *, Neh. 13, 24 they
knew not how to speak the Jews’ lan-
guage Ezra 3, 13. Yº
PIEL 1. i. q. Hiph. no. 1. a, to look
wpon, to regard with partiality; Job 34
19 nor regardeth the rich more than the
poor.—But contra
2. not to know, to be ignorant of Arab
3 Conj. I, comp. above in Kal, and
see note below. Job 21, 29 ask them that
pass by the way, ºr Nº prºhs' and
their signs thou shalt not fail to knote,
i. e. the signs, tokens, which they give,
—Hence
3. to feign not to know, to deny; Arab.
Conj. IV, see above in Kal. Deut. 32,
27 ºx" ionºs Anzº-ſº lest their enemies
should deny, and say, etc.
4. not to know, i. e. to reject ; Arab.
Conj. IV. Jer. 19, 4 they have forsaken
me ("????) and have rejected (hº)
this place. Praegn. 1 Sam. 23, 7 God
hath rejected (and delivered) him unto
my hand.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Hiph, no. 2, to be
known, recognised, Lam. 4, 8.
2. i. q. Hithp. no. 2, to feign, to dis-
semble, Prov. 26, 24. -
HITHP. 1. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be
known, recognised, Prov. 20, 11.
2. not to let oneself be known, to feign,
to dissemble, Gen. 42, 7. 1 K. 14, 5, 6.
NotE. Many attempts have been
made to find some point or idea common
to the two significations apparently so
contrary as to know and not to know.
Perh, the following order may afford
light, viz. "P: a) to look upon intently
Hiph. no. 1, whence to recognise, to know,
Hiph. no. 2–4. But as things unknown,
new, unheard of, cause us to look intent-
ly upon them, to wonder, and admire,
hence b) not to know, to be ignorant,
Pi. no. 2, Arab. I, IV. Eth. Až'ſlz, to
admire, to wonder. Hence nº strange-
mess, "Tº strange.—Again, as things
known and familiar are pleasing, while
those unknown and strange are dis-
pleasing and irksome, hence c) to
be disagreeable, irksome ; whence h;3,
3_ sº
*::, calamity, Arab. §§ id.
Deriv. riºr, "22, and the three here
following.
Tº m constr. he: Deut. 31, 16
strangeness, foreignness, e. g. strange
worship Neh. 13,30. hE: nºis a strange
º
º
675
land foreign country, Ps. 137, 4. bs
h; a strange god, foreign, Deut. 32,
12. Ps. 81, 10 plur. *:: *rībs id. Gen.
35, 2 Josh. 24, 20. 23; strange allars,
dedicated to foreign gods, 2 Chr. 14, 2.-
Also tº a stranger, foreigner, Gen.
17, 12. 27. Ex. 12, 43. Lev. 22, 25;
plur. *** *** Ps. 18, 45.46. Is. 60, 10.
Neh. 9, 2.
Tº Job S1, 3, also "25 Ob. 12, a
strange fale, calamily, see in r. ne:
G 9-5 §- * g
note left. c. Arab. X3, §3. id.
*Tº adj. (from h; with the ending
*—) f. riº, plur. Bºn: ; unknown,
strange, foreign : Chald. Thº, "ºº"),
Syr. &reas . Spoken: a) Of one from
another land and people, "El Ú"N a
stranger, foreigner, Deut. 17, 15. Ezra
10, 2 sq. Deut. 14, 21. 1 K. 8, 41,43; of
a people Ex. 21, 8; a land Ex. 2, 22; a
city Judg. 19, 12; a vine Jer. 2, 21; a
garment Zeph. 1, 8, b) Of one from
another family, a stranger, not of one's
own household, Gen. 31, 15. Prov. 20, 16;
**3, wins opp. to a son and legal heir
Ecc. 6, 2. Fem. Fºn: a strange wo-
man, opp. to a wife, spoken usually in
respect to illicit intercourse, and hence
1. q. an adulteress, harlot, comp. Tº
Prov. 5, 20. 7, 5. 23, 27; hence Titº
Tº a strange tongue, i. e. the tongue
ºf a strange woman, Prov. 6, 24. Of
another's house Prov. 5, 10. With dat.
Ps, 69, 9, comp. Job 19, 15, c) another,
not oneself, Prov. 27, 2. d) strange, un-
heard of, exciting wonder, Is. 28, 21.
nº, see rS-3.
Sk Hä, a root found once in the Ma-
soretic text, but doubtful, viz.
HipH. Is. 33. 1 ºn Titº Tºrra
Th Tºº ºn; irºz in thy ceasing to
spoil, thou shall be spoiled ; in thy per-
fecting (finishing) to plunder, thoushalt
Şe plundered ; so the Heb. intpp. by
conjecture from the parallelism; taking
rºz as inf. Hiph, for rºbinz, Dag. eu-
phon, comp. Lehrg. p. 87–A. Schultens
compares Arab. Jus mid. Ye, to get, to
acquire, Opp. min. p. 276. Comm. ad
Job 15, 29; see examples in Thesaur.
p. 888. But this idea does not suit the
parallelism, which obviously demands
the sense of perfecting, finishing. It a
better, therefore, with L. Cappell, Lc wi.h.
Doederlein, and others, to read Hrºzº
from r. nº ; which verb elsewhere also
corresponds o prºl, Dan. 9, 24. Is. 16,4,
—Another trace of this root is supposed
to exist in the noun Hºº q. v. Job 15,
29; but the reading is there equally
doubtful.
"Tºº 1 Sam. 15, 9, the vile, the bad
spoken of flocks, i. q. Hyn. Sept. httpuo-
Auévov, Vulg. vile. The form is wholly
anomalous; and arose perhaps out of
the two readings nº abstr. for concr.
and TH2 which savours of a gloss; see
Lehrg. p. 462, 463.
9sº (perh, for bºo, day of God)
Nemuel, pr. n. m. Num. 26,9. Patronym.
in "+ ib. v. 12. See also bs 2.
#2; a spurious root, whence some
derive the forms Tº", *-āri, which be-,
long to the root 72%.
Sk 52; a root doubtful in the verb it-
self, since all the forms assigned to it
may be, not to say ought to be, referred
to bºx, and bºo. From r. bºx, II, to cut
off, to be cut off, comes the fut. 52', abº,
see this root; and to Niph. of the same
may be referred prºº (for Brºº) ye
shall be cut off i. e. circumcised Gen. 17,
11, which is commonly taken as praet.
Kal of this root 523 to be circumcised.—
To the root ºn undoubtedly lelong
praet. Niph. Bia; i. q. Bio; to be circum.
cised Gen. 17, 26. 27, part. Dº?: 34, 22.
Comp. piºn and piº, risºn for risºn
and see the remarks under nisºvº.—
Still from a root of this form comes the
In OU In
nº f an ant, Prov. 6, 6, plur. Rºbº:
ants Prov. 30, 25. Arab. 3.03. Per-
haps so called from its cropping off 1. e.
consuming ; or also from creeping, since
Arab. J-3 seems to have had this sense.
>k *::: obsol. root. I. i. q. Arab. 2.
to be spotted, speckled ; Syr. Kai to va-
riegate. Hence nº leopard.
II. i. Q. Arab. 243 to be limpid, pure,
as water; IV to find limpid and swee:
water see Hyº.
-2)
Te:
676
Tº m. (r. 723) a panther, leopard,
so called from his spots, Is. 11, 6. Jer. 5,
6. 13, 23. Hos. 13, 7; plur. Bºnº Hab.
1, 8. Cant. 4, 8. Not improbably the
tiger was also comprised under this
name ; as the Hebrews had no specific
name for that animal. Syr. fºe; , Arab.
2. 23, Eth. 34°C, Amhar. 3'ſ) C,
id.
Tº Chald, id. Dan. 7, 6.
Tº pr. n. Nimrod, son of Cush,
founder of the kingdom of Babylon and
of the city Nineveh, Gen. 10, 8–12. Perh.
identical with that ancient king whom
the Greeks call Ninus, and make the
founder of Nineveh. Thº yºs i. e.
Babylonia, Mic. 5, 5.—If the etymology
be Semitic, this name may come from
Th? to rebel, pr. ‘a rebel.”
nº and Bºnº (r. 12; II) Nimrah,
Nimrim, pr. n. see Hyº nº in art. nº
no. 12. cc.
"tº (drawn out, saved, i. q. Hºº)
Nimshi, pr. m. of the grandfather of Jehu
2 K. 9, 2; comp. 1 K. 19, 16.
tº m. (r. bo: II) c. suff, *e, pr. some-
thing lifted up, a lofty signal. Syr.
tº a sign, standard. Spec.
1. a column or high pole, Num. 21,
8. 9.
2. standard or flag of a ship, Ez. 27,
7. Is. 33, 23.
3. a standard, signal, planted on a
high mountain, chiefly on the irruption
of an enemy, in order to point out to the
people a place of rendezvous, Is, 5, 26.
11, 12. 18, 3. 62, 10. Jer. 4, 6. 21. Ps.
60, 6. Comp, rstºº no. 1, c. Curt. W.2.
4. Metaph. a sign, token, sc. of admo-
nition, Num. 26, 10.
Tºº; f (r. 5-8) pr. part. Niph. a turn,
course of things, ſrom GCil, 2 Chr. 10, 15.
2k 3e: see alb, note.
Sk Tº: in Kal not used, pr. i.g. Arab.
U3.3 to smell, then to try by the smell, to
try. It differs therefore in its primary
idea from Trž to examine by the touch,
to try by the touch-stone.
Piel, nº, ſut nº?", imp. of Dan. 1,
12, -
1. to try, to prove any one, t) put him
to the test; 1 K, 10, 1 the queen of She
ba came nºrth irºh to prove him with
hard questions, i. e. to try the wisdom
of Solomon. 2 Chr. 9, 1. Ecc. 2, 1. Dan.
1, 12. 14. Spec. a) God is said to try
or prove men, i. e. their virtue Ps. 26, 2.
piety Deut. 13, 4; their faith and obe-
dience Ex. 15, 25. 20, 17 [20]. 2 Chr.
32, 31. This is done by wonderful worka
Ex. 20, 17; by commands difficult to be
executed Gen. 22, 1, comp. Ex. 16, 4;
and by the infliction of calamities Deut.
8, 2. 16. 33,8. Judg. 2, 22. 3, 1.4. Comp.
Treugºsly in N. T. Vice versa b) Men
are said to prove or tempt God, by doubt-
ing, not confiding in his power and aid,
Ex. 17, 2. Deut. 6, 16. Ps. 78, 18.41. 56,
Is. 7, 12 I will not ask, neither will I
tempt Jehovah. Comp. Acts 5,9. 15, 10.
Chald. Syr. Sam. id.
2. to try, i. e. to make trial, to attempt,
to prove ; with acc. of thing, Job 4, 2
risºn Tºs -57 riºr can one try a word
with thee 2 wilt thou take it ill 2 Ecc. 7,
23. With inf. Deut. 4, 34. 28, 56. Ab-
sol. 1 Sam. 17, 39 ºntº Nº-nz for I have
not yet tried them. Judg. 6, 39.
Deriv.nº.
>k ric; ſut, ne”, to pluck out, to tear
away. Kindr. sp. E. g. a person from
his dwelling Ps. 52, 7; from his country
i. e. to drive into exile Prov. 2, 22. Also
a house, i. e. to destroy Prov. 15, 25.
Like plants, men and houses are said to
be planted and plucked up ; comp.sº
and wºn; .
Niph. to be plucked up, i. e. driven out
from a land, Deut. 28, 63.
Deriv. rigº.
ne, Chald. i. q. Heb. IthpE. to be
plucked out, Ezra 6, 11.
#Tº m. (r. Tº I) 1. a libation, drink.
offering, Deut. 32, 38.
2. a molten image, i, q. Hººd, Dan,
11, 8.
3. one anointed, i. e. a prince conse-
crated by anointing, i. Q. rºu?, but
more usual in poetry, Josh. 13, 21. Ps
83, 12. Ez. 32, 30. Mic. 5, 4.
* I. TE: fut. plur. Pº, HPº, to pour
to pour out, Is. 29, 10. Kindr, is jºb.-,
Spec,
TE:
poi
677
1. In honour on the deity, to make liba-
lion, oritévôsly, Ex. 30,9. Hos.9,4. Hence
Is, 30, 1 Hzºº To, orévôsgºw, grovöffy,
to pour out a libation, i. e. to make a
league, which the ancients accompanied
with libations. Comp. Gr. onovën liba-
tion and league, Lat. spondeo.
2. Of metal, to cast, to found, Is. 40,
19. 44, 10.
3. to anoint a king Ps. 2, 6. Comp.
To; no. 3.
NiPH. pass. of Kal no. 3, to be anointed
Prov. 8, 23.
PIEL i. q. Kal no. 1, to make libation
1 Chr. 11, 18. Syr. Pa. id. In the pa-
rallel passage 2 Sam. 23, 16 is Hiph.
HipH. id. to pour out libations, to make
libation, Gen. 35, 14. Num. 28, 7. Jer. 7,
18. Ps. 16, 4. al.
Hoph. pass. to be poured out ; impers.
libation is made, Ex. 25, 29. 37, 16.
Deriv. rºgº I, Tºby, Tºº.
* II. To: i. q. kindr. Tºº 1. to inter-
twine, to weave, to hedge sc. with woven
work, i. Q. Arab. e”. Hence nº?
the warp. º
2. to cover, to protect, from the idea of
surrounding with a hedge, Is. 25, 7;
comp. Hºº II.
iſe, Chald, to pour out, to make liba-
tion, chiefly in Pa. as Dan. 2, 46, where
by zeugma it refers also to Triº. Comp.
Arab. Xaw3 to sacrifice.
Tº Chald, plur. c. suff. Tinº, liba-
tions, drink-offerings, Ezra 7, 17.
º, and ſº m. (r. Tº I) in pause
Tº , c. suff, “at”; plur. E"atº, constr.
*:b.
1. a libation, drink-offering, Gen. 35,
14. Jer. 7, 18, al. Tº Hirºº the meat-
offering and the drink-offering Joel 1, 9.
13, 2, 14. Num. 15, 24.
2. a molten image, i. q. Tºgº, Is. 41,
29. 48, 5. Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17.
Tºº, see ... Tº Niph.
* I. oc: i. q. boº, to pine away, to
be sick. Syr. -ai Ethpa. id. facial
sick. Comp. Heb. 1515, U.S.—Is. 10, 18
op; borº as the svk man pine” away.
* II. op; in Kal not used, prob. i. Q.
Arab. Jas to lift up on high, so as to
make conspicuous; VIII to be high,
erect; 03: a lofty throne.—Herce b2.
HITHPo. Zech. 9, 16 they shall be as
ingºs-by nibºirº nº ºils the stones
of a diadem lifting themselves up in his
land. [Ps. 60, 6 boilnrº for lifting up, to
be lifted up ; others from r. bhi q.v.—R.
* >e; ſut. Sº, inf so, c. suff, tºº
Gen. 11, 2; imp. plur. Twº.
1. Pr. i. q. Arab. cº-3 to pull up, to
pluck or tear up or out, (kindr. rip,)
e.g. a peg or pin from the wall Judg.
16, 14; the posts of a gate v. 3; oftener
the tent-pins or stakes in order to take
down a tent for moving, Is. 33, 20.
Hence
2. to break up a camp, or as in vulgar
Engl. to pull up stakes, i. e. to remove,
espec. of a nomadic encampment Gen.
33, 12. 35, 21. 46, 1. Often with an ad-
junct of place whence, c. 12 Gen. 20, 1.
35, 16. Ex. 13, 20. Num. 10, 12 ; also of
place whither, acc. and H local, Num. 11,
35. Deut. 2, 1. 10, 7. Said also of an
army Ex. 14, 10. 2 K. 19, 8. 36. Jer. 4,
7; and trop. of the angel of God and
pillar of smoke Ex. 14, 19; the sacred
tabernacle Num. 1, 51. 2, 17; the ark
10, 35; the wind 11, 31.—Hence also
3. Genr. to remove, to journey, to mi-
grate, Gen. 12, 9. Num. 10, 33. With
dat, pleon. 52% so Num. 14, 25. Deut.
1, 7. Of nomadic wanderings Jer. 31,
24. Zech. 10, 2.
4. to bend a bow, Arab. c.33; see stºo
no. 2. 85-
NIPH. to be torn away, e. g. the cords
of a tent Job 4, 21, see under hr. Of
a tent itselſ, Is. 38, 12.
HipH. vºn, ſut. Sºº. 1. Causat.
of Kal no. 2, to cause to break up, to
make remove, Ex. 15, 22.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to de
part, to cause to go forth, to lead out, Ps
78, 52; poet. of a wind v. 26. Also of
things, to put away, to set aside, 2 K. 4,4
3. to pluck up, to tear up, as a tree
Job 19, 10; a vine Ps. 80, 9. So to get
out stones, to quarry, Ecc. 10.9. 1 K. 5
31 [17].
Deriv. sex, sº?.
2k pp. fut. pe" once Ps. 139, 8, to go
up, to ascend. This root, so far as it car
5**
pc:
by:
678
be called one, is very common in Syriac
mnd Chaldee, but only in fut. imp. inf. Kal,
-aai, -a, -akº, and Aph. -asſ;
in the other forms, praet. and part. Pe.
and conj. Ethp, the verb as w is used,
so that in fact the first radical Nun no-
where appears. Indeed such a root ſº
would seem new er to have existed; and
Castell was probably correct in his re-
mark, (though censured for it by J. D.
Michaelis, Lex. Syr. p. 600,) that pe",
-ami, and Pes, awſ, are contracted
from pººl, phºs. See too Roediger
in Zeitschr. für d. Kunde des Morgenl.
II. p. 91. Other examples of words
contracted, so that of two consonants
the first is doubled, are nºnryº, Hrºnº ;
293, vulg. &s, see Caussin de Perc.
Gramm. Arabe vulg. p. 12. al. In strict-
ness, therefore, this root pop should be
banished from the Lexicons.
Pº Chald, id. (see Heb. pp: ,) Aph.
phen, inf. ripºn, to cause to ascend, to
take up out of a place, Dan. 3, 22. 6, 24.
Hoph. after the Heb. form pers, to be
taken up, Dan. 6, 24. --
#"º Nisroch, pr. n. of an idol of th
Ninevites, 2 K. 19, 37. Is. 37,38, perh, pr.
, 8 o .
eagle, from the Semit. "htº: J-2, and
the syllable Och, 4ch, which in Persian is
intensive; whence Nisr-och great eagle.
On the worship of the eagle by the
heathen Arabs, see Jauhari art. ſº.
Jurieu Hist, des Dogmes IV. 4. c. 11.-
Bohlen proposes several derivations
from the Sanscr. and Zend; see The-
saur. p. 892.
“ne; a spurious root ; the forms
nºn, r^e?, which might seem to be-
long here, see under nao.
Tº (motion, perh. earthquake, r.sº)
Neah, pr. m. of a place in Zebulun Josh.
19, 13.
rty; (motion, r. sº) Noah, pr. n. f.
Num. 26, 33.
tºy, m. plur. (denom.fr. xi) child-
hood, youth, spoken of both sexes. a)
Of early childhood Ez. 16, 22. ******
from my childhood 1 Sam. 12, 2. 1 K. 18,
12; ºnly a Gen. 46, 34, inºs)” 8, 2
b) Of youth: rºy; by: the husband of
her youth Joel 1, 8; Tºyºs, rugs the wife
of thy youth, Prov. 5, 18. Is. 54, 6. Mal.
2, 14, 15; ºn "º the children of
one's youth, born to one in youth, Ps,
127, 4.—Metaph. of the youth of the
Israelitish people Jer. 2, 2. 3, 4. Ez
16, 22.60. Comp. Pºp!.
ninºv, f. plur. (fi, n. xi) id. Jouth,
Jer. 32, 30.
SSºx, (perh. i. q. bsºn, bsºn) Neiel,
pr.m. of a place in Naphtali Josh. 19,27.
tº m. adj. (r. 593) sweet, pleasant
Ps. 133, 1; of song 147, 1; a singer,
ninºt tº sweet in songs 2 Sam. 23, 1;
a lyre Ps. 81,3; one beloved Cant. 1, 16.
Plur. Pºsº delights, pleasures, Job 36,
11, and nions: id. Ps. 16, 11. So of
place, pleasant, delightful; plur. bºs;
pleasant regions Ps. 16, 6. Also of a
person, pleasant, and so of God, benign,
gracious, Ps. 135, 3.
Sk by: 1. to bolt a door, to fasten
with a bolt or bar, c. acc. 2 Sam. 13, 17
18. Judg. 3, 23, 24. Bºx; ] a garden
barred, shut up, also bºy; by a fountain
shut up, Cant. 4, 12.
2. to shoe, to put on sandals, Arab. Jºsé.
which is done by confining, shutting in
the foot with thongs. With two acc. Ez.
16, 10 Erin Tºsº I shod thee with seal-
skin, i. e. gave thee shoes of seal-skin.
HipH. to shoe, 2 Chr. 28, 15.
Deriv, bºº, bºº, and
Sy; f. Deut. 29, 4, c. suff. ibº; plur.
Bºº, nibs; ; dual tº ; a shoe, sandal.
Josh. 5, 15. 1 K. 2, 15. al. To put on one's
shoe is ºn by: Ento Ez. 24, 17; to put
off one's shoe is ºn 9x2 + x; ºr Deut.
25,9. Is. 20, 2; tº Ruth 4, 7, 8; bº
Josh. 5, 15. Ex.3, 5, Arab. Jºsé shoe or
sandal, Syr. iisi id—In transferring a
possession or domain, it was customary
to deliver one's shoe (Ruth 4,7), as in the
middle ages a glove; hence the action
of throwing down a shoe upon a region
or territory was a symbol of occupancy
Ps. 60, 10 upon the land of Edom do I
cast my shoe, i. e. I take possession, oo,
cupy it as my own; see Rosenm. A 'tee
und neues Morgenland no. 483. Ps. 108
Dy:
ºny:
679
0.—According to Deut. 25, 9. 10, a
lusband’s brother who refused to fulfil
nis duty by marrying the widow, was
to have his shoe plucked off by the lat-
ter, implying that he gave up a sacred
obligation; hence he was to be called
Sº Yºr.—Elsewhere a shoe-latchet,
thong, bºttlintº Gen. 14, 23, or a pair
of shoes, dual Bºº Am. 2, 6, 8, 6, is
put for any thing of little value, worth-
less—Plur, tº Is. 11, 15; once ribs;
Josh, 9, 5.
Sk by: fut. Ex} 1 to be sweet; Prov.
9, 17 tº Bºnne Brº., Comp. Bºz.
Kindred are triº, triº, tºº, to taste;
pr. to lick, to suck, whence the notion
of sweet taste; see Ygº.
2. Trop. to be sweet, pleasant, lovely,
of one beloved Cant. 7, 7; a friend 2
Sam. 1, 26; wisdom, c. dat. Prov. 2, 10;
spoken of a place Gen. 49, 15. Impers.
Prov. 24, 25 tº bºrºsiah to those who
punish (to judges) shall be delight, i.e. it
shall be well with them; comp. * ***,
* -ito, it is well with me.—Arab. ſº
- 5 ° º • ~~ e e º
3, id. vitae bonis abundavit.
Deriv. the seven here following ;
also tºº, Dºº?.
tº (pleasantness) Naam, pr. m. m.
1 Chr. 4, 15.
By; m. 1. sweetness, pleasantness,
Prov. 3, 17. Ex; ºnºs pleasant words,
i.e. suitable, becoming, 15, 26. 16, 24.
2. beauty, splendour; nin' tº the
beauty (glory) of Jehovah Ps. 27, 4;
comp. Hinº ºt, v. 13. Ex. 33, 19.
3. grace, favour, Ps. 90, 17. Zech. 11,
7. Comp. zºguc, Germ. Huld from hold,
and Engl. grace.
Tº (pleasant, r. Ex;) Naamah, pr.m.
1. Of two females; a) The daughter
of Lamech Gen. 4, 22. b) The mother
ºf Rehoboam 1 K. 14, 21. 31, 2 Chr.
12, 13.
2. A place in the tribe of Judah Josh.
'5, 41; comp. "nº.
"Yº Naamite, patronym. from pr. n.
tº no. 2. Num. 26, 40; p". fºr "yº
which is read in the Cod. Sam.
º, (my pleasantness, fr. tº) Nao-
mi, pr. n. of the mother-in-law of R ith
Ruth 1, 2 sq.
Tº 1. pleasantness, amenity, cf
place. Is. 17, 10 tº "sº pleasani
plantations. R. Rºž.
2. Naaman, pr. m. a.) A son of Ben-
jamin Gen. 46, 21. b) Num. 26,40. c)
A Syrian warrior and captain, 2 K. 5, 1.
"º Naamathite, gentile n. from
rº, a place elsewhere unknown, but
different from that above mentioned in
rº; no. 2. Job 2, 11. 11, 1.
>k yx; obsol. root, Chald. Yº to punc-
ture, to prick, to stick ; whence J&
(YS3) a species of thorn, perhaps lotus
spinosa, see Celsii Hierob. II. p. 191,
and Comm. on Is. 7, 19.-Hence
Yºº m. a thorn-hedge, thicket of
thorns, vepretum, Is. 7, 19. 55, 13.
* I. -y; to roar, e.g. the young lion,
Jer. 51, 38. Syr. tº id. This root
would seem to be onomatopoetic, like
the kindred thrº.
* II. -y; to shake; spec. 1. to shake
out, Neh. 5, 13; the hand so as not to
hold a bribe, Is. 33, 15.
2. to shake off; Is. 33, 9 Juja ºž
bºne Bashan and Carmel shake off
i.e. cast off their foliage.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Pi. to be shaken
out, i.e. cast out from a land, Job 38, 13,
Ps. 109, 23. Comp. Arab. Ud 33 quassit,
excussit, VIII expulsus est, Ud #3 expul-
Sl O.
2. to shake oneself out from bonds, i. o.
to cast them off, Judg. 16, 20.
PIEL to shake out, Neh. 5, 13. Praegn.
Ex. 14, 27 Tina tºº-rs Hin, -sº
ºn and Jehovah shook out the Egyp-
tians into the midst of the sea. i. e. he
drove them from the shore and cast them
into the sea. Ps. 136, 15.
Hithe. to shake oneself from anything,
c. Tº Is, 52, 2.
Deriv. -s; II, rºs.
* I. TX. m. 1. a boy; prob. primi-
tive, and found in the Indo-European
tongues for man. e. g. Sanscr. mri and
mara man. f. mari and m0ri woman, Zend.
maere, Pers. }L, 2 ſ”, Gr. &Pi;0 —Spoker
-y:
AE]
680
both of an infant just born Ex. 2, 6. Judg.
13, 5.7. 1 Sam. 4, 21 ; of a boy not yet
full grown Gen. 21, 16 sq. 22, 12. Is. 7,
16. 8, 4; and of a youth nearly twenty
years old Gen. 34, 19, 41, 12 (comp. 37,
2. 41, 2). 1 K. 3, 7. 2 Sam. 18, 5. 29.
Spec. a) Often emphat, to express a
tender age, like Lat. puer, Engl. boy,
child, youth, e. g. in various ways: 1
Sam. 1, 24 hs. Hyºri, Vulg. et puer eral
adhuc infantulus. 30, 17-u5's nisº sans
ºns: four hundred young men, youths.
Jet. 1, 6 I cannot speak, for I am a child.
v. 7. Judg. 8, 20. 2 K. 9, 4. Ecc. 10, 16.
Is. 65, 20. More fully Thy hy: young
and tender 1 Chr. 22, 4. Is. 3, 5. Ps. 37,
25. Lam. 2, 21. Sept. véoç, w800'lug, vºw-
vioxog. b) In other passages hy; seems
rather a name of condition and denotes
servant, like the Greek Troſig, Germ.
Bursche, Junge, Engl. boy ; Gen. 37, 2
ºns: Nºn he was servant with the sons of
Bilhah, i. e. he was herdsman's boy,
shepherd's boy. 2 K. 4, 12. 5, 20. 8, 4.
Ex. 33, 11. al. Also of common soldiers,
Germ. die Burschen, Engl. boys, lads;
1 K. 20, 15. 17. 19. 2 K. 19, 6. With
genit. or suff, the servant of any one,
Judg. 7, 11. 9, 54. 19, 13. Esth. 2, 2. al.
But in Job 29, 5 "hy: my sons. Spoken
Uf the people of Israel in its youth, Hos.
11, 1. Comp. Bºnhy;.
2. By a peculiar idiom in some of the
books, or rather by archaism, the form
hy; as in Greek iſ toſig, is used as if of
the comm. gend, ſor nº girl, maiden,
and construed with a fem. verb, Gen.
24, 14. 16. 28. 55. 34, 3, 12. Deut. 22, 15
sq. although nº is everywhere read
in the margin; comp. in Nhn no. 1. In
the Pentateuch this occurs twenty-two
times, and I would also refer hither the
plur. tº used of maidens in Ruth 2,
21, comp. v. 8. 22. 23, (Sept. 209&quo,)
and of youths and maidens Job 1, 19. In
a similar manner, the Arabs in the more
elegant style employ masculine nouns
also for the other sex, and abstain from
the ſeminine terminations used in the
9 2 .
vulgar language; as Joſé bridegroom
• 2 -
and bride, which latter is vulg. *> ;
3׺ an old woman, vulg. By-º ; Comp.
9
* 9 * ... sº
Jº for vulg. #13; mistress, g; for
&#5 wife, like Germ. Gemahl for Ge
mahlin, Gatte for Gattin.
Deriv. ºxi, Hy?, Bºy, ni-ºs, pr
n. Tºy2, nºns.
II. TX. m. (r. Hy; II) a casting out
ea pulsion, concr. cast out, driven out, o'
a flock or herd Zech. 11, 16. Sept.
éoxogtuousvov, Vulg. dispersum.
Ty2 m. (denom. from hy: I) boyhºod
youth, i. q. Bºy, poet, Job 33, 25. 36
14. Ps. 88, 16. Prov. 29, 21.—In Job 36
14 and Ps. l. c. some have adopted the
sense of ea pulsion, from r. nº II, but
without necessity.
Tº f (denom. f.-s: I) plur. nihy.
1. a girl, e. g. a) a female child,
Job 40, 29 [41, 5]. b) a maiden, dam-
sel, grown up and marriageable, Judg.
19, 3 sq. Am. 2, 7. Hº Hº a fair
maiden 1 K. 1, 3, 4. Fºr: '.. a young
virgin 1 K. 1, 2. Esth. 2, 3. Also of one
not long married, veðyouoc, Ruth 2, 6
4, 12; comp. Hºhra no. 2.
2. a handmaid, servant, Prov. 9, §
31, 15. Ruth 2, 8. 22. 3, 2. al.
3. Naarah, pr. m. a.) A town on the
borders of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 7; called
1 Chr. 7, 28 ns. b) f. 1 Chr. 4, 5.
vºy, See *ye g
T.T.Y. (servant of Jehovah) Neariah,
pr. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 22. 23. b) 1 Chr.
4, 42.
jº (boyish, juvenile) Naaram, pr. n.
see nº no. 3 a.
nº f (r. hy; II) tow, as being shak-
en or beaten off from flax, Judg. 16, 9
Is. 1, 31.
* 5x; obsol. root, Arab. U-23 to
$9 o ~
take up, to lift; whence U. × 5 barrow
bier, also constellation of the bear, Ursa
major and minor—Hence tº II, for tº:
* pr. n. Memphis, see F2.
:*: 3E obsol. root, Arab. 2-53 to go o
come forth ; kindred are Chald. pe:
go out, 33; to sprout. Hence
*: (sprout) Nepheg, pr. n. m. a
Ex. 6, 21. b) 2 Sam. 5, 15. 1 Chr. 9
14, 6.
iTE:
5E5
681
rº f (r. Fºx) 1. high place, height,
omp. Fix; hence in ne?, -in nie,
the Height or Heights of Dor, Josh. 11, 2.
12, 23. 1 K. 4, 11 ; see him no. 3.
2. a sieve, fan, for winnowing, Is. 30,
28; comp. Fºll Hiph. no. 2.
tº (expansions, r. bº) Nephu-
sim, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 50 Keri. But
Cheth, has bºo"E}, and Neh. 7, 52 has
bºbº, which last is doubtless a false
orthography made up from thºu)"Ex and
tºo"E).
#: nE; fut. rip", inſ: nrit, Ez. 22, 20,
i. q. The , to puff, to blow, to breathe, an
onomatopoetic root. Comp. Engl. to
puff, Arab. 2-53 and to blow ;
gº - * :
while e” and e- express the harsher
sound of snoring, snorting. Syr. - a,
Eth. 24:3, to blow, to breathe, to fill
the cheeks.—Gen. 2, 7 and breathed
(nº) into his nostrils the breath of life.
—Spec.
1. to blow upon any one, as the wind,
c. : Ez. 37, 9.
2. Us: nº to blow up a fire, to kindle
up, Is, 54, 16. Ex. 22, 21 ; and without
# v. 20, nº Tº a blown pot, i. e. a
pot under which one blows the fire, Job
41, 12. Jer. 1, 13.
3. to blow away, sc. by blowing upon,
c. : Hagg. 1, 9.
4. With UE, to breathe out, to give
up the ghost, Jer, 15, 9.
PUAL to be blown up, as a fire, Job 20,
26.
HipH. 1. With ujº, to cause to
breathe out, to cause to expire, Job 31,
39; hyperbolically for to extort sighs,
to torment.
2. to blow upon or away, metaph. i. Q.
to esteem lightly, to contemm, Mal. 1, 13.
Deriv, nº?, rR2, rºen, and
Tº: (blast, perh, windy place) No-
*. pr. m. of a town of the Moabites
um. 21, 30, supposed to be the same
with Tº q v.
Sº m, only in plur. Bºb-e; giants,
(, n. 6, 4. Num. 13, 33. So all the ar-
sie-ît Versions. Chald. Nº. ne celes-
tial giant, i. e. the constellation Orion
plur. Orions, the larger conste'"ations.
The etymology is uncertain. Some
9 . 93 ° .
have compared Jº, Kºš, which
• *
Giggeius and Castell render magnus.
corpore magno; but wrongly, for it means
earcellens, generosus, sollers. Better to
rest in r. be: ; yet not so that sº
may be those causing men to fall from
fear (Kimchi); but so that "º may be
i. q. Bºnº one falling upon the enemy,
violent, grassans, comp. Gen. 43, 18, and
see r. BE; Kal no. 2. d. So Aquil. &ti-
tintovteq, Symm. 6voſtol.
Dº Nephisim, see the E.
- tºne; (recreated, r. 1523) Naphish, pr.
n. of a son of Ishmael Gen. 25, 15; also
of his posterity 1 Chr. 5, 19.
Dºº, see tºp.
>k e e o
TE: obsol. root, of uncertain signi-
fication, comp. The ; whence
#5 m. a gem, precious stone, of an
uncertain kind, Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Ez.
27, 16. 28, 13. Sept. thrice ūvögoš i. e.
carbuncle. Doubtful.
>k SE; ſut. Sº, inf. Sº, c. suff. ibºz
2 Sam. 1, 10 and iº 1 Sam. 29, 3; imp."
plur. *E.
1. to fall, Syr. Chald. $41, bel, id.
The primary syllable b5 fal occurs also
in this sense in Germ. fallen, Engl. to
fall. The Gr. and Lat. fallo, a pºlo is
pr. to cause to fall, to supplant.—Spoken
of a person falling to the earth Ps. 37.
24; or from a horse or seat Gen. 49, 17.
1 Sam. 4, 18; into a pit, nriuša Ps. 7, 16;
into a snare Am. 3, 5. Is. 24, 18. Also
of things, as of buildings ſalling down
Judg. 7, 13. Is. 9, 9. Am. 9, 11 ; of a
mountain Job 14, 18; the lightning from
heaven, c. 77 Job 1, 16; the dew 2 Sam.
17, 12. The place into or upon which
one falls is put mostly with FT loc. as
Hºns; or with by Lev. 11, 32, 3, #, also
rritº Ps. 45, 6; the place whence with
12, bºº.—Part, brº falling, Job 12, 3, 14
18; as praet. fallen, lying prostrate; Judg.
3, 25. 1 Sam. 5, 3. 31, 8. Deut. 21, 1; as
fut. ready to fall, Is. 30, 13. So of a pro-
phet who sees visions sent from God in
his sleep; Num. 24, 4 who seeth the vi.
sion of the Almighty tº "Aby" be; lying
in sleep with open eyes sc. of his mind
5E
5E5
682
Spec, be: to fall is also further said
if persons and things, as follows:
a) Of those who fall in battle or else-
where, i. q, to be slain, like ſtinto, ca-
dere, to fall; Judg. 20, 44. 46. 1 Sam.
4, 10. 2 Sam. 1, 4, 2, 23. 3, 38. Is. 10, 4.
Ps. 82, 7. al. Often with an adjunct, as
Hºra ', by the sword Num. 14, 43. 2
Sam. 1, 12. Is. 3, 25, al. saep. ‘E Tºº '.
by the hand of any one Judg. 15, 18. 2
Sam. 21, 22. 1 Chr. 5, 10. Lam. 1, 7;
*E* be: to fall before any one, espec.
in great numbers, 1 Sam. 14, 13. 2 Sam.
3, 34.
b) Of those who fall sick, Fr. tomber
malade. Ex. 21, 18 ºch Bº to fall
sick upon one’s bed, to take to one’s bed.
So Syr. ºrs $ $an 1 Macc. 1, 5;
Gr. tints w śni rºy kāiviy Judith 8, 3.
c) Of a foetus, to fall, to be dropped or
cast, i. e. to be born, Is. 26, 18. Comp.
Il. 19. 110 &g new én juxta tſjös téon ust&
togoi yuvoixós, where Schol. Tréon, yew-
viſón. So Kuroſtinto Wisd. 7,3; cadere
de matre Stat. Theb. 1, 60. Arab.
Jaśw, not *2. In Chaldee BE; spec.
of abortion, whence Heb. BE; q.v.
d) Of the limbs, which are said to fall
away, to become emaciated, Num. 5,
21. 27.
e) Of the countenance of one in sor-
row, anger, to fall, Gen. 4, 5.6. Opp. is
bº Nº. Comp. Hiph. no. 1. d.
f) Of the heart, courage, to fall, to
fail, 1 Sam. 17, 32. So Gr. Tints, 9 v-
uós, Lat. cadere animis Cic. Fam. 6.
1. 4. -
g). Of those who fall into calamity,
adversity, Prov. 28, 14. 2 Sam. 1, 10.
2 K. 14, 10. Prov. 24, 16.
h) Of kingdoms, states, which fall,
are overthrown, Is. 21, 9. Jer. 51, 8.
Am, 5, 2. 2 K. 14, 10.
i) Of the lot, as cast upon or concern-
wng any pers, or thing, c. by Ez. 24, 6.
Jon. 1, 7, 1 Chr. 26, 14. Hence c. 8,
ſo fall to any one by lot, Gr. 7tittsuy
uri, Num. 34, 2. Judg. 18, 1. Ez. 47,
14, 22. Genr. Ps. 16, 6, comp. Josh.
17, 5, Hiph, no. 1. c. So Lat. cadere of
he lot, Ter. Ad.4. 7. 22. Sil. Ital, 7.368.
k) Also to descend ſrom heaven, spo-
ken of divine revelations, Is. 9,7; comp.
Chald. Dan. 4, 28, and Arab. J}} to de-
scend, spoken of revelations. Hence th:
Spirit, or the hand of God, is said to fal.
to descend upon any one, Ez. 8, 1. 11, 5.
1) by PE; to fall upon any one, e.g
deep sleep Gen. 15, 12. Job 4, 13; terro
Ex. 15, 16. Josh. 2, 9, Ps. 55, 5. Job 13
11; calamity Is. 47, 11. Ecc. 9, 12; re.
proaches Ps. 69, 10.
m) Of events, to fall out, to happen,
Ruth 3, 18 ºn be: TN how the thing
will fall out, will end. Comp. Chald.
Ezra 7, 20. Cic. Brut. 40.
m) to fall to the ground, to fail, espec.
empty promises Josh. 21, 43. 23, 14.
Fully risis be; 2 K. 10, 10; Gr. tintsir
sig yiv, Š90...e. Comp. zoºlogiſtstèg "Éitos
Pind. Pyth. 6, 37. Nem. 4, 65. Plato
Eutyphr. 17. Also to fall away, not be
counted, to be lost, Num. 6, 12.
o) to fall from one's counsel, purpose,
i. e. to fail in, c. jº, Ps. 5, 11 let them
fall from (ſail in) their counsels. Comp.
Ovid Metam. 2. 308.
p) With Tº compar. to fall more
than, i. e. below another, to be inferior,
to yield to any one Job 12, 3, 13, 2. Also
with ";5% id. Esth. 6, 13.
2. to fall, with the idea of will, pur-
pose, i. e. to throw or cast oneself down,
to rush on ; comp. Syr. $41, which is
put in N. T. for ſtill tely and 30ÅÅsg30:1.
Spec.
a) to fall down, to prostrate oneself.
2 Sam. 1, 2 Fishs bººl he fell prostrate
to the earth. Job 1, 20. Often with
tº by Gen. 17, 3.17. Num. 16, 4, Josh.
7, 6; "Es by 2 Sam, 14,4; rigºs Tºsh
1 Sam. 20,41; also ‘E **E* Gen. 44, 14;
‘E ºn º Esth. 8, 3.
b) “E *sūs by be: to fall upon one's
neck, to rush into his embrace, Gen. 33,
4. 45, 14. 46, 29.
c) anrſ-by PE; to fall upon one's
sword, 1 Sam. 31, 4.5. 1 Chr. 10, 4. Of
the locusts Joel 2,8; see in 194 no. 1. b.
d) to fall upon as an enemy, to at-
tack, Job 1, 15; c. : Josh. 11, 7.
e) lo descend from a beast, chariot, to
alight, c. 89% Gen. 24, 64. 2 K. 5, 21.
f) to settle down, i. e. to encamp, of
an army, Judg. 7, 12; of a nomadit
people Gen. 25, 18, comp. 16, 12. Sept
zorºkmas.
g) 'E *** *rīrīn nº my supplication
5E,
y E.
683
falls (is laid down) before any one, viz.
In a twofold sense oy is presented, I
make supplication, Jer 36, 7. §) is
accepted, my prayer is heard and an-
Rwered, Jer. 37, 20. 42, 2; pr. the person
supplicated permits my petition to be
!aid down before him, receives it, im-
plying a disposition to give a favourable
3.I] SW6. I’.
h) to fall away, to desert, to go over
to another party, Gr. 7tlittew, Öwſtlit tely,
1 Sam. 29, 3; c. by 1 Chr. 12, 19. 20.
2 Chr. 15, 9. Jer. 21, 9, 37, 14. 39,9. Is.
54, 15; PS to any one Jer. 37, 13. 38, 19.
52, 15.
HiPh. Bºnn, fut. Sº, apoc, bºl;
rarely without contraction, as inf. be:
Num. 5, 22. -
1. to cause to fall, to make fall, Gen.
2, 21. Jer. 15, 8. Ez. 30, 22. Ps. 73, 18.
78, 28; by the sword Is. 37, 7. Jer. 19, 7,
ellipt. Dan. 11, 12. Ez. 6,4; by the hand
of any one 1 Sam. 18, 25. etc.—Spec.
a) to throw, to cast, e.g. wood upon the
fire Jer. 22, 7; to throw down, to prostrate
any one Deut. 25, 2; to throw down a
wall 2 Sam. 20, 15; to cast down stars
from heaven Dan. 8, 10; to fell trees
2 K. 3, 19. 25. 6, 5.
b) to drop or cast as a birth, to bear,
to bring forth, see Kal no. 1. c. Is. 26,
19 the earth shall bring forth the dead,
i.e. cast from her.
c) to cause to fall away, e.g. a limb,
to make wither, to emaciate, Num. 5,
22; see Kal no. 1. d.
d) to cause to fall, to let fall, to cast
down, sc. the countenance in sorrow or
in anger, with 3 of pers. ‘to be angry
at any one' Jer, 3, 12. Also ‘E ºn ºn
to cause the countenance of any one to
fall, i. e. to make sad, Job 29, 24. See
Kal no. 1. e.
e) to cast lots Ps. 22, 19. Prov. 1, 14.
1 Chr. 24, 31. Esth. 3, 7, Jon. 1, 7; also
without 575: 1 Sam. 14, 42. Job 6, 27.
(Hence to divide out by lot, to assign to
Any one, with acc. of thing and h of
pers. Josh. 13, 6. 23, 4, Ez. 45, 1.47, 22;
without dat. Ps. 78, 55. See Kal no. 1. ..
f) to lay down a petition, supplication,
before any one, i. e. to ask as a sup-
oliant, to supplicate, Jer. 38, 26. 42, 9.
Oan. 9, 18. 20. See Kal no. 2. g
2. to let fall, e. g. a stone Num. 30, 23.
Hence a) Hºns bºrn to let fall to th:
ground, e.g. a word, promise, not to ful.
fil, 1 Sam. 3, 19; without nºns Esth,
6, 10. See Kal no. 1. n. b) to let fall,
to desist from any thing, c. 12 Judg.
2, 19.
HITHP. 1. to let oneself foll, to fall down
prostrate, Deut. 9, 18. 25. Ezra 10, 1.
2. With by to fall upon, to attack,
Gen. 43, 18.
Pil. Sº, to fall, once in Ezekiel, who
abounds in unusual forms, c. 28, 23; i. q.
bº which stands in the same connection
30, 4. 32, 20.
Deriv. PE, bºº, bºº, nº?, nº?.
ºf Chald, fut. Sº, (comp. Syr.
$33, in Targg freq. *R"), 1. q. Hebr.
1. to fall, i. e. a) to fall down, Dan.
7, 20. 4, 28 be; sº-T2 bp a voice fell
from heaven i.e. came from heaven,
comp. Is. 9, 7. b) to fall out, to happen,
Ezra 7, 20.
2. to fall down, i. e. to be cast down,
Dan. 3, 23. Syr. \al to be cast into
prison. Also to fall prostrate Dan. 3, 6.
7, 10. 11; ºries-by Dan. 2, 46.
Sº m. (r. Bº) in pause BE; Ecc. 6,3;
an abortion, which falls from the womb,
Job 3, 16. Ps. 58, 9. Ecc. 6, 3. Comp.
r. PE; as spoken of birth in Kal. no. 1. c.
Hiph. no. 1. b. So be) is used of prema-
ture birth in the Talmud; also Arab.
Jaśw to fall, IV to miscarry, Arab lai.
abortion.
º, see be: Pil.
Sk CE; ohsol. root, Syr. and Chald.
bº to expand. Hence Bºole.
‘YE; only in praet. and inf absol.
Yip, Judg. 7, 19, part, pass. YAE; Jer. 22,
28. Imper, and fut. are from the kindr.
yap.
1. to break, to dash in pieces, e. g. an
earthen vessel Judg. 7, 19. Jer. 22, 28.
Hence
2. to disperse, to scatter, as a flock, a
people, Is. 11, 12. *
3. Reflex. of a people, to disperse
themselves, i. Q. to be dispersed, scat-
tered, 1 Sam. 13, 11. Is. 33, 3. Gen. 9
19 yºsh-bº nx=} nks? from these the
whole earth dispersed itself, i. e. all the
YE:
ujº
684
naticins of the earth, comp. 10, 5.—Eth.
#4.8 to be scattered as chaff. Aram.
ye; sº excursit, dispersit, effudit.
PIEL 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to break or
dash in pieces, e. g. an earthen vessel
Ps. 2, 9; infants upon stones, Ps. 137, 9;
to break up rafts of timber 1 K. 5, 23 [9].
2. to disperse, to scatter a people Jer.
13, 14. 51, 23. Inf yº: subst, dispersion
of a people, Dan. 12, 7.
PUAL part. broken in pieces, e. g.
stones Is. 27, 9.
Deriv. Yºº, Yºº, and
7?? m. violent rain, inundation, storm,
Is. 30, 30; from Aram. Ye; to pour out,
kindred to which is Arab. Uels mid. Ye
redundavit; see in r. YE: no. 3.-Others,
dispersion, scattering, but not so well.
*pe; Chald, fem. npº by Syriasm
for npE: Dan. 2, 13, to go out, to go forth,
Dan. 2, 14. 3, 26. 5, 5; of an edict, Dan.
2, 13 rps; snº, comp. Luke 2, 18529s
ööyug. Imp. plur. *phe Dan. 3, 26.—In
Targg, often for Rs. Syr. -asa, Sam.
YSI, id.
HApH. Pºri, plur, pººr, to bring
out or forth Dan. 5, 2. 3. Ezra 5, 14.6, 5.
Hence
Sº Chald. f emphat. Nripº, ea-
penses, pr. an outgo, outfit, what is laid
out, Ezra 6.4.8. Syr. ſ.aal id. Comp.
NY. p. 415, lett. m.
2k UE; in Kal not used, to breathe, to
respire. Arab. Jºãº V, to breathe, to
take breath, to be refreshed.
NIPH. to take breath, to be refreshed,
Bſter fatigue, Ex. 23, 12. 31, 17. 2 Sam.
, 6, 14. Arab. conj. II recreavit aliquem.
Deriv. pr; n. **E; , and
tº in pause tº , c. suff, "ujº, plur.
niuº , once tº Ez. 13, 20, c. suff.
*nº ; comm. gend, but more usually
ſèm.—Arab. Jºš. Sy-. Lai, Ethiop.
34:fl.
1. breath, Job 41, 13. nºr ujº breath
of life Gen. 1, 20. 30. Hence also odour,
perfume, which any thing breathes, ex-
.ales, Prov. 27, 9; º; "rº perfume-
boves smelling-bottles, Is, 3, 20
2. The vital spirit, y lyn, anma
through which the body lives, i. e. the
principle of life manifested in the breath
comp. rhin, Lat. anima, also Gr. &vsuo;
Hence life, vital principle, animcø spirit
Gen. 35, 18 Fujº, ns: as her spirit was
departing, as she gave up the ghost.
1 K. 17, 21 -ºx Hin ºn-uſe; sº-nºir
izºp let now the spirit of this child return
into him again. Ex. 21,23, tº nrir, ujº;
life for life. Deut. 19, 21. Ps. 69,2; comp,
124, 4 and Jer. 4, 10. This life, spirit,
anima, itself is also said to live Gen. 12,
13. Ps. 119, 175; and to die Judg. 16, 30;
to be poured out, as if along with the
blood, Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53, 12; to be
breathed out, see in TE: . So also in
phrases, as 'E tº ºp: to seek the life of
any one, see in ºp: no 2; ' nº to take
life, see rip: no. 1. b.; to put one's life in
his hand, see in F2 no 1. c.; º; E Hºr
see in Tº: Hiph. no. 2. d. Hence it is
very frequent in phrases which have re-
spect to the losing or preserving of life:
a) iº-bs for one’s life, i.e. in order to
save one's life, 1 K. 19, 3.2 K. 7,7. Comp.
Gr. 198x8w tºgi puzijs Od. 9.423. Walk.
ad Hólot. 7, 56.9, 36; and so (of a hare)
718g. x9sóv. But in Jer. 44, 7, it is against
one's life, in detriment of life. b) use:
with danger of life, in jeopardy of life,
2 Sam. 23, 17. 18, 13 Keri. 1 K. 2, 23
nºr ºn-ns nºis -an ivº, with
jeopardy of his life hath Adonijah said
this. Jer. 42, 20. Lam. 5, 9. Prov. 7, 23,
comp. Hºuſsº. 1 Chr. 12, 19. Also for
life taken away, i.e. on account of the
death of any one, Jon. 1, 14. 2 Sam. 14,
7, c) "E BE3% for one's life, i. e. for the
good of one’s life, its support, preserva
tion, etc. Gen. 9, 5. Deut. 4, 15. Josh.
23, 11.
Further also, to the vital spirit, anima,
is ascribed whatever has respect to the
sustenance of life by food and drink, and
the contrary. [Here the Engl. version
often renders it by soul, but improperly.]
Thus the spirit, anima, is said to be
satiated with food and drink, Prov. 27
7. Is. 55, 2; to be made fat Prov. 11, 25
13, 4; also to fill i. e. to satisfy one's
spirit Prov. 6, 30. So the oppºsite; my
spirit hungers Prov. 10, 3. 27, 7 ; thirst.
Prov. 25, 25; pines Ps. 31, 10; fasts Ps
69, 11 ; abstains from certain kinds o
uj=>
Tºjº
68b
'uod, Le 30, 3; is polluted by them
Ez. 4, 14. Also the spirit is weary,
loathes, Num. 21, 5. Job 6, 7, 10, 1. Zech.
11, 8; is empty i. e. hungry Is. 29, 8;
is dried up i. e. thirsty Num. 11, 6.
Hence too trop. for the jaws, throat, as
hungry and wide open, Is. 5, 14. Hab.
2, 5–Trop. GE is also put for that
which supports life, aliment, Is. 58, 10,
comp. Deut. 24, 6.
Sometimes tº and nin are opposed,
so that GE, is ascribed to brutes, and nºn
to men, Job 12, 10; but nºn is also
ascribed to beasts Ecc. 3, 21. Once up:
is put for the anima, as separate from
the body, umbra, manes, Job 14, 22. As
the Hebrews held the seat of life to be
in the blood (Lev. 17, 11; for which
cause the eating of blood was forbidden
Gen. 9, 4.5. Deut. 12, 23), it was natu-
ral wher; the blood was shed, to say also
that the life was shed, poured out, as
above in Lam. 2, 12. Is. 53, 12. Such
too was the notion of the Greek
poets, philosophers, and physicians; see
Sprengel Beiträge zur Gesch, d. Arz-
neikunde I. fasc. 3. p. 202 sq. So too in
Fingl. to pour out one's life, i.e. his life-
blood; and also in Arabic, see Thesaur.
p. 901.
3. The rational soul, mind, animus,
s the seat of the feelings, affections,
motions of various kinds, comp.5% no. 1,
o, with which it is often coupled, e. g.
Deut. 4, 29. 30, 10. To it are ascribed
love Is. 42, 1. Cant. 1, 7. 3, 1–4. Gen.
34, 3; joy Ps. 86, 4; fear Is. 15, 4. Ps.
6, 4; piety towards God Ps. 86, 4, 104,
1. 143, 8; confidence Ps. 57, 2; desire
Ps. 42, 3, 63, 2; longing or appetite,
e.g. for food Prov. 6, 30. 10, 3. Mic. 7, 1.
Deut. 12, 20, 21; (hence tº byz, a
greedy man Prov. 23, 2;) or for venery
Jer. 2, 24. Ex. 23, 18; or also for revenge
and slaughter Ps. 27, 12. 41, 3. 105, 22.
Ex. 15, 9, comp. Prov. 21, 10. So too
Matred Is. 1, 14. Ps. 17, 9; contempt Ez.
Y6, 5. Is. 49, 7; vengeance Jer. 5, 9; sor-
ow Job 27, 2. 30, 25. As the seat of
warlike valour, in poetic exclamation,
Judg. 5, 21 is "wº ºr tread down,
my soul, the strong. Jer. 4, 19-E's bipº
*use: *rīsº because thou hast heard, O
my soul, the voice of the trumpet. Spoken
at the feelings in general, Ex. 23, 9
*An ºrns brºT, ye know the feelings
of a stranger, how a stranger and for.
eigner feels. Job 16, 4, 1 Sam. 1, 15 I
have poured out my soul before Jehovah,
i.e. have laid open to him my unmost
feelings. Prov. 12, 10.
Words also which themselves express
feelings of the mind or soul, are often
thus used in connection with un:; thus
the soul is said to weep Ps. 119, 28; to
be poured out in tears Job 30, 16; to cry
for vengeance 24, 12; and also to invoke
blessings Gen. 27, 4. 25. More rarely
things are attributed to the soul, Anind,
which belong : a) To the mode of feel-
ing and acting, as pride, be; an: Prov,
28, 25; patience and impatience, Tºns:
tº Job 6, 11. *E. Tºp, see in hºp,
ThS. b) To the will or purpose, Gen.
23, 8 tºrns ºn-es if it be in your
mind, i. e. if ye purpose, have deter-
mined in your minds. 2 K. 9, 15. 1 Chr.
28, 9 riºr UE}: with a willing mind.
c) To the understanding or faculty of
thinking ; Ps. 139, 14 my soul knoweth
right well. Prov. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 20, 4
whatever thy soul thinketh. Deut. 4, 9
keep thy soul well, lest thou forget. Lam.
3, 20–In all these constructions the use
of 5% is more common, see at no. 1. c.
d, e.
4. Concr. living thing, animal, in
which is the UE3, anima, life. Josh. 10,
28 Jºry-bz every living creature. v. 30.
32. 35. 37. Oſten more fully nºr tº:
Gen. 1, 24, 2, 7. 19, and with the arti-
cle Hºrr vº. 1, 21. 9, 10, pr: the ani
mal of life i. e. endued with life, liv-
ing animal, or as more comm. in Engl.
living soul, living being, Gen. 2, 7; and
very often collect, for living things, lip-
ing creatures, Gen. 1, 21. 24. 9, 10, 12.
15. Lev. 11, 10; man being not included,
except Gen. 9, 16. In this formula it is
to be noted that riºr is genit. of the
subst. Hºri life, and not fem. of the adj.
"r living ; so that riºr UE), like tº it.
self, may be of either gender, and can
be construed with the masculine. This
serves to illustrate the disputed passage
Gen. 2, 19 JE3 bºsr ib sº -us bal
iouſ sºn nºn and whatsoever Adam call.
ed them, the living creaſ ºres, that was
their name, where i5 an intº refer to
nºr BE3, which is pleonastic after *.—
58
Tºjº O)
86 y:
Spec. put for a man, person, mostly in
tertain fixed phrases, where also in
Engl. we may use soul, e. g. uż: Sº to
steal a man Deut. 24, 7; comp. Germ.
Seelenverkaufer. UE: $2s Ez. 22, 25.
So also: a) In laws, Lev. 4, 2 *z wº:
Nºrr, if a soul (any one) shall sin. Lev.
5, 1. 2, 4, 15. 17, Comp. the phrase
rºº shrin ujºn Pirº, under nºz
Niph. no. 2. b) In a census of a peo-
ple, as tº Pºuj seventy souls, persons,
Ex. 1, 5. 16, 16. Gen. 46, 18. 27. Deut.
10 22. al. (So in Greek puzoºl Acts 2,
41. 1 Peter 3, 20.) Fully Eºs wº: Num.
31, 46. 1 Chr. 5, 21 ; comp. Gen. 14, 21.
c) Of slaves, Gen. 12, 5 by-nºs Jºr
Tr; the slaves they had acquired in Ha-
ran. Ez. 27, 13. Comp, puyot &vögalitov
Apoc. 18, 13. 1 Macc. 10, 33. d) UE:
n?, where nº is genit. (comp. the phrase
nºr ujº; above,) one dead, a dead body,
corpse. Num. 6, 6 Nº. Nº nº lº-ºx let
him not come near to a dead body. Lev.
21, 11. So too nº being omitted, as in
the formulas wº: Nºt; Num. 5, 2, 9, 6.
7. 10, and tº sº; Lev. 22, 4. Hagg. 2,
13, i.e. one defiled by touching a dead
'ody. Comp. Num. 19, 13.
5. With suff, *E., Tujº, etc. it is put
very frequently for: I myself, thou thy-
self, etc. Comp. Arab. Jºš , Sanscr.
4tman soul, self; and Germ. Selb, selber,
Swed. Sjel, Engl. self, all from the same
root with Germ. Seele, Engl. Soul, see
Adelung Lex. IV. p. 47.—Hos. 9, 4
Bujº Bºrth their food is for themselves,
is consumed by themselves. Is. 46, 2.
Also reflex. "tº myself, i. e. me myself,
Job 9, 21.-Interpreters also note that
hujº, Tujº, are often put for the pers.
pron. "BS, HES; but most of the exam-
ples ºrbich they adduce are readily ex-
plained by what we have said above in
nos. 2, 3. This idiom is most frequent
in passages where life is said or implied
..o be in danger ; e. g. Ps. 3, 3 many say
of me ("ujº), there remains no help for
Wim. 11, 1 why say ye to me ("ujº), flee
so the mountains. Is. 3, 9 Bujº; "is wo
to them 1 pr. to their life. Ps. 7, 3. 35, 3.
7. 120, 6. Here too belongs Is. 51, 23,
who say to thee (Tºh), prostrate thy-
elf that we may pass over, and the like.
Once “pº and "nºn approach so nearly
to the nature of a pronoun, as even to
be construed with a verb in the firs
person, Is. 26, 9. Comp. Tº with :
pers. Gen. 44, 32.
Tº f. (r. Fº) i. q. Hº, a high place
height, only Josh. 17, 11 nºr rugbu,
Targ. tres regiones. This appellation,
q. d. Tricollis, Tremont, seems to refe:
to the three places just before mentioned.
Endor, Taanach, and Megiddo, which
all lay elevated above the plain ; comp
Decapolis.
Fºx f. (r. Fºx) a sprinkling, dropping;
whence tº"E's re; the dropping of the
honey-combs, i.e. honey dropping from
the combs, i. Q. "Sº q. v. Ps. 19, 11
Also without cºx id. Cant. 4, 11. Prov,
5, 3, 24, 13 Tºrſ-by ping rº, honey
droppings which are sweet to thy pa-
late ; where the predicate pinº is not
inflected; comp. Gen. 49, 15.
Timº (opening, r. ring), see nine; wº
under art. "72 cc. p. 561.
Dºñº m. plur. (r.ºrg Niph.) wrest-
lings, struggles, once Gen. 30, 8.
E"TRE; Naphtuhim, pr. m. of ar
Egyptian people Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1.
11. Bochart, in Phaleg IV. 29, com-
pares the name of the Egyptian goddess
Népěvc, the wiſe of Typhon, to whom
with her husband were consecrated
those parts of Egypt that border on the
Red Sea ; and the name Négºvg itself
signified, according to Plutarch (de
Isid. p. 355 extr.) the eartreme border of
the land, washed by the sea; comp
Egypt, ſiegeºg terminalis. The
Naphtuhim then were a border-people,
dwelling prob. on the Red Sea. See
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 269
Jablonski Opusc. ed te Water T, I. p.
161.
*FE2 (my wrestling, r. bru, see Gen.
30, 8) pr. n. Naphtali, the sixth son of
Jacob, born of Bilhah, and patriarch of
the tribe of Naphtali, the limits of which
are described Josh. 19, 32—39.-Gen. 49
21. Num. 1, 42. 43. al. Sept. Nsq90.
Aelu. .
Y. m. (r. 1's:) 1. a flower, blossom
Gen. 40, 10; i. q. Hº. See the roc
no. 2,
RNZº
iTºº
687
2. An unclean bird, prob, a hawk, see
the root no. 3. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15.
Job 39, 26. Sept. iśgoš, Vulg. accipiter.
Comp. Bochart. Hieroz. T. II. p. 266.
N.V.)
y ºf )
see in ns; no. 1.
Nº. Fº: not used in Kal, to set, to put,
to place, i, q as: q v, Arab. --~3 id.
Niph. as: 1. to be set, c. 83 to be set
over any one, 1 Sam. 22, 9. Ruth 2, 5.6.
Part, as: a prefect, director, 1 K. 4, 5, 7,
5, 30. 9, 23. al.
2. to place or station oneself, to take
one's stand, Ex. 7, 15. 17, 9; c. , to or
before any one, Ex, 34, 2 buy "h tº
and present thyself to me there. Also,
to take one's stand, e.g. of God rising
up for judgment, Is. 3, 13. Ps. 82, 1.
3. to stand, spoken of men Gen. 18, 2.
24, 13. Ex. 18, 14. 1 Sam. 1, 26. Ps, 45,
10; of sheaves Gen. 37, 7; of waters
Ex. 15, 8. With by to stand upon any
thing Is. 21, 8; to stand with or by a
pers, or thing Gen. 45, 1. 1 Sam. 4, 20.
19, 20. 22, 7, 17. Spec, to stand firmly,
Ps, 39, 6 as: ETS-92 bºr, a breath is
every man though he stand firmly. 119,
89. Zech. 11, 16 a shepherd.... Tºšºn
Bzh2º sº who doth not nourish that which
standeth firm, i. e. the healthy part of
his flock; Sept. to 6A6xingov, Vulg. id
quod stat. But perhaps it would accord
better with the context to render : who
relieveth not that which slandeth slill in
the way, i. e. which lags behind from
weariness or disease, i, q to be weak,
sick, comp. Arab. J-as lassus ſuit, la-
horavit, pr. to stand still, to stop, from
inability to go further.
Hiph. angri, fut. 5"x", apoc. aš".
1. to cause to stand Ps. 78, 13. Hence
a) to set up, to erect, as a column Gen.
35, 20. 1 Sam. 15, 12. 2 K. 17, 10; an
altar Gen. 33, 20; a heap of stones 2
Sam. 18, 17. Trop. 1 Chr. 18, 3 to set
tºp (establish) his dominion writo the river
Euphrates. Hence also 1 Sam. 13, 21
ºn ansnº for setting the goads, i. e.
sharpening them when the point was
bent, etc. Comp. in Engl. ‘to set a
paw,” “to set an edge.” b) to fir, to es-
blish, e. g. bounds Ps. 74, 17. Deut. 32,
8. Prov. 15, 25, c) to set, to place, Gen.
21, 28, 29. Ps. 41, 13. Lam. 3, 12; so
gates Josì. 6, 26, 1 K. 16, 34; a trap or
snare Jer. 5, 26.
Hoph. as: 1. to be sel, placed, Gen
28, 12. For Judg. 9, 6 see art, agº.
2. to be fiaced, settled, determined. So
commonly in Nah. 2,8Firºn Hrºssrº
it is fiaced 1 she is led away captive 1 i. e.
Nineveh. But agrº may also be joined
to the preceding verse and referred to
the root 53%, where see.
Deriv. 5%, aºs; , 532, Hº, Hºga
nāš2, 53%, and pr. n. Hºs, Nºs.
P}; m. (pr. part. Niph. r. 5x) a han-
dle, haft of a dagger, Judg. 3, 22; so call-
ed from being fired in, comp. the root
Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. , 6, 34. Sept. Woffm,
Vulg. capulus. Arab. ºua: haſt, han-
dle of a sword, knife, etc.—But part. Es:
a prefect, see in as: Niph. no. 1.
Sº Chald. f. emphat, snås, firm-
ness, hardness, sc. of iron Dan. 2, 41
Gr. Venet. x9xtouátnç. Aben Ezra
r15 12- Nºn-Nº.
3%, see r. ss.
>k Ts; fut. His 1. Pr. to fly, to flee,
i. q. Yº no. 3, Ys; no. 3. Twice: Jer.
48, 9 give wings to Moab, for sºn Nx,
flying she shall go forth ; here Ns; is
for its; in order to correspond with syn;
observe too the paronomasia Yºs, Ns,
sšn. Lam. 4, 15 sº tº ºx; "2 when they
flee away and wander ; so Kimchi and
others, and this is better than to refer
ºx; to r. Tº as on p. 660.-Hence risis
pinion of birds, and Arab. Kºcus fea-
thers, plume of birds, also locks of hail
hanging over the forehead, q, d. flying
locks. From this noun then comes
* – ~ ... *
2. Arab. Laš and U23 to seize by
the locks, and Conj. III, recipr. to seize
each other by the hair. Hence in He
brew to strive, to quarrel; comp. Syr.
and Chald. is, ss. , i. q. Heb. 5*
also Arab. Ulaş Conj. VI, id. See Hiph,
and Niph.-Hence
3. to lay waste, to desolate a city, pr;
to tear in pieces houses, to pull down.
In Kal intrans, or pass, to be laid waste
to be desolate; Jer. 4, 7 ºn Tºny thy
cities shall be laid waste. Sept. x0:30:
ge&#gorrow.
Fº
rºl
688
Hiph. Fºr to strive, to contend, see
|al no. 2. Num, 26, 9 'º-bº Brisri:
when they strove against Jehovah. Hence
o wage war; Ps. 60, 2 Bºs-rs inisri:
Sº when he made war with Mesopo-
ſamia.
Niph. 1. Hº to strive one with ano-
ther, to quarrel. Deut. 25, 11 ºxy” ºr
Tºrº Bºulºs if men strive one with ano-
ther. Ex. 2, 13. 21, 22. Lev. 24, 10. 2
Sam, 14, 6.
2. to be laid waste, desolate ; Is. 37,
26 D's: Bº desolate ruins. 2 K. 19, 25.
Deriv. risis, nº?, nº.
Tº ſ. (r. 7::) i. q, y, no. 1, a flower,
blossom, Job 15, 33. Is. 18, 5.
Ty; f. I. i. q. Hsix, a wing feather,
pinion, Job 39, 13. R. Tº .
II. i. q. Hsix part. Niph. of Nº,
something cast out, eaccrement in the
crop of a bird, Lev. 1, 16. Comp. HS:
and risis.
Tºx; f. (r. -x}, after the form
rºbº) watch, ward, guard; whence
un the vexed passage Is. 1, 8 Hºs; hº
a tower of watch, i.e. a tower for a watch
or guard in the desert, i. q. cºnsº Bºyº
2 K. 17, 9. For nºx as pr: a watch-
tower, or perh. the small hamlet spring-
ing up around it, see below in nº. See
Also Thesaur. p. 908.
* I. rig: in Kal not used. 1. Pr.
prob. to shine, to be bright, which is the
signif. of the syllable ris, as in Tirº,
perh, nsº,
yx; Whº. Syr. --> to conquer, but
pr. to shine; whence i. si illustrious.
Hence ris, no. 1, pr. n. Tºx.
2. Trop. to do splendid deeds, to act
splendidly, gloriously; hence to earcel,
to overcome, to prevail, as in Chald. and
Syr. See also Piel.
3. Trop. to be clear, pure, faithful,
true; Ethiop. 38'ſh, Arab. ee, id.
Hence ris; no. 2.
4. Trop. to be firm, enduring, perpetu-
al, whence ris; no. 3. This may come
from the idea of prevailing in no. 2, or
of fidelity in no. 3.
Piel, nº only inf. rº, and Part.
T;57).
; ; and also Y, as in
1. to be over any thing, to be chief, tº
superintend, e. g. the temple-service
with by and h 1 Chr. 23, 4, Ezra 3,8.9
Part. Tº a prefect, overseer, 2 Chr. 2
1. 17. 34, 13; for which in the books of
Kings is º.
2. Spec. to lead in music. 1 Chr, 15,
21 and Mattithiah... played on harpe
in the octave (i. e. in the bass, nei
basso), Tºh to lead the song, i. e.
to govern, regulate the singing. (Opp.
are v. 19 sºn; to sing or sound on a
clear (high) tone; and v. 20 niºg by
on the virgin key, treble, mel soprano.)
Hence rišº, which is found in the
titles of 53 Psalms and Hab. 3, 19, is to
be rendered according to Kimchi, Rashi,
Aben Ezra, and many others: for the
leader, precentor, chief musician ; i. e.
the Psalm is to be performed under his
direction, which also is the sense of the
Targ. Firſau); ad canendum. And this
interpretation is to be preferred. Some-
times put absolutely, with only the name
of the author, as Tº rigº Ps. 11, 13.
14. 18–21. 31. 36. 40. 41. 42. 44. 47. 49.
51.52. 64–66. 68. 70. 85. 109. 139. 140;
sometimes with the name of the instru-
ment, as nilº Ps. 4, 6.54, 55.67, 76,
nnnºn by 8. 81.84, thºujiu] by Ps. 54.69.
80, rib-rºn-bs Ps. 5, nºn2 by Ps. 53;
or with the first words of the song or
melody in which the Psalm is to be sung,
see Ps. 22. 56–59. 75; or finally with a
word marking the tone or key, whethel
lower or higher, nicks by Ps. 46, by
nºctºr Ps. 12. Twice then follows
ºnan: by Ps. 62, 1.77, 1, once ºn Tºh
39, 1, where we may render: to the chief
musician of the Jeduthunites ; unless
#nºt in this connection is also to be
taken as an instrument or as a musica
key or mode. This inscription is wholly
wanting in all the Psalms of a later age
composed after the destruction of the
temple and its worship; and its signifi-
cation was already lost in the time of the
LXX.—Others make rºyº not a par-
ticiple, but an infinitive of the Syriac
form, comp. Chald. Dan. 5, 12; but this
is not admissible, on account of the arti.
cle implied in rºyº for nºrth. .
Niph. to be perpetual; Jer. 8, 5 nº
nris: a perpetual backsliding, (uptº
tasy.
rº
gº
689 by:
* II. ns; obsol. root, Arab. e”
and 2-diš, to sprinkle, to scatter, e. g.
water Eth. 3"Hifi id. Hence ris: II.
Tº Chald. Ithpa. to overcome, to sur-
pass, to earcel, c. by Dan. 6, 4, Syr. id.
See in r, ris; I. 2.
I. Tº rarely Ty; m. (r. ris: I) c.
suff, *rīs; , plur. Bºris.
1. splendour, glory, 1 Chr. 29, 11.
2. sincerity, truth. Hab. 1, 4 NY: Nº
tº nº judgment is not given ac-
cording to truth, not in sincerity; comp.
Is. 42, 3. Hence confidence, sc. in one's
truth and fidelity; Lam. 3, 18 "rº Tas
my confidence is perished. Trop. object
of confidence, as God 1 Sam. 15, 29.
3. perpetuity, eternity, ever, everlast-
ing ; see the root no. 4. So ris: Ty Ps.
49, 20, and rigº, adv. for ever, to everlast-
ing, 2 Sam. 2, 26. Job 4, 20. Ps. 9, 7.
103, 9. Is. 13, 20, al. saep. More rarely
acc. Ty: id. Ps. 16, 11. Am. 1, 11. Jer.
15, 18. Sept. sis téloc, Vulg. in finem.—
Is, 34, 10 Bºrº ris; for ever and ever.
Sometimes the idea of perpetuity is
modified, i. q, long time, long, Ps. 49, 10.
Job 34, 36; comp. Bhish.
4. Some assume also the signif. per-
fection, completeness; hence accus, ris,
and ris??, as adverbs, wholly, entirely;
comp. Germ. lauter, Engl. clear, both
of which mean purely and also wholly;
so Ps. 13, 2 ris; "rºr Hirº His is how
long, Jehovah, wilt thou wholly forget
me? Ps. 74, 10. 79, 5. 89, 47. Job 34,
36; genit. Ps. 74, 3 ris; risuº tolal
desolations, i. e. places wholly desolate
and destroyed.—But in all these and
like passages the idea of perpetuity may
better be retained, as in no. 3.
II. TX. m. (r. ris; II) c. suff, Eris,
juice, liquor, which is scattered or spirt-
£d from grapes when trodden, Is. 63, 3.6.
2"X. m. (r. 5x;) pr.set, placed ; hence
1. one set over, i.e. a prºſec' overseer,
officer, i. q. Es), 1 K. 4, 19. 2 Chr. 8, 10
Cheth.
2. a military station, post, garrison,
. q. Hº, Esº, 1 Sam. 10, 5 13, 3, 4,
2 Sam. 8, 6. 14. al.
3. a statue, pillar, cippus, i. o Hºsº,
9 o - 5
Arab. Jºaº 2 J-45, statue, idcl. Gen.
19, 26 nº anx: a statue of salt, i.e. fossi
salt, of which great quantities are found
in the vicinity of the Dead Sea ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 482 sq. comp.
in rēx, p. 573.
4. Nezib, p, n. of a place in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 43. Now Beit Nesāb
see Bibl. Res, in Palest, III. p. 12, 13. II
p. 399. *
TX; (illustrious, r. ny: I) Nezvah,
pr. m. m. Ezra 2 54. Neh. 7, 56.
TX; Is. 49, 6 Cheth. preserved, de-
livered, from r. ng; I.—Keri hºs; .
>k 5s; in Kal not used, pr. to draw
out, to take away, to snatch away; kin
dred are buy?, Bº. Arab. J-23 and
J-45 id. Eth. 38A avellit.
Piel bºº, fut. bs: 1. to take away,
to strip off. 2 Chr. 20, 25. With acc. of
pers. to spoil any one, Ex. 3, 22. 12, 36.
2. to snatch from danger, to deliver, to
preserve, Ez. 14, 14. See Hiph. no. 3.
HipH. bºsn, fut. bºss, apoc. bsº.
1. to pull away, c. 773 to pull apart; 2
Sam. 14, 6 the boys strove together in the
field Brºz bºsº ins; and there was
none to tear them apart, i.e. no one parted
them.
2. to take away, Hos. 2, 11 [9]; e. g.
booty, spoil, i. q to spoil, 1 Sam. 30, 22.
With 7% Gen. 31, 9. 16. Ps. 119, 43.
Also, to turn away any one from an evil
way, intercourse, Prov. 2, 12. 16. Unu
sual is 2 Sam. 20, 6 º Bºsni and take
(turn) away our eye, i. e. elude our sight,
escape us; like nº º q.v. in Hº. Sept
oxuégsty toi's 699 ºudis.
3. to snatch from danger, to deliver,
to preserve, to save, acc. of pers. Ex. 12,
27. 1 Sam, 30, 18. Is. 19, 20. Ps. 72, 12.
al. Once c. dat. Jon. 4, 6. Often in the
phrase bºsº jºs (there is) none deliver.
ing, no deliverer, Deut. 32, 39. Ps. 7, 3
50, 22. 71,11. Is. 5, 29. Hos. 5, 14. Bºsn
iujº to preserve one's life, to save alive,
Josh. 2, 13. Is. 44, 20. 47, 14. Ez. 3, 19.
21. 33,9. Often with 7% of the pers. .
from whose power one is delivered, Ps,
7, 2, 18, 18.49. 35, 10. 59, 2. 3. Mic. 5,
5; also lº of thing, as from waters Ps,
144, 7; the mire 69, 15; a snare 91, 3
straits 1 Sam. 26, 24. Ps, 34, 18; from
death, etc. Ps. 22, 21. 51, 16. 56, 14.86
58%
º
*Nº,
690
13. al. Often 'E Tºº bºsr Gen. 32, 12.
Ex. 2, 19. 1 Sam, 17, 37; n.27, 2 Sam.
19, 10. Ps. 18, 1. Is. 38, 6.
Hoph. bar to be snatched or plucked
out, as a brand from the fire, Am. 4, 11.
Zech. 3, 2.
Niph. to be delivered, preserved, saved,
i. q. to escape, 2 K. 19, 11. Ps. 33, 16.
Jer. 7, 10. With 12, is?, Fºx, Ps. 69,
15. Hab. 2, 9, Prov. 6, 5; ºn Is. 20, 6.
With tºº and bs, prægn. to be delivered
from any one to another, i. Q. to escape
from and flee to, Deut. 23, 16.
HITHP. to strip oneself of any thing, c.
acc. Ex. 33, 6. Comp. Heb. Gramm.
$ 53. 3. c.
Deriv. Hºn.
º; Chald. Haph, ºn to deliver, i, q.
Heb. Bºsn no. 3, Dan. 6, 28. Inf. Hºrſ,
c. suff, nºr Dam. 3, 29. 6, 15.
Tº m. a flower, blossom, Cant. 2, 12. R.
Yy3.
9%, see r. ss.
Sk y: i. q, yº, ris; 1. to glitter, to
sparkle, only part. plur. tºss; Ez. 1, 7.
Sam, id.—Hence Yix": spark.
2. to flower, to blossom, to flourish, as
in Chald. whence Y, Hº, Tº, a flower,
blossom. Verbs signifying splendour
are often transferred to express the ideas
of verdure and bloom ; see in This p. 27,
nry, it —The notion of blossoming was
also transferred to the shooting feathers
and pinions of birds (comp. Thº); hence
3. to fly, whence Y, a hawk. So kindr.
ris; and Arab. Jaś. Comp. The to
sprout, Syr. to fly.
Px, see r. Ps".
* I. "Sº, fut. -gº (but Thºs Is. 42,
6. 49, 8 is ſtom ºxy), rarely -sº Deut.
33, 9. al. Imper. -s;, c. It parag. Tº
Ps. 141, 3, c. suff, rº: Prov. 4, 13, both
with Dag. euphon.
1. to watch, to guard, to keep, i. Q. "tº.
Arab, a vineyard;
comp. kindr.
to guard e. g.
23 adspexit, intuitus est,
like the Lat. tueri and intueri, also
tuitus est, defendit, liberavit.—E. g. a
vineyard Job 27, 18. Is. 27, 3; a tree
Prov. 27, 18. Part. plur. bºx; watch-
men, keepers, guards, Jer, 31, 6, 212%
bºx; the tower of the watch Yr guard
watch-tower, 2 K. 17, 9, 18, 8. With by
Ps. 141, 3 ºrºus bº by nº q. d. keep
thou watch over the door of my lips, i.e. my
mouth, lest I utter rash words; the form
nº with Dag. euphon. Prov. 20, 28.
13, 6. Is. 49, 69shu," "nºs; the kept (pre-
served) of Israel. With 7% Ps. 34, 14.—
Spec.
a) to guard from dangers, to keep, to
defend, to preserve, as God does men
Deut. 32, 10. Ps. 31, 24. Prov. 22, 12.
With 12, Ps. 32.7 ºr nº from trou.
ble thou wilt defend me. 12, 8, 64, 2.
140, 2,
b) to keep, i. q, to watch closely, to ob-
serve diligently, Prov. 4, 23. 13, 3 The nº
he who keepeth his mouth. 16, 17. 24, 12,
In a bad sense : 0) to watch closely a
city, I. q. to besiege ; Part. Bºx; watch-
ers, besiegers, Jer. 4, 16 comp. 17; comp.
also hºu; 2 Sam. 11, 16. Is. 1, 8 nºsz
Hººs, like a city besieged ; so common-
ly, but see in art. Hºs. 6) Jehovah
is addressed as DISH ºx; the observer
of men, as iſ on the watch to detect them
in wrong doing, Job 7, 20.—Hence
2. to keep, to observe, as a covenant
Deut. 33,9. Ps. 25, 10; a law Prov. 28,
7; the ways of righteousness Prov. 2,
8; a father’s commands 6, 20; the com-
mandments of God Ps. 78, 7. 105, 45.
119, 2. 22. 33.34. 100. 129; good coun-
sel Prov. 3, 21. Comp. Lat. custodire
modum, regulam, pracepta, etc. With
dat. Ex. 34, 7 keeping mercy for thou-
sands. Is. 26, 3 Bºbºš Bibº -sm Tºop ºx:
the man offirm mind, for him thou wilt
keep perfect peace, supply ºb.
3. to keep from view, i. e. to hide, to
conceal. Is. 48, 6 prºº Nº rinºs; hid-
dem things which thow hast mot known.
65, 4 ºbº tººls: they lodge in secret
places, perh, the recesses of heathen
tempſes, or with the Sept. sepulchral
caverns, parall. with sepulchres. Prov
7, 10 a woman ºrnºs; subtile of heart
Deriv. Hºx.
* II. ng: obsol. root, Arab. to
shine, to be in full verdure, whence nº
NotE. The significations of guarding
and of being verdant, which are also
found conjoined in the root n×r, I have
placed separately, although not in pro
*Nº,
"p:
691
oably the e is a common origin of both,
viz. the idea of shining, being splendid,
3 ; in which is implied also the no-
23, (comp. Flº, Gr.
pdog āśóogxs, also Germ. Blick and Engl.
glance, signifying both splendour and
the act of looking,) and hence the signi-
fication of observing, guarding.
tion of beholding,
"... m. (r. 7s; II) 1. a shoot, sprout,
Is. 60, 21. Metaph. of offspring Is. 11,
1 Dan. 11, 7.
2. a branch, Is. 14, 19.
hy, see r. nº.
NP Chald, adj. pure, Dan. 7, 9. R.
Rp; i. q. mp3.
* →2; fut. -pº, once spº Job 40, 24,
c. suff. Herº Is. 62,2; imper, c. r. parag.
Tºp: ; pr. to hollow out, to earcavate, like
the kindr. sap, apy, also nº or nº3, FE2,
where see more. Hence
1. to bore a hole 2 K. 12, 10; c. acc.
to bore through, to perforate, Job 40, 24.
26 [40, 24, 41, 2], 2 K. 18, 21. Is. 36, 6.
Hagg. 1, 6 nhp, hins a purse with holes.
Also to pierce, to strike through with a
spear; Hab. 3, 14 tº usin ºp; thou
didst strike through the Reads of their
leaders. Arab. --53, Syr. -a-, Chald.
Sam. Eps, id.
2. to separate, to distinguish ; and
hence to declare distinctly, to specify, to
call by name ; comp. ºnº no. 1, 2. Gen.
30, 28 by Thºu, rºp; name me thy
wages. Is. 62, 2. Part, pass. tº the
named Am. 6, 1 i. e. the renowned, the
noble, q, d. niouſ "ºs, opp, the ignoble
populace, Buff ºn Job 30, 8. Comp.
1 Chr. 12, 31. Arab. Jºšš leader,
prince. e
3. i. q. ºp no. 2, to curse, pr. to pierce
with words, to cut, like Arab. J. to
cut, to perſorate, metaph, to curse. E. g.
the name of God, to blaspheme, Lev. 24,
11. 16 nº nix, nº puj =p; he that blas-
phemeth the name of Jehovah shall surely
be put to death ; from which passage the
Jews derive the superstition which for-
bids them to pronounce (no. 2) the name
of Jehovah; see nin". Also Num, 23,
S. 25. Job 3,8. 5, 3. Prov. 11, 26. 24, 24.
NIPH, pass. of Kal no. 2 to be called
ge
by name, comp. Arab. Jºã] to name
and b being interchanged. Num. 1, 7
these men ninth hip; hugs who are ev.
pressed by name. 1 Chr. 12 31. 16, 41.
2 Chr. 28, 15. 31, 19.
Deriv. from the primary idea of earca
vating, ap; bezel, nãº, a stone-quarry
from that of perforating. Hºp, rºp
from that of piercing, striking thrºugh,
rºº, nº?, a pointed hammer.
BP. m. 1. a bezel, the cavity in which
a gem is set; Jerome well, pala gem.
marum, Ez. 28, 13. Comp. Fr. Others,
a pipe, as if from ap: in the sense to
bore, like bºr from ºr ; but this does
not accord with the context.
2. a cavern; whence c. art. Hºri Ne
keb, pr. m. of a place in Naphtali, Josh
19, 33.
Tºp, f (r. apg) a female, whether o
man or beast, so called from the form
of the genital organs; Gen. 1, 27. 5, 2.
Lev. 12, 5. 27, 4. Num. 5, 3; of beasts
Gen. 6, 19. Lev. 3, 1.6, 4, 28. 32. 5, 6.
Syr. Laai, Chald, sarº, id.
•-p; obsol. root. 1. to prick, ta
point, to mark with points. Chald. id.
whence Rabb. Tº one who points a
* * *
manuscript, punctator. Arab, c) is pu-
pugit serpens, but lašš punctis notavit.
2. to mark, i. e. to select, to separate
out what is of a better quality than the
rest, which is done by marking it with
9 ->
points, etc. Arab. CX-83. Hence Q-83
(see Camoos p. 424) a species of sheep
and goats, short-legged and deformed,
but distinguished for the length of ther
G, Cº -
wool and hair, SU53 the shepherd of
such a flock. See "ph below.
Deriv. Frºz, pr. n. Nº T; , and the
four following.
Tº m. plur. Bºº, pr. ‘marked with
points, speckled, spotted, of sheep and
goats, Gen. 30, 32 sq. 31, 8 sq.
º § Q9 –
TP2 pr. i. q. Arab. SU53 a shepherd
3 - -
of flocks called cy-six from the excellence
of their wool, see in r. Tº no. 2. Then
in a wider sense of the keeper of any
cattle, a shepherd, herdsman Am. 1, 1
ºp:
Ep:
692
a sheep-owner, cattle-breeder, 2 K. 3, 4,
spoken of the king of the Moabites. See
Bochart. Hieroz. Tom. I. p. 441. The-
saur. p. 909. \
Tº P. f. a point, stud, e.g. of silver,
with which any thing is ornamented,
Cant. 1, 11. R. "p;.
P"TR. m. plur. (r. "p;) 1. crumbs
of bread, Josh. 9, 5.12.
2. A kind of cake, which prob. crum.
bled easily, 1 K. 14, 3. Sept. xoMAvgic,
Vulg. crustula, Engl. cracknel, crumb-
cake.
>|< ITP), inf absol. HP, to be clean, pure, -
Arab. gº id. Syr. to sprinkle for puri-
fication (pr. to cleanse), to pour out a
libation, to sacrifice; hence nººn a
sacrificial dish or cup. In Kal only Jer.
49, 12 rip; inf. pleon. joined with a form
of Niph.
Niph. Hº, ſut. rip: 1. to be clean
in a moral sense, to be pure, innocent,
Jer. 2, 35. With 7% to be free from a
fault, blame, Ps. 19, 14. Num. 5, 31.
With 7% of pers. Judg. 15, 3 ºn"P:
Bºrušº, I am blameless towards the
Philistines, i, e. it is not my fault, but
their own, if I attack the Philistines.—
Hence oſten: a) to be free from punish-
ment, to be quit, to go unpunished, Ex.
21, 19. Prov. 6, 29 Fă ºn-bº rip: Nº
whosoever toucheth her shall not go un-
punished. 11, 21. 16, 5. Jer. 29, 1. 49,
12; c. 12 Num. 5, 19. b) to be clean,
free, quit, sc. of an oath, obligation, Gen.
24, 8.41.
2. to be cleaned out, to be made empty,
desolate, as a city, Is. 3, 26. So Arab.
iš X.—Also of men who are destroy-
ed, extirpated, Zech. 5, 3.
Piel nº, fut. nº. 1. to pronounce
innocent, to acquit, to absolve, Job 9, 28;
3. Tº Ps. 19, 13. Job 10, 14. Joel 4, 21
see in no. 2.-Hence
2. to let go unpunished, to forgive,
with acc. of pers. Ex. 20, 7. 1 K. 2, 9.
Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. Absol. Ex. 34, 7
who forgiveth iniquity and transgression
and sin, rip: Nº rip!" but will by no
means always leave unpunished. Num.
14, 18. Nah. 1, 3–In Joel 4, 21 [3,21] the
words: "rºp: Nº tº "r"px" are usually
rendered: I will cleanse (declare inno
cent) their blood that I have not cleansed
i. e. I will avenge the blood of Israe
which I have long left unavenged. Bet.
ter perh, to read: "nº sº tº "rººps,
and render like Sept. and Syr, and exºr
tfigo ró clug witän zui oi uń &otſday
I will avenge their blood, nor will J &
it go unpunished, unavenged ; comp
Deut. 32, 43. 2 K.9, 7. Thesaur. p. 910.
Deriv. p., Rºps, lips, n"p:%.
sºp; (distinguished, r. p3) Nekoda
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 48.60. Neh. 7, 50.62.
TP, see r. npš.
Sk tºp: i. Q. tºp, Yºp, to be weary of
to loathe, once in praet. c. : Job 10, 1.
The future and other forms come from
the root php.
"Pº adj. (r. np.) plur. pºp; 1. pure
metaph. innocent, free from blame, Ex.
23, 7. Job 4, 7, 9, 23. 17,8. Ps. 10,8. Jer.
2, 34; c. 7, 2 Sam. 3, 28. tºp: "p:
of pure hands, i. e. innocent, Ps. 24, 4.
"P; 5, and "F: tº innocent blood, see tº .
2. clear, free, quit, from an obligation,
oath, c. Tº Gen. 24, 41. Num. 32, 22;
exempt from military service Deut. 24,
5. 1 K. 15, 22; from a charge, Gen. 44,
10. Ex. 21, 28.
STP; i. q, "p; with N added, Joel 4, 19.
Jon. 1, 14 Cheth.
Tº m. (r. Hº) constr. Tinº, clean-
mess, e.g. of the teeth i. e. ſamine Am.
4, 6; of the hands i. e. innocence Gen.
20, 5. Ps, 26, 6, 72, 13; and so without
tº id. Hos. 8, 5.
P"P. m. (r. pp.) only in constr. Jer.
13, 4 sººri pºp; the cleft of the rock.
Plur. E-sººn "pºp: 1s. 7, 19, Jer. 16, 16.
* Ep:
-T )
fut. Pip", inf. tip;, to avenge
º Conj.
VIII, vindicavit se ab aliquo, poenam
sumsit ab eo, punivit eum. Syr. <a.
so id. Chald, id. Kindr. Eris –Con
strued a) Absol. Lev. 19, 18. b) With
acc. of pers. or thing whom one avenges,
Deut. 32, 43; once c. by Ps. 99, 8. In
the same sense is said, Lev. 26, 25 ºr
nºn: Epº rºº; a sword that shall avenge
my covenant. c.) The pers. of or from
to take vengeance ; Arab.
Ep"
Fp:
693
whom vengeance is taken is put with
ſº 1 Sam. 24, 13; nº Num. 31, 2 ; h
Nah. 1, 2. Ez. 25, 12; acc. Josh. 10, 13.
Both constructions (b, c) are united
in 1 Sam. l. c. Tºº Hinº ºp: let Jeho-
vah avenge me of thee. Num. 31, 2
=ºr, nsº bsº ºn rap ºp.
NIPH. 1. to be punished, Ex. 21, 20.
Comp. Lat. ulcisci for punire.
2. to avenge oneself, to be avenged,
parall. Prº Is. 1, 24. Ez.25, 15 pp: Topº".
With 3 of pers. on whom vengeance is
taken Judg. 15, 7, 1 Sam. 18, 25; with
7% in the same sense 1 Sam. 14, 24.
Esth. 8, 13. Is. 1, 24; with 7% of pers.
from whom and also of thing for which
vengeance is taken, Judg. 16, 28.
PIEL i, q. Kal, 2 K. 9, 7 ºr "rºp:
bºy's Tº... Ensºn "Tº that I may
avenge the blood of my servants the pro-
phels . . . at the hand of Jezebel. Jer.
51, 36.
Hoph, fut. Epº 1. to be punished,
Ex. 21, 21. Gen. 4, 15 if any one slayeth
Cain, he shall be punished sevenfold ;
others: il shall be avenged, as in no. 2.
See in Niph. no. 1.
2. to be avenged; Gen. 4, 24.
HITHP. to avenge oneself, as in Niph.
Jer. 5, 9, 29.9, 8. Part. Spºrº a self-
avenger, a revengeful man, Ps. 8, 3.
44, 17.
Deriv. pp: , H%p.
PP. m. vengeance, Deut. 32, 35. Biº
Ep; the day of vengeance Prov. 6, 34. Is.
34, 8. 61, 2, 63, 4. Ep: Epº to avenge
vengeance, to take vengeance, Ez. 25, 15;
* Epº avºr to render vengeance to any
one, i. e. to take vengeance upon him,
Deut. 32, 41. 43; BP: npº to take ven-
geance Is. 47, 3; nS EP. Titº id. Mic.
4, 14.
Tº f (r. Epº) constr. nº, c. suff.
“ngº, plur. riop;.
1, vengeance, i. q. tºp?; so Hºp; thin
Jer, 46, 10; ' nº. 51, 6, niop: 5s the
God of vengeance, the avenging God, Ps.
94, 1. With genit. the vengeance of Je-
hovah is that which Jehovah takes, Jer.
50, 15.28, 51, 11 ; thy vengeance, which
thou takest, Jer. 11, 20. 20, 12. Also
with genit. of that for which vengeance
is taken, as Dº 's vengeance for blood
Ps 79 10; ibºr, 's Jer, 50, 28, 51, 11.
Phrases are: a) : Tºp; rºy to take
vengeance wpon, Ps. 149, 7. Ez. 25, 17.
b): inºp: in; to give or put one's ven-
geance upon, Ez. 25, 14; comp. Num. 31,
3. c) * riop; nº Ps. 18, 48, alsº riº
8 riop; Judg. 11, 36, to give or d ven-
geance for any one, to satisfy his desire
of vengeance.
2. desire of vengeance, vindictiveness,
Lam. 3, 60, nºp; nº to act vindic-
tively, revengefully, Ez. 25, 15.
Sk 3p}, i. q. Spy, to be rent away, mes
taph. to be alienated, Ez. 23, 18. 22. 28
Found only in the praeter.
Sk Ep: fut. sp;" 1. to strike, to cui
by blows with an instrument, see Piel
and F.E. Chald. FP5 to strike an ox
for slaughter, to ſell; Arah. —5.33 I, III,
to Smite, e.g. the head so as to break
it, to strike through i. e. to percolate.
Kindr. is F33, Eth. A'ſ).A. to touch.
The idea of striking lies in the syllables
25, 52, p2, see TE: ; also in FP, comp.
xónto, Hºpr.
2. to fasten together by driving nails,
to join together, comp. Germ. zusammen-
schlagen, Engl. vulg. to knock together ;
Syr, and Sam. -aºſ, JYX, to join on ;
Pe. -aol to adhere, to cohere.—Hence
prob. to fold together, e. g. a net (Job
19, 6); espec. so as to return upon itself
and form a circle ; comp. Jis, band,
arm-band. See Hiph. no. 3, and Hºp: .
Hence
3. to move in a circle ; Is. 29, 1 tºn
Epº let the festivals run their circle,
i. e. the circle of the annual festivals
being completed.
PIEL ºp: 1. to cut doom, to fell, e. g.
a wood, Is. 10, 34.
2. to smite in pieces, and so to destroy,
like nº. Job 19, 26 after they shall
have destroyed my skin (body), this sc.
shall be or happen, viz. that which pre-
cedes in v. 25, the advent of God. See
Lehrg. p. 798.
HipH. 1. to fold or cast around any
one, Germ. umschlagen, see in Kal no.
2. With acc. and by of pers. Job 19, 6
*Prºby iTºxº; he haſh folded (cast)
his met around me. Metaph. Lain. 3, 5
where supply "hy.—Hence
2. to lead around, to let go round in a
Fp.
694 ->
circle; Job , 5 nºujºn º Eºpn 2
when they (the sons of Job) had let the
days offeasting go round, after they had
gone round with feasting. Lev. 19, 27
Bºujºn nsP Eºpn Nh lit. ye shall not
round the eatremity of your head sc. in
cutting the hair, i.e. ye shall not cut
off the outer part of the hair in a circle
around the head; Symm. oil itsgršvgägers
xixຠtn ſigógoylv tís negºñs iudiv.
This would seem to refer to a custom of
the ancient Arabs, who cut off the hair
round the outer part of the head, but left
that in the middle untouched, Hdot. 3.8.
ib. 4, 175.-Inf absol. Fºr, Josh. 6, 3,
and Fºn v. 11, pr, going around, as
adv. round about.
3. to surround, to encircle, c. acc. 1 K.
7, 24. Ps. 22, 17; by 2 K. 6, 14. Ps. 17,
9. 88, 18.
Deriv. the two following.
FP5 m. a beating or shaking off of
olives, Is. 17, 6. 24, 13. Chald. Flºp": id.
Fºx f. (r. ºp; no. 2) a rope, cord,
bound around a female slave or captive
instead of a girdle or zone, Is. 3, 24.
Sept. ozou'lov, Vulg. funiculus.
>k Pp: obsol. root, prob. i. q. ap; and
hp?, to bore, to pierce ; whence pºp:
cleft of a rock. A vestige of this root
exists in the Samar. see Anecdot. Ori-
ental. p. 88.
* TP; ſut, -pº, to bore, to pierce;
spoken of the eye, to bore out, to put out,
1 Sam. 11, 2. Prov. 30, 17 the ravens of
the valley shall pick it out sc. the eye.—
Chald. Syr. Arab. id. Ethiop. 292/.
to be blind of one eye, 39A evulsit.
The radical syllable is "p, which like
ºne has the signif. of boring, digging ;
see hºp, ºpiº, -pj, -pri, -px; also nº,
nº, hes, etc.
PIEL ºpe, fut. -p?", to bore or put
out the eye Num. 16, 14. Judg. 16, 21.
Metaph. Job 30, 17 ºp: "23; Hhº the
night pierces my bones, i.e. by night
my bones are pierced with pain; comp.
3, 3.
PUAL, to be dug out ; Is. 51, 1 the
uuarry whence trºp: ye were digged,
imetaph. of the ancestors or founders of a
24tion.—Hence
º, or TP), a cavern, fissure, only
constr. hºsn nºnp: the cleft of the rock
Ex. 33, 22. Plur. Bºxin ninp, Is, 2,21
* tºp; i. q. usp; and w:ip, but intrans
to be smared, caught in a snare ; Ps. 9
17 vºn upil ºngº była in the work of
his own hands the wicked is snared.
NIPH. to be smared, caught in a smare
Deut. 12, 30.
PIEL trans, to lay snares, absol. Ps. 38,
13; with h to lay snares for, to cast a
snare over any one, Ps. 109, 11 ºp;"
ib-nºs-bzh nº let the eartortioner cas;
a smare upon all that he hath, i.e. let
him seize upon all his property.
HITHP. to lay a smare for any one,
trop. c. # 1 Sam. 28, 9.
tºP, Chald. to smite, to strike, to knock,
so in Targ. and Talmud. Syr. --a
id. also to clap the hands, to strike a
bell, etc. Arab. U.53 to strike a bell
or board—Dan. 5, 6 and his knees Nº.
Tºp: Nº smote one against the other.
T. m. (r. hº) once nº. 2 Sam. 22, 29,
c. suff, ºn: ; plur. nin, c. suff, rºrº.
1. a light, lamp, Syr. tº- fi-i id
Zeph. 1, 12. "... is the light of the lamp,
Jer, 25, 10. Prov. 31, 18 her lamp goeth
not out by night, she labours diligently
all the night. Often of the lights of the
sacred candelabra, Ex. 25, 37. 30, 8.
40, 4, 25. Lev. 24, 4. Num. 4, 9. 1 K. 7,
49. al. Once of the candelabra itself, the
lamp of God 1 Sam. 3, 3–Trop. in va-
rious senses, e. g. a) Put ſor welfare,
prosperity, happiness, comp. his lett. e ;
yet so that the image of a light is re-
tained; Ps. 18, 29 ºn: ""sn Hirºs thou
(God) wilt light my lamp, make my way
prosperous. 132, 17. Job 29, 3. Contra,
Prov. 13, 9 the light of the righteous re-
joiceth, but the lamp of the wicked shall
be put out, comp. Job 21, 17; also Prov,
20, 20. Job 18, 5. b) Put for glory, as
the light of Israel, spoken of David 2
Sam. 21, 17. So of Barhebraeus, Asse-
man. II. p. 266. c.) Of divine instruc-
tion, Prov. 6, 23. Ps. 119, .05; comp
Prov. 20, 27 a lamp of the Lord is the
spirit of man, i. e. lighted of God.
Comp. also qaig John 1, 4.5.8.9.
2. Ner, pr. n. of the grandfather o
Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 50. 51,26, 5 1 Chr. 8, 33
-: 695
Nº
"3, see in nº.
Sk 35; obsol root, i. q. an?, to roll, to
‘evolve rapidly; then, to talk rapidly
and much, of babblers and tale-bearers,
to slander. Arab. quadrilit.
ax’ to
roll or revolve quickly, both of motion
and speech, to slander; whence º
threshing-dray, Heb. ºnio q. v. and
3. * *
}* one turning quickly, a slanderer,
tale-bearer—Hence ºn.
byn; Nergal, pr. n. of an idol of the
Cathites, 2 K. 17, 30. According to
Norberg, by: is i. q. Zab. --> the
planet Mars, corresponding to Arab.
9 w
&: id. The * is then the mark of a
diminutive, for the use of which in the
names of the gods see in ſix. Better,
according to Bohlen, bºx i. q. Sanscr.
Nrigal, man-devourer, spoken of a fierce
warrior, and corresponding to Thº.
See Thesaur. p. 913.—Hence
nysºn, Syn: Nergal-Sharezer, pr. n.
a) A military chieftain under Nebuchad-
mezzar Jer. 39, 3. b) One of the chief
Magi under the same king Jer. 39, 13.—
See the name nºsº; Sharezer in its
order. The same compound name is
Neguy?urg&g, Neriglissar.
7372 m. talkative, then a tattler, tale-
Wearer, slanderer, Prov. 16, 28. 18,
3. 26, 20. 22. R. Anº, after the form
jº.
Tº m. c. suff, º, plur. Bºtº, mard,
Indian spikemard, Sanscr. marda, very
"ragrant and precious, Cant. 1, 12. 4,
3. 14. See Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 1
q. Sir W. Jones on the Spikenard of
Jhe Ancients, in Asiatic Researches Vol.
lV. Comp. Thesaur. p. 914.
Tº (lamp of Jehovah, r. nº.) Ne-
riah, pr. n. m. a) Jer. 32, 12. 36, 4
b) 51, 59.
* Nº ſut. Nigh, inf absol. Nºw, Jer
10, 5. Hos. 1,6; inſ: constr. Niº is. 1, 14,
Riº Ps. 89, 10, c. suff, "sº Ps. 28, 2;
but ſar more freq. r.sº, c. pref. nsion
Ex. 2", 7, rstºº often, c. suff, "nsuſ,
*Nig; imp. Nº (once nº Ps. ... ") and
Nº Gen. 27, 3. Num. 3, 40 ; part pass
Rºbº, once "hip; like verbs rib Ps 32, 1.
But in Ps. 139, 20 sºlº is for twº, sº
by Arabism, like lººks
1. to take up, to lift up, to raise ; Sept.
o:i90, Ściga, Širviga. Kindred is Eth
49% sumsit, accepit, see no. 3; alsº
fº.
Arab, U33 elatus est, crevit, accrevit
but in the sense of taking up, bearing
taking to oneself the Arabs use other
roots, as ©). J---Gen. 7, 17 the
waters increased and lifted up the ark.
Ex. 10, 19. Judg. 9, 48. 2 Sam. 2, 32. al.
by sº to lift up (erect) a standard
Jer. 4, 6. 50, 2. 51, 12. 27. With by
praegn. to lift up upon, to place upon
any thing, Gen. 31, 17. Trop. Riº
Nºr "º to take up (bring) sin upon one-
self, Lev. 22,9. Num. 18, 32; c. 3, 2 Chr.
6, 22. Intrans. to lift up oneself, to heave
as waves in a storm, etc. Ps. 89, 10.
Nah. 1, 5; trop. Hab. 1, 3–Specially to
be noted are the following phrases:
a) Tº sº, also Fº Nº, to lift up the
hand, as in taking an oath Deut. 32, 40;
comp. Tº pººr Gen. 14, 22. Dan. 12, 7.
Virg. Æn. 12.195. Hence i. Q. to swear,
with dat. of pers, and inf. c. 2, Ez. 20, 6
Esºxin; priº "Tº wristº. 47, 14. Ex. 6,
8. Num. 14, 30. Ps. 106, 26. Neh. 9, 15.
Also in order to do violence, c. 3, 2 Sam.
20, 21; to punish Ps. 10, 12; in prayer
and adoration Ps. 28, 2. 63, 5, 134, 2
(comp. Lam. 3, 41); as beckoning Is.
13, 2, 49, 22 c. 8s.
b) injR" sº to lift up one's head, spo-
ken: 0.) Of one who is cheerful and
happy Job 10, 15, Zech. 2, 4. 3) Of one
who increases in wealth, power, pros-
perity, Judg. 8, 28. Ps. 83, 3. Comp.
Lat. ‘caput extollere in civitate.” But
y) sº n°32 's UN- suº to lift up the
head of any one out of prison, is to bring
him up out of prison, these being usual-
ly under ground, 2 K. 25, 27; and su
without the words 'a n°3% Gen. 40, 13.
20. Another sense of this phrase see .
below in no. 2.
c) Tº Niº to lift up one's countenance,
spoken of one conscious of rectitude and
therefore cheerful and full of confidence,
Job 11, 15. Ellipt. Gen. 4, 7 ºf thou does
well, rst lifting up of the countenance
Nº
Nº
896
will be to thee, i. e. thou wilt wear a
theerful countenance. Opp. Tº ºbº:
v. 5.6. With BS to look up towards any
thing 2 K.9, 32; to look with confidence
to or upon any one Job 22, 26. 2 Sam.
2, 22; also of God beholding men in
kindness, Num. 6, 26. Pass, tº sº;
see in no. 3. b. 0.
d) tº Nº to lift up the eyes, often
before verbs of looking, beholding, see-
ing, by a species of pleonasm common
to the Hebrews in similar cases. (Comp.
to liſt up the feet Gen. 29, 1; to liſt up
the voice, in lett. e., below; and see un-
der rip: no. 1.) So Gen. 13, 10 he lifted
up his eyes and beheld. v. 14. 18, 2. 31,
10. 33, 1.5. 43, 29. With BS and h to
lift wip the eyes' upon, to cast eyes upon
any person or thing, i.e. in love, desire,
longing, Gen. 39, 7. Ps. 121, 1. Trop.
of longing towards God and confidence
in him Ps. 123, 1; towards idols Ez. 18,
12. 23, 27. Deut. 4, 19. Comp. in lett. g.
e) bip Rºº to lift up the voice (comp.
in lett. d), before verbs of weeping, wail-
ing, Gen. 27, 38. 29, 11. Judg. 2, 4.
1 Sam. 24, 17. 30, 4; of calling out
Judg. 9, 7; of rejoicing aloud Is. 24, 14.
Also with bip implied (Germ. anheben),
Is, 3, 7; hence absol. in the sense to
call aloud, i. Q. to rejoice, to shout, Job
21, 12 they lift up the voice (they shout)
to the timbrel and harp. Is. 42, 11. Ibid.
v. 2 stºº Nº nor lift up his voice, i. e.
nor cry aloud, i. Q. ps: Nº.—Hence
f) to lift up any thing with the voice,
to take up, i. e. to utter, e. g. a song
Num. 23, 7. Job 27, 1. Ps. 81,3; prayer
Is, 37, 4; reproaches Ps. 15,3; the name
of God Ez. 20, 7; a false report 23, 1;
a wailing Jer. 9, 9 [10]. Here too be-
longs Ps. 139, 20 Nº ship; , for "sº
sº Tzu, see above init.
g) *s tº sº to lift up the soul unto
any thing, like Engl. to set the heart
upon, i. q to desire, to long for anything,
Arab. ellipt, sº J. J.--) Deut. 24,
15. Hos. 4, 8. Prov. 19, 18; c. : Ps. 24,
1; often rijri, bs i. e. to long earnestly
for help from God Ps. 25, 1.86, 4, 143,8.
h) º ºs =h sº to lift up the heart
unto Jehovah, in adoration, invocation,
Lam. 3, 14. But iaº isº his heart
lifts him up, viz. 2) it incites him to any
thing, stirs him up, i.e. makes him 1cady
and willing to do any thing, Ex. 35, 21
26. 36,2. 6) Also spoken of pride, 2 K,
14, 10 Taº Tsº; thy heart hath lifted
thee up i. e. thou art proud. Comp
“tollere animos’ Plaut. ‘animi sublatl
i. e. proud, Ter.
i) to lift up, to raise, sc. in the balance
i. e. to weigh, Job 6, 2. Comp. Lat
pendo and Heb. Nº.
2. to take, to take away, which is mostly
done by taking up ; so Lat. tollere, e me-
dio tollere, freq. for auferre. 1 Sam. 17
34 and took a lamb from the flock.
Judg. 16, 31. 2 Sam. 5, 21 and David
and his men took them away, sc. the idols.
1 K. 15, 22.2 K. 7, 8. Cant. 5, 7 they took
away my veil from me. Ecc. 5, 14, Jer
52, 17. Mic. 2, 2. al. So ‘E DE; Niº to
take away one’s life 2 Sam. 14, 14. Gen.
40, 19 yet within three days shall Pha-
raoh Tºº Huish-rs sº take away
thy head from off thee, i. e. take away
thy life (comp. v. 22), there being here
a play of words as compared with the
contrary signif. of 'P UNT. Niº in no. 1.
b. y, above. So Cic. Ep. ad Div. 11, 20
init, “adolescentem (Octavianum) tol-
lendum,” which may mean either to be
earalled, promoted, or to be put out of the
way.—Hence in a stronger sense : to
take away a person, as the wind, to carry
away, 2 K. 2, 16. Job 27, 21; or as God,
i. q. to destroy Job 32, 22. Hos. 1, 6, see
below in b ; spoken of a tree, to pluck
up by the roots Ez. 17, 9, where nisº?
is inf. Aram. Kal for sºn, ending in
ni in the manner of verbs rib, comp.
nixºn.—Spec. to take away the sin,
guilt, offiny one, ('P jº, suffe, rsºn sº,)
i. e. a) to earpiate, to make atomemen?
for, as a priest, Lev. 10, 17. b) to for-
give sin, to pardon, spoken of men Gen.
50, 17. Ex. 10, 17; of God Gen. 4, 13,
Ex. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Job 7, 21. Ps.
32, 5, al. Also rstºriº Riº to forgive
sin Ex. 23, 21. Josh. 24, 19. Ps. 25, 18.
With dat. of pers. to forgive or pardon
any one Gen. 18, 24, 26. Num. 14, 19
Is. 2, C. Hos. 1, 6 for I will no more have
mercy upon the house of Israel Ntº "a
triº Stºs that I should altogether pardon
them. [Better: but I will utterly take
them away, destroy them.—R.] Part.
pass, ſix ship: forgiven of iniquity, whose
Nº
Nº
697
mn is pardoned Is. 33. 24; sujº intº id.
Ps. 32, 1–Comp. in N. T. wigo tºy
Xuogtlow for to earpiate as in .ett. a, John
1, 29.--From the idea of taking away
comes the sense
3. to take simply, i. q, ripº; Gen. 27,
3 take now thy weapons ... and go out.
Josh. 6, 4, 6. 2 K. 9, 25. 26. Is. 38, 21.
Am. 6, 10. Ps. 139, 9. Gen. 45, 19 take
your father and come. In such passages
sº gives more fulness and vividness,
see in rip: no. 1. Hence also i. g. to
get, to receive, to obtain, Ecc. 5, 18 nsiº
ipºri-ns. Ps.24, 5, 116, 13; so ºr '5,
in '2, to obtain favour Esth. 2, 9. 15. 17.
5, 2. So to take a thing offered, to ac-
cept, 1 Chr. 21, 24, comp. v. 23.—Spec.
a) Hús Nº to take a wife, in the later
writers instead of Hús riph Ruth 1, 4.
2 Chr. 11, 21. 13, 21. Ezra 10,44. Ellipt.
Ezra 9, 2 they took wives of their daugh-
ters for themselves and for their sons.
v. 12. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Chr. 24, 3.
b) ‘P "35 sº to take i. e. to accept the
person of any one, pr. spoken of a king
or judge who receives or admits those
who visit him with salutations and pre-
sents, and favours their cause ; opp.
Dº Hºur, to turn away i. e. not to re-
ceive the salutations of any one. Gen.
32, 21 [20] nº sº ºbºs peradven-
ture he will accept me, will receive me
kindly. Mal. 1,8. Hence wy In a good
sense, to accept any one, to admit him as
, a suppliant, to hear and grant his re-
quest. Gen. 19, 21 lo, I have accepted thee
(heard thy prayer) concerning this thing
also. 1 Sam. 25, 35. 2 K. 3, 14. Job 42,
S. Trop. of a ransom Prov. 6, 35. Also
10 respect the dignity of any one, to re-
vere, Lam. 4, 16; once h tº stº: id.
Deut. 28, 50. Hence part pass. sº
tº one respected, a man of influence,
2 K. 5, 1. Job 22, 8. Is. 3, 3. 9, 14. (3)
In a bad sense, to be partial, as a judge
unjustly partial or corrupted by bribes.
Dev. 19, 15 thou shall not respect the per-
son of the poor, nor honour the person of
the great. Job 32, 21. 34, , ). Ps. 82, 2.
Prov. 18, 5. With out genit. Deut. 16 17
who respecteth no pursons, nor taketh re-
ward; comp. 2 Chr. 19, " Job 13, 10
jºstºn Pºp -rºz, Es if ye secretly accept
persons, are unjustly partia. Mal. 2, 9
nºinz tº Bºstº: partial in the law.
In N. T. 1960'onov Aulufftºvew. See mure
in Thesaur. p. 916.
c) ºn Niº to take the sum of any
thing, to number, Ex. 30, 12. Num. 1, 2.
49. 4, 2, 22, 26, 2. 31, 20.49. Also Riº
-Bºz Num. 3, 40. 1 Chr. 27, 23.
4. to take upon oneself, to bear, to
carry, Ex. 12, 34, 25, 14, 27. 37, 14. Ps.
126, 6. Is. 52, 11. al. So of burdens on
the back, as a beast Gen. 45,23. Is. 30,6;
a child in the arms or bosom Deut. 1, 31.
Is. 46, 3; garments, to wear, 1 Sam. 2.
28. 14, 3; a shield 2 Chr. 14, 7. So a
tree bears, brings forth fruit Ez. 17, 8.
Joel 2, 22. Hagg. 2, 19; the earth its
products, whence trop. Ps. 72, 3 let the
mountains bring forth peace (prosperity)
to the people.—Spec.
a) to take up and bring, to bring ; Ex.
10, 13 and the east wind brought the lo-
custs. 1 K. 10, 11 the ships of Hiram
which brought gold from Ophir. 1 Sam.
4, 4. 1 Chr. 16, 29. 18, 2. Ps. 96, 8.-
Opp. to take away, see no. 2.
b) Trop. to bear, to endure, e. g. sor-
row Is, 53, 4; reproach Ps. 69,8. Ez. 16,
52; aſso Is. 1, 14. Jer. 44, 22. Mic. 7, 9.
Ps. 55, 13. Prov. 30, 21. With a parti-
tive (see in 3 A. 2, b), Job 7, 13 Nº
*nzº "nºi my couch shall bear a por-
tion of my complaint, i. e. will help me
to bear it.—Hence, to bear, i. q to per-
mit, to suffer, c. inf. Gen. 13. 6. Job 21, 3
*:Astº suffer me that I may speak.
c) to bear up under any thing, to take
charge of, e. g. the burden of a public
office ; Num. 11, 14 I am not able to bear
all this people alone. v. 17. Deut. 1, 9.12.
d) 'E (jºy) stºr stº, to bear the sin
or guilt of any one, i. e. take upon one-
self and bear the punishment of sin, Is.
53, 12. Ez. 4, 5, 14, 10; ‘E ſix: id. Ez.
18, 19. 20; is ºri, isºs spy, to bear one a
own sin, i. e. to suffer its punishment,
Lev. 5, 1. 17. 17, 16. 20, 19, 24, 15. Num.
5, 31. 9, 13. 14, 34, 30, 16. So Sºrº sus:
to suffer the punishment of one's whoredom
Num. 14, 33. Ez. 23, 35. Absol. to bear
punishment, to be punished ; Job 34, 31
bāris Nº ºnsº I have borne chastise.
ment, I will offend no more. For another
sense of this phrase, see above in no. 2,
a, b.
Niph. Nº: 1. to be tified up, elevated
earalled, pass. of Kal no. 1, Is. 40, 4 -53
59
Nº 698
pip:
Rº N*; every valley shall be ea'alted,
. e. filled up. 52, 13. Part. Nº lifted
Mp, elevated, lofty, Is. 2, 2, 12–14. 6, 1.
30, 25. 57, 7. 15. Jer. 51, 9.—Reflex. to
lift up oneself, Ez. 1, 19–21. Ps. 94, 2 lift
up thyself, arise, thou Judge of the earth.
7, 7. Prov. 30, 13. Dan. 11, 12.
2. to be borne, carried, Ex. 25, 28. Is.
49, 22; to be carried away, 2 K. 20, 17.
Piel Nº. 2 Sam. 5, 12, and Nº. 1 K.
3, 11.
1. to lift up, to eacall, 2 Sam. 5, 12.
Esth. 3, 1. 5, 11. Hence h tº sº; i, q.
Kal no. 1. g., to long for any thing Jer.
22, 27. 44, 14.
2. to help, to aid, comp. Engl. ‘to give
one a liſt,' Esth. 9, 3. Ps. 28, 9. Ezra 8,
36. Is. 63, 9. Espec. with gifts, c. :
1 K. 9, 11. Ezra 1, 4. Hence
3. to make or offer gifts, c. , 2 Sam.
19, 43.
4. to take or carry away, i. q. Kal no.
2, Am. 4, 2.
HipH. Nº 1. Causat. of Kal no. 4.
d, to cause to bear sin, guilt, i. e. to let
bear the punishment of one’s sin, Lev.
22, 16.
2. With SS to put upon, to apply to,
e.g. ropes to a city 2 Sam. 17, 13.
Hithe. Nºrrl and stºn Num. 24, 7.
1. to be elevated, ea'alted, c. , above
any thing 1 Chr. 29, 11.
2. to lift up or eacalt oneself, i. e. a)
to rise up in strength Num. 23, 24. 24,
7. 1 K. 1, 5. b) to be proud Ez. 17, 14.
Prov. 30, 32. With by to eacalt oneself
above any thing, Num. 16, 3. Ez. 29, 15.
Deriv. sº, nsº, nsº, stºp, stºº,
ristº, nsº, sº, nsº, nº, pr. n.
Yishu).
Stº Chald. 1. to take or carry away,
as the wind Dan. 2, 35.
2. to take, Ezra 5, 15.
ITHPA. to lift up oneself, to rise up
against any one, c. by Ezra 4, 19.
*Nº f. pr: part. Niph. of suº (comp.
?i. no. 3) a gift, present, 2 Sam. 19, 43.
>y 3tº: in Kal not used. HipH. Antºn,
ſut. Sº, apoc, sºn.
1. to reach, to attain unto, to overtake,
pr. spoken of one pursuing another,
Gen. 31, 25. Ex. 14, 9. Deut. 19, 6. 1
Sam. 30, 8. Ps. 7, 6. Jer. 52, 8, al. So
of the sword of the pursuer 1 Chr. 21,
12. Jer. 42, 16; of waves and terrors
Job 27, 20. Metaph. of blessing ano
cursing Deut. 28, 2. 15.45; the conse-
quences of iniquity Ps. 40, 13; divine
anger 69,25; divine threatenings Zech,
1, 6; contra, of good Is. 59, 9. Also of
time, to reach wnto, to attain unto any
time, Gen. 47, 9. Lev. 26, 5–So to at-
tain unto, i. q to obtain, e.g. joy Is. 35,
10. 51, 11 ; the ways of life, opp. Sheol,
Prov. 2, 19. Spec. my hand attains un-
to, obtains, any thing, i. e. to get, to ac-
quire, to have, i. q. haſ "Tº HS.3%, see
in r. Nsº no. 2. c. Lev. 14, 21. 22. 30.31
sq. 25, 26. Ez. 46,7; c. * id. Lev. 5, 11 ;
absol. id. Lev. 25, 47.
2. Causat. to reach forth towards or
upon any thing, to apply, to put to or
wpon, e.g. the hand to the mouth 1 Sam
14, 26. With two acc. Job 41, 18 [26;
if one lay at him with the sword.
NotE. The form A^*}r Job 24, 2 is
for x^er to remove ; see r. sho.
"Sº f (r. sº) ‘what is borne, a
burden Is. 46, 1.
sº m. adj. verbal, pass of sº, one
elevated, eacalled. Spec.
1. a prince, as a general term, spoker.
not only of kings (comp. T-33), 1 K. 11,
34. Ez. 12, 10. 45, 7 sq. 46, 2 sq. but
also of the heads, chiefs, of single tribes
a phylarch, e.g. of the Israelites Num
7, 10 sq. 34, 18 sq. fully bºº "sº
Num. 1, 44, nºr; "Nº. 4, 34, 31, 13.
32, 2; of the Ishmaelites Gen. 17, 20,
etc. Also of the chiefs of families, Num.
3, 24 ºns: as nº sº. v. 30.35;
plur, ni-sr, "sºv, 1 K. 8, 1. 2 Chr. 5,2,
for ni-sn nº '. ; see in nº no. 11.
Hence the prince, chief of the whole
tribe of Levi is called ºr "snº; Nº.
Num. 3, 32, comp. 1 Chr. 7, 40. So
t-nºs sº prince or chief constituted
of God, spoken of Abraham Gen. 23, 6.
2. Plur. Pºsº pr: risings, i.e. vapours
rising from the earth Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16,
Ps. 135,7. Hence clouds, Prov. 25, 14–
—Arab. AL:3 and *U%3 clouds jus’
formed.
Sk Ptº: in Kal not used. HipH. Pººr:
fut. p-ºn, to set on fire, to kindle, Is. 4-
15. Ez. 39, 9.—Chald. Pºs id.
NIPH. to be kindled, Ps. 78, 21.
ºntº
Hºjj
699
>k nº; obso... root, i. q, Chald. *b,
ſo saw, onomatopoetic, Arab. ſº id.
3.34. a saw Syr. Hal to saw ; Eth.
(DUZ, and (Dri/.. Hence hitº a saw.
* I. Sº in Kal not used, prob. pr.
to remove from a place, i. q. So, º 5
whence also “to put out, to dislocate a
limb, tendon,’ see in Hº -Hence
HipH. Nºn, fut. Nº 1. to seduce,
to corrupt, Gen. 3, 13. Jer. 49, 16.
2. to deceive, to impose upon any one,
c, dat. 2 K. 18, 29. Jer. 29, 8; acc. 2 K.
19, 10. Obad. 7. Jer. 37, 9 HRūn-bs
Bºnº deceive not yourselves. With
by praegn. Ps. 55, 16 Keri iºs nº sº:
let death deceive them i.e. surprise and
destroy them suddenly; in Cheth. *.
NIPH. to be deceived, Is. 19, 13.
Deriv. list;2.
* II. Nº. i. q. Hu; II, to loan on
usury, c. 3 to any one, Neh. 5, 7, Is. 24,
2 in sº hºsz Huº as the loaner (bor-
rower), so he that loaneth to him, the
Creditor. So part. absol. Nujº (for nu;-)
| Sam, 22, 2 a creditor.
HIPH. to evact, trop. to vear, as a cre-
ditor, with 3 of pers. Ps. 89, 23.
Deriv. stºo, Pisº.
>k at: to breathe, to blow, of the wind,
c. * upon any thing Is. 40, 7–It is ono-
matopoetic like the kindr. Fu;, buff,
Flsº, where see. Syr. ~, Chald.
auji, id.
HipH. 1. to cause to blow, e. g. a
wind, Ps. 147, 18.
2. to drive away by a puff, Gen. 15, 11.
* I. Tº: 1. pr. to dry up, to fail, as
water; comp. U: to be dry, as bread,
CŞ
3 to ſail, as water in a pool. Hence
trop. of strength. Jer. 51,30 brºn; rinuſ;
their might faileth ; also of the tongue
parched with thirst, Is. 41, 17 epith
nº: Nºsa, where Dag, is either eu-
phon. or is to be dropped ; comp. in r.
nu;.-The notion of drying up, failing,
's then transferred to torpor of the niem
pers, Gr. 16.9%m, vagx&o, cºmp. Fuji and
Sept. in Gen. 32, 32; and also to failure
ºf memory, forgetfulness. Hence
Kimchi ºn nºr.
2. to forget a thing, Li rm. 3, 17; a
person, to desert, to neglect, Jer. 23, 39,
• & e & & O
Inf absol. Ruft for Huj;, ib.-Syr. Au
id. Arab. Gº Eth. quadril. 4 inſip
with r inserted, id.
Niph. to be forgotten, to be given over
to oblivion ; Is. 44, 21 ºn Nº thou
shalt not be forgotten of me, for tº nºr.
s But Targ. and
Jarchi make Niphal i. q. Kal, and then
we may translate be not forgetful of me;
but not so well.
PIE.L. to cause to forget, with two
acc. Gen. 41, 51 ºr for "sº to corre-
spond with the pr. n. Hºº.
HipH. Hujr i, q. Piel; Job 39, 17 God
hath caused her (the ostrich) to forget
wisdom. 11, 6 know ribs Th nºn-"a
Tº that God for thee haſh caused to
be forgotten a portion of thy iniquity, i.e.
has remitted a part of thy guilt.
Deriv. Hugº, rºuj, and pr. n. Hºn.
* II. Tº: to loam, on interest, usury,
spoken like the Engl. both of borrowing
and lending, i. q. Suj; II.
1. to lend to any one money or other
things, often on a pledge, c. 3 Deut. 24,
11; and on interest Jer. 15, 10. The
primitive idea may be that of delay,
Jº.
giving time; Arab. U.5 to deſer, to de-
lay.—With acc. of thing and 3 of pers.
Neh. 5, 10 I likewise and my brethren
and my servants tº Foz Prº Bºuy:
have lent them money and corn. Acc.
impl. Deut. 24, 14. Jer. 15, 10 “nºu, Nº
"a hus: Nº! I have neither borrowed nor
have men lent to me.—But a ris? Huº to
lend at one per centum to any one, sc. in
monthly usury, see in HS2 no. 3. Neh.
5, 11 the hundredth of the money and of
the corn... Erji, bu); Drs -uśs which ye
earact of them; comp. ; sº sº v. 7.-
PART. Flu, a usurer, creditor, money-
lender, Ex. 22, 24. 2 K. 4, 1. Ps. 109, 11
Is. 50, 1.
2. to borrow, like Lat. fenero, feneror
absol. Jer. 15, 10 see in no. 1. Part.
Huj; a borrower, debtor, Is. 24, 2.
Note. The , erb tº is dist r gu'sha :
from nº, Nuº, in that the two latter
include the idea of interest, which the
fºrmer does not.
Hºjº
nº
700
Hiph. i. q. Kal no. 1, with 3 of pers.
tº lend to any one on usury, Deut. 15, 2.
24, 10.
Deriv. ºº, nº, pr. n. nº.
Tº m. Gen. 32, 33, i. g. Arab. Lºš,
prob. nervus ischiadicus, the nerve or
tendon extending through the thigh and
leg to the ankles. R. Huy: I. 1; see
Thesaur. p 921 sq.
*ś m. debt, 2 K. 4, 7. R. Hú: II.
rº; f forgetfulness, oblivion, Ps, 88,
13. R. nu; I.
P"tº plur. f women, see sing. Hºs.
Tº f (r. Puš) a kiss, Cant. 1, 2.
Prov. 27, 6.
>k TD., fut. Tº Ecc. 10, 11, and Tº
Prov. 23, 32, to bite, as a serpent Gen.
49, 17. Num. 21, 8.9. Am. 5, 19; a man
Mic. 3, 5. Eth. Żſi'ſ] id. Syr, by transp.
*** .—Metaph.
Hab. 2, 7, b) to lend on usury, Deut.
23, 20; since not only the lending on
usury, but even the taking of interest,
was regarded as sordid and oppressive.
y º
Comp. Aram. n=3, Nau, to bite, whence
a) to vear, to oppress,
Nºi; usury; Arah. ué}} to gnaw,
Conj. III to lend on usury; Gr. 6&xys-
09 at into Töv zgsöv Aristoph. Nub. 1.12;
Lat. ‘usura vorax’ Lucan. 1. 171.
PIEL i. q. Kal, to bite, Num. 21, 6. Jer.
8, 17.
HipH. Tºri caus. of Kal lett, b, to take
usury of any one, to eacact interest, with
dat. of pers. Deut. 23, 20. 21.—Hence
Tº m. in pause Tº Ex. 22, 24,
usury, interest, Prov. 28, 8. Ps. 15, 5.
Ez. 18, 8, 13. By Tº; tıntı, to impose
usury upon any one, to exact it from
him, Ex. 22, 24; c. 5 Deut. 23, 30. mph
Tº Tº; to take usury from any one Lev.
25, 36. Ez. 18, 17. 22, 12.
nºt; a cell, see Hºh and note.
‘biº, ſut, buº intrans. in no. 2, b ;
imper. Buy Ex. 3, 5, Josh. 5, 15.
1. Trans. a) to draw out or off, to
put off, e. g. a shoe Ex. 3, 5. Josh. 5, 15.
b) to cast out, to eject a people from a
land Deut. 7, 1. 22.—Kindr. are bºº,
nº bº. Arab. J-33 to draw out,
as meat from a pot; Jºš to put off a
breastplate, to draw out arrows from a
quiver.
2. Intrans. a) to slip off or away
Deut. 19, 5 yºri-12 brari buy; and if
the iron slippeth from the helve. b) to
fall or drop off, as the fruit of the olive.
Deut. 28, 40, where fut. A. Correspond,
ing is Arab. J.3 to fall off, as hair,
wool, feathers.
PIEL i. q. Kal no. 1, b, to cast out, to
drive out, a people 2 K. 16, 6.
>k BU) to breathe ; Chald. Syr, id.
Arab. 3 to blow gently, as the wind
V, to breathe. Kindred roots are -uś,
Pº, by transp. be?, comp. Arab. U-53
anhelavit, also parturivit, peperit.—Not
found in the verb; since ſut. Biºs Is. 42,
14, as elsewhere ſut. tº, belongs to
the root tºu).
Deriv, nºr and
Tºtº; f constr. nº, c. suff, "nº,
plur. riouſ: .
1. breath, spirit, spoken of the breath
of God, i. e. a) the wind, i. q. "... rhºl,
Job 37, 10. b) the breath, breathing, of
his anger Is. 30, 33. Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16.
c) the spirit of God, imparting life and
wisdom, Job 32, 8. 33, 4; comp. 26, 4.
2. breath, life, of man and beasts;
Gen. 2, 7 and breathed into his mostrils
pººr rºux the breath of life; more fully
cººr ran rº: Gen. 7, 22. Simpl. nº
id. Job 27, 3. Is. 42, 5. Dan. 10, 17. As
something vain and fleeting Is. 2, 22.—
Hence, anima, the vital spirit, puzi, i. q.
tº no. 2, plur. Is. 57, 16.
3. the mind, intellect, i. q. ujº, no. 3,
Prov. 20, 27. d
4. Concr. i. q. UE: no. 4, living thing
animal; e.g. nº-bz every thing that
hath breath, Deut. 20, 16. Josh. 10, 40.
11, 11. 14. 1 K. 15, 29. 17, 1, Ps, 150, 6,
Nº Chald. f. breath, life, Dan,
5, 23.
* Fºº to breathe, to blow, Ex. 15, 10
c. * to blow upon, Is. 40, 24.—Kindred
are º, cu?, also ºsº, by transp. UB:
Arab. -ā-w-5 to winnow.
Deriv. Fºr and
Fū; m. in pause Fu; Job 7,4; c. suff
intº Job 3, 9.
pur.
ºntº
701
1. Pr. ‘a breathing, hence the even-
ing twilight, when coo..ng breezes blow
(-iºn ran Gen. 3, 8), Job 24, 15. Prov.
7, 9, 2 K. 7, 5 7, comp. v. 9. 12. Sept.
rxôtog. Put for 'he' evening Is. 5, 11.
21, 4; darkness, night, Jer, 13, 17. Is.
#9, 10.—Also
2. the morning twilight, dawn, Job 3,
7, 4. 1 Sam. 30, 17. Ps. 119, 147.
* I. pº fut pujº, once ptº Cant. 8,
l, whence npºs or npº 1 K. 19, 20,
To kiss; Syr. so an id. Sam, id. For the
Drigin see note under puj; II.-With
flat. of pers. Gen. 27, 27. 29, 11. 48, 10.
50, 1. Ex. 4, 7. Ruth 1, 9. 14. 1 K. 19,
20; more rarely c. acc. 1 Sam. 20, 41.
ſien. 33, 4, 1 Sam. 10, 1. Cant. 8, 1. So
oo riphu, 'E pº, whence Cant. 1, 2
nº nipº Ypºn, see in 12 no. 1. b.
i. p. 580. Prov 24, 26 he kisseth the
ips who answer: th right words. Job 31,
7 *E. Tº pºrº or my hand hath kissed
my mouth, refeir ng to a species of ado-
ation in which they kissed the hand
and waved the kisses towards the idol,
Plin. 28. 2. 5. Poet. Ps. S5, 11 right-
!ousness and peace (happiness bibuš)
kiss each other, i. e. they are mu-
ually connected, happiness follows
apon righteousness.—Among the He-
brews the kiss was likewise the symbol
»f veneration, fidelity, homage, e. g.
A) To a king from his subjects 1 Sam.
10, 1; and also from vanquished princes
Ps. 2, 12. b) To idols from their wor-
shippers 1 K. 19, 18. Hos. 13, 2; comp.
Job 31, 27.—This rite, both in a civil
and religious sense, was common among
many nations; and was applied to va-
rious parts of the body, as the mouth,
Jhe shoulder, the hand, the knees, the
leet, etc. comp, the adoration of Saints
ºn the ancient church, the kissing of the
6lack stone in the Kaaba at Mecca ;
Cic. Verr, 4.43. Comm. on Is. 49, 23.
Such a kiss of fidelity and homage the
[Heb. intpp. understand in Gen. 41, 40,
where Pharaoh says to Joseph : TE 89
29-22 ptº upon thy mouth shall all my
people kiss, i. e. all my people shal,
•ender to thee homage and obedience.
Of all the interpretations yet given of
this passage, this seems to be the best.
See more in Thesaur. p. 923.
PIEL i. q. Kal, to kiss, Gen. 31, 28
as a pledge of homage and fidelity
from the vanquished to a monarch, Ps,
2, 12.
HipH. id. Ez. 3, 13 the wings of the
living creatures ºr ins' ºs nujs nipºvºz
which mutually kissed each other, i. e.
of which one reached to and touched
another, i. q. Prins-bs Hūs niºn 1, 9
Comp. Ps. 85, 11.
Deriv, nº.
* II. pº to bend a bow; Eth. (DTib
id. Kindred are ºpy, ºp;, Bip to set a
springe, whence nu}| bow.—-1 Chr. 12, 3
nu;p "pº Complut. Švtshovts; tāşov,
Vulg, tendentes arcum. 2 Chr. 17, 17
ºn nup "Fuj- bending the bow and
shield, by zeugma. Ps. 78, 9 the chil-
dren of Ephraim nu;p ºin "puffix bend-
ing and shooting the bow ; Sept. §vtsi-
vovts; 20.7 (364}ovts.: tóšov, Vulg. inten-
dentes et mittentes arcwm.
Deriv. pu;.
NotE. The signif commonly assigned
to puj; II, is that of arming oneself, and
then this is connected with thaf of kiss-
ing by an assumed primitive notion of
firing, adjusting, comp. Ez. 3, 13. But
the context requires the meaning above
given; and all the ancient versions and
the etymology confirm it. The signif.
of kissing is therefore plainly different
from pu: II; and is perhaps onoma-
topoetic, like the words for kissing in
many other languages, as Germ. kissen,
Engl. to kiss, Gr. xúo (in Hom. Kügge,
züggo, Kūgow); Pers. U”- Germ. and
Swed. Puss, Engl. buss, comp. Lat.
basium, Ital. bacio ; Germ. Schmatz,
Engl. smack. See Thesaur. p. 924.
Pº m. also Pº: Ez. 39, 9, 10; in
pause puś. R. pt. II.
1. a weapon, collect, weapons, Job 20,
24, 39, 21. Ps. 40,8. In a wider sense,
arºns, weapons and armour, 1 K. 10, 25
(2 Chr. 9, 24.) 2 K. 10, 2. Ez. 39, 10.
In Ez. 39, 9, it is mentioned along with
various kinds of weapons and armour.
2. an armoury, arsenal, Neh. 3, 19
see in nº no. 2.
>k º obsol. root, Arab.
in pieces with the beak, as a hird of prey
3, to teal
59%
*º
Tr:
702
8 * ~ 8 ~ * º
rº-", ſº beak of a bird of prey.
Hence
Tº m. in pause ºu, ; plur. tº,
tº 9 o
tonstr. "Nº, an eagle; Arab. 3.
Syr. ſºi, Ethiop. 3riC, id. So Ex.
19 4. Deut. 32 11. 2 Sam. 1, 23. Job
9, 26, al. As there are many species
of eagles, the nu;, when distinguished
from others, seems to have denoted the
chief species, the golden eagle, zgvgol-
etos, as Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12. The
word however seems to have had a
broader acceptation, and, like the Gr.
àstós and Arab. (see Bochart
Hieroz. II. p. 312 sq.) sometimes com-
prehends also a species of vulture, espe-
cially in those passages where the nu;
is said to be bald Mic. 1, 16, and to feed
on carcasses Job 39, 27–30. Prov. 30, 17.
(Matth. 24, 28.) The former would
seem to mark the vultur barbatus Linn.
—To the eagle itself, which often sheds
its feathers as the serpent its skin, are to
be referred the words of Ps. 103, 5, so
that thy youth is renewed like the eagle's.
But the same fact is not alluded to in Is.
40, 31. See Bochart Hieroz. l. c. with
Rosenm. annotations T. II. p. 743 sq.
mº Chald, plur. Tºujº, an eagle, Dan.
4, 30. 7, 4.
>k nº; to dry up, to fail, as the tongue
from thirst Is. 41, 17; trop. of the
strength Jer. 51, 30. So Kimchi, who
assumes this root for these two exam-
ples and Niphal. But these two pas-
sages are better referred to r. nu; I. 1,
where see.
Niph. id. to be dried up, as water, by
transpos. i. Q. wºr: Niph. no 2. Is. 19, 5
Bºrº tº ruš). This form might also
be referred to a root nnu; ,-Ethiop.
{UJT destruxit, delevit.
Tº m. Hebr. and Chald, an epistle,
letter, Ezra 4, 7, 18. 23. 5, 5. 7, 11. Its
origin seems to be from the Persian
X.º.º. nebishten, Cy-Kºº newishten,
..} & woº newisten, to write; the sibilant
and labial being transposed.
•
•=n; obsol. root, prob. to tread, to
*ample, like Gr. 9telów, whence ann; a
beaten path. On the primary syllables
tab, tap, and pad, pat, as imitating the
sound of treading, see above in bha
537, FEtº.
Fºr i, q, bºrº, Ezra 8, 17 Cheth.
ºrn; only in PIEL rin, to cut in
pieces, e. g. an animal sacrificed Ex. 29
17. Lev. 1, 6. 12. 8, 20; a dead body
Judg. 20, 6–Hence
Tº m. plur. Bºrrº, a piece of flesh
Ex. 29, 17. Lev. 1, 8 sq. Judg. 19, 29.
Ez. 24, 4.
hºn, m. and Tºº; f. plur. tºr)
and nºn-n}. R. an: .
1. Adj. trodden, see in Enº, e. g. Tº
Hºr; a trodden way, beaten path, Prov.
12, 28. -
2. Subst, a foot-path, by-way, a poetic
word Job 18, 10. 28, 7.30, 13.41, 24. Ps.
78, 50. 142,4, al. Plur. ſem. in a niºr,
the paths to his house Job 38, 20. Is. 58,
12. Prov. 3, 17. al.
Dºn; m. plur. (r. 1r) Nethinim,
i. e. the given, the devoted, pr. name of
the Hebrew isgóðovkov or servants of the
temple, temple-slaves, who were under
the Levites in the ministry of the tem-
ple, 1 Chr. 9, 2. Ezra 2, 43. 58.70, 8, 20.
Neh. 3, 31. 7, 46.60. 73. 11, 3, 21. etc.
For the origin of the name, comp. Num.
8, 19. The Nethinim would seem to
have been partly Canaanites reduced to
servitude (Josh. 9, 23. 27), and partly
perhaps captives taken in war; they
were instituted or at least regulated by
David, Ezra 8, 20.—Cheth, once Dººn?
Ezra 8, 17.
T}^n, Chald.id. Nethinim, Ezra 7,24.
>k in: , only in ſut. Th", kindr, with
To: , to pour intrans. i. e. to be poured
out, to overflow, pr. of water Job 3, 24;
elsewhere metaph. e. g. of roaring Job
I. c. of anger, c. 3, 2 Chr. 12, 7.34, 25.
Jer. 44, 6; by 42, 18; of curses Dan. 9
11, divine punishment ib. v. 27.
Niph. Tº only in Praet. 1. i. q. Kal
to be poured out, as water, rain, Ex. 9
33. 2 Sam. 21, 10. Metaph. of ange"
2 Chr. 34, 21. Jer. 7, 20. Nah. 1, 6.
2. to be made to flow, to be "nelteo
Ez. 22, 21. 24, 11.
ºn:
in:
703
Hiph. Tºrºn, fut. Tºny infonce Tºrºn
Ez. 22, 20.
' to pour out or forth Job 10, 10;
mºney 2 K. 22, 9, 2 Chr. 34, 17.
2. to make flow, to melt, Ez. 22, 20.
Hoph. Tºr pass, of Hiph. no. 2, Ez.
22, 22.
Deriv. Tinn.
‘Sn; obsol. root, Aram. Sña i, q.
Heb. In , to give—Hence pr. n. Tibºr.
>k Th;, 1 and 2 pers. *nn, ºn; (once
nºn 2 Sam. 22, 41, as Tº for Th; Judg.
19, 11), plur. ºn: , bºrº. Inf absol.
jin, ; constr. twice ſh;, -īn; Num. 20,
21. Gen. 38, 9; usually nm, with pref
nn?, and with tone retracted iº nr.
Gen. 15,7; c. suff, ºran, inn. Imper. In ,
"Tº , Gen. 14, 21; c. He parag. Hºr, often
emphat. Ps. 8, 2, see no. 2. aa. Fut.
Tº: , "ſº, 1 pers, plur. Tº Judg. 16, 5.
1. to give ; Chald. Sam. id. Syr. S$1
only in fut. The primary idea seems to
be that of reaching out the hand, present-
ing, from the radical syllable tan, whence
}}r to extend, In, to prolong, nº to
give. The same is ſound in the Indo-
European tongues, with t softened to d,
and the final m mostly dropped, although
vestiges of it are not wanting; e. g.
Sanscr. da to give, Gr. 660, Öiðout ; Lat.
da-re, but with n preserved donum, dono,
earlier also dam-it, dam-unt, Enn. Pacuv.
Comp. too Egypt. T, T-3.3. Tey,
TH\, "YO; TOW ,
hieroglyphic writing is expressed by a
hand extended and presenting some-
thing.—Construed pr. with acc. of thing
and h of pers. Gen. 24, 35 Nx ib-irº
npº. 29, 28-33. 30, 6. al. saepiss. With
bs of pers. Gen. 18, 7. 21, 14. Is. 29, 11;
rarely acc. of pers. Josh. 15, 19 Yns "a
ºn; ºn for thou hast given me a
south (dry) land. Judg. 1, 15. Jer. 9, 1.
ſs. 27, 4. Also with acc. and by , i. e. to
give to be with me, to give as a com-
panion, Gen. 3, 12; acc. of thing and a
of price Joel 4, 3, Ez. 18, 13. Absol. to
give, i. e. to be liberal, munificent, Prov.
21, 26. Ps. 37, 21.-Spec. in phrases:
a) - Tr; tº give the hand sc. to the
rictor see T no. 1 lett, e ; but: it, Jr.;
•ee ib lett. b. -
to give, which in
b) 'E tº in to give into the hund of
any one, to deliver into his power, see in
T. lett, aa. 3. Sept. Togo.álóout sig zai-
90.9 twóg. Ex. 23, 31. Num. 21, 2, 3, 34.
Deut. 1, 27. al. Not much different is
'E *E* ſº to give up, to deliver over, in
the presence of any one, Sept. tºgaål-
Öout $ventow twós, the former phrase
being used more of persons, and this of
things, e. g. a land, region Deut. 1, 8. 21.
2, 31. 33. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46. al. So
too simpl. in; c. dat. to give up, to de-
liver over, e. g. to the sword Mic. 6, 14;
to slaughter Is. 34, 2; to death Ps. 118,
18; to wasting Mic. 6, 16; one's back to
the smiters Is. 50, 6.—But 'E tº bs in; is
to commit to any one in charge, see tº
no. 1. ee; and so too by jn; to deliver
the kingdom to any one, Dan. 11, 21.
c) nºujº in; to give in ward, to put
in prison, Lat. in custodiam dedit, Gen.
40, 3. Comp. Gen. 39, 20. Jer. 37, 14.
d) ºne in: to give fruit, i. e. to yield,
as a tree, the earth, Lev. 25, 19. Ps. 1, 3.
Ez. 34, 27; comp. Gen. 4, 12.49, 20.
e) nº in; to give i. e. turn the back,
see in Fins. Contra, a tº nº to give
i. e. set the face against, see in rigº
(5*) no. 1. f. But 9s E ºn in; to
turn the face of any one towards any
thing, Gen. 30, 40; see in rigº no. 1. e.
f) in nº to give favour, to grant
grace, Ps, 84, 12; with h of pers. Prov.
3, 34. But 'E **: 'E in in; to give
one favour in the eyes of any one, see in
T no. 1. b. The same constructions are
found with Bºrin (; —Job 36, 3 pºſs Ins
*::B; I will give right to my Maker, de
justice to him, show that he is right;
comp. tº in; in v. 6.
g) (is) inz in to give honour
praise, to any one, Ps. 68, 35. Jer. 12, -6;
affection, love, Cant. 7, 13. Also, to
give, grant, to any one his wish, desire
hope, Ps. 21, 3 comp. 5. 20, 5. 140, 9
Job 6, 8. In a bad sense to give (cause)
pain, sorrow, Prov. 10, 10.
h) Impers. In", Trºy, Germ. es gibt,
es gab, put for there is, there appears,
there arises, etc. Gen. 38, 28 and it
ame to pass when Tamar travailed, ºl
Tº lo there appeared a hand. Job 37, 10
from the breath of the Lord rinp"Tº there
is (ariseth) frost, ice. Prov. 13, 10 ſing:
ršº ſº through pride there is contention
in:
704 in:
1) The phrase "nº ºn has a twoſold
use : 0.) Who will give one or show me
this or that ? i. e. no one will or can
give or show me, implying a negative ;
see in ºr no. 1. e. Job 31, 31 tº "?
sº: Nº intº who will show me (i. e.
where is) one who is not satisfied with
his meat 2 i. e. who is driven from his
door hungry. Job 14,4 Rºº hintº ſº "?
who will show me (where is) one pure
horn of the impure ? 3) Who will give?
implying wish, i. Q. Oh, that one would
give Oh that I might have Oh that,
would that ; see in Yº no. 1. f. Deut. 28,
67 any ſº ºn would it were evening 1
Judg. 9, 29. Ps. 14, 7 Oh that the salva-
tion of Israel were come out of Zion / 2
Sam. 19, 1 would I had died for thee /
Hence *-in- *% Oh that I had 1 Ps.
55, 7. Sometimes there follows an acc.
and infin. Job 11, 5-25 ribs tº *z, Oh
that God would speak / Or with infin.
13, 5 ºn 12 nº "? ; fut. Job 6, 8, 14, 13;
praet. 23,3; praet. and fut. with Vav, Deut.
5, 26.-But here those passages are to
be distinguished, where in "º is: who
will make me so and so 7 (see no. 3 be-
low.) i. e. Oh that I were 1 Jer. 8, 23 [9,
1] tº hºs- nº ºr Oh that my head
were waters / Job 29, 2. Num. 11, 29.
Further, In, to give or grant is also
put in various senses:
aa) to permit, to suffer, to let, sc.
to do any thing, Germ. zugeben ; like
Gr Öiðoyal, Lat. dare, largiri, Syr. and
Arab, --~, Jes. So with acc. of
pers, and infin. c. 3, pr. to admit one to
the doing of any thing ; comp, the same
consecution in the synon. Tºri from Th2.
Gen. 20, 6 rººs º Tºrºn: Sº I suffer-
ed thee not to touch her. 3i, 7. Judg. 1,
34. 1 Sam. 18, 2. Job 31, 30. Ps. 16, 10.
Ecc, 5, 5; without the Job 9, 18. Num.
20, 21. With dat. of pers. 2 Chr. 20, 10.
Ps. 55, 23.
bb) to give forth, to utter, as a voice,
see bip; words Gen. 49, 21 ; slander Ps.
50, 20; impious words Job 1, 22; odour
Cant 1, 12. 2, 13; a miracle, i. e. to
show, to work, Ex. 7, 9, comp. Ötöövot
&music. Matt. 24, 24. A bolder figure is
tº jr., to give forth a sound by striking
the timbrel, i. e. to strike the timbrel
t’s. 31, 3.
cc) to give for a price, i. e. to sell, Gl
&ltodičopot, Prov. 31, 24. Opp. rip: to
buy, see rip: no. 2. a, c.
dd) to teach, comp, rip: no. 2. Plov
9, 9 give to a wise man (instruction), and
he will be yet wiser.
ee) Perh, to give back, to requite ; Ps
10, 14 Tº nº to requite it with thy
hand ; or, retribution is in thy hand,
power.
ff) With acc. of pers. to give up or
over, 1 K. 14, 16.
2. to put in any place, to set, to lay, to
place, Sept. tièmut. Gen. 1, 17 and
God set them (bris Tºn) in the firma-
ment of heaven. 9, 13 I have set ("mn;)
ºny bow in the clouds. So of persons 2
Sam. 11, 16. Of things that are set up
or Out, as a statue Dan. 11, 31; a table
Ex. 26, 35. 30, 6, or other sacred vessels
v. 18, 40, 5–7. 1 K. 7, 38; the ark upon
a cart 1 Sam. 6, 8; a monument Ez. 26
8; and genr. of things put, placed, laid
wp in any way, e. g. a stumbling-block
Ez. 3, 20. Lev. 19, 14, 26, 1. Ps. 119, 110
corn in cities Gen. 41, 48. So of things
sprinkled, as incense Ex. 30, 6, Lev. 2
1 ; or poured, as water, oil, Ex. 30, 18
Lev. 2, 15. Num. 19, 17; comp. Ex. 12,
7. Of sharp things, as a hook, awl, to
put in, to fix, to bore, Ez. 29, 4. Deut.
15, 17. – Construed according to the
place where a thing is put : a) With
* in a place, as Ez. I. c. Deut. l. c. b)
With *s into a place; Deut. 23, 25 [24]
jºr Nº ºrbs thou shalt put none into
thy sack. Num. 4, 10. Ex. 25, 21. So
too Ex. 28, 30 thou shall put into the
breast-plate the Urim and Thummim.
Lev. 8, 8; see in his p. 26. c) With
by on or upon a place, as fire upon the
the altar Lev. 1, 7. Num, 16, 18; a mi-
tre, helmet, upon the head, Ex. 29, 6, 1
Sam. 17, 38. etc. Lev. 8, 7. Ex. 34, 33
Num. 4, 6, 2 Chr. 10, 9. Metaph. God
is said to put his spirit upon any one Is.
42, 1. Also to put upon, i. G. to apply
as a ring upon the hand Gen. 41, 42.
Ez. 16, 11 ; the rings of the ark Ex. 25
26 comp. 12. 28, 14. Num. 15, 38; blooq
upon the horns of the altar Lev. 4, 7, 18
or upon the tip of the ear Lev. 14, 14.
Further, to put, to set, in special senses
aa) to set, to place, to plant, e. g. the
branch of a tree Ez. 17, 22; a peop
in:
2n}
70b
and a land Ez. 37, 26. Prov. 12, 12 the
wicked desireth the prey of evi, men,
nº tºpºls tº but the root of the
righteous God planteth firmly ; comp. v.
3. Here belongs the vexed passage Ps.
8, 2 Jehovah, our Lord, how glorious thy
name in all the earth 1 by Tin Hºn Hu's
Pººr, which glory of thine set thou also
above the heavens ! i. e. let thy glory,
thus manifested here on earth (v. 3),
be also acknowledged and celebrated
throughout the whole universe. The
form nºr) is here as elsewhere imper. c.
He parag.
bb) With acc. of pers, and by of pers.
or thing, to set one over any pers. or
thing, Gen. 41, 31.43. Deut. 17, 15. But
with acc. of thing and by of pers, to lay
upon, to impute guilt to any one, to lay
on him its punishment; Jon. 1, 14 lay
not upon us (*by jºr-bs) immocent
blood, i. e. the death of Jonah, comp.
Deut. 21, 8. Ez. 7, 3 and I will lay upon
thee all thy abominations, cause them to
return upon thy own head ; comp. v. 4.
8, 9.
cc) "Eh in; to set before any one, e.g.
laws 1 K. 9, 6; judgment to be exer-
cised Ez. 23, 24.
dd) * =% in to set one's mind tipon, to
give heed to any thing, i. q. By 5% pºp,
Ecc. 7, 21. Also stronger, to set one's
mind upon doing any thing, to apply
oneself to doing, Ecc. 1, 13.17. 8, 9. 16.
Dan. 10, 12.
ee) ‘P =h-bs hº n; to put a thing
into one’s heart, spoken of God, Neh. 2,
12, 7, 5. Also iaº-hs in: , śv pgsoº 3si.
vot, to lay to heart, to consider, Ecc. 7, 2.
9, 1.
3. to make, like bºº, nºuă, Arab.J.s.º.
Lev. 19, 28 paniºn: Hºrn N} ºntº ye
shall make no incision in your flesh.
Also E tº in; to make or cause a blem-
ish in, to injure any one Lev. 24, 20–
Spec.
a) to make i. e. to constitute one as
any thing, with two acc. Gen. 17, 5 HN
Tºrºn; this ſizr, the father of many na-
‘ions will I make thee. Ex. 7, 1. Lam. 1,
13. Ps. 69, 12. 89.28; acc. and h of the
predicate Gen. 17, 20. 48, 4. Is. 42, 6.
Jer. 20, 4.
b) + nāt in; to make a thing as some-
hing else, like, similar o any thing.
Is, 41,2izºn hºyz jº, he will make thri,
sword as dust. Ez. 16, 7. Hence to
hold as, to regard and treat as or like
something else; 1 K. 10,27 nºn-ns rºl
bºsz and he made silver as stones. 21,
22. Gen. 42, 30 Bºnº Hirs tº he
held us, treated us, as spies. (Comp,
‘habere pro hoste’ Liv. 2. 20.) Ez. 28,
2. 6. With "gº of judgment merely, to
regard or count as such an one, to judge
to be such, etc. 1 Sam. 1, 16 count me
not as a wicked woman. Comp. Gr.
tiê809 at for woulgºw, hysio 3al, Passow
h. v. A. no. 5.
NIPH. Tº pass. of Kal. 1. to be given
to any one, c. * Gen. 38, 14. Ex. 5, 16,
Is. 9, 5. 35, 2. Often to be given up, tº
be delivered over, c. 17: Job 9, 24. Jer.
32, 24, 25. 36. 43. 46, 24. al. So of a
law, to be given, Esth. 3, 14.
2. to be set, placed, Ecc. 10, 6.
3. to be made, c. : Lev. 24, 20; as
arything, Is. 51, 12.
Hoph, only fut. T. 1. i. q. Niph.
no. 1, to be given, 2 K. 5, 17. Job 28,
15.
2. i. q. Niph. no. 2, to be put, placed;
2 Sam. 18, 9 and he was placed (sus-
pended) between the heaven and the
earth. Lev. 11, 38.
Deriv. ºn, rº, Hºrº, nr 2, also
the proper names ºrº, Hºnº, Hºrrº,
Hºnº, and the four here following.
Tº Chald, ſound only in the fut. Tºº,
"irº, inf ſº, i. q. Heb. to give, Ezra
4, 13. 7, 20; c. * Dan. 2, 16. 4, 14, 22.
29. The other tenses are taken from
the verb arº.—Hence sºn?.
jº (given sc. of God) Nathan, pr. n.
a) A prophet in the time of David
2 Sam. 7, 2. 12, 1. 1 K. 1,8. Ps. 51, 2
b) A son of David 2 Sam. 5, 14, c) 3
Sam. 23, 36, d) and e) 1 K. 4, 5. f.)
1 Chr. 2, 36, g) Ezra 8, 6. hy 10, 39.
Hºrn; (placed i. e. appointed by
the king) Nathan-melech, pr. m. of a
court officer of Josiah 2 K. 23, 11.
Bºrº (given of God) Nethaneel, pr
n. Gr. No. 90 woºl, Nathamael, a) Num
1, 8. 2, 5. b) Several other persons
only once mentioned respectively, 1 Clur
2, 14, 15. 24, 24, 6, 26, 4, 2 Chr. 17, 7.35
9. Ezra 10, 22. Neh. 12, 21. 36.
2n:
-n:
706
tº and "Tºº (given of Jeho-
vah) Nethaniah, pr. n. m. a) The son
of Asaph 1 Chr. 25, 12. b) 2 K. 25, 23.
25. Jer. 40, 8.14, c) Jer. 36, 14. d) 2
Chr. 17, 8.
+ on: to team up the ground, to break
up, proscindere terram ; kindred with
yn; and ºn. Once Job 30, 13 hor:
"nºr; they tear up my path, mar and
destroy it. Four Mss. read here, by a
gloss, ºxr.
*xr; i. q. Yng, to break out the
teeth; the Y being changed intos in the
Aramaean manner.
NIPH. pass. Hyrº Job 4, 10. The an-
cient Heb. intpp. refer this form to r.
sn; Q. V.
Sk yn; fut. Ynº to tear or break down,
to destroy, e. g. houses, buildings, Lev.
14, 45. Judg. 8, 9, 17. 2 K. 23, 7. Is. 22,
10; walls Jer. 39, 8, 52, 14; a city
Judg. 9, 45; a statue 2 K. 10, 27; an
altar Deut. 7, 5. etc. Also to break out
the teeth Ps. 58, 7.-Trop. of persons,
to destroy, Job 19, 10. Ps. 52, 7.
NIPH. pass, to be thrown down, broken
down, destroyed, Jer. 4, 26. Ez. 16, 39;
rocks Nah. 1, 6.
PIEL i. q. Kal, Deut. 12, 3; elsewhere
only in Chron. as 2 Chr. 31, 1. 33, 3.
34, 4.7. 36, 19.
PUAL i. q. Niph. once praet. Judg. 6, 28.
HoPH. i. q. Niph. and Pu. once fut.
W.ev. 11, 35.
j: pr: to tear away, to pluck off, e. g.
a ring from the finger Jer. 22, 24. Trop.
in a military sense, to draw away, to cut
off Sc. from a place, c. 12 Judg. 20, 32;
see Niph. and Hiph. Pat, pass. pin;
castrated Lev. 22, 24. A ab. Gº to
strip off the skin; &S to tear out the
ocks; 2-Ks to tear or break out a tooth,
o tear as an eagle his prey. The idea
of tearing seems to belong to the sylla-
ble r. Hence prº.
PIEL to tear up or off, e. g. bands, to
preak, burst, Judg. 16, 9. Ps. 2, 3. 107,
14. Jer. 2, 20, 5, 5; c. 53%. Judg. 16, 12;
a yoke Is. 58, 5; to tear the breasts, to
wound, Ez. 23 34; to tear out roots Ez.
17, 9
HipH. trop. to cut off from a place
see in Kal, Josh. 8, 6. Also c. , to
pluck out, to separate, for any thing
Jer. 12, 3.
Hoph. pºr; i, q. Niph. no. 3, Judg
20, 31. *
Niph. prº, fut. prº 1. to be torn off
broken, e.g. of a string, cord, Is. 5, 27
Jer. 10, 20. Judg. 16, 9. Ecc. 4, 12. Is.
33, 20. Metaph. Job 17, 11 my coun-
sels, purposes, are broken off, i.e. ren-
dered vain.
2. to be torm out or away, e.g. from a
tent Job 18, 14. Praegn. Josh, 4, 18 and
when the soles of the feet of the priests
were plucked up from the muddy chan
nel and placed upon the dry land.
3. Metaph. to be separated out, Jer. 6,
29. In a military sense, to be cut off
from, c. 7%. Josh. 8, 16.
Deriv. from Kal is
Pº. m. in pause prº, a scall, mange,
scab, in the head and beard, Lev. 13, 30
sq. Concr. prºn sº v. 31 and prº v.
33 one affected with the scall ; comp.
933 no. 2.
Sk -n; fut. "nº 1. to tremble, e.g. the
heart, to palpitate Job 37, 1. Onomato-
poetic, like tºão, toãuo, tremo.
2. i. g. Arab. 25 to fall with a sount
or noise, in allusion to the sound or rat-
tling of dry leaves in falling; whence
Chald, and Syr. -r-, £1 to fall, as
leaves, fruit, etc. See Chald, and Hiph
no. 2.
PIEL to spring up and down, t) leap,
i. e. to move by leaps, spoken of the
locust Lev. 11, 21. Other verbs of
trembling are also transferred to the
idea of leaping; see Anri, bºhri.
HipH. fut. apoc. ºntº, imp. hnn.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make trem-
ble Hab. 3, 6.
2. i. q. Aram. Aph. pr. to shake off the
foliage of a tree, hence to shake off a
yoke Is. 58, 6. Also Bºbs nº ºn to
shake off the yoke of captives i. e. to
loose, to set free captives Ps. 105, 20.
146.7. Poet. Job 6, 9 'ºsi", it -ºº:
Oh that God would let loose his hand
and cut me off; here the hand of God
when not exerted, is figuratively re.
garded as bound, and when ex nded
-n.
707 C
as set free.—For nºs' 2 Sam. 22,33, see
the root ºnlin.
Tº: Chald. nd Syr. to fall off, as the
foliage or fruit of a tree, see the Heb.
no. 2.
APH. to shake off leaves, Dan. 4, 11.-
Hence t
Tº m. nitre, Lat, nitrum, Gr. virgov,
iltgow, pr: the matron of the moderns or
Egyptian nitre, a mineral alkali, gather-
ed from the celebrated natron lakes,
(different from nº vegetable alkali,)
which mingled with oi, is still used as
soap, Jer. 2, 22. With an acid it effer-
vesces, and loses its strength ; hence
Prov. 25, 20.—Prob. so called, because
t thus leaps or effervesces. See Hassel-
ſuist's Reise p. 548 Germ. J. D. Michae-
is de Nitro $10. Wilkinson Mod. Egypt
and Thebes, I. p. 382 sq. Lond. 1843.
Sk ton; fut. Jin", inf. Sir!, pr. to tear
Samech, the fifteenth letter of the
Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral denot-
ing 60. The name Tºq denotes fulcrum,
pupport, which accords well with the
Phenician form of this letter; see Mo-
numm. Phoen. p. 39.
As to the sound of b, it seems to have
been pronounced anciently as a softer
sibilant than to, which latter before the
introduction of the diacritical points
was not distinguished from us, see
Lehrg. p. 17, 18. Hence it comes, that
very many roots are constantly written
in one and the same manner, either with
e, as ang, hio; or with to, as nº,
bhir, ; and also that others when written
with o differ entirely from the similar
»nes written with to, as 529 to be fool-
sh, bei) to view, to understand; n=8 to
shut up hau, to hire; oºn and tº ;
**b and hºw ; Hºp and nº. By de-
grees however this distinction in the
pronunciation was lost, so that the later
Hebrew not unfrequently puts o for to
and vice versa; e. g. by 2 and tº vex-
ation; aner, once for ºn Job 24, 2;
nº and nº ; 29 for neº Ezra 4, 5;
wp, to pluck up a plant, see Hopli, Arab
U.K3 to pull up e.g. thorns; Syr. -º-
to tear up, also in pieces. Iſence a)
Trop. to root out, i.e. to drive out, to earpel,
Sc. a people from a land (opp. Stº) Deut.
29, 27. 1 K. 14, 15. So in the phrase
tºins Rºi Etrº, I will plant them and
not pluck them up, i. e. I will give ther)
a fixed dwelling, and will not drive them
out, Jer. 12, 14. 15. 24, 6, 42, . C. 45, 4.
al. b) to root out, i. e. to tear down, to
destroy, e. g. cities Ps. 9, 7, idols Mic.
5, 13.
NIPH. pass. 1. to be plucked up, ear-
pelled, as a people, Jer, 31, 40. Am. 9.
15; to be overthrown, as a kingdom,
Dan. 11, 4.
2. i. q, nº (Is. 19, 5), to be dried up,
spoken of water Jer. 18, 14.
Hoph, to be torn up, plucked up, Ez.
19, 12.
nºbiu for nºbºe folly Ecc. 1, 17; she
and ship; one and one; bº) and DE7.
The Syriac employs only the letter
Samech (-w); the Arabic only Sin (U.);
the Chaldee imitating the Syriac often
substitutes o for the Hebrew to, as -stº
Chald. Hist, leaven, nau, Chald. Yap to
expect.
For the Heb. tº the Arabs usually put
J., while for b they put mostly U”, as
Tº cº to adore, noš /~! to bind,
- sour grapes, Tº U.S to
cover; more rarely Už, as ºne #3x3
winter, Tag J-3.
In the Hebrew itself, and 11. Aramae-
an, o is frequently interchanged : a)
With the thicker tº, as Tiºno and
Tinº coat of mail, bº Aram. tº to
collect, net and nº to pour, etc. comp.
bºº, hee, and the like. That the
Ephraimites pronounced u) like Samech,
we know from Judg. 12, 6. b) With 1
and y; see under these letters, c) With
dentals; as To Chald. Tº mire; :omp
Tºg and Torº, Bºº and bºr.
, 9 o 5
-ba
TNo
E-b
708
* Tsº obsol. root. Arab. it. to
eartend, to earpand ; then perhaps to
measure, comp. Tºº. Hence
"Sº f plur. Bºst. 1. a Seah, a cer-
tain measure for grain, according to the
Rabbins the third part of an ephah,
nºns: i. e. nearly 14 peck English ;
according to Jerome on Matt. 13, 33, a
modius and a half. Gen. 18, 6. 1 Sam.
25, 18. Dual tºnsº for tºnsº 2 K. 7,
1. 16, contracted in the Syriac manner,
like Bºrsº, Bºrsº. Chald, id. From
the Aram, form 121s has sprung the
Gr. oºtov, in Sept. the N. T. and Jose-
phus.
2. Gemr. measure ; so Chald. NnNQ
often. Hence with Aqu. Symm. Theod.
Chald. Syr. I would explain the difficult
word risese: Is. 27, 8, contr. from
nsº-rist: (Dag. fort. conjunct, as
E:#2 for pºrno), by measure and mea-
sure, according to measure, i. e. with
moderation; comp. tºužº Jer, 10, 24,
and tº Jer. 30, 11. 46, 28. Less
prob. is a solution lately proposed, that
risese: is put for nºta (r. **) in
agitaling or terrifying her.
Tisº. m. (r. 89) a shoe, spec, the
high and hollow shoe, caliga, intóðmuo.
zoºlov, bound on with thongs, such as
rustic travellers and soldiers were ac-
customed to wear as a protection against
the mud; Chald. Nºnº ; Syr. field. Is.
9, 4, so mist-2 lit. every shoe of the
shod, omnis caliga caligati, i.e. of the
soldier, warrior.
:}; lsº 1. Pr. as it would seem, to
be clayey, miry, comp. Chald. 788, 7.8,
Syr. ºw, Heb. The mire, clay, kindr.
with the subst. Tº clay. Hence list
a shoe, as a defence against the mud
and mire. Thence
2. Denom. to shoe, to furnish with
shoes, calceare, like Syr. §. Part.
tºo intrans. shod, Is. 9,4; see in Tisº.
TSEsp Is. 27, 8, see in rise no. 2.
Ak Nº to drink to earcess, to tope.
The primary idea seems to be that of
sucking up, absorbing, which is express-
pd by onomatopoetic words, as *R*,
sorbere; with l inserted Germ. Schlürfen
with n dropped Anglosax. supan, Germ
sawfen, Engl. Sip, sup; and in Greek
the sibilant being dropped, §oqêw. Alsc
Sºº would seem to be from the same
source.—Is. 56, 12. Part. Nºb a toper,
drunkard, Deut. 21, 20. Prov. 23, 20.21
Ez. 23, 42 Cheth. Part pass. Shag
drunken : [Nah. 1, 10 for interwoven
like to thorns, "A B-sºap Esig=1 and
drunken as with their wine, they yet
shall be devoured as slubble, i. e. march-
ing in phalanx and intoxicated to reel-
ing; see in biz no. 1.-R.
Deriv. the two following.
839 Ez. 23, 42 Keri, i. q. Part. Nio
Cheth, plur. E"sº drunkards.
s:b m. c. suff. TS:tº 1. wine Is. 1,
22. Nah. 1, 10 see in r. Nº.
2. a drinking-bout, carouse, Hos. 4, 18.
Sºº, plur. E"Sº, (perh. i. q. Ethiop.
ri'ſ]h man, comp. Hrºne, Hºrne,)
Seba, the Sabeans, pr: n, of a people de-
scended from Cush, Gen. 10, 7; i. e. a
people and country of Ethiopia flourish-
ing in traffic and wealth, Is. 43, 3, 45,
14. Ps. 72, 10; and distinguished for the
tall stature of its inhabitants, Is. 45, 14.
Hdot. 3. 20. According to Josephus,
Ant. 2. 10.2, it would seem to have been
Meroë, a province of Ethiopia distin-
guished for its wealth and commerce,
lying between the Nile and the Astabo-
ras (Tacazzé), and called by the an-
cients an island; with a metropolis of
the same name, of which the ruins are
still found not far from the town of
Shendy. See Burckh. Travels in Nubia
p.275. Rüppell’s Reisen in Nubien und
dem peträischen Arabien 1829. Tab. 5,
Hoskins' Travels in Ethiopia etc. Lond
1835–For plur. E"Sº Ez. 23, 42, see
in Näg.
>k Fº praet, both fully and defect.
hang, haë, prize; inf =b, once -āgh
Num. 21, 4; imper, ab; fut. So, and
aiº, -ºn, conv. Rºº.
1. to turn oneself, i. e. to turn intrans
e.g. Prov. 26, 14 the door turneth by
nºx upon its hinges. 1 Sam. 15, 27
rº bºat; abº and Samuel turned to
go away. The person or place to which
one turns is put with BS Ecc. 1, 6
Einö
709 E-10
! Salm. 14, 24; h 1 K. 2, 15. Ps. 114, 3.5;
by Hab. 2, 16. 2 Chron. 18, 31. That
from which one turns is put with 7%,
byz, ºnz; 1 Sam. 17, 30 ibss? =bºl
nris bºo-bs and he turned from him
toward another. 18, 11. Gen. 42, 24.
With "ºris-bs to turn back after any
one, so as to follow him, 2 K. 9, 18, 19;
and absol. to return Cant. 2, 17. 18. Ps.
71,21; inſ; c. , to turn oneself to Jo any
thing, Ecc. 2, 20. 7, 25. Also aſsol. to
turn to, for to approach, 1 Sam. 22, 17.
18. 2 Sam. 18, 15. 30. Spoken of things,
to turn to any place, i. e. to be brought,
carried, transferred, to that place or
person; 1 Sam. 5, 8 nº nº let the ark
turn about to Gath, be carried thither.
Num. 36, 7 Hab. 2, 16; comp. 1 K. 2, 15.
2. to go about in a place, which in-
cludes the idea of turning oneself con-
tinually, to go over a place, as a city,
cities, c. : Cant. 3, 3, 5, 7, 2 Chr. 17, 9.
23, 2; also c. acc. Is. 23, 16 n°s "ab go
about the city. 1 Sam. 7, 16 and he went
over the cities Bethel and Gilgal and
Mizpeh. 2 K. 3, 9 and they went about
Bºzº reau. Tº a way of seven days,
where the words " 'uj" constitute an
accusative.—Also to go round about a
place, to compass, c. acc. Deut. 2, 1.3.
Josh. 6, 3. 4.7. Ps. 48, 13; in order to
avoid it Num. 21, 4. Judg. 11, 18.
3. to encompass, to surround, c. acc.
Gen. 2, 11. 13. 1 K. 7, 24, 2 K. 6, 15.
Ps. 18, 6. 22, 17; in a hostile sense
Ecc. 9, 14. . Also c. bs 2 K. 8, 21;
by Job 16, 13. Judg. 20, 5. Gen. 37, 7
-nºs: jºnnºr bºrºs Hyaen Hºn.
andlo your sheaves surrounded my sheaf
and did obeisance to it, i.e. stood round
about it, etc. Absol. to surround a table
i. e. to come around it, to sit down or re-
cline at table, 1 Sam. 16, 11 ab: Nº we
will not sit down ; comp. in Spº.
4. Trop. to turn, i.e. to alter, to change;
with 2 to become like any thing, Zech.
14, 10. Comp. Pi. and Hiph. rio. 3.
5. Trop. to go about any thing, tc
bring about, i. e. to be the cause of any
• Q -
&:
thing. Comp. Arab. -. Cause, ºw
to cause ; Talmud. Hºb cause, pr: the
hing or occasion on which any thing
depends; Engl. curcumstance, Germ.
Umstan l, from the signification of sur-
rounding, comp. nitis. 1 Sam. 22, 2A
TEs n^3 tº-bz: "rap *-ºs I ºwn, the
cause to all the persons of thy family,
i. e. I have brought abo nt, occasioned,
their death; Vulg. ego sum reus omnium,
animarum.
Niph. ap: and sº Ez. 26, 2; fem.
Tº for Tºp; Ez. 41, 7, see Lehrg. p.
372. Heb. Gr. § 66. n. 11; ſut. Bey, Hae",
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn oneself, to
turn, Ez. 1, 9. 12. 17. 10, 11. 16; often
of a boundary Num. 34, 4.5. Josh. 15,
3. al. Also i. q. to be turned over to any
one, c. *, Jer. 6, 12 Dºrish errºr: Hae,
their houses shall be turned over (trans-
ferred) to others; comp. in Kal Num. 36,7.
2. i. Q. Kal no. 2, to surround, Judg.
19, 22; with by, in a hostile sense, Gen.
19, 4. Josh. 7, 9.
PIEL ºb i. Q. Kal no. 4, to twºrn, i.e. to
change, 2 Sam. 14, 20.
Po. 5:io 1. i. q. Kal no. 2, to go
about in a place, c. 3 Cant. 3, 2; c. acc.
to go about or over a place i. e. in it Ps.
59, 7, 15; to go round a place Ps. 26, 6;
with by, in a hostile sense Ps. 55, 11.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to encompass, to sur-
round, Jon. 2, 4, 6. Ps. 7, 8; with two
acc. of pers, and thing with which Ps.
32, 7.10. Espec. in order to protect
and defend, Deut. 32, 10. Jer. 31, 22
-33 -a or rºp; a woman protects a
man. Comp. Il. 1.37 8s Xgüomy &uqué-
§nzo.g.
Hiph. -ºn, fut. He and nº.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to
turn Ex. 13, 18. Trans. to turn, 1 K. 8,
14 ºp-rs ºn nº and the king turn-
ed his face. 21, 4.2 K. 20, 2. *** -prl
7% to turn away the eyes from any one
Cant. 6, 5. Trop. By ‘E 5* agri to turn
the heart or mind of any one towards a
person or thing Ezra 6, 22, comp. 1 K.
18, 37; and so without 5%, 2 Sam. 3, 12
bsº-º-rs Hºbs -prº to turn all Is.
rael unto thee. Hence also to transfer,
with h of pers, to whom, 1 Chr. 10, 14
nºrth Hºbºn-rs agº and transferred
the kingdom to David. With bs of
place, i. e. to or into any place, 1 Sam.
5, 8.9. 10; acc. of place 2 Sam. 20, 12.
2. Causat, of Kal no. 2, “to cause to
go about,’ i. e. to lead about, around
e.g. a mañ Ez. 47, 2; an army Ex. 13
18; walls, to build around 2 Chr. 14, 6
60
T=\O
Dº
710
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to turn, i. e.
to change ; 2 K. 23, 34 ou;-ris -º
p"pºin' and changed (turned) his name
to Jehoiakim. 24, 17.
4. Intrans. a) i. q. Kal no. 1, to turn
oneself 2 Sam. 5, 23. b) i. q. Kal no. 2,
to go about in a place, c. acc. Josh. 6, 11.
c) i. q. Kal no. 3, to surround, in a hos-
tile sense, Ps. 140, 10.
HoPH. Eohn, fut. Renº 1. to be turned,
to turn intrans. e. g. a door on its
hinges Ez. 41,24; the roller of a thresh-
ing-sledge, Is. 28, 27.
2. to be surrounded, Ex. 28, 11. 39, 6.
13.
3. to be turned, changed, Num. 32,
38.
Deriv. rºe, Hºol, an=9, -9%, abº.
ºt, f (r. 539) a turn, course of
things, as from God, 1 K. 12, 15; i. q.
nze; 2 Chr. 10, 15.
Pºº m. (r. 5-8) 1. Sing, as subst.
a circuit 1 Chr. 11, 8. Hence Hºz,
from or in a circuit, round about, on
every side, Job 1, 10. Ez. 37, 21. Josh.
21, 42. al. saep. Sept. xúxhotºsy. So
º ="39% from round about any person
or thing Num. 16, 24, 27. Accus. anzº
as adv. round about, circum, Gen. 23, 17.
Ps. 3, 7. 12, 9. Job 10, 8, 18, 7. al. saep.
and so after verbs of motion Is. 49, 18.
60, 4. Hºag an=9 circumcirca, round
about, Ez. 40, 5 sq. h ="39 as prep.
round about, around any thing, e. g.
Pººh an=9 round about the tabernacle
Ex. 40, 33. Num. 1, 53. al. Once c.
genit. Yışrī s*55 round about the land
Am. 3, 11.
2. Plur. m. E">"at a) Of persons,
those round about, neighbours, Jer. 48,
17, 39. b) Of place, places round about,
circumjacent, the environs, Jer. 33, 13
Ebºn, "aºzoa in the environs of Jeru-
salem. Ps. 76, 12. 89, 8.97, 2, c) As
prep. c. suff, round about, around any
one; Ps. 50, 3 isz, Hyu; ºne it is
very tempestuous round about him. Jer.
A6, 14. Lam. 1, 17.
3. Plur. ſ. niaº a) circuits, circles,
orbits, which one runs through. Ecc.
l, 6 nºr = ºria":8 by, and the wind
returneth upon its circuits, begins anew
the circuit of its courses, b) i, q. Bºat,
no. 2, places round about, circumfacent,
the environs, Num. 22, 4 Dan. 9, 16
Neh. 12, 28. Ps. 44, 14. 79 4. c.) In s.
constr. as a prep. round about, around
Num. 11, 24 hrsr; nia"at round abou
the tabernacle. Ez. 6, 5. Ps. 79, 3. Often
c. suff, "nia"at round about me Job
29, 5; and so Neh. 5, 17. Job 22, 10.
Ez. 5, 12. Ps. 18, 12. Gen. 35, 5. 2 K.
17, 15.
Sk |Eº to interweave, to interlace, e.g.
branches, part, pass. Nah. 1, 10, see ir
r. 833. Comp. Tºº. Arab, Jº II, id.
Kindr, are Tha, Tas. From this root
with a softened comes the verb is qui
escent Túp.
PUAL pass. of roots interwoven Job 8
17.
Deriv. the five following.
#29 m. (Kamets impure) branches
interwoven, a thicket, Gen. 22, 13. Here
also belongs the phrase yy-Tºpa Ps.
74, 5, taking - as Kamets long, although
Metheg is wanting in the editions. A
similar instance is "pºri-ryº Ps. 16, 5,
which all copies write without Metheg,
although it is doubtless to be read mºnath,
comp. 11, 6. A few Mss. have Taºn,
see Tºo.
Tº id, a thicket, whence plur. constr
ºn "Bºb Is. 9, 17. 10, 34. Kimch.
and some Mss. read ºne, "220, 230;
see Lehrg. p. 77. & &
jºb c. suff. i-aq or i-nº (Dag. eu-
phon.) a thicket, Jer. 4, 7. R. Tag.
8:30 Chald. f. Dan. 3, 5, and Nº.
v. 7. 10, 15, Sambuca, Gr. orogówkm, a gu-
60kms, göuffvs, ºu?iºn, a stringed instru-
ment of music, having four strings, simi-
lar to the nablium or 53; q. v. no. 3, i. e.
to the harp or lyre. See Athen. IV. p
175. XIV. p. 633, 637. Strabo X. p. 47)
Casaub. Witruv. 6. 1. ib. 10. 22.-Strabº
affirms, l.c. that the Greek word gau.
6tzm is of barbarian i.e. oriental origin
and if so, the name might perhaps have
allusion to the interweavºgoſthe strings
from r. Tºg.
"ºt (for F: The thicket of Jehovah
i.e. crowd of God's people, comp. Tº,
Sibbecai, pr. n. of a military chief under
David, 2 Sam. 21, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 29 (ſo
which 2 Sam. 23, 27 corruptly ****)
20, 4, 27, 11.
£-lo
*]:0
711
* 5-lo
EP, fut. Bag”, to bear, to carry,
*c. heavy burdens. Syr. Chald, id.
Kindr. are bºuj, Bhuj.-Is. 46, 4.7. Gen.
£9, 15. Trop. to bear the sorrows, sins
of any one, i. e. to suffer the punishment
which another has menited, Is. 53, 4, 11.
Lam. 5, 7.
PUAL part, plur. Bººn, laden sc, with
young ; hence gravid, big with young, of
kine Ps. 144, 14. Comp. Arab. Jººls
* 2 .
portans, in utero gestans, J33 gravis
fuit, in utero gestavit. Syr. ū- la-
den, gravid.
HITHP. Barºn to become a burden
Ecc. 12, 5.
Deriv. 949, 938, Bºb, nºne.
bºº Chald. i. Q. Heb. also to lift or
raise up, to erect. Comp. Nº.
PoAL pass, to be erected, built, Ezra
6, 3 Tºnion ºniºs, and its foundations
be set up, built.—Chald, and Samar. id.
239 m. a bearer of burdens, porter, 2
Chr. 2, 1. 17. 34, 13. Neh. 4, 4–1 K.
5, 29 (15) by apposition 539 stºº. R.
bºo.
232 m. a burden Neh. 4, 11. Ps, 81,7;
trop. 1 K. 11, 28. R. bag.
ºb m. (r. 935) c. suff. ibºt Dag, eu-
phon. a burden Is. 10, 27. 14, 25. By
ibºt, the yoke of his burden, his burden-
some yoke, Is. 9, 3.−For the Dag. ſ.
euphon. in ibºº see Lehrg. p. 87. The
form is not to be derived either from
bag or bat.
nine or ºf only in plur, constr.
nibºo burdens, tasks imposed, heavy
and oppressive labours, Ex. 1, 11. 2, 11.
5, 4, 5, 6, 6.7. R. bag.
nºap in the dialect of the Ephraim-
tes i. q, nº auj, ear of grain, Judg. 12, 6.
>k natº Chald. (in Heb. *ai) a root
in frequent use in Chaldee and Syriac,
the significations of which may be ar-
ranged as follows; see Thesaur. p. 1319.
Buxt. Lex. col. 1424–30.
1. to cut, to divide whence Po hinto
to cut or open a vein. Buxt. no. V
guishing, as in r. T": ; see Heb naº. -
Arab. Pºw to examine a wound.
3. to look for, to await ; also to hope,
to trust ; see Buxt. no. II. Often in the
Targums for Heb. Hºp, nº. Syr. +as
Pa. to hope.—Once in O. T. Dan. 7, 25
rºrth -aºl and he hopeth, trusteth, to
change, etc. Sept. Alex. 719006éésto.u.
4. to judge, to suppose, to think, Buxt.
no. III. Syr. Pe. Aph. id.
5. to understand, Buxt. no. IV.
Deriv. from no. 3 is
Eººp (two-fold hope) Sibraim, pr.
n. of a Syrian city between Damascus
and Hamath, otherwise unknown, Ez.
47, 16.
Tºp Gen. 10, 7 (21 Mss. Nºn-to) and
Sºp 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sabtah pr. m. of a peo-
ple and region of the Cushites; see in
wjhe no 2. There is little doubt that it
corresponds to the Ethiopian city 2013&t,
20:36, 20:30t, (see Strabo XVI. p. 770
Casaub. Ptolem. IV. 10,) situated on the
S.W. coast of the Red Sea, not far from
the present Arkiko, in the vicinity of
which the Ptolemies hunted elephants.
Among the ancient intpp. Pseudojona-
than gives it by "NToo, for which read
*Nºnob i. e. Sembrilaº, whom Strabol. c.
p. 786 places in the same region. Jose-
phus, Ant. 1. 6. 2, understands those who
dwelt upon the Astaboras.
Nººp Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1, 9, Sab-
teca, pr. m. of a people and region of the
Cushites, probably in Ethiopia, like the
preceding; see in ujh2. Targ. "Nº."
Zingitani, in the eastern parts of Ethio-
pia. On Egyptian monuments the word
SBTIC or Sabatoca appears as the pr.
name of the Ethiopians; so that sºmac
can hardly be sought for elsewhere.
See Thesaur, p. 940. Rosellini Monum.
Storici II. p. 108 sq. 120, 121.
39 plur. E"At , see 5*b.
>k Tàº, fut. Tàtº, to fall down in ado-
ration, to prostrate oneself, spoken of .
idol worship, c. Is. 44, 15. 17. 19. 46.
6. It is a word of the later Hebrew
and Chaldee ; see the following article
TຠChald. Dan. 2, 46, fut. "Ab", i. q
2. to look at, to discern, to inspect, , Heb. to fall down in adoration of ido
which is implied in dividing and Čistin-
c. * Dan. 3, 5, 6, 10–12, 14. 15. 28;
"...Mo
*jo
712
Aomage of a man 2, 46.-Syr. rº to
Arab & id, whence &
adore.
mosk.
Tº m. (r. 538) 1. a shutting up, en-
closure. Hos. 13, 8 tº hist, the caul
of their heart, i. e. the parts around the
heart, pericadium. .
2. Job 28, 15 i, q. ** arº, see hº
Kal part, pass.
3. Ps. 35, 3 see in hag Kal, lett. c.
**2E obsol root, Chald, º (or
bat) to get, to acquire; comp. Nºxº
property. Kindr. is n㺠–Hence
rèsº f property, wealth, private pro-
perty, 1 Chr, 29, 3. Ecc. 2, 8. Often of
the people of Israel, Hinº rºº (comp.
nºr.) Ex. 19, 5. Deut. 7, 6, 14, 2. 26,
18. al.
739 or 732 m. only in plur. Bºt, a
prefect, governor, ruler, spoken : a) Of
Babylonian magistrates, prefects of the
provinces, Jer. 51, 23. 28, 57. Ez. 23,
6. 12. 23; comp. Is. 41, 25. See the
Chald, b) Of the chiefs and rulers of
the people of Jerusalem in the time of
Ezra and Nehemiah, Ezra 9, 2. Neh. 2,
16.4, 8, 13. 5, 7, 17. 7, 5. 12, 40. 13, 11.
anº C) s",
—Corresponding in mod. Pers. is &
5. O ~".
praetor, satrap; whence Arab. &, Syr.
+i_*, satrap, prefect. A trace of the
same from the anc. Pers. seems to exist
in lºne q. v. edict of a prince ; also in
Gr. §oyávng Athen. XIV. p. 639. C.
Benſey compares Sanscr. gangha, or ra-
ther gasana, command, Monatsn. p. 193
sq. Bohlen better Sanscr. sagana
(Çoyávne) q. d. eiyevis, noble. Sept.
grgainyós, ògzov.
73 m. Chald, a prefect, governor of a
province, Dan. 3, 2, 27. 6, 8. But Dan.
2, 48 jºb ºn the chief of the prefects, sc.
over the Magi. -
*"3º fut, -ãº, to shut, to close. Kindr.
is net, but less frequent; comp. also bag.
The primary syllable is nº, comp. her.
Ethiop. A9012, to shut up in a net, to
take in a net.—Constr. c. acc, as a
door Gen. 19, 10. Mal. 1, 10; a gate
Josh. 2 7. Ez. 46, 12; the womb, so as
to render barren, 1 Sam. 1, 5. Job 3, 10
a breach in a wall 1 K. 11, 27; trop
one’s own heart Ps. 17, 10, comp. I
John 3, 17. Also lººrs nºr -38 tº
shut the door after oneself on entering a
house, Gen. 19, 6; oftener nºr ºxº
ity: id. 2 K. 4, 33. Is. 26, 21; ellipt.
hºrs håg id. Judg. 9, 51. So too
'E -is: nºr hºt to shut the door after
(around) any one, to shut him in, 2 K.
4, 4, 5; and without nºr Gen. 7, 16.
For all these constructions with Två
and also for Judg. 3, 22, see in 193; no.
1, 2, and note, p. 143, 144. Gen. 2, 21
Hºrrºr ºn hiº and God closed up the
flesh instead thereof, i.e. in place of the
rib.—Instead of the acc. we find other
constructions: a) With Ty: around,
round about; see in 193, no. 1. a, b)
With by Ex. 14, 3 ºn tri-by-ze the
desert hath shut them in, lit. hath closed
wpon them. Job 12, 14 tºns-by hib', he
shutteth up over a man sc. a subterra-
nean prison, c) With nsºph praegn.
Ps, 35, 3 draw out the spear nsºph -sº
*E* and shut the way against my
pursuers ; here many interpreters
take ºt, or hist as subst. i. q. Gr.
gºyogis a battle-axe Hāot. 7, 64, comp.
Arab. U$ a wooden spear; but this
is unnecessary. d) Absol. Is. 22, 22.
Josh. 6, 1 nº nºb in nº and Jeri-
cho had shut its gates and was fast shut
up, where Kal seems to refer to the
closing of the gates, and Pual as intens.
to their being fastened with bolts and
bars; Vulg. Jericho autem clausa eral
atque munita; Chald. ‘ et Jericho erat
clausa foribus ferreis et roborata vecti-
bus aeneis.”—PART. pass. hºg shut up,
closed, Ez. 44, 1.2. 46, 1. Hence also
precious, whence nºxº Prº precious
gold, i. e. pure, unadulterated, 1 K. 6,
20. 21. 7, 49.50. 10, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 20. 22.
9, 20. Vulg. aurum purum. Chald.
aurum bonum. Others less well, awrum
dendroides, from < tree, i. e. native
gold, shooting out in the form of a tree
NIPH. pass. of Kal to be shut, of doo
or gates Is. 45, 1.60, 11 ; shut sp, of
persons, Num. 12, 14. 15. 1 Sam. 23, 7
Reflex. to shut oneself up, Ez. 3, 24.
PIEL hab i. q. Hiph. no. 2, to delive
sc. into the power of any one, pr. ‘to
*:At
*:To
713
shut up in the power of any one ; c.
1: 1 Sam. 17, 46. 24, 19, 26, 8; absol.
& Sam. 18, 28. Comp. ovykketo Rom.
(1,32. Gal. 3, 22. Diod. Sic. 9. 19.
PUAL to be shut up, e. g. a city Josh.
6, 1 see above in Kal lett. d. Is. 24, 10.
Jer. 13, 19.
Hiph. ""Atºn 1. to shut up e. g. a
Wouse Lev. 14, 38; a person Lev. 13, 4.
6. 11, 21. 26. al.
2. to let shut up, to deliver over e. g. to
Jhe keepers of a prison Job 11, 10; and
genr. to deliver into the power of any
one, c. Tº Josh. 20, 5, 1 Sam. 23, 12.
20. Ps. 31, 9. Lam. 2, 7; by Deut. 23,
16. Job 16, 11; h Am. 1, 6.9; absol. Ob.
14. Also stronger, to deliver over, to
give over to the power and discretion
of any one; c. Ps. 78,48.50. 62; with-
out dat. to give up, q. d. to forsake, to
abandon, Deut. 32, 30. Am. 6, 8.
Deriv. Hixº, -ºlo, nº?, nº?.
"ຠChald. to shut, to close, Dan. 6,
23. Syr. ºº id.
Tºp m. rain, heavy rain, Prov. 27,
15. Chald. Nºe, Syr. fré, Samar.
ºn rº A& , id.—Some refer this noun to
to Arab. 2 º' to fill with water, to pour
out water into the gutter. Better from r.
Q3 -
nº * to sweep away, to bear off;
Arab. spec. to wash away the earth, as
a torrent; »- torrent; hence by
prefixing the sibilant hºp. Comp.
Chald, ºn i. q. Hº ; trels i, q.
h": ; see more in Lehrg. p. 862.
"p m. (r. 778) stocks, Lat. nervus, i. q.
reprº q.v. a wooden frame or block in
which the feet of a person were shut
up. Job 13, 27.33, 11–Syr. irº, Chald.
sºle id,
Ç
Sk Tip obsol. root, Arab, c)-w, to stop,
to shut up by a bar, bolt, etc. Hence To.
7"Tº m. (r. 7-8) a shirt, shift, a wide
under-garment of linen worm next
the body, Judg. 14, 12. 13. Is. 3, 23.
Prov. 31, 24. Sept. ow86v.—Chald, id.
Syr. £13,3 in the Peshito for Gr. oov6%-
Quoy Luke 19, 20, for livuoy John 13, 4.
•Bºº obsol. root, perh. i. q. tº .
Flº, Chald. to burn, to consume with
fire. Hence
PTP Sodom, Gr. 2660/10, pr n, of a
city in the vale of Siddim near the south
end of the Dead Sea, which with three
others was destroyed in the time o'
Abraham and submerged in the Dead
Sea. Gen. 10, 19. 13, 10. 18, 20. 19, 15
Is. 1,9. al. Hence vines of Sodom, which
were probably degenerated and inferior,
(comp. the apples of Sodom Jos. B. J.4.
8.4,) are put Deut. 32, 32 as the emblem
of a degenerate state ; comp. Jer. 2, 21.
Also judges of Sodom, i. q. unjust and
corrupt judges, Is. 1, 10.- The name
may signify burning, conflagration, (r.
tºº,) as being built on a bituminous soil
and therefore perhaps exposed to fre-
quent fires; comp. the name IGotoxexo v-
uévn given to a part of Phrygia. Or it
may be i, q. Tº field, vineyard, q.v.–
On the site and catastrophe of Sodom
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 601 sq.
“Tºp Arab. Jº" i. QI. Jo-
(see lett. b) to loosen, to let one's garment
8 * 9 * * >
hang loose ; whence Jºë", J'º',
J& a sail, wide garment.—Deriv.
Tºº.
--it obsol. root, Chald. Tºp often
in Targ. for Heb. Thº, to set in a row,
to arrange in order. Hence Hºu,
Tinº, and
"Tº m. order, plur. tº Job 10,
22—Chald, id. Syr. ſº id.
>k
-nº obsol. root, prob. to go round
in a circle, to be round ; kindred with
"nº, nº, q. v. Samar. i. q. hríº to sur-
round. Talmud. hºt a wall, fence.
—Hence ºne, nrib, Bºhru.
"Tº m. roundness; once Cant. 7, 3.
"nen as a basin of roundness i. e.
a round basin or goblet.—Syr. isolº *
G 9 .
Arab. 3, the moon, so called from
its round form; comp. 5";innig.
Tib m. a tower i.e. a round tower
O *
castle, fortress ; Syr. fzi-ºw arx, pain.
tium. Hence hºnor, nº the tower.
6ſ)*
Nºlo
rthp
714.
house, house of the fortress, spoken of a
ſortified prison, Gen. 39, 20–23. 40, 3. 5.
Sho So, pr. n. of an Egyptian king
contemporary with Hoshea king of Israel
2 K. 17, 4; Sept. 206, 2006, 2036, 20-
£3, 20136, Vulg. Sua ; the Sevechus of
Manetho, the second king of the Ethio-
pian (XXV) dynasty in Upper Egypt,
successor of Sabaco and predecessor of
Tirhakah, nPrºr). According to Eu-
seb. 12, he reigned 14 years. The name
SBTK or Sa Ba To K on Egyptian mo-
numents is regarded by Rosellini as
Ethiopic ; corresponding to which is
Egyptian Sevech and Seve (slº, Nio).
According to Champollion the name
Sevech denotes an Egyptian deity repre-
sented under the form of a crocodile, the
x9óvos (Saturn) of the Greeks; Pan-
théon de l’Egypte no. 21, 22. On the
accordance of sacred history with that
of Egypt in that age, see Comm. on Is.
I. p. 596.
I. Aho, twice 3’tº 2 Sam. 1, 22.
Job 24, 2; fut. Aeº Mic. 2, 6 like verbs
59, Lehrg, p. 407; to go off from, to
draw back, to depart, espec. from God,
c. Tº Ps. 80, 19; absol. 53,4, Part, pass.
Prov. 14, 14.5% ºb drawn back in heart
from God, a backslider; comp. Ps. 44,
19.
Niph. xio-, once hip; 2 Sam. 1, 22,
fut. xio-, inf absol. Aio, to draw back,
pr. to be made to draw back, to be turn-
ed back; e.g. of a retreating enemy,
often with -iris added, Ps. 35, 4 ºxen
*Briº hiris let them be turned back and
put to shame. 40, 15. 70, 3. 129, 5. Jer.
46, 5; of others Is. 42, 17. 50, 5. Once
of a weapon, 2 Sam. 1, 22 sº. With
Flin' ºns? to draw back from Jehovah,
to make defection from him, i. q. Kal,
Zeph. 1, 6. Is. 59, 13; and so without
these words, id. Ps, 44, 19. 78, 57.
HIPH. Antºn, in the Rabb. manner
ſor X"on (comp. in rhy, nºb, jºb), once
fut. *tº Job 24, 2, apoc. zºº; to remove,
to put away; Mic. 6, 14 ºn sº ser
thou shalt put away thy goods, but shalt
not save them, i.e. shalt put them away
'or safety. Spec. to remove a landmark,
border, Deut. 19, 14, 27, 17. Hos. 5, 10.
Pro 7. 22, 28. 23, 10. Job 24, 2 ºniº: ;
also Hos. 5, 10 in some Mss.
Hoph. Aer, i. q. Niph. to be turned
away, turned back, with hiris, trop. Is
59, 14.
NotE. Most lexicographers assume
also a root *ē, to which they refer
Hiph. and Hoph. x•er, ºr ; inf. Niph
aio; ; also fut. Kal Me". But this is un
necessary.
Deriv. Aho, ano, ºniº.
* II. Who to hedge about, to enclose
i. g. Heb. Tºp, Syr. —sº, Chald, are
Part, pass. Cant. 7, 3.
Aºb Ez. 22, 18 Cheth. i. q. 3"tº scoria.
"Ab m. (r. **) pr. prison; then
cage of a lion Ez. 19, 9 Sept. Knués,
Vulg. cavea.
Tib m. for "ib" (r. Teº) 1. consessus
divan, a circle of persons sitting toge
ther, an assembly; either of friends in
familiar conversation Jer. 6, 11. 15, 17;
or of judges in consultation, a council,
and hence of God consulting with those
above Ps. 89, 8. Job 15, 8. Jer. 23 18;
also of wicked men plotting together
Ps. 64, 3. 111, 1. Gen. 49, 6. Ez. 13, 9.
2. familiar converse, intercourse, inti-
macy, Ps. 55, 15. Job 19, 19 "Tio "nº my
confidants, familiar friends. Tin. The
converse with Jehovah, i.e. his favour.
Ps. 25, 14. Prov. 3, 32. Job 29, 4.—Syr.
tºw, Arab el-w, id.
3. deliberation, consultation ; Prov. 5,
22 Tio ins: without deliberation, opp.
bºss'iº sha. Ps. 83, 4.
4. a secret, whence "ho (nº) ſº to
reveal a secret, Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. 25, 9.
Am. 3, 7.
"Tho (for Hºlio confidant of Jehovah)
Sodi, pr. n. m. Num. 13, 10. From Tib
:k Hyº obsol. root, perh, to veil one-
G.e.”
self; comp. nº (52) to hide, sºy- to
clothe oneself, (5) vesture, external ap-
pearance. Hence Hypº, no.
* nºb i. q. Hrip to wipe away, to
sweep away. Hence pr. n. Tinºb and
the two here following.
nºb Suah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 86.
nºt f (r. nºb) i, q, re, sweepings
filth, dung. Is. 5, 25 Trºez Sept. &
tºlo
ºb
715
voſtglo., Vulg. quasi stercus, Targ.
wn"nº-Kimchi here regards the let-
ter > as radical, so that Firºz would be
‘rom r. no? to sweep out. But
I of compar. could here hardly be omitted.
*io (for "gio, r. ngº) Sotai, pr. n.
m. Ezra 2, 54. Neh. 7, 57.
‘k Tºp to anoint, spoken only of anoint-
ing the body after washing or bathing,
and thus differing from Huº, which is
used only of anointing for consecration;
kindr, with Tib: I. Perhaps the primary
idea of Tºo may have been that of wip-
ing, rubbing; comp. Tho, Gr. oºzsvy.—
With acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 28, 15, and
of the oil Ez. 16, 9. Intrans. to anoint
oneself, Ruth 3, 3. Dan. 10, 3; acc. of
ointment (comp. nu}º Am. 6, 6), Deut.
28, 40 Thor, Nº ſº, but with oil thou
shall not anoint thyself. Mic. 6, 15. 2 Sam.
14, 2. Sept. 29ta, &helpo. f
HIPH. to anoint oneself 2 Sam. 12, 20.
—But Part. Toº Judg. 3, 24 is i, q. Tº
covering, from Tag.
Deriv. Tºbs.
Tºo Chald. f. Dan. 3, 5, 10. 15,
and Mem being dropped nºne v. 10
Cheth. Syr. i-ae, prob, a double pipe
with a sack, bagpipe. It is the Greek
word ovuqovio. (see Polyb. ap. Athen.
X. 52. p. 439. A. Casaub. Isidor. Orig.
III. 21 extr.) adopted into the Chaldee
tongue, just as at the present day the
like instrument is called in Italy sam-
pogna and in Asia Minor Sambonya.
The Heb. intpp. well 53's. See the
tract on Hebrew musical instruments
entitled ºn-nan hºbu, in Ugolini Thes.
Vol. XXXII. p. 39–42. Thesaur. Heb.
p. 941.
Tº pr. m. Syene, a city in the south-
ern extremity of Egypt, on the Nile,
situated directly under the tropic of
Cancer. Copt. CO%3 JI, which Dham-
pollion (l'Égypte sous les Phar. I. 164)
explains opening, key, sc. of Egypt “om
O'ºeſſ to open, and C3. a participial
Ts
ormative. Arab. e'; &f Aswan.—Ez.
49, 10. 30, 6, in both places in acc. to
Syene. The H is prob, only for in local;
5ut was not so taken by the punctators.
* Cºlo obsol. root, to leap, to bound
i. q. Dºb; in Zabian spoken of the
leaping and springing of horses; Nor.
berg. III. p. 298. 3.-Hence
Ono m. 1. a horse, so called from his
leaping; Aram. Ngºo, iſ saw id. Gen.
49, 17. Prov. 21, 31. Job 39, 18. al.
Sing, often collect. horses, war-horses
cavalry, Ex. 14, 9.23. Deut. 17, 16. 1 K.
18, 5. al. The Egyptians excelled in
their cavalry, Ex. c. 14. 15; also the
Canaanites Josh. 11, 4. Judg. 4, 3.7 sq.
5, 22. 28; the Assyrians and Chaldeans
Jer. 6, 23. 8, 16. 50, 37. Hab. 1, 8 sq.
But the Hebrews appear to have had
little taste for cavalry, Is. 30, 16. 36, 8;
notwithstanding the efforts of Solomon
1 K. 4, 16. 9, 19. 10, 26; and therefore
placed the more confidence in Egypt,
Is. 31, 1. 36,9. Jer. 4, 13. The war-horse
is described Job 39, 19 sq.-Meton, a
horseman Zech. 1, 8.
2. a swallow, so called from its swift
and cheerful flight, &Irö toiſ &yºsa &ws
Ttegüysogly (comp. Il. 2.462), Is. 38, 14
and Jer. 8, 7 Cheth. where Keri bho.
So Sept. Theod. Jerome. The Rabbins
render it a crame. See Bochart Hieroz.
T. II. p. 602 sq.
Tº f. a mare, the female horse,
Cant. 1, 9; Sept. ii in Trog, which the
Vulg. renders as a collective, equitatum.
But the comparison of a bride to cavalry
could hardly be elegant.
"ºlo (horseman) Susi, pr. n. m. Num.
13, 11.
* 2°o obsol. root, Chald. Sºngs to
come together, to convene. Hence Ryne.
>k rºo fut. Fúby 1. Pr. to sweep or
snatch away, to carry off; kindr. with
Fos and nºt. Hence Hºho.
2. to make an end of, to destroy, see
Hiph. but in Kal intrans. to have an end,
to perish, Is. 66, 17. Esth., 9, 28. Here
too we may refer hEº Ps. 73, 19 Milél,
and EQ. Am. 3, 15 Milra on account of .
Vav conversive.—Syr. and Chald, id.
HipH. to sweep away, to make an end
of, to destroy ; Zeph. 1, 2.3 Fºº Fios
I will utterly sweep away; also Jer, 8
13 BE"ps ºbs, I will utterly sweep them
away; where the infin, absol, pleo.
ºb
-ho
716
nastic in both passages is from the kind-
‘ed verb Fes no. 5. Comp. Is. 28, 28.
Deriv. Rio, righb.
Rºb Chald, id. to have an end, i. e. to
be fulfilled, e. g. a prophecy Dan. 4, 30.
Comp. Hº: no. 1 fin.
APH. to make an end of any thing
Dan. 2 44
Fic m. (r. Flo) end, a word of the
ater Hebrew, already verging towards
Aramaism, i. q. Yp, Ecc. 3, 11. 7, 2, 12,
13. 2 Chr. 20, 16. Of the rear of an
army Joel 2, 20.
FTC Chald. m. (r. Rho) emphat. Nºio,
2nd, Dan. 4, 8, 19. 6, 27. 7, 28. Targ.
for Yp.
Fºo m. a rush, reed, sedge ; specially:
a) sea-weed, sedge, Jon. 2, 6. Hence
Photo: the sea of sedge, i.e. the Arabian
Gulf or Red Sea, which abounds in sea-
weed, Ex. 10, 19. 13, 18. 15, 4. Num.
14, 25. Deut. 1, 40. Ps. 106, 7.9. 22. 136,
13. al. Simpl. Fino id. Deut. 1, 1 ; see in
rºx. Called also in Egyptian q0x8.
fig3.p. i.e. the sea of weeds. See Mi-
chaelis Suppl. p. 1726. Jablonski Opusc.
ed. te Water T. I. p. 266, b) rushes,
bulrushes, growing in the Nile, Ex. 2, 3.5.
Is. 19, 6. See Plin. H. N. 13. 23. §45.—
The etymology is obscure ; perh. pr.
9 Q -
sword, like Arab. -à-ºw, and so trans-
ferred to coarse grass, q. d. Sword-grass,
as Copt. cHºſe, CH&e, sword and
also reed. In the Indo-European tongues
we may compare also Lat. scirpus, sir-
pus, old High Germ.sciluf, Germ. Schilf,
Dan. sif, sty, the letter r being softened
by degrees into l, and even into a vowel.
Tºo f. (r. nºb) a whirlwind, hurri-
( ame, tempest, which sweeps away all
before it, Job 21, 18. 27, 20. 37,9. Prov.
10, 25. Is. 17, 13. With n parag. Hrºno
Hos. 8, 7. Plur. nipno Is. 21, 1.
**ho once nºw Hos. 9, 12, ſut. -Abs,
conv. Yoº Ex. 8, 27. Judg. 4, 18, which
same form is found algo in Hiph.
1. to go off, to turn aside or away, to
depart, c. 12, bºx, twº, ºr Nº. E. g.
a) From a place, Is. 52, 11 ºnho inho
tº ass depart, depart, get ye out from
'hence. I am. 4, 15. Num. 12, 10. Espec.
from a way 1 Sam. 6, 12; metaph Deut
2, 27. 2 K. 22, 2, 2 Chr. 34, 2.; also Rºx
32, 8. Deut. 9, 12. Is. 30, 11. al. So too
from work, service, 2 Chr. 35 !5; from
calamity, i. e. to escape from it, Job 15
30. Prov. 13, 14.
b) From a person, Ex. 8, 7. 25. Ps. 6,
9 depart from me, all ye workers of ini.
quity, let me alone. 119, 115. 139, 19.
Job 21, 14, 22, 17. With ºr sº to turn
aside from after any one, to desist from
following him, 2 Sam. 2, 21–23; c. minº
to depart from among, 1 Sam. 15, 6; c.
bºº to depart from the alliance of any
one, Is. 7, 17.-Often of things which
depart from any one, leave him, e. g.
leprosy Lev. 13, 58; a yoke, c. 53% Is.
10, 27; the sword 2 Sam. 12, 10; the
divine anger Ez. 16, 42; the punitive
hand of God 1 Sam. 6, 3; an evil spirit
from God 1 Sam. 16, 23; folly Prov. 27,
22; defence Num. 14, 9; the sceptre
i. e. empire Gen. 49, 10. So Prov. 11,
22 a fair woman Est, nºng who depart-
eth from discretion, i. e. who is without
discretion.—Spec.
aa) to turn away from God, to depart,
i. e. to fall away from his worship, to
apostatize, c. 7% Is. 17, 5; ºr Nº. 1 Sam.
12, 20. 2 K. 18, 6. Job 34, 27; by? Jer,
32, 40. Ez. 6, 9; once c. 3, Hos. 7, 14
*:: **b*, like a vºjº.
bb) to depart from the law or the di-
vine precepts, as from the right way
(comp. Is. 30, 11); c. 7% Deut. 7, 20.
Josh. 23, 6. 1 K. 15, 5. Ps. 119, 102;
ºn 2 K. 10, 31; once c. acc. 2 Chr. 8, 15
Tºri nº ºne sº they departed not
from the commandment of the king ; but
3 Mss. read nº. Contra, not to de-
part from sin, i. Q. not to leave it, c. 7%
2 K. 3, 3. 13, 2.6. 11; bºrn 10, 31. 15, 18;
wºrs? 10, 29.
cc) sºn? "ho to depart from evil, to
avoid it by doing right, often joined with
Bºrº's sº, Ps. 34, 15. 37, 27. Prov. 3
7. Job 1, 1.8. Is. 59, 15. al.
dd) God is said to depart from men,
when he forsakes them, withholds his
aid and favour, c. Dº 1 Sam. 16, 14. 18
12; by? 28, 15. 16. Judg. 16, 20.
Absol. in various senses, e. g. O.) to
turn away from God, to apostatize, comp
above in lett. aa ; Deut. 11, 16. Ps. 14
3. Jer. 5, 23. Dan. 9, 11. 6) to depar
-no
nºb
7 17
. e. to pass away, 1 Sam. 15, 32 the bit-
erness of death is past. Hos. 4, 18. So
bf clamour Am. 6, 7; the guilt of sin Is.
6, 7; envy 11, 13. y) to be taken away,
removed. 1 K. 15, 14 and the high places
were not taken away. 22, 44. 2 K. 12, 4,
14, 4, 15, 4, Job 15, 30.
2. With a preposition implying motion
away into a place, to turn aside to a place
or person, sc. from the way. So with
*s of pers. Gen. 19, 3 lºs intº and
they turned in unto him. Judg. 4, 18; of
place Gen. 19, 2. Judg. 19, 12 nºo; Nº
*** **s-bs we will not turn aside into
the city of a stranger. 1 Sam. 22, 14 who
turneth in unlo (hath access to) thy pri-
pale audience. With H+ local, as hio
Tºuj to turn aside thither Judg. 18, 15;
nºr hio Prov. 9, 4, 16; with adv. *ho
bu; Judg. 18, 3. 19, 15. With by to turn
aside towards any one, e.g. to fight with
him 1 K. 22,32. Absol. to turn aside and
go to any place; Ex. 3,3risms, s?-riºts
I will turn aside now, and see. v. 4. Judg.
14, 8. Ruth 4, 1. 1 K. 20, 39. Jer. 15, 5.
HipH. Hºer, fut. conv. hoºl which
can be distinguished from the like fut.
of Kal only by the context, Gen. 8, 13.
30, 35. al.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make de-
part, to remove, to put away, in any man-
ner, with acc. and often Tº, 53% ; e.g. by
driving Gen. 30, 32; by exile 2 K. 17,
18; by uncovering Gen. 8, 13; by cut-
ting off or away Lev. 1, 16. 3, 4, 10. 15.
Is. 18, 5. 1 Sam. 17, 46. So the hand
from one's head, ºn by: Gen. 48, 17;
a ring from the finger Gen. 41,42; gar-
ments from any one Zech. 3, 4, Gen. 38,
14. 1 Sam. 17, 39; a crown Job 19, 9;
the head from any one, to behead, 1 Sam.
17, 46. 2 Sam. 4, 7, 16, 9, 2 K. 6, 32;
a hedge Is, 5,5; idols, idol-worship from
a land 1 K. 15, 12. 2 K. 3, 2, 2 Chr. 14,
2. Is. 36, 7; innocent blood 1 K. 2, 31,
etc. Deut. 7, 15. Josh. 7, 13. 1 Sam. 17,
26; also Is. 1, 16. Job 27, 5. 2 Sam. 7,
15. More rarely of men to remove, to
put away from a land, i. e. to expel, 1
Sam. 28, 3. 2 K. 17, 18; also from a
station, power, 2 Chr. 15, 16 Is. 10, 13
f have removed the bounds of the people,
. e. have moved them forwards, extend.
ed them.—Spec. to remove is a) i. q.
to take albay, comp. Kal no. 1. 7 ; es-
pec. the right of any one Job 27, 2. 34
5; c. : Job 12, 20. b) to turn away
from the worship of God, c. ºr Nº Dent.
7, 4. Prov. 28, 9. Job 33, 17 pºis-nerº
nºn, where it should probably read
Tº ; comp. Sept. c) to take back,
to retract a promise Is. 31, 2. d) to turn
away the prayer of a suppliant, Ps. 66,
20, e) to turn or put aside, i. e. to leave
wndone, to neglect, Josh. 11, 15.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
turn aside to any one, c. ** 2 Sam. 6.
10.
HoPH. noºn to be removed Lev. 4, 31
35. 1 Sam. 21, 7. Dan. 12, 1]. Is. 17, 1
nº nº pººl Damascus shall be re-
"noved (taken away) from among the
cities, i. e. destroyed.
PIL. h.mio i. q. Hiph. to turn aside a
way, to cause to deflect from the true
course, and so to lead into calamity.
Lam. 3, 11 ; comp. v. 9.
Deriv. rºe, hºbº, pr. n. Frºg, and
ºnno m. 1. Part, pass. i. q. "bºo re-
moved, i.e. driven out, (comp. 1 Sam. 28,
3) Is. 49, 21 Fºol nº an evile and
driven out. Jer. 17, 13 Keri "ºb those re-
moved from me, i.e. who have departed.
2. a degenerate branch or shoot, comp.
the root no 1. aa, bb. Jer. 2, 21 "nºb
Hºnº: Eğrı degenerate shoots of a strange
wine.
3. Sur, pr. n. of a gate of the temple
only 2 K. 11, 6. In the parall. passage
2 Chr. 23, 5 it is called Toºn "yuj the
foundation gate; and this is preferable.
*Tºo or nº in Kal not used, to
stimulate, to incite. This root is want-
ing in all the kindred dialects, and is
perhaps secondary, derived from nºw a
thorn, goad, stimulus.
HipH. nºon and nºtºr Jer, 38, 22, fut.
nº and nº Is. 36, 18, conv. nº. 2
Sam. 24, 1; part. nº. 2 Chr. 32, 11; to
incite, to impel, to move, often in a bad
sense; followed by an acc. and inf. c. 5,
1 Chr. 21, 1 and (Satan) moved (rºl)
David to number Israel. 2 Chr. 18, 2,
Acc. simpl. to seduce, Deut. 13, 7. 1 K.
21, 25 Ahab ... whom Jezebel his wife
nnor, incited, seduced; where Firpº is
for Hrynor, following the analogy of
verbs $y, as if from a root nºng. Jer,
38, 22. Is. 36, 18 lest Hezekiah seduce
nºb
-no
718
you. 2 K. 18, 32. 2 Chr. 32, 11. 15. So
of a thing indifferent, Josh. 15, 18. Judg.
1, 14.—With acc. oſpers, and # to incite,
ſo stir up, to provoke, against any one,
1 Sam. 26, 19. 2 Sam. 24, 1. Job 2, 3.
Jer. 43, 3. With 7%. , to incite, or entice
away from a pers, or place, to move to
depºrt; 2 Chr 18, 31 and God printº
Bºº incited them from him, moved
them to leave him. Job 36, 16 and even
THEE would he have led away out of the
strait.—Difficult is Job 36, 18 nºrt-hz
Tºrbs ºray pººl in-tº-Yº, usually
thus rendered: if there be anger (from
God, if God be angry), beware lest he
drive thee forth with chastisement ; them
great ransom cannot turn thee away sc.
from punishment. But such a meaning
of nºbii is not elsewhere found, and is
not accordant with its usual ascertained
signification. Others: beware lest one
seduce thee with abundance ; and let mot
great ransom (wealth) turn thee away;
here pºtº may indeed be abundance, i. q.
pºp Job 20, 22; and Trºtº-Tº may be
taken impersonally; but nº-nº can
hardly be put for wealth in general, and
nºr is not accounted for. See Thesaur.
p. 945, 946. -
Flºom. &ro's Asyóu. Gen. 49, 11, a gar-
ment, clothing, usually regarded as by
aphaeresis for nhoz (r. Fig.2), which the
Sam. Cod. gives in full; see the author’s
Comment. de Pent. Sam. p. 33, and
Lehrg. p. 136.—Better to take it as con-
tracted from rjº (r. Hyg, as nº from r.
nº) a garment; comp. Hytº veil. So
Aben Ezra. Thesaur. p. 700, 941.
:k Eriº 1. i. q. Arab. J.-Sº, to drag,
to draw along upon the ground, e. g. a
dead body 2 Sam. 17, 13. Jer. 15, 3
I will send ... anch nºn-ns the dogs
to drag them about 22, 19. 49, 20.
2. to pull or tear in pieces; whence
ºf a tearing in pieces, Jer, 38,
11. 12 ni-riºr "ib: old torn clothes, rags,
clouts.
‘Fire to sweep away, to wipe off,
Jnly in Piel "nºb Ez. 26, 4.—Arab. U2:
d. Syr. fza..w a broom, brush, Chald.
riro to wash. Kindred roots are ºntº
(whence ºrig, nrº) and Friº —Hence
"Tº m. sweepings, offscouring, trop
for any thing worthless, Lam. 3, 45
Comp. Gr. 7téglymuo, id. 1 Cor. 4, 13.−
Chald. Rºriº dung.
Dºrº &n. Asyéu. 2 K. 19, 29, for which
in the parall. passage Is. 37, 30 is found
bºrºuj, that which grows of itself the third
wear after sowing ; on which compare
Strabo XI. 4. 3. p. 502 Casaub. Comp.
riºts. Sept. 2 K. l. c. td. &votéâlowta,
Vulg. quae sponte mascuntur. The ety-
mology see under bºnuſ.
*:rip 1. pr. to scrape, 1. q. Frºj;
also stronger, to scrape away, to sweep
away with violence, as rain which
sweeps all before it, nrib hº? Prov. 28,
3.—Arab. -āzº to scrape i. e. shave
9 9 - >
the head ; JLº. and *** a violent
sweeping rain, torrent.
2. to bear down, to cast down, to the
ground. Syr. -axis id. Hence
NIPH. to be prostrated, overthrown,
Jer. 46, 15. Others: to be swept away,
from Kal no. 1.
*-ne fut. *nt". 1. to go about, to
travel around in a land, to migrate as
nomades, with acc. of country Gen. 34,
10. 21. With 98 to go about or migrate
into a land, Jer. 14, 18.—Kindred is nºtº
q. v. Chald. Triº very freq. in the Tar-
gums for Heb. 539. Syr. spec. to travel
about as a mendicant. In the Arab.
verbs and 2* the notion of going
about is very doubtful, and is not sup-
ported by the usus loguendi.
2. Spec. to travel around, to traverse
countries as a merchant, in order to buy
or sell ; hence to trade, to traffic, Šuto-
getouai. Gen. 43, 34 hrſor Yºst-ns;
and ye may traverse the land sc. to buy
grain, to traffic in it. Part ºrio a trader
merchant, unogog, Gen. 23, 16. 37, 28
Ez. 27, 21.36. Tººn ºrb the king's tra
ders, who made journeys in order to pur
chase wares for him, 1 K. 10, 28. 2 Chr
1, 16. Also of traders by sea Prov
31, 14. Is. 23, 2. Ez. 38, 13. Fem
nºr o a female trader, merchant, Ez 27
12. 16. 18. Metaph. to have commerce
intercourse, with any one, Is. 47, 15.—It
Aramaean and Arabic the idea of traffick
ºnno
}*o
719
ng is expressed by the kindred verbs
* 2:
Pilp. "Triº to move about rapidly,
e.g. of the heart, i. e. to palpitate strong-
y, Ps. 38, 11.
Deriv. ºrjºn and the five following.
Tº m. constr. Trio 1. a mart, em-
porium, Is. 23, 3.
2. What is gained from traffic, profit,
wealth, Is. 45, 14.
Tºp m. profit, gain, from merchandise
Is. 23, 18. Hence of any gain, profit,
Prov. 3, 14 Fez-ºriº Hºrſe aizº for
her (wisdom's) gain is better than that
of silver, i. e. to gain her is better than
to gain silver. 31, 18.
Tºrº f (r. hng) traffic, merchandise,
for concr. merchants, Ez. 27, 15 nºne
T.I., i. q. Tº thrio v. 21, i. e. merchants
at thy hand, ready at hand.
Trib f. a shield, so called from sur-
rounding and protecting a person, Ps.
91, 4, Comp. Chald. hrſt to surround;
Syr, ſ2, ..w tower, castle. R. ºne.
nºt f in pause nºrth a kind of
costly stone used in tesselated pave-
ments, Esth. 1, 6. It is either a species
of black marble, comp. Syr. (253.
lapis niger tinctorius (o and uſ being in-
terchanged); or, better, marble marked
with round spots like shields, spotted or
shielded marble, comp. Trio. Hart-
mann (Hebråerin III. p. 363) supposes
"o to be tortoise-shell, consisting as it
were of shields, comp. Trio; but this
would hardly be interspersed in a pave-
ment with various kinds of marble.
ºb see nºb.
E"tº plur. i. q tºº, pr. deviations
from the right way, i. e. transgressions,
Ps. 101, 3. R. whip.
3"tº m. (r. Amo) Ez. 22, 18 Keri (Che-
thibh sho), and plur, b^3\o , pr. what
goes off from metal, recedamea, i. e. a)
scoria, dross, Prov. 25, 4 Fºº tºo int.
separate the dross from the silver. 26, 23
bºx-o nº dross-silver i. e. not yet re-
fined. b) base metal, originally mixed
with the finer and separated from 1t by
smelting, see bºº. Ez. 22, 18. 19. Is. 1,
22 25
Num. 21, 28.
NotE. For bººb we finil in severa
Mss. and printed editions that Is. 1, 22,
25. Ez. 22, 18. 19 ; comp. Lehrg. p. 145.
The former is preferable.
7]"º m. Sivan, Esth. 8, 9, the third
month of the Hebrew year, from the new
moon of June to the new m won of July
The form admits a Heb. etymology, e. g.
from a root *b i. q. Tºo, sº ; or from
The i. q. i*i; it q. v. Better, with Ben-
fey, to regard it as of Persian origin, like
the other names of months; the name of
the corresponding Persian month being
Sefend-armez Öº) cxxi.), Zend.
gpenti armaiti, Pehlv. Sapand-omad
Monathsn. p. 13, 41 sq. 122 sq.
7"T"º (sweeping away, i. e. a warrior
sweeping all before him, r. Tho) Sihon,
pr. m. of a king of the Amorites at Hesh-
bon Num. 21, 21. 23. Ps. 135, 11. al.
Hence the city of Sihon i. e. Heshbon,
In Jer. 48, 45 inno Tºº
is prob. for Tirine n°3% from the house
(city) of Sihon ; comp. Num. 21, 28.
>k Tºp obsol. root, prob. to be miry,
kindr. with sº ; whence Chald. The ;
Syr. Hºw mire, i. g. Chald. Tw, Svr.
ū-, Arab Jºle.
7"º (mire) Sin, pr. n. 1. Pelusium, a
city situated among marshes at the
north-eastern extremity of Egypt, in a
tract now entirely covered by the sca,
Ez. 30, 15. 16. Comp. Strabo XVII. p.
802. In Arabic it is called Kºlo i. e.
marsh; and also *}} Farameh, ; which
latter is from the Egyptian $epoºl
i. e. miry place, from qart, masc, ep to
be, and Oſºy mire; see Champollion
l'Egypte II. p. 82 sq. Sept. 2'oïs, cod.
Alex. Tovic.
2. The desert of Sin, westward of
Mount Sinai on the coast of the Sinus
Heroëpolitanus or Gulf of Suez, Ez. 16,
1. 17, 1. Num. 33, 12. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. 1. p. 106.
"2"tº pr. n. Sinai, Gr. Sivº, Xu'ſ, a
mountain or rather mountainous tract in
the Arabian peninsula lying between
the two gulfs of the Red Sea, and cele.
orated as the place where the Mosaic
*o
-->
720
aw was given; Ex. 16, 1. Num. 33, 16.
Deut. 33, 2. Judg. 5, 5. Ps. 68, 9. 18.
Fuſly ºne ºn Ex. 19, 11 sq. 24, 16. 34,
4. 29. 32. Lev. 7, 38. 25, 1. 26, 46.27, 34.
ful. [The proper Sinai is a lofty ridge
between two deep and very narrow val-
leys; the northern end impends perpen-
dicularly over a narrow plain er-Rahah;
the southern rises into a higher summit,
the modern Jebel Músa. In the S. W.
beyond the deep valley is another ridge,
^n which is the summit St. Catharine.
The place of the giving of the law was
prob. the north end of the first ridge.
The Arabic name for the whole moun-
tain is now Jebel et-Tūr, ºla]). See
a full description of Sinai with a Map in
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 129 sq. 139 sq.
148 sq. 157 sq. 175 sq.-R.] The desert
turound the mountain was called ºniº
***b, Ex. 19, 1.2. Lev. 7, 38. Num. 1,
1. 19. 9, 1. al.—The etymology is un-
lºnown.
":"º pr. n. the Sinite, a people prob.
near Mount Lebanon Gen. 10, 17. 1 Chr.
1,15. Strabo mentions here a city Sinna,
XVI. 2. 18. p. 756 Casaub. Jerome also,
Quaest. Heb. in Gen. ad h. l. speaks of a
place Sini not far from Arca.
tºº, whence tºp yºs land of the
Sinim Is. 49, 12, where the context im-
plies a remote country situated in the
eastern or southern extremity of the
earth; prob, the Simenses, Chinese, whose
country is Sina, China. This very an-
cient and celebrated people was known to
the Arabians and Syrians by the name
Jºo sº." i-i-y Sin, Tsini ; and a
Hebrew writer might well have heard
of them, especially if sojourning in Baby-
lon, the metropolis as it were of all Asia.
This name appears to have been given
to the Chinese by the other Asiatics; for
the Chinese themselves, though not un-
acquainted with it, do not employ it;
pither adopting the names of the reign-
ing dynasties, or ostentatiously assuming
high-sounding titles, e. g. Tchung-kue
central empire,” etc. But when this
name was thus given them by other na-
tions, and whence it was derived, is mat-
.er of question. Not improbably the
opinion of those writers is correct, who
suppose the name tºº, Simenses, to
come from the fourth dynasty, called
Tshin, which held the throne from 249
to 206 B. C. see Du Halde Descr. de la
Chine T.I. § 1, and p. 306. Abel Rému-
sat Nouveaux Mélanges Asiatiques II.
p. 334 sq. To say nothing of the people
called Tshimas and spoken of in the laws
of Menu, the name of this dynasty may
have become widely known among for
eign nations long before it acquired the
sovereign power over all China. See
more in Thesaur. p. 949, 950.—Others,
who reject this application of the name
to the Chinese, understand the inhabi.
tants of Pelusium (comp. Tho), and by
synecd. the Egyptians; so Bochart Pha-
leg 4. 27; or the inhabitants of Syene,
comp. Hºlt. Sept. yj IIsguáv.
ontº a swallow, Jer. 8, 7 Keri for oho
no. 2. Q. v.
Sºlº (battle-array, comp. Syriac
izia is: perh. for snºonb, from r. nº
i. q. j- to spring upon, to make an on-
set) Sisera, pr. n. m. a) A military
commander under Jabin king of the Ca-
naanites, Judg. 4, 2 sq. Ps. 83, 10. b)
Ezra 2, 53. Neh. 7, 55.
8."º (congregation, as in Syr. and
Chald. r. shb) Sia, pr. m. m. Neh. 7,
47; for which Nrisha Siaha Ezra 2, 44,
which latter seems to be a corruption
made up from the two forms Nyºb and
riyºo. Comp. Bºuïre.
Tº Dan. 3,10 Cheth, for nºbºb
Q. V.
* Tº mid. Yod, to boil wp, to effer-
vesce, comp. Arab.5L. to spring up, to
effervesce as wine; to rage, as anger, a
fever; Heb. *sū; and hsū to ferment,
*A to boil up, to ferment.—Hence
"tº m. Jer. 1, 13; fem. Ez. 24, 6.
1. a pot, pr. for boiling, and then genr
2 K. 4, 38 sq. Job 41, 32. Ez. 11, 3.7
24, 3.6. al. htºn -no Ex. 16, 3. Jer. 1
13 rºle; hºt see in r. ne; no. 2. Ps. 60
10 *śrīn nºt asio Moab shall be my pot
(basin) of washing, i. e. my wash-pot
wash-basin, in contempt for ‘I will use
her as the meanest vessel.” Plur. nºn*o
pots Ex. 38, 3. 1 K. 7, 45. 2 K. 25, 14. a.
n°o
*Po
721
2. Plur. phºne and ninhº Ps. 58, 10.
Am. 4, 2, a) thorns, briars, so called
from the idea of springing up, efferves-
ring, in allusion to the luxuriant and
redundant, growth of wild plants; comp.
r. nº and art. "Sº no. 2. Is. 34, 13.
Hos. 2, 8. So in the paronomasia Ecc.
7,6" ºr rrine-ºner bipz as the crack-
ling of thorns under a pot. Poet, a thicket
of thorns or briars is an emblem of wick-
edness; Nah. 1, 10 tº Bºb--is inter-
woven like to thorns, see in r. Nºg, also is
B. 2. c ; comp. Mic. 7, 4. Ez. 2, 6. Diffi-
cult is Ps. 58, 10 pºrnºe ºn tº
Tº before men marked your thorns, lo a
thorn-bush 1 i.e. swiftly and unexpected-
ly the wicked grew up; but, whether
quick or burning, God will storm it away,
i. e. God will destroy them with the
same swiftness. Others here take ninto
as pots, i.e. before your pots can feel the
thorn-bush (fire of thorns Ecc. 7, 6) God
will sweep it away; the figure being
taken from travellers in the desert, who
build a fire which the wind sweeps away.
b) hooks for fishing, from their resem-
blance to thorns, Am. 4, 2; comp. Tiri.
NotE. In former editions I have re-
ferred ºn hºt, thorns to the root nºb, as
denoting pr. recedanea, degenerated or
wild parts of a shrub, comp. ºr "nºb
Jer. 2, 21. But it is better to refer
both significations of nºt to the same
origin.
Tº see r. nho.
#9 m. &n. Asyóu, a multitude of peo-
ple, Ps. 42, 5. So all the versions and
intpp. and so the context requires, al-
though in assigning the etymology there
is a great diversity. There can be little
doubt that it is pr: a thicket of trees, a
thick wood, here poet. for a dense crowd
of men, from r. Taº ; comp. To no. 2.
Comp. also nº of a hostile troop, Is. 10,
18, 19. 34.
#5 m. (r. 1-8) c. suff, irº, once i-ho
Ps. 76, 3 in some editions.
1. a booth, hut, Ps. 27, 5. Poet. for a
tabernacle, dwelling, Ps. 76, 3.
2. a covert of trees, as the lair of wild
yeasts, Ps. 10, 9, Jer. 25 38.
Sk Tºp obsol. roof i, q. Tºº to look
upon. Hence pr. m. Tºº" si
Tº f (r. 128) constr, rzº, plu:
nºb.
1. a booth, hut, made of green boughs
and branches interwoven, as a shelter
from the sun Gen. 33, 17. Jon. 4, 5. Is.
4, 6; or for a watchman in a garden or
vineyard, Is. 1, 8. Job 27, 18; or for the
Jewish festival of booths Lev. 23, 34.42.
Nah. 8, 15–17; whence the festival it-
self is called niºn an the festival of the
booths, feast of the tabernacles, Lev. 23.
34. Deut. 16, 13. al. Once by way of
contempt of a small ruined house, Engl,
hut, Am. 9, 11. Elsewhere also of tents
for soldiers, 2 Sam. 11, 11. 1 K. 20, 12
16. Poet. of the dwelling of God Ps. 18
12. Job 36, 29–2 K. 17, 30 rija riºt:
the booths of the daughters, usually ta-
ken for booths in which the maidens
prostituted themselves in the Babylo-
nian manner; see Holot. 1, 199, and art.
Hººp. Perhaps it should read nize
nizli, the booths in high places, conse.
crated to idols; see in nº no. 3.
2. a covert, as the lair of the lion,
Job 38, 40.
Fºº (booths) Succoth, pr. n. 1. A
town in the tribe of Gad, Josh. 13, 27;
on the east of the Jordan Judg. 8, 5. 1
K. 7, 46. For its origin see Gen. 33,
17, nizº pº Ps. 60,8. 108,8, the valley
of Succoth, in which the town stood,
perh, part of the valley of the Jordan,
el-Ghór.
2. The first station of the Israelites
in the desert, on the Egyptian side of
the Red Sea, Ex. 12, 37. 13, 20. Num.
33, 5.
3. Succoth-benoth, see in Hzº no. 1.
nºt f (r. 128) i, q. Hzº, a tent, ta-
bernacle, which the idolatrous Israelites
constructed in the desert in honour of
an idol, like the tabernacle of the cove-
nant in honour of Jehovah, Am. b, 26;
see on this passage in art. Tºº. Comp.
the oxmh isgö of the Carthaginians
Diod. Sic. 20. 65.
P"??? (dwelling in booths) Sukkim,
pr. m. of an African people mentioned
along with the Libyans and Ethiopians,
2 Chr. 12, 3. Sept. Vulg. Troglodytes,
who dwelt along the coast of Ethiopia
and also in Arabia.
Tºb
po
722
* Tºº, OI)C6, Tºtº Ex. 33, 22; fut.
bº.
1. to interweave, to weave, to interlace,
espec. boughs and branches as a screen
or to form a booth or hut, rºº; hence
to hedge, to fence, see Hiph. Kindred
roots are Tºp, Aho II, ºp. II. In Kal
poet. Ps. 139, 13 ºs Iºan ºzºn thou
hast woven me in my mother's womb,
comp. Job 10, 11.—Since booths as well
as hedges were built for the protection
and security of men, and also of gardens
and vineyards, hence Taº is
2. to cover, i. e. a) to shelter, to pro-
tect, to cover by way of protection, pr, as
boughs and trees, with two acc. Job 40,
22 [17] bºx bºss ºnzº the lotus-trees
cover him with their shade. With º Ps.
140, 8, b) Genr. to cover, with acc. of
covering and by, to cover over, Ex. 40,
3. 33, 22; acc. impl. 1 K. 8, 7 Hzbºl
inst; by pººr and the cherubim cov-
ered the ark, lit. they covered over the
ark. Ex. 25, 20. 37, 20. 1 Chr. 28, 18.
Absol. Ez. 28, 14. 16. Intrans. to cover
oneself, to hide, Lam. 3, 44 ºn pizo.
v. 43.—PART. Tab pr. covering; hence
a shed, mantlet, vinea, used in besieging
cities, Nah. 2, 6. t
HipH. Ten, fut. conv. Tººl, i. q. Kal.
1. to hedge in, to fence around, Job 38,
8; c. xi, 3,23.
2. to cover, c. 9s Ex. 40, 21. Also to
protect, c. by Ps. 5, 12, h Ps. 91, 4, Tºr.
ºn 1 Sam. 24, 4 and Judg. 3, 24, to
cover the feet, an euphemism for to ease
oneself, to satisfy a call of nature; so
correctly Josephus Ant. 6, 13, 4, the
Talmudists Buxt. Lex. Talmud. 1472,
and so Sept. Togo.gxsvågørðat i. q. &no-
Uzsvágo,09 ot, &vaozsvágoo &ot. At least,
in accordance with Kimchi's opinion, it
is to void wrime, which among Asiatic
nations the men also do in a sitting pos-
ture, covering themselves with the folds
of their wide garments.--Others: to lie
down for sleep ; so Syr. 1 Sam. l.c. and
also Josephus (inconsistently) Ant, 5.4.
2; but in that case no such circumlocu-
tion was necessary. See Muntinghe in
Diss. Lugdd. p. 1160. J. D. Michaelis
Bupplem. p. 1743.
Pilp. Tºe to inflame, to incite, to
arouse; Is. 9, 10 Teze' ºs-rs and
his (Ephraim's) enemies God will arouse
19,2tºº tºº "rºp:0 Iwill arouse
the Egyptians against the Egyptians. So
Sept. Targ. Syr. Vulg. and this is wel,
illustrated from the Talmudic usage by
Abulwalid; see Thesaur. p. 951–Others
with Schultens, to cover with arms. tº
arm; comparing Arab. J3 id.
Deriv. Tº, Tb (ſb), Hºp, tºo, nºt
| r } | } r A • * * ) -
Tºº, rºº, Tºo, pr: n, niºg, rººt.
Tºb, see r. Tºg no. 2, Part.
"Pºº (enclosure) Secacah, pr. n. of a
town in the desert of Judah, Josh. 15,
61.
>k bet in Kal not used, to be foolish ;
well to be distinguished from the verb
22% to look at, which has nearly the
same sound. Corresponding are boz
no. 2, b. Syr. Aph. Sawſ to act fool-
ishly, impiously, Chald. 825s id.
PIEL to make foolish, i.e. vain, fruit-
less, to frustrate, e. g. counsel 2 Sam.
15, 31. Is. 44, 25. Comp. bhin.
HipH, to act foolishly, with ivy Gen.
31, 28; simpl. 1 Sam. 26, 21.-Aram,
Aph. id.
NipH. 1. to act foolishly, pr. to show
oneself foolish, 1 Sam. 13, 13. 2 Chr.
16, 9.
2. to do wickedly, 2 Sam. 24, 10. 1 Chr.
21, 8. Comp. Bºoz, bº, etc.
Deriv. the three following.
Sºp m. foolish Jer, 4, 22. 5, 21. Ecc.
2, 19, 7, 17.—Syr. ſia: id.
228 m. folly, concr. fools Ecc. 10, 6.
nºt ſ (r. 52(2) folly, found only in
Ecclesiastes, c. 2, 3, 12. 13. 7, 25. 10, 1
13. Once nºbºt: id. Ecc. 1, 17–Syr.id.
“Tºp fut. * 1. Pr. i. q = }
sº
3-C., to dwell, c. acc. pers, with whom.
2. to be familiar with any one, to as-
sociate with, from the idea of dwelling
together in the same tent or house.
Hence Part. Tºb an associate, compan-
ion, friend, e. g. of a king Is. 22, 15
Fem. nºb a female friend, attendant,
K. 1, 2, 4. Comp. Hiph.-Hence
3. With h and by of pers. to do kina,
ness to any one, to benefit, Job 22, 2 35
->b
723 Hº
3; absol. 15, 3. Intrans, to profit, Job
34, 9. 2
4. i. q. Arab. 3 K. Conj I, IV, V,
to be poor, needy, see Pual and Tºqº,
nººn. Many have despaired of find-
ing an accordance between this signifi-
cation and the others; but it probably
comes from the notion of being seated,
which is kindred with that of dwelling.
The idea of being seated is closely con-
nected with that of sitting down, of sink-
ing from languor and debility; comp.
<\as to sit, Conj. IV pass. to be com-
9 – ~
pelled to sit, to be lame; c) as weak-
& ... ?
ness in the camel's foot ; ce ºn 3 a,
weak, feeble man; also sedáre and sidére.
9
Arab. ... Kº, and Heb. 128 therefore
are pr. to be sunk in one’s affairs, to be
ruined, comp. Tºn, T2%.
NIPH. i. q. Chald. Ithpa. to be emdan-
gered. Ecc. 10, 9 whoso cleaveth wood
is endangered thereby. This significa-
tion is foreign from the other meanings
of the verb ; but it may be perhaps a
denominative from Tº knife, axe, q.v.
and hence to cut oneself, to be wounded,
as Vulg. vulnerabitur.
PUAL part. 23% impoverished, see Kal
no. 4. Is. 40, 20 righ-ri ººr, he that is
impoverished by an oblation, i. e. who
has little to offer.
HipH. Tzºn 1. to acquaint oneself
with any one, c. by Job 22, 21. Also
with any thing, and hence to know, c.
acc. Ps. 139, 3 Hºor ºl-bº all my
ways thou knowest, art acquainted with.
2. to be accustomed, to be wont, c. inf.
eth Num. 22, 30.
Deriv. 1252, nº.29%.
* I. neº in Kal not used, i. q. to shut
wp, to close.—Chald, id. Syr, Arab. **,
-Kw, id.
* Niph, to be shut up, stop-ed, Gen. 8,
2. Ps. 63, 12.
Piel i, q. Hào and nºtºr, to deliver
up or over, c. Tº Is. 19, 4.
II. nep i. q. melº q. v. to hire, Ezra
4, 5. -
* ne? in Kai not used, to be silent,
kindred with topuj.3 rest. Arab. <-
Canj. I, IV, id. Samar. to attend.
HipH, to keep silence, once Deu 27, 9
Sept. Judito, Vulg, attende.
30 m. (r. **) pr. a slender rod, e.g
of willow, osier, from which baskets were
woven ; hence a wicker-basket, bread.
basket, Gen. 40, 17. Ex. 29, 3.23. Num.
6, 15. al. Plur. Bºo Gen. 40, 16, 18.
Comp. x&vsov, xxvius, xúvo.orgov, canis-
trum, pr: a basket woven from reeds, from
navn canna, a reed. Chald, she, Rºe,
o y 6 Q3 sº Ç G3 sº
Syr. ſlº, Arab. &\, id. JX. a basket.
maker.
sºo (twig, basket) Silla, pr. n. of a
town near Jerusalem, 2 K. 12, 21.
Sk sº pr. i. q. Hº, Bºg no. 1, to lift
up ; spec. to suspend a balance, comp.
Nº Job 6, 2, and hence to weigh ; comp.
Lat. pendeo and pendo. Once in
PUAL pass. to be weighed ; Lam. 4, 2
Tea Rºsłººr who are weighed with fine
gold, i. e. are comparable to pure gold.
Deriv. pr. n. Rºbº, Nºëp, ºp.
:k -bº &ito's Asyóu. in Piel Tºo to
spring up, to leap up, to eacult, Arab
JJ-2 the horse so leaps that the
stones give forth sparks.” Job 6, 10 this
is still my comfort, Nº Hºrſ: Hºps.
borº and I erult even under pain which
doth not spare, that I have not denied
the words of the Holy One. Sept. for
nºbs has #AAéun, Targ. Shas, I exult.
So Schultens Comm. in loc.—Others, as
Saadias, Abulwalid, Kimchi, compare
the Chald. The to burn, to roast, and
then make the second clause concessive
or parenthetic: and though I burn (am
tormented, comp. pºº) with pain which
doth not spare ; other explanations see
in Thesaur. p. 955. But the tradition of
the Sept. aud Targ, as the oldest, may
well be received as having most author-
ity.—Hence **
Tºg (cxultation) Seled, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 2, 30.
* I. H}º i. q. Sºº and bºg, pr. to lift
up, to raise. Hence *
1. to suspend a balance, to weigh, see
Pual. Comp, in Nº.
2. to make light of, to contemn, like
Lat, elevare, Ps. 119, 118. Comp. Engl
light and weighty as applied to things
rºbo
Hºb
724
rifling or important.—Chald. and Syr.
d
PIEI, i, q, Kal no. 2. Lam. 1, 15.
PUAL pass. of Kal no. 1. Job 28, 16
wisdom nºis Brºn Hººr. Nº cannot be
weighed with gold of Ophir, cannot be
purchased with gold.
* II. Hºp perhaps i. q. Hºu (o and
tº being interchanged), to rest, to be
quiet; Syr. ii, to cease, to rest, Chald. id.
Tº always in pause, a musical
word, found 73 times in the Psalms;
elsewhere only in Hab. 3, 3.9. 13. It is
pr. imper. Hºº from r. Hºg II, with H+
parag. nº, in pause Hºº, q. d. rest,
pause ! Its use seems to have been, in
thanting the words of the Psalm, to di-
rect the singer to rest, to pause a little,
while the instruments played an inter-
lude or symphony. It is a sign of pause.
This use and interpretation is supported:
a) By the authority of the Sept. which
everywhere renders Fºg by judºpºua,
q. d. interlude, symphony, sc. by instru-
mental music. b) By the position which
rhº occupies in the Psalm. It stands
usually in the middle of a Psalm, at the
close of a certain section or strophe.
Thus in some Psalms it occurs only once,
Ps. 7, 6, 20, 4. 21, 3; in others twice, Ps.
4, 3, 5, 9, 17, 21; in others three times,
Ps. 3, 3. 5.9. 32, 4, 5.7. 66, 4, 7, 15. 68, 8.
20.33; and is even four times repeated,
89, 5.38.46.49; frequently also it stands
at the end of a Psalm, Ps. 3.9. 24. Thus
it serves to divide a Psalm into several
strophes. Very rarely it is found in the
middle of a verse, Ps. 55, 20, 57, 4. Hab.
3, 3.9. c) From Ps. 19, 17, where for
he simple nº we find the fuller liºn
nº?, which by apposition may be ren-
dered : instrumental music, pause, i. e.
let the instruments strike up a symphony,
and the singer pause.—In a similar sense
some derive Hºg from r. Hºg I, to liſt
up, and understand by it a raising of the
voice sc. in response to the instruments,
comp. Nº no. 1. e, and Job 21, 12. Others,
deriving it ſrom the same root, render
it suspend the voice, i.e. rest, pause,
as above. But the former etymology
is preferable.
Many have supposed, but without
good reason, that nº is an abbrevia-
tion, composed of the initial teſters of
three words. Such abbreviations are
indeed common among the Arabians
and later Jews, (as huj- Rashi for "an
*n-º nobu, Rabbi Solomon Jarchi,) bu
it cannot be shown that they were known
to the ancient Hebrews. This supposed
abbreviation has been explained in vari-
ous ways, e.g. nºn Hººh so redi sur.
sum cantor, i. q. da capo, or nº Tººt
bipr; the sign for a change of voice or key
but all these ſall away of course with the
hypothesis itself. For more on this topic
see Michaelis Supplem. p. 1760. Rosen-
müller Comment. in Ps. T.I. p. LXVII.
ed. 2. Noldii Concord. Particul, Heb. p.
940. ed. Tymp. Eichhorn Bibl. der bibl.
Litteratur V. p. 542 sq. Forkel’s Gesch.
der Musik, I. p. 144. See Thesaur. p.
955 sq.
hºp (weighed, r. Nº) Sallu, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 7; for which v. 20 *o Sallai,
shºp (id.) Sallu, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 9,7;
for which Neh. 11, 7 ske.
shºp (id.) Salu, pr. n. m. Num, 25, 14.
Tºp Ez. 2, 6, and Tºp Ez. 28, 24, a
thorn, prickle, pr. such as are found on
the shoots and twigs of the palm-tree;
from be twig and Ti, see in r. 888 no. 2.
Metaph. of wicked men Ez. 2, 6 Sept.
gzóżop.–Chald. she, sphºe, Arab.
JSC. thorns of the palm-tree.
>k Hºt fut. nº, once rºbºs Jer, b,
7 Cheth. to forgive, to pardon. Chald.
and Zab, id. Eth. by transpos. TUIUA
to be clement, propitious, to pardon,
comp. Arab. J-4” facilem se praebuit.
Samar. to expiate. The primary idea
seems to be that of lifting up, taking
away, as in shº, nºt.—So of God, with
dat. either of sin Ex. 34, 9. Num, 14, 19.
1 K. 8, 34, 36. Ps. 25, 11. Jer. 33, 8; o
of pers. Num. 30, 6.9. 13. Deut. 29
19. 1 K. 8, 50. 2 Chr. 6,39; absol. Num
14, 20. 2 K. 24, 4. Am. 7, 2. Lam. 3, 42
Sept. iMoxouta, &pinºu, etc.
NIPH. to be forgiven, pardoned, e.g
sin, c. dat, pers. Lev. 4, 20. 26.35. 5, 13
16, 18. Num. 15, 25. 26. 28. al.
Deriv. rāb, Hrºbe.
Tºp m. forgining Ps, 86, 5
-bo º
yºp
725
ºp (basket-maker? denom. from Pe)
Sallai, pr. n. m. a) Neh. 11, 8, b) 12,
20, see ºt.
mrºp f forgiveness Ps. 130, 4; plur.
Neh. 9, 17. Dan. 9, 9. R. riºt.
• Tºº obsol root, Arab. JJ. to
move along, to move about, to go, whence
e
O >
J.L. way, tract.—Hence
Tºp (without Dag, in 5, and there-
fore for nºo) Salchah, pr. n. of a town
of Gad or Manasseh 1 Chr. 5, 11; in the
eastern limits of Batanea or Bashan,
now called cº-3 Salkhad, and by
the Arabian geographers 9-3 Sar-
khad, abounding in vineyards; see
Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p. 99
sq. or I. p. 180 Germ. and note p. 507.
Bibl. Res, in Palest. III. App. p. 160.—
Deut. 3, 10. Josh. 12, 5, 13, 11. 1 Chr.
5, 11.
ºbsº fut. Bb3 to lift up, to raise;
like the kindred roots Nºg, Hºg, comp.
ribº, whº, pºt, also ºn, när, bº,
tollo. See Pilp.
1. to cast up into a heap, Jer. 50, 26.
Spec. to cast up earth into a causeway,
i. e. to prepare a way (comp. Dºn Is. 49,
11), Is. 57, 14. 62, 10. Prov. 15, 19. Jer.
18, 15. Job 19, 12 tºn: "By Abbº and
cast up (prepare) their way unto me.
30, 12. Without Tº Ps. 68, 5 ºb cast
up, prepare, sc. the way.
2. From the idea of being elevated,
high, comes the signif. to move to and
fro, to wave, of things lofty, tall, slender,
flexible. Espec. of the slender and pen-
dulous boughs and twigs of trees, as of
willows and the palm-tree, which are
used for weaving baskets and bound
into brooms; comp. 827, Bº!, J}}
whence Rºthſ shoots, tendrils; also bºr,
no. 1, 2, whence nºrthri.-Hence tºp
§ 03
and nibeke (Arab, sing. & Cº.) baskets,
i.e. of wicker-work, woven from slender
twigs; comp, the lengthened forms
Bººb ($ being changed for 3) the
pendulous shoots of the pain, from
which brooms are made, (whence the
Syr, and Chaldee verb po to sweep
with brooms,) and rººs basket, as also
kindr. Rºº basket, Chald, sº id. Arab
.*-āa to weave baskets. – Further
as the branches of the palm-tree, be-
fore they put forth, are covered with
thorns or prickles, these are designated
QR e
9
by nouns from the same root, as JX.
~ 33
and g\,, thorns growing upon the
branches of the palm, and Heb. Tibo
Tºp a thorn or prickle growing upon a
branch or twig, from Po (pr. twig) and
the formative syllable ji. The Arab,
§ 3
& Cº. a large needle, is so called from
its resemblance to a thorn or prickle.
PILP. i. q. Kal no. 1, metaph. Prov. 4, 8
rººp evalther, sc. wisdom, with praises.
Hitheo. Shinon (denom. fr. rºbb)
to oppose oneself as a mound or dam,
to resist, c. : Ex. 9, 17 bºing? This
"º as yet opposest thou thyself against
my people?
Deriv. Hºp, Ekº, Héez, *2.
From no. 2, bo, Tºp and jibe, ribºe,
and pr. n. Nºb, *e.
rºb f (r. bºth) a mound, rampart,
especially a mound thrown up by be-
siegers against a city, 2 K. 19, 32. Ez.
4, 2. 2 Sam. 20, 15. Jer. 32, 24, 33, 4, al.
tºº m. a stair-case, ladder, Gen. 28,
12, i. Q. Arab. º: R. bhp.
nºtºp f. plur, (r. Bºg no. 2) i. q.
tºo, wicker-baskets, so called from the
slender twigs from which they are
woven, Jer. 6, 9 Sept. Vulg. x&gtaikos,
cartallus.
Sk yº obsol. root, pr. to be elevated,
high, like shº, Hºp, Bºb, pºp. Hence
sº m. in pause sº, c. suff, *:::g,
plur. Bºsho.
1. a rock ; not found in the kindred
dialects; but comp. Sanscr. gild rock,
Lat. silec-s silex. Num. 20, 8. 10. 11
24, 21. Judg. 6, 20. Job 39, 1.28. Ps. 137,
9. Tº 'o a great rock Is. 32, 2, shºrt-Tº:
a tooth (sharp crag) of a rock 1 Sam.
14, 4. Sometimes of a fortress situated
upon a high rock, in which there is
security from enemies, Is. 31, 9, 33, 16.
Hence metaph. of God as a refuge
Ps. 18, 3.31, 4, 40, 3.42 10
61*
yºo
wº "Yºo
726
2. Sela, i. e. Petra, pr. n. of the an-
cient capital city of the Idumeans,
situated between the Dead Sea and the
Elamitic Gulf in a valley shut in by
loſty rocks. Written with the article
sººn Judg. 1,36. 2 K. 14,7. Poet, with-
out the art. Is. 16, 1 ; perh. Is. 42, 11.
Gr. IIárgo, later oi IIštgow ; in the mid-
dle ages Vallis Mosis, whence the mo-
dern name (s”?” sel, Wady Milsa.
The city was subdued by the Romans
under Trajan, and restored by Adrian.
Its remains still exist, consisting of
splendid sepulchres and temples exca-
vated in the rock, an amphitheatre, etc.
They were first visited by Burckhardt
in 1812. See Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p.
421. Irby and Mangles' Travels, p. 415
sq. Laborde Voyage de l'Arabie Pétrée,
fol. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 514 sq.
573 sq.
"Exºt obsol. quadril. root, to swal-
low down, to consume, as in Chald.
Hence
pºp m. a species of locust, winged
and esculent, Lev. 11, 22. Sept. &rtºxng,
Vulg. attacus.
*::p in Kal not used. Some mod-
ern intpp. assume for it the primary idea
of slipping, sliding, comparing Arab.
to oint, to smear, also to slip
away, to pass away, Germ. Schlüpfen,
Engl. to slip, and kindr. pºr; i, q. Gr.
&Asiq,0; whence in Piel to make slippery
a way (Prov. 19, 3), and then to cause to
fall, e. g. a cause, optºsiv Čixmy (Ex.
23, 8); so A. Schultens ad Prov. p.
203. Fäsi in Jahn's Neue philol. Jahrbb.
IV. p. 168. But this is not confirmed by
any exegetical tradition, either of the
ancient versions or of the Rabbins.
All these give the idea to pervert, to
wrest, and then to subvert, to overthrow,
1. q. Tºri, Hºy, either directly or indi-
rectly; Gr. oxoltów, Vulg. subvertere.
So too the Chald. though not freq. as
rººmbs to be distorted, wry, as the
mouth, Targ. Esth. 6, 10; nºt perverse
of lip, Targ. Prov. 10, 10. It is safer
..herefore to rest in this view.
Piel, tºo, fut. Fºo, part. sºon.
1. to pervert, to wrest, e. g. a) The
words of any one (comp. Er; Jer. 23,
36); Ex. 23, 8 for a gift (bribe) blindeta
those that see, and perverteth (Flºp") the
words of the righteous ; Vulg. subvertit.
Sept. Avuolverwu. Deut. 16, 19. Tº ov. 22
12. b) The way or conduct of any
one, i. q, to make perverse, Prov. 19, 3
comp. Lev. 3, 9.
2. to subvert, to overthrow, to destroy
persons (comp. Tº Prov. 12, 7); Job
12, 19 Feb. Bºrºs, and overthrowº
the mighty; Sept. xotéotgsps. Prov.
21, 12. 13, 6 righteousness keepeth the
upright in the way, nsºr then Hyujº
but wickedness overthroweth sin i. e.
concr. simmers. Hence
$9 m. perverseness, Prov. 11, 3, 15, 4.
>k php OI’ php Chald. to go up, to as-
cend, Dan. 7, 3.8. 20. Plur. php Dan.
2, 29. Ezra 4, 12. Fut, pe; see in r.
pe: …-In Targg, often for Heb. Hºy.
Syr. Sam. id.
“nºt obsol root, Arab. J., to
rub off, to strip off husks, etc. whence
9 * >
sº pearl-barley, grits. Talm. nºt
to cut chips of wood, ºr he chips;
Chald, nhib, Rºb, fine meal, flour.—
Hence
Fºb f (but with m. Ex. 29, 40) c
suff. Frºhº Lev. 2, 2; fine meal, flour, the
finest and purest, Sept. oeulöoºls, Lev. 2
1 sq. 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 8, 8, 1 K. 5, 2.
1 Chr. 9, 29. Ez. 16, 13. 19. al. nºb
Enter wheaten flour Ex. 29, 2. By ap-
posit. nºb Hop Gen. 18, 6. Chald, id,
see in r. nºt . &
be see bºxab.
ha; "3%p Samgar-Nebu, pr. n. of a
Babylonian military commander, Jer. 39
3. Perh. ‘sword of Nebo,” i.e. of Mer-
cury; from Pers. ** sword, and
in q. v.
sk -Tºp m. Quadrilit. vine-blossom, oi-
vérôm. Cant. 7, 13 nine Ein Hrºne es
nºr whether the vine puts forth, and
its blossom opens. 2, 13 nºt ºn the
vines are in blossom. v. 15 -125 sº
our vineyards are in blossom (comp. Ex.
9, 31 5&n: Hrušen). Symm. oivávöm
Sept. ºverlºo, xviigioués-Chald, id
in Targ. for Heb. His: Is. 18, 5. Syr
trian id see Is. 17, 11 Pesh. Zab
Tºp
Nº)
727
also of other blossoms, as of hemp, see
Norberg Lexid. p. 159.-Some of the
Rabbins understand by this word not
the blossom but the young grapes just
out of the blossom, see Surenhusii
Mishna T.I. p. 309; so the Vulgate Cant.
7, 13, and also Kimchi, but the former
sense is to be preferred on account of Cant.
2, 13 and 7, 13.−This quadril. is formed
apparently from Bo aroma, fragrance,
and **in jº to burst forth as a blos-
som. See more in Thesaur... p. 959,
960.
*Tºº fut. Toº 1. to place or lay
upon any thing, to impose, so as to rest
or be supported upon any thing. Chald.
12t id, to lean upon, be supported; Ithp.
to trust in. Syr. id. also of reclining at
table. Ethiop. Tiaº'ſ] to recline upon,
to Jean upon. Kindr. is Tºrº —Spec.
By Tº Tag to lay the hand upon any
thing, pr. So as to lean upon it, Ex. 29,
10. 15. 19. Lev. 1, 4, 3, 2. 8. 14. So too
Lev. 24, 14. Num. 27, 18. Deut. 34, 9.
But Am. 5, 19 hºpri-by it. Tºp! and
leans his hand upon the wall.—Intrans.
to lean or rest upon any thing. Ps. 88, 8
Trºr Hºng "by thy wrath lieth heavy
wpon me. -
2. to uphold, to sustann, to support, pr.
to let lean upon c. acc. Ps. 37, 17. 24. 54,
6. Ex. 30, 6 tº ºb they that up-
held Egypt, the allies of Egypt. Is. 59,
16. 63, 5; c. : Ps. 145, 14. Part, pass.
Toº upheld, propped, i. e. firm, un-
moved, Ps. 112, 8. Is. 26, 3. With two
acc. to sustain one with any thing, i. e.
.0 bestow upon him, to give bountiſully;
Gen. 27, 37 innºt winºr) ºf corn and
new wine have I bestowed upon him. Ps.
51, 14.
3, to draw near, to approach, c. bs
Ez. 24, 2. Syr. id.—This signification
connects itself with that of leaning up-
on, being contiguous, etc. comp. Rabb.
Too to hang together, be connected,
near, Too near.
NIPH. to be supported, upweld, c. by
Judg. 16, 29; to stay oneself, to rest upon,
Is. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21. Metaph º Chr.
32, 8. Ps. 71, 6. Is. 48, 2.
PIE.L. to stay, i. e. to refresh, c. : Cant.
* 5.
Deriv, nºntº, pr n. *r =??" and
*Tºº (Jehdvah sustains lim) Se
machiah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 26, 7.
*52p obsol, root, of which the sig-
nif. is not known. In Heb. we may
compare r. buy? II to make like, to be
like; also tº image ; and in the Indo-
European tongues perh. Lat. Simile, Gr.
ôuglóg.—Hence
229 and 329 m. in pause bºº, a like-
ness, image, Ez. 8, 3. 5. Deut. 4, 16. *
Chr. 33, 7 bººn bqº a statue of likenesſ.
i. e. a sculptured likeness, carved image
v. 15.
*Pºº obsol. root, Arab. º to smell
º any thing fragrant.—Hence
Eººp m. plur. aromatics, spices, Ex
30, 34. tºp rºp fragrant incense
Ex. 30, 7.40, 27. Lev. 4, 7, 16, 12. Num.
4, 16. al. Syr. ises aroma, páguanov.
>k Tºº in Kal not used, (comp. kindr.
72; ,) to mark off, to designate. Talmud.
Tºo, whence jºb mark, sign. It is
sometimes improperly compared with
the Gr. onuclvo, in which w does not be-
long to the root.
NIPH. part. Tºº marked off, designut-
ed, e. g. a place. Is. 28, 25 jºb: nºsº
and (sows) the barley in the appointed
place i. e. in the field marked off. So
Targ. Saad. Kimchi, and this interpre-
tation is to be preferred.—Others, fat
barley, from the root (, i. q. Tºuj to
be fat; but this is repugnant both to the .
laws of syntax and to the context; see
Comm. on Is, in loc. The signification
millet in Sept. Theod. Aqu. Vulg, is
merely conjectural.
X; nºt to stand erect, to bristle, q'glo-
orstv. a) Pr. of hair, see Piel and nº ;
hence of a person in terror, to shudder,
Ps. 119, 120 ºntº hog, Symm. Ögöorge-
zsi, b) Of bristling points; whence
nºt? any thing pointed, a nail, and
ſº Chald. Yºo, to fasten with nails
PIEL id. to stand erect, e. g. the hair
Joo 4, 15.—Hence
Tºp m. bristling, à9969gus, Jer. 51,27
an epithet of the insect Pº.
× N}; obsol, root, perh. i. q. Tº to be
RDO
ryo
728
thorny, bristling ; kindr. are Rºº, Syr.
ſia, to hate—Hence HSºx, and
"S㺠(thorny) Senaah, pr. n. of a
town of Judah Ezra 2, 35. Neh. 7, 38.
With the art. Neh. 3, 3.
tºp pr. n. Sanballat, the satrap of
the king of Persia in Samaria, Neh. 2,
10. 4, 1. 6, 1. 2. 12. 14. 13, 28. He was
a Horonite, from Horonaim, a town of
Moab. The name appears to be of Per-
sian origin. Bohlen compares eX*Lºw
‘lauded by the army,” and Sanscr. send-
balat “giving strength to the army.”
2k Tºp obsol. root, prob. to be thorny,
bristling ; kindr. with Nºt?, and perh.
with Tºuj to be pointed.—Hence
Tº m. 1. a thorn-bush, bramble,
Ex. 3.2 sq. Deut. 33, 16.—Syr. pºli, id.
Arab. U. and U. senna, folia sennae.
Chald. and Talmud. Nºt id.
2. Seneh, pr. m. of a pointed rock
(Thorn-rock) opposite Michmash; in
pause H39 (as Bºº in pause Paº) 1
Sam. 14, 4. See Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 116.
Tºp, perh. palm-branch, i. q. Hººp ;
see in rigo-nºnp, art. Hºp lett. e. R.
729.
Tišº, c. art. HSººn (the bristling, r.
Nº) Senuah, pr. m. Neh. 11,9, prob, fem.
2k nºt Chald. quadril. to blind ; de-
rived according to C. B. Michaelis from
the trilit. US to shine, with o prefixed,
see Lehrg. p. 862; or according to Si-
monis compounded from U-w to glitter
find ºnly to blind.—Hence
tºp m. plur. blindness Gen. 19, 11.
V. K. 6, 18.
Bºb pr. n. Sanherib, Sennacherib,
Sept. 2'evvoznglu, 28wvozngélu, Hdot.
×ovozáguffog, king of Assyria from 714
to 696 B.C. when he was slain in the
temple of Nisroch by his two sons, 2 K.
18, 13. 19, 16. 36. Is. 36, 1, 37, 21.37.
See further concerning him Hólot. 2. 141.
Berosi Fragmentum ap. Euseb. Chron.
Armen, ed. Aucher. T. I. p. 42, 43.−
Bohlen derives this name from Sanscr.
senagrib “conqueror of armies,’ to which
jorresponds mod. Pers. * (s”.
* 2° obsol root, in Chald, and sy,
to sweep with a broom made of branchés
but this is secondary, see in bºg no. 2.—
Hence nº and the two following.
Tºpºp (palm-branch) Sansannah, pr
n. of a town in the south of Judah Josh
15, 31.
Dºg m. plur. i. q. Bºthſ, bºrhn
palm-branches, i. e. the pendulous twigs
and boughs, Cant. 7, 9. See more in
bºg no. 2. R. 29. -
:k ºp quadrilit. fin of fishes, Lev
11, 9 Deut. 14, 9. The origin is unce.
tain. Perh, from Jºã35 to hasten, and
53 to flee, to hasten, Pi. to propel.
tº m. (r. bºb) a moth, in clothing Is.
51, 8; so called from its leaping.—Syr
las, Chald, sº, id. Arab, Jr.
moth, weevil, louse. Gr. ong.
Tº Cant. 1, 9, see righb.
"º Sisemai, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 2, 40.
*-y tº fut. Tºtº, to prop, to uphold,
to support, Chald, and Arab. CŞa w id.
With acc. Ps. 18, 36. Is. 9, 6. Prov. 20,
28. Then to sustain, to aid, to strength-
en, Ps. 20, 3.41, 4, 94, 18. Spec. 5: Tºp
to stay (strengthen) the heart, i. e. to
refresh oneself with food, see 5% no. 1. a.
Gen. 18, 5 tº hºp strengthen your
heart, refresh yourselves with food. Ps.
104, 15. With two acc. Judg. 19, 5.8;
acc. impl. 1 K. 13, 7 nº refresh thyself.
Deriv. Tºo?.
"2P Chald. to aid, to help, c. * Ezra
5, 2.
>k Hyº #noš Āeyóu. i. q. Arab.
to run, to rush, spoken also of tempests
see Thesaur. p. 962–Ps. 55, 9 risbrún
a rushing wind.
Fºº m. (r. Fyº) 1. a cleft, fissure
sººn Fºst the cleft of the rock Judg. 15
8, 11. Plur. B'sher "Pºp Is. 2, 21
57, 5. -
2. a branch, bough, Is. 17, 6, 27, 1C
See Hºst -Both these signification
are also united in Arab, Kºx-º.
* F2: to divide, i. q. Arah Jad
the letters F and a being intel hanged
Hence Fºyt, Hº, Hºso.
ryo
iTºo
729
Piel Fyº as denom. from Fºst no. 2,
ſo disbranch, to lop the boughs of a tree,
Is, 10, 33.
Deriv. the three in Kal, tºº, nºno,
and
Fºº adj. verbal (of the form bºp) di-
vided, i. e. a man of divided mind, who
has no sure faith in regard to divine
things, but is driven hither and thither,
a doubter, skeptic, oxettukós, plur. E"E32
Ps. 119, 113. Sept. Togºvouot, Vulg.
iniqui.
Tº f. (r. Pyg) i. q, nºse, and only
in plur. nibyo branches, Ez. 31, 6, 8.
Comp. Tºp.
Tº f (r. Pyg) plur, these, divided
opinions, parties ; 1 K. 18, 21 ºn? Tº
bºxer. "Fuj-by Bºrºb Brºs, Vulg. us-
quequo claudicatis in duas partes, i. e.
how long do ye hesitate between the two opi-
nions, the worship of Jehovah or Baal %
* "25 fut, sº, kindr, with ºvu, and
nºw, q.v.
1. to be violently agitaled, tossed, e. g.
the sea by tempests Jon. 1, 11.13. Trop.
of adversity Is. 54, 11. Comp. Pi.
2. Act. to rush on as a tempest, spoken
of a foe Hab. 3, 14.
NIPH. to be agitated, disquieted, of the
heart, 2 K. 6, 11.
PIEL ºxº to toss about, to scatter, e.g.
a people, Zech. 7, 14.
Po. intrans. to be driven, scattered, by
a tempest, as chaff Hos. 13, 3.
Deriv. the two following.
"39 m. a storm, tempest, Am. 1, 14.
Jon. 1, 4, 12. Jer. 23, 19. 25, 32. al.
Tº f a storm, tempest, Is. 29, 6. 40,
24, 41, 16. Zech. 9, 14. Job 38, 1. Ps.
107, 29. al. Also nºt nºn Ps. 107, 25,
ni-ye rhº Ez. 13, 11. 13, a storm-wind.
Once nº in many Mss. 2 K. 2, 1.
Flem. (r. FEg) plur. Eneo, also nine,
nipo; c. suff, "tºo. -
1. sill, threshold, Judg. 19, 27. 2 K.
12, 10. al. saep.—Chald. a.ld Sam, id.
Syr. law atrium.
2. a dish, basin bowl, Ex. 12, 22. Zech.
12, 2. Plur. Bºbo Jer. 52, 19, ripp 2
Sam. 17, 28, nipo 1 K. 7, 50. al.
3. Saph, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 21 '8; for
which Chr. 20, 4 "po Sippai.
sk Ræg obsol. root, Talmud. in Pe. and
Aph. to feed an infant, to give to eat
Hence Ripºn.
>k TE: fut. Tºº to smite the breast,
as a gesture of mourning ; hence to
mourn, to lament, chiefly for the dead,
with h of the dead for whom one mourns,
1 K. 14, 13. Jer. 16, 6. Gen. 23, 2; by 2
Sam. 11, 26. Zech. 12, 10; "gº 2 Sam,
3, 31; absol. Jer. 4, 8, 16, 5. Ecc. 12, 5
for a public calamity Is. 32, 12 (c. 93),
Jer. 49, 3. Joel 1, 13. Mic. 1,8. Zech. 7, 5.
It is often so applied as to include the
voice of mourners, i. q. to wail, Mic. 1, 8
Hººps I will wail. ... I will make a
wailing (Tºgº) like the jackals. Jer. 22,
18 they shall not lament for him, saying,
Ah my brother 1 34, 5. Still the primary
signification seems to be that of beat-
ing, i. Q. Lat. plangere, and not excla-
mation; as in the Gr. o.pod.6%), and this
the Sept. expresses in several passages
by x6ittswºot, as Is. 32, 12 Bºb bº j-by
they smite upon the breasts sc, the wo-
men, comp. Nah. 2, 8. (Comp. Lat.
plangere pectora, ubera.) There is here
no difficulty in referring the particip.
bºo to the women, since they are
expressly mentioned, though at a consi-
derable distance previously, viz. in the
beginning of v. 11, niºsº Tri; see
Heb. Gramm. § 144. n. 1.
NIPH. to be mourned for, lamented,
Jer. 16, 4, 25, 33.
Deriv. Tºo?.
*Hºº fut. nº. 1. to scrape, to
scrape off. Kindr. are Fºo, ºbs, ºp.
Arab. Uš... to sweep away, as the wind
dust; GU, a scattering wind. Spoken
of the beard, to shave, Is. 7, 20.-Hence
a) to take away life Ps. 40, 15; or per-
sons from life, to destroy, Gen. 18, 23.
24. Deut. 29, 18. b) Intrans, to be taken
away, to perish, Jer. 12, 4.
2. i. q. Fo: q.v. to add, only in imperat,
*Ed Is. 29, 1. Jer. 7, 21, and inf. niet Is
30, 1. Also, to add to anything, to aug.
ment, (see intº no. 2.) c. by Num. 32, 14
Niph. 1. to be taken away, to be de
stroyed, to perish, Gen. 19, 15. 17. Num
16,26. Prov. 13,23; espec. in war, 1 Sam
12, 25. 26, 10. 27, 1. 1 Chr. 21, 12.
*EO
|Eo
730
2. Pass, of Hiph. to be scraped toge-
her; Is. -3, 15 every one found shall be
thrust through, sº be retºn-bº
and every one scraped together (seized,
caught) shall fall by the sword ; Sept.
oittves a vamyuévot sigl.
HIPH. to scrape together, to heap up,
c. by upon any one, as calamities Deut.
32, 23. Sept. ovydiš0.
Tºpp m. (r. Etº) pr. a covering with
boards, wainscot, ceiling, of the temple,
1 K. 6, 15.
*TEp and neig, see Piel and rigº2.
1. to pour, to pour out ; Arab. &
to pour out, as blood, water, tears—In
the derivatives it includes the shedding
of blood, Hº ; the inundation of wa-
ter, TE: no. 1; the falling of seed, rºº
no. 2; the falling off of hair, Pi. neº,
nnep, nnetº.
2. to anoint sc. by pouring oil upon a
person; comp. Tib: , Syr. ºrio to pour,
Aph. to anoint as bishop.–1 Sam. 2, 36
nigrºr rris-bs sº ºr Eº anoint me (put
me), I pray thee, into one of the priests’
offices.—Hence
3. to spread out, as water poured out
is spread; Ethiop. Ti4:ffi to expand, to
spread. See Pu, and art, niriºgº cush-
ions. tº
4. With Bº to pour upon, i. e. to add,
to adjoin ; see Niph. and Hithp. In this
way the signif. of adding together or ad-
joining found in these conjugations, is
readily reconciled with the certain one
of pouring.
NIPH. to adjoin oneself to another, c.
59; see Kal no. 4. Is. 14, 1 by ºntº
Eps: nº and shall adjoin themselves to
he house of Jacob, add themselves to it.
Parall. nº. Sept. Tigoats0%astal.
PIEL Rºo and new 1. to pour out
strong drink; Hab. 2, 15 inºr riboº
who pourest out thy glow, sc. of wine as
aeating and intoxicating. Targ. Fºy.
2. to make flow out or fall off sc. the
% air by disease, scab, etc. hence i. q to
make bald the head Is. 3, 17; comp. in
Kal no. 1.
PUAL to be poured out, i.e. to lie pros-
rate ; so of the poor of the people, Job
30, 7 ºngº Bºri nrin under the thorn-
hushes they lie prostrate, stretched out.
HiTHP. to adjoin oneself, i. q. Niph
c. 3, 1 Sam. 26, 19 they have driven m,
out this day "º rerº repºrº from ad.
joining myself to the inheritance of Je
hovah, from abiding in it. Targ, and
Vulg. habitare.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1.
nºt f: scurf, scab, mange, so called
from the flowing or falling off of the
hair, Lev. 13, 2, 14, 56. Comp. Piel rigi:
in r. neº.
"º Sippai, see no no. 3.
Tº m. (r. neº) pr. ‘what is poured
out,’ effusum. Hence .
1. an inundation, flood, plur. Job 14.
19. -
2. the self-sown, what grows of itself,
i. e. grain produced spontaneously from
the self-sown kernels of the former year
without new seed, Lev. 25, 5.11. 2 K.
19, 29. Is. 37, 30. Comp. ºrig. Sept.
* > /
to ºvtouc.to.
Tº f (r. Eg) a ship, spec. with a
deck, once Jon. 1, 5. Syr. and Arab. id.
Tºp m. (r. "Eg) sapphire, a species
of gem of a cerulean hue (Ex. 24, 10.
Ez. 1,26. 10, 1), so called from its beauty
and splendour; Ex. 28, 18. 39, 11. Job
28, 6. 16. Plur. Bºnºpo Cant. 4, 14, Is,
54, 11.-Syr. ii.aº, Chald. Hºpe, **Bºp,
Gr, gºrgelgog. -
*SEp obsol root, prob, i. q. Jºãº,
beu, to be low, depressed. Hence
º m. a dish, bowl, found only in
Judg. 5, 25. 6, 38. Comp. Fo no. 2, id.
Chald. Talmud. id.
>k TE: fut, ſpºº, once |Eº Deut. 33,
19; pr. to cover, comp. the kindred Eğ.
Hence
1. to cover with beams or rafters, to
roof, with two acc. 1 K. 6, 9.
2. to cover with boards, to wainscot, to
ceil, 1 K. 7, 3.7. Jer. 22, 14, Hagg. 1, 4.
3. to cover over, i. e. to hide, to pre
serve; only Part pass. Theº hidden, pre-
served; Deut. 33, 19 bin "gºt ºrº,
see in r. 2: Kal. Deut. 33,21 --> shº'
*Ep ppnº rpºrt tº he saw .... that
there the portion of (assigned by) the
lawgiver was preserved ; here Tºpº does
not agree in gender with Fºr to which
FEO
*EO
731
t belongs, comp. Gen. 49, 15; see Lehrg.
p. 721.
Deriv. ºpe, Hº-Eq.
>k FEº a root of uncertain signif.
whence Fig threshhold, dish.
HITHPo. FEinºr denom. from Fle, to
stand or wait on the threshold, Ps.84, 11.
* I. PEQ, rarely PE) see Hiph. and
pºº; fut, pººl ; to strike, to smite with
the hand so as to make a noise, to clap ;
comp. Engl. to spank. Arab.
and G3-5-2 id—Spec. a) Thºrby 'o to
snvite upon the thigh, a gesture of self-
reproach, Jer. 31, 19; Tºrºs Ez. 21, 17.
Comp. Il. 12. 162. ib. 15. 397. Od. 13.
198. b) tºrns pFq to smite the palms
together, to clap the hands, in indigna-
tion Num. 24, 10; in derision, c. by Lam.
2, 15. Job 27, 23 where 31 Codd. have
tº instead of b. Also without bº: Job
34, 37, c) to smite in chastisement,
spoken of God, Job 34, 26.
HipH. p"Buin c. 4, to strike hands
with any one, Is. 2, 6. This may refer
to covenants, or to traffic and other in-
tercourse.
Deriv. pºº.
* II. PEG and pºp 1 K. 20, 10.
1. to vomit, to vomit forth, Jer. 48, 26.
Syr. Pa. id. -
2. to be enough, to suffice, 1 K. 20, 10.
Chald. Peo, Syr. -aaw, id—The pri-
mary idea, whence have arisen both
significations, seems to be that of abun-
dance, redundancy. Hence
Pºp m.c. suff, ipºp, sufficiency, abun-
dance, Job 20 22.
Sk "Ep, fut. -pº 1. Pr. to scratch, to
scrape. Chald. "Et to scrape, to shave;
Syr. Pa. res id. Ethpa. to be shaven,
shorn; hºp fres a barber; Arab. /*
to scrape, to sweep, whence 2.5 w a rasp.
—From the idea of scraping may come
that of polishing, and hence of sparkling,
see hºp, "Eu, ; but this is not certain.
2. to write, pr. to scratch or grave in
etters; comp. 79690 to write, also ºnz,
brº, which all come from the idea of
rutting in, graving. It is less usual than
.nz, and is found only in PART. "Eb a
writer, scribe, Ps. 45, 2. Jes. 36, 3; nºt
"Eer, a writer's ink-horn Ez. 9, 2.3
Spec, a) Tºr, "Eb the king's scribe
secretary, an officer of state who wrote
the royal edicts, etc. 2 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr
24, 11; so ºwt' é$oziv nEor the scribe
2 K. 18, 18. 19, 2, 22, 3.8 sq. 1 Chr. 24
6. Is. 36, 3. 37,2; also without art. "go
2 Sam. 8, 17. 20, 25. 1 Chr. 18, 16.
Sometimes several scribes are mention
ed, 1 K. 4, 3. Esth. 3, 12. 8, 9; comp
Jer, 36, 23. b) a military scribe or tri.
bune, who had charge of the conscription
and muster-rolls, muster-master, 2 K. 25.
19. Jer, 52, 25. 2 Chr. 26, 11. Is. 33, 18.
So prob. Jer. 37, 15, as having charge
of the public prison. Genr. of a mili-
tary leader, Judg. 5, 14. Comp. Arab.
9 - >
J.5 to levy a conscription, &S an
army so levied. c.) In the later books, a
scribe, yºupoists, one skilled in the sa-
cred books and in the law, 1 Chr. 27, 32.
Jer. 8, 8. Ezra 7, 6 Ezra was a scribe
(neo Nhn) skilled in the law of Moses,
So as a title of Ezra, Neh. 8, 1 sq. 12,
26, 36. Ezra 7, 11. Syr. ſas, Arab
J.3% id.
3. Fut.-bº", to count, to number, peri
by marking down or checking each one
Gen. 15, 5. 41, 49. Lev. 15, 13. 28. Deut
16, 9. Ps. 48, 13. 139, 18. So to number
one's steps, i. e. diligently to observe
him, Job 14, 16. 31, 4 ; to number a peo-
ple, to enrol, Ps. 87, 6.
Niph, pass, of Kal no. 3, to be num
bered 1 Chr. 23, 3. Often sh? Yeº. Nº
it shall not be numbered for multitude,
i.e. shall be innumerable, Gen. 16, 10.32,
13. 1 K. 3, S. 8, 5. Jer, 33, 22. Hos. 2, 1.
PIEl Heo, fut. -po; 1. i. g. Kal no.
3, to count, to number, Ps. 22, 18, 40, 6.
Job 38, 37.
2. to recount, to narrate, to tell, to de-
clare, Job 15, 17. Jer. 23, 28. With acc
of thing and h of pers. Gen. 24, 66. 29
13. Ex. 18, 8. Judg. 6, 13, Ps, 4S, 14. Job
12,8. al. 9s of pers. Gen. 37, 10; ºis:
Ex. 10, 2; % of pers, and by of thing Joe
1, 3; by of thing, Ps. 2, 7 pri-bs Hypes
I will declare concerning the decree. 69
27. Often spec. to recount with praise
to celebrate, e. g. the name of God Ex
*EO
*Eo
732
3, 16. Ps. 22, 23 (; of pers.) 102,22; also
nis praises Ps. 9, 15. 78, 4. Is. 43, 21;
kis glory Ps. 19, 2. 96, 3; his works and
deeds Ps. 73, 28. 107, 22. 145, 6; his
wondrous acts Ps. 9, 2. 26, 7, 75, 2.—
Job 28, 27 then did God see and declare
it sc, wisdom in and through his works.
3. Absol. to deciare, i, q, to speak, to
discourse; Is. 43, 26 pººr, sº ºpe
speak, that thou mayest be justified. Ps.
64, 6, 73, 15.
PUAL pass, of Piel no. 2, to be recount-
el, told, Hab. 1, 5; h of pers. Is, 52, 15.
Job 37,20; h of pers, and thing Ps. 22, 31.
Deriv. Hºpe, Hºpe, nºb, nºpe,
*%, and the four here following.
"?? Chald. m. 1. a scribe, secretary,
who accompanied the satrap or govern-
or of a province, Ezra 4, 8, 9. 17. 23.
See Holot. 3, 128.
2. a scribe, yºu worst's, skilled in the
sacred books and the law, Ezra 7, 12.
21. See r. neg Kal no. 2. c.
Tº m. (r. -Eg) c. suff, *Eb, plur.
Bºnet, constr. Ep.
1, writing, Syr. ſas, i. e. a) The
art of writing and reading; Is. 29, 11. 12
nEºr ºi" acquainted with writing, able
to read and write. b) Kind of writing ;
Dan. 1, 4 tº Tivº -ºp the writing
(letters) and language of the Chaldeans.
v. 17.
2. a writing, whatever is written, as
a bill of purchase or sale Jer. 32, 12 sq.
a bill of accusation, memorial, Job 31,
35; a bill of divorce Deut. 24, 1.3; es-
pec. an epistle, letter, 2 Sam. 11, 14. 2
K. 10, 6. Plur. Bººt letters, epistles,
1 K. 21, 8. 2 K. 10, 1. Esth. 1, 22; also
us in Engl. letters for a single epistle, 2
K. 19, 14. Is. 37, 14, 39, 1. So Syr.
ſºas for sing to 66Atow Heb. 9, 19.
3. a book, as written; Syr. ſtas,
6 o
Arab A. id. Ex. 17, 14. Deut. 28, 58.
29, 20. 26. 1 Sam. 10, 25. Job 19, 23. al.
|Books were anciently written on rolls,
comp. Is, 34, 4; hence more fully nº
nº roll of a book Jer. 36, 2.4. Ez. 2, 9.
Often with genit. of the contents, as "Et
Hºlinn the book of the law Josh. 1, 8, 8,
34. 2 K. 22, 8 sq. 2 Chr. 34, 14; nºt
**ºn the book of the covenant Ex. 24, 7.
2 K. 23, 2.21 ; Rºn "Et the boot of
the kings 2 Chr. 16, 11. 24, 27; nºt
Bºrn ºn the book of chronicles, air
nals, see h; no. 2; Hºbº tº ºp the
book of the acts of Solomon 1 K. 11, 41
ºn tº the book of the upright, see in
nu; no. 2. Also Bºs nithin nep the
book of the genealogy of Adam Gen. 5,
1; bºrn o the book of the living, i.e. of
those destined to life, the book of iife
which is with God, Ps. 69, 29, comp.
Dan. 12, 1. Rev. 20, 12. 15; called also
the book of God Ex. 32, 32. 33. Ps. 139,
16.—But " -ºp the book of Jehovah Is.
34, 16 is the sacred book, the collection
of sacred books, oracles; and so too
pººr, Dan. 9, 2 can only be the sacred
books, scriptures, into which the writings
of Jeremiah had already been received.
Further, hºp zot Soziv Is. 29, 18, and
Hºp rºº Ps. 40, 8, the book of the law;
like Arab. -UXXIf the Scriptures, Kor.
2.50. Pococke Spec. p. 156, also the
Korán.
Tºº Chald. m. plur. Tºp, a book.
i. q. Heb. hºp, Dan. 7, 10. Ezra 4, 15.
Tº m. 1. a numbering, census 2
Chr. 2, 16. R. E.g.
2. Sephar, pr. m. of an Arabian city
coupled with Mesha Gen. 10, 30; for
which passage see in Nujº. There can
be little doubt, that "Et is the earlier
jºb Dhafar or Zafar, Bochart Geogr.
Sacr. II. c. 30; now called by the natives
Isſarji.e., jºl; an ancient mari-
time city, the seat of the Himyaritic
kings, situated in Hadramaut not far
from the port of Mirbát ; where its ex-
tensive ruins are still seen. See F.
Fresnel in Journ. Asiatioue, Ser. 3. T.
V. p. 516 sq. Niebuhr Arabien p. 236.
Plin. H. N. VI. 23 or 26. º
Tº Sepharad, pr. m. of a region to
which exiles were carried from Jerusa-
lem, Obad. 20. Syr. Chald, and the
Rabbins, by conjecture, Spain. Jerome
says: “Nos autem ab Hebræo, qui nos
in Scripturis erudivit, didicinus Bospho-
rum sic vocari; et quasi Judaeus, ista.
inquit, est regio, ad quam Hadrianus
captivos transtulit.” That the distric
Sepharad is indeed to be sought some
where in the region of the Bosphorus
*Eo
--b
7
3
"O
has recently been confirmed by a paleo-
graphic discovery. In the celebrated
cuneiform inscription containing a list
of the tribes of Persia (Niebuhr Tab. 31
lett. I), after Assyria, Gordyene, Arme
nia, Cappadocia, and before Ionia or
Greece, is found the name QPaRDa, as
read both by Burnouf and Lassen, and
this was recognised also by De Sacy
as the Theº of Obad. 20; see Burnouf
Mémoire sur deux Inscr. cunéiformes,
1836. p. 147. It was therefore a district
and people of western Asia Minor, or at
least near to it. [In his later researches
Lassen identifies it with Sardis ; Zeit-
Schr. ſ. d. Morg. VI. p. 50. Rawlinson
reads it Sparta ; Inscr. at Behistun p.
i–R.
Tºp f (r. -Eg) a book, i. q. hEp, Ps.
56, 9.
nº f (r. net) number, plur, ninet,
Ps. 71, 15.
tº 2 K. 17, 24, 18, 34. 19, 13. Is.
36, 19. 37, 13, Sepharvaim, pr. m. of a
city of the Assyrian empire, whence
colonists were brought into the territory
of Samaria; prob. Sipphara in Mesopo-
tamia (Ptol. 5. 18) situated on the east
bank of the Euphrates above Babylon.
The gentile noun plur. is cºined Se-
pharvites 1 K. 17, 31.
nºb (scribe, r. nee, with a ſem, end-
ing as a name of office, see Lehrgb. p.
468,) Sophereth, pr. m. m. Neh. 7, 57;
and with the art. Ezra 2, 55.
:k Spº to stone, to pelt with stones, a
species of capital punishment among the
Hebrews, as to which see the decisions
of the Rabbins in C. B. Michaelis Dis-
rert. de judiciis poemisque capitalibus
§ 5, in Pott Syll. IV. p. 185. The signi-
fication of stoning, however, would seem
hardly to be the primary one, especially
since in Piel it has also the sense to free
from stones. The origin seems to lie
• 9 °
in the root ºpuſ, Jºšš, to be weighty
Heavy, whence the bbsol. form ºpe
stone, so called from its weight, and
Wom this the denom. verb bpº to stone,
Piel id. and to free from stones.—Constr.
with acc of pers. Ex. 19, 13.21,28. 1 Sam.
30 6, 1 K. 21 10. al. Oſten with the
word bººs: added, Deu . 13, 11, 17, 5
22, 24. al. Comp. syn. P2.
NIPH. pass. to be stoned, Ex. 19, 13
21, 28 sq.
PIEL 1. i. q. Kal to stone, to pelt with
stones, 2 Sam. 16, 6.13.
2. Priv. like Engl. to stone, i. e. to free
from stones, to gather out the stones from N
a field, Is. 5, 2; with Tºsº added 62, 10
Comp. Heb. Gramm. § 51. 2. c.
PUAL pass. to be stoned, 1 K. 21, 14, 15
The m. adj. (r. hºg) f. Hºp. 1. refrac
tory, rebellious, Jer. 6, 28. See in r. nº,
no. 1.
2. evil, spoken of the countenance, i. e.
sad, sullen, angry, 1 K. 20, 43. 21, 4. b.
See the root no. 2.
>k Enº obsol. root, Chald. She to be
refractory, rebellious ; whence
Bºº m. (for nºo, of the form bºp)
refractory, rebellious ; Ez.2, 6 tºng "z
Tris Bººp” though they be rebels and
thorns toward thee; Targ. "anon, Syr.
<=i-Some of the Rabbins have
rendered tº briers, and Castell in
Heptagl. nettles, (comp. Fine to singe,
to burn,) but the common interpretation
is properly defended by Celsius in Hie-
rob. II. p. 222.
:k bant Chald. quadr lit. to cover, as
with a garment, flesh, ſat, see Buxtorf.col.
1548. Derived perh, from Chald. 835
to bear, as banz from b->.—Hence
Tºmb Chald. m. plur. (Kamets in..
pure) sarabala, a kind of garment; ei-
ther long and wide trowsers, such as are
still worn by the Orientals; or cloaks,
mantles ; Dan. 3, 21. 27.—The former
meaning, trowsers, is supported by Dan.
93 © 9 * *
ll. cc. Arab. J5- plur. Jºjº
Pers. by transpos, 5'--& id. whence Gr.
oo:963ago, oo:9630/30, Lat. sarabara
saraballa Isid. Orig. 19, 23, Span. zara-
guelles, Portug. ceroulas, Hungar. schal-
wary, Pol.scharmvari; see Frähn ad Ibn.
Foszlan p. 112 sq. Pott Etymol. Forsch
I. p. lxxx.-The other meaning, mantles
is supported by the usage of the Gemara
in which bant is often put for cloak ; by
the Arabic form Jº- which is do
62
yºno
Tºp
734
fined in the Camoos t ) be a long shirt,
or coat of mail, or any other garment;
and by the Syr. <=i- which is ex-
plained by Bar Bahlul to mean cloaks,
mantles.—There can be little doubt that
**ne, Juºr", tier., are Semitic
words, from r. baho; and altogether
different from Zend. Saravaro, Pers.
22-3, Gr. oogºffago, Arab. Jºy”
i. e. Persian trowsers. Hence, while the
context affords no clue to determine the
meaning, the orthography with H fa-
vours the latter, cloaks, mantles.
jºb (perh. Pers. ** prince
of the sun) Sargon, pr. m."of a king
of Assyria who preceded Sennacherib,
716–714 B.C. Is. 20, 1. Comp. 2 K. 18,
7. Jer. 37, 38.
*The obsol root, Syr. ºw to fear,
to tremble ; hence
T]? (fear) Sered, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 14.
Patronym. "The Sardite Num. 26, 26.
Tº f (r. hab) pr. a going off, turn-
ing away. Hence -
1. defection from Jehovah, apostasy,
Deut. 13, 6. Is. 1, 5. 31, 6. 59, 13. Jer.
28, 16. 29, 32.
2. transgression of law, fault, crime,
Deut. 19, 16.
3. cessation, remission, of chastise-
ment, Is. 14, 6.
Tºp (recessio, r. Thb) Sirah, pr. m. of
a cistern 2 Sam. 3, 26.
* ning 1 to pour forth, to diffuse,
to spread, i. Q. Arab. , see Diss.
Lugdd. p. 700 sq.-Pärt, pass. Hºng
poured forth, trop. eartended, stretched,
upon a couch, Am. 6, 4.7. Arab. cy”
VII, id.—Intrans. part. fem. Ez. 17, 6
nrino ſº a spreading vine.
2 to hang over, spoken of a curtain Ex.
¥6, 12. Part, pass, riºt, hung over, hang-
ing over v. 13. Ez. 23, 15 tºnſ; "rººt
hanging down with turbans, wearing long
lurbans hanging down from the head.
Niph, to be poured out; metaph. Jer.
49, 7 Brºar Hrºntº is their wisdom
poured out? i.e. spilled, lost; comp. Is.
9, 3 and Jer. 19, 7.-Hence
Tº m. superfluity, redundance
concr. Superfluous part, remainder, Ex
26, 12.
Tiºno i, q. liºnº, a coat of mail, Jer
46, 4, 51, 3.
bºnº m. (r. one) constr. bºne; plur
phoºne, constr. ºne, once "pºq Gen
40,7; c. suff, Yºg Gen. 40,2; a eunuch,
one castrated, Is. 56, 3, 4. Syr. ta-º.
Such persons oriental monarchs were
accustomed to set over their harems,
Esth. 2, 3. 14, 15. 4, 5; and also to em.
ploy them in various offices of the court,
Esth. 1, 10, 15. 2, 21. 6, 2. 7, 9; comp.
Gen. 40, 2 7. 2 K. 20, 18. Is. 39, 7. Dan.
1, 7 sq. Joseph. Ant. 16. 8. 1. So
then-ºn ºn Dan. 1, 3, ºne-ºn-tº v. 7
sq. the chief or prince of the eunuchs, who
had charge of the king's sons, as at the
present day in Turkey the Kislar Aga
or chief of the eunuchs has charge of
the Sultan's children, called Itshoglam.
—Hence according to some, genr. a mi-
mister of court, court officer, though not
castrated, Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1. But these
passages determine nothing; because
many eunuchs are not wholly impotent,
and sometimes live in matrimony, Ter.
Eun. 4. 3. 24. Juv. 6. 366 sq. Chardin
Voy. III. p. 397. Of the other passages
of the O. T. there are not a few where
the proper sense is obviously to be re
tained, as Jer, 38, 7. 41, 16. 1 Sam. 8,
15. 2 K. 24, 12. 15. Is. 39, 7. On the
other hand, there is no passage where
the proper sense is not appropriate, as
1 K. 22, 9, 2 K. 8, 6.9, 32. 20, 18. 23, 11,
25, 19. 1 Chr. 28, 1. Jer. 34, 19, 52, 25.
Sept. constantly sinoizos, twice on tºday,
Vulg. eunuchus. See more in Thesaur.
p. 973.
#Tº or sºng Chald, only in plur.
Tºp, a high officer of the Persian court
a minister, president, spoken of the three
highest ministers, Dan. 6, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8.
In Targg. sºng, Tºo, plur. "Ene,
is put for the Heb. nºu prefect, magis-
trate, as Gen. 41, 41. Esth. 2, 13.−The
etymology is uncertain, but seems to
come from Zend sara (gara) head
and suff, ka ; as Sanscr. sirastha chie’
prefect, from siras head i. q. Sara; Ben
fey Monathsnamen p. 193.
int
*no
735
sº-
Yºº only in plur. tºº, constr. ºne.
1, awles, 1 K. 7, 30. Syr. Hrs id.
Chald. Nºno wheel. The etymology is
uncertain.
2. Metaph. princes, lords, a word pe-
culiar to the five chiefs of the Philistines,
Josh. 13, 3. Judg. 3, 3. 16, 5 sq. 1 Sam.
5, 8, 11. 6, 4, 29, 6. al.—Comp. Arab.
9 & 2
Jas axis, pole; metaph. prince, q. d.
the axis round which a people revolve.
>k bº obsol. root, prob. i. q. kindr.
ujºu, (denom. from tº to root out, to
eactirpate, spec. the testicles, and hence,
to castrate, Syr. and Chald. **.
6 -
big, to castrate. Hence bºng U“y”
one castrated (pr. extirpated), a eu-
nuch ; and also the secondary verb
Jºy” impotens ad Venerem fuit.
Tºmb f. (r. Fyº) a bough, branch,
i. q. Hººd, the letter n being inserted,
Ez. 31, 5. Syr. -asis germinavit.
• F-5 in Kal not used, i. q. Finº
to burn, to consume with fire. Syr.
--is.
PIEL part. Fingº lit. the burner sc. of
the dead, he who kindled the funeral.
pile, Am. 6, 10. This was usually done
by the nearest of blood; comp. Gen. 25,
9. 35, 29. Judg. 16, 31.—But 23 codd.
Kennic. and several of De Rossi ex-
hibit nºnuyo.
Tºmb m. Is. 55, 13, a species of plant
growing in the desert, Engl. vers, brier,
Sept. Theodot, kóvvča, Vulg. urtica, i. e.
nettle. This last, the mettle, accords
well with the etymology, whether we
regard Tºho as from r. TEQ to smite,
with ºn inserted; or, better, as made up
iom ºne to burn, and TEQ to smite, to
sting.—Simonis compares Syr. fres
white mustard; and this has recently
been again brought forward by Ewald
In his Heb. Grammar. But this is from
he Pers. C޺w white, and cannot well
be regarded as contracted from "Rho.
Sk --- once Hos. 4, 16, 2lsewhe. 2
inly in the participle.
1 to be refractory, rebellious, intract.
able, pr. of refractory and unruly ann.
mals; kindr. with nºb. PART. --ºb
f. Tho, nºb, refractory, stubborn.
perverse, of an untamed heifer Hos.
4, 16; of a disobedient son Deut. 21.
18. 20. Is. 30, 1; of a lewd woman
casting off all restraint Prov. 7, 11; of
men disobedient towards God. Hos. 4,
16, 9, 15. Is. 30, 1, 65,2. Plur. Bºnnio
the rebellious, spec. of gentile nations,
who reject God, Ps, 66, 7, 68, 7. 19. As-
cribed also to the heart Jer. 5, 23; to
the shoulder, see in Finž no. 1. Parono-
masia is ſound Is. 1, 23. Hos. 9, 15. Jer,
6, 28 Bºnno "nº rebellious of the rebel-
lious, i. e. most rebellious. sº
2. to be bad, evil, i. q. Arab. 23.
Hence ºnto no. 2.
Deriv. ºng.
Sk Hºº obsol. root, Arab, U-3, Syr.
Aph. -A-wi, to winter, though these per-
haps are denominatives.—Hence
Tº m. (form like arº) winter, Cant.
2, 11, where Keri "nº is probably a
corrupted form after the analogy of the
suff, *. Chald, ine, syne. Syr. ſolº,
sº 9– C/ .”
Arab L.; plur. 8×3, id.
Thrº (hidden, r. hng) Sethur, pr. n.
of the phylarch or chief of the tribe of
Asher, Num. 13, 13.
* Enº, once Enº Lam. 3, 9; ſut.
tnoy, imper. Bhd.
1. to stop up, to obstruct, as fountains 2
K. 3, 19. 25. 2 Chr. 32, 3. 4. Metaph,
Lam, 3, 9 "rºr Entº he stops my prayer,
shuts it out.—Chald. Ent, to shut up,
Arab. & law id. The primary syllable
is ºn,' Po, whence Chald. Bºt, tºº,
tºº, Syr. Arab. <e, ºlº, to stop
a well, Heb. Bºrº to close up, to finish;
and with a guttural prefixed bºs, cer,
Enri, tor.
2. to shut up, to keep secret, Dan. 8.
26. 12, 4. 9. Part. pass. Ennº hidden.
kept secret, Ez. 28, 3. Ps. 51, 8.
NIPH. to be stopped, repaired, e.g. the
breaches of a wall, Neh. 4, 1 [7].
PIE.L. i. q. Kal no. 1, Gen. 26, 15. 18.
>k -nº ſut. "no", to cover, to veil, see
Hiph, no. 1, and nº no. 1; then to hide
-ne
ºnno
736
v protect, ꖼ veil, hiding-place, se-
tret. Arab. X w to cover, to cover over:
III, to hide; /* and jº. veil, Pºw
hield.—In Kal once intrans. to hide one-
telf, fut. "nº Prov. 22, 3 Cheth. where
Keri nºt.
NIPH. 1. to be hid, to lie hid. Job 3,
23 to a man Hºno, i2ha ºuis to whom
his way is hid, who knows not how to
escape from calamities. With 7% (x0,-
Antsa &ot &Itó twoc, comp. Tº no. 3, b)
to be hid from any one Ps. 38, 10. Is. 40,
27. Gen. 31, 49 when we shall be hid
from one another, when we shall be far
distant from one another. Ps. 19, 7. Job
28, 21. With ****, Hos. 13, 14 repent-
ance is hidden from mine eyes, i. e. is
unknown to me. Is. 65, 16; "º (Lat.
occultari a conspectu qlic. Plaut.) Deut.
7, 20; ºr, Jer, 16, 17; 7:32 Am. 9, 3.
PART. plur. f. ninrº hidden things, se-
crets, Deut. 29, 28; spec. hidden sins,
i. e. unconsciously committed, Ps. 19,
13.−Followed by another verb, it may
be rendered by an adverb, secretly, like
Gr, lověčvo; Num. 5, 13 risqº Hºne:
and she be secretly defiled.
2. Reflex. to cover oneself; Is. 28, 15
npº- 'ºrº we have covered ourselves
up in lies, wrapped ourselves in them.
Hence, to hide oneself, Jer. 36, 19. Zeph.
2, 3; with 3 of place, or buff, 1 Sam. 20,
5. 19. 24. Jer. 23, 24. Job 34, 22; 7% Ps.
55, 13; hº? Gen. 4, 14. Job 13, 20. Of
God as hiding himself Ps. 89, 47, i. q.
** **ner; see Hiph, no. 1. b.
PIEL to hide a person for protection,
Is. 16, 3.
Pual part, fem, nº hidden, secret,
Prov. 27, 5.
HIPH. 1. to cover, to veil, espec. the
face, Ex. 3, 6. With 7% from any per-
son or thing; Is. 50, 6 I covered not my
face from reproach and spitting. Is. 53,
3 #22 tº ºntº as one covering his
face from us, sc. for shame, as affected
with an evil disease; ºntº part of the
Chald. form for nºne? which is read in
4 Mss. Others: as one from whom men
hide their faces, taking the part. as im-
personal ; this gives a good sense, but
the construction is less easy. — Spec.
conceal. Chald, ºne id. Syr. 5&
Jehovah is said to cover or well his face
*** **rēn, also tº ºper Is. 59, 2
comp. Job 34, 29; e. g. a) Where he
is said not to regard human affairs Ps
10, 11; c. 72, Ps. 51, 11 cover (nnºr, q, d.
turn away) thy face from my sins, i. e.
regard them not, forgive them. b) In
token of displeasure; opp. Tº hºst see
p. 25, and 'E * Riº; p. 695. With 12
Deut. 31, 1" 32, 20. Ps. 13, 2 how long
wilt thou veil thy face from me? 22, 25
he doth not veil his face from him sc. the
afflicted, but hears his prayers. 27, 9.
102, 3. Is. 8, 17. Jer. 33, 5. Ez. 39, 23 sq.
al. saep. So without Tº Deut. 31, 18.
Ps, 30, 8, 44, 25. 104, 29. Job 13, 24.
34, 29 when he veileth his face, who can
behold him 2 i. e. if he be displeased
who can be admitted to his presence %
the figure being drawn from the custom
of kings and princes, who admit only
those whom they favour. So with tº
impl. Is, 57, 17 I smote him (the people)
covering my face, and I was wroth.-
Once the sins of men are said to veil the
face of God, i. e. to avert his favour, Is.
59, 2.
2. to hide, to conceal a pers, or thing,
Job 14, 13. Prov. 25, 2. Spec. a) For
protection and safety from persecutors,
etc. Jer. 36, 26. 2 Chr. 22, 11; with a
of place Ps. 17, 8, Is. 49, 2. Ps. 31, 21.
27, 5; with 12, "252, 2 K. 11, 2, Ps. 64,
3. Is. 50, 6. b) to hide a thing from any
one, not to let him know it, with 7% of
pers. 1 Sam. 20, 2. Is. 29, 15. Ps. 119, 19.
c) to hide sorrow, calamity, from any
one, i. e. to avert it; Job 3, 10 hºbº
**** 8%: ; comp. Niph Is. 65, 16 and
nº Job 23, 17.
Hithea. "Fºr to hide oneself 1 Sam.
23, 19, 26, 1. Ps. 54, 2. Is. 45, 15 truly
thou art hºrntº bs a God hiding thyself.
whose secret counsels none can compre-
hend. Is. 29, 14 the understanding of the
prudent shall hide itself, i.e. shall van
ish away, disappear.
Deriv. ºne, nºne, nºt?, intº
pr. n. *rº, ºne.
Tºº Chald. PA. 1. to hide. Part
pass, plur. f. Rºmbº hidden things, ge
crets, Dan. 2, 22.
2. to destroy, Ezra 5, 12; pr. to hide
away, to remove out of sight, comp. Tria
and "rºr. In Targ, often. Syr. Pe, id
-ne
737 5
- - a diacritical point,
.*
"º m. (r. hng) in pause ºrg Deut.
*7 15. 24; c. suff, hºno, plur. bºrº.
!, a covering, veil; Syr. Arab. id, see
in r. ºne Kal. Job 22, 14 ºn is nre bºy
thick clouds are a covering to him, so
that he seeth not, 24, 15 Bºbº tºp -re
he maketh his face a veil, i.e. veils his
face. Ps, 81, 8 ps: ºne: in the veil of
thunder, i. e. a thunder-cloud. 18, 12.
2. a covert, sheller; Ps. 27, 5 ibis -ing
the covert of his tabernacle. 61, 5. Is. 32.
2. Trop. protection, defence, Is. 16, 4.
28, 17. Ps. 31, 21. 91, 1. Hence God is
said to be a covert, shelter, protection,
Ps. 32, 7, 119, 114.
Ain, jºy eye, the sixteenth letter of
the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de-
noting 70. Compare its figure O in the
Phenician alphabets, whence the Greek
Omicron.
While the Hebrew was a living lan-
guage, this letter, which is peculiar to
the Semitic tongues, and extremely diffi-
cult for our organs to pronounce, seems
vo have had, like T, a twofold pronunci-
ation, which the Arabians distinguish by
8. Ain, & Ghain. The
one apparently was only a guttural im-
pulse of the breath, like the letter N, but
more forcible, so as to resemble the
sound of a in father, or short e when ut-
tered furtively or as iſ abruptly ejected
ſrom the throat. Hence the Greek inter-
preters have sometimes represented it
by the smooth and rough breathings, and
sometimes also by expressing the furtive
vowels, as pºº Muolijº, º Hill, ºniº
Eógoſios, sujin 'noné, S㺠Tºšová, -hy
ig, see Orig. ad Gen. 28, 19, in Montf
Hexapl. II. p. 397. On the other hand
the harder Aim, which the Arabs call
Ghain, was a harsh sound uttered from
the bottom of the throat, accompanied
by a certain whirring or whizzing, so as
nearly to resemble the letter r when
uttered abruptly with a strong rolling.
This the Seventy have usually repre-
ented by the lettery, as nº sye Twº,
3. a hiding ; then a hilling-place
place of concealment, 1 Sam. 25, 20; sc
hº, in a hiding-place 1 Sam. 19, 2.
Ps. 139, 15–Also, something hidden, a
secret, secrecy; Judg. 3, 19 ºne ºf a
secret message. Prov. 9, 17 pºint, prº
bread of secrecies, to be eaten in secret.
Often nº in secret, secretly, Sept.
×gupſ, Deut. 13, 7. 2 Sam. 12, 12. Job
13, 10. Ps. 101, 5. Is. 45, 19. al.
Tºp f (r. ºne) i. q. ºne no. 2, pro.
tection, Deut. 32, 38.
"hºº (for nºne protection of Jeho.
vah, r. nnº) Sithri, pr. n. m. Ex. 6, 22,
Hºly Táuogów, nºis J-4) 26,090, "3 Iwi,
biºs Iºffº. See De Sacy Gr. Arabe
I. § 45, 46. Hence it happens, that seve-
ral Hebrew roots comprise what are
strictly two roots of different significa-
tion; one of which is written in Arabic
with the letter & and the other with é?
ū sº
as Bº Jº to drink a second time, to
Ge.
glean, and Bº Jº to insert, to enter;
also hºs, Bºy, Bºy, risy, any. In
other instances, the various powers of
one and the same root are distinguished
by the Arabs in the manner of pro-
nouncing; e. g. hºº i. Q. ** to bind
closely together, and also i. q. ** to
serve, to worship; see in nº.
The Soſter pronunciation of 9 seems to
have been the most frequent among the
Hebrews; as also among the Arabs the
letter c is far more frequent than 5.
For this reason 9 is very often inter-
changed with 8, or, to speak more accu-
rately, 9 is often softened into N, see p.
1; also in the middle of words, when
preceded by a Sheva, y is often dropped,
like s and H, as *** contr. 92, is:
contr. "E; to which we may also refer
npuj; for Hypº: Am. 8, 8, and "ob for
Yosh Ps. 28, 8.—On the other hand the
harders was kindred in sound: a) To
the guttural n, as perſ, p: ; *śrī, -sy
62%
=ly 738
T-ly
ºrs. Also to the letter ºn, r, by which
indeed many express the Arabic Ghain,
as tosz and ºn? to polish. b) To the
palatal letters, as 3, 5, p, which see
respectively, and compare nº and nº
to surround; sº (N3) and 333, T3, to
boil up; Chald, syns and sphs earth;
sº and pºuj. c) The letters is also
very frequently interchanged with Y, in
such a way that for the Hebrew y we
find in Aramaean V, i. e. the sibilant
being dropped, and nothing but a guttu-
ral impulse of breath remaining, as iss
JLé is flock; Pºs Jºy ºf sºns
earth; nº fries wool. See on the
nature and cause of this permutation,
Ewald Krit. Gram. p. 33.
I. By m. (r. 5-s) a term of architec-
ture, a threshold, step, i. e. a projection
or offset, perh. collective, forming the
ascent into a portico, 1 K. 7, 6. E.Z. 41,
25. Plur. Bºax v. 26, as if from a sing.
hy. Targ. well in 1 K. 7, 6 snaipo
thresholds. Vulg. epistylium, architrave,
against the context in both places; al-
though such is the poverty of the He-
brew in terms of this sort, that the Heb.
sy may perhaps have comprehended
the epistyle. This is also favoured by
the etymology from 5:3 to cover, q.v.
II. By comm. gend. (m. Is. 19, 1. Ecc.
11, 3; f. 1 K. 18, 44.) constr. 5x Prov.
16, 15. Is. 18, 4, once as Ex. 19, 9; plur.
bºy, constr. *-x, twice niº 2 Sam.
23, 4. Ps. 77, 18. R. Rhy.
1. dorkness, chiefly of ciouds, Ex. 19,
9 ºr as: in the darkness of a cloud.
Ps. 18, 12 Expruſ *ay darkness of clouds.
—Hence
2. a cloud, Is. 19, 1. 25, 5. al. Sº as
a cloud of dew Is. 18, 4. Prov. 16, 15.
Oſten collect. clouds Job 20, 6. 36, 29. Is.
14, 14. Plur. Judg. 5, 4, 1 K. 18, 45. Ps.
104, 3, al. A cloud is put as an emblem
of swift motion Is. 60, 8 (comp. 19, 1);
also of “hings evanescent Job 30, 15. Is.
A4, 22.
3. dark thicket of a wood, plur. E":
Ier. 4, 29. Chald. Syr, id.
59 see in as I.
* P2: obsol. r. prob, to cover, to hide,
q sº sºr, nºr. Hence as I.
*Tº fut. Tax. . to labout to work
to do work. Aram. ra- Tºº, to make
i. q. Heb. Huy: ; Arab. Jºe to servé
God, see no. 3, but Conj. II to reduce to
servitude, &é servant; see Hiph. no
2. A. Schultens holds the primary idea
to be that of subduing, depressing, ad
Job. p. 6; and so Redslob nearly.—Ab
sol. Ex. 20, 9 ºr tº: nu}\} sia, day
shall thou labour, opp. to nº. 34, 21.
Deut. 5, 13. Ecc. 5, 11. With acc. of
land, etc. to work, e.g. to fill the ground
Gen. 2, 5. 3, 23. 4, 2; a vineyard Deut.
28, 39; a garden Gen. 2, 15. So of arti-
sans, Is, 19, 9 Bºrujº is the workers
in linen. Ez. 48, 18 nºn-nºis the work-
men or labourers of the city. v. 19. Ac-
cus, impl. Deut. 15, 19 thou shalt mot till
the ground with (3) the firstling of thy
bullock.
2. to work for another, to serve, Num.
4, 37; # of price, Gen. 29, 20.25. Hos.
12, 13. Ez. 29, 20. Often with acc. of
pers. to serve any one, Gen. 29, 15. 30,
26. 31, 6.41. Ex. 21, 6. Mal. 3, 17; poet.
of a beast Job 39, 9; tº with any one
Gen. 29, 25.30. Lev. 25,40; ºth 2 Sam.
16, 19 of a minister of the king, comp.
*E* Tºy. With two acc. Gen. 30, 29
*Tºy nu}s nº tº thou knquest what’ --
(how) I have served thee.—Spoken not.
only of single persons, but also of na-
tions, who serve their kings and princes
Judg. 9, 28.38. 1 Sam. 11, 1. 1 K. 5, -.
12, 4. Ps. 18, 44. Jer. 27, 7.9; ºr who
are subject to other nations Gen. 15, 14.
25, 23. Ex. 14, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 9 (c. *).
2 Sam. 10, 19. Jer. 40, 9; also of kings.
who are tributary to others Gen. 14, 4.
2 K. 18, 7. Here belongs Gen. 15, 13
prºs Hex, Entº and they (the Israel-
ites) shall serve them (the Egyptians),
and they shall afflict them, the Egyptians
shall afflict the Israelites, the subject and
object being changed. So too "as og
1 K. 9, 21, see in bº.—Once to serve any
one is for simpl. to obey, 1 K. 12, 7.
3. to serve in a religious sense, i. e. to
worship, to yield reverence and obedi
ence to, e.g. Jehovah Ex. 3, 12.4, 23.7
16. 26. Josh. 24, 15. 18. Ps. 22, 31. Job
21, 15. al. saep. Also idols Deut. 4, 19
8, 19. 13, 7.14, Judg. 10, 10, 1 K. 16,3'
T-ly
T-ly
739
2 K, 10, 18, al. So of a single sacrifice
pract of worship Ex. 3, 12. 4, 23. Constr.
with acc. rarely with h Judg. 2, 13. Jer.
44, 3. A cc. impl. (Jehovah) Job 36, 11.
Is. 19, 23. With two acc. to serve God
with any thing, i. e. to offer in sacrifice,
Ex. 10, 26; hence, the name of God
being omitted, nrºº na; Tay to offer
sacrifice and oblation, i.e. to serve (God)
with such offerings, Is. 19, 21.
4. Causat. A Tax i. q. Tºr, to make
serve, to impose service upon any one.
Lev. 25, 39 Taş nº in Thyn-Nº thou
shalt not make him serve the service of a
bondman. v. 46. Ex. 1, 14. Jer, 22, 13.
34, 9.10. So of nations Jer. 25, 14. 27,
7. 30, 8. Ez. 34, 27.
NIPh. 1. to be wrought, tilled, of a
field, Deut. 21, 4. Ex. 36,9. 34. -
2. to be served, [profited, as a king by
his land, Ecc. 5, 8.-R.
PUAL 1. i. q. Niph. no. 1, Deut. 21, 3;
comp. 15, 19.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 4, Is. 14, 3 the heavy
service T, Tax hºs which was imposed
upon thee. For "as we might expect
"as ; but see Heb. Gram. § 140. 1. b.
HipH. 1. Causat, of Kal no. 1, to
cause to work, to compel to labour, c. acc.
Ex. 1, 13. 6, 5. 2 Chr. 2, 17.—Hence to
weary with severe labour, to fatigue; Is.
43,231 have not wearied thee with offering
sacrifices.... 24 Thristºria ºr Thyr, is
but thou hast wearied me with thy sins.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
serve, Ez. 29, 18; to reduce to servitude
sc. a people Jer. 17, 4.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, 2 Chr. 34, 33.
Hopil. Tºri to be made to serve i. e.
to worship. Ex. 20, 5 ºr Nº nor be
made (led, driven) to serve them i. e.
false gods. 23, 24. Deut. 5, 9. Hence
to serve, at the persuasion or urgency of
others, Deut. 13, 3.
Deriv. Tºº, and the seventeen here
ollowing.
Tay Chald. to make, to do, i. q. Heb.
Higº no. 2, for which it is usually put in
the Targums. Spec. a) to make an
image Dan. 3, 1. b) to make, -. e. to
treal; the heavens and the earth Jer. 10,
11, c) to make ready a feast Dan. 5, 1.
) to keep a festival Ezra 6, 16. e) to
make war Dan. 7, 21. f.) to dº a law,
i. e. to keep it, Ezra 7, 26; comp. Hº:
no. 2. l. Also to do or perform miracles
Dan. 3, 32, 6,28; to do or commit wrong
Dan. 6, 23; to make sedition Ezra 4, 15.
g) Genr. to do anything, comp. nº no
3; Ezra 6, 13. Dan. 6, 11. 4, 32 [35]
nº riº what doest thou? spoken in in-
vective. h) # 123 to do with any one,
sc. customarily, Dan. 4, 32 [35 ; to do
with any thing, to dispose of it, Ezra 7.
18; c. tº id. Ezra 6, 8.
ITHPE. to be made, to be done, Ezra 4
19. 7, 26. With a noun following, Dan.
3,29 Tºry! Tºri let him be made pieces,
be cut in pieces, see in bºn. Dan. 2, 5.
Ezra 6, 11. Absol. to be dome, spoken of
something before mentioned, Ezra 5, 8.
6, 12, 7, 21. 23.—Deriv. Nº.
Tº m. (r. Tas) in pause tºy; c. suff.
*::::: ; plur. Bºy, constr. is ; a
servant, Arab. Jºe, Syr. fres.
1. Genr. a servant, who among the
Hebrews was also a slave, Gen. 12, 16.
17, 23. 39, 17. Ex. 12, 30. 44. 21, 2;
whether born in the house, verna, (Twº
nº q.v.) or bought with money (Tºpº
Foº) Gen. 17, 12.23. Tº nº servile
work Lev. 25, 39, this tº a servant
for ever, see in this no. 2. a. Bºy Tax
a servant of servants, the lowest menial,
Gen. 9, 25. Bºy nº the house of serv-
ants, house of bondage, prison-house, i.e.
Egypt, Ex. 13, 3. 14, 20, 2. Deut. 8, 14.
13, 6.11. Emphat. Jer. 2, 14 is Israel a
servant? is he a home-born slave 2 why
is he a spoil? Often followed by % in
stead of a genit, a servant to any one,
see Ł no. 3. f. Gen. 41, 12. 1 Sam. 30, 13,
17, § bºsuſh tº Erish. (But is
bisu, are the ministers and courtiers of
Saul; see below in lett. b.) 2 Sam.9 12.
1 K. 11,26. Hence º Tºº Hyr to become
servant to any one Gen. 9, 25-27. 44, 9.
10. 17.33. 47, 25. Lev. 26, 13. Deut. 6,
21; $ Tºyº nºr: id. 1 Sam. S, 17. 17, 9;
(comp. ; Hayh riph 2 K. 4, 1, Tºsh -s;
Is. 44, 21. 49, 5;) once i, q, to obey, to be
obsequious, 1 K. 12, 7–Spec. the name
servants is applied: a) To common sol-
diers, who are called the servants of their
general or prince, 2 Sam. 2, 12. 13. 15.
30.31. 3, 22.8, 7. b) To the servants of
a king, i.e. his ministers and court offi-
cers, e.g. nyne "Tºy Gen. 40, 20.41, 10
T-ly
T-ly
740
37. 38.50, 7. Ex. 5, 21. al. Basu, wins
1 Sam. 16, 17. 18, 22. 28,7; ºr ºlis
1 K. 1, 47. 9, 27. 2 K. 19, 5. Esth. 3, 3.
Is. 37, 5. al. So of military commanders
1 Sam. 29, 3. 1 K. 11, 26. 2 K. 25, 8.
c) To whole nations, which are subject
or tributary to others, Gen. 9, 26. 27, 37.
Deut. 5, 15 15, 15. 16, 12. 2 Sam, 8, 2.
6, 14. 1 Chr. 18, 2.6. 13. d) Trop. of
beasts Job 40, 28; also of things Gen.
47, 19, comp. Judith 3, 4,
In addressing superiors the Hebrews
from modesty or humility were accus-
tomed to call themselves servants, and
those whom they addressed, lords; see
in Ti"S. Gen. 18, 3 pass not away from
thy servant, i. e. from me. 19, 19.33, 5.
44, 18, 24.33. 1 Sam. 17, 32. 34.38. 20,
8. Is. 36, 11. Dan. 2, 4, al. So in con-
verse with God, Ex. 4, 10. 1 Sam. 3,
9. 10; and in prayers to him, Ps. 19, 12.
14, 27, 9, 69, 18. 119, 17. Neh. 1, 6.8.
Hence This thy servant is in this way
put for *=}s, so that the suffix of the
first person is referred to it, e.g. Gen.
44, 32 for thy servant (I) became surety
for the lad writo My father.—The term
servants is applied also to absent per-
sons, whom one wishes to commend to
the favour of a patron; as Gen. 44, 27
thy servant, my father, said unto us. 32,
5, 20. 21.
2. Hin' Tºy, servant of Jehovah, used
tropically in various senses, viz. a)
For a worshipper of God; Neh. 1, 10 Dr.
Fºº Fºx they (the Israelites) are thy
servants and thy people ; comp Chald.
Ezra 5, 11 we are the servants of the God
of heaven, we worship the God of heaven.
Dan. 6, 21 O Daniel, servant of the liv-
ing God, i. e. who dost worship the liv-
ng God. In this sense it is used as a
laudatory epithet or title applied to the
pious worshippers of God, e.g. to Abra-
nam, Ps. 105, 6.42; Joshua, Josh. 24, 29.
Judg. 2, 8; Job, Job 1, 8, 2, 3, 42, 8;
})avid Ps. 18, 1. 36, 1.78, 70. 89, 4, 21.
Jer. 33, 21 sq. Ez. 34, 23; Eliakim Is.
22, 20; Zerubbabel Hag. 2, 24. Also
in plur. Hirt, "Tºº is often said of pious
men, Ps. 34, 23. 69, 37. 113, 1. 134, 1.
135, 1. 136, 22. Is. 54, 17. 63, 17. 65, 8.
9. 13–15. b) For a minister or ambas-
sador of God, called of God and sent to
werform any service. Is. 49,6 Tri-riº ºp:
* *sº nº-rs tºprº is “h it is
not enough that thou shouldst be my ser
vant (i. e. my ambassador and instru
ment) to raise up the tribes of Israel... .
I will also make thee a light to the Gen-
tiles, v. 5. In this sense it is appliec
directly to the Messiah Zech. 3, 8; also
to Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon,
whom God used as his instrument in
chastising the people, Jer. 25, 9, 27, 3,
43, 10. Often also there is connected
with the term the idea of a familiar
servant, standing in a more intimate re-
lation, chosen and beloved of God for his
piety and approved fidelity, and sent to
perform his service, e.g. thus spoken of
angels (in the other hemistich cº-sh;2)
Job 4, 18; and of prophets Am. 3, 7. Jer.
7, 25. 25, 4, 26, 5, 29, 19. 35, 15. 44, 4.
Dan. 9, 6. Ezra 9, 11 ; spec. of Moses
Deut. 34, 5. Josh. 1, 1. 13. 15. Ps. 105
26; of Isaiah Is. 20, 3. Sometimes the
two ideas of a pious worshipper of God
and of an ambassador sent from God
appear to have coalesced, e. g. in the
passages which relate to Abraham and
Moses, and particularly in those where
Israel or Jacob, i. e. the people of Israel,
is addressed by this honourable and en-
dearing appellation, as Is. 41, 8.9, 42,
19, 44, 1.2. 21. 45, 4, 48, 20. Jer. 30, 10.
46, 27. 28. Ez. 28, 25. 37, 25; comp.
Hos. 11, 1. Still it is the pious Israelites
who are here especially meant, i.e. those
truly worthy of the name, &Amºuroi 'Io-
90.7%itwa, Is. 43, 10. 49, 3 where see the
author’s note at the end of his Germ.
version edit. 2. Among these again
the prophets particularly are so named,
Is. 44, 26. This same Jacob who is
thus termed the servant of Jehovah, is
called in the other hemistich sometimes
the elect, chosen of God, Is. 41, 8.45, 4;
sometimes ambassador and friend 42,
19, and so in the plur. ambassadors 44,
26. But in all the passages respecting
the servant of God in the chapters of the
last part of Isaiah, (42, 1–7, 49, 1–9, 50
4–10. 52, 13–53, 12,) he is represented
as the intimate friend and ambassadol
of God, as aided by the divine spirit, and
as about to restore the tribes of Israe
and become the teacher of other na.
tions. [Such was to be the charactal
of the Messiah, to whom these pas
T-ly
T-ly
74.1
sages are expressly referred in the N.
3. Ebed, (servant sc. of God,) pr. n.
m. a) Judg. 9 26. 28.
Tº Chald. i. q. Heb. Tº servant;
e.g. servant of the king, i. e. a minister,
prefect, Ezra 4, 11 ; so those who ad-
dress the king call themselves his ser-
wants, Dan. 2, 4.7. Nriºs Tay the ser-
van, of God, i. e. worshipper, Dan. 3, 26.
6, 2... Ezra 5, 11.
Tº m. (Kamets impure) work, deed,
once Ecc. 9, 1. Syr. tras.
Tºy, see Taiy.
Sºy (servant sc. of God, after the
Chaldee form) Abda, pr. n. m. a) 1 K.
4, 6. b) Neh. 11, 17, for which 1 Chr.
9, 16 rºy. -
t"S"Tºy (serving Edom) Obed-edom,
pr. m. of a Levite, 2 Sam. 6, 10. 1 Chr.
16, 38.
9sºny (servant of God) Abdeel, pr. n.
m. Jer. 36, 26.
Tjhy f (r. Tay) 1, work, labour;
Ps. 104, 23 man goeth forth unto his work
and to his labour (in jayº) until the
evening. Lev. 25, 39 Tº nº servile
labour. 23, 7.8. 21. 35. 36. Num. 28, 18.
25, 29, 1, 12. 35.—Ex. 39, 32 nº-biº
bris Pujº all the work of the tabernacle,
all the lab, ur expended upon it. 36, 3. 5.
Hence a) work, business, i. q, nasºn,
Num. 4, 47 ºn Hºay nº Taº to
work the work of the ministry and the
work of bearing in the tabernacle of the
congregation, i. Q. to do the work or
business; for which in 1 Chr. 9, 19
nºw n-sºº. Is. 28, 21 in ſay tº
to work his work, i. e. divine judgments
upon the ungodly. 32, 17. Comp. Pºp,
Hºsn, Chald, sº i, q, nº?. , b)
Spec. work of the field, tillage, agricul-
ture, 1 Chr. 27, 26. Neh. 10, 38.
2. labour of a servant, for his master,
pervice, ministry. Gen. 30, 26 thou know-
est my service ("nººrns), which I have
dome thee. Ex Hºly Tºy to serve a ser-
vice with any one, to be his servant, Gen.
29, 27. Ex. 1, 14 and they made their
life bitter (nu;p rºya) with hard ser-
vice in mortar, etc. and so ºr nº of
hard service rendered by a people to a
b) Ezra 8, 6.
king or to another people, Deut. 20,
1 K. 12, 4. Neh. 5, 18. Is. 14 3. Lam. 1
3; of military service Ez. 29, 18. Also
of the service or ministry of the king
1 Chr. 26, 30. 2 Chr. 12, 8.—Hence
a) service, i.e. use, profit. Ps. 104, 14
and herb for the service of man. Num.
3, 26. b) service, i. e. furniture, imple-
ments, Num. 3, 31. 36. Comp. in Eng",
a service of plate.
3. service of the tabernacle and tem-
ple, the sacred ministry of the priests and
Levites, 1 Chr. 25, 1. 26, 8, al. Fully
isio bris: Hºly Num. 4, 23. 35; nº
% bris Ex. 30, 17. Num. 18, 6; ºn 's
Num. 3, 7, 8, 16, 9; º; nº nº 1 Chr.
9, 13. 23, 28; tºp nºisy Num. 7, 9;
Hirt, niny Num. 8, 11. Josh. 22, 27;
zwī āśozºv nºr; 2 Chr. 35, 10. So
rriº, "23, nihy the service of the sons of
Kohath sc. in the tabernacle, Num. 4, 4;
comp. v. 24, 27.28. Hºri whº the vessels
of service, sacred vessels, 1 Chr. 9, 28.
28, 14. Flºr; sº the service-host, the
host of ministering priests and Levites
Num. 8, 25. v. 26 Tax: Nºb Hºy he
shall do no service, shall take no part
in it. Spoken also of a particular rite
or service, Ex. 12, 25. 26. 13, 5.
Tºy f (r. Tay) service, for concr. ser.
vants, familia, Gen. 26, 14. Job 1, 3
Comp. Gr. 9sgo. Itslo, Matt. 24, 45.
Tºny (servile) Abdon, pr. n. 1. A
Levitical city in the tribe of Asher, Josh.
21, 30. 1 Chr. 6, 59. The same name
according to 20 Codd. should be read
Josh. 19, 28 instead of the usual inhº.
2. Of several men: a) A judge of
Israel, Judg. 12, 13, 15; called T1: 1
Sam. 12, 11; see in 173. b) 1 Chr. 8,
23, c) ib. 8, 30.9, 36. d)2 Chr. 34,20.
nº Thy f (denom. from Tºy) servi-
tude, bondage, Ezra 9, 8, 9. Neh. 9, 17
Syr. ize, as id.
"Thy (for nºns servant of Jehovah)
Abdi, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 6, 29. b) 2
Chr. 29, 12. c) Ezra 10, 26. -
bsºny (servant of God). Abdiel, pr
n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 15.
nºny and nºny m. (worshipper
of Jehovah) Obadiah, pr. n. of several
persons, of whom the most distinguished
was a prophet of this name contem
T-ly
*=ly
742
porary with Jeremiah, Obad. 1–1 K.
18, 3. 1 Chr. 3, 21. 7, 3. 8, 38. 9, 16
(comp. Neh. 11, 17). v. 44, 12, 9, 27, 19.
2 Chr. 17, 7.34, 12. Ezra 8, 9. Neh. 10, 6.
Sept. 'Affèiog, which properly comes
from nºis.
ºn-Tºy (servant of the king, Arab.
JJU.Jſ Jºe Abd el-Malek), Ebed-me-
lech, pr. m. of an Ethiopian at the court
of Zedekiah, Jer. 38, 7. 39, 16.
** 7:3 (perh. i. q. in Tay worship-
per of Mercury, see in:) Dan. 1, 7, 2,49.
3, 12, also six, Tºy v. 29, Abed-nego, a
Chaldee pr. m. given in Babylon to Aza-
riah one of Daniel’s companions.
*H: 1. to be thick, fat, Deut. 32,
15. 1 K. 12, 10. Comp, the noun "ay.
2. to be dense, compact ; whence "Hº,
rºº —Syr. —as to be fat, hard, as
the heart; Eth. U-ſlP to be large, to
grow; Arab, sº-c to be thick, dense.
tiny m. a pledge, pawn, Deut. 24,
10. 11. 12. R. pay.
nºnym. (r. -ay) constr. Yºsri ºily
produce of the earth, grain, corn, Josh.
5, 11. 12; opp. manna or bread from
heaven. Syr. #aas, Chald. nºny, id.—
Comp. bha', from r. bºy, Hiph. 5">in to
bring; risian from Nia.
nº (r. -ay, after the form *-ā,
bº) pr. a passing over, transit; ſound
only with prefix nº , and so used as
a Preposition (and Conjunction) corre-
sponding nearly to Gr, itég with a geni-
vº, Fingl. over, marking that over or
3. which any thing passes or moves ;
see Passow Lex. art. Útěg A ; comp. By
no. 2. d. e. Found only in tropical
S(217.868.
A) Prep. 1. over, i. e. for, in behalf of
for the sake of, in the sense of protec-
tion, care, favour, benefit, Gr. in £g twog
Passow in Öſtég A. no. 4. Gen. 12, 13
that it may be well with me inhºa for
thy sake. 2 Sam. 9, 1.7. Gen. 26, 24 for
my servant Abraham's sake. 18, 26. 29.
31. 32. Ps. 132, 10. 1 Sam. 12, 22. 2 Sam
5, 12. 6, 12. 12, 25.—Hence
2. for, because of marking the cause
on account of which any thing is done;
romp by no. 2. d. 2 Sam. 13, 2 he fell
sick hºr, hº-sº for his sister Tana,
because of his love for her. 12, 21. Jer
14, 4. Gen. 3, 17 cursed be the ground
because of thee. 8, 21. 1 Sam. 23, 10
2 Sam. 7, 21. 2 Chr. 28, 19. Job 20, 2
Mic. 2, 10.—Also
3. for, spoken of price; comp. Útés
for i. q. instead of Passow l. c. no. 5.
Am. 2, 6.8, 6.
4. With infin. for, i. e. for this cause
that, in order that. Ex. 9, 16 I have
raised thee up "rº-ns insºn nº-yz for
to (that I may) show thee my power,
1 Sam. 1, 8. 2 Sam. 10, 3. 18, 18.-So
too nº c. infin, id. Ex. 20, 20, 2
Sam. 14, 20, 17, 14.—Hence
B) Conj. that, in order that, marking
end and purpose ; c. fut. Gen. 21, 30
rish ** Hyrin -haya that they may be
to me a testimony. 27, 4, 19. 31, 46, 34.
Ex. 9, 14. 19, 9, 20, 20. Ps. 105, 45;
fully hugs hi-ya Gen. 27, 10.
niny see nay.
* pay fut. tº 1. to change, to
earchange, see Piel. Kindr. is ray to
interweave.
2. to give a pledge for any thing bor-
rowed, which lies in the idea of ex-
change; Deut. 24, 10 it as payº in
order to pledge his pledge, i. e. in order
that he (thy brother) may do so.-
Hence to borrow, sc. upon a pledge
given, Deut. 15, 6 ºr sº nºs, but
thou shalt-not borrow.
PIEL to change for another. Joel 2, 7
they change not their ways, i. e. nothing
turns them out of their course.
HipH. to lend upon a pledge, with acc.
of person to whom, Deut. 15, 6; with
two acc. of pers, and thing v. 8.
Deriv. wins and
tº m. (r. was) pr. a pledging of
goods, concr. things taken in pledge.
Hab. 2, 6 wo to him who enlargeth what
is not his own / how long 2 to him, who
ladeth himself with goods taken in
pledge, i. e. unjustly detained and ap-
propriated to his own use; the figure
being taken from a heartless extortioner
":2 m. (r. Hºy) denseness, compact
ness, e.g. of shields Job 15, 26. 2 Ch
4, 17 nºr ºz, in the cºmpact soi
prob. clayey; Vulg. in terra argillosa
-->
ºn-ly
743
*** m. (r. rºs) c. suffiº, thickness 1
K. 7, 26. Jer. 52, 21. 2 Chr. 4, 5.
NTºy Chald. f. (r. 1:9) 1. work,
abour, Ezra 4, 24, 5, 8. 6, 7, 18.
2. business, e. g. administration of af.
'airs, Dan. 2, 49. 3, 12. Comp. Hºsºn
Neh. 2, 16,
*
sk Say obsol. root, Arab. Jºs to strip
* 0 *
a .:ee of its leaves, +\º a white stone,
? ... of g
Jºji a mountain whose rocks are
white.—Hence pr. n. Sºis, bºx.
*ya: obsol. root, i. q. Es: to be in
pain, according to 1 Chr. 4, 9, 10.—
Hence pr. m. ya: .
*"E: fut. -hys, 2 p. ſem. --yº
Ruth 2, 8, see Lehrg. p. 306, Heb. Gr.
§ 47. n. 1. -
1. to pass over. Arab. 2 c to pass over
a river, also to pass away, depart, die;
9 o
/*e,
** to pass away, depart. Aram. has
9 & 5
* c bank of a stream, shore;
ras i. q. Heb. The same root is widely
found in the Indo-European tongues,
c. g. Sanscr. upari, Pers. /*'. ſº and
2) super supra, Gr, intég, Trégo, Trégov,
ſteggo, Lat, super, Goth. ufar, afar,
Germ. tiber, Engl. over.—Pr. to pass over
w river, sea, c. acc. Gen. 31, 21 hº
-rºn-rs. Is. 23, 2 tº nas. Deut. 3, 27.
4, 21. Josh. 4, 22, 24, 11 ; c. : Josh. 3,
1. 2 Sam. 15, 23. Zech. 10, 11; Tina
Num. 33, 8. Accus. impl. to pass over
sc. a river Josh. 2, 23. 2 K. 2, 9; and
with acc. of place to which one passes
ever, Jer. 2, 10 tºna ºs Anns pass over
\the sea) to the coasts of the Chittim.
_s, 23, 3, 12. Am, 6, 2; c. 8s. Num. 32, 7.
—Spoken also of other impediments
which one passes over ; as a deep val-
ley or ravine Is. 10, 29, see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 116; a wall, or fence Job
19, 8, comp. Is. 51, 23; a bound Ps. 104,
9. Hence metaph. to pass over, to trans-
gress, Sept. Togo:30, two, e. g. the com-
mandment of God Num. 22, 18. 24, 13.
1 Sam. 15, 24. Hab. 1, 11 ; or of the king
Esth. 3, 3; a covenant Deut. 17, 2. Josh.
11. 15. 23, 16. Jer. 34, 18; a law Is,
24, 5, Dan. 9, 11. So Syr. +as tº trans
gress a law, Chald. Nº transgression
With BS, to pass over the border to any
pers. or thing, 1 Sam. 14, 1. 27, 2. Trop.
also of a razor passing over one's head
c. by Num. 6, 5; of the wind passing
over upon any pers. or thing, c. 5, Ps.
103, 16. Comp. no. 4. gº
2. to pass over, to pass through, to go
through, sc. a region, city, field, etc. with
acc. Num. 20, 17. Judg. 11, 29 nº
** Tºrns and he passed over through-
out Gilead and Mamasseh. Often c. 3
in, through, Gen. 12, 6 pºils yº nº.
Ps. 42, 5 tº hays *z for I had passed
on among the crowd. Gen. 30, 32.41, 46.
Num. 20, 18. Deut. 2, 27. Josh. 18, 9. 1
Sam. 9, 4. Is. 34, 10. Jer. 2, 6; 7"a be-
tween two things, Gen. 15, 17. Jer. 34.
19; Tina Job 15, 19. Ez. 9, 4; anp:
Josh. 1, 11. Am. 5, 17; absol. 2 K. 4, 8.
—So of things, Ps. 18, 13 T); Hºly Tºy
us *rīº there passed through his clouds
(acc.) hail and burning coals ; but see
in no. 4. d. 1 K. 22, 36 and there went
a joyful cry throughout the host. Absol.
Lam, 3,44 thou hast covered thyself with
clouds Fºr hay? so that our prayer
should not pass through.--So is Fº
2 K. 12, 5 and -noh --s ºp: Gen. 23,
16, money passing among the merchants,
current money, i. e. which passes cur-
rent; prob. pieces of silver on which
the weight was marked, as among the
Chinese ; since coined money can hardly
have existed in the days of Abraham.
Vulg. probata moneta.
3. to pass over, i. e. to pass beyond, to
pass by, to pass along or away ; with
acc. of pers. or place by which one pass-
es, Judg. 3, 26 Bºb-ben-ns as sºn,
and he passed on beyond the quarries.
Gen. 32, 32. 2 Sam. 18, 23 -ns -is:
ºn and he passed by Cushi, outram
him. Is. 31, 9 -hy: ning? is he from fear
he shall pass on (flee) beyond his for-
tress. With by pr. over, beyond, Gen.
18,5 tºns by prinzy 12-by "2 for there.
fore do ye pass by your servant, i. e. pass
this way. Judg.9,25 tri-hy nº-nºis-ba
Th; all that passed along by them that
way. 1 K. 9, 8. 2 K. 4, 9. Prov. 24, 30.
Jer. 18, 16. Ez. 16, 6, 8; by: Gen. 18.
3; -ºp-by Ex. 34, 6; ºth 2 K. 4, 31
also ºn rrº has to pass along inder
--ly
-->
744
the crook of a shepherd numbering his
flock, i. e. to be numbered, Lev. 37, 32.
Absol. Gen. 37, 28 there passed by Midi-
anites, merchants. Ex. 12, 23. Ruth 4,
1.—PART. Pºlis passers by Ps. 129, 8.
Is, 51,23; with genit, of way, T. "is
passers by on the way, they that pass by
the way, Ps. 80, 13. 89, 42. Job 21,29.—
Spec.
a). Of time as passing away, e. g. the
ay Ps. 90, 4; the days of one's life Job
17, 11 ; mid-day 1 K. 18, 29; the seasons
Jer. 8, 20. Cant. 2, 11 ; the harvest Jer.
8, 20. So of welfare, anger, monrning,
i.e. seasons of welfare, mourning, etc.
Job 30, 15. Is. 26, 20. Ps. 57, 2. Gen. 50,
4. 2 Sam. 11, 27.
b) Of things that pass swiftly away
and vanish ; e. g. chaff driven by the
wind, -39 y?, has up, Is. 29, 5. Jer.
13, 24. Ps. 48, 5; a cloud Job 30, 15; a
shadow Ps. 144, 4 ; waters drying up
Job 6, 15. 11, 16.-Hence
c) to pass away, to perish, e. g. men
Ps. 37, 36. Job 34, 20. Nah. 1, 12; by
a weapon, nº Job 33, 18. 36, 12; of
things, q. d. to be forgotten, Esth. 9, 28.
d) Trop. Sujørºs has to pass over
transgression, i. e. to forgive, to pardon,
Mic. 7, 18. Prov. 19, 11 ; and so without
sujº, c, dat. to forgive any one, Am. 7,8.
}
4. to pass over from one place to an-
other, i. e. to pass on, to pass, to go fur-
ther; nº hºn Hay to pass from city
to city 2 Chr. 30, 10. Gen. 18, 5 hrs
**Exr afterwards ye shall pass on, Neh.
2, 14 no place for the beast under me to
pass sc. further. 2 Sam. 18, 9 the mule
that was under him passed on, went
away. 16, 1. Mic. 1, 11. Josh. 6, 7.8. 2
Sam. 16, 9 let me pass on and take off
his head, avy hay to pass on and re-
turn, i. e. to pass hither and thither, to
go to and fro, Ex. 32, 27. Ez. 35, 7.
Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8. With :, or by of the
way; Prov. 4, 15 pass not (ia) in it. 2
K. 6, 26 the king was passing (53) upon
the wall. v. 30.-Hence
a) to pass on to a place, to go to it;
c. acc. 2 K. 6, 9. Am. 5, 5 and pass not
to Beersheba ; c. by 1 K. 19, 19. 2 K. 4,
8. Often of a boundary, which passes on
to any point, acc. c. FT loc. Num. 34 4.
Josh. 15 3 sq. 18, 13. 18. 19. 19, 13.
b) With # to pass in, to go in, to en
ter; Judg. 9, 26 Bººja ºniº and they
entered into Shechem. Lev. 26, 6. Ez. 14
17; c. acc. to pass in at a gate Mic. 2
13. IS. 62, 10. Here belong also the
phrases nºa has to enter into a cove-
nant Deut. 29, 11; rrºa has to pass
into the pit of death Job 33, 28.
c) With "ºh, to pass on before, to go
before, so that others follow afterwards,
Gen. 33, 3. Ex. 17, 5. Deut. 3, 28. Josh.
4, 5, 12. 6, 7. Also to pass on first, to go
first, Gen. 33, 14, 1 Sam. 9, 27. 25, 19.
2 K. 4, 31–Contra, c. *nris, to pass on
after, to follow, 2 Sam. 20, 13.
d) With ſº, nsº, to pass from any
person or thing, to go away, to depart.
Ruth 2, 8 nº "nhayn Nº pass not from
hence. Cant. 3, 4, 1 K. 22, 24; of things,
Ps, 81, 7, [Ps. 18, 13 tº in: Fºz
in: from the brightness before him
passed (went) forth his clouds, hail and
burning coals, i. e. the hail and light-
ning were in the thunder-clouds which
were gathered around his glory.—R.]
Trop. Deut. 26, 13 I have not departe /
from thy commandments, have not trans.
gressed them. Is. 40, 27 hºu? ºr’sº
na: my righteous cause hath passed
away from my God, he neglects it, no
longer cares for it.—Absol. id. Cant. 5,
6. Esth. 4, 17.
e) With by, to pass over to another
owner, Is. 45, 14. Ez. 48, 14 Cheth. Comp.
Lam. 4, 21 biz hayr, Tºby EA unto thee
also shall the cup pass on or over.—But
Deut. 24, 5 by nay to pass over upon is
i. q. to be laid upon, as a burden, charge.
5. From the primary signif. of pass-
ing over comes the frequent use of this
verb in respect to waters which are said
to pass over their banks, to overflow, to
overwhelm ; c. acc. Jer. 5, 22; absoi. Is.
8, 8-ax Fºu: he shall overflow and over-
whelm. Nah. 1, 8 nºis Fºuji. Hab. 3,
10. Often c. by Is. 54, 9. Ps. 42, 8 all
thy waves and thy billows have passed
over me (nº), have overwhelmed me.
Jon. 2, 4. Ps. 124, 4.—Hence, Is. 23, 10
"sº Tsºs "ºns overflow thy land like
the Nile, 1. e. spread thyself abroad in
thy land now free from the bonds of the
oppressor.—Hence
a) Trop. of an inundating host, to
overwhelm ; Dan. 11 10. 40 (coupleſ:
--ly
--y
745
with nº). Nah. 2, 1 [1, 15] the de-
stroyer shall no more overwhelm thee.
Is. 28, 18. Mix. 5, 7–So too of wine, c.
acc. Jer. 23, 9 (comp. Sº, ºr ); a
multitude of sins Ps. 38, 5; the wrath
of God Ps. 88, 17. Absol. Ps. 73, 7 in:
==% niezº the imaginations of the heart
overflow, their proud thoughts are con-
spicuous in their looks and actions.—
Hence
b) to rush upon any one, to assail ;
c. *s, Job 9, 11 by has: n, sc. God.
13, 13. Hos. 10, 11. Nah. 3, 19 whom
hath not thy wickedness assailed 2
c) Also of tears, to overflow, comp. in
Engl. ‘to run over; Arab. 1.< the eve
g 9- o – 5 Pº g y
overflows, 89-ºc a tear. Part. "as ºn
overflowing myrrh, i. e. distilling of itself,
dropping in tears, Cant. 5, 5, 13.
NIPH. fut. *ay, to be passed over,
e.g. a river Ez. 47, 5.
PIEL has, fut. *a*, to make pass over,
e.g. a) A bar, bolt; hence to shut up
or close with bolts ; c. *E*, 1 K. 6, 21
*::In jºb ºr niphnºi, º, and he
closed up with golden chains (instead
of bars or bolts) before the holy of holies.
b) A female is said to let pass, to trans-
mit the male seed, etc. and thence to
conceive, to breed. Job 21, 10 has init;
his cow breedeth, becomes big with
young. Chald. has Pe. Pa. Ethpa. id.
see Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 291, and Bux-
torf Lex. Chald. col. 1568. Comp. syn.
His to pass, over, Pa. Aph, to be made
gravid, in Targg. for Hºrſ, pr. to trans-
mit, Buxt. col. 1579. See Thesaur. p.
984.
HipH. nºr, fut, -ºn, apoc. --yº.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to cause to pass
ºver, to transport across a river, e. g. a
people, flocks, etc. with two acc. of pers.
and stream, Gen. 32, 24. Num. 32, 5.
Josh. 7, 7, 2 Sam. 19, 16; acc. of obj.
and 3 of the stream Ps. 136, 14. This
word is employed whether the passing
o, a stream be in boats, over 2 Sam. l. c.
uw by swimming, as in the case of a
flock, or by wading through at a ford,
Gen. Josh. l. c.—Further: a) to cause
a razor to pass over any one, i. Q. to
thave, c. 8s. Num. $, 7. Ez. 5, 1; comp.
Kal no. 1 fin. b) to cause to pass, to
transfer rom one place to another. Gen
47, 21 &nd he transferred the people
Pºsh to other cities, out of some cities
into others, i. e. made them exchange
habitations; comp. 2 Chr. 30, 10 in Kal
no. 4, c) to cause an inheritance to
pass to any one, c. : Num, 27, 7.8;
comp. Kal no. 4. e. d) to cause to pass
over, i. e. to make transgress a law, 1
Sam. 2, 24; comp. Kal no. 1.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause or let
pass through, e.g. a land Deut. 2, 30;
to cause to pass throughout or overrun,
as wild beasts a land Ez. 14, 15. Spec,
# bip nºr to cause to be proclaimed
to make proclamation in i. e. through-
out a land, camp, Ex. 36, 6. Ezra 1, 1
10,7. 2 Chr. 30,5. Also nº hºr, p,
to cause the trumpet to pass through
a land, i.e. to blow the trumpet, Lev.
25, 9.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make or let
pass by or beyond; 1 Sam. 16, 9, 10. 20
36 he shot an arrow inºr; to make it
pass by him, i. e. beyond him. Me-
taph. Histºr ºr to let a sin pass by
i. e. to remit, to forgive, comp, Kal no
3. d. 2 Sam. 12, 13. 24, 10. Job 7, 21.
4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, i. q. Nººn, to
cause to pass, to cause to go or come 5
also i, q, to bring, spec. to offer as in sa-
crifice, to consecrate, c. Fijñº Ex. 13, 12,
—Oſten also in the phrase tº nºr;
Tº to offer children to Molech Jer. 32,
35. Lev. 18, 21. Ez. 16, 21. 23, 37; also
with \}s: added 2 K. 23, 10; and with-
out dat. Us? is:-ns ºr Deut. 18, 10.
2 K. 16, 3. 17, 17. 2 Chr. 33, 6. Ez. 20,
31. That children thus offered to Mo-
loch were really burned, the following
passages hardly leave a doubt: 2 K. 17,
31. Jer. 7, 31. 19, 5. 2 Chr. 28, 3. Ez.
23, 37; comp. Diod. 20. 14. Euseb. Praep.
4. 16. The Rabbins however, desiring
to free their ancestors from the oppro-
brium of a superstition so atrocious, have
feigned that the children were only
made to pass through the fire as a rite
of lustration; see Carpzov Apparatu
Antiq. s. Cod. p. 483. Spencer de Legib.
ritual. p. 363-370. The same sentiment
is also expressed by the Seventy, 2 K.
16, 3. al. See more in Thesaur. p. 985.
5. Causat, of Kal no. 4, viz. a) Of
Kal no. 4. b, to cause to pass in, to make
63
*)-y
ºn-y
746
*nter, c. 3, as Jºga hºrſ to make enter
the brick-kiln 2 Sam. 12, 31. b) Of
Kal no. 4. d, to lead away, 2 Chr. 35,
23; to take away, to put away, to re-
move, e. g. a garment Jon. 3, 6; a ring
Esth. 8, 2; idols, false prophets, 2 Chr.
15, 8. Zech. 13, 2; to put away, to avert
evil, reproach, Esth. 8, 3. Ps. 119, 39.
Ecc. 11, 10; the eye, to turn away, so
as not to see, Ps. 119, 37.
HiTHPA. pr. i. q. Kal no. 5, of waters,
to pass over banks, to overflow; hence
trop. a) Of overflowing wrath, to be
wroth, Ps. 78, 21.59; c. : v. 62. Deut.
3, 26; Es Ps, 89, 39; by Prov. 26, 17;
c. suff. Prov. 20,2 i-zºnº ſor is ‘z, whoso
poureth forth wrath against him sc, the
king. Comp. This no. 1. Arab 9-
i. q. minº, to transgress, to be proud, to
be wroth. b) Of pride, to overflow with
pride, to be haughty, iffglgety, Prov. 14,
16. Comp. This no. 2.
Deriv. Hay, -ºns, nº?, nº?, and
the eight here following.
Tº m. c. suff, ini: ; plur. Bºy,
constr. º.
1. the region or country beyond, on the
other side of a river or sea which one
must pass; as fishs has: beyond the
Arnon Judg. 11, 18. Fºr ºn in the
region beyond the sea Jer. 25, 22. Spec.
Tºri niº, to tágoy toč 'ſogóðvov, the
country beyond Jordan, the part of Pales-
time lying east of the Jordan, Gen. 50,
10. 11. Deut. 1, 1. 5. Josh. 1, 14. 9, 10.
Judg. 5, 17; tınº ºn id. Num. 35, 14.
Josh. 14, 3. 17, 5. Judg. 7, 25; comp.
Num. 22, 1. In some passages, how-
ever, this expression is applied to the
ountry west of the Jordan; as Deut. 3,
20. 25. 1 Sam. 31, 7; comp. Josh. 5, 1. 12,
7. 22, 7. Deut. 11, 30; also Josh. 22, 7.
1 Chr. 26, 30; espec. Num. 32, 19.
Similar is also the phrase nºr has the
country beyond the river, i. e. the Euphra-
tes, Josh. 24, 2. 3. 2 Sam. 10, 16. 1 Chr.
9, 16; which is used also of provinces
the west of the Euphrates, 1 K. 5, 4
..., 24]. Ezra 8, 36. Neh. 2, 7.9, 3, 7;
comp. Chald. Ezra 4, 10. 16. All these
were probably written by persons who
Jad resided on the east of the Euphra-
es—Plur. *rī; ºn:ly id. Is. 7, 20.
2. a region opposite, the other or op-
posite side, a valley or other space
being interposed; 1 Sam. 14, 1. 26, 13
ºr. Tº nº and David passed over
to the other side sc of the valley, to the
opposite mountain. Hence in antith.
Tº h;3rº–H5% hºrſº on this side--on
that side 1 Sam. 14, 4; also iris Yºsh
—Tris nº id. v. 40. Plur, nºis -ºº:
from all his sides, on every side, 1 K.
5, 4. Jer. 49, 32; Brºy ºz on both
their sides Ex. 32, 15.
3. With prefixes it often becomes a
preposition, viz.
a) ºrbs pr. to the region beyond,
i.e. beyond, over, Deut. 30, 13; in the
region opposite, i.e. over against, Josh,
22, 11; towards the region, i.e. towards,
Ex. 28, 26. More fully tº ºx-bs to
wards the region opposite one's face
straight before oneself, i. e. forwards,
straight forwards, Ez. 1, 9, 12. 10, 22.
'E has by id. Ex. 25, 37.
b) inº. 1. q. inny-bs, straight for.
wards, i.e. one's own way, Is. 47, 15.
c) ºn with genit. or suffix; also
# ºn 9) from the other side, from be
!yond, after verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 20,
2. Job 1, 19. Josh. 24, 3. Zeph. 3, 10.
(3) on the other side, beyond, e.g. nº.2
Bºb beyond the sea Deut. 30, 13; his?
th- ºr 2% beyond the streams of Ethio-
pia Is. 18, 1. 1 K. 14, 15.
4. Eber, Heber, pr. m. a) The founder
of the Hebrew race, Gen. 10, 24. 25.
11, 14. 15. See a discussion on this
point, Gesch. d. Heb. Sprache u. Schrift
p. 11. Hence has "23 Gen. 10, 21, and
poet. was collect. Num. 24, 24, i, q, tººls
Hebrews. For the distinction between
Hebrews and Israelites see under nºis.
b) Neh. 12, 20, c) 1 Chr. 8, 12. d) 8,
22, e) 5, 13.
Tº Chald. i. q. Heb. has no. 1, the
region beyond ; hence Nºr; has the
country beyond the river Euphrates, i. e.
in the Persian mode of speaking, the
country west of the Euphrates, Ezra 4,
10, 11. 16. 20. 5, 3. 6, 6.8. 13. 7, 21. 25
ºf (r. Hay) 1. a ferry-boat ſo
passing a stream 2 Sam. 19, 19. Chald
They?, Rºnay?, contr. Rºº?, id.
2. 2 Sam. 15, 28 Cheth, where Ker
nºns desert-places, as the context re
quires.
--ly
n=ly
747
Tº f (r. 39) constr. nº, c. suff.
nºis ; plur, ninzy, constr. ni-Hº Job
40, 11, also ninny Ps. 7, 7.
1. an outpouring, overflowing of wrath,
comp. the root in Kal no. 5, and Hithpa.
Job 40, 11 FIBS rinas, the outpourings of
thy wrath-Hence for wrath itself, i. e.
outburst of wrath ; so of the king's
wrath, Prov. 14, 35; of enemies Ps. 7, 7.
Spec. of God's wrath ſs. 9, 18. 13, 9, 13.
Hos. 13, 11. Am. 1, 11. Ps. 85, 4; so wis
"nº the fire of my wrath Ez. 21, 36
[31]. 22, 21. 38, 19; "rºix by the people
of my wrath, against whom I am wroth,
Is. 10, 6; comp. Jer. 7, 29. Prov. 22, 8.
Lam. 3, 1. This biº the day of God's
wrath Prov. 11, 4. Zeph. 1, 15. 18. Ez.
7, 19; plur. id. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11, 23
Hºng Pºsušº, nºpr, the ea pectation of the
wicked is wrath sc. from God. Coupled
with synºn. Est Ps. 78, 49.
2. i. g. ișgus, pride, haughliness, inso-
lence, see the root in Hithpa. lett. b. Is.
16, 6. Jer. 48, 30.
Tºy (passage sc. of the sea, r. nas)
Ebromah, pr. m. of a station of the Israel-
ites near Ezion-geber on the Elanitic
gulf. Num. 33, 34.35.
"Thy m. plur. bºx, Bºnny Ex. 3,
18; ſ. nºns, plur, niºns, gentile n.
Hebrew, Hebrews, Gr. Effgoios. As to
the origin of this name, it is derived in
the O.T. from the name has no. 4, q.v.
ºut would seem primarily to have been
an appellative from that word (nº), im-
plying the land or country beyond the
Euphrates; whence "his pr: one from
beyond the river, Gen. 14, 13; where
Sept. well & Trégºths. The name He-
brews differs from the term Israelites
(bsº ºn) in this respect, viz. that the
latter, as a patronymic derived from the
bunder of the nation, was in use only
& mong the people themselves; while
the former, as an appellative applied by
the Canaanites to the Hebrews migrat-
i.g. from beyond the Euphrates into
Canaan, was the current name among
breign nations. (Comp. pº- and
(polvºxsg; Chemi, bºnsº, Aiyvirtog.)
Hence Greek and Roman writers use
only the name Hebrews, or in later times
Jews ; e.g. Pausan. 5. 5. 2. ib. 6. 24. 6.
Plut. Sympos. IV. 6. 1. Tac. Hist. 5. .
Josephus passim. The writers of the
O. T. apply to the Israelites the term
Hebrews, either where foreigners are in-
troduced as speaking, Gen. 39, 14. 17.
41, 12. Ex. 1, 16. 2, 6, 1 Sam. 4, 6.9.
13, 19. 14, 11. 29, 3; or where Israelites
are represented as speaking of them-
selves to ſoreigners; Gen. 40, 15. Ex. 1,
19. 2, 7. 3, 18. 5, 3. 7, 16. 9, 1. 13. Jon.
1, 9; or where they are opposed to
other nations, Gen. 43, 32. Ex. 1, 15. 2,
11. 13. 21, 2. Deut. 15, 12 (comp. Jer,
34, 9. 14). 1 Sam. 13, 3.7 where there
is a play of words in inn; tı"º. 14, 21,
The opinion of some that the term Is-
raelites was a sacred name, and Hebrews
the common appellation, is without ſoun-
dation. See more on this topic in Gesch.
d. hebr. Sprache u. Schrift, p. 9–12.
bºy (regions beyond, from-33) Aba-
rim, pr. n. Jer. 22, 20. Fully Enniºr--r
Num. 27, 12. Deut. 32, 49, and ºr
pººr. Num. 33, 47. 48, the mountains
of Abarim, a range of mountains beyond
Jordan over against Jericho, in which
was Mount Nebo ; see in; no. 2. The
name Abarim was apparently some-
times so extended, as to include all the
mountainous tract on the east of the
Dead Sea.—For tº ºs Num. 21,
11. 33, 44.45, see in art. "Y no. 2. b.
Thay, see in ſimily no. 1.
* pay &n. Asyóu. Joel 1, 17, to die,
spoken of seed which loses its germinat-
ing power and dies in the ground from
the effects of too great heat, astu va-
mescit, to use the words of Pliny on this
very point H. N. 14, 24; Germ. verdum-
men. Kindred is Chald. UBS pr. to rot,
spec of the kernels perishing in the
ground; see Buxtorf Lex. Chald. 1642.
Bochart. Hieroz. II. 471. That the word
for to rot may be so extended as to apply
to seed astu vanescens, is shown by the
Gr. 71 (3 ouwu, Hesiod. Scut. Herc. 153.−
Abulwalid compares Arab. Uºc i, q,
3 to dry up; so that here hujas
would be i, q. hun. *
*nzy in Kal not used, to be inter-
woven, interlaced, kindr. with the roots
tºy, ny.
PIEL to entangle, to pervert, Mic. 7, 3
Deriv. the two following.
n=ly
53 y
748
nay adj. ſem. Firº, interwoven, inter-
raced, spoken of trees with thick foliage
Ez. 6, 13. 20, 28. Lev. 23, 40. Neh. 8,
15.-Syr. with Tet tº-as id.
nay, plur. pºray and ninas, subst. of
both genders (f. Judg. 15, 14), any
thing interwoven, interlaced. R. nas.-
Hence
1. a cord Judg. 15, 13. 14. Is. 5, 18.
Job 39, 10. Ps. 118, 27. Plur. cords, i. e.
bands, bonds, fetters, Ps. 2, 3, Ez. 3, 25.
4, 8, Trop, bands of love Hos. 11, 4.
2. a braid, wreath, of small rods or
wires woven together Ex. 28, 24 nº
nº braided or wreathed work Ex. 28,
14, 22. 39, 15; ninayr; ninuing wreath-
en chains 28, 14.
3. a branch with thick foliage, thick-
leaved bough, Ez. 19, 11. 31, 3, 10. 14.
:: P2: fut. By 1. Pr. to breathe, to
blow, i. q. kindr, aris no. 1; whence ºv
a wind-instrument of music. This idea
is then transferred to emotions of the
soul, to breathe after, to desire ; hence
2. to love inordinately, to dote on, i. q.
Prº Pi. spoken of impure love, lust, c.
by Ez. 23, 5.9. 16. 20; by v. 12; acc. v.
7. Part. Bºš lovers Jer, 4,30—Comp.
&yotów. Arab. Jº IV placuit alicui
res; V accendit amore.
Deriv. the two following, also ::19.
P}X see =}|s.
Tº f. c. suff Frºs, inordinate love,
excessive fondness, Ez. 23, 11. R. HAS.
tº m. plur. (r. 5xy) loves; Ez. 33,
32 tº hºu, a song of loves, i.e. an ero-
tic song pleasing to the people. Then
i. q. Tºr, love for men; Ez. 33, 31
bºy Hºri trºpa bºx-ºfor with their
mouth they make love, i.e. they show much
love and kindness, opp. but their heart fol-
Poweth after gain. Comp. Arab. J.3% id.
Tº f (r. 3's) also Tây 1 K. 17, 13.
Hos. 7,8; constr. nº. 1 K. 19, 6. Ez. 4, 12;
plur. niñº, a cake, round-cake of bread,
oaked under hot ashes, such as are com-
monly prepared among the Orientals at
he present day when in haste or on a
ourney; ºn rās a cake baked upon
lot stones 1 K. 19, 6, nisº nix unleav-
3 g;2
ened cakes FX. 12, 39. Arab, &# egg-
fritter, omelet. See Bibl. Res, in
Palest. II. p. 496. III. p. 76.—The or,
thography varies in Mss. and editions
in most it is written without Dagesh
see J. H. Michaelis in ll. cc.
Tº m. (r. has) a verbal adj. of pas-
sive form but active signif. chatterºng
twittering ; hence: a) As an epithet
of the swallow, Is. 38, 14 nº bºb: as
the twittering swallow ; the LXX omit
"has ; Syr. ‘the chattering swallow; see
the references under r. nº. b) Poet.
for a species of the swallow itself, Jer, 8,
7; pr. the chatterer, the twitterer. Bo-
chart endeavours to show, Hieroz. II.
68 sq. that the word ºnly signifies the
crane, but his arguments are not valid.
The passage in Is. . c. is particularly
against this position.
3% m. (r. 923) a ring, spec. ear-ring,
Num. 31, 50. Plur. Bºy Ez. 16, 12.
*bzy obsol. root, ... i. bº to roll, to
revolve, Syr. Pa. id. Comp. Arab. Jº
to hasten, to hurry.—Hence bºº, 9:32 -
and the five here following.
S㺠adj. fem. rº, round, rounded,
1 K. 7, 23. 31. 35. 10, 19. 2 Chr. 4, 2.
by m... (r. 538) c. suff, *y, plur.
Bºy, constr. ***, a calf Ps. 29, 6. Is.
11, 6. Am. 6, 4. Lev. 9, 8, al. Also a
young bullock, steer, Jer. 31, 1889 by:
Tº as a steer untrained, unsubdued
to the yoke. Is. 27, 10. Ez. 1, 7–by
ryū-ja a calf of a year old Lev. 9, 3.
Mic. 6, 6, panº by a fatted calf 1 Sam.
28, 24. More fully nº-13, by a calf of
the herd, of meat cattle, Lev. 9, 2; inas-
much as by was used also for the young
of other animals, see the Ethiopic usage
below. Often of the images of a calf
set up and worshipped by the Israelites
at Sinai and in the kingdom of Samaria;
Hººp by a molten calf Ex. 32, 4, 8; this
arly golden calves 1 K. 12, 28, 2 K. 10,
29; ſinº by the calf of Samaria Hos.
8, 6, comp. 13, 2. Metaph. Ps. 68, 31 the
multitude of the bulls tº ºxyz with the
calves of the people, i. e. the hostile lead.
ers with their people compared to herds
—Arab. Jºe f. &\#, Syr. is f
fº-s, Chald, bºy, shy, id. Eth
by
•ly
749
*
h1A foetus, embryo, infant just born,
also the young of animals, whelp; hºà
young of nimals, calves, lambs; hºàºf
a she-calf, heifer. The eymology is
doubtful. Simonis and others refer it to
the idea of a leaping and bounding
course ; but perhaps the primary signif.
lies in the Ethiopic. Not improb. by
h2. A may denote, like Bºš, something
rolled or wrapped together, an unformed
mass, and hence embryo, factus, and
also the young as just born and still un-
shapen. On the verbs Bº, Bº, and
other kindred roots, see in r. bº note.
Tº ſem, of º 1. a calf, heifer-
calf, or rather heifer, i. q. Hº, Deut. 21,
4. 6. Jer. 46, 20; more fully nº nº a
heifer of kine Deut. 21, 3, 1 Sam. 16, 2.
Is. 7, 21; see nº-13 532 in by . So of
a heifer untrained to the yoke Hos. 10.
11; giving milk Is. 7, 21; as ploughing
Judg. 14, 18; treading out grain Jer. 50,
11; of three years old Gen. 15, 9. So
too prob. Hºuºu nº a heifer of the
theird year, unsubdued to the yoke, as an
emblem of Moab, Is. 15, 5. Jer. 48, 34;
so Sept. Targ. Vulg. Of idol images
Hos. 10, 5–Arab. Syr. etc. see in 932.
2. Eglah, pr. m. of a wife of David,
2 Sam. 3, 5, 1 Chr. 3, 3.
Tºy f (r. 929) c. suff, irº, plur.
niby, constr. nibyº Num. 7, 3, a wain,
car, any wheeled carriage, e.g. a wagon
Gen. 45, 19 sq. Num. 7, 6-8; an oar-cart
1 Sam. 6, 7 sq. 2 Sam. 6, 3. Is. 5, 18.
Am. 2, 13; a threshing-dray or sledge
(see x-in) Is. 28, 27. 28; a war-chariot
Ps. º-chu snºy, Syr. lès,
Arab. &\# , id.
Tºy (q. d. vituline, from *) Eglon,
pr. m. a.) A king of Moab Judg. 3, 12.
b) A city in the plains of Judah, for-
merly a royal city of the Canaanites,
Vosh. 10, 3, 12, 12. 15, 39. A tract of ruins
still bears the name 'Ajlón, JX=;
see Bibl. Res. In Palest. II. p. 392.
* tº to be sad, to grieve c. b for
my one, Job 30, 25. See in ES no 3.
Ak T2: only in Niph. 5-om the Chald.
vo shut oneself up, to remain shut up.
Ruh 1, 13 nºr nºt would ye there-
while.
|
fore remain shut up? i.e. so as not tº
marry; for rººm or Hºn; comp. in
Is. 60, 4 Sept. 20.twozsőmaso 38.-Chald.
jº one detained, shut up, espec. in pri-
son; whence nº nº prison. According
to Kimchi Talmud. T5'29 is a woman,
who shuts herself up at home and lives
witho".t a husband.
:k ºxy obsol. root, prob. onomatopo-
etic, by transpos. i. q. ºnº q.v. to cry out;
Eth. TUZ, and TöZ to cry out from
pain, to groan like one sick or dying;
Gr, yngio, yogāo; Lat. garrio, pr. of
the chirping or twittering of certain
birds, nearly i. q. FºEx ; whence hirun-
do garrula Virg. Georg. 4. 307; cicada
garrula Phaedr. 3. 16. 10; luscimia gar-
rulentes Apuleius.-Hence nº.
Ty, also Ty aſter a prefix with Ka-
mets; pr. subst. m. from r. Ty i q. has.
A) Subst. 1. pr: a passing, progress,
in space; also duration in time. Hence
perpetual time, etermity, everlasting, i. q.
this; so Eth. T.H. time, from }= to
pass; comp. fem. nº time, for nº. So
Tº for ever, i. q. Elish, Ps. 9, 19. 19, 10.
21, 7. 22, 27. al. Tº “is to everlasting,
for ever, Ps. 83, 18, 92, 8, 132, 12. 14.
Is. 65, 18; ‘tº thish for ever and ever
Ps. 9, 6, 119, 44, 145, 2. Mic. 4, 5; this
Tº id. Ps. 10, 16. 21, 5. 52, 10; nºis is
"is id. Is. 45, 17. Tº "gº from of old, i. q.
this?, Job 20, 4. Also is "as everlast-
ing father Is. 9, 5; is "nin, is ºn,
everlasting mountains Gen. 49,26. Hab.
3, 6; Tº Tº inhabiting etermity, sitting
enthroned for ever, Is. 57, 15.
2. prey, booty, see the root no. 2. Gen
49, 27. Zeph. 3,8. Is. 33, 23. Chald,
Rºy, hºly, nsºy, snºy, id.
B) Prep. T9, and poet, plur, const
"Tº Job 7, 4. Ps, 83, 18; c. suff, *s,
Tºy, Tºy, also pººls with Kamets Job
32, 12; once En-Ts for Brºs. 2 K. 9
18. Comp. Syr. Fº dum, donec ; Samar
TV id.
1. during a certain time, so long as,
Job 20, 5 ºn his during (for)
a moment. 1 K. 18, 45 Hz -vº H2 is
during so and so, in the mean while ;
prob. accompanied by some gesture of
“he hand. 2 K. 9, 22 barns ºut--is
during the whoredoms of Jezebel, sc
63%
Ty 750 Hy
kmg as these continue.—With infin.
Judg. 3, 26 prºnºrr is during their
tarrying, while they delayed. Jon. 4, 2.
2. to, unto, even to a certain term or
limit, viz.
a) Of space, as biºr, hºn is unto
the great river Deut. 1,7; Yºst risp is
wnto the end of the earth Ps. 46, 10; it is
even unto Dan Gen. 14, 14. Eºrl is,
rºm 19, hitherto, to this point, 2 Sam. 7,
18, 1 Sam. 7, 12. So after the verbs vs;
Job 4, 5, Nº. 11, 7, tº Judg.9, 52. Opp.
are 12–7% from—to, and Tº-ſº from
—even to, see in 7% no. 3. C. p. 583;
also where there are several terms and
a progression from one to another,
tº-Tº-Tº Gen. 7,23, and so ſº being
omitted 1 Sam. 17, 52, Jer. 31, 40.—Cou-
pled with other prepositions: aa) Tº
which does not differ from 19, and be-
longs to the later writers, e.g. nyngh Tº
even to the camp 1 Chr. 12,22; pinyºh is
even to afar, afar off, 2 Chr. 26, 15. Ezra
3, 13; comp.” Ty Is, 57,9. With infin.
see below in b. bb) Prºs is even unto
them 2 K. 9, 20. cc) "25% is even to
before, e.g. the king’s gate Esth. 4, 2;
so 12: Ty Neh. 3, 26, ne: Tº Judg. 19,
10. 20, 44.
b) Of time, unto, until, as Hºri piºn is
even unto this day, i. e. this day, still,
Gen. 26, 33. 32, 33. Deut. 34,6; "pār; Tº
until the morning, i.e. before to-morrow,
Judg. 6, 31; ayr is until the evening
Lev. 15, 5. Poet. By "Tº Ps. 104, 23;
is "Tº unto everlasting, for ever, Is. 26,
4, comp. Joel 2, 2. Rarely h is Ezra 9,
4.—Oſten with an adv. of time: nºs"y,
nº-ºx, "nº-Ts, till when 2 how long 2
see in H2S, FT%, "nº ; also ngri-Tº contr.
rºy, H2--Is, 72-19, nº-is, until now,
hitherto, see these words.-With infin.
until ; inuº-Tº until he came near Gen.
33, 3; Tºº-y wntil thou come again
Judg. 6, 18; iTºuri-‘is until he had
destroyed him 2 K. 10, 17; Fish-y wntil
ſhow come Gen. 19, 22, see in Nia no. 2.
b. Ex. 22, 25 [26]. Ps. 18, 38. Jer. 9, 15.
Dan. 10, 3. In the later Hebrew also
# is id, as Ninh is Judg. 3, 3. 1 Chr. 5,9.
i3,5; so Ezra 10, 14. 1 K. 18, 29. 1 Chr.
28, 20. 2 Chr, 24, 10. 29, 30–Sometimes
the idea of the infin. lurks in a particle
(originally a nouf), e.g. 7-8 Tº pr. until
nºne, i.e. until there be none, as "S":
"gº until there be no number, i. e.
innumerable, Ps. 40, 13; "pr Tºs-i: Job
9, 10; Renº Tºsh-Tº 2 Chr. 36, 16,
Bipº pºs is Is. 5, 8; *; is, *nh-, *s
until failure, i.e. so long as, see in *:
no. 4. d, "nº no. 4. c.
c) As marking the degree of excel.
lence or pre-eminence to or unto which
a person or thing has arrived; 2 Sam.
23, 19 sº Nº nuºri is, but unto the
three he did not attain. Job 11, 7 tº EN
N$ºr "Tu nººn canst thow attain unto
the perfection of the Almighty 2 Hence
in comparisons: 1 Chr. 4, 27 nor did all
their family multiply riºn' ºº is even
wnto the children of Judah, i. e. to equal
the children of Judah, like to them. Nah.
1, 10 B-23; Dºn't Tº interwoven like to
thorns, i.e. so as to be like thorns entan-
gled together, see in r. ssp. Soºsz, ly,
Ts'º 12, “even unto vehemence,’ i.e.
vehemently, eaceedingly; Hºrº is ‘even
to (great) speed,” speedily, very swiftly;
nº is ‘even to the highest point,’
exceedingly, see in ºn II. 3. b. Here
too might be referred several examples
quoted above in lett. b, as ºppº Ins"Ts.
—Also, even to some extreme limit, e. g.
This 19 even to destruction Num. 24, 20,
of some extreme thing, the last even to
which an action or quality might be
expected to extend; 1 Sam. 2, 5 Hy
Tsau. Tº Hºrs, she, even the barren,
hath borne seven, i. e. even she, the bar-
ren. Num. 8, 4 even unto the shaft and
wnto the flowers thereof, it (the candela-
bra) was turned work. With a negat,
Hag. 2, 19. Job 2,5. So Tris-Tº... Rh
not even one Ex 14, 28. Judg. 4, 16.
2 Sam. 17, 22.
3. After verbs of motion, to, unto, i. q.
*s, but marking the passing over, tran-
sit, through the intervening space, rather
than the arrival at the point or limit;
comp. the root. Gen. 38, 1 tºns is tº:
"º and he turned in unto an Adul-
lamite; so is ºr 1 Sam. 9, 9; is siz,
"is Bhuj, see Nia, Bhuj. Also of a direc.
tion of the mind to any one, Ty piani-
Job 32, 12. 38, 18; 19 ºr Num. 23
18. Once Hirº Yºº is towards i.e. as
to this maller Ezra 10, 14.
C) Conjunct. 1, while, comp. in F 1
With praet. 1 Sam. 14, 19; fut. Joo 8
21; particip. Job 1, 18 comp. v.v. 16. 1"
Hy 751
T-ly
More fully 'u' is id. Cant. 1, 12–Nº-Ty
Prov. 8, 26, and sº muys tº Ecc. 12, 1.
2.6, while not, while as yet not, i. q. Bºº
before, Syr. J.; Matt. 1, 18 for Gr.
ngly #. º -
2. until, so long as until, spoken of a
term or limit of time, comp. in B. 2. b.
With praet. Josh. 2, 22 pºinri Hau; is
until the pursuers have returned. Ez.
39, 15. 2 K. 24, 20; fut. Gen. 38, 11.
Hos. 10, 12. Prov. 7, 23. Job 27, 5. Is.
22, 14. More fully hugs is until that,
with praet. Deut. 2, 14. Judg. 4, 24; ſut.
Num, 11, 20. Hos. 5, 15. 'u' is Cant.
3, 4. Judg. 5, 7, "E Tº id. with praet.
Gen. 26, 13. 2 Sam. 23, 10; ſut. Gen.
49, 10. ES is Gen. 24, 19. Is, 30, 17,
and Rs hugs is Gen. 28, 15. Num. 32,
17. Is. 6, 1. In 1 Sam. 1, 22 the term
or limit of time itself is signified, not the
space or interval up to that limit, e. g.
1 Sam. 1, 22 *nsºn, ºr bº. Tº
wntil the child be weaned, then will I
bring him, for when he shall be weaned;
comp. Chald. Thris is, and the idiom
of southern and western Germany:
‘bis Montag reise ich,’ i. e. I set off on
Monday next. There is here strictly
an ellipsis, which we may thus fill out:
until the child be weaned (let him remain
with me), then will 1 bring him.—It has
moreover been often observed, (comp.
Noldii Concord. Part. p. 534. Intpp. ad
Ps. 110, 1 ; et contra Fritzsche ad Matt.
p. 853 sq. Winer Lex. p. 695) that the
particle Ts sometimes includes also the
time beyond its term or limit; but this is
manifestly without foundation, so far as
it is ascribed to this particle as arising
from any special usus loquemdi of the
Hebrew language. Still it is not the
less certain, that the sacred writers
have not in all places assigned the ex-
treme limit, but a nearer one, without
intending however to exclude at all the
time beyond. When a person setting
off on a journey says to a friend : fare-
well till we meet again / he now thinks
indeed chiefly on this nearer term, al-
hough he also wishes his friend to fare
well in like manner after his return.
These remarks apply to passages like
Ps. 110, 1. 112, 8 Dan. 1, 21. 3en. 28,
15. 1 Tim, 4, 13. Corp. Hengstenberg
A thentie des Danie p. 66, 67.
3. even to such a degree, i, e, so tract
even so that, comp. in B. 2. c. Comp
Arab. , 2X-> donec, also ul c. fut. Eth.
hfi'ſ] donec, ut—Is. 47, 7 thou saidst,
I shall rule forever, by rººs Fºux-Nº 13
Taº so that (even to such a degree of
insolence, that) thou didst not lay these
things to heart. Job 14, 6. More fully
nºs is Josh. 17, 14, comp. Chald. A. 3,
"ſy Chald. i. Q. Heb. where see.
A) Prep. 1. during, within ; Tº
Tºrºn jºin within thirty days, Dan. 6,
8. 13.
2. until, even until, of time, e. g. Tº
Tº even until now Ezra 5, 16. But is
jºins until the last, i. q. till at the last,
at last, Dan. 4, 5.
3. to, for, of purpose, end; "| nº-Ts
to the intent that, to the end that, Dan.
4, 14, i. q + nº by 2, 30.
B) *, *y Conjunct. 1. until that,
ere. Dan. 6, 25 they had not yet reached
the bottom of the pit, i. e. the persons
thrownin, ere(* Ts) the lions seized them.
2. until, till that, with praet. Dan. 2, 34.
5, 21. 7, 4. 9. 11. 22; fut. Dam. 2, 9, 4,
20. 22, 29. -
Ty m. (r. Tºy) Tsere impure, plur.
tºy, constr. 12, once "Tºy Ps. 27, 12
in some copies.
1. a witness, Deut. 17, 6. 19, 15. Ruth
4, 9, 11. Is. 8, 2. Prov. 19, 5.9. al. Also
of things, Gen. 31, 44. 48. Is. 19, 20. Job
16, 8. -
2. witness borne, testimony; : Tº Fºx
to bear witness against any one, Ex. 20,
16. Deut. 5, 17.
3. a prince, chief, pr. a preceptor, law
giver, Is. 55, 4. See the root in Hiph
2. c.
Ty, see is yet.
N'Ty Chald. see after r. Hºs.
Q3
Sk ++y obsol. root, Arab. Jºe to num-
ber, to reckon, espec. days, time ; Conj,
IV to determine, to ſix, sc. a time. This
would seem to be a secondary verb, de-
rived from the noun "Tº time, like the verb
+y, with which it is kindred. Hence
Syr. rers to keep a festival, ſers ſes.
tival day i. Q. Tyio.—The form Tis see
under r. Thy.
Deriv, nº, jºy, pr n. iiis, riºts
Hºly
*Hy
752
*H: fut. nº, conv. Tº ; i. q.
has, Chald. Syr. id. Arab. Jºe for
3.xe, Eth. UR(D, id.
1. to pass, to pass over or by, Job 28,
8. Hence is A. 1, B. C.
2. to rush upon, to attack in a hostile
& 9 *
manner, whence Arab. :33 an enemy;
comp. the synon. Tº no. 5. b. Hence
"is A. 2, prey.
3. Causat. ‘to cause to pass over up-
on,” i. e. to put on ornaments, to adorn
or to deck oneself with any thing, c. acc.
like Bah. (Chald, id.) Job 40, 10-nºis
Tis; sº deck now thyself with splendour.
*ly ris to deck with ornaments, to put
on, Ez. 23, 40. Jer. 4, 30. Hos. 2, 15. Jer.
31, 4 Ter ºr thou shalt deck thyself
with thy tabrets, which as being drawn
over the hands were an ornament of
dancing females. Is. 61, 10. Ez. 16, 13;
with two acc. to adorn, to deck a person
with any thing, Ez. 16, 11.
HipH. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to re-
move, to put off or away a garment
Prov. 25, 20, i. q. mºr, Jon. 3, 6.
Deriv. ix, *-iy, nº for nºx (nº, “rs),
also the pr. names nº, as "Ty, Hº,
bºrºs, º, ºyz, rºsz.
nºy or Rºy Chald, fut. Hº, sº,
i. q. Heb. Syr. ſs id.
1. to pass over i. e. away, and hence,
of a kingdom, to perish Dan. 7, 14; of a
law, to be abrogated Dan. 6, 9, 13.
2. to go or come, c. 3 to or upon any
thing Dan. 3, 27; c. 7% to go from, to
depart, Dan. 4, 28.
APH. Causat. of Pe. no. 2, to take
away Dan. 5, 20. 7, 26; of kings, to re-
move, to depose, Dan. 2, 21.
Tºy (ornament, beauty, r. His no. 3)
Adah, pr. n.f a) The wife of Lamech,
Gen. 4, 19. b) The wiſe of Esau, Gen.
36, 2.4 ; comp. 26, 34.
I. Tºy f (for rºl, r. sº) constr.
nºy, plur. nity, an appointed meeting,
assembly. Spec.
1. an assembly, congregation, of the
sraelites; fully bºº ni: Ex. 12, 3.6.
.7. Lev. 4, 13; bºrº ºr nºis Ex. 16,
1. 2. 9, 17, 1.35, 4; Hirt nºis the con-
gregation of Jehovah Num. 27, 17. 31,
j6; also not Śoyńv Hºr; Lev. 4, 15, 8,
3, 4, 5. Num, 13, 26. 14, 1. al. Sept.
ovvoyoyń-But by nºis Ps, 82, h is the
assembly (council) of the angels con-
voked of God.
2. A domestic or private company
family, household, Job 16, 7, 15, 34
ºr nºis, parall. Trú-ºils.
3. Any assembly, multitude ; Ps. 1, 5
pºpº, nº; the congregation of the
righteous. 7, 8. Often in a bad sense
troop, band, gang, of wicked men, Ps
86, 14, 22, 17. 16, 5.11. 26, 9, 27, 3.
4. Of beasts, as ºn "as nºis the mul.
titude (herd) of the bulls Ps, 68, 31. Of
bees, a swarm, Judg. 14, 8.
II. Tº f. (r. Ths) Tsere impure, plur.
nº-ly. •
1. a witness, anything which testifies,
Gen. 31, 52.
2. testimony, Gen. 21, 30.
3. a precept of God, ordinance, only
plur. Deut. 6, 20; c. suff. Ps. 119, 22, 24.
59. 79. 138. 146. 168.
Tºy f (r. Tºls) only in plur. tººls, pr. a
9 tº
reckoning, stated time, i. q. Arab. 80-c;
spec. the monthly courses of women, Is,
64, 5 Bºſs Tº vestis menstruis polluta.
Q
So Arab, c), c conj. VIII menstruata est
mulier.
ity and sº (timely) Iddo, pr. n. m.
a) A prophet and writer 2 Chr. 12, 15.
13, 22. b) The grandfather of Zecha-
riah the prophet, Zech. 1, 1. 7. Ezra 5,
1. 6, 14. Neh. 12, 4, 16.
nº and nº f (r. Thy) plur. c. suff,
*rīs; i. q. Hºw II. 3.
1. a precept of God; Ps 19, 8 + nºis
nºs, parall. Hºnor º nºin. 78, 5.
81, 6 (parall. pn, opujº). 122,4 whither
the tribes go up.... by the precept to Is-
rael. Plur. c. suff, Tºrº Neh. 9, 34;
ºrrºs 1 K. 2, 3, 2 K. 17, 15. al. In all
these passages the LXX, have uxott-
gtov, uogtüguo, according to the common
etymology, but against the context;
comp. r. Thy Hiph. no. 2. c.
2. Collect. precepts, law, spec. the de-
calogue. Ex. 25, 21 in the ark thou
shalt put the law, the decalogue. v. 26
natºr, ſins the ark of the law Ex. 25, 22
26, 33. 34; natºr, bris the tabernacle
of the law Num. 9, 15. 17, 23, 18, 2
--Ty
ſº
753
nºr nºr'; the tables of the law Ex. 31,
18, 34, 29.-2 K. 11, 12. 2 Chr. 23, 11.
3. a revelation, and hence a song or
psalm revealed, in the inscriptions Ps. 60,
1. 80, 1; comp. Ps. 60, 8–10. Others a
lyric song, to be sung to the lyre, as if
derived from Tº i.g. Arab. &# lute, lyre.
"Tº m. (r. Hº) in pause *, c. suff.
ity, plur. Bºlz.
1. ornament, and collect. ornaments,
see the root no. 3. Ex. 33, 4, 6. Jer. 4,
30. Dºy "is splendid ornaments Ez.
16, 7.
2. Perh, time of life, age, comp. Tº A.
1, and nº no. 3. Spec. youth, as Ps. 32, 9
be not as the horse and as the mule . . .
bibº intº gº arº with bit and bri-
dle must their youth (vigour, fierceness)
be muzzled. Others: with bit and bri-
dle, even their trappings, must they be
muzzled. Ps. 103, 5 Tºy airca Sºzºr
who satisfieth thy years with good, parall.
bºy. See Thesaur. p. 993.
bsºry (ornament of God) Adiel, pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 36, b) 9 12, c)
27, 25.
Tºy (whom Jehovah adorns, r. Hº)
Adaiah, pr. m. m. a.) The grandfather
of king Josiah, 2 K. 22, 1. b) 1 Chr. 9,
12. Neh. 11, 12. c) 1 Chr. 8, 21. d)
Ezra 10, 29, e) 10, 39. Neh. 11, 5; for
which nº id. 2 Chr. 23, 1.
7"Tº adj. (r. 7s) delicate, effeminate,
voluptuous, Is. 47, 8–Very difficult and
perhaps corrupted is the passage in
2 Sam. 23, 8 Cheth. ixºr its sºn
(Keri ºri) for which the author of
Chronicles gives in 1 Chr. 11, 11 "Nºn
inºr-ns ºnly he lifted up his spear.
Simonis renders in 2 Sam. l.c. percussio
ejus hastā sud (ſuit) in octingentos, etc.
comp. J&s Conj. II, to smite with a
pointed weapon; see below in jº.
Better to render Tºny vibration i. e. the
brandishing of a spear, r. Tº to be soft,
pliant, flexible. Perh, however the read-
ing is here corrupted for issyri º Rºn
he brandished it, his spear, with suff.
pleonast. Sº for the sake of parono-
masia with issºr; ; comp. Ez. 10, 3.
1 Sam. 21, 14.
2. Adin, pr. n. m. Ezra 2,15. Neh. 7,20.
Sº"Ty (slender, plant,) Adina, pr. n
of a military commander undel David
1 Chr. 11, 42. R. Yış.
Bºy (double prey, see tº A. 2)
Adithaim, pr. n. of a town in the tribe
of Judah, Josh. 15, 36.
2k bºy obsol. root, Arab. Jºe *o be
just, equitable, generous.-Hence the
two following.
*::: (for nº justice of God) Ad-
lai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 29.
ºy (justice of the people, for Bºº
es; according to Simonis for ºxºis, comp.
G 9
3.xe latibulum, and tº to hide) Adul-
lam, pr. m. of a city in the plains of
Judah, anciently a royal city of the Ca-
naanites, and fortified by Rehoboam,
Josh. 12, 15. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 11, 7. Mic. 1,
15. Neh. 11, 30. Sept. 'Oöołłęu. In its
vicinity was the cave of Adullam, nº
Eºs, 1 Sam. 22, 1. 2 Sam. 23, 13–Gen
tilen. º Adullamite Gen.38, 1.12.20.
>k Tºy in Kal not used, prob. to be soft,
laar, pliant ; Arab. J9-8 V to be flexi-
© e >
R9 ©
ble, to waver, to vibrate; J.X.A. soft-
9 * ~ .
ness, laxness, languor, J'ê a. CàIl B
or reed, a long pole (pr. vibrating in the
air); comp. above in jº no. 1. The
Gr. &ówóg, which Simonis here com-
pares, is obviously not connected with
this root.
HITHP. pr. to give orieself up to soft
ness, i. e. to live delicately, sumptuously,
voluptuously, Neh. 9, 25.
Deriv. ix, Ty, Hyºy, Tºy, Bºx,
and the pr: names Nºix, rººs, Nº.
7.3 m. (r. 7s), plur. Bºº, c. suff.
Tºy.
1. delight, pleasure, Gr. 60yń, only in
plur. Ps. 36, 9. 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 5), 34.
See the root in Hithp.
2. Eden, pr. m. of a pleasant region in
Asia, the situation of which is described
Gen. 2, 10–14; in which was placed
the garden of our first parents, Gen. 2,
8, 10. 4, 16. Is. 51, 3; hence Tº-1A the
gardem of Eden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 23. 24.
Joel 2,3. Ez. 36,35; tış "s; the trees of
Eden, Ez. 31. 9. 16, 18. The place in
Tis
º-y
754
Jhe mind of the sacred writer would
seem to have been in the elevated re-
gions of Armenia, near the sources of
the Euphrates and Tigris; in which
vicinity also we find the earliest traces
of mankind after the deluge, Gen. 8, 4.
—The various opinions respecting the
site of the terrestrial paradise are re-
viewed by Rosenmüller, Bibl. Geogr. I.
p. 172 sq. Tuch Comm. ib. d. Genesis
p. 71 sq. See Thesaur. p. 995.
7. (pleasantness) Eden, pr. n. of a
region in Mesopotamia or Assyria, 2 K.
19, 12. Is. 37, 12. Ez. 27, 23. The site
is uncertain.—Different is Tº n°3, see
in nº no. 12. dd.
Ty, Tºy, contr. for nºn--is till now,
yet, Ecc. 4, 2. 3.
Tºy Chald. m. (r. Tºx) plur. Tºº,
twme, Dan. 2, 8 sq. 3, 5, 15. 7, 12. Syr.
an G º
(rs, Arab. Jºe id.—Spec. in pro-
phetic language for a year, Dan. 4, 13.
20. 22.29, 7, 25 tº sº. Tº ſix-is
for a year, also two years, and half a
year, i. e. for three years and a half;
comp. Jos. B. J. 1.1.1. See Tºjo no. 1. c,
and tº no. 3. -
Sºy (pleasure) Adna, pr. n. m. Ezra
10, 30. R. ris.
Tºy (id.) Adnah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr.
12, 20. b) 2 Chr. 17, 14.
Tº f (r. Tº Hithp.) pleasure, Gen.
18, 12.
Tºg. see ſº.
Tºy (Syr. festival) Adadah, pr. n.
of a town in the southern part of the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 22. . See in r.
++y. -
3k rºy to be abundant, redundant, pr.
of garments or curtains hanging in full
folds, Ex. 26, 12. 13. Then to be more
than enough, to remain over as surplus,
of food Ex 16, 23; of money Lev. 25,
*7; of men, c. 9s. Num. 3,46, c. : 48,49.
HIPH. to gather more than enough, to
have an overplus, Ex. 16, 18.-Arab.
A $4) is superfluum, nimium dedit; Conj.
IV laxavit velum.
× -: 1. to set in order, to arrange,
to array, e. g. an army for march or bat-
tle, c acc. 1 Chr. 12,38; acc, impl. v. 33
Perh. kindr. with nº.
2. to put in order a vineyard, i. e. tc
dress, to dig, to hoe, so that by heaping
up earth around the vines, he hills and
furrows form rows; so in Talmud. See
Niph. no. 1, and nº.
3. to muster, and so to miss, to find
lacking, as in "pe; see Niph. no. 2.
NIPH. 1. Pass, of Kal no. 2, to b
dressed, digged, as a vineyard, Is. 5, 6
7, 25.
2. Pass. f Kal no. 3, to be missed, to be
wanting, lacking, of pers. 1 Sam. 30, 19.
2 Sam. 17, 22; of things Is. 34, 16.
40, 26. 59, 15. Zeph. 3, 5. Arab.
c) is to remain behind, as a sheep from
the flock, pr. to be lacking.
PIEL to let lack, to let be wanting, 1 K.
4, 27 [5,4].
Deriv.nº, -ºxº, pr. n. *, *s-nºis.
nº m. (r. 19) c. suff, inty, plur.
tºy, constr. ºnly.
1. a flock, herd, drove, Sept. Toluviov,
&yślm, pr. host, from the idea of array-
ing and mustering, which was also done
by the shepherd; comp. Lev. 27, 32. Job
5, 24. So Gen. 29, 2. 3.8. 32, 20. Judg.
5, 16. 1 Sam. 17, 34. Ps. 78, 52. His nºw
drove and drove, i. e. each drove Gen.
32, 17. With genit. of the kind of cattle,
|Ns 's Joel 1, 18. Mic. 5, 7, "pº 's Joe'
l. c. bºy '9 Cant. 4, .. 6, 5. With genit.
of the owner or keeper Cant. 1,7. Is. 40,
11. Jer. 51,23; hence nin' ºº i.e. the
people of Israel Jer. 13, 17. Zech. 10, 3.
Chald. Nº id.
2. Eder, pr. m. a.) A city in the south
of Judah, Josh. 15, 21. b) A man 1 Chr.
23, 23. 24, 30. Comp. his bºx” in bºx.
no. 4. a.
"º (flock) Eder, pr. n. m. in pause
- is 1 Chr. 8, 15.
ºnly (flock of God) Adriel, pr: n, of
a son-in-law of king Saul, 1 Sam. 18, 19
2 Sam. 21, 8.
:k tº: obsol. root, Arab. U.Ne to
fodder a flock or cattle. Hence perhaps
tºry , only plur. tºušº, lentiles, a kind
of pulse resembling small beans, used
chiefly by the poor, Gen. 25, 24. 2 Sam
17,28. 23, 11. Ez. 4,9. See Celsii Hie
nºy 7
Thy
Q
jº
5
ob. II. p. 104 sq. Still called in Arabic
9 * *
Uwc), e Adas, and much used by the
common people; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 246.
ny see in nºis.
Nº 2 K. 17, 24, see in Hºs.
* Hºly in Kal not used, i. q. His no. 3,
to wrap around, to cover with darkness.
HIFH. to cover with darkness, metaph.
to degrade, to treat with contumely.
Lam. 2, 1 how hath Jehovah in his wrath
covered with darkness the daughter of
Zion! Sept. §yvóq,00sy, Vulg. caligine
tearit.—Syr. Aph. to obscure; but Pa.
-a- metaph. to contemn, to treat with
contumely, Arab. -Le mid. Ye, to dis-
honour, to disgrace.
Deriv. as II.
This (serving sc. God, r. Tº no. 3)
Obed, pr. n. m. a) The son of Boaz
and Ruth, Ruth 4, 17. 21. b) 1 Chr.
11, 47. c) ib. 2, 37. d) ib. 26, 7, e)
2 Chr. 23, 1.
bºy Obal, pr. m. of a tribe and region
in that part of Arabia peopled by the
descendants of Joktan, Gen. 10, 28; for
which in the Sam. Cod. and 1 Chr. 1,
22, is read bºy Ebal. Its position is
very uncertain. Bochart, Phaleg. 2, 23,
understands the Avalita or Abalitat on
the Ethiopian coast, outside of the straits
of Bab-el-mandeb ; but the descendants
of Joktan must be sought, it would seem,
in Arabia itself. Still less can it be re-
ferred to the Toffo/ſitug of Josephus in
Idumea, which is 83%.
* 3:ly 1. pr. to move in a circle, like
the kindr, roots ahn, ºr . Arab. Ue
mid. Kesr. to be curved, II to curve, to
bend.—Hence Fºx (nº), aisº, a round
cake, bread-cake, like º- from nº.
2. Denom. from Hºly, to bake cakes,
‘. e. bread-cakes, fut. c. suff. Fºr Ez.
4, 12.
3"> (perh, contr. for als, p38 i.e. long-
necked ?) Og, pr. m. of a king of Bashan
'amous for his gigantic stature, Num.
21, 33. 32, 33. Deut. 3, 1. al.
Rºy m. (r. 5xx) Gen. 4, 21. Job 21,
12, 30, 31, also nº Ps. 150, 4 (where
several Mss. and editions Lave -ºs) a
pipe, reed, syrina, as the Hebrew intpp.
correctly give it. Targ. Nºhas pipe
tibia, Jerome organon, i. e. double o.
compound pipe, an instrument consisting
of several pipes. In Dan. 3, 5, 10. 15,
the Hebrew translator uses it for rººs
Q. V.
* Thy 1. pr. to turn back, to return,
hence to go over again, to repeat, comp,
=º. Arab. Sue to return, to repeat
to get accustomed; IV to repeat, to re-
store. Comp. also r. ThN no. 1.
2. to continue, to endure, from the idea
of constant repetition; comp. Fo: no. 3.
a, b. Hence is again, continually.
3. Spec. to say again and again ;
hence to affirm and spec. to testify, to
eachort ; in Kal once Lam. 2, 13 Cheth
See Hiph. Comp. Arab. IV, in no. 1.
PIELT3 to surround, Ps. 119,61; comp.
Ps. 18, 5.6. Eth. U“EP” to go around,
IV ASPR to cause to go around, i. e. to
surround.
Hiph. Tºri, fut. 1 pers. Hºss.
1. Spoken of a witness: a) i. q. Kal
no. 3, to testify, to bear witness, absol.
Am. 3, 13. Mal. 2, 14. With acc. against
any one 1 K. 21, 10. 13; but also in fa
vour of or for any one, i.e. to laud him,
Job 29, 11 ; comp. u(x9tv980 Luke 4, 22,
b) Causat. to causé to testify, i. e. to
take witnesses, to take any one as wit-
mess, Is. 8, 2. Jer. 32, 10. 25. 44. Hence
to call as witness, to invoke, c. 3, against
any one Deut. 4, 26. 30, 19. 31, 28.
2. to obtest, i.e. a) to protest, to affirm
solemnly, calling God to witness, with a
of pers. Gen. 43, 3 ºsri º Ten Tºri
ºn?sh the man solemnly protested unto wis.
Deut. 8, 19. 32, 46. 1 K. 2, 42. Zech. 3,
6. b) to eachort solemnly, to admonish,
espec. Jehovah a people, c. acc. pers.
Lam. 2, 13; A Ps. 50, 7, 81, 9, 2 K. 17,
13; by Jer. 6, 10. Also to chide, to up-
braid, comp. hoy, Neh. 13, 15. 21. c)
to enjoin solemnly upon any one, e. g. a .
precept, law, and hence of the divine
legislation, comp. Tº no. 3, and nº.
With acc. of thing and E of pers. 2 K
17, 15 tº Tºwn nu's "nºis rs his pre.
cepts which he had enjoined upon them
given them. Nell. 9, 34. 1 Sam. 8, 9.
Thy
Thy
756
HoPH. ºn to be testified, declared,
made known, c. : Ex. 21, 29.
PiLELT19 (improperly referred by some
to the root Tº) to set up again, to re-
store, to relieve, Ps. 146, 9. 147, 6.
HITHPoL. to right oneself again, to re-
store oneself, plur. 1 pers. Tºiyn Ps.
20, 9 Sept. &vog&69 musw. *
Deriv. 19, Hº, nºis, nººn, pr n.
"Tiy, also
Tºy, rarely Hy (according to the Ma-
sora twelve times, e. g. Gen. 8, 22. Jer.
13, 27. etc.) c. suff, "is and ºlis (see
in no. 4), pr. repetition, continuance, du-
ration, from r Thy no. 2; but always as
Adv. Not found in the kindred lan-
guages, except the Chald. See below.
1. again, yet again; comp. Aram. ºn,
-->4, again, also from the idea of return-
ing, repeating, Gen. 4, 25. 24, 20, 37, 9.
Hos. 1, 6. al. saepiss. O’en after a verb
denoting repetition, as "is nºw Jer. 3,
1; Tiº Fo, Gen. 18, 29. With a negat.
his Nº not again Gen. 9, 11. 15. Is. 54,
9; and so "is au; Nº Job 7, 10. His ne: Nº
Gen. 8, 21.
2. repeatedly, i.e. continuedly, contin-
ually, without interruption; Gen. 46, 29
Tis Tºs;s by Taº and wept upon his
neck continuedly, uninterruptedly. Ruth
1, 14. Ps. 84, 5 happy they who dwell in
thy house, ºr "is continually do they
praise thee.—Hence
3. yet, yet more, further, longer, pr. of
continued time and action. Gen. 8, 10
and he waited tº rºuj Tx yet seven
days longer. 29, 27. 30. 7, 4 is tº
Tºuj for in yet seven days. Is. 5, 4. Ecc.
3, 16. With a negat, no more, no longer,
Gen. 17, 5. 32, 29. Is. 2, 4, 30, 20. Job
24, 20. al. Also yet the more, of an ac-
tion continued and increasing ; Gen. 37,
5 ins Nºu, Tis Epº and they hated him
yet the more. Prov. 9, 9.--So too i. q.
Ynore than this, besides, where to per-
sons or things already mentioned some-
thing further is added; Gen. 43, 6 Tivri
nº tº whether ye had yet a brother,
i.e. besides. Gen. 19, 12. Is. 1, 5.
4. Most freq. of a time or action con-
tinued either up to the present moment,
or to the occurrence of another act, yet,
as yet, still. Gen. 45, 3 ºr "as "Tyr, doth
my father wet live 2 31, 14. Is, 5, 25 his
hand is stretched out stili. Ps. 78, 3(
while their meat was yet in their mouths
Is, 65, 24. Dan. 9, 20, 21 lo, it is yet high
day. So I toº "is yet a little while ana
this or that will be done, Is. 10, 25. 20
17. Ex. 17, 4. Ps. 37, 10.--Where the
subject is a personal pronoun, this is
appended to Tis as a suffix (comp, also
tº, Ts), thus: "...is as yet I, Josh. 14,
11. 1 Sam. 20, 14; his see in no. 5. a ;
Tis yet thou Gen. 46, 30, f. This 1 K. 1
14; ºis Gen. 18, 22; nºis 1 K. 1,
22; pºlis Ex. 4, 18, once tr. His Is, 65
24. etc. Like tº and T’s, so Tiy also
includes the idea of the substantive verb,
and is then construed with a participle;
e.g. Gen. 18, 22 * ** Tº ºlis he
stood yet before Jehovah ; or with a ver-
bal adj. as "r; ºis he is yet alive Gen.
43, 28. Sometimes TiV c. suff, is sub-
joined to a substantive, as Num. 11, 33
triºt; "a ºlis -tºn while the flesh
was yet between their teeth, 1 Sam. 13, 7
2 Chr. 34, 3; here the suffix (as else-
where Nºhn, Nºr) has the force of the
subst, verb-Once c. suff, plur. Lam. 4,
17 Keri : *** Hyºr ºn Tiy as yet our
eyes languish, pr. by anacoluthon as yel
we languish, our eyes languish. But the
true reading is preserved in Chethibh,
n;" is, apparently a poetic form for
Trºis (as io"- poet, for trº-), i.e. as
Ayet they languish, even our eyes, the suf
fix being redundant, as above, but witt,
a finite verb instead of a participle.
5. With Prefixes: a) is a pr. ‘in
the being yet," i. e. g) while, while yet,
opp. tºº. 2 Sam. 12, 22 ºn ºn is:
while the child was yet alive. Job 29, 5.
Prov. 31, 15. Jer, 15, 9 cºin Tiwi, while
yet day. With noun suff. Ps. 146, 2
"Tiv3, while I yet exist; but with verbal
suff, Gen. 25, 6 ºr ºlisz, while he yet
lived. Deut. 31, 27. Here in "Tisi, the
Tiy is construed as a noun, pr. in my con-
tinuance, existence, being ; but in hºis:
the "is is an adverb, and there is an el-
lipsis, pr. in the time while he yet lived,
*-i- being the nominative. 6) in yet,
within yet this or that space of time,
Gen. 40, 13 tº nºbu, Tisz, within yel
three days. Is. 7, 8. 21, 16. Jer. 28, 3.11
Comp. E. A. 5.
b) Tisz from as yet, ea quo, i. e. ever
since. Gen. 48, 15 nºisy, ever since
Thy
*hy
757
am ever since I exist. Num. 22, 30
run biºn is Tºivº ever since thou wast,
even unto this day.
Ty Chald, yet, i. q. Heb. no. 4, Dan.
4, 28.
Tºy (for Tisz, setting up again,
erecting, r. Th9) Oded, pr. m. a.) The
father of the prophet Azariah, 2 Chr.
15, 1. 8. b) Another prophet, 2 Chr.
28, 9.
2}. Hy 1. i. q. Arab. Ce3-c., to bend,
to curve ; also to make crooked, to dis-
tort, kindr, with HyS. See Niph. Pi. Hiph.
2. to act perversely, to sin, (comp. Bar,
II, 3) Dan. 9, 5; with by of pers. Esth.
1, 16–Arab. exº erravit, seductus est.
Niph. 1. to be distorted, to writhe,
with pains and spasms, like a woman in
travail. Is. 21, 3 sºn ºrº I writhe
so that I cannot hear. Also to be bent,
bowed down, depressed, with calamities,
Ps. 38, 7.
2. to be perverse; part. Hº:
Prov. 12, 8 inh Hy: perverse of heart.
1 Sam. 20, 30 nººn rº-ji, the son of
perverse rebelliousness, i.e. of a perverse
And obstinate mother; comp. Job 30, 8.
PIEL riffs to subvert, to overturn, to turn
upside down, i.e. to destroy; Is. 24, 1 Fºx
º perverse.
r";E and turneth the face of it (the
earth) upside down. Lam. 3, 9 "nia"r;
His he turneth wip (breaks up) my ways.
Comp. Tºri.
HipH. Hºr; to make crooked, to per-
vert, e.g. to pervert or wrest right, Job
33, 27; to pervert one's way or conduct,
l, e. to act perversely, Jer. 3, 21. Also
with Tº impl. to act perversely 2 Sam.
7, 14. 24, 17. 1 K. 8, 47. Ps. 106, 6, Jer.
9,4; c. acc. 2 Sam. 19, 20.
Deriv. Hº, Ty, Eºs, -s, "sº,
Chald. Nºis, also the pr. names nº,
-lºs, nº, -e, tºs, ſins.
Tºy f. an overturning, overthrow, Ez.
21, 32. R. Hy Pi.
Tºy 2 K. 18, 34. 19, 13. Is. 37, 13, also
Nº. 2 K. 17, 24 (i. q. His overturning,
ruin, unless perbºps it is to be so read,)
Ivah or Avah, pr. n. of a city under
the Assyrian dominion, whence colo-
nists were brought to Samaria. Some
compare here a Pherician city Avatha,
see Relandi Palaestina p. 232, 233; bui
it must rather be sought in Mesopota-
mia.-Gentile n. plur. bºx Avites 2 K.
17, 31, see below under hºs.
Tº iniquity, see is.
rix strength, see ty.
* Thy or 7'iy to flee for refuge to
any pers, or place; Arab. 3Ue mid
Waw id. c. – ; II, to cause to flee for
92.2 g * *
refuge, ê;s , Ślº, refuge. Either
kindr, with verbs of hasting, ujºn, Jºy;
or perh. denom. from subst. 19% refuge,
asylum, comp. Is. 30, 2.
HIPH. causat. pr. ‘ to cause to flee for
refuge;’ hence to save by flight, to place
in safely, spoken of one fleeing with his
effects, property, etc. Ex. 9, 19 -ns ºr
Tºpº. Acc. impl. id. Is. 10, 31. Jer. 4,
6. 6, 1. -
** perh. i. q. Arab. leus mid.
Waw to sink in any thing, as the foot
in the sand; II, to sink, to dig a well;
IV, to plunge, to immerse; hence usually
tº stylus. But the notion of digging,
graving, is not certain in this root; and it
is better to refer tº to the idea of hard-
ness, stiffness, (as Germ. Stift from steif.)
which belongs to the kindred syllable
Ys, see in yº, Yny, Hy; so that it
would then be related to Ys wood,
whether the root be ºx i. q. Why, or
nº i. q. Tº as is more probable.
"y, plur. Eºs, Avite, Avim, i. e.
1. Gentile n. from the name Hºy, Rºy
2 K. 17, 31; see in nºs.
2. Names of the aborigines of the coun
try of the Philistines, Deut. 2, 23. Josh.
13, 3.
3. Bºrj (the ruins, or Avites’-town)
a town of Benjamin, Josh. 18, 23.
Sºy or Sºy Chald. f. perverseness
sim, often in the Targums; but in O. T.
only plur. Tº , or in some copies (al
ways in the Targums) lºº, Dan. 4, 24.
R. Hy.
I. º. m. adj. (by) wicked, ungodly
Job 16, 11.
II. ºz m. (r. 919) a child, pr a
suckling, i. q. Bºy, Job 21, 11, parall
E*; perh. 19, 18.
-hy
phy
758
n"? (ruins, r. ny) Avith, pr. n. of a
town in the territory of the Edomites,
Gen. 36, 35; also 1 Chr. 1, 46 where
Cheth. nºv.
>k by in Kal not used, to turn away,
to distort, comp. bºs, bar ; hence to be
wrong, perverse, wicked. Arab. Jue
imud. Waw quiesc. to turn aside sc.
from right, to be unjust.
Piel fut. Sº, to do wrong, to act
wickedly, Ps. 71,4 Is. 26, 10.—Syr. Aph.
"sasſid.
Deriv. bºs, by, Hºx (nºis, Hyºs),
and bºy I.
Bºy m. (r. 919) a wrong-doer, one
wicked, Job 18, 21. 27, 7. 29, 17. al.
Syr. ſº.
bly m. (r. Bºy) once in constr. by Ez.
28, 18, c. suff. ibis, wrong, wickedness,
iniquity, Job 34, 10. Ps. 53, 2. Jer. 2, 5; so
in a judge Lev. 19, 15. Ps. 82, 2; in a
merchant Ez.28, 18. by Higy to do evil
Ez. 3, 20. 18, 24, 26. 33, 13; by bºg id.
Job 34,32. By ºns a wicked man, unjust,
Prov. 29, 27. Concr. for unjust gain Ps.
7, 4. Syr. ſas, Chald, sº, shºw, id.
* bºy to give milk, to suckle, of ani-
mals, only part, fem. nibs nine milch-
kine 1 Sam. 6, 7, 10. Gen. 33, 13. Also
without subst, part. niby the milk-giv-
ing, milch, poet. for the ewes, Ps. 78,71.
Is. 40, 11–Kindr. by transp. is shb,
where see note. Arab. Juá mid. Ye,
gravida fuit et lactavit.
Deriv. Sº II, and
bºy m, a child, pr: a sucking-child,
suckling, Is. 49, 15. 65,20.—Arab. Jºle
boy, Syr. ſas, Chald, bºy, bºx, id.
Tºy f (r. bºs) once contr. Tºiy Is.
61, 8; with He poet, demonstr. Firºs
Ps. 125, 3. Hos. 10, 3, contr. Hrºš Job 5,
16; once transp. nº Hos. 19, 9; plur.
nibis Ps. 58, 3. 64, 7; i. q. by, wrong,
wickedness, iniquity, Job 6, 29. 30. 11, 14.
Prov. 22,8. Is, 59, 3, al. Hºw Huy to do
wrong, to act wickedly, Zeph. 3, 5, 13;
rºs ºn Job 18, 7. 24, 7. Hº-ji, the
on of wickedness, a wicked man, Ps, 89,
23; nº-ºº: the wicked 2 Sam. 3, 34.
7, 10. Abstr. for concr. wickedness for
the wicked Job 5, 16. 24, 20. Ps. 107, 4%
Sept. &ölklo, &voulo.
rhiy evil, see in nºis; also t burnt
offering, see nºs. .
bºy m. (see note) plur. Bºis an
Eºis as from a form bºis; constr
*his Lam. 2, 20; with light suff, Tºbis
Ps. 137, 9, Hºis Lam. 1, 5; with grave
suff. Drºis ; a boy, child, infant, e.g.
of tender age Is. 13, 16. Hos. 14, 1. 2 K.
8, 12. Nah. 3, 10. Ps. 137, 9; carried in
the arms, Lam. 2, 20; playing in the
streets Jer. 6, 11. 9, 20; asking for bread
Lam. 4, 4; carried away captive Lam.
1, 5; once of the unborn foetus Job 3, 16
Sometimes coupled with Pºin suckling
Ps. 8, 3. Joel 2, 16. Jer. 47, 7. Lam. 2,
11; from which however it is expressly
distinguished 1 Sam. 22, 19. 15, 3 bºis?
pºi" +91. The same is Bºyz, Is. 3, 12.
Plur. c. suff, their children Ps. 17, 14.
NotE. The form comes from Poel or
Polel Bºis; prob. from r. bºy to vex,
and so referring to the petulance of chil-
dren; or it may come from r. bhs to
suckle, though the sense would here be
passive, while the form is active. See
in bºx I. 2, and Po. no. 3. Thesaur. p.
1033, 1034.
nºiy and nºw f plur. (r. bºx I)
constr. nibh9, gleanings, Mic. 7, 1. Is.
-24, 13. Jer. 49, 9. Obad. 5. Twice cou-
pled with a preceding masc. sing. Judg.
8, 2. Is. 17, 6; see Heb. Gram. § 144.
tº m. rarely tº Gen. 3, 22.6, 3.
al, plur. Bºis. R. Eºs I.
A) Pr. ‘hidden,” spec. hidden time, i. e.
obscure and long, of which the begin-
ning or end is uncertain or indefinite,
duration, everlasting, etermity, spoken:
1. Of time long past, gray antiquity,
of old, everlasting, as in the following
phrases and examples: Bºis Yº Am.
9, 11. Mic. 7, 14. Is. 63,9, and this niº
Deut. 32, 7, the days of old, ancient times.
this? of old, from ancient times, Gen. 6,
4. 1 Sam. 27, 8. Is. 63, 16. Jer. 2, 20.5
15. Ps. 25, 6; and so of time before the
world, from everlasting, Prov. 8, 23
with a negative, not from any time
never, Is. 63, 19. 64, 3; elsewhere of a
long time, long, Is. 42, 14 referring to
the time of the exile. 46, 9. 57, 11
phy
bly
7.59
this bºº an ancient landmark, set up
by the forefathers, Prov. 22, 28. 23,
10, this "rine ancient gates, Ps. 24, 7.
this "nº the dead of old, those long
dead, Ps. 143, 3. Lam. 3,6; this tº the
people of old time, long dead, Ez. 26, 20.
—Since to men of ancient times were
attributed sincere piety and uncorrupted
morals, hence this Tº Ps. 139, 24, rins
this Job 22, 15, this niaºr; Jer. 6, 16,
this *-ū Jer. 18, 15, are all put for the
true piety of the fathers of old ; comp.
b%his pºſs the righteousness of old, for-
mer righteousness, Dan. 9, 24.—That
not always the remotest antiquity is
implied, is manifest from the phrase
this niaºri Is. 58, 12. 61, 4, spoken in
[prophetic] allusion to the ruins of Je-
rusalem at the close of the Babylonian
exile. Jer. 25, 9 and 49, 13 do not belong
here, '9 there referring to time future.
2. Often also of future time, ever, for
ever, evermore, in such a way that the
terminus ad quem is tº be determined
from the nature of the subject. Thus
where human things are spoken of:
a) Spec. in the affairs of single per-
sons, this is sometimes put for the whole
period of life, all the days of one’s life,
as this tº a servant for ever, i. e. not
to be set free in all his life, Deut. 15, 17.
Ex. 21, 6. 1 Sam. 27, 12; poet. of an
animal Job 40, 28 [41, 4], this" is for
ever i. e. so long as he lives, 1 Sam. 1,
22, 20, 15. 2 Sam. 3, 28. this yºu; ever
secure, ever prosperous, so long as they
(ive, Ps. 73, 12. 30, 13 Jehovah, my God,
Tris Bhish for ever will I praise thee,
i. e. while I live. 5, 12. 31, 2, 37, 27. 28.
49, 9, 52, 11. 71, 1.86, 12. Sometimes
put for very long life ; Ps. 21, 5 he (the
king) asked life of thee, thou gavest him
tº this tº Ts length of days for
ever and ever, i. e. a long, long life.—A
still narrower application of this is im-
plied in Is. 35, 10 pujśn-by this nnnu,
perpetual joy shall be upon their heads,
. e. a joy ever conspicuous in their coun-
tenances, they shall be ever cheerful and
rejoicing (comp. Ps. 126, 2). Is. 51, 11.
61, 7. In Is, 32, 14 the limit of this long
time is specified : hill and watch-tower
hall become caverns Bºis-Ty evermore
... 15 Hyº-is until the Spirit shall be
poured out, etc.
b) As pertaining to a whole race, dy
nasty, or people, and including the whole
time of their existence until their de.
struction. , 1 Sam. 2, 30 thy family shal;
serve me Bºis-19 for ever, i.e. so long as
it endures. 13, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 16. 1 Chr.
17, 12. 22, 10. Ps. 18, 51 he will show
mercy to David and to his seed this-ty.
So the covenant of God with the Israel-
ites is called this nºn: Gen. 17, 7. Lev.
24, 8; the laws given to them are
this rpri, this pn, Ex. 12, 14. 17.27,
21. 28, 43. 30, 21. Lev. 3, 17. 6, 11 ; the
possession of the Holy Land is this nºr's
Gen. 17, 8.48, 4.
c) Nearer to the metaphysical notion
of eternity, or at least to an eternity
without end, approach those examples
in which this is attributed to the earth
and to the universe. Ecc. 1, 4 but the
earth standeth or abideth Bhish for ever.
Ps. 104, 5 it (the earth) shall not be moved
for ever. 78, 69. 's nivº everlasting
hills, created of old, and to endure for
ever, Gen. 49, 26. Deut. 33, 15; 's nº
everlasting heights Ez. 36, 2. So too
of human things which refer to a period
after death, e. g. this rºu everlasting
sleep, for death Jer. 51,39.57; izhis nºz
his everlasting house, long home, i.e. the
grave Ecc. 12, 5; this ºr everlastºg
life after the resurrection Dam. 12, 2.
d) The true and full idea of eternity
is expressed by this in those passages
where it is spoken of the nature and ex-
istence of God, who is called this bs the
eternal God, everlasting God, Gen. 21,
33. Is. 40, 28; this: ºn the ever living
Dan. 12, 7, (Comp. Bhish riºr to live
for ever, to be immortal like God, Gen.
3, 22. Job 7, 16.) To him are attributed
this nishi everlasting arms Deut. 33,
27; and of him it is said Ps, 90, 2 this?
bs Hris this is from everlasting to
everlasting thou art God. 103, 17; comp.
Ps. 9, 8, 10, 16. 29, 10. 93, 2.
e) Of a peculiar kind are those pas-
sages, where the Hebrews by hyperbole
ascribe eternity in the metaphysical sense.
to human things, chiefly in the expres-
sion of good wishes. Here belongs the
customary form of salutation towards
kings: cºsh ºr "sis ºr let my lord
the king live for ever, 1 K. 1, 31. Neh.
2, 3. Comp. Dan, 2, 4, 3,9. Judith 12.
ls
rhy
760
1. AElian. W. H. 1. 32. So in poetical
invocations of good upon kings and royal
lines, e. g. Ps. 61, 8 for ever may he sit
upon his throne before God; comp. v. 7
let his years be nº h" icº as many ge-
nerations. 45, 7 thy throne of God [pr.
O God] Tº thish is for ever and ever;
see in Bºrås note, p. 55. Ps, 89, 37 his
(David's) seed shall endure for ever.
How much this last expression implies
is apparent from the words which imme-
diately follow it: his throne (shall stand)
as the sun before me, 38 like the moon
shall it be established for ever ; and from
Ps. 72, 5 they shall fear thee, (O. king,)
so long as the sun and moon endure,
throughout all generations ; ib. v. 17 his
name shall endure Bhish for ever, so long
as the sun shall his name flourish. That
is, by this figure of hyperbole there is
invoked for the king and his royal pos-
terity, a dominion not less enduring
than the universe itselſ–Also Ps. 48, 9
God will establish it (Jerusalem) for
ever. Jer. 7, 7 the land which I gave to
your fathers this tº this 72%. 25, 5.
PLUR. tººls, q, d. ages, everlasting
ages, like Gr. oiâmeg, i. e. a) ages of
antiquity, ancient ages, Is. 51, 9. Dan.
9, 24. Ecc. 1, 10. b) future ages, the
remotest future, Ps. 61, 5. 77, 6, 145, 13.
Is. 26, 4, 45, 17.
B) the world, mundus, from the Chald.
and Rabb. usage (Buxtorf col. 1620), like
Gr. o.itjy; hence love of worldly things,
worldly-mindedness, i. q. more fully &ytº-
wn toi, zóguov 1 John 2, 15, widiv toū
kóguov toitov Eph. 2, 2, and Arab.
© 3
Use the world, worldly things and the
love of them, as destructive to the know-
edge of divine things. So Ecc. 3, 11
God hath made every thing beautiful in
its time, *32 tº Trº tºr-rs tº
ºn Bºsri sº Nºb nºs although he
(God) hath set the love of worldly things
ºn their heart, so that man understandeth
wot the works of God; i. e. Bº for "2 PA,
see tº no. 4. For the sense comp. Ecc.
8, 17-Another form is bibº.
>k lºs obsol. root, to rest, to dwell ;
kindr. ThN. Arab. eſ to live quietly,
G o?
comfortably ; º! quiet, comfort.—
Hence Hºis, fivº, His?, pr. n. Bºyz,
wrºism.
Tº ſor ºs see the root *s.
Thy m. (r. Hy) twice Tºy 2 K. 7, 9
Ps. 51, 7; constr. jºy, Tiny 1 Chr. 21, 8
plur. absol. and constr. nisis, c. suff
Hºy, Hºx, oftener "rºy, Tºrºs, etc.
pr. wrong, perverseness ; hence concr
wrong action, iniquity, sin, crime, Gen.
4, 13. 44, 16. Ex. 20, 5, 28, 38. al. saep
Hos. 10, 10 see in Tºy no. 1, note. Sept.
&Mogtie, &mdºgtmuo, &öukuo. Often cou-
pled with synon, nNºr: Ex. 34,9. Deut.
19, 15. Jer. 16, 10. al. With genit. of
him who commits the sin, as nias ſix
Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7; or of the place where one
sins, as his? 's Josh. 22, 17, tºp? 's
Num. 18, 1; or also of the punishment
to be inflicted for the sin, as ºr nilºy
iniquities for the sword, to be punished
by it Job 19, 29, and Yp is iniquity of
the end, which brings destruction, Ez.
21, 30; comp. tºº is a crime for the
judges, to be punished by them, Job 31,
11. To express the pardon or expiation
of sins the verbs used are nºt, Hºrſ,
º, Nº no. 2, b ; for its punishment,
"pº ; for the suffering of its punishment,
Nº no. 4. d.—By synecd. a) wrong.
iniquity, guilt, contracted by sinning, as
ºr jºy the iniquity of the Amorites
Gen. 15, 16; "nsºn ſix the iniquity of
my sin Ps. 32, 5. So a jºy tº there is
iniquity in any one, he is guilty, 1 Sam.
20, 8, 25, 24. 2 Sam. 14, 32; with by 2
Sam. 14, 9; ; Job 33, 9; also 1 Sam.
28, 10. 2 K. 7, 9, b) unrighteous gain,
Hos. 12, 9 [8] in all my gains they shali
find no stºr huſs ſº wrong that is sin.
c) the punishment of sin Is. 5, 18; hence
calamity, misery, Ps. 31, 11.
Tºy f. (r. Thy) a living together, co-
habitation in the conjugal sense, Ex. 21.
10. Talmud, id.—For nºis Hos. 10,
10 Keri, see in jº no. 1, note.
bºy m. plur. perversities, i. e. per-
verseness, Is. 19, 14; for Eºs, from the
root nº. Vulg. vertigo, not unaptly.
Sk rhy fut. Fºy, with Vav conv. Fºl.
1. to cover, spec. with the wings, fea-
thers, i. q. F2: ; from which perhaps
this root has been formed by softening
the letters, comp. Pºs, phy; yes, bºs
Fly
-hy
761
PhN, and many others; see the roots
tiºn, Tin, etc.—Is. 31, 5 nies Bºngs: as
birds cover (their young with their
wings) ºujºn, by 's "... Tº T2 so will
Jehovah of hosts protect Jerusalem.—
Hence Fis, pr. i. q. F.2 wing, then col-
'ect. birds, fowl; and hence again the
verb as denominative :
2. to fly, pr. of birds Job'5, 7. Prov. 23,
5. 26, 9. Deut. 4, 17; also of locusts Nah.
3, 16. So of the Seraphim Is. 6, 6; of
God as sitting upon his throne and borne
by Cherubim Ps. 18, 11; of a flying roll
Zech. 5, 1. 2. Trop. of an army flying
(rushing) to battle Hab. 1, 8. Is. 11, 14
(c. 4); of a fleet Is. 60, 8; an arrow
Ps. 91, 5. So to fly away, to vanish, as
sleep Job 20, 8; human life Ps. 90, 10.
Once transit.like Hiph. Prov. 23, 5 Cheth.
—Arab. -śl e mid. Waw and Ye, to
hover in the air as a bird, c. cke;
9 – o –
㺠flight.
3. to cover over, to wrap, Syr. -as in-
volvit, for śālago, Heb. 1, 12. Hence in-
trans. to be covered (wrapped) in dark-
ness; Job 11, 17 Flºrin ºpäz Hººn now
covered with darkness (calamity), soon
thou shalt be as the morning. Better
perhaps with 3 Mss. to read Hºlyrº,
darkness shall become as the morning.
—Also
4. to be overcome with darkness, to
faint, to faint away; so fut. Fºl 1 Sam.
14, 28. Judg. 4, 21; this form being
chosen to distinguish it from Fºl to fly.
—See Fºx, Fºy, and Arab. e
Syr. as to become weak, Ethp. to faint
away. Kindred are Fºx and Fy: to be-
tome weak, weary.
Pil. FE is 1. i. q. Kal no 2, to fly,
to fly about, Gen. 1, 20. Is. 6, 2. Part.
FEixº flying, Is. 14, 29, 30, 6.
2. to brandish, q. d. to make fly about,
e, g. a sword Ez. 32, 10.
HipH. to make fly away Prov. 23, 5
Keri.
HITHPAL. to fly away, to vanish, Hos.
#, 11.
Deriv. from no. 1, 2, Fis, theses ;
+om no. 3, Hºy, Flsº, Fyhn, Hºlyn
Fix m. (... ºv) pr. wing, collect.
jiras, fowl,
'. e. the winged tribes •
sometimes with plur. Jer. 4, 25 Ez. 31
6. 13; oftener with sing. verb Gen, 1
21. 30. Lev. 17, 13. Ps. 50, 11. al. saep
Of birds of prey, 2 Sam. 21, 10.—Syr
ſeas bird, but not frequent. Eth. P4:
id.
Fiy Chald. birds, fowl, i. Q. Heb.
Dan. 2, 38. 7, 6.
"piy Jer. 40, 8 Chetli, see in "pº.
"I.Yºs to consult, to take counsel
i, q, ys: where see; only in imp. xx
Judg. 19, 30. Is. 8, 10.—Hence yºyº
pr. n.
>k II.y.z perh. i. q, loué, Uels, to
impress itself, to sink, e.g. the foot in the
9 * >
sand, comp. r. phy; whence &lo, a light
sandy soil and fertile. Hence
Yºy Uz, Ausitis, fully phy yºs the
land of Uz Job 1, 1. Lam. 4, 21; Yºs
yºr Jer. 25, 20; Sept. Aigiriç, Aigital,
pr. m. of a region and tribe in the north-
eastern part of Arabia Deserta, between
Idumea, Palestine, and the Euphrates,
adjacent to Babylon and the Euphrates;
called by Ptolemy (W. 19) Aigital, un-
less the reading Aüoitat is to be restored.
For the origin of this tribe, see Gen. 10
23. 36, 28; comp. 22, 21. See the dis-
cussions respecting the situation of the
land of Uz in Bochart Phaleg II. 8.
J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. II. 26. Rosenm.
Schol. in Job. Prolegom. § 5. See also
Thesaur. p. 1003.
*P*X in Kal not used, Syr. and Chald.
to be pressed, to be straitened, i. Q. Heb,
phs.
HipH. to press, c. nnn pr. to press
down, xoto, 3Åiffa). Am. 2, 13 lo, I will
press you down (52°Frn pºs?), as a
cart full of sheaves presseth down sc,
what is under it, i. e. I will press you
down and crush you as a wain loaded
with sheaves.
Deriv. rips, rips”.
>k -y whence Piel nº to blind, see in
ºnly III. *
my adj. (r. His III) plur. Enºs and
nin's Is. 42, 7; blind, Ex. 4, 11. Lev. 19
14. al. Metaph. of blindness of mind
the darkness of ignorance, Is. 29, S
42, 18. 19.43, 8.
64*
-hy
-hy
762
* I. *hy filt. *hy, imper, parag. Hºs.
1. to wake, to be awake : Chald. Pal.
and Aph. Yniy, ºs, to awake, to arouse,
*śrs to be aroused, awake; Syr. *
to awake, to arouse; Aph, to excite.
Comp. §ysigo, Sanscr. gri. Perh, kindr.
with r. nº –Cant. 5, 2. Mal. 2, 12
His hº the waking and the answering,
e. every one living, a proverbial ex-
pression (like ants, hºxy) drawn perhaps.
from the Levites keeping watch in the
temple Ps. 134, of whom one remains
awake and calls, and the other answers.
In the same sense the Arabs say: no
caller and no answerer, i. e. none alive,
Wit. Tim. I. p. 108. ed. Mang. Jerome:
magister et discipulus, and so the Engl.
Vers. ‘the master and the scholar.”
2. to awake from sleep, intrans. only
in imper. Hºy. Ps. 44, 24 H%h nº
*is ſººn awake 1 why sleepest thou, O
Lord 2 Ps. 57, 9, 59, 5. 108, 3; c. bs
Ps. 7, 7. Fem. "Thy Judg. 5, 12. Cant.
4, 16. Is. 51, 9, 52, 1. Hab. 2, 19.
3. Causat. to awaken one out of sleep,
... q. Hiph. So fut. hºs; Job 41, 2 Keri.
NIPH. niv; , fut, his: , pass of Piel and
Hiph.
1. to be awaked, to be roused from
sleep, Job 14, 12. Zech. 4, 1.
2. Trop. to be raised up, to arise, e. g.
a wind Jer. 25, 32; a people Jer. 6, 22.
Joel 4, 12 [3, 17]; Jehovah Zech. 2, 17
[13]-For Hab. 3, 9, see in r. nºs II.
PIL. This, comp. Gr. 890, Öqvvut, praet.
59090.
1. to awaken, to rouse out of sleep, trans.
Cant. 2, 7. 3, 5, 8, 4; to earcite or call
forth serpents from their lurking-places
ob 3,8. Trop. to eaccite, to stir up quar-
els, strife, Prov. 10, 12; love Cant. 8, 5;
commotion Is. 14, 9; c. 89 against any
one Zech. 9, 13; to rouse up one's
strength, Ps. 80, 3.
2. to raise up, to lift up and brandish
a spear 2 Sam. 23, 18. 1 Chr. 11, 11.20;
a scourge Is. 10, 26.—But Is. 23, 13 see
under r. nº Pil. *
Phip. ºxy, to raise up, to lift up a cry;
hence Is. 15, 5 nº. Häu rps: they
Ihall lift up a cry of destruction ; here
Anyº (in many Mss. The 19*) is for
insºn, the syll. *s being softened into
n; comp. Ewald Krit. Gr. p. 479. Mo-
numm. Phoen. p. 431, 432. Or perh. It
should read Însh9", whence insis” migh-
easily arise, and then defect. They –
See also in -ºš e
HipH. nººn, ſut. Hºs:, inf. Hºrſ, with
pref nºs: Ps. 73, 20, i. q. Piel.
1. Causat, to awaken, to arouse anyone
from sleep Zech. 4, 1. Cant. 2, 7.3, 5.
8, 4. Ps. 57, 9 hruº Hºss I will awake
the dawn. 108, 3.73, 20 ºz.
2. to rouse up, to earcite, to stir up,
Job 41, 1 [10] none so bold Hºyºs' ºr that
he will stir him up sc. leviathan, i. e. pro.
voke him. Deut. 32, 11 isp -º nu;x
as the eagle stirreth up her nest, pro-
vokes her young to fly, Vulg. ad volan-
dum. So to rouse up, to eaccite to any
thing, e.g. warriors to battle Joel 4, 9;
a victorious king (Cyrus) Is. 41, 2, 25.
45, 13; c. 5* against any one Is. 13, 17.
51, 1. Ez. 23, 22. So to rouse up, to ear-
cite the ear Is. 50, 4; the mind, spirit,
Jer. 51, 11. Hag. 1, 14, 1 Chr. 5, 26.
Ezra 1, 1. 5; wrath Ps. 78, 38; ardour
Is. 42, 13; valour Dan. 11, 25.
3. Intrans. to rouse oneself, to wake,
i. q, yºpri, with which it is coupled Ps.
35, 3. (73 20); c. 89 for any one Job
8, 6.
HITHPAL. 1. to rouse oneself, to arise
Is, 51, 17. 64, 6; c. 29 against any one
Job 17, 8.
2. to rejoice, to eacult, vulg. Engl. to be
wide awake, Job 31, 29. *
Deriv. -y, nº city, Chald. Hºs watch-
er, pr. n. *s, *y, Ty, sºns, inºs, bººs,
--95.
* II. Thy i. q. Hºw and nº to be
G, .
naked, to be made naked. Arab. }ls,
9–o * -
8×e nakedness, verenda. Hence his?
q. V.
Niph. Hab. 3, 9 Tºp hisr Hºly with
makedness was thy bow made naked, i. e.
wholly drawn forth from its sheath,
comp. Is. 22, 6.
Pil. This, see r. nºis.
Deriv. iv, his?.
* III. *hy i. q. man, to dig, to ea.
cavate. Hence riºn cavern; Arab
91 r *- : - .
}*, §33, id.
PIEL'nºs (as ºs Pi. Hºs) to blind to
make blind, pr. ‘ to dig out” the eye
ºnly
ſy
Key
63
{
comp. h.p. 2 K. 25, 7, Jer. 39, 7, 52, 11.
Metaph. to blind a judge with presents,
Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 16, 19.-Aram. ºnly,
jº, id. Eth. U'BC to be bind; Arab.
jue andjré to be blind of one eye.
Deriv. ix, ſins, nº ; Chald, nºw
chaff.
Tºy Chald. chaff, Dan. 2, 35. Syr.
Éas id. Arab. }}, * a bit of
chaff or the like which flies into the eye
and hurts or blinds it. R. "is no III.
Tym. (r. his II) c. suff, hºis, plur.
niniy. -
1. the skin of a man, so called perhaps
from nudity; Ex. 34, 29. Lev. 13, 2. Job
7, 5. al. saep. "Eu, his: with the skin of
my teeth Job 19, 20, i. e. with nothing left,
with the loss of all; others understand
the skin of the gums ; see in r. 22%
Hithp. where another view is given.
Poet, for the body, Job 19, 26 see under
FP; Pi. no. 2. Job 18, 13 the parts of
his skin, i. e. the members of his body.
2, 4 His 19: "is skin for skin, i.e. like
for like; [what he holds dear as life
(his wealth) will he give for his life.—R.
2. skin, hide, of animals Job 40,31 [41,
7]; chiefly as taken off Lev. 4, 11. 7, 8.
Gen. 3, 21. 27, 6; also as prepared and
wrought, leather, Lev. 11, 32. 13, 48 sq.
Num. 31, 20. Erin his seal-skin. Num.
4, 8, 11, 12. Plur. niniy Ex. 26, 14.
39, 34.
Tºy see on p. 761.
Eniy see ans.
Tiny m. blindness Deut. 28,28. Zech.
12, 4. R. his III.
E"nly (read ºnly) Is. 30, 6 Cheth.
or Enny asses; see in nºs.
nº f blindness, Lev. 22, 22. Syr.
(23rdas. R. his III.
* Tºny #r. Asyóu. Joel 4, 11, where
Sept. Targ. Syr. render ‘to assemble, to
tome together.” Better, to hasten, to make
taste, like the kindred roots tº", nhy,
perh. Jº III to hasten; IW, to urge
3m in haste. -
Der v. Us, wins, pr: n, wins", usin.
Sk ny in Kal not used, to be curved.
crooked, bent, kindr. with rº, was.
PIEL rºs, fut. nº, to bend, to make
crooked, Ecc. 7, 13. Metaph. to pervert,
to wrest, e.g. justice Job 8, 3. 34, 12;
comp. Am. 8, 5. Also with acc. of pers.
to subvert, i. e. to wrest or pervert the
cause of any one, Lam, 3, 36. Job 19, 6
Ps. 119, 78. ‘E Tº nº to subvert the way
of any one, i. e. to thrust him down to
destruction, Ps. 146, 9.-Chald. Al. Syr
£2- deceit, fraud.
PUAL part. nº crooked Ecc. 1, 15.
HITHP. to bend oneself, to bow down.
Ecc. 12, 3.
Deriv. Hirºs.
* nº ºn. Asyóu, a root of the same
origin and signification with tººs, pr. to
hasten, to hasten up sc. for help, Engl.
‘to run up;’ hence to succour, to help.
Arab. Cºle pr. to run ; IV, to succour,
to help.–Construed with two acc. (like
bzh2 Gen. 47, 12. 1 K. 18, 4.13;) Is. 50,
4 na; Fºrns nash to help the weary
with a word, i. e. to speak comfort to
him, raise him up. Aqu. inootngloom,
Vulg, sustentare.—Hence -
"ºy (for Hyriºs, rºrºs, whom Jeho-
vah succours) Uthai, pr. n a) 1 Chr.
9, 4. b) Ezra 8, 14.
Tºy f (verbal Pi. r. nºs) a bending
or bowing down of any one, i.e. oppres-
sion, Lam. 3, 59; comp. the verb v. 36.
Tº adj. (r. Its) f. His, plur. m. tºs,
constr. "My .
1. strong, vehement, fierce, e.g. a lion
Judg. 14, 18 comp. 14; an enemy Ps.
18, 18; a wind Ex. 14, 21; waves Is. 43,
16. Neh. 9, 11 ; anger Gen. 49, 7. Prov.
21, 14; hunger Is. 56, 11 UE: *s strong
of appetite, greedy. Metaph. of love
Cant. 8, 6. Also mighty, powerful, Ps.
59, 4. Am. 5, 9; so a people Num. 13,
28. Is. 25, 3; a king Is. 19, 4.--Neut.
strength Gen. 49, 3. *
2. strong, i.e. ſortified, guarded, Num.
21, 24.
3. harsh, hard, stern ; plur. f. nity
harsh words Prov. 18, 23. Bºº is hard
of face, i. e. impudent, shameless, Deut
28, 50. Dan. 8, 23.
fy * 764
Nīy
7; f. (r. 11y) plur. tº 1, a she-goat,
Syr. ńs, Arab. s: <, Phenic. §§o, Steph.
Byzant. The Indo-European tongues
have the same word, as Sanscr. aga he-
goat, agd she-goat, Goth, gāitsa, Anglo-
Sax. gat, Engl. goat, Germ. Geis and
with a harder form Gems the chamois,
Gr. ois, wiyög, comp. Grimm. Deutsche
Gr. III. 328. The Hebrew furnishes a
good etymology in r. 11; ; comp. Pºs,
bºs.—Gen. 15, 9, 30, 35, 31, 38. 32, 15.
Num. 15, 27. etc. [But in the great
majority of instances the word is gene-
ral, a goat, goats, as Lev. 1, 10. 17, 3.
Num. 18, 17. Ex. 12, 5, etc. So nºsu,
bºys a buck of the goats Lev. 4, 23. 28.
Num, 28, 15. 30; ºnly ºn"E: id. 2 Chr.
29, 21; bºy "Tº a kid of the goats Gen.
27, 9; bºx His a goat i. e. the goat, an
individual for the species, Deut. 14, 4.
—T.
2. Plur. ellipt. bºx goats' hair Ex. 26,
7. 36, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 13.
7: Chald. f. i. q. Heb. no. 1, a she-goat,
Ezra 6, 17.
79 m. (r. 11y) rarely Tºy Prov. 24, 5.
31, 17, 25; c. Makk. -ty, c. suff, *s,
#3, #x, rarely "Tº Ex. 15, 2, #y Ex.
15, 13, once ºthy Ps. 81, 2.
1. strength, might, power, of God Job
12, 16. 26, 2. al. of men Ps. 29, 11. Prov.
24, 5. 31, 17; of animals Job 41, 14. Also
vehemence, violence, as of rain Job 37, 6;
thunder Ps. 68, 34; anger Ps. 90, 11.
tº-bº with all one's might 2 Sam. 6, 14.
Concr. the strong ones, heroes, Judg. 5,
21; comp. Is. 43, 17.
2. strength, firmness, sc. by fortifi-
cation. 19 bºº a strong tower, fortified,
Judg. 9, 51. Ps. 61, 4; tº hºs Is. 26, 1;
is nºnp Prov. 18, 19. Ps. 30, 8 thou hast
confirmed strength unto my mountain,
hast made me secure.—Hence trop. de-
fence, refuge, protection, Ps. 28, 8 nin'
in 13 Jehovah is their defence. 40, 2.
$2,8. 84, 6, 140,8. Is. 49, 5. Jer. 16, 19.
ºz. 26, 11–In a bad sense, tº 19
strength (hardness) of countenance, i. e.
boldness, impudence, Ecc. 8, 1. Fºx is:
her pride of strength, her shameless
pride, Ez. 30, 6.18. 33, 28. Concr. Ez.
24, 21 tº ſis; your strong pride, that
n which you proudly trust.
3. splendour, majesty, glory, as the
usual concomitants of might and power
i. q. Tiº with which it is oſten coupled
Hab. 3, 4, Ps. 96, 6 nhsºni is splendouſ
and majesty. Is. 51, 9, 52, 1. Prov. 31,25
Ps. 132, 8 º' Tins the ark (seat) of thy
majesty, i.e. the ark of the covenant (i. q
nin' Tinz ſins) 2 Chr. 6,41; for which
poet. 79 alone Ps. 78, 61; comp. 1 Sam
§
4, 21. 22.-Arab. ye glory.
4. glory, praise, laud, Ps, 8, 3. 29, 1,
68, 35.99, 4. Ex. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 30, 21
19-hº instruments of praise i.e. used in
praising God.
Six (strength) Uzza, pr. n. m. a.)
2 Sam. 6,3, for which v. 6.7 nº Uzzah.
b) 1 Chr. 8, 7. c) Ezra 2,49. Neh. 7,51.
*Isſy Azazel, a word found only in
the law respecting the day of atonement
Lev. 16, 8, 10. 26, and vexed with the
numerous conjectures of interpreters.
Most prob. the averter, earpiator, Aver-
runcus, Alešixoxog, Sept. Aronouroſiog,
i.e. bisº for biº, from the root bis,
J. , to remove, to separate ; comp.
Lehrg. p. 869. By this name is prob. to
be understood originally some idol that
was appeased with sacrifices, as Saturn
and Mars, see tº ; but afterwards, as
the names of idols were often transferred
to demons (Spencer de Legg. Hebræo-
rum ritualibus III. Diss. VIII. p. 1039–
1085), it seems to denote an evil demon
dwelling in the desert and to be placat-
ed with victims, in accordance with this
very ancient and also gentile rite. The
name Azazel Jºy!
the Arabs for an evil demon, see Reland,
de Rel. Muhammed. p. 189. Meninski
h. v. The etymology above proposed
was expressed of old by the LXX, al-
though neglected or misunderstood by
most interpreters. Thus thcy render
hisjºº in v. 8 16, Artoitoutwig, i. e. 'Arto-
tgoſtoia), Alešixt{x9, Averrunco; v. 10
sis tip &ltoſtoutfiv, ad averruncandum
v. 26 sig &geoty. Comp. for the use of
the Greek word 'Miroſtoutoios, what is
said by Bochart in Hieroz. P. I. p. 65.
Suicer Thes. Eccl. I. p. 468.-The ec,
clesiastical fathers have referred th
"Aronouncios to the goat itself, q, a
is also used by
-Ty
-ſy
765
reape-goat, although obviously in v. 8
the antithesis lies between bisjºº and
ninº. So too the Vulg. caper emissa-
rius, Symm. &rsozóusvog, Aquil, &role-
Auguévos, as if the name were compounded
of tº goat and his to depart. Bochart
himself (l. c.) understands the place
whither the goat was to be sent away,
and supposes Bīs; Jºe to be a plu-
ralis fractus from r. Jºe pr. separa-
tions, and then desert places. But there
is no trace of the pluralis fractus in
the Hebrew language, and the place
whither the goat was to be sent away
is specified by the words flººr v. 10.
21, and nº Yºs-bs v. 22. See more
in Thesaur. p. 1012.
* Pix fut. -is: 1. Pr. to cut loose, to
loosen the bands or cords by which any
thing is bound or fastened; and thus to
let loose, to release, to let go free, e. g.
a beast of burden, i. q. Tinº. Arab. -->
to let loose camels that they may wan-
der about, see Sypkens in Diss. Lugdd.
p. 930, 931. The primary idea seems
to be that of cutting loose ; so that His
is kindr, with axy, as r, to cut.—So in
the difficult passage, Ex. 23, 5 when thou
seest the ass of thine enemy lying down
under his burden, its tº sty” ºr
ins sign beware that thou leave him not,
but thou shalt surely loosen (the bands
of the ass) with him, i. e. thou shalt help
the owner to loosen the fastenings of
the load ; comp. Deut. 22, 4. There is
here a paronomasia in the double use
of the verb aty, first in its more usual
sense to leave, to desert, and then in the
sense of looseming. See more in The-
Faur. p. 1007–Spec.
a) Of a slave set free, whence the pro-
erbial expression ants' hºss the shut up
and the let go free, i. e. the bond and
the free, i. Q. all, every one, Deut. 32, 36.
1 K. 14, 10. 21, 21. 2 K. 9, 8. 14, 26.
Comp, nº º Mal. 2, 12, see in r. His
I. 1; also the similar Arabic phrases,
Thesaur. p. 1008.
b) to let go a thing, i. q. rºuj, pp. to
keep, to hold fast. Jo'ſ 20, 23 he spares
it (the morsel in his mouth , and lets it
not go. Metaph. Job 10, 1 I will let go
vıy cºmplaim! nº looger restrain it. 9, 27.
Ez. 20, 8. Ps. 37, 8 let go wruth, keep ti
not, cease from it.
c) to let go a debt, to remit, Neh
5, 10.
d) to let go, i. e. to leave off, e. g.
whoredoms Ez. 23, 8; inf. c. , Hos. 4.
10–But 'E tº inºr its to leave off
one's kindness, to withdraw one’s favour
from any one, Gen. 24, 27; nº inqr als
id. Ruth 2, 20.
e) to let go, to let be, i. e. to perintt,
i. q. Fiºn; opp. to keep back, to hinder.
Ruth 2, 16 nº brºty" and suffer that
she glean, let her glean. With dat. Neh
3, 34 [4, 2] triº ºr will they (one)
suffer them. sc. to build the walls 2 i. e.
shall we permit them ? Clericus: will
the governors permit them 2
2. to let go a person or thing, i. e. to
leave, to quit, e. g.
a) With acc. of pers. Gen. 2, 24. 44,
22. 1 Sam. 31, 7. Ruth 2, 11; with an
adjunct of place where, 2 Sam. 5, 21. 15,
16. 2 Chr. 28, 14. Also to leave, to let
remain, Judg. 2, 21. Often i. Q. to for-
sake, to desert, e. g. those who need
help Deut. 12, 19. 14, 27. Num. 10, 31.
Job 20, 19. al. Part pass, fem. riºts one
forsaken Is. 62, 4.—So God is said to
forsake any one, i. e. to withdraw his
help from him, Gen. 28, 15, Josh. 1, 5.
Ps. 27, 9, 71, 9. 11; a people Ps. 9, 11.
22, 2. Is. 42, 16. 54, 7; a land Ez. 8, 12.
9, 9. Contra, men are said to forsake
God, to fall away from him, Deut. 31, 16.
Judg. 2, 12. 2 Chr. 12, 1. 10. Jer. 5, 19
al. saep.
b) Of place, to leave, to forsake, Jer,
25, 38. Ez. 8, 12; a way, metaph. the
way of the wicked Is. 55, 7 : the right
way Prov. 2, 13. 15, 10.-Also to forsake,
to abandon, to desert, houses or cities, sc
that they lie deserted and all into ruins;
comp. Arab. -ºric to be deserted, deso-
late, as a land. ‘Is. 17, 2 -sh; ºne nints
the cities of ruins are deserted. Jer. 4,
29. Zeph. 2, 4. Hence PART. pass. fem.
rººts deserted, a desolation, i.e. houses
deserted of the inhabitants, ruins, rub- .
bish; Is. 6, 12 Yºst, anp= nºtyn Haº
and great be the desolation (ruins) in
the land. 17, 9 his strong cities shall
be winnn natyz as ruins in the forests
and in the summits of Palestine, which
the Canaanites have left deserted before
-Ty
rºy
766
Israel, i. e. as they fled before Israel in
the time of Joshua.
c) With acc. of thing, to leave, to for-
sake, as a bird her eggs Is...10, 14. Josh.
8, 17 they left the city open. With an
adjunct of place where Gen. 50, 8, 39,
15, 18; 'E I: Gen. 39, 12. 13. Praegn.
Is, 10, 3 whither will you (carry away
and) leave your wealth 2 Metaph. to
forsake a law Is. 58, 2; a covenant
Dan. 11, 30; counsel 1 K. 12, 8; the
piecepts of God Ps. 119, 87; wisdom
Prov. 4, 6; piety Job 6, 14; also sin
Prov. 28, 13.
d) ‘E Tº aſy to leave in the hand of
any one, to commit or entrust to any one
Gen. 39, 6; comp. in lett. c. Also to
leave at one’s disposal, to give up to his
pleasure, 2 Chr. 12, 5. Ps. 37, 33. Neh.
10,28; c. * id. Ps. 16, 10. Job 39, 14; hs
v. 11; 5: Ps. 10, 14.
e) to leave to or for any one, with acc.
of thing and dat. of pers. Lev. 19, 10.
23, 22. So of one dying Ps. 49, 11 ; of
a destroyer leaving nothing behind him
Mal. 3, 19 [4, 1].
NIPH. to be left, to be forsaken, de-
serted, Neh. 13, 11; often of a land left
deserted of its inhabitants Lev. 26, 43
(c. 7%). Is. 7, 16. Job 18, 4; of cities Is.
27, 10. 62, 12. Ez. 36, 4. With h, to be
left, given over, to any one Is. 18, 6.
PUAL =ls i, q. Niph. to be left, forsaken,
a city Jer. 49, 25; poet. of the tumult of
a city Is. 32, 14.
Deriv. rººts, and
7">73 m. only in plur. Eºints, prob, a
technical word signifying traffic, com-
merce ; from the root aſy to leave or let
go for a price, i. e. to sell. Hence
1. a fair, market, market-place. Ez.
27, 19 Dan and Javan Tºº bºsz
*nº set out spun-work in thy fairs, i. e.
brought it to thy fairs. In the similar
passages v. 12. 22, with the same gene-
ral sense we find a prefixed to the wares,
with silver, iron, etc. do they set out thy
fairs ; in v. 16 E is put twice, i.e. be-
fore both the wares and the place; and
in v. 14 : is omitted before both. Per-
haps all these constructions were com-
mon among merchants, and herefore
Edcpted by the prophet.
2. gains, earnings, profits accruing
Wom traffic Ez. 27, 27.33. Comp, nrit.
Pºy (from tº and pha, stiong de
vastation) Azbuk, pr. n. m. Neh. 3, 16.
Tຠ(from is and "A, strong in for.
tune) Azgad, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 12. 8, 12
Neh. 7, 17. 10, 16.
Sk Hy obsol root, Arab. (5+ c to con-
sole; whence pr. n.ºsº, Hyſº, Hºlsº
Tºy (the strong, comp. Valentia) pr
n. Azzah Deut. 2, 23, i. e. Gaza, Sept.
Tºgo, one of the five cities of the Philis-
times, Josh. 11, 22. Judg. 16, 1. 21. 1
Sam. 6, 17. Jer. 25, 20. Am. 1, 6. 7.
Zeph. 2, 4, al. It was a royal city
Zech. 9, 5, situated near the southern
border of Palestine Gen. 10, 19. 1 K. 4,
24; was subdued by the Hebrews in
the time of the Judges Judg. 1, 18, but
soon afterwards recovered by the Philis-
times. It is often mentioned in Greek
writers; Plutarch calls it the largest
city of Syria; and Arrian says it is a
great city situated in a high and strong
position. The ancient name is still re-
tained, 8.8 Ghizzeh. Its history is
copiously narrated by Reland, Palaesti-
na p. 788–800. See Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 372-383–Gentile n. *rīs
Gazite Judg. 16, 2.
Tº Uzzah, see sº lett. a.
Tºry f (r. Ers)
see the root no. 2. b.
2. Azubah, pr. n. f.
of Jehoshaphat 1 K. 22, 42.
wife of Caleb 1 Chr. 2, 18. 19.
Tºry m. (r. 119) adj. strong, mighty,
of God Ps. 24, 8. Collect, the strong
ones, warriors, Is. 43, 17.
757. m. (r. 113) strength, might, as of
1. ruins, rubbish,
a) The mother
b) The
war Is. 42, 25; of God Ps, 78, 4. 145, 6.
nºty, see -ts.
* 71% fut. 13, conv, tºº, inſ: constr
tity and tây.
1. To strengthen, to make strong and
firm. Arab. tº fut, o id fut. I and
A, to be potent, also to be vehement
violent; Eth. UHH to strengthen, alsº
to be strong. Syr. is .i. q. Heb.-Cºn
str. c. * to give strength to any one, te
make secure, to protect ; Ecc. 7, 19
??y
767 -Ty ſ
* Bºrº ºr Hºrr' wisdom strength-
eneth the wise more than ten chiefs, i. e.
protects him more and better than ten
leaders; comp. 19 no. 2, and 19%. This
active signification appears also in the
Y1B.II) e. Army.
2. Intrans, to become strong, to be
made strong. Dan. 11, 12 ſix: Nº, but
he shall not be made strong. Ps. 9, 20.
Of waters, Prov. 8, 28 binº nix's tiny:
when the fountains of the deep waved
strong, i. e. flowed with violence; comp.
Bºy bºx, Neh. 9, 11. Is. 43, 16. With
39 against or over any one, to prevail
vver, Judg. 3, 10. 6, 2–Syr. H. Ethpa.
infremuit, efferbuit, put for Gr. Šuffgt-
ugouot John 11, 33. 38.-Also i. q to
have protection, to be protected, safe, se-
cure; Is. 30, 2 Fishe risqº risk.
3 to be strong, mighty, powerful, Ps.
89, 14. 52, 9; to show oneself strong
£3, 29.
HipH. Tº Tºr, to strengthen one's
countenance, i. e. to put on an impudent,
shameless face, Prov. 7, 13; c. : 21, 29.
Comp. 73 no. 3, 19 no. 2.
Deriv. 19, 19, 19, this, this, rivº,
Nº, Hº, perh. Fºy, and the nine here
following.
Tº (strong) Azaz, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5,8.
*"...T. (whom Jehovah strengthens,
r. Tiš) Azaziah, pr. m. m. a) 1 Chr. 27,
20. b) 15, 21. c) 2 Chr. 31, 13.
* (apoc. for Hºx) Uzzi, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 5, 31. 6, 36. Ezra 7, 4. b)
1 Chr. 7, 2 c) 9, 8, d) 7, 7. e.) Neh.
11, 22. f.) 12, 19.42.
9sºry, see bsny.
bsºry (might of God, from 19) Uz-
ziel, pr. n. m. a) Ex. 6, 18. Num. 3, 19.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 42 c) 7, 7. d) 25, 4, e)
2 Chr. 29, 14. f.) Neh. 3, 8.
*sºry Num. 3, 27, Uzzielite, patro-
nym. from bsº lett. a.
Fºx and Tºx (might of Jehovah,
fr. 1:9) Uzziah, pr. n. m. Sept. 'O’īo.g.
a) A king of Judah from 811 to 759 B.
C. 2 K. 15, 13, 20. 32. 34. Is. 1, 1. 6, ...
7, 1. Hos. 1, 1. Am. 1, 1. In 2 K. 14, 21.
15, 1. 6. 7. 8. 23. 27, he is a.so cated
nºnry and Hynix which nowever is
prob, not another name of the same
king, but would seem to have ariser
from an error of the copyists, nºw and
Flººrs being similar; see Thesaur. p.
1011. Comp. in c. b) 1 Chr. 27, 25.
c) 1 Chr. 6, 9, for which v. 21 Hynix.
d) Ezra 10, 21. e.) Neh. 11, 4. &
&T"º (strong, r. 173) Aziza, pr. n. m
Ezra 10, 27.
F]??? (strong as death? from is
and nº). Azmaveth, pr. n. m. a) One
of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23, 21. b)
1 Chr. 27, 25, c) nºw nº see in nº:
no. 12. ee.
>k by: obsol root, Arab. Jºe to re-
"move, to separate, to set apart; see thq
kindr. BTS no. 2. Hence bisy.
Tº f. Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 14, 12, a
species of eagle, Sept. &Atolerog, Vulg.
aquila marina ; but Gr. Venet, yūp by
conjecture. The Heb. intpp. and also
Bochart (Hieroz. II. 774 Lips.) hold the
Nun, not to be radical, and refer the
ſorm to r. 11s, for Fºx i. e. the strong.
Onk. Rºy, Samar. Vers. Hits. This
is well; comp. from the same root
rº for rºº Is. 23, 11.
:k pry only in PIEL pº, to loosen with
a mattock or hoe, to dig up or over, sc.
the ground, Is. 5, 2.-Arab. G}= id,
S. o
whence Gy” a spade, mattock. —
From the kindred signiſ to dig in, to
engrave, comes
SPſy Chald. f. a signet-ring, Dan. 6
18–Syr. in sis id.
"Pſy (dug over, broken up, r. py)
Azekah, pr. n. of a city in the plain of
Judah, Josh. 10, 10. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17
1. Neh. 11, 30. Jer. 34, 7. See Relandi
Palaestina, p. 603.
Sk -ty fut. *tº plur. Ants: 1. to sur
round, to enclose with a wall or fence
to protect. Kindr. are nºr; no. 1, ºxy
also nº.—Hence Hºly court.
2. to help, to succour, to aid. Arab
-e, Syr. * id. not 51s as Simonis
and Winer have it.—Absol. Is. 30, 7
acc. of pers. Ps. 37, 40. 79, 9, 109, 26.
118, 13. al. # 2 Sam.8, 5. 21, 17, espec
in the later books, 1 Chr. 18, 5. 21, 1°
ºfy
Rºy
768
2 Chr. 19, 2, 26, 13. 28, 16. Job 26, 2;
as (comp. Engl. ‘to stand by) 1 Chr.
12, 2n , "ºris, 1 K. 1, 7 rººts ºr's nº
they aided following the party of Adoni-
jah. Also with 3 of thing, to help to or
f r a thing ; Zech. 1, 15 Hyºh ºntº.
2 Chr. 20, 23.−PART. "is a helper, often
in the phrases: h is nºr Ps, 30, 11.
is his jºs 2 K. 14, 26. Ps, 72, 12; his ins
Ps. 22, 12. Is. 63, 5; so an associate,
ally, in war 1 Chr. 12, 1, comp. 1 K. 20,
16. Part pass, tº Is. 31, 3.
NIPH. to be helped, aided, Ps. 28, 7;
espec. from God 2 Chr. 26, 15. 1 Chr. 5,
20 Erºs intº and they were helped
against them, i. e. God gave them the
victory. Dan. 11, 34. The Arabs say
in like manner, X5 to be helped sc.
from God, i. e. to conquer.
HIPH. i. q. Kal. Part. after the Ara-
maean form, plur. tº 2 Chr. 28, 23;
inf. c. pref nº 2 Sam. 18, 3 Cheth.
Deriv. pr. n. º, and the twelve here
following.
Tº m. c. suff, ºnly 1. help, Is. 30, 5.
With genit. the help of any one is the
help afforded to him; as ºnly Ps. 121, 1.
2; ºnly 124, 8; This Deut. 33, 26. Ps.
20, 3; Fºx. 13% the shield of thy help
(O Israel), i. e. God, Deut. 33,29. Often
concr. for a helper, Ps. 33, 20.70, 6, 115,
9; so of a female helper Gen. 2, 18. 20.
2. Ezer, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 4, for
which nº v. 17. b) 12, 9, c) Neh. 3,
19.
Tº (help) Ezer, pr. n. m.
12, 42. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21.
Tºy and nº (helper) Azzur, pr. n.
m. a) Jer. 28, 1. b) Ez. 11, 1. c) Neh.
0, 18.
STX (help, r. hrs) Ezra, pr. n. m.
a) A priest and scribe, youp wateiſs, who
in the seventh year of Artaxerxes Longi-
manus, 458 B.C. led up a colony of Jews
‘rom Babylon to Jerusalem, Ezra c. 7–
0. Neh. c. 8. 12, 26. 36. For his line-
age see Ezra 7, 1–5. b) One of the first
tolonists, under Zerubbabel, Neh. 12, 1.
. 3; some suppose him to be the same
as the preceding. c) Neh. 12, 33 comp.
36. *
bsºry (whom God helps, Germ, Gott-
a) Neh.
helf.) Azareel, pr. n.
b) 25, 18, c) 27, 22.
12, 36, e) Ezra 10, 41.
Tº f. (r. Its) 1. help, rºsh for
help Jer. 37, 7. Is. 10, 3. 31, 1. With
genit. of him who receives help, Judg. 5
23. Job 6, 13. Ps. 22, 20. 40, 14. al. also
of him who gives it Is. 31, 2. Concr. a
helper Ps. 27, 9.40, 18; helpers Nah. 3.
9. With He parag. Firy Ps. 44, 27.
2. Ezrah, pr. n. see his no. 2. a.
Tº f. (nºw no. 1) 1. A word of the
later Hebrew for the more ancient ºr
atrium, cowrt, sc. of the temple, 2 Chr. 4,
9. 6, 13; from r. ºnly in the sense of en
closing i. q. "Sº, nºr.—Oftel in the
a) 1 Chr. 12, 6
d) Neh. 11, 13
sº
9 .e. Q
Targums, Arab. transp. Kºoy c id.
2. a ledge around the altar, formed by
drawing in or diminishing the par
above, an offset, terrace, Ez. 43, 14. 17
20. 45, 19.
ºf: (for nºnry, help of Jehovah)
Ezri, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 26.
*S*T* (help of God, comp, the Pu.
nic pr. n. Hasdrubal, i. e. 595 intº help
of Baal) Azriel, pr. m. m. a) 1 Chr. 5,
24, b) 27, 19. c.) Jer. 36, 26.
Tºnry and ºnly (whom Jehovah
helps) pr. n. m. Azariah : a) A king of
Judah called also nº q. v. b) See
riºts lett. c. - c.) One of the companions
of Daniel, Dan. 1, 6.7. 11. d) Of many
others: 1 K. 4, 2.5. 1 Chr. 2, 8.38 39,
3, 12. 2 Chr. 15, 1. 21, 2. Jer. 43, 2.
Ezra 7, 1.3. Neh. 3, 23. 24, etc. etc.
See Thesaur. 1014.
tºry (help against the enemy)
Azrikam, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 23. b)
8, 38.9, 44. c) 9, 14. d) 2 Chr. 28, 7.
nºty f (r. ºry) help, i, q, riºts, Ps,
60, 13. 108, 13.
"rºy, see in His fin.
tº m. (see in r. phs) constr. toº, stylus
a style, i.e. a writer's style, reed, cala
mus, Jer. 8, 8. Ps. 45, 2; also of iron fo
inscribing letters upon stone or meta-
Job 19, 24. Jer. 17, 1.
Rºy Chald. (r. 12.9%) i. q. Heb. His
counsel, i. e. prudence, discretion. Dan
2, 14.
Hºy
ºnry f
769
* Titº fut. Hº: Hººn, conv, cº.
1. to cover; Arab. Ulaş, Syr. is,
d. Kindred is nº, and perh, rig2.-
Constr. with by, like nº and other
verbs of covering, to cover over, Lev. 13,
45. Ez, 24, 17. 22. Mic. 3, 7.
2. to cover oneself with any thing, to
put on a garment, to clothe oneself or be
clothed with, c. acc. bºsz, Htºº clothed in
a robe 1 Sam. 28, 14. Metaph. Ps. 104,2
rººz. His nº clothing thyself with
light as with a garment ; so with zeal
Is. 59, 17; disgrace Ps. 71, 13. 109, 29;
cursing Ps. 109, 19. Comp. Bah.-Jer,
43, 12 of Nebuchadnezzar: and he shall
put on (nº) the land of Egypt, as a
shepherd pulleth on (nº) his garment,
i.e. he shall get possession of it speedily
and easily.—Part. ſem. Tº covered,
i.e. veiled ; Cant. 1, 7 why should I be
nº as one veiled by the flocks of thy
companions 2 i.e. let me not wander in
search of thee among the shepherds like
a harlot; comp. Gen. 38, 15. Sept. 7ts-
Quéoºkouévn.
3. to wrap up, to fold up. Is. 22, 17
Hoy Tºš he will wholly wrap thee up, sc.
as a ball ; comp. v. 18.
HipH. Hºrſ, fut. Hº, to cover, with
two acc. Ps, 84, 7 nº nº ni-º-º:
gea, with blessings the autumnal rain
doth cover it. With by of the thing co-
vered Ps. 89, 46.-For the forms toºl,
ºn], 1 Sam. 14, 32. 15, 19, see the root
tons.
Deriv, nº?.
7"tº m. (r. 12s) a place where cattle
and flocks lie down, e. g. around water,
etc. Job 21,24-hr sh? Yºnty the rest-
ing-places of his herds are full of milk,
abound with it; so at least Abulwalid,
Aben Ezra, and many later interpreters.
—Better, perhaps, if we take ſtay as
q. Chald. Nººs, Syr. ises, the thigh,
side, (m and n being interchanged, see
D. 529,) Chald, and Zab. Nºtos ; and
then the sense will be : his sides (loins)
are full of fat, ºr for ºr ; so Sept.
#yxoto, Vulg. viscera, Syr. sides. But
this interpretation also is by po means
certain.
mºntºy m. a sneezing Job tº 10. R.
tºy.
Fêº m, a bat, Lev. 11, 19. Is. 2, 20
Compounded from boy comp. Arab.
Jºlaš to be dark, and Fis flying—Chald
id. Phenic. in fem. 39.0%0.3%6, see Mon-
um. Phoen. p. 391.
>k &
Tºy obsol. root, Arab. 1. to lie
down around water, as camels; whence
3 ... • G - o
Jºlas and Jºãº place near water
where cattle and flockslie down. Hence
Tº.
Fº' ſut. Fºgº and tº 1. ‘o
cover as with a garment, to clothe, ... q.
nº, for which it is often put in the Tar-
gums. Arab. -ālac II,V, to put on agar.
ment, Syr. -as to be clothed. Kindr.
and synon, is nº –Constr. with h, Ps.
73, 6 inh bºr, nº-ºº: the garment of
violence doth cover them, i. e. they are
wholly wrapped up in iniquity, as in a
garment. Comp. U-8.
2. Intrans. to put on, to be covered,
clothed with; c.acc. Ps.65,14 Edº Pºpº's
n; the valleys are covered over (clothed)
with corn. Job 23, 9 Tº res: (if) he
put on the south, i. e. if he hide himself
in the south, as in a garment.
3. to be overcome, overwhelmed, i. e. to
languish, to faint, comp. the synon. Fins
no. 4, Fºx. So of the mind or soul Ps.
61, 3, 102, 1. Is. 57, 16. Part pass. Fºx
languid, faint, Lam. 2, 19; weak, feeble,
of lambs, kids, plur. Gen. 30, 42.
NIPH. i. q. Kal no. 3, Lam. 2, 11.
HipH. to act feebly, to show languor
Gen. 30, 42; comp. Kal no. 3. -
HITHP. to be overcome, to languish, to
faint, i. q. Kal no. 3, Lam. 2, 12 ; of the
mind Ps. 77, 4. 107, 5. 142, 4, 143, 4.
Jon. 2, 8.
Deriv. Hºº.
Sk nty, fut. c. suff, ºntºn, to sur-
round, to encompass, either for a hostile
purpose, c. BS 1 Sam. 23, 26; or for pro-
tection, c. dupl. acc. Ps. 5, 13.—Kimdr.
is nn? q. v. t
PIEL nº to encircle with a crown, to
crown, with h of pers. Cant. 3, 11. Me-
taph. Ps. 65, 12; c. dupl. acc. Ps. 8, 6.
103, 4.
HiPh. i. q. Piel, only part. ſem. Is. 23,
8 nºtºr ºs Tyre the crowning, i.e
65
-ty
to-y
770
bestowing crowns or diadems ; since
the power and title of king in the Phe-
nician ::lonies were dependent on the
senate of Tyre.—Hence the two follow-
ing.
Tºtº. f. (r. Hº) constr. nºtºx, plur.
nings.
1. a crown, e.g. convivial, with which
guests were crowned, Is. 28, 1 ; also
royal, a diadem, 2 Sam. 12, 30. Ps. 21,
4. Cant. 3, 11. Ez. 23, 42. al. Figura-
tively crown is used for every thing
which serves for ornament and dignity;
Job 19, 9 he hath torn the crown from my
head. Prov. 12, 4 a virtuous woman is
a crown to her husband. 14, 24, 16, 31.
17, 6. w
2. Atarah, pr. n. f. 1 Chr. 2, 26.
nintº (crowns, r. nº.) Ataroth, pr. n.
a) A city in the tribe of Gad Num. 32,
3. 34. b) Another in Ephraim Josh.
16, 7; which is also called hºstnints
(crowns of Addar) 16, 5, 18, 13. c)
as in nº ninty (crowns of the house of
Joab) a city in the tribe of Judah, 1 Chr.
2, 54. d) Tº it; nintº a city of Gad,
Num. 32, 35.
× ulty obsol. root, Arab. , to
sneeze. Chald. tº id. Hence nºx.
Y (ſor ºx i. q ^s heap of ruins) Ai,
with art. "yº Engl. Hai, pr. n. of a royal
city of the Canaanites, eastward from
Bethel in the northern part of the terri-
tory of the tribe of Benjamin, Gen. 12,
8. 13, 3. Josh. 7, 2 sq. 8, 1 sq. Ezra 2, 28.
Sept. Ayywl, Vulg. Hai. See Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 119, 312 sq.-Other forms
of the same name in the fem. gender
are: Nº Aija Neh. 11, 31; Hºº Aiah 1
Chr. 7, 28 in some editions; and nº
Aiath Is. 10, 28.
"X m. (ſor º, r. ny) pr. ‘subversion,
overthrow ;’ hence
1. ruins, rubbish, Mic. 1, 6; for Job
30, 24 see art. "sa. Plur. Rººs ruins,
wdera, heaps of ruins, Jer. 26, 18. Ps.
79, 1; also nº Mic. 3, 12.
2. Plur. Dº Iim or Ijim, pr. n. a)
A town of Judah Josh. 15, 29. b) "...y
pººr, Ije-Abarim (ruins at or on Aba-
rim) Num. 21, 11. 33, 44, also simply
tº Iim 33, 45, a town near the desert
wn the southern quarter of Moab, so
called prob. to distinguish it from the
Iim of Judah; see in tº:
Nºy
* T- )
see in "S.
a"y, see r. shy.
bºy (stone, see r. bes) Ebal, pr. 1
a) A mountain in the northern part of
Ephraim, opposite to mount Gerizim
(º) on the northern side of the val-
ley of Sheohem, Deut. 11, 29. 27, 4, 13
Josh. 8, 30. 33. Sept. I&uffº, Vulg
Hebal. See Bibl. Res, in Palest. III. p.
96, 101. b) A various reading for bºis
Obal, where see. c) An Edomite Gen.
26, 33.
Tºy, see in “y.
Tºy (a ruin, r. Fij}) Ijon, pr. n. of a
fortified city in the tribe of Naphtali
1 K. 15, 20. 2 Chr. 16, 4.
Fºy f. Aijuth, 1 Chr. 1, 46 Cheth. for
nº q.v.
* tº fut, apoc. tº and ess, to
rush upon, to fly upon any person or
thing ; Syr. --Szſ to be indignant, to
storm or rush upon any one, H-s indig.
nation, anger. Arab, lous to be indig
nant, late heat, anger–Constr. c. 3,
1 Sam. 25, 14 prº toº he flew upon
them, i.e. stormed, railed at them. With
bs, 1 Sam. 15, 19 bººn-bs town) where-
fore.... didst thou fly upon the spoil?
14, 32 Keri, which is the true reading,
bºr-bs ºr tº the people rushed up-
on the spoil. As to the form in both
these passages, there is little doubt but
that toºl is the same with tº 25, 14;
just like ºriº Job 31, 5 for unrº to
hasten, and Triº Prov. 27, 17 for irº,
Trº, in which forms perhaps there is a
Daghesh forte implied aſter the Chal-
daic manner.
Deriv. the two following.
tº m. 1. a ravenous heast, i.e. rush
ing on his prey, Jer. 12, 9–Spec.
2. a ravenous bird, &stós, Job 28, 7
as emblem of a warlike king Is. 46, 11
Collect. for bids of prey Gen. 15, 11
Is. 18, 6. Ez. 39, 4.
tº (place of ravenous beasts, set
toº.) Etam, pr. m. a.) A city in Judah
1 Chr. 4, 3.32. 2 Chr. 11, 6. [Situated
perhaps not far south of Bethlehem; see
**y
Ty
771
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 515. II. p. 168
—R. b) A rock, apparently in or near
the plain of Judah, not far from Samson's
residence, Judg. 15, 8, 11.
Bºy, Bºy", "ºy, see in “s no. 2.
Diºny m. (r. Bºy I) eternity, ever,
2 Chr. 33, 7 Bib"sh for ever, i. q. this
A. 2. e.
* (i. g. Chald, ºs supreme, r.
rhy) Ilai, pr. m. of one of David's war-
riors 1 Chr. 11, 29; called in 2 Sam. 23,
28 lioºx.
Fºx f. Is. 21, 2, m. Is. 22, 6, El, n,
Elymais, pr. m. of a province of Persia in
which was the capital Susa, Ezra 4, 9.
Dan. 8, 2. In Greek writers Elymais
is the province adjacent to Susiana and
Media, on the east of Babylonia (Strabo
XVI. p. 744); in Daniel l.c. Elam seems
to include Susiana. Saadias renders it
by Khūzistán, with which it appears to
have accorded; the name tº corre-
sponding to the Pehlv. Airjama i. e.
Jºy- See Thesaur. p. 1016,
1017. Cellarii Not. Orb. ant. II. p. 686.
Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. I. i. p. 300 sq.-
In Gen. 10, 22, the origin of the Ela-
mites is deduced from Shem. 14, 1. Is.
11, 11. 21, 2, 22, 6. Jer. 25, 25. 49, 34
sq. Ez. 32, 24.
by once Is, 11, 15 inhº bºa, Sept.
Év tysiuwu 6volº, Vulg. in fortitudine
spiritus sui, Syr. ol-wo;? lar-colo, Engl.
with his mighty wind, and so the Heb.
intpp. by conjecture from the context,
without philological grounds. Perhaps
it should read psy (EX3) strength, force,
which gives the sense expressed by
Sept. Vulg. Syr. The exchange of
Tsade for Yod would be easy in the an-
vient alphabets.
*** 1. i. q. Arab. Jºe mid. Ye,
{o flow, to flow out, as water, tears;
whence jºy eye, fountain, unless this be
cgarded as the radical word and the verb
ws secondary.
2. Denom. from jºy, Part. This eyeing
*skance, envious, 1 Sam. 18, 9 Keri ; in
Cheth. is \S. Arab. &l= &#.
d. Comp. Heb. Tº Hº, i. º no. 1.
jºy f (very rarely masc. Cant. 4, §
Cheth, perh. Ps. 73, 7, dual Zech. 3, 9,)
constr. jº, c. suff, *y, inºx, c. He loc.
rºs Gen. 24, 16.45; Dual bºx, pu
also for plur. Zech. 3,9. Ez. 1, 18. 10, 12.
constr. "...": , once ": in some copies Is.
3, 8; Plur. in signif no. 2, niº 2 Chr.
32, 3, constr. nilºy Ex. 15, 27. Num. 33.
9
1. the eye ; and so in all the Semitic
dialects. Ex. 21, 24. Lev. 24, 20. al. step.
Tºy: Tº eye to eye Num. 14, 14. Is. 52,
18. Bºº Hº; fair of eyes, having fine
eyes, 1 Sam. 16, 12; opp. nizº bºx
weak eyes, blear, Gen. 29, 17–To the
eye is ascribed weeping Job 16, 20. Lam.
1, 16. 3, 48. 49.51; also various affec-
tions and emotions, which are manifest-
ed through the eyes, as pride, humility,
anger, pity, joy, envy, contempt, etc. as
nion tº lofty eyes, pride, Ps. 18, 28
Dº nº low of eyes, humble, Job 22,29
*"y: nºr anger is kindled in the eyes
Gen. 45, 5, see in nºr; no 1. c.; *x nºr
by my eye hath pity upon, see in bºn; Ps.
6, 8 mine eye pineth away for grief, i. e. I
pine, am wasted by disappointed hope.
31, 10, comp. Job 17, 7 and in nº?, BNº.
Also tºº hºstſ to enlighten the eyes,
i. e. to gladden, see in his Hiph. "nº
Bºy pure of eyes, i. e. abhorring to look
upon evil, Hab. 1, 13; : **** Hy: mine
eye is evil towards any one, i. e. envious,
I envy him, Deut. 15, 9; comp. Sº, no.
2. f. Tob. 4, 7 un p3oungºto oov 6
öqöwºuóg. So of scorn and contempt,
as Prov. 30, 17 the eye that mocketh at
his father, and scorneth to obey his mo-
ther, the ravens shall pick it out, etc.
Trop. of the eyes of the mind, tº "abn
having the eyes open, spoken of a pro-
phet in vision, Num. 24, 4, 16.-Spec. o
be noted are the following phrases:
a) E *sh before the eyes of any one,
i.e. before him, in his presence, Gen. 23.
11. 18. Ex. 4, 30. 7, 20. 9, 8, 19, 11. al.
Saepiss.
b) “E *s-, in the eyes of any one, i. e.
in his sight, he being judge, a phrase by.
which the Heb. expresses the sense of
the verb to seem, videri. Gen. 19, 14
Tºrri ºn prisºn “n” and he was as
one that mocked in the eyes of his sons
in-law, . e. he seemed to them as a
mocker. 29, 20. 2 Sam. 10, 3 Tº Tººn
Ts
Ts
772
**sa Tºs-rs thinkest thouthat David
doth honour thy father ? Hence Riº
"2"x: it is good in my sight, i.e. it seems
good to me, pleases me, see r. Hit), Hº ;
also º (sh) whº, it displeases me, see
sºn, sh: ; comp. under the root nuš. So
*y-, per wise in his own eyes, self.
conceited, Prov. 3, 7, 26, 12. Job 32, 1.
Also ‘E **** in sº, see in jr. no 1.
etc.
c) "E *sº away from the eyes of any
one, i. e. without his knowledge, Num.
15, 24; also after verbs of hiding Job 3,
10. Is. 65, 16. -
d) tº jº, between the eyes, i.e. upon
the forehead, Ex. 13, 9.16. Deut. 6, 8, 11,
18; upon the front part of the head Deut.
14, 1.
e) by Tºy tº to set an eye upon any
one, mostly in a sense of kindness, to
look with favour upon any one, prospi-
cere alicus, like Arab. Jºe U-se &
wº. Opp. is by tº tºº, which
every where implies disfavour.—E. g.
Gen. 44, 21 *:: *-x nºus that I may
set my eye upon him, i. e. be kind to
him, Sept. Šitus?oiſaca winoiſ. Jer. 39,
12. 40, 4. Job 24, 23. Ezra 5, 5; c. bs
Ps. 33, 18, 34, 16; : Deut. 11, 12;
comp. also Zech. 12, 4. 1 K. 8, 29. 52.
More rarely in a sense of disavour, of
the angry countenance of Jehovah (else-
where tºº), Am. 9, 4 where to avoid
ambiguity is added nºith Nº rºh. v.
8 c. 3. Once with nich Jer. 24, 6;
comp. 1 Pet. 3, 12.—Simply, "a Tºº
thine eyes are upon me, i. e. thou lookest
upon me, Job 7, 8. So with the idea
of favour and disfavour, Zech. 9, 1
*sº tº b8, Eºs Tºy Hinº ºr for
Jehovah's eye is upon men and upon all
the tribes of Israel, i.e. upon Israel with
favour, and upon all other nations with
disſavour. [More in accordance with
the grammatical construction, is the ren-
dering : for towards Jehovah shall be
the eye of man and of all the tribes of
Israel ; so Engl. Vers, nearly.—R.
f) tºº". Nº: , see in stº; no. 1. d.
Trop. also in various senses:
aa) Of one who is eye for another,
. e. in the place of eyes, who sees for
him, shows him the way; whether to
one blind Job 39, 15, or to one ignorant
of the way Num. 10, 31 —So among the
Persians, the Satraps or royal governors
of the provinces were called the king's
eyes and ears, Hdot. 1, 114. Xen. Cyr
3 c >
8, 2.7. Comp. Arab. &= a SCOut.
bb) Of any thing resembling the eye
e.g. the eye of wine, its bead, Prov. 23
31. -
cc) Meton. a look, glance of the eyes;
Cant. 4, 9 Cheth. Tº Tris: "Frºzh
thou hast ravished my heart with one of
thy glances; Keri nris: , see above init.
Comp. Job 16, 9.—Hence
dd) look, aspect, appearance of a thing;
Num. 11, 7 its appearance was as the
appearance of balellium. Lev. 13, 5. 55
Ex. 1, 4 sq. 10, 9. Dan. 10, 6. Spec, the
face, surface, as yºSr. Tº the surface
of the ground, i. q. ‘r ºn, Ex. 10, 5, 15.
Num. 22, 5. 11.
ee) Sometimes reſerred to the human
face ; but incorrectly, since in all the
passages cited for this signif the eye it-
self is to be understood, as Gen. 29, 17.
1 Sam. 16, 12; also ºn lºs Num. 14,
14. Is. 52, 8; and Ps. 6, 8, 31, 10; see
above under no. 1.
NoTE. In Manuscripts Tºy (ºs) eye is
sometimes confounded with Ty (ſix) sin,
so that it is difficult to arrive at a satis-
factory decision; thus Hos. 10, 10 Cheth.
prºx *n\} Eyes: , Keri priº; here
many prefer the latter, and render: be-
cause of their two sins, i. e. the two
golden calves; but perh, we may better
rest in Cheth. in binding them (making
them captives) before their two eyes, em-
phat. for Erºsh Judg. 16, 28; comp.
Gen. 42, 24 Brºnx; ins ºbsºn. So
Zech. 5, 6 yºri-b: Bºy rst is ren-
dered by some : this ephah is their image
in all the earth ; but incorrectly, since
jºy may indeed signify the external ap-
pearance, but never the image of a
thing. Hence it is better, with Sept.
and Syr. to read tº nºt this is their
sin, i. e. that in which they sin, false
measure. See also Ps. 73, 7.
2. a fountain ; whether so called from:
its resemblance to the eye, or, vice versa
the eye from its resemblance to a foun
tain, may be doubtful. Comp. Pers
eye, Kº-º-º- fountain, Chinese
ián eye and fountain. Contra, Gr. ºrny-
Ty
E”y
773
fountain, corner of the eye.—Gen. 16, 7.
24,29.30.42; tº jºy v. 13.43; Hyºs v. 16.
45. Plur. f. risy, constr. nilº, Deut.8,7.
Ex. 15, 27. Prov. 8, 28. On this use of
the plur, fem. for inanimate objects, see
Lehrg. p. 539, 540-Arab jºid.
Many cities and places in Palestine
were named from ſountains in their vi-
cinity, thus:
a) *, *: (fountain of the kid) En-
gedi, a city in the desert of Judah on the
Dead Sea, fertile in palm-trees, the En-
gadda of Pliny (H. N. 5. 17). Josh. 15,62.
1 Sam. 24, 1. Ez. 47, 10. Cant. 1, 14.
Anciently nºr-Tissn q. v. [Still called
(50- Jºs 'Ain Jidy, with a beauti-
ful fountain and ruins; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 209, 214.—R.
b) Hº-jºy (fountain of gardens)
En-gammim, a city: 0.) In the plains of
Judah, Josh. 15, 34. 3) Of the Levites
in the territory of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
21, 29; [perh, the Tivolo of Josephus,
now Jemim Ak-; see Bibl. Res, in
Palest. III. p. 155, 156.—R.
c) -Nº jºy Ps. 83, 11 and niº Tºy
(fount of the dwelling) En-dor Josh. 17,
11. 1 Sam. 28, 7, in the tribe of Manas-
seh, four Rom. miles south of Mount
Tabor; now 29.3 Emdör. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 218, 225.
d) nºr ºs (swift fountain) En-had-
dah, a city of Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
e) hisri jºy, En-hazor, a city of
Naphtali, Josh. 19, 37.
f) Tinn ſº, see inn.
g) tº "... (fountain of judgment)
En-mishpat, i. q. tºp q. v. Gen. 14, 7;
romp. Num. 20, 13.
h) tº lºs (fountain of two calves,
unless perh. 's is for bººs two pools)
En-eglaim, a city on the northern part
of the Dead Sea, Ez. 47, -10.
i) Thy simply: 0.) A city of the Le-
'rites in the territory of Simeon Josh.
15, 32. 19, 7. 21, 16. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 3)
A place in the north-eastern part of
Palestine, Num, 34, 11.
Sometimes fountains themselves are
designated by proper names -
aa) tºu, Tºy (fountain of the sun)
En-shemesh, on the border of Judah.
and Benjamin, east of Jerusalem, Josh.
15, 7, 18, 17. See Bibl. Res. in Pal be
I. p. 493.
bb) ºn 7"s (ſountain of the scout,
Targ, fuller's fountain) En-rogel, in the
valley of the Kidron just south of Jeru-
salem, on the border between Judah and
Benjamia, Josh. 15, 7, 18, 16. 2 Sam.
17, 17. 1 K. 1, 9. Josephus says it was
in the king’s gardens, Ant. 7. 14.4. Now
a deep well, called Bir Eyūb, the well
of Job; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
490 sq.
cc) "ºran 7"s (Dragon ſountain) near
Jerusalem, prob. i. Q. Gihon, Neh. 2, 13
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 514.
dd) rherº"Tºy En-Tappuah, a fountain
of the city rihen Josh. 17, 7, comp. v. 8.
Denom. are E°33, Bºy, Tºº?, and the
two following.
Pºº (two fountains) Enajim, Gen.
38, 21, and P㺠(on which form of the
dual see Lehrg. p. 536) Enam, pr. n. of a
place in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 34.
7:"... (having eyes) Enan, pr. n. m.
Num. 1, 15. 2, 29. Comp. Tº ºr un-
der nºr.
Sk rºy to languish, to faint, to fail,
comp. the kindr. roots Ely, Fºº ; once
p } y
Jer. 4, 31–Hence Fºx, pr. n. *E*.
Fly adj. (r. Fly) f. Hº, languid
faint, weary, of one fatigued with travel
or labour and oppressed also with thirst,
e.g. espec. Gen. 25, 29. 30. Job 22, 7
where nº stands in the other hemi-
stich. Ps. 63, 2. Prov. 25, 25 cold waters
for the fainting i. e. thirsty soul. Jer.
31, 25 I will give drink to the thirsty.
Spoken also of wearied beasts of burden
Is. 46, 1, where nº is neut. fessum,
i. e. wearied beasts, i. q. Hºº Fiºri; of
the thirsty earth Ps. 143, 6. Is. 32, 2.
Tº f (r. rhy) 1. darkness. Am.
4, 13 nº ºrº Hús he maketh the
morning darkness. With He parag
Hrº Job 10, 22.
2. Ephah, pr. m. a.) A tribe and
region of the Midianites, Gen. 25, 4. Is. .
60, 6. 1 Chr. 1, 33. Sept. I cagº Is. l.c.
$9 - o -
e
perh, i. Q. Arab. XAA = , which the Ca.
moos explains to be a place near Pelu.
sium.” b) A man 1 Chr. 2, 47. c.) A
woman 1 Chr. 2, 46.
65°
E^y
--y
774,
"p” (weary, languid, r. Fºs) Ephai,
pr. n. m. Jor. 40, 8 Keri, where Cheth.
"piy.
*3 m. (r. 5-s) c. suff, rinºs Gen. 49,
11, plur. Dºnº, a young ass, ass’s colt,
foal; Job 11, 12 Nºº nº wild ass’s colt.
Sornetimes also of a young ass, full
grown, Gen. 32, 16; as used for riding
Judg. 10, 4. 12, 14. Zech. 9, 9; for bear-
ing burdens Is. 30, 6; for ploughing Is. 30,
24. Comp. Gen. 32,16. Arab. Ž an ass,
either wild or domestic.--Strictly it
would seem to signify a wild ass or colt,
so called from its swift running, see the
root nº lett. a ; just as Nº wild ass,
from sº to run.
* "X to be hot, heated, ardent, Arab.
Lê mid. Waw, to be hot, e.g. the day
at noon. Also causat. for nººn, to make
hot, to heat, as a baker his oven; Hos.
7, 4 "A" hºsz rauß he ceaseth from
heating after the kneading until it be
leavened.—This idea of heat, being hot,
is then often metaphorically applied:
a) To the heat of running, to run
hotly i.e. swiftly; whence ºnly an ass.
Arab. Uš IV to run swiftly, of a horse;
Le mid. Ye, to run away, as a horse
when the reins break, comp. pº no. 2.
b) To the heat of anger, an ardent
i. e. impetuous hostile attack; comp.
Arab. Lê Conj. I, III, IV, to rush upon
the effemy, and Us mid. Ye, to be hot
with jealousy. Hence -ºs II, and -y
an enemy.
c) To heat of mind, i.e. anariety, ter-
ror, see nºs II. b.
I. Ty f (r. His I) masc. perh. in the
phrase "nº hºs, also Num. 35, 2. 3.
Deut. 3,6; plur, once bºy for the sake
of pal onomasia Judg. 10, 4, elsewhere
pººls, constr. ***, as if from a sing. -s.
1. a city, town, Sept. TrôAug; not found
in the kindred dialects. The signif. is
of wide extent, embracing not only the
idea of an encampment, but also that of
small ſortificacions, as watch-posts, watch-
towers ; thus Num. 13, 19 and what the
cities (Pºri) they dwell in, tºrtºn
E*::::::::: Es whether in camps or in
strong-holds. 2 K. 17, 9 they built them
high-places prº-bº in all their cities,
*** **s is tº bºº fom the
tower of the watchmen to the fenced city
Is. 1, 8 nºs; "“s a tower of watch, i. q
tº bºx. 2 K I. c. see in rºs;
Gen. 4, 17 prob, a nomadic encampmen
defended by a ditch or wall against wild
beasts. This usage leaves no doubt as
to the etymology; and his is pr. 1 a
place of watch or guard,” built with a
wall or tower as a refuge for the keep
ers of the flocks, comp. Tº bºx: Gen
35,2, also the tº built by Uzziah ºr
the desert 2 Chr. 26, 10; then, ‘a place,
enclosure, surrounded by a mound or
wall,” to protect the nomades and their
flocks from enemies or wild beasts, a
nomadic hamlet ; and finally a town
city, often not large, as may be gathered
from the fact that in the land of Canaan
there were 31 royal cities, while in the
one tribe of Judah there are enumerated
124 towns, Rºy, Josh. c. 15.—With the
pr: n, of the city in appos. Tuºhu ºr the
city Shushan Esth. 3, 15. 8, 15; tº 's
Gen. 33, 18. Often with the genit. in
various senses: nºir 's a walled city
Lev. 25, 29; nix? '9, *::::2 'y a fenced
city, ſortified, see nix, -śnº ; chp? 's
a city of refuge, see tºp?; bºrºr 's a
city of the priests 1 Sam. 22, 19; nºn's
a royal city 2 Sam. 12, 26; nºn' ºns
1 K. 12, 17; also 2 K. 23, 19. Judg. 12.7
R"º 's city of blood, slaughter, Nah. 3
1. So tºr; hºw the holy city, Jerusa.
lem, Neh. 1, 1. Is. 52, 1, Dan. 9, 21.
comp. Tóług &yiw Matt. 27, 53; also s
Hirº Is. 60, 14, Bºrºs's Ps. 66, 3, 87,3,
and zui ésozºv hºr, Ez. 7, 23, -ºs Is.
60, 6, all for Jerusalem. (But in Is, 32,
19 nºr; stands for Nineveh, the metro-
polis of the enemy.) With genit. of pers,
the city of any one is either the capital of
a king, as line hºs intºr. Num, 21, 26,
comp. Josh. 8, 1; or oſtener one’s pater-
nal city, or that in which he dwells, as nº
*ing the city of Nahor i. e. Haran, where
he dwelt Gen. 24, 10; the city of David
i. e. Bethlehem, 1 Sam. 20, 6 ; and so
Deut. 19, 12. 21, 19–21. Josh. 21, 6, 1
Sam. 8, 22. 28, 3. 1 K. 22, 36. Comp
Gr. 7tóAug 406tó i. e. Bethlehem, Luke
2, 4; ſtálic airón, i.e. of Jesus' parents
Nazareth, Luke 2, 39, comp. John 11, 1
Judith 8, 3. With genit. of another city
"º is put for the smaller towns and vi,
--y
ºnny
775
ages around that city elsewhere nix:
ºr as Tinºr ºs Josh. 13,17. Jer.34, 1.
But sing tº Is. 17,2, see in-sing no. 1
—Proverbially Ecc. 10, 15 the labour of
the foolish wearieth him, because he
knoweth not nºs-bs nº to go to the city,
l, e. cannot find his way to the city; the
figure being taken from an awkward
rustic who loses his way on the most
beaten road; comp. Germ. ‘erweiss sich
nicht zu finden.” In Ps. 73, 20 nº is
for hºsrº inſ: Hiph. of r. nºw I-Spec.
ºn's is also put: .
a) For a part of a larger city, espec.
as fortified by a separate wall; like Gr.
tóAug see Passow, Engl. Old city, New
city. So Tº his the city of David, i. e.
the citadel on Zion, a part of Jerusalem,
# &vo Trółic, 2 Sam. 5, 7.9. 6, 10. 12.
[Later the name city of David seems to
have sometimes included the whole of
Jerusalem ; see Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p.
97 sq. ib. 1846, p. 633 sq.-R.] nºr;
nji="rn the middle city, the middle part
of Jerusalem, 2 K. 20, 4 Cheth. where
Keri has nºr. So pººr his the water-
city, part of the city Rabbah, 2 Sam. 12,
27; bean nº nºw the city of the house
of Baal, a part of Samaria so called
from the temple of Baal, prob. the enclo-
sure of the temple, téuevos. 2 K. 10, 25.
b) As in Engl. the city for its inhabi-
tants, the people of a city; 1 Sam. 4, 13
nºr-92 pyrº all the city cried out. Is.
14, 31. Here too belongs the phrase
tiºn? -"s the city of men, i. e. the multi-
tude, crowd of men, Deut. 2, 34, 3, 6.
Job 20, 48. (24, 12); also Judg. 20, 48
where read prº for th?. See Thesaur.
p. 830, and nºs II. b.
c) With genit. of a people or country,
the chief city, metropolis; as Hºn. -->
the city of Judah, i. e. Jerusalem, 2 Chr.
25, 28; phºx ‘s 1 Sam. 15, 5; asiº 's
Num, 22, 36.
Proper names of cities are: aa) nºs
nººn the City of Salt in the desert of
Judah, near the Dead Sea. Josh. 15, 62.
bb) tirº Yº (city of serpents) Ir-na-
wash, the site of which is unknown, l
Chr 4, 12.
cc) wºu; nºs (city of the sun) Ir-she-
mesh, in the territory of Dan, Josh. 19,
51. Prob. the same with Beth-shemesh ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 19.
dd) Eºhºrn ºy the City of palm-trees
i. q. in"; Jericho, so called from the
multitude of palm-trees growing there
see Plin. H. N. 5. 14. Tacit. Hist. 5. 6.
Deut. 34, 3. Judg. 1, 16. 2 Chr. 28, 15.
ee) For oyrır, Yº see under orj.
2. Ir, pr. n. of a man 1 Chr. 7, 12; for
which in v. 7 *-ºs.
II. Tºy m. (r. -ºs) heat, i. e. a) an-
ger, wrath; Hos. 11, 9 nº Nias Nº I
will not come in wrath. b) Of mind,
anariety, anguish, terror; Jer. 15, 18
nibrº -ºs esnº rºbs inheri, Sept.
étégéipa iſ withv Šalºvns to 6 u ov ×ai
a ſtovëſiv. Here too we may refer Job
24, 12 ps:" p"nº nºs?, iſ with Syr. for
E"nº men we read Bºnº the dying, i. e.
from anguish do the dying groan.
Tºy Chald. m. (r. -hy) a watcher, a
name for angels in the later Hebrew, as
keeping watch over the affairs of men,
Dan. 4, 10. 14, 20.—In the Syrian litur-
gies it is also used for the archangels,
as of Gabriel ; elsewhere <--> and
Gr. $/gmyogot of evil angels. In Lib,
Henoch. Eth. t1.9% watchers, is spok-
en of good angels 12, 2.4. 92, 16; of
fallen angels 10, 13. 12, 5. al. Suicet
Thes, Eccl. art. §ygmyogos. Castelli
Lex. Syr. ed. Mich. p. 649.
Tº see before r. nºw, p. 774.
Sºx (wakeful, r. nºs I) Ira, pr. n. m.
a) A priest under David, 2 Sam. 20, 26
b) Two of David's warriors 2 Sam. 23.
26. 28.
Tº pr. n. m. Irad, an antediluvian
patriarch, son of Enoch and grandson
of Cain, Gen. 4, 18.
ºny (fr. ºnºs) Iru, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. A
15.
"Tºy (urbanus) Iri, pr. m. see hºs I. 2
Dºy (urbanus) Iram, pr. n. of a phy.
larch or head of a tribe among the Edom
ites, Gen. 36, 43.
Enºx and thy m. (r. Dºs I) plur
eºs, nakedness, Deut. 28,48. Ez. 16
7 nº tº ris, but thou shalt be naked
ness and need, i.e. most naked and with
out help. v. 22.39. 23, 29. Concr. naked,
Gen. 3, 10. 11. Ez. 18, 7.16; and so plur
Eva's naked Gen. 3, 7–The form is
ºny
->y
776
like Bibº i. q. Eºis with Dag, in the
third radical.
tº Ursa major, see in us.
Tº pr. m. see in "s.
Taiº (i. q. ºs mouse) Achbor, pr.
n. m. a.) An Idumean, Gen. 36, 38, b)
A courtier of Josiah, 2 K. 22, 12. 14. Jer.
26, 22. 36, 12.
tº m. a spider Job 8, 14. Is. 59, 5.
9 > -9. -
Arab. exºs, Chald. Nrºs. It
seems to be compounded from 555
§ 92.
Jºe agile, swift, and Arab, UK
to weave (as a spider), q. d.swift weaver.
So Germ. Spinne from spinning ; also
Gr. &gtºyvn, comp. Semit. 37N to weave.
T;2 m. a mouse, espec. field-mouse,
1 Sam. 6, 4, 5, 11. 18; but an esculent
species of dormouse seems to be meant
Lev. 11, 29. Is. 66, 17. At least the
93.9 9 3 O -
Arab. Zºë
S is i. Q. 82°y: jerboa, mus
jaculus Linn. See Bochart in Hieroz.
T. I. p. 1017, who holds this word to be
compounded of the Chald. Bay to de-
vour and na field, the l being elided ;
9 32-
better from 55.9 J.Ks agile, swift, and
nes, npš, to dig, pr. Swift digger.
is 9 g;
Tºy (heated sand, Arab. & Kº, r. Tay)
pr. n. Accho, a maritime city in the terri-
tory of Asher, Judg. 1, 31; perh. Mic. 1,
10, where 55 seems to be for "595. On
Phenician-Greek coins by is to be read
by, see Monumm. Phoen. p. 269,270. In
Greek "Aan, Strabo 16. 2, 25; more fre-
quently Ptolemais ; now ©e 'Akka,
also Fr. St. Jean d’Acre. See Reland
Palaestina p. 534–542.
Thby (troubler, comp. Josh. 7, 26)
Achor, pr. n. of a valley near Jericho,
Josh. 15, 7. Is. 65, 10. Hos. 2, 17. R.
nº. - •
º
*Tºy obsol root, Arab. Xé pr. to
strike, to smite ; fut. I, to be hot, spoken
of the day, pr. to be struck by the sun;
comp. nº Hiph. no. 1. b. Hence pr. n.
\;=\} .
>it TE: obsol. root, prob. i. q. *E* to
trouble; comp. Josh. 7, 1 sq.-Hence pr.
a. Tº and
Tº pr. n. (troubler) Achan, an Israel
ite who by his sacrilege brought defeat
upon the people, Josh. 7, 1. 22, 20; in
1 Chr. 2, 7 written nº Achar, id.
* CE: in Kal not used, Arab. U-Ke
8 . .
to bind back ; U.UKe a cord, halter, by
which the mouth of the camel is bound
to his fore foot. Hence bºy fetter
anklet; and from this again:
PIEL denom. to put on anklets as an
ornament; or rather to make a tinkling
with them, like females desirous of at-
tracting notice, Is. 3, 16. See bºy lett.
b.—Hence
tº m. a fetter, ankle-band, see the
root. a) For criminals, Prov. 7, 22 he
goeth after her suddenly (the young man
after the adultress) as the oar goeth to
the slaughter-house, bºls -bºn-bs bº
and as fetters for the punishment of the
wicked. Or we may here take bay for
by wins as one bound in fetters (goeth)
to the punishment of the fool, i.e. of folly
or crime, as also in Engl. ‘a criminal to
the punishment of his ſolly.” b) As an
ornament of showy females, fastened
upon the ankles, ankle-band, anklet, pe-
riscelis, teguoqūgtov, plur. Enºs Is, 3, 18.
Comp, bes. Pi. This ornament was com-
mon among ancient nations, as also now
in the east ; comp. Schroeder de Vestitu
p. 1 sq.
Tºy (anklet, from r. bºs) Achsah, pr.
n. of the daughter of Caleb, Josh. 15, 16.
17. Judg. 1, 12.
*->y 1. pr. i. q. Arab. 23, to
trouble water, to make turbid, to disturb.
Hence trop.
2. to trouble, i.e. a) to disturb, to
put in confusion; Plov. 11, 29 in"; -->
he that troubleth his house, i.e. lets his af.
fairs get into confusion. 15,27; comp. 15,6,
b) to afflict any one, Judg. 11, 35; often
more strongly, i. q. to bring evil upon
any one, Gen. 34, 30. Josh. 6, 18, 7, 25.
1 Sam. 14, 29 yºri-rs as hey my
father hath brought evil on the land
1 K. 18, 17. 18. Prov. 11, 17 insu, *::
*-ijąs the cruel man afflicteth his own
flesh.
NIPh. to be troubled, to be moved wi
->y
777 by
grief Ps. 39, 3. Part, ſem, the being trou-
bled, i.e. trouble, disturbance, Prov. 15,6.
Deriv. ºnios and the two following.
Tº (troubler, r. mex) Achar, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 2, 7; see in 133.
jº (afflicted, r. n=3) Ochran, pr. n.
m. Num. 1, 13. 2, 27.
Bºy m, quadril, an asp, adder, Ps.
140, 4. Derived perh. from. r. bey
U-Ke to bend back, and aps to lie in
wait, i.e. an animal coiling itself up and
lying in wait.
by m. (nºs, like is from Hºy, ºr from
Rºž) with disjunct, accent bº.
1. Subst. height, summit ; then for
concr. high, most high , so of God Hos.
11, 7 AnNip" by-bs they call them unto
the Most High (i. e. the prophets the peo-
ple), but not one will ea'alt him. With a
negat, partic. 89 Sº the not-high, non-
summus, i. q. Bºrºș R5 no-god, collect.
no-gods, idols, or i, q. Bºº: worthless-
ness; so Hos. 7, 16 by Nº Hanº, they turn
themselves to no-gods, i. e. to idols, or to
wickedness. -
2. Adv. on high, highly ; 2 Sam 23, 1
by Epr who was highly eralled, elevated.
With pref by? from on high, from above,
(§en. 27, 39. 49, 25; also simply above
Ps. 50, 4, see Tº no. 3. h.
by pr. constr. of the preced. article;
Plur. constr. Why (a form peculiar to the
poets like *s, *is), c, suff, **, Tºs,
ºnby, Hºbs, **s, bººby, Erºs, poet.
ionºs Ps. 5, 12. Job 20, 23.
A) Prep. very frequent and of wide
extent, corresponding to the Greek Śitl
(&v6) and inég, Lat. Super and in, Germ.
auf and über, Engl. upon, over. Chald.
bº, Syr. Š, id.—Its various uses and
applications may be reduced to four
classes.
1. i. q. Širl, super, awf, upon, where
one thing is placed upon the upper part of
another, so as to stand, rest, incline upon
it, have it for a substratum, etc. Thus:
a) Of a state of rest, e.g. sº-hs -uś,
to sit upon a throne; nºn-bs. Tº to
stand upon a mountain; Yººn-bs. Tº
..o stand upon his feet Zech. 14, 12 ; to
ie intºrſ-by upon his bed 2 Sam. 4, 7
anry by on or in the way Job 18, 10. Ps.
131, 2 as *** **** as a weaned child
wpon his mother, i.e. upon her lap. Cor.
rectly therefore Ps. 15, 3 he slandereth
not intº"bs upon his tongue, where
strictly speech arises; and so ºp-bs
upon thy mouth, where we say “upon
thy lips, e.g. Ex. 23, 13 Tb-bs sº sh
nor let the name of their idols be heard
wpon thy lips. Ecc. 5, 1. Ps. 50, 16.
Comp. Gr. &vč, otóuo. §ystv.—Here be-
longs too the phrase nº-be on or in a
house, of which the following examples
may be noted: Is. 32, 13 briers and
thorns grow bio? 'ra-bz-by upon all
the houses of joy, i. e. upon theil
ruins. 38, 20 we will sing with stringea
instruments...."; nº-ºs in the temple
of Jehovah, or as in Engl, w, in the tem-
ple, this being on a lofty site; comp.
Germ. awf der Stube, auf dem Saale,
for up in the room, etc. Polish po izbia
on the parlour, this being higher than
the ground floor. Similar is nº-ºs on
the dust, not only upon the surface of the
ground, but also in the sepulchre, where
the dead repose not only on or in the
dust, but mingle with it, Job 20, 11. 21,
26. See hºs.-We may perhaps refer
to lett, b, and to no. 4 below, the follow-
ing examples in which motion is implied:
Hos. 11, 11 I will cause them to dwell
Priºr3-2s in their houses; Is. 24, 22 the
captives are gathered into the dungeor
and are shut up in the prison.—Spec.
g) TºS-by upon a land, where we
say in a land, in a country, Am. 7, 17;
so nº rººs by in a foreign land Ps.
137, 4 ; also 49, 12. 110, 6. Is. 9, 6.14, 2;
tºnes-ºs in Ephraim, in his land, Is. 7,
2. Comp. Lev. 25, 18. Jer. 23, 8. Ez.
28, 25. 37, 25.
6) It designates clothing whluh one
wears, has on him. Gen. 37, 23 the tunic
Tº hºs which was on him, which he
wore. Deut. 7, 25. 22, 5. 2 Sam. 13, 18.
Is. 9, 5. Ruth 3, 3.15. 1 K. 11, 30. Thus
we may explain the passage Job 24, 9:
Abart, ºx-by (nºs) what is upon the
poor (i.e. his clothes, rags) they take as a
pledge. Comp. By nº for hºstns nº
by Lam. 2, 14. 4, 22, under art. H%; no.
2. In like manner the Arabs thus em-
ploy their cke, see Schult. ad Job 24
21. Hariri Cons. ed. Sch. IV. p. 46
Comp. Gr. Zsigiös; Śiti zsgol Od. 24. 229
- Sy 778 by
y) With words implying to be heavy
upon any one, i. e. to be a burden, trou-
ble to him; Job 7, 20 I am a burden
*: upon myself. Is. 1, 14 rinth ºy ºr
they are a burden upon me, i.e. a trouble
to me. Comp. 2 Sam. 19, 36 where bs
for by. Hence by Tº, see r. Tº no. 1.
Here too we may refer Gen. 48,7-hy Hry?
brº Rachel died, a loss heavy upon me.
Ecc. 6, 1.
Ö) Hence of any duty or obligation
resting upon any one as a burden, comp.
Comm. on Is. 9, 5. So 2 Sam. 18, 11
nn; hºw it lay on me to give, i. e. was my
duty. Prov. 7, 14 *s tºº "rat thank-
offerings were upon me, i. e. were due
from me. Gen. 34, 12 hrſ’, ‘is’, ‘º Hann
"nº lay upon me never so much of dow-
ry and gifts, etc. 1 K. 4, 7. Ps. 56, 13.
Ezra 10, 4. Neh. 13, 13. So Arab. 33
jº -áJi I owe a thousand dinars,
and jºe • Ji &le & thou owest
me a thousand dinars; see De Sacy
Gramm. Arabe I. § 1062. ed. 2.
s) by Hºrſ, Gr. ºv šni twoc, to live
upon, e.g. prºn-by on bread Deut. 8, 3,
iºn-by upon or by one's sword Gen. 27,
40. The idea is here that of a founda-
tion, support, by which life is sustained.
Comp. Is. 38, 16.
g) Trop. and rarely of time when, as
the basis on which tº ſtgozóðvto, as it
were rest, or as a way on or in which
they have their course. Prov. 25, 11
*Es-bs on i. e. at its proper time,
timely, see Es. So Arab. 89.45 cke
in its time, Gr. Śrī hugtu Od. 2. 284, Šiti
vvºtl, éiri tolspot, Germ. auf den Tag,
Engl. upon the day, upon a time.
m) Of the norm, rule, standard, which
.s followed or imitated ; since things
measured or to be conformed to any
model are laid upon the rule or pattern.
Comp. the Greek árri &ngós ‘in the man-
ner of beasts,” Lat. “hunc in modum,’
Germ. ‘aufdie Art,” “auf Englisch,” i.e.
in the English manner. Ps. 110, 4 "by
ºn "rººt after the manner of Melchize-
dek; nº-ºs in this manner Esth.9,26;
2s shº, zaising at Étl twog, to be called
after any one, see Rºp. Often of the
instrument after whose modulations a
Fong is to be sung, Ps. 8, 1. 45, 1. 53, 1.
60, 1, 69, 1. Also of a song the mea
sure of which is followed in other poems
Ps. 56, 1. Comp, the similar use of the
Syr. S.S, Eichhorn Prief ad Jones de
Poesi Asiat. p. xxxiii.; also Russian po
tact, after the time, measure.
b) Of motion upon or over the upper
part or surface of any thing; either from:
a higher place downwards, down upon.
over, or from a lower place upwards, up
wpon, over.—Hence
o) upon, i. e. down upon, as by ºn; to
put upon any thing Lev. 1,7; by Tºur
to cast upon or over any thing Ps, 60, 10;
to rain upon the earth Job 38, 26; an:
nirºn-by to inscribe upon tablets Ex. 34,
1; *-ºs in, "Tºby in; to give over
upon i. e. into the hands of any one, see
in "... no. 1. ee. Trop. of punishment or
calamity coming upon any one, as "oºr,
Tº my wrong be upon thee Gen. 16, 5;
Trººp ºy 27, 13; so 38, 29. 42, 36;
comp. By "in Ez. 13, 3; by Nia to come
wpon, i.e. to happen to any one, see in
sia. So after verbs of presenting, giving
in charge, Engl. to give over to any one;
as by "pe, by nºx, by arº, see these
verbs; comp. onuclvstv čni Öuojov Od.
22.427; and also after verbs of speaking
or deciding upon, i. e. against any one,
as 'E by -º, see in -ຠlett, g; by has
Ez. 26, 2.—To this general sense we
may refer Judg. 15, 8 -99 più Prs Tº
Th; he smote them leg upon thigh, Engl.
‘hip and thigh ;’ also Am. 3, 15 and I
will smile the winter-palace upon (29)
the summer-palace. Here the idea is to
Smite them limb upon limb, i.e. so that
the scattered limbs fall one upon ano-
ther; and in like manner palace upon
palace, so that the ruins of one over.
whelm and destroy another.
3) upon, i. e. wb upon, up into ; as
ºr by nº to go up upon or into a moun-
tain Is. 40,9. 14, 8, 14; Hºnºrſ-by rhyr
to cause to come up into a chariot 1 K.
20, 33; yº-be nºr to hang upon a tree
Gen. 40, 19. 2 Sam. 4, 12; and so nº
Bºrbs to come up upon or into the heart
or mind, see in nº no. 1 fin.
7) Trop. it marks something super
added ; comp. Gr. uiños éirl whºg, Od. 7
120, Širl toigt, Lat. vulnus super vulnu
Engl. wound upon wound. So by Fle
by
by
779
to add upon or to any thing, see Fº: ;
29 atºr; to be reckoned upon or to any
thing 2 Sam 4, 2; nº-by ºat; ruin
upon ruin Jer, 4, 20, comp. Ez. 7, 26. Joo
6, 16. Is. 32, 10 Fºrujºs tº days upon
years, or as in Engl. a year and a day,
for an indefinite period of time. Gen. 28,
9 he took Mahalath.... Thuj;"bs upon
i. e. in addition to his other wives. 31, 50.
ô) Where any thing is subjoined,
which might be an obstacle or hin-
drance, by is equivalent to even upon,
i.e. notwithstanding; Job 34,6-ºxº-by
notwithstanding my right. Also c. infin.
although, Job 10, 7 Trºl-bº although
thou knowest. See below in B. no. 1.
2. The second class comprises those
significations and phrases in which is
contained the idea of impending, suspen-
gion, being above or over any thing, yet
so as not to be in contact with it, i. Q.
Gr. intég, Germ. iiber, Engl. above, over,
upon. Spoken of rest in a place, e. g.
Job 29, 3 when his candle shined over
(around) my head. Ps. 29, 3 the voice of
the Lord is heard upon (over) the wa-
ters. Also after verbs of motion, Gen.
19, 23 the sun was risen y Sri-by upon
(over) the earth. 1, 20. Job 31, 21.
Spec.
a) Of power, dominion over men, as
by mº, by bºº, by Tºper to set over,
nºn-by nuis the prefect of the palace,
marshal, see nº no. 3. Comp. Gr. 6 &ti
16v Irguyuárov one over affairs, a super-
visor, prefect.
b) After verbs signifying to cover, to
protect, i. e. pr. to cover over any one,
see the verbs 7:3, nº?, Tºº, nº?, and
Lehrg. p. 818; though the cover or veil
may not be over or above the thing co-
vered, but around or before it. Ex. 27.
21 the curtain which is over i.e. before
the law. 1 Sam. 25, 16 ºnby ºr nºir.
they were a wall over us, i.e. before us,
they protected us. Ez. 13, 5, Zech. 12,
2. After verbs signifying to protect, and
also those implying to defend, to inter-
cede, it may be rendered for Lat. pro,
(comp. Gr. &uivstv Úſtág, 3 tist, itég,) as
be prº to fight for any one Judg. 9, . ;
bs +2: id. Dan. 12, 1 ; 29 ºz to make
expiation for any one ; 29 ºnn to in-
.ercede for any one, in order to avert
nunishment.
c) Often it expresses the idea of rur
passing, going beyond in any thing, comp.
Lat. Super omnes, supra modum, Engl.
over, above. Ps. 89, 8 terrible above all
them that are round about him. Job 23,
2 "rrºs-by nº "Tº my hand (i. e. the
hand of God upon me) is heavier than
my groaning. Ecc. 1, 16. Ps. 137, 6.
Gen. 49, 26. Comp. Arab. Kor. 37, 153
‘I have preferred the daughters Jºe
JºJ) above the sons.” Also Gen. 48
22 I give thee a portion of land Tris-be
above thy brethren, i. e. a portion larger
than to thy brethren. Hence i. q. over
and above, besides, beyond, Ps. 16,2 "nºit,
Tºº Ba all my good is nothing besides
thee, i. e. I prefer thee to all other good,
So of time, over, beyond, Lev. 15, 25 if
the menstrual flua, continue Firº-ºs be-
!yond the time of her uncleanness.
d) Trop. of the cause for, on account
of, because of which any thing is done,
Gr, itég oi. Ps. 44, 23 for thee (Tºs),
for thy sake, we are slaughtered. Job
34, 36. Ruth 1, 19. Hence n by Lam.
5, 17, nS by Jer. 4, 28, and 12 by (see
T2), for this cause, on this account ; by
naº (propter rem), ni-Tis BS (propter
causas), on account of because of; nº be
on what account? i. e. wherefore? With
inf Tººs by because of thy saying, be-
cause thou sayest, Jer. 2, 35. Job 32, 2.
Often also of the cause (qs. the founda-
tion) both of joy and sorrow, see rº,
*2nn, Teg ; of laughing and weeping,
see priº, ſº ; of anger Job 19, 11 ; of
compassion Ps. 103, 13, etc. etc.
e) As marking the object of discourse,
upon, concerning, of; Judg. 9, 3 hº
*x iºs "ris and his mother's brethren
spake concerning him. 1 K. 5, 13. Gen.
41, 15 Tº ºr sº I have heard con-
cerning thee. Also of an oath Lev. 5,
22; of confession Ps. 32, 5; of a pro-
phecy 1 K. 22, 8. Is. 1, 1 ; of strife Gen.
26, 21; comp. 59 sº to know concern-
ing any thing Job 37, 7 ).
3. The third class consists of those
examples in which by after verbs of rest
imp esproacimity and contiguity, Lat, ad,
apud, Germ. an, bey, Engl. at, by, neur;
yet so that this notion springs out of the
primary idea of being upon, over any
thing. So espec.
by 780 by
a) Where a thing actually impends
over another, e.g. when one stands by
a fountain or well, Tºrby, over which
one really impends or inclines, Gen. 16,
7; tº by by the waters, as being lower
than the surface of the ground, Num. 24,
6; ºn by by the sea Ex. 14, 2.9; ºn be
-s at or on the bank of the Nile Is. 19,
7, ns' by at the river Ex. 2, 5, comp.
Gr. Ště totoplot, Lat. super fluvium Liv.
i. e. Engl. upon the river, Dutch Keulen
op den Rhyn, Russ, pomorski superma-
rinus, i. e. maritime; pººr; 52 by the
camels sc, lying down, so that a man
standing was above them, Gen. 24, 30;
Yººn by Prov. 23, 30; bhas by at or over
the crib Job 39, 9; Erºn by at meat, at
table, 1 Sam. 20, 24; ºr by at judg-
ment, pr. at the table of the judges, Is.
28, 6; in all which cases the head is
above the place named. Comp. &nt tº
6slava, Xen. Cyr. 1. 3. 12, super coenam,
én ágyū); ‘to sit over one's books.”—Here
too belongs by Tº, as agº, to stand at
or by a person, e.g. lying down 1 Sam.
4, 20. 2 Sam. 1, 9.10. 20, 11; or sitting
on the ground, Gen. 18, 8; or on a seat,
as a judge Ex. 18, 13. 14, or a king Judg.
3, 19. 1 Sam. 22, 6.7. 17. Also to stand
at or by an altar, sacrifice, 29 as: Num.
23, 3.6. 15. 1 K. 13, 1. Here too some
refer the phrase "... by Tº and the like;
but these belong rather to lett. b, c, be-
low.—So where one inclines or leans
upon or over a person or thing ; Gen.
45, 15 he kissed all his brethren Taº
trºy and wept upon them, bending
over them. Judg. 14, 16. Gen. 45, 14. Is.
60, 14.
b) Different is it with phrases like :
ºn by at the face, in front of a person or
thing, i.e. before him, see in Hº (tº);
Tº be, º ºs, at or on the side, i.e. by,
near, see in T; no. 5; Tº by on the
right, at the right of any one, see in
Tº lio. 1; riºrs by at the rear of it,
behznd it, Ez. 41, 15; comp. Gr. &ti
685u%, Św &gtotsgº, Il. 7, 238. 12, 240;
Engl. on the side, etc. The superficies
of a thing is not only its upper surface,
but every other external part ; and by
the same figure we speak of what is on
the side, fºr at or by the side. Hence
>e simply is put for tº be, i, q, at by,
near, e. g. by agº, by Tº, to stand by
or mear, even where a person so stand
ing is in no way higher than the other
as 1 Sam. 22, 9, Zech. 4, 14. Here be-
long the phrases: * by agºrn Job 1, 6
2, 1. Zech. 6, 5, "... by Tºy 1 K. 22, 19
spoken of angels and other attendants
of Jehovah, who stand before him seated
upon his lofty throne, comp. Is. 6, 1.
Also Job 30, 4 who pluck up purslain by
the bushes, i. e. around and under then),
31, 9 ring by at the door. Ez. 46, 2 by
ºn niht? by the post of the gate. Job
29, 7 nº-ºx by the city. Comp, below
in bºx, no. 2. -
c) Sometimes the idea at, by, near, at
the side of, is extended so as to include
several or all sides, and becomes thus
i. q. round about, around, like is:... Ex.
14, 3 natiºn erº: "zº the desert hath
closed around them, hath shut them
in ; comp. Tº Yºg 1 Sam. 1, 6. Is, 35,
10 everlasting joy Dušn 28 upon their
head, i. e. circumſused around their
head. Job 13, 27 see in r. nºr Hitlip,
So too Job 26, 9. 36, 30, unless we refer
these to the idea of covering over; see
above in no. 2. b.
d) Kindred is the idea of accompani-
ment, with, together with ; comp. also the
sense of adding, no. 1. b. y. So of men
and beasts; Ex. 35,22 the men with (by)
the women. Gen. 32, 12 tº by EN the
mother with the children. Job 38, 32.
Of things, Num. 9, 11 "X" nigº by with
wnleavemed bread and bitter herbs shall
they eat it, sc. the paschal lamb. Ex. 12,
8.9. Deut. 16, 3. So ºn by bes to eat
flesh with the blood 1 Sam. 14, 32. Lev.
19, 26; comp. By bas Deut. 12, 23. Of
attendant circumstances, as Tai º with
sacrifice Ps. 50, 5; bº º with the lyre
Ps. 92,4; his nº with sunshine Is. 18,
4.—For Judg. 15, 8 and Am. 3, 15, see
above in no. 1. b. c., fin.
e) Hence arise various phrases, in
which 59 with refers to that which one
has with or within himself; so that in the
same connection it might be 4 or ºf:
So espec. in phrases pertaining to the
heart, soul, spirit, (=?, tºº?, nin,) or
their affections or changes, etc. Jer. 8
18 ºr "zº º my heart'within me is sick
Hos. 11, 8 ºzº *s Ten: my heart is
turned within me (comp. "zºri "ah Terº
id. I am. 1, 20). Neh. 5, 7, Ps. 131, 2
by 781 by
ujº º Bºz. Lam. 3,20. Ps.42, 3 why
ar: thou cast down, O my soul, *** *%rrº
and why disquieted within me? v. 7. 12.
43, 5. Ps. 142,4 ºrº- ºg Flºrinº. 143,
4. Jon. 2, 8; comp. Ps. 107, 5.—Here too
we may refer Ps. 42, 5*E: ** Hºus
I pour out my soul within me sc. in tears.
Job 30, 16. Also 1 Sam. 4, 19 ºrº-sº
rººs ryº for her pains turned them-
selves within her, i. e. began to cause
writhings within her. Dan. 10, 16.
f) With abstract nouns by forms a
periphrase for adverbs, as "puff by with
falsehood, i. e. falsely, Lev. 5, 22; ºr, by
abundantly, plentifully, Ps. 31, 24; by
rºp: lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14. 8, 11;
Tisº. 99 with acceptance, acceptably sc.
before God Is. 60, 7, i. q. Tisº. 56,7. Jer.
6, 20. Comp. §t too. i. q. ious, Širi ağyo,
tº toº, Arab. Jº Jºe evidently.—
But these phrases may also be referred
to by no. 1. a. m.
4. Under the fourth class are included
those significations and those examples
in which by implies motion and espe-
cially rapid motion upon i. e. towards
any place or object, and thus approaches
to the force of the particle bs, for which
indeed $$ is everywhere put in Sy-
riac and Chaldee, they being without
bs. This springs out of the signification
of rushing down wbon any thing (see in
no. 1. b. 8), downward motion being
usually more rapid, and is expressed in
Greek by étl or xorg, down upon, espe-
cially.in compounds as x03 immu; Lat. in,
ad; Germ. auf etwas him, auf etwas
los ; Engl. upon, to, towards, etc. So
Job 27, 22 ** Tº to cast upon him
c. arrows, to shoot at him. Also hºp by
9 his face (elsewhere "gº by, see 5*)
Job 21, 31; inp? By to his place Ex. 18,
23; ſº be to the right hand Gen. 24,
49; in hp by for iaºp by into his inward
parts, i. e. into him, 1 K. 17, 21. Hence
be nº and BS rºuj in the same verse
Is, 36, 12; by be; (also bs be;) to fall
away to any one; by arº (also bs an?)
to write to any one 2 Chr. 30, 1; by In,
Is 29, 12 i. q. BS in; v. 11. So after
verbs of going to 2 Sam. 15 20; of
toming to ib. v. 4; of fleeing to Is. 10, 3;
pf sending to Neh. 6, 3, of putting ſorth
he hand to Is. 11, 8; of inclining oneself
ſfi
to or towards, by Hyrrºr Lev. 26, 1; ot
speaking, as 'E =% by "ä" to speak to the
heart i.e. kindly, to comfort, see in nº
lett. e ; of announcing Is, 53, 1; 5% tº
22, see in Bºb no. 4. c.; of love (see als)
and desire Cant. 7, 11; and also 2 Sam.
14, 1 Dibujºs by Thºr =% the king's
heart was upon (towards) Absalom, i. e.
he loved him.—Spec.
a) In a hostile sense, upon, against
contra; Judg. 16, 12 Tº annºn the
Philistines are upon thee, i. e. assau.
thee. Ez. 5, 8 Tº ºr lo, I am against
thee i. e. will assail thee (elsewhere
Ths 'n). Job 16, 4.9. 10. 19, 12. 21, 27.
30, 12. 33, 10. Is. 9, 20. Also by pºp to
rise up against any one ; his by riºr to
encamp against a city, to besiege it ;
39 Raº to surround any one sc. in a
hostile manner; by aujri to take counsel
against any one, etc. -
b) More rarely in a sense of kindness,
to, towards, e.g. by Tºr, nº. 1 Sam. 20,8.
c) In writers of the silver age of the
Hebrew (see by Chald.) it is not unfre-
quently used for bs and h, as marking
the dative, e. g. Esth. 3, 9 Tººn by Es
hit, if it seem good to the king, if it
please him, comp. Ezra 5, 17. So not
rarely in the book of Job, as 33, 23 tº ps
nºw i. q ib ð; tıs if there be to him, if
he have, etc. 22, 2 ionºs ſizº "z even
when he is profitable to himself. 6, 27.
19, 5. 30, 2.33, 27. 38, 10; comp. Ez. 27,
5. Prov. 29, 5. -
d) In a few examples be approaches
to the force of Ty, with which it is some-
times interchanged in Mss. as Is. 10, 25
prºbin by even to their destruction ;
here 2 Mss. have Ty. Ps. 19, 7 and his
circuit prisp by unto the ends of them.
where 18 Mss. read is. Job 37, 3.
NotE. Less correctly are referred to
this class such phrases as Bºnºr. By
toward heaven Ex. 9, 22, Hyn' by Is. 17,
7, (-n) by ºn; Mic. 4, 1, and others of
the like kind; all of which belong rather
to no. 1. b. 3.
B) Conjunct. for hus by 1. although
comp. A. 1. b. 3. Job 16, 17 bºr. Nº by
"gº although there is not injustice in my
hands. Is. 53, 9.-Arab. Jºe id. see
Thesa ir. p. 1028.
2. on account that, lecause, see in A.
2. d ; c. prºgen. 31, 20. Ps, 119. 136
by 782
Nºby
Ezra 3, 11. More fully hugs by Deut.
29, 24. 2 Sam. 3, 30; "2 by Deut. 31, 17.
Ps. 139, 14.
C) With other Prepositions:
I. b3+ pr. as according to, as is fitting,
comp. in by A. 1. a. m. As prep. ac-
cording to, Is. 63, 7; repeated, Is. 59, 18
tº be: ribº º according to their
deeds, accordingly (for ryºz) will he
repay. Comp, 2 Chr. 30, 18.-Far more
frequent is
II. 28%, Arab. Jºe J-o, although
not frequent in Arabic, e.g. 1 K. 13, 15
Vers. Arab.
1. Pr. from upon, from above, spoken
of what is removed from the place upon,
above, over which it was, Germ. von
oben weg ; whether it ſalls or is borne
downwards, or is removed in any other
manner. Thus Gen. 24, 64 she alighted
ºr bºx, from the camel ; so to fall
ſºom a seat, Rºn Bºº 1 Sam. 4, 18; to
shoot from the wall, nºint ºn 2 Sam.
11, 20; or even to be lifted upwards,
yºsri by: Ez. 1, 19. Gen. 48, 17 he
removed his hand ius" by: from his
head, on which he had laid it. UN." Nº
'E 53% to take off the head of any one
Gen. 40, 19. Am. 7, 11. Judg. 16, 20 Je-
hovah was departed Yºº from him, i. e.
ſhe spirit of God which had rested upon
\\im. Spec. a) Of those who put off
or lay aside a garment (comp. By A. no.
1. a. 3) Gen. 38, 14. 19. Is. 20, 2; a shoe,
sandal, Josh. 5, 15; a ring from the fin-
ger Gen. 41, 42, comp. Deut. 8, 4. 29, 4 ;
nence of the skin, Job 30, 30 hru; "is
ºn my skin turns black and falls off
from me. v. 17. Trop. Judg. 16, 19 his
strength went from him, i.e. in which he
was clothed, see tºº. b) So of those
who are relieved from any cause of dis-
quiet, any burden upon them, comp. 89
A. no. 1. y. Ex. 10, 28 ºn tº depart
from me, as being a vexation and burden
upon me. Gen. 13, 11. 25, 6, 2 Sam. 19,
10 he (David) is fled out of the land
pibºjas bºx, from Absalom, to whom he
nad become a burden, c) Of those who
read from upon the page of a book, out
of a book, Jer. 36, 11. Is. 34, 16.
2. from at, from by, from near any
person or thing, comp. 53 no. 3. Gen.
#7,22 and Jehovah went up prº-N 59%
from with Abraham. 35, 'é Num. 16,26.
Hence after verbs of passing by or away
Gen. 18,3; of removing Jer. 2, 5. Job 19
13; of turning onselſ away Is. 7, 17. Jer
32, 40. Hos. 9, 1. -
3. * Bºº nearly i, q. Bº (comp. ; nrºg
i. q. nnn) above Neh. 12, 37; above, over,
any thing Gen. 1, 7. Ez. 1, 25. Jon. 4, 6.
2 Chr. 13, 4. Neh. 12, 31. So too at, by.
near, by the side of 2 Chr. 26, 19.—Also
h being omitted (as nnn? for h nnnn.
above Neh. 3, 28. Ecc. 5, 7 by? Flin; ºr
* Fink for one high above the high
watcheth, i. e. above the most powerful
there is still a higher power which
watches him. Ps. 108, 5. Esth. 3, 1; at
by, near, Jer. 36, 21.
22 Chald. c. suff, "ribs, sº, in-hs
i. q. Heb.
1. upon, Dan. 2, 10, 29.46. 48.49. 3
12. al.
2. i. Q. Heb. no. 2, itég, above, over
Dan. 5, 23. 6, 4; espec. in the sense of
surpassing Dan. 3, 19. Trop, for, on
account of, because of, hence nº by
therefore Ezra 4, 15; also of the object
of discourse, upon, concerning, Dan. 6
13. 7, 16. 19.
3. Often i. q. 28, to, unto any person
or thing, e. g. after a verb of approach-
ing Dan. 7, 16; of entering 2, 24; of re-
turning 4, 31; of sending Ezra 4, 11. 17.
18; of writing, 4, 7. Also i. q. as mark
of the dative, Dan. 6, 19 sleep fled "rºb:
to him, i. e. his sleep fled ; hence also
by at Ezra 5, 17. 7, 18, and by hº
Dan. 4, 24, it seems good to any one, i.e.
pleases him. In a hostile sense, against,
Dan. 3, 29. Ezra 4, 19.
by m. (r. bºy II) once biy Jer. 5, 5, c.
suff, *.x, a yoke, the curved piece of
wood upon the neck of draught animals,
by which they are fastened to the pole
or beam, Num. 19, 2. Deut. 21, 3, 1
Sam. 6,7. Often trop. as the emblem of
servitude 1 K. 12, 4, 9–11. Is..9, 3. 10, 27
14, 25. 47, 6. Jer. 5, 5; hence to break
the yoke, to become free, Gen. 27, 40. Jer
2, 20. al. An iron yoke is the emblem.
of severe bondage, Deut. 28, 48. Jer. 28
14. Put also for calamity, suffering
£5
tº 9
Lam. 1, 14, 3, 27. Arab. Jº id.
s?: Chald, above, over, followed by
Tº Dan. 6, 3.
Nºy
rºby
783
b{ s?: (yoke) Ulla, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7,
99.
risky Chald, emphat, see ºx.
Sk =3; obsol, root, i. q. Arab. --Le,
to be strong, to prevail. Hence pr. n.
links--as p. 5.
*::: obsol. root, i. q. * , to stam-
mer; hence
332 m. adj, stammering, stuttering,
- O
9
Is, 32, 4. Arab. = barbarian.
xit Häy fut. Hº!, apoc. 897, inf constr.
ribs.
1. to go or come up, to ascend, to mount,
opp. Tº . Sept. &reffulvo. Arab. Sº-e
to ascend, also to be high, Sº to grow
up high, as a plant, to be high Sc. in
price; Syr. Pa. <s to liſt up, Ethpa.
to be lifted up, to go up; Chald. Pa.. to
exalt, to praise, Ithpa. to be exalted.
Comp. Lat. alo to bring up, whence al-
esco, altus.-Constr. a) Absol. Gen.
44, 17. 46, 29. al. b) With 72 of place
whence Josh. 4, 17. 10, 9. Cant. 4, 2;
*3% of pers, spoken of God Gen. 35,
13, c) Place whither is put with by Is.
14, 14. Josh. 2, 8; by Ex. 24, 13. 15. 18.
34, 4, Deut. 17, 8, 1 Sam. 15, 34; ; Is.
22, 1; a Ps. 24, 3. Deut. 5, 5. Cant. 7,
9; acc. Gen. 49, 4 Finns ºujº nºs *:
for thou didst ascend the bed of thy
father. Prov. 21, 22. Num. 13, 17. Judg.
9, 48. Prov. 30, 4; c. in loc. Josh. 15, 3.
d) The pers. to whom is put with 58
Ex. 19, 3; by Jesh. 2,8. But by oſtener
marks the pers. against whom one goes
up, 2 K. 17, 3. 18, 25. Joel 1, 6. e) In-
fin. c. , , for doing something Is, 57, 7.
Poetically, like other verbs of going,
flowing, (see Thº, Tºri,) it takes an acc.
of thing implying abundance, sc. that
of which a great quantity Springs up
e.g. upon a certair spot of ground, so
that every thing seems changed into it.
So a vineyard, Is. 5, 6 nº nº Hº
and it grew up to thorns and prickles,
... e. was wholly changed into them, as
* burning house goes up in flame and
smoke (comp. Judg. 20, 40. Jer. 48 15).
| Nah. 2, 2. Joel 1, 6, 1 K, 15, 17, 20, 22
Is, 34, 13. Prov. 24, 31 and lo it was all
Fºx nsº Hrºš , and it (the land) shall
go up wholly like the Nile, sc. in inunda.
tion, shall be wholly overwhelmed.
Persons are said to go up, to ascend
not only upon a mountain, wall, roof
bed ; but also in other less obvious re.
lations, e.g. 0.) From a lower region
to a higher, comp. in Th; no. 1. n-d; so
of God ascending into heaven Gen 35
13. Job 36, 33 see in r. 12; Hiph. no. 2. b.
Josh. 4, 17. 19. i0, 7.9. 33. Judg. 1, 1.2
3.16. 2, 1. Gen. 46, 29 where Joseph
goes from the capital near the Nile to
the land of Goshen. Spec. of those who
go up to Palestine, e.g. from Egypt Gen.
13, 1. 44, 24, 50, 5. Ex. 1, 10. 2 K. 23,
29; from Assyria 2 K. 17, 3. Is. 36, 1. 10;
from Babylonia 2 K. 24, 1. Ezra 2, 1.7,
6. Neh. 7, 6. 12, 1; out of all lands Hos.
1, 11. Zech. 14, 16. 17. But as to Assy-
ria the usage is not constant, and in
Hos. 8, 9 Israel is said to go up to Assy-
ria (comp. Hºr. 2 K. 17, 4), just as the
Greeks used &vajolveu of a journey to
the interior of Asia, whence the 'Avº-
(340ts or expedition of the younger Cy-
rus; and this physically speaking is
perhaps correct. 3) Of those who go
into deserts, since these are often high
regions, Job 6, 18; comp. Josh. 16, 1,
Matt. 4, 1. So too those who go up to
a sanctuary, since these were usually on
hills and mountains, see in nº no. 3, 4;
Deut. 17, 8. Judg. 20, 3, 18. 31. 21, 5.8.
19. 1 Sam, 1, 3. 10, 3. Ps. 122, 4; comp.
Ex. 34, 24. Syr. Last to go up to a
convent. Also to a place of judgment
Deut. 25, 7. Num. 16, 12. 14. Judg. 5, 4.
Ruth 4, 1. Yet perh. the sanctuary and
place of judgment were regarded as
heights also in a sacred and moral
sense; which would accord better with
some passages, as Num. l. c. Ruth l.c.
So too where Joseph is said to go up to
the court of Pharaoh Gen. 46, 31; comp
-ase, &voffolva, of those who go to the
metropolis, Mich. Chrest. Syr. p. 68
Raphel. Obss, ad N. T. e Polyb. p. 90
y) To go up against is said also of those
who go to attack or besiege a city, per-
son, land; since cities and fortresses
were situated on heights, Mic, 2, 13.
grown up to thorns. So Am S, 8.9, 5 | Is. 7, .. 6; comp. 1 Sam. 17, 23. 25.
Hºy
rºby
784
Spoken of beasts, e. g. the males of
sattle in gendering Gen. 31, 10–12. Al-
so of things, e. g. a plant, to shoot up, to
grow up, Gen. 40, 10. 41, 22. Deut. 29,
22. Is. 55, 13; grass Am. 7, 1 ; so of a
horn Dan. 8, 3; and even of a person
who grows up Gen. 49, 9. Also of a
stream going up, rising over its banks
Is. 8, 7; the wind, to spring up, Hos. 13,
i5; flame Judg. 13, 20; smoke Gen. 19,
28; vapour Gen. 2, 6; the dawn, to rise,
Gen. 19, 15. 32, 25. 27; a stench Joel 2,
20. So of a way leading up Judg. 20,
31 ; a border Josh. 15, 15 sq. 18, 12; a
rising tract of country Josh. 16, 1; the
lot coming up out of the urn Lev. 16,
9. 10. Josh. 18, 11; anger, which is often
compared with smoke, Ps. 18, 9. 78, 21.
31. 2 Sam. 11, 20; a battle waxing
fiercer 1 K. 22, 35; of tumult, clamour,
Ps. 74, 23. Jer. 14, 2. So of clamour
going up to the ears of Jehovah 2 K. 19,
28; a rumour id. Jon. 1, 2.-Metaph.
'E 89 nº to go up above any one, i, q.
to surpass, to earcel, Prov. 31, 29; in
wealth, prosperity, Deut. 28, 43. Also
5* by Fºx to come up to mind, i. e. to
be remembered, mentioned, Is. 65, 17.
Jer. 3, 16. 7, 31. 19, 5. 32, 35; so &vo-
3uively $7th thy zogólov Acts 7, 23. Hiph.
Ez. 14, 3.4.
2. As intrans. Hº to go or come up is
also used for various passive senses: a)
i. q to be taken up, e.g. from the ground.
Am. 3, 5. Prov. 26,9 mizu; Tºº His rin a
thorn that is taken up in the hand of a
drunkard. Job 5, 26 insi wº nibºz as
a shock of corn is taken up in its seasonsc.
and carried to the garner. 36, 20 long not
for the night tº nibyº whither the
nations are taken away. b) to be put
or laid upon, e.g. a yoke upon an animal
Num. 19, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 7; a sacrifice
upon the altar 1 K. 18, 36; so of ban-
dages applied to a wound, see in nºns.
c) to be put on, worn, as a garment,
Lev. 19, 19, comp. in be no. 1 a. 3. So
o' flesh and sinews made to grow and
cover the bones Ez. 37, 8; comp. in
Hiph, no. 2. e. Of a razor, to be drawn
over or applied to one's head Judg. 16,
17. d) to be put upon record, to be re-
gistered, recorded, 1 Chr. 27, 24; comp.
ºs any, and see Hiph. no. 2. f.
Niph. Hº: ‘ut. Hº: 1. to be made
to go up, i. e. to be led or brought up
Ezra 1, 11.
2. to lift up oneself, to rise up, to go up
in departing, etc. So the cloud of the
divine presence Num, 9, 17, 21. 22. Ez.
9, 3; an army, i. Q. to break up, Jer. 37
5. 11, comp. 2 Sam. 2, 27. With 7% to
get oneself up or away from a place
Num. -0, 24, 27.
3. to be eacalted, of God, Ps. 47, 10
c. by above others Ps. 97, 9.
Hiph. Hºrſ, once riºr Hab. 1, 15
with Vav conj, nºn': Deut. 27,6; fut.
nºn, conv, bºl, which can be distin-
guished from Kal only by the context.
1. As referring to men and beasts, to
make go or come up, to cause to ascend,
to lead or bring up, Sept. &voğuffºo,
&véya. E. g. upon a roof Josh. 2, 6;
into a chariot 1 K. 20, 33. 2 K. 10, 15.
out of a pit Gen. 37, 28. Ps. 40, 3. Jer.
38, 3; from Sheol Ps. 30, 4; also to
evoke from Sheol 1 Sam. 28, 11. So
from a lower to a higher region of coun-
try 2 Sam. 2, 3, 2 K. 25, 6; from Egypt
into the desert and into Palestine Gen.
50, 24. Judg. 6, 8, 1 Sam. 12, 6. 2 K. 17,
36. al. into Palestine as mountainous
from other lands 2 Chr. 36, 17. Jer. 27.
22; comp. 39, 5. So an enemy, comp,
in Kal no. 1. y ; Ez. 26, 3 against Tyre;
Jer. 50, 9, 51, 27 against Babylon; or a
crowd, mob, Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46. Also to
bring up a young lion Ez. 19, 3; comp.
Kal Gen. 49,9. Further, to take up and
away, to take away by death, Ps. 102, 25
*z, *grº ºr ºs take me not away in
the midst of my days. Ellipt. Nah. 3, 2
Hºyº tº the horseman causing (his
horse) to rear, i.e. showing off his horse
by causing him to rear and prance.
2. As referring to things, and to what-
ever may be regarded as things, e. g.
sacrifices, even if human, to make go or
come up, to cause to ascend ; and spoken
of the sea or waves, to cause to rise, to
raise up, c. acc. et Ez. 26, 3. Hence
a) to bring up, to draw up, as fishes
from the water Hab. 1, 15. Ez. 32, 3
the cud as ruminating animals, Lev. 11
4, 5. -
b) to carry up to a loft 1 K. 17, 19
Neh. 10, 39; and so of things carried or
brought up from a lower to a higher
tract of country, 2 Sam. 21, 13; c. 2
Hºby
Hºy
785
pf pels. 1 Sam. 2, 19; so the ark 1 Sam.
$, 21. 7, 1. 2 Sam. 6, 12. 15, the tribute
Larried or sent to Assyria 2 K. 17, 4, see
in Kal no. 1. o. Hos. 8, 9.
c) to put or lay upon, e. g. the lights
upon the candelabra, Sep. Šitutlämut,
Ex. 25, 37, 40, 4. So a sacrifice upon
the altar, i. Q. to offer, to sacrifice ; Is.
57, 6 Hrºz nºr. 66, 3. Espec. of
burnt-offerings, holocausts, which are
hence called rhiy impositum ; as Hºrſ
riºs to offer a burnt-offering Lev. 14, 20.
Job 1, 5. al. saep. Sept. &voq'égo, 1900-
pégo. ratga rºš Fºr; Gen. 8, 20.
Num. 23, 2.14; rāºri Şs 's 'n Ex. 40,
29. 2 Chr. 1, 6. Häyh " 'n to offer any
thing as a burnt-offering Gen. 22, 2. 13;
rthy “. 'n id. 1 Sam. 7, 9, 2 K. 3, 27.
rinº rhyr, to sacrifice to Jehovah sc, as
a burnt-offering Judg. 13, 19; "| "º
2 Sam. 6, 17.—Further, oz Hºr; to im-
pose a tribute, q, d. to raise a levy, 1 K.
5, 27 [13]. 9, 15; to lay on or apply ban-
dages to a wound, see in Hºns. Ellipt.
2 Chr. 32, 5 nibºn by bººl and raised
up upon the towers, i. e. made them
higher, repaired the towers the tops of
which were broken down. Comp. the
same ellipsis in 29 Fey, see ne; no. 2.
d) to put or cast upon, e.g. dust upon
the head, c. By Josh. 7, 6. Ez. 27, 30.
Metaph. to send disease upon any one,
Deut. 28, 61.
e) to bring up, i. e. to put or lay on,
e.g. sackcloth upon a person, to cause
him to wear it, Am. 8, 10; to overlay
with gold, as 1 K. 10, 17 and with three
minde of gold did he overlay each shield.
Also to bring up flesh upon the bones,
cause it to grow and cover them, Ez.
37, 6; to put or fasten upon, as orna-
ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. 2 Chr. 3, 5, 14.
f) to put upon record, to register, to
enrol, 1 K. 9, 21. 2 Chr. 8, 8.
g) =% by Fºr to bring up to mind,
to remember, q. d. to bear in mind, e. g.
idols, idol-worship, Ez. 14, 3.4. Comp.
Kal no. 1 fin.
Hoph. Hºsh for nºr, to be made to
go up, i. e. a) to be led away, comp.
Niph. no. 2. Nah. 2, 8 Hrºn Hrºn. b)
to be offered, as sacrifice, comp. Hiph.
no. 2, c. Judg. 6, 28. d) to be put upon
record, to be recorded, registered, comp.
Hiph. no. 2. f. 2 Chr 20, 34.
HITHP. to lift up oneself, to be elated
Jer. 51, 3–Chald. Ithp. id.
Deriv. 8s subst. By prep. Hºy, rºs
**, *s, rºby, ſinks, byz, byń, Hāga
r:#2, Hºn; pr. n nhshs, *s, **s
Tºs; Chald. rthy, nºs, jºbs, *s.
Tº m. constr. Hºy, c. suff, nº Ps.
1, 3, plur, constr. Why Neh. 8, 15, a leaf
Gen. 8, 11. Lev. 26, 36. Josh. 13, 25. A
leaf, green and flourishing, is the emblem
of prosperity, Prov. 11, 28. Jer. .7, 8.
Collect. leaves, foliage Ps. 1, 3, Is. 34, 4,
Gen. 3,7—R. nº in the sense of spring-
ing up, growing up.
Tºy Chald, f (r. Bºx) a cause, occa-
sion, pretext, Dan. 6, 5.6. Syr, fºss,
9 & Q3 -
Arab. &\le, id. Arab. Jºe Conj. II, to
be a cause, to effect às a cause ; V, to
give a cause or pretext; VIII, to seek
~ 7 º
a cause or pretext. Syr. ŠS. i. q. Arab.
II; Ethpa. i. q. Arab. W. Bar Heb. p.
416.
nºw and nºiy f (r. nºs) plur. nibs,
pr. ‘what goes up ;’ hence
1. an ascent, i.e. steps, a stair-way, 1 K
10, 5; plur. Ez. 40, 26. Comp. 2 Chr
9, 4. See Biblioth. Sacr. 1846. p. 612.
2. a burnt-offering, holocaust, a sacri-
fice to be wholly consumed, comp. Ex.
29, 18, and bº no. 3; so called as being
carried up and laid upon the altar; see
the root in Kal no. 2. b. Hiph. no. 2. c.
Sept. Öloxoitoux, 6.10×oºtools, Vulg
holocaustum. For the Mosaic rite, see
Lev. 1, 3–17. 6, 9–13. The usual for-
mula is nº nºr, nº riºs, Lev. 5, 10.
Judg. 13, 16. Ez. 45, 23. The patriarchs
seem also to have offered holocausts,
Gen. 8, 20. 22, 3.6 ; and human victims
were likewise so offered, see Gen. l. c.
Judg. 11, 31; comp. Monumm. Phoen.
p. 446, 453.−Oſten coupled with other
kinds of sacrifices, e.g. with may which
included other bloody sacrifices, Ex. 18,
12. Num. 15, 3.8. 2 K. 5, 17. 10, 24. Is.
56, 7, al. Hstºri Ps. 40, 7; tº; Ez. 46,
12.
Note. For rhy, nºis evil, see in
Hºls.
nºy Chald. f. emphat. Rººs, holocaust
burnt-offering, plur. *; Ezra 6, 9.
66*
‘by
-by
786
rºy 1. By transpos. for nº which
is read in many Mss. evil, wickedness,
iniquity, Hos. 10, 9. Comp. Eth. UACD
i. q. By.
2. Alvah, pr. n of an Edomitic tribe
Gen. 36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51 Keri, where
Cheth. has rºs.
Dººby m. plur. (denom. fr. Eºs,
nºs, after the form pººl, Bºnn)
youth, youthful age, Ps. 89,46. Job 33,
25. Poet. for youthful vigour, Job 20, 11
***by sh? Trioss although his bones
are full of youth, i.e. youthful strength,
as Sept. Chald. Syr. well. So of the
youth of a people Is. 54, 4.—Chald.
§ - ?:
nºs, Arab. is,..., id.
Tºy (i, q. Jºe tall, thick) Alvan,
pr. m. of an Edomite Gen. 36, 23; also
written lºs 1 Chr. 1, 40. R. rºs.
Tºby f (r. phs) &n. Asyóu. Prov. 30,
15, pr. a leech, blood-sucker, as correctly
given by Sept. Vulg. Gr.Venet. Kimchi;
9 •
and so Arab. G^*. Syr. ſass, Chald.
Nphs, spºbº; but spoken also of an
imaginary female spectre which sucks
human blood and is insatiable, like
JºJº, &J, Ji, el-Ghāleh of Arabian
superstition in the Thousand and One
Nights, and the vampyre of our own fa-
bles; thus 1 & i is rendered in the
Camoos by this very word Jº ſel-Ghal,
which Bochart, Hieroz. II. 801, and A.
Schultens ad Prov. l. c. have wrongly
interpreted fate. Hence in Prov. l. c.
the leech hath two daughters crying,
Give, give, i. e. insatiable.—On the su-
perstitions of the Hebrews and other
oriental nations concerning spectres, see
our remarks in Comment. on Is. 34, 14.
3% Tºx i. q. bºy and yes, to eacult, to
friumph, (prob. primarily of a cry or
shout of exultation, like &AoAgga, ºn ;
and not of leaping and dancing, like the
synon. 5*A,) 2 Sam. 1, 20. Ps. 68, 5; c.
3 in any thing Ps. 149, 5. Hab. 3, 18.
Trop. of the heart Ps. 28, 7; the reins
Prov. 23, 16; also inanimate things, Ps.
96, 12. Sometimes in a bad sense, of
insolent and wicked men, Ps. 94, 3, Is.
93, 12, comp. 5, 14. Jer. 50, 11.
Deriv, tºº, also
rºy m. one eaculting, rejoicing. Is, 5
14.
“tºx obsol. root, Arab. la Lé to be
thick, dense ; and with the letters trams.
posed JJaé to be dark; whence
Tº f darkness, evening twilight
Gen. 15, 17. Ez. 12, 7, 12.
*y m. a pestle Prov. 27, 22; from r
Hº in the sense to be lifted, comp. nº
no. 2. a.
*2 (ascent, summit, concr: the high-
est, r, nº) pr. n. Eli, a high priest,
predecessor of Samuel, 1 Sam. c. 1–4.
14, 3. Sept. Hål, Vulg. Heli.
*32 Chald, adj, emph, risks, supreme
most high ; risks Nºs God the Most
High, Dan. 3, 26.32, 5, 1821; and simpl.
risks the Most High 4, 14, 21, 7, 25, of
the one only supreme God. In Cheth.
everywhere Nºbs, after the analogy of
Syr. lºss. R. Hºs.
** adj. only in fem. nºs, higher,
upper, Judg. 1, 15; plur. nivºs Josh. 15,
19. R. Hº, after the form bºp.
Tºy and jºy, see njºy and lºs.
Tºy f (r. nº) 1. an upper cham-
9 & . , 9 a.
ber, loft, itsgöjoy, Arab, šºſé, &le;
Chald. nº q. v. So of the upper
chambers of an edifice or private house
1 K. 17, 19. 23. 2 K. 4, 10; or of a palace
Judg. 3, 20–25. 2 K. 1, 2. Jer, 22, 13. 14;
of the temple 1 Chr. 28, 11. 2 Chr. 3, 9;
sometimes over the gate 2 Sam. 19, 1 ;
or built upon the flat rooſ, 2 K. 23, 12.
Poet. for the heavens Ps. 104, 3, 13.
2. ascent, i.e. stairs or way up to the
temple, 2 Chr. 9, 4; comp. 1 K. 10, 5.
See Biblioth. Sac. 1846. p. 612.
Tºy m. adj. f. ninhy, plur. niliº
R. nº.
1. high, higher, upper, Gen. 40, 17'
opp. inrºn, 1 Chr. 7, 24, 2 Chr. 8, 5
rigiºn Hºàn the upper pool, i.e. situ.
ated on higher ground, 2 K. 18, 17; also
Ez. 42, 5, Deut. 26, 19. 28, 1.—Once of
a thing exposed in an elevated place as
an example of punishment, correspond.
ing to the Greek to 90.6styuotléeo &o:
*hy
bºy
º 787
, K. 9, 8 inhº Hºrſ. Hyn nºr), Vulg.
it domus hac erit in eacemplum.
2, most high, supreme, of God, as by
Yi* Gen. 14, 18, Tinºs rjnº Ps. 7, 18,
Yiºs Bºrº's 57, 3, and simpl. Ji-hy 9, 3.
21,8. al. saep.—The Phenicians and Car-
thaginians used the same word also for
the gods, e. g. Eltow i, q, inpuoros, Philo
Bybl. apud Euseb. Praep. Evang. 1. 10; .
also Alonim valonuth [nºbyn Bººby]
gods and goddesses, pr. Superi supera:-
que Plaut. Poen. W. 1. 1; comp. also pr.
n. Abdalonimus, bºxinby Tay, servant
i. e. worshipper of the gods.
Tºy Chald, id. only in plur, majest.
jºinºs the Most High God Dan. 7, 18.
22. 25, 27.
Tº m. (r. 13) one exulting, rejoic-
ing, mostly in a bad sense, one proudly
eaculting, insolently triumphing, Is. 22, 2.
23, 7. 24, 8, 32, 13. Zeph. 2, 15. Is. 13, 3
ºnys: "Tº my proudly eaculting war-
riors. Zeph. 3, 11.
*3 m. &n. Asyóu. Ps. 12, 7 work-
shop, officina. Othera, crucible; so Chald.
—R. Bºs I. 3.
Tºy f (r. bºx I. 3) Ps. 14, 1.66, 5,
plur. nibº, work, deed, doing, e. g.
a) Of the glorious deeds of Jehovah Ps.
9, 12. 77, 13. 78, 11. 103, 7. Is. 12, 4.
b) Of the actions of men 1 Sam. 2, 3;
espec. in a bad sense, of evil deeds,
Zeph. 3, 7 Bribºy be in-ruin they per-
vert all their doings, i.e. act perversely
altogether. Ps. 141, 4, Ez. 14, 22. 20,
43. Zeph. 3, 11. Deut. 22, 14, 17.
- nºy f. (r. Bºy I) i. q. Hººby no. 1,
work, deed, sc. of God, Jer. 32, 19.
nºy f. (r. Yºs) eacultation, rejoic-
ing, Hab. 3, 14.
nºy Chald. f an upper chamber, loft,
i. q. Heb. nº, Dan. 6, 11.
CŞ
* I. bºx i. q. Arab. J3. pr. to drink
again aſter a first draught (for which the
Arabs use the verb J-63) in order fully
to quench thirst. Conj. II, to drunk again
and again, also to drink deep. This
primary signification is carried over into
various tropical applications implying
tompletion ; e. g. to the gleaning of
fields or vineyards; to the second blow
by which one already struck is cu
down and killed; to a stipping or after
milking; comp. Jauhari and Firzubadi
in Alb. Schult. Origg. Hebr.I. c.6, where
this root is copiously treated oſ. In He-
brew Bº has the following significa
tions: G3
1. to glean, like Jºe Conj. II; see
Poel no. 1, and nibbiy.
2. to quench thirst, trop. of lust, see
Hithpa. Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify
one's desire, to indulge oneself in vering,
abusing, deriding any one ; and hence
to be pelulant, saucy, mischievous, comp.
Po. no. 2, Bºis, Bºis”, a petulant boy,
abstr. ºbyr.
3. to perform a work, to accomplish, to
eacecute; hence to do a deed, see Hithpa,
no. 2, Hithpo. and the nouns bººs,
Hººby, bºx2.
Po. 1. to glean a vineyard Lev. 19,
10. Deut. 24, 21. Trop. of a people, to
be utterly cut off, Jer. 6, 9.
2. to ver, to do evil to any one, with º
of pers. Lam. 1, 22. 2, 20 riz rºis wº
whom thou hast thus vered. 3, 51 **ś
*E* nºis mine eye vereth me, i. e.
pains me Sc. from weeping. Pass. Lam.
1, 12 like unto my sorrow, * Bºis nus
which is brought upon me, with which I
am pained, vexed.—For Job 16, 15 see
in bºy II. Po.
3. to ver, to tease, to be petulant, sau-
cy; hence Part. Bºis” a boy, child, i. q.
Shiv, Is. 3, 12. -
Hith PA. bºrn 1. pr. to quench
thirst, trop. of lust, c. A upon any one,
Judg. 19, 25. Also to gratify or indulge
oneself in vearing, abusing, deriding any
one, to mock, Sept. well éutolºo, Vulg.
©
illudo, 1 Sam. 31, 4, 1 Chr. 10, 4. Num,
22, 29. Jer. 38, 19. º
2. to eacert one’s might, to do wonders.
c. : Ex. 10, 2. 1 Sam. 6, 6.
HiTHPo. to do a deed, to work, c. ace,
Ps. 141, 4.
Deriv.ºhis, Räis, ribbis, bºbs, Hººbs,
Hºy, Bºyz, bºbyn.
Q3 .
* II. bºx i. q. Arab. Jºë 1. to put
in, to thrust im, and intrans, to go in, to
enter, like Chald, bºy q.v.
2. to bind on, to bind fast, whence by
§ 2.
Jºë yoke, like Lat, jugum a Jungendo
Gr. Švyów from £evyvio.
Spy
2by
788
F C. to cause to enter, to thrust in ; Job
6, 15 ºp heya "rººis I have thrust
my horm into the dust, i. e. my head.
Bºy Chald. i. q. Heb. bºx II.
1. to go in, to enter, Syr. id. Spec. of
one who is admitted to the private au-
dience of a king, Dan. 2, 16. 24. Praet. by
Dan. I. c. fem. rºs, Cheth. nº. 5, 10.
Part, plur. Tº 4, 4, 5.8, Cheth. Thhs.
2. Of the sun, to go down, to set, Dan.
6, 15. Comp. Heb. Nia.
APH, to bring in, to introduce any one,
'c, acc. pers. Dan. 2, 24, 6, 19; h 2, 25.
5, 7, Praet. by:r (with inserted) Dan.
2, 25, 6, 19. Imp. bºr 2, 24. Inf. riºr
5, ", and Hºr 4, 3.
Hoph, ºr like the Heb, to be intro-
duced, Dan. 5, 13. 15.
Deriv. Hès, bºg. .
niºv see nibbiy.
* I. Eby to hide, to conceal ; in Kal
ſound only in Part pass. Gºº hidden,
secret, e.g. sins, Ps. 90,8.—Kindr. is nº.
The primitive idea is perh, that of wrap-
ping up, comp. Pº.
NIPH. Bºy; (not tº) to be hidden, to
lve hid, with 7% of pers. from whom, Lev.
2, 2–4. 1 K. 10, 3, 2 Chr. 9, 2; Tºyº
Lev. 4, 13. Num. 5, 13. Job 28, 21.—
Part, tº hidden Ecc. 12, 14; plur.
tº hidden men, i.e. crafty, dissem-
blers, Ps. 26, 4. Fem. Tº hidden, co-
vered in darkness, forgotten, Nah. 3, 11.
HipH. Eºr, rarely with comp.Sheva
as honºr: Ez. 22, 26.
1. to hide, to conceal, c. 7% from any
one, 2 K. 4, 27. Spec, a) tº Bºr,
c. 1% to hide the eyes from any one, i. e.
to turn away from him, a gesture im-
plying neglect, Ez. 22, 26; refusal of
help Is. 1, 15, comp. Prov. 28, 27; or
also connivance Lev. 20, 4, 1 Sam. 12,
3 c. 4. b) is ºn to hide the ear, so
as not to hear, Lam. 3, 56. c) Intrans.
, to hide (oneself) Ps. 10, 1; comp. Hiph.
of Es.
2. to hide, to cover over with words,
... e. to chide, to rebuke, (opp. to enlight-
en i. e. to praise,) Job 42,3; comp. 38, 2.
HITHP, to hide oneself; of a stream,
Job 6, 16 buy-ºn” ionºs in which the
mow hideth itself, lies hid, i.e. the melt-
ng snow in spring, be here implying ap-
proach, see by no. 1. b. y. With 12 to
hide oneself from any person or thing
to turn away from, Deut. 22, 1.3.4. Ps
55, 2 "rºrinº tºrn-bs hide not thyself
from my supplication, i. e. turn not
away. Is. 58, 7.
Deriv. this, Bibºy, Hºsn, Chald
tº , pr. n. iioºx, nºw.
* II. Eby OT Bºy obsol. root, i. Q.
Arab. º pubes fuit et coéundi cupidus,
spoken of young persons and of animals.
y gº {* º g § ſº
Syr. Sass4l id. The primitive idea
seems to be that of falness, fulness, so
that phy is kindr, with bºr, q.v.—Hence
tºy and Tºby, Bºby.
tºy Chald. m. emph. Nº ; plur.
jº, emph. sº: i. q. Heb. this , re-
"mote time, etermity, everlasting, widºv, of
time past Ezra 4, 15; of time future
Dan, 3, 33. 4, 31. 7, 27; whence Dan. 2,
20 sº-Tº Nº-2 from everlasting to
everlasting. So Nº ºr who liveth for
ever sc. God Dan. 4, 31,[34]—For the
Heb. Bhish, Bºzhish, for ever, is put
Tº Dam. 2, 44, 6, 27; as also in the
salutation ºr Tº sº? O king, live
for ever, Dan. 2, 4.3, 9.5, 10. 6, 7, 22.
So too sº. 2, 44, once sºphy thy is
7, 18; comp. in N. T. sig towg divostów
widjvoy Rev. 1, 6, 18. Gal. 1, 5.
Bºy m.(r. tº II) a youth, young man,
of marriageable age, 1 Sam. 17, 56. 20,
22, for which h92 in v. 21. Sept. vsovi.
SN.1 2 3 w 2 .
oxog. Arab. ºë, Rºkš, id.
e
Bºy, see in this.
nºy fem, of bºy, a girl, maiden,
!young woman, sc. of marriageable
9 ºf 9
age, like Arab. 33), š, At , Syr.
isers, Chald. sº , i, q, riº, and
like Gr. 1'sſivus by which the Heb. nº.2
is rendered in Sept. Ps. 68,26, and Aqu.
Symm. Theod. Is. 7, 14.—Gen. 24, 43
Ex. 2, 8. Prov. 30, 19. Plur. riºs Ps
68, 26. Cant. 1, 3. 6, 8. Spoken of a
bride, a youthful spouse, a wife recently
married, Is. 7, 14, comp. riºn: Joel 1, 8
see in art. ‘m no. 2. e. p. 239. The pri
mary idea in this word is not that o'
unspotted virginity, for which the He
*
9 o ºr
opy
789 * Ely
brews have the special word Hºhnā, see
Cant. 6, 8 and Prov. l.c. so that in Sept.
Is... l.c. it is incorrectly rendered to:93é-
vog, nor does it primarily signify the un-
married state, as Hengstenberg con-
tends, Christol. des A. T. II. p. 69; but
simply the being of marriageable age,
the age of puberty. So too Gr. ºrogóé-
wog Il. 2, 514; x09%avoy Judith 16, 12;
Lat, puella Virg. Geor. 4.458; and even
Heb. Hºn: Joel 1, 8. See Comment.
ad Îs. I. c.—Hence nicº be after the
manner of maidens, see by no. 1. a. º. 3
i. e. with the female voice, i. Q. our treble,
soprano, opp. to the deeper voice of
men, 1. Chr. 15, 20 (for which see
under the root ris; I. Pi.) Ps. 46, 1.
Forkel in his Gesch. der Musik I. p. 142,
understands virgin measures, like the
Germ. Jungfrauweis of the Meister-
sänger; but against the context in 1
Chr. l. c.
Tiny (hidden, r. bºx) Almon, pr. n.
a) A town in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18;
called in 1 Chr. 6, 45 [60] nºs Alle-
meth, b) Hºnº-Ticºs Num. 33,46,
a station of the Israelites in the desert
south-east of the Dead Sea.
nºy a word found twice, but of
doubtful authority. a) In Ps. 9, 1 it
seems to be the same with niº Bº Ps.
46, 1, i. e. with the female voice, see un-
derriºs. Perhaps it should be so read.
b) In Ps. 48, 15 the context requires it to
be i. q. this elernity, i, q. for ever and
ever, Sept. eig toug origivo.g, Vulg., in
secula, as if they had read it niºs.
—Many Mss. and editions have it nºn-bs.
even winto death, which in both cases is
foreign to the context.
vºy Chald. gentile n from tº q.v.
Elamite, Plur. Nº Elamites, Ezra
1, 9.
rºy (covering, r. Bes) Alemeth, pr.
1. m. a) 1 Chr. 7, 8, b) 8, 36, 9, 42.
nºy see Tinºs lett. a.
Sk bºy, fut. bºys, i. q tº and yes, to
eault, to rejoice, Job 20 18
Niph. bhy: id. Job 39 13 pºrºz
nº; the wing of the ostrich erulls, i. e.
moves itself joyfully, swiftly. Comp.
Hom. II. 2, 462 &yoAAéuswat it regiveogu.
Hithf. to make oneself joyful to enjoy
oneself, Prov. 7, 18.
× sy a very doubtful root, which
some suppose to be i, q. She to sip up, to
suck up, and thence derive fut. Pi. sº.
they suck up Job 39, 30. More prob. it
ought to read isºsh (changing " into
º, a letter of the same form but larger)
i. e. Twº or sº they sip up eagerly,
praet. Pilel from 9:5, a form often used
of rapid and eager motion. See in ºb.
923. Chald. f. i. q. Heb. *s, a rib,
plur. Tº Dan. 7, 5.
>k rºy in Kal not used, pr. to cover, to
wrap up ; Arab. Călă to lay up in a
chest, casket, etc. Gr. Kolūnto. Comp.
phy no 1.
Pual, Fºx 1. to be covered over, Cant.
5, 14.
2. to be overcome, to be languid, to
faint, see the synon. Titº, ºtº, Is. 51,20.
So of trees Ez. 31, 15, where nº is for
Hºx and refers to Priºr "sº by the rule
in Heb. Gr. § 143. 3.
HITHP. 1. to veil oneself Gen. 38, 14.
2. i. Q. Pu, no. 2, to be overcome, to be-
come languid, to faint, e.g. from heat
Jon. 4, 8; from thirst Am. 8, 13.
npºx see in Fºs Pu. no. 2.
>k yºs fut. Fºxx, i. g. by and bºs, to
eacult, to rejoice, to be joyful, Prov. 11,
10. 28, 12. So njnº 'By to rejoice in
Jehovah. Ps. 5, 12. 9, 3. 1 Sam. 2, 1 ;
* * id. Ps. 68, 4. With h to exult
over any one, to triumph, Ps. 25, 2
Trop of things 1 Chr. 16, 32.
Deriv.nhs.nhs.
‘phy obsol. root, Arab. Já, to
adhere, to be affiaced, spec. of leeches;
Syr. tasºviscous. Hence Hpabs leech,
Q. V.
Trºy see in nº
P2 in st. absol, with conj. acc. and in
constr. but by with disj. acc. and with
art. Esri; c. suff, º, i29; Plur. Bºg,
constr. was ; rarely tº Neh. 9, 22,
constr. Wººs 9, 24. Tº Judg. 5, 14, in
the Aramaean manner (see below in
Ely 790 sy
Jha'd, tº); masc. rarely fem. (collect.)
Ex. 5, 16. Judg. 18, 7. Jer. 8, 5. R. Bºy.
1. a people, nation, so called as being
congregated together, or from their com-
mon interests, etc. q. d. community, com-
monwealth. Syr. Chald. Samarit. id.
& - & § a. *
Arab. to be in common, &le; the
common people, plebs; see in r. tº .-
Constr. with sing, and also as collect.
with plur. both of verbs and adj. Ex. 5,
5. Judg. 2, 4.7. 3, 18.9, 37. 2 K. 14, 21.
21, 24. Is. 9, 1.8. 65, 3. Often of a peo-
ple, properly so called, “coetum juris con-
sensu et utilitatis communione socia-
tum,” Cic. ap. Augustin. Civ. Dei 2.21;
e.g. the people of Israel Psyº by 2 Sam.
18, 7; called also Hirt, tº Ex. 15, 16.
Num. 11, 29. Judg. 5, 11. 1 Sam. 2, 24;
bºrºşr; Ex Judg. 20, 2; º; rerº tº
Deut. 4, 20; ºr by Is. 62, 12 ; also
genr. of any other people, as tº ty,
tº es, every people Esth. 1, 22, 3, 12.
8, 9. Neh. 13, 24; to become one people
Gen. 34, 16. 22, comp. 11, 6. Deut. 1, 28
a people greater and taller than we. 2,
10. 21. 20, 1. So Yºst tº the people of
the land, i. e. the Canaanites Gen. 23,
12. 13. Num. 14, 9; the Egyptians Gen.
42, C; wizz tº the people of Chemosh,
i. e. Moab, Num. 21, 29. Jer. 48, 46. So
too plur. tº nations Gen. 17, 16. Ps.
45, 6. 18. 47,4. Is. 2, 3. 10, 13. 14, 6, 17,
12. al. Yºsrº Deut.28,10; nisºsri ºgs
Ezra 3, 3–Sometimes tº stands in a
narrower sense, for any number or mul-
titude of persons, even not associated,
like Engl. people, some people, comp.
Arab. º; a people, also some people.
Num. 21,6}sº an es nº and there
died much people of Israel. 1 Sam. 9,
24 I have invited the people, i. e. the
guests, thirty persons, v. 22. Judg. 3, 18.
Ps. 18,28 y Es the afflicted ones; comp.
pºſs is Gen. 20, 4. See below in lett. c.
With a genit. in various ways, e. g.
the people of a king, who are ruled by
him, Ex. 7, 28; the people of Jehovah,
of Chemosh, who worship them, see
above, and comp. Ex. 6, 7. Lev. 26, 12.
Deut. 27, 9, al. So of private persons,
e.g. my people, among whom I belong,
am a citizen, Lev. 17, 10. 23, 30. Num.
5, 27. Esth. 2, 10. 20. Ruth 1, 10. al. the
people of Mordecai, the Jews, Esth. 3, §
Hence º 'º the children of my people
my countrymen, my fellow-citizens, Gen.
23, 11; poet "Yº nº id. see in na no. 5
Lam. 2, 11. 3, 48. 4, 3, 6 ; comp. Yº
no. 3.-Also the people of a city, its
inhabitants, Gen. 19, 4.47, 21; thujºn, es
2 Chr. 32, 18, comp. Lam. 1, 1 nºr.
tº "nº the city full of people, thronged
with inhabitants. So Yºst tº the peo-
ple of a land, its inhabitants, 2 K. 11,
18–20. 15, 5, 16, 15. 25, 19. al. put some-
times for the common people in distinc-
tion from the kings and nobles Ez. 7, 27.
Hence the Rabbinic yºs by for a ple-
beian, boor, opp. to one learned.—Once
Ex-Nº a non-people, i.e. not God's people,
gentiles, barbarous enemies, Deut. 32,
21; parall. 5: *ia.
Spec. tº is used in a narrower and
also wider sense :
a) Of a single tribe, race, e. g. by
jºbhai Judg. 5, 18; though here it may
be taken as men, soldiers, see in lett. b.
Plur. bºx often of the tribes of Israel,
Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 32, 8. 33, 3. 19. Is. 3,
13. Hos. 10, 14. Ps. 47, 2. 10. Comp, the
Athenian Öjuot.—Also of one’s family,
kindred, as 2 K. 4, 13 *-ºs º Tiri.
nau; I dwell among mine own family;
and espec. plur. E. "%s one's kindred
friends, Lev. 19, 16. 21, 1.4. So in the
phrases hºs-ºs Fes; to be gathered to
his kindred, i. q. Tri-S-bs ‘3, see in Fos
Niph. no. 1; also ºn nº to be cut
off from his people, kindred, Gen. 17, 14.
Lev. 7, 20.21; see in nº Niph. no. 2.
Comp. Arab. := uncle, and the proper
names bºx, Tºñº, -ºs.
b) Of common soldiers, men, Hom.
Awóg, opp. to the leaders, chiefs; Judg. 8.
5 ºz ºu's Esr, the people (soldiers)
that follow me, 5, 2.9, 36.37. Fully tº
sººn Num. 31, 32; nºrthºr Es Josh. 8,
13. 10, 7. 11, 7.
c) Of attendants, servants, i. q. ‘a Yºs
one's men, one's people ; Gen. 32, 8 Eyr;
ins hugs his servants. 33, 15. 1 K. 19
21. 2 K. 4, 41. Also of the attendants
followers, train of a prince, etc. Judg. 3
18. Ecc. 4, 16. Cant. 6, 12 "Yº rinzº
sº the chariots of a princely train, the
*— is here not suffix, but paragogic at
the constr. state.
sy
tly
791
d) In a wider sense for the human race.
all mankind, q. d. the people of the earth.
Is. 42, 5 rººs tº rºuj, nä that giveth
breath to the people upon it sc, the earth.
40, 7. Ps. 45, 13 by "Tºujy the richest of
people, i.e. the Tyrians. So in irony, Job
12, 2 tº prºs "2 tº no doubt but ye
are all the world, and wisdom will die
with you.
2. Poet. of animals, a race, troop, flock,
Prov. 30, 25. 26. Ps. 74, 14; comp. "in
6 ºr 9
no. 2. So Arab. #: and Gr. Önuog.
by Chald. m. a people, Dal. 2, 44. 3,
29; emphat. Nº Ez. 7, 13. 16.25; nº
5, 12. Plur, emphat. Rººg Dan. 3, 4, 7.
31, 5, 19. 6, 26. 7, 14–Syr. ſax, plur.
&
ar. © tº
|Sasas.
Dy pr. conjunction, communion, from
the root tº, but used only as a parti-
cle, viz.
A) Adv. therewith, ther, withal, at the
same time, Gr. air, astº, Arab, U-3.
1 Sam.17,42 for he was red-haired rººts.
risºn and withal comely of aspect. 16,
12.-Usually
B) Prep. c. suff, "ºy (for which also
*Tºº is used, see Tºº), Tºs (in pause
and fem. Tºº), iº9, Hººs, bººs, tº
Gen. 18, 16, and Erºs Num. 22, 12. Syr.
as, Arab by transp. &. * *
1. with, Lat. cum (which indeed has
the same origin, see in bº), pr: of ac-
companiment, attendance, society; Gen.
13, 1 ins wib, and Lot with him. 18,
16. 1 Sam. 9, 24. 22, 5. Nah. 3, 12.
Hence spec.
a) Of help, aid, Gen. 21, 22 pºrºs
mºs God is with thee i. e. aids thee.
1 Sam. 14, 45; hence after verbs of
helping, as his 1 Chr. 12, 21, pºrrin
q. v. etc.
b) Of mutual and joint action, as pºr.
by to divide with any one Prov. 29, 24,
to inherit with any one Gen. 22, 10; to
make a covenan, with any one, see nº
also by hiº (see nā'ī) to talk with any
one, and hence Ds ºf a word spoken
with any one Job 15, 11. 2 Chr. 1, 9;
tº azu; to lie with any one Gen. 19, 32
sq. 30, .5.
c) In a hostile sense with, for against
as tº prº to fight or make war with
any one ; tº pas; to wrestle with ; anº
ps to strive with any one; also Ps. 55,
19 "Tº hºrſ tº 2 for with many al-
lies are they with me, i. e. do they come
against me. 94, 16 who will help me tº
tº contending with the wicked 2 Job
9, 14. 10, 17. 16, 21. 17, 3.
d) With verbs of doing, i. e. to do
with any one well or ill, to do him good
or evil, to treat him well or ill, as nies
tº aid, Es "prl Huº Josh. 2, 12. Ps. 119.
65; D8 anºn to do good to any one
Gen. 32, 10; tº rº) to be on good
terms with any one Ps. 50, 18; also pºor
By 18, 24; as Ehuj, see Ebº ; tº ji-j
Ps. 78, 37.
e) From the idea of accompanying,
proceeds also that of a common lot,
event, etc. Gen. 18, 23 wilt thou destroy
the righteous with the wicked ? i. e. as
the wicked. v. 25. Job 3, 14. 15. 21, 8.
Ps. 73, 5. Ecc. 2, 16 the wise dielh opith
the fool, as well as the fool, the same lot
falls to both.-Hence
f) As referred to any kind of equality,
likeness, etc. Job 40, 15 lo 1 behemoth
(the hippopotamus) whom Jhave created
Tº equally with thee, as well as th re.
9, 26. Ps. 73,25 yns: "Fºr Nº Tºs so
as with thee I delight in nothing upon
earth. Coupled with verbs of likeness,
tº bºn: to be compared with, i. e. to be
like to any thing Ps. 143, 7.
g). Oſ likeness in respect to time; Ps.
72, 5 tº 59 ºsyº they shall reve-
rence thee with the sun i. e. so long as
the sun endures. Comp. Dan. 3, 33;
also Ovid Amor. 1. 15. 16, “cum sole et
luna semper Aratus erit.”
2. with, i. q. at, by, near, spoken of
nearness, vicinity, etc. hSã as at or by
the well Gen. 25, 11 ; bº tº by or near
Shechem (the city) 35, 4; rinº Es by
i. e., before Jehovah, at his sanctuary
1 Sam. 2, 21; "Jº Es at i. e. before the
face of any one Job 1, 12. Hence, ‘to
dwell with any one,’ i. e. in his house or
family, Gen. 27, 44; in or among his
people 23, 4 ; ‘to serve with any one,’
i. e. to be his servant Gen. 29, 25. 30.-
Spec. “with or by any one’ is said:
a) Fir in the house of any one, chez
quelqu'un ; see the above examples, and
also Gen. 24, 25 straw and provender
tºy 792 tly
enough is º with us, in our house. In
the later Hebrew fully written 'E nº ps
1 Chr. 13, 14.
b) For in one's body; Job 6, 4 the ar-
rows of the Almighty are "Tºx, Sept. §y
tº go uotl uov. Oftener
c) For in one's mind; Job 27, 11 hugs
ºries Nº ºn tº what is with the Al-
mighty will I not conceal, i. e. what is in
his mind, how he is disposed. 9, 35 Nº
*Tº "sis a not so am I with myself,
i. e. not so disposed in mind sc. that I
should fear. Num. 14, 24. Also of pur-
pose, intention; Job 10, 13 rRt "a rºº
Tº I know that this is with thee, that
such is thy purpose. 23, 14. Of that
which one knows, is acquainted with ;
Ps. 50, 11 the beasts of the field are with
me, in my mind, i. e. I know them all;
parall. "rºl. Job 15, 9. Of one's opin-
ion, judgment, e. g. bs PS PTY to be
just with God, i. e. in the view of God,
Job 9, 2, 25, 4; comp. Lat. “apud me
multum valethaec opinio.” Arab. 5.Xie
‘with me’ i. e. in my opinion.—In the
later Hebrew more fully written "3% ty,
*::: Es, like the Gr. ºet& pgsgiv, Lat.
apud animum statuere, proponere; Ecc.
1, 16 ºzº tº "rºaº I communed with my
heart, thought within myself. Deut. 8, 5.
Ps, 77, 7. 2 Chr. 1, 11 ; so of purpose 1
Chr. 22, 7. 28, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 7.8. 24, 4.
29, 10; of that which one knows Josh.
14, 7. 1 K. 10, 2. 2 Chr. 9, 1.
d) Also with men is often said for
among them, in the midst of them,
as Gr, usû' étalgow, usi &vöggot, Lat.
apud exercitum, for in exercitu; comp.
Germ. mit, which comes from the same
root with Mitte and Gr. aerº, also Engl.
mid, amid, amidst. Is. 38, 11 "aujº tº
bºr, with (amid) the inhabitants of the
world. 2 Sam, 13, 23 tº Es in the
midst of Ephraim.
e) Metaph. notwithstanding, comp.
* *
# in B. no. 2. e. Arab. cº De Sacy
Gr. Arabe I. § 1094. ed. 2. So n; tº i. q.
In Engl. with this, for all this, i. e. not-
trithstanding, Neh. 5, 18.
NoTE. In many of its significations tº
accords with nS II; and hence Ewald
proposes to derive the latter from by , i.e.
nº, contr. nº, which is then changed
to ns, Krit. Gramm. p. 608. But
that both their origin and primary
force are different, is sufficiently shows
above.
3. With 7% prefixed, tºº (Arab
&e co-w), spoken of those who gº
from a person or place with, at, by whom
or which they previously were, Fr
d’avec. Similar is ns? p. 586.-Spec.
a) from with, from one's vicinity,
neighbourhood, after verbs of going
away, departing, Gen. 13, 14, 20, 16; o.
dismissing Deut. 15, 12. al. riºr Ex2
from near the altar Ex. 21, 14. I)eut
23, 16. Judg. 9, 37. Job 28, 4.
b) from one's house, de chez quelqu'un,
comp. Es no. 2. a. His he tº from the
house of Pharaoh Ex. 8, 8.25. 26.9, 33.
10, 6, 18.
c) from one’s power, i.e. from any one,
after verbs of receiving, taking, 2 Sam.
3, 15; of demanding Ex. 22, 13; of buy-
ing 2 Sam. 24, 21. Oſten of God, from .
whom as the author and cause any
thing proceeds; Ps. 121, 2 my help com-
eth nin, Esº from Jehovah. Is. 8, 18
'we are signs and wonders to Israel by?
Fijn', from Jehovah, i.e. sent by him for
this intent. 7, 11. 29, 6.1 K. 2, 33. 2 Chr.
10, 15. Arab. JJ, c Jº ex jussu, ex
voluntate alic.
d) from one’s mind, heart, etc. 1 Sam.
16, 14 the spirit of the Lord departed
bhNuș tºº from with Saul, from his mind
and heart. Hence of a judgment or
opinion proceeding from any one, Job
34, 33 doth God retribute Tº according
to thy mind? 2 Sam. 3, 28; of purpose
or intent Gen. 41, 32. 1 Sam. 20, 33.
e) from among, comp. tº no. 2. d.
hºrs Exº Ruth 4, 10.
by Chald. i. q. Heb. with, cum, of ac-
companiment Dan. 2, 18, 43. 6, 22. 7
13 one like the Son of Man came tº
Rºquy ºy with the clouds of heaven,
comp. ust& Ttvotifs. &všuovo Od. 2, 148.
In a hostile sense, with i. e. against
Dan. 7, 21, see Heb. By no. 1. c.—Of
time during which any thing is done
comp, the Heb. no. 1. g; sº Es
Eng. by night, Dan. 7, 2; so Arab,
JJJſ Jºe. Also nº tº 5s with al
generations, i.e. so long as the genera,
tions of men shall endure, Dan. 3, 33
4, 31.
Tºy
Tºy
793
* 1. Toy fut. Tº 1. to stand ;
Dhald. and Talm. to stand up, see in
no. 4. Arab. and Eth. more freq. oute
Uº a column; whence in the verb
Jºe Conj. I, II, IV, and Udº to
make stand, to prop up, sc. by a col-
umn, etc. In the Syriac church res
is ‘to baptize”, perh. hecause the per-
son to be baptized stood in the water;
but see Castell. Lex. Syr. ed. Michaelis
sub v.–Spoken of men Gen. 24, 30, 31.
41, 17. al. saep.of beasts Gen. 41, 3; of
things Deut. 31, 15. Josh, 3, 16. 11, 13.
It implies not only that one already
stands in a place, but also that he comes
to stand there, q. d. to take a stand, to
place oneself; as 1 K, 20, 38 tº Tº
Tin-bs and he stood to meet the king
on the way. 1 Sam, 17, 51 he ran and
stood by the Philistine, Hab. 3, 11 the
sun and the moon stood in (betook them-
selves into) their dwelling; so Yºº Tº
to stand in the breach, see in yºu. The
place in or upon which one stands is
put with a Ps. 1, 1; oftener with by
Hab. 2, 1. Jer. 6, 16. Ez. 11 23, 2 Chr.
30, 16; also **** by Tº to stand wpon
one's feet Ez. 2, 1, Zech. 12 12, But
by Tºy is further to stand near any
one (see by A. 3, a , i. e. to come near
2 Sam. 1, 9, 10; and then trop, a) to
ſtand by or for, ... e. to succour, to de-
fend, comp. By A. 2. b. Dan. 12, 1.
Esth. 8, 11. 9, 16; comp. h tºp Ps. 94,
16. 6) to stand over, i.e. to be set over
Num. 7, 2, y) to stand upon, i. e. to
confide in, Ez. 33, 26; so Syr. S. xaſ,
Also with **, once ºn-rs 1 K, 12.6
where 2 Chr. 10, 6 "ºh, to stand before
any one Gen. 18, 22; usually i. q. to
serve, to minister unto him, e. g. to a
king or leader Deut. 1, 38. 1 K. 1, 28.
.0, 8, Dan. 1, 5. Jer. 52, 12; comp. Tºy
flººn bºrº to stand in the king's palace
Dan. 1, 4. So to sland before Jehovah,
to act as his servant and minister, e. g.
of the priests and Levites Deut. 10, 8.
Judg. 20, 28, comp. Ps. 134, 1; the pro-
phets 1 K. 17, 1. 18, 15. 2 K. 5, 16. Jer.
15, 19. Also i. q, to enter upon a ser-
vice or ministry, Gen. 41,46–Once Tº
"Rºh of sexual intercourse Lev. 18, 23.
2. to stand, i. e. to stand firm, to per
sist, to endure, opp. to fall, to perish,
Ecc. 1, 4 rººs Bºish Yºsr, the earth
standeth for ever, Ps 202, 27 they (the
heavens) shall perish, but thou endurest.
Ps. 33, 11 the decree of Jehovah stand-
eth for ever. 19, 10. 111, 3. Ex. 18, 23.
Am. 2, 15. Hos. 10,9. Hence, to con-
tinue, not to die, Ex. 21, 22; of things,
not to perish, Jer. 32, 14. Also 12:
Hºrºza to stand firm in battle Ez. 13, 5.
With "gº to stand before anyone, i.e. to
bear up against him, to resist him, Ps.
76, 8, 130, 3. 147, 17. Nah. 1, 6; more
rarely c. *z, Josh. 21, 44, 23, 9; 13:
Ecc. 4, 13; 7% Dan. 11, 8; simply Dan.
11, 25. 32. With a to persist, to perse-
vere in any thing, Is. 47, 12. Ecc. 8, 3.
2 K. 23, 3; once c. acc. Ez. 17, 14 to
keep the covenant and Frºh to stand to
it ; comp. Esth. 3, 4 whether Mordecai's
matters would stand, i. e. whether he
would persist in that course.
3. to stand, i. e. to stand still, to stop,
opp. to go on, to proceed. 1 Sam. 20, 38
haste, ºr b8 stop not. Gen. 19, 17.45,
9. Jer. 4, 6. Of things, as the sun stand-
ing still in his course Josh. 10, 3; oil no
ſonger flowing 2 K. 4, 6; the sea becom-
ing calm Jon. 1, 15. Hence a) to stay,
to remain in a place, c. 3, 2 K. 15, 20;
ns, by of pers. Gen. 45, 1. 2 Sam. 20, 11;
absol. Ez. 9, 28. Of things, Dan. 10, 17.
Jer. 48, 11. Ecc. 2, 9. Often to remain.
in any state, condition, c. : Lev. 13, 5.
37. b) With 72 to stop from doing any
thing, to leave off, to desist. Gen. 29, 35
nº ºn and left bearing. 30, 9.
4. to stand, i.e. to stand up, to rise up
to arise, i. q. tºp; Sept. &riotnut. Lev.
19, 16 ºn tº 99 ºn sº nor shall thou
rise up against the blood of thy neighbour.
Elsewhere only in the later Heb. e.g. of
one who rises up to speak 2 Chr. 20, 5
24, 30; or for help Is. 47, 13. Dan. 12, 1;
of a new king or prince Dan. 8, 23. 11
2. 3. 20. Ecc. 4, 15; of one who rises from
the dead Dan. 12, 13. Of things, to
arise, e.g. deliverance Esth. 4, 14; war
1 Chr. 20, 4. Dan. 11, 31.—With 52,
to rise up against any one, Dan. 8, 25.
11, 14. 1 Chr. 21, 1. 2 Chr. 20, 23; comp.
Ezra 10, 15.—Once, to stand forth, i. e.
to exist, to be; Ps, 33, 9 Tºº Hºx Nhn
he (God) commanded, and it stood forth.
67
*Tºy
rºy
794
5. Pass. of Hiph. no. 1, to be set, con-
stituted, appointed ; Ezra 10, 14 - Tº
tº Nº let now our rulers be appointed.
HipH. Tºr, fut. Twº: 1. Causat.
of Kal no. 1, to make stand, to set, to
place, e.g. a person (or thing Ex. 24,
11) in any place, with A,%2, "ºh, accord-
ing to the nature of the case ; Gen. 47,
7. Lev. 14, 11. 16, 7, 27, 8, 11. Num. 3,
6. 5, 16. 18. 30. Is. 21, 6. Ps. 31, 9. al.
Hence to set up, e.g. statues, idols, 2
Ch. 33, 19; a house, to build up, 2 Chr.
24, 13. Ezra 2, 68.9,9; doors Neh. 6, 1.
7, 1–Trop. to set up, to constitute, to
appoint, e. g. a) To any office, to set
over any charge, 1 K. 12, 32. 1 Chr. 15,
16. 2 Chr. 11, 22. 19, 8. 31, 2. Esth. 4,
5. al. b) to appoint, to establish, c. acc.
2 Chr. 30, 5; acc. and dat. of pers. 2 Chr.
38, 8 (in 2 K. 21, 8 in). Ps. 30, 8, 105,
10; by of pers. Neh. 10, 33.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to make stand
firm, i. e. to establish, to maintain, to
preserve, 1 K. 15, 4. 2 Chr. 9, 8. Prov.
29, 4; to preserve alive Ex. 9, 16. Trop.
to confirm, i. q. Bºp, 2 Chr. 35, 2. Dan.
11, 14 to confirm the vision sc. by the
event.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to make stand
still, to settle, to compose, sc. the features,
2 K. 8, 11. Also to set oneself, to stand,
to stand still, 2 Chr. 18, 34; parall. in
1 K. 22, 35 is Hoph.
4. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to cause to
arise, to raise up, Job 34, 24; a prophet
Neh. 6, 7; an army Dan. 11, 11. 13; a
wind Ps. 107, 25.
HoPH. to be set, placed, Lev. 16, 10;
to remain 1 K. 22, 35.
Deriv. Tºy, Hºy, Tºny, Tºg,
nººn.
rvi v
* II. Tº &r. Asyóu. in HipH, but of
doubtful authority; Ez. 29, 7 nºrth
bºrº-bº Brih, which is manifestly for
"a" ºr and thou madest all their
loins to shake, tremble, comp. Ps. 69, 24.
Syr. id. Sept. ovyšklogo.g. But whether
the letters are thus transposed by some
special usage of the language, or merely
by a corruption in this one passage, is
uncertain. In any case this form is pro-
bably to be reckoned among the many
icences or barbarisms in the language
»f Ezekiel.
Tº prep. i. q. Es, found only with
suff, of 1 pers. "Tº i. q. "gs with me
Gen. 21, 23. 31, 5; by or with me, in
my house, etc. Gen. 29, 19. 27. Other
examples see under DS.—This form has
no connection with the root Tºy to stand
but belongs rather to an obsol. rock
Tax i. q. TºS to bind, to connect, and
• O
corresponds to the Arab. Jºe. Se
in Dº: no. 1.
Tº m. (r. 14s) only c. suff. *Tnx.
a word of the later Heb. i. q. Ripº , a
stand, i. e. place where one stands, Dan.
8, 17. 18. 10, 11. Neh. 8, 7.9, 3. 13, 11.
2 Chr. 30, 16. 34, 31. 35, 10.
*Tºy
§y, see in Tºs.
Tº f. a station, domicil, Mic. 1, 11.
R. Tºy.
* Tº obsol, root, with the idea of
society, companionship, communion, like
r. nº. Deriv.nº.
Tº f. (r. 52s.) 1. Pr. subst, a ga.
thering, conjunction, communion ; found
only in constr. Fºx Ecc. 5, 15, elsewhere
rash, c. suff, "rāsh; once nins: Ez.
45, 7; always as Prep. i. q. Es, viz.
a) together with, i.e. by, at, near, Ex.
25, 27. 28, 27. 37, 14. 39, 20. Lev. 3, 9.
b) Spec. of persons or things which
move along parall. to and near each
other, so as to be over against each
other; 2 Sam. 16, 13 and Shimei went
along on the hill's side ingº over
against him (the king), and threw stones
irºsh over against him, i.e. he kept
along by the side of the king's train, and
threw stones and cast dust, not directly
at the king, comp. v. 6. Ez. 40, 18.42, 7.
—Also of things which take place at the
same time ; Ez. 1, 20 and the wheels
were lifted up prºh together with them,
i. e. at the same time with them. v. 21
3, 13. 10, 19. 11, 22. Comp. Dº no. 1. g.
Hence
c) equally with, like, even as ; 1 Chr.
24, 31 these cast lots Priºrs nº even
as their brethren. 26, 12. 16. Neh. 12
24. Ecc. 7, 14. Emphat. Ecc. 5, 15
nº-º altogether as, in all points like
as; comp. Tis-bz Job 17, 3.
d) along with, i.e. besides, Ez. 45, 6
comp. v. 1. 48, 13, 18. 21.
‘lºy
52y
795
2. Ummah, pr. n. of a town in Asher,
Josh. 19, 30.
Tºy m. (r. 12s) plur. bºy, Eºs,
constr. *T22.
1. a column, pullar, Judg. 16, 25. 26.
K. 7, 2 sq. Tºr. Tº the column of
cloud Ex. 33, 9, 10, and Esri Tºy the
column of fire 13, 22. The pillars of
heaven, i.e. lofty mountains, Job 26, 11;
of the earth Job 9, 6. Ps. 75, 4.
2. a stand, platform, elevated place
for standing, 2 K. 11, 14. 23, 3.
jºy i. q. "99-13, (comp. Gen. 19, 38,
viz. Son of my kindred, i.e. born of in-
cest; from by no. 1. a, with the syllable
ji added, as Tinºp from tºp, jigs" from
UN") Ammon, pr. n. of the son of Lot
by his youngest daughter Gen. 19, 30
sq. Also for the Ammonites descended
from him, who dwelt beyond the Jordan
in the tract of country between the
streams Jabbok and Arnon, 1 Sam. 11,
11; oftener Tias "º Num. 21, 24. Deut.
2, 37. 3, 16. al. For their country see
Deut. 3, 16. Job 12, 2. Judg. 11, 13. In
Ez. 25, 2–5 ins-ºn is put for º: Yºs
jiàº, like the Lat. ‘in Bruttios, Sam-
nites, profectus est," i. e. into their terri-
tory. See Reland Palaestina p. 103.
Ersch and Gruber's Encycl. art. Am-
mon, Vol. III. p. 371–The gentile n. is
"...i.as, f nºiſſy, Ammonite Deut. 23, 4.
1 Sam. 11, 1. 2. 1 K. 14, 21. 2 Chr. 24,
26; plur. f. niºix 1 K. 11, 1. Neh. 13,
23, where Keri has niº e
piny (borne up, sustained, r. boy)
Amos, pr.m. of a prophet, Am. 1, 1.7, 8 sq.
; :-- -
Pºy (deep, r. pºs) Amok, pr. n. m.
Neh. 12, 7. 20.
bSºx (servant of God, see in by no.
1. c.) Ammiel, pr. n. m. a) Num. 13,
12. b) 2 Sam. 9, 4, 5, 17, 27. c) 1
Chr. 26, 5. d) 1 Chr. 3, 5; for which
2 Sam. 11, 3 bººks.
Tºmºy (one of the tribe of Judah,
“ - Tºny "Žs) Ammihud pr. n. m. a.)
Sam. 13, 37 Keri. b) Num. 1, 10. 2,
8. 1 Chr. 7, 26. c) Num. 34, 20. d)
b. v. 28, e) 1 Chr. 9, 4.
Tºy (kindred of the gºver, . e.
Jehovah, comp. bsºs, hºnºs) Ammi-
Babad, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 6.
"º (kindred of nobles) Ammi
hur, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 13, 37 Cheth. for
Thrºw lett. a.
Pºy (kindred of the prince) Am.
ninadab, pr. m. m. a) Ex. 6, 23. Num,
1, 7. Ruth 4, 19. 1 Chr. 2, 10. b) 15, 10.
11, c) 1 Chr. 6, 7.
Pº Chald, adj. (r. Pºs) deep, pro.
found; trop. hidden, unsearchable, Dan
2, 22.
"?? m. (r. 52y) 1. pr: a handful of
grain as cut down, before it is gathered
into sheaves, Jer. 9, 22.
2. a sheaf, i. q. hºs, Am. 2, 13. Mic.
4, 12. Zech. 12, 6.—Chald. Rººzy id.
"Tºy (kindred i.e. servant of the
Almighty, comp. bsºs) Ammishaddai,
pr. n. m. Num. 1, 12. 2, 25.
Fºx f. (r. H^x) 1. society, compa-
nionship; Zech. 13, 7 ºnvºy has the
man of my fellowship, i. e. my compa-
nion.
2. Concr. i. q. Sº, ö almolov, neigh-
bour, fellow-man, Lev. 5, 21. 18, 20. 19,
11. 15. 17. 24, 19. 25, 14. 15. 17. In this
signif it is also joined (ad sensum) with
a masc. Lev. 19, 17.
>k bºy fut. Bº, to labour, with the
idea of effort and exhaustion, to toil,
Ecc. 5, 15; c. , to labour for any one,
Prov. 16, 26; c. 3, to labour in or upon
any thing, Jon. 4, 10. Ecc. 2, 21. Ps. 127,
1.—Ecc. 1, 3 bºu, ibºº-bºx of all the
labour wherewith he toileth. 2, 19. 20.
5, 17. Arab. Jºe to labour, to make.
Syr. Šas to labour, to be fatigued.
Deriv. the two following.
%2 m. (once f Ecc. 10, 15.) 1. la-
bour, toil, i. e. a) pr. Ecc. 1, 3 2, 11.
3, 13. 4, 8; trop. of the mind Ps. 73, 16.
Meton. fruit of labour, Ps. 105,44. Ecc.
2, 19. b) travail, sorrow, anguish, mi-
sery, including the idea of wearisome
and painful effort, Sept. Trovog, uáz&og,
xónos, Gen. 41, 52. Deut. 26, 7, Job 3,
10. 4, 8, 7, 3. Ps. 7, 15. 73, 5. Often
coupled with synonymous words, as
lºs, bºy Ps. 10, 7.90, 10; bºy Tys Ps.
55, 11; ox2 bºy Ps. 10, 14, etc. Job
16, 2 bºy ºr 2% miserable comforters
52y
Oºy
796
Is 63, 11 iSE: $29% from the travail i. e.
surrow of his soul.—In Num. 23, 21. Is.
10, 1, it is sometimes rendered iniquity,
fault, i. q. S.; but the signification,
sorrow, misery, may well be adopted in
both.
2. Amal, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 35.
ºny m. adj. (r. 928) plur. Rºg.
1. labouring, toiling, with severe ef.
fort and exhaustion ; often put with
personal pronouns for a finite verb, Ecc.
2, 22, 4, 8, 9, 9. Hence a labourer,
workman, Judg. 5, 26. Prov. 16, 26.
2. sorrowful, wretched, Job 3, 20, 20,
22
Pºg Amalek, pr. n. 1. The Ama-
lekites, a very ancient people Gen. 14, 7.
Num. 24, 20, who inhabited the regions
on the south of Palestine between Idu-
mea and Egypt, comp. Ex. 17, 8–16.
Num. 13, 30. 1 Sam. 15, 7; also to the
eastward of the Dead Sea and Mount
Seir, Num. 24, 20. Judg. 3, 13. 6, 3.33;
and who appear likewise to have settled
down here and there in Palestine itself,
whence the mount of the Amalekites in
the territory of Ephraim Judg. 12, 15;
comp. 5, 14. They often waged war with
the Israelites; the latest mention of them
s during the reign of Hezekiah 1 Chr.
4, 43.—In the genealogical traditions of
9 & 9 * *
the Arabians, the Gºe, cºurs 5
are reckoned among the aborigines of
that country. See Reland Palaestina p.
78–82, D'Herbelot Biblioth. Orient. p.
214. J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr.
Hebr. ext. T. I. p. 170–177. Ejusd.
Supplem. p. 1927. Ersch and Gruber's
Encycl. art. Amalek, Vol. III. p. 301,–
The gentile n. is "pºº Amalekite, with
the art. collect. Gen. 14, 7. Judg. 12, 15.
2. A grandson of Esau, the founder of
an Arab tribe, Gen. 36, 16; comp. v. 12.
* Bºy 1. pr. to bring together, to
congregate, to conjoin ; whence tº a
people, Es with, by, Fºx conjunction.
Arab. is to be common, to be in com-
mon. 'This root is very widely spread
both in the Semitic and Indo-European
anguages. In the former comp. tº to
tollect, whence tº, nº ; Bh2 to cumu-
ate ; and preserving the guttural tºs,
rºy, ºr kinsman, father-in-law. In the
latter comp. Lat. cum, com, cumulus
cunctus, (from cungo i. Q. jungo,) Gr
zowog (xvyós), yºuog, and with the pala-
tal letter either softened into an aspirate
or changed to a sibilant Sanscr. Sam.
Pers. , Gr. &uo, öuós, òuoiſ, (with d
or l subjoined as a third radical Gulos,
ăuodog, comp. Heb. Tºº, Lat. simul,)
giv, Švvös, Moesogoth. sama, saman, Fr.
ensemble, Dan. Sam, Anglosax. samod
with, Germ.sammt, zusammen, sammelm.
Comp. also, for the Slavic languages,
Dorn ilber die Verwandtschaft des Per-
sischen und Gr. Lat. Sprachstammes p.
183.
2. to shut up, to close; hence to hide, to
conceal ; trop. to overshadow, to surpass,
Ez. 31, 8. Impers. Ez. 28, 3 panº-biº
Tºn?: Nº no secret thing can they hide
as to thee, i. e. nothing can be hid from
thee; see Heb. Gr. § 134. 3. b.-Arab.
3 to cover ; to obstruct, to shut up ;
Pass, to be hidden, veiled with clouds,
sc. the heavens. Chald. Egºs to ob-
scure ; Ithp. Dºns to be obscured, to
grow dark, as the eyes, etc.
HoPh. Dyhn to be obscured, to become
dim, e. g. the lustre of gold Lam. 4, 1.
Deriv. Es, es, rigs, also pr. n. Tine.
bs"?s, etc.
Dºy plur. and Chald, jºy, na-
tions, tribes, see in CŞ.
SSºx (God with us) Immanuel, the
symbolical and prophetic name of a
child, Is. 7, 14.8, 8. Sept. Eugovoviţă.
>k bºy, On CC tº: Neh. 4, 11, fut.
b%iºn, to take up, to lift up, e. g. a stone
Zech. 12, 3; to bear, to carry, Is. 46, 3.
Spec. to take up and place upon a beast
of burden, to load, absol. Is. 46, 1. Neh.
4, 11 [17]; with 59 of beast, the acc. of
burden being omitted, Gen. 44, 13 boxº
inorſ-by wins lit, each one lifted the load
wpon his ass, i.e. loaded his ass. Neh.
13, 15. Trop. Ps. 68, 20 ºh-oº: if one
lift (lay) a burden upon us, God is our
deliverer.
HipH. bºr, to lift up a load upon any
one, to load, c. By 1 K. 12, 11. 2 Chr
10, 11.
Deriv. rigºsz, and the pr. n. Sins
Tºº, Rººs, ºº, pujos.
OYOy
pay
797
Tºy (whom Jehovah bears, comp.
s. 46, 3) Amasiah, pr. n. m. 2 Chr. 17
h6.
"Tºy (people of duration) Amad, pr.
n. of a town in the tribe of Asner, Josh.
19, 26.
Sk p?y to be deep, metaph. to be un-
searchable, Ps. 92, 6. Comp. Gr. 6090-
powy, 6&90s.. 'roplog zoº yyūjosa's 9 soil
Rom. 11, 33.—Arab. Gls , more rarely
by transpos. Cº-º-o: Aram. -ases, Eth.
Udºp, id.
HipH. Pººr, to make deep, often ſol-
lowed by a finite verb. Is. 7, 11 p?sri
nº make deep, ask, i. e. demand that
a wonder shall come from the deep,
from below. Also with inf. c. h, SO 3 S
to be taken in an adverbial sense, Jer.
49, 8, 30 rºº pººr, make deep to
dwell, make deep your dwellings, dwell
in the depths of the earth. Hos. 9,9. Is.
29, 15 nºrth tºpºzyºn who hide deep.
Things are also said to be deep which
extend to a great length from the eye
of the spectator, as Gr. 609 is tétog a
deep tract i.e. of great length, 30.9 slo.
wińſ a deep court II. 9. 142; as we also
speak of the depth of a house from front
to rear, comp. pºs. So Is. 30, 33 pººr,
Firºz annºn deep and broad do they
make the pile thereof. Metaph. Pººr:
nºt to turn deeply i. e. far away, to
depart widely, Is. 31, 6. Hos. 5, 2.
Deriv. Pºs, pºs, pºs, pºs, pºs,
tºpºp, pr. m. pins.
Pº adj. deep, profound, only in plur.
constr. Hºº "pºs a people deep of lip,
i.e. of obscure speech, using a foreign
anguage which cannot be understood,
s. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5, 6.
Poy adj (r. Pas) frºy, plur. Bºx,
rºpºs.
1. deep, e.g. waters Prov. 18, 4. 20, 5;
... pit 22, 14, 23, 27; the plague of lep-
rosy as deeper than the skin Lev. 13, 3
sq. Plur. f. ripºs Or ripºs deep things
Job 12, 22.
2. Metaph. unsearchable, not to ve
‘ound out, Ps. 64, 7. Ecc. 7, 24. Job 11, 8.
Pºž m. (r. pºs) c. suff. "pºs plur.
tºpº, a valley, pr: a long low plain,
60.3 is ténog, (see the root in Hiph.
adapted to the culture of grain Job 39
10. Ps. 65, 14. Cant. 2, 1 ; and also con
venient for battles Job 39, 21. So Num
14, 25. Josh. 8, 13. Judg. 7, 1 sq. 1 K.
20, 28. Jer. 48, 8. al. With art, pººr
once poet. for Jerusalem Jer. 21, 13;
elsewhere of a valley or plain before
mentioned, Judg. 1, 19. 34. 5, 15. 7, 1.8.
12. Plur. E"p?y seems once to be put
for the inhabitants of valleys, 1 Chr. 12,
15 they put to flight 5"pººr-bº all (them
of) the valleys ; unless perhaps we may
read ºp;3ry-bº all the Anakim, just as
in Jer. 47, 5 for Epº nºnsu; it is better
with Sept. to read ºp; nº-sº (Aske-
lon) the remnant of the Anakim, comp.
v. 4; see also Josh. 11, 21.—It differs in
usage from the words of kindred mean-
ing Hºpa, "A, brº, in that each of these
words is applied only to certain particu-
lar valleys or plains. So too pº is
used of the following valleys:
a) Hºst pº the Valley of Elah, i. e.
of Terebinths, south-west of Jerusalem,
leading out from among the hills to the
great plain, the scene of David's triumph
over Goliath, 1 Sam. 17,2, 19.21, 10. See
Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 349, 350.
b) sº pº the Valley of Baca, i. e.
of Weeping, see in Nº, no. 1.
c) rºº pº the Valley of Berachah,
i. e. of Blessing, south of Bethlehem,
2 Chr. 20, 26. Now Wady Bereikitt,
e; Kºrº ; see Bibl. Res in Palest. II.
p. 189. Biblioth. Sacr. 1843, p. 43.
d) Tºri pºs the King's Dale, perh.
towards the Dead Sea, Gen. 14, 17. 2
Sam. 18, 18.
e) --Sº pº the Plain of Rephaim,
i.e. of the Giants, beginning near the
valley of Hinnom, south-west of Je-
rusalem, and stretching off as a plain
south-west on the right of the road to
Bethlehem, Josh. 15, 8, 18, 16. 2 Sam.
5, 18. 22. Josh. 17, 5. See Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 323, 324.
f) tº pº the Vale of Siddim, see.
in bºw.
g) "sp prº the Vale of Keziz, pr. n.
of a city of Benjamin Josh. 18, 2.
Other valleys take their names from
adjacent towns, as Tisº pº near Gi-
beon Is. 28, 1, comp. Josh. 10, 11; riº's
67%
pºly
=ly
798
Ps. 60,8; hssº "s, see p. 393; inir's
Gen. 37, 14; Tiºs 's the Vale of Ajalon,
near that city, Josh. 10, 12 ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 63. Also from per-
sons, as pºin' 's the Valley of Jehosha-
phat, Joel 4, 2. 12; see p. 386. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 396.
Pºv m. (r. Pºs) depth, Prov, 25, 3.
t2
Chald, spºts, Syr. Pascas, id.
“Tº in Kal not used. Arab. 2.;
to overwhelm with water; Conj. II, III,
to rush upon, to assault vehemently;
Conj. VII, VIII, to be overwhelmed,
submerged. Hence to Heb. Yº, so far
as we can judge from the verb and its
derivatives, may be ascribed the follow-
ing significations:
1. to heap together, to accumulate,
kindr, with hor, no. 3. Hence nºy,
nºs, Pi. -gs. e t
2. to overwhelm any one, to rush upon,
as Arab. Conj. II, III. See Hithpa.
3. to overwhelm any thing, to sub-
merge ; comp. Yºr. Hence pr. m.
nºs.
PIEL denom. from hºs, to heap toge-
ther, to gather up grass or grain as cut.
Ps. 129, 7 wherewith the mower filleth
not his hand, nº.9% ºr nor the gath-
erer his arm.
HITHPA. ºrn, to rush upon any
one, to lay hands upon violently, c. 2, ;
comp. bºrn and bºiann c. by Gen. 43,
18. So of a female slave who has been
ner master's concubine, Deut. 21, 14
thou shalt not sell her ... Yºrn Nº.
53 nor shalt thou lay hands upon her sc.
to chastise her. Of a slave stolen, Deut.
24, 7 if one steal a man of Israel-hºrrº
intº iz and lay hands on him and sell
him ; comp. Gen. l. c.—Others by con-
ject. to make merchandise of any one.
Deriv.nº, -ºs, pr. n. Fºx, "-ºx.
Tºy Chald. m. wool, i. q. Heb. 23,
Dan. 7, 9.
nºw m. (r. ºnzº) 1. a handful of
grain, a sheaf, Lev. 23, 10–13. Deut. 24,
19. Job 24, 10. Plur, tº Ruth 2, 7.
15 Sept. 396,-uw. Targ. Ryº's id.
2. an omer, a measure of things dry,
equal to the tenth part of an ephah, or
3# quarts (see Ex. 16, 36); Ex. 16, 16.
18. 22. 32. 33.—Not to be confounded
with the hºn, which contained ter
ephahs.
rºy (prob. Submersion, r. nº, comp
tº conflagration) Gomorrah, Sept.
I'égogów, pr. n. of one of the four towns
in the vale of Siddim, submerged in the
Dead Sea. Where all are enumerated,
Gomorrah is put second, Gen. 10, 19,
14, 2.8. Deut. 29, 22; but oftener only
two are mentioned, Sodom and Gomor-
rah, Gen. 13, 10. 14, 10. 11. Is. 1, 9. 10,
Jer. 23, 14. 50, 40. Zeph. 2, 9, al.
"Tº i, q, nº perh, pupil of Je-
So 2
hovah, comp. Arab. 2.É untaught, in-
experienced) Omri, pr. n. a) A king
of Israel, r. 929–918 B.C. the founder of
Samaria, 1 K. 18, 16 sq. 2 K. 8, 26. Mic.
6, 16. Sept. "Auðgt. b) 1 Chr. 7, 8.
c) 9, 4. d) 27, 18.
tºy (kindred of the Lofty One i.e. of
God) Amram, pr. n. m. a.) The father
of Moses Ex. 6, 18. 20. Num. 3, 19;
whence patronym. "Yº Amramite,
Num. 3, 27. 1 Chr. 26, 23. b) Ezra 10,
34.
tºy
Fºr )
Rºy (burden, r. bºs) Amasa, pr.
n. m. a)2 Sam. 17, 25. 19, 14. 1 Chr.
2, 17. b) 2 Chr. 28, 12.
"tºy (burdensome, r. bos) Amasai,
pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 6, 10. 20. b) 15,
24, c) 2 Chr. 29, 12.
"pºcy pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 13; prob.
a wrong orthography arising out of
the two forms ºux and "b%.S. Comp.
Enemy-E, and stºne.
see in bºy.
*:::: obsol. root of uncertain signif.
Talmud. to conjoin, whence Simonis de-
rives ºx cluster; but as sº signifies
rather berry, this etymology is unapt.
Better therefore Rºy to roll up or toge-
ther, to become globular, like 5-2 whence
aziz (globule) star; comp, also F23 to
roll up, s and 9 being interchanged.-
Hence pr. n.aº, and the two following
Bºy (q. d. grape-town) Anab, pr: n, o'
a town on the mountains of Judah south.
of Hebron, Josh. 11, 21 (where some
edit. -y). 15, tº Still called 'Anab
ºute; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. F.
194, 195.
-ly
Hy
799
Pº' m. (r. 523) Deut. 32, 14, c. suff.
boº v. 32, elsewhere only plur. Bºº,
constr. *ašº (Dag, euphon.) Lev. 25, 5;
a grape, plur, grapes, i. e. the berries, not
the clusters; tº being distinguished
from bºuis cluster, as Gen. 40, 10 bºujar
bºx rººs, see in Bouis no. 1.
Num. 13, 23 tº b2uis clusters of
grapes. Hence º Bº Deut. 32, 14, and
tº tº the blood of grapes i. e. wine
Gen. 49, 11; so Num. 6, 3. Deut. 23,
25. Hos. 3, 1. Gen. 40, 11. Num. 6, 3.
6 -
al. Chald. Hº id. Arab. Jºke grapes,
G -->
㺠e a grape.
*:::: in Kal not used, to live deli-
sº
cately and effeminately; Arab. & is to
delight, to entice, spoken of females who
draw attention by ogling and other co-
quettish gestures.
PUAL to be delicate, tender, part, fem.
rº, Jer, 6, 2.
HiTHP. 1. i. q, Pu. Deut. 28, 56.
2. to delight oneself, to rejoice in any
thing, espec. ". By Is. 58, 14. Ps. 37, 4.
Job 22, 26. 27, 10; c. Tº Is. 66, 11 ;
also to enjoy oneself, c. 2: Ps. 37; 11; +
Is. 55, 2.
3. In a bad sense, to sport over any
one, i.e. to mock, to deride, c. 23 Is, 57,4.
Deriv. ºn and the two following.
35% adj. f. rº, delicate, soft, effemi-
nate, Deut. 28, 54, 56. Is. 41, 1.
xy m. delight, pleasure, Is. 13, 22.
58, 13. R. 333.
*-y to bind on, only twice in the
verb, Job 31, 36. Prov. 6, 21. Hence
• C)
subst. nilºyº. Kindred are CXie with,
by, and Heb. Tºº.
*I. Tº fut. Hº, conv, tº ; pr: a
verb “b i. q. Arab. sº
1. to chant, to sing ; Arab. sº Tonj.
II, V, id. *L* song. Syr. Pa. -is to
‘ng. Comp. Lat. cano, Pers. J935-
fo sing, to call, to read; old Germ. han
to sing, whence Hahn cock.
a) Pr. Ex. 15, 21 and Miriam sang
wnto them : Vulg. praecimebat. 1 Sam.
18, 7. Ezra 3, 11. With to sing of any
one, to celebrate in song, 1 Sam. 21, 12.
29, 5. Num. 21, 17. Ps. 147, 7. In all
these passages the LXX have éðoyo,
implying to strike up, to begin to sing.
Comp. Piel.
b) i. q to cry aloud, to shout, which is
often expressed by words implying sing-
ing, as Lat. ‘actor canit, cantat,’ i.e. de-
claims, cries aloud; “gallus canit,' comp.
Engl. chanticleer. Ex. 32, 18 there is a
shout of battle in the camp, . . . hip "N
ning hip nºr nix bipºs, Hºng ris;
9%tº "Ris not the shout of victory, not the
outcry of defeat, but the voice of singing
do I hear; hence it appears that the
signif. to sing belongs more to Piel. Of
the shouting of soldiers in battle Jer. 51,
14; of the wailing cry of jackals Is. 13,
22.
2. to strike up with the voice, to begin
to speak, to speak, which approaches
nearly to nº i. e. Šćgyo, in no. 1. a.
Deut.21,74-7s, ºn and they shall speak
and say. 26, 5, 27, 14. Job 3, 2 3ins Tººl
**Nº, then spake Job and said. Cant.
2, 10. Is. 14, 10. Zech. 3, 4. al. saep.
comp. Gen. 31, 36. With acc. of pers.
to speak to any one Zech. 1, 11–So
Chald. Hºy very freq. in the book of
Daniel, see below; and hence in N. T.
&Iroxgivouca id. Matt. 11,25. 22, 1. 28, 5.
al, see the Lexicons.
3. More freq. to answer, to respond;
pr. of one who answers to another calling
(Nºnp), q, d. ‘to callback,' which the He-
brews did by the word ºn. So Job 19
16 nº. Nº ºnshp ºns; I called to my
servant, but he answereth not. 5, 1. Prov.
1, 28. Hence of men who answer when
God calls, Is. 50, 2. 60, 4, 66, 12. Jer. 7,
13. Job 14, 15. Of God as answering
the cries and invocations of men, after
psy, psy, Job 35, 12. Is. 46,7. Mic. 3,4;
shu, Job 30, 20; sºr Is. 58, 9. Jon. 2, 3.
Ps. 22, 3, 91, 15. al. So the phrase hy
nº, see in his I. 1; also us; rºy to
answer with fire 1 K. 18, 24.—Mostly
simpl. to answer, to reply to one speak-
ing; construed: 0.) Absol. Prov. 15, 28,
26, 5; very often in the formula: Tººl
-2Nº Brºns and Abraham answered
and said Gen. 18, 27. 31, 36.43. 40, 18;
or with nosº Gen. 4i, 16. 42,22. al. (3)
With acc. of pers. &usióouot twº, Job
Hy
Hy
800
.., 7. Gen. 23, 5.45, 3. 1 Sam. 28, 15. al.
y) Acc. of thing with which one answers,
Job 15, 2, 32, 17. Prov. 18, 23; or to
which, Job 40, 2 the reprover of God
nº let him answer this. Hence 6)
With two acc. of pers. and thing, 1
Sam. 20, 10. Mic. 6, 5. Ps. 119, 42. Jer.
23, 37; comp. Job 9, 3.
Spec. to answer is also said:
a) Of those who respond to the re-
quests or entreaties of any one, who
hear and grant his requests; hence often
of God as listening to the prayers of
men, i. q, to hear and answer, 1 Sam. 9,
17. Ps. 3, 5, 4, 2. 13, 4, 20, 10. 27, 7.34,
5. 118, 21. Is. 30, 19. al. saep. comp. above
in no. 3. Sept. eigozoö0, Širºkowo. With
an adjunct of place whence one hears
and sends help, Ps. 20, 7 ºn any:
iſſip he will hear (and help) him from
his holy heavens. So of the place whence
one calls, Ps. 22, 22 ºrº tº ºp?
hear me calling from the horns of the
wild buffaloes, comp. Jon. 2, 3; com-
monly taken as constr. praegn. hear
(and deliver) me from the horns of
the buffaloes. [The parallelism here
requires the latter interpretation. R.]
On this animal see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 206–With acc. of pers, and #
of thing, to answer with any thing, Ps.
65, 6. Also with acc. of thing, Ecc.
10, 19 92n-ns rigº Fºr money an-
swereth with all things, i. e. imparts all,
procures all. Hos. 2, 23. 24.
b) Of God as answering by an oracle,
to give response, to announce future
things ; so after Rºp Jer. 33, 3; bº
1 Sam. 14, 37. 28, 6. So genr. Jer, 23,
35. 42, 4, Gen. 41, 16 -ns rºº Bºrº's
rive bibu. God responds the peace of
Pharaoh, i. e. announces to him pros-
perity; comp. Deut. 20, 11. 1 Sam. 9,
17–Trop. Job 20, 3 ºn "nº"an nº-
my spirit from my understanding re-
ponds to me, i. e. my spirit, in which is
wisdom, suggests to me what to say.
c) In a forensic sense, to answer, i. e.
w) Of a judge giving his response or sen-
tence, Ex. 23, 2, 3) Of a witness an-
swering the inquiries of the judge; hence
ſo bear witness, to testify, Deut. 19, 16.
31, 21. Job 16, 8; c. : concerning any
one, i. e. either for any one Gen. 30, 33.
| Saun. 12, 3; or also against any one
2 Sam. 1, 16 Ex. 20, 16. Num. 35, 30
Deut. 19, 18. Is, 3,9. Jer. 14, 7. Job 15
6. Ruth 1, 21. al. saep. comp. A tºr.
More fully a Ty Hºy Ex. 20, 16. Deut. 5
18.-With acc. of that which one testi.
fies, Deut. 19, 16. 18.
d) Further, to answer is likewise i. q.
to contradict, Sept. &vtonoxgivouai, Job
16, 3; with acc. of pers. 9, 14. 15. 32; to
refute, Job 31, 35 behold my words / "º
ºr may the Almighty answer me, i. e.
refute my accusation; acc. of thing Job
32, 12. Also to give account, with acc.
of thing Job 33, 13; comp. 9, 3.
4. i. q. Arab. (sº to signify, to intend,
to aim at ; hence rºº, º, also sº
pr. purpose, intent, aim.
NIPH. 1. to be answered, i.e. a) to
be heard and answered Job 19, 7. Prov.
21, 13. b) to be refuted Job 11, 2.
2. i. q. Kal no. 3, to answer, c. 5 Ez.
14, 4, 7. tº
PIEL to chant, to sing, i. q. Kal no. 1.
where see. Ex. 32, 18 see in Kal no. 1,
Ps. 88, 1. Is. 27, 2. -
Deriv. Inyº, 1972, 195, and pr. n.
nº, rº, niny, nºnhy.
* II. Hy for º, a verb th; comp
the derivatives, ºx, Hºº.
1. to bestow labour upon, to eacercise
oneself in any thing, c. : Ecc. 1, 13. 3,
10.-Syr. Ja iis, Arab. gº curae ha-
buit rem; 26 lassus fuit.—Spec. perh.
to till the ground, subegit terram, whence
Hºº, nº?, furrow.
2. to labour, i. e. to suffer, to be afflict-
ed, oppressed, humbled, Ps. 116, 10. 119,
67. Zech. 10, 2. Hos. 5, 5. Is. 25, 5
nº. 5"x"ns hºt the song of the tyrants
shall be brought low, suppressed. With
12, 31, 4 rº: Nº pºintſ?” and will not
be depressed at their multitudes, will not
lose courage.
NIPH. 1. to be qfflicted, Ps. 119, 107.
Is, 53, 7 rºº Rºn and he was afflicted.
2. Reflex. to humble oneself before any
one, to submit to him, c. 3% Ex. 10, 3
where nish is for nilgrih.
PIEL rigs, fut. Hº, to oppress, to afflict
to humble, Sept. tortswów, zoºków. So ol
single persons as oppressed and afflicted
Gen. 18, 6.31, 50. Ex. 22, 22. Ps. 89, 23
Hy
hy
80 a
19, 75. Joo 30, 11; also whole nations
3el.. 15, 13. Ex. 1, 11. 12, Num. 24, 24.
Deut. 26, 6. 2 K. 17, 20. Ps. 90, 15. Is.
60, 14. Nah. 1, 12. al. Referred to the
body, Judg. 16, 5.19; to the mind, Deut.
8, 2. So Ps. 105, 18 iºn baza is they
afflict his feet with felters. 102, 24 God
afflicted (weakened) my strength in the
way, mid-way of my life. 88, 8 thou
hast afflicted (overwhelmed) me with
all thy waves. Job 37, 23 nº. Nº he
will not afflict ; so the common reading,
but it is better to read with Sept. Vulg.
Syr. and several Mss. of De Rossi Nº
nº he will not respond, i. e. will not
give account; see in rºº I. 3. d.—Spec.
a) Hús Fºx to humble a woman, i. e.
to have carnal intercourse with her,
often by ſorce; Gen. 34, 2. Deut. 22, 24.
29. Judg. 19, 24. 20, 5, 2 Sam. 13, 22.
Ez.22, 10. 11. Lam. 5, 11. b) iujº Hºs
to afflict one's soul by fasting, i. q to
fast, Lev. 16, 29.31. 23, 27.32. Num. 29,
7. 30, 14. Is, 58, 3. 5. 10; more fully rºy
bisa ibº Ps. 35, 13. Sept. tortswó0
thy puzmy, and so Ecclus. 2, 17. 7, 17.
Judith 4, 9.
PUAL 1. to be made to labour, to la-
bour and toil, i. q. Kal no. 1. Inf iris
his labour, toil, Ps. 132, 1.
2. to be oppressed, afflicted, Ps. 119,71.
Is. 53, 4. -
HIPH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to
cause to labour, i. e. to occupy, to employ,
to busy; Ecc. 5, 19 he shall not much
remember the days of his life (i. e. its
shortness), because God occupieth him
with the joy of his heart. Others: be-
2ause God will (hear and) answer him
with joy of his heart.
2. to oppress, to afflict, to humble, i. Q.
Piel, 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26. Ps. 55,20.
Hithe. nºnr. 1. Pass, to be afflicted,
to suffer, 1 K. 2, 26. Ps. 107, 17.
2. Reflex. to humble oneself to submit
oneself, Gen. 16, 9; *, *E* Dan. 10, 12.
Ezra 8, 21.
Deriv. ix, Hy, ry, nºy, *s, *y,
rºs, Hyº, nº?, nºn, also or n.
njº, ºs. &
I. Tº or Nº Chald, plur. ix, ; part.
nº plur. Tºx, i. q. He riºs I. *
1. to begin to speak, to speak, mostly
with nºs. as nos" ºr nº Daniel
spake and said Dan. 2, 20. 3, 9. 14, 24
28. 4, 16. 27. 5, 7, 10. 13. 6, 17. al. So
with h of pers. Dan. 2, 15. 3, 9; tºp 6
14; also has being omitted c. , 2, 47.
2. to answer, after a question, e.g. nº
*2s, Dan. 2, 5, 7.8. 26. 3, 16, 25. 6, 13
14; c. 57R, 2, 10. 27.
TI. Tº Chald. to be oppressed, afflict.
ed, i. q. Heb. Tºy II. 2. Part. Hº, plur
Tº the afflicted Dan. 4, 24.
Tº Anah (r. Fºx I or II), pr. n. a.) A
son of Seir, and also an Edomitish tribe
descended from him, Gen. 36, 20. 29.
b) A son of Zibeon and grandson of
Seir, Gen. 36, 2. 14, 24.—In vs. 2, 14,
Anah is called the daughter of Seir ; but
from v. 24 it obviously should read 73
son, with the Samar. and Sept.
Tº m. adj. (r. His II) sing. Num. 12,
3 where Keri Tº ; plur. Bºx, constr.
nºs.
1. oppressed, afficted, wretched, but
everywhere with the accessory idea of
humility, meekness, i. e. the humble, the
meek, who prefer to suffer wrong rather
than do wrong, comp. espec. Ps. 25, 9.
37, 11. 69, 33; and who therefore enjoy
God’s favour, Ps. 10, 17. 22, 27, 34, 3.
147, 6, Is.29, 19. Am. 2,7. al. Yºsri º
Ps. 66, 10. Is. 11, 4. Zeph. 2, 3. Chald,
lºs, Trºy, Syr. Laš, id—Hence
2. Simpl. meek, once Num, 12, 3.
Sept. Trgoſtis.
NotE. In five passages Keri has
tº for Cheth Bºx, Ps. 9, 13. 10, 12.
Prov. 3, 34. 14, 21. 16, 19. Vice versa,
twice Keri has tº for Cheth. Bºy,
Ps. 9, 19. Is. 32, 7.
Pºy (bound together, r. 523) Anub,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 8.
Tº pr: fem. of ºy, used as abstr.
1. humility, modesty, Prov, 15, 33. 18,
12. 22, 4. Zeph. 2, 3.
2. As attributed to God, mildness,
clemency, Ps. 18, 36.
Tºy f. i. q. Hy; no. 2, mildness, clem-
ency, of a king Ps. 45, 5. -
Pix, see in p?y no. 2.
FX, f. (r. His II) affliction; Ps. 22
25 tº nº the affliction of the afflicted
Others, following Sept. Vulg. Chald
*:y
Yºy
80%.
render it the cry of the afflicted, comp.
isº in the other member; but rºy is
never used for the wailing cry of the
miserable, see the root no. 1. b.
"... m. adj. (r. Hy II) frºy Is. 10,
30, plur. Rºº, constr. ºx, afflicted, dis-
tressed, wretched, from whatever cause:
whether poverty, see below in lett. a ;
the oppression of the wicked, persecu-
tion, extortion, Is. 3, 14. 15. 10, 2. Job
36, 6. Ps. 12, 6; solitude, abandonment,
as orphans, exiles, strangers, Lev. 19, 10.
23, 22. Is. 58, 7. Ps. 25, 16. Zech. 7, 10;
or wars and the harassing of enemies, Is.
14, 32. It sometimes takes also the ac-
cessory idea of innocence and piety, Ps.
22, 25. 34, 7.35, 10; and sometimes that
of meekness, e. g. as opp. to pride Ps. 18,
28, or as coupled with nºn Hº; Is. 66, 2;
but this idea belongs more to Tºº.
Hence spec. a) poor, needy, Deut. 24,
12. 14. 15. Job 24, 9. Prov. 31, 20. b)
humble, lowly, meek, Zech. 9, 9. Sept.
agotc.—Put often with synonymes, as
tiºns, ºs Ps. 37, 14. 40, 18. al. ulº º
Ps, 82, 3; by ºxy Zeph. 3, 12, comp. Is.
26, 6; ºn Tºrº Ps. 25, 16; nº º Lev.
19, 10. 23,22; -sº º Ps. 69, 30; Bºy
cºlºny, Is, 58, 7.—Sing, as collect. Ps.
10, 2. 9. 14, 6. With genit. Eyr; hº
Ps, 72, 4, Is. 10, 2. 14, 32; 'E *; the
poor of any one, i.e. his poor brethren,
fellow-citizens, Deut. 15, 11; * **::: the
poor of Jehovah, whose hope and help is
God, Ps. 74, 19. Is. 49, 13. Sept. usually
Ittoxés, távnº, sometimes to Tsuyós, Trgois.
—Chald. *s, Rºs, id.—See in º note.
"... m. (r. His II) in pause "º c. suff,
"ºxy, affliction, distress, misery, of what-
ever kind; so both of persons and of na-
tions Ex. 3, 7, 17. 4, 31. 2 K. 14, 26. Ps.
44, 25; whether from the oppression of
enemies or of the powerful Gen. 16, 11.
31, 42. Ps. 9, 14 ; or from calamities in-
flicted of God Job 10, 15. 30, 16. 27. 36,
8; or from any other cause, 1 Sam. 1,
11.-Ps. 25, 18. 31, 8, 107, 41. 119, 50.
92. 153. Lam. 1, 7.9, 3, 19. al. "º "::
i. q. Bºy Prov. 31, 5. “º Erik bread
of affliction, i. e. the unleavened bread
eaten with the passover, Deut. 16, 3.
"º (for rºyº depressed, r. His II)
Unni pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. Neh.
12 9.
Tºy (whom Jehovah answers, r. His
I) Amaiah, pr. n. m. Neh. 8, 4. 10, 23.
Tº Num. 12, 3 Keri for tº q.v.
Pº' (contr. for bºy fountains) Anim
pr. n. of a town in Judah, Josh. 15, 50
Perh, the mod. (.335 kJi el-Ghuwein, di
min. ‘little fountain ; it being coupled
in Josh, l.c. with Anab and Eshtemoh
see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 625.
Tº m. (r. His II) a word found only
in Ecclesiastes.
1. labour, toil, Ecc. 3, 10. Hence bu-
siness, employment, comp. His II. no. 1.
Ecc. 2, 26. 1, 13 sº lºs an evil business
profitless, in which there is little good.
2. thing, affair, as in Chald. Ecc. 4, 8
sº lºs an evil thing. 5, 2 lºs sh much
ado; in the other member is bnº --
many words. 5, 13 sº ºwn by some evi.
event, untoward accident. 2, 23 isºs by:
vea'ation is his affair, his portion. 8, 16.
>k T2: obsol. root, Arab. GXie to be
deep and hard to pass, e. g. sand; also
3 o –
I, V, to shut a gate; &c gate. Hence
Tºr.
- -
P} (two fountains, for the dual in E-
See Lehrg. p. 536) Anem, pr. n. of a city
of Issachar 1 Chr. 6, 58 [73]; for which
in the parallel passages, Josh. 19, 21
21, 29, is Dº"Tº ſountain of gardens
see p. 773. b.
tº Gen. 10, 13. 1 Chr. 1, 11, Ana.
mim, pr. m. of an Egyptian tribe which
cannot be made out ; see Bochart Pha-
leg. IV. 30. Mich. Spicil. I, p. 160. The-
saur. p. 1052.
#3:3: Anammelech, pr: n, of an ido'
of the Sepharvites or Sipparenes, 2 K.
17, 31. The name seems to be made up
from 529 i. G. & Rºo image, statue, 9 and
s being interchanged, and #3 king
or, according to Hyde de Rel. vett. Per-
Sarum p. 131, from ſº herd, and #2
i. e. the group or constellation Cepheus
which the Orientals call Jr." -3">
stars of the flock, and rºl, s=}}
the shepherd and his flock.-The firs
part of this name occurs also in the nam
'Evequegoºg, Tob. 1, 2, 13. 15. 16.
py
py
303
º Tº: in Kal not used, pr. prob. to
cover, like the kindr. Tº 23. Hence
|: cloud.
PIEL denom. from lºº, to cloud, i. e. to
make or gather clouds, Gen. 9, 14; where
*293 is ſor ºil, see Heb. Gr. § 10. n.
PoEL is, fut. His' Lev. 19, 26, part.
his?, plur. Bº Deut. 18, 10. 14, with-
out the A also Bºis Is. 2, 6. Jer. 27, 9;
once f riºs for nºis? (though it can
also be Kal), to act covertly, to use covert
arts, to practise magic, sorcery, Lev. 19,
26. Deut. 18, 10. 14. 2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr.
33, 6. Is. 2, 6, 57, 3. Jer. 27, 9, Mic. 5,
11. Several of the ancient versions
understand by it some special kind of
divination, e. g. Sept. xàmàovigouot ;
Vulg, observans somnia, also augurans,
divinans ; Syr. sometimes fascinans
oculis, as if his were derived from Tºv,
But it seems rather to imply some kind
of divination connected with idolatry.—
Comp, the roots whº, ºrth II. See The-
saur. p. 1053.
Deriv. the five following.
jºy m. (r. 123) constr. 123, plur. Bºy.
1. a cloud, collect. clouds, so called as
5 i < .
covering the heavens; Arab. Jºe
32. ~ 2.
clouds, 83Uke a cloud. Gen. 9, 13. 14, 16.
Job. 7, 9, 26, 8.9. Ps. 97, 2. 105, 39, al.
Bºx º Ein a day of clouds and dark-
mess Joel 2, 2. Zeph. 1, 15. Ez. 34, 12.
Tº Thas a pillar of cloud, see in Tºy.
Once plur. Bºy clouds Jer. 4, 13. A
numerous army is compared to a cloud
Ez. 30, 18. 38, 9; a morning cloud is
the emblem of transientness, Hos. 6, 4;
comp. Job 7, 9.
2. Anan, pr. n. m. Neh. 10, 27.
Tº Chald, a cloud, plur, constr. º.
Dan. 7, 13.
Tºy f (r. py) noun of unity corres-
ponding to collect. Jºy, a cloud Job 3, 5.
Theod, well avywegio. Comp. rºs.
*::: (apoc. for rºy) Anani, pr. r. m.
1 Chr. 3, 24.
Tºy (whom Jehovah covers i. e.
protects, r. 128) Ananiah, pr. m. a.) A
man Neh. 3, 23. Gr. Avovvo.g. by A
town in the tribe of Benjam.n, Neh. 11,
§2.
× F2: obsol. root, prob. to cover, lise
F22, comp. Fºy, Fºx, espec. riº.— .
Hence the four following.
Pl: m. a branch, bough, Ez. 17, 8, 23.
31, 3. Mal. 3, 19. Constr. We F2: Lev.
23.40. Plur.c. suff, rºº Ps. 80,11. Syr
pais branch, fans Iſla [162,
bly Chald, id. c. suff, ºrials Dan, 4,
18.
Plº (r. Fºx) a branch, bough, once c.
suff, bººs Ez. 36, 8.
Fºy m. full of branches Ez. 19, 10. R.
Fºx.
>k phy to adorn with a necklace or
collar, from the primary idea of choking,
throttling, which is expressed by the
kindr. roots Pºš, perſ, where see. Arab.
Q3Re IV to ornament a dog with a col-
lar, es: neck, Germ. Nacken, Upper
Germ. die Anke, Engl. neck.-Once trop.
Ps. 73, 6 rºs: ionpºy pride surroundeth
them like a neck-chain, i.e. clothes their
neck, the collum resupinum being to the
poet the seat of pride.—Hence P33.
HIPH. pººr, prob, to lay upon the
neck or shoulders in order to bear. Deut.
15, 14 of a manumitted slave, pºlyn
'**'. Tissa ib pººr thou shalt lade him.
liberally out of thy flock, etc. Sept. Vulg.
dabis vialicum. Others apply here the
signif of giving, as if pr. to adorn with
a neck-chain and so with gifts.
Pº. m. 1. a collar, neck-chain, neck-
lace, Cant. 4, 9; plur. B"- and ni Prov.
1, 9. Judg. 8, 26.
2. Pºy Anak Josh. 15, 13, once pix
Josh. 21, 11, (pr. long-necked, a giant,
> -o #
comp. Arab. Gºsſ long-necked,) pr. n.
of a son of Arba (sans), the progenitor
of a race of Canaanites celebrated for
their great stature, called p; "-- the
sons of Anak Num. 13, 33, also pººr; ºr
Josh. 15, 14; pyr; "Tº" Num. 13, 22.
Josh. 15, 14; tºp: "2: Deut. 9, 2;
t"pºs Anakim. Deut. 2, 10. 11. 21 Josh.
11, 2i. 22. 14, 12. 15. The seat of the
tribe before the invasion of the Hebrews
was in the vicinity of Hebron, Josh. 11.
21. They were nearly extirpated by
the Hebrews, so that only a few re.
ºny
bºy
804.
mained afterwards in the cities of the
Philistines. Compare the interpreters
and critics on Jer. 47, 5.
Tây (i. q. "92, &vig 2) Amer, pr. n. a)
A Canaanite, Gen. 14, 13.24. b) A Le-
vitical city in Manasseh, elsewhere lºn,
1 Chr. 6, 55 [70]; where prob, also it
should read Tºrº or ºx.
Sk tº fut. ujish, to impose & fine, to
amerce ; found el.;ewhere only in the
Rabbinic dialect. The primary idea
seems to be that cf imposing, comp, the
kindr. boy, was ; or better that of ur-
ging, comp. bºs.-With h Prov. 17, 26;
with two acc. to cºmerce one in money
Deut. 22, 19. 2 Chr. 36, 3 where it is
money exacted by war; in wine Am. 2,
8. Impers. Prov. 21, 11 yºujya when
they amerce the scorner, sc. the judges.
NIPH. to be amerced, Ex. 21, 22; genr.
to be punished Prov. 22, 3, 27, 12.
Deriv. is us;9.
tº Chald. m. a fine, mulct, Ezra 7.
26.
tº m. a fine, mulct, exacted from
any one, 2 K. 23, 33. Prov. 19, 19.
Fºy (an answer sc. to prayer, from r.
rºy, like rºz from r. nº.3) Anath, pr. n.
m. Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6.
Tºy, see Tº p. 482.
niñº (answers sc, to prayers, n ser-
vile being retained, see Lehrg. p. 528)
Anathoth, pr. m. a) A city of the priests
in Benjamin Josh. 21, 18. 1 K. 2, 26.
1 Chr. 6,45. Neh. 11, 32; the birth-place
of the prophet Jeremiah, Jer. 1, 1. 11, 21.
23. 32, 7.9; three Roman miles from
Jerusalem towards the north-east, Je-
rome in Jer. 1, 1, comp. Joseph. Ant. 10,
7. 3. Now USU e 'Anata ; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 109. Gentile n.
*nhºy Amethothite_2 Sam. 23, 27. b) Of
men: w) 1 Chr. 7, 8, 6) Neh. 10, 20.
Tºnny (answers from Jehovah) An-
thothijah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 24.
Cº. m. (r. boy) pr. ‘what is trodden
out,’ and so put for new wine, the pro-
duct of the same year, like new wheat,
Joel 1, 5, 4, 18. Am. 9, 13; intoxicating
Is. 49, 26. Also from pomegranates
Tant. 8, 2.
* C b: to tread down, to tread in pieces
Mal. 3, 21–Chald. Nº, Pa. inf. Hºº
to tread grapes.
Ty: a fictitious root, whence some de
rive ºngº, Is. 15, 5; but see r. has no. I
Pilp.
D"sº see in art. “Es, .
Sk TÉy obsol root, Arab. Uše to cover
the earth with herbage ; Syr. tes to
flourish. Comp. Fºy, F23. Hence ºf
Heb. and Chald.
Tºy, see in Hºy.
"E. m. plur. E"sº for tºes, (comp.
Lehrg. p. 575. Heb. Gr. § 91. 6. 6)
boughs, foliage of trees, Ps. 104, 12.
"É Chald, id. Dan. 4, 9, 11. 18.-Syr.
reas branch, top of a tree, i.eas
foliage.
*k SE: in Kal not used, pr to swell,
to become tumid, whence bºy tumulus,
hill. Arab. Jºãº to have a tumor or
hernia. º e
PUAL to be tumid; metaph. to be in-
flated, elated, proud, Hab. 2, 4; see in
art. "tº no. 1.
HipH. to act tumidly, i. e. proudly,
presumptuously. Num. 14, 44 ºbº
"X" nibsº they acted presumptuously
in going up, i. e. they went up presump-
tuously, neglecting God’s warning.
The same is expressed in Deut. 1, 43
thus: Hºrr; bºrn Tºrº.—Hence
ºw m. a hill, 2 K. 5, 24. Mic. 4, 8
|iºs na bºy the hill of the daughter of
Zion, i. e. Mount Zion. Is. 32, 14. Spec.
with the art. Pººr, Ophel, pr. n. of a hill
or ridge on the east of Mount Zion, sur-
rounded and fortified by a separate wall
2 Chr. 27, 3. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 26. 27. 11
21. Josephus 'Opää B. J. 6. 6. 3. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 394.
2. Plur. Rºbes (Eºs) tumors, he.
morrhoids, in Cheth. Deut. 28, 27. 1 Sam
3.
5, 6 sq. Arab. Jºãé tumor in ano viro-
rum vel in pudendis mulierum; see
Schroeder Origg. Heb. cap. 4. p. 54, 55
H. A. Schultens ad Meidanii Prov. I
23–Keri has instead of it tº hint, q
ley
-Ey
80b
•k TE: obsol. root, Arab. and Syr. to
become mouldy; hence -
º' gentile n. Ophni, Ophnite, once
Josh. 18, 24, where ºr (TEŽ) is a town
of Benjamin. , ºr
Bºy m. dual, (r. Fºy, Pilp. Fºx,
Heb. Gr. § 54, n. 4.) only constr. "Exºs,
c. suff. Tºges, the eye-lashes, pr: the
flying, the fluttering, Job 16, 16. Like
the eyes there is ascribed to them sleep
Ps. 132, 4. Prov. 6, 4; weeping Jer. 9,
17; sight Ps. 11, 4. Prov. 4, 25; pride
Prov. 30, 13; beauty 6, 25–Poet. "eves
hru; the eye-lashes of the dawn, for the
rays of the morning sun Job 3, 9.41, 10.
Comp. &nágos 313@o.gov Soph. Antig.
103, 104. The Arab poets compare the
sun to an eye, to which they ascribe
eye-lashes, •= ; see
Schult, ad Job p. 61. [Better, Rºbsº
for the eyelids with the eyelashes as a
whole, like Lat. palpebrae ; hence, as
closing or revealing the eyes and giv-
ing to them expression, they are put for
the eyes themselves in parallelism; as
in all the passages above cited, except
Job 3, 9.41, 10. In these the poetic
allusion is specially to the eyelashes, as
a figure to represent the first rays of
dawn; so too the Arabic.—R.
$: -Ey in Kal not used, prob. a verb
of colour, i. q. Arab. 25s to be whitish,
light-reddish, like sand, the gazelle ;
9 - -
hence nº 25 c dust, earth, from the
colour (as Hºls from PTs), nEs a fawn, .
nºs lead, also from its whitish colour.
PIEL new denom. from "Es, to dust,
to throw dust at, 2 Sam. 16, 13.
Deriv. -Ex, HES, nºs, and pr. n. *E*,
nºs, Tinny, ºnes.
Tº m. (r. Hey) constr. Hey, c. suff.
*Ex, plur. nºnex, constr. nines.
1. dust, dry earth, Gen. 2, 7. 26, 15.
9 * . t
Arab. 25 c id. Put also for clay, mire,
with which walls are cemented or built
Lev. 14, 42.45; rubbish Hab. 1, 10. Ps.
102, 15; fine dust as irived by the wind,
1. q. pºs, Ps. 18, 43; and which mourn-
ers cast upon their heads Josh (, 6. Job
2, 12. Lam, 2, 10. Ez. 27.30; ºr hes
the dust of the earth Ex. 8, 12 13. Is. 40
12. Am. 2,". Hence nº be uſ ºn the dust
or sand, where the ostrich leaves her
eggs for warmth, Job 39, 14; then upon
the earth, in orbe terrarum, Job 19, 25.
41,25; upon the ground 22, 24. Is. 47, 1;
or also in the grave, sepulchre, Job 20, 11.
21,26; for which is also said nº. 7, 21.
"E: Th; to go down into the dust, i.e. into
the sepulchre, Ps. 22, 30, hºw "º those
who dwell in the dust, the dead, Is. 26, 19;
º nºis "jui" id. Dan. 12, 2; nº nº
the dust of death, i. e. the grave, Ps.
22, 16. "Ex-bs ahū to return to dust
Gen. 3, 19. Ps. 104, 29; nº by id.
Job 34, 15. Hence hºw put for the
dead as dissolving into dust, Ps. 30.
10. Ecc. 12, 8. Also nº bes to gat
dust, spoken of the serpent Gen. 3. 14.
comp. Is. 65, 25; to lick the dust, hy-
perbol. of those who prostrate them-
selves in the dust, Mic. 7, 17; but trop.
Lam. 3, 29 to put the mouth in the dust,
is to bow in silence and await God’s
help. "ES. Tº dust and ashes, a pro-
verbial expression for the lowness and
fraity of human nature, Gen. 18, 27,
comp. Ps. 103, 14.—Spoken also of a
multitude, Num. 23, 10 apg -ey the dust
of Jacob, i. e. a people like the dust of
the earth innumerable, comp. Gen. 13,
16.-Plur, nines lumps, clods of earth;
Prov. 8,26 bar nines ºn the first clod
ºf the earth. Job 28, 6 arº ni-Es lumps
of gold in mines.
"EY (i. q. * a calf, young animal)
Epher, pr. n. m. a.) A son of Midian
Gen. 25, 4. b) 1 Chr. 4, 17. c.) 5, 24.
nº m. (r. "Es) a fawn, i.e. a young
deer, roe, gazelle, Cant. 2,9. 17. 4, 5, 7,4.
9 . . sº :
8, 14.—Arab. /* and As young of
the wild goat, Steinbock.
Tº (female fawn) Ophrah, pr. n.
a) A town in the tribe of Benjamin
Josh. 18, 23. 1 Sam. 13, 17; fully Mic.
1, 10 Hºxh nº (house of the fawn).
[Perh, the mod. Tayibeh, see Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 124. Biblioth. Sac. 1845
p. 398 sq. Prob. i. q. Ti-Es 2 Chr. 13.
19, where see.—R. b) A town in Mar
masseh Judg. 6, 11. 8, 27. 9, 5. c.) A
man 1 Chr. 4, 14.
6S
->y
in Nºy
806
Tºy (ſawn-like) Ephron, pr. m. a.)
A city on the border of Benjamin 2 Chr.
13, 19, where Keri Tºhº. [It was the
‘Epgoiu of John 11, 54, and prob, identi-
cal with nº lett. a, where see more.
Biblioth. Sac. 1845. p. 398.-R. b) A
mountain on the confines of the tribes of
Judah and Benjamin, Josh. 15, 9. c.) A
descendant of Heth, a Hittite Gen. 23,
8. 25, 9.
jº (the two fawns) see fines lett. a.
nºw f (r. -Es) in pause nºw Num.
31, 22, lead, so called from its whitish
colour, comp. Fº, Brºſ. Ex. 15, 10.
Ez. 22, 18. 20. 27, 12. Zech. 5, 7, al.
nºr. Tº the leaden weight Zech. 5, 8.
Tº Job 10, 22, see in Hºy.
73 m. (r. Hº) c. suff, iss; plur.
bºss, constr. 5xx, c. suff, "sy. •º
1. a tree, Eth. Jü id. Arab, U23
a staff, rod, also a bone; comp. Gr. 830s
branch, botsov, Sanscr. asthi, Lat. hasta,
Germ. Ast. For the idea wood the Arabs
often employ the kindred form Ö š.
Chald. S's and sº id.—E. g. bºrn 7:
the tree of life (see "ri) Gen. 2,9. 3, 1.18,
4. 8. Ps. 1, 3. al. saep. Often collect.
trees; * ** fruit-trees, Gen. 1, 11. Is.
10, 19. Ps. 74, 5. Plur. trees, Judg. 19,
8 sq. 1 K. 5, 13. Ps. 104, 16. al.
2. wood, Ex. 15, 25. Is. 40, 20. 44, 19.
Tºsº yº wood and stone Deut. 4, 28. Yg
tº cedar-wood Lev. 14, 4 sq. Yº-bz
all wood i. e. all idols Ez. 21, 15, comp.
Jer. 2, 27. Spec. a wooden post, a
stake, gibbet, cross, Gen. 40, 19. Deut.
21, 22. Josh. 10, 26. Esth. 2, 23. 5, 14.
Plur. Ens: wood i. e. Sticks of wood,
as prepared for fuel, Gen. 22, 3.9. Lev.
1, 7. 4, 12; of materials for building,
wood, timber, Ex. 25, 10. 1 K. 5, 24. 10,
12. Is. 60, 17. Comp. art. Hs: I.
Sk 5:3. 1. to work, to form, to fash-
won, see Piel no. 1. The primary idea
lies perhaps in cutling, carving, both
wood and stone, comp. 53r), Hºrſ, BSE ;
hence also the idea of cutting, wounding,
gvving pain, etc. In the kindred lan-
guages there are secondary significa-
tions, as Arab. Judiº to be angry-
Hence ass and āşş a carved image,
idol, as: earthen vessel.
2. to suffer pain, to be afflicted, as with
painful toil; see Esº, Egy, raº, Tiagº.
Also in mind, in Kal trans, to pain, to
afflict, to grieve, 1 K. 1, 6. 1 Chr. 4, 10.
Part, pass. f. Is. 54, 6. :
Niph. 5sº, to be pained: a) In bo-
dy, to hurt oneself, with 3 of instrum.
Ecc. 10, 9, b) In mind, to be afflicted,
grieved Gen. 45, 5, 1 Sam. 20, 3; c. bs
1 Sam. 20, 34; by 2 Sam. 19, 3.
PIE.L. 1. to form, to fashion, comp.
Kal no. 1, Job 10, 8. Sept. Šako,000 us.
2. to pain, to afflict, to grieve, comp,
Kal no. 2, Is. 63, 10. Ps. 56, 6.
HipH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to labour; and
thence to serve an idol, to worship, like
synon. Tax; Jer. 44, 19 Fºrth to wor-
ship her sc. the queen of heaven; Vulg.
ad colendum eam. Others to fashion
her i. e. her image; comp. Kal no. 1.
2. i. q. Piel no. 2, to grieve, i. e. to
provoke to anger sc. God, Ps. 78, 40.
HITHP. 1. to grieve oneself Gen. 6, 6.
2. to be angry, wroth, Gen. 34, 7. See
Hiph. no. 2.
Deriv. ass—nº and Hºº.
5% Chald, part, pass. Rºxy grieved
afflicted, Dan. 6, 21.
P}X. m. (r. 5xx no. 1) only in plur.
bºxx, constr. "Aşş, images, idols, 1
Sam. 31, 9, 2 Sam. 5, 21. Hos. 4, 17. 8,
4. Is. 10, 11. Mic. 1, 7. al. -
5%: m. (r. 5xy) 1. an earthen ves.
sel, was fictile, Jer. 22, 28. See the root
in Kal no. 1.
2. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra-
vail, Prov. 10, 22.—Plur. tº labours;
bºr prº the bread of labours i. e.
obtained by labour Ps. 127, 2; genr.
what is obtained by labour Prov. 5, 10.
With suff, tºº your labours, i. e.
those which you exact from your ser-
vants, Is. 58, 3.; see in tº .
3. pain, e.g. of a woman in travail
Gen. 3, 16; comp. Engl. labour id. Also
pain of mind, anger; Prov. 15, 1 na:
=x} a word of anger, i.e. spoken in an-
ger, bitter, harsh.
axy m. (r. 5xy) c. suff. "Aşş 1, ar.
image, idol, i. q =xy, Is. 48, 5. Ps 139
24 ºxy Tº idol-way, i.e. idol-worship
idolatry.
2. labour, sorrow, Is. 14, 3; pain of 2
woman in travail 1 Chi , 4, §
=\ºy
ºy
807
Taş3 m. (r. 5xx) constr. jiaºs.
1. labour, hard and painful, toil, tra-
rail, Gen. 3, 17. 5, 29.
2. pain, sorrow ; Gen. 3, 16 piass
Hinº) thy sorrow and thy pregnancy,
Hendiadys for ‘the sorrow of thy preg-
nancy.’
Fºy f (r. ass) in pause nºw, con-
str. naºs as if from a form Hº ; plur.
constr. niñº, c. suff, Eriass.
1. an idol, plur. Priº i, q. bºss ;
Ps. 16, 4 many are their idols, etc. [But
as ninsy elsewhere signifies only sor-
rows, it is better so to take it here, as
Engl. Vers, many are their sorrows, etc.
—R.
2. pain, as of body Job 9, 28; of mind
Ps. 147, 3 brinº ºarſ, he bindeth up
their sorrows, i. e. heals the wounds of
their minds. Prov. 10, 10. With 5, 15, 13.
>k Tsy obsol. “oot, to cut, to cut down ;
Arab. JJaic to cut, to cut down a tree.
Hence T3:2 axe.
*g, *
e
>k iTºy 1. to make fast, firm ; and
hence to close, to shut, e.g. the eyes,
Prov. 16, 30. Arab. U. S IV, id. Eth.
U8(D to shut a door.
2. Intrans, to be hard, firm ; Arab.
fut. I, to be obstinate, stubborn ;
Conj. VIII, to be or grow hard ; comp.
in yº.
Deriv. Yº, nº I, Hss, and pr. n.
ſings.
Tº m, (r. Hy) Lev. 3, 9, the back-
bone, spine, according to Onkelos and
Arabs Erpen. or else according to Saa-
dias and Bochart in Hieroz. I. p. 497,
g • 9 2 o 9 º
9s coccygis, Arab. U3 ºf, i. e. the
lower joint or vertebra of the spine. In
either case so called from its hardness
2 .
ind firmness; see the root. Arab, U23
is the thigh-bone; plur. wing-bones of
birds.
I. Tº fem. of yx, collect... wood, i. q.
b"Sº, spoken of building materials, tim-
ber, Jer. 6,6; of fragrant wood, tº -s;
Prov. 27, 9.
II. Tº f. (for Hº, r. Yg:) constr.
nxs, c. suff, *rīs; ; plur. see in no. 4;
counsel, i. e.
1. purpose, plan, Is. 19, 3. 29, 15, Jer,
18, 23. Hos. 10, 6. Job 5, 13. 21, 16. Ps.
14, 6. 33, 10, 11. al. Hºy nº to execute
counsel, to carry out a purpose, Is. 30, 1,
Spec. of the divine counsels, purposeſ,
": rsy Is. 5, 19. 14, 26. 19, 17. Jer. 49
20. Ps. 107, 11. Is. 46, 11 "nsy wins the
man of my counsel, whom I use as an
instrument ſor executing my purposes.
Also emphat. Hy id. Job 38, 2.42, 3.
2. counsel which one gives or takes,
advice, 2 Sam. 16, 20. 1 K. 1, 12. al. Ps.
119, 24 ºnx; "tºs my counsellors. Tºry
'E n×33 to walk in the counsel of any one,
to live according to his advice, Ps. 1, 1.
2 Chr. 22, 5. Of prophetic warnings
predictions, Is. 44, 26; comp. 41, 28 and
yº no. 2, b.
3. counsel as a quality of mind, i. e.
deliberation, prudence, wisdom, espec.
of God Is. 11, 2. Prov. 8, 14. 21, 30. Jer.
32, 19 Fºr Bº the great in counsel, i. e.
of great wisdom. 1 Chr. 12, 19 nº
wpon advisement, advisedly.
4. Plur. niss, once c. suff. Trºy Is.
47, 13; counsels Deut. 32, 28. Is. 25, 1,
deliberations Is. 47, 13; anarious cares
Ps. 13, 3.
Rºxy m. adj. (r. 5xy) plur. Bºss,
E^2+y.
1. strong, mighty, powerful, of a people
Gen. 18, 18. Num. 14, 12. Deut. 9, 14.
26, 5. Joel 2, 2; of kings Ps. 135, 10; of
waters Is. 8,7. Plur. Eºs: the strong,
the mighly, i. e. warriors, heroes, Prov.
18, 18. Is. 53, 12; once the strong mem-
bers of a lion, i. e. the claws, teeth, Ps,
10, 10 Bºsºn Yºssa be: the unhappy
fall into his mighty fangs ; but others
understand the whelps of the lion.—Arah.
*** great.
2. strong in number, numerous, Num.
32, 1. Ps. 35, 18. Am. 5, 12. See the
root, Kal no. 3.
Tº jºy (back-bone of a man, r.
Hss) Ezion-geber, pr. m. of a sea-port of
Idumea on the Elanitic gulf of the Red
Sea, not far from Elath (see nibºs),
Num. 33, 35. Deut. 2, 8; whence the
ships of Solomon sailed to Ophir 1 K. 9.
26. 2 Chr. 8, 17; and where the fleet of
Jehoshaphat was lost 1 K. 22,49. 2 Chr
20, 36. The Greek name was Bsgsvik;
5xy
|xy
808
Vos. Ant. 8. 6. 4. Written in Arabic
cº-º-º-e ‘Asyan, [A similar name still
exists in connection with a small Wady
north of 'Akabah, Jºãº) el-Ghādyān;
but no traces of the city have yet been
ſound. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
250. Burckh. Travels in Syria p. 511.
—R.
>k 5x: in Kal not used, Arab. JJae
I, V, to be at leisure, idle ; Conj. II, to
teave, to neglect. The primary idea
seems to be that of laarness, languor,
comp. Bºri, Jºla-, also º,
NIPH. to be slothful, remiss, Judg. 18, 9.
Deriv. the three following.
2x3 m. adj. verbal, one slothful, a
sluggard, Prov. 6, 6. 9. 13, 4, 15, 19.
20, 4. al. R. Psy.
- nexx f. (r. 8ss) sloth, indolence, Prov.
19, 15. Dual pºss double slothful-
ness, i. e. great, excessive, Ecc. 10, 18;
referring perhaps to the languor and
sloth of both hands.
nºxy f, sloth, indolence, Prov. 31, 27.
R. 5xx.
2. Ex: 1. pr. to bind up, to bind fast,
to tie up, e. g. the eyes, Is. 33, 15; see
Piel. Arab. IV, to tie up a leather
bottle or skin; more commonly J-2 e
to bind up. Kindr. are tºº, w. , (Tºy),
wlso pºs, Enr.—From the idea of bind-
.ng up (see nań, nºr), comes
2. Intrans. (once mid. E, ſº Ps. 38,
20,) to be strong, mighty, powerful, Gen.
26, 16. Ps. 38, 20; to become strong, etc.
Ex. 1, 7. 20. Dan. 8, 8. 24, 11, 23.—
* 9 *
Arab. glas to be great, of great mo-
9t.” 3 r. -
ment, Klae greatness, Rºlas great.
3. to be strong in number, to be nume-
rous, many, Ps. 38, 20, 40, 6, 13. 69, 5.
139, 17. Is. 31, 1. Jer. 15, 8.30, 14. 15.
See bºss no. 2.
PIEL tº 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to shut
up the eyes of any one, Is. 29, 10.
2. Denom. from by , to gnaw or
craunch the bones, Jer. 50, 17. Comp.
bºa.
HipH. to make strong Ps. 105, 24.
Deriv. ºxy, niºr, and the five
here following
tº f. but with masc. Ez. 24, 10, Ps
22, 18; in pause Dº, c. suff, "º; pluſ
bºº, constr."º, c. suff, "º; also
plural niosº, constr, niosº, c. suff
*niosy. R. Ess.
1. a bone, so called from its hardness
and strength, comp. the root no. 2; Arab.
i.e. Gen. 2, 23. Ex. 12, 46. Num, 9,
12. Job 30, 30. *** **** my bone and
any flesh, see in nº no. 4. Plur. Bºš:
constr. **** Ps. 6, 3. 31, 11. 32, 3; once
of the bones of the dead Am. 6, 10. Of.
tener plur. niogy Ps. 22, 15. 18. 42, 11.
51, 10. Is. 38, 13. Job 4, 14. Prov. 14, 30;
mostly of the bones of one dead (comp.
nity, nipz), Ex. 13, 19. Josh. 24, 32.2
Sam. 21, 12. 13. 14.2 K. 23, 14. 18. 20. al.
2. a body, bodily form, Lam. 4, 7.
3. With genit. it is used instead of
the pronoun self, self-same, ipse, comp.
synon. Dº no. 3, and Arab. Cy-ºc eye,
ipse, self; but only of things, e. g. tº:
Hº piºn in the self-same day, that very
day, Gen. 7, 13. 17, 23. 26. Lev. 23, 21.
28, al. Ex. 24, 10 ºr tº as the
heaven itself, the very heaven. Job 21,
23 ºr Exº, in his very wholeness, in the
midst of health and prosperity.
4. Azem, pr. n. of a city in the tribe
of Simeon, Josh. 15, 29. 19, 3. 1 Chr. 4,
29.
Dy3 m. (r. Ess) c. suff, "ºss.
1. strength, Deut. 8, 17. Job 30, 21.
2. Collect, the bones, body, i. q. Es:
no. 2, Ps. 139, 15.
Tºy f (r. Ess) constr. rºs.
1. strength Is. 40, 29. 47, 9.
2. number, multitude, Nah. 3, 9.
sº
Tºy (strong, r. Ess) Azmon, pr. n.
of a place on the southern border of Pa-
lestine, Num. 34, 4.5. Josh. 15, 4.
nº.2 ſ plur, (r. Ess) strong de-
fences, bulwarks, trop. of arguments with
which disputants defend their cause
Is. 41, 21; comp. Job 13, 12-Talmud
bxynN to dispute, to contend with argu-
93
•. “ O e
ments; Arab. Kºwale defence, guard
>k Tºy obsol. root, prob. of a like force
with psy, rºy, to be hard, firm, strong
—Hence
lxx
Epy
909
j}} &n. Asyóu. 2 Sam. 23, 8, prob. a
9 o ż
pear; comp. Arab, c)-aē branch. See
this passage in full under art. "T.
*-gy fut. *ssº, more rarely "sº
1 K. 18, 44. 2 K. 4, 24.
1. to shut up, to close. The primary
idea lies in surrounding, enclosing, with
a fence, wall; comp. the similar roots
n:r, ºss, his, and the remarks there
made. Arab. to prohibit, to re-
ſuse; ,-diº to hold back, to restrain,
like the Heb. no. 2–E. g. to shut up the
heavens, so that it cannot rain, Deut. 11,
17. 2 Chr. 7, 13; the womb, so as not to
bear, Gen. 16, 2, 20, 18 (where it is con-
strued with Ty: q. v. no. 1), comp. Is. 66,
9. Also to shut up in a place Jer. 20,9;
espec. in prison 2 K. 17, 4. Jer. 33, 1. 36,
5. 39, 15. With **, 1 Chr. 12, 1 nºxy
*Nº ºn shut out from the presence of
Saul, not permitted to see Saul’s face;
others: shut up at home because of Saul,
through fear of him, comp. IV to
keep oneself at home.—For the phrase
Bºrş, hºxy, see in any no. 1. a.
2. to hold back, to hinder, to detain a
person anywhere, 1 K. 18, 44. Judg. 13,
16; c. , 2 K. 4, 24; c. : Job 12, 15-sy:
bºº, he holdeth back, withholdeth, the
waters. 4, 2 Tº hss to withhold words.
29, 9. 1 Sam. 21, 6 sº-Hº Hºs wo-
men have been kept from us.-A pecu-
liar formula not unfrequent in the later
Hebrew is nº ng: , to retain strength, to
be strong, Dan. 10, 8, 16. 11, 6. 2 Chr.
13, 20; c. h to have strength for any
thing, to be able, 1 Chr. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 2,
5. 22, 9; and so nº being omitted 2 Chr.
20, 37. 14, 10.
3. coèrcuit imperio, i. e. to rule, to
reign, c. : 1 Sam. 9, 17.
4. to collect, to heap up, i. q. ºnxS q.v.
hence nº wealth; to assemble persons,
see Niph. no. 3, and Tºsy.
Niph. 1. to be shut up, e. g. the hea-
vens 1 K. 8, 35. 2 Chr. 6, 26.
2. to be restrained, hindered, stayed,
'Num. 17, 13, 15 [16, 48. 50', 2 Sam. 24,
2-. 25. Ps. 106, 30.
3. to be assembled (from the idea of
tons raining, compelling, see nº),
espec. to a festival, nº. 1 Sam. 21,
|
8 Hin, "ºh nº assembled before Je
hovah.
Deriv, the three following, and *32
missz.
Tº m. (r. hºs) treasures laid up
wealth, riches, i. q. ninsis. Judg. 18, "
h; ºniº. . . ]"s no possessor of wealth,
comp. hy; no. 4; Vulg. magnarum
opum ; Sept. Vatic. Mangováuog Éxituščo,
&mgovgoûg.—Several ancient intpp. give
it by dominion, rule, see nº no. 3. But
the expression refers to a people, and
not to a ruler.
Tºy m. (r. hys) 1. a shutting up,
closure. Prov. 30, 16 Erin hss the shut.
ting up of the womb, i.e. a barren womb.
2. constraint, oppression, veacation, Ps.
107, 39. Is. 53, 8.
Tº f. (r. ºxy no. 4) 2 K, 10, 20. Is.
1, 13. Joel 1, 14; elsewhere my , in
pause nº. 2 Chr. 7, 9; plur. c. suff.
tºnings; an assembly, Jer. 9, 1 [2]
tº nº an assembly of wicked men.
Usually, the assembly, congregation of
the people for celebrating public rites
tovňyvgus, Joel 1, 14. 2 K. 10, 20. Am.
5, 21. Is. 1, 13; espec. as held on the
seventh day of the passover, and on the
eighth day of the festival of taberna-
cles, i. q. ºp sºpº, Lev. 23, 36. Num.
29, 35. Deut. 16, 8. 2 Chr. 7, 9. Neh. 8,
18. Comp. Arab. & assembly, more
fully Kx.4 ex3 day of assembly, i. e.
Friday, as a festival or holyday of the
Muhammedans.—Iken and Michaelia
find the primary idea in restraint from
labour; see Iken Diss, philol. theol. p.
49 sq. J. D. Michaelis Suppl. h. v.
The contrary is shewn by Jer. 9, 1 [23.
*=py fut. apº. Jer. 9, 3; c. suff,
*::ps: Gen. 27, 36.
1. Prob. to be high, like a vault,
mound, or the like; kindr. with =3|E
==A. Hence aps hill, apy heel.
2. Denom. from aps, to take, or seize
by the heel; Hos. 12 4 ~ns ap: Tº
Yºris in the womb he took his brother tº
the heel ; comp. Gen. 25, 26. So Arab
5 .
Jic has meaningsborrowed from - it
heel, e. g. to hit in the heel.—Spec. ix
order to trip or throw one down: hencs
68%
opy
$py
810
3. Trop. to circumvent, to deceive, to
defraud, Gen. 27, 36. Jer. 9, 3. Chald.
5ps to lie in wait for, pr. to follow at
one's heels, to track. Comp. Epº no. 3,
spy no 2, riºry.
PIEL to leave behind, pr. at one’s heels,
e.g. the lightnings behind the thunders
Job 37, 4. Arab. Jie to leave behind,
to defer, to procrastinate; Chald. 5xx to
delay.
Deriv. Eps—nºpy, and pr. n. *pś,
ap::, Hips.
PP. m. (r. aps no. 1) constr. ap:
Gen. 25, 26; plur. E"apy, constr. "apy
Cant. 1, 8, "aºs Dag. euph. Gen. 49, 17,
and niaº Ps. 77, 20; c. suff, “Eps,
Tri-ps. 9
1. the heel of the foot; Arab. Jºãº,
Syr. Paas , id. Chald. Nº id. also end
of a thing. a) Of men Gen. 3, 15. 25, 26.
Ps. 41, 10. Job 18, 9.-Meton, steps, foot-
steps ; Ps, 56, 7 hou,” “aps they watch
my heels, i. e. my steps; so Cant. 1, 8,
and niaº Ps. 77, 20. 89, 52 they have
reproached the footsteps (ni-Es) of thine
anointed. Comp. spy no. 3.--To make
bare the heels of a woman, to show her
disgrace, the heels of a modest woman
being covered by her train, Jer. 13, 22.
b) Of a horse, the hoof, Gen. 49, 17.
Judg. 5, 22.
2. Metaph. the rear of an army, Josh.
8, 13. Gen. 49, 19.
3. Adj. verbal from the root no. 3, a
lier-in-wait, tracker, Ps. 49, 6.
apy m. (r. aps no. 1) fem. Hârş.
1. a hill, acclivity, Is. 40, 4. Arab.
&s, 'Akabah, a steep pass.
U} {-ſ}.
2. Adj. fraudulent, deceitful, e.g. the
heart, Jer. 17, 9.
3. Adj. denom. from ap: no. 1. a.
Hos. 6, 8 tº riºrs tracked with blood,
i. e. full of bloody footsteps, the traces
of blood—This adj. aps, f. Hørg, imi-
tates those which mark colours and the
like, e.g. phs, ſp;|, ºpy.
PP. m. (r. aps) 1. the end, the last
Ethiop.
G 9
of anything; Arab. Jºãº , Chald. Rºps.
Hence as adv. even to the end, ever, for
wer, Ps. 119, 33. 112.
2. recompense, reward, wages, as the
end and result of labour; comp. Aot.
09.jio reward, from Aoio 90s last. Ps. 19
12. Prov. 22, 4.—Hence -pºrºs Ps. 40
17. 70, 4, and Epº Is. 5, 23, as Prep. pr.
in reward of, i.e. on account of, because
of propter. Also with a relat. particle
as Conjunct. e. g. *s ap: Gen. 22, 18.
26, 5, and "2 HPS. Am. 4, 12, propterea
quod, because ; and so simpl. Fº: Num.
14, 24. Deut. 7, 12. 8, 20.
Tº for better ºf fraud, craft,
subtilty, 2 K. 10, 19. R. Pp: no. 3.
Tº see in spy.
*7B: fut. "pºº, to bind, Gen. 22, 9.
Chald. id. Arab. JJie nexuit, nodavit.
Kindred roots are "2N, 12S, q.v. Hence
z-r j := -:
"Pº adj, plur. bºrº, banded, i. e.
marked with bands or stripes, striped
ring-streaked, comp. nar, no. 3; espec.
on the feet, pied-footed, white-footed,
Gen. 30, 35. 39.40. 31, 8, 10. 12. Symm.
9 * g – 9
Åevzónoëss. Saad. &A=" white-footed,
§ o –
from Jºš band, fetter.
-py See b-shri ºpy nº in art, nº
no. 12. ii.
Sk rip: obsol. root, Arab. Uše to re-
tain, to detain. The primary idea seems
to lie in compressing ; see phy, phs,
Hence Tºº?.
TP. f. oppression Ps. 55, 4. R. phy.
5*PW (insidious i. q. apº) Akkub, pr.
n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 24. b) 9, 17. Ezra
2, 42. Neh. 7, 45. 8, 7. 11, 19. 12, 25.
c) Ezra 2, 45.
>k 5px in Kal not used, to twist, to
wrest, to pervert. Chald. Bps to per
vert; Syr. Saš part perverse. Arab
Jºše to bind together sc. the feet.
Pual part ºn perverted, Hab. 1, 4,
Deriv. the two following.
Spºp; m. adj. (r. ºps) winding
crooked, only plur. Judg. 5, 6 minº
nièphpy winding ways, i.e. devious an
unfrequented, by-paths. So withou
subst, nºphpy id. Ps. 125, 5. Sy”
Sasas id.
5px
upy
811
Jirºpy adj. (from a lost subst. Hºps
And adj. ending ji) winding, tortuous,
epithet of a serpent Is. 27, 1. R. Pp: .
tº: Tp: obsol, root, perh. i. q. Sps and
Aran. Eps, to twist, to wrest. Hence
72% Akan, pr. n. m. Gen. 36, 27; for
which ſpºº Jaakan, 1 Chr. 1, 42. See
also ſº ºn nins: p. 110.
Sk "p: 1. to pluck up, to root out,
e.g. a plant, Ecc. 3, 2.-Syr. and Chald.
id. The primary syllable is "p with the
idea of digging, digging out; comp. the
kindr. roots hºp, -p; ; also naz, rº,
nes.—Hence * 2
2. i. q. Arab. 253 and 25s, to be ste-
rile, used both of male and female, but
pr. to have the testicles eatirpaled,
comp. under the root one.
NIPH. to be rooted up, destroyed, e. g.
a city Zeph. 2, 4.
PIEL to hamstring, to hough, e. g. a
horse, i. e. to cut the sinews of the hind
feet, by which the animal is rendered
wholly useless and unable to stand, Josh.
11, 6.9. 2 Sam. 8, 4. 1 Chr. 18, 4; of a
bullock Gen. 49, 6 Sept. veugokonsiv.
This was often and is still done in war
by the victors, when unable to carry off
with them the horses captured.—Arab.
2.Ée id.
Deriv. the six following.
TP. Chald, to pluck up, to root out.
THPE. pass. Dan. 7, 8.
Tº m. adj. (r. ºpx) f nºpy, nºpy,
sterile, spoken of both male and female;
for the primary idea see the root no. 2.
Of a male Deut. 7, 14; of females Gen.
11, 30. 25, 21. 29, 31. Deut. 7, 14. al.—
Syr. and Arab, id.
Tº m. (r. Hpy) 1. pr: a rooting up,
cºncr: a plant rooted up and transplant-
ed to another soil. Hence metaph. of a
person sprung ſtom a foreign family re-
sident in the Hebrew territory, Lev.
25, 47.
2. Eker, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 2"
"Py Chald. m. a stump, trunk of a
ree, Dan. 4, 12. 20.
Bºy m. plur. Pºps. 1. a scor-
- 9. ... * >
pion Ez 2, 6, Arab. ºrie id. Syr.
| speaking falsely Prov. 19, 1.
Pras id. Comp. Gr. oxogniog, the
guttural being changed to a sibilant,
as in 2p* and Moç. As a quadrilitera.
it seems to be compounded from "ps
Šic to wound, and Epº heel.—See also
bººps-Hºgg p. 598.
2. a scourge, armed with knots, points,
etc. 1 K. 12, 11. 14. 2 Chr. 10, 11. 14. So
Lat, scorpio according to Isidorus, Origg
5. 27, i. e. ‘virga nodosa et aculeata.”
7TP (eradication, r. ºpy ; comp.
Zeph. 2, 4) Ekron, pr. m. of one of the
five chief cities of the Philistines, situ-
ated in the northern part of their terri-
tory, Josh. 13, 3; assigned first to the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 45, and then to
Dan, Josh. 19, 43, but occupied by nei-
ther.—Josh, 15, 11. 19, 43. Judg. 1, 18.
1 Sam. 5, 10. 2 K. 1, 2, al. Sept. Axxo-
gºv, Azegºv. Now , sle 'Akir, a large
village; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
23.—Gentile n. *i-ps. Ekronite Josh.
13, 3. 1 Sam. 5, 10.
>k Up: not used in Kal, to twist, to
pervert, to wrest. Arab. U-5 c and Lake
id. This signif of twisting or bending
lies both in the syll. ps, as £as to bend
or twist back, TPS, CVºic, reas nexuit,
bps, tºp: >as, Lääe; and also in the
syll. Up,as tºp, ºpy.
PIEL to pervert, Mic. 3, 9. So to per-
vert one’s ways, i. Q. to act perversely,
Is. 59, 8. Prov. 10, 9.
HIPH. to declare perverse, 1. e. guilty,
parall, with Sºujºn. Job 9, 20 though
I be perfect, *Essº he will declare me
perverse, guilty; here ºpºl is for
ºu;"pººl, Heb. Gr. § 52, n. 4.
NIPH. pass, to be perverted, perverse.
Part. Bºº tºp; whose ways are per-
verse, Prov. 28, 18.
Deriv. tºps, rºps, tºps2.
tº m. adj. (r. Ups) plur. Bºx,
constr. hups.
1. perce, se ; tips. Sº a perverse mind
Ps. 101, 4; and vice versa ºrujºs a
man of perverse mind Prov. 11, 20, 17
20. Tºrº tºps one perverse of lips i. e.
Absol,
false, deceitful, Deut. 32, 5. Ps. 18, 27
Prov. 8, 8.
2. Ikkesh, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23, 26
tºpy
--y
812
nºtºpy f. (r. ups) with ng, perverse-
ness of mouth, i. e. false speech, deceit-
ful words, Prov. 4, 24, 6, 12; comp. 19, 1.
I. T. m. (r. his I) a city, spec. as forti-
fied, whence plur. Enº used as plural
of nº q. v. In sing. only as pr. m. ny
Ar, Num. 21, 15. Deut. 2, 29; fully hy
RNio Ar Moab Num. 21, 28. Is. 15, 1;
also as in nºs city of Moab, Num. 22, 36,
i. e. the metropolis of Moab, situated
on the southern bank of the Arnon; Gr.
‘Ageónożus (which some neglecting the
etymology have interpreted Urbs Mar-
tis), Abulſeda -U, and Kerji; still
called Rabba. See Reland Palaestina
p. 577. Burckhardt’s Trav. in Syria, p.
374, 377. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 569.
—Twice put for the country of Moab,
Deut. 2, 9. 18.
II. T. m. (r. hºs) an enemy; c. suff.
Ty 1 Sam. 28, 16. Plur. Bºy Is. 14, 21.
Ps. 139, 20.
T. Chald. i. q. Heb. no. II, an enemy,
Dan. 4, 16.
-y (waking, r. nhy I) Er, pr. m. a.) A
son of Judah, Gen. 38, 3.46, 12. b) 1
Chr. 4, 21.—Another nº see in r. nº I. 1.
* I. Eny 1. Pr. a) to interweave,
to braid; comp. Bºš to knot, to braid,
Egypt. opó constringere; hence any
woof, b) to miaº, to mingle, as Syr.
---, Chald, an: ; see Hithp. no. 1, -y
Wo. 2.
2. to eachange commodities, to barter,
to traffic, by exchange of merchandise,
Ez. 27, 9, 27. Hence ºz.
3. to become surety for any one, with
acc. of pers, pr. to earchange with him, to
stand in his place. Chald. Syr. Sam.
id. E. g. a) to be surety for one’s
life, to pledge oneself for the life of an-
5ther, Gen. 43, 9.44, 32, b) For an-
other's debt, to give security for the
payment, Prov. 11, 15. 20, 16. 27, 13;
c. * Prov. 6, 1; "Jºh 17, 18. Poet. Job
17, 3 Tºy "º be surety for me with
thee, i.e. in the cause which I have with
thee. Is. 38, 14 "º be surety for me,
O Lord! i.e. take me under thy protec-
ion. Ps. 119, 122—Deriv. Hay, Häyn.
4. to pledge, to give in pledge, with
acc. of thing; Arab. ºre Conj. II, IV,
to give a pledge. Neh. 5, 3. Metaph
inºrns 573 to pledge his life, i. e. to ex
pose it to pressing danger, Jer. 30, 21
Deriv. jiay.
HITHP. 1. to mingle onself, to inter.
meddle, with 3 of thing, Prov. 14, 10.
2. to intermingle in social life, to have
intercourse with any one, spec. to be
familiar with, c. A pers. Ps. 106, 35; ;
Prov. 20, 19; by 24, 21; by marriage,
c. * Ezra 9, 2. Also to make an en-
gagement, c. nS with any one, sc. by
way of wager, 2 K. 18, 23. Is. 36, 8.
Deriv. Hº, Häy, Jiaºs, alsº I,
rizºn.
* II. Eny 1.
ºrs id. Jºſé jet-black, crow-black.
Hence any raven.
2. Trop. to be or grow dark, to draw
towards sunset or evening, Judg. 19, 9.
Metaph. Is. 24, 11 nrº Hºly all
joy we darkened, gone down. Syr. -->
the sun sets, lºs sunset; Eth. U/ſ)
the sun sets; Arab. ºrs id. whence
3 o : 9 - º * º
Q-9 rº 2 \-9 , the occident, west.
to be black ; Arab.
HipH. to do at evening ; Inf anºn
‘doing at evening,’ as adv. evening, at
evening, 1 Sam. 17, 16. Comp. Ezºr
in the morning.
Deriv. ºy, ay, sh9, -ºg II, Hºº.
* III. Eny or Eny, i. q =ºr, to be
arid, sterile. Eth. by transp. Uſ!/, id.
Hence Hº, and pr. n. Hº Arabia.
* IV. P.T. fut. --9: 1. Intrans, to
be sweet, pleasant, (perh, well tempered,
well mixed ? comp. no. I. 1 b,) with h of
pers. e. g. sleep, Prov. 3, 24. Jer. 31, 26;
a desire accomplished Prov. 13, 19;
sacrifices, gifts, Jer. 6, 20. Hos. 9, 4.
Mal. 3, 4; c. by Ps. 104, 34. Ez. 16, 37
Erºs many hugs to whom thou hast been,
pleasant, Comp, adj. His sweet.
2. From the notion of sweetness is
derived perhaps the signif. of sucking
comp. 73%, ris?. Hence any gad-fly
as sucking the blood of men and beasts
comp. Arab. -)-c which in the Camoor
p. 125. l. 11, is explained by Jºe
comedit.
Deriv. als, shy.
--y
--y
813
27. Chald. PA. to mia, to mingle.
Part pass. Enº mixed, Dan. 2, 43.
ITHPA. pass. Dan. 2, 43.
Pºž m. adj. (r. any IV) sweet, plea-
sant, Prov. 20, 17. Cant. 2, 14.
any m. (r. His IV) a species of fly,
gad-fly, exceedingly troublesome to man
and beast, so called from its sucking the
blood; see the root no. 2. Ex. 8, 17.
18. 20. 25.27 [21. 22. 24. 29.31]. Ps. 78,
45. 105, 31. Sept. xvyóuvuo, dog-fly,
which Philo describes as so named from
its impudence, Phil. de vita Mosis, T. II.
p. 101 ed. Mangey.—The Rabbins al-
most unanimously interpret it of a mia--
ture, conflua, of noxious insects, as if
from any I, to mix; and so Aqu. tºu-
uvuo, Jerome omne genus muscarum,
Engl. divers sorts of flies Ps, ll. cc. But
that any denotes some certain species
of insect is clear from Ex. 8, 17. 18 [21.
22]. Oedmann (Verm. Sammlungen II.
p. 150) understands by it the blatta ori-
entalis, Dutch and Germ. Kakerlacke,
Engl. cockroach, which however devours
things rather than stings men, contrary
to the express words in Ex. 8, 17.
By 2 Chr. 9, 14. Jer. 25, 24, and 57%
Is. 21, 13. Ez. 27, 21, pr. n. Arabia,
5á. so called from being arid and
sterile ; see r. Fºx III. The gentile n.
is "º Arab, Arabian, Is. 13, 20. Jer.
3, 2, of nomadic tribes in both passages;
also "º Neh. 2, 19. 6, 1; Plur. E">T9
Arabs, Arabians, 2 Chr. 21, 16. 22, 1,
and Pºs"Bº 2 Chr. 17, 11.—The name
Arabia among the Hebrews did not in-
clude the vast peninsula to which ge-
ographers have given this name, but
only a tract of country not very exten-
sive, on the east and south of Palestine
as far as to the Red Sea; perh, the same
assigned by ancient writers to the Ish-
maelites, seein bsº. Hence in Jer.
25, 24 this name is coupled with other
Arabian tribes. So too Eusebius, of
the Midianites: Keital émékelva tºs’Apa-
8tas Tpós vórov čv épñpºp row Xapakāvov
rūs épwépás 6a)\áoro as én ávatoxás.
The Arabia of the N. T. extended no
Šurther, Gal. 1, 17. 4, 25. See Comm.
Jn Is. 21, 13.
Pºž m. (r. any I) also º see in no.2
1. the woof, weft, in weaving, Lev. 13,
48–59. See the root no. 1. a.
2. Simpl. His Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3
elsewhere c. art. Hºrſ, pr. miacture, see
the root no. 1, b ; hence concr. a miaced
nultitude, mingled mass, of strangers
and foreigners who follow a migrating
people or an army. So of strangers
who joined themselves to the Israelites
Ex. 12, 38. Neh. 13, 3; of Solomon's
foreign troops, auxiliaries, 1 K. 10, 15
Hºr, "Ehº ; or those of Egypt Ez. 30, 5.
Jer, 25, 20. 24 where nºr ºn and
anº "zºº are coupled; also those of the
Chaldeans Jer. 50, 37. Sept. §niuxtog,
güuuxtos. Vulg, promiscuum vulgus,
vulgus. Chald. Tº id. Comp. also
9 :
Arab. --ye stranger; though this per-
tains to r. ºns II.
P. m. (r. any II) but f. 1 Sam. 20,5;
in pause anº Gen. 24, 63; plur. tºy,
constr. "Bºy see in no. 2; also nians
Jer. 5, 6. Dual see below.—For ayr
c. art. miacture, see in any no. 2. tº e
I, evening, even-tide, see the root no
2. Gen. 1, 5.8. 13. 19.23. Lev. 23, 32.
al. 5); nº the evening sacrifice Dan.
9, 21. Ezra 9, 4. At evening, in the
evening, is alº Gen. 19, 1. 29, 23.
Ex. 12, 18. al. Poet. Rºsh Gen. 49,27.
Ps. 59, 7.15. 90, 6. Job 4, 20; and so
in the later books 1 Chr. 16, 40. 2
Chr. 2, 3. Ezra 3, 3. Ecc. 11, 6; acc.
Bºx Ex. 16, 6; a y r*. Gen. 8, 11.
24, 11. Zech. 14, 7; ai = }º evening
of the day, at evening, Prov. 7, 9; nigh
any at the turning of evening, to-
wards evening. Gen. 24, 63. Deut. 23,
12–Also PTX "as evening wolves, see
in asy ; and so Plur. once niaº BS!
Jer. 5, 6. "Ei Bº evening and morn-
àng, vvyöſſuepov, a day and night, i. e.
the civil day of 24 hours, Dan. 8, 14.
DUAL tº the two evenings, only in
the formula ºnzº jºz, between the two
evenings Ex. 16, 12. 30, 8, as marking
the interval of time during which the
paschal lamb was to be killed Ex. 12, 6.
Lev. 23, 5. Num. 9, 3. 5, and the even-
ing sacrifice offered Ex. 29, 39, 41. Num.
28, 4. This, according to the opinion
of the Karaites and Samaritans as also
--y
--y
814
Aben Ezra (which moreover is favoured
by Deut. 16,6), was the interval between
sunset and dark. But the Pharisees and
Rabbinists (comp. Jos. B. J. 6.9. 3) held
the first evening to commence with the
declining sun, Gr. Öslân Tigajío, and the
second evening with the setting sun,
Gr. 3siºn Öylo, ; hence according to them
the paschal lamb was to be killed from
the ninth till the eleventh hour, Jos. l.c.
A third opinion is that of Jarchi and
Kimchi, who hold the two evenings to be
the time before and after sunset, so that
the sunset divides them. Of all these
the first is best supported. The Arabs
have the like expression; and also the
Syrian church; see Thesaur. p. 1065.
II. Only in plur. Bºy, constr. *any,
willows, osiers, perh, so called from their
G
ash-coloured leaves. Comp. § is one
having white eyelashes, sº white-
ness of the eyelashes, silver, also a wil-
low. Syr. thers, plur. Pºs, id.—Is.
44, 4. Job 40, 22. Ps. 137, 2, where the
salia, Babylonica Linn. is to be under-
stood, with pendulous boughs, the em-
blem of grief and mourning, Engl. weep-
ing-willow. Is. 15,7 bºr Prix the Brook
of Willows (comp. Job 40, 22) in Moab,
i. e. y eel, Wady el-Ahsy,
which forms the boundary between the
district of Kerak or Moabitis, and of Je-
bál or Idumea; see Burckhardt’s Tra-
vels in Syria, etc. p. 400. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 488, 555.-The more an-
cient name was T. Zered, q.v.
5.9 m. (r. sº II) plur. Evans.
1. a raven, so called from its black
colour. Chald, sºy, Syr. Lºss,
9 . . .”
Arab. ºl S. Corresponding in sound
are Sanscr. karawa and kurawa, Lat.
corvus, old Germ. hraban, whence Rabe,
Engl. raven.—Gen. 8, 7. 1 K. 17, 4, 6.
Is. 34, 11. Ps. 147, 9. al. Sometimes it
would seem to have a wider sense and
o comprehend kindred species of birds,
espec. the crow, see Lev. 11, 15. Deut.
14, 14.
2. Oreb, pr. n. of a prince of the Midi-
anites, Judg. 7, 25.8, 3. Ps. 83, 12. From
him the name was transferred to a rock
beyond Jordan, Judg. 7, 25. Is, 10, 26.
Tº f (r. any III) c. H loc. rirº.
plur, niny, constr. niñºs.
1. an arid tract, sterile region, desert
Job 24, 5. 39, 6. Is. 33,9. 35, 1.6. 40, 3
41, 19, 51, 3. Jer. 2, 6. 17, 6. 50, 12. 51
43. Sept. §gnuos, also Šćotos, &tsugog.
yì èupógo.—With the art. Fºr the
Arabah, as pr: n, for the low desert tract
or plain of the Jordan and Dead Sea
shut in by mountains, and extending from
the lake of Tiberias to the Elamitic Gulf;
see Josh. 12, 3 nin?: Ey--is Hºrſy.
Deut. 1, 1 Fºo 8% rºya in the Arabah
over against the Red Sea, i. e. at the
opposite end or part. 2, 8. So Deut. 1
7. 3, 17. 4, 49. 11, 30. Josh. 12, 1.3, 8,
8, 14, 11, 2, 8, 16. 15, 2. 2 Sam. 2, 29.
4, 7. 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4, 52, 7. Ez.
47, 8. Hence the Dead Sea is called
the Sea of the Arabah Deut. 3, 17. 4,49,
Josh. 3, 16. 12, 3, 2 K. 14, 25. [The
Greek name for this tract was Aikov,
described by Eusebius as extending
from Lebanon to the desert of Paran ;
Onomast, art. Aikºv. Abulfeda speaks
of it under the name el-Ghàr ºl, and
says correctly that it stretches between
the lake of Tiberias and Ailah or "Aka-
bah. At the present day the name el-
Ghór is applied to the northern part,
from the lake of Tiberias to an offset or
line of cliffs just south of the Dead Sea,
while the southern part, quite to the
Red Sea, is called Wady el-'Arabah
&raji, the ancient Hebrew name. The
extension of this valley to the Dead Sea
appears to have been unknown to the
early geographers; and in modern times
was first discovered by Burckhardt; see
his Travels in Syr. p. 441 sq. Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 594-600,—At Jericho
the valley is broader; and is called in
plur. inº, niº Josh. 5, 10. 2 K. 25, 5
also, east of the Jordan, -Sin nians
Vulg. campestria Moab, Num. 22, 1. 26
3. al. Hºri brº the brook of the Ara-
bah, see in Prix no. 1, p. 663.-R.
2. Arabah, pr. m. of a town in Benja-
min; fully Hºr; nº, see nº no.12 kk.
ºf 1. surety, security, Prov. 17.
18. R. any I. 3.
2. a pledge, 1 Sam. 17, 18 -rºl
riºr prº and bring from them a
pledge, token. R. an: no. I. 4.
--y
*y
815
Tº m. (r. any I.4) a pledge, earnest,
9 * .*
Gen. 38, 17. 18, 20. Arab. Ju }=,
9 • * 2 x r *
&#. id. Hence &ggoff0y, arrhabo,
i. e. a pledge, earnest, a mercantile term
win.ch the Greeks and Romans appear
to have adopted from the Phemicians as
..he founders of commerce.
º, "572, an Arab, Arabian, see
in any.
"rºy Arbathite, gentile name from
rºy no. 2, 2 Sam. 23, 31.
>k 3-y fut. Any: 1. to rise, to ascend,
~ * ~ . 3 - c >
Arab. gy* id. place of ascent,
staircase, ladder. Ethiop. UCT id. See
ryºny.
2. With 59 and bs to look up towards
any thing, to long for, Gr. 69éyo; comp.
be tº sº. Arab. Conj. II, institit,
intentus fuit rei. Ps. 42, 2. Joel 1, 20.—
The assertion of the Hebrew interpret-
ers, that Any is strictly used for the cry
of the stag and is transferred to domestic
animals in Joel l. c. (the Syriac version
also having |-- in both passages,) is
not supported by the usage of the kin-
dred languages; although one might
compare the Gr. onomatop. Ögüo, ögvyń.
See too the deriv. Hàny. More also
is given by Bochart, Hieroz. P. I. p.
883.
Sk 7-y obsol. root, Arab. Cyc to flee :
comp. kindr. Thrſ. Hence Tiny, Chald.
Tºº, wild ass, onager.
Thy Arad, pr. m. a.) A Canaanitish
city in the southern part of Palestine, so
called prob. from the wild ass, Num. 21,
1. 33, 40. Josh. 12, 14. The name is
still preserved in Tell 'Arad elye, a
hill ſar south of Hebron adjacent to the
desert; see Ribl. Res. in Palest. II. p.
473, 622. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 15.
"Tºy Chald. m. i. Q. Tiny, a wild ass,
9nager, Dan. 5, 21.
Sk Hº: to be naked, in Kal not used.
Arab &# id. The primary idea of
he root seems to lie ir plucking out
(comp. nºs), e.g. plants, hair, etc. hence
|
to be bald, bare, naked, of plants, trees,
etc. comp. Hy?, hºrn. Kindr. is tº
and perhaps Fins II.
PIEL riº, fut. conv. nºn], imper. plur
ins.
1. to make naked, to uncover, e.g. the
pudenda Is. 3, 17; a shield sc. frcm its
covering 22, 6. Zeph 2, 14 Hºº Hyº
the cedar-work they have uncovered, i. e.
they have torn off the wainscotings of
cedar and laid the walls bare.
2. to lay maked, bare, as the founda-
tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to
rase, Ps. 137, 7. Inf. ring Hab. 3, 13.
Comp. Hº, Hº, Ez. 13, 14. Mic. 1, 6–
Hence
3. to empty a vessel, to pour out, in
doing which its bottom is laid bare,
uncovered ; Gen. 24, 20. 2 Chr. 24, 11.
Ps. 141, 8 ºujº ºn-bs do not empty out
my life, i.e. let not my blood be shed.
Comp. Hiph. no. 2.
HipH. Flºr; 1. to make naked, to un-
cover, e. g. the pudenda, Lev. 20, 18. 19.
2. to pour out, comp. Pi. no. 3. Is. 53,
12 iº nº nºr; he poured out his life
wnto death, or in death, gave himself up
... • 35.
to death. Arab. & JU, animam
suam effudit, h. e. tradidit. Syr. ſ.a.
cº-ai, Gr. togoffºlévôot, whence pa
rabolanus.
NIPH. pass. of Hiph. no. 2, to be poured
out, trop. of the Spirit, Is. 32, 15,
Hith p. 1. to make oneself maked
Lam. 4, 21.
2. to pour oneself out, trop. to spread
oneself abroad, of a flourishing wide-
spreading tree, Ps. 37, 35.
Deriv. Hº, Hyºy, Hyºs, Hºga, -sz,
nºn, and pr. m. nº.
Tºy f (r. Hºs) plur, ni-s Is. 19, 7,
maked places, without trees (see "Sº,
nºz), here of the meadows or grassy
places on the banks of the Nile. Arab.
5s, *}=, open place.
Tºny f (r. 3-s) Cant. 5, 13. 6, 2.
Ez. 17, 7. 10, areola, bed, of a garden
or vineyard, raised in the middle. So
the ancient versions.—Others a ladder
trellis, a frame for training plants up.
G
tº ladder.
gº
wards; comp. Arab.
Y-y
*-y
816
Tiº m (r. Ts) a wild ass, onager,
Job 39, 5. Chald. id, in Targg. for Heb.
Nºnº. Syr. id. Arab. &= a SS,
ºf (r. nºs) 1. nakedness, Ez.
16, 8, Hos. 2, 9 [11]. Metaph. ryº
Yºr, the nakedness of the land, i. e. the
exposed part, where it is unfortified,
easy of access, Gen. 42, 9. 12. Arab.
9
55, têizog áyvuvø9m Hom. Il. 12. 399.
2. pudenda, espec. as exposed, naked-
ness, Gen. 9, 22. 23. Ex. 20, 26. Lev. 20,
17. Ez, 16, 37. 23, 29. Lam. 1, 8, Hè
'º nº to uncover the nakedness of a
woman, either in ignominy Is. 47, 3; or
for carnal intercourse with her, see in
nº Pi. no. 1. a, "as nº the naked-
ness of his father, i.e. of his father's
wiſe, see in Hº Pi. no. 1. a, nº high
the flesh of nakedness, the privy-member,
Ex. 28, 42.
3. shame, uncleanness, filthiness, nº
nº any filthy thing, excrement, Deut.
23, 15 ; a foul blemish found in a wo-
man, 24, 1. See in Thesaur. p. 1068.-
Hence ignominy, disgrace ; Is. 20, 4
tº rºy the shame of Egypt. 1 Sam.
20, 30. -
Tºny Chald. f. pr. an emptying out ;
hence damage, detriment, sc. of the king,
Ezra 4, 14. See Heb. Tº Pi. no. 3.
piny m. adj. (r. phy I) also tº 1 Sam.
19, 24. Job 1, 21. Is. 58, 7, fem. nº,
plur. Bºny; naked, Job 1, 21. Ecc. 5,
14. Mic. 1, 8. Am. 2, 16. Adv. naked,
without clothing, Job 24, 7, 10. Is. 20, 4.
But maked is also put : a) i. q. poorly
clad, ragged, Job 22, 6. Is. 58, 7; comp.
Gr. Zvuvós James 2, 15, Lat. nudus Se-
neca de Benef. 5. 13. Arab. -xº~~
undressed, ill-clothed. b) Of one who
has laid aside his outer garment and
goes about in his tunic (nºnz), 1 Sam.
19, 24. Is. 20, 2. Comp. John 21, 7.
Virg. Georg. I. 229 and Voss's note.
Aurel. Vict. c 17.
tºny m. adj. (r. Bºš I.2) 1. crafty,
cunning, subtle, Gen. 3, 1. Job 5, 12. 15, 5.
2. In a good sense, shrewd, prudent,
rise, Prov. 12, 16. 23. 13, 16, 14, 8, 15.
18. al.
tiny, see thºs.
nºs, like bpºp from bhp.
1. ruins, rudera, see the root Po. Pilp
and Hithpal. Jer. 48, 6. Is. 17, 2–Vulg
in Jer, l.c. myrica : others juniper, comp
Arab. /*re juniper; Bibl. Res. in Pa,
lest. II. p. 506. In Is, l.c. *sh; * is
usually rendered cities of Aroer; but
Aroer was not a metropolis, nor does it
suit the context.
2. Aroer, pr. n. a) A city on the
northern bank of the brook Arnon, Deut.
2, 36. 3, 12. 4, 48. Josh. 12, 2. 13, 9. 16;
subject to Moab Jer. 48, 19; and with a
different form his is Judg. 11, 26. Its
ruins still bear the ancient name, -eſ
nyiny, also ny"; Is. 17, 2, from
*Aró’ir ; see Burckhardt’s Travels in
Syria, etc. p. 372. Bibl. Res. in Palest,
III. App. p. 170. b) Another city situ-
ated further north over against Rab-
bath-Ammon Josh. 13, 25, on the brook
Gad i. e. a branch of the Jabbok 2 Sam.
24, 5; ſounded by the Gadites Num. 32,
34. Judg. 11, 33. c.) A city of the south
of Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Its site still
bears the name 'Ar'arah 8,Ue ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 618–Gentile
n."ºny Aroerite 1 Chr. 11, 44.
Yºny m. (r. 7-3, after the form bºat)
in other Mss. Yiny after the form Nºn,
terror, horror. Job 30, 6 pººr, yºnya
in a horror of valleys, i. e. in horrid val-
leys, chasms.
Tºny f (r. Hy) nakedness, i. q. Hynx
Hab.3, 9 thy bow hisn rºy with naked-
mess was made naked, i.e. quite naked,
the verbal noun being put for the inf.
absol. Elsewhere concr. Ez. 16, 7 tº
nº tº thou was naked and naked-
ness, utterly naked, bare. v. 22. 39. 23,
29. Mic. 1, 11.
* (for nº watching i. e. worship-
ping Jehovah, r. nny I) Eri, pr. n. of a
son of Gad, Gen. 46, 16.
Tºny f (r. bºy) only in plur. nibºx
Num. 15, 20. 21. Neh. 10, 38. Ez. 44
30, groats, grits, coarse meal, ptisana.
Talmud. Tº ptisana of barley, bar.
ley-groats, pearled barley; also a drink
made from it. Syr. ºf id:—Sept
Vulg. in Num. ‘pilgoua, pulmentum ; in
Neh. and Ez. Gitoc, cibus.
*-y
Tw
817
tº m. plur. (r. Pºs I) pr. ; the
listilling.” Poet. for the clouds, and me-
..on. the heavens, Is. 5, 30.—Syr. and
Vulg. caligo comp. quadrilit, bºx.
7"... m. adj. (r. Yºs, Kamets impure
or yº) plur. Bºsºx, constr. ****s;
pr. terrible, inspiring terror hence
1, powerful, mighty, of God Jer. 20, 11;
of powerful nations Is. 25, 3.
2. In a bad sense, violent, fierce, law-
less, a tyrant, Ps. 37, 35. Is. 13, 11. 25,
4, 5, Job 6, 23. 15, 20. 27, 13. al.—Ez.
28, 7 pºi: ****, the violent of the nations.
30, 11. 31, 12. 32, 12.
*3 m. adj. (r. Ins) plur. Bºns,
destitute, forlorn ; hence childless, Gen.
15, 2. Jer. 22, 30; plur. Bºnºns Lev. 20,
20. 21. Sept. &texvos.
*Tº ſut. iny” to place in a row, to
set wr, order, to arrange, Gr. tºo go, tºt-
to. Comp, kindr. This to extend in a
straight line, and in the Indo-European
tongues: Germ. Reihe (Reige, Riege),
reihen, intens. recken ; Lat. rego (not
for reago, as some suppose), regula, rec-
tus, also rigeo to be stiff, rigor right
line.—E. g. wood upon the altar Gen.
22, 9. Lev. 1, 6; bread upon the sacred
table 24, 8, comp. nº no. 1. Also to
put in order, to prepare, e. g. a table for
a banquet, to spread, Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5.
65, 11 ; an altar Num. 23, 4 ; the sacred
candelabra Ex. 27, 21. Lev. 24, 3, 4 ;
arms for battle Jer. 46, 3. Also Is. 30, 33
nºr bºons? Tºny "2 for the place of
burning is already long arranged, pre-
pared. 2 Sam.23,592: Hºng this nºn-
an everlasting covemant ordered in all
things, i.e. confirmed in all ways.—Spec.
in phrases:
a) nºrth? The to set the battle in ar-
ray, to draw up an army, Judg. 20, 20.
22; with ns and nºnpº against any one
1 Sam. 17, 2. Gen. 14, 8, Part. "ºls
Tºrſº I Chr. 12, 33.35; and nºrth? Tºny
Joel 2, 5, arrayed for battle, in battle ar.
way. So without Hºrº id. Judg. 20,
30. 33. 1 Sam. 4, 2. 17, 21, c. 89, h,
nNipº against any one, 2 Sam. 10, 9, 10.
17. Jer. 50, 9, 14. Part pass. Tºny ar-
rayed sc. for battle, Jer. 6, 23. 50 42.—
With acc. Job 6, 4 º’ they set 'hem-
welves in array against me.
b) tº Thy to set in order wºrds, i. e.
to utter words, c. 9s against any one
Job 32, 14; also without bºx, Job 37
19 Tºrtºn Th; Nº we cannot set in
order (words) by reason of darkness, i. e.
ignorance. 33, 5. With h, to direct
words to any one Is. 44, 7, and ellipt. Ps.
5, 4 Flººs "pā in the morning I will
direct to thee sc. my words, my prayer.
c) tº Thy to set in order a cause
before a judge, to array it before him,
Job 13, 18; c. "Eh 23, 4, comp. Ps. 50,21.
2. With h, to place together with any
thing, along side of it, to compare. Is.
40, 18 ib-i-Tºr nº-no what likeness
will ye compare unto him 2 Ps. 89, 7.40,
6 Tº Thy jºs nothing can be compared
to thee. Job 28, 17. 19, where in both
verses n}+ is dative for Fº.
3. to estimate by comparing with mo-
ney, i. e. to value, to esteem ; comp. aujr.
Job 36, 19 Hºus Thyºn will he set value
on thy riches? i. e. will he regard them?
HipH. i. Q. Kal no. 3, to estimate, to
value, Lev. 27, 8 sq. 2 K. 23, 35.
Deriv. Th;2, Hºº, nº?, and
#12 m. c. suff, *2ns 1. a row, pile,
of the shew-bread Ex. 40, 23.
2. preparation, equipment, pr: a put-
ting in order, a suit, espec. of clothes,
arms, etc. Judg. 17, 10 pºi: Tº equip-
ment of clothing, i.e. all necessary cloth-
ing. Sept. Wat. well, otolii iuxtlov,
since grožň is the word appropriate to
this idea, comp. Lat. Stola ; Alex. Seiyog
iuotion, whence Vulg. vestem duplicem
which L. de Dieu ad h. l. seeks to de-
fend.—Of the armature (qs. sola) of
the crocodile Job 41, 4.
3. estimation, valuation ; Tºnyi ac-
cording to thy estimation Lev. 5, 15. 18.
25, 27, 27. Num. 18, 16. 2 K. 23, 35. 12,
5. Lev. 27, 12 Irºn ºnx2 according to
thy estimation, of the priest I mean ; and
so also the formula is to be taken in v. 2,
Hinº niúE: Tºny: according to thy (the
priest's) estimation shall the persons be
to Jehovah ; comp. on this passage De
Wette and Dettinger, in Theol. Studien
u. Kritiken 1831, p. 303. 1832, p. 395,
396,-Hence, estimate, price at which a
thing is estimated, Lev. 27, 3 thy esti-
mate (price) shall be fifty shekels. v. 4–7,
13. 15. 19. 25.—Job 28, 13. Ps. 55, 14
$9
5-y
yº-y
818
*zºº ºils a man after mine own price,
1. e. whom I equal to myself, my own
equal.
*; by 1. to be uncircumcised ; see
ndj. º. Arab. Jé id.
2. Denom. from nkºs, q. d. to fore-
Skin, i. e. to remove as foreskin, as an
wnclean thing, spoken of the first fruits
of a young tree, Lev. 19, 23.
NIPH. to show oneself uncircumcised,
to show one's foreskin, Hab. 2, 16;
spoken of a drunken heathen, who
shamelessly uncovers his nakedness.
Deriv. the two following.
ºny m. adj. constr. by Ez. 44, 9, and
bºx. Ex. 6, 12, plur. Bºy ; uncircum-
cised, Gen. 17, 14. Ex. 12, 48. Often
spoken of other nations in contempt,
and with the idea of uncleanness, pro-
faneness; as the Philistines, Judg. 15,
18. 1 Sam. 14, 6, 17, 26.36. 31, 4 ; of
other gentiles Is. 52, 1. Ez. 28, 10. 31,
18. 32, 19.21.24 sq. Metaph. Bºnº bºy
uncircumcised of lips, i. e. dull of speech,
(bºnº hºp: Onk.) stammering, one
whose lips still have as it were the fore-
skin, and are therefore too thick and
large to bring out words easily and
fluently, Ex. 6, 12.30. So likewise Jer.
6, 10 tº Hºly their ear is uncircum-
cised, shut up by a ſoreskin; also Dº
bºr, their uncircumcised heart, to which
the precepts of religion and piety cannot
penetrate, Lev. 26, 41. Ez. 44,9. Comp.
Acts 7, 51.
Tºny f (r. bºs) constr. nºns, plur.
niby, constr. nibºs 1 Sam. 18, 25.
1. the foreskin, prepuce, Sept. &ngo-
Gºo 2 £2 b,
6 votio. Arab. &#, Syr. 123-53s,
1 Sam. 18, 25. 2 Sam. 3, 14. Fºr hip:
membrum praeputiatum Gen. 17, 11. 24.
Łev. 12, 3. Metaph. Hºrrºn: the fore-
kin of the heart, see in bºx ult. Deut.
0, 16. Jer. 4, 4. Comp. Kor, Sur. 2,82.
A, 154.
2. Trop. foreskin of a tree, i. e. the
fruit of the first three years, which by
Jhe law was to be regarded as unclean,
uev. 19, 23. Comp. r. bºy no. 2.
3. Plur. nibºr, nºis Foreskins-hill,
pr. n of a place near Gilgal, Josh. 5, 3.
* I. Ens Or thy 1. to m Ike ma .
ked ; hence thy (piny), thºs, naked
tºº. Kindr. are riºs, nº II, perh
Fºy. Arab. Gé to make naked ; also
to bark a tree. Intrans. * to be
shameless, malignant, i.e. bearing one's
malignity naked before him.
2. to be crafty, cunning, once inf absol.
Piny 1Sam. 23, 22.-Syr. Pe. Pa. Ethpe.
id. išaris, Chald. Rºº, cunning.
This signif either connects itself with,
Arab. exº to be malignant, see above
or comes from the primary idea of
smoothness, baldness.
HipH. 1. to make crafty. Ps, 83, 4
Tio Hoº: they make crafty their coun-
sel, i. e. they take crafty counsel.
2. to act cunningly, craftily, 1 Sam. 23,
22. In a good sense to act prudently,
discreetly, Prov. 15, 5. 19, 25.
Deriv. Biny, Bºy, thºs, bºy, nºns,
tºº, perh. iions.
* II. Ery in Kal not used, kindr.
with the verbs ens, Enri, Esº, tºn,
B2, to be high. Syr. Pa.. to heap up.
Arab. ºre.V. to be heaped up, Saad.
Ex. 15, 8; 33.3 heap of grain on the
threshing-floor.
NIPH. to be heaped up, as waters Ex.
15, 8.
Deriv. Hºy.
tº naked, see bins.
phy, see in thºs.
by m. craftiness, cunning, Job 5, 13.
R. Eny I.
Tº f. (r. tº I) 1. craftiness
guile, Ex. 21, 14. Josh. 9, 4. -
2. prudence, Prov. 1, 4, 8, 5.12.
Tºny f (r. By II) constr. nº
Tsere impure, plur, nions, once tº
Jer. 50,26; a heap, e.g. of rubbish Neh.
3, 34; of grain Cant. 7, 3; of sheaves
Ruth 3, 7. Neh. 13, 15. Hagg. 2, 16
2 Chr. 36, 6 sq.
Tº m, the plane-tree, platanus ori.
entalis, perh, so called from shedding ita
bark; comp. Arab, * in r. tº I
Tºy
y->
819
Gen. 30, 37. Ez. 31, 8. See Celsii Hie-
robot. T. I. p. 513.
7); (q. d. Vigilantius, i. q. he with an
adj. ending) Eran, pr. n. m. Num. 26,
36. Patron. "Yº Eranite, ib. R. nºw I.
>k bºy obsol. root, i. q, oniº, to break
into coarse pieces, to pound coarsely.
Hence Talmud, oº, nions, pounded
beans, polenta from beans, bean-groats.
See the deriv. Hºº.
"yº Judg. 11, 26, see in nsing no.
2. a.
ºy m. adj. (r. hºs) 1. Pr. naked,
bare; then destitute, forlorn, Ps. 102, 18.
Perh, Jer. 17, 6 like one forlorn in the
desert, where there is none to help.
But see in no. 2.
2. ruins, Jer, 17, 6; like -sing Jer. 48,
6, Others as in no. 1.
"yºy and "nyny, see in -sing.
* I. ºny fut. Finº, i. q. Fish, to drop,
to distil, (comp. nº, nº,) Deut. 33,28;
metaph. of speech ibid. 32, 2.
Deriv. Bºy.
* II. ºny 1. Prob. primarily to pull,
to pluck, which is the force of the pri-
mary syllable ºn, an, comp. Nº, R.E.,
5", and with the palatal or guttural
9 o
prefixed Finž, Fºr, nº. Hence J. 9
mane of a horse (something to be pulled
out), Jºë to pull out a horse's fore-
lock; also Heb. Fºº neck, prob, so called
from the mane. In the Indo-European
tongues comp, Lat. rapio, carpo, Germ.
naffen, rangfen. The signif. of mane and
top, vertex, is found also in Gr. Adqog,
mane, then neck, back or ridge, zogupi,
zógvuffog, Kogăuffm vertex.
2. Denom. from nºis, to break the neck
of an animal Ex. 13, 13. 34, 20. Deut.
21, 4, 6. Is. 66, 3. Trop. of altars, to
preak down, to destroy, Hos. 10, 2.
Deriv. the two following.
Fy m. neck, nape, the back of the
weck, e.g. of a beast Lev. 5, 8; Arab.
G
Jº mane. So of a man Gen. 49, 8.
Job 16, 12. al. saep. In phrases: a, In,
rºls to present or turn the nape or back,
the back of the neck being thus put
genr. for the back, 2 Chr. 29, 6; alsº
Ps"Fºº Figº to turn the back to any one
i. e. to turn away from him, Jer. 2, 27,
32, 33, comp. 18, 17. b) tº nº Josh.
7, 12, Fºº Fºr Jer. 48, 39, and rins ºr
Josh. 7, 8, to turn the nape or back sc. in
flight, to flee, Syr. lsº -ieſ, and Pers.
Jele cº-º. Here belongs Ex. 23.
27 tº mºbs Tºs-º-rs *rīn; and I
will give thee all thine enemies, their back,
i. e. I will make them turn their backs,
put them to flight. Ps. 18, 41. c) nup
Fis stiff-necked, i.e. stubborn, obsti.
nate, see nu;p; comp. Is. 48,4, and Lat.
‘tantis cervicibus est,’ Cic. Verr. III. 95.
Tºy (mane, forelock, or acc. to Si-
monis i. q. Tº fawn) Orpah, pr. n.f.
Ruth 1, 4, 14. R. Fºx II.
Sºny m. quadrilit. thick clouds, dark-
ness, gloom, Ex. 20, 21. 1 K. 8, 12. Ps.
18, 10. Job 22, 13. Is. 00, 2. al. Often
coupled with a synon, word, as bºy ps
Deut. 4, 11. 5, 19; ºn Jº Bº Joel 2, 2.
Zeph. 1, 15–Syr, tiers id. Sººszí to
be dark. It seems to be made up from
the triliterals Fºx cloud, and bes to be
dark. Comp. Öggyóg obscure, dark,
Öggym darkness espec. of the night.
•y: fut. Yº: 1. to terrify, to
frighten, to inspire terror and trem-
bling. Arab. Jere Coni. VIII, the skin
3 .3 -
trembles, is tremulous. Jºe a quiver-
ing lance. Greek perh. &9%ggo.-Is. 2,
19. 21. Job 13, 25. Is. 47, 12 shºrn ºns
perhaps thou mayest terrify sc. thine
enemies, make them afraid ; the ancient
versions render: ‘thou mayest be strong,
mayest prevail.” With 7% of place
whence; Ps. 10, 18 that man may no
more terrify them out of the land.
2. Intrans. to fear, to be afraid, to
tremble, Deut. 1, 29; c. * before any
one Deut. 7, 21. 20, 3. 31, 6; c. acc. Job
31, 34.
Niph. part. Yº terrible, fearful, i. q.
sºil, Ps, 89, 8.
HipH. 1. Causat. to cause to fear, to
make afraid, particip. c. suff. Bºg
Is. 8, 13.
2. to fear, c. acc. Is. 8, 12. 29, 23.
Deriv. Yang, yººs, Hºn.
p-y
=ºy
820
2k p: to gnaw ; Arab. G I, V,
o gnaw a bone. Syr. -ºš id.-Job 30,
§ for want and famine tººs Hys Eºpºr,
"º risiu; they gnaw the dry land, the
dººrkness of desolate wastes; Vulg. rode-
bant vſ. solitudine. This expresses hy-
perbolically the deepest misery; comp.
‘to embrace the rock” Job 24, 8, “to em-
brace dunghills’ Lam. 4, 5, also “to lick
the dust see in Trº Pi. Job 30, 17 pºs
Thazº Nº my gnawers take no rest, i. e.
my gnawing pains; Vulg. qui me come-
dunt, nom dormiunt.—But Chald. phy is
to flee, often in Targg. for Heb. on, and
rin: ; and so Syr. --> Arab. Jyº
and Jyº to go away, to depart through
a region. This signif most ancient intpp.
apply in Job 30, 3, viz. they flee into a
dry land, i. e. into the desert; Sept.
pewyovres &vvögov, Targ. sºns: "phy
Rºns; see in tº no. 2. In Job 30, 17
they render with Sept. to vsvgº uov, or
rather: my arteries take no rest, cease
9 2 3
not to throb ; comp. Jºjº nerves,
veins, spºº ligament. But neither of
these suits the context.
"Pºy gentile n. Arkite, Gen. 10, 17.
1 Chr. 1, 15, i. e. an inhabitant of the
city Arka or Arke, Gr. "Agam, in Phenicia,
the ruins of which are still ſound to the
northward of Tripolis, and are called
Uš, c and &re 'Arka, Arkeh. See
Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, etc. p.
162. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. App. p.
183.
--y i. q. has II and Hºy, to make
oneself bare, to be naked; in Kal once
imper. with He parag. Tº make thyself
bare, Is. 32, 11. Hence trop. to be desti-
tute, forlorn, forsaken, whence nºns,
----|x.
Po. This to lay bare, e. g. the founda-
tion of an edifice, i. e. to demolish, to
rase, Is. 23, 13.
Pilp, -97s and Hrthpalp. ºrn
Jer. 51, 58, to be laid bare, e. g. the
walls of a city, i. e. to be utterly de-
molished, rased. Comp. Fly Ps. 137, 7.
Hab. 3, 13.—Hence -si-s.
Deriv. see in Kal and Pilp.
>k tºry obsol. root, Arah Jºre tº
erect a house or tent; II to roof, to arch
9 o – -
whence U%re roof vault, throne with a
canopy; comp. Nº.—Hence
by f Cant. 1, 16, in pause by Am
3, 12, c. suff, "uns; plur. constr. nilpºx
Am. 6, 4; a bed or couch, (pr. with a
canopy, curtains, comp. Cant. l. c.)
Deut. 3, 11. Ps. 132, 3; whether for
sleeping Prov. 7, 16; for sickness Ps.
6, 7, 41, 4. Job 7, 13; or for reclining
a couch, divan, Am. ll. cc. — Syriac
ſwis, Chald, sºns, sºng, id. Arab.
Jºe ‘husband’ is secondary, q. d. bed-
fellow, see tons.
>k tºry obsol root, Syr. --> to make
fat, to fatten. Hence pr: n, nº.
Sk Etty obsol. root, pr. to Shine, to be
bright ; then to be green as a plant.
Kindred is 51s whence airs hyssop;
also by transp. EFT, Erl#. Arab. J. &c
seems to be denom. e. g. Conj. II, IV,
to yield green pasture, XII to be cov-
ered with green herbage, sc. the earth.
—Hence -
ity m. c. suff, tºº Is. 42, 15, plur.
constr. ni-tºs (Dag. euph.) Prov. 27, 25,
green herb, plant, collect. green herbs,
growing in the fields Flººr atº Gen. 2,
5. 3, 18. Ex. 9, 22. 10, 12. 15; yºsr 's
Job 5, 25; and on mountains Is. 42, 15.
Prov. 27, 25; growing up and setting
seed Gen. 1, 11. 12, 29; and serving as
food for man Gen. 1, 30. 3, 18. Ps. 104,
14; and for beast Deut. 11, 15. Ps. 106,
20. Jer. 14, 6; comprehending therefore
vegetables, greens, and sometimes all
green herbage Am. 7, 2 comp. v. 1; in-
cluding also grain Ex. 10, 12. 15. Men
are said to flourish as a green herb Ps.
72, 16. 92, 8. Job 5, 25; also to withºr
intº Ps. 102, 5.12. Hence too those
seized with fear and turning pale, złogol,
are compared to the herb of the field
which grows yellow and withers, 2 K.
19, 26. Is. 37, 27. Sept. xógtog, flotówn.
Chald, saºs, Syr. Latas, id. Arab
Cy
J.3% green fodder,
9 --
Jºe a fiel
green with herbage.
-ºpy - 821
Hºpy
Sº, Chald. m. Dan. 4, 12 [15], emph.
Riº, green herb, herbage, as the food of
cattle, Dan. 4,22.29, 3) [25. 32.33]. 5,2:.
* I. Tºy fut. Titº, apoc. (bº, conv.
bºl, rarely nº. 1 K, 16, 25. al. nigyrº
| K. 14, 9, 17, 15. al. Hºys; Ez. 20, 14.
Dan. 8, 27; but never in Pentat. Inf.
onstr. nivå, absol. iv.; Jer, 22, 4.
1. to work, to labour, to do. The pri-
mary idea lies prob. in forming, shaping,
cutling ; so that nuys, hury, is perhaps
formed by softening the letters from Egy,
camp. HHS and Trºy, asp and risp, nº
a 1d Tºº. Of the same origin may also
be Arab. gº to be apt, convenient, pr.
to be adapted. So Lat. facere is prob.
d fingendo; comp. Germ. machen, Engl.
to make, with unxuvii, Lat. machina, ma-
chinari-Prov. 31, 13 rºº yerſ: bºnº
and She workelh with willing hands. Ruth
2, 19 nº nºs" and where hast thou
wrought? I K. 20, 40 Hú: This "nº
Fººl" Fºr and thy servant was busy (had
to do) here and there. So of God Job
23, 9. With 3 of that in or on which
one works, Ex. 5, 9. Neh. 4, 15; so of a
material, as Fe2+ arº nilpº Ex. 31, 4.
ô. 2 Chr. 2, 13.
2. to make, to do, to produce by labour.
Spec.
a) to make, i. q, to form, to construct,
to prepare, to build, Ex. 25, 13 sq. 26, 4
sq. 27, 1 sq. 28, 2 sq. So of the ark of
Noah Gen. 6, 14, 8, 6; an altar 13, 4.
2 K. 16, 11 ; bricks Ex. 5, 16; garments
Gen. 3, 7.21. 37,3; idols Deut. 4, 16; arms
1 Sam. 8, 12; gardens and pools Ecc. 2,
5, 6, comp. Hºnusri Hºnan the made pool
as opp. to natural, Neh. 3, 16. So i. Q.
to build or erect booths Gen. 33, 17; a
gibbet Esth. 5, 14. 7, 9; cities 2 Chr.
32, 29; a house for any one, trop. 2 Sam.
7, 11; landmarks Prov, 22, 28, Sept.
tlölut. With by and h, to make upon
or unto, Ex. 25, 11. 24–26. Also nº
ñºs?? to do work, to do labour, opp. to
rest, Ex. 20,9. Deut. 5, 13. Hºsºn ºuts
the doers of the work, i. e. the workmen,
labourers, 2 K. 12, 12. 22, 5.9. Neh. 11,
12. al.—Where the material is indicated,
of which a thing is made, a double
accusative is employed; Ex. 30, 25
tºp nrº jºins rºux, and thou shall
{\Q}
nake them (the spices, i.e. of thein) as
oil of holy unction. Is. 40, 6 Hos. 8 4,
So too even where the acc. of material is
put last (comp. Hº: , nº, Lehrg. p. 813),
Ex. 38, 3 nºrt; nº Yºº-biº all its ves-
sels he made of brass, 25, 39. 30, 25.36,
14. 37, 24. Sometimes the thing thus
made out of any material is put with 5,
e.g. Is. 44, 17 nigs bsh innºsu, the rest
of it he makes into an idol, i.e. of the
rest he makes an idol. In the same
way Ex. 27, 3 nºr; Hºyt, ºx-b; all
its vessels shalt thou make of brass. v.
19.-Here too belongs Gen. 6, 14 cºp
Fannºns nºn chambers shalt thou
"make the ark, i. e. in the ark, thou shalt
divide it up into rooms.
b) Of God, i. q. to create, as the hea-
vens, earth, men, Gen. 1, 7. 16. 2, 2. 3,
1. 5, 1. 6, 6. Ps. 96, 5. 104, 19. Hence
part. Húy as subst, creator, c. suff, *ēs
my creator, Job 35, 10; hiſ tºy his creator
4, 17. Is. 17, 7. 27, 11. Hos. 8, 14. So
also nisº: Higº to do wonders, wonder-
ful works, Ps. 78, 4. 12.98, 1. Neh. 9, 17;
sº 's id. Is. 25, 1; ribº; 's id. Ps. 71,
19; a nis Fºx to make i.e. show a sign
to any one, Judg. 6, 17.
c) to make is also put i. Q. to produce
out of oneself, to yield ; spoken also of
animals, e. g. to make mille, i. e. to yield
milk, of a cow Is. 7, 22; to make fat sc.
upon the loins, spoken of a man grow-
ing fat Job 15, 27; comp. ‘corpus facere’
Justin; Ital, far corpo, Gr. ºusydämy
ànlyovyióo. 930 9 at Od. 17. 225; 19tzog
yevyºv, “sobolem facere’ i. e. procreare,
Plin. In like manner trees are said to
make fruit, i. e. to bear, to yield, (comp.
Gr. toutiv x&gtov,) Gen. 1, 11, 12. 2 K.
19, 30. Is. 37, 31. Ez. 17, 23; branches
(comp. ‘ caulem facere’ Colum.) Job 14,
9. Ez. 17, 8; so of fruits or grain as
yielding meal Hos. 8, 7; of the earth as
yielding fruits, a vineyard grapes, Gen.
41, 47. Hab. 3, 17. Is. 5, 2, 4, 10.-The
Hebrews often express the same idea by
the conjug. Hiphil; see Heb. Gramm.
§ 52. 2, note.
d) to make, i. e. to get by labour, to
acquire; as in Engl. to make money,
Lat. pecuniam facere, Gr. Tousiv 3iov to
make a living, E. g. property, wealth,
Gen. 31, 1. Deut. 8, 17. 18. Jer. 17, 11;
wages Is. 19, 10 hit, "tºs these making
rºy
822 Flºy
wages, i.e. hired labourers.--So Gen. 12,
5 the slaves which they had got, acquired,
bought Ecc. 2, 8. Also to make or get
for oneself a name, renown, Gen. 11, 4;
a new heart Ez. 18, 31.
e) to make ready, to prepare, to dress
e.g. food (comp. Engl. ‘a made dish')
Gen. 18, 7.8. 27, 17. Judg. 13, 15. 1
Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 12, 4, 13, 10; so a
feast, banquet, Gen. 19, 3. 21,8. Esth. 5,
12.—Also to dress the beard, i. e. to trim
and comb it, not to shave, (comp. Lat.
facere barbam” Lamprid. Fr. ‘faire la
barbe,”) 2 Sam. 19, 25; to dress the feet,
i. e. to wash and anoint them, ibid. to
trim and pare the nails Deut. 21, 12.
Trop. TºS nº to prepare iniquity, spoken
of the heart Is. 32, 6. Also of God as
making ready future things Is. 37, 26.
f) to dress or prepare a victim or
sacrifice to be offered to God; hence to
sacrifice, to offer; Ps. 66, 15. Ex. 29, 36
riºr nstern he thou shalt offer a bul-
lock as a sin-offering. v. 38. 39.41. Lev.
9, 7. 15, 15. 16, 9, Judg. 6, 19. 1 K. 18,
23. Hos. 2, 10 byāº Huy -nì gold which
they offered to Baal. So the acc. of the
sacrifice being omitted, Hinº Huy to
offer, to sacrifice, to Jehovah, Ex. 10, 25;
comp. 2 K. 17, 32 Erik Bºy Hºrtº, who
sacrificed for them. Comp. Gr. isg&
#96ew, isg0 ééew, and without acc. §§§sly
386 Il. 2.400. ib. 8. 250. Od. 14, 251.
g) to make one anything, i.e. to make
into, to cause to become any thing; c.
dupl. acc. 1 Sam. 17, 25 and will make
his father's house free in Israel. With
acc. and h, (comp. in lett. a, fin. and In;
no. 3.) Gen. 12, 2 bi-, "ish Tºys I will
make thee a great nation. Ex. 32, 10.
Jer. 10, 13. 51, 16.-Hence i. q. to con-
stitute, to appoint, to an office, etc. 1 Sam.
12, 6 Jehovah Hugº-ns Huy -uśs who ap-
pointed Moses. Bºrº nº to appoint
priests 1 K. 12, 31. 2 Chr. 13, 9; comp.
2 K. 21, 6. 2 Chr. 33, 6. With b, to
appoint to or orer any thing, Jer. 37, 15.
1 Sam. 8, 16.
h) Tºrºn Hº to make war with any
one, Gr. 7tółsuoy toušio.9 ou Fr. ‘ſaire la
guerre,' Gen. 14, 2. Deut. 20, 12. Josh.
11, 18. Also h Biblº Hº to make peace
with, to grant it to any one, sigiſm, tot-
tioğol tol, Is. 27, 5, where Schnurrer's
view is to be preferred; see Comment.
on Is. in loc. So to make a corena?tt
with any one Is. 28, 15.
i) Emphat. to effect, to eacecute, to ac,
complish a thing proposed, a purpose :
hence riss Hº to eaecute counsel Is. 30
1. Job 5, 12; Bºn; nº to accomplish
vows, i. e. to perform or pay them, Judg
11, 30; a bºº nº to eavecute judg-
'ments (punishments) wpon any one, E2.
5, 8, 10. 11,9. 30, 14.19; ſinr; 's to eace-
cute anger 1 Sam. 28, 18. Ecc. 2, 2 and
of joy I said Hús Hi-nº what doth it
effect 2 i. e. what good.—Oſten without
acc. Dan. 8, 24 nº riºr, and he shall
prosper and accomplish his purpose. 11,
17.28, 30. Is. 10, 13. So of God Ps. 22,
32. 37, 5. 52, 11.
k) i. q to keep any stated day, to hold,
to celebrate, e. g. the sabbath, the pas-
chal festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 10. 14.
Deut. 5, 15. Also to pass or spend time
Ecc. 6, 12; comp. Totéiv zgóvoy Acts 15,
33. So with adv. Riº Titº, to spend one's
life well, si ſtgöttsty, Engl. to do well
Ecc. 3, 12.
l) to do i. e. to perform the laws of
God, his precepts, will, etc. Lev. 20, 22.
Deut. 15, 5. Ps. 103, 20, 21; also to do
i. e. to practise right, justice, toº '9
npº Gen. 18, 19, 25. Ps. 9, 17. Is. 58,
2. Jer. 22, 15. 23, 5, 33, 15; (but nº
'E toº is to maintain one’s right Ps. 9,
5;) virtue Num. 24, 18; good Ps. 37, 3.
Contra, to do or commit wrong, b%r.
$y, Is. 53, 9. Ez. 3, 20, 18, 26. 33, 18;
wickedness, nº: Gen. 34, 7. Deut. 22,
21; fraud Dan. 11, 23; falsehood 2 Sam.
18, 13; rapine Ez. 22, 13. Also airen 's
'E **::= (-\ºn) to do what is good (right)
in one's eyes, what is pleasing to him, Is.
38, 3. 1 K. 11, 38; contra, comp. Ps. 51,
6. Absol. in a bad sense, to do or com-
mit anything wrong, Gen. 40, 15. With
* , ts, rs, of pers, to whom one dºes
kindness or wrong; e. g. tº Tºr, nº
to do kindness with or to any one, see
in Tor no. 1; rs Hºt Higy Jer, 33, 9;
ty, º Hsº Hº Ps. 15, 3. Judg. 15, 3. So
Num. 5, 30 rsºn Hinn-bz-rs tº Hº
and shall do unto her all this law, i. e.
whatever this law requires.—Sometimes
that which one has thus done to anothe
is omitted, and can be gathered only
from the context; whether evil Gen. 27
45. Ex. 14, 31; or good Gen. 30, 30. Ex
Hºy
Hºly
823
13 8. Deut. 11,7. Often it is taken only
in a bad sense, as Gen. 19, 8 only unto
these men º' hiºn by do ye nothing, do
them no harm. 22, 12. Ps. 56, 5. So
* rºy nSt-H2 why hast thou done this
unto me? Gen. 12, 18. 20, 9, 26, 10. 29,
25. F.X. 14, 11. Judg. 15, 11; Hº Hº
F"bi" Hal "h "; , see in riz no. 1. Instead
of h is found also by Ruth 2, 19, ns v.
11, and accus. Is. 42, 16.
m) : nº to do with any one, to
deal with him, according to one's own
pleasure; (fully izish: Dan. 8, 4, 11, 3.
36;) Jer. 18, 23 Erº Huy Tºs ry: in
the time of thine anger deal thou with
them. Sc. according to thy pleasure. Dan.
11, 7.
n) Once Hyºyº intº 1 Chr. 4, 10, pr.
to do so as to abstain from evil, i. q. to
abstain from evil. Others less well, to
do me from evil, i. e. to keep me from
harm.
3. Often Titº is so put as to express
the simple idea of a verb of action, to do,
to act, rendered definite only by the con-
text or the circumstances. Gen. 3, 13
nº nºt-nº why hast thou done this?
v. 14 ns' rºy ºz because thou hast
done this. Gen. 6, 22 nuys bºrº wº
ºrbs ins Hºx and Noah did according
to all that God commanded him. Ps.
115, 3 he doeth whatsoever he will. Gen.
8, 21. 18, 5. 17. 29. 30. 20, 5.6. 10, 21,
26. 22, 16. 27, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 43. Ps. 7,
4. 50, 21. al. saep. 2 Sam. 12, 2 rims
"nº rºux thou didst it in secret, i. e.
didst act secretly. Is. 46, 4 ºr "tº ºs
Riºs "3S" I have done it, and I will bear,
.e. as I have borne, so I will bear. Comp.
\he Attic use of Tously, see Passow h. v.
no. 2. f. So of a way of acting, Prov.
13, 16 rs1: Hº Bh-y-º every prudent
man acteth with understanding. Jer, 8,8.
—Sometimes it is pleonastically inserted
before another verb, by way of emphasis.
Gen. 31,26 why hast thou done (this) and
deceived me? (Mark 11, 5 ti Trotsits At-
ovres;) Gen. 41, 3A "pºº rivne nº let
Pharaoh do (this, ſet him follow my coun-
sel) and appoint, etc. 1 K. 8, 32.-With
% of thing, to do to or with a thing to
deal with it; Lev. 4 20 and he shall do
with the bullock as he did with the bul-
lock for a sin-offering. Deut. 31, 4. Josh.
8 2. Is. 5, 4, 10, 11. Dan. 11, 39; also
c. * id. Is, 5, 4; acc. Lev. 16, 15, comp
v. 14.
4. to work over, in an immodes sense.
Ez. 23, 21; see in Piel.
NIPH. Huº, f, nryº,
- 3, part. Hº:
fut. Fitº (once riºr c. matr. lect
against all rule Ex. 25, 31), apoc. Dºg
Esth. 5, 6. al. to be made, to be done, Num.
15, 24. Esth. 4, 1. Ecc. 1,9. 13.4, 3, 8, 9.9,
3. 6. al. Fut. of what ought not to be done.
Gen. 20, 9. Lev. 4, 2. 13. 22. 27. 5, 17
Impers, in the same sense, Gen. 34, 7
nº Nº. 12; and thus it ought not to be
dome. Also impers, it must not be so
dome, i.e. according to custom, Gen. 29
26–Spec. pass. of Kal no. 2. lett, a, ts
be made 1 K. 10, 20; of lett. b, to be cre.
aled Ps. 33,6; of lett. e, to be made ready
prepared, as food Num. 6, 4. Neh. 5, 18,
of lett. f. to be dressed and offered, as a
sacrifice Lev. 7, 9; of lett. i, to be done,
eacecuted, as counsel 2 Sam. 17, 23, pun-
ishment Dan. 11, 36; of lett. k, to be kept,
celebrated, as a festival 2 K. 23, 23. Esth.
9, 28; of lett. 1, to be wrought, committed,
as wickedness Deut. 13, 15. 17, 4. Mal.
2, 11–With dat. nº to be done to
any one, to happen to him ; Ex. 2, 4 to
see tº nº nº what would be done unto
him. Lev. 24, 19. Obad. 15. Num. 15,
11. Deut. 25, 9. 1 Sam. 17,26, 27. Esth.
6,9. Is. 3, 11.
PIEL rigs to work over, i.e. to handle,
to squeeze the breasts of an immodest
woman, i. q. Tº , Ez. 23, 3.8; and so
in Kal v. 21. So Gr. Trousiv and Lat.
facere, perficere, conficere mulierem, are
put by euphemism for sexual intercourse.
Juv. 7. 240. Petron. 87. Suet. Ner. 29.
PUAL to be made, created, Ps. 139, 15
Deriv. Hº, and the pr. names
Hyºya, º, ºsº, ºº, nº?,
b$ntjy, bºy, Hyºg. -
* II. Hºy obsol. root, to be hairy,
. .. 35. £2.
... O º ... *
rough, shaggy, Arab. sº hairy, UKs
hairiness. Hence pr. n. *.
ºsmº (whom God created, consti.
tuted, r. Tº) Asahel, pr. n. m. a) 2
Sam. 2, 18. 23, 24. 1 Chr. 27, 7; and in
separate words 1 Chr. 2, 16. b) 2 Chr.
17, 8, 31, 13, c) Ezra 10, 15.—For the
letter H quiescent in the middle of a
word, see Lehrg. p. 48.
hºy
*Tºy
824
*2 pr: n (i.e. hairy, rough, Gen.
B5, 25, r. nilº II) Esau, the son of Isaac
and twin-brother of Jacob ; also called
ths, which name however is used
more of his posterity than of himself.
On the other hand, tº "º Deut. 2, 4
sq. tº n*: Obad. 18, and hiº Jer. 49,
8. 10. Obad. 6, spoken of the Esawites
i. e. the Idumeans, is mostly poetic. ºn
tº the mountain of Esau, i.e. of the
Idumeans, Mount Seir, Obad. 8.9. 19. 21.
nity m. (denom. from hiº) a ten, a
decad, e. g. a) Of days, like Shºu, a
se’nnight, Gen. 24, 55. Also for the
last day of the ten, i. e. the tenth day Sc.
of the month, Ex. 12, 3. Lev. 16, 29. Num.
29, 7. Josh. 4, 19. Jer. 52, 4, 12. al. Comp.
Gr. Öszág, Śwysºg, rs1966, for the tenth,
ninth, fourth day of the month ; also
Ethiop. UUJ-C, 3 dº"fi, for the tenth,
fifth day, etc. See Ludolf’s Gramm. p.
100. b) Of the cords or strings of an
instrument; hence for a ten-stringed
instrument, decachord, Ps. 92, 4; fully,
by appos. hips 5:3 a ten-stringed lyre
33, 2, 144, 9. Sept. Öszózogöov.
bsity (created of God) Asiel, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 4, 35.
Tºy (whom Jehovah created, con-
stituted) Asaiah, pr. m. m. a) 1 K. 22,
12. 14. 2 Chr. 34, 20. b) 1 Chr. 4, 36.
c) 6, 15. 15, 6.11. d) 9, 5.
ºny adj. ordinal (from nºs) the tenth
Gen. 8, 5. Num. 7, 66. al. saep. Ellipt.
for the tenth month, i. e. Tebeth, Gen. 8,
5. Jer. 52, 4. al. comp. December.—Fem.
nºnius Is. 6, 13 and nºn-uy the tenth
part, a tenth, Ex. 16, 36. Lev. 5, 11. al.
>k ptº: in Kal not used, Chald, and
Talmud. ppy to have to do with any per-
son or thing, to strive with.
HITHP, to strive, to quarrel, once c. tº
Gen. 26, 20.—Hence
pigy (quarrel) Esek, pr. n. of a well
near Gerar, Gen. 26, 20.
'-ºx ſ, in pause hiº Josh. 21, 5;
masc. Tºgy, constr. nº ; ten, a cardi-
9 * * 3. - sº
nal number. Arab. … c. f. and 8; 3. C
m. Syr, as f. and frus m. Etymolo-
gists agree in deriving this form from
the conjunction of the ten fingers; comp
Arab. ,-º-c to be joined together, asso
ciated; also "sº, hbs, his, and by
transp. U're, all which contain the
idea of conjunction.—Every where
coupled only with a noun plural ; in
1 Sam. 17, 17 prº rºy the word ri-zz
is omitted. E. g. a) Fem. Bºu; hºw
2 Sam. 15, 16; nixhs 's Gen. 45,23; 's
nizay Ex. 26, 16; and with the numeral
after, hiº tºnny Josh. 15, 57. 1 Chr, 6,
46, b) Masc. Gen. 18, 32. Bºx: rºws
1 Sam. 25, 5; and so Gen. 24, 10. Neh.
5, 18. Deut. 4, 13; with the num. after
rig: tº Gen. 32, 16.—Sometimes ten
is put as a round number, Gen. 31, 7.
Job 19, 3.
PLUR. nihº tens, decads ; hence ºniº
ninty rulers of tens Ex. 18, 21. Deut. 1
15. Sept. 68%009You, Öéxogzov. Arab.
SG • • * e º -
sºlºs tens.—Plur. Bºnus see in hºs.
Deriv. Huy, nics, "nnius, intºs,
*32, the denom. verb "tºº. Other
forms of the cardinal itself here follow.
Tº m. and ºf id. 1. ten, Engl.
teen, used only in those numbers which
are compounded with ten ; as masc.
nº Tris eleven, hiº Hºns fourteen,
"tº nºt sixteen ; also as ordinals
eleventh, fourteenth, sia teenth ; with art.
nºr ºff the twelve Josh. 4, 4. Fem.
rinºs nris eleven, nº tº sirteen ;
also ord, eleventh, sirteenth, etc.
2. PLUR. Bºnº (from sing. rinºs)
a) Card. twenty, of both genders, used
with nouns sing. and plur. and either
before or after them, Gen. 31, 41. Lev.
27, 5, al. b) Ord. the twentieth, Num.
10, 11. 1 K. 15, 9, 16, 10.
nºy Chald. f. and nºy m. ten, Dar.
7, 7, 20, 24. hwy ºr twelve Dan. 4.
26. Ezra 6, 17. Plur. Tº twenty
Dan, 6, 2.
nº fut. Hº (denom. from "tº c.
acc. to take the tenth part of any thing
to tithe, 1 Sam. 8, 15. 17.
PIEL to give the tenth part, to pay tithes.
Neh. 10, 38 and the tithes of our fields
(must we bring) to the Levites tº Prº
tºniºn for they, the Levites, must (ir
turn) pay tithes. With acc. of that o
which the tithe is paid, Deut. 14, 22
*Dy
Tºy
825
lat. of him to whom it is paid, Gen. 28,
22,
HIPH. like Piel, to give tithes, inf. with
ref nºsa, hiº, Neh 10, 39. Deut.
26, 12.
º
Tºy, see hugs.
nºw, See nºs º
Tinºx m. (denom. from nºs) plur.
tºº, a tenth, tenth part, a measure
of things dry, spec. for grain and meal,
Lev. 14, 10. 21. 23, 13.17. al. saep. Sept.
Öázorov, more fully Num. 15, 4 déxotov
toū vigºi, Vulg. decima pars Ephi, the
tenth part of an ephah, or about 3% quarts,
i. q. hºw ; and this appears to be correct,
comp. Lev 5, 11. 6, 13. Num. 5, 15. 28,
5; et ibi Sept.
I. tº m, a moth, Job 4, 19. 13, 28.
9 @
Is, 50, 9, Hos. 5, 12. al. Arab &.
R. Jºy.
II. By m. (r. uş:) Job 9, 9, and tº
‘. Job 38, 32, the constellation which we
call the Great Bear, Ursa Major, the
Wain, from the Greeks and Romans.
In Job 38, 32 rº, its sons are the
three stars in the tail of the bear. The
word us does not itself signify a bear,
but is made by aphaeresis from tº, Arab.
Jº a barrow, bearer, (from r. U-23
to take up, to bear,) the Arabic name
of this constellation. The same three
stars in the tail are also called sºlº
3, i. e. daughters of the Bearer.
See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 114. Niebuhr
\rabien p. 115.-Alb. Schultens ad Job.
. c. regards the Heb. Üs as i. q. Arab.
Jºus night-watcher, from r. Uºle and
Jºe to go about by night, and supposes
this constellation to be so called because
't never sets. But the former etymolo-
gy is preferable. Comp. Michaelis
Suppl. p. 1907. See more in Thesaur.
T. $95, q.
pity m. an oppressor Jer. 22. 3. i. q.
pupiy 21, 12. R. puffs.
E"Phºy m. plur. (r. puis) oppressions,
injuries, acts of violence, Fcc. 4, 1. A:.
3, 9. Job 35,9. But in Ps. 103, 6, Jer.
50, 33, it is part, pass. plur, the oppressed.
nity m. adj. (r. nuis) bright, Ez
27, 19 niº by a bright iron, perh. pol
ished steel; others, wrought iron, from
the root no. 2. Sept. olóngog sigyo-guá,
voc, Vulg. fabrefactum.
Fºg Ashvath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 33.
"tº m. (r. Huy) plur. Bºnhuis, constr.
ºuis; rich, viz.
1. Adj. ºnº wins a rich man 2 Sam.
12, 4.
2. Subst: one rich, a rich man ; plur.
tº the rich ; Prov. 10, 15. .4, 20.
18, 11. Jer. 9, 22. Ecc. 10, 20. Ps. 49, 3.
45, 13 tº "ºuis the richest of people.—
Spec. a) In a good sense, honourable,
noble, Ecc. 10, 6; opp. 929. b) In a
bad sense, proud, impious, ungodly, since
riches are the source of pride, and pride
to a Hebrew is synonymous with impi-
ety; so Is. 53, 9 and they put with the
wicked (pºstºn-rs) his sepulchre, and
with the ungodly (nºrns) his tumulus;
here the parallelism demands that nºis
and Pºujº be synonymous. See also
Eºin (in bºr, no. 3), º and ºs; comp.
Is. 2, 7. Mic. 7, 12. Matt. 19, 23.
>k TE: fut. Tº plur. in pause ºffs:
Ps. 104, 32; to smoke, as mountains Ex.
19, 18. Ps. 104, 32. 144, 5. Arab. X:
id. Kindr. is prº, whence jºins furnace.
In the Indo-European tongues compare
Sanscr. Alman mind (pr. breath, spirit);
Gr, &tués vapour, smoke, &ruń, &ruis;
Goth. athma, breath, Germ. Athem.—
Metaph. spoken of the divine wrath
Deut. 29, 19. Ps. 74, 1. 80, 5.
Deriv. the two following.
Tº m. (r. Tºx) constr. jº Josh. 8
20. 21, also ſº as if from Tºy Ex. 19
18; c. suff. Fºujy.
1. smoke, Gen. 15, 17. Is. 4, 5, 6, 4.
Nah. 2, 14. Prov. 10, 26. Tº Tººs a col-
wmn of smoke Judg. 20, 40; 's nºs: id.
Is. 9, 17; 's ninºr, id. Cant. 3, 6. A
people suddenly dispersed is compared
to smoke driven away Hos. 13, 3. Ps. 68,
3. Is. 51, 6–Poet, smoke is also put:
a) For vapour caused by the breathing
and sncyting of an enraged animal, Job
41, 12 [20], comp. ‘fumantem nasum
vir. ursi' Martial 6. 64. 28. Hence of
the livine wrath, Ps. 18, 9 iPsi Tu's nº
there went up 5 smoke out of his mostrile
Tº:
nºy
826
º, 65, 5. b) For a cloud of dust, as
, ndicating the approach of a hostile ar-
my, Is. 14, 31; comp. ‘fumantes pulvere
campos’ Virg. AEm. 11.909.
2. Ashan, pr. m. of a city in Simeon,
Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. 6, 44.
Called also jº niż q. v.
jºx m. adj. (r. Tº) plur. Bºy,
smoking Ex. 20, 15. Is. 7, 4.
*puy fut. pº 1. to oppress, to
treat with violence and injustice ; Arab.
Gºes I, V, to urge, to press, &=
.njustice, violence.—E. g. the poor and
needy, Ps. 119, 121. 122. Am. 4, 1. Jer.
7, 6. Prov. 14, 31. 22, 16. 28, 3. Ecc. 4,
1; a king his subjects 1 Sam. 12, 3, 4;
a victor the vanquished Is. 52, 4. Jer. 50,
33. Ps. 105, 14. Hos. 5, 11; God a man
Job 10, 3. More fully pujy ‘E puffy Ez.
18, 18. 22, 29. Part. act. pºis an op-
pressor Ps. 72, 4; pass. phlºº oppressed
Deut. 28, 29. 33. Often coupled with
br; q. v.–Metaph. Prov. 28, 17 pºu's pºs
tº-DT2, a man oppressed with life’s
blood sc. shed by him, i.e. sinking under
the burden of this guilt.
2. to defraud any one, to eartort from
him by fraud and violence, with acc. of
pers. Lev. 19, 13. Deut. 24, 14; also acc.
of thing Mal. 3, 5 nº held ºpus who
wrest his wages from the hireling. Absol.
Hos. 12, 8.-Both senses (no. 1 and 2)
occur together in Mic. 2, 2 has ºpus
intº they oppress a man and (wrest
away) his house sc. by fraud and vio-
lence; comp. 913. - -
3. to be proud, insolent, trop. of a river
overflowing its banks, Job 40, 18 [23].
Comp. synon. Us.” rºle, e
PUAL part, fem. Hºº violated, e. g.
a virgin, metaph of a captured city Is.
£3, 12.
Deriv. piús, Bºphusy, puffs, ripuš,
nipºn, pr. n. pujº.
pºy (oppression) Eshek, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 8, 39.
Pty m. 1. violence, injury, violent
act, Is. 59, 13. Spec. oppression of the
poor and needy, by fraud, extortion, pil-
age, Ez. 22, 7, 12. Ps. 73, 8. Jer. 6, 6.
22, 17. With genit. of the oppressor
Ps. 119, 134; of the oppressed Ecc. 5, 7.
2. Any thing eartorted, got by fruuq
and violence, Lev. 5, 23. Ps, 62, 11
genr. unjust gain Ecc. 7, 7.
3. distress, straits, i. q. Tºujº, Is. 54,
14.
Tº f. (r. pºs) oppression which
one suffers; hence distress, Straits ; Is.
38, 14 *-ripuš distress is upon me; reac
ëshkal-li notwithstanding the Metheg
as in prºng, "Yº, see Lehrg. p. 43.
my fut, -uś, ſo be rich, Job 15, 29
Hos. 12, 9, Aram. *pś, źs, id—The
primary idea.seems that of being right
straight, so as to be kindr, with nuis,
huj, nu;2; hence the idea of happiness,
and then of riches.
PIEL to build, pr. to erect, from the
primary force of the root; once 1 K. 22,
49 Cheth. niº hºs pºin' Jehosa-
phat built ships; Keri Hº, and thus
2 Chr. 20, 36. 37.
HipH. nºr, fut. c. suff, ºn 1
Sam. 17, 25.
1. to make rich, to enrich, c. acc. pers.
Gen. 14, 23. Ez. 27, 33. Trop. Ps. 65
10 rººr ran thou dost abundantly
enrich it, the earth, i. e. with copious
gifts dost adorn it. With two acc. 1
Sam. 17, 25. Absol. 1 Sam. 2, 7. Prov.
10, 4, 22.
2. Intrans, to enrich oneself, to become
rich, (pr. to make riches, see Heb. Gr.
§ 52. 2, note,) Ps. 49, 17. Prov. 21, 17,
With acc. of that with which one is en-
riched, Dan. 11, 2.
HiTHP. to feign oneself rich, Prov. 13,7.
Deriv. ºnºuš, also
nº m. riches 1 Sam. 17, 25 1 K. 3
11. 13. Ecc. 4, 8. Prov. 22, 1. al. stepe.
• Bºy i. q. Hº, to fall in, to fall
away, e. g. a) Of garments falling in
pieces from use or from being moth-
$º ,
eaten; comp. Ús; KXE moth. b) Of the
countenance falling away, pining, wast-
ing, from disease or care, Ps. 6, 8.31, 10.
©
Q *
11. Arab, U%-e to fall away, to pine.
“ney 1. to shine, to be bright
smooth. Jer. 5, 28 ºnus ºff they are
waaren fat, they shine, i. e. their skis
shines with fatness. Hence niuš.
2. to make shining i. e. smooth hence
nºy
nºy
827
o work, to forge, to form, see deriv nu;.
Somp. per; –Hence
3. Trop. of the mind, which forms,
fashions, moulds any thing by revolving
it, see ſinº, ninus; also
HiTHP. to bethink oneself, recogitare as
Vulg, well; c. : Jon. 1, 6, Chald, nºns
to excogitate.
nºy, nºy , Chald. to think, to have
in mind, to purpose, c. inf. et à Dan. 6,
4. See Heb. nu; no. 3, and Hithpa.
ºntº ſ. (r. nujy) something wrought,
artificial work, Cant. 5, 14. The fem.
gender comes prob. from regarding the
n as a mere ending; see Lehrg. p. 474.
—Plur. "Fºx see in its order.
Tºmmy f (r. nu}x no. 3) thought,
opinion ; Job 12, 5 lºst; rurush in the
thought of one at ease, i. Q. "3-2: .
Some Mss. and printed editions read
ninjsh plur. constr. of nºx, which
however ought then to be ninus; but
the more accurate exhibit Shurek.
Tºy a word of doubtful origin, which
joined with a number denoting ten, i. e.
hºw "nuis m. and nº "nºx f. signifies
eleven, e. g. masc. Num. 7, 72. 29, 20;
fem. with plur. Ex. 26, 7.8, 36, 14. 15,
with sing. 2 K. 25, 2. Jer. 1, 3, al. Also
as an ordinal the eleventh, masc. Deut. 1, 3.
Zech. 1, 7; ſem. Jer. 39, 2. Ez. 26, 1.
Simonis explains it, after Kimchi, as if
plur, constr. of nu}, thus: “cogitationes
ultra decem, i. e. numerus cogitalione
sive mente concipiendus, cum praeceden-
tes numeri ad digitos numerarentur.”
This is unsatisfactory enough, though a
better solution is still wanting.
niñº f. plur, thoughts, counsels, Ps.
146, 4. Chald, id. R. nuš.
nºmix f. 1 K, 11, 5.33. 2 K. 23, 13,
Ashtoreſh, elsewhere plur. F"Tºy Ash-
taroth, i. e. Astarte, à 40 ragtm, pr. m. of
a female divinity worshipped by the
Sidonians 1 and 2 K, ll. cc. by the Philis-
.ines 1 Sam. 31, 10; and after their ex-
ample by the Hebrews in the days ºf
..he Judges and Solomon, Judg. 2, 13.
;3, 6, 1 Sam. 7, 3, 4, 12, 10. 1 and 2 K.
). cc. with great observance and in con-
neq t on with Baal, Judg. l. c. 1 Sam. 12,
10. The plur, ninrºn, which is thrice
coupled with bºxin Judg. 10, 6.1 Sam.
7, 4, 12, 10, seems to deliote statues
of Astarte, comp. Bºž, ninus, Gr,
‘ſoul; and so too in 1 Sam. 31, 10
nintº nº the temple of Astartes (since
there may have been several images in
the same temple), and Judg. 2, 13 823%
ninrºxºn. But some explain these pas-
sages as instances of the ‘pluralis excel-
lentiae.” Sept. Autógin, plur. Autógto:
and 'Autogº.—The extent c ſ this wor-
ship among the Phenicians and Cartha-
ginians is shown by the frequent occur-
rence of this name in the pr. Ilames both
of men and women; as nºnnuby Thy serv-
ant of Astarte, Gr. Aftöwgrógtog, Lat.
Bodostor, Bostor; nºnry "b" served of
Astarte, Delaºastartus, etc.—Greek and
Roman writers compare this name partly
with their Juno, as August. Quaest. ad
Jud. 7, 16 ‘Juno sine dubitatione a Puni-
cis Astarte vocatur;' more commonly
with Venus and Luna, as Lucian de Dea
Syr. Motögtip. 5’ £yd Soxão 3's) painy ºu-
usval. Philo Bybl. ap. Euseb. I. 10 tºy 53
'Motögtip Towians thy 'Aqigoëttny sival
Aéyovot. Cic. Nat. 3, 23 ‘quarta [Venus]
Syria Tyroque concepta, quae Astarte vo-
catur.” The latter is the more correct;
for as 592 was sometimes held to be the
god of the sun (see ºn Byå in 322 no.
5), though usually the planet Jupiter and
god of fortune, so Astarte also sometimes
represented the moon, and again Venus,
i. e. the planet Venus, the goddess of
love and ſortune, who in a like respect is
called likewise Hºus and "?? q. v. See
also Mover's Phoenizien p. 601 sq.-As
to the figure of this idol it can only be
affirmed that it was hormed ; since the
city Ashtaroth of Bashan, so named
from the worship of Astarte, is once
called tºp ninnºx Gen. 14, 5; and
these horus accord well both with the
goddess of the moon, and also with the
mythus respecting Astarte in Philo Bybl.
ap. Euseb. l. c. and Sanchun. Fragm
ed. Orelli p. 34: Autºgtm 0é à usyiotn
xwi Zsus Amuogo is zui "40960s (TTT)
600 ulsvg 9 stºv Š.300 l).svov tiſs xºgas,
Kg6vov yroſum. ‘II 63 (01&gth &réðnks
tjiji's aspoºj 3&gthsio's ſtaggongov xspo-
Ay to tigov. Itsguyou roigo. 68 tºy oixov-
aśrmy, sigsy &sgotsrå &grégo, öv xxi &vs-
Mouávn év Tügg, ti, &ylº vigº &ptégalos
ny 828 ny
See also Tacit. Hist. II. 3.−As to the
etymology of the name, so long sought
for in vain, it would seem that nymus is
for ºngs Pers. §slºw star, ºut $ozī,
the star of Venus, like Syr. in assº; see
art. "nº p. 76. Hence the name 'Aurgo-
ºozn, by which Astarte is called, Hero-
dian 5.6. 10, gives the etymology well.
—See more in Thesaur, p. 1082 sq.
PLUR. ninnux, constr. ninnuſ: 1. As-
tartes, images of Astarte; see above.
2. Ns ninnus Astartes of the flock,
Venuses, prob, for females, ewes, as pro-
pagating the flock, Deut. 7, 13. 28, 4, 18.
51. Kimchi Nxn naps, Gr. Venet.
well disg ewes.
3. Plur. Ashtaroth, pr. m. of a city of
Bashan, Deut. 1, 4. Josh. 9, 10. 12, 4.
13, 12. 31. 1 Chr. 6, 56. Once ninnux
tºp Ashteroth-karnaim, i.e. horned,
Gen. 14, 5; so called from the horned
images of Astarte, with which the city
prob. abounded ; see in no. 1. The an-
cient full name seems to have been nºn
ninnuºy (house of Astarteš), whence by
contraction Hºruši, Josh. 21, 27; see
this art. p. 149. It was assigned first to
Manasseh, and then to the Levites, Josh.
13, 31. 1 Chr. 6, 56. Oſten coupled with
ºn's Edrei, from which according to
Eusebius it was six Roman miles dis-
tant. The Kogyofw of 1 Macc. 5, 43
seems to be the same. [A large mound
or acropolis, called Tell 'Ashtereh, now
marks the site of Ashtaroth ; it is in the
midst of a vast plain, 7% miles S. S. W.
of Nówa towards Mezāreib, from which
it is 5 miles distant. It is also about 6
miles distant from Der’a the ancient
Edrei. See Newbold in Journ. of Lond.
Geogr. Soc. 1846. p. 333. Reland. Pa-
hest. p. 598.-R.
Fy pr. for nº fem. of is (r. nºs) as
nº for nº, ns for nºs; c. Makk. -ny,
c. suff, "ns; usually fem. as in sºrºri nº,
dut sometimes masc. Ez. 7, 7. 12. Cant.
8, 12, since the origin of the word ap-
pears to have been overlooked; see
Lehrg. p. 474. Plur. Bºris fem. Ez. 12,
87. Neh. 13, 31; oftener masc. 2 Chr.
15, 5. Dan. 11, 14. Ezra 10, 14. Neh.
10, 35.
1. time, in general ; with genit. nº
Bºr; the time of evening, even-tide, Josh
8, 29; hºrſ nº pruning-time Cant. 2
12; Fish nº time of evil, of calamity, Ps
37, 19; Jer. 51, 6. Hagg. 1, 2. With inf.
nº ny time of bearing Job 39, 1. 2; Jer
8, 7. So before a clause, Mic. 5, 2 ns
riº Hºſhin the time when she that tra.
vaileth bringeth forth. Job 6, 17. Deut
32, 35. 2 Chr. 20, 22. 28, 22. Also nºg
nº (19) by from time to time 1 Chr. 9
25. Ez. 4, 10. 11.—With prepositions:
a) rºż, c. art, nº, in or at a time;
Nariri nº at that time Gen. 21, 22. 38,
1. Num. 22, 4, and so always in the Pent.
see in Nºrt; in the other books Nººri nº,
So Hºsp nº in the time of harrest Jer.
50, 16; Firº ng: Gen. 38, 27; ry-bº:
at all times, always, Ps. 10, 5. 34, 2. 62,
9. al. saep.
b) nº at a time, espec. of the time
of day, of life, etc. By nº Gen. 8, 11.
24, 11. 2 Sam. 11, 2, al. ºr Nia ny?
Josh. 10, 27. 2 Chr. 18, 34; HR; nº in
the time of old age 1 K. 11, 4, 15, 23,
Bina Biº-rsh, i. q. Riº Piº, day by day.
1 Chr. 12, 22.
c) nºz about or at a time, see in E. B.
3; as any nri;2 ry: at the time of the
evening oblation Dan. 9, 21. With the
art. ny? (for nºr =) at this time, now,
Num. 23, 23. Judg. 13, 23. 21, 22. Joh
39, 18. Hrº ny? about this time to mor-
row, Ex. 9, 18. 1 Sam. 9, 16. 20, 12. 1 K.
19, 2. al. more fully nºr nº nrº Josh.
11, 6. Fºr ny?, see in ºr no. 3. p. 309.
d) Accus. ny, at or in the time ; Ps.
4, 8 "A" tº nº more than in the time
when their corn and their wine were
abundant. Absol. at the time, now, i. q.
Trºy, Ez. 27, 34. Sept. viv, Vulg. nunc.
—Spec.
2. time of the year, season, Gr. 690 :
Cant. 2, 12. Jer. 50, 16, see above in no.
1. Fºr nº3, see above in no. 1. c.
Ezra 10, 13 tº rer, the season of
rains, i. e. the rainy season; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 97.
3. time or season of life, espec. youth
spoken of a marriageable virgin, Ez. 16,
8 Bºth nº Tris nºrth lo, thy time was the
time of love. So Ps. 81, 16 their youth
should have endured for ever. Comp. Gr
digo, e.g. ēg yºuou Jigmy &rlwe000, Hdot
6, 61; eig & 690s digºv provoo, Këgn Plat
4. a fit time, proper season, like Gr
xwigós; often with suff, as ins: nº the
ny
ºny
829
‘ain in its season, i. e at the proper
time, Deut. 11, 14, 28, 12; of fruit Ps. 1,
3; so Ps. 104, 27. Job 38, 32. Prov. 15,
33. Ecc, 7, 17. 10, 17. Acc. ry. Nº not
in time, out of time, untimely, Job 22,
16; and so ny in time, betimes, Hos. 13,
13 he is a foolish son "x" Tºy: Nº nº "z
for he standeth not betimes in the matric,
i. e. doth not break forth from the womb
at the right time, while there is yet
strength to bear; comp. Is, 37, 3.
5. the time of any one, i. q. day of any
one, see in Ein no. 1, b ; i. e. the time of
the end, the last and fatal day, time of
destruction, Is. 13, 22. Jer, 27,9. Ez. 22,
3. 30, 3. Ecc. 9, 12. Absol. Ecc. 9, 11.
6, a set time, a certain period, which
will have an end, opp. pºis. Ecc. 3, 1
yer-bºº rs to every thing there is a
time, i. e. it endures but for a time, is not
permanent; comp. 8, 6. So nº is for a
time, i.e. a fixed period, which will come
to an end, Dan. 11, 24.
PLUR. Dºry, nins, see above init.
times ; i. e. a.) As computed by those
learned in such matters; e.g. bºrºr, "sº
Esth. 1, 13, and enrº Hyº ºth 1 Chr.
12, 32, knowing of times, i.e. astrologers.
b) As connected with the vicissitudes of
men and things, 1 Chr. 29, 30. Dan. 9,
26. Is. 33, 6. Hence i, q, destiny, lot,
Ps. 31, 16. Also times of judgment, of
divine wrath, Job 24, 1; comp. in no. 5.
c) As implying repetition, Neh. 9, 28
nian Enrºy many times, repeatedly;
comp. Chald. Tº no. 2.
Denom. Trºy, "ris, perh. pr. n. *ry.
TYP Hº (time of the judge) with H
local priº, Illah-kazin, pr. m. of a city
in Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13.
* Tº in Kal not used; Chald. Pa.
Trºy to set, to place, to prepare ; Ithpa.
to set oneselſ, to stand, i. q = ºrir.
Syr. Pe. and Pa.. to set, to arrange. Arab.
... 2
Jºsé to be prepared, ready, II, IV, to
repare, to arrange. Kindr. are "by, nu}.
PIEL to make ready, prepare, Prov.
.4, 27.
HITHP. to be ready, destined, for any
Jhing, c. * Job 15, 28.
Deriv. Tºny. Tºny, ºn:
Tº adv. (from nº time, with n para-
gog, demonstr.) in pause nº Milél Gen.
32, 5, like mºs, Hº ; pr. aſ the time
Hence.
1. at this time, now, as opp. both to
time past and future, Josh. 14, 11. Hos.
2, 10. Is. 48, 7; and so Gen. 22, 12. 29
32. Job 3, 13. 4, 5. Ps. 12, 6, 20, 7, al
sap. Also now, already, Job 6, 3; and
poet. i. q. presently, shortly, Job 7, 21.
8, 6. this Tº Firºz from this time even
for ever, Is. 9, 6. Hirºs is until this time,
until now, Gen. 32, 5, 46, 34, ni nº
just now, this moment, see in my no. 3.
b. Tºy PA yea now, see tº no. 3 ult.
Hirºs Nº not now, no more, Is. 29, 22.
Freq. is nº and now, therefore, Gen.
3, 22. 4, 11. 21, 23. 41, 23. Neh. 5, 5, al.
2. Sometimes the notion of time is
dropped, and then like Gr. viv, viv, it is
used by way of emphasis, incitement,
mow, come now, mostly with imperat.
Gen. 31, 13. Is, 30, 8, Mic. 4, 14; nº
Hºn 1 K. 1, 18. 2 K. 18, 21. Also with
interrog. Is. 36, 5 come now, on whom
dost thou trust 2 v. 10 and now (Prº)
have I then come up without Jehovah 2
9 2 –
Tºy m. a he-goat ; Arab. exe a
young goat, pr. well-formed, of perfect
age, robust; comp. Jºsé a horse ready
for the course; others, robust, of perfect
stature.—Only plur. Dºns, tºrns,
Gen. 31, 10. 12. Num. 7, 17. Ps. 50, 9.
13. Prov. 27, 6, Is. 1, 11. al. Put for the
leaders of the flock Jer. 50,8. Poet. of
the leader of a people, a prince, Is. 14.9.
Zech. 10, 3.
Tºny m. (r. Ins) i. q. Tºrº, viz. a)
ready, prepared, Esth. 8, 13 Cheth, b)
Plur, niºns things prepared, i. e. ac
quired, treasure, Is. 10, 13 Keri.
"ºy (perh. i. q. ºry opportune) At
tai, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 35. 36. b)
12, 11. c) 2 Chr. 11, 20.
"ſºy m. adj. (from ny) timely, fit, op
portune, Lev. 16, 21.
Tºny m. adj. (r. Ins) 1. ready, pre
pared, c. * Esth. 3, 14, 8, 13. Job 15, 24.
Syr. and Arab, id.
2. practised, skilful, c. inf. Job 3, 8,
Comp. Jºe Conj, V, artis peritissimus
ſuit; see Schult. ad l. c.
3. Plur. nivºry a) things prepared
for any one, i. e. things impending, des
+ 70
*ny
pny
830
nned, De ut. 32, 35. b) things prepared
. e. acquired, treasures, riches, té integ-
yovtov, Is, 10, 13 Cheth.
Tºy Chald. ready, Dan. 3, 15.
Tºy (perh. i. q. Hyºy) Athaiah, pr.
h. m. Neh. 11, 4.
Pºny m adj. (r.pny) splendid, spoken
of garments, Is. 23, 18 pºrts rigº,
Targ. "p" ho?. It is here the splen-
dour of the sacerdotal vestments, handed
down from antiquity and preserved with
the highest care and veneration; see
in r. pny no. 4.—Arab. Gºle old, an-
tique, put for that which is superexcel-
lent, of ancient name and honour.
Pºy m. adj. (r.pnº) 1. taken away,
taken off, sc. from the mother's breast,
weaned, Is. 28, 9.
2. ancient, old, 1 Chr. 4, 22. See the
root, no. 2.
Pºy Chald. m. adj. ancient, semea,
Dan. 7, 9, 13. 22. Syr. pairs id. See
r. pr: no. 2.
*Tnx obsol. root, Arab. Jºe to
turn in, to take lodging. Hence
jºy (lodging-place) Athach, pr. m. of
a place in the tribe of Judah 1 Sam.
30, 30.
sk
Bry obsol. root, Arab. Jºe to treat
with violence. Hence the two following.
*ry (for mºry q.v.) Athlai, pr. n.
m. Ezra 10, 28.
Tºny (whom Jehovah afflicts, r.
bry) Athaliah, pr. m.
1. Masc. a) 1 Chr. 8, 26.
8, 7.
2. Fem. a queen of Judah, the daugh-
ter of Ahab and Jezebel, 880–877 B.C.
2 K. 11, 1; elsewhere hºn: id. 2 K. 8,
26. 11, 2, 2 Chr. 22, 2. 23, 21. 24, 7.
b) Ezra
* Pr: a root &n. Asyóu in Niph. Is.
0, 18 through the anger of Jehovah tº:
yºs the land is consumed, burned; pa-
rall. ‘the people are food for fire.” Sept.
avyxázavtat Cod. Alex. guyzověřostol.
Targ. reinri is burned. This sense is
1equired by the context; and is con-
firmed by Arab. ºxé suffocating heat,
and Eth. doºrºo angry, heated with
anger.—The Rabbins render it, the land
is darkened, comp. Arab. *Xe to be
darkened; but against the context.
*Tº obsol, root, kindr, with ºn:
i. q, Arab. Üxé to treat with violence.
9 2 P , ,
Comp. cxxxe lion. Hence the two ſol
lowing.
º (for Hºry lion of Jehovah)
Othni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 7.
*Sºny (lion of God) Othniel, pr. n.
of one of the judges of Israel, Josh. 15.
17. Judg. 1, 13. 3, 9. 1 Chr. 4, 13. Gr,
Io9'oviñº Judith 6, 15. R. Try.
*Pºž fut, prº: 1. to be taken
away, removed, Job 14, 18. 18, 4. See
pºny no 1, and Hiph.
2. to be advanced in years, to grow
old, Job 21, 7. Ps. 6, 8 mine eye groweth
old ; comp. Lam. 3, 4, Arab. G:s to
be antique, old. Syr. -eńs to grow old.
Chald. id. See phry no. 2.
3. to be set free, manumitted, from the
idea of taking away; comp. Is. 28, 9.
Arab. Gºs fut. I; Gäus manumit-
ted, free, Gºe freedom. Hence Heb.
prº in a bad sense, licentious, impudent.
4. From the idea of age in no. 2, comes
the signif. to be antique, and thus to be
venerable, noble, splendid, in the manner
of antique wealth, or old wine, transmit.
ted from one’s ancestors and preserved
untouched; see Schult. ad Prov. 8, 18.
Hence pry, pºny.
HipH. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to take
away, to remove, Job 9, 5. Spec. a)
Of tents, to break up, to remove, e. g. a
nomadic camp, Gen. 12, 8. 26, 22. b) to
transfer, to transcribe, from one book into
another, hence i. q to collect proverbs,
Prov. 25, 1. Sept. §§sygºpovto, Vulg.
transtulerunt. Talmud. to copy, to
translate. c) to take away from any
one. Job 32, 15 tº erº pººr, they
took from them words, impers, for ‘words
were taken from them,” they could say
nothing.
Deriv. prº, pry, pºny, pºny.
Pºy m. adj, pr. ‘free, licentious, i. e.
bold, impudent, wicked, see the root no
pny
TNE
831
3. Prº *** to speak impudently, i. e.
arrogantly, wickedly, Ps. 31, 19, 75, 6.
94, 4. 1 Sam. 2, 3.
Pºly m. adj. (r. prºg no. 4) splendid;
Prov. 8, 18 pnº jin, Vulg. opes superbac.
*I. Tº fut. -º 1. i. q. Yºp, to
• * y
burn incense to a divinity; Syr. ºr MS to
smoke with perfume, irºs fume, in-
cense; Arab. to breathe odours.
Hence hrs no. 1.
2. to pray as a suppliant, to supplicate
God; the prayers of the righteous
being likened to incense, comp. Rev. 5,
8, and uvmuóovyov tie toogewijs Tob.
12, 12. Acts 10, 4. With h and by Gen.
25, 21. Ex. 8, 26. 10, 18. Judg. 13, 8.
Job 33, 26.
NIPH. to let oneself be entreated by
any one, c. dat. i. e. to hear and answer
prayer; Gen. 25, 21 minº ih ºrº and
Jehovah heard him. 2 Sam. 21, 14. Is.
19, 22. 2 Chr. 33, 13. 19. Ezra 8, 23. Inf.
absol. nins; 1 Chr. 5, 20.
HIPH. i. Q. Kal no. 2, to pray, to suppli-
cate, c. 9s Ex. 8, 4, 25. 9, 28. Job 22,
Sº the seventeenth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
80. The name Nº probably signifies
mouth, i. q, nº. It was pronounced like
q, ph; but with Dag. lene B also as it,
p; see Lehrg. p. 20, 21. It is inter-
changed chiefly with the other labials
in and 72, where see
SE adv, here, see tip.
*Tsº a root not used in Kal, to
breathe, to blow ; like the kindr. Hyº
rirº), also she, Flº, rºp, all which are
tºnomatopoetic, and imitate the sound of
one blowing from his lips.-Hence &T.
1syóu.
Hiph. Deut. 32, 26 prºses I will
blow them away, i.e. scatter them like
the wind. Sept. §wo ſtegå &ütows—Sº-
#.
monis compares here Arad. |U} which
nas the signif of splittling, separating,
27; # Ex. 10, 17. With # and tº tº
entreat for, i. e. in behalſ of any one, Ex.
8, 5. 24.
Deriv. ºry.
* II. ºny in Kal not used, i. q. Chald
ºntº, and Heb. huis, to be rich, abundant,
NIPH. id. Prov. 27, 6 abundant are the
kisses of an enemy; opp. faithſui are
the wounds of a friend.
HipH. to make abundant, to multiply;
Ez. 35, 13 tº ºx Brºnyn, we mul.
tiply your words against me sc, impi.
ously. Comp. hit no. 2.
Deriv.nhry and pr. n. *ry.
Tº m. (r. *ny I) constr. "nº, plur.
c. suff, ºnry.
1. incense, fragrant smoke, Ez. 8, 11.
So correctly Sept. Vulg. Syr.—Others
render it abundance; comp. r. nny II.
2. a suppliant, worshipper of God,
Zeph. 3, 10.
Tº (abundance) Ether, pr. n. of a
place in Simeon, Josh. 15, 42. 19, 7.
n]]} f abundance, riches, Jer, 33, 6.
R. ºry II.
and so of wounding, dispersing ; but less
well. See more in Thesaur. p. 1086.
Deriv. HSB, HE, Hº, ni-E-B, and
words compounded with “E.
"Sº f (ſtom masc. rise, He, r. HSB)
constr. nsº, plur. Insº.
1. Pr. the mouth, then the face, like
Lat. 0s. Syr. Í21% id. Like other femi.
nines it is everywhere transferred to
inanimate objects, i. q. side; hence
a) Of the side or quarter of the hea-
vens; as tº rst, the west side, the west,
Ex. 27, 12. Josh. 18, 14; Ties; nº the
north side Ex. 26, 20. 27, 11 ; 5: ºns: -
the south side Ex. 27, 9. Num. 34, 3;
tºp rst, the east side Ez. 48, 2. Oſten
with n local, as nº ns: the side best-
ward, to the west, Ez. 48, 16; rSH
Hip: Josh. 15, 5; na; nº Josh. 18.
15; nºn Hz; nst the south side
;INE
*NE
832
outhward Ex. 26, 18; Hººp nsº Num.
35, 5; nrº Hºp rst the east side
eastward Ex. 38, 13. At or on the side
of is nº in Ex. and Josh, ll. cc. but
nsºn in Ez. 45, 7, 48, 2 sq.
b) Genr.side, quarter, parts; Lev. 13,
41 if any one have lost his hair tº rst.”
from the side towards his face, i. e. from
his forehead, in front. Neh. 9, 22 Ephrin]
HSE} and didst distribute them (the Is-
raelites) into various quarters, i. e. dis-
tricts of the promised land. Jer. 48, 45
=sions: the parts of Moab. Parall. in
Num, 24, 17 is dual constr. -six ºnse
q. d. the two sides of Moab, the whole
region; comp. Bºnº, Bº, all bor-
rowed from the human body and trans-
ferred to tracts of country. Symm. All-
uoto.—Hence
2. the eactreme part, eactremity, corner,
e.g. of a field Lev. 19, 9. 23, 22; of the
sacred table Ex. 25, 26. 37, 13; of a
couch or divan, the place of honour, Am.
3, 12–Lev. 19, 27 tº N- ns = Pºn Nº
ye shall not round off (cut in a circle)
the eartremity of your head of hair; and
then is subjoined: nº ns ºn"ruin Nº.
Tºp! nor shalt thou mar the eatremity
(corner) of thy beard; and this again is
thus expressed in Lev. 21, 5 Pºp! nº
brº, Nº nor shall they shave off the
eactremity (corner) of their beard. Here
the UN- nº doubtless refers to the
extremities of the hair or locks along
the forehead, temples, and behind the
ears, which are not to be rounded off in
cutting. By the same analogy ºr nº
is put for the eartremities or corners of
the beard running up from the musta-
chios and beard towards the ears; these
the Hebrews were forbidden to cut off;
[and in this same respect, at the present
day, the Jews in the East are distin-
guished from the Muhammedans, who
trim this part of the beard.—R.] To
the extremities of the hair or locks, nº
tº Nº, is also to be referred the phrase
-SE ºxº clipped as to the locks, hav-
ing the locks clipped, rounded off, Jer.
9, 25. 25, 23. 49, 32. This is said with
g sort of contempt of the Arabs of the
desert, who are described by Herodotus
as wearing their hair cut in this m.an-
mer, Hdot. 3.8. The Jewish intpp. here
render TNE parts, as in no. 2.
Hºsp, rºse. Kindr.
* P& obsol. root. 1, to fill the
mouth with food, to swallow with effort.
Arab. [s id. also to satiate oneself
Eth. T4:ho’ to have in the mouth a
morsel, lump, etc. 4:hº morsel. It
is one of the roots ending in m which
express sounds made with the lips clos-
ed. Kindred is $ intellexit, pr. im
butus est.—Hence tº for PhRR mouth.
2. Arab. º to be fat ; apparently
of the same family with Sanscr. pina
fat, tuskás, tuski, opimus, pinguis-
Hence rºle ſat.
sk I.-sº in Kal not used. 1. to be
beautiful, adorned; see "Sº, nºr,
is prob. , sº to
excel in glory, to glory.
2. i. Q. Arab. jº mid. Waw, to boil,
}~0. ſº
to be hot, to glow ; *> fervid heat,
9 9
§§ foam of a boiling pot; kindr. hº
to burn? Hence nºnse, nºng.
NoTE. These two significations have
perh. no mutual connection ; that of
beauty belonging properly to this root
with mid, N, and the other being prob.
borrowed from a root *š. -
PIEL nSº to adorn, to beautify, to
honour, e.g. the sanctuary, Is. 60, 7, 13;
the people of God Is. 55, 5. Ezra 5, 27,
the poor with succour Ps. 149, 4; comp.
ornare beneficiis.
2. Denom. from rºse, to bough, to go
over the boughs sc. in order to glean,
Deut. 24, 20.
HITHP. 1. to be adorned, honoured,
e.g. a people from Jehovah Is. 60, 21.
61, 3; of Jehovah, to glorify himself in
bestowing favours on his people, c, E
Is. 44, 23. 49, 3.
2. to vaunt oneself, to glory, c. 53
against any one, Judg. 7, 2. Is. 10, 15.
Deriv. -st, nºse, nºse, nºns,
(nºne), riºr, nººn.
* II. "sº to dig, to bore, espec. in
~f~
the earth; kindr with sº. Arabjust,
dig down and hide in the earth. Hence
9-, -
Hºp for rºst. (Arab §3) a mole or rat
*NE
y:5
833
and pr. n \R. To this root also we
may refer
Hith PA. "Sºrr to ea plain or de-
clare oneself; compare similar tropical
significations under nº no. 2, and ap:
no. 2. Ex. 8, 9 [5] an "nºh by "shrin
declare writo ºne when, etc. where the
particle by by a delicate idiom implies
command; Sept. well tºol Trgös us, Vulg.
constitue mihi, quando, etc.—The Rab-
bins and many moderns render: Glory
over me, when shall I entreat for thee?
1. e. as they explain it, thou shalt have
from me this honour, viz. to appoint a
day when, etc. But this is far-fetched
and arbitrary.
"Sº m. (r. "Sº I) c. suff. Thse; plur.
tºnsº, constr. ºnse Ex. 39, 28, but
ºnsº Ez. 24, 23; a head-dress, tire,
turban ; worn by females, Is. 3, 20;
priests, nº ºnse, Ex. 39, 28. Ez. 44,
18; a bridegroom, Is. 61, 10; by others
in gala dress, Is. 61, 3. Ez. 24, 17. 23.
TºšE f (by Syr. for Hºse, r. ºsp I)
only plur, ninSB Ez. 17, 6, c. suff.
TºrºnSa Ez. 31, 5, 6, and by transp.
Tºrºne v. 8, 12. 13, green branches, fo-
liage, pr. the ornament of a tree, Ez. ll.
cc. Comp, in Syr. ſile fruit.
Tºsº f (by Syr. ſor Hºsp, r. sº I)
a bough, branch, adorned with foliage,
Is. 10, 33. Several Mss. read Hºp.
mºnsº m. (for nºnse, r. sº I) heat,
glow, and hence a pot, see nºnº. Then
glow, flush of countenance; Joel 2, 6
-h-sº sap tºp-h2 all faces gather a
glow, are flushed with anxiety. Nah. 2,
11. Comp. for the same thing Is. 13, 8
trºn bºrº ºn; also Ps. 10, 2, 39, 4.—
Others: all faces withdraw their ruddi-
mess, i. e. grow pale with fear; comp.
Joel 2, 10 and 4, 15 Prº Bºs tº
the stars withdraw their brightness. But
then it should be phºnse; and ninsº
without suff, implies a quality not natu-
ral to the countenance.
7. Sº (prob, region with caverns, r.
"Nº II) Paran, pr. n. of a desert region
Jhabited by nomadic tribes 1 K. 11, 18;
.ying between Mount Sinai, Palestine,
and Idumea. So TNR hat? Gen. , 1,
B1. Num. 10, 12. 13, 3. 26. Deut. 1, 1.
1 Sam. 25, 1. In the north-eastern part,
next to the 'Arabah, there is a broad
tract of mountains, Tºsº hri Hab. 3, 3
Deut. 33, 2; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I.
p. 275. II. p. 508,609. Once spec. Gen
14, 6 ºn-by Huys Tºse Bºs the oak or
terebinth of Paran which is by the desert,
Sept. tegéffw3.og tåg (Doggy, prob. a noted
tree on the borders of Edom. The de-
sert of Paran in its widest sense included
also that of Zin in the Ghôr and 'Ara
bah south of the Dead Sea, Num. 13, 26
comp. 20, 1; and was also not far dis-
tant from Carmel and Maon, 1 Sam. 25,
1. Josephus mentions a valley Pharan,
apparently towards Idumea, with many
course no connection with the Pharan
of Eusebius, three days east of Ælana,
Onomast. art. Dogów ; nor with the Fa-
ran or Feiran in the peninsula of Sinai;
though it has often been confounded with
them. See Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
186, 552.
XE. m. plur. Dºe unripe figs, which
hang on the tree over winter, grossi,
grossuli, Cant. 2, 13. Sept. §Auvêot,
R. 33%.
Sk 33: Arab. 3 VII to be unripe,
e.g. fruit; Syr. lsº unripe, sour. The
primary idea seems to be that of cold,
transferred to late fruits; comp. kindr.
Allº).
bºº m. (r. 52%) filth, uncleanness,
abomination, i. q, yºu; ; so Bºe hº
meat of pollution, unclean, Ez. 4, 14 ;
plur. Bºb pº broth of unclean meats
Is. 65, 4. Concr. for abominable, un-
clean, Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7.
:k 535 obsol. root, Talm. Pi. to make
stink, to render felid; Hithp. to be fetid,
to stink. Arab. and Eth. (A and r being
interchanged) Jºsé the food stinks,
A.ſh A to be unclean.—Hence bºat.
* 93% ſut. Sº, imp. van.
1. to strike upon or against, to impinge,
Lat. pepigit from pango or pago which
is a root of the same family. Comp.
also the kindr. paa, for pacs, paciscor,
Gr. It my viſa, Germ. pochen, and the
kindr, bocken, Bock, from striking, push-
ing. Frigl. buck. Kindr. in termination
is tue root S3; ; comp. Úº and u2).—
70%
Xº-
Hºlº
834
With # to strike upon any person or
thing, to fall upon, to light upon, either
with purpose or accidentally, either with
violence or gently; e. g. a) In a hos-
tile sense, to fall upon, 1 Sam. 22, 17.
18. Josh. 2, 16. Judg. 18, 25; espec. in
order to kill, hence to kill, to slay, Judg.
8, 21. 15, 12. 2 Sam. 1, 15. 1 K. 2, 25.
29, 31 sq. Once with acc. of pers, and
* of thing, Ex. 5, 3 -aº Hyº-ji, lest
he fall upon us with pestilence. b) In a
kind sense, to assail with petitions, to
urge, to entreat any one, c. : Ruth 1, 16.
Jer. 7, 16. 27, 18. Job 21, 15; also with
% of him for whom one asks or inter-
cedes, Gen. 23, 8, c) to light upon, to
meet with any one, c. : Gen. 32, 1 [2].
Num. 35, 19. 21; comp. Gen. 28, 11.
Also c. acc. Ex. 23, 4, 1 Sam. 10, 5. Am.
5, 19. d) to reach unto, to border upon,
c. : Josh. 16, 7, 17, 10. 19, 11.22, 26.27.
34; c. 88 Josh. 19, 11.
2. to strike a league with any one, to
make peace with him, Lat. paciscor (see
above), c. ns with ; pr. ‘ to strike hands
with,’ in ratifying a covenant; see peº
I, Hithp. So in two passages of Isaiah,
which have been variously explained by
interpreters, Is. 64, 4 nigs' biº-rs tº
pºſ: thou makest peace with him who re-
joiceth to do justice, i. e. with the just
arid upright man thou artin league, thou
delightest in him, he is Trºn: Uns, Jºs
Tºibe. With rs impl. Is. 47, 3 I will
take vengeance tº sº.s Nº) and I will
not make peace with man, i. e. will make
peace with none before all are destroyed.
Hiph, sºn, ſut. ***.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1. a, to cause to
fall upon any one, to lay upon. Is. 53, 6
*** **, rs in ºn he hath laid on
him the iniquity of us all.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to cause to
supplicate. Jer, 15, 11 "ns ... Tº “rºn
Bºkº I will cause the enemy to come as a
•uppliant to thee. So Chald. L. de Dieu,
...tosenm.
3. Intrans. a) i. Q. Kal. no. 1. a, to
fall upon. Part. Sºº an assailant,
enemy, Job 36, 32. b) i. q. Kal no. 1 b,
Vo assail with prayers, to entreal, to sup-
plicate, c. : Jer. 36, 25; c. * of him for
whom one interedes Is. 53, 12. Part.
gº an intercessor, defender, Is. 59, 16.
Deriv. 935%, also the two following,
Sº m. ‘what lights upci, any one,
incident, event, chance, Ecc. 9, 11; with
Sºn an evil occurrence 1 K. 5, 18 [4].
SSºº (event of God) Pagiel, pr. n.
of a phylarch of the tribe of Asher
Num. 1, 13. 2, 27. R. 93%.
*T* in Kal not used. PIEL to be
faint, weak, eachausted, 1 Sam. 30, 10.
21–Talmud. Pi. to be languid, lazy.
Syr. reaſ (5 and E being interchanged)
to be attenuated, weak.-Hence
Tº m. in pause ºf plur. Bºžº
constr. ºe, a corpse, carcass, of man
Is. 14, 19. 34, 3. Jer. 31, 40. Ez. 6, 5,
43, 7, 9; of beasts Gen. 15, 11. With
nº added 2 K. 19, 35. Is. 37, 36. Comp.
Syr. fré, also of a living body.—Sing.
collect. 1 Sam. 17, 46. Am.8, 3. Metaph.
tº: "º the carcasses (ruins, frag-
ments) of your idols, Lev. 26, 30.
>k tº fut. ÚAE", to strike against, to
light upon, kindr, with 93% and us,
comp. in u}p}. a) In a hostile sense, to
fall upon, to attack any one, c. acc. Ex.
4, 24. Hos. 13,8. b) By chance, to fall
in with, to meet, c. acc. Gen. 32, 18. 33,
8. Ex. 4, 27. 1 Sam. 25, 20. 2 Sam. 2,
13. Is. 34, 14; c. 3 Prov. 17, 12.
Niph. recipr. to meet together, i.e. one
another, Ps, 85, 11. Prov. 22, 2, 29, 13.
PIEL i. q. Kal. lett. b, to light upon any
thing, to meet wilh, poet. Job 5, 14.
*Hºº fut. Hºº 1. Pr. to cut, to
cut in two or in pieces; Arab, ſº id.
Hence nate —Spec. ‘to cut loose;’
whence
2. to ransom, to redeem, Ex. 13, 13. 15.
34, 20. Lev. 27, 27. With 3 of price, as
Ex. 34, 20 nu): nºn-ion -tºp the first-
ling of an ass thou shall redeem with a
lamb. Poet. to redeem from death, Ps.
49, 8.
3. With 72, to let go free, to set free.
e. g. God his people from servitude
Deut. 7, 8, 13, 6. Mic. 6, 4. Ps. 130, 8
any one from straits 2 Sam. 4, 9, 1 K. 1
29. Ps. 25, 22; from death Job 5, 20
from the hand (Tºº, F2%) of enemies
the wicked, Jer. 15, 21. 31, 11. Job 6, 23
from the power of Sheol Hos. 13, 14
Tº c. inf. Job 33, 28; absol. 'P u); nº
HTE
HE
835
0 preserve the life of any one Ps. 34,23.
11, 23. Sometimes retaining the figure
of a redemption, it is put for the deliver-
ance of Israel out of Egypt, 2 Sam. 7,
23. 1 Chr. 17, 21; and ſtom Babylon Is.
35, 10. 51, 11.
4. to let go, to dismiss, as the priest a
firstling, Num. 18, 15, 17.
NIPH. pass. of no. 2, Lev. 19, 20. 27,
29; of no. 3, Is. 1, 27.
HipH. nºr, causat. of Kal no. 1, Ex.
21, 8.
HoPH. pass, inf absol. Hºr; Lev. 19,
20.
Deriv. ºsmº-biºn.
Şsnº (whom God delivers) Peda-
hel, pr. n. m. Num. 34, 28. R. riº.
"Yº (whom the rock i. e. God de-
livers) Pedahzur, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 10.
2, 20. R. nº.
*Tº m. (r. Hºº) only in plur. Bºne,
price of redemption, ransom, Num. 3,46
sq. 18, 16.—Elsewhere Pºntº as part.
pass, plur, the delivered, rescued, Is. 35,
10. 51, 11. See the root no. 3 fin.
Tiº (deliverance, r. Hº) Padon, pr.
n. m. Ezra 2, 44. Neh. 7, 47.
n"Tº f (r. Hºn) 1. division, distinc-
tion, Ex. 8, 19 [23]. Sept. §wo rolm,
Vulg. divisio, Aben Ezra Uniºn. Comp.
Muntinghe in Diss. Lugdd. p. 1154.
2. deliverance, Ps. 111, 9. 130, 7. Is.
50, 2.
Tº (whom Jehovah delivers) Pe-
daiah, pr. n. m. a) The father-in-law
of king Josiah 2 K. 23, 36, b) 1 Chr. 3,
18, c) Neh. 3, 25. d) 11, 7. e) 8, 4.
13, 13.
*"...ſº (id.) Pedaiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
27, 20.
Biº m. Num. 3, 49, and ſº Ex.
21, 30. Ps. 49, 9, price of redemption,
ransom, Attgov. R. Tº .
*TTº obsol root of uncertain prima-
*y signification. From it nave come :
Ú .
1. Arab. 394 to build high , hence
8 * *
J94 a high tower; see Heb. Tºs.
3 - - - 9 : * >
2. Arab. J'é and J'é a yoke of
oxen, a plough, a measure of land Fed-
dan; also Syr. liº, Chald. Tºg, id
But Syr. tire a valley, plain depress.
ed region; a signif not obviously allied
to the preceding.—Hence
7Tº Gen. 48, 7, i. q. Syr. H-e. J
plain, low region, fully pºsiº the peann
of Syria, Padan-Aram, i.e. Mesopotamia
with the desert on the west of the
Euphrates, opp. to the mountainous re-
gion along the Mediterranean; Gen. 25
20. 31, 18. 33, 18. 35, 9, 46, 15. With
H local Bºs Hºp Gen. 28, 2, 5.6.7. In
Hos. 12, 13 tº Hill, id. whence it ap-
pears that ſºlº is nearly equivalent to
Hºu).
Sk yº i. q. Hºº to deliver; once Job
33, 24 nrº nº nyºn deliver him
from going down to the pit; comp. in v.
28 nºt in a like connection. In other
roots too the forms $9 and #5 are kin-
dred and stand side by side; comp. S3.
and Hº!, sº and Hº. Five Mss. here
read Însºº loose or dismiss him; but
less adapted to the context, while the "
is also sustained by the parall. v. 28.
Sk -15 obsol, root, prob, to mourish, to
Q3 2.
fatten ; comp. Arab. 303 to fatten an-
imals, r and m being interchanged; and
more frequently 39% to become fat,
c & 9
thick, J& fat, fatness. In the Indo-
European tongues comp. Germ. Futter,
Engl. food, fodder, later Lat. fodrum ;
also fett, Engl. fat, Icel. feitr from the
root foeden to nourish. The primary
radical syllable is fad, which in many
forms takes r, comp. pita, pater ; pigeo
piger, n>E.—Hence
"Tº m. in pause ºp. c. suff, inº, fat,
grease, Lev. 1, S. 12, 8, 20. Sept. oráo.g.
Tº m. (r. HSº ; for rise, as rº for
Histº) constr. he for "sh; c. suff, "u
G
Arab. sº ; Tºp, ſ. The ; ºne and nºt, f.
rºb ; ºne; tºp ; trººp Deut. 21, 5.
poet. i2"º Ps. 17, 10; plur. in sigriſ. no.
3 tº 1 Sam. 13, 21, and nº Prov. 5, 4.
1. the mouth, so called from breathil.g
and blowing, see the root and Ps. 135,
Sº, )
17, comp. "a rhin Ps. 33, 6; like FS nose
4. 9 2 3 9 G.
from F3s. Arab. 833, Kºš, sus, as
Tº
F15
836
&OnStr. 23, & Us, id.—Spoken of the
mouth of man and beast, e.g. of the lion
Ps. 22, 22 (whence poet. Job 36, 16
n: "tº from the mouth i. e. jaws of the
enemy); of the crocodile Job 41, 11.13;
and of the beak of birds Gen. 8, 11. Is.
10, 14. As the instrument of speech
Ex. 4, 11.12. Num. 22, 28 (of Balaam’s
ass). Ps. 37, 30. 115, 5. 135, 16. Is. 1,
20. al. saep. So of eating or devouring
!s. 9, 11. Ez. 2, 8. 3, 27. 4, 14. Dan. 10,
3; of tasting Gen. 25, 28; of kissing
Cant. 1, 2; of laughter Job 8, 21; of
breathing, see above. So nº 132 heavy-
mouthed, i.e. slow of speech Ex. 4, 10;
pºr, nº a smooth mouth i. e. flattering
Prov, 26, 28; nº "p a mouth of deceit
Ps. 109, 2–As phrases may be noted:
a) To speak with any one rip-bs nº
mouth to mouth, i. e. in person, without
mediator or interpreter, Num. 12, 8;
comp. The Ex The Jer. 32,4; Tºp-ns Anne
34, 3; also "EZ 1 K. 8, 15. b) Tris nº
with one mouth, with one voice or accord
Josh. 9, 2. 1 K. 22, 13. 2 Chr. 18, 12.
Syr. ×ae tº so. c) Job 19, 16 I en-
treat him "E in: with my whole mouth,
i. e. with all my strength of voice; and
so "EZ Ps. 89, 2. 109, 30; also in acc. Ps.
66, 17 ºr sºp he lºs I cry unto him with
my whole mouth ; see for this acc. Heb.
Gr. § 135. 1, n. 3. d) 'E *E. Bºb to put
in one's mouth Sc. words, to suggest what
one shall say, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22,38. 23,
5. 12. 2 Sam. 14, 19. Is. 59, 21; "E. In:
id. Deut. 18, 18. Ps. 40, 4. Jer. 1, 9.
Also i. q. Deut. 31, 19. Further, to be
'P “E. in one's mouth, i.e. so as to be of.
ten spoken of, as a law Ex. 13, 9; comp.
Ps. 5, 10. 38, 15. Diff. is 2 Sam. 17, 5 let
us hear "Earn? what is in his mouth, i.e.
what he has to say, e) Hº-58 upon the
ºmouth, Gr. &vč, otöuo, Šir otóuo, where
we say in or into the mouth ; Nah. 3, 12
they (the figs) fall bºis "E-by into the
mouth of the eater. Mic. 3, 5. So that
which is spoken is said to be Hºrbs upon
the mouth, where we say upon the lips,
see in by A. 1. 2 Sam. 13, 32 "B"by
nºw nrº, Eibºns pon the lips of Ab-
salom hath this been purposed, i. e. he
has often spoken of it, has not concealed
t. But nº-ºs 1 tº to lay the hand
upon the mouth, i. Q. to be silent, Judg.
18, 19. Job 21, 5, 40, 4, Mic, 7, 16; comp
Hºh tº Prov. 30, 32, f) ‘E *bz an? is
write from the mouth of any one, at his
dictation, Jer. 36, 4, 27, 32.45, 1. g.) Th-
* *n the breath of the mouth of Jehovah
for the wind Job 15, 30; for his power-
ful and creative word or command, fiat
Ps. 33, 6.
Further, the mouth is also put by
meton. aa) For a speaker, spokesman,
Ex. 4, 16 Figh ºth rºrº sºn, comp. 7, 1
where it is Nº. Jer. 15, 19. bb) For
voice, sound, Am. 6, 5 ºr "prºs to the
sound of the lyre. cc) For speech, dis-
course ; Ps. 49, 14 their followers prºpa
*sº delight in their sayings. dd) For
command, precept, order; 'E "D-by ac-
cording to the command of any one, by
order of Gen. 45, 21. Ex. 17, 1. Lev. 24,
12. Num. 3, 16. Josh. 19, 50. Job 39, 27;
more rarely "Bºbs Josh. 15, 13, 17, 4, 21,
3; "E. 1 Chr. 12, 23. Also 'E *p, *zu;
to keep the commandment of any one
Ecc. 8, 2; contra, "b"ns (Hy?) Hyºri
to rebel against a command, see in nº.
In like manner "... "E may to transgress
the command of Jehovah Num. 14, 41.
22, 18. 24, 13, 1 Sam. 15, 24. Prov. 8, 29.
So perh. Ps. 17, 3 ºp-nº bº "riºt,
see in art. Tºt. ee) For counsel, opi-
miom, decision, e.g. of a judge Deut. 21,
5. So in the phrase ‘E *E*rs bºu; to
ask the opinion or counsel of any one
Gen. 24, 57. Josh. 9, 14. Is. 30, 2. Also
of testimony, as Bºy tº "e-hs at the
mouth of two witnesses, i.e. by their tes.
timony, Deut. 17, 6, 19, 15; tı"Tº E'.
Num. 35, 30.
2, a mouth, i. e. an aperture, orifice,
entrance; e.g. of a sack Gen. 42, 27.43,
12. 21. 44, 1; of a well Gen. 29, 2. 3.8;
of an ephah Zech. 5, 8; of the laver
1 K. 7, 31; of a cavern Josh. 10, 18. 22,
27, and hence of Sheol Ps. 141, 7. Is. 5,
14; also of any garment which sur-
rounds the neck, Ex. 39, 23. Job 30, 18.
Ps. 133, 2; tº Nºr; he id. Ex. 28, 32. So
of a city, Lat. ostium, Prov. 8, 3. Hence
Hºh He entrance to entrance, i. e. from:
one end to the other, 2 K. 10, 21. 21, 16
rip-hs nº id. Ezra 9, 11.—So Arab
9 9 f º
ſº, Ethiop. A4, Gr. otóuo, id.
3. mouth of the sword, i. e. the edge
as biting and devouring like the mouth
iTE
nº
837
somp r. 828 no. 2, Syr. Prº isoale,
Ethiop. 64, edge of the sword.—So in
the phrases: ºr, "Eh nºr to smite with
the edge of the sword, see in riº
Hiph. no. 2. d, and h no. 3...e. fin. "Eh ºr
nºr Gen. 34, 27; ºr, "Eh Enniºr, Josh.
6, 21. 11, 11. 1 Sam. 15, 8; ºr "sh Bor
to discomfit with the edge of the sword,
Judg. 4, 15; ºr "Eh ºr id. Ex. 17, 13;
also ahr, "Eh BE; Josh. 8, 24, Judg. 4, 16.
Here ºr "Eh riºr, etc. does not differ
from aºri Hàn Josh. 11, 10, except as
being more vivid. Sept. Totòogo èv
otóuwtt tiſs éoupaio.g.—Plur. Dºe edges
of cutting instruments 1 Sam. 13, 21;
nine id. Prov. 5, 4.
4. a portion, part, pr: a mouthful,
morsel, comp. Tº no. 7. Deut. 21, 17 he
bºº the portion of two, i. e. a double
portion. 2 K. 2, 9; also two parts of
three, two thirds, Zech. 13, 8; comp. Tº
l. c.
5. i. q. fem. HSB, the side or eactremity
of any thing. Is. 19, 7 ns' "E-by on the
side of the Nile, not “at the mouth of the
Nile.”
6. With prepositions it assumes almost
the nature of a particle:
a) "E: w) according to the command
of, 1 Chr. 12, 23. 3) according to the
mention or notation of, i. e. in proportion
to, according to, Ex. 16, 21. Lev. 25, 52
Yºu. "E: according to his years. Num. 6,
21. 7, 5.8, 35,8. y) i. q. 2, 23, as, like;
Job 33, 6 BSh TE: *:S I am, as thou, of
God sc, created. 6) nu}s "Ex Conj.
according as, even as, Mal. 2, 9; and
without nujS ellipt, so as, so that, Zech.
2, 4.
b) “E”, i. q. "E3, see h no. 13. c.) by
or according to the command of 1. q.
simpl. according to ; Gen. 47, 12 "E}
Fºr according to the number of thé
children. Lev. 25, 16. 27, 16. Num. 26,
54. Prov. 12, 8. Hos. 10, 12 sow ye in
justice, Tor, "Eh hºp and reap accord-
ing to your piety. 6) With infin. ac-
cording to, Ex. 16, 16. 18, 12, 4; also
when, i. q. h. c. inf. Num, 9, 17. Jer. 29,
10; see in a lett. C. no. ".
c) "E-by º) upon the mouth, where
we say in or into the mouth, see in no. 1.
e. (3) on the side, see no. 5. y) at the
sound of, see no. 1. bb; according to the
zommand of, by order of, see no. 1. dd ;
by the testimony of, see no. 1. ee. Hence
Ö) i. q. "E2, E5, according to, Num. 26,
56. Lev. 27, 18. Deut. 17, 10. Ex. 34,27.
Gen. 43, 7 Hºst; ºn "E-by accord.
ing to these things, as things were, truly,
nºs "Bºbs according as, Lev. 27, 8.
ñB or iº, once SE Job 38, 11, (perh.
contr. from HITE i. q. HHA in this or that
Sc. place, like Fiz ſor ºn 2) Adv. of place.
1. here, in this place, Gen. 19, 12. 22,
5. 40, 15, Josh. 18, 6.8. al. saepe. Pier,
ib%, from here, hence, Ez. 40, 21. 26. 34.
37. riº—iºn hence—hence, on this
side—on that side, Ez. 40, 10. 12. 21.41,
2. For ripºs see in its place.
2. hither, 1 Sam. 16, 11. Ezra 4, 2.
9 - 5
"Shp (perh. Arab. Āš, ; mouth) Puah,
pr. n. m. a.) A son of Issachar 1 Chr.
7, 1; for which Gen. 46, 13 and Num,
26, 23 nºr Puvah, b) Judg. 10, 1.
* 2°E fut. *E., with Vav conv. aſſº
1. to be cold, without vital warmth.
Syr. and Arab, id. The primary idea
is that of breathing, blowing, cooling,
see Heb. The , the palatal and guttural
being interchanged—Gen. 45, 26 ºn
iah but his heart was cold, did not warm
with joy, was not moved. Trop. to be
torpid, sluggish, slack, Ps. 77, 3. Hab.
1, 4 friget lear.
NIPH. to be torpid, languid, Ps. 38, 9.
Deriv. H.; Er and
Tºp f. remission, pause, Lam. 2, 18.
TE, see r. Tºp.
Tº see in Hºp.
* Tº fut. rºe, i. q, ne; q. v. to
puff, to blow, to breathe. Arab. cº
and 2-U3 to breathe odours, to be fra-
grant. Syr. ~e to blow, Pa.. to refresh,
to cool, sc. the air by a breeze.—Cant.
2, 17 piºn rºu; is until the day breathes,
i.e. until the breeze comes and the heat
remits, until evening. Cant. 4, 6. Comp.
rth- no. 2, and AFB.
HipH. 1. With acc. to blow upon, as
a wind Cant. 4, 16. .
2. to breathe out words, to utter, e. g.
falsehood Prov. 6, 19. 14, 5, 19, 5.9
also in a good sense, to speak the truth
12, 17.
to"B
}*E
838
3 to pant, i. e. to hasten, Hab. 2, 3.
Comp. Fisu, Ecc. 1, 5.
4. With # to blow into a flame, to
kindle up a fire, Ez. 21, 36. Trop. c.
acc. Prov. 29, 8 to kindle up a city, i. e.
to excite sedition.
5. to puff at, i. q to rail at any one, c.
* Ps. 10, 5; ; Ps. 12, 6 is nº (nus)
whom they puffed at, i. e. the oppressed.
Deriv. rºe.
* tº obsol. root, Syr. Aph. to de-
spise, to afflict. See 58"ºne.
tº Phut, pr. n. of a warlike African
people, descended from Ham, Gen. 10, 6.
Jer. 46,9. Ez. 27, 10. 30, 5. 38, 5. Nah.
3,9. Sept. and Vulg. usually Libya,
with which also Josephus agrees, Ant.
1. 6. 2. Phut then prob. comprised the
Libyans next to Egypt, while Bºb
was a more general term, Nah. 3, 9.
See Thesaur. p. 1093.
*S*E (afflicted of God) Putiel, pr.
n. m. Ex. 6, 25.
yº tº Egyptian pr. m. Potiphera,
the father-in-law of Joseph, and priest
of Heliopolis, Gen. 41, 45. 50. 46, 20.
Sept. Iſeteq\gji, IIsvteq,97, i. q. IIe"We–
$pH qui Solis est, Soli proprius; see
Champollion Précis du Système Hié-
roglyphique, Tableau général, p. 23. Pl.
12. Found in various forms on Egyp-
tian monuments; see Rosellini Monum.
Storici I. p. 117. Thesaur. p. 1094.
-pºie (contr. for sº hººp) Poti-
phar, pr. n. of the chief of Pharaoh’s
body-guard, Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1.
“The obsol. root, uncert, but perh.
i. q. Talmud. Pa. Tºº, to paint, to lay on
colours.-Hence
jº m. i. q. Gr. ºpizoc, Lat. fucus, i. e.
paint, dye, with which the Hebrew
women tinged their eye-lashes; prepared
from antimony (stibium) or minium; see
in r. brº. Sept. otiupul, Vulg. stibium.
2 K. 9, 30. Jer. 4, 30. Comp. pr. n.
Ther. TT. Is. 54, 11 with eye-paint
(stibium) will I lay thy stones, i. e. I will
use it as cement in laying thy walls.
1 Chr. 29, 2 Tºp-nºis stones of paint,
used in building the temple ; prob. a
mole costly kind of stones, or species of
marble, used for ornamenting a u as i
were painting the walls or pavements
Sip m. (r. Bºº) a bean, 2 Sam. 17, 28
Ez. 4, 9. Mod. Arab. J, #, *Jºi, id—
The etymology is to be referred to the
idea of rolling, from its round form; comp
Lat. bulla, Belg. bol a bean, peul, poeul
chick-pea, bolle onion.
ºp Pul, pr. n. 1. A people and re-
gion in Africa as yet unknown, Is. 66,
19; where it is coupled with Tib. Vulg
Africa. Bochart, Phaleg. IV. cap. 26,
with little probability understands Philae,
a large island of the Nile between Egypt
and Ethiopia, called by the Egyptians
Its?\a k i. e. border, far country, see
Champollion l’Egypte I. p. 158. See
Thesaur. p. 1094.
2. A king of Assyria who preceded
Tiglath-pileser, about 774–759 B. C.
2 K. 15, 19. 1 Chr. 5, 26.-The name
may signify elephant, i. q. Sanscr. pil,
Pers. Jº: or better lord, king, i. q.
Sanscr. påla, Pers. SU, lofty, highest.
The same syllable is found in Nabo-
polasar. *
tº and DE Chald. m. c. suff. rizºn
Dan. 7, 5, more correctly without Da-
ghesh; contracted for Eise, tºse, r. pse
as bºo ſor bºx, ; i. q. Heb. HB, mouth
Dan. 4, 28. 6, 23. 7, 5.8. 20; an aper-
ture, entrance, Dan. 6, 18. Syr. ſºcia
Ç.” C © 3
id. Arab. * * **.
2k *E perh. i. Q. Arab. cºs' or Jºſ
comp. PES.
1. to set, spoken of the sun, to become
dark, see ſhºp.
2. to be perpleared, distracted. Once
ſut. Ps. 88, 16 rºles, Sept. §§mitogºny,
Vulg. conturbatus sum.
Deriv. pr. n. *:ºp, ºp.
TiE spoken of a gate of Jerusalem
2 Chr. 25, 23; see in r. Tº B. no. 2. fin
*E Punite, patronym. from a pr. n.
jºb, a person unknown, Num. 26, 23.
72°E (darkness, r. Thb) Punon, pr. n.
of a station of the Israelites in the deser
after leaving Mount Hor, Num. 33, 42.
43. Prob. Gr. Doivo, Lat. Phenon, cele.
brated according to Jerome for its mines
yº
**E
839
in which convicts were sentenced to la-
hour, between Petra and Zoar; de Locis
Heb. See Relandi Palaestina p. 952.
The same s ]}^n.
9 – 2
FºE (i. q, risºn, Arab. Kºš mouth,
or according to Simonis for FishB splen-
did) Puah, pr. n. f. Ex. 1, 15.
Sk yie only in fut. yilº, imper. plur.
***, once part, pass. c. suff, "sha Zeph.
3, 10, i. q. YE: q. v.
1. to break or dash in pieces. See Pil.
Hithp.
2. to scatter, to disperse ; Ez. 46, 18
that they scaller not my people every man
from his possession, i. e. expel them.
Part pass. Yip dispersed; Zeph. 3, 10
"ş"E na the daughter (congregation) of
my dispersed.—Elsewhere only intrans.
to be scattered, to disperse themselves,
e.g. a flock Ez. 34, 5. Zech. 13, 7; a
people Gen. 11, 4. Num. 10, 35. 1 Sam.
11, 11. 14, 34. 2 Sam. 20, 22. Ps. 68, 2.
3. to overflow, to be superabundant, of
fountains Prov. 5, 16; metaph. of pros-
perity, Hirº, Zech. 1, 17.
Niph. Yip, pass. to be scattered, dis-
persed, e.g. an army 2 K. 25, 5. Jer. 52,
8; a people Ez. 11, 17. 20, 34. 41. 28,
25. 34, 12. So of voluntary dispersion,
to disperse themselves, to be scattered, as
a flock not watched Ez. 34, 6. 1 K. 22,
17; a people by removing to various
regions Gen. 10, 18. 2 Sam. 18, 8 for the
battle was scattered over the face of all
the country, extended itself—Niph. does
not differ from Kal in signification; but
in Niph. only praet. and part. are used ;
in Kal only fut. and imperative ; comp.
Ez. 34, 5 Kal, v. 6 Niph.
Pil. Ysis to break in pieces, a rock
with a hammer Jer. 23, 29.
Pilp. Yese to break in pieces a man
by dashing him upon the ground or
against a rock, Job 16, 12.
HipH. 1. Trans. a) to scatter seed
s. 28, 25. b) to scatter, to disperse, as
..he wind a cloud Job 37, 11 ; inhabitants
Is, 24, 1; an army, to discomfit, to rout,
Hab. 3, 14. Ps. 18, 15. 144, 6. Jer. 13, 24.
18, 17. Often with adjunct of place
whither a people is scattered, Deut. 30,
3. Jer. 30, 11; c. 4 Deut. 4, 27. 28, 64.
Neh 1, 8. Jer. 9, 15. al. comp, Gen. 49, 7.
§lso to let be scattered, as a shepherd his
flock Jet 23, 1.2, Part. Yºº a disperger
devastator, Nah. 2, 2 [1]. c) to put to
flight a single person Job 18, 11. d) ta
let overflow, to pour abroad, metaph. of
anger Job 40, 11.
2. Intrans, to disperse oneself, spread
oneself abroad, e. g. the east wind over
the earth Job 38,24; a people Ex. 5, 12.
1 Sam. 13, 8.
Hithfall. ysierr to be broken in
pieces, to be scattered as dust, e.g. moun-
tains Hab. 3, 5 [6].
NotE. An example of the form Tiphel
(see Heb. Gramm. § 54.5. Lehrg. p. 254)
occurs in the common reading Jer. 25,
34 tºnisier, I will scatter you. Other
Mss. and editions read cºnisier your
dispersions, which is also expressed by
Aqu. Symm. Vulg. The former is bet-
ter suited to the context.
Deriv. Ynez, a mallet.
* I. PE to move to and fro, to waver,
to be unsteady, Is. 28, 7.—Kindr. is Arab.
Jú to become poor, comp. in tºº.
Of the same stock perh. is Germ. wank-
en, with a sibilant prefixed schwanken,
(old Germ. wagen), diminut. vacillo,
wackeln, Engl. to wag. Comp. Tºp.
Hiph. id. Jer. 10, 4 p"E: Nº and i
moveth mot. w
Deriv. riphe, p"R.
* II. phº to go out, i. q. Chald. Pº.
HipH. 1. to give out, to furnish, to
supply, Ps. 144, 13; c. dat. Is. 58, 10, see
in tº no. 2, end of 2d par. p. 685.
2. To cause to go out from any one, to
cause him to give, i. e. to get, to obtain,
from any one, Prov. 3, 13. 12, 2. 8, 35.
18, 22. Sept. Aqujºvo.
3. to bring out fully, to further, to let
succeed, Ps. 140, 9.
TP*E. f. (r.php I) an obstacle in the
wav, which causes one to stagger, a
stumbling-block, i. Q. Piujaq, 1 Sam. 25,
31.
**he q. º, to break, to reak in
pieces. Hence
HipH. nºr id. i. q. men, trop. to frus-
trate, Ps. 33, 10. Ez. 17, 19.
De-iv. nºne wine-press.
"hº m. a lot, die, a Persian word, #3
bºia by which it is explained Esth. 3, ".
**E
nE
840
It corresponds to Pers. *): pareh part,
portion, whence Jerº &5% to part, and
sy-gº behre part, lot. Of the same fam-
ily is also Lat. pars; comp. too Heb. r.
nap and hºp.–Plur. Bºnhe lots Esth.9, 24.
Also tºlen ºn v. 31, and simply tºp
v. 29.32, the festival of Purim, i.e. of lots,
celebrated by the Jews in memory of
the events recorded in the book of Esther,
on the 14th and 15th days of the month
9 o 2
Adar. Arab. o : festival of Purim.
tº f. a wine-press, Is. 63, 3. Hagg.
2, 16. R. hue.
Nºmiº Poratha, Pers, pr. n. of one of
the sons of Haman, Esth. 9, 8. Sept.
Vat. Dogo.60.9%, Alex. Bogów 96 or pog-
Soğ6. Hence perh. Rºniº is contr. for
Nrººp sorte detus; comp. nºnry.
* Tº fut. ujher, 1. to be scattered,
dispersed, kindr. with Yap; see Niph.
Chald. id. Also to spread oneself, to over-
flow, as a stream; see Titº"E.—Hence
2. to be proud, to show off proudly,
from the idea of a stream proudly over-
flowing, comp. pujº no. 3. Arab. Jºus
mid. Ye, I, III, id. So of a horseman
prancing proudly Hab. 1, 8; of calves
leaping and sporting, 2 pers. Drujº Mal.
3, 20 [4, 2]. Jer. 50, 11. Sept. oxigrºw.
NIPH. to be scattered, dispersed, Nah.
3, 18.
Deriv. pr. n. Yiujºte.
*T*E obsol. root, Arab cºli mid.
Waw, to be apart, to be separated one
from another, to have an interval be-
tween two things. Kindr. is nnº, also
tº 2-3, interval between the fingers.-
Hence nº.
"º Puthite, patronym. once 1 Chr.
2, 53.
Tº m. (r. Tº I) pr. adj. purified, pure,
an epithet of gold Cant. 5, 11; then itself
for pure gold, fine gold, Ps. 21, 4. Lam.
4, 2. Is. 13, 12. al. Distinguished ſrom
ordinary gold, Ps. 19, 11. 119, 127. Prov.
8, 19–Rosenmüller preſers to render it
solid or massive gold, comparing it. He
solid, heavy; but in a case so doubtful
I would not desert the authority of the
book of Chronicles; see in tº IIoph.
Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. p. 49.
* I. 11: in Kal not used, i. q. Arab
Q3 . -
Ud 5 to separate, to distinguiſh ; comp,
the roots beginning with the letters NE
under n:º . Spec. as it would seem, to
separate and purify metals from the
2
scoria by fire; whence Udº silver, comp.
**Tº stannum, tin, from 573, and Eth.
'ſlº.C. silver, ſiſt brass, from the root
ºnna to purify.—Hence tº pure gold, and
Hoph. part. Tºº? art 1 K. 10, 18
which in 2 Chr. 9, 17 is expressed by
"int; arº pure gold.
* II. 71% to be hard, firm, strong ;
Syr. fixie hard, solid, robust, see above
in tº . Once in fut. Gen. 49, 24 his bow
abode in strength, nº ºn tº and
the arms of his hands were firm, strong,
i. e. the power of his hands. So Kimchi
"pirin"; also Abulw.—Others, as Saad.
the arms of his hands were active ; com-
Q *
paring Arab, y= to leap up, as a gazelle,
Jº,
to be agile, light; also the kindr. iſ,
§ 53, Talm. TES to leap, to dánce.
}*, r*
So at least Heb. tº in
PIEL, 2 Sam. 6, 16 ºne?" Tº leaping
and dancing ; which in 1 Chr. 15, 29
is expressed by prº Tººn dancing
and playing. So too Sept. Ögzotusvos
zoº &voxgovéusvog, Vulg. subsiliens et
saltans. Targ. Haujºº "pº.—But Kim-
chi and Abulw. who explain tº by pin.
render here : strengthened, i. e. girded,
accinctus.
>k ntº to scatter, to disperse, i. q. mix,
"T: ; in Kal only part, pass. ſem. Thin
Jer. 50, 17.
PIE.L. -ie, fut. *e 1. i. q. Kal, to
scaller, to disperse, e. g. ashes, frost, Ps.
147, 16; enemies, Ps. 89, 11; Israel
among the nations, bºiâa Joel 4, 2; the
bones of any one Ps. 53, 6. Jer. 3, 13
Tºl-ns inter, and hast scattered thy
ways i. e. hast roved about.
2. to distribute largely, to be liberal.
bountiful, Ps. 112,9. Prov. 11, 24.
NIPH. Ps. 141, 7, and PUAL Esth. 3, 8
pass. to be dispersed.
I. ne II). (r. ring) plur. bºrn Dag
fort. impl. like pºrts; constr. ºrje. '
Tº
Tris,
84.1
1, a plate, lamina, see the root in
Kal; plur. bºrº Num, 17, 3. Brºn "re
the plates of gold, Ex. 39, 3.
2. a net, snare, trap-net, Sept. toyls;
espec. of a fow'er Am. 3, 5, see below.
Prov. 7, 23. Ecc. 9, 12; wip: rip Hos.
9,8. Ps 91, 3; Envipi' na Ps. 124, 7.
Also such an one as seizes and holds
beasts or men by the foot; Job 18, 9
rig ºpy: TriNº the trap shall take him by
the heel. Jer. 18, 22 ºh Hºº Bºrg. It
was set in the path, Prov. 7, 23. 22, 5;
and hidden on or in the ground, whence
* nº ſº Ps. 140, 6, 142, 4, Jer. 18, 22;
also ºne in: id. Ps. 119, 110; rig up:
* Ps. 141, 9–The form of this springe
or trap-net appears from two passages,
Am. 3, 5 and Ps. 69, 23; it was in two
parts, which when set were spread out
upon the ground and slightly fastened
with a stick (trap-stick); so that as
soon as a bird or beast touched the stick,
the parts flew up and inclosed the bird
in the net, or caught the foot of the ani-
mal, Job 18, 9. Thus Am. 3, 5 biprº
"Hºn H. "s ºpio: Yºsſ re-ºs-ins
Tiº Nº. Hish, nºn-pº rip doth a bird
fall into a met upon the ground when
there is no trap-stick for her 2 doth the
net spring up from the ground and take
nothing at all? i. e. does any thing hap-
pen without a cause ? Ps. 69, 23 ºn,
neh Prº Bºrº let their table before
them become a net; here the Yºu is the
oriental cloth or leather spread upon
the ground like a net, Arab. Sº 2
in Triº and Niebuhr Reisebeschr. II. p.
372.-Metaph. put for any cause of de-
struction Josh. 23, 13. Is. 8, 14. Hos. 5, 1;
comp. Ps. 69,23. Job 22, 10. For the pa-
ronomasia re; nre Trip), see in Trip —
Here is usually referred Ps. 11, 6 nº
'13" bºne ºn-bs upon the wicked God
shall rain snares, fire, and brimstone.
But Jarchi and Aben Ezra long ago
perceived that nºne might here be re-
‘erred to the root triº, whence prº a
•oal, burning coal, and then lightning,
omp. Ús ºria Ps. 18, 13. 14. There
is therefore no need with Olshausen to
9 of 8 -;
replace triº R+, since Fºnº ſº
means the same .aing see bºnº ill its
order. Still the signif nets, snares, may
; see
here we be retained, as an emblem of
destruction to the wicked.
II. Tº i. q. Fire q.v. a prefect or gov-
ernor of a province; once c. suff, Erl#
Neh. 5, 14. But the suffix is here suspi-
cious, not being required by the context,
and being in fact omitted by Vulg. and
Syr. though expressed by Sept. Alex.
Perh. it should read Hrº.
“ing fut. Triº to tremble, to be in
trepidation; Chald. id. but rare. The
primary idea seems to be that of leap-
ing, springing, comp. tº , TEF, also 719,
#, **ſ, *ā3; see in tº II. Thus:
a) For fear, i. q to fear, to be afraid,
Deut. 28, 66. Is. 33, 14. 44,8. 11; hence
Trº Nº not to be afraid, i. q to be of
good courage, intrepid, coupled some-
times with nº, 1s. 12, 2. Jer. 36, 24.
Ps. 78, 53. Prov. 3, 24. Tra Triº to fear
a fear Ps. 14, 5. 53, 6. Job 3, 25. With
7% of pers. of whom one is afraid, Ps. 27,
1 Triºs ºº of whom shall I be afraid?
Mic. 7, 19. Job 23, 15; ºn Is. 19, 16.
17. Ascribed to the heart, Deut. 28, 67.
Ps. 119, 161. With by to turn trembling
to any one, either as expressing fear,
Jer. 36, 16 (comp. Gen. 42, 28); or to
implore help, Hos. 3, 5. b) For joy, Is.
60, 5 Tº anº. Triº and thy heart
shall tremble (leap, throb) and be en-
larged. Jer, 33,9. See also r. B", spo-
ken both of joy and terror.
PIEL i. q. Kal, but intensive, to fear
continually, to be in terror, c. 35% Is.
51, 13. Hence to be cautious, circum-
spect, Prov. 28, 14.
HIPH. to make tremble or shake, c.
acc. Job 4, 14.
Deriv. Hºrſe and
TTE m. c. suff, iºrp, plur. bºrn.
1. fear, terror, Ex. 15, 16. Job 4, 14.
13, 11. 22, 10. al. saep. Job 25, 2 buffºn
ins ºne dominion and fear are with
him, i. e. they proceed from him. bibº.
"nº secure from fear, without fear,
Job 21, 9; ºne ºf id. 39, 16. Hº Tria
terror by might, nocturnal terror, Ps. 91,
5, comp. Cant. 3, 8. Esnº Trip sudden
terror, Prov. 3, 25. 55% Trip fear of
heart, terror of mind, Deut. 28, 67. Pa-
ronomasia is nr/El Trip Lam. 3, 47, and
ne) nnel Trip fear, and the pit, an i <
71
*ing
frº
842
mare Is. 24, 17. Jer. 48, 43, put for any
kind of terror and destruction, and ap-
parently a proverb drawn from birds or
other game, which by some object of
fright were driven into a pil or snare ;
comp. Lat. formido Virg. Georg. 3. 372,
and Heyne's note.—Oſten with genit.
of pers. who inspires fear; as "... Tre
the fear of Jehovah, which he inspires,
1 Sam. 11, 7. 2 Chr. 14, 13. 17, 10. Is.
2, 10, 19; comp. isrip 1 Chr. 14, 17. Job
13, 11 ; also Bºrºs Trip Ps. 36, 2; Trip
=ºs Ps. 64, 2; Eºnºr ºrje Esth. 8, 17.
9, 3; ºne Deut. 2, 25; Bºrn 11, 25;
and in like manner Hyn "re the fear of
evil, calamity, Prov. 1, 33.—Put for an
object of fear or terror; Prov. 1, 26 Nº.
Dzºne when your fear cometh, i. e. that
which you fear. v. 27 (comp. Job 3, 25).
Ps. 31, 12. Hence for the deity of any
one, as Gen. 31, 42 prº "re the fear
of Isaac, the God whom Isaac fears, i.e.
Jehovah, comp. v. 53–Plur. Bºrº
fears, terrors, Job 15, 21.
2. Plur. or Dual, the thighs; Job 40,
17 [12] ºb. Tºre "Tº the sinews of
his thighs are wrapped together. Targ.
nitre+ sºn, Pesh. -º-º-º: --~
* o,5 .
Arab. §§Us?] Jºſé the same word
in all, but prob. in different senses. Syr.
ſº-àe is explained in Lex. Adl. by gº
*
he jugular vein in a horse; but the Ara-
eic translator, who follows the Syriac,
gives it by Šlël thighs, from &#
thigh ; and this is most appropriate to
the context in Job l.c. See more in
Bochart Hieroz. III. 716 Lips.-But
Chald. Tº Trip is testicles Lev. 21, 20;
and so Vulg. testiculi Job l. c. In this
case the signif. thigh is transferred
to the pudenda virilia; comp. in Th:
and also Lat. femur.—The primary idea
‘s doubtful. If the signif thigh be the
original one, then it may come from the
idea of leaping (see in r. Trip), as pit;
leg, from the signification of running.
Or if the meaning pudenda be first, then
the idea of shame may be derived from
Jhat of fear.
mºre f (r. "rn) fear of Jehovah, i. q.
Ash", Jer, 2 19.
Fºº (for nre Dag. ſorte impl.)
constr. nnn, c. suff, ºnrº Mal. 1, 8,
plur. nine 1 K. 10, 15, constr. nitrº
Neh. 2, 7, c. suff, r"ririe Jer. 51, 28.57,
a prefect or governor of a province less
than a satrapy (see in Bºnnºrs); e.g
in the Assyrian empire 2 K. 18, 24. ſs.
36, 9; the Babylonian Jer. 51, 57. Ez.
23, 6.23; the Median Jer. 51, 28; espec
the Persian Esth. 8, 9.9, 3. So of the
Persian prefect or governor on this side
the Euphrates Neh. 3,7; of whom seve-
ral are mentioned Neh. 2, 7.9. Ezra 8.
36; also of the governor of Judea Hag.
1, 1. 14. 2, 2. 21. Mal. 1, 8. This office
was held by Zerubbabel, Hag. ll. cc.
and then by Nehemiah, Neh. 5, 14. 18.
12, 26. Rarely spoken of a prefect of
Judea in the time of Solomon 1 K. 10,
15. 2 Chr. 9, 14; and of Syria in the
days of Benhadad, 1 K. 20, 24.—The
fem. ending appears in this word in
common with many other names of office
(see Lehrg. p. 468, 878); though nrº
being of Persian origin, the ending may
arise from another source. Several ety-
mologies have been proposed; the best
perh. is by Benfey (Monathsm. p. 195),
who compares Sanscr. paksha compa-
nion, friend, Pracrit. pakkha, old Parsee
prob. pakha, applied to the prefects of
provinces as the associates and (quasi)
adjutants of the king. Of the same ori-
gin is prob. UAL3, U&\º Basha, Pasha,
coming from the same Sanscr. form.
"Tºº Chald. constr. nre, plur, em-
phat. Nºrſe, a prefect, governor, i. q.
Heb. Ezra 5, 3. 14. 6, 7. Dan. 3, 2. 3.
27. 6, 8.
>k Triº to leap, to spring, as in Chald.
So of water boiling over, comp. Trie Gen.
49, 4. Hence trop.
1. to be proud, vain-glorious, like Arab.
; comp. Tº. Part. plur. Bºris
spoken of false prophets Zeph. 3, 4.
2. to be light, wantom, lewd ; Part.
Pºtre Judg. 9, 4. So Syr. Pºe, comp
Gr. Ščw.
Deriv. the two following.
TTE m. pr: a boiling up, ebullitwn, as
of boiling water. Gen. 49, 4 Reuben
thou my first born . . Bºgz trie a boi.
ing up as of water art thou, i. e. thon
*H:
843 *toº
didst boil up like water with lust and
passion, referring to his incest. Symm.
integégas, Vulg. effusus es. Comp. r.
trip no. 2.
Frºp f vain-glory, boasting. Jer. 23,
32. R. trip.
*: ring in Kal not used; pr. to strike
upon, to pound, to smile, onomatopoetic
and kindr, with 93B, 93B, iTºº, "pº,
Paş, and others in which the syllables
2E, 5E, pF , also PE, pil, have the force
of striking upon, smiting : comp. Gr.
tiyo (nnyvío), Lat. pago (pango), paco
(pax, paciscor).-Hence Tº plate of me-
tal, from beating; also met, snare, from
setting, making fast by pegs, etc.
HIPH. Tº denom. from ne, to smare;
Is. 42, 22 tº Eºra riºr smaring one
snares them all in holes, i.e. binds them
fast with fetters in prison-houses.
P"Tº m. (r. Erie) i. q. priº, a coal, col-
93 •;
lect. coals, like Arab. *** ; and so, ac-
cording to some, put for lightning Ps.
11, 6; comp. Ps. 18, 13. 14. See in He
l. 2, fin.
. Eriº obsol, root, Chald. Prº and
Arab. º , to be black, like coal; comp.
than .
Deriv. Enrie and
Dºjº m. (for tria Dag. ſorte impl.) a
£oal, collect. coals, charcoal, Prov. 26,
21; also coal as kindled, burning coal
$3 - 3 S o 3
Is. 44, 12. 54, 16. Arab. re, ſº,
id. Eth. 4:hº a coal, live coal.
Sk -ng obsol. root, Syr. Ethp. F-32.
So form, to be a potter. Hence
nº Chald. m. (for ºrje Dag, ſorte
impl.) a potter, Dan. 2, 41. Syr. frºs,
9 •r
Arab. jº, id.
* nº obsol root, Syr, Pa. *…* to
lig, to earcavate. Hence
nº m. 2 Sam. 18, 17, plur. Bºnrºe
f 2 Sam. 17, 9; a pit, oſten as the em-
Łiem of destruction Lam. 3, 47. ſs. 24,
.7 nº nº Trin, see in Tria no. - Je.
18, 43.
asio-nrip (prefect of Moab, SCQ
nº) Pahath-Moab, pr. n. m. Ezra 2
6. 8, 4. 10, 30. Neh. 3, 11. 7, 11. 10, 15.
Fºº (fem. of rne) a hollow, low
spot, in garments infected with leprosy,
Lev. 13, 55. R. ring.
"Tº f. a species of gem Ex. 28, 17.
39, 10. Ez. 28, 13; found in Cush Job
28, 19; according to most of the ancient
versions the topaz, a pale yellowish gem
found on an island in the Red Sea, Plin.
H. N. 37.8. See more in Braun de West.
Sacerd p. 508.-Bohlen (in Abhand-
lungen der Deutschen Gesellschaft zu
Königsberg I. p. 80) seeks the origin
of the word in the Sanscr. language,
where pila is yellowish, pale; and the
Greek name tortºtov might itself seem
to come by transposition from Hºlº,
HTET2 .
Tºtº m. (r. hº) pr. something cleft,
hence a bursling bud, opening blossom.
pºss "nº opening flower-buds, 1 K. 6,
18. 29, 32. 35.
"tº m. adj. (r. hºp) free, 1 Chr. 9,
33 Cheth. In Keri nº part, pass, see
the root no. 3.
tº m. (r. Jºe) a hammer, Is. 41,
7. Jer. 23, 29. Metaph. Babylon is
called the hammer (desolator) of the
whole earth, Jer. 50, 23. Chald. id. Arab
Jºid.
tº Chald. m. plur. c. suff. Dan. 3.
21 Cheth. Tinº"tº their tunics, under-
garments. So Syr. **** from
la-Me tunic ; Heb. intpp. nºne. In
Keri is firiº from tº id. R. vºn
no. 2.
>k "tº , fut. htº only in no. 3.
1. to cleave, to burst open ; see nºta.
Arab. $ id. and intrans. to break
forth, sc. a tooth. Kindred is nn: q.v.
2. Transit, to cause to break forth e.g.
water, to let out, Prov. 17, 14.—Hence
3. Trop. to let go free, to dismiss, like
Chald. Hº ; 2 Chr. 23, S. 1 Chr. 9, 33
ºn tº the dismissed, the free, i. e. ex-
empt from public duty, where Cheth.
nºn"tºº —Intrans, to break or slip away
to get out of the way or place, fut. hº
*\tº E
E*E
84.4
. Sam. 19, 10. Syr. ºe id. Chald. Pe.
and Ithpe.
HipH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to cleave, to burst f
open; hence to gape. So Hº hºn
to gape with the lips, i. e. to open wide
the mouth, to stretch the mouth, as a
gesture of scorn, Ps. 22, 8; comp. 35, 21.
Job 16, 10.
Deriv. Hºpe, hºtº, Hºße, and
"tº m. a fissure, concr. that which
first breaks forth; hence prº hºp the
first-born, firstling, which first opens the
womb, Ex. 13, 2. 12. 15. 34, 19. Num.
3, 12. al. Also without Dr. Ex. 13, 12.
13. 34, 20.
Tº f id. Num. 8, 16. R. Yºº.
: tºº 1. to beat, to pound, to ham-
mer, Gr. Totòogo, whence ºntº ham-
mer. Arab. # to hammer out iron.
This root is onomatopoetic ; kindr. are
tºº?, ujº, Bºy, ºnto. The same idea
of beating lies also in the syllable tº
pat ; comp. late Lat. battuere, Fr. battre,
Belg, bot, Engl. to beat ; and with the
second t changed to a sibilant, Germ.
patschem, Swed. batsch, blow.
2. to spread out, to earpand, ſor which
more usually oujº. Hence Chald. Untee.
"º constr. state of the noun rip mouth,
q. V.
hº") Ez. 30, 17, in some Mss.
nººp in one word, which is better, Pi-
beseth, pr. n. of a city in lower Egypt on
the east side of the Pelusian branch of
the Nile, Gr. Bouffocards and Boğwo rig,
Bubastis, Hdot. 2. 59. Strabo XVII. p.
$05. It was so called from a temple of
Bubastis, a goddess of the Egyptians,
whom Herodotus compares with Diana,
2. 137, 156. The name was written in
Egyptian Iloºſa.crſ, which Steph.
Byz. erroneously affirms to be the name
or cat. But the Egyptian name of
Diana was ſigrf, and not improb.
ht:"p was formed by prefixing the
masc. art. IIS, as in bhºº . The ruins
of the ancient city, now called Tell Bas-
.ah, Kām Bastah, were discovered and
are described by Malus in Descr. de
.’Egypte, Etat moderne, livr. III. p.
107. Comp. Quatremère Mémoires sur
PEgypte I. p. 98. Wilkinson Mod
Egypt, I. p. 427 sq. Lond, 1843.
-k 1-g obsol. root, Arab. Śls mid.
Waw and Ye, to die, i. q. e. Uš (kindr
with no, euc) IV, to destroy. Sanscr
pid to make sad, to afflict.—Hence
Tº m. calamity, misfortune, Job 3U
24, 31, 29. Prov. 24, 22. Here also be
longs Job 12, 5 tha "B+ to misfortune
(i. e. to the unfortunate) is contempt,
see in Teh.
Tº m. (ſor rise, r. HSB) mouth, i. e.
edge of a sword; plur, niº ºff Judg. 3,
16. Comp. He no. 3.
nºn"nº") Pi—hahiroth, pr. n. of a
place near the northern end of the Gulf
of Suez, eastward of Baal-zephon, Ex
14, 2.9. Num. 33, 7; also without “E v.
8. According to the Hebrew it would be
the mouth of the caverns; but it is doubt-
lessan Egyptianname III-29Cs-payf
place where grass or sedge grows. See
Jablonski Opusc.ed. Te Water I. p. 447.
II. p. 159.
Tº m. (r. rhº) ashes, cinders, easily
blown away, Ex. 9, 8, 10.
25"E (mouth of all, i.e. all-command.
ing) Phicol, pr. n. of the commander of
Abimelech's troops, Gen. 21. 22. 32.
26, 26.
tº a concubine, see in tº .
Tº f (r. BSE) fat, fatness, Job 15,
27.
bº (mouth of brass, ſrom *e and
or; for ºr, i. q, nujrū) Phinehas, pr. n.
a) The son and successor of the high-
priest Eleazar, Ex. 6, 25. Num. 25, 7.
Josh. 22, 13. Judg. 20, 28. 1 Chr. 6, 35.
9, 20. Ps. 106, 30. b) A son of Eli, 1
Sam. 1, 3, 2, 34. 4, 4 sq. 14, 3. c.) Ezra
8, 33.
jº (i. q. ftºp) Pinon, pr. n. of an
Idumean city, Gen. 36, 41. 1 Chr. 1, 52,
see jºb. R. Tºp. -
nº f. plur. (by redupl. from ºn
HQ) edges, i. e. two or more. By
ri-E-B a two-edged sword, Öiotouoc, Ps
149, 6. In Is. 41, 15 of a threshing
dray, ni-E"hº having edges, i.e. teeth
points.
p"E
RSE
845
P"h m. a wavering, tottering, of the
knees Nah. 2, 11. R. php.
7"tº"R (overflowing, r. bhp) Pishon,
pr. m. of a river issuing from the garden
of Eden and flowing around the land of
Havilah or India (see Fºr no. 3) Gen.
2, 11, comp. Sir. 24, 25. Josephus un-
derstands the Ganges, Ant. 1. 1. 3; but
with Schulthess and others I would
prefer the Indus, which actually flows
around India on the west, and was
nearer to the Hebrews. Others, as
Reland (de situ Paradisi & 3), Rosen-
müller (Bibl. Geogr. I. p. 194), under-
stand the Phasis, and take Hºnºr for
Colchis ; but the Heb. name for the
Colchians was bºrººz. The Samari-
tan translator and others hold Pishon to
mean the Nile, and employ the Heb.
word in this sense; see Castell Annot.
Sam. ad Ex. 2, 3. See more in J. D.
Michaelis Supplem. p. 2008. Rosen-
müller l.c.
Tinº Pithon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 35.
9, 41. The etymology is unknown.
#9 m. (r. Hºº) a flask, bottle, 1 Sam.
10, 1. 2 K. 9, 1.3.
*Hºº in Kal not used, kindr. with
h;3, to drop, to distil.
PIEL to flow out in drops, to flow, Ez.
47, 2.
Deriv. Te.
*nzº obsol. root, Syr. to bind, to
fetter; PA. to entangle, to hinder. Hence
Dº nºb (snaring the roes;
or, according to Simonis, retarding i. e.
getting ahead of the roes,) Pochereth-
Zebaim, pr. m. of a man Ezra 2, 57.
Weh. 7, 59.
*sº in Kal not used. 1. Pr. to
separate, to distinguish, 1. q. Hº; see
Pi. and Niph. no. "..—The primary bill-
teral root is 55, which like he implies
separation; as Chald. * to cleave, to
cut in two, Pa.. to sever, separate, remove,
Syr. is to search out; Arab. Sº de
acte depulit. Comp. the kindr. roots
*p, *, *, Sanscr.phal to separate.
2. to make dislinguished, eartraordi-
Rary, wonderful, see Niph. Hiph. no. 2,
.nd pr. n. Tºsº.
Niph. Nº, fut. Nº 1. to be distin
guished, i. e. great, eartraordinary, e.g
of strong affection, 2 Sam. 1, 26. Dan,
11, 36 nisºº; ºr, shall speak great
things i. e. impious words, atrocious
blasphemy against God. Comp. in bit,
no. 2.
2. to be great, i.e. to be hard, difficult,
arduous, with "2"x: in the eyes of any
one, 2 Sam. 13, 2. Zech. 8, 6; with Tº
too hard, too difficult, Gen. 18, 14. Deut.
30, 11. Jer. 32, 17. 27. Also to be hard
to accomplish Ps. 131, 1 ; hard to under-
stand Prov. 30, 18. Job 42, 3; hard to
judge Deut. 17, 8.-Hence
3. to be wonderful, marvellous, Ps. 118,
23. 139, 14 Part. plur. ſem. nishm: as
subst. wond ful works, marvellous deeds,
"miracles, of God, both in creating an 1
sustaining the world Job 5, 9, 37, 14
Ps. 72, 18; and also in preserving and
aiding his people and pious worshippers
e.g. in Egypt, etc. Ex. 3, 20. 34, 10
Josh. 3, 5. Judg. 6, 13. Neh. 9, 17. Ps. 9,
2. 26, 7, 106, 22. al. saep. It also takes
an adjective, as nibº riskº Ps. 136, 4.
Adv. nisº wonderfully, marvellously,
Job 37, 5. Dan. 8, 24.
PIEL, to separate, to set apart, &pogl.
Çsw, i. e. to consecrate, e. g. an offering
in fulfilment of a vow, only in the phrase
Hinº º sº to accomplish, pay, a vow
to Jehovah, Lev. 22, 21. Num. 15, 3.8.
HipH. sºn, twice shºrt like verbs
Hº Deut. 28, 59. Is. 28, 29.
1. i. q. Pi. to consecrate a vow, i. e. an
offering vowed, Lev. 27, 2; and so in a.
different construction Num. 6, 2 sº "?
nºt; nº nº if one consecrate any thing
for vowing the vow of a Nazarite.
2. to make distinguished i. e. great.
eartraordinary, e.g. kindness, to show
great kindness, with 8 of pers. Ps, 31
22; calamity Deut. 28, 59. Inf, sººn
adv. eminently, very, 2 Chr. 2, 8.
3. to make wonderful, admirable, e.g.
counsel Is. 28, 29; with nS to do marvel-
lously, to deal wonderfully with any one,
in a sense of disfavour Is. 29, 14; but
by N*Erſh Higy id. in a good sense Joel
2, 26. With c. inf nºrth sººn to be
wonderfully helped 2 Chr. 26, 15; sººn
nilpº to do or act wondrously Judg. 13
19.
HITHPA. to show oneself distinguished
71%
RSE
Hºp
846
... e. to show oneself strong, mights, c. :
towards, against any one, in oppressing
him, Job 10, 16.
Deriv. sº, "she, Rºº, FishB2, and
the pr. names N*g, rºsłł, nº.
sº m. in pause Rºº, c. suff, she,
a wonder, marvel, miracle, of God Ex.
15, 11. Ps. 77, 12. 15. 78, 12. 88, 11. Is.
25, 1. Plur. B"sº adv. wonderfully
Lam. 1, 9; but plur. nisºn wonders
Dan. 12, 6–Concr: the Wonderful, spo-
ken of the Messiah, Is. 9, 5.
"sº m. adj. (sº with adj. ending)
wonderful, Judg. 13, 18 Cheth. spoken
of something supernatural. In Keri is
*E, which is only a contracted form.—
The fem. of "she is rinsbe (rºshe) Ps.
139, 6 Cheth, where Keri risºn is ſem.
of a form Nº.
Tºsº (whom Jehovah makes distin-
guished, r. sº) Pelaiah, pr. n. m. Neh.
8, 7. 10, 11.
>k sº in Kal not used, Aram. and
Arab. 2A3 to cleave, to divide ; comp.
on the primary root be under N*E.—
Hence
Niph. to be divided, Gen. 10, 25. 1 Chr.
1, 19.
Piel to divide, e.g. water-courses Job
38, 25. Metaph. Ps. 55, 10 divide their
tongue, i. e. cause dissension among
them.
Deriv. ºp-rººp, rºº.
sº Chald, id. Part pass. *B Dan.
2, 41.
*E m.
99 - 3: -
gº, gº id. Ethiop. A.A.'ſ river,
lange stream. Commonly taken as a
channel, canal, from the idea of divid-
ing, comp. the verb zºº Job 38, 25. Not
improbably, however, the root *E may
have also included the idea of flowing,
fluctuating, boiling up, comp. the words
fluo, fluc-si, fluc-tus, pit-0, pluo, Sanscr.
plu, 3A40 to flow, also télayo; ; Eth.
A.Aſh to boil, to boil up ; see Pott Ety-
mol. Forsch. I. p. 212–Ps. 65, 10 she
bºmbs the brook or collect, the brooks,
streams, of God, i. e. watering and ferti-
'izing the land with God's blessings.
Plur. tº Is. 30, 25, constr. **p, as
1. a brook, rivulet ; , Arab.
tº ºn Ps. 1, 3, Prov. 5, 16. 21, 1. Of
streams of tears Ps. 119, 136. Lam. 3, 18
9 * *
comp. 23 id. Tº "she brooks of oil
Job 29, 6. For Ps. 46, 5 see in ºrº no.2.
2. Peleg, (division, paſt,) pr. n, ºf a
patriarch, the son of Eber, Gen. 10, 25
1 Chr. 1, 19.
* Chald, a half, Dan. 7, 25.
*E or rº only in plur. nimbº
brooks, streams, Judg. 5, 15. 16. Job 20.
17. R. 389. d
nº f a division, class of the priests,
i. q. nºbrº, 2 Chr. 35, 5. R. x*g.
Tຠor Nº Chald, id. Ezra 6, 18.
tºº, oftener tºº, c. suff, iºn;
plur. Rºže and Bºe, cstr. ºb.
1. Fem. a concubine, Chald. Nºne.
stºpºp, id, comp. Gr. 716AAw$, tºionis,
tºwah, Lat. peller. The etymology
is obscure ; the word seems not to be of
Semitic origin, but may come from Gr.
Tºlos, or perh, from the Persian.—Spo-
ken usually of a female slave, who was
also a legal concubine, Gen. 22, 24. 35,
22. Judg. 19, 2 sq. al. saepe. Fully nuis
tº Judg. 19, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 16. 20, 3.
Opp. to wives of higher rank 1 K. 11, 3,
Cant. 6, 8, 9. -
2. Masc. i. Q. ó Ittºkos, a paramour
arish, Ez. 23, 20 comp. v. 5.
>k º obsol root, Arab. J.; to cut
up; comp. in Nº.—Hence
nºt f iron, steel ; Syr. ſº-3, Arab.
§ 9 .
&llº, a finer kind of iron, steel.—Plur,
ni-hº irons, perh. hooks or scythes on
chariots of war. Nah. 2, 4 nitiºn ºz
53 ºr with the flashing of irons are the
chariots, i. e. with polished scythes or
armature.
tº Pildash, pr. n. m. Gen. 22, 22.
The etymology is unknown.
:}. Hº in Kal not used, i. q. Sºº, to
separate, to distinguish.
NIPH. to be separated, distinguished
c. Tº Ex. 33, 16. Ps. 139, 14 I will praise
thee "nº nishi; "z for I am wonder,
fully dislinguished.
HiPh. 1. to separate, to distinguish
Ex. 8, 18 [22]; c. 7": to distinguish be
tween, ib, 9, 4, 11, 7.
*155
847 ºbs,
2. to distinguish, i. e. to make distin-
guished, to make grect, Ps. 4, 4, 1", ".
Deriv. ºn.
Sºp (distinguished, r. sºn) Pallu,
pr.m. of a son of Reuben Gen. 46,9. Ex.
6, 14.—Patronym. "S㺠Paºuite, Num.
26, 5.
2k nº to cleave, espec. to plough, to
furrow the ground, Ps. 141, 7. Arab.
93 *
5 id. SG a husbandman. Syr.
Ethp. to be ploughed, Pa.. to grave, to
write. Comp, the Chald.
PIEL 1. to cleave, e. g. an arrow the
liver Prov. 7, 23. Job 16, 13; to cut up,
to slice, e.g. wild cucumbers 2 K. 4, 39.
2. to let break forth from the womb,
to bring forth young, Job 39, 3. Comp.
spi, Kal, Niph. and Pi. no. 4.
Deriv. nºb, pr. n. Srºn.
Tºº Chald, to labour, to serve, often
in the Targums ; spec. to serve or wor-
ship God, comp. Tay; with acc. and
Dan. 3, 12 sq. 7 14, 27.
Deriv. rºe.
Tº f. Job 41, 16 (r. née) 1. a piece,
slice, part cut off, e.g. of an apple, fig,
Cant. 4, 3, 1 Sam. 30, 12.
2. a mill-stone, so called from the cul
side which fits to the other stone, i. e.
the lower side of the upper stone, and
the upper side of the lower one. Arab.
º The upper stone is also called
in full ºn nº i. e. the rider Judg.9, 53.
2 Sam. 11,21, and simpl. 537; the lower
one is nºnrir riº Job 41, 16.
Sriº (a slice, r. nº) Pilla, pr. n. m.
Neh. 10, 25.
Triº Chald. m. service of God, wor-
Wip, Ezra 7, 19. R. nº.
>k tº pr. to be smooth, slippery, i. q.
\}º q. v. Hence to slip away, to escape,
Ez. 7, 16; also to let escape, to deliver.
comp. pr. n. Fºº. Arab, lali IV, to
deliver; Ualli II, IV id. V, VII to be
delivered, to escape. Syr. -->e Pe.
$nd Pa. id. wº
PIE. 1. i. q. Kal, but intens, to escape
wholly to be fully delivered, c. Tº Job
23, 7.
2. to lel escape, viz. a) From danger
to deliver, Ps. 18, 3.40, 18. al. saep. With
Tº Ps. 17, 13. 18, 49; ‘tº 71, 4. b) A
foetus from the womb, i.e. to bring forth,
Job 21, 10. Comp. tº Pi. no. 2.
HipH. to deliver from danger Mic. 6.
14; to place in safely Is. 5, 29.
Deriv. whº—ºn:##, wº—nºn
toº?. -
tºº adj. escaped by flight, i. q. ºf
only plur. Dºn Jer. 44, 14. 50, 28.5%
50. R. tºº.
tº inf Pi. as noun, deliverance, Ps.
32, 7. 56, 8. R. º.
tºp (deliverance, r. phº) Pelet, pr. n.
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) 12, 3.
rººm, see Hºn.
*the (for Hyºhº deliverance of Jeho-
vah, r. pº) Palli, pr. n. m. a) Num.
13, 9, b) 1 Sam. 25, 44; fuller bNºg
Palliel, 2 Sam. 3, 15.
hºp (apoc. from Tºº) Piltai, pr. n.
m. Neh. 12, 17. R. tºº.
bsº see in "the lett. b.
Tú?? (whom Jehovah delivers, r.
tº) Pelatiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 3,
21. b) 1 Chr. 4, 42.
Tº (id.) Pelatiah, pr. n. m. Ez.
11, 1.3. -
*p, in pause *E. see in "sºn.
sº, see in "shp.
nº (i. q. Hºsº, whom Jehovah
makes distinguished, r. sha) Pelaiah,
pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 3, 24.
tº m. adj. verbal (r. che), one
escaped by flight, espec. from battle,
slaughter, i. q toº, 2 K. 9, 15. Am. 9,
1; often coupled with Tºnu, Josh. 8, 22,
Jer. 42, 17. Lam. 2, 22. With the art.
to-bºr collect. the escaped Gen. 14, 13.
Ez. 24, 26. 33, 21. 22. With genit.
tºnes "tº the escaped of Ephraim
Judg. 12, 5; but nºr. nºn those escaped
from the sword Jer. 44, 28. Ez. 6, 8. w
tºp m. (r. tºp) i. q to hº, only in
plur. E"tº the escaped Num. 21, 29.
Is. 66, 19.
Tº thrice Tº Ex 0,5. 1 Chr
4, 43. Ez. 14, 21, (r. tºn) pi escape, de
*55
Y-55
848
iverance, Joel 3, 5, Obad, 17. Hºr: Nº
• ? ritº pr: there is no deliverance to
any one, i. e. none shall escape or be de-
livered, 2 Sam. 15, 14. Jer. 50, 29; "S
h Hººp id. 2 Chr. 20, 24. Ezra 9, 14,
Dan. 11, 42 nº riºrir. Nº shall not
be delivered, shall not escape.—Meton.
that which escapes Ex. 10, 5. Joel 2, 3.
Is. 10, 20. Espec. concr. collect. i. q.
Enº, nºtºn, the escaped, the deliver-
ed from danger or destruction, Gen. 32,
9. 45, 7. 2 Chr. 30, 6. Ezra 9, 13. So
the escaped of Israel or Jacob are the
people of Israel diminished by repeated
slaughter, Is. 4, 2. 10, 20. 38, 3; comp.
Neh. 1, 2.
* m. (r. 9:1) a judge, only in plur.
bºmbe Ex. 21, 22. Deut. 32, 31. Job 31,
11 tº is a crime for the judges i. e.
for them to punish ; comp. 2, 28. For
the stat. absol. instead of the constr. see
Heb. Gram. § 114 n. 6; but many Mss.
read here **b as in v. 28.
Tº f judgment, right, i.e. justice
Is. 16, 3. R. Bºº. -
* adj. (from bº) pr. judicial,
i. e. pertaining to the judges, Job 31, 28,
comp. v. 11–Fem. Tº judgment,
act of judging, Is. 28, 7.
3: Tº obsol. root, prob. to be round,
globular ; Arab. &M 5 to have the
breasts round and plump, spoken of a
maiden; II, to be round and plump, spo-
9 * ~
ken of the breasts; IV, to be round; &As
the round part of any thing, a mound,
wave of the sea, celestial orb.-Hence
#5 m. in pause º, c. suff, i2h.p.
1. a circle, circuit, district, i. q. ºnzº,
(Chald. The id.) Neh.3,9sq. tº the
the circuit or district round Jerusalem.
Neh. 3, 12. 14. 15. al.
2. the whirl of a spindle. and hence for
the spindle itselſ, Prov. 31, 19. See in
93 – c.
nius"?. Arab. & KA: id. Talmud. The,
rºbe, Hob"E, id. whence #e to spin-
Hence
3. a round staff, crutch, 2 Sam. 3, 29.
Sept. oxvtółn.
:* Sºº in Kal not used. In Piel and
in the derivatives it has the signif. to
judge, which is usually referred to the
primary idea of cutting, separating, tak
ing away, comp. Nº, nº, Hºp, and
GS 2. 4.
others beginning with BE; but J3 is i.g
nºt to break. I would rather refer the
primary meaning of 52p to the idea of
rolling, revolving, comp. bib, sº, Tºp
*R, Syr. Sass to roll in any thing
to tinge, to dye; then, to make even by
rolling, to level with a roller, comp. obe
to roll; whence to lay even a cause, to
adjust a difference, to act as umpire. Su
in Germ. the words richten and schlichten,
used for judging, deciding, strictly signi-
fy “to make even.”
PIEL 1. to judge, 1 Sam. 2, 25. Also
to eacecute judgment, by punishing Ps.
106, 30 [33], comp. Num. 25, 7. But
Sept. Vulg. placavit, see under Kal,—
With h, to adjudge to any one Ez. 16.
52.
2. to think, to suppose, Gen. 48, 11.
HiTHPA. 1. to intercede for, to sup-
plicate for any one, pr. ‘ to interpose as
umpire, mediator, c. 19: Gen. 20, 7.
Deut. 9, 20. 1 Sam. 7, 5; by Job 42, 8;
* 1 Sam. 2, 25 id. With bs of him with
whom one intercedes and supplicates
Gen. 20, 17. Num. 11, 2. See both con-
structions in Jer. 29, 7.42, 2.20.
2. Genr. to supplicate, to pray, espec.
to God, c. 5s Ps. 5, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 26.
2 Sam. 7, 27. Jer. 29, 12. al. : Dan. 9,
4; 29 1 Sam. 1, 10; “:# 1 K. 8, 28.
Neh. 1, 4, 6; absol. 1 Sam. 2, 1. 2 Chr.
7, 14. That for which one prays to God
is put with BS 1 Sam. 1, 27. Is. 37, 21.
So too Bipº-hs ºerr to pray towards
a place, sanctuary, 1 K. 8, 30. 33. 35,
comp. v. 44. 48. 2 Chr. 6, 38.—Rarely
to pray to idols, c. 5s Is. 44, 17. 45, 20;
also once to supplicate men Is. 45, 14.
Deriv. from the signiſ of rolling bie
of judging Bºb, Hººp, ºr ; of suppli
cating, Fºerſ; also the pr. names bºº
rºº, bººs.
Sº (judge) Palal, pr. n. m. Neh. 3
25.
nº (whom Jehovah judges i. e.
whose cause he protects, r. bhp) Pela
liah, pr. n. m. Neh. 11, 12.
º, see next art no. 1, ult.
55E
tº E
849
"??? m. (r. Hän) 1. some one, c cer.
4: ... 2
Iain one, Gr. 6 jetvo, Arab. JSG, Syr.
se , pr. one distinct, definite, whom
one points out as with the finger and not
by name; prob, from an obsol. noun Tibe
a distinguishing. Every where joined
with the synon. "3%hs pr: one concealed,
nameless. So of persons in the voc.
Ruth 4, 1 ºhs ºn rip-rº sit down
here, thou such an one / Gr. 6 outos, Arab.
... 3 9 3
Yºs U3. J3 U3. i. q. |Jºse U3. Of things,
1 Sam. 21, 3 ºhs ºf bipº-bs to such
and such a place, i. q to a certain place
which shall be nameless. 2 K. 6, 8.-
From the junction of these two words
comes the form ºhe Dan. 8, 13.
2. Pelomile, a gentile n. from a place
Tibb, elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 11, 27.
36.
Sk bº in Kal not used; prob. to roll,
and then to roll smooth, to level by roll-
ing. Kindr. is ºn where see.
PIEL 1. to make level, even, plain, sc.
a way, i. e. to make or prepare a way,
Is. 26, 7. Prov. 4, 26. 5, 6. Ps. 78, 50 he
made a way for his anger, i.e. let it
have free course.
2. to weigh, which is done by making
the balance even ; to weigh out, trop. Ps.
58, 3. Also trop. to ponder, to consider,
Prov. 5, 21.
Deriv. whº and
tº m, a balance, so called from being
even, level, Prov. 16, 11. Is. 40, 12. In
both passages it is coupled with Rºsº
wales, and would seem thereſore to be
8 O e
pr: a steel-yard, Arab. Urºš tº
>k yº in Kal not used, prob. of a like
signif with yº, to break, to rend.
HITHPA. to tremble, to be shaken, of
the columns of the earth Job 9, 6; pr. to
be broken, rent, comp. Spiº 1 K. 1, 40.
Deriv, nº?, nsºn, an
nº f trembling, horror Job 21, 6.
Ps. 55, 6. Is. 21, 4, Ez. 7, 18
Sk irº i. q. obt, whence bºx,
*I. tº obsol. root, pr. to rºll to
make revolve, like kindr, cº, Bºº. So
Simonis correctly in ed. 1–3, and Kimou
bypann . -
HITHPA. to roll oneself, to wallow,
e.g. in ashes, nEsi, Jer. 6, 26. Ez. 27
30; in the dust, nº, Mic. 1, 10; absol.
id. Jer, 25, 34.—In former editions I have
assigned to this root the sense of strew-
ing, sprinkling, after the Sept. and Vulg.
but the former sense is preſerable, as
springing from the nature of the root.
*II, tº (prob. kindr. with ºn
nºn) Eth. Z.Aſi to migrate, to emi-
grate; T4:Aſi to rove about withou
certain dwelling; A.Ari, a rover, so-
journer, stranger.—Hence
nºt Is. 14, 29.31. Ps, 60, 10,83, 8.
87, 4, 108, 10; in pause nº Ex. 15
14; Philistia, pr. n. fem. ‘land of
strangers, sojourners,’ see r. ºn II,
and "nºr. It comprised the southern
portion of the coast and plain of Canaan,
along the Mediterranean (hence called
Bºrujº by Ex. 23, 31), from Ekron to
the border of Egypt; though at certain
times the Philistines had also in posses-
sion large portions of the interior; see
1 Sam. 31, 8, 1 K. 15, 27. 16, 15.—Hence
the Gr. name IIwłowo tivu), Jos. Ant. 1, 6.
2. ib. 2. 15. 2; which name was applied
by most ancient writers to the whole
land of the Israelites, as also by Josephus
himself, Ant. 8, 10. 3. See Reland Pa-
lapst. p. 38 sq.
"nº gent, n. (from nº) a Phi-
listine, 1 Sam. 17, 4 sq. 23 sq. 19, 3. 21,
9. 22, 10. al. Plur. Bºrºb the Philis-
times Gen. 26, 1. Judg. 10, 6. 1 Sam. 4, 1.
5, 1. al. saep. rarely bºrº, Am. 9, 7.
They were of Egyptian origin, and
emigrated to the coast of Canaan from
Caphtor, see in nº and Gen. 10, 14.
Am. 9, 7 Sept. ºväto risiu in Pent, but
elsewhere usually 'AAAópulot. Josephus
II&Aoto rivot Ant. 5, 1. 18. Comp. Reland
Palaest. p. 42. The Philistines were the
indomitable enemies of the Hebrews;
and continued to harass them until after
the time of the Maccabees (see Ecclus.
50, 26); when by degrees they appeat
to have amalgamated with the other
inhabitants of Palestine into one peo
ple.
nº E
iT:E
8b0
'nº. obsol. root, Arab. sº to
9
flee, to escape, i. q. Heb, tº ; JG
$3
swift, Jºls a swift horse, runner.—
Hence the two following.
nº (swiftness) Peleth, pr. m. m. a)
Num. 16, 1. b) 1 Chr. 2, 33.
"rºº m. (r. nºb) a public runner, cow-
rer, with art, collect. the public runners,
couriers, everywhere coupled with "nº
q. v. 2 Sam. 8, 18. 15, 18. 20, 7. 23.2 K.
11, 4, 19. Some without good reason
hold both "nº and "nº to be Philis- .
times, and regard the latter form as put
by paronomasia for "rºº, but against
the analogy of the Hebrew language;
so Ewald Heb. Gram. p. 297. See in
"rº.
I. Tº m. i. q. fem. Her which is more
usual, a corner, c. suff. Fºr Prov. 7, 8.
Plur. E":B Zech. 14, 10. R. pi.
II. Tº conj. (for rºe, r. Hº Pi. no. 1)
pr: a removing, taking away; used only
in the constr. state with Makk. Tjº, as a
Conj. of removing, prohibiting, hinder-
ing, i. q. afi, that not, lest. Thus:
1. Where an action precedes, that
serves to hinder or prohibit something
which one fears and wishes to remove
or avoid. Gen. 11, 4 let us build us a
city ... Yºº-je lest we be scattered. 19,
15 arise ... HEºn-Tº lest thou perish. 3,
3 eat not of it... nºn-Tº lest ye die.—
Then, after verbs of fearing, like Gr.
ðelºw um, Lat. vereor me, Gen. 31, 31,
comp. 26, 9; of caution, comp. Gr. iósiv
uń, Gen. 24, 6. 31, 24. Deut. 4, 23; also
of swearing Judg. 15, 12, comp. Öuvío) aff
Il. 23.585. In examples of this kind bs
is never used.
2. At the beginning of a sentence,
where it implies : a) Prohibition or dis-
suasion, like bs. Job 32, 13 inz Nr-le
say not, i.e. beware lest ye say. Is. 36,
18 "nºtºr Bºris nºn-Tº beware lest
Hezekiah deceive you. b) Fear, appre-
hension, as Gen. 3, 22 it rºuń-je nº
"x" and now (I fear) lest he put forth
his hand, etc. 44, 34 ºx" sº risis-le
(I fear) lest I see the evil, etc. 31, 31. 38,
11. 42, 4. Ex. 13, 17. Num. 16, 34.
Sam. 13, 19. With praet. where one
$ºors lest something has already taken
place, 2 Sam. 20, 6 Nºtº lest he may
have found, 2 K. 2, 16 Hin: nºn isº-h
(we fear) lest a wind from Jehovah hath
taken him up.–Once it approaches to
the power of a negative adverb, i. q. Nº
Prov. 5, 6 o'er-ip pººr rins the way of
life she prepareth not for herself, sc. the
adulteress, i.e. she walks not in the way
of life. But the full sentence is: ‘(see)
lest she walk in the way of .ife.”
35E &m. Åsyóu. Ez. 27, 17, perh. a
kind of pastry or sweet cake. The Targ.
renders it ship, i. e. Gr. xolio, a kind
of sweet pastry; and in the book Zohar
35E En} is pastry-work. Other opinions
are enumerated by Celsius in Hierobot.
II. p. 73. Sept. x00 lot, Vulg. balsamum.
—The etymology is wholly uncertain.
*Hºº fut. Hºº", apoc. and conv.
Tº, TEY, in the other persons Es),
TEF, E); imper. Hº; to turn, trans. in
one phrase: Fis nº to turn the back
Josh. 17, 12. Jer. 2, 27. 30, 33.—Else-
where always intrans. to turn, to turn
oneself, i. e.
1. In order to go anywhere, to go
away; Ex. 7, 23 Nº risºn Enº. 10, 6.
32, 15. Gen. 18, 22. Deut. 9, 15. 10, 5.
16, 7, al. Sometimes with a dat. pleon.
Deut. 1, 40. 2, 3. 1 K. 17, 3. Hence
a) to turn to or towards any place, to
betake oneself in any direction, c. bs
Gen. 24, 49; by 1 Sam. 13, 17; # Is. 53
6. 56, 11; acc. 1 Sam. 13, 18. 14, 47
nº nºs b53 whithersoever he turned
himself; with He parag. 1 K. 17, 3. Deut.
2, 3. Cant. 6, 1. Also with by of pers. to
turn unto any one, to go to him for re-
sponse or for aid, espec. God Is. 45, 22;
angels Job 5, 1 ; idols Lev. 19, 4. Deut.
31, 18. 20; wicked men Ps. 40, 5; di.
viners Lev. 20, 6; with BS of thing, tº
turn unto e. g. iniquity Job 36, 21.
‘E *rīs Her to turn after any one, to in-
cline to his side or party, Ez. 29, 16.
b) to turn away from any one, c. bºx,
Deut. 29, 17 mentally; absol. 30, 17 if
thy heart turn away from God, and thou
do not obey, etc. c) Trop. of time, e.g.
o) to turn away, i. e. to pass away, Jer
6, 4 biºri riºr the day turns, declines
also poet. Ps. 90, 9 all our days turn
away, pass away. 3) to turn in ap
proaching, e. g. in the phrases: nº
rºº
Fº
85 I
*Fºr at the turning of the morning, at
the approach of dawn, Ex. 14, 27. Judg.
19, 26. Ps. 46, 6; any niñº at the turn-
ing of evening, at even-tide, Gen. 24, 63.
Deut. 23, 12.
2. In order to look at any thing, 2 K.
23, 16. Ecc. 2, 12 riºr nish: "is "nº
I turned myself to behold wisdom. Ex.
2, 12 sºlº ri-) riz ºn and he turned
hims, lſ (his eyes) hither and thither and
looked. Hence i. Q. to turn the eyes, to
look at any thing, c. by Ex. 16, 10.
Num. 17, 7. Job 21, 5; # 6, 28. Ecc. 2,
11; Tºrºs behind oneself Judg. 20, 40.
2 Sam. 1, 7. 2, 20; Hºº upwards Is. 8,
21 [22]. Metaph. BS Hºp to look upon,
1. e. to regard, to have respect to any
person or thing, Deut. 9, 27; espec. of
God as hearing and regarding men with
favour, Ps. 25, 16 ºr *s nº. 69, 17.
86, 16; also Härn-bs. Hº Ps. 102, 18.
1 K. 8,28; Pirºn-bs. Num. 16, 15. Mal.
2, 13. Of a king 2 Sam. 9, 8.-Of
things, to turn or look towards any
quarter, Ez. 8, 3 rigies rºº ºr the
gate looking toward the north. 11, 1. 44,
1. 46, 12. 47, 2; simpl. Hºibn ‘suºr 2
Chr. 25, 23, comp. 2 K. 14, 13. Of a
boundary Josh. 15, 2.7.
PIEL pr. to cause to turn and go away,
see Kal, no. 1, b ; hence to clear away
any thing, c. acc. Zeph. 3, 15; absol.
Ps, 80, 10 rººh rºe thou didst clear
away before it, i. e. didst make room and
prepare the ground.—Also to clear out
sc. from things thrown hither and thither,
impediments, to put in order, to prepare,
e.g. a house Gen. 24, 31. Lev. 14, 36;
a way Is. 40, 3, 57, 14. 62, 10. Mal. 3, 1.
HipH. fut. conv. E. 1. Trans. to
turn, Judg. 15, 4; espec. the back in
departing, flight, 1 Sam, 10, 9. Jer. 48,
39. Hence
2. Intrans, with nº impl. to turn the
back, to flee, Jer. 46, 21. 49, 24; also to
look back, to stop in flight, Jer. 46, 5.
Nah. 2,9. With BS to turn oneself to
any one Jer. 47, 3.
Hoph. to be turned back, i. q to turn
back Jer. 49, 8; to be turned, i. q to look
towards any quarter, comp. in Kal no. 2
fin. Ez. 9, 2.
Deriv. Tº (E), Hºp plur, tºº, whence
****, ****, *2E.; ; and the pr. names
rº, Psºn, Psºn.
Tº not used in sing. (though unde.
another form **, *, it appears in the
pr. names Psº, Psºn,) plur. Eº
constr. "AE, m. but fem. Ez. 21, 21.
1. the face, countenance, pr. the par
turned towards any one, see Ez. 21, 3,
from r. nº ; comp. Arab. *5 ſace,
from 8-2 V, to turn oneself in any di-
rection. Tor the use of the plur. comp.
Gr. 16, 1960 aſto, in Homer.—Gen. 38, 15,
50, 1. Ex. 3, 6. al. saepe. Also of the
face of animals Ez. 10, 14. Job 11, 6.
Constr. with a verb or adj. plur. Job 38
30. Dan. 1, 10, and in the fem. Ez. 21
21; rarely sing. Lam. 4, 16. Prov. 15, 14.
Also as a real plur, faces, e. g. iTººns
tº Ez. 1, 6, 10, 21. 41, 18; tº-biº
all faces Joel 2, 6. Is. 13, 8. Nah. 2, 11.
Spec. Pººr prº the bread of the face,
presence, the shew-bread, see in Prº no.
2; also pººr. Thus the table of the shew-
bread, on which these loaves were set
out, Num. 4, 7. Yºº-bº BE; to fall upon
one's face, see be; no. 2. a. ‘E *2E. Fºr to
smooth the face of any one, see in Hºr
Piel no. 1.
Spec. to be noted are the following
phrases:
a) Bºzºrbs tºº face to face Gen. 32,
31. Deut. 34, 10. al. id. Also tº bºa
id. Ez. 5, 4; tº nº id. Prov. 27, 19.
b) To say or do anything 'E ºrbs to
one's face, i. e. frankly, freely, and also
often impudently, insolently, in scorn and
defiance ; comp. French dire dans la
barbe, Lat. laudare in os, Ter. So Job
1, 11 tº TB-29 he will curse thee to
thy face. 21, 31. Is. 65, 3 who provoke
me "Jº-bs to my face, i. e. in scorn and
defiance. In the same sense is said "bs
tº Job 2, 5, 13, 15. Deut. 7, 10 ºp-hs
ib-cº he will repay him to his face sc.
God an enemy, i.e. openly and speedily,
Vulg. statim ; the other member has Nº.
*rīs. Here belongs also ºn His to
answer one to his face, i.e. to reſt te him
strongly, freely, openly; Job 16, 8 ºujra
nº º my leanness refutes me to my
face i. e. testifies openly and strongly
against me. Hos. 5, 5. 7, 10.
c) by tº Ento to set the face upon
any one; for good, 1 K. 2, 15 wipon me
did all Israel set their faces, that I
should reign ; or for evil, to set the face
- NTDE 8
Tºº
C
2
against any one, Ez. 6, 2. 29, 2. 35, 2.
Also bs tº phic in the same sense Ez.
13, 17. 21, 7. 25, 2. 38, 2; and with H
oarag. Ez.21,2–Similar is BS ºr nº
to set (turn) one's face towards a place
Num. 24, 1. Also in a hostile sense
bs tºp Ten to direct the face against
any thing Ez. 4, 3.7; % tº -ºr id.
Dan. 11, 18. 19.—Absol. 2 K. 8, 11 Tºyº
Ptºl Tºp and he fived his countenance
and set it, i.e. beheld him with a fixed
look.
d) Tº thin c. acc. to set one's face
.owards any quarter, i. e. to direct one's
course thither, to go, Gen. 31, 21; with
inf. c. * to intend, to purpose doing any
thing, but still with special reference to
going or departing, Jer, 42, 15, 17. 44,
12. 2 K. 12, 18. Dan. 11, 17. In N. T.
comp. Luke 9, 53. Syr. in the same
sº y P p e
sense has acio ai > 0 to set his face,
** xas to fix his look.
e) Tº in: to set one's face, q, d. to
cast the eyes, e.g. nºns upon the ground
Dan. 10, 15; c. 9s towards any one, as
God Dan. 9, 3. With inf. c. , to set
one’s face to do any thing, i. e. to pur-
ose, to determine, 2 Chr. 32, 2. But
i. ‘E * in; to set the face of any one
towards, i. e. to cause him to look to-
wards any thing, Gen. 30, 40–Further
f) In a hostile sense, a "jº Bºb to set
one’s face upon i. e. against any one in
anger, to behold him in anger; so of
God Lev. 20, 5. Ez. 15, 7; more fully
nich sh; Hynh Jer, 21, 10, Hº 44,10.
Also a Yºº in: id. Lev. 17, 10. 20, 3. 6.
26, 17. Ez. 14, 8, 15,7. Soo too without
a verb, Ps, 34, 17 ºn tº * **, comp.
opp. v. 16.
g) Tº Rº: to lift up one's counte-
mance, see in Nº no. 1. c. But in 2 Sam.
2, 22 and Job 22, 26, it is rather to look
with confidence upon any one. So too
Ps Bºb Bºnn Ezra 9, 7.
h) 's "25 F.S.) to see the face of any
one, i. e. to see him in person, as present,
3en. 32, 21 I will appease him. (Esau)
with the present; ... afterwards I will see
his face, meet him in person. 46, 30.
48, 11. Also i. q. to be admitted to the
presence of any one of high rank, as a
prince, king, Gen. 43, 3. 5. 44, 23. 26.
Sam. 3, 13. 14, 24, 28. Ex. 10, 28, 29;
or to have access i D the king, as his sei
vants and ministers 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 5%
25. Esth. 1, 14. Hence to see God’s face
to have access to him, to find him prepi.
tious, Job 33, 26. Is. 1, 12 (if we read
"At nisºº). Gen. 33, 10; also º ºr nºr.
Ps. 17, 15. In other passages it is said
that no mortal can see God’s face and
live, Ex. 33, 20. 23 (but comp. Gen. 16,
13. 32, 30. Judg. 6, 22. 13, 22. Is. 6, 5).
Hence the ancient intpp. in the follow
ing passages: Dan. 31, 11 tº ns ris-B,
Is. 1, 12 gº nish9, Ex. 23, 15 is nº sh
Epºn "Jº, 34, 15. Ps. 42, 3 ºn Fishs
Dºnºs, have given to the verbs the pas-
sive punctuation(nish, Nº, Fishs) af.
ter the analogy of Ex. 34,23 and 1 Sam.
1, 22 " ":Brrs HS-3 ; and the sense
then is : to appear before God. But
perh, the active construction is favoured
by the fact that "ºp stands thrice without
nS ; and also nish twice without H, so
that it cannot without apparent violence
be pointed nisº. —Is. 63, 9 hºº Tshº,
the angel of his (God's) face, presence,
who beholds his face, is his minister.
i) As to see the face of any one, is to
be admitted to his presence (see lett, h);
and to seek the face of any one, is to seek
admittance to him (see up: Pi. no. 1,
comp. Prov. 7, 15); so ‘E ºn sº to re-
ceive the face (person) of any one, is to
grant him admittance (see Nº no. 3.b),
and opp. p * ="ºn to turn away the face
of any one, is not to admit, to repulse
him (see 5* Hiph. no. 1). So too nºtºr.
Tº Yºº to turn away one's face from any
one 2 Chr. 30, 9; 7% tº hºnºr, see in
ºntº Hiph.
k) The face of any one is often put ſo;
one’s presence, person, self. Ex. 33, 14
*5%: "Yº my presence shall go, i. e. I my-
self will go. v. 15. 2 Sam. 17, 11 Tºn
Rºa Bººn that thy presence (thyself)
go to the battle. Lam. 4, 16. Ps. 21, 10
Tº rº; in the time of thy presence,
when thou art present to fight against
them. 80, 17. Also Ps. 31, 2: thou shal:
hide them Tºp -rea in the covert of
thy presence. 89, 15.--So Ps. 42, 6 "is
ºn "nºs tº nisius' Asſis I shall yet
praise him, for the deliverance of his
presence, even my God, i.e. him whose
presence brings deliverance. But in v
12 and 43, 5 the same words are differ
tº E
iTº E
853
ently divided I shall yet praise him,
"rººs, "º rishui, the deliverance of My
preser:ce and my God, i. e. with De
Wette, ‘the deliverer of my person.”
But prob, we should here divide nishū,
"nº lºº, as in v. 5.6; see Thesaur.
p. 1110.
1) The face, countenance, is also often
put for the look, mien, air of a person, as
expressing the affections and emotions .
of the mind. Gen. 31, 2 and Jacob saw
the countenance of Laban, and lo, it was
not toward him as before. v. 5. Hence
bºº is of hardened looks, impudent,
Deut. 28, 50, comp. Is, 50, 7; tº his
see in his lett. g. So tº pºp an evil
countenance, sad looks, Gen. 40, 7. Ecc.
7, 3. Neh. 2, 3; and simpl. Fºr id.
1 Sam. 1, 18, comp. v. 8. Job 9, 27. For
the same is said tº h95; (see BE; no. 1.
a, and Hiph. no. 1. d); and of a cheerful
countenance, tº sº, see Nº, no. 1. c.
—So too shame is expressed in the coun-
tenance, either by blushing or turning
pale, whence tº nuja Ps, 44, 6, Jer. 7,
19; and so Ps. 69,8. 83, 17. Jer. 51, 51.
Also loathing is expressed by averted
looks, Ez. 6, 9, 20, 43. 36, 31. To the
expression of anger in the looks we may
refer Gen. 32, 21: I will appease (*)
his countenance wilh the present.
m) Prº 733 before their own face Is.
5, 21, i. q. Erº, Eriº, in their own
eyes or opinion; see in 7's no. 1. b.
2. Trop. of things, the face, surface
of any thing, e.g. of the earth Gen. 1,
29. 2, 6. Is. 14, 21. 24, 1; of a field Is.
28, 25; of water Gen. 1, 2. Job 38, 30.
etc. Comp.":B-9s no. 2, "ºn-by no. 1,2–
Less obvious is Job 41,5 iuji=% ºf Hā: *%
who shall uncover the surface of his (the
crocodile's) garment 2 i. e. prob, for the
garment itself, the surface or upper
part of his body, the scales, covering the
rest; comp. By no. 1. a. 3. So also
pi* ºn the surface of the veil, put for the
veil itself as a covering, Is. 25, 7.—
Hence a) aspect, view, Job 26, 9, b)
eacternal appearance, state, condition of
a thing, Ps. 104, 30. Prov. 27, 23 look
well to the state, appearance, of thy flock.
c) a way, manner, as with the Rabbins;
93
•ee below in "ºh D. 3. Comp. <-5
ſhce, manner. &
3. the fore part, font of any thing
8 &
Arab. Kºjid. Jer. 1, 13 Fºie; ºn tº
and the front thereof (of the pot) is
before (towards) the north. So the front.
van, of an army, Gr, agógoſtoy, Joel 2,
20–Adverbially: a) tº in front
before, (opp. nins,) Ez. 2, 10. 1 Chr. 19.
10. 2 Chr. 13, 14 b) Pºh forwards
Jer. 7, 24; of time, before, of old, Deut.
2, 10. 12. Josh. 11, 10. 14, 15. al. c.)
bºº from of old, from ancient times,
Is. 41, 26. d) tº in front, before,
2 Sam. 10,9. Comp. below in ºh D.
2.—The face or front of a sword is
its edge, Ez. 21, 21 [16] nity? Tº His
whither is thine edge directed? Ecc. 10,
10–Further, pºp is also used for the
inner wall of a house opposite the door
as one enters, Hom. tſ, évônto, whence
with He parag. nº q.v. also Rºº?
id.
With prepositions tº assumes very
frequently the nature of a particle:
A) ºrbs 1. into or in the presence
of, before, a) Of place whither, after
verbs of motion, 2 Chr. 19, 2. Lev. 9, 5
Num. 17, 8 [16,43]. b) Of place where
Ex. 23, 17.
2. upon the face, surface, of any thing,
e.g. nººn ºrbs Lev. 14, 53. Ez. 16, 5.
—Another meaning of this phrase see
above in no. 1. b.
B) ºrns pr. with (in) the presence of
any one, in his sight, before any one
e.g. mººr ºn-ns Esth. 1, 10, ºn-rs
": before Jehovah Gen. 19, 13. 27. Ps.
16, 11. Also for public worship in
the phrase " "::"ns rism, to appear
before Jehovah in the sanctuary, Ex. 34,
23. 1 Sam. 1, 22. (In this sense we
find also º ºrbs Ex. 23, 17; also
poet. * **, 's Is. 1, 12. Ps. 42, 5, see
above in no. 1. h.) So too before, in
front of, e. g. hºsr, "ºº-rs before the
city Gen. 33, 18. nanan ºp-rs before
the veil Lev. 4, 6–After verbs of mo-
tion, into the presence of, before any one,
1 Sam. 22, 4, al. "...º ns? from the pre-
sence of any one Gen. 27, 30; from be-
fore, from the front of any thing, 2 K.
16, 14.
C) ºr, i. q. *E*, in front of before,
more espec. in the later writers, Ez. 42,
12; often in the phrase "º: Tº to
72
Fºº
iT.E.
854
stanvil before any one, i. e. to resist him,
Deut. 7, 24, 11, 25. Josh. 10, 8, 21, 44.
23, 9. Esth. 9, 2–The proper force of
the subst. seems to be retained in Ezra
6, 9 crºss hºp; they show loathing in
their countenances ; see above in no. 1. l.
D) "Jº, c., suff, *h, *h, *h,
bººk, Eriº. #
1. in the presence of any one, in his
sight, under his eyes, he being present
and beholding, before any one. Num.
8, 22 the Levites went in to do their min-
istry ... *** **, Tinºs ºº in the pre-
sence of Aaron and his sons, under their
inspection. 2 K. 4, 38. Zech. 3, 8, 25%
tº before the sum, i.e. so long as the
sun (which poets compare to the eye,
see in Bºg, Fluj) shall look upon
and illumine the earth, Ps. 72, 17; comp.
nº ºth v. 5. (But Job 8, 16 tº ºth
in the sunshine.) Often trop. i. q. "2"y:
in the eyes, sight, of any one, i. e. in his
mind, feelings, judgment, e. g. gr.
* Evariº favour and kindness with
any one, Dan. 1, 9, 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106,
46; "Eh Pº: i. q. ***** -tº, see -t: .
**s *} biº great i. e. having great
Influence with his lord, 2 K. 5, 1; comp.
Prov. 4, 3. 14, 12.
Spec. to be noted is the phrase "gº
Hjn', or Bºnº's "geh, i. e.
a) Pr. in the presence of i. e. before
Jehovah Gen. 18, 22. Ex. 6, 12. 30. 16,
9. Ps. 95, 6, 96, 13. 98, 9. 1 Sam. 1, 12.
15. Also in the sight of Jehovah, he
being present and a witness, Gen. 27, 7.
1 Sam. 23, 18. Since Jehovah was re-
garded as dwelling in his sanctuary,
hence before Jehovah is i. q. v.) in the
tabernacle, usually not in the holy of
holies, Ex. 27, 21. 34, 34. 40, 25. Lev.
4, 6, 7, 8, 26. Once in the holy of holies,
Ex. 28, 35. 3) at the door of the taber-
nacle, where stood the altar of burnt-
offering, Ex. 29, 11.42. Lev. 3, 1 comp.
v. 2. 14, 11. 12. 17, 4. al. 2) in the tem-
ple, Is, 37, 14; in its halls or courts, 2
K. 16, 14. Is. 23, 18. Ez. 46, 3.9. 6)
before the ark of the covenant, on which
the presence of Jehovah rested, Josh. 4,
13 comp, 6, 7.
b) Trop. Jehovah beholding, Jehovah
being judge. Deut. 24, 4 an abomina-
fic n before Jºhovah. Jjsh. (, 26 Curse.]
before Jehovah, comp. 1 Sam. 26, 19.
Ex. 28, 38 favour before Jehovah Deut
24, 13 righteousness before Jenovah,
Hence also simpl. in a good sense, Je.
hovah assenting and approving, i. q, well
pleasing to Jehovah, since we set before
the eyes only such things as are pleas-
ing; so * * *rīrn to walk before
Jehovah, to live as he approves, see in
Tºr, Hithp. no. 2. Gen. 10, 9 a might;
hunter": "ºh before Jehovah, with whom
God is well pleased. Ps. 19, 15. What
is pleasing to Jehovah he decrees; so
Gen. 6, 13 the end of all flesh ºh sº
ts come before me, is decreed by me.
The rarer form pºrºst, ºh has the
like significations: a) before God, i. e.
in his sanctuary Ex. 18, 12. Josh. 24, 1.
Judg. 21, 2; on the throne of God’s
appointment Ps. 61, 8. b) God being
judge; Gen. 6, 11 the earth was corrupt
before God. So Bºrº's "gº air, good
before God, in his sight, well pleasing
to him, Ecc. 2, 26, 7, 26.
Further we may note the use of "25%
in the following phrases:
aa) ºr º Tºs to stand before
the king, to await his mandates, i. e. to
minister unto him, see Tºº; comp. Tºy
* 2 Sam. 16, 19.
bb) To adore or worship before a di
vinity, see Hyrnºr in r. Hruš. 1 K. 12
30 the people went to worship TriSr. º.
before the one sc. of the calves. 1 Chr.
21, 30.
cc) To be smitten, put to flight before
an enemy, see F2: Niph. and hence
after verbs of scattering, discomfiting,
and the like, Judg. 4, 15. 1 Sam. 14, 13.
20, 1. 2 Sam. 5, 20. Jer. 1, 17. 49, 37.
Comp. below in ºn.
dd) ‘P "Eh in to set before any one,
e.g. food 2 K. 4, 43; trop. for choice, 16
propose Deut. 11, 26; a law to be ob
served, to impose Deut. 4, 8, 1 K. 9, 6.
Jer. 26, 4. 44, 10. Ez. 23, 24. Also i. q.
to give into one’s power, to deliver over
to any one (i. q. ‘E Tºº), Josh. 10, 12.
Deut. 2, 33.36. Judg. 11, 9. 1 K. 8, 46
Is. 41, 2. So without the verb of giving
Gen. 24, 51 lot Rebecca Tºh before
thee, i. e. is given up to thee. 34, 10 the
land is before you, lies ready before you
and your flocks. 2 Chr. 14, 6.
2. lyſore, in front ºf corp. tº nº. 3
a) Of place, Tºix, bris "ºh before the
iT.E.
Tº: E
855
Mabernacle of the congregation 1 Chr. 6,
17 [32]; hence eastward of Gen. 23, 17.
25, 18. Deut. 32, 49. Also of a leader
who goes before his army, see Nºi Rº
bºr, *E* under art. Nia no. 1. d ; of a
king who stands before, at the head of
his people, Ecc. 4, 16 there was no end
to all the people triº riºr Huſs b5%
to all whom he was over. Further of .
captives, booty, etc. which, as a shep-
herd his flock (Gen. 32, 18), the victor
drives before him, Is. 8, 4. Am. 9, 4.
Lam. 1, 5.6.
b) Of time before, e. g. vivºr: "yº
before the earthquake Am. 1, 1; º;
hºp before the harvest Is. 18, 5. Gen.
13, 10. 29, 26. Prov. 8, 25. Zech. 8, 10.
—Gen. 30, 30 ºh before me, i.e. before
I came to thee. Jer, 28, 8 Hz, "ºh be-
fore now Neh. 13, 4. With inf. before
that, before, Gen. 13, 10. Deut. 33, 1.
1 Sam. 9, 15.
c) Oſworth, preference, before, above,
like Lat. ante, prae. Job 34, 19 he re-
gardeth not the rich b1 * above the
poor.
d) After verbs of motion, lit. to one's
front, obviam, implying motion to meet
any one, e.g. 'E **E* Hºp Gen. 24, 12;
also often in a hostile sense, against,
Gr. &vti, pr. to one's face, front, e. g.
*E* tºp to rise up against any one
Num. 16, 2; "25% sº to go out against
1 Chr. 14, 8, 2 Chr. 14, 9. Also "?s
*E* (see T28), *E. Bºrn to stand
against any one, i. e. to stand out, resist.
3. in the manner of, like, see above in
bº no. 2. c. Job 4, 19 lit. they crush
Jhem tº *E* like the moth, impers, for:
they are crushed as by the moth, as if
moth-eaten ; Vulg, sicut a timea. Sept.
mtös igórow. Comp. Lat. ad faciem
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1.73. So "gº Tr; to re-
gard as or for any one (comp. 3 in.)
1 Sam. 1, 16–From "25% comes the adj.
form ºh anterior, q.v.
NotE. The following significations
sometimes ascribed to "25% are doubtful:
w) for, comp. Tº and Germ. vor and fir;
e. g. in the phrase *5% By to become
purely for any one, Prov. 17, 18; but the
turety doubtless gave his pledge before,
in the presence of his friend. (3) on ac-
zount of propter, like *E*z, *.pn ; SO
In "Prº Tºº to mourn on account of any
one 2 Sam. 3, 31; better pr. before nin
since in the funeral procession the
mourners preceded the bier; Geier de
luctu Hebræorum c. 5. § 15–19
E) ºn 1. from before, from the
presence of any one, implying that the
person or thing spoken of was before the
other and goes away from that place.
E. g. to go out ". "3ºz. Lev. 9, 24; "gº?
Hyne Gen. 41,46; also Gen. 23, 4, 8.
Hence aſter verbs of fleeing (comp. 72
no. 3. a), and of driving out 1 Chr. 19,
18. 2 Chr. 20, 7; of ſearing and causing
fear 1 Sam. 18, 12. Ps. 97, 5. 114, 7. Ecc.
8, 13. Esth. 7, 6; also of crying for help
(usually conjoined with flight) 1 Sam.
8, 18; of humbling oneself 1 K. 21, 29.
2 Chr. 33, 12. 36, 12.
2. Of time, before, i, q, "ºh no. 2. b.
Ecc. 1, 10. Comp. Tº no. 4. b.
3. Trop. of a cause, on account of be-
cause of, i. q. "25%, 7%, e. g. to shout or
rejoice because of, 1 Chr. 16, 33.
F) ºn 1. from the face, presence,
front, of any person or thing, from be-
fore, e.g. Ex. 14, 19 and the column went
prº from before them, and stood be-
hind them. Hence very often after verbs
of departing, Hos. 11, 2 ; of fleeing
(comp. Tº no. 3, a, from which it differs
in that "º is for the most part used be-
fore persons, 72 before things, see nºr
Niph.) Gen. 7, 7. 16, 8. Is. 20, 6 comp.
Ps. 61, 4; of crying for help Is. 19, 20.
26, 17; of fearing (see Nº, nºr; Niph.);
of reverencing, humbling oneselſ, 2 K,
22, 19. Lev. 19, 32; of hiding Job 23, 17;
and other verbs of similar significations.
Thus the idea of flight and fear is im-
plied in Judg. 9, 21, and he dwell there
Yºr's bººs ººz (after he had fled)
from the presence of Abimelech his bro-
ther; Vulg. well, ob metum A. fratris
sui. 1 Chr. 12, 1 see in r. ºns: no. 1.
Is. 17, 9 as ruins....": "gº has hugs
bsº which the Canaanites left deserted
from before Israel i. e. fleeing from be-
fore them; see in r. His no. 2. b.
2. Of the author and efficient cause,
from which any thing proceeds, i. Q. Tº
no. 2. c. Gen. 6, 13 the earth is filled with
violence prº from them, i.e. of which
they are the cause, Sept. well &f airów
47, 13. Ex. 8, 20. Judg. 6, 6. Jer. 15, 17
Ez. 14, 15. Also of the remoter cause
Tº B
II: E
856
because of, on account of; Is. 10, 27 the
yoke shall break ſº ºn because of the
fatness sc. of the ox. Deut. 28, 20. Hos.
10, 15. Jer, 9, 6. So where the reason
is given on account of which something
is not done, Lat. prae, Job 37, 19. 1 K. 8,
11–With hugs it is equivalent to a
Conj. because that, because, Ex. 19, 18.
Jer. 44, 23.
NotE. Winer has needlessly added
the two following meanings, Lex. p. 779:
o:) before, citing Lev. 19, 32, where bhp
"gº to rise up in one's presence, is the
part of modesty and reverence towards
old age, comp. above in no. 1. (3) to-
wards, as if for "gº-bs, Jer. 1, 13; for
which see above in D": no. 3.
G) ºp-by has various meanings ac-
cording to the different power both of
the noun and particle.
1. From the signif face and front, no.
1, 3, arise the following:
a) at or before the face of any one, be-
fore, i, q. º no. 1 (comp. By no. 3, b),
Gen. 32, 22. Lev. 10, 3. Ps. 9, 20. 2 K.
13, 14. Job 4, 15; in the sight of any
one, under his inspection, Num. 3, 4.— .
Job 6, 28 -ºs Es Ezº-be it is before
your eyes (will be manifest), whether I
lie. “º by? i. q. º. Gen. 23, 3.
b) in front of anything, before, 2 Chr.
3, 17. Ps. 18, 43 as dust before the wind,
driven by the wind. Here belong also
the following: 1 K. 6, 3 the length of it
(of the porch) nºr =rin ºn-by before
the breadth of the temple, i. e. along in
front of the breadth of the temple. 2 Chr.
3, 8. Hence : 0.) In a geographical
sense, before, i. e. to the east, eastward
of Gen. 16, 12 and he shall dwell on the
east of all his brethren. 23, 19. 25, 18.
1 K. 11, 7 in the mount which is on the
east of Jerusalem, the mount of Olives,
comp. Zech. 14, 4. Deut. 32, 49 mount
Abarim.... which is on the east of Jeri-
cho. 1 Sam. 15, 6. Still, as the more
general signif. before, over against, might
here be applied, the quarter of the hea-
vens is sometimes added to remove the
ambiguity; as Zech. 14, 4 the mount of
Olives, which is before Jerusalem on the
east. Num. 21, 11. Josh. 15, 8 the top of
the hill which is before the valley of Hin-
nom westward. 18, 14 the hill which is
before Beth-horon southward. Where
there is no such adjunct, the direction
must be determined by the circum-
stances, and is sometimes uncertain, as
1 Sam. 24, 3 [2]. Josh. 13, 25, 17, 7
comp. 16. 6. 3) Of time, before, Gen.
11, 28. 7) Of preference, before, rather
than, Deut. 21, 16.
c) to the face or front of any thing,
see in By no. 4; hence, towards, in the
direction of Gen. 18, 16 and the men...
looked tº *-ºs towards Sodom. 19,
28. Num. 21, 20. 23, 28. So Judg. 16
3 towards Hebrom ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 377. Perh. 1 K. 17, 3,
comp. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 288.-
Hence in a hostile sense, against, Ps.
21, 13. Nah. 2, 2.
2. From the signiſ, surface, ºn-by is:
a) upon the face i.e. surface, e.g. of the
earth Gen. 1, 29. 6, 1 ; of the heavens
Gen. 1, 20; of the waters Gen. 1, 2; of a
valley Ez. 37, 2. Hence "gº by? from
wpom the face of the earth, spoken of
what is destroyed, 1 Sam. 20, 15. Am.
9, 8, b) After verbs implying motion,
wpon the face i.e. surface, e.g. of the
earth Job 5, 10. Am. 5, 8; of the fields
Lev. 14, 7, Ez. 32, 4, c) out upon or
over the surface, etc. Gen. 11,8. Lev. 16,
14. 15. Is. 18, 2. d) Trop. of something
added, i. q. 59 no. 1. b. c., above, besides
£iti, Ex. 20, 3 thou shalt have no other
gods ºrbs over and above me, i.e. be-
sides me; Sept. well tºp uoi, Targ.
*}” ha. Job 16, 14.
Tº ſ. (r. 7:B) 1, a pinnacle, mura,
turret, q, d. a ‘branch’ or ‘shoot spring-
ing up out of the wall; see the root.
2 Chr. 26, 15. Zeph. 1, 16. 3, 6–Hence
2. a corner, angle, pr. exterior, as of a
house Job 1, 19; of a street Prov. 7, 8.
Also interior, as of a roof Prov. 21, 9.25,
24; of a court Ez. 43, 20; of a city
2 Chr. 28,24. nº lºs a corner-stone Job
38, 6. Is. 28, 16; and so nº simpl. Jer.
51, 26. Hºº UN", the head of the corner
i. e. the chief corner-stone, Ps. 118, 22
see in UNT no. 4. rºen nºt the cor-
ner-gate, one of the gates of Jerusa-
lem, 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 26, 9. Jer,
31, 38.
3. Metaph. a prince, the chief of a
people, on whom as a corner-stone the
burden of the state rests, comp. Ps. 116
º
tº
857
22 Is. 28, 16. So Is. 19, 13, Zech. 10,
1. 1 Sam. 14, 38. Judg. 20, 2.
*S*H (face of God, from obsol, sing.
* i, q. Bºº, comp. nº plur. Enrº)
Pertwel, pr. m. a.) A place beyond
Jordan Gen. 32, 32, where its origin is
narrated. Judg. 8, 8. Once ºn id.
Gen. 32, 31. b) Of men: 0) 1 Chr.
8, 25, Keribsºn. 6) 1 Chr. 4, 4,
*S*H see the preced, art, lett, a, and
lett. b. 0.
Dºn see in Bºb.
tº ſace, see art. nº.
tº in tº 1 K. 6, 29; see in
nº lett. a.
Tºm Milél, from tº no. 3, with
He local (once without ºn 1 K. 6, 29, see
below in a); for the plur. ending retain-
ed comp. Hº'º, and Tºns Ex. 15, 27.
Num. 33, 9; pr. at or by the inner wall
of a house, room, court, i.e. opposite to
or in front of the door and of those en-
tering, Św toig £votlouc, where the throne
is set in palaces. Ps. 45, 14 all glorious
sits the king’s daughter (the queen)
rtººn by the wall, i.e. upon the throne.
—Also on the inner wall, like Gr. Švaſtuo,
1 K. 6, 18; within, in the house, 2 K. 7,
11; inward, into the house, 2 Chr. 29, 18.
With prefixes: a) rigº inside,
within, 1 K. 6, 30; inward Ez. 41, 3.
h rººh inwardly to, inside of any
thing, Ez. 40, 16 ; also Rºº (without
n loc.) from within, i.e. on the inside,
1 K. 6, 29, b) Tºñº on the inside,
within, 1 K. 6, 19. 21. 2 Chr. 3, 4.—
Hence
"2">5 m. adj. (2 being treated as radi-
eal and therefore retained,) fem. nº,
plur. tº 1 Chr. 28, 11, f. nihºn 2
Chr. 4, 22; interior, inner, (opp. Tishr
exterior,) 1 K. 6, 27. 36. 7, 12. Ez. 40,
.5 sq. 41, 15. al.
tº m. only in plur. (sing, is the
ºr. n. Hº,) Prov. 3, 15 Keri. 8, 11. 20,
.5. 31, 10. Lam. 4, 7. Job 28, 18, once
Enº Prov. 3, 15 Cheth, according to
many of the Rabbins pearls, Gr, two,
and so Bochart, Hieroz. II. 1 ''. J. 6, 7.
Against this is the passage in Lam. ... c.
Sººn by: Hoºs, which cannot be
rendered with Bochart: they are more
shining in body than pearls, see in r, tº ,
Better therefore is the opinion of J. D
Michaelis (Supplem. p. 2022) and others.
who understand red corals ; which is
also favoured by the etymology, pr.
‘branches, branching trees,’ from r. ºn
q. v. To this it is not an objection,
that corals are called by another name,
nios); the same is also the case in
respect to pearls, see nº.—Others
understand red gems, as the sardius,
pyrops; but this word is never enume
rated among gems, comp. Ex. 39, 10 sq.
Sk |2: obsol. root, Arab. 55 Conj. II
to divide up, to separate, to distribute
§ -
into classes; U-5 a species, class, plur.
9 - > 9 x of
branches; cº a branch ; Jx13' 8,
thick branch; UK: a branching tree.—
Hence ſº I, Hº, Bº, pr. n. nº.
Tº (coral, i. q. Hººp which is found
in some Mss.) Peninnah, pr. m. of the
wife of Elkanah, 1 Sam. 1, 2.4.
Sk p3? in Kal not used, Arab, G-3
to treat and train delicately ; IV, to live
delicately. Syr. Ethpe. to delight one-
self. Comp. pºnº.
PIEL to bring up delicately, to spoil by
tenderness, e. g. a servant Prov. 29, 21.
CE m. (r. ope) end, eartremity, only
in the phrase tºp nºn: Gen. 37, 3.23.
32. 2 Sam. 13, 18. 19, a tunic reaching
to the Pº, i. e. to the palms of the
hands and soles of the feet; see the
root. It was therefore the long tunic
with sleeves, worn by young men and
maidens of the better class ; so Jos. Ant.
7.8. 1, Épégovv y&g witów &gzwlow tag-
9évot Yelgoëérous &Qi tāv upvgöv trgög
to uměš 32.Éitsa'90t xtróvos, which is well
explained and defined by Hartmann,
Hebråerin III. 280. Aqu. ap. Sam. x09,
totóg. Symm. zsigvöotóg. Aqu. Gen.
&otggy&istoc (talaris),--Others: a tunic
of many colours, i.e. of pieces of various
colours sewed together, from Chald, og
palm of the hand, also a piece, etc. So
Sept n Gen. xvtov touxlaos, Vulg. poly-
miţa.
tº Chald. m. c. genit, sº be palm
of the hand, Dan. 5, 5. 24. See r. bqº
72*
OE
Toº
858
tº be, see tº bºs.
2K 3p} in Kal not used, Chald. Abº to
tut up, to divide, i. q. Peº which is
more usual.
PIEL once Ps. 48, 14 rººs ºxºp
divide ye up her palaces, i. e. walk
through and survey them ; or perh, con-
sider them accurately, since verbs of di-
viding are thus used metaphorically;
comp. r. Tº .—Hence
Tຠ(Chald. part, piece) Pisgah, pr.
n. of a mountain ridge in Moab, on the
southern border of the kingdom of Si-
hon, Num. 21, 20. 23, 14. Deut. 3, 27.
Josh. 12, 3, al. In it was Mount Nebo,
Deut. 34, 1.
Tº f. (r. boº) pr. earpansion, diffu-
ston, comp. r. Hugº and Chald. Tingº;
then trop. abundance, once Ps. 72, 16
yº -a neE *rī; let there be abundance
of corn in the land.—Others take it as
fem, of be, whence a handful, sheaf,
Kimchi Fa Nº ; but not suited to the
COntext.
• ne;
Piel.
1115.
2. Spec. to leap over, to pass over, e. g.
a stream, river, whence pr. m. nºr
Thapsacus, pr. passage of the Euphra-
tes.—With by , i. q by na: ; Ex. 12, 23
"x" nrºn by "; noºn and Jehovah will
pass over the door, and will not suffer
the destroyer to come in. v. 13. 27. Sept.
v. 23 ſtagégzouot, Vulg. transibo.—Hence
... q. to spare, Is. 31, 5.
3. to halt, to limp, to be lame, from the
.rregular and leaping gait; see Niph.
and ribb. Trop. 1 K. 18, 21 how long
bºrº, Erºs do ye hall between two opi-
nioms ? i. e. hesitate between Jehovah
1. pr. to leap, to dance, see
See also Thesaur. Niph. p. 1114,
and Baal. So Arab. -ās pr. to limp ;
Jhrysost. Itsgi thy tigrw zołęiew.
PIEI, to leap, to dance ; so the priests
pf Baal, 1 K. 18, 26 they danced at
around) the altar which was made ;
Sept. 6&rgszov, Targ. Tºruyn insani-
ebant, which Kimchi explains, “they
danced after their manner.” Dancing
was c stomary at some sacrifices; see
£ Sam 5, 16.
N
NIPH, pass. of Kal no. 3, to become o'
be made lame, 2 Sam. 4, 4.
Deriv. rº–nºr.
Tº (lame) Paseah, pr. n. m. a.)
1 Chr. 4, 12. b) Neh. 3, 6, c) Ezra
2, 49. Neh. 7, 51.
Tº m. (r. neº) in pause nee, plur.
t"riºr ; pr: a passing over, sparing, de-
liverance from punishment and calamity
Hence
1. The sacrifice instituted on accoun.
of the immunity of the Israelites, the
passover, the paschal lamb, described
Ex. 12,27 rep ºus Hinº sºn new na;
Bºnsº: bsº-º: *rī-by the sacrifice
of sparing (pr. passing over) is this to
Jehovah, who passed over the houses of
the Israelites in Egypt, when he smote
the Egyptians, etc. Hence ribºr, triº
to kill the passover i. e. the paschal lamb
Ex. 12, 21. 2 Chr. 30, 15. 17. 35, 1.6;
ribºn na; Deut. 16, 2 sq. moºr, bes to
eat the passover 2 Chr. 30, 18. nº rºy
to prepare the passover, i. e. to keep the
festival, Ex. 12, 48. Num. 9, 4 sq. Josh.
5, 11. al. Plur. Bºrº paschal lambs
2 Chr. 30, 17, 35, 7–9.
2. the festival of the passover, the pas-
chal day, i. e. the fourteenth day of the
month Nisan, Lev. 23, 5; which was
followed by the seven days’ festival of
wnleavened bread, ib. v. 6. Ez. 45, 21.
Fully noºn ar. Ex. 34, 25. Hence
noºn nºr;2 the morrow of the passover.
i. e. the fifteenth day of Nisan, Josh. 5
11. Num. 33, 3.
Tº m. adj. (r. nob) lame Lev. 21, 18
Deut. 15, 21. Is. 35, 6, al. Plur. Bºrea
(without Dag.) 2 Sam. 5, 6.8. Is. 33, 23.
tºpp m. plur, (r. Peº) 1. carveſ,
images of idols, Deut. 7, 25. Is. 42, 8.
Jer. 50, 38. Hos. 11, 2, al. Tºga **on
gour carved images of silver Is. 30, 22
Syr. ii.ie cut, hewn, as stone.
2. Pesilim, pr. n. of a place not far
from Gilgal, Judg. 3, 19. 26. Targ
sºrº quarries; but it is safer to res
in the common signif. images,' perh
‘hewn stones,’ i. q, Syr. sºme.
“Tº obsol. root, Chald. Pa.. to cit
up or off, i. q. app and poºl. Hence
jº Pasach, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 7 33.
boſſ
by E
859
× 5p; fut. Soº to cut, to carve, to form
My culling ; e. g. stones, to hew, Ex. 34,
1.4. Deut. 10, 1. 3. 1 K. 5, 32 [18]; an
dol, Hab. 2, 18. Syr. Chald. 1d. Kindr.
.s bº.
Deriv. Bºon and
º m. in pause bog, c. suff, ºboe, a
carved image of an idol, Ex. 20, 4. Deut.
4, 16; of wood Is. 44, 15. 17. 45, 20.
Spoken also of a molten image, which is
properly called Tºgº, Is. 40, 19, 44, 10.
Jer, 10, 14. 51, 17.—For the plur. BºoB
is used, q. v.
Tºnºpº Dan. 3, 7, and Tº Dan.
3, 5, 10. 15, the Greek word pºtiguo,
psaltery, lyre, (which the Sept. transla-
tors often put for $33, nºz.) adopted
into the Chaldee, b and 5 being inter-
changed. It is of the singular number;
since it is coupled with other names of
musical instruments in the singular ;
and does not correspond to the Greek
poºltig which signifies harper, lyrist,
but to poltiguov, the Greek ending low
among the Orientals usually becoming
|- ; as ovéðgtov "Trºp, zou'áštov
ea, Jºzº Kanóbin.—The same
word may be recognised in the mod.
Arabic Alaº", Kºo, and other like
forms, the name of a species of psaltery
or harp; see Willoteau in Descr. de
l'Egypte VI. p. 426. Comp. on the
other hand Hengstenberg Authentie
des Daniel p. 15. Håvernick ad Dan.
l. c.
* Cº to expand, to diffuse, to dis-
perse, kindr, with nº, Chald. Hº
whence Tinº diffusion. Hence Chald.
sº be expansion i. e. palm of the
hand; Syr, frai; it as id. ii. 3; it as
sole of the ſoot; TEE boards; Heb. Tº
diffusion, abundance.—Here we may
refer Ps. 12, 2: BTS 2+2 Bºos be the
faithful disperse (are scattered) from
gmong the children of men, comp, Ps.
1, 1. 2; parall. h723. But the ancient
versions, Jarchi, and many moderms,
give to boº in this passage the signi.
of bºs, to cease, to fail; ‘ke parall.
tº.
Tºº Pispah, pr. m. m. Shr. 7, 38.
he etymology is unknown.
*H: E onomatopoet. 1. to cry out
to scream, once of a woman in travail.
fut. 1 p. nºs Is. 42, 14.—Syr. and Chald.
ise, Nº, to bleat, to bellow, as flocks
and herds; comp. Gr. 6060, whence floiſ;
bos. Similar is nº yogo, q.v.—Hence
pr. n. ***.
2. to hiss, to blow, as a serpent, viper,
kindr, with rish q. v. Hence rigº
viper.
*% (a bleating, lowing) Pau, pr. n.
of a place in Idumea, Gen. 36, 39; call-
ed also "sh Pai, 1 Chr. 1, 50. R. Hyn.
Thyº (hiatus, cleft, r. ºva) Peor, pr
n. of a mountain in Moab Num. 23, 28.
Hence Hisp by a Baal-Peor Num. 25, 3.
5, and simply his B 23, 28. 31, 16. Josh.
22, 17, an idol of the Moabites, in whose
worship females prostituted themselves.
Comp. his nº in art, nº no. 12 mm.
"yº see in hºp.
>k by: ſut. Bºº; once byº, c. Makk.
-bºº" Job 35, 6, i. q. Hº, to make, to do,
but only in poetic style. Syr. and Talm.
part. Nºxie ise a workman. Arab.
Jºsé to do, to work, but not freq-Job
11, 8 ºn-riº what canst thou do?
Ps. 11, 3 bye-rig pºt what can the
righteous do? Deut. 32, 27 ºn Hinº Nº.
nNi-º Jehovah hath not done all this.
Job 33, 29. Is. 43, 13.−Spec. a) to
make, to form, e. g. an idol Is. 44, 15 ;
a pit, i. e. to dig, Ps. 7, 16. Absol. Is.
44, 12 Erºl b2b he workelh (forgeth)
in the coals. b) to produce, tº create,
Ps, 74, 12; whence tº my Creator Job
36, 3. c.) to prepare, Ex. 15, 17 the
place thou hast prepared to dwell in.
Hence to allempt, to undertake any
thing (opp. nº to eſfect, to accom-
plish), Is. 41, 4 nº bº "g who hath
attempted and done it ! (comp. 43, 7
hºnºuy is hºrns".) Mic. 3, 1. Ps. 58,
3 in heart ye plot wickedness. So nº:
is used in the same manner, Is. 32, 6. 37,
26. d) to do, i.e. to practise, e.g. right-
eousness Ps. 15, 2; iniquity, crime, Job
34, 32. 36, 23. Prov. 30, 20. TºS ºn
evil-doers, wicked men, Ps. 5, 6, 6,9. 14
4. al. saep. e) With acc. and h of thing
Ps 7, 14 by: Bºphi; ºr, he maketh hi.
arrows burning, lit. into or for burning
by:
TV.E.
860
hings, f) With h of pers, to do to or
for any one, either good Job 22, 17. Ps.
31, 20; or evil Job 7, 20; with # id.35, 6.
Deriv. ºxe, rºse, ºxen, nº?,
and pr. n. *rēxe.
225 m. c. suff bye, Tºp (póðlcha),
rarely ibºº Is. 1, 31. Jer, 22, 13; plur.
pºe 1 Chr. 11, 22; work, i. q. Higsº,
but, with few exceptions, only poetic.
1 work, i.e. labour, business, Ps. 104,
23; comp. Job 24, 5.
2. a work, i.a. a deed, act, facinus; of
God’s mighty decds, espec. in preserv-
ing and defending his people, Ps. 44, 2.
64, 10. 77, 13. Deut. 32, 4. Also of
man, Ps. 28, 4. Prov. 24, 12. 29. Spec.
a great deed, mighly act, 2 Sam. 23, 20;
3 - ~~
an evil deed, Job 36, 9, Arab. &M as id.
3, a work, i. e. Something made, the
product of labour, etc. "Tº bye the work
of my hands, i. e. Israel, Deut. 33, 11. Is.
45, 9. 11. Spec. of the divine judg-
ments, Is, 5, 12. Hab. 1, 5. 3, 2; comp.
nº? no. 3. a. Of the divine aid, Ps.
90, 16.
4. work, i. e. the fruit of one’s labour,
acquisition Prov. 21, 6; wages Job 7, 2.
Jer, 22, 13. Comp. Fºr no. 2, and
#gyov Rev. 14, 13.
nłyń f (r. 99E) constr. rºe 1. As
abstr. noun of action, i. q. intº no. 1,
labour, business, occupation, i. e. the
doing of any thing, Prov. 10, 16. 11, 18.
Is. 65, 7, Jer. 31, 16. Plural nºse of
the deeds or conduct of men, Ps. 17, 4;
of God's works, Ps. 28, 5.
2. wages of labour, i, q. Sº no.4. Lev.
19, 13. Ps. 109, 20. Is. 40, 10. 49, 4.61,
8. 62, 11.
"rhyn (for * rèse wages of Jeho-
vah) Peulthai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 5.
* By E 1. to strike, to beat, to pound;
whence tºp anvil, and Tiosº a bell.—
Also to strike upon with the foot, to
*read; whence tºp step, pace, foot.
2. Metaph. to impel, to urge, to move,
e.g. the Spirit of God a person Judg.
13, 25.
NIPH. to be moved, agitated, troubled,
Sen. 41, 8. Dan, 2, 3. Ps. 77, 5.
Hithl'A. i. Q. Niph. Dam. 2, 1.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, and the two
o lowing.
tº f. but masc. Judg. 16, 28 2 Sam
23, 8 Cheth. Plur. Bºb and niºn.
1. an anvil, Is. 41, 7.
2. tread of the foot, hence : a) step
footstep, Ps. 119, 133. 140, 5. Trop.
Judg. 5, 28 the paces of his chariots
b) the foot itselſ, with which one treads
Ps. 57, 7. 58, 11. Prov. 29, 5. Cant. 7, 2.
Is. 26, 6. Plur. niose feet, i. e. artifi
cial, Ex. 25, 12. 1 K. 7, 30.
3. Trop, nr. 8 tº pr. one tread, i.e
ome time, once, Josh. 6, 3, 11, 14. 1 Sam
26, 8; also at one time, at once, Is. 66, 8,
95 o 9 – o –
Comp. Arab. Kºš, $33, 8, as, id—
Dual tºp twice Gen. 27, 36.41, 32.
43, 10. Plur. Eºse tº three times,
thrice, Ex. 23, 17, al. Bºb H%2 how
many times 2 how often ? 1 K. 22, 16.
nian Rººse many times Ecc. 7, 22 [23].
Ps. 106, 43. Also ºntº Ese once and
again Neh. 13, 20.-In phrases: a)
With the art. Dºn, this time, in this
thing, Ex. 9, 27; hence Eser is only
this time, only this once, Gen. 18, 32.
Ex. 10, 17. Judg. 6, 39. 16, 28; now
Gen. 46, 30; now indeed Gen. 2, 23. 30,
20. Exer. Firy 29, 34. b) nºr bye:
at this time, Ex. 8, 28 [32]. 9, 14, c)
Byerſ-bye: one time as another, now as
before, Num. 24, 1. Judg. 16, 20. 1 Sam.
20, 25. d) Exp—Rºb, now—now, Prov,
7, 12.
jºye m. (r. tºº) a bell, so called
from being struck, Ex. 28, 33. 39, 25.
26; comp. 28, 34.
Tºyº, see rºse-rºº; .
6:
... a -
8
Sk -zº to open wide, to gape, constr.
only with HE, once HEF, Job 16, 10;
spoken of ravenous beasts Job 16, 10; of
longing desire Job 29, 23. Ps. 119, 131.
Poet. of Sheol, Is. 5, 14.—Syr. ise,
Arab. /* id—Hence pr. n. *isp, and
"Tºº Paarai, pr. n. of one of David's
military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 35; written
more correctly in 1 Chr. 11, 37 ºnx,
Naarai.
* Tº fut. Hypº 1. prio tear apart
to rend; comp. the kindr. verbs ºxy
nXE, bºº, tºº, which all have the pri.
mary signification of tearing apart
breaking in pieces; as is also the cas
Tº: E
"pe
861
with roots beginning with the syllable
ra, 75.—Hence to open wide the mouth,
Ez. 2, 8. Is. 10, 14; c. 59 to gape upon,
e.g. in threat, as ravenous beasts, Ps.
22, 14; in scorn Lam. 2, 16. 3, 46; as
uttering hasty words Job 35, 16. Ps. 66,
14. Judg. 11, 35. 36. Trop, the earth
also is said to open her mowth, Gen. 4, 11.
Num. 16, 30. Deut. 11, 6.
2. to snatch away, to deliver, Ps. 144,
7. 10. 11. So Syr. Chald. and Arab.
is a 3 Conj. II, IV.
“rigº fut, plur. Hrise: 1. to break
in pieces ; Arab. * id. comp. e.
to break, to cleave; see Pi.
2. nºn rigº, Lat. erumpere jubila, i.e.
to break forth into joy, rejoicing, shout-
ing, Is. 14, 7.44, 23. 49, 13. 54, 1.55, 12;
twice ºn rise id. 52,9. Ps. 98,4—Syr.
y 7 tº g e
—ase2 to break forth sc, into joy, for
Gr. §§yvvut id. Gal. 4, 27. Comp. Lat.
“erumpere gaudium’ Ter. Eun. 3. 5. 2;
“erumpere stomachum’ Cic. Att. 16. 3.
PIEL to break in pieces, e. g. bones
Mic. 3, 3.
Tº m. (r. *sū) dulness, bluntness,
pr. the being notched, spoken of cutting
9, r* 9
instruments, 1 Sam. 13, 21. Arabjuas
a sword notched, dull.
*bzº only in PIEL bºº, to tear or
strip off bark, to peel, Gen. 30, 37. 38.
Comp, kindr. ***. Arab. Jas, Syr.
Sse, to cut in pieces.—Hence
nº f. plur. peeled spots or streaks
on green rods, Gen. 30, 37.
*Ex? to rend e. g.
8->
the earth, to
cause to yawn, Ps, 60, 4. Arab. e
to break, to rend, Eth. A.83° to break
off, to finish. Kindr. is Tº.
+ y §: pr. to cut, to cleave, comp.
kindr. ss. Chald, id. Hence to wound,
Cant. 5, 7, 1 K. 20, 37. Deut. 23, 2.—
WHence .
3:2 m. in pause ssp., c. suff, **sa,
\'ur. Dºssº, constr. **śa, a wound, Gen.
1, 23. Ex. 21, 25. Is. 1, 6. Prov. 20, 30.
Blur. Prov. 23, 29. 27, 6. Joe 9, 17.
“yº obsol, root, i. q ºn to dis-
perse; whence
Yº (dispersion) Pizzez, p. m. m.
c. art. 1 Chr. 24, 15.
k nº ſut. ***, pr. to hack, to notch,
and hence to beat, to blunt, to make dull,
i. q. Arab. 5 see Schult. Opp. min. p.
168. Hence nºse q.v.–Trop. to urge,
to press any one, with # of pers, a)
With prayers, entreaties, comp. obtun.
dere precibus, Gen. 19, 3. 33, 11. Judg
19, 7. 2 K. 2, 17. 5, 16, b) In a hostile
manner Gen. 19,9. Comp, kindr. A yº.
HipH. obtundere animum, and hence
to be obtuse, dull, stubborn. Inf hºr
as noun, slubborness, wilfulness, 1 Sam.
15, 23, parall, with "nº.
Deriv. nº.
*TD; ſut. "ſpºº, infin. and imper."pº,
prob. pr. to strike upon or against any
person or thing, to light upon. Kindr.
are 933, tºº, q.v.–Hence
1. In a kind sense, to go. to any one,
e.g. : a) to go to see, to visit ; 1 Sam.
17, 18 and go see thy brethren bibu; how
they do, comp. Gen. 37, 14. Unwillingly,
2 K.9,34. With 3 of the present which
a visitor brings with him, Judg. 15, 1.
b) to visit, sc. in order to eacamine, to
prove any one, Ps. 17, 3. Job 7, 18. c)
For the sake of inspecting, reviewing,
and hence to review, to muster, to number,
e.g. a people, army, Num. 1, 44 sq. 3,39
sq. 1 K. 20, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 4. Job 5, 24.
Part, pass. Bººp, the mustered, the
numbered, Num. 1, 21 sq. 2, 4 sq. Ex
30, 14. 38, 26. Comp. Hothpa. and the
noun "pºº. Also to miss a person or
thing in reviewing, numbering, 1 Sam.
20, 6. 25, 15. Is. 34, 16. Eth. A.P.R to
review, to number. d) As caring for
any person or thing, to visit with kind-
ness, to look after, to take care of as a
shepherd his flock Jer. 23, 2; as God
men Gen. 21, 2, 50, 24. Ex. 3, 16. 4, 31.
1 Sam. 2, 21. Is. 23, 17. Ps. 8, 5. al.
Sometimes to visit again, to look after
anew, Is. 23, 17; to revisit mentally, to
call to mind, Ez. 23, 21. Also to look to
any one expecting help, Is. 26, 16.
2. In a hostile sense, to go to any one,
i. e. to come or fall upon, to attack, comp.
sº no. 1. a. With ºs of pers. to punish,
to visit with punishment, Jer. 9, 24, 25
44, 13; by 46, 25; a 9 8; acc. Ps. 59
ºpe
ºpe
862
$; absol. Is. 26, 14. Job 31, 14. 35, 15.
The sin to be punished is put in the
accus, 1 Sam. 15, 2. Ps. 89, 33. Hos. 8,
13. Lam. 4, 22; often with by of pers.
Ex. 20, 5 tº by nins ſix "pº visiting
(punishing) the iniquity of the fathers
upon the children. 32, 34. 34, 7. Num.
14, 18. Is. 13, 11. Hos. 1, 4, 2, 15. 4, 9.
Am. 3, 14.
3. Causat. i. Q. Hiph. pr. ‘ to cause
to ook after” sc. persons or things, to
let care for them, etc. i. e. a) to set
over, to give the oversight of, to appoint,
with acc. of pers. and by, Num. 4, 27.
27, 16. Jer. 51, 27. Metaph. Jer. 15, 3 I
will set over them four kinds, i. e. will
send upon them four kinds of calamities.
With by Jer. 49, 19. Absol. Num. 3, 10.
Deut. 20, 9, Part, pass. Pºpe prefects,
officers, Num. 31,48. 2 K. 11, 15. Comp.
Niph. Hiph, and n. Tºpe. With rs (rºs)
to set with, to join to any one a com-
panion, attendant, Gen. 40, 4. b) to
charge with, to enjoin upon the care of
any one ; Aram. Pe. and Pa.. to charge,
to command. With by of pers. 2 Chr.
36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Job 36, 23 Tºy "pº 2
izmº, who hath enjoined upon him his
way 2 34, 13 Hºns ****, "pe "z who hath
charged him with the earth 2 i.e. com-
mitted the earth to his care and charge.
Comp. ThPE mandate. c) to deposit
anywhere, to lay up, i.e. commit to the
care of another, 2 K. 5, 24. Comp. Titº
deposit, store. -
Niph. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1. c, to be
mustered, Ez. 38,8; to be missed, to lack,
Num. 31, 49. 1 Sam. 20, 18. 25. 25, 7.
21. al.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be visited with
punishment, to be punished, Is. 24, 22.
29, 6. Num. 16, 29. Prov. 19, 23.
3. Pass. of Kal no. 3. a, to be set over,
appointed, Neh. 7, 1. 12, 44.
PIEL i. q. Kal no. 1. c, to muster, Is.
3, 4.
PUAL
Ex. 38, 21
2. to be missed; Is. 38, 10 I shall be
missed the residue of my years, friends
will seek me in vain among the living.
HipH. i. Q. Kal no. 3. 1. to set over,
to make overseer of anything, to appoint,
with acc. of pers, and 59 of thing, Gen.
39, 5, 41, 34. Num. 1, 50. Jer. 1, 10. 40,
1. to be mustered, numbered,
11; h 1 K. 11, 28; 3. Jer. 40, 5, 41, 18
absol. 2 K. 25, 23. Metaph. Lev. 26, 16
comp. Jer, 15, 3, in Kal no. 3. a.
2. to charge with, to commit to the
care of any one, c. Tº by 2 Chr. 12, 10
Tº Ps. 31, 6; c. nº pr. to commit or
entrust with any one, q, d. to deposit with
him, Jer. 40, 7, 41, 10. Absol. 37, 21.
3. to deposit, to lay up anywhere, Is.
10, 28. Jer. 36, 20.
Hoph. "Pºri, part, plur. tº 1. to
be visited, i. e. punished, Jer. 6, 6.
2. to be set over, to have the oversight
of 2 K. 12, 12. 2 Chr. 34, 10. 12.
3. to be deposited with any one, c. ns
Lev. 5, 23. -
HITHPA. fut. "pºr" for "per", pass.
of Kal no. 1. c, to be mustered, numbered
Judg. 20, 15. 17. 21, 9.
HotHPA. plur. "Penri for "Ferri,
id. Num. 1, 47. 2, 33. 26, 62. 1 K. 20, 27.
Deriv. H.RB-E-ºpe, Tºpp, “Fºz.
TR} f (r. 7pe) 1. a muster, enume.
ration, 1 Chr. 23, 11. 2 Chr. 17, 14, 26,
11. See the root no. 1. c.
2. Care, providence, Job 10, 12 ; see
the root no. 1. d.—Spec. custody, ward,
i. G. Yºu?, nº.3%, and concr. watch,
2 K. 11, 18. 2 Chr. 23, 18. Ez. 44, 11.
niºn n°2, the house of ward, i. e
the prison, Jer. 52, 11 ; comp. Hiph. no.2
3. Oversight, office, charge, see the
root no. 3; Num, 4, 16. 1 Chr. 24, 19.
26, 30. Ps. 109, 8. Concr. officers, 2 Chr.
24, 11. Is. 60, 17; comp. Num. 4, 32.
4. Something laid up, i.e. stores, sub .
stance, wealth, Is. 15, 7.
5. visitation, i. e. punishment, see the
root no. 2. Is. 10, 3. Jer. 10, 15. Hos. 9,
7. Mic. 7, 4. Plur. Ez. 9, 1.
Tº m. (r. TPE no. 3. c) something
laid up, deposited, with any one; a depo-
sit, store, Gen. 41, 36. Lev. 5, 21. 23.
FTP; f. (r. 7pm) oversight, office, Jor.
37, 1
TPR m. (r. TPB) 1. visitation, pun.
ishment, put allegorically as a name for
Babylon, Pekod, Jer. 50, 21.
2. office, charge, see the root no. 3, a
Concr: a prefect, officer, Ez. 23, 23.
P"TPE m. plur. (r. "pe) mandates
precepts, sc. of God, Ps. 19, 3. 103, 18
111, 7; elsewhere only in Ps. 119, e. g.
v. 4. 15. 27. 40.45. al. sarn.
npE
N"º
863
"mp; fut. HPE to open the eyes;
once spoken of the ears Is. 42, 20. A
wider signif occurs in ripripe q. v.
Chald. id. Arab. 2-53 the whelp first
opens his eyes, the rose opens itself.
Kind. is ring, like Hruš and ripuj; also
spp.–Hence a) tº ripp to open
one's eyes 2 K. 4, 35; in order to see, 2
K. 19, 16. Dan. 9, 18. Job 27, 19. Also
to have the eyes open, to be wide awake,
watchful, opp. to be sleepy, slothful,
Prov. 20, 13. With by to open the eyes
upon a pers. or thing, i. e. in order to
attend to, to observe, Jer. 32, 19; or to
look aſter, to care for, Zech. 12, 4; also
in a bad sense, to observe closely, to
watch, Job 14, 3. b) God is said to open
the eyes of any one, i. e. g) to give or
restore sight to the blind, 2 K. 6, 17. 20.
Is. 42, 7; ellipt. Ps. 146, 8. 3) To
enable one to see what he had not-seen
of himself, Gen. 21, 19; comp. Niph.
NIPH, to be opened, sc. the eyes: a)
Of the blind, to be restored to sight, Is.
35, 5. b) So as to see what was not be-
fore perceived, Gen. 3, 7. Metaph. v. 5.
Deriv. ripe—rip-ripe.
TPº (open-eyed, or ellipt. for Hºrph
q. v.) Pekah, pr: n, of a king of Samäriä
in the time of Isaiah, B.C. 759–739. 2 K.
15, 25 sq. 16, 1. 5. 2 Chr. 28, 6. Is. 7, 1.
Tº m. (r. ripe) open-eyed, seeing,
opp. to blind, Ex. 4, 11. Plur. trop. Ex.
23, 8.
T. T.P.E. (Jehovah has opened his eyes)
Pekahiah, pr. n. of a king of Samaria,
B. C. 761–759. 2 K. 15, 22. 23. 26.
TiPTPE, or better with many Mss.
in one word TPTP), (r. ripp, like
Prºne,) an opening of the prison, deli-
rerance, Is. 61, 1; comp. ring Is. 14, 17.
-In Arabic also ripp, kindr. with ring,
ls not exclusively used of the eyes and
ears; see in r. npº.
"Pº m. (r. "ph) 1. a prefect, over-
seer, Neh. 11, 9. 14, 22. 12, 42. Tºtº
Tº the chief overseer, head prefect, in
the temple, Jer. 20, 1.2.
2. an ºfficer, magistrate, Gen. 44, 34.
Esth. 2, 3; with genit. Judg. 9, 28.
2 Chr. 24, 1". Also of military officers,
7 K. 25, 19. Jer, 52, 25
**pś, Syr. “Ae, i. g. spa, to split
to burst, Arab. & crepitavit.—Hence
the two following.
myº f. plur. wild cucumbers, cucu-
meres asinini, which are egg-shaped, bit-
ter, and burst on being touched and scat-
ter their seeds, 2 K. 4, 39. See Celsius
Hierob. I. p. 393 sq.-Others: colocyn-
thides, and so Vulg. but these do not
thus burst.
tº m. plur. (r. Spn) id. wild cº-
cumbers, as an architectural ornament,
1 K. 6, 18. 7, 24.
TE and nº m. (r. ºn II) the latter in
pause and with distinct. accents; c. art,
nºn, nº?, neb, plur. Bºnn, a bull, bul.
lock, espec. a young bullock, juvencus,
a steer ; hence often with the adjunct
ºpiº-Tº Ex. 29, 1. Lev. 4, 3, 14. Num. 7,
15 sq. 8, 8. Ez. 43, 19, 23. 45, 18. 46, 6.
Once a bullock seven years old, Judg. 6,
25. In appos. Ps. 69, 32 nº niú q. d. a
bullock-oa: ; contra niún he Judg. l. c.
Coupled with another name for bulls, Is.
34, 7 pºinas by tº the bullocks with
the bulls. With few exceptions, as Ps.
22, 13, it is spoken only of bullocks for
sacrifice; hence Hos. 14, 3 [2] Tºujº
hy"nºt tº so will we pay as bullocks
our lips, i. e. we will offer our praise as
victims, as sacrifice ; see the beginning
of the verse. Trop. of princes Jer. 50,
27.-Corresp. are Germ. Farr, Fārse,
Anglo-Sax, fear, Gr. Itógrug, perh, Arab.
G > 0 2
$5.5 young of a sheep, goat,
9 ... ?
5. 5 and
deer, etc. It follows the analogy of nºne,
and might come from the idea of break-
ing forth into ferocious anger; see nº
I. But it is better referred to r. nºne II,
to be borne ; the bullock being so called
from bearing the yoke, drawing the
cart, etc. Comp. ºx, Germ. Fahr and
fahren.
>k sº not used in Kal, i. q. kindr.
riºr q. v. -
1. to bear, spec. fruit, see Hiph.
2. to be borne swiftly, to run swiftly;
hence Rye. Talm. She to run. Ethiop.
A.CU to flee in fear; comp. Arab. /*
and 's to flee.
Hłrg, to bear fruit, Hos. 13, 15.
N*E
Tºns,
864.
Sº, once Wºº Jer. 2, 24 (r. Rºº)
Somm. gend. (m. Ps. 104, 11, f. Jer. 2, 24.)
a wild ass, onager, so called from his
swift running, being fleeter than the
fleetest horse, Aristot. Hist. An. 6. 29;
taller and better formed than the domes-
tic ass, of a reddish colour, wild and un-
tameable, living in troops in the deserts,
Gen. 16, 12. Is. 32,14. Jer. 2, 24. Hos.8, 9.
Job 24, 5.39, 5; comp. Dan. 5, 21. Ecclus.
§ *
13, 21 or 24. Arab. 13, glºš, id. This
animal was formerly found in the de-
serts of Syria; but is now exceedingly
rare in western Asia, Mesopotamia, Per-
sia, and Tartary; see Pallas in Acta
Acad. scient. Petrop. A. D. 1777. R. K.
Porter's Travels I. p. 459, where also an
engraving is given.—Hence
PSTE (q. d. She wild-ass-like, i. e.
Indomitable) Piram, pr. n. of a Canaan-
1tish king, Josh. 10, 3.
TSTE f plur. branches, boughs, see in
nºse.
name 1 Chr. 26, 18, and nº plur.
bºe 2 K. 23, 11, prob, the open porti-
cos surrounding the courts of the temple,
from which was the entrance to the cells
or chambers, ni-tº q. v. The form
Hyne corresponds to Persºx's, *}'};
jºy.” 9x3; also Jºy” &ly; which
all signify a summer-house, or rather an
apartment open on all sides to the light
and air. In the Targ, and Talm. Tºp
and jºb are the suburbs or places
adjacent to a city.
>k Tº 1. to break off, to break in
pieces, to separate by breaking ; comp.
Engl. to part. This is the primary force
of the biliteral nE, comp. hºp, one, whº,
lººp , pºp, Ene; hence also tropically in
various senses, e.g. of dispersing, strew-
ing, one, Yºº ; of letting go, she ; of
breaking or bursting forth, nºne ; of ex-
panding Tºp, ºne, tºp; also of deciding,
judging, tºp. Comp, the similar power
of the syllable n-, under the verb Nº.
Arab. 33 I, IV, V, VII, to be separated,
Blone; II, X, to separate oneself from
pthers; Syr. º to separate, to put
mart; Chald. T-B to separate, to dis-
'oin.
2. to evpand, to spread out, e. g. the
wings Ez. 1, 11. Hence Syr. ** to fly
to flee away. Comp. Tº
3. to strew, to scatter, i. q. ºn ; whence
niTº q.v. º
NIPH. 1. to separate oneself, plur. to
be separated, divided, parted. 2 Sam. 1,
23 in their death TE: Nº they were not
divided. Of the river of Eden, Gen. 2,
10. With 72 from any one, Judg. 4, 11.
Prov. 19, 4; 39% id. Gen. 13, 9, 11. 14.
Praegn. Gen. 25, 23 two nations Tºº
#Tº proceeding from thy bowels shall
separate themselves. Part. Tº one se-
parating himself from others, a misan-
thrope, Prov. 18, 1 ; comp. Hos. 8, 9.
2. to be divided out, dispersed, to dis-
perse themselves, Neh. 4, 13 [19]; of na-
tions Gen. 10, 32; hyperbol. v. 5.
PIEL intrans. to go aside with a har-
lot, Hos. 4, 14. Arab. 5; to go aside
for devotion.
PUAL part. Tº separated, singular,
Esth. 3, 8; comp. Niph. Prov. 18, 1.
HipH. 1. to separate, c. acc. Gen. 30,
40. Prov. 16, 28. 17, 9; c. "A (comp.
Tº bºn) Ruth 1, 17.2 K. 2, 11. Prov.
18, 18.
2. to disperse, Deut. 32, 8.
HITHPA. 1. to separate oneself, to be
sundered, Job 41, 9 [17]. Ps. 22, 15.
2. to be dispersed, scattered, Job 4, 1.
Ps. 92, 10.
Deriv. Tºp–niTR, and pr. n. Nºne.
Tº m. (r. The) c. suff, hºn, a mule,
so called from his quick pace, or from
bearing ; comp. the root no. 2, and see
above under nº. 2 Sam. 13, 29. 18, 9.
1 K. 10, 25. 2 K. 5, 17. Ps. 32, 9. 1s. 66,
20, al. — Comp. Lat. veredus Germ,
Pferd.
Tº f. a she-mule 1 K. 1, 33. 38.44
See Tºp.
ring f. plur. (r. The) grains, kernels
of grain scattered in the earth as seed,
Joel 1, 17. Syr. fzige kernel. Talm,
Tºp grain of a pomegranate.
bºp m. a park, pleasure-grounds.
a place planted with trees, Cant. 4, 13
Neh. 2,8. Plur. Ecc.2, 5. It corresponds
to the Gr. 710.960sloog, a word appliev
to the pleasure-gardens and parks with
Hºn;
**E
865
wild animals around the residence of
the Persian monarchs, comp. Xen. CEc.
4. 13. Cyr. 1. 3. 14. Sturz Lex. Xen.
sub h. v. It seems however to originate
neither with the Greeks nor Hebrews,
but in the languages of eastern Asia;
comp. Sanscr. paradéga, a region of sur-
passing beauty; Armen, pardes, a gar-
den or park around the house; Syr.
Laºré; Arab. Jºº. see Camoos I.
p. 784. -
* Tº rarely sº q v, fut. nº;
part. Hºp, fem. nºb, also nip for nº
Gen. 49, 22.
1. Lat. ferre, to bear. Besides the
Semitic dialects this root is also widely
ſound in the Indo-European tongues,
e. g. Sanscr. bhri to bear, Pers. jº
burden, Jºjº to bear, Armen. bieril,
Gr. ºpégo, 6690s, 60.90s, Lat. fero, porto,
30th. bairan. Engl. to bear, causat. to
burden, old Germ. bāren. Other forms
see below in b.-Hence a) to bear
fruit, as a tree, plant, Is. 11, 1. Metaph.
Is, 45, 8. Part. Deut. 29, 17, Hº tº
UNT a root bearing poison. Fem. Tº
Hºnº a fruitful vine Ps. 128, 3. Is. 32, 12.
Ez. 19, 10; ellipt. Hyne fruit-bearing
tree Is. 17, 6; nº for nº id. Gen. 49,
22. b) to bear young, to bring forth, of
men and beasts, to be fruitful, Gen. 26,
22. Ex. 23, 30; often coupled with rºy,
as Gen. 1, 22. 28. 8, 17. Ex. 1, 7. Jer. 3,
16. Ez. 36,11. al. Comp. Pers. U, fruit,
Goth, bairan to bring forth, barn foetus,
Scotch bairn. But this signif. is in
part expressed in the Indo-European
languages by peculiar forms, as Lat.
pario, both of young and fruit, fruor,
fruges, fructus, Germ. Börde fertile re-
gion. In the Semitic dialects, Syr. lie
to be fruitful, i-re progeny; Eth. ACP
to bear fruit, 4.A. fruit.
2. to be borne along, to run, of a car-
age, Germ. fahren, Chald, sº to run.
i.ence innes sedan, litter. Comp. Nº,
Nº.
HipH. fut. apoc. hEºn to make fruitful
in offspring, Gen. 17, 6, 20, 41, 52 48, 4.
|Lev. 26, 9. al.
eriv. ºn, Tiºns.
Tº ſem. of ºn q. v. plur, nine.
1. a heifer, Gen. 41,2 sq. Num. 19, 2 sq
Also of a heifer or young cow in milk
Job 21, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 7–12; as bearing
the yoke Hos. 4, 16. Metaph. Heifers
of Bashan, put for the voluptuous ſe-
males of Samaria, Am. 4, 1.
2. With the art. Hyen (heiſer-town)
Parah, pr. n. of a place in Benjamin,
Josh. 18, 23.
Tº f (for Hºsh, r. sº II) a mole or
Tat, so called from its burrowing; Arab
3 - -
$ºls. Hence plur, nine moles or rats
Is. 2, 20, if the word is to be read sepa-
rately, as is usually done. But see in
Hypner.
TE, see sºn.
"º (i, q. Hºsn bough) Purah, pr. n.
m. Judg. 7, 10. 11.
Sºnº (kernel, r. Tºp) Peruda, pr. n.
m. Ezra 2, 55; for which sºn: Perida
Neh. 7, 57.
"Tinº plur. Enthºn Esth. 9, 19 Cheth.
i. q. Keri Bºren; see in "tº .
Tºnº (blossoming, r. nºb) Paruah,
pr. n. m. 1 K. 4, 17.
tº Parvaim, pr. n. of a region
producing gold, 2 Chr. 3, 6. Bochart
regards it as the same with Ophir ; Can,
I. 46. More probably oriental regions
from Sanscr. púrva prior, anterior, ori
ental; so Wilſord in Asiat. Res. VIII. p.
276. For the form, comp. Bºnet.
The see in ºne.
Tºnº m. (ſor nºnse, r. n.sp I) pr.
heat, then a pot for boiling Num. 11, 8.
Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam. 2, 14.
Sk Tºº obsol, root, Arab. 3) # to sepa-
rate out, to set apart ; Conj. III, IV, id.
But Conj. II, to prescribe, to determine,
to decide. It is thereſore of like origin
with Thº, one, Yºº ; the idea of cutting
and taking away being transferred to
the sense of judging. To this comes
also the sense of earpanding, spreading
in rº, "The ; comp. Unº.
Deriv. rºe, irºn, Hyºn, ºne, ºne.
77.3 m. a leader, chief, commande,
of troops, pr. i. q. pelº, ppnº, (see r
tº .) Hab. 3, 14.
73
*
}*g,
**E
866
Tº f (r. Tha) only plur. nilº
tountry regions, open country, as opp. to
§ 0 °
cities; Arab #3 id. Ez. 38, 11 rºs
nitº a land of open country; as imme-
diately follows: without walls and having
neither bars nor gates. Esth. 9, 19 ºn:
niºn the country-towns, opp. to the
metropolis v. 18. Zech. 2, 8 [4] Jerusa-
lem ºr nine shall be inhabited as the
open country, i.e. because of the multi-
tude of her inhabitants no wall can be
built around her.
77); m. (r. The) c. suff, init:ye, rule,
dominion; Judg. 5, 11 there shall they
rehearse the righteousness of Jehovah,
>shtº: Site nipº; the righteous acts
of his rule in Israel.—Concr. for rulers,
leaders, chiefs; with plur. Judg. 5, 7
bsº: Titº ºr the rulers ceased in
Israel sc. to act, remained inactive.
Sept. Wat. Övvoſtol.
"Tº m. (from ripe) a countryman,
rustic, dwelling in the country; collect.
Deut. 3, 5 "Ten ºns country-towns. 1
Sam. 6, 18 ºr nº a country-village.
Plur. Esth. 9, 19 Keri.
"º (i. q. "Tº a countryman, rustic)
Perizzi, Perizzite, Sept. ºpsgsgaios, col-
lect. the Perizzites, a Canaanitish tribe
living in the mountain regions, which
they afterwards yielded to the Ephraim-
ites and other Jews, Josh. 11, 3, 17, 15.
Judg. 1, 4, 5; kindred to the Canaanites
strictly so called, Ex. 23, 23. Judg. l. c.
Sometimes Canaamites and Perizziles
tre put for all the tribes of Canaan,
Gen. 13, 7.34, 30; elsewhere the Periz-
zites are enumerated with various other
tribes of the same stock, Gen. 15, 20.
Ex. 3, 8, 17. Deut. 7, 1. al. saep.
*The Chald, m. emphat. sºne, i, q.
Fieb. By 72, iron, Dan. 2, 33–45. 4, 20. 5,
4. 23. 7, 7. 19.
ºn-g fut. riº 1 to break out or
forth, e. g. a) From the womb ; Arab.
Conj. II, a bird brings forth
o “
(hatches) young; IV, id. $ young
of birds, etc. b) to put forth buds, leaves,
blossoms to flourish, to blossom, as a
tree Hab. 3, 17; a vine Gen. 40, 10.
Cant. 6, 11.7, 13; a rod Nun. 17, 20, 23;
the desert Is, 35, 2. Arab, &;" id.—
Metaph. of the flourishing and prosper
ous state of a person or people, Hos. 14
6.8. Prov. 11, 28. Is. 66, 14. Ps. 92, 8
13; and without a comparison Ps. 72, 7
Is. 27, 6; contra, Hos. 10, 4 punishmen,
shall blossom like the poppy, comp. Ez.
7, 10, c) to break out, as an ulcer, the
leprosy, etc. Lev. 13, 12 sq. 14, 43. Ex.
9, 9. 10.
2. to fly, as in Chald. so Part. fem. plur.
ninhi, the flying, i. e. birds; Ez. 13, 20
ninth like birds ; see in h no. 13, ult.
—For the connection of this signif with
that of sprouting, see under the synon.
Ys; no. 2, 3.
HipH. 1. to cause to flourish, to make
blossom, Is. 17, 11. Ez. 17, 24.
2. Intrans. to put forth buds, leaves,
flowers, to flourish, to blossom, Ps. 92, 13.
Job 14, 9. Metaph. Prov. 14, 11.
Deriv. rºe, ririne, rhes, pr.m. nºns.
Tº m. in pause ring Ex. 25, 33, a
flower, blossom, Num. 17, 23. Is. 5, 24;
also artificial, Ex. 25, 33. 37, 17. 20.
Num, 8, 4. Abstr. bloom, verdure, Nah.
1, 4.
Tº m. progeny of beasts, contemp-
tuously for low and wicked men, brood,
Job 30, 12. R. ring.
“tº pr. to strew, to scatter, kindr.
with Thº, one ; then to scatter words.
i. e. to boast, to prate; comp. Arab, loyi
to be insolent in word or deed also lº:
9 , ~ /~~
to scatter, whence /* a garrulous per-
son.—Am. 6, 5 ºr "E-by Bººner, they
challer (are garrulous) to the sound
of the lyre, spoken contemptuously.—
Herice
tº m. a scattering, concr. any thing
scuttered, strewed. Lev. 19, 10 mºnz tº
the scattered grapes of thy vineyard, i.e.,
those ſallen off of themselves; as Syr
Chald. Vulg. correctly.—In the Talmud
also of the scattered grains of the pome-
granate.
*TE m. (r. Hºp) in pause ºne, c. suff
*ne, inne, but ºne, cºne Hos. 14, C
Ez. 36, 8, and Erºn, ºn Am. 9, 15
Jer. 29, 28.
1. fruit, both of the ear h and fields
**E
bºng
867
produce, Gen. 4, 3. Is. 4, 2. Ps. 72, 16.
07, 34, al. hence "nº Yºs a Jruitful
and Ps. 107, 34; also of trees Gen. 1,
12. 29, whence "nº vs. fruit-tree Gen. 1,
11. A tree or field producing fruit is
said "E Fºx, see in nº no. 2. c ; sº
**E, see in sº no. 4; ºne ins; see in
}n; no. 1. d.—Metaph. of the result, con-
sequences of an action or endeavour, the
figure being often preserved ; Is. 3, 10
they shall eat the fruit of their doings,
experience the consequences. Prov. 1,
31. Jer. 6, 19. 17, 10. Ps. 104, 13 with
the fruit of thy works (of God) is the
earth satisfied, i. e. is watered with rain,
which is the fruit of the skies or clouds.
Prov. 31, 16 ºz ºn the fruit of the
nands, i. e. gain, profits. Is. 10, 12. "Tº
55% º the fruit of a proud heart, i. e.
boasting. Prov. 12, 14 the fruit of one's
mouth, discourse. 13, 2. 18, 21. al.
2. Tº "nº fruit of the womb, see in
jº, no. 2; and so simpl. "B i. q. Sny,
of men Ps. 21, 11 ; of beasts Is. 14, 29.
So "nº riº of persons 2 K. 19, 30. Hos.
9, 16. Jer. 12, 2.
Nºnº, see sºng.
Yºhº m. (r. 775 no. 3) constr. Yº
Is, 35, 9; but plur. Rºsº, "sºme , (with
Dag. impl. for Yºp,) one violent, rapa-
cious ; an oppressor, a tyrant, Ps. 17, 4.
Ez. 7, 22. 18, 10. Jer. 7, 11. Dan. 11, 14.
—Is. 35, 9 niºn Yºº q. d. a ravenous
beast.
“Tº obsol. root. 1. to break, to
break down, to crush ; Talm. php to
break or crack nuts; comp. kindr. php.
Hence Tº.
2. to separate, like Arab. ( Srš.
Hence rang. Gyº
º m. (r. The) oppression, rigour,
from the idea of crushing, Ex. 1, 13. 14.
Lev. 25, 43.53. Ez. 34, 4.
nºne f. (r. The) a vail, curtain, sc. of
separation, which separated the holy of
holies from the outer sanctuary in the
labernacle, Ex. 26, 31 sq. Lev. 16, 2. 12.
Num. 18, 7. al. saep.
* Enzº fūt. chº, to rend garments
Lev. 10, 6, 13,45. 21, 10. Freq. in Tal-
mud. Syr. >fe to cleave. See under
**b .
sºlº (Sanscr. parameshta supe
rior) Parmashta, pr. n. of a son of Ha.
man, Esth, 9, 9.
ºb (prob, either from Chald, ºn to
leap up, to run swiftly; or from Heb
pºº to live delicately) Parnak, pr. n.
m. Num. 34, 25. -
*k on: to break, in Kal only in the
phrase ; brº one to break bread to
persons, i. e. to deal out or distribute it,
Is. 58, 7; also without triº Jer, 16, 7,
comp. Ez. 24, 17. 22. Comp. tº no. 1.
HipH. to cleave, to divide. Lev. 11, 4
bºº hºs rigº, but divideth not the
hoof, i.e. has not the hoof wholly cloven.
Elsewhere righer; bºr pr. to cleave
the hoof, i. e. to have a cloven foot, to
part the hoof, Lev. 11, 3. 5. 6. 7. 26.
Deut. 14, 7.8. So too Ps. 69, 32 he
bºº Tºnpº a bullock having horns
and cloven hoofs.
Deriv. one, nºne.
CTP Chald. to divide, part. act. plur.
Tone Dan. 5,25. Part pass, one v. 28.
tº in pause by?, pr. n. Heb. and
Chald. Persia, the Persians, 2 Chr. 36,
20. 22. Ezra 1, 1. 4, 3 sq. 6, 14. Dan. 5,
28. 6, 9, 13. al. Pers. U.9%. U.9%
U”)-3, Fars. Some derive it from Zend
Pārs pure, splendid; others from ºn
SG > *
U”ys horse, since Persia abounds in
horses.—Hence gentile n. *one Parsi,
a Persian, Neh. 12, 22; and Chald. em-
phat. Nºne Dan. 6, 29 Keri.
On 2 m. (r. one) 1. i. q, nºne, a
cloven foot, claw, plur. c. suff. Irºn
Zech. 11, 16.
2. A species of eagle, Sept. 79tºp, Vulg.
gryphus, Lev. 11, 13. Deut. 4, 12. Ac-
cording to Bochart, Hieroz. II. 185, the
sea-eagle, ossifrage, Arab. *UCI tho
breaker.
Tºmº f (r. one) pr. left, for cloven
foot, hoof, see the root; Ex. 10, 26. Ez.
32, 11. Mic. 4, 13. Then also of a horse's
hoof, not cloven, Is. 5, 28 Jer. 47, 3.−
In Chald. it is put also for the sole of
the human foot, i. q. ºn F2 in Deut. 28.
35. Josh. 3, 13.
"º a Persian, see n, onq.
yºng,
E"E
868
*Tº fut, sº 1. to let go loose, to
dismiss, pr. to let break away. Chald.
7
she, Syr. “re, id. Comp. the roots
beginning with hE under art. The -
Hence a) to absolve the guilty, Ez.
24, 14. b) to let go loose, unbridled, un-
checked, and part, pass. ºne umbridled,
unruly ; Ex. 32, 25 bis. c) to refuse,
to reject, Prov. 4, 15. 8, 33. 13, 18. 15,
32; to avoid Prov. 1, 25. -
2. to make maked, to uncover, by loos-
ening the garments, etc. e. g. the head
Num. 5, 18; spec. by cutting off the
hair Lev. 10, 6. 21, 10. Part pass, ºne
naked, bare, Lev. 13, 45.-Chald, and
Talm. id. - -
3. to begin, &Qzouot, from the idea of
breaking loose, opening, comp. in ºr
Hiph. Hence to lead on, to go before ;
Arab. # to be highest, to surpass
others, Tudg. 5, 2 BNº nivº shº,
for which correctly Sept. Alex. and
Theod. Šv tº &gsoo 9&t &gznyov's k, t. i.
in the leading on of the leaders in Israel
i. e. in that the princes of Israel took the
lead as leaders, put themselves at the
head. Opp. Eyr, Rºnn the people wil-
lingly followed, volunteered.
NIPH, pass. of Kal no. 1. b, to be un-
bridled, unruly, Prov. 29, 18.
HipH. 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to dismiss
from labour, to let rest or cease, c. 7%
Ex. 5, 4.—Arab. § 9-5 V, to be free from
labour. 8>
2. Causat. of Kal no. 1. b, to make
unbridled, unruly, 2 Chr. 28, 19.
XT9 m. 1. hair, locks, as being
shorn, see r. snº no. 2. TNum. 6, 5. Ez.
44, 20.-Arab. § id.
2. a leader of an army or people, a
orince, see r. snº no. 3. Plur. nisºn,
constr. nishe, Deut. 32, 42. Judg. 5, 2;
comp. for the gender of nouns of office
Lehrg. p. 468, 878.-Arab. 8} prince,
head of a family.
Tymp, Gr. Toggo), Pharaoh, the com-
mon title of the ancient Egyptian kings
in the Old Test, and ſound only there
"...nd in writers who have drawn from
this source.—It often stands simply, like
* proper name, Gen. 12, 15. 37, 36. 40,
2 sq. 41, 1 sq. and so genr. in the Penta-
teuch, as also Is. 19, 11. 30, 2. Cant. 1
9. al. More rarely other words are add
ed, as bºns? Tºº 1 K. 3, 1.2 K. 17, 7
18, 21; sometimes also a more specific
name, as in: rismº 2 K. 23, 33 sq. comp,
v. 29, ºr risie Jer. 44, 30.—The
word originally signifies the king in the
Egyptian language, as Josephus has re-
marked, Ant. 8. 6. 2.; and was written in
the dialect of Memphis orpo, Theł:
ppo, eppo, Basm. \ºpé. eppé,
and with masc. art. Hoºpo, IIppo
IIppé., see Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 150
181. Jablonski Opusc. I. p.374. Kosegar-
ten de prisca AEgyption. Lit. p. 17.—The
idea has been started more recently, that
riyº corresponds to the Egypt. q-pH
the sum, which is written as a hierogly
phic symbol over the titles of kings; sc
Rosellini Monumm. storici I. p. 117
Lepsius Lettre à Rosellini p. 25. But
more prob, the Egypt. IIppo was so
inflected by the Hebrews as to appear
in a Semitic form, i. q. Sº prince, and
then the termination F. i. q. ii was added.
See in Thesaur. p. 1129.
:k tºne obsol. quadrilit. i. q. Ethiop,
Å%.A.CU8 to leap, to spring. Hence
tºyne m. 1. a flea, so called from its
9 2 o
leaping, 1 Sam. 24, 15.—Arab. ex* ;
Syr, transp. is 25-3.
2. Parosh, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 3. 10, 25
Neh. 3, 25.
Tryº (perh, chief, from ºne, Hyne)
Pirathom, pr. m. of a city of Ephraim
Judg. 12, 15. Gr. ºpogo. 90ſ, 1 Macc. 9,
50—Gentile n. is "shºe Pirathonite
Judg. 12, 13. 15.
"Emº (prob, swift, r. nº II, Arab
233 to hasten, to be swift) Pharpar
one of the two rivers of the territory of
Damascus, 2 K. 5, 12. [The other was
the Amanah (TºS) corresponding to the
present el-Barqda, coming from Anti-
Lebanon and now divided on the plain
into several streams to water the city
and fields. The Pharpar has been re.
ferred : a) To one of the channels of
the Barada. This is hardly probable
yº
y-r
869
ince two distinct rivers are apparently
intended. b) To the fountain and
stream el-Fijeh &\! , high upon the
eastern slope of Anti-Lebanon. This
stream joins the Barada about twenty-
five rods from its source ; its volume of
water being twice as great as the other.
Hence it is regarded as the main source
of the Barada, and not as a distinct river.
Abulfeda Tab. Syr. p. 15, 174. ed. Köh-
ler. O. v. Richter p. 157, c) To the
Awaj, the next largest river of the Da-
mascus territory after the Barada. It
rises in Jebel esh-Sheikh (Hermon), and
flows S. W. to Sa'sa’; and then north-
easterly through the plain to the lake
el-Merj. It is described as a rapid and
pretty stream ; and may well be regard-
ed as the Pharpar. It is mentioned by
Abulfeda; see Tab. Syr. p. 97. Burckh.
Syr. p. 53, 312. Schubert's Reise III. p.
27.-R.
:}; yº fut. Yºhº to break, to rend, to
break out or forth, Gen. 38, 29.—This
primary power lies not only in the let-
ters ºne, see under Thº, but also in the
syllable Yºn, 6%ago, reissen ; comp. in r.
Up!, ujº. Analogous to this root, with
a syllable prefixed, are Goth. spreitan,
Germ. spreitzen, Engl. to spread. The
middle radical being softened to a semi-
vowel, there arises the root yip. Arab.
Uors to cut, to rend, to tear; Uôr:
to cut in, trop. to define. Chald. i. q.
Heb.-Spec. -
1. to break or tear down, to demolish,
e.g. the house of God 2 Chr. 24, 7 ; a
wall, etc. Is. 5, 5. Ps. 80, 13. Mic. 2, 13.
Ecc, 3, 3. 10, 8. Neh. 2, 13. 4, 1. 2 K.
14, 13 nisº sans...º nainn whº
rigs and brake down in the wall of Jeru-
salem... four hundred cubits. Fisºne nºs
a city broken down, i. e. whose walls are
demolished, Prov. 25, 28.
2. to break or rend asunder, i. e. to
disperse, to scatter, e. g. hostile forces
2 Sam. 5, 20. 2 Chr. 20, 27. Ps, 60, 3.
—Intrans, to disperse oneself, to spread
abroad, as a people, flock, and hence to
increase in number, Gen. 28, 14. Is. 54,
3. Ex. 1, 12. Hos. 4, 10 they commit
whoredom, ºxºhº Nº. but do not increzse
wn number. Gen. 30, 30. Job 1, 10. Also
»f a person whose substance increases,
Gen. 30, 43; ºf a rumour diffusing itsel.
2 Chr. 31, 5. Metaph, to be redundant
with any thing, c. acc. like other verbs
of abundance, Prov. 3, 10 Hºp Sinº
Ashāº thy wine-vals shall overflow with
new wine. Others less well ‘thy presses
shall burst with new wine, ;’ for neither
the wine-press nor wine-wat can be said
to burst from the quantity of wine made,
the figure applying only to a cask or
wine-skin. Adverbially, 1 Chr. 13, 2
nº rigº let us disperse and send,
i.e. let us send in every direction, every
where.
3. to break forth upon, to break in
upon, to rush upon, Mic. 2, 13; with 3 of
person Ex. 19, 22.24. 2 Sam. 6,8. 1 Chr.
15, 13; c. acc. Job 16, 14. Also to form
by breaking through or into ; Job 28, 4
bn. Yºº he breaks a shaft through, i. e.
sinks a shaft or pit, by breaking through
the ground.—Further: a) In a bad
sense, to break out, to act with violence,
Hos. 4, 2. Hence Yº-Yº. b) In kind-
ness, to press upon, to urge with entrea-
ties, c. 3, 1 Sam. 28, 23. 2 Sam. 13, 25.
27. 2 K. 5, 23.
NipH. pass. of Kal no. 2, part. Yº
spread abroad, common, 1 Sam. 3, 1.
PUAL pass. of Kal no. 1, to be broken
down, demolished, Neh. 1, 3.
HITHPA. to break away from any one
i. q. to run away, 1 Sam. 25, 10.
Deriv. Yºng, Yºº, and
Yºº m. in pause Yº Neh, 6, 1; plur.
Bºsnº Am.4,3, nisº Ez. 13, 15, c. suff.
in-shp. -
1. a breach, rent, in a wall 1 K. 11,
27. Is. 30, 13. Am. 4, 3. 9, 11. Job 30,
14 hºrs, arº Yº, Vulg. well, quasi
rupto muro irruerunt, the figure being
taken from besiegers, who rush with
great force into a city through a breach
made in the walls. From the same
source comes also the phrase Yºº Tº
to stand in the breach sc. against an
enemy rushing in, and this is the station
of the bravest and most devoted troops,
as being most expcised to danger, Ez.
22, 30 (comp. 13, 5). Ps. 106, 23.
2. breach, i. e. a breaking up, disper-
sion. a) Of enemies, defeat, Judg. 21,
15. Ps. 144, 14. b) breach of waters, a
breaking forth, inundation, 2 Sam, 5.26
73%
p-E
ºn E
870.
3. breach, i. e. a breaking in upon,
assault, impetus. Job 16, 14 he rusheth
upon me yº-ºº-ºº Yºº breach upon
breach, assault upon assault.
4. Perez (Engl. Vers: sometimes
Pharez), pr. n. a) A son of Judah by
Tamar; see Gen. 38, 29. 46, 12. Patro-
nym. "sºn Perezite (Pharezite) Num.
26, 20, b) Perez-Uzza (six Yºº defeat
of Uzza), pr. m. of a place 2 Sam. 6, 8.
1 CI r. 13, 11. c) Plur. E"sº ºr (mount
of defeats) Mount Perazim Is. 28, 21.
>k png to break ; Syr, and Chald. id.
Arab. 1 sº to separate, to distinguish.
This is an onomatopoetic root, found
widely also in the same signif. in the
Indo-European languages, as Sanscr.
prah, Lat, frango, Goth. prikan, prichan,
Germ. brechen, brocken, Engl. to break.
In a softer form it appears as Th; to
break i. e. bend the knee; and with the
labial dropped & my vuut. Spec.
1. to break off, e. g. a yoke, c. 89%
Gen. 27, 40.
2. to break or crush e. g. bones, limbs,
as a wild beast, Ps. 7, 3.
3. to let break away, i. e. to deliver,
Ps. *36, 24. Lam. 5, 8.—Syr. --- id.
PIEL 1. to break or tear off, Ex. 32,2.
Zech. 11, 16. -
2. to break or rend in pieces, e. g.
mountains, 1 K. 19, 11.
Hith p. 1. to be broken in pieces, Ez.
19, 12.
2. to break or tear off from oneself, c.
acc. Ex. 32, 3, 24. Comp. Heb. Gram.
§ 53. 3. a.
Deriv. pºp, pºg. rpºHº.
PTP Chald. pr. to break off, see the
Heb. hence to deliver to redeem, Dan.
4, 24.
Pºº m. (r. php) constr. pne, broth,
soup, Is. 65, 4 Cheth, so called from the
fragments or crumbs of bread over which
the broth is poured. Comp. Arab.
#, 5.0 a dish made of crumbs of bread
with hot oil poured over them. Another
form is prº q. v.
Pºº m. (r. php) 1 violence, rapine,
from the idea of breaking in upon, Nah.
3, 1.
2. Place where two ways separate, a
fork, Obad. 14. Comp. Ar. b Jºy” (0.
separate, Jºyla" Jº the fork o'
the roads.
* I. --5 to break, to break in pieces
comp. nºb I; see the roots beginning
with "E in r. The -In Kal once inf
absol. nip Is. 24, 19; although it may
also be referred to r. nilº I.
Hiph. -ET, in pause ºr Gen. 17,
14; inſ: "Erſ, c. suff, pººr Lev. 26, 15;
ſut. "E", conv. "E: ; to break, always
trop.
1. nº T to break a covenant, to vio-
late, Is. 33, 8. Ez. 17, 15. 16; so of those
who break their covenant with God
Gen. 17, 14. Lev. 26, 15. Deut. 31, 16. 20.
Is. 24, 5. al. So of God Lev. 26, 44.
Judg. 2, ... Jer. 14, 21. Also to break a
law, Ps. 119, 126; God’s precepts Num.
15, 31. Ezra 9, 14.
2. to make vain, bring to mought, to
frustrate, as counsel 2 Sam. 15, 34. Ps.
33, 10; comp. Job 5, 12. Prov. 15, 22. Is.
44, 25; to declare void, e. g. a vow
Num. 30, 9. 13.—Intrans. to be in vain
to fail, Ecc. 12, 5.
3. to annul, to abolish, e.g. piety Job
e 15, 4; one’s right 40, 8. Ps, 85, 5 nºr
º: Tºº? annul thine anger towards us,
i. e. avert it, cause it to cease.
Hoph. "Er to be made vain, to come
to mought, Is. 8, 10. Jer. 33, 21.
Po. Yip to cleave, to rend, e.g. the
Red Sea Ps. 74, 13.
Hitheo. Hierr to be broken, rent,
by concussion, as the earth Is. 24, 19.
PiLP. ſut, hºº, to shake violently, Job
16, 12, comp. Is. 24, 19. Arab. 33 to
break. /*}”
* II. Tº i. q. Nº, Hº, to be borne
G3 *
swiftly, to run. Arab /* to flee. Hence
ºp, Hºp, neºp.
* tº fut. Ú-º. 1. i. q bºr to
break, to break in pieces, Mic. 3, 3
* Prº tone to break (distribute) bread to
persons, Lam. 4, 4.
2. to spread out or abroad, to crpand
pr. from the idea of breaking apart and
arranging, comp. Yº no. 2. Chald. Id
Syr. -ºre id. Arab. Uºrs to spread
upon the ground.—E. g. a cloth or cover
ºjºn:
ºn E
871
ng Num. 4, 6.8; a sail or flag Is. 33,
£3; a tent Ex. 40, 19; a letter rolled
tip Is. 37, 14; light (c. Tº around him-
belſ) Job 36, 30; a cloud Ps. 105, 39;
pass, part ºn of the dawn spreading
itself Joel 2, 2.—Spec, a) nº one to
•pread a net Hos. 5, 1. Ps. 140, 6; c. *
for any one Lam. 1, 13; by (for h, ºs)
Prov. 29, 5. Hos. 7, 12. Ez. 12, 13. 17,
20, 32, 3; but in Hos. 5, 1. Is. 19, 8, by
reſers to place. b) tº Unº to spread
the wings, as a bird, cherub, Deut. 32, 11.
1 K. 8, 7. 2 Chr. 5, 8; c. 92, Bs, h of
place, “to spread the wings in order to
fly to any place,” Jer. 48, 40.49, 22. Job
39, 26. For Ruth 3, 9 see in nº no. 2.
c) B"T, wºn, Bºz wº, to spread out
the hands, either in prayer and adora-
tion, c. 5s to any one Ex. 9, 29. 33.
1 K. 8, 22. 38.54. Ezra 9, 5. Job 11, 13;
* Ps. 44, 21; or for bounty, c. , Prov.
31, 20; or for spoil, with by of thing
Lam. 1, 10.—Metaph. Prov. 13, 16 a fool
spreadeth out his folly, lays it open, bears
it before him.
3. to disperse, see Pi. no. 2; hence
NIPH. to be dispersed, scattered, Ez.
17, 21.
PIE.L. one Is. 25, 11, ſut. bhº, inf
c. suff, Bºnº, to spread out, to earpand,
e.g. the hands in prayer to God, Is. 1,
15. 25, 11. 65, 2. Ps. 143, 6. Unusual
is r"Tº nºne to spread forth with the
hands, id. Lam. 1, 17. Comp. Bºu, pºr:
also cººl. Heb. Gr. § 135. n. 3.
2. to disperse, to scatter, Ps. 68, 15.
Zech. 2, 10.
Deriv. tºº.
* tº pr. to cleave, to divide, see
Hiph. Hence
1. to separate, to dislinguish, i. q.
Chald, and Syr. whence ºne Pºrs,
W. Pharisee, i.e. one separated,
2. to declare distinctly, to specify, Lev.
24, 12. Comp. 5p; no. 2.—Syr. --->
'or Gr. 69igo Acts 17, 26. 31.
3. to spread out, to S.retch apart, spec.
the fee. in riding, see tºp. Comp the
ºuadrilit. Túne and tune.
Nipii. to be dispersed, scattered. Ez.
34, 12; where however several Mss. and
editions read nºnex, which is more ac-
tording to the usus loguendi; see r. one.
PUAL pass. of Kal no. 2, to be distin, tº
declared, to be specified, Num. 15, 34.
Part. as adv. Neh. 8, 8 and they read
in the book of the law of God tº dis-
tinctly (so Vulg. i. e. word for word, Syr.
faithfully), and gave the sense and ear-
plained what they read; comp. Ezra 4,
18.—Others, as also Hengstenberg Au-
thent. Dan. p. 299, render it here, with
eaplanation i. e. translation sc. into
Chaldee ; but see Thesaur. p. 1-32.
Compare also the use of the noun nº ,
HipH. to puncture, to sting, Prov. 23,
32.—Syr. -ief, Arab. *} id. - a
goad.
Deriv. ºne, ºne, nº.
tº Chald, id, PA. part, pass. Unº,
as adv. distinctly, accurately, word for
word, Ezra 4, 18. Vulg. manifeste, Syr.
faithfully. See Heb. ܺ Pu.
tº m. (r. ºne, after the form bºp)
constr. tº Ez. 26, 10 before a conj. ac-
cent; plur. tº , c. suff. Yºu?)?, with
Kamets retained. p > y
1. a horseman, rider, eques, Syr. ſarà,
Arab. Jºjº , pr. so called as riding upon
a horse, and not on an ass (Arabjus)
or camel (*=5 ). Jer. 4, 29. Nah. 3,
3. Plur. tº Gen. 50,9. Ex. 14, 9 sq.
1 Sam. 8, 11. al. saep. Is. 21, 7 tº:
tºujº pairs of horsemen ; horsemen
and their steeds in pairs. v. 9. Opp.
nizri ºº), Bº azº riders on asses and
camels. -
2. a horse for riding, a steed, which
the Romans also called eques, according
to Gell. 18, 5. Macrob. Sat. 6.9. Comp.
equitare, of a horse running with a rider,
Lucil, ap. Gell. ibid. It is manifestly to
be distinguished from Dºoho i. e. com-
mon horses for chariots, etc. 1 K. 5, 6
[4, 26] and Solomon had forty thousand
pairs of horses (Bºb) for his chariots,
and twelve thousand steeds, sc. as saddle-
horses. Ez. 27, 14 from Armenia they
brought to thy fairs E*TE Brujº cºlo
horses (common), and steeds for riding,
and mules. Joel 2, 4. Pºujº ºbs: 2 Sam.
1, 6 horsemen. Once Is. 28, 28 of horses
treading out grain, but still with riders.
Arab. Jºſé. Ethiop. A.Z.Ti a horse
ºjºng,
pub=
872
NotE. It may seem strange to derive
the word for horse from that signifying
horseman ; but for this there are the ſol-
.owing reasons: a) The authority of
the vowel-points, since in the signif.
horses it is also read Pºujº not tº ,
b) The analogy of the Latin usus lo-
quendi, c) The etymology, which can
be probably explained only in this way;
i. e. tº a rider, is readily derived from
tºp to separate or spread out the feet,
which in Arabic is more fully given by
Q-º-; and laº;;.
tº m. (r. ºne) c. suff, iºns
1. eaccrement, dung, faces, in the belly,
so called as being separated and thrown
off; Ex. 29, 14. Lev. 4, 11. 8, 17. Num.
19, 5. Mal. 2, 3. Arab. ëº, Syr. (2,3,
Chald. Nºne, id.
2. Peresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16.
Tºp Heb. and Chald, a transcript,
copy, e.g. of a letter, Ezra 4, 11. 23. 5, 6.
The
etymology is obscure ; though the word
is prob. to be referred to the Sanscrit or
old Persian; comp. in 738. Thesaur. p.
1133, 1134.—Another form of the same
noun is ºne Esth. 3, 14. 4, 8.
7, 11. In Targ. id. Syr. H--is.
>k Tºne quadril. not used in the verb,
Arab. X-3-3 and lo-3-3 to separate or
spread out the feet, to straddle ; com-
pounded from ºne (see no. 3, also ºn)
and Thº.-Hence
7"Tºº &n. Asyóu. Judg. 3, 22, accord-
Ang to the Targ. Vulg. Luth. Engl. dung,
dirt, (comp. ºne,) hence Hºhen sº
and the dirt (ſeces) came out from the
wound. But the He paragog. implies
rather the place to which a thing comes
out; perh. therefore better to render:
end (the blade, anº) came out between
his legs, i. e. in vulgar Engl. ‘into his
crotch;’ comp, the root and Tuºng.—Sept.
Wat. xxi śīlósv ('Adió) thy tigootºjo',
as if nºnen were i. q. Hºiniºn in v.
23; but such a repetition would be fri-
gid, and v. 23 is manifestly a transition
to another to pic.
mºng [. (r. Une, for Huftºp verbal of
Piel) distinct declaration, earposition,
Esth. 4, 7, 10. 2.
>k Tºne quadril. to spread cut, to ea:
pand, Job 26, 9. Compounded from wing
no. 3, and the to spread; comp. nity?
Kindr. with nu}ºp q.v.
Nºtº Parshandatha, Pers. pr. n.
of one of Haman's sons, Esth.9, 7.-The
form savours of Chaldaism, and might
so denote an interpreter of the law ; but
the name is more prob. of Persian origin
inflected in the Chaldee manner.
* FTE obsol. root, Syr. and Chald, to
ſº ... 3 °
break, i. Q. vinº ; but Arab. Gºrš to be
sweet, spoken of water.—Hence
nº pr. n. Phrath, Euphrates, a river
of Syria, which, rising in the mountains
of Armenia and uniting below Babylon
with the Tigris, empties itself into the
Persian Gulf, Gen. 2, 14. 15, 18. Deut.
1, 7. Jer. 13, 4–7 where some erroneously
understand Ephrata. 46, 2.6. 10. al. saep.
Comp. hrſ; no. 2. Gr. Eiggðuns from
© 9
a ſorm nºs, Arab. Cºl. , which also
signifies “sweet water;' comp. Jer. 2, 18.
nº f. a fruit-tree, see the root nºn
no. 1. a.
tº m. plur. nobles, princes,
among the Persians Esth. 1, 3, 6, 9;
among the Jews Dan. 1, 3. It is of Per-
sian origin, i. Q. Pehlvi pardom the first,
see Anq. du Perron Zend-Avesta II.
p. 468. Comp. Zend frathemö, Sanscr.
prathama, the first ; kindr. are Gr.
Tigarog, Lat. primus.
* Tº to spread, as the leprosy, Lev.
13, 7 sq. Arab. Už.3 V, to be propaga-
ted, e.g. disease. Aram. Nº id.—The
primary idea is that of going apart and
spreading out, a signification common to
verbs beginning with the syllables be,
tºp, UE (TE), and often expressed in
Latin by the particles dis, di.
* 2°º to stride, to go ; c. * to rush
upon, Is. 27, 4. Chald. Soº id—The pri-
mary idea is that of throwing apart the
legs, see in nº and pipe.
Deriv. ryºz, and
yūjº m. a stride, step, 1 Sam. 20, 3.
>k pºpº to dispart the lips, to opee
wide, Prov. 13, 3.—Kindr, with vº.
PIEL id. of the feet, Ez. 16 25
ujº
tjujº
873
de #it. Asyóu. Job 35. 15, which, in
* tire accordance with the context, the
Sept. and Vulg. render ºrogótroux,
scelus, i. e. trangression, as if i. q. Sujº ;
hence Up is prob. put for sun, sun, the
final » being dropped, like hu: Job 15, 31
Cheth, ſor sºuj. Others, after the Rab-
bins, mullitude sc. of transgressions;
but this and other explanations are
forced. See Thesaur. p. 1136.
“ngº only in PIEL fut. to tear in
pieces Lam. 3, 11. Aram. id.
Tºrſº Pashur, pr. n. m. a.) A priest
contemporary with Jeremiah, Jer. 20, 1.
2. 3. Allusion is made to the signiſ of
the name, i. e. prosperity round about,
compounded from Tujº Arab. 23 to be
wide, ample, and nine round about.
Opp. --Rºº hiº. b) Jer. 21, 1. 38, 1.
c) Ezra 2, 38. 10, 22. Neh. 7, 41. 10, 4.
* tº ſut, oùE", imp. c. r. parag.
nººn Is. 32, 11.
1. to spread out, to earpand, Syr. ---e.
Arab. Ja.… ; kindr. tº no. 1, 2.
Everywhere intrans. to spread oneself
out, of hostile troops 1 Chr. 14, 9, 13; of
swarms of locusts Nah. 3, 16; with by
of a land or people, to invade for the
purpose of carrying off booty, Job 1, 17.
Judg. 9, 33. 44; by 1 Sam. 27, 8; 3, 2
Chr. 25, 13. 28, 18; accus. 1 Sam. 30,
14; absol. 1 Sam. 27, 10. Hos. 7, 1.
2. to put off a garment, to lay off;
which implies the opening and unſold-
ing of it, a garment being wrapped toge-
ther in putting it on ; c. acc. Lev. 6, 4.
16, 23. Cant. 5, 3, al. Absol. imper.
nº put off thy garments, Is. 32, 11.
PIEL to strip, to plunder, e.g. the slain
1 Sam. 31, 8. 2 Sam. 23, 10. 1 Chr. 10,8.
HipH. to cause to put off one's gar-
ments, i. e. a) With acc. of pers, to
rtrip any one Hos. 2, 5. b) With acc.
of garment to strip off, 1 Sam. 31, 9.
Job 22, 6; comp. Mic. 2, 8, c) With
two acc. to strip one of any thing, Gen.
37, 23. Num. 20, 26. 28; o' acc. of thing
and by? of pers. Mic. 3, 3. Job 19, 9.
2. to flay victims for sacrifice Lev. 1, 6.
$ Chr. 29 34, 35, 11; comp. Mic. 3, 3
HiTiip. to strip oneself 1 Sam 18, 4.
A. sº fut. Sºjº: 1. Pr. to break wité
any one, i.e. one's covenant, allegiance,
hence to fall away, to revolt, to rebel, c.
* 2 K. 1, 1.3, 5.7; c. nnnn 2 K. 8, 20.
22. Comp. Arab. Q3-w-5 to revolt, also
Aram. -atue, poR , to break.-Spec.
Tjºa Sujº to rebel against Jehovah, to
apostatize from him, Is. 1, 2. Jer. 2, 20.
3, 13. Hos. 7, 13. al. saep. Absol. id.
Am. 4, 4. Lam. 3, 42.-Hence
2. Genr. to transgress, to sin, Prov. 28,
21; c. 29 against Hos. 8, 1.—Part ºn
one who makes defection from God, a
transgressor, Is. 48, 8; plur. bºsuja
transgressors, i. e. who rebel against
God, Is. 1, 28. 46, 8, 66, 24. al.
Niph. recipr. of Kal no. 1, Prov. 18, 19
sujº ris brethren breaking with one
another, offended, discordant.
Deriv. we and
VUE. m. in pause sujº, c. suff, *sūn;
plur. E"suit, constr. "Suje. &
1. defection, rebellion, of a people
Prov. 28, 2.
2. a trespass, fault, Gen. 31, 36. 50
17. Ex. 22, 8. Espec. transgression, sin
against God Job 7, 21. 13, 23. 14, 17.31,
33. Ps. 32, 5. 51, 3, al. It would seem
to be stronger than nsºr, Job 34, 37.
Plur. Prov. 10, 12. Am. 1, 3. 6.—Meton.
a) punishment of sin Dan. 9, 24. b) i. q.
sin-offering, Mic. 6, 7.
:k nº Chald. i. q. Heb. *ng, to eac-
plain, to interpret, e. g. visions, dreams,
Dan. 5, 16.—In Targg. often for Heb,
ºre. Syr. rºe, Arab. /…}, id.
PA. id. Dan. 5, 12.
Deriv. the two following.
"tº Chald. m. emphat, sºn and
rtºn, c. suff. Frºn, plur. Tºe; ev
planation, interpretation, Dan. 2, 4 sq
4, 3. 4, 15 sq. 5, 7.8. 12. 15 sq. 7, 16.
nº Heb, id. Ecc. 8, 1. R. huja.
issi Cº .
* tº obsol. root; Arab. U-5 II,
to dissolve, to separate into its parts
spec. to shake up, to card cotton, Avi-
cenna cited by Castell. Syr. lººks
a carding. Chald, ujeuja to examine
closely to scrutinize, from the same idea
of separating, etc.
Deriv. the two following.
º
nujº
;In E
874
njº f only c. suff, ºntº Hos. 2, 7.
11, and plur. Bºruje (f. Is. 19, 9), flaw,
'imen, i. e. the material Is. l. c. Deut. 22,
11. Prov. 31, 13. Bºruje bºrº a line of
flaw Ex. 40, 3, and so Bºnūb Judg. 14,4.
Also as wrought, linem, limen-cloth, Lev.
13, 48.52 Bºrujº T33 a linen garment.
v. 47, 59. Ez. 44, 17.—So Josh. 2, 6 "rujº
yśr, the tree-flaw, i. e. the stalks of flaw;
Vulg. stipula lini, Sept. Auvoxaktºum. But
Arab. Vers, stalks of cottom.
NoTE. This word is usually referred
to a root nº, whence is then derived a
form nºuše. But there exists no trace
of such a root in the kindred dialects;
and a form Truje is never ſound. I pre-
fer therefore to assume, as above, a root
ujujº, whence Up, ſem. nuje and Hrušº,
plur. Bºruše, see Lehrg. p. 575, 576.
The n, though servile, is then treated
as a radical, as in ris, nins; nu}P,
ninu;p, etc.
Tºtº f. (see nu;p note) 1. flaw, the
plant as growing, Ex. 9, 31.
2. a wick, as made of linen, Is. 42, 3.
43, 17.
FE f. Prov. 17, 1. (r. nne) c. suff.
"nº, plur. Dºnº, a bit, crumb, morsel,
e.g. of bread Gen. 18, 5. Judg. 19, 5.
1 Sam. 2, 36. 28, 22. 1 K. 17, 11. Prov.
28, 21; also without prº id. Ruth 2, 14.
2 Sam. 12, 3. Job 31, 17. Prov. 23, 8.
Plur. bºrntº crumbs Lev. 2, 6. 6, 14. Ps.
147, 17 he sendeth forth his ice ºr E2 as
morsels, i. e. the hail. -
nb m. (r. nºb) c. suff. Irrie Is. 3, 17,
plur, nine, an interstice, space between ;
9 o -
Arab. c. 39-3 id. It follows partly the
analogy of verbs 99 –Spec. of the space
between the feet, i. e. pudenda muliebra,
Ital. potta, Is. 3, 17. Trop. nine female
hinges, i. e. the eyes or parts with holes,
1 K. 7, 50.
nºsº , see *rn e
Esnº adv. (for tºne from ºne mo-
ment, with the ending E—, and 9 changed
into N,) in a moment, suddenly, Josh. 10,
S. 11, 7. Job 5, 3. 9, 23. Ps. 64, 5.8, al.
In the genit. after a noun, as Esna Tre
sudden terror Prov. 3, 25; often inten-
sively after sºng, as Esme sºng: very
suddenly Num. 6, 9; esne sneh Is. 29,
origin; from Ma, Pers. 803, sº
5; also transp. sneh Esme 30, 13. With
prefix psrez, 2 Chr. 29, 36.
*TE m. constr. xane, delicate food
dainties of the king's table, Dan 1, 5.8
13, 15. 11,26. Syr. º. in Barhebr
and Ephr. id. The word is of Persian
L
C º
food, see p. 111; and Sanscr. paiti domi
nus; q. d. lordly food, delicate; so Ben
fey, Monathsn. p. 194.
Płº Chald. m. emphat. Nºne,
word, i. q. 537; whence Nºne sºns
i, q. Heb. nº. 5"ujri to return word, i. e.
to answer, Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16, rºuj
Nºne to send word, i.e. a writing, letter
etc. Ezra 4, 17. 5, 7; comp. Heb. Prov.
26, 6. Hence a rescript, edict, decree.
of a king Ezra 6, 11; a decree of Jehovah
Dan. 4, 14 [24].-In the Targg, often
for Heb. -ºſ. Syr. lsº a id. Prob.
of Persian origin, i. q. Pehlv. pedam,
Pers. peightm, Fº **** rº,
word, also an edict sent by letter or by
a messenger. The Chald. Fºrº would
seem to come from an antique form, in
which both the t and g were preserved.
tº m. (Kamets impure, see Syr.
and Pers. above,) word, later Heb. i. q.
preced. Chald. Spec, a rescript, decreee
of a king Esth. 1, 20; of a judge, sen-
tence, Ecc. 8, 11.
*Tº ſut. HRE”, apoc. Fº: Job 31,
27. e
1. Pr. to open, to earpand. Kindr. are
ring, snº ; and in the Indo-europ. dia.
lects comp. Sanscr. pad to expand, Gr.
Terço, Tietêvvvut, Lat. paleo.—Prov. 20,
19 hºrº nni) who openeth his lips,
spoken of a garrulous person who al-
ways has his mouth open. Also to dilate
to make broad and large ; see Hiph.
Chald. Rºb Aph. id. Syr. fºe to be
broad; Pa. and Aph. to make broad.
Sam. #As to be broad.
2. Intrans. to be open, and trop. of the
mind, to be open, ingenuous, like children
and youth; comp. Arab, UK: to be inge.
nuous, youthſul ; hence in a bad sense
to let oneself be enticed, seduced. Deut.
11, 16 pºsh Hº-ji, lest your h art º
*n E
5 ring
87
‘nticed. Job 31, 27. Part. Fire simple,
foolish, Job 5, 2; fem. Firyº Hos. 7, 11.
Nipil. to let oneself be persuaded Jer.
20, 7; to let oneself be enticed, Seduced,
c. 53 to any thing, Job 31, 9.
PIEL intº 1. to persuade any one,
comp a si 3 w, so Jer. 20, 7. Hos. 2, 16
[14], espec. to evil I K. 22, 20 sq. Judg.
14, 15. 16, 5. 2 Sam. 3, 25. Hence to
entice, ſo seduce, Ex. 22, 15. Prov. 1, 10.
16, 29,
2. to deceive, to delude with words,
Gr. &ng tºo, Ps. 78, 36. Prov. 24, 28
Trºn ryºner, will thou deceive with
thy lips ? i. e. deceive not, see in 17 no.
1. a. -
PUAL i. Q. Niph. to let oneself be per-
suaded Prov. 25, 15; to let oneself be
deceived, Ez. 14, 9. Jer. 20, 10.
HipH. fut. apoc. mº, to dilate, to make
broad :nd large, i, q =ºrinn, comp. Kal
no. 1; x dat. lo enlarge for any one,
to give him ample room ; Gen. 9, 27
rºh ºrbs ºn lit. may God make large
for Japhelh, i. e. give him wide room.
The paronomasia is to be noted.
Deriv. ºne, nºne, Chald, ºne, and
pr. m. nº. g e
SShº (prob, for bsºn, man of God)
Pelhuel, pr. m. m. Joel 1; 1.
TIAFE m. (r. rinº Pi. no. 4) plur.
bºrºne, constr. "nine, engraving, sculp-
ture, carved work, 2 Chr. 2, 13. Zech.
3, 9; Plur. 1 K. 6, 29. Ps. 74, 6, "nºne
brin engravings of a ring or signet, on
gems, Ex. 28, 11. 21. 36. 39, 6, 14. 30.
Sept. yºv'ph, yºu!!".
ninº (perh. i. q. Chald, sing a table)
Pethor, pr. m. of a place on the Euphra-
tes where Balaam dwelt, Num. 22, 5.
Deut. 23, 5.
n\rhº i. q. nº, a bit, morsel, Ez. 13,
19. R. nni).
>k ring fut. nnn", aſ c. suff, "nne.
1. to open, Syr. -ie, Arab. 2-3
A.T.ſh id. Kindred are ring, snº, also
npº q. v.–E. g. to open a door Judg. 3.
25. 2 K. 9, 3 ; a gate Is. 26, 2. Ez. 46
12; the doors of heaven Ps. 78, 23; a
window Gen. 8, 6. 2 K. 13, 17; a sepul.
uhre Ez. 27, 12. 13; treasures Deut. 28,
'2; a rock, i. e. a ſountain in a rock Ps.
05, 41; a sack Gen. 43, 21; the eyes
1 K. 8, 21. Without acc. to open sc. a
door Is. 22, 22. Jer. 13, 19; c. dat. tu
open to any one a door Cant. 5, 2.5. 6.
Also intrans. to open, of the earth Ps,
106, 17. Part pass. Thng open, not cov-
ered, Num. 19, 15–Spec. in phrases
a) Theºrs nºne to open one's mouth,
either for eating Ez. 3, 2; or in song
Ps. 78, 2; or for crying out Ez. 21, 27
[22]; or for speaking, mostly aſter a term
of silence, Job 3, 1. 33, 2; hence to speak,
to utter words, Prov. 31, 8. Ps. 109, 2.
So the opp. not to open the mouth, i. e.
to be silent, Ps. 39, 10. Is. 53, 7. Prov.
24, 7. Also to open the lips, i. e. to
speak, Job 11, 5. b) In a different sense
God is said to open the mouth of any one
i. e. to make the dumb speak Num. 22,
28; or to make one speak fluently, Ez. 3,
27, 33, 22. c) to open the ear of any
one, i. e. to reveal any thing to him, so
of God Is. 50, 5, comp. 48, 8. d) to open
the hand unto any one, c. , i. e. to deal
liberally towards him, Deut. 15, 8, 11.
e) to open the gates of a city, spoken of
cities which surrender, Deut. 20, 11.
2 K. 15, 16. ſ.) Praegn. to open the grain,
a somewhat bold figure for : ‘to open
the granaries and expose the grain for
sale,' Am. 8, 5. Also to open a sword,
to draw it from the sheath, Ps. 37, 14.
Ez. 21, 33 [28]; to open prisoners, i. e.
to let them go free, Is. 14, 17.
2. to open, i. e. to begin, to lead off
e.g. a song Ps. 49, 5.-Arab. id.
NIPH. 1. to be opened Gen. 7, 11. Is.
35, 5. Ez. 1, 1. al. Trop. Jer. 1, 14.
2. to be loosed, e. g. a girdle Is. 5, 27:
to be set free, as a captive Job 12, 14.
PIEL 1. to open i, q. Kal, Job 41, 6.
Intrans. to open itself, of a flower Cant.
7, 13; of the ear, to be open, Is. 48, 8;
of gates 60, 11.
2. to loºsen, to unbind, e. g. bonds Is.
58, 6. Job 38, 31. 39, 5. Ps. 116, 16; a
rein Job 30, 11; sackcloth Ps. 30, 12. Is.
20, 2. etc. With acc. of pers. Jer. 40, 4
I will loose thee from the chains, etc .
Ps. 102, 21. 105, 20. Gen. 24, 32. Is. 45.
1. Part. nº one who ungirds himself
spoken of a warrior putting cff his are
mour aſter a battle, 1 K. 20, 11.
3. to open or furrow the ground with
a plough, Is. 28, 24.—Hence in the simi
lar sense:
Tin E
bn E
876
4. to engrave, to carve, to sculpture,
E.g. wood 1 K. 7, 36. 2 Chr. 3, 7; gems
Ex. 28, 9 36. 2 Chr. 2, 6.13; also archi-
ectural ornaments in stone, Zech. 3, 9.
PUAL pass. of Pi. no. 4, to be engraved,
Ex. 39, 6.
H THPA. to loose oneself from bonds,
2. a 'c. Is. 52, 2.
Deriv.nne–Hºrrº, nºne, Hrºne,
ºr E2, nº, and the pr: names riº,
rinº, bºrrº.
Tºº Chald. to oper, i. q. Heb. Dan. 6,
11. Praet. pass. Dan. 7, 10–Often in
Targg.
Tº m. (r. nnn) in pause ring, c. suff,
*rre, plur. Bºrrº, constr. "rine.
1. an opening, entrance, door-way, or
in a looser sense door, e.g. of a house
1 K. 14, 27. Job 31, 24; of a tent Gen.
18, 3; of Noah's ark Gen. 6, 16; of a
chamber 1 K. 6, 8. 31; of a city Gen.
38, 14. al. It differs from rº, Bºnº,
which signify the door or valves by which
the ring door-way is closed. Hence
rinº in the entrance Gen. 38, 14, Jer.
26, 10. 43,9. Ez. 11, 1; 'Erneº, ring:
at the entrance or door Prov. 9, 14. Gen.
4, 7; ring-by id. Job 31, 9. Most freq.
simpl. nni) as acc. of place where, c.
genit. Pršº ring at the door of the tent
Gen. 18, 1.10, Ex. 33, 8, 9; iv.io bris 'E
Ex. 29, 11. 32.42; nºn 'E Gen. 19, 11.
2 K. 5, 9; hºn 'E at the entrance of the
gate, in or by the gateway, Judg. 18, 16.
17. 2 Sam.8, 8; comp. 9, 35.44; *śrīr ‘E
Num. 3, 26. 4,26. After verbs of motion,
ring-bts to or towards the door Lev. 1, 3.
4,4. Deut. 22,21. Josh.8,29; also nºnpr.
3en. 19, 6.
2. Poet. for gate, i. q. myu, Is. 3, 26.
13, 2. Mic. 5, 5. Ps. 24, 7, 9 this "rine
the everlasting gates. Metaph. TE *rine
Mic. 7, 5.
Tº m. (r. ring) opening, insight, in-
struction, afforded by any thing, Ps. 119,
130.-Syr. £2&e an opening, explana-
tion. Arab. 2-X5 X, to explain the
Korán. e”
7in7ºm. (r. ring) constr. inne, open-
\ng of the mouth Ez. 16, 63. 29, 21.
Trini, (whom Jehovah sets free, r.
ºre) Pethahiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 24,
16, b) Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 9, 5, c) Neh
11, 24.
"nº m. (r. nrº) in pause ºrb, also
out of pause Prov. 9, 4, 16. 14, 15; plur
Bºrº Prov. 22, 3, Bºrº Prov. 1, 22. 32
and Bºsnº. 8, 5.9, 6, al. simplicity, folly,
Prov. 1, 22; see r. Fire no. 2. Concr
simple, foolish, easily enliced and se.
duced, Prov. 7, 7. 22, 3, 27, 12. Ps. 112
6. al. So of one credulous Prov. 14, 15
inexperienced Ps. 19, 8.
"º Chald. m. breadth, c. suff. Fiºre
Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6,3. Syr. i.i.e id. See
r. nº no. 1.
Sºng &t. Asyóu. Is. 3, 24, a kind of
costly raiment, perhaps an embroidered
festive garment, compounded from Trà
*: id. comp. Syr. Lºße an embroidered
and variegated garment, §§§ to varie-
gate ; and Bº exultation, rejoicing, as
on festivals, holidays. See Thesaur. p.
1137.
nº f simplicity, folly; concr.'sim-
ple, foolish, of a female Prov. 9, 13. R.
Hrº.
TTE f. plur, ninne drawn swords
Ps. 55, 22. R. ring no. 2.
Sºng m. (r. Prº) a thread, line, cord.
Num. 19, 15. Judg. 16,9. Ex. 28, 28. 37;
of the cord or string by which the signet-
ring was suspended in the bosom, Gen.
38, 18, 25; of a measuring-line Ez. 40, 3.
—Arab. Jºš a cord.
2k bnº in Kal not used ; Chald. Syr.
Arab. and Ethiop. to twist, to twine, to
spin. Hence bºre e
NIPH. 1. to be twisted, metaph. to be
crooked, crafty, deceitful, part. Prº Prov
8, 8. Job 5, 13.
2. to wrestle, which implies a mutual
twisting and intertwining of the limbs
Gen. 30, 8. See Fººtnº.
Hith PA. to show oneself crooked, craf
ty, perverse, to act thus; ſut, bºrn Ps
18, 27. The form benr 2 Sam. 22, 27
seems to have arisen by transposing
ºpenn into befºrn, and then contract
ing into bºrn.
Deriv, bºrn, Bºnº, pr n. *E.
also
bn;
877 V.
bºrº m, crooked crafty, perverse,
Deut. 32, 5. R. Brº.
tº Pithom, pr. m. of a city of Goshen
In lower Egypt, on the eastern bank of
the Nile, Ex. 1, 11. Gr. II&toumog He-
rodot. 2. 158. Steph. Byz. Also Ootſu,
dropping the syllable pa which ex-
presses the Egyptian art. Itin. Anton.
p. 163 Wessel. Egyptian 60 Mº., and
with art. IIM-60 ſº the narrow place ;
see Champollion l'Egypte sous les Pha-
raons, I. 172. II, p. 58 sq.
g 2.
>i: in: obsol. root. I. i. q. In?, Gº",
to be strong, to be firm; whence Tºº
threshold.
II. Prob. i. q. Prº, to twist, to twine.
Hence
jº m. in pause irº, plur. Bºrº an
asp, adder, a poisonous serpent, Is. 11,
8. Ps. 58, 5.91, 13. Deut. 32, 33. Job 20,
14. 16. On the deafness of the adder,
Ps. 58, 5, see Bochart Hieroz. III. 156,
161 sq. Lips.-Chald. Trnº, Syr. º,
6 :- .
Arab. Jºe, id.
* 90? obsol. root, Samar. i. q. ring
to open. Hence
Wºº pr. opening of the eyes, a wink,
twinkling ; then a moment, like Gr. §uth
âq,00Auoiſ. Hence as adv. in a moment,
suddenly, Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. Hab. 2, 7.
Sºrº Num. 35, 22 unea pectedly, i.e. acci-
denitally. Other examples see under
psrú, which comes from this.
Tsade, "is, the eighteenth letter of
the Hebrew alphabet, as a numeral de-
noting 90. The name signifies perh, a
reaping-hook or scythe, from r. nº no.
!; so called from the ancient figure of
the letter; see Thesaur. p. 1143.
In the Arabic alphabet there are two
etters corresponding to S, viz. Uo Sad,
a sharp sibilant, and U& Dad equiv, to
# or t pronounced with a slight sibilant
or lisping sound; to this latter approach-
*Tº ſat. "nº" to interpret a dream
Gen. 40, 8, 16. 22. 41, 8, 12. 13. 15. The
Chaldee, which is usually averse to sibi.
lants, has in this signif huji, q.v. Ethiop.
A.'ſ]/..—Hence pr. n. Hinn and
Tinº m. interpretation of a dream,
Gen. 40, 5, 12, 18. 41, 11. Plur. Gen.
40, 8.
Cºmº Pathros, the domestic pr. n.
for Upper Egypt, distinguished from
mix', tºº, which denote in their
more limited sense Lower Egypt; see
these words. Is. 11, 11. Jer. 44, 1. 15.
Ez. 29, 14 where Pathros is called the
native land of the Egypt, uns. 30, 14.
Gentile noun plur. E"bºne Pathrusim
Gen. 10, 14. The name in Egyptian is
- II-er-pHC the region of the south; in
later Coptic called also 38.3.−pHC
southern region. See Jablonski Opusc.
ed. te Water I. p. 198. Quatremère
Mém. sur l’Egypte II. 30. De Sacy ad
Abdoll. p. 13, 14. See more in The-
saur. p. 1141.-Sept. IIo.3 ovenç, but Cod.
Vat. in Ez. Dwówgijs, both from Theb.
Ila-TorpHC pr the south wind, South
quarter; Peyron Lex. p. 49. 182.
Tºmb, see in Tyºne.
*nn? to break, to break in pieces,
Lev. 2, 6, Arab. 3.3 id. Eth. Att
to break bread. -
Deriv.ne, nine.
es also lo Dha i. e. t uttered from the
bottom of the palate near the throat,
which we might call with Sanscritgram-
marians cerebral. Thus pºſs Gº-o:
but JNs J-4 sheep; alsc Nº. sºlº tº
thirst, Eºs 2 to be obscure. Hence
in several Hebrew roots there is a differ
ence of signification, according as they
are written in Arabic with Uo or U% or
lo, see e. g. Bºš; but still roots of this
Nº N.V.
iss
878
solt often have the same etymology,
and are united by a very close affinity,
comp, hºn: 12 and 14 , Sy: 3 and
㺠—The LXX usually drop the dem-
tal sound, and express the Tsade by the
simple sibilants ; as nisas Softwaj9.
Kindred letters are: a) to, which in
Aramcan is often put for the Heb. x ;
comp. in the Hebrew language itself
the roots ºns; and nº?, nº; and nº,
Sºx and ¥33, etc. b) More rarely 7;
comp. 533 and 537, 9; J #9, etc. , c)
The sibilants 1, o, o ; comp. Why, tºy,
bºy; yn, on: ; priš, priº. d) y, ſor
which see p. 737. e.) The palatals 2,
5, p. This is a singular affinity, but
it is proved by many examples, and is
to be explained perhaps in the same
way, that in Sanscrit the gutturals g, k,
pass over into the palatals dsh, tsh, i. e.
Engl. j, ch. Examples are: prº; *
zºzúč0; W33 and sº to be depressed ;
*23 and -23 to screak, to creak; nº
x& 31.90s cantharus, i. e. tube; has and
*=p to heap up, to form a mound, and
so to bury, etc.
TSX; f. Tsere impure (for Hss, r.
Rs.) constr. rss, c. suff. Trys: ; eacre-
invent, ordure, human, Ez. 4, 12. Deut.
23, 14. Comp. HS$ in no. 2, Nix, HSs.
T&, see Hsis.
>k 58; obsol. root. Arab. JLº. to be
thiri, slender ; but with mid. Ye Jué
denotes the lotus silvestris, prickly lotus,
perh. kindr, with r. 133.-Hence
Eºs: m. plur. Job 40,21.22, rendered
by Abulwalid, Schultens, and others,
loti silvestres, lotus trees, Rhamnus Lo-
tus Linn. Arab. Sidr SCX-w, also Núble
3–3. This tree is common in Egypt
and Syria; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II.
p. 210,284.—Others regard Enºs as an
Aramean form for cº: shades, i. e.
shady trees; as T2%, Aram. Tº ; boº,
Aram. bsº. So Vulg. Syr. Aben Ezra.
See Thesaur. p. 1144. -
2k is: obsol. root, and doubtful. Arab.
Jºe tº be rich in sheep and goats
, 9 # 2.
Yut it is a denominative from TNX J-4
flock. Perh. i. q. Tºš to wander, to nt
grate, like nomades; hence Nx nomadi
flock.
jSX, once 7 NY Ps. 144, 13 Cheth.
comm. gend. see below in 1.0, . c.; a
collective noun.
1. a flock, flocks, i. e. Sinall cattle
G *
sheep and goats : Arab, plur. &tº
93 * > º
J-4, woolly flock, opp. to goats; but
still 344!. J-4) | denotes the wild
goat. For sheep and goats, i. e. Nx,
a frequent Arabic word is sº . Chald.
iss, Syr. Hiš, id—Gen. 29, 10. 30, 36.
40. 32, 6.37, 12. Ex. 2, 16. 3, 1. al. saep.
Oſten with ºp: herd, as "płº Nx
flocks and herds Gen. 12, 16. 13, 5, 20,
14, 21, 27, 24, 35. 1 Sam. 14, 32. al.
|Ns nyºn a keeper of flocks, shepherd,
Gen. 4, 2, 46, 32. 34. Spec. it may be
noted: a) That iss comprehended
both sheep and goats, usually intermin-
gled in the same flock, as at the present
day; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 169.
So Gen. 30, 35. 38, 17 I will send thee a
kid from the flock ; comp. 27, 9. Lev. 1,
10. 5, 6, 22, 21. 2 Chr. 35, 7. But xot
é$oziv sheep alone are implied 1 Sam.
25, 2. b) As a collect. it takes nume-
rals, which are put sometimes before it,
as Tss ºntº two sheep Is. 7, 21; ºr
jšx 1 Sam. 25, 18; comp. 1 K. 5, 3. Job
1, 3. 42, 12 ; and sometimes aſter it, as
Num. 31, 32. 1 Sam. 25, 2. 1 K. 8, 63.
al. The corresponding noun of unity is
Fitº a sheep or goal, one out of a flock;
Ex. 21, 37 [22, 1] if a man steal.... a
sheep or goal (nº), he shall restore....
TSX sans four sheep or goals. Ez. 45,
15. So in Arabic 8L& as noun of unity
9 - >
corresponds to sº. c) As to gender,
TNs is put with the masc. where rams
and he-goats are to be understood; Gen.
30, 39 jºst, Torº and the rams and
bucks rulled. With the fem. where
ewes and she-goats are implied, ibid.
Nan Hºrn and the flocks brought forth.
v. 38.41. 33, 13. 1 Sam. 17, 28. Put
also ſor females xvi čozºv, as usually
constituting the flocks, Gen. 31, 8.11. 12
2. Spec, a flock, drove, i. q. m.º. (comp
is: "Tºy Gen. 29, 2. Mic. 5, 7); so Ps
DNY.
'Nº.
879
14, 12. 95, 7, Jer. 23, 1. Trop. of Israel
Mic. 7, 14. ETS INs a flock (troop) of
men Ex. 36, 37. 38.
7.8% (place of flocks) Zaanan, pr. n.
of a place in the tribe of Judah, Mic. 1,
11; perh. i. q. Tºš Josh. 15, 37. R. Tºš.
E"SYS. m. plur. (r. 83, ) constr.
"S$$$. Is. 48, 19; c. suff. E3"S$$$ Is.
61,9.
1. issues, what comes out from the
earth, productions, produce, Job 31, 8.
Is. 22, 24. 34, 1. 42, 5.
2. Metaph. issue, offspring, children,
Is. 61,9. 65, 23. Job 5, 25. 21, 8. 27, 14.
Fully Tºº "S$$$ the offspring (issue)
# o
of thy bowels Is. 48, 19.-Arab. (sº-3
stock, family.
P. m. (r. 533) 1. a litter, sedan, palan-
quin, as being lightly and gently borne;
comp. r. 533 also Germ. Sinfle id.
from sanft softly. Plur. bºx Is. 66, 20;
Sept. Aguſtºm. Num. 7, 3 as Fºxx litter-
wagons, i. e. covered and commodious
Mike litters; Sept. §uºsov Aguſt puzzi.-
Chald. Näs, sºns, id. .*
2. A species of lizard, Arab. J-3,
lacerta Libyca, living in deserts and so
called from its sluggish motion, Lev. 11,
29. Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1044-63.
s
>k N: ſut. Rºsº to go forth to war,
as a soldier, to make war, c. 53 against
any one, Nun. 31, 7. Is. 29, 7.8. 31, 4.
Zech. 14, 12; absol. Num. 31, 42.-In
Arabic the corresponding word has a
wider use, Cºe to go or come forth, e. g.
a star, a tooth, a soldier against the
enemy. Ethiop. 9'ſ]h to make war,
U-ſlº war. Comp. Hºg -Trop. of
the temple service, a sort of ‘militia sa-
tra,” to serve in the temple, Num. 4, 23.
8, 24; of females 1 Sam. 2, 22. Ex.
38, 8.
HipH. to cause to go forth to war, i. e.
to levy, to muster, 2 K. 25, 19. Jer. 52,
25. -
Deriv. Nºs.
Nº Chald, fut, saxº, to will to
please, pr. to be inclined, prone, 1. q.
Heb. His no. 4. Dan. 4, 14, 22. 29. 32.
5, 19. 21. 7, 19. Syr, id.
Deriv. *>3.
83% m. constr. Rºs, c. suff, isºs, pluſ
nisix, constr. nisis, "risis, bu
*Sº Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. Twice con
strued with a verb fem. Is. 40, 2. Dan.
8, 12. R. Rºš.
1. war, warfare, military service; so
Rºy "sºr armed for war, see in Yêr;
no. 3; Nºs: sy: to go out to war Num
31, 36. Deut. 24, 5; Rºsº Nº.: id. Num
31, 27.28; Nº. NY: id. Num. 1,3 sq. Sp
of the sacred service of the Levites
Num. 4, 23; Rºsº NE coming into the
service, qualified for it, Nun. 4, 3. 30,
35. 39.-In the later writers trop. war
fare for hard service, time of affliction
and calamity, Job 7, 1. 14, 14, comp,
10, 17; of the Babylonish exile Is. 40, 2.
Dan. 10, 1 and true is the decree sº:
biº and great the warfare, i.e. heavy
will be the calamity.
2. an army, host; Sept. often otgurug,
Öüyoutg. Ex. 6, 26. 2 Sam. 8, 16. 10, 7.
al. Plur. Ex. 7, 4. Ps. 44, 10. al. saep.
Nº nº the captain of a host, general,
Sept. &gzurrgårmyos, Gen. 21, 22. 32.
2 Sam. 2, 8, 1 K. 16, 16. al. hºs
Nººn the men of the host, soldiers, Num.
31, 53. 1 Chr, 12, 8; sººn by id. Num.
31, 32.-Spec.
a) pººr sº the host of heaven, i. e.
a) The host of angels which stand
around the throne of God (grgart, oil-
gºtos Luke 2, 13), 1 K. 22, 19. 2 Chr.
18, 18. Plur. Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2. So too
** six -tº the captain of Jehovah's host,
i.e. one of the higher angels, Josh. 5, 14.
15. 3) Of the sun, moon, and stars,
Övöusts tºy oigwrów Matt. 24, 29; re-
garded as inhabited by angels and celes-
tial beings, comp. Job 38, 7. 25, 5, also
4, 18; see Ovid. Fast. 3. 111 ‘Sidera,
constabat sed tamen esse deos.” Me-
tam. 1. 73. So Is. 34, 4, 40, 26. 45, 12.
Jer. 33, 22. Dan. 8, 10. Often where
the worship of the heavenly bodies is
spoken of Deut. 4, 19. 17, 3. 2 K. 17
16. 21, 3. 5. Zeph. 1, 5; where some-
times a special mention of the sun and
moon precedes (Deut. 17, 3. Jer. 8, 2),
and also of the stars (Deut. 4, 19. Dan.
8, 10), and then this phrase is subjoined
as more general, and as if comprehend-
ing all the inhabitants of heaven (Dan.
4, 32), q, Č. all the celestial divinities,
comp. Matt. 24, 29. In Is, 24, 21 the
N-V.
iſ in Nº.
880
$ost of heaven (pinyºn Nº) is put in
antith. with the kings of the earth.-
Once by a bolder figure Rºş in zeugma
is made to refer to the inhabitants of the
carth, or rather to all the earth contains,
i. q. Yºsſ. Sº, including even animals
and plants: Gen. 2, 1 tºuri º
bS:3-53) yºri), which is expressed
without zeugma thus in Neh. 9, 6
nº ºus-Bº Yºst, Esº-bº Bººn;
comp. Ex. 2011 -º, .... yºri, Bºr
tº-hºs —Hence
b) A very ſrequent epithet of Jehovah
is: nisº ºrbs minº Ps. 89,9. Jer. 5, 14.
38, 17. 44, 7, risºn "nºs Hinº Hos.
12, 6 [5]. Am. 3, 13, more rarely nin'
ris; e-nºs Ps. 59,6,80,5, also 's bºrºs
Ps, 80, 8, 15, and risis Hin, Is. 2, 12.
3, 1. Jer. 49, 7. Mic. 4, 4. Neh. 3, 5.
Hab. 2, 13, etc. Jehovah (God) of hosts,
i.e. of the celestial armies. This is a
very usual appellation for the Most High
God in some of the prophetical and
other books, especially in Isaiah, Jere-
miah, Zechariah, and Malachi; but
does not occur in the Pentateuch, in the
books of Joshua and Judges, nor in Eze-
kiel, Job, and the writings of Solomon.—
As to the grammatical construction of
his; nin, some suppose it to be by
ellipsis for 's ºriº ", ; but this is not
necessary, and the Arabs too subjoin in
like manner a genitive of attribute to the
pr. names of persons, as U.9); J. Śrºe
Antara equitum, q. d. Antara dwar equi-
tum. So too in the construction bºrºs
hisºs, the word nisis may be taken
as an attribute which could be put in
apposition with the names of God;
comp. nisºs "3 is Is. 10, 16, xúgvog ow-
§o.69 Rom. 9, 29. James 5, 4. See
Comm. on Is. 1, 9–The hosts thus sig-
nified in nisºº; nin' can hardly be
doubtful, if we compare the expressions
* Nº Josh. 5, 14, 15, plur. * *s: the
hosts of Jehovah Ps. 103, 21. 148, 2 ;
which again do not differ from Nº.
bygºn the host of heaven, embracing
both angels Gen. 32, 2, 3, and the sun,
moon, and stars, comp. Dan. 8, 10, 11.
The phrase nix; "... therefore differs
little from the later form tº "ribs,
Rºgº; Fºs, God of heaven; see in Sºuj.
Pºshy (i. g. Eºs::, roes, or i, q e^x=s
hyenas) Hos. 11, 8, also Pº, Pº
Gen. 10, 19. 14, 2. Deut. 29, 22, Zeboim,
pr. m. of a city in the vale of Siddim, de.
stroyed with Sodom and Gomorrah, and
covered by the Dead Sea.
* →º in Kal not used; kindr, with
Haj.
1. to move gently, to go slowly 5 see HS.
Q3 *
2. to flow ; Arab. J-3 to flow, to
trickle, of water, J-2 to pour.—To this
root I would refer
Hoph. 5x" after the Chaldee manner,
in the vexed passage Nah. 2, 8, where
the words may be thus joined: 33°nri
asſ, aio; the palace is dissolved and
made to flow down, i. e. the palaces of
Ninevah inundated and undermined by
the Tigris, and so falling in ruins; see
Diod. Sic. 2, 26.—Usually referred to
r. Sº Hoph. no. 2, where see.
Deriv. 53, and
Tax, c. art. Hºsn (the slow
moving) Zobelah, pr. m. f. 1 Chr. 4, 8.
*Tºš 1. i. q. Nºş, to go forth to
war, to make war; Part. c. acc. Is. 29, 7
rººs warring against her.
2. i. q. Arab. [… prodiit stella, to go
forth, to appear, as a star, and so to shine,
to be splendid; hence "Hs splendour.
3. to project, to be prominent ; Arab.
U-2 Conj. I, and U-3 Conj. II, immi-
nuit in rem. Hence to swell, of the belly
Num. 5, 27. Also
4. Trop. to be propense, inclined, dis-
posed, to will ; comp. YEH and nº.--
Arab. U.2 id. Chald, sº q. v. Syr.
i.e, id.
HipH. causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
swell, Num. 5, 22.
Deriv. Haş, was, Hº-3, and pr: n,
Rºax, Hºns, E-sh;.
Fºy in the word rºyº Zech. 9, 8, is
held by some to be i. Q. Nº host, which
is also read in some Mss. and in Keri
But nº is here i. q, nº q.v.
Tº m. adj. (r. Hºs) ſem. Tºš, swel,
EYNEX and nisły, plur. of *-x roe. wig, swollen, Num. 5, 21.
Tº
*h-y
88]
Fºx, see in Hºis.
*5X Chald. m. (r. R33) pr. will, pleas-
wre; then thing, matter, affair, Syr.
**. Dan. 6, 18. Comp. Yºr; no. 3.
yº. m. (r. Sº II) once Jer, 12, 9,
& 9 * :
a hi.ena, i, q. Arab. As
Others genr. a beast of prey, comp.
Talmud, pºsin: ravenous beasts. See
Bochart Hieroz. P. I. p. 829.
* tºº; ſut. tº pr. to lay hold of
to grasp, to take with the hand, like
Arab. Ja.…A., Eth. Uſ!ſh. Kindr. is
nas. Hence c. dat. to reach out to any
one, once Ruth 2, 14.
Sept. §owo.
*::: m. in pause "aş Dan. 8, 9; plur.
Eºs, B-six, nisis, constr. risis Jer.
3, 19. R. nº no. 2.
1. splendour, beauty, glory, nearly i. q.
Tinº, nºser ; corresponding is Syr.
lia, decus. Is. 4,2, 23, 9.24,16. Ez. 7,
20. 26, 20; nºn was Is. 28, 1, 4, "as
ni-bºº the glory of kingdoms, i. e. Ba-
bylon, Is. 13, 19. So ºr "S the land
of beauty, i. e. Palestine, Dan. 11, 16.41;
yºs was the glory of the earth, id. Ez.
25, 9; nisºs-bºh was id. Ez. 20, 6, 15;
and with art. "Esº the beauty Sc. of
lands, id. Dan. 8, 9; so often in the Rab-
bins.—Plur. constr. nisis; Jer. 3, 19
bºia nishs "as nºr; a possession of
beauty of beauties among the nations,
i. e. a possession most beautiful, most
glorious. So Targ. Kimchi, etc.
2. a roe, antelope, Gr. Öogxás, so called
from its beauty and gracefulness; Arab.
...ſº, Chald, sº, Syr, i.e4. It is
very timid Is. 13, 14; and fleet 2 Sam.
2, 18. 1 Chr. 12,8. Prov. 6, 5, comp. Ec-
clus. 27, 22 or 20; and the flesh was and
is regarded as a delicacy, Deut. 12, 15.
22. 14, 5, 15, 22. 1 K. 4, 23 [5,3]. See
Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 895 sq. 924 sq. or
II. p. 304 Lips. where he shows that
his is to be referred to the whole genus
of the roe and antelope, and not to a par-
ticular species. Their fleetness is re-
erred to in Cant. 2, 9 comp. v. 8. 2 Sam.
1, 19 ºr Trio: by ºshu)" ºn thy an-
telope, O Israel, slain upon thy heights.
i. e. Jonathan, as being swift of foot,
:omp. v. 25. 2, 18. The roe or *
|
and espec. the gazelle, is highly prized
by the orientals for its elegance, and
they even obtest by it; Cant. 2, 7 I ad
jure you, O daughters of Jerusalem.
Frjºr ribºsi is nisºn by the roes ani
by the hinds of the field. 3, 5.—Plur,
tº 2 Sam. 2, 18; 5-sºº. 1 Chr. 12, 8;
fem. nisº Cant. 2, 7.3, 5.
Sºº (roe, fr. *-*) Zibia, pr. n. f.
1 Chr. 8, 9.
Tºº! (roe, ſr. *-*) Zibiah, pr. n. of
the mother of king Josiah, 2 K. 12, 2.
2 Chr. 24, 1.-Hence the Aramean
Snºt, Tabitha, Gr. Aogzóg Dorcas,
Acts 9, 36.
Tº ſem. of "33, a roe or female
antelope, Cant. 4, 5, 7, 4.
Dºhy, see Ensas.
I. y: obsol. root, i. q. ºo to dip
in, to immerse; hence to tinge, to dye;
kindr. 93%, where see.—Hence wax,
Sašš, and pr. n. Tisº.
* II. 33: i. Q. As w to seize as prey,
to raven as a wild beast; hence shºt
beast of prey, hyena, and pr. n. Ensas.
9 C -->
Arab. }
9 x >
, lion.
** Chald. to dip in, to immerse;
PA. to wet, to moisten, Dan. 4, 22. Ithp A
Satºs to be wet, moistened, Dan. 4, 12.
20, 5, 21–In the Targums often, “to
dye, to colour.”
22% m. (r. 93: I) a dying ; concr.
something dyed, dyed garments, Judg.
5, 30.
7"y:|} (dyed, r. vºs I) Zibeon, pr. n.
of a son of Seir, phylarch or head of the
Horites, Gen. 36, 2. 20, 24, 29.
Bºynx (hyenas, see shºt) Zeboim,
pr. m. of a valley and town in the tribe
of Benjamin, 1 Sam. 13, 18. Neh. 11, 34.
R. vºs II.
* Tº fut. nās" to heap up, to store
up as grain Gen. 41, 35; treasures Job
27, 16. Ps. 39, 7. Zech. 9, 3; a mound
Hab. 1, 10.—Chald, has and Arab.
id. Kindr. is hat, q.v.—Hence
tº m. plur. heaps of heads 2 K
10, 8.
n>\.
*-iy
882
* nex obsol. root, prob. to grasp with
the hand ; hence
nº m. only in plur. Dºnºs, hand-
fuls, once Ruth 2, 16. Vulg. well mani-
puli.—Talmud, id.
Ty m. (r. 7:13) c. suff, “s; plur. bºls,
constr. hºs, c. suff, hºs.
1. the side of any thing; Tsä in the
side e.g. of the ark Gen. 6, 16; of a man
2 Sam. 2, 16; with the side Ez. 34, 21.
"sº at or by the side of a pers. Ruth 2,
14. 1 Sam, 20, 25. Ps. 91, 7 (opp. to the
right side); of a thing Deut. 31, 26;
spec. of a place, Josh. 12, 9 BS-n": "Tºº.
1 Sam. 6, 8, 23, 26. 2 Sam. 13, 34. So
to carry a child Tºbs upon the side,
where we say, ‘in the arms,’ Is. 60, 4.
66, 12. With r parag. Hºx 1 Sam. 20,
20. Plur. tº Ex. 26, 13. 30, 4. 37,27.
2. Plur. Dºs Judg. 2, 3, adversaries,
enemies, comp. Schult. Opp. min. p. 150.
Vulg. hostes; Targ. Tºp"sº oppressors;
Sept. ovyozul. But all these versions
seem to have expressed the sense of
Heb. bºx, which perh. should be read;
comp. Num. 33, 55 cars anº.
T: Chald. m. i. q. Heb. no. 1, side ;
Twº on the side or part of, in respect to,
Dan. 6, 5. Tsh at or against the part
of, i.e. against, Vulg. contra, Dan. 7,25.
Sºy Chald. m. (r. Hºt II) purpose,
design. Dan. 3, 14 Nºr is it on pur-
pose? etc.
º e
---g obsol. root ; Arab. CXLo to
turn oneself away; IV, to turn away,
Q
Jo avert ; C\º to turn away, to avert ;
Talm. Tºt to turn one’s side to any one.
But all these seem to be denominatives
from is side, pr. to turn one's side, to
turn away frcm any one. See Buxtorf
Lex. Chald. h. v.
Deriv. Ts, pr. n. Bºx and 7.1%.
T; or TJX, with H loc. rºs, pr.
n. Zedad, a town in the northern extre-
mity of Palestine, Num, 34,8. Ez. 47, 15.
Now a large village, still called od-o
Sidid, in the desert east of the great
road from Damascus to Hums or Emesa;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest III. p. 461. App.
p. 171, 173, 174
* I. Hº: 1. pr. to cut down, to mow
or reap ; whence the name of the letter
** Tsade, reaping-hook, or scythe ; see
p. 877. Eth. 8.B.B harvest, harvest
time, summer. The primary root is Tº
whence Tºri Chald. Syr. Sam. also
Cºd - to harvest; Tº q. v. Ö-dic, to
cut down branches of a tree, whence
Tº an axe. Comp. Lat. caedo-Comp.
in Niš II. no. 1.
2. to lay waste, to desolate a region or
city; comp. Is. 7, 20, Chald. Nº often
in Targ. for Heb. tº ; see Buxtorf
Lex. col. 1887 sq. Syr. i-3, and i-fi
devastation, desolation.
NIPH. to be desolated, destroyed, razed,
as cities Zeph. 3, 6; parall. Yºu?.
* II. Ty 1. pr. to fir the eyes upon
any thing, to look at. So Syr. ity
whence tº: a fixing of the eyes, tº:
keen-sighted, etc.—The primary idea
is prob. that of sharpness of the eyes,
keenness of sight; so that this signif.
coalesces with that of culling in no. I.-
Hence
2. Trop, to fia: the mind or purpose
upon, i. e. to search, to lie in wait, to
hunt after; c. acc. 1 Sam. 24, 12 riºs rrºs
"x" ºujºrns thou huntest after my life
to take it; Vulg. insidiaris vitae meat,
Absol. Ex. 21, 13; comp. v. 14.
TTY, see Hºs.
PiTY (just, r. PTY) Zadok, pr. n. m.
a) The ſather-in-law of king Uzziah
2 K. 15, 33. 2 Chr. 27, 1. b) 2 Sam. 8.
17. 15, 24. c) 1 Chr. 5, 38. d) Neh,
3, 4, 10, 22. e) Neh. 3, 29. 13, 13, f)
11, 11.
T.T. f. purpose, design; hence nº
by design, purposely, Num. 35, 20. 22.
R. Hºg II.
tºy, c. art, thºsn (the sides) Zid
dim, pr. m. of a town in Naphtali, Josh
19, 35.
Pºly m. adj. (r. pºſs) plur. E"pºx.
1. just, righteous, i. e. doing justice
spoken of a judge or king who dispenses
justice and defends the right, 2 Sam,
23, 3; Sept. usually Öixotog. Hence
very often of God as a righteous judge
Deut. 32, 4, Job 34 17. Jer. 12, ". Pa
**1s.
pix
883
11 7. 119, 137; now in punishing 2 Chr.
12, 6. Ezra 9, 15. Lam. 1, 18. Dan. 9,
14; now in rewarding Ps. 112, 6, 129, 4.
145, 17. Is. 24, 16, where God zur Sozºv
is called pºst ; now as ſulfilling his
promises, Neh. 9, 8 ºz Tºº-rs Epº
nº pºſs and hast fulfilled thy words,
for thou art righteous. v. 33. Is. 45, 21
a righteous God and a deliverer.
2, just in one's cause, right, i. e. in
the right, not in the wrong, a) In a
forensic sense, opp. sujº. Ex. 9, 27
Bºstºni, º ºs pºst, " Jehovah is
in the right, and I and my people are in
the wrong. 23, 8. Prov. 18, 17. b) In
assertion, of one who speaks what is
right and true, whence adv. right, truly,
Is. 41, 26; comp. 43, 9, where in the
same context it is nºS.—Hence
3. Of a private person, just toward
other men (Prov. 29, 7), obedient to
divine laws; hence righteous, upright,
virtuous, pious, good, all which qualities
Cicero also comprehends under the term
juslitia, e. g. Offic. 2. 10 “justitia, ex qua
una virtute boni viri appellantur.” De
Fin. 5. 23 ‘justitia ... cui adjuncta sunt
pietas, bonitas, liberalitas, benignitas,
comitas, quaeque sunt generis ejusdem.”
Partit.22 extr. ‘justitia erga deos religio,
erga parentes pietas, vulgo autem boni-
tas, creditis in rebus fides, in moderatione
animadvertendi lenitas, amicitia in bene-
volentia nominatur.”—Gen. 6, 9, 7, 1. Ps.
5, 13. 11, 3, 31, 19. 34, 20. 37, 25. 72, 7.
Job 12, 4, 17, 9. Oſten coupled with
pºor, Job 12, 4; ºp; Ex. 23, 7; and as
often put in opposition with suyº Prov.
10, 3.6.7. 11, 16. 30. Gen. 18, 25. al.-
To the just and upright man the He-
brews, like Cicero as above quoted, at-
tributed also kindness and liberality Ps.
37, 21. Prov. 12, 10. 21, 26; temperance
Rnd moderation in eating Prov. 13, 25,
and in speaking 15, 28; love of truth
13, 5; wisdom 9, 9.-Emphat. of inno-
cence from ſaults, crime, etc. Ecc. 7, 20
there is not a just man on earth, that
doeth good and sinneth not. Just before,
in v. 16, the words: be not righteous over-
much . . . . lest thou destroy thyself, are
apparently to be understood of a self-
complacent admirer of his own virtue ;
pomp. ºil pºx Job 32, 1–In Is. 49,
Q4 A. Schultens renders pºt bellator
strenuus, as if 1. q, yº n v. 25; bu
pºt "au) is here the captives of the
righteous, i. e. taken from among them.
Dº"y, niº Ty, see in ºng.
‘p: ſut. Pº pr. to be right,
straight, i. q. huº, as if spoken of a way,
comp. PIX. Ps. 23, 3, also Is. 33, 15.
Arab. US Cºo to be true, sincere. Syr.
—cº to be right, just—Hence
1. to be just, righteous, in dispensing
justice; of God Ps. 51, 6; of his laws
Ps. 19, 10.
2. to have a just cause, to be in the
right. a) In a forensic sense, Gen. 38,26
*::3% rip"; she (Tamar) is more in th9
right than I. Job 9, 15. 20. 10, 15. 13
18, 34, 5. Opp. Suffº to have an un-
just cause, to be in the wrong. b) Of
disputants, to be right, to speak the truth,
Job 33, 12. c) to gain one's cause, to
be justified, Job 11, 2.40, 8. Is. 43,9. 26.
45. 25. Ez. 16, 52.
3. to be righteous, upright, good, see in
pºx no. 3. Job 15, 14. 22, 3. 35,7; with
": "ºh Ps. 143,2; PS Ex Job 9, 2.25,4;
FibSº 4, 17, i. e. God being judge.
NIPH. pr. to be declared just, i. e. to
be justified, vindicated sc. from violence
and injury; Dan. 8, 14 ºppºs. Vulg.
not unaptly mundabitur.
Piel pºſs, inf. rpºs Ez. 16, 52.
1. to make righteous, upright, inno-
cent, eccl. Lat. justificare, to justify. Ez.
16, 51 thow hast justified thy sisters
through thine abominations, i. e. hast
caused them to appear comparatively
innocent. So likewise Jer. 3, 11 Hºx
ºx" ſº bsnu;.... FºE. Israel hath made
herself more righteous than Judah, i. e.
appears so in comparison.
2. to pronounce just, righteoue, inno-
cent, a person Job 33, 32; c. iujº oneself
Job 32, 2.
HipH. 1. to make righteous, upright
pious, by one’s example, teaching, etc.
c. acc. Dan. 12, 3; h Is. 53, 11.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce right,
just, innocent, a) In a forensic sense,
of a judge, to absolve, to acquit, Ex. 23,
7. Deut. 25, 1. 2 Sam. 15, 4. Is. 5, 23.
Also to make one gain his cause, to do
justice to, Ps, 82, 3, Is. 50, 8, b) In a
disputation, to pronounce right, to allow
pTx.
pix
884
to be in the right, to assent to his opi-
nion, Job 27, 5. Comp. in Kal no 2. b.
HITHPA. to justify oneself, to clear
oneself from suspicion, Gen. 44, 16.
Deriv. pº-nypºs, pºs, pits.
Pºž m. in pause pº Ps. 4, 6; c. suff.
"pºx.
1. In a physical sense, rightness,
straightness, i. q, \". Ps. 23, 3 ºn
Pºš straight paths. See r. p13.
2. In a moral sense, rectitude, right,
righteousness, ‘what is right and just,”
such as it should be, comp. ht;" no. 2. a.
Ps. 15, 2 pºx bye doing right, acting
rightly; comp. p \{ nº Is. 64, 4, Ps.
45, 8. Job 8, 3. 36, 3 pºx ins ºbseh to
my Maker I will ascribe righteousness,
i. e. will vindicate his justice. Hence
pºſs toº to judge the right, i.e. right-
eously, justly, Jer. 11, 20; pºt toº
righteous judgment Is. 58,2; pºt ºn,
pºs ºs, a just balance, just weights,
Lev. 19, 36. Job 31, 6. Ez. 45, 10; "Tº
pºst rightful sacrifices, i.e. such as are
right, due, proper, Deut. 33, 19. Ps. 4,
6. 51, 21. With suff, the right of any
one, his just cause ; Ps. 7, 9 judge me
"pTx3 according to my right, my right-
eous cause. 18, 21. 25. Job 6, 29; comp.
Ps. 17, 1. Often joined, toº pºſs,
right and justice, Ps, 89, 15, 97, 2–
Also of what is spoken, the right, the
(rulh, Ps. 52, 5. Is. 45, 19; comp. 48, 1.
3. justice, i. q. Hº, e.g. of a judge
Lev. 19, 15; of a kitg Is. 11, 4.5. 16, 5.
32, 1; of God Ps. 9, 9. 35, 24, 28. 50, 6.
72, 2.96, 13.−Hence righteousness, up-
rightness, integrity, see in pºt no. 3.
Is. 1, 21. 51, 1.7. 59, 4. Ps. 17, 15. Hos.
2, 21.
4. deliverance from wrong or evil,
prosperity, happiness, as the conse-
quence and reward of righteousness,
see Is. 32, 17; or also as resulting from
Jehovah's retributive justice and equity.
So often where the other member has
vu}, Hyº, Is. 41, 2, 45,8. 51, 5. Dan.
9, 24. Ps. 132, 9, comp. v. 16. Of the
servant of Jehovah, Is. 42, 6 Tºnsºr,
pºs: I have called thee with deliverance,
... e. that thou mayest come with deli-
verance, mayest bring prosperity and
happiness; comp. Jer. 26, 15. In the
same sense of Cyrus, Is. 45, 13 *ašš
pºs: ºn-rhºt. I have raised him up
that with deliverance 1 e may come.
Also i, q. Hºà, Is. 61, 3 pººr "h"s the
terebinths of blessing, benediction, on
which God’s blessing rests, blessed or
happy terebinths, as we also say a
blessed land.—Frequently also the word
HP's q.v. is used in the same manner
and it is in vain to deny this significa-
tion; see HRIS no. 4.
TPIX (r. PT4) constr. rps, c. suff.
"nºis, plur. nips, constr. nipºs.
1. reclitude, right, what is right and
just. (A trace of the phys. origin lies
in the phrase nip's ºn Is. 33, 15.)
2 Sam. 19, 29 what right have I more?
Neh. 2, 20. Joel 2, 23 ripº Hyºr, the
early rain according to right, i. e. in
right measure, according as the earth
requires.
2. justice, e.g. of a king Is. 9, 6. 32,
16. 17. 60, 17; so of God Is. 59, 16. 17,
both as exhibited in punishing the wick-
ed Is. 5, 16. 10, 22, and in delivering
avenging, rewarding the righteous Ps.
24, 5. 36, 11. Plur, acts of justice, i. e.
benignant or gracious deeds, Ps. 11, 7.
103, 6. Judg. 5, 11 ixing nipºx the
righteous acts of his rule in Israel, i. e.
the aid which he gave them, the triumph,
victory, which he bestowed on them.
3. In private persons, righteousness,
integrity, virtue, piety, Is. 5, 7, 28, 17. 46,
12, 54, 14.59, 14. Hºº Higº Ps. 56,1. 58,
2. Gen. 15, 6 God counted it to him for
righteousness, held it as a proof of his
upright sincerity and piety. Deut. 6, 25.
Plur. nip's righteous acts Is. 64, 5.
Hinº rpts a righteousness well pleasing
to God Ps. 5, 9.—Sometimes espec. for
kindness, compassion, mercy, Prov. 11, 4,
Ps. 24, 5; liberality, beneficence, Prov.
10, 2. Mic. 6, 5. Sept. often ę, smuogávn,
Deut. 6, 25. 24, 13.
4. deliverance, prosperily, i. G. P.S. no,
4 where see; parall. Hºus, rºun. Is,
45, 8, 46, 13. 48, 18, 51, 6.8. 54, 17. 56
1. 57, 12. 59, 9. 17. 61, 10. 11. Ps. 24, 5
parall. Hºà.
Tºy Chald. f. liberality, beneficence
Dan. 4, 24. So often in the Talmud
and Rabbins. Comp. Samar. HP7s of
3 - - - o an
alms, Arab. &#9–2, Syr, lº-cºl. Crimp
Hº: no. 3 fin. -
pºx
R'ly.
885
*PTY (justice bf Jehovah, r. p74)
... ºdekiah, pr. n. a) A king of Judah,
r. oOO–588 B.C. to whym this name was
g, ren by Nebuchadnezzar instead of his
ſo, mer one ſºng, 2 K. 24, 17. Jer. 1, 3.
c. 37-59. He was the son of Josiah,
and uneſe of Jehoiachin his predecessor,
Jer. 37, 1. 2 K. 24, 17. 1 Chr. 3, 15. In
2 Cºur. 36, 10 he is called the brother of
Jeholachinx prob. in the general sense
of retative. b) A false prophet under
Ahab 1 K. 22, 24. 2 Chr. 18, 10. 23;
also rºpº. 1 K. 22, 11. c) Jer. 29, 21.
22. d) 1 Chr. 3, 16. e) Jer. 36, 12.
:K Brº. to glitter, to shine, as gold;
Talm. Ad. Arab. to glitter, also
to be reddish or yellowish, like the hu-
man hair. For the origin see in nºis.
Hoph. Part. Brºº polished, glittering,
like gold, Ezra 8, 27.—Hence
ań; m, gold-coloured, yellow, of hair,
I,ev. 13, 30. 32. 36.
*Firſ; obsol. root, to be summy, and
so to become dry, arid; kindr. with
hrs, nris, where see. Syr. and Chald.
Nr.; to be thirsty. With the mid, rad. r
softened the Arabs have cs: o |-2. to
become dry; and the Hebrews nº q. v.
>k bris 1. to shine, to be bright, see
Hiphil, i. q, "Fix, *Hy; see under Hris.
2. Trop. of a clear shrill tone or voice;
hence to meigh, of a horse Jer. 5, 8, 50,
11. Arab. J-4-2, Syr. Sºis. Also of
persons, to shoul, to sing, to cry aloud for
joy, Is. 12, 6, 54, 1. Jer. 31, 7. Esth. 8,
15; c. 2, for i. e. on account of any
thing, Is. 24, 14. Once of the cry ex-
torted by terror: Is. 10, 30 ſhip *rīs
cry aloud with thy voice; where for the
acc. of instr. see Heb. Gr. § 135. 1. n. 3.
HipH. causat. of Kal. no. 1, to cause to
shine, Ps. 104, 15.
Deriv. nº.
*-H; to shime, to glitter, like the
kindr. hºly, nº, see under r. Hris.
Arab. 2 to appear, to come forth, to
be manifest; IV, to manifest. Hence
wns light, and nº oil.
HipH. denom. from nºs", to make or
press out oil, with a press, from olives,
etc. Job 24, 11,–Chald, id.
*rī; f. 1. pr. light, a light : collec.
Gen. 6, 16 nanº nºr ºns light shal;
thou make for the ark, i. e. windows, Gr
gºtég, comp. 8, 6. Like collectives it is
construed with the ſem. whence rigs-bs
nºan of a cubit long shalt thou make
them, the windows.
2. DUAL Cºnºš noon, pr. double light,
i. e. the strongest, brightest, Gen. 43, 16.
25. Deut. 28, 29. 2 Sam. 4, 5. 1 K. 18
26.27. 29. al. Chald. “nºt, Hºrſ":3, Syr.
o 9 – c. • * ~
toº, Arab. Šºla, id. 24% to do at
noon.—Jer. 6, 4 tº nº let us go
wp at moon Sc. against the enemv, i. e. at
once, suddenly, unexpectedly, since an
attack was seldom made at that hour,
because of the heat. 20, 16. Comp.
Kor. 9, 82.-Metaph. of high prosperity,
happiness, Job 11, 17. Ps. 37, 6. Is. 58, 10.
TX and ¥ m. (r. Hys, as "p, ºr, from
Tºp, nºr],) a commandment, precept.
Hos. 5, 11 tº ºr's mºr, to follow the
commandment, unless we prefer to read
hu, for sºuj; with Sept. and Syr. Is. 28,
10. 13 in the language of the wicked ru-
lers: "sº is sº is precept upon precept,
precept upon precept, i. e. precept is
added to precept, law to law, by priests
and prophets, we are daily wearied with
new precepts. Jerome imitates the pa-
ronomasia: manda, remanda, manda,
remanda.
six m. adj. filthy, of garments, Zech.
3, 3.4. R. Rºy, comp. Hsix.
TSix or TSX f (r. 833) ercrement,
ordure, i. q. Hiss, Is. 36, 12. 2 K. 18, 27
Keri-Hence genr. filth, Is. 4, 4, 28, 8
HS's Nºp filthy vomit. Metaph. of the
pollution of sin, Prov. 30, 12. Is. 4, 4.
—Chald. Syr. Talm. id.
"Sºy m. (r. his II) constr. "Nºs Jer.
28, 10. 12, c. suff, "ns}x, once tº Neh.
3, 5; plur. constr. ºnsis, c. suff, lºss,
once tº"nºsis Mic. 2, 3; the neck, Gr.
196xmlos, pr: the nape of the neck, the
back part at and above the shoulders, so
called from bearing, see the root. Thus
upon the neck are borne burdens, the
yoke, etc. Gen. 27, 40. Deut. 28, 48. Is.
10, 27. Jer. 27, 2, 8, 11. 28, 10. 11. 12, 14.
Hos. 10, 11; also garments, ornaments
Judg. 5,30; upon the neck (the nape) of
N',N.
Hºly
886
..he vanquished the victors put their foot
Josh. 10, 24. So of the neck of a horse
Job 39, 19; of the crocodile, as the seat
of his strength, Job 41, 14 [22]. Also
nN}s: with nape erect, stiff, i. e. proudly,
obstinately, Job 15, 26. Ps. 75, 6; comp.
Gr. 190xmåløw to walk with nape erect,
to be proud, toozoºl&s an epithet of Con-
stantine the Great.—Elsewhere the meck
genr. is understood, the nape included ;
Cant. 1, 10 comely is thy neck with strings
of pearls. 4, 4, 7, 5. Gen. 27, 16.41, 42.
[So nsix Ty even to the neck, spoken of
floods of deep waters, Is. 8, 8. 30, 28;
trop. and poet. of the deep bottom, depth,
of the sea, as laid bare, Hab. 3, 13.-R.]
Also nN}x neck is perh. put for the head-
less trunk, body, Ez. 21, 34 [29].—PLUR.
necks, pr. in a plur. signif. Josh. 10,
24. Judg. 8, 21. 26; oſtener for the
sing, like Gr. 16, 196&nko, Lat. cervices,
Gen. 27, 16; so ‘E *nsix-by be: to fall
wpom one’s meck, to embrace him, Gen.
33, 4, 45, 14; 'E 's by Tº Gen. 45, 14.
46, 29.
"Sº! Chald. m. nape, neck, Dan. 5,
7. 16.
Tºix, rarely Fºx 2 Sam. 23, 36, Nix
10, 6, (ſor nºis; station, r. ºx; ) Zobah,
pr. n. of a Syrian kingdom, fully Eºs
nºis Ps. 60, 2. 2 Sam. 10, 6.8; whose
king made war with Saul 1 Sam. 14,47,
with David 2 Sam. 8, 3. 10, 6. 1 Chr.
18, 5.9, and with Solomon 2 Chr. 8, 3.
It was on the north of Damascus, and
seems to have comprehended Hamath,
(see nºr, hence called Fºx nºr. 2 Chr.
8, 3) and to have extended as far as to
the Euphrates, 2 Sam. 8, 3. 1 K. 11, 23.
—The Syriac translators understand by
it Nisibis in Mesopotamia, <a. $1, and
they are followed by J. D. Michaelis,
Supplem. p. 2073. But the former opi-
nion is correctly maintained by Hyde ad
Peritsol Itin. mundi p. 60, and Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. I. ii. p. 144, 249.
*Thx fut. Ths pr. to lie in wait;
kindr. with nº, and of the same origin;
comp. uſe; nº. 1 Sam. 24, 12 and Tax
wº: Prov. 6, 26.—Spec. a) to hunt wild
animals, Gen. 27, 3. 5. 33. Jer. 16, 16.
Poet. ascribed to beasts of prey, as the
ion Job 38, 39; comp. 10, 16. Metaph.
Ps. 140, 12. b) to catch birds, to lay
snares, Lev. 17, 13. Trop. of snares laid
for men, Lam. 3, 52, 4, 18. Prov, 6, 26
Mic. 7, 2.—Arab. olo mid. Ye, to hunt
º
to fish, ŠU.2 hunter, fisher, a lion ;
Chald. Thx, Syr. º, of hunting, fowling
fishing.
Pil. i. q. Kal, to lie in wait for Ez. 13
18. 20.
HITHP. hºst denom. from Tºs no. 3
to provide oneself with food ſor a journey
Josh.9, 12. Aram. Tºys id.
Deriv. Tºx, Tºs, Hººs, 14%, Tisz
nºis?, rºsº, pr. n. Tinºs.
>k Tºš in Kal not used, pr. to set up
to put, to place; kindr, with nº ; hence
TºS cippus. Syr. tes, e. g. tºº, le,
to set up a monument Ez. 39, 15 Pesh,
Arab. sº cippus. The primary sylla-
ble is corresponds to as in ºxy, 5x5.
Piel Fºx, fut, apoc, *s, *i; imp
His Ps. 44, 5, apoc. Tº .
1. to constitute, to appoint, to confirm,
Num. 27, 19 and set him before Eleazar
... crºsh irs Hrºx, and constitute
him in their sight. The primary force
of His i. q. Tºiz is found perh. in Ex. 18,
23 if thou shalt do this thing, E*rēš Tºxº
Tº tº then God will confirm (estab:
lish) thee, and thou shall be able to en-
dure ; Sept. Kottoxiſost os à 9ség-
Hence a) to set over any thing, to ap-
point, with acc. of pers, and by of thing,
1 Sam. 13, 14, 25, 30, 2 Sam. 6, 21. 7
11. 1 Chr. 22, 12. Neh. 5, 14. 7, 2. Is. 45
11 ºn 1: b:b-by' ºn-by pr. set me
over my sons and over the work of my
hands, i. e. ye may safely commit to
me the care of all that I have created.
b) to appoint, to institute, with acc. of
thing; Ps. 7, 7 rººs tº institute thou a
judgment, trial. 68, 29. 111,9. Is. 45, 12
all the host of heaven have I appointed.
i. e. constituted, created. Is. 48, 5 parall,
nity. Also to appoint, to ordain, to de-
cree, Ps. 44, 5. 71, 3. 105, 8.
2. to command, to charge ; absol. Ps
33, 9 Tºº Hºx Nhn. With acc. of pers
(Lat. “jubere aliquem,”) Gen. 26, 11. 44
1. Num. 36, 2. al. saep. More rarely c.
by Gen. 2, 16. 28, 6. 2 Chr. 19, 9. Am. 3
12. Nah. 1, 14; SS Gen. 50, 16. Ex. 16,34.
; Thy
yºg
887
Num. 15, 23; # Ex. 1, 22. . Sam. 20, 29.
al. So with the express words of com-
mand after nox: Gen. 2, 16. 26, 11. 32, 5.
50, 16. Ex. 5, 6. al. saep.—Further, that
which one commands to be done is put:
a) In the acc. Gen. 47, 11nyº Hºx hºsz
according to what (as) Pharaoh had
commanded. Ex. 7, 10. 20; with two
acc. of pers. and thing, Gen. 6,22. 7, 9, 16.
21, 4. Ex. 7, 6, 12, 50. 1 Chr. 22, 13. Neh.
8, 1. So also to command a thing, precept,
statute, law, i. Q. to give a command, to
make a law, etc. Ex. 16, 16 hºs ºr ny
* Hºs. 35, 4. Num. 30, 2. 1 K. 13, 21
": is nºs Hysºn. Num. 30, 17 cºprin
* nº nºs. Josh. 1, 7 is nuys nyin
nºa. Also c, dat. pers. Deut. 33, 4.
Neh. 9, 14. Ps. 119, 4. b) In the inf. c. *,
Gen. 50, 2 and Joseph commanded . . .
the physicians "ES"ns ºrth to embalm
his father. Ex. 35, 1. 29. 36, 5. Lev. 7,
36. 2 Sam. 7, 7. Jer. 26,8. Where one
is commanded not to do a thing, i. e.
where any thing is forbidden, it is put
with 72 c. infin. Is. 5, 6 Hºgs ºr 99.
nººn?; or with "rºzh c. inf. Gen. 3,
11. jer. 35, 8, c) In the ſut. with nuis
that ; Esth. 2, 10 for Mordecai had
charged her ºn sº hºs that she should
not tell it; and so with nuš impl. Lam.
1, 10. Oftener with Vav, as Gen. 42, 25
"shº! sº and he commanded and they
lled, i. e. he commanded them to fill.
Ex. 36, 6. 1 K. 5, 31.
3. With an acc. of pers. without men-
tion of the thing commanded, to give
charge to any one, to send with com-
mands, to command to go. Jer. 23, 32 I
have not sent them Bºrº's Nº, nor given
them change, i.e. have not commanded .
them to go to you, 14, 14. The pers.
to whom one is thus sent is put with by
Esth 4, 5. Ezra 8, 17. 1 Chr. 22, 12. Is.
10, 6; by Jer, 27, 4. Esth. 4, 10–The
Ders. or thing concerning which charge
is given is put with by Gen. 12, 20.
2 Sam. 14, 8; by Ex. 6, 13. 25, 22. Is.
23, 11. Jer. 47, 7; ; Ps. 91, 11.—Not sel-
dom God is thus said to command or send
things; e. g. his blessing Lev. 25, 21
Deut. 28, 8. Ps. 133, 3 ; his favour Ps
42 9. 44, 5; the sword Am. 9, 4 ; the
dawn Job 38, 12. So Job 36, 32 sº
p"AE2: Fºx and commanded it (the
... ight, ligh ning) against the enemy.—
The person upon whom the command
is laid is put with by Gen. 2, 16. Job
36, 32; with h as innah Hºx to give
charge to one's household, i. e. to declare
one’s last will, to set one’s house in order,
2 K. 20, 1. Is. 38, 1; also in-a-bs nºt
id. 2 Sam. 17, 23. Comp. Rabb. nºt
testament.
Pual, nºt to be commanded, Gen. 45.
19. Lev. 8, 35 "rºx 12 so I am com-
7manded, this charge is given me. Ez.
12, 7 "rººt húsz as I was commanded.
24, 18. 37, 7. With 3 of him by whom
the command is given, Num. 36, 2.
Deriv. ix, *, *, r*.
* nº to cry out, to shout for joy, Is.
42, 11. Chald. id. The Arabs use a
contracted form, mid quiesc. 2U2 for
2-2. Both Heb, and Arab are prob.
\-
softer forms from ring, 2 j-2, comp. Is.
42, 11. 13.−Hence C
Tº f outcry, e.g. of joy, shouting,
Is. 24, 11 ; of sorrow Jer. 14, 2. Ps. 144,
14; c. suff. Tºry thy cry, i.e. caused
by thee, Babylon, Jer. 46, 12; comp.
Gen. 18, 20.
*** obsol. root, prob. i. q. bºx III
to be sunk, immersed ; hence nºis? .
Hºsº, and
Hºx f depth of the sea, abyss, Is.
44, 27.
*P* fut. Bºx, conv. Bºy, to fast;
Arab. U2 and Aram, id. The primary
idea liés in keeping the mouth shut, comp.
the remarks on roots ending in D under
art. 52; note.—Judg. 20, 26. 1 Sam. 7,
6. 2 Sam. 1, 12. 1 K. 21, 27. Is. 58, 3.
Jer, 14, 12. al. Zech. 7, 5 ºr ºx pist.
did ye at all fast unto me? where the
suffix is to be taken in the dative.—
Hence
Dix m. plur. niois Esth.9, 31; a fast,
fasting, 2 Sam. 12, 16. Is. 58, 5.6. Zech.
8, 19. Esth. 4, 3. Neh. 9, 1. Bix sº to
proclaim a fast 1 K. 21, 9. 12. Ezra 8,
21. Dix wººp to consecrate a fast, insti-
tute it as a sacred rite, Joel 1, 14. 2, 15.
Ps. 69, 11 "ujº Bisa in fasting is my
soul, i. e. I fast, comp, ujº, no. 2.
yº.
*ly
888
* 2°S obsol root; Arab. =U2 to
form, to fabricate, to ply the trade of a
goldsmith. Hence Bºx sculptured
work.
Tºº (smallness, r. nºt) Zuar, pr. n.
m. Num. 1, 8, 2, 5.
"yix see nys.
k Fºx to flow, to overflow, c. 22 Lam.
3, 54.—Chald. Ithp. to flow out, Syr.
-eń, Chald. Fº, to overflow, to float, to
swim.
HipH. 1. to make overflow or over-
whelm, c. acc. et by Deut. 11, 4.
2. to cause to float or swim, 2 K. 6, 6.
Deriv. Hº, Hººt, and
* m. 1. comb, honey-comb, so called
because the honey flows out from it;
Prov. 16, 24 Ex; ºn tº Fºx pleasant
words are as the honey-comb; Sept. xm-
glow uéAutog, Vulg. favus mellis. Plur.
bººs rºº Ps. 19, 11, see in nº.
2. Zuph, pr. n. of an ancestor of Elka-
nah 1 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr. 6, 20 where Keri
has prºt; also "six 1 Chr. 6, 11.
Tºx (a cruse, r. rex) Zophah, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 7, 35. 36.
*pix, see in subst. Fºx no. 2.
"Eix and "Ex (perh. i. q. Hipx spar-
row) Zophar, pr. n. of one of Job’s three
friends and opponents Job 2, 11. 11, 1.
20, 1. 42, 9.
2k yºs i. q. Ys; and yº, comp. Thr.
1. to glitter, see Hiph.
2. to flower, to flourish. Praet. Yº Ez.
7, 10, metaph.
HipH. ſut. Yºs, conv. Yºl, part.
yºsº Cant. 2, 9.
1. to glitter, to sparkle, pr. to emit
splendour, comp. hºst. Ps. 132, 18.
Hence to glance forth, i. e. to look by
stealth ; pr. to let the eyes sparkle ;
Cant. 2, 9 Bºrn 12 yºxº glancing
from the lattice. Talm. Yºr, id. Arab.
Jacº, and U^2-22 to look by stealth,
e.g. a female through a hole in her
veil.
2. to bloom, to blossom, pr. to produce
glossoms, Num, 17,23 [8]. Ps. 90, 6. 103,
5. Metaph. Ps. 72, 16. 92,8. Is. 27, 6.
Deriv. Yºs, Hyºs, nsºx.
y
* I. phy to be narrow, strattened, com.
pressed, Arab. $U.4 mid. Ye. Eth
ſhºp to straiten, to compress; 80%
to be strait, narrow; IV, to straitén.
Kindr. is phy, also pº ſº., and the
like. [Hence perh, to p, ess close upon,
to cleave to any one, Ps. 41, 9; but see
in ps: no. 1. a,—R.
HipH. pºs. 1. to straiten, to press
upon, to distress any one, c. dat. Deut.
28, 53 sq. Jer. 19, 9; spec. a city by a
siege, c. dat. Is. 29, 2.7. Part. p"xº an
oppressor Is. 51, 13.
2. to press, to urge, with entreaties,
prayers, c. acc. Judg. 14, 17; c. dat.
16, 16.—Also Job 32, 18 riºn ºrpºxr.
*:::: the spirit within me presseth (con.
straineth) me.
Deriv. pis, riphs, psºn, pisz,
npºx?. -
* II. Pºs ſut. Pasº, kindr. ps:, ine,
ºb.
1. i. q. ps: to pour out, Job 29, 6. 28,
2 nººn: phs; Tºsh and stone pours out
brass, i.e. ore is molten into brass. Me-
taph. Is. 26, 16 Üriº |\ps they pour out
prayer; where ºpx Milra is praet. Kal
with Nun paragogic, ſor ºpx.
2. i. q. pºsſ (Hiph. of r. psy) to set
wp, to place; hence phs? column.
Pix m. distress, trouble of the times
Dan. 9, 25. R. pax I.
TP*Y. f. (r. phs I) id. Prov. 1, 27. Is.
8, 22. 30, 6.
* J. Tº ſut. *s, apoc, sº (like
kindr. hº), to straiten, to press upon, to
compress ; comp. nºt I. Hence
1. to bind up or together, sc. into a roll
or package, i, q, nºt no. 1. Praet. rºs
Deut. 14, 25; ſut. **** 2 K. 12, 11.
nsºn 5, 23.
2. to press, e. g. a) In a hostile
sense, to press upon, to beset, to assail;
c. acc. Ex. 23, 22. Deut. 2, 9, 19; c. bs
2 K. 16, 5; h 2 Chr. 28, 20. Part, plur.
tº assailants, persecutors, Esth. 8
11. b) Of a city, to press with siege
to besiege, with acc. of city 1 Chr. 20, 1
often c. by Deut. 20, 12. 2 Sain. 11, 1,
1 K. 15, 27. 2 K. 6, 24. Jer. 21, 4. Ez.
4, 3; c. 98 Deut. 20, 19; absol. Is. 2.
2. Also with by of a pers, besieged in
*}x
-hy:
889
tity 2 Sam. 20, 15; by 1 Sam. 23, 8.
Metaph. Ps. 139, 5 ºr-stºp, Hins thou
besetlest me behind and before, so that I
cannot escape thee, c) With acc. and
by, to press one thing upon another; to
push forward upon; Is. 29, 3 T2: "Fºx
agº I will push forward posts (of
troops) against thee, Jerusalem. Cant.
8,9. Judg.9, 31 lo, they urge on (excite)
the cily against thee.
3. to cut, to carve, a) Pr. by press-
ing upon with a knife, comp. Tº no. 1,
2; hence has an edge, sharp rock. b)
to form, to fashion, to shape, i. q. m.º.
no. 2. Syr. % to form ; Arab ‘tº id.
Found only in ſut. "sºl Ex. 32, 4, 1 K.
7, 15; Thºss Jer. 1, 5 Cheth. The other
tenses are from nºt.
Deriv. Hax, riºt, nºt, his?, pr. n.
-is, -s, by hºs, hºnºs.
* II. This or ºn: to bear, to carry ;
Ethiop. 880 id. IV. to load; 80.
a load; 8'ſ A a porter. Kindr. perh.
with Aram. n=q, *a*, to bear.—
Hence ºns;s nape, Tinºt.
nºx m. (r. -ºs I. 3) plur. Bºx, once
nin's Job 28, 10. -
1. a rock. a) Genr. sharp and pre-
cipitous, see the root, comp. Virg. AEn.
8, 233 ‘stabat acuta silex, praecisis undi-
que saxis.’ Sept. 7térgo. Chald. Nyhø,
Syr. iãº, a mountain ; and so Arab.
»” tlS Uºw »” Mount Sinai.-
Éx. 17, 6. 33, 21. 22. Judg. 6, 21. Job
14, 18. Ps. 78, 20. 105, 41. Is. 2, 10. 48,
21. al.—Metaph. of a place where one
is secure from enemies, comp. Ps. 27, 5
*ºnin, -ºxi, he hath set me high upon
a rock. 61, 3. Hence a refuge, sheller;
espec. of God, as affording refuge and
protection to Israel, Deut. 32, 37 nºx
in ºn. So were 's Ps. 94, 22, Tiyº 's
a rock of refuge Is. 17, 10. Ps. 31, 3;
"rººm 's Deut. 32, 15 ºn 'x 2 Sam.
22, 47. Ps. S9, 27; *:::: 's Ps, 73, 26;
bsº 's 2 Sam. 23.3. Is, 30,39; c. sºff.
*** my rock, Ps. 18, 3.47. 19, 15. 28 1;
... art. Thiºn Deu'. 32 4. Of any tute-
lary civinity, Deut. 32, 31. 1 Sam. 2, 2.
—By another metapno- drawn from a
quarry, nºt is put for the founder of a
people, Is. 51, 1.
b) a stone, pebble; Ib. 8, 14 biºn ºx
a stone of stumbling. Job 22, 24 nºx
pººr; pebbles of the brooks ; see Heb
Gr. § 106. 3. c.
2. an edge, see the root no. 3. a. Ps.
89, 44 anry ºf the edge of the sword;
according to which analogy Josh. 5, 2.3
tº riºrſ are sharp knives; comp
"ş Ex. 4, 25, and so Targ. But Sept.
Vulg. Syr. Arab. understand knives of
stone (comp. no. 1), which the ancient
Orientals were accustomed to use for
castration and circumcision, Hdot. 2.86.
Plin. 35. 46; and this interpretation is
favoured by the words of the Alex.
translator inserted after Josh. 24, 30, €xei
#9.mxov sig to uviuo, sis à éðapov witby
(Joshua) éxei tās Mozaigo's twº tergives,
év gig teguétégé tovº vious 'Iogan, ... xat
ëzëi sigtv Šog tåg offusgow juégo.g. This is
a circumstance worthy of remark; and
goes to show at least, that knives of stone
were ſound in the sepulchres of Pales-
time, as well as in those of north-western
Europe.—Hence
3. form, shape, Ps. 49, 15 Keri ; pr.
cut, comp. Fr. taille from tailler; see
"mh"; no. 3. b.
4. Zur, pr. n. m. a.) A phylarch ºr
chief of the Midianites, Num. 25, 15.
31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b) 1 Chr. 8, 30.
9, 36.
nix and nx (a rock, i. q -ºs, comp.
Rochelle) pr. n. f. Tyre, Gr. Tºgos, from
an Aramean form Rºº, lya-, the cele-
v \ }
brated and opulent emporium of Phe-
nicia, of which the most ancient and
strongly fortified part, afterwards called
Palætyrus (-x -xiຠ2 Sam. 24, 7, nº
-s nsiº Josh. 19, 29), was situated up-
on the continent, and the more modern
part upon an island over against the
former; see Ez. 26, 17. 27, 4.25. Is. 23,
4. Comp. Menand. Ephes. ap. Jos. Ant.
9. 14, 2. ib. 8, 2.7. For the history of
the city see Comment. on Is. 1. p. 707 sq.
Thesaur. p. 1160. Bibl. Res, in Palest.
III. p. 401–8.—The domestic name ns is
found in O. T. 2 Sam. 5, 11. 1 K. 5, 15.
7, 13. Ps. 45, 13. Ez. 26, 2. al. saep. and
also in inscriptions on Tyrian coins
struck in the time of the Seleucidae, el-
ther simply nºb ("sh) Tigov, or more
fully by is es -sh (tº es -sh) ‘of
75
*lºg
ºnny
890
Tyre the metropolis of the Zidonians;’
see Monumm. Phoen. p. 79, 261. Tab. 6.
34. Mionnet Descr. des Medailles, T.
W. pl. 23, 24.—At the present day its
ruins, called Sūr, lie upon a penin-
sula, Alexander the Great having join-
ed the island to the continent by a
mole; Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 394
sq.-Gentile n. ***, q.v. -
Tº see nºt neck.
Tºx f. (r. ** I.3) constr. nnºx, plur.
ninhº, form, Ez. 43, 11 bis.
Tinºx only in plur. Bºnº necks Cant.
4, 9, for neck. The ending ji is dimin.
and implies affection, Lehrg. p. 13.
Others a collar.
bºx (my rock is God) Zuriel, pr.
m. m. Num. 3, 35.
"Tºx (my rock is the Almighty)
Zurishaddai, pr. n. m. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12.
*nºs, HipH. nºr to set on fire, to
kindle, i. q, nºsºi, once Is. 27, 4. See
nº.
Tº m. adj. (r. rinx)
white, bright, Cant. 5, 10.
2. Spec. summy, bright, clear; Is. 18,
4 nº bri clear heat. Jer. 4, 11 my rºl-
a Sereme wind, i. e. warm and dry.
3. Trop. clear, plain, of words Is. 32,
1. dazzling
... → 0 <
4. Arab. º to be clear, manifest.
8TX and NTY (dry, thirsty, r. Hriº)
Ziha, pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 43. Neh. 7, 46.
11, 21.
tlé Hris obsol. root, i. q. Hrist, to be
bright, sunny; then to be dry. Aram.
Nrs to be thirsty.—Hence First, pr. n.
Nris.
Tº adj. (r. Hris, aſter the form bººp)
dry, fom thirst, Is. 5, 13.
* TTS 1. to be bright, to be of a
dazzling while, Lam. 4, 7.
2. to be summy, i. e. exposed to the
.ight and heat of the sun, whence Tx,
hºrs, riri"rix, nin:ris Arab. 2-3
e - - y
sunny plain, also the sun; Syr. -3
(2 x:
to shine, to be serene, !--es warm ;
Chald Tºmix to make shine, to polish.
ar
—This idea of brightness and splendour
belongs very extensively to roots from
the biliteral stock nºt, as also to those
beginning with the softer letters Fix
HT, and with the sibilant dropped nº
no; comp. Hirº, hrs, prºt, ris; ; nº
=rix, nºt, bris; Hriſ, -r], ºr ; ºriº
*nº.
Deriv. ris, niriºrs, and the three
here following.
T]"TX. m. adj. sunny, hence dry, parch-
ed, Ez. 24, 7.8. 26, 4, 14. R. Hris.
"T"TX; f. a dry and parched land, Ps.
68, 7. R. rink.
•rry id. plur. tº- Neh. 4, 7 Cheth.
i- y
>k in: obsol. root, Syr. s”$ to be
filthy, foul , also to be impudent.
Chald. In: id. The primary idea is
that of stinking ; comp. nº and 2 : -
to stink.-Hence Č
Tºrº f stench Joel 2, 20.
nºnym: f plur. droughts, Is. 58, 11.
R. Trix no. 2.
>k pr: ſut, prº to laugh; Arab.
Jºss, Syr. and Zab. *~, Chald, also
Tºn id. All these are onomatopoetic,
and correspond with Sanscr. kakh to
laugh, Gr. Kozºga, z0/ztºo, Lat. cachin-
nor, Germ. gackern, kichern, Engl. to
giggle. With the exception of Judg. 16,
25. Ez. 23, 32, this verb is ſound only in
the Pentatouch ; while the later writers
and the poets use instead of it the softer
form prº. Comp.psy.—Gen. 17, 17. 18,
12. 13. 15; c. * at any one Gen. 21, 6.
PIEL to play, to sport, to jest, pr. as
iterat. ‘to laugh repeatedly;’ Gen. 19, 14.
Spec. a) With singing, leaping, danc-
ing, Ex. 32, 6. Judg. 16, 25. Gen. 21, 9;
comp. Matt. 14, 6. b) With females,
to toy, to caress, like Tuoiſelv, Lat. ludlere
Gen. 26, 8; c. : Gen. 39, 14, 17.
Deriv. pr. n. Pršº, and
Prſ; m. laughter, scorn; Gen. 21, 6
God hath prepared laughter for me, i.e.
against me. Ez. 23, 32.
>k -ris obsol. root, Arab. Conj
XI, to be dazzling white ;" kindr, is
ºnrº, see under nºt.—Hence the three
following. -
ºnrº;
*:
891
"TX. m. whiteness of wool Ez. 27, 18.
Tº adj. white, e. g. she-asses Judg.
5, 10; prob, those of a light reddish
rolour, since asses entirely white are
rarely if ever found. A light colour
is highly prized by the Orientals in
asses, camels, and elephants. Vulg.
2 >
Arab, y= pr.
white, but also spoken of an ass of a
light reddish shade. R. hrs.
nitens ; Syr. whitish.
"TX (whiteness) Zohar, pr. n. m.
a) A son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. Ex. 6,
15; called also ring Num. 26, 13. b)
Gen. 23, 8, 25, 9, c) 1 Chr. 4, 7 Keri;
in Cheth. Hris".
I. Y, i. q, nºt dryness, see in nºt.
II. Y. m. (for *, r. Hy) a ship, so
called as being set up, built ; comp.
h;"Eq. Is. 33, 21. Plur. Bºt Num. 24,
24. Ez. 30, 9; also tº Dan. 11, 30–
*~...~~
Castell adduces Arab. §ſ a small
vessel ; but this word is not found in
Arabic lexicographers.
Sºx (ſor nºns; statue, r. 5xx) Ziba,
pr. m. of a servant of Saul, 2 Sam. 9, 2.
16, 1.
TX. m. (r. This) 1. hunting, the chase,
Gen. 10, 9, 25, 27.
2. game taken in hunting, venison, etc.
Gen. 27, 5. 7. 19. 25. 33. Prov. 12, 27.
Also prey, as of ravenous birds Job 39, 3
I38, 41].
3. food of any kind, Neh. 13, 15. Ps.
32, 13. Spec. provision for a journey
Josh. 9, 5. 14. Comp. Tºš.
Tº m. (r. Ths) a hunter, Jer. 16, 16.
Tºx or TjX ſ. (r. Tºs) i. q. Tºx no.
& food; spec. provision for a journey
Gen. 42, 25. 45, 21. Ex. 12, 39. Josh. 9,
11. Judg. 7, 8, 20, 10. 1 Sam. 22, 10. Ps.
78, 25.—Arab. Sly, Aram. Nºt, i:31,
Sd.
Titº, and 7"x Gen. 10, 15 (fish-
'ng, fishery, r. Th: ) Zidom, pr. n. of a
very ancient and opulent city of Pheni-
cia, fully Han Titº's great Zidon, 5-
Zidon the metropolis, Josh. 11, 8, 19, 28.
The name is em. where the c, y is :
spoken of Josh. 11, 8, 19, 28; and masc.
where the people is met nt, as Gen. 10
15. Oſten coupled with Tyre, Joel 4, 4,
Jer, 25, 22. 27, 3. Zech. 9, 2. al. Gen.
tile n. *-ins Zidonian, see in its order.--
The name Zidon, Zidonians, is oſten
applied to all the inhabitants of the
northern parts of Canaan, dwelling
around the skirts of Mount Lebanon
and called by the Greeks Phenicians.
comprehending also the Tyrians; so Is.
23, 2.4. 12. Deut. 3,9. Ez. 32, 30. Josh,
13, 6; comp. 1 K. 11, 5.33. 2 K. 23, 13.
Comp. 2.66wwow Hom. II. 6. 290. ib. 23.
743. Od. 4. 84 ib. 17. 424, which name
has the same extent. Hence it is appa-
rent, why Ethbaal king of Tyre (see
Menand. ap. Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2) is also
called king of the Zidonians i. e. of
Phenicia, 1 K. 16, 31; and why on
Tyrian coins (see his) we read ºnxº
this ºs of Tyre the metropolis of the
Zidonians. See more in Comment.
on Is. 23, 2. On the coins of Zidon itself
the inscription is 71sb, E*Tsº, i.e jºsh,
Bºsh, of Zidon, of the Zidonians. At
the present day a town of importance
still occupies the same site, called lºo
Saida ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
415–428. Reland Palest. p. 1010.
nºny gentile n. a Zidonian, Judg. 3, 3.
Ez. 32, 30. Plur. Sººns, pºſs 1 Chr.
22, 4, Ezra 3, 7; jºins 1 K. 11, 33.
Fem. plur. riºts 1 K. 11, 1; in other
Mss. niºg or niºis.
*Hºs obsol. root, i. q. Firſt q. v. to
be sunny, dry.—Hence nºt, Tiº, Yi*
tº hºly; .
Fºx f. dryness, drought, Job 24, 19,
whence Fºx Yºs a dry land, desert, Ps.
63, 2, Is. 41, 18. Jer. 2, 6. Hos. 2, 5.
Joel 2, 20, al. So with Yºsimpl. id. Ps
78, 17. Is. 35, 1. Jer. 50, 12. Zeph. 2, 13.
Plur, niº Ps. 105, 41. R. riºt.
Tiº m dryness, concr: a dry place
desert, Is. 25, 5. 32, 2. R. Tº .
Tºx (sunny place, sunny mount, r.
nºs) Zion, pr. m. f. the southwestern-
most and highest of the hills on which
Jerusalem was built; Sept. Budiv. It in-
cluded especially the most ancient part
of the city, with the citadel and temple,
(mount Moriah on which the temple
was built being reckoned to Zion.) and
hº
--M.
892
was also called the City of David, 2
Chr. 5, 2. By the poets and prophets it
is very often put for Jerusalem itself, Is.
8, 18. 10, 24. 33, 14. al. Also for its in-
habitants, fem. Is. 1, 27. 49, 14. 52, 1.
Ps. 97,8. Zeph. 3, 16. The inhabitants
are also poetically called ins: tº Is. 30,
19, Tins ºf Ps. 49, 2 ſing ra the daugh-
ter of Zion Is. 52, 2. 62, 1). Ps. 9, 15. al.
and its rºujin Is. 12, 6. So its na is
also put for the inhabitants even in exile
Zech. 2, 11. 14, comp. Is. 40, 9; once
for the city itself Is. 1, 8; see in na no.
5. But its nil; the daughters of Zion
are the females of Jerusalem, Is. 3, 16.
17. 4, 3. Once c. genit. Is. 60, 14 jinx.
bsº u; tıp Zion of the Holy One of
Israel, i. e. sacred to him. For the to-
pography, see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p.
388 sq. comp. p. 413.-Arab. J2+&^
Syr. &-º, as if from thrix. -
jº m. (r. Hy) a pillar, cippus, a
short column, as being set up ; either
sepulchral 2 K. 23, 17. Ez. 39, 15; or as
a way-mark, guide, Plur. Bº Jer. 31,
(2 to 9 & 5
21–Chald, id. Syr, i.e., Arab. 8x-o
id.
NITY, see in Rrºt.
tº m. plur. (from a form ºf i. q.
nºt dryness, with the ending "-) inha-
bitants of the desert, viz. a) Men, i. e.
nomades, Ps. 72, 9; and so according to
some Is. 23, 13. b) Animals, i.e. jack-
als, ostriches, wild beasts, Is. 13, 21. 23,
13. 34, 14. Jer. 50, 39. Ps. 74, 14.
7"x see ºt.
pºx m. (r. p3%) Jer. 29, 26, Sept. and
Vulg. a prison ; better stocks, as confin-
ing the hands and feet; so Symm. and
the Heb. intpp. Comp. Arab. Jº
ſetter.
nºx (smallness, r. ss) Zior, pr. n.
of a place in the cribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 54.
Fºx see in art. Fºx no. 2.
Y"X m. (r. Yix) 1. a brightness, i. e.
a burnished plate of gold on the fore-
nead of the high priest, Ex. 28, 36–38.
39, 30. Lev. 8, 9. Comp. Ps. 132, 18.
2. a flower, Job 14, 2, Ps. 103, 15. Is.
28, 1. 40, 6–8.
Plur. bºss for thºs”y
1 K. 6, 18. 29, 32; see 1.ehrg. § 37, n. 1
3, a wing; see in Ys; no. 2, 3. Jer. 48
9.—Chald, Yºº wing, also a fin.
4. Ziz, pr. m. of a place or pass, once
2 Chr. 20, 16. Prob. near En-gedi, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 215.
Fly"; f. (r. 74s) a flower; Is. 28, 4
ba; ns's a flower of fading, i.e. a ſading
flower, comp. v. 1. But prob. it shouk.
read bºrn 7"s with the same sense.
Fºx f. (ſor nºsºs) pr. flower-like, or
wing-like, from Yºº with the adj. ſetn,
ending nº-. Hence
1. a lock of hair, forelock, Ez. 8, 3.
Comp. under n3. no. 1.
2. fringe, tassel, worn by the Israel’ tes
on the corners of their garments Num.
15, 38.39. Comp. Matt. 23, 5.
*P*Y. 1 Chr. 12, 1. 20, elsewhere
*Px, in pause *R*, Ziklag, pr: n, of a
city of Simeon, at times subject to the
Philistines, Josh, 15, 31. 19, 5. 1 Sam.
7, 6. 30, 1. 14, 26. 2 Sam. 1, 1. 1 Chr.
4, 30; comp. Neh. 11, 28. The etymo-
logy is obscure. Simonis derives it
from 93 pºs, outpouring of a ſountain;
but this has little probability.
× --g a root doubtful in the verb it-
selſ, signifying according to the deriva-
tives:
1. to go in a circle, to revolve, kindr.
with hºto, nin, nº. Hence hºst hinge
writhing.
2. to go, Arab. L.2 mid. Ye, to go
Hence nºt a
.* *
to arrive ; comp. Tho.
messenger.—Hence also -
HITHPA. fut. Hºº Hº Josh. 9, 4
could be: they went and betook themselves
to the way, they set off. But since no
other trace of this form or signification
exists in Hebrew or in Aramean, it is
better to read with six Mss. #Tº they
provided themselves with food for the
journey, as in v. 12; which is also ex
pressed by the ancient versions.
I. Y. m. (r. ***) plur. phºt, constr
*Y*s º -
1. hinge of a door Prov. 26, 14. Chald.
Syr. Arab. A-o id,
2. Plur. 5* i. q bºr, writhings
throes, pains, of a woman in travail, Is
***
rºbº:
893
13, 8, 21, 3. 1 Sam. 4, 19. Metaph, of
terror Dan. 10, 16, which is often com-
pared with the pains and trembling of
childbirth. Comp. Arab. }* V, to
writhe with pain.
3. a messenger, Prov. 13, 17. 25, 13.
Jer. 49, 14. Obad. 1. Plur. Is. 18, 2. 57,
9. See r. nºt no. 2.
II. "X m. (r. As I. 3) 1. form,
shape, i.e. beauty, Ps. 49, 15 Cheth.
2. an idol, image, Is. 45, 16.
23 m. (r. 9% II) c. suff, *.x: once
fem. 2 K. 20, 11. Is, 38, 8, where Hºl.
can only refer to ºt, comp. Tº ; shade,
shadow ; Arab. Jº, Syr. liš; id. So
Judg. 9, 36. Ps, 80, 11. Cant. 2, 31. Ez.
17, 23. 31, 6. Hos. 14, 8, al. "Mº by a
lengthened shadow, i. e., lengthening
with the declining day, Ps. 102, 12,
comp. 109, 23. Jer. 6, 4. Job 17, 7 all my
members are as a shadow, i. e. wasted,
thin, so that only a shadow of me re-
mains.—Metaph, a) Put for any thing
fleeting and transient, Job 8, 9. Ps. 102,
12. Ecc. 6, 12. 8, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 15. So
his by a passing shadow Ps. 144, 4.
b) Concr. a shade, i. e. as aſſording shel-
ter, protection, the figure being preserv-
3d, as Gen. 19, 8 ºn-lip Bs: under the
shadow of my roof, the protection of my
house. So in or under the shadow of thy
wings Ps. 17, 8, 36, 8, 57, 2, Is. 25, 4
thou, Jehovah, art a shadow (shelter)
from the heat. 16, 13. Also the figure
leing neglected, e. g. in the shadow of
his hand, i.e. under his protection, Is.
49, 2, 51, 16; in the shadow of God, Ps.
91, 1. Lam. 4, 20; of Egypt Is. 30, 2;
of Heshbon Jer. 48, 45. Ecc. 7, 12 by:
Fºr bºil rigºrr in the shadow of wis-
ilom we are in the shadow of wealth, i.e.
wisdom protects men not less than
wealth. So Ps. 121, 5. Num. 14, 9.-
Once by may be referred to the ap-
proach of evening, as in Engl. the shades
wf evening, the end of the day's labours,
Job 7, 2. -
>k Nº: Chald. to incline, to decline,
bften in Targg. for Heb, nº. Spec. to
incline the ear, to listen, Targg PS 40,
2. Prov. 5, 13. Syr. iſ, id.—Hence in
O. T.
PA. to pray, to implore, pr. ‘ to cause
to listen; Dan. 6, 11. Ezra 6, 10,— Often
in Targg. Syr. J.S., Arab. S-2, Eth.
8AP, id.
>k H}: to roast, 1 Sam. 2, .5. Is. 44
16. 19. Arab. $2 and &o id.-Hence
** e
nºx (shade) Zillah, pr. m. of a wife
of Lamech, Gen. 4, 19. 23.
bºx, in Keri bºx, pr. Kołłągo, a
round cake ; so called from rolling, from
r. 52: III. Comp, n22. Once Judg. 7,
13 tº Erſh (bibs) bºx, where Sept.
and Chald, well, a cake of barley-bread.
* I. H: and Fºx Jer. 12, 1, fut.
nº!", pr. to cleave, to cut, to break
through. Chald. to cleave wood; Syr.
id. Aph. to break through, whence
tes, rupture, hernia. Kindr, is nºr.
—Hence spec.
1. to go over or through, to pass Ol)62?"
a river, to ford, c. acc. 2 Sam. 19, 18.
2. to come upon, to fall suddenly upon ;
mostly of the Spirit of God falling upon
men, c. by Judg. 14, 19. 15, 14. 1 Sam.
10, 6, 11, 6; c. bs 16, 13. 18, 10. Of
fire and of God himself breaking forth
upon men, poet. c. acc. Am. 5, 6. Comp.
Nia no. 2. d.
3, to go on well, to prosper, to succeed,
comp. huis, nº ; e.g. of a business Is.
53, 10. 54, 17. Jer. 12, 1. Ez. 17, 15; of
a plant, to thrive, to flourish, Ez. 17, 9
10; of a person in any matter, business
etc. Ps. 45, 5. Jer, 22, 30. With h, pr
to prosper for any thing, i. e. to be good
or fit for any thing, Jer. 13, 7, 10. FZ.
~? *
15, 4. 16, 13. Arab. aptus ſuit.
HipH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 3, a)
to give success, to prosper, spoken of God
as prospering e. g. the business of any
one Gen. 24, 21. 56, 39, 3, 23; also a
person, with acc. of pers. 2 Chr. 26, 5; h.
Neh. 1, 11. 2, 20; absol. Ps. 118, 25, b)
to accomplish prosperously, to finish hap-
pily, 2 Chr. 7, 11. Ps. 1, 3. Dan. 8, 25.
Is, 55 11. Spec. with the nouns isnº,
hº, pr. to make one's way or counsel
prosper, i. e. to prosper in one's ways, to
be successful, Deut. 28,29, Ps. 37, 7 rºa
75%
nºg
-- Eby
894
tº who prospereth in his way, who is
successful in all things. Josh. 1, 8. Is.
48, 15.
2. Intrans. to have success, to be suc-
cessful, e.g. an undertaking Judg. 18, 5;
a person in any undertaking 1 K. 22, 12.
15. 1 Chr. 22, 13. 29, 23. 2 Chr. 18, 14.
Prov. 28, 13. al. Jer. 2, 37 c. 3 of thing.
* II. ribs i, q, Chald, nº!, to flow,
to be poured out. Syr. --- to pour out
into anything, to sprinkle.—Hence Triº,
nºrths, rrºs, dish.
Tº: Chald. i. q. Heb. nº I, Aph.
rest, after the Heb. form.
1. Trans to cause one to go on well, to
promote rapidly sc. to public offices and
honours, Dan. 3, 30; to accomplish any
thing prosperously, Ezra 6, 14.
2. Intrans. to be prospered i. e. to be
promoted to high honours Dan. 6, 29;
of a thing, to be prosperously accom-
plished, to succeed, Ezra 5, 8.
nrºx f. (r. nºt II) only plur, ninº;
2 Chr. 35, 13, dishes, platters, into which
things are poured. Chald. Spºrtabs,
(2 ºr 92
Syr. Hº-3, id. Arab. 45 large plat-
terS.
nºrº f a dish, 2 K. 2, 20. R. ribs
UH.
nºx f. a dish, 2 K. 21, 13. Prov. 19,
24, 26, 15. R. nº II.
*3 m. constr. *::, roast, roasted, Is.
14, 16. Es-º: Ex. 12, 8, 9. R. nºt.
Sºx, see bºbs.
* I. bºx to tinkle, onomatopoetic ; as
metal, comp. Bººk no. 1; also of the
..nkling stridulous sound of insects, see
Bºx no. 2. Arab. J.2, Syr. Ş. id.
Comp. Germ. schallen, Schelle, and with-
out the sibilant, gellen, hallen, comp.
*
ºr. Also l being changed to n, •
u. 4. Lat. tinmire.—Trop. a) Of the
ears, to tingle with astonishment, terror,
ſut. 3 pers, plur. Chald. Fºsr, 2 K. 21, 12.
Jer, 19, 3. Arab. $º id.
.jps (and teeth) as rapidly striking each
other, to chatter, to quiver, Hab. 3, 16.
b) Of the
HipH. i. q. Kal lett. a, ſut. Hºsri
Sam. 3, 11.
Deriv. ºº, rºº, rºº.
* II. 55: to be shaded, darkened, e.g.
by shadows, or twilight; see Hiph. In
the kindred dialects also the signif both
of shade and of darkness is prevalent,
Arab Ji II to shade IV to be shaded
dark, e. g. the day; Jº shade, also
morning twilight. Eth. 8 AA to shade,
IV to seek the shade ; but 8'AA, dark-
ness. Aram. Bºº id. Kindr. is tº --
Once Neh. 13, 19 and it came to pass
when the gales of Jerusalem began to be
dark (ibºt) before the sabbath, i.e. on
the eve before the sabbath, when the
holy time began ; comp. Lev. 23, 32,
HipH. part. Pºº shading, giving shade,
Ez. 31, 3.
Deriv. b3, Bºx, nº?, rºs, and
pr. n. Hēs, "rºs, sºbs, rish: , "ziphºs,
* III. bºx; to roll or tumble down of
oneselſ, to be rolled down ; kindr, with
Sº, the letters 5 and x being inter-
changed. Once, of the Egyptians in
the Red Sea, Ex. 15, 10 nº.92 ºbº:
Ennºis Bººn they rolled down like lead
in the mighty waters, i. e. tumbled to the
bottom, sank; Sept. §0 voca, Vulg. sub-
mersi sumt.
Deriv. ºbs, bººt. -
Sºx m. (r. bº II) c. suff, ibº ; plur.
bºt, constr. ** ; shade, shadow,
Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6. Job 40, 22; any ºx
the shades of evening Jer. 6, 4 ; comp.
Ps. 102, 12. 109, 23.
*E*** (shade looking upon me)
Zelelponi, pr. m. m. with the art. Haze-
lelponi, 1 Chr. 4, 3.
>k E3: obsol. root, kindr. with bºx II
Arab. º I, IV, to be shady, dark, e.g.
9 9 5 9 9 3 *
the night ; 5, 2, darkness. Eth.
RAd’ to be obscure, dark.
Deriv. the four following.
nº m. c. suff, icºt; plur. c. suff
Tºx, constr. "???.
1, shade, shadow ; metaph. of any
bºx
yºg
895
Jhung empty and vain, Ps, 39, 7; an
'llusion, Ps. 73, 20.—Hence
2. image, likeness, as shadowing forth
any thing, comp. Gr. oxloº, oxlo'ou.0, 0x10-
ygoºpé0. Gen. 1, 26. 2”. 5, 3.9, 6. Plur.
images of things I Sam. 6, 5.11 ; of men
Ez. 16, 17. 23, 14; spec. idols Num. 33,
52. 2 K. 11, 18. Ez. 7, 20. Am. 5, 26.— .
Syr. and Chald. ises. sº, id. Arab.
3 * ~
image, the letters 5 and b being
interchanged.
Fºx and Fºx Chald. m. emphat.
sº, an image, idol, Dan. 2, 31 sq. 3,
1. 2. 3. 5. 7. 10. 18. al.
Tºy (shady) Zalmon, Salmon, pr. n.
a) A mountain in Samaria near She-
chem, Judg. 9, 48. Many suppose this
to be the same as the Zalmon in Ps, 68,
.5: when the Almighly scattered kings
in it (the land), there was snow (impers.)
on Zalmon, i. e. the fields were whit-
ened with the bones of the slain. [But
the only high mountains around She-
chem are Gerizim and Ebal, and these
would be first covered with snow.—R.]
Others here take Tiº as an appella-
tive, shade, darkness, i. e. 58%, and ren-
der: there was snow in the darkness,
i.e. light arose in the darkness, cala-
mity; so Targ. Theod. Kimchi, b)
One of David’s military chiefs 2 Sam.
23, 28; called in 1 Chr, 11, 29 bºy.
Tºx (shady) Zalmonah, pr. n. of
a station of the Israelites in the desert
Num. 33, 41.
nºx f only poet. death-shade, sha-
dow or darkness of death, i.e. such as is
in the place of the dead or Sheol; com-
pounded of 5% shadow, darkness, and nº
q. v. no. 2. Hence thickest darkness, pr.
that of Sheol Job 10, 21. 22. 12, 22. 28, 3.
38,17; and then genr. i. q. Tºnbutstrong-
er,Job 3, 5. 24, 17. 34,22. Ps. 23, 4, Am.
5, 8. Jer. 13, 16; of a prison Ps. 107, 10.
14.—Metaph. of great evil and calamity
Ps. 44, 20. Is. 9, 1; of great distress Job
16, 16. The desert, as being pathless,
s also called 's Yºº Jer. 2, 6.
yºx (perh, for s??? By shelte. .s
denied him) Zalmwmma, pr. n. of a prince
5f the Midianites, Judg. 8, 5. Ps, 83, 12
+ y 3: 1. pp. prob. to be prominent,
Arab. id. of a tooth. Hence sºx
G 9
rib, Arab. & rib, also a large tooth.
2. Denom. from sº no. 2, pr. ‘ to lean
on one side;’ hence to halt, to limp, Gen.
32,32. Part, fem. Hyºri collect. the halt,
the lame, pr. of a flock weary with heat
and travel, trop. of the Israelites Mic. 4,
6.7. Zeph. 3, 19.—Arab. &ſº and <!”-:
id. *
Deriv. sº, sºx.
vºy m. constr. 92; Ex. 26, 26 sq. once
sh; 2 Sam. 16, 13; c. suff, "sºs Jer. 20,
10; plur. bºx m. 1 K. 6, 34 in signif.
no. 2; elsewhere nish: ſem. Ex. 25,
12. al.
1. a rib, Gen. 2, 21. 22. Arab. &é,
Chald, shy, Syr, lºsſ, id—Plur ribs,
i.e. beams, joists of a building, 1 K. 6,
15. 16. 7, 3. Comp. in Engl. ribs of a
ship.
2. the side, e. g. a) Of a man Job 18,
12. Jer. 20, 10 "sh: "nº the keepers of
my side, who do not leave my side, my
familiar companions. Comp. Arab. U-
i- | protector of the side; Lat: “te-
gere latus, Hor, b) Of things, as of a
mountain 2 Sam. 16, 13; of the taberna-
cle Ex. 26, 26. 27; of an altar 27, 7. 38,
7; of the ark Ex. 25, 12. 37, 3. So of
a side or quarter of the heavens Ex.
26, 35. Plur. Bºsh's m. sides or leaves
of a double door 1 K. 6, 34.
3. a side-chamber of the temple 1 K.
6, 5. Ez. 41, 6. Of these there were
thirty (Jos. Ant. 8. 3. 2), or thirty-three
according to Ez. 41, 6, surrounding the
temple on three sides, and divided into
three stories; see ºns; no. 2. Collect.
a side-story or range of these chambers
1 K. 6, 8; and put also, like ºxy, ſor this
whole part of the edifice, Ez. 11, 5.9. 11.
Also nish: nº Ez. 41, 9, i. e. the space
between the wall of the vo.6s and the
external wall, in which these chambers
were erected. See espec. Josephus l.c.
4. Zelah, pr. m. of a city in Benjamin
where Saul was buried, Josh. 18, 28.
2 Sam. 21, 14.
wºx m. a halting, and hence a fal.
Ps, 35, 15. 38, 18. R. sº.
Fºx
*1)^*:
896
“k Fº: obsol. root, Syr. to break, to
Itound.—Hence the two following.
R}} (fracture, wound) Zalaph, pr. n.
m. Neh. 3, 30.
Tºx (first facture, perh, first-born,
comp. hºº,) Zelophehad, pr. m. m. Num.
26, 33. 27, 1.36, 2. Josh. 17,3. R. Fºx.
Tºy (shade from the sun, from *s
95
shade and TY i. q. lº 3 sun) Zelzah,
pr. n. of a place on the border of Benja-
min, 1 Sam. 10, 2.
º; m. (r. Bºš I) in pause ºf
Deut. 28, 42, constr. 5xºs Job 40, 31.
Is. 18, 1; plur. Bºx, constr. *:::s,
see in no. 1. b.
1. Put for any tinkling, ringing, clang-
ing instrument, e. g. a) a fish-spear,
harpoon, Job 40, 31 [41, 7]; used by the
ancient Egyptians for hunting the hippo-
potamus and crocodile, see Wilkinson’s
Mann. and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians
III. p. 72, 73. b) Plur. Bºx 2 Sam.
6, 5, constr. *::::: Ps. 150, 5, cymbals,
which are struck together and produce
a loud clanging sound; comp. Joseph.
Ant. 7. 12. 3.
2. Put for a stridulous insect, which
gives forth a tinkling or clanging sound;
e.g. a grasshopper, cricket, Deut. 28, 42.
-Sept. and Vulg. not well, rubigo.
3. Put for the whizzing or whirring of
wings; Is. 18, 1 PºE:: *sºs y N., lit. the
(and of the whirring of wings, i.e. ‘land
of the clangour of armies,’ full of armies
(wings) clanging their arms, viz. Ethio-
pia. Wings are here put ſor armies, see
nº no. 1; and this double meaning of
F32 and 5sº gives room for an inge-
nious play of words.-For a review of
other interpretations, see Comm. on Is.
. c. Thesaur. p. 1167.
*k p53 obsol. root, Chald. to cleave, to
split, i. q. Tºš I.—Hence
Pºy (fissure) Zelek, pr. n. of one of
\)avid’s military chiefs, 2 Sam. 23, 37.
, Chr. 11, 39.
"ºx (contr. for ºr rés shadow i. e.
protection of Jehovah) Zillethai, pr. n. m.
) 1 Chr, 8, 20. b) 12, 20.
Sk Nº, praet. (without N) 1 pers. "nºs
Judg. 4, 19, 2 pers. f. nº, Ruth 2, 9; ſut
Nº ; to thirst, Ex. 17,3. Judg. 15, 18. Is.
48, 21.49, 10. Job 24, 11. Metaph. Nº
bºriºsº to thirst after God, to long for
his worship, Ps. 42, 3, 63, 2. Comp
* Matt. 5, 6 Arab sº, Ethiop
84.9%, id.
Deriv. the four following.
Nº. m. thirst, Neh.9, 15.20. Ps. 69,22.
104,11. al. c. h Am. 8, 11. With prep.
: it usually takes the art, as sº raz
Judg. 15, 18. Is. 50, 2; Nº, nºr. Ex.
17, 3. Hos. 2, 5. al. but without art.
Deut. 28,48. 2 Chr. 32, 11.—Once nº
Is. 5, 13 in some editions.
Nº. m. adj. (r. Rºs) fem. HSºx
thirsty, 2 Sam. 17, 29. Is. 21, 14. 55, 1. al.
Spec. a thirsty land i. e. dry, desert, Is.
44, 3.—Fem. Deut. 29, 18 to take away
risºn-rs Hyºr, the full with the thirsty,
i.e. one and all. Comp. in r. Ety no. 1. a.
"Sº f. thirst, trop. of sexual desire
Jer. 2, 25. R. Nºs.
Tisº. m. (r. 823) a thirsty land, i. e.
dry, parched, Deut. 8, 15. Is. 35, 7. Ps.
107, 33.
>k Tº: in Kal not used. 1. to bind,
to fasten, see Pu. Hiph. Kindr. with
D2: ; comp. Dº! and Tºº. Arab. Out-ê
to bind up, e. g. a wound. Syr. Fº
Chald. Tºs, id.—Spec. ‘to bind to the
yoke ;’ hence
2. to subject to the yoke, i.e. to rule and
discipline, to subdue ; and in the pass.
conjugations to be subdued, to serve. So
Ethiop. 90°.R to subdue to the yoke;
TUó’.P to serve, spec. of divine wor-
ship; Udº and Udº a servant,
spec. of God.—Hence
NipH. by as Toxx to serve Baal, to wor-
ship Baal, Num, 25, 3. 5. Ps. 106, 28.
PUAL to be bound, fastened, e. g. a
sword, 2 Sam. 20, 8. .
HipH. with nºnz, trop, nectere dolos
i. e. to contrive, to frame, Ps. 50, 19.
Deriv. Tºš, and
Tº m. c. suff, *.x, plur. tº
constr. "Tºx.
1. a pair, yoke, e.g. of oxen 1 San:
11, 7. 1 K. 19, 19, 21; of asses Judg. 19
Nº.
lºº
897
10. 2 K. 9, 25 tº pºsiºn riding in
pairs, pair-wise, two and two. Collect.
(s.21,7 sºujyº. Tº pairs of horsemen. v.9.
2. Yoke, as a measure of land, i.e. as
much as a yoke of oxen can plough in a
day, comp. Lat. jugerum ; 1 Sam. 14, 14.
Is. 5, 10. So Arab. J'é feddan.
Tºy Is. 5, 13, see in sº fin.
Tº f. a veil, Cant. 4, 1.3, 6, 7, Is.
47, 2. R. Bºš no. 2.
Pº. m. (r. pox) only plur. B"pºx
or tºpºs, dried grapes, raisins, bunches
of raisins, Ital. simmuki. 1 Sam. 25,
18. 30, 12. 2 Sam. 16, 1. 1 Chr. 12, 40.
Diff from nºis q. v.
Sk Tº: ſut. ITQs", to sprout, to spring
wp, as plants Gen. 2, 5. 41, 6. Ex. 10, 5;
hair Lev. 13, 37. Trans. once Ecc. 2,
6 bºxy rºix hy: the grove shooting forth
trees, i. e. producing trees. Metaph.
a) Of men as likened to plants, Job 8,
19. Is. 44, 4. Zech. 6, 12. b) Oſ cala-
mity Job 5, 6; truth Ps, 85, 12; new
events Is. 42, 9, 43, 19. 58, 8.-The pri-
g 7
mary root ris see in Triº. Syr. — sº,
to be bright.
PIEL i. q. Kal, of the hair Ez. 16, 7.
Judg. 16, 22; of the beard 2 Sam. 10, 5.
1 Chr. 19, 5.
HipH. to cause to sprout or spring up,
to make grow, e. g. God the plants Gen.
2, 9. Ps. 104, 14. Job 38, 27; the earth
plants, to bring forth, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 61,
11, and so with acc. impl. Deut. 29, 22.
With two acc. Ps. 147, 8 nºnr; nº
nºsr, who maketh the mountains to bring
forth grass; impl. Is. 55, 10. Metaph.
God is said: ; Tºp nºr to cause the
horm of any one to put forth, i. e. to en-
large his power and authority, Ez. 29, 21.
Ps. 132, 17. Also ſpºº riºr to cause
vieliverance to spring up, i. e. to appear,
s. 45,8. 61, 11.-Hence
T2:... m. in pause riº; Zech. 3, 8, c.
gulf. "nºt.
1. a. sprouting, springing up Ez. 17,
3 mryºs "Enº. v. 10.
2. a sprout, shoot, only collect growth,
mcrease, i. e. ‘what springs from the
earth,” its fruits, productions, Gen. 19,
25. Hos. 8, 7. Ez. 16, ". Ps. 05, 11.
Hence Hinº nºt Is. 4, 2, the increase of
Jehovah, i. e. the product, cf the IHoly
Land as consecrated to God, i. q. ºn
Yºr; in the other hemistich; comp.
Gen. 4, 3. 13, 26. Deut. 1, 25. 26, 2. 10,
28, 30. etc. The whole passage I inter-
pret thus: The increase of Jehovah shall
be splendid and glorious, and the fruit of
the earth earcellent and beautiful, for
those escaped of Israel, i. e. the land
shall flourish in beauty and with abun-
dance of produce and fruits, in behalf of
those who shall escape the slaughter.
All other interpretations of this passage
fail to accord with the context and with
the parallelism of the words; and among
them, that which regards "... rios as the
sprout, i. e. offspring of God, viz. the
Messiah, which the expression ynSr. ºn
in the other hemistich forbids.—But the
Messiah is undoubtedly to be understool
in Jer. 23, 5, 33, 15, where there is
promised to David pºly riºt, ripºs nºt,
a sprout or branch of righteousness, a
righteous descendant; and Zech. 3, 8.
6, 12, where the Messiah is elliptically
called Tº the Branch, offspring, sc. of
David.
Tº m. (r. Tº) 1. a bracelet, Num.
31, 50; plur. Gen. 24, 22. 30.47. Ez.
16, 11. 23, 42.
2. a lid, cover of a vessel, as ‘nade
fast” upon it, Num. 19, 15.
tº m. sing. (r. Dºt, after the form
pºly) a snare, moose, Job 18, 9; comp,
vv. S. 10. Metaph, destruction, Job 5, 5
chºr, tº Flsº and destruction punteth
after their substance ; where destruction
is aptly represented by a snare which
lies in wait gaping for its prey. The
ancient versions here render tºos: the
thirsty, as if i, q, D'Sº ; but against
the laws of the language.
nº f (r. nºs) pr. destruction,
eactinction ; hence nºth, nrº 9
until eactinction, i.e. so long as a thing
endures, i. q. Bhish, for ever, in perpe
tuity, Lev. 25, 23. 30. *
*Egy obsol. root. 1. to braid, to
' s a .
bind, kindr, with tº . Arab. ſº to
join two things, to conjoin.—Hence
bºx snare.
2. i. Q. Chald. Dºs, Esºt, to cover, te
veil, Targ, Gen. 24, 65–Hence nºt.
pºx.
Hy
898
“pºº to dry wo, to be dry, of the
S5 *
breasts, Hos. 9, 14. Arab. Gº-3 dry,
Jhirsty.—Hence pºs.
2k º: obsol. root, perh. i. q. Tº and
Arab. transp. rx^. to cut off—Hence
Tº m. in pause nº# , c. suff, ºnºt
Hos. 2, 7, 11, wool, perh, so called as
being shorn; comp. 73 fleece, from T1:.
Lev. 13, 48. Deut. 22, 11. 2 K. 3, 4.
Prov. 31, 13. Is. 1, 18, 51, 8, al. Yº nº
a fleece of wool Judg. 6,37. Of woollen
garments Ez. 34, 3.44, 17.—Eth. U480.
wool, a fleece; Chald. Nº, Syr. lises
id.
"Tº: Gen. 10, 18, the Zemarile, pr.
n. of a Canaanitish tribe, apparently the
inhabitants of Simyra, a Phenician city
near the river Eleutherus; Strabo XVI
p. 753 Causab. [Cellarii Not. Orbis
ant. II. 445. Ruins are mentioned here
by Maundrell (p. 31) and by Shaw (p.
269, 270); the latter says they are five
miles west of Arca, and bear the name
of Sumra, prob. j- Semdr. But
neither Maundrell nor Burckhardt
has this name.—Another Jº- j-
Semdr Jebeil lies near the coast north
of Jebeil; and a site of ruins called
2emrah exists north of Tortosa the
ancient Antaradus.—R.
tº Zemaraim, pr. n. of a city
in the tribe of Benjamin Josh. 18, 22.
Hence would seem to be derived the
name bºx ºn Mount Zemaraim, in
he mountains of Ephraim, which ex-
vended to or into the territory of Benja-
man, 2 Chr. 13, 4.
nnºx f. (r. 23) c. suff, innºt,
foliage, q, d. fleece or locks of the trees,
Gr. Adzyn), Lat. ‘coma arborum,’ as trans-
ſerred from animals to plants; comp.
bº note, rºp, rºi", Gr. oios &otov
Hom. Od. 1. 443.—Ez. 17, 3. 22. 31, 3.
10. 14. Others, topmost bough 5 comp.
nº.
*nz; pr. to be silent, like Arab.
cº-o; of the same family with tºs,
bººi, Ezº, and many others ending in D,
sce in tº note.—Trans, pr. to make
silent, and hence to cut off, to destroy,
Lam. 3, 53. So Eth. Å8'0°ºf to ex
tirpate.
Niph, to be cut off, to becºme eatinct
as torrents Job 6, 17; a person Job 23, 17
PIEL i. q. Kal Ps. 119, 139.
HipH. i. q. Kal. Ps. 18, 41. 54, 7. 69, 5.
83, 27. 94, 23. 101, 5.8. 143, 12.
Pil.rººt id. Ps, 88, 17, where ºnrus
is read for *nnºx, which no one seems
to have explained. Prob. Kibbuts is put
for the movable Sheva because of th
following h; see Lehrg. p. 68,69. Monum.
Phoen. p. 436.
Deriv.nrºx.
7:, see bºx.
Tº Zin (also 7"): in some Mss.) pr. n.
of a desert on the south of Palestine and
westward from Idumea, in which was
situated the city sº tºp Kadesh-Bai.
nea, Num. 13, 21. 20, 1. 27, 14. With
He parag. Tys Num. 34, 4. Josh. 15, 3.
It was therefore in the western part of
the 'Arabah, south of the Dead Sea
see in tºp —Talm. Tº a low palm-
tree.
* Nº. and T}; obsol. root, i. q.
S$, Arab. Lé IV, to have large flocks.
—Hence
six comm. gend. c. suff. pºs;s Num,
32, 24, also Fºx Ps, 8, 8, i. q. Ns, flocks,
small cattle, espec. sheep.
T}x f. I. Pr. a thorn, from r. py. I;
plur. nibs trop. hooks, for fishing Am. 4,
2. Comp. in nin.
II. a shield, buckler, from px II, i. e.
of the largest size covering the whole
body, 9 vgsóg, see 1 K. 10, 16. 17.—Ps.
35, 2. Ez. 23, 24. 38, 4. 1 Sam. 17, 7.41.
al. Metaph. Ps. 5, 13. 91, 4.
III. cold, Prov. 25, 13. R. py. III.
Tºx, see sis.
FX i. q. Fºx, Is. 62, 3 Cheth. R. &
F3s.
"3X m. (r. hºs) a cataract, water
fall, so called from its rushing sound
Ps. 42, 8; a water-course 2 Sam. 5, 8.—
Chald. id.
Mºr
>k res ſut. nºr to let oneself down
to descend, e.g. from an ass, to alight
Judg. 1, 14, Josh 15, 18. Once of thing
*2x.
*lyx
899
Judg. 4, 21 she smote the tent-pin through
his temples, Yºs: rºsnº and it went
down (penetrated) into the ground.—
Kindred is 92; q.v. also 2-3- to incline
oneselſ, see in x lett. e. p. 878.
tº m. plur. thorns, prickles, Prov.
22, 5; so of a thorn-hedge Job 5, 5. R.
723 I.
Bºx m. plur, thorns, prickles, Num.
33, 55. Josh, 23, 13. R. 2: I.
Fºy m. (r. 5:4) a tiara, turban, as
‘wound around” the head, e.g. of men
Job 29, 14; of women Is. 3, 23; of the
high priest Zech. 3, 5; of kings Is. 62, 3
Keri.
>k Eš pr. to be hard, as in Samari-
tan; comp. Syr. £ais, Chald. sºns,
a stone—Part pass. Eºs: dry, barren, of
ears of grain Gen. 41,23. Comp. Tºº.
>k l: I. i. Q. jºu, to sharpen ; Pass.
to be sharp, to be pointed, to prick.
Hence nex, Eºs, Eºs, thorn, thorns.
II. i. q. pā, to cover, to protect ; for
the affinity of the letters 3 and S. See
under X lett. e. Arab. J.-- mid. Waw,
to keep, to preserve.—Hence Flº II, a
shield, also nºś.
III. to be cold, whence Hºt III. So
Talm. Tºss to cool, to become cold.
Chald. sº cold.
7.W., SCC T}S$.
*::::: to depress ; Part, pass. Sº:
depressed,’ then submissive, humble,
modest, Prov. 11, 2. Chald. Sº id.
Kindr. are 32%, ºt, 2-A-.
HipH. c. nº, to act or live humbly,
modestly, Mic. 6, 8.
*:::: fut. Fºx", to roll or wind
around, to wrap around, e. g. the tiara
Dr turban, Lev. 16, 4–Is. 22, 18 Fix.
Hºt Tº lit. rolling he will roll thee
together as a roll, or with a rolling.
Deriv. Flºt, Fºx, nº and
Tº f. a roll, ball, Is. 22, 18; others,
a rolling.
n}}}} f (r. Tº II) a vase, vessel, for
seeping. preserving; spoken of the ves-
sel in which manna was ald up, Ex
16, 33.
Sk P2: obsol. root, kindr. with phy I.
to be narrow, straitened ; comp. pºr.--
Samar. to shut up, Arab. & 3 to be
narrow. Hence phºt.
:k n; obsol. root, prob. c.nomatopoe-
tic and kindr. with the verb h;2, (for
the affinity of x with the palatals, see
lett. M. ult.) pr. to screak, Germ. schmar.
ren, (as nº to creak, Germ. knarren,)
or rather to whi, r, to whizz, especially
of the rushing sound of falling water, as
in cataracts, aqueducts, etc. Hence nix.
Tº f. plur, ninrºx, canthari, canals,
tubes, through which the oil passes from
the olive-branches into the reservoir
(Hà) of the candelabra in Zechariah's
vision, Zech. 4, 12; comp. v. 2–Chald.
Thrºt id. The same word is x&v90.90c,
cantharus, s and 5 being interchanged.
This quadriliteral seems to come from
nº; and to have nearly the same power.
* 72; ſut. Tysº, inf. c. suff. Tºxa,
to step, to go by steps, spoken both of as-
cending, as in no. 1, and of descending,
as in Hiph.-Arab. As 2 to ascend by
steps; II, IV, to ascend a mountain, also
to descend into a valley. Correspond-
ing is Lat. scando with n inserted; perh.
Sanscr. skad, skand, to leap up and
down.—Hence
1. to go up, to mount ; so of a fruit-tree
or vine, Gen. 49, 22 nº “by nº nix?
her daughters (branches) mount upon
the wall, sc. by the aid of suppºrts, trel-
lis-work, comp. Ps. 128, 3. Vulg. well.
filiac discurrerunt super murum. For
the verb sing, see Heb. Gr. § 143. 3.
2. to step, to move slowly in a regular
stately manner, to march, e. g. in solemn
procession 2 Sam. 6, 13, Jer. 10, 5; hence
of Jehovah Judg. 5, 4. Ps. 68, 8; of the
sauntering gait of a youth Prov. 7, 8.
With acc. to pass or march through a
..and, Hab. 3, 12. -
HipH. to cause to descend, to drive
down. Job 18, 14 niněn Tººh anºssº
impers, one drives him down to the king
of terrors, i. e. death, who reigns ir
Sheol.
Deriv. 1332, Hºss, and the two ſol
lowing.
-lyx
pyx
900
Tº m. s. suff. "Tºt; plur. Bºys,
tonstr. "Tº: ; a step, pace, 2 Sam. 6, 13.
Prov. 5, 5. Job 34, 21. Ps. 18, 37. Jer.
10, 23. al. saep. To number one's steps,
to watch him closely, Job 14, 16. 31, 4;
to hunt one's steps, Lam. 4, 18.
Tº f. 1. a going, marching, of
God, 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 Chr. 14, 15.
2. Plur. nity; step-chains, Arab.
G . e &
Slºas, i. e. short chains which orien-
tal females wore attached to the ankle-
band (bºx) of each foot, so as to compel
them to take short and mincing steps,
to walk mincingly (FEtº), ls, 3, 30;
comp. in Flºss. -
>k y * g
Hy $ 1. to turn on one side, to in-
cline, e. g. a vessel for pouring Jer. 48,
12. Arab. Ü-2 IV, id. Eth. H\U(D
to pour out, B and X being interchanged;
see lett. X ult.
2. to be inclined, bent, bowed down, of
a captive in bonds, Is. 51, 14. Also to
bow oneself ad concubitum, xºtoxkive-
0.30a, Jer. 2, 20.
3. to bend or toss back the head, i. e.
to be proud, Is. 63, 1. ... --
PIEL i. q. Kal no. 1, Jer. 48, 12.
niyy for **** Jer. 14, 3.48, 4 Cheth.
Fº: m. (r. 523) a veil, Gen. 24, 65.
38, 14, 19.
nº m. (r. -ss) c. suff, inºt, plur.
bºss, constr. ***. Fem. nºt §
1. Adj. small, Jer. 48, 4 Keri. Arab.
• * * a) In number, few, 1 Sam.9, 21.
Mic. 5, 1. Is. 60, 22. Judg. 6, 15. b) In
age, younger, minor malu, Gen. 19, 31.
43, 33. 48, 14. Josh. 6, 26. 1 K. 16, 34;
with tº Job 30, 1, c) In estimation
and value, petty, ignoble, mean, Jer. 14, 3
opp. nºis; contemmed, despised, Ps. 119,
141; worthless, of flocks Jer. 49, 20.
2. Zair, pr. n. of a place, 2 K. 8, 21;
in the parall. 2 Chr. 21, 9 is Yºº ty.
Tº f. (r. -xx) minority in age,
youth, Gen. 43, 33.
Sk TX: fut. Tºgº, pr. to load up beasts
of burden, i. q. Twº II; hence to remove,
to migrate, as nomades, Is. 33, 20. Arab.
cºlº id.
Deriv. pr. n. Bºt.
Tº pr: n, Zoan, i. e. Tanis, an an
cient city of lower Egypt, situated on
the eastern side of the Tani ic arm of
the Nile, called in Egyptian 2.3.IFA
| and 2.3.III “low region,’ whence both
the Hebrew and Greek forms are
derived ; as also the Arabic t. Le
Sán, by which name the site is still
known. See Comment. on Is. 19, 11
Wilkinson Mod. Egypt, I. p. 449 sq.
Lond. 1843.−Num. 13, 22. Is. 19, 11, S3.
30, 4. Ez. 30, 14. Ps. 78, 12. 43.
tº (removals, r. ss) Zaanannim,
pr. n. of a place in Naphtali occupied
by the Kenites, Josh. 19, 33. Judg. 4, 11.
In Judg. l. c. Cheth. Bºx Zaanaim.
>k F2: obsol. root, prob, i. Q. Flº to
cover, to veil. Hence Fºxx veil.
Fºx m. plur. sculptured work,
Vulg. opus statuarium, 2 Chr. 3, 10. R.
Six q. v. -
>k Py: fut. pesº, i. q. ps: where see,
to cry out, Is. 42, 2; espec. from pain,
sorrow, Gen. 27, 34. 2 K. 4, 40. Is. 33,7;
in complaint and for help Deut. 22, 24.
27. Ps. 34, 18. Job 35, 12. With ºs of
pers, to cry to any one, to implore, as
God Ex. 8, 8. 14, 15. Lam. 2, 18; idols Is.
46, 7; a king, prophet, Gen. 41, 55. 1 K.
20, 39. 2 K. 4, 1; c. h 2 Chr. 13, 14.
With acc. of thing of which one com-
plains, Job 19, 7. Trop. ascribed to the
heart, Lam. 2, 18; to blood unavenged
Gen. 4, 10–Arab, Ga-2 to cry out ſor
terror; 2 outcry, clamour. More
usual are the forms with 7, see in p: .
PIEL to cry out, to eacclaim, 2 K. 2, 12.
HipH. to call together, to convoke, like
p-ºri, 1 Sam. 10, 17.
NIPH. pass. of Hiph. to be called to-
gether, to come together, Judg. 7, 23. 24.
10, 17. 12, 1. 1 Sam. 13. 4. 2 K. 3, 21.-
Hence
Tº f constr. rpx, c. suff, ºrpºx
cry, outcry, from pain Gen. 27, 34; ſo:
help Is. 5, 7, Zeph. 1, 10. With genit.
of the pers. crying out Ps. 9, 13. Job 34
28. 1 Sam. 9, 16. With genit. of object,
i.e. of those against whom the cry is
raised, Gen. 18, 21. 19, 13. Also "npºs
nºt; a great and bitter cry, Jer. 48, 5
see in nº no. I. a.
*ly v.
*EV.
901
**:::: ſat. "ss" to be small, 1. q. ºxy
sº sº • 2 –
q. v. Arab. ** and **id-Metaph.
to be low and despised, to be brought low,
opp. Tº, Jer. 30, 19. Job 14, 21. Zech.
9
13, 7. Arab. 1s. 2 id. Syr. is: to con-
temn, to dishonour; Chald. Pa. id.
Deriv. --93, nivº, Rºss, nysz,
the pr. names hyºs, hyºs, also
nyx, fully nyi. Gen. 19, 22. 30,
(smallness, comp. Gen. 19, 20,) Zoar, pr.
m. of a place near the southern extremity
of the Dead Sea, on the eastern shore;
Gen. 13, 10. 14, 2.8. 19, 22. 30. Is. 15,
5. Jer. 48, 34. More anciently called
yº. Sept. 2'myog, Zóyogo, Arab. /*)
Zoghar. [The site was apparently dis-
covered by Irby and Mangles; see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. II. p. 480, 648.-R.
*TE: kindr. with Tºš, to adhere
firmly, to cleave fast, Lam. 4, 8, Arab.
Cºlo to bind together.
* I. TE: fut, apoc. Fixºn, to look about,
to view from a distance. The primary
idea is that of inclining, bending for-
ward, in order to behold, comp. in
Fpu}, F,"puri. Similar are oxéta), 0x8-
trouai, Unortéo, and also by transp. Lat.
specio, specto, specula, etc.—Part. HEix
speculator, a watchman stationed on a
tower, 1 Sam. 14, 16. 2 Sam. 13, 34, 18,
24 sq. Metaph. of prophets, who like
watchmen announce ſuture things as re-
vealed to them in vision, Jer, 6, 17. Ez.
3, 17. 33, 7. Is. 52, 8; comp. Hab. 2, 1.
In a still wider sense Is. 56, 10. Once
of things Cant. 7, 5.—Hence spec. a)
to look out for any thing, to await j Hos.
9, 8 Dºs Hºis Ephraim awaiteth sc.
2sponse, help; comp. Lam. 4, 17. Ps. 5,
4. b) to watch, to observe closely, c.
acc. Prov. 15, 3. 31, 27; a Ps. 66, 7; c.
** to observe and judge between, Gen.
31, 49, c) to lie in wait, c. : Ps, 37, 32.
d) With BS to look out for, i. e. to select,
. q. Hs); Job 15, 22 = ºr ºs sºn hex he
s selected (destined, for the sword,
where hex is for "Es.
PIEL i. q. Kal, to look a lowl, tº watch,
1 Sam. 4, 13. Jer. 48, 19. Hab. 2, 1 c.
acc. Nah. 2, 2. Part. Tºgº speculator,
a watch man, Is. 21, 6; metaph. of a
prophet, Mic. 7, 4. With by of that fo
which one looks about, which he ex-
pects, e. g. help Lam. 4, 17; a Mic. 7,7
Absol. Ps. 5, 4 Hºgs I will await sc the
divine help, I will look unto God.
Deriv. rºs, n°E::, resº, and the pr.
names reş, Hrºš, E3, E3, ji-Ex,
nºsº.
* II. TE: in Kal not used, prob. to
be broad, earpanded, spread; kindr. with
TES: , comp. Heb. Gr. § 74, init. n.—
Hence *
PIEL nºs to overlay with metal, wood,
stones, c. dupl. acc. Ex. 25, 11. 13. 1 K,
6, 22 sq. 2 K. 18, 16. 2 Chr. 3, 4, 10. al.,
Rarely with 3 of the material 1 K. 6.
15; c. acc. id. ihid.
PUAL pass. of Piel, to be overlaid
part. Ex. 26, 32. Prov. 26, 23.
Deriv. ºbs, res.
Tº f. (r. Fºx) inundation ; Ez. 32, 6
Tºš YTS thy land inundated by the
Nile. Others, a floating, swimming.
- iPx (watch-tower, r. Hºş I) Zepho,
pr. n. of a son of Eliphaz Gen. 36, 11.
15; called also “Ex. 1 Chr. 1, 36.
"E. m. (r. Hºs II) an overlaying,
thin covering, of metal, Ex. 38, 17. 19.
Num. 17, 3, 4 [16, 38. 39]. Is. 30, 22.
7"EX comm. gend, but ſ Is. 43, 6, Cant.
4, 16; with n loc. HiPs. R. Tes.
1. the north, the northern quarter of the
heavens; pr. ‘ the hidden, the dark,” since
the ancients regarded the north as the
seat of gloom and darkness, in contrast to
the bright and sunny south ; see in binº.
—Ex. 26, 20.35. 27, 11. Num. 34,7, alsåep.
TiE: Yºs the land of the north, i. e. As-
syria Jer, 3, 18 comp. 12. Zech. 2, 10 [6];
Babylonia Jer. 6, 22. 10, 22. 31, 8.50, 3.
Zech. 2, 10 comp. 11, 6, 6 S. In the
book of Daniel the king of the north is
the king of Syria, 11, 6–15, 40; opp. tho
king of the south i. e. Egypt.—Poetically
also ſor the north wind (ji=3 riºt) Cant.
4, 16; also ſor the northern heavens or
hemisphere, which is nearly equivalent
to the heavens generally, since the south-
ern hemisphere is ſor the most part hid-
den to the inhabitants of Palestine, Job
26, 7, lies” on the north of any place
Josh. 8, 11. 13; and without b 11, 2 –
With H+ loc, nºis: no thward Gen. 13.
76
902 *EX:
14 ; also of a region situated towards the
north, Hip: ni-h%2 the kingdoms of the
north Jer. 1, 15; and with prepositions,
nºieşti-ºs Ez. 8, 14, Hºipº; 1 Chr. 26,
17, towards the north, northward; nºies?
on the north, on the north side, Josh. 15,
-10; 2 FigiEgº on the northward of Judg.
21, 19; nº ºn from towards the
north Jer. 1, 13. Comp. 533. Hà:3.
2. Zaphon, pr. n. of a city in the tribe
of Gad, Josh. 13, 27.
TEX, see Ti"Ex, also TE: $93, p. 147.
">"P. m. (fr. lies) 1. Adj. northern
Joel 2, 20; spoken of the army of locusts
approaching from the north.
2. Patronym. of the name Ties, Tiºs
c. v. Zephonite, Num. 26, 15. . .
*E: Ez. 4, 15 Cheth. 1. q, ºnes.
"EX comm. gend. (r. Hex I) m. Ps.
102, 8; ſ. Lev. 14, 4. Is. 31, 5; plur.
="nºs, as if from a form nºx, which
occurs in the Talmud.
1. a bird, i.e. a small bird, so called from
its chirping, twittering, see the root;
9 9 Q -
spec. a sparrow, (Arab. 22-4-ac with
prosthetic guttural,) Ps. 84, 4, 102, 8.
Prov. 26, 2. 27, 8. Job 40, 29. al. Ecc.
12, 6 nies biph at the voice of the spar-
row, i. e. at early dawn. Also of other
small birds of the sparrow genus, or simi-
lar to the sparrow, Ps. 11, 1. 104, 17.
124, 7; as caught by the ſowler Prov. 6,
G 2 o –
5, 7,23. Am. 3, 5 al. So Arabjić,
Syr. tre.
2, a bird of any kind, sing. as collect.
fowl, birds Gen. 15, 10. Lev. 14, 4–53.
Deut. 4, 17. Ps. 8, 9. al. Also of birds
of prey Ez. 39, 4. With genit. Fºrbº
of very wing or kind Ez. 17, 23. 39, 17.
Gen. 7, 14; without 52 Ps. 148, 10.
3 Zippor, pr. m. of the father of Ba-
lak king of Moab, Num. 22, 2. 10. Josh.
24, 9. al.
ºne: obsol. root, kindr, with net.
Arab. 25—o I, II, to draw out, to spread
out, to earpand, as metal into plates, to
overlay, comp. Hex II. Eth. Ti4:ſh
ld. fi-gh expansion, breadth.-Hence
r"ri"Ex pr: n, neix, and
FTE: ſ a cruse, flash I erh of iror
plates; for water 1 Sam. 26, 11 sq. 1 K.
19,6; for oil 1 K. 17, 12. Chald. riºt:
id. Syr. i-º, a dish, platter; Arab. by
9 * . *
transp. X5 sº id.
"EX, see iPs.
Tº f (r. Hºs I) a watch-tower, i. q
Tºšº, Lam. 4, 17.
Tinºx (a looking out, r. HE: I) Ziph-
ion, pr. n. m. Gen. 46, 16; ſor which iEx
Zephon Num. 26, 15.
nºn"Ex f. a flat cake, so called from
its spreading out, comp. Tºgº, thoxásic,
Ex. 16, 31. R. HEX.
Tº Ps. 17, 14 Cheth, for Es; seo
|EX no. 2.
yº only plur. constr. ***E* evere-
ments of animals, dung, Ez. 4, 15. Arab.
9 * :
R. SES q. v.
Tº: ſ (r. ses) only plur. nisex
shools of a tree, but only such as are
worthless, q.d. earcrescences; trop. spoken
of humbler offspring, in antilh. Is. 22, 24
ni-Esri, Eºs3\xr, the offshoots and the
earcrescences, the noble and the ignoble.
Tº m. a he-goal, Dan, 8, 5.21; fully
pººr, ºnes Dan. 8, 5.8. Plur. Ezra 8.
35. 2 Chr. 29, 21. So called from leap-
ing, see the root ºne: no. 2. It is a word
of the later Heb. and Chald. for the
earlier hºst); see the Chald.
"E: Chald, plur. Th"E+, a he-goat
Ez. 6, 17. Syr. -*.
Tº: ſ (r. Yes I. 3) once Tº Ez.
7, 10; constr. nºn-Ex.
1. Pr. a crown, diadem, Is. 28, 5.
2. a circle, cycle, put for the vicis-
situde or turn of human things, which
return in the same succession, as if in a
circle, comp. niaº Ecc. 1, 6. So Ez.
7, 7 Tººs Hº-Esri ris: the circle comes
to thee, thy turn has come; Abulwalid
aptly: &J 3,9] sºl. Ez. 7, 10.
nºy f (r. Hex I) a watch, watching
guard. Is. 21, 5 n°Eğrı Pirx they watch
the watch, i. e. they keep a watch upon
the towers. Other interpretations set
| in Thesaur. p. 1179.
|Ex
903 *Ex
º TE: fut, ſº, kindr, with 123 q. v.
1. to hide, to conceal, Ex. 2, 2. Ps. 31, 21.
Espec. in order to protect and defend any
Dne Josh. 2, 4. Ps. 27, 5. Part. pass. Ps.
83, 4 nin, ºne: those protected of Jeho-
vah; also as neut. By hidden, i. e.
secret, private, inaccessible Ez. 7, 22-
Intrans, to conceal oneself, to lurk in am-
bush, c.; Prov. 1, 11. 18. Ps. 10, 8; absol.
56, 7 Keri.
2. to lay up, to treasure up, to hoard,
Hos. 13, 12. Prov. 10, 14. With h to lay
up for any one, Cant. 7, 14. Ps. 31, 20.
Prov. 2,7. 13, 22. Job 21, 19. Trop. Ext
inº to lay up in one's mind Ps. 119, 11.
Job 10, 13, comp. 23, 12; ins ºf id.
Prov. 2, 1. 7, 1–Part pass, plur. 5">HE:
hoards, treasures, wealth, Job 20, 26. Ps.
17, 14 Keri.
3. to keep back, to hold back, to re-
strain, Prov. 27, 16; c. Tº i. q to deny to
any one, Job 17, 4.
NIPh. 1. to be hidden from any one,
i.e. to be unknown to him, c. 7%. Job 24, 1.
Jer. 16, 17.
2 Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be laid up for
any one, i. e. destined, appointed to him,
h Job 15, 20.
HipH. i. q. Kal no. 1, to hide, Ex. 2,
3. Job 14, 13; to hide oneself, to lurk in
ambush, Ps. 56, 7 Cheth.
Deriv. Ties ("zies), Rºº, the pr. n.
Yips and
Tº (Jehovah hides, protects) pr. n.
Sept. 2'opovitzg, Vulg, Sophonias, i. e.
Zephaniah, for nºs. a) A prophet,
the ninth in order of he twelve minor
prºphets, Zeph. 1, 1 b) A priest Jer.
21, 1. 29, 25. 29. 52, 24; called also
ºn ºf 37, 3 c) Zech. 6, 10. 14. d)
1 Chr. 6, 21.
Tºº Fjº, Zaphnath-paaneah, an
Egyptian pr. m. given by Pharaoh to Jo-
seph in reference to his puo..c office, Gen.
#1, 45. The Sept. translator seems to
6ave preserved more nearly the genuine
Egyptian form of the word, which he
gives by Toyºoſ, paviz, in which both
Jablonski and Rosenmi (Opusc. ... p.
207-216. Monn. Storici I. p. 185) recog-
hise the Egyptian Ilcºxleiſeg
the salvation or saviour of the age, from
ū article, C 15T ordićsºr, votiig, Gormgio,
|
|
comp. Arab.
and -eſſeſ. witäv. Jerome savvator
mundi. Better perhaps II-CU0ſIT-Rºl-
-eſieg sustentator s. windear Sasculi.
This in Hebrew letters would be pro-
perly expresse, by TºyB nºxE ; but the
letters NE are transposed in order to
bring it nearer to a Hebrew etymology.
For the Egyptian root SNT'sustentare,
tueri, see Champollion Gramm. p. 380
386. Peyron Lex. Copt. p. 207.
* I. y Eš obsol. root, pr. to thrust out,
to protrude, kindr. with 2-3.5 to thrust,
to push, to impel. Spec of any thing
ignoble, worthless, mean, as excrements;
3-3 to discharge the bow-
els, to break wind, and Bºx"Es excre-
ments. Also of worthless shoots, ex-
crescences of a tree, see ny"Ex.
* II. *E: obsol. root, onomatopoetic,
to hiss as a serpent, basilisk; comp. the
kindr. Fºx and myº to blow, to hiss,
whence HYES viper—Hence the two
following. -
92% m. Is. 14, 29, and ºx m. Is. 11,
8, 59, 5. Prov. 23, 32; plur. Bºx Jer.
S, 17; a viper, so called from its hiss-
ing ; perh. with Aquil. and Vulg. basi-
liscus, regulus, a small serpent of Africa
exceedingly venomous, which also was
called sibilus, Isidor. Origg. XII. 4.
º; see in sex.
:k ºn tº a ſº
RE: only in PILP. Fºx, an onoma-
topoetic verb, to peep, to chirp, as a small
Gº Q
bird Is. 10, 14. 38, 14. Arab. 33.25.2
9 - or
peeping of a sparrow; -ić, a spar-
row. Gr. 7tutišo, titláo), 19tgo, Germ.
zirpen.—Like the Greek 19tgo), it is
transferred to the voice of the manes or
ghosts, which the wizards professed to
imitate, Is. 8, 19. To the same the
Latin poets apply the epithet stridor;
see the Lexicons.
Tº f. (r. Fis) according to the
Rabbins a willow, salia, Ez. 16, 5; so
called as growing in places overflowed
by water. A rab. Glaše id.
* I. ne: 1. to twitter, to chirp, as
small birds. Arab. 25.2 id. Hence
niest, Chald. hes, also pr. n, neit
*EXE
*\g
904
2, to dance in a circle, also genr. to
dance, to leap, to spring ; comp. B", ºr
and bino. Arab. 243 id.—Hence
nº he-goat.
3. to go in a circle, to revolve, see
rty"Es. Hence, to turn oneself round,
to turn about ; Judg. 7, 3 whosoever is
timid and fearful, nº atº let him
turn back and return.
* II. hE: i. q.
with nails and claws; comp. "Bº and
new.-Hence Tºt.
Tº: Chald. (f. Dan. 4, 18 and 4, 9
Keri, but Cheth. m.) a bird, i. q. Syr.
lº Sing. Targ. Gen. 7, 14. Deut. 4,
17. Plur. Thes, constr. º. Dan. 4,9.
11. 18. 30.
nex, see neix.
§ 2 to scratch, Sc.
Yºº m. a frog; sing. twice collect.
frogs Ex. 8, 2. Ps. 78, 45, where it is
coupled with a fem. in the manner of
collectives. Plur. Bºnes Ex. 7,27–29.
8, 1–9. Ps. 105,80.—This quinqueliteral
is compounded from the verb neš I. no.
2, to leap, to spring, and £13) marsh,
q. d. marsh-leaper; and not, as Ewald
suggests, from the root ne: I. no. 1, since
the twittering and chirping of birds can-
not properly be ascribed to frogs. From
this fuller form, the Arabic and Sy-
riac have the contracted quadriliterals
$3.3 and isºel frog.
Tºby (little bird, see Hipx) Zipporah,
pr. m. of the wiſe of Moses Ex. 2, 21. 4,
25. 18, 2.
TEY m. (r. -Eš II.) 1. nail of the
ſinger, plur. c. suſt. Tº Deut. 21, 12.
G 9 tº g
Arab. 2, Chald. Yet, Ethiop. 84:C,
id. Corresponding in ſorm are Gr, tºgóm,
Germ. Sporn, Engl. Spur.
2. point of the stylus, which was
tipped with adamant or diamond, Jer.
17, 1. Comp. Plin. H. N. 37. 4. 15.
Tº ſ. (r. Hºg II) chapiter, capital of
a column, i. q, nº, 2 Chr. 3, 15. Syr.
*e, ornament.
TEX (watch-tower, r. nº. 1) Zephath,
br. n. of a Canaanitish city, afterwards
called Hºrſ, Judg. 1, 17. [This ancient
name is perh, retained in the modern
Súſah, 8U-2, the name of a difficult
pass leading up from the 'Arabah to the
south of Judah; see Bibl. Res, in Palest.
II. p. 592, 616.-R.
Tº (id.) Zephathah, pr. n. of a
valley at Mareshah in the tribe of Judah
2 Chr. 14, 9. See Bibl. Res. in Palest,
II. p. 365.
Fºx, see yº; no. 2.
*5px obsol. root, perh. i. q. Spº,
Jºie, to bind together, to tie. Hence
jibpx.
*P3, see sºp's.
Tº m. (r. Sp3) a sack, bag, scrip.
from being drawn together and tied; once
2 K. 4, 42.-Talmud. Pp: a sack for
straining; comp, also Gr. 9 tºokos sack.
TY m. (r. ºns) also my with distinct.
acc. and with art. hºn, c. suff, "hs.
plur. Dºns, constr. ºns, c. suff, lºs.--
Fem. Tº see in its order.
A) Adj. strait, narrow, pent up, Num.
22, 26. hy. Dnin a seal closely pressed,
Job 41, 7 [15]. h; hrſ: a stream pent
wp, as between rocks and therefore vio-
lent, Is. 59, 9. Trop. Prov. 24, 10 ns
Herº straitened will be thystrength, i. e.
limited, small.
B) Subst. 1. an adversary, enemy,
i. q. Enis, Gen. 14, 20. Num. 10, 9.
2 Sam. 24, 13; elsewhere only poetic,
as Num. 24, 8, Ps. 3, 2, 44, 6, 89, 24.
Is. 1, 24. 63, 18. al. saepe ; and in the
later books, Esth. 7, 4.6. Neh. 4, 5, 9,27.
2. strailmess, marrowmess of place ;
1 Sam. 2, 32 ſix? -s. Trop. straits,
distress, affliction, Ps. 4, 2.44, 11. 78, 42.
ripºsºn -s distress and affliction Job 15,
24. Ps. 119, 143. Hs prº bread of afflic.
tion Is, 30, 20. His rº a time of distrety
Job 38, 23. With prep. nº Is. 26, 16;
ºxº Ps. 32, 7, 60, 13. Also with h, as
* -is: in my distress, Ps. 18, 7. 66, 14,
106,44. 102, 3 * -x Bina in the time of
my distress. 69, 17.
3. a stone, pebble, flint, i. q. is and "As
no. 1, Is. 5, 28.—Arab. tº t. id.
} } § jº
Tº (flint, i. q. AE) Zer, pr. n. Q."
place in Naphtali, Josh. 19,35. R. **s
-g
*-x.
90
o ſº
"X see n°x.
Tº m. (r. ***) 1. a rock, 1. q. has
no. 1. Ez. 3, 9.
2. a knife, pr. of flint, Ex. 4, 25. Comp.
*Nº no. 2.
3. i. q. mix Tyre, q.v.
*::::: in Kal not used, to burn, to
scorch; kindr. with Finº, ºniº, also anº.
—Chald, sº a burning.
NipH. to be burned, scorched, Ez. 21,
3 [20, 47].
Deriv. the two following.
By adj. (for nºt) f. rºt, burning,
scorching, as n㺠ºs Prov. 16, 27.
F.T. f. (r. anº) a scar, cicatria, as
Sept. Vulg. Chald. well; whether from
a burn Lev. 13, 28; or as left by a sore,
v. 23.−Others derive it from Arab.
vºyº to smite ; as $23 from 932.
Sk Tºg obsol. and doubtful root, Arab,
c)ºr a to cool, to be cool. Hence
TTY, (cooling) Zeredah, pr: n, of a
city in Manasseh near Scythopolis, 1 K.
11, 26. 2 Chr. 4, 17. For the same we
find nºt Judg. 7, 22; where nº is to
be restored. The same is also prob. in-
ended by Tryº Josh. 3, 16. 1 K. 7, 46;
c. n parag. Hºnº. 1 K. 4, 12.
sk Hºs obsol. root. 1. i. q. Syr. and
Chald. to cleave, to make fissures ; then
2. i. q. Arab. (5)-3 to flow, to run, as
wound ; hence ºn; and pr. n. Hºhns.
ºf of masc.ns, constr, nºs, c. suff.
mnºs, plur, nins. R. nns.
A) Adj. ſem. strait, narrow, e. g. a
well, pit, Prov. 23, 27.
B) Subst. 1. a female adversary,
spec. a rival, e.g. another wiſe, 1 Sam.
1, 6. See the root no. 2. a, b.
2. strails, distress, affliction, Gen. 42,
21. Prov. 11, 8, 12, 13. 17, 17. al. saep.
Oſten, Hºg Biº in time of distress Ps.
50, 15. Prov. 24, 10; nºt ry: id. Ps. 37,
39; nºn nins times when one is in
distress Ps. 9, 10. 10, 1. With synon.
npºx, 's Is, 30, 6. Prov. 1,27; npºxº 's
Zeph. 1, 15; comp. Is. 8, 22. 37, 3. With
suff, *ny piºn Ps. 77, 3.86, 7; also c.
dat. comp. in nº B. 2, Jon. 2, 3 * Fºº.
Ps. 120, 1–Plur, ning Job 5, 19. Ps. 25,
92. 34, 7, 18. al.
3. anguish, Lat. angor, see the roo!
no. 2. c. 3. Jer. 6, 24 anguish hath taken
hold of us. 49, 24. 50, 43; of a woman.
in travail Jer. 4, 31. BE; nº anguish
of soul Gen. 42, 21.
Tºny (cleft, wounded, r. nºt) Ze-
ruiah, pr. m. of a daughter of Jesse, sis-
ter of David 1 Chr. 2, 16; and mother of
Joab, Abishai, and Asahel, 2 Sam. 2, 18.
3, 39. 8, 16. 16, 9. ai.
Tºny (leprous, r. shºt) Zeruah, pr.
n. of the mother of Jeroboam, 1 K. 11,26.
Tº m. Prov. 26, 8 (r. ºx) plur.
ninths Gen. 42, 35.
1. a bundle Cant. 1, 13. Spec. a bun-
dle of money, and so for a purse, bag,
Gen. 42, 35. Prov. 7, 20. Job 14, 17.
Prov. 26, 8 see in nºn”. Metaph.
1 Sam. 25, 29, see in nins no. 1.
2. i. q. "As no. 1. b, a small stone, peb-
ble, 2 Sam. 17, 13. Hence apparently
a grain, kermel, Am. 9, 9.
- 3. Zeror, pr. n. m. 1 Sam. 9, 1.
ºn-g obsol. root. 1. 1. q. Arab.
- 2 -
C >e II, to be clear, manifest,
9
... • O
9
whence X- high ground, elevated
93 C -
land, >e high building, tower; Heb.
rºs. Kindr. are ºrig, -ng.
2. Trop. of the voice, comp. brºt no. 2.
to cry aloud, i. e. with a clear and loud
voice, Zeph. 1, 14. Arab. 2; , Eth.
80% and ſhſ}, id. Kindr is nº.
HipH. to lift up a cry, to shout, for
battle, Is. 42, 13.
"TX: a Tyrian, gentile n. from his
Tyre, 1 K. 7, 14. 2 Chr. 2, 13. Plur.
bºs Tyrians 1 Chr. 22, 41. Ezra 3, 7.
Neh. 13, 16.
*T. m. (r. Hºt) Gen. 43, 11. Jer. 8,
22. 46, 11. 51,8; in pause "ns Ez.27, 17,
once with Vav, copul. **** Gen. 37,25;
opobalsamum, balsam of Gilead, distil-
ling from a tree or shrub growing in
Gilead, and used for healing wounds.
So the Talmudists and Rabbins well.
This balsam was always reckoned as
one of the precious gifts of Palestine,
Gen. 43, 11; comp. Strabo XVI. p. 763.
Tacit. Hist, 5.6. Plin. H. N. XII. 25 or
76*
**ly
ºn-y
906
54 In the times of the N. T. and Jose-
phus, the balsam which anciently be-
longed to Gilead was cultivated largely
in the gardens of Jericho; Jos. Ant. 14.4.
1. ib. 15. 4. 2. B.J. 1.6. 6.—See Bochart
Hieroz. T. I. p. 628. Celsii Hierobot.
II. 180-185.
"Tº pr. n. for "nx", see in nº no. 3.
Tº m. a high building, which may
be seen far and wide, e. g. a tower or
castle Judg. 9, 46.49; a watch-tower,
plur. 1 Sam. 13, 6. R. nº no. 1.
2}: Tºš obsol, root, Talmud. and Syr.
Ithpe. to need, to be meedy, poor. Hence
TX. m. need, c. suff. Tº thy need,
2 Chr. 2, 15.-Chald. and Rabb. id.
+ y y to smite heavily, to strike :
Arab. 8׺ to strike down, to prostrate;
3 .
whence Sºjº a scourge, also scourged.
—Hence part. pass. Sins: Lev. 13, 44.
22,4, al. also PUAL Part. Sº, frºns”,
2 K. 5, 1. 27. 15, 5. al. leprous, pr. smit-
tem, scourged of God, since the leprosy
was regarded as a special divine inflic-
tion; comp, the words $22, $33, T3:.
Deriv. rººt, pr. n. Hº!, and
- -, + 2
ºf f. Ex. 23, 28. Deut. 7, 20. Josh.
24, 12, according to the ancient versions
and Rabbins, a hornet, with art. collect.
hornels, wasps, so called from their slrik-
ing as they sting; comp. HR, Q-yº —
But these passages are not to betander-
stood of hornels literally; they are put
metaph. as a symbol of the terror,
Panic, sent from God upon the enemy
(="rººs rrr, Gen. 35, 5), by which they
are agitated and put to flight as if stung
to madness; see Ex. 23, 27 comp. 28;
also Deut. 7, 23, where just after the
mention of hornets (v. 20) it is added:
he shall discomfit them with a great dis-
comfiture, until they be destroyed. In
antithesis to this is the promise, that
God would send his angel before the
.sraelites, to aid and guard them, and
nelp them on their way; see Ex. 23, 20.
B3. 32, 34. 33, 2. Gen. 24, 7.40.
Tºny (for 's nº q. d. hornet's town)
Zorah, pr. n. of a town reckoned to the
plain of Judah Josh. 15, 33, but inhabit-
ed by Danutes 19, 41; not far ſi ºn Esh
taol, and celebrated as the birth-place
of Samson, Judg. 13, 2.25. 18, 2.8. 11,
comp. 2 Chr. 11, 10. Neh. 11, 29. Now
&cy-o Sūr’ah, situated on a spur of the
mountains running out into the plain.
on the north of Beth-shemesh ; see Bibl
Res. in Palest. II. 339, 343, 365. III, 18,
—Gentile n. *siy Zorite 1 Chr. 2, 54.
"nynx Zorathite 1 Chr. 2, 53. 4, 2.
F27. f. (r. 97%) leprosy, e.g. of per-
sons, i. e. the white leprosy, whº, see
Ex. 4, 6. Num. 12, 10. So Lev. 13, 2 sq.
2 K. 5, 3. 6. 7. 27. 2 Chr. 26, 19. The
black leprosy is the elephantiasis, see
Truj.—Also of garments, prob, mouldi-
ness, spots contracted from lying shut
up ; and likewise of houses, prob. a ni-
trous scab or crust on the walls; Lev.
13, 47–59. 14, 34–57.
* Fº; ſut. Fin;" 1. to melt, to smelt
metals, spec. gold and silver; to refine,
to purify with fire and thus separate
from scoria, Ps. 12, 7. Is. 1, 25. Zech.
13, 9. Metaph. Judg. 7, 4. Part. pass.
metaph. pure, sincere, Ps. 18, 31. 119,
140. Prov. 30, 5.—Part. Fis a smelter,
refiner, goldsmith, Judg. 17, 4. Is. 40, 19.
Prov. 25, 4. al.
2. Metaph. to try, to prove any one
dozudgetv, Ps. 17, 3. 26, 2. 66, 10. 105,
19. Is. 48, 10. Dan. 11, 35.
NIPH. to be tried, purified, Dan. 12, 10.
PIEL part. Fº a refiner, goldsmith
Mal. 3, 2. 3.
Deriv. the two following.
"ºx (goldsmith) Zorphi, pr. n. m.
(c. art.) Neh. 3, 31.
Tºm: (perh, smelting-house, r. Fºx)
Zarephath, with n parag. Hrºš, pr. n.
of a Phenician town between Tyre and
Sidon, 1 K. 17, 9, 10. Obad. 20. Gr
26.9sitto, Sarepta, Luke 4, 26. Now
Cº Sūrafend ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. III. p. 413, 414.
---g to press, to compress, kindr
with his I. Hence
1. to bind up, to bind together; comp
*s I. Arab. 26.-with a to bind o
roll up in a cloth, bundle, etc., Ex. 12, 34.
Job 26, 8, Is. 8, 16. Prov. 30, 4. Me.
***
nN.p
907
!aph 1 Sam 25, 29 the life of my lord
thall be bound up in the bundle of lives
with God, i. e. will be under God’s pro-
tection. But in a different sense, Hos.
13, 12 the iniquity of Ephraim is bound
up, is reserved against the day of ven-
geance ; comp. Job 14, 17.-Spec. a)
IIos. 4, 19 the wind hath bound her up
(seized her) in its wings. b) to shut
up, to confine, 2 Sam. 20, 3.
2. to press upon, i. e. a) to persecute,
to be hostile to, Arab. s : id. With
acc. Num. 33, 55. Is. 11, 13; with dat.
Num. 25, 18.-PART. n.s. i. q. ºnx, an
adversary, enemy, Ex. 23, 22. Ps, 6, 8.
7, 5. 23, 5. Is. 11, 13. al.
b) to rival, to be jealous of spoken
espec. of two wives, Lev. 18, 18. Arab.
g; "
c) Intrans. to be pressed, straitened,
distressed ; in which sense is chiefly
used the monosyll. praet. "s (fully nºn:
Prov. 30, 4. Hos. 4, 19) Is. 49, 20. 2 K.
6 1; f, nº Is. 28, 20.—Oſten Impers.
* *s lit. it is strait to me,’ i.e. o.) I
am in a strait, in trouble, Ps. 31, 10. 69,
18. Judg. 11, 7, 6) I am in distress, in
anguish, 1 Sam. 28, 15. 2 Sam. 24, 14.
Koph, the nineteenth letter of the
§ ebrew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
32
100. The name tip, Flip, Arab. -āş,
signifies occiput, the back of the head.
Hence two letters, Koph and Resh, take
their names from the head ; just as two
others, Yod and Caph, from the hand.
Koph corresponds to Lat. Q. Its pro-
uunciation differs from 5 with or without
Dag. lene, in that the sound of p is pro-
( uced from the back part of the palate
tear the throat, and with a stronger
effort, in the same manner as to, where
bee. So Arab. CŞ.
Koph is interchanged with the other
palatals 3, 5, see those letters, and also
yasses over into the gutturals, so tha.
y) With 23, wo is me for any one,
grieve for, etc. 2 Sam. 1, 26.- In the
same connection is also used ſut. "? "sº
see r. ny, no. 1. *
PUAL part. Yºsh bound up, Josh. 9, 4,
HipH. ngº, inſ: ºr, fut. -s; 1 K. 8,
37, plur. Angºl Neh. 9, 27.
1. to press wbom, to straiten, Jer. 10
18; with siege, to besiege, Deut. 28, 52.
1 K. 8, 37; to distress, to harass, to vea,
Neh. 9, 27. 2 Chr. 28, 20. Zeph. 1, 17.
2 Chr. 28, 22 is nºr nyi, in the time of
(their) distressing him. 33, 12.
2. Tºšº nºs a woman in her pains,
throes, i. e. pr. pressing upon the foetus,
or else intrans, pressed with anguish,
Jer. 48, 41. 49, 22.
Deriv.ns, Hº, is, nins, h;2, pr. n.
*Nº.
nº see in -ins.
Tºny, see Hºns.
FX (for nº splendour, r. ºnx)
Zereth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 7.
nnºn Fºº (splendour of the dawn)
Zereth-Shahar, pr. m. of a city in Reu-
ben, Josh. 13, 19.
jº, see rººf.
* ~ *
we find as kindr. roots e.g. "tºp, Chald.
Hºy, to burn incense; see in n and 5.
Besides this, in the primary elements
of the language at least, the sound of k
appears to have passed over into that
of t, just as children often substitute for
k the sound of t, as being more easily
pronounced ; and in this way has arisen
the affinity of the roots npº and rinº to
open, ripe; and Hrºš to drink, "nº Eth.
n>E to interpret; comp. Kötto and tiſ-
7tro, quatuor and tâttages, quis and tis.
SP m. (r. Nip) vomit, Prov. 26, 11.
TSP f. (r. Nip) c. art, nsºr Lev. 11,
18. Deut. 14, 17, constr. nSF, pr: the
vomiter, a water-fowl (Lev. and Deut.
I c. 'nhabiting also desert places Is, 34,
Ep
bap
908
| 1. Zeph. 2, 14. Ps. 102, 7; according
to the ancient versions the pelican, Targ.
RRR, Syr. Paº, Arab. Sept.
mslexºv. So called from its vomiting
the shells and other things which it has
voraciously swallowed.
P2 m. (r. 55p) pr. a hollow or concase
vessel, comp. Lat.cupa, Engl. cup. Then,
a measure for things dry, cab, 2 K. 6,
25; according to the Rabbins the sixth
part of a seah (nsº), or nearly two
quarts. Comp. Gr. 26.60s i. e. Zoivuš.
sk P2P kindr. with 533, Hyz II, to
curve, to make convear or concave; hence
1. i. q. Ep;|, to hollow out, and also to
arch, to vault ; comp. 533, T3 i. q, nº.
Arab. J.; Conj. II, Chald, sap, id—
Hence ãp, Här.
2. Metaph. i. q. Ep. no. 3 (q.v.) to
curse, pr. to pierce with words, to perſo-
rate. The forms found are : Praet, ap
c. suff. Num. 23, 8.27; Inf constr. Ep. v.
11, and as absol. v. 25; Imper. c. I pa-
rag. *-nº Num. 22, 11.17; with suff.
and Nun epenth. ixip Num, 23, 13.
Tºp f (for Hºp, r. sp;) the maw,
ventricle, i.e. the rough prickly stomach
of ruminating animals, echinus, Deut.
9 a. $ _
18, 3.-Arab. Kºš and & id.
*P f. (for Hºp, r. sp;) c. suff.
Frºp, once Num. 25, 8, genitalia mulie-
bra, comp, nap. ; so Sept. and Vulg.
correctly.
*Rf (r. Hap) a tent, high and round-
ed like a dome, a vaulted pleasure-tent,
devoted to the impure worship of Baal-
peor or Priapus, Num. 2; 8.-Syr.
9 - >
ſºcke, Arab. £3, id. Hence with the
Arabic art. Span. alcova alcove; comp.
(atc r Lat. cuppa, Germ. Kuppel, Engl.
cupola.
7">P m. (r. Yap) a gathering, throng;
.s. 57, 13 Tºp thy throngs of idols.
Comp. v. 9. -
Tº ſ. (r. ºp) 1. sepulture, burial,
Jer. 22, 19. Ecc. 6, 3.
2, a sepulchre, i. q. map, Gen. 35, 20.
17, 30, Deut. 34, 6. 1 Sam. 10, 2, 2 K.
24, 26. Is. 14, 20.
§: bap in Kal not used, pr. to be be
3 ...,
fore, in front, over against Arab. Jºi
- Q “
front, J.; before.—Hence ‘to come
from an opposite direction,” to meet any
sº
one, Arab. Jºš.
Piel Sap, found only in the later Hel.
pr. ‘ to let come to oneself’ i. e. a.) Of
persons, to receive, to admit, 1 Chr. 12.
18, b) Of things, to receive, to take
any thing offered, Ezra 8, 30. Esth. 4, 4.
1 Chr. 21, 11. Job 2, 10. So to receive,
to admit a precept, law, i. e. to observe
it, Esth. 9, 23, 27; instruction Prov. 19
20. Simpl. to take, i. q. mph, 2 Chr. 29,
16, 22.
HipH. intrans. to stand over against
each other, to be opposite, Ex. 26, 5. 36,
12. Arab. Conj. III id.
Deriv. Bºp, bºp.
93F Chald. only in PA. to receive,
Dan. 2, 6. 6, 1. 7, 18.
ºR prep (r. 922, after the form
Bºp) or according to other copies >32
(kóbal), before, i, q, Chald, bar no. 1. a,
2 K, 15, 10 E3 bºº, before the people.
ºf and S㺠Chald. (r. bap) pr. the
front : hence
1. Baph Prep. c. suff, Tºph a) over
against Dan. 5, 5; before, Dan. 2, 31. 3,
3. 5, 1. b) on account of because of
propter, i. q. "??? no. 2, Dan. 5, 10. Ezra
4, 16. Before ºn it becomes a conjunc.
tion, because, propterea quod, Ezra 6, 13.
2. Oſtener, in the diffuse Chaldee
manner of expressing particles, more
fully and pleonastically ºn bar-by. a)
Pr. ‘ and all because that,’ forasmuch as,
Germ. alldieweil, for the simple because
since, Dan. 2, 8, 41. 45. 3, 29. 4, 15.
5, 12. 22. 6, 4, 5, 23. Ezra 4, 14. 7, 14,
With relat. for which cause, wherefore
Dan. 2, 10, b) in the manner that, i.e
as, Dan. 2, 40 Sept. by tgónov. 6, 11
Sept. 20.96s.
3. nº bap-º for this cause, Dan. 2.
12.24, 3, 7.8. 22. 6, 10. Ezra 7, 17. Sea
Chald. be no 4. -
Sºp m. (r. Pºp) pr. the front, wha,
G 2, 5
is over against, Arab. Jºš; so Ez. 26
9 *:: *rīº the stroke of what is in from
of it, i. e. a battering-ram for battering
yºp
--p
909
lown waſle.—Other copies read ibºº
köböllo, which is also admissible, see
|ºp; but the form ibap, ſound in J. H.
Michaelis and Van der Hooght, is con-
trary to the laws of grammar.
***P fut, sap. 1. i. q. Sº, viz., to
be high and rounded off, like a mound,
hump, the head; Arab. A-3 gibbosus
ſuit. Hence waip helmet, near cup.
Comp. Gr. xuéj.—From these nouns,
which all designate things serving to
cover, comes the signification :
2. to cover, to hide, Arab. -A$ to hide,
e.g. the head in one’s garment, or of a
flower hiding itself in its calyx.-Hence
trop. to defraud, to rob any one covertly,
comp. Tº , Mal. 3, 8.9; c. dupl. acc. to
rob one of any thing, to despoil, Prov.
22, 23.
Deriv. see in no. 1.
Fºr f. (r. 937) cup, calya, pr. of a
f : sº • ?
flower, kºvš, Arab. Kº ; then also for
drinking, xúts, goblet, whence Is. 51, 17.
22 biz near pleonast, the goblel-cup.
:k YEp fut, yapº pr. to take or grasp
in the hand. Arab. U2.43 to take with
the fingers; Udº to grasp with the
hand ; laº; id. Kindr. are Aram. Yari,
a", to compress; also Heb. Y2]2,
Yep. Hence
1. to gather, to collect things, e. g.
grain Gen. 41, 35. 48; spoils Deut. 13,
17 (with ºs of place); wealth Prov. 13,
11; c.h for any one Prov. 28,8. Metaph.
Ps. 41, 7 his heart is TNS rap gathereth
iniquity for itself, i. e. my adversary in
visiting me gathers new matter for
hatred and slander.
2. to gather together persons, to as-
semble, Judg. 12, 4, 1 Sam. 7, 5. 2 Sam.
2, 30. 1 K. 18, 20, al. saep. With by of
pers, to whom 1 K. 18, 19. 2 Sam. 3, 21;
by oſ place at which Ezra 8, 15; also
*s 2 Chron. 32, 6. Hab. 2, 5; tº id.
1 K. 11, 24.
NIPH. 1. to be gathered, collected,
P. g. corpses Ez. 29, 5.
2. to be gathered together, to Ue as-
embled, of persons; also to gather them-
telres together ; Gen. 49 2. 1 Sam. 7,
3, 25, 1. Esth. 2, 8, 19. Is 43,9. al. Of
beasts Is, 34, 15. With by oſpers. Josh
10, 6. Ezra 10, 1 ; by 2 Chr. 13, 7.
PIEL 1. to take or fold in the arms
as a shepherd his lambs Is. 40, 11.
Metaph. Jehovah his people Is. 54, 7
Opp. is 513.
2. to gather, to collect things, e. g.
grapes in the vintage Is. 62, 9; sheaves
to the threshing-floor Mic. 4, 12; waters
into a pool Is. 22, 9; idols, to get together
Mic. 1, 7–Joel 2, 6 and Nah. 2, 11, see
in nºns.
3. to gather together, to assemble, e. g.
beasts Is. 34, 16; a flock, so that it may
not be destroyed, Is. 13, 14. Chiefly of
persons, a people, nations, Joel 4, 2. Is.
66, 18. Ez. 20, 34.41. 36, 24. al. as dis-
persed Is. 11, 12. 56, 8, Very often of
God, as gathering together the Israelites
when dispersed, with 7% of place
whence ; e. g. from Egypt Hos. 9, 6;
from foreign lands, Ez. 34, 13. 39, 27.
Ps. 107, 3; out of the nations Deut. 30,
3. Ez. 11, 17. With by to any one Is.
56, 8; against Ez. 16, 37.
PUAL part, f, nºRº gathered, assem-
bled, Ez. 38, 8.
HITHP. plur. to gather themselves to-
gether, to assemble, Josh. 9, 2. Judg. 9,
47. 1 Sam. 7, 7. 2 Sam. 2, 25. Is. 44,
11. al.
Deriv. Yap, and the three here ſol-
lowing.
*S*HP, see bst:p".
+)-
ºf a gathering, heap, hoard, Ez.
22, 20. R. Yap.
Pºp (two heaps, r. Yip) Kibzaim,
pr.m. of a city in Ephraim, Josh. 21, 22.
See in Esºp.
**EP ſut. map", to bury, e.g. one
person Gen. 23, 4, 19. 25, 9, 50, 14.
Judg. 2, 9, 1 Sam. 31, 13. al. saep.
Once of several, i. q. Piel, Ez. 39, 12.-
Arab. Aram. Eth. id. The primary
idea is that of heaping up a tumulus,
see Syr. Fae to heap up, for Gr, goesía
Rom. 12, 20. Kindr. is has. The bil: ,
teral root is ap, comp. the verbs ==p.
5:3.
Niph. pass, to be buried, e.g. one per
son Gen. 15, 15, 35, 8, 19. Judg. 12, 7 sq.
Of several, Job 27, 15. Jer, 8, 2, 16, 4, 6
--p
hip
910
PIEL to bury, e. g. several (comp.
Stºp) Num. 33, 4, 1 K. 11, 15. Jer, 14,
16. Ez. 39, 14. Hos. 9, 6.
PUAL pass. Gen. 25 10.
Deriv. rºap and
*RP m. in pause hºp, c. suff, "nip ;
plur. Bºnap, constr. "Yap; and ninsp,
constr. nin-p; pr. ‘a burial-place,’ a
sepulchre, grave, Gen. 23, 9. Ex. 14, 11.
Num 11, 34, 35. Job 21, 32. Jer. 26, 23.
el.—Job 17, 1 * Bºžº the sepulchres
are ready for me, i. q. Engl. the grave-
yard awaits me.
Tºsºnin-P (the graves of long-
ing, see hap) Kibroth-hattaavah, pr. n.
of a place in the desert of Sinai, Num.
11. 34. 33, 16. Deut. 9, 22.
Q 2.
* I. Tºp i. q. Arab. CŞ, to divide, to
cleave; kindr. with TT; , Tiš, and the
like, see TIA; comp. also ksö60, wedg-
Çol, oxeóðgo. Hence Hºp cassia, and
"pºp vertex.
II. Tºp to bow down, to bow the knee,
to incline oneself in honour and reve-
rence; found only in fut. of the Chaldee
form, -p", "pºl, plur. Tººl. Followed
always by Hyrīnūri, which is stronger;
Gen. 24, 26 Hinº annº Jºsri ºpºl and
the man bowed down and prostrated
himself before Jehovah. Ex. 12, 27.
Wum. 22, 31. 1 K. 1, 16. 1 Sam. 24, 9.
2 Chr. 29, 30. Neh. 8, 6. al. Sept.
usually winto-Kindr. is Syr. ºe to
incline oneself to bend the knee; comp.
Arab. JJ, 3 to sit down ; also Chald. Tps.
to bend the knee, Samar. "ps id—This
signif cannot well be conciliated with
that of no. I, by assuming it to be a
denom. from "pºp pr. ‘to bow the head.”
* TTE obsol root, Syr. •º to pos-
vess. Hence pr. n. Exºpº (possessed
by the people) Jokdeam, q. v. Comp.
cººp", Eºpº, from r. Tºp, Hºp.
TTP f (r. Tºp I) Ex. 30, 24. Ez. 27,
19, according to the Syr. Chald. Vulg.
cassia, a species of aromatic bark re-
tembling cinnamon, but less fragrant
ind less valuable; so called from its rolls
being split. See Dioscor. 1. 12. Theo-
hr. Hist. Plant. 9, 5. Celsii Hierob. II.
86, 350 sq. Comp. Hºsp.
EºP m. plur. (r. Emp) i, q tºp no
3; aforetime, ancient days ; once Judg.
5, 21 pºp brº a siream of ancien,
days. Sept. Vatic, zepiógãove &gyulov,
Targ. ‘rivus in quo facta sunt Israël
signa et fortia facta ab antiquis.” – The
form is like tº , bººks, which also
designate time.
tº TP and to"P adj. (r. 51:) constr
tiºn, c. suff-tºp; plur. Bºuip, tº
see at the end of the article ; holy, sacred,
sanctus, Šytos, &yvös, pr. pure, clean, free
from the defilement of vice, idolatry, and
other impure and profane things; opp
is Fºr impure, proſane. In fixing the
primitive signification of this word, the
following are classical passages: Lev.
11, 43 sq. where aſter the law respect-
ing unclean meats, it is said: ye shall
mol pollute yourselves with these, that ye
should be defiled therewith,44 ... trººr."
*:S tºp 2 tºp and be ye holy
(sanctus, pure), for I am holy. v. 45.
So 19, 2, and 20, 26, where the same
formula, be ye holy, for I am holy, is
placed at the beginning and end of a
section (c. 19. 20) containing various
laws against fornication, adultery, in-
cest, idolatry, and other like crimes. In
Deut. 23, 15, after the law for remov-
ing human filth out of the camp, it is
added: for Jehovah thy God walkelh in
the midst of thy camp . . . . Tºrº riºr;
ujiTP wherefore let thy camp be holy
(sanctus, cleau), thal he (God) behold no
wnclean thing in thee, and turn away
from thee.—In a sense somewhat varied
it is applied: a) To God as abhorring
every kind of impurity both physical and
moral; see Lev. ll. cc. Also as the
avenger of right and justice, Ps. 22, 4
comp. v. 2. 3. Is. 6, 3 comp. v. 5 sq. and as
the object of fear and reverence to men
Ps. 99, 3.9. 111, 9 where it is coupled
with Nº. Sometimes God is xat
é$ozńv called tºi"p IIoly, the IIoly One,
Job 6, 10. Is. 40, 25. Hab.3, 3; and more
frequently also ºsº Ji-p the Holy
One of Israel, espec. by Isaiah, as ls. 1
4. 5, 19. 24. 10, 17. 20. 12, 6, 17, 7.43
3. 14, 45, 11. 47, 4. 48, 17. al. Else.
where rarely, as Ps. 78, 4.1. 89, 19. b,
To angels, who zui ésozºv are called
holy, Dan, 8, 13; see below in Plur. c.
n-p
pºp
911
To priests, with dat. of the divinity, as
Lev. 21, 6 prºnºsh "rº tºp let them
be holy (pure, clean) unto their God, in
his sight, and not profane, etc. v. 7. Ps.
106, 16 and Aaron Hin, Ji-p holy unto
Jehovah. Also with dat. of other men,
unto whom the priest should be holy,
Lev. 21, 8. Of a Nazarite Num. 6, 5.
d) Spoken of pious men, who are pure
and clean from the defilement of guilt
and sin, so ſar as is possible for erring
mortals, Is. 4, 3; then of the people of
Israel, who were bound to abstain from
and avoid every kind of impurity, Lev.
11, 43–45. 19, 2 see above. Deut. 7, 6
comp. v. 5; with dat. holy to Jehovah
14, 2. 21. 26, 19. e.) Of places conse-
crated, holy, Ex. 29, 31. Lev. 6,9. 19. al.
Of days consecrated to God, before
pºrºsh Neh. 8, 10. 11.—Hence ji-p a
holy place, sanctuary, Is. 57, 15. Ps. 46,
5 minºy ºz ºi"p the holiest of the
duellings of the Most High.
PLUR. Bºi"p, tºp 1. As plur.
majest. for the sing. the Most Holy, for
Jehovah, Hos. 12, 1. Josh. 24, 19. Prov.
9, 10. 30, 3.
2. Pr. holy ones, i. e. a) angels, es-
pec. in the later books (see in u}"ºp),
Job 5, 1. 15, 15. Zech. 14, 5. Ps. 89, 6.
8; perh. Deut. 33, 3. b) the pious wor-
shippers of God, saints, Ps. 16, 3.34, 10.
Deut. 33, 3; spec. the Jewish people
(see tºp) Dan. 8, 24.
Sk nip 1. to kindle fire, Jer. 17, 4.
Is, 50, 11. 64, 1. Syr. Aph, id. Arab.
c)3 to strike fire.
2. Intrans. to kindle or be kindled, to
burn, Deut. 32, 22. Jer. 15, 14.
Deriv. riºps and
nººp ſ. burning fever, Lev. 26, 16.
Deut. 28, 22.
D"T2 m. (r. tºp) with H loc. Hººp.
1. the front, the part or region over
against any one. Hab. 1, 9 nº for-
wards.
2. the east, the eastern quarter of the
heavens, i. q. pºp ; see in nins no. 2.
Often in Ezekiel, as pºp nst Ez. 47, 19.
48, 2.6–8. 16; in acc. eastward 43, 17.
14, 1.46, 1, 12. 47, 2; and so nºr 11,
..—Hence poet. Pºp nºn, ºn nºn,
the east wind, Ex. 10, 13. 14, 21. Is. 48,8
Ez. 17, 10; oftener ellipt. Pºp id the
most vehement of all winds in western
Asia and the adjacent seas, Job 27, 21. Is,
27, 8. Jer. 18, 17. Ez. 27, 26; as scorching
and withering plants and herbage, Gen.
41, 6. 23. Ez. 17, 10. 19, 12. Jon. 4, 8,
But the east wind is perh. put for any
violent wind between the east and south;
[so the Arabs at the present day call the
violent south wind of the desert Shir-
kiyeh i. e. east wind; and hence the
Italian Sirocco, which also is mostly em-
ployed of southerly winds; see Bibl.
Res, in Palest. I. p. 305, comp. p. 287,
289.-R.] Metaph. i. q. min, of any
thing vain and empty, Hos. 12, 2. Job
15, 2.
t"|P Chald, adj. i. q. Heb. Ji-p,
holy, sanclus; spoken a) Of God and
also offalse deities; Tºujººp Tºrºš the holy
gods, Dan. 4, 5, 6, 5, 11. b) Of angels;
Dan. 4, 10 unºp; "-s a watcher (angel)
even a holy one. Plur. Tºujººp holy ones,
i. e. angels, 4, 14 [17]. See 5*Ip Plur.
no. 2. a. c.) Of the Jews, Dan. 7,21; fully
jºiºs º-ºp the holy ones (saints) of
the Most High, Dan. 7, 18. 22.25; comp.
Esdr. 8, 70 to otéguo, to §ytov.
>k Eºp in Kal not used ; Arab. = C\s
to go before, to precede; mid. Damm. to
precede in time, to be of old. The pri-
mary idea seems to be that of being
sharp, pointed ; comp. quadril. Bºnp for
tºp a sharp instrument, axe ; hence pr.
to be or go in front, at the point, head,
Germ. am der Spitze stehem.
PIEL tºp 1. to go before, to precede,
Ps. 68, 26; with acc. of pers. Ps. 89, 15.
2. to come or get before any one,
to anticipate, q9&vely. Syr. <re id.
With acc. Ps. 17, 13 ** Hººp. 119,
148 ninºus "?" ºr my eyes antici.
pate the might-watches, i. e. I wake ere
the night-watches are cried out.—With
inf to do hastily, speedily, i. e. early in .
the morning, as Syr. ×, 0, Eth. PR32,
Chald. tºp for Heb. tºuri. So Jon.
4, 2 therefore nº "nººp I made haste
to flee. Absol. Ps. 119, 147 ºn "rººp
I rise early with the dawn.
3. to go to meet any one, to meet, ta
encounter, with acc. of pers, Ps. 88, 14.
pºp
2-p
912
Spec. a) With help, i. q to succour, Ps.
59, 11. 79, 8. Job 3, 12. b) With 7 to
meet one with anything, in order to pre-
sent it, q. d. to succour with, Deut. 23, 5.
Is. 21, 14. Neh. 13, 2; genr. Mic. 6, 6.
With two acc. Ps. 21, 4; F of thing Ps.
95, 2, c) In a hostile sense, q. d. to as-
sail; Is. 37, 33 132 nººp'. Nº no shield
shall come up against her, the city, i. e.
shall not be raised against her. Job 30,
27. Ps. 18, 6. 19.
HIPH, 1. to come before, to antici-
pate, in doing a kindness, in bestowing
a favour on any one, so as to make
him a debtor, Job 41, 3. Arab. rº
IV, id. º a kindness, kind office ;
see Schult. ad Job. p. 1183.
2. i. Q. Pi. no. 3. c, to meet as an ene-
my; to fall upon, as calamity, c. 19:
Am. 9, 10.
Deriv. Bºp-ººp, pºp, tºp,
Eººp.
PTP m, in pause tºp Gen. 10,30; also
PTP only with r paragog. Hººp. Plur.
constr. 5%ip see in no. 3.
1. Pr. the front, what is before; hence
as Adv. before, Ps. 139, 5. RIP2 id. Is.
9, 11.-Hence -
2. the east, the eastern quarter, see in
nins no. 2. Job 23, 8. ETºº from the
east, after a verb of motion Gen. 11, 2.
13, 11 ; also at the east, eastward, Gen.
2, 8 h tº Prep. at the east of east-
ward of Gen. 3, 24. Num. 34, 11. Josh.
7, 2. Judg. 8, 11. With n paragog.
nººp towards the east, eastward, Gen.
13, 14. 25, 6. 28, 14. Lev. 1, 16. al.
Sometimes is added pleonast. Firºz,
Num. 2, 3. Josh. 19, 13; ºr rinº
Josh. 19, 12. But Hºp is also ‘what
is towards the east,” and i. Q. Pºp,
(comp. Hº, Hºte: ,) hence Tºp rs:
on the east side Ex. 27, 13. 38. 13; Fsº
tºp id. Ez. 45, 7–Further, tºp ºn
he sons of the east, the inhabitants of the
Arabian desert, which lies eastward of
Palestinc, and extends to the Euphrates,
10 W *L&J & Cº desert of Syria; Job
', 3. Is. 11, 14. Jer. 49, 28. Ez. 25, 4.
K. 5, 10. Judg. 6, 3. 33, 7, 12. Also
cºp yºs Gen. 25, 6, and tºp ºn Yºs
29, 1, the Syrian desert including Meso-
potamia; and so tºp ºn of the moun-
tains of Mesopotamia, Num. 23, 7. Bu
ºn hri Gen. 10, 30 is the mountain of
Arabia, see in art. Rºjº.—Is. 2, 6 sh;
tº they are filled full from the east
i. e. with superstitions and sorceries
brought from the east or Babylon. But
perh. it should read tºº.
3. Of time, former times, aforetime,
ancient days, poet. i. q, this no.1. Arab.
9 & 2 9
Fº olden time, Lºcº aforetime, of old.
So Ps. 78, 2. Job 29, 2. Also ºn from
ancient times, of old, Ps. 74, 12. 77, 6, 12.
Is. 45,21; Pºp "º kings of old, ancient
kings, Is. 19, 11; PIE *º times of old
Ps. 44, 2; tºp tº Is. 23, 7. Mic. 7,20.
Lam. 1, 7. Spoken also of eternity, at
least that which is without beginning,
e.g. tºp "nºs Deut. 33, 27; tıp suff"
who sitteth upon his throne from ever-
lasting Ps. 55, 20; also Deut. 33, 15.
Ps. 68, 34.—Put also a) Adverbially
for aforetime, of old, Ps. 74, 2. Jer. 30, 20.
Lam. 5, 21, i. q. Eº, tºº. b) As
a prep. before, Prov. 8, 22.--Plur. constr.
"ºp primordia, beginnings, Prov. 8,23.
E.P. Chald. prep. once tº JP (in
ºniºph) Dan. 7, 13; c. suff, plur. Tººp,
ºrizºp. Hººp, Dan. 7, 7, Tinºiſ.
before, ante, coram, i. q. Heb. *E*. So
to speak before any one, i. e. to him,
Dan. 2, 9.36. 4, 5, 6, 13. 14; also after
a verb signifying to answer Dan. 2,
10. 27; to pray Dan. 6, 11. 12; to read
Ezra 4, 18. 23. "?"p, hau; it was good
before me, i. q. "3"x: -ito, Dan. 3, 32
[4, 2], 6, 2. After verbs of motion,
Dan. 2, 24. 25. 3, 13. 4, 3, 5, 13.−Also
pºp, ſº i. q. Heb. "???, tºº, from, after
verbs of receiving Dan. 2, 6; of asking
2, 18; of commanding 6, 27; of sending
Ezra 7, 14. Dan. 5, 24; of ſearing Dan.
5, 19. 6, 27.
TºTP f. (r. tºp) oldness, antiquity.
Is. 23, 7 Frºp tºp ºn whose (Tyre's)
antiquity is from ancient days. Also
former state, Ez.16, 55. Plur. Ez. 36
11–In the construct state rºp, t be-
comes a preposition, and with hugs impl
a conjunction, before, Ps. 129, 6.
Tºp Chald. former time; hence
nº rºp-Yº Dan. 6, 11, sº-rººpz
Ezra 5, 11, in former times, aforetume
formerly,
27p
tº-p
913
Tºp (eastward) Kedemch, pr. n. of
a son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 15.-Another
nººp see in pºp no. 1.
Tºp i. q. pºp no. 2, only in constr.
nººp, on the east of eastward of a place,
Gen. 2, 14, comp. nºujs. 4, 16. 1 Sam.
13, 5. Ez. 39, 11.
Tºp adj. (fr. Bºp) fem. Hºp,
eastern, Ez. 47, 8.
*T272, see ºp.
mº (antiquities) Kedemoth, pr.
n. of a city in Reuben, Josh. 13, 18. 21,
37. 1 Chr. 6, 64. An adjacent desert
bore the same name, Deut. 2, 26.
*QTP Chald, first, plur. Rººp Dan.
7, 24. Fem. st. emphat. Rrººp 7, 4;
plur. Nrººp 7, 8.
*S*TP (one before God, i. e. minis-
ter of God, r. DTP) Kadmiel, pr. m. m.
Ezra 2,40. 3, 9. Neh. 7, 43.9, 4, 10, 10.
12, 8.
"ºp or "sin"P adj. f. nºr; plur.
bººp, niºp; comp. iioºp. R. Brip.
1. eastern, Ez. 10, 19. 11, 1. tºn
*iºn the eastern sea, i. e. the Dead
Sea, opp. to the western sea or Mediter-
ranean, Ez. 47, 18. Joel 2, 20. Zech.
14, 8. -
2. former, ancient, Ez. 38, 17. Mal.
3, 4, Plur. Bººp older persons, the
aged, Job 18, 20. Sing. collect. 1 Sam.
24, 14 ºn pri buy, the proverb of the
ancients. Plur. f. niºp former things,
things of old, Is. 43, 18.
4. Kadmonile, collect, pr. n. of a Ca-
naanitish tribe, dwelling prob. in the
eastern part of the country, Gen. 15, 19.
Bochart conjectures them to be the
same with the Hivites; Canaan I. 19.
TPTP m. (r. Tºp I) c. suff, i-pºp,
hers i-pºp, Job 2,7. Ps. 7, 17, verter,
top, crown of the head, so called because
the hair there divides itselſ; comp.
Gerrn. Scheilel, die Haare scheilelm.
Gen, 49, 26. Deut. 33, 16, 20. Is. 3, 17.
Jer, 2, 16. 48,45. al. Fully nº pºp
the crown of hair (pr. the dividing of
the hair) Ps. 68, 22. Arao. & is the
part of the head from the vertex o the
neck behird.
*-ºp 1. to be dirty, foul , spoken
of a turbid torrent, Job 6, 16. Hence, to
go about in dirty garments, like mourn-
ers, i. q. to mourn, Jer. 8, 21. 14, 2.
Part. Yip a mourner Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7.
. . ~ - ? -
42, 10.43, 2. Job 5, 11. Arab.323,993
to be squalid, of garments; Chald. Hºp
id, comp. "T2.
2. to be of a dirty or dusky colour, to
be dark coloured, e. g. the skin as
Scorched by the sun Job 30, 28; to be
darkened, to become dark, as the day, the
sun, the moon, Mic. 3, 6. Jer. 4, 28. Joel
2, 10. 4, 15.
HipH. 1. to cause to mourn, Ez. 31, 15.
2. to darken, to obscure, e. g. the sun,
stars, Ez. 32, 7.8.
HITHP. to be darkened, overcast, e. g.
the heavens 1 K. 18, 45.
Deriv. ºp—nºp.
TTP (dark-skinned) Kedar, pr. n. of a
son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 13. Also of an
Arabian tribe descended from him, Cant.
1, 5. Is. 21, 16. 42, 11 (where it is joined
with a fem.) 60, 7. Jer. 2, 10. 49, 28.
Ez. 27, 21; more fully nºp ºf Is. 21, 17.
Ps. 120, 5 Kedar and Meshech, put for
barbarous tribes. The Kedar are the
Cedrei of Pliny, connected with the Na-
batheans, Hist. W. 11; comp. Reland
Palaest. p. 96 sq. The Rabbins call all
the Arabs by this name; whence Tuch
n"p the Arabic tongue.
TTP (the turbid, r. nip, comp. Job
6, 16) Kidron, pr. m. of the brook or tor-
rent flowing in winter through the valley
of like name between Jerusalem and the
Mount of Olives, and emptying itself into
the Dead Sea; 2 Sam. 15, 23. 1 K. 2, 37
15, 13. 2 K. 23, 4, Jer. 31, 40. Hence
zsluggéog toiſ Isègöv John 18, 1. See
a full description in Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 396–402.
nºn-P f. (r. -ºp) darkness, obscurity
of the heavens, Is. 50, 3.
nºn"P adv. in mourning, mournfully
Mal. 3, 14. R. nip.
>k tºp and pºp Num. 17, 2, fut
Jap".
!, to be pure, clean, pr. of physica.
purity and cleanness; see Hithpa. no. 1
and adj. Biºp. Kindr, is perh, ºr , of
77
pºp
tºp
914,
which the primary idea is ‘to be bright.”
—Hence
2. to be holy, sacred, sanctus ; so in all
the kindred dialects, espec. in Pi. or Pa.
a) Of a person who consecrates himself
to God, and so regards himself as holier
than the profane vulgar; Is. 65,57"rººp
I am holy unto thee, for ºth "rººp ; or of
those who are consecrated by touching
sacred things, Ex. 29, 37. 30, 29. Lev. 6,
11. 20. b) Of things destined for the sa-
cred worship Num. 17, 2. 3. Ex. 29, 21;
or which are consecrated by the contact
of sacred things 1 Sam. 21, 6. Hag. 2,
12; or which are devoted to the sacred
treasury, Deut. 22, 9.
NIPH. 1. to be regarded and treated
as holy, to be hallowed, sanctified, sc.
God, c. : Lev. 10, 3, 22, 32. Also to
show oneself holy, glorious, in any one,
either by bestowing favours Ez. 20, 41.
28, 25. 36, 23. 38, 16. 39, 27; or by in-
flicting judgments Ez. 28, 22. Num. 20,
13; comp. Is. 5, 16.
2. to be consecrated, e. g. the sacred
tabernacle Ex. 29, 43.
PIEL ußp to make holy, to sanctify, to
hallow, i. e.
1. to hold sacred, to regard and treat
as holy, as God Deut. 32, 51; a priest
Lev. 21, 8; the sabbath, to keep holy,
Ex. 20, 8. Deut. 5, 12. Neh. 13, 22. Jer.
17, 22. 24, 27. Ez. 20, 20.
2. to pronounce holy, to sanctify, e.g.
the sabbath Gen. 2, 3; a people Lev. 20,
8. 21, 8. Also to institute any holy thing,
to appoint, e. g. a fast Joel 1, 14. 2, 15
(parall. with Rºp); a festival 2 K. 10,20.
3. to consecrate, e. g. a priest Ex. 28,
41. 29, 1. 1 Sam. 7, 1; an altar, the tem-
ple, Ex. 29, 36. Lev. 8, 15. Num. 7, 1. 1
K. 8, 64; the first-born, Ex. 13, 2; the
people of Israel, Ex. 19, 10. 14. Josh. 7,
13; a building when completed, Neh. 3,
1 ; a mountain, as separate and distin-
guished from all others, Ex. 19, 23.−
Hence to consecrate or sanctify with
solemn rites, e. g. by lustrations for sa-
crifice 1 Sam. 16, 5. Job 1, 5; troops for
battle, Jer. 51, 27. Comp. Hiph. Also
Tºrº tºp to consecrate or inaugurate
a war, battle, (i. e. with sacred rites,
tomp. Ps. 110, 3. 1 Sam. 7, 9, 10,) q. d.
o prepare, to begin, Joel 4, 9. Jer. 6, 4.
Trop. Mic. 3, 5.
PUAL part. Jºrn, consecrated, spoked
of priests and sacred things, Ez. 48, 11
2 Chr. 26, 18. 31, 6.--Is. 13, 3 ºn my
consecrated ores, i.e. soldiers whohn "
have consecraved to war; comp. Jer. 51.
27.
HipH. 1. i. q. Pi. no. 1, Is. 8, 13, 20,
23. Num. 20, 12.
2. i. q. Pi. no. 2, to pronounce holy, to
sanctify, Jer. 1, 5.
3. i. q. Piel no. 3, to consecrate to God
Lev. 27, 14 sq. Judg. 17, 3. 2 Sam. 8, 11.
1 Chr. 26, 27. Also of God, to sanctify,
to hallow for himself, e. g. the first-brrn
Num. 3, 13. 8, 17; the temple 1 K. 9,
3. 7.
HITHP. 1. to cleanse or purify oneself,
by sacred ablutions and observances.
2 Sam. 11, 4 Hirszºº nu;prº sºn, for
she had purified herself from her unclean-
mess. Is. 66, 17 coupled with hiºn.
Often of the priests and Levites, as puri-
fying themselves for the holy service,
Ex. 19, 22. 1 Chr. 15, 12, 14. 2 Chr. 5,
11. 29, 15. al. Comp. Kal no. 1.
2. to show oneself holy, i. e. pure from
guilt, to sanctify oneself, Lev. 11, 44, 20,
7; of God, as the punisher of guilt, Ez.
38, 23.
3. to be celebrated, kept, e. g. a fest:-
val, Is. 30, 29.
Deriv. Jip, tºp, tºp, Jºp, Jinp
tºpº. * * * * *
tº Pm. pr.sacred, consecrated. Hence
1. Spec. a male prostitute, a catamite,
sodomite, xivotòog, so called as conse-
crated to the service of Astarte or Venus;
Deut. 23, 18. 1 K. 14, 24, 15, 12. 22, 47.
2. K. 23, 7, Job 36, 14. These wretched
beings were priests or rather temple-
servants (isgóðovkov) of Astarte at Hiera-
polis in Syria; and having been emascu-
lated and wearing a female dress, they
wandered about through the cities
and villages begging and bearing with
them an image of the goddess. They
were courted by females, and gave them-
selves up to unnatural lusts. See espec.
Lucian. Luc. § 35 sq. Id. de Dea Syra
§ 27, 51. Jerome ad Hos. 4, 14. Spenceſ
de Legg. rit. II. 35. Movers Phoenizieſ
I. p. 678.
2. Kadesh, pr. n. Gen. 14, 7, 16, 14.
20, 1. Num. 13, 27, al. also ºn tºp
pºp
pºp
915
Hadesh-barnea Num. 32, 8, 34, 4. Deut.
1, 2, 19. 2, 14. Josh. 10, 41. al. a city in
the south-eastern extremity of Judah,
adjacent to Idumea, whither the children
of Israel came under Moses, sent spies
into Palestine, and then turned back to
Mount Hor, etc. Gen. 20, 1. Num. 13,27.
20, 14, 16.22. 33, 36.37. Judg. 11, 16. 17.
There was here a fountain called Tº
ºujº Gen. 14,7; afterwards n㺠ºn
Deut 32, 51; the adjacent desert was
called also tºp halº Ps. 29, 8. [All
these notices go to fix the site of Kadesh
in the western part of the 'Arabah South
of the Dead Sea, perh, not far from the
ſountain 'Ain el-Weibeh, the most fre-
quented watering-place in all that re-
gion. See Euseb. Onom. art. Kuööhs
Bugym. Jerome Quaest. Heb. in Gen.
14, 7: “Cades... significat locum apud
Petram, qui Fons Judicii nominatur.”
Reland Palaest. p. 114. Bibl. Res. in Pa-
lest. II. p. 582,620–R.] The term sºma
Simonis regards as from na open coun-
try, desert, and 93 wandering, from r. º.
tºp (sanctuary) in pause tº Judg.
4, 11, Kedesh, pr: n, a) A city in the
southern part of Judah, Josh. 15, 23. b)
Another in Naphtali, Josh. 12, 22. 19,
37. 21, 32. Judg. 4, 6, 1 Chr. 6, 61.
With He parag. Fujip Judg. 4, 9; and
nººp 4, 10. This city, Kedesh of Naph-
tali, lay upon the hills west of the upper
ake of the Jordan, el-Hāleh; and still
2xists under the same name, Arab.
CVS Kedes ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
III. p. 355. Biblioth. Sacr. I. p. 11 and
Map. c.) A third in Issachar 1 Chr. 6,
57, also called ſinuºp Josh. 19, 20. 21,28.
tºp m. once tº Tip Dan. 11, 30, c.
suff, ºutp; plur. Brujº (ködashim), with
art. and pref. Bºuyºn, pºa Lev. 22,
4, tºph Neh. 10,34; but c. suff. *:::
Ez. 22, 8, Yºu II, 2 Chr. 15, 18 (comp.
Ewald's Krit. Gramm. p. 235), and Tºujº,
Num. 5, 10. 9
1. holiness, sanctity; so Arab. U-9 iſ |
el-Kuds, concr. ‘the holy’ pr. m. of Jeru-
salem, U”) iſ C2) the Holy Spirit
Syr. Þjále, 1.35 id—Most freq. in the
geni. after another noun, instead of an
adje, tve, as tºp nºis holy ground Ex.
3, 5; tºp: sip: the holy place Lev. 10,
17, 14, 13. So c. suff, "tºp ºn my miſun
tain of holiness, i. e. my holy mountain,
Ps. 2, 6; Tºp rh- thy Holy Spirit Pa
51, 13; rarely with Bºrºș added, as
Chr. 22, 19 ºrbs tºp ºf the holy ves.
sels of God. Ascribed also to all those
things which in any way pertain to God
or to his worship, as "uip tº my htly
name Lev. 20, 3, 22, 2; Tºp nau; thy
holy sabbath Neh. 9, 14; ºpry his the
Holy City, Jerusalem, Is. 48, 2. Neh. 11.
1; Tºp bºr, thy holy temple Ps. 138,2,
tºp prº hallowed bread, the shew-
bread, 1 Sam. 21, 5; tºp 133 holy vest
ments Ex. 28, 2.4; ºp "ºns the sacred
jewels, trop. for the nobles of the people,
Lam. 4, 1; tºp ºntº the sacred princes,
i. e. the priests of higher rank, 1 Chr. 24,
5. Is. 43, 28; tºp by a holy people, Is-
rael, Dan. 12, 7; tºp nºn: a holy cove-
nant Dan. 11, 28. 30, etc. etc.—Rarely
only, and in doubtſul examples, is it to be
rendered as abstr. holiness, Am. 4, 2. Ps
60, 8, 108, 8; in which places ºutp:.
ius Pa, is usually translated: by my(his)
holiness ; perh, more correctly: in my
(his) sanctuary. Sept. in Ps. ll. cc. Šv
tº &yiq wirot.—The notion of purity,
physical or moral, is referred to in Ex.
22, 30. 2 Chr. 31, 18. Is. 6, 13; see in
art. Giºp init. -
2. Concr. a holy thing, something sa-
cred, consecrated to God, opp. ºn pro-
fane; Lev. 10, 10. Ex. 29, 33.34. Num.
18, 17. Prov. 20, 25. al. saep. With dat.
added, Hinº tºp Lev. 27, 10. 14, 21
Jer. 2, 3, Ezra 8, 28; Bºrºsh Gip Lev.
21, 7. 23, 20; nº sºn ºp Num. 6, 20.
18, 10; rarely c. genit. "... ºpid. Lev. 19
8.—PLUR. Bºujºn the consecrated things
Lev. 21, 22. 22, 3.6.7. 12. Bºuyºr ºtz
the silver dedicated to the temple 1 Chr,
26, 20, 26. 28, 12. With genit. of the
person consecrating, as 1 K, 15, 15 "tº
This. Lev. 22, 15. Num. 5, 9; also of
him to whom they are consecrated,
nº ºp Lev. 5, 15.
3. a holy place, sanctuary, as the ta.
bernacle Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 35, 19. 39,
1; the temple Ps. 20, 3. Dan. 8, 14. al.
Spec. of the temple itself as distinguish.
•d from its courts, etc. i. e. the bºr,
ô vo.6s, 1 K. 8, 8. 2 Chr. 29, 7. Once of
the inner sanctuary, for Bujº ºp Ez.
41, 23.
tºp
brip
91
O *
4, Intens, bºg ºp holiness of holi-
messes, something most holy, e.g. a) Of
things, as the sacred incense Ex. 30, 36;
the sacred utensils v.29; the altar 29,37.
30, 10. 40, 10; the part of the sacrifices
which only the priests might eat, Lev.
2, 3. 10. 6, 10. Num. 18, 9. Ez. 48, 12. al.
So of things devoted with a curse Lev.
27,28. Plur. Bºn ºp the most holy
things, of offerings destined for the priests
alone, Lev. 21, 22. 2 Chr. 31, 14. Ez. 42,
13. 44, 13. b) Of men, as Aaron, 1 Chr.
23, 13, c) Of places, a most holy place,
Num. 18, 10. Spec. the immer sanctuary,
adytum, nº, in the tabernacle Ex. 26,
33.34. Num. 4, 4, 19; and in the temple
1 K. 6, 16.8, 6. 1 Chr. 6, 34. Ez. 41, 4, al.
Fully Bºujºn tºp nº. 2 Chr. 3, 8, 10.
TūTP ſem. of subst. Úºp no. 1, a fe-
male prostitute, harlot, pr. one conse-
crated like the UTP to the worship of
Astarte, and the gains of whose prosti-
tution went into the treasury of the
temple of that goddess; Gen. 38, 21. 22.
Deut. 23, 18. Hos. 4, 14. Comp. Num.
25, 1. Jerome l.c. Hilot. I. 199. Lucian
de Dea Syra $6. Id. Hetaer. 7, 1. 14, 3.
Tac. Hist. 2. 3. Similar are the Hindu
Bayadères.
Sk Trip, kindr, with Hriº, to become
dull, to be blunted, e.g. the teeth Jer. 31,
29.30. Ez. 18,2. Syr. id. Chald, srip id.
PIEL Trip id. intrans, of iron Ecc. 10,
10.
>k Śrīp in Kal not used, prob. to call,
!o convoke, kindr. with r. bip.
HipH. to call together, to convoke, e.g.
a people Num. 8, 9. 10, 7. 20,8. Deut. 4,
10, al. With by against any one, Num.
16, 19; acc. impl. sc. a tribunal Job 11,
10.
NIPH. to be convoked, to assemble, e.g.
a people Esth. 9, 2, 15. 16. 18. 8, 11; c.
by Ex. 32, 1. Num. 16, 3, 17, 7; bs 1 K.
°, 2. Jer. 26, 9; also with 58 of place
Lev. 8, 4. Judg. 20, 1; a 2 Chr. 20, 26;
acc. of place Josh. 18, 1.22, 12.
Deriv. Bºripº, nºnpº, and the ſour
nere following. .
27 m. constr. }rip, c. suff, ºrp.
1. a coming together, an assembling,
ſhe act, Deut. 9, 10 Brºn Biºl. 10, 4.
8, 16
tº
2. an assembly, congrégation, convoca
tion. a) Spec. of the assembly or cºm-
vocation of the people of Israel, for any
cause Judg. 21, 8, 1 Chr. 29, 1. 2 Chr
23, 3, comp. Job 30, 28; mostly for re-
ligious purp ses, i. q. Hºrſ, fully Brip
bsº Lev. 16, 17. Deut. 31, 30; nº Brip
Num. 16, 3. Deut. 23, 2; E-nºr, Brip
Neh. 13, 1; also c. art. Briºn zwt &ziſ,
Ex. 16, 3. Lev. 4, 13. 14. Num. 10, 7. al.
sap. So an briſ. Ps, 35, 18. 22,26; brip
biº 1 K. 8, 65. b) In a wider sense, of
any assembly or multitude of men, Jer,
31, 8. Ez. 16, 40. 23, 46.47. 32, 22; of
troops Ez. 17, 17. 38, 4. 15; of nations
Gen. 28, 3. 35, 11. 48, 4. Jer. 50, 9; of
the wicked Ps. 26, 5 comp. Gen. 49, 6;
of the righteous Ps. 149, 1; of holy ones
i. e. angels Ps. 89, 6. 8 ; of the dead
Prov. 21, 16.
Hºnº (convocation) Kehelah, pr. n.
of a station of the Israelites in the desert,
c. FT parag. Num. 33, 22, 23.
nºnp f (r. Brip) an assembly, congre
gation, Deut. 33, 4, Neh. 5, 7.
rººp Koheleth, pr. m. by which Solo-
mon is denoted in the book thus in-
scribed, i. e. the book of Ecclesiastes.
It is usually of the masc. gend. and
without the article, Ecc. 1, 1. 2. 12, 9.
10; once c. art. 12, 8, see Lehrg. p. 656,
657; once with verb ſem. Ecc. 7, 27
nºr:p Hºyºs, where perh, it should be
read nºnpri -2s as in 12, 8.—The ſem.
termination is not infrequent in words
denoting office, station, etc. (see Triº,
9 - , ~
nº?, &= i. e. Khaliſ) and also in
later Hebrew even in proper names of
men, see nºb, nº ; Lelºrg. p. 468,
878.-As to the signification, the only
true one seems to be that given by the
earliest versions, e. g. Sept. and Vulg.
'Lºxºnºuzotic, Ecclesiasles, i.e. a preach-
er, one addressing a public assembly and
discoursing of human things, i, q, b2:
Hººs 12, 11, pr. ‘a convoker'; unless
one chooses to derive the signif of
preacher or orator from the primary
notion of calling and speaking, Brip i. q
*ip, Jus. For other explanations, see
Knobel Comm. p. 2 3. Thesaur, p
1199, 1200,
tº
rººp
tºp
917
*nºp a root of doubtful authority,
found once in Cod. Samar. Gen. 49, 10
Enzy innpº ºb", for Heb. bººs rriº by,
i. e. from the Chald. to him shall the na-
tions be gathered together. It seems
therefore to have been i. q. Chald. NTT,
Heb. Brip, to assemble. Hence pr. n.
nript, and
Tºp (assembly) Kehath, pr. n. of a
gon of Levi, Gen. 46, 11. Ex. 6, 16. Josh.
21, 5 Written also rip, Kohath Num.
4, 14. 15. Hence patronym. "nriſºn the
I(oh ºthile Num. 3, 27. 4, 18.37.
TP and P. m. (r. Hyp) the latter absol.
Is. 28, 10. 13, but constr. 2 K. 21, 13. Is.
34, 11; c. suff. Pºp Ps. 19, 5.
9 - 5
1. a cord, line, Arab. 8.5. Spec, a)
a measuring line, Is. 34, 17. E.Z. 47, 3.
by "p riº; to stretch a line upon any
thing, in order to measure it; which is
done where any thing is to be made Is.
44, 13; or built Job 38, 5. Zech. 1, 16
Keri ; or also to be destroyed and made
even with the ground so that the line
may be drawn over the levelled spot,
2 K. 21, 13, Lam. 2, 8. Is. 34, 11. b)
Metaph. a line, i.e. a rule, law, morm, Is.
28, 17, and so vv. 10. 13 "ph "p "pº "p
line upon line, line upon line, see in art.
hy; c) the margin, rim of a laver, resem-
bling a cord, 1 K. 7, 23 Keri. 2 Chr. 4, 2.
d) a string of a lyre or other musical in-
strument; hence sound, q, d. accord, Ps.
19, 5; Sept. § q967/og, and so Rom. 10,
18, Symm. 6 ºzog, Vulg, sonus. But
perh. instead of tºp it should here
read chip or tºp, as in v. 4; parall.
2. strength, might, Arab. 8.5, SC 62 I’.
rip no. 2. Is. 18, 8 ºp-up "is a nation
most mighly. The repetition is inten-
SIV (2.
* STP to spue out, to vomit forth.
Arab. eus mid. Ye, Eth. P.På id. It
would seem to have been formed by
soſtening the final letter of the onomato-
poetic yºp, tºp, and perhaps also pri-
marily the form ºp; comp. under the
..etter & p. 738.-Metaph. Lev. 18, 28
that the land spue you not out, reject You.
Once Imper, piur. **ph and spue ye
Jer, 25, 27, as if from a root Nºp drop-
ping tº ; see Arab, and Eth. above.
HipH, id. Prov. 23, 8, 25, 16 Jon. 2, 11
Trop. Lev. 18, 25. 28. Job 20, 15; where
comp. Cic. in Pis. 37, ‘devoratam pecu
niam evomere.” -
Deriv. sp., nsp, sºp.
3'3"P (Milra) Ez. 23, 24, constr. Saip
(Milél) 1 Sam. 17, 38, a helmet, i. q.
vºie. On the form and tone of this
word, see in 9372, note. R. 932.
tº Tip, see in ºp.
>k Hºp 1. pr. to twist a rope, cord, to
wind; whence Hypº, "R no. 1, Hypt.
Hence -
2. to be strong, robust, the notion of
binding fast, girding, being tropically re-
ferred to strength; see Shri, pyr; no. 3.
Comp. Germ. Stränge i.e. cords, strenge,
(whence Engl. strength, strong), also
amstrengen, all which come from the no-
tion of binding fast, Lat. adstringere.
Hence R no. 2–Arab. 5:3 to be
* 9, 2
strong, robust ; II, to strengthen. §
strength.
3. to hope strongly, to trust, implying
firmness and constancy of mind, comp.
jºst. So of trust in God, Part. "ip
Hinº Ps. 37, 9, Is. 40, 31; c. suff, “ip
Ps. 49, 23; Tip 25, 3. 69, 7. Yip Lam.
3, 25. See Piel.
PIEl Hip i. q. Kal no. 3, to hope for,
to wait for, to earpect any thing, c. acc.
Job 7, 2, 17, 13. 30, 26; h Jer. 8, 15. 14,
19; inf. c. : Is. 5, 2. Ps. 69. 21. Spec.
a) Hinº-ns nºp Ps. 25, 5, 39, 8.40, 2.
Hjnº 'p Prov. 20, 22, *, *s Ps. 27, 14.
37, 34, to wait for or on Jehovah, i. e. for
his help, to rest one's hope on him. b)
to lie in wait for any one, c. dat. Ps. 119,
95; c. acc. tº Ps. 56, 7.
Niph. to gather themselves together
to assemble, (pr. perh. ‘to be wound to
gether,’ see Kal no. 1.) spoken of na-
tions Jer. 3, 17; of waters Gen. 1, 9.
Deriv. p., Hypº, Hypº, niprº, and
TTP or "P i, q, "p, a rope, cord, in
Cheth, thrice 1 K. 7, 23. Zech. 1, 16;
constr. perh. Hyp Jer, 31, 39.
rip Is. 61, 1, see ripripe p. 863.
23, to loathe, to
nauseate, trop. Praet. tºp Ez. 16,47, where
however both the reading and the inter-
pretation are doubtful; all the ancient
>k tºp i. q. Yip and top:
77%
bhp
$ºp
918
versiºns omit top. Others make it i. q.
Arab. Jos only, duntarat; see Thesaur.
p. 1202–Fut, ºps c. : Ps. 95, 10.
But pip; Job 8, 14, see in r. tºp.
Niph. id. c. *E. Ez. 20, 43. 36, 31.
Once hºp; in some copies for hop; Ez.
6, 9.
Hith pal. 2::prin id. Ps. 119, 158; c.
* 139, 21.
*Šip obsol. root, to call, to cry out;
Arab. Jú to speak, to say. Correspond-
ing roots are Sanscr. gal to call aloud,
Gr. º.o.Aéo, Lat. calo, whence calendae,
Eng. to call. Kindred is also appa-
rently Brip q. v. and Chald. Pºp —
Hence
Pip m. also ºp Ex. 19, 16, c. suff, whip;
plur. nihip, nibp, the voice; Eth. PA
voice, word, sound. Arab. J o: dictum,
saying. Syr. ſlo voice; Chald. BR id.
Spoken.
a) Of the voice of men, e. g. as speak-
ing, crying out 1 Sam. 4, 6, 14; singing
Ez. 33, 32. Ex. 32, 18; wailing Ps. 6, 9.
Gen. 45, 2; groaning Ps. 102, 6; re-
joicing Ps. 42, 5. 118, 15. Jer. 7, 34; so
of the voice or noise of a multitude, 1
K. 1, 41. Dan. 10, 6. Of the voice of
God as speaking, Deut. 4, 33. 5, 23. 18,
16. al. So Gen. 27, 22 spy; hip biprº
the voice is Jacob's voice. Judg. 18, 3.
1 K. 10, 13.—Also bits bip; with a loud
voice 1 Sam. 28, 12. 1 K. 18, 27. 28. Is.
36, 13. Prov. 27, 14; in acc. bi-; bipid.
Deut. 5, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 5. al.
tº hip id. Deut. 27, 14; Iris hip with
one voice 2 Chr. 5, 13; "hip with my full
voice Ps. 3, 5, 142, 2, and so ſhip Is. 10,
30 see in bris. Pleonast. the voice of
words Deut. 1, 34. 5, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 1.
Job 33, 8; the voice of prayer Ps. 28, 2.
6. 66, 19; the voice of weeping Ps. 6, 9.
Ellipt. in exclamation; a voice / the
voice 1 Cant. 2, 8 hºlin hip the voice of
my beloved / sc. I hear. 5, 2. Is. 13, 4.
52, 8.66, 6. Jer. 50, 28; comp. Job 39,
24.—Metaph. ascribed to blood una-
venged, Gen. 4, 10. Put also meton. for
speech, discourse, Ecc. 5, 2.5 [3. 6]; for
rumour, report, Gen. 45, 16. Jer. 3, 9.
Fz. 26, 15.
b) Of the voice or cry of beasts, e. g.
the bleating of flocks and lowing of
herds 1 Sam. 15, 14, comp. Jer. 9, 9; the
neighing of horses Jer. 8, 16; the roar.
ing of lions. Job 4, 10. Zech. 11, 3. Also
of the voice of birds Ecc. 12, 4; of the
turtle Cant. 2, 12; of the dove Nah. 2,8.
c) Of the sound and noise of inanimate
things, as of a trumpet Ex. 19, 19. 20, 18.
Josh. 6, 5; a harp, pipe, Ez. 26, 13. Job
21, 12; a bell Ex. 28, 35; thunder Ps.
104, 7; rushing waters Ez. 1, 24, 43, 2.
Ps. 42, 8; rain 1 K. 18, 41; of chariots
and horses, a rattling, 2 K. 7, 6. Joel 2,5;
of fire, ibid. of burning thorns, crackling,
Ecc. 7, 6; of a mill Ecc. 12, 4; of a
whip, cracking, Nah. 3, 2; also of the
sound of steps 2 Sam. 5, 24. 1 K. 14, 6.
2 K. 6, 32, and prob. Gen. 3, 8; of wings
in motion Ez. 1, 24, 3, 13; of a falling
leaf rustling, Lev. 26, 36, his bip:
with great noise Is. 29, 6–So nin; bip
xot' é$oxify for thunder Ps. 29, 3 sq. Is.
30, 30, 31. Job 37, 2, 4, 5, 1 Sam, 7, 10.
Plur. nibºp thunders Ex. 9, 23. 29.33
34, 1 Sam. 12, 17; fully bºrºs ‘p Ex
9, 28. nibp "Tr; thunder-flash, lightning,
Job 28, 26. 38,25.
Spec. may be noted the following
phrases:
aa) hip sº to lift up the voice, see in
Nº no. 1. e ; also bip pººr: id. see in
th- Hiph.
bb) is ip in: w) to give forth one's
voice, of persons, e. g. in weeping Gen.
45, 2. Num. 14, 1; in outcry Lam. 2, 7;
in calling Prov. 1, 20. 8, 1. Jer. 22, 20;
c. * i. Q. to call to any one Prov. 2, 3;
YYS3 hip in; to proclaim in the land
2 Chr. 24, 9. So of birds singing Ps,
104, 12; of the lion roaring Am. 3, 4; of
the sea Hab. 3, 10; of the noise of a
multitude Jer. 48, 34; of thunder-clouds
Ps. 77, 58. Of God as thundering Ps.
18, 14. Am. 1, 2. Joel 2, 11. 4, 21. Jer.
25, 30. 6) ibip: n, to give forth (to
utter) with his voice, comp. Heb. Gr
§ 135. 1. n. 3. So of a lion roaring, c
29 against, Jer. 12, 8; of God as thun-
dering Ps. 46, 7, 68, 34.
cc) "E bip yºu; oº) to hear the voice
of any one, i. e. to lister to him, Gen. 4,
23. Is. 28, 23. Of God as hearing and
answering a suppliant Num. 20, 16. Deut
26, 7, Ps. 5, 4, 27, 7, 55, 18, 64. 2. Jon
2,3. So bip jºsr: id. Job 9, 16. Ps. 141,
bºp
php
919
6) 's bip: sº to hearken to the voice
of any one, i. e. to listen and obey Gen.
27,8. 13.43. Ex. 18, 19. Deut. 21, 18. al.
Spec. to obey God Gen. 22, 18. 26, 5.
Deut. 8, 20. 1 Sam, 12, 15, 15, 19, 20. 22.
al. Of God as listening to a suppliant
Gen. 30, 6. Judg. 13, 9. Ps. 130, 2, y)
'E >ip” sºu; to hearken to the voice of
any one, to listen and obey, Gen. 3, 17.
16, 2. Ex. 18, 24. 1 Sam. 2, 25; to obey
God Ex. 15, 26. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 81, 12.
5) 'E bip-hs yºu; to listen to the voice of
a suppliant, so God Gen. 21, 17.
dd) a hip hºrſ to cause to be pro-
claimed in a land, see in has Hiph. no.2.
nººp (i. q. Fyhip, voice of Jehovah)
Kolaiah, pr. m. m. a) Jer. 29, 21. b)
Neh. 11, 7.
>k php fut. Bºp", apoc. ER. Gen. 27,
31, tº tip. Job 22,28; conv. Epºn, Epº),
but 1 pers. Emps. Neh. 2, 12, PRS 1 K.
3, 21; Imper. Bºp, Ep. Josh. 7, 10, c. r.
parag. Tºp; Praet. once PNP Hos. 10,
14, like Arab. rº.
1. to rise up ; Arab. ruš id. also to
stand. Syr. to rise up, to stand. Eth.
‘P'Bº' to stand.—E.g. from the ground,
or from a bed, Gen. 27, 31. 32,23. Cant.
5, 5; c. 7, 1 Sam. 28, 23; by? 2 Sam.
11, 2. So of one who rises in the morn-
.ng Ps. 127, 2; or who had fallen down
Prov. 24, 16. Mic. 7, 8; or was upon his
knees 1 K. 8, 54; or was sitting, e.g. on
a seat c. 53%. Judg. 3, 20, or at table c.
tº 1 Sam. 20, 34. So nºnº tºp to
rise up from fasting Ezra 9, 5, since in
fasting, as connected with mourning,
..hey sat upon the ground, comp. v. 3. 4.
2 Sam. 12, 16. Job 2, 13. Imper. with
dat, pleon. Tº "ºp Cant. 2, 10–Spec.
a) to rise up to or before any one in
token of respect, reverence, Is. 49, 7 ;
3. * Gen. 31, 35. Lev. 19, 32; r.sº
Gen. 19, 1 1 K. 2, 19.
b) Very often it stands before verbs
of going, departing, and the like : Gen.
22, 3 tº Epº and he rose up and went.
28, 2 tº tºp. 24, 10. 25, 34. Ex. 24, 13.
Num. 16,25. Judg. 19, 5. al. saepiss " Sam.
21, 11 nº. Tº Epsº. 26, 2 Tº Epº.
Gen. 21, 32 lau. ... Fºl. Deut. 17, 8
yº tºp, etc. Also, these being
omit.ed, pºp itself is i. q. to rise up and
go, to set off, Gen. 31, 17. Josh. 8, 19
1 Sam. 17,48; with 7% of place whence
Gen. 23, 3.46, 5, 1 Sam. 20, 41.-Some-
times tºp marks the doing or undertak-
ing of any thing with impetus; 2 Sam
23, 10 he arose and smote (Tº Be Nºn)
the Philistines until his hand was weary.
Judg. 8, 21. 2 K. 11, 1. 2 Sam. 13, 31
then the king arose and tore his gar-
ments. Job 1, 20. 2 K. 12, 21. Jer. 1, 17.
Prov. 31, 28. 1 Sam. 24, 5. Sometimes
it implies a doing again, after an inter-
val; Josh. 6, 26 that riseth up and build-
eth this city Jericho. Deut. 31, 16. In a
few cases it is pleonastic or marks a ver-
bose style; Num. 11, 32 and the people
rose up all that day... and gathered the
quails. Ex. 2, 17–Arab. -\s c. fut.
to undertake, to begin.—Hence Imper.
tºp rise up 1 arise 1 as a word of incite-
ment; either to go, as Tº Bºp Gen. 28,
2; Rs tºp 31, 13; nº tºp 35, 1, etc. or
to do any thing, Judg. 8, 20 and Php
bris. v. 21. 1 K. 21, 15. With n parag.
intens. espec. as addressed to Jehovah.
that he may help, Ps. 3, 8 º' Tºp
ºujin. 7, 7. 9, 20. 10, 12. 74,22. 82,8.
132, 8. al.
c) to rise up against any one, in a
hostile sense ; c. by Judg. 9, 43. Is. 14,
22. Am. 7, 9, al. P& Gen. 4, 8, 1 Sam.
22, 13. 24, 8; 3. Mic. 7, 6; "Eh Num.
16, 2; with Hºrºzh Ob. 1. Also as a
witness, to rise up against Ps. 35, 11; c.
a Deut. 19, 15. 16. Ps. 27, 12. Job 16, 8
Part. *s tºp those rising up against
me, my adversaries, enemies, Ps, 92, 12;
also by Bºipr: id. 2 K. 16, 7; oftene,
c. suff. Tºp id. Ps. 18, 40.49. Lam. 3, 62
hºp Ps. 44, 6, Tºp Ex. 15, 7, etc.
Arab. cº-e ruš id. –Trop. Ps. 27, 3
though war should rise up against me.
Hos. 10, 14. Nah. 1,9. Prov. 24, 22.
d) to arise, to come forth, to appear,
e.g. a new king after his predecessor
Ex. 1, 8.1 K. 3, 12. 2 K. 23, 25; a leader
Judg 5, 7; a prophet Deut. 13, 2.34, 10;
a new generation Gen. 41, 30. Judg. 2,
10. Ps. 78, 6. With nrn in place of
Num. 32, 14. 1 K. 8, 20. Syr. >, often
of a king. Arab. X* =Us id,
e) Trop. to rise up out of calamity
tºp
chp
920
Jer. 51, 64. Also to cise in prosperity,
wealth, q, d. ‘to rise in the world,” Prov.
28, 12.
f) Of God as rising up for judgment,
bºº, Ps, 76, 10; to punish the wicked
ſs. 2, 19. 21. 28, 21. Ps. 12, 6. Job 31, 14.
g) to rise up, to rise again, as the
dead returning to life, Job 14, 12. Ps, 88,
11. Is. 26, 14. 19. Also to arise out of
sleep Prov. 6, 9; to rise up from sick-
ness Ps. 41, 9.
h) to sit down and rise up, put for the
general course of life and conduct, Ps.
139, 2. So to lie down and rise up id.
Deut. 6, 7. 11, 19.
i) to rise, as the light Job 25, 3; the
noon-day light Job 11, 17.
2. to set oneself, to stand, i. q. Tº ; see
the Arab. and Ethiop. usage above. 2 K.
13, 21 nºn-by Epº and stood upon his
feet. Job 19, 25. 30, 12; c. : Ps. 24, 3.
Of waters heaped up, Josh. 3, 16; with
neg. of idols, i. q to be cast down, Is. 27,
9.—Trop. a) to stand firm, to be esta-
blished, as a kingdom 1 Sam. 13, 14. 24,
21; of a king 2 Chr. 21, 4, Hence to
stand, i. e. to stand out, to endure, Job 15,
29. Am. 7, 2.5.
*E* to stand out before, to withstand any
one, Josh. 7, 12. 13. Of things Job 41, 18
[26]. b) to remain Josh. 2, 11. Is. 40,
8; c. * to any one, Lev. 25, 30. 27, 19.
with by, Is. 32, 8 tºp: ninº-by sºn,
and he remaineth (persisteth) in liberal
things. Arab. Jºe US to persist in.
c) With h of pers. to stand up for any
one, in his behalf, to stand by him, Ps.
94, 16. Arab, x] -\} id. d) Trop. to
to be confirmed, established, e.g. a pur-
chase Gen. 23, 17. 20; counsel or pur-
pose Is. 8, 10, 14, 24. Prov. 19, 21; once
c. *, to be established to any one, i. e.
to be successful, Job 22, 28; of a pre-
liction Jer. 44, 28, opp. PE2. So to be
*alid, to stand good, e. g. testimony
iDeut. 19, 15; a vow Num. 30, 5 sq.
s) ‘E puj-by bhp to stand upon (in) the
name of any one, i.e. in the public regis-
ters, to be enrolled in his place, to suc-
ceed to the name and estate of any one,
Deut. 25, 6, f) Tº hop. 1 K. 14, 4
romp. 1 Sam. 4, 15, his eyes were set,
fired, spoken of a person afflicted with
a disease of the eye, in which the pupil
ſº
Nah. 1, 6. Ps. 1, 5; c.
becomes fixed, so as no longer to contrac
and dilate. Arab. Jºa'ſ cººls id.
3. Like Samar. Byp, to live ; see P.,
no. 2, and the n Juns tºp;, phphs
(śīl) the people.
PIEL pºp, chiefly in the later books,
like Aram. Pºp, x=2...
1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, in various
connections: a) to confirm, to establish.
Ruth 4, 7. Esth. 9, 29, 31 init. Of a
prophecy, to confirm by the event, Ez.
13, 6. b) With by to enjoin any thing
wpon any one, pr. to cause to be imposed
wpon any one, Esth. 9, 21.31 mid, comp.
Chald. By tºp to bind by an oath.
Hence tº tºp to take upon oneself, pr.
‘to enjoin upon oneself.” Esth. 9, 27.
31 fin. c) to make stand good, i. e. to
perform, to fulfil, an oath, Ps. 119, 106.
2. Trans, of Kal no. 3, to preserve
alive, Ps. 119, 28. Frequent in the Tar-
gums.
PIL. b%ip 1. Causat. of Kal no. 1,
to raise up, to build up, e. g. ruins, Is
44, 26. 58, 12. 61, 4. -
2. Intrans. to rise up ; Mic. 2, 8 long
since hath my people pºip, arsh risen
up as an enemy Vulg. consurreacit.
Others, long since hath my people set
(me) up as an enemy; but this is far-
fetched.
HipH. Pºpºl, fut. Pºp., apoc. Ep.,
conv. pp.).
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to raise up, to
lift or help up, e.g. one lying down 2
Sam. 12, 17. 1 Sam. 2, 8; one fallen
Deut. 22, 4; the afflicted Job 4, 4. Ps.
41, 11. Spec. a) to raise up, i. e. to
earcite a hostile people Hab. 1, 6; an
adversary (Tºº) 1 K. 11, 14; c. bs
against Am. 6, 14. Mic. 5, 4. Also to
rouse up a wild beast Gen. 49, 9. Num.
24, 9. Trop, to raise up evil, calamity,
against (23) any one, 2 Sam. 12, 11.
Ez. 34, 23. Zech. 11, 16; by id. 1 Sam.
3, 12. b) to raise up, i. e. to cause to
arise or appear, e.g. judges Judg. 2, 18
a prophet Jer. 29, 15; a priest 1 Sam.
2,35; a king in place of another, c. nnn
2 Sam. 7, 12; a new generation Josh. 5
7; a plant, to make grow up, Ez. 34, 26
Spec. buy bºpri Deut. 25,7. Ruth 4, 5
10, and # sh; tı"pri Gen. 38, 8, to raise
php
| "p
921
'up to any one a name, seed, or offspring,
... e. by marrying his widow to raise up
children that shall succeed to his name
and inheritance. c) to set up, to rear up,
to erect, e. g. a tent Ex. 26, 30; a sta-
tue Deut. 16, 22; an altar 1 K. 16, 32;
towers Is. 23, 13. Also to set up again,
to restore, e. g. a tent fallen down Am.9,
11; hence yºs H-prl, bsº "tº 'ri,
to restore the land, the tribes of Israel,
Is. 49, 6.8. So nº tºpºl to set up
(make) a covenant Gen. 6, 18. 9, 11. 17,
7. al. d) to lift up a shield, Ez. 26, 8.
e) to raise up again, to revive, Hos. 6, 2;
comp. Jer. 30, 9. See Kal no. 1. g.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to cause to
stand, Ps. 40, 3. Hence: a) to set, to
set up, to constitute, e. g. a king Deut.
28, 36. 1 K, 14, 14; a watch Judg. 7, 19.
Jer. 51, 12; watchmen, overseers, Jer. 6,
17; shepherds 23, 4 ; God, a people for
himself Deut. 28, 9; a boundary Prov.
30, 4. . b) to make stand firm, to con-
firm, to establish, e.g. a throne, kingdom,
2 Sam. 3, 10. 1 K. 9, 5. 2 Chron. 7, 18.
Also of a vow Num. 30, 14. 15; a pro-
phecy, to fulfil Is. 44, 26; and so a pro-
mise, to fulfil, to perform, Deut. 9, 5.
1 Sam. 1, 23. 1 K. 6, 12. Jer. 29, 10. Ps.
109, 38; an oath Gen. 26, 3. Jer. 11, 5;
a covenant Jer. 34, 18. So to perform,
to eacecule a command 1 Sam. 15, 11.
Jer 35, 16; a purpose Jer. 23, 20; a
vow Jer. 44, 25. c) to make stand still,
to still, a tempest, Ps. 107, 29.
Hoph, Epº- once tº or apr in
some copies 2 Sam. 23, 1.
1. to be raised up, erected, e. g. the
tabernacle Ex. 40, 17.
2. to be set up, constituted, 2 Sam.
23, 1.
3. to be established, performed, e.g. a
rule, command, Jer, 35, 14.
HiTHPAL. Bºipºn, to rise up, in a
ostile sense Ps. 17, 7; c. * upon or
wgainst any one Job 20, 27. Part. c.
suff, "onºpnº my adversary, enemy,
Ps. 59, 2. Job 27, 7.
Deriv. Haip, nºip, tºp-, biphs,
bipº, Bºp, Hoºp, nºr: , Hºpm
p?ipm, and the pr. names Hºp", Tiop
tºp Chald, fut. Bºp", part, esp.
1. to rise up Dan 3, 24, 6, 20 before
wºrbs of doing, undertaking, etc as in
Heb. no. 1. b, Dan. 7, 5. Ezra 5, 2, to
arise, i. e. to come forth, to eacist, e.g
a king, kingdom, Dan. 2,39. 7, 17.24.
2. to stand, Dan. 2, 31. 3, 3, 7, 10. 16;
also to endure, to remain, 2, 44.
PA. tºp to raise up, to set up; hence
Pºp Pºp to make a decree, to give com-
mand, Dan. 6, 8.
ApH. Pºpº Dan. 3, 2, c. suff. Frºpr.
5, 11, once Fººps 3, 1; 2 pers. Fºpr:
3, 18, nº"pH 3, 14; fut. tºp 2, 44, also
E"prº 5, 21; part. Pºpºyº 2, 21.
1. to set up, to erect, e. g. a statue
Dan. 3, 1 sq.
2. to set up, to constitute, e. g. a king
Dan. 2, 21; a prefect 5, 11 ; priests
Ezra 6, 18; c. by to set over Dan. 4, 14.
6, 2.4.
3. to cause to arise, to set up, e. g. a
kingdom, Dan. 2, 44.
4. to confirm, to establish, Dan. 6,9. 16.
Hoph. --Pºl, fem. nonpºl, to be made
to stand, Dan. 7, 4. g
Deriv. tºp, ºp.
Tº P. f. (r. bhp) 1. stature; Eth.
‘pºo Syr. isoso, id. a) Of a person,
Cant. 7, 8, 1 Sam. 16, 7, 28, 20 Nº
in?ip his full stature. Ez. 13, 18 -93
H%ip every stature, i. e. men of every
stature. b) Of a tree, plant; Hºip Fre:
tall of stature Ez. 31, 3; nºip rº low
of stature Ez. 17, 6; comp. 19, 6. 31, 5.
10. 14, Is. 10, 33. This noip the sta-
ture (tallness) of his cedars, his tall
cedars, Is. 37, 24.
2. height, altitude, Gen. 6, 15. Ex. 25,
10. 23, 27, 1. 1 K. 6, 10. 20. 26. 2 K. 25,
17. al.
nººp f (r. tºp Pil.) pr. upright-
mess ; as adv. upright, erect, Lev. 26, 13.
Sk Tºp OT ºp in Kal not used; prob,
1. to beat, to pound ; kindr. with 12.
Arab. ejº mid. Ye, to forge iron. Syr.
i-iº, Chald. "3"p, a worker in iron,
a smith. Hence Tºp no. 1. *
2. to strike the strings of a musical
instrument, to play; also to sing, to
chant in accompaniment; sce Pil. and
Hºp. Syr. ii., a musical sound.
°-o-
Arab. & As a maid, also according tº
some a female minstrel.
yºp
nip
922
Pil pip, fut. 3 plur. Hºipm Ez. 32,
16, spec. to chant a mournful song, to
lament, fully nººp pip 2 Sam. 1, 17.
Ez. 32, 16; c. by over or upon any per-
son or thing 2 Chr. 35, 25. Ez. 27, 32;
2s 2 Sam. 3, 33. Part. f. plur, nižjip?
female wailers, hired mourners, Jer. 9,
16.
Dariv. Tºp, rºp, pr. n. *p, *p.
* 2°P obsol. root, prob. 1. to dig, to
scrape, i. q. ºnºp; see in lett. n. Hence
2. i. q. Arab. cus mid. Waw, Conj. I,
VIII, to mount, to cover, spoken of the
camel in copulation, from the idea of
digging, piercing; see in r. ne; no. 1.
Deriv. Spºp and
y"P m. once Ez. 23,23, pr, a he-camel,
stallion, then trop. prince, noble, as the
Vulg. and Rabbins correctly. This me-
taphor is common among the Hebrews
and Arabians, comp. Tºny, also Arab.
Jº, r;3,&# all which denote a
he-camel for breeding, espec. of a nobler
race, and likewise a prince. In parono-
masia with Siu) wealthy.
Ҽp obsol. root, i. q. FP3 no. 3, to
move in a circle ; hence Hºpr, circuit.
FTP m. plur. E"Eip, an ape 1 K. 10, 22.
2 Chr. 9, 21. Sanscr. and Malabar kapi,
ape, (pr. swift, agile,) a word of Indian
origin; whence also Gr. xiiſtog, Xijóog,
weiffog, which are used of various species
of apes and monkeys.
*Y"P see in yºp III.
* I. yºp fut. Yap, conv. Yºº.
1. to loathe, to feel disgust, to abhor
any thing. Corresponding are tºp,
Eth. Pſilſ) to loathe; comp. Chald.
to:p. The primary idea is prob. to feel
nausea, to vomit, as a sort of onomato-
poetic verb, comp. in Nip.—With a
Gen. 27, 46. Lev. 20, 23. Num. 21, 5.
1 K. 11, 25. Prov. 3, 11.
2. to fear, to be anarious, c. "Yº Ex.
1, 12. Num. 22, 3. Is. 7, 16.—The idea
of loathing in several other verbs is also
transferred to that of fear, as Chald, tºp
to loathe, Syr. -ºia to fear greatly;
-: * –
ro Arab. *, Jº; comp, also Germ.
‘ Grauen haben v: r etwas,” Engl. to
feel horror.”
HipH. Yºpºl, causat. of Kal no. 2, to
put in fear, e. g. a city, region, to terrify
it with invasion, siege, Is. 7, 6. Comp,
Arab. , is Conj. III, timorem injecit.
oppugmavit. -
* II. yºp only in HipH. Pºpr, in-
trans, to awake from sleep, i. q. Yps, but
except 2 K. 4, 31 only poetic, Ps. 3, 6.
17, 15. 73, 20. 139, 18. Is. 29, 8. Prov.
6, 22; from drunken sleep Joel 1, 15.
Trop. a) Of God, Fix"pr awake 1 sc.
for help, Ps. 35, 23.44, 24. 59, 6. Hab.
2, 19. b) From the sleep of death 2 K.
4, 31. Job 14, 12. Is. 26, 19. Dan. 12, 2.
c) Ez. 7, 6 lºs yºpº Ypri sã the end
cometh, it awaketh (riseth up) against
thee, where note the paronomasia.
* III. yºp and Yip 1. i. q, yºp, to
cut, to cut up or off; comp. nisºp.
Hence Yip thorn, so called from cut-
ting, wounding ; also yºp pr: the cut-
ting off of fruits, harvest; then summer,
—From the noun Yºp then comes
2. Denom. to summer, Is. 18, 6; Opp.
Fºr no. 2 to winter. Arab. Jols mid.
Ye, id.
Y P m. (r. Yip III) plur. pºsip, t-sp
Ex. 22, 5.
1. a thorn, Ez. 28, 24. Collect, thorms
a thornbush, briers, Gen. 3, 18. Is. 32
13. al. Plur. Jer. 4, 3, Is. 33, 12. Judg
8, 7.
2. Koz, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 8, b)
With art. Yippi Ezra 2,61. Neh. 3, 4.21
7, 63. 1 Chr. 24, 10.
Fis P. f. plur. (r. 7:p) locks of hair
forelocks, so called from being cut, shorn.
Cant. 5, 2. 11. Syr. f2. Or İzº joi.
9 - >
Arab #33 forelocks. Comp. Schul-
tens Opp. min. p. 246.
***p to dig for water, 2 K. 19, 24. Is,
37, 25. Arab. jº mid. Waw, excidit e
medio; 33% to have one eye dug out.
The biliteral root hp to dig occurs also
in hp, "pri, hp?, ºpy; comp. hº
nºz, Hes; -ºs II, nºr —Deriv. ipº.
Hiph. 2 praet. f. Hypn, inf. "pri, to
-hp
Tºp
923
'et flow forth, as a fountain its waters
Jer. 6, 7.
Pulp. "pºp 1 to dig under, to under-
mime a wall, as in Talmud. So in paro-
nomasia, Is. 22, 5 hp ºphp? (a day) un-
ſtermining the walls, when all shall be
overthrown. Talmud. hºp" Nºnp-hp de-
struction of the wall.—Hence
2. to destroy persons; Num. 24, 17
nu; "24-92 -php, and destroy all the
scns of pride; Sept. Trgovousivel, Vulg.
vasta 9%l.
Deriv. -ºp, -pºp, spnp, nipº.
TYP m. (r. Hºp) c. suff. ºnºp plur.
ninp; a beam, joist, pr: a cross-beam, 2
K. 6, 2. 5; plur. 2 Chr. 3, 7. Cant. 1, 17.
By synecd. a roof, like Gr. ºuško. 990),
Gen. 19, 8–Syr, ſº id.
EºP m. plur, fine threads, webs, i. e.
8 o’
spiders' webs, Is. 59, 5. 6. Arab, y=
thread of cotton. Comp. Gr. 20.tgog the
cross threads in weaving, whence zagów,
xotigoots. The etymology is obscure.
• Eip 1. i. q. Arab. Jº to be
curved, bent, as a bow, the back; II,
to curve, to bend, as a bow; compare
© •
Gr, yoigos curved. Hence nu;p, Jº,
bow, nu;p, and pr. m. Tiuj"p.
2. i. q. ºpy, to lay snares ; once in fut.
Is 29, 21 up, in other Mss. Fujip.
Deriv. see in no. 1, also pr. m. ºn,
•uiphs, and -
*T*P (bow of Jehovah, i.e. rain-
bow) Kushaiah, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 15, 17;
called in 6, 29 [44] hºp Kishi.
TP see r. mph and Index.
tº Ez. 16, 47, see tºp.
>k atºp obsol. root, Chald. and Arab.
-laš to cut; hence to cut off to destroy.
Kindred verbs are asp,5x", nºr. The
biliteral roºt top has this sense of cutting,
cutting off, like the kindred "p, yn; see
the verbs bºp, ſtop, nº, Arab. las,
Ala#; and comp. under Y3; , Yºr, 113,
Fis -Hence atºp, atºp.
*P m. in pause atºp 1. a cutting
ºff, destruction ; Is, 28 2 atºp hºp a de-
'troying storm.
2. Spec. contagion, pestile nee, Deut
32, 24. Ps. 91, 6.
Hºp m. c. suff. Tº id. spec. cºnta
gion, pestilence, Hos. 13, 14. R. Pºp .
Tyipp f (r. "tºp I) incense, Deut. 33
10.
Tºtº (incense) Keturah, pr. m. of
the wife whom Abraham took after the
death of Sarah, Gen. 25, 1. 1 Chr. 1, 32.
*Stºp filt. bºp", to kill, to slay, a
poetic verb, Ps. 139, 19. Job 13, 15. 24,
14. Syr. and Chald. id. Arab. Jºš,
Ethiop. PTA. The primary idea is
that of cutting, see in Hºp. Comp, the
Gr. KTsūNo.—Hence bºp.
Stºp Chald. to kill; Part. act.hºp Dan.
5, 19. Part, pass, bººp Dan. 5, 30.7, 11.
PA. bºp intens. to kill many, more than
* Q3 -
one, like Syr. Pa. and Arab. Jºs. Dan.
2, 14. 3, 22.
ITHPE. and ITHPA. Dan. 2, 13, pass.
ºP m. in pause bºp, slaughter, Ob.9.
*Tºp, fut. Tºpº, to be little, small,
opp. 913. The primary idea seems to be
that of cutting off, and so making short-
er and smaller, pr. ‘ to be docked;’ see
in atºp. Syr. < *, Ethiop. <pſD.3,
fine, subtle.—2 Sam. 7, 19 and this was
Yet small in thy sight, did not suffice.
1 Chr. 17, 17. Trop. c. 7% to be un-
worthy of Gen. 32, 11.
HipH. to make small, Am. 8, 5.
Deriv. Tºp, ſtºp, Tºp, and pr. m. nºp
Tºp: .
Tº and ſº, constr. once jº. 2 Chr.
21, 17; but c. suff, “sºp, plur. Rººp
2 K. 2, 23, constr. "?tºp, and fem. Hººp
plur. nibºp Zech. 4, 10, all from Tºp.
1. Adj. little, small, opp. bits. a) Of
persons, as not grown up, Biº Tº Yºn
from small to great, i. e. all, Gen. 19, 11.
1 Sam. 5, 9, 30, 2. Jer. 8, 10. al. Biº
Tºp Tº id. 2 Chr. 34, 30. Esth. 1, 5, 20.
#: jà a little son 2 Sam. 9, 12; ſtºp nyl
1 Sam. 20, 35. 1 K. 11, 17, plur. 2 K. 2,
23. Hººp nins a sittle sister Cant. 8, 8.
2 K. 5, 2. Hence of age, c. art. Tºri,
fºr young, the younger, Gen. 9, 24, 27,
15. 42. 44, 2. 1 Sam. 13, 11. 17, 14. b)
Of oeasts 2 Sam. 12, 3, Cant. 2, 15. c)
Tºp
rººp
924
Of things, as ſººn his ºr Gen. 1, 16;
n:tºp nº Ecc. 9, 14; so 1 Sam. 20, 2.
22, i5. 1 K. 2, 20–Abstr. smallness, ,
whence ſºn ºz vessels of smallness,
i. e. smaller vessels, Is. 22, 24. Plur.
histºp pin the day of small things, Zech.
4, 10.
2. Trop, a) Of a small number 1 Sam.
9, 21. Is. 60, 22. b) Of time Is. 54, 7.
c) Of might, authority, Am. 7, 2. 5;
comp Is, 36, 9. -
3. Tºp Katan, pr. n. m. c. art. Hakka-
tan, Ezra 8, 12.
Tºp m. (r. Tºp) smallness, then the
little finger; whence c. suff, º köl°ni
“my litle finger’ 1 K. 12, 10. 2 Chr. 10,
10. Other Mss. read in 2 Chr. l. c. "Bºp
kölönni, from a form ſtop with Dag.
impl. in ), the moveable Sheva being
changed into Kamets-Hateph; see J. H.
Michaelis ad h. I. But it would seem
inadmissible to read with Van der
Hooght "ºp in 1 K. I. c. Comp. Pºp.
Sk FºE ſut. Flºp", to pluck off, to break
off, e.g. ears of grain, foliage, etc. Deut.
23, 26. Job 30, 4 Ez. 17, 4. 22.-Arab.
-ālaš, Syr. ---, to pluck grapes.
Kindr. are nºr), Frr.
NIPH. pass. Job 8, 12.
* I. nep in Kal not used, 1. q. hns no.
1, to smoke, see hip"p. Spec. of fra-
grant smoke, perfume, incense; Arab.
$ II, to smoke with aloe-wood; W, to
perſume oneselſ with smoke, as a female;
G o 2 93
Aas and
perfume, aloe-wood.
Piel 3 plur. Hººp, fut. "tºp", to burn
incense, chiefly to idols, c. dat. e. g. bsah
2 K. 23, 5. Jer. 7, 9; the queen of heaven
Jer. 44, 17–19, 25; the brazen serpent
2 K. 18, 4; the host of heaven Jer. 19,
13; to ‘other gods’ Jer. 1, 16. 19, 4. 44,
8, 15, Absol. or with adjunct of place
1 K, 22, 44. 2 K. 12, 4, 14. 4. Is. 65, 7.
Jer, 44, 21. 23. Trop. Hab. 1, 16. Rarely
like Hiph. no. 2, of sacrifice offered to
God, c. acc. to burn the fat, the odour of
which went up as incense, 1 Sam. 2, 16;
•omp. Am. 4,5–Part fem. plur, nintºp?
altars of incense, on which incense was
vurned, pr. ‘diffusing odours,’ 2 Chr. 30,
4.
9 9
$ odorous wood burned as
PUAL part, f, nº incense Cant. 3,6
Hiph. 1. i. q. Piel, to burn incense tº
idols, c. dat. 1 K. 11, 8. Jer. 48, 35. Hos
2, 15; absol. 1 K. 3, 3. 13, 2. 2 Chr. 28
3.—Oſtener
2. to burn upon the altar, c. acc. e. g.
incense, nyºn, Ex. 30, 7.8, 40,27. 2 Chr
29, 7 ; the fat of victims and the victim
itself, Lev. 1, 9.17. 3, 11. 16. 4, 10. 8,21
Ez. 29, 18. 1 Sam. 2, 15, 16; an offering
or memorial, Lev. 2, 2. 16. 6, 8. Jer. 33.
18. With dat, of the divinity, as nºt pr
nibs h; 2 Chr. 13, 11, comp. Ex. 30, 20
without acc. 2 Chr. 26, 18; with "; "gº
1 Chr. 23, 13, 2 Chr. 2, 3. 5; absol. 1 K.
13, 1. 12, 33. 1 K. 6, 34.
HoPH. nºr pass. of Hiph. no. 2, Lev
6, 15. Part. Yºº incense Mal. 1, 11.
Deriv. Hººp, nºtºp, -ºp, -iz"p
nºrº, nº?, and pr. nºrthºp. -
* II. "Tºp i. q. Aram. nep Hºe and
Heb. hºp, to bind, to tie; and hence to
shut, to close. Comp. Ethiop. $28/, to
bind, PTA, to shut, to watch a door.
—Part. Pass, f Ez. 46, 22 rinºp ningr
closed courts, i.e. surrounded by a wall
and closed with doors; referring to the
smaller courts in the four corners of the
great court, which served as kitchens, v.
24.—Hence pr. n. Tinºp and
Tº Chald. m. only in plur. Tºp
knots, i. e. a) vertebrae, joints of the
back, Dan. 5, 6; see in Yºr. Syr.
12+\-o joint of the hand, wrist, b)
Trop. knotty questions, hard problems
Dan. 5, 12. 16.
Tºp (knotty, 1. q. Chald. Thºp, r.
nº II) Kitron, pr. n. of a town of Zebu-
lon, Judg. 1, 30. Some hold it to be i. q.
nºp Josh. 19, 15; but without reason.
nup f. (r. Tºp I) c. suff, ºr hºp, in-
cense Ex. 30, 35. Lev. 10, 1. Is. 1, 13
Prov. 27, 9, al. saep.—Ps. 66, 15 rºup
pººs incense of rams, i. e. the ſat an
burned in sacrifice.
nëP (for rºtºp small, r. ſtop) Kattath
pr. m. of a place in Zebulon, Josh. 19, 15
N"P m. vomit, Is. 19, 14, 28, 8. Jer
48, 26. R. Rip.
“Hºp, Imper. Hºp Jer. 25, 27, see in
r. Nip
tºp
pºp
925
tºp Chald. m. i. q Heb, yºp, sum-
mer, Dan. 2, 35.
nipºp m. (r. hºp I) 1. smoke Gen.
19, 28. Ps. 119,83.
2. vapour, a cloud, Ps. 148, 8.
PTP m. (r. Bºp) a rising up against
Bny one, see the root no. 1. c.; hence
concr. Job 22, 20 H5%"p our adversaries,
Enemies, i. q. Hººp.
EP Chald. m. a statute, edict, Dan. 6,
8. In Targ, often ſor Heb. pri, nº.
Syr. ise-e. R. pºp.
ºp Chald. adj. enduring, sure, Dan.
4, 23. Syria., id. R. Ep.
Tº"P. f. (r. bhp) a rising up, Lam.
3, 63. -
tºp, see Jiap.
TP see in r. p.
7"|2 m. (r. Tºp) 1. a lance, spear, c.
suff, ºp 2 Sam. 21, 16.
2. Caim, pr. m. a.) The eldest son of
Adam, the murderer of his brother Abel,
Gen. 4, 1 sq. Among his posterity were
the inventors of arts and arms. The
name comes from r. Tºp, perh, lance, as
a murderous weapon; though in Gen.
4, 1 the etymology is explained as if r.
tºp were i. q. Tºp no. 1, viz. she bore
Cain and said: I have gotten (borne) a
mnan with the help of the Lord. b)
The tribe of the Kenites, Num. 24, 22.
Judg. 4, 11 ; see "2"p. c.) A town in
the tribe of Judah, c. art. Josh. 15, 57.
T}^P f. (r. ºp) plur. nil"p, once tºp
Ez. 2, 10.
1. song, Syr. file musical sound,
song. Spec. a song of mourning, lamen-
!alion, Jer. 9, 9. Am. 5, 1. 8, 10. Ez. 2,
10. 19, 14. al.
2. Kinah, pr. m. of a town in Juda
"osh. 15, 22. -
"..."? Gen. 15, 19. Judg. 4, 11. 17. 1
Sam. 30, 29, also ºp 2 Sam. 27, 10 "..."?
1 Chr. 2, 55, gentile n. Kenite, collert.
the Kenites, a Canaanitish tribe dwell-
ing among the Amalekites, 1 Sam. 13,
6, comp. Num. 24, 20, 21. Hobab the
father-in-law of Moses, was phylarch of
pne of their tribes, Judg. 1, 16 4, 1.
The family of Heber the Kenite dwelt
in Naphtali, Judg. 4, 11. See too lºp
no. 2. b.-Syr. i-i- id. pr. ‘a smith,
and this is prob, the signif. of Heb. *p
from r. p.
Tº"? (smith, perh, lancer, r. Tºp) Ke.
Tan or Cainan, pr. n. of an antediluvian
patriarch descended from Seth, Gen. 5
9. 1 Chr. 1, 2. -
Yºp m. (r. Yip III) c. suff, Tºp, har-
vest of fruits, fruit-harvest, not of grain
which is nºr: ; pr: the cutting off of
fruit. Is. 16, 9. Jer. 8, 20. 48, 32. Spec.
fig-harvest, which in Palestine takes
place in August; although early figs
(E">3) ripen at the summer solstice;
Is. 28, 4 as the early fig before the har-
vest. Mic. 7, 1.—Hence
a) the harvest-time of figs, i.e. sum-
mer, espec. midsummer, the hottest sea-
son; Arab. J.; or le; mid-summer.
Chald, tºp, Syr. ſº-, id—Ps. 32,4
Yºp "gianna into the droughts of sum.
mer. Prov. 6, 8, 10, 5. 26, 1. 30, 35.
yºn n°2, the summer-house Am. 3, 15.
Sometimes it seems to include the spring,
as Fºn also includes autumn and win.
ter; see in Fºn.
b) fruit, spec. figs, as harvested, Am.
8, 1. 2; comp. Jer, 24, 1 sq. Jerome po-
ma, which is a general word including
figs; see the lexicons, 2 Sam. 16, 1 HS2
yºp, ellipt. for Yºp nibal Hsº a hun-
dred cakes of figs. Comp. in Engl. the
harvest for the grain harvested.
7"x"P m. adj. (r. 7xp, for ſix"p, after
the analogy of Tixºn from Yūri, Dag.
om. after "-) the last, the eartreme, only
in f. rºix"p Ex. 26, 4, 10. 36, 11. 17.
TPP m. Jon. 4, 6–10, according to
Jerome, the Talmud, and Heb. intpp.
the ricinus, palma Christi, Arab. 8»4'
el-kherú'a, Egyptian xix., xotzi, Diod
Sic. 1.34, a tall biennial plant still culti
vated in gardens, of an elegant appear. .
ance and rapid growth, with a stalk or
trunk full of sap. At Jericho it becomes
a considerable tree; see Bibl. Res. In
Palest VI. p. 281. Bochart. Hieroz. II,
p. 293, 623. Celsi; Hierobot. II. p. 273
sq. Thesaur. p. 1214.—According to
Sept. and Peshito a gourd
78
p"p
Hºp
9
6
6)
Tºpºp m. (r. Bºp) i. q. Tibp, ignominy,
shame, once Hab. 2, 16.-Vulg. vomitus
ignominiae, shameful vomit, as if com-
pounded from "p for Nºp vomit, and libp
ignominy, in which sense also nine Mss.
write it in separate words, jibe "p —
Perhaps for Tibpºp, comp. nipºic from
FEtº.
are not genuine, and have crept in by
an error of the copyists.
TP m. once TPIs. 22, 5 (where seve-
ral Mss. Hºp), plur. nihºn. R. nip.
1. a wall, Sept. 18izog, e.g. of a city
Num, 35,4. Is. 22, 5, hºp ºr workmen
in walls, masons, 1 Chr. 14, 1, comp.
2 Sam. 5, 11. h"pº is Hab. 2, 11. Lev.
14, 37. Tho; hºp a leaning wall, ready
to fall, Ps. 62, 4; be; hºp Ez. 13, 12. 14.
15.-Spec. a) wall of a house, e.g. ex-
terior 2 K. 9, 33. Ez. 8, 8. 12, 5. Am. 5,
19; also the inside wall, often ornament-
ed with panels and pictures, 1 K. 6, 15.
Ez. 8, 10, 23, 14. 1 Sam. 19, 10. 2 K. 20,
2. h"Prº Fujio the wall-seat, by the wall,
1 Sam. 20, 25. So of the walls (sides)
of an altar Lev. 1, 15. 5, 9; trop. of
the heart Jer. 4, 19. b) wall of a gar-
der, park, etc. Num. 22, 25. 1 K. 5, 13.
ºn"p by a wall-storm i. e. destroying
walls Is. 25, 4, c) wall-side, as Fizinn hºp
Josh. 2, 15; and so prob. 2 K. 4, 10 -nºy
h?ºp hºp a little wall-chamber, built
against the side of the house; here Hººp
agrees with rººs –Prob. the primary
idea of hºp may have been a mound,
rampart, Lat. vallum, so called from
digging, r. nºp; hence a wall ; just as
Engl. wall comes from Lat. vallum.
2, a walled place, like Gr. tºizog (He-
rod. Xen.) a fortress, citadel ; whence
5&iº hºp Is. 15, 1 (fortress of Moab,
Chald. -sioi sãº) Iſir Moab, pr. n. of
... foruified city in the territory of Moab,
now called Herak, which name is also
applied in a wider sense to the whole
district. The same is called in Is. 16,
11. Jer. 48, 21. 36 ºr -ºp (brick for-
tress) Kir-heres; and in Is. 16, 7.2 K.3, .
25 nºr hºp Kir-hareseth, id. For the
pi esent Kerak, see Burckh. Travels in
3yria p. 377–390. Irby and Mangles
... 361 sq. [110 sq.] Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 569.
3. Kir, pr n. of a people and region
But not improb, the letters "p
subject to the Assyrian empire, Is. 22, t,
2 K, 16, 9. Am. 1, 5, 9, 7. Prob. the
tract on the river Cyrus (Gr. Kügos and
ICigá0s) between the Euxine and Cas.
pian seas, called at the present day in
Armenian, Kur. -
b"P (Chald, a weaver's comb) Kiros
pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 47; for which oºp Ke,
ros, Ezra 2, 44.
t"P (perh. i. q. Jº nºr a bow)
Kish, pr. n. m. a) The father of king
Saul 1 Sam. 9, 1. 14, 51. 1 Chr. 8, 33.
b) 1 Chr. 8, 30. 9, 36. c) 1 Chr. 23, 21.
22, 24, 29. d) 2 Chr. 29, 12. e) Esth.
2, 5. R. Jip.
jºb"P (curved, winding, r. Bip) Ki.
shon, pr. n. of a stream which in winter
rises near Mount Tabor and empties
itself into the bay of 'Akka, Judg. 4, 7.
5, 21. 1 K. 18, 40. Ps. 83, 10. In sum-
mer it is dry in the plain. See Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 228—233.
*p, see hnºughp.
Chº? Chald. i. q. Gr. ºlbogus, cithara,
a lyre, harp, Dan. 3, 5.7. 10 Cheth. In
Syriac also the Greek ending is is com-
monly changed to os.—Keri onnp q.v.
ºp m. adj. (r. Bºp) f. Hºp, plur. Pºp.
1. light, Job 24, 18.-Hence
2. swift, with lightness, Is. 19, 1; of
one running, Am. 2, 14. Jer. 46, 6. Lam.
4, 19; fully tº ºp 2 Sam. 2, 18. Am.
2, 15. Poet. Spec, a fleet horse Is, 30, 16.
Adv. swiftly, Joel 4, 4. Is. 5, 26.-Aram
**p, liºo, light, swift.
SP Chald. m. i. q. Heb. bip, voice
Dan. 4, 28. 6, 21. 7, 11; sound of a trum-
pet, Dan. 3, 5, 7, 10. 15.
ºp, see hip, also in r. ºp no. 4.
*Hºp whence ſut. Niph. Rhº, 2
Sam. 20, 14 Cheth. Better is the Keri
Abrºl.
* I. Hºp to roast, to parch, as ears
of grain, etc. Part, pass. “hºp Lev. 2, 14.
Josh. 5, 11. Also a person, as a species of
torture, Jer. 29, 22.—Arab. Sº and J3
Eth. PA(D, Chald, shp, d. Kindr. is
Hºx, see unders p. 878.
Niph. Part. Hºp: scorched, burned
hence burning, inflammation, Ps, 38 8.
Deriv. º.p.
Hºp
55p
927
* II. Tº i. o. ºº, to be light, in
Kal not used.
NIPH. to be made light of, to be con-
temmed, Is. 16, 14; to become despised,
despicable, Deut. 25, 3. *art. Hºra de-
spised, ignoble, low, 1 Sam. 18, 23. 1s. 3,
5. Prov. 12, 9.
HipH. to make light of, to lightly es-
teem, Deut. 27, 16.-Hence
Tº m. 1. contempt, shame, disho-
nour, Prov. 3, 35. 6, 33. 13, 18. Jer. 46,
12. Job 10, 15. Concr. Is.22, 18.—Hence
a) shame, i.e. a shameful deed, Prov. 18,
3. Hos. 4, 18. b) shame, reproach, in
words Prov. 22, 10, c) shame, i. e. the
parts of shame, Nah. 3, 5. Jer. 13, 26.
>k rºp obsol. root; Talmud. to flow,
to flow out; Pi. to pour out. Kindr. is
nºš II, to flow, to be poured out; whence
nnºt a dish.-Hence -
nrºp f verbal of Pi. a pot, kettle, from
pouring, 1 Sam. 2, 14. Mic. 3, 3. Comp.
Lat. futum (Warr.) and futile, vessel,
from fundo.
Sk tºp 1. to contract, to draw in, to
shrink, i. q. Arab. Ua Ms. Part pass.
tºp contracted, shrunk; then any
thing of diminished stature, dwarf,
spoken of victims Lev. 22, 23. Arab.
9 q >
s ~. 9 - 2
Jakš small stature, Gaº lo)3, small,
dwarf; see Camoos p. 965.-Hence
pr: n, stºp.
2. to take in unto oneself, to receive a
fugitive, i. q. Chald, ºp. Hence tºp?
an asylum.
*P m. (r. Håp I), once sº with s
in otio (as "p;, NTP:) 1 Sam. 17, 17,
roasted or parched grain, i. e. wheat or
barley roasted in the ears and then
ubbed out, as is still common among
'he Beda win Arabs; see Legh in Mac-
michael's Journey p. 235. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 394.—Lev. 23, 14. Ruth 2,
14. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 2 Sam. 17, 28 where
*P is twice read, once of grain and
again of pulse. Comp. Lev. 2, 14.
*P (perh, for rºp, Flººp, the swift
messenger of Jehovah) Kallai, pr. n. m.
Weh. 12, 20.
Tºp Kelaiah, pr: n, of a Levite, Ezra
'0, 23; called also
sº (dwarf, r. ºp) Kelita, pr. r
m. Ezra 10, 23. Neh. 8, 7. 10, 11.
*Sºp fut. Pp., ºp. Gen. 16, 4, 5, 1
Sam. 2, 30.
1. to be light, not heavy, see Hiph
Eth. PAAid. PA.A light. Syr.Sº to
be light, swift, lightly esteemed.—Hence
2. to be swift, fleet; comp. At iſ pos
light, swift, élaggós and Šâ0.90% Lat.
‘levis cervus,” Engl. light-footed ; also
adj. Pp. So 2 Sam. 1, 23 *p tºº
they were swifter than eagles. Hab. 1,8.
Jer. 4, 13. Job 7, 6. 9, 25.
3. to be or become few, small, to be
3.
diminished ; Arab. J3 to be few. Gen.
8, 11 and Noah saw yºrº Bºn ºp-2
that the waters were diminished from off
the earth. v. 8.
4. Trop. of persons, to be lightly es-
teemed, to be insignificant, vile ; opp. r.
Tº no. 6. With."gº: Gen. 16,4, 5, Job
40, 4. Nah. 1, 14 risp "2 for thou art
become small, thy power is broken, O
Assyria. Sometimes intens. to be de-
spised, contemned, opp. Tàº, , 1 Sam. 2,
30. Comp. Hºp II.-Hence, according
to some, ºp inf as noun, lightness, i. e.
shame, reproach, Jer. 3, 9; better i. (i.
Sip voice, rumour.
Niph. pp: 2 K. 3, 18, ºp; 1 K, 16, 31;
fut. Pp.
1. to be light; Part. ſeni. Hºp; by
lightly, slightly, Jer. 6, 14, 8, 11. Also
to be light, easy, 2 K. 20, 10; with dat.
of pers. to any one Prov. 14, 6.
2. to be swift, i. q. Kal no. 2, Is. 30, 16.
3. Trop. of things, to be light, small,
trifting ; c. *** 1 Sam. 18, 23.2 K.
3, 18.—Impers. 1 K, 16, 31; and so with
Tº with inſ: Is. 49,6-ºx * Thinrº bpº &
is too light a thing that thou shouldst be
my servant ; also with dat. added Ez. 8,
17. But Hitzig has well remarked on
Is. l. c. that this construction is not ac-
cordant with the laws of thought or lºvn-
guage, but we should rather expect Tº
of person, thus tº º ſini", "222 2p2.
The writer conſounds the two construc-
tions, and puts before the infin. the Tº
which should have stood before the
person.
4. Trop of persons; to be iightly es-
teemed, to be contemmed, vile, 2 Sam. 6,22
$5p
yºp
928
Pielºp to vilify, to curse, pr. to make
vile, contemptible; Syr. Sºeſ to lightly
esteem, to vilify. Spec. a) to revile,
to abuse with reproachful words, Lev. 19,
14. Neh. 13, 25. 2 Sam. 16, 5.7. 9. 10. 11.
13, b) Intens, to curse, to utter impre-
cations, i. q. ºns, and opp. Thà. Ps. 62,
5. 109, 28; with acc. as parents Lev.
20, 9. Prov. 20, 20; God, i. q. to blas-
pheme, Ex. 22, 27. Lev. 24, 11; also
one's natal day Job 3, 1 ; c. 3, as the
king and God Is. 8, 21; so Hyn, tº 2
K. 2, 24, Tºrºsz, 1 Sam. 17, 43. A curse
followed by immediate destruction is
ascribed to the prophets, 2 K. 2, 24.
Deut. 23, 5. Josh. 24, 9; espec. to God
Gen. 8, 21.—Reflex. it bºp to curse one-
self, i. e. to bring a curse upon oneself;
1 Sam. 3, 13 because he knew tºp? "z
**::: triº that his sons were bringing a
curse upon themselves.
PUAL fut, ºr, part. Bºrº , to be ac-
cursed, Ps. 37, 22. Job 24, 18; so i. q, to
perish under a curse, Is. 65, 20.
HipH. ppt!, fut. Pp., inf. Spry, imper.
bpri.
1. to make light, to lighten. a) With
acc. of thing and bºº of pers. to lighten
any thing from off any one, to take it.
away, 1 K. 12, 10. 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 Chr.
10, 10. b) Acc. impl. Ex. 18, 22 bpr;
Tº lighten from off thee sc. the bur-
den, business, make thy business lighter.
Jon. 1, 5. c) With Tº of burden, to
'ighten or remit something from a bur-
den; 1 K. 12,4 mºns nº ºp! lighten
(something) from the service of thy fa-
ther, i.e. remit something of the service
which thy father imposed upon us. v. 9.
2. to make light of, to despise, 2 Sam.
19, 44. Ez. 22, 7; to make despised, to
bring into contempt, Is. 8, 23.
Pilp. *php 1. to shake, to move
quickly to and fro, from Kal no. 2;
‘Arab. Jāſ; id. Eth. K%‘PA'pA to be
moved, shaken.—Ez. 21, 26 [21] ºphp
bºxrï3 he shaketh (waveth) the arrows,
a species of divination.
2. to make smooth, to polish, and hence
to sharpen Ecc. 10, 10.-The notion of
smoothness exists also in the adj. Pºp.
HITHPALP. to be moved, shaken, Jer.
1, 24.
Deriv. pp, bºp, rººp } hpºp & Tºpºp
pr. n. *ěp.
ºp m. adj. smooth, polished, of brass
Dan. 10, 6. Ez. 1, 7. Vulg. as camdens
See r. bhp. Pilp. no. 2. Thesaur. p. 1217
ºp f (r. bºp Pi.) constr. nººp, c.
suff. Trºp, plur. nibhp; malediction
i. e. a) cursing, reviling, 2 Sam. 16
12. Prov. 27, 14, b) a curse, impreca
tion, Gen. 27, 12. Deut. 11, 26. 29, 30, 1
19. al. Gen. 27, 13 Finžºp thy curse, pass.
i. e. which lights on thee. Concr. one
accursed Deut. 21, 23. Jer. 24, 9.42, 18.
al. Plur. nibhp curses Deut. 28, 15.45.
>k pºp in Kal not used, PIEL to scoff
at, to scorn, to deride, Ez. 16, 31 thou
art not as a harlot, ºr's bºph who scoff.
eth at her hire, in order to get more.
Vulg. well, fastidio augens pretium.--
Chald, bºp to praise, also to mock.
HITHP, id. c. 3, 2 K. 2, 23. Ez. 22, 5.
Hab. 1, 10. -
Deriv. the two following.
tºP m. scorn, derision, Ps. 44, 14. Jer
20, 8.
Tºp f id. Ez. 22, 4. R. bhp.
* 1: y BE to sling, to throw with a
sling. Part, sºp a slinger, Judg. 20, 16.
Trop. to sling out, i. e. to eject a people
from a land, Jer. 10, 18. Chald. and
Syr. id.—The primary idea is perhaps
that of moving up and down, shaking;
comp. Arab. AJ3 id. Hence shp no. 2.
PIEL i. q. Kal, 1 Sam. 17, 49. 25, 29.
Deriv. sºp, ºp.
* II. yºp to carve wood, etc. 1 K. 6,
29, 32. 35. Eth. AAU to impress,
mark, stamp money; QRAAU an image
on coin.—Hence nº?. -
wºp m. (r. 9%p I) in pause sº, C
suff, isºp; plur. B'shp, constr. ºp.
1. a sling 1 Sam. 17, 40. 50. 25, 29.
Zech. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 26, 14. Chald.
Nyhp, Arab. £ºis, jd.
2, a curtain, hanging, Ex. 27, 9 Sq
35, 17. Num. 3,26. al.—Chald, id. Arah
& sail of a ship; & IV, to sail.
navigate Eth. PAU the sail is furled
ybp
N:p
929
Idea of moving up and down; see the
*OOt. •
3. In 1 K. 6, 34 for Bºsºp, we ought
prob. to read bºx leaves of the door,
which stands in the first clause and in
cod. Kennic. no. 150.
*P a slinger 2 K. 3, 25. R. sap I.
SPSP adj, (r. 9hp, as "shy from ºns)
light, mean, vile, of food Num. 21, 5.
>k tºp obsol. root, perh. i. Q. tºº to
prick ; then, to be sharp. Chald. ºp
to be thin, lean.—Hence -
TitºP m. a sharp point, prong; 1
Sam. 13, 21 Tivºp ºbt; a three-pronged
fork, with which hay, straw, and the
like are gathered up, pr. ‘a triad of
prongs.”—Spoken of a pointed instru-
ment Ecc. 12, 11 Targ. -
“Tºp obsol. root, perh. i. q. Arab.
$ to heap together, to collect. Hence
the pr. names bºop, Hºp, Esºp,
rººp.
Tºp f. (r. bhp) constr. rºp, plur.
niop ; pr: a stalk of grain, collect.
slalks, put for standing grain Ex. 22, 5.
Deut. 16, 9, 23, 26. al. Plur. Judg. 15,
5.—Chald. id. also a statue.
2Shop (assembly of God 2 r. Hºp)
Kemuel, pr. n. m.
Gen. 22, 21. b) Num. 34, 24. c)
1 Chr. 27, 17.
hºp) Kamon, pr. n. of a place in Gilead
Judg. 10, 5.
tºp m. Is, 34, 13, tºp Hos. 9, 6,
and plur. Bºitºp Prov. 24, 31, a prickly
mettle, thistle ; see Celsii
Kimchi thorns.
weed, e. g.
Hierob. T. II. p. 206.
R. tºp.
“nºp obsol, root, prob. to be fat,
marrowy, comp. Ls to be ſat, and nriº
to be marrowy.-Hence
Tºp m. in pause Tºp, meal, flour,
pr. marrow, uvskog &vögåy. Judg. 6, 19.
1 Sam. 1, 24. 28, 24, 1 K. 5, 2. al. saep.
—Chald, sºap id. Arab. 23 grain
wheat. Eth. Pºſh pulse Trom whic.
meal is made.
This signification perh, comes from the
a) A son of Nahor
** 22 to lay fast hold of Job 16, 8
—Chald. id. Arab. Ja.s to bind
Kindr. are yop, yep.
PUAL pass. Job 22, 16.
*52p Is, 38, 9, and 3%P 19.3, a
pine away and die, of a tree, plant.
Kindr. is bºs. Arab. Jºsé pr. to be
thick set with insects, lice, and so to
languish, of a plant. Syr. S. Salo to lan.
guish, of persons.
:k yºp pr. to press together, to com-
press, comp. kindr. YE: ; then to take
with the hand or fist, e.g. a handful Lev.
2, 2, 5, 12. Num. 5, 26. Hence
72P m. c. suff, ixºr, a handful, of
meal etc. as an offering, Lev. 2,2. 5, 12
6, 8. Also of grain, a handful, manipu-
lus, as laid down by the reapers, but not
yet bound into sheaves; Gen. 41, 47
5*$3p} by handfuls, i. e. abundantly.
$9 – o 2
Arab. $5.5 e
* tº 22 obsol. root, prob. i. q. ººp,
to prick, to sting, as a nettle.—Hence
ujižp (uji?"p).
72 m. constr. "p Deut. 22, 6, c. suff.
imp, plur. pºp. R. 12p.
1. a nest Is. 10, 14. Ps. 84, 4. Prov.
27, 8. Meton. a nest of young birds,
nestlings, Deut. 32, 11. Is. 16, 2.—Syr.
| lic id.
ſix-p (perh, full of stalks or grain, see
2. Metaph. a dwelling, espec. one built
upon a lofty rock like an eagle's nest
(comp. Job 39, 27), Num. 21, 21. Jer.
49, 16. Obad. 4. Hab. 2, 9; or as being
pleasant and comfortable, Job 29, 18;
comp. ‘nidum servas' Hor, lip. I. 10. 6.
—Plur. Pºp cells, chambers in the ark,
Gen. 6, 14.
*k Nºp in Kal not used, Arab. Ü
to become very red. Hence
PIEL Nep 1. to be jealous, from the
redness or flush with which the face is
suffused ; with acc. of one’s wife Num.
5, 14; with 3 of a female rival Gen. 30,
1.—Causat. i. q. Hiph. to earcile to jea-
lousy, with a by or with any thing, Deut,
32, 21. 1 K. 14, 22.
2 to envy any one, with 3 of pers.
Gen. 37, 11. Ps, 37, 1. 73, 3. Plov. 23
78*
Nip
H:p
930
17, 24, 1, 19; acc. Gen. 26, 14. Is. 11,
13. Ez. 31, 9; ; Ps. 106, 16.
3. to be zealous towards any person
or thing, to burn with zeal, ºnków, a)
With h to be zealous for any one, for
his cause, Num. 25, 11. 13. 2 Sam. 21, 2.
1 K. 19, 10. al. b) to emulate any one,
3. A Prov. 3, 31.
HipH, causat. to provoke to jealousy,
Bee Piel no. 1; c. : Deut. 32, 16.21. Ps.
78, 58–For part. Hypº Ez. 8, 3, see in
r. nip Hiph.
Deriv. s?p, Ripp, Hsip.
&P Chald. to buy, i. q. Heb. Hºp no.
3. Ezra 7, 17.
SPP m. (r. Nip) jealous, spoken of God
As permitting no rival, and the severe
avenger of defection from himself. Ex.
20, 5. 34, 14. Deut. 4, 24, 5,9. 6, 15.
--Chald. Nºp and Tºp id.
TSP f (r. ssp.) constr. insip, c. suff.
ºrs p : plur. nisºr.
1. jealousy, e. g. in a husband Prov.
6, 34. 27, 4 ; of God Ez. 8, 3; of rival
nations Is. 11, 13. Plur. nisºp Num. 5,
15. 18, 25. 29.-Hence envy Ecc. 9, 6;
meton. object of envy Ecc. 4, 4.
2. zeal, ardour towards any one, Ǻkoç,
e.g. of lovers Cant. 8, 6; of God for his
people Zech. 1, 14, Is. 9, 6 Hin, rs3P
risis the zeal of Jehovah of hosts, in
behalf of his people. With genit. of
object, bºrrs;p the zeal (of God) towards
the people Is. 26, 11; so 2 K. 10, 16. Ps.
69, 10.
3. heat, anger, indigmation, coupled
with nºr Ez. 5, 13. al. Hºly Ez. 38,
19; tıs 35, 11. To it is ascribed fire,
nSºp lºs Ez. 36, 5, as devouring Zeph.
1, 18. 3, 8, smoking Deut. 29, 19; comp.
Ps. 79, 5. Spoken of the indignation of
God Num. 25, 11. Ez. 16, 42. Is. 59, 17;
of men Ps. 119, 139. Job 5, 2.
Sk Tºp fut. Hºp", conv. jº, pr. to set
upright, to erect, i. q. Tºpr. ; kindr. with
}*p, *z, ; see Hºp, Tºp, canna—Hence
1. to found. to create, e.g. the heavens
and earth Gen. 14, 19. 22 ; mankind
Deut. 32, 6. Ps. 139, 13. Prov. 8, 22
where Sept. Škrugs us, Targ. and Peshito
sº, i.e. Arab, Us i, q. G-L- God
treated, see Camoos p. 1937.
2. to get, to gain, to obtain, to acquire;
Syr, i.e., Arab, Us and usº, id. E.g
a woman to wife Ruth 4 9. 10; wisdom
understanding, Prov. 4, 7. 15, 32. 16, 16
17, 16, 19, 8; God his holy mountain by
conquest, Ps. 78, 54; the people of Is.
rael as his own, Ex. 15, 16. Ps. 74, 2.
Gen. 4, 1 ºrns ºs ºn-ºp I have gotten
a man with the help of Jehovah, have
borne a son; see in Tºp no. 2. a.
3. Spec. to get by purchase, to buy
Gen. 25, 10. 47, 19. 22. 50, 13. Ex. 21,
2. 2 Sam. 12, 3. Jer. 13, 1.4. Is. 43, 24.
al. saep. Metaph. to buy the truth Prov,
23, 23. Part. Hºp a buyer Prov. 20, 14.
Ez. 7, 12; opp. n=% Is. 24, 2. Also to
buy off, to redeem from captivity, Deut.
28, 68. Neh. 5, 8, Is, 11, 11.—Comp
Lat. conciliare for emere Ter. Eun. 4. 4.
21.-Hence
4. to own, to possess. PART. Hºp an
owner, possessor, master, e.g. of a house
Lev. 25, 30; a flock Zech. 11, 5; an ox
Is. 1.3. Comp. Hºp? -Syr.ſi.eid. Eth.
4PZP to possess, to be master; Arab.
UKsi to possess,
NIPH. to be bought, Jer. 32, 15.43.
HipH. pr. ‘ to let buy or be bought,'
i. e. to sell ; Zech. 13, 5 ºpt tº a
man sold me as a slave ; comp. Kal in
Am. 8, 6. Ecc. 2, 7. Verbs of buying
often take in the causative conjug. the
signif of selling; comp. Tº sal to buy,
|al <=i to sell.—Part. Hºpe, Ez. 8, 3
Hypºn risºn bºp suffix pº-nºs where
was the seat of the image of wrath (i. e.
the idol provoking God’s wrath) which
selleth, sc. Israel to his enemies, i. e.
which delivers Israel even as a slave
into the power of his enemies; note the
paronomasia. Others refer Hypºn to
r. Nip, and render: which provoketh to
wrath. -
Deriv. Hºp, Tºp, rºp?, rºº, and
pr. n. Tºp, nºr.
Tº m. (r. Hºp init) constr. Hºp, c.
suff, Flºp; plur. Pºp, constr. "2P, c. suff,
trºp; a reed, cane, Lat. canna, Gr
závn, xianm, xúvvo, id. Chald. Hºp, sºp
$3 ...
Syr. Pie, 1.1%, id. Arab. §U's id, also
spear.—Of a reed or came growing in
wet or marshy ground 1 K. 14, 15. Job
40, 21. Is. 19, 6. 35,7. Ps. 68 31 rºp rºp
H:p
pop
931
the beast of the reeds, i. e. the crocodile.
At the present day the banks of the
Jordan and the upper part of the lake
Hūleh are full of tall reeds or came ; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 255. III. p.
340.-R.] Spoken also of the sweet cane,
sweet flag, acorus calamus Linn. calamus
odoratus, growing in India (Plin. XIl.
12 or 48), Is. 43, 24. Ez. 27, 19. Cant. 4,
14; fully tºn Hºp Ex. 30, 23, -iºn Hip
Jer, 6, 20.-Also the cultivated cane,
arundo sativa, arundo domaa Linn.
growing very tall, and used as a staff
for walking, rigºn ryū? Ez. 29, 6. Is.
36, 6, comp. Yºsh Hºp Ez. 42, 3; and
for measuring rods. See on these spe-
cies of cane Celsii Hierob. II. p. 312 sq.
—Hence
a) a measuring reed or rod, ſully Hºp
Hºn Ez. 40, 3. 5. 42, 16–19; this was a
measure of six larger cubits (nE-3) rigs,
see in Tøs), i. e. six cubits and six
palms, Ez. 40, 5–8, 41, 8; plur. Ez. 42,
16–19–So Gr. x&lowog was a measure
of 63 cubits.
b) a stalk of grain, Gr. x&lowog, *g-
40 pum, Gen. 41, 5, 22.
c) the upper bone of the ārm, Job 31,
22. Comp. Germ. Armrühre; Arab.
J.as reed, also a marrow-bone.
d) the rod or beam of a balance ;
hence meton. for a balance, Is. 46, 6.
Gr. x0,y0ſy.
e) the hollow shaft, stem, of the sacred
candelabra, Ex. 25, 31. 37, 17.
f) Plur. E">E arms, branches, tubes,
bearing the lights of the sacred cande-
labra, Ex. 25, 32. 33.35. 37, 18; c. suff.
9, --
prisp Ex. 25, 36. 37, 22.—Arab. §U's
channel, trough.
*P (place of reeds) Kanah, pr. n.
a) A stream on the borders of Ephraim
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8, 17, 9, b)
A city in Asher Josh. 19, 28. [Now a
village about three hours south of east
from Tyre, still called Kana Uśls; see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 384.—R.
Nižp m. (r. Nip) q. Sºp, jealous,
spoken of God, Josh. 24, 19; also angry
against his enemies, Nah. 1, 2.
× 72P obsol. root, perh. i. q Qalks to
ſºunt.—Hence
72P (a hunt) Kenaz, pr. n. a.) An
Edomite, descended from Esau; also
a tract of Arabia named from him, Gen.
36, 11. 15. 42. b) The father or ra-
ther the grandfather of Othniel the bro-
ther of Caleb, Josh. 15, 17. Judg. 1, 13.
1 Chr. 4, 13. See "ºp. c) A grand-
son of Caleb 1 Chr. 4, 15.
*P (hunter) Kenizite, pr. m. a.)
A Canaanitish tribe, of which nothing
further is known, Gen. 15, 19. b) Pa-
tronym. of the name tºp lett. b, Num,
32, 12. Josh. 14, 6.
7. P. m. (r. Hºp) constr. Tºp, c. suff,
isºp.
1. a creature, Ps. 104, 24. Sept. wri-
gic. Chald. Tºp id.
2. a getting, acquisition, purchase,
Prov. 4, 7. Lev. 22, 11.
3. possession, substance, wealth, Gen.
34, 23. 36, 6. Ps. 105, 21. Ez. 38, 12. 13.
Sk EP obsol. and doubtful root; perh. to
set up, to erect, like Tºp, Tºp, 2p. Hence
Tiomp cinnamon, after the form Tinzi,
pr. i. q. Tºp cane, since the rolls of cin-
namon resemble a came or tube.
Tº m. constr. "Tºp Ex. 30, 23, cin-
namon, Prov. 7, 17. Cant. 4, 14. Gr.
zhnoylov, xivvéuouou, according to Hāot.
3. 111 a word of Phenician origin. For
the etymology see in r. b3?.
>k T22 in Kal not used, pr. to set up
to build ; kindr. with Hºp, Tºp, also pºp.
Hence ſp nest; and from this:
PIEL ºp denom. to nest, to build a
nest, as a bird Ps. 104, 17. Jer. 48, 28.
Ez. 31, 6; a serpent Is. 34, 15. Syr.
sºlid.
PUAL to have a nest built, to nestle, Part,
f "rºp? Jer. 22, 23.
*::P Job 18, 2, see in Yp.
Tºp (possession, r. nip) Kenath, pr
m. of a city beyond Jordan, situated in
Auranitis (Hauran) some distance north
from Bostra, Num. 32, 42. 1 Chr. 2, 23,
Gr. Kovºo, Ková90. Now called
cºl. is Kūnawat. See Reland Palest.
p. 681. Burckhardt's Travels in Syria
p. 83.
>k Epp ſut. top”, 2 pers, pl. rºept,
Ez. 13, 23, to divine, to practise divina-
..ion, used in the verb only of ſalse pro-
top
E
932 "Ep
phets, etc. e. g. of the Hebrews Deut.
18, 10, 14. Mic. 3, 6, 7. 11; of necro-
mancers 1 Sam. 28, 8; of foreign pro-
phets, as of the Philistines 1 Sam. 6, 2,
of Balaam Josh. 13, 22. Classic for the
three kinds of divination common among
the Semitic nations, viz. arrows, en-
trails, and Teraphim, is Ez. 21, 26 [21].
Constr, with acc. of thing, 2 K. 17, 7.
Ez. 13, 23. 21, 26. 28; dat. of pers. 1
Sam. 28, 8; acc. and dat. Ez. 21, 34.
22, 28. PART. Epp a diviner, one who
foretells, 1 Sam. 6, 2. Is. 3, 2, 44, 25.
Jer. 27, 9. 29, 8. Zech. 10, 2. Sept.
usually utºvitc, ugytsia.-The primary
idea is prob. that of dividing, dividing
out ; comp. Arab. 5 to divide out.
As this was often done by lot, hence
top pr. to divide out by lot, like Arab.
$ ; and then for any species of lot or
divination. Chald. PeF, Syr. ×2, id.
Deriv. tº and
tº m.
the root.
2. divination, Num. 23, 23. 1 Sarn.
15, 23. Jer. 14, 14. Ez. 13, 6. 23. Plur.
E-zºp Deut. 18, 10. 2 K. 17, 17. Me-
ton. reward of divination Num. 22, 7.
Comp. rº.
3. In a good sense, an oracle, divine
sentence, Prov. 16, 10.
>k cº in Kal not used, to cut off, i. q.
ysp.
Po. boip to cut off fruit, Ez. 17, 9.
nºP f. (r. Hºp) any vessel, a dish,
cup, so called from its rounded form, i. q.
rººp q. v. Hence "Eter, nor a writer's
vessel, i.e. an ink-horm, ink-stand, worn
in the girdle, Ez. 9, 2. 3. 11–Eth.
q*UJ't a water-vessel, water-pot.
Tºp (prob. i. q. &G arx) Keilah,
pr. m. of a city in Judah Josh. 15, 44.
1 Sam. 23, 1. 1 Chr. 4, 19. Neh. 3, 17.
18. See Reland Palest. p. 698.
92% m. a stigma, mark, cut or burnt
in, Lev. 19, 28. R. Smp no. 1.-Talmud.
ypyp to dig, to scratch as a fowl, also
a cut in a mark.
2, 9 °
•-yp obsol. root, Arab. $ to be
deep 5 pr. to dig, kindr. with hºp, np;,
also "pri, -pj.-Hence
1. lot, Ez. 21, 27 [22]; see |
Tº ſ. constr. nººp, plur. consº
ninsp, c. suff, hºrinº, a deep dish, bow.
charger, Num. 7, 13 sq. 84.85. Ex. 25
29, 37, 16. Sept. 1916) toy. Arab. #3;
a deep dish. 9 5*
* Nº ºn e
SPP to draw in oneself, to contract
Kindr. are YER, TEP, TEP, and softened
tº ~
&#: ; also Arab. -áš to be wrinkled,
shrunk, as cloth after washing.
1. to draw in the feet, to sit with the
feet drawn under, in the oriental man-
ner, Zeph. 1, 12 ; comp. Jer. 48, 11.
2. to concrete, to coagulate, as milk,
see Hiph. Poet. of the sea, Engl. Vers.
to congeal, Ex. 15, 8.
NIPH. to be drawn in, contracted, Zech.
14, 6 Cheth. Sº ninp", see in ºp!
no. 4. p. 420.
HIPH. causat. of Kal no. 2, to make
coagulate, to curdle milk, Job 10, 10.—
Hence -
7"SºP m. congelation, ice ; Zech, 14,
6 Keri jistºp ninpº, Sept. xxi pizo;
xvi. Itſºyoc, Vulg, sed frigus et gelu, Bet-
ter is Chethibh, see in r. NER Niph, and
nº no. 4.
*TEp to draw oneself together, to
shrink, to roll oneself up ; like kindr.
& .
"pº, ypt, Syr. -ase, also SEP, Lis.
Hence Tiep hedgehog.
PIEL id. Is. 38, 12 ºr x-sº "ripp I
have rolled together, like a weaver, my
life ; or intrans. my life is rolled toge-
ther, as by a weaver ; i. e. in either
case, my life is finished, like the piece
of cloth which the weaver, when com-
pleted, rolls together. The latter is
perh. preferable. Intrans, also in Targ.
and Pesh.
Deriv. the two following.
Tºp m. also TEP Is. 34, 11 (r. Tep) a
hedgehog, so called from rolling himself
up; Is. 14, 23. 34, 11. Zeph. 2, 14.—Arab.
§ – o 5 9 5 o 9
resolving the Dag &# and Öğ,
Syr. freie id. Eth. q^*}^{:"H porcu-
pine.
Tº f. Mile (r. Ter) Ez. 7, 25 nºr.
83 destruction cometh, according to the
Targg. and Heb. Intpp. Better, horror
terror, from the primary signif of the
hºp
Exp
933
root i. e. ‘to shrink, to start back.’
Comp. Syr. rºo-The H+ is not para-
gogic, and the tone is retracted prob.
only by an error of the punctators; see
Bieb. Gr. § 79, note 2. e.
TEP, see in Tºp.
º 9_ Ç
TTEP m. (* Tºp) i. q. Arab. §Lää, Se7"-
pens jaculus, q, d. arrow-snake, so called
from its darting, springing, in the man-
ner of the rattle-snake, Is. 34, 15. See
Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 408.
>k TEp obsol. root, pr. i. q. TEP, Yep,
(comp. Yap, Yºp,) to draw oneself
together, to contract, espec. in order to
make a spring, in the manner of a cat,
lion, deer, serpent, etc. So Arabji's
and Chald. Yep to leap, to spring upon."
Syr. issoo locust, grasshopper; coup.
r. Yºp —Hence tºp.
Sk YEP fut. Yep", to draw together,
to contract, to shut, kindr. with Tºp, TEP,
also yop. Chald, id. Arab. U3 is con-
strinxit.—E. g. the mouth Job 5, 16.
Ps. 107,42; the hand, i. e. to be illiberal,
niggardly, Deut. 15, 7; trop, one's com-
passion, sympathy, Ps. 77, 10.
NIPH. to draw or gather oneself up, to
compose the body and limbs as in death,
i. q to die; Job 24, 24 lºsº. 922;
comp. Gen. 49, 33. Arabjiš and U-43
to die.
PIEL to leap, to spring, comp. Tºp,
Jant. 2, 8. Chald. Yºp id.
YP m. (r. 7xp) c. suff, “sp; plur.
constr. *:::p once Job 18, 2 see in Plur.
pelow, where also see other forms; an
end, i. e. -
1. Of place, end, eactremity. 2 K. 19,
23 risp jºb? his eactreme lodging-place,
i. e. the highest. Jer. 50, 26 YP2 i. e.
‘from the eartremity of the earth; or,
‘all from the eactremity,” i. q. Tºº, see
in Hºp. So hyp cab to put, set, an
end (limit) to any thing, Josh. 28, 3
2. Of tyme, end, e.g. of the year 2 Chr.
21, 19; of words Job 16, 3; of war Dan.
9, 26; of wonders Dan. 12, 6. So Yºs
* Yp there is no end to a thing. ', e. it is
infinite, Is. 9, 6. Ecc. 4, 8; or innume-
rable Ecc. 4, 16. With hom. Ecc. 2.1%
Yp Ts Hänn tºº rips to the making
of many books there is no e.d. Alsº yº?
with genit. of time, at the end of (comp.
Tº no. 4. c), i. e. after, e. g. Gen. 8, 6
after forty days. 4, 3, 16, 3.41, 1. Ex.
12, 41. Is. 23, 15. 17. al. saep. Later
writers use yph id. 2 Chr. 18, 2. Neh,
13, 6. Dan. 11, 6. 13. 12, 13.
Spec. a) the end of a person, i. q.
destruction, death, Ps. 39, 5. Dan. 9, 26.
14, 45. Job 6, 11; of nations, destruction,
Jer. 51, 13. Ez. 7, 2. 3. 6. Am. 8, 2; of
mankind Gen. 6, 13. Also yp is ini-
quity of destruction, causing it, Ez. 21,
30, 34 [25, 29]. 35, 5. b) event, fulfil-
ment of a prophecy, Hab. 2, 3, c) Yp nº
the time of the end, Dan. 8, 17. 11, 35.40.
12, 4, also ºp 1:12 id. 8, 19, Bºri Yp
the end of days 12, 13, and simpl. Yp id.
11, 27, i. e. the last days, the time of
calamity immediately preceding the
coming of Jehovah and the Messiah.
PLUR. once in the constr. state, Job
18, 2, where "ºp is for "sp the Daghesh
being resolved in the Chaldee manner,
see Lehrg. p. 134. Thesaur. p. 1223,
The words are: "x:p Tºur nºs-Tº
Tºº; how long (i. e. when) will ye put
an end to words 2–Elsewhere for plur,
absol. is used the form niºp, see nxp;
for the constr. and c. suff, "Asp, Yºrisp,
from sp., HSP –Denom. is isºp, for
Tisp.
YP see yip.
>k PSP fut. Espº 1. to cut, to cut off,
e.g. wood, a stick, 2 K. 6, 6.-Arab.
J-23 to cut off to cut in pieces. Kindr.
is stºp, also Esri, atºry. But all verbs
beginning with the letters sp have the
notion of cutting, cutting off, e.g. ysp,
risp, "sp, sºp; comp. 715, Ysri, also
T13, which are all of the satue family.
2. Spec. to shear sheep, Cant. 4, 2.
8 5 *
Arab. ºxa.” a shorn sheep. —Hence
*P m. 1. cut, i. e. for m, shape,
comp. Fr. taille, Germ. Zuschnitt, 1 K,
6, 25. 7, 37.
2. Plur, constr. tºr; ºr, Jon. 2, 7,
cuttings off (i. e. extremities, ſounda-
tions) of the mountains sc. in the depths
of the sea. Vulg. e.vtrema muntium.
Hxp
hºp
934,
* Tºp 1. Pr. to cut off spec. the end
or extremity to curtail, and so differing
from risri to cut in the middle ; see Piel.
Kindr. are ysp, 5:12, q.v. Arab. Laš
I, II.—Then sº
2. to end, to finish ; Arab. Uels,
§ - *
Us” extremity. Hence risp, risp,
nXP, end.
3. to cut off persons, to destroy, inf.
Hab. 2, 10 ºn tºy-risp. Arab.
§ IV to exterminate.
4. to decide, to judge, Arab. (sº
hence Txp judge. .."
Piel i, q. Kal no. 1. Prov. 26, 6 risp?
ºn who cutleth off the feet i. e. whose
feet are cut off. The whole verse is to
be rendered thus: he cutteth off his own
feet, he drinkelh (suffereth) damage,
who semdeth a message by the hand of
a fool, i.e. uses a fool as his messenger.
—2 K. 10, 32 Jehovah began nºsph
Psyº to cut off in Israel, i. e. to re-
move one part after another.
HipH. to scrape off or away, i. q. ssp.,
Lev. 14, 41. 43.
Deriv. Hºp-ººp, Tºšº, nsp.
TYP f. (r. Hyp) pr. ſem. of Hºp, an
end, eactremity. Sing. only in the form
nsºn at the eartremity Ex. 25, 19. 26, 4.
36, 11. 37, 8.—Elsewhere only in plur.
constr. nisp, c. suff, Yºrisp, i. e.
1. ends, earlremities, e.g. of a vine-
stock Ez. 15, 4; of wings 1 K. 6, 24; of
a breastplate Ex. 28, 23 sq. Yºr, risp
the ends of the earth, the remotest regions
and nations, Is. 40, 28. 41,9. 29. Job 28,
24. Bººn risp sans the four ends
(quarters) of the heavens Jer. 49, 36;
comp. Ps. 19, 7. Metaph. Job 26, 14
*27% risp the ends of his ways, i.e. the
f
extreme part, outline, sketch, of the di-
vine operations.
2. the ends of a thing, i. e. the whole,
to the very end, to the uttermost ; see
in risp no. 3; so the whole number, Judg.
18, 2 they sent of their family five men
Erispº out of their whole number. 1 K.
12, 31. 13, 33. 2 K. 17, 32.
TYP m. (r. risp) constr. Hisp, c. suff,
wnsp; but also trººp sing. Ez. 33, 2,
see in HS72 and Heb. Gr. § 91.9. m. an
end, i. e.
1. Of place, the end, eartremity of a
thing; e.g. in length, as of a staff Judg.
6, 21; a spear 1 Sam. 14, 27; the Jordan
as it enters the Dead Sea Josh. 15, 5.
Also of length and breadth, as of a cul-
tain Ex. 26, 5; a field Gen. 23, 9; the
desert Ex. 13, 20; a city 1 Sam. 9, 27
the Dead Sea, its southern end, Num, 34
3. Josh. 15, 2, etc. -r]: Hyp the eartremity
of the mountain, i. e. its foot, Ex. 19, 12;
Hºnºr p id. 1 Sam. 14, 2. Bºri nºr.
the eactremity of the water, water’s edge,
Josh. 3, 15. She risp the eartreme bor-
der of a land Gen. 47, 21. Num. 20, 16.
22, 36. inº, nº ngpa in the ea-
treme east of Jericho, i.e. on the eastern
border of its territory. So Yºst risp
the end of the earth, the remotest parts
and regions, Ps. 46, 10. Is. 5, 26. 42, 10.
48, 20. Jer. 10, 13. al. and so cººr risp
the end of the heavens, i. e. the remotest
parts of the world; Is. 13, 5. Deut. 4, 32.
Is, 7, 18 tºnsº "ns' rispi, in the uttermost
streams of Egypt, in its remotest parts.
—Peculiar is Gen. 19, 4 all the people
HXR2 even from the eartremity, i. e. from
the remotest parts. Jer. 51, 31 his city
is taken rigº from its eactremity, at all
ends, wholly. So hrſsºn Is. 56, 11. Ez.
25, 9–Arab, Uasi J-º ab extremo,
i.e. omnes. Comp. in no. 3.
2. Of time, end ; often in the con-
nection: tº nºbº Hypº at the end of
three days, i. e. after three days Josh. 3,
2; and so Gen. 8, 3. Deut. 14, 28. 2 Sam.
24, 8, 1 K. 9, 10. Ez. 3, 16. al.
3. the end of a thing, i. e. the whole,
q. d. to the very end, to the uttermost.
E. g. the whole number, Gen. 47, 2 Hyp?
hºrs from the whole number of his breth-
ren. Ez. 33, 2. So Num. 22, 41 he saw
bºr. Tºp the uttermost of the people, i.e.
the whole people even to the extremi-
ties. See in no. 1. fin.
ºp m. (r. Hºp) end, only in the for.
mula : h risp "s there is no end to &
thing, i.e. it is infinite, innumerable, Is
2, 7. Nah. 2, 10. 3, 3.9.
TYP or ¥2 m. (r. risp) only in plur
constr. Yºs ººsp the ends of the earth
Ps. 48, 11. 65, 6. Is. 26, 15.
rººp plur. see in nº.
nxp
Exp
935
iſ: Hyp obsol. root. Arab.
ſprinkle onion-seed and other condiments
} is to
95 o
upon food in a pot;' 2-53 ‘onion-seed
and other condiments.” The primary
idea seems to be: to sprinkle, to strew.
—Hence
Tºp m. Is. 28, 25. 27, according to
Sept. Vulg. and the Rabbins, nigella,
melanthium, i.e. black cumin. See Cel-
sii Hierobot. P. II. p. 70.
TYP m. (r. Hºp no. 4) constr. Tºp,
plur. constr. **śp. .
1. a judge, magistrate, Is. 1, 10.3, 6.7.
Mic. 3, 1.9. Arab. Jelš kády, a judge.
2. a leader, chief, in war Josh. 10, 24.
Judg. 11, 6. 11. Is. 22, 3. Dan. 11, 18.
Comp. toº.
3. a prince, Prov. 6, 7, 25, 15.
ºf (r. ssp.) 1. cassia, Gr. xogla,
laurus cassia Linn. a bark resembling
cinnamon, but less aromatic, so called
from being stripped off; plur. nisºsp
Ps. 45,9. See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p.
360. Arab. Kxº~as id. Castell.
2. Keziah, pr. m. of one of Job’s daugh-
ters, Job 42, 14.
Tº m. (r. Hºp) constr. Hºsp, c. suff.
*sp.
1. reaping, harvest of grain; diff from
yºp harvest of fruits, figs, where see. [In
Palestine the barley-harvest precedes
the wheat-harvest about two weeks.
At Jericho, in the depressed valley of
the Jordan, the former takes place in
the last half of April, and the latter in
the first half of May; comp. Josh. 3, 15.
On the plain along the coast, the har-
vest is usually a fortnight later; and on
the mountains at Jerusalem and Hebron
still later by another fortnight; see Bibl.
Res, in Palest. II. p. 99, 100.—R.] The
harvest is described as beginning with
the barley cºnsu, n-sp 2 Sam. 21, 9.10.
Ruth 2, 23; and ending with the wheat,
bºtºr ºn-sp Gen. 30, 14 Ex. 34, 22, and
with the festival of Pentecost, --sºn ºr
Ex. 23, 16, Harvest-time is nºsºn n:
Jer. 5, 16, -ºxpº Gen. 30, 14, nºse bi-
Prov. 25, 13, and simpl. nº.sp. Prov. 6, 8.
10, 5, 26, 1. Coupled nº sº; Gen.
8, 22; nº.sp. ºr Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 34
21–Meton. harvest is put: a) For the
grain, crop, either to be harvested Lev.
19, 9. Joel 1, 11. 4, 13; or as already
harvested, Jer. 5, 17. Job 5, 5. hs' Hºsp
the harvest of the Nile Is. 23,3. b) Poet
for hºsp ºs harvest-men Is. 17, 5.—
Metaph. for destruction, slaughter of a
people, Jer. 51, 33. Hos. 6, 11.
2. a bough 5 collect. boughs, foliage,
of a tree Job 14, 9. 18, 16. 29, 19. Is. 27,
11; of a vine Ps. 80, 12. So called, it is
usually said, from the notion of cutting
ff. Better perh, to refer it to r. ngr.
no. 2, to be green, verdant ; at least the
roots hyp and ºr are closely kindred.
>k y:P in Kal not used. 1. to cut, to
cut off or out; comp. Yºp, risp, and see
in HSP. Arab. $ to cut off—Hence
mynspº chisel.
2. to scrape, to strip off bark; see
Hiph. and Hy-sp.
3. to break, i. q. Syr. lsº: see Pual.
PUAL Part plur. nissrºº Ex. 26, 23.
36, 28, and Hoph. Part, plur. nivºrſ?
Ez. 46, 22, pr. ‘parts broken in, bent,
i. e. angles, corners, internal angles, i. q.
nTynxpo.
HipH. to scrape off, i. q. Hyp Hiph.
Lev. 14, 41.
Hoph. see in Pual.
Deriv. Hºsp, sixpº, Hynxpº.
*Esp fut. Fispº 1. to break, to
break in pieces, as wood, see Fºr no. 1,
and HºF.—Arab. -á as the wind
dashes in pieces a ship; mid. Kesr. to
be broken, as a tooth, spear.—Hence
2. Metaph. to break out or forth in
anger, Gr. Giyvvu, ; and so to be angry,
wroth, 2 K. 5, 11. Esth. 2, 21. Is. 57, 16.
64, 8; with by of pers. Gen. 40.2, 41, 10,
Ex. 16, 20. al. PS Josh. 22, 18.-Syr
is:- rivalry, envy.
HipH. to provoke to anger, e.g. Jeho.
vah Deut. 9, 7.8. 22. Ps. 106,32. Zech.
8, 14.
HITHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, to fret oneself
Is. 8, 21.
Deriv ºp, Hºp.
Fºº Chald. i. q. Heb. no. 2, Dan. 2, 12
—Hence
tºp
nxp
936
Fºº Chald. m. anger, wrath, Ezra 7,23.
Fººm. (r. ºp) in pause FY2, c. suff.
*Exp.
1. Collect. chips, splinters, comp, the
root no. 1, Hos. 10, 7. Sept. ºpguyovoy.
Others, foam.
2. anger, wrath, from the root no. 2,
Ecc. 5, 16. Spec. of Jehovah, Num. 1,
53. Josh. 9, 20. Is. 34, 2, 2 Chr. 19, 10.
24, 18. 32, 26. al. Also strife, alterca-
tion, Esth. 1, 18.
ºf (r. Pºp) a breaking, a broken
thing, spec. of foliage, boughs, a tree,
Joel 1, 7 Sept. ovyºloguóg.
. y:P to cut off, e.g. the hand Deut.
25, 12; the beard Jer. 9, 25. 25, 23,
see in HSE no. 2. Arab. Jää to trim
the nails and locks. See under Hºp.
PIEL Yºp and Yºp 1, to cut off, e.g.
a cord Ps. 129,4; the hand, the thumbs,
Judg. 1, 6. 2 Sam. 4, 12; a spear Ps, 46,
10; ornaments 2 K. 16, 17. 18, 16.
2. to cut up into threads. Ez. 39, 3;
into pieces, to cut in pieces, 2 K. 24, 13.
PUAL part. Rºssº pass, of Pi. no. 1.
Judg. 1, 7.
Deriv. Yp, whence the denom, isºp;
pr. n. YP2.
7:P Chald. PA. to cut off, Dan. 4, 11.
* TYP and "ÄP 1. Mid. A, fut.
nspº, to cut off or down; spec. grain,
whence to reap, to harvest, c. acc. Is. 17,
5. Lev. 19, 9. 25, 5. al. Part. "Yip a
reaper, mower, harvestman, Ruth 2, 3
sq. 2 K. 4, 18. Jer. 9, 21. Am. 9, 13. Ps.
129, 7. Part pass. "Asp cut off, shorter,
of cells Ez. 42, 5–Metaph. Job 4, 8
they that sow trouble reap the same.
Prov. 22, 8. Comp. Sº no. 2. a.
2. Mid. E (comp. adj. Hyp), fut. hypº,
once nspº Prov. 10,27, intrans, to be cut
off; hence to be shortened, short, Is. 28,
20. Arab 2 3 to be short.—Spec. a)
*:: nº my hand is shortened, i. e. I
have no power, am weak, feeble, Num.
11, 23. Is. 50, 2. 59, 1. Comp. Arab.
Wº!' /-ells ‘short-handed,” and /*a*
l,c\Jī ‘short-armed,’spoken of a person
without strength or power; vice versa
4×l- Q: ‘a long hand,’ for strength,
power; see more in Comm. on Is. 50, 4
b) huº (ºrºn) nº my soul, spirit, is
shortened, i. e. I am impatient, grieved.
vexed, Num. 21, 4. Judg. 16, 16. Job 21
4. Mic. 2, 7; with a for, on account of
any thing, Judg. 10, 16. Zech. 11, 8.
Comp. Bººs TN under ans.
PIEL to cut off, to shorten, one's days
Ps. 102, 24.
HIPH. 1. to harvest, to reap, Job 24,
6 Cheth.
2. i. q. Pi. Ps. 89, 46.
Deriv. Hºsp, hºp, ºp.
Tº m. adj. (r. hºp) constr. **p, plur.
constr. **p, short; nº ºp short of
days, short-lived, Job 14, 1. Spec, a)-sp
Tº short-handed, i.e. weak, feeble, 2 K. 19,
26. Is. 37, 27. b) nºn ºf Prov. 14, 29,
and Pºes n&p v. 17, short of spirit, of
anger, i. e. impatient, prone to anger.
myP m. (r. Tºp) only nºn-sp short-
ness of spirit, i. e. impatience, Ex. 6, 9.
FYP f (for nsºp, r. nºſe; like nº
ſr. Hºº) a Chaldaizing form.
1. end, eactremity, always with pref.
7%, i. e. nº ſor nº?, at the end of
after. Dan. 1, 15 Hºº tºº, nspº at
the end of ten days. v. 5, 18 pººr. n;pr;
at the end of the days, see Tºh p. 585.
Comp. Hºp” for HSP2, see in Hºp IlC).
2,3–PLUR, nºp (ſor ninsp, as nº, plur.
nºz,) ends, eactremities, Ez. 38, 5; c.
art. the ends sc, of the earth Ps. 65, 9
comp. v. 6. With suff, ryūšp Ex. 37,8
and 39,4 Cheth, where Keri has "risp
from risp.
2. the sum, the whole number, i. q. Hºp
no. 3. Dan. 1, 2 enºr, nº ºf nº
some of the whole number of the sacred
vessels; here nºp? is used partitively,
like ſº no. 1. Neh. 7, 70 *ºs, nºpa
ni-Sr. some of the number of the phy-
larchs, i.e. a part of the heads of tribes.
Comp. Tris Hypº Gen. 47,2—Some of
these examples, as Dan. 1, 2, 18. Neh.
l. c. are referred by commentators to a
noun of the form rspº, to which they
give the signification of part. But the
Chaldee, which is of special authority in
all these examples, is clearly destitute of
any such form, (since the passage in the
Targ. Gen. 47, 2, is of the same charac.
ter with those above cited ) and we
nxp
Rhp
937
cannot therefore doubt but that nººn,
wherever it occurs, is to be explained in
one and the same manner.
FYP Chald. m. constr. nº. 1. end,
Dan. 4, 31 Rºi" neph at the end of the
days.
2. the sum, the whole. Dan. 2, 42 7%
Rºshº rºp a part of the whole king-
dom, i.e. a part of the kingdom. Parall.
is Fº a part of it.
TP m, adj. (r. hºp) plur. Bhºp, cold,
cool, Prov. 25, 25. Jer, 16, 14. Trop.
cool, quiet, Prov. 17, 27 Cheth. Th" hp
of a quiet spirit. Keri see in nº no. 1.
TP, see in **: .
-p m. (r. hºp) cold, Gen. 8, 22.
“I. Rºº, 3 fem. nsºp for nsº Is.
7, 14; inſ: Snp , once nºsºp Judg. 8, 1
like verbs Hº, c. suff. "sºp ; fut. Nºp”,
... suff, is nº Jer. 23, 6; imper. Rºp,
plur. f. Shp Ex. 2, 20, Isºp Ruth 1, 20.
1. to cry out, to call out, 29% sty. It is
an onomatopoetic verb comprising also
inarticulate sounds, see art. Nºnp; like
Syr, lº-c to call, also to sound as a trum-
pet, to crow as a cock, Comp. Gr. 29%go
(«goy), xngūgoo (ºngvy); in the Germa-
nic tongues charem to cry out, charo cla-
mour, wailing ; often of the cry of ani-
mals, as Germ. krähen, Engl. to crow,
French crier, Engl. to cry ; with a sibi-
lant prefixed skreian, Swed. Skria, Germ.
schreien, Engl. to scream ; and with a
sibilant added at the end kreischen, th:
q. v.–Spoken absol. of any cry or cla-
mour, even Inarticulate, like pys; Gen.
39, 14 bits bip: sºps; and I cried with
a loud voice, Sept. §6mgo. qori usy&m.
. 15 sºps hip ºntoºn. Often follow-
ld by the words thus uttered with a loud
try, i, q, either immediately, Gen. 45, 1
tº HNºxin sºphy and Joseph cried,
Cause every one to go out. Lev. 13, 45.
Judg. 7, 20. 2 Sam. 20, 16. 2 K. 11, 14.
Esth, 6,9. 11; or also with a word inter-
posed, as hos: Ez. 9, 1; Yºsh] 2 Sam.
18, 28; comp. 2 K. 18, 28 bipº sºphy
**Rºy -aºl nºn: bin; and he cried
with a loud voice in the Jewish tongue,
and spake and said.—Spec.
a) With by of pers. to cry out to any
one, to call to any one, Is. 6, 3. Judg. 18,
23; and with the words uttered, pre-
ceded by Yºsh 1 Sam. 26, 14, nºRº
Judg. 9, 54. 1 Sam. 17, 8, 1 K. 17, 11.
Also with 83 of pers. Is. 34, 14 the satyrs
shall cry to each other. With "ºrs of
pers. to cry after any one, i. e. as he
departs, 1 Sam. 20, 37. 38. 24, 9.
b) Often i. q. to cry for help, to implore
aid, espec. from God, absol. Ps. 4, 2
*:::: *Sºpa when I cry, hear thou me.
22, 3, 34, 7. 69,4; with Hinº-ºs Ps. 4,4
28, 1.30, 9, 55, 17. 61, 3. Judg. 15, 18
2 K. 20, 11. Hos. 7, 7; bºrºsh Ps. 57, 3;
acc. Ps. 14, 4. Is. 43, 22; c. suff. Ps. 17,
6. 88, 10. 91, 15. Also with by of pers.
on account of or against whom one cries
to God for help, Deut. 15, 9.
c) i. q, xngüggely, which the LXX
often put for it, to cry, to proclaim, in the
manner of a herald or prophet. Absol.
Prov. 1, 21 wisdom crieth in the public
places. 8, 1 ; c. acc. 20, 6. Is. 40, 6 the
voice said, Cry. And he said, What shall
I cry? 58, 1. Zech. 1, 14.17; with by of
the object Jon. 1, 2. Followed also by
the words cried, Gen. 41, 43. Ex. 32, 5.
Jer. 2, 2. 7, 2, 19, 2.51, 61; or as coupled
with an acc. Zech. 7, 7. Is. 44, 7. Joel
4, 9 Bºis: nst Nºp proclaim ye this
among the Gentiles ; or with "2 Is. 40, 2.
* "in" stºp to proclaim or announce lib-
erty to slaves, captives, Jer. 34, 8, 15. 17.
Is. 61, 1. Fix Rip to proclaim a fast sc.
to the people, Jer. 36, 9. Jon. 3, 5–
From the sense of proclaiming comes
the signif. of reading aloud, reciting, see
in no. 4.
2. to call, Sept. x0 ksiy, very often.—
Spec.
a) to call any one to oneself, i. e. to
bid him come, to call or send for, c. acc.
Gen. 27, 1. Ex. 2, 8. 1 San. 3, 16.
Hos. 7, 11. Is. 46, 11; h Geu. 20, 9.
Lev. 9, 1. Hos. 11, 1; by Gen. 3, 9.
Ex. 3, 4, 1 Sam. 3, 4, lºs Rºp to call to
oneself 2 Sam. 15, 2. Metaph. Prov. 18, 6
his mouth calleth for blows, i.e. deserves
and invites them. Ruth 4, 11 bus Nº
erº-nºzz, i. e. call thee (get thee) a
name in Bethlehem, become thou famous.
b) As referring to several or many, tº
call together, to convoke, c. acc. Gen.
41, 8; dat. Gen. 20, 8, 39, 14. Josh,
23, 2, 24, 1; 9s 49, 1. Josh. 10, 24.
Hence nº sº to call a solemn assem,
79
N-p
N-p
938
bly, to convoke, Joel 1, 14, comp. Is. 1,
13; a festival or holy convocation Lev.
23, 2, 4, nºr "shºp those called, con-
voked, to an assembly, Num. 1, 16.
c) to call, i. e. to invite, to bid, to a
repast, banquet, comp. xvāśiv čni Ösitivov,
1 Sam. 9, 13. 22. 1 K. 1, 9, 10.41. 49.
Part. Bºshºp guests Prov. 9, 18. Trop.
Ps Eibºh Nip to invite to peace, to pro-
pose an alliance, Deut. 20, 10; comp.
Judg. 21, 13.
d) to call, to summon before a judge,
xoléiv, kolaiv sigðinny, Job 13, 22. 14, 15;
comp. 5, 1. Is. 59, 4 parall. Togº.
e) to call out or forth, as warriors
Is. 13, 3; also God the generations of
men Is. 41, 4.
f) to call any one to an office, i, q. ºrjã
to choose; c. acc. Is, 42, 6.49, 1. 51, 2;
* 22, 20. In the same sense, but
stronger, is 'E bº: Rºp to call one by his
name, i. e. to the name and character
which he now bears, Is. 43, 1. 45, 3. 4.
Comp. Ex. 31, 2. Part. E"sºnſ, the call-
ed, renowned, Ez. 23, 23.
g) 'E blº: Nº to call upon the name
of any one, lit. ‘to call with the name,’
i. e. profouncing the name; hence to
praise, to laud, e. g. v.) Men, as Ps.
49, 12 triouſ: "Nºp they laud their
names i. e. of the rich. Prov. 20, 6
intºn uj's sºp: they praise every one his
own goodness. A somewhat different
turn of this sense occurs in Is. 44, 5 ni
apy: Bù Nùpº another lauds the name
of Jacob, i. e. follows and praises the
side or party of Jacob. 3) . Buji Nºp
to call upon the name of God, to invoke
his name, i. e. to praise, to celebrate, to
worship God, Gen. 4, 26. 12, 8. Ps. 79,
6. 105, 1. Is. 64, 6. Jer. 10, 25. Zeph. 3,
9. Comp. ; Buji, Yºzºr. Without 5,
we find *; tº Rºp id. Deut. 32, 3. Ps.
99, 3. Lam. 3, 55. Sometimes to call
upon the name of a divinity, is to implore
his auj 1 K. 18, 24 sq.-A different sense
occurs in Ex. 33, 19, where God him-
selfsays: Tºh Hinº Buji ºr sºp, and I
will proclaim by name before thee, Jeho-
vah / sc. as present, i. e. in order that
hou mayest know that God indeed is
here, I will myself be the herald to an-
nounce my coming. Comp. Gen. 41, 43.
3. to call, i. e. to name, fully h buſ Nºp
ſo call (give) a name to any one, Gr.
woºtiv two; tı Il. 5. 306. C d. 8. 550. So
Gen. 26, 18. Ruth 4, 17. Ps. 147, 4
Construed: a) With acc. of name and
dat. of that to which the maine is given,
Gen. 1, 5 pin -is: Bºrſºs Nº. v. 8, 10.
31, 47. 1 Sam. 4, 21. Ruth 1, 20. 21. Is.
47, 1. al. saepe. b) With two acc. Num.
32, 41. Is. 60, 18. c.) Oftener as follows:
Gen. 4, 25 nº izu;-rs sºpr.” and ahe
called his name Seth. v. 26. 5, 2. 3. 29.
11, 9. 19, 22. 27, 36. 29, 34.
4. to read aloud before an assembly,
etc. to recite, (pr. from the signification
of crying or calling out, see no. 1, fin.)
with acc. of thing Ex. 24, 7. Josh. 8, 34.
35. 2 K. 23, 2; also hºp: Rip to read in
a book, i. e. what is written in it, (comp,
: Firu to drink what is in a vessel,) Neh
8, 8.18. 9, 3. Jer. 36, 14 sq. Hab. 2, 2.
Often with the adjunct ‘E *S* Ex. I. c.
Josh. l. c. ‘E Tº Deut. 31, 11–Hence
genr. to read Deut. 17, 19. 2 K. 5, 7, 19,
Jö.
14, 22,8. Is. 29, 11–Arab. 93. Syr.fre
to read.
Niph. Nº 1. to be called, i.e. bid
to come, to be called together, convoked,
Esth. 3, 12. 8,9. 'E tº Nºr: the name
of any one is celebrated, becomes ſa-
mous, Jer. 44, 26. Ruth 4, 14.
2. to be called, i. e. named. Construed:
a) With dat. of pers. or thing to which
the name is given; Gen. 2, 23 nst;
nus Rhº this shall be called Woman.
1 Sam. 9, 9. Is. 1, 26. 32, 5. 62, 4, 12.
b) With a double nominat. Zech. 8, 3
nºr -ºs tº nsºrs, and Jerusalem
shall be called the city of truth. Is. 54, 5.
56, 7, c) With tº added, Gen. 17, 5 Nº
Eºis Tºuj-ns is sº no longer shall
thy name be called Abram. 35, 10. Deut.
25, 10. Dan. 10, 1. For this threeſold
construction comp. in Kal no. 3.
The following phrases are also to be
noted: w) "E bºa sºp: to be called by
the name of any one, i. e. to be reckoned
to his family, tribe, etc. Is. 43, 7. 48, 1;
c. 3. Gen. 21, 12; and in like manner Bs
Buj, 48, 6 sº Brºns tº by they shall
be called after the name of their breth-
ren, i.e. shall be reckoned as belonging
to Ephraim and Manasseh, not as distinct
tribes, nor as sons of Jacob. Deut. 3, 14.
Also with 12, Is. 48,2 sºp; ºr hºst,
i. e. they call themselves frºm the hol,
Rºp
--p
939
city, inhabitants of it. 6) tº sº:
bs my name is called upon any thing,
i. e. my name is given to it, it is called
mine, implying property, relation, etc.
[s. 4, 1. 2 Sam. 12, 28. So of the people
of Israel, to whom the name of God is
given, i. e. who are called the people of
God, Deut. 28, 10. Is. 63, 19. Jer. 14, 9.
A. m. 9, 12. 2 Chr. 7, 14; of the temple
1 K. 8, 43. Jer. 7, 10. 11. 14. 30. 34, 15;
of Jerusalem Dan. 9, 18. 19 ; of prophets
Jor. 15, 16. Also with : id. Gen. 48, 16.
y) Further, to be called is often i. q to
be, since men and things are called that
which they are, or at least seem to be ;
e.g. Is. 1, 26 afterwards thou shalt be
called the city of righteousness, i. e. this
will be thy name because thou wilt be
so in reality. 9, 5. 30, 7, 35, 8.47, 1. 5.
48, 8. 56, 7; comp. 4, 3. 19, 18. See
Comm. on Isaiah, III. p. 29. So Gr.
xexâjo 90.4 Il. 4. 61. Od. 7, 313. Monk ad
Eurip. Hippolyt. 2. Porson ad Phoeniss.
576,
3. to be read aloud, recited, Esth. 6, 1 ;
c. * in a book Neh. 13, 1.
Pual sºp, Part. c. suff, "Sºpº.
1. Pass, of Kal no. 2. f. to be called,
chosen, Is. 48, 12.
2. to be called, named, Is. 65, 1; often
sºp 48, 8.58, 12. 61, 3, 62. 2. Ez. 10,
13. But see in Niph. no. 2. y.
Deriv. Rºp, Rººp, nsºr, Nº.
* II. Nºp ſut, sº to encounter, to
meet any one, i, q, nº. The primary
idea is to strike upon, to impinge or hit
against, comp.sº ; like Gr, twyzówo pr.
to hit a mark. Its stronger signif ap-
'sars in hºp a hostile encounter. Kindr.
nots are anp, Int, whence Tºp, Gr. xv-
géo. Comp. Arab. y; and 53-only
- trop. c. acc. to encounter, to assail any
ºne, as terror Job 4, 14; to befall, to
tappen to any one, as evil, harm, Gen.
42, 4, 38, Lev. 10, 19. Is. 51, 19. Jer, 13,
22; genr. Gen. 49, 1. Once without acc.
Ex. 1, 10.
NIPH. to be encountered, to be met
with, to be found; e. g. by rhance, i. q.
to luippen to be, 2 Sam. 1, 6, 20, 1. With
*E* to be found before any che, e.g. of
things Deut. 22, 6; of persons to meet,
o come to meet, 2 Sam. 18, 9; with by
id. Ex. 5, 3. Trop. to come to par 8, tº
happen, Jer. 4, 20.
HIPH. to cause to happen or befall
e.g. evil to any one, c. dupl. acc. Jer
32, 23.
Nº Chald, fut. Rºp", once nºps
Dan. 5,7; part, pass. "E. Ezra 4, 18.23.
1. to cry, to call out, as a herald, Da .
3, 4, 4, 11. 5, 7.
2. to read aloud, to recite, Ezra 4, 18
23; to read Dan. 5, 8, 16. 17.
STP see Rºmp.
STP m. (r. Nºp I) 1. a partridge,
pr. ‘ the crier, caller;” so in German it
is said of the partridge, ‘das Rebhuhn
ruſt;’ comp. Krähe from krähen, and the
Arab. Ulaş Küla, i.e. a species of part.
ridge so called from its cry, see Burck.
hardt’s Travels in Syria p. 406.-1 Sam.
26, 20. Jer. 17, 11, in which last passage
there is an allusion to the fable of an-
cient naturalists, that the partridge
steals the eggs of other birds and sits
upon them ; Epiphan. Physiol. 9.
2. Kore, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 9, 19. 2 Chr
31, 14.
TSTP f. (r. sºp II) pr. noun of ac-
tion, encounter, meeting ; found only with
# prefixed, constr. nsºph contr. fol
nsºph, c. suff, ºr sºph, trysiph, also
tºnsºph, and only as Preposition.
1. Pr. for encountering, for meeting,
i.e. to meet, towards, obviam, after verbs
of motion, as Tºri, Nº, nº ; either in
a hostile sense Josh. 8, 14. Judg. 7, 24.
1 Sam. 4, 1. Job 39, 21. Ps. 35, 3. al.
sape; or genr. Gen. 14, 17. 18, 2. 29
13. 46, 29. Ex. 4, 27. 18, 7. al. saepe
Praegn. after a verb of rest, where
however a verb of motion is implied ;
Gen. 19, 1 Brysºph Epº and he rose up
and went to meet them. Judg. 19, 3
insºph rºu," he joyfully went to meet
him. 1 Sam. 16, 4, 21, 2. Am. 4, 12.
Ps. 59, 5. Is. 14, 9. Josh. 11, 20.
2. over against, opposite to, Gen. 15,
10; in a hostile sense 1 Sam. 17, 21.
* I. PTP and PTP Zeph. 3, 2; inf.
ahp, c. suff, tº Deut. 20, 2, fem.
Hºp Ex 36, 2; fut. Sº, to draw
mear, to come near, to approach. Arab,
+; and º id. Syr. ---2, Eth.
--p
--p
940
‘PCſ) id. The primary idea seems to
be that of striking upon, touching, reach-
ing to, comp. Sº, tº ; kindr, therefore
with Nºr II, Hºp —Constr, with by of
pers. Gen. 37, 18. 2 Sam. 20, 17. Jon. 1,
6; of thing and place Ex. 32, 19. Deut.
2, 37. Prov. 5, 8. More rarely with by
2 K, 16, 12; h Job 33, 22; # of place
Judg. 19, 13. Ps. 91, 10. Also accord-
ing to the context, c. Ty 2 Sam. 20, 16;
rsºph 1 Sam. 17, 48; *E* Josh. 17, 4;
ban Deut. 2, 19, etc. Absol. Deut. 25,
11. Is. 41, 5. Ez. 9, 1–Strictly only of
animated beings; but trop. also of time
Gen. 27, 41. Deut. 15, 9. Ez. 12, 23.
Lam. 4, 18; inf. c. : Gen. 47, 29.
Deut. 31, 14. 1 K. 2, 1.-Spec. a) In
a hostile sense, to draw mear for battle,
Ex. 14,20; with nºrthº-bs and Hºrºzº
Deut. 20, 2; nºn-bs Deut. 20, 10.
Josh. 8, 5 'E by Ps. 27, 2; comp. Ps.
119, 150. See app. b) Vice versa, in
kindness and good-will; 1 K. 2, 7 Tº "E
*BS Hang for so they came in kindness to
7me. So God is said to draw mear to
men, in affording help to the afflicted,
Ps. 69, 19. Lam. 3, 57. c) to draw
near to God, "... bs; also before God,
*: *E*, Ex. 16, 9; with sacrifice Lev.
16, 1. 1 Sam. 14, 36. Ez. 40, 46; the
priests in their ministry Ez. 44, 15;
all those who come with pious hope and
confidence, Ps. 32, 9. Zeph. 3, 2; comp.
Ps. 119, 169. Often of those who take
part in sacred rites, Ex. 12, 48. Lev. 21,
17. 18. 22, 3. Num. 17, 5. 2 K. 16, 12.
d) Hºs-bs sºp to approach a woman
in conjugal intercourse, Gen. 20.4. Lev.
18, 14. Deut. 22, 14. Is. 8, 3. Ez. 18, 6;
absol. Lev. 18, 6. 19. But "bs Hºp
nºr = is said of a woman lying down to
a beast, Lev. 20, 16. Arab. *}. Eth.
T:P/ſlid. Gr. Timotºgo, also itskágo).
e) Is. 65, 5 A*s anp come near to thy-
self, sc. and not to me, i.e. stand back,
āpproach me not ; comp. Hiph. no. 2.
NIPh. 1. i. q. Kal to come near, to
approach, Josh. 7, 14.
2. to be brought, pass. of Hiph. Ex.
22, 7.
PIEL ºp 1. Causat. to bring near
3r forth, to cause to approach, Hos. 7, 6.
s. 41, 21. 46, 13; to oneself, i. e. to ad-
mit, to receive, Ps. 65, 5. Job 31, 37; to
bring near to one another, to join to
gether, Ez. 37, 17, where nºr is imper
for anp. -
2. Intrans, and intensive, to be ver,
near, c. , et infin. Ez. 36, 8.
HIPH. 1. to bring mear, to cause of
command to approach, e. g. persons
with PS to any one Ex. 28, 1. 29, 4,
Num. 8, 9. 10; times, to bring on Ex.
22, 4; to admit to oneself, to give ac,
cess, Jer. 30, 21; of things, to bring to.
gether two things, to join, Is. 5, 8.—
Hence
2. to bring, to offer a gift Judg. 3, 18
5, 25. Ps. 72, 10. Mal. 1, 8; espec. a sa-
crifice of any kind Ex. 29, 3.10. Lev. 1.
13. 14. 3, 3. 7. Num. 9, 13. al. saepiss.
Sometimes there is added " ":Eh Lev.
3, 12. 12,7; niriº 2 Chr. 35, 12. Ez.
44, 15.-Also to bring a cause before a
judge Deut. 1, 17.—Arab. *}} II, to
offer.
3. With infin. and h to draw near to
doing any thing, to be near or about to
do, c. nº Is. 26, 17; Ninh Gen. 12, 11;
absolid. Ex. 1410–Arab el-Gil
With 72, to bring away from one
place to another, to remove, 2 K. 16, 14
nºan "º ns? anpº and he removed
the brazen altar from the front of the
temple. Comp. u}}; no. 3, where add
Sanscr. dgam to approach and recede.
Deriv. ºp—ºr, -i-p.
* II. Emp obsol. root, prob. i. q. Arab.
J3 (r and l being interchanged) to
turn, to turn about ; mid. E, to turn in-
side out, to invert, e.g. as the lip; Jé
the interior, inner part.—Hence ºp.
5.P Chald. plur. H-ºp, to draw near
to approach, Dan. 3, 26. 6, 13; c. 59 to
any one Dan. 7, 16; ; 6, 21.
PA. to bring, to offer, Ezra 7, 17.
APH. 1. to bring near Dan. 7, 13.
2. to bring, to offer, Ezra 6, 10. 17.
P.P. m. (r. Hºp I) Kamets impure
encounter, battle, war, i. q, nºrth%
2 Sam. 17, 11; elsewhere only in poetic
style, Ps. 55, 19. 22. 78, 9. 144, 1. Job 38
23. Ecc. 9, 18. Zech. 14, 3. Plur, ni-ºp
Ps, 68, 31. Syr. ºr id.
PTP Chald. m. id. Dan. 7, 21. In
Targg, often for Heb. Tºrºho.
--p
H-p
941
5.2 m adj. verbal (r. ºp I) plur.
pºp, drawing nigh, approaching,
Peut. 20, 3. 1 Sam. 17, 41. 1 K. 5, 7.
PTP m. (r. anp II) in pause:ºp, c. suff.
Yamp, plur. c. suff, "aºp once Ps. 103, 1.
1. the midst, middle, inner part; hence
with Prep. a) anpä in the midst of
tself almost a preposition, like Tin: ;
e.g. yºr ºp: in the midst of the
land, i. e. in the land Gen. 45, 6. Ex. 8,
18. Is, 7, 22. 10, 23; risri ºp: in the
middle of the streets Is. 5, 25. Hº:
*:::::H among the Canaanites Judg. 1,
32, tyr, a Gen. 24, 3, "ris a Deut. 18,
2, "as 'a Ps. 36, 2. etc. Also after verbs
of motion, as Tºrºn -ºpiº into the
midst of the ballle 1 K. 20, 39; to pass
r:rºr, alſº through the midst of the
camp Josh. 1, 11. Of time, tºu; anº:
in the midst of (within) the years Hab.
3, 2, b) sº from the midst, after
verbs of taking away, removing, etc.
C. g **on, nº?, nya, Ex. 31, 14. Lev.
17, 4, 10. Deut. 13, 6. Mic. 5, 9. al. saep.
2. Spec. the interior of the body: a)
the bowels, intestimes, e.g. of victims Ex.
29, 13. 22. Lev. 1, 13. 9, 14. al. Also the
belly or stomach Gen. 41, 21; the womb
Gen. 25, 22. b) the immer part of a per-
son, as the seat of life 1 K. 17, 21, and
of the mind Ps. 39,4. "Enpä within me
51, 12. 55, 5. Is. 16, 11. 26, 9, al. Hence
for the mind, heart, as the seat of
thought and affection, Gen. 18, 12. 1 K.
3, 28. Ps, 5, 10, 62, 5, 64, 7. Jer. 31, 33.
ETR, see in Rinp.
rººp f. (r. ºp I) constr. nºnp, a
drawing near, approach, Ps. 73, 28. Is.
58, 2.
7:TP m. (r. Hºp I) c. art. in pause
ºn Ez. 40, 43 (comp. Thºr, 1 Sam.
13, 21), constr. Tamp, c. suff, iºnſ: ; plur.
c. suff, once trººp Lev. 7,38 (in other
copies Brººp), an offering, oblation,
sacrifice, either bloody or without blood,
either to be wholly burned or only in
part; so Ez. 20, 28.40, 43, but elsewhere
\nly in Leviticus and Numbers; e. g.
ſlev. 1, 2, 3, 10. 14, 2, 1.4, 3, 1.2. 7, 13.
22, 27. Num. 5, 15. 7, 17 sq. 15, 4. 31,
50. al. See r. ºp Hiph. no. 2. Comp.
Rogóðy Mark 7, 11–Chald. Tºp Hºp,
O > S. 9 : - 9
Syr, kilºa-o, Arab. c. Uś id.
) © > 79*
ºR m. an offering, oblation, Nea
10, 35. 13, 31–R. anp no. I.
tºp m. an are, c. suff, ižºp 1 Sam
13, 20. Plur. Bººp v. 21, and nighp
Ps, 74, 5, Jer, 46, 22, also niºp with.
& -
out Dag. Judg. 8, 48 Arab ºf
Talmud. cº-hºp, id.—But Heb. tºp
prob. comes from the verbal Pi. Pºp,
333. (the letter ºn being inserted,)
from r. pºp in the primary signif. to
sharpen, to be sharp, comp. Elż, tºº.
Another and softer form of the same
word would seem to be ſlº, where see,
and comp. the Arabic forms there quot-
ed.
:k Hºp fut. Hºp", once Hºp" as if sh
Dan. 10, 14, apoc. and conv, nº ; i. q.
Rºp II.
1. to meet, to go or come to meet any
one, in a hostile sense, c. acc. Deut. 25,
18. See Niph. and "nº.
2. to befall, to happen to any one, as
good or evil, Is. 41, 22; with acc. of pers.
Gen. 42, 29. 1 Sam. 28, 10. Esth. 4, 7.
6, 13. Ecc. 2, 14. 9, 11 ; c. h Dan. 10,
14. So Ruth 2, 3 npºr rºp? -pº
Tsaº Hºri lit. and her hap happened
wpon a part of the field belonging to
Boaz ; Engl. Vers, well, her hap was to
light upon, etc.
NIPH. 1. to meet, to fall in with, c.
23, like Engl. to light upon any one.
Ex. 3, 18, comp. 5, 3; by Num. 23, 4, 16;
nsºph v. 3; absol. Num, 23, 15.
2. to be by chance, to happen, 2 Sam.
1, 6. Comp. Nºp II. Niph.
PIEL FTP to lay beams or joists, con.
tigmare, pr. to make them meet and fit
into each other, (comp. Tip a beam,)
2 Chr. 34, 11. Neh. 2,8. 3, 3.6. Hence
to frame, to build, Ps. 104, 3.
HipH. 1, to cause to meet, to let hap-
pen to any one, c. *E* Gen. 27, 20. 24,
12 piºn ºh sy-rºpri let happen to me
this day sc. what I seek, send me good.
speed.
2. to make convenient, ready of access.
e.g. cities of refuge convenient to flee
to, Num. 35, 11.
Deriv. Hºp, Hºip, ºr nºnp, nº
Hypº, Hºpa, and the pr. names nºnp
| Tºp, riºr.
Hºp
n-p
942
nº Chald, see r. NY: .
TTP ſ. (r. --P) cold, Ps. 147, 17. Job
R4, 7. 37, 9. Prov. 25, 20. Nah. 3, 17.
TP m. (r. Hºp) hap, chance, acci-
dent. Deut. 23, 11 nº nº by rea-
son of accident by might, an euphemism
ſtr nocturnal pollution. So in Talmudic
the noun "mp.
Tºp see Hºip.
Pink m. adj. also 5"P Ex. 12, 4, al.
(r. anp I) c. suff, inhp, plur. Bºi-P, c.
suff, "shp; fem. Hi-Fi, rººp Deut. 21,
3, pluſ ſ. ninthp Ez. 22, 5; near, migh,
spoken :
a) Of place; with 58 of pers. Gen. 45,
10 *s ninp ºr thou shall be near unto
me. Ex. 12, 4. Deut. 13, 18. Josh. 9, 16;
with bºs 1 K. 21, 2, ainp 12; a near
neighbour Prov. 27, 10. Trop. near in
dignity Esth. 1, 14; in public relations
2 Sam. 19, 43. Spec. God is said to be
near to men, when he affords them help,
Deut. 4, 7. Ps. 34, 19. 119, 151. 145, 18;
and vice versa the people of God, the
righteous, the priests, are said to be near
to God, Ps. 148, 14 (where ini-E is i. q.
Einp). Lev. 10, 3. Ez. 42, 13. 43, 19;
comp. 1 K. 8, 59.—Diff. is Jer. 12, 2
ºn Briº Hris -i-p near art thou in
their mouth, but far from their heart,
i. e. they speak of thee always. Ps. 75,2.
b) Of kindred, affinity; with BS Lev.
21, 2, 3, 25, 25. Num. 27, 11. Deut. 21, 6;
h Ruth 2, 20. Neh. 13, 4 ; 7% of com-
parison, Ruth 3, 12 ºzº airp nearer
than I. With suff, ini-p i. q ib -i-p
‘one near to him,” his kinsman, Ex. 32,
27. Ps. 15, 3; plur. c. suff, *ainſ my
kinsmen Ps. 38, 12. Job 19, 14. Also
friends, i. e. paramours, Ez. 23, 5, 12;
see r. ºp Kal lett. d.
c) Of time, i. e. 0.) near to come, im-
pending, as the day of Jehovah Is. 13, 6.
Joel 1, 15. 4, 14; deliverance Is. 51, 5.
Vs. 85, 10; distress Ps. 22, 12. Fully
slab annº Is. 13, 22. 56, 1. Jer. 48, 16.
Here too belongs Job 17, 12 Hinº His
Tºr "gº the light is not far from
darkness, will soon be merged in it;
tomp. Lat. prope absum. Hence Finº
in a near time, soom ; Ez. 11, 3 airpº sº
pºrº nila is it not near, the building of
\ouses? i. e. soon we shall rebuild the
houses ruined in the siege. So sinº
after a near time, soon, shortly, Ez. 7, 8
Jer, 23, 23 (see in pirth); also Job 20, 5
the triumphing of the wicked is hintº
short, i. e. will shortly come to an end
Arab. -º Jº soon, shortly. 8) Oſ
time just past : hence Rinpº in recent
times, newly, lately, Deut. 32, 17.
>k n-p ſut, plur. ºnºp", imper. e
"rººf: , pr. to make smooth, see ring ice
spec. to make bald, to make a bala
place, Lev. 21, 5. Mic. 1, 16.-Hence by
softening the letters, comes the root ne;
q. v. Syr. -- having no horns; Arab.
Åe; baldness.
Niph, to be made bald, c. for any
one, e. g. the dead, Jer. 16, 6.
HipH. i. q. Kal Ez. 27, 31.
HoPH. pass. Tºpº make bald, shorn,
Ez. 29, 18.
Deriv. rºp—rrºp.
TP (bald-head) Kareah, pr. n. m.
2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8.
TTP m. (r. Hºp) a bald-head, having
a bald spot on the crown or hinder part
of the head, different from Tº q.v. Lev.
13, 40. 2 K. 2, 23. Chald. Thºp id.
TTP m. (r. rºp) in pause rºp.
1. ice, so called from its smoothness,
Job 6, 16. 37, 10. 38, 29. Hence cold,
Gen. 31, 40. Jer. 36, 30.
2. crystal, like Gr. 29 to toºlos, as re-
sembling ice, Ez. 1, 22. Chald. Rrºp id,
nºp m. (r. rinp) 1. i. q. rimp no. 1,
ice; poet, for hail, Ps. 147, 17.
2, Korah, pr. n. a) A son of Esau
Gen. 36, 5, 14. b) A son of Eliphaz
also an Edomitish tribe descended from
him, ib. v. 16. c) A Levite, cousin of
Moses and Aaron, who conspired against
Moses, Ex. 6, 21. 24. Num, 16, 1 sq. 26,
9–11. Of the same stock are the Hºp ºf
the sons of Korah, the Korahites, a ſamily
of Levites and singers in the time of
David (see "rTºp), to whom ten of the
Psalms are ascribed, Ps. 42–49. 84.85
87.88. d) 1 Chr. 2, 43.
Trºp f (r. nºr) once NITF Ez. 2"
31, baldness, a bald place, a) On the
crown or hinder part of the head, Lew
| 21, 5; as shorn in token of mourning
n-p
Tºp
943
Is, 3 24, 15, 2. Jer. 47, 5.48, 37. Ez. 7,
18. al. b) On the front part of the
head, i. q. mr1=A, Deut. 14, 1.
"TTP Korahite, patronym. from rºp
no. 2. c. Ex. 6, 24. Num. 26, 58. 1 Chr.
12 6, 26, 1. Plur. Bºrrºr Chr. 9, 19.
nTP f (r. Hºp) c. suff innip, i. q.
rtrºp, baldness, bald spot on the crown
or hinder part of the head, Lev. 13, 42.
43. Trop. bareness, a thread-bare spot
on the wrong side of cloth, Lev. 13, 55.
"TP m. (r. Hºp) in pause "nº , hostile
encounter Lev. 26, 28; and so in the
phrase by ºp mºr, to go into encounter
with any one, i. e. to walk contrary to
him, to oppose, to resist him, Lev. 26, 21.
23. **pi) id. v. 24, 27.40, 41.
SºP m. (r. Nºp I) called, chosen, se-
lect, Num. 16, 2; also Num. 1, 16 Cheth.
"S"TP a public crying, proclamation,
J>n. 3, 2. R. Nº I.
TºmP f (r. Hºp) a city, town, i. q. Hºs,
comp. nº ; so called perh. from the
signif. ‘to frame, to build,’ see the root in
Piel ; better perh. ‘a fortified place,’ as
resisting enemies, comp. in "mp. With
a few exceptions (Deut. 2, 36. 1 K. 1, 41.
45), ſound only in the poetic style, Num.
21, 28. Is. 1, 21. 26. 22, 2. 25, 2, 26, 5.
32, 13. Ps. 48, 3. Prov. 10, 15. Job 39, 7. al.
9 – o – 3 – o 2
Syria, ii-re, Arab. &#. §3. city,
also village.
Hence the following pr. names of
cities:
a) vans nºnp Gen. 23, 2. Josh. 15,
54.20, 7; c. art. vansr nºnp Neh. 11,
26; Kirjath-Arba, i. e. the city of Arba,
one of the Anakim (see sans), the ancient
name of Hebron, but still used in the
time of Nehemiah, Neh. I. c.
b) by a nºnp (city of Baal) Kiryath-
Baal, the same city which is more usu-
ally called tº nºnp (see in lett. d),
Josh. 15, 60. 18, 14.
c) nigri-nº-p (city of streets) Kirjath-
huzoth, in Moab, Num. 22, 39.
d) Hº-nºn (city of forests) Kir-
jath-jearim, on the confines of Judah
and Benjamin Josh. 9, 17. 18, 1... Judg.
8, 12. 1 Sam. 6,21; s.art. Bºnsºrſ---ºp
Jer, 26, 20; contracted nºny-nºnp Ezra
2, 25, and simpl. nºnp Josh. 18,28; else-
where also bea-nymp see in lett b
Eusebius places it at nine Roni. miles
from Jerusalem towards I iospolis or
Lydda. Prob. the modern Kuryet el-
'Emab, three hours west of Jerusalem;
see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 334 sq.
e) rigo-nºnp(palm-city, comp bºost)
Kirjaſh-sannah Josh. 15. 49, also called
"Egºnºp (book-town) Kirjath-sepher,
in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 15, 16.
Judg. 1, 11. 12. The same city wan
likewise called nº q. v. Josh. 15, 15.
49.
f) tº nºnp, see in lett. d.
g) BºnºnP (double city) Kirjathaim:
0.) In the territory of Reuben Num. 32,
37. Josh. 13, 19; afterwards subject to
Moab Jer. 48, 1. 23. Ez. 25, 9. Euse-
bius and Jerome speak of a place Ko-
guáöw (Kaguá90) Koreiatha, ten Roman
miles west of Medaba. 3) In the tribe
of Naphtali, 1 Chr. 6, 61 [76]; else-
where Tºp.
TºmP and S.T.P Chald, a city, Ezra
4, 10 sq.
Flººp (cities) Kerioth, pr. n. of two
cities, one in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 25; the other in Moab, Jer. 48, 24.
41. Am. 2, 2.
nºnP, see in Hººp lett. a.
>k B-p to overlay, to cover; Syr. and
Chald. to overlay with metal. With
by , like other verbs of covering; Ez.
37, 6 -is tº "nºnp I will cover you
with skin. Intrans, to be covered, fut.
tºpº, v. 8.
Sk inp 1. pr. prob, to strike, to putº,
kindr, with sº II, Hºp, anp; whence
Tº horn, as the instrument of striking,
pushing. Eth. ‘PZZ to push with the
horn, also to assail; ‘PC3 horn. The
primary syllable is np ; comp. Sanscr.
garnis, garrigan, horn, sharp point, giris
sharp point, all from gar to bore.
2. Denom. from Tº lett. e., to emit
rays, to shine, e. g. the face of Moses
Ex. 34, 29. 30.35; Sept. ÓséóSaotou rô
Trgógoſtov wirot.—Aquil. al. d Vulg. ab-
surdly, xegarðns ºv, cornuta erat. Hence
painters and sculptors often represen'
Moses with horns.
Hipli. to have horns, pr. ‘ to shoot ou
horns,’ Ps. 69, 32.—Hence
Tºp
944 7-p
7.2 f in pause Tº, c. suff, isºp; Du-
al tºp, also tºp (as if from ºp)
Dan. 8, 3.. 6. 20, constr. "Bºp used also
for plural; Plur, nilºp , constr. nine Ps,
75, 11 mostly in lett. c.; a horn, as of an
rx, ram, see in r. Thp no. 1. Gen. 22, 13.
Deut. 33, 17. Ps. 22, 22. Dan. 8, 5.8, 9.
al. saep. Also of artificial horns 1 K. 22,
11. Zech. 2, 1.2.4 [1, 18, 19. 21]. Meton.
ſor a flask, vessel, made of horn, comp.
Engl. drinking-horm, powder-horn, 1
5 0 °
Sam, 16, 1.13. 1 K. 1, 39.-Arab. &
horn, also point of a sword; Eth. ‘PC3,
Syr ūrº, Chald. Nºnp, horn. Sanscr.
see in r. In 2. Comp. Gr. xégo.g, also
xéggvwog thunder-bolt, Lat. cornu, Goth.
haurns, whence Germ. and Engl. horn.
Metaph. a horn is put as the symbol
of strength, might, power, the image
being drawn from the bull and other
animals which push with their horns.
Jer. 48, 25 the horn of Moab is broken,
i. e. her strength, might, is broken,
comp. Lam. 2, 3, Ps, 75, 11. So God is
said 'E Tºp 5"ºn to lift up, evall, the horn
of any one, i.e. to strengthen him, to in-
crease his power and dignity, Ps. 89, 18.
92, 11. 148, 14. 1 Sam. 2, 10. Lam. 2,
17. Contra, to eacall the horn of God, i. q.
to praise, to laud him, 1 Chr. 25, 5.
Hence "ºp nº my horn is lifted up,
earalled, i. e. my strength is augmented,
I acquire new courage and spirit, Ps. 89,
25. 112, 9, 1 Sam. 2, 1. In the same
sense, Am. 6, 13 Eººp 15% ºrph we have
taken to us horms. Vice versa, in a bad
sense isºp pººr to lift up one's horn, i. e.
to be proud, Ps, 75, 5.6. Comp. Lat.
cormwa swmere, of those who place too
much confidence in their own strength
and thus become overbearing; also Hor.
Od. 3. 21. 18 “addis cornua pauperi.”
A similar metaphor is in Job 16, 15, I
have thrust my horn into the dust, where
we should naturally say “my head.” In
Ps. 18, 3 David calls God "sui Tºp the
horn of my deliverance, i. e. the instru-
ment, means of deliverance, the image
being drawn from animals which use
their horns as a defence. Ps. 132, 17
there (in Zion) will I make the horn of
Oavid to sprout, i. e. will cause the
kingdom of David to flourish in power;
or rather, I will raise up to the house of
David a powerful offspring. Ez. 29, 21
Hence in prophetic vision, horms are pu
trop, for kings, powerful princes, Dan
7, 7. 24. 8, 8. 21.-The same genera.
metaphor exists in Syriac and Arabic
see Bar Hebraeus p. 516. Hariri Con
sess. 43. p. 498 ed. De Sacy. Comp. the
Arabic epithet of Alexander the Great
Jºã) 29, i.e. bicornis, Kor. 18,85
sq. doubtless as the symbol of power
might; so both Alexander and the Se
leucidae are represented on coins with
horns, Curt. 4, 7.
From the resemblance to a horm came
also the following uses of TE.
a) a horn, as a wind instrument, cor-
net, trumpet, like Lat. cornu, Josh. 6, 5.
See bai" no. 1.
b) Tº nine horns of ivory, for ele-
phants' teeth, by a common error, Ex.
27, 15. So Plin. H. N. 18. 1 ‘cornua
elephanti et uri.” Eth. id.
c) rººm ninp the horns of the altar,
i.e. the projecting points or risings, like
horns, on the four corners of an altar,
Zamitzv ×egotosiósig Jos. B. J. 5. 5. 6;
which were to be smeared with the blood
of the victims Ex. 29, 12. Lev. 4, 7 ; and
which malefactors laid hold of as an
asylum 1 K. 1, 50. 2, 28. So Ex. 27, 2.
30, 2. 3. 10. Lev. 4, 7, 8, 15. Ps. 118, 27
Am. 3, 14. Jer. 17, 1, al. Similar orna-
ments are found upon the altars of the
Greeks and Egyptians.
d) horn for peak, summit of a hill or
mountain, Is. 5, 1. So Gr. x&gog, Lat
cornu, Arab. & ($ as in Kärn Sürtübeh
Ičićrūn Hatlán, see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 257. III. p. 238. Comp. Germ.
Horn in the names of Swiss mountains,
as Schreckhorn, Wetterhorn, Aarhorn.
e) DUAL tºp , i. Q. rays of light,
splendour, Hab.3, 4. So Arabian poets
compare the first rays of the rising Sui,
to horns ; and hence call the sun itself the
gazelle s!!; J, comp. in nºs p. 42.
TP Chald. f. emphat. Nºnp; Dua
Tºp Dan. 7, 7, emph. Rººp 7, 8.
1. a horn, Dan. 7, 8, 20. 21. -
2. A wind-instrument, horn, commer
Dan, 3, 5, 7, 10, 15, 7, 7.8
b-p
pºp
940
#º 7.2 (the paint-horn) Keren-hap-
puch, pr. n. 2ſ ºne of Job’s daughters,
Job 42, 14.
#: onp to bend, to bow down, hence to
sink together, to collapse, i. q. Sin? in the
other member, Is. 46, 1. Sept. ovvergión,
Vulg. contritus est.—Hence bºp, boºp.
bº m. plur. Eºop, constr. "tºp,
pr: a curve, joint, comp. Pomp ; hence a
hook, tache, to which a loop or eye is
fitted, Ex. 26, 6.11. 33.35, 11. 36, 13. 18.
39, 33.
Sh;2, see bººp.
ºb')2 pr. diminut from byp (see in
lett. 2 p. 499), a joint, small joint, espec.
the ankle, which also the Germans ex-
press by the diminutive Knöchel, comp.
Engl. knuckle. Dual c. suff. Ps. 18, 37
*q-p "Yº Nº my ankles do not waver,
i. e. my feet stand firm. 2 Sam. 22,
37. Vulg. tali. Comp. Targ. Ez. 47, 3.
Syr. Hºa e –From this word, by con-
tracting the quadriliteral into a triliteral
form, is derived the Arab. Jºš to walk
unsteadily, to waddle, as if with weak
2 o 35.
ankles, comm. to limp; Jºël a person
so walking, one weak in the ankles and
legs.
>k yºp fut. Sºpº 1. to rend, to rend’
asunder; kindr, with Yºp, Arab. Užys
to cut.—E. g. the garments in grief,
Gen. 37, 29. 34. Num. 14, 6, 1 Sam. 4,
12. 2 K. 5, 8. Ezra 9, 3. Jer. 36, 24. Job
1, 20; cushions Ez. 13, 21; a roll or book
with a knife Jer. 36, 23; to rend in pieces,
as a wild beast Hos. 13, 8; of God, to
rend the heavens Is. 63, 19. Also ºne
bºp to rend in pieces 1 K, 11, 30;
bºsºph 'pid. 2 K. 2, 12. Tea bºy sºp
to rend the eyes with paint, i. e. to dis-
tend the eyes and make them appear
large by painting them thickly with sti-
bium; see in brº, Tºp. So Jer. 22, 14
'ºr is sºp he rendeth himself windows
in the palace, i. e. he makes many and
arge windows; the "— in "libri being a
plur, ending, Lehrg. p. 523.
2. to tear off or away, to rend away
Tº Lev. 13, 56; byz. Ez. 13, 20 Trop.
1. ºxx, 1 Sam. 15, 28 Jehovah hath rent
the kingdom of Israel from theº. 1 K.
11, 11; Tº v. 12. 1 Sam. 23, 17; 7:
1 K, 14,8. Reflex. to rend oneself away
2 K. 17, 21. r
3. Metaph. verbis proscindere, as in
Engl. to pull in pieces, i.e. to slander, to
backbite, Ps. 35, 15. Arab. cy's II, in-
crepuit, corripuit. Comp. ap; no. 3.
NIPH. pass. to be rent, torn, of gar
ments Ex. 28, 32. 39, 23. 1 Sam. 15, 27
of an altar torn down 1 K. 13, 3. 5.-
Hence
tº m. plur. torn pieces of cloth
1 K. 11, 30. 31. 2 K. 2, 12; rags Prov
23, 21.
>k yºp fut. plur. Hsip: 1. to tear or cut
asunder, nearly i. q. kindr. Shp ; hence
to cut off, to destroy, whence Yip de-
struction, and Chald. Yºp piece.—Arab.
Uors to tear, to tear off; uéré id. II,
to cut, to gnaw.
2. Spec. ‘to cut with the teeth,’ to bite,
e.g. in the phrases: a) Bºngº Yºp to
bite the lips, said of one plotting mis-
chief, Prov. 16, 30. b) Tº ‘p Prov.
10, 10. Ps, 35, 19, and Bºy: Prov. 6, 13,
lit. to bile or pinch the eyes, i. e. to press
together the eyelids (in the manner of
biting the lips), to wink behind one's
back; also a gesture of malice and mis-
chief—Arab. Uey? to pinch, to nip off.
Comp. Nazar. gro to pinch together the
eyelids.
Pual yºp to be torn or broken off to
be nipped. Job 33, 6 ºs-EA "tºp nºrt?
I also am nipped from the clay, the
image being drawn from a potter, who
pinches off a portion of clay from the
mass in order to form a vessel.
Y.P. m. destruction Jer. 46, 20. R.
yºp no. 1.
Yº Chald. m. a piece, bit, Syr. tºº,
see r. Yip no. 1. Only in the phrase
** "sºp bºs to eat the pieces of any one,
q.d. to eat him up piecemeal, metaph, for
to slander, to accuse falsely, to inform .
against ; as also in Lat. mordere, dente
carpere, dente rodere. Dan. 3, S. 6, 25.
o y y 2 of ~ 35
Syr. lºre $ºf id. Arab. U.4 Jºel
to eat one’s flesh, to slander.
VPTP m. (r. ºp Pilp.) 1. a founda.
tion, bottom, i. q. Talm. "pºp d. from
php
tripp
946
the idea of digging, see the root Pilp.
and for the ºn softened into y, see lett. n.
Comp. Arab. AE; level ground. Spo-
ken: a) Of the bottom of the sea, Am.
9, 3. b) Of the tabernacle and temple,
floor, pavement, Num. 5, 17. 1 K. 6, 15. 16.
30. 7, 7 spner. Tº spherº from floor
to floor, from the floor to the ceiling, i. e.
the walls or sides of the room from bot-
tom to top; not, as De Wette, “over the
whole floor.”
2. Iſarkaa, pr. m. of a place in the
south of Judah, Josh. 15, 3.
TPTP (foundation, r. nap Pilp. Arab.
"33 level ground) Karkor, pr. n. of a
place beyond Jordan, Judg. 8, 10.
---. obsol. root, to be cold, cool.
Trop. to be cool, quiet. Chald. and Syr.
G - *
id. Arab. 23 id. Comp. x9üog.
Deriv. -É, np, Hºp, rºp?.
* DTP obsol, root, kindr, with ºri,
to cut, to cut up or in pieces. So Arab.
Uº ºccording to the Camoos p. 823,
1. Q. 5.—Hence
tºP m. in pause tºp, c. suff. Tºp
Ez. 27, 6; plur. Bºp, constr. tºp ;
a board, plank, Ex. 26, 15 sq. 35, 11.
36, 20 sq. Num. 3, 36. 4, 31. Collect.
benches, banks, of a ship Ez. 27, 6.
F.P. f. (r. Hºp, as nº from nº) in
pause nº, a city, i. q. Tºp, but less
frequent, Job 29, 7. Prov. 8, 3.9, 3. 14.
11, 11. Chald. Nººp id. This word is also
preserved in the names of Carthaginian
and Syrian cities, as Cirta (srººp), Ti-
granocerta, etc. and on the Phenician-
Slc.lian coins struck at Panormus ; see
Monumm. Phoen. p. 288, 291. Tab. 38.
TFTP (city, r. Hºp) Kartah, pr. n. of
a place in Zebulun, Josh. 21, 34.
Tºp (double city, old dual form from
nº) Kartan, pr. n. of a city in Naphtali,
Josh. 21, 32; elsewhere Bºrºp, see in
rººp lett. g. 6.
>k Tºp obsol. root, perh. i. q. Hºp
II, and Arab. Už3, to take off the bark
by turning ; then to turn, and genr. to
round off, to bring into a round form.
Hence rop, also
Tº and Tºp, only plur. nipp Ex
37, 16, cstr. nitrº Num.4,7, c. suff, "ripp
Ex. 25, 29, bowls, cups, for libations
Sept. oftovësio. Chald. Hºp, rºp, id.
>k tºp obsol. root, prob. to weigh, to
weigh out ; whence the notion of equity
justice, as in kindr. pur. Arab. laws to
be just, pr. to weigh out justly, with even
9 Q
scales; whence la º a measure, a por
tion measured out, a balance.—Hence
Tº f. Gen. 33, 19. Josh. 24, 32.
Job 42, 11, pr. something weighed out
hence as the name of a certain weight
Kesitah, (comp. Bºº, nº?,) espec. of
gold and silver, by which, as also by the
shekel, money was estimated in the time
of the patriarchs. It was heavier than
the shekel, and contained indeed about
four shekels, as appears from a compari-
son of the passages Gen. 33, 19 and 23,
16. According to Rabbi Akiba, in a
later age a certain coin in Africa was
called Hesita ; see in Rosh hash-shana
c. 3. fol. 26. a.-Most of the ancient intpp.
understand by it a lamb, a sense which
has no support either from etymology
or in the kindred dialects, nor is it in
accordance with the patriarchal usages;
since in their age merchandise was no
longer usually exchanged, but actual
sales were common for money either by
weight or by tale, comp. Gen. 23, 16.47,
16; see Bochart’s triumphant remarks
(Hieroz. I. p. 433–37) against F. Span-
heim in Hist. Jobi, Opp. III. p. 84.—The
coin bearing the figure of a lamb, in
which Münter thought he had found the
Kesita, (Progr. in Danish on the Kesita,
Copen. 1824,) is undoubtedly a coin of
Cyprus, the money of which bore that
image. See Thesaur. p. 1241.
nºPºp f (r. tºp) plur. tºpºp
1 Sam. 17, 5, c. suff. Trºptºp Ez.29,4;
a scale, Lev. 11, 9. 10. 12. Deut. 14, 9.
10. 1 Sam. 17, 5 pºpulp intº a har-
mess of scales, a scaled coat of mail, con-
sisting of small plates like scales.
Sk tripp obsol. root, prob. to strip off
bark, scales, etc. to scale off; like Arab.
U&3, comp. Heb. Hºp and Hup II,
$3 – 9
Comp. also Arab. *. whence irº
bark, a scale.
ºp 9.47
Hºpp
tº 2 m. (r. wºup) straw, the dry halm
of grain, partly as left standing in the
fields, stubble, Ez. 5, 12; which then
were sometimes burnt over, Ex. 15, 7.
Is. 5, 24, 47, 14. Joel 2, 5. Nah. 1, 10. Ob.
18; and partly as broken up in treading
out the grain and so separated by venti-
lation, chaff, e.g. nº up Is. 41, 2; tºp
*::i9 Jer. 13, 24; also Job 13, 25. 41, 20
[28]. Is. 40, 24. Ps, 83, 24.
^k Rºp obsol. root, to be hard, heavy,
difficult, like Hºp I-Hence
stºp, only in plur. Bºstºp, cucum-
~ &
bers, Num. 11, 5. Arab. 2UK£, gL3,
Chald. "tap, Syr. º, i-º-º: whence
cucumis chate Linn. By transpos. Gr.
guavóg, otzúw. The Talmudists rightly
refer the origin of the name to its hard-
ness and difficulty of digestion, from r.
Nuj; ; comp. Plin. H. N. 19.5. On the
cucumbers of Egypt, see Abdollat. ed.
De Sacy p. 34, 125. Forskål Flora
AEgypt, p. 169. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 249.
Denom. Huffpº II.
* = tºp ſut. Hºp" to attend to any
thing, e.g. of the ear, to listen, to heark-
en, once in Kal, Is. 32, 3–The primary
idea seems to be that of sharpening, so
that Huip may be nearly i. q. Exp ; comp.
in Engi. to point or prick up the ears, a
figure drawn from animals; comp. under
11N I. p. 29. wº
HipH. with Tis, e. g. ixis =\pm pr.
‘to point one's ear’ i. e. to attend, to
hearken, Ps. 10, 17. Prov. 2, 2. Without
isis id. c. bs Ps. 142, 7. Neh. 9, 34; by
Prov. 17, 4, 29, 12; h Ps. 5, 3. Is. 48,
18; 3. Ps. 66, 19; acc. Job 13, 6. Ps. 61,
2; absol. Is. 10, 30. 28, 23. al. saep. Of
God, i. Q. to hear and answer, Ps. 5, 3.
17, 1.61, 2; of man also, i. q. to hear and
obey, 1 Sam. 15, 22. Is. 48, 18. Jer, 23, 18.
Deriv. the three ſollowing.
Hºp adj. only fem. nºp, attentive, of
the ear, Neh. 1, 6.11.
atºp adj.id, only plur. ſem, ni-tºp, of
the ears Ps. 130, 2. 2 Chr. 6, 40. 7, 15.
aſp m. (r. Ruip) in pause au; , at-
heed,” i.e. with the greatest possible at •
tention. 1 K. 18, 29. 2 K. 4, 31.
* I. Tºp fut. Hugº, conv. Up?".
1. to be hard, harsh, e.g. of words
2 Sam. 19, 44. Arab. U.3 id. Syr
~3 to harden.
2. to be hard, severe, vehemext of
punishment from God 1 Sam. 5, 7, , of
wrath Gen. 49, 7.
3. to be hard, difficult, Deut. 17.
15, 18.
NIPH. part. Huyp;, hard bestead,
harshly oppressed, Is. 8, 21. Comp.
ſługoûuévot, 2 Cor. 5, 4.
PIEL fut. conv. Spril. Gen. 35, 16
Frºm ºpry she had hard labour, it
went hard with her in the birth. In v.
17 Hiph. stands in the same phrase.
HipH. Huipn, fut. Húp:, conv. Upºn
1. to harden, to make hard, e. g. a)
The neck, Fly, i. e. to be stiff-necked,
stubborn, Deut. 10, 16. 2 K. 17, 14. 2 Chr.
30, 8. Neh. 9, 29. Jer. 7, 26. Prov. 29, 1;
without nº id. Job 9, 4. b) With nº,
to harden the heart of any one, i. e. to
"make him obdurate, wilful, perverse, Ex.
7, 3. Deut. 2, 30; iah 'n to harden one's
own heart Ps. 95, 8. Prov. 28, 14.
2. to make heavy, burdensome, e. g. a
yoke 1 K. 12, 4.
3. to make hard, difficult. 2 K. 2, 10
bisº nºt pr; thou hast made hard in
asking, i.e. thou hast asked a hard thing.
Ex. 13, 15 rºugh Hyne Huipn ºr when
Pharaoh made it hard to let us go, would
hardly dismiss us.
Deriv. Hºp, hºp, and the pr. n. Tinºp.
* II. *T*P i. q. Arab. U&s, to strip
off the bark, espec. by turning; hence to
turn, to bring into a round form; comp.
nuºp.
Deriv. Hurº, Hujrz.
Tº m. adj. (r. Huip I) constr. Hup
plur. Bºup; ſem. Hºp, constr. nup
p.ur. niúp. .
1. hard, harsh, spoken of hard bond-
age Ex. 1, 14. 6, 9, 1 K. 12, 4 ; of harsh
words Gen. 43, 7.30. 1 Sam. 20, 10. 1 K.
12, 13. 14, 6; of men, hard, churlish,
stern, 1 Sam. 25, 3. Is. 19, 4.—Spec,
a) Of the neck, stiff, unyielding, obsti.
tention, heed, Is. 21, 7 ---, -uśp an ºp- | nate, Deut. 31, 27. Hence Fly Hujr
*R he hearkened heedſully with much
stiff-necked, i.e. stubborn, rebellious, Ex
hºp
-up
943.
32, 9, 33, 3. 5. Deut. 9, 6, 13; 5% Hujr
hard-hearted, stubborn, Ez. 3, 7; Tºp
tº hard-faced, i.e. shameless, impu-
dent, Ez. 2, 4; simpl. Hºp id. Stubborn,
obstinate, Is. 48, 4. Hºp Tº a stubborn
way, obstinate life, Judg. 2, 19. b) Of
a hard and adverse lot, Ps. 60, 5. Job 30,
25 tºi" Hºp whose day is hard, i.e. his
life or lot. Is. 21, 2 nu;p nitr a hard
vision, i. e. announcing adverse things.
c) In a good sense, firm, faced, once of
love Cant. 8, 6.
2. hard, stern, severe, Judg. 4, 24. Is.
27, 1–Spec.
spirit, sad, sorrowful, 1 Sam. 1, 15. b)
severe, vehement, strong, of a wind Is. 27,
8; a battle 2 Sam. 2, 17. c) hard,
i. e. Strong, in authority and power, 2
Sam. 3, 39.
3. hard, difficult, Ex. 18, 26.
titº Chald. m. truth, i. q. Heb. Hºp,
Dan. 4, 34, tºp-72 of a truth, i. e.
truly, Dan. 2,47.
>k nºp in Kal not used, Arab. Aeº ,
i. q. Hºp I, U.S., to be hard. Comp.
rºs II, i. q. TE: .
HiPh. 1. to harden the heart Is. 63, 17.
2. to treat harshly, as the ostrich her
young, Job 39, 16.
>k tºp obsol, root, i. q. pºp, Arab.
laws, pr. to weigh out justly ; hence to
be just, upright, true. In Heb. this root
takes the sense of truth ; that of justice
'yeing expressed by PTS.–Hence
tº P. m. truth, Prov. 22, 21. Chald.
* - - (> b. ,
toºp q. v. Stºp, Syr. iN-aa-o id. the
letters tº and n being interchanged.
tºP m. &nu; Asyéu. Ps. 60, 6, a bow,
i. q. Chald. Rººp for snu;p, Heb.
nup; see Targ. Ps. 61, 4. Esth. 1, 3.
So Sept. Symm. Peshito. For this
change of n into to, see in nu;p.
[Others truth, i. q tºp, and this is
preferable.—R.
tºp, see vivip.
- "tºp m. (r. Hºp I) hardness of heart,
stubbornness, Deut. 9, 27.
intºp (hardness, r. Hujr I) Kishion,
pr. n. of a place in Issachar, Jºsh. 19, 20.
21, 28; called in 1 Chr. 6, 57 ºr q. v.
te't. c.
a) rºm Huip severe in.
* * *** º e
- º fut. *ēp: 1. to bind, to ue
corresponding is Aram. ++, nºn, see
in hºp II; Eth. ‘P8/, to bind with
cords.-Constr. with acc. and by, to bind
or tie one thing upon another, Gen. 38
28. Prov. 3, 3, 6, 21. 7, 3; arc. and F. Job
39, 10 [13]. Josh. 2, 18. With dat. add-
ed, Job 40, 29 wilt thow biºd him for thy
maidens? i. e. that they may play with
him. Metaph. c. 3, Prov. 22, 5. Gen.
44, 30 ite?: Hººp it; his soul is
bound to his (the child's) soul, i. e. the
father is bound to the child by the strong-
est love ; comp. Niph. 1 Sam. 18, 1.
2. to conspire, pr. ‘ to bind oneselſ &,-
gether with others,” Neh. 4, 2; with
by against any one, 1 Sam. 22, 8, 1 K
15, 27. 16, 9, 16. 2 K. 10, 9, al. Fully
ºu;p ºup, see in nup. Part. plur.
Pºuip conspirators 2 Sam. 15, 31. 2 K.
21, 24. -
3. Part, pass. Thup, bound, hence
compact and firm, strong, robust, Gen.
30,42–This transition from the idea of
binding to that of strength, see also in
pyr; no. 3, bºr, no. 5.
NIPH. 1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, metaph.
1 Sam. 18, 1; comp. Gen. 44, 30.
2. to be bound or fastened together
e.g. the portions of a wall, and hence
to be completed, Neh. 3, 38 [4, 6].
PIEL 1. i. q, Kal no. 1, to bind, Joh
38, 31.
2. to bind upon oneself, in the nuanner
of a girdle, c. acc. Is. 49, 18 tº pr
tº thou shall bind them on thee as a
bride bindeth on her girdle; in the
other member it is: thou shalt put them
O72 QS (177. Orname??t.
PUAL part, ni-tºrº the strong cattle
Gen. 30, 41; see Kal no. 3.
HitHP. i. q. Kal no. 2, c. bs 2 K. 9, 14.
2 Chr. 24, 25. 26.
Deriv. ºup, tºp.
"tº m. (r. Hºp no. 2) in pause ºr
c. suff, intºp, a conspiracy, 2 K. 11, 14
Is. 8, 12. by nu;p-up to make a con.
spiracy against any one 2 K. 2, 21. 14
19. 15, 30.
EºP m. plur. girdles, belts, as a fe
male ornament, espec. of a bride (comp
Is. 49, 18), Jer. 2, 32. Is. 3, 20. Comp
ºp no. 2.
ujuip
949 - *
* pºp 1. to be dry as a plant,
Arab. U.S id. Kindr. is ºur –Hence
tºp stubble. .
2. Denom. from up, to gather straw
or stubble, see Po. Hence genr. to col-
lect, to gather, imperat. Zeph. 2, 1; see
Hithpo.
Po. Bușp to collect, to gather straw or
stubble, Ex. 5, 7, 12; wood Num. 15, 32.
33. 1 K. 17, 10. 12.
HITH Po. metaph. to collect oneself, i.e.
to collect one’s thoughts, to look into
one’s own mind, to prove oneself; Zeph.
2, 1 tip; huiujiprº collect (examine)
your own selves and be ye collected. Kal
and Hithpo, are here coupled for em-
phasis; comp. Is. 29, 9.
Deriv. ºp.
nºp (r. Jip, as new from ºf, nr.
from riº) in pause nº, c. suff, "rºp;
plur, ninºp, constr. ninºp, printºp
Dag. euphonic ; comm. gend. pr. fem.
Is. 21, 15. Job 20, 24; but, the etymo-
logy being neglected, also masc. 2 Sam.
§ 0 °
1, 22. Ez. 1, 28; a bow. Arab. U*, *,
Eth. priºr, Syr. A 2, id. But the
origin of the n servile being by degrees
neglected, it was regarded as a radical
º º
and changed to to ; as Arab. Jua.”
bow; Syr. --~34 to shoot with a bow,
Chald, pulp id. Rººp bow.—E. g.
a) a bow for shooting arrows Gen. 21,
16. Is. 13, 18. Job 20, 24. al. saepe. "3
Resh, the twentieth letter of the He-
brew alphabet, as a numeral denoting
200. The name uinn i. Q. Chald. Vish
and Heb. UNT, denotes head, and refers
to the figure of this letter in the Pheni-
t.An alphabet (c. ), from which, by in-
verting its head is derived the figure of
the Greek På. See Monuram. Phoen.
p. 44.
This letter has affinity: a) With
the other liquids, and as being the hard-
eat of the liquids, it 's sometimes inter-
nº i ve son of a bow, i.e. an arrow, Joh
41, 20. To bend a bow is expressed by
the verbs Tú?, puff, nr., espec. Th:
q. v. To shoot with a bow, see the verbs
FT2, IT Kal and Hiph. Meton, the
word bow is put : 0) For bowmen,
archers, nº "anº, Is. 21, 17. 22, 3. Ps.
78, 57 where nºn nº are deceitful
archers, who feign flight in order to de-
ceive. Comp. hºp of reapers. 3) the
song of the bow 2 Sam. 1, 18, i. e. the
lament of David over Saul and Jona-
than, in which there is mention of a bow
in v. 22. On this mode of inscribing
poems and books, so common among
oriental writers, see Jones de Poési
Asiat. p. 269. Comment. on Is. 22, 1.-
Metaph. a bow is also the symbol of
strength and power; hence to break the
bow of any one, i. q to take away his
strength, to destroy his power, Hos. 1,
5. Jer. 49, 35; also vice versa, Job 29
20 my bow is strengthened in my hand,
i. e. I wax stronger and stronger. Gen.
49, 24. -
b) a rainbow, iris, Gr. 16$ov, Gen. 9.
13. 14. 16. Ez. 1, 28.
m?P m. (denom. fr. rufip) a bowman,
to p y
an archer, Gen. 21, 20. Syr. Ma-oid.
>k Hnp obsol. root; Arab.Us to serve,
to be a domestic. Hence pr. n. BSnº.
Chºp Chald. m. everywhere in Ker
for chrºp cithara, harp, lyre, q, v. Dan.
3, 5.7. 10. This latter is the more usual
ſorm in the Targuins.
changed with } and b, see p 499, 635.
b) With the guttural s, as being partly
pronounced in the throat, p. 738. c.) It
is interchanged with the sibilants, espec.
7, comp. p.m.; and p13 to emit rays; Arab.
rx- and r}=, also º and r) to muz-
zle/s: andjie to be proud; also bºr,
and ter. See also the paronomasia in
the words Jinri and litri Ez. 7, 13.
It is further to be noted, that, instead
80
;IN-
in Nºn
950
3f doubling a letter, the simple letter is
sc metimes written with n inserted be-
fore it, especially in Aramaean and the
later Hebrew. Thus Nºz, Chald. Nº,
throne; pººl, in Chr. pugºnº, Damas-
cus; banz quadrilit. from Pi. 532 to
bind; also pºz, Bºp, Bºnº. In the
same way are to be explained: toº-ºº:
sceptre i. q tºº, Chald, sº cubit
i. q. Tºà, arising from such forms as
to"Fuj, Tºº, although these forms are
not elsewhere extant.
* TS), inf absol. Fish, is: Gen. 26,
28; inſ constr. Hish Gen. 48, 11, once
Hysn (like HSºlº) Ez. 28, 17, usually
nish; fut. Pisº, apoc. Nº, convers.
Rhºl, rarely rismº. 1 Sam. 17, 42. 2 K.
5, 21; in the other persons sºn, Rºn),
Rºs). - 35.
1. to see, to look, generally; Arab. G |}
id. It corresponds to Gr. 6960, as 97.
to Gr. eið0, Lat. video. Constr, with
acc. very often, rarely with dat. Ps. 64,
6; and with two acc. Gen. 7, 1 ſins
pºſs "nºs, thee have I seen righteous ;
with "2 before a whole sentence, e. g.
Gen. 6, 5 pºst nº n㺠º nin' Nº.
28, 6. 29, 31. 38, 14; also by antiphone-
sis [attraction] Gen. 1, 4 nºrths shº
aid "2 Hisn-rs. 6, 2. Ex. 2, 2; with r.
interrogative, whether, Ex. 4, 18. Also
with riºr thus: Gen. 8, 13 ºn Herº shº
und he looked, and behold / 18, 2. 19,
28. Lev. 13, 20. 14, 3. al. With acc.
impl. Ps. 40, 13 my punishments.... Nº
nish "rhº; I cannot see them all, i. e.
cannot take in the multitude of them at
a view. 40, 4 sº tº sº many
saw (my deliverance) and feared ; comp.
the same paronomasia Ps. 52, 8. Job 6,
21. Often ascribed to the eye, Job 13,
1. 28, 10. Is. 29, 18. 33, 20. al.—Spec.
a) to see the face of any one, e.g. of
God, see in Dº no. 1. h.
b) Absol. to see is put for to enjoy the
right, to live, Gr. 62&new ; more fully to
see the sum Ecc. 7, 11, to see light Ps.
49, 20; comp. Gr. Gojstv koi Ögüv pºog
IIs Alovo Hom. in later writers simpl.
bgºv. In the same sense, to see Jehovah
in the land of the living Is. 38, 11. Thus
also is to be understood the diſficult
passage in Gen. 16, 13, "nºs" ºr, bar.
"s: ºr's do I then here see (i.e. live)
after the vision of God, i.e. after having
seen God 7
c) to see in vision, i. e. to be taugh
of God in visions, as the prophets, Is. 30
10; comp. 29, 10. Hence part. HST q. v
a seer, prophet, Flsº vision. Comp,
rtyr; no. 2.
2. to see, i. e. to look at, to view, to be-
hold, with intention, purposely, c. acc.
Gen. 11, 5 and Jehovah came down rs7%
**xr-ns. Lev. 13, 3, 5, 17. 1 K. 9, 12.
With a Gen. 34, 1 yºsri riina nisha
to see the daughters of the land. Judg.
16, 27. Ez. 21, 26 [21] Tº Hsº to in-
spect the liver. Ecc. 11, 4 Bºx: HST he
that vieweth the clouds. 3, 22. Cant. 6,
11–But Ecc. 12, 3 niaºsa ris- is,
those looking out at the windows. Jer.
18, 17 I will look upon them with the back
and not with the face, i. e. will turn my
back upon them. With 2 and inf. Is.
18, 3 behold ye, how he lifieth wp an en-
sign on the mountains.—Spec.
a) to look upon with delight, to gaze at,
to gloat upon ; comp. Engl. ‘to feast the .
eyes upon.” Prov. 23, 31 look not upon
the wine when it blushes. Is. 53, 2. Ecc.
7, 13. Usually with 3, (comp, a B. 4.
a,) Job 3, 9. 20, 17. Is. 66, 5. Ps. 106, 5,
very often of the joy felt at the destruc-
tion of one's enemies, Ps. 54, 9 'ºs),
"3"x rins) mine eye hath looked (with
delight) upon mime enemies, i.e. on their
destruction. 22, 18. 37, 34. 112, 8, 118
7. Obad. 12.—Contrariwise
b) to look upon with pain, to behold any
thing painful or afflictive; c. 3, Gen.
21, 16 ºn nion risis-bs let me not
look upon the death of the child, 44, 34.
Ex. 2, 11. Num. 11, 15. Esth, 8, 6.
c) to look upon with disdain, q. d. to
look down upon any one, comp. x010,490-
vé0 to contemn; Job 41, 26 Fli-Arbº ns
Fish" he looketh (down) upon all high
things, with contempt, as if he himself
were higher than all. Comp. Cant.
1, 6 runnrº ºsu, *:Nºn-bs look not
(disdainfully) upon me because I am
dark.
d) to behold, to regard, to have respect
to ; Is. 26, 10 Hinº rºs; Hsº sº he
regardeth not the majesty of Jehovah.
Espec. of God as looking upon affliction
and removing it; Ex. 4, 31 "ns ris: ".2
by that he had looked upon their afflio
HN-
*N*
951
‘ion, Ps. 9, 14, 25, 18. 31, 8, 2 K. 14,
26; also c. : Gen. 29, 32. 1 Sam. 1, 11.
Ps. 106,44. Followed by a clause Ecc.
7, 14 in the day of adversity Fish consi-
ier this: God hath set, etc.
e) to see to anything, to look after, to
lake care of i, q, yº no. 1. b. 1 K. 12, 16
tº ºn": HST see to thine own house,
David I Gen. 29, 23 the prefect of the
prison saw to mothing that was under
Joseph’s hand. Is. 22, 11. Ps. 37, 37
* Fish see to uprightness, i. e. take
:are to practise it.
f) is HS) to look out any thing for one-
Belf, i. e. to provide, to choose out. Gen.
22, 8 God will provide for himself a lamb
for a burnt-offering ; v. 14 and Abraham
called the name of that place (Moriah),
risºn Hirt, Jehovah will provide, i. q.
rºsnº, contr. nº q. v. comp. Niph. no.
3. Deut. 33, 21 is nºtish sº he chose
out the first for himself, i. e. the best.
1 Sam. 16, 1.17. Dat, omitted, Gen. 41,
33. Deut. 12, 13. Part. "Asº chosen,
selected, Esth. 2, 9. Comp. Tob. 12, 1
âgo, ténvoy, uto &ov rá &vögging.
g) to go to see, to visit any one, in order
to pay one's respects and salutations,
2 Sam. 13, 5. 2 K. 8, 29. 2 Chr. 22, 6.
More fully in the construction ~ns ins:
'E Bibu; Gen. 37, 14; comp. ; Dibujº bsu.
h) With PS to look unto any one, as ex-
pecting help from him, Is. 17, 7; with
by to look upon any one, as about to con-
sider and judge his case, Ex. 5, 21.
i) With 2, to look upon as, to regard
as any thing; Judg. 9, 36 thow lookest
upon the shadow of the mountains as men.
k) With Tº of pers. praegn. q. d. to see
and learn from ; Judg. 7, 17 sºn ºn
see and learn from me, do as ye see me do.
1) Trop. to look at any thing, i. e. to
have in view, to aim at ; Gen. 20, 10.
what hadst thou in view, that thou
thouldst do this thing 2
3. Not unfrequently the Hebrews, like
the Greeks and others, employ the word
to see (HST) of things which we per-
ceive, not by the eyes, but in some other
way, viz.
a) By the 5ther senses, e. g. by the
hearing, Gen. 2, 19 b-shpººn? nish:
to see what he would call them. 42, i.
Jer. 33.24; by the touch Is. 44, 16 ºr "sº
*N I perceive the fire, feel the heat —
So Gr. 5940, see Brunck ad Soph. OEc
Col. 138. Lat, video, Virg. Æn. 4. 49
Hor. Sat. 2. S. 77.
b) Of what we perceive, earperience,
enjoy, through the medium of the vita.
principle, the animal spirit, life, anima,
Heb. UE3 q. v. no. 2. E. g. to see life
Ecc. 9, 9; to see death Ps, 89,49, comp.
iósiv 96 votov Heb. 11, 5; and in the
same sense to see the pit, the grave, Ps. 16,
10. 49, 10. Also to see sleep, Ecc. 8, 16,
comp. Terent. Heautomtim. 3. 1.82; to
see famine Jer. 5, 12; to see good, bona
videre (Cic. Mil. 28), i. e. to enjoy the
good things of life, Ps. 34, 13. Ecc. 3, 13.
6, 6; also aip: ris, Jer. 29, 32. Mic. 7,
9. Ecc. 2, 1. Vice versa to see affliction
Lam. 3, 1; to see evil Prov. 27, 12. Jer.
44, 17; also nº ris, Obad. 13. Comp.
69&v xivöövous Tob. 4, 4.
c) Of what we perceive with the mind,
rational soul, animus, Hea; hence i, q to
perceive, to understand, to learn, to know,
Gen. 3,6. Ecc. 1, 16 riºr Hanri Hsh -a.
my heart hath learned great wisdom.
2, 12. Jer. 2, 31. 20, 12. 1 Sam. 24, 12.
1 K. 10, 4. Often spoken of those things
which we learn by the experience of
life; Is. 40, 5 all flesh shall see (under-
stand, know) that Jehovah hath spoken.
Job 4, 8 ºr "Sº Yºsz as I have seen, ex-
perienced. Ecc. 7, 15. Tº HS) to dis-
cern between, to distinguish, Mal. 3, 18.
Niph. Fish, fut, nsºn, apoc. Nº.
1. to be seen, Judg. 5,8. 19, 30. 1 K. 6,
18. Prov. 27, 25.
2. to let oneself be seen, to show oneself,
to appear, Gen. 1,9. 9, 14; of men and
things Gen. 8, 5. Lev. 14, 35. 2 Sam.
17, 17; c. 58, to show oneself to any one
Lev. 13, 7, 19. 1 K. 18, 1. * *-ns Hsº
to appear before Jehovah, at his sanc-
tuary, see nº no. 1. h, p. 852. Often
of Jehovah or an angel as appearing to
men, Ex. 16, 10. 1 Sam. 3, 21; with BS
of pers. Gen. 12, 7. 17, 1, 18, 1. al. : Jer
31, 3, 2 Chr. 3, 1. º -
3. Pass. of Kal no. 2. f. to be provided
for, cared for. Gen. 22, 14 Hinº ºn:
rish” in the mount of the Lord it is pro-
vided, i.e. in mount Moriah God provides
for men and brings them help, as formerly
to Abraham (v. 8) so now. This would
seem to be a proverbial expression, sig-
nifying that God will ever care for and
in Nºn
2 *N*
95
aid those why worship in his temple ;
alluding at the same time to the etymo-
ogy of the name ºn%, q.v.
Pual to be seen; plur. "Nº Job 33, 21,
with Dag, forte impl. or better Mappik
in the letter N, see Lehrg. p. 97.
Hiph. risºn and HShri, fut. Fish",
conv. Nº like ſut. Kal, 2 K. 11, 4.
1. Causat. of Kal no. 1, to make one
see, to let see, Gen. 48, 11. Deut. 4, 36.
2 Sam. 15, 25. Hence with acc. of thing,
to show, Is. 30, 30; with two acc. of pers.
and thing, to show one any thing, Ex.
25, 9. Num. 8, 4. Is. 39, 2.4. Nah. 3, 5.
al. Spec. in sleep Gen. 41, 28; in vision
2 K. 8, 13. Jer. 24, 1. Am. 7, 1. 4. 7. 8,
1. Zech. 2, 2. 3, 1; with "F 2 K. 8, 10.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 2. a, to cause to
look upon with pleasure, c. : Ps. 59, 11.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 3. b, to cause one
to see i. e. to earperience evil, c. dupl. acc.
Hab. 1, 3. Ps. 60, 5. 71, 20; to let one see
i. e. enjoy good, Ecc. 2, 24. Ps. 4, 7. 85,
8; with acc. of pers, and 3 of thing Ps.
50, 23. 91, 16. -
Hoph. HSºri, Part. Hish?, pr. ‘to be
made to see any thing,’ i.e. to be shown
any thing. Ex. 25, 40 according to the
pattern -r]: Fish? Fins hugs which thou
wast shown un the mount. 26, 30. Deut.
4, 35. Lev. 13,49, fºr-ns risºn, and
it shall be shown to the priest.
HITHPA. recipr. to look at one another,
e.g. a) Of persons waiting in doubt
and hesitation what to do, Gen. 42, 1.
b) In a hostile sense, to look one an-
other in the face, i. e. to fight hand to
hand in close combat, 2 K. 14, 8, 11.
2 Chr. 25, 17.21; comp. Is. 41, 27. Com-
pare the old German proverb: “sich
die Köpfe besehn, sich das Weisse im
Auge besehn.”
Deriv, nsº, nsº, Hsh, nºs", *s-,
"sº, nºsh, Hsnº, nsºn, Chald. ...,
perh. ins (abs), and the pr. names
Tºsº, Tºsh, nan, Hºsnº, nºn2.
TST Deut. 14, 13, a species of rapa-
cious bird, so called on account of its
keen sight; but in the parall. passage
Lev. 11, 14 it is H.S. vulture, which per-
taps should be restored in Deut. l. c.
TS) adj. verbal, seeing ; constr. Job
10, 15 tº Hsº seeing (experiencing)
my affliction. See r. nº no. 3. b.
rish pr. Part. Kal r. HNº. 1. At 1.
seeing visions, i. e. a seer, prophet, comp
r. HST no. 1. c.; the more ancient name
for prophet according to 1 Sam. 9, 9; and
attributed kut $ozºv to Samuel, 1 Sam.
9, 9. 19. 1 Chr. 9, 22. 26, 28. 29, 29; to
another prophet 2 Chr. 16, 7, 10. Plur.
bºsº Is. 30, 10.
2. Abstr. i. q. S., a vision, in which
sense perhaps the accent is to be placed
upon the penult, in the manner of Sego-
lates. Is. 28, 7 rish; Au, they reel even
in their visions. Comp. Tºri no. 2.
7:"Nº (pr. see ye, a son but the
sacred writer in Gen. 29, 32 explains it
as for ºil (ºs) is: ‘provided in my
affliction, see r. HST no. 2. e.) Reuben,
pr. m. of the eldest son of Jacob by Leah,
Gen. 29, 32. 37, 21 sq. though deprived
of his birth-right Gen. 49, 3.4; and head
of the tribe of like name. For the loca-
tion of this tribe beyond Jordan, see
Num. 32, 33 sq. Josh. 13, 15 sq.-Patro-
nym. "33"N" (N in otio) Reubenile 1 Chr.
11, 42; collect. Reubeniles Deut. 3, 12.
4, 43. Josh. 1, 12. 12, 6. 22, 1. al.
"Sº inf ſem. Kal of r. HSº, q.v.
*S. selected, chosen, see in r. nº
no. 2. f.
TºS) (raised, high) Reumah, pr. n.
f of a concubine of Nahor, Gen. 22, 24.
R. ps.
nish f. (r. HST) sight, seeing, Ecc. 5.
10 Keri. In Cheth. nºs.
"S. m. a mirror, plate of metal, i. q,
rish? no. 2. Job 37, 18. R. nS).
"S. m. in pause "sº. R. ris).
1. a vision, sight, Gen. 16, 13; for
which see in r. HST no. 1. b.
2. i. q. Fish?, sight, view, 1 Sam. 16
12. Job 33, 21 his flesh is vanished "sho
from the sight.
3. a spectacle, gazing-stock, Trogº-
Östyuo., Nah. 3, 6.
Tºšº (whom Jehovah cares for, r
ris) Reaiah, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 4, 2
for which in 2, 52 Fishri. b) 1 Chr. 5
5. c) Ezra 2, 47. Neh. 7, 50.
Hºsn, see Esh.
fiºsº
, see JiujRºn.
*N*
3 TijSR*,
9
O
p'
n"Snf sight, seeing, Ecc, 5 10 Cheth.
R. ris).
“bsº obsol, root, perh. i. q. ºn ;
hence Hºn.
* PS. to be high Zech. 14, 10; i. q.
bºn, Ens, ºr ,—Hence pr. n. Tºsh,
nins", also
DS. m. Num. 23, 22. Deut. 33, 17,
E"Sº Ps. 92, 11, Dºn Job 39, 9, 10;
Plur. Bºsº Ps. 29, 6. Is, 34,7, also pºn
Ps. 22, 22; a wild and ferocious animal,
bearing a like relation to the ox as the
wild ass does to the domestic one, Job
39, 9. 10. Deut. 33, 17. Is. 34, 7. Ps.
29, 6 (where by calf is parallel with
Bºsn-13); horned and destroying men
with his horns Ps. 22, 22. 92, 11; comp.
Deut. l. c. The species of animal here
meant is somewhat doubtful ; but we
need not hesitate to understand, with A.
Schultens ad Job. l. c. and De Wette on
Ps. 22, 22, the bos bubalus or oriental
buffalo. The corresponding Arabic
G 8.
word indeed, º denotes the oryar, a
large and fierce species of antelope,
Oppian. Cyneget. II.445; and this sense
has therefore been also given to the
Hebrew word by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p.
948 sq. by Rosenmüller, and others.
But whatever may be said, no one will
deny that the buffalo of the east is
much more aptly compared with the ox,
than the antelope could be. The Arabic
usage in this word, therefore, though
similar to the Hebrew, is clearly not
identical ; and in Arabic the larger
antelopes appear to have received the
appellation of buffaloes, just as in Greek
they are called 30tºwāog, 60wówlis, and
just as in Arabic animals of the deer
genus are termed , -3. | 5. | wild
oxen.—Sept. has govdzegos, Vulg. uni-
corn, an animal described by Pliny H. N.
8. 21, which for a long time natural his-
torians, espec. since Buffon, have held to
be fabulous, but which a few years since
was said to have been discovered in the
deserts of Tnibet; see Rosenmülies
Bibl. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 102. Q'aac
werly Review No. 47, Oct. 1820. But
his sense is also inadmissible; since the
unicorn, as described, resembles the
horse much more than it does the ox,
and is in any case an extremely rare
animal; while the ps, as appears from
all the passages, was an animal frequent
and well known in Palestine and the
adjacent regions, just as the buffalo is
known there at the present day; though
prob. at that time not as now domesti-
cated; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p
305, 306.
mos. f. plur. (r. Esh) i. q, nion.
1. high things, heights, trop. sublime
or difficult things, Prov. 24, 7.
2. high-priced or precious things; ac-
cording to the Rabbins red corals, Job
28, 18. Ez. 27, 16.
3. Ramoth, pr. n. of a city: a) In Gi-
lead, Deut. 4, 43. Josh. 20,8. 1 Chr. 6,
65; called also niny, resº nº, q.v.
b) In the tribe of Issachar, 1 Chr. 6, 58
[73]; perh. i, q, nº Josh. 19, 21, and
nºn: 21, 29.
º, nºs) (southern height) Ra-
math-negeb, pr. m. of a city in Simeon
Josh. 19, 8; for which =3; nion 1 Sam,
30, 27, q.v.—Others, 53; nº.
>k tºsh obsol, root, perh. i. q. vºn, to
be moved, shaken ; Arab. U.c) Hºc2):
to tremble, espec. of the head ; whence
ujSº head of any thing, as of a mast or
tree, which is shaken.
tº Sº poor, see in r. ºn.
tºs. m. i. q ºn, poverty, Prov. 6, 11.
30, 8. R. Jºn.
tº Nº Chald. i. q. Heb. ww.", c. suff.
Huysm, plur. Tºsh, TúNº.
1. the head, Dan. 2, 32. 38. 7, 9, 20.
Tºsh ºr visions of thy head, presented
to thy mind or imagination, Dan. 4, 2.7.
10. 7, 15.
2. Trop. the sum, amount, Dan. 7, 1.
Plur. Tºujsh v. 6; c. suff, chu's: Ezra
5, 10. w
I. tº Nº. m. (for ujsh, r. Usº) c. suff.
*N-, plur. Bºuſsº for Bºujśn, once c.
suff *N- Is. 15, 2. a 8.
1. the head, Arab. Jºſ; Chald. EN"
q. v. Syr. Lº, Ethiopſ Chri; Arab.
3S --
denom. U'; to be head, prince, etc —
80%
ujRºn
tº N*
954
Pr. of men and animals, Gen. 3, 15. 28,
18. 40, 16. al. saepiss. So in phrases:
'E ENn-ns nº, see in nº ; UN- yºri,
see in sº; usin sº, see in sº no. 1. b;
ºs- pºhr. to lift up the head Ps. 110, 7,
and with genit. to lift up the head of any
one, to exalt him, Ps. 3, 4. So to return
(fall back) upon one’s own head, i. e.
to be requited, recompensed, Ps. 7, 17.
comp. Joel 4, 4. ‘E UN mà Tn3 to give
(back) upon one’s head, i. e. to recom-
pense, to requite ; e. g. evil Ez. 9, 10.
11, 21. 16, 43. 17, 19. 22, 31.—Meton.
a) Like nº q.v. it is used in enume-
rating espec. soldiers, for one person,
individual, 1 Chr. 12, 23. Judg, 5, 30
nº wish; to the head of a man, i. e. to
one man, each one. The Arabs often
ck.
employ the word U.5 head in like
manner, espec. in enumerating flocks
and herds, see Schult. Opp. min. p. 206.
b) For life, Dan. 1,10. So yºu sº with
our heads, i. e. in jeopardy of our lives,
1 Chr. 12, 19; comp. UE: no. 2. b. See
Iliad 4. 162. ib. 17. 242.
2. Trop. head for what is highest, up-
permost, e.g. a) the top, summit, of a
mountain Gen. 8, 5. Ex. 17, 9, 10. 19, 20.
Am, 1, 2; of a tower Gen. 11, 4; of a
column 1 K. 7, 19; of a throne 10, 19;
of a sceptre Esth. 5, 2; of an ear of
grain Job 24, 24. Eºis UN- the sum-
"mil of the stars, the highest heaven, Job
22, 12. Bºu, Nº EN- the head of the
fat valley, i. e. impending over it, Is.
28, 1.4. HºH tº N- the head of the bed,
where the head lies, Gen. 47, 31. b)
head, i.e. chief, prince of a people or
state, Deut. 1, 15. Judg. 10, 18, 11, 8
UN-B ; pºrº. 1 Sam. 15, 17. 2 Sam.
23, 8, 18. Ps. 18, 44 tº ºn prince of
the nations. Is, 7, 8, 9. al. 5:1, ºn see
in 537. Of a family, a head, chief patri-
arch, as ni-s nº lºs- Ex. 6, 14. Num.
7, 2. 1 Chr. 5, 24. 7, 9.40; also ni-N UN-
.d. Ex. 6, 25. Num. 32,28. 1 Chr. 8, 6. al.
tº riºr to become the head, to be the
victor, Lam. 1, 5; comp. Deut. 28, 44.
'ob 29, 25 ºx- Huis I sat as prince, held
the chief place. So Arab. U” head,
rince. c) head, for the highest place
or rank, the chief; so tºs-r; ſº the high-
priest 2 Chr. 19, 11; also simpl. UN-r
d. 2 Chr. 24, 6. Spec. of a head city,
the metropolis, capital, Josh. 11, 10. Is
7, 8. So Arab. U';" of Mecca. d,
Metaph. of that which is highest, chief
best; as bº "ush the chief spices
most costly, Cant. 4, 14. Ez. 27, 22;
Firºu. UN- the chief joy, highest joy, Ps.
137, 6; tºp ºr UN- the best gifts of
the ancient mountains Deut. 33, 15-
Hence
3. the sum, amount, pr. ‘ the whole
number,’ which is also the highest, Lev,
5, 24, Ps. 119, 160. 139, 17. Hence Niçº
UN n to take the sum, to number, see Nº.
no. 3. c. Trop. a body, band, company,
espec. of soldiers Judg. 7, 16. 20. 9, 34.
37.43. 1 Sam. 11, 11. Job 1, 17. Ps. 140, 10.
4. head, for what is first, foremost, i. e.
the beginning, first part, front ; Deut.
20, 9 ºr UN-4 at the head of the peo-
ple, in front as leaders. Jer. 31, 7. Mic.
2, 13. Am. 6, 7. Is. 2, 2 the mountain
of the Lord's house shall be éstablished
Rºry, ºs-à at the head of the moun-
tains, and shall be higher than the hills,
i. e. it shall be a prince among the moun-
tains. Also Tº usin the head of the
way, where ways branch off. Ez. 16, 25.
21, 24. nishr, ENn the head of the
streets, corner, id. Lam. 2, 19. Is. 51, 20.
Hence we may explain the phrase Hyºns
Bºush four heads of rivers, i. e. four
streams into which the river divided
itselſ, Engl. branches, Gen. 2, 10. Sept.
and Gr. Venet. &Qzal. Comp. Lat. ca-
put, Engl. head, for source, fountain.—
Ecc. 3, 11 the works of God is ºn?
Fib from the beginning to the end, from
first to last. Also Ps. 118, 22 nge ºN-
the head of the corner, Gr. x8q,w}) tiſs
yovlog Matt. 21, 42, i. e. the ſoremost or
chief corner-stone, the leader as it were
of all, i. q. Aibos &x90/outſios 1 Pet. 2
6 comp. Is. 28, 16. It is made a ques-
tion, whether this chief corner-stone is
the highest, forming the top or coping
of the corner; or the lowest, which
forms the foundation of the building,
The latter seems preferable; for ujRºn
here refers not to the highest place, but
to the head or point where two walls
meet.—Oſten of time, as nºr ºx- the
beginning of the year Ez. 40, 1; 1NT
Bºr, the beginning qf months, the
first of the year, Ex. 12, 2, Judg. 7, 13
UN”
UjSºn
95
J º
*Nºnº from the beginning, Is. 40, 21.41,
26. 48, 16. Syr. -->}; sº id—Prov. 8,
26 ºr nines wish the first clod of the
earth, i. e. first created.
5. ENT, once for distinction uji" Deut.
32, 32, is the name of a poisonous plant
Deut. 29, 17, growing quickly and luxu-
tlantly Hos. 10, 4, of a bitter taste Ps. 69,
22. Lam. 3, 5, and therefore coupled with
wormwood Deut. 29, 17. Lam. 3, 19.
Hence it would seem to be, not the hem-
ww.k, cicula, with Celsius in Hierob. II.
46 sq. nor the colocynth or wild gourd
with QEdmann, Verm. Samml. IV. p. 63;
nor lolium, darnel, Michaelis Supplem.
p. 2220; but the poppy, so called from its
heads, Livy 1.54. Thus tº "º juice
of the poppy, poppy-juice, Jer. 8, 14. 9,
14, 23, 15. Hence for poison genr. Deut.
32, 32; even of serpents v. 33. Job 20,
16–Uhald. Thºr ºn the poison of ser-
pents, Targ. Ps. 69, 22. Lam. 3, 19.
Denom. Huish—nºujs), jitº, Huºsº,
nius"?, and pr. n. Huìsh?.
II. tº ST Rosh, pr. n. of a northern
nation mentioned along with Tubal and
Meshech, Ex. 38, 2.3. 39, 1. Prob. i. q.
the Russians, who are described by the
Byzantine writers of the tenth century,
under the name oi Paſs, as inhabiting
the northern parts of Taurus; and also
by Ibn Foszlan, an Arabian writer of
the same period, under the name U”2
Rús, as dwelling upon the river Wolgá.
See Ibn Foszlan's Bericht öber die Rus-
sen älterer Zeit, von Frähn, Petersb.
823, espec. p. 28 sq. Comp. Von Ham-
is er Origines Russes, Petersb. 1827, who
*.
also here compares the nation U.), men-
tioned in the Korán, Sur. 25, 40. 50, 12.
Tºsh f (denom. from ºs-, by Syri-
asm for nºns") beginning, plur. c. suff
=="núsh Ez. 36, 11.
mºn f (from wºn) beginning, first
part, front ; hence Huysmº Tºsº. Zech.
à, 7, by appos. the stone ihe beginning,
i. e. the first corner-stone ... q. Tº UN";
see in UST no. 4. -
Timºsh m. adj. (from us"; by Syr.
asm for jiu-sh, which is ſound in Cheth
Josh. 21, 10. Job 15, 7,) once jiujºn Job
8,6; fem. nºsº; plur. Rºus", nijūsh
1. Pr. head, highest, chief; Syr liº
head-men, magistrates. Yet this pri-
mary signif. is ſound only in the later
Hebrew in imitation of the Syriac; as
tº Nº. 5"º chief princes Dan. 10, 13,
1 Chr. 18, 17. Fem. HjöNº adv. in
the chief place, highest rank, Esth. 1,
14.
2, first, i. e. a) In place and order,
the first, foremost, Gen. 32, 18. Hence
njūsh adv. in the first place or rank, in
front, foremost, Gen, 32, 2; Tºshi, id.
Is. 60,9. b) More freq. of time, the first,
former, earliest; Yiu)x^r tºnſ, the first
month Ex. 40, 2. 17. Ezra 7, 9; ellipt.
liusº in the first month Gen. 8, 13.
Num. 9, 5. Ez. 45, 18. 21. ‘nri Din the
first day Ex. 12, 15. 16; ETS jius", the
first man Job 15, 7; Tibshri Täs thy
first father Is. 43, 27. Plur. Dºxºr.
the first, the former, 2 K. 1, 14. 2 Sam.
21, 9.—In antithesis: 0.) With ordinals
following, as second, third, seventh, Gen.
32, 18. Ex. 12, 15. 16. Dan. S, 21. 2 Chr.
29, 3. 6) With the last, Jinrist, Ex. 4,
8. Tinns, jibsº the first and the last, of
God Is. 44, 6.48, 12. y) With the later,
following, posterior; e. g. the first or
former husband Deut. 24, 4; former
time, at first, Is. 8, 23 [9, 1]. Plur. first
and later acts, 2 Chr. 9, 29, 16, 11. 20, 34,
Ö) Often the first, former, earlier, as opp.
to the present time; e.g. a former king
Num. 21, 26; the first temple Ezra 3, 12.
Hagg. 2, 3, 9; the former manner Gen.
40, 13, etc. Plur. E":üsºr, the first ta
bles Ex. 34, 1; the former governors
Neh. 5, 15; former kindnesses Ps. 89,
50, comp. Is. 65, 7; former days or time
Deut. 4, 32. 10, 10. Bºsn Cºsº; for-
mer prophets Zech. 1, 4, 7, 7.12. Absol
Dºsº ancients, ancestors, Lev. 26, 45
Deut. 19, 14. Ps. 79, 8. Is. 61, 4 riº
tº Nº, the ruins of the ancients, which
have lain desolate from former days. Plur
fem. nihüsºr; the former things, events
long passed, ls. 43, 18. 46, 9; also long
since predicted Is. 42, 9, 43,9. 48, 3. 8)
Spoken of the time which is yet first to
come, opp. to a more remote future
time. Joel 2, 23 jius-3 in the first time,
i.e., immediately, presently ; comp. Engl.
“at the first moment.’ See also ryūshū
| Zech. 12, 7, below in C. a.
ºr Nºn
--
956
FEM. nºsº A) Adj. ſem. first, for-
mer Jer, 16, 18. Plur. nºs" former
things Is. 65, 17.
B) Adv. a) in the highest place, see
above in no. 1. b) in front, foremost,
see no. 2. a. c.) Of time, first, earliest,
Gen. 38, 28. Num. 2, 9. 1 K. 18, 25; at
first, the first time, Dan. 11, 29.
C) With prefixes: a) riºsº, spo-
ken of place and order Is. 60, 9; see
above in no. 2 a.—Of time, first, before
something else, 2 Sam. 20, 18. 1 K. 17,
13. Zech. 12, 7; and so of pers, first, be-
ſore others in time, Num. 10, 13. 14.
Deut. 13, 10. 17, 7. 1 Chr. 11, 6. Neh. 7,
5. Also at first, formerly, beforetime, 2
Sam. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17, 9. Is. 1, 26. Jer.
7, 12. Prov. 20, 21. al. So for the first
time, the former time, Gen. 13, 4 (comp.
12, 8). Josh. 8, 5. 6. Judg. 20, 32. 1 K.
20, 9–nºsº as at the first, as for-
merly, Is, 1, 26; Hºbsº, contr. for
Husha-nzh, 1 Chr. 15, 13.
b) Hºshi as at the first, as formerly,
Deut. 9, 18. Dan. 11, 29. *
c) Hºsº at first, formerly, i. q.
rºsº, Gen. 28, 19. Judg. 18, 29.
Plur. nisiºs"), see above in no. 2, b. 6.
ºts" adj. (from tº N-) ſem. nºsh,
first, i. q. Tits", Jer, 25, 1.
ninjsh, see nibsºn.
'nºs: f once ºn tº Deut. 11, 12;
denom. from UNT ; pr. abstr. ‘the being
head;’ hence concr.
1. the topmost, the highest; trop, the
chief, best, most earcellent ; as nºujs.
tº the most precious ointments Am.
6, 6. tºian nºvs: the chief of the na-
tions Am. 6, 1. Num. 24, 20. Dan. 11, 41
the chief of the children of Ammon, their
princes; also 1 Sam. 15, 21. Jer. 49, 35.
Ps. 111, 10. Prov. 1, 7. Job 40, 19 the
chief of the ways of God, his most won-
derful work, sc. the hippopotamus.
2. beginning, comp. ÚNT no. 4. Syr.
tà.A.; –E. g. the beginning, as opp.
to the end, nºnris, Ecc. 7, 8; of strife
Prov. 17, 14; of a reign Jer. 26, 1. 28, 1.
49, 34; of sin for concr: the beginner,
author, Mic. 1, 13, in:hº " the begin-
wing of his (Nimrod's) kingdom, the
erritory of which it was at first com-
posed, Gen. 10, 10. Hos. 9, 10 as the
early fig in the fig-tree Firºshi in it,
beginning, i. e. when the tree first begins
to bear.—Absol. of the begimming bf al
things, Gen. 1, 1 ; comp. 8v &QXi John 1
1. Gr. §§ &gzīs Hes. Theog. 45; Lat. a
principio Cic. Nat. Deor. 1, 12.
3. former time, times of old, opp.
nºnris, Is. 46, 10. Also first state, for-
mer condition, Job 8, 7.42, 12.
4. Concr: the first in its kind, first-
fruits, firstlings; often of the first pro-
ducts of the harvest Lev. 23, 10. Deut.
18, 4; or of ſruits 26, 10; of wool 18, 4;
or generally Prov. 3, 9. These were of.
fered to Jehovah, and hence nºtism anp
an oblation of the first fruits Lev. 2, 12.
But bºx: nºsº is the first of the first
fruits Ex. 23, 19. 34, 26. Ez. 44, 30.
Tis nuish the firstling of one's strength,
poet. for the first-born, Gen. 49, 3. Deut.
21, 17. Ps. 78, 51. 105, 36, izni - the
firstling of his way, the first created of
God, i. e. the hypostatic wisdom, Prov.
8, 22; comp. 60xh tiſs ztiosos toū 9 soil
Rev. 3, 14. Of Gad, Deut. 33, 21 Nº
is nºujs, he chose for himself the first-
fruits of the land, i. e. the first portion
of which the Israelites took possession.
57 m. adj. in pause ºn, plur. Bºn;
fem. Tºn, constr. nan, with Yod parag.
*nzº Lam. 1, 1, plur. nian. R. =3).
1. mullus, i. e. either as one continuous
whole, Engl. much, as ºn Ery much gold
1 K. 10, 2. Ps. 19, 11. Gen. 24, 25. Deut.
28, 38; or as a collective whole which
contains many parts or individuals, Engl.
many, numerous, as En Dy much or many
people i.e. numerous, Josh. 17, 14; ºn this
many men Job 36, 28 (here of Tolloi),
Han Hºly a numerous family Gen. 26,
14; an Hypº numerous flocks and herds
much callle, Num, 32, 1. Josh. 11, 4.
Hence c. plur. Dºn Dº; many days, a
long time, Gen. 21, 34; Dºn Evºy many
nations Ps, 89,51. With genit. Hºar ºn
a man of much (great) understanding
Prov. 14, 29; tº ran a woman having
many children 1 Sam. 2, 5; with Yod
parag. By "nºn numerous in people, full
of people, i. e. a city, Lam. 1, 1. Oſten
as neut. En much, i.e. colle it. many Ex.
19, 21 an ºgº be; and there fall (perish
of them much people, many. 1 San.
14, 6. Gen. 33, 9; hence adverbially
**
{ -,-,-]
95
*
even with subst, plur. Ps. 18, 15-hºp":
and lightming's much, i. e. many, in great
number. Ecc. 6, 3 Yºu wº hºnºu, an
although the days of his years be much,
many. Often i. q. enough, it is enough,
Gen. 45, 28. Ps. 123, 3; chiefly in the
formula (comp. ºx2) Hºy En enough
now ! i. e. desist! 2 Sam. 24, 16. 1 K. 19,
4; more fully Thran Deut. 3,26, cº-an
Ez. 45,9. Num. 16, 3, enough for thee,
for you, let it suffice thee, etc. With infin.
Deut. 1,6 nau; cº-an ye have dwelt long
enough. 2, 3; before 12, Ez. 44, 6 53%-an
b=^nayin-b^2 enough for you of all
your abominations ! i. e. desist from
them. 1 K. 12, 28. Ex. 9, 28.-Also fem.
Hºn is often put adverbially for much,
enough, Ps. 62, 3. 89, 8; oftener in the
constr. nan id. Ps. 65, 10. 120, 6, 123, 4,
129, 1. 2 Chr. 30, 18. So Syr. Nº
often.
2. large, great, vast, comp. Tolúg in
Passow no. 1. b ; spoken of a vast space
Gen. 7, 11. Esth. 1, 20; of a long way,
tožňň Öóóg 1 K. 19, 7; of a great battle
and slaughter 2 Chr. 13, 17. Num. 11,
33; of heinous sin Ps. 19, 14 ; of the
multiplied goodness and mercy of God
Ps. 31, 20; of diligent attention (comp.
tožňh otyń) Is. 21, 7. Spec. a) i. q.
mighty, powerful, Ps. 48, 3. Is. 63, 1.
Plur. Onan the mighty Job 35, 9, Is. 53,
12. b) major natu, elder, Gen. 25, 23.
Plur. Dºn great in age, the aged, Job
32, 9, c) Subst, a great man, chief, a
leader, i. q. hig, chiefly in the later He-
brew, e. g. Eºrizº ºn chief of the body-
guard 2 K. 25, 8; tı"oºq ºn chief of
!he eunuchs Dan. 1, 3, Esth. 1, 8. Neut.
abstr. greatmess, Ps. 145,7. Is. 63, 7. d)
Subst: a master, one great or skilled in
any art, Prov. 26, 10; comp, the Tal-
mudic nº doctor, teacher, learned man.
Syr. --5. 125, id. A rab. º; lord, mas-
ter, owner.
3. In Job 16, 13 ** is rendered by
*ll the ancient versions his (God’s) ar-
ows, from any no. 2. Others, his a h-
.rs. We may however well retain the
ense, his many hosts, warriors.
Hº Chald. m. emphat. Nºn; fem.
Emph. Nºrºn; plur. redupl. Tanah, fem.
Fºn, emph, sººnin.
1. Adj. great, Dan. 2, 10. 31. 35. 7, 2.
Plur. 2, 48 3, 33, 7, 3 sq. ºn b%2 to
speak great things i. e. to speak proud-
ly, impiously, Dan. 7, 8, 20; comp, hi";
no. 2.
2. Subst, a chief, leader, prince, Dan.
2, 14. 48. 4, 6.
27, see in r. nºn.
PT), see subst. 5*.
55 m. (r. 537) also in the later books
fully PTT. Job 35,9. Esth. 10,3; c.Makk.
"an, c. suff, Paº; multitude, abundance;
with plur. Dºº an multitude of years
Lev. 25, 16. Is. 1, 11 ; with sing. collect.
tº-ºn" tº an Gen. 27, 28. Ps. 49, 7. Is.
37, 24. Often also where in Engl. abun-
dance, greatness, much, as Figar-Hº
much wisdom Ecc. 1, 18; Bibº an Ps.
37, 11. 72,7; in- an Is, 63. 1; Tºri an
the greatness of the way, the long journey,
Josh. 9, 13. Is. 57, 10. Adv. 5* in mul-
titude, abundamtly, 1 Chr. 12, 40. 22, 3.4.
Gen. 48, 16 ; often also in comparison
with things implying a vast multitude, as
with the stars, 5* Bººn ºi=3 sºn
Deut. 1, 10. 10, 22. 28, 62; so with the
sand on the sea-shore Josh. 11, 4, 1 Sann.
13, 5. 2 Sam. 17, 11; with locusts Judg.
6, 5. Also anºn from (for) multitude,
Gen. 16, 10. 32, 13. 1 K. 8, 5.—Poet. nºn
is put for a whole multitude, and so
hardly differs from 55, as Job 4, 14
which made all (nºn) my bones to shake.
33, 21; comp. Jer, 23, 9 and Schult. ad
Jobl. c.—Plur, constr. "a". Hos. 8, 12 Keri.
>k BE) 1. to become much or many,
to multiply, Gen. 6, 1; to be much or
many, to be multiplied, manifold, 1 Sam.
25, 10. Ps. 3, 2. 69, 5, 104, 24. Is. 59, 12.
al. saepe. Found only in pret. Ash, and
once inf an Gen. 6, 1; the other forms are
taken from the kindred root nº.—Arab.
º, to be great, mighty; also to in-
crease, multiply, Syr, and Chald. Palp.
--52; for •===5 to magnify. g
2. Mid. O, praet. Many Gen. 49, 23,
according to Kimchi and Gr. Venet.
prob. to shoot, i. e. they have shot ; the
signif being drawn from the multitude
9 ... .
»f arrows, comp. E">"an ; also **)
mul:”ude of arrows, Cam. Hence some
---
FT--
958
lerive ºn no. 3, an arrow. But hanj
can also be referred to the subst. En by
a slight change of vowels: they provok-
ed him with their multitude, etc.—Some
refer hither also Ps. 18, 15 an Eºpº he
shot out lightnings, but see in Hºn no. 1.
PUAL, denom. from nººn, part. plur.
nia:Nº multiplied by myriads, by ten
thousands, Ps. 144, 13.
Deriv. ºn, Han, an, Hººn, inn, nian,
t"="E", and the pr. names nºn, ripujºn,
by-ºn-
e
v wry
Tº f. (r. 5-7) a myriad, ten thou-
sand, Lev. 26, 8. Deut. 32, 30. Judg. 20,
10; often for any great indefinite num-
ber Gen. 24, 60. Cant. 5, 10. Ps. 91, 7.
Ez. 16, 7, Plur, ni---, constr. ni-in
and ni-an, ten thousands 1 Sam. 18, 7.
8; often for any great and indefinite
number, Ps. 3, 7. Deut. 33, 2. 17.
Tºm Chald. f. ten thousand, whence
plur. Tº Dan. 7, 10 Keri. See in Chald.
Yan.
---> I. i. q, "E", to spread a bed,
sternere lectum, Prov. 7, 16. Hence
Bºnº, Beth without Dag.
II. i. q. Arab. laº) to bind, whence
*** collar.
“Hz: plur. *-* ; fut. Han", apoc.
sº and anº; imp. Hº, plur. Han; part.
H: h. Praet. and inf. are formed from
53. Q. v.
1. to become much or many, to multi-
ply, to increase, Gen. 7, 17. 18. Ex. 1,
10. 12. 20. Deut. 8, 1. Ezra 9, 6. al.
Often coupled with nº, e.g. Gen. 1, 22
*-* Anº be fruitful and multiply. v. 28.
8, 17. 9, 1.7. 47, 27. Jer. 3, 16. Ez. 36, 11.
With dat. Deut. 8, 13. Prov. 4, 10.—
Hence to be multiplied, many, numerous,
1 Chr. 5, 9, 23. Ps. 16, 4, 139, 18.
2. to become great, to increase, Deut.
*0, 16. Hence to grow up, Job 27, 14.
39, 4, Ez. 16, 7. Gen. 21, 20 nº "nº
nºp and he grew up an archer.—Also
to be great Gen. 43, 34; of a way, to be
long, Deut. 14, 24, 19, 6; comp. in 5*
and an no. 2. Trop. of God, to be pow-
rful, mighly, Job 33, 12; to be great,
ubundant, of wealth Ps. 49, 17; of wis-
jom 1 K. 5, 10 [4, 30]..—Chald, id. see
: elow. Syr. 25 to increase in number
and magnitude. Pa, to bring up.
PIEL ºn, imp. Hàn 1. tº multiply
to increase, trans. c. acc. Judg. 9, 29
Absol. to make much, i. e. to get much
to increase one's substance, comp. Hiph.
no. 1. a, and nº no. 2. a. Ps. 44, 13
Brºn"nº rºan sº thou hast not made
much by their price, i. e. thou hast sold
them for a small price; or, thou hast not
increased thy wealth, comp. Prov. 22, 16.
2. to let grow up, to bring up, Ez. 19, 2.
Lam. 2, 22. Syr. 225, Arab. sº id.
HipH. Hºhn, ſut. Hanº, apoc. - ...;
imp. apoc. ann; inſ abs. nann and
Tºri (the latter always adverbially),
COnStr. nann º
1. to make or do much, to multiply, to
increase any thing, c. acc. Gen. 3, 16.
16, 10. Ex. 7, 3. Deut. 1, 10. Judg. 16,
24. Is. 9, 2. Jer. 46, 11. al. rarely c. :
Hos. 10, 1. Followed by h with the
infin. of a verb, it often expresses the
adverbial idea much, greatly ; e. g.
bash Hänni, q, to devour much 2 Sam
18, 8; bºrn; nºr to pray much
1 Sam. 1, 12 ; Ps. 78, 38. 2 K. 21, 6.
2 Chr. 36, 14. Ezra 10, 13. Is. 55, 7,
Also too much Ex. 36, 5; and so before
a finite verb 1 Sam. 2, 3. Ps. 51, 4.—Put
likewise : a) With acc. of thing and
dat. of pers. to multiply to any one, Hos.
2, 10 [8]; and so with dat. impl. Ex.
30, 15. But is " Hann reflex. to multi-
ply to oneself, i. e. to get or take much
or many, Deut. 17, 16. 17. Jer. 2, 22.
b) With acc. i. q, to have much or many,
see Heb. Gr. § 52. 2. Lev. 11, 42 nanº
Bºx" having many feet. Job 29, 18 I
multiply days as the sand, i. e. my days
are many as the sand. Nah. 3, 16. 1 Chr.
7, 4. 8, 40. 23, 11 ; acc. om. 1 Chr. 4,
27, c) With by , to make i. e. to im-
pose much upon any one, for the fuller
by bºth Hänn, Gen. 34, 12.—INFIN.
Absol. Hanri, rarely niaºri Am. 4, 9.
Prov. 25, 27, pr. in making or doing
much, always as Adv. aa) much, great-
ly, like Bººrſ well; coupled : a) With
a verb, as Hänn Tay to serve much, dili-
gently, 2 K. 10, 18; 78% Hanri Hº tº
err very greatly 1 Sam. 26, 21. Ecc. 7
17. 6) With a subst, plur. e. g. bºs
rizºn i, q. many words Ecc. 5, 6 [7]
nann tºº many books 12, 12. 1 K, 16
11; also with sing, mostly collect. 2 Sam
Ha-
y-lºn
959
:2, 2 "Sº Hahn ºp;" |Nx. 8, 8. 2 Chr.
32, 27. 14, 12. Gen. 41, 49. As predi-
cate Gen. 15, 1. Rarely put before the
subst. Ecc. 1, 16; and so separated from
it, Ps. 130, 7. y) Absol. 2 Sam. 1, 4
Pyr. Tº BE; nºr much (many) of the
people are fallen ; comp. Oyº. 2 Chr.
25,9. Ecc. 5, 11. So Hahnhid, 2 Chr. 16,
8. Neh. 5, 8. bb) too much, Ecc. 7, 16.
2. to make great, to enlarge, Ps. 18, 36.
1 Chr. 4, 10. Job 34, 37 he makelh large
his words against God, i. e. he talks
largely, impiously; see in an Chald.
Deriv. Hans, Hàng, rºº, nº?,
nºn, nºr.
Tºm Chald. to become great, to grow,
as a tree Dan. 4, 8, 19.
PA. to make great, to eacall, Dan. 2,48.
Deriv. Han.
Tº 1. Adj. fem. ofan, much, many;
see in nºn. -
2. Subst, pr: a great city, metropolis,
Syr. ſº-3, and then pr. n. Rabbah.
a) The capital of the Ammonites,
2 Sam. 11, 1. 12, 27. Josh, 13, 25. 1 Chr.
20, 1. Jer. 49, 3, (not Ps. 110, 6,) fully
Tias ºn ran Deut. 3, 11. Gr. Poffo. 94-
povo, Polyb. 5. 7. 4; usually Philadel-
phia ; in Abulfeda and at the present
9 : G -.
day Jºe 'Amman, Tab. Syriae p. 91.
See an account of its ruins by Seetzen in
Zach’s monatl. Corresp. XVIII. p. 429;
Burckhardt Travels in Syria, p. 356 sq.
b) A city in the tribe of Judah, Josh.
15, 60.
"a") f. (for nian q. v. n being dropped,
Syr, $25) Jon. 4, 11. 1 Chr. 29,7; also
Nian with s added (Heb. Gr. § 23. 2. n.
3) Ezra 2, 64. Neh. 7, 66; a myriad,
ten thousand, i. q. Hºn, but ſound only
in the ater writers. Dual Pºnian (from
nian) twice ten thousand Ps. 68, 18.
Plur. also nišº Dan. 11, 12, contr. nºsa",
Ezra 2, 69.
Tan Chald, ſem. plur. Tº like Syr.
&=3 (Keri Hàn) id. Tºnian a myriad
of myriads, ten thousand times ten thou-
sand, Dan. 7, 10.
ºn Chald. f. (r. Han) emphat. spººn,
greatness, majesty, Dan. 4, 19, 33 [22.36].
5, 18. 7, 27.
ma") f. (r. any) a myriad, ten thou.
sand; Neh. 7, 71 nian "nº twice ten
thousand.—Hence ian by dropping n.
bº m. plur, (r. 537) rain, a shower
from the multitude of drops, Deut. 32, 2.
Ps. 65, 11. 72, 6. Jer. 3, 3. 14, 22. Mic.
9 *.
5, 6. Arab. **) aqua copiosa.
Tº m. (r. Tº II) a collar, chain
for the neck, Ez. 16, 11. Gen. 41, 42.
"y":") ord, adj. (fl. card, san, vans,
ſour) plur. Bºy"an ; fem. nºn- and
nyºn; fourth, Gen. 1, 19, 2, 14. 15, 16.
al. saep. Ellipt, the fourth (day) of the
month 1 K. 27, 7; the fourth month Ez.
1, 1. Zech. 8, 19, Rºx"an ºil children
of the fourth generation, i. e. the children
of great-grandchildren, 2 K. 10, 30. 15,
12–Fem. nººn ellipt, a fourth, the
fourth part, Ex. 29, 40. Lev. 23, 13.
Num. 15, 5. al.
"y"Hº Chald. m. emphat, sººn, Keri
nssºn, id. fourth, Dan. 2, 40. 7, 23.
Fem. emphat, sººn id. Dan. 7, 19.23.
nº (multitude, r. 537) Rabbith, pr.
m. of a city in Issachar, Josh. 19, 20.
>k Tº to mingle, to dip into a fluid,
e.g. bread in oil ; only HoPH. Part. f.
rzanº Lev. 6, 14, 7, 12. 1 Chr. 23, 29.
Arab. es) id.
“San obsol. root, Arab. Jº to be
much, fertile, abundant.—Hence
Tºn (ſertility) Riblah, pr: n, of a
town in the northern borders of Pales-
time, in the district of Hamath, through
which the Babylonians both in their
irruptions and departures were accus-
tomed to pass. Traces of it are extant
in the place Ribleh & Cº, situated some
30 or 40 miles south of Hamath on the
Orontes; see Biblioth. Sac. 1847, p. 404,
408. Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 461.
App. p. 176.—Num. 34, 11. 2 K, 23, 33.
25, 6. Jer. 39, 5. 52, 10. -
>k
yan obsol. card. four ; hence sans
with N prosthetic ; denom. Sº II; also
sº sºn, sºn, "sna).
* I. yan 1. i. q, yº), to couch, tº
lie down, 9 and x being interchanged
see sº I.
yºn
=}".
960
2. to couch down to, to lie with, with
acc. spoken of bestiality Lev. 18, 23.
20, 16–Arab. £) IV, id. of men. Chald.
and Talm. id. often of bestiality.
HipH. to cause to cover, to let gender,
of beasts Lev. 19, 19.
II. 23) denom. verb from obsol. san
i. q >3's ſour; Part, pass, sº quad-
rated, i. e. four-square, Ex. 27, 1. 28,
16. 30, 2, 37, 25. 38, 1. 1 K. 7, 5. Ez.
41, 21.
Pual Part, say: id. 1 K. 7,31. Ez. 40,
47. 45, 2. Arab. id.
I. 231 m. c. suff, ***, a lying down,
Ps. 139, 3. R. vºn I.
II. 95 m. from van, vans, four.
1. a fourth part, i. q. San, Ex. 29, 40.
1 Sam. 9, 8.—Hence
2. a side, i.e. one of four sides, Ez.
43, 16. 17; comp. 1, 17.
3. Reba, pr. m. of a king of the Midi-
anites, Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21.
95% m. (from san) a fourth, fourth
part, 2 K. 6, 25. Num, 23, 10 who can
number even the fourth part of Israel ?
Comp. to tétogtow tº yie, to 191tow tiſs
yìg, Rev. 6, 8, 8, 7. Arab. *; id. Syr.
£235 quadrans—The Heb intpp. ren-
der it concubitus, seesa I. 2; and hence
offspring.
337 m. (from sen) only in pl. Bºsan,
descendants of the fourth generation, i. e.
children of great-grandchildren, Ex. 20,
5. 34, 7. Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9.
× y: ſut. Yahº, to couch, to lie down,
pr. of quadrupeds which lie upon the
breast with the limbs gathered under
them ; spoken of flocks and herds Gen.
29, 2. Is. 11, 7. 17, 2, Zeph. 2, 14.
Ez. 34, 14; of wild beasts Gen. 49, 9.
14. Is. 11, 6. Ps. 104, 22. Ez. 19, 2; of
the ass Ex. 23, 5. Num. 22, 27; also of a
dragon lying in the water Ez. 29, 3; of a
bird brooding upon her nest Deut. 22, 6.
Arab, Laº) id.—Spec. a) Of a beast of
prey lying in wait, to crouch, Arab. UdºX
d. Uāl; the lier-in-wait, lurker, poet.
“or the lion. Gen. 4, 7 if thou doest not
well (but givest way to secret hate)
yah nsºr rinº sin coucheth (lurk-
eth) at thy aloor, i.e. sin l'eth in wai”
for thee as a wild beast crouching a
thy door. Here Yah is put substan
tively and énticoivors, not agreeing in
gender with TNºn, comp. Heb. Gr,
§ 144. note 2. For the sense comp. Ps,
37, 8, 1 Pet. 5, 8, b) Trop. of men
dwelling in tranquil security Gen. 49
14. Job 11, 19. Is. 14, 30. Zeph. 3, 13;
of waters reposing in the bosom of the
earth Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; of a
curse which rests upon any one Deut.
29, 19.
HIPH. 1. to cause to lie down, e. g. a
flock Jer. 33, 12. Cant. 1, 7. Is. 13, 20;
persons Ps. 23, 2. Ez. 34, 15.
2. to lay stones in cement, Is. 54, 11.
Deriv. Yah?, and
Yºº m. c. suff, "ºn. 1. a couching-
place, resting-place, of flocks, etc. Is. 35
7. 65, 10. Jer. 50, 6.
2. resting-place, quiet dwelling, of
Go-
men, Prov. 24, 15.-Arab. &2 resting-
place, any dwelling.
>k pº obsol. root, Arab. Q3-?) to tie
firmly, to fasten, espec. an animal, cattle.
—Hence panº, and
"Pºº (a cord with a noose, not un
aptly of a maiden who ensnares by her
beauty.) Rebekah, the wife of Isaac,
Gen. 22, 23. 24, 15 sq. 25, 20. al. Sept.
‘Pećazo. Rebecca. -
jºn, see art. an Chald.
737); Chald. m. only in plur. Tººl,
magnates, nobles, princes, Dan. 4, 33. 5.
1 sq. 6, 18. Freq. in Targg. R. 53.
nPººh (Aram. i** -23 chief cup-
bearer) Rabshakeh, pr. n. of a military
chief under Sennacherib, 2 K. 18, 17. 19.
26. 28.37. 19, 4.8. Is. 36, 2.4. 12. 13. 22.
37, 4.8. R. ºn and nº.
Fºn see in ºn no. 1, fin.
3f. E. obsol. root, kindr. with tºº, to
heap together stones, to throw stones
perh, also lumps, clods, etc. Hence pr
n. Häns, also
=}| m. plur. Bºn, constr. "5x", a
clod, lump of earth. Job 21, 33 sweet
wnto him are the clods of the valley, i.e
the earth is light upon him. 38, 3?
73-
by-
961
pay tº and (if) the 'ods leave
fast together.
+ T 3. fut. Anº, to be moved, disturbed,
!o be thrown into commotion, 2 Sam. 7, 10.
1 Chr. 17, 9; with h of cause Is. 14, 9–
The same signification is ſound under
various tropical forms in the primary syl-
lables an, sn, and also Fin; comp. 93),
13, ºn ; arº, Prº ; and see below un-
der 92). It corresponds to the Sanscr.
rag to move oneself, to go, and trop.
raga Gr. 69/hanger, grief ºffgow (giyo),
Germ. regen, Engl. to rage, and with
another letter prefixed frango (fregi,
fragor), krachen, etc. To the root 727,
of which the last letter is a sibilant,
approach nearest the roots tº, usin,
where see.—Spec.
1. to be moved with anger, to be angry,
to oth, Prov. 29,9. Is. 28, 21; with , to-
wards or against any one, Ez. 16, 43.
Comp. Hithp. Syr. Hº id.
2. to be moved with grief to be grieved,
affected, 2 Sam. 18, 33 [19, 1].
3, to be moved with fear, to tremble, to
quake, Arab. Cº-y. Gen. 45,24 be ye
not timid by the way ; but Sept. and
Vulg. against the context, ui égyišso 3s,
me irascimini. 1 Sam. 14, 15. Ps. 4, 5.
Is. 32, 10. 11. Joel 2, 1. Hab. 3, 16; with
"º before, because of any person or
thing, Deut. 2, 25. Is. 64, 1 [2]. Also
of things, Joel 2, 10. Is. 5, 25. Ps. 18, 8.
Mic. 7, 17 Brºnhabºº ºn they tremble
from their strongholds, i.e. they come
out trembling from their strongholds
and surrender to the victors.
4. to be moved with joy, to rejoice, Jer.
33, 9.
HipH. 1. to move, to disquiet, c. acc.
I Sam. 28, 15; c. : Jer. 50, 34.
2. to provoke to anger, Job 12, 6.
3. to make tremble, to shake, for fear,
ls. 14, 16. 23, 11; of things 13, 13;
praegn. Job 9, 6.
HITHP. to rage, to rave, with BS against
any one, Is. 37,28. 29. 2 K. 19, 27. 28.
Deriv. ºn , T: , Hy), ºns.
73'ſ Chald. to be angry APH. to pro-
voke to anger, Ezra 5, 12
737) Chald. m. anger, rage, Dan. 3, 3.
Tân m. adj. trembling palpitating,
Deut. 28, 65. R. T. n.) 3. 81
Tº m. (r. 737) c. suff, in pause ºn
commotion ; hence
1. restlessness, turmoil, tumult, Job 3
17; of a horse Job 39, 24; noise, of
thunder Job 37.2. Arab. , and
of thunder. *}=) U**)
2. disquiet, trouble, Job 3, 26. 14, 1.
Is. 14, 3.
3. anger, wrath, Hab. 3, 2.
Tº f. trembling, trepidation, Ez. 13,
18. R. 13.
>it $35 to tread, to walk, to go ; kindr
is bay. The idea of moving lies also in
Sanscr. rag to go; see in 737 –Spec.
1. to go about tattling and tale-bear
ing; hence to slander, to backbile, Ps
15, 3. - -
2. to tread garments in washing,
cleansing; hence ºn a washer, fuller.
See the pr. names by h Ty and 5-ºxºh.
PIEL i. q. Kal, to go about, i. e. a.) As
a slanderer, to slander, only 2 Sam. 19,
28, c. 4 pers. b) For the sake of re-
connoitering, to search, to spy out, c.
acc. Josh. 14, 7. Judg. 18, 2. 14. 17. 2
Sam. 10, 3, al. Part ºn? a scout, spy,
Gen. 42, 9 sq. Josh. 6, 22. 1 Sam. 26, 4. al.,
TipH. Pyºr, i. q. Syrº- to teach
to walk, e. g. a child, to lead by the
hand, Hos. 11, 3.
Deriv. 93) (ºn), niºn?, by h, pr. n.
sºn. & -
ºn f in pause by, c. suff, *::; dual
(also of more than two Lev. 11, 23. 42)
Dºn , constr. *ºn, comm. gend. (m.
Prov. 1, 16. 7, 11. Jer, 13, 16); plur.
tº £ in signif. 2.
1. the foot of men and beasts, Ez. 1,
7. 29, 11. Arab. Jºy Syr. ii. 3, id.--
so ºn tº iºn? from his head even
to his feet Lev. 13, 12, and tº bºn F3%
"pºr from the sole of the foot even to the
crown of the head Deut. 28, 35. Is. 1, 6.
Job 2, 7; comp. Gr. eig Tróðws éx zepulis
Hom. Il. 18, 353; & Troööv sis xspaljiv
Arist. For by n sass toe of the fool, see
in vass; for ºn in a see in T; ; for
tº ºntº see in Enû ; for ºn H2
see in n:; for bºx- **** wrime, see in
tº b. So tº:- -su: the hair of the feet,
i.e. of the pudenda, Is. 7, 20; but Bºn
is not put by euphemism for pudenda, as
by-
962 Dºn
some suppose, in Ex. 4, 25. Is. 6, 2. For
the phrase ºn Tºri, see in Tag.
Also º ºn tip; the place of Jeho-
vah's feet, where he sets his feet, i. e.
the temple Is. 60, 13, comp. Ez. 43, 7;
for ºn Bºr; in a like sense, see in tºr.
—Oſten that is ascribed to the feet,
which strictly pertains to a person walk-
ing or journeying on foot; 1 Sam. 23, 22
the place where his foot cometh. 2 K. 21,
8. Is. 23, 7. 32, 20. 52, 7 how beautiful
upon the mountains are the feet of him
that bringeth glad tidings. Nah. 2, 1.—
Deut. 11, 10 ºn Hpun to water with the
foot, i. e. to irrigate land by raising
water with a small tread-wheel, turned
with the ſeet and hands; such as were
anciently and are still sometimes used in
Egypt for watering gardens, and also in
Palestine for raising water from wells;
in Gr. Éliš. See Philo de Conſus. Ling.
I. p. 410 Mang. Niebuhr Reisebeschr.
I. p. 149 and Tab. XV. Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 542. II. p. 351. III. p. 21.
2. Metaph. a) a step, beat, tap of the
foot; only in plur. Bººn beats, for times,
these being counted by beating with the
foot; comp. tº no. 3. Num. 22, 28
Bºbº tº Fly ºnºr, thou hast beaten
me these three times. v. 32. 33. Ex. 23,
14 b) foot-step, step, pace ; as bip
bºº: the sound of foot-steps 1 K. 14, 6, 2
K. 6, 32. Gen. 33, 14 Hashºn bººk ac-
cording to the pace of the flocks, as they
are able to travel. c.) foot-step, track ;
so in 'E ºil, ‘E ºh, see in no. 3.
a, b. gº
3. With Prepositions: a) by: on
foot Ps. 66, 6; Tºna on his feet, on foot,
Judg. 4, 15. 17. tiºn: Pp swift of foot
2 Sam. 2, 18. Am. 2, 15. Also to be
E *353 at the feet of any one, in his
foot-steps, i. e. to follow any one, Ex. 11,
8. Deut. 11, 6. Judg. 4, 10. 15. 5, 15. 2
Sam. 15, 17. 1 K. 20, 10. 2 K. 3, 9. al.
Comp. Gr. koti, néðwç twóg.
b) B 53.7%, to be at the foot of any one,
in his foot-steps, i. e. to follow any one,
! Sam. 25, 42. Gen. 30, 30 Jehovah hath
blessed thee in my foot-steps, has caused
prosperity to ſollow me into thy dwell-
Ing. So of Cyrus, Is. 41, 2 Ansºn" pix
tº prosperity encounters him (and ſol-
'ows) in his foot-steps; unless perh. we
tender simply: at every step. Plur.
'E * id. Job 18, 11, Hab. 3, 5 Syl
? irºs and 2 likºs at one’s fee., afte:
him. See also in lett. c. 3.
c) tº By upon or at the feet, e.g
o) ºn by T2s to stand upon one's feet
Ez. 2, 1. Zech. 14, 12; also ºn by tºp
2 K. 13, 21. Comp. Dan. 7, 4, 6) be?
‘E ºn by to fall at the feet of any one
1 Sam. 25, 24. 2 K. 4, 37. In the same
sense, 'F ºn tº Esth. 8, 3, and Er.
#3% ºr Deut. 33, 3.
d) ‘E ºn nrith under one's feet, as an
emblem of subjection, 2 Sam. 22, 39.
Ps. 8, 7. 18, 39. 47, 4.
e) Dºn "a between the feet Judg. 5,
27. The phrase ºn Tºº see in Tºr
no. 4. c. Gen. 49, 10. Deut. 28, 57.
ºn and ºn Chald. m. the foot, opp. tº
Dan. 2, 33. Dual ºn the feet, spoken
also of quadrupeds, Dan. 7, 4. Emphat.
Nº Dan. 2, 41.42; c. suff, 2, 33. 34.
7, 7.
Syn m. (r. 93) a fuller; see in Bºh,
and ºn jºy in Tºy no. 2, bb.
sºn m. (r. 927) a foot-man, i.e. one on
foot, only in a military.sense, foot, foot-
soldier, Ex. 12, 37. Num. 11, 21. 1 Sam.
4, 10. 15, 4, 2 Sam. 10,6, al. With ºnx
added Judg. 20, 2. 1 Chr. 18, 4, 19, 18.
Plur. Bºn Jer. 12,5. Arab. Jºey, J-5
id. Syr. |-3. •
º (fullers' place, r. b37) Rogelim,
pr. n. of a town in Gilead, 2 Sam. 17, 27.
19, 32.
Sk D3) 1. to heap or pile up, to accu-
mulate ; Arab. and =) VIII to be
accumulated, heaped up; kindr, with the
biliteral roots D3, D5, D9, for which see
under tº, Egy. Hence nºn heap
crowd.
2. Spec. to heap wip stomes upon any
one, see Hº ; hence to throw stones
at any one, to stone. Arab. re) to heap
up stones upon a grave; also to cover
with stones, to stone. Syr. <! to stone.
Chaid. by n to cast stones, arrows, etc.—
Construed: a) With by of pers, to stone
to death, prob. So as to form a pile o
stones over the dead body; Ez. 23, 4
as trºy ºn and they shall stors
E:-
963 ºn
then with stones, b) With 3 of pers.
Lev. 24 16; and with Tºs added 1 K.
12, 18. c) With acc. of pers. Lev. 24,
14; often with Tº added, Lev. 20, 2.
27. Ez. 16, 40, Rºss Num. 14, 10, or
}S Lev. 24, 23. Josh. 7, 25.—Hence
3. to throw or lay on colours, to bedaub
any thing, i. e. to colour, to paint, kindr.
with pp.); pr. from the idea of throwing,
as we speak of throwing any thing upon
paper, into writing, etc. comp. also Germ.
Entwurf sketch. Hence ſºns a costly
colour, purple.
4. From the signif of throwing comes
also Chald. quadrilit. Exºr pr. trajicere,
to set one over a river; and hence to
translate from one language into an-
other, to interpret.
Deriv. Fºl. Tººl, nº?, ???s, ºn.
} | .
E.A.) (i. 4. R 5 >, friend sc. of God) Re-
gem, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 47.
#2 ºn (ſriend of the king) Regem-
melech, pr. n. m. Zech. 7, 2.
Tºm f. a heap, then a throng, band,
Ps. 68, 28. R. Es).
Sk º to murmur, to rebel, kindr. with
by, EFT), see in Tº); Part. Is. 29, 24.
The kindred dialects have not this root.
Niph. id. with 3 of pers. Deut. 1, 27.
Ps. 106, 25.
+ y 3. 1. pr. to make tremble, comp.
in 73, u}x}. Arab. transp. 2 to
tremble, see in no. 3. Hence to terrify,
to make afraid, espec. by threats, up-
braiding, Is, 51, 15 tº hony ºr sºn
who maketh the sea afraid, and its waves
do roar, i.e. are agitated, thrown into
commotion as by fears; Sept. well to:-
0&goon'. Targ. chiding, upbraiding. Jer.
31, 35. Job 26, 12 ºn sy, ins: by his
power he maketh the sea afraid, parall.
by his wisdom he smiteth through its
pride. Comp. hyº Ps. 106,9. Nah. 1, 4.
2. Intrans, to be afraid, terrified, to
shrink together for fear; hence to be
still, quiet ; comp. Eth. Z.10 to con-
tract, to be coagulated as milk; and for
he sense comp. Thà, HSE, NEP.-Job 7, 5
bsº sº", *is my skin contracts i. e.
shrivels (and cracks), and runs with mat-
ter.—Syr. to be contracted, of the skin.
3. i. q. Arab.
be terrified; hence of the trem: ulous
motion of the eye, to wink, see Hiph.
no. 3, and sa".
NIPH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to be quiet, to
rest, of the sword Jer. 47, 6.
HipH. 1. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to
cause to rest, to give quiet to a people,
Jer. 31, 2.50, 34. Also for to set, to found,
to establish, ls, 51, 4 tº hish ºn
sºns I will set (establish firmly) my law
as a light for the nations.
2. Intrans. to rest, to dwell quietly
Deut. 28, 65. Is. 34, 14.
3. to wink with the eyes, to give a
wink, see Kal no. 3. Jer. 49, 19 ºz.
ºns Hyºs I will wink, I will cause
him to run, i.e. at my wink he shall run.
50, 44, Prov. 12, 19 Ryºns--is while 1
wink, i. e. for a moment; opp. 73% for
e Ver.
Deriv. ºn, syn, sianº, nº?.
2 to tremble, pr. to
337 m. adj. still, quiet, see r. 9: Kal
no. 2. Plur. constr. Yºs "33". Ps. 35,20.
Vºn m. (r. 937) in pause sº ; plur.
Bºy.
1. a wink of the eye; then a moment
of time, comp. Germ. Augenblick, also
momentum for movimentum. Is. 54, 7
Tºp sº in a little moment. Ex. 33, 5.
—With Prepositions: a) sº in a
moment, suddenly, speedily, Job 21, 13.
b) vs. "Tº for a moment, Job 20, 5, c)
sº as in a moment, suddenly, un-
expectedly, Num. 16, 21. 17, 10. Ps. 73,
19; 337 in: id. Lam. 4, 6. Stronger is
s?” to:22 for a little moment Is. 26, 20.
Ezra 9,8. d) Acc. sºn, for a moment
Is, 54, 8. Ps. 30, 6; in a moment, sud-
denly, at once, Jer. 4, 20. Ps. 6, 11. Job
34, 20. e) Plur. Dºyºnº in all moments,
every moment, Job 7, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ez.
26, 16. 32, 10.
2. one time ; repeated, once—again,
like Chald. Tº , Arab. evº, . Jer. 18, 7
once (s:...) I speak to a people....9 and .
again (sº) I speak to a people. See
Chald. Tº no. 2.
Sk to: kindr. with Ús', to rage, to
make a noise, tumult ; of nations Ps. 2, 1.
In Targg. for Heb. nºr, U.S.—Hence
Us), Hufth.
ºjyº,
2-1-
964
tºy) Chald. 1. q. Heb. HAPH, u}^Ahn,
to run together with tumult, c. 88 Dan.
6, 7, 12. 16.
tº m. Ps. 55, 15, and Tºn f Ps. 64,
3, pr. ‘a noisy crowd,' hence genr. a
crowd, multitude.
sk "Tº pr. to tread down or in pieces,
to break in pieces by treading, kindr.
G
with Ys), Jºj, comp. nº. Ps. 144, 2
"Erin was +++. who treadeth down the
nations under me; *%x for bºy whicly
is read in many Mss. Sept. languidly:
inottſvgow tow Awdy uov, and so Vulg.
Pesh. qui subdidit, ras A. Targ, re-
tains tºº —Is. 45, i = is tº Tºh to
tread down before him the nations ; "I'm
inſ, for the usual in.—Hence
HIPH. to spread out, to earpand, as if by
treading, stamping; then to overlay, i, q.
9p.), e.g. with gold 1 K. 6, 32.
Deriv. Twº, pr. n. *.
Sk Hº fut. nºnº, conv. Thº; kindr.
with "Th. Arab. ese).
1. to tread, to trample down or in pieces,
to break in pieces by treading ; Arab.
se) I, IV, id.—E. g. the wine-press,
i.e. the grapes in it, with acc. impl.
Joel 4, 13 [3, 13]; with 3, Ps. 49, 15
E^*}” tº hiº the upright shall tread
upon (over) them, i. e. walk upon their
graves. Is. 14, 6 pºis FS: Fiºn tramp-
ling down in anger the nations.
2. to tread, i. e. to walk, to go ; Syr.
l: id. 1233 a going, journey. So Jer. 5,
31 the prophets prophesy falsely, bºrºrº
Priºr ºs ºn and the priests walk at
their side, i.e. are their companions and
helpers, see in sº, no. 2. a. Targ, well
Tinº by Tºez, they help at their side.
Others: they bear rule, as in no. 3.-Of
fire, to run or pass through, c. acc. Lam.
1, 13 God hath sent fire into my bones,
Hºnºl and it runneth through them all.
Syr. 135 of fire, Bar. Heb. 216.
3. to have dominion, to rule, to bear
‘ule, c. : over any one, Gen. 1, 26. 28.
, lev. 25, 43.46. 1 K. 5, 4.30. Is. 14, 2.
Ez. 29, 15, al. With acc. id. Lev. 25, 53.
Ez. 34, 4. Ps. 68, 28; absol. Num. 24,
9. Ps. 72,8. 110,2. Sept. xvgusta, Šozo,
etc.—Chald, id. but rare.
4. From the idea of breaking comes
the sense to break off, to tear off, and so
to take out or away, as honey from a
hive. So in the vexed passage Judg. 14
9 *bz-bs nº and he broke it off
(tofe or took it out) in his hands.... but
he told them not nº Hºlst; rºyº ºr
u}=ºr, that out of the carcass of the lion
he had broken (taken) the honey; Sept.
$silsy, Vulg. sumsit. In Talm. nº is
used of bread or cakes which adhere to
the oven and are torn away.
PIEL i. Q. Kal, to tread or break in
pieces; fut, apoc. Tº for nº Judg. 5,
13 bis. So Abulwalid ; but the usual
and better interpretation takes tº as
imper. of Tºny, where see.
HipH. causat. of Kal no. 1, Is. 41, 2.
Deriv. perh. Hºnº, see in Fºn? p. 615.
*T (treading down, r. Tº) Raddai,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 14. -
TT. m. (r. 117) c. suff, *, plur
b"T"" ; pr. ‘ something expanded,'
hence of a wide and thin female gar-
ment, a veil, Is. 3, 23. Cant. 5, 7–Chald,
sººn for Heb. Fºss veil Gen. 24, 65.
38, 14. Syr. trº, Arab. als), id.
* PT) in Kal not used, pr. to smore,
to be in a deep sleep, onomatopoetic.
Comp. Gr. 6090600), Ösg90 (sterto), and
transp. Lat. dormio.
Niph. ET. 1. to lie in deep sleep,
pr. to be oppressed with sleep, Prov. 10,
5. Jon. 1, 5, 6.
2. to sink down stupified, senseless, to
be stunned, Dan. 8, 18. 10, 9, Judg. 4, 21.
Ps. 76, 7.
Deriv. Hºn.
tº 1 Chr. 1, 7 (also Gen. 10, 4 in
Samar. and Sept. where the Heb. text
has bº) Rodamim, pr. m. of a Grecian
people descended from Javan, and men-
tioned along with the Cyprians, Dºn?.
Most probably the Rhodians are to be
understood, whom Epiphanius, himself'
a Cyprian, describes as being of th:
same origin with the Cyprians, and as
included with them under the name
Kltuou Chittim ; Epiph. adv. Haeret. 30
§ 25–But the reading tº Dardant
has the greater authority; see that art
p. 215. -
F--
HH-
965
Sk nº ſut. Fº, once Fºº Ps. ", 6
in some editions (a false orthography
from the two forms ºn and nº aſter
the analogy of Tºr Ps. 73, 9; see
Lehrg. p. 462); pr. to run after, to follow
eagerly, to pursue, Chald, and Syr. id.
Arab. less strongly, to ſollow, to be after.
The primary idea is that of treading,
going, running, which lies in the sylla-
ble in in TT, nºn; also that of thrust-
ing, urging, in the syll. FT, see Fir,
FT3, nº, comp. in r. ºpy —Judg. 3, 28
"hris ETH run ye after me, follow me
closely. 2 K. 5, 21. Ps. 23, 6–Spec.
a) In a hostile sense, to pursue after, to
chase, c. *nns Gen. 31, 23. 35, 5. Judg.
4, 16. 1 Sam. 23, 25. 28. 2 Sam. 17, 1. al.
step. With acc. and this oftener in poetic
style, Gen. 14, 15. Judg. 4, 22. Ps. 7, 6.
Job 13, 25. Is. 41, 3. Am. 1, 11. al.
Rarely c. bs Judg. 7, 25, Job 19, 28;
absol. Gen. 14, 14. Ex. 15, 9. Part.
p"Eºh pursuers, persecutors, Josh. 2,7. 16.
22; c. suff, ºth, Tºh, Ps. 7, 2, 35, 3.
3 Sam. 24, 13, b) Trop. to follow after
any thing, to pursue as an object of de-
sire, with acc. e. g. strong drink Is. 5, 11;
bribes Is. 1, 23; the wind i. e. Vain
things Hos. 12, 2; the right Deut. 16,
20. Prov. 21, 21. Is. 51, 1; wrong Ps.
119, 150; peace Ps. 34, 15; c. inſ: eth
Hos. 6, 3. c) to chase away, to put to
flight, Lev. 26, 36. Trop. Job 30, 15.
Niph. pass. of Kal lett. a, Lam. 5, 5.
Part. Fºx Ecc. 3, 15, pr. ‘chased away,
put to flight,’ i. e. the past.
PIEL i. q. Kal, but only in poetical
style.
1. to pursue, in a hostile sense Nah.
1,8. Prov. 13, 21.
2. to follow, to run after any one Hos.
2,9. Prov. 12, 11. 28, 19. Trop. to fol-
low after righteousness Prov. 15,9; evil
11, 19. 19, 7 he followeth after words,
i. e. the poor man catches at the words
of friends and trusts in them.
PUAL to be chased, driven away, Is. 17,
13.
HipH. to pursue, to chase, Judg. 20, 43.
Deriv. ºnº.
xit an: fut, plur. Hannº 1. to rage, to
be outrageous, violent, c. 3 against any
one, Is. 3, 5–Syr. -aol; to make noise
and uproar. Kind", with the verbs Priº,
tº, and others beginning with Fin ºn
in, see under tº ,-Hence
2. to press upon, to urge strongly, with
acc. of pers. Prov. 6, 3 ºn art, be
urgent with thy friend.—Found also Is.
60, 5 in some Mss. for anº; but less well.
HipH. 1. to make fierce, courageous,
to embolden, Ps. 138, 3.
2. to press greatly, to overcome, trop.
Cant. 6, 5.
Deriv. art, anh, Hºrrº, and
Pºº m. adj. violent, proud, plur. Bºrn
Ps. 40, 5.
aſſ, m. 1. violence, insolence, pride.
Job 9, 13 an: "his proud helpers , comp.
Is. 30, 7 in no. 2. b.
2. Poet, a) a sea-monster, a ferocious
aquatic animal, as to xitos, the croco-
dile, and so differing little from jºin
and nº. Job 27, 12 by his power he
makelh the sea afraid, and by his under-
standing art. Yriº he smiteth the sea-
monsters; Sept. to xm tog. Here the sea
and its monsters are then in parallelism.
Is, 51, 9 art thou not it, (O arm of Jeho-
vah) ºr nºirº ann nasrigri that
hast cut off the sea-monster, that hast
wounded the dragon 2 i. e. Egypt, which
elsewhere also is represented under the
image of an aquatic monster, e. g. as
smitten in the Red Sea Ps. 74, 13. 14;
so Pharaoh Ez. 29, 3. 32, 3, comp. Ps.
68, 31; also Babylon under the like
image Is. 27, 1–Hence
b) Rahab (sea-monster), as an appel-
lative for Egypt, Ps. 87, 4, 89, 11. Peri.
Is, 51, 9, see above.—Allusion is made to
the origin of the name in Is. 30,7: Egypt
helpeth in vain . . . therefore I call her:
na; tırı Prº violence (i. e. the violent)
they sit still, i.e. boasting and blustering
they are yet cowards; prob. a prover-
bial expression.
Bºh m. pride, meton. that of which
one is proud, c. suſt. Earlº Ps. 90, 10.
**TT obsol root, Arab e” td
- T. te ) Cºl J's - '),
cry out ; hence
Tຠ(outcry) Rohgah, pr. n. m. 1
Chr. 7, 34 Keri; for which Cheth,
nºnin.
Tº a spurious root Is. 44, 8 see r
H-5.
81 *
ºn-
6 H*
96
... q. Yūn, to run, to flow, as water; comp.
under lett. n.—Hence the two follow-
Ing.
tº m. plur. Bºrn 1. watering-
troughs, Gen. 30, 38. 41. Ex. 2, 16.
Chald. Nººrin, Syr. Roi;, tºoij, id.
2. locks, curls, so called from their
flowing down, Cant. 7, 6.
tº m. (r. tºrr) carved or fºetted
ceiling, so called from the hollows in it
resembling troughs or channels; comp.
Sept. ºpérvous from pºtyn manger.
Cant. 1, 17 Keri Hjºrt, in a few Mss.
plur. **t,"nº, Vulg, laquearea. In
Cheth. Bºrr), see art. Lºrry.
>k Eriº obsol. root, prob. to make a
noise, tumult, like the kindr. Dyn, Eriº,
and also Hºrſ, tºr. Hence Prº, Arab.
SS * 7 wº º º
Flº), multitude, in the pr. n. Erºs.
From this lost form come also, as it
would seem, by softening the letters,
both the form Esh, and Arab Kºš mul-
titude.
ºn Chald. (for is, r. Fish) aspect, form,
Dan. 2, 31. 3, 25.
Bin, see art, an.
in" i. q. 5", to contend, to quarrel.
Traces of a root with mid. Vav are
found in the pr. names bºaº: , nº;
also in Cheth. Elºn Prov. 3, 30.
*Tºniq Arab. 55, to wander about
to ramble, spec. of animals which have
broken loose ; Conj. III, IV, to inquire
...ſler, to seek, Sc. by running up and
down; to desire, to wish.-Hence trop.
of a people who have as it were broken
loose ſrom God's yoke and run wildly
about, Jer. 2, 31. Hos. 12, 1 [11,12]
bs-Es T. His Hºrſ, Judah yet runs wild
towards God.
Hiph. ſut. Tºny, i. q. Kal, Gen. 27, 40
Tºsº by? Bx nº ---n -tºsz Hºrº
and it shall be, when thou shall rove at
large, that thou shall break his yoke
from off thy neck. Of one driven hither
and thither by cares and anxiety, Ps. 55,
3 rºw: Tºns I wander about in my
romplaining.
Deriv. Th"?, and pr. n. "Jºs.
sh trº obsol. root, Aram. on", -ºis, -
* T. to drink to the ful, to ou
sated with drink, drenched, as sº to
be sated with food; once with fatness
which is sucked or drunk in rather than
eaten, Ps. 36,9. With 7% of thing Ps. 36,
9. Jer. 46, 10; see Hiph. Poetically of
the sword as drinking up blood Jer.
l. c. also of persons sated with forbidden
pleasures, Prov. 7, 18.—Arab. 3.5 Eth.
Z(DP to be sated with drink, to be wa
wered. Aram. NJT, Tes, stronger, to be
drunken; see Piel no. 1. b.
PIEL 1. to satiate, to drench oneself;
hence i, q, Kal, but intens, a) to be fully
saled, drenched, i. e. wet, soaked, of the
earth, c. 7% Is. 34, 7. b) to be drunk,
poet. of the sword, Is. 34, 5; comp. Syr.
2. Causat, to make drink in, to water,
e.g. fields Ps. 65, 11; c. dupl. acc. Is.
16, 9 ºryzº Tºns I will water thee
with my tears ; the form Tºns being by
transpos. for Tºns, see Lehrg. p. 143.
Also to saliate any one, e.g. with fat-
ness, c. dupl. acc. Jer. 31, 14; spoken of
conjugal desire Prov. 5, 19.
HipH. to give to drink, to water, Jer.
31, 25; a field Jer. 55, 10; to drench Lam.
3, 15. Also to satiale Jer. 31, 25; with fat-
ness Is. 43,24, comp. Ps. 36,9. Jer, 31, 14.
Deriv. Hy", "", and
T]] m. adj. ſem. Fiji, sated with drink
Deut. 29, 18; well watered, of a garden
Is, 58, 11. Jer, 31, 12. R. T.
Tynin, see in rºrt”.
* Tº obsol. root, prob. to hide, to con-
ceal ; Syr. li; to make secret; Aph. liń
to hide counsel.—Hence Chald, tºl.
* T ſut. nº, to breathe, kindr.
with ºn ; to breathe freely, by which
the breast is enlarged, dilated, refreshed
(see Is. 60, 5); hence intrans. to be large
ample, spacious. Impers. ** nº it is
enlarged to me, I have room to breathe
I am refreshed, 1 Sam. 16, 23. Job 32
20. Opp. * ** –Chald, nº, Syr
* c \, id. -
PUAL part. Tº aired, airy, spacious
Jer. 22, 14.
Deriv. Hryh and
T]] m. 1. enlargement, relief, st
from straits Esth. 4, 14.
nºn
rth-
967
a2 space, width, Gen. 32, 17. Arab.
&2) id.
* Tºn in Kal not used, to breathe, to
blow, espec. through the nostrils. The
word is onomatopoetic, like the kindr.
rtha to blow with the mouth, and nº to
breathe, to respire. Arab. 2 Şthe wind
blows; IV, to rest, to be quiet, pr. to
take breath.
Hiph. riºn, ſut, rº, conv. rºl,
to smell, by snuffing or breathing the air
in and out through the nostrils; Arab.
* 51, IV, X, to perceive a thing by the
smell; II, to make odorous; Syr. -ºš
to smell. Comp. Germ. riechen to smell,
also Rauch smoke.—With acc. Gen. 8,
21. 27, 27. 1 Sam. 26, 19; absol. Ps.
115, 6. Deut. 4, 28. Metaph. to perceive
by the smell, e. g. fire brought near
Judg. 16, 9; to scent, to snuff, as a horse
the coming battle, prob, owing in fact to
acuteness of smell, Job 39, 25.-With :
to smell at any thing i. e. with plea-
sure, to enjoy the odour of any thing, Ex.
30, 38. Lev. 26, 31. Hence genr. to
enjoy, to delight in, Am. 5, 21. Is. 11, 3
*: rsºn innºn his delight shall be in
the fear of the Lord. The signification
of sweet odour is often transferred to any
thing which delights, pleases; see under
ºS3, Puja, rin".
Deriv. rºl, pr. n. iriº; and espe-
cially
Tºn f rarely m. Ex. 10, 13. Ps. 51, 12.
Iob 4, 15. al. Plur, ninth, nir Jer.
49, 36.
1, breath, a breathing, blowing, i. e.
a) breath of the nostrils, a snuffing,
snorting, Job 4, 9. Ps. 18, 16. Hence
anger (comp. Fis from F2S to breathe)
Judg. 8, 3. Is. 25, 4, 30, 28. Zech. 6, 8.
Prov. 16,32. 29, 11; also pride Ps. 76, 13.
b) breath of the mouth, fully nº nºn
Ps. 33, 6, here spoken of the creative
word of God; nºnet, nºn Is. 11,4. Hºur
ran to draw breath, to take breath, Joh
3, 18. Often of the vital breath, oreath
ºf life, fully ºr ran Gen. 6, , 7 7, 15
22; comp. in no. 2. As an emblem of
anything transient like the sylon. Bºrg,
Job 7, 7. Ps. 78, 39.
c) breath of air, air in motion, 1. e
o:) Lat. ačr, aura, a breath of air, a sligh
breeze, Job 4, 15. 28, 25.41, 8 [16]. Fist!
nºn to snuff up the breeze Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6.
biºn ºn the breeze of the day, i. e. the
evening, when the cool breeze springs
up, Gen. 3, 8, comp. Cant. 2, 17. 4, 6.
Plin. H. N. 2.47 ‘sub crepusculo com .
motior aura spirare solet.” Sept. 16 ást-
Auvóv. Arab. 9 to do at evening. 8)
Oftener wind, i. e. a strong wind, Gen.
8, 1. Is. 7, 2. 17, 13. Ps. 1, 4, 18, 43. 35,
5. Job 21, 18. al. saep. Also a tempest,
hurricane, Job 1, 19. 30, 15. Is. 27, 8.
Jon. 1, 4. 1 K. 19, 11. The air was sup-
posed to be put in motion by the breath
of God, see Ex. 15, 8. Job 15, 30; hence
the wind is also called Hjn' rºº the
breath, blast, wind of Jenovah, Is. 40, 7.
Hos. 13, 15. (Not Gen. 1, 2, see no. 4.)
Poet, the wind is said to have wings,
Ps. 18, 11. 104, 3. Hos. 4, 19. Comp.
Ovid. Met. 1. 264.
Further, ºn, wind, is also put:
aa) For a side or quarter of the hea-
vens, e. g. tºp rºm the eastern quar-
ter, the east, Ez. 42, 16; comp. 17. 18.
19. niriºn ºns the four winds or quar-
ters of the heavens Ez. 37, 9.42, 20. 1
Chr. 9, 24. Zech. 2, 10.
bb) For any thing empty, vain, Is. 26,
18, 41,29. Mic. 2, 11. nºn ºniº vain
words Job 16, 3. Thin ns; vain know-
ledge 15, 2. ran (nºwn) liºn vain de-
sire, see nºn, liºn. So to sow the
wind Hos. 8, 7; to inherit the wind Prov.
11, 29; nºnº for wind, for nought, in
vain, Ecc. 5, 15. Jer. 5, 13. Job 6, 26 mere
wind are the words of one desperate 1
comp. Gr. eig &égo, loºkiv 1 Cor. 14, 9–
Trop. a wind or tempest is put for an in-
vading army, Jer. 4, 11. 12, comp. v. 10. 13.
2. i. Q. UER no. 2, pvyń, anima, i. e. the
vital breath, spirit, life, the principle of
life as embodied and manifested in the
breath of the mouth and nostrils, see in .
no. 1, b ; spoken both of men and beasts,
Ecc. 3, 19, 21. 8, 8. 12, 7. Job 12, 10.
in runn lºs there was no breath in him,
spoken of the dead, Ez. 37, 8; also of
things, as idols, Jer. 10, 14. 51, 17. Hab.
2, 19; metaph. of one overcome with
surprise and astonishment, 1 K. 10, 5
comp. Ez. 2. 2. 3, 24. Hence is said
HY-
nº-
968
*nh-, *n the life of my spirit, i. e. my
life, Is. 38, 16; “rºn Hrºr Gen. 45, 27
and "rºº Hº; my spirit, life, revives, re-
turns, Judg. 15, 19. 1 Sam. 30, 12, i. e. to
revive, to be refreshed. Job 6, 4 arrows,
the poison of which drinketh wip my life.
10, 12. 17, 1. Ps. 31, 6. Poet. Hines ran
the breath of our nostrils i.e. our life,
meton. for an object dear as life, Lam.
4, 20.—Once the human spirit or life is
called also Hibs ran Job 27, 3, as being
breathed into man from God and again
returning to God, Gen. 2, 7. Ecc. 12, 7.
Ps. 104, 29; so too in Gen. 6, 3, for which
see in r. Thº.—Twice in the description
of prophetic visions the term spirit, life,
is used of a certain divine and miracu-
lous power, by which things otherwise
inanimate are animated and moved, Ez.
10, 17. Zech. 5, 9.
3. i. q. EE: no. 3, animus, the rational
soul, mind, spirit.
a) As the seat of the affections, emo-
tions, and passions of various kinds. Prov.
25, 28 one not ruling inh", his own spirit
i.e. his passions, affections. 29, 11. Gen.
41, 8 his mind was agitaled, troubled.
Job 19, 17. To it are then attributed
patience ºn TN Ecc. 7, 8, impatience,
nin ºp q. v. pride ran nań q.v. quiet-
ness, lowliness of mind, see "p and Pºuj;
grief of mind Gen. 26, 35. Ps. 34, 19.
b) In reference to the disposition, the
mode of feeling and acting ; in which
sense one is said to have firmness of
mind, a firm spirit Ps. 51, 12; a manly
spirit Prov. 18, 14; a new and better
spirit Ez. 11, 19. 18, 31, etc. Sometimes
also of a spirit or disposition common to
many, as tº rºm the spirit of whore-
dom. Hos. 4, 12; Bºis rºº Is. 19, 14;
nºn nº 29, 10; risip ran Num. 5, 14,
etc. and such a spirit is said to be pour-
ed out on men from on high, to be im-
parted to them from God, comp. Is. 11, 2.
32, 15. Ez. 36, 26. 27. Similar is Is.
28, 6 Jehovah will be aujiº tº nº-h
ogºn-by for a spirit of justice to those
cho sit for judgment, i.e. he will fill all
udges with a spirit of justice. 1 K. 22,
22.
c) Of will, counsel, purpose ; Ez. 1, 12
whilher the mind (purpose) was to go,they
went. Hence prºn-ns nºr to stir up the
mind, spirit, purpose of any one to any
thing, 1 Chr. 5, 26, 2 Chr. 21, 16 36,22
Ezra 1, 1; and in a sense nearly similar
nºn in in; to suggest a purpose to any
one, to inspire him with it, 2 K. 19, 7, Is
37,7, irsininriº-lugs whosemind (will)
impels him Ex. 35,21, whence H*, r*-
Ps. 51, 14. Sorºn by Hºs i.g.: by nº
to come up into the mind, e.g. a purpose
Ez. 20, 32-1 Chr. 28, 12 the pattern of
all iº9 nºn: Hyr; hugs that he had in his
mind, which he purposed to make,
d) More rarely of the understanding
intellect, nºr: " Ex. 28, 3. Deut. 34,9.
Is. 11, 2; also Is. 29, 24. 40, 13.
Absol. Thin aa) spirit, courage, Num.
27, 18. Josh. 2, 11. 5, 1. Hab. 1, 11. bb)
spirit, genius, by which man is as it
were inspired to be wise, eloquent, etc.
Job 20, 3, 32, 8, 18. Is. 19, 3.
4. Bºrºsſ rºn, nin' rún, the Spirit
of God, of Jehovah ; poet. 58 nº Job
33, 4, ribs - Job 27, 3; rarely tºp ran
the Holy Spirit of God, and then always
c. suff. Tºp rºº Ps. 51, 13. Is. 63, 10.
11; also kot Śozºv rin Hos. 9, 7; the
divine Spirit or power, which like the
wind and the breath cannot be seen, but
which pervades the universe, Ps. 139,7sq.
animates and fills it with life, Gen. 1, 2.
Job 26, 13. 27, 3. 33, 4. Ps. 104, 29.30;
through which God governs and pro
tects the world and also mankind, Is. 40,
13. 63, 14. Neh. 9, 20; and invites to a
life of virtue and holiness, Ps. 51, 13. 14
143, 10.
Especially the O. T. refers to this
divine Spirit all extraordinary giſts and
powers of mind, as of the artificer Ex
31, 3.35, 31; of the prophet Num. 24, 2.
1 Sam. 10, 6. 10. Is. 42, 1.61, 1. Mic. 3
8. al. whence nºr ºns the prophet Hos.
9, 7; of the interpreter of dreams Gen.
41, 38; of warlike valour in a chief
Judg. 3, 10. 6, 34. 11, 29. 13, 25; also of
royal virtues Is. 11, 2 sq. This same
spirit is given to some and taken away
ſrom others, 1 Sam. 16, 13. 14; is trans-
ferred from one to another Num. 11, 17
2 K. 2, 15; but in the glorious reign of
the Messiah will be poured out upon al
men, Joel 3, 1. Is. 59, 21.
Spoken also of an evil spirit from God
which entered Saul and made him mo,
rose and furious, 1 Sam. 16, 14, 15. 16
23. 18, 10; also an unclean spirit, false
nºn
phºn
969
and deceitfu., which inspired false pro-
hhets, Zech. 13, 2, comp. 1 K. 22, 21 sq.
Sometimes it is put in antith. with
hiº flesh, Is. 31, 3. Zech. 4, 6. Gen. 6,
3; see nº no. 2.
Tºm Chald. i. q. Heb. 1. wind, Dan.
2, 35. Plur. constr. Dan. 7, 2.
2. spirit, mind, animus, Dan. 5, 20.7, 15.
3. a spirit from God in man, Dan. 4, 5.
6. 15. 5, 12, 14. 6, 4.
Tºnſ (r.ny) a breathing, Lam.3,56;
a brea.hing-time, respite, Ex. 8, 11 [15].
Tº f. abundant drink, abundance,
Ps. 23, 5.66, 12. R. ny, .
*E*" ful. Bºnº, apoc. th;, conv.
Bºl, once tº Ex. 16, 20. Part tº
see after Kal.
1. to lift up oneself, to rise, to be lifted
or raised up ; Chald, id. Syr. Aph. to
sustain. Samar. ***) to be high. Kindr.
reots are tº, Ens, anry, Eny. A
trace of transitive power seems to exist
in the pr. n. Dºin' ' whom Jehovah sus-
tains.”—Spoken of persons and things;
e.g. of Noah's ark Gen. 7, 17; the glory
in the sanctuary Ez. 10, 4. Hence to
rise up, to arise, Is. 30, 18 see in nºr Piel
(where others less well: to be afar off).
Trop. of prosperity, e. g. a city Prov.
11, 11; once i, q, to grow, of worms Ex.
16, 20.—Metaph. a) =% tº the heart is
lifted up, is elated with pride, Deut. 8,
14, 17, 20, al. Bºy #27 the eyes are
lifted up, lofty, from pride Prov. 30, 13.
Ps. 131, 1. b) to eacalt oneself, to show
oneself powerful, Ps. 21, 14. 57, 6; with
bs to triumph over any one Ps. 13, 3.
c) to eactol oneself, i. e. to glory, to boast,
in a good sense, Ps. 89, 17.
2. to be raised up, to be made high ,
D. g. of a highway that is cast up, Is. 49,
11 (comp. bºº, Hºon). Metaph. to be
w!olled with praises Ps. 18, 47; also to
be eacalted in power, might, dignity, to
become powerful, Ps. 140, 9. Num. 24, 7.
Is, 52, 13; ascribed to the hand Deut.
32, 27. Ps, 89, 14; to the head Ps. 27,6;
o the horn 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps, 89, 18. 25.
112, 9; comp. in Tºp.
3. to be high, lofty, Job 22, 12. Me-
!aph. of those conspicuous in power and
glory, to be high eacalted, Ps. 46, 11.
Mic. 5, 8,
PART. B7, f. riº 1. lifted up, kigh
e.g. of the threatening hand of God Is
26, 11. Tº Tº with uplifted hand, i.e.
openly, proudly, with defiance, Ex. 14,
8. Num. 33, 3; comp. 15, 30 and sir,
riº Job 38, 15.
2. high, lofty, e. g. a mountain, tree,
Deut. 12, 2. Is. 2, 13. 14. Ez. 6, 13. 17,
22, 20, 28. 34, 6; a seat, throne Is. 6, 1;
a mountain Ez. 20, 28, etc. Of men of
stature, tall, Deut. 1, 28. 2, 10. 21. 9, 2;
comp. Is. 10, 33. Of God as dwelling
on high Ps. 113, 4, 138, 6. Plur. Enzº
the heights of heaven Job 21, 22. Ps. 78,
69.-Metaph, a) a high i. e. loud voice
Deut. 27, 14. b) powerful, mighty,
whence nº. Tº mighty hand Deut. 32,
27, c) nion tºº lofty eyes, i. e.
proud looks Ps. 18, 28. Prov. 6, 17. d)
high i. e. difficult to comprehend Prov.
24, 7, where it is written in the Arabic
manner nios, q.v. Comp. Hzº.
NIPh. see under r. nº.
Pil. Pºin to lift up, to raise, to make
high, Ps. 107, 25; hence to build a house
Ezra 9, 9; to make grow e. g. a plant
with water Ez. 31, 4; to bring up chil-
dren, Is. 1, 2, 23, 4.—Metaph. a) to set
one on high, i. e. in a high and secure
place, to place in safety (see 5-sºn) Ps.
27, 5; c. 7, 18, 49. 9, 14. b) to lift up
to eacalt, e. g. in honour and prosperity,
1 Sam. 2, 7. Ps. 37, 34. Prov. 14, 34,
Job 17, 4. c) to eacalt with praises, to
eactol, to celebrate, Ps. 30, 2. 34, 4, 99,
5.9, 107, 32. 145, 1. Is. 25, 1. al.
Polal Dºin to be eacalled in honour
power, Ps. 75, 11. Part. Doinº evalt d
glorious, Neh. 9, 5.
HipH. p-nn, fut. Bºny, apoc.tº, conv
phºl; inf. bºr ; imp. Bºri, also # tºn
Milél 2 K. 6, 7.
1. Causat. of Kal: a) to make high
e.g. a throne Is. 14, 13; a nest Job 39,
27. Trop. of pers. to eacalt any one, opp.
bºuri, Ps. 75, 8; espec. from a low
condition to honour and prosperity, c
To 1 K. 14, 7. 16, 2. Ps. 89, 20; comp.
1 Sam. 2,8. Ps. 113, 7. In a like sense,
to lift up the head of any one Ps. 3, 4;
the right hand Ps. 89, 43; the horn of
any one, i. e. to increase his strength
and power, 1 Sam. 2, 10. Ps, 89, 18 Cheth.
Ps. 92, 11. 148, 14. But inp bºnn
to lift up one's own horn, i. Q. to be proud
ph-
yºn
970
nsolent, Ps. 75, 6. b) to set up, to erect,
a monument Gen. 31,45; a standard Is.
19, 22. 62, 10.
2. to lift up, to raise up, e. g. anything
from the ground 2 K. 2, 13; a rod or
staff Ex. 14, 16. Is. 10, 15; also with i.
of the rod Ex. 7, 20, comp. Heb. Gr.
§ 135. 1. n. 3.-Spec. a) to lift up the
hand or right hand, Ex. 17, 11. Num.
20, 11; in an oath, with "; by Gen. 14,
22. Dan. 12, 7; or to do violence, c. :
1 K. 11, 26. 27. Comp. T. Riº; in r. Riº;
no. 1. a, b) to lift up the feet, i. e. to go,
Ps. 74, 3. But to lift up one’s hand or
foot, i. q to move, to do any thing, Gen.
41, 44. c) to lift up the face to any one,
i. e. to look upon him unabashed, c. 58
Ezra 9, 6. Also to lift up the head,
spoken of one who recovers strength
and spirit after quenching his thirst, Ps.
110, 7. d) bip ºn to lift up the voice
or cry, to cry out, Gen. 39, 15. 18. Is. 40,
9, 58, 1; with rishnna added to shout
aloud, Ezra 3, 12, Ez. 21, 27; c. h to
any one Is. 13, 2. Job 38, 34; c. 59 against
2 K. 19, 22. Is. 37, 23. So also of
a trumpet, 2 Chr. 5, 13 bip pºrº
ningsra when they lifted up a voice
with trumpets, i. e. when they sounded
the trumpets; also elliptically TP bºnº
to lift up the horn or trumpet, in the same
sense, 1 Chr. 25, 5. Also bipa pººr. 1
Chr. 15, 16; comp, in lett. a. e) to raise
a tax or tribute, to levy, Num. 31, 28.
3. to take up and put before any one,
e.g. food upon a table, 1 Sam. 9, 24.
Hence to offer, to present, e. g. gifts to
God, to the temple or the priests, Ex. 35,
24. Num. 15, 19 sq. 18, 29. 31, 52. Ezra
S, 25. Ez. 45, 1. 13; distributions of flesh
“o the people 2 Chr. 30, 24. 35, 7.8, 9.—
Prov. 14, 29 one hasty in spirit sets forth
'i is folly, presents it to public notice.
4. to take up and away, e. g. a stone
Josh. 4, 5. Is. 57, 14 c. 72 . With dat.
tº bºr, take it up to thyself 2 K. 6, 7.
Trop. Prov. 3, 35 Tibp sºng Bºb:
fools take up and bear shame.—Hence
simpl. to lake, Lev. 2, 9.4, 8.6, 8. Num.
17, 2. 18, 30.32; of a crown, to take away,
to remove, Ez. 21, 31. Dan. 8, 11 Cheth.
Hoph. Bºln pass. of Hiph. no. 3, Ex.
29, 27; pass. of no. 4 Lev. 4, 10. Dan.
# 1 1 Keri.
Hithe AL, to lift up oneself, to rise up,
Is, 33, 10 pºins for Eºinns Als: to
lift wip oneself in pride and insolente
Dan. 11, 36.
Deriv. Bºn—rºozin, nº?, nº
Einº, righ-in, nº-ri, and the pr
names tº, nº, nion, sº nion
nº "rºzh, rº, nionſ, binz.
tº Chald. id. Praet. pass. tº to be
lifted up, of the heart Dan. 5, 20.
PAL. Dºin to eacalt with praises, to
eactol, to celebrate, Dan. 4, 34. Pass. to
lift up oneself to rise up, c. 59 against
any one Dan. 5, 23.
APH. to lift up, to eacalt to honours
Dan. 5, 19.
tº m. 1. height, elevation, Prov. 25, 3.
2. elation of mind, pride ; bºy bºn
Prov. 21, 4. Is. 10, 12; nº "h Jer. 48,29;
also simpl. Bºn Is. 2, 11. 17.
Dºn Chald. m. height, Dan. 3, 1. 4, 17
Ezra 6, 3.
Ein m. i. q. than, height, elevation ,
hence acc. as adv. on high Hab. 3, 10.
Tºm (lofty, r. bºn) Rumah, pr. n. of
a place 2 K. 23,36. Perh. i. q. Tº q.v.
Tºm f. (r. phº) elevation, adv. with
uplifted head, elatedly, haughtily, Mic.
2, 3.
Dºn m. (r. 5*) eacaltation, praise,
Ps. 66, 17. Plur. constr, nionin Ps.
149, 6.
nºin f (r. Bºn) pr. inf. Pil. after
the Syriac form, a lifting up, c. suff.
Trºin Is, 33, 3.
**, Arab. e' mid. Ye, to over-
come, to get the upper hand, c. Jºe:
perhaps kindr. with thin. In Kal not
used, since fut. Thin: Prov. 29, 6 belongs
to p".
Hrthpal. Ps. 78, 65 ºz pinnº -ia:
as a mighty man overcome with wine.
i. e. as Vulg. crapulatus a vimo. Comp,
the Arabic phrase © | Kºle <!)
wine overcame him, i. e. he became
drunk.
**** i.d. s: 1. Pr. to make a loud
moise, see Hiph. Arab. Lê) id.
2. to be evil, see Niph.
NotE. The forms of Kal sºn, sºn, yº:
and of Hiph. ººr, Snr., which are com.
mn
yºn
9'ſ 1
sºonly referred to this root, belong to the
rerb syn; see Ewald's Krit. Gr. p. 472.
Niph. fut. Sin: 1. to suffer evil, to
come off ill, Prov. 11, 15. Here the noun
9" is intensive, in the manner ºf an in-
fin. absol.
2. to become evil, to be made worse,
(ºpp. to become wise,) Prov. 13, 20.
HiPh. sºn, plur. once Hyºr. 1 Sam.
17, 20, pr. to make a loud noise ; hence
1. to cry with a loud voice, to shout,
Josh, 6, 20 ; c. 59 Job 30, 5. Spec. a)
to shout for joy, in triumph, etc. Judg.
15, 14. 1 Sam. 4, 5, 10, 24 ; in jubilee
Zech. 9, 9. Is. 44, 23. Zeph. 3, 14. Job
38, 7; c. 59 over a vanquished enemy
Ps. 41, 12; with dat. in honour of any
one Ps. 47,2. 95,2.98, 4. 100, 1. b) Of
warlike shouts, outcries (nºnn), Josh.
6, 16. 1 Sam. 17, 20. 2 Chr. 13, 15. Is.
42, 13; c. 59 against any one Jer, 50,
15. c) More rarely of a mourning cry,
Mic. 4, 9. Is. 15, 4. Hos. 5, 8.
2. to sound a trumpet, Num. 10, 9
ningsrå briyºr, sound ye with trum-
pets. Joel 2, i. Spec. to sound an alarm,
sc. by blowing loud and long upon the
trumpets, as a notice for breaking up an
encampment, Num. 10,7, i. q. Hyhnn Spr)
10, 5.6; different from 9pm, which sig-
nifies to blow a trumpet (once) in order to
convoke an assembly. Comp. Bain no. 1.
Polal fut, ysh; to be shouted joyfully
Is. 16, 10.
HITHPAL. 99%rn to shout for joy Ps.
60, 10. 65, 14. 108, 10.-The same ſorm
is found from the verb sº, q.v.
Deriv. ºn, Hyhnn.
¥ nºn not used in Kal, Engl. to rub,
Čerm. reiben, i. e. to rub or pound in
pieces; hence nie", also Hºnn q. v.
Polal main to be moved as by a stroke
or blow, to feel a concussion, to be shaken
Job 26, 11.
Sk y:- ſut, yºnº, conv. Yº! ; also
rigsºn, Prov. 23, 26 Cheth. to run, Eth.
Z(D.8, Aram, orth, —sº, id see under
the lett. H. Fut. once c. suff. Exams trans.
Jer. 50, 44 Cheth. see in Hiph. See also
note at the end of the article.—Spoken o'
men Num. 11,27. 1 Sam. 20,36. 2 Sam. 18,
9. 23. Prov. 4, 12. al. saep. Of Bºrses
Ioel 2, 4. Am. 6, 12; of locusts Joel 2,
9. With by of pers. Gen. 18, 7, 24, 2i.
Is. 55, 5, and of place Gen. 24, 20
nsºph Gen. 18, 2, 24, 17. 32, 4.2 K. 4
26; hºrs 2 K. 5,20; h, a.S sº "h to run
to evil Is. 59, 7. Prov. 1, 16; ns with
i. e. in a race Jer, 12, 5. With acc. of
place whither 1 Sam. 20, 6; acc. of way
Ps. 19, 6.-Trop. Jer. 23, 21 I have not
sent these prophets, yet they run, i.e
with a false zeal they act as prophets.
Ps. 119, 32 I will run the way of thy com-
mandments, will studiously walkin them.
Hab. 2, 2 so that the reader may run, i. e.
may read currently, fluently. Spoken of
things, Ps. 147, 15. Spec. a) to run
or rush upon any one, in a hostile sense,
with by and by Job 15, 26. 16, 14; acc.
Ps. 18, 30. b) With 3 to run to any
one, for refuge Prov. 18, 10.
PART, y) a runner, courier, Jer. 51,
31. Job 9, 25. Plur. Bºx", and jºxy 2 K.
11, 13, runners, couriers, i. e. a) The
servants who ran before the chariot of
a prince, q, d, running footmen, 2 Sam.
15, 1. 1 K. 1, 5. So Lat. cursores Suet.
Ner. 30. b) The body-guard and royal
messengers of the Hebrews in the time
of Saul, 1 Sam. 22, 17; and of the kings
after David 2 K. 10, 25. 11, 6 sq. 2 Ch .
12, 10. 11. 23, 12. 30, 6, 10. Prob. the same
who under David are called "nº q. v.
Comp. 1 K. 1, 5. 14, 27. 2 Sam. 15, 1.
c) The mounted couriers of the Persians
who carried the royal edicts to the pro-
vinces, Esth. 3, 13. 15. 8, 14.
Niph. Yin, see r. Ygn. e
Pil. Ygin i. q. Kal, to run, e. g.
chariot Nah. 2, 5.
HipH. fut. Yºny, imp. Yºr, to cause
to run up, Jer. 49, 19; hence to lead up
hastily, to bring quickly, Gen. 41, 14. 1
Sam. 17, 17; to let make haste, Ps. 68,
32 pºrºsh nº Yºr, ºr Ethiopia shall
let her hands make haste writo God, i. e.
shall haster, to stretch them forth unto
him in adoration or with oblations.—
With 53% to cause to run away from ;
Jer. 50, 44 Keri I will make them flee
away from her, i. e. the Babylonians
from Babylon. Chethib: Exºns in Kal.
Deriv. Ying, Hºnº.
Note. Several forms of the verb Yan
as ºut. Yanº, Niph. Yin, and the noun
rtººn? no. 2, have their signification
from the verb ''x'), q.v.
ph-
jº-
97.2
* Pºn in Kal not used, pr. to pour
uself out, to be poured out, also to be
emptied ; whence pººl and pººl empty,
q. v. It seems to be kindred with the
verbs PP, Pº, Gr. §geiyouou, which
the poets use of rivers emptying them-
selves, Lat. ructo, eructo.
HipH. pºrt, fut. Pº, conv. pººl.
1. to pour out, c. acc. Ps. 18, 43. Ecc.
11, 3. Zech. 4, 12. Mal. 3, 10. Chald.
$nd Samar, pºns, Arab. J.' i, id. Trop.
'or: a) to draw out the sword, i. e. to
draw and use the sword, Ex. 15,9. Lev.
26, 33. Ez. 5, 2. 12. 12, 14; the spear
Ps. 35, 3. b) to draw out, to lead out, as
troops to war Gen. 14, 14. For the
Heb. Pºl the Cod. Samar, here has
p" (pºl) to muster, from the Aram.
root phºi, and the same is expressed by
the Sept. and Vulg.
2. to empty, as vessels, sacks, Gen. 42,
35. Jer. 48, 12. Hab. 1, 17. Also, to
leave empty, trop. Is. 32, 6; comp. Wºº
no. 2. par. 2. tº e
HoPH. pass. of Hiph. no. 1, Jer. 48, 11.
Cant. 1, 3 Tº phºn jºu, ointment is
poured out even thy mame, or, as oint-
ment is thy name poured forth, the sense
in both cases being the same: Thy name
diffuses fragrance (comp. Big3, visiº),
i. e. is grateful and acceptable to all. In
the former construction, Yºu, is here
coupled with a ſeminine ; and in the
latter, bu). The latter is to be preferred.
Deriv, pºn, p-n (pºl), Epºn.
*-i- to spit out, with acc. to emit
saliva or any like fluid, to run with ; so
of the privy member Lev. 15, 3–Arab.
ſº) saliva of infants, J) mid. Ye to
spit, to pule, as an infant. Chald. Syr.
---, irº, saliva.
Deriv. ---.
tiºn poppy, see in UN- no. 5.
* TDF" to be poor, to suffer want ; the
same as vºix Niph. of ºn q. v. to be
dispossessed, to come to poverty. Praet.
unce ºn Ps. 34, 11.—Part. Uy poor,
needy, Prov. 14, 20. 18, 23. 19, 1.7. 22.
29, 13. Ps, 82, 3, 1 Sam. 18, 23; fully
tº 2 Sam. 12, 1.4. Prov. 10, 4. Plur.
.* Prov. 22, 7; thuisy 13, 23.
Pol. Bujin, see in ujuy.
HITHPAL. to feign oneself pºor, pal
uujinn” Prov. 18, 7.
Deriv. winn, ºº, wish.
nºn (i. q, nºs", female friend, in Pe
shito ZaS3, r. nyº) Ruth, pr. m. of a fe:
male among the ancestry of David
whose history is given in the book which
bears her name. -
7. Chald. m. emphat. Nº, nj , a se.
cret, Dan. 2, 18. 19. 30.47; plur. Tºr,
emph. Nºt’, 2, 29.47. Syr. ilāf a Serret,
R. ºn.
Sk e
r º pr. to make thin and lean,
hence to make waste away, to consume.
*~~
to destroy, Zeph. 2, 11. Arab. 55 and
TS sº - e e e º
Us2) to diminish any thing. The pri-
mary idea perh, is that of abrading; see
HT), Titº, and Niph.
NIPH. to become lean, to waste away
Is. 17, 4.
Deriv. "T), lit, I, and
T. m. adj. lean, in flesh Ez. 34, 20
of the soil Num. 13, 20.
I. 777, m. (r. Hyº) leanness, and then
consumption, pining, Is. 10, 16. Ps. 106
15–Mic. 6, 10 ſity-re's a lean ephah,
i.e. scanty measure, too small.
II. T. m. (r. 7th) i. q. Tºn, a prince
Prov. 14, 28; parall. is #2. The form
is like piuſ: i. q. pujy.
Tiſ" (prince, i. q. Th) Rezon, pr. n. of
the founder of the kingdom of Damas-
cus, 1 K. 11, 23.
* TT) obsol. root, to cry out with a
clear (loud) voice, kindr, with nº
Hence nº q.v.
*T. m. (r. ryº) consumption, destruc.
tion ; Is. 24, 16 tº "T, I am consumed
like * -s; parall. is nº his wo to me !
Sk prº to wink with the eyes, a gesture
of pride and insolence, once fut. plur
Thorn: Job 15, 12. See in Yºp no. 2.--
So by transp. Aram. Tººl, łº, Arab
jº), id.
'11"
t - ?-
l, i. q. Arab. c))) * be heavy
weighty ; hence to be reputed, honoured
Part. Tº pr. weighty, august, poet, for 4
-in-
-n-
973
prince, king, parall. with #2, tºº;
Plur. Bºn Judg. 5, 3. Ps. 2, 2. Prov. 8,
15. 31, 4, Is. 40, 23. Hab. 1, 10.
Deriv. Tirº II, and pr. n. Tirº.
Sk anº to be or become wide, large,
spacious. Arab. Jºey, <5. Ethiop.
Chſ), id. The primary root is rin,
whence nº to be large, spacious, Sa-
mar. Tan transp. ann.—Spoken pr. of
chambers which are made wide, large,
Ez. 41, 7; of the Inouth, to open wide
1 Sam. 2, 1 ; metaph. of the heart, to
dilate, swell with joy, Is. 60, 5.
NIPH. part. Prin, large, spacious, e.g.
pastures Is. 30, 23.
Hiph. --rºr, ſut. --rº, to make
wide, broad, Is. 54, 2; a bed Is. 57, 8;
a funeral pile (opp. to make deep, i. e.
long) Is. 30, 33; one’s steps Ps. 18, 37.
Also to make large, i.e. long and broad,
to enlarge, e. g. baldness Mic. 1, 16; the
borders or boundaries of a kingdom, Ex.
34, 24. Deut. 12, 20. 19, 8. Am. 1, 13;
and so with acc. of pers. Deut. 33, 20
7; atrºng who enlargeth Gad i. e. the
borders of this tribe.—Spec. a) With
h of pers. to make wide for any one, i. e.
to make room for him Gen. 26, 22;
to give him entrance Prov. 18, 16; or
also to give him enlargement, deliver-
ance, from straits Ps. 4, 2. Comp. Sº,
and opp. nº. b) nº annºn to open
wide the mouth Ps, 81, 11 ; c. be upon or
*gainst any one, in scorn and mockery
Ps, 35, 21. Is. 57, 4. In a similar sense:
c) DE; 'n to open wide the life, i. e. the
aws, throat, comp. ujº; no. 2. par. 2 fin.
Is. 5, 14. Hab. 2, 5. d) as 'n to open
wide the heart, mind, of any one, so as
'o receive instruction, Ps. 119,32. Comp.
nº anºn.—In Ps. 25, 17 instead of the
tommon '#2 *-*rīnn "ºh nins it is
better to read ‘º Hºrtºn " 's enlarge
the straits of my heart, and—. Others
! ere render it intrans.
Deriv. ºrn—ty-rin, arº.
Erºl m. adj, constr. ann; fem. Hºrn,
constr. nann.
1. wide, broad, large, Job 30, 14; of
the sea (opp. long) Job 11, 9; of a wall.
referring to its thickness, Jer. 52, 58
Neh. 3,8. 12, 38. Also, long and broad,
arge, spacious, of a land Ex. 3, 8. Neh.
9, 35; of a cup large in circumference
Ez. 23, 32. More fully tº artn, fem.
tº narth, broad-sided, i. e. widely ex-
tended, as of a land Gen. 34, 21. Judg
18, 10. 1 Chr. 4, 40. Is. 22, 18; of a city
Neh. 7, 4; of the sea Ps. 104, 25;
streams, canals, Is. 33,21. Neut. Hºrºz.
at large, unrestrained, Ps. 119, 45–Me-
taph. Ps. 119, 96 thy commandment is
eacceeding broad, i. e. thy law is compre-
hensive and without limit; also at arº
Ps. 101, 5, tº arº Prov. 28, 25, of a tu-
mid, inflated heart or spirit, i. e. proud.
arrogant. Also 5% art" as subst, pride,
arrogance, Prov. 21, 4.
2. Brº Rahab, pr. m. of a harlot in
Jericho Josh. 2, 1. 6, 17.
PT. m. breadth, wide place, Job 36,
16. Plur, constr. Yºs--art the breadths
of the earth Job 38, 18.
37% m. c. suff. inrº, breadth Gen. 6,
15. 13, 17. Ex. 25, 10. Deut. 3, 11. 1 K.
6, 6, 7, 27. Ez. 40, 6 sq. Metaph. Frºn
=º breadth of mind, great understand-
ing, 1 K. 5, 9 [4, 29].
Brin f. also ahnh Dan. 9, 25; plur.
nianº m. Zech. 8, 5. R. arº.
1. a street, so called from its breadth,
pr. a wide street, like Gr. 71%0tsioſ, Gen.
19, 2. Judg. 19, 20. Ez. 16, 24, 31. Cant.
3, 2; collect streets of a city, Esth. 6, 9.
11. Plur, nºrth streets Prov. 1, 20. 5,
16. Jer. 5, 1. 9, 20. al.
2. a place, i. e. a) a market-place,
forum, a broad open place at the gate
of oriental cities, Deut. 13, 17 [16];
where public trials were held Is. 59, 14.
Ps. 55, 12 ; and where the inhabitants
were wont to assemble, Job 29, 7. Neh.
8, 1.3. 16. 2 Sam. 21, 12. b) an area,
court, before the temple, 2 Chr. 29, 4.
Ezra 10,9; before the gate of the palace
Esth. 4, 6–Ethiop. 0°Chºſh platea,
vicus.
3. Rehob, [pr. n. of two cities: a)
One in the tribe of Asher, Josh. 19, 28.
30, 21, 31. Judg. 1, 31. b) i. q, nº
Enn, see in nº no. 12, pp.—R.
Flañº (wide places, see Gen. 26, 22;
or, streets, comp. Plataea in Boeotia; r
ar) Rehoboth, pr. n.
1. Of a well, Gen. 26, 22.
2. h"s nian". Rehobaiã-city, a city of
82
2n-.
974. “Hºn
Assyria, Gen. 10, 11, of which nothing
definite is known.
3 *rºr, ni-nº Rehoboth of the river,
a city on the Euphrates, as it would
seem ; prob. &c. | er-Rahabeh, on the
west bank between Circesium and Anah.
Gen. 36, 37. Thesaur. p. 1281.
Tºrin and Tºrºn (whom Jehovah
enlarges, i. e. makes free and happy, r.
Eriº) Rehabiah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 23, 17.
24, 21. 26, 25.
tº (he enlarges the people, comp.
Ex. 34, 24, r. an: ; q. d. Eigööluos)
Rehoboam, pr. n. of the son and succes-
sor of Solomon, who reigned in Judah
B. C. 975–958. 1 K. 11, 43. 12, 1 sq. 14,
21. 2 Chr. 11, 5 sq. Sept. Poffo'ºu.
*Hºº obsol. root, prob. to rub, to
pound, to crush ; comp. Arab. * 5 to rub
or pound, to tread; as also the syllable
rin in the kindred verbs rins to tread a
path, ring, yrſ. The Arab. L=} to
construct a mill, to turn a mill, is a
secondary verb derived from the noun
Ls)—Hence
Tº m. a mill-stone, so called as rub-
bing and crushing the grain; found only
in dual E-rin pr. ‘the two millstones,'
a mill, hand-mill, Ex. 11, 5. Num. 11, 8.
Deut. 24, 6. Is. 47, 2. Jer. 25, 10. Arab.
Ls), dual wº id. See in nº, 53.
Bºnn, see in ann.
DºTT) m. adj. (r. Erin) merciful, com-
passionale, used only of God, and often
coupled with lºn, Deut. 4, 31. 78, 38.
Ps, 86, 15. 103, 8, 111, 4, Joel 2, 13. al.
ETIn (compassionate, r. priº) Rehum,
pr. n. m. a.) A Persian governor in
Samaria, Ezra 4, 8, b) Neh. 3, 17.
c) Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 26; for which
Nol. 7, 7 ºn, prob, by an error of the
ranscriber. d) Neh. 12, 3, for which
..ºr v. 15.
Pinº m. adj. (r. prin) also Prº Deut.
30, 11, plur. Pºprin; ſem. ripinº, nºrth,
olur. riprin; far off, distant, remote.
a) Of place; as countries Deut. 29, 21.
Ps. 65. 6. Is. 66, 19; a journey Num, 9,
| 10; a people Joel 4, 8, Josh 9, 22; ris
pin', a brother living far off Prov. 27.
10. With 7%, far off from any one, Deut
13,8. Neh. 4, 13. Trop. one is said to be
far from wisdom Ecc. 7, 23; from de-
liverance Is. 46, 12 ; vice versa, deliver-
ance is far from any one Ps. 119, 155;
God is far off from men when he with-
holds his help, Ps. 22, 2, comp. Proy
15, 29. So Tº pirº farther off than, i.e.
beyond, far above, spoken of value Prov.
31, 10–Subst. piny, a distance, space
Josh. 3, 4. See also pinyº, pinyº;
below.
b) Of time, far distant, either future
or past. 6) Future, as ºpin'. Bºts
times far off Ez. 12, 27. Jer. 23, 23 am .
a God of things near (ning?) . . . . . and
not a God of things far off (pinyº)
i. e. am I acquainted only with things at
hand? so pinyº for a long time to come
2 Sam. 7, 19. 1 Chr. 17, 17. (3) Past;
pinº long ago Is. 22, 11. 25, 1; also
pinº id. Is, 37, 26.
c) far off, i.e. strange, foreign to one's
mind and disposition, Deut. 30, 11.
With Prepositions: aa) pinyº, Syr.
ié.3% esc, i. e. (..) from afar, afar off.
Gen. 22, 4, 37, 18. Deut. 28, 49. Is. 43,6.
al. Also pinyº Tºy to stand afar off
(comp. Tº no. 3. i.), like Gr. §otnºśvou
Max969 ev, Ex. 20, 18. 21. 2 K. 2, 7. Ps.
38, 12. Is. 59, 14; comp. Jer. 51, 50. Of
time, see above in lett. b. 3) After
verbs of motion, far away, to a dislanee,
Prov. 7, 19. Is. 22, 3. 23, 7; comp. Tº no.
3. k. piny? Tº id. Is. 57,9. Neh. 12, 43.
bb) pinyºh 0) from afar Job 36, 3.
39, 29; of time past, from long ago Is.
37, 26. 6) for a long time to come, 2
Sam. 7, 19 ; see above in lett. b. 0.
pinyº Ty to far away, ſar abroad, 2
Chr. 26, 15. Ezra 3, 13.
cc) pin) is to a distance, far away
Mic. 4, 3.
dd) pinº at a distance, afar off, once
'-i tº Ps. 10, 1.
tº m. plur. Bºrº Cant. 1,17Cheth.
i. q. Ibºnº in Keri, carved or fretled ceil.
ing, either from an error in the tran-
scriber, or because n in this word was
sometimes pronounced harder, like ri; as
among the Samaritans, in whose Pentu.
tºuch instead of Dºroñº is read p"ton-...-,
-n-
2n-
97
O Ae
Ewald on Cadt, l.c. supposes ºr to
he put by a transpos. f letters for pººr,
le, s', turned work ; but this is less
probable.
Pººl dual, a hand-mill, see in Hrºn.
Pºrº Chald. adj, plur. "pºrt, far off,
distant, Ezra 6, 6. R. prin. *
>}. bnº obsol. root, Arab. Jºj, to mi-
grate, to journey, espec. with camels.
Hence perh. Prº a sheep; comp. Nx.—
A secondary and denom. verb is Arab.
J-) Conj. V, to own lambs.
ºrſ) f plur. Bºrn 1. an ewe, a sheep,
Gen. 31, 38. 32, 15. Is. 53, 7. Cant. 6, 6.
§ § o
Arab. J-5, Jºš), lamb.
2. Rachel, pr. n of the wiſe of Jacob
Gen. 29, 16 sq. mother of Joseph and
Benjamin Gen. 30, 22. 35, 16; who died
near Bethlehem, where her sepulchre
is still shown Gen. 35, 19. 1 Sam. 10,2;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 322. II. p.
157.—For Jer. 31, 15 see in rº, no. 2. a.
• Enº 1. pr. to be soft ; then to
soften, to soothe, and also to be fond of
to cherish ; kindr. with F.T. Arab.
>y to soothe, to cherish, as a mother
her infant; to brood, as a bird her eggs.
—Hence brº, Erin, belly, womb. Also
2. Fut. O, Enº, to love, Ps. 18,2. Syr.
×3 id. Arab. **) to pity, also to love.
PIEL prin, inf Erin, fut, prinº, to have
mercy, compassion, upon any one, to
pity; from the idea of fondness, cherish-
ing. Syr. Pa. id. Strictly of compassion
towards the needy and helpless, as wi
dows Is. 9, 16; infants 13, 18; also of
parents towards their infant children as
helpless Ps. 103, 13. Is. 49, 15; espec. of
God as pitying his afflicted people Deut.
13, 18. Is. 14, 1. 30, 18. 60, 10. Jer. 12,
15. Hos. 1, 6. Hab. 3, 2. al. Rarely as
towards things Jer. 30, 18.—Constr.
with acc. usually; rarely with by Ps.
103, 13; absol. Lam. 3, 32.
PUAL Enº to be pitied, to find mercy,
*rov. 28, 13. Hos. 14,4. Part ſem, nºr
or Harº Hos. 1, 6.8. 2, 3.25.
Deriv. prº-ºrth, Ehrin, also the
pr. names Bºnn, prºh, Psºrinº, nºr Nº.
tº m. Lev. 11, 18, and Tºri. f.
(Milél) Deut. 14, 17, a smaller species of
vulture, white, with black wings, feeding
on dead bodies, the carrion-vulture, vul-
tur percnopterus Linn. The Heb. name
comes from its tenderness to its young,
9 * . 9 - - -
like rºor stork. Arab ſº- and Kº-º-º:
See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 297-322
Russell Nat. Hist, of Aleppo II. p. 295,
DT f (r. Erin) in pause Brº. Plur
Bºrſº see below in its order.
1. i. q. Dr., womb Gen. 49, 25. Is. 46,
3. Ez. 20, 26. Prov. 30, 16.
2. Poet. for a female, maiden, from
the womb as peculiar to the sex, Judg
5, 30. Comp. Tºrºn.
3. Raham, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 44.
PT) comm. gend. (m. Job 24, 20; ſ
Jer. 20, 17) in pause Prº, c. suff, Flºrin,
the belly, spec. the womb, Num. 12, 12.
Job 10, 18. 24, 20. 31, 15. Hos. 9, 14; in
beasts Ex. 13, 2, 12. 15; trop. Job 38, 8.
Ps. 110, 3. To shut up the womb see in
*28, -sy; to open the womb see in rine
prº from the womb, from one's birth,
Ps. 22, 11. 58, 4. Jer. 1, 5; at birth Job
93 - 9
3, 11–Arab. Ke5, sy, id. R. PT.
Tº ſ. (r. Erry) i. q. Erin no. 2, a
maiden, damsel; Dual Bºngº. Judg.
5, 30.
Tºrſº, see in r. Erin Pual.
tº pr. plur. of subst. Erin, like
Bºy, pºpuj; see Lehrg. p. 576.
1. the inwards, bowels, to girlºyzvo,
Syr. <}} so called from their soft-
ness, see r. Brº. Spec. as the seat of
affection, compassion, etc. Prov. 12, 10.
So to girleyzvo, Šléovs Luke 1,78. Arab.
º pity. Samar. id.—Hence
2. Trop. affection, tenderness towards
one's kindred, Gen. 43, 30. 1 K. 3, 26;
pity, compassion, mercy, towards the
needy, helpless, afflicted, Gen. 43, 14.
Am. 1, 11. Is. 47, 6. Zech. 7, 9; espec.
of God towards men as helpless, wretch-
ed, sinful, and deserving of punishment,
Ps. 25, 6.40, 12. 51, 3. 69, 17. 79, 8, al.
Bºrn Ten Hos. 2, 21. Ps. 103, 4. In
* Bºrn to give or show mercy towards
any one Deut. 13, 18. Jer. 42, 12; but
2n-
pn-
976
* bºnº id. Is. 47, 6; see in bhū, no. 6.
* 'Eb Evarth nº to give one mercy
*efore any one, to procure him favour,
Gen. 43, 14; comp. 1 K. 8, 50. Ps. 106,
16. Neh. 1, 11. Dan. 1, 9.
jº Chald, plur, id. mercy, compas-
sion, Dan. 2, 18. Freq. in the Targg.
*Tº m. adj. (r. Eriº) merciful, com-
passionate, fem. plur. nivºrº Lam.
4, 10. Arab. Jºy id.
Sk in: obsol. root of doubtful signifi-
cation, Arab. to bend, to incline. Hence
pr. n. Hºrlºr.
:k Frºm pr. to be soft, kindr. with prº
q. v. Arab. -ā-y id. Hence to be or
become flaccid, laar, weak, nearly i. q.
Hº!, Jer. 23, 9 my heart is broken,
*nioxx-b: herº all my bones are re-
laaved, from terror. The ancient ver-
sions have to tremble, to shake, by mere
conjecture.
Piel fut. Frºn, to cherish one's young,
to brood or hover over, (comp. in r. brin,)
as the eagle its young Deut. 32, 11.
Trop. of the Spirit of God as thus brood-
ing over and vivifying the chaotic mass
of the earth, part. fem. nErnº Gen. 1, 2.
* Y . o
—Syr. a-, } is far more common, and is
used of birds which brood over their
young, Ephr. II. p. 552; of a mother
cherishing her inſant ibid. p. 419 ; of
Elisha cherishing the dead body of the
child, Ephr. II. p. 529; also of a voice
descending from heaven and hovering
in the air, Ephr. III. p. 143; also to pity,
... q. Heb. Erin.
>k yºn fut. Yriº, inf. Ynn and nºrth
Üx. 30, 18.
1. to wash, to lave, c. acc. e. g. the
human body or its parts, Gen. 18, 4, 43,
31, Lev. 14, 9. 15, 13. 16, 4; meats Ex.
29, 17. Lev. 1, 9. 13. Metaph, to wash
uway the pollution of sin from man Is.
4, 4. To wash the hands in innocency
is to declare oneself innocent Ps. 26, 6.
73 13; comp. the symbolical action
Deut. 21, 6 sq. Matt. 27, 24.—It differs
from baz to wash clothes. Arab. Jée)
to wash the body and also clothes.
2. to wash oneself, to bathe, Ex. 2, 5.
Ruth 3, 3 2 Sam. 11, 2, 2 K. 5, 10. 13.
With # of that in which one bathes
Cant. 5, 12. Job 29, 6; acc. of wate:
Ex. 30, 20; 7% of vessel Ex. 40, 31.
PUAL yn' to be washed, cleansed
Prov. 30, 12. Ez. 16, 4.
HITHP. to wash oneself, Job 9, 30.
Deriv. Yrin, nºrth.
777 Chald. Ithpa. to trust, c. 59 on of
in any one, Dam. 3, 28.
YT. m. a washing Ps. 60, 10. 108, 10.
ºn f washing of sheep, washing-
place, Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6. R. Yny.
* PT fut, prinº, inf riprº, Ez. 8, 6.
1. to go far away, to recede from any
one, c. Tº Ecc. 3, 5. Job 30, 10. Prov.
19, 7. Chald. and Syr. id. But the
primary signification seems to have
been transitive, to thrust away, to repel,
i. q. priº.—With 99% Ez. 8, 6; trop. to
go far away from God, Fijn', by? Jer.
2, 5. Ex. 11, 15. 44, 10; from the law,
Hºlinº Ps. 119, 150; from sin Ex. 23, 7.
Is, 54, 14. Chald, prly id.
2. to be far off, distant, remote ; in
place Deut. 12, 21. 14, 24. Ps. 103, 12;
in time Mic. 7, 11. Often of God as
being far from affording aid, i. e. as re-
fusing to help, Ps. 22, 12. 20. 35, 22. 38,
22. 71, 12. Of men as far from safety
Job 5, 4; and vice versa, deliverance,
judgment, as far from men, Is. 46, 13.
59, 9. 11; comp. Job 22, 18.
NIPH. to be put far away, removed
Ecc. 12, 6 Cheth.
PIEL priºn to put far away, to remove
Is. 6, 12. 29, 13; to spread far and wide
Is. 26, 15.
HipH. 1. Trans. i. q. Piel, to pulfur
away, to remove, c. acc. Job 11, 14; with
Tº of pers. or place added Ps, 88, 19.
Job 22, 23; with by 2 of pers. Job 13,21.
19, 13. Prov. 5, 8; of place Joel 4, 6
(comp. 2, 20). Jer, 27, 10; once with :
of place Ez. 11, 16. Metaph. Prov. 4,
24, 30, 8, Ps. 103, 12 God doth remove
our sins from us, i.e. he forgives us our
sins.—With inſ: (tº Ps. 55, 8) or inf. c.
#, it is taken adverbially, nº p-rºr
to go far away Ex. 8, 24 [28].-Hence
2. to go far away, pr, with rºº impl
Gen. 44, 4. Josh. 8, 4. Judg. 18, 22. Int
absol. prºr adv. far away, far off, Gen
21, 16. Ex. 33, 7. Josh. 3, 16.
Deriv. pirº, pring and
pn-
in--
977
Prºn Chald. i. q. Heb. priº. Hence
adj. pºrn.
PT. m. adj. verbal, going far away,
departing; plur. c. suff. Ps. 73,27 7"Erin
who go far from thee.
Priº adj. f. nprin, see in pirº.
× wn to boil up or over, as a foun-
tain or boiling water; Syr. -->} Pe.
and Aph, id. The primary idea seems
to lie in the noise of water boiling or
bubbling, comp. ºxy.—Metaph. c. acc.
Ps. 45,2 -it, nº "ah ºr my heart boils
up with goodly song.
Deriv, nºrth?.
Frºm ſ a winnowing-fork or shovel, a
fan, Is, 30,24. R.nhº, after the form rºl.
Sk =tºn ſut. atºn: to be wet, moistened,
with rain Job 24, 8; also with sap, see
sºn. Arab. -ie) and Eth, Zſnſ, id
espec. of the moisture or juiciness of
plants in full verdure.—Hence
5th, m. juicy, in full green, Job 8, 16.
Chald. Riº, -ºn, id.
"tº a spurious root, see ºn.
* tº obsol. root i. q. nry) to trem-
ble, to be terrified. Chald, id.—Hence
tº m. tremour, terror, Jer. 49, 24.
Sk UEtº quadril. pass. Job 33, 25, to
grow green again, to grow young again,
to revive, prob, compounded from nº to
be juicy, green, and UErº to he thick, ſat.
Arab, transp. U-3)-lo according to the
Camoos to recoveſ, to revive after ste-
rility.
>k intº in Kal not used, to smite,
break, dash in pieces; kindr, with tºº,
tºº, Üht); Arab. Uºle) U-le.
Piel fut. ºn to dash in pieces, spec.
children against the stones, 2 K. 8, 12,
i, q, ye; in Ps. 137, 9. Comp. Pual.
Also to dash to the ground, with arrows
Is. 13, 18.
Pual tºº, ſut, tºº, to be dashed in
pieces against stones Is. 13, 16. Hos. 10,
4. 14, 1. Nab 3, 10.
ºn m (for ºn, r. Hyn; as "s for hy,
's for "S) a watering, rain, Job 37, 11 :
§
•e fully in nºnº. Arab. (5) id.
*E* and Bºn, pract. 37, ºn, alsº
pianº; inf. absol. ºn Judg. 11, 25. Job
40, 2; ſut, anny, apoc an: Hos. 4, 5.
before a monosyll, is alº Judg. 6, 31 32.
conv. 37: Gen. 31,36. But ºn 1 Sam.
15, 5 is from r. ans.
1. to contend, to strive, to quarrel. Syr.
= 7
-a-31 to strive. Arab. *!) mid. Ye is
to doubt, to hesitate, a secondary sense
derived from the idea of contending and
quarrelling. The primary idea of nº is
‘to seize each other by the hair,’ like the
synon. Ty; ; and this root belongs to the
same family with rapio, Goth. raupian
to pull or pluck, Germ. rangfen, rupfen,
see more under the verb Nº.—Spoken:
a) Pr. but rarely, of those who contend
by blows etc. Deut. 33, 7 is nº nº with
his hands let him contend for himself;
here tº is the instrument, see Heb. Gr.
§ 135. 1. n. 3. b) Oſtener of those who
strive in words, Ps. 103, 9; c. tº Gen.
26, 20. Job 9, 3. 40, 2; ns with Is. 45, 9.
Judg. 8, 1; PS Judg. 21, 22. Job 33, 13;
à Gen. 31, 36; also with acc. of him
with whom one contends Job 10, 2. Is.
27, 8. With h of him for whom one
contends Judg. 6, 31. Job 13, 8; by of
that about which one strives Gen. 26, 21.
2. Spec. to contend before a judge, to
manage or plead a cause, with acc. of
the person whose cause one sustains, Is.
1, 17. 51, 22; fully 'E ----ns ºn 1 Sam.
24, 16. Lam. 3, 58. Jer. 50, 34. 51, 36.-
Praegn. 1 Sam. 25, 39 blessed be Jehovah
bº tº "nºr ºn-rs an ºs who hath
pleaded (maintained) the cause of my
reproach from Nabal, i. e. who hath
taken vengeance for me of Nabal. Ps.
43, 14-pr Nº his? ºn Hººn maintain my
cause (and deliver me) from a mereiless
people. Ps. 119, 154. Prov. 22,23. Part.
an a defender Is. 19, 20. God is also
said to plead his cause, when he rebukes
or punishes the wicked, Is. 3, 13. Am
7, 4. Ps. 103, 9.
Hiph. i. q. Kal, found only in part.
annº 1 Sam. 2, 10. Hos. 4, 4.
Deriv. ºn, annº, nº-ºn, the pr.
names *-*, *, *saº, nº, also
Bºn m. and 57 Job 29, 16; plur
tº and nian, constr. ***.
1. contention, strife, quarrel, Gen. 13
7. Deut. 25, 1. Is. 58, 4. Prov. 20, 3. al
827
---
978 In
*** **s my adversary, Is. 41, 11. Trop.
Job 33, 19. Plur. By ºn Ps. 18, 44.
2. a cause, suit, before a judge, Ex. 23,
2. Deut. 21, 5. Is. 1, 23.41, 21. --- wins
one who has a cause or suit Judg. 12, 2.
2 Sam. 15, 2.4; ºn tºns my adversary,
opponent, Job 31, 35. Plur. "rºu, nian
the pleadings of my lips Job 13, 6.
"a" (i. q. ---n, nºn”, for whom
Jehovah pleads) Ribai, pr. n. m. 2 Sam.
23, 29. 1 Chr. 11, 31.
Tº m. (r. rhº) scent, odour, which
any thing exhales, emits, Cant. 1, 12. 2,
13. 7, 14. Gen. 27, 27. al. Trop. Job
14, 9, comp. Judg. 16, 9. Often in the
connection rinº rºl, see rinº.
Tºm Chald. m. odour Dan. 3, 27;
comp. Job 14, 9.
tº see Esº buffalo.
yºn, c. suſ. Bºnn, see in art ºn II.
niºn f plur. (r. Fºn) pounded corn
or grain, grits, polemta, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
Prov. 27, 22.
Tºm Gen. 10, 3, Riphath, pr. n. of a
region and people sprung from Gomer,
i. e. from the Cimmerians. Most intpp.
compare the Riphaean mountains, in the
remotest northern regions.
Pºn m. (r. phº) 1. Adj. empty, as
pººl ºf Jer. 51, 34. Neut, emptiness,
trop. a vain thing, Ps. 2, 1. 4, 3.
2. Adv. in vain, to no purpose, Ps. 73,
13. Is. 30, 7. More ſully pºnº id. Lev.
26, 16. 20. Is. 65, 23; Pººh Job 39, 16.
Is. 49, 4; pan ºil id. Hab. 2, 13. Jer.
51, 58.
P^n m. adj. (r. phº) also P. Gen. 38,
24; fem. rip: ; plur. tºpºn, also pºp-
2 Sam. 6, 20; empty, Chald. pººl, ſpºn;
Syr. Liaº. So of an empty vessel
Judg. 7, 16. 2 K. 4, 3; a pot Ez. 24, 11;
a cistern Gen. 37, 24; ears of grain with-
out kernels Gen. 41, 27, comp. “vanae
arista Virg. Georg. I. 226. So of an
*mpty spirit, i.e. hungry, Is. 29, 8, comp.
ł2, 6 and UE: no. 2; also of empty hands,
i. e. impoverished, needy, Neh. 5, 13;
tomp. In Eºn.—Metaph. a) empty,
pain, of words Deut. 32, 47. b) worth-
less, wicked, Judg. 9, 4. 11, 3. 2 Sam.
20. 2 Chr. 13, 7. Prov. 12, 11. 28, 19.
EP") adv. (r. ph") ( . d emptily, i.e
a) with empty vessels, Jer. 14, 3; empty
handed, i. e. poor, needy, Ruth 1, 21
also without a gift Ruth 3, 17. Hence
Epºn 'E rºuj to send one away empty
without a gift, Gen. 31, 42. Deut
15, 13. Job 22, 9, comp. 1 Sam. 6, 3.
Epº Tºr, to go away empty, d. Ex
3, 21. Deut. 16, 16 they shall not appear
before Jehovah Epºn empty, without ar.
offering, Ex. 23, 16. 34, 20. b) vainly,
void, to no purpose, without effect;
2 Sam. 1, 22 the sword of Saul returned
not emply, i. e. not without slaughter and
victory. Jer. 50, 9; of God's word Is. 55,
11. So Ps. 25, 3 Epºn bºxin huº let
them be ashamed that transgress in vain,
i.e. whose wicked counsels are frustrated.
c) for naught, undeservedly, without
ground or cause, i. q. Dºn no. 3; Ps. 7, 5,
comp. Ps. 69, 5. •
Tº m. (r. ***) spittle, slaver, slime,
1 Sam. 21, 14. For nºr ºn Job 6, 6
see in nºr.
tº m. (r. Gºn) poverty, Prov. 10, 15
13, 18. 24, 34.
tº m. (r. Wh") poverty, Prov. 28, 19.
31, 7.
ſign, see in jiu) Nº.
#T m, adj. (r. Taº) plur. Bºn; fem
nºn, plur, niºn.
1. tender, e. g. foliage Ez. 17, 22.
children and youth of tender age, Gen.
33, 13. Prov. 4, 3. 1 Chr. 22, 5. 29, 1;
the young of flocks and herds and their
meat, Gen. 18, 7.
2. soft, not hard, e.g. the tongue Prov,
25, 15.-Trop. soft, i.e. a) gentle, bland,
Prov. 15, 1. niºn soft words Job 4U,27,
comp. uwkoºkſ, Širm, uwkoºei Aéyou, Hom.
b) delicate, tenderly brought up, Deut.
28, 54.56.
3. weak, feeble, 2 Sam. 3, 39. bºx
nian weak or dull eyes Gen. 29, 17
which were esteemed a defect, comp
1 Sam. 16, 12. Vulg. lippi, blear, Sept.
&o 9sváis.-Trop. 53% Th faint-hearted
timid, Deut. 20, 8. 2 Chr. 13, 7.
Tº m. (r. Tº) softness, delicateness
| Deut. 28, 56.
---
- > *
979
t º
ae, fut. 52n", to ride, whether on
wn animal or in a vehicle. Lat. vehi.
Arab. +5. Syr. -aºs and -aº,
Chald. Sam. ==", id. The primary
idea seems to be to bend the knee, so
that HE') is pr: i, q. Th: ; hence Chald.
3- 9 5
*P), sººn, Rºns, &A=), knee.
1. to ride upon a beast, as a horse,
ass, camel; with by of beast Gen. 24,61.
Num. 22, 22. 30. 1 Sam. 30, 17. al. saep.
* Neh. 2, 12. Jer, 17, 25. 22, 4. With
acc. ono 52* a rider, horseman, 2 K. 18,
19. Am. 2, 15; comp. Ex. 15, 1. ºn
nish: Judg. 5, 10.
2. to ride, to drive in a vehicle, vectus
est; comp. old Germ. ritan, Anglosax.
ridan, Engl. to ride; whence reita, reiti,
carriage, rheda Caes—With 3 of the
vehicle Jer, 17, 25, 22, 4; acc. Hagg. 2,
22; absol. 1 K. 18, 45. Ps. 45, 5. 68, 5.
Poet. of Jehovah who is borne, rides,
upon the cherubim Ps. 18, 11; upon the
clouds Is. 19, 1 comp. Ps. 104, 3; upon
the heavens Deut. 33, 26. Ps. 68, 34.
HipH. atzºn, ſut. apoc. =2ns.
1. to cause to ride, to let ride, on an
animal, Esth. 6, 9. 1 K. 1, 33. Ps. 66,12.
2. to cause to ride in a vehicle, c. acc.
pers. Gen. 41, 43; to convey 2 K. 23, 30.
2 Chr. 35, 24. Metaph, to cause to ride,
to be borne, upon the wings of the wind,
Job 30, 22. Here belongs the expres-
sion Yºs--niº-bº -ºn, see in rigº
no. 2.-Spoken of things, to set or place
upon a vehicle, 2 Sam. 6, 3; also simpl.
to place upon, to put or lay upon, e. g.
the hand, c. By 2 K. 13, 16. Arab. J,
II, to impose or insert one thing upon
another. Syr. Aph, id. Chald. Aph. id.
3. to fasten or yoke to a vehicle, e. g.
as a draught-animal, Hos. 10, 11.
Deriv.537–H35", --, -2.7%, Hºnº.
5. m. in pause =2n, c. suff, ºr
plur. constr. "E="; constr. once with
plur. f. Nah. 2, 5; pr. ‘a riding,' concr.
rider.” Hence
1. Collect. riders, troops, Is. 21, 7; so
v. 9 º's 53, man-riders, comp. Is. 22, 6.
3 l (2 . . .
Arab. º riding-camels.
2. a wagon, chariot, i, q ſtºº, either
or war or serving for luxury and pomp,
Judg. 5, 28. 1 K. 1, 5. 22, 35. 2 K. 2, 11
2 Chr. 35,24. Often collect. war-chariots
e.g. bºuffº =3) chariots and horsemer,
1 K, 10,26. Is. 22, 7.31, 1; Jer. 51,21 as:
inan, the chariots and those that ride
therein ; also with fumerals, 2 K. 7, 14
53. "3";. Ez. 14, 7. Judg. 4, 2. 1 Sam. 13,
5. al. With a verb plur, fem. Nab 2, 5;
only once itself plur. His he "3+ Cant. 1,9.
ºna Hºn chariots of iron, either covered
with iron plates, or armed with hooks,
scythes, Josh. 17, 18. Judg. 1,19. ºr º:
the chariot-cities, where war-chariots
were stationed, 1 K. 9, 19. 10, 26. 2 Chr.
1, 14. 8, 6.9, 25. Hºr; ºniº captains
over chariots 1 K. 22, 31. 33. 2 K. 8, 21.
—Oſten -37, like &guo, in Homer, refers
chiefly to the horses, and also to the
warriors who sit upon the chariots, e.g.
2 Sam. 8, 4 and David houghed all the
chariots i. e. the chariot-horses. 10, 18
and David slew of the Syrians seven
hundred chariots i. e. the warriors of
so many chariots. 2 K. 7, 14 =2n "ºu.
t"pho two pairs of horses. Ez. 39, 20.
But not infreq. ==) and Encho are joined,
and so distinguished from each other,
Josh. 11, 8. 1 K. 20, 25. 2 K. 6, 14. Jer.
17, 25. Ps. 20,8.—Like the Hebrews, the
Canaanites also used waf-chariots Josh
17, 18; and espec. the Egyptians Ex. 14.
9. Is. 31, 1; see the sculpture on Egyp-
tian monuments, Rosellini Monn. stor.
Tab. 46–49, 102 sq. Wilkinson Mann.
and Cust. of the Anc. Egyptians, I. p.
338 sq.-Poet. chariots are also ascribed
to the celestial hosts, Ps. 68, 18; comp.
Hab. 3, 8.
53 m. (r. 527) c. suff, in ºn 1. a
rider, horseman, 2 K. 9, 17.
2. the driver of a chariot, charioteer,
1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18, 33. -
ºn (i. q. Arab. *ś, a band of riders
on camels) Rechab, pr. m. a) The
founder of the tribe of Rechabites, who
were bound by a vow ever to follow the
nomadic life, 2 K. 10, 15.23. Jer, 35, 2 sq.
1 Chr. 2, 55. Comp. Diod. Sic. 19.94.
Gentile n, plur. tº Rechabites, Jer.
35, 2. 3. 5. 18. b) 2 Sam. 4, 2. c.) Neh.
3, 14.
Tº ſ. (r. 557) pectura, a riding or
driving, Ez. 27, 20.
H5-
\}80 E-
ºn (for nº q.v.) Rechah, pr. n. of
a place otherwise unknown, 1 Chr. 4, 12.
*57 m. a chariot, Ps. 104,3. R. 52').
ujºn m. defect. Dºn Gen. 14, 11. 16.
21. 15, 14; c. suff, iºn, iur. Gen. 31,
18; pr. ‘what one has,' possessions, pro-
perty, substance; Sept. to intºxovto, i.
into gºts. Thus:
a) In the most general sense, as fields,
gardens, vineyards, grain; hence "nº
Fºr ºn-" overseers of the king's sub-
stance 1 Chr. 27, 31; comp. v. 25–31.
Flocks and herds are also mentioned as
part of the king's substance, 2 Chr. 21,
14. 35, 7.
b) In a sense less general, moveable
property, such as can be transported or
driven, as flocks and herds, gold and sil-
ver, household stuff, Gen. 12, 5 where
slaves are excepted. 13, 6, 14, 12. 16.
15, 14. Num. 16, 32. 2 Chr. 21, 17. Ezra
8, 21. Dan. 11, 13. 24. 28. Sometimes
flocks and herds are not included, Gen.
31, 18. 46, 6. Num. 35, 3. 1 Chr. 28, 1 ;
also grain Gen. 14, 11.
c) In the strictest sense, household
goods, baggage, not including precious
things, nor gold and silver, Ezra 1, 4, 6.
Sººn m. (r. 52)) tale-bearing, detrac-
hon; hence bºº, "tºs tale-bearers, slam-
derers, Ez. 22, 9, 5">') ºr to go about
for tale-bearing, as a tale-bearer, Lev.
19, 16. Prov. 11, 13. 20, 19. Jer. 6, 28.9, 3.
“Tº
2, praet. Th, fut. Th: see in no. 3.
1. to be tender; see Tº adj. Arab.
Q
J. Kindr. is pp.) I.
2. to be soft ; trop. to be delicate, ten-
derly brought up, Deut. 28, 56. Of
words, to be soft, gentle, bland, Ps. 55,22.
3. to be weakened, broken, e. g. the
mind, 5%, to become faint, timid; so
praet. Tº 2 K. 22, 19; ſut. Th: (like nº,
priº) Deut. 20, 3. Is. 7, 4, Jer. 51, 46.
Pual #25 to be softened, mollified, as
a wyund with ointment, Is. 1, 6.
HiPh. Causat. of Kal no. 3, Job 23, 16.
Deriv. Th, Th, Tyn.
* bºn i. q. b3, pr. to go about, i. e.
a) For traffic, as a trader, i. q. hnº,
dence to trade, to traffic. Part. Beh
a trader, merchant, Cant. 3, 6; plur.
tº-h Ez. 27, 13, 15. 17 sq. al. Fem.
nºn a female trader, Ez. 27, 3.20. 23
Syr. Ileš is spec, a perſumer, apothecary
—Hence Hºh, rºng.
b) For tale-bearing, slander; whence
bºº tale-bearing.
Deriv. the two following and rºº
ºn (traffic) Rachal, pr: n, of a city in
Judah, 1 Sam. 30, 29.
ºn f. trade, traffic, Ez. 26, 12. 28
5. 16. 18. R. 52).
Sk ben fut, plur. *b*, to bind on or
to any thing, Ex. 28, 28. 39, 21. Arab,
id. e. g. cattle in stalls.-Hence
the two following.
bº), only in plur. Bºbº bound-up
places, i. e. rough, rugged, difficult to
pass, Is. 40, 4. Jarchi: mountain ranges,
chains of mountains.
ºn m. (r. ozº) once Ps, 31, 21 ºn
ujºs, either: a) snares of men, their
plots, Arab. Jºš a cord, noose ; or b)
bands, troops of men, as nºs from
TAS ; or c) leagues of men, conspira-
cies; comp. hºp from r -ºp.
* 52n 1. i. Q. Arab. 04.5 pr. to
hit with the foot, to kick ; spec. to urge
on a horse with the feet ; and hence of a
horse, to be urged on, to run, like Arab.
e 5 ~ * ~.
Qae) ; also Jae) I, VIII, to run
swiftly, to flee.—Hence tººl.
2. to gather, to acquire, to get proper-
ty; pr. ‘ to drive or bring together;
Gen. 12, 5. 31, 18. 36, 6.46, 6.
tº m, (r. 55) in pause uja, a
horse of a nobler and fleeter race, a
steed, courser, Mic. 1, 13. 1 K. 5, 8 [4,
28]; distinguished from E-bºb Esth. S.
10. 14. Syr. 12-3 horse. See Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 95.
tº, see art. Jºsh,
P.) 1. Part of the verb ºn hign see
r. Dºn Kal.
2. Ram, pr. m. a.) A family or clan o.
the Buzites Job 32, 2; the same, as some
think, with tº Gen. 22, 21. b) Ruth
4, 19. 1 Chr. 2, 9; for which’Agoſu Mat.
1, 3. Luke 3, 33, c) 1 Chr. 2, 25, 27.
P.) buffalo, see t-s”.
H2-
r12-
981
sk nº 1. to cast, to throw, Pºa into
he sea, Ex. 15, 1. 21.
2. to shoot with a bow; nu;p-rigin a
bow-shooter, archer, Jer. 4, 29; plur. *%in
nu;p Ps. 78, 9. Arab. , Ethiop.
4.4°P, Syr, and Chald. Kºj,id. Comp.
Gr. §litto.
PIEL rigº to deceive ; pr. ‘to cast
down, to make fall,” like Gr. opéAA0,
whence Lat. fallo; c. acc. Prov. 26,
19. Gen. 29, 25. Lam. 1, 19. 1 Sam. 19,
27. Josh. 9, 22. Praegn. 1 Chr. 12, 17
ºth ºrianº to deceive (and betray) me
to my enemies.
Deriv. Hyan, nºnº, nººn, nººn,
nºn, and pr. n. ryºn, Hyº.
Tºm, Sºn, Chald. 1. to cast, to
throw, Dan. 3, 20. 21. 24. 6, 17.
2. to set, to place, e. g. thrones, Dan.
7. 9. Comp. Rev. 4, 2 396 vog Éxetto, and
rºl, no. 2.
3. to impose tribute, Ezra 7, 24.
ITHPE. to be cast, thrown, into a fur-
nace Dan. 3, 6. 15.
Tº f. (r. Ph-) constr. nº, Kamets
impure; plur. nion.
1. a high place, height, 1 Sam. 22, 6;
espec. as consecrated to the worship of
idols, Ez. 16, 24, 25. 39. Comp. Tº.
2. Ramah, pr. n. of several towns situ-
ated on heights. Gentile n. *nº Rama-
thite, once 1 Chr. 27, 27.
a) With art. Fiºr, except Neh. 11,
33, and nº Jer. 31, 15, a town of
Benjamin Josh. 18, 25; in the vicinity of
Gibeah and Geba Judg. 19, 13. Is. 10,29.
Hos. 5, 8. Ezra 2,26. Neh. 7, 30. 11, 33;
on the way ſrom Jerusalem to Bethel
Judg. 4, 5; and not far from the confines
of the two kingdoms 1 K. 15, 17. 21. 22;
mentioned also Jer, 31, 15. 40, 1. Je-
rome places it six Roman niles north of
Jerusalem. Now er-Rám fly!" , a small
village on a hill two hours from Jerusa-
lem on the east of the great northern
road; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 3 15–
317. Josephus calls it Pºuc. 960, Ant.8.
12. 3.-[Jer, 31, 15 a voice was heard in
Ramah ... Rachel weeping for her 'vil-
dren ; here the context refers to the ex-
tles carried away captive by Nebuzara-
dan to Babylon, who passed by way of
Ramah which was prob, their rendez-
vous, see Jer. 40, 1. As Ramah was it,
Benjamin, the prophet introduces Rache.
the mother of that tribe as Dewailing the
captivity of her descendar.ts.—R.
b) Ramah of Samuel, so called, where
that prophet lived and was buried, 1 Sam.
1, 19. 2, 11. 7, 17.8, 4. 15, 34. 16, 13. 19,
18, 19. 22. 23. 25, 1. 28, 3; always with
the art. and either He loc. or a preſ: as
nº. 1 Sam. 19, 19. 23, 25, 1. 28, 3.
The same, as usually supposed, is ºngº
D"Eix Ramathaim-Zophim in the moun-
tains of Ephraim, 1 Sam. 1, 1 comp. 19;
but this is less certain, since the mative
town of Elkanah (1, 1) might be differ-
ent from the Ramah in which he resided,
v. 19. [But in v. 3 Elkanah is said to
go up from his city (in"3%) to worship,
which can only refer to the preceding
Ramathaim of v. 1; and in v. 19 he and
his wife return to their house in Ramah
(nryºr, Erna-bs), obviously the same
place.—R.] The position of this Ra-
mah was early lost sight of by tradition;
and a variety of opinions has prevailed
ever since Eusebius and Jerome. Its
site has been fixed: 0.) At the Ramah
of Benjamin (lett. a), although this was
less than an hour distant from Gibeah
where Saul resided and in full view of
it; comp. 1 Sam. c. 9. 10. So Pococke,
Raumer, Winer. 6) Eusebius and Je-
rome regard it as the Arimathea of the
N. T. and place it near Lydda, where a
Ramah anciently existed. Hence some
have held it to be the same with the
present Ramleh ; which however is a
modern town. y) At the present Neby
Samwil, a high point two hours north-
west of Jerusalem. But this is irre-
concileable with the mention of Rachel’s
sepulchre in 1 Sam. 10, 2. č) Another
suggestion places Ramathaim-Zophim
and Ramah at the modern Sôba west
of Jerusalem ; where however the like
difficulty presses, though in a less de-
gree; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p.
330–334; comp. in Fºx. 8) If then we
allow weight to the mention of Rachel’s
sepulchre, we can only seek for this Ra-
mah near Bethlehem ; where also Euse-
bius speaks of a Ramah: šut Ö3 xo.)
‘Popuſ, toi, Beviouïv Itsgi tºw Bºğäsäu
Not far south-east of Bethlehem is Jebel
Fureidis tº the Frank Mountain, the aw-
H2-
rº-
982
cient fortress and city of Herod called
Herodium ; and if we fix there the site
of Ramah, all the circumstances men-
tioned in 1 Sam. c. 9. 10, are easily ex-
plained. But then the Ramathaim-Zo-
phim of 1 Sam. 1, 1, must have been a
different place. [This last supposition,
as we have seen above, is inadmissible.
Besides, no one who had ever seen the
Frank Mountain could suppose for a
moment that a city ever lay upon it. It
was indeed occupied by Herod’s fortress,
but the city Herodium lay at its foot; see.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 171–173. Euse-
bius, as above cited, places the Ramah
of Benjamin near Bethlehem, obviously
in order to help out a wrong interpreta-
tion of Matt. 2, 18. §) A recent hypo-
thesis places this Ramah at a site of
ruins now called er-Rómeh two miles
north of Hebron. This also makes Ra-
mathaim-Zophim, the place of the pro-
phet's birth, to be different from the Ra-
mah of his residence and burial; against
the express testimony of Josephus, Ant.
$.4.6. ib. 13. 5. See Biblioth. Sacra,
1843, p. 46–51. See generally Bibl. Res.
in Palest. II. p. 141–143. p. 330–334.—In
this uncertainty interpreters may yet be
driven to the position, that the city where
Saul found Samuel (1 Sam. c. 9. 10) was
not Ramah his home.—R. * * *
c) A city of Naphtali Josh. 19, 36;
perh. the same mentioned v. 29; see Re-
land Palaest. p. 963.
d) A town of Gilead 2 K. 8, 29; fully
nºr nº Josh. 13, 26.
e) •rº, nº), see in -n. no. 3.
Tº f (r. tº II) a worm, collect.
worms, as bred from putridity, Ex. 16, 24.
Job 7, 5. 17, 14, 21, 26. 24, 10. Is. 14, 11.
Once trop. of man Job 25, 6. Arab. ãº,
putridity, worms. *
Tº m. also ſºn, c. suff, ºn ; plur.
bºxixºn, constr. fixºn. -
I. a pomegranate, spoken of the tree,
Num. 20, 5. Deut. 8, 8. 1 Sam. 14, 12.
Joel 1, 12. al. Of the fruit, Cant. 4, 3.
5, 7, 8, 2.; also artificial, as an architec-
tural ornament, Ex. 28, 33.34. 2 K. 25,
- 9
\7. Arab. &º id. Syr. id. The
etymology is uncertain : since it is hard-
..y possible, as some have supposed, that
pomegranates should have this name
from the worms (nºn) with which they
are infested. Better to interpret jiža" as
§ wº
the marrowy, from r) marrow, ſº IV
the bone is full of marrow. The pome-
granate tree is still found in Syria, Pa-
lestine, and Egypt; see Celsius Hierob.
I. p. 272 sq.-From their abounding in
pomegranates, several places received
the pr. name Tizºn Rimmon, viz.
a) A city of the tribe of Simeon in
the southern part of Palestine, Josh. 15.
32. 19, 7. 1 Chr. 4, 32. Zech. 14, 10.
b) A town on a high conical rock or
peak north-east of Geba and Michmash,
near the desert, Judg. 20, 45.47. 21, 13.
Now Rümºmón cox") ; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 113, 122.—Here too some
refer 1 Sam. 14, 2.
c) A city of Zebulun, Josh. 19, 13;
where nshºrt does not belong to the
proper name, see under "Sri Pual.—
The same is iniyº', 1 Chr. 6, 62.
d) Yº Yizh a station of the Israelites
after leaving Sinai, Num. 33, 19.
e) Tixºn nä, see in na no. 4.
II. Rimmon, pr. n. m. a.) A Syrian
idol, 2 K. 5, 18; comp. pr. n. Tiana; and
Tixaºlºr:; perh, the ea'alted, from r. ºn
I. Hesych, Pouſºg. inpuotos & sóg, b)
A man 2 Sam. 4, 2.
FY2] (heights, plur. of Hºl) Ra-
moth, pr. n. a) A city in Gilead, else-
where nins), Josh. 21, 36 [38]. 1 K. 4,
13. b) =3; nion, i. q =}}-nºx, q.v.
1 Sam. 30, 27.
mºn f (r. 55-) a heap, mound, of
corpses Ez. 32, 5. Better, with J. D.
Michaelis, to write Tºnian or perhaps
Tryºn, thy worms, from Tºn.
>k nº obsol. root, Arab. & to
pierce with a lance, to lance.—Hence
Tºh m. plur. Enrºn, c. suff, bºrº,
a lance, spear, used by heavy-armed
troops Num. 25, 7. Judg. 5, 8. Neh. 4, 7.
10, 15; coupled with nºx 1 Chr. 12, 8.24,
2 Chr. 11, 12. 14, 7, 25, 5. Sometimes
the iron point, lance-head, Jer. 46, 4. Joe
4, 10. 1 K. 18,28—Aram.srºn Los
G o.
id. Arab. e” id.
*2-
ºn
983
ºn m. plur. c. art. Bºgºr, 2 Chr. 22, 5,
q. bºr, Syrians; comp. 2 K. 8, 28.
For the aphaeresis of the letter N see p.
1, also art. "% hS.
Tºm (whom Jehovah hath set, comp.
Ühald. Tº no. 2) Ramiah, pr. m. m.
Ezra 10, 25.
Tººn f (r. Hºº Pi.) 1. a letting fall
of the hands, i.e. remissness, sloth ; º;
nºn a slothful soul, person, Prov. 19, 15.
Concr. one slothful, Prov. 12, 24. 27.
hºn the nº to labour with a slack
hand, slothful, 10, 4; see Heb. Gr. § 135.
1. n. 3. Adv. remissly, slothfully, Jer.
48, 10.-This notion of the root ap-
proaches near to the kindr. nº. Arab.
s") VI, laxum, remissum ſuit nego-
tium.
2. deceit, fraud, Ps. 32, 2. Mic. 6, 12.
Job 13, 7, nº jius; a deceitful tongue
Ps. 120, 2. 3. nººn nup a deceitful
bow, which sends the arrows wide of the
mark, Hos. 7, 16. Poet. for treacherous
bowmen, who feign flight in order to
deceive, Ps. 78, 57.
jº f a mare, once Esth. 8, 10. Arab.
8 2~~ o 7
kº, id. Syr. Lascº herd of horses and
mares, also of other animals; prob. from
° -->
Pers. & oy flock, herd, troop.
>k $2: obsol. root, Arab. Jº, to deck
with gems, to stain with blood. Hence
nºon (whom Jehovah decks) Re-
maliah, pr. m. of the father of Pekah
king of Israel, 2 K. 15, 25; prob, a man
of low birth and standing, whence his
son is called in contempt nºn-13 Is.
7, 4.5. 8, 6.
* I. Egy i. q. Dºn, to be high, to be
lifted up, ea'alted. Praet. 2. Job 22, 12
where many Mss. and editions have ºnly;
also ºn Job 24, 24 where other copies
have Tain. Part, fem. Hººin uplifted,
Paralled, Ps. 118, 16.
Nish. imp. plur. **n Nu.n. 17, 1C
[16, 45], and ſuf. Høn: Ez. 10, 15, 17. 19
to lift up oneself to rise up. In both the
orms a few Mss. omit the Dagesh.
* II. 52: Arab. p to rot, to be ca-
rious, of a bone; also to be marrowy.
Hence nºn, Tian.
"Ty"º" (I have exahed his help
r. Rhº) Romanti-ezer, pr. n. m. 1 Chr
25, 4, 31. -
Ton, see Tian.
“tº fut. bhºº ; kindr. is boy.
1. to tread with the feet, e. g. a potte
the clay, c. acc. Is. 41, 25; A Neh. 3,
14; also Ez. 34, 18. Hence to tread
wpon, i. e. to walk over any thing, Ps,
91, 13.
2. to tread down, to trample under foot,
2 K. 14, 9. Is. 26, 6. Dan. 8, 7.10; also
persons so as to destroy life 2 K. 7, 17.
20. 9, 33; a lion his prey Mic. 5, 7.
Trop. Is. 63, 3. Ps. 7, G. Part. oººh
treader down, oppressor, Is. 16, 4. As
scribed to the foot Is. 26, 6; comp. Ez.
34, 18. Further, to tread down, “s trample
streets with horses' hoofs Ez. 26, 11.
Also Is. 1, 12 ºr both to trample my
courts i. e. to profane them ; comp. Rev.
11, 2, 1 Macc. 3, 45.
NIPH. pass. of no. 2. Is. 28, 3.
Deriv. oºz.
>k tºº fut. §on: 1. to creep, to crawl,
the appropriate verb for the motion of
the smaller animals which creep along
the ground; both those which have four
feet or more, as mice, lizards, crabs, (and
this is the proper signification, comp.
bº,) and also those without feet, which
glide or drag themselves upon the
ground, as worms and serpents. Gen.
1, 26, after the mention of quadrupeds
both domestic and wild, of birds, and
fishes: Yºsn-by pººr wºr-52 all tha
creeping things (reptiles) that creep
upon the earth. v. 28. 30. 7, 8, 14. 8, 17.
19. Lev. 11, 44. Sometimes the earth
is said to creep with creeping things, c.
acc. (comp. Tºr, no. 4.) Gen. 9, 2 85:
Hºst ºr nuis upon ill with which
the earth creeps, i. e. all reptiles which
creep upon the earth.
2. In a wider sense spoken of aquatic
or amphibious reptiles; Gen. 1, 21 ºn
ºr snº; -uśs rººr, the creeping
animals with which the waters swarm.
Lev. 1, 46. Ps. 69, 35. So of all land
animals whatever, Gen. 7, 21 init. Ps,
104, 20 all the beasts of the forest do creep
forth, sc. by night ſtom their dens --
Hence
*Dºn
15-
984
tº m, a creeping thing, reptile, col-
lect. reptiles, Gen. 1, 25. 26. 6, 7, 7, 14.
23; often riºr toº whatever creeps
upon the earth Gen. 1, 25. 6, 20. Hos. 2,
20 [18]; comp. Deut. 4, 18. Once of
aquatic animals Ps. 104, 25. . So of all
..and animals whatever, Gen. 9, 3.
Fºl (height, i. q. Tº) Remeth, pr. n.
of a city in Issachar Josh. 19, 21.
PA. Fºl in some editions, see in
533 nos).
pºix nºnº
- ºr r )
see in nº no. 2. b.
Th m. (pr. inf of r. ph) a shouling,
rejoicing ; Plur. constr. tº "sº shouts
of deliverance Ps. 32, 7.
>k H; fut nºn”, i. q. ºl, to give forth
a tremulous and stridulous sound ; once
of the whiza ing of the arrow as shot from
the bow Job 39, 23, where Hºus quiver
is put poet. for arrows. Arab. sº and
& I, IV, to sound, to twang, as the
bow when the arrow is shot. See Bo-
chart Hieroz. I. p. 134. Alb. Schultens
ad Hariri Cons. I. p. 11.
Tº f. (r. 12) 1. shout of joy, re-
joicing, Ps, 30, 6, 42, 5, 47. 2. Is, 35,
10. 51, 11. al. 1 K. 22, 36 nºr; hay?"
'a' ºsh... Hºng- and there went the joy-
ful cry throughout the camp... Home !
2. a mourmful cry, outcry, wailing,
Ps. 17, 1.61, 2, 88, 3. 106, 44, Jer, 14,
12. al.
3. Rinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.
* 12, inf. and imp. Th; fut. Th", twice
nºr Prov. 1, 20.8, 3, once ºn: Prov.
29, 6; pr. to give forth a tremulous and
stridulous sound. Spec.
1. Of the tremulous creaking or whi-
ning sound made by a mast or tall pole
vibrating in the wind; hence Tis, Tºn.
\lso of the noise, roaring of a tor-
rent, see Tizºs.
a bow, to whizz.
2. to give forth the voice in vibrations,
to shake or trill the voice ; hence a) to
utter cries of joy, to shout, but not with
an articulate voice, Lev. 9,24; elsewhere
poetic Job 38, 7. Is. 12, 6. 42, 11. 54, 1.
Hl. Ascribed also to the human tongue
ls, 35, 6; to inanimate things Is. 44, 23.
Gº -
Arab. Q9) to twang as
49, 13. With acc. to shout one's praise
to praise with rejoicing, Is. 61, 7 see pºn
no. 2. c. With # id. Is. 24, 14; on ac-
count of Jer. 31, 7. b) Of mournfu
cries, to cry aloud, to wail, Lam. 2, 19.
PIEL ºn i. Q. Kal no. 2, to shout for
joy, to rejoice, Ps. 98, 4. 132, 16. Is. 26
19, 52, 9; with :, in or over any person
or thing, Ps. 33, 1. 89, 13. 92, 5; with
by over the destruction of any one Jer,
51, 48. But with acc. of pers. or thing,
to shout aloud one's praise, i. e. to praise
with rejoicing, Ps. 51, 16. 59, 17; c. bs
Ps, 84, 3; h 95, 1. Inf as noun ºn
shouting Is. 35, 2. Ascribed to things
Ps. 96, 12.
PUAL fut. Tºº, pass. Is. 16, 10.
HipH. Jºhn 1. Trans, to cause to
shout for joy, to make rejoice, Ps. 65, 9.
Job 29, 13. *
2. Intrans. to shout for joy, to rejowce,
Deut. 32, 43. Ps. 32, 11; c. : Ps, 81, 2.
Deriv. see Kal no. 1; also in, riºn, and
ºn f. constr. rºm 1. a cry of joy,
shout, Ps. 100, 2. Job 3, 7, 20, 5. Plur,
nilº Ps. 63, 6.
2. Plur. Eº Job 39, 13 [16] sq. fe-
male ostriches, poet, for the comm. nil-
Hº ; so called from their wailing cry,
see 12" Lam. 2, 19 and in nº. Comp.
Arab. SU's female ostrich, from her cry.
Vulg. străthio. See Bochart Hieroz. II.
p. 24.
Tºm (a ruin, r. boº) Rissah, pr. m. of
a station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 21. 22.
Dººn m. plur. constr. ºp-en.
1. breaches, ruins, Am. 6, 11. R. boy
no. 1.
2. drops, dew-drops, Cant. 5,2. R. bºr
no. 2.
tº obsol, root, Arab. Jºw) to
bind, e. g. with a cord, halter, curb.
Hence
Tº m. c. suff. ixon 1. a curb, haller
pr. which goes over a horse's nose Is
30, 28; hence genr. a rein, bridle, Ps.
32,9. Job 30, 11 Anhui º Tº they cast
off the bridle before me, i. e. they take
unbridled liberties; comp. the Arabic
phrase xxLº Gºle “he throws off hi
bridle,” said of an unbridled person.”
Hence
boºm
985 yºn
2. the mouth, i. e. the interior where
ine bit is placed, the jaws, the teeth, like
Br. Zwivol. Job 41, 5 [13] intº BE2,
i. e. the jaws, the double row of teeth in
the crocodile. -
3. Resen, pr. m. of an ancient city in
Assyria, Gen. 10, 12.
* Cº. inf bººk 1. to break in pieces,
kindr. with nº and onr; q. v. Chald.
poºl to pound, to crush ; Zab. -w; to
break bones. Hence ºne"G", no. 1, and
pr. n. Figh.
2. to sprinkle, to moisten, Ez. 46, 14.
Hence E-enon no. 2. Chald. oon,
tº .
Arab. U*) id. This connects itself with
the signif no. 1, since what is broken in
pieces or crushed small, is easily scat-
tered, sprinkled.
yºn m. (r. 937) in pause and after
distinct. acc. sº ; with art. Shri and
wºrl; with Vav copul. Sh, but with dis-
tinct, acc. v., ; plur. Pºsº.
A) Adj, with fem. nº, plur. nis).
1. bad, evil, worthless, in quality or es-
sence ; opp. Hiro. E. g. merchandise
Prov. 20, 14; water, unwholesome, 2 K.
2, 19; cattle Lev. 27, 10; figs Jer. 24, 2;
sterile soil Num. 13, 19, comp. Deut.
15, 21. air, is sº -2° to speak bad or
good, i.e. any thing at all, Gen. 24, 50,
comp. 31, 24.—Spec. ill-favoured, of bad
appearance, Gen. 41, 3.4.19. 21. Sº hº
filthy thing, excrement, Deut. 23, 10 [9].
—Trop. 'E *::, ºr evil in the sight of
any one, displeasing to him, Gen. 28, 8.
38, 7; absol. Ex. 33, 4. Often in the
phrase º 'º-ya ºr nº to do evil in
ſhe sight of Jehovah, what is displeasing
to him, spoken of idolaters and trans-
gressors, Num. 32, 13. Deut. 4, 25.
Judg. 2, 11. 1 Sam. 15, 19. 1 K. 11, 6.
2 K. 3, 2. al. saep. For "º": is put also
*E* in the later books, as Neh. 2, 1 ;
also by Ecc. 2, 17.
2. bad, evil, i.e. causing evil, hurtful,
Warmful. a) Physically, e. g. a raven-
pus beast Gen. 37,20.33; malignant dis-
lase Deut. 28,59; ºn Tru a malignant
alcer v. 35; ºn nº an evil thing, poi-
sonous, 2 K. 4, 41; Tºy Sº evil-eyed, i. e.
envious, miserly, Prov. 23, Ö. 28, 22.
ſs. 32, 7-tº-sº "nº ºbz, the weapons of
ſhe deceiver a 2 hurtful, dest nctive to
others, b) Morally bad, evil, wicket,
of persons 1 Sam. 30, 22. Ps. 5, 5. 140
2. Job 21, 30. Prov. 11, 21. Esth. 7, 6,
plur. tº the wicked Prov. 4, 14. 14, 19
So yºri hº, see in nº Piel no. 3. Ol
a wicked people Jer. 13, 10; or genera-
tion Deut. 1, 35. Then also of things,
as 9" nº a wicked thing, crime, Deut.
17, 5; a way, mode of life, Prov. 2, 12. 8,
13. 28, 10. Jer. 23, 22; sº as an evil
heart Jer. 7, 24. 11,8. Prov. 26,23; nº
Sºn an evil imagination, thought, Gen.
6, 5, 8, 21. So Fly" rº- an evil spirit
from God upon Saul 1 Sam. 16, 15; but
in Judg. 9, 23 Hyº nº is an evil spirit
of discord.
3. ill, evil, i.e. sad, sorrowful, e.g. the
countenance, Gen. 40, 7. Neh. 2, 2; the
heart Prov. 25, 20.
4, ill, evil, i.e. unprosperous, unhappy,
Is. 3, 11 comp. v. 10. Gen. 47, 9. For
tº sh; see below in B. 1. b.
B) Subst. Sºn 1. ill, evil, i.e. a) evil
which one does, Ps. 97, 10. Is. 59, 7. ,
sh riºs to do evil 1 Sam. 29, 7. 2 Chr.
33, 9. Neh. 9, 28; 97 hits evil-doers Ps,
34, 17; sº ºbsº id. Mic. 2, 1. 97 nº
'E by to do evil with or to any one Gen.
31, 29; c. : id. Jer. 39, 12. Sh 52: to
recompense evil Ps. 7, 5. b) evil which
happens to any one, adversity, calamily,
Gen. 44, 34. Job 2, 10. 5, 19. 30, 26. Ps.
121, 7. Prov. 5, 14. Is. 31, 2. al. Sin Din
day of evil, of calamity, evil day, Am. 6,
3; sº nº Ps. 49, 6. tº 95% for evil
wnto you, for your hurt, instead of the ful-
ler phrase tº sº rink, Jer. 7,6. 25,7.
Ecc. 8, 9. So to prophesy evil, calamity,
1 K. 22, 8, 18. Plur. p-sº "asºn angels
of evils, evil angels, bringing calamity,
Ps. 78, 49.
2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness,
depravity; ºn? no departing from evil,
doing right, Job 1, 1; comp. Prov. 8, 13.
Also ill-will, malice, Ps. 7, 10; sną, with
malice, wickedly, Ps. 73, 8.-Sometimes
in genit. expressing quality, as ºn "u:S
wicked men Prov. 28, 5; sº nºS a wicked
woman Prov. 6, 24; xi ns: apicked cowm-
sel Ez. 11, 2; comp. Ecc. 4, 8–Sept.
Tovmoog, x0x0s.
I. v. m. (r. x+) c. suff, is", outcry.
moise, e.g. in joy, a shout, E K. 32, 17;
in grief Mic. 4,9. So ": sºn for the thun
S3
y- 986
Hy-
der; Job 36, 33 is: Tºyº his thunder
showeth concerning him, God; see in 723
Hiph. no. 2.
II, 3) m. (for Hyn, r. ny, no. 3) c.
suff. "Sº, is". Jer. 6, 21, but far oftener
Anyh, once fully tº Job 6, 27; Plur.
tºº, c. suff, *y-, *y-, *y-, Job 32, 3,
also nº for nºn Job 42, 10. 1 Sam.
30, 26, Erºs: Ps. 28, 3.
1, a friend, companion, acquaintance,
with whom one lives, has friendly inter-
course, Gen. 38, 12. 20. 2 Sam. 13, 3.
Job 2, 11. 19, 21. Prov. 19, 6. 25, 17;
but implying less than aris Prov. 18, 24.
With dat. like Gr. 6 Šuoi pikoç, Job 30,
29 nº nixº sº a companion (i.e. like)
to ostriches. The epithet &m, friend,
companion, is also put for: a) a lover,
one beloved of a woman, Cant. 5, 16. Jer.
3, 1. 20. Hos. 3, 1. Comp. Tºn. b)
any one, any other member of the hu-
man ſamily, 6 TAyalov, neighbour, fellow,
Ex. 20, 17 sq. 22, 25. Lev. 19, 13. Deut.
5, 18. Prov. 3, 29. al. c.) Preceded by
tººs, one—another; Judg. 6, 29 Anºsº
ºriº-bs tºns they said each man to his
fellow, i.e. one to another. Gen. 11, 3.
1 Sam. 10, 11. 2 K. 3, 23. Ex. 18, 7.
2 Chr. 20, 23. Gen. 31, 49. Also of
things Gen. 15, 10, see in u}^N no. 4.
Comp. nS no. 7. Rarely without ºns
preceding, Is. 34, 14 Nºp” riºn-bs --xu,
the satyr shall cry to his fellow, i.e. one
satyr to another.
2. thought, will, desire, i. q. Chald.
nºn, Tiºn, Ps. 139, 2, 17–Chald. Fish
to will ; also Syr. is: Ethpa. to think.
yºn m. (pr. inf. of r. syn) 1. badness,
bad quality, Jer. 24, 2, 3.8. 29, 17. Also
ugliness, deformity, Gen. 41, 19.
2. In a moral sense, evil, wickedness,
:s. 1, 16. Jer. 4, 4, 21, 12. 23, 2. 26, 3.
3. sadness of the heart, countenance,
Neh. 2, 2. Ecc. 7, 3.
*::: fut, -yº to hunger, to be
hungry. Arab. ºš º be ample and
*apacious ; J-5 id. Jºë, wide-bel-
.ied. The primary idea seems to be
that of having a wide and empty sto-
mach; comp. kindr. Ertº, and Ethiop.
Cºſh tº hunger —Spoken of individu-
als Is. 8, 21. 40, 10. Ps. 34, 11. 50, 12
of a whole country, to be famished, to
suffer famine, Gen. 41, 55. With tº
hunger for any thing, Jer, 42, 14.
HipH. to cause to hunger Deut. 8, 3;
to let famish Prov. 10, 3.
Deriv. ix), Tiny", and
P}. m. hunger, famine, of single
persons Lam. 5, 10. Deut. 32, 24. Jer
11, 22. Am. 8, 11; of whole countries
i. e. famine, scarcity of grain, Gen. 12,
10. 26, 1. 45, 11. Ruth 1, 1. Job 5, 20. al.,
By m, adj, plur. Bººn, fem, nºn,
hungry 2 Sam. 17, 29. Job 5, 5. Is. 29,
8. al. hunger-bitten, famished, Job 18, 12.
Tiºn m. (r. 595) constr. i-º, famine
Ps, 37, 19. Gen. 42, 19. 33.
*Tº ſat. Tºnº to tremble, to quake,
e.g. the earth Ps. 104, 32.-Arab. Cº-c
Conj. IV, VIII, id. Eth. CUP id. Kindr,
are bºy, Exh.
HipH. intrans. to tremble, to shake, of
persons, part. Tº Dan. 10, 11. Ezra
10, 9.
Deriv. the two following.
Ty] m. a trembling, Ez. 15, 15. Ps,
55, 6.
Tºm f. (r. 797) a trembling, Ps. 2, 11.
48, 7. Is. 33, 14. Job 4, 14.
>k Hy- ſut. Hyn", apoc. sº Job 20, 26
1. Trans. to feed a flock, to pasture,
Lat. pascere. Arab. id. and trop.
to tend, to guard, to govern. Ethiop.
CUP id. Syr. Chald. Samar. id.—
Constr. with acc. of flock Gen. 4, 2. 30,
36. Ex. 3, 1. Is. 40, 11. Jer, 23, 4. Cant.
1, 8, al. : Gen. 37, 2, 1 Sam. 16, 11.
17, 34; absol. Gen. 29, 7.37, 13. Num
14, 33. Cant. 1, 7. al-PART. Frºn subst.
a shepherd, herdsman, Gen. 46, 34. Ex.
2, 17. Is. 13, 20. Jer. 43, 12; with genit.
of flock or herd Gen. 13, 7; and of the
owner, as prº ºn Gen. 26, 20. Fem,
Hyºh Gen. 29, 9. Arab. e5 id.
Trop. to feed: a) * q. to lead, to
rule, to care for, the figure being often
preserved, e.g. 0.) Of a prince or king
like Gr. touhy Modiv. 2 Sam. 5, 2 thou
shall feed my people Israel. 7, 7. Jer. 23.
2 sq. Mic. 5, 3, 7, 14; c. Ps 78, "I
Hy-
Hy-
987
Hence nyn a shepherd, spoken of a prince
or king, Jer. 2,8. 3 15. 22, 22. Ez. 34,2 sq.
Is. 44, 28. §) Of God, Ps. 23, 1 Jehovah is
my shepherd, I shall not want. 28,9. 80,
2. Gen. 48, 15. 49, 24; comp. Hos. 4, 16.
v) Of a teacher of virtue and wisdom,
Prov. 10, 21. Hence rººm a master or
feacher Ecc. 12, 11; and so perh. of
prophets Zech. 11, 5.8.16, where others
understand princes. 3) Ps. 49, 15 ryº
bº death feedeth (pastureth) them, i. e.
in Sheol, like a flock; see the preceding
clause.
b) to mourish, to afford sustenance ;
Hos. 9, 2 the threshing floor and wine-
press shall not feed them, i.e. shall be
cut off, fail.
2. Intrans. to feed, to graze, to pas-
ture, as does a flock, Lat, pasci, Is. 5, 17.
11,7. 65, 25; with 59 of place added Is.
45, 9; : Gen. 41, 2. With acc. of the
pasture on which a flock feeds, Jer. 50,
19. Ez. 34, 14. 18. 19. Mic. 7, 14. Trop.
to feed down, to consume ; Mic. 5, 5 they
shall feed down the land of Assyria with
the sword. Job 20, 26 ibisi. Tº sºn:
(the fire) shall devour what is left in his
ſent. Jer. 22, 22. 2, 16 pºp Tº they
feed off the crown of thy head; comp. Is.
7, 20. Job 24, 21 Hºps Hyh who feedeth
down (oppresseth) the barren woman;
Chald. confringens.—Also trop. to feed
in quiet, is to live or dwell in security Is.
14, 30. [So Ps. 37, 3 Hyºs Hynh and
feed in faith, trusting in God, i. Q.
rtyrſ' inºsa Hab. 2, 4; see the pre-
ceding clause.—R.
3. Metaph. to feed upon any thiug,
i. e. to feast upon, to delight in any per-
son or thing; comp. Cic. Pis. 20: “his
ego rebus pascor, his delector.’ Chald.
ris) id. comp. Heb. Hs), ºria, YEri.
Kindr. is righ, Arab. U-35. Construed:
a) With acc. of pers, to delight in any
one, to be his companion, Prov. 13, 20.
28, 7. 29, 3. b) With acc. of thing,
Prov. 15, 14 the mouth of fools nºs ryn:
delights in folly, feeds upon it, seeks
uſter it. nºn Hy) to feed upon the wind,
... e. to strive or grasp after something
vain, imania sectari, Hos 12, 2; comp. Is.
14, 20. Comp. nºn nºn and nºn liºn.
Piel Hyn denom. from nºn and ºn
1 friend, to treat as a friend, to make the
.ompanion of any one, Judg. 14, 20.
HipH. ful. c. suff. Exº, to feed, i. Q
Kal no. 1, Ps. 78, 72. -
HITHP. to make friendship, to hold
intercourse, c. nS with any one Prov
22, 24.
Deriv. ryn, sº II, nyn, ºn, “sh,
nºn, nººn, Tiºn, Hºnº, snº, nºnz,
and the proper names Hyn, bºs", "xn,
nº-h.
ºf (r. 92) A) Adj, fem, evil, bad,
see in masc. 9". -
B) Subst: ill, evil, Ecc. 5, 12. 6, 1.10,
5. Hyºh for evil, i.e. with bad intent or
purpose, e. g. to set one’s face upon any
one nich Nº, nº for evil and not for
good Jer. 21, 10. 39, 16. 44, 11; comp.
Am. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 20. Judg. 2, 15. 2
Sam. 18, 32.—Hence
1. ill, evil, i.e. a) evil which one does
to others; thus : H97 nigs to do evil to
any one Ps. 15, 3. Neh. 6, 2; c. By Gen.
26, 29. Judg. 15, 3; ns Judg. 11, 27.
rºit, nrir, nº tºº to reward evil for
good Gen. 44, 4; also Is. 7, 5. Ps. 21, 12,
Plur. nivº Ps. 140, 3. With genit, nº
Th?"as the evil of Abimelech, which he
did to others, Judg. 9, 56. 57. 1 Sam. 25,
39. b) evil which happens to any one,
calamity, i.e. 0.) hurt, mischief, destruc-
tion, Gen. 19, 19. Ex. 32, 12. Jer. 2, 3, 4,
6, 5, 12. 11, 11. al. "nº upa? they
that seek my hurt, my destruction, Ps. 71,
13. 24; comp. Ps. 35, 4, 6) affliction,
trouble, adversity; Hyº in or with af.
fliction, sorrow, Neh. 1, 3. Gen. 44, 29.
Hy: ry: in time of evil, i. e. of afflic-
tion, distress, Ps. 37, 19. 41, 2, Jer. 2, 28.
11, 12. Plur. nivº evils, calamities, Deut.
31, 21. Ps. 34, 20.
2. evil in a moral sense, wickedness,
depravity; so ºsmº Hyº Hº; that
we may put away evil (concr. evil per-
sons) out of Israel Judg. 20, 13; see a
nº Pi. no. 3. Also wicked deed, sin
Gen. 39,9. Hence of active wickedness,
deliberate mischief malevolence, malice,
Gen. 6, 5. Nah. 3, 19. Is. 47, 1C) Job 22, 5,
Hos. 10, 15 tºns) nºn the evil of your
evil, your great wickedness.
Flyn m. (r. Hyn) constr. nºn, c. suff
Tºn Prov. 6, 3 (like n-pº, Tºp 2), a
friend, acquaintance, companion, i. Q. 9"
which is more usual. 2 Sam. 15, 37, 16
16. 1 K. 4, 5
Hy-
'ºy-
988
Wºn fem. of Hyn, plur. nish female
tompanions, Ps. 45, 15. Judg. 11, 37
Keri.
Tº inf of r. sºn, where see.
*X" (friend sc. of God) Reu, pr. n. m.
Gen. 11, 18. Gr. Poyo.i. Luke 3, 35.—
Strictly i. q. Fish, like ** i. q, nº. R.
nºn.
Şsºn (friend of God) Reuel, Sept.
'Payouñi, pr. n. m. a.) A son of Esau
Gen. 36, 4, 10. b) The father of Jethro,
Ex. 2, 18. Num. 10, 29. c) 1 Chr. 9,8. d)
In Num. 2, 14 should be read instead of
it bºx: ; comp. 1, 14, 7, 42. 10, 20.
nºnpr. ſem. of ºn q. v. R. Hyn.
1. a female friend, companion, plur.
niºn Judg. 11, 37 Cheth. Hence a)
another, any other, Esth. 1, 19, comp.
1 Sam. 15, 28. b) Preceded by Hºs
one—another, Ex. 11, 2. Jer. 9, 19. Zech.
11, 9; of birds Is. 34, 15. 16. Comp. in
Sº, no. 1. c.
2. desire, a striving, grasping after
any thing. Hºn nhyº, a striving of
wind, q, d. windy striving, vain endea-
vour, Ecc. 1, 14, 2, 11. 17. 26. 4, 4, 6, 6,
9. Comp. rh- Hyº Hos. 12, 2, and
Chald. nººn.
hºyº Chald. f. will, pleasure, Ezra 5.
17. 7, 18. R. Hyº no. 3.
"y" m. pasture, 1 K. 5, 3 [4, 23]. R.
nº.
"X" (friendly, social, denom. from vº)
Rei, pr. n. m. 1 K. 1, 8.
*y- adj. denom. from Hyºh, of a shep-
herd, pastoral, Is, 38, 12. Subst, a shep-
herd, Zech. 11, 17. -
Tº f (r. Hyn) a female friend, com-
panion, plur. c. suff, "nºs". Judg. 11, 37
Čheth. Also one beloved, as a term of
endearment, Fr. mom a mie, Cant. 1,9. 15.
2, 2, 10. 13, 4, 7. al. Comp. S. no. 1. a.
jº m. i. q, nºn no. 2, desire,
striving. Ecc. 2, 22 “ah Tiºn the striv-
ving of his heart, ran liºn a striving
yf wind, windy striving, vain effort, Ecc.
, 17. 4, 16. R. Fix", no. 3.
Tºwn Chald. m. thought, cogitation,
Oan. 4, 16. 5, 6, 10. 7, 28; spoken of
nocturnal visions Dan. 2,29, 30. R. nym
ſo think.
wk by: to tremble, to reel, kindr. with
Tº. Chald, and Syr. id. Found only in
HoPH. to be made to tremble or quiver
e.g. a spear, to be brandished, Nah. 2, 4.
Deriv. ºn, riºr, and the pr. names
rhyna, Hºn.
by m. 1. a reeling from intoxica.
tion, Zech. 12, 2.
2. Plur. nibºn veils, as a female orna-
ment, so called from their tremulous or
fluttering motion, Is. 3, 19. Arab. Jºy.
Tº (whom Jehovah makes trem-
ble, i. e. who fears Jehovah) Reelaiah,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 2; for which Neh. 7, 7
nºn.
Sk by: fut. tº 1. to be 7, oved, agi-
tated, to tremble, kindr, with 99), Tºy;
Ez. 27, 35. Spec. of the sea, to be trou-
bled, tossed, to rage, Ps. 96, 11. 98, 7.
1 Chr. 16, 32.
2. to thunder, see Hiph. and tº . Syr.
× S3 id. ises; thunder. Chald. Exºns
to murmur, to roar.
3. to be angry, wroth, see Hiph. no. 2.
Syr. Ethp. id. Arab. * * } III, V, id.
HIPH. 1. to thunder, sc. Jehovah Ps.
18, 14, 29, 3. Job 40, 9, 1 Sam. 2, 10.
7, 10.
2. to provoke to anger, to irritate.
1 Sam. 1, 6.
Deriv, the two following.
by m.c. suff, Tºn, thunder, Ps, 77,
19. 81, 8, 104, 7, Is. 29, 6. Hence for
a voice of thunder, as of warlike leaders
shouting their orders, Job 39, 25. Me-
taph. Job 26, 14 pianº ºn innºn, es-
the thunder of his power who can under.
stand 2 i. e. the whole compass of the
divine power, all the mighty deeds
which can be predicated of God.
Tº f (r. 5x7) 1. a trembling, qui.
vering, shuddering, poetically for the
mane of a horse, prob. as erect from
excitement, and waving or streaming
in the wind. Job 39, 19 [22] Jºhnr.
nºn insix hast thou clothed his neck
with shuddering 2 i. e. with a waving
mane; comp. Gr. ºpóñn mane, from pášog
—Other interpretations are reviewed by
Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 118 sq. and Alh
Schult. ad. h. l.
jºy")
yy-
989
2. Raamah, pr. m. of a son of Cush,
who with his sons Sheba and Dedan
bunded families or tribes in south-east-
ern Arabia, which afterwards had com-
merce with the Tyrians, Gen. 10, 7.
1 Chr. 1, 9. Ez. 27, 22; see the arts.
º, sº, T. Sept. in Gen. I. c. ren-
ders it ‘Psy-w, i. e. a city on the Persian
Gulf mentioned by Ptolemy and Steph.
Byz. See Bochart Phaleg IV. 5.
Tºwn see in Hºn.
Cºn Gen. 47, 11. Ex. 12, 37. Num.
33, 3, 5, and Cºyº Ex. 1, 11, Rameses,
or Raamses, pr. n. of an Egyptian city in
the land of Goshen, built o' at least for-
tified by the labour of the Israelites, Ex.
1, 11. The name of this city seems some-
times to have been given to the whole
province, (see Gen. l. c.) from which it
would appear to have been the chief
city of the district. It was prob. situated
near the water—shed between the Bitter
Lakes and the Valley of the Seven
Wells, not far from Heroopolis, but not
identical with that city; see Thesaur. p.
1297 sq. Hengstenb. die Bücher Mose u.
Agypten p.48 sq.[Engl. p.47 sq.] Comp.
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 79 sq. 547–550.
—The name accords with that of seve-
ral kings of Egypt, Ramses, PHºcc
i. e. son of the sun ; one of whom pro-
bably founded the city and gave it his
OWI) Ild. Iſl C.
* 2n in Kal not used. Syr. §§ 3;
is the plant mallows ; prob. So called
from its greenness.
PiL, ºn to put forth leaves, to be
green, 3 pers. f. riº Job 15, 32. Cant.
1, 16. But both these examples can be
referred to the following adjective.—
Hence
Tº m. adj. plur. tº Ps. 92, 15;
'em. Hºn; green, e.g. leaves, ſoliage,
Jer. 17, 8; of trees which are vigorous
and flourishing, Deut. 12, 2. 2 K. 16, 4.
al. A green tree is then the emblem of
prosperity e. g. in the wicked Ps. 37,35;
in the righteous 52, 10. 92, 15. al. Also
green oil, i. e. fresh, new, Ps. 92, -1.
7:T Chald. m. id. green; metaph.of
a person flourishing in prosperºv, Dan
1, 1 [4].
+ y y: 1. to break, to break in pieces
i. q. Yºº, y2). Also intrans, as in Eng
to break, i. e. to be broken ; Chald. Syr
id. Praet. Hy; are broken, Jer, 11, 16
Inf fem. nyºn in breaking, pleonast. Is,
24, 19; as subst, a breaking, e.g. nºn ju,
a broken tooth Prov. 25, 19. Fut sh;
Jer, 15, 12. Job 34,24; c. suff. Exhr, Ps.
2, 9.
2. Intrans. to be evil, bad, from the idea
of breaking, being broken, and so made
worthless; opp. of Dor) to be whole,
sound, good. Praet. 91, f. Tº Deut. 15,
9, 2 Sam. 19, 8; inf sºn Ecc. 7, 3; imp.
plur. 19% be ye evil, i. e. though ye are
evil, angry, though ye rage, Is. 8, 9;
fut. Snº, sometimes wrongly referred to
Sny.—Thefollowing constructions, mostly
impers, may be noted; comp. in Hiro and
nº. a) Praet. "2-y: 97 it was evil in
my sight, it displeased me, Num. 22, 34.
Josh. 24, 15. Jer. 40,4; fem, of a woman
Ex. 21, 8. Fut. *-ya snº (º) id.
Gen. 27 11. 38, 10. 1 Sam. 8, 6. 2 Sam.
11, 20. al. Later writers for *:::, put
*%, Neh. 13, 8. 2, 10, Jon. 4, 1. Also
Gen. 21, 12 ºver-ºs Tºy: 97-9s let it
not be evil in thy sight (not grieve thee)
on account of the lad. 1 Chr. 21, 7;
comp. 2 Sam. 19,43, b) nº sh; it is evil
to me, i.e. it goes ill with me, Ps. 106, 32.
c) to be sad, sorrowful, of the counte-
nance, heart, Neh. 2, 3. 1 Sam. 1, 8;
comp. Deut. 15, 10. d) Of the eye, to
be evil, i. e. to be envious, c. 3 Deut. 28,
54; comp. 15, 9.
NIPH. fut. Sin: , see in r. Shin.
HipH. vºn and vºn ; inf snº, in pause
shri ; ſut. Sº, conv. vºn; part. 972,
plur. Bºnn.
1. to break in pieces, to destroy, Ps.
44, 3, 74, 3. Jer. 31, 28.
2. to do ill, i. e. a) to make evil sc.
what one does; comp. opp. 5"º". Gen.
44, 5 prºpy ºus prisºn ye have done
evil what ye have done, i. e. in so doing.
To do good or to do evil is sometimes
put genr. i. Q." to do something or other'
any thing, Zeph. 1, 12. Is. 41, 23. Jer. 4,
22. Lev. 5, 4 if one swear unadvisedly to
do evil or to do good, i.e. anything what-
ever, he is bound. Hence ellipt. Ps. 15,
4 nº sº wºrk sau; if he sweareth
Jnadvisedly to do good or) to do evil.
he changeth not shrih being here put fol
83%
yy-
NE"
990
lic fuller anºnhº wºrk, i.e. if he swear
to do any thing, and it turn out evil to
himself or others, he yet performs his
oath ; comp. Lev. 5, 4, Judg. 11, 31.
Others here render it neighbour, friend,
as if for sºrº from sh; so Sept. Symm.
Pesh. De Wette takes sºr; for snº,
and understands a wicked person.—Also
nº ºr pr. ‘tc make evil in doing,'
to do evil, 1 K. 14, 9. Jer. 16, 12; Mic.
3 4 triºsº ºr they make evil their
doings, they work evil.—Hence
b) Ellipt. to do evil, to act wickedly,
Gen. 19, 7. Judg. 19, 23. 1 Sam. 12, 25.
Is. 1, 16. Jer. 4, 22. Ps. 37,8. Prov. 4, 16.
al.—Part. 97% Prov. 17, 4, in pause 9.1%
Is. 9, 16, plur. Bºsnº, an evil-doer, evil-
doers, Ps. 22, 17. 26, 5. 27, 2. Is. 1, 4. 14,
20. 31, 2. al.
c) to do evil to any one, to deal ill with,
to afflict; c. : Gen. 19, 9, 43, 6. Ex. 5,
22. 23. Num. 11, 11. 1 Sam. 26, 21.
Zech. 8, 14. Ps. 105, 15; c. acc. Num.
16, 15. Deut. 26, 6; by 1 K. 17, 20; by
Gen. 31, 7; # 1 Chr. 16, 22. Of God
as afflicting men, c. , Ruth 1, 21. Jer.
25, 6.
HITHPo. Sºinrir. 1. to be broken in
pieces, from concussion, Is. 24, 19. Hence
2. to destroy or ruin oneself, Prov.
18, 24.
Deriv. 9th, Hy), sh.
Sº Chald. to break in pieces, fut.
sin: after the form pºrº, Dan. 2, 40.
PA. id. ibid. -
¥ Fyn ſut. Fish", to drop, to distil,
c. acc. Prov. 3, 20 the clouds distil the
dew. Ps. 65, 12. 13. Job 36, 28. Arab.
e-ic) id. Comp. by transp. Fin: I.
HipH. i. Q. Kal, to drop, to distil, as
the heavens, c. acc. Is. 45, 8.
*Y2] ſut Yºnn, i, q, ysh and sºn,
to break or dash in pieces, Ex. 15, 6.
Metaph. to harass, to oppress a people,
Judg. 10, 8.
* py º fut, ºn", to tremble, to quake;
comp. Engl. to rustle. Arab. U”-e) and
U.e) id. Kindr. are ºn, bº, tº -
Spec. for fear, terror, Ez. 38, 20; the
earth Judg. 5, 4, Is. 13, 13; the heavens
Joel 2, 10. 4, 16; mountains Jer. 4, 24.
Nah. 1, 5; islands Ez. 26, 15; the foun-
dations of the earth Is. 24, 1}; walls
door-posts, Ez. 26, 10. Am. 9, 1. Witr
Tº of the cause of fear, Jer. 16, 10. 49
21; "Sº Ez. 38, 20–Once of the mo.
tion of grain as agitated and rugtling ir
the wind, Ps. 72, 16.
NIPH. i. q. Kal, to be moved, shaken
to quake, e. g. the earth Jer. 50, 46.
HIPH. 1. to cause to tremble, to shake
e.g. the heavens and the earth Ps. 60
4. Hagg. 2, 6.7; kingdoms Is. 14, 16
the nations Ez. 31, 16.
2. Spec. to cause to leap, as a horse, a
locust; verbs signifying to tremble, to
move to and fro, being often transferred
to the idea of leaping, springing, comp.
nn; Pi. Xºr, bann, also ºpy. Job 39,
20 of the horse: Hans; ººnri dost
thou make him leap like the locust?—
Hence
tº m. 1. a trembling, shaking, as
of a spear Job 41, 21 [29]; of persons
Ez. 12, 18; of the earth, an earthquake,
1 K. 19, 11. 12. Is. 29, 6. Ez. 37, 7.38,
19. Am. 1, 1. Zech. 14, 5.
2. a leaping, bounding, see the root
Hiph. no. 2; e. g. of a horse in running
Job 39, 24 comp. 20. Poet. of war-
chariots Nah. 3, 2. Jer. 47, 3; comp.
-ph.
3. tumult, uproar, as of battle Is. 9, 4.
Jer, 10, 22. Perh, thunder Ez. 3, 12. 13;
comp. Twº to tremble, Qe) to thunder.
>k Nº. fut, sºn"; see also r. nº II.
1. Pr. to sew together, to mend, to re-
pair. Arab. Us), Eth. Z4A, id. It
corresponds to the Gr. 66tta). These
roots all have their origin in a common
stock, the primary and onomatopoetic
syllable Fin, which has the force of Lat.
rapere and carpere, Germ. raffen, rup-
fen, comp. Finº, Finn, Finº. The pre-
sent verb imitates the sound of a person
sewing rapidly.—See Niph. and Pi. no. 1.
2. to heal, to cure, pr: a wound, a
wounded person, which is often done by
sewing up the wound, Ps. 60, 4. Jer. 30
17. Job 5, 18. Ecc. 3, 3; also one sick
c. acc. Gen. 20. 17. Ps. 6, 3. 30, 3, 41
5. With dat. of pers. Num. 12, 13. 2 K.
20, 5.8. Lam. 2, 13; or of the disease
Ps. 103, 3. Part. Nºn a physician Jer. &
22, 2 Chr. 16, 12. Gen. 50, 2; metapt
of God, Ex. 15, 26.-Comp. Gr. &zuig 30
NE"
15-
99.I
. e. to mend and to cure ; also Arab.
Jºle id.
Metaph. a) God is said to heal a per-
son, a people, a land, i. e. to restore to
former prosperity and happiness, 2 Chr.
7, 14. Hos. 5, 13. 7, 1. 11, 3. Is. 19, 22.
30, 26. 57, 18. 19. Jer. 17, 14; as vice
versa God is said to wound by inflicting
calamities, see Deut. 32, 39. Is. 19, 22.
al. b) As further this restoration is con-
nected with and depends on the remis-
sion of sins (see Matt. 9, 2 sq. Mark 4,
12, comp. 2 Chr. 7, 14. Is. 6, 10. 53, 5),
hence to heal is i. Q. to pardom, to forgive,
2 Chr. 30, 20. Jer. 3, 22. Hos. 14, 5. Is.
6, 10 lest . . . . they be converted, and God
heal them, i. e. forgive and restore them.
Comp. Ps. 103, 3. c.) Also to comfort, to
console; Job 13, 4 bººs "SE" empty com-
forters, comp. Ps. 147, 3; unless we re-
turn to the primary meaning of the verb,
and render: patchers up of vanities,
i. q. ºpuſ; ºt, in the first), emistich. So
the verb solor, consolor, seems also to
have the primary sense of to heal, to make
whole, from solus, 640s; comp. also Arab.
U.M to cure, and to console. Jº
3. to allay, to quiet, i. q. Arab. Us), q. d.
to heal a tumult. See 5*sºn (NE) and
Neº no. 2.
Niph. Nº, see also in r. Hºh II.
1. Pass. of Kal no. 1, to be repaired,
Jer. 19, 11.
2. to be healed, cured, either a disease
Lev. 13, 18.37. 14, 3.48; or a sick per-
son Deut. 28, 27. 1 Sam. 6, 3. Jer. 17, 14.
51, 8. With dat. Is. 53, 5 ºh sº there
was healing for us, i.e. God hath forgiven
us. So bitter and unwholesome water
is said to be healed, when it is rendered
wholesome, 2 K. 2, 22. Ez. 47, 8, 9.
Piel sen; but part. Nºnº Jer, 38, 4
s for nºnn, see in r. nº I, Pi.
1. to mend, to repair, e. g. an altar
broken down 1 K. 18, 30.
2. to heal, to cure, e.g. a wound Jer, 6.
14; the wounded or sick Jer. 5,9. 7.ech.
11, 16. Ez. 34, 4. Also to render whole-
some e. g. bad water 2 K. 2, 21. Metaph.
to comfort, to console, Jer 8, 11.
3. Trans. to cause to be healed, i. e. to
bear the expense of a cure, Ex. 21, 19.
'nf: pleon. Nien Ex. l.c
HiTHP. to let oneself be healed, 2 K. 8
29. 9, 15. 2 Chr. 22, 6.
Deriv. Rºº, risºn, nºse", sang
and the pr. names sºn, bsºn, N*E*
bsºn".
sº m. 1. Plur. bºsºn pr. ; the quiet,
the silent,’ i. e. the shades, manes, dwell-
ing in Hades, whom the Hebrews sup.
posed to be destitute of blood and ani-
mal life (º), but yet not wholly with-
out some faculties of mind; Ps. 88, 11.
Prov. 2, 18. 9, 18. 21, 16. Is. 14, 9, 26
14, 19; c. art. Job 26, 5.
2. Rapha, pr. m. a) The founder of a
race or family among the Philistines
celebrated for their tall stature, c. art.
Nºr; 1 Chr. 20, 4.6, 8; but Hºr; 2 Sam.
21, 18. 20. 22. His sons or posterity,
Hºr, "Tºº, in the time of David, were
distinguished for their great stature and
bravery, 2 Sam.21, 16.-Perh. Nº, HE),
signified also to be high, tall ; from X
to be high, lofty. Comp. bºsºn in "sºn.
b) 1 Chr. 4, 12. c.) ib. 8, 2.
Tsºn f (r. sºn) only plur. Risºn
medicines for wounds, medicaments, Jer.
30, 13. 46, 11. Ez. 30, 21.
FSº f a healing, health, Prov. 3,8.
R. sº.
"Sº, only plur. Bºstºn, a gentile
name Rephaim, Rephaites, an ancient
Canaanitish tribe beyond the Jordan,
celebrated for their gigantic stature,
Gen. 14, 5, 15, 20. Josh. 17, 15. In a
wider sense, this name appears to have
comprehended all the gigantic races of
the Canaanites, the Emim, Zamzum-
mim, and Anakim, see Deut. 2, 11. 20.
Of those beyond Jordan, Og king of
Bashan was the last, Deut. 3, 11. Josh.
12, 4, 13, 12. From the Rephaim on
this side Jordan was named the Valley
of Rephaim, see in pºx lett. e. Giants
of like name are mentioned in the time
of David among the Philistines; see in
NET no. 2. a.
Şsº (whom God heals, r. Nºn) Re.
phael, pr. n. 1 Chr. 26, 7. Gr. Papoºl
as the name of an angel, Tob. 9, 5.
× Ten fut. Tº to strew, to spread
Job 41, 22 [20]. Kindr. Tºl.
HE-
*E*
992
PIEL 1. to spread a bed, sternere
lectum, Job 17, 13.
2. to stay up, to support, pr. with
rushions, pillows; Arab. 93) pr. to Sup-
port, then to help; comp. Heb. Tºº.—
Hence to refresh a weary person, Cant.
2, 5.
Deriv. rº, and the geogr. names
tº Tºrº, inns.
* I. Tº fut. nº, conv, tº Ex.
4, 26 to be relawed, slackened, to sink
down. Syr. Pa. and Aph, to relax,
to slacken; Chald, id. Kindr. perh. is
nº –Spec. a) Of the hands, to be
slack, to hung down listlessly; 2 Chr. 15,
7 tº Enº-bs let not your hands be
blackened, become weak, i. e. be not
slothful in your work. Frequently also
hands hanging down, i.e. relaaved, ſeeble,
are ascribed to those who are discour-
aged, ſaint-hearted; 2 Sam. 4, 1 hº
Tº his hands were feeble, he became
discouraged. Is. 13, 7. Jer. 6, 24. 50, 43.
Ez. 7, 17. 21, 12. Zeph. 3, 16. With jº
from any thing, i. q to desist from Neh.
6, 9, b) Of persons; Jer. 49, 24 HryE.
pººl Damascus is slackened, waxed
feeble, in mind, i. e. is discouraged,
weakened. With 7% of pers, to desist
from, to let go, Ex. 4, 26. Of anger
Judg. 8, 3. c.) Of other things; Is. 5,
24 nenº Hºrſº wºrly and as the flaming
grass sinks down, i. e. in the flame. Of
the day as declining Judg. 19, 9.
NIPH. to be slack, i.e. remiss, idle, Ex.
5, 8, 17.
Piel, nºn, part. Nºnº Jer. 38, 4, as if
rom 8b; to slacken, to let fall, to let
down, e.g. the wings Ez. 1, 24, 25; a
girdle, to relaar, to loosen, Job 12, 21.
Spec. the hands of any one, to make
hang down, to relaar or weaken, i. e. to
discourage, Jer. 38, 4. Ezra 4, 4.
HipH. Tønn, imp. apoc. Fºr, ſut, apoc.
and conv. tºº,
1. to slacken one's hand, to desist.
2 Sam. 24, 16 T1, ºr slacken thine
hand, i. e. desist from smiting. With 72,
q. to desert or forsake any one, Josh.
10, 6. So Syr.—Without 15, to slacken
the hand, i. e. to desist from any person
or thing, c. 12; Ps. 37, 8 Fºº Fºr
Wesist (cease) from anger. Deut. 9, 14
ºn Fºr; desist from me, i. e. let me
alone. Judg. 11, 37 let me alone two
Tmonths, i. e. give me two months. Hence
also with , of pers. to let alone or allow
to any one 1 Sam. 11, 3. 2 K. 4, 27. Ab-
sol. 1 Sam. 15, 16. Ps. 46, 11.
2. lo let go, to dismiss a person or
thing (opp. to hold fast), c. acc. Cant. 3
4. Job 7, 19. 27, 6. Prov. 4, 13.
3. to let drop, to leave off, e.g. a work
begun Neh. 6, 3; a person, i. e. to cas,
off, to forsake him, i. q. ars, Deut. 4, 31
31, 6.8. Josh. 1, 5. Ps. 138, 8.
HITHP. to show oneself slack, remiss,
i. e. a) to be slothful Josh. 18, 3. Prov,
18, 9. b) to be discouraged, to faint,
Prov. 24, 10.
Deriv. Hº, Jingn.
* II. HE), put sometimes for Nº.
to heal; comp. Nº II, i, q. Tºp. In
this sense occurs imper. Hºn for sºn Ps.
60, 4; ſut. Fºr, Job 5, 18.
Niph. Frºn: Jer. 51, 9; inf Henry 19,
11; ſut. HE), 2 K. 2, 22.
Deriv. rº, and
Tº (for sº) Raphah, pr. m. a.)
With art. Tºr, a Philistine, whose sons
(Fºr "Tºº) were giants; see in art.
NE, no. 2. a. b) A man 1 Chr. 8, 37;
for which in 9, 43 nºn q.v.
Tº m. adj. (r. Hº I) ſem. Hº, plur.
nEy.
1. slack, remiss, espec. with tº add-
ed, slack-handed 2 Sam. 17,2, ripº Bº
slack hands, as implying discourage-
ment, ſaint-heartedness, Job 4, 3. Ig,
35, 3.
2. weak, feeble, Num. 13, 18.
Sºº (healed, r. NEH) Raphu, pr. n.
m. Num. 13, 9.
• HE- obsol. root, Arab. 25 to be
rich ; hence
Tº (riches) Rephah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr
7, 25.
"TE") f. support, stay, railing, on
the sides of a litter or sedan, Cant. 3, 10
Sept. &rºxitrov, Vulg. reclinatorium,
R. Ten Pi. no. 2.
P"Tºm (refreshments, r. Ten) Rephi.
dim, pr. n. of a station of the Israelites
before coming to Sinai, Ex. 17, 1. 19, 2
Num. 33, 14. See Bibl. Res, in Pales'
I. p. 178.
}
*E*.
rix-
993
tº Gwhom Jehovah healed, r. nº II)
Rephaiah, pr. m. m. a) 1 Chr. 3, 21.
b) 4, 42. c) 7, 2. d) 9, 43, comp. Hº
lett. b. e) Neh. 3, 9.
Tº m. (r. Hº I) only constr. iiºn,
slackness, remissness, with tº added;
trop. for discouragement, faintness of
heart, Jer, 47, 3.
* DE, and tº used without any
distinction; ſut. Úpº Ez. 34, 18. 32, 2;
to tread with the feet, to trample upon ;
espec. to trouble water, to make turbid
by treading. Kindr, b%. Syr. -me}
id. Arab. U-3) to kick.
Niph. part. 2. 25, 26 pºi: Tºº? a
troubled fountain.
Hith P. bºrn pr. ‘to let oneself be
trampled under foot,” i. e. to prostrate
oneself, to humble oneself, Prov. 6, 3. Ps.
58, 31 nº "sha bºrº collect. pros-
trating themselves with pieces of silver,
i.e. submissively offering them as tribute.
Deriv. Dºnn. -
tº Chald. to trample down, to stamp
upon, Dan. 7, 7.
nimbºn f. plur. floats, rafts, 2 Chr. 2,
15; a word of the later Hebrew, as it
would seem, for ninº. 1 K. 5, 23. It
is obviously kindred with Arab. <5,
Eth. Zoº’ſ a raft; and is perh, com-
pounded from bºth i. q. Joy and synon.
Talm. Rººs; or, according to others,
§om only to tread and TE) to strew.
Ak FE) obsol. root, which prob, had
the primary signif. to pull out or off, to
pluck, Lat. carpere, see in r. Nº, no. 1 ;
and to this may be reduced several of
the many glosses so confusedly exhibit-
ed by Arabian lexicographers under the
word -*): e.g. suxit ubera, edit olera,
fissuit (comp. Nºn), corripuit aliquem
gº
febris. Hence is derived ~5 sheep-
pote, flock of sheep; and to thº's doubt-
less corresponds in the Mishnah the word
-º- (nºn, as nº from bºº, rho from
bºº) stall, Baba bathra 2. § 3, and 6. $4,
pr: a rack from which hay or straw is
pulled, like Germ. Raufe; comp. ºns |
i
ind oil-N. Hence also the biblica.
bºrº stalls, q.v. in art. nº. The form
FEin Job 26, 11, see under r. Fºn.
* PBT in Kal not used; Arab. S$º
VIII, to lean upon the elbow; Ethiop
Z.A.P to recline at table.
HiTPH. to lean oneself, c. be upon any
one, Cant. 8, 5.
tºpºn
F ºr )
see r. baj.
:k UEn obsol. root, kindr, with tº:
and obj, to tread with the feet, as ren
dering water turbid. Hence
tº m. mud, mire, i. q. wº, Is, 57
20. In the Talmud, id.
nº), only in plur. Enrºn Hab. 3, 17,
stalls, as the Hebrew interpreters cor-
rectly give it. See the etymology and
the Talmudic usage under r. Fºl. The
n of the sing. is servile, although retained
in the plural, comp. rup, ninuºp. Comp.
93 tº g wº 9 •
āş, º also º straw,
fodder of cattle, as being pulled from the
rack. Sept. Vulg. prºsepia. -
Arab. ~5.
YT m. (r. Yº) a fragment, piece, e.g.
of silver not coined. Ps. 68, 31.
Y. m. a runner, see in r. Yan.
Sk s: I. i. q. Yan to run; Inſ: absol.
sisº Ez. 1, 14.
II. i. Q. Tº to delight in ; whence at
least ºns: for "rºsy Ez. 43, 27.
* TST, in Kal not used, Arab. J.C.X
to watch closely, spec. to lie in wait for.
PIEL to watch insidiously, to look
askance at, Ps. 68, 17. See Schultens
Animadv. in loc. Thesaur. p. 1305.
sk * Rºy
ris', fut. HST, apoc. Yºº ; see
also in r. ssh II.
1. to delight in any person or thing, to
take pleasure in. Arab. Gº to like
to choose, a) Of persons, c. acc. i. q to
love; Prov. 3, 12 Fish: lä-ns as: as a
father delighteth in his son, loves him.
With a 1 Chr. 28, 4; impl. Is. 42, 1
With by praegn. to delight in intercourse
with any one, to be on good terms with
him, Ps. 50, 18. Job 34, 9. Part. pass,
***) delighted in, acceptable, c. , to
any one Esth. 10, 3; poet, c. genit, ao-
rix-
rix-
994,
cepted of any one Deut. 33, 24. b) Of
things, c. acc. Ps. 102, 15 thy servants
take pleasure in her stones, i.e. the ruins
of Zion. Job 14, 6 until he shall delight,
as a hireling, in his day, sc. as past, in
the rest and quiet of evening. Ps. 62, 5.
Of God as taking pleasure in things,
1 Chr. 29, 17. Ps. 51, 18. Prov. 16,7. Ecc.
9, 7. With A Ps. 49, 14, 147, 10. 1 Chr.
29, 3. Mic. 6, 7, Hagg. 1, 8.
2. to be kind, favourable, gracious, to-
wards any one ; of a king 2 Chr. 10, 7.
Mostly of God, with acc. of pers. Ps. 44,
4. 147, 11. Jer. 14, 10. Hos. 8, 13; acc.
of thing Deut. 33, 11; : Ps. 149,4. Also
i. q to receive into favour, a land Ps. 85,
2; c. inf. Ps. 40, 14; absol. Ps. 77, 8.
Am. 5, 22–Spec, to receive graciously
one bringing a present, Gen. 33, 10.
Mal. 1, 8. Of God as receiving gra-
ciously those who approach him with
sacrifice and prayer, Job 33, 26. Ex. 20,
41. 43, 27. Jer. 14, 12. 2 Sam. 24, 23;
with acc. of sacrifice Am. 5, 22. Ps. 119,
108.
3. to satisfy a debt, i. e. to pay it off;
pr. to satisfy the creditor and render him
favourable, Lev. 26, 34.41. 43. 2 Chr.
36, 21.
NIPH. 1. to be graciously received or
accepted, to be well pleasing, e. g. a sa-
crifice, see Kal no. 2. Lev. 7, 18. 19, 7.
22, 23. 27; also Lev. 1, 4, 22, 25, in
which passages there is added a dat.
commodi ib, E3%. In the same sense
Tixº, Hºri Lev. 22, 20.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 3 and Hiph, to be
satisfied, i. e. paid off, discharged, Is.
40, 2.
PIEL to render well pleased, i. e. to
seek to please any one, to seek his favour.
Job 20, 10 his sons shall seek the favour
of the poor, or what comes to the same
thing, shall conciliate the poor, sc. by
‘estoring the goods extorted from them;
comp. Arab. Ue) II conciliavit.
HIPH. to satisfy, i. e. to pay off, i. q.
Kal no. 3. Lev. 26, 34 then shall the
land rest and pay off her sabbaths, viz.
those which she still owes.
HITHP. to make oneself pleasing, ac-
reptable, to get the favour of any one,
s by 1 Sam. 29, 4.
Deriv. pr: n Rºxº, Tºsh, Hynn; also
jº m. colstr 'sh, c. suff, ºix-
T. delight, acceptancé approbation
Prov. 14, 35. Is. 58, 5. Tisº nºr; Is
56,7. Jer. 6, 20, and ſixy-by Is. 60, 7.
to be acceptable, grateful to God, to be
approved.—Ex. 28 38 º' Prº Tixº,
rijn', for acceptance to them before Jeho-
vah, i. e. that they may be graciously
accepted of Jehovah. Ps. 19, 15. Lev,
22, 20. 21. With suff. Lev. 1, 3. 19,
Eºisº that ye may be accepted, i. e
that your sacrifice be acceptable. 22,
19, 29. 23, 11.-Concr. a delight, that
in which one delights, Prov. 11, 1. 20.
12, 22. 15, 8, 16, 13; spec. what is accept-
able to God, Prov. 10, 32. Mal. 2, 13.
2. good-will, favour, grace, as of a
king Prov. 16, 15. 19, 12; espec. of God,
Ps. 5, 13. 30, 8, Deut. 33, 16. Ps. 51, 20.
Is. 49, 8 is nº in a time of grace,
when the way is open to my favour,
Meton. favours bestowed, benefits, Ps.
145, 16. Deut. 33, 23. Prov. 18, 22.
3. will, pleasure, i. q. Chald, nººn, pr.
‘what pleases any one,’ his pleasure, Fr.
“tel est mon plaisir;’ Ps. 40, 9, 103, 21.
143,10. 145, 19. 2 Chr. 15, 15, iiix'= Hity
to do according to his pleasure Esth. 1,
8. Dan. 8, 4. 11, 3, 16; with 3 of pers.
to treat a person according to one's plea-
sure, as one will, Neh. 9, 24. 37. Esth.
9, 5. In the sense of wicked pleasure,
wanlonness, Gen. 49, 6.
Sk rigº fut. Tº 1. to break or crush
in pieces ; kindr, with yx). Arab
3) e”. id. See Pi. no. 1, and righ
2. to kill, to slay, c. acc. pers. Num. 35,
30. Deut. 4,42; absol. Ex. 20, 13. Deut
5, 17. 1 K. 21, 19. Jer. 7, 9. Hos. 4, 2
UE: E rish Deut. 22, 26, comp. ‘E Hºn
ujº, under Hº: Hiph. no. 2. d.—Part.
rixºn a slayer, murderer, Num. 35, 16 sq.
Deut. 4, 42. Josh. 20, 5. 6. Job 24, 14. al
NIPH. pass. of Kal no. 2, Judg. 20, 4.
Prov. 22, 13.
PIEL to break or dash in pieces, Ps,
62, 4.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but iterative liks
bºp, to kill many, to be a murderer
Hos. 6,9. Ps. 94, 6. Part rººm a mur
derer 2 K. 6, 32. Is. 1, 21.
Tº m. (r. rigº) 1. a breaking in
pieces, crushing. Ps. 42, 11 with a crush
*y-,
995 p-
ing of my bones, i.e. causing me the
severest pain1.
2. outbreak of the voice, outcry, cla-
mour, comp. r. ngº ; Ez. 21, 27, where
it is coupled with rishnr.
Sºn (delight) Rizia, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 39. R. riº.
jº Rezin, pr. m. a) The last king
of Damascus, slain by the Assyrians,
2 K. 15, 37. 16, 5–9. Is. 7, 1. 4, 8, 8, 6.
3, 10. b) A man, Ezra 2, 48. Neh. 7,
50.—The etymology is uncertain. It
may come from r. Tº after the form
Insp., by Syriasm for "x", ; or from
Arab. Jºe, firm, stable; or perh. it is
.indr. with Titº prince, also pr. n. of the
... under of the kingdom of Damascus.
4 y $n to pierce, to bore, e. g. the ear
\'v. 21, 6. Arab. I, IV, id. Chald.
$ tºy id. &e) -
\},\iv. 93-2.
>k Fºl to range stones artificially, to
inlºy a pavement or other work, to
checker; part, pass. Fºx', checkered, tes-
selated, irlaid, Cant. 3, 10. Arab. -ā-23
id.
Deriv. ºxy, Hºh, rºº.
Wº m. 1 a stone which is heated in
order to roast meat or bake bread upon
it. 1 K. 19, 6 "Eºh nº a cake baked
on hot stones. Arab. -ā-3, id. The
Rabbins understand a coal; comp. Fºl.
2. Rezeph, pr. m. of a city subdued by
the Assyrians, Is. 37, 12. Prob. the Pm-
roºpo, of Ptolely situated in Palmyrene,
\rab. Kºle). See Ptol. Geogr. 5. 15.
Tºm f. (r. ºxy) 1. i. q. Fix", a hot
stone, Is. 6, 6. Vulg. calculus. Sept. and
the Rabbins a coul.
3, a tesselated pavement, Esth. 1, 6.
& Chr. 7, 3. Ez. 49, 17. 18. 42, 3. 2 Chr.
7, 3.
3. Rizpah, pr. n. of a concubine of
Saul, 2 Sam, 3, 7. 21, 8, 10. 11.
*YST fut. Yaº for yº: 1s. 42, 4, yºr
Ecc. 12, 6. But Egºns Jer. 50, 44 Cheth
also ºns ib. Ker, belong to r. jºhn.
1. to break, to crush or shatter, i. e.
wn as to make a flaw or crack, but not en-
§
03.
tirely off. Arab. U°) ; kindr, yº and
sºn.—Is. 42, 3 yhs, Hºp a broken reed
shall he not break ºff (n3); Vulg.
quassatum. 36, 6. 2 K. 18, 21.-Intrans.
to break, to be broken, crushed, Ecc. 12,
6; trop. Is. 42, 4.
2. Trop. to treat with violence, to op-
press, often joined with puy, Deut. 28,
33. 1 Sam. 12, 3.4. Am. 4, 1. Is. 58, 6.
Hos. 5, 11.
Niph. Yng fut, yin" (as iſ from r. Yan)
pass. of Kal no. 1, Ez. 29, 7. Ecc. 12, 6.
PIEL Yºn 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, but
stronger, to break in pieces, Ps. 74, 14.
2. Metaph. i. q. Kal no. 2. a, Job 20
19. 2 Chr. 16, 10.
Po. Ygin, to oppress, to ver, i. q. Kal
no. 2 and Pi. no. 2, Judg. 10, 8. But
yxin Nah. 2, 5 belongs to r. Yan.
HipH. fut, conv. Yºhºl (so as to differ
from Yºº to make run), to break in
pieces, Judg. 9, 53.
Hith Po. Yginrir, to dash one another
to struggle, Gen. 25, 22.
Deriv. Yº, rigºn? II.
P. m. (r. pp: I) 1. Adj. fem. Hº,
plur. nipin, thin, lean, of kine Gen. 41,
19. 20, 27.
2. Adv. of limitation, restriction, only,
alone. Job 1, 15 tº ºs ph only I
alone. Gen. 47, 22 only the land of the
priests bought he not. 14, 24. 41, 40. 50
8. Ex. 10, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 13. 5, 4. Am
3, 2. al. saepe. Also of exception, only,
eaccept, provided ; Gen. 19, 8 only unto
these men do nothing. 24,8. Num, 20, 19.
Deut. 3, 11. Josh. 1, 7. 18. Is. 4, 1 we
will eat our own bread, ... only let us be
called by thy name. Once emphat. pºn
is only indeed Num. 12, 2. Spec. a)
After a negation, only, i.e. save, besides ;
2 Chr. 5, 10 there was nothing in the ark
niněr, ºu pº save or besides the two
tables. Josh. 11, 22 there were none of
the Anakim left Fºx: Ph only, eaccept, in
Gaza. 1 K. 15, 5. b) Put before ad-
jectives as an intensive, in the same
manner as is no. 2. a, b, c ; thus Hiro pºl
only good, nothing but good, Gen. 26,29;
Sº pº only evil, nothing but evil, Gen. 6,
5. 1 K, 14, 8 hºrſ p", only right, nothing
but what is right. Deut. 4, 6. Also with
an adverb Deut. 28, 13; with a verb
Judg. 14, 16. So befºre T^s there is not,
p- 996
•p-
ntensively, as "N. pº surely there is not,
i.e. it is only so that there is not; Gen.
20, 11 run bipº pºrts rsh: I's pº
surely the fear of God is not in this
place.—At the beginning of a clause,
pºn refers sometimes not to the next
word, but to one more remote; Is. 28, 19
nºzu; Tari riyº pº it is a terror only
to hear the rumour. Ps. 32, 6 Fººh Ph
lsº Nº lºs B-zºn tº in the flood of
great waters, only to him (the righteous)
shall they not come near. Prov. 13, 10.
Deut. 4, 6. Gen. 24, 8.
Pº empty, see pººl.
Ph m. (r. pp: II) c. suff, ipº, spittle,
Job 7, 19. 30, 10. Is. 50, 6.
>k FP7), fut. Epº, to be carious,
worm-eafen, rotten, as wood, Is. 40, 20.
Metaph. Prov. 10, 7; comp. the Rab-
binic phrase: ‘ascendit putredo in no-
men alicujus.”—Not found in the other
dialects. The primary idea seems to
be that of hollowing out, earcavating ;
comp. Hep, BP, EP3, also in Tº).
Deriv. the two following.
BP. m. constr. aph, caries, rottenness.
a) Of the bones Prov. 12, 4, 14, 30;
metaph. of terror striking through all
one's bones Hab. 3, 16. b) Of wood,
Job 13, 28. Hos. 5, 12.
Tiapºn m. (r. Epº) rottenness of wood
Job 41, 19.
Sk -p: fut. plur. "Pºrn, to leap, to skip,
e.g. for joy, to dance Ecc. 3, 4. Poet, also
things are said to leap or skip from fear,
i. q. to start, to quake, Ps. 114, 4, 6.
Comp. Hiph. and ºn; Pi, also ºn. Syr.
Pa. id. but Aph. is to wail, to beat the
breast. The primary idea seems to lie
in beating or stamping the ground, see
wn spy.
PIEL, to leap, to spring, to dance,
t Chr. 15, 29. Is. 13, 21. Job 21, 11.
i’oet. of a chariot driven rapidly and
bounding over rough ways, Nah. 3, 2.
Joel 2, 5.
Hiph pr. to make leap or skip, e. g.
mountains, i. e. to cause to tremble or
start, to shake, Ps. 29, 6. Comp. Kal,
also tº and nr.
Tºn f (r. pp: I) c. suff, irºn, pr
Shinness, something thin; hence
1. the temple, temples, a part of the
head, Judg. 4, 21. 22. 5, 26.
2. Poet. for the cheek, Cant. 4, 3, 6, 7
Comp. tempora id. Prop. 2, 24.3.
TPT (thinness, r. pp: I) Rakkon, pr
n. of a city in Dan lying on the sea
coast, Josh. 19, 46.
>k npº fut. TPT to season, to spice
e.g. oil for making ointments, to per
fume, Ex. 30, 33; also wine, see rip!"
and flesh, see Hiph. Part. ripºn season-
ing, spicing, 1 Chr. 9, 30; subst: a maker
of ungwents, perfumer, Ecc. 10, 1. Ex.
30, 35. 37, 29.—The primary idea is
prob. that of heating, boiling, pr. i. Q.
rinº, the letters p and n being inter-
changed; see in lett. p.
PUAL pass. of Kal, 2 Chr. 16, 14.
HipH. to season flesh, to spice, Ez.
24, 10.
Deriv. rph—bºrrº, ripº, Hrºnº,
rnpºn.
TP. m. spice; ripºr. Tº spiced wine
i. q. Tº q. v. Cant. 8, 2.
TPh m. ointment, perfume, Ex. 30
25. 35.
Tº m. (r. rpm) plur. Bºrtºn, a maker
of ointments, perfumer, pigmentarius,
Neh. 3, 8. Fem. Hriſºn, plur, niriºn id.
1 Sam. 8, 13. -
Tº ſ. see preced. art.
Bºrſºn m. plur. (r. npº) ointments,
perfumes, c. suff. Is. 57, 9.
y"P. m. (r. 9p") constr. 9"ph, pr: a
solid earpanse ; see the root no. 2.-
Hence
1. the firmament of heaven, Gen. 1, 6.
7. 8. Ps. 19, 2; fully Bºzº, s-p-, Gen.
1, 14. 15. 17. 20. The Hebrews sup-
posed the firmament to be spread out
like a solid hemispheric arch over the
earth, shining and pellucid as sapphire
Ex. 24, 10, comp. Dan. 12, 3; in it were
fixed the stars, Gen. 1, 14–17; and above
it was the celestial ocean with windows
in the firmament through which the wa-
ter fell as rain upon the earth, Gen. 1, 7.
7, 11. Ps. 104,3. 148,4; this latter being
the common notion, although the true
state of the case was not unknown to
them, see Gen. 2, 6. Job 36, 27. 28.
Sept. otºgéoux, Vulg. firmamentum. Sc
•p-
ppm
997
Hom. oigov.bg toliyorizog Il. 5. oO4. Od.
3. 2; oig. Guðjigsos Od. 15. 328.-Arab.
0 2.
&#) the heavens. Syr. Chald. Nymph
the firmament.
2. a pavement, foot-pavement, beneath
a throne, i. q. Spºp ; pr: a foundation,
from stamping, founding, see the Syriac
usage in r. sp. no. 2. So of the pave-
ment borne by cherubs, above which
was the throne of Jehovah, Ez. 1, 22.23.
25. 26. 10, 1. -
PP) m. (r. pp: I) plur. constr."pºp",
a thin cake, wafer, Ex. 29, 2. 23. Lev. 2,
4. Num. 6, 15. 19. al.
Sk Ep., to deck with colours, to make
versicoloured, to variegate ; spoken of
the colours in the eagle's pinions, and
of variegated marble, see rºph; but
chiefly of variegated cloths and gar-
ments.-Chald, in Targ. of the spots
and shields of the leopard, Jer. 13, 23.
•’.”
«»
Arab. ſº I, II, to make striped, as cloth;
> zoº .
also to write; ºf variegated. From
the Arabic comes Span. recamare, Ital.
ricamar, to embroider with the needle.
The primary idea seems to be that of
laying on colours, as in kindr. DX, no. 3,
where see.—Spec. to variegate a gar-
ment, to embroider with coloured figures,
Lat. opere plumario ; which seems to
have been done by needle-work in
figures of various colours, as blue or
purple, upon a white ground or byssus;
the figures having the form sometimes
of ſeathers or scales, and sometimes of
little shields or tesselae. Hence PART.
ppºn plumarius, a worker in colours, em-
uroiderer, Ex. 26, 36. 27, 16. 28, 39. 36,
37. 38, 18. 39, 29. The work of the ppm
differed from the work of the nºn, in
that the former was stitched with the
needle or sewed upon the cloth, while
the latter was woven into it; see in
Hujr no. 3. The LXX also understand
needle-work Ex. 27, 16. 38, 23 ; and so
the Talmudists. See more in Thesaur.
p. 1310 sq.
PUAI, pass. to be curiously, elaborately,
wrought or shaped, G. the formation of
the foetus in the womb, Ps. 133, 15.
Deriv. pp.), nºrm.
PP] (variegation, flower gardening
Arab. &#5) Rekem, pr. n.
1. Of a city in Benjamin Josh. 18, 27.
2. Of several men: a) A king of the
Midianites Num. 31, 8. Josh. 13, 21. b)
1 Chr. 2, 43. c.) 7, 16.
ºn f (r. Eph) c. suff, prºpºl, plur.
rioph, dual Bºrºph.
1. variegation, versicolour, i. e. play
of colours, e. g. in the eagle's wings Ez.
17, 3; of stones, a pavement, 1 Chr. 29,
2, comp. in ºb.
2. work in colours, embroidery, also
cloth embroidered with colours, see in r.
Ep”. Ez. 16, 10. 13.27, 16. Hºp" "is
embroidered garments, decked with co-
lours, as worn by princes, Ez. 16, 18. 26,
16. Plur. riophid. Ps. 45, 15. Dual
Judg. 5, 30 Hºnºpn sax; dyed garments
of double embroidery, i. e. embroidered
on both sides, or so that the work and
figures on both sides correspond.
‘k sp.) fut. c. suff. Expºs, inf. c. suff,
Typh. tº
1. to beat, to smite the earth with the
feet, to stamp, either in indignation Ez.
6, 11 ; or in exultation Ez. 25, 6. Kindr.
with pp.–Hence to tread down ene-
mies, 2 Sam. 22, 43.
2. to beat out, i. e. to spread out or
earpand by beating, see Piel; hence
simpl. to spread out, to earpand, as God
the earth Ps. 136, 6. Is. 42, 5, 44, 24.—
Syr. $25 to make firm, stable ; Aph. to
found, pr. by beating and stamping in
order to make a solid foundation. Arab.
tº e
') to make firm.
PIEL 1. to beat out, i. e. to spread out
or earpand by beating, as thin plates Ex.
39, 3. Num. 17, 4. Hence
2. to overspread, to overlay with plates
of metal Is. 40, 19.
PUAL part sºn, to be beaten or spread
into plates Jer. 10, 9.
HipH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to spread out the
heavens fut. x*pºn Job 37, 18.
Deriv. ºpy, also
tº m. plur. plates, lamina, Num.
17, 3.
* I. pp. obsol. rott, pr. to beat, to
pound, spec. to spread out by beating, ta
84
pp-
yºj-
998
beat thin. Arab, intrans. . . to be thin.
It is onomatopoetic, like the kindred roots
pp., H2, comp. "P), ºp.
Deriv. ph, Tºn, p"P), and pr. names
nºn, Tipº.
* II. pp. i. q. Pºlº to spit, to spit out,
an onomatopoetic root, like kindr. phin,
comp. Lat, screo, Fr. cracher. Fut, phy
c. * to spit upon any one Lev. 15, 8. For
the Praet, phy is used, q.v.
Deriv. p.m.
FPT (pr. shore, Chald. Rºn, Arab.
9 &
āş) Rakkath, pr. n. of a city in the
tribe of Naphtali, situated according to
the Rabbins on the spot afterwards occu-
pied by Tiberias, Josh. 19, 35. See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 266.
tº poor, see in r. vºn.
× nº obsol, root, Chald. Nº to be
able, to have leave, nº leave, permis-
sion.—Hence
tiºn m. leave, a permit to do any
thing, Ezra 3, 7.
nºn, see in nºujs.
>k Etºn to write down, to record, part.
pass, Bhujº Dan. 10, 21. Arab. ſº-º) id.
tºn Chald, ſut. Buin", to write, Dan.
5, 24. 25; also to subscribe, to sign an
edict, Dan. 6, 9 sq.
*sºn ſut, sºn: 1. Pr. as it would
seem, to make moise and tumult, to cause
disturbance, see the adj. 9º, Job 3, 17.
Is, 57, 20, and Hiph. Job 34, 29. Syr.
y º - 2 2 ..
$25 Aph. to disturb, to agitate, S25
v y º
disturbance, commotion, also \-a-32 to
be disturbed. Comp. by transp. tº
no. 3.-Hence
2. to do evil, to be wicked, impious, opp.
pºſs; since wicked men are usually noisy
and boisterous in doing injury, while
good men are gentle and quiet. 1 K. 8,
47. Dan. 9, 15. Ecc. 7, 17.
3. to have an unjust cause, to be guilty,
opp. pºs; Job 9, 29. 10, 7, 15. With
bºrºsº, to be held guilty of God, before
God, Ps. 18, 22.
HipH. sºn, ſut, sºn: 1. to dis-
turb, to stir up tumult; see in Kal no. 1.
Job 34, 29 sºn" ºn tºpº sºn he
(God) giveth quietness, and who shal;
stir up twmult?
2. to pronounce guilty, i. e. to condemn
any one, as a judge, opp. Fºr ; Ex. 22.
8. Deut. 25, 1. Job 32, 3. Prov. 12, 2. 17.
16. Ps. 94, 21. Is. 50, 9. al. So too one
who gains his cause, Is. 54, 17. Hence
simply to gain one’s cause, to be victorious,
e.g. of Saul, 1 Sam. 14, 47 and whither-
soever he turned himself, sºugh: he gained
his cause, i. e. was victorious; victory
being accounted the reward of a just
cause, defeat the punishment of unright-
eousness; comp. p.3, no. 4, HP's no. 4;
so Heb. Hz; to be innocent, Syr. ºl
to conquer. Sept. Šoćeto, Vulg. super-
abat. Others here as in no. 1, he caused
disquiet, Engl. Vers. he weared them, i. e.
his enemies.
3. Intrans, to do evil, to act wickedly,
fully ribºº sºn 2 Chr. 20, 35; ellipt.
id. (like 5-tºnri, Snr.,) 2 Chr. 22, 3. Neh.
9, 33. Ps. 106, 6. Job 34, 12. Part. c.
genit. Dan. 11, 32 nºn: “yºn? who do
wickedly against the covenant, i. e. who
impiously break it.
Deriv. vu}), suº, Hyun, rºun2.
3’tº m. adj. and subst, plur. Bºugh,
constr. ºn. Fem. Hsu, twice Ez. 3,
18. 19.
1. unjust, faulty, guilly, having an un-
just cause, a wrong-doer, opp. pººls inno-
cent. So stºn pººr to acquit the guilty
Ex. 23, 7, Is, 5, 23; sº sººn to con.
demn the guilly Deut. 25, 1. 1 K. 8, 32
Also Ex. 2, 13 vuº. Yºs” and he saul
unto the wrong-doer. Num. 35, 31 yujº
rºok faulty to dying, guilty of death,
worthy to die.
2. wicked, ungodly, impious ; with
subst, sº cºis a wicked man (opp. pºts
no. 3) Job 20, 29, 27, 13. Prov. 11, 7.
Oſtener as subst: a wicked person, evil-
doer, Job 9, 24. 15, 20. Ps. 9. 6. 17. 10,
2. 3. 4. 37, 10. 12. 21. 32.35. 55,4. Plur,
Bºyujº; the wicked Job 3, 17, 8, 22, 10, 3.
Ps. 1, 1. 5. 6. 3,8. 12.9. 28, 3. al. saepiss,
espec. in the Proverbs. Spoken of indi-
viduals who plot against the good and
vex them, and also of public leathem
enemies, Is. 13, 11. 14, 5.
win m. (r. 937) in pause stºn, c
suff, “sun. -
1. injustice, unrighteousness, Job 34
yº-
pn-
999
10. Mic. 6, 10. Sujº, ninsis reasures got
by wickedness Mic. 6, 10 sujº, "ºſso
unjust balances, i.e. ſalse, v. 11. Hence
spec. fraud, falsehood, opp. nºš, Prov.
8, 7.
2. wickedness, ungodliness, Ps. 5, 5;
opp. pºly Ps. 45,8. 9ºn nuys to do wick-
edness Prov. 16, 12, wºn "ºs wicked
inen Job 34, 8; comp. Ps. 84, 11. Plur.
cºst;7 wicked deeds Job 34, 26.
ryūn fem. of suº q.v.
Tyun f (r. sujº) constr. nºn, c. suff.
•rsºn.
1. injustice, and hence fraud, false-
hood Prov. 13, 6; spec. of the ſraud of
those who give scant measure Zech. 5,
8, comp. Mic. 6, 11.
2. wickedness, ungodliness, Is. 9, 17.
Mal. 3, 15; a wicked deed Deut. 25, 2.
Bºnytºn, see tºnsºn ºz.
Sk nº obsol. root, to inflame, to kin-
dle ; kindr. Finº, anºj. Samar, id. trop.
—Hence
Flº m. plur. E"Euji, constr. "Bºn and
"guin.
1. flame, Cant. 8, 6. Comp. Chald.
Ps. 78, 48 Targ.
2. lightning, Ps. 78, 48. Poet. a) Ps.
76, 4 nº "Fujº, the lightnings of the bow
i. e. the arrows, b) Job 5, 7 Fºº "2+
the sons of lightning, i.e. birds of prey
which fly swift as the lightning. Others,
arrows ; others, sparks.
3. fever, burning plague, with which
the body is inflamed, comp. Fºr heat
and poison. Deut. 32, 24 nº "ºr", con-
sumed with burning pestilence. Hab. 3,
5, parall. Nº plague.
4. Resheph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 25.
sk wº to break down or in pieces, to
J&stroy, in Kal not used, kindr. with
Ys). -
Poel ſut. Jºnº, id. Jer. 5, 17.
Pu AL plur. 1 pers. Houtº, pass, of Kal,
Mal. 1, 4.
Deriv. p. n. Untiºn.
Tº ſ. (r. Enº) in pause ru:, ; suff.
*run; a met. Ps. 57, 7, 9, 16. 31, 5.
Lam. 1, 13. By Fu: Unº to spread or
cast a mel over any one, Ez. 12, 19. 17,
20. 19, 8. 32, 3 nº nº net-work
Ex. 27, 4, and sc simpl. rujº. v. 5.
Piñn m. (r. prº) a chain, Ez. 7, 23
Plur. niphnn 1 K. 6, 21 Keri, where in
Cheth. nipºrnº id.—Plur. niprº see in
its order.
•rnº to boil, to be hot, in Kal not
used. Syr. and Chald. id.
PIEL to make boil e. g. a pot, imp, nºn-
Ez. 24, 5.
PUAL to be made to boil, i. q to boil
spoken of the bowels, metaph. for com
motion of mind Job 30, 27. Comp. §wy
év Trystaott Rom. 12, 11.
HipH. like Pi. Job 41, 23.—Hence
Tº m. a boiling, only plur. c. suff.
r"rry, Ez. 24, 5.
Pººl 1 K. 6, 21 Cheth. see in art
pinn.
>k Enº to bind on, to make fast, e. g.
horses to a chariot, imper, ph" Mic. 1
13. Comp. her no. 4. Arab. ſº IV
to bind a thread upon the finger.—Hence
the two following.
Dr. m. 1 K. 19,4 (but fem. in Cheth.)
plur. Bºrn 1 K. 19, 4.5. Job 30, 4. Ps.
g
9 *.
© º
G ---
120, 4, i. q. Arab. *5), collect. re). ge-
nista, broom, spartium junceum Linn. a
shrub growing in the deserts of Arabia,
with whitish flowers and bitter roots,
which the Arabs regard as yielding the
best charcoal ; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
I. p. 299. Burckh. Trav. in Syr. p. 483.
This illustrates Job 30, 4 and Ps. 120, 4.
—Prob. so called from the notion of
binding, as juncus a jungendo, Germ.
Binsen from the verb binden. See Cel-
sius Hierobot. T. I. p. 246 sq. Oedmann
Verm. Sammlungen Fasc. 2. c. 8.-The
Heb. intpp. and Jerome understand the
juniper, but on no good grounds; see
Celsius I. c.
Tºm (genista) Rithma", pr. n. of a
station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 18. 19. R. Ery.
TT in Kal not used to bind, to
put in fetters. Arab. CŞ3) clausit, con-
suit.
NipH. Ecc. 12, 6 Keri : before the sil-
ver cord pnº be loosed, unbound ; in a
signif directly contrary to Kal. Prob
it should read pn;" to be broken from
pn-
5-lip
1000
Cheth. Prº to be removed.
Pual prº to be bound, Nah. 3, 10.
Deriv. pinn and
FPN) f. plur. chains Is. 40, 19.
The letter tº originally, and before the
invention of diacritical signs, served to
express both the simple sound of s, and
also the thicker sound sh. In like man-
ner the Irish language has only one
sign, s, for these two sounds, e. g. sold
solace, and se (she) he, si (shi) she. At
a later period a distinction was made by
the Grammarians, so that the simple
sound of s came to be indicated by a
point over the left horn, and the thicker
sound sh by one over the right.
For the Heb. ii) the Chaldee often
and the Syriac always (as being desti-
tute of the letter Sin) substitute o ; see
in lett. b, p. 707. The Arabic, from a
peculiarity of the language, in almost all
these words has U. ; as sº L-3, --tº
3, Szº J.K.3, etc. much as the
people of Wirtemberg give a thicker
sound to the German s, pronouncing ist
like isht. Very rarely does the Arabic
retain U, as nº es quail.
In the Hebrew itself, kindred letters
are: a) The other sibilants, as tº, o,
x, y, see p. 707; comp. also E3, Etº,
TEp; priš, priº; ppu), pp: to strain;
-su) and nsu) to ferment. b) Some-
‘mes the aspirates, almost like Gr. is
Lat. sus, iºn sylva; comp. Tº i. Q. Tºr,
to extend; Tºº &L. i. Q. Tºr, to go;
Antº. i. q. AºS to plait, to weave. Some-
times also, in the formation of roots, a
sibilant is prefixed to the primary bilite-
ral syllable, as 52%; i. Q. Bº to be high,
** i. q. HSB, etc. Comp. 79690 scribo,
whiſpo sculpo, tolčo strideo, tego otéyo,
fallo gqºlºw, and many others.
* TSº obsol. root, see in Hig.
pr; q. v. in Niph. no. 1.-Frigid is
* Thin, obsol. root, i. q toº ar.d Aram
nnn, 25, to terrify; hence
nº m. terror Hos. 13, 1, Chad
snºry, id.
Sk "stº obsol. root, kindr. with the
verbs "Nº, nºt q. v. to become hot, to
ferment; comp. Arab. Uš to boil up, to
break out, as an ulcer." In the western
languages we find from the same stock,
Germ. in Ottfr. suar, Anglosax. sur,
Germ. Sauer, Engl. sour.—Hence
"sº m. leaven, Ex. 12, 15, 19. 18, 7.
Lev. 2, 11. Deut. 16, 4. Chald. Hsº id.
Fist pr. inf fem. of the verb Riº (for
nsº), c. suff, "nsu, once contr. intº Job
41, 17, where other Mss. have hnRu).
1. a lifting up, Job 41, 17 [25]; so of
the countenance, elation, cheerfulness,
Gen. 4, 7. See the root Nº no. 1. c.
2. elevation, a rising in the skin, hence
genr. a spot, Lev. 13, 2, 10. 19. 28.43.
14, 56; so too where more than skin
deep, comp. Lev. 13, 2 with v. 3. 4.
3. eacaltation, dignity, majesty, Gen.
49, 3. Ps. 62, 5; of God Job 13, 11. 31.
23. Here too we may refer Hab. 1, 7
from himself go forth his law and his
dignity, i. e. he acknowledges no law
and no dignity but his own.
5t, an old man, see in r =*.
2k Tºtº to interweave, to braid, i. q
Tat. Hence Taº, Hº, Taip.
#sº m. only plur. E">3º lattices, ba-
lusters, around the capitals of columns
1 K. 7, 17. See in Hºº.
sº sambuca, see Rºb.
Tº ſ. (r. Tau) 1, a net Job 18, 8
2. lattice, lattice-work, balustrade, es
pec. upon or around the capitals of col-
umns, 1 K. 7, 18. 20. 42. 2 K. 25, 17. Jer
52, 22.23; plur. nisºº; 1 K. 7, 41. 42
2 Chr. 4, 12. 13. Also before a window
or balcony, 2 K. 1, 2.
Dilip
N3D
1001
sk Baº obsol. root; Arab. *-a-3 to be
sold. Simonis assigns to it the signif. of
the verb big to be fragrant.—Hence
Biºtº (coolness, or fragrance) Sebam
Num. 32, 3, and Tºtº (id.) Num. 32,38,
Sibmah, pr. n, of a city in the tribe of
Reuben abounding in vineyards, Josh.
13, 19. Is. 16, 8.9. Jer. 48, 32. Jerome
places it near Heshbon.
* >etº, also 2: tº Deut. 14, 29. 26,
ſ2. Is. 9, 19; fut. saur.
1. to be or become satisfied, satiated,
filled; Arab. & id. Chald, saq, Syr.
*-aw, id. The primary idea is that of
abundance, superabundance; comp. Prov.
25, 16. Kindr. is seu –Of one sated
with food, Deut. 31, 20. Ruth. 2, 14. Is.
44, 16. al. More rarely with drink, i. q.
rty, Am. 4, 8. Jer. 46, 10; hence also
of the earth as watered Prov. 30, 16.
Ps. 104, 16. Absol. Ps. 37, 19. Hos. 4,
10; hence valº Beş to eat and be filled,
satisfied, i. e. to eat one's fill, Deut. 6, 11.
8, 10. 12. 14, 29. Ruth 2, 14. Joel 2, 26.
Ps. 22, 27; so sº pº Is. 66, 11; also
saw N° to be insatiable Ez. 16, 28. 29.
Prov. 27, 20. Ascribed to the belly Prov.
18, 20; to the spirit (see tºº; no. 2)
Ecc. 6, 3; and metaph. to the eye as
not satisfied with seeing, Ecc. 1, 8.4, 8,
comp. Is. 53, 11. Ps. 17, 15; to the sword
Jer. 46, 10.—Constr. with acc. of thing,
as Erº say to be filled with bread Ex.
16, 12. Job 27, 14. Prov. 12, 11 ; with Tº
Prov. 14, 14. 18, 20. Job 31, 31; # Ps.
65, 5. 88,4; % c. inf Ecc. 1, 8.—Metaph.
“o be satisfied with wealth, Ecc. 5, 9;
^ be filled with reproach, Lam. 3, 30.
Hab. 2, 16; with contempt Ps. 123, 3;
with calamity Ps, 88, 4; with poverty
Prov. 28, 19; with one's own devices,
i. e. to reap the full reward of them,
Prov. 1, 31. 18, 20.
2. to be sated, glutted, tired of any
thing Prov. 25, 16. Is. 1, 11. Job 7, 4.
tº yºu to be sated with life 1 Chr. 23,
1. 2 Chr. 24, 15–Also it tomes from a
feeling of satiety and fulness, that the
heart is proud ant, estranged fom God;
Prov. 30, 9 lest I be full and deny God.
Hos. 13, 6.
Piel to satisfy, to satiale, Ez. 7, 19;
with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 90
14.
HipH. to satisfy, to satiate, with acc
of pers. Ps. 107,9. Is. 58, 11. Job 38,27,
with two acc. of pers. and thing Ps. 132
15. 147, 14; with Tº of thing Ez. 32, 4,
Ps, 81, 17; # of thing Ps. 103, 5. Lam
3, 15. Once with of pers, and acc. of
thing, Ps. 145, 16 list ºn-bzh yºu?”
and satisfiest every living thing with
benefits. Metaph. Ps. 91, 16.
Deriv. the five following.
93% m. satiety; hence abundance,
plenty, e.g. of food Gem, 41, 29 sq. Prov,
3, 10.
25 m. adj. (r. 9aº) constr. said
plur. Pºsiº, satisfied, satiated, full,
Prov. 27, 7.1 Sam. 2, 5. Metaph. a)
In a good sense, abundant, rich in any
thing, e. g. Tixº, sau; rich in favour sc.
with God Deut. 33, 23. b) In an ill
sense, sated with sorrows, i. e. abounding
in them Job 14, 1. 10, 15. Hence with
the notion of weariness superadded,
tº sº sated with life Gen. 35, 29.
Job 42, 17; and simpl. 93% id. Gen. 25,8.
with m. 1. saliety, fulness; sau% to
the full Ex. 16, 3; hence salvº bes Ex.
16, 3. Lev. 25, 19. Prov. 13, 25.
2. abundance, Ps. 16, 11.
Tynty f (r. 9-tº) c. suff. Tºº, sa-
tiety, fulness, Is. 56, 11; nº to the
full Is. 23, 18. Ez. 39, 19.
Tyrº f (r.sº) constr. neau, satiety,
fulness, Ezra 16, 49.
*-au, to look; with a to look upon,
to inspect, to view, Neh. 2, 13. Some
editions have here nº for nint), but less
well. Chald. hae, where see in full.
Arab. --w to examine a wound.
PIEE 1. to look for, i. e. to eacpect, to
wait for ; comp. Tº Pi. no. 2. Ruth 1,
13.
2. to hope, c. bs Ps. 104, 27. 145, 15;
* Ps. 119, 166. Is. 38, 18; ; c. inf Esth,
9, 1. Aram. Pe. and Pa. id. comp. Lat.
spero.—Hence
nºw m. c. suff. "Yºu), eaſpectation,
hope. Ps. 119, 116. 146, 5.
* Nºtº not found in Kal (the form
nº being used), to be or become great
84*
Naº
HTº
1002
to grow. Chald. Nº, nºt, to be multi-
O
plied, many; Syr. is id, also to grow,
to be increased. Kindr. with TNA, the
sibilant being prefixed, see under ü),
p. 1000.
HipH. 1. to make great, c. : Job 12,23.
2. to magnify, to laud, Job 36, 24.
Deriv. Nº.
S㺠Chald, id. to be or become great,
Ezra 4,22. Fut. Dan. 3,31 NAuº Ji-ºu;
may your peace be great, i.e. be multi-
plied unto you ; a form of salutation.
6, 26. In Targg. always sº.
*=31; 1. to be high, e.g. of a city,
to be inaccessible, strong, Deut. 2, 36;
elsewhere only in poetry. Not found
in the other dialects. Kindr. perh. with
535, the sibilant being prefixed; see
under lett. D. -
2. to be eacalled, to be raised up, e. g.
to safety as in a high place, Job 5, 11.
Comp. Hàº.
NIPH. to be high, as a city, a wall, Is.
26, 5.30, 13. Prov. 18, 11. Trop. a) to
be eacalted, supreme, of God Ps. 148, 13.
[s. 2, 11. 17. b) to be set in a high and
secure place ; hence to be safe, to be
protected, Prov. 18, 10, comp. Hºº.
c) to be high, i. e. difficult to compre-
hend, Ps. 139, 6.
PIEL to set up on high, to eacalt any
one ; only metaph. a) to make power-
ful, to strengthen, Is. 9, 10. b) to set
on high i. e. in safety, to protect, to
defend, Ps. 20, 2. 69, 30. 91, 14; c. 72
from an enemy (comp. Tº no. 3. a) Ps.
59, 2. 107, 41.
PUAl pass. of Piel lett. b, Prov. 29, 25.
HipH. to eacalt oneself, to show oneself
eacalled, Job 36, 22.
Deriv. ºn, and pr. n. *xü).
* a spurious root, see Me II.
× Tºtº ſut. Hålº", i. q. Sº, to become
great, to grow, Job 8, 7. 11. Ps. 92, 13.
HipH. to cause to grow, to increase,
l's. 73, 12.
5* (elevated, r. Hålº) Segub, pr. n.
m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 21. 22. b) 1 K. 16,
34 Cheth, for which Keri Hº Segib.
Nº m. adj. (r. Nº) great, of God
Job 36, 26. 37, 23.
sºlº Chald. m. (r.sº) 1. Adj great
Dan. 2, 31. 4, 7. Also much, many
Dan. 4, 9. 18. Plur. f. Sºº many Dan
2, 48. Ezra 5, 11. -
2. Adv. much, greatly, very, Dan. 2.
12. 5, 9, 6, 15. 24. 7, 28.
Rºtº see in =Axº lett. b.
gº º
Sk Tºw in Kal not used. Arab, 9.
has two different significations, traces of
which remain in Hebrew, viz.
1. to be straight, even, level, comp,
ºnvºy no. 1, 2; conj. II, to make straight;
VIII, to be straight, made straigh_t. See
Piel.
2. to stop, to shut up a way, door, etc.
comp. Tº ; and this seems to come
from the idea ºf binding, comp. Tºuj
§
03 -> tº sº 9
Q-33. Hence CX-w and CX-w something
intervening between two points and
stopping the passage, Spec, a mountain;
º
plur. $33. a valley full of rocks and
stones, where the rain-water stands.
Hence pr. m. tº .
PIEL to harrow, i. e. to level a field Is.
28, 24. Job 39, 10. Hos. 10, 11.
“Hºw obsol root; Arab. I.M. to
extend the hand (comp. Hºrſ, riº), to
tend towards any thing, to go with large
and free steps ; IV, to be let go free.
The primary idea therefore is that of
wide, free, ample space.—Hence
TT. m. constr. Hº ; c. suff, *,
Tºg, nº ; plur. nii, constr. **
Ruth 1, 1.2, also nintº Neh. 12, 29, c.
suff, Erºnitº, Eniº ; a field, the open
fields, the country, lying unenclosed and
without fences or hedges, as is still the
case throughout the East. Not found in
the kindr. dialects, except in the Punic;
see Monumm. Phoen. p. 394. Often opp.
to cities, villages, camps, Gen. 4, 8.24, 63.
65. 29, 2, 34, 7. 37, 15. 1 Sam. 20, 5. 11;
also to vineyards, these being enclosed
by a wall (comp. Is. 5, 2, 5. Num. 22,
24), Ex. 22, 5. Lev. 25, 3.4. Num. 16, 14,
20, 17. It embraces both tilled fields
and pastures Gen. 31, 4, 37, 7. Ex. 9, 3.
Ruth 2, 2. 3.; also mountainous land and
fields planted with trees Judg. 9, 32
comp. v. 36. 1 Sam. 14, 25. 2 Sam. 1,21
likewise the houses of the peasants he
**Tº
="Tº
1003
surrounded by a wall were reckoned to
the open field, Lev. 25, 31, Hence wins
Tº a man of the field, i. e. Esau as a
hunter and living in the open air, Gen.
25, 27; riºr nºr collect, the beasts of
the field, wild beasts, Gen. 2, 20. 3, 14.
Priºr alſº the herbs or plants of the field,
wild plants, Gen. 2, 5. 3, 18.
Spec. a) a field as ploughed and
tilled but not enclosed, Gen. 47, 24. Lev.
19, 19. Oſten for rºw npºr, part of a
field i. e. a portion of the open field be-
long-ag to one owner and tilled by him
(comp. Gen. 33, 19. Ruth 2, 3, 4, 3),
Gen. 23, 13. 17. 49, 30. 32. Ruth 4, 5.
Jer. 32, 9, 25. Is. 5, 8, [Meton. for the
produce of the fields, parall. Yış inrº,
Ecc. 5,8.—R.] Once xut Šoziv for wild
plants, pasturage, Ex. 32, 5.
b) ºr HTº the field of a city, i.e. its
territory, the open country round about,
Gen. 41, 48. Neh. 12, 29. Ps. 78, 12.43.
nºr ºy the country-towns, opp. the
metropolis, 1 Sam. 27, 5.
c) So the field or country of a people is
their territory, Gen. 14, 7, 32, 4, 1 Sam.
6, 1. 27, 7. 11. Ruth 1, 6, 4, 3. Plur. as
in Engl. territories; Ruth 1, 1 asio "Tú.
v. 2. 22. 2, 6. Spec. of a level country,
as Eºs Hilº Hos. 12, 13, for Pºs Tºp ;
see in jºb.
d) As opp. to the sea, i. q. the land,
'erra firma, Ez. 26, 6.8.
"Tú m. i. q. Hº, field, country, but
n\y poetic, Ps. 8, 8.50, 11. 80, 14. Deut.
32, 13. al.—That "– is the proper and
primitive sing, form, and common in
Arabic for the Hebrew n-, from verbs
Hº, is shown Lehrg. p. 158. Simonis
and others incorrectly hold "Tº as plur.
‘. q. Bºttº ; but see Ps. 96, 12.
D") m. plur. pr. n. Siddim, whence
bniºn pºx the Valley or Plain of Siddim,
the plain of the cities Sodom and Go-
morrah, now occupied by the Dead Sea,
Gen. 14, 3. 8, 10.—Aqu. Onk. Saad. trans-
late “Valley of the fields’ (Rºb). But
bºttº is prob. i. Q Arab. cº, plur.
§ – ~
$3.x-y, ‘a depression (Wady) full of
rocks and stones,” and therefore diffic:lt
to pass, see in Titº no. 2; hence ‘a plan
cut up by stony channels.’
ryū f. (r. hiº, with tº for b) a row
rank of soldiers 2 K. 11, 8.15; of stories
chambers, 1 K. 6, 9.
Titº, constr. His Deut. 14, 4, c. suff
intº Deut. 22, 1 and nº 1 Sam. 14, 34,
comm. gend. (m. Ex. 12, 5; f. Jer. 50, 17,
Ez. 34, 20,) one of a flock, i. e. a sheep
or goat, a noun of unity corresponding
to the collect. TNN q.v. a flock of sheep
or goats; Gen. 22, 7.8, 30, 32. Ex. 12, 5.
Deut. 14, 4 Eºs High tº nº one of
the sheep and one of the goats, i. e. a
sheep and a goat. Lev. 5, 7. 27, 26.
1 Sam. 15, 3. 22, 19. Judg. 6, 4; comp.
niuj and mp3. It admits of no plural;
but is put as collect. Jer. 7, 25. 43, 23.
9 . * *
Arab. 8L&, plur, gLý, id.—The etymo-
logy is doubtful; though the word seems
derived from a verb risig, as nº ſrom
ITSB ; and this prob, had the same signi-
Jº.
fication with Arab. C2C3. to drive sheep
by uttering the sound U3, U3, repeat-
edly ; comp. in Engl. the sound sh,
sh. Nor is it strange that a sheep
should be so named from this call or
sound of the shepherd; just as in the
language of German children a horse is
called Hollo from the word holt I used
by coachmen.
>k Triº obsol. root, i. q, Aram. Guw,
Triº, Arab. Cº-3-3, to testify, pr. to be
an eye-witness; Conj. III, coram spec-
tavit.—Hence the two following.
Triº m. c. suff, "Triº Kamets impure,
like part. Peal in the Aramaean dialects:
a witness, once Job 16, 19.
Nº f (r. Trº) an Aramaean
word in stat. emphat, used by Laban the
Syrian, testimony, a testimonial, Gen.
31, 47. Targ. Nºtre Ex. 20, 6. Syr.
i232*.
Dºhrū) m. plur. (r. -ng, with to for b)
dimin. crescents, little moons, worn as an
ornament on the necks of men, women,
and camels, Judg. 8, 21. 26. Is. 3, 18.
Sep. Aumvivrou, Vulg. lunulae.
Bºu to be gray-haired, see r. sºle.
Taito i, q. Thb, thick branches, thick.
et, 2 Sam. 18, 9. R. Tºº.
j'llº
tºº,
1004
* I. 3%tº to go off from, to draw back,
1. q. Jºb I, where see. So Niph. xii); 2
Sam, 1, 22, where however many Mss.
and editions have b. HiPh. HຠJob
24, 2, see in r. Ano Hiph.
* II. Pºt i, q, Mo II, to hedge about,
to enclose, in Kal not used.
PILP. Mºſt to hedge about, e. g. a vine-
yard. Is. 17, 11 ºr Tºº biº in
the day thou plantedst it, thou didst also
hedge it in.—Kimchi and Aben Ezra
render it by ºr thou didst cause it to
grow, as if from 33% i. q. Nº, n㺠; but
the former is to be preferred.
Tºt to plaster with lime, see r. Tºw.
sk rººp, once Gen. 24, 63 Isaac had
gone out Hºa rºbº, Vulg. ad meditan-
dum in agro, i. e. to meditate, so that
nºir, would be i. q. Thiº I. lett. c. So too
most of the ancient versions; for both
Sept. &öoAsozijaw, and Aqu. Šuljaws,
are to be understood of pious meditation
and discourse. The Syriac alone has it:
ad deambulandum, to take a walk ; and
this is almost demanded by the nature
of the context. But not improb. it
should read nº tº to go to and fro
in the field, in order to muster his flocks
and shepherds. This is the sense of the
phrase Yºs: tº Job 1, 7. 2 Sam. 24,
2.8; comp. Zech. 4, 10. 2 Chr. 16, 9.
Jer. 5, 1.
* to hu) i. q. ITtºº, to go or turn away,
to turn aside to any thing, part, plur.
a; "tº Ps. 40, 5.
Deriv, tºº, onto.
sk Tºp to hedge, to hedge in or about.
Arab. JU& mid. Waw, to hedge with
3. - G- o –
thorns, J23, 3. 3 thorn. See the
sindred verbs ship II, sho II, Taº and
Teº, also Taº and Tag, which seem
to have come from Tito, Tho, by strength-
tning the middle radical. Compare also
Sanscr. sakha, Pers. alº , a leaſ, bough.
—Metaph. Job 1, 10 iTºº tºº thou hast
made a hedge about him, i. e. dost pro-
tect him. But the same phrase is also
used in a sense of disfavour, for to shut
up one's wuy, i. e. to shut in, to straiten,
Hos. 2, 8; comp. Job 3, 23.
Pol. Taib to intertwine, to weave,
trop. Job 10, 11 "325 or Bºx, nins:1
with bones and sinews hast thou wover.
me ; comp. Ps. 139, 13.
Deriv. rºton and rºom, also the
three following.
Titº m. Judg. 9, 49, and Tºit f v
48, a bough. Chald. Tio and Titº, Syr
peas, id.
">ht (for ji-jū branches, see Tito)
Josh. 15, 48 Keri, also risib ib. Cheth
Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1, Socho, Sochoh,
pr. m. of two towns of Judah: a) One
in the mountains near Anab and Eshta-
moa, Josh. 15, 48; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. II. p. 195. b) The other in the
plain, Josh. 15, 35. 1 Sam. 17, 1 ; see
Bibl. Res, in Palest. ibid. p. 349.—The
modern Arabic name of both is Shuwei-
keh <x< , dimin. from Shawkeh *3-3 ;
comp. the 20mxaſ& of Euseb.
"Tºp Sucathite, patronym. from a pr.
n. Hºhto elsewhere unknown, 1 Chr. 2,
55.
* D'ºù) and nºw, fut. Bºtº, apoc,
tº , conv, tºl, once tº Ex. 4, 11 ;
imp. Bºtt, rºº; inf absol. Billy, constr.
thū , rarely bºtt, Job 20, 4; part, pass. f.
right, 2 Sam. 13, 2 Keri, Tºu, Cheth
genr. to put, to set, to place ; Syr. >3.
Ethiop. U.Paº’, Uloº, id. Less fre-
quent is Arab. rºw mid. Ye, to set, to
constitute, e. g. a price.
tips, tº —Hence
1. to put, to set, to place, where the
person or thing thus put stands erect, or
is regarded as standing rather than as
lying down, Gr. iotnut. So of persons,
to set, to station ; 2 K. 10, 24 Jehu sta-
tioned (ib tº) in the street fourscore
men. Ex. 33, 22. 1 Sam. 8, 11; troops
in garrison 2 Sam. 8, 6.14, or in ambush
Josh. 8, 2. 12. Judg. 20, 36 ; hence also
to set or put the foot upon the neck of
any one Josh. 10, 24. Of things, which
stand or seem to stand; as an idol, to se?
wp, Deut. 27, 15; a monument, cippus
Gen. 28, 22. 1 Sam. 7, 12; a table Ex
26, 35; an altar Ex. 40, 26. 29; the arg
Ex. 40, 3; a throne Jer. 43, 10. 49, 38
a door, to set or put in, Gen. 6, 16 comp
Kindr. are
blº
tº hº
100b
Job 38, 10; a tent Ps. 19, 5. So too the
boards of the sacred tabernacle, which
stood upon bases, Ex. 40, 18; the court
before the same, by setting up the co-
lumns from which the curtains were sus-
pended, Ex. 40, 8; also to put up the
curtains, i. Q. to hang them upon the co-
iumns, Ex. 40, 5.-Spec.
a) to set troops, i. e. to draw up, to
urray, c. acc. 1 Sam. 11, 11 Saul set
(Dº) the people in three companies.
Job 1, 17. Acc. impl. 1 K. 20, 12. Ez.
23, 94. So 1 Sam. 15, 2 Tºsa ib Big he
set himself for him in the way, i. e.
against him.
b) to set, i. e. to constitute, to appoint,
(tºvot Acts 20, 18,) e. g. a king Deut.
17, 15; a prince Hos. 2, 2; judges 1 Sam.
8, 1 ; c. dupl. acc. 1 Sam. l. c. Ps. 105,
21; acc. and h Gen. 45,9. Ex. 2, 14;
acc. and 53, to set over, i. e. a person
over others Ex. 1, 11. 5, 14. 1 Sam. 18,
5. So UN-3, Bºb to put at the head of,
to set over, Deut. 1, 13; comp. in 158".
no. 4.
c) to set a plant, i. e. to plant, Is. 28,
25. Ez. 17, 4.5. Is. 41, 19. So Lat. ‘po-
mere arborem ’; Arab. J.-a 3.
d) to set up, to erect, to build, e. g. a
sepulchral monument Nah. 1, 14; a nest
in a rock Num. 24, 21; a mound against
a city Mic. 4, 14.—Metaph. to establish a
covenant, i. q, nº p-pri, c. * 2 Sam.
23, 5.
e) Thin thu), Gr. véuov tubévot, to set
a law, i. e. to establish, to appoint, to
make a law, Ps. 78, 5.81, 6. Gen. 47,26.
Ex. 15, 25. Josh. 24, 25. 1 Sam. 30, 25.
Of the laws of the heavens Job 38, 33.
Jer. 33, 25. So to set or appoint a term,
limit, Ps. 104,9. Prov. 8, 29; a place Ex.
21, 13. 2 Sam. 7, 10.
2. to set, to put, to place, pr: a person,
so that he may sit (be seated), dwell, or
in any way exist in a place; Gr. tu 9&voſt,
which also is used in several of the
senses under no. 1. 2 K. 10, 3 bryº
*:::: Nº-by and set him (cause him to
sit) upon the throne of his father. Ehio
Nº nº E to put one in prison 2 Chr.
18, 26. Gen. 40, 15. Gen. 2, 8 and there
(in the garden) he put the man, caused
him to dwell there. Job 20 4 With h
b!' place Job 5, -1; acc Cant, 6, 12.-
Also of things:
a) With 22, to put upon anything as
upon the head Ex. 29, 6. Also to fauten
or fia; upon, Ex. 28, 12. 26. 37, 38. 39, 7
a sword upon one’s thigh Ex. 32, 27.
b) With 4, to put in, to insert, e. g. a
hook or ring in the nose, Is. 37, 29. Job
40, 26 [34]. Gen. 24, 47. Bºº Bhip to
put in the staves into the rings Num. 4,
6. 8. 11, 14.
c) With "3, to put between, Judg. 15, 4.
d) i. q. to found, to establish, e.g. the
world Job 34, 13; metaph. a people Is.
44, 7; the divine law 42, 4. Here be-
longs the expression, where God is said
to set his name anywhere, i. e. to estab-
lish the seat of his worship, Deut. 12, 5.
21. 14, 24. 1 K. 9, 3. 11, 36. 2 K. 21, 4;
i. q. iou) Tº Deut. 12, 11. 26, 2.
3. to put, to place, to lay things (rarely
persons), so that they may remain in a
recumbent posture. Gen. 22, 9 and laid
him (Isaac) upon the altar. 24, 2.9. 28,
21. 31, 37. 48, 18. al. With by of pers.
to put or lay upon any one for bearing,
Gen. 21, 14. 22, 6. Ex. 3, 22; 98 of thing
Lev. 24, 6. Gen. 9, 23. Ex. 29, 29. Bhip
He by T. to lay the hand upon the mouth,
as imposing silence on oneself, Judg. 18,
19. Job 21, 5; nº-bs "t id. 1 Sam. 19,
13; nº Job 29, 9; HE-izh 40, 4. With
# to put or lay in any place, Gen. 30, 41.
31, 34. 44, 1. 50, 26. Ex. 2, 3. Job 13, 27;
rarely to lay upon, i. q. by thu), Ps. 66,
11. With **, to set before any one,
e.g. food 1 Sam. 9, 24. 2 K. 6, 22 (also
# prº tº 2 Sam. 12, 20; comp. Gen.
43, 31); a law, to set before, to propose,
Ex. 21, 1. Deut. 4, 44. With acc. of
place; Gen. 28, 11 and he took a stone
*ryius ºn tº and put it at (under) his
head. v. 18. 1 Sam. 19, 13.−Spec.
a) to put or set to any thing, to apply,
e.g. 0s nºt to put fire to or under, 1 K.
18, 23. 25; tº thin to apply batter-
ing-rams, c. By Ez. 4, 2. 21, 27. Also
to put a knife to one's throat Prov. 23, 2;
to apply a measure to a building Job 38
5.—So F. T. Chip to lay hand upon any
pers, or thing; e.g. in a hostile sense, in
order to afflict or punish, Ez 39, 21,
comp. Job 40, 32. But in Ps. S9, 26 1
will put his hand upon the sea, i. e. I, Je-
hovah, will cause his dominion to extend
to the sea. -
e) to put on a garment, ori aments
Enhº
E*)
1006
etc. c. by Ruth 3, 3. Ez. 16, 14. Gen.
41, 42. Lev. 8, 8, 1 K. 20, 31. 21, 27.
So to put on or apply a bandage Ez. 30,
21; a girdle upon the loins Jer. 13, 1.
With : Gen. 37, 34. Ez. 24, 17.
c) 'd Tº Bºb to put into one's hand,
e.g. a cup Is. 51, 23. Contra inºi, Dhip
to put into one's own hand, i. e. to take in
one’s hand ; e. g. a hammer Judg. 4, 21 ;
goods, 1 K. 20, 6. ipei iujº Bºb to put
or take one’s life in one’s hand, see in F2
lett. c. 1 Sam. 19, 5.28, 21. See also in
lett. d, here following.
d) E *E. Bºnzº Bºb to put words in
the mouth of any one, to suggest them to
him, Ex. 4, 15. Num. 22, 38. 23, 5, 16.
2 Sam. 14, 3. Is. 51, 16. al. So to put
wonders in the hands of any one, to give
him the power of working miracles, Ex.
4, 21; to put any thing in the ears of any
one, to rehearse it to him, Ex. 17, 14.
e) to put or lay upon any one, to im-
pose, e.g. any thing to be done, with 53
of pers. Ex. 5, 8.14, 22, 24; or to be suf-
fered, c. : Ex. 15, 26. Deut. 7, 15; also
to impute to any one sc. guilt, with
º Judg. 9, 24; h Deut. 22, 8, 14 [17];
# 1 Sam. 22, 15. Job 4, 18.
f) + Du Bºb to put i. e. give a name
to any one, (Övouſ, 9 sival twº Od. 19.
403, Övouo. 98.0 9.0, 19. 406,) Dan. 1, 7;
and with a somewhat different construc-
tion, Judg. 8, 31 Tººls intºns tº
and he set i. e. called his name Abimelech.
2 K. 17, 34. Neh. 9, 7, and Chald. Dan.
5, 12; comp. Num. 6, 27.
g) in:h chip to set before oneself, be-
fore one’s eyes, spoken of that for which
one has high regard, Ps. 54, 5, 86, 14.
h) Absol. to put, to lay down, sc. a
pledge, Job 17, 3. Comp. Arab. Sº,
Conj. III, i. q. Jº) &é, Gr, tić so ºwl
Passow, A. no. 8.
i) With 98 to lay before any one, i. e.
to propound, to earplain, Job 5, 8. Also
absol. Bºg Baº to earplain the sense Neh.
8, 8.
k) to lay up, as if in store; Job 36, 13
the wicked ns hoºtº lay up wrath sc. in
their heart, i. e. they treasure up their
wrath, indulge in anger and hatred
against God, and do not humbly turn to
him ; so Umbreit correctly. Usually
they lay up i.e. heap up divine wrath
against themselves, i. q &mdoevgl;ovo
$ovtois & vuòy Rom. 2, 5.
1) Similar is abrºx chu) to lay to heart
Gr. 950 &c., Śvē q980i, Is. 47, 7. 57, 1.11,
Jer, 12, 11. Also ah-bs chip 2 Sam. 19
20. 5* 'to 1 Sam. 21, 13. Job 22, 22
With inf. and h Mal. 2, 2, also sº hºs
(that not) Dan. 1, 8, to care, to take care
sc. to do or not to do any thing. Ellipt.
Ps. 50, 23 Tº Bº who layeth to heart
his way i. e. his walk, life, who takeſ,
care to live aright.
m) i. Q. to throw, to cast, e. g. stones
and timber into the water, Ez. 26, 12.
m) Spoken of liquids, to pour, to pour
out, e. g. blood in war, to shed, 1 K. 2, 5.
With 4 to pour into Judg. 6, 19. 1 Sam.
17, 54. Ps. 56,9. With by to pour upon,
as blood Ez. 24,7; oil Lev. 5, 11. Trop.
to put (pour out) the Spirit upon any
one, Num. 11, 17; anpi Is. 63, 11.
4. to put, to set, i. e. to direct, to turn
in any direction; Judg. 7, 22 and Jehovah
set (turned) every man's sword against
his fellow.—Spec. a) by Tºy Bhuj to set
eyes upon, see in Tºy no. 1. e. b) bºil)
*}” to set one’s face upon or towards, in
various senses, see in rigº no. 1, c, d, f.
c) inh Phip to set one's mind upon, animum
advertere, to attend to, to consider, Is. 41.
22. Hagg. 2, 15, 18; and without 5% id,
Is. 41, 20. Job 34, 23. 37, 15. Judg. 19,
30. Comp. 5: "Er and "Er id. With
by upon or towards any thing Job 1, S ;
by Ex. 9, 21; h Deut. 32, 46. Ez. 40, 4;
with a (c. 5* impl.) Job 23, 6. But
1 Sam. 9, 20% ał Bnio is to set the heart
upon, i. e. to care for, to hold dear.
5. to set as any thing, to put into any
state or condition, i. Q. to make, to rem-
der ; comp. Gr. tubévoſt i, q. Troutivºol,
see Passow in tić mul B. Ex. 4, 11 nº
tºs Bºb, who maketh the dumb 2 Ez.
11, 7. 19, 5. With two acc. Ps. 39, 9
make me not (set me not as) the reproach
of the wicked, i. e. the object of their re-
proach. 40, 5.91, 9, 105, 21. Job 31, 24.
acc. and h Gen. 21, 13. 18. Job 24, 25.
Is. 5, 20. 23, 13; to turn into Hos. 2, 14
[12]. With acc. and 3, to make one
as ot like any thing, Gen. 32, 12 [13.
I will make thy seed as the sand of the
sea. 48, 20. 1 K. 19, 2. Is. 14, 17. The
two constructions are mingled in Is. 25
2 bab hºw? nºte thou hast made of a city
thū)
1007 ‘phip
runns, lit. ‘thou hast turned from a city
into ruins; for brº hºw or Pa hº.
6. to set or put, i. Q. to make, to prepare,
to produce, to do; Gr. tubévoſt. So Bºb
nrine to make baldness i. e. a bald spot
Beut. 14, 1. ººz. Tº Bhip to make a
way in the desert Is. 43, 19; and so Job
19, 8. Ps. 46, 9, nins the to do signs
or wonders, to work miracles, c. 3 in or
among, Ex. 10, 2. Ps. 78, 43. 105, 27.
Is. 66, 19; comp. Num. 24, 23; but Bhū)
* nis to set (give) a sign to any one
Gen. 4, 15. tº tºp to beget children
Ezra 10, 44, comp. 930 &ot toſiów into
tºwn Hymn. Ven. 256, 283, by ny, phu
to do evil to any one Ps. 109, 5.—Oſten
with dat, of pers. ‘to do this or that to
or for any one.’ 1 K. 20, 34 make thou
streets for thyself in Damascus, as my
father made in Samaria. Ex. 8, 8 [12]
the frogs 'B', tº hugs which he had
brought upon Pharaoh. So hyp Bºb to
put an end to, to make an end of any
thing, Job 28, 3; comp. 18, 2. With ib,
as ib Du Bºb to make oneself a name, to
get renown, 2 Sam. 7, 23. 1 Chr. 17, 21.
Sometimes to set or make for any one is
i. q to give, to grant; e.g. * sh; Bºb to
give seed (offspring) to any one 1 Sam.
2,20; } tºnsu; cºlo to make survivors to
any one, i. e. to give or preserve a pos-
terity, Gen. 45, 7, 2 Sam. 14, 7. Ehlu
* Bºº to give place to any one, to make
room, 2 K. 11, 16. 2 Chr. 23, 15; see in
Tº no. 6. So pºol. i. q. nnh Is. 61, 3.
Also h nºbu, Bºb to give peace (prosper-
ity) to any one Num. 6, 26; h Tinz Ento
lo give honour (glory) to, Josh. 7, 19.
Is. 42, 12, comp. Ps. 66, 2; h Bºrº tºo
to give or show mercy to, Is. 47, 6. Comp.
Gr. 9sivot twi &Ayew, névôos, see Passow
in ti &mut B. no. 2.
HipH. i. Q. Kal. Imper. "?" ºr either
attend, see Kal no. 4. c.; or set in array
sc. the battle, see Kal no. 1. a ; Ez. 21,
31 [16]. Part. Dº attending, regard-
ing, Job 4, 20.
Hopli, fut. Elºhºl, to be put, set, once
Gen. 24, 33 Keri. See tº .
Deriv. nºtor, and pr. n. *S***".
tº Chald. praet. tº ; praet. pass. Bºb,
| rºw Dan. 6, 18, also tº 3, 29, imper.
plur. Mont Ezra 4, 21; i, q. Heb. to put,
'e place, to set. Spec.
1. to set over, i. e. to constitute, to ap
point, Ezra 5, 14.
2. Fºu Dºu to make one's name any
thing, to name, Dan. 5, 12.
3. * b. Bºb to set the heart on any
thing, i. e. to make a point of, to en-
deavour, Dan. 6, 15.
4. Ext, Bºb to set forth an edict, i. e.
to give, make, publish it, Ezra 5, 13.
6, 1.3, 12. Dan. 3, 10; c. dat. Ezra 5, 3.
9. Impers. Ext; nºw ºn from me is set
forth the decree, i. e. I have made a de-
cree, Dan. 3, 29. 4, 3. Ezra 4, 19. 6, 8.
11; ºr, ſº Id. Dan. 6, 27 [26].
5. P2 Ext, Bºb to make account of to
regard, Dan. 3, 12. -
ITHPE, fut. Bºrn: 1. to be put, c. 2, to
be put in, inserted, Ezra 5, 8.
2. to be made, c. dupl. acc. Dan. 2, 5.
3. to be given, as a decree Ezra 4, 21.
* I. Tºtº fut. Yºº, i. q. Hº, ºniº,
where see.
1. to contend, to strive, c. 58 with or
against Hos. 12, 5.
2. to be prince, to have dominion, to
reign, Judg. 9, 22.
HipH. nºtºrſ to make princes, Hos. 8, 4.
* II. -hº) onomatopoetic, i. q. mic:
to saw, fut. htºn 1 Chr. 20, 3.
* III. Thu) once for nho, to go away,
to depart, inf. c. suff, ºpi Hos. 9, 12;
See T. "? O.
nnip f. (r. Finº) a row, range; Arab.
Ç
$9. 9
By- row of stones. Is. 28, 25 nºr tº
Finib and sets (plants) the wheat in rows;
the accus. Tito being put adverbially;
Jerome per ordinem. In the east wheat
is often thus sown or dropped in rows;
see Niebuhr Arabien p. 157.
pnin, see pºp.
* Dhip and pºp, fut. oº, once
to by Is. 35, 1 ; imp. toº ; inf absol.
toilo, constr. (bhū); to eacult, to be glad,
to rejoice. The primary idea is that of
leaping, springing, comp. bho. Kindr.
is Uels to leap, as the ſetus in the
S5 ... Q “
womb, comp. Luke 1, 41. 44; 8,23-3
pulsation of an artery. Sanscr. Saš to
leap, Saša a hare.—With by of that at
which one rejoices Deut. 28, 63. Zeph
nº 1008
jºin
3, 17. Jer. 32,41. Is. 62, 5. Ps. 119, 162;
with # Job 39, 21. Ps, 35,9. Is. 65, 19;
spec. Hintz toniº Ps. 40, 17. 70, 5. Is.
61, 10; acc. once Is. 35, 1 ; ; c. inf. Ps.
19, 6; "E. Job 3, 22. Lam. 1, 21; also
Vav Is. 64, 4.—In the vexed and prob.
corrupted passage: Ez. 21, 15 [10] that
to it (the sword) there may be lightning,
it is sharpened nº ºf ºu; toº is
YX-52, where it should prob. read by
Nºte: against the prince of the tribe of
my son (Judah), which despiseth all wood,
i.e. since the king and people of Judah
contemn all the wooden rods with which
I have hitherto scourged them, there-
fore I will now bring against them a
sharp sword. In this way ºr and y:
are in antithesis; the LXX express
bs for is; and sº is usual in this con-
nection.
Deriv. Tibú, più”.
nº m. (r. Tºtº) meditation, thought,
Am. 4, 13.
>k Trip to swim, inf. rinë, part. Hrito,
both Is. 25, 11. Chald. Nriº, Syr. lºw,
to wash, also to swim.
HipH. to make swim, i. e. to inundate,
Ps. 6, 7–Hence
ºnly f (Milél, for irº) a swimming
Ezra 47, 5.
Piniº, see prº.
Sk trip to press, to press out, e. g.
grapes, ſut. Torº Gen. 40, 11. Chald.
2nt, id.
sk prºp fut. Prº to laugh, i. q. pris
q. v. but more usual in the later Hebrew;
Eth. Uſhip, whip, to laugh; Zab.
weam to rejoice.—Absol. Prov. 29, 9.
Ecc. 3, 4. With 98 to laugh or smile
upon Job 29, 24; c. by to laugh at, to de-
ride, Ps. 52, 8, Job 30, 1. With h id.
but espec. in contempt, to laugh at in
scorn, to scorn, espec. powerless threats,
Job 5, 22. 39, 7. 18. 22. 41, 21. Prov. 31,
25; absol. id. Ps. 2, 4. With # to mock,
to rejoice in others' calamities, Prov. 1,
26; c. by id. Lam. 1, 7.
Piel priº, fut. Prº 1. to jest, to
sport, pr. to laugh repeatedly, Pi. being
iterative, Prov. 26, 19. Jer. 15, 17. Also
to rejoice Prov, 8, 30, 31.
2. to sport, to play, e.g. children Zech.
8, 5; sea animals Ps. 104, 26, comp. Jo,
40, 20.29; also of the play or mock-figh
of armies or armed men, to skirmish
2 Sam. 2, 14.
3. to dance, always as accompanied
with song and instrumental music, comp
Engl. to play on an instrument; Judg
16, 25. 1 Sam. 18, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 5, 21
1 Chr. 13, 8, 15, 29. Jer. 30, 19 bip
t"prº the voice (song) of dancers
and singers. 31, 4 tº prº birtºa in
the chorus of dancers.
HIPH. to laugh at in scorn, to deride,
c. by 2 Chr. 30, 10.
Deriv. Prº, pr. n. Priº, i. q. Prix",
also
Pintº and Pirſi m. 1. laughter Ecc.
2, 2. 7, 3.6.7. Job 8, 21. Ps. 126, 2.
2. derision, scorn, meton. for the objev
of it, Job 12, 4. Jer. 20, 7, 48, 39. Lam.
3, 14.
3. jest, sport, Prov. 10, 23; dancing
to music, Judg. 16, 27.
tº see tºp.
Sk Tºtº ſut. Hºb", apoc. tºº, to turn
aside from a way, to devicte ; kindr. with
tºp. Aram, stºº, lºw, id—With bºx.
Tº from the way Prov. 4, 15; 'E *2n:-}s
7, 25. Spec. of adulterous females Num.
5, 12; with Bºsr, nºr (i. q. nnnn) 5
19, 20. 29. Comp. nº no. 1, in Hos. 4,
12 and Ez. 23, 5.
Deriv. ºpio for hºip.
P"tºº m. plur. (r. phūj) deviations from
right, transgressions, Hos. 5, 2. Also
bººt, q.v. id. Ps. 101, 3. The form is
like Np from r. Nip, bri or bºr, from r.
bºn.—Others concr. apostates, revolters.
Sk Bºº fut. Eto'º to lie in wait for
any one, to persecute him, c. acc. Gen.
27, 41. 49, 23. 50, 15. Job 16, 9, 30, 21.
Ps. 55, 4.—The primary signif. is to set
a trap, comp. Syr. < *; whence the
deriv. Tºº?.
*Tºº i, q, tº 1. to lie in wait, tº
be an adversary, to persecute, c. acc. Ps
71, 13 "Up: "ºb i. q "ujº ºpiº. 38
21. 109, 4. "...tºo my adversaries, perse
cutors, Ps. 109, 20. 29. -
2, to oppose, to resist, in the forum
jºin
nº
1009
inſ. c. suff, isºph Zech. 3, 1–Chald.
ſº c. * id, Arab. Cºla & to resis'.
Deriv. the two following.
Tº m. 1. an adversary, e.g. in war,
an enemy, 1 K. 5, 18. 11, 14, 23. 25.
1 Sam. 29, 4; in the forum Ps. 109, 6,
comp. Zech. 3, 1. 2; also of one who in
any way opposes another, 2 Sam. 19, 23.
Num. 22, 22 the angel of Jehovah stood
in the way ib ſº to oppose him. v. 32.
• Chald. Tºgº, Tºº, Njºo, id.
2. With the art. Tººn the adversary
kot Śoxiv, it assumes the nature of a
proper name (Heb. Gramm. § 107. 2),
i. e. Satan, 3 Öućolog, the Devil, the
evil spirit in the theology of the Jews,
who seduces men to evil 1 Chr. 21, 1
(where alone the article is wanting,
comp. 2 Sam. 24, 1), and accuses and
calumniates them before God, Zech. 3,
1. 2. Job 1, 6–9. 2, 1 sq. Comp. Rev. 12,
10 6 xotzog tåv &ösigów judiº, 6 xorm-
yogān, witów Śvētuoy voi 3800 judºv
huágos xoi wuxtóg. Syr. ūji, Arab.
Jul.1, Eth. Kilpº, id—The
hypothesis of A. Schultens, Herder,
Eichhorn, and others, is now univer-
sally exploded: these writers held the
Satan of the book of Job to be differ-
ent from the Satan of the other books,
regarding him as a good angel appoint-
ed to try the characters of men; and
hence they proposed in the prologue of
this book everywhere to read ºn 1. e.
ºtsguoëstºrms, from the root ºuj.
Tº f (r. Tº) 1. accusation, let-
ter of accusation, Ezra 4, 6.
2. Sitnah, pr. m. of a well, so called
from the opposition and strife of the
Philistines against Isaac, Gen. 26, 21.
nº Chald, see in nº.
ship m. (for sºul, r. slº) elevation,
eminency, i, q, nsº, Job 20, 6.
fishiº (for lishio: elevated) Sion, pr.
n. of the mountain usually called Her-
mon, prob. nothing more than an epi-
thet, ‘the lofty, Deut. 4, 48. R. Nº.
• P"tº to be gray, hoary, i. e. gray-
neaded, to have gray hair, 1 Sam. 12, 2.
Part. Hu, gray-headed, an old man, se-
new, Job 15, 10–Chald. Hºo, *. -cis,
Arab. *L* mid. Ye, id.—Hence sº,
rº.
5* Chald, id. Part, plur, emphat.
Nºtº, constr. "Hig, old men, elders, Ezra
:*: ;
5, 5.9.
5* m. sc. suff. isºtº, grayness of the
hair, meton. old age, 1 K. 14, 4.
nºw f. (r. Hº) constr. neº, c. suff.
injº, grayness of hair, hoariness, Hos.
7, 9. Job 41, 24. Meton. a) Of a per-
son who has gray hairs, one gray-head-
ed, Gen. 42, 38. 44, 29.31, Ruth 4, 15.
1 K. 2, 6.9; espec. Lev. 19, 32; fully
rºle ºs Deut. 32,25. b) For old age,
Ps. 71, 18.92, 15. Hip Hºp a good
old age, i. e. far advanced, Gen. 15, 15.
25, 8. Judg. 8, 32. 1 Chr. 29, 28.
3"tº m. (r. Aho or anio I) a withdraw-
ing ; 1 K. 18, 27 is ºntº he has with-
drawn himself, sc. into his private apart
mentS.
* 7"tº to cover with lime, to plaster,
Deut. 27, 2, 4, Arab. eL& mid. Ye,
Chald. Tho, id.—But this is prob. rather
a denom. signif from n. Tºtt lime ; which
itself may come from the idea of boiling,
r. Thū, i. q. Tºy.
Tº m. lime, see in r. Tº ult. Deut.
27, 2. 4. Is. 33, 12. Am. 2, 1–Arab.
93 * o 7
&3, Syr, tºº, Chald, sºo, id.
nºw, see the suff, forms in Hüg.
:K Hºw fut. nº to speak, to talk, to
converse; Talm. rºb id. but not found
in the kindr. dialects. With %, Job 12,8
yºsh nº speak to the earth, i.e. to the
reptiles. With 3 to talk of any one Ps.
69, 13; c. acc. to talk with, to converse
with, Prov. 6, 22.—Hence a) to epeak
or utter a song, to sing, i. q. ºn: I no. 1.
c. p. 211; absol. Judg. 5, 10; c. acc. to
sing of, to celebrate in song, Ps. 145, 5,
c.: id. Ps. 105,2, b) to utter complaints,
to complain, Ps. 55, 18. Job 7, 11. Comp.
subst. riºtº I. 3 c) i, q. izº ºn to
talk with oneself, i. e. to meditate, espec,
on divine things, Ps. 77, 4, 7 "Hºrts
Trººps. With 3 of thing v. 13. 119, 15.
23. 27. etc. -
Pol. fut. Trip", i. q. Kal lett, c, to
meditate, c. A Ps. 143. 5. Also to think
nº
bºº
1010
ſo consider, Is. 53, 8; see Comment, on
Is l. c. Thesaur. p. 1328.
Deriv. nº, rºtu I, Friº.
I. Tº m. (r. n-tu) c. suff, ºr "Ú.
1. speech, discourse, 1 K. 9, 11. So
perh. in irony of Baal, 1 K. 18,27 ib riºtº
he is talking with some one ; or perh.
he is meditating, is in a brown study, so
that he does not hear; see the root lett.
c. The first is more certain.
2. song, Ps. 104, 34; see the root lett. a.
3, complaint, complaining, 1 Sam. 1, 16,
Job 7, 13. 9, 27. 23, 2. Ps. 55, 3.. 64, 2.
102, 1. Prov. 23, 29. *
II. Tº m. plur. Bºrº, a shrub, bush;
collect. shrubs, bushes, Gen. 2, 5. Job
30, 4. Plur. Gen. 21, 15. Job 30, 7–
(2 b, y
Comp. Lea a shrub, from -- a-A to sproul,
to grow. Perh. of the same origin with
Thio, Taº.
Trini, f. (r. riºtº) meditation, espec.
pious, in respect to divine things, Ps.
119, 97.99. Job 15, 4 bs º Firſt me-
dilation before God, i. e. devotion, Germ.
Amdacht.
Dºty to put, to place, see bºb.
§ m. (r. Tºtº) plur. Bºzº, thorns,
9-., -
prickles, Num. 33, 55. Arab. J-3
thorn.
Tº m. (r. 12", i. q. Taº) c. suff, iziº,
a booth, hut, also a labernacle, duelling ;
Lam. 2, 6 iziº #2 bºrº God hath torn
away his dwelling as the hut of a gar-
dem, i.e. the temple, comp. Hæº-Others
less well, a hedge, enclosure.
* Tºtº obsol. root, i. q. Chald. s:
to look at, to view', Syr. * , Samar. Hoo,
to look for, to long for, Samar. "'Eo
eye. Kindred is rºuj. The primary
idea, seems to have been that of cutting,
reparating, discerning, comp. in jºz, ;
whence jºy knife.
Deriv. 4-tº-jºº, nºzºa.
rziº ſ (r. 72%, i. q. Thb) a pointed
weapon, dart, pr: a thorn, Job 40, 31.
Arab. &= 3 a thorn, sharp weapon.
*BT (watch-tower, r. Tºº) Sechu, pr.
n. of a region near Ramah, 1 Sam. 19,
£2.
"Yºu m. (r. Hº) intelligence, comp
nº and r. ball no. 2; meton, the
seat of it, the mind, heart, Job 38, 36,
for this passage see in art. ning
Others, phenomenon, meteor, but against
the context.
Tº f. (r. Hºº) the flag of a ship.
a standard, seen as a signal from afar,
Samar. ſº signal, standard. Plur
Is. 2, 16 upon all the ships of Tarshish by
Hºrri niº-bz and upon all their gay
flags ; comp, the parallelism v. 13–16.
Sept. correctly as to sense, šni Tàorov
9évy thotov x&AAovg. The Phenician
and Egyptian vessels had their flags
and sails of purple and other splendid
colours; see Ez. 27, 7. Diod. Sic. 1. 57
Wilkinson’s Mann. and Cust. of Anc
Egypt. III. p. 211.
jºu m. (r. Häu) a knife, Prov. 23, 2
Chald. Tºe, Arab &, id.
Tº m. (r. hetº) one hired, a hire
ling, hired labourer, Ex. 22, 14. Lev. 19
13. 22, 10. Deut. 15, 18. Job 7, 1. al. Is
16, 14 in three years hºtº ºz accord.
ing to the years of a hireling, i. e. it will
happen at this exact time, will not be de-
ferred longer, just as the hired labourer
does not continue his work beyond the
stated hour.
nº ſ (r. 52%) a hiring ; Is. 7, 20
nºzºri ºn the hired razor.
Sk Tºº 1. i. Q. Tºg, to interweave;
also to cover, Ez. 33. 22. Hence Tip.
2. i. Q. Thib, to hedge, spec. to hedge
9.0 -
with thorms ; hence 95.3 thorn, pointed
weapon, JL& to be armed.
Deriv. Tº, To, Rzº and Hzºº.
>k bºº 1. Pr. to look at, to behold, to
view ; Chald, and Samar, bet Ithpa. id.
See Hiph. no. 1. Oftener
2. Trop. to be prudent, circumspect, to
act prudently, wisely, pr. ‘ to look well
to any thing', 1 Sam. 18, 30.
PIEL causat. of Kal no. 2. Gen. 48, 14
hºrrs b2b he laid his hands circum
spectly, i. e. placed them purposely thus
—But all the ancient versions give the
sense, he laid his hands cross-cise, Sept
bººp
nºiſ,
1011
'vail&; tāº x&igos, Vulg. commutans ma-
MMIS.
HipH. 1. to look at, to behcla ; Gen.
3,6}^zºrth Yºr, Tºrº, and pleasant was
the tree to behold; Vulg. aspectu delec-
tabile, and so the other ancient versions.
Others refer it to no. 5.
2. Trop. to look at with the mind, to
consider, to attend to, absol. Dan. 9, 25;
c. acc. Deut. 32, 29. Ps. 64, 10; be
Prov. 16, 20; by Neh. 8, 13. Ps, 41, 2
bº-9s bºzº” who considereth the poor,
i.e. careth for him; c. , Prov. 21, 12;
n Dan. 9, 13; "3 Is. 41, 20.
3. to be or become intelligent, prudent,
wise, Ps. 2, 10. 94, 8; c. : Dan. 1, 4,
comp. v. 17; to act prudently, wisely,
Jer. 20, 11. 23, 5–PART. bºg one in-
telligent, prudent, wise, Job 22, 2. Prov.
10, 5, 14, 35. Am. 5, 13; also upright,
righteous, godly, Ps. 14, 2. Dan. 11, 33.
35. 12, 3; comp. par, nºr. But
subst. Bº a poem, see in its order, p.
621–Inf. Bºzüri Jer. 3, 15 and bzºr,
Prov. 1, 3, 21, 16, subst. intelligence, un-
derstanding, wisdom.
4. i. q. riºr to have success, to pros-
per, in any undertaking or business,
Josh. 1, 7.8. 2 K. 18, 7. Is. 52, 13. Jer.
10, 21. Prov. 17, 8. Also
5. Causat, to make wise, i. e. to teach,
to instruct, c. acc. Ps. 32, 8. Prov. 16,
23; c. dupl. acc. Dan. 9, 22; c. * pers.
Prov. 21, 11.
6. to give success, to cause to prosper,
| K. 2, 3. Deut. 29, 8.
Deriv. 92% and bºg, also bºzºa.
22* Chald. Ithpa, c. # to attend to
any thing, to consider, Dan. 7, 8.-Hence
ºrh2º.
ºn m. 1 Chr. 22, 12, also bºº, in
Wause batº, c. suſ, ibiº. R. 52%.
1. intelligence, understanding, wisdom,
Chr. 22, 12. 26 14. Prov. 12, 8, bº
> tº good understanding Prov. 13, 15. Ps,
111, 10. 2 Chr. 30, 22. 53% ºnto to give
the understanding of any thing, i. e. to
cause to understand it, Neh. 8, 8.-In a
bad sense, craft, cunning, Dan. 8, 25.
2. prosperous success, prosperity, Prov.
3, 4.
nºw ſ. Ecc. 1, 17 foll; i. q, nºne
which is found in many Mss, and edi-
ions.
* Chald. f. (r. 92*) intelligence
wnderstanding, Dan. 5, 11. 12.
Sk "e". fut. ***, to hire ; Arab,
& to reward, to thank. Talm. i. q
Heb.-With acc. of pers. Gen. 30, 16
Prov. 26, 10. So to hire workmen 2
Chr. 24, 12. Is. 46, 6; troops 2 Sam. 10,
6. 2 K. 7, 6, 1 Chr. 19, 6, 2 Chr. 25, 6;
a priest Judg. 18, 4. In a bad sense
i. q. to bribe Judg. 9, 4. Deut. 23, 5, Neb.
13, 2.
NipH. to hire oneself out, to be hired,
1 Sam. 2, 5.
HiTHP. to hire oneself out, to earn wa-
ges, Hag. 1, 6.
Deriv. 29, -2°, -º, nº,
nºz, pr. n. Yºutº.
Tº m. constr. Heº, c. suff, ºniº. R.
Heig.
1. hire, wages, of a labourer Gen. 30,
28. 32. Deut. 15, 18. 1 K. 5, 20. Zech.
8, 10. Mal. 3, 5; of a nurse Ex. 2, 9;
fare, passage-money, Jon. 1, 3; also
hire of a thing Ex. 22, 14; stipend of the
priests Num. 18, 31.
2. reward, espec. from God, either for
virtue Gen. 15, 1. 2 Chr. 15, 7. Jer. 31,
16. Ps. 127, 3 ; or for labours and suffer-
ings Is. 40, 10. 62, 11. Ez. 29, 18. 19.
3. Sacar, pr. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 26, 4.
b) 1 Chr. 11, 35, for which in the parall.
passage 2 Sam. 23, 33 nº.
Tº m. (r. 75%) hire, wages, Prov. 11,
18. Is. 19, 10 nau "tºy those making wa-
ges, hired labourers; comp. nº no. 2. d.
>k rºº obsol. root, i. Q. Arab, &"
pr. to be quiet, i. q. Hººj; then to be fat,
i. q. Arab. cº- VIII.--Hence
ºn m. (Keri Tºº) a quail, so called
tº * • 3
from its fatness, comp. Arab. sºlº :
thrice collect. quails, Ex. 16, 13 where
it is joined with a fem. in the manner of
collectives. Num. 11, 32. Ps. 105, 40.—
PLUR. Bºb Num. 11, 31, as from a sing.
nºbu, corresponding to Arab. sº,
and Samar. **bo, which the Cod. He-
braeo-Sam. also has. Sept. §grwyouñrgo,
Vulg. colurnir. See Bochart Hieroz.
II. p. 92–Not the bird now called kitā
ellas, see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p
620.
-bº
nº
1012
* Keri, see **.
sº (garment, see righte) Salma,
pr. n. m. a.) A son of Caleb 1 Chr. 2,
51. 54. b) See in right, no. 2.
nºt f by transpos. for rºle q.v.
1. a garment Ex. 22, 8. Mic. 2, 8.
2. Salmah, pr. m. of the father of
Boaz, Ruth 4, 20; for which Nº 1
Chr. 2, 11, and Tichº Ruth 4, 21.
Tºp (clothed) Salmon, pr. n. m.
see nº no. 2.
wº Salmai, pr. n. m. Neh. 7, 48;
for which Ezra 2, 46 Keri Yahuj.
Psº a quadrilit. root not used in
Kal, denom. from PNº.
Hiph. bºsºn, fut. *shu: Gen. 13,
9; inf. and imp. Bºn 2 Sam. 14, 19,
*ºr Ez. 21, 21; part, plur. ºbsº
1 Chr. 12, 2.
1. to turn to the left, Gen. 13,9. Is. 30,
21. Ez. 21, 21. 2 Sam. 14, 19 see in T2: .
2. to use the left hand, to be left-hand-
ed, 1 Chr. 12, 2.
Sk bNº. more fully bisºn which
ought perh. to be pronounced bishº,
$3 f ,, .
Arab. JU-3.
1. the left hand, opp. Tº the right
hand. Gen. 48, 14. Judg. 16, 29. Jon. 4,
11. Cant. 2, 6, 8, 3. Accus. BNot and
*Nºtºr (Gen. 13, 9) to the left hand,
towards the left; often in the phrase
bSolº ſº -p Nº not to turn to the right
hand or to the left Deut. 2, 27 (comp.
Num. 20, 17). 5, 29. Josh. 1, 7. 23, 6.
1 Sam. 6, 12. 2 K. 22, 2. BNº on or
at the left hand 1 K. 7, 49; c. genit. of
any one Gen. 48, 13. 2 Sam. 16, 6, 1 K.
22, 19. 2 Chr. 4, 8. PNoüy-by on the left
hand 2 K. 23,8; to the left hand, towards
the leſt, Gen. 24, 49. Is. 9, 19.
2. the left, i. e. the left side, quarter,
part; hence brº-Tº the left hand, Judg.
3, 21. Ez. 39, 3.
3. the north, the northern quarter, see
n nins no. 2. Job 23, 9. Gen. 14, 15
tº brºn on the north of Damas-
lus. Corresponding in Arabic is J.3.
..he left hand, the leſt, the north.
NoTE. As to the brigin of this quadri-
iteral, some regard it as from tsu) •Ü•
and b, the latter either as added, or As
borrowed from bºo, i.e. bNotº from tsu
and bºo. Others, as Simonis, make i
from a root bow J. & to wrap oneself
in a garment; as if PNotº the left hand
were so called as being usually enveloped
in the mantle or outer garment.
Deriv. denom. bsnig Hiph. and
*Nºt adj. left, on the left, opp. º
right; 1 K. 7, 21. Ez. 4, 4, Fem.
nºsº; Ley. 14, 15. 16. 26 sq. 2 K.
11, 11.
>k rigº &nd rºº Neh. 12, 43. Zech.
10, 7; imp. nº, fut, rigº ; to rejoice,
to be joyful, to be glad. The primary
idea seems to be that of a smiling, cheen-
ful, merry countenance, comp. Firºu
lett. a, b ; and hence Arab. to be
cheerful, gentle, liberal.—Judg. 9, 19.
1 Sam. 11, 15. 1 K. 5, 21. Ecc. 3, 22. al.
Sometimes of a louder joy, to be or make
merry, spoken of persons feasting and
indulging themselves, 1 K. 4, 20. Ecc.
8, 15; comp. Zech. 10, 7. Hence riziº
": "ºh to rejoice before Jehovah, spoken
of the sacred festivities held in the courts
of the sanctuary, Lev. 23, 40. Deut. 12,
7. 12. 18. 14, 26. 16, 11. Neh. 12, 43;
comp. Is. 9, 2. Also of those singing
and dancing, Job 21, 12. So too riºtº
iaº Ex. 4, 14; elsewhere ascribed to
the heart itself Ps. 16, 9, 33, 21. Prov.
23, 15; and to inanimate things, as the
heavens Ps. 96, 11. 1 Chr. 16, 31;
Mount Zion Ps. 48, 12; once to a light,
Prov. 13, 9 the candle of the righteous
nº rejoiceth, i.e. shines with a cheer-
ful light.—With 3 of that in or at which
one rejoices, 1 Sam. 2, 1. Ps. 21, 2, 104.
31. 122, 1. Prov. 23, 24; often now
ninha to rejoice in Jehovah i. e. in his
favour and protection Ps. 9, 3, 32, 11.85,
7. 97, 12. Joel 2, 23. With by id. Is. 9,
16. 39, 2. Jon. 4, 6, 1 Chr. 29, 9 ; rarely
c. Tº Prov. 5, 18 (where many Mss. have
4). Ecc. 2, 10; c. , et inf as nish: rou!
1 Sam. 6, 13, comp. Judg. 19, 3; "E. Ps,
58, 11. Job 31, 25. For the idea of re-
joicing over the calamities or destruc.
tion of any one is put h riziº Ps. 35, 19
24. 38, 17. Is. 14, 8. Mic. 7, 8. Ob. 12
rarely: rigº Prov. 24, 17. Job 31, 29.
PIEL riziº, fut. ngº, to make rej i :
Tºyºtº
Nºtº
1013
to gladden, to cheer, c. acc. Deut. 24, 5.
Plov. 10, 1. 15, 20. 30. Ps. 45, 9. 104,
.5. al. Of a rejoicing over the cala-
mities of others, c. : Ps. 30, 2; 22 Lam.
2, 17; Yº 2 Chr. 20, 27.
Hiph. i. q. Piel, Ps. 89, 43.
Deriv. the two following.
Tº m. adj. verbal, fem. Hryº, joy-
ful, glad, rejoicing, Deut. 16, 15; c. 72
because of or in any thing Ecc. 2, 10;
plur. c.; et inf. Prov. 2, 14 niush Bºrºu:
sºn who rejoice to do evil. Plur. constr.
once "rºº Ps. 35, 26, once "Tºº Is.
24, 7.
Tirſº, f. (r. nouj) constr. nnnn, c.
suff, ºnrº, plur, ninº; joy, gladness,
rejoicing, Ps. 4, 8.45, 16. Frºg natº
rºi"; to rejoice with great joy, i. e. ex-
ceedingly, 1 K. 1, 40. Jon. 4, 6. Spec.
a) The loud expression of joy, as songs
of joy, shouts of rejoicing, Gen. 31, 27.
Neh. 12, 43. 2 Chr. 23, 18. 29, 30. b)
festivity, i. e. festive banquets, plea-
sures, Judg. 16, 23. Prov. 21, 17 Rºſs
rirºu loving pleasures, nriqu rºy
Neh. 8, 12. 12, 27. 2 Chr. 30, 23. nº
Hryniº Ecc. 7, 4.
Tºtº f. (r. 729, to for b) a carpet,
quilt, mattrass, Judg. 4, 18; where some
Mss. read riºt. Comp. Pasaw bed,
couch.
*bzip obsol. root; Arab. J.3 to
cover with a garment; Conj. IV, to
- 3 r o -
wrap oneself. Hence rºº, & Lº,
garment.
Hiph. Bºtºn, see r. bsº.
nºniº f. (r. Botº) constr. rhºº, c. suff
inhº; plur. nibºu, c. suff. Exºribºu ;
tº garment, both of men and women
Deut. 22, 5; espec. the wide outer gar-
ment or mantle Gen. 9, 23. Judg. 8, 25.
Prov. 30, 4 ; in which a person wrapped
himself at night, Deut. 22, 17; the sol-
diers' cloak, Is. 9, 4. Also genr. rai-
ment, as Hºnº, Erik food and raiment
Deut. 10, 18. Is. 3, 7. 4, 1. Plur. ribºu,
garments Gen. 45, 22. Ex. 3, 22 al.—
From this primary form comes by trans-
pos. rºup q. v.
Tºp (garment) Samlah, pr. n. of a
king of Fdom, Gen. 36,36. 1 Chr. 1, 47.
* & e
2k Dºug obsol. root, Arab. to poš
son ; whence ſex-w Samūn (Simoom)
a poisonous wind.
nº (in some Mss. nº) a spe-
cies of poisonous lizard, Prov. 30, 28;
Sept. Koloffairns, Vulg. stellio. Arab.
& -
U2, is a poisonous lizard spotted like a
leopard. See Bochart Hieroz. II. p. 1084.
*-gu, i. q. r. not ; hence ninnuº
mails ; comp. in nºgº.
>k Nºtº, fut. Nº", inſ: abs. Nºtº, con-
str. Rºº and rºº Prov. 8, 13, to hate.
p * > .
Syr. iii, Arab. U-3, id. but Arab. also
3 .
intrans to be ugly, deformed, i. q. 23.
In this idea of ugliness, deformity, seems
to lie the primary meaning of the root;
comp. Engl. ugly, pr. in a physical sense,
but also provincially of temper and dis-
position.—Constr. with acc. of pers. Gen.
26, 27. Deut. 22, 13. Judg. 14, 16. Ps. 5,
6. 31, 7. 139, 22; with acc. of thing,
e.g. falsehood Ps. 119, 104. 128. 163;
wickedness Ps. 45, 8; also 50, 17. Prov.
5, 12. Ecc. 2, 17. Ps. 120, 6. al. Rarely
with h of pers. Deut. 19, 11. Ascribed
to the soul (ujº) Is. 1, 14. Ps. 11, 5.
Opp. aris Deut. 21, 15. 2 Sam. 19, 7.—
PART. Nºu), Nºit), subst: a hater, an ene-
my, either personal Ex. 23, 5. Job 8, 22.
Prov. 25, 21. Ps. 35, 19; or public Gen.
24, 60. Ex. 1, 10. Ps. 21, 9. With suff.
issip Deut. 7, 10; but also ib sº id.
Deut. 4, 42. 19. 4. 6. 11. Josh. 20, 5;
comp. Gr. & 996s twi. Heb. Gr. § 113. 2.
“Fem. plur. nisiu, Ez. 16,27. Part, pass.
hateful, odious, ſem. Prov. 30, 23.
Niph. pass. of Kal, Prov. 14, 17. 20.
PIEL only in Part. Nitº a hater, an
ememy, either personal Job 31, 29; or
public Deut. 33, 11. Ps. 18, 41. 44, 11.
68, 2.89, 24. Only in poetic style,
Deriv. Nº, nsity.
sº Chald. i. q. Heb. Part, sº a
hater, enemy, Dan. 4, 16 [19].
"Sºtº f. (r. sºlº) constr. rsity, c. suff
*rs;u.
1. Pr. inf. of the verb Nº Deut. 1,27.
2. hatred, 2 Sam. 13, 15. Ps. 109, 5
Ecc. 9, 1. HŠº in hatred Num 3520
85%
*}º
ºnyº)
1014
nºi"; nº sº to hate with great ha-
fred, i. e. exceedingly, 2 Sam. 13, 15.
Sºlº m. (r. Nºw) adj. verbal, only
ſem. Tºtº, hated, Deut. 21, 15.
Tºtº (r. Yºu), coat of mail, i. q. Tinºuſ
q. v. no. 2; or, cataract, i. Q. mies, from
the noise of waters) Senir, pr. n. of
Mount Hermon among the Amorites
Deut. 3, 9. Ez. 27, 5; in a narrower
sense for a part of Hermon, Cant. 4, 8.
1 Chr. 5, 23. According to Abulfeda
the part of Anti-Lebanon north of Da-
mascus is called ,-ºw Senir ; Abulſed.
ed. Köhler p. 164; ed. Paris p. 68.-
Written also hºu; in some copies Deut.
3, 9. Cant. 4, 8. ©
# *** -
º obsol. root, prob. i. q. hys to
make a noise, to clatter, e. g. as arms,
9 gº - .
whence armature, coat of mail.
Hence sée pr. n. ***.
Tiviº, plur. pºisº, see in Hyu.
"Yº m. (r. -su) constr. *sū; plur.
E"Yºu, constr. ºn-su.
1. hairy, shaggy, rough, Gen. 27, 11.
23. Dan. 8, 21. Chald. Tºo, Syr.
to o y 9 •
ki; sº, Arab. /*-*. id.
2. a he-goat, buck, (Lat. hircus i. q.
hirtus, hirsutus, hairy,) Lev. 4, 24. 16, 9
sq. Fully tº hºst; a buck of the goats,
goat-buck, Gen. 37, 31. Lev. 4, 23. 16, 5.
Num. 7, 16 sq. 28, 30. 29, 11. al. Yºu,
nNūrīn; the goat of the sin-offering Lev.
9, 3. 15. 10, 16. 16, 15. 27. For the wor-
ship of the he-goat among the Hebrews,
after the example of the Egyptians, see
Lev. 17, 7. 2 Chr. 11, 15. Fem. Hyºsu,
a she-goat, see in its order.—Plur.
p"sº he-goats for satyrs, wood-demons,
supposed to resemble he-goats, and to
live in deserts Is. 13, 21. 34, 14. Sept.
6xuðvø. See on these popular supersti-
tions, Comment, on Isa. ll. cc. Bochart.
Hieroz. II. p. 844.
3. Plur. Bºstº, showers, Deut. 32,2;
comp. r. nyi, to shudder.
nº (hairy, shaggy, r. vº) Seir,
pr. n.
a) A phylarch or chief of the Horites,
Gen. 36, 20–30.
b) The mountainous country of the
Edomites, extending from the Dead Seu
to the Elanitic Gulf, the northern part of
which is now called Jebal (see bº), ano
the southern esh-Sherah, ś, źJi; see
Burckhardt's Travels in Syria, p. 401
410. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 552
This region (nºxiº ºr Gen. 14, 6. Deut.
1, 2, 2, 1) was first inhabited by the
Horites, phºin Gen. 14, 6. Deut. 2, 12
then by Esau Gen. 32, 4, 33, 14. 16, and
his posterity the Edomites Deut. 2, 4 sq.
2 Chr. 20, 10. al. This mountainous
country may possibly have derived its
name from the Horite Seir, see above
in lett. a ; but it is better to render nºxiº
as an appellative, the shaggy mountains,
i.e. clothed and as it were bristling with
trees and forests; comp. Gr. Aćovos, and
Jos. Ant. 1. 20. 3.
c) A mountain on the northern border
of the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10.
Tºyº f (r. Hyū) constr. nºxiº
1. a she-goat, comp. in nºt), Lev. 4,
28. 5, 6.
2. Seirah, pr. n. of a place or tract in
the mountains of Ephraim, c. In loc.
Firºr Judg. 3, 26 comp. 27.
next m. plur. (r. Flsº, to for b)
thoughts, cogitations, which divide and
distract the mind; Job 20, 2, 4, 13 in
thoughts from the visions of the night,
i. e. nocturnal dreams which distract
and agitate the mind; comp. Dan. 2, 1.
*Tytº filt. -xù" to shudder, to shiver;
Germ. schauerm, schoudern.
1. Like "sº, spoken of the sudden
commotion and raging of a storm or
tempest, to storm ; see Pi. Hithp. Niph.
Comp. Lat. ‘dies horruit imbre” Val.
Flacc. “tempestas horrescit nimbis’ Sil.
1. 133; Germ. Regenschauer, Engl.
shower.—With acc. to sweep away in
storm, Ps. 58, 10. Hence hºtº no. 1,
Hºu), Bºnº (nºw no. 3).
2. Of the convulsive motion and shrink-
ing of the skin in sudden terror, to shud-
der, to shiver, Gr. ºpgivoro, q'gitta). Ez.
27, 35 nºw anyu, Erº their kings
shall greatly shudder, i. e. be seized
with great and sudden terror. Jer. 2, 12
with by of the cause Ez. 32, 10. With
acc. like Gr. ºpglogo, twº, to shudder at
i. e. to feel a sacred awe before a div
*lyº
in Eto
101b.
aity, to fear, Deut. 32, 17.--Hence nºw
no 2.
3. Of the hair, to stand on end, to bris-
ſle, as the effect of the sudden shudder
of the skin; comp. 99tago Sept. Job 4,
15; pglovovoru tolyes Hesiod Op. 540;
Lat. ‘ capilli horrent' Tib. 2. 3. 23.
Hence in the derivatives is found the
signif. of standing on end, bristling,
haggy, hairy; as nºw, Hºp, a hair,
collect. hair, comp. Germ. Haar, Lat.
hirtus, hirsutus, hircus; zig, her, heres
(eres) i. e. hedgehog; also nºt hor-
deum, barley, so called from its bristling
ears; and nºt hirsutus, shaggy, a goat;
Arab. % to be shaggy, hairy.
Niph. impers, it storms, is tempestuous,
a tempest rages, Ps. 50, 3.
PIEL to sweep away in storm, c. 7%
Job 27, 21.
HITHP. to rush on like a tempest, c. 89
Dan. 11, 40; comp. heg Hab. 3, 14.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 3.
nyū m. (r. *sū) 1. i. q. "se, a tem-
pest, storm, Is. 28, 2.
2. a shuddering, horror, Job 18, 20.
Ez. 27, 35. 32, 10.
3. Once as constr. of nylº q.v.
nº m. (r. Yºu) constr. *sū, once
nsº Is. 7, 20, c. suff, inst, hair, so called
from standing out or erect, bristling;
see r, nº no. 3. Arab. 9: 3, Syr.
liss, 12, ºw, id—Spoken: a) Of
the hair of the head, with tº Nºn added
Judg. 16, 22. 2 Sam. 14, 26. Ezra 9,
3; without US- Cant. 4, 1. Ps. 68, 22.
b) Of hair on other parts of the body,
Lev. 13, 3 sq. Bºn -st, the hair of
the feet, i. e. of the pudenda Is. 7, 20;
and so ºwt' é$oziv of the hair of puberty,
9- o
Ez. 16, 7. Arab. $5-3 id. c) Perh.
the shag of coarse woollen cloth ; so
wig nºis a hairy mantle, i. e. made
º • C) r
either of hair or fur (Arab. 5-3) or of
shaggy woollen cloth, Gen. 25, 25. Zech.
14, 4. Hence -six by a uş"s a man clad
un such a mantle 2 K. 1, 8.
nzº Chald. m. hair, with ºsh added
Dan. 3, 27. 7, 9. In Targg. id.
Tytº f. i. q. Hºº iſ tempest, storm
Job 9, 17. Nah. 1, 3. It myº .
ºf (r. *sū) constr. nºw, c. suff
inº, plur. constr. ringº, n, unit. of
9 – o –
nº, a hair, Arab. #3 & id. J udg. 20.
16 nºn-bs to a hair, proverbially of
slingers who could hit a mark without
varying a hair's breadth. Elsewhere
collect. hair, e.g. of the head 1 Sam. 14,
45. 2 Sam. 14, 11. 1 K. 1, 52; or genr.
of the body Job 4, 15. Plur. *N* rinyu,
the hairs of my head Ps. 40, 13. 69, 5.
Tytº f. also Tºyº, Joel 1, 11 (r. -stº
no. 3) plur. Rºnsº, Bºniyā; ; barley, so
called from the bearded and bristling
ears of this grain; like Lat. hordeum a
horrendo, and vice versa nºz spelt
(q.v.) from its smooth and shorn ears.
Syr. 14s, Chald. Rºnso, Tºnist,
Tº ; Arab. ** barley, sº a
barley-corn.—Sing. only of barley in
growth, Job 31, 40. Joel 1, 11. Ex. 9, 31.
Deut. 8, 8. Is. 28, 25. Plur. Pºst of
the grain after threshing (comp. Fiºn,
Dººr) 2 Sam. 17, 28. 1 K. 5, 18. Jer. 41,
8. Ez. 4, 9, al. Bºnsº ºn a homer of
barley Lev. 27, 16. Rººst rigº barley-
meal Num. 5, 15; 'to prº barley-bread
Judg. 7, 13, comp. Ez. 4, 12. So too
Bºnviº hºsp barley-harvest, the gather-
ing in of the grain, Ruth 1, 22. 2, 23.
2 Sam. 21, 9.
tºwn (barley) Seorim, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 24, 8.
*Hºº obsol. root, which seems to
have had the signif. to suck or lick up
greedily, to absorb, like kindr. Nº q. v.
The same idea is expressed in other
families of languages (inserting the let-
ters l or r) by the roots slab, srab, comp.
Gºrº to drink, -eń, to absorb, Lat, sor-
bere, Germ. vulg. schlappen. Dropping
l there arises Lat. sapio to taste; or cast-
ing off the sibilant, Pers. J, Lat, la-
bium, Engl. to lap. &
Deriv. Hº'º, Cº.
Tº ſ. dual bºrº, constr. "rº, c.
suff, Tºrº ; plur. constr. nintº as from
a form neº. R. Tºº.
1. a lip dual the lips. Chald. NEq
in Eº
"pu,
1016
93.2 * 4.
Rºº, Rºº, Syr. iñas, Arab. Kålº, id.
—Is. 37, 29. Cant. 4, 3, 11. 5, 13. Prov.
24, 28. Tº hºtºn Ps. 22, 8, see in
nº Hiph. Often put: a) As an organ
of speech; e.g. to open the lips, to begin
to speak, Job 11, 5. 32, 20; also to open
the lips of any one, to cause him to
speak, Ps. 51, 17; to refrain the lips, to
keep silence, Ps. 40, 10. Prov. 10, 19. So
speech or discourse is said to be upon
the lips Prov. 16, 10. Ps. 16, 4; once un-
der the lips Ps. 140, 4; comp. Ez. 36, 3,
for which see in Jiuj; no. 1. p. 528. Job
2, 10 he did not sin with his lips. 12, 20.
Ps. 45, 3. Bºrº bºx of uncircumcised
lips, i. e. not of ready speech, Ex. 6, 12.
—Hence b) Of the manner of speech,
e.g. 0.) In nations, i. q. Speech, dialect,
Gen. 11, 1.6.7. 9. Is. 19, 18 Tº retº the
dialect of Canaan. 33, 19. Ez. 3, 5, 6.
6) In individuals whose manner of
speech varies according to their disposi-
tion and habits; e.g. "Pº neſt lip of
deceit, lying lips, falsehood, Prov. 10, 18,
comp. 17, 4.7. Ps. 120, 2; TS netº id.
Prov. 17, 4, nº nº lip of truth, vera-
city, Prov. 12, 19. Biphº Bºnº burn-
ing lips, ardent professions, Prov. 26, 23.
E"nº prº sweetness of the lips, plea-
sant discourse, Prov. 16, 22; so Zeph. 3,
9. Is. 6, 5. Ps. 12, 3. 4.—Also the word of
one’s lips, e.g. of Jehovah, a divine pre-
cept, Ps. 17,4; comp. Prov. 23, 16. Else-
where in a bad sense, of what one utters
with his lips, but without consideration
and without meaning what he says
(comp. Is. 29, 13); hence lip-talk, i. e.
empty words, vain and foolish discourse,
Is. 36, 5. Prov. 14,23; and so Bºnº uns
a man of talk, an empty talker, Job 11,
2; Bºnº bºys a prating fool Prov. 10,
8; comp. Lev. 5, 4. Ps. 106, 33.−Ps, 81,
5 ºzºs rºl. Nº reu, I heard a lan-
guage (manner of speech) that I had
not known, i. e. the divine communica-
tions.—Arab. Ká.Jſ Jº Käx.]] **,
the son or daughter of the lip, i.e. speech.
2. a lip, i. e. the edge, border, margin,
as of a cup 1 K. 7, 26; of a garment
Ex. 28, 32; of a curtain 26, 4. 36, 11 ;
of the sea, the shore Gen. 22, 17. Ex. 14,
30. Josh. 11, 4; of a river, the bank Gen.
41. 3. 17. Ex. 2, 3. 2 K. 2, 13. reu,
fºr the bank of the Jordan ; and so
Judg. 7, 22 nºir', bas nº the bank of
(the stream at) Abel-mehold h.
nEtº , whence Pi.ripº and n, nº
see in r. Teg.
Pºº m. (from Hºº lip, and ºr, comp
tºº, thºs) c. suff, inº, pr: lip-beard.
the mustachios; e. g. Dººr! Fºx to trim
the mus/achios or beard 2 Sam. 19, 25.
Sept. Totéiv učotoxo. Also Bººn-by nº
to cover the mustachios, i. e. the mouth
and the beard over it, in token of leprosy
or falsehood, Lev. 13, 45. Mic. 3, 7. Ez.
24, 17. 22. Sept. otóuo, yello). Graec.
Venet. in Liv. uwatoš.
jº, see in r. ſee.
= T )
Pºlº, see in r. peg.
Pºiº m. (r. PE8 I, to for b) a smiting,
chastisement, from God, Job 36, 18
Comp. PEº Job 34, 26.
Pll m. (r. ppt) c. suff. ipiº; plur
E"Fú, c. suff, Eryºple.
1. sacking, sackcloth, a coarse cloth
espec. as made of hair, used for sieves
and strainers (see the root); also for
sacks to hold grain and for mourning
garments. Comp. Eth. UJºp sackcloth,
also the garments of monks and pilgrims:
UJºpujº lattice; Gr. oºzoc, gºaxos,
sackcloth, Lat. saccus, which Jerome
uses likewise for the garment of pilgrims;
also vºyoc, sagum, i.e. the coarse mantle
or blanket of soldiers. Chald. Po, Nºe,
Copt. cok, cook, id.—Is. 3, 24 n'ºrº
pit a girdle of sackcloth. Then
2. a sack for grain Gen. 42, 25. 27.35.
Lev. 11, 32. Josh. 9, 4.
3. sackcloth, as used for a mourning-
garment, fully pú, Utah Esth. 4, 2; pr.
a close and rough garment of sackcloth
(Is. 3, 24. Job 16, 15, comp. Rev. 6, 12)
worn upon the naked body 1 K. 21, 27.
2 K. 6, 30. Job 16, 15; and not laid aside
at night 1 K. 21, 27. Joel 1, 13. Also
"Esº pu) tº to put on sackcloth and
ashes, as a mourner Esth. 4, 1 ; comp.
Is. 58, 5. Spoken of the garment of
ascetics and prophets; Is. 20, 2 loose the
sackcloth from off thy loins.
"P", once in Niph. Lam. 1, 14, ac,
cording to Kimchi to be bound, made
Jast, sc. a yoke. It would seem to stand
ppº
Tºº
101.7
n affinity with "ps, 138, 738, the as-
Yirates and sibilants being often kindred;
see under tº p. 1000. Targ. aggravatum
est—Several Mss. have "puff, which is
also expressed by Sept. Vulg. Syr. but
against the sense of the context.
+ º- ºr &
ppº obsol. root, prob. i. q. pp:
q. v. to strain ; Gr. oozzlgo, Lat. sacca-
pit. Hence Fig.
Sh npº in Kal not used, i. q. Chald.
hpº, to look, to behold.
PIEL pr. to let (the eyes) look about,
i. e. to look about, to ogle, in the manner
pf wanton and shameless females, Is.
3, 16. Sept. §v vstugaly 3990/uðv.—
Others fucantes oculos, comp. "pº to
stain, to paint; but against the context.
"tº m. (r, nºtº) c. suff, pºp, plur.
bºniº, c. suff, ºniº, constr. ºnly.
1. a prefect, leader, master, chief;
not found in the kindred dialects. 1
Sam. 22, 2. 2 Sam. 23, 19. With genit.
t"Pujºn his the chief of the cup-bearers
Gen. 40,2 sq. 41,9. Enest, -tº the chief
of the bakers ibid. Bºb--ºr nie the
chief of the eunuchs Dan. 1, 7. Hººr hio
the prefect of the city Judg. 9, 30. 1 K.
22, 26. Tººn hip the chief of the dis-
trict Neh. 3, 14 sq. Even ºntº masters
over the tribute-service, task-masters, Ex.
1, 11. Hypº ºntº masters over the cattle,
chief herdsmen, head-shepherds, Gen.
7, 6. Espec. of military chiefs and
leaders, a commander, captain, Ex. 18,
21. 2 K. 1, 9 sq. Is. 3, 3. Deut. 1, 15. 1
Sam. 18, 3; plur. 1 Chr. 15, 25. Gen. 21,
22. 2 Sam. 12, 9 p"rººn he the captain
of the body-guard Gen. 37, 36. 39, 1.41,
10. Jer. 40, 1 sq. Also absol. of a mili-
tary commander, 2 K. 19, 9; plur. Num.
21, 18. Job 39, 25. Is. 21, 5. 31, 9, 2 Chr.
32, 21.
2. a prince, noble, chief e. g. a) Oſ
one who holds the power over a whole
people, although less than a king, i. Q,
Tº: no. 2; so Bºnuº ºntº the princes of
the Philistines 1 Sam. 29,3; perh.. Tob 3,
.4. Is. 49, 7. al. b) Of the chief men in a
*ate, Job 29, 9. 34, 19; on whom rest
tuthority and power, chief officers, min-
isters, the companions and friends of
the king, plur. E"tº 2 Sam. 18, 5. l K. 4,
2. Is. 30, 4. Jer. 26, 11 sq. 37, 14 sq. al.
risie ºnly Gen. 12, 15; ºx * Is 19
11.13. Enniº Tºº Hos. 13, 10. Is. 49
38; comp. Hos. 7, 3. 8, 10. Is. 23, 8 Tyré
... tº riºrio nuis whose merchants
are princes, i.e. like princes in wealth
and power.—So in sacred things: a)
tºp ºntº sacred princes, i. e. the priests,
Is. 43, 27. 6) In the book of Daniel,
the princes of the angels, i. e. the seven
archangels (oi śirt& Wyyelot oi évain low
toū 9 soč Šarijkoot Rev. 8, 2) who ac as
the patrons and advocates of particular
nations before God ; Dan. 10, 13. 20. 21.
12, 1. Hence y) pººr hip the prince
of princes, i. e. God, Dan. 8, 25.
>}: Antº in Kal not used, to interweave,
to braid. Chald, and Syr. Anº, -*.
id. Kindr. are the roots intº , pºtº,
prob. XTS to weave, comp. under letter
to; also Thü), Ano, the mid. radical being
softened.
PUAL fut. plur. Hanu, to be woven toge.
ther, interwoven, Job 40, 17.
Hithe, fut, plur. *Xºrº to interweave
themselves, to be woven together, trop. of
transgressions Lam. 1, 14.
Deriv. Bºx" hiº, and pr. n. *-ū.
* I. This obsol. root, i. q. Arab. er."
to pierce, to perforate, kindr. with toniº :
whence &#x2, an awl, Heb. Thū stylus.
Then, to sew together, espec. things hard,
as leather with wire and an awl; also to
interweave, to met, in the manner of net-
$3 o ->
work, as a coat-of mail, whence ex”
a coat of mail woven from iron wire or
rings; see Tº.
* II. This to flee, to escape, Josh. 10,
20. Arab. 3×3 id. Syr. :* to trem-
ble, to flee in trepidation. Kindr. is
Thy, perh. ix).
Deriv. Tºntº.
Tºtº m. (r. Thuſ I) pr. a coat of mail;
then a species of cloth or stuff resembling
mail or network, wrought of threads by
means of needles, of which the curtains
of the tabernacle were made; comp.
Fauj; hence into *-xx Ex. 31, 10, 35,
19. 39, 1.41. Comp. Chald. "To cur-
tains, hangings, so called from the kind
***)
***)
1018
pſ stuff from which they were made,
Rººt sieve. Sept. incorrectly, otolai
isitovgyukoi, as iſ for nºw "TAR, which
the Samar. actually exhibits; but the
sense requires curtains, tapestry, and
not garments.
tº s 9 sº
"Tº m. Is. 44, 13, i. q. Arab. *}”
an awl, or rather a stylus, graver, with
which the artist sketches the outlines
of the figure to be sculptured.
“Hºw 1. to set in a row, to range
in order, i. Q. Arab. jº. mid. Waw.
Hence Filip a row, range, q.v.
2. to be a leader, prince, chief, i. Q.
nºt I. no. 2, and hiº; from the notion
of arranging and drawing up troops.
Arab. 3rº and 5. to be noble, liberal,
§ – ~
esy” a prince, noble.
3. to contend, to strive with any one,
c. by Gen. 32, 29; ns Hos. 12, 4. Arab.
Grº Conj. III, id.—Fut. They comes
from *nhū) I.
Deriv. Thio; nººn, and the pr.
names ºntº, rºu, bsnº.
Tº fem. of subst. -u (r. Thiº) 1. a
princess, noble lady, Judg. 5, 29. Esth.
1, 18. Spec. of the king's wives of noble
birth Is. 49, 23. 1 K. 11, 3; different
from his concubines, comp. Cant. 6, 8.
Metaph. Lam. 1, 1 nil"Tºº "rºprincess
among the provinces.
2. Sarah, pr. m. a) The wife of Abra-
ham, at first called ºntº q. v. Gen. 18, 6
sq. 20, 2 sq. 21, 1 sq. 23, 1. 19. Is. 51, 2.
al. b) A daughter of Asher, Num. 26,
46.
Aºtº (shoot, branch) Serug, pr. n. m.
Gen. 11, 20. R. Anu).
intº m. (r. Thū) a latchet, thong,
which fastens a shoe or sandal, so call-
ed from 'acing and binding together,
Is. 5, 27. Proverbially for any thing
vſ little value Gen. 14, 23; see in phr.
p. 299. Arab. Jº id.
t"Pºntº, see in phi; no. 2.
ring (abundance, i. q. ring) Serah,
nr. m. f. Gen. 46, 17. 1 Chr. 7, 30.
• tº to cut, to gash onesell, t.
make incisions in the flesh, as was cus
tomary in mourning, fut, plur. Honº"
Lev. 21, 5. Arab, low-X id.
NIPH. to be lacerated, i. e. to be hurt
crushed, in lifting too great a burden
Zech. 12, 3.−Hence
tº m. Lev. 19, 28, nº f. Lev.
21, 5, an incision, gash.
"Tº Sarai, pr. m. of the wiſe of Abra.
ham, Gen. 11, 29 sq. 12, 5.11 sq. 16, 1 sq.
afterwards called Hºus q. v. Gen. 17, 25
sq. The LXX write the first name
2690, pronouncing "-- like a, in the Ara-
bic manner, comp. "2"o 2'uvö. ; the latter
they write 28660, because nº is in
reality for the form nºw.—The etymo-
logy of "hº is obscure. Some compare
9 o -
sy % colocynth, Michael. Orient. Bib-
§
lioth. IX, 188; others (5)-w noble, gene-
rous, Iken. Diss. Theol. p. 17 sq. Ewald
explains it, “ contentious, quarrelsome,'
from r. Thu, no. 3; Gram. § 324. This
is prob. best.
tº m. plur. (r. xii), Kamets im-
pure) c. suff, rºyº, shoots, branches
of a vine, Gen. 40, 10. 12. Joel 1, 7.
Kindr. are Chald. Tºht, Ant, a shoot,
Sö 9 --
© x=}} id.
Tºnig m. (r. Thū II) plur. Bºnº,
constr. "Tºntº.
1. one left, one escaped from a slaugh-
ter, a survivor, i. q toº, whence Tºu)
tº Jer. 42, 17. 44, 14. Lam. 2, 22.
Often in the phrase % tº hºstin Nº
there was not left to him a survivor, one
remaining, i. e. there was none left alive.
Num. 21, 35. Deut. 3, 3. Josh. 10, 28.37.
11, 8; also Num. 24, 19. Deut. 2, 34, al.
Collect. the survivors, those who remain
alive, Judg. 5, 13. Is. 1,9. Of things
left, remaining, Job 20, 21. 26.—Plur.
Josh. 10, 20. Joel 3, 5, ºr "Tºnu, those
left of the sword, who escaped it, Jer
31, 2. -
2. Sarid, pr. m. of a town in Zebulum
Josh. 19, 10. 12.
Tºntº and "nºnº (warrior of Jeho.
vah) Seraiah, pr. n. m. a) The scribe
or secretary of David, 2 Sam. 8, 17; in
93. sº
vine; Arab. *=5
-ºid
thin
1019
other places corrupted, e. g. into Ryū
2 Sam. 20, 25, Nujºu, K. 4 3, sº
1 Chr. 18, 16. b) The father of Ezra
the priest, Ezra 7, 1. c.) Of several
other persons, see 2 K. 25, 18. 23. Jer.
36, 26. 40,8. 51, 59.61. 1 Chr. 4, 13. 14.
35. 5, 40. Ezra 2, 2. Neh. 10, 3. 11, 11.
12, 1.12.
Tiºniº, see innº.
Pºnç adj. (r. Phu I) plur. ſ. nipnº,
hackled, hatcheled, as flax Is. 19,9. An-
cient combs, for this purpose, see in Wil-
kinson's Anc. Egyptians, III. p. 140.
>k Thu, i. q. Anº, in Kal not used, to
interweave, to lay crosswise, to entangle.
Chald. The id. spec. to entangle one's
path ; Arab. J. 3 i. q. Heb.
PIEL, Jer. 2, 23 the swift camel nº
r!"Enº entangling her ways, i.e. running
about wild in her season of heat.
Deriv. Tintº.
Bººt Sarsechim, pr. m. of a chief
of the eunuchs in the army of Nebu-
chadnezzar, Jer, 39, 3. Perh, "25 (plur.
B-20) is sectus, evsectus, i. q. oº, from
r. Tºº!, whence also jºu, knife.
>k yºu, to stretch out, to make long or
large ; Arab. : id. Part pass. Vintº
e * .
stretched, prolonged, i. e. having any
member too long or large, and so being
deformed, e.g. of persons Lev. 21, 18;
Sf cattle Lev. 22, 23.
HipH. to stretch oneself out, Is. 28, 20.
Dºn't m. plur, thoughts Ps 94, 19.
139, 23, i. q. Dº q.v. with the letter
n inserted; see under ºn, p. 949 950.
* I. ºntº, fut. Fintº 1. to burn up,
to consume with fire. Syr. id. but rarely.
Zab, -ašlid. Syr. -** is also ‘to suck
up, to absorb,” see Middledorpſ Curae
hoxapl. in Job p.15. Comp, also nºu, heat.
-Construed: a) With acc. to burn,
ę. g. wood Is. 44, 16; garments Lev. 13,
52; stubble Is. 47, 14; a sacrifice Lev,
4, 12. 21. 8, 7, 16, 27; a city Judg. 18,
27. Is. 1, 7; sanctuaries Ps. 74, 8
wooden idols Deut. 12, 3, 1 K. 15, 13;
eeds forming stockades Jer. 51, 32, see in
53S ; also children in honour of an idol,
2 K. 17, 31. Jer. 7, 31. 19, 5. Deut. 12,
31. In many of these examples us:
with fire is added. b) . Hºnuſ ºnly tº
burn a burning for any one, to make a
burning, i. e. to institute a solemn pub-
lic funeral for any one, during which
precious spices were burned, 2 Chr. 16
14, 21, 19. Jer. 34, 5. Comp. Jos. B. J.
1. 33.9, where, in the funeral of Herod,
it is said there followed tâvtoxóguou täy
oizerów zoº &tsievāśgow &gouotogógot
Geier de Luctu Hebræor. 6. 2. But
this custom had no connection with the
burning of the body. c) to burn or bake
bricks, Gen. 11, 3.
NIPH. pass. of Kal, to be burned, e. g.
in punishment Gen. 38, 24; genr. Lev.
4, 12. 6, 23. Josh. 7, 15. Jer. 38, 17. Mic.
1, 7. Prov. 6, 27. al.
PIEL see in ºng.
PUAL i. Q. Niph. Lev. 10, 16.
Deriv. ºntº, Hºnº, Hºº.
* II. ºnly Arab -5-3 \ } 2.
- r ) & 9
1. to be high, lofty, prominent ; whence
• *
sº 2 – o is
• 3rº elevation, loftiness, -5-3 high
prominent.—Hence
2. to be eminent, noble, to earcel in no-
bility and glory; whence —5.3 noble-
R5 *
ness, glory, Lāºrº noble in rank, a
prince.—Hence tºº q. v.
• v 3
Fig m. (r. ºnly I) plur. E"Ein ;
see also the next article.
1. Pr. Adj. burning, fiery; then poi-
sonous, venomous, deadly, as an attribute
of a serpent, from the burning inflam-
mation caused by its bite; comp. Fºr
I, heat and poison; also Gr. 119motiig,
xwúgos. So Num. 21, 6 and Jehovah
sent ºn tºurºn-ns fiery (poison-
ous) serpents among the people; Sept.
toūs ūq)sts roug &ovatoivros, Vulg. ig-
nitos serpentes. Deut. 8, 15 tº urº
anº poisonous serpents and scorpions,
Sept. §que Ötzvov, Vulg. serpens flatu
adurers.-Also as Subst, without Uri.
id. Num. 21, 8 Finº ºth nity. Is.
14, 29 FEiyº nºt a venomous flying
serpent ; ascribed also to the Arabian
desert, Is, 30, 6 Seisº ºntº rises the
viper and the venomous flying serpent
Enid 1020
ºnnº
t is now known that no species of fly-
ng serpent exists; but this ancient opi-
nion probably rested upon a species of
flying lizard, draco volans Linn. found
in Africa and Asia, which in its general
appearance resembles a serpent but is
not venomous. See Comm. on Is. 14, 29.
—Corresponding in sound is Sanscr.
sarpa serpent from Srip, serpere, #971ew,
to creep; but this seems to have no
relation to Finº, which signifies not ser-
pent, but venomous.
2, Saraph, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 22.
bºlt, m. plur. (F. ºntº II) Seraphim,
Seraphs, Is. 6, 2.6; an order of angels
and ministers of God, who stand around
his throne, each having six wings, also
hands and feet (v. 2), and praising God
with their voice. They were therefore
of human form, and furnished with wings
as the swift messengers of God, like the
Cherubim (see anni); though by no
means identical with these, as some
have supposed. They are so called as
being of elevated rank, princes ; as in
Daniel the archangels are also called
Dºntº princes, Dan. 10, 13 comp. 8, 25.
Other proposed etymologies, see in
Thesaur. p. 1341 sq.
Tºntº f. (r. ºntº I, Tsere impure)
constr. rentº, a burning with fire Gen.
11,3; a burning, a fire, Lev. 10, 6. Num,
19, 6.17; espec. a burning of spices at a
funeral (see in r. Finú, I), 2 Chr. 16, 14.21,
19; conflagration Deut. 29, 22 [23]. Am.
1, 11. HEnû, ºr a mount of burning, i.e.
o be burned up, Jer. 51, 25. HEnûh nºr
to be for burning, i. e. destined to be
burned up, Is. 9, 4, 64, 10 [11].
* J. pºp to comb e. g. flax, to hackle.
Zab. -ei, id. Talm. Pºº id, also to
curry a horse, etc. Hence adj. pºntº
q. V.
* II. pºp or P^* to be reddish,
for-coloured ; spoken of a horse, see
*dj, pºte; also of cerulean purple grapes,
yielding red wine. Arab. 25&id. of
morses and camels, the hair, etc.
Deriv. the two following, and pr. n.
rººz.
tº $ * *
Phú m. (r. Pºlº II.) 1. redlish, bay
foa-coloured, of horses, plur. Bº
... o 35
Zech. 1, 8. Arab. by transp. *: 3.
reddish horse, with the mane "and tal'
also red, Germ. Fuchs, fox-coloured.
2. a vine bearing cerulean or purple
grapes, plur. E"pºint Is. 16, 8. See
more in pºlity.
Phip m. Is. 5, 2, Pnitº Jer, 2, 21, also
Tºntº f. Gen. 49, 11. R. philº II.
1. a vine of a finer and nobler kind,
prob. so called from its cerulean or pur-
ple grapes. According to Abulwalid i
grows in Syria; it is called in Arab.
C޺x" and C#):-". aS also at the
present day in Morocco Serki, i. q. Pers,
•% Rishmish, and is still cele-
brated in Arabia and Persia; the grapes
are small, partially round, dark-coloured,
with the stones soft and scarcely percep-
tible. See Niebuhr's Arabien p. 147.
Oedmann's Verm. Sammlungen aus der
Naturkunde VI. p. 98 sq.
2. Sorek, pr. m. of a valley, prob. sq
called from its vineyards, Judg. 16, 4.
[Eusebius and Jerome place it north of
Eleutheropolis and near to Zorah. Ono-
mast. art. Sorech.-R.
*"Tº i, q, nºw no. 2, and nºt I, to
have dominion, to rule, to be a prince.
Part ºnto Esth. 1, 22. Fut. Anio, Is. 32
1. Prov. 8, 16.
HITHP. ºntºn, to make oneself a
prince, c. by Num, 16, 13.
Deriv. -ie, nºt).
Tiwi, m. (r. ºnto) constr. Tiibu, Kamets
being dropped, as if from a root nigº;
joy, gladness, Joel 1, 12. Is. 12. 3. Jer, 31,
13. 51, 14. 119, 11 l ; often coupled with
nrºe Is. 22, 13. 35, 10. 51, 3, 11. Yºu;
Tiwig oil of joy, i.e. oil used in anoint-
ing the guests at festive banquets, etc.
Ps. 45,8. Is. 61, 3.
nº!, see nsº.
Sk Enu, see in Eng.
* Tºntº to split, to burst, Arab. , x &
Niph, to be burst forth, protruded, tº
break forth, of hemorrhoids, fut, plur
Annº 1 Sam. 5, 9, Comp. sp.: Ninh
no. 3.
1021 t;
Shin, orming together with Sin the
twenty-first letter of the Hebrew alpha-
bet, as a numeral denoting 300. The
name of this letter, Thus, i. Q. Tº , signifies
a tooth, in allusion to its figure, which is
nearly the same in all the Semitic alpha-
bets. It is pronounced like the Engl.sh,
Germ. sch, a sound which was wanting
to the Greeks, unless perhaps the Doric
2&v, Hdot. 1, 139, is to be so pronounced.
Hence the LXX, in order to give some
approximation to its sound, for ujºn, jº,
write Pizº, Xoršv, see Lam. c. 2. 3. 4.
To the letter uj, which is far more
frequent than to , there are in Arabic
three corresponding letters, viz. a) In
much the greater number of cases, U” )
as tº ºw, bsº JLº. etc. b) Far
less often U., as ºqu:
bujº to write down.
both these kinds, the Aramaean pre-
()
X, the sun,
In roots of
serves —a . c.) Sometimes 32, in words
where the Aramaean has n, as Hºuſ
" I • , * O . G.§ 2.
wº |lºoz ºn eight ; ** &
3 - 2 . Q3 . G 2 ©.
ke-2 sºn snow ; tu, ſº and & 3 rººm,
jºr . Rarely in such examples has the
Arabic - for uj, as nº 2-3 han to
break, at CU3 ºn to return, to turn
about. d) The Arabic sometimes also
admits different ways of writing the same
word, and thus apparently divides one
Hebrew root into two Arabic ones, as
Us: U**) and U**) ; nu;p L.; and
L&#3 ºptº Jºãº and Jºšš; Ruiz *
9 – o 2 G
Ç
.5-ºxº~ and Jurš body.
In the Heb. itself u} is interchanged:
A.) With p, see p. 1000. b) With n, as
ºr and nºr, like zo.gºogo, Zagórto;
ujina and nini, pine; comp. Shuj, Aram.
sºn, Arab. -US; naº, Aram. nan,
Arab. yº. c) With other sibilants in
- sº § or
the dialects, as 1, s, e. g. ** Jºë
rain; tº UdS, to ga...op; Jºan, Rab-
bin, sººn the groit, ; Jp: Jº
º
º
Jake. d) With dentals, as hºp, Aram,
*- "tºp; briz and Triz to lie.
In those Semitic roots which have
been adopted into the occidental lan-
guages, chiefly the Greek, u} is ex-
pressed sometimes by a simple or, s, as
Tºujo sugg, Gamviſ from lau; ; bºujovićto
sometimes by ox and oz, as Bºº oxvića,
bºnuſ oxvttºm, tº oxijſttow, a kittgow,
ozołm from nº. Sometimes it passes
e is O y
into t (d); as niuj, Aram. İşo.2, Gr.
tovgos; Jº Boſtovolo, whºrl Tartessus;
Tº Šēot's dens ; though in these the
Aramaean form seems often to have in-
tervened.
º, rarely “p Judg. 5, 7, Cant. 1, 7.
Job 19, 29, before gutt. tº Judg. 6, 17,
and tº Ecc. 2, 22. 3, 18, i. e. the prefix
Shin, i. q hºs; the S being dropped by
aphaeresis, and the ºn either assimilated
and inserted as Daghesh in the next
letter, or (in the form tº) also dropped.
Except in the book of Judges (5,7. 6, 17.
7, 12. 8, 26), this prefix is usual only in
the later Hebrew.
A) Relat. Pron. who, which, what,
that. Judg. 7, 12. 8, 26. 1 Chr. 5, 20. Ps.
122, 3. 124, 8, 129, 6.7. Lam. 2, 15. 16.
Cant. 4, 1.2. 6, 5. Ecc. 1, 3. 9. 14. 2, 9.
11. 21. 22. al. saep. Without a demonstr.
i. q. he who, Ecc. 1, 11. Cant. 1, 17. 3, 3.
—Besides in the Heb. O. T. this form of
pronoun is found widely in the Phenician
dialect, where it was pronounced si,
sy, se ; sometimes followed by a letter
doubled; see Monumm. Phoen. p. 356,
438. Perhaps also in the same dialect
the fuller form UN is found; see The-
saur. p. 1345. In the other dialects
comp. Amhar. Ti when, prefixed to a
verb-Spec. like hugs a) As a mere
sign of reation, e. g. Buj-u, whither
Ecc. 1, 7; clºt: Ps. 122, 4, b) With h,
i.e. ht: so frequent among the Rabbins,
used like h nºs to express the genitive
of a possessor; Cant, 3, 7 rºbuº intº
the litter of him, Solomon, pr. which is
to Solomon. Cant. 1,6 emphat.***
- Rū
*Nº ºf
1022
my vineyard, even mine; for the pleo-
nastic suffix, see Heb. Gram. § 119, 3.
note.
B) Relat. Conjunct. i. q. hugs, "2.
1. that after verbs of seeing, Ecc. 2,
13. 3, 18; of knowing Ecc. 1, 17. 2, 14.
9, 5; of thinking Ecc. 2, 15; of giving
a sign Judg. 6, 17. Also: a)' what
is—that,’ ‘this is—that,” Ecc. 2, 12. 5,
15. 7, 10. Cant. 5, 9, b) Ecc. 12, 9
nºrt; ºniº besides that he was, etc. 6, 3
*** **, *riºuſ an so that many be the
days of his years. ... tº scarcely that
Cant. 3, 4. ... is till that, until, Judg.
5, 7. Cant. 2, 17, c) tº Huº to make
or cause that Ecc. 3, 14.
2. because that, because, Cant. 1, 6 bis.
5, 2. Ecc.2 18; fully tº nºn-by Ecc. 7,
14. Also for; Cant. 1, 7 nº for why?
3. when, Ecc. 5, 10. Comp. huis B. 5.
4. With Prefixes: a) u}: i. q. Húsa
lett, c, because that, Ecc. 2, 16. b) tº
i. q. mugs?, pr. according to what, i.e. as,
Ecc. 5, 14. 12, 7. Also, as, when, Ecc.
9, 12. 10, 3.
* =st; fut. 5* to draw water.
~f ~ * sº
Chald. id. Arab. ºl. and << to
slake one’s thirst by drawing water.
Comp. Goth. Skephan, Germ. Schöpfen.—
Construed either with acc. Dºn Gen. 24,
13. Deut. 29, 10. Josh. 9, 21. 23. 1 Sam.
7, 6.9. 11; or absol. Gen. 24, 11. 19. 20.
With dat. of instr. Gen. I. c. Nah. 3, 14;
7% of ſountain 2 Sam. 23, 16.
Deriv. tºsuyº.
& 35.
* 381; ſut. sº to roar; Arab. 2U3
o bellow, to bleat, also to roar. Spoken
pr. of the lion, Judg. 14,5. Ps. 22, 14. Hos.
0, 11; c. Ps. 104, 21. Trop. of thun-
uer Job 37, 4, comp. Am. 1, 2. Joel 4,
16; of raging warriors Ps. 74, 4; also
of persons in extreme pain, to cry out, to
groan, Ps. 38, 9. Hence
Tºštº f constr. rºsuſ, c. suff, "rāsū,
plur. c. suff, "nºsuſ; roaring of a lion Is.
5, 29. Job 4, 10. Zech. 11, 3. Trop. out-
cry, groaning, of a person in great pain
Job 3, 24. Ps 22, 2. 32, 3.
* I. Tsº i. q. Niu 1. to make a
noise, to rage, to roar, of floods, a tumult
•f people, see Tisu;, nu; II.
2. to crash, to fall with a crash, e.g
a house, etc. hence to be laid waste, Is
6, 11 init.
Niph. 1. to make a noise, to rush, ts
roar, e.g. of floods and nations, Is. 17
12. 13.
2. to be laid opaste, of a land Is. 6, 11
HipH. to lay oaste, inf. nisujrº Is. 37
26; and so s being dropped niurº 2 K
19, 25. w
Deriv. Hysº, isu, nºsº, nsuſ, nu;
* II. Hsu, not used in Kal, i. q. Hº
to look at, to behold with attention.
Hithe. HSºur: id. Gen. 24, 21, c. %.
Sept. x0 touxvºdvo, Vulg. contemplor.
nStº, see Hsiuj.
myst Prov. 1, 27 Cheth, see in Hsiuſ,
Sist; and ºst; comm. gend. (m. Job
26, 6; f. Is. 5, 14. 19, 9;) Sheol, Hades,
Orcus, the under world, Sept. usually
Śēng, once 9600 tog 2 Sam. 22,6; a vast
subterranean place Job 11, 8. Deut. 32,
22; full of thickest darkness Job 10, 21.
22 (but see Is, 14, 9 sq.) where dwell the
shades of the dead (~"NEn q.v.) Ps. 30.
4, 86, 13. 89, 49. Prov. 23, 14; to which
are poetically ascribed valleys Prov. 9,
18, and also gates and bars Is. 38, 10.
Job 17, 16. The dying are said to go
down to Sheol, Hºist in: Num. 16, 30.
Ez. 31, 15. 17; poet. bsu. Th: Job 7, 9.
Ps. 55, 16; comp. nºis; Tºir to bring
down to Sheol Gen. 42, 38. 1 Sam. 2, 6.
1 K. 2, 9. Those who save the life of
any one are said to deliver him bisu Tºº
from the hand (power) of Sheol Hos. 13,
14. Ps. 49, 16. Elsewhere Sheol is said
to devour all Prov. 1, 12; to be insatiable
Prov. 30, 16. Is. 5, 14; to be stern and
cruel Cant. 8, 7. To it by prosopopoeia
are ascribed snares, with which it lies
in wait for men, Ps. 18, 6. 2 Sam. 22, 6;
and those who escape death are said to
have made a covenant with Sheol, Is. 28,
15. 18. Poet. and by meton. Sheol is
put for its inhabitants, or rather is per-
sonified, Is. 14, 9, 38, 18, comp. Ps. 6, 6.
See espec. Num. 16, 30 sq. Is. 14, 9 sq.
Ez. 31, 16 sq. 32, 21 sq. Chald, and
Talmud. Biu, id. Syr. Sa... Ethiop.
II.KA.—As to the etymology, bisu,
comes from r. bsuj I, and is i. q bisu, a
cavity, a hollow subterranean place; just
hNuj
5sº
1023
as the Germ. Hölle hell, is originally the
same with Höhle a hollow, cavern, and
Lat. caelum is from Gr. xoiàog hollow.
The usual derivation has been from the
notion of asking, demanding, r. ºsu, no.
II; since Orcus lays claim unsparingly
to all alike, whence the epithet orcus
rapaa, Catull. 2. 28, 29.
*sū (asked for, desired, r. sº II)
Shaul, Saul, pr. n. a) The first king
of the Israelites, from the tribe of Ben-
jamin, 1 Sam. 8, 4. 9, 2 sq. c. 15. b) A
king of the Edomites, Gen. 36,37. c.) A
son of Simeon, Gen. 46, 10. d) 1 Chr.
B, 9, see in PNin lett. c.—From lett. c.
comes the patronymic ***Nu Shaulite
Num. 26, 13.
TNT m. (r. Hsu I) constr. Tisui, c.
suff, mºist;.
1. moise, raging, tumult, e.g. of wa-
ters Ps. 65,8. Is. 17, 12. 13; of a crowd
or multitude of men, Is. 5, 14, 13, 4. 24,
8. 25, 5. 66, 6; of war Am. 2, 2. Hos.
10, 14; of outcry, clamour, Ps. 74, 23.
Jer, 25, 31. 48, 45 list: "24 sons of up-
roar, i. e. tumultuous warriors.
2. desolation, destruction; Ps. 40, 3 nia
jisu, the pit of destruction. Jer, 46, 17.
>k tosº obsol. root, i. q tº II, to com-
femn, to despise. The primary idea is
~ 35- • *
prob, to stink ; comp. louš and las;
R9 -e *
to stink, &louš stinking mud.—Hence
tist; m. (Kamets impure) c. suff.
ñºsu, Ez. 25, 6; contempt, i. e. pride,
arrogance, Ez. 25, 15. 36, 5.
Hºst; f. ruins, Is. 24, 12. R. Hsu, I.
*}sº fit sº I. i.g. **, to dig,
ſo earcavate, to hollow out; hence Pisu)
Hades, pr: a hollow place under ground.
--From the idea of digging comes rea-
dily that of searching out, inquiring,
romp. "pri, -p3 no. 3, her; no. 2; also
percontari, to search, to explore with a
wóvros stick, probe, etc. Engl. to dig,
o grub.”—Hence
II. to ask, to inquire, to ask for, either
by way of demand or entreaty.
1. to ask, to inquire of, to interrogate ;
Chald. id. Syr. Ška to interrogate, to
* –
ask for. Arab. JLº. to interrogate, to
ask; V, to beg. Eth. ſih A and ſih A to
demand, lo ask, to beg.—Constr. absol.
Deut. 13, 15; with acc. of pers. Gen. 24,
47. 32,18, 44, 19-?sh nº-ns bsujºs
my lord asked his servants, saying. Deut.
32, 7. Judg. 4, 20. Job 40, 7; rarely with
% of pers, 2 K. 8, 6. Job 8, 6. That of or
about which one asks is put with h, Gen.
32, 30, 43, 7. Judg. 13, 18. Jer. 6, 16; by
Neh. 1,2. Ecc. 7, 10; acc. Jer. 50,5; hence
with two acc. of pers. and thing Jer, 38,
14. Is. 45, 11. 58, 2. Hagg. 2, 11. Ps. 35,
11.-Spec. a) to consult an oracle, to
inquire of, e. g. His bsu: Deut. 18, 11;
oftener c. 3, as Finna bsº to inquire
of (at) Jehovah Judg. 1, 1. 18, 5. 20; 8.
1 Sam. 28, 6; also 2 Sam. 16, 23. Ez.
21, 26. With h for any one 1 Sam. 22,
10, 13, 15. Num. 27, 21. b) 'E' ºst;
Bibu; to ask one as to his health, wel.
fare, etc. to ask how one does; hence
to salute, to greet, Gen. 43, 27. Ex. 18, 7.
Judg. 18, 15.1 Sam. 10, 14. 17, 22. 2 Sam.
8, 10; and so Jer, 15, 5 tº eibºh bº.
Poet. Ps. 122,6 Bºnn, tibú ºbsº wish
prosperity to Jerusalem, i.e. salute her.
[Others, perhaps better, pray for the
welfare of Jerusalem, as in no. 2.-R.]
Without the idea of salutation, 2 Sam.
11, 7 David inquired after the welfare
of Joab and of the army, etc. Syr. Six.
y
2 iso-> id. to salute.
2. to ask for, i. e. a) to require, to
demand, absol. 1 K. 3, 5. 2 K. 2, 9. Is.
7, 11. 12. Mic. 7, 3; with acc. of thing
1 Sam. 12, 13. Lam. 4, 4 absu Bºix
Eriº. Ps. 40, 7; c. Tº Ps. 2, 8; ns?
1 Sam. 8, 10. With two acc. oiréiy
two; tı, Deut. 14, 26. Is. 58, 2. Ps. 137, 3.
With dat. is psu to ask (demand) for
oneself, 1 Sam. 12, 17. 19. Ascribed to
the mind, ujº, Deut. 14, 26; to the eyes
Ecc. 2, 10. Spec. Jon. 4, 8 ~ns ºujº
nº iºn: he required of his soul to die.
i.e. he prayed that he might die. 1 K,
19, 4. Job 31, 31 it: rºsa bst:} by
requiring his life with curses, i. e. pray-
ing for his (my enemy's) death. So
&ovyčátog Is. 7, 11, comp. 2 K. 2, 10.
b) to ask, i. e. to entreat, to beseech, to
beg, with acc. of thing Judg. 5, 25. 1 K.
3, 10 sq. 10, 13; also with 7% of pers
from whom, Judg. 8, 24. 1 Sam. 1, 20
Ps. 21, 5; nº. 2 Sam. 3, 13. 1 K. 2
5Nuj
1024 rist
B0. Ps, 27, 4; tº Deut. 10, 12. 18, 16.
With dat. of pers, for whom 1 K. 2, 22.
is ºsu, to ask for oneself 2 Chr. 1, 11.—
Spec. o.) to ask as a loan, to borrow
from any one Ex. 3, 22. 11, 2. 12, 35.
Part, pass, bhNu; borrowed 1 Sam. 1, 28.
K. 6, 5. With # prob. to lend i. q.
Hiph. 1 Sam, 2, 20. Syr. Aph. to lend;
Ettaph. to be lent. So in Rabbinic often.
6) to ask alms, to beg, i. q. Pi. no. 2,
Prov. 20, 4. Arab. Conj, V, id. Jºlº,
a beggar Ethiop. id. *
NIPH. to ask for oneself, to ask leave,
like Gr. oitoi'aal we toito, see Heb. Gr.
§ 50. 2. With ſº of pers, and h with
inf of that which one asks leave to do,
1 Sam. 20, 6. v. 28, where the inf. is omit-
ted. So with a finite verb Neh. 13, 6–
Others, “to obtain liberty or leave from
a master by entreaty.”
Piel, ºsu, fut. *sū.
interrogate, 2 Sam. 20, 18.
2. to beg, i. q. Kal 2. b. 3. Ps. 109, 10.
HipH. to loam, to lend, Ex. 12, 36.
1 Sam. 1, 28; comp. Kal no. 2. b. c.
Deriv. from no. I, bisu, ; from no. II,
nºsu), Hºus, riºsº, and the pr. names
bsu, Bºstº, Psºrºsuſ, bismus.
1. to ask, to
ºst Chald. 1. to ask, to interrogate,
with h of pers. Ezra 5,9; also with acc.
of that about which one inquires, v. 10.
Dan. 2, 10. 27.
2. to ask, to demand, c. dupl. ace.
Ezra 7, 21.-Hence riºsº Chald, and
ºst; (an asking) Sheal, pr. n. m.
|Ezra 10, 29. *
$suſ, See bist.
T.stjf (r.bsuft) c. suff, "nºsu, prºsu,
Ps. 106, 15, and contr. Triºus 1 Sam. 1, 17.
1. an asking, request, petition. So
ribsº bsu. to ask a petition, i. e. to ask
thing of any one, to make a request,
Judg. 8, 24. 1 K. 2, 16.20. 'u) ºn: to grant
a petition Esth. 5, 6.8. 7, 3. 9, 12. TS:
nºsº the petition is granted Job 6, 8.
2. a loan, thing loaned, 1 Sam. 2, 20.
Comp, the root ºsu, no. 2. b. 0.
nëstº Chald. f. emphat. Srºuft, pr.
a question, i. e. a subject of inquiry, a
cause in law, and hence a decree, Dan.
1, 14 snºsu Tuj-ºp nosº the mandate
of the Holy ones is this decree, Arab
R9.e. O e
šić question, cause in law, matter.
‘sºn’sº (I have asked him of God
Shealtiel, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 3, 17. Ezra 3
2. Neh. 12, 1 ; i. q. Psºrº Hagg. 1, 12
14. 2, 2.
>k Tsº to rest, to be quiet, in Kal not
used ; kindr, with Isu) to rest or lean
upon any thing, for repose and quiet,
Syr. Pa. < placavit.
PIL. Tºšº to be quiet, tranquil, to live
in quiet, Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. Job 3, 18
Prov. 1, 33.—Hence *.
72&tº m. adj. plur. Pºsuš 1. quiet,
travguil, of a dwelling Is. 33, 20; of one
du lling in quiet Zech. 1, 15. Job 12,5;
comp. Tºshº Job 21, 23.
2. In a bad sense, living at ease, care.
less, proud (secundis rebus ferox, Sal-
lust. Jug. 94,) Ps. 123, 4. Am. 6, 1. Is.
32, 9, 11. 18. Comp. nº no. 2, b, Yºu,
Thuj, and Schultens Animadv. ad Job.
26, 5–Subst. pride, arrogance, Is. 37.
29. 2 K. 19, 28.
csú, see r. bou.
>k Esº fut. FSujº. 1. to breathe hard,
to pant, to blow, e.g. of an angry per
son, to smort, Is. 42, 14; of one in haste,
hence to hasten Ecc. 1, 5. Comp. nºn
Hiph. no. 3.-Of the same stock are the
roots Phú, Fºº, Buș, Hyu I; and kindr.
to these is the syllable inn, hs, which
has the signif. of breathing and desir-
ing. In the Indo-european tongues we
have, with a sibilant, schnauben, schnap-
pen, to snuff.
2. to pant after, sc. with open nostrils,
mouth, etc. e. g. the air, wind, to snuff
wp Jer. 2, 24. 14, 6; nightfall Job 7, 2,
night i. e. death Job 36, 20; absol. Ps,
119, 131. Poetically ascribed to a snare
or trap laid for any one, Job 5, 5; see
bºx. With by, Am. 2,7 they panl for
the dust of the earth on the head of the
poor, hyperb. expressing the sordid
avarice of the rich, as envying the poor
even the slightest possession and striv-
ing to deprive them of it.—Elsewhere
to pant after any one, is to thirst for his
blood, the metaphor being taken from
wild beasts, Ps. 56, 2. 3. 57, 4. Am, 8,4
Ez. 36, 3.
"Nº
ºn Nº
1025
2k Hsu. 1. to become full and turgid,
to swell up or out ; spoken of fulness or
roundness of flesh in the human body,
espec. in youth, whence "suº flesh; also
of the rising or swelling of fermentation,
whence nº kneading-trough. Kin-
dred roots are nsit, whence nst leaven;
also nºd to swell, to boil; Arab. U- id.
jº id. also of swellings on the body.
2. to be abundant, redundant ; hence
to be left, to remain. Chald. and Sam.
-*. ... ſº -
ld. Arab.3L. to let remain ; * to
be left.—In Kal once 1 Sam. 16, 11.
NipH. pass. of Hiph. 1. to be left over,
to remain; Gen. 7, 23 nº is "stºl and
Noah only was left. 42, 38.47, 18. Ruth
1, 3. 5. al. saep. Ex. 8, 27 [31] nsuji Nº
Tris there remained not one; so 14, 28.
Judg. 4, 16. Josh. 8, 17. 2 K. 10, 21. With
dat. to remain for any one Zech. 9, 7;
c. * in any place Is. 17, 6. Dan. 10, 8;
c. 12 Neh. 1, 2. Part. "Suj: one left, a
survivor, Gen. 32,9. Is. 4,3; plur. Gen.
14, 10. Fem. Is. 37, 31.
2. to remain any where, to remain be-
hind, Ex. 8, 5. 7. Num. 11, 26. Job 21,
34 bºº--suj. Bºnnaur, your answers
remain treachery, i.e. being examined
there remains of them only treachery.
NoTE. In Ez. 9, 8 in some editions is
found the anomalous form **ś nsus: ;
which has doubtless arisen from the
mingling of two readings, nSuº part. and
*Nºs. Some Mss. also are without the
N, and others without the 5 ; see De
Rossi. -
HipH. 1. to leave, to let remain, e. g.
after eating Deut. 28, 51; after the har-
vest Ob. 5; espec. after a slaughter, Nº
Tº hºstºn he left none remaining, no
Aurvivor, Josh. 10, 28.37. 39.40; c..dat,
to any one Josh. 8, 22. 10, 33. 11, 8.
1 K. 16, 11; and so after a public de-
portation 2 K. 25, 12. 22. Jer. 39, 10.-
So to leave behind, spoken of one depart-
ing, Joel 2, 14.
2. lntrans, ib nºsºn to be left to any
wne, there remains to him ; Josh. 8, 22
and they smote them Brih --sur "rha is
**-ū, until there was not left to them; one
emaining. Num. 21, 35 Deut. 3, 3.
2 K. 13, 7. Without dat. to have left, to
jetain; Am. 5, 3 the city that went out
a thousand HS2 h"suº hath a hundred
left, etc.
Deriv. -sui, Hsu (nºsuſ), nºns;
nºa, and pr. names riºsº, anº: "Sº,
"St. m. (Kamets impure) remainder
remnant, residue, the rest, a word of the
later Hebrew for the earlier nºnsu.
Is. 10, 20. 14, 22. al. With genit. "Sº
ižº the remnant of his people Is. 11, 11,
so 10, 21. Zeph. 1, 4; also the remaining
part, the rest, as opp. to something pre-
ceding, Is. 17, 3 Damascus E^* is tº
and the rest of Syria. 2 Chr. 9, 29.
"St. Chald. m. constr. -Su, once
"Su Ezra 7, 18; remainder, residue,
Dan. 7, 7, 19; the rest, as opp. to some-
thing preceding, Ezra 4, 9, 10. 17. 6, 16.
7, 18. 20.
Bºtt. "St (the remnant shall return,
be converted) Shearjashub, symbolical
pr. n. of a son of Isaiah, Is. 7, 3; comp.
10, 21. 22.
"Sº m. constr. Hsu, Lev. 18, 12. 13,
c. suff, insu, flesh, so called as swelling
out in fulness and roundness in the well
fed body, see in r. nsu, no. 1. Ps. 73, 26
*:::: *sū Hāz. Prov. 5, 11 nibºz
Tsuji Thº, when thy flesh and thy ful-
mess (fat) are consumed. Prov. 11, 17.
Trop. to eat the flesh of a people is to op-
press and exhaust them, Mic. 3, 3; see
in beş no. 1. g. Also Jer. 51, 35 "bºr
biº-by ºn my injury and my flesh
(devoured by the Chaldeans) be upon
Babylon.—Hence
a) the flesh of beasts as eaten, Ps. 78,
20. 27; also genr. meat, food, of any
kind, Ex. 21, 10.
b) the flesh of any one, put for his
blood-kindred, blood-relatives, comp. high
no. 4; Lev. 18, 12. 13. 17. 21, 2. Num.
27, 11; more fully intº -su (where the
primary idea of nsu) is already lost)
3.21 ×
Lev. 18, 6. 25, 49. Comp. Arab, 23
avenger of blood, which signif. seems to
have come from Heb. "Suj.
nysuſ f. (denom. from Sº) blood.
relationship, blood-kindred ; concr. kins
woman, Lev. 18, 17. •
Tºšº (id.) Sherah, pr. m. f. 1 Chi
7, 24.
86*
"Nº
1026 'l-lº
nºnSºff f (r. -su) once contr. nºt
1 Chr. 12, 38, part remaining, remain-
ſler, residue, the rest, Is. 44, 7, Jer. 39, 3.
Neh. 7, 72; espec. the remnant, the sur-
vivors, after great slaughter, as nº
riºri, the remnant of Judah Jer. 40, 15.
42, 15. 44, 28; and so Jer. 24, 8. Ez. 9,
8. 11, 13. Am. 1, 8, al. Of a total de-
struction it is said, h nºnsu, Hyr. Nº
there is no remnant to any one, none
(nothing) is left, Jer. 11, 23. 50, 26;
contra 'u in; to grant a remnant to
any one, to leave a remnant, Jer, 40, 11 ;
* 'u Hºnin id. Jer. 44, 7; # 'u' ship Gen.
45, 7, comp. 2 Sam. 14, 7–Ps. 76, 11
for the wrath of man doth praise thee,
-àrn nior nººsu, the remainder of thy
wrath thou dost gird on, i. e. dost exert
thine extreme wrath, comp. Deut. 32,
23. The remainder of wrath is here
God’s extreme wrath, reserved for ex-
treme cases, opp. to the less degree of
wrath manifested on less aggravated
occasions.
nNu; f. (for nºu, r. HSuj) desolation,
devastation, Lam. 3, 47.
sat. Sheba, pr. n. m. comp. Ethiop.
ri'ſ]?, man.
1. Three men in the genealogical ta-
bles in Genesis and 1 Chron. ſounders
of families or tribes in Arabia, a) A son
of Raamah and grandson of Cush, also
hrother of Dedan, Gen. 10, 7. 1 Chr. 1,
9. b) A son of Joktan, and brother of
Uzal, Ophir, etc. Gen. 10, 28. 1 Chr. 1,
22. Comp. Abulfeda p. 98 Paris, c) A
son of Jokshan and grandson of Abra-
ham and Keturah, also brother of a
Dedan, Gen. 25, 3. 1 Chr. 1, 32. Comp.
n no. 2 fin.
2. Sheba, the Sabatans, a region and
people in Arabia Felix, abounding in
frankincense, spices, gold, and precious
stones, 1 K. 10, 1 sq. Is. 60, 6. Jer. 6, 20.
Cz. 27, 22. Ps. 72, 15; celebrated also
or their great traffic Ez. l. c. Ps. 72, 10.
Joel 4, 8. Job 6, 19; but in Job 1, 15
driving off plunder in the vicinity of Uz
cr Ausitis. With all this accords what
Greek and Arab writers say of the Sa-
beans (20:30 iou), whose chief city they
call Saba and Mariaba (Maguſºw, now
* Uo Mareb), three or four days’ jour-
ney distant from Sana’a ; see Strabo
XVI. p. 768, 777, 780. Agatharch. p.
64. Diod. Sic. 3. 38, 46. Plin. VI. 32
Abulfeda p. 96 Par. Edrisi I. p. 53, 147
ed. Jaubert. See Thesaur. p. 1351–
Comparing now the three names in
Genesis (no. 1. a, b, c), it appears that
the Sabaeans of Arabia Felix adjacent to
Sana’a are descendants of Joktan, Gen.
10, 28 (lett. b). Nor is it less evident
that the other two passages, Gen. 10, 7
and 25, 3 (lett. a, c), refer to one and the
same people, although a different origin
is assigned ; since in both, Sheba is
coupled with Dedan and Raamah. We
may therefore assume two tribes oſ Sa-
basans; one of which (b), the more
powerful and noble, was in Arabia Felix;
while the other (a,c) dwelt towards the
Persian Gulf, not far from the mouths of
the Euphrates. This latter tribe is not
mentioned except in Genesis l.c.
>k I. Bºº obsol. root, i. q. Arab.
J-3 to kindle ; kindr. is Syr. -a, to
inflame. The primary idea is perh.
‘to blow into a flame,” to kindle by
blowing, comp. Huº, Fuj; . Hence awau,
flame.
* II. Patº i, q, Chald, are to break,
whence Nzº fragment. Hence
Fºº m. plur fragments, Hos. 8, 6.
>k Tºu, fut, conv. Aujºn, to make pri.
soner, to take or lead captive, to carry
off; Arab.U., Chald, sau; , Syria.,
id.—E. g. either persons Gen. 34, 29.
1 K. 8, 48. Is. 14, 2. Jer. 41, 10. 14. 43,
12. al. or cattle, flocks, 1 Chr. 5, 21.
2 Chr. 14, 14; or wealth, substance,
Obad. 11. 2 Chr. 21, 17.—So of a con-
queror leading his captives in triumph,
Judg. 5, 12. Ps. 68, 19; also to hold cap-
tive Ps. 137, 3–Part, pass. Bºn-ui cap-
tives Is. 61, 1; ſem. Gen. 31, 26 riºt,
Hºr, captives of the sword i. e. taken in
war, like Gr. oizuºka tou, dogwºotat,
comp. 2 K. 6, 22. Is. 22, 3.
NipH. pass. of Kal, Gen. 14, 14. Ex,
22,9. 1 Sam. 30, 3. 5. Jer. 13, 17. Ez.6, 9
Deriv. nºuă, whº, rºuj, nºu, and
pr. names bsº-ui, **, *-ū, *aujr.
"at m. a species of precious stone
Sept. Vulg. &&rms, agate, Ex. 28, 19
39, 12. See Braun de West, sac. II. 15
1-15
ºn'ſ
1027
*sº (captive of God) Shebuel, pr.
h. m. a) 1 Chr. 23, 16. 26, 24; called in
24, 20 PS.:* Shubael, b) 1 Chr. 25, 4;
ralled in v. 20 ºu.
bºat; Jer. 18, 15 Cheth. for bºu, Q. V.
yºnº m. (denom. from sº seven)
ſ'OnStr. sº Gen. 29, 27, 28; duel tº
Lev. 12, 5; plur. Pºº m, Dan. 9, 25.
10, 2, 3, and risqº, constr. nºvº, c.
suff. Bºrsº Num. 28, 26; a seven, a
Fennight, #601&s, i. e. a week.-In the
phrase nºt sº Gen. 29, 27, sº is not
ſem. but is st. constr. heſore nºt, i. e. the
week of this daughter.
1. Pr, a week of days, seven days,
Gen. 29, 27, 28. Dan. 10, 2 tºu, Hugºu;
tº for three weeks, where nº is not a
genitive, see under Diº Plur. no. 2. b.-
riva!; in the festival of (seven) weeks,
Pentecost, so called from the seven
weeks which were reckoned from the
passover to this festival, Ex. 34, 22.
Deut. 16, 10 comp. 9; fully Tob. 2, 1
&yiv, Širt& #600mgöwy. But in Ez. 45, 21
tº nivºt; ar, the festival of sevens of
days, is the passover, as being celebrated
each time during seven whole days.
2. a week of years, seven years, Dan.
9, 24 sq. Comp. hebdomas annorum
Gell. N. A. 3. 10. Censorin. c. 14. Aris-
tot. Polit. 7. 16.
Tynauj and rty: f (r. 93%) constr.
rºu, c. suff, "rººi, plur. nisºº; a
swearing, an oath, Lev. 5, 4. Judg. 21, 5.
1 Sam. 14, 26. Ecc. 9, 2. al. Hynau; sau;
to swear an oath Gen. 26, 3. Josh. 9, 20.
npu, nºRu; a false oath, perjury, Zech.
8, 17. Hinº nº an oath by Jehovah
Ex. 22, 10. Ecc. 8, 2.; also with gen. of
the person swearing Ps. 105, 9, and of
him to whom one swears, as "nºu; the
oath to me, sworn to me, Gen. 24, 8.
For Hab. 3, 9 rigº nivº, see in nº?
no. 3. p. 559,-Spec, a) An oath sworn
In making a covenant, i. e. a covenant
confirmed by an oath, 2 Sam. 21, 7
* Hymnº ºn joined in a sworn league
with any one, Sept. §vogxot, Neh. 6, 18
t) An oath of cursing, an umprecation.
curse, Dan. 9, 11. Is. 65, 15; fully nghau;
rºst, Num. 5, 21.
nºntº and nºt f (r. Hºº) the first
brm being sometimes n Cheth, where
Keri has nºu, as Ps. S5, 2. 126,4; bu
oftener in Keri where Cheth. has nº
as Jºb 42, 10. Jer. 29, 14. al. captivity
Num. 21, 29; also concr. for captives, as
'E nau; =hu to bring back the captives of
a people, Deut. 30, 3. Jer. 29, 14. Ez.29,
14. Am. 9, 14. Zeph. 3, 20. Ps. 14, 7.
53, 7, al. ‘r nau; anºn id. Jer, 33, 7.
11. 49,6. Ez. 39, 25. Trop. to restore to
one's former state and prosperity; Job
42, 10 ai's nº-ns aſ Hjn": and Jeho.
vah restored Job to his former prosperity.
Ez. 16, 53, comp. v. 55. Hos. 6, 11.
>k natº in Kal not used, to stroke, to
soothe ; Arab. Aw, to swim, pr. to
stroke the water. Hence
PIEL 1. to soothe, to still, to restrain,
e.g. billows Ps. 89, 10 (comp. mulcere
fluctus Virg. Æn. 1. 70); anger Prov.
29, 11. Comp. Hºri Piel.
2. to praise, to laud, pr. to soothe with
praises, mulcere laudibus Pacuv. (Arab,
3., Ethiop, rºom, id.) Ecc.8,15;
espec. to praise God Ps. 63, 4, 117, 1.
147, 12; c. dat. 145, 4.
3. to promounce happy Ecc. 4, 2;
where rຠis for part. Haujº. Comp.
Chald.
HipH. i. Q. Pi. no. 1, to still, to restrain,
e.g. billows Ps. 65, 8.
HITHP. c. 3 to laud oneself to glory
in any thing, Ps. 106, 47. 1 Chr. 16, 35.
Deriv. pr. n. Haujº.
natº Chald. PA. nauj to praise, to
laud, as God Dan. 2, 23.4, 31.34; idols
5, 4. 23.
Sk that: obsol. root, which with its kin-
dred forms seems to have had the signif.
to stand, to make stand, and then to be
stable, fived, firm. Kindred are the fol
lowing three classes: a) toeu) to set up
to decree, to judge ; nº q. v. to set up
to fix in the ground. b) tºu, whence
tº; new to rest, to stand still; Arab
< to be stable, firm. c) 215 to lash,
to row; nºu, or nºu to set, to place.
tº and tâû m. once ſem. Ez. 21,
15; in pause toº, c. suff, "ºu; ; plur.
tºº, constr. "rººt. R. tºu.
1. a stick, rod, staff. Chald. Nºt
id. Syr. Has a staff rod, tribe. Not
ºr ºf
•-lº
1028
mprob, the primary signif of tº may
have been a shoot, sprout of a tree, a rod
growing up from the root, see Titº no.
1, also no. 2 below.—Corresponding
ſorms are Gr. oxitrov, oxiſtigov, oxnitiow,
ºxlutov, Lat. Scipio, scapus ; Sanscr.
skabh, to make firm; Germ. Schaft,
Engl. shaft.—Spec. -
a) a rod or staff ſor chastising, Ex. 21,
10. 2 Sam. 7, 14. Is, 10, 15. 24. Mic. 4,
14. Prov. 10, 13. al. saep. Hence tºuš
nº the rod of correction Prov. 22, 15.
bºrº tº the rod of God, with which
he corrects men Job 9, 34. 21, 9. 37, 13.
Is, 10, 5 "RN tº the rod of my anger.
11, 4 he doth smile the earth "b tºº
with the rod of his mouth, i.e. his severe
sentence, stern decree.—Also for beat-
ing out pulse, Is. 28, 27.
b) a staff on which one leans, Ps.
23, 4.
c) the crook of a shepherd, Lev. 27, 32;
see in Hay no. 3. Trop. Ez. 20, 37.
Mic. 7, 14.
d) the staff of office, e.g. of a leader,
chief, Judg. 5, 14. Hence the sceptre of
a king Gen. 49, 10. Num. 24, 17. Zech.
10, 11. Am. 1, 5.8 ºu; Tºm, oxyttoizos,
q. d. a sceptre-bearer, a king. Trop.
for rule, administralion ; Ps. 45, 7 a
sceptre of equity is the sceptre of thy
kingdom. Also of unjust rule, tºu.
sugºr Ps. 125, 3; but by a tºº an iron
sceptre, a stern and inflexible authority,
Ps. 2, 9.
e) a spear, lance, as composed of a
staff or rod with an iron point, 2 Sam. 8,
14. Comp. Htºº no. 2, b.
2. a tribe, espec. of the children of Is-
ael ; Arab. * id. The expression
is metaphorical, and is derived from a
plant, from whose root there spring up
several sprouts, shoots, slems; thus the
founder of a whole race is compared to
a root (Is. 11, 1), while the ancestors of
the several subdivisions or tribes are
called stems (Gen. 49, 28), as also the
tribes themselves, comp. nº no. 3. So
1 K. 11, 13.36. nºrth wºu; the tribe of
Judah Josh. 7, 16; "Yº 'u' Deut. 18, 1.
bºu mily ºu; the twelve tribes Ex. 28, 21.
bsº ºu; the tribes of Israel Ex. 24, 4.
Deut. 29, 20. Judg. 18, 1. al. Called also
* "tº the tribes of Jehovah Ps. 122, 4.
—It differs from Hrºšº family, whic
is strictly part of a tribe (Deut. 29, 17
Judg. 18, 19. 21, 24); yet toº is some.
times used in a narrower sense for the
families of a tribe, e.g. of the Kohath-
ites Num. 4, 18; of Dan, Judg. 18, 1
comp. 2; of Benjamin, Judg. 20, 12
1 Sam.*, 21. Vice versa it is also pu
for the whole people of Israel, called
": nºr; ºu; a tribe (race) the possession
of Jehovah, his own peculiar people,
Jer. 10, 16, 51, 19. Ps. 74,2; comp. plur.
Is. 63, 17. Once of the Egyptian tribes
Is. 19, 13.−2 Sam. 7, 7 spake I a word
with one of the tribes of Israel (Tris
'tºº "ºu), whom I commanded to feed
my people? Here for "tºº should doubt
less be read "tº judges, as in the paral
1 Chr. 17, 6.
tat Chald. m. a tribe, plur, consti
ºu. Ezra 6, 17.
tº Shebat, the eleventh month of
the Hebrew year, from the new moon of
February to the new moon of March,
Zech. 1, 7. Syr. --~~, Arab lau.
§ 1 - 2
and lcº, id. See Thesaur. p. 1353.
ºt. m. (r. riº) 1. Adj. captive,
i. q "hau, Ex. 12, 29. l'em. nº id,
Is, 52, 2.
2. Subst, abstr. in pause "sº, c. suff
inău, Tâu), E="au}; captivity, Deut. 21
13. 2 Chr. 29,9. Ezra 3, 8, 9, 7. Neh. 8
17. Bºu, yº the land of their captivity
Jer. 30, 10. 46, 27. "Ruža ºr. to go into
captivity Jer. 20, 6, 22, 22. 30, 16. 46, 2.
Ez. 12, 11. Am. 9,4; once "au; ºr: id.
Lam. 1, 5; also "sº ripº to take away
into captivity Jer. 48, 46; "Bº Inz to
deliver into captivity Ps. 78, 61. *auj
nºian the captivity of the eaciles Ezra 2,
1. Neh. 7, 6.—Spec. a) Concr. captives,
ºriº to take captive captives, i. e. to
lead away captives, Num. 21, 1. Judg.
5, 12. Ps. 68, 19. "Bº Fos to gather cap-
tives Hab. 1, 9, bºx2 "Eu, the captives
of Egypt Is. 20, 4. Jer. 52, 2. niphº
ºn the prey of captives Num, 31, 26.
b) Put for booty of cattle, etc. Am. 6, 10. Is.
49, 24 pºs º lawful booty. v. 25 "at
ºniz: the booty of the warrior, comp. v. 24.
*-ij (i. Q. Hºº taking captive) Shobai
pr. n. m., Ezra 2, 42. Neh. 7, 45.
*-ū
ºil tº
1029
*-ij (id.) Shobi, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 17,
E7.
="at m. flame, consin. Hºu Job 18,
5; Sept. ºpkóš. R. Hau. I.
Bºat Chald, emphat, sº, flame
Dan. 3, 22. Plur. Dan. 7, 9.
Hºnº f. (r. Hº) captivity, Neh. 3,36.
Jer. 48, 46. Meton. captives, DeLut. 21,
11. 32, 42. 2 Chr. 28, 5.11. 13. 14. 15.
ºf see in *:::
ºn m. (r. Buy) only plur. constr.
**auj, c. suff. Thºu?, a way, path, Ps.
77,20. Jer, 18, 15; where Cheth. Blau; id.
–Cl ald, sº, Syr. ii.a.a., Arab.
§ *
Jº way.
Fºº m. plur. (r. bº) nettings,
cauls, caps of net-work, reticula Varro
de Ling. Lat. IV. 19, a female orna-
ment ſor the head among the Hebrews,
Is, 3, 18. Sept. tº Šuſtkózw. So the
Talmudists and Rabbins.—Schroeder,
de West. mul. Hebr. c. 2, compares Arab.
Kººt-º (diminut, from X sun), and
understands little suns, or studs resem-
bling suns worn upon the neck; this
would also seem to be supported by the
mention of Bºhn't little moons, imme-
diately after.
*X"all ordin. adj. the seventh, Gen. 2, 2.
3. 8, 4. Ex. 12, 15. 16. al. Fem. nºn-uś,
Ex. 21, 2. 23, 11. al.—Denom. from sau,
SCVéll,
nºt, see nº.
:k Tºº obsol. root, Arab. * to pour,
i. q. Tº —Hence pr. a. Thiu).
>k bat; nearly i. q. Bay, a root not
ised in the verb.
1. to go, whence bº way. Arab.
Jº way: Jº- IV, to be travelled,
as a way; Syr. S.2.x to show the way.
2. to go up, to rise, to grow. Arab.
* .* *
J-ºw Conj. IV, and quadril. Jºw, to
produce ears. See rºuj, neau, no. 1.
3. to flow, espec. largely, copiously.
Arab. Conj. IV, the heavens pour down.
rain; hence Jºº rain. Deriv, Bºº
nºhu, no. 2; perh, pr. n. 23ius.
biº m. the skirt or train o' a robe
Is. 47, 2. Comp. kindr. Bhuj. Arab
ãº. id. R. Pau, no. 3.
bºnº or Bºžº m. a snail, espec.
without the shell, so called from its
slime and moisture, (like Gr. Asluo.; from
Atláw) from conj. Shaphal of the verb
583. Ps. 58, 9 spoken of the wicked: let
them melt away.... ſºlº bºr babºº izz
as the snail which melteth as it goeth,
i. e. which leaves a slimy trail as it goes,
and thus wastes away more and more
the further it advances. See Bochart,
Hieroz. II. 646.
nºt; f. (r. 53° no. 2) a twig, branch
with fruit on it, as resembling an ear of
grain; plur. constr. Zech. 4, 12 ºzu. "Fuj
Ennºr, the two olive-branches. – It is
sometimes written ºu (from nºsus),
but against the Masora.
nºt f (r. bºu; no. 2) plur. Bººt.
R. beu, no. 2.
1. an ear of grain, Job 24, 24; plur.
Gen. 41, 5 sq. Ruth 2, 2. Is. 17, 5.—
Chald. Nºizu, Syr. itas, is as, id.
9 * * 9 - asº assº 9 . ee *
Arab. J., &, ãº, and with
Daghesh resolved ãº. ; Ethiop.
ſi'ſ) Aid.
2. a stream, flood, see the root no. 3,
Judg. 12, 6. Ps. 69, 3.16. Is. 27, 12. Syr
is as channel of a river.
>k Tºtº obsol. root, perh, to increase.
to grow up, i. q. Pau; no. 2, and Arab.
J-3 ; comp. Arab. & to be tender,
delicate, as a youth-Hence the two
following.
Nºt and Tºtº (perh, youth) Sheb-
ma, pr. n. of the prefect of the palace,
Is. 22, 15. After this office was given
to Eliakim (Is. 22, 15), he became scribe
or secretary to the reigning king Heze-
kiah, Is, 36, 3, 2 K. 18, 18. 26, 37. 19, 2.
mºnt; (whom Jehovah has made
grow up 3) Shebaniah, pr. n. m. a.)
1 Chr. 15, 24. b) Neh. 9, 4, 5, c) Neh.
10, 11, 13. d) Neh. 10, 5, 12, 14; for
which 12, 3 rºuj, and 1 Ch r. 24, 11
ºny-uś, º
c=tº
y - ºr
1030
Sk ast e e
CE tº obsol, root, i. q. Yºu), to mingle,
'o interweave; Chald. Jau, id. Hence
S-bºu;.
Xºlº to swear, denom. from sau, seven,
since seven was a sacred number, and
oaths were confirmed either by seven
victims offered in sacrifice Gen. 21, 28
sq. or by seven witnesses and pledges,
see Hilot. 3.8. Hom. II. 19. 243. In Eth.
O’īl-ſhū.P3 are enchanters, Lib. Hen.
ms. c. 8,3 (comp. 7, 10 ed. Oxon.) because
the sacred number seven was also em-
ployed in magic rites.—In Kal only Part.
pass. Ez. 21, 28 nivºu, ºu lit, those
sworn with oaths, i. e. who have sworn
oaths. For Hab. 3. 9 nie? nisº, see
.n Titº no. 3. p. 559.
Niph. *auj; to swear, [lit. ‘to seven
oneselſ,’ i. e. to take an oath confirmed
by seven victims or before seven wit-
nesses.—R.] Construed : a) Absol.
Gen. 21, 24. Ps. 110, 4. Tº sau}:
to swear to a falsehood i. e. falsely,
Lev. 5, 24 [6, 5]. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Mal.
3, 5, al. Tººh id. Ps. 24, 4. b) Fol-
lowed by the words of the oath, aſter
**Nº. 1 Sam. 20, 3; hºst Num. 32, 10.
Deut. 1, 34. Josh. 14, 9; without an in-
tervening verb 1 Sam. 19, 6. Ps. 110, 4.
Hos. 4, 15. c) That which one swears
to do is put with "2 Gen. 22, 16. 2 Sam.
19,8. Jer. 22, 5.49, 13; or with infin. Lev.
4, 4. Deut. 1, 35. What one swears not
to do is put with Tº Judg. 15, 12; 72 c.
inſ. Is. 54, 9; wrº c. inf. Deut. 4, 21.
Judg. 21, 7. d) With 3 of that by which
one swears, e. g. by Jehovah Gen. 21, 23.
31, 53. Josh. 2, 12. 1 Sam. 28, 10. al. by
an idol Jer, 12, 16; also º Buja szlº
Lev. 19, 12. Jer. 12, 16. God also is
said to swear by himself Gen. 22, 16. Is.
45, 23. Am. 6,8. 8, 7; by his right hand
Is. 42, 8; but in it; IP3 sau; the 3, seems
to refer to place, see in tºp no. 1 fin.
Further, to swear by Jehovah is some-
times i. Q. to worship him, since one
swears by the divinity he worships,
Deut. 6, 13. 10, 20. Is. 19, 18, 48, 1. Ps.
63, 7; to swear by idols id. Am. 8, 14.
But to swear by one afflicted, wretched, is
to mprecate upon myself the same evils
ºf 1 prove false, Ps. 102, 9; comp. Is. 65,
15. Jer. 29, 22. e) With h of pers, to
swear to any cne Gen. 21, 23. 24, 7, al.
Also with acc. of thing, to promise witn
an oath, to swear a thing to any one
Gen. 50, 24. Ex. 13, 5, 33, 1. al. Sºuji
Bºrºsh to swear allegiance unto God.
2 Chr. 15, 14; comp. Is. 19, 18. Zeph. 1
5, where it is once c. 3. f.) With by
of that about which one swears, Lev. 5,
24 [6, 5].—Sometimes sau; is taken in a
bad sense, i. q. to swear rashly, ſalsely
Ecc. 9, 2. Zech. 5, 3 comp. v. 4.
HipH. 1. to cause to swear, to bind
with an oath, Num. 5, 19. 2 Chr. 36, 13.
Followed by the words of him who im,
poses the oath, with n'osh Gen. 50, 5.
Ex. 13, 19. 1 Sam. 14, 28; also with
h and inſ. Neh. 5, 12; nu's Gen. 24, 3.
1 K. 22, 16.
2. to adjure, to charge solemnly, c. acc.
Cant. 2, 7.3, 5, 1 Sam. 20, 17. Jer. 5, 7.
Deriv. nºn-ºff, sau; II.
>k - as: & {º
I. 3'-tº f. constr. Sº, and T3:..tº
m. constr. nºuă, seven, a cardinal nume
ral. Syr. *a*, Samar. Vakī , Arab.
9 o –
& Ethiop. I’i-ſhū and fl-ſhū. Si-
milar is ancient Egypt. Cºſſy, Theb
C&gy"I ; and in the Indo-European
tongues Sanscr. saptan, Zend. hapla,
Pers. Jäge, Gr. Širtſ, Lat. Septem, all
with the letter t, which both in the Se-
mitic and Teutonic languages is drop-
ped, as Goth. sibun, Germ. sieben, Engl.
seven.—The absol. form usually precedes
a noun, as tº set; Gen. 5, 7, ni-E sºu;
41, 18, tº Hºnu Num. 23, 1.29; more
rarely it follows, espec. in the later He-
brew, as yºu; nibyº Ez. 40, 22, Bºb's
Hyatt; 2 Chr. 13,9. 29, 21. (Num. 29, 32.)
If the preceding noun be in the construct
state, sau; expresses the ordinal, as nº
sau; the seventh year 2 K. 12, 1. The
construct form always precedes a noun,
but is found only in certain formulas,
as tº rvatº a seven of days, a week,
Gen. 8, 10, 12. 31, 23. al. saep. nis? :=\;
seven hundred Gen. 5, 26. Also Hºuſ
nºt seven seven, i.e. by sevens, Gen.
7, 2. With suff. prº-u those seven
2 Sam. 21, 9–Seventeen is nies Hyruſ
m. and rinty yºu; ſ. Gen. 37, 2. 1 Chr
7, 11.—The number seven among the
Hebrews, as in other oriental nations
was also used : a) As a sacred number
yilu.
ºn-lº
103]
very common in sacred hings; the
origin of which may be referred to the
seven planets and the early worship of
them among the Egyptians and Semitic
nations; see Von Hammer Encyclop.
Uebersicht der Wissenschaften des Or.
p. 322. Jablonski Pantheon AEgypt. Pro-
leg. § 24, 25. Winer Realw. II. art.
Zahlen ; comp, in tºr. So Gen. 21,28.
50, 10. Ex. 12, 15. 13, 6. Lev. 4, 6, 17.
Num. 12, 14. Josh. 6, 4.8. 1 Sam. 31, 13.
Job 42,8. Zech. 3, 9. al. saep.—Hence
b) As a lesser round number; comp.
tºyºs in sans no. 1, also Engl. ‘a
dozen ;' Gen. 4, 24, 31, 23. Judg. 16, 7.
1 Sam. 11, 3. 2 K. 8, 1. Prov. 9, 1. Is.
11, 15. al. saep.
The form sº is also: aa) Adv. seven
times, Lev. 26, 18. 21. Ps. 119, 164. Prov.
24, 16.
bb) Sheba, pr. n. m.
6) 1 Chr. 5, 13.
cc) Sheba, pr. m. as some suppose, of
a town of Simeon, Josh. 19, 2 vau; hs:
95th Beer-sheba and Sheba; but prob.
sau; is here the name of the well (like
riyāt; Gen. 26, 33) and we may render:
Beer-sheba with the well Sheba. Other-
wise the number of cities is fourteen
instead of thirteen; comp. v. 6.
dd) Fem. Hyºu; Shebah, pr. n. of a
well, Gen. 26, 33.
DUAL Bºnsau, seven-fold Gen. 4, 15.
24, Ps. 12, 7. 2 Sam. 21, 9 Cheth.
PLUR. Bºxing seventy, often as a larger
round number, Gen. 50, 3. Ex. 15, 27.
24, 1. Num. 11, 16. Judg. 1, 7. 9, 2. 5.
2 K. 10, 1, 6.7. Comp. Kor. Sur. 9, 8.
Hence seventy years, often in predictions
Is. 23, 15. 17. Jer. 25, 11. 12. 29, 10. Dan.
9, 2.24. Zech. 1, 12. 7, 5. Hyatº Bºsau;
seventy and seven-fold Gen. 4, 24; comp.
Matt. 18, 22.
Deriv. sau, (nºn-t}), slau;, &nzu;,
nºnu.
II. yet; m. an oath, i. q. Fishinº, ac-
cording to Gen. 21, 31. 36, 33; see in
sinu; "SE . Hence also the pr, names
yaºs, vau-ri.
o:) 2 Sam. 20, 1.
yºu;, see in shºuj.
Flynt Chald. m. id, seven, Dan. 4, 13.
20. 22 20; constr. nºu, Ezra ",4. For
the phrase myºt; T Dan 3, 19, see in
ºn p. 296.
nylº, see in nºn-u.
Tºyntº m. i. q. rºuj, seven, &t. Meyãº.
Job 42, 13; comp. 1, 2. For the ending
n; see Lehrg. p. 612.
Sk Yaº in Kal not used, i. q. bºº, to
Syr. sala to
mingle; Arab. Udº Conj, V, to be
interwoven, entangled, of a tree. Chald.
ujāti) to entangle ; Part. Pu. confused.
PIEL to weave in checker-work, Ex. 28,
39, i.e. so that the stuff (byssus) may be
figured, tesselated, woven in squares or
bezels; comp. Pual. For this kind of
texture, see Braun de West. Sacerd. p.
293 sq. ibique Maimonides. Salmas. ad
Scriptt. Hist. August. p. 507,512. The-
saur. p. 1356.
PUAL to be set, emchased, q. d. in-
woven, as gems in gold, Ex. 28, 20.
Deriv. nisauja, Yaºn, and
mingle, to interweave.
Yºtº m. once c. art. 2 Sam. 1, 9, pr.
‘perplexity, confusion of mind," i.e. ver-
tigo, giddiness.
>ic Path Chald. to leave, Dan. 4, 12. 20.
23. Syr. id. &
ITHPE. to be left, Dan. 2, 44.
Deriv. pr. n. Heb. Paiu; , p:uš.
>k nati; ſut.-àjº I. to break, to break
in pieces. Ethiop. and Amhar. Tiſlſ.
id. Arab. J-3 to break, 2.3 to destroy,
see below in lett. c. Chald. Yan, Syr.
#22, Samar, ‘hak, id–E. g. a staff
Is. 14, 5, comp. prº-nº has in Hºº
no. 1 ; bars Am. 1, 5; a door Gen. 19, 9,
a yoke Jer. 2, 20. 28, 2. 13; the arm of
any one, i.d. to break his power. Ps. 50,
15. Ez. 30, 21. 22. 24, comp. in 913 no.
2; the bow of any one, id. see in nºr;
an earthen vessel Judg. 7, 20. Is. 30, 14.
Jer. 19, 10; bones Ex. 12, 46. Prov. 25,
15. Diff from Ys: , see in Is. 42.3. Of
a tempest as breaking trees and ships
Ps. 29, 4. Ez. 27, 26. Praegn. Hos. 2.20
the bow and the sword and the armour of
battle will I break and cast out from the
land.
Spec. a) to break in pieces, to rend,
as a wild beast, 1 K. 13, 26. 28. Lat.
frangere of a Ilon Hor. Carm. 1. 23, 10.
b) Part, pass. That broken, spec. of
one having a limb or member broken,
*-nº
* - Wºj
1032
Lev. 22, 22. Ethiop. Tiſlø, to break
any one, spec. his leg; TiſPC one
whose leg is broken. Comp. Niph.
lett. a.
c) to break a people “as a potter's
vessel,” i. e. to break down, to destroy,
Lev. 19, 11. 48, 38; and so without the
comparison Is. 14, 25. Lam. 1, 15. Also
of single persons, to destroy, Dan. 11, 26.
er. 17, 18.-Arab. * to destroy; in-
trans. to perish.
d) to break one's thirst, i. q. to quench,
Ps. 104, 11. Comp. Lat. ‘ſrangit se
calor,’ Cic. Warr.
e) to break the pride of any one, Lev.
26, 19. Also to break the heart (5%) of
any one, i.e. to afflict him sorely, Ps. 69,
21; 5% ºat; the broken-hearted Ps.
147, 3. Comp. Niph. lett, c, and Hoph.
—So Syr. las -->4 id. Gr. 20:18–
xiào 9n uot pilov too Hom, animo fran-
gi Cic. Att. 7. 12.
f) to break off sc. a portion, an allow-
ance ; hence trop. to apportion, to ap-
point; comp. in nº. Job 38, 10 -ālūs)
"Fºr tº when I appointed for it (the
sea) my limit. Cocceius well supposes,
that the expression pri nau; is borrowed
from the breaking off of a daily allow-
ance of bread, etc. and this is here poet-
Ically transferred to the space assigned
to the sea, pri signifying both an allow-
ance and a limit; comp. in pri.
II. Denom. from nau, no. II, grain,
e. a) to buy grain, with hºu; added
Gen. 47, 14; bas Gen. 42, 7, 10, 43, 4.
20. 22. Deut. 2, 6; he Gen. 42, 3; absol.
Gen. 41, 57.42, 2.5. Is. 55, 1. b) to sell
grain Gen. 41, 56; comp. Hiph. II.
Comp. Arab. & straw, Gº to sell
Straw. -
Niph. pass. of Kal no. I, to be broken,
as a staff wood, vessel, bone, Lev. 6, 15.
21. Is. 4, 29. Jer. 2, 13. 48, 17. Ez. 6, 6.
Dan. 8, 8. Ps. 34, 21. Job 24, 20. al. Of
a springe or snare, Tº, Ps. 124, 7; to
be wrecked, of ships, 2 Chr. 20, 37.
Ez. 27, 34. Jon. 1, 4.—Spec. a) to
be broken, i. q. to break one's own limbs,
Is. 8, 15. 28, 13; of animals Ex. 22, 9.
13 [10. 14]. Part, fem. Fºr the bro-
kem, the hurt, i. e. an animal having its
imbs broken, Ez.34 4, 15. Zech. 11, 16.
See Kal no. I. b. b) Of an army, to be
broken down, i. e. to be overthrown, de-
stroyed, 2 Chr. 14, 12. Ez. 30, 8, 32, 28
Dan, 11, 22; so of a people, kingdom.
Jer, 48, 4, 51,8. Dan. 11, 4; a city Is
24, 11. Of persons, i.g. to perish, Dan. 8
25. Prov. 6, 15. 29, 1. Comp. Kal no,
I. c. c.) Of the heart, to be broken, spo.
ken of a penitent and contrite mind, Ps,
51, 19 [17]. Hence 5% ºniº the broken-
hearted Is. 61, 1. Jer. 23, 9. Ps. 34, 19.
d) In Ez.6, 9, nitri tºº-rs ºrnau; ºu's
is manifestly i. q. ‘A’ ºrnau, -uśs, when
I shall break their whorish heart; comp.
Ps. 51, 19 [17]. Here "zu; is i. q to
break for oneself, like Psi; to ask for
oneself, comp. Heb. Gr. § 50. 2. c ; i. e.
God will so break and change the heart
of the people, that they will turn again
unto him.
PIEL nau i. q. Kal, but intens, to break
in pieces, to Shiver, e.g. tables of stone
Ex. 34, 1; teeth Ps. 3, 8; bones Is. 38,
13; ships, as the wind Ps. 48, 8; trees,
as the hail Ex. 9, 25; rocks, as a tem-
pest 1 K. 19, 11 ; idols and their altars
Ex. 23, 24. Deut. 7, 5. 2 K. 18, 4. 2 Chr.
14, 2. Is. 21, 9. al.
HIPH. I. to cause to break, to burst
the womb, as the ſoºtus at birth. Is. 66,
9 *is Nº) -->us ºn shall I cause to
break (the womb), and not cause to
bring forth 2 Comp. subst. *aujº. Syr.
if a., a boy, infant, who has just broken
the womb.
II. Denom. from nau, no. II, grain,
i. q. Kal no. II. b, to sell grain, Gen. 42,
6. Deut. 2, 28. Prov. 11, 26. Am. 8, 5.6.
Hoph, to be broken, e. g. the heart Jer.
8, 21; see Kal no. I. e. Niph. Jett. a.
Deriv. nauj, jihau;, º?, hiº,
and pr. m. tºº.
"...tº m. Is. 30, 14, oſtener hat, in
pause naº, c. suff, "nau; ; plur. Bºº,
c. suff, rºut ; also plur. as pr. m. see
in its order.
I. a breaking, breach, fracture; e. g.,
of a wall, i. Q. ruin, destruction, Is. 30,
30, 14; so metaph. Prov. 16, 18 nau, ºh
Tisº pride goeth before destruction. 18
21. Of a imb, member, Lev. 21, 19. 24
20.-Trop a) a breaking down, breach
preserving the figure of a wound, hurt
Lam. 2 13 Tº bº Piº thy breac
ºn-lº
n:hº
I033
(hurt) is great like the sea. Biº ºff
Jer. 4, 6, 6, 1. 48, 3. Nah. 3, 19 Hrºz Tºs
Thºu; no healing for thy breach, hurt.
Jer 30, 12. Ps. 60, 4 rºº Hºn heal
thou its wounds. The figure being
neglected, i. q. destruction, ruin, e.g. of
a people, nations, Is. 30, 26. Jer. 6, 14.
8, 11. 21. Lam. 2, 11. Ez. 32, 9; of the
wicked Is. 1, 28, hau; it is intens. Is.
59, 7, 60, 18. Jer, 51, 19. Yºu; nºt a
cry as of destruction, a loud and bitter
cry, Is. 15, 5; comp. Jer. 30, 15. b)
r!" "Buy a breaking of the spirit, i. e.
bitterness, anguish of mind, Is. 65, 14;
also ran: Yºu: id. Prov. 15, 4, c) a
breaking of the mind from fear, etc.
comp. r. nºr; no. 2; hence terror, plur.
tºnnauj terrors Job 41, 17 [25]. Comp.
Chald. Rºar for Triº Ex. 15, 16 Targ.
Jon. d) a breaking, i.e. solution, in-
terpretation of a dream, Judg. 7, 15.
II. grain, corn, commonly said to be
so called as being broken or ground in
the mill, or because it breaks hunger.
But r. naº is never used of a mill, nor of
hunger; and the signif. of grain must be
sought elsewhere. I do not hesitate to
compare Arab. /* ‘the tree bears fruit,”
whence 3 fruit, 5. o 2. tree ; and what
the Arabs thus put for the fruit of a
tree, the Hebrews employ for the fruits,
produce of the field. A vestige of the
3- o 2
same remains also in Arab. $53 , -
Gen. 42, 1. 2. 19. 26. 43, 2.44, 2.147, 14.
Neh. 10, 32. Am. 8, 5.-Hence denom.
hau; in Kal no. II, Hiph. no. II.
Tiniºn m. (r. Yaº) constr. inau.
1. a breaking, fracture ; Ez. 21, 11
cºnſº inau: a breaking of the loins,
broken loins, put for the sharpest pains,
as of a woman in travail; comp. Is. 21,
3. Nah. 2, 11.
2. destruction, Jer. 17, 18.
bºtt (breaches, ruins, as of walls,
Is. 30, 13. 14, plur. of hº) Shebarim,
pr. n. of a place between Ai and Jeri-
$ho ; c. art. Josh. 7, 5 they chased them
Mefore the gate even unto Shebarim ; so
Vulg. Arabs, Kimchi. Perh, even unto
Whe ruims.
* tººtº Chald, a verb not used in Kal;
kindr, with Yºu), baº, Pern, contr. from
a quadralit, aujºu, like Chald, ºu; from
sº, comp. unuſ from nunu). See The-
saur. p. 1359.
PA, to perplea, to disturb, to trouble
hence
1THPA. pass. Part. plur. Dan. 5, 9.
Sk natº intr. fut, rhºº, rarely nati:
Lev. 26, 34. Neh. 6, 3; pr. to be fixed,
firm. Kindr. is tº, where see; comp
also au}}, as, ax; ,-Hence
1. to rest from labour, to lie by, to keep
holyday. Chald, and Sam. rat, id. Syr.
Aph. Ka-fid. Arab, cº-ºw to rest, to
sleep.–Ex. 23, 12 sia, days thou shalt
do thy work, and on the seventh day
nau}r thou shalt rest. 34, 21. Is. 33, 8
nºns has nº the wayfarer resteth, lies
by, does not journey because of war.
14, 4.—With 72, to rest from labour,
Gen. 2, 2. 3. Ex. 31, 17. Lam. 5, 14 the
elders rest from the gate, do not go to
the public place or forum.—Also land is
said to rest, when it lies untilled, Lev.
26, 34.35. 2 Chr. 36, 21; comp. Lev. 25,
2, and art. nº no. 3.
2. to cease ; either for a certain time,
i. q to intermit, to stop, as a work Neh.
6, 3; the succession of day and night
Gen. 8, 22; or wholly, i. q to cease to be,
to eome to an end, as strife Prov. 22, 10;
joy Is. 24, 8. Lam. 5, 15; the manna
Josh. 5, 12. Also seq. Tº c. inf to cease
from being or doing any thing, Jer. 31,
36. Job 32, 1. Hos. 7, 4, see in r. nº
p. 774.
3. Spec. to keep or celebrate the sab-
bath, absol. Ex. 16, 30; with nau, Lev.
23, 32. So of land, to lie untilled every
seventh year, Lev. 25, 2.
Niph, nauj, to cease, to have an end,
Is. 17, 3. Ez. 6, 6. 30, 18. 33,28. Comp.
Kal no. 2.
Hiph.nºaºn, 2 sing.nzur, infraºh
for nºrth Am. 8, 4.
1. to make or let rest, sc. from labour,
c. acc. et Tº Ex. 5, 5. Also to quiet, to
still, i. e. to restrain an enemy, Ps. 8, 3.
2. to cause to cease, to make desist,
with acc. and Tº c. inf. Ez. 34, 10
nish? Bºraur. I will cause them to
cease from feeding the flock. 16,41. Seq.
"rºzh c. inf Josh. 22, 25. For Ps, 89,45
see in art hº p. 360.
3. Of things, to cause to cease to le!
ninº
n-vº
1034
zease, to put an end to, c. acc. as a work
2 Chr. 16, 5. Neh. 4, 5; sacrifice Dan. 9,
27; war Ps. 46, 10; also Hos. 1, 4. 2, 13.
Is. 16, 10. Prov. 18, 18. Ez. 26, 13. 30, 10.
—Hence to fail, to be wanting, lacking,
e.g. salt in the meat-offering Lev. 2,
13. Ruth 4, 14 ºsé Tº naur. Nº nuys
who hath mot let a ransomer be wanling
to thee.
4. to put or take away, to remove, c.
acc. of pers, or thing, and often with Tº
of place. Ex. 12, 15 tºniº Hsu nºujr
ye shall put away leaven out of your
houses. Lev. 26, 6. 2 K. 23, 5, 11. Is. 30,
11. Ez. 7, 25. With acc. of thing and
h of pers. Jer. 48, 35.-Spec. i. q to de-
stroy, e. g. the poor Am. 8, 4; the re-
membrance of any one, Deut. 32, 26.
Comp. nº.
Deriv. nº I, niº, jingū, raûz,
pr. n. *nau. -
I. nati, f (r. nau) c. suff, inau], rest,
cessation ; hence interruption of labour,
loss of time, Ex. 21, 19. Also an ab-
staining from strife, Prov. 20, 3; comp.
18, 18. 22, 10.
II. Taº f. pr. inf of nuº to sit, to
dwell ; hence as subst.
1. a sitting, the act of sitting; Ps. 127,
2 nau, ºr sº who prolong their sitting,
sit late. Ps. 27, 4. Also a sitting slill
Is. 30, 7.
2. a seat, 1 K. 10, 19. Am. 6, 3.
3. a place, 2 Sam. 23, 7 nºa in their
place.
Fººt, constr. nauj, c. suff, inau: ; plur.
ninzu, constr. ninău, c. suff, ºrhau; ;
of both genders, but oftener fem. Ex.
31, 14. Lev. 16, 31. al. masc. Is. 56, 2.
ū. al.
1. a sabbath, a day of rest, the seventh
cay of each week, reckoned from the
evening of Friday to the evening of
Saturday, Lev. 23, 32. Neh. 13, 19. On
it by law the Jews abstained wholly
from labour, Ex. 20, 8–11. Deut. 5, 12–
15. Ex. 31, 12–17. 35, 2. 3. It was to
be kept holy, Ex. 31, 14. Lev. 23, 3;
and was a sign of God’s covenant with
Israel, Ex. 31, 13. 16. 17. Ez. 20, 12. 20.
Whoever profaned the sabbath was to
we put to death, Ex. 31, 14, 15. 35, 2;
and that by stoning, Num. 15, 32–36.
Those who kept it holy were blessed,
Is. 58, 13. 14.—The institution of th:
sabbath is reſerred in Ex. 20, 11. 31, 17
to the creation, comp. Gen. 2, 3; while
in Deut. 5, 15 it is referred to the deli.
verance out of Egypt.—Examples of
the sabbath as kept, see Ex. 16, 22 sq.
Am. 8, 5. Is. 1, 13. 2 K. 4, 23; as ne-
glected, Jer. 17, 19 sq. Ez. 20, 13 sq.
22, 8, 26; comp. Neh. c. 13.—Spec. bin
natºr, the day of the sabbath, the sabbath
day, Ex. 20, 8, 11. Num. 15, 32. Neh.
10, 32. al. Lev. 24, 8 Bini natºr biº
natiºn i. e. every sabbath ; and so 1 Chr.
9, 32 nauj nau), where nau; is a short.
ened form because of the close connec-
tion of the words, as in Num. 28, 10.--
The verbs used to denote the keeping
of the sabbath are nº and ºp; for
profaning it, ºr q.v.
2. Spec. the sabbath is a name for the
great day of atonement in the seventh
month, Lev. 23, 32. Comp. Tinauj.
3. The name sabbath is applied to
every seventh year, when the fields lay
untilled, and as it were kept sabbath, the
sabbath-year. Lev. 25, 2 Yºst, Hryhº
ninth rºu and the land shall keep a
sabbath unto the Lord. v. 4. Comp. v.
6. 26, 34. 43. 2 Chr. 36, 21; also in
inauj.
4. Sometimes a sabbath is nearly i. q.
a week. Lev. 23, 15 and ye shall count
wnto you from the morrow after the sab-
bath...nºrin niºr nirau yºu; seven
sabbaths shall be complete ; 16 even un-
to the morrow after the seventh sabbath
shall ye number fifty days ; here the
seven complete sabbaths are parallel to
the nisau; Hyatº seven weeks of Deut.
16, 9. So too tºº ninău: sº seven
sabbaths (weeks) of years, Lev. 25, 8.
NoTE. In the kindred dialects: Chald,
nauj, emph, snau, or small, sabbath, also
- - )
week. Syr. tº aſ and Laº id. Sam.
ºf A^* and $10% id. Arab. º
sabbath, sº *; Saturday. Eth.
and Amhar. Túſlºt sabbath, both c1
Jews and Christians.
Tin-tº m. abstract noun, a keeping of
the sabbath, sabbatism, sabbath rites
pr. ‘a lying by, rest’; found only in Ex
and Lev. Spoken of the first and eightn
n-lº
*yº
1035
Hays of the festival of tabernacles, Lev.
23, 39; of the festival of trumpets, Lev.
23, 24, Somp. Num. 29, 1. Also empha-
tic, with nauj, as Tīrāg ràu, a sabbath
of sabbatism ; so of the weekly sabbath,
Ex. 31, 15. 35, 2. 3. Lev. 23, 2, and so
Ex. 16, 23; of the great day of atone-
ment, Lev. 16, 31. 23, 32; and of the
sabbatical year, Lev. 25, 4, i. q. nº
Tirºu ib. v. 5.
"ºu (r. nauj; sabbath-born, comp.
Paschal i. e. passover-born) Shabbethai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 15. Neh. 8, 7. 11, 16.
—Among the Rabbins it is the name
of the planet Saturn.
“siºn i. q. 22u and n:º ; hence
HSºu; and
S㺠(erring) Shage, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
11, 34. -
* 52", i. q. kindr. Hº, sº, sº, see
note below ; i. e.
1. to wander, to go astray; hence
2. to err, to do wrong, through igno-
rance or inadvertence. Lev. 5, 18 and
the priest shall make earpiation...for
the error sº. Nº sºn, azu, -uśs which he
committed and he knew it not, i.e. un-
wittingly, unconsciously. Num. 15, 28.—
In a wider sense, to transgress, to sin,
Ps. 119, 67; also in the proverbial form
rºl sº the erring and the causing to
err, the seduced and the seducer, i. e.
all, Job 12, 16; comp. the like expres-
sions. Mal. 2, 13. Deut. 32, 36. Here
belongs Gen. 6, 3 ºujā because of their
transgression ; where 3\º is inf. Kal af.
ter the form Tº Jer. 5,26.—Hence Hºu.
Note. The roots auj, Tuº, puj, seem
to contain the idea of pricking, pierc-
ing, as also of cleaving, rending, which
appears in various shapes in the words
thence derived; comp. Heb. ppu, and
più , and see Thesaur. p. 1362. The
signification of erring, wandering may
come either from the mind as pierced,
excited, and therefore erring ; cr from
the idea of cleaving or dividing up a
tract or region, as one does in wander-
ng over it. See Thesaur. l. c.
ºt, f (r. xxvi) c. suff, inzº, error,
mistake, transgression, through igno-
tance or inadvertence, E:3. 5. 5. Num.
5 25, Hy: Xzu) to commit an error
Lev. 5, 18. Fºuji, through error, unicit.
tingly Lev. 4, 22, 22, 14; also Num. 35.
11. 15. Josh. 20, 3.9. Tº stºr to sin
through error, inadvertently, Lev. 4, 2
27. 5, 15; comp. Num. 15, 24–29.
* Tºtº, f rº, i. q. kindr. º.
1. to wander, to go astray, of a flock
Ez. 34, 6. With 72, to wander from a
way, and trop. from the divine precepts,
Prov. 19, 27. Ps. 119, 21. 118.—Chald.
s: id. Syr. to err from a way,
also from the truth. Eth. I'l'ſ]*I' to
wander.
2. to wander in mind, from wine ;
hence to reel, to stagger, with 3, and Tº
of wine, Prov. 20, 1. Is. 28, 7 ter; parall.
is nºn-Also of one led away, ravished,
with love, whether conjugal or illicit,
Prov. 5, 19. 20. Hence of one carried
away by his folly and reeling to destruc-
tion, Prov. 5, 23. Comp. Szu;
3. to err, to transgress, through igno-
rance or inadvertence, 1 Sam. 26, 21.
Job 6, 24. 19, 4 Ez. 45, 20. Comp. xx".
HipH. to make wander, e. g. a blind
person from the way, Deut. 27, 18.
Trop. to cause to err, e.g. from the di-
vine precepts, c. Tº Ps. 119, 10; to se-
duce Prov. 28, 10. Job 12, 16 see in ºu.
no. 2.
Deriv. Tiº, Hyujº.
*nzº in Kal not used, to look, to
gaze, poetic ; kindr. with Hº, Hyuj.
On the aſſinity of verbs Hº and rib, as
Finº and rinº, nu;p and rºp, see Heb.
Gr. § 74, init.
HipH. nººn, fut. nº, to look, to
view, from a higher place; with 2 and
bs Ps. 33,14. Cant. 2, 9 nºrin-72 rºujº
looking in from (at) the windows. Its
relation to ris) is seen Is. 14, 16, T-sh
Anº: Tººs those seeing thee shall look
at thee. Not found elsewhere.—Chald.
naus id.
"Sºtº f. (r. Nºuj) error, transgression
through ignorance or inadvertence, once
plur. Ps. 19, 13.
Tâul m. (r. Hy; form like inst,
Tiºn) a hymn, or rather a dithyrambic
ode, i. e. erratic, wild, enthusiastic. So
in the inscr. Ps. 7, 1. Plur. Hab. 3, 1 by
nicº in the manner of dithyrambic
Songs. -
by'ſ
"Tº
T036
1ſt 53%, fut, perh. Pº, to lie with a
woman, c. acc. Deut. 28, 30 rºus";
but the vowels belong to 52%, which
the Masorites everywhere substitute in
Keri, regarding b2u, as obscene.—Comp.
Arab. Jº to draw water with a bucket,
trop. of sexual intercourse ; see Diss.
Lugd. p. 168. Better, comp. Heb. ºpus
and Arab. Jºã3 to be heavy; hence
© T 2 :
J33 to be gravid, as a woman.
NipH. to be lain with, ravished, as a
woman Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2.
PUAL id. Jer. 3, 2.—Hence
ºf a consort, e.g. of a king, a
queen, Ps. 45, 10. Neh. 2, 6.
33: Chald. f id. Plur, the king’s
wives Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23; from whom are
distinguished the Enº concubines.
- *
XK A , • 5 º',
yxº in Kal not used, Arab. &
to be vigorous, brave ; £º one vigor-
ous, brave; & fierce, of a camel. The
primary idea seems to be that of impe-
tuous excitement.
PuAl Part sº? 1. one raving, fren-
zied, furious, as if inspired, spoken of
false prophets Hos. 9, 7; also of true
prophets in contempt 2 K. 9, 11. Jer.
29, 26.
2. a madman, one insane, 1 Sam. 21,
16. Deut. 28, 34.
HITHP. to be insane, to play the mad-
man, 1 Sam. 21, 15. 16.—Hence
Tiyāt; m. madness, Deut. 28, 28. 2 K.
9, 20. Zech. 12, 4.
•-zº obsol. root, Chald. PA. to cast
forth, to eject.—Hence
"...tº m. Ex. 13, 12, and "A: Deut. 7,
13. 28, 4, both in constr. a factus, which
is cast forth at birth (comp. BE; no. 1.
e), i. e. the young, offspring, only of ani-
IIla. S.
"tº m, Lam. 4, 3, Dual Bºuj, constr.
* Hos. 9, 14. Cant. 4, 5, the breast,
pap, both in woman Cant. 4, 5. 8, 1.8.
10; and in animals, Gen. 49, 25 blessings
of the breasts and of the womb, i.e. abun-
dance of milk and flocks. Comp. Tū.
Aram. "In, f;2, Arab. $33, id. Gr.
mitºn, titóñ, Engl. teat. R. nº.
-mº only in plur. E", idols, pr. lords
(comp. Enº), Deut. 32, 17. Ps. 106, 37
9 * - 9 w -
—R. Thuj to rule, whence &t. Cºw
dominus, lord, Syr. ti. demon. Sept
Vulg. ôwauðrug, damonia, demons, snce
the Jews regarded idols as demons
which let themselves be worshipped of
men; see Bar. 4, 7. Sept. Ps. 95, 5.
1 Cor. 10, 20.
I. Tº m. i. g. Tui, the breast, pap, Jel
24, 9. Is. 60, 16. 66, 11. R. Hºu.
II. Tº m. once "tº Job 5, 21, perh,
because of toiu) in the other clause. R,
+iu. -
1. violence, oppression, wrong done,
Hos. 12, 2, 9, 6. Am. 5, 9. Prov. 24, 2.
Often Tº cºr or bºrº Hij, violence
and wrong, Hab. 1, 3, Jer. 6, 7, 20, 8.
Ez. 45, 9; meton. of wealth got by vio-
lence and wrong, Am. 3, 10. Also itſ
*::\º violence and destruction, Is. 59, 7.
60, 18. 51, 19. Jer. 48, 3.—A genitive
after hit marks the person who does
wrong or who suffers wrong, Heb. Gr.
§ 112. 2. E. g. Bºsun tº the violence
of the wicked, which they do, Prov. 21,
7. Contra, tº it; the oppression of the
poor, Ps. 12, 6. Is. 22, 4, nion: "tº the
violence dome to the beasts Hab. 2, 17.—
Hence
2. wasting, desolation, destruction, Job
5, 21. 22. Joel 1, 15 sin, ºr "Úz like
destruction (or a desolating tempest)
from the Almighly shall it come. Is. 13,
6. In an imprecation, Hos. 7, 13 triº Tú
destruction wºnto them 1
* Titº, praet. Tº Ex. 32, 12; iii.
Tintº Jer. 47,4; imper. Tº Jer. 49,28;
ſut. c. suff, tº Jer. 5, 6. Also con-
tracted, pret. c. suff. "Shºw; Ps. 17, 9; inf.
*ě Hos. 10, 14; fut. (TÜ) c. suff, tº
Prov. 11, 3 Keri; also fut. Thus: Ps. 91,6
(as yan for yº, ſº for ſh;) unless
perhaps it is from r. Thu, i. q "Tu –Pr.
to eacert power, to urge, to press upon, to
force, as Hºuj, Thu, ; kindr. are Tº and
Thä, Arab. & durus, molesturs ſuit;
Eth. and Amhar. Tilº to persecute
drive out.—Hence genr. to do violence
and so to oppress, to spoil, to destroy
with acc. of pers. or thing ; Ps. 17, 9
*** * Bºº, the wicked that oppress
HTuj
bº
1037
ne, Jer, 47, 4 tºp-ºf-rs tº for
spoiling all the Philistines. 49,28. Prov.
11, 3 Keri. Ez. 32, 12 and they shall
spoil the pomp of Egypt. Jer, 25, 36.
Of a wolſ, to prey upon, Jer. 5, 6.-Part.
"Tú as subst, an oppressor, spoiler, de-
stroyer, Job 12, 6, 15, 21; often of ene-
mies who invade and spoil or lay waste
a land, Is. 16, 4. 21, 2. 23, 1. Jer. 6, 26.
12, 12. 48, 8. 18. 32. 51, 48.53. So Jer.
15, 8 tº "Tº a spoiler at noon day,
i.e. openly, in sight of all. Opp. "Tºp
nº night-robbers, Ob. 5. Comp. Ps.
91, 6.-Part pass. Thiu; , spoiled, de-
stroyed, slain, Judg. 5, 27. Is. 33, 1.
Also given over to spoiling or to destruc-
tion, Jer. 4, 30; and so the vexed pas-
sage, Ps. 137, 8 nºtºrſ bºrn: , of
Babylon soon to be destroyed, if indeed
not already desolated ; or perhaps we
may regard the city as captured by
Cyrus and so to a certain extent de-
stroyed.
Niph. to be laid waste, desolated, Mic.
2, 4.
PIEL i. q. Kal, Prov. 19, 26. 24, 15.
Po. i. q. Pi. Hos. 10, 2.
Pual. Tº and tº Nah. 3, 7, to be
spoiled, laid waste, destroyed; of a city
Is. 15, 1. 23, 1; of a land Jer. 4, 20.48,
15. 20; of fields and fruits Joel 1, 10.
Zech. 11, 3; of men Jer. 4, 13. 9, 18.
49, 10.
HoPH. ſut. Tujh", i. q. Pual, Is. 33, 1.
Hos. 10, 14.
Deriv. Tº II; pr. n. Tinºs; perh.
nºuj.
* Tºtº obsol. root, Chald. Rºu; to
cast, to shoot, to pour out; Arab, ſcº
to moisten, to irrigate. Hence Tuj and
hū I, breast; pr. n. *S*Tº.
Tºtº f. pr. domina, mistress, and
thence wife, fem. of the noun "tº lord
(r. Thū) for Hºus, but formed as if from
"Tº ; comp. "Tº. It corresponds with
9 - w -
Arab. 8 O-aw mistress, usually contr.
* sitt or xx, sittah ; put also for
9 .
wife, like Arab. & Cº. Only once, Ecc.
°, 8 I got me... the delights riºr) of
he sons of men, nint, nºt a wife and
wn ves, where the sing. may he referred
Ao the queen, and the plur. to the king s
other wives and concubines; comp. ; K.
11, 1 sq. Cant. 6, 8.-In the Talmud
nº, Tºntº, denotes a woman’s camel
saddle, pilentum ; comp. in Germ. Fraw-
enzimmer, pr. ‘ woman’s apartment,’ gy.
naeceum, but also woman ; and in Ara-
bian poets pilenta (pr. camel-saddles)
are likewise women, see Hamasa ed.
Schultens, p. 232. Comp. Solomon’s
splendid sedan, Cant. 3, 9 sq. See more
in Thesaur. p. 1365.
"Tú m. in pause "juj, the Almighty,
the Omnipotent, an epithet or name of
Jehovah ; sometimes in the Pentateuch
preceded by Ps, as Ex. 6, 3 I appeared
wnto Abraham... *ſū BSA as God Al-
mighty; but by my name Jehovah (njn',
Flºriº Jahveh) was I not known unto
them. Gen. 17, 1. 28, 3. 35, 11. 43, 14.
48, 3; prob. also Gen. 49, 25 hºu; ns
should be "Tuj by, as in the Sam. and
several Heb. Mss. Elsewhere only once,
Ez. 10, 5. In all other examples it is
without 58, as Num. 24, 4, 16. Ruth
1, 20. 21. Ps. 68, 15. 91, 1. Joel 1, 15. Is.
13, 7. Ez. 1, 24. Job 5, 17. 6, 4, 14, 8, 3.
5, and often in this book.-According to
Gesenius, ºu is strictly a pluralis ma-
jestalicus, from a sing. Tu, powerful,
from r. Tuy ; but plurals in "- are
quite doubtful ; see Heb. Gr. ed. 16.
§ 86. 1. c. More probable is it, there-
fore, that "º, which never takes the
article, is to be regarded as a plural (of
Tuj) with the suffix of the first person,
after the analogy of the form ";"s, and
used at first in direct invocation to God;
Heb. Gr. § 119. n. 4. Hence, pr. mei
potentes, my God ; but afterwards a
name of God as Almighty; comp.": "N.
—Other etymologies see in Thesaur. p.
1366 sq.
nºsº (darting of fire, r. nºw)
Shede-ur, pr. m. m. Num. 1, 5. 2, 10.
jºſt. Job 19, 29 Chethib, prob. not a
simple word, but compounded of the
prefix 'u' (nujs) and ſº, i. q, that [there
is] a judgment. Keri Pº, id.
Sk nºt; obsol. root, perh, to shut off, to
set bounds to, as a field; comp. ró.
and &S to shut up; Heb. prº q. v.–
21ence
87%
2T ºf
N'lúj
1038
nºt f. I. Only in plur, niº,
tonstr. niºus, fields, as shut in by
boundaries, Is. 16, 8. 2 K. 23, 4. Jer. 31,
40 Keri. Spec. fields of grain Hab. 3,
17; or of vines, vineyards, Deut. 32, 32.
Twice, Is. 16, 8, Hab. 3, 17, it is joined
with a verb sing.—This signification of
the word, although no vestige of it ex-
ists in the kindred dialects, is sufficient-
ly established by the context and by the
authority of ancient versions. It is some-
times unaptly rendered vines.
1. a blasting, blight, Is. 37, 27, i. Q.
nº 2 K. 19, 26; the letters o and E
being interchanged; see under E.
*k Fitº, kindr, with Fluº, to scorch, to
blast, as the east wind grain; part. pass.
Gen. 41, 6 p"Tº niphiu; blasted with the
east wind. v. 23.27. Chald, and Talm.
> - o żº 3- o –
Fºu: id. Ar. G.W.ſ black, & 3.Cº., dark-
9 - ~
ness of night, Q_3, \º id.—Hence the
two following.
Tº ſ a blasting, blight, 2 K. 19,26.
For Is. 37, 27, see in rºu; II.
7"Pºº m. (r. F.Tuº) a blasting, blight,
e.g. of grain by the east wind (Gen. 41,
6 sq.) I K. 8, 37. Am. 4,9. Hagg. 2, 17.
2 Chr. 6, 28. Deut. 28, 22. w
3k -1. Chald. Ithpa. Hanºis, to evert
oneself, to strive to do any thing, c. *
Dan. 6, 15. Elsewhere, both in Chal-
dee and Rabbinic, it is written bºuj, the
* being softened; see in 5 lett. b.-
Hence nºnrººs.
#TTT Chald. Shadrach, pr. n. given
o Hananiah, one of Daniel’s companions
the court of Babylon, Dan. 1, 7. 2, 49.
3, 12. According to Bohlen, i. q. Pers.
slyel: rejoicing in the way. Accord-
ing to Benfey, royal, from Zend khasa-
thra and suff, ka ; Monathsnamen p.
201. Iłut all this is quite uncertain.
º tº Tº an uncertain root, assumed
to account for the forms of the numeral
tº sir, contracted from ºu;, as ap-
pears ſrom several Arabic and Ethiopic
G 9 G -
forms ; e. g. Jºº. and U-20 w a
riath part, etc. flºfi and flºtifs
piv, etc. But how the number sia took
its name from this root, is uſiknown
Hence many, including Gesenius, re.
gard wºu, as a radical numeral of the
Indo-Germanic tongues ; see in uju.
Heb. Gr. § 95. marg.
:k Eriº obsol. root, Arab. p-ºw to be
pale ; º arrow.—Hence
Brit m. 1. A species of gem, ac-
cording to many the Onya or perh, sar-
donya, so called from its resemblance
to the human nail; Gen. 2, 12. Ex. 28,
9. 20. 35, 9, 27. Job 28, 16. Ez. 28, 13.
This signification accords best with the
etymology. For other conjectures, seo
Thesaur. p. 1369 sq.
2. Shaham, pr. n. of a Levite, 1 Chr
24, 27.
Tº Job 15, 31 Keth, i. q. Nº.
* Nºt!) 1. i. q. ITNu; I, to make a noise,
to crash ; also to be laid waste, destroy-
ed. Hence Riº, nsity, Hsiun, nished,
nisuºn, pr. n. Tisº.
2. i. q. Arab. *U. mid. Waw, to be
evil, bad ; hence Nºu) –The same sig-
nifications are found united in the verbs
sº, suffy, q.v.
Shtº m. once plur. c. suff, Erºsº, de-
struction, ruin, Ps. 35, 17. See fem.
risiuſ. R. Niu no. 1.
sº m. (pron, shav’) pr. a subst, of
the segolate form like nº?, but without
the furtive Segol, like stºr, ºp. R.
Niº no. 2. Arab. *}~. *… malice,
Eth. U.Ph crime.
1. evil, i. e. a) evil done, imiquity,
wickedness ; Rºu; "nº wicked men Jºb
11, 11. Ps. 26, 4, Is, 5, 18 sºn ºr
the cords of imiquity. b) evil suffered,
calamily, destruction, Job 7, 3. Is, 30, 28
Nº ne; the fan of destruction. Hos. 12,
12–Both these significations (a, b) are
found together in Job 15, 31, let him not
trust in evil (men of evil), he is de-
ceived ; for evil (calamity) shall be his
recompense. Comp. Hyn.
2. Spec. falsehood, a lie, Ps. 12, 3, 41
7. 144, 8, 11. Job 31, 5. Nº sº a
false report Ex. 23, 1. NYu, is false
witness Deut. 5, 17. Ex. 20, 7 Nër, Nº
Nº Fijn, Burns thou shall not utter
N'lº
- hº
1039
!he name of Jehovah unto a falsehood,
thou shalt not swear falsely ; comp. Ps,
24, 4, Is. 1, 13 Nºu nº a lying sacri-
fice, false oblation, i. e. offered by a
hypocrite without any pious feeling.—
Hence
3. empliness, vanity, nothingness, spo-
ken of that which deceives the hopes,
Ps. 60, 13. 89,48. 127,2. Shu; ºn vain
idols Ps. 31, 7. Mal. 3, 14 Bºrbs Hay shu,
it is vain, useless, to serve God, nisuº
Rºu; vain prophecies, empty, fallacious,
Lam. 2, 14. Ez. 12, 24, 13, 7.—Hence
Nº in vain Jer. 2, 30. 4, 30. 6, 29;
also sºu; as adv. in vain, Ps. 127, 1.
St. Sheva, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 20, 25
Keri, for sºul Keth. See in rºup.
"Shtº f. (r. Nitº) constr. nsº Prov.
3, 25.
1. a storm, tempest, so called from
its noise, roaring, crashing, Prov. 1, 27
where Keth. Histº. Ez. 38, 9.
2. desolation, ruin, Job 30, 14; often
coupled in paronomasia with the synon.
risiºn, Zeph. 1, 15. Job 38, 27. Hence
desolale places, ruins, Job 30, 3, 14.
3. destruction, ruin, espec. sudden and
unexpected; Ps. 63, 10 ºz, Hsius;
ºujº; they lie in wait for my life to de:
stroy it. Is. 10, 3. 47, 11. Ps. 35,8. Prov.
3, 25.
16; pret. Buy, ſem. Tºº, once naº Ez.
46, 17; fut. Buy, apoc. zº, with War
conv. aujºl, in pause Hºl.
1. to turn, to turn away, to turn back,
to return.—Chald. Fºr id. Syr. 232
trop. to return to one's senses. Arab.
JU3 trop. to return to God, be con-
verted.
A) Of persons; either simply, to turn
about, to turn away ; or with the idea
of motion, to turn back, to return, in
which it is more frequent.—Absol. Josh.
2, 22. Judg. 14, 8, 19, 7. 2 Sam. 6, 20;
with 7% from, out of any place Ruth 1,
22; with Tº c. inf. Gen. 14, 17. Num. 13,
*5. 2 Sam. 2, 1; with "hris after a per-
ſon 2 Sam. 23, 10; with "nrisºn from
after a person whom one has followed
or pursued, Ruth 1, 16. 2 Sam. 2, 26.30
with by tº a person Gen. 8, 12 22, 19.
37, 30, or to a place 27, 29 Esth. 7, 8;
* > *t, inf constr. once intº Josh. 2,
though the place is oftener put with .
Gen. 18, 33. 32, 1. 33, 16. Num. 24, 25,
also with acc. of place, eitler with n-,
added Gen. 50, 14. Ex. 4, 20, or simply
2 Sam. 15, 34.2 K. 2, 25. Is. 52, 8 -Au}:
Tiny ", when Jehovah shall return to
Zion ; others, “when Jehovah shall
bring again Zion.’ Part. Sº nº pass-
ºng on and returning, i. e. going and
coming, passing hither and thither Ez.
35, 7. Zech. 7, 14. 9, 8.
Followed by another verb, e. g. to
return and do, or, to return to the doing
of any thing, it is i. Q. to do again, to do
a second time. The latter verb is then
put: 0.) In a finite tense with the co-
pulative , as 2 K. 1, 11. 13 nº ºn
and he sent again. 20, 5. Gen. 26, 18. Jer.
18, 4. Zech. 5, 1. Somewhat diſferent
is Hos. 2, 11 ºr ripº =hts I will return
and take away, i. e. what I have given
I will take back again. 6) Without ,
Gen. 30, 31 Flyns Hºus I will again
feed. Zech. 8, 15. Ps. 71, 20. Mic. 7, 19.
y) With inf. c. 5, Job 7, 7. Eccl. 1, 7.
Hos. 11, 9.
Trop. a) to turn, to return to any
person or thing, e.g. to the party of any
one 1 K. 12, 27; at the reproof of wis-
dom, Prov. 1, 23. Often Hinº-bs nº to
return to Jehovah, to convert, be con
verted; with BS and h, 1 K. 8, 33. Ps.
22, 28; with by 2 Chr. 30, 9; Ty Is. 19,
22. Joel 2, 12. Am. 4, 6 sq. A Hos. 12, 7.
b) Absol. to return, to be converted, as
in Syr. and Arab. above, Jer. 3, 12. 14.
22. 2 Chr. 6, 24. Is. 1, 27 rºuj her con-
verts, i.e. of Zion. Riº; hSº a rem-
mant shall return, be converted, Is. 10,
21. c.) With 7%, to turn from, i. e. to
cease from, to leave off, e. g. an evil way
1 K. 13, 33. Zech. 1, 4; sin, evil, Ez. 3,
19. 18, 27. 33, 14. Job 36, 10; anger Ex,
32, 12; justice Ez. 18, 24. Comp. Is. 59,
20 ºujº ºu; they that turn from iniquity.
d) With by? and ºr sº to turn away
from any one, espec. from Jehovah,
Josh. 22, 16. 23.29. 1 Sam. 15, 11; absoi,
Josh. 23, 12. Bºri by a from idols,
idolatry, Ez. 14, 6. e) to return into
the possession of any thing, i. e. to re.
cover.it, c. 9s Ez. 7, 13. Lev. 25, 10; };
Is. 23, 17.
B) Often of things: a) to turn, be
deflected, as a border, Josh. 19, 12. 27
- hºj 1040
- hº
29, 34, b) to return to a former own-
er, i. e. to be returned, restored, c. : Lev.
27, 24. Deut. 28, 31. 1 Sam. 7, 14. 1 K.
12, 26, c) to return to a former state,
to be restored, renewed, of cities Ez. 35,
9 Keri, comp. Ez. 16, 55; of a diseased
member of the body 1 K. 13, 6, 2 K. 5,
10. 14, Ex. 4, 7, d) In the contrary
sense, nº-bS 5A) to return to dust, be
changed to dust again, Gen. 3, 19. Ecc.
3, 20. So H =hu) is genr. to turn into, be
changed into, Is. 29, 17. e) to be re-
called, revoked, to be made void, as a
decree, prophecy, (opp. Nia,) Is. 45, 23.
55, 11. f.) So anger is said to return,
to turn back, when it is calmed, Gen. 27,
44. Is. 5, 25; also c. 7% to turn back from
any one, i. e. to cease as against him,
Gen. 27, 45. 2 Chr. 12, 12.
2. Transit. i. q. Hiph. a) to cause to
return, i. e. to lead or bring back, Num.
10, 36. Ps. 85, 5 ; espec. in the phrase
nºnu Bhuj to bring back captives, see
nº-ui, Hence part, pass, sº returned,
turned away; Mic. 2, 8 Hºrº *:::Huº
turned from war, averse from war.
Comp. part, pass. Who Is. 49, 21. Jer. 17,
13. b) to restore to a former state,
Nah. 2, 3–Not unfrequently in Kethibh
Enû is to be taken as transitive, where
Keri without necessity has Hiphil; as
Job 39, 12. Ps. 54, 7. Prov. 12, 14. Jer.
33, 26. 49, 39. Joel 4, 1.
PIL. Eºiu, causat. of Kal. a) to cause
to return, to bring back, Jer. 50, 19;
metapli. to God, to convert, Is. 49, 5.
See Kal no. 1. a, b) to restore, to re-
new, Is, 58, 12; c. : Ps, 60, 3. With
gº to refresh Ps. 23, 3; comp. 5"uºr.
c) to turn away sc. from right, to per-
vert, to seduce, Is. 47, 10, comp. Jer. 50,6
Keri. Once nearly intrans. to fall away,
to backslide, Jer. 8, 5. For Mic. 2, 4,
ec subst. Dºuj.
Pul. --itº, part. ſem. ºr 2 nººúz.
brought back from the sword, i.e. res-
cued from the power of the enemy, Ez.
38, 8.
Hiph. 5*, ſut, auj, apoc. -uś,
conv. Ruº.
1. to turm, trans, to turn about, to turn
gway; c. acc. e. g. the wheel of the
threshing-sledge upon enemies, Prov.
20, 6; ſor this punishment see in tº p.
319. W th acc. of pers. and 7% of thing,
to turn away one from, Jer, 23, 22. Ma-
2, 6.-Spec.
a) Tº avºr, to turn one's face o'
wards any thing, c. , Dan. 11, 18. 19
comp. Tº Ent, p. 852, d. Also c. 7% or
53%, to turn away one's face from, e.g
idols Ez. 14,6; and without "º ib, and
18, 30, 32.
b) iTº avºr to turn one's hand, with
** against a person or thing, Is. 1, 25
A m. 1, 8. Ps, 81, 15. Ez. 38, 12; with
+ 2 Sam. 8, 3. Once with by upon, in a
good sense, Zech. 13, 7.
c) Hinº nor ºur to turn away the
wrath of Jehovah, to avert it, from any
one, with 72 or by?, Num. 25, 11. Jer.
18, 20. Ezra 10, 14. But God is said
also to turn away his anger, i. e. to re-
press, to withdraw it (ies 'ri, inºr 'n)
Job 9, 13. Ps, 88, 38. 106, 23; comp. 85,
4. With by? of pers. Prov. 24, 18;
comp. 15, 1. 29, 8.—Once, not to turn
away one’s anger, but to turm it upon
any one, i. e. to pour it out, Is. 66, 15;
comp. Job 15, 13.
2. to turn back, to return, trans. e. g.
a person or thing, viz.
a) to bring back or again, to lead
back, c. acc. of pers. or thing, Gen. 48,
21. Is. 37, 29. Judg. 11, 9; with by to a
person or place, Gen. 28, 15. 42, 37. 43,
12. 44, 8, 2 Sam. 17, 3. Jer. 42, 12.
With acc. of thing and 3 of pers. Deut.
28, 60.—Also Hinº-bs ºn to bring
again to Jehovah, to his worship, c. acc.
of pers. 2 Chr. 24, 19. Neh. 9, 26. 5*}r.
nºu, i. q, nºu au, to bring again the
captivity, i. e. the captives (see in art.
nnauj) Jer. 32, 44. 33, 11. 49, 6. 39.
"Ex-BS anur to bring again to dust
i.e. by death, Job 10, 9; sº is ‘r id
Ps. 90, 3; comp. in Kal 1. B. d.
b) Tº avºr to draw back or withdrau
the hand, Prov. 19, 24, 26, 15. Gen. 38
29. Ex. 4, 7. 1 K, 13, 4, Spec. the han
as stretched out for help, Ps, 74, 11
Lam. 2, 3; or also for threatening, Ez
20, 22. Lam. 2, 8.
c) to turn back or away, to drive back
e.g. animal lust Jer. 2, 24. Is. 28, 6
nº nºrth” ºn who turn back the
war to the gate sc. of the enemy. 44, 25,
Job 9, 12 hºu, *z, who shall turn him
(God) back 2 i. e. hinder him. 11, 10,
23, 13. Once in a like sense, T =-uśr
= |\º
ºn hº
1041
to turn back the hand of God, hinder it
from 1 inflicting punishment, Is. 14, 27;
comp. 43, 14. 'P º Hºur to turn away
the face of any one, i. e. to repulse him,
deny him access, not grant his petition,
(opp. Dº Nº: ,) 1 K. 2, 16. 17.20. 2 Chr.
6, 42. Ps. 132, 10. Emphat. and strong-
er, 2 K. 18, 24. Is. 36, 9.
3. to bring back, to restore, comp. Kal
; e. g. spoil taken by an enemy, to
recover, Gen. 14, 16. 1 Sam. 30, 19; to
“estore one to a post or place, Gen. 40,
l?. 41, 13. 1 Chr. 21, 27. Ez. 21,35. Gen.
42, 25. 2 K. 14, 22. Hence to restore to
tº former state, c. acc. of pers. Ps. 80, 4.8.
20. Is. 1, 26. Dan. 9, 25. Also tº avºr.
'E to restore the spirit, life, of any one,
i. e. to refresh or relieve his spirit; ei-
ther by food Lam. 1, 11.19; or by com-
fort 1, 16. Ruth 4, 15. Ps. 19, 8. Prov. 25,
13; comp. 1 Sam. 30, 12. Judg. 15, 19.—
Different is ſº ‘E UE; 'n to restore one's
life from danger, to rescue, Ps. 35, 17. Job
33, 30. Also Hºri is to bring back, to
restore sc. one dead to life 2 Sam. 12,
23.—Spec, Job 9, 18 "nºn ºr ºn, sh
he will not suffer me to draw my breath,
gives me no respite.
4. to return a thing to any one, to re-
store, c. acc. of thing and dat. of pers.
2 Sam. 9, 7. Ex. 22, 25. Deut. 24, 13.
Ez. 18, 12. 33, 15. Lev. 25, 27. 28. 51.
52. Neh. 5, 11.—Spec. to restore a thing
found or stolen, Lev. 5, 23 [6, 4]. Deut.
22, 1.2. Ps. 69, 5. Job 20, 10. 18. Hence
to render, to pay, sc. any thing due,
Num. 5, 7.8. Judg. 17, 3.4. 1 Sam. 6,
3. 4, 8, 17; also to make good, to com-
pensate, sc. loss or damage, Ex. 21, 34.—
Hence
a) to requite, to reward, to render
back, c. acc. of thing, Prov. 17, 13 hºujº
rºit, nºr. Hy", whoso rewardeth evil for
good. With acc. of thing and h of pers.
2 Sam. 16, 12. Ps. 79, 12. 116, 12. 1 Sam.
26, 23. Job 33, 26; also the acc. being
omitted, 2 Chr. 6, 23. Prov. 24, 12. 29.
Ps. 18, 21. With acc. and by of pers.
Ps. 94, 23. Gen. 50, 15. Also its a 'ri,
its-à-by ºn, its n-bs'n, why 'n, to re-
turn or requite upon one's own head,
upon oneself, Judg. 9, 57. . Sam 25, 39.
Sam. 16, 6. 1 K. 2, 32.44. Neh. 3, 36.
* ****2 ="ujri to requite one's doings
wnon him. Hos. 4, 9; comp. 12, 3. See
also in arts, bºos, ep.-Arab. <\; II
IV, to repay, Hariri 17, p. 166.
b) Tº anºn to return word, i. e.
0.) Genr. to give response, to answer
Prov. 18, 13. Is. 41, 28; with acc. of
pers. (comp. in Hºy,) 2 Sam. 3, 11. 1 K.
12, 6.9. 16-2: Tººn-ns ºr -º, and
the people answered the king. Neh. 2,
20. Prov. 27, 11. Also simply anºn
(without hiº) 2 Chr. 10, 16 and the peo-
ple answered ("E"ujºl) the king. Job 13,
22 ºr answer thou me, parall. rºs.
32, 14. 33, 5. 32, 40, 4. 20, 2. In the
same sense of answering is said also
Rººs =ºr, to return answer (words),
seq. % of pers. Prov. 22, 21. Judg. 5, 29:
also jºb? anºn id. Job 354. Est, ºu,”
who answer discreetly Prov. 26, 16;
comp. 24, 26 and Chald. Dan. 2, 14.
6) Of a messenger it is also said: Hºrſ
nº to return word, to bring back an-
swen, c. acc. of pers, 1 K. 2, 30. 2 Sam.
24, 13. Gen. 27, 14. Num. 22, 8. Deut.
1, 22. 25. Josh. 14, 7. 2 K. 22, 9.
5. to return a thing, in the sense to
bring again and again, to render re-
peatedly, as an annual tribute, 2 K. 3, 4.
17, 3. 2 Chr. 27, 5. Ps, 72, 10; sacrifice
Num. 18, 9. Comp. Lat. sacra referre
Virg. Georg. I. 338. AEn. 5. 598,603.
6. 5*-ºs =ºr, to recall to mind, to
lay to heart, c. acc. of thing, Lam, 3, 21.
Also without an acc. in a sense of peni-
tence, Deut. 4, 39. 30, 1. 1 K. 8, 47. Is
44, 19; and nº-by ºn id. Is. 46,8. Comp.
nº-by thin in r. phio 3. l. p. 1006.
7, to recall, to revoke, as an edict Esth.
8, 5.8; a decree, sentence, Am. 1, 3 for
the many transgressions of Damascus
ºuis NB I will not recall that which I
have decreed against her (comp. v. 4, 5,
and Num. 23, 20). Am. 1, 6, 9, . . 13.
2, 1.4. 6. So of a benediction Num. 23,
20. See Kal. 1. B. e.
HoPH. Hujhri 1. Pass. of Hiph, no. 2,
to be brought back, Ex. 10, 8.
2. Pass, of Hiph. no. 4, to be return-
ed, restored, Gen. 42, 28. 43, 12. Num,
5, 8.
Deriv. ºilº, aniuš, Hanuš, Hºuſ
rºu?, Hºhun, and pr. names nº
Essº, Her sºn, brº, º, ºniº
sº -su.
b$º, see bºnuſ.
- hº
Hºj
1042
5:it: m. (r auj) 1. Adj, turning
away, apostate, rebellious, Jer. 3, 14, 22.
Is 57, 17.
2. Shobab, pr. n. m. a.) A son of
David, 2 Sam. 5, 14. 1 Chr. 3, 5, 14, 4.
b) 1 Chr. 2, 18.
Banu m. for aniºn part. Pil. r. shuj.
1. Adj. apostate, rebellious, of the Is-
raelites, Jer. 31, 22; of the Ammonites,
49, 4.
2. Subst, an apostate, rebel; Mic. 2, 4
pºrt. Hºº arish our fields he hath di-
vided out to an apostate, i.e. an impious
enemy. Others regard aſſiush here as
inf. Pil.—For Jer. 8, 5, see in r. Rhº
Pil. c.
"Hºt f (r. anº) return; metaph, con-
version, once Is. 30, 15.
#itD (r. Tºtº) Shobach, pr. n. of a
general of Hadarezer king of Zobah,
2 Sam. 10, 16. 18; for which 1 Chr. 19,
16, 18 Tºiu Shophach.
ºù (perh, flowing, or a shoot, r.
Baº) Shobal, pr. m. m. a) A son of
Seir, Gen. 36, 20. 23. 29. b) 1 Chr.
2, 50. 4, 1.
Pºiº (forsaking) Shobek, pr. n. m.
Neh. 10, 25. R. pauj.
* > *t i. q, xxº, Hàº, to wander;
hence Hºhº.
Titº, see Tū II.
*T*) i. q. "Tuj. 1. to treat with
violence, to lay waste, fut. Thus, Ps. 91,
6; unless this is rather for fut. "tº,
from r. “Tº.
2. to rule, to be lord, like Arab. SU.
mid. Waw. Hence Tº lord.
>k Tºtº, ſut. Hºur, pr. to put, to set,
to place, see Piel ; kindr, with nauj,
nauj, neº, ozº, Etº, Exº, Flys, which
see. Hence, to put or lay together, to
compare ; like Thy to set in order, to
compare, to estimate. In Kal intrans.
1. to be compared with, i. e. to be like,
to be equal to another, c. 3 of pers. Prov.
26, 4. Is. 40, 25. Impers. Job 33, 27 I
sinned and perverted right, * nº Nº.
but the like was not done to me; Vulg.
st ut eram digmus, non recept.—Also to
be like un value, equal to any thing, c. :
5ftling Prov. 3, 15. 8, 11–Aram. Nº,
f.A., to be equal, like, fit; Aph, to com
pare, countervail. Arab, cº-w III to be
equal, like.
2. to be equal, i. e. to be enough, to
satisfy, to avail, c. h of pers. Esth. 5, 13.
3. to be equal, i. e. to countervail, to
compensate for, c. 3 of thing, Esth. 7, 4.
4. to be fit, right, proper, c. 8 of pers,
Esth. 3, 8.
PIEl Tºuj 1, to put, to set, to place
i. q. nºuj, Bhuj. This signification is
current in Chaldee, where the Targums
often put Yºu; for Heb. rºuj, thic. Also
in the early Heb. poets, as Ps. 16, 8
Tºor, ºh Hin' ºn-su, I set Jehovah al-
ways before me, before my mind; comp.
tº Ps. 54, 5. So Ps. 119, 30 Tºujº
"nºuj thy statutes have I set sc. before
my eyes. Of a vine, Hos. 10, 1 ºne
is nº he puts forth fruit for himself,
i. e. Israel.—With by of pers. to put or
lay upon, to bestow, e. g. honour Ps. 21,
6; help 89, 20.-With acc. and 2, to set
or make like to any thing, Ps. 18, 34.
2 Sam. 22, 34; comp. Hab. 3, 19.
2. to put in order, to make even, e. g.
a) Of a field, to level, to make plain, Is.
28, 25. Syr. Pa. -a, to even, make
level ; Arab. II, IV, to make
level. b) Tropſ to compose or calm the
mind, Ps. 131, 2. Ellipt. Is. 38, 13
npa is "nº I quieted my mind until
the morning, patiently bearing my
pains; Vulg, and Jerome sperabam usque
ad mane. In this rendering the word
*sº is referred to the subsequent clause.
But others make it causat. of Kal no. 1,
I have made me like the lion sc. in roar-
ing; Targ. ‘rugiebam ut leo.”
NoTE. In Job 30,22 Keth. Huyn is read
by Gesenius and others Hºrn, and is
referred to Chald. Nº, Ithpe. "Intºs, to
fear, to be terrified. Hence Piel Hujr
thou terrifiest me; which accords with
the preceding "xxxior thou makest me
to melt away. Better with Ewald as
subst. Hºni, q. Hºur (r. Riº), put for
the raging, roaring, of a tempest ; see
art. Hºn.—Keri riºr, see art. Hºn
HipH. to compare, to liken, with acc,
and h, Lam. 2, 13. Is. 46, 5.
NITHP. a form frequent in the Mishna
and among the Rabbins, but rare in the
O. T. see Lehrgeb. p. 249. Heb. Gr
rinº
tºlº;
I043
$ 54.9; to be compared, to be regarded
alike, to be alike. Prov. 27, 15 a con-
tinual dropping in a very rainy day
and a contentious woman Tºrº are
alike, i. e. are to be regarded as alike
troublesome.—A few Mss. have Hºuº.
See Thesaur. p. 1376.
Deriv. Hºu, pr. n. Hyū", "º".
Tyu or sº Chald. i. q. Heb. Hence
Peil ºuj, to be made like, Dan. 5, 21
Keth. See Pa
PA. 1. i. q lieb. Pi. no. 1, to put, to
set, to make ; often in the Targums; see
I hpa.
2. to compare, to make like to any
thing, c. acc. et DS, Dan. 5, 21 Keri.
Comp. By no. 1. f.
ITHPA. to be made, rendered, Dan.
3, 29.
Tº (a plain) pr. n. Shaveh, a plain
in the country beyond Jordan, called
also ‘the king's dale” (Tºr, pºx) Gen.
14, 17; comp. 2 Sam. 18, 18. The same
is enrºnp nº the plain of Kirjathaim
Gen. 14, 5; see in Hººp lett. g.
* Thuſ, ſut. rthur, 1. to sink down,
to settle down, like Triu), Firyū. Arab.
-L, mid. Waw, to sank in the mud.
Chald, ririuſ, nuj, Sriº, i. q. Heb.-Prov.
2, 18 Finna ryº-bs nrit; her house sinks
down into death, i.e. into Sheol, Hades;
so Vulg. But as nº is elsewhere al-
ways masc. Aben Ezra refers Hrºš to
the woman herself: she sinks down into
death (Sheol), her future house. See
Thesaur. p. 1377.
2. Metaph. to be bowed down, de-
pressed, e. g. the mind, soul. Ps. 44, 26
*E: *E** Hrú our soul is bowed down
to the dust. Lam. 3, 20 Keri.
HipH. i. q. Kal no. 2, Lam. 3, 20 Keth.
Deriv, nryū, Hrºuj, nº, and pr.
names rºu), priº, Hyriº,
Tºtº (pit, r. Thu:) Shuah, pr n. of a son
of Abraham and Keturah, and also of an
Arabian tribe descended from him, Gen.
25, 2. Hence the patronymic and gen-
tile n. *rīnū Shuhite Job 2, 11. 8, 1.25, 1.
The country of the Shuhites was not
mprobably the same with the 20xxoio.
of Ptolemy 5, 15, eastward ºf Batanaea.
nrº f. (r. riº) 1. a pit. Jel 2, 6
Hrºugh nº yºs a land of desert and
pit, i. e. Sinai. Trop, for any thing
destructive, Prov. 22, 14. 23, 27. So to
dig a pit, see in r. nº, Jer. 18 20. 22
Keri.
2. Shuhah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4 11; for
which v. 4 ſtºn.
Dºu (perh, pit-digger, r. nºw) Shu-
ham, pr. m. of a son of Dan, Nam. 26,42;
called in Gen. 46, 23 cºurſ.
* I. tººtb, fut, plur. hºtº, pr. i. q,
tº q. v. to be stable, firm, stiff. Hence
comes toiu, i. q tºº, a stick, rod; then
a scourge, whip; and also ºuj an oar.—
Hence, as a verb denominative, tohu) is:
1. to whip, to scourge, to lash ; like
Arab, loU.
2. to row, q. d. to lash the sea with
oars; see toº; no. 2, and più”. Part.
plur, as subst. Bºrºuſ rowers Ez. 27, 8;
with acc. of pers. v. 26.
3. to run up and down, to go to and
fro, hither and thither, in haste; pr. so
as to lash the air with one’s arms as
with oars; comp. Lat. remi used of the
arms and feet of a person, Ovid. Heroid.
18 fin. and also more frequently of the
wings of birds, Quinctil. S. 6, 16.—Num.
11, 8. Yºs; thus to go over the earth or
a land, to travel through it, espec. in
order to visit and inspect it, Job 1, 7. 2,
2. 2 Sam. 24, 2.8.
PIL. totaliu) i. q. Kal no. 3, but inten-
sive; Jer. 5, 1. Am. 8, 12. Zech. 4, 10
the eyes of Jehovah Yışrī-bº: Entºiuz.
run to and fro in the whole earth. 2 Chr,
16, 9. Metaph. to run through ºr over
a book, i. e. to examine it thoroughly
Dan. 12, 4.
Hithe AL cºitºrin, (not twinºr, to
avoid the sequence of three like let-
ters,) i. q. Pil. Jer. 49, 3.
Deriv. ºiu), ºtºiu, ºu?, toiujº.
* II. tºuj, Aram, ou, --, i. 3.
DNuj, to contemn, to despise. Part. Úst
for puj (Heb. Gr. § 23.4, n. 1) Ez. 16,
57. 28, 24. 26.
pit m. pri. q. tºu, see r. phºj I, init
a whip, scourge, Prov. 26, 3. Nah. 3, 2
1 K. 12, 11. Tilº toiu, the scourge of the
(slanderous) tongue Job 5, 21. Trop. the
scourge of God, i.e. calamities, plagues
bºº
y hº
104.4
which God sends upon men, Is. 10, 26.
Job 9, 23. Fºlº tºu, an overwhelming
scourge, i. e. calamity rushing upon
one, spec. a hostile army, Is. 28, 15. 18.
Comp. Kor. Sur. 89, 12.-Aram. Rºus,
(> 7 93 O ~
tº a A, a rod, staff, scourge; Arab. les.
a scourge; Eth. Ti(Dº id.
*5%uſ obsol. root, Arab. Jr. mid.
Waw conson. to be loose, pendulous, as
the belly; comp. Juº. mid. Ye, to flow.
Kindr. are bºuj, Bº, Arab. Jiš, also
Hºu, Bhuj.-Hence
ºu m. plur, constr. **, c. suff.
Rºbº.
1. a train, the flowing skirts of a
robe, i, q. Sº, Is. 6, 1. Lam. 1,9. Tº
Bºhuš to uncover the skirts or train, i. e.
to expose to the deepest disgrace, Jer.
13, 22. 26. Nah. 3, 5; comp. Is. 47, 2.
2. the hem of a garment, Ex. 25, 26.
28, 33.34. 39, 24.
ºù m. (r. 9%) 1. stripped, either
of clothes i. e. maked, or of shoes i. e.
barefoot, as Sept. Syr. Mic. 1, 8 Keri,
comp. Is. 20, 2. Comp.º. no. 1, to put
off a shoe.
2. a captive, prisoner, Job 12, 17. 19.
nºt Shulammith, pr.m. of a maid-
en celebrated in the book of Canticles,
Cant. 7, 1; Vulg. pacifica. But the form
nºbºr may also be a gentile name,
the Shulamite, i. Q, nºw Shumamite ;
since according to Eusebius the place
Shunem was also called Sulem, ; and
this seems preferable, on account of the
article.
* D'ºù) obsol. root, i. q. Arab. *… to
c. 3
smell ; whence ºl. a fragrant melon.
Kindr. are tº; to breathe, >1 to smell.
—Hence -
bºt) m. garlic; only plur. bºhu), once
Num. 11, 5. So called from its acrid
odour; allium sativum Linn. see Celsii
Hier. II, p 52 sq. Sept. oxógöow s. akó-
gočov, Vulg, allium. Chald. Rºn, Syr.
Kocz, id. Talm. nºu wild garlic.
3 .
Arab. 3 garlic; Eth. ridºr" id.—
large 'quantities of garlic were an-
ciently raised in Egypt; see Cels. I. v.
Herodot. 2. 125. Comp. Forskal Flor
AEgypt, p. LXV.
nºid, see nº.
>k Thuſ obsol. root, perh. i. q. Suº to
be quiet.—Hence the three following.
ºt' (quiet) Shuni, pr. n. of a son of
Gad, Gen. 46, 16. Also as patronym,
Shunite (ſor hºu) Num. 26, 15. R. Thus.
Pā’īt (perh, two resting-places, for
tºº, r. Thu); comp. By for tºy)
Shunem, pr. m. of a city in the tribe of
Issachar Josh. 19, 18. 1 Sam. 28, 4. 2 K.
4, 8; prob, the Sulem of Eusebius (s. v.
20vóñu, Sulem) five Roman miles south
of Mount Tabor, Now Sólam
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 169, 170
"ºt gentile n. (from preced) fem
nº–, a Shunamite, 1 K. 1, 3. 2, 17. 21
22. 2 K. 4, 12. 25.36.
* 2° tº in Kal not used, i. q. Tº
Chald, rºs, to cry out. Eth. 80'U
or 8 (DU to call, to invoke.
PIEL ºuj, inf c. suff, "sº, to cry out
espec. to cry for help, to implore, Ps. 18
42. 72, 12. Job 19, 7. 29, 12; c. bs of
pers. Ps. 18, 7. 22, 25. Job 30, 20, al.
Deriv. vºu, Hyu, siu I, sº I.
Wit. m. (r. 9º) an outcry, spec. cry
for help, supplication, Ps. 5, 3. Sept.
Öémoig.
* 2°t obsol. root, i. q. sº and Arab
Sey.
1. to be broad, ample ; hence
2. to be rich, opulent, powerful.
3. to be set free, delivered, out of
straits and danger. Comp. r. su.
Deriv. xiù II, sº II, Hyun, pr. n.
sºu).
I. vii) m. (r. 9]uj) a cry for help
i. q, yºu;, Is. 22. 5.
II. viº adj. (r. Shū) 1. rich, opulent
Job 34, 19. Ez.23, 23, where see in Sip.
2. liberal, noble, Is. 32, 5.
I, whº m. (r. 91) a cry for help
i. q, yºu, Job 30, 24.
II, whº m. (r.xmu) 1. riches, wealth
Job 36, 19.
yº
phuſ
1045
2. Shua, pr. m. of a Canaanite, Gen.
38, 2. 12.
III. yºuj an oath, i. q. Sau, (H being
softened into 1, see in 5 lett. b, p. 105,)
whence pr. n. Shuj na Bath-shua 1 Chr.
3, 5, i. q. Sauj na q. v. p. 167. b.
synt (wealthy, r. sº) Shua, pr. n.
ſ, 1 Chr. 7, 32.
Tº f (r. sº) a cry sc. for help,
i, q, yºu, Ps. 18, 7. 39, 13. 102, 2, .
bºnuſ m. plur. bºyhuj, Bºstº. 1 a
foa, also a jackal, see below. Cant. 2,
15. Lam. 5, 18. Ez. 13, 4, Neh. 3, 35.
Judg. 15, 4. Ps. 63, 11. Chald, sºn,
- to : $7 - ?
Syr. lisz, id. Arab. &Jux3, but oftener
§ 1 oz. .
Jº with Q- added; comp. pr. n.
Sºu.-As to the origin of the word,
Bochart supposes the fox to be so called
‘rom a word signifying to cough, which
he refers to its yelp, comp. Jº. to
cough. Others suppose it to come from
its howling, comp. Prº I. According
to Gesenius the animal has this name
from its burrowing under ground, from
r. bºu, so that bºnus denotes pr. ‘a dig-
ger, burrower,’ comp. bNu; II.-Under
the general name of foaces the Hebrews
and other Orientals appear in common
usage to have comprehended also jack-
als, Pers. Jºãº Shaghal; see Niebuhr's
Arabia p. 166. Germ. Thus jackals
seem to be meant in Judg. 15, 4, since
the fox is with great difficulty taken
alive; and also in Ps. 63, 11, inasmuch as
foxes do not ſeed on dead bodies, which
are a favourite repast for the jackal.
But in Cant. 2, 15 it is more probably
fores. See Bochart Hieroz. T. II. p.
190 sq. ed. Lips. Faber's Archaeol. I. p.
140. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p. 154.
2. Shuai, pr. m. a) bºnus Yºs, ‘Jack-
al-land,” a district in the tribe of Ben-
jamin, 1 Sam. 13, 17; perh, i. q. Yºs
tº 1 Sam. 9, 4, b) Bynus ºsr, Ha-
zar-shual, ‘Jackal-village,’ in Simeon;
see in nºr; 3. d. p. 339, c) Shual, an
Asherite, 1 Chr. 7, 36.
"yºtº m. denom. (from hºw no. 1, like
tº from Enz, Heb. Gr, $85. 2. 1.) plur.
tº ; a gate-keeper, porter; so of the
city gates, 2 K. 7, 10. 11. Neh. 7, 1. 12,
27; espec. o. the temple, Neh 12, to
47. 1 Chr. 9, 17 sq. 15, 18. 26, 1, 12 19,
2 Chr. 23, 19.
>k ºp pr. to scrape, to rub ; then ‘to
injure by rubbing,” to bruise, to crush, to
break or dash in pieces. Chald. Fº,
NEuj, FEu}, id. Syr. --> to rub, Pa.
to file, -a, to scrape; Arab. Glº to
polish. Kindr. is nº q. v. also HEG
Arab, Ui, to scrape.—Only thrice in
O. T. Job 9, 17 ºujº yºun with a tem-
pest he dasheth me in pieces. Gen. 3, 15
bis, ºpy ºur nºs: UN- Tº sºn he
shall crush thee as to the head, and thou
shall bruise him as to the heel, sc. by thy
bite; for the construct. comp. Ps. 3, 8.
Heb. Gr. § 136. fin. For this latter use
of Fuj, comp. Jon. 4, 7. In Ps. 139, 11
*2Eu. Tūri, we may indeed render,
darkness shall fall upon me, shall over-
whelm me. But this is less natural ,
and it is better therefore to read with
Ewald, ºntº, darkness shall cover me,
from Tau, or Tag. Symm. oxótos éire-
oxen &gst us, Anon. xxivipet us. See more,
Thesaur. p. 1380 sq.
Tºitº, See Thiu &
"ºu a Shuphamite, patronym. from
EEAEu; q. v. Num. 26, 39.
jºin Num. 32,35; see in ni-tº lett, d.
nºiſ; m. also hºtº (r. -Euſ) plur.
ringius, constr. nineiuș, a trumpet, horn,
º 3 & - ë
cornet, lituus, Arab. y:-- (diff from
Hºsism.) perh, so called from its clear
and shrill sound, comp. Engl. clarion ;
either made of a horn, or similar to a
horn, i. q. Tºp (Josh. 6, 5, comp. 4, 6.8.
13), Ex. 19, 16. Lev. 25, 9. Job 39, 25.
Joel 2, 1. Am. 2, 2. al. Jerome says, on
Hos. 5, 8, “buccina pastoralis est et
cornu recurvo efficitur, unde et proprie
Hebraice Sophar, Graece x890tlym, appel-
latur.” Sept. Jºſtlyś, źsgothm.–To
blow the trumpet is nºiu spri or "Eisa 'n
see in Spr).
* phu i q. ppuſ. 1. to cleave, Arab.
Q3 2. to p
Q 5–3; Syr. Haa a, a fissure; see in r.
XXuj note.
2. to run about, to run to and fro; see
ppu, and ºut note. Hence pit, phu.
88
phº
ºnhºj
1046
3 to run after any thing, to desire, to
tong for ; Arab. J-3 to cause desire,
9
VIII to desire, Jº desire.—Hence
nºun q. v.
HipH. pºund, causat. of Kal. no. 2, to
let run over, to pour over, to overflow, c.
acc. of thing, Joel 2, 24 Bºspºr pºur
tºinºn the vats overflow with wine. Absol.
Joel 4, 13.
PIL. Ppiu) causat. to cause to overflow
with plenty, to enrich, e. g. the earth
Ps. 65, 10.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 2, 3.
Pit f 1 Sam. 9, 24, (r. phus) dual
tºpiº Prov. 26, 7; constr. "pivº Ps. 147,
10,
1. the leg, in the human body, from
the knee to the foot; so called either
from the cleft of the legs; or as that
with which one walks or runs, as Lat.
crus from cursus ; see the root no. 1, 2.
(2 (2
Chald. Pº, Pius, Syr. AA, a ., id.
Sam. WYaº, Y=ſ*, id. Arab. Jº
USL2, id–Is. 47, 2. Prov. 26,7. Deut.
28, 35. Cant. 5, 15.—Poet. spoken of
foot-soldiers, infantry, as opp. to caval-
ry; Ps. 147, 10 Hºn: Bºsri più-Sh he
taketh no pleasure in the legs of men,
i. e. infantry. A proverbial phrase oc-
curs in Judg. 15, 8 Tºrbº più ers tº
and he (Samson) smote them leg upon
thigh, leg and thigh, Engl. Vers, hip
and thigh, i.e. he cut them in pieces ut-
terly; see in by 3. d. Another inter-
pretation given by Gesenius, see in by
1. b. 0.
2. In animals, the fore-leg, shoulder,
corresponding to the shoulder in the
human body, Ex. 29, 22, 27. Lev. 7, 32
sq. 8, 25 sq. 9, 21. Num. 6, 20. al. Sept.
690%lov, Vulg. armus.
pº m. (r. pau) a street, alley, place,
pr. a cleft between two rows of houses;
Prov. 7, 8. Ecc. 12, 4.5. Plur. E"pºt:
Cant. 3, 2; comp. tº from -iù, tº
from *. Chald. Spuid. Syr. º. id.
* I. Tº tº obso root, Arab. SU3, to
he excited, stirred up, as dust, tumult,
anger; II to stir up, excite, e.g. dust,
tumult, war; IV to stir up dust; also
to stir or plough land. Hence Arab
{3 o ºſ - *
}: an ox, bullock, see in art. "ii).-
Further, ‘Uš is alsº to leap or spring
upon, to assail, as a lion; Chald. hyº to
leap, Syr. ;: A id. and to leap forth or
upon, to assail; whence Syr. Ješ.
to be bold, audacious, proud. Hence niu; ,
* II. Tht fut. *sū; 1. i. q ºn
ºnhº, ºniº, to go round or about, to trave.
about, to journey, espec. as a merchant
ſor traffic; hence Hºuſ no. 1. Arab.
jº mid. Q3, to go, to journey. With
7% from a place; Cant. 4, 8 thou will
come with me from Lebanon, ºn? "Yºur
Tºš thou will journey (descend) from
the top of Amana ; others, thou will look,
see in no. 3. Once with 3, to go with
any thing, to offer it in traffic, Is. 57, 9.
Hence Hºur.
2. to surround, to enclose; hence nauj
no. 1, and nº no. 2, a wall.
3. to look around or about, to spy out,
to survey, to observe, pr. by going about,
comp. hºn to go about, Chald. also to
spy out. With acc. Job 35, 5 B prº-hui
survey the clouds.-Spec. a.) Of one
looking about from a height, c. 72, Num.
23, 9, b) Of one lying in wait, to look
after, to watch for, Jer. 5, 26. Hos 13, 7.
c) In the sense to consider, to regard,
i. e. to look aſter, like Lat. circumspicere,
c. acc. Job 24, 15 Tºy ºnhûr Rh no eye
looketh after me, observes me. 25, 13.
33, 14, 35, 13 nºnhui: Nº ºn the Al-
mighly doth not regard it. d) Simpl.
to look upon, to behold, c. acc. Job 7, 8.
17, 15. 20, 9, 34, 29; also of prophetic
vision, Num. 24, 17.
PIL. hniuš to behold ; so Job 36, 24 ac.
cording to some; but see r. nºuj.
Deriv. nº, nº, nºur
* III. *hº i. q. hºw to sing ; PiL
ºniº id. see r. nºu).
"tº m. (r. **u I.) an epicene noun,
plur. E"nº Hos. 12, 12 ; an or, bullock,
cow, Lat. bos; so called from ploughing
like npš and Lat. armentum from aro
or perh. from its boldness and fierceness
see the root. Arab:3 bull; Eth. I'l Cid.
Chald. him q. v. Syr. #22 id, whence
*Y:
ºjº
104.7
Gr. and Lat. to igos, taurus, Germ. Stier,
see Grimm. Gr. III. p. 325.-It is a gen-
eral word, denoting one of the oar kind,
without respect to age or sex. E. g. in
Lev. 22, 27. Ex. 22, 19, it is a calf; in
Ex. 34, 19 niu; "tºº is the firstling of a
cow ; also niu; hi-3, Num. 18, 17. (In
Job 21, 10 it is a bull, though Gesenius
takes a different view, see in r. nay Piel.)
It oftener denotes single animals, (the
collective being np3 cattle, a herd, from
which this word differs, as nº from TNS,)
Ex. 21, 28. 29.37. 22, 8, 9. Lev. 7, 23.
27, 26. Num. 22, 4. Is. 1, 3. Job 6, 5. al.
So Tris niu; one oa, Neh. 5, 18. Num.
15, 11. Instead of the plur. we find nº,
as Num. 7, 3.—More rarely niu) is put
collectively, oacem, cattle, herd; as in an
enumeration of various things, Gen. 32,
6. 1 Sam. 22, 19. 2 Sam. 15, 3. Hi-Fi
miu, the firstling of thy herd, parall.
|ss hi-3, Deut. 15, 19; comp. above.
niºn ºne a bullock of the herd, Judg. 6,
25.-Metaph. Yiğri hi-3, spoken of a
prince and leader, Deut. 33, 17. So
perh, hiu simpl. for men of valour and
renown, Gen. 49, 6.
nº m. (r. -hui II.) 1. a wall, Ps. 18,
30. 2 Sam. 22, 30. Gen. 49, 22. Plur.
ninhu), Job 24, 11 brinhu Thà between
(within) their walls, i.e. the rich in their
own houses and villas. – Aram. Thuj,
**, Arab.; , id.
2. a lying-in-wait, or rather, a lier-in-
wait, enemy, Ps. 92, 12. Comp. Thū.
3. Shur, pr. n. of a city on the con-
fines of the great desert lying between
Egypt and Palestine, Gen. 16, 7, 20, 1.
25, 18. 1 Sam. 15, 7, 27, 8, Josephus
understands by it Pelusium, Ant, 6.7.3,
3omp. 1 Sam. 15, 7; but this city, was
ralled in Hebrew, Tºo. More prob. nu}
was somewhere in the vicinity of the
modern Suez. The desert extending
from the borders of Palestine to Shur, is
called in Ex. 15, 22 nau) --Tº the desert
of Shur ; but in Num. 33, 8 it is called
prºs -aºlº the desert of Etham.
nuj Chald. m. a vall, like Heb. no.
; plur. Nºnnu, wall, Ezra 4, 12. 13. 16.
* (Dºti obsol. roo., to be white, or ra-
ther to be bright, to shime, as appears
from the derivatives. Kindr. is tº to
be gray; also yºx to sh.ne, to glitter-
Hence tº white marble, tº id. and
byssus, ºu, id. Tjiu, Tºuj, Hººij, pr
n. "ujū, ºujū, juju.
Nùù, see nº lett. a.
jºb m, (r. Shū) plur. tºušiuº , a
lily, zgivov, growing wild in Palestine
and the adjacent regions in fields and
pastures, Cant. 2, 16. 4, 5, 6, 2. 3. 7, 3:
comp. Ecclus. 50, 8. Matt. 6, 28. Luke
12, 27. The oriental lily is of various
colours, especially white and cerulean,
which suit well in the above passages.
But in Cant. 5, 13 the lips are compared
with lilies, prob. red or purple; see Plin.
Hist. N. 21. 5 “Est et rubens lilium,
quod Graeci crinon vocant... sunt et
purpurea lilia.” Celsii Hierob. I. 383
sq. The root ºuj may refer to any
bright colour. Arab. & vulg. Ar.
Jº Jºid Chald, sº
lily, flower, Syr. in AoA lily.—Spoken
also of artificial lilies, e. g.
a) Of architectural ornaments on the
capitals of columns. 1 K. 7, 22 riº
Tuju, lily-work, imitating lilies. 7, 26
jºiu, nº id. Comp. Tº and Hyujiū.
b) According to most interpreters,
jušiū is also an instrument of music,
perhaps a cymbal or some kind of trum-
pet, so called as resembling the form of
the lily; comp. Tujhuj. Plur. Dºujiù Ps.
45, 1. 69, 1. 80, 1. But here E°Fujit
seems to be nothing more than lilies,
and indicates some well-known song or
poem, after the measure and numbers
of which these psalms were to be sung.
So Ps. 60, 1 nºvy Tujhu) perhaps indicates
more briefly the same poem; but 'u' and
nºts are not to be joined, comp. Ps. 80,
1 nº-y Bººie.
jū’īt) m. (r. Shū) 1. a lily, see in
|u}º. 1 K. 7, 19 Juju nº lily-work,
artificial, see in Yujiu] lett. a. Ps. 60, 1
nºis jujmº, see in Tujhui lett. b.
2. Shushan, written also Tujhuj Esth.
4, 8, 16. 8, 15, al. pr. name, i. e. Susa,
t& Xoivo, the city, Esth. 3, 15. 8, 15
with a royal palace or castle, Tºhui
nºnan, Neh. 1, 1. Dan, 8, 2. Esta. 1, 2,
5. 2, 3, 5.8, al. situated in Elam cr Ely
mais Dan. 8, 2; where the Persian kings
Wiltj
Triº
1048
as Xerxes (Esth. 1, 2.2, 3.8) and others
of the Ach amenides, were wont to pass
some 'months in the spring, Neh. 1, 1.
Xen. Cyr. 8, 6. 22. Polyb. 5. 48. It was
in the province of Susiana, on the river
Eulaeus ("Bºs Dan, l.c.) or Choaspes,
now the Kerkhah or Kerrah, where at
present is the village Sus or Shush in
the province Khūzistan. Its mounds of
ruins are described in Kinneir's Memoir
p.99. Ker Porter's Travels II. p. 411 sq.
Layard in Journ. of the Royal Geogr.
Soc. XIII. p. 334 sq. Ritter Erdk. Th.
IX. p. 293 sq.-Others find Shushan on
the river Karān, at a village called Tus-
tar, or vulg. Shushtar; so Von Hammer
in the Trans, of the Geogr. Soc. of Paris,
II. p. 320 sq. 333 sq. Rawlinson as-
sumes two cities of this name.—The
name, if Semitic, signifies only lily ; as
appears from Athenaeus XII. 1. p. 513.
Etymol. Mag. s. v.
Fººt f. (r. użnuj) a lily, Cant. 2, 1.2.
Hos. 14, 6; artificial 2 Chr. 4, 5. It is
the noun of unity; Tºit being the gene-
ral noun; Heb. Gr. edit. 16, § 105.3. e.
—Hence the pr. n. 2000 vo., 20wrºvvo.
Susamma.
Sºtºtº Chald. gentile n. plur. Shu-
ghanchites, Susians, the inhabitants of
the city Shushan or Susa, Ezra 4, 9.
See Tuºhuº no. 2.
Pºt 1 K. 14, 25 Keth. where Keri
pušiū q.v.
nºt to put, to place, see r. nºj.
nºnhû (perh, for nºn-Nū ‘noise of
breaking.’ see Hsu and nºr) Shulhelah,
pr. m. m. a.) A son of Ephraim Num.
26, 35, 36. b) 1 Chr. 7, 21.—From the
former comes the patronym. "rºnºus
Shuthalhile Num. 26, 35.
:k EIU) Chald, a spurious root, from
which some derive the forms of the rare
conj. of PEEL or PEIL, aſ "u, 5-Tu, to set
free, to deliver; ſut.--Tºujº, inſ: Hay-ºff,
part. Brºo, Dan. 3, 15. 17.28. 6, 15.17.
21. 28. Frequent in the Targums, for
Heb. 5"xn, tºº. Syr. -cis- id.—But
arºuj, as also -cis-, is rather SHAPHAL
of r =1}, i. q. Arab. *55. to flow, pr. to
glide, and hence to slip away, to escape;
comp. tºº, toº. Similar is the form
NYºu, which Gesenius has rightly put
under r. Nº p. 416.
Deriv. pr. n. *S*Tºujº.
Sk FIº pr. i. q. Fºu:, Chald. Fºuj, to
scorch, to burn; espec. of the sun, Cant.
1, 6 wºuin ºr Eyºt; for the sun hath
scorched me, made me swarthy. Poet-
ically of the eye, (which is often cc m
pared to the sun, and vice versa, set
Dºxey,) as casting its glances upon
any thing, i. e. to look upon, to scan, Job
20, 9, 28, 7. -
Sk -tuº i. q. Arab. Sº, to twist a thread
from right to left, or back-handed, to
twine several threads together. Hence
HoPH. Part. Yºº tºuj (wined byssus,
i.e. of several threads twisted together,
double or three-threaded, etc. Ex. 26, 1.
31. 36. 27, 9, 18. 28, 6, 8, 15 sq.
Tº m, adj. (r. Truj) depressed, cast
down. Job 22, 29 bºy nuj with down-
cast eyes, one depressed.
Sk intº fut. 2 fem. "Tºujr., to give, to
make a present, espec. in order to be
free from punishment, Job 6, 22; or for
seducing, corrupting, c. acc. of pers. Ez.
y º
16, 33. Syr, ra A to give once, Pa.. to
give often, both in a good and bad
sense. Hence
TIt m. a gift, present, 1 K. 15, 19.
Chald, sºniuſ, Syr, irº.a., id. Espec.
in order to be free from punishment,
2 K. 16, 8. Prov. 6, 35; comp. Job 6, 22.
Also in order to corrupt a judge, a bribe,
Ex. 23, 8. Deut. 10, 17 16, 19. Ps. 26,
10. Is. 1, 23. al. Trú riph to take a re-
ward, bribe, Ps. 15, 5. 1 Sam. 8, 3. Ez.
22, 12–Prov. 17, 8 ºn Tritºr in 1:s
*:::, like a precious stone is a gift in
the eyes of its possessor, i.e. of him who
receives it; comp. By a no. 4.
:k Hru, to sink down, to subside, see
nanº, nºruº, a pit. Also, to incline one-
self, to bow down, like rint; and nºt q.v.
Is, 51,23.—Chald. Sriu: id. Other kindr,
verbs see in r. Thu).
HipH. Hrºn to make bow down, to
depress, metaph. the mind, Prov. 12, 25.
Hith PAL. myrinºri, the third radical
being doubled (like Hys?, Hys, from r.
Hs?), ſut. Hyrinº, apoc. Annui', in pause
infº.
Trºj
ºntº
1049
1. to bow down, to fall prostrate be-
ore any one in order to do him honour
and reverence, i, q. Tºgouxvyčiv, Gen. 22,
5. 1 Sam. 24, 9. Ruth 2, 10; with h of
pers. Gen. 23, 7. 1 Sam. 2, 36; less often
*E* Gen. 23, 12; by Is. 45, 14; by Lev.
26, 1. This mode of salutation consist-
ed in falling upon the knees and then
touching the ſorehead to the ground;
hence there is often added Fishs tººs,
rººs "Esh, or the like, Gen. 19, 1. 42,
6. 48, 12, i Sam. 25,41. 2 Sam. 14, 33.
This honour was paid not only to supe-
riors, as to kings and princes 2 Sam, 9,
8. 14, 22. 33. 16, 4. Esth. 3, 2; but also
to equals Gen. 23, 7, 12. Ex. 18, 7. 1 K.
2, 19; sometimes the prostration was
repeated seven times, as Gen. 33, 3;
comp. 1 Sam. 20, 41.-Hence
2. Spec. to bow down before God, to
worship, to adore, spoken of worship ren-
dered to God and also to ſalse gods;
absol. Gen. 22, 5. Ex. 24, 1. 33, 10.
Judg. 7, 15. Job 1, 20; with 3, Gen. 24,
48. Ex. 20, 5. Deut. 4, 19. Judg. 2, 12.
Is. 27, 13. al. more rarely "ºh Deut.
26, 10. 1 Sam. 1, 19. Ps. 22, 28. 86, 9.
Sometimes h marks the place towards
which one worships, e. g. the holy
mount Ps. 99, 9, 132, 7; also bs Ps. 5,
8. 138, 2.—Also without prostration,
while in bed, Gen. 47, 31. 1 K. 1, 47.
3. to do homage, to yield allegiance.
Ps. 45, 12 he (the king) is thy lord,
#5 ºr nuin do thou homage unto him.
Inf. Chald. nºnnur. 2 K. 5, 18. For
prºnºujº see Index.
Deriv. see in Kal.
ninº, see in -nu.
"inſuff, see innuj.
ning m. (r. hnu II.) blackness, Lam.
!, 8.
nºrt; f. (r. Hruš) a pit Prov. 28, 10.
Comp. Hrút and nriuſ. -
* Tintº i, q, rºu, and Truj q. v. comp.
Tºuj; praet. nu), "nºnuj, plur. Anuj and
brinuſ; ful. nº.
1. to bow down, to sink down, Hab. 3,
i. Of animals lurking for prey, to
“rouch, Job 38, 40 [39, 2].
2. to be bowed down, trop. to be brought
wow, depressed, Ps. 10, 10. 107, 39 ; so
pride Is. 11, 2, 17; spec. with grief, sor-
row Ps. 35, 14. 38, 7. Lam 3, 20 Keri
Also to submit, to humble oneself; Is. 60
14 minu; Tºs =hº shall come to sub-
mit themselves to thee. Job 9, 13. Prov
14, 19.
NIPH. to be bowed down, brought low,
Is. 2, 9. 5, 15. Of a low and muffled
voice or sound, Ecc. 12, 4 nisa-b; nº
*"ušn and all the daughters of song are
brought low, i. e. are made to sing in a
low voice, or be silent, lest the aged man
awake; see Thesaur. p. 1387. Praegn.
Is 29, 4 Tryºs nºr. -Eyº and thy voice
shall be low and out of the dust, i.e. low
and feeble, as from the shades.
HipH. Tuºn, to bring low, to cast down,
Is. 25, 12. 26, 5.
HITHPo. Fºr intºn, to be brought low,
cast down, trop. of the soul, Ps. 42, 7.12.
43, 5.
Deriv. nu}.
"tºº fut, ºntº, inf ent (nºn,
Hos. 5, 2 see in Piel), c. suff. Bºru, Ez.
23, 39; inſ: abs. Tonu, ; pr. ‘to cast down
at full length, to prostrate.” Kindr. are
nrº, Triu, nºu, rru. Syr. --~~ Pa.
to corrupt; Eth. Tiſhſh to injure.—
Hence
1. to kill animals, to slaughter, Arab.
lazº, c. acc. Gen. 37, 31. Is. 22, 13.
1 Sam. 14, 32. 34. Espec. victims for
sacrifice Lev. 1, 5, 11. Ex. 12, 6. 21.
Num. 19, 3. Hos. 5, 2 pººr cºunting
in the slaughtering (of victims) they
nake deep their transgressions ; but see
in Piel. Also a human victim Gen. 22,
10. Is. 57, 5.
2. to kill persons like beasts, to slay,
to slaughter, to massacre, c. acc. Judg.
12, 6. 1 K. 18, 40. 2 K. 10, 7. 25, 7.
Jer. 39, 6, 41, 7. Num. 14, 16 therefore
titºr|º] he slew them in the desert, i. e.
let them perish. Trop. Jer. 9, 7 Keth.
bºilº tortiu Yr a slaughtering arrow is
their tongue, i.e., by its slanders. Sept.
Čolis titgeſozovao ; Vulg. ‘sagitta vul-
nerans.” Keri has ºntº, slaughtered ;
but as this cannot be said of an arrow,
Ewald prefers to render with the Syr,
Vers, sharpened, sharp, ū-i-; comp
Chald. Tºrº sharp.; Mishn, "run tº
sharpen, Arab. & id.
3. Spec. ºnu; =rly 1 K, 10, 16, 17
2 Ch:. 9, 15. 16, perh, miaced gold, alloy
88%
*rºj
intº
I050
ed with some other metal; comp. Arab.
last to dilute wine with water, and see
more in Comm. on Is. 1, 22. Thesaur.
p. 772, So Gesenius.—Better with
Sept. beaten gold, i. e. drawn out into
plates; comp. Hºus to spread out, to ex-
pand, the letters being transposed.
PIEL prob. i. q. Syr. -º-, and Heb.
nºuj, to corrupt, to act or do wickedly.
Inf Húrû (like Hº Lev. 26, 18), Hos.
5, 2 pººr Entº Hºrº and the revolt-
ers have sunk deep in evil doing ; so
Ewald, comparing Hos. 9, 9. The Heb.
grammarians acknowledge an infin.
Pie. see Kimchi Lex. Another view
see in Kal no. 1.
NEPH. pass. of Kal. no. 1, Lev. 6, 25.
Num. 11, 22.—Hence
Tºrſt f a killing, slaughter of vic-
tims, 2 Chr. 30, 17. R. prº.
7"Tº m. (r. Trius) a burning sore, in-
flamed ulcer, a boil, botch, or rather an
inflamed spot of the skin, in which arise
pustules (nisayas) or leprous spots;
Ex. 9, 9–11. Lev. 13, 18–20; spec. of
carbuncles in the skin of one seized by
the plague, 2 K. 20, 7. Is. 38, 21. Also
tº Tºru, the botch of Egypt Deut.
28, 27, and ºn Tºru, a sore botch, v. 35.
Job 2, 7, a species of the black leprosy
endemic in Egypt, called by physicians
elephantiasis, from the dark scales with
which the skin is covered, and the
swelling of the legs. Comp. Lucret. 6.
112 sq. Plin. H. N. 26. 1. 5. Schilling
de lepra Lugd. Bat. 1778, p. 184. Wi-
ner Realw, art. Aussatz.
Cºntº m. (r. bruj) i. q. Sºng, that
which grows of itself the second year
after sowing, Is. 37, 30. So the ancient
versions; see Thesaur. p. 1389.-This
would seem to be the primitive form,
and to signify pr. sprout, shoot ; see the
OOt.
Fºrſt; m. (r. Fruš) only constr. Fºru,
a board, as made thin by hewing, plan-
ng, etc. once Ez. 41, 16.
nºt; f. (r. Hruš) a pit, plur. rinºriuſ
Ps. 107, 20. Lam. 4, 20. The n is not
radical, but is nevertheless preserved in
Hexion; see Lehrg. p. 527.
nºn Chald, part. f. see r. nnu}.
* I. bnº obsol. root, to roar; comp
Arab. J- to bray, Jºsé and JLº.
a braying. In Heb. it is referred to the
lion ; in Arab. to the ass. So Arab,
• . ~~ ſº
& © to roar as a lion, to bray as an
ass.-Hence bru, a lion.
* II. brº obsol, root, Arab. J&, tº
peel, to scale, to shell ; J-º a file.
3-., - ?
mattock, &JUžº filings, scrapings, aise
pods, chaff, etc. Hence nºruº.
2Tº m. (r. Bru. I.) a lion, so called
from his roaring; a poetic epithet, Job
4, 10. 10, 16. 28, 8. Ps. 91, 13. Prov
26, 13. Hos. 5, 14. 13, 7. Bochart in
Hieroz. I. 717, understands the swarthy
lion of Syria; Plin. H. N. 8, 17; comp.
nnu black, the letters 5 and * being in-
terchanged. But this is quite uncertain.
Hºnº f. (r. Bru II,) pr. a shell, or ac-
cording to the Heb. intpp. Övvš, onya:
marinus, unguis odoratus; the blatta
Byzantina of the shops, Germ. Teufels-
klaue ; Ex. 30, 34. It consists of the
shell or cover of a species of muscle,
found in the lakes of India where the
nard grows; also in the Red sea and
along the whole coast of Arabia; which
when burned emits a sweet musky odour.
Murea, inflatus Lam. Murea ramosus
Linn. See Dioscorid. 2. 10, and the
Arabian writers cited by Buchart, Hie-
roz. II. p. 803 sq. See more in Thesaur.
p. 1388.
>k Triº obsol. root, Arab c) * to be
hot, inflamed, spoken of the eyes and
skin. Chald. Trºid. Syr, sº a id. and
Pa. to ulcerate. Hence Tºrº.
* OTº obsol root, perh, to sprout,
to grow ; comp. Arab. Udissº to lift
or raise oneself up; also r. Yºu?. Hence
bºnu).
Sk Friº 1. i. q. Frº, and by transp,
Flori, Flºri, which see; to strip off bark,
to hew, to chip off, sc. by hewing, plan-
ing, etc. Comp. Arab. Cáz& to shave
the head. Kindr. are Aram Frið, _a_*
to crawl; also Heb. Fºu), HEQ, Fºr ſº.
—Hence Fºrº.
Entº
*nº
1051
2. to become thin, lean, to consume
• 2 – -
away; comp. Arab. -às, w to be thin;
Talm. Friu to pine.—Hence rerº and
F.T. tº m. Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15, ac-
cording to Sept. and Vulg. the sea-mew,
sea-gull, Vulg. larus, an aquatic unclean
bird, so called from its leanness. See
Bochart Hieroz. II. lib. 2. c. 18. R. Fruš.
rerº ſ (r. Frº) leanness, then con-
sumption, Lev. 26, 10. Deut. 28, 22.
Sk yrº obsol. root, Arab. Ud.<\º
fo wift up or raise oneself, to rise ; comp.
briu; ,—Hence the two following.
YTú m. elation of mind, pride; Arab.
© Q sº
U3 sº, Talmud. Ynº, id. So "::
Ynº, Vulg. filii superbiae, the sons of
pride, i.e. the larger and nobler beasts of
prey, as the lion, so called from their
proud gait. Job 28, 8, 41, 26 [25]. The
Chaldee renders it lions, in c. 28, 8;
but the other passage requires it to be
taken in a wider sense. Comp. Bochart
Hieroz. I. p. 718.
Dºjº (heights) Shahazim, pr. m. of
a place in the tribe of Issachar, c. H loc.
Tºsnu; Josh. 19, 22 Keri. In Keth.
hºsru —R. Vrij.
>k priº fut, priº 1. to rub or beat
in pieces, to pound fine; Arab. Gº id.
Chald. Prº, Syr. -a-, id. Ex. 30, 36.
Trop. of enemies, Ps. 18, 43.—Also to
wear away, as water stones, Job 14, 19.
—Hence priº; no. 1.
2. to earpand, sc. by rubbing or beat-
Ing, to stretch out ; whence prlu no. 2.
Pºſt, m. (r. Prº,) a poetic word.
1. dust, fine dust, so called from rub-
bing, treading, etc. Is. 40, 15.
2. Rarely in sing. Prº Ps. 89, 7.38,
5ftener plur. E"Prº, the sky, the hea-
bens, so called from their expanse, like
9"p"), see the root no. 2; comp. Heb.
Gr. § 106. 2. Targ, spru), plur. "prus,
sºpr.ſº, everywhere for Heb. Arab. rar.
9 a thin cloud. Prov. 8, 28. As the
feat of God and the angels, Ps, 89 °. 38.
58, 35. Often parall, with tºº, Deut.
33, 26, Job 35, 5. Ps. 36, 6, 57, 11. 108,
5. Jer. 51,9. But prº and cºprº de-
note the sky or heavens both as serens
or clouded; e. g. as serene, Job 37, 18
hast thou like him spread out the sky
(5-prº), firm, as a molten looking.
glass 2 Or as covered with clouds, Job
37, 21; whence descend the rain and
dew, Job 36, 28. Prov. 3, 20; also the
manna Ps. 78, 23 comp. Is. 45, 8; and
whence the thunder is heard, Ps. 77, 18
E"prº "ay clouds of the heavens Ps. 18
12. 2 Sam. 22, 12. Also put ſo th
clouds themselves Job 38, 37, parall,
BYºu; nº bottles of the heavens.
* I. -nº pr. to cleave, to break,
kindr, with nº and Arab. , #3, perh.
nauj, comp. also in r. 22u," and note.
Hence
1. to break, to break forth, as the
light, dawn; hence hnu, and nrºn au-
TOI’al.
2. to break in, to pry into, and hence
to seek, comp. mp3 no. 2, 3. In Kal once
part. "rº Prov. 11, 27. See Piel.
PIEL ºnru) to seek, to seek carefully,
only poetic, c. acc. Job 7, 21. Prov. 7,
15. 8, 17; also a c. inf. Job 24, 5. Prov.
13, 24 nº innu, ints he that loveth
him (his son) seeketh for him chastise-
nvent, q, d. prepares it for him, does not
let him go without it. The suffix is to
be taken as a dative.—To seek God is:
a) To long after him, Is. 26,9. Ps. 63, 2.
b) To turn unto him, Hos. 5, 15. Ps. 78,
34; c. bs Job 8, 5.
Deriv. Hruš, na-rº, Hrºn, pr. n.
Hºnnu, Bºnº.
* 11. "Tº to be or become black,
Aram. *, *n\}, id. Pregn. Job 30,
30 "bx2 hrſ: "is my skin is black from
off me, i. e. turns black and scales off.
Deriv. ºntº, ninu, ºn hru, and pr. n.
-nºu, -ºnus.
* III. -Hº not used in Kal; Arab
*
...” Q
83
, to fascinate, to enchant; 24 in-
cantation, magic. g
PIEL, inf c. suff. Fºrº or Fºrtuj, to
fascinate, to charm ; hence to charm
away, to remove by magic arts. So
once, Is. 47, 11 and evil shall come upon
thea mºre; ºn sº thou shall not know
to charm it away 5 comp. the next
clause, and Num. 23, 23. So J. H. and
ºnrº;
nrºj
1052
J. D. Michaelis, Ewald, De Wette, and
others.--Another interpretation refers
it to art. "rºuj the dawn, i. e. good after
the evil. So Gesenius, Mauer, Knobel.
But this accords less well with the par-
allel clause. -
Tºtº. m. (r. hruº I,) aurora, the dawn,
morning ; so called as breaking forth ;
9 o 5
Chald. -nu, id. Arab. Sº id. Gen. 19,
15. Josh. 6, 15. Judg. 19, 25. Am. 4, 13.
J3b 38, 12. al. Poetically there are
ascribed to it eyelashes, see tº ;
and wings Ps. 139, 9. Truj-73 son of the
morning, i. e. the morning star, lucifer,
Is, 14, 12; see in Bººn. Hos. 6, 3 nritº
issº ji=; his going forth is sure as the
dawn, i. e. the coming of Jehovah. Ps:
57, 9 hruº Hºss I will awake the dawn
sc. by my early song. 108, 3. Also
ºnnºr, at the dawn, early, soon, sud-
denly; comp. "Rº Ps. 90, 14.—In Cant.
6, 10 a maiden looking abroad, and Joel
2, 2 a cloud of locusts appearing on the
sky, are compared to the dawn ; the lat-
ter perh. referring to the yellowish light
which is said to accompany the flight of
locusts. A similar comparison is found
in Arab poets; see De Sacy Chrestom.
III. p. 54. l. 15. Metaph. of prosperity,
as again dawning upon the afflicted, Is.
8, 20 (see in nuis B. no. 8). 58, 8; so
Is, 47, 11 according to some; but see in
r. nrius III, Piel. The same metaph. oc-
curs in the use of the words "pā Job 11,
17, nu; Jer, 13, 16, and Arab. so : % -
For -nºr nºs Ps. 22, 1, see fully in
art. nº p. 42.
nñº and nint; m. adj. fem. ning,
black, e. g. hair Lev, 13, 31.37. Cant.
5, 11; a horse Zech. 6, 2.6; of a dark
or swarthy countenance Cant. 1, 5. R.
*nº II.
niTuff, see ninº.
nºnryū f (r. Anu, I) the dawn; trop.
owth, once Ecc, 11, 10.
nnnnu; m. adj.(r.-nº II)f nºn-nuſ,
ilark, swarthy, spoken of complexion
Cant. 1, 6. For this diminutive adjec-
tive of colour, aſter the form tººls,
Pºpº, see Lehrg. p. 497. Heb. Gr. § 54.
3. § 83. 23.
Hºnºlul (Jehovah seeks him, r. nº
I.) Shehariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 26.
Pººtº (the two dawns, comp. Bºns
Eºs) Shaharam, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8,8
>k nritº in Kal not used, pr: “to press
down, to cast down, to prostrate;’ kindr
are tortuj, Firſu), nriuſ, rhuj. Hence, to
destroy, to corrupt, see Piel and Hiph.
Arab. & to destroy, IV id. comp. Syr,
-º-º-A, Pa.. to corrupt, to violate ; Eth,
fiſhſſ to injure, to violate.
Piel rru), 2 sing. Frº, 2 plur. brºnul
1. to throw down, to overthrow, to de
stroy, pr. to cast down, to prostrate.
E. g. one wounded Ex. 21, 26; or slain
2 Sam. 1, 14; or a whole people Gen. 6,
17. 9, 15. Hos. 13, 9. Is. 4, 20. Ez. 5,
16. al. Fix′s nºt to destroy by casting to
the ground, e. g. Onan, Gen. 38, 9. Also
to destroy buildings, walls, cities, to over-
throw, Gen. 13, 10. Jer. 48, 18. Lam. 2,
5. 6. Ez. 26, 4, 43, 3. 2 K. 19, 12; or a
land, region, field, vineyard, to desolate,
to lay waste, Gen. 9, 11. 13, 10. Josh, 22,
33. Judg. 6, 5. Hos. 11, 9. Nah. 2, 3, al.
—Trop. nºn: nrū to violate or break a
covenant Mal. 2, 8; hºrſh 'u' to destroy
or cast off one’s pily Am. 1, 11; comp. Ez.
28, 17. Prov. 23, 8 pºsin Thai ring
thou destroyest (losest) thy sweet words.
2. Intrans. to destroy, absol. 2 Sam.
14, 11. Jer. 5, 10; c. : Num, 32, 15.
1 Sam. 23, 10.-In a moral sense, to cor-
rupt oneself, to become corrupt, Ex. 32
7. Deut. 9, 12. Hos. 9, 9; c. , towards
any one, Deut. 32, 5. Comp. Hiph.
HipH. nºrujr 1, i, q. Piel no. 1, to
throw down, to overthrow, to destroy,
e.g. by casting down, laying waste, as
walls Lam. 2, 8; a house Jer. 6, 5, 2 Chr.
34, 11; a city Gen. 19, 13. 14. 2 Sam. 20,
15; a land, kingdom, 1 Sam. 6, 5. 2 K.
8, 19. Jer, 13,9. 51, 20; by cutting down,
as trees Deut. 20, 19. 20. Mal. 3, 11; or
by slaying, as men Gen. 6, 13. Deut.
9, 26. Judg. 20, 35. Ez. 9, 8; also with
rix's added, to destroy to the ground
Judg. 21, 21. 25; enemies 2 Sam. 11, 1
2 Chr. 24, 23; or by injuring in any way
Judg. 6, 11. Prov. 11, 9, Ps. 78, 45. Is.
65, 8. Jer. 49, 9, 2 Chr. 36, 19, al. O’
the beard, to mar, Lev. 19, 27. nºrtún
itrº to destroy oneself Prov. 6,32. Part
nrº
:Tºº
1053
*rºº riºns a destroying lion, Jer. 2,
30, comp. 4, 7. So nºrtºn is ºn the
destroying angel 2 Sam. 24, 16, and
simpl. nºrujºn the destroyer Ex. 12, 23,
1. e. the angel of God who inflicts ca-
lamities and death upon men; comp.
1 Chr. 21, 12. Jer. 51, 1.—The phrase
rrºn-bs destroy not, in the titles of
Pss. 57. 58, 59.75, seems to be the first
words of an earlier song, to the measure
of which those Psalms were to be sung.
2. 2n nºr in Gen. 6, 12, Annib-hy 'H
Zeph. 3, 7, to destroy one's way, i. e. to
corrupt or pervert it; and hence to be-
come corrupt, to act wickedly. So too
with the accus, suppressed, id. Deut. 4,
16. 25, 31, 29. Judg. 2, 19. Is. 1, 4, 11, 9.
65,25. Jer. 6, 28. al. Ez. 16, 47 ºr ruinº
Tºrº. Tº and thou hast become
corrupt, more than they, in all thy ways.
Comp. Piel no. 2, and Hiph. Snr, in r.
syn.
NotE. In the Samaritan Pentat. Hi-
phil is sometimes read, where the Heb.
has Piel ; Gen. 6, 17. 9, 15. 19, 13. 19.
Hoph. Tritºr, to be destroyed, i.e. to be
corrupted, spoiled, part, nrujº Prov. 25,
26. Part, f nritº contr. from nnnº
(as nºujº for nnnºn) Mal. 1, 14; comp.
Lev. 22, 25.
Niph. 1. to be destroyed, marred,
orrupted, e. g. by putridity Jer. 13, 7;
of a vessel spoiled, 18, 4; morally Gen.
6, 11. 12. Ez. 20, 44.
2. to be laid waste, Ex. 8, 20.
Deriv, nºrujº, nritº, nnuja, nrºg.
mTº Chald. to destroy, to corrupt ;
Part, pass. f. Dan.2,9 Hrºnuft Hºlz nº
lying and corrupt words.-Part. Hºrº
as subst, a corrupt deed, crime, Dan. 6,5.
hiſtº (Milel) f. Prov. 26, 27; c. suff.
orru. Ez. 19, 4.8; (r. riº, as nr., from
r. Tº ;) pr. a sinking; hence a pit,
chasm, e. g. a) In which traps are
laid for wild beasts, a pit-fall, Ez. 10,
4, 8, Trop. for plots, treachery, peril,
Prov. 26,27 ban mannu; nº whoso dig-
geth a pit shall fall therein. Ps. 7, 16.9,
16, 94, 13. 103, 4, Jon 2, 7. Is. 38, 17.
o) a pit, cistern, with mire, Job 9 31;
3omp, Ps. 40, 3. 69, 15. c.) Put some-
imes for a sepulchre, the grave; so at
east in the phrase rru. Th; to go down
to the grave Job 33, 24. Ps. 30, 10. 55,24
rriº "sih Bºhin thou shall bring them
down to the pit of the grave. Ez. 28, 8
Is. 51, 14 nrºgh nº Nº he dieth not into
the grave, i. e. so as to be carried to his
sepulchre. (Others: “he dieth not in
the prison.") Also in the phrase ris,
rrº or nnºn " to see the grave, to die
and be buried, Ps. 16, 10. 49, 10, i. q
njº Hsº Ps. 89, 49, iësiv 96vatow Heb.
11, 5. So too Job 17, 14 rrº to the
grave I have said, Thou art my father;
to the worm, My mother and my sister ;
comp. the Arab proverb, Burckhardt
Prov. no. 623. Thesaur. p. 1378.
NoTE. The LXX often render nriº
by duoq &ogg, as if from r. nrº juxq&siga
to corrupt ; not however in the sense
of corruption, putridity, but of destruc-
tion ; see the examples in the Concord.
of Tromm. The Greek word is indeed
taken by Luke in the sense of corrup-
tion in Acts 2, 27, 13, 35 sq. but it would
be difficult to show that the Heb. nnuj
has this sense even in a single passage,
as derived from r. nriº. The appeal is
indeed made to Job 17, 14, where the
other hemistich has rigº, and rrºuj is
called father, which seems to accord
only with a masculine noun ; but in
such cases the sacred writers often neg-
lect both the etymology and gender of
words; comp. Tºy na Tiujºs Ps. 17, 8.
See Hengstenberg on Ps. 16, 10; and
the Commentators on Acts ll. cc.
nº f. (for nº, as nºr for nºr)
. Gº &
i. q. Arab. lix. Sünt, the acacia, i. e.
acacia vera, the spina Ægyptiaca of
the ancients, Mimosa Nilotica Linn.
Is. 41, 19. It is a large tree growing in
Egypt and Arabia; its bark is covered
with large black thorns; the wood is
exceedingly hard, and when old resem-
bles ebony. See Celsii Hierobot. T. I,
p.498 sq. Jablonsky Opusc.ed. te Water
I. p. 260. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. i
p. 277. Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 349—
For nºur nº see art. nº no. 12...rr.
Pluń. pºu 1. acacias, whence "s:
thnºtt acceia-wood, of which the furni-
ture and wood-work of the tabernacle
were constructed, Ex. 25, 5, 10, 13. 26,
26. 27, 1.6. al.
2. Shittim, pr. n. of a valley in Moab
on the borders of Palestine, over against
Flººr;
1054 ºntº
Jericho, Nurs 25, 1. Josh. 2, 1. 3, 1.
Mic. 6, 5; fully pººr brº (the valley
of acacias) Joel 4, 18 [3, 18]—For has
tºur see in art. Bis II. b.
>} rtº fut. Tºujr., to spread out, to ear-
pand; Syr. J., Arab. cº, Eth.
ſi^ſh, id. Job 12, 23 tº nº he
spreadeth out for the mations, i. e. gives
them ample territories. Espec. to spread
any thing upon the ground, e. g. bones
Jer. 8, 2; quails Num. 11, 32; ground
corn, coarse meal, 2 Sam. 17, 19.
PIEL to spread out, to stretch out, e. g.
the arms, hands, Ps. 88, 10.
Deriv. rioujº.
tºº m. (r. tº I, Pil.) a scourge,
Josh. 23, 13; i. q, toilº q. v.
×
Fººt. fut. Fitouš' 1. to gush or pour
out, to flow abundantly, Ps. 78, 20. Buys
Fººt) a pouring rain, Ez. 13, 13. 38, 22.
—Kindr. are Fºx and nºt to flow, to
overflow; Aram. Fº, -ºid comp. Fº:
to distil.
2. to overflow, to overwhelm, as a
stream Is. 30, 28. 66, 12; metaph. of
an army Dan. 11, 10. 26. 40.—So with
acc. a) to overflow or inundate any
thing Jer. 47, 2; also stronger, to over-
whelm and swallow up, Ps. 69, 3 rºau,
ºniºus the floods overwhelm me, swal-
}ow me up. v. 16. 124, 4. Is. 43, 2.
Çant. 8, 7. b) to sweep away as with
a flood, to wash away, Is. 28, 17. Job
14, 19 the flood sweepeth away the dust
of the earth. Ez. 16, 19. c) Vice versa,
to bring in as with a flood ; Is. 10, 22
npºx Fºº yº-ri Tiº destruction is de-
creed, bringing in justice like a flood,
i. e. overwhelming the wicked with
merited punishment, HP's being an
accus. governed by nº. d) to wash,
2 rinse, i.e. copiously, Lev. 15, 11. 1 K.
J2, 38.
3. Metaph. to run swiftly, to rush, as
a horse, Jer. 8, 6. Comp. no 1.
Niph. 1. to be overflowed, over-
whelmed, trop. of a hostile army Dan.
11, 22. -
2. to be washed, rinsed, Lev. 15, 12.
PUAL i. q. Niph. no 2, Lev. 6, 21.-
Hence
Fºtº and ºff m. 1. a gushing out
pouring, e.g. of rain Job 38, 25; of a
torrent, whence metaph. Prov. 27, 4
FIS Fºº anger is an outpouring, i. e. is
outrageous.
2. an overflowing, inundation, flood,
Ps, 32, 6. Nah. 1,8. Dan. 9, 26 ºzºa is:
his end cometh as a flood, i.e. suddenly;
comp. Triº Hos. 10, 15, and see a lett.
C. Metaph. of an army, Dan. 11, 22.
>k © ſe
new pr. to cut, to cut in, to grave,
g ~ a ~ S sº
like Arab. 22. whence Ale- a butch-
9 (9 .
er, also Alaº a line, i.e. cut in ; comp.
Heb. ontº, Chald. Yºu;... Hence to
write, pr. to cut in or grave wºh a sty-
lus, like En? q. v. Gr. 79%getv, Lat.
scribere. Arab. 2|a. id. Chald. Yºu; a
writing. Hence
PART, nº pr. a writer, scribe, Sept.
ygougaret's, ygougwroturºyolysis, Peshito
t2 p
law. Then, as writing was anciently
employed chiefly in the administration
of justice (comp. Enz, no. 5, 6, and Piel,
Gr. 796 pew, 79%pso 9a), a magistrate,
préfect, leader of the people ; womp.
~ & O ~
Arab. A-w to be over any thing, c.
9 O ~ 3 e
cke; Jºaº a prefect, inspector.
Targ. Nºng a preſect. Vulg. magister,
dua, eacactor.—Spec. the Dºº were:
a) the leaders, officers of the Israelites
in Egypt, Ex. 5, 6–19; and in the des-
ert, along with the seventy elders, Num.
11, 16. Deut. 20, 5.8, 9. 29, 9. 31, 28.
Josh. 1, 10. 3, 2; distinguished from the
elders Pºp! and the judges tºº,
Josh. 8, 33. 23, 2, 24, 1. b) magis-
trates in the cities and towns of Pales-
time, sometimes joined with the judges
Deut. 16, 18; selected from the Levites,
1 Chr. 23, 4, 26, 29. 2 Chr. 19, 11. 34,
13. Spoken of superior magistrates or
officers Prov. 6, 7 c.) In military mat-
ters, inspectors, directors, whose duty it
was to number and regulate the troops
so 2 Chr. 26, 11, where two officers, a
ºntºiu, and a hEio, are said to have been
appointed inspectors under a superio
prefect. Sept. xgutiis.
Deriv. Yºu?, pr. n. *nºu.
ºntoº;
Tº
1055
"tit Chald. m. (or rather -tº, as is
read in 26 Mss. and editions, and this is
also supported by 11 others which have
nº) the side, Dan. 7, 5. In the Tar-
gums nºt, sºo, Syr. frº.
*nº (perh, yºuwarikós, r. nº)
Shitrai, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 27, 29 Keth.
In Keri Ҽnu}.
* m. (r. Nº, for sº, as "A for Nº)
collect, things desirable, precious things,
comp. nitiºn. Spec, a gift, present;
so in the phrase hu) 5">in to bring pres-
ents, Ps. 68, 30. 76, 12. Is. 18, 7.
>k N;tº O!” Rºu; obsol. root, i. q. Arab.
15 °
cº to will, to desire.—Hence "u) for
Nº.
sºpr. n. 2 Sam. 20, 25 Keth, see in
nº.
Tisº (a ruin, r. sº) Shion, pr. n.of a
city in the tribe oſ Issachar, Josh. 19, 19.
I. Tº f (r. 5*) return, and concr.
1 hose returning, Ps. 126, 1.
prob, it should read nº or nºu, as
in v. 4.
II. Tº f. (for Hºuyn, r. sº) dwell-
ing, slay, 2 Sam. 19, 33 [32].
X Hºuſ a doubtful root, to which is
pparently to be reſerred fut, apoc. *F,
after the form "rºl, Deut. 32, 18; Sept.
#yxotéâtrec, Vulg. dereliquisti, i. e. thou
hast forsaken ; the other hemistich has
nzuºnº thou hast forgotten. The root
nºu; then would seem to have signified
the same as nrº, lºw, to forget, to
tº:
neglect, whence $9 C) -> negligence; the
letter H when interposed between two
vowels being changed into ", as is often
done; comp. Firſ; and nºś, nº and
03.”
nº, Firſt and rºy to deck, te and tº
to be raw, e.g. flesh; and comp. the
like change of N in risi, Hyº, vulture,
31%, lºo. 3.-Or "ºr, may be derived
from the root innu itself, regarding it
as contracted from "rºr (for Hrún,
comp. "rºr Jer. 18, 23 for Hrºn), like
* for "nt. º
*
* 7"tº obsol. root, Arabyº, to love,
.0 be captivated. Hence
But more .
sº Shiza, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 42.
5Tú Chald, to deliver, see in r. =tº:
Tºtº f. (r. Hºus) plur, ninnu, i. q
Hrúð, a pit, Ps. 57, 7. 119, 85. Jer. 18.
22 Keth.
- nºw, ning, ninj, pr. black, tur-
bid, from r. nnuš II; hence Shihor as
the Heb. pr: name for the Nile, -s; be-
ing the Egyptian name, so called from
its muddy and turbid waters; (whence
also Lat. Melo i. q. Auškºg, according to
Festus and Serv. ad Virg. Georg. 4.
291. AEn. 1. 745. ib. 4. 246;) Is. 23, 2
*s, **sp-nu, sº the produce of Shiho,
the harvest of the Nile, Vulg. Nili. Jer.
2, 18.-In two passages, Josh. 13, 3.
1 Chr. 13, 5, Shihor is put as the south-
western limit of Palestine, wherſ, one
might expect the torrent of Egypt, brº
Bºx2, see brº ; but in the similar pas-
sage Gen. 15, 18, the Nile, ºnx2 ºri;,
is also mentioned. * …"
nº "T"tº Shihor-libnath Josh. 19,
26, pr. n. of a small stream or river,
which empties itself into the sea, in the
territory of Asher; according to J. D
Michaelis Glass river (comp. Hºh no
1), i. e. the Belus, now Nahr Naºman,
from the sands of which the first glass
was made by the Phenicians.
tº m. (r. tºu) 1. an oar, i. q. più”
Is, 33, 1.
2. i. q, Liu), a scourge, Is. 28, 15 Keth
rº, ibnº, see in art. iºu).
ºù Mic. 1, 8 Keth. i. q. bºiu, no. 1.
where see.
* gentile n a Shilonite: a)
From nbºu, Shiloh, see in ibu, 1 K. 11,
29, 12, 15; written also ºbu, Neh. 11,
5. Comp. nº and º. b) For ºuſ
from Hºuſ, 1 Chr. 9, 5.
tion; (for Tºujº desert) Shimon,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20.
:k Tº obsol. root, i. q. Eth. U.Pł
and Syr. &4, mingere ; comp. nu},
Hence Tºuj, also
Hiph. Thruśrī, contracted prob. from
Hithpa. Tºruń, mingere, to make water,
found only in part. Trujº, in the pro. '
verbial phrase hºp: Trujo mingens aa
parielem i.e. against a wall, signifying
jºu
***)
1056
a male person, espec. where mention is
made of exterminating a whole tribe or
family; comp. in Engl. ‘to the last man.”
1 K, 14, 10 and I will cut off from Je-
roboam n"p: jºntº him that pisseth
against a wall, the bond and the free,
i. e. all, utterly. 21, 21. 2 K. 9, 8, 1 Sam,
25, 22. 34. 1 K. 16, 11 he slew all the
house of Bashan ; he left him not one
pissing against a wall (not a male),
nor kindred, nor friends. This biblical
phrase is imitated in Syriac by Barhe-
braeus, Chron. ap. Assem. Bibl. Orient.
II. p. 260, an desiderium me temeat diae-
cescos Gumde, in qua non relictus est unus
qui mingal ad parielem 2 i. e. which is
wholly desolated.
Against this view it is urged, that in
the east it is customary for men to
perform this office of nature in a sitting
posture, beneath their flowing garments,
nor does decency permit it to be done in
the presence of others; see Hôot. 2. 35.
Xen. Cyr. 1, 2, 16. Amm. Marcell. 23. 6.
Jahn Bibl. Archaeol. I. ii. p. 77. Comp.
in Arab. ‘si quis stans mingit, aeque est
ac si mingat in Caabam.’ Hence some
understand by the above phrase a slave
or person of the lowest class ; so Jahn
l. c. Others, a small boy; as Schindler
Lex. Pentagl. Gesen. Lex. man. Others
still, a dog and this is followed by many,
as Ephr. Syt. Opp. I. p. 542. F. Judah
ben Karish in Ms. Abulwalid in Ms.
Kimchi, Jarchi, J. D. Michaelis, Dathe,
etc. This last view is strongly opposed
by Bochart, who adopts the one above
given; Hieroz. I. p. 675 or 776 sq. Lips.
See more fully in Thesaur. p. 1398.
jº m. (r. Thuj) plur. bºnu}, c. suff.
brºu, wrine, in Keth. 2 K. 18, 27. Is.
36 12. Prob. obscene, and therefore
Keri prºnºvº in both places.
8X". Chald. to finish, see in r. ss.,
Chald,
*T*, rarely nºt) Keth. 1 Sam.
18, 6; ſut. Hº, apoc. once hiº Job 23,
37, conv. Yºº Judg. 5, 1; to sing, Judg.
5, 1. Ps. 65, 14. Not found in the other
Semitic dialects.-Constr. a) With
, acc. of the song Ps. 7, 1, 137, 4. 149, 1.
s. 42, 10; also with accus. of the pers. or
hing celebrated, Ps. 59, 17.89, 2. 101,
10%, 12. b) With h to sing unto
any one, i.e. before him Ps. 137, 3 of
tener in his honour, to celebrate in sc mg
Ps. 13, 6. 27, 6. 33, 3. 68, 5. Jer. 20, 13
once, to sing of or concerning any thing
Is, 5, 1. c) With 3 to sing of Ps. 138.
5; comp. 3 ºl. d) With by of him
whom one addresses in song, before
whom one sings; Job 33, 27 by hiº
bººs he singeth before men, chants or
proclaims unto them sc. the mercy of
God, celebrating it in song; comp. nº
no. 1. a, b. Prov. 25, 20 by Bººz -u.
sº-nº he who singeth songs to a heavy
heart, i. e. to one afflicted.—PART. hu;
as subst. plur. Dºnuš, a singer, singers,
Ps. 78, 26. 87, 7. Ez. 40,49. Fem, plur.
nintº female singers, singing-women,
2 Sam. 19, 36. Ecc. 2, 8. 2 Chr. 35, 25.
For nint Ez. 27, 25, see in art. nº
no. 1.
PIL. nºntº, to sing, to chant; spoken
of the voice or cry of animals, to re
sound, Zeph. 2, 14; and so of song itsell
2 Chr. 29, 28. With acc. Job 36, 24
Bºs Annº hugs which men do sing,
celebrate; others less well, ‘which men
behold,” comp. r. nºu) II. 3. d.—PART.
nºtºn, plur. Bºnhûn, a singer, singers,
(only in Ezra, Neh. and Chron.) 1 Chr.
6, 18. 15, 16. 2 Chron. 5, 12. Ezra 2, 41.
7, 7. Neh. 7, 1. 13, 5, 10. al. Fem. plur.
ninº female singers, singing-women,
? t
Ezra 2, 65. Neh. 7, 67.
HoPH. nujhri pass. to be sung, e. g. a
song, Is. 26, 1.
Deriv. Yºu, Hyºu.
"t. m. (r. hºu) 1. a song, singing,
the act of singing, 1 Chr. 6, 16. 17. 25,
6. 7. 2 Chr. 23, 18. Neh. 12, 27. 2 Chr.
29, 27. 28 ºniº -ºn, and the song
sang (resounded) and the trumpets trum-
peted, all until the burnt-offering was
consumed; here Kimchi needlessly takes
nº for hºu] by: ‘a singer; others fo
**, *y-, ‘a choir.”—Song was often
adapted to musical instruments; hence
** ** instruments of music, 2 Chr. 5
13. 7, 6. 29, 27. 1 Chr. 16, 42. Am. 6, 5
Neh. 12, 36. In Ecc. 12, 4 hºur nila
daughters of song are female singers
see in r. nnu, Niph.
2. a song, hymn, that which is sung
e.g. a) Collect, songs, hymns, 1 K. 5
12 [4, 32] and his songs (Sold mon's
***
nº
1057
innu}) were a thousand and five. Also
hin, -º the Lord's songs, in honour of
God, Ps. 42,9. 137, 4, i. q. Ties; hºw songs
of Zion; comp. In Hyºu. b) Genr. a
song, hymn, e. g. sacred, a psalm, Ps. 33,
3. 40, 4.69, 3.96, 1.98, 1. Is. 42, 10; also
profane, or secular, Is. 23, 16. 24,9. Ecc.
7, 5; spec. of rejoicing, Am. 8, 3. 10,
opp. n;"p. Plur. Bºnnu, songs, hymns,
Gen. 31, 27. Prov. 25, 20. Am. 5, 23. Ez.
26, 13. 1 Chr. 3, 8.—Spec. for particular
occasions; as victory Judg. 5, 12; the
dedication of the temple Ps. 30, 1 ; for
the sabbath Ps. 92, 1. For nibyan hºu,
in the titles of Pss. 120–134, see in art.
nº no. 4. In the titles of some other
Psalms nºuj stands in apposition with
ninjº, Ps. 48, 1. 65, 1. 66,1. 67, 1. al.
bºy nºu a song of delights, i. e. pleas-
ant, Ez. 33, 32. ni--Tº hºu, see in art.
*** –Also tºnnºr hºu, Cant. 1, 1,
Vulg. canticum canticorum, the song of
songs, as the title of the book, i. e. ‘the
most excellent of songs,’ comp. the for-
mulas Bººp, tºp ‘the most holy,” ºu.
tºr, ‘the highest heaven’ 1 K. 8, 27;
see Lehrg. p. 692 sq. *
Tºtº f. (r. Yºu) a song, hymn ; a
noun of unity, while nº is general and
collective; Heb. Gr. § 105.3. e. Always
of some particular song, often with a
pron. demonstr. as nSir Hºur; this song
Qx. 15, 1. Num. 21, 17. Deut. 13, 19. 21.
tl. Also of a parable in rhythm, Is. 5,
1. Plur, nintu, Am. 8, 3.
tº m. Syr. L.A., white marble, once
1 Chr. 29, 2. Comp, but no. 1. R. Shū.
Nujº, see Hyºu. .
Pºll, once pujºu, 2 K. 14, 25 Keth.
Shishak, pr. m. of a king of Egypt, who
gave refuge to Jeroboam, 1 K. 11, 40;
and who aſterwards, in the fifth year of
Rehoboam, invaded Judea and spoiled
Whe Holy City, the temple, and the
king’s palace, 1 K. 14, 25 sq. 2 Chr. 12,
2–9. He is the same with Sesomchis I,
he first king of the twenty-second dy-
\asty of Manetho; whose name is found
on the Egyptian monuments; see fully
n Thesaur. p. 1399.
>k nºw, pret. nu}, 1 pers. "mu}; ſut.
nuº, apoc. nu}}, nu}º Ex. 23, 1, conv.
nuº; inf absol. nº Is. 22 7; to set, to
put, to place, i. q. Bhuj, tubévot, but less
frequent. Kindred Hebrew roots are
nEu}, nruº, Hruš III, which see ; comp
bnu}. In the kindred dialects the traces
of this root are few; Phoenic see Gesen.
Monumm. Phoen. p. 451. Talm. nº
plur. Tºnºus foundations. Syr. *- id.
see more in Thesaur. p. 1400.
1. to set, to place, to put, where it re-
fers to persons or things which stand
erect (or at least sit, Ps. 132, 1 l) or are
regarded as erect rather than as lying
down, e. g. to set a watch, guards, Ps.
141, 3; any one upon a throne, sº,
Ps. 132, 11 ; US-b nºt; nºu to set a
crown upon the head Ps. 21, 4. Metaph,
Gen. 3, 15 I will put enmity between the
and the woman. Ps. 73, 28 ºns: "nº
horiz, in the Lord have I put my trust.—
Spec.
a) to set in array as an army, the
acc. Fºr? being every where implied
(comp. Josh. 8, 2. 13, and comp. in ºn:
and Bhu,) i. e. to set oneself in array, Is.
22, 7. Ps. 3, 7 *s intº nºt nuys who set
themselves in array against me round
about.
b) to set, i. e. to constitute, to appoint,
e.g. any one as prince, with two acc.
1 K. 11, 34; acc. of pers, and h Ps. 45, 17;
acc. of pers. and by of thing, to set one
over any thing, Gen. 41, 33. So acc. of
pers. and Es, to set with or over, Job 30,
1; where others, to make equal with.
c) to set, i. q to found ; 1 Sam. 2, 8
and he hath set, founded, the world upon
them i. e. the columns; comp. r. Bºb
no. 2. d.
d) tºpiz, nº to set or lay snares,
springes, i. e. to lay plots, to plot against,
Ps. 140, 6.
e) to set a bound Ex. 23, 21 ; of a
term of time, pri, to set, to appoint, Job
14, 13. Ellipt. and impers. Job 38, 11
Tº is: nº riph and here let one set
(bounds) to thy proud waves, i. e. her
let thy proud waves be stayed.
f) With acc. of pers, and E of place,
to set or put one in any place; Ps, 88, 7
ninnnn ni--, -}nu; thou hast put me in
the lowest pit, i.e. hast cast me into it.
Once with h of pers, and 3 of place, Ps,
73, 18 ich nºur nipºria thou hast sei
them in slippery places ; comp. Ps. 12,
6 is nº suº: nºs I will place in
89
nº
jº
1058
rafety him at whom one puffeth, i. e. the
oppressed. Nearly similar is a 's nºuš
to set or put one in a certain class or
number, to reckon him to that number;
2 Sam. 19, 29 thou didst set me among
them that eat at thy table, and Jer. 3, 19
tº Triºus TN how have I set thee
among my children l i. e. in what hon-
Oll I’.
g) With by to put to any thing, to add
to, Gen. 30, 40.
2. to put, to place, to idy any person
or thing, so that they may remain in a
recumbent posture. Ps, 8, 7 Hºus bº
*::) nnn thou hast put all things under
his feet, hast subjected them to him.
Ruth 4, 16 and Naomi took the child,
Fpºrt: Annºun; and laid it in her bosom.
Ps, 84, 4 a west where she (the sparrow)
'may lay her young.—Spec.
a) by it; nºu) to lay one's hand upon
any one Gen. 48, 17; in protection Ps.
139, 5; or as an arbiter, mediator, who
lays a hand upon each of the disputants,
Job 9, 33. Also to lay the hand upon
the eyes, of a dead person, i. e. to close
his eyes, the last act of filial affection,
Gen. 46, 4. On the contrary, tyin: nºu),
to put or lay one’s hand with any one,
i. e. to join hands with him in doing any
thing, Ex. 23, 1. Ellipt. Job 10, 20
*22 nu, sc. T., put from me thy
hand, let me alone.
b) With 3, to put or lay in any place;
Job 38, 36 who hath put wisdom in the
clouds 2 others, in thy reins. Ps. 13, 3
how long shall I put (have) cares in my
soul ? Prov. 26, 24 nºn2 nº inºpil
he putteth deceit within him, i.e. has it,
cher:shes it within him.
c) Tº Yº nºu to put on one's orna-
ments Ex. 33, 4. Comp. the subst.
rºuj.
d) With acc. of thing and by of pers.
to lay upon any one, either something
to be carried, Ruth 3, 15; or to be en-
dured Is. 15, 9, with h of pers. Ps. 9, 21;
or to be performed, paid, Ex. 21, 22;
also to impule to any one a fault, sin,
Num. 12, 11. Comp. Daily no. 3. e.
e) in:h nº to set or lay before one-
self, before one's eyes, sc. that ſor which
wne cares, either to punish Ps. 90, 8;
pr to cherish 101, 3. Comp. Bhū, no.
3. g.
f) Sometimes from the nature of the
case it is i. q. to cast, Job 22, 24 nº
*śā ºrbs cast upon the earth the pre:
cious ore.
3. to set, to put, i. e. to direct, to turn
in any definite position or direction, e. g.
a) by Yº nºt to set or turn one's face
any whither, Num, 24, 1. b) Tºy 'uſ
with inf. c. *, to set one's eyes upon doing
any thing, to attempt something, Ps
17, 11. c) sº nº animum advertere,
to turn the mind, i. e. to regard, 1 Sam.
4, 20. Ps. 62, 11. Prov. 24, 32. With
bs to any thing, to set the heart upon, to
attend to, Job 7, 17. 27, 23; h Ex. 7,
23. 2 Sam. 13, 20. Ps. 48, 14. Prov. 22,
17, 27, 23. Jer. 31, 21.
4. to set as any thing, i. e. to make, to
render, comp. the sense to comstitute in
no. 1. b. With two acc. Is. 5, 6. 26, 1.
Jer. 22, 6. Ps. 21, 7, 84, 7, 88, 9. 110, 1;
acc. and h Jer. 2, 15. 13, 16; acc. and 3
to make as any thing, Is. 16, 3. Hos. 2,
5. Ps. 21, 10. 83, 12. 14. Rarely simpl.
to make, to do, i. q. Fitº, as nins nºt
to do signs, wonders, Ex. 1, 10, More
freq. is nins thir).-Hence
5. With acc. and % of pers. to make
or prepare for any one, i. q. to give,
Gen. 4, 25. Jer. 51, 39. Impers. Hos. 6,
11 * **sp nu; nºrth nº also for thee,
Judah, a harvest of evil is prepared.
Hoph. pass. c. 53, to be laid upon,
imposed, Ex. 21, 30.
Deriv. nu}, nºu, pr. m. nu}.
Fºu! m. c. suff, innu, Is. 10, 17, a thorn,
collect, thorms, found only in Isaiah
and every where put with synon. Yºu;,
Is. 5, 6, 7, 23–25. 9, 17. 10, 17. 27, 4.—
The etymology is doubtſui; but perh.
nº is for nº, the middle radical :
being softened, (as nº for nº3, eig for
£ve, eig for évg.) from r. Tºu, whence luj
ſem. rºug; comp. nº from bºº, rº, from
ºn ; so Gesenius. Others understand
a thorm-hedge, as being set around gar-
dens and vineyards, from r. nºuj; but
the word does not signify a hedge of
thorns, but thorns as growing sponta-
neously in the fields and among ruins
nº m. (r. nº) something put on
i. e. attire, dress, Prov. 7, 10. Ps. 73,
Comp. r. nºu; no. 2. c.
jº, see Taº.
-- tº
rººf .
I059
$: Betº, fut, -zº; inſ: Heº, c. suff.
Hººj Gen. 19, 33, Tääu (from abuğ)
Deut. 6,7; imperat. ==\}, c. He emphat.
nºt to lie down, to lie; Syr. Chald.
and Eth. I'l'ſ) ſl, id. but Arab. -->
to pour out, by incl.ning a vessel. The
primary root is 55, F5, which has the
signification of curving, inclining one-
self, see in FE2, Gr, and Lat. xúnto,
cubo, cumbo. For the sibilant prefixed
to biliteral roots in order to make them
triliteral, see under tº, p. 1000.-Ps. 68,
14 would that ye lay among the stalls,
i. e. the shepherds in order to take rest.
Am. 6, 4, 2 Sam. 12, 3. Lev. 26, 6. Is.
50, 11 ye shall lie down in sorrow. 1 K.
3, 19 she (the woman) had lain upon it,
the child, and so had suffocated it. Also
to lay oneself in a particular posture;
Ez. 4, 4 lay thyself upon thy right side.
v. 6.. 9. 2 K. 4, 34.—Spec.
a) Of persons lying down to sleep,
Gen. 19, 4. 28, 11. 1 Sam. 3, 5, 6, 9.
Ps. 3, 6, 4, 9. 1 K. 19, 5. Job 7, 4. Prov.
3, 24; and as lying in bed, sleeping,
1 Sam. 3, 2. 2 Sam. 11, 9. 1 K. 21, 27.
Ruth 3, 4. Prov. 23, 34. Also to lie
down for rest, Ps. 68, 14. 2 Sam. 4, 5;
hence, to rest, to take rest, Ecc. 2, 23
even at night his heart taketh no rest.
Job 11, 18 see in nºr II, p. 335. Job
30, 17 my gnawing (pains) take no rest.
b) Of sick persons, 2 Sam. 13, 6. 2 K.
9, 16.
c) Of mourners as lying upon the
ground, 2 Sam. 12, 16. 13, 31; of one
morose 1 K. 21, 4. -
d) Of persons dying, to lay oneself
down, very often in the phrase by 52 ºn
Trias Gen. 47, 30. Deut. 31, 16; espec.
of the decease of kings, 1 K. 1, 21. 2,
10. 11, 43. 14, 20.31. 15, 8.24. 16, 6.28;
also of the dead, Is. 14, 8 ºu; Tsº since
thou art laid down, liest dead. v. 18. 43,
17. Job 3, 13, 20, 11. 21, 26. Yap *-ū
hose lying in the grave Ps. 88, 6. -
e) With by, to lie with a woman,
amarried or unmarried, unlawfully, Gen.
26, 10. 30, 15. 16, 34, 2. 39, 7. 12. Deut.
22, 23 sq. 2 Sam. 12, 11; also with ns
Çer. 35, 22. 1 Sam. 2, 22; with acc.
'em. Deut. 28, 30 Keri, where Kethib
has bauj; and so with acc. Fins, "ns,
Gen. 34, 2. Lev. 15, 18. 24. Num. 5, 19.
2 Sam. 13, 14. Ez. 23, 8. Rarely spoken
of a woman as lying with a man, 2 Sam
13, 11. Gen. 19, 32–35. Also nº is
used for the lying of a male with a
male, sodomy, Lev. 18, 22. 20, 13; and
of a man with a beast, Ex. 22, 18. Deut.
27, 21. Very rarely indeed is it spoken
of conjugal intercourse 2 Sam. 11, 10.
Mic. 7, 5; commonly the words sº, th;
Hºp are used.
Niph. to be lain with, ravished, of a
woman, Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2.
PUAL id. Jer. 3, 2 Keri.
HiPh. 1. to make lie down, to lay
down, to place, to put, 1 K. 3, 20. 17, 19.
2 K. 4, 21. 2 Chr. 16, 14. Hos. 2, 20
With Fishs to cast down to the ground,
to prostrate, 2 Sam. 8, 2.-Spec. of a
vessel, to lay down, to incline, so as to
empty it; Job 38, 37 who shall incline
(a^2\}:) the bottles of heaven, i. e. the
clouds, so that the rain may descend.
So Arab. - C, to pour out, sc. by in-
clining a vessel.
Hoph. =zºr Ez. 32, 32; part. 2 K. 4,
32; imper. Hººr Ez. 32, 19.
Deriv. Hºu), nasu), -zu;2.
Tºti f (r. 523) only constr. razu,
pr: a lying down; found only in the
Pentateuch. Eth. ii'ºlſlºt id.
a) bºrn nºuš, the lying down or fall
of the dew, its effusion as scattered upon
the ground, Ex. 16, 13. 14. See Hiph.
b) sh; na=\}, pr. ‘a lying with of
seed,” i. e. a lying with a woman with
emission of seed Lev. 15, 16. 17. 32. 22,
4. So ºn; neau nūs-ns ==u to lie with
a woman, a lying with of seed, with
ermission of seed, Lev. 15, 18. 19, 20.
Num. 5, 13.
nabu ſ (r. Heus) a lying with, concº-
bitus ; hence rºs: in ºurns in; i. q.
to lie with a woman Num. 5, 20; so of a
man with a beast Lev. 18, 23. 20, 15.
Also with shih added, Lev. 18, 20.
* I. Tºtº obsol. root, Arab. &, to
complain, to accuse; V, id. Eth. I'l'ſ) P
to accuse, to inform against. Hence
Tufts testicle, see p. 94; also pr. n. Hºu.
* II. Tºu, a doubtful root, prob. i. i.
Hsu, Azu, Eth. 'i'ſlop, to err, to pan-
der, to roam. Comp. in 2:\º note; and
Hău, of a wandering flock, Ez. 34, 6.
hº
55 ºf
1060
HipH. part. Jer. 5, 8 like fed horses (in
ust) ºr nºzºº do they roam about ;
Somp. Jer. 2, 23. Prov. 7, 10 sq. The
idea of roaming accords well, both with
horses unmanageable from lust, and with
libidinous men; so Simonis well, Lex. r.
beu.-Other less probable interpreta-
tions see in Thesaur. p. 1403.
Siouſ m. (r. 55u) bereavement, pr. loss
of children, trop. of Babylon, Is. 47, 8.9.
Also, loss of friends, state of abandom-
ment, Ps. 35, 12.
* m, adj. (r. Bouy) f. Hº, plur.
nºw.
1. bereaved of children, Jer, 18, 21 ;
robbed of whelps, as a bear, Prov. 17, 12.
2 Sam. 17, 8. Hos. 13, 8.
2. without young, barren, e. g. sheep,
Cant. 4, 2. 6, 6.
n">ty, n>ty, m. adj. (r. -zu) drunk,
intoricated, 1 K. 16, 9, 20, 16 hizu Hrú
drinking himself drunk. 1 Sam. 25, 36.
Job 12, 25. Joel 1, 5. Is. 19, 14 as a
drunken man staggereth in his vomit.
24, 20. Fem. Hºu) id. I Sam. 1, 13.
>k new and Tºtº Is. 49, 14. Prov. 2,
17; ſut, nau}: ; to forget, kindr, with
rtº II, Häu, Azú, q.v. Deut. 25, 19, 26,
13. Job 39, 15. With acc. of thing or
pers. Gen. 27, 45. 40,23. Deut. 9, 7. Am.
8, 7. Job 9, 27. al. Ps. 137, 5 if I forget
thee, O Jerusalem, let my right hand for-
get sc. her skill; see a similar execration
in v. 6 and Job 31, 22. Rarely with To
c. inf Ps. 102, 5 north b-sº "rrieu, I for-
get to eat my food ; comp. Prov. 4, 5–
Also to forget so as to leave behind, e.g.
a sheaf in the field, Deut. 24, 19.—Very
cften men are said to forget God, not to
regard him, Deut. 6, 12. 8, 11. 14, 19.
Judg. 3, 7. Hos. 2, 15. Is. 17, 10. Jer. 2,
32. al. or also the divine law Hos. 4, 6.
Prov. 2, 17. 3, 1. Ps. 44, 18, 119,83. al.
Vice versa, God is said to forget men, to
neglect them, not to care for them, Ps.
10, 12. 13, 2, 42, 10. 74, 19. Is. 49, 14.
Lam. 5, 20; also to forget his kindness,
not to continue it, Ps. 77, 10. Part.
bs ºriº those forgetful of God, Job 8,
3. Ps. 50, 22.
Niph. reux, ſem. nrºº Is. 23, 15, to
be forgotten, to fall into oblivion, Gen.
41, 30. Job 28, 4 by ºn thrºu; forgot-
ten of the foot they hang down, i. e. not
supported by the feet; see in r. bhºj na
1. Ecc. 2, 10. 9, 5. Is. 65, 16. Jer. 20, 11.
50, 5, Deut. 31, 21 isn't "tº revºr, Nb i.
(the song) shall not be forgotten out of
the mouths of their seed.—Part, fem.
Firºu); forgotten Is. 23, 16.
PIEL new to cause to be forgotte.7, c.
acc. of thing, Lam. 2, 6.
HipH, to cause to forget, c. acc. of
pers, and thing, Jer. 23, 27.
Hithea. renuin, i. q. Niph. to be for
gotten, Ecc. 8, 10.
Deriv. rºuj.
Tºtº Chald. to find. The forms of
Peal are found rarely in the Targums.
ITHPE. Tizmuri, to be found, Ezra 6.2.
Dan. 2, 35. 5, 11. 12. 14, 27. 6, 5. 23. 24.
APH. Tºuri, to find, Ezra 4, 15, 19.
Dan. 2, 25. 6, 5.6. 12; also in the sense
to get, Ezra 7, 16.
Tº adj. verbal, forgetting, forgetful,
plur. Bºru, c. acc. of object, Ps, 65, 11;
plur. constr. bºnºs "rºus forgetting God
Ps, 9, 18; see Heb. Gr. § 91. 5.
Tºtº (accusation, r. Hºuſ I.) Shachi-
ah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 10. Many manu-
scripts and editions have nº.
*Tºtº, fut. Tºº, inſ tº Esth. 2, 1
and Tº Jer. 5,26. Kindr, are Triº, rºu,
q. v. comp. also 52%, 52%, 72%, ºpus.
1. to subside, to settle down, as water
Gen. 8, 1; of anger, to be appeased, Esth.
2, 1. 7, 10.
2. to stoop down, to crouch, as a fowler
setting snares, Jer. 5, 26.
HipH. to make subside, to still, e. g. a
sedition, Num. 17, 20 [5].
2K bºº and bºu, pret. 1 pers. "rºuſ
and "rºzu, Gen. 43, 14; ſut. Betº ; to be
bereaved sc. of children, to be made
childless. 1 Sam. 15, 33 Tºs Bººr. Tº so
shall thy mother be made childless among
women, thou being slain. Gen. 43, 14
•rbº ºrb-u nuftsz ºs; and I, when 1
am bereaved, I am bereaved, the lan-
guage of a person who calmly bears up
under what appears to be inevitable,
comp. Esth. 4, 16. With acc. Gen. 27,45
tº tº b2uis High why should I be also
bereaved of you both 2 Part pass, fem.
nºn-u. bereaved, childless, Is. 49, 21–
Arab. J3 id. Chald, bion and ºn id
$50;
Dº
106]
PIEl b2u 1. to bereave to make child-
less, c. acc. Gen. 42, 36. Hos. 9, 12. Jer.
15, 7, Ez. 36, 12. 13. 14 Keri. So of wild
beasts which devour children; Lev. 26,
22 I will send wild beasts among you,
which shall make you childless. Ez. 5,
17. 14, 15. Poetically of the sword as
destroying young men; Deut. 32, 25
anrſ-bºr, Variº abroad (in battle) the
sword shall make childless i. e. destroy
your sons, Lam. 1, 20. 1 Sam, 15, 33;
comp. Jer. 8, 21.
2. to make an abortion, i. e. to have
abortion, to miscarry, e. g. Ex. 23, 26; of
'kine Job 21, 10; of sheep and goats Gen.
°1, 38. Hence of a vine, to be barren,
snfruitful, Mal. 3, 11 ; so Pliny speaks of
he ‘abortus arborum, H. N. 12.6, comp.
8. 17, 44. Trop. of a land, where there
s frequent miscarriage (sc. of women
and flocks) because of the bad water;
so part. nº Yºs a land suffering
abortion. In v. 21 rºw; is a subst.
which see in its order.
Hiph. 1. i. q. Piel no. 1, to bereave,
l, e. to destroy young men in war, Jer.
50, 9 bºzuyº Hizi, a mighty bereaver,
Vulg. interfector; so Gesenius. Others
prefer the reading bºttº in the sense
»f successful, prosperous ; see r. Peº
Hiph, no. 4; so Sept. Syr. and some
manuscripts and editions.
2. to make an abortion, to miscarry ;
part. Hos, 9, 14 bºujº Err a miscarry-
ing womb. Comp. Piel no. 2.
Deriv. Bi-uj, Bº, Bºžū, nº.
tº: m. plnr. (r. 55u}) bereavement,
. e. time or state of bereavement; comp.
the like plur. Bºri, Eºs, etc. Trop.
pf the condition of Israel in exile, Is. 49,
20; comp. 54, 1.
Sºuj, see Chald. r. º.
>k Deuº in Kal not used, pr. perh, to
incline oneself, to bend down, to stoop;
kindr. with Buy, Flpuy, q.v. Hence Eth.
I'l'ſld’ to bear or carry a load; comp.
Arab. ºGº to walk with short steps
trom weakness, pr. prob. to walk stoop-
ing; also ºš. to be ill, languid.—Prob
from stooping or bearing that part of the
back between the shoulders is called
tº ; although the signification of bear-
ing might readily come from bºº, as
Chald. Frºz ‘to bear on the shoulders,
from Finž shoulder.
Hiph. Bºzun, fut. apoc. Ezº”.
1. to rise early in the morning; e. g.
with "pha Gen. 19, 27. 20,8. 28, 18. Ex.
8, 16. al. or with a like adjunct, Josh. 6.
15. 1 Sam. 9, 26. Judg. 9, 3; or simp.
Gen. 19, 2. Josh. 8, 14, Judg. 6, 28. 7, 1.
2 Sam. 15, 2. 2 Chr. 29, 20. It seems
to signify pr. to load up camels and
other beasts of burden, which among
the nomades is done very early in the
morning; hence ‘to set off early,” comp
Tºš and Jº to migrate, from sº to
load up.–With h, to get up early to any
place, to go early, Cant. 7, 13.−Some-
times when followed by another verb it
is equivalent to an adverb, early ; e. g.
before an infin. 2 K. 6, 15 pºpº Ezº.
and he rose early. Ps. 127,2; or a ſut. Is.
5, 11 ; or a participle Hos. 6, 4. Hence
inf absol. Bºzºri or ºn as adv. early.
Prov. 27, 14. 1 Sam. 17, 16.
2. Trop. to do early, seasonably, ear-
nestly, put before another verb; Zeph.
3, 7 trib-by ºn-run ºn they were
in earnest to act wickedly, always ready
to do evil. It is a peculiarity of Jere-
miah to join infin. absol. Ezºr with an-
other infin. as Jer. 7, 25 I have sent unto
you all my servants the prophets, b2uin
ribuš, earnestly and diligently every day.
25, 4, 26, 5, 29, 19. 35, 15. 44, 4; nail ºn
Jer. 7, 13. 25, 3, 35, 14; ºr 'n Jer. 11,
7; 'Tºbº "H 32, 33. Elsewhere once in
2 Chr. 36, 15.—Inf. Eºs for Bºzun,
once, Jer. 25, 3.—For Jer. 5, 8, see in r
nº. *
Dºtº m. in pause tº Ps. 21, 13; c.
suff, inau). See in r. bºu; init.
1. the shoulder, or, as Simonis has
well remarked, the shoulder-blades, i. e.
the part where these approach each
other behind, the upper part of the back
next beneath the neck, called it, Engl.
indifferently the shoulders or the back.
Hence found only in the singular, and
different from ºn: ; as Job 31, 22 "Enz
bien nº let my shoulder fall from
its shoulder-blade, i. e. from the back to
which it is joined. Here the ending
H+, although without Mappik, is to be
taken as in the printed Masora for a
- 89*
that:
lº
1062
suffix (comp. Num. 15, 28), so that it is
not necessary to assume a new fem.
Hºu) i. q. pº-The noun tº comes
from the idea of inclining, stooping; or
from that of bearing ; so Gesenius in
*Nºx, Thesaur. p. 1161.—In the hu-
man body, not in beasts, the tºuš is
spoken of:
a) As the part on which burdens are
carried; Gen. 49, 15 bath iºu) tº and
he bowed his shoulder to bear. Josh. 4, 5.
Judg. 9, 48. Is. 10, 27. Ps. 81, 7; also
Gen. 9, 23. Trop. dominion is said to
be upon one’s shoulder; Is. 9, 5 the do-
minion shall be upon his shoulder, the
figure being drawn from the robes and
other ensigns of dignity; or, as others
think, from its being a charge or bur-
den; comp. chargé d'affaires. So Is. 22,
22 the key of the house of David will I
lay upon his shoulder, i. e. commit to
him; for "Tº be see in art. Tº no. 1. ee.
Zeph. 3, 9 to serve the Lord Tris tº
with one shoulder, i. e. with one mind,
ôuo 9 vuwööv ; the figure being taken
from those who bear a burden or yoke
together; comp. Syr. ièrº lf- jointly.
For riº; Hos. 6, 9, see below in no.
3. a.
b) As the part on which blows are
inflicted. Is. 9, 3 inzu, nº the staff of
his shoulder, i. e. with which he was
beaten.
c) In the phrase tº Hººn to turn
the shoulder, i. e. to turn the back, said
of one going away, 1 Sam. 10, 9; comp.
ºny nº Jer. 48, 39. Hence may be ex-
plained Ps. 21, 13 tº ionºun *z, Vulg.
quoniam pomes eos dorsum, i.e. thou will
make them turn their backs; comp. In:
tº 2 Chr. 29, 6; here Ezº is acc. of
Iſ) a QI) (2 T. -
2. Metaph. a tract or portion of land,
Gen. 48, 22, where there is an allusion
to the city Shechem; pr: a ridge or hill,
as Arab. Jºgº shoulder, also tract of
lal Al. ge
3. Shechem, Sichem, pr. n. a) A
city among the mountains of Ephraim,
situated in the narrow valley between
Mount Eb ul and Mount Gerizim, after-
wards called by the Romans Flavia
Neapolis, whence the modern Urºlº
Nábulus or vulg. Nablus ; Gen. 12, 6.33,
18, 34, 2. Josh. 20, 7, 21, 20. 21. Ps. 60, 8
1 K. 12, 25. Sept. 2'vyéu, comp. Act
7, 16. Vulg. Sichem. With He loca,
riº to Shechem, Gen. 37, 14. Josh. 24,
1. Judg. 9, 31; once nºt; Hos. 6, 9
where it is said of wicked priests: Tº
Fººt; ºnsº, they wander in the was
towards Shechem, referring to its rights
as a city of refuge (Num. 35, 9 sq.)
which it would seem the priests there
abused, so as either themselves to com-
mit murder, or to conceal it when com .
mitted by others. Others here take
rººt as in no. 1. a, by consent.—See
Relandi Palaest. p. 1004 sq. Bibl. Res.
in Pal. III. p. 96 sq. 119 sq. -
b) A Canaanite, the son of Hamor
prince of the city Shechem, Gen. 33, 19.
34, 2 sq. Judg. 9, 28.
Deriv. the two following.
Pºtº (shoulder) Shechem, pr. n. m.
a) A son of Gilead, Num, 26, 31. Josh.
17, 2, b) 1 Chr. 7, 19–Patronym. of
lett. a, is "º a Shechemite, Num. I. c
Fººt according to some i, q. tº Job
31, 22; but see above in Eau no. 1.
*Tºtº, also Tºtº Deut. 33, 12. 20.
Judg. 5, 17; fut. Pujº ; inf. 15uj, c. suff.
ºu.
i. to let oneself down, to settle down.
to abide, e.g. the glory Ex. 24, 16; the
column of fire and cloud, Num. 9, 17. 22
10, 12–Talm. Tau) id. Syr. sala, id
Kindr. are Tau, q. v. Hau, pºu, Tag
also Tsuj, Tsu).
2. to lay oneself down, to lie down, e.g
for rest, as the lion Deut. 33, 20; of a
people lying in tents, to encamp, Num
24, 2; of clouds resting heavily upon the
day, c. by Job 3, 5. Hence to rest, to take
rest; Prov. 7, 11 nºn ºzº. Nº Firºz
her feet rest not in her house. Ps. 55, 7
Also of one inactive, inert, Judg. 5, 17
bis. Nah. 3, 18, parall, phy. Comp. Bº
no. 1. e.
3. to abide, to dwell, Arab. t. -
Syr. <>, id. With 3 of place Gen.
9, 27. 14, 13. 26, 2. Jer. 48,28, 1 Chr 23
25; acc. of place Deut. 22, 5. 1s. 33, 16
Ps. 68, 7. A frequent formula is jºu.
yºs to dwell in or inhabit the land, to
possess it quietly, Prov. 2, 21. 10, 30
Ps. 37, 3.29; and so without yºs in the
pº
ºn-Yº,
1063
same sense Ps. 102, 29; with Ebish r
Tº added Ps. 37, 27. 29; also nº Puy
or nº 'uº Ps. 16, 9. Prov. 1, 33. Deut.
33, 12. 28. 23, 6. A similar ellipsis is
in Is. 57, 15 God Ty Tetº who dwelleth
forever sc. in heaven; comp. fully in Is.
33, 5 binº Tºº he (God) dwelleth on
high. So God is said to dwell in the
midst of his people, in Zion, in the holy
place, etc. Num. 5, 3. 35, 34. Ex. 29,46.
Joel 4, 17. 21. Deut. 12, 11. al. (Hence
among the later Jews the nº She-
chimah, the visible presence or glory of
Jehovah ; Buxtorf Lex. Taſm. p. 2394.)
2 Sam. 7, 10 "rrin Tau, that they (the
people) may dwell in a place of their
own. Deut. 33, 16 nºt ºntº the dweller
in the bush i. e. Jehovah, comp. Ex. 3, 2.
With a pleonastic dat. Ps. 120, 6 riº
* hath dwelt for itself—Part pass.
Thau, as act, dwelling, like the Fr. logé,
Judg. 8, 11.—Animals also are said to
dwell ; as wild beasts in their lairs Job
37, 8; fishes in the sea Job 26, 5; birds
among foliage Is. 34, 11. Ez. 17, 23. 31,
13. So too of inanimate things; e. g.
poet. the light Job 38, 19; the taberna-
cle Josh. 22, 19; trop. justice Is. 32, 16;
glory Ps. 85, 10.-Further, one is said
to dwell in the temple, who frequents it,
Ps. 65, 5, comp. 15, 1. Once metaph. to
dwell in any thing, i. e. to be familiar,
intimate with it; see 2g no. 2, and
Arab. , . to be familiar; Prov. 8, 12
I wisdom Hºly ºn:=\; dwell in prudence,
am intimately united with her.
4. to be dwelt in, inhabited, to be full
of inhabitants, i. Q. Buj. no. 4. q. v. So
of a city, Jer, 33, 16 na: Tizºr Rºanº
Jerusalem shall be inhabited in safety.
So of a land, Jer. 46, 26. Also puj Nº.
of a city desolate and deserted, not
habitable, Is, 13, 20. Jer. 50, 39 (parall.
sºn Nºb).
PIEL, to cause to dwell in any place;
c, acc. of pers. and 3 of place, Jer. 7, 3.7.
Num. 14, 30. Of Jehovah is said º
You to cause his name to dwell in a
place, i. e. to fix his abode there, Jer. 7,
12. Deut. 12, 11. 14, 23. 16, 6.11. 26, 2.
Neh. 1, 9; i. q. iou) cº, see in r. Ehip
no. 1. ſ—Also to pitch or eet up a tent,
'o place, c. acc. Ps. 78.60 Ens: 12t bris
he tent which he set up among men ;
tomp. in Kal nº. 3, and Hiph. no. 2.
Hiph. Tºur 1. Causat of Kal no
1 or 2, to lay or cast down, to depress,
Ps. 7, 6 ºr -ºsh "Ti-3 let him lay
mine honour in the dust, cover me with
ignominy.
2. Causat. of Kal no. 3, to cause to
dwell, i. q. Piel ; c. acc. of pers. Ps. 78,
55. Trop. of wickedness, Job 11, 14.—
Also to set up, to place, e. g. the cheru-
bim at the gate of Eden, Gen. 3, 24; a
tent Josh. 18, 1, comp. Piel.
Deriv. Yºu?, Tau, 72%, pr. n. Fºuj,
*H:2u. e
jet Chald, fut, plur, fem. Tºº, to
dwell, as birds among foliage, Dan. 4,
18 [21].
PA, to cause to dwell, as God his name,
c. acc. Ezra 6, 12.
jºº m. (r. 72%) constr. Þu Hos. 10,
5; c. suff inau; Ex. 12, 4; plur. c. suff,
*::::. Fem. Hºu, c. suff. Firº Ex.
3, 22; plur. niºu, Ruth 4, 17.
1. a dweller, inhabitant, Is. 33, 24.
Hos. 10, 5. Arab. Jºlº, id.
2. one dwelling near, a neighbour,
Prov. 27, 10. Ex. 12, 4. Ps. 31, 12. 2 K.
4, 3; so of nations or tribes Deut. 1, 7.
Ps. 44, 14. 79, 4, 12. 80, 7. al. Chald.
Tº id.—Fem. a female neighbour Ex.
3, 22. Ruth 4, 17.
7.2% m. c. suff, isºlº, a dwelling, once
Deut. 12, 5. R. Tº .
nº (familiar with Jehovah, r. Tº
no. 3 fin.) Shecamiah, pr. m. m. a) 1 Chr.
3, 21. b) Neh. 3, 29. c) 6, 18. d)
Ezra 10, 2. e) 8, 3. f.) 8, 5. g) Neh.
12, 3, see Hyºu;.
*Tºº (id.) Shecaniah, pr. n. m.
2 Chr. 31, 15; also 1 Chr. 24, 11, see in
rºuj.
* I. help, fut. ***, inf.constr. ryº
Hag. 1, 6; see Heb. Gr. §45. 2. b ; to
drink deeply, to be drunken, intoxicated,
Gen. 9, 21 ; with acc. of the drink, Is.
29,9. 49, 26; Tº Is. 51,21. Not always
of drunkenness; but sometimes to drink
to the full, i. q. ny, Hag. 1, 6; to drink
to hilarity, to be merry, Cant. 5, 1. Gen.
43, 34.—Metaph. in the prophets the
wicked are said to be drunken, since they
rush by a sort of madness into their own
| destruction, Is. 29, 9, 51, 21. Lam. 4, 21
*lººj
abuj
1064
Nah. 3, 11; see fully in biz, also The-
saur. p 1409 sq. – Part pass. Hºuſ
drunken, intoaricated, Is, 51, 21–Arab.
- 2& Syr. ſala, Eth. I'l'AZ, id.
PIEL to make drunk 2 Sam. 11, 13.
Metaph. Jer. 51, 7. Is. 63, 6; see in
Kal.
HipH. id. to make drunk, trop. e. g.
arrows with blood Deut. 32,42; nations,
see Kal and Pi. Jer. 51, 57.
HiTHP. to make oneself drunk, to get
drunk, 1 Sam. 1, 14.
Deriv, -zu), -izu, Jinzu;.
*II. new i. q. melº, Arab. • 12 3.
to hire, to reward; whence naus.
Tº m. (r. heuſ I,) temetum, strong
drink, any intoxicating liquor, whether
wine Num. 28, 7; or an intoxicating
drink resembling wine prepared or dis-
tilled from barley (Hdot. 2.77. Diod, 1.
20, 34. Xen. An. 4. 5. 26), from honey,
or from dates; see Hieron. Opp. ed. Mar-
tian. T. IV. p. 364, “Sicera (nzu) He-
braso sermone omnis potio, quae inebri-
are potest, sive illa quae frumento confi-
citur, sive pomorum succo, aut quum
ſavi decoquuntur in dulcem et barbaram
potionem, aut palmarum fructus expri-
muntur in liquorem, coctisque frugibus
aqua pinguior coloratur.” Comp. Plin.
H. N. 14, 16 or 19.5–Arab & wine
prepared from dried grapes and dates.
The hºu, is often distinguished from
wine, as Lev. 10,9. Num. 6, 3. Judg. 13,
4, 7; and the poets not seldom use in
one member hºu, and in the other jº,
as Is. 5, 11. 24, 9. 28, 7. 29, 9. 56, 12.
Prov. 20, 1. 31, 6. Mic. 2, 11–In Is: 5,
22 a wine mingled with spices seems to
be intended, i. q. Tºº, 32.
-buſ, see hizº.
mº, see r. nº I, init.
Tinº m. (r. heus I)
mess, Ez. 23, 33. 39, 19.
2. With n local, riginº, Shikron, pr.
a. of a place on the northern border of
the tribe of Judah, towards the west,
Josh. 15, 11.
ºn m. error, fault, 2 Sam. 6, 7, R.
*u.
1. drunken-
bº a particle of the later Hebrew
made up of the prefix 'u', i. q. hºs, and
º, hence i. q. , hugs. In Rabbinic it is
very frequent, and is there put before
the genitive; comp. ; hugs in art. Huffs
A. no. 3. In the Heb, it occurs only
with a prefix.
1. Puja on account of because of, i. q.
* ºffs: p. 99. Jon. 1, 7 ºz, because
of whom, on whose account, for which
v. 8 has "ºh nuisa. v. 12 ºz. on my
account. It corresponds to the Aram
bºº, compounded of 4, "" i. g. huis
and h. *
2. huis bºa, pr. eo ipso quod, in what
soever; Ecc. 8, 17 Bºsn boys ºus buſi
sšº Nº in whatsoever a man labours,
yet shall he not find it. It is emphat.
for nºša eo quod, in what, (comp. Syr.
2 o'S-22 ejus ipsius, see Agrell Synt.
Syr. p. 196,) and so is equivalent to
HujS-b: in all whatsoever, i. e. how
much soever. The text needs no cor-
rection.
3. *z, *z, who of those to us? i.e
who of ours, who of us, 2 K. 6, 11.
Tºsht; m. adj: tranquil, dwelling at
ease, Job 21, 23. It is either made up
from two synonymes Hºuſ and lºsuj; or
comes from the latter alone by inserting
9, as ºf i. q. Fix" to be hot; or perh.
is a mere error for Tºšuš.
>k abu; in Kal not used; Arab, Jºš
is i, q, \} to break notches e. g. in the
edge of a vessel, sword, etc. Chald.
abuj Pa.. to join together, to connect ;
whence ninº, steps or rounds of a
ladder, so called as conjoining the two
sides.—In Hebrew this word seems to
have signified to notch into each other,
to join by tenon and mortise.
PUAL part. Ex. 26, 17 two temons to
each board, Firins-bs nºs riºtº
joined one to another, perhaps by trans-
verse pieces of wood under the sockets,
v. 19; or fitted (corresponding) one to
another. 36, 22. But Sept. &vtutin towto.g
£1sgow tº Štágº, opposite one to another.--
Hence
tº m. plur, pr. joinings, joints
e.g. at the corners of a base or pedes-
tal; then ledges or borders covering
these joints, 1 K. 7, 28. 29.
35uj
1065 Hºuſ
*:::: in Kal not used ; perh, ei-
her to cast down, kindr. with Taº,
O 2*
gº * 3 sº
*}, whence sºuj, Arab , Aram.
sºn, snow, as falling from the clouds;
or else having some affinity with r. 283
to be bright, to shine, so that snow was
then so called from its brightness.
HipH. Mººr, prob. denom. from *
snow; to be snowy, i. e. to be white like
snow, of a snow-white colour; so Syr.
Arab. Comp. for the use of Hiph. in
designating colours, under PTS, Taº.
Ps. 68, 15 when the Almighty scallered
kings in it (the land), Tiºga abun it
was snow-white (like snow) on mount
Zalmon, sc. with the bones of the slain;
comp. Virg. Æn. 5. 865. ib. 12. 36,
campi ossibus albent. But as mount
Zalmon was woody (Judg. 9, 47 sq.)
and could scarcely present the appear-
ance of a field covered with bones like
snow, we must either give up this
meaning of shºr), or else render Tinºs:
at Zalmon, i. e. in the plain near the
mountain. Others take it in the sense
to snow, and Tiohs as an appellative
‘the shady’; and render: when the Al-
mighty scaltered kings in it, snow fell
in the darkness, i. e. either light arose
in the darkness, calamity; or, snow fell
as a judgment from God upon the ene-
my, comp. Job 38,22. 23. See Thesaur.
p. 1411 sq.-Hence
* m. in pause *}, snow, Arab.
3. Chald, ºr, Nºhn, Syr. tº 4.
Samar. id.—Job 6, 16. 24, 19. 37, 6.
38, 22. Ps. 147, 16. Is. 55, 10. al. 2 Sam.
23, 20 sºn Ein the time of snow, winter.
Prov. 31, 21 she (the good housewife) is
not afraid of the snow for her household,
i. e. of the cold, since they are well
clothed. In ancient times, as now, snow
was prob. brought in summer from Leb-
anon (Tixº, hºu, Jer. 18, 14) for refresh-
ment, espec. for cooling drink; so Prov.
25, 13 as the cold of snow in the time of
harvest, i. e. refreshing.—Snow is put
as the emblem of whiteness, Ex. 4, 6
Num. 12, 10. 2 K. 5, 27; of clearness
brightness, Lam. 4, 7; of purity of mind
Ps. 51, 9.
>k Hàº; and hºt, pr. to be lax, re.
laxed; like r. bhū q. v. comp. Bºt;
Hence
1. to be tranquil, secure, at rest, espec,
of one who enjoys quiet prosperity, Job
3, 26. Jer, 12, 1. Lam. 1. 5. Ps. 122, 6.
Praet. "nº Job l.c. Fut. Hºº Ps. l.c.
Of a dwelling, Job 12, 6–Arab. X., to
be tranquil and serene in mind. Chald
sº, Syr. --SA, i, q, nº. Kindr. i
riºtº, also tºuj.
2. Trop. ‘to be lax, negligent, care-
less’; hence, to go astray, to sin, to ſall
into sin, from ignorance or inadver.
tence; see Niph. Hiph. and deriv. buff,
tº no. 2, Hºuſ no. 2, Chald. nºuš, bu;.
—Arab. X. to be forgetful; Chald.
sº and Syr. --SA to neglect, to ſor-
get; also Chald. Nºt to err, to sin, in
Targ. for Heb. Hàu. †
3. Trans. to relaar, to set free ; or, as
some, to draw or pull out, i. q, buff, Bºº,
q. v. like Aram. Nºuă, it. comp. nºuă.
Hence is commonly derived ſut. apoc.
bº for nº; Job 27, 8 inje. Hibs buſ: "a
when God shall set free (or draw out)
his spirit sc. from his body as a prison
or sheath (comp. ngº), i.e. shall take
away his soul. So Chald and Syr.—
The conjecture of Schnurrer is not to be
slighted, that buy" is contracted forbsº
2 s -
shall demand, comp. Arab. J.; for
935.
Jº; though it would then seem
necessary to read buº.
Niph. Rºº, i. q. Kal no. 2, to go
astray, to sin, 2 Chr. 29, 11.
HiPh. causat. of Kal no. 2, to lead
astray, to deceive, 2 K. 4, 28.
Deriv. Buj, buy or Yºuj, thug, rºuj,
-bu, nº. vº e º
Tºº Chald. 1. to be secure, to be at
rest, i, q. Heb. Hººj no. 1; Part pass.
nhui Dan. 4, 1.
2. to go astray, to sin, i. q. Heb. Hºw
no. 2. Hence rºuj, ºbt;.
nºt; Chald. f. (r. Hºº) error, wrong,
any thing amiss, i. q ibºj, nabº, 1)an,
3, 29 Keth.
nº ... (r. 8su}) 1. I. q. nºsu, petition
c. suff. Thºu? I Sam. 1, 17. See in nºsti
ribºj
hºw;
1066
2. Shelah, pr. n. of a son of Judah,
Gen. 38, 5. 46, 12. Patronym. "shu:
Shelanite, Num. 26, 20.
nºw, see art. ibuj.
narº f (r. 57%, whence Chald, and
Syr. Shaph. arſhu), -ool S.A.) flame, nºrth
nariº intens, a flame of flame, Ez. 20,
47 [21, 3] ; of a burning wind Job 15,
30, Cant. 8, 6 Fºrrºrihu; the flame of
Jehovah, i.e. lightning; where others
read Fiºnariºuſ in one word, or without
Mappik nºn-rhº, but in the same sense.
hat; m. adj, once Tºº Job 21, 23, also
º Jer. 49,31; ſem. Hyºu; ; plur, constr.
*huj. R. Hºuſ no. 1.
1. secure, tranquil, at rest, 1 Chr, 4,
40. Zech. 7, 7; espec. of one living in
tranquil security, enjoying quiet pros-
perity, Job 16, 12. 21, 23. Ps. 73, 12.
Jer, 49, 31. Neut. as subst. security,
quiet, Job 20, 20.
2. In a bad sense, at ease, careless ;
hence for wicked, Ez. 23, 42. Comp.
Tºšº no. 2.
hbujm. tranquillity, security, once c.
suff, "hº Ps. 30, 7. R. Hºuſ no. 1.
#5uj Chald. f. (for nºbu in Targg. r.
nº) error, wrong, something amiss,
Ezra 4, 22. Dan. 6, 5; also 3, 29 Keri.
* Judg. 21, 19. 1 Sam. 1, 24, 3, 21.
al, or Tºuj Josh. 16, 6, 18, 1. 8–10. 1
Sam. 1, 3.9, al. also ºn Judg. 21, 21.
Jer. 7, 12; and nºntº 1 K. 2, 27. Gen.
49, 10 q. v. below ; prob. “place of rest,
peace, quiet,” for Tibºu, and this prob.
for bib-uj, from r. bhu), see note; Silo,
Shiloh, pr. n. of a city in the tribe of
Ephraim, situated among the hills to
the north of Bethel, eastward of the
great northern road; where the sacred
tabernacle remained for a long time,
Josh. 18, 1. 1 Sam. c. 1-4; comp. Ps.
78, 60. In the time of Jerome it was
utterly desolate, so that the ruins of an
altar could scarcely be pointed out;
in Sophon. 1, 14. Epitaph. Paulae p.
676 ed. Martianay. It remained un-
known during the crusades, and down
to the present century; and was first
visited in 1838; see Bibl. Res. in Palest.
II. p. 86-89, Sept. 2'nātā or 2nátów.
Josephus >ild, also 2Aoûv Antt. 5, 1
19, 20. Hence the present Arabic name
Jy” Seiliºn.—The gentile noun is
ºbnuj or ºbu, ; see art. ***.
The same pr. n. Shiloh may be as
sumed also in the difficult passage Gen
49, 10, the sceptre shall not depart from
Judah ... nº by Hºus sing-ºx is
bºx until he (Judah) shall come to Shi.
toh, and the nations obey him ; then
shall he bind, etc. etc. Here nº is
acc. of place, as in nºt; Ray and he came
to Shiloh 1 Sam. 4, 12. 1 K. 14, 4;
comp. Judg. 21, 12. 1 Sam. 4, 4. It was
before the patriarch’s mind, that the
tribe of Judah would be the leader of
the other tribes in the war against the
Canaanites, and thus hold the supreme
power; see Judg. 1, 1 sq. comp. 20, 18.
Num. 2, 1 sq. 10, 14; nor could this
war be regarded as finished and victory
obtained, until the Hebrews came as
conquerors to Shiloh, in the middle of
the land, and there set up the sacred
ark and tabernacle ; after which, the
Canaanites being now subdued, Judah
ceased to be leader, and the land was
distributed in peace among the tribes,
see espec. Josh. 18, 1. This interpre-
tation was proposed by Teller, and has
been followed by Herder, Bleek, Tuch,
Ewald, Delitzsch, and others. In the
name rºu, the author prob, had respect
to the signification rest, peace ; and the
prophecy may have looked forward be.
yond that epoch of time.—The various
interpretations of this passage are given
by Hengstenberg, Christol, des N. T.I.
p. 59 sq. Reinke Die Weissagung Ja-
cobs etc. Münst. 1849. Exclusive of the
one above given, they belong to three
classes: a) Some prefer the defective
orthography nºw), bu), which they then
read rºbu, or iku, i. q. is hºs, and render,
wntil he shall come to whom is or belongs
sc. the sceptre, dominion. This they
refer either to some one of the Jewish
kings, as Solomon; or more usually to
the Messiah. So Targ. Hieros. and
Onk. Peshito, also Jahn, Bohlen, and
others. They appeal to the like idea
Ez. 21, 32 [27] opuſ ºn tº nu's sh is
wntil he come whose right it is, i. e. the
Messiah. But although this might seems
hbºj
hbū;
1067
im, ated from the passage in Genesis,
yet it can hardly be so regarded; for
the form 'u' is unknown in the Penta-
teuch, and an ellipsis of tºujºn cannot
be admitted. b) There are Jewish
writers, who explain ribºu, or ibºu, by
wis son, sc. Judah’s, i. e. the Messiah as
9
of that tribe; comp. Arab. Q4. foetus,
son; Rabb. Sºº embryo. So Abulwa-
lid, D. Kimchi; also Illgen. c) Not a
few modern interpreters, as Water, Ge-
senius, Rosenmüller, Winer, Hengsten-
berg, Knobel, take ribºu; here as an ap-
pe lative, signifying either peace, quiet,
or (abstr. from concr.) pacificator, prince
of peace. Most understand by it the
Messiah; who is called Dibuj nu, prince
of peace Is. 9, 5; though they differ in
explaining the single words. But this
view labours under the difficulty, that
no such appellative noun is elsewhere
found, nor one of a like form ; except
rº, which itself is the name of a place,
as is also Hºus every where else.—The
variety of orthography in this passage
is the same as in the rest, where it is the
name of a city. We find Hºus in most
Mss. and editions; ribuj in 38 Jewish
Mss. and all the Samaritan; ibºu in a
few Mss. and “buy in the margin of cer-
tain codices; see De Rossi War. Lect.
T. IV. App. p. 217 sq.
Note. As to the etymology of Hºus
or rºbu, there is hardly a similar form,
except tº pr. n. of a city; and as in-
terpreters have derived this from r. nº,
so they commonly reſer Fibºu to r. Hºus;
•omparing the forms hio"p, niujº. But
this is wrong ; ſor ribºu, ibºu, must then
be regarded as shortened from "ib"u),
and Hºns from "ib": ; as from *Ds we
sometimes find Hºy. Hence ribºu, ibºº
may have come rather from Tibºu, and
nº from Tibº. But although nouns
from verbs tº often have the ending
Yi—, yet a form like Tibºué is very rare;
and could be made only by transpos. for
liºu). It is therefore better and more
tertain, to regard rºbus, ibº as for
bibºu from r. bhu; ; just as Tºbu is for
bº. Comp, the Gr. 3'nādu
ryºu; f (r. nº no. 1) constr. nºbu),
1. tranquillily, security, Prov. 17, 1.
Ps. 122, 7, Ez. 16, 49, rººm in the
midst of security Dan. 8, 25, 11, 2]
(comp. Job 15, 21,) i. e. unexpectedly
suddenly, like Chald. and Syr. Thºi,
Tº ſº, S.A. sºc. Comp. Dan. 11,
24.
2. In a bad sense, careless security,
wickedness, comp. r. Hºuſ no. 2; so Prov
1, 32. Plur.c. suff, Tribu: Jer, 22, 21.
Tº Chald. f. security, safety, quiet
Dan. 4, 24. R. Hºº.
D"Tºº m. plur. (r. rhº) aſter the
form on-hº.
1. a sending away, dismission, Ex.
18, 2 r"rºbu, -iris after her sending
away. i. e. after Moses, when about to
go into Egypt to deliver the Israelites,
had sent back his wife Zipporah with
their children to her father’s house. So
in Mic. 1, 14 pºrºbu, nº is to give dis-
mission, i. q. to dismiss, to relieve, to
cease from possessing.—In neither pas-
sage is the idea of divorce necessary,
as some hold; comp. r. nº Pi. no. 3. d.
2. a marriage-gift, sc. on sending
away a daughter, a portion, dowry, 1 K.
9, 16. Comp. Pi. Hè Qi Judg. 12, 9.
Bibič, rarely 551, m. (r. tº) constr.
bibli.
A) Adj. after the form biº, whole,
sound, safe, integer, e. g.
1. Of the body, sound, well, in health,
Gen. 43,27 tºns Dibujº is your father
well ? 1 Sam. 25, 6. 2 Sam. 17, 3. 20, 9,
Job 5, 24. Ps. 38, 4 ºn Dibujºs there
is mothing sound (no health) in my bones.
Is. 41, 3.
2. Of number, whole, in full number,
Jer. 13, 19.
3. secure, tranquil, Job 21, 9; plur. Ps.
69, 23.
4. seeking peace, friendly, allied, Ps.
55, 21.
B) Subst, wholeness, soundness, i.e
1. health, weal, welfare, prosperity, goo
of every kind; Arab. SC., &C.,
Aram. Bhuj, ×SA, Eth. I'l A&R. Deut.
29, 18. 1 K. 2. 33. Ps. 27, 11.37. Is. 52,7.
Jer. 4, 10. al. I K. 2, 13 Tsia bibºr, is
thy coming for good? to which the an-
swer is: bibu; for good t and so 1 Sam
16, 4. In the same sense tºur for
good 2 2 K. 5, 21. 9, 11. 17. 22.—Spec. in
the following constructions and phrases
hbuj
npº
1068
a) h eibur, once without He h Bihu,
2 Sam. 18, 29, lit. is health to him 2 i. e.
is he well ? is it well with him 2 in ask-
ing after the welfare of an absent per-
son, Gen 29, 6.2 K. 4, 26. The answer is
ciº, Gen I. c. comp. 43, 28.—Hence
b) tibuſh ‘E’. ‘’sº to ask one after his
welfare, i. e. to salute any one, see in
bsu) II. 1, b : comp. 2 Sam. 11, 7 bsº
nºrth ºn tibuſh Tº and David asked,
how the war prospered. Also -ns ris:
E Dibuj to see after the health, welfare, of
any one, to see how he does, Gen. 37,14;
with ST: Esth. 2, 11; with "pe 1 Sam.
17, 18. Ellipt. 2 K. 10, 13 we go down
(to see) after the welfare of the king’s
children, i. e. to salute and visit them.
c) Dibujº (-5%) tº 1 Sam. 1, 17, 20,42,
and Ribº: Tº 2 Sam, 15, 9, a form of
wishing well to one departing, go in
peace, i. e. may every good befall thee .
Gr. intoys sis sigiſmº Mark 5, 34, and
togetov is sigiſwip, Luke 7, 50.
d) On the other hand, (52%) # Eibu,
welfare to thee, may it be well with thee
Judg. 6,23. 19, 20. Dan. 10, 19. Gen. 43,23,
a form of address when one would encou-
rage a timid person and assure him of
safety, i. q. ‘thou hast [ye have] nothing
to fear, thou art in safety;’ hence, we
thrice find added sººn-hs, sººn-bs,
comp. 1 Sam. 20, 21 ºth bibu; ºr for then
all is well with thee, thou art in safety,
thy matter is prosperous. v. 7. See also
2 Sam. 18, 28, where a messenger of
good tidings exclaims Dibuj, q, d. all is
well / comp. 1 Chr. 12, 18.-Among the
Arabs JJ e ºl, essalam'aleika,
and among the Syrians &ases ises”,
as also Rabbin. Tº ºbu), are forms of
salutation to persons approaching or
passing by ; but in this sense the above
Heb. phrase is not found in the O. T.
2. peace, opp. to war, since in a time
cf peace one's affairs are in safety and
prosperity, Lev. 26, 6. Judg. 4, 17. 1 Sam.
7, 14, 1 K,2,5, 2 K. 20, 19. bibu; sºp
to invite any one to peace, i. e. to offer
peace, Deut. 20, 10. Judg. 21, 13; rºy
bibu, c. acc. of pers, to answer peace,
.e. to accept offered peace, Deut. 20, 11.
, Bibu: Figs to make or grant peace to
any one Josh. 9, 15. Is. 27, 5; Is. 57, 2
tibu Rin he shall enter into peace, i. e.
10, al.
the sepulchre. Bibu tººs a man of peace
peaceful, Ps, 37, 37. Bibº ºniº word,
of peace, pacific, Deut. 22, 26. Bibl.; hiº
prince of peace, the Messiah, Is. 9, 5.—
Hence
3. concord, friendship, *zibº wins my
friend, my ally, Ps. 41, 10. Jer. 20, 10.
38, 22. Obad. 7. Eibu; ºniº speaking
friendship Ps. 28, 3; comp. Esth. 9, 30.
Jer, 9, 7.
º, see tºº.
Fºtº retribution, see cku.
Tºº (prob, for tº) Shallum, Shal.
lum, pr n. m. Neh. 3, 15.
tº three, see Übuj.
Sk nº ſut. nºw; ; inf. rºbu), once
nº Is. 58, 9; inf absol. nibuſ ; imper.
nbu, plur. Anhui, c. suff. "inhu. *
1. to send ; Sept. mostly &Iroatskäſe,
$gtogrélio, Chald, nº q. v. Syr.
~. The primary notion of r. nº
is apparently ‘to relax, to loosen, to let
go'; kindr, are ºuj, Hºuj, Bhuj, q, v.–
Construed: a) Absol. Gen. 38, 17. Ps.
59, 1 ; often so that another verb is sub-
joined with or without a copula, e.g. 1 K.
18, 19 "A Yap nº send, gather etc.
2 K, 11, 4 nº... nºt; he sent and
fetched etc. Gen. 31, 4. Ex. 9, 19. Job
1, 4. al. Here the acc. of the person
sent is omitted; comp. Gen. 31, 4, b)
With acc. of the person sent, Gen. 42, 4.
43, 8.45, 5. Ex. 5, 22. 1 Sam. 15, 20,
* 2 K. 1,6. Is. 6, 8, al. espec. a messenger
embassador, Gen. 32, 4. Num. 20, 14
Judg. 6, 35. 7, 24. 2 Sam. 2, 5. 1 K. 19
2. Is. 18, 2. al. saepe. With a dat. pleon
added, ºth nº send for thysey Num. 13,
2. Rarely in later Heb. c. , of pers.
2 Chr. 17, 7. Jer. 16, 16. c) With acc.
of place to which one sends, 1 Sam. 4, 4.
1 K. 5, 28. 2 K. 2, 4, 6 ; also c. my of
place, 2 K. 2, 2. d) With acc. of pers.
and h of thing, as tº for water Jer.
14, 3; but oftener with h c. inf of some-
thing to be done, as Num. 13, 16 these
are the names of the men, Hugo nº huſs
yºr-ns nºnh whom Moses sent to spy
out the land. 14, 36. Deut. 34, 11. Josh,
$, 25. 1 Sam. 15, 1. Is. 61, 1. Zech. 1
e) With acc. of pers, sent and
bs of pers, to whom, Gen. 37, 13. 46,28
Ex. 3, 13. 14, 15. 7, 16. 1 Sam. 9, 16
rºbuſ
nººp
1069
* K. 5, 6. Jer. 25, 4, 17, Zech. 2, 12. al.
Rarely as in Chald. c. by, Neh.6, 3. Jer,
26, 15, 29, 31. 2 K. 18, 27. Also c. bs
of pers, and h of thing for which, 1 K.
20,7; or ; c. inf Num. 22,37. f.) With
acc. of pers, and "hris of person, to send
afler, i.e. so as to follow one departing,
2 Sam. 3, 26. 2 K. 7, 14. 14, 19; comp.
Zech. 2, 12 [8]. g.) With acc. of the
thing sent, Gen. 38, 23. 45, 27. 46, 5.
Esth. 4, 4; espec. letters, Neh. 6, 19.
Esth. 1, 22. Also acc. of thing and b8
of pers. 2 K. 20, 12. Jer. 29, 1. 25; so
letters, Jer. 29, 25. Esth. 9, 20, 30; h
of pers. Gen. 32, 19. 45, 23. Ps. 78, 25.
2 Chr. 16, 1. h.) Sometimes the per-
son sent is put with Tºà, by the hand
of 1 Sam. 16, 20. 2 Sam. 11, 14, 12, 25.
1 K. 2, 25 ºn: Tº Tººn ribºº and
the king sent by the hand of Benaiah, i.e.
he deputed Benaiah. Ex. 4, 13 Nº-nºu,
rihºr-Tº: send now by whomsoever thou
will send. i.) Praegn. 2 Sam. 15, 12
ribºsº inºs? hah-ris-rs Dibujºs nº
and Absalom sent [and called, i.e. sent
for] Ahithophel from his city, from Giloh.
Spec. of things: aa) to send to any
one, i. e. to send word (nº rºu), to
send a messenger to him, Judg. 11, 28. Is.
37, 17. Prov. 26, 6 bºon ºn tº nº
whoso sendeth a message by the hand of
a fool, i. e. whoever makes use of a fool
as his messenger. Absol. in the same
sense, Gen. 38, 25 ºsh rºor–bs rrº
she sent to her father-in-law, saying, i.e.
she sent him this word. 1 K. 20, 5.
2 K. 5, 8. Neh. 6, 8. Jer. 29, 31; with-
out hose 1 Sam. 20, 21. With acc. of
the message thus sent, 1 K. 5, 23 "Ty
*s nºr-nu's bipºn unto the place
which thou shalt send word to me, i. e.
shall point out. 20, 9, 21, 11, Jer. 42, 5.
21. 43, 1; c. dupl. acc. to send one with
or for any thing, 2 Sam. 11, 22 and he
told David Esi" inhu Huys-by-ns all
that for which Joab had sent him. 1 K.
14, 6. Ex. 4, 28. bb) God is said to
send help, Ps. 20, 3; deliverance, 111,9;
his favour, 57, 4 ; plenty, Joel 2, 19;
rain, Job 5, 10; oracles and precepts,
s. 9, 7 Zech. 7, 12. Ps. 147, 15 signs
And wonders, Ps. 135, 9, espec. calami-
ties, plagues, Ex. 9, 14. 23, 28. Josh.
24, 12. Jer. 25, 16. 27. Ps. 105, 28. 144,
i Here Piel is more common, q.v.
2. to send away, i. e. to let go, , q, P,
no. 2. Judg. 11,38. Ps. 50, 19 Frau; ºr
Tº thou lettest go thy mouth to evil, as
if unbridled. Praegn. Tº it, nº to let
go one's hand from any thing, i. e. to
withdraw it, 1 K. 13, 4.—Part, pass
Firºu, nºs a hind let loose, roaming
ſreely, Gen. 49, 21. Others less well.
a slender himd, see in no. 3 fin.
3. to send out or forth, i.e. to put forth,
to stretch out, to earlend, e. g. a rod, staff,
Ps. 110, 2. 1 Sam. 14, 27; a sickle into
the harvest Joel 4, 13, comp. Rev. 14,
15. 18; a branch to the nose, Ez. 8, 17,
see in art. Thio. So too the finger,
as in scorn, Is. 58, 9. Espec. to send
out or put forth the hand, (Hom. Zsigo's
id:Ako Od. 9. 288. ib. 10. 376,) Gen. 3,
22. 8, 9. 19, 10. 48, 14. Ex. 3, 20. Deut.
25, 11. 2 Sam. 15, 5. Cant. 5, 4; e. g.
for smiting, Job 1, 11. 2, 5. Ps. 138, 7.
a) With c. inſ: for doing a wrong,
1 Sam. 22, 17. 2 Sam. 1, 14. b) With
by upon a thing which it is wrong to
touch, 1 K. 13, 4, 1 Chr. 13, 10. c)
With PS of pers. to put forth the hand
to or upon, to lay hand upon, sc. in vio-
lence, Gen. 22, 12. Ex. 24, 11. 2 Sam.
18, 12. Job 1, 12. d) With 3 of thing,
to put forth the hand upon, e. g. a rock
in order to remove it, Job 28, 9; also to
lay hand on any thing, i. e. to seize, to
purloin it, Ex. 22, 7. Esth. 9, 10. 15. 16.
Dan. 11, 42; somewhat different, Ps.
125, 3 lest the righteous also put forth
their hands unto iniquity, i. e. to do
iniquity. Also with a of pers. to put
forth the hand upon or against, to lay
hands upon, Gen. 37, 22. 1 Sam. 24, 7.
11. 26, 9, 11. 23. Esth. 3, 6, 8, 7. 9, 2;
once for punishment, Neh. 13, 21. Pe-
culiar is Cant. 5, 4 Hinn ſº it; nº he
put forth his hand from the window, i. e.
he put it in through the window into
the house.—Sometimes T is omitted,
as Ps. 18, 17, comp. 144, 7; also before
bs of thing, 2 Sam. 6, 6; before : Ob.
13–Part pass, rºbu) pr. eartended, then
slender ; so of a hind according to some,
Gen. 49, 21; but see above in no. 2 fin,
Piel rºuj, 3 plur. pret, in pause nºuă.
1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to send, e. g. to a
place, Is. 43, 14; with acc. of pers, sent,
Gen. 19, 13. 28, 5.6. Judg. 20, 6. Is. 10
6. Jer. 24, 5, 28; or with acc. of thing
- 90
Hºbºj
Hºbº
1070
Gen. 38, 17. Ex. 23, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 7.
Mal. 2, 4; or with by to whom, 2 Chr.
32, 31; with acc. of thing and , of pers.
2 Chr. 24, 23; acc. of thing with by to
whom and Tº by whom, Jer. 27, 3. But
in this signif. Kal is far more frequent;
while Piel is more usual in the sense to
send upon any one, as God sends calam-
ities, plagues, see Kal no. 1, bb ; c. 5,
Deut. 7, 20 32, 24, 2 K. 17, 25. Ps. 78,
t5; by Ez. 14, 19; by 5, 17; ; Jer. 48,
12; ºr's 9, 15. 49, 37. Also jing rºuj
to schd strife, i. e. to excite or occasion
it, Prov. 6, 14. 19. 16, 28.
2. i. q. Kal no. 2, but more frequent,
to send away, to let go or depart, to dis-
miss, e. g. one about to go away, and
espec. who has been in any way de-
tained, Gen. 24, 54. 30, 25. 45, 24. Ex.
3, 20. Josh. 2, 21. Judg. 2, 6. 1 Sam. 6,
6. 2 Sam. 11, 12; so of the ark which
the Philistines had detained, 1 Sam. 6,
2. 3.8; of flocks sent out to pasture,
Ex. 22, 4, comp. Is. 32, 20; of Samson’s
foxes, Judg. 15, 5; of the scape-goat let
go into the desert, Lev. 16, 10 sq. of a
bird let fly, Gen. 8, 7.8. Lev. 14, 7, 53.
Deut. 22, 7; of waters sent forth in
streams, Ez. 31, 4. Ps. 104, 10. Also to
'el go a captive from custody, 1 K. 20,
42. Jer. 40, 1. 45, 13. Zech. 9, 11,
comp. 1 Sam. 24, 20. Ez. 13, 20; of a
slave, to set free, to manumit, Jer. 34, 9
sq. see "ujºr, and comp. Judg. 1, 25;
ppºn riêu;, without a gift, see in art.
PP"; of daughters, to set out, to give in
marriage, fully righn inz, rºt Judg. 12,
9. Also to accompany one departing, to
send him on his way, 7tgoſtéputéw, Gen.
18, 16. 31, 27. Judg. 3, 18 (comp. v. 19).
1 Sam. 9, 26. 2 Sam. 19, 32 and (Bar-
zillai) went over Jordan with the king,
Yººn-rs insuft, Keri ºn-ns, to con-
duct him by Jordan, i. e. its further
bank; here Keth, makes no good sense;
perh, it should read in”: "ns ribºº.
With acc. of pers. and tº of thing, to
prive over into the power of any thing,
Job 8, 4 if thy children have sinned
against him (God), pºuſe tº prºl
and he have given them over to the power
of their transgression, i. e. to merited
nunishment; comp. Ps. 81, 13.—Fur-
ther, to let down any one with ropes
nto a subterranean prison, Jer, 38, 6.
sº
11 ; also once to let hang down or grow
long, sc. the hair, Ez. 44, 20.
3. to send forth, in a stronger sense
i. e. to cast, to throw, ſo shoot, e. g. a.)
Things, as arrows 1 Sam. 20, 20; fire
into a city Am, 1, 4 sq. 2, 2.5. Hos. 8,
14; which is also expressed by " reuſ
us: to give or commit to the flames, Fr.
meltre a few, Judg. 1, 8, 20, 48. 2 K. 8
12, Ps. 74, 7, b) to cast forth, to cas
down, Ecc. 11, 1. Job 30, 11 they cast off be
fore me the bridle, i.e. act in an unbridled
manner. 39, 3 they cast forth their pains,
i. e. they bring forth the foetus, and at
the same time are freed from their pains;
see in bºr, p. 292. 1 K. 9, 7 and this
house, which I have hallowed for my
name, ºn 99% nées will I cast forth
from my sight, will reject it; comp.
parall. 2 Chr. 7, 20 Tºujs. c) to cast
out, to eject, to earpel any one, Gen. 3, 23.
Lev. 18, 24. 1 K. 9, 7. Is. 27, 8, Jer. 15,
1. 28, 16. Job 14, 20. Poetically, Job
30, 12 rºt ºn they thrust or push away
my feet, so that I fall. d) Spec. to send
or put away a wife or concubine, to di-
vorce a wife, Gen. 21, 14. Deut. 21, 14.
22, 19. 29. 24, 1. 3. 4. 2 Sam. 13, 16.
Jer. 3, 1.8. Mal. 2, 16 where inf. rº
as subst. 1 Chr. 8, 8; comp, Is. 50, 1.
4. i. q. Kal no. 3, to put forth or stretch
out, to eartend, e. g. the hand, Prov. 31,
19. 20; a tree its roots, to spread out,
Jer. 17, 8; and its branches, Ez. 17, 6.
7. 31, 5. Ps. 80, 12. So God is said to
spread out a people, Ps. 44, 3 thou didst
drive out the heathem with thy hand, and
plantedst them (Israel); thou didst afflict
the nations, and spread them out, sc. Is.
rael.
Pual rºut 1. Pass, of Piel no. 1, and
of Kal no. 1, to be sent, Prov. 17, 11. Jer
17, 8. Ob. 1.
2. to be sent away, to be let go, dis
missed, Gen. 44, 3. Is. 50, 1 ; comp. in
Piel no. 3. d. Hence to be left, forsaken,
Prov. 29, 15 nºn-s: a neglected child
3. to be cast out, earpelled ; Is. 16, 2
a bird nº p driven from the nest.
Is. 27, 10 rºº Hy; a habitation driven
out (i.e. its inmates) and forsaken like a
desert. Also to be cast, driven, impelle
into a net, Job 18, 8. Judg. 5, 15 pºx
rºº he was driven or he rushed into the
plain,
ribºj
ribºj
107.1
Hiph. riºri, i. q. Piel no. 1, to send,
sc. plagues, calamities, upon any one,
c. *, Ex. 8, 17. Lev. 26, 22. Am. 8, 11.
Ez. 14, 13; also an enemy, 2 K. 15, 37.
Deriv, ribºj, rºbu), rinki, wnhui,
="rºus, irº, Enrº, rºº, ribºz,
nribuya.
nº Chald, ſut. nº. 1. to send,
Ezra 4, 14. 7, 14. Dan. 3, 2. 6, 23; with
acc. of thing and 99 to whom, Ezra 4,
11. 18, 5, 6. 17; also 4, 17. 5, 7.
2. With T, to put forth or stretch out
the hand, Dan. 5, 24; c. , to attempt
any thing, Ezra 6, 12.
Tº m. in pause ribºj, c. suff, inhu.
R. ribºj. -
1. a missile weapon, as sent against an
enemy, e. g. a dart, javelin, spear, etc.
Arab. & and gº. collect. arms,
e
spec, a sword; J.U., an armed man;
gº Conj, V, to arm oneself—2 Chr.
32, 5. 23, 10. nº hay to perish by
the weapon sc. of death, Job 33, 18. 36,
12; for Joel 2, 8 see in Ty: no. 1. b
Here belongs the difficult passage, Neh.
4, 17 [23] pººr inhui wins every man his
weapon for water, i. e. every man went
for water with his weapon in his hand;
comp. v. 11. 2 Chr. 23, 10. But the
better reading is in: inhu, uins, see
Roediger de Interp. Arab. p. 60.
2. a shoot, sprout, plant, Cant. 4, 13.
Comp. r. nº Pi. no. 4.
3. Shelah, Salah, pr. m. a.) A son of
Arphaxad Gen. 10, 24. 11, 12. b) An
aqueduct and pool near Jerusalem, ap-
parently the same with ribu; q. v. Neh.
15. Vulg. Siloe.
nºt m. (r. ribºj) for ribºu, as in
Chaldee, aſter the form hiphp, hiºn: ;
pr. a sending of water, i. e. a conduit,
aqueduct, comp. r. nº Ps. 104, 10, and
Gr. iśvoſt 660V Il. 12. 25.—With the art.
Thūr Shiloah, Siloah, Siloam, pr. n. of
an aqueduct and small reservoir or'
fountain at the foot of Zion on the south-
eastern part of Jerusalem, Is. 8, 6. See
Jos. B. J. 5. 4. 2. ib. 5, 12. 2. ib. 6. 7. 2.
b. 6. 8. 5. It is apparently the same
with that called nº in Nen. 3, 15.
The LXX, and Josephus (l.c.) write
the name 2010&u, and so John 9, 1
where it is explained by &lteotoauévos
abstr. for concr. This reſers probably
to the long subterranean passage o
aqueduct, by which the water is brought
from the intermitting fountain higher
up in the valley of the Kidron. For a
full description of this ancient fountain,
see Bibl. Res, in Palest. I. p. 493–498,
500 sq. By a misapprehension of the
language of Josephus (B. J. 5. 4. 2)
several writers have formerly sought
for Siloam on the south-west of Zion
Reland Palaest. p. 858. Gesen. Comm.
on Is. 7, 3.-Arab. J',” Selwan.
Firſºf plur. (r. Hºº) shoots, sprouts,
Is. 16, 8. See Pi. no 4.
"nº (perh, armed) Shilhi, pr. n. m.
1 K. 22, 42. 2 Chr. 20, 31. R. rºuj.
Fºº (armed men, r. nº) Shilhim,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Judah,
Josh. 15, 32.
rº m. (r. nº, after the form
Tºnº) constr. Thus; plur, nºrth", constr
niriº; a table, so called from its being
extended, spread out, see the root no. 3,
and roviety 196nsgwy Od. 10, 37; also
Ps. 69, 23 below. Especially a table as
spread with food, viands, Judg. 1, 7.
1 Sam. 20, 29. 34. 1 K. 5, 7, 10, 5. Job
36, 16. Neh. 5, 17. So Tribun Thy to
prepare or spread a table Ps. 22, 5. 78,
19. Prov. 9, 2. Is. 21, 5; irºn-ºssus:
to sit at table 1 K. 13, 20; by Bes
º inhº to eat at one's table, with him,
2 Sam, 9, 11. 13, comp. v. 7. 10; "Bas
's inhu, those eating at one's table, table-
companions, guests, 1 K. 18, 19. 2, 7.
2 Sam. 19, 29. Of the table of shew-
bread in the tabernacle and temple,
Bºer inhº Num.4,7; rºyonº. 2 Chr.
29, 18, and plur. ºn nºrthus 1 Chr. 28,
16; see in arts. Eriº no. 2, rºº, and
nº no. 1. The same is ºn Thºn
the pure table Lev. 24, 6; and so where
the tabernacle, or temple is spoken of
simply nºr Ex. 30, 27. 37, 10 sq.
Num. 3, 3i. 1 K. 7, 48. Also irº
rijn', the table of Jehovah, his altar, Mal
1, 7, 12. Ez. 41, 22. 44, 16, comp. 23,
41. Of the altar or table prepared be-
fore idols, lectisternia, Is. 65, 11 Bºsr:
irº "Ah who prepare a table for Gad,
rºbuj
º
1072
the god of good fortune.—As to the
form of tables among the Hebrews,
little is known ; but, as in other oriental
nations, they were prob. not high. In
Ex. 25, 23, indeed, the table for the
shew-bread is described as a cubit and a
halſ in height; but the table of Herod's
temple, as depicted on the arch of Titus
Bt Rome, is only half a cubit high.
HProb, the table of the ancient Hebrews
differed little from that of the modern
Arabs, viz. a piece of skin or leather, a
mat, or a linen cloth, spread upon the
ground. Hence the fitness of the name,
Thus something spread, and also the
phrase Thu. Thº; and hence too light
is shed upon Ps. 69,23 crººrººn.
nº let their table before them become a
snare or met, i.e. let their feet become
entangled in it, as spread on the ground,
so that they may stumble and fall; see
in nº I. 2. Comp. Gen. 18, 4.
Sk tº: fut. Lºu'', a verb of the later
Hebrew ; except the deriv. ºu; once
Gen. 42,6; but frequent in Aramaean; pr.
to be sharp, hard, harsh; hence a) to
rule, to have dominion, over any one, c. :
Ecc. 2, 19. 8, 9; by Neh. 5, 15. b) to
gain dominion, to get the mastery, c. :
of pers. Esth. 9, 1.-Arab. Ja). to be
harsh, vehement, W to get dominion ;
ºual. power, concr. the Sultân.
Eth. UJAſſi to have dominion. Aram.
see in Chald. toº.
HIPH. 1. to let have dominion over
any one, Ps. 119, 133.
2. to give power to do any thing, to
permit, Ecc. 5, 18, 6, 2, Comp. buy?
Ex. 21, 8; also Syr. LMS A Pa.
Deriv. wºu, Tichū, tºº.
tº Chald, fut. tº 1. to rule, to
have dominion, c. 3 in or over anything
Dan. 2, 39. 5, 7, 16; to have power over
unything, so as to affect it, Dan. 3, 27.
2. With 3, to get the mastery of, i. e.
to rush or full upon, Dan. 6, 25.
APH. to let bear rule, to make ruler
or lord over any one, c. : Dan. 2,38.48.
Deriv. Chald. Tichº, jº, toº.
tº m. (r. ºbº) a shield, only plur.
tºu), constr. **u shields, apparently
so called from being hard or perh. tough
see the signif. of the Arabic root unde.
tºº, and comp, the adj. toº. 2 Sam
8, 7 artºn "tºº the shields of gold. 2K
11, 10, 2 Chr. 23, 9. Cant. 4, 4. Ez. 27
11, in which passages shields are spoken
of as suspended for ornament upon the
walls. Jer. 51, 11 sharpen the arrows
E"ºn Rhº fill out the shields, i. e. put
them on, see in r. 88% no. 1. a.-Inter
preters have long hesitated as to th
signification of this word; and some
have even rendered it by quivers, as
(after Jarchi) Jahn Archaeol. II. ii. p.
428; or also darts, comp. laº, arrow.
The signification here given has been
adopted by most commentators from
Kimchi onwards, and is supported by
probable etymology, by the context of
all the passages, and by the authority .
of the ancient versions. Thus the Tar.
gums and Syriac version often retain
the same word, as being conimon in
Aramaean ; but the Chaldee translator
of the Chronicles gives it in two places
by shields, 1 Chr. 18, 7. 2 Chr. 23, 9;
and the translator of Jeremiah, c. 13, 23,
uses the words Fºnºph "ºu; to denote
the spots of the leopard, as resembling
the figure of a shield. Among the
later Syrians this word appears to have
become obsolete ; for Bar Bahlúl, in
Lex. Oxon. Ms. under - S.A., himself
fluctuates between the various opinions
of Syrian interpreters, the most of whom
however understand by it quivers.
Titº m. (r. ºbu) powerful, potent
Ecc. 8, 4; with :, having power over any
thing, v. 8.
riºt Chald. (r. toº) one w power
a ruler, magistrale, Lan. 3. 2.
Tºt; Chald. m. constr. Tºuj, domin
ion, power, empire, Dan. 3,33, 4, 19. 7, 6
14, 6, 27 ºn 532 Tºurbº: in every do
minion of my kingdom, i. e. throughou
my whole empire. Plur. Rºº, em.
pires, kingdoms, Dan. 7, 27. Arab
93 l ; ? 9 tº tº e
º UAL. dominion, and concr. dominus
rex, Sultán.
nºt; f see ºut no. 1.
-buj
*5\;
1073
*: m. (r. Hº) in pause "hº, quiet,
stillness ; 2 Sam. 3, 27 ºz, in quiet,
. e. privately.
nº f. (r. Hºu, no. 3) the after-birth,
the membrane which envelopes the
foetus and ſollows the birth, Deut. 28, 57.
Arab. X., the membrane enveloping the
ſoetus; Chald, snºu, Talmud. Rrº,
Nihu;, aſter-birth; Syr. tº-Sa'id.
** and ºff, see in buy.
tº m. adj. (r. toº), ſem. nºt for
hºu, the "- being dropped in the
ſeminine, like nºs ſ. nºis.
1. hard, vehement, imperious, fem. of
an imperious woman, impudent, Ez.
16, 30. Arab. lºº, kaº.
2. powerful, mighty, i.e. having power
over any thing, c. : Ecc. 8, 8.-Subst.
one having power, a ruler, magistrate,
Ecc. 7, 19. 10, 5. Gen. 42, 6.
tº Chald. (r. wº) 1. powerful,
mighty, Dam. 2, 10. 4, 23; having power
in or over any thing, bearing rule over,
c. 4, Dan. 4, 14, 22. 29. 5, 21–Subst.
a ruler, prince, Dan. 2, 15. 5, 29. Ezra
4, 20.
2. tº Nºb, with h c. inf there is no
power to do any thing, i. e. it is not per-
mitted, non licet, Ezra 7, 24.
tº and tº: m. (r. Sº, or ºbº)
Kamets impure.
1. a third, Is. 40, 12; i. e. a measure
for grain, prob, the third part of an ephah
(see Hººs) i, q, rise, uárgov, since Sept.
often renders Tºns by Tgio Mérgo, comp.
Gr, terºgtm, Engl. quart.—Genr. for
any measure ; acc. as adv. Ps, 80, 6
tº ris?-- iopur, thou givest them
tears to drink by measure, i. e. in great
quantity, abundantly. Sept. §y ué19q),
Vulg. in mensura. -
2. a triangle, i. e. an instrument of
trusic struck in concert with drums, as
in modern military music.
18, 6. -
3. Spec, a third man, i.e. one of three,
{-, totattºrne, an order of warriors, who
tought from cleariots, chariot-warriors,
&vağtºtal, togoffétat. Ex. 14, 7 he took
ail the chariots of Egypt, -92 tº
*z and three warriors upon each of
Plur. 1 Sam.
them. 15, 4, 1 K. 9, 22, comp. 2 K. J, 25
They served also as the body-guard of
kings 1 K. 9, 22. 2 K. 10, 25. 1 Chr. 11,
11. 12, 18. Sept. 1910 tºtal, i.e. accord-
ing to Origen in Catenis, (although
the Greek Glossarists decide otherwise,
see Schleusner Thes, in voc.) “soldiers
fighting from chariots,” and so called be
cause each chariot contained three sol
diers, one of whom managed the horses
while the other two fought; comp. 104-
toottºrns, one of the three persons who
constituted a row or subdivision in the
Greek tragic chorus. On Egyptian
monuments only two persons are usu-
ally depicted in each chariot; one fights,
while the other manages the horses,
In the Assyrian and other Asiatic sculp-
tures, there is often a third man in each
chariot, who is either an armour-bearer
or holds an umbrella.—The leader or
chief of these troops is called "unbúr Ús-
2 Sam. 23, 8, and with the fuller form
buy-ºri tº Nº. 1 Chr. 12, 18; and the
same person seems to be denoted by
ujººri, zot' éozºv, as spoken of one of
the nearest attendants of the king, 2 K.
7, 2. 17. 19. 9, 25. 15, 25.—Hence plur.
Bºbu, Prov. 22, 20 Keri, perh, princi-
palia, i. e. things honourable, princely;
comp. 8, 6.-See more in Thesaur. p.
1429.
*** m. ord, adj. (from ºbu) f.
Hººbu, nº; plur. tº ; third,
the third; Aram. "rººn, 2N-S2, Arab.
ºš. So Gen. 1, 13. 2, 14. Num. 2,
24. Is. 19, 24. Job 42, 14. al. saepe. Plur.
bºulºuš has several uses; Num. 2, 24
asºn tº they shall move forward the
third, i. e. the third in order. 1 Sam.
19, 21 and he sent the third messengers,
i. e. the third time. 2 K. 1, 13. Thrice
as subst, cells or chambers of the third
story Gen. 6, 16. 1 K. 6, 8, Ez. 42, 3–
Fem. spec. as subst: a) a third, the
third part, Num. 15, 6.7. 2 Sam. 18, 2.
b) the third day, the day after to-mor-
row; 1 Sam. 20, 12 nººn hry? rs:
about this time to-morrow or the third
day. c) the third year, Is. 15, 5. Jer.
48, 34, see in nº no 2; comp. in Engl.
‘the third of queen Victoria.” d) With
He parag. Hrušº adv. the third time
Fz. 21, 19.
90°
ibn
bºº
1074
*** in Kal not used, kindr with
* Arab. Gl.
Piel, inf. riº as subst, see in its
order.
Hipn. Thuin, fut. Tºº, very fre-
quent. -
1. to cast, to throw, c. acc. of pers. or
thing, Gen. 21, 15. Ex. 7, 10. Lev. 1, 16.
2 K. 2, 21. Jer. 41, 9. al. Also to cast
off, as a tree its blossoms, Job 15, 33; to
cast away 2 K. 7, 15. Ez. 20, 7.8. Ecc.
3, 6; of stones, to cast away, to scatter,
opp. b32, Ecc. 3, 5. Bºis Tºur to cast
lots, sc. in dividing land, Josh. 18, 8.10;
hence in Mic. 2, 5 thou shall have nome
to cast a line by lot, sc. in marking out
land.—Constr. with acc. of place upon
or into which any thing is cast, as the
ground, a pit, water, etc. Ex. 4, 3. Dan.
S, 12. Gen. 37, 24. Ex. 1, 22; with by
of place, Gen. 37, 22. Ex. 15, 25. 2 K.
4, 41, al. 2 of place, Gen. 37, 20. Ex.
32, 24. Is. 19, 8; with acc. of thing and
by of pers, upon or al whom, Num. 35,
20. 22. Josh. 10, 11. Judg. 9, 53. Nah.
3, 6. Job 27, 22 tº Thuý he shall cast
at him. sc. deadly weapons. Ez. 43, 24.
2 K. 23, 6, 2 Sam. 20, 12; with 5 of
place, 2 Chr. 24, 10. 30, 14, also c. acc.
Ex. 22, 30 irs ºr ºh ye shall cast it
(the flesh) to the dogs; with 7% of place,
to cast out a person or thing from a place,
Neh. 13, 8. Deut. 29, 27. Judg. 15, 17.
Job 29, 17 ºn: Tºbu's "gº from his
very teeth I cast (plucked) out the spoil;
also to cast down from 2 Chr. 25, 12;
with h922, tºº, to cast away from
oneself, to throw off, to lay aside, Ps. 2,
3. Ez. 18, 31. Deut. 9, 27.
Trop. in the following phrases: a)
nº itse: Tºur, he cast his life from
him, i. e. exposed it to great danger,
Judg. 9, 17; see in 133 no. 3. a, and comp.
Gr. It wooff&#803 &t thy puzăv Il. 9. 322,
whence Lat, parabolanus. b) Tºur
*-ris Ps. 50, 17, and is ºnris 'n, to
cast behind ome, behind one’s back, i. e.
to neg.ect, to contemn, 1 K. 14, 9. Neh.
9, 26. Is. 38, 17. Ez. 23,35; also of God
as pardoning (forgetting) the sins of
men, Is. 38, 17; comp. Mic. 7, 19. The
Arabs have the same expression, see
Thesaur. p. 1419, c) * by Tºwn to
tast upon Jehovah one's hurden, i. e. to
commit any thing to his care Ps. 55, 23
comp. Ps, 37, 5 and r. Eri. d) Thºr º
Tº by? 'E Jehov kh cas's one from his
presence, i.e. rejects him from his fa.
vour, 2 K. 13, 23, 17, 20. 2 Chr. 7, 20,
Jer, 7, 15. Ps. 51, 13; also simpl.-Tºur
Ps. 71, 9, 102, 11.
2. to cast down, to overthrow, as a
house Jer. 9, 18; to destroy, as a locust
the vine Joel 1, 7. Metaph. Job 18,
ins: Arizºn, and his own counsel shal
cast him down, destroy him.
Hoph. Tºur, and ºr 1. to be cast
out or forth, to be thrown, Jer. 22, 28. Is.
14, 19 but thou art cast forth (ºur)
from thy sepulchre like a despised
branch, i. e. art not laid in the sepul-
chre, as thou hadst hoped or appointed,
art without the burial due to thee,
With 3 and bs of place, 2 Sam. 20, 21.
1 K. 13, 25. Jer. 14, 16. Ez. 16, 5; also
with h, as Yºsh 'n to be cast down to the
ground Ez. 19, 12. Jer. 36, 30 and his
dead body shall be cast forth to the heat
(annº rº) by day, and to the colſ
by might.—Trop. Ps. 22, 11 "Fºr Tºº
brº I was cast upon thee from the womb,
i. e. I have committed myself to thee,
2. Pass. of Hiph. no. 2. Dan. 8, 11.
Deriv. the two following.
º m. Lev. 11, 17. Deut. 14, 17, a
sea-fowl, Sept. xxtogºzing or xotogég.
xt me, i. e. a species of pelican which
casts itself from high rocks into the
water after fish, a diver, prob. the gan-
met, Pelicanus Bassanus Linn. Vulg.
mergulus, Syr. and Chald. ‘fish-catcher.’
Comp. Bochart Hieroz. P. II, lib. 2. c. 21.
CEdmann Verm. Sammlungen aus der
Naturkunde, III. p. 68. Rosenm. Bib.
Alterthk. IV. ii. p. 308 sq.
nºt ſ. (r. Thu) pr. inf fem. Piel.
1. a casting down or felling of a tree
Is. 6, 13.
2. Shallecheth, pr. n. of a gate of the
temple, 1 Chr. 26, 16.
*59'ſ sometimes with the regular
form, and sometimes with that of verbs
sis; as bºu, **, *nºku: ; inf. Shu, and
bū; ſut. biº, c. suff. Tº Hab. 2, 8
pr. to relax, to loosen, to let go; see the
roots bhuj, nº; comp. rhū, bºr, rhe
Chald. buºuj. Hence
55 ºf
bºº
1075
1. to draw or pull out, sc. stalks of
grain from the handfuls, Ruth 2, 16.
Arab. J. id. Kindr. are Aram. Rºº,
L., Heb. *t, *.
2. to strip off, to despoil, to spoil, to
plunder; rarely in the Aram. dialects,
as Chald, part. Bºiu, Nasor, \ a, to
spoil.—Constr. c. acc. of thing, Ez. 26,
12; or of the person plundered 39, 10.
Hab, 2,8. Zech. 2, 12. Bhuj Bºu to spoil
the spoil, to seize the spoil, Is. 10, 6. Ez.
29, 19. 38, 12. 13.
NIPH. here some refer fut, buš, Deut.
28, 40; but see in r. buy?.
Hith Po. Bºinºs Aram. for bhinuin to
be spoiled, plundered, Is. 59, 15.
Deriv. Bºiu and
ºù m. constr. ºbú. 1. spoil, plun-
der, booty; Is, 33, 23 bºuy is a prey of
spoil, from which connection of the
words it appears that “Ty is the more
general word, and Bº the more spe-
cial ; yet the latter is often general,
prey, booty, Gen. 49, 27. Num. 31, 11.
12. 1 Sam. 14, 32. Jer. 50, 10. Prov. 1,
13. al. also of flocks and herds driven
off, 1 Sam. 15, 19. 21. Tº Bº David's
spoil, driven off by him, 1 Sam. 30, 20;
but Taºs Bºu, the spoil of thine enemies,
taken from them, Deut. 20, 14. Josh. 22,
8. 1 Sam. 14, 30. To seize or take the
spoil is Bºº Bhuj see the root no. 2;
'u' Nºry to bring the spoil 2 Sam. 3, 22.
2 Chr. 15, 11. 28, 8; bhu; 13 Deut. 3, 7.
20, 14. 2 Chr. 20, 25. Esth. 3, 13; once
bhu; sto; 2 Chr. 14, 12. Contra, bhu; pºr
to divide the spoil, to distribute the boo-
ty, Gen. 49, 27. Ex. 15,9. Judg. 5, 30.
Ps. 68, 13. al. Jer. 21, 9 and his life shall
be unto him for a booty, i.e. he shall be
preserved alive ; and so 38, 2. 30, 18.
45, 5.-In the difficult passage Judg. 5,
30, bºu, **sūsh Bºnºpn was a dyed gar-
ment, two vestments of divers colours, for
the neck of the spoil, there is no good
meaning. Hence Gesenius and others
take bºu; for bºu. Uns a spoiler, and
render: for the neck of the spoiler, i. e.
Sisera or any warrior; so Syr. Schnur-
rer, Rosenmueller, etc. Others, as De
Sacy, Studer, read º ºsºsh, a spoil
for his neck, sc. Sisera’s; and so Sept.
§ 190xiàº) witoi, oxiāo. Boettcher, in
Spicileg. p. 21, proposes to read "nsis?
*}, a spoil for my neck, as tie wsh
of a woman expecting a l ortion of the
spoil. This perh. is best.
2. gain sc. by labour, profit, Germ
gº o 2
Ausbeute, Prov. 31, 11. So Arab ºf
prey and gain ; comp. Gr. Moſt so 9&t to
plunder, also genr. to get, to gain.
* Bºº OT nºt; fut. tº: 1. to be
whole, entire, integer ; hence
a) to be sound, safe, Secure , Arab,
º Syr. >>, id. Kindr. are r
Hºu), bu). Job 9, 4 who hath set himself
against him, Bhujº and been secure, ir
safety. 22, 21.
b) to be completed, finished, ended;
e.g. the temple, 1 K. 7, 51; the walls
of the city, Neh. 6, 15; also of a period
of time, Is. 60, 20. Chald. Bºu, q.v.
Syr. X-SA id. -
3. Denom. from bibu, to be at peace,
in friendship with any one. Part. c.
suff. "Yº Ps. 7, 5 my friend, ally, i. q.
*zibº tºns Ps. 41, 10. Part pass. Enbu:
pacified, peaceful, 1 Sam. 20, 19. See
Pu. no. 2. Syr. xas a c, s, to consent,
to accord. -
Piel tº, 3 pl. in pause ºff, tº
make whole, entire, integrum fecit, viz.
a) to make secure, safe, c. acc. of
thing, Job 8, 6.
b) to complete, to finish, e.g. the tem-
ple, 1 K. 9, 25; comp. Kal no. 1. b.
c) to make whole, to make good; e. g.
to restore a thing lost Joel 2, 25, or stolen
Ex. 21, 36. 22, 2 sq. Lev. 5, 25 [6, 5].
Ez. 33, 15; to repay a debt 2 K. 4, 7. Ps.
37, 21. Prov. 22, 27. Job 41, 3.
d) to pay, to perform, to render, c. acc
of thing, e. g. vows 2 Sam. 15, 7. Is. 19,
21. Nah. 2, 1. Ps. 22, 26. Prov. 7, 14. Job
22, 27; praise as sacrifice, Hos. 14, 3 [2],
see in art. he, comp. Ps. 56, 13. Trop.
to render or impart comfort, Is. 57, 18.
e) to requite, to recompense, to re-
ward, sc. like for like, both good 1 Sam.
24 20. Ruth 2, 12, and also evil Gen. 44,
4, with º of pers. Deut. 7, 10. 32, 41.
Judg. 1, 7.2 K. 9, 26. Ps. 41, 11; acc. of
thing, Is. 65, 6. Jer. 16, 18, 32, 18; with
% of pers, and acc. of thing, as bºos tº
% see in bºok no. 1, , bºb tº Job 34, 1A
bºj
Ebºj
1076
Jer. 51, 24, by of pers. and acc. of thing
Joel 4, 4; also º 'ºh tº or 'E', 'u)
tºº to reward any one according to
his works 2 Sam. 3, 39. Jer. 25, 14. 50,
29. Ps. 62, 13. Sometimes, though rare-
ly, with acc. of the pers. rewarded, Ps.
31, 24; and also with acc. of thing add-
ed, Ps, 35, 12 rºit, rrr, Hyn ºn, as
Engl. they rewarded me evil for good;
so Prov. 13, 21.
PUAL 1. Pass, of Piel lett. d, to be
paid, performed, as a vow, Ps. 65. 2.
Also Pass. of Piel lett. e., to be repaid,
requited, recompensed, Jer. 18, 20. Prov.
11, 31 tº: yº pººls in lo, the right-
eous is recompensed upon earth, much
more the wicked and the sinner. 13, 13.
2. “To be brought into a state of
peace,’ to be at peace with any one, to
live in friendship, i. q. Kal no. 2. Part.
tº a friend, ally, sc. of God, i. e. Is-
rael, Is. 42, 19; parall, with nin' Tºy.
Comp. Hiph. no. 2.
HipH. 1. to complete, to perform, to
eacecute, Job 23, 14. Is. 44, 26.28; to make
an end of any one, Is. 38, 12. 13.
2. to make peace with any one, to seek
and cherish peace ; as Chald. Aph.
Ełuśs, comp. Kal no. 2. With ns Josh.
10, 1. 4; Ex Deut. 20, 12. 1 K. 22, 45.
But with BS, to submit oneself in peace
to any one, i.e. by a treaty of peace,
Josh. 11, 19. Comp, adj. Pººj no. 3;
Arab. Conj. IV, to submit oneself
to the dominion of any one, spec. to
commit one's affairs to God, c. c. Ji,
G. r. o. ºf
whence º el-Islám, i. e. obedi-
ence to God and Muhammed, the true
G o 5
religion, Muhammedanism; º Mus-
lim.
3. Causat. to make a friend of any
one Prov. 16, 7.
Hoph. to become the friend of any
one, c. 5 Job 5, 23.
Deriv. ºff, cº, tºº, tº or Bºbu,
nçº, Bºobu), Eibu; ; pr. n. Eku: Or
Bºbº, ºbº, Høbu, º, ºbºi, ºsº,
inºbu, nºbºj, tºº, nº?, nº
at d'Hyºjº, nº?, niºn.
tºº Chald. i. Q. Heb. q. v. to com-
plete, to finish, e. g. the temple; once
Part. Peil tº finished Ezra 5, 16.
Aph. 1. to finish, to make an end ºf
c. acc. Dan. 5, 26.
2. to restore, to give back, Ezra 7, 19
tº Chald. m. i. q. Heb. bibuš, pros.
perity, peace, Ezra 5,7. Dan. 3, 31. 6,26
tº m. adj. (r. Bºº) f. right: ; plur
Bºzº, niobu.
1. whole, sound, perfect, i. e. a) Of
full and just weight and measure, as
nºbu, Tas a full weight, perfect, Prov
11, 1. Deut. 25, 15; comp. Gen. 15, 16
where it is spoken of the full measure
of one's sins. Tº nº the whole num-
ber of the captives Am. 1, 6.9, b) whole,
safe, unharmed, Gen. 33, 18, see in no.
4. c. So of an army Nah. 1, 12. Eºs
nicº whole stones, i.e. not hewn, Deut.
27, 6, 1 K. 6, 7.
2. completed, finished, e. g. an edifice,
2 Chr. 8, 16. Chald. Bºhuj, Syr. X-SA, id.
3. living in peace and friendship,
peaceful, friendly, see the root in Kal
no. 2; Gen. 34, 21 hors ºn tº they
live in peace with us. Spec. Hinº by 'u)
at peace with God, devoted to him, 1 K.
8, 6.1. 11, 4, 15, 3, 14 ; and so simpl. nº
tº 2 K. 20, 3, 1 Chr. 28, 9. 2 Chr. 15,
17. Comp. Hiph. no. 2.
4. Salem, pr. m. a) i. q. Ełuśnº Je-
rusalem, for the etymology of which,
see in its place; Gen. 14, 18. Ps. 76, 3.
—Jos. Ant. 1. 10. 2 thy uévrot 26Avuo.
iſotsgow éxiàsoav Tegogółvuo. So Arab,
~ 2 - " -
* 1 . ) ? I . , id. but very rarely.
b) Another city Salem, the residence
of Melchizedek, Gen. 14, 18. Josephus
and many others regard this also as Je-
rusalem; but this accords neither with
the geographical circumstances of the
narrative, which point to a place fur-
ther north, nor with the tradition pre-
served by Jerome : “Salem, non, ut
Josephus et nostri omnes arbitrantur,
Jerusalem, ... sed oppidum juxta Scy-
thopolim, quod usque hodie appellatur
Salem, et ostenditur ibi palatium Mel-
chisedech, ex magnitudine ruinarum ve-
teris operis ostendens magnitudinem”;
Ep. 73 ad Evang. T. I. p. 446, ed. Wal-
lars. This Salem, Jerome elsewhere
says, was eight miles south of Scytho-
polis; Onom. arts. Salem, ACnon. It is
probably also the same place mentioneo
Dºbºj
25uj
1077
John 3, 23. Judith 4, 4. See Relandi Pa-
last. p. 976. Rosenm. Bibl. Geogr. II. ii.
p. 134 sq., Tuch Comm. in Gen. ad loc.
and in Zeitschr. der morgenl. Ges. I. p.
194. [In 1852 the transiator sought
diligently in the south of Scythopolis;
but fo, nd no trace of name or ruins by
which to identify the Salem thus de-
scribed by Jerome.—R.
c) In Gen. 33, 18 tº is by many
taken as an adjective, see above in no.
1. b while Sept. Vulg. and others treat
it as a pr. n. Shalem, Salem. A village
fºllºw, Salim, exists at the present day
among the hills on the eastern side of
the plain opposite Nāblus or Shechem ;
see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 102. Wil-
soſi Lands of the Bible II. p. 72–R.
tºu; m. (r. 5*) 1. Pr. peace, con-
cc; l, a state of peace and friendship;
plur. Pºujid. expressing a continued
state, like the plurals Rºº, pºrºs,
bºn, and others. Spec. of a state of
seeking peace and favour with God;
hence tº nai, with art. Bºr n=1,
plur. Bºu, *rīār, a peace-offering, peace-
offerings, Vulg. sacrificium pacificum,
Sept. 3 voic, signwixii, Lev. 17, 5. Josh.
22, 23. 1 Sam. 10, 8. Prov. 7, 14; more
rarely Eºchu, Bºrº Ex. 24, 5, 1 Sam.
11, 15; c. suff, Eryºu; ºniº Ex. 29, 28.
Such sacrifices were offered as a testi-
monial of seeking peace and favour with
God, either publicly or by private per-
sons, Lev. 3, 1 sq. 4, 10. 26. 31. 35. 7, 11
sq. 10, 14. 19, 5. 22, 21. 23, 19. Num. 7,
17 sq. 10, 14. 19, 5, 22, 21. 23, 19. Num.
7, 17 sq. Also tºu, nºir ray Lev. 7,
13. 15, i. q. Hºlin nº v. 12, a peace-offer-
ing of praise or thanksgiving, a thank-
offering, the same with that called by
the more general name tº my v.
18. 29.-Hence
2. Without n=1, a peace-offering ;
once sing, tºº. Am. 5, 22; usually plur.
Bºuj, peace-offerings, Ex. 20, 24, 32, 6.
Lev. 6, 5 7, 14, 9, 4. Num. 15, 8. Josh.
8, 31. al. So Sept. and Vulg.—Some-
times these were offered in time of
distress and calamity, for appeasing the
wrath of God and conciliating his fa-
vour, Judg. 20, 26. 21, 4, 2 Sam. 24 25;
bnce before a battle, 1 Sam. 13 9
Nots. Many at the present uay ten-
der Bºhuš na; by thank-offering; comp
r. tº Piel.
tº m. (r. 5%uj) 1. requital, recom.
pense, retribution, Deut. 32, 25.
2. Shillem, pr. n. of a son of Naphtali
Gen. 46, 24. Num. 26, 49; for which
1 Chr. 7, 13 chbuy –Patron ºzºu a Sºil-
lemite Num. l. c.
tºº, see bibu.
º and tºu; m. (r. Bºº) 1. re
quital, retribution, Hos. 9, 7; plur. Is.
34, 8.
2. a reward, gift, by which one is
corrupted, a bribe, like tºº, Mic.
7, 3.
º (retribution, r. tº) Shallum,
pr. m. a.) A king of Israel, 772 B. C.
2 K. 15, 10 sq. b) A king of Judah,
son of Josiah and younger brother of Je-
hoiakim and Zedekiah, prob. the same
with risin; no. 2. Jer. 22, 11. See
Rosenm. ad h. l. c.) The husband of'
Huldah the prophetess, 2 K. 22, 14.
d) Of several other men, Ezra 2, 42.
7, 2. 10, 24.42. Neh. 3, 12. 7, 45. 1 Chr.
2, 40. etc. Comp. tº no. 2, and Thku).
nº fi, q. pºº, retribution, punish-
ment, Ps. 91, 8. R. Bhuj.
Hºbº (pacific, Irenaeus, Germ. Frie-
derich, from Dibuj with the syll. H i, q.
i., ii, comp. 1 Chr. 22, 0, and Heb. Gr.
§ 83. 15) pr. m. Solomon, the tenth son
of David, 1 Chr. 3, 5, comp. 2 Sam. 3,
5; born of Bathsheba ; the successor
of his father, and the third king of the
Hebrew nation, r. 1005—975 B.C. and
celebrated throughout the world for his
wealth, splendour, and wisdom, see 1 K.
c. 2–11. 1 Chr. c. 23. 28. 29. 2 Chr. c.
1–0. Prov. 1, 1. Cant. 1, 1. Ecc. 1, 1.
Sept. 2010adºv, in N. T. 2'okoutów, and
so Josephus.
wº (my thanks, r. bhuj) Shalmai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 2, 46 Keri, where Keth.
**u. -
*ºtº (pacific) Shelomi, pr. n. m.
Num. 34, 27.
bºº (friend of God) Shelumiel,
pr. n. m. Num. 1, 6. 2, 12.
*T* (i. 4. rºbº) Shelemiah
pr, n. m. 1 Chr. 26, 14,
%2buj
ºbj
1078
nº (pacific, abstr."love of peace’)
Shelomith, pr. n. R. Bhuj.
1. Fem. a) Lev. 24, 11. b) 1 Chr.
3, 19. -
2. Masc. a) A son of Rehoboam
2 Chr. 11, 20, b) Ezra 8, 10. c, d, e)
1 Chr. 23, 9. 18. 26, 25. -
Tºº Hos. 10, 14; fully nºsº
2 K. 17, 3. 18, 8, Shalman, Shalmame-
ser, pr. m. of a powerful king of Assyria,
about 730–716 B. C. by whom the ten
tribes were carried into exile, B. C.
722. Vulg. Salmamassar.—Bohlen com-
pares Pers. 33ſ Jºrº verecundus
erga ignem. See more in Thesaur. p.
1426.
tºº m. plur. (r. bhu) rewards,
gifts, by which any one is corrupted, ls.
1, 23.
**, see in Hºu; no. 2.
*:bº, see "ºbnuj.
Y: ºbt; imper. ºbu, 1. to draw out
or 'orth, to pluck out ; Chald. Fºu , Sam.
y)*, and Nasor. -->, id.
Ethpe. to be torn out; comp. Arab. and
Eth. Jºw, ſi/Aſ) to draw out, espec.
a sword from the sheath. Kindr. are
Bhuj, buy?, nº no. 3.—E. g. a weapon
from a wound, Job 20, 25. Judg. 3, 22;
espec. a sword from its sheath, anri Fºu:
to draw one’s sword Judg. 8, 20. 9, 54.
1 Sam. 17, 51. 31, 4, 1 Chr. 10, 4; also
Num. 22, 23 iTºº Hºu iznn his sword
drawn in his hand. v. 31. Josh. 5, 13.
1 Chr. 21, 16; and so ºr "Ehº those
drawing the sucord, armed with swords,
Judg. 8, 10. 20, 2. 15. 2 Sam. 24, 9, al.
Also to draw off the shoe, Ruth 4, 7.8.
Of grass growing on the flat roof of a
house, to pull, to pluck up, Ps. 129, 6 as
grass of the housetops, uja, Fº nºt?!
which, before one plucketh (gathereth)
it, withereth. Sept. 6; tıgö tot 40 to:-
J&ſjvut £5mgávºm. Vulg. priusquam evel-
latur. So too Rashi.
Fºº Sheleph, pr: n, of a tribe in Ara-
oia Felix, Gen. 10, 26. 1 Chr. 1, 20;
perh, the 20Åonmvol, whom Ptolemy
(VI. 7) reckons among the tribes of the
Interior. See Bochart Phaleg lib. 2. c.
6
Syr.
* ºff a root of uncert in signif
whence the numeral lºbu, three ; see
Thesaur. p. 1427.—Hence
PIEL denom. from ºbuj, as ºr from
uyºri.
1. to divide into three parts, e. g. a
land, Deut. 19,3. Arab and Eth. & J3
UJAiſi, id.
2. to do the third time, 1 K. 18, 34,
Chald, rén, Syr, S2, id.
3. to do on the third day, 1 Sam. 20
19 Thr rºuj and on the third day thou
shall go down. Sept. iguagstasis.
PUAL denom. Part tº 1. three-
fold, triple; as "o ºn a threefold thread,
or a cord made of such thread, Ecc. 4,
12.
2. of three stories, three stories high,
sc. a building, Ez. 42, 6. Comp. Bºuhº
Gen. 6, 16.
3. of three years, three years old,
spoken of beasts, Gen. 15, 9, Sept.
tgustičov, Vulg. triennis.
Deriv. ºbu — pilºu.
tº: rarely and later tºº, constr.
tºº, before Makkeph once -ujº Ex. 21,
11, joined with feminines; also nºbº,
rarely mujibuj, constr. rugbu, joined
with masculines, except twice, Gen. 7, 13.
Job 1, 3 ; card. num, three ; Arab. J33.
OT &SC3, Chald, nºr), sºn, q. v. Syr.
S2, is 2. For the construction and
syntax of this numeral, see Heb. Gr.
§§ 95, 118; comp. Lehrg. §§ 144, 181.
Fem. in various constructions, as ºbu
tº three cities Deut. 4, 41. 19, 2.7. 9;
ūbu bºy id. Josh. 31, 32; definite ºbu.
bºr. Num. 35, 14. Bºu, Ubu, three
years Lev. 19, 23. Deut. 14, 28, al. and
tº buy bºu, id. 2 Chr. 11, 17, nižs ºbu,
three cubits Ex. 27, 1. Ez. 40, 48. 41,
22, and ºbt; nins id. 2 Chr. 6, 13. Ubu.
tº three times, thrice, Ex. 27, 17. 34,
23. Num. 24, 10. al. and hence ellipt.
Ubu, bººp two or three times, twice or
thrice, i.e. often, Job 33, 29; ºn tº
three times Ex. 23, 14. Num. 22, 28. §buj
ribs nisº three hundred thousand Num
31, 36; tºns nix? wbu. three hundred
men Judg. 7, 6; nºu, nis? ºbu three
hundred years 11, 26; tı"bºnus nis? ºbu
wjºbſ;
Etº
1079
three hundred fores 15,4; nisº ºbu, ºp.
oaren three hundred 2 Chr. 35, 8.—Masc.
tº nuºu: three men Gen. 18, 2. Josh.
18, 4; defin. Bºulºst nºbu, the three men
Job 32, 1. tº Hugbu, three days 1 Sam.
30, 12. 2 K. 2, 17; nuşu, B-2: id. 1 Chr.
12, 39. Neh. 2, 11; tº rugbu, id. Gen.
30, 36. Ex. 3, 18. Bºri rugbu, three
months, 2 Sam. 6, 11. Am. 4, 7; whence
tº ºbuº about after three months
Gen. 38, 24, where 2 is prep. Ta, see
art. Tº no. 4. c. rºbu, Dºu two or three
Is, 17, 6, 2 K. 9,32–With suff. Bºnuțu,
ye three Num. 12, 4; Drºuºt; they three
Ez. 40, 10. 41. 16. With art. Deut. 19,
9 thou shall add three cities ºbušn-by
rºsri to these three. 1 Chr. 11, 20.—
Absol. 2 Sam. 24, 12 Tºy bºis ºs Ubu.
three things I offer thee. 1 Chr. 21, 10.
Prov. 30, 18. 21, 29. Ellipt. 1 Sam. 30,
3 rushu, tiºn ºn-br; I fell sick these
three days i. e. three days ago.—For
Titºp ºu; see in art. Tilbºp.–Some-
times the cardinal is put for the ordinal
number; espec. in the phrase ºbu, rºu}=
c. * before the name of a king, or i-hº,
or 'E' nº-hº, in the year of three, in the
third year, 1 K. 15, 28. 2 K. 18, 1. 2 Chr.
17, 7. Esth. 1, 3, al.
Also Thuy-ºu; with ſem. nºt;
niy with masc. thirteen. Fem. Hºwy 'uj
tºns thirteen cities Josh.21, 19; nº 's 'u.
id. v. 33; 's 'u) ºn: id. 19, 6.21,4; and
so 1 K. 7, 1. Masc. Bºng-lºs Hušbū thir-
teen bullocks Num. 29, 14.—For the ordi-
nal, the thirteenth, Esth. 3, 12. 9, 1. 17.
PLUR. Bºbº comm. gend. thirty ;
9 - >
Aram. Tºrºn, Arab. &:3)3, Eth.
UJAli, id. Gen. 32, 16, Ezra 1, 9, 10.
So tºns 'u' thirty men Judg. 14, 19, and
bºys tº id. Jer, 38, 10. Spuy & Ex. 38,
24, and E-hpū tº 21, 32; Bi- 'u thirty
days, Num. 20, 29. Hºus 'uj-13, the son of
thirty years, thirty years old, Gen. 41,46.
Num. 4, 3, 2 Sam. 5, 4.—For the ordi
hal, the thirtieth, 1 K. 16, 23. 29.
tº: (triad) Shelesh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
35.
tºuj, see tºº.
tºu, only plur. Entº m. (r. ushu)
to scendants of the third generation,
g"eat-grandchildren, Ex. 20, 5. 34, 7.
Num. 14, 18. Deut. 5, 9, Bºžº gº
Gen. 50, 23 children of great-grand-
children, i. q. Dºyan the fourth genera.
tion. Some have wrongly taken Bºuï
for the grand-children themselves; but
their name is tº 24, and in Ex. 34, 7
they are expressly distinguished ſrom
the Bºulºu). In Ex. 20, 5 the grand-
children, i. e. Bº "34, seem to be omit-
ted. t
nºt; Shalishah, pr. n. of a district i
the vicinity of the mountains of Ephraim,
1 Sam. 9, 4; in which appears to have
been situated the city Hugºu;-by: Baal-
shalishah, 2 K.4, 42. This city Euse
bius calls Beth-shalishah, and says it
was 15 Roman miles distant from Dios.
polis, towards the north. R. Bhuj.
Tºº (triad) Shilshah, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 7, 37. R. wºu.
Biºtº and tº adv. (r. cºuj, after
the form psnº ; or comp. from ºu; i. q.
wºu) and Biº) three days ago, the day be-
fore yesterday, i.e. before, Prov. 22, 20
Keth. opp. Diºn v. 19. Elsewhere al-
ways coupled with bion, as tºº bior,
yesterday and the third day Ex. 5, 8;
also piºuſ tº bizºns tº id. 2 Sam. 5, 2,
i.e. heretofore, formerly. biºuſ bion:
as before, as formerly, Gen. 31, 2, 2 K.
13, 5. Piushu, bion, before, in time past
Deut. 19, 6. Josh. 20, 5.
SSºtº, see bsºrbsu.
>k Bº adv. of place and time, there,
(J & Q ſ
them ; Arab. ſº there, º then ; Chald.
brº, Syr. <2. In the Indo-European
languages kindred forms are Gr, visios
then, Lat. tum, tumc, Anglosax. thanne,
whence Engl. them, Germ. damn, all of
which have been transferred to time;
see no. 2.-Spoken
1. Of place, there, i. e. a) in tha
place, éxei, Gen. 2, 8, 12. 11, 2, 31. 12
7, 8, 10. 13, 4, 18, al. saepiss. With the
sign of relation prefixed, buy nujS where
Ex. 20, 18; often with one or more words
inverposed, bu;... nuis Gen. 13.3. 2 Sam
15 21. Buy... thuſ here ... there Is. 28,
1C. b) After verbs of motion i. q. ngº:
thither, as éxči for $xsios, 1 Sam 2, 14.
2 K. 19, 32; whence tº ... huis whither
1 K. 18, 10. Jer. 19, 14.
buj
Elij
1080
2. Of time, then, at that time, like Gr.
$xei, Lat. ibi, illico, Ps. 14, 5, 132, 17.
Judg. 5, 11. Comp. the remarks above
on the affinity of other languages.
3. therein, in that thing; Hos. 6, 7
they have tromsgressed the covemant ;
therein (i. e. in doing this) they have
been treacherous towards me.
4. With prep. 72, i.e. buº, from theme,
e. thence. a) Of place Gen. 2, 10. 11,
9. 1 Sam. 4, 4. Bºº... hºs whence
Deut. 9, 28. b) Of time Hos. 2, 17.
c) i. q, from that thing, thereof, thence;
Gen. 3,23 to till the ground Eujº nº nu's
whence (from which) he was taken. I K.
17, 13 Fºx Bºº "h by make me thence
(therefrom) a cake. Ez. 5, 3. Unusual
is Gen. 49, 24 ºntº as Hyh Etº'º from
thence, from the shepherd, the rock of
Israel, come, etc.
5. With He parag. Tºº, pron. sham-
mah. a) thither Gen. 19, 20. 23, 13.
Is. 34, 15 where render : thither shall
she place her mest, b) i. q. Duº, there,
so that H+ has a merely demonstrative
power, Jer. 18, 2. Ps. 122, 5.—With the
relative, rigº ... hugs whither Gen. 20,
13. Ex. 29, 42; rarely where 2 K. 23, 8.
Dujm. (r. Hº) constr. tº, and so be-
ſore Makkeph, as nºr-cu, bipºn-Eu,
Gen. 19, 22. 22, 14, but before an ac-
cented syllable "Eu, as is:-Eu, Gen. 16,
15, -º-eu, Ex. 39, 16, -zº-tuft 1 K, 16,
24; c. suff "ºu), ioti, Tau, in p. Tºº,
Bºzº; plur. Riou; , constr. niou, c. suff.
cryiotº. Once fem. Cant. 1, 3; see in
r. ph-Hoph. .
1. a sign, anonument, a memorial of a
person or event; 2 Sam. 8, 13 Tº wºn
bu) and David made (set up) a monu-
onent, a memorial of victory. Is. 55, 13
this nish tº Hinº, nºr) and it shall
be to Jehorah for a memorial, for an
everlasting sign. Comp. Bº Tº a monu-
ment and sign Is. 56, 5; see in T; no. 8.
So too Gen. 11, 4 according to some ;
but this belongs rather to no. 2. a.
2. a name, pr. a sign or designation
of a person or thing ; see the root.
9 ...! 9 9 - 3 3
Arab. ſº rarely ſº, ſº ſº, Eth.
fiº; but Chald, tº or cº, emph.
tº q. v. Some hold Eu to be for
9%u, the 3' being dropped; comp. Sept.
which often renders sº by §vogo. Of
ten both of persons and things; e. g.
Gen. 3, 20. 19, 22 -six nºr Buſ Rºp
one called the name of the city Zoar
Is. 62 2. Ez. 24, 2. Num, 17, 17. 2 K.
23, 34 pºp-in” iou)-rs ºn and turned
(changed) his mame to Jehoiakim. 24,
17. Esth.9,6. So niouſ: by their names,
by name, Nurn. 1, 17. 4, 32. Ezra 8, 20.
al. 'P puja in the name of any one, by
his authority, 1 K. 21,8. Ex. 5, 23. Esth.
3, 22. 8, 8. 10; º; Puja in the name of
Jehovah, by divine authority, Deut. 18,
22, 1 Chr. 22, 19. Jer. 11, 21. 26, 9, 20.
Also puſ: ‘p sº to know one by name,
i. e well, familiarly, Ex. 33, 12. For
the formulas Eu, sºp, Buji Nºp:, etc.
see NTR no. 2. f. g, and Niph, no. 2; for
tº Hº see in Hº Piel.—Spec. Buy is:
a) a great name, fame, renown, like
Övout, and momen, 2 Sam. 23, 18 Buj ibn
Hušbiša and to him (Abishai) was a name
among the three. v. 22. 1 K. 5, 11 [4, 31
="30 Rºlar-bºi iou) and his fame was
in all the nations round about. 1, 47. 2
Sam. 7,9. al. Duj ib Hºy Gen. 11,4. Je:
32, 20, and pu) is thin 2 Sam. 7, 23 to
make oneself a name, to gain renown. So
túr, "tºs the men of renown Gen. 6, 4;
also men of standing, nobles, Num. 16,
2; niouſ ºs id. 1 Chr. 5,24; and vice
versa Eu, *: "23 sons of no name, of
low parentage, i. e. themselves ignoble,
base-born, Job 30, 8. Gen. 9, 27 "bris:
bu, in tents of renown, fame. Zeph. 3,
19 tº nºnrº bºrº, and I will set
them for a praise and fame, i. e. will
make them celebrated, renowned. v. 20.
Deut. 26, 19.
b) a good name, good reputation, Ecc.
7, 1. Prov. 22, 1. Where it stands for
a bad name, bad reputation, ºn is added,
as Deut. 22, 14, 19. Neh. 6, 13; once in
a bad sense without vºn, Ez. 23, 10
comp. 16, 41.
c) name after death, memory, Ps. 72
17. 2 Sam. 14, 7; espec. in the phrases
to destroy or blot out one's name, i.e. ut-
terly to destroy a people or city, so that
their name and memory shall perish
Deut. 9, 14. 1 Sam. 24, 22. 2 K. 14, 27
Ps. 9, 6. Zech. 13, 2; also Ecc. 6, 4 its
name is covered with darkness, spoker.
of an abortion. Vice versa, "Eh Eu bºpr
to raise up a name to any one, i. e. tº
Elij
12tº
1081
give him descendants (comp. Sh; tı"prl
h) and so continue his name, espec. to a
deceased brother or kinsman by marry-
ing his widow, Deut. 25, 7. Ruth 4, 5.10.
d) Very frequent is Hirº tºu, the
name of Jehovah, rarely Enrº buy the
name of God Ps. 69, 31, not only in its
proper sense, as in the third command-
ment, Ex. 20, 6, comp. 6, 3; but also in
various other relations. E. g. 0ſ) the
good name, honour, of Jehovah, his es-
timation among mankind ; as in the
phrase iou) >2% for his name's sake,
according to nis name and attributes,
what these lead us to expect; see more
in 1972 A. 1. Hence also put for the
glory of God, Yºu Tºch for my name's
sake, i. e. that the glory and honour of
the divine name be not obscured, Is. 48,
9. 1 K. 8, 41. Ps. 79, 9. 106, 8. Ez. 20,
44. Ps. 138, 2. Tºtº-be-by above all thy
name, i. e. above all the glory which
can be ascribed to thee. 6) For God
himself, as the object of invocation,
praise, worship; as " Bº sº to call
upon (invoke) the name of Jehovah, i. e.
to praise or worship God, see in r. NTR
no. 2. g; and so in Eurrs bºr Ps. 113,
3. 135, 1; ºn turns Tha 145, 21; also
#2u, Hºis, Tºu, Hºrs, and other like
phrases in the Psalms. So Tºu, *aris
those who love thy name, i. e. who de-
light in thy praise, Ps. 5, 12. 69, 37.
119, 132; Tº "sºli" those who know thy
name Ps. 9, 11. Jer. 48, 17. y) For
the deity, Godhead, as present to mor-
tals, nearly i. q. Hinº ºn. Ex. 23, 21
ianpi, ºu, *z for my name (divinity) is
in him, in the angel. 1 K. 8, 29 nºn:
buj "ou my name (divinity) shall be there
sc. in the temple. 2 K. 23, 27. 1 K. 3, 2
there was yet no house built unto the
name of the Lord. 8, 17. 20. Is. 18, 7.
So intº (T20) tºo, said of Jehovah, to
place or cause his name to dwell any
where, i. e. to fix his abode there, see
in this, and puj. Often spoken of the
aid which the present deity vouchsaſes
to men; Ps. 54, 3 O God, ºujin Tºuji,
-ave me by thy mame, by thy presence
and aid. 44, 6, 124, 8.89, 25. 20, 2; 2nce
as present for punishment, Is. 37, 27.-
Also cuſ, twin, absol. for Hin' Buy, Lev.
24, 11, 16. Deut. 28, 58. Here too be-
ongs 1 Chr. 13, 6 the ark of God... huº
tº Rºp: at which (where) the Name is
called, invoked, comp. 2 Sam. 6 2.—Fol
the superstition of the later Jews in
respect to the name Hirº, see in nin'
init, and r. ap; no. 3.
3. Shem, Sem, pr. m. of the eldest son
of Noah, Gen. 5, 32; from whom (Gen.
10, 22–30) are derived the Semitic na-
tions, i. e. the nations of Western Asia,
the Persians, Assyrians, Aramaeans, He
brews, and part of the Arabs. See Ge
sen. Gesch. der Heb. Spr. u. Schr. p. 5, 6.
Knobel die Völkertafel der Genesis, p.
131 sq.-For Gen. 9, 27, see above in
no. 1. a.
Compound pr. names with bus are:
bsº, sºuj, niºuſ.
tº Chald. m. c. suff. Fºu: (from Buſ),
a name, Dan. 2, 20. 26. 4, 5. 5, 12. Ezra
5, 1. 14 Fºu) -gaujº ºriº and they
were delivered to Sheshbazzar by his
mame, i. e. to one whose name was
Sheshbazzar. Plur. Trºuj, constr. nº
or nrº, Ezra 5, 4, 10. Syr. >,
iša", id.
Sºtº (desolation, r. bºº) Shamma,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 37.
masº (for -ºsº lofty flight, from
pu, or Hºus height, and -ºs) Shemeber,
pr. m. of a king of Zeboim, Gen. 14, 2.
risºn; (perh. i. q. Hºus fame) Shi-
meah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 32; for which
in 9, 38 Eszt, Shimeam.
ºf Shamgar, pr: n, of one of the
judges of Israel, Judg. 3, 31. 5, 6. The
etymology is unknown. Comp. "???.
>k Tºp in Kal not used, i. Q. tºº to be
astomished, desolate, cast down ; comp,
touj. Arab. Cº., to be astonished.
Rabb. Tº extinction, persecution.—
Hence
HipH. Thoun to destroy, i. e. a) to
lay waste, e.g. cities, altars. Lev. 26, 30
Nunn. 33, 52. Mic. 5, 13; a kingdom Am.
9, 8. b) Oftener to cut off to destroy,
persons and nations, Deut. 1, 27. 2, 12.
21. 22. 23. 31, 4, 1 K. 15, 29; also to de-
stroy one's name cr race, 1 Sam. 24, 22
2 K. 10, 28. Inf. Tºur subst, destruc.
tion Is. 14, 23.
Niph, pass. to be destroyed, i.e. a) tº
be laid waste, as fields Jer. 48, 8; high
91
125
toº
1082
places Hos. 10, 8, b) to be cut off, to
perish, of nations Deut. 4, 26. 28, 20; of
single persons Gen. 34, 30. Ps. 37, 38;
nlso the name of any one, Is. 48, 19.
Tºtº Chald, id. Aph, to destroy, Dan.
7, 26.
sk Tºtº obsol. root, i. q. Arab. L.,
to be high - hence Bºº the heavens.
Kindr. is ſº to sign, to mark with a
3 –
sign, spec. as burnt in ; Kºy a sign,
9 o e o
mark; ſº a sign, designation, name;
comp. 729, 12!, to mark off, designate.
Hence tºu, name.
Tºtº, see in tu no. 4.
Tºtº f. (r. bº) 1. astonishment,
Jer. 8, 21. Meton. object of astonish-
ment, something stupendous, Jer. 5, 30.
19, 8, 25, 9. 29, 18, 51, 37. 2 Chr. 29,
8. Deut. 28, 37.
2. a laying waste, desolation, ruin,
Is. 24, 12. H%ush riºr to be for desola-
tion, to be desolated, Is. 5, 9. Jer. 4, 7.
25, 11. 50, 23. Zeph. 2, 15; tº n*,
'ºh Bato, to lay desolate, Is. 139. Jer. 2,
15, 51, 29. Joel 1, 7; 'tº in; to give
over to desolation 2 Chr. 30, 7.—Plur.
nizhu) desolations Ps. 46, 9. Ez. 36, 3
Bens sistº nizu; Tº because of desola-
tions and panting after you, i.e. because
they lay waste and pant aſter your de-
struction. Others here regard nirºu) as
an anomalous inf Kal of r. pºu) as tran-
sitive; see Thesaur. p. 1436.
3. Shammah, pr. m. m. a.) A son of
Reuel Gen. 36, 13. 17. b) A son of
Jesse, brother of David, 1 Sam. 16, 9.
17, 13; elsewhere written Hyºu, Shi-
meah 2 Sam. 13, 3, 32, and syºu; 1 Chr.
2. 13. c.) 2 Sam, 23, 11. d) 2 Sam.
3, 3... e) ib. v. 25; for which niºuſ
Shammoth 1 Chr. 11, 27, and nºrtº
Shamhuth 1 Chr. 27, 8.
nºnº, see Hyºu; no. 3. e.
nrº Chald. plur. constr. names ;
SCG tº.
*Sºot; pr. n. m. Samuel, prob. comp.
from bs and hou; i. q tºº, as bsºn from
ps and sº i. q. Sh; comp. nº in comp.
names i. q, nº, also º in bsºp; hence
pr. ‘ name of God’ (Jahveh), see 1 Sam.
1, 20. Others take it for BNshou; heard
of God.” a) The great prophet and
judge of the Hebrews, the son of Elka-
mah and Hannah, born at Ramathaim
in mount Ephraim ; see his history in
1 Sam. c. 1–25. In 1 Chr, 6, 13. 18
[28. 33] the same Samuel seems to be
meant; it is there said that he was of
the tribe of Levi, which is not specified
in the book of Samuel. See Knobel
Prophetismus d. Hebr. II. p. 28. Winer
Realw, art. Samuel.—b) Num. 34, 24.
d) 1 Chr. 7, 2.
yº, see Nyqui lett. a.
Fºot) and Tºtº f (r. 92) constr
rºº, pr. ‘what is heard;’ hence
1. report, rumour, 2 Chr. 9, 6.
2. tidings, a message, news, 1 Sam. 4
19; whether of good Prov. 15, 30, 25,
25, or of evil Jer. 49, 23. Ps. 112, 7. Jer.
10, 22. Espec. a message sent from
God, Is. 53, 1. Jer. 49, 14.—Hence
3. i. q. instruction, teaching, Is. 28, 9.
nº, see nºzu no. 3.
niº, see in Tºuj no. 2, and 3. e.
* tº fut, pl. tº 1. to smile, to
thrust, to cast, to throw down ; comp.
Arab. Ud-º-º: to strike, to Smite, also to
urge on a beast violently.—Hence a)
to cast or throw down, e. g. a person
from a window, 2 K.9, 33. b) Intrans.
to thrust or spring forward, to rush, to
run away; so prob. in the vexed pas-
sage 2 Sam. 6, 6 and parall. 1 Chr. 13, 9
npiºn honº "z for the oaren ran, drag-
ging the cart with the ark. Others, as
Vulg. the oacen kicked; or trans, the oaren
shook sc. the ark. See Thesaur. p. 1435.
2. to let fall, to let lie, e. g. a field un-
tilled, Ex. 23, 11 ; a debt, to remit, to re-
lease, Deut. 15, 2. With 7%. , to desist
from any thing, to discontinue, Jer.
17, 4.
Niph. pass. of Kal no. 1. a, to be cast
down, e.g. from a rock Ps. 141, 6.
HipH. i. q. Kal no. 2, to remit, to re-
lease, Deut. 15, 3–Hence
Tºtº f. remission, release, from debt,
Deut. 15, 1.2. ritºr rºu; the year of
release, i. e. the year of jubilee, in which
all debts were to be remitted, Deut. 15
9. 31, 10.
*}^*:
*Yoº
1083
wº (deso,ated, r, tºº) Shammai,
\r. n. m. a) 1 Chr. 2, 28. b) idid.
v. 44, c) 4, 17.
5.7%t (ſame of wisdom, see art. Buš
fin.) Shemida, pr: n, of a son of Gilead,
Num. 26, 32. Josh. 17, 2. 1 Chr. 7, 19.
Patronym. "Yºu a Shemidaite, Num.
l, c.
tº m. plur. (r. nº) constr. **,
c, suff. Thºu?, tº ; the skies, the hea-
vens, heaven, from an obsol. sing, "º,
Arab, gL., Eth. Tiaº.B, the high;
... e. the firmament, Sºph, which seems
spread out like an arch above the earth,
and is represented as supported on foun-
dations and columns, 2 Sam. 22, 8. Job
26, 11; hence the rain is said to descend
through its gates or windows, Ps. 78,
23, comp. Gen. 28, 17 and niaºs; and
above is supposed to be the abode of
God and the angels, Ps. 2, 4. Gen. 28,
17. Deut. 33, 26; hence in Job 15, 15
bºzu, and Yºu?"p the heavens and his an-
gels are parallel. With He loc. nººn
towards heaven, heavenward, Gen. 15, 5.
28, 12; so the accus. in the same sense
tºº, bºugri, 1 Sam. 5, 12. Ps. 139, 8,
also pººr-by Ex. 9, 22. 23. 10, 21. 22.
But acc. bºrn is also in heaven 1 K.
8, 34, 36.39, 43.45. 49. Dºri nrir, un-
der the heavems, i.e. on earth, Ecc. 1, 13.
2, 3, 3, 1; comp. Bºujr-52 nrir, under
the whole heaven, i. e. in the whole earth,
Gen. 7, 19. Deut. 2, 25. Job 28, 24. 37,
3. 41, 3. Dan. 9, 12. Bºu, ºn Bºr
the heavens and heaven of heavens, i. e.
all the extent and regions of heaven,
however vast and infinite, Deut 10, 14.
1 K. 8, 27. Yºsrº Bºzºr the heavens
and the earth, i. e. the universe, Gen.
l, 1, 2, 1. 14, 19, 22. Also pººr sis
the birds of the heavens, Gen. 1, 26. 28;
ºn nº the rain of heaven Deut. 11, 11,
'wºn brº the dew of heaven Gen. 27, 18,
tº Hez the hoar frost of heaven Job 38,
29. Byºu; tırıh bread of heaven, the
manna, Ps, 105, 40, and so Ps. 78, 24
tº 13:1. For pººr six see art. Rºx.
n the later books Jehovah is often called
bºr ºrbs the God of heaven, (see the
Chald.) 2 Chr. 36, 23. Ezra 1, 2. Neh.
1, 4.5. 2, 4, 20. Ps. 136. 26. Jºn. 1, 9,
womp. Sººn ºrbs nin' Gen. 24, 7.
Tºº Chald. m. plur, emphat, sº
i. q. Heb. q. v. the heavens, heaven, Dan,
4, 8, 10. 7, 2. Sometimes for the inhab.
itants of heaven, i. e. God with the an-
gels, who govern the world, Dan. 4, 23;
comp. on this usage in the Jewish wit-
ings and also in the classic authors, Fes-
selii Advers. Sac. p. 349. Wetstein aq
Matt. 21, 25-Nºu. Fºs the God of
heaven, see Heb. above, Dan. 2, 18. 37
Ezra 5, 11. 12. 6, 9, 10. Comp. Tob
10, 12. Rev. 11, 13.
ºt; m. nºt f (ſ. right) ordin.
adj. the eighth, 1 Chr. 12, 12. 26, 5
ºn Bºnn the eighth month 1 K. 12,
32. Zech. 1, 1; ºr, Bina on the eighth
day Lev. 9, 1. Num. 6, 10; nººn Hºn
the eighth year, Lev. 25, 22. Chald.
* 9 ºf
"s?"ºn, Syr. Licz, Arab. Jºlº,
Eth. Fiº.—Spec. ſem. rºtºn the
eighth, the octave, Ps. 6, 1. 12, 1; a tech-
nical musical term, of which the signifi-
cation is doubtful. According to Gese-
nius it denoted the lowest and gravest
notes, as sung by men, the modern bass,
basso; opp. to nichy-by 1 Chr. 15, 21,
which is equally obscure; see in r. ny;
Pi. no. 2, and art. Fºx. Others regard
it as a musical instrument.
nº m. (r. You; no. 1) c. suff, invº.
1. a thorn, collect. thorns, so called as
bristling, prickly; found with nºu Is. 5, 6.
7, 23.24.25. 9, 17; with Yip 32, 13; trop.
of enemies to be consumed, Is. 10, 17.
§ - 2 .* S 2 .
27, 4. Arab. *> collect. /~~ a thorn-
tree, spec. the Egyptian thorn.
2. adamant, the diamond, so called
from its hardness, see the root no. 1;
“duritia inennarrabilis est” Plin. H. N.
37. 15; or from its cutting and perforat-
ing other substances. Thus the point
of the writer's stylus was of diamond,
Jer, 17, 1 hºu, Tºx. As an emblem
of hardness, Ez. 3,9. Zech. 7, 12. Vulg.
9 * . ~~ -
adamas. Arab yºu. id. Perhaps we
may compare Gr. Guigue, owingog, i. e.
diamond-dust used for polishing. Bohlen
suggests an Indian origin of the word,
and compares asmira, stone which eats
lapis rodens, spoken of gems, iron, etc
See Winer Realw. I. p. 284, edit. 3
º
Elº
1084
3. Shamir, pr: n, a) A city in Ju-
aah Josh. 15, 48. b) A city in the
mountains of Ephraim, Judg. 10, 1. 2.
c) A man 1 Chr. 24, 24 Keri, where
Keth. -hou.
monº (name most high, or hea-.
ven most high, Semiramis?) Shemira-
moth, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 15, 18. 20. 16, 5.
2 Chr, 17, 8,
* Shamlai, pr: n. m. Ezra 2, 46
Keth, prob. corrupted from *ghu, Keri
ib, or from "zhu, Neh. 7, 48.
>} Dºu), 3 fem. pret, in pause riº;
fut. Etº, plur. º. A ſut. A pujº see
under r. Eujº.
1. to be astonished, amazed ; Chald.
with 9 inserted tº causat, to aston-
ish ; kindr. are Tºuj, Fion. The pri-
mary idea is that of closing, shutting
up ; then the shutting of the mouth im-
plies silence ; and this is transferred to
astonishment, q, d. ‘to be struck dumb ;’
comp. the kindr. roots pºt, tºº, tº ;
Hupfeld in Zeitschr. für d. Kunde des
Morgenl. III. p. 397.-Jer. 18, 16. 19, 8.
50, 13. 1 K. 9, 8. Ps. 40, 16; with by
Lev. 26, 32. Job 17, 9, al. So 2 Chr. 7,
21, see art. H. A. 6. b.
2. to be laid waste, to be made desolate,
since desolate places are silent and quiet,
in contrast to the noise and turmoil of
inhabitants; Ez. 33,28.35, 12.15. Part.
tº, Dziu), f. riºtº, plur. Bºº,
nizhºu), desolate, Lam. 1, 4, 3, 11. Is. 49,
8; of persons, wasted, perishing, Lam.
1, 13. 16, also solitary 2 Sam. 13, 20. Is.
54, 1. Plur. f. nivoº desolate places,
ruins, Is. 61, 4. Dan. 9, 18. 26.
Note. A transitive signification, to
lay waste, is usually assumed, on ac-
count of nº Ez. 36, 3 and Dº Dan.
8, 13. 9, 27. 12, 11. But for the former
see art. Figu: ; and for the latter see in
Poel.
Niph. Bujº 1. i. q. Kal no. 1, to be
astonished Jer, 4,9. Ez. 4, 17; c. by Job
18, 20.
2. i. Q Kal no. 2, to be laid waste, made
desolate Am, 7 3. 3, 14. Is. 54, 3. Jer.
12, 11. Ps. 69, 26; to be wasted, to per-
ish, of persons Lam. 4, 5; to be desolate,
solitary, of a way Lev. 26, 22. Is, 33, 8;
also Joel 1, 17
PoEL 1. i. Q. Kal no. 1, to be as...oft.
ished, part. tº Ezra 9, 3.4.
2. Trans, part, tº Dan. 9, 27. 11
31, and also nº or rºu), the 7, being
dropped, Dan. 8, 13. 9, 27. 12, 11, pr.
something astounding, horrible, revolt-
ing, almost as a subst, and sometimes
joined with Yipuš, as Dan. 12, 11 nº
tºº yºu; the setting up of the abomi-
nable, the horrible, comp. 11, 31. 9, 27.
Something thus abominable and horri-
ble is said by the prophet to be set up
in the sanctuary in Jerusalem by the
conqueror, after the sacrifices were abol-
ished; and this can only refer to idola-
try, for which Yipuš is always used.
We may therefore understand an idol,
or an altar to idols, which Antiochus
Epiphanes set up in the temple. Sept.
6öéivyat, grudgeos. Vulg, abominatio
desolationis, 1 Macc. 1, 54 ºxodounoo,
6öéâvyuo. £9mudiosos éni to 9 votgath-
Quoy at A. comp. 2 Macc. 6, 2 sq. Matt.
24, 15. Mark 13, 14.—The same seems
to be also tº suffer, Dan. 8, 13, where
Sept. ii &uuguit, grºudjoeals. – Others,
including Gesenius, interpret this word .
not of a thing, but of a person, sc. An-
tiochus; and take 5% tº and D'ºù as .
genitive, the abomination of the desola.
tor, the transgression of the desolator.
Most interpreters also take Dºº as par-
ticiple of Kal; to which they ascribe a
transitive sense ; see Note above,
Hiph. Bujri, fut. Bºº, c. suff. Egui,
1 Sam. 5, 6; inf pººr, part. Pºuja.
1. Causat of Kal no. 1, to make aston-
ished, Ez. 32, 10, 20, 26.
2. Intrans, to be astomished, Ez. 3, 15;
also Job 21, 4, see in Hoph. With by
Mic. 6, 13. Jer, 49, 20.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 2, to lay waste,
to make desolate, e.g. a land Lev. 26, 3:
32. Num. 21, 30. Jer, 10, 2. Job 16,7. Ps,
79, 7; also trees, Hos. 2, 14. .
Hoph. Dušný, or as in many mss. and
editt. Bujri (pron. hosham), to be laid
waste, made desolate ; inſ: c. suff. Fºr
(or Figu:r) for Fºr, Lev. 26, 34, 35.
2 Chr. 36, 21; and c, a pref ngºria fo,
Figuria, and this for rigºra, Lev. 26
43.−Here too some refer ºur to be
astonished Job 21, 5, to be pronounced
hôshámmu, as they think; and it is alsc
found in some mss. written Rºujr. anc
rººf
12t
I085
Matt, But the true form seems to
be ºr (háshámmu) imper. Hiph. for
Azuºri, like pret. Taujr. for Azur, Jer.
10, 25.
HITHPo. Bºinºr ; fut, once contr.
bºr, Ecc. 7, 16.
1. to be astonished, amazed, Is. 59, 16.
63, 5; also Ps. 143, 4; c. b3 of thing,
Dan. 8, 27.
2. to desolate or destroy oneself, Ecc.
7, 16.
Deriv. tºº, rigº, rºuj, Tiagº,
rigº, Tºujº ; pr. n. Sº, "gº.
tº Chald, only Ithpo. Bºinºs, to
be astonished, Dan. 4, 16.
Dººm. adj. laid waste, desolate, Dan.
3, 17. Lam. 5, 18. Fem. Tº Jer. 12,
11. R. Yºu. -
Fººt; f. (r. 52*) plur. constr. rizºu.
1. astonishment, Ez. 7, 27.
2. a desolation, waste, desert, Is, 1, 7.
62,4, Jer. 25, 12. al. So Hºrn nºu, yºri
the land shall become a waste Ez. 12,
20. 14, 16. Ex. 23, 29. Is. 17, 9, al. Jer.
49, 2 and it (the city Rabbah) shall be
'u) ºn: for a mound of desolation, a heap
of ruins. Also nº cab, nº Triº,
sc. a city, land, to make it a desolation,
to lay desolate, Jer. 6, 8, 9, 10. 10, 22.
Ez. 15, 8; idols Mic. 1, 7. Emphat.
rººt ºn a desolate waste Joel 2, 3.
4, 19. Jer. 12, 10; rigº rigºu, a desert
and desolation, an utter waste, Ez. 6,
14, 33,28, 29. 35, 3; Tºquin rigº id. Ez.
23, 35.
Tºtº f (ſorriñº, r. bº) plur. constr.
hiogu, ; a desolation, waste, Ez. 35, 7.9.
Tiogº m. (r. Dºº) astonishment,
amazement, Ez. 4, 16. 12, 19.
nºt, see in nº.
>k Tºº, fut. Toº", to be or become fat,
Deut. 32, 15. Jer. 5, 28. Arab. J-º-w
id. Aram. Tºj, esa-A.
HipH. 1. to make fat, to cover over
with fat, metaph. the heart, as enve-
oped in fat and thus made dull and
callous to the words of the prophet, Is.
5, 10; comp. Ps. 119, 70.
2. to become fat, pr. to make or pro-
luce ſat from oneselſ, Neh. 9, 25.
Deriv. Yºu), Tºu, tºuj, t-zºujs
***, Sºnu!?, aud pr; n. Hºuſ?.
Tº m. adj. (r. Tºº) f. rºuj, fat, Is
30, 23. Ez. 34, 16; of a strong, lusty.
robust man, Judg. 3, 29, see Tºujº ; of a
land, fertile, Num, 13, 20. Neh. 9, 25.
35; of pasture Ez. 34, 14; cf bread as
nourishing, Gen. 49, 20; of spoil, Hab.
1, 16.
Tº m. (r. Tºtº) c. suff, ºntº, plur.
tºº. Some take it as fem. in Cant. 1,
3; but see in r. pin Hoph.
1. falness, Ps. 109, 24. Bººt. Fruša
a banquet of fatness, i. e. sumptuous,
splendid, Is. 25, 6, 10, 27 ºn by brº
Tº and the yoke (of Israel) is broken
from fatness, the figure being taken
from a fat ox which breaks and casts
off his yoke; comp. Deut. 32, 15. Hos. 4,
16. Also fertility of the earth, e. g. Nº
tº valley of fatness, i.e. most fertile,
Is. 28, 1. 5, 1 Yºu"; Tºp a fertile hill.
2. oil, spec. olive-oil, nº Yºu Ex. 27
20. 30, 24. Lev. 24, 2; comp. Tºt; nº
Deut. 8, 8. 28, 40; simpl. id. Deut. 32,
13. 2 K. 4, 2.6.7. Jer. 40, 10. Job 29, 6.
al. So as exported to Tyre and Egypt,
Ez. 27, 17. Hos. 12, 2 [1]; as applied
to wounds, Is. 1, 6, comp. Luke 10, 34;
used in the sacred candelabra, Ex. 27,
20. 35, 8.14, 28. Num. 4, 16; for pre-
paring food, 1 K. 17, 12. Ez. 16, 13.
19, and also sacrifices, Mic. 6, 7. Lev.
8, 26. Num. 6, 15, espec. the sacrifice
without blood (Firºz) Ez. 29, 40. Lev.
2, 1 sq. and as a libation, Gen. 28, 18,
35, 14.—Also jºu, ys oil-tree, the olive,
or rather the wild olive, oleaster, the
olive being nº ; so Neh. 8, 15. Is. 41
19. See Celsii Hierob. II. p. 331 sq.
3. spiced oil, ointment, unguent, for
anointing, 2 K. 9, 6. Is. 61, 3. Ps. 23, 5
45, 8, 141, 5. Ecc. 9, 8. Cant. 1, 3 see
in ph" Hoph. So air. Tº precious
ointment, 2 K. 20, 13. Ps. 133, 2. Ecc. 7
1; ripin Tºu; unguent of the perfume,
Ecc. 10, 1, kept in a flask (TE) 1 Sam.
10, 1. 2 K. 9, 1.3, or horn (Tºp) I Sam
16, 1. 13. 1 K. 1, 39. Also ſº tºo to
anoint oneself with oil 2 Sam. 14, 2.
Mic. 6, 15. Spec. of the holy oil or oint-
rvent, for anointing the sacred vessels
and furniture, the priests and espec. the
high priest, and composed of olive-oil,
myrrh, cinnamon, sweet cane, and cas-
sia, see Ex. 30,23–25; called Hrºn Tºº
Ex. 25, 6. 29, 7. 40, 9. Lev. 8, 2. 10
913,
Yºº
yº
1086
Num. 4, 16. al. rarely ºpry’s Num. 35,
25. Ps, 89, 21; or ºp nnº 'u: Ex. 30,
25; or nin, nrº tº Lev. 10, 7, comp.
21, 12–Plur. E":ºu; ointments, unguents,
Hos. 6. 6. Cant. 1, 3, 4, 10.—Also Yºu:
h?r, ointment of myrrh, fragrant with
myrrh.
bºat. m. plur. (r. Tºuj) fatness of the
Sarth, i. e. fat fields, fertile regions.
Gen. 27, 28 God gave thee Yºst, "Pºujº
fertile fields, pr, of fertile fields, as the
other hemistich has 'n bºx of the dew
of heaven. But v. 39 nºrth Yºsr, "yºu?
Fºujio without the fatness of the earth
shall be thy dwelling, parall. ‘H bºº. In
both places Bºotjo is for tº ; but
there is a play of words arising from the
twofold use of 72, which in v. 28 is taken
in the partitive sense, see Tº no. 1 ; and
in v. 39 in its privative sense, see 72 no.
3. f.
* Tºtº, also niouſ, joined with
feminines; Tºntº, rarely rigiouj, constr.
njou, joined with masculines; card. num.
* 9. , 2 r
eight. Arab. ejº, 33-33 Aram.
ºr and "ºn, ū-2, with ſem. Rºom,
Llºoz, with masc. Eth. Tºž, etc.
So pººj Fºu: eight years Judg. 8, 8.
2 Chr. 34, 1; Hºuſ nº id. 2 K. 22, 1.
8, 17 Keth. Bºº Hº; eight sons 1 Sam.
17, 12; thºujºs ‘tº eight men Jer. 41, 15.
ryºu; ºne eight bullocks Num. 29, 29;
nºn nºt; eight oven Num. 7, 8, -j-.
bºº rºot; a son of eight days, eight
days old, Gen. 17, 12. 21, 4.—Put in-
stead of the ordinal, for the eighth, as
i-hº rºot; nºz, in the eighth year of
his reign 2. K. 24, 12; tiºn. nº bina
on the eighth day of the month 2 Chr.
29, 17.
Also Tºmmy Tºotſ with ſem. -ies Hyºu;
with masc. (once hºnzº Judg. 20, 25.)
eighteen; so Hyuj Tuy Hºotº eighteen
years Judg. 3, 14; Hºº Hºu tº:
2ighteen wives 2 Chr. 11, 21.-For the
ordinal, eighteenth, 2 K. 3, 1. 2 Chr. 35,
19. -
PLUR. Bº and bºot; Gen. 5, 26.
al, eighty; Chald. |}ºn or lºn, Syr.
eisz, Arab. &#3. Eth. Ticº?...P.,
d. So Gºs cºat eighty men Jer, 41, 5;
nº tºu; eighty years Judg. 3, 20; and
so Cant. 6, 8. Gen. 16, 6. Ex. 7, 7. 2 Sam
19, 33.
Deriv. ordin. "Yºu!.
*yºu, in pause ºf Ps. 34, 7. al.
fut, sº; imper, soui, Hyºu: Ps. 30, 19
very frequent.
1. to hear; Syr. Chald, id. Arab.
& Eth. Tiºu, to hear, to obey.
Gen. 18, 10. Is. 6,9. Job 13, 1. Ps, 48, 9,
c. acc. of thing Gen. 3, 10. 24, 52. Ex.
2, 15. Jer. 42, 14. Job 3, 18; c. acc. of
pers, speaking Gen. 37, 17. 1 Sam. 17,
28; with "2 before a clause or sentence,
Gen. 42, 2. 2 Sam. 11, 26. 1 K. 5, 15.
Neh. 3, 33; c. by Gen. 41, 15–Spec.
a) to hearken, to listen to any one, to
give attention, c. acc. Gen. 23, 8, 11. 15.
Ecc. 7, 5; BN Gen. 49, 2. 1 K. 12, 15,
Is. 46, 3. 12; * Ps. 81, 12. Job 31, 35;
c. : Job 37, 2. Is. 42, 24, 2 Sam. 12, 18.
But a yºu; is likewise often to hear to
any thing, to be an ear witness, testis
auritus fuit Plaut. Gen. 27, 5. Job 15, 8.
26, 14; also to hear with pleasure 2 Sam.
19, 36. Ps. 92, 12. b) Of God, to hear
and accept prayer, to hear and answer,
c. acc. Gen. 17, 20. Ps. 10, 17. 54, 4; c.
bs Gen. 16, 11. 30, 22; 'E bip Deut. 33.
7. Ps. 5, 4, 18, 7. 27, 7. 28, 2. 64, 2.
Lam. 3, 56; 'E bip: Gen. 30, 6. Deut.
1, 45; bip-bs Gen. 21, 17. Sometimes
also with h of the object, Gen. 17, 20.
c) to hearken to, to hear and obey, Is. 1,
19. 65, 12. Judg. 11, 17. 28; c. acc. of
thing, Ex. 24, 7. Deut. 12, 18; c. bs
Gen. 28, 7. 39, 10. Deut. 18 19. Josh,
1, 17; by 2 K. 20, 13; ; Neh. 9, 29. Lev.
26, 21; 'E bip: Gen. 27, 13. Ex. 18, 19.
Deut. 26, 14, 2 Sam. 12, 18; 'E bip
Gen. 3, 17. Judg. 2, 20. Ps. 58, 6.
2. to hear distinctly, to understand,
Gen. 11, 7. 42, 23. Sº Bº an under-
standing heart 1 K. 3,9. But sº uº"N
Prov. 21, 28, the man that halh heard sc.
the thing to be established by testimony
i. e. a true witness, in opp. to a false
witness.
NIPH. 1. to be heard, Gen. 45, 16
Ex. 23, 13. 1 Sam. 1, 13; c. by any
one Neh. 6, 1.7. Also i. q to be regard.
ed, Ecc. 9, 16; to be heard and accepted
Dan. 10, 12, comp. 2 Chr. 30, 27.
º
yººſ
1087
2. to show oneself obedient, to obey, c. :
if pers. Ps. 18, 45.
3. to be understood, Ps. 19, 4.
PIEL pr. ‘ to make hear,’ i e. to call,
to summon, i. Q. Hiph. no. 3; c. acc. of
pers, and h of the thing to which one is
called, 1 Sam, 15, 4, 23, 8 and Saul
called all the people to war.
HipH. 1. to cause to hear, to let hear,
e.g. one's voice, with Bip, Judg. 18, 25.
Cant. 2, 14. Is. 30, 30. Ps. 66, 8; a cry
Jer. 48, 4; c. dupl. acc. of pers, and thing,
to cause one to hear any thing 2 K. 7, 6.
Ps. 143, 8; c. 9s of pers. Ez. 36, 15.
Without bºp absol. to let oneself be heard,
to utter aloud, and so with ibipa Ps. 26,
7. Ez. 27, 30, comp. Sipa in: in hip bb.
Spec. to sing with the voice Neh. 12, 42;
also to sound with instruments 1 Chr.
15, 28. 16, 5; espec. of loud music 1 Chr.
15, 19, comp. Pi. nº. Comp. Arab.
G Ç
㺠songstress, à- music.
2. to announce, to declare, c. acc. of
thing Is. 45, 21. 52, 7. Nah. 2, 1; acc.
of pers. Is. 44, 8, 48, 5; c. dupl. acc. of
pers. and thing Is. 43,9. 48, 6.
3. to call, to summon, i. Q. Pi. 1 K. 15,
22. Jer. 50, 29. 51, 27.
Deriv. Sº, yºu, Hºnouj, näyºun,
sº, nsº, and the pr. names sº,
sou, sºlº, sº, Hyºu, Hyº, nsºu,
***, Tivºj, nºne, Hyºu;, x2nus,
bssºn, Hyº.
Vºtº Chald. to hear, c. acc. of thing,
Dan. 3, 5; c. b3 of on concerning any
one, Dan. 5, 14. 16.
ITHPE. to show oneself obedient, to
obey, Dan. 7, 27.
sº (hearing, obedient) Shama, pr.
n. m. 1 Chr. 11, 44.
yºu m. (r. 92%) c. suff, “sº.
1. the hearing, as opp. to the sight;
Job 42,45. Ps. 18, 45% Aszujº Tſs sºugh
at the hearing of the ear do they obey me,
i. e. I am obeyed as soon as heard.
2. Something heard, report, rumour
fame; Is. 23, 5 Bºnsº yºu; nu's 2 when
ſhe report (sc. of Tyre destroyed) cometb
o Egypt. Hos. 7, 12 prºsº you: as
he report (hath come) to their congre-
gathon. Rºu, yºu a false report Ex. 23.
1. With gen. of pers of whom the report
is spread, as rºbu sº the fame of Solo.
mon, 1 K. 10, 1; his sou; the report con-
cerning Tyre, as destroyed, Is. 23, 5;
Eps: sº the report of the coming of
Jacob Gen. 29, 13. Is. 66, 19. Hab. 3, 2.
Nah. 3, 19. al.
X"at. m. (r. Szuº) in pause sº.
1. sound, music, see the root in Hiph.
Ps. 150, 5.
2. Shema, pr. n. m.
44, b) 5,8.
8, 13.
* (id.) Shema, pr. n. of a city in
the south of Judah, Josh. 15, 26.
ȼt m. (r. 92%) c. suff, isnu;, fame.
rumour, Josh. 6, 27. 9, 9. Jer. 6, 24.
Esth. 9, 4.
Sºtº (rumour, r. vº) Shimea, pr.
m. m. a.) A son of Jesse, brother of
David, 1 Chr. 2, 13; for which is read
Hyºu; 2 Sam. 13, 3. 52; and also nº
Shammah 1 Sam. 16, 9. 17, 13. b) A
son of David, 1 Chr. 3, 5; ſor which is .
read ºu, Shammua 2 Sam. 5, 14, 1 Chr.
14, 4, c) A Levite, 1 Chr. 6, 15. d)
ib. v. 24.
Tºº (id.) Shimeah, 2 Sam. 13, 3.22;
see Tºu, no. 3. b. Patronym. is "nº
a Shimeathite 1 Chr. 2, 55.
Tºº Shemaah, pr. n. m. c. art,
1 Chr. 12, 3. -
Tyº, see Hsiaº.
Tºyºtº (a hearkening, r. Sºuj) pr. n. m.
Simeon, Gr. 2'vustáv. a) The second
son of Jacob, born of Leah Gen. 29, 33,
the progenitor of the tribe of the same
name. The cities of this tribe were
within the territory of Judah, and are
enumerated Josh. 19, 1–9. b) Ezra 2,
31–Patronym. of lett. a, is "...sºul a
Simeonite, Num. 25, 14. Josh. 21, 4.
"yºtº (renowned, r. sºu) Shimei,
Shimi, pr. m. m. a) Ex. 6, 17. Num. 3,
18. b) 2 Sam. 16, 5. 1 K. 2, 8, 36 sq.
c) 1 K. 1, 8, 4, 18. d) Esth. 2, 5.
Also of several other persons of less
note.—Patronym. of lett. a, "sºu a Shi-
mite for nºnu Num. 3, 21.
Tºyº and Tºyºtº (Jehovah hear.
eth him) Shemaiah, pr. n. m. a.) A
prophet in the time of Rehoboam, 1 K
a) 1 Chr. 2, 43.
c) Neh. 8,4. d) 1 Chr.
yº
*Yºº
1088
12, 22, 2 Chr. 11, 2. 12, 5.7. 15. b) An-
»ther in the time of Jeremiah, Jer. 29,
31. 32. c.) Of several other persons of
ess note; see Simonis Onom. p. 546.
nymº (i. q. Hºus) Shimeath, pr n.f.
2 K. 12, 22. 2 Chr. 24, 26.
*: Yºº obsol. root, i. q. Arab. 934-3,
to thrust, to cast, to throw ; comp. Togué.
Then intrans. ‘to thrust oneself,” to
31 - 2
hastem, comp. Arab. U34-3 a hasten-
ing; espec. in speaking, to speak hur-
riedly, to mutter, to whisper, like Arab.
Ud-º, which also seems to be trans-
ferred to derision and pleasure in the
misfortunes of others.—Hence the two
following.
Yºu m. a transient sound, a whisper,
rapidly uttered and swiftly dying away,
Job 4, 12. 26, 14. Symm. plºuguagós,
Vulg. susurrus-In the Talmud Yºu;
is a little, which the Targum and Syr.
have expressed in the above passages.
ºntº f. (r. You) pr. a whispering,
and that envious and malicious ; hence,
joy in others’ evils,’ malicious plea-
sure, or a jeering, mocking, whispering
derision, once Ex. 32,25 trººp: Hººth
for a derision among their enemies.
Sept. and Theodot. Šitizoguo.—Jewish
interpreters, shame, reproach ; Gesenius
and others, rout, overthrow ; see more
in Thesaur. p. 1442.
* Tºtº ſut. ***, c. suff, ºnzº, once
before pause accent Enºur Prov. 14, 3.
1. Pr. i. q. hop, hºtº, to be stiff, rigid,
to stand erect, to bristle; whence nº
thorns, as bristling ; also adamant, a
diamond, as rigid, hard, comp. ‘silex ri-
gidus' Ovid. Met. 10. 242. Then trans-
ferred to fixedness of look, to stare, to
.ock at earnestly. Hence
2. to watch, to guard, to keep ; comp.
synon. "x2, Nº.
a) to keep, in the narrower sense, as
a garden Gen. 2, 15. 3, 24; a flock 30,
31; a house Ecc. 12. 3; a gate, 1 K. 14,
27. Neh. 13, 22.-Part. "72% subst. a
keeper, watchman, Cant. 3, 3; of a flock
. e. a shepherd 1 Sam. 17, 20; "Tº hº
field-keeper Jer. 4, 17; Pºujº º keeper
if the women Esth. 2, 3, 8, 14, 15. 'u'.
ºr baggage-guard 1 Sam. 17, 22
tº ‘u keeper of the wardrobe 2 K. 22
14; Fer, "Yº keepers of the threshola
or door of the temple, the priests, 2 K.
12, 10. 22, 4, 2 Chr. 34, 9, Trop. the
prophets are called nºt keepers Is.
21, 11. 62, 6, comp. Rºss in r. HES; also
Jer. 20, 10 "sh: "nºt the keepers of my
side, who do not leave my side, my fa.
miliar companions; see in sh; no. 2.
b) In a wider sense, to keep safe, t
protect, to preserve, c. acc. of pers. or
thing, 1 Sam. 25, 21. 30, 23. Prov. 13, 3.
21, 23. Deut. 23, 24; with by of pers.
Prov. 6, 22. Often of God, as keeping,
protecting, preserving men, c. acc. Gen.
28, 15. 20. Ex. 23, 20. Jer. 31, 10. Ps. 12,
8, 16, 1, 121, 7. 145, 20. Job 2, 6; with
acc. and 7%. , to keep or protect from,
Prov. 3, 26. 21, 23. Ps. 121, 7. Is. 56, 2.
c) Spec. iDE: ***, one keeping his
spirit, i. e. circumspect, prudent, Prov,
16, 17. 22, 5; also Fujº hºu, seq. Tº,
beware lest, Deut. 4, 9. Hence ellipt.
nou, to beware, to abstain from, c. 12,
like Engl. to keep from doing any thing,
Josh. 6, 18; comp. Niph. no. 2, 3.
3. to keep, to reserve, to lay up ; as
grain, Gen. 41, 35; food, 1 Sam. 9, 24;
goods, property, Ecc. 5, 12. Ex. 22, 6.
Ezra 8, 29. Also to keep, to observe, to
practise, e. g. good faith, Is. 26, 2; dis-
cretion, Prov. 19, 8; mercy, 1 K. 3, 6.
Neh. 10, 30; anger, Am. 1, 11 inºx
ris; nº his anger, he keepeth it for.
ever, where nºt before pause is for
Frºu (as så HTEP for så Frºp, Ez. 7,
25); ellipt. Jer. 3, 5 rish Yºu." Es will
he keep his anger forever? Ps. 39, 2.
Spec. to keep in mind and memory, Gr.
qvićt 1809 at tu, c. acc. of thing Gen. 37,
11; espec. words, counsels, Prov. 4, 21.
7, 1. 22, 18; sins, Ps. 130, 3.
4. to keep in view, to observe, to mark
to regard, c. acc. of thing; e. g. admo
nition, Prov. 13, 18. 15, 5. 1 Sam. 1, 12
Job 39, 1. Ecc. 11, 4; so of migratory
birds Jer. 8, 7. Mic. 7, 5 The ºnrº ºu
mark the doors of thy mouth, be careful
as to thy words. Prov. 2, 20 ninns,
ºr tºpºls and mark the ways of the
righteous, sc. in order to follow them,
but in the opp. sense, Ps. 17, 4 "rººt
yºne nin's I have marked the ways of
the oppressor, sc. in order to avoid them:
*2tº
ºp.
1089
ls. 42, 20. Also nººn hoº to keep the
charge, to observe one's duties, to attend
upon one's office, comp. in nº no. 3.
Num. 3, 10 Brºnz-rs ºnzº and they
shall altend upon their priest’s office,
perform it. 18, 7; and so with by of
thing, Job 14, 16 ºnstºn-by ºur RB
dost thou not murk as to my sin 2 but
others differently. Further, to attend
to any one, to care for, almost in the
sense of protecting; c. 58 of pers. Ps.
59, 10. 1 Sam. 26, 15; c. 93 v. 16; c. :
2 Sam. 18, 12.—Sometimes in a bad
sense, to watch narrowly, to spy out, c.
acc. Job 13, 27. 33, 11. Ps. 56, 7.71, 10.
**s hou; to watch a city, i. e. to besiege
it, 2 Sam. 11, 16; comp. "Sº I. 1. b.
5. to keep, to observe, i. e. not to break;
e.g. a covenant, as man, Gen. 17, 9, 10.
Ex. 19, 5. Ps. 78, 10; or God, Deut. 7,
9. 12. 1 K. 8, 23. Neh. 1, 5. Dan. 9, 4 ;
also a promise, 1 K. 3, 6, 8, 24. 25; the
sabbath, Ex. 12, 1. 23, 15. Lev. 19, 30.
Deut. 5, 12. Is. 56, 2.4. 6; espec. God’s
law, precepts, commandments, etc. Gen.
18, 19. Ex. 15, 26. 20, 6. Lev. 18, 4. Am.
2, 4. Jer. 16, 11. Mal. 2, 9. al. saep. Ecc.
8, 2 not mººr. "E keep the king's com-
mandment ; but Mic. 7, 5 see in no. 4.
Sometimes joined with another finite
verb, as nº nau; Deut. 4, 6, 7, 12.
2 Chr. 9, 7; often nibyº -ºu to observe
to do, take care to do, Deut. 6, 25. 12, 1.
13, 1.15, 5, 17, 10.2 K. 17,37. al. -aºh 'u'.
Num. 23, 12; rººh You Nº. 2 K. 10, 31.
6. to observe, i. e. to regard, to honour,
e.g. God, to worship, Hos. 4, 10; idols, Ps.
31, 7; one's master, Prov. 27, 18. Comp.
Virg. Georg. 4. 212 “observant regem
non sic AEgyptus,' etc.
Niph. You?, imperat always Milel
nºn, except once Is. 7, 4; see end of
no. 3.
1. Pass. of Kal no. 2, to be kept, pre-
served, Ps. 37, 28. 2 K. 6, 10. Hos. 12, 14
2. Reflex. to keep oneself from any
thing, to refrain from, c. 12 Deut. 23, 10.
Judg. 13, 13. 1 Sam. 21, 5. Comp. Kal
no. 2. c. -
3. to take heed to oneself, to beware
of any thing, to refrain from ; c. Tº Jer.
\, 3. Gen. 31, 29; ºn Ex 23, 21; i.
2 Sam, 20, 10; c. inf Ex. 19, 12 take
heed to yourselves not to go up into the
mount; also with Tº lest, before a clause,
Gen. 24, 6, 31, 24. Deut. 4, 15. 16; the
pleonastic pron. #3 being sometimes
added after an imperative, as Gen. Ex.
ll. cc. Occasionally in a strong prohibi-
tion, there is added to the verb of call-
tion the formula Hujº, Tujº, by thy
life, as thou lovest thy life; which how-
ever is not dependent on the verb noºn.
Deut. 4, 15. 16 E3"nº sº brºnzº
jºrrºr-jū take good heed therefore, as
ye value your lives... lest ye act wick-
edly, etc. Jer. 17, 21 tºniº Avºn
stºo surrºs, take heed to yourselves,
for your lives, and bear no burden, etc.
Josh. 23, 11. Once with inf. c. , to take
heed to do any thing, not to omit it,
comp. in Kal no. 5; Deut. 24, 8 nºr
nibyº Tsº Whº take heed... to observe
diligently and do, etc. Once joined with
another imperative, Is. 7,42pºrt, ºr
take heed and be quiet; here only nººn
is Milra; see above, init.
PIEL, i, q. Kal no. 6, to regard, to
worship, e. g. idols, Jon. 2, 9. -
Hithea. Yºur 1. i. q. Kai no. 5,
to keep, to observe, pr. for oneself, Mic.
6, 16.
2. to take heed to oneself, c. Tº Ps.
18, 24.
Deriv. Yºu, nºt, -º, Hº, Hº,
Hºuis, nº?, nº?, and pr. n. 29,
nº, Tinº, jingū, ºnzu, nºnº,
Anºnº, nºnº, nº, ºngº.
nº m. (r. Yºu) 1. Plur. Bºngº,
dregs, lees of wine, so called because
wine is kept, preserved, in strength and
colour by letting it stand upon the lees.
Ps, 75,9. Is. 27, 6 ºppºn Bºu, lees
racked off or fined, i. e. generous old
wine purified from the lees. Proverb.
*Yºuj-by (sER) opuſ Jer. 48, 11. Zeph.
1, 12, to rest upon one’s lees, i. e. to live
a life of quiet indifference and sloth, the
figure being drawn from wine.
2. Shemer, pr. n. m. a) 1 K. 16, 24.
b) 1 Chr. 6, 31. c) 8, 12. d) 7, 34,
for which v. 32 nºiuj, see hotº.
ºt, and nºt m. 1. Pr. part. Kal
of r. not, and subst, a keeper ; see in
Kal no. 2.
2. Shomer, pr. n. a) Masc. 1 Chr.
7 32; comp. Yºu; no. 2. d. b) Fem.
2 K. 12, 22, for which 2 Chr. 24, 26
nºnqui Shimrith,
*Yºu;
ºj}: j
1090
nati m. (r. You) only plur. Bºngº,
observance, celebration, Ex. 12, 42.
Fººt f (r. Yºu) plur, ninzù, eye-
lids, once Ps. 77, 5.
Tº f (r. Yºu) watch, guard, Ps.
141, 3.
7"Tºtº (watch, guard, r. nº) Shim-
roºm, pr. n.
1. A son of Issacher, Gen. 46, 13.
Patronym. "Yºu a Shimronite, Num.
26, 24.
2. Tinº inqu, Shimron Meron Josh.
12, 20 Keri (Keth. Tsºn uj), elsewhere
simply inzu, Shimron Josh. 11, 1, and
so 19, 15, a city of Zebulon. According
to the Talmud (Megilla ſol. 70, col. 1)
this place was the later nºono Xiuw-
viaç, a village in Galilee mentioned by
Josephus, Vit. $24; now KA3 Semi-
nieh, Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p. 201.
Comp. Relandi Palaest. p. 1017.
ſº f (watch-post, r. nº) pr. n.
Shomeron, Samaria. With H+ loc.
nº.
1. A hill, tº hri Am. 4, 1, 6, 1, with a
city built upon it by Omri, in the terri-
tory of Manasseh, and named by him
after Shemer the former owner of the
soil, 1 K. 16, 24; afterwards the capital
of the kingdom of Israel, 2 K. 3, 1. 13, 1.
18, 9. 10. Is. 7, 9, 28, 1. Ez. 16, 46. al.
Chald. Thº, whence Gr. 2041&gsto,
Lat. Samaria; rebuilt by Herod the
Great and called by him 2:360 rm in
honour of Augustus, Jos. Ant. 15, 7.7.
It is now a small village called Sebüs-
tieh; see Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. p.
138 sq. Relandi Palaest. p. 979. Rosenm.
Bibl. Geogr. Il. ii. p. 112 sq.
b) In a wider sense, the kingdom of
Samnaria, i. e. of the ten tribes, of which
Samaria was the metropolis. Tinº ºny
the cities of Samaria, i.e. of the king-
dom, 2 K. 17, 26. 23, 19, and by prolep-
sis even under Jeroboam, 1 K. 13, 32.
minº ºr Jer 31, 5; 'tº tº 1 K. 21, 1;
also 'tº by the calf of Samaria, i. e. the
calf at Bethel Hos. 8, 5. 6.—Gentile n.
sºnzº a Shomeronite, Samaritan, 2 K.
17, 29.
*nº (watchful, r. nou) Shimri, pr.
m. m a) 1 Chr. 4, 37. b) 26, 10.
c) 2 Chr. 29, 13. d) 1 Chr 11, 45.
Tºtº (whom Jehovah keeps) She
mariah, pr. n. m. a.) A son of Reho
boam 2 Chr. 11, 19, b) Ezra 10, 32
c) ib. v. 41.
*Tºyºtº (id.) Shemariah, pr. n. m
1 Chr. 12, 5.
Tºº Chald. Samaria, the city
Ezra 4, 10. 17, i. q. Hebr. Tinnü.
nºn?" (watchful, r. ngº) pr. n. .
Shimrith, 2 Chr. 24, 26; see in ºngº b
nº (watch, guard, r. nº) Shim.
rath, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 21.
* tº obsol, root of doubtful signifi-
cation; perh. from a reduplicated form
buyºu.. (comp. in r. bau) from the sim-
ple root Buy (see Dºº), and expressing
the idea of astonishment, stupor. Hence
tº the sun, as causing stupor of the
eyes, and so dread, terror, in the minds
of rude nations, leading them to pay to
the sun divine honours. Hence perh.
Aram. Ú%uº to minister, from the idea
of wonder and reverence. -
tº Chald, only Pa. ºº, to minis.
ter unlo, to wait upon, c. acc. Dan. 7, 10.
Syr. id. For the primary idea, see in
r. tºu).
tºº, in pause tºº, c. suff. Tºnu,
comm. gend. as m. Ps. 104, 19. f. Gen.
15, 17. R. Uzu.
1. the sun, so called from the stupor,
amazement, with which men look at
him, see the root. Others as pt. high,
celestial, comp. Tºuj, tºu. Chald,
ūgū, emph. Nuyºu!; Syr. —ºsa-, enlph.
Lºa”, comm, id. Arab. J:3 fem.
id-Ex. 16, 21. Jer, 31, 35. Cant. 1, 6, al.
sap, u) ºn nrin under the sun, i.e. on
earth, an expression frequent in the book
of Ecclesiastes, as 1, 3.9. 14. 2, 11. 18
19, 22, 4, 1.3.7. 15. al. tº ºth be
fore the sun, i. e. in the sunshine, Job 8,
16; but for Ps. 72, 17 see "ºh no 1. p.
854. Özºr "gºsh in the sight of the sun,
i. e. the sun being as it were present
and looking on, 2 Sam. 12, 11. ºn 13:
id. v. 12. Num. 25, 4. The rising of
the sun is expressed by the verbs Nº.
rth!; , its setting by the verb Ria; see
these verbs. For the worship of the
sun, see Deut. 4, 19 17, 3. Jer 8, 2.
ºntº
Nº
1091
Ez. 8, 16. 2 K. 23, 5, 11; comp. Job 31,
26.—Metaph. Mal. 3, 20 [4,2] ripº tºº
the sum of righteousness shall rise. So
God is called ºn tº a sun and shield,
Ps, 84, 12.
2. Plur, niwºº, battlements, sc. ser-
rated, notched, q. d. Suns, rays of the
sun, Is, 54, 12. Sept. Itgāśsug.
Deriv. the two following.
Witbºt (sun-like, denom. from ºpuſ)
Shimshon, Samson, pr. n. of a judge of
Israel, of the tribe of Dan, celebrated
for his strength, Judg. c. 13–16. Sept.
2041 pay, which Josephus (Ant. 5, 8, 4)
explains by ioxvgóg, but against the ety-
mology. See Winer Bibl. Realw. art.
Simson. Ewald Gesch. des Volkes
Israel II. p. 401 sq.
"tºtº (sunny, from tº) Shimshai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 4, 8, 17.
"Yºu Shamsherai, pr. n. 1 Chr. 8,
26. It seems to have sprung from a
double orthography, "Yºu and "tºº.
"mºtº a Shumathite, patronym. or
gentile n. from a pr. n. Fºu (garlic)
1 Chr. 2, 53; elsewhere unknown. R.
thū).
jº, constr. Þ, c. Makk. Tº and -jū,
c. suff, iºu), fem. Prov. 25, 19, as in Aram.
and Arab. but masc. in signif no. 2.--
Dual tºº, constr. Yºu. R. Yºu).
1. a tooth, of men or animals; Aram.
agº. to as §
1%, sº, sa, in-, Arab. Ü-w, Eth.
fi}, id.—Ex. 21, 24, 27. Lev. 24, 20.
Deut. 19, 21. 32, 24. Spec. elephant’s
tooth, ivory, (comp. Bºrºu,) Cant. 5,
14, 7, 5. Ez. 27, 6. Tº nilºp horns of
ivory, elephant’s tusks, Ez. 27, 15, see
'n Tp lett. b. Tº sº a throne of ivory,
1. e. inlaid, ornamented, with ivory, 1 K.
10, 18. Tº niº couches of ivory, inlaid,
etc. Am. 6, 4, u, ºniº, Tu, whºrl, ivory
palaces, i. e. with walls inlaid or cover-
ed with ivory, 1 K. 22, 38. Ps. 45, 3.
Am. 3, 15.—DUAL Dºuj teeth, pr: two
•ows of teeth, Gen. 49, 12. Num. 11, 33.
MPic. 3, 5. Cant. 4, 2. al. Yºu, pºr to
gnash one’s teeth, Ps. 37, 12. 112, 10,
comp. Lam. 2, 16; also ºuja 'n id. Job
16,9. Proverbial are: Job 19, 20mººns
"pus -is: I am escaped with the skin of
wny teeth, i.e. scarcely do my gums re-
main from disease and wasting; comp
Engl. ‘to escape with a whole skin.
13, 14 ºz ºn Riºs I take my flesh in
my teeth, i. e. expose my life to danger
since what is thus carried in the teeth
is apt to be dropped; comp. in art. Fº
no. 1. c.
2. Any thing like a tooth, e. g. a)
a line or prong of a fork or flesh-hook;
1 Sam. 2, 13 ºr ºbu sººn a flesh-
hook of three teeth. So Arab. 5- tooth
of a comb. b) a sharp rock, peak,
point of a hill or mountain, Job 39, 28.
1 Sam. 14, 4. 5. Syr. • id. Arab.
* *
dº
Jº- U- id. Comp. Fr. dent applied
to mountains, as Dent de Midi, etc.
3. Shen, pr. n. of a place, prob. a rock,
c. art. Tºn 1 Sam. 7, 12.
Comp. pr. names with ſº are ºut
*xs;u.
Sk Nºtº, see r. Hºuſ I.
sº Chald, fut. Nºujº 1. i. q. Heb.
rºuj I, no. 2, to be different, diverse, c. 12
Dan. 7, 3. 19. 23. 24.
2. i. q. Heb. nyu. I. no. 3, to be changed,
to change, Dan. 6, 18. 3, 27. Espec. for
the worse, as the countenance, to change.
to be altered, Dan. 5, 6.9.
PA. "Buš 1. Trans. to change, to alter,
Dam. 4, 13 let them change his heart, im-
pers. for let it be changed.—Part, pass,
different, diverse, Dan. 7, 7.
2. to transgress a law, mandate, decree.
q. d. to change it, Dan. 3, 28. Syr, id.
ITHPA. "Bruis, to be changed Dan.
2,9; espec. for the worse, to be altered,
disfigured, Dan. 3, 19. 7, 28. §
APH. "Juffs, fut. Nººn: 1. to change,
to alter, Dan. 2, 21; a royal mandate,
Dan. 6, 9. 16.
2. to transgress a statute, ordinance,
Ezra 8, 11. 12.
sº, see in rº.
sº, see in nº.
PSºtº (father's tooth, Shinab, pr. n
of a Canaanitish king, Gen. 14, 2.
Tsº m. (r. rºu) repetition; Ps. 68,
18 Słuś "Ehs thousands of repetition,
i. e. thousands upon thousands.
TSSºtº (perh, fiery tooth) Shenaar
&ar, pr. m. m. 1 Chr. 3, 18,
Fº
rºj
1092
Ak Ext: obsol, root, Arab. --~& to be
Sool, spoken of the day; see Schult.ad
Prov. 7, 6. Hence agu's q.v.
*I. H;tº fut, rºujº, and R}º ſut.
Nºujº once Lam. 4, 1; comp. Pi, Pu. and
deriv. Sºu. Pr. to bend, to ſold, to
double up or over; like Arab. ;: to
5 so.
ſold together, to bend, sº the folding
of a garment, folds of a serpent, a coil
of rope, etc. To this notion of folding,
aoubling, may aptly be referred the
other meanings of the verb; as also the
numeral tº two, ºu, second.—Hence
1. to do the second time or again, to
repeal, Arab. tº 3, Chald. Fºr q. v.
Syr. £32. Neh. 13, 21 hºur Es if ye do
it again. 1 K. 18, 34. Job 29, 22. With
h, 1 Sam. 26, 8 once will I smite him
ib Hyujs Nº and will not repeat it to
him, i.e. there shall be no need of smit-
ing him twice. 2 Sam, 20, 10. With :
Prov. 26, 11 a fool inºs: Hyū who re-
peateth (persists in) his folly. 17, 9 riº
nº; who repeateth a matter, i.e. rakes
up anew unpleasant things which should
be forgotten.
2. Intrans. to be different, diverse from
any thing, c. 7% Esth. 1, 7. 3, 8.
3. to be changed, altered, espec. for
the worse, Lam. 4, 1; of the mind, Mal.
3, 6 I Jehovah change not. Part, plur.
Enyū changing sc, the mind, changeable,
fickle, spoken of discontented persons,
turncoats, who change from party to
party, Prov. 24, 21; comp. Jer. 2, 36.
NipH. to be repeated, e. g. a dream
Gen. 41, 32.
Piel rº, once Nº. 2 K. 25, 29.
1. to change, to alter, e. g. garments
2 K. 25, 29. Jer. 52, 33; a promise Ps.
89, 35; right, justice, i. e. to pervert,
Prov. 31, 5. Also to change often, to
vary, e.g. a way Jer. 2,36; to change the
countenance of any one, i. e. to cause it
to change to sadness, Job 14, 20.
2. to transfer to another place, acc.
of pers, and h of place, Esth. 2, 9.
3. ioxº~ns rºuj, to change i.e. to dis-
figure one's understanding, to feign one-
self mad, play he madman, 1 Sam. 21,
14. Ps. 34, 1. Syr. LSas-, —i.e., and
bllipt. i.e., to be mad,
PUAL to be changed for the better, Ecc
8, 1, where sº for rigº.
Hith P. to change oneself, i. e one's
garments, to disguise oneself, 1 K 14, 2
Deriv. Tºu, nju), Bºlº, *zu, Hºº.
* II. r;" i. q. Arab. U. to shine
to be bright; hence ºu.
Tºtº (r. rºu. I.) constr. nº ; plur
bºº, constr. * : poet. plur. nibus.
constr, niju, ; dual Bºnº ; a year, pr.
repetition sc. of the course of the sun,
or of the seasons, as spring, harvest
winter, etc. comp. Gr. Švitzvrés, Arab
J;s orbit, year. Chald, sº, emph
Rºu), Syr. ū-, emph. fºllº –Gen. 5,
3, 4, 5, 6, and very often. Hºu Hu, Deut.
14, 22, Hyuji Hº 15, 20, nºuji Hºu; "Tº
1 Sam. 7, 16, i. e. every year, from year
to year. Tºa in every year Ex. 23, 14.
17. al. Tº rris once in a year 30, 10.
Lev. 16, 34, 2 Sam. 21, 1 Hºuſ tº ºbu,
Hºus "ºrs three years year after year,
three years in succession. Repeated
nºśa ... nºuă in one year... in another
Jear Jer, 51, 46. Years are numbered
thus: Rºsh Bºnº rºuja in the year Two
of Asa, i.e. in his second year, 1 K. 15
25; i-hºh Hyou; nº in the year Eight
of his reign 2 K. 24, 2; and so on He,
brew coins. Sometimes Tºu) is pleon
repeated, as rā ºrth Hºuſ nis? buy nº:
in the six hundredth year of Noah's life
Gen. 7, 16. Often of the years of life;
hence tº an multitude of years, old
age, concr. aged men, Job 32, 7, ºniou,
my years, my life, Ps. 31, 11. Is, 38, 10,
15. *nixu, º, the days of our years,
of our life, Ps. 90, 10. Ecc. 6, 3. Also
Fºr Us"; in the beginning of the year
Ez. 40, 1; ºr nss: at the end of the
year Ex. 23, 16. For baiºn rºu, and
nººn nº see arts. bai", nºu –
Plur. Dºug indef some years, 2 Chr. 18,
2; comp. tº some days.—Trop. year
for the produce of the year Joel 2, 25.
DUAL Eºrºu: two years, biennium, Gen.
11, 10. 45, 6, 1 K. 15, 25. Am. 1, 1; alsc
tº Bºnº pr: two years of time, see
tº no. 1. b, under art, biº Plur.
Tº f. (for rº, r. ſº) once Rºt}
by Chaldaism Ps. 127, 2, constr. azu:
c, suff, "nº, plur, nijū ; sleep, A1ab
H:º
*}\º
1093
8 .
£12, Gen. 31, 40. Prov. 3, 24, 6, 4, 9.
20, 13. al. Plur. Prov. 6, 10 niºus toyº
a little sleep. 24, 33–Spoken of any
thing transient, Ps. 90, 5 hºrſ' Tº they
are (as) a sleep ; others here a dream,
but without good reason.
Tºtº or Nºt) Chald. f. I. i. q. Heb.
Hºu, a year, Ezra 4, 25. 5, 13. Dan. 7, 1;
plur. Tº Dan. 6, 1. Ezra 5, 11.
II, i, q. Heb, nº sleep, c. suff. Frº
Dan. 6, 19.
tºt. m. plur. ivory, only 1 K. 10,
22, 2 Chr. 9, 21. Sept. Ödövtsg éAsqºv-
two, Targ. Bº Tº elephant's tooth.
It is prob. compounded from ſº tooth,
and some foreign word for elephant;
but as to what the latter word should
be, there is great variety of opinion.
Ewald regards ºr as contr. for pººr,
and this (like Gr. Aépag) for Sanscr.
karabha or kalabha elephant. Or perh.
for Bºrºuſ should be read tºr. Tº
irory and ebony, see art. *::Ir). For
various other opinions, see Thesaur. p.
1453 sq.
tºº, see Hºuj.
* m. (r. Hºuſ II,) crimson, rose col-
our, the colour obtained from a certain
insect, Arab. }} I(ermez, Coccus Ilicis
Linn, which adheres with its eggs to
the twigs of a species of oak, and is re-
ſated to the cochineal or coccus cacti ;
comp, art. Sººn?, and see Comm. on Is.
1, 18. Rosenm. Alterthumsk. IV. ii. p.
447. Winer Realw. art. Carmesin.
From Arab. Hermez comes Ital. creme-
sino, Engl. crimson. So ºr ºn a
crimson thread Cant. 4, 3, and simpl.
* id. Gen. 38, 28.30 ºn ºn nipr.
a cord of crimson thread Josh. 2, 18, and
*ºr nºr id. v. 21; fully ºnshin pr.
crimson-worm Ex. 25, 4, and nºin ºu.
worm-crimson Lev. 14, 4.6, 49, 51, 52.
Num. 19, 6. From thread of crimson,
purple, and byssus, were woven the
hangings and cloths of the tabernacle,
Ex. 26, 1, 31. 36. 27, 16. 36, 35. Num.
4, 8; and also certain vestments of the
priests, Ex. 28, 5.8, 33. 39, 1, 3 8. 24.
Meton. "huj crimson for crimson gar-
ments 2 Sam. 1, 24. Jer. 4, 30. Plur.
bºut crimson cloths, garments, Is. 1, 18.
Prov. 31, 21.-It signifies, pr. ‘a bright
colour," from r. Hºuſ II, comp. Aram
wºn), fººl, coccus, also from nºt to
be bright; comp. Yºr, no. 2–Others
suppose ºu; to be pr. i. q. Siffo.pov, twice
dyed, ſrom r. nºu I; ou only purple
cloths or garments were dyed twice,
never those dyed with coccus. See
Braun de vestitu Sacerd. p. 237 sq.
Boch. Hieroz. III. p. 527 sq. ed. Lips.
"...t] m. (r. nºu I) nº ſ. adj. ordinal
1. the second, Gen. 1, 8, 2, 13. Ex. 2,
13. Num. 1, 1. al. saep. So nººn, and
the second, i. e. again, once more, 2 Sam.
16, 19. Arab Jū, f #33 Chald.
Tºr, Syr. à:32.-Fem. nº also as
adv, a second time, again, Gen. 22, 15.
41, 5. Lev. 13, 5. 6. Jer. 1, 13. Mal. 2,
13. al.
2. second, secondary, of a second rank
9 o . 2 . . .
or order; comp. Arab. sº and (sº id.
also second or next to the prince; Chald.
Tºr, Syr. sºuz, id. So plur. E";u.
the second, those marching second in
order, in the second place, Num. 2, 16,
comp. v.v. 24. 31. In Gen. 6, 16 tºu,
are cells or chambers of the second story.
Sing. in the difficult passage Judg. 6, 25
"Bušn nº, prob. to be rendered: take thy
father’s young bullock, even the second
bullock of seven years old ; here ºn
marks a bullock of the second birth,
inasmuch as such were regarded as
more valuable than all others; so R.
Tanchum ad 1 Sam. 15, 9, see in The-
saur. p. 1451. But in Num. 8, 8 ºu; no
is simpl. another bullock.
Pºtº m. dual, (r. Hyu. I.) constr. "Puj,
(ſem. see below,) card. num, two, Gen.
44, 27. 1 Sam. 11, 11. Ecc. 4, 11. Am.
3, 3, al. saep. c. art. Bºn the two Ecc
4, 9, 12. Sometimes the twofold, double
Ex. 22, 3.. 6. 8; and this seems to be
the primary idea, see the root. Arab.
• Q
º
9-ºl. A ram. <34, jºr, which two
latter vary from the primary form by
changing n ſorr.—It is put either before
or after a noun plural ; the former being
more usual in the earlier books, and the
other in the later books; as tº ºu
Ex. 25, 18; 5"T: º Deut. 17,6; and
92
*}º
::15
1094
so Judg. 11, 37. 1 Sam. 25, 18. 1 K. 5,
28. Ez. 21, 24. al. but tºuš tº 2 Chr.
3, 10, 15. 4, 12. Lev. 23, 18; also tºu,
bujºs Josh. 2, 1, and Bºu, thuys Ex. 29,
1. Sometimes put with a collective
noun, Gen. 46, 29. Num. 7, 17 sq.-Very
often constr. **u is put before a genit.
plur, as E-3: "2u, two sons Gen. 10, 25;
E"3"> * two cherubs, Ex. 37, 7; ºu;
D": two witnesses Deut. 19, 15; and so
Josh. 2, 4. 1 Sam. 1, 3; or before a
genit. dual, as TTº "ºu, thy two breasts
Cant. 4, 5, 7, 4 ; or a genit. collect. as
==: ** two chariots 2 K. 7, 14; or a
suff, pron. plur, as ºff both of us 1 Sam.
20, 42. Job 9, 33; Brºu, both of them
Gen. 2, 25, 21, 27, al—ºu; nº two
and two, by pairs, Gen. 7, 9, 15. 1 Chr.
26, 17, thºugh nº and tºuch nº, to cut
in two, Jer. 34, 18. 1 K. 3, 25–Also two
1 K. 17, 12, and two or three 2 K. 0, 32.
Is. 17, 6, for a few ; comp. Am. 4, 8.
FEM Bºnuſ by sync. for bºrºuj, (Arab.
• - O
9-ºl) Dag, lene being put irregu-
larly after a movable Sheva, as if Aleph
were prefixed (Bºnus); constr. *n\}; c.
pref nuji, Gen. 31.41, *nuº Ex. 26, 19;
but "nº Judg. 16, 28, contra Bºnux,
rint: Jon. 4, 11.—So Lev. 23, 17 Bºru,
tº two women 1 K. 3, 16; nºs 'tº two
cubits Ez. 40, 9; Bºu, 'tº two years
2 Sam. 2, 10; constr. nº "nº two
daughters Gen. 19, 8; pºu, 'ui 1 Sam.
13, 1; and so Ex. 28, 11. Deut. 9, 15.
With suff. Irºn: they two, both, Ez. 23,
13. 1 Sam. 25, 43; also ºrps Bºnu; we
two 1 K. 3, 18–Simpl. bºrº two things
Job 13, 20. Prov. 30, 7. Is. 51, 19.-Oſten
in dates, as sesh Bºrº rºuji, in the year
Two of Asa 1 K. 15, 25. 2 K. 1, 17. 14, 1.
15, 32. Hagg. 1, 1. Dan. 2, 1 ; and so on
Heb. coins, see Thesaur. p. 1450.—Also
bºnus as adv. a second time, again, Ps.
62, 12. Neh. 13, 20; also Bºnº id. Job
33, 14. 1 Sam. 18, 21.
Hence masc. nºy Bºuj, five times
hiº ºf Ex. 28, 21. Num. 7, 3. Josh. 3,
12. 1 K. 7, 42. Ez. 47, 13; twelve, 2 Sam.
2, 15. 1 Chr. 25, 9–31. Bºs-tºy tº
twelve men Deut. 1, 23. Gen. 17, 20, 42,
13, ºns 'y 'tº id. Num. 1, 44. Esth. 2,
12. 's 'tº tº twelve bullocks Ezra 8, 38.
With art. -iºr, Bºžº 1 K. 19, 19. Josh.
4, 4–Also for the ordinal, the twelfth
nº cºn 1 Chr. 25, 19, 27, 15. 's 'uja
ujinº on the twelfth of the month Ez.
29, 1; but ºn tº "juja in the twelfth
month Ez. 32, 1.
FEM. my ºntº, four times "nui
Finº. Josh. 4, 8, Ez. 32, 1. 17. 33, 21;
twelve, as bººs 's 'u' twelve stones Josh.
4, 3, 20, 18, 24, 1 K. 18, 31. Hºu; 'y 'uj
twelve years Gen. 14, 4, 1 K. 16, 23.−
For the ordinal, the twelfth, as 'sº rºa
in the twelfth year 2 K. 8, 25, 17, 1.
Esth. 3, 7.
Tºtº f. (r. Tuº) a sharp or pointed
saying, and hence mockery, derision.
n?"su; nºr] to be for mockery, an object
of scorn, Deut. 28, 37. 1 K. 9, 7.
nºw), see -ºw.
>k Tº to sharpen, e. g. a sword, Deut.
32, 41 ; metaph. the tongue, i. e. to utter
sharp or pointed sayings against any
one, Ps. 64, 4, 140, 4; comp. 120, 3. 57,
7, and rr. Fº, tº . Part pass. Tºu,
sharpened, sharp, of a weapon, Ps. 45, 6.
º
Is, 5,28. Chald, Pa. isº, Arab. J.,id.
PIEL, to sharpen im, Germ. einschâr-
fen, i. e. to inculcale, c. acc. of thing and
dat. of pers. Deut. 6, 7.
HITHPo. to be pricked, pierced, e. g.
with pain, Ps. 73, 21.
Deriv. Tº, rigºu; ; perh, nº for nguy.
* tº in Kal not used, perh, to force
or bind together, to compress, kindr. with
b2S ; comp. Chald. Yºu, Yºu, sandal.
thong, shoe-latchet; also Arab Uo. 3
implexus est, adhaesit.
PIEL bºu; to gird up, sc. the loins,
1 K. 18, 46. So all the ancient versions,
and the context demands it.
Tºtº Shinar, pr. n. of the country
around Babylon, Gen. 11, 2, 14, 1. Is. 1 1,
11. Zech. 5, 11. Dan. 1, 2; comprising
the cities Babylon, Erech, Accad, and
Calneh, Gen. 10, 10. See Bochart Pha-
leg 1. 5. J. D. Michaelis Spicileg. Geo-
gr. I. p. 231. Tuch de Nino urbe p. 9 sq
Syr. rai, of the country around Bag
dad; see Barhebr. p. 256. The deriva
tion is unknown. See more Thesaur
p. 1454.
n>15
toyº
1095
ryū f (r. Tº) i. q, nº, sleep, Ps
32, 4,
* Tºtº fut. Houjº, kindr with opus,
souj, Foº, q.v. to plunder, to spoil, Ps.
44, 11 ; c. acc. of thing, Hos. 13, 15.1 Sam.
21, 1. Part nº subst, plur. Bºot plum-
derers, spoilers, Judg. 2, 14. 2 K. 17, 20;
*rēri, "pº spoilers of my heritage Jer.
50, 11; c. suff. Anot his spoilers, they
who spoil him, 1 Sam. 14, 48. Judg. 2,
16. Jer. 30, 16 Keri, for Keth. see in r.
bou. Part, pass. "hou, plundered, spoil-
ed, Is. 42, 22. -
Po. Hugºuj, for riqiu, which is read in
some Mss. 10 plunder, to spoil, c. acc. of
thing, Is. 10, 13.
>k bet. fut. oº, to plunder, to spoil,
i. q. ITQu), c. acc. of pers. Judg. 2, 14.
Ps. 89, 42; acc. of thing, 1 Sam. 17, 53.
Part, plur. c. suff Tosº by Aramaeism
for Tootº, Jer. 30, 16 Keth. comp. part.
ps, -čić, from r. ppi.
Niph. ou;, ſut. oº, to be plundered,
spoiled, Is. 13, 16. Zech. 14, 2.
Deriv. rigº.
+ y 2' to cleare, to split, to divide ;
kindr. are Tºu), bouj, also sº, sº, ssp.
hs likewise Arab. ź and Heb. Fou;.
In Kal spoken of the cloven hoofs of
beasts; as none you; spú and 'u', 'º
riotº, cleaving the cleft of the hoof or
hoofs, i.e. cloven-ſooted, Lev. 11, 3, 7.
26. Deut. 14, 6; comp. r. onº Hiph.
Part, pass. ſem. Fishbūn righer the clo-
ven hoof Deut. 14, 7.
PIEL you 1. to cleave, to split, but
rot so as to separate the parts; Lev.
1, 17 and he shall cleave it (ins setº)
with the wings thereof, but shall not di-
ride it asunder.
2. to rend, to tear in pieces, e. g. a
.ion, Judg. 14, 16.
3. Metaph. verbis dilacerare, i. e. to
t \ide, to upbraid, 1 Sam. 24, 8.-Hence
you: cleft, fissure, see r. sou; in Kal.
Sk Epº in Kal riot used, to cut in
pieces; kindr, with FSP, FTA, also spuš,
boº, Feu. Syr. º. a. -
PEL fut. Fºujº, to cut & help in neces
1 Sam. 15, 33. Sept. §o poss, Vuig. in
frustra cºncidit.
*I. Tº fut. Hzuº, apoc. sºn, is
look, kindr, with Haug, nauj, where see
the primary idea being that of divid-
ing, discerning, comp. azº note, hºu, I.
Hence absol. to look around for help.
2 Sam. 22, 42. Spec. a) With by to
look upon with favour, to have respect
to the sacrifice of any one, Gen. 4, 4.5.
b) to have respect to a law, to observe, c.
* Ps. 119, 117, where fut. 1 sing. Hyu's
has the paragog. H+, which is very rare
in verbs Hº ; comp. Hyrº Is. 41, 23.
c) to look to any one, expecting help, c.
*s Is. 17, 8; by 17, 7.31, 1; : Ex. 5, 9
d) With Tº and bºx, to look away from,
to turn away the eyes from any person
or thing, to let alone, Job 7, 19. 14, 6,
Is. 22, 4.
HipH. i. q. Kal lett. d, with Tº Ps. 39,
14 "#3% sur look away from me, spare
me. The form stºry is here imper. apoc.
for Hºri, whence sºn (like sºn, bºn)
and then the tone being changed and the
first syllable made long, stºry. There
is then no need of deriving this form from
a root sº, nor of changing the vowels.
Another stir; see in syu, Hiph.
HITHP. Fºruin, ſut, apoc. snº. 1. to
look around for help, Is. 41, 10.
2. to look upon each other, sc. with
astonishment, to be amazed, Is. 41, 23;
for the form Tºrº see in Kal lett. b.
Deriv. Chald. Hºu, perh, "suº.
* II. Tyūji, q, Syr. tº A, Heb. xxuſ,
to be smeared together with viscous mat
ter, spoken of the eyes, to be blind, i, Is.
32, 3.
Tºº Chald. f. (r. Hyu. I.) emphat,
snº, sºu?, a moment of time, pr a
look, glance of the eye, Germ. Augen-
blick, Syr. ſs., and Arab &L, mo-
ment, also hour; Eth. I'lú and ITU't"
id. Sºº-Fa in the same moment, i.e
instantly, immediately, Dan. 3, 6, 15.4,
30. 5, 5; but 4, 16 sºr Hºº: for a mo-
ment, i. e. for a short time.
>k toyº obsol. root, prob. i. Q. phū I.
3, to run up and down ; pr. to lash, to
y e
row. Syr. --> to swim, to fly, sc. by
the motion of the limbs and wings; also
Nasor, of a stag running up and down in
the desort.—Hence
toyº
yyuj
I096
Tº f constr. nºuj, course, race,
rushing, sc. of horses rushing onward,
Jer. 47, 3. So Targ. Peshito, Aquila,
D. Kimchi, and others. J. D. Michaelis
and Gesenius prefer the sense of stamp-
ing, comparing Arab. Jax3 II; which
however is not to stamp on the ground,
but to pound in pieces.
Wººtº a kind of cloth or garment
made of two sorts of threads, linen and
woollen, woven together, Lev. 19, 19,
where it is coupled with Bºsºz. Deut.
22, 11 thou shalt not wear Shaatmez,
woollen and linem together, Sept. xióðm-
Åov, i.e. adulterated, not genuine.—The
etymology is very obscure. That pro-
posed by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 406,
and that of Buxtorf, Lex. Chald. col.
2483, both of whom seek its origin in
the Semitic languages, have little pro-
bability. Nor is that entirely satisfac-
tory which is suggested by Jablonsky,
Opusc. ed. te Water I. p. 294, and by
Forster, de Bysso Antiquorum p. 92,
who reſer it back to the Coptic word
gyOſiTſIeC Shontnes, i.e. byssus fim-
briatus. More prob. the LXX have to
a certain extent expressed the true
sense by the word xiffömlov. The first
part of Tºsu may therefore well be the
Coptic word 200?T, i.e. “zlóðniog,
spurius, impurus, reprobus,” as explain-
ed by Peyron in Lex. while the other
part perh. is shortened from Copt.
CHTe i. g.
many threads; the particle II being in-
terposed.
i. e. twisted from
× by tº obsol. root, prob, to cleave, to
wreak through, to make hollow, as would
appear from the derivatives byū hollow
of the hand, ºn hollow way, by hu) the
fox, pr. the burrower; as also ſrom the
kindred roots insu), ºriuș, ºsu, II, whence
*sū Sheol, Hades.
Deriv. ºº, bºº, ºr ; pr. n. Enhyº,
tºu.
byū m. c. suff, ibºu, plur. Bºhyu,
tonstr. *sū. Aram. byū, sºu;, isia,
id.
1. the hollow of the hand, the palm, Is.
40, 12.
2, a handful, 1 K. 20, 10. Ez. 13, 19.
Pyº, see bºº.
Fºyt, Judg. 1, 35 1 K. 4, 9, and
Taºyu, Josh. 19, 42, (city of foxes, ſor
the fuller 'u', nº, comp. Arab. J33
i. q. Bynu, fox,) Shaalbim, Shaalabbin,
pr. n. of a city in the tribe of Dan, see
Relandi Palaest. p. 988.-Gentile noun
":hºu (as if from Yi-hyu) a Shaalbo.
nite, 2 Sam. 23, 32. 1 Chr. 11, 33.
Bºyº (foxes: region) Shaalim, pr. n.
of a district 1 Sam. 9, 4; prob. i. q, y's
byhus q, v. in bx \, no. 2.
>k Dºug obsol. root, Arab. pºw; to go
swiftly, sc. a camel, ºlº a swift tor-
rent. Hence perh. Pºujº.
>k Tº to lie down, to rest : see kindr.
Tsuj, Tauj. In Kal not used.
Niph. Yºu?, fut. Tº 1. to lean up-
on, to rest upon, e. g. a spear, c. bs 2
Sam. 1, 6. 'E I: By Yºu); to lean upon
the hand of any one, said of kings who
lean upon their high officers and attend-
ants in public, 2 K. 5, 18, 7, 2, 17. Me-
taph. to rely upon, to trust in any person
or thing, c. by Is. 10, 20. 31, 1. Job 8, 15.
2 Chr. 13, 18. 14, 10. 16, 7. Mic. 3, 11 ;
bs Prov. 3, 5; # Is, 50, 10; absol. Job
24, 23.
2. to lean against, e. g. a column, c.
by Judg. 16, 26; of a country, to be ad-
jacent, to adjoin, c. : Num. 21, 15.
3. to recline, pr. to be leaning upon
the elbow, Gen. 18, 4.
Deriv. Tºujº, rºu?, Tºuja, Hºujº,
and pr. n. Tºš.
*yyu, imper. pl. Sº, pr. to stroke
also to overspread, to smear; comp. r
Hyu II. Chald, and Syr. syu and snu),
© to º g
\ S.A. and W.A., id.—In Kal once intrans.
to be smeared together, e. g. the eyes, to
be blinded, Is. 29, 9; see in Hithp.
HipH. imp. Suffry to smear, i. e. to blind
the eyes, Is. 6, 10.
Pilp. suyu: 1. Trans, to delight, to
rejoice, pr. to stroke, to soothe, Ps. 94, 19.
2. Intrans, to delight oneself, to be de
lighted, Is. 11, 8; c. acc. in or with any
thing, Ps. 119, 70.
Polp. suyº to be soothed, to be ca-
ressed, dandled on the knees, Is. 66, 12.
Hyuj
ºnyº
I097
Hrthpalp, sººn ºn to delight oneself,
o take one's pleasure ; Is. 29, 9 Hyuºrºr
\sº delight yourselves and be ye blind-
ed, i. e. indulge, if ye will, in your de-
ights and pleasures; but soon ye shall
pe blinded with astonishment at the
things which shall happen. For this
use of two imperatives, of which the
first is permissive while the second as-
serts and threatens, see Heb. Gram.
§ 127. 2. With # in or with any thing
Ps. 119, 16.47.
Deriv. Bºu;.
Sk Fº obsol, root, prob. i. q. Fºº, to
divide. Hence
Fyº (division) Shaaph, pr. n. m.
a) 1 Chr. 2, 47. b) ib. v. 49.
* I. -y tº 1. to cleave, to split, to di-
vide ; Arab. intrans. /* to be cleft, to
So Pº
#3 cleft, aperture;
Eth. I’ī0/, to break, then to loosen, to
destroy. Hence nyu gate ; for part.
hyitº see in its order.
2. to estimate, to fia: the value of any
thing, Prov. 23, 7. Verbs of cleaving,
dividing, readily pass over to the idea
open in fissures,
of deciding, judging. Arab. 2. II, to
fix a price, 2. price of grain, Chald.
*sū id.—Hence nylº no. 2, and pr. n.
nº.
* II. -vº i. q. *sū) q. v. to shudder,
not in use in the verb ; but hence the
deriv. -yuj, nº-yu, nºn-yu.
Tytº comm. gend. but f. Is. 14, 31,
c mp. Neh. 13, 16; in pause hºu, loc.
nº ; plur. Bºnxu, constr. "Yºu.
1. a gate, Syr, and Chald. by transpos.
•ºn, *32. E.g. of a camp, Ex. 32, 26.
27; of a city Gen. 23, 18. Josh. 2, 7; of
..he temple Ez. 8, 5. 10, 19; of a palace
Esth. 2, 19. 6, 10, whence hºu; for the
palace itself (comp. the Porte) Esth. 3,
2, 3, 4, 2.6, 6, 12; see in snr. Once
of the gate of a larger public building,
where the city magistrate dwelt, 2 K.
$3, 8; but never does it denote the door
ºf a house or tent, except perh, once
Prov. 14, 19. Hence "sui gate differs
from nº, a valve, door, and from ring
|
door-way, opening ; so that we find
nºr -su, ninha the doors of the gate of
the city Judg. 16, 3. 1 Sam. 21, 14. Nen.
6, 1; also nºr ºvu, ring the entrance
(opening) of the gate of the city Josh.8,29.
Judg. 9, 35. 2 Sam. 10,8. 1 K. 22, 10;
comp. Prov. 1, 21.—Further, Bºzºr, hº
the gate of heaven Gen. 28, 17; nº
bisu, or nº 'u), the gates of Sheol or of
death Is. 38, 10. Ps. 9, 14. 107, 18 Jo
38, 17, i. q. Atówo túat Hom. It tºo.
§§ov Matt. 16, 18. Also Nah. 2, 7 "hºu,
ninrºn the river-gates, perh, sluices
from the Tigris with which they liad
© 9
fortified Nineveh ; comp. Arab. Ke;
gate, sluice. So Yºr, "º the gates
of the land are the passes into a country,
where the enemy can have entrance,
Jer. 15, 7. Nah. 3, 13; comp. the Cili-
cian gates, etc. Tº within thy
gates, i. e. in thy cities, Ex. 20, 10. Deut.
5, 14. 12, 12. 17. 18; and so Hº Tris:
in one of thy cities 17, 2, comp. i K. 8
37. 2 Chr. 6, 28. Hence -su, ns ºn:
hºs to possess the country or cities of
one’s enemies, Gen. 22, 17. At the gates
of cities was the market-place, forum,
an", (comp. espec. Neh. 8, 16. 2 Chr.
32,6,) where trials were held, and where
the inhabitants came together either
for business, or to sit and converse with
each other, Gen. 19, 1. Ruth 4, 11. Prov.
31, 23. Lam. 1, 4, Hence "suº in the
gate, often for in court, before the tribu-
mal, Deut. 25, 7, Job 5, 4. 31, 21. Prov.
22, 22. Is. 29, 21. Amos 5, 10 12. 15;
-su, *auj" those sitting in the gate, i. e.
idlers, Ps. 69, 13; Ps. 127, 5 see in has
note, p. 212. Ruth 3, 11 "ºx hºuj-b? all
the gate (i.e. concourse, assembly) of
ny people,
The gates in the walls of Jerusalem
seem to be mostly enumerated in Neh.
c. 3; and some are mentioned elsewhere
in the same book and in other books.
But it is very difficult to fix the place
of the several gates. Yet in this we
are aided by the language of Nehemiah ;
who in c. 3 narrates by whom and in
what order the walls and gates of the
city were rebuilt; beginning it would
seein on the eastern side, and proceed
ing along the northern and westeria
sides and then along the southern to the
99*
-yuj
ºnyº
I 098
place of departure. The additional no-
tices in c. 2 and c. 12, 31 sq. assist in
filling out the sketch. The order is as
follows: a) TNxn -su, the sheep-gate,
the first named in Neh. 3, 1 ; and to
which the order returns v. 32, comp. 12,
39; i. q. m .1906&tuxn John 5, 2. It is to
be sought in the eastern part of the city
and near the temple ; since the rebuild-
ing of it was undertaken by the high
priest and other priests, Neh. 3, 1. [It
was also near the pool of Bethesda,
John 5, 2; perh. the intermitting ſount-
ain in the valley of the Kidron just
south of the temple; see Bibl. Res. in
Palest. I. p. 508.—R.] It prob. took its
name from the sheep sold in the market
around it, as victims for the sacrifices
in the temple. b) Fºr Yºu?, the fish-
gate, so called from the fish there sold,
Neh. 3, 3. 12, 39. Zeph. 1, 10 ; also
2 Chr. 33, 14, where Manasseh is said
to have rebuilt the wall of the city, be-
ginning on the west and proceeding
around the southern side to the fish-
gate; perh. that now called St. Ste-
phen's gate, c) Tºujºr hºu, the old
gate, Neh. 3, 6, 12, 39; perh. the nºu
jius ºr the first gate Zech. 14, 10. d)
Tº hºu, the gate of Benjamin, as
leading to the territory of that tribe,
Jer. 37, 13 comp. 12. 38, 7. Zech. 14,
10; oftener called Bºs nº, the gate
of Ephraim, as leading also to the coun-
try of Ephraim, Neh. 8, 16. 12,39. 2 K.
14, 13. 2 Chr. 25, 23; the same now
called the Damascºs gate. But the
upper (high) gate of Benjamin, nºu
Tiºr. Tº Jer, 20, 2, belonged to the
temple, i. g. iiºr Hirº nº Yºu, the
upper (high) gate of the house of the
Lord 2 K. 15, 35. 2 Chr. 27, 3. Ez. 9, 2.
) nºn-su, 2 K. 14, 13. 2 Chr. 26, 9.
.er. 31, 38, also pººr tº Zech. 14, 10,
the pinnacle-gate or corner-gate, 400 cu-
bits distant from the gate of Ephraim,
2 K. I. c. The rigier 'u, 2 Chr. 25, 23
seems to be corrupted from rigºr 'u), as
appears ſrom the parall. passage 2 K.
4, 13.—Towards the west we find: f)
Nºr hyū, the valley-gate, leading out into
the upper part of the valley of Hinnom,
where now is the Yāſa gate, Neh. 2, 13.
5. 3, 13. 2 Chr. 26,9. From this point
the wall was carried southward along
the steep brow of Zion, where gates
were not needed, g) rºujst) *sū, the
dung-gate, Neh. 2, 13. 3, 14. 12, 31
and contr. ribuji. 'u' 3, 13; it was 1000
cubits, i.e. a long interval, distant from
the valley-gate. Josephus calls it the
gate of the Essenes, B. J. 5. 4. 2. Some
suppose it to have been the present
portal in the valley of the Tyropaeon,
now called the dung-gate by travellers;
but this is in the modern wall, which is
there far within the ancient line. Others
place it on the west or southwest.—The
remaining gates all seem to have been
on the southeastern part of the city, ir
that part of the walls which surrounded
the hill Ophel after the time of Manas-
seh, 2 Chr. 33, 14. Neh. 3, 27. They
are as follows: h) Tºr; hºu), the fount-
ain-gate, near the king's pool and gar-
dens, Neh. 2, 14. 3, 15. 12, 37. This
doubtless took its name from Siloam ;
and is described as the gate between the
two walls 2 K. 25, 4. Jer. 39, 4. 52, 7.
i) Dººr ºu), the water-gate, northeast
of the fountain-gate, Neh. 3, 26. 8, 1, 3.
16. 12, 37; perh, the same with that
which in the time of Jeremiah was call-
ed: k) rhomrin -su, the pottery-gate,
Jer. 19, 2, by which one went out to go
to the valley of Hinnom. Others hold
it to be the same with the valley-gate.
—Several other gates are quite uncer-
tain; as riºr 'u', the east-gate, Neh.
3, 29; which may perh. be either the
water-gate or the horse-gate. This
latter, Dºohen 'u), the horse-gate, Neh.
3, 28. Jer. 31, 40. 2 Chr. 23, 15 comp.
2 K. 11, 16, is commonly reckoned as
in the walls of the city; but belong-
ed more prob. to the wall enclosing
the temple; and so also the following:
"pººr 'u), Vulg. porta judicialis, Neh.
3, 31; tºrrſ Hjnº 'u, the new gate of the
Lord, Jer. 26, 10.36, 10; Tiºr 'u', see
above in lett. d: nºtºr 'u', the prison-
gate, Neh. 12, 39; nºo "uj 2 K. 11, 6, for
which Tibºr 'tº 2 Chr. 23, 5, see in art.
**b no. 3; nº 'uj, the gate of over-
throw, 1 Chr. 26, 16; nºr 'u', the
inner gate, Ez. 8, 3. With the king's
palace was prob. connected bºx ºr "suff
the gate of the rummers or body-guard.
2 K. 11, 19. And finally, the middle o'
interior gate, Tºr Yºu, Jer, 39, 3, seem
ºnyº X 099
nº
to have led from the upper to the lower
city.—The difficult question as to the
gates of Jerusalem, has been variously
treated ; see espec. Lightſoot Opp. II.
p. 184 sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. II. ii.
p 216 sq. E. Robinson in Bibl. Res. in
Palest. ſ. p. 471 sq.
2. a measure, see r. nº no. I.2. Gen.
26, 12 cºnsu, HS2 a hundred measures,
i. e. Škºtov 71%00 log, a hundred ſold.
Tº adj. horrid, i.e. bad, foul, loath-
some, of figs, Jer. 29, 17; comp. 24, 8.
R. -su) II.
nylº, see -yiuſ.
nºt adj. (r. nº II) horrible; fern.
something horrible, Jer. 5, 30. 34, 14.
ºnyº) id. Jer. 18, 13; ſem. Hºnº-yº:
Hos. 6, 10 Keri. R. Hyu II.
Tºyº (whom Jehovah estimates, r.
hyº I) Sheariah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 38.
B, 44.
Pºžº (two gates) Shaaraim, pr n.
of a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. 15,
36. 1 Sam. 17, 52. 1 Chr. 4, 31.
nºnym adj. i. q. "Thºu; ; ſem. Hos.
6, 10 Keth.
tºº Shaashgaz, pr. m. of a Persian
eunuch, the keeper of the women in the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 14.—Bohlen
compares Pers. 2K.L. beauty's ser-
vant; but this is doubtſul.
Bºyºyº plur. delight, pleasure, Prov.
8, 30. Ps. 119, 24. Jer. 31, 20. R. Sº
Pilp.
* Titº in Kal not used, pr. to rub,
to scratch, to scrape, then to scrape or
pare off. Chald. Sº to rub, file, polish;
Syr. i.e., to file, pr. to make Smooth,
bald; tıześa file, fºre a filing par-
ung. Kindr. are Fºuj, Flº ; also Arab.
\; 2 to be bright.
Niph. Part. Hº: , bare, bald, pr.
a braded, of a mountain, Is. 13, 2. Sept.
§gog tedwów. -
PUAL, to be worm away, wasted, of one
wasted with disease and ready odie;
ob 33, 21 Keri "rios: ºpus his bones
are wasted, sº sº they are no more
seen, i.e. he pines away and disappears.
So Ibn Ezra, comp. Chald, sºu). Others,
his bones are made bare, are naked of
flesh; so Jerome, ‘ossa quae tecta fue.
runt nudabuntur;' and so several mod.
ern interpreters. Keth. "Eu, q.v.
Deriv. Hº, "Eu, and pr. n. ipuš,
Hºus".
Tºtº or º, (r. Hºº) only in plur.
2 Sam. 17, 29 mp3 nieu, according to
Targ. Syr. and the Heb. intpp. cheeses of
kine, so called as being rubbed, grated
ground fine, in order to be eaten; so
the Arabs of the desert to this day, see
Burckhardt Notes on the Bedouins [.
p. 60.
* (smoothness, r. Hº) Shepho, pr.
n. m. Gen. 36,23; for which "Eu Sheph,
1 Chr. 1, 40.
pipu: m. (r. Lºu) judgment, punish-
ment, 2 Chr. 20,9. Plur. Bºheu. Ez. 23,
10; i being shortened to H, Heb. Gr.
§ 27. n. 1.
Dº (perh. i. q. TiE-Bº; serpent)
Shephupham, (Engl. Vers. Shupham,)
pr. m. of a son of Benjamin, Num. 26, 39.
In Gen. 46, 21 written Bºeº, perh, for
pºet.
Tºpº (id.) Shepwphan, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 8, 5.
niemi Neh. 3, 13, see in reus.
>k nEº obsol. root, to spread out, to
evpand, i. q, neº, nes, nº ; also to
adjoin, to associate, comp. r. nEº no. 4.
Hence Firºz family, and
nºt f: constr. nrº, plur. ninetº,
famula, ‘one of the family,” a family
servant, i.e. a maid servant, handmaid,
espec. as waiting upon the mistress; so
called from associating with the family;
Gen. 16, 1.8, 30, 7, 10. Ps. 123, 2, comp.
Is. 24, 2. Prov. 23, 23; so the Tº ser-
vant waited upon the master, with whom
the Firºuš is often joined, Gen. 20, 14
32, 6. Esth. 7, 4. Jer, 34, 9 sq. Some
times the Firºuš was given by the mis-
tress to her husband as a concubine,
Gen. 16, 2. 30, 18. Ex. 11, 5 hrs First
Bºrnr the maid servant behind the mill,
the mill-werch, see in r. nº.—In ad-
dressing a superior, a Hebrew woman
from modesty or humility spoke of he, -
self as Finnjºu, thy handmaid, for I; Just
as a man spoke of himself as Fºx thy
tº Etº
º
1100
º
servant, see in tº no. 1; so 1 Sam. 1,
18. 25, 27. 28, 21. 22. 2 Sam. 14, 6 sq.
Ruth 2, 13, al.-1 Sam. 25, 41 Tryºs ſign
hrºugh lo ſhy handmaid is for a servant
etc. is ready to reuder service.
* tº fut. tºº, 3 plur, in pause once
ºptº Ex. 18, 26; imper, parag. Hºu).
1. to judge ; not found in the other
Semitic dialects, except Phoen, part.
topuſ a judge, see in no. 2. The primary
idea seems to be to set upright, to erect,
like Germ. richten, and Eth. "ſlº to
judge, i. q. Heb. This from r. Tº ; comp.
the kindr, nau), paſſ, nauj, q, v.–Ab-
sol. Gen. 19, 9. Is. 11, 3. Job 22, 13. Ez.
44, 24; c. acc. of pers. whose cause is
judged, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Deut. 16 18.
ls. 11, 4, Joel 4, 12; rarely c, acc. of
thing, Ex. 18, 22. 26. Also pºſs tºu,
Prov. 31, 9, and phºtº 'uº Ps. 75, 3, to
judge justly, uprightly, to do justice,
equity, comp. Ps. 58, 2; contra Bºy peº;
to judge unjustly Ps. 82. 2. Further,
tº ºu to give judgment, to pro-
nounce sentence, 1 K, 3, 28; tº ‘uj
ngs to judge (execute) true judgment,
in accordance with truth, Zech. 7, 9;
also 8, 16. Ez. 16, 38 tº Tºrº
nies; I will judge thee (according to)
the judgments of adulteresses. Also us
7": "a to judge between, i. e. to be arbi-
ter, umpire, Gen. 16, 5. Ex. 18, 16. Deut.
1, 16. al. 2... Tº toº id. Ez. 34, 20.
Gen. 31, 53 let God judge ºz between
us. Comp. Judith 7, 2–PART. Dºğ,
pºiu), subst, a judge, Ex. 2, 14. Deut.
16, 18. Josh. 8, 33. Is. 1, 26. Job 9, 24.
al. saep. Often of God as the judge of
men or of the whole world, Gen. 18, 25.
Is. 33, 22. Ps. 7, 12. 50, 6. al. See also
.m. no. 2.
Spec. to judge any one, like r. T", no.
2, is: a) i. q, to condemn, to punish
the guilty, xotoxgivo, 1 Sam. 3, 13. Ez.
7, 3, 8, 22, 2. Obad. 21. Ps. 109, 31, al.
Comp. Lieu... b) to do justice to any
pme, to defend or vindicate his cause,
espec. the poor and oppressed; Is. 1, 17
bin: zhū defend the cause of the father-
less. Ps. 10, 18. 26, 1.82, 3, 5 ºn tº
Jer, 5, 28. Lam. 3, 59. With 7% and Tºº
orgegn, to defend one's cause and deliver
wim from his enemies, 1 Sam, 24, 16.
2 Sam. 18, 19. 31. Ps, 43, 1. -
2. to govern, to rule, as connected with
judging; since to dispense justice was
the part of kings and chief magistrates,
comp. 1 Sam. 8, 20. 1 K. 3, 9, 2 K. 15, 5
Prov. 29, 14. 2 Chr. 1, 10, and see Tºº
no. 1, 2. So Judg. 16, 31. 1 Sani. 8, 5
6. Hence PART. toº, tºiu, a judge,
for a ruler, prince, chief, Ps. 2, 10. 148,
11. Am. 2, 3. Is. 16, 5, 40, 23. Prov, 8
16. Spec. of the leaders and chief ma-
gistrates of the Israelites from Joshua
to Samuel, who led out the people to
war against their enemies, and, after
having delivered them from the oppres-
sion of the neighbouring nations, exer-
cised during peace the office of chief
ruler and judge, (comp. Judg. 3, 10. 4,
4 sq. 10, 2. 3. 1 Sam. 7, 6, 15.) Judg. 2,
16. 18. Ruth 1, 1. 2 K. 23, 22. al.-The
same name, sufel or sufes, plur. sufetes,
was borne by the chief magistrates of
the Carthaginians, Liv. 28. 37. ib. 30.
7. Movers, das Phoen. Alterth. I. p. 516,
534.
Niph. 1. to be judged, Ps. 9, 20. 37,
33. 109, 7.
2. Recipr. to go to law, to plead, to
contend before a judge, with any one,
Prov. 29, 9. Is 43, 26; with by of pers.
Joel 4, 2 [3, 7]; rs (ns) Ez. 17, 20, 20,
35-36; ; Jer. 25, 31; also c. acc. of thing
about which, 1 Sam. 12, 7. Ez. 17, 20;
ns of pers. and by of thing, Jer. 2, 35.
Where Jehovah is thus said to plead or
comtend with men, it has sometimes the
sense to punish, see Ez. 38, 22. Is. 66,
16; comp. 2 Chr. 22, 8.
PoEL, to go to law with, to prosecute,
to assail, comp. Niph. no. 2; part. c. suff
"tºº my assailant, Job 9, 15. Comp.
jujib to assail with the tongue, to slan-
der, r. ſº. Others in Job I. c. i. q.
"tºº my judge.
Deriv. ºff, Lipuš, toº?, and pr. m.
ºff, riºtº, nºteº, Tºº.
tº Chald, part. oeu, a judge, Ezra
7, 25. This is a Hebraism, since the
verb itself is wanting in Chaldee.
tº (judge, r. pºº) Shaphat, pr. n.
m. a) Num. 13, 5. b) 1 Chr. 3, 22.
c) 1 K. 19, 16. d) 1 Chr. 5, 12. e.
27, 29.
tºº m. only plur. tºu, judgments
punishments, Ex. 6, 6, 7, 4. Prov. 19, 20
to Elij
#25
1101
Ez. 14, 21. A tºu, Hibs to do judg-
ment upon, to inflict punishment, spoken
of God, c. 3 of pers. Ex. 12, 12. Num.
33, 4. Ez. 5, 10. 15. 28, 22.26. 2 Chr. 24,
4. al. R. oeu.
Tºtº (whom Jehovah defends i. e.
nis cause, r. opus) Shephatiah, pr. n. m.
a) A son of David, 2 Sam. 3, 4, 1 Chr.
3, 3, b) Jer, 38, 1. c) Neh. 11, 4. d)
Ezra 2,4, 57. e) Ezra 8,8. Neh. 7, 9, 59.
"nº (id.) Shephatiah, pr. m. m.
a) A son of Jehoshaphat, 2 Chr. 21, 2.
b) 1 Chr. 12, 5, c) 27, 16.
Tºtº (judicial, r. oeuſ) Shiphtan, pr.
n. m. Num. 34, 24.
"Eu m. (r. Heus) plur. B"Eu, and Bºuj.
1. a rubbing, wearing away, i. e. ei-
ther a wasting, or makedness, Job 33, 21
Keth. But see r. Hºu, Pu.
2. a maked hill, i.e. bare, destitute of
trees, or abraded, (comp. nº ºr Is.
13 2,) Jer. 12, 12 natºa tºt hills in
the desert. 3, 2. 21. 4, 11. 7, 29. 14, 6. Is.
41, 18, 49, 9. Num, 23, 3 "Bº tº he
went upon a hill.
3. Shephi, pr. m. m. see iPuš.
Dºtº (perh, serpents, r. FE") Shup-
pim, pr. n. m. a.) A family of Ben-
jamites, 1 Chr. 7, 12 Ener. e-Bug". V.
15. b) 1 Chr. 26, 16.
Tºtº m. (perh, a dimin. form, like
fºcs, comp. Titº’s, Heb. Gr. § 85.4;
r. FBuy) a species of serpent, Jerome
cerastes, with which the tribe of Dam is
compared, Gen. 49, 17; comp. Judg. 18,
27. Prob. coluber cerastes Linn. coluber
cornutus Hasselquist, p. 354; a small
serpent with two antennae like horns,
venomous and dangerous, lying in wait
in the sand and near paths; see Plin.
H. N. 8. 23 s. 35. Bochart Hieroz. II.
sº
3.12. Arab. -ă w a kind of speckled ser-
Went with black and white spots.
nº (ſair, r. -Eus) Shaphir, pr. n. of
a place in Judea, Mic. 1, 11. Accord-
.ng to Eusebius, it lay between Eleu-
theropolis and Askelon; prob. the mod-
•rn Sawófir, *>3 see Bibl. Res. In
Palest. II. p. 370.
ºnnel; Chall. adj. fair, beautiful, Dan.
l, 9, 18. R. “Euj.
*TEu; ſut. Tº 1. to pour out
Arab & Chald. Teº, Syr. ſas
Sam. 24-yº, id. also Gºa w and Eth
Uſ)'ſ) to pour out metals; kindr. are
ripp, à-v.–E. g. water, Ex. 4, 9
Am. 5, 8, 9,6; broth, Judg. 6, 20; Tºu,
To: to pour out a libation Is. 57, 6, and so
**E* tº id. 1 Sam. 7, 6. Also tº men,
to pour out blood, not only of a slaugh-
tered animal Deut. 12, 16. 24. 15, 23. of
of a sacrificial victim Ex. 29, 12. Lev.
4, 7, 18, sq. but cspecially that of men,
to shed blood, to kill, to slay, Gen. 9, 6.
Lev. 7, 4, 13. 1 Sam. 25. 31. Is. 59, 7.
Joel 4, 9. Ps. 79, 3. al. saep.–Metaph.
inje: Tº Ps. 42, 5, and iah tº Lam. 2,
19, to pour out one's soul sc. in tears and
complaints; with *, * 1 Sam. 1, 15.
Ps. 62, 9; comp. Lam. l. c. Ps. 102, 1.
142, 3. 'E by tha Tºuj to pour contempt
upon any one Job 21, 21. Ps. 107, 40.
'E by irºn 'u) to pour out his (God's) spi-
rit upon any one, Joel 3, 1. 2. Ez. 39,
29. Zech. 12, 10. 'E by inºr 'u' to pour
out his (God's) anger upon, Is. 42, 25.
Jer. 6, 11. Lam. 2, 4, 11. Ez. 7, 8, al.
saep. bs for by Ps. 79, 6; by inst 'u) id.
Ps. 69, 25. Zeph. 3,8. Ez. 21, 36. 22,
31.-Part. pass. Theu) powred out, e. g.
human blood, shed, Ps. 79, 10; divine
wrath, Ez. 20, 33. 34.
2. Of things dry, to pour out, to cast
out, e.g. dust, Lev. 14, 41, comp. Niph.
and art. Tº . Spec. a mound, rºb 'u)
to throw or cast up, 2 Sam. 20, 15. 2 K.
19, 32. Jer. 6, 6. Ex. 4, 2. al.
NIPH. Tºº 1. to be poured out, e. g.
human blood, to be shed, Gen. 9, 6. Deut.
19, 10, comp. Lam. 2, 11; ashes 1 K. 13,
3. 5.—Metaph. Ps. 22, 15 I am poured
out like water, as describing a person
unable to rise from weakness.
2. to be poured out, i. e. profusely ear-
pended, sc. money, Ez. 16, 36. Comp.
£zyśto Tob. 4, 18.
PUAL to be poured out, e. g. human
blood, to be shed, Num. 35, 33. Zeph. 1,
17. Trop. of one's steps, i. e. to slip, to
fall, Ps. 73. 2 Keri ; comp. Lat. fundi
for prosterni. -
Hith PA. lit. to be poured out, e. g.
stones thrown down and scattered, Lam.
4, 1.—The phrase his soul (life) is pour-
ed out signifies: a) he pours himself
|Ew
|Et
1102
out in complaints, Job 30, 16.
blood is shed, he dies, Lam. 2, 12.
Deriv. the two following.
b) his
Tº m. place of pouring out, Lev. 4,
12. R. TEU) .
Tº f (r. "Euj) the privy member,
pr. urethra, through which the urine is
poured off once Deut. 23, 2. Vulg. vere-
trum. Others wrongly, testicle, see Tºš.
*: SE: fit bºº, inf. Beu, Ecc. 12, 4,
for Prov. 16, 19 see Bºuj; pr. ‘ to ſall
down, to fall together,” kindr, with BE3,
ba;, bºs, bas; hence to be made low, to
be depressed, cart down, e. g. a mount-
ain, Is. 40, 4; a city 32, 19; trees 10,
33; any high thing, also men of high
deg ee, the prout', to be humbled, abased,
Is. 2, 9, 11. 12. (7. 5, 15. 29, 4; so a
sound or noise, which becomes low, Ecc.
12, 4, Arab. ) i... to be humble, low;
comp. Heb. 52'2, Aram. Pºuj.
HipH. bºrºr, to bring low, to cast
down, to make hamble, e. g. any thing
high Job (.0, 11; a tree Ez. 17, 24; a
strong city, Is. 26, 5. 25, 12. Also to
lay low, to ſtumble, to abase, Sc. pride,
arrogance, the proud, Is. 13, 11. 25, 11.
1 Sam. 2, 6. Ez. 21, 31. Ps. 18, 28. 75,
8. So Prov. 25, 7, Job 22, 29 ºb"Buin ºr
when they cast thee down, i. e. when the
proud humble thee, and thou sayest, O
insolence 1 them (God) shall help thee
walking humbly, pr with downcast eyes.
A difierent explanation see in art. Tº I.
1.—Intrans. Is, 57, 9 bisu is "h"Buin"
and vowntest down even to Sheol. Joined
with another verb it forms a periphrase
ſo an adv. Jer. 13, 18 Maº abºur make
low, sit down, i.e. sit ye down in a low
place.
Deriv.bºu;, bºu?, Hºus, Hºu, nabeu.
Setº Chald. i. q IIeb. Bºº, but rarely
found in Peal; Syr. See to be hum-
ble, inſerior.
APH. to make low, to humble, to abase,
a g. kings, powerful persons, Dan. 5, 19.
24. Also with Fºº, to humble one's
heart, to become humble, Dan. 5, 22.
ºu; m. adj. (r. bruj) constr. BEuj; fem.
rºuj, constr. nºt; ; low, depressed, of
a tree Ez. 17, 24; a vine v. 6; a spot
n the skin Lev. 13, 20, 21 26, comp.
14, 37.-Metaph. a) low, humble, base
2 Sam. 6, 22. Job 5, 11. Mal. 2, 9, b)
nºn beu, humble in spirit, lowly, Prov,
29, 23. Is. 57, 15; also Prov. 16, 19; so
without nºn id. Is. l. c.—Masc. c. He
parag. accus, nºr the humble n.an,
Ez. 21, 31 [26]; see Heb. Gr. ed. 16,
§ 88, 2.
ºpt Chald. m. adj. low, humble, Dan.
4, 14.
ºù m. (r. Seus) c. suff *Euj, low-
ness, i.e. low condition, low place, Ecc.
10, 6. Ps. 136, 23.
nºt ſ (r. *E*) lowness, a low place
Is, 32, 19. -
nºt; f (r. Pººj) low country, as opp.
to mountains, Josh. 11, 16 ſin. With
art. Fºr the low country or plain,
along the Mediterranean from Joppa to
Gaza, Josh. 9, 1. 12, 8, 1 K. 10, 27. Jer.
32, 44. 33, 13. Gr. 7, Sépiſko. 1 Macc.
12, 38. See Onomast. art. Sephela.
nº f (r. Bºº) a letting down, e. g.
tº 'tº a letting down of the hands, i. e.
remissness, slothſülness, Ecc. 10, 18.
>k DE". a spurious root, or at least
very doubtful; similar to r. Daº, Arab.
Aw, to be cold. Hence perh, the three
following pr. names, of which the ety-
mology is obscure.
Dºº (r. bºº, or perh. bald, shaven,
r. nº) Shapham pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 5, 12.
Džº (r. ppu, or bareness, place na-
ked of trees, r. Tºuj) Shepham, pr. n.
of a place on the northeastern border
of Palestine, north of Riblah, Num. 34
10. 11.
mºtº (r. Beuy, or bare places, plur.
of Bºu.) Shiphmoth, pr. m. of a place in
the south of Judah, mentioned with Aroer
and Eshtemoa, 1 Sam. 30, 28. Others
read niobº, Siphimoth.-Gentile n. *2Eu.
a Shiphmile 1 Chr. 27, 27.
>k TE"; obsol. root, prob, i. q. Tº , jeº,
Teş, to cover, to hide, espec. under
ground, whence jº. Arab. U-5-3 tº
ky o & §
look askance; J-49 cunning.
TÉtº m. plur. Pºet, 1. A quadruped
supposed to chew the cud in the man,
yeui
nEº
II.03
zer of the hare, Lev. 11, 5. Deut. 14, 7;
sk *E* 1. Pr. to scratch, to scrape,
iving in flocks among the rocks, and to rub, kindr, with "Eg, he: II; hence
listinguished for its cunning, Ps. 104,
18. Prov, 30, 26. The Rabbins render
it the coney or rabbit. The LXX in
these places have zolgoygüAltos, hedge-
hog, which is indefinite. Some refer it
to the mus v. dipus jaculus of Linn.
Arah. rºyº jerboa. The animal is
doubtless correctly specified by Saadias,
who renders E* by 2, wabr, i. e. the
hyraac Syriacus, a small animal like a
marmot, found in Lebanon, Palestine,
Arabia Petraea, Upper Egypt, and Abys-
sinia; and still called in the Himyaritic
2 3
dialect of Hadramaut (.353 thofun, kindr.
with Tºº. It is scarcely larger than a
rabbit; has almost no tail ; and in its
ears, feet, and snout, resembles the
hedgehog. It lives in families among
the rocks, making its bed in the clefts;
but does not burrow. It is lively and
quick to retreat on the approach of
danger; and is difficult to capture. The
name might come either from its hiding
itself, or from its cunning. See more in
Thesaur. p. 1467; also Seetzen in Rit-
ter's Erdkunde XV. p. 596. Wilson
Lands of the Bible II. p. 28 sq. Fresnel
n Journ. Asiat. Ser. III. T. V. p. 514.
Bochart Hieroz. I. p. 1001 sq.
3. Shapham, pr. n. m. a) The scribe
or secretary of king Josiah. 2 K. 22, 3.
12. Jer. 36, 10; comp. Ez. 8, 11. b)
2 K. 22, 12. 25, 22. Jer, 26, 24, 39, 14.
+ y Etº obsol. root, to overflow, to be
superabundant, as in Chald. and Syr.
y * e
\-a-A.—Hence the three following.
Wętº m. abundance; once Deut. 33,
19 the abundance of the sea, i. e. wealth
obtained from the sea.
Hypº: f (r. sº) constr. nºu, abun-
dance, i. e. multitude, as of waters Job
92, 11. 38, 34; of men 2 K. 9, 17 bis; of
t amels Is. 60, 6; of horses Ez. 26, 10.
"yºu (abundant, r vetº) Shiphi, pr
n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 37.
Sk FEu; obsol. root, prob. i. q. Aram.
ºu), -a, to scrape, to rub; then, to rub
to polish.
2. Intrans, to be polished, i. e. o be
bright, shining, comp. Arab. , 5., I, IV
illuxit aurora, and Chald." Nºnet;
hence to be fair, beautiful, i. q. Chald,
and Syr. With by, to be pleasant, ac-
ceptable, to any one, Ps. 16, 6; comp,
Chald. Yºu, Dan. 4, 24.—The notion of
brightness may perh, be transferred to
Sound, as in Engl. a brilliant tone, i. e.
clear and Sonorous (comp. Bºrj); whence
"Fiu trumpet.
Deriv.-Eug, nº, nºnº, -º,-puis.
Tº Chald, fut, -pu?", to be fair,
beautiful; c. by Dan. 4, 24, and pºp, 3,
32. 6, 2, to please, to be acceptable to any
one. Syr. id—Hence sººneu.
Tº m. (r. hºu;) 1. brightness, e.
beauty, pleasantness, of words Gen. 49,
21.
2. Shepher, pr. n. m. of a mountain in
the Arabian desert, Num. 33, 23. 24.
nºt, see nºis.
Tºtº f. (r. -Euj) 1, brightness, beau-
ty; Job 26, 13 nº tºº inº-2 by his
(God's) spirit the heavens are bright-
ness, i. e. are bright, splendid, beauti-
ful; so A. Schultens, Simonis, Gesenius,
and all recent writers.-But most earlier
intpp. take nºt for nºbº (Piel of neu)
to make bright, beautiful, to garnish sc,
with stars and constellations; and sup-
pose there is a mingling of two con-
structions, Hºu tº in- and tº nºna
neu, Vulg. spiritus ejus ornavit colos,
But Dag. ſorte characteristic is very
rarely if ever dropped from the letters
nº":-l. -
2. Shiphrah, pr. n. f. Ex. 1, 15.
"Tºº m. (r. -Euj) splendour, orna-
ºment, tapestry, with which a throne is
, spread and adorned, Jer. 43, 10 Keri.
for which Keth. --Eu: id.
sºmeº Chald. m. (r. "Buš) the dawn,
aurora, Dan. 6, 20. Syr. ſia, id.
>k neu: ſut. neu: 1. to set, to fiv, to
put, to place, i. q. kindr, nau), see fully
in rr. toº; and nauj.-2 K. 4, 38. Ez.
along, to creep to glide. Hence Tip"Eu, | 24, 3. Ps, 22, 16 ºntºr, ny? -Exh thou
and prin. BºE, IBMEu;, bº.
dost set me in the dust of death, i.e. dost
nEº
Hpt.
1104
bring me down to the grave. Comp. Ps.
88, "
2. to puace to or for any one, i. q. to
give, with acc. of thing and h of pers. Is.
26, 12. -
Deriv, netis, bºrnuſz, and
tº m. dual from a lost sing, perh.
rº, pr: a stake, pale, pin, see r. nº ;
then a series of pales set in the ground
and forming an enclosure; hence dual
bºrº.
1. a forked pin or peg, a hook, affixed
to the wall in order to hang up any
thing; Ez. 40, 43 and forked pins (i. e.
hooks projecting) a hand-breadth were
fived in the immer part round about, i. e.
in that part of the court where the vic-
tims were killed. These hooks were
prob. for suspending the victims in order
to take off the skin. The dual is here
put for the plur, as Bºnº, Ezra 3, 10,
bºna-bz, etc. Heb. Gr. § 86 b. 2.
2. a double enclosure, surrounded with
pales; spec. folds, enclosures, made with
pales or hurdles, often in two parts, into
which the flocks are gathered at night.
(Enclosures with walls are ninº, the
common word is nish:2.) Hence Ps.
68, 14 ºnEu; Ta 52% to lie among the
folds, spoken proverbially of shepherds
and husbandmen living in leisure and
quiet, remote from the turmoil of war;
and so ºngºº Tºa azu; id. Judg. 5, 16.
Gen. 49, 14; comp. also Judg. 5, 11, and
Mic. 4, 4.—Many intpp. pots , J. D.
Michaelis and others, drinking-troughs.
The true view was long since given by
Ludolf in his Lex. AEthiop. p. 76. See
Thesaur. p. 1471.
>k ºt. obsol. root, prob. i. q. Fºu: to
pour out, to overflow.—Hence
Ext: m. once Is. 54, 8 FXP º out-
pouring of anger, efusion of wrath; i. q.
Ps Fºu: Prov. 27.4. The form ºxu, was
perh. chosen instead of Fºº; for the sake
of paronomasia.
Pº Chald. i. g. più, the leg, from the
knee to the ankle, plur. c. suff, "nipu:
Dan. 2, 33. Theod. well xviiuſzt.
Sk "pu, fut. -pº, prob. pr. ‘ to lie
down,’ comp. ºpus and 139. Hence
1. to lie in wait, as a leopard, c. 5x
Jer, 5, 6.
2. to watch, to keep watch so o!
watchmen in a city Ps. 127, 1; at doors
ninhº, by Prov. 8, 34. Ezra 8, 29 Ampuſ
hºu, watch and keep sc, the gold anu
silver. Also to be watchful, wakeful
Ps. 102, 8. Hence "puj.—Trop. with
by, to watch over any thung, to give
attention to it, Jer. 1, 12. 31, 28. 44, 27.
Dan. 9, 14. Job 21, 32. Ironically, Is.
29, 20 7"s ºptº they who watch over
iniquity, i. e. who sedulously take care
that wrong and not right shall be done.
Chald. "pus id.
NIPH. "pº in some Mss. Lam. 1, 14;
see in r. "pº Niph.
Pual part. Tºº?, denom. from "puff,
made like almonds, i. e. having the
form of almond-flowers, Ex. 25, 33. 34.
TPt. m. plur. t"pu 1. an almond-
tree, pr. ‘the waker,” so called as being
the earliest of all trees to awake from
the sleep of winter, Jer. 1, 11. There
is also here an allusion to the haste and
ardour thus implied, comp. v. 12. See
Plin. H. N. 16. 25 or 42. Celsius Hie-
robot. I. p. 297.
2. am almond, almond-mul, Gen. 43,
11. Num. 17, 23. Ecc. 12, 5 pº ys:
and the almond is spurned, rejected, sc.
by the old and toothless man, although
in itself a delicate and delicious fruit;
or, he spurneth the almond. Others
less well, the almond-tree shall flourish,
which they refer to white hairs; though
the flower of the almond-tree is not
white, but rose-coloured.
>k Hpº in Kal not used, to be water.
ed, to drink, i. Q. Hruš and Hyn. Arab.
§ w, Eth. IſidºP, to let drink, to water;
and so Aram. Aph. "pºs, -a-ſ,
HipH. npuśrī, ſut. ripº, apoc. Fujº
1. to water the ground, to irrigate
e.g. a field, garden, grove, Gen. 2, 6
10. Joel 4, 18. Is. 27, 3. Ps. 104, 13, al
iºn: rip ºn to water with ones foot, i. e.
to raise water by a wheel turned with
the foot, Deut. 11, 10; see in bºn no. 1.
2. to give to drink, to let drink, c. acc,
of pers. Gen. 21, 19. 24, 18, 45. Jer. 25.
17. Ps. 104, 11. Also c. dupl. acc. of
pers, and thing, Gen. 19, 32. 24, 43
Judg. 4, 19. Num. 5, 24. Ps, 60, 5, Job
22, 7, Jer. 9, 14, 35, 2; c. 7% of any
"puſ
bpt
1105
thing Cant. 8, 2; c. 3 of thing with
which one is made to drink or is over-
whelmed, poet. Ps. 80, 6; but also 3 of
the cup or vessel, Esth. 1, 7. Gen. 24,
43. Part. rpºº causing to drink, Hab.
2, 15. As subst, a cupbearer, etc. see in
its order.
3. to water cattle, Gen. 24, 14.46. 29,
2. 3. 7.8, 10. Ex. 2, 16. 17. 19.
NIPH. according to some in Am. 8, 8
Kethib; but see in r. spuj Niph.
PUAL to be moistened, irrigated. Job
1, 24 the marrow of his bones is moist,
i. e. fresh, vigorous; comp. Prov. 3, 8.
15, 30. 17, 22.
Deriv.npū, Hºu;2, and the two ſol-
lowing.
*Pt. m. (r. Hpu, for Apu, after the
form bººp) drink, only in plur Bºrº
Ps. 102, 10.
*Pt. m. (r. Hpuſ) plur. c. suff. ºpus
Hos. 2, 7.
1. a watering, moistening of the bones,
i.e. refreshment, Prov. 3, 8. See r. Hpuj
in Pual.
2. drink, Hos. 2, 7, where some deli-
cate drink, as wine, is to be understood;
Sept. ed. Ald. 6 oivög uov.
Yºu or YRºm. (r. 7pu}) plur. bºsºpus
or EºsFu, an abomination, abominable
thing, spoken of things unclean, e. g.
filthy garments Nah. 3, 6; of meats
offered to idols, siówkóðvro, Zech. 9, 7;
espec. of idols, 1 K. 11, 5 Milcom bºy 'u)
the abomination (idol) of the Ammonites.
2 K. 23, 13. Dan. 11, 31. 12, 11. Plur.
of idols 2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 20, 7.8. Is. 66,
3. 1 Chr. 15, 8, al. Once of idolatrous
men, Hos. 9, 10.
* tºp"; ſut. ºpus", to rest, to have or
keep quiet, to be still ; pr. ‘to be cast
down, to lie down, to recline,” Arab.
Jaśw to fall, Chald, ºpt to rest, Syr.
*A* id. Kindr is net to be silent,
Arab. evº, id perh. pnu, q. v. also
Tau, Heu, Tau) —Spoken: a) Of one
who is troubled by no one, Jer. 30, 10.
16, 27. Job 3, 13; of a land not harassed
by enemies, Judg. 3, 11. 5, 31. 8, 28;
whence Hºrº topus Josh. 11, 23. 14,
15; also of one who troubles or harass-
ps no one, Judg. 18, 7. 27. Ez, 16, 42 ;
which sometimes arises from ‘ear, Ps.
76, 9, b) Of one who does nothing
remains inactive, idle, Is. 62, 1. Jer. 47,
6; hence of God, as not affording aid,
Ps. 83, 2.
HIPH. 1. to cause to rest, to quiet,
i. e. to appease strife Prov. 15, 18. Also
to give quiet, to render tranquil and se-
cure, Job 34, 29; c. h of pers, and 7% of
thing, i. e. from danger, Ps. 94, 13.
2. Intrans, to find rest, to be quiet, pr
to quiet oneselſ, Is. 7, 4, 57, 20. Jer. 49
23. Inf topºn subst, rest, quiet, Is. 30.
15. 32, 17. Trop. the earth is said tº
be quiet, tranquil, when the air is still
and sultry, Job 37, 17.—Hence
tº m. rest, quiet, 1 Chr. 22, 9.
:k Spº ſut. Spuy, c. Vav conv, nºs:
Ezra 8, 25 Keri (Keth. Hºipºsº), once
Hºptºs; as if from ºpus: Jer. 32, 9; to
poise, to weigh, 2 Sam. 14, 26. Is. 40, 12.
Spec. to weigh out to any one, e. g. met-
als, money, c. acc. of thing and h of pers.
Gen. 23, 16. Ex. 22, 16. 1 K. 20, 39. Is.
46,6. Jer, 32,9. Ezra 8,25; with 'E-T-b:
into the hands of any one, Ezra 8, 26.
Esth. 3, 9; with by over to or into the
king's treasury, Esth. 4, 7; with a for
a thing, Is. 55, 2. 2 Sam. 18, 12 though
I might weigh a thousand shekels into
my hands, i. e. though they should be
weighed out to me. Part. Spºt a weigher,
i. e. a collector or receiver of tribute, Is.
33, 18. Trop. to eacamine, to try a per-
son Job 31, 6; a thing 6, 2.-The pri-
mary idea is “to poise, to hold suspend-
ed’; Eth. I'l p A to suspend, spec. 31
the cross, T142A suspended, also weign-
ed; Arab. Jºã3 to weigh; also Jºã.3 to
weigh coins. Chald, pri, Syr. SAA
Sam. 2XA, i, q. Heb. But also Chald.
bpu to carry by poising, to bear; Syr.
Saal id, but also to migrate, whence
perh, pr. n. Tibpus.
Niph, to be weighed, trop. Job 6, 2; to
be weighed out Job 28, 15. Ezra 8, 33.
Deriv. ºpujº, bipušº, nºpºº, nºpuſz,
pr. n. Tibpuš, and &
9pm, m. In pause bºº; plur. bººpu,
constr. ºpus ; a shekel, siclus, a certain
weight, according to which the weight
and price of things was determined;
e. g. bread Ez. 4, 10; hair 2 Sam. 14,
93
Spid
2puſ
1106
*
26, espec. metals, as brass, iron, sil-
ver, gold, and things made of metal, as
arms, vessels, etc. Ex. 38, 24. 25. 29.
Num. 7, 13 sq. 31, 52. 1 Sam. 17, 5
(Goliah’s corslet). v. 7. Josh. 7, 21.
2 Chr. 3, 9; ellipt, with ºpuſ impl. Gen.
24, 22 two bracelets for her hands, nº
bºº art ten shekels of gold their
weight. Num. 7, 13. 19, 25. 31 sq.-
Especially did the Hebrews use silver
weighed by the shekel as money; and
often it was actually weighed out, al-
though they may have had pieces or
bars of silver marked with the weight,
-reh has sp2 current silver, see in has
no 2; Gen. 23, 16. Jer. 32, 9, 10. Ex.
21, 32. Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3–7. 2 Sam. 24,
24. al. Hence bºº, even where nº is
not added, is a silver shekel, 2 K. 7, 1.
16. 18. Am. 8, 5; and vice versa, the
numeral only is often given with nº?,
implying a certain number of shekels,
as Fºº Fiºs a thousand shekels of silver
Gen. 20, 16, and so 37, 28. Deut. 22, 19;
comp. Acts 19, 19. Fºr ºpt; sº the
ſº of a shekel of silver, 1 Sam. 9, 8;
Pºri nº the third of a shekel Neh.
10, 33. Half a shekel is ºptºn n-srº
Ex, 30, 13. 15, or sp2 Ex. 28, 26.—From
the common shekel is distinguished the
sacred shekel, ºr bºuj, somewhat
heavier, it would seem, or at least of just
and full weight, according to which all
contributions and tribute for sacred uses
were to be reckoned, Ex. 30, 13. 24. 38,
24 Lev. 5, 15. 27, 3. 25. Num. 3, 47.
50. 7, 13. 19. 25 sq. 18, 16; whether in
2 Sam. 14, 26 Thºr, HS2 bpº the shekel
oy the king’s weight, is still different,
cannot be determined. Nor can the ex-
act weight of the shekel be fully ascer-
tained. The sacred shekel contained
twenty gerahs, beans, carob-beans, as
some suppose (see art. nº.) Ex. 30, 13.
Lev. 27, 25. Num. 3, 47. 18, 16. Ez. 45,
12. More to the purpose is the speci-
fication of the Rabbins, that the shekel
was equal to 320 barley-corns; since
uhis accords tolerably with the actual
weight of the Maccabaean shekels still
nreserved. In the time of the Macca-
ees (1 Macc. 15, 6) silver coins were
struck, each weighing one shekel, and
ttamped with the words bºnu)" Spuy; see
Bayer de Nummis Hebræo-Samaritanis,
Valent. 1781. 4to. p. 171 sq. Eckhe
Doctr. Numor. vet. I. III. p. 465 sq.
Some of the specimens still extant
though worn by age, weigh 266 or 270
Paris grains; so that the full Macca.
baean shekel must have been at least
about 274 grains, and thus equivalent to
the Öiðgozuov of Ægina. Hence the
LXX render it sometimes olxkoç, and
sometimes diēgozuov or ölögozutº. Bu
Josephus and later writers give the va
lue of the shekel at four Attic drachmae
Antt. 3.8. 2 ö jë gialog, vöuguo, 1:69wlaw
div, Atrix&s 6&stol 680xud's téogages.
Hesych. Gizłog tergºgozuov Artuzów.
Hieron. ad Ez. p. 43 ed. Wallars. In their
time, however, the Attic drachma had
depreciated, and was reckoned as equal
to the Roman demarius, i. e. 7%d, ster-
ling, or 15 cents; Plin. H. N. 21. 109
“ drachma Attica denarii argentei ha-
bet pondus.” The Maccabaean shekel,
therefore, may be estimated at 2s. 6d.
sterling, or 60 cents. See Boeckh
Metrol. Untersuch. p. 55–57, 62, 63,299.
Smith’s Dict. of Antt. art. Demarius.
Robinson's Lex. N. T. art. &gyūgtov no.
2. Hence the halſ-shekel, which was
to be paid yearly to the temple (Ex. 38,
26), is called Ötögoyaow in Matt. 17, 24.
—Some suppose that the earlier com-
mon shekel was less than the Macca-
basan by one half; Boeckh I. c. p. 63.
Bertheau Abhandll. p. 26. Oſ less
weight and value was also the oixàog,
glykos, used by the Persians, and con-
taining 73 oboli (six oboli make one
drachma) Xen. Anab. 1. 5.6.—At Ephe-
sus a shekel of gold was in use, accord-
ing to Alexander AEtolus ap. Macrob
Sat. 5. 22. Some understand such
coin in 1 Chr. 21, 25; but the word
imply rather weight.
* PPtº obsol. root, of doubtful signſ
fication; perh, to recline or to contract
comp. the kindr, roots cº, Flpù, Pau;
Others comp. Arab. pºw to be ill, sick
—Hence
nºpti, only plur. Pºpº 1 K, 10, 27
Is. 9, 9. Am. 7, 14. 1 Chr. 27, 28, 2 Chr
1, 15, once niopuſ Ps, 78,47, (the sing
occurs in the Mishna,) a sycamore-tree
Gr. ovzóuogos, ovzéuwoc, very frequen
in the level parts of Pakestine, resem
ypt;
ppuſ
1107
bling the mulberry-tree in its leaves
and general appearance, with fruit simi-
lar to the fig growing directly from the
stem, and larger boughs, and very diſfi-
cult of digestion; Dioscorid. I. 182. The
fruit is used only by the poorest class-
es; and its ripening could be hastened
by artificial nipping, Am. 7, 14; see in
r. obi. See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 1. 24.
b. 4. 2. Celsii Hierob. I. p. 310. Winer
Realw. II, p. 62, ed. 2.
*xpº fut, spur, kindr, with Taº,
also ppg, perh, pr. ‘ to sink in a cleft;"
hence to sink down, to subside, as wa-
ter, see Hiph. no. 1 ; fire Num, 11, 2;
of a land, to be submerged, overflowed,
drowned, Jer. 51, 64. Am. 9, 5 Fixpº
tº -8-2 it is overflowed as with the
river of Egypt, where it is coupled with
an acc. of abundance. Chald. Spuy Ith-
pe, id.
Niph. to be submerged, overfowed, as
a land, Am. 8, 8 Keri. In Keth. for
Hypº stands ripu:, the s being elided;
see in 9, p. 737, col. 2.
Hip H. 1. to cause to subside, as water
Ez. 32, 14.
2. to sink, i. e. to press down ; Job 40,
25 intº zºpur, barºn canst thou press
down his longue with a cord 2 i.e. canst
thou tame him (the crocodile) by a
thong or rein thrust into his mouth 2
or, better, the line to which the hook is
fastened.
Deriv. spºº.
mºnºPº f plur, sunken places, hol-
lows, in a wall Lev. 14, 37. Sept. xot-
A&öss, Vulg. valliculae. This quadrilit.
comes from spuj to sink, and sºp to be
jeep.
>k Epº in Kal not used, pr. to bend,
to incline, comp. Bºu, Hauj, and Arab.
Jià...] to be long and curved, e. g. the
neck of the ostrich; then to lay upon or
over, to lay or cover with beams, joists,
etc. Arab. -áš w, Chald. Nººpº lin-
tel, Gr. oxsitão, oxettºo.—Hence Fºu;,
bºrº, Ripºn.
Niph. to lie out over any thing, to pro-
ject; hence to bend forward, Gr. 1190-
xtºrtely, espec. in order to see, and thus
q. to look forth or abroad, comp. in
h;3, Cant. 6, 10; spec. f. Jim a window,
Tºrin is: Judg. 5, 28. 2 Sam. 5, 16
from heaven Ps. 85, 12. Also of a moun
tain, to overhang, to look towards, Num
21, 20. 23, 28. Metaph. Jer. 6, 1 evil im.
pendeth (approacheth) from the north.
HipH. F."puśrī, pr. ‘ to make inclina-
tion;' hence to look forth, to look out, to
look, 2 Sam. 24, 20 sº... ºpujº and
he looked... and saw. So through a
window, Tºrr. Tsi, Gen. 26, 8, 2 K. 9,
30, 32; with "22-by, to lock towarda
Gen. 18, 16. 19, 28. Of God as looking
down from heaven, Ps. 14, 2. 102, 20.
Ex. 14, 24. al.
Deriv. see under Kal.
FP. m. (r. Fpu) in pause Fºu?, a layer
of beams or joists, etc. once 1 K. 7, 5 all
the doors and the posts were Fºu; tı"s:
made square with layers of beams, i. e.
were not arched but covered above with
beams, and therefore square.
E"ERu m. plur. (r. Epº) beams or
bars laid over, frame-work, 1 K. 7, 4.
6, 4 bººts B-ERº ºr windows with
closed (fixed) bars, lattice-work. See
under r. bºs.
>k ypº in Kal not used, pr. to be cast
or thrown down, i. Q. topus ; hence to be
cast away, rejected, to be unclean, abomi-
nable. Arab. Jaiº to fall off IV to cast
away, to reject; pass. to be contemned.
Chald. Ypu, Pa. i. q. Heb. Pi.
Piel 1. to reject, to despise, Ps. 22, 25.
2. to loathe, to abhor, to delest, any
thing unclean, defiled, Lev. 11, 11. 13.
Deut. 7, 26. So it.}=x-ns "Puj, to make
oneself unclean, to defile oneself, c. 3 of
thing, Lev. 11, 43. 20, 25.
Deriv. Yapº, and
Yºu m. an abomination, abominable
thing, spoken of things (and persons)
unclean, polluted; espec. of things ro-
lating to idolatry, Lev. 11, 10. 12, 13.20.
23. 41. 42. Is. 66, 17; once sº Yº
Lev. 7, 21; in apposit. Ez. 8, 10.
YRT), see yapt.
× ppu. ſut. più", pr. ‘to cleave,” like
a aw y
r. Phú, Arab. U3-3, Syr. -aa-. comp.
laa- fissure ; hence, as derivetſ from
this idea of cleaving (see in Yºu, note),
or perh frºm throwing apart the legs
-puſ
Nºnº
II 08
(comp. pºu) and r. piº), it comes to
signify:
1. to run up and down, to and fro, to
run about, spoken of those who eagerly
seek any thing, e.g. of locusts Joel 2, 9;
c. 3 of the prey, Is. 33, 4.—Hence
2. Pr. to roam about, to range, as in
search of prey; then, to be greedy, ra-
venous, of a bear Prov. 28, 15; to be ea-
ger, to long, of a person thirsty Is. 29, 8.
Ps. 107, 9. -
Hith PALP. pºprºtºn i. q, Kal no. 1, of
chariots, Nah. 2, 5.
Deriv. pºa, pr. m. puju.
*-pº, fut. "puff", to lie, to tell lies;
c. dat. to lie to any one, to deceive him,
Gen. 21, 23. Chald. Pa. ºpus i. q. Heb.
& y y g & & tº
Pi. Syr. HaA id. The primary idea is
perh, that of colouring, painting ; comp.
5 93 C -e
25.3 to be red, ruddy, sº red colour,
paint, falsehood; Chald, ºpt to paint red;
see Tsepregi in Diss. Lugdd. I. p. 154.
PIEL, to lie, 1 Sam. 15, 29; c. 3) of
pers, to lie to any one, to deceive, Lev.
19, 11. Also c. 3 of thing, as nºn-E hpu.
to be false to a covenant, i. e. treacher-
ously to break it, Ps. 44, 18. Hºloş3 'u)
to be false to one’s faith, fidelity, Ps. 89,
34; absol. id. Is. 63, 8.-Hence
"Pt. m. in pause hºº, plur. Dºnpuš,
c. suff, Eriºpu, Jer. 23, 32. &
1. a lie, falsehood, false words, Ps. 52,
5. Job 36, 4, "Pºrneº, a false word Ex.
23, 7. Prov. 13, 5, Jer. 9, 4; -pu) ºn:
false words Ex. 5, 9, Jer. 7,8; ºpuſ -ā-
to speak falsehood Mic. 6, 12. Is. 59, 3.
and pºpu, º id. Ps. 101, 7. Poet. Tuºh
npu, a false tongue Prov. 6, 17. 12, 19.
22. Ps. 109, 2; and nº neu, lying lips
Ps. 31, 19. 120, 2. Prov. 10, 18. 'u) bet:
see in r. bºx. Also npº Ty a false wit-
ness Deut. 19, 18. Ps. 27, 12. Prov. 6, 19.
14, 5, and pºpuj Tº id. Prov. 12, 17. 19,
5. 9; -pui Hy to testify falsehood, false-
ly, Deut. 19, 18, -pu? nºt; a false oath
Zech. 8, 17; nº sau; to swear falsely
Lev. 5, 24. 19, 12. Jer. 5, 2. Zech. 5, 4.
Mal. 3, 5; once -pº by 's id. Lev. 5, 22.
npus nºt a lying spirit, in false prophets,
1 K. 22, 22. 23. 2 Chr. 18, 21. 22, comp.
in art. nºn fin. So hpº sº to pro-
phesy falsehood, falsely, Jer. 29, 21; and
ºpº 'i id. 27, 15; oftener npº sº. Id
Jer. 5, 31. 14, 14. 20, 6, 27, 10, 14, 26
29, 9, comp. Is. 9, 14. Absol. as adv. a
lie 1 false 1 2 K. 9, 12. Jer. 37, 14.—Once
for concr. a liar, man of falsehood, for
npu, ºs, Prov. 17, 4.
2. deceit, fraud; Jer. 6, 13 ºpuſ Higs
doing deceil, practising fraud. 8, 10. Hos.
7, 1. Prov. 11, 18. ºpuſ triº food got
by fraud Prov. 20, 17; so 2 Sam. 18, 13
Keth.
3. deception, a vain thing, any thing
which deceives or disappoints one’s
hopes; Ps. 33, 17 nynºr; oner, ºpuſ i.e.
they are deceived, disappointed, who
trust in cavalry for victory. 119, 118.
Prov. 31, 30. Hence -pº in vain
1 Sam. 25, 21. Jer. 3, 23; and hpu, with-
out cause, wrongfully, Ps. 38, 20. 69, 5.
119, 78.86.
FPU f (r. Hpt.), plur, constr. ninpu)
(as if from npu) a watering-trough,
made of wood or stone for watering cat-
tle, Gen. 24, 20. 30, 38.
nu, see -huj.
)
nt m. (r. ºntº) c. suff. Thu, Ez. 16,
4, and with the double letter resolved
The Cant. 7, 3. This last some refer
to a form º ; but comp. bºx, "nºn,
from bs, nr.
1. a sinew, muscle, like nºntº; comp.
Syr. tiº, Eth. WJCQ), id. Collect.
Prov. 3, 8 tº "nn nºsen it shall be
healing to thy sinews, and moistening
(refreshment) to thy bones.—Others less
well, the navel.
2. the mavel, pr. the navel-cord, see
f> an §
the root no. 2; Syr, lº-A, Arab. 2. and
3. -
Aw, id. Ez. 16, 4 in the day thou wast
born, Tº nº sº thy marel was not cut.
Cant. 7, 3 thy navel (innº) is like a
round goblet, i. e. the navel with the
parts around it, the abdomen.
Nº Chald, also sº Dan. 2, 22,
1. to loose, to unbind, to solve, e. g.
knots, trop, knotty questions, Dan. 5, 16.
Part, plur. Thuº loosed, unbound, i. e.
from bonds, Dan. 3, 25. Targ. for Heb.
rinº; Syr. ii-A, Sam. źn”, id.—
Spec. of travellers who stop and put up
for the night, and so unbind the loads
Nºnº
hºnºj
I 109
gº sº
»f their beasts of burden, Arab. Jºs,
Gr. Kotºvo, whence x0.14Auguo. Hence
2. to put up for the might, and in gen-
eral ſo lodge, to lurell, Dan. 2, 22. Syr.
lira to put up, to dwell. Comp. Enzuºn.
PA. 1. i. q. Kal no 1, to solve Dam.
5, 12.
2. to begin, pr. to open, comp. brº.
ſºnm bºr, Ezra 5, 2.
ITHPA. to be loosened, to become weak,
Dan. 5, 6.
Tºsht Sharezer, Persian pr. n. a)
A son of Sennacherib, a parricide, Is.
37, 38. 2 K. 19, 37. b) Zech. 7, 2.-
Pers;3f prince of fire, from Zend
gara and athar. See hssºu: 93-2.
>k ant; obsol. root, Syr. and Chald.
to be hot, dry ; kindr. Ens, Finº, and
Fºr ,—Hence the two following.
Pºlº m. 1. heat of the atmosphere,
Is, 49, 10.—Then
2. Spec. Sharab, Is. 35, 7, of a pheno-
menon frequent in the deserts of Arabia
and Egypt, of Persia and India, and also
occasionally seen in the southern parts
of Russia and France, Arab. º Se-
r&b Kor. 24.39, Fr. le mirage, by which
name it is also commonly known in Eng-
lish. It consists in this, that the des-
ert, either wholly or in parts, presents
the appearance of the sea or of a lake,
so that the most experienced travellers
are sometimes deceived. See Erdmann
and Frähn in Gilbert's Annales Phys.
T. XXVIII. p. 1. Gesen. Comment. on
Is. 35, 7. Bibl. Res, in Palest. I. p. 61.
W. Thomson in Biblioth. Sac. 1848, p.
470.—Hence we are enabled to under-
stand Is. I. c. Pºsh anºn nºrth the mirage
shall become a pool, i.e. the desert, which
presents the appearance of a lake, shall
be changed into real water. Arabian
poets often refer to this phenomenon.
Tºnº (perh, heat of Jehovah, r. anū)
Sherebiah, pr. m. m. Ezra 8, 18. 24. Neh.
8, 7. 9, 4, 10, 13. 12, 8, 24.
thanu m. (ſor toº with n inserted,
see under n, p. 950) a sceptre, a ſorm
of the later Hebrew, Esth. 4, 11. 5, 2.
8, 4.—The 5 is without Dag. aſ ºr h;
Somp --Tºng.
* I. Hyº in Kal not used, i, q, Chall
sºu; to loose, to solve. The form rinº
Job 37, 3, belongs to r. nº Pi. no. 2.
PIEL nºw to loose, to let go free. Jer.
15, 11 Keri >ith Tºrºnt; I will loose thee
for good, i. e. will set thee free. The
Hebrews would seem to have used this
word also in a bad sense (sº) for desert-
ing any one ; whence here the adjunct
airch is added. For Kethib see in r. nnu;
no. 3; which perh, is to be preferred.
Deriv. nºntº, Hyºjº, perh, pr. n. *nt;
* II. T. tº i, q. Hº, Hºp, to connec,
to interweave ; kindr. are Thº, comp.
-nu). Hence nºnej, Tinnu, Tºntº, coat
of mail, armour.
Tºtº f. (r. Thuj II,) pr. part. Kal, and
then subst.
1. a band of travellers, spec. of mer-
chants, a caravan, like Hrºns ; see the
root no. 1. Ez. 27, 25 Jºhn niºs
Tºninu; the ships of Tarshish are thy
caravans, i. e. fleets by sea instead of
caravans by land. Arab. $2. and
S
...” Q *
§ºw a band of comers and goers.—
Others wrongly princes comp. ht); or
gifts; or even female singers.
2. Plur. nintº, walls, from the root
no. 2, i. q, ninhº, Jer. 5, 10. So Sept.
Aquil. Chald. Syr. Vulg. and so the con-
text demands.
Tº f (r. Yºu) plur. nº chains,
bracelets, Is. 3, 19; so called as being
twisted together, intertwäned.—Chald.
**u id, comp. also Hºnuſ q. v. in its
place.
Trºn: (perh, for in nºnº, pleasant
lodging) Sharwhen, pr. m. of a place in
the tribe of Simeon, Josh. 19, 6.
Tintº (for intº plain, r. nujº) aiways
with art. Tintºn, Sharon, pr. n. of th
level tract along the Mediterranean be-
tween Mount Carmel and Joppa, cele-
brated for its rich fields and pastures,
Josh. 12, 18. Cant. 2, 1. Is. 33,9. 35, 2.
65, 10. 1 Chr. 5, 16. 27,29. Some sup-
pose another plain of the same name to
be meant in 1 Chr. 5, 16; but this is not
necessary. See Reland Palaest. p. 188,
370.-Hence gentile n. *intº Sharonite
1 Chr. 27, 29.
93*
***
p-tº
1110
ripant; Jer. 18, 16 Keth. i. q. nipºu,
H. V.
nºn; f perh, beginning, Jer. 15, 11
Keth. Chald. Hºuſ id. R. Hyuj I, comp.
Chald, sº Pa.. no. 2. See more in r.
hºu; no. 3.
ºntº, see ºntº.
* (perh, Jehovah frees him, r.
Flº I, so Simonis) Sharai, pr. n. m.
Ezra 10, 40.
nºnº f a coat of mail, corslet, Job
41, 18; so called as woven with threads
of iron, see r. Thu II.
jº m. (r. Hºus II,) 1. a coat of
.nail, corslet, 1 Sam. 17, 5. 38. Plur.
Bºnu; Neh. 4, 10; riºuſ 2 Chr. 26,
14, Syr. ū-i- id. The same is also
jinne q.v.
2. Shirion, pr. n, by which Mount
Hermon was known among the Sido-
nians, Deut. 3, 9. Ps. 29, 6. Comp.
**. This name would seem to be
derived from some fancied resemblance
to a breastplate; as also Gr. 60,965 is
the name of a mountain near Magne-
sia.—Some editions in Deut. I. c. read
jinnin Sirion.
7.7t. m. (r. Hyuj II,) a coat of mail,
corslet, 1 K. 22, 34. 2 Chr. 18.33. Is. 59,
17. Chald. Thus, Syr. sº, id.
mPºnt) f. plur. (r. phº) 1, whist-
lings, or rather pipings ; Judg. 5, 16
bºy nipº pipings of the flocks, i. e.
of the shepherds who play on the pipe
while guarding their flocks.
2. hissings, i. q scorn, derision, Jer.
18, 16 Keri. In Keth. nipinº.
nºnº adj. (r. Thº) firm, hard, tough;
Chald, hºnºj, Syr, r2 ral, id. Only in
plur. constr. 7:23 ºntº the firm parts of
the belly, the sinews, brawn, e.g. of the
hippopotamus, Job 40, 16. Comp. hiſ
no. 1.
nºn-nu; and nºn-m; f. (r. -º) hard-
ness, firmness, and coupled with 5% and
sºn 5: , hardness of heart, stubbornness,
Deut. 29, 18. Ps. 81, 13. Jer. 3, 17. 7, 24.
9, 13. 11, 8. Aram. nnn-nu}, tºº,
in a good sense, firmness, truth
nºntº, see in nºns;.
Fºntº Jer. 31, 40 Keth. prob, an
error of the copyists for ninºuſ fields
which is read in the parallel passage
2 K. 23, 4, and also in Jer. l. c. 1:
Keri, in six Mss. and in several printed
editions.—That the common reading
(which the LXX also give by &owgm-
ud 9), may be justified in the sense of
fields cut up or overflowed, has been at-
tempted to be shown by Kuypers in
Dissert. Lugdd. I. p. 537, comparing
Arab. r;” ryº, to cleave, to cut ; but
with little success.
>k yºu, fut. Yºujº 1. to creep, to
crawl, spoken of reptiles and the small-
er aquatic animals, Gen. 7, 21. Lev. 11,
29. 41.42. 43.46. Ez. 47,9. Sometimes
a place, as the earth or the sea, is said
to creep with creeping things, reptiles,
i. e. to teem, or swarm with them, c. acc.
comp, in ºr no. 3. Heb. Gr. § 135. 3.
b; e. g. the sea with aquatic animals
Gen. 1, 20.21; Egypt with frogs, Ex.
7, 28. Ps. 105, 30.—This root perh. is
originally onomatopoeetic from the noise
of reptiles crawling and scratching the
ground.—Then
2. to breed abwndantly, to swarm, to
multiply, of animals Gen. 8, 17. 9, 7; of
mankind Ex. 1, 7. Eth. UJA8 pullu-
lavit.—Hence
Yºt. m. collect. 1, reptiles, creeping
things, Gen. 7, 21. Lev. 5, 2, 11, 29. v.
20 sans-by thin Rivri Yºu; winged rep.
tiles going upon all fours, i. e. bats, not
crickets, which latter have six legs,
though they are said to use only four in
going. v. 21. 23. Deut. 14, 19.
2. the smaller aquatic animals Gen
1, 20; fully ºn yºu; Lev. 11, 10.
>k pºu, ſut.phujº 1. to hiss, to whistle
an onomatopoeetic verb, like Gr. ovglºo,
ovgivoro, ovgll 10, whence a guys, origi-
yug, ovgly; toy, Sansc. Svrž to sound
svara sound. Chald. Phú, pnº, id
Syr. Aph. -º-, id. a) With :, to
hiss or whistle for any one, to call by a
hiss or whistle, e. g. bees, flies, in the
manner of bee-keepers, Is. 5, 26. 7, 18.
trop. nations Is, ll, cc, Zech. 10, 8, b)
to hiss in scorn and derision, 1 K. 9, 8
Lam. 2, 15, 16; c. 53 of pers, or thing
p-u;
ºrinº;
1111
Zeph. 2, 15. Ez. 27, 36. Jer. 19, 8, 49.
17; praegn. Job 27, 23 iopº ºx phū.
they shall hiss him out of his place, drive
him out with hisses. Hence riphu;.
2. to pipe, i. e. to whistle, not with the
mouth, but with an instrument; hence
nipºu, Chald, sn-phu;2.
Tºmti, f. (r. phug) a hissing, derision;
npºuº. Fºr to become a hissing, i. e. an
object of scorn, Jer. 19, 8, 25, 9, 29, 18.
Mic. 6, 16. 2 Chr. 29, 8.
>k --w 1. to twist, to twist together,
in the manner of a cord, kindr, with the
roºts -hui II, nºn, -hº, -ho, hºt, -º, all
of which contain the primary idea of
turning, turning about, going in a cir-
cle, in various modifications.—Hence ºntº
and nºt the navel, pr: the navel-cord,
Bºnnu, nerves, sinews, Hº, Hºnº,
nº hu:, chain, q, d. cord made of metal.
—Hence
2. to be firm, hard, tough, espec. in a
bad sense; whence nºn-hu, hardness of
heart. Chald. Pa. Thus to make firm, to
strengthen ; Syr. +2+. firm, true; Eth.
Fi/./, to found, pr. to make firm.
3. to press together, and hence to op-
press, to afflict, to treat as an enemy,
i. q. hns no. 2. a. Here we may refer
Jer. 15, 11 Keth. aith mninu, I will
ufflict thee for thy good ; others read
#nºnu; thy beginning ; Keri is ºnºu,
see r. Thuſ I, Pi—Part. "ht an adver-
sary, enemy, Ps. 5, 9, 27, 11. 54, 7. 56,
3. 59, 11.
Deriv. see in Kal no. 1, 2. Also
hºtº Sharar, pr. n. m. 2 Sam. 23,33;
Yor hºu; 1 Chr. 11, 35.
nº m. i. q. mi.) no. 2, where see.
nannt, see nºn-nº.
>k wntº onomatop, root, i. q, yºu?, pr.
‘to rub or scrape the ground;’ then to
creep; comp. r. Yºu). Hence perh. viºus
a root, as creeping; comp. Eth. UJA8
to germinate, to put forth, WJCR germ,
shoot, trunk.-Others regard unu) as
contracted for the quadrilit. "ujºnu} from
nºu; ; and hence tº with the dea of
firmness.
Piel, ºnu} denom. from tº comp.
windr, chº, to root out, to eatirpate see
Heb. Gr. § 51. 2. c ; Job 31, 12, Metaph
Ps. 52, 7.
PUAL ºntº pass. to be rooted out, Job
31, 8.
PoEL ºntº denom. to root, to take root,
as a tree, Is. 40, 24.
PoAL ºntº, to be rooted, to have taken
root, Jer. 12, 2.
HipH. Gºri denom. i. q. Poel, to
strike roots, to take root, with acc
Bºujº, of a vine, Ps, 80, 10; absol, an
trop. of a person or people in prosperity
Is. 27, 6. Job 5, 3.
Deriv Unº, pr. n. tºu, Chald. Unu.
tº: (root, i. q. Shū, Syr. i-i-)
Sheresh, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 7, 16.
tºº m. (r. ºntº) c. suff. ºu; ; plur.
tº (pron. shorāshim) c. suff, "ºu,
constr. Yºu).
1. a root, from its creeping; Chald. id.
see below; Syr. Lºº id. Eth. WCCU'
G o ż
root, nerve. Arab. U-54 id-Job 30, 4.
8, 17. 14,8. Ez. 17, 6.7.9. Spoken both
of plants and trees, as "tº nºt to
send out its roots Jer. 17, 8; ‘u Hàn to
strike its roots Hos. 14, 6; tº Fo; to in-
crease (enlarge) its roots 2 K. 19, 30. Is.
37, 31. In poetry persons and nations
are often compared to a plant or tree,
and then the root is a chief part men-
tioned ; e. g. the wicked Is. 5, 24,
Ephraim Hos. 9, 16; and so Am. 2, 9.
Is. 14, 30. Ez. 31, 7. Mal. 3, 19. Job 18,
16. Deut. 29, 17. al-Trop. a) The
root for the lowest part, bottom, as of a
mountain Job 28, 9, comp. gigo, toi &govg
Judith 6, 13; for the sole of the foot, Job
13, 17; the bottom of the sea, 36, 30
b) For a stock, race, genus, like Gr.
Ölgo, of animals, Is. 14, 29. c.) For the
seat, abode, dwelling, of a people, Judg
5, 14; so nations are said to be plante
and take root in a land; see in st:
d) Tº unity, the root of controversy,
ground of dispute, Job 19, 28.
2. a shoot, sprout, springing from the
root, Is. 53,2; called cº -s; a branch
of the roots Dan. 11, 7. Metaph. of the
Messiah, Is. 11, 10 ºn tº the sprouſ
of Jesse, of the lineage of David; synon,
with "S: and nºn v. 1; comp. §lºw 4x-
616 Rev. 5, 5, 22, 26.
tº nº
l112 Wijº
this Chald. m. i. q. Hebr. a root, Dan.
1, 12. 20. 23.
Tºnt ſ (ſor quadril. Hºnus) plur.
tonstr. nºu), chains, small chains, Ex.
28, 22. R. Yuj.
*intº (pron, shºroshu), Keri ºntº
Chald. f. a rooting out, i. e. expulsion,
banishment. Ezra 7,26; comp. 10,8. R.
ºntº, see Pi, and bit no. 1. c.
Tºntº f (r. nº) only plur, nintºnuſ
chains, small chains, Ex. 28, 14, 39, 15;
see on these passages in art, nºbº.—
9 -
Arab. with the letter r softened * ;
Chald, rºu, sºu; Syr. Sº, A.
—Hence by contraction nujºu, q.v.
* nºw in Kal not used ; pr. prob.
‘to go about, to travel’; then to minis-
ter; kindr. with r. nºuj II.
Piel nºuă, inf. rhu, and with the tone
drawn back nº Deut. 17, 12, fut. con-
Vel’S. nnºn), to wait upon, to serve, to
minisler unto, c. acc. of pers. Gen. 39, 4.
40, 4. Num. 3, 6, 1 K. 1, 4, 19, 21; c. :
Num. 4, 9, 8, 26. Here nºu, differs from
"Ey, in that it implies the more honour.
able duty or function of a free attendant;
while Tax pertains rather to the condi-
tion of a servant. So in the court of
Solomon, the Bºnhujº attendants, minis-
ters, are distinguished from the Bºx
servants, 1 K. 10, 5; so the nephews of
king Ahaziah ministered to him, 2 Chr.
22, 8; and so Joseph, having found fa-
vour with Potiphar, and being made
overseer of his house, ministered to his
master, Gen. 39, 4; while, being in pris-
on, and being set over the prisoners, he
is yet said to minister to them, Gen. 40,
4, comp. 39, 22.—Oſten of the priests and
Levites as performing the sacred rites,
to minister unto Jehovah, nº-ns nºw;
Num. 18, 2. Deut. 17, 12. 1 Sam. 2, 11.
3, 1; once Hinº 'u) id. 2 Chr. 13, 10;
n: “yº-ns 'w id. 1 Sam. 2, 18; absol.
nº to minister, to perform the sacred
rites, Ex. 28, 43. 29, 30. 39, 1. Num. 3,
31. 2 K. 25, 14. al. Once of the worship
of idols, Ez.20, 32 tº yx nihºh to serve
wood and stone.
art. nnu}.-Different is nº tº nºt to
minister in the name of Jehovah, Deut.
'8, 5.7, i. e. to worship Jehovah with
Inf nºu; as subst, see
invocation, after the analogy of the
phrases tº enji Ti, nº Buº sº. By
a bold figure it is said Is. 60, 7 the rams
of Nebaioth Tºnnº shall minister unlo
thee, i.e. shall serve as victims for the
sacrifices.—PART. nº subst, a minis-
ter, attendant, Prov. 29, 12. 2 Sam. 13
17. 18. Esth. 2, 3; so Joshua was the
minister, assistant of Moses, Ex. 24, 13.
33, 11. Num. 11, 28. Josh. 1, 1; of the
attendant of Elisha the prophet, 2 K. 4
43. 6, 15. Spec. of the priests and Le-
vites as the ministers in sacred things,
Is. 61, 6. Ez. 44, 11. 45, 4.5. Ezra 8, 17.
Neh. 10, 37.40. Joel 1, 9 nº "nº the
ministers of Jehovah. v. 13 rain"? min-
isters of the altar. Fem. nnujº contr.
for nnnºn, Lehrgeb. p. 133, a female
attendant 1 K. 1, 15.
nºt m. (pr. inf Pi. r. nºuj) service,
ministry, c. art, nºr. Num. 4, 12. 2 Chr.
24, 14. .
Tºtº, see r. Hºuſ.
I. ºuj (contr. for tºuj, r. vºluj) once
c. Makk. -ujuy Prov. 6, 16, joined with
feminines; and Tūjuj (contr. for Hujº)
constr. nuju (like Huffs constr. nu's)
joined with masculines; cardin. num.
- sº
sia. Chald, nu q v. Arab. º and
Ç
... a . 9 o $5 &
KX2, id. contr. for U” Cº and & wº
Eth, fl.ºil contr. fiji and fl.ºiris, id.
For the syntax see Heb. Gr. §§ 95, 118.
Lehrg. §§ 144, 181.--So niżs uºus sia:
cubits 1 Sam. 17, 4; nins usu, sia, trou-
bles Job 5, 19; thºu; 'ui sia, years Gen.
31, 4, Judg. 12, 7, al. saep. tº 'ui sia:
times 2 K. 13, 19. Guy riba sia, daugh-
ters 1 Chr. 4, 27. nisºn uju, sia, hundred
2 Chr. 29, 33. Ellipt. Bºnsu, uſu; sia,
measures (pºst) of barley Ruth 3, 15.
17. For the ordinal, 2 K. 18, 10 nºuă
ujº; in the year sia (sixth year) of Heze-
kiah.—With masc. Bºulºs Hušu sir men
Ez. 9, 2; tº nuºuſ sia, sons Gen. 30, 20.
1 Chr. 8, 38; thuyir Huju, sia, months
2 K, 15,8; Bºnnier, Hujun the other sia,
Ex. 28, 10. Bºx: nugu, sia days Ex. 20
9, 11. 23, 12. Josh. 6, 3, 14. al. saep. nu}\;
pºssia, thousand 1 Sam. 13, 5, Job
42, 12. * • ſº - e º
Also ºnly tº with ſem. hºw nºt
with masc. sia teen ; as rºu; nº tº
Wºjtj
1113 *tjuï
•ia teen years 2 K. 13, 10; nº 's 'ui sia:-
teen daughters 2 Chr. 13, 21. 's 'u Dº
sia teen cities Josh. 15, 41, Hyu 's Jug":
the son of sixteen years, i.e. sixteen years
old, 2 K. 14, 21–With masc. "tº Huju.
nº sixteen thousand Num. 31, 40; 's 'u)
Eºs sixteen bases Ex. 26,25. 's 'uj Bºž
siarteen sons 1 Chr. 4, 27. For the ordi-
nal, 2 Chr. 29, 17 's 'u Diº in the six-
teenth day of the month.
PLUR. Dºğuş sixty; as ū's tº six-
ty men 2 K. 25, 19; his 'ui siarty cities
Deut. 3, 4, 1 Chr. 2, 23; nºnx 'u) id.
1 K. 4, 13. nº 'u) siarty daughters
2 Chr. 11, 21. nivas 'u', sially cubits 1 K.
6, 2, and 'u, nižs d. 2 Chr. 3, 3. "E
nº tºu, sirty years old Gen. 25, 26.
Deriv. nºu, "tºu, Chald. nu}.
II. tº m. (r. Unus) white marble, Esth.
1, 6. Cant. 5, 15. Syr. i-.
III. Tºuj an Egyptian word, prob.
getic shens, so altered by the He-
brews as to seem derived from r. bhū,
and to take the signification of white-
mess ; (as yna byssus is derived from
yha to be white; comp.similar changes
in the Egyptian words nicrº, Hugº ;)
byssus, cloth of byssus, i.e. collon, white,
fine, and costly; comp. Syr. tº a cheap-
er kind of cotton. Sept. every where
600 gog. As an Egyptian word, but re-
ſers chiefly to the Egyptian byssus,
which was brought to Tyre Ez. 27, 7;
the Syrian byssus is there called yia
v. 16; though in the later books only
YMA is in general use; see in art. Yºa.
In Exodus usu, occurs more than thirty
times; it was brought voluntarily by
the people, Ex. 25, 4.35, 6.23; was spun
and woven by skilful artisans, Ex. 35,
25.35. 38, 23, comp. Hyuz; Juj in r. niu; ;
and was then used for the hangings and
veils of the sacred tabernacle, Ex. 26, 1.
31. 36. 27, 9, 16. 18. 36,8. 35. 37. 38, 9.
16. 18; as also for the sacred vestments,
espec. the ephod of the high priest, Ex.
28, 5. 6.8. 15. 39. 39, 2.5.8. 27. 28. 29.
Westments of byssus were worn, not
only by the priests, but also by nobles;
as by Joseph when prefect of Egypt,
Gen. 41, 42; and by women of rank
Prov 31, 32 —But uju is used also o'
tinen cloths, as appears from Ex. 39, 28,
} |
where the ºn "pºº, linen drawers
are said to be made of nº ºu; ; and,
further, Bºrujº flaw, linen, is sometimes
rendered in the Targums by Yia bys-
sus, Is. 43, 17. The bandages of Egyp-
tian mummies have also been examined
with the microscope; and found to be
of linen; comp. art. Yna, and see Wil-
kinson Mann. and Cust. of the anc. Egyp
tians, III. p. 115. See genr. Celsii Hie-
rob. II. p. 259. J. R. Foster de Bysso
antiquor. Lond. 1776. Rosenm. Alter-
thumsk. IV. i. p. 175 sq.
>k Rºtº in Kal not used, to go, to walk
There is in it a reduplication of a sim-
pler verb; as appears from the Ethiopic
cited below.
PIEL Nușuș, to lead, to bring, c. acc. of
pers, once Ez. 39, 2 Tºrsº Tºrºnaº
Hºnºr I will turn thee again, and will
lead thee, and will bring thee up, etc.
Sept. x0.306myńga as, but Complut. x0-
tº $0 o’s. Targ. ‘errantem te faciam.”
Vulg. seducam te. The signification of
leading is quite clear from the context; as
to the etymology, comp. Eth. Ti(D'ſ (D
contr. firi (D, whence A3 riſi () to walk
or go about, to traverse countries, and
ſi(DTI (D" a ladder, as aiding to go up.
"satº. Sheshbazzar, Pers. pr. n.
borne apparently in Persia by Zerubba-
bel, Ezra 1,8. 5, 14.—Perh. contr. from
yeſ J--> fire-worshipper.
nº PIEl denom. from ºuj I, pr. to
make siz, to divide into star parts ; Ez.
45, 13 Hººst trºu, which however
should prob. be written Hºsn, nºw uſ the
siarth part of an ephah, as in the pre-
ceding clause.
"tº (perh, whitish, r. Gui) Shashai,
pr. n. m. Ezra 10, 40.
"tºº (id.) Sheshai, pr. n. of an Anak.
ite, Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15, 14. Judg. 1, 10.
nº Ez. 16, 13 Keth. for ujº, byssus.
The writer seems to have chosen this
unusual form for the sake of a parono-
masia with the word "tº .
*śt; m. (fr. º. I.) fem. nºuă, ordin.
adj. the sirth ; Arab. Jºel. ºlº
§ 1 - . e * *
| &L, id. Aram. "nºnº, -i.i. id wº-"
Tujº
Hºnºj
1114
Gen. 1, 31. 30, 19. Ex. 16, 5. 26, 9.
Lev. 25, 21. Josh. 19, 32. 1 Chr. 3, 3.
Ez. 8, 1–Fem. subst. the sixth part, a
siarth, Ez. 4, 11. 45, 13. 46, 14.
ſtºº. Sheshach, a name of Babylon,
Jer. 25, 26. 51, 41. Its etymology and
proper signification are doubtful. The
Hebrew intpp. as also Jerome, suppose
Tº to stand for $33, according to the
secret or cabbalistic mode of writing call-
eduſars, i. e. in which the alphabet is
inverted, so that n is put for N, u) for n,
etc. and this Jerome thinks was done
by the prophet through fear of the Chal-
deans. Such a method of writing may
indeed be admitted in these passages,
if not by Jeremiah himself, yet by some
later writer. This is assumed by Ewald,
Maurer, Hitzig; and is perh. the more
probable, because the LXX have not
expressed the name Tuju in either pas-
sage; implying that it was not in their
manuscripts.—Other explanations see
in Thesaur. p. 1486.
Tº (perh. i. q. Tº lily) Sheshan,
pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2, 31. 34.35.
Tºtº, see jujius.
Pujº (perh, for pupt eagerness,
onging ; so Simonis,) Shashak, pr. n.
m. 1 Chr. 8, 14, 25. R. ppuj.
*"tºº obsol. root, i. q. hiº, Arab.
*… , to twist, to turn, e. g. a cord, the
hand in hurling a spear, brandishing a
sword, etc. hence ‘to look askance”; and
then transferred to changeable colours,
to be versicoloured, to play from one col-
our into another. Comp. oiółog agile,
also versicoloured, changing hues; Hes.
buqozes widžňovtov ‘the grapes begin to
- Q.
colour, they change colour.” Arab;
ruddy, rubicund.—Hence
"tºº m. in pause hºu, red colour,
spec. red ochre, rubrica, Jer. 22, 14. Ez.
23, 14. Vulg. sinopis, i.e. rubrica Sino-
pensis, which was the most celebrated,
see Plin. H. N. 35. 5 or 13. Sept. Aulltog,
which in Hom. is i. Q. rubrica. The
Heb. intpp. understand by it cinnabar,
rermilion.
nº m. (r. nºu) only plur. nint; co-
jumns, pillars, and metaph. princes, no-
bles, i.e. pillars of a state. Ps. 1. 3 when
the pillars are overthrown, i. e. when the
noblest, the firm supporters of what is
right and good, have perished. Is. 19,
10 and her (Egypt’s) pillars are broken
down, i. e. the nobles of her state; opp
hired labourers, i. e. the vulgar. So
Arab. &# pillar, for a nobleman,
prince.—Others, foundations.
I, nº m. (r. Hºuſ III,) the buttock, Is.
28, 4; plur. c. suff, Erºninu; their but.
9 o
tocks 2 Sam. 10, 4. Arab. ºl, Syr.
plur. fº-f id.
II. nº f (r. Hsu, contr. for nsº
Lam. 3, 47) moise, tumult; Num. 24, 17
nu; ºn the sons of (warlike) tumull, i. e.
the tumultuous enemies of Israel. In
Jer. 48, 45, which is imitated from Num.
l. c. it stands jisu, *::.
III. Fitº (r. nºus) Seth, pr. n. of the
third son of Adam, Gen. 4, 25, 26. 5, 3
sq. In the first of these passages, it is
derived from nºt to set, to place, to re-
place, q, d. ‘compensation.”
nº and nº Chald. i. q. Heb. Gu, sia,
Dan. 3, 1. Ezra 6, 15. Plur. Tºnu, sirty
Dan. 3, 1. 6, 1. Ezra 6, 3.
sº Chald, see Hrú.
* I. Tryº, fut. Hrušº, apoc, nº; inf.
ninu}, once intº Prov. 31, 4; with pref.
ninth ; inf absol. Hihu;, intº, and ninuſ
Is. 22, 13. -
1. to drink; Chald. Hºuj, Rºuj, q, v.
Syr. Af, part, ſº, Eth. Fiºrp, id.
Synon. is ripu, not used in Kal and Niph
but Hiph. ripºn is used as the causative
of Hruš. Often absol, espec. as joined
with biºs to eat, Ecc. 2, 24, 3, 13. Is. 29,
8. 1 Sam. 30, 16. Job 1,4; mostly of per-
sons, but also of animals, Gen. 24, 22. 30,
38. Num. 20, 11. 19. 2 K. 3, 17. Ez. 39,
17, 18. With acc. of drink, as water.
wine, Ex. 7, 21.34, 28. Lev. 10,9. Judg.
13, 4, 7, 14. 1 Sam. 1, 15. Ecc. 9,7; me-
taph. to drink the cup, Is. 51, 17. Jer. 49
12; with 72, to drink of Gen. 9, 21
Ruth 2, 9 Jer. 51, 7. Job 21, 20; comp
in biz no. 1. With # of wine, with the
notion of enjoyment, Pro v. 9, 5; also c.
# of the vessel in which one drinks, see
Tinº I |
{5 prºj
n art. i. A. 1, b, Am. 6,6. Tº “nº wine-
ilrinkers Joel 1, 5. Ps. 69, 13.—Metaph.
Job 15, 16 nº tº Hrú drinking in
iniquity like water, i. e. wholly filled and
overſlowing with iniquity; comp. 34, 7.
But in Prov. 26, 6 the same phrase is to
be taken in a passive sense, the lame
moun drinkelh in injury, i. e. must suffer
it, cannot avenge it.
2. to drink together, to banquet, Esth.
7, 1. Comp. Hrušº.
Niph. pass, of Kal no. 1, Lev. 11, 34.
HipH. see HPuj.
Deriv. ºnº I, Hyru, nº.
* II. Hnº obsol. root, Arab. (s”
~ of ~ of
IV, sº i. Q. escº", to fia: the warp
to the loom; or i, q, Chald, sº and
Syr. Aph. Jºi to weave. Hence
"no II.
* III. Hrytſ. obsol. root, i. Q. nºu,
and nnu}, to set, to place. To this root
belong: Talm. Tºru, or Hºnus founda-
tion; Syr. in-f bottom.—Hence nº I,
the buttock.
nº and snu; Chald. to drink, Dan.
5, 1. 2. 23. Praet. c. Aleph. prosthet.
Yºrnus they drank Dan. 5, 3.4; comp.
Syr. Ji-f to drink. With : of the
vessel, Dan. 5, 2. 3. 23, as in Heb. no.
I. 1.
Deriv. ºntº Chald.
ninº, see nu;.
I, "nu; m. (r. Hrºš I,) a drinking,
carousing, Ecc. 10, 17.
II, "nº m. (r. Hruš II,) the warp in
weaving, Lev. 13, 48 sq.
Tºntº f (r. rinuſ I,) a drinking i. q.
*nº I, Esth. 1, 8.
ºn: m. (r. ºntº) plur. constr. **nu},
a plant, shoot, Ps. 128, 3.
Bºnuſ two, see in =ºff.
:K bn; fut. c. suff, ºntºs Ez. 17,23;
ſo plant, a poetic word, synon, with Stº,
Ez. 17, 22. Part, pass. Bºnus planted
Ps. 1, 3, 92, 14. Hos. 9, 13. Jer, 17, 8.
Ez. 17 8 19, 10. 13–Chald, brº Syr.
S&A, id Arab. Jºž id.
* Bºtº prob. i. q. Enu, ere, to shut,
to close, twice, in the phrase with part
pass. Tºr, Eru closed of eye, or with
closed eye, Num. 24, 3. 15. This may
here be taken in a literal sense of the
prophet's eyes as closed in sleep for re-
ceiving and reporting visions; and this
is best, see Hupfeld in Zeitschr. ſ. d,
Kunde des Morgenl. IV. p. 145; comp.
*E} in v. 4. Or it may be reſe: red to he
mind of Balaam as before obscu.ed, so
that future things were shut up and
unknown to him, until God opened his
mind and he became Bºx": "hº open of
eyes, with open eyes, Num. 24, 4. 16;
comp. 22, 8, 38. 23, 3. 12. 24, 13. So
Vulg, cujus obturalus est oculus.-Many
intpp. espec. Jewish, assume a directly
contrary signification, with open eye, so
that then Tºri ent is nearly i. q. ºbs
bº": which follows it. They appeal
to Talm, pnu}, which certainly in one
passage is to perforate or to open ; and
in a gloss Enº is defined by Ep: to per-
forate. See more in Thesaur. p. 1488.
x: w - -> -
in tº a doubtful root, to which some
refer Hiph. Tºrºn minorit. But see un-
der r. Tºuj.
>k png fut. Frušº, i. q tºpº, to sub-
side, to settle down ; hence to be still, to
be hushed ; of waves Ps. 107, 30. Jon. I
11. 12; of strife Prov. 26, 20. Chald
pru; or p-nu, Syr. -eń-, id San.
**W* to still, to be still.
nnº (i. Q. UK. Pers, a star) Shethan,
pr, n, of a Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14.
*tia ºntº (i. q. Pers. sº- jº.
shining star) Shethar-bozenaiſ prºn. of
a Persian governor, Ezra 5, 3, 6, 6,
Sk nnu: i. q, nu}, to set, to place; hence
twice praet. plur. hnu;. Ps. 49, 15 impers
hnu) bºugh Nx2 like sheep they put them
in Sheol, i. e. they are driven or thrust
down thither; comp. Ps, 88, 5. Ps. 73, 9
Erº tºº ºne; they set their mouths
against the heavens, i. e. they assail the
heavens, and as it were provoke them,
wi.h proud and impious language.
NotE. Some reſer to this root the
forms: Anū; Is. 19, 5, nº Is. 41, 17.
rinº; Jer, 51, 30. But see in r. nu; and
I’. nº; I.
Nºn
DN in
1116
Tav or Tau, the twenty-third and
ast letter of the Hebrew alphabet, as a
numeral denoting 400. For the signifi-
cation of the name, see under art. "r).
As to the pronunciation, n without
Dag. lene is an aspirate and seems to
nave had a lisping sound, like Gr. 3,
Engl, th: With Dag. lene (n) it is a
slender t, differing from to ; for which
difference see under to. In Arabic the
corresponding letter is so, as in ºr
U-3, nº < ; rarely 3, as in Fprº
eliáš. It is sometimes interchanged
with tº p. 1021 ; to p. 358; and 7 p. 208.
In Aramaean n often stands where the
Heb. has u and the Arab. tº ; see in
lett. Ú p. 1021. The n has also some
affinity with the breathing N ; comp.
sis, and, ºn, to return; Hys and nym
to dwell, also to mark, etc. So also in
Arabic often.—At the end of a word n
is sometimes dropped ; as in nian, in n,
p. 959; nº-hº, Aram. H=%2, etc.
Sº m. (ſor ºn, r. Hyrº III,) pr. an
abode ; then a chamber, room ; spoken
of the guard-room in the king’s palace,
1 K. 14, 28. 2 Chr. 12, 11 ; of side cham-
bers in the gates of the temple as des-
cribed Ez. 40, 7, 12. 13; plur. Pºst, id.
v. 7. 16; constr. "Sr. v. 10; c. suff, Sr.
v. 21. 29. 33.36; once plur. nism v. 12.
Chald, sºn, ºr, id Syr, e2, 332,
id.
* I. BSE or ESF) to desire, to long
fler, only 1 pers, pret. "Fasº, c. 5 of
thing, Ps, 119, 40. 174, Chald. HSr. id.
It seems to be a secondary root, formed
‘rom Hithp. of r. Tº ; as in Arabic.
See Thesaur. p. 1489.
* II. as: softened from r. 53r), see
in lett. N, p. 1. Hence
PIEL to abominate, to abhor ; part.
asry, once Am. 6, 8; parall. Sºº. So
all the ancient versions.
Tºšº £ (r. 5sr I.) desire, longing,
nee Ps. 119, 20. Chald. Hºs"r, id.
*I. TSF i. q. Hyn I; kindr. is r. nys,
see in lett. n above. In Kal not used.
Piel (rism) fut. 2 plur. "Nºr Num. 34,
7, 8, to rºark out, to describe, e. g. the
borders of a land, Num. l. c. In v. 10 in
the same context is Hithp. Prºsºr of
r. nys III, where see.—Hence perh, Hºsn
Gen. 49, 26; see in HjSF, no. 3.
* II. TSF obsol. root, i. q. Arab
35.
(s3. to outrun, to get before.—Hence
"Sº Deut. 14, 5, and contr. NTF Is. 51,
20, a species of antelope or mountain-
goat, so called from its swiftness; comp.
Engl. doe.—In Deut. l. c. Sept. Vulg.
and in Is. l.c. Aqu. Symm. Theod. Vulg.
render it Ögvs, orya: ; Targg. bos sylves-
tris, wild oar, which is a kindred signif.
comp. EST. See Bochart Hieroz. T.I.
p. 973.
Tºšº ſ. (r. His I,) constr. nºst, c. suff.
*nism.
1. desire, longing, wish, whether right
and good Ps. 10, 17. 21, 3. Is. 26, 8; or
wicked Ps. 10, 3. 112, 10.
2. desire, appelite, longing for flesh ;
Num. 11, 4 Hisn hºsrn they longed a
longing, i. e. fell a longing. Ps 78, 29.
30,—Hence pr. n. Hysºn nin-p ‘the
sepulchres of longing,’ see on p. 910.
3. a desire, delight, something desira-
ble, Gen. 3, 6; also rism bes? food of
desire, i. e. delicate, dainty, Job 33, 20.
Hence, desirableness, charm, Gen. 49,
26. Prov. 19, 22.—Others in Gen. 49, 26,
a bound, limit, from r. Fist) l ; and sc
Ewald and Delitzsch.
bisº m. (r. Esri) a twin, only plur
Bºsn twins Gen. 38, 27; contr. Ezin
Gen. 25, 24; constr. *zism Cant. 4, 5.
Arab. and Aram. id. Hence pr. n. 60-
paſs, Thomas, i. q. Alövuoc.
Hºsp f. (r. Hºs) c. suff, Triºsº, a
curse Lam. 3, 65.
* Esm pr. to be joined, conjoined
spec. of two things, and hence to be dow
ble, twain ; Part. plur. Bººn doubled
DN in
tº Nn
1117
"wain, coupled, of boards Ex. 26, 24, 36,
35.
29. Chald, and Syr, id. Arab, US to
be twin. Kindr. perh, with Dº, DºS,
Arab. Jia-A to double, Eth. PTø to
repeat.
HipH, to bear twins, Cant. 4, 2, 6, 6.
_{*~
Arab. rus IV, id.
Deriv. Pisº, and the two following.
ESF) m. a twin ; hence plur. bºrn,
which see in its order.
DSR or DSF, whence plur. constr.
*Nº twins Cant. 7, 4. It is pr: a mono-
syllabic abstract noun, of the form bºy,
Sº, here put as concrete.
>k º
lsº obsol. root, prob. i. q. Tºr, to
spread out, to eartend; hence nºr fig-
tree.
Tºšº ſ (r. His II,) c. suff. Frºst, pr.
a coming together, and then of the copu-
lation of animals. Once of the wild ass
in her heat, Jer. 2, 24.—Not less aptly
N. G. Schroeder, in his Observatt, ad
Origg. Hebr. p. 10, derives the signifi-
cation of heat, lust, from the root sº to
be hot, to boil, comp. Triº.
Tºšº f (r. sº) c. suff, ºnism; plur.
Bºsn, constr. **śrī; a fig-tree, also its
fruit; so called from its spreading; Fi-
cus carica Linn. So Chald. Tºr and
Nºry; Syr. iii.2, emph. fºulz, COntr.
o -r 8
212; Arab. 1.) A3.
Jº
a) Of the tree, a fig-tree, Num. 13,
23. 20, 5. Judg. 9, 10. 11. Joel 1, 7. 12.
Am. 4, 9, Hab. 3, 17. al. Proverbial is
the phrase, to sit under one’s own vine
and fig-tree, i. e. to lead a quiet and
\appy liſt, 1 K. 5, 5. Mic. 4, 4; comp.
Zech. 3, 10. 2 K. 18, 31. Is. 36, 10.—In
Gen. 3, 7, some understand the Musa
paradisiaca, Engl. plantain-tree, Germ.
Adamsfeige, with leaves several feet
long and a foot broad; so O. Celsius,
Gesenius, Tuch, and others. But leaves
uſ that size would not need sewing to-
gether; and the tree does not belong to
the fig genus, and could hardly be called
rigsr.
b) Of he fruit, a fig, (comp. Hº:
and 32,) Num, 13, 23, Nah. 3, 12. 2 K.
20, 7 see in rºl. Jer. 8, 13. 9, 17, 24,
1 sq. Neh. 13, 15.—See genr. Celsii Hie-
rob. II. p. 368–399. Rosenrn. Alterthk.
IV. i. p. 285 sq. Winer Realw, art. Fei-
genbaum.
Tysºn f. (for nºn, r. His II,) occa
sion, Judg. 14, 4.
Tºšº f sorrow, mourning, Is. 29, 2,
Lam. 2, 5. R. Tºš I.
EºNº m. plur. (r. 1's no. 3) hard la-
bours, travail; Ez. 24, 12 nsºr. Fºr
it (the pot) doth weary itself with toils.
Vulg. mullo labore sudalum est.
nºt nºsº (approach to Shiloh, r.
nºs II) Taanath-Shiloh, pr. n. of a place
in the confines of Ephraim, Josh. 16, 6.
>k -sº pr. i. Q r. nºn, to go about ;
then, to run, to earlend, to stretch, spoken
of the bound or border of a land or re-
gion; like kindr. Arab. 13. With 12
of place from which, and 98 of place to
which, Josh. 15, 9; or acc. of place whi-
ther, ib. v.9; oftener c. n-loc. to which,
v. 11. 18, 14. 17.
PIEL to mark out, to delineate ; ful c.
suff. Anºsº Is. 44, 13; some Mss. red
ºrinsº, see Thesaur. p. 1491–Hence
-sn.
PUAL, either pass. of Piel, to be marked
off; or better i. q. Kal, to stretch, to ev-
tend; part. Josh. 19, 13 hshºn Tºn sº
nºr and it (the border) passed on to
Rimmon and stretched to Neah. —Sept.
Syr. Vulg. Engl. all take ºnsh'ºn wrong
ly as a pr. name.
Deriv. is
"sº m. c. suff, insin for inst, pºst.
outline, form, figure of the body, 1 Sam.
28, 14. Judg. 8, 18. Is. 52, 14. Lam. 4,8.
nsh Hº, ſem. Hsin ne”, of a beautiful
form or figure, often said of persons
Gen. 29, 17. 39, 6. Deut. 21, 11, 1 Sam,
21, 3. Esth. 2, 7; also of beasts Gen. 41
18, and hsin sº ill-favoured, ugly, v.
19.-Spec good figure, comely form, Is.
53, 2. Jer, 11, 16. 1 Sam 16, 18 -Nn wins
a man of figure, i.e. handsome.
ymSº Tarea, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 8, 3b,
for shrin 1 Chr. 9, 41, where see.
**śsm m. (r. huis no. 1) Is. 41, 19.
60, 13, pr. ‘ erectness, tallness;' hence
9 a.
Han
5-in
III.8
* tall tree, and as pr. n. for a species of
redar growing on Lebanon. Vulg, and
Chald. render it buºus, the boar-tree :
Syr. and the Hebrew intpp. Sherbin,
scº ii-ºr-) i. e. a species of
cedar distinguished by the smallness of
its cones and the upward direction of its
branches. See Rosenm. Alterthumsk.
IV, i. p. 292. Niebuhr Arabien p. 149.
Celsii Hierob. II. p. 153.
Tº f an Egyptian word, a boar,
chest, ark ; spoken of Noah's ark, Gen.
6, 14–9, 18, where Sept. xiàotóg. Also
of the ark of papyrus in which Moses
was exposed, Ex. 2, 3, 5, where Sept.
9 iſłm. Vulg. in both places arca.-In
ancient Egyptian tha is “a chest’ and
sarcophagus’; and typt is “a boat, hull’;
Bunsen’s Egypt I. p. 482, no. 517, p.
483, no. 549. Copt. ee81, eH65, ark,
mummy-chest. Chald. Rºn"), Arab.
3. 33, ark; Eth. Eſºr ark, chest.
See Thesaur. p. 1491.
"Sºn f (r. sia) constr. nsºr, plur.
nish-n. -
1. produce, increase, e.g. of the earth
Josh. 5, 12. Is, 30, 23; of the threshing-
floor and wine-press Num. 18, 30; of the
vineyard Deut. 22,9. Trop. Jer. 2, 3.
2. gain, profit, Is. 23, 3. Ecc. 5, 9.
sºr, nsºr the gain of the unjust Prov.
10, 16. 15, 6, nºr nsºr, the profit of
wisdom, resulting from it, 3, 14. 8, 19.
3. Trop. result, consequence ; nº-r
*ryºu; the result of his words, Prov. 18,
20 Comp. "nº no. 1.
Tº m. (r. 7"E) insight, understand-
Ing. Hos. 13, 2 they have made idols ac-
cording to their own understandings, i. e.
as they pleased.
Tºnº f. (r. 7"a) id. insight, under-
standing, spoken of God and men, Prov.
2, 6. 3, 19. 21, 30. Deut. 32, 28. Plur.
id. Prov. 1-, 12. 28, 16. Is. 40, 14; also
intelligent words, reasons, Job 32, 11.
Spec. of skill in arts, Ex. 36, 1 ; comp.
tly"a no. 2.
Tº ſ. (r. bha) a treading down,
destruction, 2 Chr. 22, 7.
niñº Tabor, pr. n. Pr. a mound,
n unt, height, perh, umbilicus, Aópos
uworosióſ's Pol. 5. 70. 6, from r. ºr 1
Others, a quarry, ſtom Chald. r her II.
1. A mountain on the confines of Ze.
bulum and Issachar, standing out upon
the northeastern part of the plain of
Esdraelon, perh. 1000 feet high, of a
round form, and covered with oak or-
chards; Sept. 'ſtaffiguov, also Aiugiguoy
Pol. I. c. now Gle Jº- Jebel Túr.—
So hi-r, ºr mount Tabor Judg. 4, 6, 12.
14; and simpl. nier, Jer. 46, 18. Hos. 5,
1. Ps. 89, 13; perh, also Josh. 19, 22.
Judg. 8, 18, which others refer to no. 2.
See Relandi Palaest. p. 331 sq. Burck-
hardt’s Trav. p. 332 sq. Bibl. Res. in
Pal. III. p. 211 sq. -
2. A city of the Levites, situated on
the above mountain, Pol. 1. c. 1 Chr. 6,
62 [77]; and prob. Josh. 19, 22. Judg. 8
18, which some refer to no. 1.
3. niºr jibs 1 Sam. 10, 3, the oak of
Tabor or the oak-grove of Tabor, in the
country of Benjamin. Ewald conjec-
tures it to have been the same with
nº.5: Tiěs the oak of weeping Gen. 35,8.
ºn f (for bºr, each Tsere impure)
a poetic word. R. 555 Hiph, see in bh-.
1. the earth, as fertile and inhabited,
the habitable globe, world, oizovuéºn, Syr.
$212, SP-2,\ .22, id. Is. 14, 17, opp.
*T2. Job 18, 18. Twice isºs ºn the
world (the habitable parts) of his earth,
i. e. God’s, Prov. 8, 31. Job 37, 12. Comp.
ban, Yºs Ps. 90, 2. Also often
2. the whole earth, the world in gene-
ral, Is. 14, 21. 27. 6. Ps. 77, 19. Prov. 8,
26; espec. where the ſounding of it is
mentioned, 1 Sam. 2, 8. Ps. 18, 16.93, 1.
Meton. for the inhabitants of the earth,
Ps. 9, 9.96, 13. 98, 9, Hyperb. spoken
of the kingdom of Babylon Is. 13, 11; and
of Israel 24, 4 ; comp. orbis Romanus.
San m. foul pollution, profanation.
Lev. 18, 23 aſter the law against bestial
ity, shri bºr, this is ſoul pollution. 20, 12.
—R. Bº no. 3, as cº, from r. boº
comp. Chald. Baha to profane sc. by in
cest Gen. 49, 4 Targ. Jon. Arab. J.
to be profane, to commit adultery.
ban, see bºn.
nºr f (r. Hº) consumption, le
struction, c. suff, Erythin Is. 10, 25
5-in
ºn
1119
brºn, which would also have the
sense of consumption, from r. nº Pi.
But this reading seems owing rather
to the copyists, to whom the word
nºn was more familiar; comp. the
similar variety of orthography in Job
21, 13. 36, 11.
%an m. adj. (r. Bº no. 3) stained,
i. e. having slains, spots ; only Lev. 21,
20 in-ya ºr having a (white) spot on
his eye. Vers, anon. in Hexapl. İstikoua,
comp. Tob. 2, 9. 3, 17. 6, 8, where the
Heb. translator renders the Gr. Asºkout,
by this word, Bºban. — Targg. Tººr,
liter, here for blear-eyed, lippus ; comp.
r. bºx, no. 1, and Talm. Firºzha.
Sk lar a doubtſul root; perh. kindr.
with r. Tº q. v. pr. to divide, to separate
the parts of any thing.—Hence jar,
Eno, pr. n. *::Ir).
jº m. straw, as broken up and cut
in pier es by threshing, short straw,
8 o
chaff: Arab, c)-3, Chald, sºn, Syr.
lizz, id. Jer. 23, 28. Job 21, 18, 41,
19; of broken straw gathered and mix-
ed with clay for bricks, as still seen in
the bricks of ancient Egypt, Ex. 5, 7.
10. 11 sq. Also as fodder for cattle,
Jer. 11, 7, 65, 25; for camels, Gen. 24,
25. 32; of asses, Judg. 19, 19; of horses,
1 K. 5, 8; in all which passages straw
mixed with barley or other provender
seems to be implied.
º (r. Tarº) Tibni, pr. n. m. 1 K. 16,
21.22.—Perh. pr. gentile n. Tibnite, from
Tºr, as the name of a man or of some
place; comp, mod. Tibneh for nºr.
According to Gesenius, for Fºr build-
ing of Jehovah, from r. nº.
nº f (r. riº) 1. structure, mode
of building, Ps. 144, 12.
2. a model, pattern, after which any
thing is built, Ex. 25, 9, 40. 2 K. 16,
'0. a..
3. image, form, likeness of any thing,
Oeut. 4, 16. 17. 18. Ez. 8, 10. Hence
Ez.8, 3 + nºn rºujº and he put forth
ſhe form of a hand, something like a
hand. 10, 8. Comp, nº no. 3.
Some Mss. and editions read here |
*Tºº (a burning, r. ***) Tabe, an
pr. m. of a place in the desert, Num.
11, 3. Deut. 9, 22.
Yº (brightness, r. Yaº) Thebez, pr.
n. of a place pear Shechem, Judg. 9,
50. 2 Sam. 11, 21. Prob. mod. Tübás
J.Lºlo, Bibl. Res in Palest. III. p. 158.
* I. nar obsol. root, prob. . q. "Eq
q. v. and n=3, to heap ºp; comp. Sam.
*ACW mount; Chald. hºto, Syr. işağ,
Eth. Rºſ)C, id. Hence pr. n. *i-r).
* II. Thing Chald. i. q. Heb. Hauj, to
break ; Syr. *4, Sam. ***) Nº, id.
Part, pass, hºar broken, also fragile
frail, Dan. 2, 42.
nºsº nºn pr. n. m. Tiglaſh-pile-
ser, king of Assyria, who about B. C.
741 conquered Damascus and part of the
kingdom of Israel; 2 K. 15, 29. 16, 10.
Written also nº nºr 2 K. 16, 7 :
nºshe nºn 1 Chr. 5, 6, 2 Chr. 28, 20;
and ne:he nºr. 1 Chr. 5, 26–The first
part of the name seems to be equivalent
to Diglath, the river Tigris, see Spºrt;
pr. acer, swift. The latter part, which
appears also in the name Nabo-polassar,
is prob. i. q. Pers. YU: magnus rex,
comp. Sanscr. pala lord, king, from r.
pál to guard, to rule; unless perh. Pi-
leser and Polasar may be i. Q. Sanscr.
pura sara, preceding, a leader; see
Bopp's Glossar. p. 220. ed. 2. The
whole name may be translated: lord of
the Tigris. So Gesenius. See more
in Thesaur. p. 1493.
ºr m. (r. 923) a benefit, i. q. Sº,
Ps. 116, 12.
Tº f (r. Hº) strife, contention,
Ps, 39, 11 "nº ºs tº nºrº from the
contention of thy hand (thy strokes
judgments) I am consumed. Chald. id.
Tºm Gen. 10, 3, and Tºny in 1 Chr
1, 6. Ez. 27, 14. 38, 6, Togarmah, pr. n.
of a northern region and people sprung
from Gomer, i. e. the Cimmerians, and
abounding in horses and mules. Most
prob. Armenia, which was noted for its
horses, inité;3otos opóðgo. Stral. 11. 13,
9; or at least a part of it. Such too rs
the tradition or opinion of the Arme-
nians themselves, who claim to be de'
Hºn
brin
1120
scended from Torgom great grandson
of Gomer, and call themselves the house
of Torgom ; comp. Sept. ll. cc. where
by transpos. of the letters we find also
Gogyºut, 6:979/16, Gugyouſº, as likewise
some Heb. Mss. have Hºxnn. See J. D.
Michaelis Spicileg. Geogr. T. I. p. 67–
78. Winer Realw. art. Armenien.
TºTº m. name of a tree growing in
Mount Lebanon, Is. 41, 19. 60, 13. Vulg.
dmus, elm ; Chald. Tºhº i. e. a species
f plane-tree, called by the Arabs g” ©
Better, hard oak, holm, ilea, pr; lasting,
firm, from r. nº no. 2. Comp. Rhºn.
See Celsii Hierob. T. II. p. 271. Gesen.
Comment. on Is. 41, 19.
SºTº Chald. f. (r. **) circuit, hence
eontinuity, perpetuity, i. q. Tºr). Adv.
Rººna pr. in a circuit, continually,
Dan. 6, 17. 21. Freq. in Targg.
To TF 1 K. 9, 18 Keri, and 2 Chr. 8,4,
Tadmor, pr. m. of a city in a fertile spot
of the Syrian desert between Damascus
and the Euphrates, founded by Solo-
Q 9
mon, and still called by the Arabs §§§
Tudmur. Prob. for none city of pålms;’
hence Gr. IIºuvgº and IIolagº, Pal-
myra ; see Schultens Ind. ad Vit. Salad.
So vice versa the Arabs called Palma
a city of Spain /*93 Tadm?r. The
same city is called nºr (palm) 1 K. l.c.
Keth. which seems to have been less
usual. In the numerous Aramaean and
Greek inscriptions which are still ſound
on the ruins of Palmyra, the name is
written both ºnzo"In and ºnly,"n. See
Wood The Ruins of Palmyra, Lond.
1753. fol. Swinton in Philos. Transac-
ions, Vol. XLVIII. Rosenmüller Bibl.
Geogr. I. ii. p. 274 sq. Irby and Man-
gles p. 267 sq. [82 sq.] Thesaur. p.
345.
ºr (fear, veneration, r. bº) Tidal,
pr. n. of a king, Gen. 14, 1.
>k HHF obsol. root, Chald. Nºrr to be
waste, desert, desolate, kindr. with Hsu; ;
whence Chald. "Fir, Nyºn, waste, desert,
Arab. sº empty.—Hence
*Tº subst, for "Hå a Segolate form,
like tºp. R. Finn.
1. wasteness, desolateness; concr.waste
desolate, Gen. 1, 2. Jer. 4, 27. Job 26, "
Hence a) a wasle, a desert, Deut.
32, 10. Job 6, 18. 12, 24. Ps. 107, 40
b) desolation ; Is. 24, 10 hrin nººp a
city of desolation, i.e. laid waste. 34, 11
see in hp no. 1.
2. Trop. nothingness, empliness, vani-
ty, and concr. a vain, worthless thing,
(synon. Bºri,) Is. 41. 29. 44, 9, 59, 4.
1 Sam. 12, 21 ; mothing, parall. with
Tºs, Is. 40, 17. 23.
3. Adv. in vain; so ºrirº Is. 49, 4
and acc. ºn Is. 45, 18. 19.
bīTº comm. gend. (r. Ehri) plur
nionry; masc. Job 28, 14, oſtener ſem.
Gen. 7, 11. Ez. 31, 4; a poetic word,
pr. ‘a mass of raging waters,” so called
from their noise and roaring; spec. the
sea, ocean, the deep, Gen. 8, 2. Job 28.
14. 38, 6. 30. Ez. 26, 19. 31, 15. Jon. 2, 6
Hab. 3, 4; more fully ran Binn the
great deep, Gen. 7, 11. Ps. 36, 7. Am. 7,
4. Is. 51, 10. More rarely of any other
mass of waters, as those covering the
earth at the creation, Gen. 1, 2, Ps. 104,
6; or the subterranean waters the deep,
the abyss, whence spring fountains and
streams, Gen. 49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; also
in the description of roaring waters or
floods, Ps. 42, 8 flood calleth unto flood.
Ez. 31, 4. Job 41, 24 [32].
PLUR. nichir, 1. waves of the sea,
billows, Ex. 15, 5.8. Ps. 33, 7.77, 17.78,
25. 106, 9. Prov. 3, 2. Is. 63, 13.
2, abysses, depths of the sea, Ps. 197,
26, 135, 6, 148, 7. But yºs nionn Ps,
71, 20 are the depths of the earth full of
water; also Deut. 8, 7 tº *rī; Yºs
‘is’, nionrº rºy a land of brooks of
water, of fountains and water-depths,
etc.—Sept. i öffvogog, plur, vi úðvogot.
Hänn ſ: (r. Shri Pi.) constr. rerº
c. suff, rºnry; plur. ribrin. º
1. praise, i. e. the singing of praise
2 Chr. 20, 22. Ps. 100, 4. Also song of
praise, a psalm, hymn, Ps. 147, 1 ; c. *
to any one, in his honour, Ps. 40, 4. 65,
2; h of the author, Ps. 145, 1 -ºš Hºrn
a hymn of David. With suff. Ps. 22.
26.71,6. Plur. nºrr psalms, hymns, Ps.
22,4; also tºrr as the later name of the
Psalter.—Hence praise, laud, espec. as
sung; Ps. 106, 12 inºrir intº they sing
brºn
Thr
I121
his praise. Ps. 34, 2. 66, 2. 8. Plur.
praises Ps. 78, 4. Is. 60, 6, 63,7. Meton.
a praise, i.e. object of praise, he who is
lauded, Deut. 26, 19; comp. Jer. 13, 11.
33, 9. Zeph. 3, 19. 20. Jer. 51, 41 nºrr,
Yºr-92 the praise of the whole earth,
i. e. Babylon; and so Jerusalem Is. 62,
7. Jer. 49, 25.
2. praise in which one stands in re-
spect to others, glory, renown, Ps. 48, 11.
51, 17. Is. 42, 8.48, 9.61, 3. Jer. 48, 2. al.
Hence of a person or thing as the object
of one's glory, that in which one glories;
Jer. 17, 14 Firs *rēriº thou (Jehovah)
art my glory. Deut. 10, 21. –For the
form Trºnn Ps. 9, 15, see Lehrg. p.
215, 527. The Yod is superfluous.
mºnº ſ &n. Asyóu. folly, and then sin,
Job 4, 18; Sept. oxoluów tº Vulg. pra-
vum quid, Targ. iniquitas. The opi-
nions of interpreters as to the etymology
have been various ; but the Hebrews,
and among them Kimchi, have long ago
suggested the true one, to wit, that nºr
is ſem. of brin or brin, from the root ºr
no. 4; as oºr, bºr, Tin, from ob%, 523,
py. Nor is it an objection that the 5 is
without Dagesh forte, comp. b3% from
boº, fem. nº, see Lehrgb. p. 503–
Others, as Schnurrer, reſer it to the root
- §3 o
Jº, to wander, to err, whence Jº;
error; and from this they derive the
noun Hºnin, Hºrn, and thence Fºr ;
as vice versa nºn for nºr Judg. 6,28,
nº for nº Num, 23, 7.
mºnn f. (r. Tºri) a procession, plur.
Neh. 12, 31.
nº f. plur. (r. Ter) 1. perverse-
mess, folly, Deut. 32, 20.
2. deceit, falsehood, fraud, Prov. 2, 12.
14, 6, 14, 8, 13. 23,33, al. ni-Erin it;
a deceitful tongue 10, 31.
Tº m. (r. Hyr, I.) c. suff, ºr; a mark,
sign, espec. in the fol m of a cross.
fi) On the forehead of any one, Ez. 9,
\4, b) As subscribed to a complaint
or charge; hence mark, signature, Job
31, 35, parall. "Et . It is related of the
synod of Chalcedon and other oriental
synods, that the bishops who could not
write their maines affixed the mark of
the cross Instead of them ; and this is
common at the p, esent day in the case
of persons who cannot write. Much more
must we suppose it to have been so in
the infancy of writing; and thus to have
passed into the common usage of lan-
guage.—Chald. Tr), Nºr), rsyn, a sign,
e *.. * .. -
terminus; Arab. c5×2 #53, a mark, i.e
a cross burnt in upon the neck or thighs
of horses and camels; whence the name
of the letter n, which has the form of a
cross in the Phenician alphabet and on
the coins of the Maccabees. See Gesen
Monumm. Phoen...p. 47.
Nin, see isn.
**F Chald, ſut. -ºn", i. q. Hebr
Phuº q. v. to turn back, to return, Dan. 4
31. 33.
Aph. --rr (with Heb. form) ſut. --rº
Ezra 5, 5, and annº. 6, 5, i. q. Heb.
="ºri, to return, to restore, Ezra 6, 5.
tºne nºnſ, i. q. Heb. -35 sºuri, to re-
turn answer, to answer, c. acc. of pers.
Ezra 5, 11. Dan. 3, 16. Exº sº arriº
to return counsel and wisdom, i. e. to
answer considerately and wisely, c. of
pers. Dan. 2, 14, comp. Dyt Sºuji. Prov.
26, 16. Fºruj; 'n to return a letter, i. e.
to answer by letter, Ezra 5, 5.
ºn Ez. 27, 13. 38,2,3. Is. 66, 19, and
ºr Gen. 10, 2, Ez. 32, 26. 30, 1, pr. n.
Tubal, i. e. the Tibareni, a people of
Asia Minor dwelling on the southeast-
ern shore of the Euxine, on the west of
the Moschi; see Tºjº no. 3. Thesaur. p.
1491 sq.
Tºp 33°F. Tubal-cain, pr. n. of a son
of Lamech, the first who wrought in
iron and brass, Gen. 4, 22.—Perh, sco.
riarum faber, compounded from Arab.
9 0 ° º
Jº faber, and Pers. Jº 3 metalli sco-
riae, the genitive being put first, which
savours of an Assyrian or Persian origin.
Tann Job 26, 12 Keth, for nºr.
insight. -
T}\R, f (r. Hyº) grief, sorrow, vera-
tion, Prov. 14, 13, 17, 21. Ps. 119, 28
Meton. cause of grief, Prov. 10, 1.
nºnsin SCC nºn.
nyin f (r. nº Hiph.) constr. rhis
plur. nilin.
94%
Fiºn
- ºn
1122
1. confession Josh. 7, 19. Ezra 10, 11.
Syr. id.
2. thanksgiving, praise, Ps. 26,7. 42, 5.
Is, 51,3, nºir pºrºsh Haj to offer thanks
to God as sacrifice Ps. 50, 14, 23. 107, 22.
16, 17; but this formula is not to be un-
derstood of actual thank-offerings, n>1
Hin Lev. 22, 29; ºr niin na; 7,
13, 15, comp. 12; and ellipt. nº in Ps. 56,
13. 2 Chr. 29, 31. Jer. 17, 26; all imply-
ing thank-offering, sacrifice of thanks-
giving. Syr. id.
3, a choir of singers, celebrating God
in songs of thanksgiving, Neh. 12, 31.
38. 40.
Flº Chald, kindr, with Fºr, to be
astonished, Dan. 3, 24.
* I. Hºr in Kal not used, i. q. HSr., I,
to mark, to delineate ; comp. nº III.
Piel fut, conv. Try"), to mark, to make
marks; 1 Sam. 21, 14 of David feigning
madness, ºr ninhºſ-by irºn he made
marks, scrawled, on the doors of the gate,
in the manner of mischievous boys.
HipH. Tr) Hymn to make a mark, c. by
to set a mark upon any one, Ez. 9, 4.
Deriv, ºr .
* II. H; to repent, to be grieved.
Syr...id.
HipH. causat. to grieve, to afflict, e. g.
as a people God, Ps. 78, 41.
* III. Hºr obsol. root, i. q. His I, and
Arab. sº to abide, to dwell ; whence
Nº chamber, for irº.
* Hºn obsol. root, i. q. Thuj, to sink
‘lown, to settle, to incline backwards ;
comp. Arab. £3 and £5 mid. Waw,
to sink, to be immersed. Hence to be
depressed, to be low, to be underneath.
Comp. r. Tºn.
Deriv. rrr, "rrin, inrºn, Chald.
rrºr, ninn, and e
rtin (perh. inclined, or lowly) Toah,
; r. n. m. 1 Chr. 6, 19 [34]; for which in
v. 11 [20] nr. Nahaſh; and 1 Sam. 1,
\ ºnn Tohut,
rºrtin ſ (r. Briº) c. suff, wrºnin, ear-
pectation, hope, Prov. 10, 28, 11, 7. 13, 12.
lam. 3, 18. Job 41, 1. With h, hope in
any one Ps, 39, 8.
sk jºr obsol. root, i. (. riºn, to sink, to
be sunk, immersed, in any thing; kindr
are rihu), ririuſ, puj. Hence adj. i-ºr
and
Tºm. constr. Tin, c. suff, sin, pºin
tºin, the inner part, interior, midst.
the middle of any thing; as nºn lin
the midst of the house, perh, the inner
court, 2 Sam 4, 6, but comp v. 7; else-
where nºn Tin is the midst of the hous
itself 1 K. 6, 19. 11, 20; see below
Also Tºrº in the midst, in the middle,
e.g. between two things or parts, Judg.
15, 4. Josh. 8, 22. Num. 35, 5. Gen. 15.
10. Put also in the genit, after a noun
Judg. 16, 29 Tºrr "Tº the middle pil-
lars.
With Prefixes. 1. Tin: a) in the
midst or middle of any thing, as Tina
nºr in the midst of the house 1 K. 11,
20. Tºri Tina in the middle of the gar-
den Gen. 2, 9, 3, 3. Bººn, Tina
Zech. 8,8. Neh. 4, 16. Tºri Tina in the
midst of the field Gen. 37, 7; and so 1 K.
3, 20. 1 Sam. 9, 14. Job 2, 8. Also after
verbs of motion, ºn Tina in the midst
of the sea Ex. 14, 22. 27. Sometimes it
does not differ from F. A. no. 1, in a place,
Gen. 9, 21. 18, 24, 26. Am. 3, 9; also
as in 3 A. no. 7, into a place Ps. 57, 7.
Further, Tina -as to pass through the
midst of any thing Ez, 9, 4. Ex. 14, 29.
Num, 33, 8, b) As referring to sev-
eral, among, pr. in the midst of; 535ir:
among you, in the midst of you, Gen. 35,
2. Prov. 17, 2. Ez. 2, 5. Also for ina,
between, to express distinction, separa-
tion, Gen. 1, 6 ºr Tina between the
waters, sc. above and below the firma-
ment.
2. Tinº out of the midst of any thing
hence simpl. out of from, Jer, 51, 6. Ex
33, 11. al.
3. Tin-bs into the midst of any thing
Num. 17, 12. 19.6. Comp. synon. Hºp
#"F. i. q. in oppression, q.v.
Twº ſ. (r. n=5) chastisement, pun.
ishment, i. q. nnetrº no. 3. 2 K, 19, 3.
Is. 37, 3. Hos. 5, 9. Plur. nine in Ps
149, 7.
nººn f (r. Hº) c. suff "rrºr
plur, ninsºn, constr. nirizin.
1. Act of proving, proof, demonstra
tion that one is in the right, Job 13, 6
>hn
yºn
1123
an argument, appeal, Hab. 2, 1. Plur.
proofs, arguments, Job 23, 4, Ps. 38, 15.
—Hence Prov. 29, 1 nine in u}^s a man
of arguments, i. e. who when censured
defends himself. Others: ‘one often re-
proved,” from signif no. 2.
2. reproof, admonition, correction by
words, Prov. 1, 23. 25, 30. 3, 11. 5, 12.
27, 5. 29, 15. Dºri nri-in reproof of
life, life-giving, Prov. 15, 31. Plur.
nº ninzin reproofs of instruction, in-
structive, Prov. 6, 23; comp. in nº
no. 3.
3. correction, chaslisement, punish-
ment, Ps. 73, 14. Plur. Ps. 39, 12. Ez.
5, 15 Hºn ninsin. 25, 17.
ºn 2 Chr. 9, 21, see pººr.
ºn (birth, r. Th:) Tolad, pr. n. of a
place in Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 29; called
also thinºs Eltolad Josh. 15, 30. 19, 4.
nºir arid riºn f. plur. R. Th;.
1. generations, families, descents, Num.
1, 20 sq. Erythinº according to their gen-
erations, families, descents, Gen. 10, 32.
25, 13. Ex. 6, 16. al. Hence nºir. -Ep
a book of genealogy, a genealogical reg-
ister or tree, Gen. 5, 1–Hence
2. history, espec.family history, since
the earliest history among oriental ma-
tions is mostly drawn from the genealo-
gical registers of families. Gen. 6, 9
rt; nºthin riês this is the family-history
of Noah. 25, 19. 37, 2. Then also for
the origin of any thing, i. e. the history
of its origin; Gen. 2, 4 this is the origin
of the heavens and the earth, i. e. the
story of their origin. Comp. tons and
Syr. Lara family, genealogical tree,
history.
Tibºn, see in Tibºr.
Sººn m. (r. Bº) a verer, tormentor,
pr. abstr. ‘ vexation,” the acts of one who
extorts lamentation from others, verbal
_ o --
of Pil, after the form bºrn, Lºš,
rºser. Once in Plur. Ps. 137, 3 *"bhin
our tormentors, oppressors. Sept. &rto-
Yayóvres huſs, Vulg, abducentes mos;
Targ. ‘praedatores nostri,’ bººn being
taken for bºit (by interchanging the
etters tº and n), which however has a
passive sense. -
yºin m. (r. sº) 1. a worm, sº
called from licking, swallowing, comp
pº; comp. in r. sºr). Plur. E"shin
Ex. 16, 20.
2. Spec. the coccus worm or insect.
coccus ilicis Linn, and hence coccus
colour, crimson, and so crimson cloth,
Is. 1, 18. Lam. 4, 5. See in Hybin no. 2.
—Hence part. Pu. denom. Bºrº, see
under r. sºn.
3. Tola, pr. n. m. a) The eldest son
of Issachar, Gen. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 7, 1. b)
A judge of Israel Judg. 10, 1.—Patronym
of lett. a, "shin a Tolaite Num. 26, 23.
Typin f (r. whº, like nººn) Job 25,
6. Is. 14, 11; and nºin both absol. and
COnStr.
1. a worm, i. q. Sain; as generated in
putrid substances, Is. 14, 11. 66, 24, o
gnawing plants, Jon. 4, 7. Deut. 28, 39.
Trop. of man as feeble and despised, Ps.
22, 7. 1s. 41, 14. Job 25, 6.
2. Spec. *sūj nyein crimson-worm, and
nºbin * worm-crimson ; hence crim-
son colour, and crimson cloth 5 see in
**}; comp. bºnæ.
tºº, a spurious root to which some
reſer several ſorms belonging to r. Eºn.
Din, see bin.
Dººm twins, see Esri.
Tohn (jºin) Gen. 36, 15 Keth. for
Tººn q. v.
ºf (r. 5xn) constr. nisin; pluſ
ni-sin, constr. ni-sin; an abomination
an abominable thing, pr. ‘what causes
loathing, abhorrence’; so of a slander-
er, Prov. 26, 25 for seven abominations
are in his heart. Chiefly of things to
be abhorred because of religious pre-
cepts or customs, Prov. 21, 27. 28, 9.
Lev. 18, 22. 26–30. Gen. 43, 32. 46, 34.
Deut. 14, 3, al. So Hºxin nº or Huy:
ninyin to do or commit abomination,
Lev. 20, 13. Jer. 6, 15. 8, 12. Ez. 16, 50.
18, 13. 24. al. Also Hinº ºth Hºxin
Deut. 24, 4, and oftener Hinº nasin
an abomination before or to Jehovah,
Prov. 6, 16. 11, 1. 15, 8, 9. 26. 20, 10.
23, comp. Jer. 1, 13. So of a person
whom God abhors, Deut. 25, 16. 11, 20.
16, 5, 17, 15. Also of a person as an
abomination to men, Prov. 29, 27; once
plur, emphat. Ps, 88, 9; of wrong deed
yhn
- in
1124
and the like, Prov. 8, 7. 16, 12. 24, 9.
Spec. of every hing pertaining to the
worship of idols (synon. Ypº, yºpus)
Deut. 7, 25. 26. 20, 18. 1 K. 14, 24.
2 K. 16, 3. 21, 2. Jer. 2, 7, 7, 10. Ez. 5,
11. Ezra 9, 1. 11. al. saep. ninyin ºx.
nations of abominations, given to idola-
try, Ezra 9, 14; also of the heathen view
of the Heb. sacrifices, Ex. 8, 22 [26]
intº rap Bºnsº nasin we sacrifice to
Jehovah what is an abomination to the
Egyptians sc. to sacrifice, i. e. animals
which the Egyptians worship as gods.
Also of idols themselves, ls. 44, 19. Jer.
16, 18. Ez. 11, 21. Deut. 27, 15. 2 K.
23, 13; coinp. Ez. 7, 20 and 16, 36.
Tº f. (r. Flyn) 1. error in respect
to things of religion, impiety, wickedness,
Is. 32, 6. See the root lett. b.
2. a wandering, i. e. perturbation,
disturbance, Neh. 4, 2 [8].
TEy"F f. plur. (r. 5x5) constr. nipyin,
pr. ‘fatigues, wearinesses; hence
1. labours, toils. Job 22, 25 nibyºn ºpz
the silver of labours, i. e. got with toil.
—Then, product of labours, treasures,
wealth, i. q. Sº no. 2; Ps. 95, 4 nies in
pººr the labours of the mountains, i. e.
treasures of the mountains obtained with
toil.
2. swiftness, speed in running, as
bST, nie: in the swiftness of the buffalo,
Num. 23, 22. 24, 8.—Sept. 6650y, Vulg.
Onk. Syr. Arabs Erp. Kimchi strength,
which does not accord with the etymo-
-Ogy.
NotE. Some interpreters compare
this word with the Arab root a 53 to go
up, to grow up; IV, to be tall. Hence
in Num. l. c. ‘the tallness of the buffalo.”
Ps. 95, 4 the heights of the mountains.
Job 22, 25 silver of heights, heaps of sil-
ver. But the etymology above given
is to be preferred, as resting on the cer-
tain and demonstrable usage of the He-
brew language; comp. in r. Fly.
*E*F obsol. verb, to spit out, like
Talm. Fºn; kindr. Eth. T4:8 to spit.
Pr. it would seem, “to pound, to thrust,
to thrust out, to eject,” comp. Fer, and
Pº I, II, Comp. also r. ber, and Arab.
3.
v is dirt of the nails, etc.—Hence nºn,
minºr.
his ºf plur. (r.s.º.) constr. nissin
nissn. -
1. a going forth ; metaph, from dan
ger, i. e. escape, deliverance Ps. 68, 21
Comp. r. ss: Ecc. 7, 18.
2. place of going forth or eacit, e. g.
a gate Ez. 48, 30; a ſountain, Prov,
4, 23 ºr nissin the fountain of life, o.
happiness. Also of the earit or termina-
tion of any thing, i. e. e.vtremily, end,
Num, 34, 4, 5, 8.9. Josh, 15, 4.7. 17, 9
18. al.
nº pin, see in rinph.
* "F, pret. 1 sing. "nºn, fut. 2 plur.
ºnlinn. The form -in' is subst. which
see in its order, p. 438. s
1. to turn about in a circle, to move
in gyrations; see kindr. hººl, hºt, nº,
-nºi, ºsn, whº II, ºntº. Hence perh.
nin I, q.v. a turtle-dove. -
2. to go or travel about, i. q. hiº, and
nus II; Arab. US id. E. g.
a) For the sake of traffic, as a mer-
chant, to go abroad, to travel about,
comp. 557, ºntº ; 1 K. 10, 15 and 2 Chr.
9, 14 bºrn ºu;s men of the merchants,
merchantmen.
b) For the sake of exploring, e. g. as
a scout, spy, to spy out, to recommoitre
a land, c. acc. Num. 13, 16, 17. 21. 14,
6 sq.
c) For inquiry, to search out, to find
out any thing, c. acc. of thing and 3 of
pers. Deut. 1, 33. Num. 10, 33. Ez. 20,
6. Trop. to investigate, to earamine, c.
acc. Ecc. 7, 25; also c. by Ecc. 1, 13;
inh: ºn to turn in one's mind, to think
to do something, to think how one shall
do it, with inf. c. : , Ecc. 2, 3.
d) With "ºrs, to go about after, i. e.
to follow, metaph. Num. 15, 39.
HipH. 1. Causat, of Kal no. 2, b,
to cause to spy out, to let reconnoitre,
Judg. 1, 23. Others i. q. Kal no. 2. b.
2. to lead one about, espec. in order to
show him the way in places where he is
unacquainted; hence to show the way,
to guide ; comp. Chald. ºn a guide,
Here may be referred ſut, ºr: for nºn:
c. acc. Prov. 12, 26 pºix Rynº ºn the
righteous showeth his friend the way
Also fut. *nil 2 Sami. 22, 23, put for
ºny, as nº for nº from r. nº, set
- in
frn
1125
Heb. Gr. ed. 16. § 71. n. 9; hence with
two acc. of pers. and way, bºrn ºngºl
i2h" and (God) showeth the upright his
way, i. e. the way in which he should
walk. So at least this passage may be
aptly explained; although it is not im-
prob. corrupted for the parall. Tººl Ps.
18, 33.
Deriv, nanº, and
I nin or nº. 1. Fem, plur. Enºn, a
turtle-dove, so called from its flying in
gyrations; comp. nin', a swallow, from
r. nº ; others refer the name to its coo-
ing. Gen. 15,9. Lev. 1, 14, 5, 7, 11. Num.
6. 10. al. As a term of endearment, Cant.
2, 12, comp. Tºi" id. v. 14, 5, 2; and so
of the people of Israel, Ps, 74, 19 Thin
thy turtle-dove, i. e. the people dear to
thee and now afflicted and affrighted.
2. hn, a row, order, turn, espec. of
what goes round in a circle, Esth. 2,
12, 15.
3. Plur. Ehºlin, a row or string of
pearls, or beads of gold or silver, as an
ornament for the head, Cant. 1, 10. 11.
II. ºn 1 Chr. 17, 17, i. q, nºn in
the parall. passage 2 Sam. 7, 19, mode,
manner. If the reading is genuine, the
form would seem to be apoc. from Tin
i, q, nºir.
nin Chald. m. an or, i. g. Heb. Hius.
Plur. Tºhn oven, cattle, Dan. 4, 22, 29.
30, 5, 21. Ezra 6, 9, 17.
Tin f (r. Hºº Hiph.) constr. nºin,
c. suff, "nºir, ; plur, ninin.
1. instruction, precept, Job 22, 22, a)
Human, as of parents, Prov. 1, 8. 3, 1.
4, 2, 7,2, Ps. 18, 1. b) Divine, through
the prophets, Is. 1, 10. 42, 4, 21; hence
an oracle Is. 8, 16.
2. law, a law) ; the same Heb. word
is retained for the Mosaic law in Arab.
$5,3 Kor. 5.47; Chald, sººnis, Syr.
{Aºi, Eth. KAT-E. g. a) Ofsin-
gle laws and precepts, Ex. 12, 49. Lev.
7, 7.37. 14, 54. Num. 5, 30. 15, 16. 29;
with genit. of object, as Lev. 6, 2 nmin
nºisri the law of the burnt-offering. 12,
7, 14, 2. Ez. 43, 11. 12 the law of the
house, ... e. the description which the
builder is to follow. Plur. nin'in laws
Ex. 18, 20 Lev. 26,46, b) Of the whole
law of Moses; fully nº nºir. 1 K 2 3
2 K. 23, 25; also Hin: nº in Ps. 19, 8
37, 31. Is. 5, 24; c. suff, id. ſs. 51, 7. Ps,
40, 9, 78, 10; also xut £ozºv nºirr
Deut. 1, 5. 4, 8, 17, 18. 19. Josh. 1, 7
poet. without art. Deut. 33, 4, Is. 2, 3
8, 20.-The book of the law of Moses is
called nº nºir, neo 2 K. 14,6. Josh. 8,
31; bºrºs 'n'b Josh. 24, 26; nin' 'n 'b
2 Chr. 17, 9, 34, 14; nºirin -et. Deut
28, 61. 29, 21. 2 K. 22, 8.11. al.
3, a custom, manner, comp. Tºujº in
2 K. 11, 14; so 2 Sam. 7, 19 nºr nºt
pºst; this is the manner of man, not of
God, i. e. to deal with me thus, so fami-
liarly, as man with man; comp. v. 14.
Húin m. (r. Bujº) c. suff. Taºin, plur.
tºujin, constr. "atºn, Kamets impure;
pr. ‘ habitation,’ concr. an inhabitant,
dweller, usually a sojourner, stranger,
from another country without the rights
of a citizen, Lev. 22, 10. 25, 47. Ps. 39,
13. Plur. constr. 1 K. 17, 1.
Tºujºn and Tºtºr f. (r. Hujº) a poe.
tical word, pr. ‘ a setting upright, up-
rightness;' hence
1. help, succour; see the root. Job
6, 13 ºn Hirº Hºuºn) and succour, is
it driven from me? parall, with nº in
the other member; Sept. §oñésuſ. Prov.
2, 7, Sept. oortigio. Mic. 6, 9 Hºhn.
Tº "sh", as in several Mss. and in the
versions, comp. in no. 3. Job 30, 22 Keri.
2. purpose, undertaking, enterprise,
pr. what one wishes to set up or esta-
blish. Job 5, 12 Hyujan Ertº, nºr sh
their hands perform not their enterprise;
Vulg. quod coeperant.
3. counsel, wisdom, understanding.
Job 11, 6 nºujirº tºº, see in bº.
12, 16 Hºn. is strength and counsel.
26, 3. Prov. 3, 21. 8, 14. 18, 1. Is. 28, 29
Hºujºn bºr, ns; sººn lit, who maketh
wonderful his counsel, and vast his un-
derstanding. Mic. 6, 9 in the common
reading ; see in no. 1.
Trim m. (r. nnn) a club, bludgeon,
Job 41, 21. Sept. orgügg, Vulg. malleus.
>k tºr pr. as it seems, to smite, to beat,
then to thrust or cast down, like kindr
e - tº N- .
tº ; comp. ºn, and Arab, to im:
pugn, to silence, to immerse; all which
27 n
-nn
1126
w gnifications may be referred to the
idea of smiting, thrusting.
HipH. Trn, in pause inn, i. q. Kal,
to cast down ; Is. 18, 5 he will cut off
the twigs with pruning-hooks, and the
branches inn nºon he will remove, he
will cast down. Vulg. earcutientur, Syr.
sai excutiet.—Others explain Trnº, to
cut off; appealing to Talm. Tºni, Rabb.
**nn, from r. Thra.
mºſº f (r. H3+) fornication, whore-
dom. ; metaph. for idol-worship, Ez. 16,
26. 29. 23, 8, 17. Plur. c. suff, Tºrºn
etc. Ez. 16, 15. 20. 22. 23, 7 sq.
nºarin and nºne f plur. from
r. bºr, no. 1; strictly denom. from the
nouns bar rope, Pan sailor, pilot.
1. a steering, guidance, management,
Job 37, 12.
2. the art of steering or guiding ;
mence wise counsel, prudent measures,
in a good sense Prov. 1, 5, 11, 14, 20,
18. 24, 6; in a bad sense, cunning de-
vices, Prov. 12, 5.
TTF, see in nin.
ninº Chald. preposit, under, i. q.
Heb. nnn, Dan. 7, 27. Jer. 10, 11; c.
suff, ºr irrir under it Dan. 4, 9, 18.
ºriº Tachmonite, patronym. 2
Sam. 23, 8; in the parall. 1 Chr. 11, 11
*322r, q.v.
mºrn f. (r. bºr Hiph.) constr. nárin,
a beginning Am. 7, 1. Ruth 1, 22. Ecc.
10, 13. Hos. 1, 2, Prov. 9, 10. al. Härinz
in the beginning, i.e. before, formerly,
Gen. 13, 3. 41, 21. Is. 1, 26; the first
time Gen. 43, 18. 20; first, as making a
neginning, Judg. 1, 1. 20, 18.
sºbrin m, (r. sºr) only plur. E"shrin,
constr. "Shºrn ; sicknesses, diseases,
Deut. 29, 21. 2 Chr. 21, 19. Ps. 103, 3.
Jer, 16, 4 nº. Enshrin ºniº deaths
of diseases they shall die. Coner. Jer.
14, 18 3x7--sºbrir, the sick (pining) with
famine.
Cºrſº. m. (r. oºr) an unclean bird,
so called from its violence and cruelty;
Lev. 11, 16. Deut. 14, 15. According to
Bochart, Hieroz. II. p. 232, the male os-
trich, which is called also by the Arabs
** violenlus, iniquus, from its cruelty
towards its young; comp. Job 39, 14 sq
Lam. 4, 3. The name nº n2, which
precedes it ll. cc. seems then to be un
derstood in the narrower sense of the
female ostrich.-Sept. and Vulg. rende:
it noctua, might-hawk, Jonath. the swal.
low.
7TP (for Hºrn station, camp, r. Fºr)
Tahan, pr. n. m. a) Num. 26, 35. b)
1 Chr. 7, 25.-Patronym. from lett, a
*:rin Tahamite, Num. 26, 35.
Tºrº f (r. pri) constr. rerº, plur
nºnr.
1. favour, mercy, Josh. 11, 20, Ezra
9, 8. -
2. prayer, supplication, pr. ‘ cry for
mercy,’ from r. ºr Hithp. Ps. 6, 10.
55, 2. 119, 170. 1 K. 8, 30. 45. 52. al.
Plur. nisriri 2 Chr. 6, 39.
3. Tehinnah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 12.
Tº m. (r. 1:r) only plur. bºrn
Ps. 28, 2. 6. 31, 23. 116, 1. al. and once
riºrin Ps, 86,6, i. q Hºrr no. 2, prayer,
supplication.
nº m. plur, (r. Fºr) camps, en-
campment, i. e. place of encampment,
2 K. 6, 8. Comp. Lat. castra in plur.
crººrin Ez. 30, 18, and prºpriº Jer.
43, 7, 8.9. 44, 1. 46, 14, also 2, 16 Keri
(where Keth.o:Erin), Tehaphnehes, Tah-
pamhes, pr. n. of a city in Egypt, which
the LXX render by Tºqºm, Tºqºrta, the
name of a goddess, Tohmet, Champoll.
121, 123. It was doubtless i. q. Daphne,
a strong city near Pelusium, Hqot. 2.
30, 107. Jablonski, in his OpuscC. I.
p. 343, supposes the Egyptian name
of this city to have been written thus
T2.Ée-eſteſ, i.e. caput v. principium
seculi, or as we would say, ‘the begin-
ning of the world,” i. e. the Egyptian
world, in reſerence to its position at the
northeastern extremity of Egypt.
cºnſº (caput seculi, see the preced.
ing art.) Tahpemes, pr. n.oſ an Egyptian
queen, 1 K. 11, 19. 20. -
Nº m. (r. nºr) a coat of mail,
breastplate, & digms, made of linen, Ex.
28, 32. 39, 23, a military garment, pr. of
linen strong and thickly woven, and
furnished around the neck and breas:
with a breastplate or coat of mail ; seº
ºrin
ºnn
1127
Hdot. 3, 47; comp. Alvo96ign; IIom. Il.
2. 529. Syr. lºw Ethpe, to fight, to
make war, Aph, to prepare ſor battle ;
comp. r. Tri Tiph.
Tºrſº, see r. nºn Tiph.
2Tº (cunning, r. snr.) Tahrea, pr.m.
m. 1 Chr. 9, 41; written in 8, 35 ºnSr.
• prº a doubtful root, from which
to derive the noun ºrn; perh, to thrust
in, to break in, to penetrate ; so Mau-
rer, comparing Arab, U*-e, Uw-e,
Ud-o, etc. Hence triº perh, a bad-
ger, ſrom its burrowing ; or, better, a
seal, or other sea animal, from its div-
º • 3
ing, submersion; comp. Arab. U.<-o
-2
Or U’s dolphin.
• 2-
triº, in pause uirin, an obscure word.
1. As an appellative, found only in
the connection: wirin his skin of Ta-
hash Num. 4, 6.8. 10. 11. 14; Plur, ninis
bºrn Tahash-skins Ex. 25, 5. 26, 14.
35, 7, 23. 36, 19. 39, 34; also, in the
same sense, simpl. Num. 4, 25. Ez. 16,
10; in the Pent, spoken of the coverings
of the tabernacle, the ark, and the other
sacred furniture, as made of this kind of
skim ; in Ez. l. c. of the shoes of females
as made of the same. The ancient in-
tpp. understand by it a colour given to
the leather, e. g. Sept. iioºxivölvo, Aqu.
Symm. iśvºwo, Chald, and Syr. rubra,
Samar. black ; and these are followed
by Bochart, Hieroz. I. p. 989 sq. But
this Gesenius supposes to be mere con-
jecture, having no support either in the
etymology, or in the kindred dialects.
On the other hand, the Talmudists and
Hebrew interpreters almost unanimous-
ly 25ld the Erin to be an animal, the
skins of which were used for covering
the sacled tabernacle and also for shoes
or sandals. To this view Gesenius ac-
cedes, and following the opinion of R.
Solomon ad Ez. l. c. with Luther [and
the Engl. Version] understands here ei-
ther the badger, taarus. v. tazo, the me-
les of Val ro and Pliny; or else .he seal,
phoca. Besides the context, whicſ,
seems to demand an animal, this view
s sustained : a) By the authority of
he Talmudists, Tract. Sabb. cap. 2. fol.
28, where in treating of this animal they
say it resembles the viverra or marten
75°N Nºn, which accords well with the
badger. b) The agreement of lan-
guages, which in the names of animals
and plants is of great weight. The
9 - 2 Ç ..."
Arabic U.<\3 tuhas, and Jºsé duhas,
are indeed translated dolphin by the
Lexicographers; but this name has a
wider extent and embraces also seals
which in many respects resemble the
badger, and were frequent on the shores
of the peninsula of Sinai, Strabo XVI.
p. 776. See Beckm. ad Antig. Caryst.
c. 60. The Lat, name taarus or taavo,
whence in modern languages Span.
taaron, tasugo, Ital. tasso, Fr. taisson,
Germ. Dachs, is indeed not found in
Latin writers before Augustine ; but it
must not on that account be regarded
as a word newly coined, but only adopt-
ed from the vulgar tongue and of for-
eign origin. c) The etymology which
the Hebrew itself presents, and which
is satisfactory, viz. that wºrn may be
regarded as put for nurn, from the root
Hujr to be silent, to rest, which would
apply well to the badger in respect to
his six months’ sleep ; nor is the seal
less somnolent. d) The skins either
of badgers or of seals might doubtless
have been used both for covering the
tabernacle and for shoes; those of seals
are made into shoes at the present day.
—But not improbably the Hebrews de-
signated under this one name both the
seal, the badger, and also other like
animals which they did not know nor
distinguish accurately. — — Thus far
Gesenius, whose arguments on this diffi-
cult topic it has seemed better to let
stand. But though it were admitted,
that seals and dolphins might have been
called by one name, yet it is scarcely
credible that the badger should be in-
cluded under the same ; the Arabic for
the badger is UºN) Jºe OT Jºsus.
That the ancients covered their tents
with seal-skins in order to protect them
from lightning, is related by Pliny, H.
N. 2.56, comp. Plut. Symp. 5.9. Sueton.
Octav, c. 90. And as a finer kind of
shoes can be also made of skins of this
sort (Ez. l.c.) it seems probable that the
nnn
nrn
II 28
real is the animal intended.—But the
hairy skin of the badger has also its ar-
guments; espec. if we regard the con-
jecture of Maurer, see in r. Err. The-
od. Hase held the ºnrº to be the Tri-
chechus manatus Linn. or vacca marimus
or homo marinus of others, Fr. Lamam-
tin, from the thick and hard skin of
which the Arabs of the present day
make sandals; see Hase Diss. philol.
Sylloge, X. § 17. Mus. Bremens. II. p.
312. Ruppell Reise in Nub. p. 187, 196.
Burckhardt Trav. in Syr. p. 532. Bibl.
Res. in Palest. I. p. 171. See more in
Thesaur. p. 1500 sq.
2. Tahash or Thahash, pr. n. m. Gen.
22, 24.
mº, in pause nºir, pr. subst, from r.
nºn, like nriº from r. nº, nnu; from r.
rthuj.
1. Subst: the lower part, what is un-
dermeath. Arab. &#3 id. comp. de-
nom. Eth. ÅTſh'f' to let down, to
lower, Tºriht to be lowered, depress-
ed, Tifi't low ; also Arab. &
men of low condition.—Hence
a) Accus. as adv, below, beneath, Gen.
49, 25. Deut. 33, 13; nrinº id. (see Tº
no. 3. h.) Ex. 20, 4. Josh. 2, 11.
b) Constr. as PREPosition, (for which
once nrn Cant. 2, 6) also c. suff.
chiefly as attached to the plural, "nrin,
Tºrin, wºrn, nºnn, ºrn, tºrrin,
Prºrºrin; rarely as attached to the sing.
as "rrin 2 Sam. 22, 37.40, 48, rigºrº
Gen. 2, 21; Errin, errºrinn, see Heb.
Gramm. § 101. n. 3; below, beneath, un-
der, iné, Arab. 3.33, Eth, thºf, id.
E. g. Bºri nrir, under the heavens
Dan. 9, 12. Jºër, nrir, under the sun,
see tºu. -rri nrin under the mount-
ain, at its foot, Ex. 24, 4. Tiºn nrir,
under the tongue Ps. 10, 7. 66, 17, and
Bºnº, nrir, under the lips 140, 4, i.e. in
the mouth. ‘E Tº nrin under one's hand,
i. e. in his power or keeping, 1 Sam.
21,9. Of a woman who commits whore-
dom or adultery under a husband, i. e.
while married and owing fidelity to her
husband, Num. 5, 19. Ez. 23, 5; comp.
in rºy and below in aa. TºS nrir, under
wffliction, impending calamity, Hab. 3,
7. In Hab. 3, 16 we may render "nna
Tºns I tremble under me, i. e. in my
knees and limbs.-With verbs of motion
o:) beneath, under any thing, 2 Sam. 22
. 37.40. 48. Gen. 18, 4. Judg. 3, 30. (3)
wnder, i. e. down, downwards, Kottº, i. q,
Hº ; Am. 2, 13 bºrrºr-pºs? "Ehs pr. I
press you downwards. Job 40, 12.--Hence
With Prefixes: aa) nnnº adv. be-
low, beneath, see above in a.-As Prep,
in Śx, from under, from beneath, spoken
of persons or things which come cut
from under any thing. Ez. 47, 1 waters
came out ºn nrirº from under the
threshold. Prov. 22, 27 why should one
take away thy bed Hºrrº from under
thee 2 i.e. on which thou liest. Ex. 6, 6.
Deut. 7, 24. Hence P nº nºt, see
above in lett. b, and nºt.—Rarely for
h nrirº below, under any thing, Job 26,
5. Ex. 42, 9.—Another nnnº e loco, see
in no. 2, init.
bb) h nnnn (opp.; bº) below, under
any thing; as sºpº, nrirº under the
firmament Gen. 1, 7. Ex. 30, 4, nrirº
bs nº under or below Bethel, i.e. be-
low the hill on which Bethel stood, Gen.
35, 8; comp. 1 Sam. 7, 11.
cc) h nrirº, i. q. the preceding, after
a verb of motion, 1 K. 7, 32.
dd) nrin-bs under, pr. ‘ to under,’ ol
place whither, Jer. 3, 6, Zech. 3, 10;
* nrin-bs Ez. 10, 2. Of place where
i Sam. 21, 4.
2. What is whder any one, i. e. place,
stead, in or on which one stands or is ;
Zech. 6, 12 rio: "prinz from his place
he shall spring up, i. e. in his own na-
tive land; comp. Ex. 10, 23. Hence a)
Acc. in one’s place, in loco. Ex. 16, 29
Tºrrin ºns hau; abide ye every one in his
place. Judg. 7, 21. 1 Sam. 14, 9, 2 Sam.
2, 23. 7, 10. 1 Chr. 17,9. Job 36, 16 Erin
rºtºrin psºn 8b a broad place, where
(in which) there is no straitness, b) in
place of instead of, spoken of a person
succeeding in the place of another, Lev,
16, 32. Esth. 2, 17. Ps. 45, 17 Tri-N nrir,
Tº "ri" in the place of thy fathers
shall be thy children. Hence of things
exchanged for others, e.g. of price, in-
stead of, for, Gen. 30, 15. 1 Sain. 2, 20
1 K. 21, 2; also after verbs of requiting
1 Sam. 25, 21. H% nºn for what? why?
Jer. 5, 19.
nnn
**n
1129
With a relat. conjunct. e. g. ht's hº
D.) instead of that, whereas, Deut. 28,
62. 3) instead of, in return for, because,
Deut. 21, 14. 2 K. 22, 17.—Also ºr nnn
id. Deut. 4, 37. The same is likewise
rrn c. inf. Is. 60, 15; comp. Job 34, 26
Bºstºn nrir, for the fuller priºr, nrith
bºx ºn because they are wicked.
3. Tahath, (place, station,) pr. n. a)
A station of the Israelites in the desert,
Num. 33, 26. b) A man o) 1 Chr. 6,
9, 22. 6, 7) 7, 20.
Fºº Chald. prep. under, Dan. 4, 11
*ninrir. 2 i. q. Heb. hºrrº. The
more usual form is ninth.
TTFTTE m. adj. (from nnn) f. Hinrin,
lower, lowest, i. q. "rrin, Josh. 18, 13.
1 K. 6, 6. Is. 22, 9. Ez. 40, 18. al.
"Frn m. adj. (from nºr) f Herrin
and nºrrin; plur. Bºrrin, niºr rin; low-
er, lowest, Ps, 86, 13. Deut. 32, 22. Gen.
6, 16. nºnrir ribe the lower millstone Job
41, 16. -r]r nºnrin the lower part of the
mount, at its foot, Ex. 19, 27. -nierrºr
yºs the lower parts of the earth, Sheol,
Hades, Is. 44, 23; poet. for any hidden
place, e. g. of the mother's womb Ps.
139, 15. The same is niºr rin-yºs Ez.
26, 20, 32, 18.24; comp. nºnrir, hia the
lowest (deepest) pit, Ps, 88, 7. Lam. 3,
55.
7"º a doubtful root, see in r. Tirº.
Tiºn m. adj. (from Tºrº) f. ryº-"r,
mid, middle, inner; Fiji="nri hºr, the
mid city, the midst of the city, 2 K. 20,
4 Keth, and genr. Ex. 26, 28. Judg. 7,
19. 1 K. 6, 6.8. Ez. 41, 7. 42, b. 6.
Tºwn (for Tibºr; gift, according to
Simonis,) Tilon, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 20
Keri, where Keth. Tibºn. R. brº.
Nºrº Is. 21, 14. Jer. 25, 23, and Nº
Job 6, 19, (r. Tº, Tºº) Tema, pr. n.
a) A son of Ishmael, Gen. 25, 15. b)
A tract and people in the Arabian des-
ert, so called from Tema (lett. a); and
still called by the Arabs U.43 Teima,
•orresponding to the Óoſiuo of Ptol. 6. p.
79. But the Arabian Teima is only
about three days’ journey northwest of
Medina. Prob. therefore Heb. Nº-n is
..q. Tººn no.2, b, and so the LXX always
write it 6tagoo See Thesaur. p. 600.
7%"º, once ſº Job 9, 9, comm. gend
(masc. in signſ. 2, Obad. 9; ſem, in sig.
mif. 1, Is. 43, 6. Cant. 4, 16,) pr. ‘what
is on the right hand,” denom. from 7”.
Hence
1. the south, the southern quarter, see
Tº no. 3; Josh. 12, 3. 13, 4. Job 9, 9
Is, 43, 6. Hab. 3,8. Zech. 6, 6. al. With
in loc. Fºr southward, to the south
Ex. 26, 18. 35. 27, 9. Num. 3, 29. Ez
47, 19. Hººr. Tº Ez. 21, 2, § Hyº-g
southwards of, on the south of Num. 2,
10. Poet. Tººn for ºr nin, the south
wind, Ps. 78, 26. Cant. 4, 16. Comp.
jips.
2. Teman, pr. n. a) A grandson of
Esau, Gen. 36, 11, 15. b) A city, re-
gion, and people on the east of Idumea
sprung from Teman (lett. a), Gen. 36
42. Jer. 49, 7. 20. Ez. 25, 13. Am. 1, 11
12. Ob. 9. Like other Arabs (1 K. 5, 11)
the Temanites were celebrated for wis-
dom, Jer. 49, 7. Baruch 3, 22.23; comp.
Job 2, 11. 22, 1.—Patronym. ºn Te-
manite, Job l. c. Gen. 36,34. 1 Chr. 1, 45.
º (comp. patronym. ºn in
Tºrn) Temeni, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 4, 6.
Tºm, see in Hºn.
* W "º a doubtful root, whence the
following.
º the Tizite, gentile n. 1 Chr. 11,
45; derived from yºr, the name of some
place elsewhere unknown. Simonis re-
gards it as for yºn; from r. Ynº, Onomast.
-'ºr 3
tºnnºr, and ºn F. m. (r. 5-5) new wine,
so called because it gets possession of
the brain, and inebriates; comp. Syr.
fºe, Chald, nº, id. Hos. 4, 11
sh nº lºinºn. Tº nºt whoredom and
wine and new wine take away the heart,
i. e. the understanding. Judg. 9, 13.
Mic. 6, 15. al. Often coupled: ‘ni ſãº
corn and new wine Gen. 27, 28; Tº Yºs
uj-ºn, a land of corn and new wine, i. e.
abounding ſn them, Deut. 33, 28. Is. 36,
17; also more fully, corn, wine, and oil,
Deut. 28, 51. 2 Chr. 32, 28. Joel 2, 19.
al. Of the juice of the grape, Is. 65, 8.
[All the passages go to show, that unnºr,
is new wine of the first year, the wine-
crop or vintage of the season; and hence
it is mostly coupled with wine and oil
as a product of the land. That it was
95
**n
bºn
1130
regarded as intoxicating is shown by
Hos. 4, 11 ; see above.—R.
sº (fear, r. sºlº) Tiria, pr. n. m.
1 Chr. 4, 16.
bºrº m. Tiras, Gen. 10, 2, pr. n. of a
northern people sprung from Japhet;
according to Josephus, Jerome, Jonath.
and Targ of Jerusalem, the Thracians,
Thrace. See Bocharti Phaleg. II. 2.
Thesaur. p. 1501.
* tº "Tº obsol. root, prob. to smile, to
beat, to bruise, i. q. Tºr, or ºr q.v. and
tºº?.-Hence
tº m. plur. Erºn, a he-goat, buck,
so called from its butting; Prov. 30, 31.
Gen. 3G, 35. 32, 15. 2 Chr. 17, 11. Arab.
Jºš caper, Chald, ºr, suºr, hircus;
Syr, i.22 id.
Tº m. (r. 12F) oppression, violence,
Ps. 10, 7, 55, 12; fully Tin Ps. 72, 14.
>k Her in Kal not used, according to
the Heb. inſpp. ‘to be fitted, joined ;”
better to lean upon, to lie down, comp.
Arab. -U3 Conj. VIII.
Pual Deut. 33, 3 ºh ºr Brú and
they (the Israelites) are laid down (en-
camped) at thy feet, i. e. at the foot of
Mount Sinai. Some prefer to read her
they abide, from Syr. 92 to abide.
I. Tº f. (r. 12) place, dwelling,
Job 23, 3.
II. Tºpº f (r. 12n) 1. arrangement,
fashion, Ez. 43, 11, i. q, nºr in v. 10.
2. costly furniture, splendid equipage,
Nah. 2, 10. Comp, nºr no. 2.
tº m. plur. 1 K. 10,22, and tºn
2 Chr. 9, 21, peacocks, according to the
Targ. Syr. Arabs, Jerome, and the Heb.
intpp. Corresponding are Tamil togai
or tèghai, Sanscr. gikhin. This would
reem to have been the domestic name
of this bird in India ; and hence comes
also Gr, twdig, twóg, pr. to Fös, Athen. IX.
p. 397, (whence Arab. Jºlº, Chald.
bº, Syr. ise, and also Lat. pano, the
'etters t and p being interchanged;
tomp. Moſºg, lapis, Alêoç. See Bochart
|Hieroz. T. II. p. 135 sq. A. Benary in
Berliner litt. Jahrbücher 1831. no. 96.
>k Ter obsol. root, pr. to trample up
on, to crush ; then to oppress, to harass
Arab. & to crush under foot; comp.
Syr. 92 to injure, i. g. Heb. *ts. Chald.
T=n, in id. Kindr. are Taº, ppg, riri.
also syn, riºr.—Hence Tri, and
tº m. plur. spoilings, oppressions,
espec. of the poor; once Prov. 29, 13 tº"N
pººr an oppressor of the poor, Sept.
Śwsigris, Vulg, creditor. In the similar
passage Prov. 22, 2, it is nºw; the rich
man, prob. usurer.
>k ber obsol. root, prob. to shell, to
peel, i. q brº II, whence nºrlu; a shell-
fish, muscle. Hence nºr.
Tº f (r. Hº) completion, perfec
tion, Ps. 119, 96.-Others hope, confi
dence, from r. bar, $22, to hope.
nºn f. (r. Hº) 1. perfection, com.
pleteness, Job 11, 7. Ps. 139, 22 nººn
nsºu) perfect hatred.—For Is. 10, 25, see
in nººn.
2. end, e.vtremity, Neh. 3, 21. Job 26,
10 nºn-ex is nºn-ny lit, unto the
end of the light with the darkness, i. e.
where the light terminates in darkness.
28, 3 pn sºn nºn-B; he searcheth
even to all ends, i. e. into the deepest
recesses of the earth.
nºn f (r. bºrº) a shellfish, muscle,
helia, iamthina Linn. i. e. a species of
muscle ſound in the Mediterranean, ad-
hering to the rocks, with a cerulean
shell, Rabb. Tºrºn; from which is pro-
cured the blue or cerulean purple.
Hence for cerulean purple violet, dark
blue, Fr. blew foncé, and also for cloths,
garments, yarn or thread, dyed with this
purple ; espec. of the hangings and
other cloths of the tabernacle, in which
this colour was combined with reddish
purple, scarlet, and gold, Ex. 26, 1.31.
36. 27, 16; nºn tº a cloth of blue, for
covering the sacred table and other fur-
niture, Num. 4, 6, 7, 9, 11. 12; 'n rsh:
loops of blue, for connecting the hang-
ings, Ex. 26, 4. 36, 11. The same mix-
ture of colours was employed in the
ephod of the high priest, Ex. 28, 6.8
15. 28. 39, 2. 5.8; while his robe was
wholly of blue, Ex. 28, 31. 39, 22. See
also Ex. 25, 4, 5; 28, 33. 35, 6, 23. 36, 8
1-n
35m
1131
39, 24. Also precious cloths and gar-
ments of this colour are mentioned, Ez.
23, 6. 27, 7. 24. Jer. 10,9. Esth. 8, 15.
n bºrn a cord of blue Ex. 28, 37. 39,21.
Num, 15, 38, comp. Ex. 35, 25; also tºpºn
ºn an embroiderer in blue Ex. 35, 35. 38,
23, comp. 39, 3. 2 Chr. 2, 6. 13. Sept.
and Vulg, well, iſºzwóog, jazlvölvos,
hyacinthina.-Ibn Ezra, Rashi, and Lu–
ther, wrongly, pale or yellowish silk.—
See Bochart Hieroz. II. 720–742; or III.
655–686 Lips. Braun de Vestitu sacer-
dot. p. 187–200. Thesaur. p. 1502 sq.
*iºn 1. Pr. to make even, to level,
see Niph. Kindr. is ſpr.
2. to poise, to weigh, by the equilibri-
um of the balance; metaph. to weigh,
i. e. tº prove, to try, Prov, 16, 2 ºn
nin’ ninth- Jehovah proveth the minds.
21, 2, 24, 12.
Niph. pr. to be made even, to be equal,
level, as a way; trop. of a way of con-
duct, to be equal, right, comp. r. nº,
Ez. 18, 25. 29. 33, 17. 20. 1 Sam. 2, 3.
Comp. in Kal. -
PIEL ºn 1. to weigh, e. g. the wa-
ters Job 28, 25; metaph. to prove, to try,
Is. 40, 13.
2. to measure ; Is. 40, 12 who hath
measured the heavens with a span 2 in
the other clause T1?, ºpuj.
3. to set up, to fiv, to adjust, e. g. by
a level or plumb, Ps. 75, 4.
PUAL part. Enº, weighed out, e. g.
wnoney 2 K. 12, 12.
Deriv. ºn, H:ºr II, nºir, nºr?.
Tº m. (r. Prº) 1. a task, as weighed
or measured out, Ex. 5, 18.
2. a measure Ez. 45, 11.
3. Tochen, pr. m. of a place in the tribe
of Simeon, 1 Chr. 4, 32.
nº f (r. 12m)
patterm, Ez. 43, 10.
2. completeness, perfection, sum, Ez.
28, 12.
jº m. (r. Th2) a wide robe, man-
ſle, pallium, the long and flowing robe
pf an oriental monar:h, Esth. 8 15.
Shald, id.
ºr m. (r. bºr, no. 2) c. suff, Här, a hill,
Josh. 11, 13; espec. a mound, a heap of
•ubbish, Deut. 13, 17. Josh. 8, 28. Jer, 30,
1. arrangement,
18, 49.2. Arab. J3 Tel Chaldºn, sy,
issz and j2, id. also Egypt. T&A
e2.2\, ee?\, id.—Hence come the fol
lowing names of Babylonian cities
called after hills or mounds in their vi
cinity, see Assemani Bibl. Orient. ind
geogr. T. III. 2. p. 784 sq. Burckhardt's
Travels in Syria, etc. p. 69 sq. 142
Bibl. Res. in Palest. III. Ind. p. 232.
a) = "as ºr Tel-abib, i. e. corn-hill
Ez. 3, 15, in Mesopotamia on the ri-
ver Chaboras, perh. the Thal-labba on
D'Anville's map, ‘l’Euphrate et le Ti-
gre.” But this is doubtful.
b) sºr ºr Tel-harsha, i. e. forest.
hill (see ºri), in Babylonia, Ezra 2,59.
Neh. 7, 61.
c) nº brº Tel-melah, i.e. salt-hill, also
in Babylonia, Ezra 2, 59. Neh. 7, 61.
>k sº i. q, nºr), to hang up, to sus-
pend, 2 Sam. 21, 12 Keri Bisºn they had
hanged them; Keth. Bºbº from r. nºr.—
Part pass. Nºr; twice: a) Deut. 28,
66 thy life will hang (be suspended) be-
fore thee, i. e. will ever be in present
and pressing danger. b) With B, hang-
ing after, bent, inclined ; Hos. 11, 7 º'
ºn:hº pºsiºn my people are bent (in-
clined) to defection from me.
nsºn f. (r. Fish, as Hłºr from r.
rºy ; for Hysºn, rissºn, see Lgb. p.
509) travail, trouble, distress, Ex. 18, 8.
Num. 20, 14. Neh. 9, 32. Lam. 3, 5.
Hºsºn ſ. (r. 5sh) thirst ; once Hos.
13, 5 ni-Nºn Pºs a thirsty land, i. e.
dry.
nigsºn 2 K. 19, 12, and nº Is. 37,
12, Telassar, pr. n. of a region in Assy-
ria or Mesopotamia, which, also further
occurs in Targ. Hieros. Gen. 14, 1.9, for
Heb. hºs, and likewise in the same
Targ, and in Jonath. Gen. 10, 12 ſor
Heb. p. Prob. for nºtes ºr Assyrian
Tel. Ewald regards it as perh, the
same with the Theleda of the Peutin.
ger Tables, near Palmyra.
nujahn f (r. 55%) a garment, Is. 59
1". - -
sºn Chald. m. snow, i. q. Heb. Ahuj
Dan. 7, 9.
nº nyºn, see 'prºn.
ºbn
25 n
1132
nºn, see niúin.
>k H}; fut, pl. ºbnº, 1. to hang up,
o suspend, Chald, and Syr, Nºr), ſiz, id.
The primary idea is that of being loose,
pendulous; see Hºj, Bhuj, Bhuj, bºrn;
comp. Gr. 1260 to suspend in a bal-
ance, whence tºkovtov. 2 Sam. 18, 10.
Job 26, 7. Ps. 137, 2. Cant. 4, 4. Ez. 15,
3. Yºr, by ‘E nºr to hang upon a stake
Arc, oss, to crucify, a species of punish-
ument among the Hebrews Deut. 21, 22.
Josh. S, 29. 10, 26, comp. 2 Sam. 4, 12;
the Egyptians Gen. 40, 19. 22. 41, 13;
and the Persians Esth. 5, 14. 6, 4. 7, 9.
10. 8, 7. 9, 13. 14, 25.
2. Intrans. to hang upon, to adhere to,
r by Is. 22, 24. Syr. Ethpe. --Szzi id.
NIPH. pass. Lam. 5, 12. Esth. 2, 23.
PIEL i. Q. Kal, Ez. 27, 10. 11.
Deriv. ºn.
Tº ſ. (r. ºb Niph.) a murmuring,
complaining, e.g. of a people, only plur.
niºn (others less well niºn) Ex. 16,
* 9. 12. Num. 14, 27. 17, 25.
>k nºr obsol. root, Talm. to be broken,
ruptured, perh. kindr. with Arab. -ºš
and J3 to break the head; Chald, whº
to cleave.—Hence
nº (breach) Telah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr.
7, 25.
ºn m. (r. Här, like * from r. nº)
&n. Asyóu. Gen. 27, 3, a quiver, according
to most of the ancient intpp. So called as
being suspended from the shoulder or
girdle. So Sept. Gr. Venet. Pseudojon.
Vulg. But Onk, and Syr. render it a
sword.
"nº Chald, ord, num, emphat.
risnºn, the third, Dan. 2, 39. R. nºn
hree.
*::F 1. to sway to and fro, to vi-
brale ; kindr. are bºº, bºy, bºg, which
tº .
see; also Hèr, Arab. Jº to loosen and
et down the rope in a well, Eth. Tººf
o vibrate; comp. Gr. takovtsi so 904, toy-
toºls “so 90.1, to sway to and fro. Hence
bºrºn.
2. to raise up, to lift up, pr. any thing
swaying to and fro, loose, unsteady;
hen to heap together, e. g. loose earth,
Gr. 260, zºº vul, whence zăuo.—Hence
genr. to heap up, to cast up, e. g. a
mound; comp. Bºtº id. Hºo a mound
Part, pass. Sabr, heaped up, made high,
lofty, of a mount, Ez. 17, 22. Chald.
bºr elevated; Syr, in SSNse erect,
Hence ºn.
3. to be cast, projected, prostrated ; or
trans. to cast upon the ground, to pros
Q -
trate; like Arab. Jºs and Heb. bºr, and
bºº from r. bho. Hence
HipH. Snr, and with tone drawn back
brº. Gen. 31,7; 2 sing, praet. tºrn Judg.
16, 10. 13. 15; inf. Brry Ex. 8, 25. Job
13, 9; ſut. 2 plur. *nrir (comp. HTinº,
Sºujinº) Job 13, 9, also before a pause
and neglecting the Dagesh horrº. Jer.
9, 4, and under the great pause-accent
bºrº. 1 K. 18, 27; pr. to prostrate any
one, to trip up his heels. Hence
1. to deceive, to dupe, to cheat, sc. with
guile, c. 3 of pers. Gen. 31, 7. Judg. 16,
10. 13. 15. Job 13, 9. Jer. 9, 4.
2. to mock, to deride, 1 K. 18, 27.
the derivatives Bºrn and nºnrº.
Hoph. Pryºri, to be deceived, e. g. the
heart, Is, 44, 20.
NOTE. Others refer the above forms
of Hiphil and Hophal, as also the deriv-
atives pºrt, and nºntº, to the root
bnri, where see. But this is less well.
See espec. Ewald Krit. Gramm. d. Heb.
Spr. 1827, p. 487; also his Lehrb. d.
Heb. Spr. edit. 5, § 127. d.
Deriv. ºn, bºrº, cºrn, niżrrº.
See
>k Ebrº obsol. root, prob. i. Q. Arab
3, to break, to cut in. Hence the
two following.
Fºr m. plur constr. "ºr, a furrow
Hos. 10, 4. 12, 12. Job 31, 38. 39, 10.
Ps. 65, 11. Arab. *G. Chald. Ehr,
R. Ehr.
Yº (ſurrowed, r. bºr) Talmai, pr
n. a) A king of Geshur, the father.
in-law of David, 2 Sam. 3, 3. 13, 37
b) An Anakite Num. 13, 22. Josh. 15
14. Judg 1, 10.
Tººn m. (r. Tºº) a disciple, scholar
1 Chr. 25, 8, Syr. ſ. sas.2, Aral
Öº, id.
55 m
Hºn
1133
hiº, see in Hºn.
*:::: in Kal not used, Arab. ºf ſº
• G. , to be long-necked, to be stretch-
td ou, long. Hence many derive shin
a worm; but see in shin.
PUAL part, sºrº, denom. from shin
q. v. clothed in crimson, Nah. 2, 4.—
For risºnº teeth, see in its order.
>k Fºr obsol. root, Arab. —iſs to pe-
rish ; IV, to destroy ; —ić destruction.
Hence perhaps
*pºn adj. destructive ; only plur.
niºr the destructive, the deadly ; po-
etic for weapons, arms. Cant. 4, 4 as
the tower of Davia niºn; ºn built
for the weapons, i.e. on or in which the
weapons are suspended; comp. Ez. 27,
10. 11, also 1 K. 10, 16. 14, 26. 1 Macc.
4, 57. 6, 2. Plin. H. N. 35. 3. So Gese-
nius.--Others, in nearly the same sense,
take nineºn as compounded from ºn (r.
nºr to hang) and nine edges sc. of
swords, comp. Prov. 5, 4 and Ps. 149, 6;
i.e. suspended weapons, and hence an ar-
senal. Vulg. propugnacula.-The ſorm
ninehn itay also be referred to the root
G.
FE8, Arab. -ă] to roll up, to congre-
gate; hence a tower for bands of sol-
diers, where to deposit their arms. See
more in Thesaur, p. 1506.
nºn, see nºsºr. N
: nër, Chald. with fem. and snºº,
Hrbº, with masc. three, i. Q. Heb. Ubuj;
so Ezra 6.4. Dan. 3, 24. al. Hrºn bin
the third day, Ezra 6, 15.—Plur. Tºrºr
thirty Dan. 6, 8, 13.
Deriv. the two following.
nºr Chald, emphat. Nrºn abstr. the
, hird; Dan. 5, 29 sºn pºuj the third
ruler or noble, i. e. the third in the
kingdom, next to the king and his prime
minister. In v. 16 ellipt. Nºhn id.—
This form is elsewhere unknown; the
usual form is "nºn.
wrºn Chald. m. (ſtom nºr) the third,
Oan. 5, 7. Synon. is "nºn. This
orm, like the preceding, is esswhere
$nknown.
tºn m. plur. (r. 9%r, no. .) wav-
'ng branches, i. e. pendulous flexible
boughs, with which flowing locks are
compared, Cant. 5, 11. LXX #14tal,
Vulg. elatha palmarum. Comp. Bºg
no. 2; also bºth and bººe. Arab.
$135 wicker basket, pr, as made of
pendulous twigs.
bº m. adj. (r. 52%) f. riºr, whole,
perfect, upright, Lat. integer, only in a
moral sense, nearly i, q. Huffy, Job 1, 1
8 2, 3, 8, 20. 9, 20. 21. 22. Ps. 64, 5.
Prov. 29, 10–Hence also simple, plain,
innocent; Gen. 25, 27-g" ºn Jºs =Exº
thºris Jacob was a plain man dwelling
in tents, where prº seems to imply the
milder and placid disposition of Jacob,
in opposition to the wilder and ſerocious
character of Esau. Fem. c. suff, "nºn
ºny innocent one, Cant. 5, 2, 6,9.—Subst.
neut. witegrity, Ps. 37, 37.
tº Chald, adv. i. q. Heb, buj, there,
always with n local, Hºrn, there, i. q
Heb. H%u; no. 4, b, Ezra 5, 17. 6, 12.
Hºn"Tº from there, thence, Ezra 6, 6.
See art. Du, ;
PF. m. (r. borº) once pin Prov. 10, 9
c. Makk. -er), c. suff, ºr ; wholeness
entireness, Lat. integritas.
1. Of number and measure, fulness
Is. 47, 9 Bºrº in full measure.
2. Of condition or fortune, soundness,
welfare, prosperity, i. q. Dibuj. Job 21,
23 ºr psy: in his full prosperity. Ps.
41, 13.
3. In a moral sense, integrity of mind,
wprightness, innocence, Ps. 7, 9, 25, 21.
41, 13. Prov. 13, 6, Job 4, 6. Hº-prº in-
tegrity of heart Gen. 20, 5.6. Ps. 78,72;
Bhā ºr Prov. 10, 9, or iara 'n Prov.
28, 6. Ps. 26, 1. 11, comp. Ps. 101, 2, or
bn 'n Prov. 2, 7, to walk in integrity, to
live uprightly. Put for that simplicity
of mind which is remote from mischieſ
or ill design; 1 K. 22, 34 one drew a
bow wºrk in his simplicity, i. e. without
any evil intent. 2 Sam. 15, 11 Dºn
Bºrº who went (with him) in their sim-
plicity, not conscious of any evil design.
4. Plur. Bºr. Thummim, i. e. truth,
Sept. &Añ9suo: ; see in his no. 1. b.
Nº, see sººn.
* Fºr fut. man, to be astonished, to
wonder; Syr. olºcz, Chald. Fron, also
Fºr id, the labial letters being inter
95°
Hºn
*}^n
1134
thanged. For the origin see in Boº
note, and r. bºuj. Absol. Is. 29, 9; c.
by oſ cause Ecc. 5, 7. Praegn. Is. 13, 8
Arºr. Hyn-bs gas they looked with
astonishment at one another ; comp.
Gen. 43, 33. Sometimes in a stronger
sense, to be struck with fear and amaze-
ment, to be in consternation, Ps. 48, 6.
Jer. 4, 9. Ecc. 5, 7. Poet. of the pillars
of heaven, Job 26, 11.
Hith P. Fºrnr: id. Hab. 1, 5.
Deriv. Tinyºn, and
Fºº Chald. m. a wonder, miracle,
plur. Triºr, emphat. Nºnº, Dan. 3,
32. 33. 6, 28.
Tº f. (r. 52n) i. q. masc. ºn, integ-
rity, innocence, Job 2, 3.9. 27, 5. 31, 6.
Tºn m. (r. Fºr) constr. inºr, as-
tonishment, consternalion, terror, Zech.
12, 4; 558 ‘F astonishment and terror
of mind, Deut. 28, 28.
Tºº Tammuz, c. art. Th;ann, pr. n.
of a Phenician deity, the Adonis (its)
of the Greeks; for whom the Hebrew
women also were accustomed to hold
an annual lamentation in the fourth
month, called Tºn, beginning with the
new moon of July, Ez. 8, 14. Sept.
6tsuuous, Vulg. Adonis ; and so Cyrill.
Alex. in Jes. 18. Hieron. ad Ez. l. c.
For this Syrian solemnity, celebrated
chiefly at Byblus, see Lucian de Dea
Syra Ś 6 sq. Comp. Selden de Dis
Syris 2. 31. Creuzer Symbolik des
Alterthums, T. II. p. 91 sq. ed. 2.
Movers Phoenic. I. p. 191 sq. Winer
Real w. II. p. 601 sq. ed. 3. The ety-
mology is obscure; see Thesaur. p.
507,
>ion and Sºn adv. (ſor bion's q. v.)
yesterday; 1 Sam. 20, 27 piºn tº Sion RA
both yesterday and to-day. 2 Sam. 3, 17
plºt; DA bion ºf both yesterday and the
day before, i.e. formerly, in time past;
und so tºuj bion id. Ex. 5, 8. Ruth 2,
1. Also with a prefix, tº bionz as
before, as formerly, Gen. 31, 2.5. Ex. 5,
. 14. Josh. 4, 18, 1 Sam. 21, 6. 2 K.
3. 5; also tºbu, Bicrº from time past,
veſore, formerly, Ex. 21, 29, 36, Deut.
1 42, 19, 4, 6, Josh. 3, 4–Syr. §§22ſ,
~2ſ; Chall, ºgns, biors “ºn;
Eth. ‘tº 45°, id. As to the etymo
logy, the word, as R. Jonah suggests
is prob. composed from nS (mS) with,
at, and bio, bºo, pr. i. q. pº-ns, tº
and is then transferred from a loca.
relation to that of time. This mode of
formation is required by the form bioms
whence by aphaeresis bion; nor does a
root ºn afford any light in any of the
kindred dialects.
Tº f. (r. 2) constr. nºon, once
nººn Num. 12, 8.
1. appearance, form, shape, Num. 12,
8. Ps. 17, 15. Job 4, 16 º' Tº nºr a
shape was before my eyes. Deut. 4, 12, i5.
2. an image, likeness, Ex. 20, 4. Deut.
4, 16. 23. 25. 5, 8.
Tº f (r. 12) 1. earchange, bar-
ter, espec. in buying and selling, Ruth
4, 7. Hence earchange, i. Q. that for
which any thing is exchanged; Job 28,
17 tº ºz. Frºn" and the earchange of
it is [not] vessels of gold, i. e. wisdom
is not to be acquired for gold. Lev. 27,
10. 33.
2. compensation, retribution, Job 15,
31. 20, 18 Sby: Nº innºn bºriz as a
possession to be restored, in which one
rejoices not.
Tº f (r. nº.2) death, only in the
phrase Hryhory-º: sons of death, con-
demned to death, i. q. nº-ºn, Ps. 79,
11. 102, 21.
Tº (in Samar. laughter) Temah,
in pause nor Tamah, pr. n. m. Ezra 2,
53. Neh. 7, 55.
Tº m. (r. 7:2) 1. Subst, continu-
ance, perpetuity, i. e. perpetual time, as
moving on continually without interrup-
tion. Only in the genit. aſter other
nouns, in place of an adjective; e. g.
**ºn huºs men of continuance, i.e. hired
constantly, and not for a short period,
Ez. 39, 14; Tºon nºis a continual burnt-
offering, i.e. continued daily, both morn-
ing and evening. Num. 28, 6. 10. 15, 23.
24; Tºrºn Erb the continual bread, i. q
tº Erik Num. 4, 7. Rarely in apposit.
as ºn Hhis Num. 28, 3.
2. Ellipt. for Tºrºn rhiy the daily
sacrifice Dan. 8, 11. 12. 13, 11. 31.
3. Adv. continually, ever, always Ps
16, 8, 25, 15. 34, 2. Is. 21, 8, 49, 16. a.
*}^n
tºn
1135
tº m, adj. (r. 52n) constr. bºr,
plur. Bºon, constr. "?"ºn; ſem. nººn,
plur. riºr.
1. complete, perfect, Ps. 19, 8. Job 36,
4. 37, 16.
2. whole, entire, Lev. 3, 9. 25, 30.
Josh. 10, 13.
3. whole, sound, i.e. a) without blem-
ish, as victims Ex. 12, 5. Lev. 1. 3. 3,
1. 6.. 9, 2. 3. Num. 6, 14. Ez. 43, 22. 23.
al. step. b) sound, in health, of men,
Prov. 1, 12.—Hence
4. Trop. in a moral sense, Lat. integer,
whole-minded, i. e.
a) upright, innocent, blameless, good,
Gen. 6, 9, 17, 1. Job 12, 4. Prov. 2, 21.
:1. 5. 28, 10. Ps. 37, 18. TI-Nººr,
the upright in life Prov. 11, 20. Ps. 119,
1. BS E3 tºrn upright with (towards)
God, devoted to him, Deut. 18, 13. Ps.
18, 24; c. , 2 Sam. 22, 24; comp. Dºug
no. 3. Neut. subst. integrity, Josh. 24,
14. Judg. 9, 16. 19. Hence tºr: Tºr,
to walk (live) uprightly Ps, 84, 12; and
so pºor Thr id. Ps, 15, 2. Prov. 28, 18;
also pºor. Tº Tºr id. Ps. 101, 6;
comp. Phil Tºri.
b) true, subst. truth, verity. Am. 5,
10 pºor hiº, one speaking the truth.
1 Sam. 14, 41 pºor, Tºri give the truth /
Dººm. for Bºsn, pr. plur, of a form
ESr., q.v. twins; hence twain, coupled,
Ex. 26, 24, 36, 29. See r. Esm.
N
* Tº fut. Ton: ; kindr, with Tºp.
1. to take, to lay hold of, e. g. one's
hand, c. acc. Gen. 48, 17. Prov. 5, 5; c.
a Is. 33, 15. Prov. 28, 17. Job 36, 17 Tº
i-ºn- tº justice and judgment lay
hold sc. on thee; where Gesenius and
others less well, take hold on each other,
see in Tº no. 1. c. Here too may be re-
ferred Ps. 16, 5 nºis Tzin rins thou
takest hold of my lot, dost guide and
maintain it; the form T^in being a
participle for Tain or Thºin, like awab
2 K. 8, 21 ; see Heb. Gr. § 49, n. 1.
2. to obtain, to acquire, e. g. honour,
t. acc. Prov. 11, 16. 29, 23.
3. to hold, to hold fast, c acc. Prov.
; 18, 31, 19; toº; Tºin one holding the
teeptre, a prince, Am. 1, 5, 8; comp.
Hom. Jamirroizos flookság. Metaph.
Prov. 4, 4; also Ps. 17, 5 ºu's Tºr,
#"rºbºx2: my steps hold fast whº thy
paths, i. e. I continually follow thee
here the inf. Tor implies a finite verb,
or fills the place of one; Heb. Gr. § 128.
4. b. Others, as Targ. take Tor, as
imperat. hold up my goings in thy paths.
4, to hold up, to support ; c. : Ex. 17,
12 they supported his hands. Often of
God who is said to uphold a person or
thing, c. : Ps. 41, 13. 63, 9. Is. 42, 1
c. acc. of pers. Is. 41, 10.
NIPH. pass. of no. 3, Prov. 5, 22.
º, see bion.
:k Dºrº, 3 sing. praet. Ern, 1 pl. hyºrn
Num 17, 28 (but also hºn for hyan Lam.
3, 22); inf Ern, c. suff, ºn. Fut. Enº,
once Err, Ez. 24, 11; 1 sing. once ºn"N
for tºns Ps. 19, 14; plur. honº Deut. 34,
8, oftener hyań" (which others refer to
Niph.) Num. 14, 35. Jer. 14, 15. 44, 12.
Ps. 104, 35, in pause toº or as in some
Mss. Azarº Ps. 102, 28.
1. to make whole, i. e. to complete, to
perfect, to finish ; Ps. 64, 7, Jer. 27, 8
it: Ers ºr is until I shall have fin-
ished them (wholly delivered them) into
his hand. With a c. inf to finish doing
any thing, to have dome; Josh. 3, 17
Hºn-ns -hy} *2n -ºs is until they
had finished passing oper Jordan. 4, 1.
11. 2 Sam. 15, 24. Josh. 5, 8 ºn nu;sº
biºrth ºian-bº when the people had done
being circumcised, were all circumcised.
Deut 2, 16 nº ºr when they all had
dome dying, i. e. were all dead.—Oſten
intrans. to be complete, to be finished ;
1 K. 7, 22 and the work of the columns
was finished, Brnº. Is. 18, 5. Bar is
wntil they were finished, i. e. wholly,
Deut. 31, 24. 30. 1 K. 6, 22. Josh. 3, 16
the waters nº ºn were wholly cut off.
tº -
—Arab. As id, trans. and intrans. The
primary idea is doubtless that of shut-
ting up, closing; comp. the kindr. roots
tº, Enri, Eºs, tºº, and also the same
primary force in synon. Fºz.
2. to be finished, ended, to have an
end, to cease, Ps. 9, 7. Is. 16, 4 (parall,
nº and bes). Josh. 4, 10, Lam. 4, 22
Tº prº thine iniquity has ceased, i. e.
thy punishment is at an end. Also of
time, Gen. 47, 18 Nºrri riºn thrºn and
when that year was ended. Lev, 25, 29
Deut. 34, 8, Jer. 1, 3, Ps. 102,28 Tribujº
DYºn
bºn
1136
* Nº and thy years have no end. Ez.
47, 12 innº Dinº Nºb, whose fruit shall
feet)è7° fail. Job 31, 40 airs ** 2p the
words of Job are ended. Ps. 72, 20.
3. to be consumed, eachausted, spent,
i. q, nº no. 3; e. g. bread Jer. 37, 21;
money Gen. 47, 15. 18; a roll as burned
Jer. 36, 23; the rust of a boiling pot,
Ez. 24, 11. So Lev. 26, 20 pº ºn)
bar:2 and your strength shall be spent
in vain. Num. 14, 35. 32, 13 ºn-Ty
niºn-52 until all that generation was
consumed. Deut. 2, 14. Jer. 14, 15. Ps.
104, 35. Hence to perish, to be destroy-
ed, (like nº no. 3,) 2 K. 7, 13. Josh. 5.
6. Ps. 73, 19. Jer. 44, 12. 18, 27; so -Ty
tar until it be destroyed 1 K. 14, 10, and
Egº is until they were destroyed Deut.
2, 15. Josh. 8, 24. 10, 20. Jer. 24, 10, i. q.
nº-Ty, see Hº no. 3 and Pi. no. 3.
4. tc be complete, whole, e. g. a) In
number, 1 Sam. 16, 11 Bºnsºn anti are
these will thy sons 2 Num, 17, 18. b) In
mind, to be whole-minded, upright, blame-
less, Ps. 19, 14. Num. 17, 28 ºn Esri
size even if blameless, must we die? here
EST is ‘even if although '; and so prob.
in Job 6, 13. Others reſer this passage
to lett. a. Comp. Er, pºor.
Niph. here many refer the form ºn",
which belongs rather to Kal; see init.
Hiph. Enri; inf. Enri, once Tºrr for
#ºnri Is. 33, 1; ſut. Enº.
1. i. Q. Kal no. 1, but only trans, to
pomplete, to perfect ; e.g. flesh in cook-
ng, to make ready, to prepare, Ez. 24,
'0; counsel, to eacecute 2 Sam. 20, 18.
2. to finish, to cease; Is. 33, 1 Tºntº
"Tº when thou shalt cease to spoil.
Causat. to cause to cease, and c. 7% to
remove from any one, Ez. 22, 15.
3. Causat. of Kal no. 4, to make whole,
to complete, e. g. a) Of a number;
Dan. 8, 23 pºujer, Ernz when the trans-
gressors shall have completed sc. the
number of their sins. Dan. 9, 24 Keri,
see in r. Err, no. 3. Hence to pay out
in full, as money, i. Q. Pºuj, 2 K. 22, 4.
O) Of a way of life, to make upright;
Hop 22, 3 Tº Enn z if thou livest up-
rightly.
Hith P. bºrn to show oneself upright,
to deal uprightly opith any one, c. by
Ps. 18, 26. 2 Sam. 22, 26.
Deriv. En, En, nºr, evºr, eh?.
jº, see jºb.
Tºº (portion assigned, r. nº?) Gen.
38, 12. Josh. 15, 10. 57. 2 Chr. 28, 18.
with H local nºr Judg. 14, 1.5, and
with n parag. Josh. 19, 43. Judg. 14, 5 ult
Timnah, Timnath, (60 upo. 9& 1 Macc.
9, 50,) pr. n. of an ancient Canaanitish
city Gen. 38, 12; first assigned to the
tribe of Judah, Josh. 15, 10. 57, and after-
wards to Dan Josh. 19, 43. It remain
ed long in possession of the Philistines
Judg. 14, 1. 2 Chr. 28, 18. Comp. Jos.
Ant. 5. 8. 5. Now &A-3 Tibneh, see
Bibl. Res. in Palest. II. p. 343.-Gentile
n, ºr Timnite Judg. 15, 6.—[Josephus
speaks of a Timnah or Outive, in con-
nection with Gophna and Lydda, as
giving name to a toparchy, Ant. 14. 11.
2. B. J. 3. 3. 5. Now called Tibneh,
lying northwest of Gophna on the Ro
man road to Antipatris; see Biblioth
Sacr. 1843, p. 484.—R.
Tºm, see in Hºn.
º, see ſºn.
º, gentile noun, see Hyºr.
Sºº (one withheld, inaccessible, r.
$3%) Timna, pr. n. of a concubine of
Eliphaz the son of Esau, Gen. 36, 12.
22. 1 Chr. 1, 39. From her the name
passed over to an Edomitish tribe, Gen.
36, 40. 1 Chr. 1, 51.
nººn, see in Hººr.
bºſſ"Tºº, see the next article.
TºTºº (portion of abundance, i.e.
remaining portion, see Hºn) Timnath-
serah, pr. m. of a town in the mountains
of Ephraim, assigned to Joshua, and the
place of his burial, Josh. 19, 50. 24, 30.
The same is called in Judg. 2, 9 -nºr
bºr (portion of the sun) Timnath-heres.
The former is prob. the correct read-
ing ; since a possession thus given to
Joshua after the rest of the land was
distributed (Josh. 19, 49) would strictly
be a portion remaining ; see Studer in
loc. [Prob. i. q. Oogy& Timnah of Jose.
phus, the head of a toparchy lying be.
tween those of Gophna and Lydda; see
above in nºr.—R.
b% º m. (r. box) a melting away, Ps
58, 9. See in bºbiu.
*2n
*2n
1137
× nºr obsol. root, pr. prob. to creak,
yo give forth a creaking sound, kindr.
with nº II, nos; then to stand forth
fall, high, to be lofty, since things tall
and slender, like trees, masts, easy.y
vibrate and creak; comp. Tº a pole,
mast, from r. 137 to creak; nº top of
a tree, from r. nºs. Hence nºr palm
tree, nºr or riyººr column of smoke,
Bºnhººr columns as waymarks. – So
6 x 12. § 2 -
Arab. jº. and 5:33 tower of a
church, U.S. riguit hasta, membrum
virile. For the Talmudic usage, see in
nººn. Comp. Yºr.
Deriv. see above, also hºn, Hºar ;
hence
Tº m. 1. a palm-tree, phoenia.
dactylifera, date-palm, a tree always
green, tall, and slender, from r. nºr
q v. Chald. nºr id. Arab. § 02: date,
Eth. Ta’Cºf palm. Joel 1, i2. Ps. 92,
13. Cant. 7, 8, 9. Plur. Bººn palm-
trees Ex. 15, 27. Lev. 23, 40. Num.
33, 9. Neh. 8, 15.—This beautiful and
most useful tree, now found throughout
Egypt and Arabia, was anciently like-
wise frequent in Palestine, at least in
the depressed tract along the Jordan
and the shores of the Dead sea ; “Judea
inclyta palmis.” Plin. At the present
time it is not found in that region ; and
is elsewhere very rare in that country.
See Theophr. Hist. Plant. 2. 6. Plin.
H. N. 13. 4. Celsii Hierob. II. p. 566
sq. Rosenm. Bibl. Alterth. IV. i. p.
297 sq. Winer Realw, art. Dattelpalme.
2. Tamar, pr: n, of place: a) A
own on the southeastern border of
Paiestine, Ez. 47, 19. 48, 28; prob. the
60 pogº of Ptol. 5. 16, the Thamaro of
the Tab. Peut. and Thamara of Euse-
bius, see Onomast, art. Hazazon Tha-
mar. Perh, the site of ruins now called
Kurnub, about a day's journey South of
el-Milh (Malatha), on the ancient way
between Hebron and AElana ; see Bibl.
Res, in Palest. II. p. 616, 622 sq. b)
1. q. ºr q. v. Tadmor, Palmyra, 1 K.
9, 18 Keth. c) hºr ºsz, see in bºa
po. 6. k. d) ºr sºn, see on p. 338.
a bºrn nºs the City of palm-trees,
e. Jericho, see in art. "3 di.
3. Tamar, pr. m. f. a) The da ugh-
ter-in-law of Judah, Gen. 38, 6; 66.404
Matt. 1, 3, b) A daughter of David
2 Sam. 13, 1. 1 Chr. 3, 9. c) A daugh-
ter of Absalom, 2 Sam. 14, 27.-Comp,
ºn?ry's Ithamar pr. n. m. p. 46.
Tº m. (r. horn) a palm-tree, e. g.
that of Deborah between Ramah and
Bethel, Judg. 4, 5. Also of the trunk of
a palm-tree, Jer. 10, 5. Comp. Epist.
Jerem. v. 70.
ºf (r. 52n, related to ºn as
Hºpi to bº) a pillar, column, twice
in the phrase ſº ninor columns of
smoke, poetic, Cant. 3, 6. Joel 3, 3 [or
2, 30], like Tºy Tºy Judg. 20, 40.—For
ninºr in both places many Mss. and
editions have nin?"r or nin?"r, insert.
ing Yod; or at least ninºn with Me-
theg. These latter forms would strictly
come from r. nº, as ºn"r ſtom r. Eny.
In the Talmud is read Hgn buy ºr
the column of the rising sun, and nºn-r
Hºh the column of the moon; where
nººn may be alike referred to r. nor
and r. nº, since according to the later
mode of writing it may be for nººn.
We find also inºr nºn its column
(of incense) ascends; and there is a
verb in Piel, nyºn, to ascend like a col-
umn sc. of incense. All these may in.
deed have come from the biblical word;
but, on the other hand, the biblical
ninºr may have been changed into
ninnºn to conform to the later ortho-
graphy; see Lehrgeb. p. 145. It is
therefore doubtful, whether the word
belongs to r. nor or r. nº ; though the
former is more probable. The signifi-
cation is certain.
nºn, see in nººn.
Tºm f. (r. Yon) plur, thºr Ez. 40,
16; and ninjar, 1 K. 6, 29. 32. 35. Ez
41, 18. 19, palm-trees, i. e. artificial, as
an architectural ornament.
Pºnºm. (r.png) plur, constr. "pººn,
c. suff, r"pººn, in-pººn; purifications,
e. g. of the virgins admitted into the
harem of the Persian king, Esth. 2, 12.
Meton. precious ointments, perfumes, for
these purifications, Esth. 2, 3.0.-Me-
taph. a cleansing, remedy, by which ong
is corrected and amended, sing. Prov
| 20, 30 Keri.
-> 1138
hyn
I, tº m. plur. (r. --2) bitter-
nesses; e. g. Bºnºn ºn bitter weep-
ing Jer. 31, 15. 6, 26. Adv. bitterly
Hos. 12, 15.
II. Bºnº m. plur. (r. Yon) up-
right columns, pillars, or perh, heaps
of stones, as way-marks, Jer. 31, 21.
Pºni, q. phººn q. v. Prov. 20, 30
Keth.
Tº or jº m. (r. pn I.) only plur. bºrn,
(a sang. Dºn see below,) once with
Aram. form "ºn Lam. 4, 3 Keth. (perh.
nien, see in Fºr fin.) jackals, an animal
dwelling in deserts Is. 13.22. 34, 13.35, 7.
43, 20 (whence tºr. Eip? Ps. 44, 20, and
Bºrn Tisz, Jer, 9, 10. 10, 22. 49, 33, for
the desert.) suckling its young Lam. 4,
3, and uttering a wailing cry like that
of a child, Job 30, 29. Mic. 1, 8.—Bo-
chart, Hieroz. II. p. 429, understands
huge serpents, as if i. Q. Then; but R.
Tanchum Hieros. correctly interprets
the word by the Arab. es: Jºſiackal,
wild dog, so called in Arabic from its
howl (also in Heb. *s, plur. Dºs);
comp. Arab. Öğ wolf.-The name
prob. comes from the outstretched neck
and body in running; see r. prº I.
Sº a doubtful root, see in Hºn.
* I. Hyn to reach out, to give, to dis-
tribute gifts, espec. in order to get the
service of any one, to hire; kindr. are
prº I, In, nº. Once Hos. 8, 10 - 2 pa
bias ºn although they give presents
(hire) among the nations; where others
read ºr from r. n. Vulg. well, et
cum mercede conduarerint nationes.
HipH. i. q. Kal, once Hos. 8, 9 tºnes
Bºris ºnn Ephraim hireth lovers. * *
Deriv. Hºns, Tºns, and pr, names
•ºns, pn-, bsºn.
* II. Tº to repeat, i. q. Hº, Aram.
Rºn, nºr. 132. Not ſound in Kal; since
the form ºr Prov. 31, 31, which some
refer here, belongs rather to ºn. For
the form nºr Ps. 8, 2, see r. In; init. and
no. 2. aa.
PIEL pr. to repeat often, to rehearse;
tence to commemorate, to praise, to cele-
brate, c. acc. Judg. 5, 11 ; c. : Judg. 11,
40. Aram. “ºn, liz, i. q. mºb to re.
count. Arab., -aš IV, to celebrate with
praise, pr. to utter.
Tºº Chald. i. q. Heb. Hyuj, to repeat
whence ºr, nºr.
Tº f (r. prº I.) only plur.nier, abodes
dwellings; once Mal. 1, 3 and I made
his (Esau's) mountains a waste, and his
heritage -312 nitrº for dwellings of
the desert. Sept. 66 garo, gigov, an
so Syr. This signif. is readily derived
from r. prº, either from the eatent of
the tracts inhabited, or from the dura-
35 - -
Kindr. is Arab. US
tion, comp. r. n.
9 *
to abide, to dwell ; whence Belºš 3.
• ?: , ~
dwelling, sº dweller. Hence Gese-
nius supposes niºr to be for nisºn with
Dag. forte euphonic, i. q, risºn; comp.
nº ſor Fish;2, and nº for Hsºpº,
referring it to a root Nºr, i. q. Arab.
abode.—But Vulg. the Heb. intpp.
Rosenm. Ewald, and others, take niºn
as a plur. of n, i. q. Dºn jackals, or as
i. q. 5"x":n dragons; and render the
words -aºlº niprº for jackals of the des-
ert, or for dragons of the desert. [The
signif jackals seems to give the easiest
and best interpretation.—R.
Tsºn f (r. sh;) c. suff, "nsºr, plur.
nisºn.
1. a holding back of oneself, with-
drawal, alienation, of God from men,
Num. 14, 34. Hence
2. enmity, Job 33, 10 *x nisºr in
Rºº lot he seeketh enmity against me.
Comp. Arab, sly mid, Waw, Conj. III
to rise up against any one in a hostile
In ºln: le T.
ºf (r. 515) constr. nººn, plur.
niaºr, produce, increase, Deut. 32, 13
Judg. 9, 11. Is. 27, 6. Ez. 36, 30; plur
Lam. 4, 9.
#ſº m. (r. Tºr) end, extremity, and
with is added, tip of the ear Ex. 29, 20
Lev. 8, 23.24. 14, 14. 17. 25. 28.
Tº f. (r. bºx) slumber, plur. Job
33, 15; espec. from indolence, sloth
Prov. 6, 10. 24, 33. Ps. 132, 4, al.
fºr f (r. Fºx) constr. neºn, a waw
ing, a moving to and fro, e. g. a O'
ºn
1:r
1139
the hands, as a gesture of threatening,
Is, 19, 16, b) Of a sacrifice before Je-
hovah, a, certain ceremony or rite, for
which see in Fºx Hiph. no. 2. Hence
nEºrn Fir, the ware-breast, i.e. offered
or to be offered with waving to and fro,
Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 31; Hºrn nº the
wave-sheaf Lev. 23, 15; and so v. 17.
Ex. 38, 24, 29. Hºrn ºn Ex. 38, 24.
c) is q. tumult; Is. 30, 32 riºr rion*
wars of shaking, i.e. of tumult, tumultu-
OUS.
Tº compounded from jr. i. q Nasor.
N2Rn (see in r. pri II) or Chald. Tºns,
and Chald. Tº q. v. pr. ‘ſurnace of fire;’
plur. Dºnºn, m. but fem. perh. Hos. 7, 4.
1. a furnace, oven, Gr. xii;300,0s, Gen.
15, 17. Is. 31, 9. Ps. 21, 10. Lam. 5, 10.
Mal. 3, 19. Spec. for baking bread or
cakes, Ex. 7, 28 [8, 3]. Lev. 2, 4, 7, 9.
11, 35; not only that of the baker Hos.
7, 4, 6, 7; but also that used by the
housewife for baking bread, Lev. 26, 26.
© tº 7 9 & 2.
Chald. Nººr, Syr. İşoiz, Arab. > *
id. The Tamniºr is a large round pot
of earthen or other materials, two or
three feet high, narrowing towards the
top ; this being first heated by a fire
made within, the dough or paste is
spread upon the sides to bake, thus form-
ing thin cakes; see Golii Lex. Arab.
p. 398. D'Arvieux Mém. III. p. 270 sq.
Niebuhr Beschr, von Arabien p. 51, and
Plate I. Of the Gr. xAiów.wos Jerome
says on Lam. 5, 10 “Clibanus est co-
quendis panibus aenei vasculi diducta
rotunditas, quae sub urentibus flammis
ardet intrinsecus.” Comp. the Greek
Lexicons s. v.
2. Pr. n. Bºrn bºxº, Tower of the
furnaces, upon or near the walls of Je-
usalem, Neh. 3, 11. 12, 38.
Dºnº m. plur, (r. Enº)
compassion, Ps. 94, 19.
2. consolations, comfort, Is. 66, 11.
Jer. 16, 7.
nºrº f plur. (r. Brº) consolations,
Joi, 15, 11. 21, 2.
nº (comfort, r. brº) Tanhumeth,
p n. m. 2 K. 25, 23. Jer. 40, 8.
tº sing. Ez. 29 3. 32, 2, a great
^erpent, dragon, i. e. here the crocodile
1. pity,
as the emblem of Pharaoh and Egypt,
i. q. Tºn, which latter is read in several
Mss. and from which this form has been
corrupted by the writer, or by copyists,
who had in mind the plur. bºrn from
sing. Tº .
Tº m. (r. pp. 1.) plur, pººr, Arab.
9 w :r 7
Jºë, Chald. Tºr, Syr. sºiz; a great
serpent, dragon, so called from its ex-
tension, length. Spec.
1. a water-serpent, sea-monster, drag-
on, cornp. Am. 9, 3; so Gen. 1, 21 where
Sept. ºntoc. Job 7, 12. Ps. 148, 7.
2. a land-serpent, dragon, Ex. 7, 9.
10. 12. Deut. 32, 33. Ps. 91, 13. Jer. 51,
34. — For jºrºr, jºy Dragon-fountain
Neh. 2, 13, see in Tºy no. 2, co, and
Bibl. Res. in Pal. I. p. 514.
3. Put for the crocodile, for which the
Heb. and Aram. have no vernacular
name; every where as the emblem of
Egypt or her king, Is. 27, 1. 51,9. Ps.
74, 13; also Ez. 29, 3, 32, 2, in Mss.
where the comm. reading is Dºn q. v.
7. A Chald, the second, Dan. 7, 5. R.
Fºr to repeat. Comp. Bºt;.—Hence
nº adv. a second time, again,
Dan. 2, 7.
>k y 7 sº
Tº obsol. verb, Syr. Ethpe.9322],
to come to an end, to cease. Hence
Tºr.
* I. Tº obsol. root, the native force
of which may be gathered from its de-
rivatives and from the kindred roots ; to
stretch out, to eartend ; comp. in the Se-
mitic tongues Eth. ‘i:% length, In, and
Fºr to give, pr. to extend the hand
(comp. Tº , nº), in: to extend itself,
e.g. time, to endure, to be perpetual ;
and in the Indo-Europ. tongues, Sanscr.
tan, Gr. 1 siva), to viſa), tutorivo, Lat. endo
(comp. Diss. Lugdd. II. 852), whence
tenuis (Sanscr. tanu), tener, Goth. than-
jan, Germ. dehnen, with many others,
as old High Germ. Tanna fir-tree.—
Hence ºn a great serpent sea-monster
so called from its length ; comp. Touvià
(from tsivo) a long fish, Lat. taemia.
Also in a jackal, from its running with
outstretched neck and body.
Deriv, Jr., Hºrn, tºn, Tºr.
ºn
hyn
1140
• II. ºr Chald. i. q. *34, to smoke;
whence Eth. Tº, &ruts, vapour; Chald.
sºr Syr. iii.2, iiiez, Sam. #118,
smoke; Nasor. NXN n ſurnace.
Deriv. Chald. Thris, comp. nººn.
nºtºf (r. buº to respire) 1. Lev.
11, 30, an unclean animal, classed with
other species of lizards; according to
Bochart (Hieroz. T. I. p. 1083) the cha-
'melion, so called as living upon air ac-
cording to the opinion of the ancients,
Plin. H. N. 8. 33. Hasseſquist Reise
p. 350. Sept. and Vulg. talpa, mole.
Saad. lizard. -
2. Lev. 11, 18. Deut. 14, 16, an unclean
aquatic bird, prob, the pelican, pelecanus
onocrotalus, so called from its pouch,
which it can extend by inflation, see
Oedm. Verm. Samml. III. 50.—Sept.
Itogqvglov, i. e. the crested purple heron,
ardea purpurea Linn. Vulg. cygnus,
SWalſh.
>k Exº in Kal not used; comp. Esr
II. This root is very rarely ſound in
the other Semitic dialects in its usual
Hebrew signification. The primary
idea seems to be to thrust forth or away,
to drite away; and hence to reject, to
abhor, to abominate.
PIEL ºn, ſut. Bynn, 1. to abominate,
to abhor, Deut. 7, 26. 23, 8, Am. 5, 10.
Mic. 3, 9. Job 19, 19. Ps. 5, 7, al.
2. Causat. to cause to abhor, to fill
wne with abhorrence. Is. 49, 7 is syn?
who causeth abhorrence to the people,
who is an abomination to the people.
3. Causat. to make abominable, to
cause to be abhorred, Job 9, 31. Ez. 16,
25. See Hiph.
HipH. to make abominable, shameful.
Ps. 14, 1 nº havnn they make abom-
mable their doings, i. e. they do abom-
inable deeds, act abominably; comp. Ps.
53, 2. So with nºnby implied id. 1 K.
e1, 26. Ez. 16, 52. Comp. nºrtún, snr.
NIPH. pass. to be an abomination, ab-
horred, detestable, 1 Chr. 21, 6. Part.
Syn: abominable Job 15, 16; despised,
worthless, Is. 14, 19.
Deriv. rºsir.
2k Hyº fut. nºr", apoc. wrk, pr. ‘to
be thrust hither and thither,’ comp.
9sº; kindr. is ºr q. v. Then, like r.
Hyº, to wander, to err, to go astray
Chald. Nyr, id. but oſtener Ryū; Syr.
iss, Arab, Uklo and id. • Spoken
of persons Is, 35, 8, 47, 15; of beasts
Ex. 23, 4, Is. 53, 6. Ps. 119, 176 ºn-sº
Taş Hugº I have gone astray like a lost
sheep, also of birds Job 38, 41; with :
of place Gen. 21, 14. 37, 15. Ps. 107, 4.
With acc. of place, to wander through
or over, trop. of the branches of a vine
shooting luxuriantly over the desert, Is.
16, 9 [8]. Spec. a) Of drunken per-
sons, who go reeling about ; Is. 28, 7
nºn-Tº Ayr, they go astray (reel) from
strong drink; and hence trop. of the
mind, Is. 21, 4 "57% rism my heart reel
eth, is seized with giddiness. b) Trop.
of the mind as erring from the paths of
virtue and piety, Ps. 58, 4. Ez. 48, 11 ;
comp. 53% sin Ps. 95, 10, nºn ºn Is. 29.
24. With Tº , e.g. from God’s precepts
Ps. 119, 110, comp. Prov. 21, 16; with
ninº by? Ez. 44, 10, 15; with hºrs?
rijn', from following God, from his wor-
ship, Ez. 14, 11. Comp. Chald. Nºt,
spec. ‘to be given to idolatry,’ Sym. to
be a heretic. c.) Of those who II iss
their aim and fail in their efforts; Prºv
14, 22 sº ºn snº sibri do they not
err (from their mark) who devise evil?
Others, do they not perish.
Niph. to wander, pr. to be made to
wander, to stagger aboul, Is. 19, 14.
Metaph. to be deceived, to err, in a mon
al sense, Job 15, 31.
HipH. fut. apoc. snº. 1, to cause to
wander Job 12, 24. Is. 19, 13. 14 Gen.
20, 13. Ps. 107, 40. Jer. 50, 6; like a
drunken man Job 12, 25. Is. 30, 28 ºn
Hynn a bridle causing to err. Metaph.
to cause to wander or err from the paths
of virtue and piety, e. g. a nation into
impiety, ungodliness, Is. 3, 12. 9, 15.
Am. 2, 4. Hos. 4, 12. Jer. 23, 13. 32, or
into idolatry, 2 K. 21, 9, 2 Chr 33, 9;
with 72 Is. 63, 17.
2. Intrans. to err, pr. to let oneself
wander, Jer. 42, 20 Keri. Prov. 10, 17.
Deriv, Hsin, and
"yº (error) Tou, pr. m. of a king of
Hamath or Epiphania, 1 Chr. 18, 9, 10
written ºn Toi 2 Sam. 8, 9, 10.
Tº f. (r. Thy Hiph.) a divine pro
cept ; hence an oracle Is. 8, 16; law
‘lyn
En
1141
v. 20; in both cases parall. with Flyin.
Also custom, as having the force of law,
Ruth 4, 7.
Tºyº f. (r. Fºx) darkness, Job 11, 17
in 3 Mss. See in r. Fºx no. 3.
"yº, see in Asn.
nym f. (r. Hº) constr. nºn, plur.
c. suff, nºrbºn; comp. Fishr, from r.
rish.
1. a channel, trench, in which water
is raised from a stream to water or in-
undate the fields, 1 K. 18, 32. 35, 38.
2 K. 18, 17, 20, 20; a conduit, aqueduct
Is. 7, 3. 36, 2. Ez. 31, 4. Poet. Job 38,
25 nºr nº º-'z, who hath divided
channels for the rain 2 i. e. distributed
the rain-water to all parts of the heavens.
2. a plaster, bandage, something put
upon a wound, Jer, 30, 13. 46, 11. Comp.
nzºs Hºrſ.
tºbyn m. plur. (r. Bºy I.) 1. vera-
tion, adverse destiny, Is. 66, 4. See the
root Po. no. 3.
2. boyishness, for concr. Dºbbis, boys,
babes, Is. 3, 4. -
nºbyn f. (r. 583) a hidden thing,
secret, Job 28, 11. Plur. ni- Job 11, 6.
Ps. 44, 22.
3">}º m. (r. 3:3) Prov. 19, 10; plur.
ºr Cant. 7,7, and ni- Ecc.2, 8, deli-
cale living, delights, Mic. 2, 9. Prov, l.c.
Mic. 1, 16 Tºn ºn children in whom
thou delightest. Espec. pleasure, enjoy-
ment, i.e. sexual Cant. 7, 7. Ecc. 2, 8.
nº f (r. His II.) pr. ‘selſ-affliction.”
i. e. fasling, Ezra 9, 5. See the root
Pi. lett. b.
Tºyº and ſº (sandy soil, r. py)
Tuanach, Tanach, pr. m. of a royal Ca-
naanitish city Josh. 12, 21, in the territory
of Issachar, but assigned to Manasseh.
Judg. 1, 27. 5, 19. 1 K. 4, 12. Josh. 17, 11.
21, 25. Now Jas Ta'annuk, see Bibl.
Res. in Palest. III. p. 156. Biblioth.
Sacr. 1843, p. 76. Comp, in nº lett. b.
Sk yxº in Kal not used ; pr. to thrust,
to push, to strike upon, like nºr); comp.
§2. 3 :
TEF. Arab. & and & vomit, pr. a
Q.
breaking forth, ejection, £3 to thrust.
Pilp, sºn, part, sºnº, to mock, to
scoff, Gen. 27, 12; pr. to burst into
laughter,’ like Arab. , 2 × 3 ; or, what ac-
cords better with the duplicated form,
‘to trip with the tongue, to stammer,”
comp. 3.9% no. 2, like Arab. &as, *Xà 3,
:
ITHPALP. pr. ‘ to shew oneself a
mocker’; hence to mock, to deride, part.
plur. E"sºn?, c. 3, 2 Chr. 36, 16. Arab
Xx X3 to stammer.
-Deriv. Bºrºn.
nºoxyn f plur. (r. 5xx) strength
powers, Ps. 68, 36.
>k nºr obsol. root, i. q. hºuſ q. v. and
Arab. 2 #3, to cleave, to split.—Hence
*xr. *
L. myº m. (r. riº) a razor, sharp
knife, so called as making naked or bald;
Num. 6, 5. 8, 7. Ps. 52, 4. Is. 7, 20. Ez.
5, 1. "Een hyr, a writer's knife, with
which he sharpens the calamus, q. d.
pen-knife, Jer. 36, 23.
II, hyº m. (r. -sn) c. suff, Hºn.
the sheath of a sword, (pr. cleft,) I Sam.
17, 51. 20, 8. Jer. 47, 6. Ez. 21, 8. 10.
35 [21, 3, 5, 30]..—Others reſer this also
to r. Fly.
Tºnym f. (r. any I. 3) surelyship
plur. 2 K., 14, 14 nºn "34 hostages
given as surety.
tº m. plur. (r. 9:r) mockery, de-
lusions, Jer. 10, 15. 51, 18 Bºstºn Higsº
i. e. idols; Jerome, opus risu dignum,
better, works of delusion.
FF m. (r. Fer) plur. Bºer, c. suff,
Ther. $2 3
1. a drum, tabret, timbre, Arab. - 5.5,
whence Spanish aduffa ; in .he East
it consists of a thin wooden rim covered
with a membrane, and hung around with
brass bells or rattles; it is used chiefly
by dancing females. Ex. 15, 20. Judg.
11, 34. 1 Sam. 10, 5. 2 Sam. 6, 5. Is.
5, 12. 30, 32. Jer. 31, 4, Job 21, 12. al.,
comp. Ps. 68,26. See Niebuhr's Reise.
beschr. I. p. 181.
2. Ez. 28, 13 the drum or hollow in
which a gem is set, bezel; comp. 5p3.
So Jerome, whom Gesenius follows ,
others, tabret, as above.
96
NEn
bºn
1142
Pºsºn f. Is. 28, 5. Jer. 48, 17, else-
where nºsºn f absol. and constr. in
1. ornament, beauty, Ex. 28, 2.40. Is.
3, 18, nºr ºxa beautiful garments
Is. 52, 1 nºn ºz beautiful trap-
pings, jewels, Ez. 16, 17. 39. 23, 26.
'n nºtº a crown of beauty, an orna-
mented crown, Prov. 4, 9, Is. 28, 5. 62,
3. Ez. 16, 12. 23, 42. 'n 'as beautiful
ornament Is. 28, 1.4. The proud beauty
of the Chaldees, i. e. Babylon, Is. 13, 19;
the beauty of Israel, i. e. Jerusalem,
Lam. 2, 1 ; the ornament of children are
their parents Prov. 17, 6; comp. Ez.
24, 25. So Is. 4, 2. Jer. 13, 11. 33, 9;
comp. Deut. 26, 19. 1 Chr. 22, 5. Also
His nºr the beauty of a man, i. e. the
human form in its beauty, Is. 44, 13.
2. splendour, magnificence, glory,
Esth. 1, 4, Is. 60, 19. "rºser, nº my
glorious house Is. 60, 7; n xin 63, 12;
'n Buš v. 14; often of the divine glory,
the light and splendour of the divine
presence, Is. 46, 13. 1 Chr. 29, 11. Poet.
of the ark of the covenant, as the seat
of the divine glory, Ps. 78, 61 ; see in 79.
3. honour, glory in a moral sense,
Judg. 4, 9. Prov. 19, 11. Also a glory-
ing, boasting, Is. 10, 12. Zech. 12, 7;
concr. the object of it, Is. 20, 5. Ps.
S9, 18.
Tº m. (r. neº) plur, nºrther, cohstr.
*rīºn.
1. an apple, so called from the fra-
grance which it eachales; Cant. 2, 5, 7,
9. Prov. 25, 11. Also an apple-tree Joel
G , a 2
., 12. Cant. 2, 3, 8, 5–Arab. 2: Uş pr.
upple, but also of the lemon, peach, apri-
cot, etc.
2. Tappuah (apple-region), pr. n.
a) A city in Judah, Josh. 12, 17. 15, 34.
OW cº Teffith, northwest of He-
bron; see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 428.
b) A city on the confines of Ephraim
and Manasseh, Josh. 16, 8, c) Of a
man, 1 Chr. 2, 43.
Ty"En f (r. Yap) pl. c. suff, tººnisier
your dispersions, Jer. 25, 34. But other
copies read Tiph. 53°rixier, which is
better; see in r. Yº note, p. 839.
tº m. plur. (r. Hºs) cookings
cooked pieces ; after the form ºn
nºujºn, with Nun formative, as "sp
from risp. Once in the difficult pas
sage Lev. 6, 14 [21] of a cake for sacri
fice, fried (in oil) shall thou offer it
tºne nriº "?"Er lit. as the cookings of
the meat-offering in pieces, i.e. cooked
or prepared like the meat-offering, and
broken up into pieces, comp. Lev. 2,
sq. 7, 9. The construction is a common
one in Hebrew ; see Lehrg. p. 810.
:k bar, obsol. root. 1. i. q. Finn q. v.
and Arab. Jºš, to eject spittle, to spit
out; Arab. Jºã3, to emit a smell, to be
fetid. Hence, to have a bad smell, to be
ill-seasoned, unsavoury, insipid ; comp.
nºr -º-; Job 6, 6; see in art. nºr.
Hence bºr, no. 1, nºr.
2. i. q, bºº, to fit on, to stick on, to
make adhere ; Talm. Ber) and oftener
bºt; to adhere. Kindr. is her. Hence
Sºr, no. 2, lime, cement.
Deriv. ºr, nºr, pr n. Bºn.
ºr m. (r. Bºn) 1. any thing un
seasoned, unsavoury, Job 6, 6; metaph
insipid, foolish, vain, Lam. 2, 14. See
rººm.
2. lime, hence mortar, plaster, or
rather whitewash, as spread upon walls,
Ez. 13, 10 sq. 22, 28 ; in both passages
contemptuously. See r. ber, no.2. Arab.
Júl, and Juáſ, Chaldº, id.
ºn (lime, r. ben) Tophel, pr. m. of a
place in Edom, on the east of the 'Ara-
bah, Deut. 1, 1. Now &Jºão Tūſīleh,
see Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 570, 600
nºn f. (r. Bºrº) pr. insipidness
hence folly, i. q. impiely, Job 1, 22, 24
12. Jer. 23, 13. Comp. in 53:
ºn f (r. bº Hithp.) constr. nºr,
plur. niben.
1. intercession, supplication for any
one, 2 K. 19, 4, Is. 37, 4. Jer. 7, 16. 11,
14. :
2. Genr. supplication, prayer, to God
Ps. 65, 3. 80, 5. Is. 1, 15. Job 16, 17. al.
With h of pers, Ps, 42, 9, 69, 14; ºn
2 Chr. 33, 18. Ps. 109, 4 rhen ºs', but
am all prayer, poet. ſor ‘I give myself
to prayer.’ nºr nº house of prayer
bºn
In En
1143
the temple, Is. 56, 7. To offer prayer is
n suft Is, 37, 4; n bºrn Neh. 1, 6.
Of God as hearing and answering prayer
is said: 'n riph Ps. 6, 10; 'n Ps rigº Ps.
102, 18; 'n sº Ps. 4, 2; 'n Tºrsº Ps.
17, 1. Prayer is also said to come (Nia)
before God, Ps, 88, 3. Jon. 2,8. So nºr
has the sense of prayer in the titles of
Psalms 17, 86.90, 102. 142. –In a wider
SG 0 SC
3. a hymn, sacred song, Hab. 3, 1. So
Ps. 72, 20, where the whole preceding
book of Psalms, 1–72, is called tº niber.
A similar usage is ſound in the verb
Bºrn 1 Sam. 2, 1.
nxºn f (r. yº) terror, c. suff.
Tºr thy terribleness, Jer. 49, 16.
Titº (passage, ſord, r. ripp) Tiphsah,
Thapsacus, pr. n.
a) A large and opulent city on the
western bank of the Euphrates, situated
at the usual point of passing that river,
1 K. 5, 4 [4, 24]. See Xen. Anab. 1. 4.
11. Arrian. Exp. Alex. 2. 13. ib. 3. 7.
Strabo XVI. p. 1082. Q. Curt. 10. 1.9.
b) A place in Palestine, 2 K. 15, 16.
× FEF, to strike, to beat, Engl. to tap,
e.g. the tabret, Ps. 68, 26. Kindr, are
nº, PE, FTrì, F.T., Arab. A $o, etc.
From the same stock are Sanscr. tup,
to smite, to kill; Gr. titto, root tuit,
whence tºurovow i, q. Fin.
Po. to beat, to smile, pr. to drum, to
tabor, e. g. upon the breast, c. by Nah.
2, 8.
Deriv. ºn.
>k ner to sew together Gen. 3, 7. Ecc.
3, 7. Job 16, 15; i. q bat, and her no. 2.
PIEl id. Ez. 13, 18.
* DEF ſut. Öenº, i. q. Chald, ben.
1. to lay hold of to seize, to catch, to
'ake; c. acc. of pers. Gen. 39, 12 (with
ºr by his garment). Deut. 22, 28.
. K. 13, 4, 18, 40. Ps. 71, 11. Is. 26, 8.
37, 13. 1 K. 20, 18 tºn Bºr, take
them alive. 2 K. 7, 12. 10, 14; less
freq, with 3 of pers. Is. 3, 6. Jer. 37, 14;
with 3 of thing, Deut. 9, 17. Ez. 29, 7.
30, 21. 1 K. 11, 30. Hence to take in
war, to take captive, e. g. men Josh. 8,
23. 1 Sam. 23, 26. 2 K. 7, 12. 14, 13;
•ities, Josh. 8, 8. Deut. 20, 19. 2 K. 14,
7. 16, 9, 18, 13. Trop.": buſ wer, Prov
30, 9 to lay hold upon the name of Jeho.
vah sc. unlawfully and wrongfully, tº
do violence to the name of God by false.
hood and perjury; comp. Mºrº in the
preceding member.
2. to hold, to have in possession, as a
city Jer. 40, 10; a fortress 49, 16; then,
to handle, to wield, e. g. the sickle Jer.
50, 16; a shield 46, 9; a sword Ez. 38,
4; the bow Am. 2, 15. Jer. 46, 9; an oa
Ez. 27, 29; also a musical instrument
as a pipe, harp, to play, Gen. 4, 21. Sc.
nºrthºr ºn taking hold of war, i.e
performing military service, Num. 31,
27; Hºint ºn handling the law, i. e.
occupied with the law, the priests, Jer.
2, 8.
3. to make fast in gold and silver, for
to overlay; Part pass. Erº ther, over-
laid with gold Hab. 2, 19. Comp. Tris
no. 5, 6.
NipH. pass. of Kal no. 1, to be taken,
seized, Num. 5, 13. Ez. 21, 23 ; to be
captured, e. g. men Ps. 10, 2. Jer. 34, 3.
Ez. 12, 13. 19, 4.8; cities Jer. 48, 41.
50, 24. 46. 51, 32.41.
PIEL, i. q. Kal no. 1, to take hold, to
lay hold, sc. repeatedly, Prov. 30, 28.
Tº f (r. Fºr) 1. spittle; meton.
one spit upon. Job 17, 6 Hºris Bºth nºn
I am become as one in whose face men
spil, i. e. the vilest and most contemned
of mortal men; comp. 60x6 Matt. 5, 22,
i. e. perh. Nºn from r. pp.) to spit out.
2. With the art. nEhn, (thrice with-
out art. Jer. 7, 32. 19, 11. 12,) Tophet,
pr. m. of a place in the valley of the sons
of Hinnom (see in sº lett, a), near Je-
rusalem, noted for the human sacrifices
there offered to Moloch and finally abol-
ished by Josiah, 2 K. 23, 10. Jer. 7, 32.
19, 6, 13. 14, nenri niº Jer. 7, 31 the
high places of Tophet, i. e. the artificial
mounds, tumuli, on which those sacri
fices were offered. See in art. Tºo.—
Hieron. in Jer. 7, 31 “ Topheth, quae est
in valle filiorum Ennom, illum locum
significat, qui Siloé fontibus irrigatur,
et est amoenus atque memorosus, hodie-
que hortorum praebet delicias.” See
Bibl. Res. in Palest. I. p. 202-204.—As
to the etymology of the name nºn, it is
commonly and best referred to r. Fºr
to spit, and rendered ‘place to be spit
in En
Spn
1144
upon,” to be abhorred; as in no 1, Job
17, 6. Others with Noldius in Wind. p.
948, and with Lorsbach, regard nºn as
... q. Tºr q. v. denoting the place of
burning dead bodies in the funeral rites.
See more in Thesaur. p. 1497.
Tº f place of burning, bustum, i. e.
where the slain of the Assyrians were
to be burned, once ls. 30, 33. The pro-
phet by this word seems to indicate a
place equally impure and polluted with
Tophet, see nºn no. 2; and as Firºr
comes from nen, it signifies something
of the like kind; as Hūs from ºs de-
notes sacrificial fire. Hence nºr), im-
plying a place for burning dead bodies,
takes this idea rather from its likeness
to the well-known nann; and need not
be referred to the Pers. Jºus to burn,
as is done by some. R. Fºn.
Sºº Chald. m. pl. emphat. persons
learned in the law, lawyers, Dan. 3, 2. 3.
Arab. Conj. IV sº to give a response
o 9
concerning the law ; whence sº
the Mufti, pr. a wise man, one whose
response is equivalent to law. Sept.
oi ét é$ovoidſv, Vulg. praefecti.
n"Nºn, see in nissin.
* spri obsol. root, Arab. sº to
fear, to beware; hence pr: n, spräs.
Tºpº (r. nrip) Tokhath, pr. n. m.
2 Chr. 34, 22 Keri; where Keth. nnpin
Tokahaſh, from r. ºpy.—The parall.
passage in 2 K. 22, 14 has nºr q. v.
TPF f (r. Hyp) constr. niprº, c. suff.
"nºn. e
1. i. q. ip, a cord, line, Josh. 2, 18. 21.
2. ea pectation, hope, Job 11, 20. 19, 10.
prov. 23, 18. al. * Hypn tº there is
nope to me, I have hope, Ruth 1, 12. Job
5, 16. Zech. 9, 12 Hyprin ºn-os the pris-
oners of hope, i.e. cherishing hope of
deliverance. For Job 4, 6, see under
no. 1, bb. 3. p. 267.-Meton. for what
one hopes, Job 6, 8; for the person (God)
from whom one hopes any thing, Ps.
71, 5.
3. Tikvah, pr. n. m. 2 K. 22, 14, for
which in the parall. 2 Chr. 34, 22 nºr
1. v. Keth. nnpin.
Tºpº f (r. php) power of standing
i.e. of resisting, Lev. 26, 37.
Pºpº m. (r. Bºp) i. q. Egiprº, one
who rises up against, an adversary
plur. c. suff. Ps. 139, 21.
2 PE m. (r. Spr) pr. inf to blow the
trumpet; hence subst. c. art. Ez. 7, 14.
Comp, art. nº c. art.
2"Pº (r. Spr), a pitching of tents,
perh, trumpet-clang, comp. Jer. 6, 1)
Tekoa, pr. n. of a fortified city, the
birthplace of the prophet Amos, Am. 1,
1, in the tribe of Judah 2 Chr. 11, 6, six
Roman miles south of Bethlehem on the
margin of the desert (vipm ºn 2 Chr.
20, 20, comp. 1 Macc. 9, 33), 2 Sam, 6,
1. Jer. 6, 1 in paronomasia, Hyprº sipns
nºiu, Am. 1, 1. Gr. 6szalá 1 Macc. 9,
33; in Josephus Ószoá, 68.46g, Oszów.
In the genealogy of the tribe of Judah,
it is said that Ashur, the posthumous
son of Hezron, was siprº "as the father
of Tekoa, implying that he was the
founder or at least the possessor of the
city, 1 Chr. 2, 24. 4, 5; so Machir is
called "sh: "Rs 1 Chr. 2, 21, comp. v. 22.
In Josh. 15, 60 Telkoa is not named
among the cities of Judah ; but Sept.
has Ószú. Its ruins are still called
353 Tekū’a ; see Relandi Palaest. p.
1028 sq. Bibl. Res, in Palest. II. p. 182
sq.—The gentile n. is "sprº the Tekoite
2 Sam. 23, 26; fem. n-sprº 2 Sam. 14,
4, 9; plur, pºsipº Neh. 3, 5.
Tºpºſ (r. ºp) constr. neºprº, plur.
nippºn; a circuit, as of the sun Ps. 19, 7.
Hence the coming about or return of
the seasons, lapse of time, 1 Sam. 1, 20.
Hºn neºprº at the return of the year
i. e. after a year, 2 Chr. 24, 23; comp.
Ex. 34, 22 where h is omitted,
FPA m. adj. strong, mighty, Ecc, 6,
10. R. nPrº.
F-Prº Chald. m. (r. Epm) i. q. Heb.
strong, mighty, Dan. 2, 40. 42. 3, 33.
:k SPFChald. to poise, to weigh, i. g.
Hebr. ºpuj. PART. pass. Sprº for bºpr.
weighed Dan. 5, 25. Hence PEIL pass,
2 sing. m. praet. Srºpri, or as in some
Mss. sºpr, thou art weighed, Dan. 5
27. -
pr
ri-n
1145
*iprº inf ſpri, to be or be made
traight, kindr, with Tºry; a word of the
ater Hebrew, and usual in Chaldee and
the Talmud. Ecc. 1, 15.
PIEL TEF, to make straight, c. acc.
Ecc. 7, 13. Hence to set in right order,
to compose, e. g. proverbs, parables,
Ecc. 12, 9.
7Pº Chald, id. only Hoph. ſprit, with
Heb. flexion, to be set upright, estab-
lished, Dan. 4, 33 [36].—In Targg. also
Pael and Aph.
>} ypg) ſut. Spril 1, to strike, to
Smite, spec. with acc. F2; i. e. a) to
clap the hands as a token of rejoicing,
Ps. 47, 2; also at the calamities of
others, c. 53 Nah. 3, 19. b) to strike
hands as a pledge of suretyship, Prov.
17, 18. 22, 26; c. , for any one, Prov.
6, 1. Without tº id. Prov. 11, 15.
2. to strike or drive a thing into ano-
ther, i. e. to fiv or fasten by driving,
e.g. a nail Judg. 4, 21. Is. 22, 23. 25; to
fasten with nails, 1 Sam. 31, 10. 1 Chr.
10, 10. Judg. 16, 14; hence bris sprº to
pitch a tent, by fastening it with pins
driven into the earth, Gen. 31, 25. Jer.
6, 3; to thrust, e. g. a spear, sword, dart,
Judg. 3, 21. 2 Sam. 18, 14; also to cast
into the sea, Ex. 10, 19.
3. nºuja 9pm Josh. 6, 4, 8. Judg. 3,
27. 6, 34. 1 Sam. 13, 3. al. and neit 'n
*s. 81, 4. Jer. 4, 5. 6, 1. 51, 27. Joel 2,
1. 15. al. also Hºssra spr Num. 10, 3.
4. 2 K. 11, 14. al. to strike up the trump-
et, i. e. to give one blast, to blow the
trumpet once, as a signal, Arab. -)-3
G-J) . It differs from shºrt and spp.
rixhºr, to sound an alarm; see in sºn:
no. 2. p. 971, comp. Num. 10, 7.
NIPH. 1. Reflex. of Kal no. 1. b. Job
17, 3 spn. wº Nºn-h% who is he that
will strike with my hand 2 i. e. that will
strike hands or pledge himselſ for me.
2. Pass. of Kal no. 3. Is. 27, 13. Am.
3, 6.
Deriv. sipry, pr. n.sipm, and
VPA m. Ps. 150 3, a blast, clang of
the trumpet.
St. npº fit. c. suff, nºnr., pr to
thrust down, to smite, to crush, comp.
spri; then to overpower, to oppress wholly,
t. acc. Job 14, 20, 15 24; to prevail
against, to assail, Ecc. 4, 12, Comp
Chald. FEF; Arab. -āś3 id.
Deriv. F."prl, ºpin.
PPF and RPF Chald. to be or becom.
great, strong, powerful, Dan. 4, 8, 19
In a bad sense, of the mind, to becomá
firm, hardened, obstimate, Dan. 5, 20.
Syr. -a-2, Sam. JYX, id.
PA. inf to make strong, to confirm
Dan. 6, 8.
Deriv. Chald. Pºpp, ºpn.
RPF. m. (r. RprA) c. suff. ispº, might,
power, authority, Esth. 9, 29. 10, 2.
Dan. 11, 17.
5pm Chald. m. emphat. Repr, id,
might, power, Dan. 2, 37. 4, 27. R. rpm.
TERI), see Hºpn.
him, see -in.
Hºsnº (perh. i. q. Hººr a reeling)
Taralah, pr. m. of a place in Benjamin,
Josh. 18, 27.
nº f. (r. Hº) a brood, progeny,
in contempt, Num. 32, 14.
mºnº f. (r. Hº) increase, interest,
i. q, nº q.v. Lev. 25, 36. Prov. 28,
8. Ez. 18, 8, 13. 17. 22, 12.
bann Tiph. denom. from $37, r. b3,
where see, p. 961.
tº Chald. quadrilit. to translate
from one language into another, to in-
terpret. Arab. and Ethiop. id. For the
origin of this word, see tº no. 4. PUAL
part pass. Bºrº translated Ezra 4, 7.
Tº f (r. ET, Tsere impure)
constr. noºn, deep sleep, Gen. 2, 21. 15
12. 1 Sam. 26, 12. Put for deeplethargy.
sluggishness, Is. 29, 10. Prov. 19, 15.
Tºmº Tirhakah, pr. n. of a king of
Ethiopia and Thebais, Is. 37, 9, 2 K. 19
9; the Tsºgnomy of Strabo 15. 1.6, T&g
zog or Togo.zóg of Mametho ap. Syncel
lum ed. Paris p. 74, 75. ed. Dind. p. 139,
140. This name, written in the hiero-
glyphic-phonetic characters, is found in
Ethiopia and in a temple at Thebes;
see Lepsius Briefe aus Egypten p. 238
sq. Wilkinson's Mann. and Cust. of
the anc. Egyptians, I. p. 140 sq. Rosel-
lini Mon. Stor. II. p. 109 sq. See more
in Thesaur, p. 1518 sq.
Q6%
hºnn
nºn
1146
Tºnº f. (r. tº Hiph. no. 3) constr.
nºn, plur. nioinn.
1. an offering, a present; e. g. Prov.
29, 4 nich-ri ºns a man of presents, i. e.
a judge loving presents. Hence
2, an oblation, an offering to God or
lo idols Is. 40, 20; spoken: a) Of the
offerings of the Israelites for erecting
and ornamenting the sacred tabernacle,
Ex. 25, 2. 3. 35. 5. 21. 24. 36, 3. 6; also
of other offerings to the temple 2 Chr.
31, 10. 12. 14. Ezra 8, 25. b) Of the
annual offering of a half-shekel, Ex. 30,
13–15. c.) Of an offering made to Je-
hovah after a victory, Num. 31, 52;
comp. v.v. 29. 41. d) Of the offering
of the first-fruits, Num. 15, 19. 20. 21.
e) Of the tenth of the tithes, which was
to be paid over by the Levites to the
priests, Num. 18, 26. 28, 29. f.) Of the
portions of the sacrifices which belong-
ed to the priests, and which it was un-
lawful ſor others to eat (Lev. 22, 12),
Lev. 7, 14; espec. nºnrn piu) the obla-
tion-shoulder, which together with the
wave-breast (Tºnn HIT) in sacrifices
of thank-offering was the portion (n.º.)
of the priests, Ex. 29, 27. Lev. 7, 32–34.
10, 14. 15. Num. 6, 20; see also Num.
5, 9. Neh. 10, 38. 12,44. 13, 5. g.) Of
the territory reserved for the priests,
Ez. 45, 1. 48, 8–10. 12.20. 21.—Coupled
with a genit. of him to whom the obla-
tion is made, º nº-rº Ex. 30, 14, 15.
35, 5, 21; bºrrºr 'n Neh. 13, 5; with
genit. of thing offered Neh. 10, 40. Ex.
35, 24. Ez. 48, 12. So too ºp 'n a
holy offering Ex. 36, 6; Tº ‘n an offering
of the hand, as that with which the
offering is brought and presented, Deut.
12, 11. 17; comp. Tº nºnº Deut. 16, 17.
—Also non-n ºu; fields of offerings,
i. e. fertile fields, yielding rich fruits,
suitable for oblations to God as first-
fruits or tithes, 2 Sam. 1, 21.
3. a present exacted by a prince, i. e.
tribute, i. Q. Trºº no. 2. Ez. 45, 3. 16.
NotE. The origin of this word, as
stated above, is from the idea of offering
in thºr, no.3, just as stºº and nsiºn are
from Niº ; not from the idea of taking
away in pººr, no. 4, although there is
once an allusion to this power in Pual,
Ex. 29, 27; comp. Num. 18, 26.-Many
Df the Rabbins, though not all, assign
to nºnr, the signif elevation, and refel
it to a certain rite in sacrifice, the heave.
offering so called, consisting in present-
ing the offering with a motion up and
down; comp. Hºr wave-offering, and
see in tº Hiph. no. 2. p. 659. But this
signification is supported by no certain
example. See Thesaur. p. 1276 sq.
Tºnrº f i, q, rigºr, no. 1. g. Ez.
48, 12.
Tºnn f (r. san), constr. nºn-n.
1. loud moise, tumult. Spec. a) shouts
of joy, rejoicing, Job 8, 21. 33, 26. x^nn
Hºnºr, 1 Sam. 4, 5, Ezra 3, 11. 13. nºn-r
Tº the shouting for a king, i.e. joyſal
acclamations with which a king is wel-
comed, Num. 23, 21. b) a shout for
battle, war-cry, Am. 1, 14. Job 39, 25.
Jer. 4, 19. 49, 2. Hºnºr sºn to raise
the shout of battle, Josh. 6, 5, 20.
2. sound, clangour, of trumpets Lev.
25,9. Zeph. 1, 16. Also a signal, alarm,
as sounded, e.g. nynºr, sprº to sound the
alarm, to give the signal with sound of
trumpet, Num. 10, 5, 6, Hyº-ri neit a
signal-trumpet Lev. 25, 9; and so Num.
31, 6. 2 Chr. 13, 12.-Also ºn ºxº
clanging cymbals Ps. 150, 5. Fish-n tin
i. e. the first day of the seventh (after-
wards the first) month, which was an-
nounced by the sound of trumpets, Lev.
23, 24. Num. 29, 1–6. Hyann ºrial sacri-
fices offered with the sound of trumpets,
Ps. 27, 6; comp. Num. 10, 10.
Tº f medicine, Ez. 47, 12. Vulg.
medicina, Sept. iristo, comp. Rev. 22, 2
3egottelw.— Prob. pr. medical powder,
from r. ºn to crush. Others assign to
this root the signif. ‘to heal,’ i. q. Nº.
2k º obsol. root, Araby; to be hard,
83 9
dry ; ; firmness, hardness.-Hence
TTF f. Is. 44, 14, a species of tree so
called ſtom its hardness and strength,
pcrh. an oak, like Lat. robur. Aqu,
Theod. &ygtoſłółowog, Vulg. ilea'. See
Celsii Hierobot. T. II. p. 269 sq.
* TTº obsol. root, Chald, nºn, to de-
lay. Hence *
Tºº (station) Terah, pr. n. a.) A
station of the Israelites in the desert
Num. 33, 27, 28. b) The father of
Abraham, Gen. 11, 24 sq. Josh 24, 2.
Hºnn
Az-in
1147
Tºmº Tirhanah, pr. n. m. 1 Chr. 2,
18. R. jr.
Tº Chald, constr ºn, fem. Thºr,
two, Ezra 4, 24. 6, 17 Dan. 4, 26. 6, 1.
For the accordance of other languages,
see Heb. Bºuï.
Tº f. fraud, deceit, Judg. 9, 31.
R. nº Pi.
nºn, see in nººn.
nº f (r. Tº Pi.) fraud, deceit,
Zeph. 3, 13. Ps. 119, 118. Jer. 8, 5. 23,
26; also 14, 14, where Keth. nºon, id.
7|F m. c. suff, ºr, prob. i. q. This, a
pine, Chald, snººn. Hence: a) the
mast of a ship, Is. 33, 23. Ez. 27, 5. b)
a signal-pole, set up on mountains, Is.
30, 17.—The root is 137, whence ºn
after the analogy of Tº from r. Tay,
bºr, from r. obº. See in Ts.
's-F Chald. to cleave, to break
through, i. Q. Heb. hºuj I, q.v. comp.
Rºhr rupture; Syr. *32 id. Hence
sºn, ºr, gent. n. *nyºn.
Wºº Chald. m. i. q. Heb. *sū, a gate,
door, e.g. of a furnace or oven Dan. 3,
y to 7 9 – o 2
26. Syr. S32, is}2, Arab. &c, &, id.—
Spec. the gale of the king, i.e. of the
royal palace, put for the palace itself.
or rather for the court of the palace, into
which there was only one entrance, Dan.
2, 49; comp. Tºri "sºft Esth. 3, 2 sq.
see in nº no. 1. Comp. also Arab.
---, Turkish 3:3 Kapu, for the court
of the Khaliſs and Turkish sovereigns;
Engl. the Porte. Gr. oi () iſgow for the
Persian court, Xen. Cyr. 1.3. 2. ib. 8. 3.
2, 11. ib. 8, 6.7.
yº Chald. (for sºn, after the form
nº?, Tºx,) plur. emphat. Rºsºr, the
door-keepers, porters, Ezra 7, 24.
Hynn f. (r. 5x)) reeling, drunken-
ness; whence Hºhr ſº wine of reel-
\ng, pr. wine even reeling, i. e. which
causes it, Ps, 60, 5. Hºnºr bº the cup
of reeling Is. 51, 17. 22. See for the
metaphor under biz.
"ºniº Tirathite, gentile n. from a.
place Fixºn (gate) otherwise unknown,
| Chr. 2, 55. -
*:::: obsol, root, prob. i. q. Arab
-53 to live in comfort; whence &;
prosperous and comfortable liſe. With
this accords Sanscr. trip to delight, Gr.
tégſtougu. Other explanations see in
Thesaur. p. 1519 sq.-Hence
tº m. plur. Teraphim, i.e. house-
hold gods, domestic idols, the Penates on
the Hebrews, brought from Syria Gen
31, 19, comp. Ez. 21, 26 [21]; perh. So
called as the supposed guardians and
givers of prosperous life; see the root.
Although not sanctioned by law, they
seem especially in the earlier times to
have been greatly venerated and wor-
shipped, Judg. c. 17. 18. They were
prophetic images, which were supposed
to give response in respect to things
doubtful and hidden, Ez. 21, 26. Zech.
10, 2; and had at least the head and
face of the human form, 1 Sam. 19, 13
From this passage, however, it does not
appear, whether they had the whole
form and stature of the human body; or
only had the human head upon a square
trunk or column in the manner of the
Hermae. Nor is it certain, whether they
had the full dimensions ºf a man, or were
of various sizes; for while in 1 Sam. l. c.
a larger image is spoken of as repre-
senting a man, yet in Gen 31, 34 small-
er images seem to be indicated, since
Rachel hid them in or under a camel's
saddle and sat upon them —Constr. c.
plur. Gen. 31, 34; but in 1 Sam. 19, 13.
16 under the plur. E"Eyrin only one
image is implied.—The passages in full
are, Gen. 31, 19. 34, 35. Judg. 17, 5. 18,
14. 17. 18. 20. 1 Sam. 15, 23. 19, 13. 16.
2 K. 23, 24. Ez. 21, 26. Hos. 3, 4. Zech.
10, 2. For a review of all these, and
of the literature, see Thesaur. p. 1520 sq.
Hynn (delight, r. Fish) Tirzah, pr. n.
a) A ciy of Israel situated in a pleas-
ant region, Cant. 6, 4; and from Jero-
boam to Omri the capital of the kingdom
of Israel, Josh. 12, 24. 1 K. 14, 17. 15
21. 2 K. 15, 14. al. Prob. mod. Tüllū-
zah, 8. , about six miles north ol
Nablus. b) One of the daughters a
Zelophehad, Num. 26, 33. 27, 1. 36, 11
Josh. 17, 3.
uj-n
hºn
1148
tº Teresh, (perh, Pers. Jº se
vere, austere,) pr. n. of a eunuch at the
court of Xerxes, Esth. 2, 21, 6, 2.
tº "tºº (perh, a breaking, subjection,
i.e. subdued country, r. Jujº) pr. n. Tar-
shish.
1. Tartessus, Gr. Tworm'rods, more
-arely Togo ſtov Polyb. and Steph. Byz.
a city of Spain with the adjacent coun-
try, situated between the two mouths
of the river Baetis or Guadalquivir, a
flourishing colony and mart of the Phe-
nicians, Gen. 10, 4. Is. 23, 1.6. 10. 66,
19. Jon. 1, 3, 4, 2. Ez. 38, 13. Kings of
Tarshish are spoken of Ps. 72, 10. From
hence silver (comp. Diod. Sic. 5. 35–38.
Strab. III. p. 148 Casaub.) iron, tin, and
lead, were brought to Tyre, Jer. 10, 9.
Ez. 27, 12. 25. See Bochart Geogr.
Sacra lib. III. cap. VII. p. 165 sq. J. D.
Michaelis Spicileg. geogr. Hebr. exterae
P. I. p. 82–103. Gesen. Comm. on Is.
23, 1–Hence ºr niº ships of
Tarshish, Tarshish-ships, spoken pr.
of ships employed by the Tyrians in
voyages to and from Tarshish, Is. 23, 1.
14. (.0, 9; but also genr. for all large
merchant vessels, although sailing to
other and different countries, Is. 2, 16.
Ps. 48, 8; comp. the Engl. East-India-
men. So in 1 K. 10, 22. 22, 49, of ships
sailing from Ezion-geber on the Red
Sea to Ophir; although the writer of
the Chronicles seems either not to have
known or not to have approved this
usage, see 2 Chr. 9, 21. 20, 36. 37–
See more in Thesaur. p. 1315.
2. A precious stone, so called as
brought from Tarshish, just as Ophir
also is put (Job 22, 24) for the gold
brought from thence, Ex. 28, 20. 39, 13.
Ez. 1, 16. 10, 9. 28, 13. Cant. 5, 14.
Dan. 10, 6. According to the Sept. and
Josephus, the chrysolite, i. e. the topaz
of the moderns, which is still found in
Spain; so Braun de Vestitu Sacerd. II.
17. Others understand amber, but con-
trary to Ex. 28, 20. 39, 13.
3. Tarshish, pr. m. of persons: a) A
Persian prince, Esth. 1, 14. b) 1 Chr.
7, 10.
srünn, always with art, snuffºnn,
(comp. Pers. Uſ, 3 torsh,severe, austere.)
the Tirshatha, the title of the Persian
governor of Judea, q. d. your Severity,
comp. Germ. gestrenger Herr, a title
formerly given to the magistrates of the
free and imperial German cities; so of
Zerubbabel, Ezra 2, 63. Neh. 7, 65. 70
Also of Nehemiah, and put after his
name, Neh. 8, 9. 10, 2; comp. 12, 26
where ſor it is Firºr, the governor. See
Thesaur. p. 1521.
jº Tartan, pr. n. of a general un-
der Sargon and Sennacherib kings of
Assyria, Is. 20, 1. 2 K. 18, 17. For the
possible etymology see Thesaur. p. 152.
Pºmº Tartak, pr. n. of an idol of the
Avvites (Enhy) 2 K. 17, 31–In Pehlvi,
tar-thakh might be ‘deep darkness,” or
“hero of darkness.”
Tºur f (r. Bºb) with gen. Tº added,
‘something put into one’s hand,’ i. e. a
deposit, trust, Lev. 5, 21.
mstºn f. plur. (r. Riº) noise, e. g. a
crashing of thunder Job 36, 29; woroar,
tumult of a multitude, Is. 22, 2; clamour,
bawling of an ass-driver, Job 39, 7,
shouting, shouts of rejoicing, Zech. 4, 7.
"Fun m. a Tishbite, 1 K. 17, 1. 21, 17
gentile n. of the prophet Elijah, from a
city of Naphtali called Hujr or Hºur,
Gr. 6,03; Tob. 1, 2. See Reland Pa-
last. p. 1035. Thesaur. p. 1352. R. Tºº.
Yātār) m. (r. Yau) tesselated stuff, i.e.
cloth (byssus) woven in checker-work,
see the root; hence Yaujr n:h: a twmic
of checker-work, Ex. 28, 4.
risºn only plur. nisºn, where see.
rºtºn f (r. -º)
place, 1 Sam. 7, 17.
2. a return of time, recurrence, as of
the season or year, 2 Sam. 11, 1. 1 Chr.
20, 1. 2 Chr. 36, 10. 1 K. 20, 22. 26.
3. a response, answer, Job 21, 34, 34,
36. Comp. Hºuſin, no. 4. b.
1. a return to a
nºn ſ. (r. Nitº) the raging, roaring
of a tempest, i. q. Fishuin; so prob. Keth,
Huyn Job 30, 22. See more in r. Tº
Pi. note.
Tyujº. f. (r. shui II) deliverance, help
salvation, Is. 45, 17. 1 Sam. 1, 9, 13.
Ps. 60, 13. 146, 3. Prov. 11, 14. 24, 6
Often of help and deliverance, salva
tion, from God, Ps. 37, 39. 38 23, 4,
lºn
2nn
1149
11. 17 b1, 16. 71, 15. Is. 46, 13. Jer.
8, 23. al.—Spec. deliverance in war,
victory, 2 Sam. 19, 3. Prov. 21, 31,
comp. Ps, 33, 17. 2 K. 13, 17. So Yº Hibs
nºi"; nyhur, or 's 'n in, Jehovah
hath wrought or given great victory,
Judg. 15, 18. 1 Sam. 19, 5. 2 Sam. 23,
10–12. 2 K. 5, 1; and so Ps. 144, 10.
"Pºn f (r. Phú no. 3) desire, long-
wng, c. bs Gen: 3, 16 4, 7; c. 89 Cant.
7, 11. - t
Tºujº f (r. Yºu; II) a gift, present,
1 Sam. 9, 7. Soo too in the Heb. ver-
sion of Daniel, Dan. 2, 6, 5, 17, for
Chald. Hºº.—See r. nºu II. 1, with
: ; comp. espec. Is. 57, 9.
nºr Job 30, 22 Keri, see in rºujºn.
"y"Tºº m. (from suin) f. nºsºn, ord.
adj. the ninth, Ezra 10, 9, 1 Chr. 12, 12.
Jer. 36, 9. Zech. 7, 1. Aram. *shujº,
: G 1 :
nsºn, i.e.2.2, Arab. &º, Eth.
itfity, id.—So *shuirin Binz on the ninth
day Num. 7,60. Jer. 39, 1 nºs"uirin Hyujº
in the third year sc. of Zedekiah. 2 K.
17, 6.
* 9ttº constr. sujr. with fem. and
Hyºr constr. revºr with masc. cardin.
num. nine, Gen. 11, 19. Deut. 3, 11.
Josh. 15, 44. 2 Sam. 24, 8, al. Arab.
Gº 9
R5 Q 3, Kºš, Aram. sºr, nºn, “AZ,
&A2, Eth. Trio, Trić,‘F, trio,
id. —Hence nisº sujr nine hundred,
Gen. 5,5. Judg. 4,3. Dinh Hyºri, on the
ninth of the month Lev. 23, 32. 2 K. 25,
3. Jer. 39, 2.
Alsorinº-vijn with ſem. and nylºn
nºy with masc. nineteen, Gen. 11, 25.
Josh. 19, 38. 2 K. 25, 8. 2 Sam. 2, 30.
PLUR. tºyºr comm. ninety, Gen. 17,
1. 17. Ez. 4, 5, 41, 12.
º Tatnai, pr. n. of a Persian
governor, Ezra 5, 3, 6, 5, Perh. i. q.
Gºole gift.
I N D E X.
G R A M M A TIC A. L. A N D A N A L YTIC A.I.
The references to Sections ($) in this Index are to the Hebrew Grammar of Gesenius, a.
levised by Roediger, seventeenth edition, Halle 1854; English by T. J. Conant, New
York, 1854. They were formerly made to the fourteenth edition of that work, with
the same divisions, Halle 1845; English, by M. Stuart, Andover, 1847; also by T. J. Co-
nant, New-York, 1847.-In all the examples of verbs and nouns, Prefixes with Sheva
only, Wav conversive (...), and the Article, are omitted.
Hººs Ez. 28, 16 for Tass 1 fut. Piel
from r. TES, the first radical N being
dropped by Syriasm, Lgb. p. 378.
|rºs Chald. fathers, plur. of as.
Rºns Is. 28, 12 for has they will, by Arab-
ism, § 44, note 4. Lgb. 265. R. H.N.
uji=s, see tiny.
ºns for sºns 1 fut. Hiph, from r. Nia 1 K.
21, 29. Mic. 1, 15. § 75. 2. f. Lgb. 436.
Hººs 1 fut. Hiph. from r. TES, for
Rºss, Hºss. § 67. note 1. Lgb. 377.
"nºs;s 1 praet. Hiph. for "rºsari from
§s: II. § 52. note 6. Lgb. 319.
riºs 1 fut. Hithp. from HT.
with suff, tººls. See p. 215.
Epº-is 2 Sam. 22, 43 for PETs 1 fut.
Hiph. c. suff, E-, from r. pp., the
Dag, of a short syllable being resolved
into a long vowel, Lgb. 145, 369.
nºis 1 fut. Hithp. from rºº I.
hºlins 1 fut. Hiph. c. suff. *— ſor ºlis,
a form not contracted, from nº Hiph.
to praise Ps. 28, 7. Comp. Hºin 52.
note 7.
*ns 1 fut, apoc. from nºr to be, for Hºrs.
rººms 1 fut, c. r. parag. for rººs from
nºr to sigh, to complain, Ps, 77, 4.
§ 74. note 4.
nºnis Jer. 4, 19 Keth. see in r. brº
Hiph. no. 2. p. 395.
bºis Hos. 11, 4, 1 fut. Hiph. for bºss,
bºss, from r. bes. § 67. note 1.
hºsis 1 fut. Hiph. c. r. parag. by Chal-
daism for nºsis, Hºsss, from r.
*ss; $ 67. note 1.
lºſs 1 ſut. Hiph. for lºss from r. Its
no. I. § 67, note 1. Lgb. 378.
zys Chald. Ezra 5, 15, imp. Pe. from r.
bys, by Syriasm bis, c. Makk. -ºs.
Also
TriS, see in r. Fºr init. p. 303.
rººns 1 fut. Piel, c. suff, for Hysºns
from r. Nºrſ, Gen. 31, 39. e
niºrs f plur. sisters, see sing nins p. 33.
bris 1 fut. Hiph. from r. bºr, I will pro-
fame Ez. 39, 7, (pr. with Dag, ſorte
impl. § 22. 1.) differing from bris I will
begin Deut. 2, 25. Josh. 3, 7; just as
brº Num. 30, 3 he breaks (his word)
differs from brº he begins Judg. 10, 18.
13, 5. § 66.5. Lgb. 370, 371.
nris, Judg. 5, 28; comp. ºnºr, and
Lgb. 170. s
nris Chald, imp. Aph. from r. nn; to
descend. º
Firºris 1 fut. Kalſrom r. nnri, c. riparag.
Jer. 17, 18.
tos 1 ſut. Hiph. apoc. (or Hºs from r.
nº Hos. 11, 4. Job 23, 11. Comp.
toº, ton, imp. toºl.
rºs where art thou? from *s and suff.
Tº–.
Hºs. see in r. ºr init. p. 253.
Enºs Ps. 19, 14, i. q. Ens, which is read
in several Mss. 1 ſut. (A) Kal from r.
tºr, I shall be upright. Lgb. 52, 366.
bes 1 ſut. apoc. Piel from r. nº Ez.
43, 8.
#2s Ex. 33, 3 for Häs 1 ſut. Piel c. suff
the Dag. being dropped and Pattahb .
passing over into Segol, comp. § 27
note 2. b. Sept. §§ovaždigo os, Vulg
disperdam te. Lgb. 164,433.
res for F2S 1 ſut. Niph. ſrom FE2, Mio
6, 6.
rººs for rººs 1 fut. Kal c. suff, from r.
Hº, c. Dag, forte euphon. Hos. 3, 2
Lgb. 87.
R 1152 T
-2's Deut. 9, 21, 1 fut. Kal from nn?,
§ 66, note 5. Lgb. 3"0, 371.
isosºs Hos. 4, 6, 1 fut. Kal (r. bs?) c.
He parag. and suff. T. perh. correctly
pronounced Tsºns. The n parag.
before the suffix seems to have passed
over into N, as elsewhere into n, see
insi-ri. The Arabs also retain the
sound a in the fut. antithet, before a
suffix, &#3.
nings f. plur. from H2S maid, q.v.
Has Chald, for Flas its fruit, the Dag.
being resolved, from the noun 58,
Dan. 4, 9, 11. 18. Lgb. p. 133.
sºs, see sº.
Enºs by Syriasm for Enses 1 fut. Pi.
from r. nº. § 23. note 2. Lgb. 152.
apps 1 Sam. 15, 6, 1 fut. Kal from r.
nos; but 2 K. 22, 20 the same form
is Part. Kal.
bngs ſut. Kal from r. nº. §70. Lgb. 390.
Erºses 1 fut. Hiph. from r. HSº, c. suff.
Eri.
*Es imp. Kal for HES cook ye Ex. 16, 23,
from r. HES, by Syriasm. § 23. note 2.
nes, and with conv, nºs), 1 fut. Niph.
apoc. for innºs, from r. Finº.
nx'ss 1 ſut. Hiph. from vs.
pºss 1 filt. Kal from px. $ 70.
*ss 1 fut. Kal from ºxx. $ 70.
rips 1 fut. Kal from riph.
Hrips Is, 56, 12 in some Mss. i. q. Hrips
1 fut. Kal from r. ripº; see the follow-
ing form.
nsºrs 1 Sam. 28, 15, for Rºps with H+
(for H+) parag. Lgb. 286.
rins Num. 22, 6, imp. Kal from r. nºs.
boins 1 ſut. Hithpal. for Eºinns, from
r. Dºn. &
Tºns transpos. for Tºns 1 ſut. Pi. from
Hyn. Others suppose a Piel nºn in-
stead of Hºn.
tººs inf absol. Hiph. from Eeuj.
nus Ez. 3, 15 Keth. -us, read nºs:
and I beheld, from r. nhuj II. no. 3.
*rīuis Chald. 3 plur. praet. Kal, for
innu, ; see Hru.
sºns 1 ſut. Hiph. from r. sº.
*ns imp. Kal from r. Hrs to come, for
*rs, by Syriasm. § 23. note 2. Lgb
152.
lºrs 1 plur. praet. for the usual **ns we
are come, from r. Firs. It imitates
the forms of verbs & .
$70.
| Tipris 1 fut. Kal from pn; to tear off
with Nun epenthet, and suff.
Fl
rºsa Ruth 1, 19. Jer. 8, 7, inf from r
Nia, c. suff of 3 pers. plur, fem. with
He parag. Lgb. 213.
rena 2 Chr. 1, 4 for "Enna, from ºr
(Hiph. of jº), n art. for relat, and 3;
comp. Their 2 Chr. 29, 36.
anni, Ez. 26, 15 for anrrº inf. Niph
from r. shri (Dag. ſort impl.) for
anriº. Lgb. 331.
rigºrº Lev. 26, 43, for Hgºry: inf.
Hoph. from Dº to lay waste.
pºpujia inf Po. from ouji, q.v. Others
take it for inf. Kal for p=quiz (comp.
bºss?), but in forms of this kind
Hholem is always deſectively written.
73. Zech. 4, 10 i. q. 73, from tha.
Tri-pha Ps, 45, 10, see in ºp: no. 3.
p. 420.
"nº plur. constr. from rº or rather
nº, see Hºz, p. 139 note.
#53 for H5NF, we are come, from Nºa,
1 Sam. 25, 8.
Tºni): thy building for Triº inf constr.
c. suff. Ez. 16, 31; an irregular form,
which seems to have come from taking
the termination ni as a plural fem.
which it is not. Lgb. p. 463.
hºrºsz for "risz, see risz.
tº, tº Ecc. 3, 18, inf Kal from nºz,
c. suff, E-.
*::, see under buff.
}
ba imp. for bà from r. Bº to roll Ps. 119,
12, comp. Josh. 5, 9; but in v. 18 the
same form is for Hà imp. Pi. from Hº.
nº inf. constr. Kal, from S3; to touch.
uja, -uń, Huja, imp. from tº. But Josh,
3, 9 in plur. we have huja goshu, and
Ruth 12, 14 fem. "uja goshi.
nº inf. Kal, from tº to approach.
T
*** for ºn from r. bhº, where see.
sº imp. from r. sº.
nº or rºº Prov. 24, 14, i, q, sº c. r.
parag. Hence Tºh Hºr Hy: 12 so
learn (get) wisdom for thy soul. Sept.
aio 9%an. Lgb. 286. R. 91.
r 1153 r
n
in-sisri Is. 19, 6 for nºr; see n:
Hiph.
ar, riºr, imp. from ar.
winsºn a corrupted form Is. 30, 5, where
the context demands winnin from r.
ujº, which also 12 Mss. read.
ann, Hos. 4, 18 rºyº jºbp an aris;
here the Heb. intpp. take harſ ſor Harlº
(r. any, comp. T- for inº, Hrym for
Hºn;), and render her princes love to
give reproach ; Jerome: dileaverunt af.
ferre etc. But this is languid; and the
context requires ; they love reproach.
Hence the letters inſ" are prob. spuri-
ous, and arose from an error of a copy-
ist, who let them remain rather than
mar the beauty of his manuscript.
pian Inf. Niph. from r. pp.
nar: Inf Hiph. from r. nna.
in Inf. Po. from r. nºr. I.
nºr for Hrºn 3 f. praet. Hoph. from r.
Hº, by Aramaism.
nºr Hothp. from Tuº to be fat.
rºin Chald, inf. Aph. from r, as to
perish.
ºn Chald. Hoph. from r. Taş.
Fixin Hiph. c. suff, from r. nº, Lam. 1, 5.
njin Hiph. r. Hº.
nºn inf. Hoph. from r. Th:, for nººn.
*bºn Ps. 78, 63, see bºr Pu.
Nºr Gen. 8, 17, imper. Hiph. of r. ss.
The pointing belongs to the Keri sºn;
the Keth. would be read Rºgin. -
bºrinuin Zech. 10, 6, Hiph, from r. sº,
for ºrigin, which also some Mss.
exhibit. This form imitates the ana-
logy of verbs ‘s, and the poet or copy-
ist would seem to have had in mind
the similar form E-ni-'ºr' from r.
inhuj. Lgb. 464,
brºn from r. bryr q.v.
nºr Chald, inf. Aph. from Tº Dan.
5, 20.
jºnºr Chald, praet. Ithpa, from 2,
Q. V.
bºr, praet. Hiph. from r. bhy, with
Chald, flexion. $ 71. note 9.
*-in ſor ºrn imp. Hithp. from Hº!.
bºrinºn Ez. 6, 8, inf. Niph. from r. ny,
for p-ninn; with suff, as attached
to the plur, contrary to grammatical
rule; see in Tºniº.
r:Sirir, for ns.tarr, 3 f. praet. Hiph.
she hid, from r. Nºr, c. In parag. Josh,
6, 17. Lgb. 266.
"rºlºr, thrice, Judg. 9, 9, 11. 13, with
n interrog. should I cease from ? etc.
corrupted, as it would seem, for "nºrr;
in Kal; or else for Hiph.ºrhºrr, omit-
ting He interrog, which some Mss
exhibit, see J. H. Michaelis, although
there are no other vestiges extant of
a conj. Hiphil in this verb. A similar
example seems to be ninhºrſ (wastes,
deserts) Ez. 36, 35. 38, where we
should expect Riannn ; also Segol be-
fore : in cºlºr, Euºnº!, (the new
moons, in the new moons,) on which
form see Ewald’s srmaller Grammar
§ 127, 2. But the sound 6 in ºrbin,
nianſ, remains unaccounted for.
nºr and "ºrin, for sºrr, and stºrin,
priet, and inf. Hiph, from stºry, Jer,
32, 35.
brin inf. Niph. r. bºr, Ez. 20, 9.
on imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. nº, for
nºn, Ps. 17, 6, 119, 36.
sºr Hothpaal from r. sº.
ºntºr, 3 fem. praet. Hiph. from ritº, c.
suff, 3 pers. Prov. 7, 21.
Tºri Chald. praet. Aph. from Teš.
*nºn Chald, praet. Aph. from rins Dan,
5, 3. Pass. is "nºn.
Tº imp. apoc. Hiph. r. nº.
bºr, Ez. 21, 33 inf. Hiph, for $*=Sr.
The same form is also Hiph. from bºx
Jer. 6, 11.
ºn praet. Hiph. from n=2, c. suff. H.
tºn praet. Hiph. from nº?, c. suff, E--.
hºr; 1 plur. praet. Hiph. from r. Tº .
ºr praet. Hiph. from nº, c. suff, º –
rsºn 3 ſem. praet. Hiph. from r. Fish.
Aramaean for Hr.Shri.
ibn Job 29, 3, see bºr; Kal no. 2.
Pryºr, see art. Dr. p. 257.
Tºr, i. q. Tºri, see r. 25.
hºr for he?hn Job 24, 24, Hoph. from
r. Tºº. § 66.5. Lgb. 371.
bºn inf. Niph. r. op?, for bºn.
*bºn by Chaldaism for noºn, Hiph,
from r. Hº, Josh. 14, 8, Lgb. 433.
priºr, Job 17, 2, inf. Hiph, from r. nº
c. Dag. fort. euphon.
nºn imp. Hiph. from r. nº, where see
Hiph. B. § 71. note 9.
rtºn praet. Hiph. from r. nº, where see
Hiph. B.
Fl
97
r 1154 in
nriºr pret. Hoph, B, from F. nº.
bºr Chald. praet. Aph. r. bºy q. v.
Hºr, inf. Hiph. by Chalda.sm for Fºr,
from r. Fºx, Is, 30, 28.
nver, Hiph. from nºo, Chald. form, $71.
note 9.
nºr ſor nºr praet. Hiph, from r, try,
Dag. being dropped. § 66. note 11.
byn imp. apoc. for nººn, Hiph. ſrom r.
nºx.
rhyri ſor nºr. Hiph. from r. Hºx. $57.
note 4. Lgb. 170.
nºn for nºr Hoph, from r. Hºy, ibid.
nanºr, Lev. 26, 15, for tº her, inſ: Hiph.
c. suff, from r. nº I, q.v.
hºsri Hithp. denom. from Hººs, q.v.
in-Esri ſor iºn c. Dag. ſorte euphon.
Lgb. 88. R. E.g.
nixºn inf. Hiph, for nixprl, Lgb. 320.
npº Prov. 25, 17, imper. Hiph. of r.
-p:.
sºn imp. apoc. Hiph, for Hänn. R. Hº
to be many.
rizºn, Hanri, riñºn, infin. Hiph. forms
from Hai g. v.
ºntº imp. Niph. from r. bºy to be
high.
Fºr imp. Hiph. apoc. from r. nº.
rsºn by Chaldaism for Hrysºn 3 fem.
praet. Hiph. from r. Fish. Lev. 26, 34.
Buir imp. Hiph. in pause for Hºrſ, from
r. Shuj. Is. 42, 22.
bujri (hösham) Hoph. from r. bºu, q.v.
But wherever it occurs, some Mss.
and editions have pººl, others buir,
the latter after the analogy of Pºr
for hºbhn.
sºr Ps. 39, 14, imp. apoc. Hiph. from
r. Hyº, where see ; but the same
form in Is. 6, 10 is imp. Hiph, from
syº to besmear,
nymptºn Hithpal. from r. Hrºš.
stºntºn Hithpal. from r. vyuj, q, v.
inharr: Chald. inſ: Aph. c. suff, from
ºn to 7"e!?!?!??.
Hºnn Hithp. from r. nº.
brinn imp. apoc. Hithp. from r. nºr to
be sick.
hºn imp. Hiph, from rins to come, for
ºrsn.
Tººnri Is. 33, 1, for Hºrn inf. Hiph.
from r. porn, c. suff.
brin, see r. brn Piel, and r. bºr, Hiph.
rºarr inf Hithp, for sainn from r.
N-3, like verbs #5.
r
right for nºt Pual from r. nº
ºnizy for *nix), see nºt.
r;
hbºr, Judg. 5, 7 (in many Mss. and ed
tions) for hºr, they cease, c. Dag
ſorte euphon. Lgb. 85.
*nh-in, see "rhinº above.
ipºn Prov. 8, 29 for ipri inf of r. pprl
with suff. § 66. not. 11.
iter and nStor, inſ: Kal from r. stºry.
-ºr Piel from r. ºn.
nºr Ex. 1, 16 let her live, in pause for
nºr, 3 praet. ſem. from *rī, Daghesh
being dropped because the syllable is
prolonged by the pause, $ 66. note 11.
Comp. º. for ºn 1 Sam. 2, 9 (r.
tº), prº for prº (r. ppm) Job 19,
23, Hºn Ruth 1, 13, for Hºn.
inºr constr. form with i parag. from
nºr a beast, for nºr. § 88. 3. b. Lgb.
548, 549.
ºr for nºr inſ: Piel from Hºri to expect.
*riºr Ps, 77, 11, inſ: Piel from r. Hºri I.
"pºri c. Dag, euphon. for "pºrt plur.
constr. of phr. -
triºn 2 K. 18, 27, see art. Ensºr, p. 341.
º
nºt; inſ: Kal from r. sº to plant.
h
bs”, bºl, fut, apoc. Hiph. from r. nks
to S^1je(17°.
nsº, nsºn, fut. apoc. Kal from Hris t
come, for Hrs., Hrs.
hns: 3 plur. fut. Niph. from r. nis to
assent, q.v.
iny, inº. 2 K. 12, 12 for Snº, fut. Ka
from Sia. The same is read 2 K. 3,
24 Keth. where, if the reading be
genuine, it is ſor plur. "Nº". Bu
Keri has ºn and they smote.
ujinº ſut. Kal ſtom uſia, a form peculia.
to this one verb. Lgb. 403.
*Hºº, ºnvºy for ruinº, Nah. 1, .
fut. Pi. from tº to be dry. § 68
note 6.
an 1155 n
nº, Hº, fut Pi. for Hyº from r. nº I.
$68, note 6.
*::, bºn, ſut, apoc. Hiph, from r. nº
nº fut. Niph. r. nº.
wº, sº, fut, apoc. Kal from r. HS: to
fly.
**, *, for ºl, fut. Pi. from nº to
cast. § 68. note 6.
Nº fut. Hithp. from r. Nº.
31, and 13.1", ſor tº and ET, your
hand, Gen. 9, 2.
* plur. Toº by Chaldaism, fut. Kal
from r. 527. § 66.5, n.
hoº! ſut. Niph. in pause, for "Yº (r.
tº); see the form ºf above.
Rºn' Ecc. 11, 3, for ºn, ſut, apoc. Kal
from r. ny, to be, ſut. Hyriº.
Thin' Chald, fut. Aph. from r. Tes.
nºir, ſut. Hiph. from r. nº, by Chal-
daism for HTi". § 52. note 7.
"n", "nº, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nºr to be.
***rī Is. 52, 5, Hiph. from r. bhy, for
the comm. contracted abº".
Trº Chald, ſut. A, Pe. from r. Tºn to go.
brº Is. 13, 20 contr. for bris, ſut. Pi.
from r. bris.
hºrrº, see under r. bryr and r. bºr, Hiph.
*bzin Ez. 42, 5 for bºs; fut. Hoph. from
r. has q.v.
rºi" part, fem. for the usual nºbi",
Gen. 16, 11. Lgb. 591.
nin, niºn, ſut. apoc. Hiph. from r. nº.
shin Prov. 11, 25 (al. Hºi") is sprinkled,
watered, prob. fut. Hoph. from Hº,
for Hº, comp. sºlin for sºn Lev. 4,
23. 29.
º, tº fut. apoc. Hiph. from H13.
tº and ty, with 1 conv, tº , tºl, fut, apoc.
Kal from H13.
hot fut. Kal ſor º, from r. boy.
ºriº, Triº, fut, apoc. Kal from nºr to
rejoice.
Triº, fut. Hiph. see r. ºr, p. 296.
"n", "rºl, fut, apoc. Kal from r. nºr.
inºr, Hab. 2, 17 for irri, ſut. Hiph.
from nmri, c. suff, 7– in pause for j-.
Lgb. 145, 177.
brin, see bris above.
iºn' in pause for horſ, 3 pl. preet. Pi. r.
bri: , Dag. forte euphon. Lgb. 85.
170.
nººn: 3 plur, ſem, fut. Kal, for the usual
nyºnn, from r. priº or por, Gen. 30,
38, § 47. note 3. Lgb. 276.
*nariº Ps. 51, 7 ſor ºrºrº pract. P.
with suff, from r. priº. Comp, hºrs,
in", nº, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nºr.
Triº for ºr fut. Kal from r. pri. Lgb
171, 366.
*Prº in pause for priº, fut. Hoph. from
r. Ppr; see above under the form
nºr.
"n", "rºl, fut, apoc. Kal. from r. nºr.
nn ſut. Kal from r. nri; , and ſut. Niph.
from r. nnri.
toº, ſut, apoc. Hiph. from r. nº.
º, ºl, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nº, for
Hº, nº.
bºy ſut. Hoph. from r. bhū, Job 40, 1.
sº Ps. 138, 6 for sº fut. Kal from r
yT. Comp. on these and the fol
lowing forms Igb. p. 388, 389. § 69.
note.
nº for nºrth, antº, fut. Hiph. from
5:3. See as before.
bº for bºrº, E-bºx, fut. Hiph. from
bº to wail. See as before.
Fº, tººl, fut, apoc. Kal from r. HE:.
Tº , Tºl, fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. Hº.
*::::= Ps. 50, 23 he will honour me,
fut. Piel from r. Tº c. suff, et Nun
epenthet.
º, he fashioned us Job 31, 15, for
*::i5 fut. Pil. from r. ſº, c. suff.
1 plur. The two Nuns coalesce into a
double one, and i is shortened into h.
bº Chald. ſut. Peal from r. bº.
hºbº" for ºpe, or iºbº Ex. 15, 5,
fut. Pi. from r. nº. Here hºn is writ-
ten for in on account of the preceding
vowel w.
nzy, ºnzy, fut. Hoph. by Chaldaism
from nn?, for neºn, ºn-ºn. $ 66.5.
inzº for ºnzº, and this for nº fut.
Hiph, from rrº to pound. § 66 5. n.
#Tº for tº fut. Hiph. from r. ºb.
§ 71. note 9.
hiº, hyºl, ſut. Hiph. from r. Tºb; see
in jºb Hiph. no. 2.
no", nº Gen. 7, 23, fut. apoc. Kal
from r. Firſ?.. But other very respect-
able copies, both Mss. and editions,
e.g. the edition of Van der Hooght
read nº fut. Niph. of the same verb
nº fut. Pi from r. sh?, for sº.
nº fut. A, from r. nº to be bitter, ſo,
nºn". § 66. note 3. Lgb. 366.
Tºnº for mºnºs' fut. Kal from r -2s
Ps. 139, 20.
Un II56 >
ys: fut. Hiph, by Syriasm for ys:
from r. Ys. Lgb. 411.
sº Chald, fut. Pe. from sº to know,
for sº, the Dag. forte being resolved
into Nun. Comp, sº for sºn.
*: fut. Hiph. from r. sº, for sº. Ps.
141, 8.
nº fut. Hiph. B, from r. nº.
nº fut. Kal by Chaldaism for aby, from
r. 539.
sº fut. Hiph. from r. nate by Chalda-
Ism, for spy.
*xy, Tºº, fut. Hiph. from r. Ths.
cy, ºn and (c. Dag. ſorte impl.) toºl
1 Sam. 15, 19, and 14, 32 Keri, fut.
apoc. Kal from r. 2ny.
by:, bºl, fut. apoc. Kal and Hiph. from
r. Hºy.
nº. 3 fut. fem. plur. for nººn,
Dan. 8, 22. § 47, note 3. Lgb. 276.
****, Is. 15, 5 for hºnº, see r. nºs I,
Pilp. p. 762.
-x5, -ºn, fut. Hiph. from r. nºs.
nº fut. Hiph. apoc. from r. nº, for
nº.
FE ſut, apoc. Hiph, from r. nre.
sº fut. apoc. Hiph. from r. Ex;, Deut.
32, 8.
saº Chald, fut. Ithpa. from r. vº.
*::::::, see r. nºx Hithp. p. 892.
ps", ps", fut. Kal from r. ps, q.v.
nx" (n.º.) and his", fut. Kal from r.
-s: no. 2.
*:::, hºl, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nas;
also fut. apoc. Hiph, from r. nº.
ng", hyºl, fut. Kal from ns: no. 1.
*nº fut. Kal from rº to kindle, in
pause c. Dag. euphon.
nº plur. *Tºº, fut. Kal from r. Tºp, by
Chaldaism.
rip" ſut. Kal, and nº fut. Hoph. from
r. nº, for npšº, nº.
YP" 1 K. 3, 15 in some Mss. and edi-
tions, for Yp", from r. pp.
Th?" 1 Sam. 28, 10 for TE: (c. Dag.
euphon.) fut. Kal from Hºp, c. suff.
:1-7.
tºp", tºpº, ſut, apoc. Kal, r. Hºp.
tip, ſut. apoc. Hiph. r. Húp.
sº, sº, fut. apoc. Kal from r. Hs).
sº for the comm. sº imp. from sº
to fear, Ps. 34, 10; inflected after the
manner of verbs Hº, so that s becomes
in otio, comp. "Nº Ez. 47, 8. Lgb.
417.
Hsº they fear for shº, different from
*Nºn they see, with short Hirek.
sº, º for ansºn, ſut. Hiph. from r
ins.
tº Ps. 7, 6, see tºº.
sin, for in 2 Chr. 26, 15, inf constr. Ka
from r. nº with N appended.
Th; for h; ſut. Kal from r. py, Lgb. 369
yān; for yº; ſut. Kal from r. Ygn, but
intrans. Lgb. 369.
The fut. Kal from r. Tº, where see.
sº fut. Kal ſrom r. ss., no. 2, where see,
But sº Job 20, 26 is fut. apoc. from
riyº to eat up.
ºniº Jer. 22, 23 Keth. for rººm sit.
ting, Yod parag. $88. 3.
Tº for tº ſut. Kal from Tºj. Lgb
369.
Antºn fut. Niph. from r. nnºj.
"tº for sº fut. Hiph. from sº to de-
ceive.
tº ſut. Hiph. from r. bºuj; by Chal
daism.
bujº fut, apoc. see in r. Hºu, no. 3.
tº fut. Kal by Chaldaism, from r. bºuj
tº for Bºnº fut. Hithpo. from r tºuj.
intº made up from tº there is, and suff.
3 sing. masc. with Nun inserted.
su?", suº, fut. apoc. Kal from Hyuj.
Hºnº. 1 Sam. 6, 12, 3 ſem. plur. ſut. Kal
for Hºuºn from r. nu;. § 47. note 3.
Annº, annujº, fut, apoc. sing. Hithp.
from ſut. Hyrinº. R. Hru;.
"pulprº ſut. Hithpal. from ppg.
snº, snº, fut. Karl from r. Hris to come,
for Firs; and Hrs.
neirº fut. Hithpa, from r. nes.
Tºrº Chald, ſut. Ithpe. from jºy to nour.
ish, Dan. 4, 9.
ben" fut, apoc. Hithp. from r. no?.
tº plur, honº, in pause toº, ſut. Ka
from r. born. -
ºr ſut. Niph. from r. bor.
bºrº Chald, ſut. Ithpe. from r. bhip
=)
*sº Ps. 22, 17, see under nºz I.
jinn”: for innº with the vowels aſte
the Aramaean manner, Ecc. 2, 13
Lgb. 151.
Brºz all of them, from b2 with the un
usual suffix prº- for E-,
nºr:#3 id. but ſem.
> 1157 • ?
nºz, 3 sing, fem. priet. Piel, r. nº, c.
suff, for inrºz.
Tribaz Is. 33, 1, see under r. nº.
nº Is. 23.8 her merchants, plur, with
light suff, from 1923 no. 3, inflected in
the manner of ºnyx.
p
="sº inf Hiph. contr. for a "snº, from
r. a7s. *
-ish for nism; inſ: Niph, from r. nis.
Yº, Tyrih, see in Chald, nºt note p.
247.
nitrº. 2 K. 19, 25, contr. for nisºn; Is.
37, 26, inf. Hiph. from Hsuj.
pºrº Is. 47, 14, inf. In pause from r. bor,
aſter the form hºp; comp. Bºrº Is.
30, 18.
tion; 2 Chr. 31, 7, inf. Kal from ... Toº,
for the usual Tibºº Is. 51, 16.
nº for nrip” by Syriasm, from the
noun Hºp", Prov. 30, 17. Lgb. 151.
Tº imp, from tº to go, see Tºri.
n=%, ºth, see in Tºr init. and no. 7, p.
253, 255.
nº inf fem. Kal from tº, see mºry.
nº for Hº it lodgeth, 3 ſem. praet. from
Th9 Zech. 5, 4.
niaxº contr. for ninsnº inf. Hiph. from
r. nº.
Nº for Nºh inſ: Kal from sh; to fear.
re, c. 5 pref nº, inf. Kal contr. for
nº, from tº to bear. Lgb. 133.
Yo
*32 part. Hiph. for Nº from r. Nin.
Tº ſor irºnxºn part. Pi. ſem. from
r. ns: Pi, to terrify, 1 Sam. 16, 15.
*:::UNTA2 1 Chr. 15, 13, compounded
from Hº, 3, Hits ºn the former. See
nº note, lett. c. p. 541.
Jº Judg. 5, 10, plur. of "Tº garment,
after the Chaldee form.
jºrriñº Chald, part. Aph. from nr., to
descend.
Tºrin Chald, part pass. Aph. r. Tºš. .
Triº Chald. inf. Pe. r. Tºri to go.
nº part. Hoph. from r. nan to die.
Bºn part. Hoph. from r. Hºp.
nººn part. Kal for nºin, r. 13% to
waver, p. 594.
Rºn part. Hoph. from r. Nº.
t"3"nin plur. of anix, threshing-sledge,
for nºnio. Lgb. 145.
Nyº, c. suff. Frºg, Chald, inf. Pe. from
r. nis to kindle.
rigo what is this? for nº-rig, see nº
note, lett. c. p. 541. º
Tº for Tisº part. Hiph. from r. Its I.
Rnº Chald. part. Aph. from r. Nyr to
live.
Trio Chald, inf Pe. from r. prl.
Eºrº, see hyst, p. 338, col. 2.
ºntº part. Hithp. from rhnº, for-Herº
t"asºn 2 Sam. 11, 1, i. q. ===%2 (which
also 31 Mss. and 7 early editions ex-
hibit) kings, the N being redundant,
as a ‘mater lectionis.”
hb% for Ash? praet. Kál from r. sh?.
tº part. Hiph. from r. jºb no. 2
inflected in the Rabbinic manner,
Lgb. 407.
Fºº ſor Fësº part, from r. nks to learn,
after the Syriac.
*nº for “rsº praet. Kal from sh?.
732 m. Tº ſ. from ſhee, from Tº q. v.
Tºnº Nah. 3, 17, see Eºny;2 p. 588.
rigº part. Hoph. from Hiph. Bºſtom r. nº
nº part. of Hiph. B, from r. nº.
riºtº for rºº Is. 23, 11, from Tisº q.v
5xºn, see by p. 782.
px?, see by p. 792.
Bºss? Gen. 32, 20, for Bessº, inf. Kal
from sº. Comp. Hººn for rhyn.
*Fº Jer, 15, 10, a form made up, as
it would seem, from two readings,
ºp? and *p, and attributable
to copyists rather than to the writer.
*rºpº Jer, 22, 23 Keth. part Pu. f.
from Pi. pp, with Yod parag, which
is omitted in Keri. § 88, 3.
npºpº part. Pil. from r. ºp.
Bºrneº Ez. 8, 16, prob, an oversight
of copyists, for Bºrinº worshippers.
Some have supposed that the endirig
prº is for Prs you, so that the whole
form may be a contraction from this
word and from the particip. by Syri-
asm; but we should here hardly ex-
pect the second person, on account of
the preceding Hºn.
Nrº Chald, inf. Pe. from r. Hrs.
nrº, ºr 2, 2 and 1 pers, praet. Kal from
r. nilo, q.v.
nixx, see ans.
Abs; Niph. of r. bs, Jer. 50, 36.
"sus: Ez.9, 8, see in "sº note, p. 1025
97*
s II58 p
na; 1 Sam. 14, 36, for rish; ſut. Kal from
tº Dag, being dropped. §66. note 11.
*nº for "nsiº praet. Niph. from NE to
prophesy.
b::, bºy, we fade, wither, Is. 64, 5, has
its form from bº: Hiph, fut, but its
signif. from 5:3; prob, for 832] 1 fut.
Hiph. of 953.
nº for Hès; ſut. Kal from r. º.
$ 66.5, and note 11. Lgb. 372.
rip: for Tº praet. Niph, from r. pp:.
Lgb. 372.
ºbs; Is. 59, 3. Lam. 4, 14, see Niph.
bs: II.
nº Jer. 8, 14 for nº fut. Niph. from
tº: II, Comp. § 66. 5, and note 11.
*rix, *rºl, 1 plur. ſut. apoc. Kal from ſtºry.
="all, constr. ***, ſem. nº, part. Niph.
from r. Hº, for Bºxi, etc.
*Tº praet. Niph. from r. Tº, for this
c. Dag. euphon.
Angº: Ez. 23, 48, see in r. no. Nithp. p.
407.
bri: praet. Niph. from r. bºr, also praet.
Pi. from r. brº.
brº praet. Niph. and Pi. from r. brº.
snori: part. Niph, plur. from r. oºr, for
pººrly. § 66, not. 11.
Fºr; 2 praet. Niph, from r. pri.
*ny praet. Niph. from r. nºr.
rn: praet. Niph, from r. nnn.
tº 1 plur. ſut. Kal from r. nº, c. suff, E-.
tºº, Bºy, 1 plur. ſut. Kal from r. Hº!,
c. suff, E-.
p, ºn, 1 plur, fut. Hiph. apoc. from
r. nº.
nºis; part, fem. Niph. from r. 2.
nr=5 part. ſem. Niph. from ne: to con-
ºvince.
her: Deut. 21, 8, Nithpa. from r. Hez.
Lgb. 249.
*2; praet. Niph. from r. nº, the form
being derived ſrom r. nº.
rºo; for H20: praet. Niph. from r. sat.
§ 66. 5, and not. 11. Lgb. 372.
ne: Ps. 4, 7 ſor Nº imp. from r. Riº, a
negligent orthography.
nº praet. Niph. from r. nº q.v.
rinshº for FishB: c. r. parag. 2 Sam.
1, 26, Lgb. 266. R. Nº.
bº Pil. from be.
pºs: 1 plur, ſut. Hithpa, from r. p13,
for pins, pºxn).
nº for riºs, imp. Kal c. r. parag.
from r. ny, c. Dag. euphon. Ps. 141, 3.
ºp; praet. Niph. from bºp.
hip; Ez. 39, 26, and Rºux (Aieph ap
pended, comp. Arab. 1, U3) Ps. 139
20, for sº they bear.
*htº: Ps. 32, 1, for shie; part, pass. Ka
from stº, inſlected like verbs rib, so
as to be assonant with "noz, which -
stands near.
bºº 1 plur. ſut. Hiph. from r. Dºuj, by
Chaldaism, for tºº; or buy.
Hypº Nithpa, from r. Hyū, p. 1042.
Hyrº Job 4, 10, 3 plur. praet. Niph. of r
sn; ; comp, in r. s.r.º.
Anººn; ſor ºrth-Fri, Dag. euphon.
ºrn: for "rºr; praet. Kal from r. ſn}.
©
5*ab 2 K. 8, 21 for nºb, the Yod being
a “mater lectionis.”
i-aq for i=ng from Tab c. suff, et Dag
euph.
ibºº from bab q.v. c. suff.
y
nºw for Hºx imp. Kal from r. º.
*::: for *-xx c. Dag. ſorte euphon. from
by clusler of grapes.
nº for Firts she made, 3 fem. praet.
from r. nº. Lev. 25, 21.
º
E)
prº Neh. 5, 14, i. e. Fire c. suff.
nrº inf Kal from r. ne; to breathe.
ibºº for tº his work, from 5xp. Lgb.
170, 571.
º
Rs imp. Kal from r. 8s.
nsy inſ. Kal of the same verb.
Tºpºs Ez. 16, 52, inſ. Pi. ſem. c. sufi
from r. pºſs.
*:Arrºs, see in r. nos Pilp. p. 898.
px imp. Kal from r. ps: to pour.
nps inſ: Kal of the same verb.
p
tRp praet. Kal ſor Ep, from r. bhp, in
the Arabic manner. § 71. note 1
Lgb. 401.
tsp Chald, part. Pe. from r. bºp.
Hºp Lev. 22, 11 (read köbah) imp. from
Ep;, c, F, parag.
p 1159 n
bºp curse him t imp. from r. sp?, with
Nun epenthet. and suff.
rip imp. Kal from r. mph.
rip Ez. 17, 5 for riph to take. The b is
dropped from the beginning, and be-
longs to the characteristic neglect of
grammatical forms in Ezekiel. Comp.
nnn for Finn?, in for Thº.
trip Hos. 11, 3 inſ: Kal ſrom r. npº, c.
suff, i.e. by taking or holding them.
nrip, oncernſ, 2 K. 12, 9 inſ: Kal ſem.
from r. rip: to take.
ſº
\
rºsh inf Kalfem. from r. n.s.) Ez. 28, 17.
Th inf from TT to subdue, where see.
But in Judg. 19, 11 the same form is
put for Th; to go down, the first radi-
cal being dropped; comp. Tºrº, Fiuj.
Lgh. 139.
Th, nºn, imp. (the latter once inf. Gen.
46, 3,) from r. Th:.
tiºn part. Kal from HT., c. suff. Pr.
wºn and tº , imp. from r. ºn to possess.
nº inſ of the same verb.
iſ,
Ru) imp. Kal from r. Nº.
ns.tº, nsº, inſ and c. *, from r. Nº.
Rito also inſ: from r. Nº, ſor ste).
Trishu ſully written ſor TS;u. Ez. 35,
11. Lgb. 527.
º
rost part. Kal from r. phū II.
*rīng (Milra) Ps. 23, 6, usually rendered
my dwelling, for "nau; inſ: c. suff, from
intº. But the authors of the points
seem to have regarded it as for "rºº
by aphaeresis. Comp. Th, Hit}.
tºº, see in r. sat no. 2.
niu for nius: inſ: pleonast. from auj; Jer.
42, 10. Comp. Th, Finn.
ºniºiu praet. Po. from niº 1. q. Figuº,
Q. V.
buſ imp. Kal from r. bu;.
niñº inf. plur. from tº to lay waste,
Ez. 36, 3. Lgb. 365.
bºrº dual of nº year.
nu;, Pinu, "nºj, praet. from nºw to set.
trauj, see in r. nnu;.
n
i-rism Prov. 1, 22, fut. Kal for Hansr,
the vowels being contracted in the
Aram. manner; comp. Th?, tºº.
Hrºn, Job 20, 25, fut. Pi. for nºsri
from 52s.
insºn for hºr, from -sin. Comp. ibya
Nºn Prov. 1, 10, by Chaldaism for Hºm
rizºn, ſut. Kal from Has to will.
nºns ºn 3 plur. ſut, fem. Kal from r. Nia
Ps. 45, 16.
rins-r, Deut. 33, 16, for risan, Ho
parag. being added twice, as it would
seem. So also in
TriStar Job 22.21 for Asian; and "rºar,
Kerinx=r, for "ser, 1 Sam. 25, 34.—
Others, as Ewald, Heb. Gram. p. 488
suppose the afformatives of the praetel
to be appended to the future, so that
nrysºn is from Nerº and rinsia (but the
sense requires HS2), inser from
iser, and insa, "nsar, from "ser,
and rs3 or "ns. Comp. Lgb. 464,
Tan, Tan), ſut. apoc. Kal from r. Tº to
weep.
Hºrizºn for Hºrizºn Ez. 16.50, the sylla.
ble "- being inserted in the manner of
verbs Hº and sº, for the sake of asso-
nance with the word nºtºn. R. Fº.
Thºn ſut. Hiph, from r. nº.
bân 2 ſut, apoc. Niph. from r. nº.
**In ſut. Pi. from r. nº, ſor ººr,
the third radical being retained.
ºrin, ºnry, in pause "nº, fut apoc. Ka.
from r. nºr.
Hºnn for nºnn Mic. 2, 12. Lgb.
405. R. Dºn Hiph.
Tºrºnn for Tºrin thy praise, the * as
‘mater lectionis,' being redundant.
See above in Tºnsity.
hºrrin fut. from r. brº, where see.
Tººn Ps. 16, 5, a less freq form of the
part. Kal, for Tºin holding. Lgb. 308.
R. Ton.
wºn for *ism ſut. Kal from r. bis to de
part. Lgb. 377.
*ºn 2 Sam. 22, 40, i. q. ºnism (Ps. 18
40) fut. Pi. from r. his to gird.
trin for triNn 2 fut. Kal from r. ºrs to
hold. -
ºrin fut, apoc. Kal from r. nºr.
brin fut. Niph. from r. bºr to profane, to
pollute. Lev. 21, 9
n - 1160 n
ºrin, urin] for tºnny, 3 pers, fut. Kal
from r. ºn; for an analogous instance
see under r. ſoºs. p. 770. Job 31, 5.
nrith Prov. 17, 10, ſut. Kal of r. nr., q.v.
tor fut. apoc. Kal from r. nº, ſor Hºn.
nºn Ex. 25, 31 in many editions, with
Yod as ‘mater lectionis,’ for Hºn;
but contrary to rule and almost cer-
tainly a corruption. Lgb. 52, 331.
Fren, Fºni, ſut. apoc. Kal for Hrºn,
from r. Frº.
ban ſut, apoc. Pi. for rigºn, from r. Hez.
Fºr, Fibºl, fut. apoc. Kal from r. Firth.
jºr ſut. Kal shortened from Tººn, from
r. Tab or jºb.
"rºr for Pirºn 2 masc. (the Yod be-
longs to the root) of ſut. Hiph. from
Firjº to wipe away. Jer. 18, 23.
wºn Chald. 1 pl. praet. r. Exºr, for Siºn,
Num. 17, 28. Lehrg. 373–Also for
3 pl. ºn Lam. 3, 22; so Ewald and
Roediger.
b%r, ogºl, ſut, apoc. Hiph. from r. no?
to flow down.
ºr Ex. 23, 21, fut. Hiph. see Yºº Hiph.
note, p. 620.
anºn for hºsn ſut. Kal from r. nos.
jr., Hºrn, imp. Kal from r. nº q. v.
sºn, see sº.
hºn ſut. Hiph. of r. nº q. v.
Fon for nºn ſut. Kal from r. nos.
fºr for Hºrn 2 plur. ſut. Niph. from
r. 2: , Dag, ſorte being omitted; see
above in nºr. § 66. note 11.
Hºr, Ez. 4, 12, ſut. Kal c. suff, from r.
My q, v. Dag. forte euphon. in 3.
Ariºn, ºnen), fut. Kal from r. His to
bake, for HITENn.
rº"risier, Jer, 25, 34, see under the root
Yap, note. -
nºr Jer. 19, 3, ſut. Kal from r. bºx
for the comm. Hºxn. See Bºš I.
H5N ºn 1 Sam. 14, 27 Keth. (by a cor-
ruption) for Hºns). The copyist
seems to have had in mind the word
Hynsºn. -
sºn, anny, fut. apoc. Kal from r. nº.
Yinn ſut. Niph, from r. 1's: to break,
the form being borrowed from l’hºn.
Hysºn Prov. 23, 26, i. e. for Keri Hºsri
fut. Kal of r. nº. The Keth. is
ſut. Kal of r. Yin, and should be read
nºnry. -
Hºrn Jer, 9, 17 for Histºr ful. Kal from
r. Nº.
ºn Deut. 32, 18, see r. nº p. 1055.
nºt ſut. apoc. Kal from r. Hruš to
drink.
annºnſut, apoc. sing. Hithp.fornyrnºr
from r. Firſt to bow down.
sºur Is. 41, 10, fut. apoc. Hithp. from
r. Hyuj.
nn inſ. Kal from r. In: to give, contract.
ed for nºr. With suff, ºrn.
-zºn 2 Sam. 22, 27, for nºnr, filt.
Hithp. from r. nº. Lgb. p. 374.
Hrºn by aphaeresis for Hrºn, which is
read Ps. 18, 41. Comp. Thfor Thy.
"rºr, see in nº above.
onn, Enn, ſut. Kal from borº, q.v.
Inn 1 K. 17, 14 Keth, commonly taken
for nº to give, with Nun parag. as
in 1 K. 6, 19, where however jnn is
future. Here the Keri, nº, is to be
preferred.
ynn, ynnº, fut. apoc. Kal from r. Fist)
benr. 2 Sam. 22, 27, see in brº Hithp
p. 876.
asnr. Ex. 2, 4, for agºnri Hithp. from
r. 5x. Lgb. 385.

Replaced with comm
||||
3 - : º-
<< *; º:
* sº ºf wº-
sé ºf : 's- -
sº : ...ºf -> º,
UN
||||||||||
cira |
BUAA.A.' Alsº, *
USE ONLY
t
. º
* * * *
* * ... r {
& p - i
* * * - |
, - ſº \ .
i -
*
t
ſ
\
|
.
A
º
microfilm Ia&





















*
|
*' ！ ….!！!
×
Ķ«…(
.*<！----
·«”ą，.__ſº-~~~~
！=~~~~）！” （”.----
·¿?，• ~�
№º B -- - .§ €.|-№·* …
→ ：·· ~- * - * --ſae！！∞：
¿?...º∞º º∞§&&
∞：.*wr. ،~& ºſ-----
!|-~.·∞"… • . . .：
-~ ~：∞ae× ：-）w
*. \ \ \ , ºį.* … ?%aen.//
•，©-*•： ،،ſ.
• •·º ， ！،№g| I -•
،©：،
* T -|-،*·
-|- ،~{----， ！ '§· §■
…©* . . '， ， ，
،∞∞
º.*** …：- · * *º ，∞ și§∞）*№ .
،-a ****…*...）：~s · ·，≤）ºr ）
→∞،∞•
-：！----|-* №
-|- ،----* • - |-∞“ （ ） ）;-！ ·* *
，，º'،：'. ,º
ſº*： «： ſ
∞ √،*º ，·
<--！ *
ks. NSS . №
K，G，( @ :(
sae
... （.） 。~--~
º ，, ， , º* .
, ' '）.'.*�_\__ \ |
«.
'.،{
* - . （…'，
∞ .
| «...rº
…º
،
）;
&= & si
sº ſº
\\ x x ）
???！
-4.- *،
\，
\SR， ∞
_`~~ -.. （Sg）. №
ſ.A , , ,* （ . ,： •
， ， ( 66
Lº·º º\ A__ . --~， * .
§ 2º” „-►©ae
Ayº：
º ae
FŒ
،
ſººs- -
* … ！
§， Z，
į.|
§.
º，
！ 1
UNS.
ſej
∞
}
--◄º
<